Past Fulfilled Prophecies Page 17 2019 on..

 

 

 

:: 12--19 New American :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN to America: You CANNOT Avoid Paying Punitive Climate “Reparations”

Written by Selwyn Duke

Fresh on the heels of a warning that the United Nations may use force against countries defying its climate-change mandates, the world body has just informed the United States that “it cannot avoid compensating poorer nations hit by climate change, despite Donald Trump honoring his election promise of leaving the 2015 Paris climate agreement,” reports Breitbart. The bill is high, too, with “green groups” saying the price tag will “top $300 billion annually by 2030 … the majority of which is expected to be invoiced to the U.S.,” Breitbart also tells us. The site further informs: Delegates and observers at the COP25 negotiations in Madrid told AFP that Washington seeks a change to the U.N. climate convention that could release it from punitive “loss and damage” funding for developing nations which is predicted to run into the billions of dollars. Under the bedrock U.N. climate treaty, adopted in 1992, rich nations agreed to help developing countries prepare for unavoidable future climate impacts — the twin pillars of “mitigation” and “adaptation”. But there was no provision for helping countries and small island states now calling for compensation. A new mechanism was established in 2013, but with damage estimates climbing, there is no agreement on where the money might come from or even if it should be paid, although the U.S. is constantly the target of calls for financial reparations because it is rich, successful and a dominant world economic force. Of course, many consider this just another pretext for the redistribution of wealth — with “rich nations” (a.k.a. “Western suckers”) being considered guilty till proven innocent with no proof sufficient. Once just plain old global warming, the shape-shifting phenomenon that was later rebranded “climate change,” then “global climate disruption” — and now, extreme makeover-style, “global meltdown” and “climate collapse” — has predictions as variable as its name. Higher temperatures are supposed prove the man-caused climate change thesis; then again, global warming could mean global cooling, we were told, and more volatile weather proves the theory, too. So unless there’s San Diego weather the world over henceforth, the country with a $23 trillion national debt is going to have to cough it up to the climate aggrieved. That is, unless Americans still govern America. In case they don’t, however, COP25 officials have many ideas for transferring wealth, including “U.N.-administered taxes on financial transactions, international air travel and fossil fuels,” reported Breitbart in an earlier article. This doesn’t mean the United States is alone in being green-targeted for its green. Among the 25,000 delegates who flew into Madrid on CO2-spewing air-transport machines was Carlos Fuller from Belize, who “told the BBC that Brazil, Saudi Arabia, India, and China were ‘part of the problem’ because of their refusal to guarantee any payments for their climate ‘sins,’” reports Climate Change Dispatch. “The only agreement amongst representatives,” the site continues, “is that the U.S. alone might be left with a multi-billion dollar tab.” Yet as is often the case with reparations movements, the would-be takers are to a degree, sometimes, fakers. Consider that major recipients could be island nations such as the Maldives and the Marshall Islands, both of which were recently pleading climate victim status before a UN conference. Yet while an onus is sometimes put on India, both those island nations have greater CO2 emissions per capita than India does, with the Maldives’ figure almost twice as high. So do they owe India climate reparations? The main problem with such wealth-transfer schemes, however, is that the man-caused global-warming thesis is based on a lot of hot air. Consider:

• Climate data appear very unreliable, and many scientists say that the temperature ceased rising approximately 20 years ago. Moreover, insofar as the climate is changing — and it always does — there’s no proof man’s activities are responsible.

• The claim that “97 percent of scientists affirm” man-caused global warming was always false. There’s much disagreement on the matter, and, besides, “consensus” isn’t a term of science, but politics.

• CO2 is not a pollutant, but plant “food,” which is why botanists pump it into greenhouses and why crop yields are greater when levels are higher; it’s why the age of the dinosaurs, when CO2 levels were six to seven times today’s, was characterized by lush foliage everywhere. Also, calling CO2 “carbon” is like calling H2O “hydrogen” — it’s a propaganda term.

• In fact, astrobiologist Jack O’Malley-James warned in 2013 that life on Earth will end because of too little CO2 (in approximately one billion years). Plants can’t photosynthesize when levels are too low.

• Some scientists believe that we’re actually poised to enter another ice age; this would be truly dangerous because people and animals generally fare better in warmer temperatures.

• Danish statistician Bjørn Lomborg, the head of the Copenhagen Consensus Center, calculated in 2017 that reducing the global temperature three-tenths of one degree by the century’s end — meaning, postponing so-called “global warming” less than four years — would cost $100 trillion (no, that’s not a typo).

• Climate models have been consistently inaccurate, yet alarmists still want them to shape policy. Is this logical? Would you take a “hot stock tip” from a broker who’d been consistently wrong for more than a generation?

• Doomsday prognostications have been no better. Professor Paul Ehrlich, Population Bomb author, predicted in 1968 that a famine would cause “hundreds of millions of people … to starve to death” in the United States in the 1970s and that by 1999, our population would have declined to 22.6 million, reported Professor Walter E. Williams in his 2008 article “Environmentalists Wild Predictions.”

One prediction that can be banked on, however, is that when a certain doomsday climate of fear serves to increase politicians’ power and taxation capacity, that climate will not soon be changed.

Selwyn Duke (@SelwynDuke) has written for The New American for more than a decade. He has also written for The Hill, Observer, The American Conservative, WorldNetDaily, American Thinker, and many other print and online publications. In addition, he has contributed to college textbooks published by Gale-Cengage Learning, has appeared on television, and is a frequent guest on radio.

https://www.thenewamerican.com/world-news/item/34354-un-to-america-you-cannot-avoid-paying-punitive-climate-reparations 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 12--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN peacekeepers in Haiti fathered babies then abandoned mothers to lives of poverty, study finds

By Stephen Sorace | Fox News

United Nations peacekeepers fathered children with women and girls in Haiti before abandoning the mothers to lives of poverty in the disaster-stricken Caribbean country, a new study says.

The study, published Tuesday in The Conversation, examined the impact of the UN’s long-running Stabilization Mission in Haiti (MINUSTAH), which ran from 2004 to 2017.

UN HUMAN RIGHTS OFFICE ACCUSED OF HELPING CHINA KEEP AN EYE ON DISSIDENTS

The mission was originally meant to assist Haiti with its political instability and organized crime, but was extended in 2010 following a major earthquake and again after Hurricane Matthew in 2016.  Researchers from Birmingham University and Queen’s University, Ontario, interviewed more than 2,500 Haitians for the study, of which 265 subjects – or about 10 percent – told stories of children fathered by UN personnel. It said “girls as young as 11 were sexually abused and impregnated by peacekeepers and … ‘left in misery’ to raise their children alone.” The peacekeepers were often repatriated after the pregnancies became public and offered the mothers no support once the babies were born, according to the study. Locals have labeled the children fathered by peacekeepers as “Petit MINUSTAH.” The study split the accounts of sexual encounters into three categories: sexual violence, transactional sex and “evolving relationships.” HEAD OF UN AGENCY FOR PALESTINIAN REFUGEES RESIGNS AMID ALLEGATIONS OF ABUSES OF AUTHORITY The data collected showed that sexual violence was in the minority of reported encounters, while the more pervasive problem appeared to be transactional sex. The study found in many cases that women and girls would have sex with MINUSTAH personnel in exchange for money or food. “They had sex with the girls not even for money, it’s just for food, for one meal,” a man from Port Salut told the researchers. Other accounts told of peacekeepers and local women becoming involved in casual romantic relationships that some described as “committed and loving,” which resulted in pregnancy. “I had a sister who was dating a MINUSTAH soldier,” another man from Port Salut told the researchers. “My whole family knew about it, my mother as well as other people. She became pregnant … Ever since, my sister’s life is a mess.” Some accounts cited rumors that women sought “fair-skinned” peacekeepers because lighter-skinned children were sometimes seen as desirable. Not all of the mothers received help from their families following the birth of their children, with some being kicked out of their homes to raise the children alone, the study said. The Haitian-based Bureau des Avocats Internationaux (BAI) filed paternity suits in Haitian courts in January 2018 to secure child support payments on behalf of 10 children whose fathers are claimed to be UN peacekeepers. The BAI has slammed the UN as “non-responsive” and uncooperative. A spokesman for UN Peacekeeping told The Times that progress is being made to "end and prevent these abuses" but that "much remains to be done."

https://www.foxnews.com/world/un-peacekeepers-haiti-babies-mothers-study 

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

:: 12-17-19 Clearion Project :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NY Muslim Patrol Bullies Get Bullied Back by the Bloods

Published December 17, 2019 By Martin Mawyer

Members of New York’s Muslim Patrol recently became embroiled in a near-explosive altercation outside the Masjid Taqwa in Brooklyn with members of the Bloods, a notoriously violent gang. The Muslim Patrol gained international attention in the fall of 2018 after several of its patrol cars — which look like New York Police Department (NYPD) cars –were spotted in Brooklyn and Staten Island. See Clarion Project’s Special Report on New York’s Sharia Patrol The Bloods are a violent African-American street gang known for trafficking drugs and guns. This criminal organization has made national headlines with targeted assassinations, drive-by shootings and deadly gun battles with law enforcement. On December 10, a verbal altercation began in the evening when a teenage boy allegedly “disrespected” a Muslim woman outside the Brooklyn mosque on Fulton Street. The boy did not touch the woman, bystanders say, but did speak to her. A Muslim Patrol member grabbed the teen by the collar and threw him against the gate of the Masjid Taqwa, a local mosque. While the boy was pressed firmly against the fence, the Muslim Patrol member held him by the neck and lectured him.  “That MCP [Muslim Community Patrol] officer snatched that boy up,” one witness said. “He grabbed him by the collar and threw him up against the gate and held onto him by the neck area.” After the rebuke, the boy complained to his father, who happens to be a senior member of the local Bloods. The father rallied six other Blood members to join him and went to Masjid Taqwa, where at least one Blood member brandished a weapon. “One of them was strapped,” a witness said of a Blood member who had a firearm. “He raised his jacket and flashed that gun. Those dudes came out there to shoot up that Masjid. The father, he wanted to mess that MCP officer up.” According to the witness, the father said to the Muslim Patrol officer, “Dude, I’m going to bust in your f—— mouth if you ever put your hands on my child again.” The situation escalated after the Muslim Patrol member called for backup. Soon, several Muslim Patrol cars arrived with sirens screaming and lights flashing. Witnesses reported mutual shouting as the Bloods confronted the original Muslim Patrol member, who was quickly shoved into the mosque by his comrades to protect him. “It was going to be something big out there,” one witness said. “The Bloods were shouting, ‘You all are running around here playing like you’re the real police. You all want to put your hands on these little kids. We don’t give a f— about your Masjid. F— your Masjid.” Some bystanders also reportedly taunted the Muslim Patrol, shouting, “Put your hands on me! Come on, put your hands on me!” As tensions rose, a New York Police Department (NYPD) patrol unit arrived and used its loudspeaker to tell the two arguing factions to “disperse” and to “keep it moving.”  One witness familiar with the Bloods said, “These Blood dudes are from 8th Avenue in Brooklyn, and they are one of the harder core Bloods over there. So those MCP officers are going to get some beef.”  As the Bloods dispersed, one Blood member turned and told the Muslim Patrol members, “This is not over. It’s just begun.” The Muslim Patrol originally said its purpose was to serve as a liaison between Muslims and the NYPD. But after the mosque shootings in New Zealand last March, in which a gunman live-streamed his murder of 51 Muslims on Facebook, the Muslim Patrol publicly altered its purpose.  It now describes itself as a law enforcement organization, claiming its goal is to “protect members of the local community from escalating quality-of-life nuisance crimes.” Yet, “bullying” and “gangster-like” tactics have been reported by locals in areas where the patrol operates, creating a backlash against the self-described “civilian patrol organization.”

https://clarionproject.org/ny-muslim-patrol-bullied-back-bloods/?utm_source=Clarion+Project+Newsletter&utm_campaign=773cf6324f-EMAIL_CAMPAIGN_2019_12_17_01_55&utm_medium=

email&utm_term=0_60abb35148-773cf6324f-6246445&mc_cid=773cf6324f&mc_eid=9a 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 12--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr. Siegel: San Francisco 'awash in human waste,' outbreaks are a concern

By Victor Garcia | Fox News Published 4 days ago

Fox News medical correspondent Dr. Marc Siegel says San Francisco residents should be worried about the homeless crisis' effect on their health after video surfaced of a homeless man defecating in the middle of an aisle at a local grocery store. "Isn't it ironic that a city of germaphobes, of exercise-conscious, environmentally conscious [people] ... are now in a city that's awash in human waste, which is spreading hepatitis A outbreaks every year," Siegel said on "Tucker Carlson Tonight" Tuesday. "Big outbreaks of hepatitis A, rats in the streets feeding off of the garbage in sewage, typhus, typhoid fever, rotten bacterial infections and even the plague may be coming." LA PUSH TO DEVELOP SKID ROW PROMPTS NEW CLASHES IN CALIFORNIA'S HOMELESS CRISIS Shoppers took pictures of the man opening toilet paper and defecating in a Safeway grocery store aisle. According to KRON 4, San Francisco's "poop patrol" received 25,000 complaints in 2019. Siegel warned that feces may spread "medieval" diseases across the state. "It's becoming medieval diseases resurfacing in California. And here's the other thing that's even worse. It's not just the homeless population, right? People trek through those neighborhoods," Siegel said. "They get the poop on their shoes and then they bring it to other neighborhoods and then the diseases spread to other neighborhoods." CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP Siegel said there is only one way to combat the disease: addressing the homeless crisis head-on. "So to actually solve this problem again, we have to offer bathroom facilities in temporary shelters, get cots, get food," Siegel said. "This is what has to happen in California." "It's the only way to avoid a burgeoning health emergency."

https://www.foxnews.com/media/dr-marc-siegel-san-francisco-awash-in-human-waste 

:: 12-17-19 Bometric :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VeriScan biometrics surpass 1M air passengers processed as Japan, Jamaica, Sweden add checks

Dec 17, 2019 | Luana Pascu

Metropolitan Washington Airports Authority’s Office of Technology has announced its in-house developed veriScan biometric identity verification software has surpassed 1 million outbound international passengers processed, just over a year after its launch. VeriScan is used at Washington Dulles International Airport to streamline passenger verification and enables paperless boarding, while meeting the requirements of U.S. Customs and Border Protection’s (CBP’s) Biometric Exit, according to the authority. “When we set out to meet the congressional safety and security mandate, we took it as an opportunity not only to meet the biometric compliance standards, but to use it as a springboard to help create a better airport experience for our passengers,” comments Goutam Kundu, chief information officer for the Metropolitan Washington Airports Authority. “VeriScan has gained the attention and support of other airports and airlines because it’s cost-effective, extremely simple to deploy and allows passengers to board flights with ease.” The authority says that veriScan flexibility and minimal requirements of a Wi-Fi connection and portable mounting device are a significant advantage over the significant space, large equipment and dedicated wiring and cabling required by other facial recognition systems. VeriScan, which works with CBP Traveler Verification Service for near-instant identity verification, has been implemented with 38 international carriers in six U.S. airports, and has operated with a verification success rate of 98.5 percent. Airports in Japan expand facial recognition to boarding Facial recognition boarding will be installed at three main airports in Japan before the 2020 Olympics in Tokyo to reduce wait times and improve security and boarding processes, writes Nikkei. The technology was already installed at automated passport control kiosks, but now ticket and passport information will be registered at check-in so travelers will no longer have to show the documents in the process. The Japanese government wants 40 million foreigners to visit Japan in 2020. The technology will be deployed at Narita and Haneda near Tokyo and Kansai near Osaka, with a total spend of around 3.2 billion yen ($29.2 million). It will be covered by a departure tax collected from tourists as of January. Starting with the new fiscal year, the tax will go up 8 percent, to some 54 billion yen ($492 million). NEC announced the selection of its biometric technology for curb-to-gate identification for Narita International earlier this year. The Japanese government is considering electronic tags on checked baggage to announce baggage waiting times on a smartphone app or display, and launching a preclearance program for immigration passport control before departure to Japan. The pilot will roll out for Taiwanese travelers going to 13 airports in Japan.  Jamaica adds kiosks to ease tourism experiences Jamaica’s airports will also be equipped with facial recognition technology as the country is adding 15 automated immigration kiosks at the Sangster International Airport (SIA) in Montego Bay, St James, according to St. Lucia News Online. Tourism Minister Edmund Bartlett believes this will deliver a seamless travel experience for tourists arriving during winter, as the country is expecting more than 2.68 million stopover arrivals. Jamaica has turned to smart tourism by developing innovative tools and strategies to enhance traveler experience.  “The future of tourism is predicated on technology and this move today which is a continuation of the development of a smarter tourism experience and particularly, smarter airport arrangements to facilitate seamlessness in visitor entry experience in our destination,” Bartlett said. When passengers arrive at the kiosks, they introduce immigration cards in the machine, after which they can move on to customs and luggage. “This use of technology to create a smarter entry into the destination is also going to position Jamaica as the leading destination in the Caribbean in so far as smart tourism is concerned. We are looking forward to not only this automated immigration facility but also the E-gates that are coming, the elimination of paper base and more digital arrangements for immigration. The final stage will be facial recognition which will make Jamaica the most technologically savvy destination as it relates to point of entry,” he added. Swedish watchdog to engage with police for pilot  In Sweden, the Data Inspectorate will be meeting with the police to consult on how to start a facial recognition pilot at border inspection at Skavsta airport, the institution writes (as per Google Translate). The system involves placing a camera at border control to take a picture of the traveler. Biometric facial recognition is then used to match the image taken with one stored in the passenger’s passport. But to carry out the project, the legislation needs to be reviewed and the technology tested first for the process to be done in a legally secure and non-discriminatory manner. The Data Inspectorate believes under the current legal framework, Swedish police can’t run tests with sensitive biometric data. “Our assessment is that the police have a clear need to carry out the intended test, but in order to make this possible a change in legislation is required. That’s why we send our response to the police’s prior consultation for information to the government,” says Elena Mazzotti Pallard, a lawyer at the Data Inspectorate. Under EU and Swedish law, the police can already run biometric checks at the border. Related Posts

Comparitech analyzes government use of biometrics, surveillance and data sharing

Biometrics Institute launches Ethical Principles for Biometrics to guide responsible industry behavior

Mobile fraud protection startup Paygilant secures investment to expand to US

New technologies for finger vein, voice, and facial biometrics unveiled

Japan considers facial recognition to reduce health insurance fraud

Biometrics and digital ID across Africa this week: crime and its prevention, Red Cross blockchain

https://www.biometricupdate.com/201906/japan-considers-facial-recognition-to-reduce-health-insurance-fraud 

:: 12-16-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

OSIRIS-REx marks the spot: NASA selects a landing site on spinning-top-shaped asteroid 'Bennu' for its sample collection mission in 2020

The OSIRIS-REx mission aims to recover a sample of the asteroid 101955 Bennu

This will allow scientists to learn more about how our solar system developed

The chosen site — dubbed Nightingale — lies in Bennu's northern hemisphere

Sampling will begin in August 2020, with the craft returning to the Earth in 2023

By Ian Randall For Mailonline Published: 08:47 EST, 16 December 2019 | Updated: 09:43 EST, 16 December 2019

NASA has selected the site for its asteroid sample collection mission from the four previously-proposed candidates after a year of study. The spinning-top-shaped asteroid, '101955 Bennu', is a 1,614 feet (492 m) wide near-Earth object with a cumulative 1-in-2,700 chance of hitting Earth from 2175–2199. The chosen primary sample site — dubbed 'Nightingale' — is located in a young crater high up in the asteroid's northern hemisphere. The Origins, Spectral Interpretation, Resource Identification, Security, Regolith Explorer — or OSIRIS-Rex — craft has been analysing Bennu since December 2018.

If successful in its mission, OSIRIS-Rex will be the first US spacecraft to return samples of an asteroid to the Earth for analysis. For NASA researchers, Bennu will act like a time-capsule from the birth of the solar system, containing information on its formation and evolution. Its carbon-rich makeup will provide a window on the formation of the organic compounds that, on the Earth, ultimately enabled the origin of life. The OSIRIS-REx team have spent the last few months evaluating the potential of four candidate sampling sites on Bennu based on close-range data collected by the spacecraft. Each of the four sites — which have been dubbed 'Kingfisher', 'Nightingale', 'Osprey' and 'Sandpiper' — had been initially put forward because they posed the fewest hazards to OSIRIS-REx's safety while still affording great sampling potential. The asteroid's bird-based naming system stems from the name Bennu itself, which is taken from the ancient Egyptian bird deity that is linked with the sun, creation, and rebirth.  OSIRIS-REx will collect small (less than .8 inches / 2 cm in diameter) samples from Bennu by first slowly descending onto the asteroid's surface. A burst of nitrogen gas will then be used to blast the samples into a collection scoop at the end of the spacecraft's robotic arm. 'After thoroughly evaluating all four candidate sites, we made our final decision based on which site has the greatest amount of fine-grained material and how easily the spacecraft can access [such],' said principal investigator Dante Lauretta. 'Of the four candidates, site Nightingale best meets these criteria and, ultimately, best ensures mission success,' he added. The Nightingale site is located within a young crater on the north of Bennu that is around 460 feet (140 metres) wide. Images taken of the crater show that its rocky surface material — the so-called 'regolith' — is dark in its colour, with its surface being relatively smooth. The low northern temperatures and young age of the crater mean that the surface material at Nightingale is well-preserved and relatively freshly-exposed. This would allow OSIRIS-REx to take a close-to 'pristine' sample of the asteroid, from which scientists will be able to reconstruct Bennu's geological history. Although Nightingale may have been determined to be the best option from the four proposed sample sites, inherent challenges will still be present. For example, the original OSIRIS-REx mission plan had called for a sample site of around 164 feet (50 metres) in diameter. While the crater surrounding Nightingale has a diameter nearly three times that size, the safe area where the spacecraft can make its brief contact with the asteroid surface is in contrast around ten times smaller than planned. In fact, the touchdown site will only be around 52 feet (16 metres) in diameter — which will call for highly accurate and precise targeting of the surface. To further complicate matters, a building-sized boulder is also located on the eastern ring of the crater surrounding Nightingale, providing a hazard for OSIRIS-REx to avoid as it retreats from the site after samples are collected. 'Bennu has challenged OSIRIS-REx with extraordinarily rugged terrain,' said OSIRIS-REx project manager Rich Burns of NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center. 'The team has adapted by employing a more accurate, though more complex, optical navigation technique to be able to get into these small areas.' 'We'll also arm OSIRIS-REx with the capability to recognise if it is on course to touch a hazard within or adjacent to the site and wave-off before that happens.' The spacecraft has been designed to be able to perform multiple attempts to collect rock samples, but there is the risk that successive tries in one location may end up becoming unfeasible. The hazard-avoiding so-called 'wave off' manoeuvre requires the activation of the probe's thrusters — the exhaust from which has the potential to disturb the surface of the collection site in the low gravity. Such could potential prevent the craft from collecting a sample there on a subsequent attempt. Given this, the researchers have also selected Osprey as a backup sample-collection site, which the OSIRIS-REx spacecraft will visit in the event that it proves impossible to gather material from the Nightingale site. With the primary and backup sample collection sites selected, the mission team will move in January to have OSIRIS-REx perform further reconnaissance flights over both Nightingale and Osprey — with such continuing throughout the spring. When these have been completed, the probe will begin rehearsing its first sample collection manoeuvre, with the actual attempt scheduled for August 2020. Once its sampling is complete, OSIRIS-REx will be departing from Bennu the next year and is expected to return to the Earth in the September of 2023. Osiris-Rex is the first US mission designed to return a piece of an asteroid to Earth.  Scientists say the ancient asteroid could hold clues to the origin of life. It's believed to have formed 4.5 billion years ago, a remnant of the solar system's building blocks. The spacecraft launched on September 8, 2016 at 19:05 EST aboard an Atlas V rocket. After a careful survey of Bennu to characterise the asteroid and locate the most promising sample sites, Osiris-Rex will collect between 2 and 70 ounces (about 60 to 2,000 grams) of surface material with its robotic arm and return the sample to Earth via a detachable capsule in 2023. To capture samples on the surface, the craft will hover over a specific area and 'will be sent down at a very slow and gently' 4 inches (10 cm) per second. The spacecraft will also carry a laser altimeter, a suite of cameras provided by the University of Arizona, spectrometers and lidar, which is similar to radar, using light instead of radio waves to measure distance.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-7797019/NASA-selects-site-asteroid-sample-collection-mission-four-potential-candidates.html

:: 12-17-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

December 17, 2019

With The US Constitution Murdered & The Republic Lost, 'Justice' Is Dead With A Deeply Corrupted Deep State Rewarding And Protecting Their Own And A Global Elite Dedicated To Evil

- With California Officially A 'Schiff-Hole State', If The Left Has Their Way, America Will Follow

By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline

Today, it often seems as if America is ruled by unelected judges. Their rulings become more extreme and outrageous almost daily, and no one…not even Trump…seems to have the courage to stand up to them and defy their more insane rulings. And judicial activism, although it grows steadily worse, has a long history in America. But it really became an issue in 1953 when Eisenhower appointed Earl Warren as Chief Justice; he held that position until 1969. As a Republican California Attorney General he supported the WWII internment of Japanese immigrants, including those who were US citizens, and not just immigrants, but even those Japanese Americans born in the US. These people were never convicted or even accused of any crime, and the internment was ordered by leftist Demoncrap FDR.  But, in a pattern we have seen many times since, the same Earl Warren who happily imprisoned innocent citizens with no trial later was responsible for so-called Miranda rights for anyone arrested. He also ruled in favor of forced integration of schools, a noble cause, perhaps, but nothing in our late, great Constitution gives the federal government such power. Warren would later head the Warren Commission and ensure the cover-up of the JFK assassination conspiracy. But it is not only judges who have made it extremely difficult to convict criminals or to protect our borders against invaders. Some prosecutors, while quite adept at railroading innocent Americans for political reasons, simply adore truly vicious rapists, robbers, and murderers, and seemingly want the entire Third World to move here right away. Railroading the innocent and freeing the guilty is classic Luciferian inversion.  Remember the Baltimore riots when Freddie Gray, a Black criminal, was arrested by police and died in the van transporting him to jail? There is no evidence of police wrongdoing, and several of the officers were also Black, but Black District Attorney Marilyn Mosby went all out to prosecute them for nonexistent crimes, and advocated giving the rioters “space” to riot. Again, punish the innocent and allow criminal thugs free rein to destroy. We used to be assured that if only more women and “people of color” were in positions of power, America would become a utopia. How is that working out? Rachael Rollins, another female “person of color,” became DA for Suffolk County, Massachusetts, including Boston. She ordered her employees to spy on ICE agents, and gave an easy plea deal to African immigrant Bampumim Teixeira, who already had a criminal record when he did a home invasion and murdered two people. He served only nine months in prison. Of course, he should have been deported long before the two known murders, or, better yet, executed or imprisoned for life. But there is no justice in our former Republic. Reportedly, Rollins and other leftist DAs have been given campaign concentrations from a George Sauron PAC. In 2017 Lawrence S. Krasner became DA for Philadelphia. He was a graduate of the “University” of Chicago and Stanford Law School; our masters always get their tickets punched in such “prestigious” leftist indoc centers. Comrade Krasner had a long career as a “civil rights” and defense attorney before being elected DA by the enlightened and progressive citizens of Boston. He defended BM (Black Lives Matter) thugs. He favors reduced sentences for most crimes, the elimination of bail payments for “minor” offenders, and less supervision of parolees. He has refused to prosecute felons illegally carrying firearms…leftists only want to disarm the honest citizens. On taking office he gutted his department, firing 31 prosecutors (if only Trump had been similarly ruthless with the deep state denizens). Philly was already becoming another schiff-hole city; the process is now accelerating. But the new DA in San Francisco is the champion of all of them. San Francisco, long ruled by leftists, has been a center of Satanic cults like the Bohemian Club (they operate the Bohemian Grove north of the city), Anton LaVey’s Church of Satan, and Lt. Col. Michael Aquino’s Temple of Set in the Presidio, which was approved of by the Army brass. It has long been a kind of Mecca for homosexuals and other perverts. Mass murderer Jim Jones, with the aid of the Demoncrap machine in the city (including Diane Slimestein), recruited many of his victims in the City by the Bay. Under Mayor Gavin Noisome (now Governor of the failed state of California) the city became a virtual sewer, with schiff and garbage piled up on the streets, the tents of the “homeless” blocking the sidewalks, stolen shopping carts left in the streets, drug addicts shooting up in public, crime increasing daily, and citizens being threatened and harassed by bums. Small businesses, already suffering from high taxes and excessive regulation, are failing. San Francisco has become a schiff-hole city and California is becoming a schiff-hole state. The rest of the country, God help us, seems headed in the same direction. But even this is not enough for the “progressive intellectuals” who dominate the city and county. They have elected a new DA, Chesa Boudin, who wants to free most criminals and prosecute ICE agents and police. He says supervising parolees is “racist,” as is prosecution of gang members (to leftists, everything is racist). San Francisco is already a “sanctuary” city (but not a sanctuary for honest American citizens), but Chesa wants to give special free visas to illegal aliens. And just who (or what) is Chesa Boudin? He is the son of Kathy Boudin and David Gilbert, two violent leftist scum who murdered two police officers and one private security guard in an armored car robbery. His father, who was spared the death penalty he deserved, is still in prison, but his mother was later released and is now an assistant “professor” at Columbia Indoc Center. The deep state protects and rewards its own; it is truly amazing how many leftist terrorists and Islamists have been given cushy “university” jobs, despite a complete lack of qualifications. So Chesa was raised by his parents’ terrorist comrades, Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn. This charming couple played a major role in the start of Hussein Obama’s (or whatever his name is) political career. They were arrested for terrorism, and there is a mug shot of young Billy, with his head cocked to one side and an arrogant smirk on his face. He knew he would face no serious punishment, for he was the son of Thomas Ayers, CEO of Commonwealth Edison. Nothing quite like being raised in wealth and privilege and inheriting a few million. Dohrn was from an upper middle class family and greatly admired Charles Manson, which pretty much tells us everything we need to know about her. Following a brief wrist slap, Ayers and Dohrn were released and given cushy do-nothing jobs as “teachers” at “universities.” There is no justice in America. Our Constitution has been murdered and we have lost our Republic. Ironically, some leftist protesters shout “no justice, no peace.” That should be our mantra, not theirs…and we need to follow it up with action…very extreme action.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Justice_Is_Dead_In_America_With_An_Elite_Dedicated_To_Evil.php 

:: 12-17-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats STOLE BILLIONS in US Aid to Ukraine; Laundered it to themselves. Trying to Impeach Trump to stop Investigation

Nation News Desk 17 December 2019 Hits: 16215

BILLIONS of Dollars of U.S. foreign aid and loans from the International Monetary Fund (IMF) [which were Guaranteed by the U.S.] were STOLEN in Ukraine and laundered back to DEMOCRATS in the US during the Obama administration. Now, the Democrats are trying to Impeach President Trump -on utterly false charge - to stop the investigation into their crimes! Worse, the people screaming the loudest about Trump are the ones who got most of the illicit money, including Hillary Clinton - whose campaign was allegedly given about $10 Million IN CASH FROM UKRAINE prior to the 2016 election, and Andrew Weisman, Chief of the US Justice Department's FRAUD UNIT, who leaked that witnesses from Ukraine wanted to come to the US to testify about the corruption. Those leaks allowed former Vice President Biden to find out trouble was coming and personally intervene to have cancelled, the witness Visa's . . . thus preventing them from coming to the US. We begin with Alexandr Onyshchenko a former Member of Parliament (MP) in Ukraine. Mr. Onyshchenko spoke with media outlets from a hospital room in Germany and laid out what actually happened with the Bidens and Burisma, the Ukrainian natural gas group of companies where Hunter Biden was paid millions to sit on the board while having no experience in the industry. “In 2015, Burisma was considered a corrupt company by the US Government, but a very lucrative and powerful one. Former Ukrainian President Poroshenko was trying to ‘get in’ and get a piece of the action. No one would mess with Burisma with the U.S. Vice President involved. Zlochevsky, an Oligarch who owns/controls Burisma, showed everyone Biden was on the board pushing his father’s name. The problem with the ‘corrupted company’ label in the United States went away quickly in about three months once Biden got on the Burisma Board of Directors. It was amazing." Onyshchenko also said “And of course, Burisma also helped the Clinton campaign prior to the election.” How did they help we asked? “They paid them around $10 million.” Wouldn’t those wire transfers show up? we questioned. “This was Ukraine; everything was done with big bags of cash to the Clintons.” Onyshchenko then went on to describe how he was approached by prosecutors in the U.S. to testify in the United States on American corruption in Ukraine. He showed a letter published below from the Department of Justice in 2016, where he says they provided him a temporary visa to come testify on the theft and money laundering of American aid to Ukraine, and on the illegal money to the Clintons. “Right before I was to leave for the U.S., I received notice that my visa had been cancelled due to the personal involvement of Vice President Joe Biden. He made a personal phone call and the visa was cancelled. I guess he didn’t want me telling what I know so I didn’t make it to the United States to testify.” The cancellation of the visa has been confirmed by a secondary source. According to Onyshchenko, it was customary for twenty percent (20%) of US foreign Aid, to be siphoned-off and kicked-back to US officials! So for $1 Billion in US Aid (or loan guarantees), $200 Million had to be covertly given back to US officials in illegal bribes/kickbacks. The officials who got those hundreds of millions in kickbacks . . . appear to be American Democrats; the very people now moving to impeach President Trump on false pretenses. The claims by the former MP of the Ukraine Parliament seem to be corroborated by investigations run by former US Attorney and New York City Mayor, Rudy Giuliani.Rudy Giuliani @RudyGiuliani

Replying to @RudyGiuliani Dem’s impeachment for innocent conduct is intended to obstruct the below investigations of Obama-era corruption:

- Billions of laundered $

- Billions, mostly US $, widely misused

- Extortion

- Bribery

- DNC collusion w/ Ukraine to destroy candidate Trump

Much more to come.

55.7K 2:13 PM - Dec 15, 2019

HAL TURNER REMARK: Tomorrow, Wednesday, December 18, it is likely the US House of Representatives will formally vote to Impeach President Trump. As you watch who votes in favor of Impeachment, bear in mind that the people screaming the loudest about Trump are the most guilty in the unfolding Ukrainian bribery/kickback scheme. They are trying to oust OUR President to obstruct the investigation into THEIR crimes. Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/democrats-stole-billions-in-us-aid-to-ukraine-laundered-it-to-themselves-trying-to-impeach-trump-to-stop-investigation 

:: 12--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exclusive! The Biggest Scandal In American History About to Be Revealed

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, December 17, 2019 - 13:08.

Impeachment and the possible conviction, or exoneration of Donald J. Trump is not guaranteed either way. This is easily the biggest scandal in American history. Key Democrats Are Guilty of Massive Corruption In Ukraine In the following broadcast, Dave Hodges read directly from a State Department memo which implicated Hunter Biden bribes (eg Latvia, Burisma), John Kerry's stepson (Burisma) and Joe Biden (Burisma with regard to malfeasance of office and bribery). In November, I was pointed in the direction by an insider where I could find proof that linked the Bidens et al to corruption the Ukraine. I was fearful of hanging on to the information, for personal safety reasons, so I made a raw read of the document live on the air as soon as I accessed the document. This was not a rehearsed, but rather a spontaneous reading of damning information which conclusively incriminated key DNC members and eventually some Republicans as well. The evidence against the Bidens, John Kerry's son and a whole host of Democrats and Republicans is strong.

Rudy Giuliani✔@RudyGiuliani Dem’s impeachment for innocent conduct is intended to obstruct the below investigations of Obama-era corruption:

- Billions of laundered $

- Billions, mostly US $, widely misused

- Extortion

- Bribery

- DNC collusion w/ Ukraine to destroy candidate Trump

Much more to come. 50.3K 12:13 PM - Dec 15, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy

The evidence is so strong, that Giuliani was afraid of being Arkancided so he issued the following warning that he, indeed, had a dead man switch in which all would be revealed should he meet an untimely end. I was informed by a deep-insider source that Trump was well aware of who was involved and he was fully intent on exposing all the corruption in any potential impeachment hearings in the Senate. You can bet that several key Democrat and Republican Senators are checking their maps in search of countries that do not have an extradition agreement with the United States. The Wrong Assumption Most people correctly assumed that President Trump would be impeached by the House, largely along party lines. The vast majority of those people wrongly assumed that the conviction for impeachment would be quickly and decisively defeated. The latter assumption could not be more erroneous. Mike Adams nailed a real threat to Trump's Presidency because Republican Senators have been canvassed and threatened by Mitt Romney, John Bolton and Paul Ryan that their past "indiscretions would come out if they did not vote for conviction on the Trump impeachment charges.  From Mike Adams on December 15, 2019. What Trump and Giuliani are actually uncovering in all this is the stunning truth that many Americans would be shocked to realize: High-level government officials of BOTH parties — including U.S. Senators — routinely plunder foreign aid cash flows to pad their own pockets. This is almost certainly why GOP Sen. Lindsay Graham is promising to cut short the post-impeachment Senate trial and make sure no witnesses are called who might uncover this massive financial scandal involving both political parties. The swamp is now so saturated with corruption and lies that it cannot even allow any honest investigation without risking its own demise.  United States Senators have long been part of this looting operation, skimming from foreign aid funds which are redirected back to their own pockets in exactly the way Joe Biden and Hunter Biden orchestrated.... How are some of the Senate Republicans compromised? Based on deep cover information, on November 2, 2019, I predicted on The Common Sense Show that Republicans would be compromised based on Epstein-style blackmail operations and Trump stood a good chance of getting convicted on the Impeachment charges in the Senate: The process of impeachment is meaningless. Schiff’s unconstitutional and illegal behavior would amount to nothing except he is 1933 Adolph Hitler. The Republican Party is almost as corrupt as the Democrats. Many have been framed on key votes for years (eg Obamacare). The book the Franklin Scandal and many others have discussed how freshman senators and congressman are wined, dined and compromised when they are first elected. In part, it is an Epstein process. Presently, Mitt Romney, Paul Ryan and John Bolton have been canvassing the Republicans on selling them a Mike Pence Presidency, or else. This has always part of the plan. If it wasn’t please tell me why Pence started a 2020 Presidential PAC called the Great Committee and began to wine and dine key Republican contributors, many in the military-industrial-complex? This is why I have been telling my audience to write to the key and knowingly compromised Republican Senators and telling them that if they vote for impeachment, that whatever skeletons they are concealing, the public will turn over every rock and look under every bed to expose their level of corruption and reveal it to all. The Senate is in the process of being compromised on this basis. They have less than 10 votes to procure a conviction vote. This process is so illegitimate. These Republicans that the Hindenburgs’ of the their day. Schiff is Hitler. On November 18, 2019, at 2:16 thru 2:58 on the following broadcast, I repeated something I have said 11 times in October and November when I implored America to contact their Republican Senators and tell them that if they dare to vote for impeachment, there will be nowhere that they can hide. Whatever sex crimes they are hiding, we will expose and end their political career and possibly their freedom. How did I know? I have been fortunate enough to have very good sources. I can also state with confidence that Trump not only knows of this plot, he has the goods on everyone of the Republican Senators who would dare trade their impeachment vote for momentary solitude and protection. The conspiracy is doomed to failure. This is why Trump is so dead set on a trial in the Senate. He wants to expose the despots and traitors in both the Democratic and Republican Party cartels. Part II of this series will explore what is going to happen next and we will not have to wait for long until this issue is decided, one way or another.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-economics/exclusive-biggest-scandal-american-history-about-be-revealed 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 12-18-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rudy Giuliani Declares War on Obama, Says He’s Ready to Release Some Bombshells

Dean James - December 18, 2019

As we have been reporting all day, Rudy Giuliani has been releasing bombshell after bombshell on Twitter about some of the corruption he has uncovered during his investigations into Ukraine, Biden, Burisma and a hell of a lot more. What we have seen so far is mind boggling to say the least. So we decided to publish a summary of sorts from The National Sentinel which provides even more details than we published earlier.

Giuliani Adds More Context To Recent Bombshells On Obama-Era Corruption In Ukraine, Pledging ‘More To Come’ (Complete Summary)

(TNS) Last week, One America News‘ Chanel Rion, who was traveling throughout Eastern Europe with presidential attorney Rudy Giuliani, was privy to some bombshell findings regarding members of the Obama administration and Ukraine, among other countries. As we reported December 9th: On Saturday before departing for Florida for campaign events, President Donald Trump told the media that his lawyer, Rudy Giuliani

— in Ukraine for more investigative work regarding 2016 election corruption — had “found plenty” of “good information” during his trip there and to other European countries.

The president then said he believes Giuliani wants to present a report to the Attorney General William Barr and to Congress. … No wonder Democrats are moving so quickly with impeachment.

Giuliani found: — Ukrainian officials offered up six criminal cases involving Joe and Hunter Biden, including “money laundering;”

— One Ukrainian official produced official communiques and documents he says proves that Obama’s U.S. Ambassador to Ukraine and ‘impeachment witness’ Maria Yovanovich perjured herself during her hearing;

— Another, Victor Shokin, the former Ukrainian prosecutor general, described how then-President Petro Poroshenko came into his office and told him he’d better stop investigating Hunter Biden or the country would lose a billion dollars in aid, as Joe Biden threatened (Shokin was fired);

— There are dozens of inquiries open into possible misallocation of U.S. funds in Ukraine, with the U.S. Embassy’s involvement.

Giuliani — a former federal prosecutor who knows how to investigate and follow leads — traveled to Kiev, Ukraine; Budapest, Hungary; and Vienna, Austria. Here is Rion’s report: On Sunday, Giuliani added more context to what he has discovered tuis far in a series of sometimes-cryptic tweets, including new reports from Rion: In the second report, Rion mentions that Giuliani found more evidence implicating Democratic National Committee insider Alexandra Chalupa, who had already been outed to some degree by investigative reporter John Solomon in May: In its most detailed account yet, Ukraine’s embassy in Washington says a Democratic National Committee insider during the 2016 election solicited dirt on Donald Trump’s campaign chairman and even tried to enlist the country’s president to help. In written answers to questions, Ambassador Valeriy Chaly’s office says DNC contractor Alexandra Chalupa sought information from the Ukrainian government on Paul Manafort’s dealings inside the country, in hopes of forcing the issue before Congress. Chalupa later tried to arrange for Ukrainian President Petro Poroshenko to comment on Manafort’s Russian ties on a U.S. visit during the 2016 campaign, the ambassador said. Chaly says that, at the time of the contacts in 2016, the embassy knew Chalupa primarily as a Ukrainian-American activist, and learned only later of her ties to the DNC. He says the embassy considered her requests an inappropriate solicitation of interference in the U.S. election. “The Embassy got to know Ms. Chalupa because of her engagement with Ukrainian and other diasporas in Washington D.C., and not in her DNC capacity. We’ve learned about her DNC involvement later,” Chaly said in a statement issued by the embassy. “We were surprised to see Alexandra’s interest in Mr. Paul Manafort’s case. It was her own cause. The Embassy representatives unambiguously refused to get involved in any way, as we were convinced that this is a strictly U.S. domestic matter. “All ideas floated by Alexandra were related to approaching a Member of Congress with a purpose to initiate hearings on Paul Manafort or letting an investigative journalist ask President Poroshenko a question about Mr. Manafort during his public talk in Washington, D.C.,” the ambassador further explained, Solomon noted. Why Manafort? Two reasons. Manafort had joined the 2016 Trump campaign as its manager. Also, Manafort was known to have had dealings in Ukraine. The Obama regime’s Justice Department investigated Manafort’s alleged “misuse of Ukrainian government funds,” but that probe resulted in no charges against Manafort. Why? Because charging Manafort then would have also implicated Obama’s former White House Counsel Greg Craig and a State Department envoy, Cliff Sloan. Now we know why Manafort was such easy prey for Robert Mueller’s team of Democrat-donor prosecutors. As for Ukraine and the Bidens and the Obama administration, Giuliani appears to have all the goods. Specifically, Giuliani appears to have uncovered a massive and “classic” money-laundering scheme to funnel $3 million to Hunter Biden via ‘board member fees’ as he sat on the board of the corrupt energy company Burisma: Did Hunter Biden know about this scheme? Or does that even matter, since he received the funds? Did daddy VP Biden know? Seems he was all tangled up in Ukraine’s affairs as “point man” for Obama. There’s more. Remember Democrats’ “star impeachment witness,” former U.S. Ambassador to Ukraine Marie Yovanovitch? Giuliani says she perjured herself when testifying under oath…twice: Giuliani concludes — for now: This is just the tip of the iceberg folks. We hope you took a good look at this intel. Again, it is completely mind boggling.   Giuliani  Watch! Giuliani Begins Releasing Doomsday Files: Records Suggest Yovanovitch Perjured Herself, Denied Visas to Witnesses Who Could Prove Corruption

Giuliani Uncovers Treasure Trove of Ukrainian Documents, “Biden Money Laundering And Perjury”

Dems Panic as Rudy Giuliani Previews His “Doomsday” Files: $5.3 Billion in US Aid During Obama Crime Spree

Rudy Giuliani: Former VP Biden ‘Bribed’ Ukraine President

Biden campaign demands networks ban & censor Giuliani

Portions of this article originally appeared at The National Sentinel and was republished with permission.

*Some edits have been made.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/rudy-giuliani-declares-war-on-obama-says-hes-ready-to-release-some-bombshells/ 

[:: 7-4-01 Campmeeting 2001 Evening service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc You shall see greater hurricanes, greater tornadoes, greater earthquakes, greater straight winds, drought and famine. etc

:: 12--19 Wikipedia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2004 Indian Ocean earthquake and tsunami

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

The 2004 Indian Ocean earthquake and tsunami (also known as the Boxing Day Tsunami) occurred at 00:58:53 UTC on 26 December, with an epicentre off the west coast of northern Sumatra, Indonesia. It was an undersea megathrust earthquake that registered a magnitude of 9.1–9.3 Mw, reaching a Mercalli intensity up to IX in certain areas. The earthquake was caused by a rupture along the fault between the Burma Plate and the Indian Plate. A series of large tsunami waves up to 30 metres (100 ft) high were created by the underwater seismic activity. Communities along the surrounding coasts of the Indian Ocean were seriously affected, and the tsunamis killed an estimated 227,898 people in 14 countries. The Indonesian city of Banda Aceh reported the largest number of victims. The earthquake was one of the deadliest natural disasters in recorded history. The direct results caused major disruptions to living conditions and commerce, particularly in Indonesia, Sri Lanka, India, and Thailand. The earthquake was the third largest ever recorded and had the longest duration of faulting ever observed; between eight and ten minutes.[10] It caused the planet to vibrate as much as 10 millimetres (0.4 inches),[11] and it remotely triggered earthquakes as far away as Alaska.[12] Its epicentre was between Simeulue and mainland Sumatra.[13] The plight of the affected people and countries prompted a worldwide humanitarian response, with donations totaling more than US$14 billion.[14] The event is known by the scientific community as the Sumatra–Andaman earthquake.[15][16]

Note: full details continue on link below

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2004_Indian_Ocean_earthquake_and_tsunami 

:: 12-17-19 Volcano Discovery :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

M 4.3 quake: 11km NNW of Cholame, CA (USA) on Tue, 17 Dec 18h29

Light magnitude 4.3 earthquake at 6 km depth

Earthquake data (USGS):

Date & Time: Tue, 17 Dec 18:29:21 UTC - 2 days ago

Local time at epicenter: 2019-12-17 10:29:21 -08:00

Hypocenter depth: 6.3 km

Magnitude (Richter scale): 4.3

Latest "I-felt-it" reports about this quake:  Paso Robles, ca: Shaking, not much rolling. Could hear the rumble. Pendant lights swaying. (MMI IV (Light shaking))

: One strong jolt toward east, quik lesser rebound toward west (MMI VI (Strong shaking))

: Felt the shaking while sitting. Creaking in the room walls. Didnt last very long. (MMI III (Weak shaking))

Cholame ca.: Not much shaking but sounded like something on my roof or grater on asfault (MMI IV (Light shaking))

Paso Robles, CA: The whole house just "shuttered" for a second & my sleeping cat's head & ears perked up suddenly. (MMI IV (Light shaking))

Cam Roberts, CA: We are out at Camp Roberts Roberts, San Miguel CA and heart one big loud boom and then building shook. Then right after, a second smaller boom with a lighter Building shake (MMI V (Moderate shaking))

Paso Robles, Dresser Ranch: Just a shaking , crackling , rumble. Sitting in chair in the house. (MMI IV (Light shaking))

San Luis Obispo: I work in an old modular trailer and it shook enough for me to not be able to continue reading what was on my monitor (MMI III (Weak shaking))

Ridgecrest: It felt like the 4 that Ridgecrest had on the 4th of July. Right before the 6 hit. I really hate earthquakes. (MMI V (Moderate shaking))

: Down in my basement workshop downtown and felt like a lightheaded feeling. Nothing rattled or anything. Coworker on the ground floor did not feel it. (MMI II (Very weak shaking))

3433 S. Higuera, San Luis Obispo, CA: Everyone on our floor felt it. (MMI IV (Light shaking))

https://www.volcanodiscovery.com/app/earthquakes/quake-info/2620591/M4-Tue-17-Dec-11km-NNW-of-Cholame-CA-USA.html 

:: 12--19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Giant Cracks Are Gradually Fissuring the Desert in Arizona (Videos)

By Strange Sounds

Some arid valleys of central and southeastern Arizona are home to giant earth cracks that swallow everything on their paths.  These huge earth fissures threaten people, property, infrastructure and livestock. Giant cracks do not only open up in Mexico, but also in arid Arizona. These earth fissures pose danger to cattle, wildlife, and unwary humans. And, because they tend to develop perpendicular to surface drainage, they can capture runoff and develop into large gullies. Most earth fissures in Arizona occur in the corridor between Tucson and Phoenix, and from Phoenix west along interstate 10. Here an example of one of these Arizona giant cracks that opened up on the Navajo Nation ground. The still growing 900 feet long crack is 12 miles north of I-40. It is up to 500 feet deep in places. The USGS has no real answer other than growing tensions in the local rock formations have caused the cracks to form. This giant fissure sits east of Flagstaff on Luepp Rd and is about one mile west of Leupp gas station. It’s gotten so big, that they had to fence it in. The large crack has many residents on the Navajo reservation and in the state of Arizona concerned as fears grow over the expansion of the crack. In 2017, the crack was measuring and amazing 10 feet wide and up to 30 feet deep in some parts and was the largest fissure in the desert of Arizona… and probably still continues to grow: Finally, with the 2013’s collapse of highway 89 near Page, some local residents wonder what mother nature has in mind for the vast reservation: So How Do These Arizona Cracks Form? As explained on the Arizona’s Earth fissure center: Earth fissures are associated with basin subsidence that accompanies extensive ground water mining. In Arizona, fissures were first noted near Eloy in 1929. Their physical appearance varies greatly, but they may be more than a mile in length, up to 15 ft wide, and 100s of feet deep. During torrential rains they erode rapidly presenting a substantial hazard to people and infrastructure. Moreover, fissures provide a ready conduit to deliver runoff and contaminated waters to basin aquifers. Rapid population growth in southern Arizona is increasingly juxtaposing population centers and fissures. Deep fissure in Arizona desert near Chandler Heights. Picture by Todd C. Shipman/ AZGS As the Arizona Geological Survey (AZGS) writes: Giant desiccation cracks are common in southwestern U.S. playas and have been reported in several areas of Arizona but they are much more common than previously recognized. These giant cracks are similar to mudcracks or large soil cracks, but on an enormous scale. The cracks themselves are up to 3 feet (1 m) wide, up to 9 feet (2 m) deep (apparent depth), and a few are on the order of 1000 feet (300 m) long. They form polygonal blocks that look identical to the shape of mudcracks, but the polygons are characteristically 150-600 feet (45-180 m) across whereas typical mudcracks form polygons 4-8 inches (10-20 cm) across and large soil cracks form polygons 2-6 feet (0.5- 2 m) across. Some giant desiccation cracks are large enough to be mistaken for earth fissures that are caused by subsidence from groundwater pumping. Arizona is gradually being eaten by cracks, sinkholes and fissures in the ground. Picture by Todd C. Shipman and Meagan Shoots/ AZGS

According to the U.S. geological survey, earthquakes come and go in the northern parts of Arizona, which also covers the reservation, it’s not big enough to rattle down buildings, but maybe to create those cracks. In any cases these cracks are gradually swallowing and tearing the instabile limestone ground of Arizona.

https://strangesounds.org/2019/08/arizona-giant-cracks-unexplained-ground-fissures-swallow-earth-arizona-videos.html 

:: 12--19 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A freshwater mussel apocalypse is underway—and no one knows why.

Carrie Arnold 2 days ago

To an untrained eye, the crystal waters of the Clinch River, which meanders southwest across the Virginia-Tennessee border, look clean and healthy. But Jordan Richard can spot the dead bodies within seconds. On a crisp fall morning on Sycamore Island, just before the Clinch crosses into Tennessee, Richard bends over to pluck a palm-size brown shell from the riverbed. What remains of the flesh that once clasped the two halves of the pheasantshell mussel (Actinonaias pectorosa) together now protrudes like a foul-smelling, gooey tongue. Noting that this mussel died within the past day or two, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service biologist tosses the shell into a labeled garbage bag for later analysis.  If he’s lucky, this deceased mollusk might hold clues to what is killing the Clinch River mussels.  Since 2016, numbers of pheasantshell, once one of the Clinch’s most abundant mussel species, have plummeted by more than 90 percent, according to research by Richard and Rose Agbalog, also a USFWS biologist. Populations of the river’s 30-some species of freshwater mussel have fallen by half. This die-off is one reason the Clinch has the highest concentration of endangered aquatic species on the continent, with 29 endangered mussels and 19 vulnerable fish species. But this is not an isolated incident: Throughout the U.S. and Europe, staggering numbers of freshwater mussels are dying. To make the matter worse, no one knows why, prompting investigations into everything from infectious diseases to climate change to water pollution. Raising the alarm about what Richard calls a freshwater mussel apocalypse has been a challenge, particularly because the mollusks lack the cultural cachet and fuzzy faces of pandas and tigers. (Read about silent streams and the collapse of freshwater species worldwide.) Yet mussels are crucial to their ecosystems, both by cleaning water of impurities and creating shelter for other species via their shells (after their decades-long lifespans are over). Although freshwater mussels aren't edible—they’re tough and taste bad—there are freshwater mussel fisheries that serve an industry for buttons and pearls worth a few million dollars each year in the U.S. What’s more, ecologists estimate the invertebrates provide millions of dollars of services to the environment. Tony Goldberg, a wildlife disease expert at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, puts mussels' importance more bluntly. Without them, he says, “the freshwater ecosystem will change forever.” Cracking a mussel mystery When Richard first joined the USFWS office in Abingdon, Virginia, in the fall of 2016, he had no idea he was stepping into one of the biggest ecological mysteries of the decade. A few weeks later, locals in Kyles Ford, Tennessee, reported an explosion of dead mussels. So Richard and Agbalog piled into their battered SUV and drove an hour south to the Clinch, filling several trash bags with shells of dead mussels and bringing them back to the USFWS office. The pair’s initial analysis didn’t reveal a cause of death. And when they went back a week later, they found the bottom of the river was once again covered in dead pheasantshells. In fall 2017, the same thing happened: a spike in dead pheasantshells. By 2018, other species began to succumb, including the Cumberland moccasinshell, dromedary pearlymussel, cracking pearlymussel, birdwing pearlymussel, and, as the die-off spread upstream from Tennessee into Virginia, the fluted kidneyshell. When Richard reached out to the close-knit freshwater mussel research community, scientists from around the country reported similar collapses, from Washington State to Oklahoma to Wisconsin. At that time, ecology Ph.D. student Traci DuBose and her advisor, Caryn Vaughn of the University of Oklahoma, began investigating mussel die-offs in the Kiamichi and Mountain Fork Rivers. DuBose and Vaughn’s research tentatively explained their mussel deaths as a result of severe drought. But for every other population, the cause remained a mystery. The lack of a solution ate at Richard, who ransacked the office searching for old documents that might contain any clues, filing them in a knee-high stack of brown accordion folders that have become bent and tattered from use.

One clue: In 1998, a truck filled with rubber accelerant overturned in a ditch next to the Clinch River, killing nearly all the mussels for hundreds of feet downstream. But the spill also annihilated scores of other species from the river—something neither Richard nor Agbalog had seen evidence of in recent times. Across the pond, 26 European countries have reported up to 90 percent declines in various mussel populations, particularly the freshwater pearl mussel. The same potential threats are at play, in addition to dams, invasive species, and declines in host fish, which help mussels reproduce.  Research challenges To figure out what was killing the Clinch River’s mussels, Richard knew that he was going to have to start thinking more systematically. With help from Goldberg, Richard created an experiment to compare populations of sick mussels with healthy ones—a case-control study designed to see if there was something different about the sick mussels that might explain their deaths. But with no idea what the disease might be—or if it was a disease at all—Richard and Goldberg had to cast a wide net, both literally and figuratively. So they started DNA-sequencing tissue from dead mussels to identify potential pathogens or stress-induced changes in their microbes that might leave the invertebrates susceptible to disease. In early 2018, Richard and Agbalog divided their study sites at the Clinch River at the state border. In Tennessee, they chose areas where pheasantshell mussels were dying; sites north, in Virginia, appeared to have healthy mussels (those would be the controls in the experiment). But as soon as the field season started in late August, they ran into problems. (See amazing pictures of rivers.) Whatever was killing the mussels had so devastated their Tennessee study sites that few mussels were left for them to study. Even worse, pheasantshells at some of the Virginia sites, including Sycamore Island, began dying in massive numbers. Only a single site remained unaffected. But the biologists persisted, returning again and again to the same sites in 2019. So far, this year is just as grim as the previous three—and the biologists still aren’t any further along in figuring out the cause. At your service As she wades into the clear, rushing water beside Sycamore, Agbalog stops at a shoal in the middle of the river. “This used to have 60,000 mussels. Now it only has 2,000 to 3,000,” she says. Raising his voice over the loud burbling of the water, Richard adds that mussels filter every drop of water that passes over their shoal at least three times. It’s a tremendous cleaning service for rivers, but it also means the mussels exposed are over and over to many pathogens. “A mussel’s immune system is a healthy river,” Agbalog says. (Read more about threats to freshwater ecosystems.) As he drives along the Clinch, Richard points out all the ways in which the river is suffering. There’s the changing climate, which could be giving the mussels heat stress. But Richard believes a bigger factor is logging, which robs the streams of the large hardwoods that provide shade and cool the water. Not only does heat itself stress mussels, which may make them more susceptible to disease, but also the increased temperatures can negatively affect the species on which mussels depend for food. “This is what an extinction looks like. It has brought a population to its knees,” says Richard. “Can’t these guys catch a break?”  Give mussels a chance Regardless of what is causing the mass die-offs, there’s no question a river without mussels has huge ripple effects on the river’s inhabitants, as the University of Oklahoma’s DuBose discovered. When the mussels die, their decomposing bodies spur a brief pulse of productivity, followed by a steep decline in species diversity as rivers become cloudier and darker without mussels to filter the sediment. It’s a phenomenon Agbalog and Richard have seen along the Clinch. “It’s not just mussels. Freshwater streams are declining in general,” says Rachel Mair, a biologist with the Harrison Lake National Fish Hatchery in eastern Virginia, who previously worked on the Clinch. “It’s very upsetting that mussels might not be around for future generations.” Figuring out what’s going on with the mussels can help biologists like Mair develop a plan to propagate the remaining mussels in hatcheries and eventually release them back into the wild. But finding the funds for such an endeavor won’t be easy, especially for a species that many people aren’t even aware of. But they should be, Richard says. “What’s the worst that could happen if we care? We’d have a cleaner river.”

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/technology/a-freshwater-mussel-apocalypse-is-underway-and-no-one-knows-why/ar-AAKakWc?li=BBVlWej 

:: 12-17-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE! Phone Call w/ VA Nat'l Guardsman on Martial Law/Gun Control (12-17-19)

33,728 views

•Dec 17, 2019

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cS1hOfPfFWs

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The Lord God says, the watered down churches some of those aren’t going to go to heaven, for did I not say man and woman not man and man or woman and woman, I said man and woman. etc

:: 12-17-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Trans Agenda Is An Attempt To Normalize Madness In America: Transgender Activists Want To Prevent People From Thinking In Terms Of 'Male' And 'Female'

- Transgender is part of a continuum of denying reality

By Maria Kneas for All News Pipeline December 17, 2019

The transgender movement involves a LOT more than just allowing transgenders to deny reality and act out their delusions. The stated goal of transgender activists is to “burn the binary.” By that they mean making people become incapable of thinking in terms of male versus female. An example of this is transgender activist Riki Wilchins, who has gone through sex change surgery. He wrote an article titled "We’ll Win the Bathroom Battle When the Binary Burns." What does he mean by "binary"? He describes that as being the "dominant, hetero-binary structure of boy vs. girl." You may be thinking that nobody would actually do that in real life. Unfortunately, they are already working on this agenda in practical ways. For example, a school district in Austin, Texas will be teaching children to avoid using "gender-specific” words such as "father" and "mother." Why? Because such language "can limit [the children’s] understanding of gender into binaries." In other words, this is first step toward Riki Wilchins’ goal of burning the binary. In addition, they will teach children how to do oral sex and anal sex. Transgenderism is especially harmful because it results in undermining the sanity, faith, and morals of children, starting at very young ages. Some American public schools are pushing transgenderism on five-year-olds in kindergarten. In England, transgenderism is being pushed on children at even younger ages. Sometimes this is done to two-year-old children. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) Transgenderism is the beginning of a kind of denial of reality that expands to include race, age, and species (human versus animal). Eventually it winds up with people who claim to be things that don’t even exist. Once upon a time, people who seriously denied reality like this were said to be delusional. But now some people are trying to normalize such delusions and make them become politically correct. TRANS-GENDER: When men imagine that they are women (or vice versa), that is transgender. Instead of trying to get their thinking to line up with reality, these people try to force reality to change in order to line up with their imagination. This starts out with wearing different clothing, and eventually can wind up with people getting sex change surgery and taking hormones in order to try to look like what they feel like. But “trans” goes even further than that. For example, some people think that they are an animal trapped inside a human’s body. And some people have found other ways to try to re-define themselves. TRANS-AGE: A married man with seven children decided that he is really a six-year-old girl. He left his wife and children and has found an older couple to take care of him. A grown man with children believes that he is a child, and in order to live out his fantasy, he has abandoned his wife and seven children. TRANS-RACE: Rachel Dolezal was born white but she identifies as being black. She used to work for the NAACP, but when it was learned that she was really white, then she lost her job. She is calling for “racial fluidity” to be accepted. The state of Delaware has proposed an education regulation that allows children to self-identify their gender and race, without the knowledge or consent of their parents. That includes attending gender-specific classes about sexuality, and participating in sports as members of their self-chosen gender. In other words, a white girl can formally claim to be a black boy (and vice versa), and act accordingly, without having their parents know anything about it. TRANS-SPECIES: The early stage of trans-species can be seen in "human pups." These are people who dress up like dogs. They can take this to extremes, such as sleeping in a dog training crate. There are 10,000 "human pups" in England alone. "Furries" carry this a step further, and take on the persona of the animal. This can include sexual behavior. A "fur" convention in Reno, Nevada drew 3,000 people, 700 of whom were in "fursuits." With the "fur pups" and even with the "furries" there is strange thinking and behavior, but it is reversible. If these people change their thinking, then  However, there are other people who make drastic changes they can take off their costumes and go back to a relatively normal life. that cannot be reversed. We see that with the transgender people who get sex change surgery. Clothing can be changed, and hormone therapy can be reversed, but the surgery is permanent. There are also some trans-species people who do things that are permanent. There is a man who believes that he is a tiger that is trapped inside a human body. He has gotten his entire body and face tattooed to look more like a tiger. He has had surgery and dental work done so that his face and teeth look more tigerish. He has gotten false whiskers implanted into his face. Another man identifies with his pet parrot so much that he got his ears cut off in order to look more like him. He also got his face and eyeballs tattooed, and he wants to get surgery in order to make his nose look more like a beak. TRANS-REALITY: There is a man who believes that he is a female dragon who is trapped in a man’s body. He has had his ears and nose removed in order to look more like a dragon. He has extensive tattoos, including eye coloring, and he has a forked tongue. This man also has a child, a beautiful little boy. I can’t imagine what this must be doing to his son. Most transgenders (and trans-speciesists etc.) probably don’t realize it, but when they try to define what they are themselves, instead of accepting the way that God created them, then they are trying to play God. They are setting themselves up above God. That is a recipe for moral and spiritual disaster, and it can have devastating practical consequences. For example, what will happen to children in Delaware who try to change their gender and/or their race without telling their parents? What will happen to that little boy whose father claims to be a female dragon? Is that his daddy or his mommy? Or is he living with a dragon? And what will happen to the children of that man who now claims to be a 6-year-old girl? That level of rejection and abandonment must be devastating, and their father’s example of denying reality could set them on the path for tragic events in their lives.  THE BOTTOM LINE When God set boundaries for our identity and our sexuality, He did that in order to protect us. What these people have been doing makes it all too obvious that fallen human beings need that kind of protection from God. We need to do things God’s way, as described in the Bible. If we don’t do that, then we will self-destruct, and we are likely to harm others in the process. The sexual anarchy movement is producing “experts” who want to tell us what to think and how to live. However, God knows more about us than such people do. Therefore, we need to trust what God says in the Bible, instead of falling prey to the delusions of these self-proclaimed “experts.” “On Christ the solid Rock I stand, All other ground is sinking sand.”

(A special thanks to Maria Kneas for this story. Her book "Prepare For Persecution" can be found here.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/Transgender_Activists_Want_to_Prevent_People_from_Thinking_in_Terms_of_Male_Versus_Female.php 

:: 12-17-19 Life Site News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tue Dec 17, 2019 - 9:34 am EST

Trudeau moves to criminalize therapy for unwanted same-sex attraction

OTTAWA, December 17, 2019 (LifeSiteNews) — A bill that will criminalize “conversion therapy” in Canada is a “despicable” attack on religious liberty that could lead to Christians going to jail for proclaiming that homosexual individuals can change, warns Canada’s pro-life, pro-family organization Campaign Life Coalition. Introduced last week by Independent Senator Serge Joyal, Bill S-202 will make it an indictable offense punishable by up to five years in jail to benefit materially or financially indirectly or directly from the provision of “conversion therapy” to anyone under 18 years of age. The bill further amends the Criminal Code to make advertising “conversion therapy” a crime punishable by up to five years in jail. Not only that, but Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s Liberal government plans to introduce a similar bill in the House of Commons when Parliament reconvenes in January. In his mandate letters to ministers setting out the Liberals’ legislative objectives, Trudeau instructed justice minister David Lametti to “amend the Criminal Code to ban the practice of conversion therapy and take other steps required with the provinces and territories to end conversion therapy in Canada.” Given that this is the case, it’s expected that Senate Bill S-202 will “move forward very quickly,” says Campaign Life Coalition campaigns manager David Cooke. Bill S-202 defines “conversion therapy” as “any practice, treatment or service designed to change an individual’s sexual orientation or gender identity or to eliminate or reduce sexual attraction or sexual behaviour between persons of the same sex. For greater certainty, this definition does not include a surgical sex change or any related service.” This sweeping definition includes “Christian counselling, prayer, and evangelism directed at the LGBT community” as well as “medical or psychological practices,” Cooke said. “In other words, if you publicly proclaim (‘advertise’) the message that homosexuals can be saved and changed, you will go to prison,” he added. “And if a young homosexual (under age 18) is converted at your church and starts contributing to the offering (providing a financial ‘benefit’), your church leadership will go to prison.” “Christians could actually become criminalized for just being Christian. The Canadian government intends to make conversion efforts illegal if they are in any way directed at those who identify as LGBT,” he warned. Campaign Life has launched a petition against the bill, stating it is “absurd and totalitarian for any government” to jail people for “helping someone overcome unwanted same-sex attractions or gender dysphoria,” as well as “a violation of the fundamental human rights of those who want to change.” A problem in opposing this law is that the “LGBT lobby and its political allies” are using the public’s misperception of conversion therapy as leverage to pass it, Cooke noted.  Some 50 years ago, a “small number of doctors” used “very questionable psychological techniques” such as “electroshock therapy or vomit-inducing chemicals to create a mental aversion to homosexual impulses,” he noted. “These were heinous, non-Christian practices that have been rightfully discontinued — and we heartily denounce them.” That’s echoed by Jack Fonseca, director of political operations at Campaign Life. “The mainstream media has been flat out lying about conversion therapy” in the past few years to “whip up the public to support a ban on this important treatment option that many people want and should have available if they desire it,” he told LifeSiteNews. The fear-mongering by liberal journalists “about forcible electroshock therapy on homosexuals is total rubbish. It does not happen at all. And it probably has not happened for half a century,” Fonseca said. What the “caring professionals in the field of psychology and psychiatry” use today to overcome unwanted same-sex attraction “is simply standard, clinical ‘talk therapy’, in which patients who want help talk to a counsellor or therapist about the significant moments in their life, especially childhood trauma which may be contributing to the unwanted homosexual or transgender feelings,” he said. This process, which is also referred to as “reparative therapy,” is “very effective,” added Fonseca. Pioneer and foremost authority on reparative therapy Dr. Joseph Nicolosi “consistently found” that a third of his same-sex attracted patients “recovered their heterosexual nature and were able to move on to get married to a person of the opposite sex and to have a family,” he said. Another third “made significant progress but still struggled with same-sex attraction,” while “one-third experienced no change,” Fonseca noted. “In terms of efficacy in comparison to other forms of the psychiatric or counselling treatments, this is actually a very good success ratio.” Cooke noted that Kristopher Wells, Canada research chair for the public understanding of sexual and gender minority youth at Edmonton’s MacEwan University, and adviser to the government on the conversion therapy ban, was clear that churches are under threat over conversion therapy. Wells told a roundtable in Edmonton in August that Lametti was considering “revoking charitable status,” of “churches [and] faith communities that continue to use or promote conversion therapy,” Global News reported at that time. Openly homosexual M.P. Randy Boissonnault, special adviser to Trudeau on LGBT issues, told the same roundtable Lametti is committed to the cause. “The reason you criminalize conversion therapy is so that we stamp it out… so that people know that if you’re trying to change somebody’s sexual orientation, gender identity or gender expression, you’re breaking the law and you should go to jail,” Boissenault said. Fonseca blasted criminalizing of reparative therapy as a violation of religious freedom and parental rights. Individuals have the right to seek help for unwanted same-sex attraction, and parents have the right and obligation “to seek out a psychotherapist who can get to the bottom of the underlying psychological or emotional problem (or sexual abuse as is often the case)” for a child suffering gender dysphoria, he said. “For Trudeau to insert himself between a parent and their child in this manner is despicable and disgusting,” he added. Campaign Life is urging all Canadians to contact their M.P.s and their senators to oppose Bill S-202, and to sign CLC’s petition, which Campaign Life will be presenting to the Senate and Trudeau government, Fonseca told LifeSiteNews. He also asked concerned Canadians to talk to their priest or pastor and “urge them to speak out against this law, and to promote our petition in their church.” To find out who your M.P. is, go here. To find out who your senator is, go here. To sign the petition, go here.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/trudeau-moves-to-criminalize-therapy-for-unwanted-same-sex-attraction 

:: 12-17-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exorcists Condemn Children’s Book on Summoning Demons

By Thomas D. Williams, Ph.D.17 Dec 2019

ROME — The International Association of Exorcists (AIE) has issued a statement warning parents of the dangers of a 2019 children’s book that gives instructions on how to summon up demons. The statement refers to A Children’s Book of Demons, a book targeting children aged 5-10 by Aaron Leighton, an illustrator and “fan” of occult practices. The book invites children to summon demons as a way of dealing with unpleasant problems such as chores, homework, and getting rid of bullies. “Summoning demons has never been so fun!” it proposes. The book, published by Koyama Press, presents a number of demons, each accompanied by a sigil, to be drawn by kids as a means of conjuring the demons for their personal benefit. “Leighton’s renderings of the multieyed, multiarmed, sharp-toothed demons are outlandish without being creepy, and the creative concept will likely inspire some readers to create demons of their own,” Publishers Weekly declares in its review of the book. Not everyone is so sanguine in evaluating the potential impact of Leighton’s book on child readers. The author presents the calling up of demons as something “ordinary and recommendable,” says AIE president Father Francesco Bamonte, “inviting children them to ally themselves with them, to take advantage of them.” The priest notes that Leighton teaches children to summon demons by drawing the demonic seal, or sigil, that represents them. “Thus, the children reproduce symbols very similar to those featured in the grimoires, manuals of magic spells that teach, with meticulous detail, the procedures necessary to contact evil spirits,” he said. According to Father Bamonte, the book forms part of a broader trend to propose satanism as “a normal alternative to other religions,” deserving of the same respect and freedoms. Teaching children to summon demons is like suggesting they get help from a criminal, Bamonte suggests, while warning that such an activity can damage a child “morally, psychologically, and spiritually.” “You don’t mess around with demons. Whoever invites a child to summon a demon is like a person who puts a grenade in their hands to play with. Sooner or later the child will pull the pin and the bomb will explode in their hands,” the AIE said in its statement, posted last week. In their statement, the exorcists warn that a book like Leighton’s totally subverts the “discernment between what is good and what is bad.”

https://www.breitbart.com/faith/2019/12/17/exorcists-condemn-childrens-book-on-summoning-demons/

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 12-17-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bloomberg Shows Reporters are Political Operatives

And there’s no room for them on Republican campaigns.

Tue Dec 17, 2019 Daniel Greenfield

Daniel Greenfield, a Shillman Journalism Fellow at the Freedom Center, is an investigative journalist and writer focusing on the radical Left and Islamic terrorism. There will never be a President Michael Bloomberg. Not unless some bankrupt African country decides to auction off the privilege to the highest bidder. But while Bloomy is no real threat to the Democrats or Republicans, his campaign is unintentionally telling the obvious truth about the role of the media. The billionaire famously banned staff from his eponymous outlet from investigating him or fellow Dems while declaring an open season on President Trump. He responded to criticism by saying that his reporters, “get a paycheck. But with your paycheck comes some restrictions and responsibilities.” Those restrictions and responsibilities are to serve the political interests of the guy signing the checks. The distinction between Bloomberg’s media outlet and presidential campaign are non-existent. Five staffers from the outlet, an executive editor, news editor, senior editorial page editor, social media editor, and another editorial page editor, have joined the presidential campaign of the same name. The name of the guy signing their paychecks. In response, President Trump denied press credentials to Bloomberg News reporters to cover his campaign. That was followed by GOP chairwoman Ronna McDaniel stating that, "Media outlets should be independent and fair, and this decision proves that Bloomberg News is neither." And that the GOP would no longer provide credentials to Bloomberg News personnel. “We condemn any action that keeps quality news media from reporting fairly and accurately on the presidency and the leadership of the country,” New York Times executive editor Dean Baquet objected. But Is there anything wrong with banning political operatives from gaining access to your campaign?  “We have covered Donald Trump fairly and in an unbiased way since he became a candidate in 2015 and will continue to do so despite the restrictions imposed by the Trump campaign," John Micklethwait, the editor-in-chief of Bloomberg News, insisted. But the restrictions weren’t imposed by Trump, but by his own boss. Micklethwait can’t say so because of the signature on his paychecks. There are lots of things he can’t say and things that he must say. In the memo put out by Micklethwait after his boss launched his campaign, he described the Bloomberg News "tradition of not investigating Mike (and his family and foundation) and we will extend the same policy to his rivals in the Democratic primaries. We cannot treat Mike's competitors differently from him." There's no problem though with treating his Republican competitors differently, as Micklethwait noted that, "our P&I team will continue to investigate the Trump administration." Corruption can be a tradition. And refusing to investigate your own boss is corruption. Or it is if you accept the media’s self-definition as public interest organizations searching for the truth. But as Michael Bloomberg demonstrated, the media are nothing more than political operatives. The Media Research Center filed an FEC complaint against Michael Bloomberg, Bloomberg News, and the Bloomberg 2020 campaign, for violating the law by giving Bloomberg, but not Trump, a pass. "Bloomberg News knowingly and willfully announced that it would be giving the Candidate and the Candidate's Committee (as well as all candidates running for the Democratic nomination) a thing of value - continued investigations and reporting into the Candidate's political opponent while refraining from investigations into the Candidate," the complaint notes.  When Michael Bloomberg launched his campaign, he also announced that Bloomberg News would function as his political operatives. There’s no meaningful distinction between Bloomberg News where, as MRC points out, the guy whose name is on the masthead owns 89% of the shares, and the campaign. The journalists who work for Bloomberg News quickly switched, officially or unofficially, to political operatives working for the Bloomberg 2020 campaign. Which are both controlled by the same guy. And he should be praised for his honesty. The media aren’t biased. That’s a meaningless term. Everyone is biased. Like Bloomberg News, the media is an infrastructure of political operatives who are pretending to provide a public service. The ‘quid pro quo’ is more hidden than when Bloomberg orders his people not to investigate him, but it’s just as real. Could a pro-Trump journalist survive for long at the New York Times, the Washington Post or CNN? Forget the ideological lean of the leadership. Their audiences would never tolerate it. The Post’s ‘Democracy Dies in Darkness’ brand dedicated it to a war on Trump. And that paid off with a massive influx of subscribers and readers. The ideological diversity of the paper, always marginal, dropped off the charts. The Washington Post no longer has any conservative contributors. Its former Republican section, Max Boot, and Jennifer Rubin, to a lesser degree George Will, are a choir who all write on the same topic that makes these papers profitable, the evils of Donald J. Trump. Much as at Bloomberg News, that’s what the people who sign the paychecks want. Unlike Bloomberg News, there isn’t a single signer. Instead it’s the mass of subscribers who want the Washington Post to be wholly dedicated to destroying Trump. The phenomenon can be seen at the New York Times which, unlike the Post, has a few remaining conservatives, but no Trump supporters, and the paper comes under fire every time one of them questions some core leftist tenet of faith such as global warming The media is caught in its own vicious cycle of partisanship. Its partisan skew narrows its readership and viewership to an echo chamber. And that radical echo chamber demands ideological purity. The media radicalizes its audience. And that audience radicalizes the media. This vicious cycle has transformed the media into a purely political operation whose outlets no longer recognize any journalistic standards. It’s not just Bloomberg News. The media is a political operation that employs political operatives. A radical wealthy urban subscriber base is signing the media’s checks to fight their culture war against Republicans and the rest of the country. The media’s journalists, corporate or non-profit, are the political operatives indirectly employed by the same people who clog ActBlue with donations. Michael Bloomberg took that relationship out of the musty closet and into the bright light of day. And that’s a good thing. Political operatives are at their most dangerous when they pretend to be concerned citizens, public servants, or anything other than what they are, the compensated proponents of a political cause. Everything from onerous environmental regulations to the impeachment crisis had its roots in political operatives functioning under the guise of everything from noble scientists to dedicated FBI agents. And the media is the worst example of political operatives pretending to be something they’re not. Michael Bloomberg will never be the President of the United States. He poses no threat to President Trump. But his ambitions and ego have already inflicted a severe blow on the media. Bloomberg’s actions have opened up a debate within the media about the legitimacy of his outlet’s coverage. Even while starring in his very own version of Citizen Kane, he exposed the truth about what the media is. Some conservatives are content to criticize media bias. But the media is no more biased than Joe Biden, Bernie Sanders, or Michael Bloomberg are biased. They’re politicians. The media is a political operation. Its personnel are political operatives. Their goal is no different than that of the politicians they support. Some politicians employ them, as in Bloomberg’s case, or, as is more common, their major donors do. President Trump and the GOP were right to dump Bloomberg News. The Washington Post and the New York Times should be next.

Political operatives don’t deserve press credentials on the campaigns they’re working to undermine.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2019/12/bloomberg-shows-reporters-are-political-operatives-daniel-greenfield/ 

:: 12-17-19 Spectator USA :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Richard Jewell was a victim of ‘fake news’

Over two decades ago, the security guard hero’s life was ruined by an agenda-driven media

Jack Hunter • December 17, 2019

Few things enrage journalists more than when President Trump accuses the media of creating ‘fake news’ or calls them the ‘enemy of the people’. Reporters and pundits understandably take it as a threat — not only to themselves but also to the First Amendment and the bedrock notion that a free press is necessary for a free society. Some have interpreted Trump’s remarks as emerging fascism or even wondered if they could end up in jail for criticizing this administration (though the media curiously didn’t make as much of a stink when President Obama was trampling reporters’ constitutional rights).  Yet to date, no journalists have been locked up. No fascist measures have been taken against the press. But Trump’s anti-media comments have never really been a challenge to journalists’ existence or their important role. That’s just how they usually take them. The president’s irritation has always appeared to be that he believes too many aren’t doing their jobs properly. That instead of merely pursuing truth and keeping the public informed, the press is agenda-driven, developing and promoting false narratives of their own making. That is exactly what happened to Richard Jewell. In the Clint Eastwood-directed Richard Jewell, the film’s namesake is a hero who saved many lives during the 1996 bombing of the Summer Olympics in Atlanta’s Centennial Park. After a few days of praise, the FBI makes Jewell their top suspect based on nothing more than the fact that he fit one of their criminal profiles. The Atlanta Journal-Constitution broke the story with their front-page headline, ‘FBI Suspects ‘Hero’ Guard May Have Planted Bomb’ and the rest of the media followed their lead. In a matter of days, Jewell had been virtually convicted in the court of public opinion thanks to an avalanche of national stories that screamed guilt to readers and viewers. Yet, Jewell was completely innocent. He deserved a medal, not a jail sentence and certainly not 24/7 media harassment. Should the AJC or any other outlet have reported that Jewell was an FBI suspect? Of course. It was news and therefore, newsworthy. But for the media to invest completely in only what the FBI was saying at the time instead of also questioning the authorities was a mistake. The failure of journalists to ask probing questions created a national story that simply wasn’t true and that did significant damage to Jewell and his family. His 1996 controversy is a prime example of what any reasonable observer might call ‘fake news’.  Fake news can take many forms. Right up until Robert Mueller released his much anticipated report on alleged collusion between Donald Trump and Russia during the 2016 presidential election, most of the mainstream media was invested in the president being found guilty of something, even if it wasn’t clear what that might be. When that didn’t happen, most of what CNN, MSNBC and other mainstream and left-leaning outlets had been reporting for a few years certainly seemed like fake news. MSNBC and CNN’s ratings took a significant hit. ‘There was no market for skepticism about it,’ said an anonymous MSNBC employee in the wake of the Mueller report. ‘As a business model, they see the ratings, and we were getting rewarded for this every day.’ Like the media in 1996 relying on the FBI in the Jewell case, the American press throughout much of ‘Russiagate’ listened primarily to government officials who were already opposed to the president. Glenn Greenwald was one of the few progressive journalists who never bought into the zeitgeist. ‘Not only did MSNBC and CNN use those people as their sources, they hired them as their news analysts,’ Greenwald said of those news outlets CIA sources.  ‘So if you turn on CNN or MSNBC, it was basically state TV,’ Greenwald said. ‘It was CIA TV.’ Greenwald suggested after the Mueller report was released that MSNBC should ‘go before the cameras and hang their head in shame, and apologize for lying to people for three straight years exploiting their fears to great profit.’ In 2008, former CNN reporter Jessica Yellin revealed that her former bosses seeking profits over real news is part the reason the media failed to ask the right questions in the lead up to the Iraq War in 2003. Yellin said that the corporate heads of her network did not want negative stories about Iraq, thus preventing reporters from challenging the George W. Bush administration. ‘The press corps was under enormous pressure from corporate executives, frankly, to make sure that this was a war presented in a way that was consistent with the patriotic fever in the nation and the president’s high approval ratings,’ Yellin admitted over a decade ago. ’And my own experience at the White House was that the higher the president’s approval ratings, the more pressure I had from news executives… to put on positive stories about the president.’ Yellin said news executives, ‘would push me in different directions. They would turn down stories that were more critical, and try to put on pieces that were more positive.’ There were so many questions that should have been asked before the Iraq War debacle. They weren’t. Press freedom must always be protected. This doesn’t mean the media is forever shielded from criticism about what they do with that freedom. Fake news should be called out.  A press that runs stories slandering innocent individuals, creates ideologically-driven and factually dubious charges against the president or neglects to effectively question the government in the lead up to a war, is not doing its job. One might even call them an ‘enemy of the people’ precisely because they keep failing the people. Just like they did Richard Jewell.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2019/12/bloomberg-shows-reporters-are-political-operatives-daniel-greenfield/ 

:: 12--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deals with the Devil

By Hal Lindsey

Nikki Haley, former US Ambassador to the United Nations, recently characterized a Canadian vote at the UN as “a deal with the devil.” That’s strong language coming from a well-regarded diplomat. I assume she meant it figuratively. But something literal is at work. Canada’s recent about-face on Israel is a capitulation to the growing forces of darkness in our world. In recent years, the nations of the UN have been making a lot of deals with the devil — the actual devil. Haley was referring to a vote on an anti-Israel resolution sponsored by North Korea. That’s right, those paragons of respect for human rights — North Korea’s government leaders — sponsored a resolution condemning Israel for “occupying” East Jerusalem, Judea and Samaria. The resolution also says that the wall Israel built “severely impedes the right of the Palestinian people to self-determination.” That wall was built to stop terrorist activity in Israel. It has been highly effective. It was necessary because Palestinian leadership continues to act as a major sponsor of terrorism. Israel tries to make peace while Palestinian leaders encourage their constituents to randomly stab people and blow things up. When Israel responds to these terrorist acts, the Palestinians decry Israel’s actions. Israel continues to try to make peace. But while they work for peace, they must keep their people secure. Thus, the wall. A few years ago, the seat of world antisemitism could be found in the Islamic nations. But more and more it is moving back into the lands where it manifested its greatest evil — Europe. According to UN Watch, “In the current 74th session of the UN General Assembly (2019-2020), all EU member states voted for one resolution each to criticize (1) Iran, (2) Syria, (3) North Korea, (4) Crimea, (5) Myanmar, and (6) the U.S., for its embargo on Cuba. “By contrast, EU states are expected to vote for 15 out of 20 resolutions singling out Israel. Yet these same EU states failed to introduce a single UNGA resolution on the human rights situation in China, Venezuela, Saudi Arabia, Belarus, Cuba, Turkey, Pakistan, Vietnam, Algeria, or on 175 other countries.” Think about the numbers — 20 resolutions against Israel. All EU nations are expected to vote for 15 of them. All (or almost all) of the 20 resolutions either have passed or are expected to pass in the General Assembly. Contrast that with 6 resolutions against the rest of the world combined!  There were 20 against Israel while there was one against the number one state sponsor of terror in the world, Iran. There was one against Syria — the nation whose leader uses chemical weapons against his own people. There was one against North Korea — which starves, tortures, imprisons, or murders all who oppose its “Supreme Leader.” There were no resolutions against Venezuela, where the leader kills his enemies and systematically starves his people. There were none against China where the war on religious freedom results in government-approved rape and pillage. There were none against Russia where opposing the Putin regime often equals death. Yet there were 20 against Israel. This level of hatred and vitriol is not natural. Jesus called Satan “the prince of this world.” He is a being at war with God. He believes that if he can destroy Israel, he will win the war by making God a liar. And so, he fights Israel with all the venom he can muster. (And that’s a lot of venom.) Eventually, he will try to destroy Israel by enacting a peace treaty between his man, the Antichrist, and the nation of Israel. But even then, God will keep His promises.

These are troubled times. But don’t despair. Instead, look up. Your redemption draws near.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-12-11-2019/ 

:: 12-17-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FISA court slams FBI over surv illance applications, in rare public order

By Andrew O'Reilly, Bill Mears | Fox News

In a rare public order Tuesday, the chief judge of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court [FISC] strongly criticized the FBI over its surveillance-application process, giving the bureau until Jan. 10 to come up with solutions, in the wake of findings from Justice Department Inspector General Michael E. Horowitz. The order, from the court's presiding judge Rosemary M. Collyer, came just a week after the release of Horowitz's withering report about the wiretapping of Carter Page, a former campaign adviser to President Trump. "The FBI's handling of the Carter Page applications, as portrayed in the [Office of Inspector General] report, was antithetical to the heightened duty of candor described above," Collyer wrote in her four-page order. "The frequency with which representations made by FBI personnel turned out to be unsupported or contradicted by information in their possession, and with which they withheld information detrimental to their case, calls into question whether information contained in other FBI applications is reliable." "As [FBI Director Christopher Wray] has stated, the inspector general’s report describes conduct by certain FBI employees that is unacceptable and unrepresentative of the FBI as an institution," the bureau responded in a statement Tuesday night. "The director has ordered more than 40 corrective steps to address the report’s recommendations, including some improvements beyond those recommended by the IG."  FISA REPORT DROPS: 7 TAKEAWAYS FROM DOJ WATCHDOG'S RUSSIA PROBE REVIEW  Horowitz said he did not find significant evidence that FBI agents were involved in a political conspiracy to undermine Trump's candidacy in 2016. However, the report did find numerous errors and inaccuracies used by FBI agents to obtain permission to monitor Page's phone calls and emails.  While Collyer's order did not specify exactly what reforms the FBI needed to implement to its policies for obtaining permission to wiretap people under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act, or FISA, the order did say that the FISA court will weigh in on whether the reforms are deemed sufficient. "The [FISA court] expects the government to provide complete and accurate information in every filing with the court," Collyer wrote. "Without it, the [FISA court] cannot properly ensure that the government conducts electronic surveillance for foreign intelligence purposes only when there is a sufficient factual basis." The Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court has dealt with some of the most sensitive matters of national security: terror threats and espionage. Its work, for the most part, cannot be examined by the American public, by order of Congress and the president. Its work has been mostly secret, its structure largely one-sided. "The most unusual thing is that there is a body of law that the court has created, but as a practitioner that is part of that law, we have between zero and some very limited knowledge of what that law is," Michael Sussmann, a former Justice Department prosecutor and current private attorney in the consumer and computer-privacy field, told Fox News. "But, it's the fact that there is a secret law and a secret body of law that makes it the most vexing." CLICK TO READ THE IG REPORT Tuesday's order from the court came amid a Republican-led push to reform FISA.  Reps. Chris Stewart, R-Utah, and Brad Wenstrup, R-Ohio, last week introduced the FISA Improvements Act in a bid to "stop these abuses" and effectively amend FISA by adding requirements on the FBI, the DOJ and on the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which would also give Congress "critical new insight to perform oversight of the FISA powers." "The deceptive actions of a few high-ranking officials within the FBI and the Department of Justice have eroded public trust in our federal institutions," Stewart stated. "They flattened internal guardrails, deceived the FISA court, and irreparably damaged the reputation of an innocent American" - a reference to Page. The GOP bill would mandate that amicus curiae – an impartial court advisor – be assigned to all cases where a U.S. person is involved. It also would ensure that the DOJ disclose "any usage of unverified information in the application," and include a provision in which any FISA extensions are heard or denied by the same judge which "ensures that the government is not able to obfuscate details of an expiring order's newly gathered evidence to support renewal." The House voted earlier this year against a bipartisan amendment to FISA, proposed by Michigan Rep. Justin Amash -- then a Republican -- and Rep. Zoe Lofgren, D-Calif., which would have halted the 2020 funding for FISA's Section 702, which was authorized in 2008 as a means to monitor communications by foreign nationals outside the U.S. Amash later left the Republican Party to become an independent. Collyer's order was met with praise by some Republican lawmakers, including Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Lindsey Graham, R-S.C. "Very pleased to see the FISA court condemn the FISA warrant application and process against Carter Page," Graham said in a statement. "As Inspector General Horowitz’s report describes in great detail, the FISA process falsified evidence and withheld exculpatory evidence to obtain a warrant against Mr. Page on numerous occasions." Horowitz's report was hardly the first time the court has come under scrutiny. In 2013, self-confessed National Security Agency [NSA] leaker Edward Snowden revealed a secret FISC order approving government collection of mass amounts of so-called metadata from telecom giant Verizon and leading Internet companies, including Microsoft, Apple, Google, Yahoo and Facebook.  The revelations triggered debate about national security and privacy interests, and about the secretive legal process that set government surveillance in motion. Approvals would come from a rotating panel of federal judges at the FISC, deciding whether to grant certain types of government requests -- wiretapping, data analysis and other monitoring for "foreign intelligence purposes" of suspected terrorists and spies operating in the United States. The Snowden revelations confirmed the scope of the NSA's efforts had greatly expanded -- along with the court's original mission. No longer were FISC judges approving individual surveillance requests. Now, in essence, they were reinterpreting the Constitution, expanding the limits of privacy and due process, critics said. "The laws have been secretly interpreted in a way that now allows the government to monitor the communications of all of us-- a dragnet of surveillance," said David Sobel, a senior counsel at the Electronic Freedom Foundation. "Based on the statistics we have, the court appears to be a rubber stamp but part of the problem is because this process is secret, and because the public can't see what the court is doing or read the opinions, it is hard to assess the extent the court is asking tough questions and holding the govt.'s feet to the fire."

Fox News' Jason Donner, Jake Gibson and Hollie McKay contributed to this report.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/fisa-court-slams-fbi-over-surveillance-applications-in-rare-public-order 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 12--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-Semitism in US linked to BDS movement, new NGO-backed report finds

Talia Kaplan

By Talia Kaplan | Fox News

EXCLUSIVE — A new report, obtained Sunday by Fox News, has exposed what it called “unprecedented similarities between the BDS [The Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions] movement and far-right groups to propagate anti-Semitism in the United States.” The 120-page report, titled “The New Anti-Semites,” is scheduled to be released on Monday and is backed by 23 Jewish and Christian American non-governmental organizations. “The wide coalition behind the report illustrates the growing concern about the spike in anti-Semitism in the United States,” the report's authors said. “Much of this hatred is often disguised under the veil of the delegitimization campaign against the Jewish State of Israel.” The report warned that “this bigotry does not end with the Jewish people; it threatens to dismantle American values and result in mass violence,” one of the report’s authors, StopAntiSemitism.org director Liora Rez, told Fox News. JERSEY CITY MAYOR: KOSHER MARKET ATTACK WAS A HATE CRIME, ANTI-SEMITISM MUST BE CALLED OUT Last week, in Jersey City, N.J., Mayor Steven Fulop said the shooting that unfolded at a kosher market was a “targeted attack,” in what he called an act of hate. Two shooters sparked a chaotic scene of gunfire; six people died, including a police officer, the shooters and three bystanders. The shooters had been linked to the Black Hebrew Israelite movement, a militant group whose members believe they're descendants of the ancient Israelites and who have been known to rail against white and Jewish people. “What we are seeing is a phenomenon amongst all the radical movements, with BDS being one of the leaders, and making anti-Semitism mainstream to incite hate against Jews,” Rez said. “I think that the BDS movement has put anti-Semitism in the spotlight with a massive megaphone that they have been granted on college campuses. It basically opens the Pandora’s box.” StopAntisemitism.org and the Zachor Legal Institute authored the report. The authors said the report detailed how the BDS movement “directly drives anti-Semitism and radicalizes public discourse in Western democracies,” documenting more than 100 examples in the United States and around the world. Zachor Legal Institute founder Marc Greendorfer, a co-author, told Fox News the research began two years ago. He said what prompted him to start putting together the report was his involvement in supporting state anti-BDS laws. “We knew, because we have done other work, we had done research, where BDS was formed, how it was formed, who supported it, and what we found was that there was a very strong terror organization component to the founding and management of BDS,” Greendorfer told Fox News. He said he then talked to other organizations and asked them if they had specific examples of BDS “both making very blatantly anti-Semitic statements and affiliating with hate groups.” “All the groups consolidated their information and we prepared the report from that,” Greendorfer added. The report uncovered “an increasingly public intellectual and philosophical alliance between the BDS movement and far-right groups,” according to the authors. They also said it “brings to light numerous incidents in which the anti-Semitic rhetoric used by far-right groups and white supremacist networks has been embraced by left-wing BDS leaders and activists.” The report said the “delegitimization campaign” has been anti-Semitic, as defined by the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance [IHRA]: bigotry against Jewish people often used by the U.S. government and other governments. “This report builds on the idea that BDS is backed by terror, but specifically it investigated the burgeoning ties between extreme left and extreme right anti-Semitism,” Greendorfer told Fox News. “We compiled an analysis of examples of anti-Semitism that has been spread over the years going all the way back to the Middle Ages, really, and to the Nazi regime and then anti-Israel activism once Israel was established as a state.” The report said, “The BDS movement and its agenda against Israel is also being promoted by the more ‘mainstream’ and center-stage white supremacists of the United States.” One example: former Ku Klux Klan leader David Duke’s “newfound support.” It provided examples from Duke’s Twitter account. “For the first time we are seeing David Duke changing his vocabulary. Rather than using 'Jews,' he is spotlighting 'Israel' and 'Zionism.' And, in my opinion, this is a direct result of the radical BDS movement coming into play,” Rez told Fox News. Greendorfer said the report reached two major conclusions. “The groups today that spread anti-Semitism are using the same style, message and sometimes even images that have historically been used by anti-Semites,” Greendorfer said. “The second part is the intersection of the extreme left and the extreme right, that they are now united in spreading these messages.” UN RELEASES FIRST-EVER REPORT ON ANTI-SEMITISM HIGHLIGHTING UPTICK He added, “There is a terrorist element behind this and that’s what we are trying to expose and now the left and right are uniting in anti-Semitism.” Rez said, “For far too long, BDS has been able to masquerade as a social justice movement in America, while spreading vile Jew-hatred and inciting hate and violence.” She added, “By exposing the history, methods, and networks of the new anti-Semites, we are empowering the American people to effectively combat it.” The report is scheduled to be released five days after President Trump signed an executive order targeting anti-Semitism on college campuses. The order broadened the federal government’s definition of anti-Semitism to include the IHRA’s definition, which can include criticism of Israel, and instructed it to be used in enforcing laws against discrimination on college campuses under Title VI. Under the order, the Department of Education could withhold funding from schools that it found in violation of Title VI.  “The president did exactly what this report was encouraging,” Greendorfer told Fox News. He also said Trump “did exactly what he had hoped for, but it would be much more comprehensive if Congress also acted.” The report called on federal and state governments to incorporate the IHRA’s definition into “clear, enforceable laws.” These measures would include increased social and academic education on modern anti-Semitism and legislation “preventing social media sites from serving as a platform for anti-Semites to spread their hatred,” according to the report’s authors. The Palestinian BDS National Committee, which, according to its website, is the coalition of Palestinian civil society organizations that leads and supports the BDS movement, did not immediately respond to Fox News’ request for comment. The Associated Press contributed to this report.

Talia Kaplan is a reporter for FoxNews.com. Follow her on Twitter @taliakaplan  

https://www.foxnews.com/us/anti-semitism-bds-movement-report 

:: 12-17-19 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Blasts Impeachment In Fiery Letter to Pelosi

Tuesday, 17 December 2019 02:58 PM

President Donald Trump is angrily objecting to the House of Representatives’ articles of impeachment, accusing Democrats of “perversion of justice and abuse of power” in their effort to remove him from office. In a fiery letter Tuesday to House Speaker Nancy Pelosi on the eve of his expected impeachment, Trump maintained that he did nothing wrong in seeking foreign investigation of political rivals, and he attacked Democrats for focusing on impeachment rather than other issues.  Trump also repeated his objections to the process of the House inquiry, claiming “more due process was afforded to those accused in the Salem Witch Trials.” Trump says he doesn’t believe his letter will change anything, but that he is registering his objections “for the purpose of history.” Meanwhile at the Capitol, House Democrats and Republicans sparred over the rules of debate for Wednesday’s historic votes on impeaching Trump, dispatching the lofty rhetoric of constitutional duty for the rugged politics of the House action and Senate trial that is expected to follow. The Democratic-majority House Rules Committee met through the day Tuesday, with lawmakers arguing over the parameters for Wednesday’s debate, which is expected to culminate in votes to make Trump the third president to be impeached in American history. “It’s unfortunate that we have to be here today, but the actions of the president of the United States make that necessary,” said Chairman Jim McGovern, D-Mass. “The evidence is as clear as it is overwhelming.″ He said the president “jeopardized our national security. and he undermined our democracy” and added that “every day we let President Trump act like the law doesn’t apply to him, we move a little closer” to rule by dictators. Republicans disagreed, firmly. The top committee Republican, Rep. Tom Cole of Oklahoma, said the split view among Americans over impeachment should be reason enough not to proceed with the rare action. “When half of Americans are telling you what you are doing is wrong, you should listen,” he said. House Democrats are planning Wednesday to launch the debate and, likely, votes to impeach Trump, formally accusing him of abusing his power as president in dealing with Ukraine to help himself politically and then obstructing Congress by blocking the later investigation. Votes will follow. No Republicans are expected to vote to impeach Trump. But one by one Democrats are amassing a majority from their ranks as lawmakers, including many freshmen who could risk re-election in fall from districts where Trump is popular, announced they will join in voting for the two articles of impeachment. “We must impeach this president,” said a statement from Democratic Rep. Chrissy Houlahan of Pennsylvania, an Air Force veteran who is among a group of newly-elected former national security officials calling for impeachment. “I grieve for our nation. But I cannot let history mark the behavior of our President as anything other than an unacceptable violation of his oath of office.” Speaker Nancy Pelosi, who warned against pursuing a strictly partisan impeachment, is now all but certain to have the numbers as voting begins. As impeachment appears set in the House, attention is shifting to the Senate which, under the constitution, is required to hold a trial on the charges. It is expected to begin in January.  Hoping to dispatch with lengthy proceedings, Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell is rejecting the Democrats’ push for fresh impeachment testimony in a last-ditch plea for the House to “turn back from the cliff” of Wednesday’s expected vote. McConnell’s remarks Tuesday effectively slapped the door shut on negotiations for a deal proposed by the Democratic leader, Sen. Chuck Schumer, who wants to call top White House officials for the Senate trial, which is set to start next year if the House impeaches Trump this week. “If House Democrats’ case is this deficient, this thin, the answer is not for the judge and jury to cure it here in the Senate,” McConnell said. “The answer is that the House should not impeach on this basis in the first place.″ Schumer’s proposal was the first overture in what were expected to be negotiations between the two leaders over the contours of a weeks-long trial. Trump wants a more showy proceeding to not only acquit but vindicate him of the impeachment charges from the House, though he has instructed officials not to appear in the House. McConnell and most GOP senators prefer a swift trial to move on from impeachment. Many centrist House Democrats have begun to signal that they, too, are ready to vote and move on. Senate Democrats want to hear from John Bolton, Mick Mulvaney and others as the proceedings push to the chamber for the trial. “Why is the leader, why is the president so afraid to have these witnesses come testify?” asked Schumer from the Senate floor. “They certainly ought to be heard.” Trump faces two articles of impeachment brought by Democrats. They say he abused the power of his office by pressuring Ukraine to investigate Democratic rival Joe Biden ahead of the 2020 election and obstructed Congress by aggressively trying to block the House investigation from its oversight duties as part of the nation’s system of checks and balances. The president “betrayed the Nation by abusing his high office to enlist a foreign power in corrupting democratic elections,” says the 650-page report from the House Judiciary Committee. He withheld military aid from the ally as leverage, the report says, and ”Trump, by such conduct, has demonstrated that he will remain a threat to national security and the Constitution if allowed to remain in office.” The report says the president then engaged in an unprecedented attempt to block the investigation and “cover up” his misconduct. The report also includes Republican rebuttals. Trump, tweeting from the sidelines after instructing the White House not to participate in the House inquiry, insisted anew he had done nothing wrong. He has promoted lawyer Rudy Giuliani’s investigation of Biden and a widely debunked theory that it was actually Ukraine not Russia that interfered in the 2016 election, a conspiracy-laden idea that other most other Republicans have actively avoided. Americans are not fooled, Trump tweeted on Tuesday, by the “Scams and Witch Hunts, as phony as they are.” As the House prepared for Wednesday’s vote, many Democrats announced they would be voting for impeachment. A handful or even fewer are expected to break ranks as Speaker Pelosi marches her majority toward a vote she hoped to avoid having Democrats take on their own. One freshman Democrat, Rep. Jeff Van Drew of New Jersey, saw several staff members resign Monday after he said he would vote against impeachment and indicated he was switching parties to become a Republican. Another Democrat, Rep. Collin Peterson, a Minnesota centrist, had not decided how he will vote, his spokeswoman said, McConnell is facing criticism for saying he’s taking his “cues” from the White House for the expected trial. Republicans say Schumer acted much the same two decades ago when the Senate prepared to vote on convicted President Bill Clinton.

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/trump-impeachment/2019/12/17/id/946306/ 

:: 12-16-19 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Following in Trump’s footsteps, Johnson to pass anti-BDS law

Queen Elizabeth is expected to announce new legislation on Thursday as she inaugurates the new parliament.

by Israel Hayom Staff Published on 12-16-2019 12:37 Last modified: 12-16-2019 14:27

British PM-elect Boris Johnson hailed as a 'true friend of Israel'

British Prime Minister Boris Johnson gestures as he speaks after being announced as the new leader of the Conservative Party in London in July | Photo: AP/Frank Augstein

Like US President Donald Trump, newly reelected UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson is expected to pass landmark anti-BDS legislation. According to local reports in the UK, Johnson will present the legislation as part of a list of measures he wants to put forward on Thursday. The measure will be presented as part of the Queen’s Speech, where she is expected to speak in front of the newly elected parliament and lay out the priorities of the incoming government. As such, Johnson’s Conservative Party – which won 365 seats in last week’s election – is expected to pass legislation preventing local councils from boycotting products made abroad. The legislation was initially revealed in the party’s manifesto which was published last month. “We will ban public bodies from imposing their own direct or indirect boycotts, disinvestment or sanctions campaigns against foreign countries. These undermine community cohesion,” the document read. Speaking in Jerusalem Sunday night, Special Envoy for post-Holocaust issues, Eric Pickles, slammed the BDS movement while addressing the Institute for Strategic Dialogue’s conference. "BDS is anti-Semitic and should be treated as such," Pickles said. Such a measure is expected to prevent Labour-led councils from targeting Israel and boycotting products made in the Holy Land. Had Labour won the election, it is almost certain it would move forward with its promise to stop selling arms to Israel and recognize a Palestinian state.  As for Johnson, he’s been a longtime advocate against the BDS movement. Ever since 2015, Johnson was quoted as dismissing the movement as a “completely crazy” carried out by “lefty academics.”

https://www.israelhayom.com/2019/12/16/following-in-trumps-footsteps-johnson-to-pass-anti-bds-law/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I know who this is for. This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law. And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how. But God is saying to him: You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before. You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones. Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts. Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family. Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways.

[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc

[ :: 12-23-18 am service  (sixth word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc etc you plot right now to divide my land again when I told you not to do that, etc.. etc you will do what you should not do next week and then your doom will be sealed.

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. Do you not see the volcanoes; do you not hear about the earthquakes, do you not realize that the plates underneath the ocean have shifted? Do you not see Russia on the move; does she not have her largest submarine setting off of North Carolina and South Carolina and Virginia? etc

:: 12-16-19 I24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: 'New Palestine' state in draft of Trump Middle East peace plan

i24NEWS  December 16, 2019, 4:32 PM - latest revision December 17, 2019, 9:36 AM

Arab report states 'Deal of the Century' would be a trilateral agreement between Israel, PLO and Hamas

Lebanese Hezbollah-backed Al Mayadeen TV channel claimed on Monday to have obtained parts of a draft of US President Donald Trump’s much anticipated Israeli-Palestinian peace plan proposal. The so-called “Deal of the Century” would see a trilateral agreement signed between Israel, the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) and Hamas, with the establishment of a Palestinian state branded “New Palestine” on the West Bank and Gaza Strip. The state would not include existing Israeli settlements, as well as isolated settlements, to remain under Israeli sovereignty. In regards to Jerusalem, the draft states that it will not be divided and that it will be “shared between Israel and New Palestine,” having the Israeli-Arab population living mostly in East Jerusalem become residents of the Palestinian state.  According to the draft, the Jerusalem municipality will be responsible for all the lands of Jerusalem, except for the education services provided by the New Palestine, which in turn will pay the Jewish municipality property taxes and water expenses. nor will the Arabs be allowed to purchase Jewish homes, and “additional areas will not be annexed to Jerusalem, and the holy sites will remain as they are today,” according to Al Mayadeen. In regards to the Hamas controlled enclave, the draft stipulates that new lands would be handed to New Palestine by the Egyptians for the purpose of setting up an airport and factories, agriculture and for commercial use, “without permitting the Palestinians to live in them.”

https://www.i24news.tv/en/news/international/middle-east/1576531861-report-trump-middle-east-peace-draft-supports-formation-of-new-palestine 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 12-9-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Next Pearl Harbour? China's Gold-Backed Crypto Currency Will Blindside US Dollar

by Tyler Durden Mon, 12/09/2019 - 01:00

“A date which will live in infamy.” Indeed, this weekend marks the 78th anniversary of the attack on Pearl Harbor in Hawaii, which opened the door for the United States to enter World War II. Turn on your TV and you will see military mavens rambling on, pontificating about ‘the defense of the realm’, all the while completely aloof and unaware of the American empire’s real Achilles heel. Recent, financial pundit and TV host Max Keiser outlined such a scenario, and warned that the US will be blind-sided the day that China introduces its gold-backed crypto currency – an absolute game changer which would create a “catastrophic trapdoor opening underneath the US economy,” said Keiser. Not surprisingly, very few mainstream financial pundits in the West are willing to admit that China possesses gold reserves in excess of 20,000 tons, and by introducing a gold-backed cryptocurrency, it has the ability to “kill the US dollar deader than a door nail …. a new Pearl Harbor-type event and it’s coming in the next six to nine months.” Watch:

https://www.zerohedge.com/crypto/next-pearl-harbour-chinas-gold-backed-crypto-currency-will-blindside-us-dollar 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 12-10-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Is Moving to Control the World's Mineral Resources: America Is Facing Death by a Thousand Cuts

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, December 10, 2019 - 13:00.

An article about an airplane crash would seem obscure and trivial based on what is normally covered on the CSS. However, this airplane craft is significant because it further signals how the CHICOMS are trying to compensate for the inability to project their military power across the globe in a manner consistent with what the United States can do. However, the Chinese are attempting to seize key natural resource elements across the planet, thus denying access of these resources to the United States in an attempt to level the military playing field. The crisis in Chile is an example of this looting of several countries natural resources by China. This will all be exposed in this breaking and exclusive report. The CSS was hours ahead of the MSM on this story which was produced before midnight Mountain Standard Time. This video is an excellent preview of what is coming. This story begins with the description of a mysterious C-130 plane which has crashed in route to Antarctica after departing from Chile. Missing Flight The Chilean Air Force revealed that last night, Monday, a C-130 Hercules aircraft has gone missing after taking off from an air base in Puntas Arenas, Chile. The C-130 was bound for the Eduardo Frei Montalva air base in Antarctica. Chilean Air Force officials stated that the craft is presumed "lost at sea." A rescue mission has been launched however, the conditions of the water are so harsh, that the hope of finding survivors is almost nonexistent. Chilean President Sebastian Pinera tweeted that he was en route to Cerrillos to monitor the search and rescue operation along with the Chilean defense minister. aircraft had departed from the Chilean capital of Santiago and stopped briefly in Punta Arenas near the country's southern tip. The Chilean government is reporting that the aircraft then continued toward the country's Antarctic base before losing radio contact near the Drake Passage, which is a body of water between the tip of South America and Antarctica. The chances of finding the craft and the bodies is slim. The Drake Passage ocean depths are between 11,500 and 15,500 feet deep. A Contrary Explanation of the Craft and Its Circuitous Route  Within an hour of the plane crash, Paul Martin contacted me and one of his sources said there had been strongly suspected foul play with regard to abovementioned plane crash. It is clear that a cover-up is underway. Paul Martin’s source describes the path of the ill-fated C-130 as being much different than the apparent cover story created by the Chilean government. The following is what Paul Martin sent me from his source. This represents a Spanish to English translation, therefore, the idioms make the reading of this difficult but it is still understandable: Chilean Leadership aboard C130 went down in drake passage... Note they were heading south on VZ and Argentinian, China controlled area of ops. Plane went down. Chilean Leadership bagging ass for Antarctica. On that particular flight path... Why?

Makes no sense, when they can supposedly go through own airspace, kick out away from Argentina at the tip then vector in

There are twitter accounts now appearing on the event (how's your Spanish?)

https://twitter.com/MekWarrior21/status/1204246593739927552?s=09 

https://twitter.com/MekWarrior21/status/1204246593739927552?s=09 

The route of the airplane has been fabricated in the mainstream media. I have had this confirmed with a source that contacted me in the early morning hours after I sent out an all-call for information. I have a source that was willing to give me limited information. The sources stated that a cover story has been created to lead people off the trail about who was killed and who and what was behind the take-down of this C-130 plane. So what exactly is going on? We have a C-130 plane allegedly with a passenger list of military personnel and contractors. The truth of the matter as the CSS was told by a CI, that the intelligence word on the street is that some of the people killed in the C-130 crash are top level government bureaucrats. What is interesting is that passenger list was missing several key people, government officials, who were on that flight. The back-story, which is now being restated by a second source is that these officials were summoned to their intended destination and foul play is strongly suspected. Why? This will be covered in the conclusion as the CSS will connect all the dots. As a starting point to where this story is going, let's look at China's extreme interest in rare earth mineral resources as well as oil. South Africa  I have been in contact with a former South African pastor, Abri Bracken, who relocated to New Zealand in order to escape the persecution of whites in South Africa. Previously Pastor Bracken sent me the following email: Hi Dave. Dave FYI, President Trump needs to move on the South African issue. China is taking Southern Africa and it is linked to the land grab from farmers in South Africa. China has reportedly deployed and installed a dreaded new generation of surface-to- air missiles (SAM) in Zimbabwe, in what is seen as direct preparation for defending her vast economic interests in the country. The story broke today on South African Radio stations as well. (Editor's Note: The link for the story connected to the missiles is listed below. Certainly, the Chinese do not need SAM missiles to defend against any African military. These missiles intended for the United States should they intervene in South Africa in order to stop the genocide against whites which is in the early stages of unfolding. The South African ANC ruling party would surely welcome Chinese military support against a potential US intervention force.).

https://www.thezimbabwean.co/2018/08/china-places-strategic-ground-to-air-missiles-in-zimbabwe/ 

Again, from Pastor Brancken about the Chinese incursion into South Africa.

Hello Dave. ...I was right. There is much more behind the white farm confiscations than what meets the eye. China is behind it! An article just broke in a credible SA news agency (Maroela Media -www.maroelamedia.co.za) that the reason why the ANC government is "stealing" the first two farms is not for agricultural reasons. It is for the minerals, coal to be specific. It will go to the Chinese. The farms are game farms, you cannot do agricultural farming there, meaning that the confiscation of the first farm is not to produce food or to enable new black farmers to learn about agricultural farming. It is used for high end game hunting. China is moving into Southern Africa for the fertile quality of agricultural land in order to produce food for China and for the natural resources, gold, diamonds and coal. That is why they are placing surface to air missiles in Zimbabwe. What do they fear? Southern Africa is not exactly the best and most advanced when it comes to air forces. No Southern Africa country will strike them. Are they expecting a greater power to counter their moves? USA? The Communist ANC is fulfilling the wishes of the communist Chinese. Blessings, Abri Brancken

Afghanistan For at least 9 months, the US government has known that the Chinese have established a base of operations in Afghanistan. From the Military Times:

There is mounting evidence that Chinese ground troops are operating inside Afghanistan, conducting joint counter-terror patrols with Afghan forces along a 50-mile stretch of their shared border and fueling speculation that Beijing is preparing to play a significantly greater role in the country's security once the U.S. and NATO leave. The full scope of China's involvement remains unclear, and the Pentagon is unwilling to discuss it. "We know that they are there, that they are present," a Pentagon spokesman said. Yet beyond a subtle acknowledgement, U.S. military officials in Washington and in Kabul would not respond to several detailed questions submitted by Military Times.  What is in Afghanistan? Drugs, lots and lots of drugs and since the Chinese control the drug cartels, this makes a lot of sense. Venezuela As I investigated further, I discovered that the Chinese ships in Venezuela, were not there for humanitarian aid as had been previously stated. This flotilla contained Chinese oil workers who work under the umbrella of the Chinese military. The Chinese all but control Mexico's Pemex oil. The Chinese coalition is located off of the EAST coast of Venezuela. This will make sense after one reads the following paragraphs. From Reuters on September 14, 2019: China and Venezuela had signed a “memorandum for cooperation in Ayacucho bloc 6,” located in Venezuela’s vast oil-rich Orinoco Belt, without elaborating. China will drill 300 wells in Ayacucho and extend $184 million in financing for the joint oil venture Petrozumano, the statement added. A source at Venezuelan state oil company PDVSA , who asked to remain anonymous because he is not allowed to speak to media, said oil services and procurement at Sinovensa would be handled by Chinese companies.  The Chinese are also after Venezuelan Palladium as well. Mexico  It is common knowledge that the Chinese are active in Mexico. They largely control the cartels and reap profits from drug and child-sex-trafficking. Additionally, the CHICOMS largely control PEMEX oil and it is also common knowledge that the Chinese maintain a strong military presence in Northern Mexico. I have previously published. Chile Chilie is unbelievably rich in mineral resources and it is easy to see why the Chinese have set their sights on Chile as evidenced by the following: From AZO Mining: Globally, Chile is:

A leading producer of Copper, accounting for 34% of global production

Iodine, 60% of global production

Rhenium, 52% of global production

Lithium, 35% of global production

The second largest producer of arsenic

The third largest producer of boron and molybdenum

The fifth largest producer of silver

The sixth largest producer of pumicite and refined selenium

Six months ago, I began to publish accounts of Chinese incursions into Chile. It was reported that entire Chinese villages were being imported to Chile, ostensibly to take over the mines when the ongoing regime change is completed. Further, it has been widely reported that the CHICOMS have have infiltrated local Chilean police and are among the most brutal when supressing the ongoing riots. I published notifications from the local American consulate advising ex-pates to stock up on supplies and to bascially be prepared to be on their own. China is fueling the ongoing revolution.  The United States The Chinese have a clear pattern of attempting to garner as much of the world's mineral resources as possible. Ultimately, this is a direct threat to the United States, both economically and militarily. This past summer, I published a transcript of a speech made by Chinese Defense Minister, Wei Fenghe, which was made to the CCP. In the speech, Fenghe stated that it Chinese policy to eventually occupy the United States so they could extract America's vast mineral wealth. Co-tenancy was eliminated in Fenghe's speech. He was very specific about the genocide that he wanted to bring to American how it would be completed. Connecting the Dots It is clear that a strong case can be made in favor of China's intention to control the world's mineral resources. There is another factor that should be considered when it comes to the Chinese and it has to do with their modus operandi. Both people and nations follow repeat behaviors when dealing with a certain kind of issue. The Chinese are no different. After the murder of the 9 Americans in Mexico, Trump issued a warning to AMLO to clean up his mess or America would do it for them. It was clear that America was baited into coming across the border and that would have invited UN intervention under the Kigali Principles. AMLO moved to arrest the Guerro gang members who committed these murders. The Chinese were futrious and used the Guerros and retaliated by attempting to assassinate the Mexican Secretary of the Navy. Marilyn Rupar and myself published a twitter of the Mexican National Guard involved in a high-speed test to run down the Guerros in which five gang members were killed. We documented the story from the Mexican media. This attempted assassination was a clear warning to AMLO, by the Chinese, to not play ball with the Americans. The Chinese Modus Operandi continues in Chile. Both Paul Martin and myself have information which states that several top Chilean bureaucrats were on board the crashed C-130. As published, Paul Martin received a communication that the C-130 followed a highly irregular flight path and flew over an area controlled by the Chinese. If we can infer that the best predictor of future behavior is past behavior. the Chinese brought down this C-130 as a way to intimidate the existing administration. The Chinese are beginning to exhibit a proclivity to assassinate top level bureaucrats, and not heads of state. Why? Because the general public is none the wiser and intimidation comes right to the forefront. I already have information that the passenger manifest has been forged. Again the long-term devastation that will be directed against US interests cannot be overstated. This is a death by a thousand cuts strategy. This is an open story and updates will be provided.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/conspiracy-economics-immigration/china-moving-control-worlds-mineral-resources-america-facing-death-thousand-cuts 

:: 12-11-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Turkey: Murder of Women Reaches Epidemic Proportions

by Uzay Bulut December 11, 2019 at 4:00 am

The cause of 50% of the killings was not determined, but 16% of the women were killed because they wanted to make decisions about their lives, such as wanting a divorce, rejecting offers of reconciliation or even for not answering the phone when called by their men. 13% of the women were killed for "economic reasons." According to the Turkish women's-rights platform, "We Will Stop Femicide," 652 women were killed by men in the year-and-a-half period prior to November 2018 -- 36 of whom were murdered in October of that year. "One of the reasons why such a large number of women fall victim to violence is the reluctance and even prevention of relevant institutions to implement current laws." — The Central Women's Committee of Turkey's Human Rights Association (HRA), "Violence against women is a result of discriminatory policies," August 26, 2019. "There was no finger left unbroken, no women left unbeaten for the last two seasons of a show aired on a pro-government TV channel..." — İlhan Taşcı, Republican People's Party deputy and Radio and Television Supreme Council Member. "In our religion, the life, dignity and rights of women are untouchable and entrusted [to men]." — Ali Erbaş, President of Diyanet, Turkey's Directorate of Religious Affairs. On November 25, the International Day for the Elimination of Violence against Women, thousands of Turkish women took part in demonstrations at Istanbul's Taksim Square. The women were protesting the increasing number of murders in the country committed by men against female family members. After reading a statement to the press, the demonstrators were attacked by police with tear gas and plastic bullets.

The murder of women by male relatives -- particularly spouses or former spouses -- has become a dangerous trend in Turkey. The brutal murder, on August 18, of 38-year-old Emine Bulut by her ex-husband -- in front of their 10-year-old daughter -- is one particularly noteworthy case.  Bulut was stabbed multiple times in the neck at a café in the city of Kirikkale, where she had gone to meet the man from whom she had been divorced for several years. In a video of the attack, which went viral on social media, Bulut is seen covered in blood, shouting, "I don't want to die," as her terrified child screams along with her. In response to the attack, women across Turkey held demonstrations to condemn the killing and called on the government to guarantee their protection. Bulut's gruesome murder, however, was only one of many attacks against women in Turkey at the hands of the men in their lives. The following examples, from the month of August alone, illustrate the gravity of the situation:

On August 22, a woman was stabbed to death by her abusive husband. Four days prior to her murder, she had taken out a restraining order.

On August 24, a woman who had just given birth was beaten and stabbed by her husband in her hospital bed. The woman had filed for divorce due to domestic violence.

Also on August 24, a man murdered his wife and daughter.

On August 25, the body of a woman, who had been shot in the head, was found near her home. Her husband was arrested as a suspect.

Also on August 25, a woman was shot by her husband after asking him for a divorce.

On August 27, a woman seeking a divorce was stabbed and severely injured by her husband in front of their 4-year-old daughter.

Also on August 27, a man strangled his wife to death with her headscarf.

According to the Turkish women's-rights platform, "We Will Stop Femicide," 652 women were killed by men in the year-and-a-half period prior to November 2018 -- 36 of whom were murdered in October of that year. The perpetrators of 37% of the cases in October have not been identified, but the rest were found to be husbands, boyfriends, ex-boyfriends, brothers, fathers or other male relatives. The cause of 50% of the killings was not determined, but 16% of the women were killed because they wanted to make decisions about their lives, such as wanting a divorce, rejecting offers of reconciliation or even for not answering the phone when called by their men. 13% of the women were killed for "economic reasons." The Central Women's Committee of Turkey's Human Rights Association (HRA) released a statement on August 26, titled "Violence against women is a result of discriminatory policies," which reads, in part: "Protecting women from male violence can only be realized through state policies focusing on gender equality. One of the reasons why such a large number of women fall victim to violence is the reluctance and even prevention of relevant institutions to implement current laws.  "The provisions of the United Nations Convention on the Elimination of all Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW), which Turkey ratified in 1985 and put into effect, are not being implemented. The Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women's General Recommendation No. 35 on gender-based violence against women significantly states in its 16th paragraph the following: 'Gender-based violence against women, may amount to torture or cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment in certain circumstances, including in cases of rape, domestic violence or harmful practices, among others.' "The Istanbul Convention was signed and ratified by Turkey on 11 May 2011 and 14 March 2012 respectively. The purposes of the convention are to protect women against all forms of violence, and prevent, prosecute and eliminate violence against women and domestic violence; contribute to the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women and promote substantive equality between women and men, including by empowering women; design a comprehensive framework, policies and measures for the protection of and assistance to all victims of violence against women and domestic violence; promote international co-operation with a view to eliminating violence against women and domestic violence; provide support and assistance to organizations and law enforcement agencies to effectively co-operate in order to adopt and integrated approach to eliminating violence against women and domestic violence. The incidents, however, reveal the ways in which these provisions are not being implemented, how its articles are not complied with, and how they have not been institutionalized. "Moreover, if the authorities had even enabled the sufficient implementation of the Constitution and Law No. 6284 violence against women would have been prevented." The lack of law enforcement, however, is only part of the problem, according to the HRA, which says that the media and the country's chief religious institution both share culpability: "...Violence is normalized in various programs and shows on TV. 16,000 complaints have been lodged before the Radio and Television Supreme Council's communication center within the last 8 months due to violent content on TV, but not a single one was discussed at the council's meetings, according to İlhan Taşcı, CHP [Republican People's Party] deputy and Radio and Television Supreme Council Member. Deputy Taşcı has expressed the horrifying truth about violence against women by saying, 'There was no finger left unbroken, no women left unbeaten for the last two seasons of a show aired on a pro-government TV channel...' "The statement by Diyanet [Turkey's Directorate of Religious Affairs] on violence against women is indeed an explicit expression of the mindset that forms the basis of violence. The president of Diyanet, Ali Erbaş, said: 'In our religion, the life, dignity and rights of women are untouchable and entrusted [to men].' By saying so, he declares that all the rights of women are entrusted to men; he thus objectified women. But we women are not entrusted to men or the government that represents male [supremacy]." By saying that women's life, dignity and rights are "entrusted to men," Erbaş effectively stated that women do not have the right or ability to make their own life choices, independent of men's approval or permission. He thus appears to see women as "men's objects," implying that it is men who are in charge of the implementation of women's rights, including the right to life. Erbaş -- like many other Islamist state authorities in Turkey -- fails to understand that women's rights are women's fundamental, natural, inalienable rights and women are entitled to these rights. The HRA listed a set of demands to rectify the intolerable situation. These include: The number of women's shelters should be increased and protected employment opportunities should be offered.

Effective investigations should be initiated into those engaging in violent acts against women; impunity policies should be dropped; reduced sentences should be handed out, for instance, for good conduct, and those based on judges' personal opinions should be put to an end.

Agencies based on gender equality should be established and these should not be male-dominant, but based on women.

The structure of the law enforcement and the judiciary should be revised, focusing on protecting individuals, not the family; officers should be trained within this scope.

Broadcasts and published material that legitimize violence against women should be discontinued without delay.

Misogynistic statements by some government authorities demonstrating their opposition to gender equality; law enforcement and judiciary officials who fail or refuse to apply laws that would protect women; the extremely violent TV content targeting women; and religious teachings that promote violence against women all appear to lead to widespread murders and abuse of women in Turkey. Uzay Bulut, a Turkish journalist, is a Distinguished Senior Fellow at the Gatestone Institute.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15246/turkey-murder-of-women 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 12-10-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Behind The Façade Is Proof America's 'Would-Be Masters' Are Pathetic, Feeble Varmints With Mysterious Pasts, Long-Standing Ties To Sociopaths & Black Magic & Phony To The Core

By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline  December 10, 2019

We are told that the movers and shakers in our society are, for the most part, extremely intelligent, competent, well-informed people who have mostly good intentions. But, gradually, we are learning of the depths of corruption and sheer evil that infect the deep state and the New World Order (NWO) elite who control the state. Collectively our elites resemble the Wizard of Oz, who, seemingly so formidable, turned out to be a weak little man hiding behind a façade. No less a figure than Tucker Carlson has pointed out that our would-be masters, underneath their arrogance and pretentiousness, are not the brilliant intellectuals they imagine themselves to be, but, for the most part, are mediocre intellects or worse. Sure, they have impressive sounding degrees, possessing scraps of paper from “prestigious universities” like Hahvahd and Yale and Stanford, the places where the children of the rich go to have their tickets punched so as to be admitted to the club. These institutions were probably never quite as good as they were hyped to be, and standards in all our former schools and universities have declined drastically over the last few decades. Many of our beloved historical figures are not what we have been led to believe. The sainted Abraham Lincoln was a corporate lawyer working for the railroads before entering politics. He supported a constitutional amendment to keep slavery legal. He waged an illegal and bloody war against the Confederate states and only “freed” the slaves in those states, which he did not yet control. He advocated shipping all the Blacks out of the country, preferably back to Africa…which is how the nation of Liberia was born. He suspended habeas corpus, dissolved the Maryland legislature, and imprisoned his political opponents. With his Civil War he killed more Americans than any other President…so far. FDR pretty much hid the fact that he was mostly confined to a wheel chair. His New Deal measures actually prolonged and worsened the Great Depression. He waged an illegal secret naval war on Germany before Pearl Harbor, and knowingly left us vulnerable to attack at Pearl Harbor. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) We are told that the Witch Hillary is a brilliant intellectual, because, after all, she is of the female gender and she is a Demoncrap. She was graduated from law school; even if she actually earned her degree, this mainly just requires the talent and discipline to memorize reams of information. She failed the Illinoying bar exam, and passed the bar exam in Arkansas…after Slick Willy became a powerful and influential figure in that state. Leftists pretended that George (Bush) II was an idiot, meaning that they considered him a conservative (he was not) and believe that all conservatives are fools (wrong again). They hinted that he did not earn his degrees, and they may have been right…but this applies equally to many prominent figures on the left.  And we have all seen videos of the Witch and others of the elite at book signings, surrounded by their adoring fans, who are there to see and be seen by the right people. Yet most of us know that few who buy the books will ever read them (or much of anything else for that matter). We also know that creatures like the Witch do not write the books themselves; that would require self-discipline and some mastery of the English language. They are produced by ghost writers and are mostly lies. The elites are phonies to the core. The best example of this is Hussein Obama (or whatever his name is). We are told that he graduated from an exclusive private high school in Hawaii, passed numerous courses at Occidental College, graduated from suitably leftist Columbia University, got a law degree at Hahvahd, and edited the Hahvahd Law Review. We are told that he was an adjunct professor of constitutional law at the University of Chicago, another den of leftist termites. The problem is that there is no proof that he ever even graduated from high school. At least one former student at Occidental remembers him sitting in on classes, but no transcripts have been revealed. No one remembers him at Columbia and Hahvahd. No one has come forward to write a book about being Hussein’s roommate, lover, teacher, student, or classmate at any of those institutions. Such a book would have been a best seller, and the writer could appear on talk shows…who could resist such wealth and fame? It appears that, almost certainly, Hussein never even attended any of these institutions, let alone graduated. And then there is the matter of his birth certificate. Early in his campaign for the Presidency, patriots demanded to see his birth certificate, since there was, from the start, some doubt that he was a “natural born citizen,” or a citizen at all. Finally, grudgingly, he released his short form birth certificate, but the Hawaiian short form certificate is issued with no verification of the birth required. This raised even greater suspicions, and, finally, he released his long form certificate, but there were problems with the document, including the fact that it was out of sequence and Hussein’s father’s race was listed as “African,” but that term, for race, was not in use at the time of his alleged birth; Black people were officially referred to as “Negroes.” While the controversy was still raging, Loretta Fuddy, Hawaii Health Director (the department in charge of birth records) was the only fatal victim of a mysterious plane crash. Stranger still, she and Stanley Ann Dunham (Hussein’s alleged mother) both belonged to the Indonesian Subud cult. And Hussein’s social security number (or, rather, the number he alleged was his) was issued in Connecticut, a state where he never lived or worked.  Hussein claimed to be heterosexual, but he had been something of a regular at a homosexual bathhouse in Chicago, along with Rahm Emmanuel, his WH Chief of Staff and later Mayor of the failed city of Chicago, and more than one person (at least one of whom died mysteriously) claimed to know that Hussein was a homosexual, a member of Chicago’s “down low” subgroup of closeted Black perverts. Aside from the fact that he is a communist (meaning fascist) and probably a homosexual, we know next to nothing about this creature. He is, incredibly, probably an illegal alien. We don’t know if his alleged father was really his father; we can’t even be certain his alleged mother was really his mother. If he was not legally qualified to be President, all of his executive actions, every law he signed, and all his judicial appointments are invalid, null and void. Yet this scarcely matters in a nation that is no longer a free republic and no longer enjoys the rule of law. Even more incredibly, there are some very serious questions about Hussein’s alleged wife, “Michelle” Obama, or whatever her(?) real name is. Supposedly she(?) was born Michelle Robinson 1/17/64, and graduated from Princeton with a degree in sociology and a minor in “African American Studies.” It has always been well known that students too stupid and lazy to earn a degree in a real academic subject would go for a degree in sociology or education. But all the various “studies” courses, none of which require any study, are for people too stupid to get a degree even in sociology. Nevertheless, she was given a degree, and then a degree from Hahvahd Law. She and Hussein were allegedly married by the “Reverend” Jeremiah Wright at his “church,” where he preached hatred of Whites and hatred of America. But, all along, people have noticed that “Michelle” appears unusually tall and athletically built and has rather masculine features. All of that proves nothing, but there are videos on the web showing “Michelle” wearing tight pants and displaying an unmistakable bulge in her crotch area. Unless she keeps her spare socks there, “she” is not a she. So Hussein could be a homosexual communist illegal alien “married” to a transvestite, and God only knows where they got their alleged children. We just don’t know, but, clearly, things are not as they seem. And Hussein is not the first President with a mysterious past. We know who Slick Willy Clinton’s mother was, and his father is presumed to have been her first husband. But Slick was conceived when her husband was in the military in Italy; it would have been extraordinarily difficult for him to have travelled back to Arkansas. And if his biological father was his stepfather as a result of an affair while she was still married to her first husband, why not just admit it and end the controversy? And Slick was a Rhodes scholar; these scholarships were set up by homosexual elitist Cecil Rhodes to groom American and British Commonwealth young men for positions of power and influence. This was his only scholarship; rest assured that his devoted worshippers in and out of the slimestream media would have let us know if he had won any others. His mother and stepfather were dirt poor gambling addicts and his stepfather was also an alcoholic. Slick never dirtied his hands with anything so common as a job, save for clerking one summer for Senator Fullbright (another Rhodes scholar and a leftist). So who paid for his four years at Georgetown and his years at Yale Law School? Clearly, someone very rich and powerful had selected Slick for something big while he was still in high school. Perhaps that someone was his real father or someone connected with him. But even if he was the son of, say, one of the Rockefeller clan, why not just admit it? The film The Devil’s Advocate was about a young Southern lawyer whose father turned out to be none other than Satan. Keep repeating: It’s only a movie. And the Witch Hillary was born at the time Jack Parsons, Aleister Crowley, and L. Ron Hubbard (yes, that L. Ron Hubbard) were performing magical rituals to bring about the birth of the Whore of Babylon, who they said would be named “Hilarion.” Of course, that’s just a meaningless series of coincidences. Of course. Some of our would-be masters allegedly served heroically in the military. Lt. Col. Alexander Vindman, who testified for the Demoncraps at their latest impeachment farce, showed up at the hearing wearing his Army dress blues and a Purple Heart, Combat Infantryman’s Badge, and jump wings and a ranger tab. Now it takes a little will power to step out from the door of a plane hundreds of feet up; I know whereof I speak. And the US Army Ranger School is a nightmarish ordeal requiring extreme physical strength and fitness. Graduates have to complete scary confidence courses and endure weeks of food and sleep deprivation. When I saw the pudgy Vindman on TV with his weak, girly man face, I began to have some doubts. Yes, I know that appearances can be deceiving, and he was probably once more fit than today. I have met some special operators who had a perfectly ordinary appearance. Maybe Vindman really is the man he claims to be. But the Army, a few years ago, began lowering standards and given women extra time and special preparation so that they could “graduate” from Ranger School. So why should we trust any badges or patches worn by military personnel? The sleazy Robert Mueller was allegedly a USMC infantry officer and Vietnam vet, and an airborne ranger as well. Maybe so. A man can be tough and fearless and also be a sociopath; consider the Japanese soldiers of WWII, or the Waffen SS. But we know that the military brass are denizens of the deep state swamp, and they lie and lie and lie. The Demoncraps are demanding Trump’s tax returns all the way back to the last ice age. What would we find if we could see Slick Willy’s returns, or Diane Slimestein’s? Given the proven arrogance and politicization and corruption of IRS officials, how do we know that the tax returns of prominent figures mean anything at all? How do we know that Hussein Obama, for example, ever really paid taxes? Question everything. Save your belief for God.

http://allnewspipeline.com/All_Lies_And_Untruths_Behind_The_Facade.php 

:: 12--19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gov. Ralph Northam: Register Your AR-15 with Government or Hand It Over

Gov. Ralph Northam (D) announced Monday his “assault weapons” ban will mean AR-15 owners can either register their guns with the government or hand them over. The Virginia Mercury reported Northam spokeswoman Alena Yarmosky used a statement to say, “The governor’s assault weapons ban will include a grandfather clause for individuals who already own assault weapons, with the requirement they register their weapons before the end of a designated grace period.” Yarmosky made clear details on other gun controls will be made known before the start of the 2020 session in which Democrats take charge. On December 10, 2019, Breitbart News reported dozens of Virginia counties have declared themselves Second Amendment Sanctuaries, vowing not to enforce new gun controls which Democrats intend to pass. CNN reported that the total of number of Second Amendment Sanctuary counties in Virginia exceeds 40. Gov. Northam made clear his intention to launch a war on guns just days after the Democrats won legislative victories. He has a number of gun control plans in addition to an “assault weapons” ban. AWR Hawkins is an award-winning Second Amendment columnist for Breitbart News and the writer/curator of Down Range with AWR Hawkins, a weekly newsletter focused on all things Second Amendment, also for Breitbart News. He is the political analyst for Armed American Radio. Follow him on Twitter: @AWRHawkins. Reach him directly at awrhawkins@breitbart.com. Sign up to get Down Range at breitbart.com/downrange.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2019/12/10/gov-ralph-northam-register-your-ar-15-with-government-or-hand-it-over/ 

:: 12-11-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Man Saves Children From Cartel Trafficking Operations

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Wednesday, December 11, 2019 - 10:34.

How An Ex-LA County Sheriff's Deputy Turned Pastor Rescues Sex-Trafficked Girls From the Cartels In USA-Joseph Travers-CSS

Joseph Travers has 40 years of experience as a former law enforcement officer, private investigator, and police and fire commissioner for the City of Oceanside, CA. Ten years ago Joseph Travers read an article about a missing teen girl and a group of retired Terror Hunters aiming to end child sex slavery in the news: “I was reading an article from the Orange County Register, “Retired Terror Hunters Hope to End Child Sex Slavery” (in foreign countries),” said Travers. “This brought to mind the news I heard recently regarding a missing 17-year-old girl who left her parent’s home in New York. Brittanee Drexel was last seen in a hotel video in South Carolina on April 25th. Where was she?”. Tragically, this girl was sexually abused and murdered. This article touched Travers heart and subsequently set into motion a series of events which compelled him to figure out how he could stem the tide of child sex trafficking, mostly associated with the drug cartels. After networking with professionals who had backgrounds in the military, the legal profession and business, these selfless indivudal formed the group, Saved In America, which is now a nonprofit organization that works conjunction with local law enforcement to rescue trafficked children. Many of the participants in Saved in America are ex-Navy Seals as they began their operations back in 2014, they’ve since successfully found and returned more than 300 children to their parents, by using a network of former police officers, former military and private investigators who focus on offering their services free of charge to parents. Here is the story of this organization who saves children from the drug cartels right inside the USA.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-economics/man-saves-children-cartel-trafficking-operations 

:: 6-12-19 ISSUU :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2019 Summer Homefront Magazine

Published on Jun 12, 2019

2019 Summer Homefront Magazine. In and around Tecumseh Michigan

Breakfast Burritos and Salads: The Recalls Just Keep Coming SQ;WHEN THE ELITE EAT OR RECALL THEIR MENU ITEMS,IT LEAVES IT UNAVAILABLE TO THE COMMON MAN,IF PEOPLE DON'T RISE AND DEMAND ANSWERS WE WILL STARVE!

https://issuu.com/tecumsehhomefront/docs/2019_summer_-_web_links 

:: 12-10-19 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Behind the Scenes with Celeste-Magnetic Excursion-Societal Warfare-Radical Food Change-Whitewashing-Human Insect Vaccines

by Celeste Solum December 10, 2019

https://shepherdsheart.life/blogs/behind-the-scenes-with-celeste/behind-the-scenes-with-celeste-144

:: 12--19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Keith Getty: Modern worship mov't is 'utterly dangerous,' causing 'de-Christianizing of God’s people'

By Leah MarieAnn Klett, Christian Post Reporter

“In Christ Alone” writer Keith Getty is warning church leaders about the modern worship movement, which he describes as one of “cultural relevance” that is “utterly dangerous” and is contributing to the “de-Christianizing of God’s people.” In an interview with The Christian Post, Getty said many modern worship songs focus on emotionalism rather than sound doctrine and Scriptural truths. This, he said, leads to a generation ill-equipped to understand or defend the Christian faith. “An authentic generation doesn’t begin with catharsis; it has to begin with an authentic picture of the God of the Bible,” he explained. “Over 75 percent of what are called the great hymns of the faith talk about eternity, Heaven, Hell, and the fact that we have peace with God. Yet, less than 5 percent of modern worship songs talk about eternity.” “Many worship songs are focused on this Earth,” Getty said. “I believe that the modern worship movement is a movement for cultural relevance. It’s a de-Christianizing of God’s people. It’s utterly dangerous. I have no quibbles saying, ‘Enough is enough.’ This can’t happen to build an authentic generation.” Keith Getty and his wife, Kristyn, are passionate about fostering a “reformation” in worship music: “Part of our campaign is to get our generation to know the great hymns of the faith,” Getty told CP. “It’s not about a fascination with the time period; it’s about writing music that explains the Gospel and is also beautiful art." “Beautiful art lasts," he said. "At the end of the day, a song you sing for 50 years is more valuable than one you sing for 50 months. We live in the most exciting generation to be a Christian, but it’s also the most challenging generation. This idea that Christianity is cool or easy is not biblical. It’s a misnomer for our generation. Through music, we want to build deep believers who know and love Christ.” In October, the Gettys released their latest album, Sing! An Irish Christmas – Live at the Grand Ole Opry House. Recorded live at the iconic Grand Ole Opry House in Nashville, Tennessee, the Gettys brought together a group of world-class guest artists to perform song selections that span across hundreds of years of celebration of Jesus' birth. “We are promoting songs we want you to sing around your house and in your churches and for years to come,” the Northern Irish Christian singer shared. “The heart of this album is to get listeners to know and sing the great carols of the faith to themselves and as a family this Christmas.” In the album, the Gettys present new interpretations on Christmas staples such as "Joy To the World," “Come Thou Long Expected Jesus,” and “Silent Night.” The songs will be performed live by the Gettys and friends on TBN's special "Sing! An Irish Christmas" airing this December. Getty, who has been writing Christmas music for 10 years, said he is continually struck by the “pastoral” impact Christmas carols have on audiences. “I look at people at a cold winters night huddled together and singing, ‘Come Thou Long Expected Jesus,’ and I wonder what sadness or disappointments they’ve had this year,” he shared. “What doctor’s news have they had this year; what person is no longer there this Christmas? What aspect of their life needs to know that, dear Christ will enter in?” Other familiar songs such as “Silent Night” and “God Rest Ye Merry Gentleman” drive home the importance of the Sabbath, Getty said. “People in Manhattan on the 18th of December, for example, don’t understand rest. They’re trying to balance kids and church, family dysfunction and getting ready for Christmas. Sitting in the quiet, singing, ‘Silent Night,’ is so healing,” he stressed. According to Getty, Sing! An Irish Christmas combines his love of his historic carols and passion for congregational singing. “In a culture where marriage is in a state of confusion, children are growing up in dysfunction, and we can’t even have a frank discussion about social and political issues, what could be more radical than people gathering together to sing about the Christ-child?” he declared. “What could be more community building and affirming than the Good News of the Gospel?” Three years ago, the Gettys — who this year won a Dove Award for Inspirational Album of the Year — launched the Sing! Conference to bring together worship leaders, pastors, and those involved in church music ministry to explore together the connection between music, theology, and artistry. Now, the Sing! Conference is a global movement. This year, the couple hosted sell-out Sing! conferences at the Belfast arena in their native Northern Ireland, and another at Edinburgh's Usher Hall, marking the launch of the first Sing! global arena tour. In August, the Sing! Conference in Nashville featured speakers John Piper, Joni Eareckson Tada, along with musical performances by the Gettys, Ellie Holcomb, and Trip Lee, among others. The three-day event saw over 13,000 attendees, nearly half of whom were younger than 40 years old. “We think, after this year, with the number of universities getting involved, the Sing! Conference will be a majority under 40s conference,” Getty said. “There are 82 church music conferences in America and this is the largest. And this is the only one that doesn’t work with contemporary radio. We don’t use the lights-camera-action stuff of the previous generation. We’ve dumped all of that, yet we’re getting more under 40s of any church music conference.” The success of the Sing! Conference with millennials, the songwriter noted, indicates younger generations are “less convinced by the seeker-sensitive purpose-driven hype of making Christianity seem cool.” “They want to know, ‘is this true or not?’” he contended. “People think this conference is conservative and on one level it is, but on another level, the range of denominations attending is pretty broad. They’re all terrified of what the next generation is singing and don’t know what to do.” “We don’t know all the answers,” Getty added, “but we’re trying to get people to sing doctrine and get hymn writers that are writing high-quality music with artistic merit.”

https://www.christianpost.com/news/keith-getty-modern-worship-movement-is-utterly-dangerous-causing-de-christianizing-of-gods-people.html 

:: 12-10-19 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hungarian PM, Orban, Says Only Solution to World’s Problems Is Return to Christianity

by Russia Insider · Published December 10, 2019 · Updated December 10, 2019

Hungarian PM, Orban, Says Only Solution to World’s Problems Is Return to Christianity from Russia-Insider Hungary’s prime minister believes that the Christians, who are being protected from persecution today, may rise and save Europe tomorrow. Hungarian PM Victor Orbán gave a powerful speech in Budapest during the Second International Conference on Christian Persecution. Orbán declared: ‘I’m convinced that in order to save Europe, those who could provide us with the biggest help are those whom we’re helping right now. We’re sowing a seed, giving the persecuted what they need and getting back from them the Christian faith, love, and persistence.’ Orbán argues that his country’s Christian identity gives Hungary an obligation to help other Christian communities. ‘Hungarians believe Christian values lead to peace and happiness, and this is why our Constitution states that protection of Christianity is an obligation for the Hungarian state,’ he said. ‘It obligates us to protect Christian communities throughout the world who suffer persecution,’ Mr Orbán added. Orbán contrasted the large number of Christians among those who suffer for their faith with the indifference of most of Europe. ‘Four out of five people persecuted for their faith are Christians and some 245 million Christians around the globe suffer extreme persecution, and yet Europe remains silent again and again. European politicians seem paralyzed and unable to do anything, insisting that it is all a matter of human rights.’ The Hungarian Prime Minister argued that Christian persecution is not only an attack on people but on an entire culture, ‘including here in Europe.’ This persecution is sometimes violent but sometimes more subtle, including population exchange through mass migration, stigmatization, mockery, and the muzzle of political correctness. Orbán said also that Western Europe’s indiscriminate acceptance of mass migration is a time bomb for the future. ‘Western Europe has already provided dozens of militants to the Islamic State, and uncontrolled immigration has produced a radical change in the demographics of the population,’ he said. The Prime Minister said that the only solution is for Europe to discover its Christian roots and reaffirm its Christian identity.  By April this year, the Hungarian initiative had given the equivalent of $26,200,752 to Christians living and working in their home countries, which include five Middle Eastern and two sub-Saharan nations.

https://thedailycoin.org/2019/12/10/hungarian-pm-orban-says-only-solution-to-worlds-problems-is-return-to-christianity/ 

:: 12-10-19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Americans Are Lonely, Miserable And Depressed – The Legacy Of A Society That Has Rejected Family, Faith And Patriotism

December 10, 2019 by Michael Snyder

What in the world has happened to us? Once upon a time, America was made up of tightly-knit communities that were united by family, faith and patriotism, but now we are more isolated than ever before. Of course one of the biggest reasons for this is the fact that we are all spending countless hours staring at screens instead of interacting with real people, and this is something that I covered in a previous article. However, our fundamental beliefs are also significantly shaping how we behave. For the past couple of generations, we have de-emphasized family, faith and patriotism as a nation, and instead we have become an extremely “me-centered” society that is primarily focused on doing whatever makes ourselves happy in the moment. But this single-minded pursuit of individual happiness has resulted in much of the country being perpetually mired in loneliness, depression and/or addiction. When you look at the numbers, they truly are startling. For example, a recent survey that was conducted by Cigna found that almost half of all Americans feel lonely… Nearly half of Americans are lonely, according to a survey of 20,000 people across America by Cigna, which used the well-regarded UCLA Loneliness Scale to measure responses. Indeed 46% said they sometimes or always feel alone and 47% say they sometimes or always feel left out. And other surveys have produced numbers that are even more alarming. A Harris Poll that was conducted a few years ago actually discovered that 72 percent of all Americans “experience loneliness”… The survey of more than 2,000 Americans conducted by the Harris Poll last month on behalf of the American Osteopathic Association, showed that almost three-quarters (72 percent) of Americans experience loneliness. And for many, it’s not just a once-in-a-while occurrence — one-third said they feel lonely at least once a week. Of course this is commonly known as “the happiest time of the year”, but for many it just magnifies their loneliness. People see love, warmth and community modeled in television commercials and in Hallmark movies, and they assume that most people out there must be living lives like that. Sadly, that is not true at all. What we see on our televisions are echoes of the way that America used to be, and many of us would love to see that type of culture make a roaring comeback.  But for now, America is a very, very lonely place, and this reality is reflected in a song that was just released by one of our most popular pop singers… Mabel, the singer behind the hit “Don’t Call Me Up,” has a new track for those who struggle with loneliness during the holidays. Titled “Loneliest Time of Year,” Mabel captured how for some people, the holidays can heighten feelings like loneliness, loss and depression. In the song, released Friday, she sings lines like, “Sorry I’m not so merry/But I feel like this yearly/Christmas time isn’t my vibe/Brings no joy into my life” and “If I’m feeling lonely/I can’t be the only one.” Yes, millions of American families will gather during the holidays, but way too many of those gatherings are filled with bitterness, resentment, strife and discord. In fact, another new survey has found that the average American only needs 3 hours and 54 minutes “before they start to feel sick of their families”… The holidays are supposed to be a time to come together with family and celebrate, but a new survey finds that most Americans can barely get through an evening with their family before needing a break. A total of 2,000 Americans who usually travel to visit family during the holidays took part in the research, and 75% say they will inevitably need to get away from their relatives and indulge in some much needed “me time.” In fact, it only takes respondents an average of three hours and 54 minutes before they start to feel sick of their families. This isn’t how it is supposed to be. We were created to love and to be loved. And when you remove love from the equation, people become very miserable quite rapidly. In America today, “deaths of despair” are happening at the highest rate in all of U.S. history. The following information comes directly from the United States Congress Joint Economic Committee… Anne Case and Angus Deaton famously chronicled a dramatic rise among middle-aged non-Hispanic whites since 1999 in “deaths of despair”—deaths by suicide, drug and alcohol poisoning, and alcoholic liver disease and cirrhosis.1 The Social Capital Project has extended Case and Deaton’s research to cover the full American population as far back as available data permit: to 1900 in some cases, and to 1959 or 1968 in others. We present here a snapshot of the long-term trends in deaths of despair. We also attach our full dataset for use in future research, including results broken down by age, sex, and race. Mortality from deaths of despair far surpasses anything seen in America since the dawn of the 20th century. (The trend for middle-aged whites reveals a more dramatic rise but only goes back continuously to 1959.) The recent increase has primarily been driven by an unprecedented epidemic of drug overdoses, but even excluding those deaths, the combined mortality rate from suicides and alcohol-related deaths is higher than at any point in more than 100 years. So it would appear that our very unhappy nation is rapidly becoming even unhappier. And it doesn’t take a genius to figure out what this is happening. As a society, we decided that marriage wasn’t important. So now we have one of the lowest marriage rates and one of the highest divorce rates in the entire world. As a society, we decided that children weren’t important. So now our birth rate has dropped below replacement level and a third of all U.S. children live in a home without a father. As a society, we decided that patriotism wasn’t important. So now the American flag is being banned by some schools as a “divisive symbol” and most of our young people have never even read the entire U.S. Constitution. As a society, we decided that God wasn’t important. So now just about every form of evil that you can possibly imagine is exploding in our society, and we are literally on a path that leads to national suicide. If you feel lonely, miserable or depressed this holiday season, I would definitely encourage you to get my latest book entitled “Living A Life That Really Matters”. It is filled with very practical advice that will enable you to start turning things around immediately. But even more importantly, reach out to those that you love during this holiday season. Life is way too short to live it alone. Society would have us believe that those that have the most money are the most “successful”. But that is not true at all. In reality, those that love the most are really the most “successful”, and so let us endeavor to be people of great love. About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/americans-are-lonely-miserable-and-depressed-the-legacy-of-a-society-that-has-rejected-family-faith-and-patriotism

:: 12-11-19 ABC TV15 Arizona :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mysterious lights hovering over Mesa skies Sunday night puzzle residents

Posted: 4:58 PM, Dec 09, 2019 Updated: 1:33 PM, Dec 11, 2019 By: Cameron Polom

MESA, AZ — Mysterious lights hovering above the east Valley have many wondering if we've had a close encounter. "It was pretty bright, it was about straight up over here, and it went straight that way, stopped, and it didn't seem like it was too far," said DJ Maier and Kerri Burnett, describing what they saw. The couple says they spotted the phenomenon outside their Mesa home on Sunday around nine that night. They say the object seemed to come from the southeast. "It started moving kind of diagonal across, I was trying to figure out which way it was heading, and that's when we noticed it started dropping things from it," said Burnett. The object captured on two cell phones looks like a bright orb hovering silently in the sky. Every few moments, the object appears to drop what looks to be flares towards the ground. "And it wasn't just us, our neighbors next door they were out, they weren't even filming. They were more in amazement, like statues, just watching it," said Maier. Maier immediately posted the video to Facebook, and the comments rolled in but none had any explanation for what they were seeing. "Some said it may be an aircraft, others said aliens or a comet," said Maier. The entire event harkens back to 1997 and the mysterious Phoenix Lights phenomenon -- a mystery that remains in hot debate even today. ABC15 reached out to several aviation experts who theorized the lights seen Sunday could be from parachute flares used by the military or even helicopters or other aircraft dropping flares during training. In fact, the Outlaw Military Operations Area sits not far from where the video was shot. But video found online of those types of exercises just doesn't seem to match. "There were no navigation lights. Even the military has to have navigation lights on. That's an FAA rule," said Maier. ABC15 reached out to the Federal Aviation Administration, Luke Air Force Base and the Army National Guard, but none could say for certain what it was. It leaves the answer to what was caught on camera to anyone's guess. "I know what I saw, and I don't think it was from here, and I think it was definitely something else," said Maier.

https://www.abc15.com/news/region-southeast-valley/mesa/mysterious-lights-hovering-over-mesa-skies-puzzles-residents 

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 12-9-19 Strange Sounds:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cod Apocalypse: Feds Close Gulf of Alaska Fishery for the First Time Ever After Historically Low Stock

By Strange Sounds - Dec 9, 2019

In an unprecedented response to historically low numbers of Pacific cod, the federal cod fishery in the Gulf of Alaska is closing for the 2020 season. It’s a decision that came as little surprise (Fukushima?), but it’s the first time the fishery has closed due to concerns of low stock. “We’re on the knife’s edge of this over-fished status,” North Pacific Fisheries Management Council member Nicole Kimball said during talks in Anchorage Friday afternoon. Warming ocean temperatures are wreaking havoc on a number of Alaska’s fisheries, worrying biologists, locals and fishermen with low returns that jeopardize fishing livelihoods. A stock assessment this fall put Gulf cod populations at a historic low, with “next to no” new eggs, according to NOAA research biologist Steve Barbeaux, who authored the report. At their current numbers, cod are below the federal threshold that protects them as a food source for endangered Steller sea lions. Once below that line, the total allowable catch goes to zero — in other words, the fishery shuts down. After the report was released, the stock assessment still had to pass through the NPFMC for review. The council unanimously passed the final decision to close the fishery Friday in Anchorage. Is the Blob Responsible for Low Stock of Cod in the Gulf Of Alaska? Up until the emergence of a marine heatwave known as “the blob” in 2014, Gulf cod was doing well. But the heat wave caused ocean temperatures to rise 4-5 degrees. Young cod started dying off, scientists said. “A lot of the impact on the population was due to that first heat wave that we haven’t recovered from,” Barbeaux said during an interview last month. Following the first heat wave, cod numbers crashed by more than half, from 113,830 metric tons in 2014 to 46,080 metric tons in 2017. The decline was steady from there. “Retrospectively, we probably should have shut the fishery down last year [too],” Barbeaux said. Signs of Another Warming Event Cod only enter the fishery at age three, so the environmental effects on the fishery are somewhat delayed. There are now signs of a second warming event. Scientists like Barbeaux and say it’s hard to predict what the future of the fishery will look like.  “We’re just well beyond what we’ve ever seen before. It’s this very unusual, warm event,” said Mike Litzow, a NOAA fisheries ecologist based in Kodiak. “What the climate scientists are showing us, our best understanding is that this is going to be the new average within a short time frame.” Uncertainty Looming Among Cod Fishermen in Alaska With uncertainty looming, Gulf cod fishermen in Kodiak are struggling with a decline of what used to be a major part of the island’s winter economy. Many fishermen have already moved on from cod. For the few remaining, the federal fishery closure further jeopardizes their livelihoods. State cod fishery limits for 2020 have yet to be set. “It’s kind of devastating,” Kodiak-based pot cod fisherman Frank Miles said last month, hoping at the time that the situation would turn around for next year’s season. Before the first heat wave, Miles said about 70 percent of his income came from cod fishing. Since then he’s worked to diversify, but he’s still concerned for the future. “I’m more worried about my son and his generation, the younger guys coming up,” he said. “I’m 60, I’m probably just about done. I’d like to think that I could fish cod one more time before I retire, but I don’t know. I simply don’t know where we’re going here.” This is dramatic, for the fishermen and for all other cod and fish consumers. By devastating our environment, we are also devastating parts of our agro-alimentary economy… And we are all going to pay for that. [Alaska Public]

https://strangesounds.org/2019/12/cod-apocalypse-feds-close-gulf-of-alaska-fishery-for-the-first-time-ever-after-historically-low-stock.html 

:: 12-12-19 News Target :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Inevitable

12/12/2019 / By News Editors

If you watched any of the impeachment clown show yesterday you should understand that Civil War is inevitable. These Democrats/Communist will never accept what us Deplorables did to them. They will never accept Trump. But more importantly they will never accept us. They will not accept our views of the world, our ideals, our guns and our religions. We are a very different people from these commies on the left. We value the individual. We value free thought, free speech, free religion, we value freedom. They hate us for it. They aim to rule us, and we will not be ruled by them. They will never give up their quest to implement socialism/communism. They never quit and they’ll never stop. We the People are the enemy. Yesterday should have shown everyone that. Not just with the clown show, but also the IG Report that everyone was waiting breathlessly for. I figured they’d pull a Comey. Lay out all these crimes and then say oh well, what’s done is done, sorry about that, we’ll do better in the future. Now everyone is saying, just wait until the Durham report comes out then we’ll get to hang these traitors for their crimes, yeah right. (Article by Wes Rhinier republished from NCRenegade.com)  What are we waiting for gentlemen? Everyone who is awake knows there is a fight coming. We are the enemy to this Deep State/Commies/Democrats, however you want to refer to them. I prefer Domestic Enemies. I swore an oath to defend our country against these bastards. I can’t do it alone. These traitors in our country are coming for those who will not acquiesce to their plans for America. All that remains is how we the people will react. I hope we Deplorables have had enough and are ready to fight.    So many things are in play right now that could blow this whole thing wide open. The two biggest things right now are Virginia and Impeachment.  Virginia is a test. Since they havent fully decided to remove Trump yet, they are going to see if they can disarm a state and install their communist utopia starting with Virginia. The shot heard round the world will happen again if these fools decide to try and disarm the people of Virginia. With impeachment, removal = civil war. I fully believe if they bring this to a vote in the house to send it to the Senate for trial, they already know they have their 20 republican senators they need to vote with them for removal. They do not want to endure this trial in the senate, for it will be ugly, but it will be worth it if they already know its a done deal and the trial will all be just a show. So if he is impeached and removed the SHTF immediately. Trump was not my guy. I did not vote for him in the primaries. I did vote for him in the general and am very grateful for the time that he gave me to prepare further. Trump is not going to save us. No one is coming to save us. We have to save ourselves. We have to fight for our country. We have to fight for our freedom. We have to fight for our children and the future we would like for them to have. It’s going to be hard. It’s going to be messy. It’s going to be downright scary. But stand up and fight we must. These Democrats/DeepState/Commies have opened up a can of worms they simply do not understand the consequences of. War is upon us. It’s time to decide how to react. We have a choice to make. Wes Read more at: NCRenegade.com  and DeepState.news.

https://www.newstarget.com/2019-12-12-inevitable.html 

:: 12-10-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With The Globalists Needing An 'End Game False Flag Event' To Finalize Their Coup Over America & Fully Cement Tyranny Into Place, Prepare To Defend Your Families And Loved Ones

- Mysterious, Slow Moving Blob That Caused White House Lock Down Hints Of False Flag Ahead

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die December 10, 2019

In this December 8th story by Mike Adams at Natural News titled "Democrats are 'summoning the DEMON of political violence,' and the next phase of their criminal coup will unleash blood in the streets", his story confirms what we've long reported on ANP: essentially, if Democrats can't 'control' society, they'll destroy it. Perfectly illustrated in their 'bloodlust, media-hyped hatred' of anything Christian, Conservative, pro-America or pro-President Trump that has led to innocent people, often the elderly, being brutally attacked in the streets for simply wearing a MAGA hat or t-shirt, we've long been warned of a future 'end game event' that Democrats/globalists would 'manufacture' then 'use' to 'cement' tyranny into place. And while that 'event' hasn't yet arrived in America, possibly bringing with it an unfolding of tyranny of the worst nature, a tyranny sure to be heavily 'resisted' by tens of millions of well-armed Americans, we may have recently gotten a small hint of what that 'event' might be with globalists/leftists happy to use 'false flag terrorism' to accomplish their goals, with false flags getting nations into global wars dating back decades. So we're going to be taking a look within this story at that recent 'event' that has concerned many in the Washington DC area while looking back at the history of 'false flag terrorism', perfectly summed up in this November 29th ANP story by William B. Stoecker titled "The Traitorous CIA's Role In The Attempted Overthrow Of America Goes Back DECADES Using One False Flag After Another & Their Total Infiltration By America-Hating Communists & Muslims". Also perfectly seen in now declassified 'Operation Northwoods' which stated.: Operation Northwoods was a proposed false flag operation against the Cuban government that originated within the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) of the United States government in 1962. The proposals called for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) or other U.S. government operatives to commit acts of terrorism against American civilians and military targets, blaming them on the Cuban government, and using it to justify a war against Cuba. The possibilities detailed in the document included the possible assassination of Cuban émigrés, sinking boats of Cuban refugees on the high seas, hijacking planes, blowing up a U.S. ship, and orchestrating violent terrorism in U.S. cities. The proposals were rejected by President John F. Kennedy. With those proposals rejected by President Kennedy and JFK then assassinated before he could even finish out his first term in office, as Stoecker pointed out in this story, the 'CIA/deep state apparatus' back in the 1960's is essentially the same group in power in 2019 with 'continuity of government' long in place and Operation Northwoods provided Americans 100% proof of Stoecker's story's subtitle: "US Intelligence Agency Traitors Have Long Tortured & Murdered Americans With Impunity". If anyone were to 'orchestrate violent terrorism in US cities in 2019', they'd be shot dead on sight (except, of course, the 'agent provocateurs' who are welcomed back to the 'swamp' with a heroes welcome!) Surely Operation Northwoods must lead the thinking person to ask, how many more 'false flag terrorism events' have been carried out by such 'agent provocateurs' and their 'useful idiots' since Kennedy's assassination? And might the 'deep state apparatus' attempt to carry out more such false flags/assassinations in the future? As Global Research reported in this story, there have been AT LEAST 53 confirmed 'false flag' events in the past, many of them involving the 'deep state apparatus' here in America. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) While NBC News reported two weeks ago that the so-called 'airspace violation' that triggered a lockdown at the White House recently could have been triggered by a flock of birds or a weather balloon or even a drone, and that 'the event' was resolved without incident after initial fears of a potentially hostile plane flying into the restricted airspace, WTOP radio in Washington DC reported two days later in this story titled "Inside the frantic response to mysterious ‘slow-moving blob’ flying over Washington" why some are very concerned. As WTOP had also reported on November 26th story reporting upon the initial alleged violation, NORAD is investigating the event because "They need to know that this was not a deliberate act by somebody to try to trick their system. It is extremely important that their systems be accurate". Yet as they also reported, they may have witnessed just that with the 'mysterious slow moving blob' detected moving towards the White house that simply 'disappeared' a potential harbinger of danger ahead. The mysterious “slow-moving blob” detected in the skies over Washington Tuesday prompted a frantic response from security officials on the ground as they raced against the clock to assess the potential threat. From the moment the object was picked up on radar, US officials across several agencies only had about 10 minutes to determine whether American lives were in danger and respond accordingly. Senior national security officials across the agencies immediately convened to coordinate and monitor the situation, ordering a lockdown at the White House and the Capitol Building to be placed on “restricted access” as a precaution. A Capitol Police source told CNN the US Capitol went to “Aircon yellow” at 8:27 a.m., ET, when the object was first identified. AIRCON is the alert status triggered when an aircraft enters the restricted airspace in Washington without authorization. It took 11 minutes before the object was 15 minutes from the Capitol, the range that causes the alert to go to “Aircon orange.” This suggested that the blob was moving slowly. The speed of the object combined with the fact that it appeared on radar, then dissipated, led some to speculate it may have just been a flock of birds despite a Pentagon spokesman initially telling CNN that an aircraft was involved. And then they reported on why the big concern; while this time, no hostile plane flew into White House airspace, the 'next time' a 'mysterious blob' shows up on radar, it could be used to 'mask' a real terror attack upon Washington DC, the White House, the Pentagon or any other number of critical targets. From the WTOP story. A challenge for radar operators Military officials have told CNN they believe the object was not an aircraft or drone but are still analyzing all possibilities, including whether the blob seen on radar was caused by birds or an atmospheric anomaly. While Leighton said that the response Tuesday was appropriate given the small window of time for commanders to make a decision, he also told CNN that “a trained radar operator should be able to differentiate between a flock of birds and an aircraft.” “But this mistake is actually a fairly common one. How the flock of birds appears on a radar screen can be very similar to the radar ‘look’ of a small aircraft,” he said. And while there are several different technical means for verifying whether a radar target poses a real threat or is an atmospheric anomaly or another natural occurrence, Leighton said Tuesday’s incident highlights a potential problem for radar operators in the future. “There’s quite a bit of talk about some rogue states (like Iran) as well as terror groups using swarms of drones to conduct attacks. Such attacks could show up on radar as a “blob” and that would make it really difficult to get a positive ID on such a radar target,” he said. “So, it’s definitely possible that a future situation in which a radar “blob” like the one we saw yesterday could mask an attack. It’s something we’ll have to be prepared for,” Leighton added. Yet with the source for that WTOP radio story being CNN, might something else be at play? With all of the Democrats/globalists hatred of President Trump and his supporters in 2019, we shouldn't put anything past these rat bastards, especially with the 'deep state apparatus' well versed at 'regime change'. So let's come back now to this story we mentioned in our opening paragraph by Mike Adams over at Natural News in which he warns Democrats are preparing to unleash even more political violence upon America if they don't get their way, quite akin to a child throwing a massive temper tantrum, as Adams also discusses in the first video at the bottom of this story. As Adams warns, throughout most of recorded history, prior to 'elections' in civilized societies, the rulers of nations were determined by 'violence', and with 'the left' now seemingly abandoning 'elections' as the 'decider' of who runs America, with their treason and sedition against President Trump leading all the way back to the Obama administration. From Mike Adams' must-read story.: Democrats are “summoning the demon of political violence,” meaning they are taking active steps right now that will result in blood spilling onto the streets of America. And they are doing it willfully. This is the outcome they want (see below for why). Essentially, Democrats operate from the rule that if they can’t control society, they will destroy it. To understand how this is going to happen, recognize that elections are a civil replacement for political violence. Before elections and democracy emerged, the rulers of nations were largely determined by who could kill their political enemies and seize power. For millennia, nearly every national ruler was a mass murderer, since obtaining political power required killing anyone who stood in their way. Elections sought to make the process of regime change more civil, allowing the people to choose their representatives in a system of voting that, to function in a civil manner, requires all participants to agree to the outcome of the vote, even if their favored candidate loses. Similarly, the brutality of violence was also supposed to be replaced by a fair, transparent justice system where no person is above the law and every person receives the same rights when accused: The right to face your accuser, the right to call witnesses in your defense, the right to cross examine the prosecution’s witnesses, and so on. Democrats have abandoned every pillar of civil society. The reason this is important to understand is because Democrats have thrown these pillars of civil society out the window in their desperation to destroy Trump and overthrow America, turning it into an authoritarian regime run by a twisted combination of techno-fascists (like Google and Twitter) conspiring with deep state operatives who despise the Constitution. Together, they have silenced free speech in America, deprived the President of the United States any shred of due process (in the treasonous Schiff impeachment trials) and sought to nullify the will of the People who voted for Trump in 2016. Yet as William B. Stoecker had pointed out and history has proven, with absolute proof 'the powers that be' will use false flag terrorism to accomplish their goals, and the mainstream, completely complicit in treason media happy to report their lies to the masses, further 'dumbing them down' to 'truth', we should all keep our eyes wide open for the next, and possibly final, false flag event that ushers in tyranny and prepare to protect our friends and families and the innocent from whatever insanity leftists unleash upon America in the coming days, weeks and months leading up to the 2020 election and well into 2021 no matter who wins.  And while Democrats and globalists surely want their 'slaves', the American people, to be disarmed, as Sheriff Scott Jenkins of Culpeper County, Virginia recently wisely stated as heard in the 2nd video below, with the 2nd Amendment now under fire in Virginia, "The right to bear arms—some believe that the Second Amendment gives us that right, when in fact it’s a God-given right. If you don’t believe in God, it’s a law of nature that every creature can defend their lives from threats." Amen.

http://allnewspipeline.com/White_House_Evacuated_Hint_Of_False_Flag_Ahead.php 

:: 12--19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alaska in the news again for all the wrong reasons! Monday, December the 9th was the warmest December day ever recorded: Unprecedented warmth is killing Alaska's fragile ecosystem.

Extremely low cod numbers have lead feds to close the Gulf of Alaska fishery for the first time ever.

Salmon all but have gone. Die-offs of massive amounts of unspawned chum, sockeye, and pink salmon.

Monday, December the 9th was the warmest December day ever recorded in Alaska.

Alaska's low on December the 9th was warmer than the average high for the time of the year.

Anchorage recorded a high of 51 deg F, on Monday, (10.5 deg C), which is more than double the December average.

In 2019, Alaska has broken heat records in the Spring, the Summer, Autumn and now Winter.

Parts of Alaska recorded their warmest February and March on record with temperatures +40 deg F above normal killing off the Crab fishing season.

In July, Alaska hit 89 degrees F, (32 deg C), to break the all-time highest temperature ever recorded: Campbell Creek hit 91 degrees F, (33 deg C)

July 2019 now stands as Alaska’s hottest month on record.

Record warmth has been recorded more or less all year long in Alaska this year and the trend shows no sign of stopping anytime soon. Monday, December the 9th was the warmest December day ever recorded in the State. Incredibly, Alaska's low on December the 9th was warmer than the average high for the time of the year. The average high in December is 25 deg F, which is -4 deg C, Anchorage recorded a high of 51 deg F, on Monday, (10.5 deg C), which is more than double the December average. Alaska has seen a lot of record-breaking warmth in 2019, there were broken records in the Spring, the Summer, Autumn and now Winter, according to Meteorologist Danielle Banks. This record warmth may be good news for the average Alaskan but it's killing Alaska's fragile ecosystem. Parts of Alaska recorded their warmest February and March on record with temperatures +40 deg F above normal killing off the Crab fishing season. The record warmth affects the seal population who give birth on solid ice but the ice has melted. Amy Holman, the regional coordinator for Alaska at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, "said the warmth has, in addition, had a deep impact on transportation as two-thirds of communities in Alaska are not accessible via roads." Full story In July, Alaska hit 89 degrees F, (32 deg C), to break the all-time highest temperature ever recorded: Campbell Creek hit 91 degrees F, (33 deg C) and the records kept tumbling! Full story Anchorage experienced six days in a row of 80-plus deg F (27-plus deg C) weather - the longest stretch on record for the city. Full story July 2019 now stands as Alaska’s hottest month on record, which was the latest benchmark in a long-term warming trend with ominous repercussions ranging from rapidly vanishing summer sea ice and melting glaciers to raging wildfires and deadly chaos for marine life. Full story Hundreds of fires broke out in the Arctic, wildfires exploded with areas of northern Siberia, northern Scandinavia, Alaska and Greenland engulfed in flames. Alaska alone burning 1.6 billion acres, due to the heat in July. Full story As summer 2019 continued Alaska baked, more birds seals and other marine life continue to die in unprecedented numbers with experts claiming the "Pacific Blob" had returned. Full story

Extremely low cod numbers have lead feds to close the Gulf of Alaska fishery for the first time ever. In an unprecedented response to historically low numbers of Pacific cod, the federal cod fishery in the Gulf of Alaska is closing for the 2020 season. It’s a decision that came as little surprise, but it’s the first time the fishery was closed due to concerns of low stock. “We’re on the knife’s edge of this over-fished status,” North Pacific Fisheries Management Council member Nicole Kimball said during talks in Anchorage Friday afternoon. It’s not over-fishing to blame for the die-off, but rather, climate change. Warming ocean temperatures linked to climate change are wreaking havoc on a number of Alaska’s fisheries, worrying biologists, locals and fishermen with low returns that jeopardize fishing livelihoods. Full Story Unusually warm temperatures across Alaska this summer led to die-offs of massive amounts of unspawned chum, sockeye, and pink salmon. Warm waters also sometimes this summer acted as a "thermal block" - essentially a wall of heat salmon don't swim past, delaying upriver migration. Full story Climate Change Front Page

Posted by Gary Walton at 11:19 am

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/12/alaska-in-news-again-for-all-wrong.html 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The Lord God says, the watered down churches some of those aren’t going to go to heaven, for did I not say man and woman not man and man or woman and woman, I said man and woman. etc

:: 12-8-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trannies and lightsabers: Star Wars director says franchise is about to go full LGBT

Monday, December 09, 2019 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) Dear Star Wars fans: Are you ready for some intergalactic LGBT action? Because that’s what you’re going to get in the next franchise installment, according to director J.J. Abrams. During a recent interview, Abrams revealed that the soon-to-be-released Star Wars: The Rise of Skywalker episode will feature the Disney-owned series’ first-ever homosexual, or possibly transgender – he didn’t specify which – subplot. The creators behind Star Wars have reportedly been talking about incorporating LGBT characters and themes into the franchise since Star Wars: The Force Awakens was released back in 2015 – and they’re actually now doing it. Rumors have apparently been circulating that Disney might turn the platonic relationship between the reboot trilogy’s two main characters, Finn (John Boyega) and Poe (Ex Machina‘s Oscar Isaac), into a “gay” relationship, which is something that Abrams had personally hoped would happen. Because the decrepit Western mindset can’t comprehend the idea of a close relationship between two men that isn’t overtly sexual, some Star Wars fans have been eagerly awaiting an LGBT pairing between the Finn and Poe characters – and it seems they might just get their wish. “Personally, I kind of hoped and wished that maybe that would’ve been taken further in the other films, but I don’t have control,” Isaac, who plays Poe, confessed during a recent interview about how he, too, has been fetishizing for an LGBT outcome between his character and Finn.  Just in time for Christmas, Isaac, Abrams, and other LGBT-craving Star Wars fans will finally see their dream come true, Abrams admitted in so many words about how he has always “strived to find a cast for Star Wars that ‘looked more the way the world works than not.'” “And in the case of the LGBTQ community, it was important to me that people who go to see this movie feel that they’re being represented in the film,” Abrams is quoted as saying. “I will say I’m giving away nothing about what happens in the movie, but I did just say what I just said.” Disney wants your children to be homosexual, transgender, queer, or other-sex – ANYTHING but straight Those who’ve been following the sordid history of Disney and its perverted, child-centric programming probably won’t be surprised by this news, seeing as how Disney went all-in with the LGBT agenda a long time ago. Back in 2018, for example, Disney theme parks unveiled LGBTQ “pride” ears for children to wear around the property in “celebration” of sexual deviancy. Disney has also been a longtime ally of communist China, as well as the abortion industry, which murders children for profit. Disney is a sick, sick operation, in other words, and one that seeks for nothing more than to turn your impressionable children into gays, lesbians, bisexuals, transgenders, queers, or one of the many other colors of the pride “rainbow.” And by taking them to see Star Wars films, you, too, are promoting the LGBT indoctrination of your own kids. “I’ve been wondering for a while why Disney was spending so much money to buy boys’ attention (Marvel, Star Wars). I now know why: to destroy them,” wrote one Newsbusters commenter about how Disney has an obvious agenda to destroy, specifically, young men by indoctrinating them with LGBT propaganda laced into their favorite films. “We all get to be Cinderella now, whether we like it or not.” “Congratulations! You are now a member in the Destroy Morality Club! . “Yuk. Leftists truly DO destroy everything they touch.” To keep up with the latShow the kids the brave sodomites on the Death Star,” wrote another Newsbusters commenterest news about LGBT perversion being forced on innocent children by the “rainbow” mafia, be sure to check out Gender.news or HollywoodHater.com. Sources for this article include: Newsbusters.org NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-12-09-star-wars-is-about-to-go-full-lgbt.html 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 12-11-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Portland, OR to require all new buildings, incl. private homes, provide ‘rest and welcome’ to homeless

Posted on December 11, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn | 57 Comments

More insanity from the city government of Portland, Oregon. Lashay Wesley reports for KATU News that on Nov. 12, 2019, the City of Portland’s 11-member Planning and Sustainability Commission narrowly approved a controversial change to the design process language to say all property owners must “Provide opportunities to rest and be welcome” to homeless people. The change was introduced by Commissioner Oriana Magnera (see her LinkedIn page here), who has a B.A. in Women’s Studies and is also the climate and energy policy coordinator of Verde, a local “environmental justice” non-profit. She said: “Just one of the realities of Portland right now is that we have a lot of folks who are unhoused who benefit from some of these spaces that provide weather protection.” Some are rightly concerned that the change to the city of Portland’s design review process would lead to homeless people camping on private property. Questions were raised even by members of the Planning and Sustainability Commission: Commission Chair and architect Katherine Schultz asked: “What does it mean to rest? Am I providing a place to sleep?” Commissioner and attorney Jeff Bachrach said: “I’m concerned that this is going to become quite controversial. I think for us to put into design review some loaded words that suggest we want some design commissioners to think about people resting for hours, pitching tents, I think we’re just putting too great of a burden on design review.” KATU News reached out to each member of the commission, but no one would agree to talk about the proposal on the record, including Magnera who had proposed the idea. Commission Chair Schultz provided this statement to KATU News:  The discussion around ‘Guideline 6: Provide opportunities to rest and be welcome’ was one of the most robust of the Planning and Sustainability Commission’s November 12 work session on the Design Overlay Zone Amendments (DOZA) project. Commissioners discussed how private development can provide places for people to feel welcome and safe, as well as allow space for people to rest, especially in light of our current housing shortage. The Commission will talk about this further at our next work session and will provide suggested language to the Design Commission that helps clarify the intent of the word “rest.” The Design Commission is the recommending body to City Council for proposed new design guidelines. The City design review program and guidelines that are the subject of DOZA affect the design of new buildings but do not control the use of properties. The City of Portland also declined to comment, but provided this letter from the Planning and Sustainability Commission: Understanding we are talking about private property here, we still want to ensure the openness and welcoming factors contribute to the development. Specific to the phrasing of the guideline itself, we suggest making it even more clear that development should provide supportive space for people to feel welcome and safe and should allow space for people to rest, especially under our current housing shortage. The definition of “rest” was quite involved. We think the background should address this more fully and clarify the intent of the word. The PSC will talk about this further at its [Dec. 17] work session and will provide suggested language to the Design Commission after our discussion. According to BizPacReview, this is not yet a done deal as the motion must pass more committees before a final vote.

Drudge Report has gone to the dark side. Check out Whatfinger News, the Internet’s conservative frontpage founded by a military veteran!

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/portland-or-to-require-all-new-buildings-including-private-homes-provide-rest-and-welcome-to-the-homeless 

:: 12--19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bill Gates Wants to Export India's National ID System Around The Globe

by Tyler Durden Authored by Daniel Taylor via OldThinkerNews.com,

It’s not just a social credit score system spreading around the world from China that threatens the free people of the world; India’s Aadhaar National ID program has the full support of Bill Gates and the World Bank as a model for other countries to follow. Gates said in a 2018 CNBC interview that it was “too bad” if someone thought that Aadhaar was a privacy issue: The Gates Foundation has pledged to fund the World Bank in an effort to take the ID program to other countries. Despite Gates plea that there are no privacy issues with Aadhaar, several court cases have gone to India’s supreme court on grounds of privacy violations. The ID system has had serious security breaches, with access to a billion identities being sold for less than $10 through WhatsApp. One of the court filings (Mathew Thomas vs Union of India) details the rise of China’s social credit system, comparing the Indian Aadhaar initiative to the Chinese program. Perhaps the most sensational angle to this story is that the same international tech company that provides the infrastructure to Aadhaar also makes drivers licenses in the United States.   Idemia (formerly Morpho), is a billion dollar multinational corporation. It is responsible for building a significant portion of the world’s biometric surveillance and security systems, operating in about 70 countries. Some American clients of the company include the Department of Defense, Homeland Security, and the FBI. The company website says that Morpho has been “…building and managing databases of entire populations…” for many years. In the United States, Idemia is involved in the making of state issued drivers licenses in 42 states. Idemia is now pushing digital license trials in the U.S. Delaware and Iowa are among five states involved in the trials this year. With the mobile licenses, law enforcement will be able to wirelessly “ping” a drivers smartphone for their license. The Indian government recently announced a facial recognition program to monitor all social media platforms, called the Advanced Application for Social Media Analytics. Big tech companies are using China, India, South Korea and other countries as testing grounds for smart cities, surveillance systems and command and control tech that are being stealthily rolled out in the west.

https://www.zerohedge.com/health/bill-gates-wants-export-indias-national-id-system-around-globe 

:: 12-11-19 Michelle Malkin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Blood on Open Borders Boston’s hands

By Michelle Malkin • December 11, 2019 07:40 AM

Here is a chilling case of sanctuary chickens coming home to roost.

Upon being convicted of armed robbery, kidnapping, home invasion and the brutal murders of two doctors on Tuesday, African criminal Bampumim Teixeira taunted the Massachusetts prosecutor who won the case and vowed to rape his wife. “You better hope I don’t get out of jail,” Teixeira threatened as he was dragged away in handcuffs by a quartet of court security officers. The killer appeared to greatly enjoy the media spectacle while striking fear into the hearts of innocents. He will be sentenced on Friday. I am outraged on behalf of the victims’ families and pray for the prosecutor’s loved ones. But let’s be clear: This homicidal beast is a beneficiary of liberal Bay State policies that coddle foreign evildoers and give them cover to wreak havoc in our homeland. The architects of open borders Boston have blood on their hands. Teixeira was a repeat offender well-known to law enforcement and government officials before he snuck into the South Boston condo of Richard Field and Lina Bolano in 2017, bound and gagged them, slit their throats and stabbed them to death. A homeless vagrant from Guinea-Bissau in West Africa, Teixeira had been convicted of two bank robberies and was released from prison just weeks before the massacre at Field and Bolano’s condo. This thieving bum’s lawyer secured a deal with the Suffolk County district attorney’s office to sentence him to 364 days for the second heist and downgraded the second felony crime to larceny. Why one day shy of a year? Why the reclassification of a felony to a misdemeanor? The soft-on-alien-crime agreement allowed him to escape deportation, which any green card holder would normally face for committing crimes of moral turpitude or crimes that result in sentences of 365 days or more. Ultimately, he served only 9 months behind bars. This evilness is part of a nationwide move by far-left Democratic prosecutors, many subsidized and supported by open borders billionaire George Soros, to minimize “collateral immigration consequences of criminal convictions” and help immigrants evade “disproportionate collateral consequences, such as deportation. All in the name of “public safety” and celebrating diversity, of course. For those outside of New England, let me tell you about the infamous public enemy, Suffolk County DA Rachael Rollins. In March, she ordered her employees to monitor and snitch on federal ICE officers hanging around any courthouse while trying to do their jobs. She is overseeing a radical “restorative justice” agenda to decrease arrests, detentions and prosecutions for both citizens and noncitizens. Our office, she announced, “will begin to factor into all charging and sentencing decisions the potential of immigration consequences.” Let me translate that for you: If foreign adults commit crimes that would separate them from their families and lead to imprisonment and deportation, DA Rollins will drop charges or shorten sentences in the name of social justice — the law-abiding victims of these criminal immigrants be damned. The anarchy-promoting DA grudgingly admitted to Boston talk show legend Howie Carr earlier this year that the Teixeira case was a “horrific situation.” She said she would have “no problem” deporting convicted criminal immigrants, but only after they “shoot or rape or kill somebody.” In other words: Always look the other way at immigration crimes until it’s too late to save the lives of innocent people sacrificed at the altar of open borders.    As the people of Boston face a crucial vote by their city council this week on whether to make their sanctuary policies even more radical and welcoming for the world’s homeless, jobless, drug dealers and gangbangers, I have questions: Why shouldn’t foreign law-breakers face “immigration consequences” for every single civil and criminal law they violate? Why are Soros-bots across the country elevating the rights of criminal immigrants above law-abiding citizens? Why aren’t more Americans rising in revolt against open borders-sponsored politicians and prosecutors turning our neighborhoods into safe spaces for foreign outlaws? Over the past three months, thousands have joined me at rallies to Stand with ICE and defend American First in so-called sanctuary cities from Boston to Aurora to Portland to Montgomery County, Maryland? What about the rest of you? What’s your excuse? Michelle Malkin ‘s email address is MichelleMalkinInvestigates@protonmail.com 

http://michellemalkin.com/2019/12/11/blood-on-open-borders-bostons-hands/ 

:: 11-25-19 Breaking News Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists Admit: Snakes Once had Legs as Described in Book of Genesis

By Adam Eliyahu Berkowitz November 25, 2019 , 10:43 am

Let them lick dust like snakes, Like crawling things on the ground! Let them come trembling out of their strongholds To Hashem our God; Let them fear and dread You!” Micah 7:17 (The Israel Bible™) Paleontologists in Argentina reached for their Bibles after finding fossils of snakes with hind legs. The report published in the journal, Science Advances, estimates the fossils found in the Rio Negro Province, Patagonia in 2013. The fossil is believed to be 95 million years old. The new discovery was appropriately named najash rionegrina. The term najash is based on the Hebrew word נחש (nachash, snake). The scientists based their theory on fragments of a nearly complete skull which indicated they were very similar to lizards. Their shared anatomy led scientists to conclude that snakes evolved from lizards. Previous theories held that snakes evolved from small worm-like burrowing lizards with four legs. No fossils were ever found to corroborate this theory. One theory suggested that the two-legged fossils represented a temporary stage in which the snakes transitioned from four legs to none but the researchers concluded that the two-legged stage lasted tens of millions of years. Though some lizards are legless, the new discovery is of a skull with a large mouth and sharp teeth which is entirely different than that of lizards. The skull also had mobile joints for the jaw, much like modern snakes. The najash probably fed on large prey and were similar in size to the modern-day big-headed, big-bodied lizards like the Komodo dragon. “Snakes are famously legless, but then so are many lizards. What truly sets snakes apart is their highly mobile skull, which allows them to swallow large prey items”, said Dr. Alessandro Palci, from Flinders University in Australia told The Daily Mail. “For a long time, we have been lacking detailed information about the transition from the relatively rigid skull of a lizard to the super flexible skull of snakes.” Researchers say that Najash has the most complete, three-dimensionally preserved skull of any ancient snake ever found. “It has some, but not all of the flexible joints found in the skull of modern snakes. Its middle ear is intermediate between that of lizards and living snakes, and unlike all living snakes it retains a well-developed cheekbone, which again is reminiscent of that of lizards”, said Dr. Palci. The new discovery is consistent with the story in Genesis which states that the snake was punished for tempting Eve. Then Hashem said to the serpent, “Because you did this, More cursed shall you be Than all cattle And all the wild beasts: On your belly shall you crawl And dirt shall you eat All the days of your life. Genesis 3:14 Since the punishment was to crawl on its belly, it is surmised that prior to the punishment, the snake did not crawl and may have had legs. In gematria (Hebrew numerology) nachash (snake) נחש equals 358, the same as Moshiach (Messiah) משיח. The Zohar (the basis of Jewish mysticism) explained that the evil inclination, personified by the snake in Eden, will make a resurgence in the days before Messiah, tempted to come and drink sustenance from the enormous levels of holiness that will appear in the world in the end-of-days. Another connection between the lowly snake and holiness is implicit in the Hebrew words. The letters of the word נחש (nachash; snake) can be rearranged to spell חושן (choshen; breastplate), worn by the high priest in the Temple. The Zohar states that the tikkun (fixing) of the snake’s sin in the Garden of Eden would be accomplished in the Third Temple by way of the breastplate. Perhaps, after the Third Temple is built, snakes will once again walk on their legs. But the most remarkable non-snake-like aspect of the new find was a well-defined sacrum supporting a pelvis and functional hind legs outside of its ribcage. Another theory held that snakes developed as marine reptiles, losing their legs in the oceans, evolving from now-extinct marine lizards called mosasaurs. Though some species of sea snakes still have vestigial legs, the najash was decidedly a desert dweller. “This snake is an important addition because it is the first snake with a sacrum. This represents an intermediate morphology that has never before been seen,” says Hussam Zaher, curator of herpetology at the University of São Paulo in Brazil, and part of the research team told New Scientist. “‘Snakeness’ is really old, and that’s probably why we don’t have any living representatives of four-legged snakes like we do all of the other lizards,” Michael Caldwell, a vertebrate paleontologist at the University of Alberta and a co-author of the study, explained to the New York Times. “Snakes probably were one of the first lizard groups to start experimenting with limblessness, but what’s really intriguing is that they were also very clearly showing the characteristics of their skulls, which are their specialization,” he added.

https://www.breakingisraelnews.com/140524/scientists-admit-snakes-once-legs-described-book-genesis/ 

:: 12-4-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reign of Lawlessness

By Hal Lindsey

Mexico’s new socialist president has taken a novel approach to crime fighting. He calls it, “hugs not bullets.” To see how that strategy is working out, look at the story of Ovidio Guzmán. He is the son of the man once known as the world’s most powerful drug trafficker — “el Chapo.” In October, the young Guzman was captured by Mexican police. But the government of Mexico freed him when hundreds of crime syndicate henchmen began an assault on the country’s security forces. Because of what happened that day, Mexico is a different place. Citizens long suspected that crime lords run their country. Now they know it. Newspaper man Ismael Bojórquez described the change. “Life goes on,” he wrote, “but not in the same way.” President López Obrador sees it as a good thing. “This is no longer a war,” he said. “It is no longer about force, confrontation, annihilation, extermination, or killing in the heat of the moment. This is about thinking how to save lives and achieve peace and tranquility in the country using other methods.” But in fact, this is not about saving lives. Just the opposite. It is about a government’s capitulation to the forces of evil. It is about the reign of lawlessness. Jesus said that in the last days, “lawlessness will abound.” (Matthew 24:12) In London a few days ago, a terrorist named Usman Khan stabbed five people, killing two. He had previously been convicted for his part in an al-Qaeda inspired terror plot back in 2012. He served five years and was then released from prison without going before a parole board as the law previously required. The Australian news service, News.com.au, reported, “Khan had been helped by ‘Learning Together’ after he was released from prison in December last year. And he was used as a poster boy by the program after he thanked them for helping him get a computer.” The two people killed by Khan — Saskia Jones, 23, and Jack Merritt, 25 — were volunteers with “Learning Together.” They were both outspoken advocates for more leniency in Britain’s criminal justice system. “Learning Together” is an initiative of the Cambridge University Institute of Criminology. The director of the institute, Professor Loraine Gelsthorpe, said that Jack Merritt advocated “for a politics of love.” It sounds a lot like “hugs not bullets.” And that sounds nice until we remember that God instituted human government for the protection of rights, the protection of children and families — protection from lives of fear. The United States is not immune from the growing lawlessness in the world. In Chicago, the county prosecutor announced three years ago that shoplifters would no longer be charged with a felony if they stole under a $1000 worth of merchandise, or if they were juveniles. Criminals are said to carry calculators into stores to make sure they are under the limit. That way they will be free to come back for more. According to CBS 2 in Chicago, “They grab what they want and then they take off.” Alderman Brian Hopkins says, “We’re seeing store security guards being pepper sprayed, maced and physically attacked…. [Shoplifters] have no fear and they’re acting with impunity.” The same thing has happened in California where the law changed 1 ½ years ago. Any theft below $950 can only be charged as a misdemeanor. The owner of a small hobby shop in Sacramento says the new law has made it hard for him and other small retailers to stay in business. “It’s just pretty much open season,” he said. “They’ll pick the $800 unit and just grab it and run out the door.” Rachael Rollins serves as the District Attorney for Suffolk County, Massachusetts. The county includes Boston. She was elected promising not to prosecute certain crimes. They include theft of personal property under $250, disorderly conduct, trespassing, receiving stolen property, wanton or malicious destruction of property, drug possession, drug possession with intent to distribute, and resisting arrest. Think of the consequences of giving people a free pass on the things on that list. Initially, lawlessness leads to anarchy. But it never stays there long. It quickly becomes the excuse for criminal control such as we see in Mexico, or for the formation of a police state. Either way, freedoms are quickly lost.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-12-4-2019/ 

:: 9-29-16 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Things Fall Apart

by Hal Lindsey

“The Second Coming” by William Butler Yeats is one of the most widely quoted poems from the 20thCentury. In fact, one firm that watches such things says it’s being quoted this year more than ever.  The title does not refer to the return of Christ, but to the return of an ancient monster — paganism. The newfound popularity of a poem written in 1919 tells us a great deal about where the human race sees itself in 2016. And, without meaning to, it serves as a potent reminder that Jesus is coming very soon!   The poem begins; Turning and turning in the widening gyre The falcon cannot hear the falconer;  Things fall apart; the centre cannot hold; Mere anarchy is loosed upon the world.  “Gyre” means spiral or vortex. Yeats pictures the falcon flying in a circle too large for the falconer to maintain control. Then, with brilliant simplicity, he expresses the human dilemma from the time of Adam and Eve’s sin until now — “Things fall apart.”   Last month, The Wall Street Journal ran an article on the reasons for the poem’s rising popularity and influence. The Journal called it, “A warning of sorts for a world entering a dark, anarchic age.” An analysis by the media database, Factiva, shows that the poem was quoted more in the first few months of 2016 than in any full year of the last three decades. “Things fall apart” is the most quoted line. The next most quoted goes back to Yeats’ picture of the falcon and the falconer — “The centre cannot hold.” “Mere anarchy is loosed upon the world” is the third most quoted phrase. In his biography of Yeats, Oxford Professor Roy Foster, wrote, “There’s a sense of insecurity, instability, risk, and a feeling that something appalling is around the corner. I think we have seen rough beasts arise, notably in desert countries.” Surely some revelation is at hand; Surely the Second Coming is at hand.  The Second Coming! Hardly are those words out When a vast image out of Spiritus Mundi Troubles my sight: somewhere in sands of the desert A shape with lion body and the head of a man, A gaze blank and pitiless as the sun, Is moving its slow thighs.… The phrase “Spiritus Mundi” means “world spirit.” Yeats used the sphinx as the embodiment of this spirit. “A shape with lion body and the head of a man, A gaze blank and pitiless as the sun.” The monster’s moving, but where? Yeats saw it headed toward Bethlehem — the pitiless beast on its way to devour the Christ child. The darkness drops again; but now I know That twenty centuries of stony sleep Were vexed to nightmare by a rocking cradle,  And what rough beast, its hour come round at last, Slouches towards Bethlehem to be born?  Yeats was no prophet of God. He had a lifelong love affair with the occult, practiced “automatic writing,” and admired Mussolini. Wikipedia says, “During séances held from 1912, a spirit calling itself ‘Leo Africanus’ apparently claimed it was Yeats’ Daemon.” “The Second Coming” presents a nightmare view of the future, with Satan winning in his war with God. It’s a picture the devil would like everyone to buy into. And with interest in the poem so high, that’s apparently happening. People turn to it today because the imagery seems to depict the world of 2016. In a time of terror, corruption, economic danger, and nuclear menace, people relate to and identify with the phrases, “the centre cannot hold,” “mere anarchy is loosed upon the world,” and, most of all, “things fall apart.” But I have good news. Things are not falling apart. Yes, these are troubled times. Humpty Dumpty is having a great fall. And the leaders of the world have no idea how to fix it. “But there is a God in heaven!” Daniel said. And that’s still the answer. Our God knows the end from the beginning, and nothing catches Him by surprise. Daniel went on to say, “He has made known… what will take place in the latter days.” (Daniel 2:28 NASB)  In an article posted on the Rapture Ready website, Jan Merkel wrote, “Things are not falling apart — they are falling into place.” That’s exactly right. These are not days for Christian despair, but hope and awe. Before our eyes, Planet Earth is taking the shape God’s word described 2,500 years ago! In the world, even the most powerful men and women feel insecure. The ultra-rich are building massive, luxury bunkers beneath their homes. Among regular houses, the biggest trend is to add a “safe room.” People are afraid. They sense that something huge is happening, but they don’t know how to get ready.  How exciting that we who are in Christ have the answer! And to prove it, God gave prophecy that predicts our times to a tee. May we be faithful to let them know. “There is a God in heaven and His word will be fulfilled!”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-29-2016/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 12-10-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran is building tunnels in Syria near Iraq border for weapons

Iran has begun building tunnels at its Imam Ali base in Syria, which is a key part of Iran’s infrastructure that links Iran via Iraq to Syria and Lebanon.

By SETH J. FRANTZMAN DECEMBER 10, 2019 20:46

Iran has begun excavating tunnels at its Imam Ali base in Syria near the Iraqi border that will be used to store and move weapons, according to new satellite images and a report from Fox News. The base has been under construction for more than a year and is a key part of Iran’s infrastructure in Syria linking Iran via Iraq to Syria and Lebanon. Syrian, regional Arabic media and Russian sources have accused Israel of airstrikes at or near the location going back to June 2018.  The tunnels are estimated to be 130 meters long and wide enough to drive a car through. Image Sat International (ISI), which provided the satellite images and wrote a report, noted that at least one tunnel is being excavated and that the construction accelerated “a few weeks after the base was attacked for the first time,” on September 9, 2019. In the wake of that attack, an Iranian Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps group attempted to fire rockets at Israel from near Damascus. “The tunnel excavation began not only in spite of the compound airstrike, but even as a lesson learned from the mentioned attack,” ISI wrote. Fox News said it consulted with Western intelligence sources which reviewed the information. The US has recently linked Iranian-backed groups to at least nine attacks near areas with US bases over the last year. These have involved rockets. In addition, Iraq’s government has accused Israel of several attacks in July and August. And Qais Khazali, leader of the Asaib Ahl al-Haq militia that was sanctioned by the US last week, has threatened the US and Israel. A New York Times report last week said that Iran transferred short range ballistic missiles to Iraq.  Iran is building the Imam Ali base near a new border crossing at Albukamal in Syria. The border was reopened at the end of September after many years when it was closed due to the war on ISIS. But Iran’s base is in the desert just over some sand dunes near the crossing. It is now linked to the crossing. A shed has been used to hide the entrance to the tunnel. “Large dirt piles appeared at the opposite end of the tunnel,” Fox News reports. Western intelligence sources say that missiles and weapons will be stored in the tunnel. The tunnel now looks like the latest addition to a network of Iranian infrastructure near the border. It will add to Iran’s entrenchment in Syria and Iran’s “land bridge” or road to the sea that goes through several areas near the Euphrates River and then to way-points on the road to Damascus and Homs, called T2, T3 and T4. The latter is an air base called T-4 or Tiyas, which has been hit by airstrikes and where Iran tried to bring in its 3rd Khordad air defense system in April 2018. Iran has also brought drones and other weapons to T-4 using large civilian-style transport planes. A report in Russian media claimed that Russian Sukhoi Su-35s scrambled on December 6 to stop an Israeli airstrike at T-4. Israel has been accused of carrying out other airstrikes at the same location. In February 2018 Iran launched a drone from T-4 that entered Israeli airspace and was shot down by a helicopter.  The new Imam Ali base is a serious Iranian investment and shows its plans to link Syria and Iraq vi Tehran’s hand. This is also here precision guidance, which might be trafficked to Hezbollah, a key concern. Israel warned that Hezbollah is trying to upgrade its 150,000 rockets with precision guidance in August. ISI has provided numerous reports and images of the Albukamal location, , going back to June 2018. It wrote a report on the Iranian “land bridge” in July 2018 and has consistently updated the report and images since. This was true in September after an airstrike where it was revealed several buildings at the Imam Ali base were struck. They appeared to be storehouses of some sort.  Now, Iran is seeking to go underground. Iran has expertise in building tunnels and bunkers. Hezbollah built tunnels near the border with northern Israel. Some were revealed last December during Operation Northern Shield, which sought to locate and destroy Hezbollah tunnels.  In May 2018, ISI revealed that Iran had built tunnels at its Fordow nuclear enrichment facility. “The imagery of Fordow enrichment facility shows a large presence of buses and private vehicles, as well as an opened gate which leads to underground tunnels.”

https://www.jpost.com/Middle-East/Iran-is-building-tunnels-in-Syria-near-Iraq-border-for-weapons-610501 

:: 12-10-19 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump to sign executive order defunding colleges that fail to fight anti-Semitism

by Tim Pearce | December 10, 2019 11:12 PM

President Trump is expected to sign an executive order that will allow the administration to cut funding from colleges and universities that have failed to quell anti-Semitism on their campuses. Trump’s order will be delivered on Wednesday, according to the New York Times. The order reclassifies Judaism as a race or nationality, affording Jews Title XI anti-discrimination protections under the 1964 Civil Rights Act. The boycott, divestment, and sanctions movement calls for cracking down on Israel for its treatment of Palestinians living in Israeli-controlled territory. Congress passed a bipartisan condemnation of BDS as a movement that "promotes principles of collective guilt, mass punishment and group isolation, which are destructive of prospects for progress towards peace." The BDS movement has gained traction on college campuses in recent years. The movement, along with a rise in anti-Semitic attacks against Jews, has motivated lawmakers on both sides to push for legislation through Congress similar to Trump’s executive order. David Krone, who was chief of staff to Sen. Harry Reid, applauded the expected move by Trump. "I know people are going to criticize me for saying this, but I have to give credit where credit is due," Krone said.

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/news/trump-to-sign-executive-order-defunding-colleges-that-fail-to-fight-anti-semitism 

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. Do you not see the volcanoes; do you not hear about the earthquakes, do you not realize that the plates underneath the ocean have shifted? Do you not see Russia on the move; does she not have her largest submarine setting off of North Carolina and South Carolina and Virginia? etc

:: 12-10-19 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Zealand police open investigation into deaths at volcano

By Rebecca Klar - 12/10/19 09:25 AM EST

New Zealand police are investigating the deaths and injuries at the site of a volcano eruption where officials said at least five people died. Authorities announced on Tuesday that an investigation into the “circumstances of the deaths and injuries” on White Island, an active volcano that operates as a tourist destination, has begun. Police said it is “too early to confirm” if there would also be a criminal investigation, correcting an earlier statement. Police are working with other agencies to determine the conditions on the island, including the gas levels in the atmosphere, as officials continue the recovery and investigation process, officials said. “We understand people’s desire to recover their loved ones and we are working around the clock to get onto the island so we can recover them as soon as possible,” New Zealand police said in the statement. Five people have been confirmed dead and eight are missing and presumed dead, police said. Nine people from the United States were on the island at the time of the eruption, officials added. There also were 24 people from Australia, two from China, four from Germany, one from Malaysia, five from New Zealand and two from the U.K.

https://thehill.com/policy/energy-environment/473822-new-zealand-police-open-investigation-into-deaths-at-volcano 

:: 12-10-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Guatemalan President-elect: World must recognize Jerusalem

Guatemalan President-elect Alejandro Giammatte praises Israelis for 'making the desert bloom.'

Yoni Kempinski, 10/12/19 20:59

Guatemalan President-elect Alejandro Giammatte was honored at a ceremony at the Friends of Zion Museum in Jerusalem Tuesday. Giammatte said at the ceremony: "When we talk about history, we believe in the word of G-d. We must recognize that the people of Israel are entitled to live in their own land. The world recognized a few years ago Israel's right to a state, we have repaired a historical injustice." "You manage to make the desert bloom. I hope I can come back here a lot more. With the help of the JNF you managed to make the land bloom. You did it with a lot of love. It's a once-in-a-millennium event. "We have nothing left but to invite the world leaders to build here and recognize that Jerusalem is the capital of Israel. There is no other way," he stated. World Chairman of KKL-JNF Daniel Atar told President Giammattei: "Your decision to come here even before your inauguration speaks for itself. I would like to thank you very much for your recognition of the importance of warm and special relations with Israel, and you intend to preserve and deepen them." "Special thanks for your important decision to declare Hezbollah a terrorist organization, and not to allow its people to operate from the territory of Guatemala. "Precisely at this time, when anti-Semitism seems to be lifting its ugly head again and manifestations of hatred are increasing, warming the heart to realize once again - as on that November day - it is important that there are also true friends of Israel."

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/272990 

:: 12-3-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top Los Angeles Homeless Official Resigns: Homelessness Up 33% Despite $780 Million Spent & Quadrupled Staff Over 5 Years

Dean Garrison - December 3, 2019

Los Angeles is a glowing example of the destructive policies that drive California politics. Liberal policies have resulted in Los Angeles County having arond 59,000 homeless people and that number shows no signs of slowing down. On Monday, Peter Lynn of the LA Homeless Services Authority announced his intention to resign and leave by the end of 2019. Peter Lynn, who saw homelessness rise 33% during his five years as head of the Los Angeles Homeless Service Authority, said he would leave the job by Dec. 31. “Over these five years of explosive growth, LAHSA deployed more than $780 million in new funding to address homelessness. We doubled our staff and then doubled it again,” Lynn said in a written statement.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/top-los-angeles-homeless-official-resigns-homelessness-up-33-despite-780-million-spent-quadrupled-staff-over-5-years/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 12-2-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. homeland security proposes face scans for U.S. citizens

by Reuters Monday, 2 December 2019 23:46 GMT

The plan has already drawn opposition from some privacy advocates

By Ted Hesson

WASHINGTON, Dec 2 (Reuters) - The Trump administration intends to propose a regulation next year that would require all travelers - including U.S. citizens - to be photographed when entering or leaving the United States, according to the administration's regulatory agenda. The proposed regulation, slated to be issued in July by the Homeland Security Department, would be part of a broader system to track travelers as they enter and exit the United States. The plan has already drawn opposition from some privacy advocates. Jay Stanley, a senior policy analyst with the American Civil Liberties Union, blasted the idea in a written statement on Monday. "Travelers, including U.S. citizens, should not have to submit to invasive biometric scans simply as a condition of exercising their constitutional right to travel," he said. The Trump administration contends in its regulatory agenda that the face scan requirement will combat the fraudulent use of U.S. travel documents and aid the identification of criminals and suspected terrorists. The public typically has 30 to 60 days to comment on a proposed U.S. regulation. The federal agency then needs to review and respond to comments, a process that can be time-consuming for major regulations. The Trump administration also said in its regulatory agenda that it plans to issue a separate fast-track regulation this month that would allow the entry-exit project to move beyond a pilot status. U.S. Customs and Border Protection, which is part of DHS, has already conducted pilot programs that collect photographs and fingerprints from foreign travelers.

A 2018 internal audit found technical and operational problems during a pilot program at nine U.S. airports. The problems raised questions about whether DHS would meet a self-imposed deadline to confirm all foreign departures at the top 20 U.S. airports by fiscal year 2021. The non-partisan Pew Research Center estimated in 2006 that 45 percent of immigrants in the United States without legal status entered on a valid visa but did not depart when it expired. (Reporting by Ted Hesson; Editing by Dan Grebler)

http://news.trust.org/item/20191202231619-0717f 

:: 12--19 Fox 5 New York :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Data on your spending habits could be a gold mine for banks

Published 5 days ago Consumer Associated Press

NEW YORK - There’s a powerful new player watching what you buy so it can tailor product offerings for you: the bank behind your credit or debit card. For years, Google and Facebook have been showing ads based on your online behavior. Retailers from Amazon to Walgreens also regularly suction up your transaction history to steer future spending and hold your loyalty. Now banks, too, want to turn data they already have on your spending habits into extra revenue by identifying likely customers for retailers. Banks are increasingly aware that they could be sitting on a gold mine of information that can be used to predict — or sway — where you spend. Historically, such data has been used mostly for fraud protection. “Ten years ago, your bank was like your psychiatrist or your minister — your bank kept secrets.” Suppose you were to treat yourself to lunch on Cyber Monday, the busiest online shopping day of the year. If you order ahead at Chipotle — paying, of course, with your credit card — you might soon find your bank dangling 10% off lunch at Little Caesars. The bank would earn fees from the pizza joint, both for showing the offer and processing the payment. Wells Fargo began customizing retail offers for individual customers on Nov. 21, joining Chase, Bank of America, PNC, SunTrust and a slew of smaller banks. Unlike Google or Facebook, which try to infer what you’re interested in buying based on your searches, web visits or likes, “banks have the secret weapon in that they actually know what we spend money on,” said Silvio Tavares of the trade group CardLinx Association, whose members help broker purchase-related offers. “It’s a better predictor of what we’re going to spend on.” While banks say they’re moving cautiously and being mindful of privacy concerns, it’s not clear that consumers are fully aware of what their banks are up to. Banks know many of our deepest, darkest secrets — that series of bills paid at a cancer clinic, for instance, or that big strip-club tab that you thought stayed in Vegas. A bank might suspect someone’s adulterous affair long before the betrayed partner would. “Ten years ago, your bank was like your psychiatrist or your minister — your bank kept secrets,” said Ed Mierzwinski, a consumer advocate at the U.S. Public Interest Research Group. Now, he says, “they think they are the same as a department store or an online merchant.” The startup Cardlytics, one of the field’s pioneers, runs the offer programs for Wells Fargo, Chase and other banks. Though these partnerships, Cardlytics says it gets insights on about $2.8 trillion worth of annual consumer spending worldwide. A Cardlytics rival named Augeo runs a similar program with other banks, which it declined to name. American Express has an in-house program for its cardholders. Visa targets offers on Uber’s app for credits toward rides and food delivery. Even though banks only know where you’ve shopped — and not specifically what you bought — they’re often able to make educated guesses. After all, it’s not likely you’re at a liquor store for the potato chips. The bank can then infer other things you may like. It would have a pretty good idea that you’re about to travel if you’ve charged a flight or hotel stays. HSBC is looking into using that data to set up automatic alerts, so that it wouldn’t decline your card use as fraudulent when you start charging for meals in Kathmandu or Karachi. The next step is to make location-specific offers, perhaps for a car rental, as soon as you land. Marcos Meneguzzi, HSBC’s U.S. head of cards and unsecured lending, said cardholders will welcome such offers, at least when they’re relevant. But he warns that banks could easily overstep and lose their customers’ trust. Many of these efforts remain in their infancy, and it’s not yet clear how well they’ll catch on. The Cardlytics programs, for instance, don’t push offers through notifications. You have to look for them in your banking app or website. Abeer Bhatia, an executive with Chase’s credit-card business, said commissions barely cover operational costs. To Chase, the program is more important for incentivizing rewards-conscious consumers to use its cards. If a Chase card gets you an extra 10% at Rite Aid, why pull out your Citi card? As far as these companies are concerned, Americans have repeatedly demonstrated that they value freebies and discounts more than intangible privacy concerns. “Consumers understand the banks are giving them ways to save money based on how they shop,” said Scott Grimes, CEO and co-founder of Cardlytics. But banks often don’t explain clearly what they’re doing with your data, even though they sometimes share your transactions with outside data companies such as Cardlytics to process offers. And many banks don’t seek explicit consent, instead including these programs by reference in general agreements for the card or online banking. “It’s totally long, and people don’t read that,” said Saisattha Noomnual, a graduate student in Chicago who gets targeted offers through her Chase and Bank of America cards. Under federal law, banks merely have to let you withdraw from marketing, or opt out. That’s difficult to do if you’re not aware it’s happening. Noomnual said she can only guess she gets more offers for Starbucks because she visits Starbucks a lot. She reasons that based on how well banks analyze her spending for fraud alerts. While she said she doesn’t mind that, she wishes banks were more forthcoming. Bank of America declined comment. Chase said it tries to keep disclosures simple and understandable without overwhelming consumers. Banks insist they don’t share personal information with other companies because they replace names with anonymous ID numbers. Privacy researchers, however, have shown that such data can be “de-anonymized” under the right conditions. Privacy advocates worry that past transactions could come back to haunt you. Frequent visits to fast-food joints might flag you as a health risk, which could be a problem if your health insurer could pay to learn about that. Auto insurers might grow wary of cardholders who run up large bar tabs. And ultimately, these targeted offers could inadvertently encourage people to overspend or double down on unhealthy habits such as fast food. “Consumers aren’t aware of the subtle nudges apps are giving them to buy, buy, buy,” Mierzwinski said. “They are basically digging deep into your psyche and figuring out how to manipulate you.”

https://www.fox5ny.com/news/data-on-your-spending-habits-could-be-a-gold-mine-for-banks 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

:: 12-2-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Coming Communications Breakdown In Battleground Colorado: Ex-Special OPS Will Be Opposed by UN Forces-Dave Hodges and Paul Martin

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, December 2, 2019 - 22:26.

Jade Helm 16 was, in part, about taking down Colorado's contingent of retired intel and most of all special operations members in the Mile High state. There are an estimated 25,000 said members. THey often live and guard the entrances to various roads into the high country. These men have their own communications systems which is covered in this interview with Paul Martin, an ex-Marine, who knows some of the players. For years, Paul Martin and myself have been reporting on the various UN-related troops in Northern Colorado and Southern Wyoming. Two years ago, Paul Martin and myself reported on UN vehicles, equipped with strange and specialized antenna, which were bolted down on the ground near Rawlins, Wyoming. Paul Martin and myself had the antenna analyzed by experts and were told it is the type, unique to the UN which are designed to survive and EMP attack as the communications remain functional. In this broadcast, Paul Martin reveals that the ex-special operations forces, operating as a confederation, have specialized communications and they carry these devices in a faraday box. They are getting ready for the takeover. Additionally, Paul and myself have repeatedly reported on foreign troops who have been brought in by the UN to counter this presence. These troops would include the Gurkas (anti-guerrilla forces), the Russian Spetsnaz, Turkish troops, etc. In 2013, I published photos of the Spetsnaz in Colorado on the CSS website. In a related reported, I have previously reported on similar US ex-spec-ops forcs in the Ozarks. This broadcast connects many of these dots and more. One more thing, Youtube demonitized the video before publication. What does that say about being over the target? The story's cover photo is one of the photos of the EMP proof antenna that were independently sent to Paul and myself. Please note that Paul has encountered Russians and the Gurkas on his shooting range in the past and we reported the events in real time on the CSS.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/conspiracy-radio-shows-united-nations/coming-communications-breakdown-battleground-colorado-ex-special-ops-will-be-opposed-un 

:: 5-4-17 News Prepper  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The End Of The Line-5 Cities That Will Be Wiped Off the Map by Natural Disasters

Economy Collapse, End Of The Days, Natural Disaster, News, Science

May 4, 2017

No matter how technologically advanced humans become, we’ll always spend a good portion of our time pathetically flailing at nature and the various disasters it attempts to grind us down with. Which makes it all the more awesome that many have actually chosen to live right on the bulls-eye of mother nature’s bazooka practice target. As we all go blithely about our daily lives, just remember …

5. New York Is Due for a Hurricane Worse Than Sandy There’s no shortage of hazards that can be associated with New York: Muggings, terrorist attacks, and terrible celebrity chef restaurants are all par for the course when it comes to the Big Apple. Yet the most dangerous of them all tends to go unmentioned … right until it throws a skyscraper at you. Most of us were shocked to find out that New York was in hurricane territory at all, then all of a sudden the city gets sideswiped by Irene and Sandy. They flooded subways, collapsed quite a few buildings and dealt billions in damage. And they were nothing compared to what is (eventually) coming. Both of those storms were only Category 1 when they hit, meaning that they were not that powerful — even though they still tore up plenty of shit in the region, some of which still hasn’t been fixed. Which is to say that it could have been much worse. As in, Roland Emmerich worse. In fact, New York City has a pretty good chance of being hit by a category 3 Hurricane this very decade. And the next one. And, in fact, each and every decade. A Category 3 hurricane, in case you were wondering, is defined by the phrase “Devastating damage will occur.” We’re talking demolished houses, damaged skyscrapers, and destroyed infrastructure, here. We’re talking JFK airport under 19 feet of water, according to the people who study this sort of thing.  Because of New York’s unique geography (and in case anyone needed an extra reason to dislike New Jersey), Northeast New Jersey and Western Long Island form a bottleneck for hurricanes to pass right into. Essentially, any storm with great intensity has a decent chance of a direct hit. This, incidentally, subjects the city to far worse things than just a “mere” Category 3: New York’s near future can very well see a full-on “Oh shit” hurricane of the Category 5 classification. Destruction wise, this storm would be a dozen times worse than a Category 3. Survival MD is 205 Pages Ebook of medical field survival guide showing you how to treat yourself and loved ones in an emergency / Disaster when doctors, pharmacies and hospitals are shut down. Because Doctors and emergency rooms may be unavailable or severely overloaded.  You need to be prepared to stand on your own through whatever life sends your way.–watch this FREE video! So, What Can Be Done? Luckily, New York City is prepared for pretty much anything. And when we say prepared, we mean they know precisely how screwed they’re going to be. Using a Category 4 hurricane as a sort of average of terror, authorities have calculated that a massive hurricane would do about $500 billion worth of foreseeable damage — that is, four times as much as Hurricane Katrina managed. Hell, a mere Category 2 would turn the subway into an aquarium in 40 minutes, with Grand Central and Penn Stations flooding as well. There is also the matter of the 15-foot wall of water expected to hit three of the five N.Y. boroughs with all the havoc a mini-tsunami with New York attitude can wreak. Bottom line for hurricane survival in New York: When it hits, be in Cleveland. Though it could be worse… 4. Amsterdam Lives in Constant Dread of Drowning Amsterdam is the capital of Netherlands, and the Red Light Districted obligatory rest stop for backpackers who want to take pictures of each other giggling nervously over a ridiculously oversized and overpriced blunt. It is a beautiful city with hundreds of years of history and wonderful art museums, with the added bonus of hash bars freaking everywhere. It’s also about to be eaten by the ocean, every single minute of the day. Most of Netherlands resides below sea level, and if anything — anything, anywhere, at all — goes wrong, Amsterdam will take an entire ocean right in the face. Subsequently, the map of the Netherlands would look a little something like this: See the black blip labeled “Amsterdam” that’s right in the middle of the fucking blue? That’s what happens if just one of the various, intricate failsafe barriers and dams surrounding the country goes down. Not only the city (highest point: seven feet above sea level), but in fact much of the entire country (lowest point: minus 23 feet) is at constant risk of being claimed by the sea. The good news is, Amsterdam’s an old hand at fighting water and the authorities have actually set up the elaborate not-getting-drowned network that is keeping them safe. The bad news: They absolutely blow at keeping said network up to date. In fact, only 50 percent of the defenses are somewhat capable of handling their task of keeping people’s feet dry. The Netherlands had their latest hazardous flood defense failure in 2010, and rest assured there will be more: Many experts are not even sure some of the dams will hold if they get just the tiniest of hairline cracks.

https://www.newsprepper.com/end-line-5-cities-will-wiped-off-map-natural-disasters-2/

:: 12-2-19 TECHNOCRACY.NEWS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World’s First Human Composting Facility Coming To Seattle In 2021

Posted By: Emma Fiala December 2, 2019

Earth worship is complete by offering your dead body back to nature as compost in the ‘death-care revolution.’. All that’s missing is the euthanasia center to hasten the process, as in the 1973 cult movie, Soylent Green. ⁃ TN Editor In a move hailed as a positive step by environmentalists, Washington became the first U.S. state to legalize the composting of human bodies in May of this year. And now, the Evergreen State will become home to the world’s first human composting facility in 2021 thanks to Katrina Spade, founder and CEO of Recompose, after the legislation she helped enact goes into effect in May 2020. According to its website, Spade founded the revolutionary company with the goal of offering “natural organic reduction to the public,” a system that converts human remains into soil as an alternative to cremation or burial. Recompose’s website explains the benefits of natural organic reduction: “By converting human remains into soil, we minimize waste, avoid polluting groundwater with embalming fluid, and prevent the emissions of CO2 from cremation and from the manufacturing of caskets, headstones, and grave liners. By allowing organic processes to transform our bodies and those of our loved ones into a useful soil amendment, we help to strengthen our relationship to the natural cycles while enriching the earth.” In November, around 75 people attended what was described by the Seattle Times as “a housewarming party for a funeral home where bodies would not be burned or buried, but laid in individual vessels to become clean, usable compost.” Spade told the crowd, made up of investors, doctors, architects, funeral directors, legislators, and lawyers:

“You are all members of the death-care revolution.” When all is said and done, the process will yield about a cubic yard of soil per person. The soil can be taken home by friends or family and used to grow a tree or a garden. Remaining soil will be used on 640 acres of conservation land in southern Washington that will one day become an ecologically sustainable village. In contrast, those who have opted to be cremated as a means to save money or take up less space geographically, have inadvertently left a burden on their family members. Spade explained: “These days, some families regard even ashes from cremation as a burden, not a joy. As in, ‘we’ve had these ashes in the garage for six years.’ And we’re creating a cubic yard of soil.” While Recompose is not yet up and running, the company is aiming for a $5,500 price tag for its natural organic reduction services while a green burial in the state of Washington averages around $6,000, cremation can range anywhere from $1,000-$7,000, and a conventional burial in a cemetery can set you back at least $8,000. The idea may seem outlandish or uncomfortable to some, but Recompose is more than just a pipe dream. As an architecture student, Spade first became interested in the funeral industry back in 2012. She quickly delved into the idea of “environmentally sustainable, urban-focused method of disposition of the dead,” after seeing a lack of environmental ethic in both the cremation and burial industries. In 2014 Spade’s idea took a turn toward reality when she received the Echoing Green Climate Fellowship. With the funding that followed she founded the non-profit Urban Death Project (UDP) and began working with soil science researchers, law professionals, and those in the funeral industry to lay the groundwork for a revolutionary system of death care the world had never seen. Over the next few years Spade continued to work on UDP before securing over $90,000 via a Kickstarter campaign. Her idea also reached wide audiences through worldwide media coverage. Then in 2017 Space founded Recompose, a public benefit corporation, to bring her idea to reality—a reality now taking shape in a warehouse in SoDo, where the company is ready to live out their mission to “offer a new form of death care that honors both our loved ones and the planet earth.” Read full story here…

https://www.technocracy.news/worlds-first-human-composting-facility-coming-to-seattle-in-2021/ 

:: 12-3-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israeli scientists find way to treat deadly pancreatic cancer in 14 days

The tumor in one mouse that was injected with human cancer cells completely disappeared.

By MAAYAN JAFFE-HOFFMAN DECEMBER 3, 2019 05:45

A new treatment developed by Tel Aviv University could induce the destruction of pancreatic cancer cells, eradicating the number of cancerous cells by up to 90% after two weeks of daily injections of a small molecule known as PJ34. Pancreatic cancer is one of the hardest cancers to treat. Most people who are diagnosed with the disease do not even live five years after being diagnosed.

Read More Related Articles ‘Antisemitic’ Belgian carnival to mock Jews again, gives up UNESCO status

Hugh Grant backs Chief Rabbi Mirvis, criticizes Jeremy Corbyn One Thing All Liars Have in Common, Brace Yourself (TruthFinder) Recommended by The study, led by Prof. Malka Cohen-Armon and her team at TAU’s Sackler Faculty of Medicine, in collaboration with Dr. Talia Golan’s team at the Cancer Research Center at Sheba Medical Center, was recently published in the journal Oncotarget.

Specifically, the study found that PJ34, when injected intravenously, causes the self-destruction of human cancer cells during mitosis, the scientific term for cell division. The research was conducted with xenografts, transplantation of human pancreatic cancer into immunocompromised mice. A month after being injected with the molecule daily for 14 days, “there was a reduction of 90% of pancreatic cells in the tumor,” Cohen-Armon told The Jerusalem Post. “In one mouse, the tumor completely disappeared.” “This molecule causes an anomaly during mitosis of human cancer cells, provoking rapid cell death,” she said. “Thus, cell multiplication itself resulted in cell death in the treated cancer cells.” Moreover, she said, PJ34 appears to have no impact on healthy cells, thus “no adverse effects were observed.” The mice, she said, continued to grow and gain weight as usual. She added that she first published about the mechanism in 2017 when it was used to effectively treat triple-negative breast cancer implanted in xenografts. This type of breast cancer – which tests negative for estrogen receptors, progesterone receptors and excess HER2 protein – like pancreatic cancer, is very hard to treat and many women don’t live more than five years after being diagnosed.

Though Cohen-Armon said the team did not specifically study whether or not the treatment could prolong the lifespan of a patient, one can assume such an effect could result if the cancerous cells are eliminated. How long will it take to move from mice trials to human trials? She estimates that would take “at least two years on the condition that we get enough funding. First, she said, the group will test the treatment on pigs and then apply for permission from the FDA to administer humans with this molecule. “I am optimistic,” Cohen-Armon concluded. Tags tel aviv university cancer Cancer Treatment

https://www.jpost.com/HEALTH-SCIENCE/Israeli-scientists-find-way-to-treat-deadly-pancreatic-cancer-in-14-days-609647 

:: 12-2-19 verdensalt.dk :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

November 02, 2019

? ~ ? Heart Of The Elephant Promo (NVS) ? ~ | Blogger: [Waaauv!... Producers are Steve Quayle & Peter Lamberti] ... Verdensalt follow SQ once in a while, but I think his message board are too aggressive in nature, a mix of transhumanism hybrid age and "gun ho" (sorry the expression), end-of-world survivalist apocalypse. Some even calls him an extreme right wing conspiracy theorist, pseudohistorian, religious fundamentalist, doomsday fearmonger... Buuuutt, forgetting about the naysayers, the prophecies, books dealing with advanced ancient technology and civilizations, this trailer, looks promising, an inspirational heartwarming film about "how humans, could learn a lot from the magnificence of elephants, and how they cherish they young" (his words)... |

https://www.verdensalt.dk/2019/11/heart-of-elephant-promo-blogger-waaauv.html 

:: 12-2-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Federal Reserve Proposes New Rule To Let Inflation Run "Hot" Ahead Of Next Recession

by Tyler Durden Mon, 12/02/2019 - 10:05

As the Federal Reserve remains unable to stoke inflation (because it refuses to measure it correctly) and refuses to factor in asset price inflation... ... it has now considered launching a new rule that would let inflation run above its 2% target to make up for lost inflation, reported the Financial Times. Though the Fed's policies are to protect big Wall Street banks and keep liquidity ample in the financial system, its policies have overwhelmingly created deflation through supporting zombie companies and blowing financial bubbles. So to "make up" for lost inflation, the Fed will temporarily increase the target range above 2%, also known as "symmetric" overinflation. The policy would "make it clear that it's acceptable that to average 2 percent, you can't have only observations that are below 2 percent," according to Eric Rosengren, president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, who recently spoke with FT. Fed members have expressed concerns that reverting the federal funds rate to the zero lower bound will drive inflation expectations lower, a real risk of Japanification, something Albert Edwards is especially concerned about. Officials have also lamented that the since the fed funds rate is so low compared to history, any recession could make monetary policy ineffective, though there is always the reality that the Fed will merely unleash negative interest rates during the next recession. Meanwhile, Fed members have been experimenting with new monetary tools ahead of the next downturn. Janet Yellen said the new rule could be like "forward guidance," which enabled the Fed to pressure short-term interest rates lower. This eventually allowed longer-term rates to fall as well. Rosengren said, "future committees might not be as comfortable with that formulaic approach. This is why I prefer something that is a little bit more flexible, maybe not as constraining, but makes it a little clearer that we should be having [some inflation readings] over 2 percent." Fed governor Lael Brainard, spoke with reporters last week, said the new rule is to complex to elaborate on with the public. She said if inflation drops, the Fed should allow inflation to run hot, perhaps in a range of 2 to 2.5%. In plain English, the Fed is afraid that its its own policies are Japanifying the US economy and in response is willing to... drumroll... double down which will somehow push inflation run above target, when in reality it will simply unleash even more deflation! The strategy clearly shows the Fed is making up policy as it goes ahead of the next recession, where monetary policy will be less effective than ever before. The silver lining: risk prices will be at all time high as the world careens toward the next global recession.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/federal-reserve-proposes-new-rule-let-inflation-run-hot-ahead-next-recession 

:: 12-2-19 Pakstan Defense :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Discussion in 'China & Far East' started by beijingwalker, Tuesday at 2:39 PM.

China’s Schoolchildren Are Now the Smartest in the World

By William Horobin MON, DEC 2 20196:11 AM EST

Chinese students far out-stripped peers in every other country in a survey of reading, math and science ability, underscoring a reserve of future economic strength and the struggle of advanced economies to keep up. The OECD’s triennial study of 15 year-old students across the world found that the four Chinese provinces tested -- Beijing, Shanghai, Jiangsu and Zhejiang -- outperformed in science and mathematics, even if household income is well below members’ average. In reading, the 10% most disadvantaged Chinese students tested had better skills than the OECD average.  “The quality of their schools today will feed into the strength of their economies tomorrow,” OECD Secretary General Angel Gurria said. A League of Their Own China and Singapore scored significantly higher in reading than all others Source: Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development

The PISA study of 600,000 students in 79 countries shines a light on the difficultly of improving education, sometimes irrespective of the resources that are dedicated to it. That appears to be particularly problematic for OECD countries that have increased spending on primary and secondary students by more than 15% in the past decade. “It is disappointing that most OECD countries saw virtually no improvement in the performance of their students since PISA was first conducted in 2000,” Gurria said. The report also highlights disparities in educational achievement depending on socio-economic background. In some countries, even where government spending on education is high, the background of a student still plays a significant role in their educational outcomes.  Overcoming Obstacles Socio-economic background plays a greater role in reading achievement in some countries On average, 12% of the variation in student reading performance within each country was associated with socio-economic status. In several European countries, including France and Germany, that measure rises above 17%.

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/arti...ducation-as-richest-economies-fail-to-improve 

https://defence.pk/pdf/threads/chinas-schoolchildren-are-now-the-smartest-in-the-world.644850/ 

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.

:: 12-2-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unintentional Viral Video Of Microchipping Homeless In Austin Explodes

Transient describes globalist population control program while receiving haircut

Infowars.com - December 2, 2019

An Austin homeless man revealed how homeless people around the city are being approached to receive an implantable microchip, a phenomenon Infowars first reported on months ago. In the following video, a homeless man receiving a barbershop haircut discusses how one shelter required they receive injectable microchips prior to entry. “We asked ’em about it and they were like, ‘We’ll give further, like [information], like when you get to the warehouse,'” the man tells an interviewer. “It’s some kind of chip, I guess. Some kind of device you put on your body and then all you do is scan and then you don’t have to pay for anything anymore, you just scan.” The homeless man’s revelations have caused the video to go viral, receiving over 1.4 million views within a matter of days. Alex Jones first brought you news of the UN social engineering plan last October, breaking down the Austin, Texas rollout of the UN’s ID2020 microchip vaccination program being tested on vulnerable groups. Owen Shroyer also took to the streets of Austin and asked homeless individuals what they thought about the creepy program:

https://www.infowars.com/unintentional-viral-video-of-microchipping-homeless-in-austin-explodes/ 

:: 12-2-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The ACLU sues to make sure unborn babies can be dismembered, piece by piece, in cruel, inhumane abortions

Monday, December 02, 2019 by: Tracey Watson

(Natural News) Abortion is a divisive and controversial subject, and even among those who claim to be either pro- or anti-abortion there are wide differences in opinion. There are those who are totally opposed to abortion no matter the circumstances, and those who believe a woman’s right to choose means she should be allowed to terminate a pregnancy under any circumstances. Then there are those who are opposed to abortion except when the baby is irreversibly deformed or the mother’s health is at risk. And there are those who feel that a woman who has been raped should not be forced to carry her rapist’s child to term but should have the right to an abortion. Even among those who view themselves as pro-abortion, however, there are many who are repulsed by the concept of dismemberment abortion – the act of dismembering a living but unborn child piece by piece between the 11th and 24th weeks of gestation. The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) does not share that sentiment. The organization immediately filed a lawsuit in federal court after Governor Eric Holcomb signed off on Indiana’s Enrolled Act 1211. The Act allows for felony charges to be brought against anyone who performs a dismemberment abortion in the state, and the ACLU claims this will place an “unwarranted burden” on women who want to obtain abortions in their second trimester of pregnancy. (Related: Leftist baby-murderers are now creating mutant mice out of aborted baby parts for Big Pharma drug testing.) What is dismemberment abortion? Sadly, dismemberment abortions are common, and even preferred by some abortionists because they are cheaper than other forms of abortion. They also provide a fresh supply of organs for the lucrative illegal trade in human baby parts.

Life Site News explains: Indiana House Enrolled Act 1211 allows for felony charges against abortionists who cut unborn babies with beating hearts into pieces using abortion dismemberment techniques. Such procedures are frequently performed during the second trimester of gestation, while babies are almost fully formed. After first dilating the mother’s cervix, the abortionist inserts steel instruments into the womb to dismember the baby and then pull out the baby’s parts. Abortionists typically perform dismemberment abortions between 11 and 24 weeks of gestation. Unborn babies at 11 weeks have detectable heartbeats and brain activity. They respond to touch, show signs of being right- or left-handed, and suck their thumbs. Babies born at 24 weeks of gestational age have at least a 40-percent survival rate. Many legislators are repulsed by this procedure and have campaigned tirelessly to outlaw it. Gov. Holcomb’s signature protects the unborn, making it a felony to “knowingly or intentionally” perform a dismemberment abortion, unless there are serious medical grounds for doing so. Since a dismemberment abortion is now a level 5 felony, perpetrators will face prison terms of up to six years along with fines of as much as $10,000. The ACLU goes on the attack The ACLU routinely fights to overturn pro-life laws across the country, and the latest Act is no exception. “HEA 1211 will discourage women from obtaining abortions and will impose a substantial and unwarranted burden on women’s ability to obtain second-trimester, pre-viability, abortions,” claims Ken Falk of the Indiana branch of the ACLU. The case has been filed with U.S. District Court of the Southern District of Indiana, and will be presided over by Judge Jane Magnus-Stinson, an Obama-nominee. President Obama was one of the most pro-abortion presidents ever to sit in the Oval Office. While the ACLU will argue that the new law interferes with a woman’s right to privacy, most would agree that a fully formed baby’s right to life supersedes any such privilege. Learn more at Abortions.news. Sources include:

LifeSiteNews.com, NWITimes.com, LifeSiteNews.com, FRC.org

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-12-02-aclu-sues-to-make-sure-unborn-babies-can-be-dismembered-cruel-inhumane-abortions.html 

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 12--19 Blog.no :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s snowing on the First Day of Summer in Australia – Up to 1 Foot of Fresh Snow.

0 kommentarer

Posted on 05.12.2019 kl. 07:50

IT’S THE FIRST WEEK OF SUMMER AND RATHER THAN SUNSHINE AND HEAT, IT’S SNOWING.

HTTPS://STRANGESOUNDS.ORG/2019/12/VICTORIA-AUSTRALIA-SNOW-STORM-FIRST-DAY-SUMMER-2019.HTML?FBCLID=IWAR2HUMYDOBCKVV_VPJ98BP04OMCMMNJGI7GEO5QY0DK1S89080RHSYUQ1PI 

https://miniistid.blogg.no/its-snowing-on-the-first-day-of-summer-in-australia-up-to-1-foot-of-fresh-snow.html 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 12-2-19 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Water Wars that Defined the American West Are Heading East

Urban growth and surge in irrigation fuel fight between Georgia and Florida; soybeans or oysters?

Murray Campbell on his peanut farm near Camilla, Ga. ‘What we’re seeing is periods of drier dries and wetter wets,’ Mr. Campbell said. Jesse Newman/The Wall Street Journal

By Jesse Newman Dec. 2, 2019 2:35 pm ET

CAMILLA, Ga.—Water stress, a hallmark of the American West, is spreading east. The shift is evident on Casey Cox’s family farm in Georgia’s agricultural heartland, where she turned on five giant rotating sprinklers to see her sweet corn through weeks of hot, dry weather last spring etc. [To Read The Full Story SUBSCRIBE]

https://www.wsj.com/articles/the-water-wars-that-defined-the-american-west-are-heading-east-11575315318

:: 12--19 Now The End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alpha Conference 2020 At Hillsong Church In Phoenix Will Feature A Mass By Roman Catholic Priest And Promote The One World Religion Of Antichrist

by Geoffrey Grider

In addition to promoting the Catholic Church to Hillsong church members, The Alpha Conference 2020 will also feature compromising apostates like Francis Chan who endorses such Charismatic heretics like Todd White and Joyce Meyer. The Alpha Conference is now endorsed by all the Laodiceans and apostates that make up the One World Religion of Antichrist currently being formed by Pope Francis. We call it Chrislam, and it’s a thing. “Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils; Speaking lies in hypocrisy; having their conscience seared with a hot iron;” 1 Timothy 4:1,2 (KJV)

Endorsements For The Alpha Conference From Many Of Your Favorite One World Religion Players:

The Alpha Conference 2020 hosted by Hillsong Church is proud of their endorsements and you can see them all here. But please pay careful attention to the mixture of Laodicean Christians, Charismatics and Roman Catholic priests and bishops who all think this is a great thing.

“Alpha Courses … are opportunities to strengthen ecumenical togetherness among Christians, and a joint proclamation of faith in Christ in today’s world.”– Cardinal Walter Kasper, President of the Pontifical Council for Promoting Christian Unity

“One of the most effective evangelism tools for the 21st century.”– Rick Warren, Senior Pastor, Saddleback Church

“In my opinion Alpha accomplishes an incredible task, in making people interested in faith and in making faith relevant to the modern man. I especially appreciate the ecumenical spirit of the Alpha Course: There is no pressure on anybody to join a different denomination, but just to join Jesus and to put Jesus at the centre.”– Father Raniero Cantalamessa, Preacher to the Papal Household

“The Alpha format is definitely a huge improvement and right for our time, because process is involved instead of a quick presentation and it is more communal.”– Tim Keller, Author & Senior Pastor, Redeemer Presbyterian Church

“To me, Alpha is an expression of the work of the Holy Spirit… It’s accessible, it’s easy, and it’s user-friendly. It’s extraordinary. It’s leading people into a personal relationship with Jesus and building a community that engages with the world and changes it for the better.”– Justin Welby, Archbishop of Canterbury

“Alpha is a tool for mobilizing men and women to present the gospel of Jesus to the lost.”– Joyce Meyer, Joyce Meyer Ministries

In addition to promoting the Catholic Church to Hillsong church members, The Alpha Conference 2020 will also feature compromising apostates like Francis Chan who endorses such Charismatic heretics like Todd White and Joyce Meyer. Rick Warren, one of the early promoters of Chrislam, loves the Alpha Conference.

As Reformation Charlotte noted: Francis Chan, for several years, has been on the speaker circuit for several heretical crusades. On of the most popular crusades he’s frequented has been IHOPKC’s annual One Thing conference alongside such heretics as Todd White, Michael Brown, Joyce Meyer, and Seventh Day Adventist, Ben Carson. This conference is not only heretical due to its theological grounding steeped in New Apostolic Reformation ideology, it’s also ecumenical, and holds a Catholic track. READ MORE

This Is The Roman Catholic Priest That Will Be Performing Mass At Hillsong Church At Alpha Conference 2020 Roman Catholic priest James Mallon says that he is happy to be working for “the new evangelization” and will be bringing his roadshow to Hillsong Church in January 2020 at The Alpha Conference. In the first 3 minutes of the video below, he promotes the Vatican, papal authority and the “universal” Catholic Church. So we clearly see that “the new evangelization” is a dog whistle for the One World Religion. Catholic Priest Recalls Time Rick Warren Taught Him Catholic Doctrine

Roman Catholic priest James Mallon recalling the time that he and 30 other Catholic priests met with laodicean heretic Rick Warren, and he taught them about Catholic doctrine. When a Catholic priests says you are a “holy man” that is a guarantee you’re a heretic. Rick Warren is one of the proud endorsers of The Alpha Conference, is it all making sense to you now? Francis Chan And His Endorsement Of Charismatic False Teachers This video is about Francis Chan endorsing false teachers like Benny Hinn, Todd White, Heidi Baker. From what I have read and studied, Francis Chan holds to Christian Orthodoxy. I’m not calling him a false teacher or a heretic based on his theology; but exposing his compromise and acceptance of known false teachers (a form of heterodoxy—a position/opinion that runs contrary to orthodoxy). Much of Chan’s message in his teachings and in his books are based on sound doctrine – which he practices. He’s just not applying these same biblical standards of doctrine to other speakers and authors (False Teachers: Bill Johnson, Todd White, Todd Bentley, Mike Bickle, Lou Engle, Heidi Baker).

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/hillsong-church-alpha-conference-2020-mass-roman-catholic-priest-james-mallon-promote-one-world-religion-antichrist-chrislam/ 

:: 10-25-19 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Behind the Scenes with Celeste: Extinction Special

by Celeste B. October 25, 2019

Go to the site Click on: Shepherdsheart.life

https://shepherdsheart.life/blogs/behind-the-scenes-with-celeste/behind-the-scenes-with-celeste-extinction-special 

:: 12-4-19 3CCorp.net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Global Leader Of The Salvation Army General Brian Meddle Met With Pope Francis At The Vatican To ‘Foster Ecumenical Relations’ And Told Him ‘We Stand Behind You’

By me on December 4, 2019 •

World leader of the Salvation Army Brian Meddle lays down before Rome and tells Pope Francis in the Vatican that the ‘Salvation Army stands behind you’. As we have been showing you, Pope Francis has decided that 2019 is the year in which he would make his biggest push to date for creating the One World Religion that Revelation 13, 17 and 18 all say that the Vatican will do. Just last month, Pope Francis invited the world leader of the Salvation Army to Rome to meet at the Vatican to discuss ‘ecumenical relations’. What does that mean? It means yet another Christian organization is now allied with the Whore of Revelation. “And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH. And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration.” Revelation 17:5,6 (KJV) This Is From The Salvation Army site:

Following a profitable time of sharing, the delegation then had an opportunity to meet with Pope Francis in the Papal Library. The General had a time of private conversation before the Salvation Army representatives were presented to Pope Francis. General Peddle presented his message and Pope Francis responded. The General then prayed with the Pope. During the visit, The Salvation Army delegation was given privileged access into the Sistine Chapel and St Peter’s Basilica. It is intended that beyond this historic visit there would be a series of meetings, which will strengthen relationships and cooperation in areas of mutual concern and service. READ MORE This Is From The Vatican Regarding The Meeting: I am happy to have this opportunity to renew to you and to all the members and volunteers of the Salvation Army my grateful appreciation for the witness you give to the primacy of discipleship and service to the poor. This makes you an evident and credible sign of evangelical love, in obedience to the Lord’s commandment: ‘Love one another; even as I have loved you, that you also love one another. By this everyone will know that you are my disciples’ (John 13:34).

As I have mentioned on several occasions – and again just now, when we spoke – it was by encountering members of the Salvation Army that I received, many years ago, from my grandmother, my first lesson in ecumenism – I was four years old!. Their example of humble service to the least of our brothers and sisters spoke louder than any words. I am reminded, General, of the insight expressed by your predecessor when we met five years ago: “Holiness transcends denominational boundaries.’ READ MORE Denomination boundaries exist for a reason, and that reason is because different denominations have different beliefs, different bibles, and different doctrine. For example, the Roman Catholic Church believes that they and they alone are the only way to Heaven. That is certainly a different position from say, the Baptists, who believe that we are saved by grace through faith and not by works. The reason why ecumnical relations are so deadly is because in order to have them, a minimum of one side has to compromise what they believe in order to work with the other side. Now, ask yourself, when has Rome every compromised? The answer is never. So that means it was the Salvation Army who has taken a dive. But actually it’s not the first time.

The Salvation Army USA would like to apologize to the LGBT community for any hurt we may have caused in the past. Whether through the sin of omission or commission, we have done harm to countless of our brothers and sisters and we are truly sorry. We ask for the forgiveness of those whom we have hurt and pray that you will extend us the opportunity to prove ourselves anew. Being gay is not a sin, but being judgmental is. READ MORE

Back in 2006, the Salvation Army signed onto the Contemplative and Emergent Church Movement, which is nothing more than the New Age spirit channeling wrapped up in a neat, little package and sprinkled with christianese buzzwords. Of course, that means that they have aligned themselves with the Charismatic Church and Prosperity Gospel as well. The Salvation Army is also moving towards the LGBTQ+ as well. That has been well documented here, here and here as well.

So don’t worry about Chick-fil-A pulling donations from the Salvation Army, they will do just fine in their new alliance with the Vatican.

World Leader Of The Salvation Army Tells Pope Francis at Vatican ‘We Stand Behind You’

With his face beaming like a schoolgirl who has a crush on a boy in her class, world leader of the Salvation Army Brian Meddle lays down before Rome and tells Pope Francis that the Salvation Army ‘stands behind you’. Why didn’t he give the pope the gospel and tell him that he needs to get saved and repent of the heresy of the Catholic Church?

Facebook is cracking down on Conservative content. Many of you have complained that you never see our content in your newsfeeds.When you share with your friends, however, you greatly help distribute our content. Please take a moment and consider sharing this article with your friends and family and on your Facebook wall or other social networks that you use! Thank you.

https://www.3ccorp.net/2019/12/04/global-leader-of-the-salvation-army-general-brian-meddle-met-with-pope-francis-at-the-vatican-to-foster-ecumenical-relations-and-told-him-we-stand-behind-you/ 

:: 12-1-19 New American :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Intellectual Dark Web Professor Says Christianity Contrary to Values Needed to “Govern” Earth

Written by Selwyn Duke Sunday, 01 December 2019

“Christians are exclusionary,” is the common gripe, usually registered by those who’d exclude Christianity. “We need to govern the world with universal values,” is the appeal, usually issued by those who scoff at true universals. These ideas again came to the fore in a recent social media debate involving a man who, though enduring job termination due to political correctness, himself became politically correct. That fellow is biologist Bret Weinstein, 50, who in 2017 resigned from Evergreen State College after refusing to participate in a campus “day without white people” event. Now, though, laments Information Liberation’s Chris Menahan, he’s apparently advocating a world without Christian people (orthodox ones, anyway), saying that all and sundry must “agree on values, ground rules and assumptions” to “govern the Earth” — with one ground rule being that Christians should relinquish their “exclusionary claims.” Weinstein and his 54-year-old brother, Eric, are part of what’s known as the Intellectual Dark Web, a termed coined by the elder Weinstein. This is simply “a grouping of public personalities who oppose what they believe to be the dominance of identity politics and political correctness in academia and the media” and which is sometimes described “as the ‘anti-woke’ left,” as Wikipedia puts it. But call them that, the “alt-left,” or something else, what they really represent and reflect is modernist confusion. As an example, the social media argument catching Menahan’s eye appears to have begun when Bret complained about the trending Twitter hashtag #JesusistheSonofGod. As he tweeted: Bret Weinstein @BretWeinstein

It would be very different if the hashtag had been “#JesusWasACoolDude” or something. What I saw trending proclaimed “#JesusistheSonofGod” or some other nonsense shibboleth that puts most of the world in an awkward spot. Golden-Rule vs. Onward-Christian-Soldier. See the problem? https://twitter.com/cvaldary/status/1197684705530982407  …

He’d also tweeted that day, engaging in debate, “Faith serves a purpose. Having one particular faith trend triumphantly on Twitter is not going to lead anywhere good.” This was followed by the idea that the orthodox Christian claim “reinforces a dead-end. God is not looking out for us. We need to do that, and we’re doing a terrible job relative to the long term,” as Bret lamented.

The next day he tweeted: Bret Weinstein @BretWeinstein

I’m not asking Christians to “give up” much. I’m asking them to participate in a world in which a majority don’t share their priors. I ask the same of everyone. I don’t want Jews announcing they are “chosen”. I don’t want atheists asserting faith is a pathology. Get it? https://twitter.com/Samuel_Hawkins1/status/1197990888250712064  …

Sam Hawkins @Samuel_Hawkins1 

Replying to @BretWeinstein Among other things, it appears you're missing the self-referential problem of claiming as a universal truth that others shouldn't make claims to universal truth. Which tells me that maybe you don't know what you're asking Christians to give up.

844 11:59 PM - Nov 22, 2019

Bret Weinstein @BretWeinstein 

Some of history’s darkest chapters involved brutal coercion of people because they didn’t accept that “Jesus is the son of God”. Assuming Christians have outgrown that inclination, they’d be wise to quit broadcasting this exclusionary claim. Seems obvious. What am I missing? https://twitter.com/normonics/status/1197951150642941955  …

Joe Norman @normonics

Really we need the opposite of this attitude

Who cares if no one is coercing you? Focus on coercion, not abstract belief sets. Let people be. Live and let live. Ok done with Bret for a bit. https://twitter.com/BretWeinstein/status/1197723008514674688  …

443 4:01 PM - Nov 22, 2019

The answer is much. For starters:

• That Jesus is the second person in the Holy Trinity, the son of God, is the very basis of Christianity; asking Christians to shed this belief amounts to asking them to abandon their faith. It’s tantamount to pressuring Muslims to reject their dogma, “There is no God but Allah, and Muhammad is his messenger.” Would you and do you, Prof. Weinstein, demand that Muslims view Allah as mythical and Mohammed as “just a cool guy”? Moreover, would you characterize their exclusive claim as a nonsense “shibboleth” (a belief considered outdated or irrelevant)? Don’t lose your head pondering that one.

• What ideology’s, philosophy’s, or faith’s “priors” are shared by a world majority? How many people subscribe to your atheism’s priors, professor? Note that Christianity can at least claim a plurality of the world, having 2.4 billion adherents. Atheism also claims a 2.4 number — that percent of the world. All non-religious together are just 12.5 percent.

• As for some of “history’s darkest chapters” allegedly having Christian authorship, Weinstein is likely alluding to the Crusades and inquisitions. But the former were responses to Muslim aggression, as I demonstrated here; the inquisitions also are largely misunderstood, as I explained here. In reality, some of “history’s darkest chapters involved brutal coercion of people” because they did accept that “Jesus is the son of God” — see Joseph Stalin, China, the French revolutionaries et al.

In Menahan’s piece, he points out how despite trumpeting tolerance and inclusivity, the Weinsteins and others are very willing to exclude, and don’t appear very tolerant of, “unfashionable” ideologists. For example, earlier this year Eric Weinstein was aghast that renowned Canadian psychology professor Jordan Peterson met with Hungarian prime minister Viktor Orban.

Eric’s distaste for Orban, a “Trumpian” European leader, was explained via a tweet (below) he sent earlier this month. etc. etc. etc. etc. the article continues on and ends with: Many have, understandably, focused on Weinstein’s first sentence. To those aware of world government’s implications, after all, it’s a scary prospect. But whether or not he was advocating such (and this doesn’t seem entirely clear), the rest of his tweet is far more interesting. There are Only Two Ways of Governing: By Principle and by Preference. One reason to reject the terminology and notion of “private faith” is that it transmits the very idea to which Weinstein has fallen victim: that we’re not talking about universals here. Religion is just a hobby, a diversion, a question of taste. Allegorizing the issue, however, Christians aren’t saying, “Hey, we know flavors are a matter of whatever piques the palate and that most people prefer vanilla to chocolate. But we demand they eat chocolate, anyway!” Rather, they’re saying, “These are the actual laws of human nutrition — and mankind cannot reject them and be healthy.” Whether or not you agree with the Christian prescription, the point is that a major thrust of sincere religious endeavor corresponds largely to what Weinstein stresses (though he uses atheistic terminology). What should be man’s “values, ground rules and assumptions”? And, once determined, how best to cultivate a situation in which “all populations maintain compatibility with” what we’d like to make the “common belief system”? Moderns who ponder this striving for universals and fancy them new, as Eric Weinstein seemed to fancy libertarianism new, ought to consider that “Catholic,” as in the church, is a Greek word meaning “universal.” The point is that whether we’re talking about Christianity, Islam, Buddhism, humanism, liberalism, libertarianism, conservatism, socialism, or some other ism (certainly outside of Satanism and occultism), sincere believers are all united in one thing: the conviction that their beliefs’ universal embrace would improve the world. Note that this conviction is the only good reason to market a political party (all too common power lust doesn’t qualify). So any mature discussion of this subject begins with the above understanding. Without it you can descend into Weinstein’s error: essentially saying, without self-awareness, “Shed your dogmas and exclusionary beliefs.” “Embrace my dogmas and exclusionary beliefs!” Remember that the statement “We must have no dogmas” is itself a dogma; an inclusive belief that rejects exclusionary beliefs is itself an exclusionary belief. Why, the mere act of defining a belief for an audience’s consideration excludes what doesn’t meet the definition. In point of fact, only the people of faith impugned as “absolutists” have any business speaking of universals. For while we all need water, calories, and air to live, there are no “universals” in the sense of morality universally embraced; and there can be no morality that “should” be universally embraced without the basis for “should”: Truth, meaning, a standard of right and wrong reflecting the divine and thus transcending man. The beliefs of moderns such Weinstein, properly understood, don’t actually purport to be prescribing any moral universals, as in transcendent absolutes. (Mis)informed by moral relativism/nihilism, these would-be philosophers are actually saying, “Everything we call a social code, tradition, cultural norm, ethic, or even moral is just a flavor of the day. Still, though, we want you to embrace our flavor.” So I’d suggest that Weinstein ponder something. How, professor, do you resolve arguments concerning biology? Do you merely try to get people “to agree on values, ground rules and assumptions,” erroneous or not, regarding the discipline? Or do you ferret out Truth about the physical world via the scientific method, present it for consideration, and achieve universal acceptance by convincing others it is true? If there is no Moral Reality (Truth) just as there is Physical Reality, then there’s no rational basis for saying “My way is how things ‘should’ be” because then it really is just your way, “private” faith in a preference. For then who is to say what’s “good” or “bad,” “better” or “worse,” “right” or “wrong”? Just drop the pretense and accept occultist Aleister Crowley’s conclusion, “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.” A “common belief system’s” validity presupposes the reality of Truth. And its becoming more common requires that we seek Truth and embrace it — even if it does so happen to end up prioritizing someone’s sacred book.

https://www.thenewamerican.com/culture/faith-and-morals/item/34193-intellectual-dark-web-professor-says-christianity-contrary-to-values-needed-to-govern-earth  

:: 1-25-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Friday Nov 25

Hal Lindsey Report: 11/25/2016

Low Resolution Flash Video - Click Here

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-11252016/508/ 

:: 11-25-19 Breaking Israel News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists Admit: Snakes Once had Legs as Described in Book of Genesis

By Adam Eliyahu Berkowitz November 25, 2019 , 10:43 am

Let them lick dust like snakes, Like crawling things on the ground! Let them come trembling out of their strongholds To Hashem our God; Let them fear and dread You!” Micah 7:17 (The Israel Bible™)

Paleontologists in Argentina reached for their Bibles after finding fossils of snakes with hind legs. The report published in the journal, Science Advances, estimates the fossils found in the Rio Negro Province, Patagonia in 2013. The fossil is believed to be 95 million years old. The new discovery was appropriately named najash rionegrina. The term najash is based on the Hebrew word נחש (nachash, snake). The scientists based their theory on fragments of a nearly complete skull which indicated they were very similar to lizards. Their shared anatomy led scientists to conclude that snakes evolved from lizards. Previous theories held that snakes evolved from small worm-like burrowing lizards with four legs. No fossils were ever found to corroborate this theory. One theory suggested that the two-legged fossils represented a temporary stage in which the snakes transitioned from four legs to none but the researchers concluded that the two-legged stage lasted tens of millions of years. Though some lizards are legless, the new discovery is of a skull with a large mouth and sharp teeth which is entirely different than that of lizards. The skull also had mobile joints for the jaw, much like modern snakes. The najash probably fed on large prey and were similar in size to the modern-day big-headed, big-bodied lizards like the Komodo dragon. “Snakes are famously legless, but then so are many lizards. What truly sets snakes apart is their highly mobile skull, which allows them to swallow large prey items”, said Dr. Alessandro Palci, from Flinders University in Australia told The Daily Mail. “For a long time, we have been lacking detailed information about the transition from the relatively rigid skull of a lizard to the super flexible skull of snakes.” Researchers say that Najash has the most complete, three-dimensionally preserved skull of any ancient snake ever found. “It has some, but not all of the flexible joints found in the skull of modern snakes. Its middle ear is intermediate between that of lizards and living snakes, and unlike all living snakes it retains a well-developed cheekbone, which again is reminiscent of that of lizards”, said Dr. Palci. The new discovery is consistent with the story in Genesis which states that the snake was punished for tempting Eve. Then Hashem said to the serpent, “Because you did this, More cursed shall you be Than all cattle And all the wild beasts: On your belly shall you crawl And dirt shall you eat All the days of your life. Genesis 3:14 Since the punishment was to crawl on its belly, it is surmised that prior to the punishment, the snake did not crawl and may have had legs. In gematria (Hebrew numerology) nachash (snake) נחש equals 358, the same as Moshiach (Messiah) משיח. The Zohar (the basis of Jewish mysticism) explained that the evil inclination, personified by the snake in Eden, will make a resurgence in the days before Messiah, tempted to come and drink sustenance from the enormous levels of holiness that will appear in the world in the end-of-days. Another connection between the lowly snake and holiness is implicit in the Hebrew words. The letters of the word נחש (nachash; snake) can be rearranged to spell חושן (choshen; breastplate), worn by the high priest in the Temple. The Zohar states that the tikkun (fixing) of the snake’s sin in the Garden of Eden would be accomplished in the Third Temple by way of the breastplate. Perhaps, after the Third Temple is built, snakes will once again walk on their legs. But the most remarkable non-snake-like aspect of the new find was a well-defined sacrum supporting a pelvis and functional hind legs outside of its ribcage. Another theory held that snakes developed as marine reptiles, losing their legs in the oceans, evolving from now-extinct marine lizards called mosasaurs. Though some species of sea snakes still have vestigial legs, the najash was decidedly a desert dweller. “This snake is an important addition because it is the first snake with a sacrum. This represents an intermediate morphology that has never before been seen,” says Hussam Zaher, curator of herpetology at the University of São Paulo in Brazil, and part of the research team told New Scientist. “‘Snakeness’ is really old, and that’s probably why we don’t have any living representatives of four-legged snakes like we do all of the other lizards,” Michael Caldwell, a vertebrate paleontologist at the University of Alberta and a co-author of the study, explained to the New York Times. “Snakes probably were one of the first lizard groups to start experimenting with limblessness, but what’s really intriguing is that they were also very clearly showing the characteristics of their skulls, which are their specialization,” he added.

https://www.breakingisraelnews.com/140524/scientists-admit-snakes-once-legs-described-book-genesis/?goal=0_bb2894f273-a405d26161-46033001&mc_cid=a405d26161&mc_eid=94de441b34 

:: 11-24-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Son of former Syrian leader claims he can help find spy Eli Cohen’s remains

Khalid al-Hafidh, now living in New Zealand, tells local media that Mossad sought his help, but cut off contact after he demanded $1 million for services

By TOI staff 24 November 2019, 11:32 pm

The son of the former Syrian leader who was in power when Israeli spy Eli Cohen was executed has said that he believes he can help Israel discover the location of Cohen’s remains, and has demanded a substantial sum of money for his assistance, according to the New Zealand-based Newshub service.  Khalid al-Hafidh, son of former Syrian president Amin al-Hafiz, moved to New Zealand as a refugee and now lives in a suburb of Auckland, according to the report. He told Newshub on Sunday that Israel’s spy agency, the Mossad, once showed interest in him providing information on the whereabouts of the remains. Hafidh said that, two years ago, New Zealand’s Secret Intelligence Service (NZSIS) tried to broker a deal on behalf of Mossad, in which Hafidh demanded $1 million in return for telling them everything he knows, while also trying to pry information from his father’s friends. “I am the son of the only person on this planet who knows where the remains are buried,” Hafidh said. “They wanted me to help.” Cohen, who spied for Israel in Syria during the 1960s, provided valuable intelligence that was said to have greatly assisted the Israeli military in the 1967 Six Day War. Cohen was caught and eventually executed by Syrian authorities in 1965. Israel has worked to retrieve his remains for decades. Hafidh told Newshub that when NZSIS contacted him, it indicated it was acting on behalf of another agency. “I was cooperating with the New Zealand Secret Intelligence Service in a mission with the Mossad of Israel to help find — to try to find — the remains of the Israeli spy Eli Cohen,” he said.  Communication was reportedly via text messages with an agent identified only as “Carl.” In some of the messages shown to Newshub, Carl wrote, “I have passed your response to our partners and am waiting a reply.” In another the agent wrote, “Ensure safety mechanisms are in place for your future.”  Hafidh said that he had demanded $1 million for his services, taking into account the dangers involved in visiting the war-torn country and the possibility that he might be found out as working for the Mossad. In a message to Carl he wrote, “1M for the minimum for kick start. Thanks,” and sent his bank details. But the Mossad then apparently gave up on the idea and never responded. “Reminding them that they came to us and [the] inconvenience this has placed on you,” Carl wrote to Hafidh. “We have advised them this comms silence is unacceptable. We have told them that if we do not hear from them by the end of next week, all bets are off.” After that, there was no more contact. Although he admits to having debts, Hafidh said, “I did not want to do it for the money. I did not want to do it for Mossad. I wanted to do it for the wife and children of Eli Cohen.” “It was all for good intentions,” Hafidh said. “It went wrong, really wrong.” Nonetheless, he said he is still willing to help out. Feeling that he had been treated unfairly, Hafidh filed a complaint with the Inspector General of Intelligence and Security, who wrote back that “there is a basis for your complaint.” The inspector noted that NZSIS is “obliged to take reasonable care not to harm human sources,” Newshub reported. “Your complaint raises a question whether NZSIS took reasonable care in all its actions with you,” the inspector wrote. The NZSIS said in a statement that it “works with a range of international intelligence agencies” and that “this cooperation brings significant benefits to New Zealand’s national security.” The term “partner” is generic when referring to other agencies and “does not imply any special relationship or endorsement,” the service said. New Zealand’s Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern and the Israeli ambassador did not respond to Newshub. Amin al-Hafiz was Syrian president from 1964-1965, until ousted from power. After years of exile in Iraq, Hafiz returned to Syria and died there in 2009. He was a personal friend of Cohen — albeit believing he was a fellow Syrian. Hafidh told Newshub that despite the circumstances of Cohen’s death, his father would have seen to it that he received a proper burial. There has been renewed interest in Cohen’s life, and death, following the release this year on Netflix of “The Spy,” which tells his story and stars Sacha Baron Cohen. Cohen’s remains have yet to be returned, despite pleas from his family. Last year, Israel was able to retrieve Cohen’s wristwatch from Syria and return it to his family. JTA contributed to this report.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/son-of-former-syrian-leader-claims-he-can-help-find-spy-eli-cohens-remains/ 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 11-15-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Police Officer Shot in the Chest Says Bible in His Pocket Saved His Life

Lori Arnold | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, November 15, 2019

A Bolivian police officer who was shot in the chest during civil unrest over the ousting of Bolivia's now-former president Evo Morales said he was saved by a Bible tucked into his left breast pocket. “Yes, it was a miracle,” the unnamed officer, a devout Christian, told Bolivian media. Pictures of the Bible appeared in local media and on a Spanish-language Facebook post chronicling the incident. The front of the blue Bible shows a small hole about the size of a pencil eraser. An exit hole on the back cover is larger and shows several pieces of its pages torn and dangling from the damage. The officer also carried brass knuckles in the pocket, which was broken in half by the bullet. Oscar Gutierrez, head of the Special Force of the Fight Against Crime of Santa Cruz, said the officer was part of a contingent of law enforcement trying to restore order in the town of Yapacani on Wednesday when he was “shot by a projectile” believed to be a 9mm round. “He is a young officer whose life was saved miraculously, he was shot by a projectile,” Gutierrez declared, adding the patrolman “had a Bible that stopped the projectile.” The police supervisor said the uninjured officer was taken to a Santa Cruz hospital for routine tests and was expected to return to work soon. The skirmishes in Yapacani were part of nationwide protests following an apparent military coup against President Evo Morales, who fled to Mexico. His supporters began protesting in the capital city of La Paz just hours after the swearing-in ceremony for interim president Jeanine Anez and her new cabinet. The violent clashes spread to other cities, including Yapacani, located in the eastern region of Bolivia, about 450 miles from La Paz. Police in Yapacani were reportedly working to open a main road in the city when the officer was shot. “I know the weapons used were stolen from the Bolivian police,” Gutierrez told reporters. Protesters are also believed to be using tear gas stolen from law enforcement.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/lori-arnold/police-officer-shot-in-the-chest-says-bible-in-his-pocket-saved-his-life.html 

:: 12-3-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump hits Macron for ‘non-answer’ on ISIS fighters, in tense meeting overseas

Adam Shaw

By Adam Shaw, Danielle Wallace | Fox News

President Trump on Tuesday tangled with French President Emmanuel Macron in a tense exchange in front of reporters in London, where Trump asked Macron if he’d like to take back “some nice ISIS fighters” and then dinged him for his “non-answer” — just hours after he challenged the French president's rebuke of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO). “I have not spoken to the president about that — would you like some nice ISIS fighters?” he asked Macron, when asked about ISIS fighters from Europe captured in Syria. “I can give them to you, you can take every one you want.”  TRUMP TALKS UP 'SPECIAL RELATIONSHIP' WITH MACRON, HOURS AFTER THREAT TO SLAP TARIFFS ON FRENCH WINE After Macron’s answer, in which he urged Trump to “be serious” and called for a broader push against ISIS overall, Trump took another swipe. “This is why he’s a great politician, because that’s one of the greatest non-answers I’ve ever heard,” Trump joked. That exchange came hours after Trump criticized a “very, very nasty statement” about the NATO alliance — referring to comments Macron made that recent U.S. troop actions in Syria contributed to the “brain death” of the military alliance. “Nobody needs NATO more than France,” Trump said, alluding to France being invaded twice during both World Wars. “It’s a very dangerous statement for them to make,” Trump said. “Frankly, the one that benefits the least is the United States. We are helping Europe unite and go against a common foe – may not be a foe – I can't tell you." “It is a very tough statement to make when you have such difficulty in France when you look at what is going on," Trump continued. "They have had a very rough year. You just can't go around making statements like that about NATO. It is very disrespectful." Macron’s remarks came weeks after Turkey – a member of NATO – invaded northern Syria. FRANCE'S MACRON CLAIMS NATO EXPERIENCING A 'BRAIN DEATH' IN WAKE OF US TROOPS MOVEMENTS IN SYRIA "What we are currently experiencing is the brain death of NATO," Macron told The Economist magazine in the wake of the United States' decision to withdraw troops from northeastern Syria. He said the U.S. appears to be "turning its back on us." "So as soon as you have a member who feels they have a right to head off on their own, granted by the United States of America, they do it," Macron said, referring to Turkey's military offensive into Syria following the troop withdrawal. "And that's what happened." But on Tuesday the two were more conciliatory, with Macron repeatedly saying they “agree” on Trump’s quest to get countries to stump up more in defense spending. As part of the NATO alliance, countries commit to spending at least 2 percent of their own gross domestic product (GDP) in the bloc's defense. A number of countries have spent less than that, including France and Germany, while the U.S. spends significantly more. That push appears to work, with NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg telling Congress earler this year that it had a "real impact" and that allies are now adding billions — with European allies and Canada expected to have spent an additional $100 billion by the end of next year.

"NATO has come a long way in three years and it's become very, very powerful and it's become I think a much fairer statement in terms of the United States," Trump said Tuesday. Macron noted that the U.S. has “overinvested” for decades and that he is a strong advocate of a stronger European component in NATO. But he also warned against putting too much emphasis on the cost, rather than the overall strategy. “When we talk about NATO, it is not just about money, we have to be respectful with our soldiers,” he said. He also called for allies to unite on a definition of terrorism — noting that in the Syria conflict, Turkey has been fighting against the Kurds, which have traditionally stood alongside the West in fighting against ISIS. Another issue between the two countries is Macron’s recent decision to impose a French digital services tax on American companies, including Facebook, Google and Twitter.  The White House this week announced that the tax, which it claims “discriminates” against U.S. companies, will be met with tariffs of up to 100 percent on $2.4 billion worth of French products such as cheese, yogurt, sparkling wine and makeup, The Washington Post reported. “I’m not so in love with Facebook, Google, or Twitter — well, I do well on Twitter from the other side,” Trump said. “But I don’t want France taxing American companies.” He repeated that sentiment in the press conference on Tuesday: “They’re not my favorite people because they’re not exactly for me — but that’s OK, I don’t care, they’re American companies and we want to tax American companies....that's not for somebody else to tax.” This comes as Trump is set to meet with NATO members during a two-day summit in London. Trump would not confirm if he'll meet with Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan. Turkish media in late November quoted Erdogan's adviser saying the country was considering dropping out of NATO. Fox News' Greg Norman and the Associated Press contributed to this report.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-emmanuel-macron-nato-france-needs-alliance-brain-dead 

[ :: 6-2-19 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t have a good King James Bible get one before they change that, trust in the amplified before they change that.  For they are making bibles now that are gender friendly, they’re changing many things causing them to be extremely unscriptural. etc

:: 12-3-19 Now The End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development In Talks At Paris Forum Discussing A Global Tax System Possible Prophetic Harbinger

The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, which is running the initiative, was scheduled to meet Thursday and Friday in Paris to discuss a proposal that would set a standard global tax rate for a company’s global operations and allow individual governments to tax profits above that based on sales accounted for by each country. The new rules would represent a departure from current regulations that look at where companies are based and where they hold patents and brands. Dubbed the “unified approach,” the rules would apply to companies with annual revenues of more than $830 million in consumer-facing industries. Corporate tax chiefs are trying to assess the potential implications of a proposal for a new global tax system for consumer-facing businesses, an effort that is being complicated by what some companies describe as a lack of critical details. For many of you, a story about a global tax is pretty dry stuff, something you wouldn’t really much care about. But to prophecy watchers and students of the Bible, this is fascinating and nothing short of an end times harbinger of prophetic fulfillment. You see, there was another time in world history that we read about a global tax under a One World Government, and it heralded the First Coming of Jesus Christ. Now 2,000 years later, and the world is once again talking about a global tax, could it possibly be an indication we are getting close to His Second Coming? “And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Caesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed. (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city.” Luke 2:1-3 (KJV)  If you don’t have a King James Bible, this incredible end times prophecy clue is lost to you, erased like it never existed. While the King James rightly calls it a ‘tax’, all the other versions have removed it. The RSV says ‘enrolled’, the NIV says ‘census’, the CSB says ‘registered’, with even the NKJV jumping ship and saying ‘registered’ as well. God wants you to know that a global tax was present at the First Coming so that when you again see a global tax 2,000 years later in the end times, you will know how near you are to everything wrapping up. But the satanic committees of the new versions want you in the dark, and have removed ‘tax’ just like the NIV did to the word ‘selah‘, another all-important prophecy time marker removed. Removing the word ‘tax’ in connection to the First Coming of Jesus Christ in Luke breaks the connection to verses written by the prophet Daniel about the time of Antichrist, global tax, and the One World Government. “Then shall stand up in his estate a raiser of taxes in the glory of the kingdom: but within few days he shall be destroyed, neither in anger, nor in battle. And in his estate shall stand up a vile person, to whom they shall not give the honour of the kingdom: but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the kingdom by flatteries.” Daniel 11:20,21 (KJV) So we can clearly see that one of the harbingers of the coming kingdom of Antichrist under the One World Government will involve a global tax, which as the article below from the Wall Street Journal, is being formulated as we speak. That’s how close we are to everything wrapping up, and we who are saved getting out of here on Flight #777 on Titus213 Airlines.

CLICK THE READ ABOUT THE ONE WORLD RELIGION BEING FORMED RIGHT NOW BY POPE FRANCIS

Corporate Executives Try to Assess Potential Impact of Global Tax

FROM THE WSJ: The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, which is running the initiative, was scheduled to meet Thursday and Friday in Paris to discuss a proposal that would set a standard tax rate for a company’s global operations and allow individual governments to tax profits above that based on sales accounted for by each country. The new rules would represent a departure from current regulations that look at where companies are based and where they hold patents and brands. Dubbed the “unified approach,” the rules would apply to companies with annual revenues of more than €750 million ($830 million) in consumer-facing industries, a broad term that includes technology companies—which have been in the spotlight for their tax practices—and other firms selling services and goods to consumers. Companies—some of which are still working through the OECD’s 2016 framework on base erosion and profit shifting, which abolished various tax loopholes, or the 2017 U.S. corporate tax overhaul—could be required to again make sweeping changes to their global tax structure within a short period. The OECD aims to have agreement among its 36 member states on the unified approach by 2020. That has caused high-profile companies and business associations to voice their concerns publicly ahead of this week’s meeting. “Before deciding on the final proposal, we encourage the OECD to clarify a number of issues,” music-streaming company Spotify AB said in published remarks to the organization. READ MORE The Coming Global Tax Is there such a thing as the New Global Tax? There is one major country that taxes and regulates its citizens no matter where they live in the world. That country is the United States. For people who want to make sure they’ve got long term offshore plans, one question that they ask themselves is: whether other countries will do the same?

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/organization-economic-cooperation-development-paris-global-tax-antichrist-one-world-government/

:: 11-20-19 Biometric :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

First commercial biometric credit card in Switzerland issued through FPC, Gemalto, Visa partnership

Nov 20, 2019 | Chris Burt

Swiss Corner Bank has launched a biometric credit card in partnership with Visa, Gemalto and Fingerprint Cards, which is the first limited commercial launch of its kind, according to an announcement from FPC. The new Cornèrcard Biometric Gold Visa is produced by Gemalto with Fingerprint Cards’ T-Shape sensor module and software platform. The limited-edition card will be issued to 100 Swiss Corner Bank customers, giving them the ability to make contactless payments with no amount cap. The card features an integrated LED which indicates a successful biometric match. Customers will be required to enter their PIN code for the first transaction, and thereafter only in special circumstances, or if the fingerprint is not recognized. “At Visa, we are constantly investing in innovation to make payment easier, more convenient and safer. That’s why we are very happy to launch a Visa card with fingerprint sensor in collaboration with our long-standing partner, Cornèrcard,” summarizes Jörg Metzelaers, Switzerland country manager for Visa. “With Cornèrcard’s Visa biometric card, we are marking a turning point in the Swiss payments world. Consumers are becoming more comfortable with new forms of biometric authentication and recognize that they make their lives easier.” Fingerprint data is stored on a secure chip on the card, and is not accessible in the case of loss or theft. “We are proud to offer this exclusive innovation to our customers in Switzerland. By simply touching the card, the payment process is done quickly and securely,” comments Cornercard Director Davide Rigamonti. “The biometric payment card not only has a special appearance. It also provides a special payment experience and fits perfectly into the day-to-day lives of the modern consumer.” Goode Intelligence has forecasted some 579 million biometric payment cards will be used globally by 2023, and Gemalto Director of Biometrics Fred Martinez told Biometric Update earlier this year that his company is prioritizing the quality of its payment card pilots, rather than the quantity.

https://www.biometricupdate.com/201911/first-commercial-biometric-credit-card-in-switzerland-issued-through-fpc-gemalto-visa-partnership 

:: 11-6-19 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Interstellar object may have been alien probe, Harvard paper argues, but experts are skeptical

CNN Digital Expansion 2017. Steve George

Ashley Strickland-Profile-Image

By Steve George and Ashley Strickland, CNN Updated 1:43 PM ET, Tue November 6, 2018

(CNN) A mysterious cigar-shaped object spotted tumbling through our solar system last year may have been an alien spacecraft sent to investigate Earth, astronomers from Harvard University have suggested. The object, nicknamed 'Oumuamua, meaning "a messenger that reaches out from the distant past" in Hawaiian, was discovered in October 2017 by the Pan-STARRS 1 telescope in Hawaii.   Since its discovery, scientists have been at odds to explain its unusual features and precise origins, with researchers first calling it a comet and then an asteroid before finally deeming it the first of its kind: a new class of "interstellar objects." A new paper by researchers at the Harvard Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics raises the possibility that the elongated dark-red object, which is 10 times as long as it is wide and traveling at speeds of 196,000 mph, might have an "artificial origin." "'Oumuamua may be a fully operational probe sent intentionally to Earth vicinity by an alien civilization," they wrote in the paper, which has been submitted to the Astrophysical Journal Letters. The theory is based on the object's "excess acceleration," or its unexpected boost in speed as it traveled through and ultimately out of our solar system in January. "Considering an artificial origin, one possibility is that 'Oumuamua is a light sail, floating in interstellar space as a debris from an advanced technological equipment," wrote the paper's authors, suggesting that the object could be propelled by solar radiation. The paper was written by Abraham Loeb, professor and chair of astronomy, and Shmuel Bialy, a postdoctoral scholar, at the Harvard Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics. Loeb has published four books and more than 700 papers on topics like black holes, the future of the universe, the search for extraterrestrial life and the first stars. The paper points out that comparable light-sails exist on Earth. "Light-sails with similar dimensions have been designed and constructed by our own civilization, including the IKAROS project and the Starshot Initiative. The light-sail technology might be abundantly used for transportation of cargos between planets or between stars." In the paper, the pair theorize that the object's high speed and its unusual trajectory could be the result of it no longer being operational. "This would account for the various anomalies of 'Oumuamua, such as the unusual geometry inferred from its light-curve, its low thermal emission, suggesting high reflectivity, and its deviation from a Keplerian orbit without any sign of a cometary tail or spin-up torques." 'Oumuamua is the first object ever seen in our solar system that is known to have originated elsewhere. At first, astronomers thought the rapidly moving faint light was a regular comet or an asteroid that had originated in our solar system. Comets, in particular, are known to speed up due to "outgassing," a process in which the sun heats the surface of the icy comet, releasing melted gas. But 'Oumuamua didn't have a "coma," the atmosphere and dust that surrounds comets as they melt. Multiple telescopes focused on the object for three nights to determine what it was before it moved out of sight. Going forward, the researchers believe we should search for other interstellar objects in our sky. "It is exciting to live at a time when we have the scientific technology to search for evidence of alien civilizations," Loeb wrote in an email. "The evidence about `Oumuamua is not conclusive but interesting. I will be truly excited once we have conclusive evidence." Is this just fantasy? Other mysteries in space have previously been thought of as signs of extraterrestrial life: a mysterious radio signal, repeating fast radio bursts and even a strangely flickering star, known as Tabby's Star. The mysterious radio signal was later determined to be coming from Earth, the repeating fast radio bursts are still being investigated, and new research suggests that Tabby's Star is flickering because of dust -- rather than being an alien megastructure. So what does that mean for 'Oumuamua?

"I am distinctly unconvinced and honestly think the study is rather flawed," Alan Jackson, fellow at the Centre for Planetary Sciences at the University of Toronto Scarborough, wrote in an email. "Carl Sagan once said, 'extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence' and this paper is distinctly lacking in evidence never mind extraordinary evidence." Jackson published a paper in the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society in March that suggests that 'Oumuamua came from a binary star system, or a system with two stars. Jackson said the spectral data from 'Oumuamua looks like an asteroid or a comet, while that of a solar sail would look very different. The new paper proposes that the sail has been coated in interstellar dust, which obscures its true spectral signature. "Any functional spacecraft would almost certainly retract its solar sail once in interstellar space to prevent damage," Jackson said. "The sail is useless once away from a star so there would be no reason to leave it deployed. If it was then deployed again on entering the solar system it would be pristine. Even if it was left deployed the dust accumulation would be primarily on the leading side like bugs on a windshield."

'Oumuamua also travels in a complex tumbling spin, but a functioning solar sail would have a much smoother path and obvious radiation-driven acceleration, Jackson said. Even the spinning motion of a damaged solar sail would be far more strongly influenced by the radiation forces than seen, he explained. The solar sail would also be thinner than the authors of the new paper describe, he said.

"The sail on IKAROS is 7.5 micrometres thick with a mass of only 0.001g/cm^2, 100 times lower than their estimate," Jackson said. "While a combined spacecraft and sail could have a higher net mass the sail itself needs to be extremely light. That would also significantly change their estimate for how far it could travel before falling apart -- though as I said, I doubt any functional craft would leave its sail deployed in interstellar space." Solar sails also can't change course after being launched, so if 'Oumuamua was truly a solar sail, it would be traceable back to its origin. So far, there is no obvious origin for 'Oumuamua. "Beyond that, it becomes difficult to trace because of the motion of the stars and any hypothetical alien civilisation would face the same issue in charting a course that long in the first place (aside from arguments about whether they would want to launch a craft they knew would not reach its destination for many millions of years)," Jackson said. Concerning 'Oumuamua, there is little evidence because astronomers weren't able to observe it for long, which opens it up to speculation in the name of science. "The thing you have to understand is: scientists are perfectly happy to publish an outlandish idea if it has even the tiniest 'sliver' of a chance of not being wrong," astrophysicist and cosmologist Katherine Mack tweeted. "But until every other possibility has been exhausted dozen times over, even the authors probably don't believe it." But it's important to distinguish that the researchers who wrote the new paper have expertise in solar sails, so they're suggesting that 'Oumuamua could be like a solar sail, said Coryn Bailer-Jones of the Max Planck Institute for Astronomy. Bailer-Jones' paper on possible origin sites for 'Oumuamua was accepted by the Astrophysical Journal in September. "Aliens would only come into all of this if you accept their assumption (and that's what it is; it doesn't come from the data) that 'Oumuamua is sail-like, and also assume nothing like that can be natural," Bailer-Jones wrote in an email. "In fact, they only mention the word 'alien' once, when they mention in passing that 'Oumuamua might have been targeted to intercept the solar system. "I have no problem with this kind of speculative study," Bailer-Jones added. "It's fun and thought-provoking, and the issue of whether there is alien life out there is really important. But the paper doesn't give any evidence for aliens (and the authors don't claim that, I should note.)"

https://www.cnn.com/2018/11/06/health/oumuamua-alien-probe-harvard-intl/index.html 

:: 11-21-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thanks to Trump, the Mullahs Are Going Bankrupt

by Majid Rafizadeh November 21, 2019 at 4:00 am

One of the reasons behind IMF's gloomy picture of Iran's economy is linked to the Trump administration's decision not to extend its waiver for Iran's eight biggest oil buyers; China, India, Greece, Italy, Taiwan, Japan, Turkey and South Korea.

Iran's national currency, the rial, also continues to lose value: it dropped to historic lows. One US dollar, which equaled approximately 35,000 rials in November 2017, now buys you nearly 110,000 rials.

The critics of President Trump's Iran policy have been proven wrong: the US sanctions are imposing significant pressure on the ruling mullahs of Iran and the ability to fund their terror groups.

Before the US Department of Treasury leveled secondary sanctions against Iran's oil and gas sectors, Tehran was exporting over two million barrel a day of oil. Currently, Tehran's oil export has gone down to less than 200,000 barrel a day, which represents a decline of roughly 90% in Iran's oil exports.

Iran has the second-largest natural gas reserves and the fourth-largest proven crude oil reserves in the world, and the sale of these resources account for more than 80 percent of its export revenues. The Islamic Republic therefore historically depends heavily on oil revenues to fund its military adventurism in the region and sponsor militias and terror groups. Iran's presented budget in 2019 was nearly $41 billion, while the regime was expecting to generate approximately $21 billion of it from oil revenues. This means that approximately half of Iran's government revenue comes from exporting oil to other nations. Even though Iran's Supreme Leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, boasts about the country's self-sufficient economy, several of Iran's leaders recently admitted the dire economic situation that the government is facing. Speaking in the city of Kerman on November 12, Iranian President Hassan Rouhani acknowledged for the first time that "Iran is experiencing one of its hardest years since the 1979 Islamic revolution" and that "the country's situation is not normal." Rouhani also complained: "Although we have some other incomes, the only revenue that can keep the country going is the oil money. We have never had so many problems in selling oil. We never had so many problems in keeping our oil tanker fleet sailing.... How can we run the affairs of the country when we have problems with selling our oil?" Thanks to the US policy of "maximum pressure," the Islamic Republic's overall economy has taken a major beating as well. Lately, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) has again adjusted its forecast for Iran's economy and pointed out that Iran's economy is expected to shrink by 9.5% rather than 6% by the end of 2019. One of the reasons behind IMF's gloomy picture of Iran's economy is linked to the Trump administration's decision not to extend its waiver for Iran's eight biggest oil buyers; China, India, Greece, Italy, Taiwan, Japan, Turkey and South Korea. Instead of showing economic growth in 2019, Iran's economy would be 90% of its size by the end of 2019 in comparison to two years ago, based on a recent report from the World Bank. Iran's national currency, the rial, also continues to lose value: it dropped to historic lows. One US dollar, which equaled approximately 35,000 rials in November 2017, now buys you nearly 110,000 rials. In addition, the Islamic Republic appears to be scrambling to compensate for the loss of revenues it is encountering. A few days ago, for example, Iran's leaders tripled the price of gasoline. It appears a sign of desperation to generate revenues in order to fund their military adventurism in the region and support their proxies and terror groups. This increase immediately led people to rise up against the government. In the last few days, several Iranian cities have become the scenes of widespread protests and demonstrations. The protests first erupted in Ahvaz and then spread to many other cities in the Khuzestan province as well as in the capital Tehran, and Kermanshah, Isfahan, Tabriz, Karadj, Shiraz, Yazd, Boushehr, Sari, Khorramshahr, Andimeshk, Dezful, Behbahan and Mahshahr. Tehran's diminishing resources have also caused Iranian leaders to cut funds to the Palestinian terror group Hamas and the Lebanese militant group, Hezbollah. Hamas was forced to introduce "austerity plans" while Hassan Nasrallah, the leader of Iran's proxy, Hezbollah, has also called on his group's fundraising arm "to provide the opportunity for jihad with money and also to help with this ongoing battle." To the likely dismay of Washington's critics, President Trump's Iran policy has been heading in the right direction. By escalating economic sanctions, the ruling mullahs and their proxies are going bankrupt. Other nations now need to join the US by also adopting a "maximum pressure" policy -- even if they would rather continue to do business with Iran and undermine President Trump's administration -- to them, a "twofer". If Iran succeeds in developing its nuclear weapons breakout capability, in the end it will be used to blackmail precisely them. Dr. Majid Rafizadeh is a business strategist and advisor, Harvard-educated scholar, political scientist, board member of Harvard International Review, and president of the International American Council on the Middle East. He has authored several books on Islam and US foreign policy. He can be reached at Dr.Rafizadeh@Post.Harvard.Edu 

Follow Majid Rafizadeh on Twitter

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15183/iran-mullahs-bankrupt 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day.

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc  

:: 11-20-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IT’S HAPPENING: Colorado public schools now requiring students to role play child sacrifice “poems” as part of rape training indoctrination

Wednesday, November 20, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) The greatest challenge in covering the actual events taking place in our world today is that most people still don’t recognize the level of depravity, perversion and evil that has overtaken liberals and Democrats. So they can’t mentally grasp the reality of what’s actually happening all around them because it’s “unthinkable.” So when a 16-year-old Colorado girl was “violated” by sexually explicit role playing assignment in public school — where she was required to role play rape and sodomy concepts while the teacher demanded she read out loud lines like, “fu##ed in the a–” and similar language — most people dismiss the reality because they can’t fathom it being real. But it is real. And it just happened in Steamboat Springs, Colorado. Here’s the picture of the girl, Skylar Cason, and her father Brett: Skylar is 16 years old and attends public school in Colorado. Her teacher required Skylar to role play sexually explicit rape and sodomy scenarios in front of the class, where she was required to read out vulgar lines from a poem known as “Howl,” which include explicit words and phrases like “c–t” and “granite c–k.” As Fox News reports, “In another assignment students were asked to review a song that talked about sexting and offering sexual favors to a teenager, something that “blindsided” school officials when they found out about it from Cason.” Some of the lines from the “Howl” poem, all required to be read by Skylar, are: “let themselves be fu–ed in the a– by saintly motorcyclists, and screamed with joy” “a vision of ultimate c–t and come eluding the last gyzym of consciousness” “sweetened the snatches of a million girls trembling in the sunset” “who cut their wrists three times successively unsuccessfully” “who blew and were blown by those human seraphim, the sailors, caresses of Atlantic and Caribbean love” The rest of the poem reads like the crazed rantings of a mentally ill psychopath. The poem’s author, Allen Ginsberg, is of course celebrated by Leftists as some sort of genius thought leader of left-wing culture. In truth, he was just another insane person who took too many recreational drugs and managed to find traction by translating his twisted, graphic hallucinations into “poetry.” Ginsberg died in 1997 from liver cancer — no surprise — and was known throughout his live for promoting illegal drug use and sexual promiscuity, including homosexuality. Not surprisingly, he also promoted socialism. Critics called his work “indecipherable.” Much of it is flatly incoherent, which is exactly what made him a cultural hero among the mentally ill “progressives” who are almost universally obsessed with the idea of self-annihilation and the destruction of innocence. Perhaps that’s why teachers in Colorado public schools now require students to act out Ginsberg’s madness — because it’s a very effective form of brainwashing and psychological terrorism to prepare students for the left-wing rape culture and pedophilia training that now features “Drag Queen Story Hour” perverts and convicted pedophiles reading books to children in public libraries, all while progressive parents celebrate their children being made “tolerant” of transgenderism, pedophilia and rape. And Jeffrey Epstein didn’t kill himself. First Liberty Institute now representing Cason The Texas law firm First Liberty Institute is representing Skylar Cason and has sent a demand letter to the Steamboat Springs school superintendent Brad Meeks. “Students should never feel shame and guilt as part of an assignment at school,” Jeremy Dys, First Liberty special counsel for litigation and communications, told Fox News (link above). Meeks has issued an apology letter to parents, lamenting that fact that, “they were not given advance notice that would have allowed them to opt their child out of participating.” Incredibly, Meeks did not say that the teacher did anything wrong or that children in his school district should not be subjected to sexually explicit rape training exercises in class, only that parents might be able to “opt their child out” if they happen to be given notice of the planned training exercises… and of course no notice was given. Thus, Brad Meeks is in effect endorsing the sexually explicit rape training agenda in his school district, which is of course entirely consistent with a school system that’s run by demonic entities who prey on children for their own perverted sexual pleasure. Teachers have become the predators, and students are the “fresh meat” to be preyed upon in Democrat-run public schools, where almost every teacher, counselor and administrator is a left-wing, Trump-hating, transgender-pushing lunatic. Poem author Allen Ginsberg sings praises to Moloch, the ancient pagan god of child sacrifice Even more shocking is the fact that the “Howl” poem required to be role played by students in public school celebrates “Moloch,” the ancient pagan god of child sacrifice. Democrats routinely worship Moloch, as InfoWars reports. Fox News recently fired radio host Todd Starnes for accurately stating that Democrats celebrate this pagan god of child sacrifice. From the “Howl” poem, here are some of the snippets citing Moloch: Moloch! Children screaming under the stairways! … Moloch who entered my soul early! Moloch in whom I am a consciousness without a body! Moloch who frightened me out of my natural ecstasy! Moloch whom I abandon! Wake up in Moloch! Light streaming out of the sky! …  Moloch! Moloch! Robot apartments! invisible suburbs! skeleton treasuries! blind capitals! demonic industries! spectral nations! invincible madhouses! granite cocks! monstrous bombs! They broke their backs lifting Moloch to Heaven! … Note carefully that the so-called “poet” Ginsberg talks about Moloch the child sacrifice demon entering his soul. “Moloch in whom I am a consciousness without a body,” he writes. He describes this child sacrifice demon as “Light streaming out of the sky!” These are not merely the twisted rantings of a mad man, but rather the demon-infested screams of a human skin bag possessed by demonic spirits in desperate need of an exorcism. And this is exactly what many Democrats have become: Demon-infested vile creatures of death, pain and suffering that prey on children. The horrifying truth is that these demon-infested nightmare lunatics are now running most of the public schools across America. Read my article to learn more: Making the case that many Democrats are no longer human, but rather biological vessels of “Demonic Obsession”.  This is not unusual: Public schools are now demon-celebrating pedophilia rape training centers to indoctrinate youth and prepare them for repeated rapings by Democrat elitists Here in the independent media, we’ve sounded the alarm on the rampant pedophilia indoctrination and sexually explicit rape training of youth, warning that public schools would be transformed into precisely the kind of traumatic brainwashing centers that are now being reported. In fact, it was just a few weeks ago that I reported this would start happening. In an article entitled, “25 mind-blowing things that are likely to happen if the Dems succeed in removing Trump from office,” I described the depravity and perversion of Democrats and predicted that public schools would be turned into “orgy training” centers “involving live LGBT pedophiles performing sex acts in classrooms while progressive parents cheer.” From the story: Way beyond “sex ed,” public schools will actually host anal sex orgies, complete with on-site instruction and demonstrations involving pedophile teachers. Classrooms will become orgy theaters, with live video streaming sold online to raise money to fund “public education.”

If you think this is an exaggeration, note that Austin public schools have just approved sex role playing indoctrination training for all public school students, where they are required to participate in role playing scenarios involving “coerced oral sex,” anal sex and drunk sex. As The College Fix reports:  A controversial sex-ed curriculum for third through eighth grades that has connections to Planned Parenthood has been approved by the Austin Independent School District, despite fierce opposition.  The curriculum “normalizes child sex” using role playing games. “Caryl Ayala, the director of Concerned Parents of Texas, told KVUE that the curriculum’s goal is ‘to normalize these behaviors and to teach them to children so that they can feel OK with engaging in these behaviors,’” reports The College Fix. Now, it’s coming true even more rapidly than I had feared. In Colorado, there is no action being taken against the school teacher who subjected 16-year-old Skylar Cason to sexually explicit “rape training” trauma. We’re not posting the name or photo of the teacher here, but you can see his twisted, perverted face in this Fox News story. In my opinion, he looks like a sicko child abusing pedophile. No wonder he’s not being fired. Consider this the ultimate argument in favor of home schooling: If you don’t home school your kids, they will be subjected to rape training and pedophilia indoctrination at your local public school. And school administrators won’t even stop the evil when it’s brought to their attention because they’re part of it. What else is coming if demon-infested Democrats rule society Everything covered above concerns just one prediction out of 25 that I made in this November 3, 2019 article published on Natural News. If you want to know the 24 other things that are also about to happen if Democrats rule society, read that article and prepare to weep for humanity.

We are not merely watching the dangers of a communist-oriented political ideology; we are witnessing Democrats and Leftists being consumed by demonic entities that now unleash pure evil upon this realm while pretending to be filled with “tolerance” and “love.” The child molesters are running the schools, and the are teaching the children demonic poetry that celebrates the pagan god of child sacrifice. This is America. This is real. Yet most are asleep and living in denial. Our culture, our rule of law, our nation and our Christian heritage is being overrun by demonic evil that has infiltrated everything: Public schools, Congress, the courts, pop culture and more. The evil has a label: “Demoncrats.” Will you stand for life, liberty and divinity against this hellish insanity?

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-11-20-public-schools-being-transformed-into-rape-training-camps.html 

:: 11-19-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Liberal Tyranny & Insanity Now On Full Display: 'Parents Should Not Have The Final Say' In Raising Children Says Public School Teacher In Response To Parental Backlash Against Drag Queen Being Brought Into Class

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine November 19, 2019

The majority of public schools here in American are nothing more than indoctrination centers. That seems like a sweeping and hyperbolic statement, doesn't it? It isn't. Over the years we have seen and documented communism and socialism being pushed on school aged children, to the point where now, an increasing amount of college aged students actually favor socialism over capitalism, with no idea what socialism really is or of the total death toll via communism/socialism. We have seen and documented school children as young as kindergarten-age being taught, without parental approval, that there are more than two genders, and encouraging children to "choose" there own gender, totally ignoring the gender they were born as. Here is a clear example, from an AP article in May 2019, discussing how California overhauled their "sex education" guidance for teachers, which includes teaching middle-schoolers about masturbation and more: It gives tips for discussing masturbation with middle-schoolers, including telling them it is not physically harmful, and for discussing puberty with transgender teens that creates “an environment that is inclusive and challenges binary concepts about gender.” “As the parent of three kids, we’re on a careful trajectory here not to be introducing things as though they are endorsed in some way,” board president Linda Darling-Hammond said.

But Patricia Reyes, a 45-year-old mother of six, doesn’t believe that. She traveled more than 400 miles (about 644 kilometers) from her home in Southern California to attend Wednesday’s hearing, bringing along her 4-year-old daughter, Angeline, who held a sign that read: “Protect my innocence and childhood.” “It’s just scary what they are going to be teaching. It’s pornography,” she said. “If this continues, I’m not sending them to school.” Much of the pushback focused not on the framework, but on the books it recommends students read. An earlier draft of the document suggested high schoolers read the book: “S.E.X.: The All-You-Need-to-Know Sexuality Guide to Get You Through Your Teens and Twenties.” It includes descriptions of anal sex, bondage and other sexual activity. Several parents read from the book and held it up so board members could see the pictures, which many described as “obscene.” The board responded by removing the book, plus a few others, from the guidance. A look over at College Fix and Campus Reform shows that this type of indoctrination in children is just the tip of the iceberg as communist educators in colleges around the nation are creating little monsters to send out into the world, where the Pledge of Allegiance is banned because the U.S. is "oppressive," and liberal Antifa goons swamp conservative students, as radical liberal activists just walk out of class to support illegal immigration...... so much more can be found each and every day. Note how each of these controversial issues are positions and ideologies pushed by liberals as our nation's children continue to be indoctrinated into radical liberalism. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Due to the recent unforeseen events, All News Pipeline will need financial help in the days ahead. If you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) PUBLIC SCHOOL TEACHER SAYS PARENTS 'DON'T KNOW WHAT IS BEST' FOR THEIR KIDS Willis High School in Texas found themselves in the midst of a firestorm when angered parents spoke out about the cosmetology class teacher inviting a drag queen into the school to help teach about make-up application. The drag queen in question, Lynn Adonis-Deveaux, had no qualifications to teach, no certification or formal training, and parents were not informed ahead of time. The Willis High School Cosmetology Twitter account posted a picture of the visit, shown above. That post by their twitter account, and apparently the entire Twitter account has been removed since because upon clicking it we receive a "This account doesn't exist" error message. According to multiple reports, after the parental backlash, the school has made some changes in the approval process for outside visitors, but during the controversy, an English teacher, Anthony Lane, who had nothing to do with the whole controversy decided to insert himself right into it, with a few eye opening statements about what some teachers really think their positions are, and his view on "parental rights." Lane put out a Facebook post in response to the parental backlash over the drag queen, informing the public that teachers are afraid of parents because they are "given so much authority." Lane further opined that raising a child is the responsibility of the community and that "parents should not have the final say." Lane continued on to say "Let's be honest, some of you don't know what is best for your kids." Read the entire post: Note that Lane admits that he has learned about his own son from his child's teachers instead of the other way around, but to counter that point, one only has to ask, wouldn't he be more informed about his own son if he spent less time attempting to usurp other parents' roles in their own childrens lives and spent more time learning about his own son?

There is simply so much wrong with his post, on so many levels, but it is a prime example of the disdain many educators today feel about parental rights. The right to teach your child the values you believe in. The right to determine when your child learns about sexuality and issues associated with it. The right to determine what is and is not appropriate for your child at his or her age. These pompous, arrogant educators like Lane should not be allowed to "teach" other peoples' children. BOTTOM LINE

We have said it before, and will say it again. Homeschool your children, or help homeschool your grandchildren if need be, or nieces or nephews. Advertise to be a tutor to help those that have both parents working. Anything that can be done to keep our nation's children away from these communist educators, should be. The children are our future and if we leave them in the hands of people like Lane, that future will be very, very bleak indeed.

http://allnewspipeline.com/PS_Teacher_Parents_Should_Not_Have_Final_Say.php 

:: 11--19 Now the End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kanye West Performed With Satanist Travis Scott At Astroworld 2019 As Marilyn Manson Sang ‘Antichrist Superstar’ And Burned The Bible

Just eight days before Kanye West took the stage at Lakewood Church to perform his Sunday Service with false teacher Joel Osteen, Kanye was on the other side of Houston as one of the headliners at a hip-hop festival called Astroworld run by Travis Scott who is dating West's sister-in-law Kylie Jenner. Travis Scott is a longtime and hardcore satanist, and his yearly Astroworld festival is filled with all sorts of bottom feeders from the pit of Hell. Think I exaggerate? Think again. Marilyn Manson sang his hit ‘Antichrist Superstar’ and burned the Bible at the very same AstroWorld show that was headlined by ‘born again christian’ Kanye West Just eight days before Kanye West took the stage at Lakewood Church to perform his Sunday Service with false teacher Joel Osteen, Kanye was on the other side of Houston as one of the headliners at a hip-hop festival called AstroWorld run by Travis Scott who is dating West’s sister-in-law Kylie Jenner. Travis Scott is a longtime and hardcore satanist, and his yearly Astroworld festival is filled with all sorts of bottom feeders from the pit of Hell. Think I exaggerate? Think again. “Abstain from all appearance of evil.” 1 Thessalonians 5:22 (KJV)

Another one of the headliners of AstroWorld 2019 was Marilyn Manson, who needs no introduction, one of the most evil and reprobate performers in the music world ever. Among the many numbers performed by Manson, you might be interested to know that he sang one of his hits called ‘Antichrist Superstar’ as he burned a Bible in front of cheering and frenzied fans. This is the very same AstroWorld show that Kanye West lent his name to and performed at. Still think that Kanye West is a “baby Christian”? He’s not, he’s a stone cold deceiver. THE KANYE WEST DECEPTION: The Truth Behind Sunday Service and ‘Jesus Is King’ The AstroWorld Festival was created by Travis Scott, baby daddy to Kylie Jenner and soon the be brother-in-law-to Kanye West, and this is the second year in a row for its production. AstroWorld feature an unbelievable assortment of the dirtiest, filthiest and openly satanic hip-hop music you could possibly imagine. Yet Kanye West hasn’t spoken a word against it, and was one of the main performers at this year’s show. What are we to make of that? Is this the type of music a born again Christian could make? No, no, a thousand times no as DL Moody used to say. A true born again Christian wouldn’t even attend a show like this much less be one of the main acts. If you want to see how much of a satanist that Kanye’s future brother-in-law is, take a look at this, but pray first because it’s nasty. Why do you think that so much of the music in Kanye West’s Sunday Service is so dark and gothic sounding? He performed on the stage at Lakewood church for 2 hours on Sunday night and they were all dressed in black and other dark colors on a very dim stage. Why? Take a look at this video you will know why. Kanye West Used The All-Seeing Eye Of Horus Stage Set At Lakewood Church

So Kanye West brought his travelling Sunday Service road show to Joel Osteen’s Lakewood Church on Sunday night, and by all accounts it was a rousing success. But not in any of the accounts I have come across thus far make any mention of the odd styling of the stage set used. From ground level it appears to be a well-lit and professionally choreographed stage set, but when the camera shows us the birds-eye view, we see a completely different story. What do we see? The all-seeing Eye of Horus that is so beloved by the Hollywood Illuminati, smack dab in the middle of the Jesus Is King Sunday Service. Hmm, I wonder how that happened? ? I will say it again, once more and louder for all you lukewarm Laodiceans out there. Kanye West perform at a hip-hop show run by satanists where Marilyn Manson sang ‘Antichrist Superstar’ as he burned the Bible onstage. And Kanye did that a mere 8 days before bragging about his “christianity” with Joel Osteen. Watch these two videos about Travis Scott and his Astroworld Festival, and if after all this you still think that Kanye West is saved, maybe you’re not.

Travis Scott: The Forbes Interview AstroWorld 2019 Highlights This is AstroWorld 2019 as created by satanist Travis Scott, watch this at your own risk. It is filled with profanity-laced language, and loud, evil sounding satanic music. If you start watching at 1:33:35 you will see Travis Scott introducing his future brother-in-law Kanye West, and the filthy language doesn’t stop. Watch as Kanye West leads the crowd in singing along with the evil, filthy lyrics. The frenzied crowd shouts “Yeezy!, Yeezy!” as Kanye receives their worship. AstroWorld is the real Sunday Service that deceiver Kanye West is selling.

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/kanye-west-performed-satanist-travis-scott-astroland-2019-marilyn-manson-sang-antichrist-superstar-burned-bible/ 

:: 11--19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boots On The Ground: Days in the Life of an Average American Nobody

By Doug “Uncola” Lynn via TheBurningPlatform.com

Up at 6:30 AM. Showered, dressed, and cooking breakfast by 7:00 AM. Eggs, toast, fruit, and coffee ingested. Boots on, and laced, and out the door by 7:35 AM. Drove to the county seat and made two stops there. Then off to the Department of Transportation (DOT) center located across town by a now near-empty shopping mall. Slowed onto the highway off-ramp at approximately 10 AM. While waiting at the stoplight at the bottom of the ramp, a woman was seated on a street meridian just ahead. She was wearing blue jeans, a hat, mittens, a soiled winter coat, and holding a sign. The sign was a petition for money and at the bottom, in red letters, it said: “Any amount will help”. Near the woman, in a perpendicular line of cars that were about to enter the on-ramp of the highway, an obese lady in a mini-van quickly searched her purse then handed some cash to the sign-holder. As I drove off, I saw the porcine and smiling driver glowing with the satisfaction of having her sins self-atoned for that morning. It was a beautiful act of virtue-signaling that I found ironic as I drove by a restaurant less than a block away with a help-wanted sign prominently displayed in its front window. Upon arrival at the DOT center around 10:15 AM, I drew my number from the dispenser. It was 96. In looking around the room, I saw there were no empty chairs. The place was packed. As I glanced upwards over a veritable riff-raff of humanity, I saw six terminals of which only three were in use. Over each one there were electronic red digital numbers – all in the low sixties. It meant I had to wait for over thirty people ahead of me. For the next hour or so, I noticed how the middle terminal was being monopolized by what appeared to be either an Algerian or Moroccan interpreter. I speculated these were the nationalities because those whom he represented appeared to be from North Africa as they spoke to each other in French. It was just an educated guess. In any event, at least four of the foreign language speakers had drawn numbers in sequence far prior to me and the DOT employee was having great difficulty understanding the interpreter’s… shall we say… thickly accented English. I found myself wondering how these people would assimilate into our area without being able to speak English, let alone their capabilities of driving a car and navigating city traffic. One of the male (previously mentioned) future Democratic Party voters, likely delivered here courtesy of Catholic Charities USA, had a little ebony-skinned girl with him who cutely kept pestering a teen-aged gal and her mother in the adjacent terminal. The mom and teen didn’t quite know what to do. They were trying not to be rude but clearly wanted to focus on their business with the DOT employee. The little girl’s father, wearing a frayed red white and blue sweater, was oblivious. As the other DOT worker was still busy cryptically gesticulating with the interpreter, the mother and daughter finished their business and got up to leave. After taking a few steps, the mother stopped, dug in her purse, and pulled out a piece of candy. She walked back to give it to the little north-African girl. First, she made hand signals with the girl’s father who couldn’t understand what was happening until he saw the woman pointing at the candy and then to the girl. The father smiled and nodded. The lady gave the kid candy and walked away, smiling smugly. Although a part of me thought the gesture was generous, a more cynical part marveled at yet another act of virtue-signaling; as another matron glowed with the self-satisfaction of having her sins propitiated that morning. Twice in one day. This was no coincidence. Indeed. Americans are very kind. Even so, by then, I was in a sour mood; and, after more than an hour of waiting, the numbers above remained only in the mid-eighties. Nature called and I looked for a bathroom. There were no public restrooms within, or in the immediate proximity, of the DOT facility. Obviously, this convenience was not deemed a priority to benefit the Department of Transportation’s (mostly?) tax-paying customers. So, I exited the facility and walked across the parking lot to the segment of a dying mall that still remained open to the public. Upon entering the once majestic indoor plaza, I mentally compared memories to the mall in its prime with what appeared before me just then. What a difference. Amidst scores of empty storefronts on two floors, there were a total of four businesses with their lights on; two clothing stores, an upscale confectionary, and an armed services recruiting center. Inside them all I saw only employees. No customers. I found the bathroom right where I remembered it to be. It was centered between what once was a bookstore that I used to enjoy frequenting and a sports store where I often bought running shoes. But, now, both businesses were long gone like the U.S. Constitution, the attorney-client privileges of Republican presidents, bi-partisan politics, and Joe Biden’s presidential aspirations. Upon exiting the restroom, I looked around and made a mental note to never let my wife walk alone to these particular facilities, should that necessity ever arise. After a brisk walk back to the DOT center and waiting for another twenty minutes to conduct my five minutes of processing, I got back on the highway at around noon or so. Upon returning home and devouring a quick sandwich, I sat at my desk and ran a YouTube replay of the morning’s impeachment hearings. These featured Lieutenant Colonel Alexander Vindman and vice-presidential aid Jennifer Williams. The most interesting segment occurred when Chairman Adam Schiff interrupted House Republican Devin Nunes during a line of questioning to Vindman. It seemed Schiff thought Nunes’ questions were getting too close to revealing the identity of the alleged CIA whistleblower, who everyone knows is an intelligence spook named Eric Ciaramella. But, if both Schiff and Vindman denied knowing the identity of the whistleblower, then how could they know his identity was about to be revealed during that line of questioning? This was, of course, the whole point and was appropriately raised by Nunes in the hearing. Also during his fracas with Nunes, Schiff once again falsely cited “whistleblower protection” law. This was maliciously deceptive because Schiff surely understood that U.S. Code Section 3033 prohibited only the Intelligence Community Inspector General from releasing a name, and not anyone else. Besides, Ciaramella is a CIA spy and not a real whistleblower anyway. Regardless, by late afternoon, I switched to the live testimony of former special representative to Ukraine, Kurt Volker, and National Security Council (NSC) official Tim Morrison. It was just more of the same. No evidence of criminality and never-ending statements of mere opinion and hearsay regarding Trump’s July 25, 2019 phone transcript with Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky. Undoubtedly, of the seven people who listened to the Trump-Zelensky phone call, only Lt. Col. Vindman chose to overtly undermine Trump’s powers under Article II of the U.S. Constitution. Moreover, Vindman admitted to working outside of his chain-of-command to do so. Therefore, it has become clear that it was Vindman who leaked the content of the July 25th Trump-Zelensky call to the CIA spy Eric Ciaramella. Although, NSC official Tim Morrison expressed concerns over the call regarding “political fallout” (that the Democrats have validated with their inquisition) and vice-presidential aide Ms. Williams testified the president’s requests were “unusual and inappropriate” – NONE of the witnesses who listened to the phone call had evidence of anything other than their personal bias while acknowledging they knew very little as to why Trump wanted entities such as Crowdstrike and Burisma to be investigated. As the hearings continued past the dinner hour and into prime time television, I eventually took a break. Perhaps unsurprisingly, therefore, by the time the evening news rolled around, the following was reported from newsrooms around the nation:

“Although Republicans have decried ‘hearsay’ over impeachment testimony from those not listening in on President Trump’s July 25, 2019 phone call with Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky, the officials who testified today actually listened in on the call and they found Trump’s requests to be ‘unusual and inappropriate’. And now to local happenings with…” So today is another new day. And, as of this writing, the Ambassador to the European Union, Gordon Sondland, has testified to his personal “presumptions” of Trump’s “quid pro quo”. And, after a strategic press conference by the Democrats during the morning’s first five-minute break, all of the Orwellian Media headlines were released into the United States of Oceana. This, of course, occurred before Sondland later admitted to having no evidence of quid pro quo while citing a phone call where Trump told him directly that no quid pro quo was necessary. Nevertheless, the Democrats on the Intelligence Impeachment Committee claimed the jig was up for Trump by that point, and that the president’s motives have been impure and highly suspicious during this entire sordid affair. Even now, as these words are typed, more government officials of whose names will be hard to remember two days from now are said to soon testify regarding their opinions and lack of evidence regarding President Trump’s alleged misdeeds. The bullshit will never end. And this is due, in large part, to the fact that Epstein didn’t kill himself.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/11/21/boots-on-the-ground-days-in-the-life-of-an-average-american-nobody/ 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 11-21-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With A Wolf In Sheep Skin At The Door, Voters Have A Right To Know About The Democrats 'Dark Agenda' To Destroy Christianity

- The MSM Completely Ignores The 'Party Of Death's' War Upon God, Life, Women & Children

By Don Boys, Ph.D. for All News Pipeline  November 21, 2019

Since Pete Buttigieg is the most vocal “Christian” in the Democrat presidential race, he should stop his fuzzy, fractured even false references to the Bible. Principled Christians resent having the Bible twisted like a pretzel to prove a false point of view. Even the media is sarcastically calling him “St. Pete” because of his many biblical references and his talk of morality. A Federalist article really pegged him rightly when they wrote about his speaking of morality: “But someone who lives in sexual immorality and supports abortion right up until birth is quite obviously the wrong person to do it.” Bingo! They nailed him to a post. Voters want to know if Pete is a genuine Christian or simply a church member. Does he really believe that Christ is the Way, the Truth, and the Life? If not, he is a professor but not a possessor making him a pretender. That means he is using Christianity for self-aggrandizement. If he is not a sheep, he is a wolf in sheep’s skin. Pete could be similar to Julian the Apostate who, according to Will Durant in his eleven volume History of Civilization, “conformed in all externals to the Christian worship, and even read the Scriptures publicly in church.” Julian was the Roman Emperor from 361 to 363 and was the last non-Christian emperor. Frankly very few of them were true Christians, including Constantine. Julian was from a long line of “Christians” who had been corrupted by a corrupt Christianity. He was an unannounced pagan (at the time) while reading the Bible in church! Of course, there are plenty of pompous pagans in the pulpits in our day. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Due to Susan Duclos' recent heart attacks and hospitalization, All News Pipeline will need some financial help in the days ahead. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for America at a time of systematic censorship and widespread corruption.) Even an apostate can do some things right as proved by Julian’s dismissal of thousands of servants, eunuchs, and superfluous government officials. He also slashed taxes and streamlined administrative procedures. Julian established the principle that a man was presumed innocent until proven guilty. He was the first political leader to take that position to my knowledge. Julian was a pagan who practiced animal sacrifices while heading up the “Christian” empire, attempting to revive paganism to replace the quickly advancing paganized Christianity! Could Pete be philosophically related to Julian the Apostate? Desperately trying to sound normal, Pete has promised he “would bring Christianity back to the White House if he were elected president.” Well, “Christianity” is not something that can be toted around. It is a faith, “the evidence of things not seen.” Pete said, “Faith doesn’t have to be something to divide us.” But faith does divide us since some believe the Muslim faith, others the Hindu faith, others the Christian faith. Christ said Luke 12:51 “Suppose ye that I am come to give peace on earth? I tell you, Nay; but rather division.” And only a fool or fanatic says all faiths are equal or that one is as good as another. Christ divides light from darkness, truth from error, and good from bad; however, radicals don’t like such absolutes. I see Pete as a man who has rejected biblical standards as well as common decency and is using biblical language to confuse shallow voters and steal their votes with his deception. Pete went on to decry Georgia’s abortion law where they have male politicians telling a woman “what she ought to do with her body.” No, if a woman had made the right decisions about her body she would have stayed out of bed, kept her knees together and yelled, “no.” Failing to do that, she wants to kill the innocent child. And Pete wants to guarantee her that right. Surely an innocent child’s right to live is far more precious than a woman’s right to slip into her form-fitting evening gown for a night on the town—something a pregnant body would make cumbersome. When Pete and his “husband” move into the White House, he will provide an example to people “who are guided by a faith tradition in making their decisions about what they think is right and wrong.” However, he does not tell us the standard that will be used to make those decisions. If the Bible is used, then Pete and his “husband” would not be in the White House or any house since sodomy is clearly condemned in the Bible as the most gross and shameless act of depravity. Are Christians “on the wrong side of history” as to LGBTQ issues as Pete told CNN? Is Pete totally unaware of history? Sodomy has been known as the sin (and crime) “against nature”; “that unspeakable sin”; “that unmentionable vice;” and “crime without a name.” While Pete is now promising to bring Christianity “back to the White House,” he was critical of Vice-President Pence for actually doing that. Of Pence, Pete said, he was “fanatical.” Pence, not wanting to be tarred and feathered by the LGBTQ crowd said of Pete, “I see him as a dedicated public servant and a patriot.” While Pence is a kind, decent, and good man, he is not a committed warrior in support of truth. He is also a politician. Pete is not aware that a homosexual is at war not only with himself, but with his Maker. He must not know the Bible truth about homosexuality that has been confirmed by all religions since the beginning of time—perversion will destroy a society. You may have noticed, they are no longer gay in Sodom. Why can’t people believe that perversion is wrong without being haters, bigots, and homophobes? Even if one agrees that criticism of LGBTQ positions is bigotry, why can’t Pete’s crowd be tolerant of the intolerant? Or, is tolerance a one-way-street? However, Pete suggests that he will use the Bible (but not Leviticus or Romans) to guide him in making decisions. He will use some of the “safer” commands of Christ such as “For I was an hungred, and ye gave me meat.” However, what Pete doesn’t know is that Christ was speaking to persons, not governments. It is people who are to have compassion and reach into their purse and feed the hungry and take in the stranger. It has nothing to do with government action at any level. To make it otherwise is a perversion of truth. Governments are in place to protect the liberties of the citizens from internal and external threats, not feed us, house us, cloth us, suckle us, regulate us, educate us, or provide health care. But then, Government must have some excuse to take what we produce so they provide all the goodies that people are too lazy to provide for themselves. Pete implied that if God belonged to a political party, it wouldn’t be the Republican party. And neither would it be the Democrat Party; after all, God was booed at the last Democrat convention! No, Christ would overturn their conference tables, rip the microphones out of their outlets, break their television cameras, and whip the whole crowd (with few exceptions) out of Washington. Pete has castigated Conservative Christians for supporting Trump, suggesting that we approve of his unseemly actions. Yet, Pete expects the voters to elect him when he doesn’t even know what is natural, acceptable, and biblical by slipping between the sheets with another man. Pete talks about Christianity but he speaks of a false, pagan religion totally unknown to the Scriptures. I am viciously attacked for my stand against baby killing and all forms of perversion by the same people who believe Bruce Jenner is a woman, males can use female restrooms, a person is whatever gender he or she desires, Blacks can’t be racists, Elvis is still alive, and believe two people of the same gender make up a family—so my critics aren’t the best thinkers on planet Earth.

(Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 18 books, the most recent Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning! eBook is available here with the printed edition (and other titles) at www.cstnews.com. Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D. ; and visit his blog. Send request to DBoysphd@aol.com for a free subscription to his articles, and click here to support his work with a donation.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/Voters_Have_A_Right_To_Know.php 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

:: 11-19-19 Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Foreign-Born Researchers At US Agencies Were Secretly Working For China And Recruiting Others, Senate Report Finds

Luke Rosiak on November 19, 2019

Foreign-born researchers working for U.S. agencies were secretly on China’s payroll, signing side agreements to send sensitive research to that country as part of a recruitment operation called the Thousand Talents Plan, a Senate report found.

10,000 Chinese nationals in 2018 conducted research in the Department of Energy’s National Labs, and one even had colleagues write him letters of recommendation to the Communist Party-run recruitment program, the bipartisan report stated.

Agencies like NIH do not even track attempted foreign influence, the Department of State denies only 5% of suspicious visas, and the FBI shut down a key program, according to the report.

Foreign-born researchers working at U.S. agencies secretly joined China’s payroll, sending sensitive U.S.-funded research to the country while U.S. government agencies took almost no defensive measures against a major recruitment operation, a Senate investigation found. Researchers linked to the Chinese government formed a Chinese cell within the Department of Energy, attained access to American genomic data, and recruited other U.S. researchers to join, the bipartisan report stated.

China’s Thousand Talents Plan (TTP) aims to get foreign governments to finance the communist power’s military and economy by buying off researchers who are doing work abroad. The experts apply to the program, and if approved by the Communist Party, they join China’s payroll and sign secret side agreements that the experts will share their research with that country, according to the investigation.

Some of the information captured by TTP had significant military value. For example, in 2016, Dr. Long Yu, a Chinese citizen and U.S. permanent resident working for a U.S. defense contractor, applied for Chinese talent plans and was arrested for attempting to give hundreds of gigabytes to China, including design info on military jet engines, according to the investigation. “China wins twice. First, the American taxpayer funds China’s research and development. Second, China uses that research to improve its economic and military status,” Sen. Rob Portman, an Ohio Republican who chairs the Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, said in a statement. Sen. Tom Carper, a Delaware Democrat whose staff co-wrote the report, said “there are serious consequences that come from giving a foreign government so much control over the vital research we rely on to drive our country’s economic competitiveness and bolster our national defense.” As China announced its plans and reportedly recruited 7,000 researchers in countries other than China, virtually every U.S. government agency made missteps, with some taking almost no actions to prevent the infiltration, the report stated. Department of Energy At the Department of Energy, which the FBI said is the most frequent target for penetration and which works on nuclear weapons, multiple researchers joined TTP.

While one was working at a National Lab, he allegedly brought over dozens of other Chinese nationals, at least four of whom were TTP members. He “attempted to initiate official sharing agreements between the laboratory and a Chinese organization,” the report stated. Energy’s Office of Intelligence and Counterintelligence had trouble investigating because of the “language barrier” and “insular nature” of the group of Chinese nationals working on six sensitive projects paid for by the U.S. government. More than 35,000 foreigners, including 10,000 Chinese, are conducting research at the National Labs, the investigation found. The counterintelligence office also found a postdoctoral fellow removed 30,000 files and went to China. He applied to TTP while he was working at the Energy Department, and U.S. colleagues wrote him letters of recommendation for the Chinese program, the report stated. He allegedly told China his “research area in the United States would play a critical role in advanced defense applications,” and promised to keep in touch with specific National Labs research teams after returning to China. An Energy spokesperson told The Wall Street Journal the department had taken steps to address the threat. National Institutes of Health Meanwhile, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) permitted access to genomic data to companies linked to the Chinese government, without considering “national security risks, such as weaponizing for biological warfare,” the investigation found. Nor did it consider “whether the [principal investigator] is in a foreign country that is on a United States Government watch list,” it stated. The NIH, which gives out over $31 billion in research grants a year, does not require potential researchers to be run against any law enforcement database — rather, its vetting consists of “reviewing the first page of results from a Google search,” the report stated. This was especially ineffective since the Chinese government scrubbed all mention of the TTP program from its websites after it attracted infamy. NIH could not say how many applications including foreign conflicts of interest (FCOIs), because its software does not even track it. And it conducted only three reviews of foreign conflict of interest cases in 2018, down from 28 in 2013, the report stated. A spokeswoman told TheWSJ the agency is “addressing the problem through a variety of avenues, including extensive outreach to the institutions that receive NIH awards.”

State Department In September, Zhongshan Liu, the head of the New York office of a Chinese government agency focused on “International Exchange of Personnel,” was criminally charged with conspiracy to commit visa fraud, for allegedly conspiring to “to obtain research scholar visas fraudulently for people whose actual purpose was not research but recruitment.” That kind of action was apparently the exception, not the norm. The department does not systematically track applicants linked to China’s recruitment plans, and stores materials only as scanned images that are impossible for other agencies to search, the report stated. “State denied less than five percent of the visa applications it determined warranted additional scrutiny due to concerns that the applicant might violate export control laws,” it reads. Federal Bureau of Investigation The FBI took nearly 10 years to respond after China announced its plan to recruit overseas researchers in 2008, the report stated.   FBI Director Christopher Wray testified in 2018 to the Senate that China had turned to “nontraditional collectors, especially in the academic setting, whether it’s professors, scientists, students” and was exploiting “naiveté on the part of the academic sector.” Yet one week later, the FBI disbanded its “National Security Higher Education Advisory Board (‘NSHEAB’) designed to facilitate security cooperation with the U.S. higher education community.” The subcommittee held a hearing Tuesday at which John Brown, the FBI’s assistant director of the Counterintelligence Division, said, “With our present-day knowledge of the threat from Chinese talent plans, we wish we had taken more rapid and comprehensive action in the past, and the time to make up for that is now.” National Science Foundation NSF policy prohibits federal employees from participating in foreign recruitment plans, but does not apply to NSF-funded researchers — the very ones who would be the likely candidates for recruitment, it said. The NSF relies on universities for vetting — despite a track record of universities showing an unwillingness or inability to do so, according to the investigation. “NSF has no dedicated staff to ensure compliance with NSF grant terms,” the report stated. “Openness, transparency and collaboration are essential for basic research,” the NSF said in a statement, TheWSJ reported. “Unfortunately, certain actors are benefiting from the system while not upholding these values.”

Department of Commerce The Department of Commerce issues licenses to forms that employ foreign nationals working on controlled technology, but its denial rate was only 1.1% in 2018. “Commerce officials told the Subcommittee that it has not revoked a deemed export license in the past five years, despite the recent listing of new entities on Commerce’s Entity List that require additional scrutiny,” the report stated. The Commerce Department “issued at least 20 licenses to Chinese nationals associated with various Chinese talent recruitment plans,” and 150 licenses to Chinese nationals associated with one of the country’s defense universities, according to the report. It issued 65 licenses to Chinese nationals who previously worked for or received support from Huawei, a communications firm tied to Chinese intel agencies. The Commerce and State Departments did not immediately respond to the DCNF’s requests for comment.

http://dailycallernewsfoundation.org/2019/11/19/foreign-born-researchers-at-us-agencies-were-secretly-working-for-china-and-recruiting-others-senate-report-finds/ 

:: 11-21-19 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia to Impeachment One Big Coup – Kevin Shipp

By Greg Hunter On November 21, 2019 In Political Analysis 64 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com

Former CIA Officer and whistleblower Kevin Shipp says from the Russia collusion delusion to the sham impeachment, it’s all really just one big Deep State coup. At the center of the coup is billionaire George Soros, who hates American sovereignty and “America First” President Donald Trump. Shipp explains, “Soros has been funding attempts to overturn a U.S. election and remove a President of the United States. If he’s been funding that or advocating that in any other form, that is sedition. If it is connected to a foreign government or a foreign power, that would rise to the level of treason. This coup leads back to George Soros and his multi-tentacles connections. Now we know Victoria Nuland and the State Department were advocating Soros NGO’s at the time along with this so-called whistleblower who has been in contact with these Soros organizations as well. We are seeing the picture come out now. They don’t want this whistleblower to testify because if he does under oath and he is pressed, this whole disgusting beast could come out into full view. They don’t want that to happen because it is a continuation of the Russia collusion coup. Now, it’s gone into this false impeachment coup, and they are trying their level best to keep these facts from the public. This is one big coup.” Shipp goes on to point out, “As a matter of fact, the Russia collusion coup began in Ukraine. Obama had staff member in Ukraine. Hillary Clinton had two attorneys in Ukraine. John Brennan (CIA Director) traveled to Ukraine under a false passport. . . . A DNC operative was in Ukraine with the rest of these people to dig up dirt on Trump from high level Ukrainian oligarchs. Those oligarchs went to the Russians for information. All that information wound up in, guess what, the ‘Steel Dossier’. . . .Information was derived from and used from Russian intelligence officials that provided this information for Hillary Clinton, the DNC and, ultimately, the ‘Steele Dossier.’ It was all with Ukrainian connections, and that’s as close to espionage as you can get. It’s a dark dirty operation, and it was, without question, a coup against the President of the United States.” Is this the reason why Democrats are making up false charges in the impeachment hoax in their rabid desire to get rid of President Trump? Shipp says, “It’s all coming out. That is why they don’t want the whistleblower to testify. That’s why the kangaroo courts they are putting on look so ridiculous because they are desperate to cover these things up.” Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with former CIA Officer and counterintelligence expert Kevin Shipp. (To Donate to USAWatchdog.com Click Here) After the Interview:

Kevin Shipp’s website is called FortheLoveofFreedom.net. There are multiple ways to support Shipp with donations if you scroll down to the middle of the page. To join Shipp’s Patreon channel, click here.

To get a copy of Shipp’s book “From the Company of Shadows,” click here.

https://usawatchdog.com/russia-to-impeachment-one-big-coup-kevin-shipp/ 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc  

:: 11--19 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Suspect Allowed to Go Free

CC0 / kat wilcox / crime scene tape

In August 2016 Victoria Martens was drugged with methamphetamine, raped, murdered and then dismembered by a group of drug addicts, including her mother. The shocking case is slowly proceeding through the US courts but a judge has released a key suspect. Legal analysts and law enforcement experts reacted with shock on social media when a judge allowed Fabian Gonzales, 34, to walk free on Wednesday, 20 November. Gonzales was one of a group of drug addicts who were there on the night of 23 August 2016 when Victoria Martens - who had turned 10 the day before - was injected with meth, raped, strangled and then dismembered in Albuquerque, New Mexico. The case has shocked residents in Albuquerque, a city which became synonymous with methamphetamine after it was used as the location for the hit TV show Breaking Bad. Gonzales’ girlfriend was Victoria’s mother, Michelle Martens, who has pleaded guilty to child abuse resulting in the death of her daughter but told police her boyfriend’s cousin, Jessica Kelley, had killed the girl. Police say Martens “liked watching Victoria being raped” by Gonzales and Kelley and “did nothing to stop attack, even though her daughter begged”. Martens, 35, told police she used a dating website to find men willing to sexually abuse her daughter while she watched. She now faces 15 years in jail. Kelley, 31, pleaded no contest to child abuse recklessly causing or resulting in death, tampering with evidence and aggravated assault. Kelley claimed in her plea agreement that she was "tweaking" and suffering paranoid delusions after taking methamphetamine on the afternoon she agreed to mind Victoria while Martens and Gonzales went out. She claimed an unknown man came into the apartment and killed Victoria. ​Murder charges were dropped against Gonzales but he still faces charges of child abuse and tampering with evidence. Last week Judge Charles Brown caused consternation when he agreed to release Gonzales without GPS monitoring after ruling the state had failed to prove he was a danger to the community.

Victoria’s remains were found dead wrapped in a burning blanket. No date has been set yet for Gonzales’ trial and police say they believe a fourth person was involved in the incident. A man's partial DNA sample was found on the little girl's body and he has been indicted as a "John Doe." Prosecutors have appealed against the decision to release Gonzales.

https://sputniknews.com/us/201911201077361778-us-girl-10-was-drugged-raped-and-dismembered-but-now-suspect-allowed-to-go-free/ 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

:: 11--19 Now the End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

King Abdullah of Jordan said on Friday that Israel must implement Two State Solution to be considered part of Middle East

King Abdullah said that Israel is not a part of the Middle East, and will not be considered as part of the Middle East, until they finally decide to give into international pressure and divide their land for the Palestinians. We refer to this demonic nonsense as the the Two State Solution, I call it the the ‘final solution‘. The irony of course being that the phony Palestinians are actually Jordanians who are pretending to be Palestinians in order to get rid of Israel. The rabbit hole goes very deep. Will Israel divide the land? Joel says they will, and it will be a major reason for the Battle of Armageddon, listen:

“I will also gather all nations, and will bring them down into the valley of Jehoshaphat, and will plead with them there for my people and for my heritage Israel, whom they have scattered among the nations, and parted my land.” Joel 3:2 (KJV) Israel has been back in the land for over 71 years now, and as you can see, their neighboring Muslim neighbors in no way accept them as a sovereign state until and unless they give into their demands and give up huge pieces of the land of Israel including Jerusalem, of course. And this is the way it’s going to go all the way up to the start of the time of Jacob’s trouble. Count on it. King Abdullah: Relations with Israel at their worst FROM THE JPOST: King Abdullah said this at a meeting of the Washington Institute for Near East Policy in New York. He added, “We hope that Israel will be able to determine its future, either in the coming weeks or in the coming months.”

“If we won’t be able to solve the Israeli-Palestinian issue,” King Abdullah said, “Israel cannot really become a part of the Middle East,” Mako reported. Noting that the alternative to a two-state solution, one for the Jewish society in Israel and the other for Palestinians, is “much worse,” the king claimed that during “every year we lose to indecision it becomes much more complex and difficult for Israelis and Palestinians to progress.” The King publicly prayed and kissed the ground of Naharayim, which is known as Baqura in Jordan, in early November after insisting Israel hand over the land as was agreed upon in the 1994 Peace Treaty. Israeli farmers who own lands in what is now Jordan will need a visa to enter them. The laws governing such lands will be Jordanian laws. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu offered the King to connect “the train from Haifa all the way to Saudi Arabia” but the project is currently “stuck.” Netanyahu said so during a special conference on Israeli-Jordanian ties, together with the Institute for National Security Studies at Tel Aviv University. READ MORE

UN: Jordan’s King Abdullah II pushes for two-state solution at UNGA King Abdullah II of Jordan called for the two-state solution to be implemented to bring an end to the Israel-Palestine conflict during his speech at the 74th United National General Assembly debate in New York City on Tuesday. “The two-state solution is the only genuine solution. Because, what is the alternative? One state, segregated, with unequal laws, dependent on force, betraying the deepest values of the good people on both sides? That is a formula for enduring conflict not a path to stability, security and peace.” (video from last month at the UN).

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/king-abdullah-jordan-tells-israel-divide-their-land-give-to-palestinians-two-state-solution/ 

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: ::]

etc. You will see the global warming as it continues, as the icebergs continue to drop off, as the ocean level continues to rise, as the seashore vanishes. You shall see a shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, you shall see many troubles, many troubles caused by the global warming, as the temperatures continue to rise, places that are hot will become much hotter. Water supplies will become less and less, the ground will be parched. The cost of living will continue to rise because of all of this. New sicknesses you have not seen or heard of before shall come. More people trying to sneak into this country causing more problems, taking jobs from others, costing more money. etc.

:: 11-20-19 RFD TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lights out in California again with high wildfire danger

Posted: Nov 20, 2019 4:45 PM EST Updated: Nov 20, 2019 4:45 PM EST

SAN FRANCISCO (AP) — Pacific Gas & Electric Co. turned off electricity Wednesday for about 170,000 people in Northern California to prevent power lines from sparking wildfires as the region faced a new bout of windy and warm weather. The utility originally said that about 150,000 customers, or about 375,000 people, would be affected by the outages but significantly lowered that number after some areas got rain or increased humidity that lowered the fire threat. Vanrenen said about 35,000 more people were told they could lose power later Wednesday if weather conditions do not improve in their communities. People who lost power were expected to get it back Thursday. A virtually rainless fall has left brush bone-dry and forecasts called for low humidity and winds gusting at times to 55 mph (89 kph), which might fling tree branches or other debris into power lines, causing sparks that could set catastrophic fires in the region, PG&E officials said. The blackout is the latest in a series of massive outages by the country’s largest utility, including one last month that affected nearly 2.5 million people and outraged local officials and customers who accused the utility of overkill. Officials have accused the company of using the blackouts as a crutch after years of failing to harden its infrastructure to withstand fire weather. PG&E CEO Andy Vesey acknowledged the outages have been “terribly disruptive” and said the company is taking steps to avoid them in the future, but for now, “we won’t roll the dice on public safety.” Meanwhile, California’s utility regulators are demanding answers from wireless, internet and landline providers whose equipment failed during previous outages, leaving hundreds of thousands of people without a way to get emergency alerts or make 911 calls.  Representatives from eight communications companies, including AT&T, Comcast/Xfinity, T-Mobile and Sprint, appeared before the California Public Utilities Commission Wednesday, fielding questions about whether they would support a rule requiring backup power and whether they would disclose outage information publicly and immediately during disaster situations. Verizon, T-Mobile and AT&T officials said they would disclose outage information. In a letter calling for the meeting, commission President Marybel Batjer said “lack of service is not a mere inconvenience— it endangers lives.” She said residents do not have the luxury of failed internet or cellphone connections during a wildfire or other disaster. Some local public officials who planned to speak at the hearing could not because of the latest power outage. And Lake County Supervisor Moke Simon made comments before rushing back to Northern California county, where the lights had gone out again. He said AT&T’s network went down right away during an outage in late October, risking the county’s sewer and alarm systems. There was no backup in place, he said. “That really put us in a dire straits situation,” he said. Batjer told communications company representatives she was surprised by their lack of preparation given California’s long history of wildfires. “It’s sort of stunning that you go, ‘Well, we just learned a lot in the last three weeks,’” she said. More than 450,000 people were left without communications, according to a group representing rural counties in California. Half of Marin County’s cell sites were out of service. Consumer advocates urged the commission to establish backup power requirements and make the companies provide detailed information about outage locations. The California Governor’s Office of Emergency Services has called the companies’ level of engagement unacceptable at a time when redundant infrastructure is necessary. In written responses in advance of Wednesday’s meetings, the companies said they did communicate with authorities but the outages were unprecedented in scope. The companies said they are improving backup power sources but added that doing so might not be possible in some locations and that generators are not always safe. Comcast said that its network “like any modern network, fundamentally relies on commercial power to operate.” Meanwhile, warnings of extreme fire danger covered a large area. California’s state fire agency placed fire engines and crews in position in some counties and had crews ready to staff aircraft and bulldozers. The weather was expected to ease by Thursday morning, allowing PG&E to begin restoring power, said Mark Quinlan, PG&E’s senior director of emergency preparedness and response.

https://www.rfdtv.com/story/41350813/lights-out-in-california-again-with-high-wildfire-danger 

[ :: 12-31-02 / 1-01-03 New Years (eve) service (sixth word) ::]

etc. Volcanoes shall spread because of the shifting below the earth. Earthquakes shall be in a higher range than man normally sees etc.

:: 11-29-19 End Times Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Powerful Magnitude 6.3 Earthquake Strikes Mexico

Nov 20, 2019

Express – A powerful magnitude 6.3 earthquake has struck in the Mexican state of Chiapas today according to the United States Geological Survey (USGS). The quake struck at 10.27 pm local time (4.27 am GMT) at an approximate depth of 11km (6.8 miles). Moreover, such was the strength of the earthquake, that John Cassidy, an earthquake seismologist from Vancouver Island said that “Seismic waves from the earthquake off the coast of Mexico are now rolling across Canada.” There have been no reports of casualties or damage to buildings as of yet. According to reports, seismic activity was also felt in El Salvador and Guatemala. Dr. Falh Daim, from the University of New South Wales, tweeted to explain the occurrence of the earthquake. He said: “Seismic waves from the earthquake off the coast of Mexico are now rolling across Canada.” Following the earthquake in Mexico, the USGS has also reported a magnitude 6.3 quake in the Sea of Okhotsk between Russia and Japan. READ MORE

https://endtimeheadlines.org/2019/11/powerful-magnitude-6-3-earthquake-strikes-mexico/ 

:: 11-21-19 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Donald Trump, Impeachment and Bait and Switch

By Dave Daubenmire|November 21st, 2019

Dave Daubenmire

Meet the New Boss…Not Like the Old Boss

It appears complicated when we try to analyze what is going on in the Impeachment Inquiry in Washington. There are so many moving parts that it is nearly impossible to see the connections. Much of what is going on is simply bait and switch. But because the average American does not have the time or the interest to follow the charade it becomes doubly difficult for them to keep their eye on the ball. Confusion is one of the weapons that the dark side is relying on. They are devious enough to realize that the average American has no understanding of the difference between Russia and The Ukraine. Many Americans think that The Ukraine issue is simply a continuation of the Russia investigation. They believe that Russia and The Ukraine are actually the same country. As a result, many folks view the current show-trial in DC as nothing more than a continued investigation into the Russia scandal. The Democrats have played to this ignorance masterfully. But the real issue is much simpler than that. What we see happening in the Swamp is no different from what has probably happened in your working career. There is a new boss in the office and the employees are concerned about the change. Human beings do not like change. They want to make sure that their life is not going to be disrupted by the new kid on the block. Most have spent entire careers nestling down in their cozy positions and they are very concerned about a new boss rearranging the furniture in their department. They want to be sure that the new boss is the same as the old boss. They hate disruption. But Donald Trump is different. This new boss is like nothing they have ever seen and the entire establishment way of doing things is under direct attack. His America-first approach is foreign to the career paper pushers who fear losing their cushy positions and the many benefits they have worked so hard to secret away. Most of my adult career was spent in the field of athletics. There is no other business where the turnover in the position of CEO is as common as in the sports world. Coaches are often fired mid-season if the team is not winning. Just study big time athletics and you will see how short lived the position of head coach is. The President of the United States is the Head Coach of America. If all goes well he will hold the job for eight years. Like athletics, if the coach gets fired during the season the players still remain in their positions. Changing coaches is a fast way to change the direction of the team. But government is different. Most team members are not loyal to the head coach but rather to the system. Career politicians tend to hold their jobs regardless of who occupies the Oval Office. In fact, the employees like it when they are able to pick their own new boss. Electing “their guy” is good because it usually keeps the apple cart from being tipped over. Do you ever watch what happens in the NFL when the old coach gets fired? The new coach “cleans house” because he wants to be sure that all of the coaches working for his team are loyal to HIM and not simply to the franchise. Assistant coaches advance on the merit system. If the head coach is successful the assistants know that their chances of advancement increase as well. Loyalty to the Head Coach is far more important than loyalty to the system. Government promotion is different than sports. Advancement in government is cronyism, while advancement in the sports world is tied to merit. Career government employees have learned to “play the system” and the last thing they are looking for is some “new boss” who might come in and disrupt their plan. Generally, government employees are loyal to a system or ideology. They couldn’t care less who the new boss is as long as he doesn’t disrupt the cozy arrangement that they have worked their entire career to cash in on. The last thing they want is a new boss that isn’t the same as the old boss. Polls show that upwards of 80% of government employees vote for the status quo. They prefer Hillary or one of the Bushes over some orange haired outsider. Trump understands business, not government. Hence, he is not trusted. He is a threat to the Swamp’s security. They don’t want a new boss, just a new face…any face…as long has he has experience in “government.” The truth is plain for those who have eyes to see. Government is an organism unto itself which has nothing to do with the governing of the American people. The goal of Government is the advancement of government. It is not focused on “we, the people.” Government employees protect the government. We think they are protecting us. President Trump is getting very little support from his own party because both parties are not designed to serve the people. The ever-increasing advancement of government is their job and their PERSONAL wealth and power is their main focus. Government produces nothing. They are fearful that President Trump is going to break up their club. The Constitution requires a new boss at least every eight years. The swamp doesn’t mind a new boss as long as he comes out of the same incestuous governmental breeding ground. Big Government is Big Business and there are a lot of hands in the cookie jar. Me thinks many government officials have cookie stains on their hands and Donald Trump is the ultimate Cookie Monster. It really is not any more complicated than that.

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com 

http://newswithviews.com/donald-trump-impeachment-and-bait-and-switch/ 

:: 11--19 Down Detector :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

[Bank of America]

[Home] Possible problems at Bank of America

Bank of America offers retail bank services to individuals and businesses, including checking, savings, credit cards, mortgages and loans. Clients can review their account balances and transactions, deposit checks and tranfer money through online banking and mobile banking apps for iPhone, iPad, Android, Windows Phone, Blackberry, Kindle Fire and other mobile operating systems.

https://downdetector.com/status/bank-of-america/ 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

:: 11-20-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There has been "An Incident" in the South China Sea -- UPDATE 11:17 PM EST: RADIATION DETECTED!!!!

World News Desk 20 November 2019 Hits: 168751

Oceanographic instruments monitoring the South China Sea have reportedly registered a significant undersea EXPLOSION. Details are sketchy as of 6:22 PM eastern US time, but military sources are saying an explosion took place at a depth of approximately 50 Meters, which caused an underwater shock wave of such sudden presence, and of such strength, that the explosion itself "had to be between 10 and 20 Kilotons." Those sources (military) also say explicitly "An earthquake has been ruled out." United States submarines routinely operate in that area of the world's oceans.  If an explosion of that magnitude took place, it could reek havoc with the submarine(s) and their instruments; perhaps forcing them to leave an area, or perhaps put into port for re-calibration or repairs. There is nothing in the area of the South China Sea which, on its own, can account for such a possible event. Details remain very sketchy at this hour, but tune-in to the Hal Turner Show tonight on WBCQ (7.490 or 5.130 AM) or WRMI (9.455 AM) or KYAH 540-AM "Utah's Talk Authority" for the latest details. You can also tune-in here on the net using the LISTEN ONLINE button in the menu bar above. (Those internet links do not go active until about an hour before the show starts, and stream commercial-free music until the show begins at 9:00 PM eastern US time (GMT -0500) UPDATE 11:17 PM EST -- Radiation is now being detected at shore monitoring points around the South China Sea!  According to this official map from the uRADMonitor Global Environmental Monitoring Network, "significant" radiation readings are now registering on their radiation monitors, shown on the map below: You can view these LIVE readings for yourself HERE Did China detonate a small, tactical, nuclear device to send a warning to the United States over the US Senate and US House approving the Hong Kong Democracy Act, which China views as an "assault" upon China's internal affairs? Has China had enough of US "freedom of navigation" exercises in the South China Sea? Is China feeling the sting of economic downturn from its Trade War with the USA, and are they "upping-the-ante" signaling actual war? Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site. When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/there-has-been-an-incident-in-the-south-china-sea 

:: 11-19-19 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Goodwin: Why Dems are so worried after latest round of impeachment hearings

By Michael Goodwin November 19, 2019

If coup-coup Nancy Pelosi has a panic button, now would be a good time to lean on it. With signs that Americans are tuning out the impeachment hearings, the clock is ticking on Democrats’ chance to make their case. Pelosi is clearly worried, telling fellow Dems it’s a “weak response” to “let the election decide” whether President Trump should be removed. “That dangerous position only adds to the urgency of our action, because ­POTUS is jeopardizing the integrity of the 2020 elections,” the speaker wrote in a “Dear Colleague” letter to her House members. The letter seemed strange enough when it became public Monday, but Tuesday’s hearing more than justified her fear and desperation. With her party now having failed to hit anything close to pay dirt after three long days of public testimony, she is trying to keep her members on board the impeachment train, lest the whole effort crash in failure and disgrace. Alas, Tuesday wasn’t much help. As they did in the first hearings last week, Dems again failed to make the Ukraine ­issue the crime of the century or even of the Trump presidency. Their hyperbolic descriptions are not even close to the pedestrian evidence they’re producing. Their problem last week largely centered on the fact that none of the witnesses were actual witnesses to any relevant events, including the July 25 phone call between Trump and Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky. They solved that problem early Tuesday with the day’s first two witnesses, Jennifer Williams and Lt. Col. Alexander Vindman, both of whom listened to the call in the White House. Finally, the impeachment zealots had someone with firsthand knowledge, as opposed to the second- and third-handers last week. They got even closer in the afternoon, with former officials Tim Morrison and Kurt Volker higher up the food chain. In contrast to all the other witnesses, both had actually met Trump! But still the end zone proved elusive. The closest Dems came was when Williams, an aide to Vice President Mike Pence, said she found the July 25 call “unusual.” Vindman declared it an “inappropriate and improper” demand and reported it to lawyers. Quickly, though, Republicans cleverly succeeded in contrasting those two reactions, with Texas Rep. John Ratcliffe saying, “There is no consensus about what you heard,” and that any impeachment case “must be clear, overwhelming and compelling.” Earlier, Ratcliffe had stacked the transcripts of 10 long depositions and noted that not a single witness had accused Trump of “bribery,” the focus-group-tested word Dems have now adopted as their battle cry. The cumulative effect was to create a sense of doubt about the heart of impeachment. Was there really a crime, or was it just a difference of opinion? And how much of it is purely partisan? The doubts took a leap when Vindman conceded that lawyers said it was legal for Trump to temporarily withhold more than $400 million in aid to Ukraine. Once fair-minded Americans seriously entertain the question of whether the actions involved even amount to a crime, most will probably find it difficult to conclude Trump represents an urgent threat and must be removed immediately. All the more so when they can read the call transcript for themselves, as well as learn that Ukraine got the promised aid and never launched any of the investigations Trump requested. And so Day Three of the public hearings went pretty much as the first two. Long hours of testimony, some it interesting and relevant, punctuated by mutual expressions of contempt between Democratic Chairman Adam Schiff and Republican members. Vindman was a strong witness, but a strange one, too. He presented himself as an Alexander Haig-like “I’m in charge here” figure, when he was actually far down the pecking order.  His inflated sense of self-importance seemed to be key to his alarm over the phone call. As he put it, he believed “that if Ukraine pursued an investigation in the 2016 elections, the Bidens and Burisma, it would be interpreted as a partisan play” and Ukraine would lose bipartisan support, which in turn would “undermine US national security and advance Russia’s strategic objectives.” He conceded, smugly, that he even advised Zelensky “to stay out of US domestic politics.” He said Trump would be acting against US policy if he got the investigations. Although he later conceded that Trump as president could change the policy, he didn’t seem to mean it. And yet Vindman, wearing his Army uniform and medals, including a Purple Heart he was awarded after being injured in Iraq, was the Dems’ star of the day. He could be a major figure in the secretive run-up to the hearings, a notion bolstered when Vindman, with Schiff running interference, refused to name a person in the intelligence community he told about the call. Because the so-called whistleblower was a CIA officer, some in the GOP believe Vindman set the whole saga in motion and helped to shape the Dems’ case.  Adding to the surreal quality of the hearings is a crucial fact that gets too little attention: Trump’s policy toward Ukraine has been far stronger than President Barack Obama’s. Providing Ukraine with antitank weapons to counter Russian invasions is a direct slap at Vladimir Putin, a move Obama rejected because he feared it would provoke Putin. Thus, removing Trump would benefit Russia, proving that, for Dems, Ukraine’s security is just another pawn in their war against the president.

https://nypost.com/2019/11/19/goodwin-why-dems-are-so-worried-after-latest-round-of-impeachment-hearings/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 11-20-19 Y net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vatican says Israeli-Palestinian peace process at risk after U.S. move

The Roman Catholic Church says it supports the right of Israel to live in peace and security but the decision by the Trump administration to back Jewish settlements in the West Bank 'undermines regional stability'

Reuters|Last update: 11.20.19 , 15:44

The Vatican said on Thursday the search for peace between Israelis and Palestinians had been put at risk after the United States backed Israel's building of settlements in the West Bank. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo announced Monday that the U.S. is softening its position on Israeli settlements in the West Bank and parts of East Jerusalem, the latest in a series of Trump administration moves that weaken Palestinian claims to statehood. "In the context of recent decisions that risk undermining further the Israeli-Palestinian peace process and the already fragile regional stability, the Holy See reiterates its position of a two-state solution for two peoples, as the only way to reach a complete solution to this age-old conflict," the Vatican said in a statement. "The Holy See supports the right of the State of Israel to live in peace and security within the borders recognized by the international community and supports the same right that belongs to the Palestinian people, which must be recognized, respected and implemented," it added. Pompeo repudiated a 1978 State Department legal opinion that held that civilian settlements in the occupied territories are “inconsistent with international law.” The move angered Palestinians and immediately put the U.S. at odds with other nations working to end the conflict. "Israel’s legal system, which has proven itself fully capable of addressing legal questions related to the settlements, is the appropriate place for these matters to be adjudicated - not biased international forums that pay no attention to history or facts," Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said after the decision.

https://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-5629066,00.html 

:: 11-20-19 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Grandmas for Abortion Group Promotes Killing Grandchildren in Abortion at Taxpayer Expense

National Micaiah Bilger Nov 20, 2019 | 6:38PM Washington, DC

As unbelievable as it may seem, some grandmas are advocating for the deaths of their own grandchildren through abortion. This fall, Grandmothers for Reproductive Rights, or GRR!, is celebrating the fact that Maine taxpayers now are being forced to pay for them, too. The Colby Echo reports the Maine pro-abortion group is becoming widely-known for its state lobbying efforts and bright yellow T-shirts. Founded in 2013, the group promotes abortion on college campuses and at farmers markets across Maine, writes letters to the editor and urges state lawmakers to support abortion on demand, according to the report. Member Elayne Richard, of Fairfield, bragged to the Echo that her group is one of the reasons why the state now forces taxpayers to fund elective abortions through the state Medicaid program. The legislation passed in May. State taxpayers will pay an estimated $375,000 for abortions annually under the law, WABI TV reports. “Now, we’re able to have MaineCare pay for abortions; [it is] why we’re able to have other medical providers provide abortions as long as it’s in its scope of practice,” Richard said. She said her group of grandmothers often show up at the Maine State House in their bright yellow T-shirts to lobby for abortion. Here’s more from the report: This recognizable presence serves a more important purpose than just visual recognition: “For laws that are being discussed and debated that are really tough, like MaineCare covering abortion, it’s really important to our supporters there to have us there having their backs. That’s where we sit, right behind them, and that’s what gives them the strength to do what they need to do.” When asked why GRR! adopted yellow as its signature color, Richard responded, “I think it’s because it’s bold but it’s cheery at the same time. That’s kind of a grandma, bold and cheery.” Follow LifeNews.com on Instagram for pro-life pictures and videos. There is nothing cheery about advocating for the deaths of one’s own grandchildren, but that is exactly what the group is doing. Richard said they want abortion advocates to start talking more about abortion, too. GRR! is urging people to bring up abortion at the Thanksgiving table this year, according to the report. Encouraging abortion activist to try to find common ground with pro-life family members, Richards said: “If we can start from that, ok we’re not always agreeing on this but when people can see that they have a lot more in common than they don’t have in common, you start seeing people just a little bit different. Also, I think if you’re really passionate and believe in reproductive justice [then] the core of that, that everyone has a right to have children, everyone has a right to not have children, and everyone has a right to raise the children that they chose to have in safe and sustainable communities, that’s pretty hard to argue about.” Perhaps unsurprisingly, Grandmothers for Reproductive Rights has roots in eugenics. Founder Julia Kahrl grew up in a rich, privileged household. Her father, Clarence Gamble, was a doctor who worked with Planned Parenthood founder Margaret Sanger, according to The Bangor Daily News. Both Sanger and Gamble were active in prominent eugenics groups that believed that some human beings are less worthy of basic human rights than others. Gamble began an international organization called Pathfinder Fund to push abortions and birth control as population control measures in developing countries. It was through her work with Pathfinder that Kahrl decided to begin her grannies abortion advocacy group in Maine, according to the Bangor Daily News.

https://www.lifenews.com/2019/11/20/grandmas-for-abortion-group-promotes-killing-grandchildren-in-abortion-at-taxpayer-expense/ 

:: 11-19-19 Townhall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Did Today’s Witness Out Himself as the Leaker Who Reached Out to the Trump-Ukraine Whistleblower?

Matt Vespa| @mvespa1 Posted: Nov 19, 2019 2:05 PM

Well, the first round of today’s Trump impeachment hearings has concluded. Jennifer Williams, an adviser on Russia to Vice President Mike Pence and Lt. Col. Alexander Vindman, Director for European Affairs for the United States National Security Council. It was nothing all that groundbreaking. It was once again another set of government bureaucrats who disagreed with President Trump on Ukraine policy, leaked it, and are now part of the Democratic Party’s quasi-coup to remove the president based on shoddy quid pro quo allegations. This stems from the Trump-Ukraine whistleblower, who alleged that in a July phone call between Trump and the Ukrainian political leadership, the president threatened to withhold military aid unless a corruption probe was opened into Hunter Biden’s position on a Ukrainian energy company; Biden has zero experience in the energy sector. This quid pro quo nonsense is just the second wave in the Left’s push to impeach Trump. They tried to use Russian collusion, which turned out to be a total myth but failed. Now, they have an even shakier cause, but 2020 is right around the corner. The economy is still going strong. Trump is on a path to re-election and their 2020 crop is quite mediocre. This their best shot to remove the president. They have to take it.

And yet, who is this so-called whistleblower? A name has been floated around, but there has been zero confirmation. Rep. Adam Schiff (D-CA), chair of the House Intelligence Committee, has made it known that he will shut down questioning that might lead to the whistleblower being outed.

Elizabeth Harrington @LizRNC Asked and answered!

Comrade Schiff shutting down questions about who leaked what to whom https://twitter.com/LizRNC/status/1196797999583842304  …

Elizabeth Harrington @LizRNC

Will Comrade Schiff again shut down GOP questions, like he did behind closed doors? "When we asked Vindman who he spoke to after important events in July--Schiff says, 'no, no, no, we're not going to let him answer that question'"

What is Schiff hiding?https://www.foxnews.com/politics/gop-reps-say-schiff-stopped-impeachment-witness-from-answering-certain-gop-questions …

105

10:44 AM - Nov 19, 2019

Twitter Ads info and privacy 77 people are talking about this

Brit Hume @brithume

Adam Schiff keeps saying the whistleblower has a “statutory right to anonymity.” He said it again this morning. It is nonsense. Only the IC official who receives a whistleblower complaint is required to withhold the name, and not in all circumstances.

31.8K

10:51 AM - Nov 19, 2019

Twitter Ads info and privacy 13.6K people are talking about this

All of this while he lied about his office not having contact with this person. Schiff’s staff did—they knew the contents of the complaint before it was formally filed. In today’s hearing, it appears that Vindman had contact and might even know this person despite saying otherwise in a previous deposition on the Hill when this impeachment inquiry was being carried out in secret in Schiff’s basement. It's now open due to the formal House vote. Sean Davis of The Federalist has more:

Tim Murtaugh @TimMurtaugh

It’s pretty remarkable that both Vindman and Schiff claim to be unaware of the identity of the “whistleblower,” but both know precisely when to cut off questions about him.

15K 10:50 AM - Nov 19, 2019

Twitter Ads info and privacy

5,864 people are talking about this

Elizabeth Harrington @LizRNC

Here's some real collusion ? "I had my meeting w/the attorney, & I did my coordination, & I spoke to the appropriate people in the interagency" "Appropriate people" being a registered Dem w/known bias against POTUS who works for CIA? Whoops! We're not allowed to ask that!

Elizabeth Harrington @LizRNC

Schiff colluded w/registered Dem CIA leaker ("whistleblower")

Schiff lied about his staff not speaking to leaker

Schiff still claims to not know who the leaker is, but magically can shut down questions about the leaker before they start In sum: Democrats think you are stupid

Lt. Colonel Alexander Vindman admitted to the House Intelligence Committee Tuesday to leaking information to the anti-Trump whistleblower at the center of the Democrats’ partisan impeachment proceedings. “Lietenant Colonel Vindman, did you discuss the July 25 phone call with anyone outside the White House on July 25 or the 26 and if so, with whom?” Republican Rep. Devin Nunes of California inquired. Yes. I did,” Vindman answered in the affirmative.

When pressed on who Vindman spoke with about the call, Vindman said he spoke with two individuals not in the White House, including Deputy Assistant Secretary George Kent and another individual in the intelligence community that Vindman refused to name before being cut off by Democratic Chairman Adam Schiff. Vindman testified under oath in a private deposition last month that he was unaware of who the whistleblower was. On Tuesday, Nunes pressed Vindman on how it is possible that he might out the whistleblower if he does not know the identity of the whistleblower. “Per the advice of my counsel and the instructions from the chairman, I’ve been advised not to provide any specifics on who I have spoken to with inside the intelligence community,” Vindman said before being cut off by his own lawyer.

Sean Davis @seanmdav

Recall that Vindman testified under oath last month that he didn't know who the whistleblower is.

But when asked to name the unnamed intel analyst he leaked the July 25 call to, he refused, and his attorney said he wouldn't name the whistleblower. Vindman lied last month.

12.9K 10:49 AM - Nov 19, 2019

Twitter Ads info and privacy

5,602 people are talking about this

Sean Davis @seanmdav

VINDMAN, on October 29: "I do not know who the whistleblower is."

VINDMAN and his lawyer, today: I won't tell you the name of the intel analyst I deliberately leaked to, because it would out the anti-Trump whistleblower.

Pick one, Vindman. Because one of those is a lie.

View image on Twitter 4,307 10:53 AM - Nov 19, 2019

Twitter Ads info and privacy 2,572 people are talking about this

Elizabeth Harrington @LizRNC 

How can Col. Vindman and Adam Schiff claim they don't know who the leaker ("whistleblower") is, and simultaneously hide the name of the individual in the "intelligence community" (CIA) Vindman spoke to? This is a sham! 31 10:47 AM - Nov 19, 2019

Twitter Ads info and privacy 186 people are talking about this

Oh, and was there any testimony from Vindman or Williams that backed up the trumped-up quid pro quo allegation? Nope. And Vindman said there was nothing wrong with the transcript of the July phone call that was released by the Trump White House.

https://townhall.com/tipsheet/mattvespa/2019/11/19/did-vindman-just-lie-about-knowing-the-trumpukraine-whistleblower-n2556711 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 11-12-19 Light has Come :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GOOGLE Is SECRETLY HARVESTING “Detailed” Health Data From Millions Of Americans

By MsSophie | November 12, 2019 |

A “bombshell” new report from The Wall Street Journal describes a secret project from Google and healthcare giant Ascension to store data on millions of Americans, a move that critics of the tech conglomerate decried as another example of overreach. “When will someone go to jail?” wondered mathematician and musician David C. Lowery. “That would stop this shit real fast.” when will someone go to Jail? That would stop this shit real fast. Google’s secret “Project Nightingale” gathers personal health data on millions of Americans https://t.co/4gurOtrUw4  

— David C Lowery (@davidclowery) November 11, 2019

https://lighthascome.com/2019/11/12/google-is-secretly-harvesting-detailed-health-data-from-millions-of-americans/ 

:: 11-12-19 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dean Foods, America’s biggest milk producer, files for bankruptcy

Published Tue, Nov 12 20197:44 AM ESTUpdated Tue, Nov 12 20193:56 PM EST Amelia Lucas

Dean Foods on Tuesday announced that it has filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection.

The Dallas-based milk processor said that it plans to use the Chapter 11 proceedings to keep running the business, and address debt and unfunded debt obligations as it seeks to sell the company. Dean Foods has secured commitments for $850 million in debtor-in-possession financing, a type of funding for companies in financial distress. Customers are expected to receive their dairy products without any interruptions. Dean Foods also said it is engaged in “advanced discussions” with the Dairy Farmers of America about selling “substantially” all of its assets. Even if both parties agree to the sale, the transaction would be subject to receiving higher or better offers while the company is in bankruptcy. Wells Fargo analysts led by John Baumgartner wrote in a note to clients that they see value in the “company-owned refrigerated distribution assets and margin optionality from full-fat dairy products.” In September, Dean Foods said that it had concluded a strategic review and decided against a sale. CEO Eric Beringause joined the company three months ago after serving as chief executive of dairy producer Gehl Foods, which is owned by private equity firm Wind Point Partners. Dean Foods’ business has struggled as more consumers turn to nondairy milk or buy private-label products. Americans’ per capita consumption of fluid milk has fallen 26% in the last two decades, according to data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Walmart began processing its own milk in 2017. The retailer’s decision sparked upheaval, leading Dean Foods to cancel more than 100 milk contracts with dairy farmers across eight states. Compounding the company’s problems, grocery chain Food Lion cut ties with the milk producer in 2018. In seven of its last eight quarters, Dean Foods has reported a net loss. The company’s bankruptcy filing comes as the country’s dairy farmers are also struggling to adapt to the changing milk market. Falling dairy prices, trade turmoil and a labor shortage has hit farmers hard. “A number of [the National Milk Producers Federation’s] member cooperatives provide milk to Dean Foods and could be impacted by today’s bankruptcy filing,” Alan Bjerga, the senior vice president of communications for the lobbying group, said in a statement to CNBC. “We are gathering information to better assess the situation and will work closely with our members to provide whatever support we are able to through this process.”

https://www.cnbc.com/2019/11/12/dean-foods-americas-biggest-milk-producer-files-for-bankruptcy.html 

:: 11-11-19 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Officials Are Using The Word “Disaster” To Describe The Widespread Crop Failures Happening All Over America

November 11, 2019 by Michael Snyder

We are witnessing “unprecedented” crop failures all across the United States, but the big mainstream news networks are not talking too much about this yet. As you will see below, local news outlets all over the nation are reporting the disasters that are taking place in their own local areas, but very few people are putting the pieces of the puzzle together on a national level. The endless rain and horrific flooding during the early months of this year resulted in tremendous delays in getting crops planted in many areas, and now snow and bitterly cold temperatures are turning harvest season into a complete and utter nightmare all over the country. I am going to share with you a whole bunch of examples below, but first I wanted to mention the snow and bitterly cold air that are rolling through the middle of the nation right now… A wintry weather pattern that brought single-digit temperatures and more than a foot of snow to parts of the Upper Midwest rolled across a wide swath of the nation Monday, threatening to break hundreds of records and bring a deep freeze as far south as Florida. “The coldest surge of arctic air so far this season will bring widespread record low temperatures for much of the central and eastern U.S. even down to the Gulf Coast,” said Kwan-Yin Kong, a meteorologist with the National Weather Service’s Weather Prediction Center. We are being told that “more than 300 daily records” are likely to be broken, and this will be the final nail in the coffin for this harvest season for countless numbers of farmers. And even without this latest wave of bitterly cold weather, this was already going to be the worst year for U.S. agriculture that most people can remember. The following are 12 examples of the crop disasters that we are witnessing right now… #1 North Dakota: “Agriculture Secretary Sonny Perdue has approved North Dakota’s request for a Secretarial disaster designation for 47 counties related to late season rainfall and the October snowstorm. The declaration came on Friday, Nov. 8, the same day that Sen. John Hoeven, R-N.D., hosted Bill Northey, U.S. Department of Agriculture’s under secretary for farm production and conservation, to hear from producers at a roundtable and see the impacts of flooding and the early blizzard during a field tour in the Red River Valley.” #1 Northwest Minnesota: “Minnesota Gov. Tim Walz asked the U.S. agriculture secretary on Thursday to declare a disaster for 12 counties of northwestern Minnesota where farmers are struggling through a very difficult harvest season. The governor said in a letter to Secretary Sonny Perdue that unrelenting bad weather has come on top of challenges farmers were already facing from low commodity prices and trade uncertainties. He told Purdue how the region’s crops have fallen victim to flooding, disease and freezing temperatures, leaving many producers unable to harvest them.”

#1 Iowa: “Last week, according to the Iowa weekly growing season report for the week ending Nov. 3, Iowa’s average temperature was 33 degrees, 12.6 degrees below normal, and with the southerly dip in the jet stream came multiple fast-moving winter-type systems through Iowa during the week, bringing a statewide average of 2.4 inches of snow. Mason City farmer Kevin Pope said with the early snow, all harvest has been halted.”

#1 Ohio: Three local counties are among the 14 in Ohio that the United States Department of Agriculture said are primary natural disaster areas. Champaign, Clark and Miami counties were added to a growing list of designated primary natural disaster areas, which means farmers in those counties can apply for disaster loans. Farmers are eligible only if they suffered a 30% loss in crop production or a physical loss of livestock, livestock products and real estate.

#1 The Red River Valley: “Near Grand Forks, Minnesota, successive nights of subfreezing temperatures from late October into early November caused an estimated $45 million in damage to around 9,000 acres of red and yellow potato crops in the Red River Valley. Wet conditions in October delayed the potato harvest that usually occurs around Oct. 1. This left about half of the red and yellow crops, which are grown for the fresh market, vulnerable to frost damage. This is what Ted Kreis, spokesman for the Northern Plains Potato Growers Association, told Fresh Plaza on Nov. 4.”

#1 Illinois: “Pritzker filed an appeal of the agency’s denial last week, saying the federal government is withholding assistance from 1.4 million Illinois residents affected by the flooding, which the Illinois Emergency Management Agency determined was the state’s worst in more than 25 years. The conditions caused delays for farmers planting spring crops, including corn and soybean, and prompted the U.S. Department of Agriculture to declare an agriculture disaster in the state in August.”

#1 Colorado: “There is no doubt that extreme weather has greatly impacted agricultural producers over the last several years, and 2019 is no exception,” said Clarice Navarro, executive director for Farm Service Agency in Colorado. “With record amounts of crops prevented from planting nationwide and other devastation, more than $3 billion is available through this disaster relief package passed by Congress and signed by President Trump in early June.”

#1 Kentucky: “The federal government has approved Kentucky’s request for a disaster declaration for counties in which farmers’ crops were negatively affected by this summer’s drought. In an Oct. 16 letter to Brian Lacefield, the state executive director of the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Farm Service Agency, Kentucky Agriculture Commissioner Ryan Quarles asks that the federal agency consider a disaster declaration for Kentucky counties that “have suffered losses due to the extreme heat and drought.”

#1 South Carolina: “U.S. Secretary of Agriculture Sonny Perdue recently designated six counties in South Carolina as natural disaster areas due to drought. They are: Bamberg, Calhoun, Kershaw, Lexington, Orangeburg and Richland.”

#1 Birch Hills County: “Birch Hills County has joined the County of Grande Prairie and Saddle Hills County in declaring an agriculture disaster. In a release, they say some farmers still have up to 50 percent of this year’s crop that is unharvested, while Hay crops in Birch Hills were harvested late, with some not able to be taken off the ground at all.”

#1 Crookston, Minnesota: “Sugar beet and potato farmers whose crops have been hard hit by excessive moisture this harvest converged on Crookston Tuesday, Nov. 5, to tell U.S. Rep. Collin Peterson about their unprecedented crop losses.”

#1 Idaho: There was sadness and dismay in eastern Idaho’s potato community this weekend as the 2019 harvest wound down and growers began tallying up their losses from October’s disastrous freeze while pondering what to do with the tons of unusable tubers it left behind. This season’s harvest will be marked by tons of decaying potatoes for which there is no home.

Are you starting to get the picture? I could have easily doubled the size of that list. People all over the country are writing to me and telling me how bad things are in their areas, and ultimately all Americans will feel the pain of this crisis because all of us will soon be paying significantly higher prices for food at the grocery store. And we don’t even know the full extent of this crisis yet, because the bitterly cold air currently ripping through the middle of the nation is going to cause even more crop failures… The blast of record-breaking Arctic air that’s charging across the country will bring the growing season to a screeching halt in much of the southern and eastern U.S. this week. Freeze watches have been posted as far south as the Panhandle of Florida, where Pensacola should see a low temperature of 31 degrees by early Wednesday morning. “Conditions can kill crops, new growth and sensitive vegetation,” the National Weather Service in Mobile, Alabama, warned. A lot of people out there are still not taking this seriously. Look, despite all of our advanced technology we still have to grow the food that we eat, and we can only grow food if the weather cooperates. And as I discussed yesterday, experts are telling us that we should expect a very bitterly cold winter ahead of us.

This is a crisis that isn’t going away, and it is likely to continue to get worse in the months ahead.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/officials-are-using-the-word-disaster-to-describe-the-widespread-crop-failures-that-are-happening-all-over-america 

:: 11-12-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

College professor pens scathing and brilliant ‘open letter’ to teen climate activist Greta Thunberg

Tuesday, November 12, 2019 by: News Editors

(Natural News) In one of the most blistering and scathing rebukes ever recorded in modern history, a Univerity Professor absolutely annihilates teen climate bully Greta Thunberg.

(Article by Missy Crane republished from WayneDupree.com)

As I read this piece, I had to stop myself from standing up and cheering. It was that good.

Lines like this: “If civilization is left in the hands of your ecofascist supporters we will be living in grass huts, drinking animal feces infested water, and shrinking in fear from polar bears instead of killing them for food when they attack us” are just the tip of the iceberg (pun intended) in this absolute rebuke of everything Greta Thunberg stands for, preaches, and lectures on behalf of her handlers.

Professor Jason D. Hill points out that Greta’s generation cannot eat meat without “crying,” or be away from their technology for more than an hour without falling into a deep depression. And speaking of that, creating all of those technology devices and gadgets that her generation is so dependent on is a leading cause of “carbon-spewing.” Here is a hard truth to ponder, Greta: if the great producers of this world whom you excoriate were to withdraw their productivity, wealth and talents—in short—their minds from the world today, your generation would simply perish. Why? Because as children you have done nothing as yet, with your lives besides being born. This is what we expect of children until such time as they can be producers by learning from their elders. You are understandably social and ecological ballast. You are not yet cognitively advanced to replicate the structures of survival of which you are the beneficiaries. Children are important installments on the future. We have invested in you. It is you and your smug generation which think they have nothing to learn from the older ones who are failing themselves. Whom do you expect to employ the majority of you if you have neither the job credentials or life competency skills to navigate the world? The future unemployable-skipping- school-on-Friday obstreperous children? The truth, as one anonymous blogger aptly put it, is that your generation is unable to work up to forty hours per week without being chronically depressed and anxious. Its members cannot even decide if they want to be a boy or a girl, or both, or neither, or a “they.” They cannot eat meat without crying. I might add that your generation needs “trigger warnings” and “safe spaces” as pre-conditions for learning in school. Its members have a pathological need to be coddled and protected from the challenging realities of life. Your generation is the biggest demander and consumer of carbon spewing technological gadgets and devices. An hour without any of them and too many of you succumb to paralyzing lethargy. Your generation is the least curious and most insular set of individuals one has ever encountered. Your hubris extends so far that you think you have nothing to learn from your elders. [FrontPageMag] Greta Thunberg is the new face of the left’s climate cult. Her agenda is militant, blaming past generations for all their faults, claiming that she and her generation are now left to “clean up the messes” that they created. She lashes out, saying things like “how dare you” to her elders and condemning today’s politicians and world leaders as lazy and weak. She’s a doomsayer who is using fear tactics to drive the lefts climate cult message. Greta, living in complete harmony with nature is the death of creativity. Understand this. All great civilizations were forged in the crucibles of proper exploitation of the earth. Those who lived on land with oil and did nothing with it never had a right to it in the first place. Non-usage of God’s resources is the cardinal sin because it results in the un-development of our human capabilities, and makes us indistinguishable from beasts. Your generation needs to be taught the morality of wealth creation, rather than only parasitically benefiting from it. The only revolution you will lead is one into nihilism and civilization regression. [FrontPageMag] Professor Hill closes with this absolutely savage line, “The apocalyptic world vision you hold has been a strip landing for those who have hated progress throughout history. Your apocalyptic predictions have been made for millennia, and, we’re still here. We will still be here long after you’ve grown up and we have forgiven you for skipping classes, thereby lowering the intelligence quotient of an entire generation.” Bravo! It’s an amazing letter, I encourage you to read all of it. Read more at: WayneDupree.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-11-12-college-professor-pens-open-letter-to-greta-thunberg.html

:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc     

:: 11-12-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Average Americans Reporting Large Amounts of Chinese/UN Troops On US Soil

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, November 12, 2019 - 14:56.

America is being overrun with foreign enemies who have taken up residence on American soil.

In this article, I have included several emails sent to The Common Sense Show. This report represents journalism in its most raw form, news reports from eyewitnesses with no agenda other than seeking the truth behind their observations. Before embarking on this report, I want to declare that what is contained in this article, is not new. These topics have been covered extensively, in the past, by Steve Quayle, and later by myself. In effect, the United States is being occupied by foreign entities. At the root of this covert occupation is the United Nations. People will ask, I though you were concerned about the Chinese, Dave? I am and you should be too. However, when one talks about the Chinese and the UN, we are ultimately talking about the same entity. This is the New World Order. In the past, the CSS has reported that the United Nations has declared by 2030, that they will become the global political authority on the planet. The Chinese have been tagged by the NWO, ultimately the UN, as the world’s policeman that will supplant America’s role with regard to the same variable. Because I deal in this subject to a high degree (eg unauthorized presence of foreign troops on US soil) , I have become a lightening rod for general reports from the public. In this article, I present some of these reports and will provide a conclusion as to a common interpretation as to the importance and relevance of these reports. Dear Dave: My husband and I have been following you for sometime. We live in northern Nevada where it is extremely rural. I have been wondering if it would do any good to report to anyone what my husband I seen this past, late August. But after listening to all the information pertaining to the UN on your show, I thought I should at least run this past you. My husband and I were returning from the 2019 Prophecy Conference, in Lancaster, California. Our route was on 14/395 heading toward Bishop. We usually take back roads or rural roads when traveling when we can. We were hauling our travel trailer, so we travel at a slower pace. We passed by Ridgecrest, California. However, once we entered Bishop we noticed military helicopters that day ever where. One was in desert storm colors. And they all flew very close to the ground over Bishop and then out toward the mountains. Whereas there is nothing out that way. We asked the owner of the RV park where we were staying, was there a military base near by. He replied, the closest was in Ridgecrest, miles away. The next morning a siren went off for quite sometime. We again asked the owner of the RV Park where we were staying, why the siren? He replied: well sometimes it signifies a accident, a fire or a volunteer firemen meeting. But this time it went longer than ever before. I just don't know. After that we pulled out to go home. Our route was mountain passes heading toward Tonapah, Nevada. From there we would take Hwy 6 toward Round Mountain, Nevada. The entire route we took was out in nowhere. As we drove out of Round Mountain, there was few cars or trucks coming or going. The Hwy that we were turning on to about 25 miles ahead of us, was Hwy 50. Heading toward Eureka, Nevada. Just before turning right onto Hwy 50, a few yards from that turn, a dirt road turnoff existed to the right, and it headed straight up to a very isolated mountain range. Mostly rangers or cowboys used that road. My husband slowed down to make the turn ahead and out of nowhere a huge vehicle shot in front of us going at a high speed. My husband stopped moving in order not to get hit. A black pick-up which was behind this vehicle pulled over to watch what we were all looking at. The vehicle was military, but not ours. Later after I did some research, I noted what military had that vehicle. The vehicle that all of us saw that day was a missile launcher with a huge full size missile on it's back end. The vehicle was tearing down that dirt road straight toward the mountain range at breakneck speed. As I mentioned, I identified the vehicle later to be a UN military missile launcher. It gave both my husband and I a creepy feeling. I tired to dismiss it as war games. But I am not that sure if it was or by us. Somewhere in that range above and near Eureka Nevada and Austin Nevada, there is something being built. Otherwise, why would that vehicle with its missile want to get out of sight so quickly. After listening to you about New California, the firers, the UN and China, it seemed to all fit. I have not been in the service myself, but a great many of my family have. In my 73 years, I have never seen anything like this. Frankly Dave, I would be interested in your take on this......God Bless You...... Jean

I think it is clear that this remote area is home to some very well-armed United Nations “Peacekeepers”. Hi Dave, Sent you a message a couple of weeks ago. I personally saw a dozen sand/tan US army vehicles (but completely unmarked) all being driven by Chinese troops. They were fueling the convoy at the Pilot truck stop on I-70 in Eaton Ohio. I was Naval Intelligence, stationed in Yokosuka Japan, so I know my Asians (Chinese vs Japanese vs Vietnamese, etc. Kinda of a job requirement). D.C.- Dear Mr. Hodges, I desperately tried to photograph what I saw but I was traveling in the other direction. I was traveling toward the border near Ajo, AZ. It is not unusual to see trucks with Mexican Nationals and they are usually cartel members. Last Thursday, I saw 2 trucks full of Chinese. They were in civilian clothes. Thanks, Steve Hello Dave, I am a truck driver and I run routes from various points in the American Southwest to the Sierra Madres in Mexico. For as long as I have been driving this route which is around 8 years, I have seen Chinese in large numbers. There are some roads that are blocked off that were not blocked off before. This makes me think these Chinese have their army in place and are ready for action. Please don’t publish my email address because I need this job. Thanks

I am literally in possession of dozens of these reports. However, some of these reports get very serious. In Oregon, it appears that the Russians and the Chinese are broadcasting code on rural American radio stations late at night. Are they broadcasting troop movements? The most obvious and concerning set of reports that have been receiving regarding Chinese coming into America comes out of Prineville, Oregon and it is related to radio station 93.7 FM. I have a half a dozen reports from locals who have heard Chinese "coded numbers" alternating with the same on Russian coded numbers coming out of the aforementioned radio station, on an intermittment basis. One person likened it to the French Underground from WW II in which inteligence information is broadcast on pirate radio. One person offered to investigate and was actually able to speak with the owner and this is a case where the owner should have said "no comment". The owner is out of San Francisco and is a pilot (does that get anyone else's attention?). The owner of this station stated that this type of broadcast (ie Chinese and Russian code) was used to ascertain listenership on the station. At 3am? In a foreign language with coded numbers? This does not even make any sense. I cannot help but to suspect that these are coded messages being broadcast to local sleeper cell, or embedded military units in the area that are not American. I have, myself, turned my attention to the station and the owner and his interests as expressed in writing on the topic of globalism. I am going to come out with a more detailed report. When I first learned about CALEXIT, almost four years ago, Paul Preston told me that in Northern California, broadcasts in Chinese were taking place in Chinese, late at night. This phenomenon did not capture my attention then, it is has my attention now and I believe that the national security threat aspect is very real. Another area of concern has to do with ethnic restaurants which suddenly close down and reopen as another type of ethnic dining place. I have three solid reports on this at this time. In one instance, a Chinese restaurant in Chico, suddenly shut down, and reopened a short time later with all Russians running the restaurants. One other interesting report comes out Chico, CA., in which two long-time listeners to the CSS have told me that there was a Chinese dining establishment was very suspicious, and among the suspicions was the aloofness of the help. In fact, I was told that when they brought in someone who spoke Chinese and greeted the help, the place became silent. We have know for some time that the Port of Long Beach has been taken over by the Chinese and they have brought in military personnel types for some time until President Trump stopped the practice. If we think that Chinese incursions only occurs inside the United States, please consider excerpts from an email I received from an ex-pat in Ecuador. Dave Just listened to your tape on this....Yesterday Morales leader of Bolivia resigned and is leaving to go to Mexico...The Bolvian Military told him to resign..Maybe some of those Military guys are Masons...Concerning Ecuador where I retired...Since the Riots and Protests.. Crime wave has hit Ecuador...My wife went to Marcardo Shopping yesterday and she said a Thief was following her around to steal what she was buying...She took no purse only money...Anyway the shop owners told her to be careful because their is many many thief's out running lose.. Most of them are from Venezuela...My wife said she will not go alone to Marcardo anymore and I must go with her for security...The Mall is much safer. it has cameras and security but food is more expensive there.. but its a safe place compared to Marcardo Shopping...Yes the Chinese Presence in Ecuador is huge.. Like one friend told me.. China can send 15 million Chinese and it would not even put a dent in their population...In Africa, Tanzanizia and South Africa are also being flooded with Chinese...A student told me that Russia Mines Uranium in Ecuador for Rothchilds... What does all this mean? It means quite simply that we should be paying attention to the foreign incursions going on inside of our country. I interpret these events as China is trying to covertly dominate the world. In Mexico, I just reported that the cartels attempted to assassinate the Secretary of the Mexican Navy. Why because AMLO has been intimidated into doing Trump’s bidding with the cartels after the murder of the 9 Americans. AMLO does not want to see US tanks streaming across their border with the United States. The Chinese want know interference in their drug and child trafficking with regard to their cartel activities. The would-be-assassination of the Secretary of the Navy was to have been a direct warning to AMLO to not play ball with the United States

Trump is caught between a rock and a hard place. If he goes after the Chinese, the UN will retaliate. In addition, on the domestic front, the Democrats will rally around Mexico if we were to roll out the tanks.

Pray for this President’s safety. He is worthy of our support because he is not Hillary Clinton whose favorite saying as President would be “Fun (FEMA) Camps for all conservatives”. Things are coming to a boiling point. My hope is that all of you are stocked up on food, water, guns, ammo, gold, water, tools, medicine (natural). America has never been in a position like this in our past.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/average-americans-reporting-large-amounts-chineseun-troops-us-soil 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 12-13-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. China continues to build up her monetary system, putting pressure on the whole world to come to a worldly monetary system etc..

:: 11-6-19 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s Embrace of Blockchain Is Warning Shot to West

What it means for cryptocurrencies, central banks, state surveillance

Fan Yu

2 Comments November 3, 2019 Updated: November 6, 2019

China has high ambitions for its state-controlled digital currency.  I wrote two months ago that its central bank digital currency could be imminent. And since foreign adoption of the yuan has been tepid so far, the technology also represents a massive bid to accelerate the internationalization of yuan.  In hindsight, that timing was too aggressive. Beijing likely will introduce its digital currency within 12 to 18 months. China has also doubled down on its conviction. Recently, Chinese Communist Party (CCP) leader Xi Jinping further fanned the flames by extolling blockchain technology—which underpins cryptocurrencies such as Bitcoin—as a “breakthrough that can facilitate China’s progress.”  That endorsement prompted a rally in cryptocurrency prices, which was perhaps undeserved. But its effect on cryptocurrencies, the yuan’s global adoption, Facebook’s Libra project, and Western banking hegemony can’t be understated. What It Means for Central Banks  China’s strong endorsement of a blockchain-based central bank currency and the West’s relative aversion to the technology opens an interesting new front in the growing U.S.–China technology rivalry. And it’s a new front on which the United States may not be prepared to fight.  Developments in fintech, payments, and blockchain digital currencies are receiving support from the highest levels of the Chinese central government. The U.S. government—which seeded development of the internet in the 1960s via the ARPANET project—has so far shunned the technology.  Whether blockchain can be a successful technology underpinning global payments is still an open question. Current blockchain technologies still have speed and volume limitations. But what it allows China to do is bypass the dollar-based global banking system and intermediary banks.  There’s another application China is potentially working on. Max Keiser, the host of the Keiser Report, a financial news show on the Russian state network channel RT, recently suggested that China’s digital currency has even greater ambitions. “I can tell you that the cryptocurrency that China’s rolling out will be backed by gold,” Keiser told Kitco News, a gold-focused website. “It’s a two-pronged announcement. Number one, China’s got 20,000 (metric tons) of gold, and number two, they’re rolling out a crypto coin backed by gold, and the dollar is toast.” If true, that could be a game-changer, as currently, no government currency is backed by gold. The United States abandoned the last remnants of pegging the dollar to its gold reserves in 1971. The ramifications of this are beyond the scope for this article, but it’s a development that Western central banks need to pay attention to.  What It Means for Crypto Market

Bitcoin prices jumped almost 16 percent on Oct. 25, the day after Xi made his pro-blockchain comments at a Politburo meeting on that technology. The Politburo is a body of 25 of the Party’s most elite officials.  But Beijing was quick to tamp down the correlation.  “Rise of blockchain technology was accompanied by that of cryptocurrencies, but innovation in blockchain technology does not mean we should speculate in virtual currencies,” according to an Oct. 28 commentary published on the CCP mouthpiece People’s Daily.  As of Nov. 3, bitcoin prices have declined slightly since that initial rally, and for good reason. Beijing’s affirmation of blockchain isn’t an affirmation of cryptocurrencies. Chinese authorities banned initial coin offerings and domestic cryptocurrency exchanges in 2017, and there’s speculation about a crackdown on cryptocurrency miners. Any cryptocurrency market reaction to recent developments should be neutral to negative, as China’s state-controlled digital currency could become a legitimate competitor to existing cryptocurrencies.  What It Means for State Control China has long argued that cryptocurrencies create chaos and disorder. Cryptocurrencies’ key benefits are hugely negative for the CCP: They can’t be centrally controlled and users must sell fiat currency (e.g., the yuan) to purchase digital currencies.  China’s state digital currency affords several benefits for the CCP regime. It’s a digital currency that it can control, the government can track where it’s going, and it’s a domestically developed technology that doesn’t rely on foreign entities. Beijing undoubtedly has plans to use its digital currency to exert more control and surveillance on users. Unlike paper money, state-controlled digital currency can be used to track consumer spending extremely accurately and also to enforce strict capital controls. Its potential for surveillance is far greater than existing mobile payment apps such as WeChat or Alipay, which are owned by private Chinese companies. Such tactics can easily be exported abroad, once foreign countries begin to adopt China’s digital currency. The West doesn’t seem to have many viable alternatives. Cryptocurrencies inherently bypass central banks and therefore, are unlikely to be legitimized by authorities. Absent advancements in blockchain by Western central banks, Libra is perhaps the most logical challenger to China’s proposed currency. Facebook founder and CEO Mark Zuckerberg argued in his remarks in front of the U.S. House Financial Services Committee on Oct. 23: “China is moving quickly to launch a similar idea in the coming months. We can’t sit here and assume that because America is today the leader, that it will always get to be the leader if we don’t innovate.”  But the Libra project is having trouble getting off the ground as some initial corporate backers such as eBay, Mastercard, PayPal, and Visa have withdrawn their participation. And lawmakers have so far criticized the project as an effort by Facebook to gain more influence and improve financial returns.  During Zuckerberg’s testimony, he appeared to hedge his bet, conceding that Facebook and himself are perhaps “not the ideal messenger” given the circumstances. He described Libra as one “potential approach” to digitizing payments. U.S. lawmakers are right to fear Facebook’s growing ambitions, and there must be other alternative solutions. One thing is clear: Beijing isn’t slowing down.

Views expressed in this article are the opinions of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of The Epoch Times.

https://www.theepochtimes.com/chinas-embrace-of-blockchain-is-a-warning-shot-to-the-west_3135660.html

:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

:: 11-11-19 Biometric :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Turkey adds autonomous facial recognition kamikaze drones to military portfolio

Nov 11, 2019 | Luana Pascu

A major player in the engineering and defense industries, Turkish defense contractor Defense Technologies Engineering and Trade Inc. (STM) is providing 30 KARGU (Autonomous Tactical Multi-Rotor Attack UAV) kamikaze drones with biometric facial recognition that will be part of the Turkish Armed Forces portfolio as of 2020, writes Daily Sabah. Deployed in military operations at the Syrian border and equipped with higher ammo capacity and accuracy, the drones can easily destroy an entire brigade and warship. They have artificial intelligence systems and can carry a variety of explosives. The drones use facial recognition to detect human targets and can “autonomously fire-and-forget through the entry of target coordinates,” according to a new PAX report. Although the report warns about the negative effects AI-driven military weapons could have if weapons are allowed “autonomously select and attack targets,” thus losing human control over them, there are a number of lethal autonomous weapons either already in use or in development. Similar to the Turkish drones, Israel Aerospace Industries (IAI) has developed the Mini Harpy that “loiters in the air waiting for the target to appear and then attacks and destroys the hostile threat within seconds.” “These companies are on a slippery slope to an all-out AI arms race,” said Frank Slijper, author of the report surveying 50 arms producers. “Publicly, arms companies claim they will never develop weapons that can operate without human control on lethal action, but they are developing that very technology with no safeguards that require a human in the loop.” STM first presented the drones at DSEI (Defense & Security Equipment International) 2019 in London in September. The drone family consists of three platforms ALPAGU (Fixed Wing, Portable Smart Munition System), KARGU (Rotary Wing, Portable Smart Munition System), and TOGAN (Multi-Rotor Surveillance UAS). “Technologies we develop and produce with local and national capabilities undertake important tasks for the security of Turkey while we continue to strengthen our position in the international defense market with foreign demands for our products and services,” explained Omer Korkut, STM Chief Technology Officer. “We have export and business development activities in more than 20 countries from the Far East to South America. On the international stage provided by DSEI 2019, we aim to develop new business partnerships, especially for our target markets while taking our existing partnerships to the next level. We are confidently moving towards becoming a global player by continuing our investments with the goal of export-oriented growth.” According to the Dutch peace organization, in the past ten years, the number of autonomous weapons manufacturers has skyrocketed, with China, Russia, Poland and Turkey stepping up as top investors, over ranking the US and Israel. After examining 50 companies, PAX is not only pushing for human control, but also for a government-backed international treaty to outlaw lethal autonomous weapons.

https://www.biometricupdate.com/201911/turkey-adds-autonomous-facial-recognition-kamikaze-drones-to-military-portfolio 

:: 11-11-19 Return to Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China is Selling Autonomous Killer Drones to Middle East

November 11, 2019 at 5:10 pm

We are now living in the era of flying “killer robots” armed with AK 47s and facial recognition technology China is now selling artificially intelligent drones capable of taking human life with little or no human oversight, according to U.S. Defense Secretary Mark Esper. “As we speak, the Chinese government is already exporting some of its most advanced military aerial drones to the Middle East,” Esper said at the National Security Commission on Artificial Intelligence on Nov. 5. The drones are “advertised as capable of full autonomy, including the ability to conduct lethal targeted strikes.” The Blowfish A3, for example, is marketed as being able to carry multiple types of machine guns, fly without human operators and “engage the target autonomously.” “This news means we’re finally, and unfortunately, living in the era of killer robots,” writes Dan Robitzki for Futurism.com. Technically, “killer robots don’t exist yet, but what we see is a trend towards increasing autonomy,” Daan Kayser of the European peace organization PAX told Time Magazine. “We’re very close to crossing that line, and a lot of the projects that countries are working on — of course they don’t say they’re going to be killer robots. But if we see terms like ‘autonomy in targeting’ — that’s getting very close.” In addition to flying drones, Chinese companies are selling unmanned ground vehicles with machine guns, rocket launchers, and “near autonomous features,” Kayser said. And by sea, Chinese military researchers are building unmanned submarines. The classified 912 Project hopes to develop underwater robots over the next few years. More recently, China has been testing satellite SJ-17, which can move with precision at altitudes of 22,000 miles above Earth at tens of thousands of miles per hour, Time reports.  “They possess the kinetic potency to shatter anything in their path, essentially acting as kamikazes against another country’s satellite.” The United States is racing to keep up with China’s technology.

“Essentially you have two sides that are worried about the other gaining an advantage,” Peter Singer, a specialist on 21st century warfare tells Time. “That then has the ironic result of them both plowing resources into it, competing against each other, and becoming less secure.” “An AI arms race would have no winners,” Kayser noted.

https://returntonow.net/2019/11/11/china-is-selling-autonomous-killer-drones-to-middle-east/?fbclid=IwAR0ABUx3zzyXq--jupCnGN-UVGJkzvocZwCWWLktiGxXpZm4FPt1JF7CheE 

:: 11-12-19 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Digital Society with Vontobel

The climate crisis will make entire cities uninhabitable. It's time to head underground

Underground cities have long been sci-fi fodder, but now governments and planners are taking them seriously. One of the biggest challenges to overcome is convincing people to be comfortable underground

By Stephen Armstrong 12 Nov 2019

Back in 1800 BC, the people of the Cappadocia region of modern-day Turkey decided their environment was so hostile – with extreme weather and the constant threat of war – that they dug an entire city underground. Derinkuyu, the oldest underground city still in existence, housed 20,000 people, providing schools, houses, shopping areas and places of worship protected by large stone doors which allowed each floor to be closed off separately. In 2010, Helsinki, Finland, essentially took the same approach. The city council approved an Underground Master Plan, completed in 2019, that covers the city’s entire 214 square kilometres – combining energy conservation, shelter from the long, cold winter and an enormous prepper bunker in case of Russian aggression. But it isn't just security and seasonal weather touted as reasons for living underground. Subterranean living offers an alternative to huge tower blocks and growing populations. Asmo Jaaksi, a partner at Helsinki architectural practice JKMM and the chief architect of the city’s underground Amos Rex Museum, says living underground conserves heat and may, for some, be one of the safest places as the climate emergency escalates. Helsinki has long pioneered underground living – the Temppeliaukio Church, designed by architects Timo and Tuomo Suomalainen was sunk into the city’s Toolo district in 1969 and, in 1993, the Itakeskus Swimming Hall – a large recreation centre that can handle 1,000 customers on an average day and converts into an emergency shelter with space for 3,800 people. “Helsinki stands on bedrock – a good foundations and very stable ground,” Jaaksi says. “The city is very overcrowded, and we have such long, dark and cold winters. Underground offers more room and connects us together away from the bad weather.” Ilkka Vähäaho, the head of Helsinki’s geotechnical division, agrees. Vähäaho says other main drivers for developing underground include: “the Finnish need to have open spaces even in the city centre – taking parts of the city underground would allow more open space on the surface.” This is where Helsinki’s plan could be pioneering a new attitude to subterranean living. With 60 per cent of the world’s population expected to be living in cities by 2050, meaning housing needs to be found for etc

The climate crisis will make entire cities uninhabitable. It's time to head underground Underground cities have long been sci-fi fodder, but now governments and planners are taking them seriously. One of the biggest challenges to overcome is convincing people to be comfortable underground

By Stephen Armstrong

etc. , many cities, such as Paris, Mexico City and Singapore are considering the answer lies not in more skyscrapers – instead, why not build down? In 2017, Paris launched a competition, called Reinvent Paris 2, which asked designers to come up with uses for currently unused or under-used city-owned plots – most of which are underground. These include basements of historic buildings, tunnels freed up after cars were banned from the lower roads beside the Seine, unused reservoirs, old parking lots and former abattoirs. They have been turned into restaurants, shops, and a micro farm for edible insects.

Architects in Mexico City have taken another approach: proposing a 300m underground pyramid, dubbed the Earthscraper, that is planned to sit as a mini-city beneath Mexico City’s main square. However, a $800 million (£620m) price tag saw the plans shelved. In Singapore, meanwhile, the government has already invested more than $188m (£146m) in engineering and research into underground construction and has modified its property rights laws so that all basements now belong automatically to the state. According to Singapore’s Department of Statistics, a population of 5.53m people share the island’s mere 719 square kilometres of land. This makes it the third most densely populated place on Earth. To date, the city-state has built upward – with apartment buildings reaching as high as 70 stories – whilst reclaiming land to push out the island’s coastline. But with projections for 1.5m more people in the next 15 years, Singapore’s options are as limited as its space. The city is exploring the idea of an Underground Science Park 80 metres below the surface, which will house 4.500 scientists and researchers in an earthscraper with underground developments for retail parks, green city infrastructures, highways, train lines and channels for air-conditioning pipe work. The design is cylindrical to withstand earthquakes. Costs for the Park – estimated at twice the price of an equivalent surface build – has cooled Singapore’s ardour for that project. “It’s like making a model of a building – is it easier and cheaper to use paste wood sheets or to carve inside a tree stump?” argues Marcos Martínez Euklidiadas at the Carlos III University of Madrid’s engineering department. “When you build underground you need to do everything you already do above ground then add the cost and effort of digging. "It’s likely that the driver of this will be resilient cities especially as global warming disrupts weather – like Singapore with its complicated weather patterns and fear of Chinese aggression. The end result is likely to be built partially underground in order to avoid extreme conditions but with enough access to natural light.” Even so, the last few years has seen the Singapore government start moving strategic essentials underground – including a deep cavern beneath the city used to store ammunition and the Jurong Rock Caverns beneath Singapore’s Jurong Island, the region’s first subterranean oil storage facility. Built by Hyundai Engineering and Construction, the underground structure has five huge caverns 100 metres deep and eight kilometres of tunnels to hoard hydrocarbons. In March, the government revealed it’s the first stages in its own Underground Master Plan in three districts – Marina Bay, Jurong Innovation District and Punggol Digital District.

Speaking to the media at launch, Singapore’s chief planner Hwang Yu-Ning said that the plans will create spaces for the future, build capacity for growth and conserve the environment. She pointed to Singapore's first 230kV underground substation in the basement of a commercial building and credited the new centralised cooling system – that pumps chilled water through pipes to cool waterfront buildings around the Marina Bay for reducing energy consumption by around 40 per cent, helping the buildings slash their annual carbon dioxide emissions by 34,500 tons – equivalent to taking 10,000 cars off the road. Energy conservation is one of underground’s big attractions for urban planners, according to Dale Russell, a professor in Innovation Design Engineering at the Royal College of Art. “Building underground saves space and, ultimately, power,” Russell explains. “The topography itself can generate energy, the rocks absorbing the sun’s heat in summer to keep the city cool, releasing it in winter like giant radiators to warm the earthscrapers. Within such cities, by 2069 we can imagine a complete self-contained travel and eco system underground, using hydroponic farming systems with artificial light to grow the city’s own food supply.” The ground underneath Paris, for instance, has a high humidity and a constant temperature of 14C, whatever the outside weather. “If you build underground in very hot places like Dubai or very cold places like the Nordics your project will cost less in the long term – the temperature is stable so the cost of ventilation or heating is reduced,” says Gunnar Jenssen, head of underground psychology at Scandinavian research organisation SINTEF. The problem, says Asmo Jaaksi, chief architect of Helsinki’s underground Amos Rex Museum, is not the construction itself – “it’s making people comfortable to go underground that we found complicated,” he explains. “The museum was running out of space and needed a new, larger building. The only option, a modernist cinema called the Rex, would not have been big enough so we dug out the square outside the Rex and sunk the museum beneath. We found people needed to feel connected to the surface somehow.” Jaaksi’s solution was elaborate, artistic skylights that let natural light and curious gazes in. This isn’t always possible. In London, a former air raid shelter beneath Clapham Common has become the world’s first underground farm – Growing Underground – hydroponically growing salad rocket, garlic chives, wasabi mustard, fennel, pink stem radish and purple radish which it sells to M&S and Ocado. The growing light used, however, has a deep pink tinge which becomes uncomfortable after long exposure. In New York, meanwhile, the Lowline Lab ran an experimental two year project from October 2015 to March 2017 growing plants underground using solar panels on city rooves to deliver natural light to the tunnels below. Having successfully grown over 100 different species of plant, the Lab aiming for its first underground green space in 2021.

Will we ever join the people of Cappadocia and move beneath the surface? Jaaksi thinks – yes. “I think underground living will become part of the future of cities,” he argues. “Underground is temperate with less variability in temperature, conserves heat, has better drinking water thanks to fewer contaminants from surface wastewater and – well, geothermal energy. As global warming creates an increasingly hostile surface environment, underground might be the safest place. You really want to be in a skyscraper when the tornadoes start?”

https://www.wired.co.uk/article/underground-cities 

:: 10-25-19 Ancient Origins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

25 October, 2019 - 14:02 Ed Whelan

An Astonishing Revelation in Saqqara – A Hidden Pyramid!

An archaeologist with 30 years of experience working in Egypt has made an astonishing announcement. He believes that he has found evidence that there are traces of a hidden pyramid buried beneath the Saqqara desert. If he is proven right, it could mean that there are many more pyramids yet to be found in Egypt. Dr. Vasko Dobrev, ‘has spent the last three decades probing the area just 19 miles from the world-famous Pyramids of Giza ,’ according to the Daily Express . He has made a number of astonishing discoveries during this time. The expert recently made an appearance in a documentary made for Channel 5, a British TV channel. The program featured the well-known TV personality Tony Robinson and is entitled “Opening Egypt’s Great Tomb”.  Development of the Pyramid Robinson and Dobrev traveled to Saqqara, a royal burial site which is located near the ancient Egyptian capital of Memphis. This area was crucial in the development of the step-pyramids during the Old Kingdom period. The first of this type of construction was built here for Pharaoh Djoser of the 3rd Dynasty by the architect Imhotep, but these monuments were not perfected until the reign of Snefru (reigned 2613 to 2589 BC). This Pharaoh, who established the 4th dynasty, constructed three pyramids, of which the best known is the Red Pyramid .

https://www.ancient-origins.net/news-history-archaeology/hidden-pyramid-0012771 

:: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids etc.

:: 11-12-19   Surviving the Super Grand Solar Minimum :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

Tuesday, November 12, 2019

Progression of the SGSM

I can hear the wind outside. Its been a bit icy as the rain froze a bit and my stairs to the front of my house are slippery. It went from 73 today with a low of 29. I was in my greenhouse building a small greenhouse that I could heat. (greenhouse inside a greenhouse) I do it every year to keep all my greens alive. I finished just in time as the north wind hit our area here in Central Texas. I was amazed at the temperature contrast and how quickly it cooled. Building small greenhouses inside of a larger one is a really good cold weather solution to growing food during the winter. Takes a minimal heater to keep above freezing. If you are running lights they add heat as well. Growing cold weather crops makes for more success. Its November 11, 2019 and it's a cold day across Canada and the US.

Checking some temperatures at 7:30 PM here CST

16 F Edmonton Alberta Canada

14 F Bozeman Montanna

-2 F Bismark North Dakota

13 F DesMoines Iowa

It will be 29 tonight and 24 F tomorrow night in the Austin Texas area  The sun continues to be quiet as it looks like 2019 is more quiet that 2018 and will set a new higher record for fewer sunspots by the end of the year. And the Galactic Cosmic Ray count is increasing AND from Dr. Tony Phillips  Cosmic rays in the stratosphere are intensifying for the 4th year in a row. This finding comes from a campaign of almost weekly high-altitude balloon launches conducted by the students of Earth to Sky Calculus. Since March 2015, there has been a ~13% increase in X-rays and gamma-rays over central California, where the students have launched hundreds of balloons. So more and more clouds.  Geoengineering in Central Texas  Yesterday and the day before the Geoengineering was going full throttle as The Central Texas area was covered with all their little trails that soon developed into very high altitude clouds. Their tactics have changed from what was going around here last year. The are now spraying at very high altitudes. I can't even see the aircraft like I could last year. Also the clouds don't dissipate and there now is a huge haze in areas of the sky where there are no clouds. This is a very high altitude haze as well. With all the clouds caused by cosmic rays and all the geoengineering some pretty nasty things could happen. The above picture is some of the low level spraying. What I am seeing here is at a much higher altitude, say 25 to 35 thousand feet or more. There must be huge amounts of money spent on the aircraft and chemicals. I wonder if those flying these aircraft know they are killing the planet and any future for them or their families if they have any? Anything for a dollar I guess. And then there is Professor Valentina Zharkova and her data and presentation. So what is going on in Zharkova’s model? What she is predicting is that the magnetic fields of the sun will get out of sync starting where the A is displayed on the graphic below. This will start some time during sun spot cycle 24 and continue through cycle 26. During this period as shown by the arrows, there will be a reduction in solar activity as these waves go out of phase and cancel each other out. Note that sunspots don’t control the climate but are an indication of what the magnetic fields on the sun are doing. Note the faint red dotted lines are actually what happened on the sun. Note that the prediction is so accurate that it almost perfectly overlays the actual. This is what caused such a commotion at the presentation. These canceling waves will cause a very large reduction of SI (Solar Irradiance). Please note that as we progress, the earth should really start cooling and our climate become much cooler and violent. While Professor Valentina Zharkova's data and presentation lays out a 400 year cycle, there are many more thing happening at the moment that will cause all kinds of global climate problems. To list them:

Reduction in the Solar Wind and an increase in Galactic Cosmic Rays

Professor Valentina Zharkova's 400 year cycle

Magnetic pole flip of the earth's magnetic field.

Around 8 billion people will face the consequences of the above three bullet points. None of them are man made. Even more worrisome is the fact that there could also be more devastating man made activities like a financial collapse and war. Throw all the dice and it's only outcome is trouble for humans The problem with the three bullet points is that we have little or no history to look at. The reduction of the Solar Wind is an indication of a coming Ice Age. The Professor Valentina Zharkova data indicates a 400 year cycle which could destroy crops and cause global starvation and migration. Finally, the pole flip is almost an unknown, except it could be just as world ending as the two other bullet points. The earths magnetic fields (shields) are getting weaker and weaker at the moment making just a minor sun spasm capable of taking down our power grids. We could see ozone damage as well as DNA damage to all living things. Things are bunching up and it looks like we will soon face a perfect storm of earth, solar and galactic devastation. Good reasons to prepare. Now is the time to

Prepare (cheaper now than later) Get 7 years of seeds (and some for others) Start your own or a community garden (grow thousands of pounds of food) Join, start or contemplate being part of a community (you could be a leader) Take care of your family and neighbors (especially the older ones like me LOL] Look after those that have less than you. (they are all over the place)  Cheers and best of every thing to all my readers. Dennis

I have updated and enlarged the Surviving the Super Grand Solar Minimum book. I also have the SGSM book and three others at this URL. They all come in a PDF format.

I am plan to keep the paperback book (older version) which was very popular at Amazon at this URL for a bit longer. Its a great book to pass out. \

https://survivingthesupergrandsolarminimum.blogspot.com/2019/11/progression-of-sgsm-i-can-hear-wind.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 11--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sanctions in Syria: An EXCLUSIVE Look at How Everyday People Are Paying the Price

By Brandon Turbeville

Brandon Turbeville recently went to Syria to see firsthand the devastation and to find the truth in the midst of the mainstream coverage. His exclusive, eye-witness series will be published here on TheOrganicPrepper.com – Daisy

In 2017, I visited Syria. I sat in Damascus and listened to the sounds of mortars, missiles, and gunfire ring out 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. At night, I would walk to the roof of the hotel and watch the firefight raging in Jobar. Damascus residents – innocent civilians – lived in constant fear of terrorist mortars that would rain down on them randomly, sometimes destroying their homes, sometimes killing their neighbors or family members. Sometimes, if they were lucky, they would only land in the street, scaring the shop owners and their customers and sending the street cats for the nearest hiding place. Sometimes, however, it would be the last thing they would hear. Sometimes, it would be the last thing their children would hear. In that context, I walked through Damascus and talked to the people who lived there. They were resolute, courageous, and strong. Every single one of them had experienced some horrific loss, generally of someone close to them but also friends and neighbors as well as homes and businesses. Yet, despite all that, they maintained this love for life that few of us in the West have ever experienced. “For us,” one girl said to me “life is about living. We are surrounded by death so, for us, living is enough.” It was easy to get the sense that the Syrian people were willing to fight to the last breath and drop of blood in their body for their ability to live free of foreign terrorism and for the dignity and sovereignty of their country. I got this sense not just in Damascus but also in Aleppo, Homs, Tartous and everywhere else I visited. A few times I was even told that, if America had the guts to invade Syria, then Syria was ready. And Syria would not be Iraq. Once, in discussion with a Syrian man, the question was asked how Syrians seem to be able to get back up on their feet and start living again, sending their children to school, working, rebuilding even as the war continues two miles away. The answer was simple: “This is Syria.” When it was suggested that the Western powers do not understand the Syrian connection to their country and their unmatched resolve to continue living and rebuilding what was lost, he agreed. “That’s right,” he said. “They don’t understand us. And that is why they lost.” In late October 2019, I returned to Syria. I walked through the Old City of Damascus to the sound of car horns and bars, conversations and music. The mortars and artillery shells were silent. Sitting on the roof of my hotel, I could see the outer edges of the city, the mountains, and the constant traffic. At night, stars and city lights. Jobar was finally quiet, albeit dark. In Damascus and, most notably, Homs, I noticed that a number of new shops had opened along with a new bar and several new restaurants. In Homs, where around half the city was utterly destroyed, life was returning to the part that remained held by the Syrian government throughout the war. Every city I visited, I saw an attempt of life to push through the last eight years of death and destruction. But what I also noticed was that, despite these positive developments, there was an element of despair and sadness in the air that was not present two years ago. While the military situation in Syria has improved dramatically over the past 24 months – the Syrian government has retaken 3/4 of the country, pockets of terrorism in the major cities have been eliminated, the battle for Idlib is beginning, and the Kurdish terrorists in the Northeast are being forced to accept the fact that they will have to negotiate with the Syrian government – the economic situation has not. In fact, due to the ravages of war but overwhelmingly due to Western sanctions, Syria’s economy is perhaps at the worst point yet. Although Syrian business owners are doing their best to rebuild, the most important aspect of business is lacking – customers. With so much of the country destroyed by the war, exports essentially eliminated by sanctions, and the inability of Syrians to use most international financial institutions and technologies, the country’s economy is at a standstill. A factory owner whose operations were destroyed can reopen his factory, but he will have to invest the money to rebuild his facility, buy new machines, and hire new workers. But who is he going to sell his goods to? He can’t export them. The Syrian market is small and the population is so financially strapped, no luxury product will sell enough to make a decent profit and even the necessities are falling short of being a lucrative market. Restaurants re-open, but who can afford to go out? Same with hotels and bars. People simply can’t afford to buy products, whether they need them or not. Of course, this isn’t to say that no one is buying anything or that there is no life returning to Syria. In the areas that have started rebuilding efforts, you can indeed see people flocking to restaurants and bars. But Syria needs more than food and alcohol to survive. For many, particularly younger people, if one is lucky enough to have a job, it takes three of them simply to make ends meet.  As in all other cases of sanctions, the average person in Syria is paying the price. This is well-known as US Secretary of State, Mike Pompeo stated that Iran must listen to American demands “if they want their people to eat.” It’s the same old story from ages past. Sanctions are the equivalent of a naval blockade or burning wheat fields. Surrender or we’ll starve you out. Syrian President Bashar al-Assad is also aware of how these sanctions are being used and he stated as much in an interview with RT when he said: Those people were expected to rise against their government during the different stages of the war but they did not. They were supposed to support the terrorists – the ‘moderate rebels’ and ‘angels’ of White Helmets – but the people did not and stood with their government. So, they have to suffer. They have to pay the price and learn their lesson that they should stand with the agenda [of the West]. . . . . . . “This might also be a last-ditch attempt to push them to be against the government. They tried it last winter, they tried it before but it did not work because people knew the whole story and knew where their interests lie.” Assad has an optimistic perspective. But people cannot continue on this way forever. The Syrian people have sacrificed everything for their country and done so three times over. Now, at the finish line, the sanctions have effectively moved the goalpost yet again, this time so far ahead they can’t even see the end. Unfortunately, the sanctions have taken their toll on the Syrian people. When I visited in 2017, everyone in Damascus lived with the threat of losing their lives to a mortar, a bomb, or a rifle on a constant basis. Most major cities still had pockets of terrorism that took innocent lives at random almost daily. The enemy was at the gates and the Syrian people were focused on defending their country. Now, with the enemy driven from the gates and the war in the Northeast, far east, and Idlib, those same people now have time to focus on what they’ve lost – family, friends, lovers, homes, and businesses. Two years on, the sadness has taken root as the day to day routine attempts to return to some semblance of “normalcy,” despite the crippling sanctions. Many are simply unable to see a future in Syria or any future at all. Behind the smiles, there is an unavoidable sadness. With the return of routine comes the sting of loss, the lack of the people that made that routine worthwhile. So it seems the sanctions have done their job. They are starving and freezing out the Syrian people and they are killing the hopes and dreams of those people to rebuild and move toward the future. President Trump won the US election in part because the American people were tired of imperialist and endless wars being waged overseas. Trump promised to stop being “stupid” and only recently twice promised to end those “ridiculous” wars, particularly Syria. However, in mid-November, 2019, the US military seems to have only re-deployed to a more strategically defensive position and the President is openly stating that America is going to “keep the oil” that belongs to Syria. If Syrians are disappointed and desperate, so are Americans who hoped for an end to the war. At this point, it appears all people of goodwill – victims and citizens of the perpetrating state alike – are left helpless, only able to “speak out” but not able to actually do anything to free their country from the invaders’ grasp or to prevent their country from being the invader. Across the oceans, it seems like all we can do is to shout in solidarity to others but, beyond that, we are at a loss to do anything other than to survive and, if we have the opportunity, to do what we can to help others survive also. I’d like to believe there is something we can do as people to end the war but I’m no longer sure there is. As one Syrian man told me, “You spend your youth believing you are outside of history and that you can change the world. But as you grow older you realize that history is just the same shit with different names in different countries. It never changes. History is filled with people who believed they would change the world and didn’t.” In many respects, he’s right. We may very well be at a time where the best we can do is to help each other survive and that’s all. But history is no excuse to give up on the future. We know what happens if we do nothing. Even if we do act, it’s still true that the odds are that we will fail. But there is always a chance that something will happen when all hope seems lost that will alter the course of our future forever. The odds aren’t good but those are the ones we have to play. In the meantime, we can’t underestimate the value of the little things and how helping each other survive in the smallest ways may be that catalyst that finally does change the world.  About Brandon Brandon Turbeville writes for TheOrganicPrepper.com and his own website, BrandonTurbeville.com He is the author of ten books, Codex Alimentarius — The End of Health Freedom, 7 Real Conspiracies, Five Sense Solutions and Dispatches From a Dissident, volume 1 and volume 2, The Road to Damascus: The Anglo-American Assault on Syria, The Difference it Makes: 36 Reasons Why Hillary Clinton Should Never Be President, and Resisting The Empire: The Plan To Destroy Syria And How The Future Of The World Depends On The Outcome. His books can be found in the bookstore at BrandonTurbeville.com and on Amazon.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/syria-sanctions/ 

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 11-12-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia To Force The UNTHINKABLE – This Would Give George Orwell Nightmares!

By Justus Knight on November 12, 2019

Here’s the Video with the full story! Don’t forget to subscribe and share!!

Russia has taken new measures to assure they are no longer just living in Orwell’s shadow but rather take center stage in his Orwellian Hell Show. Not only now following but in many way surpassing China, Russia is preparing to implement a surveillance web unlike any other. Watch this one closely, it’s coming to our shores very, very soon. Watch the broadcast for all the information and thank you again for helping to spread the word about my Justus Knight Broadcasts!! **Join Us At RESTRICTED REPUBLIC : SUBSCRIBE AT www.restrictedrepublic.com ** As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/11/12/russia-to-force-the-unthinkable-this-would-give-george-orwell-nightmares/ 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready. For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later. But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again. It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment. Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding. Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there. You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are. For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them. Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.

:: 11-11-19 Quartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With no laws to stop them, defense firms are on track to make killer robots a reality

By Justin Rohrlich November 11, 2019

Weapons built by defense manufacturers that can think for themselves are getting smarter, which mean the much-feared killer robot could be a reality sooner than later. That’s the warning contained in a new report from Pax, a nonprofit based in the Netherlands that campaigns for peace around the world. Killer robots, or lethal autonomous weapons systems, are designed to make life-or-death decisions on their own, without human control. It’s a worrying leap that’s been called the “third revolution in warfare,” after gunpowder and the atomic bomb. Both activists and military leaders have called for international regulations to govern these weapons, or even ban them outright, but key governments—like the United States and Russia—have so far resisted. As far as anyone knows, militaries have yet to actually deploy killer robots on the battlefield, at least offensively. But Pax has identified at least 30 global arms manufacturers that don’t have policies against developing these kinds of weapons systems, and are reportedly doing so at a rate that is outpacing regulation. The companies include US defense firms Lockheed Martin, Boeing, and Raytheon, the Chinese state-owned conglomerates AVIC and CASC, Israeli firms IAI, Elbit, and Rafael, Rostec of Russia, and Turkey’s STM.  “As long as states haven’t agreed to collectively come up with some kind of regulatory regime, or ideally, a preemptive ban, the fear is very real that companies will be crossing this plane and will develop and produce and eventually field weapons that lack sufficient human control,” the report’s author, Frank Slijper, told Quartz. Activists don’t believe that military use of some degree of artificial intelligence is problematic in it itself. The US military is already employing full autonomy in some of its defensive weapons platforms, like the US Navy’s Aegis shipboard missile defense system, which is designed to intercept enemy fire on its own. The US Army is developing an AI-capable cannon, which would select and engage targets on its own, as well as AI-assisted tanks that, as Quartz first reported, will be able to “acquire, identify, and engage targets” at least three times faster than any human. But these systems still all require a person to pull the trigger, so to speak. PAX is more concerned about the potential deployment of AI in offensive systems that would select and attack targets on their own without human oversight. The group questions how these weapons would distinguish between combatants and civilians, or judge proportional responses. Legal experts still don’t know who would be held responsible if an autonomous weapon broke international law. And without lives on the line, these weapons could make it easier to go to war, and for those wars to escalate more quickly. The report warns that such weapons would “violate fundamental legal and ethical principles and would destabilize international peace and security.” What they’re building Defense firms don’t produce weapons in a vacuum, Slijper said. Instead, he said, these weapons are developed because companies believe that’s what militaries want in their arsenals. And unlike Google or Amazon, which have both faced public and internal backlash for their work on military systems, companies like Lockheed Martin and Raytheon do almost all of their business with militaries, so they face little risk from the negative reaction of consumers. For its report, Pax sent questionnaires to 50 arms manufacturers that produce military systems, asking each if it had policies regarding autonomous weapons. Just eight firms said they had in place principals guiding their AI work. The rest did not reply. Here’s what they told Pax: Company Country Response  BAE Systems UK Policy supports “our customers’ view that there needs to be human input over the use of force” and “we believe that the use of autonomous systems does not mean a loss of command or the abdication of responsibility for decisions.”  Leonardo Italy “The use of autonomous systems in safety-critical contexts must be subject to supervision and human control. […] Committed to respect of core principles of [International Humanitarian Law].”

Milrem Estonia “Human control should always be maintained over all defence systems, including weapon systems…We always choose partners who share and adhere to the same values and positions we do.”

Northrop Grumman US “Not developing weapon systems that can autonomously select and attack targets without meaningful human control…company policies, practices and procedures reflect a strong commitment to human rights as set forth in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.”

QinetiQ UK “Policy prohibits the development of any system capable of firing a weapon without human intervention.”

ST Engineering Singapore “Complies fully with all Singapore laws and regulations on manufacturing of military products. Beyond Singapore, we also observe all UN sanctions and abide to all treaty obligations to which Singapore is a signatory.”

Thales France Working on “TrUE AI, an AI that is Transparent, Understandable and Ethical, where humans always remain in control.”

Volvo Sweden “Activities have no link with research on lethal autonomous weapons. Policy “has always been that a weapon should be at all times under meaningful human control, and that under no circumstance a weapon could autonomously open fire.”

Of the weapons that exist now, Slijper said he is particularly worried about “loitering munitions.” Pax describes these as hybrids between drones and guided missiles, which can “loiter” in the air for two hours or more before attacking their targets. Small, cheap and relatively easy to produce, the number of companies developing these weapons has grown considerably in the last 10 years, Slijper said. With so much availability, it’s only a matter of time before they are deployed in a large scale by both state and non-state actors alike. The Pax report singled out two companies that are now manufacturing such weapons: STM, a Turkish state-owned defense company, produces an AI-equipped loitering munition called KARGU. Complete with facial recognition capabilities, KARGU can autonomously select and attack targets using coordinates pre-selected by an operator. Turkey is reportedly set to use these “kamikaze drones” in Syria.

The Harpy, a “fire and forget” loitering munition manufactured by state-owned Israel Aerospace Industries, has a range of 62 miles and can stay aloft for two hours. IAI states that the system “loiters in the air waiting for the target to appear and then attacks and destroys the hostile threat within seconds.” What’s next While development of autonomous weapons continues apace, Pax believes there is still time to head off eventual catastrophe. The group said companies can play a crucial role in this, and should first make a public pledge against the manufacture of fully autonomous lethal weapons. As far as AI-assisted weapons systems go, Pax believes defense firms must “establish a clear corporate policy with implementation measures” that include:

Ensuring each new project is assessed by an ethics committee;

Ensuring the principle of meaningful human control is an integral part of the design and development of weapon systems;

Adding a clause in contracts, especially in collaborations with ministries of defense and arms producers, stating that the technology developed may not be used in lethal autonomous weapon systems;

Ensure employees are well informed about what they work on and allow open discussions on any related concerns.

Aside from a German arms industry association, which called for a ban on fully autonomous weapons systems earlier this year, most companies have not committed to any regulations, according to Pax. It is important for nations to immediately take “bold steps to stop lethal autonomous weapons from becoming reality,” the report says. Yet, while Australia, Brazil, Chile, and Peru have been outspoken in their opposition to fully autonomous weapons, the US and Russia have so far stymied any attempts to pass a unified international treaty. “Also countries such as Pakistan, Egypt, and Iraq have been supporters of a ban treaty,” Slijper said. “Probably quite understandable that some of the countries that over the past two decades have experienced drone warfare are probably anxious for what the future might bring to them.”

https://qz.com/1746154/lacking-regulation-firms-on-track-to-make-killer-robots-reality/ 

:: 11--19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

STRANGER IN A STRANGE LAND

When I read quotes by men like H.L. Mencken and Robert Heinlein, I realize I’m not really a stranger in a strange land, even though I feel that way most of the time. These cynical, critical thinking, libertarian minded gentlemen understood government tended towards corruption and tyranny, the populace tended towards ignorance and distraction, and reality eventually teaches a harsh lesson to fools, knaves and dumbasses. Sometimes we think the current day worldly circumstances are new and original, when human nature, politicians, and governments never really change. When Mencken and Heinlein were writing and providing social commentary during the 30’s, 40’s and 50’s, they observed the same fallacies, foolishness, lack of self-responsibility, government malfeasance, and inability of the majority to think critically, that are rampant in society today. The quotes above, written during the 1950s, are even more pertinent today. As the ongoing Surveillance State attempted coup against president Trump approaches its denouement, the fabric of this country is being torn asunder. It is the secrecy in which the Deep State has operated without oversight which has led to government tyranny. Julian Assange and Edward Snowden exposed the secrets of powerful interests operating within the CIA, NSA, FBI, White House, Congress and military industrial complex, revealing the malevolent disregard for the Constitutional rights of American citizens and wielding of power for power’s sake.

The collection of all electronic communications by Americans by all-powerful, unaccountable Deep State psychopaths is worse than anything conceived by Orwell in 1984. The fact Assange and Snowden are treated as traitors and criminals reveals the Deep State is still in control of our political and legal systems. Even though Brennan, Clapper, Comey, Clinton and Obama used their Deep State power to try and overthrow Trump, he still toes the company line by calling Assange and Snowden criminals. Government tyranny is still going strong. Heinlein’s point about thinking is well taken. When you look at what is going on in this country and around the world with a critical eye, how could you not be discontented with what you see. We have government run schools inhabited by social justice engineers, teaching our children there are 47 genders, but not basic math or how to read and spell. We have the masses glorying in their ignorance as they worship silicone inflated shallow idols and vote for socialists and communists to provide them with free shit. Meanwhile, the national debt just surpassed $23 trillion, annual deficits will never fall below $1 trillion again, the $200 trillion of unfunded unpayable welfare liabilities are ignored, the Fed and other central banks are printing at hyper-speed to achieve 2% GDP growth (at least the stock market is at all-time highs – making the .1% happy), and half the country despises the other half. I find myself trying not to think because I just get angry about virtually everything I see. As a libertarian minded person who saw the vile mistreatment and abusive lies flung at one of the few decent human beings in politics – Ron Paul – there is absolutely nothing being done by the despicable dung merchants in Washington D.C. or the feckless financiers inhabiting the Eccles building which benefit myself, my children or future generations.

The raping and pillaging of the national wealth go on unabated, by billionaires, operating in the shadows, utilizing the mechanisms of the Deep State and carried out by highly compensated lackeys in NYC and D.C. The military industrial complex resists all efforts by Trump to extract U.S. forces from the Middle East, as never-ending war fills their coffers with profits. Even though we proclaim energy independence, we somehow seem to need Syrian oil. Even though everyone knows the Saudis are evil fuckers, we continue to kiss their ass for oil. The vast majority of Americans choose not to think, not because it would cause them discontent, but because they are incapable of critical thought. Our joke of an educational system has taught generations of Americans how to feel, rather than how to think. Government controlled schools serve the purposes of the Deep State – dumb down the populace through social engineering, rewarding mediocrity, obscuring history, punishing critical thinking, feminizing boys and drugging those who don’t conform. The dumbing down of the masses makes them pliable and easily manipulated through the mass media propaganda spewed from the boob tube and social media conglomerates. The unholy alliance between big tech, big media and big government keeps the masses uninformed, misinformed and distracted by meaningless minutia. The truth is hidden and obscured at all costs. A huge swath of populace will unquestioningly believe whatever they are told to believe, while millions more are so distracted with their iGadgets, they aren’t even paying attention. The ruling class doesn’t want people thinking why they have used the military industrial complex in securing Syrian oil fields, supporting Saudi aggression, threatening Iran, attempting a coup in Venezuela, creating havoc in the Ukraine, occupying Afghanistan, and treating Russia and China as imminent threats, when their narrative is we are self-sufficient with regards to oil. The propaganda press peddles half truths about being a net exporter, when we still import 6 million barrels of oil per day. The fracking miracle is really a miracle that hundreds of companies could issue junk bonds as they lose money on every barrel pumped out of the ground. The Fed’s easy money “solution” just blew another bubble in fracking. The oligarchs know it’s a farce, that’s why they are using the military to secure oil around the world by creating chaos and then making the world safe for democracy by bombing the shit out of the Middle East. Heinlein published Stranger in a Strange Land in 1961, even though the original idea was conceived in 1948 as a modernized version of Kipling’s The Jungle Book, with the child raised by Martians instead of wolves. He didn’t think society was ready for the themes he tackled during the button downed 1950s. The cultural revolution of the 1960s saw a broader acceptance of questioning government power, organized religion, and what individual freedom and liberty meant in society. The story focuses on a human raised on Mars and his adaptation to and understanding of humans and their culture. It is set in a post-Third World War United States, where organized religions are politically powerful. There is a World Federation of Free Nations, including the demilitarized US, with a world government supported by Special Service troops. Heinlein sure had a perceptive view of the future, as world government is still the goal of globalists and organized religions are more corrupt and powerful than ever. Heinlein always considered himself a libertarian. In a letter written in 1967 he said, “As for libertarian, I’ve been one all my life, a radical one. You might use the term ‘philosophical anarchist’ or ‘autarchist’ about me, but ‘libertarian’ is easier to define and fits well enough.” The theme of personal freedom resonates throughout his body of work. Heinlein repeatedly addressed certain social themes: the importance of individual liberty and self-reliance, the nature of sexual relationships, the obligation individuals owe to their societies, the influence of organized religion on culture and government, and the tendency of society to repress nonconformist thought. Much like Mencken, Orwell, and Steinbeck, as Heinlein aged, he became more cynical about government and society. He feared our culture and form of government was fatally flawed. Again, he foresaw where we are today – having lost freedoms, liberties, and rights as government laws, regulations and taxes have expanded. “At the time I wrote Methuselah’s Children I was still politically quite naive and still had hopes that various libertarian notions could be put over by political processes … It [now] seems to me that every time we manage to establish one freedom, they take another one away. Maybe two. And that seems to me characteristic of a society as it gets older, and more crowded, and higher taxes, and more laws.” – Robert Heinlein

Government Power, Corruption and Tyranny “Democracy is a poor system of government at best; the only thing that can honestly be said in its favor is that it is about eight times as good as any other method the human race has ever tried. Democracy’s worst fault is that its leaders are likely to reflect the faults and virtues of their constituents – a depressingly low level, but what else can you expect?” ― Robert A. Heinlein, Stranger in a Strange Land When I read Heinlein’s view of democracy, the American populace, and politicians from the 1950s, it makes me wonder whether my cynical pessimistic assessment of our country is nothing new. Has the country been wallowing in ignorance, lack of virtue, parasitic politicians and government incompetence for decades and my depression with the current state of affairs is nothing new among libertarian minded people? Since human nature never changes, with a certain percentage of the population driven by greed, a psychotic thirst for power, craving for control over the masses, and unwillingness to govern while keeping the interests of future generations under consideration, I guess it’s just the level of intensity that matters. The cyclical nature of history is pointing towards the intensity level of discontent reaching a crescendo in the near future. Even though corruption among government parasites has always existed, it currently permeates the system like a vampire squid on the face of America. It’s the invisible government of the Deep State which has sucked the life from our nation, extracting the national wealth in cahoots with its conduit – The Federal Reserve. The Deep State, utilizing corrupted politicians and feckless bureaucrats within the halls of Congress and surveillance state agencies, have been conducting a three-year coup against a sitting president. The blatant disregard for the Constitution and rule of law shows the ruling class is convinced they have dumbed down a sufficient number of citizens so they can do whatever they please, while employing their corporate propaganda media to spin their coup as legitimate and rightful. The oligarchs in control of our financial system have convinced the masses running up the national debt to $23 trillion, running annual deficits exceeding $1 trillion, and accumulating $200 trillion of unfunded pension and welfare liabilities are in their best interests. Not only that, the current crop of socialist presidential candidates wants to add tens of trillions more to the debt load by promising student loan debt write-offs, free college education, open borders, and Medicare for all. The masses are onboard after watching the Federal Reserve, the U.S. Treasury, and Congress hand over trillions to the Wall Street cabal that almost destroyed the global financial system in 2008 with their criminal mortgage debt control fraud. If free shit is OK for wealthy bankers, why not free shit for everyone else? Since September the Fed has been acting like we are in the midst of the 2008/2009 crisis, pumping over $200 billion (not QE) into the veins of the Wall Street junkie banks who were suffering withdrawal symptoms from a devastatingly high 2.25% Federal Funds rate. The result has been a soaring stock market, further enriching the .1%, while the average Joe wallows in $14 trillion of consumer debt and the Wall Street shylocks charge 20% interest rates on credit card debt. Delinquency rates on auto loans exceed the levels of 2009. The housing market has hit a wall. When prices begin to fall, mortgage delinquencies will soar. The real delinquency rates on student loans exceed 25%, as degrees in lesbian studies lead to waitress jobs at Applebees. The narrative about best job market ever is a farce, as the growth has been in low paying, no healthcare benefit jobs in the service industries. Heinlein’s view of politicians, their corruptibility, and ability to tell half truths which are really lies, is even more evident in today’s world. The candidates are hand picked by the corporate interests. Their salaries while in office are fairly modest, but they leave office as multi-millionaires and are paid handsomely on the Boards of the corporations they were supposed to regulate. Bernanke and Yellen now make more giving one speech at a Wall Street bank than they made annually as the Federal Reserve Chairman. Every local, state and federal politician is bought off to some extent. They do the bidding of the vested interests who got them elected, not what is best for their constituents. We are lost in a blizzard of lies. A society addicted to falsehoods and bereft of truth will surely degrade and eventually collapse. Heinlein still believed in the noble decency of the majority of people back in the 1940’s and 1950’s. The climactic scene in It’s a Wonderful Life captured the belief that even though there will always be cold hearted evil bankers like Mr. Potter (the Jamie Dimon of his day) feeding off the misery of others, most people are good hearted, kind and giving. Is Heinlein’s view applicable in today’s world? Bad news, bad people and crime produce views, clicks and eyeballs for the corporate media complex. Stories about good people doing good things on a daily basis are boring to those controlling the narrative. The purpose of the propagandists supporting the Deep State is to keep the masses fearful and distracted. Scare tactics and keeping half the country at the throats of the other half is good for business. While the masses are distracted by trivialities, boogeymen (Russians), and impeachment porn, the ruling class absconds with what remains of the national wealth. Based upon Heinlein’s definition of a dying culture, we have already crossed the Rubicon. The level of vitriol spewed on a daily basis on social media, by the propagandist media, by politicians, and by intellectual yet idiots is a clear indication of a culture gasping its dying breath. There are still good people in this country who can be counted on by their neighbors, friends and families. As the current culture dies and is swept away during this Fourth Turning, what kind of culture will follow? Will decent, libertarian minded, freedom loving people arise to guide the country towards a better future? Or will totalitarian minded evil men crush the hopes and dreams of the good people and reign over an even darker period in our history. Goodness without backbone, wisdom and willingness to fight to the death will be overrun by evil. I still feel like a stranger in a strange land. But, based on my interactions with good people with hard, cold wisdom over the last ten years, I believe there is still hope for our nation. I think there are enough good people with common sense, critical thinking skills, and the courage and fortitude to stand up to the Deep State and defeat the evil permeating the current social order. Conflict against fellow Americans looms. Allying yourself with good people is essential. Maybe I’m being naïve believing good can win over evil, but it’s better than throwing in the towel and accepting our fate. Epstein didn’t kill himself.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/11/11/stranger-in-a-strange-land/ 

:: 11-11-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exclusive: Michael Savage Predicts ‘Decades of Darkness’ Even if Trump Wins 2nd Term

By Joshua Caplan11 Nov 2019

Conservative radio icon Michael Savage expressed doubt about the future of the United States in an interview with Breitbart News, warning that a second term for President Donald Trump would be the “last gasp” of the country. “No, I’m pessimistic,” Savage, host of nationally-syndicated broadcast The Savage Nation and The Savage Nation Podcast, said when asked if he is hopeful for the country’s future. “I think Donald Trump, even if he wins a second term, it is the last gasp of America as we know it. I think we’re going to enter years and years, if not decades of darkness.” Savage pointed to the continuous flow of illegal immigration from South America into the U.S. as the chief source of his melancholy assessment. “I see the mass of illegal immigrants, who are illiterate even in their own language. They have none of our shared values. They will never be Americans and embrace the values that built this country,” he explained. “They’ve been steeped in hatred for this nation by the media and the universities. And they have a very dim view of our nation, even though they love the benefits that have accrued from far better people than them.” In another segment of Savage’s exclusive interview, the conservative talker explained that America — or any sovereign nation — will survive only if its citizens and ruling class preserves its borders, language, and culture — a credo he coined at the beginning of his radio career over 25 years ago. “There’s not a nation on earth that’s not defined, or was not defined until recently — when the globalists like Angela Merkel, who destroyed Germany and others destroyed nations by making their borders disappear,” Savage said. “Without a common language, you have a Tower of Babel and the nation falls apart because there’s no cohesion. Do you understand the globalists purposely wanted to create Towers of Babel in every western nation in order to weaken and destroy them? What does culture mean? The U.S. Constitution, the Bill of Rights, ring a bell?”

Read more of Michael Savage’s wide-ranging interview with Breitbart News here.

https://www.breitbart.com/the-media/2019/11/11/exclusive-michael-savage-predicts-decades-of-darkness-even-if-trump-wins-2nd-term/ 

:: 11-11-19 American News Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pelosi Says Dems Will ‘Shut It All Down’ If They Don’t Get Their Way On Impeachment

November 11, 2019 JohnHub

Nancy Pelosi is getting desperate. In a secret meeting today broadcast live on C-SPAN by accident, Pelosi was heard telling a group of wealthy donors that the majority of the country wants Trump removed. Our reporter in the field, Sandy Batt, says the speech was simply disgusting: “Pelosi was overheard at a fundraiser full of Hollywood elites bashing the President and calling for a ‘total shutdown’ if her party didn’t get their way on impeachment. In her own words, Pelosi said ‘We will shut down not just the Senate smoking lounge, but their cafeteria and their bath house. The Roman Empire fell from within. The Senate will follow.’ “Pelosi then went on to say she would make sure none of Trump’s ‘boomer supporters’ get their Social Security checks if they don’t ‘fall in line.’ The whole thing was like listening to Stalin give a dissertation on socialism.” Pelosi certainly does have the power to shut down all of those things under the Consolidatement Clause of Article 5 Section 3 of the Bill of Rights. Those passages right before the Amendments lay out the budgetary definitions of the Speaker’s job. In so that no other representative may forthwith certify their cognitive abilities to mediate a transgression, the power shifts to the Senate, and Mitch McConnell says he’s ready: “We’ll make sure these Democrats never get a vote again. They want to play dirty, we can play dirty. Kavanaugh and the rest of the Trump judges are waiting for their marching orders. The Republic shall not falter in its defense of these rights as we know them.” There you have it, in terms as clear as the day is long. Sleep well, America. Winter is coming.

http://environmentdepth.org/pelosi-says-dems-will-shut-it-all-down-if-they-dont-get-their-way-on-impeachment/?fbclid=IwAR3cYuOv14aNeI-Gvja9DnuhCp9B3_Xpk8fLqffbQuj0GpQKrEmpaFWwOeg 

:: 11-12-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats Have Unleashed A 'Blue State Blueprint For Disaster' Upon America: Just Imagine What The Entire Country Might Look Like In The Future Should One Of THEM Win In 2020!

- Exploding Homelessness, Poverty And 3rd World Diseases Would Be The 'New Norm'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die November 12, 2019

While cities like San Francisco, Los Angeles and Portland, Oregon have been getting much of the recent attention about Democrat-run cities imploding, this recent story over at Fox News reported that the city of Austin in the middle of 'Red Texas' has also seen a massive explosion of the homeless living there after Texas's capital city became a magnet for homeless vagrants due to laws allowing people to camp out on the streets there. Leading to tent cities sprouting up near state highways and the homeless continually urinating and defecating in the streets, as we had reported in this September 19th ANP story titled "With Democrat-Run Cities Across America Transformed Into Diseased Wastelands, Imagine If Democrats Win The Presidency In 2020 And America Is Turned Into A 'Sanctuary Nation!'", all of America could be over-run with 3rd world diseases and rapidly growing homelessness if a Democrat wins the presidency in 2020. With one Texas man who was interviewed by Fox News telling them homeless people come from all around the country to live on the streets in Austin because the authorities are lax and there are many incentives, like free food and shelter, that Texan also warned that when people are giving away 'free money' and 'free food', those on the receiving end often take advantage of the situation, avoiding even trying to find work while living off others. And as this August story over at Biz Pac Review reported when looking at the Democrat-run-hellholes popping up now all across America, the murder rates in some US cities are higher than the murder rates in some of the most dangerous cities in the world. Proud of all of that crime, death and destruction, democrats? From the Biz Pac Review story.: The Baltimore Sun reported that the city is worse than many Central American countries, where people are fleeing to seek asylum in the U.S. Specifically, the Sun stated in 2017 that the Baltimore murder rate is continuing to be higher than Central America s most dangerous countries. Yes, more than Guatemala, El Salvador and Honduras. And PBS aired a 2018 one-hour special called Rat Film, on the rat infestation in Elijah Cummings city.  Also in 2018, USA Today named Baltimore the nation s most dangerous city the deadliest big city in the country . In addition, it has a severe garbage and trash mess. Its public schools rank lowest in Maryland. There were 13 schools in Baltimore that did not have even one student who could pass the standard math test! How did all this happen? How did Baltimore fall on such hard times? The un-sugar-coated answer is that the city was ruined because it was under Democratic city-council control for the last 77 years. The last Republican mayor left office 52 years ago. With one Democrat run city after another all across America falling into poverty, homelessness, mass drug addiction and despair, just imagine America in January of 2021 should a Democrat win in 12 months! (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! Following Susan Duclos' recent heart attack, All News Pipeline will need a little bit of financial help in the days ahead. If you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) While we rarely expect to get any truth from the NY Times, back in May of 2019, they actually published this opinion story titled "America's Cities Are Unlivable. Blame Wealthy Liberals" within which they reported 'progressives' have abandoned their own so-called 'progressive values', doing it in their own backyards, that NY Times story also reported that while the economy in parts of California was booming, billionaire-brimming California still ranked as one of the most poverty-stricken states in America with a shocking number of 1/5 of the state's population struggling to get by. Also reporting that since 2010, migration OUT OF California had surged, that NY Times story reported the most important and biggest problem in California, (fully created by the liberal politics and liberal politicians!), was the steady collapse of 'livability'. From that story. Across my home state, traffic and transportation is a developing-world nightmare. Child care and education seem impossible for all but the wealthiest. The problems of affordable housing and homelessness have surpassed all superlatives what was a crisis is now an emergency that feels like a dystopian showcase of American inequality. Just look at San Francisco, Nancy Pelosi s city. One of every 11,600 residents is a billionaire, and the annual household income necessary to buy a median-priced home now tops $320,000. Yet the streets there are a plague of garbage and needles and feces, and every morning brings fresh horror stories from a Black Mirror hellscape: Homeless veterans are surviving on an economy of trash from billionaires mansions. Wealthy homeowners are crowdfunding a legal effort arguing that a proposed homeless shelter is an environmental hazard. A public-school teacher suffering from cancer is forced to pay for her own substitute. And there is no end in sight to such crushing success. At every level of government, our representatives, nearly all of them Democrats, prove inadequate and unresponsive to the challenges at hand. Witness last week s embarrassment, when California lawmakers used a sketchy parliamentary maneuver to knife Senate Bill 50, an ambitious effort to undo restrictive local zoning rules and increase the supply of housing. It was another chapter in a dismal saga of Nimbyist urban mismanagement that is crushing American cities. Not-in-my-backyardism is a bipartisan sentiment, but because the largest American cities are populated and run by Democrats many in states under complete Democratic control this sort of nakedly exclusionary urban restrictionism is a particular shame of the left. And as we had reported within our September 19th ANP story which took a look at a report put out by the Association of Mature American Citizens, this is a systematic problem with America's worst 25 cities ALL run by Democrats! The facts reported within this story speak for themselves. According to this August 5th story over at Amac, the Association of Mature American Citizens, America's 25 worst cities are run by Democrats, and as their story immediately pointed out, the findings of several new studies are arresting. Reporting that the top ten American cities for the homeless are sanctuary cities, cities which offer refuge to illegal immigrants, don't co-operate with law enforcement and raise the prices of low-rent housing for their own citizens, we're happy to report that according to this story over at the Daily Mail, the leaders of America's big cities may soon see some kind of 'crackdown' coming their way. Reporting President Trump is now threatening to punish them with EPA violations over their refusals to clean up the massive environmental disaster being caused by their city's homeless problem, is it already too late? With all of these big, Democrat-run US cities descending into complete shambles, truly a horrific, humanitarian crisis of the highest nature, and being completely ignored by the msm which instead still insanely screams about Republicans being 'racist' for calling out big US cities as becoming hellholes under Democratic rule, President Trump warned Democratic leaders "They have to clean it up. We can't have our cities going to hell." Yet as Susan Duclos had reported on ANP back on September 9th in this story titled "Medieval Diseases, Homelessness, And Now Fears Of Leprosy In L.A. - The Direct Link Between Illegal Immigration And American Cities Looking Worse Than Third-World Nations", 'going to hell' is exactly what is happening to big US cities and if the Democrats their way, America's big cities will be a model for the total takedown of America should a Democratic presidential candidate win the election in 2020. With Susan's story pointing out the direct link between illegal immigration and American cities turning into 3rd world hellholes, imagine what this entire country would look like should America be turned into a 'sanctuary nation'! So we'll be looking at 'the facts' brought to light by these new studies in the next two sections below with the old axiom applying to the 2020 election ahead, "If Democrats can't even clean up their own sh*t, why should we let them try to 'clean up' America?" So why do Democrats keep allowing the cities that they run to descend into literal hellholes and and an even better question might be, why do Democrat-voters keep voting Democrat? It's long been said that the very definition of 'insanity' is doing the same thing over and over and over again but expecting different results! As we see in the final excerpt below from this Biz Pac Review story, Democrats have done nothing less than unleashing a 'blue-state-blueprint for disaster' upon America, with Democrat-run cities all across the country imploding, and for decades, as seen in the chart at the top of this story. With the mainstream media completely refusing to report upon the fact that America's worst run cities are run by Democrats and most big US cities completely beholden to 'globalism', for Nancy Pelosi or any other Democrat to say that their cities are just an 'anomaly' defies 'reality'. From the Biz Pac Review story...  But as horrific as the Baltimore story is (even Bernie Sanders compared Baltimore to a Third World country in 2016), the larger story is worse: Baltimore is not an anomaly. The truth is that most U.S. cities that have dipped into decay and violence have been run by Democrats for decades. The Dems blow their horn about how compassionate and caring they are, and yet most big-city governments have failed to improve the lives and economic circumstances of their citizens. Democrats run nine of the 10 largest U.S. cities; they control 16 of the 20 largest cities. USA Today, in 2019, reports the top 10 most dangerous cities in America are governed by Democrats. Looking at cities in similar decay as Baltimore, Democrats run them all. In the San Francisco home district of Speaker Pelosi, you can use a cellphone app to navigate diseased city streets to avoid human fecal waste. Seattle and Los Angeles are just as bad. Chicago has unimaginable inner-city violence, and is broke. Better not drink the water in Flint, Michigan. Detroit is the archetype of urban failure, the poorest large city in America. Democratic mayors have run St. Louis for 70 years, and Forbes says it s the second most dangerous city in the nation. Newark has had Democrat mayors for more than a century, and in 2015 became the 5th worst city to live in. The reasons for these devastating near-criminal disasters are Democrat policies. Investor s Business Daily explains: When Democrats are in control, cities tend to go soft on crime, reward cronies with public funds, establish hostile business environments, heavily tax the most productive citizens, impose smothering regulations and set up fat pensions for their union friends. Simply put, theirs is a Blue State blueprint for disaster. In the first video below, independent journalist Tim Pool takes a look at how the entire state of California is becoming 'unlivable' with mass poverty, homelessness and hunger gripping many city streets along with people using their taxpayer funded sidewalks and streets for bathrooms while wildfires rage there. In the 2nd video from Fox News, they take a look at the exploding homeless problem in Austin, Texas while in the 3rd and final video below, The National Desk takes a look at how New York is now attempting to 'clean up' their own homeless problem by shipping them off to other cities and states.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Homelessness_Third_World_Diseases_Leftist_Cities_Implode.php 

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

:: 11-11-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Globalists Have Declared War On Your Savings

by Tyler Durden Mon, 11/11/2019 - 17:45

Authored by Andrew Moran via LibertyNation.com,

When any one of the plethora of bubbles burst – pick your poison – and the next financial crisis impacts Wall Street and Main Street, how will the central banks and federal governments react? They have fired all their unconventional rounds of bullets, from subzero interest rates to vast money-printing. One other proposal could conceivably be giving your deposits a haircut, much like what occurred in Cyprus following the recession. This dyspeptic vision is not hyperbole nor is it paranoia – the tariffs have raised the price of tinfoil! It is unfolding right now as our globalist overlords are executing, or at least entertaining, fiscal and monetary measures to confiscate your wealth – directly or indirectly. Switzerland is one of the few European nations to record a federal budget surplus. The budget for the fiscal year 2020 will record a $615 million surplus, despite imposing pension and tax reforms that slashed revenues and raised spending. The Swiss government is handcuffed by a so-called debt brake, a balanced-budget amendment that mandates the budget to be in balance throughout the business cycle. This policy has decreased the debt-to-gross domestic product ratio to nearly 25%. Although national debt levels are still at multi-decade highs, the fact that the government is taking red ink seriously should be music to the ears of fiscal conservatives. But to others, it is headache-inducing. The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) published a new report that lamented on the nation’s unwillingness to spend like some of its European partners. Authors stated that the Swiss are saving too much and spending too little, despite possessing the third-highest gross domestic product (GDP) per capita of all OECD members. It asserted that policymakers could “increase expenditures” within the debt brake framework that “would serve monetary policy, and economic and social positive impact.” There are a few other European states that are living within their means. Germany is projected to maintain its budget surplus for the next three years: 1.2% of GDP this year, 0.6% of GDP in 2020, and 0.2% in 2021. The Netherlands is also recording a surplus of 1.2%.  At a time when European Union members are in dire straits, you would think that they would be championed as model E.U. states. Not quite. As Liberty Nation recently reported, European Central Bank (ECB) President Christine Lagarde bemoaned their surpluses, complaining that they would be better off spending the money on infrastructure and education. Desperate a modicum of growth, Lagarde is of the philosophy that the only way to grow an economy is through government intervention. Unfortunately, this is now the hive-like opinion in the international monetary order. You better watch out. The globalists are coming for your savings – and they have already initiated the war on your piggy bank, emergency fund, and retirement investments. In the immediate aftermath of the global financial crisis, central banks worldwide axed interest rates to historic lows. When the ZIRPs failed, some jurisdictions took it a step further and brought them into the subzero territory. Today, a handful of countries have adopted negative rates, and many are on the brink of slipping into this terrain. The purpose was to push consumers into spending more and encourage financial institutions to lend at a greater rate. Interestingly enough, these efforts failed because citizens did the opposite: They saved more. Experts who studied the population of contrarians did so because subzero rates spurred a bearish sentiment on the economy. One of these countries is Switzerland, which has maintained negative rates for nearly five years. The Swiss National Bank (SNBS) has called them “essential,” arguing that they are necessary to prevent further appreciation of the franc and to boost exports at a time of being hampered by global trade tensions and anemic economic growth in Europe. The private sector is not happy about it. A recent UBS survey found that two-thirds of businesses say they are concerned that these rates will hurt the domestic economy in the long-run and the cost of this measure will “outweigh their benefits overall.” If you ask the new ECB chief, however, she would tell you that you should be grateful for leaders implementing negative rates: Would we not be in a situation today with much higher unemployment and a far lower growth rate, and isn’t it true that ultimately we have done the right thing to act in favor of jobs and growth rather than the protection of savers? We should be happier to have a job than to have our savings protected. I think that it is in this spirit that monetary policy has been decided by my predecessors and I think they made quite a beneficial choice.” Lagarde is a proponent of the NIRPs, championing the unconventional mechanism to achieve growth. Since the eurozone has barely cracked 2% GDP, many are anticipating that Lagarde will deepen negative rates during her term as president. Anytime she has mused on the subject, Lagarde has usually dismissed concerns about the saver, noting that they are also consumers, borrowers, and workers. Unfortunately, this contempt for savers is commonplace because it is antithetical to the Keynesian approach of spending. Disciples of John Maynard Keynes will contend that consumption over saving should only happen during the bust phase of the business cycle, but if you peruse any opinion pieces by individuals subscribing to this ideology, you will only come across spending prescriptions for every type of economy – boom or bust. They dismiss the fact that capital accumulation, not consumption, creates wealth. John Maynard Keynes This myth originates from Keynes’ The General Theory and Treatise on Money, in which he posits that a saver is reducing the income of another person because he or she is not consuming the goods or services extended by somebody else. Put simply, he considered saving a self-defeating act. “Saving is the act of the individual consumer and consists in the negative act of refraining from spending the whole of his current income on consumption,” he wrote. The crusade against savers has been prevalent in the Democratic primary. The likes of Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-MA) and Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-VT) have grieved about hoarders, particularly those who are the top 0.1% (no longer just the 1% anymore; likely because these two people are the 1%, too). The presidential candidates are perturbed that the supposed capital hoarders are not putting their fortunes into the economy. This is nonsense talk to justify their wealth confiscation policies, since the affluent are saving and investing, not just stuffing their money under mattresses. Negative rates, higher taxes, and inflation – the statists are employing every measure to gain access to the fruits of your labor. A Life Sentence If it isn’t expanding the money supply that eats away at your hard-earned savings, then the Leviathan will imbibe your accrued capital through negative rates. When you factor in the elite’s appetite for the evisceration of cash and the integration of a cashless society, then you are imprisoned by the globalist wardens who now have you under their thumb at all times. Your wealth, your livelihood, and your personal life are now under the purview of the state. If you don’t like it, then you are out of luck. You have nowhere to go. The globalists have declared war on mom and pop savers, pillaging bank accounts and conquering our lives. Is there a chance for victory? As long as the omnipotent and iniquitous institutions remain in charge, optimism over sound economics can only fade to black.

https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/globalists-have-declared-war-your-savings 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 11-11-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

M4.9 Earthquake Hits Mauna Kea – Is the Tallest Volcano on Earth Waking Up Soon?

By Strange Sounds - Nov 11, 2019

A M4.9 earthquake shook Mauna Kea, the tallest volcano on earth, on Big Island, Hawaii on November 11, 2019. More than 1100 people have already reported having felt the tremor, less than 4 hours later. Just after a rare M5.1 earthquake hit southern France, a M4.9 quake shook the Big Island of Hawaii on Monday morning at 6:35 a.m. HST. The epicenter was situated on the east slope of Mauna Kea in the district of Hāmākua at a depth of about 19 miles. As shown on the USGS HVO map below, the major quake was followed by at least 5 aftershocks. No tsunami was generated by the event. But more than 1100 people have already reported feeling shaking across Big Island. Debris has also been reported on roadways in the Hāmākua district. Hawaiʻi County Civil Defense says “if the earthquake was strongly felt in your area, precautionary checks should be made for any damages; especially to utility connections of gas, water, and electricity.” The USGS Hawaiian Volcano Observatory issued this media release just before 8 a.m. HST: The U.S. Geological Survey’s Hawaiian Volcano Observatory (HVO) recorded a magnitude-4.9 earthquake on Monday, November 11, just before 6:36 a.m. HST. This magnitude may be refined as HVO seismologists continue to analyze the earthquake. The earthquake was located 17 km (about 11 mi) southwest of Laupāhoehoe on the Island of Hawai‘i at a depth of 33 km (20 mi). Light to moderate shaking, with a maximum Intensity of V on the Mercalli Intensity Scale, has been reported around the Island of Hawai‘i, with weak shaking reported from as far away as Oʻahu.

A magnitude-2.6 foreshock occurred in the same area about three minutes prior to the mainshock. Aftershocks have already been recorded; more are likely, and some could be felt. The Pacific Tsunami Warning Center has stated that there is no tsunami threat from this earthquake. Hawaii County Civil Defense reports that Department of Public Works personnel will be checking roadways in the area for rockfalls. Is Mauna Kea Waking Up? According to a Hawaiʻi County Civil Defense radio message, the USGS HVO reports that the earthquake did not coincide with any changes in the volcanoes on the island. The depth, location, and recorded seismic waves of the M4.9 earthquake suggest a source due to bending of the oceanic plate from the weight of the volcanoes in the Hawaiian Island chain, a common source for earthquakes in this area. According to HVO Scientist-in-Charge Tina Neal, “HVO monitoring networks have not detected any significant changes in activity on Kīlauea or Mauna Loa Volcanoes due to the earthquake.” So do you think this M4.9 earthquake is a sign of the imminent eruption of the Mauna Kea volcano on Big Island, Hawaii?

https://strangesounds.org/2019/11/big-island-earthquake-mauna-kea-volcano-hawaii-waking-up.html 

:: 11-11-19 Hal Turner Radio Show  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PACIFIC OCEAN TSUNAMI WARNING ISSUED BY U.S. EMBASSY IN EL SALVADOR

World News Desk 11 November 2019

The United States Embassy in El Salvador has issued a TSUNAMI WARNING as of 1:22 PM eastern US time Monday, telling personnel along the pacific shoreline of the Americas that "DoD aircraft observed a possible TSUNAMI, 600 miles off the coast and that personnel should "move to higher ground."  Tsunamis travel at between 450 and 550 mph through the ocean, so if this warning is accurate, the Tsunami will impact the west coast of the Americas beginning in less than one hour. Here is the Tweet from the US Embassy, issuing the warning: This __may__ be related to a significant Magnitude 4.9 earthquake which took place at the long-thought-dormant Mauna Kea volcano on the big island of Hawaii several hours ago. The quake struck at a shallow depth of 28km and shook the ENTIRE big island of Hawaii. UPDATE 3:28 PM EST -- We just spoke to the Pacific Tsunami Warning Center in Palmer, Alaska. They say they are familiar with the tweet issued by the US Embassy, but they have no indication of any Tsunami anywhere. They went on to say they are monitoring water depth and water pressure along the ocean floor and have "no indication of any tsunami." Very shortly, a whole slew of us are going to find out whether the DoD is correct, or whether the Tsunami Warning Center is correct.  EVACUATIONS ORDERED, BUT **NO** TSUNAMI AS OF 5:25 PM -- No tsunami has been detected off the coast of El Salvador after officials warned that a U.S. military aircraft had spotted a potential tidal wave, sparking evacuation warnings, U.S. and Salvadoran authorities said on Monday. The U.S. embassy in El Salvador said on Twitter a Defense Department aircraft had seen a “possible tsunami” some 600 miles (965 km) from the border of El Salvador and Nicaragua, sparking some evacuations along the Pacific Coast of Central America. However, Orlando Tejada, a Salvadoran civil protection official, said there was “absolutely no register” of a tsunami and the U.S. embassy said soon afterwards that no activity which could result in such a phenomenon had been detected. “But, given the speed with which tsunamis can move, we considered it prudent to share this information promptly,” the U.S. embassy said on Twitter, saying that it and Salvadoran authorities were continuing to monitor the situation.  Now that you have read this story, please PAY for what your visit has cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site. When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/pcific-ocean-tsunami-warning-issued-by-u-s-embassy-in-el-salvador 

:: 11-12-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 12 November 2019

Another quake swarm hits California: A mag 4 quake is followed by 63 aftershocks on the U.S. Mexican border town of El Centro

According to the LA Times, a new swarm of earthquakes has struck near the California-Mexico border underneath the town of El Centro in Imperial County. Scientists are closely watching the cluster, which began at 6:07 p.m. Monday with a magnitude 2.8 quake, followed six minutes later by the largest quake so far, a magnitude 4. There were 18 aftershocks within the first two hours, Caltech seismologist Egill Hauksson said. By Tuesday morning there had been 63 aftershocks. “Swarms in this region are often prolific and can last for weeks,” Hauksson said. “There’s no lack of faults there.” This week just 300 km North-West from the town of El Centro, Ventura suffered hundreds of small to medium quakes with the largest being a magnitude 3.6, however, the swarm in Ventura appears to have stopped, as of today.  Meanwhile, 100 miles (160 km) North-East from Ventura, the Ridgecrest "Mega-swarm" which started way back in June and has produced thousands of small quakes is still swarming hard with a total of 650 quakes in the last 7 days, see map below.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/11/another-quake-swarm-hits-california-mag.html?m=1 

:: 11-12-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

At least four die in crashes on icy roads and more than 1,200 flights are cancelled as winter storm causes chaos across the Midwest and Great Plains - while 70% of the COUNTRY as far south as the Mexican border braces for freezing temperatures

A 57-year-old man and two women ages 64 and 81 were killed in a head-on collision in Michigan on Monday

Police said poor road conditions were likely to blame in the two-car crash; victims haven't been identified

In Kansas, eight-year-old Cassie Ralston was killed in a three-vehicle crash caused by icy roads on Monday

Deadly crashes came as a weather system carrying freezing temperatures hit the Rockies to the East Coast

More than 240 million people are under winter warnings, watches and advisories, according to forecasters

About 1,400 flights were canceled at Chicago's airports and officials in the area opened warming centers

'This is an air mass that's more typical for the middle of January than mid-November,' forecasters said Monday

By Valerie Edwards For Dailymail.com and Associated Press

Published: 09:54 EST, 12 November 2019 | Updated: 13:22 EST, 12 November 2019

At least four deaths and more than 1,400 flight cancellations have been blamed on the Arctic blast that has wreaked havoc across the Midwest and Great Plains as forecasters reveal that 70 per cent of the United States will be hit with freezing temperatures this week. A 57-year-old man and two women ages 64 and 81 were killed in a head-on collision in Kalamo Township, Michigan, Monday morning. Authorities said the poor road conditions were likely to blame in the two-vehicle crash. The victims have not been identified. In Kansas, eight-year-old Cassie Ralston was killed in a three-vehicle crash caused by icy roads on Monday. The Kansas Highway Patrol said the collision occurred 8am Monday on Highway 56 near Overbrooke in Osage County when a maroon Dodge Ram pickup truck driving westbound lost control, crossed the center line and hit a black Ford Edge head-on. A third vehicle - a red Oldsmobile Alero - rear-ended the Ford and Cassie, who was a passenger, was killed. Terry Ralston, 52, of Scranton, was identified as the driver of the Ford and was injured in the crash. Cassie was wearing a seat belt in the collision but was pronounced dead at a Topeka hospital at 9.15am. The pickup driver, Kristin Edwards, 43, and her passenger, Luke Edwards, 14, both of Overbrook, were taken to Stormont Vail hospital but the extent of their injuries were unknown. The Alero driver, 17-year-old Kaelyn Watkins of Overbrook, had no apparent injuries according to a crash log. KHP reported five other crashes involving injuries on Monday, four of which involved multiple cars. Officials in central Wyoming are also searching for a 16-year-old autistic boy who went missing Sunday wearing only his pajamas. The crashes came as a weather system carrying freezing temperatures and strong winds moved from the Rockies to the East Coast. The quick-moving storm system is affecting about 70 per cent of the US which will experience freezing temperatures this week. More than 70 schools in Vermont, New Hampshire and New York state have canceled classes due to the snow, according to Vermont Public Radio. Several Texas schools have also announced delays due to the road and weather conditions. This week's Arctic blast has already started breaking records in multiple states, including Illinois, Michigan and Kansas. Six records broken in Kansas: A cold front that froze much of Kansas set at least six records for low temperatures. The NWS reports that Wichita, Salina, Russell, Dodge City, Garden City and Medicine Lodge set low temperature records early Tuesday The lowest temperature was in Garden City, which dropped to minus 1, breaking the record of 7F set in 2018. The highest temperature of the six cities was 8 in Wichita, which broke the former record of 9. Wichita, Salina, Dodge City and Medicine Lodge broke records set in 1911. Snowfall record for the books in Detroit and Flint, Michigan: The NWS forecast office for Detroit and Pontiac says a record daily maximum snowfall of 8.5 inches at Detroit Metro Airport on Monday broke a record that had stood for nearly 94 years. It was the highest November daily snowfall, topping the previous high mark of 6.2 inches set on November 15, 1925. It also broke the old record for November 11 of 4.1 inches set in 1984. The weather service says Monday’s snowfall of 8.6 inches measured at Flint Bishop Airport was a record daily maximum for November 11, topping the previous mark of 3.0 inches set in 1933. Indianapolis sees record low temperature in the single digits A blast of arctic cold has set a record low of 8 degrees in Indianapolis, giving Indiana’s capital its earliest recorded fall temperature in the single digits. The National Weather Service said Tuesday’s record is the coldest temperature recorded in Indianapolis so early in the fall. The closest similar reading was 11 degrees recorded on Nov. 3, 1951. Indianapolis’ 8-degree reading is also its earliest recorded single-digit autumn reading. Previously, the city’s earliest single-digit fall temperature was 4 degrees recorded on Nov. 22, 1959. The arctic cold was producing heavy lake effect snow along Lake Michigan, dumping heavy snow on parts of northern Indiana. The highest snowfall total as of Tuesday morning was 10.6 inches near the city of Goshen. Minnesota cold freezes the state's lakes Record-breaking cold temperatures are freezing Minnesota lakes weeks earlier than normal. NWS meteorologist Bill Borghoff says the premature winter means lakes are already freezing, which is rare for this time of year. Monday was the coldest high temperature in three decades in the Twin Cities. The temperature reached 18 degrees at midnight, tying the coldest high record set in 1986. New records were also set in northern Minnesota where Hibbing’s high was 9 degrees and Brainerd’s was 14, breaking the marks set in 1986. Illinois cities set multiple records  The NWS in Chicago says record low temperatures were set Tuesday morning at both Chicago and Rockford. It says Chicago had a low of 7 degrees, which breaks the previous record of 8 set in 1986. Rockford had a low of 3 degrees, which breaks the previous record of 7, also set in 1986. New Yorkers saw warmer weather Tuesday morning, but the temperatures are expected to plummet as the day goes on. By Tuesday night, New York City and other areas like Philadelphia and DC will begin to see snow.  The NWS says the snow total had surpassed 10 inches at the Buffalo airport on Tuesday morning.  Rochester will eventually be digging out from a similar amount. Northern New England was expected to get between 7 inches and 14 inches of snow. Numerous vehicle accidents were reported in western New York. Forecasters said more than 240 million people are under winter warnings, watches and advisories. Much of the snow that was supposed to fall in the Midwest has come down and now it's time for the record-breaking cold. The National Weather Service (NWS) said Tuesday and Wednesday may see record cold from the southern Plains to the Mississippi Valley to the Great Lakes and beyond, thanks to what it calls an 'arctic airmass' that started in Siberia and has been spilling over a big chunk of the Midwest and East Coast. There will still be plenty of snow into Tuesday in parts of the Northeast as the weather service reported the region may see up to a foot of snow, creating what it called 'hazardous travel conditions'. Meanwhile, temperatures were forecast below freezing as far south as the Texas Gulf Coast. Even residents of Brownsville, Texas, which sits on the US-Mexico border, were seeing snow Tuesday morning. Brownsville has only had measurable snow there a couple times in the last 100 years, according to CNN meteorologist Barndon Miller. Records are expected to be broken in Chicago, as well. Weather service meteorologist Kevin Birk said the high for the Windy City is expected to reach 21 degrees, which is seven degrees lower than the previous record set for November 12. Chicago's train tracks were set on fire by railroad workers to heat up the switches for the winter's frigid temperatures and to keep the trains moving along on Tuesday. The NWS issued a winter storm warning for Vilas County in northern Wisconsin where 3 to 6 inches of additional snow was expected Tuesday. Monday’s snowfall dumped 5.8 inches in the southeastern community of Wind Point and 3.7 inches in Milwaukee. Temperatures slid below zero in the southern Wisconsin city of Elkhorn early Tuesday where it was minus 1. Overnight warming shelters opened for the first time this year in Milwaukee Monday night, the earliest opening that one organizer can recall. Capuchin Community Services director Robert Wotypka said last year they didn’t open until around December 20. 'This is an air mass that's more typical for the middle of January than mid-November,' said Birk. 'It is pretty much about the coldest we can be this time of year (and) it could break records all over the region.' In some areas, the mercury fell quickly. Temperatures in Denver climbed past 70F over the weekend only to fall to 14F early Monday. Elsewhere in the Midwest, a terrifying video showed the moment an American Airlines plane skidded off a snowy runway at the Chicago O'Hare International Airport. None of the 38 passengers and three crew members aboard the Envoy Air flight from Greensboro, North Carolina, were hurt when the plane slid off the runway at about 7.45am Monday morning. The National Weather Service (NWS) said up to 6 inches of snow fell in Illinois and up to 10 inches in northwest Indiana and southwest Michigan. Snowfall totals could reach up to a foot or more in some areas of Indiana, Michigan and Vermont. Other places in the path of the air mass saw ice and rain. Denver saw just a few inches of snow but suffered numerous accidents on icy roadways because the snow fell during the morning commute. About 1,220 flights were canceled at Chicago's airports and officials in the area opened warming centers on Monday. In Michigan, some schools closed early, as did dozens of schools in the St Louis area. The snow and ice was just the first punch from a weather system that pushed frigid air from Siberia across the country. Temperatures below freezing were forecast as far south as Texas' Gulf Coast. 'This is an air mass that's more typical for the middle of January than mid-November,' said National Weather Service meteorologist Kevin Birk. 'It is pretty much about the coldest we can be this time of year (and) it could break records all over the region.'

TUESDAY'S FORECAST FOR MAJOR US CITIES

City Temperature

Atlanta 38F

Boston 42F

Chicago 16F

Dallas 31F

Kansas City 18F

New York 38F

Washington, DC 42F

St Louis 17F

Source: Weather.com Winter doesn't officially start until December 22 this year. Birk predicted that temperatures in Chicago could break a 79-year-old record by Monday night. It's expected to fall to 14 degrees Fahrenheit, which would break the record low of 15 degrees that was set on November 11, 1950. According to Birk, the lows on Tuesday could drop into the single digits or low teens in Illinois, Wisconsin and Iowa, with highs climbing no further than the low 20s. The forecast high of 21 degrees (-6 Celsius) for Chicago would be a full seven degrees lower than the previous record set for November 12. In some areas, temperatures plunged quickly. Temperatures in Denver climbed past 70 degrees (21 Celsius) over the weekend only to fall to 14 degrees (-10 Celsius) early Monday. One area where the low temperatures was particularly concerning was in central Wyoming, where officials were searching for a 16-year-old autistic boy who went missing wearing only his pajamas on Sunday, prompting a search that included certified human trackers, helicopters, dogs, and planes. The National Weather Service said areas west of the Rocky Mountains would be spared the arctic air, with above average temperatures expected in some of those places. Snow also fell Monday morning in Detroit, Kansas City and Milwaukee. About 9.6 inches of snow was dumped on Detroit while Ann Arbor had 9.3 inches and Flint had 7.7 inches of snow. Winter weather advisories were issued for the Plains, Midwest and the Northeast. This week's Arctic blast is predicted to be so cold that forecasters expect it to break more than 300 records over the east of the Continental Divide. The NWS predicted on Saturday that the daily record lows are 'forecast to be broken, tied, or come within 1 degree' of making history between Tuesday and Thursday. Forecasters said Detroit is also expected to break a record for the coldest high temperature for November 12. The previous record was set in 1995 when the high reached 31, but on Tuesday the high is expected to be 24. Detroit's temperature on Wednesday may also break a 1911 record when the temperature was 12 degrees. Temperatures are expected to drop to 11 degrees in Detroit on Wednesday. The South also felt the chill with light snow blanketing cars in Memphis, Tennessee. Warming centers opened in the city, where temperatures fell into the low 20s. Snow arrived in the Great Smoky Mountains in Tennessee on Tuesday and has covered the entire Gatlinburg SkyBridge, which is North America's longest pedestrian suspension bridge. Some West Tennessee schools were closed, and about 20 school systems delayed opening across north Alabama. According to the NWS, Atlanta will see temperatures dip into the 20s by Wednesday night. The storm system began in the Northern Plains and Upper Midwest on Saturday night into the early hours of Sunday.

The blast is coming from a jet stream pattern filtering out of Canada and into the states.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7676797/At-four-drivers-die-slipping-icy-roads-Arctic-blast-batters-Midwest-Great-Plains.html 

:: 11-9-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dangerous Arctic Blast Puts Millions Under Freeze Watches and Warnings

By Strange Sounds - Nov 9, 2019

Much of the Plains, Midwest and Northeast has dealt with a cold and snowy start to November…

A much larger swath of the country will suffer through subfreezing temperatures in the coming days! The first signs of the next Arctic intrusion will come this weekend across the northern Plains and Midwest, as a clipperlike system drops southward out of Canada. Following a fresh coating of snow across the region, temperatures will plummet. The system will then join forces with a separate disturbance tracking into the southern Plains early next week. This added boost of upper-level energy will allow the cold air to force its way southward. Millions of Americans across the Plains and Midwest will likely wake up to temperatures ranging from the single digits to the teens on Monday morning. As the disruptive storm system continues its trek eastward, winterlike cold will expand well into the southern United States, bringing a record-challenging cold air mass to the Gulf Coast on Tuesday and Wednesday morning. As temperatures bottom out on Wednesday morning along the Gulf coast, places like Pensacola, Florida; Mobile, Alabama; Gulfport, Mississippi; and even Houston, Texas, can expect readings to hover around the freezing mark. Farther north, midwinterlike cold is also expected early next week. An expansive area of high pressure centered in the Midwest will promote mainly clear skies, allowing temperatures to drop. Lows in the single digits and teens can be expected. By Tuesday, winterlike temperatures will expand into much of the Northeast as well. Arctic air is expected to filter into the Northeast through Tuesday and Tuesday night. By Wednesday morning, temperatures are forecast to drop below 20 degrees F with single-digit temperatures likely in interior locations of New England. Low temperatures this cold will challenge records across the region. The risk for frozen water pipes and dead car batteries will be renewed across the central United States. Extra layers will be needed for kids heading out to the bus stop, or for individuals working outside. The extreme cold will also lead to a spike in heating costs and electric bills.  After the blast of Arctic air, temperatures will continue to remain below average through the remainder of the week across the eastern half of the United States. So be prepared! [Accuweather, Today]

https://strangesounds.org/2019/11/dangerous-arctic-blast-usa-map-forecast-november2019.html  

:: 11-11-19 Light Has Come :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Massive” Explosion In Gaza KILLS Palestinian Islamic Jihad Leader!!! (Hal Turner Reports)

By MsSophie | November 12, 2019 | Comments 0 Comment

“Massive” Explosion in Gaza KILLS Palestinian Islamic Jihad Leader ! ! !

World News Desk 11 November 2019 Hits: 2505

AL-QUDS BRIGADE CONFIRMS THE DEATH OF LEADER BAHAA ABU AL-ATTA DUE TO AN ISRAEL AIRSTRIKE EAST OF SHIJAIA NEIGHBORHOOD IN GAZA! Smoke was seen rising from the scene and ambulances quickly headed to the scene, according to Quds. The explosions occurred as IAF planes were flying in the area, but the reasons for the explosion are still unknown. The head of Palestinian Islamic Jihad’s (PIJ) Al-Quds Brigades in Gaza, Baha Abu al-Ata is considered one of the top terrorists in the blockaded coastal enclave. While Hamas is the ruling party in the Gaza Strip, the group has in recent years been losing control over the street; and the vacuum was being filled by Ata, Tehran’s main man in Gaza. This targeted assassination is a major escalation: Israel assassinated Baha’ Abu al-‘Ata, the commander of the Palestinian Islamic Jihad’s northern sector in Gaza. He pushed for more aggressive action toward Israel. All schools will be closed in southern Israel expecting retaliation. RETALIATION COMMENCING 10:26 PM EST — Elements inside Gaza are launching immediate retaliation against Israel over the death of Palestinian Islamic Jihad leader. Rockets are being launched into Israel from Gaza. IDF closes all exposed roads around the Gaza Strip for fear of anti-tank guided missile attacks SHARE LINK BELOW:

“Massive” Explosion in Gaza KILLS Palestinian Islamic Jihad Leader ! ! !

START OF WAR: 2 COMMENTS OF INTEREST

His self ·

I see the missiles from Gaza are easily reaching the Tel Aviv area…………

https://twitter.com/EndGameWW3/status/1194136980499640321 

Nasrallah warned these zionist clowns a few months ago that Tel Aviv was an easy target from Gaza. Imagine that!

Lloyd Barker ·

I’m glad they got him. Something in this photo is highly disturbing. I hate to say it but it looks like a micro neutron bomb was deployed. If they can be minutuarised, that’s even more disturbing than even the use thereof.

https://lighthascome.com/2019/11/12/massive-explosion-in-gaza-kills-palestinian-islamic-jihad-leader-hal-turner-reports/ 

:: 11-11-19 Axios :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rebecca Falconer updated Nov 11, 2019

Hong Kong protester shot by police, video shows

A Hong Kong protester was shot by police who opened fire on demonstrators during clashes in the city at the start of Monday's rush hour, local media report. A hospital spokesman told the BBC the 21-year-old man had surgery and was in a critical condition. Why it matters: The shooting occurred as demonstrators "blocked roads and scuffled with riot police officers," some of whom fired tear gas during a general strike across the city, per the New York Times. While there have been clashes between police and protesters for the past 24 weekends, it's unusual for it to happen on a working day.  The Asian financial hub was already on edge following the death last Monday of a student who fell from a parking garage as officers tried to disperse protesters. What's happening: Video posted online by the Hong Kong production house Cupid Producer shows police firing three shots at protesters, one of whom fell to the ground after being struck in the torso at point-blank range. Police said the shooting happened in the Sai Wan Ho area of eastern Hong Kong, Bloomberg reports. A man was set on fire in another part of the city "in an apparent dispute over national identity," AP reports. Some train and subway services were disrupted amid the latest unrest, operators said. Police tweeted officers were "clearing the barricades that caused serious obstruction to traffic, and conducting dispersal operations." "Police warn the protestors to stop their illegal acts immediately," the tweet stated. The big picture: It's believed to be the third time Hong Kong police have shot someone with live ammunition since demonstrations erupted in June, according to the BBC. The first reported police shooting of a protester occurred on Oct. 1, as the city marked China's 70th anniversary of Communist Party rule. The second shooting occurred three days later, when a teenage boy was "shot in the leg," per the BBC. Driving the news: Authorities hoped the October withdrawal of an extradition bill that set off months of protests in the Chinese territory would calm unrest in the city. Protesters remain concerned that the high degree of autonomy they've experienced since the former British colony was returned to China in 1997 is under threat from Chinese authorities.

https://www.axios.com/hong-kong-protester-shot-by-police-video-shows-d5660d16-b08f-4ae1-aa8a-69c1e5e0bc48.html 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 11-11-19 The National Interest :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yes, China Has Missiles That Could Destroy the Navy's Aircraft Carriers

What can be done?

by James Holmes

Recently China’s People’s Liberation Army (PLA) Rocket Force most likely tested a DF-21D or DF-26 anti-ship ballistic missile—sometimes know as "carrier-killers"—in the South China Sea. Details remain sketchy, as Chinese spokesmen have remained close-mouthed about the exercise. The test came on the heels of news last May that PLA weaponeers had installed anti-ship cruise missiles and surface-to-air missiles on Fiery Cross Reef, Subi Reef, and Mischief Reef, west of the Philippine Islands. Pentagon spokesman Lt. Col. Dave Eastburn told CNBC that this week’s missile test contradicted China’s “claim to want to bring peace to the region and obviously actions like this are coercive acts meant to intimidate other South China Sea claimants.” Col. Eastburn has it half right. Beijing clearly wants to coerce others. But the test was entirely consistent with its claim to want to bring peace to the region. It does want peace; it simply wants to transform the nature of that peace, and force is a means to that end. If Chinese Communist Party prelates in Beijing get their way, they—not foreign governments or international institutions—will make the rules in the South China Sea. They will issue laws or policy decrees mandating or proscribing certain actions in regional seaways, and others will obey. Peace will prevail. The missile tests are the latest installment in China’s effort to put steel behind its claims to “indisputable sovereignty” over the waters, skies, and land features within the “nine-dashed line” it has sketched on the map of Southeast Asia. The nine-dashed line encloses some 80-90 percent of the South China Sea, including not just contested Spratly and Paracel islands, atolls, and reefs but also wide swathes of fellow Southeast Asian claimants’ “exclusive economic zones.” It’s worth noting, for instance, that Mischief Reef, one of the island bastions now festooned with missiles, lies deep within the Philippine exclusive economic zone. Beijing purloined it from Manila in the mid-1990s and progressively built the reef into the military fastness it is today. China’s effort aims at imposing what the German sociologist Max Weber called a “monopoly of the legitimate use of physical force within a given territory.” This is the classic definition of sovereignty. A sovereign commands such a monopoly within borders drawn on the map. The government can enforce its will within national frontiers because it fields law-enforcement and military services that no one can oppose with realistic chances of success. What the sovereign says goes. Now Beijing is harnessing high-tech sensor and weapons technology in a bid to project the monopoly on force it wields on dry land far out to sea. If it can amass insuperable physical might at any place within the nine-dashed line, outclassed Southeast Asian rivals will have to stand down. They may never consent to China’s doctrine of indisputable sovereignty, but there may be little they can do about it. Might makes right. Which is the point for Xi Jinping and his fellow denizens of the wretched hive of scum and villainy. In a perverse way, though, China’s drive for sovereign rule is true to international custom. For centuries international law regarded the “territorial sea” as a seaward extension of the dry earth where a coastal state’s government was fully sovereign. The territorial sea’s width was three nautical miles. Why that seemingly arbitrary figure? Because three nautical miles was roughly the range of a cannon shot from the dawn of the gunpowder age until the twentieth century. Practically speaking, a government could exert physical control of waters within reach of gunfire belching out from coastal batteries. It could shoo away pirates, poachers, or hostile navies. It could exercise a monopoly on armed force within those waters—regulating what went on there just as if managing events on shore. But the twentieth century brought advances in weapons technology that produced a leap in combat reach and precision. The DF-21D, according to most analysis, has a range of 1,500 km. The DF-26 has a range estimated at 3,000-4,000 km. If the territorial sea is that expanse where the coastal state boasts a monopoly of force, and if gee-whiz technology empowers a coastal-state military to exert that monopoly far offshore—far beyond the customary three nautical miles, or the twelve nautical miles codified in the law of the sea—then why shouldn’t such a state assert sovereignty within its weapons reach? In short, Beijing is attempting to take the logic underlying the territorial sea to its nth degree. It has also reverted to the older view of the sea as physical space that the strong can own. What’s the solution for Southeast Asians, and for lovers of maritime freedom? Simple: if China is trying to build up a monopoly on force, deny it that monopoly. Simple to say, as Clausewitz might remind us, but in martial affairs the simplest thing is difficult. A solution would combine alliance building with military innovation. China may outmatch any single antagonist within the nine-dashed line, including that fraction of the U.S. Navy likely to appear in regional waters, but it might not outmatch them all if they made common cause. Southeast Asians are reticent about bucking Beijing’s will. They know they will have to live with Big Brother forever, and they dread his wrath. That might change if powerful outsiders—the United States, Japan, Australia, Europeans—show themselves committed to preserving small states’ rights and privileges as well as freedom of the sea. Collectively they can push back even if no individual contender can. And then there’s the problem of countering the Chinese missile threat. If regional and extraregional militaries fashion tactics and technologies that let them survive and operate within reach of Chinese missiles, then they will have blunted Beijing’s campaign to make itself sovereign within the nine-dashed line. If those who reject China’s purposes and methods stand together and learn to fight together in unison, they may yet prevail. Let’s bust Beijing’s monopoly. James Holmes is J. C. Wylie Chair of Maritime Strategy at the Naval War College and coauthor of Red Star over the Pacific. The views voiced here are his alone. This first appeared in July 2019.

https://nationalinterest.org/blog/buzz/yes-china-has-missiles-could-destroy-navys-aircraft-carriers-94666 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 11-12-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel strikes deputy Islamic Jihad chief's home in Damascus - casualties

Two people reported dead and six others injured after a building was targeted near the Lebanese Embassy in Damascus, right after PIJ leader Bahaa Abu Al-Ata was killed in Gaza.

By REUTERS, JERUSALEM POST STAFF November 12, 2019 14:12

Islamic Jihad said that the Damascus home of one of its top officials was attacked by Israel early Tuesday morning. The bombing came minutes after Islamic Jihad commander Bahaa Abu Al-Ata was assassinated by Israel in the Gaza Strip in a targeted killing operation carried out jointly by the IDF and the Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency). Syrian state news agency SANA said that two people were killed dead and six others injured after the bombing of the building near the Lebanese Embassy in western Mezzeh, Damascus. An Islamic Jihad official confirmed that the target was the home of the group's deputy leader, Akram Al-Ajouri. In a statement, Islamic Jihad blamed the attack on "the Zionist criminal enemy." It was not immediately clear if Al-Ajouri was among the dead or the wounded. Al-Ajouri was said to be Abu Al-Ata's primary contact in the top echelons of Islamic Jihad. The bombing on Tuesday made it seem like Israel was launching a coordinated assault against the Iranian-backed terrorist organization that is mostly based in Gaza but also has headquarters in the Syrian capital. Moreover, Syrian state media said late on Monday that the Syrian army fired on a "hostile target" in the town of Daraya, west of the capital, Damascus, The nature of the target was not immediately clear and the report did not say if it had been brought down in the action. In recent years, Israel has carried out hundreds of strikes in Syria against its regional arch foe Iran and the Lebanese Hezbollah group, which it calls the biggest threat to its borders.

https://www.jpost.com/Breaking-News/Syrian-army-fires-on-hostile-target-in-skies-over-Damascus-countryside-607580 

:: 11-6-19 The Conversation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Academic rigor, journalistic flair

Mormons in Mexico: A brief history of polygamy, cartel violence and faith

November 6, 2019 5.59pm EST

Nine members of a prominent Mormon family in northern Mexico, all women and children, were gunned down on Nov. 4 in territory whose control is disputed by the Sinaloa Cartel and the La Linea militia. Mexico, which has experienced high crime for over a decade, has seen violence surge in recent weeks. On Oct. 17, a shootout in the city of Culiacan involving the Sinaloa Cartel led officials to release from custody Ovidio Guzman, the son of jailed drug kingpin Joaquin “El Chapo” Guzman. In the context of so much bloodshed, the LeBaron killings are both highly unusual and tragically quotidian.  Unlike most murder victims in Mexico, the LeBarons are U.S. citizens and Mormons – part of a religious community that broke away from Utah’s Church of Latter-Day Saints years ago. But, as many Mexican journalists have written, the peace activism of family member Julián LeBaron could also have made his community a target. And the LeBarons have a history of violent encounters with organized crime. Mormons in Mexican history In my 2018 book on American- and Canadian-based religious enclaves in Mexico, I researched the Latter-Day Saints community and the LeBaron Mormons of Chihuahua state, near the U.S. border. Typically, these communities’ members are somewhat reluctant to talk to outsiders, beyond proselytizing. But as a person of Mennonite background with relatives in Mennonite colonies in Mexico, I was able to interview members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints – the official name of the mainstream Mormon church – in northern Mexico. Along with the Romneys – relatives of Sen. Mitt Romney, whose father was born in Mexico – the LeBarons are among the most storied families in Mormon history. Members of Utah’s Latter-Day Saints community emigrated to Mexico in the 1880s to follow their religious beliefs by living in polygamous families, which was illegal in the United States. Polygamy was illegal in Mexico, too, but the government there offered a flexible definition of family and did not enforce its anti-polygamy laws. Alma “Dayer” LeBaron, the patriarch, was born in 1886 and grew up as a Latter-Day Saint in Colonia Dublán, Chihuahua. In 1904, he married a woman from nearby Colonia Juárez. She left him when he sought a polygamous marriage. LeBaron fled the Mexican Revolution for Utah in 1912, where he married two women – Maude McDonald and Onie Jones – and had what’s been described as “a large family of sons.” LeBaron and his big family returned to Mexico in 1924 to find that their Latter-Day Saint neighbors did not welcome their polygamy. So LeBaron established his own colony, called LeBaron, in Chihuahua, Mexico. Today it stretches approximately six miles along a municipal highway and is four miles wide, surrounded by fields. LeBaron also began his own Mormon church. Poverty and conflicts For 50 years, the LeBarons migrated back and forth across the Mexico-U.S. border, with Alma’s sons serving as missionaries evangelizing on behalf of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints. But the community struggled with poverty and, starting in the 1970s, ran into land conflicts with a nearby farming community that had been granted land by the government after the Mexican Revolution. The LeBaron colony’s land may have been illegally purchased from this neighboring land grant. Area peasants called the LeBarons “American invaders” and destroyed their fences. This allowed cattle into the LeBaron’s fields, damaging their crops. Judges in Mexico, however, sided with the LeBarons, whom they saw as productive members of the local economy. The land clashes between Mormon and Mexican ranchers have largely dissipated, though a flare-up occurred just last year. After Alma Dayer LeBaron died in 1951, his sons – Joel, Ross, Ervil and Verlan – disagreed over the future of the church Alma had established, leading to violence within the family and the formation of new fundamentalist groups.  Ervil LeBaron was arrested and convicted for the 1972 murder of his brother Joel. That verdict was later overturned, but in 1981, a Utah court convicted Ervil of a different murder. He died in prison in 1981.  Members of this community report enduring beatings, underage marriage and other abuse, as the escapee Anna LeBaron recounts in her 2017 memoir “The Polygamist’s Daughter.” The LeBarons have also been victims of violence. In 2009, 16-year-old Eric LeBaron was kidnapped by drug traffickers. His family successfully lobbied the government for help and secured his release. In retaliation, a cartel killed Eric LeBaron’s brother Benjamín LeBaron and brother-in-law Luis Widmar in 2011. Frustrated by violence, another brother, Julián LeBaron, that year joined a high-profile peace movement founded by the poet Javier Sicilia. LeBaron and Sicilia reportedly fell out in 2012. But after the murder of Julián’s cousin and other family members on Nov. 4, Sicilia wrote a condolence letter encouraging Julián to “uncover the barbaric reality.” Integration in Mexico As their peace activism shows, the LeBarons are more integrated in Mexican society than other religious minority groups I’ve studied. The LeBarons have long sought connections with fellow Mexicans to proselytize about their beliefs. And 39-year-old Alex LeBaron, from this community, has worked for the government of Chihuahua. From 2015 to 2018, he was even an elected official. Alex LeBaron also married a Mexican woman, Brenda Ríos, in a Catholic ceremony. Like other northern Mexicans, the LeBarons are a thoroughly cross-border community. Much of their purchasing power in Mexico comes from remittances sent by male relatives who work in the U.S. Like their neighbors, too, the LeBarons are vulnerable to the violence that surrounds them. Mexico’s death toll in 2019 is on pace to exceed the 33,341 murders seen in 2018. In spite of a new National Guard established to fight crime, last year was Mexico’s deadliest year since modern record-keeping began. Violence in Chihuahua state, where homicides had dropped markedly in recent years is rebounding. So the LeBarons may have an uncommon backstory. But from kidnappings to gruesome murders, they share a familiarity with tragedy that far too many Mexicans know far too well.

[ Deep knowledge, daily. Sign up for The Conversation’s newsletter

https://theconversation.com/mormons-in-mexico-a-brief-history-of-polygamy-cartel-violence-and-faith-126493 

:: 11-8-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Florida High School Denies Pro-Life Club, Allows LGBTQ Group: It's ‘Blatantly Illegal’

Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, November 8, 2019

A Florida high school is violating federal law and the Constitution by preventing the formation of a pro-life club even though the same school allows dozens of other student clubs, including LGBTQ special-interest ones, a religious liberty group alleges. Gulf Coast High School in Naples, Fla., refused this year to officially recognize a pro-life club affiliated with Students for Life of America, even though the pro-life student in question, Gabrielle Gabbard, followed every requirement, according to a letter Alliance Defending Freedom submitted to Collier County Public Schools Thursday. The club was to be called “Sharks 4 Life,” but the assistant principal declined to “approve the club because it was too ‘political’ and ‘controversial,’” the letter says. Further, the assistant principal said, “she did not want either pro-choice or pro-life groups at Gulf Coast,” according to the letter. “[The] failure to recognize Sharks 4 Life is blatantly illegal under the Equal Access Act and First Amendment, both of which guarantee” Gabbard the right to “have a student club that stands on equal footing with the hundreds of other student clubs in Collier County public schools,” the letter says. The Equal Access Act prevents schools from receiving federal funding if they deny students the right to conduct meetings because of the “religious, political, philosophical, or other content of the speech at such meetings.” The letter cites a Supreme Court decision, Board of Education v. Mergens (1990), which said a school that allows one “noncurriculum related student group” may not “deny other clubs” on the basis of their content. “Public school officials can’t refuse to recognize a student organization for being too ‘political’ or ‘controversial,’ especially when they have rightfully approved a whole host of other clubs formed around religious, political, and social interests,” said ADF legal counsel Michael Ross. “The First Amendment doesn’t permit a public school to play favorites when approving student organizations. Gulf Coast High School must recognize Sharks 4 Life, and Collier County Public Schools needs to update its policies so that this doesn’t happen again.” The school officially recognizes 78 clubs, including “political groups like Turning Point USA, Young Conservatives, and Gulf Coast’s Collier Students for Change, ethnicity-based groups like clubs for Korean culture or Asian Culture, religious groups like Fellowship of Christian Athletes, and LGBTQ special-interest groups like the Gay-Straight Alliance.”  “These student clubs are an essential part of a student’s education because participating in and leading clubs allows students to develop their own special interests and to develop and express their religious and political views,” the letter says. “But Gulf Coast High School has denied Ms. Gabbard the ability to form her own pro-life student club.” Michael Foust is a freelance writer. Visit his blog, MichaelFoust.com.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/michael-foust/florida-high-school-bans-pro-life-club-allows-lgbtq-group-it-s-blatantly-illegal.html 

:: 11-11-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dershowitz Likens Dem Impeachment Obsession to Stalin’s KGB — ‘Show Me the Man, and I’ll Find You the Crime’

Harvard Law School professor emeritus Alan Dershowitz during an appearance on Sunday’s “The Cats Roundtable” on New York AM 970 radio equated the Democrats’ obsession with impeaching President Donald Trump to the KGB under former Soviet Union dictator Joseph Stalin. Dershowitz argued that the Democrats are “making up crimes” and weaponizing impeachment against Trump. “Whether you’re a Democrat or a Republican, whether you’re from New York or the middle of the country, you should be frightened by efforts to try to create crimes out of nothing,” Dershowitz told host John Catsimatidis. “The latest twist was people on television, particularly CNN and MSNBC, are saying that if the president or somebody else were to name the whistleblower in the Ukrainian situation that person would be guilty of a crime. Well, I spent the afternoon yesterday searching the federal criminal statutes from beginning to end. I couldn’t find the crime.” “It reminds me of what Lavrentiy Beria, the head of the KGB, said to Stalin. He said, ‘Show me the man, and I’ll find you the crime,’ which he really meant, ‘I’ll make up the crime.’ And so the Democrats are now making up crimes,” he added.

Follow Trent Baker on Twitter @MagnifiTrent

https://www.breitbart.com/clips/2019/11/10/dershowitz-likens-dem-impeachment-obsession-to-stalins-kgb-show-me-the-man-and-ill-find-you-the-crime/ 

:: 11-8-19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Parents whose 6-year-old was taught 'girls are not real' file lawsuit against school, teacher

By Brandon Showalter, CP Reporter CP Current Page: World | Friday, November 08, 2019

Parents who filed a human rights complaint against a school where their 6-year-old daughter was being taught that "there’s no such thing as boys and girls” have now filed a lawsuit against the school board, principal, and the teacher. The teacher, who taught a first grade class at Devonshire Community Public School in Ontario, Canada, last year, presented a YouTube video on gender called "He, She, and They?!?—Gender: Queer Kid Stuff #2," which was part of the lesson plan that day, Pamela Buffone, the mother of the 6-year-old girl, told The Post Millennial earlier this year. Buffone and her husband subsequently filed a complaint with the Ontario Human Rights Tribunal against the school system after their daughter started worrying she might not be female after watching that video.  Last week, The Justice Centre for Constitutional Freedoms, a legal advocacy organization specializing in Canadian constitutional law that is representing the Buffones and their daughter, filed an amended application noting that child's rights to security of the person and equality under relevant sections of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms were infringed, Radio Canada International reported Tuesday. “She was very passionate about all kinds of social justice topics, most of which our daughter really enjoyed learning about,” Buffone said of her daughter, who is now attending a different school, in an interview with Radio Canada International. The teacher of her first grade class had drawn a "gender spectrum" on the whiteboard and asked the children to identify where they placed on the spectrum. Buffone's daughter picked the furthest end of the spectrum designated "girl." Their human rights complaint claims that the teacher instructed the class that "girls are not real, and boys are not real," which greatly distressed their daughter. “At the age of 6, she was just figuring out that animals are divided into boys and girls; when she met a new dog on the street, for example, she would ask ‘is it a boy or a girl?,’” Buffone said. “So she was very confused by what her teacher was saying and was struggling to understand what it meant for her as a girl.” In an interview with The Christian Post on Thursday, Buffone said they initially filed their application on their own, but with the assistance of a lawyer who was unable to take the case further. "When the Justice Centre for Constitutional Freedoms agreed to assist us, their lawyers thought we should raise the Charter arguments and highlight that this is also a case of discrimination on the basis of sex, not just gender identity," she explained.  Asked to comment on how the sowing of confusion about sex and gender into the minds of young girls impacts women's rights as a whole, she said it "sends the message that this mystical gender identity we’re all supposed to have is more important than our biology, and that if you don’t conform to a particular stereotype, then you are literally the opposite sex." "So women’s rights are being redefined away from female rights to the rights of people who identify as a stereotype. It’s a terrible message to be sending to girls or anyone, because it undermines the value and dignity we have as humans by separating what it means to be human from our biological reality," she said. Despite the assertion from the school system that such lessons are intended to be "inclusive," Buffone believes they have revamped language and that it is important for more parents to voice their objections. The teacher told the Buffones that “the board policy is that there is gender fluidity,” according to the filed amended application. "It's becoming increasingly apparent that words like 'inclusive' don't mean what most of us think they should. We should be making gender non-conforming kids feel welcome, not telling the majority of kids that they are 'less than' because they don't have some unique and celebrated identity," Buffone said. "Parents are likely unaware of how much their kids are being immersed in this messaging. People need to ask questions, get involved, and keep the lines of communication open with their children." Canada has been a particularly heated center of conflict over the notion of self-declared "gender identity." In 2016, the Canadian parliament passed the controversial bill known as C-16, which added gender expression and gender identity as protected groups into the Canadian Human Rights Act and its Criminal Code provisions. University of Toronto psychology professor Jordan Peterson's public testimony and central argument against the added provisions — that they unjustly compel speech by forcing people to use language with which they disagree — was the impetus that ultimately launched him to international stardom. Canadian radical feminists and others, most notably Feminist Current founder and editor Meghan Murphy, who spoke critically about how gender identity ideology and legislation undermines women's sex-based rights, have faced significant threats of rape and death. Murphy was permanently banned from Twitter last year because she referred to a transgender-identified male as "him," which the social media giant deemed a violation of their user rules. The distress many young children experience at their schools when transitioning to a different gender is introduced has surfaced in recent years amid rapidly spreading transgender activism.   In 2017, controversy ensued in Rocklin, California, when a teacher at an area charter school read a book about gender transition titled "I am Jazz" before holding a gender transition ceremony for one of the 5-year-olds in the class, traumatizing the other students. The school subsequently released a statement disputing the accusations.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/parents-whose-6-year-old-was-taught-girls-are-not-real-file-lawsuit-against-school-teacher.html 

:: 11-10-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Leave now': Australians urged to evacuate as 'catastrophic' fires loom

Colin Packham November 10, 2019 / 6:58 PM / a day ago 4 Min Read

SYDNEY (Reuters) - Authorities declared a state of emergency across a broad swath of Australia’s east coast on Monday, urging residents in high risk areas to evacuate ahead of looming “catastrophic” fire conditions. Bushfires burning across New South Wales (NSW) and Queensland states have already killed three people and destroyed more than 150 homes. Officials expect adverse heat and wind conditions to peak at unprecedented levels on Tuesday. Bushfires are a common and deadly threat in Australia’s hot, dry summers but the current severe outbreak, well before the summer peak, has caught many by surprise. “Everybody has to be on alert no matter where you are and everybody has to be assume the worst and we cannot allow complacency to creep in,” NSW Premier Gladys Berejiklian told reporters in Sydney. The country’s most populous city has been designated at “catastrophic fire danger” for Tuesday, when temperatures as high as 37 degrees Celsius (98.6 degrees Fahrenheit) are forecast to combine with powerful winds for potentially deadly conditions. It is the first time Sydney has been rated at that level since new fire danger ratings were introduced in 2009. Home to more than 5 million people, Sydney is ringed by large areas of bushland, much of which remains tinder dry following little rain across the country’s east coast in recent months. “Tomorrow is about protecting life, protecting property and ensuring everybody is safe as possible,” Berejiklian said. Lawmakers said the statewide state of emergency - giving firefighters broad powers to control government resources, force evacuations, close roads and shut down utilities - would remain in place for seven days. On Monday afternoon, the fire service authorised use of the Standard Emergency Warning Signal, an alarm and verbal warning that will be played on radio and television stations every hour. NSW Rural Fire Service (RFS) Commissioner Shane Fitzsimmons urged people to evacuate before conditions worsened, warning that new fires can begin up to 20km (12 miles) ahead of established fires. “Relocate while things are calm without the pressure or anxiety of fires bearing down the back door,” he said. Authorities stressed that even fireproofed homes will not be able to withstand catastrophic conditions, which Fitzsimmons described as “when lives are lost, it’s where people die”. More than 100 schools will be closed on Tuesday. On Monday afternoon, rescue services were moving large animals from high risk areas, while health officials warned that air quality across NSW will worsen as winds blow smoke from the current mid-north coast bushfires south. The fires have already had a devastating impact on Australia’s wildlife, with about 350 koalas feared dead in a major habitat.  CLIMATE CHANGE DEBATE Australia’s worst bushfires on record destroyed thousands of homes in Victoria in February 2009, killing 173 people and injuring 414 on a day the media dubbed “Black Saturday”. The current fires, however, come weeks ahead of the southern hemisphere summer, sharpening attention on the policies of Australia’s conservative government to address climate change. Environmental activists and opposition lawmakers have used the fires to call on Prime Minister Scott Morrison, a supporter of the coal industry, to strengthen the country’s emissions targets. Morrison declined to answer questions about whether the fires were linked to climate change when he visited fire-hit areas in the north of NSW over the weekend. Deputy Prime Minister Michael McCormack on Monday accused climate activists of politicising a tragedy at the expense of people in the danger zones. “What we are doing is taking real and meaningful action to reduce global emissions without shutting down all our industries,” McCormack told Australian Broadcasting Corp radio. “They don’t need the ravings of some pure, enlightened and woke capital city greenies at this time, when they’re trying to save their homes.” Reporting by Colin Packham. Editing by Lincoln Feast and Jane Wardell

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-australia-bushfires/australias-east-coast-declares-state-of-emergency-amid-catastrophic-fire-threat-idUSKBN1XK0R0 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 11-8-19 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Father outraged over school giving 7-year-old son flyer promoting free condoms, birth control

By Samuel Smith, CP Reporter CP Current Page: U.S. | Friday, November 08, 2019

A father in Tennessee is outraged after his children’s elementary school distributed a flyer promoting a three-day clinic to access free condoms and contraception. Richard Penkoski, a Christian activist who runs the online ministry Warriors for Christ and regularly protests against Drag Queen Story Hour events at public libraries nationwide, spoke out Thursday during a school board meeting in Sullivan County about a flyer that his 7-year-old son brought home last week from his second grade class at the Mary Hughes School in Piney Flats. The flyer in question promoted an event at the Appalachian Fairgrounds in Gray hosted by the Remote Area Medical Volunteer Corps. The event was slated to be held from Nov. 1 to Nov. 3. While one side of the flyer offered free dental, medical and vision services, the other side of the flyer advertised in big, bold letters “free birth control and pre-pregnancy services.” Among other things, the flyer promoted free “implants, [intrauterine devices], pills, condoms and more.” “What is more, exactly? And why was this given to my 7 year old?" Penkoski asked during his three minutes of floor time during the school board meeting in Blountville. “Since when is it the school’s job to give information to my child about birth control? When did the public schools decide they can teach my child issues regarding morality and sex?” Penkoski said he is upset because the flyer nearly forced him to explain sex to his son before he thought his son was ready. “I know liberals on this council, specifically, will say something like, ‘Well, schools teach reproduction.’ You are right,” Penkoski said. “They do teach biological facts in regard to reproduction. This flyer is not talking about reproduction. It teaches birth control. I also can’t help but notice that abstinence is not on this list.” As a Christian, Penkoski asserted that he teaches his children to abstain from sexual activity until marriage and that fornication is a sin. He told The Christian Post in an interview that he felt the distribution of the flyer was a “direct attack” on the beliefs he teaches his children. “The public schools think they have the right to usurp my authority as their father,” Penkoski charged during the meeting. “This school does not have that right.” Sullivan County Director of Schools David Cox admitted Thursday that the flyers promoting birth control were passed out unintentionally. According to the Kingsport Times-News, Cox explained that all schools in the district distributed the flyers promoting the RAM Clinic. The aim was to make sure that financially challenged families were aware of the three-day health clinic opportunity. Cox told the Kingsport Times-News that the flyers were provided to the school district by East Tennessee State University on behalf of RAM. Cox contended that the flyer focusing on contraception was not meant to be distributed on the back of a RAM flyer promoting vision, medical and dental services. "What happened on the back of the information, there was another part that was inadvertently sent and it did say free birth control," Cox said, according to WBIR. Penkoski does not buy Cox’s reasoning. “[The school] received two pages and what the principal did was he took the two pages and put them back-to-back to make one copy,” Penkoski told CP. “Part of it was to save paper but you can’t miss that. It is a whole page and right at the top there are big bold letters that say ‘birth control’ and ‘pre-pregnancy’ and all that stuff.” Penkoski told CP that he feels the flyers were a “direct attack” on what he teaches his children. Although Cox said that the flyers were distributed at all schools, Penkoski said his 9-year-old daughter who attends the same school did not receive the flyer.  Penkoski believes some teacher discretion went into whether or not the flyers were handed out. “The school can say ‘inadvertent’ all they want, but that is like accidentally giving a child with a peanut allergy a peanut,” Penkoski said. Dale Walker, the president of the Tennessee Pastor’s Network, drove four hours to speak at the school board meeting on Thursday. “Our question tonight is where is the accountability of this school?” Walker asked. “Where is the accountability of this teacher? Where is the accountability of this principal?” “Where are the checks and balances? What are your procedures to block inappropriate subject matter to parents?” he continued. “Since when does our education system pick and choose what our students are exposed to without notification to their parents first?” Walker said that teachers, principals and administrators need to be educated on what Christian families “desire to have for their children.” “This garbage in this flyer is anything but Christian values and Christian families have the right to be upset about it,” Walker said. Walker told CP that the flyer distributed at Mary Hughes School should serve as a “wake-up call to the Bible Belt.” “We have a super Republican majority in Tennessee and many times people think that because we elect so-called conservative Christians that we can just live our lives and not pay any attention to what’s going on in the public space, in our schools and in our counties,” Walker added. “Pastors better pay attention to what their children are learning in public schools. At best, we only have a couple of hours a week with children that attend our churches and then they go to secular, godless schools … and they are teaching 7-year-olds how to fornicate.” Walker expressed concern with the fact that there were “no local pastors” present for the school board meeting last night. “You would think that the room would have been filled with pastors,” Walker stressed. “This is why we have to get engaged. I understand pastors are busy. I am a pastor myself. I am trying to encourage them to make a difference in our culture because if we lose this young generation that is being indoctrinated with these doctrines of demons, we have lost our churches. The next future generation is going to be godless secularists.” Follow Samuel Smith on Twitter: @IamSamSmith or Facebook: SamuelSmithCP

https://www.christianpost.com/news/father-outraged-school-giving-7-year-old-son-flyer-promoting-free-condoms-birth-control.html 

:: 11-4-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'War' Declared Upon Tens Of Millions Of Americans With 'Impeachment' Nothing But A Seditious, Communist Coup

- America's Founding Fathers Might Argue The 2nd Amendment Was Enshrined For Times Like These

November 4th, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

As talk of impeachment fills the air in America with long-time Conservative publisher Matt Drudge now turning on President Trump by echoing the Democratic party and Deep State's talking points, we're not surprised that Drudge has lost 1/5 of his audience, over 200 million page views, as Conservatives arm up in record numbers and prepare for a bloody civil war that we pray to God never comes. With the Democrat party/deep state attempted impeachment of President Trump nothing less than an attempted Communist coup with President Trump's entire presidency dogged by blatant and outright lies and false allegations of 'Russian Collusion', allegations beginning with the 'Queen of Death' and the 'biggest loser', Hillary Clinton herself, the polls that Drudge linked to all over his website Monday morning show a very clear division in an America being pushed by Democrats to the breaking point. And although a Fox News poll reported 49% of Americans want President Trump 'removed' from office, those numbers echoing a NBC News poll that also found 49% of Americans want him 'removed' from office, while 52% of MSN readers want him 'removed', the word 'removed' itself sounds like that used in a 3rd world coup, though this time its against the 'Will of the American People' and the US Constitution. And as Mike Adams warns in this must-read new story at Natural News, if Trump is 'removed' from the office he was voted into by more than 60 million Americans, there may be nothing that can stop all hell from breaking loose in America. With those poll numbers also showing that at least 51% of Americans DON'T want President Trump 'removed' from office, and those numbers likely much higher considering how badly the 'polls' got the 2016 election wrong and the msm being close to 99% or more in favor of Trump's impeachment, any kind of 'takedown' of Trump's presidency has the potential of unleashing total madness in America with the Democrats and deep state launching a very real attack against not just President Trump but on the over 100 million Americans who support him and his plan of putting 'America 1st'. Before going on, we wanted to thank everybody who has reached out to us about Susan's health following her heart attack on Saturday. ANP readers have been absolutely amazing. Thank you so much for your concern and your prayers. The great news is, as long as her surgery is successful today, Susan should be coming home on Tuesday or Wednesday. So let's take a look below at Mike Adams recent story over at Natural News titled "25 mind-blowing things that are likely to happen if the Dems succeed in removing Trump from office" within which he warns the ultimate goal of this 'deep state coup' is to 'install' the 'Queen of Death', Hillary Clinton, into office with Democrats and the 'deep state' hoping to overthrow the results of the 2016 via any means necessary. And while Democrats won't admit it, such a 'coup' could immediately turn over 100 million Americans forever against the 'establishment' in this country, possibly launching the biggest tax protest in 2020 in US history because anyone paying any taxes at all to the federal government should this 'coup' be successful will merely be supporting a banana republic government that the American people owe no allegiance to what-so-ever. So while a successful 'coup' could launch a bloody civil war in America that our country may never recover from, and we pray that such a war is avoided but strongly recommend preparing to defend your families from anyways, the excerpt below comes from Mike Adams story in which he warns of great dangers ahead should the deep state coup against President Trump be successful. You can also hear his entire list in the 1st video at the bottom of this story. A coordinated, deep state attempt to remove Trump from office at any cost is now gaining steam. With the collusion of the deep state media, CIA operatives and anti-Trump tech giants that censor all truth, the deep state is hoping to crush democracy, destroy Trump and install Hillary Clinton as President of the United States in just the next few months. Should they succeed in achieving a U.S. Senate conviction of Trump — which would remove him from office — here are 25 shocking, history-changing events we may see unfold.

Disclaimer: This author does not condone any of the actions outlined below. This is analysis, not a call for action. Many of the events described below involve mass executions and other horrific crimes. We hope to see none of this come to pass.

#1) The stock market will implode. That’s because Trump seems to be the only person remaining in Washington D.C. who doesn’t want the stock market to crash. If Dems seize power, expect a collapse of the stock market and U.S. economic activity as Wall Street investors head for the exits. Democrats will thrust America into an economic nosedive approaching Venezuela-scale collapse.

#2) Once Trump is impeached, convicted and removed from office, the focus will immediately shift to removing Mike Pence so that Nancy Pelosi — current Speaker of the House — becomes President without any election taking place. (Note that the deep state traitors absolutely despise the voters and will do everything possible to override the will of the People.)

#3) Once Nancy Pelosi becomes President, she will immediately push to nominate and have Hillary Clinton confirmed as Vice President. This will require confirmation from the Senate, but if Senate Republicans have already lost any backbone to prevent the conviction of Trump, they will have no resistance whatsoever to Democrats shoving Hillary Clinton down America’s throat.

With Adams also warning that 'defending' President Trump isn't just about Trump but about defending all of humanity from the 'Democrat demons' and what they'd be unleashing in America should their coup be successful, Adams warns that traditional American values are in grave danger from the deranged, demonic Leftists who now openly demand the complete destruction of every last shred of human decency and morality. Please read his entire story here. Democrats are not just mentally ill and brainwashed, they are demon-infested non-human entities who demand the sacrifice of children to satiate their own sick, perverted proclivities. Even right now, MMR vaccines given to children across America are deliberately engineered with the entire gene sequence of an aborted human baby as a way to contaminate new children in a cannibalism ritual that involves injecting infants with the blood of other dead babies who were killed via abortion.

November 4th, 2019

'War' Declared Upon Tens Of Millions Of Americans With 'Impeachment' Nothing But A Seditious, Communist Coup

- America's Founding Fathers Might Argue The 2nd Amendment Was Enshrined For Times Like These

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

As talk of impeachment fills the air in America with long-time Conservative publisher Matt Drudge now turning on President Trump by echoing the Democratic party and Deep State's talking points, we're not surprised that Drudge has lost 1/5 of his audience, over 200 million page views, as Conservatives arm up in record numbers and prepare for a bloody civil war that we pray to God never comes. With the Democrat party/deep state attempted impeachment of President Trump nothing less than an attempted Communist coup with President Trump's entire presidency dogged by blatant and outright lies and false allegations of 'Russian Collusion', allegations beginning with the 'Queen of Death' and the 'biggest loser', Hillary Clinton herself, the polls that Drudge linked to all over his website Monday morning show a very clear division in an America being pushed by Democrats to the breaking point.  And although a Fox News poll reported 49% of Americans want President Trump 'removed' from office, those numbers echoing a NBC News poll that also found 49% of Americans want him 'removed' from office, while 52% of MSN readers want him 'removed', the word 'removed' itself sounds like that used in a 3rd world coup, though this time its against the 'Will of the American People' and the US Constitution. And as Mike Adams warns in this must-read new story at Natural News, if Trump is 'removed' from the office he was voted into by more than 60 million Americans, there may be nothing that can stop all hell from breaking loose in America. With those poll numbers also showing that at least 51% of Americans DON'T want President Trump 'removed' from office, and those numbers likely much higher considering how badly the 'polls' got the 2016 election wrong and the msm being close to 99% or more in favor of Trump's impeachment, any kind of 'takedown' of Trump's presidency has the potential of unleashing total madness in America with the Democrats and deep state launching a very real attack against not just President Trump but on the over 100 million Americans who support him and his plan of putting 'America 1st'. Before going on, we wanted to thank everybody who has reached out to us about Susan's health following her heart attack on Saturday. ANP readers have been absolutely amazing. Thank you so much for your concern and your prayers. The great news is, as long as her surgery is successful today, Susan should be coming home on Tuesday or Wednesday. (ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER! With Susan's recent heart attack, All News Pipeline is going to need financial help in the days, weeks and months ahead. Anything that you can do is greatly appreciated as we're now facing a tremendous uphill battle ahead of us. Thank you so much. Please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) So let's take a look below at Mike Adams recent story over at Natural News titled "25 mind-blowing things that are likely to happen if the Dems succeed in removing Trump from office" within which he warns the ultimate goal of this 'deep state coup' is to 'install' the 'Queen of Death', Hillary Clinton, into office with Democrats and the 'deep state' hoping to overthrow the results of the 2016 via any means necessary. And while Democrats won't admit it, such a 'coup' could immediately turn over 100 million Americans forever against the 'establishment' in this country, possibly launching the biggest tax protest in 2020 in US history because anyone paying any taxes at all to the federal government should this 'coup' be successful will merely be supporting a banana republic government that the American people owe no allegiance to what-so-ever. So while a successful 'coup' could launch a bloody civil war in America that our country may never recover from, and we pray that such a war is avoided but strongly recommend preparing to defend your families from anyways, the excerpt below comes from Mike Adams story in which he warns of great dangers ahead should the deep state coup against President Trump be successful. You can also hear his entire list in the 1st video at the bottom of this story.  A coordinated, deep state attempt to remove Trump from office at any cost is now gaining steam. With the collusion of the deep state media, CIA operatives and anti-Trump tech giants that censor all truth, the deep state is hoping to crush democracy, destroy Trump and install Hillary Clinton as President of the United States in just the next few months. Should they succeed in achieving a U.S. Senate conviction of Trump — which would remove him from office — here are 25 shocking, history-changing events we may see unfold.

Disclaimer: This author does not condone any of the actions outlined below. This is analysis, not a call for action. Many of the events described below involve mass executions and other horrific crimes. We hope to see none of this come to pass.

#1) The stock market will implode. That’s because Trump seems to be the only person remaining in Washington D.C. who doesn’t want the stock market to crash. If Dems seize power, expect a collapse of the stock market and U.S. economic activity as Wall Street investors head for the exits. Democrats will thrust America into an economic nosedive approaching Venezuela-scale collapse.

#2) Once Trump is impeached, convicted and removed from office, the focus will immediately shift to removing Mike Pence so that Nancy Pelosi — current Speaker of the House — becomes President without any election taking place. (Note that the deep state traitors absolutely despise the voters and will do everything possible to override the will of the People.)

#3) Once Nancy Pelosi becomes President, she will immediately push to nominate and have Hillary Clinton confirmed as Vice President. This will require confirmation from the Senate, but if Senate Republicans have already lost any backbone to prevent the conviction of Trump, they will have no resistance whatsoever to Democrats shoving Hillary Clinton down America’s throat.

With Adams also warning that 'defending' President Trump isn't just about Trump but about defending all of humanity from the 'Democrat demons' and what they'd be unleashing in America should their coup be successful, Adams warns that traditional American values are in grave danger from the deranged, demonic Leftists who now openly demand the complete destruction of every last shred of human decency and morality. Please read his entire story here. Democrats are not just mentally ill and brainwashed, they are demon-infested non-human entities who demand the sacrifice of children to satiate their own sick, perverted proclivities. Even right now, MMR vaccines given to children across America are deliberately engineered with the entire gene sequence of an aborted human baby as a way to contaminate new children in a cannibalism ritual that involves injecting infants with the blood of other dead babies who were killed via abortion. While most of us had hoped we were done with Hillary Clinton back in November of 2016 after her humiliating election defeat, with the stakes enormous in 2020, Hillary and Joe Biden running neck and neck according to a new poll should she join the Democrat primary in 2020 and Hillary allegedly only waiting for Joe Biden to drop out of the race for her to get in according to former Bill Clinton adviser Dick Morris, Morris recently said "She feels entitled to do it. She feels compelled to do it. She feels that God put her on the Earth to do it."  Entitled to be America's President? Now we know know where all this leftist insanity began, with the 'entitled' old witch herself! With Hillary the very root of the Russian collusion hoax as Susan Duclos had reported in this October 18th ANP story, claiming that US military member Tulsi Gabbard was also being 'groomed' by the Russians, we can't help but keep coming back to the 2nd video we've embedded below from back when Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State and she went before the Council On Foreign Relations and babbled "we're losing the information war" to the likes of Russia, China and the independent media. So with any future Civil War in America leading straight back to the lies and insanity of Hillary Clinton, completely pushed by the mainstream media, driving formerly sane Americans over the edge, we again urge everybody to be prepared for whatever is unleashed in the days, weeks and months ahead with America being pushed to the breaking point by globalists who definitely don't have our nation's best interests in mind. As talk show host Michael Savage recently warned in an emergency message to President Trump as Infowars reported in this November 2nd story as also heard in the 3rd and final video below, it's time for President Trump to go on the offensive in this political war with nothing less than the future of America and the world at stake.  Michael Savage joined The Alex Jones Show to break down the Democrats’ civil war against America and warned President Trump to fight back against them before they tear America apart.  “We have a civil war in the country. It may not be a shooting civil war right now, they have started the civil war,” Savage told Jones on Friday.

“And some of us know it and some of us don’t know it. Eventually we will all know it.”

“And the criminals needs to be exposed for their criminality,” Savage added. “They’re not stealing the presidency from us.”

http://allnewspipeline.com/This_Is_Nothing_Less_Than_Seditious_Treason.php 

:: 11-4-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Author: Russiagate Was A Political Hit Job Against Trump Campaign By FBI

“People in the Clinton world are keen for this book not to come out.”

Steve Watson | Infowars.com - November 4, 2019

Author Lee Smith proclaimed Sunday that the Russiagate saga was a coordinated political attack on the Trump campaign by the FBI at the behest of the deep state, and claimed that the Clinton camp are keen to prevent his book from being published. Appearing on Fox News’ “Sunday Morning Futures”, Smith explained how the operation was designed to prevent Trump from becoming President, and to aid Hillary Clinton’s campaign. Smith claimed that University of Cambridge professor Stefan Halper was paid to sabotage the Trump campaign under the guise of carrying out “studies” on foreign governments for the intelligence community. “What we see is these are not actual studies — we hear that he was reportedly the FBI’s confidential source, sent against the Trump campaign,” Smith said. “What he really is… is a political operative,” Smith continued, adding “This was a political operation designed to assist the Clinton campaign.” “We talk a lot about the FBI, and DOJ and we’re right to focus on the very bad, likely criminal things they did. But it’s important to remember that the primary beneficiary was the Clinton campaign.” Smith urged. It has previously been uncovered that the FBI used more than one informant to infiltrate the Trump campaign. Smith also claims in the book that Halper sought to bring down former Trump national security adviser Michael Flynn, who was aware of the deep state operation against Trump. “I believe [Halper is] actually the center of the Russiagate operation and we first see him start to appear as he is targeting Gen. Flynn. And now we understand… why the deep state needed to target Gen. Flynn,” Smith declared. “Because he understood the kinds of programs that they were using and how they were misspending their money and Halper is representative of that.” Smith added. According to a source who spoke anonymously to Fox News, Clinton ally Sidney Blumenthal has been trying to stop Smith’s book from being published. The source claims that Blumenthal even sent threatening letters to Smith and publisher Center Street. “People in the Clinton world are keen for this book not to come out,” Smith said during the interview, without going into details. The Book is titled “The Plot Against the President: The True Story of How Congressman Devin Nunes Uncovered the Biggest Political Scandal in U.S. History.”

https://www.infowars.com/author-russiagate-was-a-political-hit-job-against-trump-campaign-by-fbi/ 

:: 11-4-19 The Hagmann Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“ProtoDossiers” – The Roadmaps of a Coup

Douglas Hagmann November 4, 2019 8:40 am

Would it surprise you to learn that the “Steele Dossier” might not have been written by Christopher Steele as the media had insisted? If you’ve been following my coverage of the coup against President Trump, it will not come as any surprise at all. In fact, several dossiers existed before Steele’s – all drafted by Fusion GPS, the shadowy war room of the Clinton campaign and the DNC. Viewers might recall the stellar investigative research of Diana West as she posited, based on her research and investigation, that Nellie Ohr played a significant role in the writing of what is known as the Steele Dossier. The coup began long before the FBI allegedly opened its investigation in July 2016. Several dossiers were used as the roadmap for the coup underway today.

See: Diana West – The Red Thread

See: Lee Smith – The Plot Against The President

https://www.hagmannreportlive.com/protodossiers-the-roadmaps-of-a-coup/ 

:: 11-3-19 Armageddon News blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The United States Is In A Time Of Great Danger-Do Nothing And You Will Make Sure Your Wife And Mother And Children Will Be Raped And Injured Beyond Belief!

grekalbert Prophecy 3rd Nov 2019 4 Minutes

Most Americans who have been around for a while know life is nothing like it used to be. When someone wanted a job one was found with a little bit of searching. Today jobs are difficult to find, especially in small communities. When I was growing up in the 70’s, there were several car dealers in my community. There were three tractor dealers and too many mom and pop stores to count. Today there are two used car dealers and the nearest tractor dealer is twenty miles away. So how is it that we now have more people, but fewer businesses to employ them? A nations wealth is derived from having a product to sell. That wealth needs to circulate in towns and cities to compound the wealth effect and create jobs and businesses. When wealth is not created or it is siphoned off to other places, the wealth effect can not happen, and in many cases goes into reverse. A community needs a certain amount of service related jobs to function but it also needs some type of production jobs to bring in money from the outside. This can be mining , agriculture or manufacturing type jobs, but they must exist to insure a healthy economy. Here’s The Harsh Reality: Today, The Biggest Risk For Global Catastr America has two major problems today. A large amount of our production is done outside the country eliminating production jobs in local communities and many of the small local businesses that kept wealth within communities have been supplanted by large corporations that siphon wealth out of communities and send it to wall street. In the past when a small business made profit, that profit was kept in the local community because that is where the owner lived. Now, that profit leaves the community never to be seen again. With less money to circulate within the community the businesses that depend on people spending their extra dollars, have fewer customers and eventually go out of business. With fewer jobs there is that much less money circulating and the economic situation spirals down until nothing is left. These days corporate businesses and government jobs make up the major part of many local communities. In many cases if it were not for the government jobs, many communities would no longer exist. So what do you think would happen if the government suddenly no longer had money to pay those workers? What would happen if corporate profits dropped to the point where corporate stores decided to close and cut their losses? To some extent we are seeing this happen now in many places. Corporate stores moved in and drove small local businesses out. Then when the profits dried up the corporate stores closed leaving the community with no jobs or products to buy. With no capital in the local communities to rebuild small businesses, the people simply drive to other areas to do their shopping. The corporate cronies and government laggards control most of the money flowing through communities now and they want to keep it that way. Any attempt to rebuild local businesses is met with luke warm results. Any business that might make a difference is either killed outright or regulated into oblivion before it can get off the ground. The county where I live has all but abandoned local businesses. The bulk of their income comes from property taxes generated by vacation homes and retirement homes of retired government employees. As long as the government pensions and paychecks continue, they see no reason to change the status quo. The result is that the younger people leave as soon as they can and the average age of the population continues to get older. As with many places today, this area has no future. Where I live is a microcosm of the nation. Corporate and government entities continue to siphon what little money there is out of communities and just as small communities are dying, the nation will soon follow if current trends do not change. A return to small local economics is the only way to reverse some of the damage and keep our communities livable. But, do not be deceived. There is no way to undo all of the damage that has been done and even if we survive, we will only be a shadow of what we once were as a nation Will Americans just let this happen? Will lazy Patriots just give a minimal effort? For readiness, the hour glass has almost run out! In the absence of your local FEMA rep (that is, local spy) organize your neighbors into groups of three and four (so they can’t be infiltrated) and get ready! There is a Wild Ride just ahead! Let’s make a swift effort of taking the Red door, now opening, and painting it black! Death to all destroyers of America!  Otherwise, the death of America is at hand. And the greatest betrayer of the children and aging of America will be… You! You! Do nothing and you will make sure your wife and mother and children will be raped and injured beyond belief! Are we locked and loaded yet?

https://armageddon.news.blog/2019/11/03/the-united-states-is-in-a-time-of-great-danger/ 

:: 11-4-19 Setting Brush Fires :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Setting Brushfires 11-04-2019: Former FBI Counter Terrorism Agent John Guandolo: We Must Understand The Threat Of Islam

Tim Brown / November 4, 2019

John is the President and Founder of Understanding The Threat, the only organization in America providing tools to leaders, police and citizens to identify and dismantle jihadi/terrorist networks in their local communities. He joins me in this episode to discuss the Islamic threat to America, Islamic terror-tied front groups like the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR) and his court battle with former Hennepin County Sheriff Richard Stanek.

Fake CBD Found on Area Shelves, Here's How to Spot It

Currently, Mr. Guandolo advises governments – U.S. and others – on matters related to National Security, specifically the threat from the Global Islamic Movement. He actively briefs and teaches members of Congress, senior military officials, police, the intelligence community, key community leaders, and others. Mr. Guandolo served as a guest lecturer at the Joint Forces Staff College and at the U.S. Army War College. He is the co-Author of the book: Sharia: The Threat to America (2010), and author of the books, Raising a Jihadi Generation (2013), and Islam’s Deception: The Truth About Sharia (2019). His books may be purchased at his website www.understandingthethreat.com  or at Amazon.

Mr. Guandolo is a member of the Veterans of Foreign War, the American Legion, and the Force Reconnaissance Association. He frequently appears on television and radio, and regularly publishes articles related to these matters in a number of media outlets.

https://settingbrushfires.com/setting-brushfires-11-04-2019-former-fbi-counter-terrorism-agent-john-guandolo-we-must-understand-the-threat-of-islam/ 

:: 11-4-19   Daily  Mail   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Heavily pregnant mother uses an AR-15 to kill a home intruder after two men burst into her Florida home, pistol whipped her husband and grabbed their 11-year-old daughter

Jeremy King was brutally attacked when two armed, masked men stormed into his home in Lithia, Florida last Wednesday night

He said the men started grabbing his 11-year-old daughter and pistol-whipping him as they demanded money

King said one of the men fired a shot at his eight-month pregnant wife when she came out of the bedroom to see what was happening

She quickly grabbed their AR-15 and started shooting at the armed intruders

King's wife fatally struck one of the intruders as he tried to flee and police said they are still searching for the other suspect

King had to have 20 stitches and three staples in his head following the attack

By Amelia Wynne For Mailonline Published: 07:27 EST, 4 November 2019 | Updated: 16:08 EST, 4 November 2019

A heavily pregnant woman used an AR-15 to kill a home intruder after two masked men entered her home in Florida, pistol whipped her husband and violently grabbed their daughter. Jeremy King, 34, was at his home in Lithia, Florida with his 31-year-old wife when the two armed men stormed in last Wednesday at about 9pm before pointing a gun at his head and demanding money. Police say the suspects grabbed the couple's 11-year-old daughter as King tried to explain they didn't have anything that was worth giving them. King told Bay News 9 that one of the men then started pistol-whipping him as the other kicked him repeatedly in the head. His wife, who is eight months pregnant, was in the back bedroom at the time and looked out to see what was going on. King said one of the men fired shots at his wife. She quickly grabbed their AR-15 and started shooting at the armed intruders. 'When he came toward the back door in her line of sight, she clipped him,' King said of the moment his wife returned fire. 'He made it from my back door to roughly 200 feet out in the front ditch before the AR did its thing.' King's wife only fired one round from the AR-15, which struck the suspect as he tried to flee.  When deputies arrived on the scene shortly after, they found the suspect dead in the ditch.  The other gunman ran off after the fatal shot was fired and investigators are still trying to locate him. King said he didn't know the men and has know idea why their family was targeted.  He was left with a fractured eye socket, a fractured sinus cavity and a concussion from the attack. King also had to have 20 stitches and three staples in his head to close up a wound.

'Them guys came in with two normal pistols and my AR stopped it,” King said.

“[My wife] evened the playing field and kept them from killing me.'

The sheriff's office confirmed that the AR-15 that King's wife used was legally owned.

Anyone with information related to the suspect at large is asked to call Hillsborough County Sheriff's Office on 813-247-8200.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7647139/Heavily-pregnant-mother-uses-AR-15-kill-home-intruder-two-men-burst-Florida-home.html 

:: 11--19 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Geologic Field-Trip Guide to the Volcanic and Hydrothermal

Landscape of the Yellowstone Plateau

By Lisa A. Morgan, W.C. Pat Shanks, Jacob B. Lowenstern, Jamie M. Farrell, and Joel E. Robinson

Scientific Investigations Report 2017–5022–P

U.S. Department of the Interior U.S. Geological Survey

Cover: View north over Biscuit Basin in Yellowstone National Park’s Upper Geyser Basin. The Firehole River flows north into the Midway and Lower Geyser Basins in the background. Near Biscuit Basin, the river occupies the area between the South Biscuit Basin and West Yellowstone rhyolite lava flows to the west and the Mallard Lake rhyolite flow to the east. U.S. Geological Survey photo by Ken McGee, 2006  U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, Virginia: 2017

For more information on the USGS—the Federal source for science about the Earth, its natural and living resources, natural hazards, and the environment—visit https://www.usgs.gov    or call 1–888–ASK–USGS.

For an overview of USGS information products, including maps, imagery, and publications,

visit https://store.usgs.gov 

Any use of trade, firm, or product names is for descriptive purposes only and does not imply endorsement by the U.S. Government.

Although this information product largely is in the public domain, it may also contain copyrighted materials as noted in the text. Permission to reproduce copyrighted items must be secured from the copyright owner. Suggested citation:

Morgan, L.A., Shanks, W.C.P., Lowenstern, J.B., Farrell, J.M., and Robinson, J.E., 2017, Geologic field-trip guide to the volcanic and hydrothermal landscape of the Yellowstone Plateau: U.S. Geological Survey Scientific Investigations

Report 2017–5022–P, 100 p.,

https://doi.org/10.3133/sir20175022P 

Preface

The North American Cordillera is home to a greater diversity of volcanic provinces than any comparably sized region in the world. The interplay between changing plate-margin interactions, tectonic complexity, intra-crustal magma differentiation, and mantle melting have resulted in a wealth of volcanic landscapes. Field trips in this series visit many of these landscapes, including (1) active subduction-related arc volcanoes in the Cascade Range; (2) flood basalts  of the Columbia Plateau; (3) bimodal volcanism of the Snake River Plain-Yellowstone volcano system; (4) some of the world’s largest known ignimbrites from southern Utah, central Colorado, and northern Nevada; (5) extension-related volcanism in the Rio Grande Rift and Basin and  Range Province; and (6) the spectacular eastern Sierra Nevada featuring Long Valley Caldera  and the iconic Bishop Tuff. Some of the field trips focus on volcanic eruptive and emplacement  processes, calling attention to the fact that the western United States provides opportunities to examine a wide range of volcanological phenomena at many scales.

The 2017 Scientific Assembly of the International Association of Volcanology and Chemistry of the Earth’s Interior (IAVCEI) in Portland, Oregon, marks the first time that the U.S. volcanological community has hosted this quadrennial meeting since 1989, when it was held in Santa Fe, New Mexico. The 1989 field-trip guides are still widely used by students and professionals alike. This new set of field guides is similarly a legacy collection that summarizes decades of advances in our understanding of magmatic and tectonic processes of volcanic western North America. The field of volcanology has flourished since the 1989 IAVCEI meeting, and it has profited from detailed field investigations coupled with emerging new analytical methods. Mapping has been enhanced by plentiful major- and trace-element whole-rock and mineral data, technical advances in radiometric dating and collection of isotopic data, GPS (Global Positioning System) advances, and the availability of lidar (light detection and ranging) imagery. Spectacularly effective microbeam instruments, geodetic and geophysical data collection and processing, paleomagnetic determinations, and modeling capabilities have combined with mapping to provide new information and insights over the past 30 years. The collective works of the international community have made it possible to prepare wholly new guides to areas across the western United States. These comprehensive field guides are available, in large part, because of enormous contributions from many experienced geologists who have devoted entire careers to their field areas. Early career scientists are carrying forward and refining their foundational work with impressive results. Our hope is that future generations of scientists as well as the general public will use these field guides as introductions to these fascinating areas and will be enticed toward further exploration and field-based research.

Michael Dungan, University of Oregon

Judy Fierstein, U.S. Geological Survey

Cynthia Gardner, U.S. Geological Survey

Dennis Geist, National Science Foundation

Anita Grunder, Oregon State University

John Wolff, Washington State University

Field-trip committee, IAVCEI 2017

https://pubs.usgs.gov/sir/2017/5022/p/sir20175022_p.pdf 

:: 11--19 https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Lockheed_ER-2_809_in_flight.jpg  :: :: :: 

File:   Lockheed ER-2 809 in flight.jpg

From Wikimedia Commons, the free media repository

English: ER-2 tail number 809, is one of two Airborne Science ER-2s used as science platforms by Dryden. The aircraft are platforms for a variety of high-altitude science missions flown over various parts of the world. They are also used for earth science and atmospheric sensor research and development, satellite calibration and data validation. The ER-2s are capable of carrying a maximum payload of 2,600 pounds of experiments in a nose bay, the main equipment bay behind the cockpit, two wing-mounted superpods and small underbody and trailing edges. Most ER-2 missions last about six hours with ranges of about 2,200 nautical miles. The aircraft typically fly at altitudes above 65,000 feet. On November 19, 1998, the ER-2 set a world record for medium weight aircraft reaching an altitude of 68,700 feet. The aircraft is 63 feet long, with a wingspan of 104 feet. The top of the vertical tail is 16 feet above ground when the aircraft is on the bicycle-type landing gear. Cruising speeds are 410 knots, or 467 miles per hour, at altitude. A single General Electric F118 turbofan engine rated at 17,000 pounds thrust powers the ER-2.

Taken on 1 August 2001

Source http://www.dfrc.nasa.gov/Gallery/Photo/ER-2/HTML/EC01-0232-6.html  (direct link)

Author NASA/Lori Losey

https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Lockheed_ER-2_809_in_flight.jpg 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 11-4-19 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Prophecy Unfolding Right Before Our Eyes in Real-Time

November 4, 2019 / StevieRay Hansen /

To Be Clear, This is NOT Democrat-Republican Fight; Instead, it’s a Battle Between GOD and The Anti-Christ… America’s stability is increasingly an undercurrent in political discourse. Earlier this year, I began a conversation with Keith Mines about America’s turmoil. Mines has spent his career—in the U.S. Army Special Forces, the United Nations, and now the State Department—navigating civil wars in other countries, including Afghanistan, Colombia, El Salvador, Iraq, Somalia, and Sudan. He returned to Washington after sixteen years to find conditions that he had seen nurture conflict abroad now visible at home. It haunts him. In March, Mines was one of several national-security experts whom Foreign Policy asked to evaluate the risks of a second civil war—with percentages. Mines concluded that the United States faces a sixty-per-cent chance of civil war over the next ten to fifteen years. Other experts’ predictions ranged from five percent to ninety-five percent. The sobering consensus was thirty-five percent. And that was five months before Charlottesville. The pattern of civil strife has evolved worldwide over the past sixty years. Today, few civil wars involve pitched battles from trenches along neat geographic front lines. Many are low-intensity conflicts with episodic violence in constantly moving locales. Mines’ definition of a civil war is large-scale violence that includes a rejection of traditional political authority and requires the National Guard to deal with it. Based on his experience in civil wars on three continents, Mines cited five conditions that support his prediction: entrenched national polarization, with no obvious meeting place for resolution; increasingly divisive press coverage and information flows; weakened institutions, notably Congress and the judiciary; a sellout or abandonment of responsibility by political leadership; and the legitimization of violence as the “in” way to either conduct discourse or solve disputes. As the civil war explodes across America, we are very likely to see the power grid disconnected from liberal stronghold cities as a tactic to plunge those cities into chaos. Watch for tactical disruptions of fuel, food, water, and electricity. Or, come to think of it, you could just move to California right now and let PG&E do this for you anyway. Note that in the last 30 days, millions of Californians have already lost power due to obligatory blackouts that California’s criminal politicians falsely claim is due to “high winds.” It’s absurd. Wind doesn’t cause power lines to spontaneously burst into flame. In truth, California’s power grid is collapsing, and “wind” is just the excuse to cover up the reality. The real story is that California doesn’t have the power capacity to feed its grid anymore, and they’re just making up fake excuses for shutting things down. If you want a glimpse of what’s coming in a civil war scenario, check out this story from the Omaha World-Herald entitled, “Days of terrifying darkness, cold and hunger amid PG&E’s sweeping power blackouts.” Some highlights: Despite attempts to prepare after a shorter outage earlier this month, the duration of the blackout frayed both tempers and order. Gas tanks were siphoned, generators “are like diamonds,” said one resident. Cellphones are still sporadic; news remains mostly word of mouth. “It’s insane,” Huchingson said. “It’s horrible and just totally unacceptable.” When deep darkness took over by 7 p.m. in the scattered towns around Clear Lake, the largest freshwater lake in the state, there was a “tension in the air,” said resident Susan Blunt, a feeling that while a threat may not be imminent, sunset held a primal menace. The sheriff declared a state of emergency, citing “conditions of extreme peril.” “Not only are we in the dark, but it also’s almost like we are completely shut off from the world and that makes it even more terrifying,” said Annette Carter on Tuesday. “I can handle a lot of stuff, but my kids being in fear and not being able to reach out to the world and find out what’s going on … that’s problematic.” HNewsWire Logo top Menu Should the patriot uprising fail to take down the enemies of America, we will see Democrats seize total power and shift into a violent authoritarianism phase, complete with a nationwide police state, total control over all speech and the targeted executions of Democrats’ political opponents. Mass executions and a “political holocaust” of death to all conservatives. Having survived the patriot uprising, authoritarian Leftists will coordinate with the deep state and the complicit media to call for and condone the mass executions of all who supported Trump, the patriots or even the very idea of America. Calls will go out for mass executions in the streets across America, and lunatic Leftists will be happy to comply. As Dave Hodges writes in this story, “Schiff Is Following In the Path of Hitler In Leading the Overthrow of the US Government- America Should Expect a Holocaust to Follow Impeachment“: Adam Schiff should be considered to be a modern-day Adolph Hitler… After Hitler assumed the dictatorial mantle of power, he still had to contend with the opposition power, the Communists. Hitler created the mother of all false flags, at that time, and burned down the Reichstag. Then he proceeded to murder his opposition in the name of preserving the country in the face of falsely accused treason. One by one the Communist leadership was murdered. In order to consolidate power, Hitler then went after segments of the population. Everyone knows about the Jews, Gypsies, homosexuals and the medically infirm. However, under the guise of protecting Germany from the “Jewish conspiracy” dissidents were targeted and many were accused of being members of the four primary persecuted groups. So what happens when Schiff’s people complete their coup against the President? If history sets the example as it did in Russia and Germany, there will be a two-stage coup. The first stage will compromise the Republicans and kill the ones like Rand Paul and Gohmert as being enemies of the state. I expect MS-13, the assassins of choice for the drug cartels, to be the executioners. This is why they were brought here. When the top-level tier of political opposition is eliminated, then it is time to turn their attention to you. America will then find out why the NSA, Google and Amazon spies relentlessly on the public… Many of you reading these words will become Adam Schiff’s version of the modern-day equivalent of Jews and you will be exterminated and as many have pointed out, you will die at the end of guillotine and your spare parts (ie organs will be trafficked). The complete censorship of all conservatives, Trump supporters, Christians and gun owners who weren’t already executed by the left-wing mobs. As part of the move to demonize and mass murder conservatives and Trump supporters across America, censorship by the tech giants will be ratcheted up to extreme levels. Popular browsers will block all websites labeled “disinfo” by the government, forcing independent media to go “underground” or resort to old school techniques to share information, such as printing hard copies, sharing thumb drives or operating on the darknet. The complete elimination of the Second Amendment and nationwide gun confiscation. To make sure the American people cannot defend themselves against the dictatorial police state run by Demoncrats, the Second Amendment will be repealed and all Americans will be required to turn in their guns to government officials in the name of “stopping terrorism.” Those who refuse will be shot if found with firearms of any kind. The tyrannical regime will send federal agents house to house, kicking in doors, tossing flashbangs into baby cribs, torturing families in their own living rooms or doing whatever it takes to take their guns. Expect strong resistance from armed Americans. If authoritarian, lawless Democrats attempt this move, they will need a steady supply of body bags for their own operatives who will quickly discover that millions of Americans will shift into guerrilla warfare mode and begin targeting the very teams dispatched to engage in gun confiscation. The average lifespan of a federal agent on a gun confiscation rotation will probably be about three days. The government seizure of all domain names of anti-establishment websites that dare to question official narratives. All websites that support Trump or criticize the Demoncrats will be completely disconnected from the internet, likely by rigging the domain name server (DNS) system to exclude all such sites by labeling them “hate speech” or “terrorist propaganda.” InfoWars, Breitbart, Natural News, The Gateway Pundit, Big League Politics and many others will be scrubbed from the internet, and their founders will be literally hunted and shot on sight, if they can be located. Watch for bounties to be placed on the heads of people like Alex Jones and Paul Joseph Watson. This is how the corrupt, lawless government will try to get former employees to turn against the very people who are trying to save America from tyranny.  A whole new era of pedophilia, child abuse, chemical castration, language police, and Hollywood insanity The final stage of the Democrat blowout will delve into full-blown Satanism and debauchery, targeting children and teens. It wasn’t just Bill Clinton who raped young girls for pleasure (which is why Jeffrey Epstein was eliminated); it’s a routine pursuit of nearly all Democrats in power. They ritualistically abuse children for dark soul reasons involving blood rituals and the “harvesting” of psychological terror. This is why so many Democrats are engaged in child trafficking and child abuse, by the way. Democrats will call for open support of the actual raping of children by drag queen teachers in the name of “tolerance.” Children will be taught to submit to rapings by transgenders in the name of “tolerance,” and told that to say no to a greasy fat man wanting to feel your junk is a form of “hatred” against “diversity.” Parents will celebrate the mandatory rapings in the name of progressivism, and they will line up to hand their children over to school-organized “rape parties” which are today’s Drag Queen Story Hour events taken to the next level. (See below for more examples that things are already moving in this direction.) Progressives will call for all baby boys to have their genitals mutilated to halt “male privilege” and end masculinity once and for all. It will become mandatory to chemically abuse male children in order to destroy testosterone and “medicate the evil male gender” out of them. The precursor to this is already in place with media assaults on the male archetype, depicted across nearly all “woke” films and advertisements which portray men as bumbling, stupid idiots or monstrous rapists. Notice how nearly every hero in new “woke” movies is a dainty female who somehow beats to crap out of monstrous males? That’s mental programming for the chemical castration phase that will begin in California, modeled after vaccine mandates which set the precedent that the state can force you to take any chemicals it demands. (Vaccine villain Richard Pan, a legislative prostitute of Big Pharma, was behind all that. No doubt he will also endorse mandatory government-run chemical castrations of male children, too.) Orgy training in public schools, involving live LGBT pedophiles performing sex acts in classrooms while progressive parents cheer. Way beyond “sex ed,” public schools will actually host anal sex orgies, complete with on-site instruction and demonstrations involving pedophile teachers. Classrooms will become orgy theaters, with live video streaming sold online to raise money to fund “public education.” (It’s really more like pubic education, in case you haven’t noticed.) If you think this is an exaggeration, note that Austin public schools have just approved sex role playing indoctrination training for all public school students, where they are required to participate in role-playing scenarios involving “coerced oral sex,” anal sex and drunk sex. As The College Fix reports: A controversial sex-ed curriculum for third through eighth grades that has connections to Planned Parenthood has been approved by the Austin Independent School District, despite fierce opposition. The curriculum “normalizes child sex” using role-playing games. “Caryl Ayala, the director of Concerned Parents of Texas, told KVUE that the curriculum’s goal is ‘to normalize these behaviors and to teach them to children so that they can feel OK with engaging in these behaviors,’” reports The College Fix. The nationwide celebration of infanticide and public displays of infant murder, celebrated by Democrats. Just recently on Halloween, some crazed Satan worshiper drag queen depicted cutting a baby out of her womb, drinking the blood and severing its head, all while people in the bar cheered the sickening display. Under the authoritarian power of the Democrats, child murder will only increase as progressives cheer infanticide and late-term abortion as being “progressive” and even “loving.” Here’s a still photo from the video. As you view the photo below, note that this is what nearly all Democrats now celebrate in America, because they have truly become DEMONcrats who are run by demonic forces: Satan worship in all U.S. public schools and college campuses, complete with mandatory indoctrination training for all students who will be required to bow down before Satan and worship the “liberty” of hating God and Christ. Schools will demand that students hate God and Jesus Christ while proclaiming their love for Satan. Demonic rituals will be incorporated into classroom activities, and Satan worship clubs will be heavily promoted by school administrators and teachers (this part has already begun). Christians will be demonized, of course, as “bigots” and “haters,” and any parent who refuses to submit their child to Satanic rituals and child rape / transgenderism training will be visited by Child Protective Services and flagged as a danger to society. (Read Demonic.news for more coverage of rising demonic influences in modern society.) The opening of child prostitution centers in public schools and college campuses, where schools raise money for school programs by prostituting young girls and boys to paying pedophile customers who are all celebrated as “education supporters.” Teen Vogue magazine recently published an article promoting the virtues of child prostitution, and this is the same magazine that previously included articles teaching teens how to engage in anal sex. Notably, there isn’t a single mainstream book store or retailer that has pulled this magazine from the shelves. This same magazine also says men can have periods and that biology isn’t real. In another issue, Teen Vogue called for abortion clinics on all college campuses so that college students could engage in unprotected sex while having easy access to abortions and infanticide services. It’s not a huge leap at all to realize that the radical, deranged Left is going to push for prostituting children and teens in both public schools and college campuses. Any parent who resists the insanity will be silenced and shamed as “intolerant” of so-called “progressive lifestyles,” where prostituting children for profit is fully embraced by progressives. HNewsWire Logo top Menu Defending Trump isn’t just about Trump; it’s about defending HUMANITY from Democrat demons As you can see from the list above, defending Trump from the deep state isn’t merely about protecting one man from a malicious, illegal coup attempt. It’s about defending American values from the deranged, demonic Leftists who now openly demand the complete destruction of every last shred of human decency and morality. Democrats are not just mentally ill and brainwashed, they are demon-infested non-human entities who demand the sacrifice of children to satiate their own sick, perverted proclivities. Even right now, MMR vaccines given to children across America are deliberately engineered with the entire gene sequence of an aborted human baby as a way to contaminate new children in a cannibalism ritual that involves injecting infants with the blood of other dead babies who were killed via abortion. This is all explained in this bombshell vaccine video, below: Just think: If they can put genetically modified cancer genes into MMR vaccines for children, what else are they doing to your children? What are they willing to do to your country? Your liberties? Your humanity? What you need to realize is that Democrats are not fully human. They are demonic, anti-human, anti-America, anti-freedom enemies of life, liberty and happiness. They seek the total destruction of religion, freedom, self-reliance, knowledge and truth. That is their true goal, and their agenda of censorship, infanticide, authoritarianism, economic destruction, child rape and the brainwashing of the masses is now on full display for the world to see. More than at any other time in history, the demons are coming out of the Demoncrats, and they are now performing Satanic rituals right in public, in full view, with no apologies whatsoever. Witches are casting “curse spells” on President Trump, too, as they try to invoke the powers of darkness and destruction to take down America and end humanity once and for all. You are not watching a political fight, folks: You are watching a spiritual battle between good and evil. And you’d better pray that God intervenes, or it’s over for us all. The demon uprising is real, and it’s accelerating. And yes, they’re coming for your children. They run the media, the vaccine industry, the medical schools and the public schools. They control everything except your mind, and even your mind is under constant assault via the psychic warfare tactics of fake news, false flag events, censorship and disinformation.  Stay informed and be ready to defend humanity, or you and everything you love will be destroyed by design. Source: NewsTarget HNewsWire Logo top Menu Something big is looming, God biblical prophecy is folding…I know you’ve felt it in the pit of your stomach… that feeling that the market is going up for all the wrong reasons and will soon come crashing down, yet again…That feeling that somehow, somewhere along the way, America has gone terribly wrong, it’s called turning our backs on God. I can’t tell you when things got this bad. I can’t tell you why millions of Americans continue to vote for the most corrupt government in U.S. history, hoping the next guy will somehow be better than the last… or when money from their corporate masters overtook the concerns of you and me. But I will tell you that people are starting to notice. And they’re not happy about it. Colorado, Texas, Maryland, and California all have secession movements underway. Congress is so divided, it actually allowed the government to shut down. Some are saying it’s a Civil War-type environment. It’s no wonder more citizens think the American Dream is more dead than alive. HNewsWire Logo top Menu The Pentagon has admitted that they are concerned that widespread civil unrest will hit U.S. streets in the very near future. The Department of Defense has begun funding universities to research the areas in society that are likely to breakdown and the risks that would come with a breakdown of society at large.  Anonhq.com reports: The program costs millions of dollars, and is designed to derive “warfighter-relevant insights”. According to the Pentagon, the purpose is for senior officials and decision-makers in “the defense policy community” to come up with contingency plans should widespread social unrest occur. The Minerva Initiative has existed as far back as 2008, and the operation began as the global financial crisis first struck. A full list of the studies being don can be found on the Minerva Initiative’s own website. Known as the “Minerva Research Initiative”, the DOD had partnered with universities in order to “to improve DoD’s basic understanding of the social, cultural, behavioral, and political forces that shape regions of the world of strategic importance to the US.” One was a Cornell-led study which was also managed by the US Air Force Office of Scientific Research. It tried to create a model “of the dynamics of social movement mobilization and contagions.” By studying past cases of mass social unrest (such as the “the 2011 Egyptian revolution, the 2011 Russian Duma elections, the 2012 Nigerian fuel subsidy crisis and the 2013 Gazi park protests in Turkey”) and the “digital traces” of online user behavior, the Pentagon was hoping to determine “the critical mass (tipping point)” of social contagions… They were trying to find out just how many outraged netizens and how many outraged posts would lead to actual demonstrations. Such forewarning would obviously allow the Pentagon to act beforehand, perhaps by swiftly censoring Facebook, or by imposing a curfew in affected areas. If things ever got that bad that you had to act against the government… they already have you checkmated. The Cornell study had analyzed Twitter and Facebook posts and conversations so that it could “identify individuals mobilized in a social contagion and when they become mobilized.”  A more recent study by the University of Washington together with the US Army Research Office “seeks to uncover the conditions under which political movements aimed at large-scale political and economic change originate,” along with their “characteristics and consequences” and focuses on “large-scale movements involving more than 1,000 participants in the enduring activity.” This is basically an attempt at decrypting movements like Anonymous so that the DOD could create its own manipulated variants or act beforehand to stop us from rising up. “Who Does Not Become a Terrorist, and Why?” is another DOD Minerva Initiative-funded project. This one seeks the tipping point for “supporters of political violence” to become active terrorists. From the study: “In every context, we find many individuals who share the demographic, family, cultural, and/or socioeconomic background of those who decided to engage in terrorism, and yet refrained themselves from taking up armed militancy, even though they were sympathetic to the end goals of armed groups. The field of terrorism studies has not until recently, attempted to look at this control group. This project is not about terrorists, but about supporters of political violence.” Another 1.9 million dollar Minerva project tried to “anticipate what could happen to societies under a range of potential climate change scenarios.” Professor David Price, a cultural anthropologist at St Martin’s University in Washington DC and author of Weaponizing Anthropology: Social Science in Service of the Militarized State: “When you looked at the individual bits of many of these projects they sort of looked like normal social science, textual analysis, historical research, and so on, but when you added these bits up they all shared themes of legibility with all the distortions of over-simplification. Minerva is farming out the piece-work of empire in ways that can allow individuals to disassociate their individual contributions from the larger project.” Professor Price is a veteran of such matters; The Pentagon’s Human Terrain Systems (HTS) program was previously uncovered by him. In HTS, social scientists would be embedded inside of military field operations, as well as training operations set in regions “within the United States” The HTS training scenarios “adapted COIN [counterinsurgency] for Afghanistan/Iraq” to fit within the context of domestic situations “in the USA where the local population was seen from the military perspective as threatening the established balance of power and influence and challenging law and order.” “Conspiracy Theorists” who believe that Jade Helm amounts to training for an eventual US-based scenario, who are skeptical of the sudden militarization of the police force, the spike in police murders as well as Homeland “Security’s” decision to purchase 1.6 billion extremely lethal hollow-point rounds (which are forbidden by international law for use in war), have just been vindicated by the actions of the US military itself. In the face of an ever-worsening wealth-gap between the richest and the poorest, it would defy logic for the government to NOT be preparing to protect itself from you. Of course, it’s a conspiracy theory to ever question your betters, or to think critically of the same regime that murdered 500,000 to 1.3 million people in Iraq for fake nuclear WMDs… Source The risk of loss in trading futures and options on futures can be substantial. The author does not guarantee the accuracy of the above information, although it is believed that the sources are reliable and the information accurate. The author assumes no liability or responsibility for direct or indirect, special, consequential or incidental damages or for any other damages relating or arising out of any action taken as a result of any information or advice contained in this commentary. The author disclaims any express or implied liability or responsibility for any action taken, which is solely at the liability and responsibility of the user. Steve Meyers The silencing of the American people before 2020? The Un-Godly — Those That Suppress the Truth, the social media giants built multi-billion dollar empires by giving everyone a voice, but now that they have such a dominant position on the Internet they have decided that many prominent conservative voices should be completely silenced. The Left, a broad term for Liberal Socialist Democrats that can only be explained fully by using the Bible explanation of the human race is as follows. A servant of Satan, because you are either saved or lost. This election has brought out the true nature of who you serve. Simply put, it’s Donald Trump, Conservatives, and Christians against the rest of the world. The Left’s Love applies only to those who believe as they do. They Love evil and commit Anarchy against those who love good. They are governed by lies and never tell the truth. On this Friday, Inaugural Day for the swearing-in of Donald Trump as the 45th President of the United States the Left wants to commit widespread Anarchy to shut down the swearing-in ceremony. Their goal of transforming America, which was founded in Judea Christian values into a Pagan Nation is almost complete. Their goal has always been the total removal of God from American society and the downfall of America. Donald Trump says he is a Presbyterian, but he left off the USA, an apostate church. Tagged Under: hnewswire StevieRay Hansen, HNewsWire, antichrist,digital gulag, antichrists, Apple, Bible, Big Tech, bigotry, Christian baker, Christianity, Christians, Colorado, Colorado Civil Rights Commission, conservatives, deep state, demonic assault, end of days, end times, Facebook, First Amendment, free speech, Google, hate groups, Hate speech,Adam Schiff,treason

https://hnewswire.com/prophecy-unfolding-right-before-our-eyes-in-real-time/ 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 11-3-19 Interesting Engineering :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Firm Sells Autonomous Robot Clones of Real People

The androids are both for professional and personal use.

By Loukia Papadopoulos November 03, 2019

Russian startup Promobot is now selling autonomous robot clones of any real person. This is the key selling point of their robot called Robo-C as their website states: "Order a robot with the appearance of any person to your office or home." RELATED: THIS EERIE HUMANOID ROBOT CAN WORK OUT JUST LIKE A HUMAN AND EVEN SWEAT An anthropomorphic machine According to a press statement released by the firm, android Robo-C is "a completely anthropomorphic machine. It copies human facial expressions: can move its eyes, eyebrows, lips and other “muscles”, and also keep the conversation going and answer questions." Robo-C has over 600 facial expressions and life-like artificial skin. The company considers itself a manufacturer of service robots and believes that its androids may soon replace human workers. However, it is also extending its services to personal use such as in cases of a personal assistant. "Everyone will now be able to order a robot with any appearance — for professional or personal use," said Aleksei Iuzhakov, Chairman of the Board of Directors of Promobot. "We can build a linguistic model based on popular phrases of a particular person – the robot will communicate and answer questions by analyzing frequent expressions of the “original” and using a certain context of knowledge of this person," he added. Four orders The robot can not walk yet, but its neck and torso can move just like a real person's. Promobot told CNBC it already has four orders for Robo-Cs. One bot will be working in a government agency while a second bot will be a clone of Albert Einstein for a robot exhibition. The last two have the strangest purpose. They were bought by a Middle Eastern family to be clones of the mother and father. They will spend their time greeting guests that come to visit.

https://www.interestingengineering.com/russian-firm-sells-autonomous-robot-clones-of-real-people 

[ :: 11-13-16 am service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

As you can clearly see the evil in the world is almost fifty-fifty, my word has shown you that before, so that should not be a surprise.  For I have said that two shall be standing in the field and one shall go and one shall remain, that is fifty-fifty, and it has got to that place, that also means that the end is very, very near.  So you will still have half of the world that desires to do evil and half of the world that desires to do good, but only about thirty percent are true Christians. etc.

:: 11-3-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The New Masculinity: Turning Men Into Women

Michael Brown Posted: Nov 03, 2019 12:01 AM

In case you’ve been living under a rock or been trapped deep inside an ultra-leftist bubble, allow me to enlighten you. There is a definite, concerted, war on gender in our society today. And if you had even the slightest doubt about it, look no further than the November edition of GQ magazine. There, on the front cover, stands singer and fashion designer Pharrell Williams, adorned gorgeously in a long, flowing robe and looking quite ladylike. And there, around Pharrell’s beautiful form, the theme of this special edition of GQ is spelled out: The New Masculinity. I kid you not. According to editor-in-chief Will Welch, GQ has been working on this special edition since January, not only tackling abusive aspects of masculinity in our culture, but also featuring an article from “a gender-nonbinary actor who is simultaneously advocating for greater inclusivity in Hollywood and acknowledging their own privilege (Asia Kate Dillon).” Exactly what you’d expect to find in a gentlemen’s magazine. (Sarcasm intended.)  Another article is from “an anthropologist who is debunking the idea that testosterone determines male behavior (Katrina Karkazis).” But of course! How did other researchers miss this for so long?  As explained in a blurb to Karkazis’s book on the subject (co-authored with Rebecca M. Gordon-Young), “This unauthorized biography pries T, as it’s known, loose from over a century of misconceptions that undermine science even as they make urban legends about this hormone seem scientific.” Did you get that, men, especially those of you who suffered the effects of low testosterone counts? It’s all urban legend. In all seriousness, and with full respect to Dr. Karkazis’s credentials (she is Carol Zicklin Endowed Chair in the Honors Academy at Brooklyn College, CUNY, and Senior Research Fellow with the Global Health Justice Partnership at Yale University), I must ask a simple question: Are these studies driven more by science or by ideology? While I do not have the scientific acumen to analyze Karkazis’s claims, I can analyze statements like this, by editor Welch. Speaking of Pharrell, he notes that, “has a long history of shattering cultural norms—and he has also shown a profound ability to adjust as the world around him has changed.” Welcome to the new masculinity! And yes, this has nothing to do with science and everything to do with ideology. Welch also notes that the “antidote to toxicity” is “empathy.” There’s that evil, male toxicity once again. Husbands and dads, beware. Your solid, steady, protective and nurturing acts are increasingly out of step with today’s new reality. The playing field must be perfectly leveled. Male-female distinctions must be downplayed and denied. And gender confusion must reign supreme. From a man being named Woman of the Year to Drag Queens reading to toddlers, and from “men” menstruating to “men” having babies, gender norms must go.  For months now I have been shouting from the rooftops about a “Jezebelic” attack on our nation, by which I mean a coordinated, ideological attack on our country. The spiritual assault is real. That’s why I’m not surprised to see Will Welch’s October 14 article for GQ titled, “Pharrell on Evolving Masculinity and ‘Spiritual Warfare.’” Yes, “spiritual warfare,” a theme repeated throughout the article. In response to Welch’s questions, Pharrell said, “. . . we're in the middle of a spiritual plight. A spiritual war.” And, “We're followers. And we're not following God. We're following men. So that's spiritual warfare.” And, “What is happening to a transgender person? What are they going through? They feel like their body is not connected to their spirit. And what kind of toxic environment do we live in that they have to justify how they feel? That must feel incredibly insane. That is spiritual warfare. . . . But it has prompted this conversation that I think is deeper than what the new masculinity is or what a non-gender-binary world looks like. I think we're in spiritual warfare.” And, with reference to the 2020 elections, “It's more about who is going into the voting booths. But the reality is that people don't know that we are in the middle of spiritual warfare.” Spiritual warfare indeed. Obviously, Pharrell and I are worlds apart on the nature of this spiritual warfare. But we are in agreement on the real existence of a spiritual battle for the soul of our nation. We dare not downplay it. That’s why my Jezebel book not only contains chapters focusing on idolatry, internet porn, abortion, radical feminism, witchcraft, the emasculating of men, and the silencing of the church’s prophetic voice. It also contains a chapter on the war on the gender, turning men into women and women into men. At the risk of being redundant, I raise my voice again.  The mounting evidence of the war on gender will either bury us or wake us up. What will it be?  The spiritual warfare is real.

https://townhall.com/columnists/michaelbrown/2019/11/03/the-new-masculinity-turning-men-into-women-n2555785 

:: 11--19 The Orgainc Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The CDC Is Just Telling Us About This Horrifying Lab Accident a YEAR Later

By Sandra D. Lane

In December 2018, a lab technician was injecting a mouse with the Vaccinia Virus (VACV) when she accidentally stuck her own finger with the needle. According to the CDC’s case report, she immediately rinsed her finger with water for 15 minutes, notified her supervisors, then went to the emergency room. Between days 2 and 9 post-infection, the patient was evaluated by two community physicians; neither advised her to observe contact precautions to prevent auto-inoculation or secondary transmission. (source) It should probably be pointed out that this happened almost a year ago and yet this was just published by the CDC on October 25, 2019, in the CDC’s Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report (MMWR). Secondly, the Vaccinia Virus is contagious – it can be spread through physical contact, and yet the technician was not told to observe “contact precautions”, at least by the community physicians. While it is known that the tech’s recovery took approximately 4 months, the focus of the published report (as indicated in the title itself) was of the “novel treatment” that was performed. Folks, these facts ought to make you a bit nervous. Ten days after the infection the technician was evaluated at an occupational health clinic where the treating physician contacted the CDC, which advised monitoring her for evidence of worsening infection. Twelve days post-infection she was treated at a university-based ER for a fever, a general feeling of illness, pain, and worsening swelling of her finger. This means she was seen at two different facilities, and by at least three different doctors, possibly without taking precautions to prevent others from getting infected. I say ‘possibly’ because while she wasn’t told to by supervisors, she may have taken precautions on her own. We can only hope. The threat of Poxviruses Contagious, often deadly, and naturally occurring (meaning it exists in nature), smallpox was considered eradicated around the globe by 1980. With the exception, of course, of the two labs that currently hold samples of the smallpox virus for research – although the one in Russia did have an explosion in September of this year. That being said, I sometimes wonder how long it will be before tight-lipped Russian authorities speak up if any smallpox was leaked out… But that’s just my opinion. According to the National Library of Medicine at the National Institutes of Health, smallpox is caused by an agent referred to as the variola virus, also known as VARV, and strictly affects humans. Most researchers agree that the first reliable descriptions of smallpox were found in ancient Indian medical treatises that had been compiled by the 1st–4th centuries. It wasn’t until 1796 that a vaccine was created by a man named Edward Jenner who had observed that milkmaids who previously had caught cowpox did not catch smallpox. While it’s not the exact same vaccine we have today, according to the World Health Organization there is a physical stockpile of smallpox vaccines held at various locations around the world – just in case. At this point, I have to say ‘Hold on – not so fast there’. Smallpox is but one virus from the Pox family, known as Poxviruses (members of the Poxviridae family). Smallpox may be eradicated, but what about the others? Let me say, for clarity if nothing else, I’m not an epidemiologist. I have never done laboratory research on anything more than the odd creature in high school biology. But what I’ve read makes me nervous. VACV is supposedly a very mild poxvirus and is used today as a live vaccine for other poxviruses like smallpox, and for experimental testing for cancer cures. As pointed out earlier, Vaccinia is used for vaccines and vaccinations and is also Poxvirus. And there are a lot of poxviruses; just go here and click on any of the little + beside each one to see the genus. If you click on Orthopoxviruses, you’ll see both the Variola Virus (Smallpox) and the Vaccinia Virus (Smallpox Vaccine). The Monkeypox virus Included in the poxviruses is Monkeypox. The monkeypox virus is rare but belongs in the same genus as both vaccinia and smallpox. Despite the rarity, in 2003 there was an outbreak of monkeypox in the United States, and it was the first time human monkeypox was reported outside of Africa. It was determined that a shipment of animals from Ghana imported to Texas on April 9, 2003, introduced the monkeypox virus to the US and there were 37 confirmed cases, with 18 of them in Wisconsin. It was transmitted to humans via infected prairie dogs purchased as pets. In this outbreak, the CDC, USDA, FDA, and other agencies assisted in containing the outbreak and many were advised to get the smallpox vaccination. For those infected, however, there is currently no proven safe treatment for the monkeypox virus infection. (If you recall, a virus usually must run its course – antibiotics only work on bacterial infections.) For purposes of controlling it, however, antivirals can be used. The Brazilian Journal of Infectious Diseases, in April of 2010, stated that Brazil had experienced numerous outbreaks related to the vaccinia virus since 1960 by several research groups in differing regions: Episodes of Vaccinia virus infection in people who work at research laboratories have already been reported by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), contributing to increase the number of infection cases. The virus infection has occurred both in individuals previously vaccinated in childhood, and in people never vaccinated before. Transmission usually occurs through accidental inoculation of vaccinia virus through lesions in fingers and eyes, or through auto-inoculation. (source) The journal entry goes on to say that in addition to laboratory infection, cases of person-to-person contamination have also been reported. Those cases are closely related to the vaccination of militaries against the smallpox virus. Some of those cases of infection were possibly transmitted through sexual contact between military members and non-military members. One case was reported in a pregnant woman that was bitten by a dog previously vaccinated against rabies, and many vaccinia virus infections in Brazil can be characterized as zoonotic infections as they occur in human beings who work directly with cattle. What are the signs and symptoms of Poxvirus infection? The symptoms can vary depending on the genus, but the CDC lists the following: Fever  Headache   Muscle aches   Backache  Swollen Lymph nodes  Chills   Exhaustion   Within 1-3 days a rash usually appears, and the whole infection can last a month easily. Thankfully there are ways we can help prevent a poxvirus infection.  Avoid contact with animals that could have the virus or are sick.  Avoid contact with any bedding or other such materials that have been in contact with a sick animal.  Isolate infected patients from others who could be at risk for infection.

Wash your hands and arms thoroughly with soap after contact with infected animals or humans, and consider using an alcohol-based hand sanitizer. (Remember that any hand sanitizer does not take the place of good old soap and water.)  Try to use personal protective equipment in the form of masks, gloves, and overclothes when caring for someone who is infected. Are you prepared for an outbreak? In the future, we may never have to worry about poxviruses. I, for one, hope that’s the case, but it’s certainly worth it to be prepared in case we do. It frightens me how much goes on in laboratories and research facilities that we simply don’t know about, and while doing research for this article I realized just how much I don’t know about the world of viruses; and just how easily one can cross over to us humans. For more information on viruses, bacteria, and even preparing for a possible pandemic, I recommend reading the following:   Prepping For A Pandemic by Cat Ellis   Are You Prepped For A Pandemic? by Daisy Luther   There Seems To Be Growing Concern About Biological Attacks by Daisy Luther   What are your thoughts on this? Would you rather know at the time or after the fact? How much do you think is being hidden from us about this type of research? Share what you think in the comments.

About Sandra Sandra is a published artist, photographer, fellow prepper, and animal advocate.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/cdc-poxviruses/ 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 11-3-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Age Of Rage And Days Of Global Unrest Now Upon Us Are Signs Of Great Upheaval Ahead, With America In A Death Spiral, Being Herded Towards The 'End Of The Age'

November 3, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

I must begin this story today asking for your prayers for Susan Duclos as Saturday, she suffered a massive heart attack that will still require two more operations on Monday following successful surgery on Saturday. While we are incredibly grateful for the wonderful First Responders of Garrett County, Maryland who rushed Susan like the wind to the hospital and the incredibly fantastic people at the West Virginia cardiac center who are treating her, it could be a difficult road ahead for Susan, though, as you all know, she is a fighter! A very sad 'sign of the times' we're now living in, as we'll explore in this ANP story, 'signs of the times' are everywhere as we hear in the 1st video at the bottom of this story, a very important interview that Doug Hagmann did with Steve Quayle and Celeste Bishop-Solum of Shepherd's Heart titled "At The Brink Of The Days Of Unrest". The 2nd and final video at the bottom of the story is also a must-watch titled "Everything We Know Is About To Change 2020/2021".

As Steve and Celeste warn us within the 1st video below, America is rapidly being pushed towards the 'end of the age', not the 'end of the world' as Steve explains but the end of the times we've been living in, with America in a death spiral with no real political or military solutions to the problems the world faces and potentially tremendous chaos ahead. And like clockwork, days later Zero Hedge put out this new story titled "We Now Have Mass Public Unrest In France, Spain, Algeria, Iraq, Lebanon, Egypt, Hong Kong, Venezuela, Chile, Ecuador And Bolivia" within which they lay out for us the 'ages and ages of rage' the world is now going through with many warning the same happening in America is on the horizon. Ages And Ages Of Rage Indeed, consider that we now have mass public unrest (on and off) in: France, Spain, and that 24% AfD vote in Germany, and Brexit in the UK; Algeria; Iraq: Lebanon; Egypt; Russia; Hong Kong; Venezuela; Chile; Ecuador; and Bolivia. Plus deepening polarisation in the US – and one could add the middle-class disruption of Extinction Rebellion in Australia, Canada, and others.  In short, there isn’t a continent that isn’t seeing unrest in some form, and as Branko Milanovic notes today, one wonders if this isn’t all a little 1968-ish. Of course, one can’t usually join dots that simply, but if this is 1968-redux then consider the historical echoes. The Prague Spring was violently crushed by Soviet Tanks and the West was powerless to prevent it. Meanwhile, student uprisings in the West produced social reforms and a policy swing to the Left. Along with the Vietnam War, that contributed to the end of the USD peg to gold and the first phase of the global Bretton Woods order – and then to very high inflation in the 1970s, which was ultimately ended by the Volcker Fed and the current phase of deflationary neoliberal globalisation that is once again pushing people out onto the streets. (With massive medical bills for Susan Duclos ahead, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and massive establishment corruption.) As we see in the map above taken from this Zero Hedge story, all across the planet unrest is breaking out over economic or geo-political strife yet as Michael Snyder reported in this story at The Most Important News titled "Civil Unrest Is Erupting All Over The World, But Just Wait Until The United States Joins The Party", America is also being pushed rapidly towards the edge with the ongoing Democratic impeachment attempt nothing less than a 'coup' with CNN fantasizing about a 'President Nancy Pelosi', just as we had warned might be the Democrats plan back on October 19th in this ANP story titled "The Blueprint For Democrats To Complete Their Overthrow Of America Is Already Written As Retired Admiral Calls For President Trump To Be 'Removed' From Office, 'The Sooner, The Better'". And with Texas Congressman Louie Gohmert now warning on the Congressional floor that the impeachment coup could lead America to Civil War with anger growing among Conservatives and the right loading up for bear, Snyder's warnings of what might happen in America may be closer to coming true than any of us believe. A brief excerpt from Snyder's story below explains why no matter what way impeachment goes, tens of millions of Americans are going to be furious. The impeachment process is bringing a focal point to the deep anger that has been building on both sides of the political spectrum for many years. Now that this process has begun, there is no going back, and both sides believe that there is only one result that will bring justice. For the left, any result that does not remove Donald Trump from office will be a bitter disappointment. The Democrats in the House of Representatives are going to draft articles of impeachment, and they believe that they already have the votes they need to send those articles of impeachment to the U.S. Senate. If the Republican-controlled Senate does not vote to convict Trump and remove him from office, this will greatly upset the left, and could result in an explosion of anger in our city streets. On the other hand, if the Republican-controlled Senate does vote to convict Trump and remove him from office, tens of millions of hardcore Trump supporters are going to be absolutely livid. There would be an explosion of righteous anger on the right, and it would almost certainly spill into our city streets. Of course it is likely that both sides will start protesting well before there is a final result, but once the final vote in the Senate happens that is when things are likely to get very interesting. The Democrats should have never gone down this road, because one way or another this process is going to tear us apart. If our founders could see us today they would be rolling over in their graves, because this is not what they intended. With even President Trump warning via tweet that his impeachment could lead to another Civil War in America and nearly 7 out of every 10 Americans agreeing with him, we should all be completely prepared for whatever is 'unleashed' in the days ahead with a new decade just over 60 days away and more and more warning signs of danger ahead. As the Organic Prepper had reported in this October story titled "6 Warning Signs That Civil Unrest Is Imminent", being fully aware of our surroundings is crucial with unhinged leftists already unleashing violent attacks against President Trump supporters, often simply for them wearing a MAGA hat, and with tensions even brewing hotter now as Congressman Gohmert warned, there may never be a more important time than now to be fully prepared. OK, here´s the thing. Maybe you can have some indications in the nearby days about how bad things can get, all of a sudden. You won´t even notice it until you´re in the middle. If you don´t believe me just ask to Ecuadorians. They were caught in the middle of a geopolitical storm stirred from abroad. Looting, empty shelves as a result, and half of the country blocked because of the mobs. Tear gas, and shootings. Three young men thrown from a bridge by other angry enemies. Things like this happen when people are exposed, and unaware. I want to tell you something. I’m not in my better moment these days. But every time I need to go outside for some reason, I do it with the firm, strong idea in my mind, of defending myself and my family (and the means to do it). Being partially impeded, defense will have to be lightning quick and disabling. No mercy and I am sorry about this, but it’s true. It’s the survivor’s mind setup clicking in since I saw the chain of events. Facing the law afterward? Sure, as much as the taken down predators face it too. There is footage of an angry mob (identified with leftist guerrilla colors by the way) beating with batons innocent people inside a building. Same as Germany in the 30s. Jeez. If for some reason in the future these few paragraphs save your life or someone’s you love, I will feel rewarded. Although our exposition to xenophobic behavior has been minimal, I´m pretty aware how bad things can get under the current social climate. Therefore, signals definitely can´t be ignored. Every society of the world, unfortunately, seems to have the potential for civilian turmoil, and the possibility of the appearance of more or less organized gangs of marauders NEVER can be dismissed. (I´m sorry Canada, never been there but maybe even you have some percentage of this happening somewhere in the future). With America moving ever closer to unchartered territory and one huge group of people sure to be hugely disappointed with political developments in this country in 2020, and the 2020 election just ahead, Steve Quayle's and Celeste's warnings in this first video should be taken to heart as America is pushed toward the 'end of the age'.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Global_Unrest_A_Sign_Of_Great_Upheaval_Ahead.php 

:: 11-4-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Weaponizing Impeachment against Political Opponents

by Alan M. Dershowitz November 4, 2019 at 5:00 am

To be impeached, a president must commit a crime (misdemeanor is a species of crime) and the commission of that crime must also constitute an abuse of office. An abuse of office without an underlying crime is a political sin, but not an impeachable offense. This very issue was debated at the Constitutional Convention, where one delegate proposed "maladministration" as the criteria for impeachment and removal of a president. James Madison, the Father of our Constitution, strongly objected on the ground that so vague and open-ended a criterion would have the president serve at the will of Congress and turn us from a Republic with a strong president into a parliamentary democracy in which the chief executive can be removed by a simple vote of no confidence. Instead, the Convention adopted strict prerequisites for impeachment: treason, bribery or other high crimes and misdemeanors. Congress is not above the law. It is bound by what the Framers accepted and cannot now apply the criterion the framers explicitly rejected. Most important, misusing the impeachment power in a partisan manner would pose, in the words of Hamilton, "the greatest danger" to our Constitution. The constitutional power to impeach a duly elected president was intended by the Framers of the Constitution as a neutral, non-partisan tool of last resort to be used against only criminal incumbents in extreme cases. It is now being deployed as a partisan weapon that can be used routinely against presidents of a different party from those who control the House of Representatives.  Under the views of some members of Congress, any time the House is controlled by one party, a simple majority can properly vote to impeach. As Congresswoman Maxine Waters put it: "Impeachment is about whatever the Congress says it is. There is no law." She is wrong. The Constitution is the law and she is not above it. The recent partisan misuse of this emergency power began with the impeachment of former President William Jefferson Clinton by the Republican-controlled House in 1998. Clinton did not commit an impeachable offense, even if he feloniously lied under oath about his sex life. Such perjury, if it occurred, would satisfy the definition of a "crime," but not meet the required Constitutional criteria of a "high crime and misdemeanor." If President Clinton committed a crime, it would be a low crime related to his sex life and comparable to the low felonies — adultery and paying off an extortionist — committed by Alexander Hamilton when he was Secretary of the Treasury. Had Hamilton payed the extortionist from Treasury funds, as he was falsely accused of doing, he would have been guilty of an impeachable high crime. To be impeached, a president must commit a crime (misdemeanor is a species of crime) and the commission of that crime must also constitute an abuse of office. An abuse of office without an underlying crime is a political sin, but not an impeachable offense. This very issue was debated at the Constitutional Convention, where one delegate proposed "maladministration" as the criteria for impeachment and removal of a president. James Madison, the Father of our Constitution, strongly objected on the ground that so vague and open-ended a criterion would have the president serve at the will of Congress and turn us from a Republic with a strong president into a parliamentary democracy in which the chief executive can be removed by a simple vote of no confidence. Instead, the Convention adopted strict prerequisites for impeachment: treason, bribery or other high crimes and misdemeanors. The House is no more empowered to substitute its own criteria for those enumerated in the Constitution than the Senate would be to change the 2/3 vote requirement for removal to a simple majority or a 3/5 super majority. Congress is not above the law. It is bound by what the Framers accepted and cannot now apply the criterion the framers explicitly rejected. Those who characterize the impeachment and removal process as completely political are wrong as a matter of constitutional law, even if they are right in describing the reality of how it is being currently misused. Advocates of this view misquote Hamilton in Federalist #65. Hamilton did characterize the criteria for impeachment as "political," but only in the sense that they relate to "injuries done immediately to the society itself." He then immediately rejected the view that the process should be partisan, based on "the comparative strength of parties," rather than on "the real demonstrations of innocence or guilt." He called that the "greatest danger" and demanded "neutrality toward those whose conduct may be the subject of scrutiny." Those who misquote and misunderstand Hamilton wrongly conflate the words "political," by which he meant governmental, and "partisan, " by which he meant related to the comparative strength of parties and factions. It is difficult to imagine a greater breach of Hamilton's principles than the recent House vote along party lines (with two exceptions, both opposing impeachment) to open a formal impeachment investigation against President Trump. The vote was determined exclusively by the "comparative strength of parties," as was the vote to impeach President Bill Clinton two decades ago. A partisan House vote to impeach President Trump, followed by a partisan Senate vote to acquit him, would not only hurt the Democratic Party — as the votes in the Clinton case hurt the Republican Party — it would damage our constitution and further polarize our already divided nation. Most important, misusing the impeachment power in a partisan manner would pose, in the words of Hamilton, "the greatest danger" to our Constitution.

Alan M. Dershowitz is the Felix Frankfurter Professor of Law Emeritus at Harvard Law School and author of The Case Against the Democratic House Impeaching Trump, Skyhorse Publishing, 2019.

Follow Alan M. Dershowitz on Twitter and Facebook

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15120/weaponizing-impeachment 

:: 11-4-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

From Freedom to a Police State In 7 Easy Steps

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, November 4, 2019 - 14:36.

A coup, resulting in a regime change follows a predictable pattern. This article identifies the seven steps which takes a nation from a Republic to a Police State in seven easy steps. Step One: Assassination or Coup? The Russian-Collusion-Delusion was a coup attempt. The Ukraine impeachment is a coup attempt. The Russian collusion nonsense collapsed before it got started. However, that didn’t prevent the Deep State from dragging it out for over 2 years. The merits of the “quid pro quo” Ukraine case are collapsing as I write these words. The assassination card is coming into full view because the Deep State is running out of time with the election coming up in 2020.

State Two: Two False Flags of Regime Change Most regime changes are accompanied by two false flag attempts. The first false flag is the assassination which comes complete with a patsy (eg Lee Harvey Oswald). The intel I speak with say that the word on the street is this event, levied against Trump, will be blamed on forces related to Baghdadi and the hit on the President is retaliation for his death. If there is an assassination attempt, many in federal law enforcement feel that the attempt will take the form of a mass casualty event. Why? Because the public will not accept another “lone-nut assassin” with a diary with stated intentions. The Baghdadi cover story fits the bill. In regime changes, a second false flag is often needed to excuse the need for an extreme crackdown. The Reichstag Fire is a classic example of this event. In America, I have warned about a “Tet Offensive” terror attack on Americans. We know we have embedded terror cells and it is logical to assume they would provide the necessary level of violence for a complete crackdown by a regime taking control after the assassination of Donald Trump. Stage Three: A State of Emergency Will Usher In Martial Law In order to better protect the people, an extreme level of martial law will be implemented. A suspension of the Constitution will be accompanied by the requirement for travel permits, work permits, extreme prohibitions of religious worship (ie prohibitive zoning laws), a “new” national ID, food stamps, water rationing, etc. The control of all resources will make the people dependent on the new regime and will aid in establishing a level of forced compliance. Kidnappings and the murder of key dissident figures will take place in this stage. Stage Four: Mass Roundups There will come a time when the new regime will feel the need to eliminate as much opposition as possible and they will initiate mass round ups. These roundups will take two forms. First, it is preferable to get the people to come to you. This was rehearsed in an Obama 2011 initiated drill called Operation Mountain Guardian. FEMA and DHS set up camp at Sports Authority Field where the Denver Broncos play football in the NFL. On the surface they were practicing a mass casualty drill. However, FEMA went around the Denver Public schools and started gathering a sample of elementary age school children. When mommy showed up to take Bill to his dental appointment, and Bill had been kidnapped by FEMA, parents began to descend upon the facility. This was an experiment to see if the parents would present themselves to a detention facility. The children were the bait and the lists would reveal whether a parent would be incarcerated and exterminated or released with their child. Food shortages could be used in the same manner and will people report on the other side of the barbed wire to get food, the same principles come into play. Once the “voluntary” roundups have taken place, then the new regime moves to the 3AM strategy! This is the kicking in the door of the known dissidents. This is also a strategy that will accompany gun confiscation which is a necessary part of any regime change in order to eliminate the people’s ability to defend themselves. Stage Five: Secret Executions of Public Beheadings? The next stage could go either way depending on the new regime’s objective. If there goal is to merely remove dissident opposition, secret executions designed to lessen the threat, without arousing large segments of the population to rise up, might be the preferable course of action. However, if a psychological dose of terror is needed to establish complete order and stamp out resistance, public beheadings will become of the strategy of a extremist regime. Stage Six: Civilian Snitch Programs Civilian “see something, say something” snitch programs will go into full force. Under Stalin, the public school teachers were trained to listen to the children’s statements about their parents and appropriate actions would be taken against dissidents. Under Common Core, in places like Colorado, teachers were trained to gather extensive data on their student’s habits. I have always believed that this was training for America teachers to fall into the Stalin mode of using kids to spy on parents. Further, what do we think the red flag laws were for? Snitch on your neighbor with falsehoods and watch in glee as the local police kick in their door and steal their guns. It is all about conditioning of the public. America is ripe for snitch programs. Stage Seven: Continual Roundups and Purges It is interesting the fascination that the public has with the triology, The Purge and its TV series companion by the same name. A generational reign of terror, needed to extinguish notions of freedom and liberty are needed to complete the takeover. Conclusion This article is not hypothetical. It represents what is already underway in our country. My suggestion is wipe the cognitive dissonance from eyes and plan accordingly. Your best weapon is prayer and your second best weapon is to call on your two friends, Smith and Wesson.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/freedom-police-state-7-easy-steps 

:: 9-25-19 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mainstream Media Has Deliberately Divided Americans, Law and Order Is About to Descend into Chaos, Civil War Is About to Begin

September 25, 2019 / StevieRay Hansen / Featured Story

Many people make the mistake of reading what the Bible says in Exodus 20:13, “You shall not kill,” and then seeking to apply this command to war. However, the Hebrew word literally means “the intentional, premeditated killing of another person with malice; murder.” God often ordered the Israelites to go to war with other nations (1 Samuel 15:3; Joshua 4:13). God ordered the death penalty for numerous crimes (Exodus 21:12, 15; 22:19; Leviticus 20:11). So, God is not against killing in all circumstances, but only murder. War is never a good thing, but sometimes it is a necessary thing. In a world filled with sinful people (Romans 3:10-18), war is inevitable. Sometimes the only way to keep sinful people ( this generation ) from doing great harm to the innocent is by going to war. Does Jesus’ teaching that we should turn the other cheek and love our enemies mean that it is always wrong to go to war? Should the world have turned the other cheek to Hitler and tried to love him into surrender? When Osama Bin Laden ordered the attack on the World Trade Center, should the U.S. have responded by sending him the Sears Tower as well? Or does Jesus allow a place for both loving our enemies and yet, in certain situations, using force to restrain life-threatening wickedness? Without any facts or details, the network promoted the need for gun control While admitting that it had virtually no details about an active shooter engaged with police in Philadelphia Wednesday night, CNN immediately called for more gun control and even used the opportunity to promote Democratic presidential candidate Kamala Harris’ gun control proposals. Reports now indicate that an armed suspect opened fire and wounded six officers in north Philadelphia during a nearly eight-hour standoff after a warrant was served to search for narcotics. The suspect is in custody, and all six police officers have been released from the hospital. However, while all of this was unfolding, and details were extremely scant, CNN had already decided that this was a great opportunity to engage in pure speculation and liberal activism. Wolf Blitzer told viewers that the Philadelphia incident “comes as Democratic presidential candidate Kamala Harris is rolling out her plan to end gun violence.” The pair then discussed gun control, and Harris even suggested that her gun control proposals would have prevented this incident (that they both knew absolutely nothing about at this stage) from happening at all. After the segment finished, CNN host Dana Bash then admitted “this is an active situation” and “[w]e don’t know how this is going to end and more importantly, we don’t know what it is all about.” Still, this didn’t prevent Bush from calling for stricter gun control: “I don’t want to say it’s the new normal, but it is this kind of situation where you have an active shooter is coming across our phones and coming across the phones and, you know, bulletin alerts of people all across the country very, very frequently, which is why here in Washington there has been a renewed discussion about whether or not finally the Republican and Democratic Party can come together and figure out ways to stop this, whether it is gun control, any form of gun control or other means.” Bash declared. The conversation continued, with CNN Legal analyst Joey Jackson openly calling for gun control. “Yes, there is a Bill of Rights. Yes, I do agree and do believe strongly in the second amendment, but we need on protect responsible gun ownership. Why is it that only 17 states, we have 50, have red flag laws?” Jackson asked. “We need more states. We need the federal government to provide incentives or grant other states to have these laws. We need at the federal level, like Kamala Harris, you just had her on the show, has a proposal to get the federal courts involved.” he continued. “These are important in as much as yes, we’ll protect your right to bear an arm. But if you’re not rational and you’re not reasonable, we’re going to take it away,” he added. Jackson also repeated the often misleading ‘background check loophole’ argument. Could it be any clearer that CNN is not a news gathering body, but rather an activist network? After an Immigrations and Customs Enforcement office were hit with gunfire in San Antonio, the Director of the office issued a statement blaming ‘various politicians, media outlets and activist groups’. The windows of the ICE office near Loop 410 and Nacogdoches Road were shattered by shots police believe were fired from across the freeway before 3 am on Tuesday. Keep Texas Red@VoteRedTexas #SanAntonio: Shots fired at ICE facility around 3 am this morning. Shots came from across the highway and hit the 14th floor. No one was injured and the suspect has been caught. The name of the suspect has not been released. View image on Twitter 447:46 AM – Aug 13, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy77 people are talking about this Anna Giaritelli✔@Anna_Giaritelli · Aug 13, 2019 The shooting at an @ICEgov office this morning is (at least) the 4th anti-ICE incident in about a month

Aug. 13 – San Antonio, TX

July 16 – Washington, DC

July 14 – Tacoma, WA

July 12 – Aurora, CO https://washex.am/2OWTfSg  Shots fired into ICE office in San Antonio: ‘There were people in the building’Police in San Antonio arrested a man early Tuesday morning in connection with gunshots fired through the windows of an Immigration and Customs Enforcement office in the city, according to local media…washingtonexaminer.com  USCIS Acting Director Ken Cuccinelli✔@USCISCuccinelli  Here’s a photo of one of the bullet holes from this morning. @USCIS stands with @ICE   as they work to enforce our laws and keep Americans safe! 1,0072:16 PM – Aug 13, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy855 people are talking about this “Police said they took a man into custody who was found along Village Drive, not far from where the shooting occurred,” the San Antonio Express-News reported. “No injuries were reported from the shooting.” “It is unclear whether the ICE office was targeted or if it was a random attack.” the report notes. “Had the bullets gone two inches in another direction, we could be here today talking about the murder of a federal official,” FBI special agent Christopher Combs said. The Field Director at the office, Daniel Bible, seems more certain, however, that the attack was deliberate, and he’s blaming leftist anti-ICE rhetoric. Bible notes that ‘misinformation’ about ICE is being ‘recklessly disseminated’ by certain politicians and activists. 402:38 PM – Aug 13, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy32 people are talking about this “ICE officers put their lives on the line each and every day to keep our communities safe,” the statement said. “This disturbing public discourse shrouds our critical law enforcement function and unnecessarily puts our officers’ safety at risk.” Bible’s condemnation is clearly aimed at Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (NY), who has declared that ICE facilities on the border are ‘concentration camps’. The same rhetoric has been used by Antifa affiliated individuals, in particular, the terrorist who attempted to kill ICE workers at a Tacoma, WA facility last month. “We cannot allow political discourse to lead us to the point of violence, where federal employees, innocent people doing their jobs, are put in harm’s way,” added agent Combs. AOC has yet to comment on the ICE shooting. Instead, she’s tweeting about pockets and left-handed day. CNN’s Anderson Cooper said during an interview with Univision anchor Jorge Ramos that he found the demographic decline of white people “exciting”. This man has a sin nature inherited from (Romans 5:12). That sin nature has control of a person and causes various sins to manifest in one’s life (Galatians 5:17–21; Ephesians 5:17–19). Controlled by that sin nature, Cooper can in no way know God and please God. In fact, Anderson Cooper is an enemy of God (Romans 5:10; 8:5–7). The Bible says that the sinner, controlled by his sinful nature (Homosexualaitly,) needs a new nature and deliverance from the power of sin. reprobation “The idea that you know, whites will not be the majority, I mean, that’s — it’s an exciting transformation of the country, it’s an exciting evolution and you know, the progress of our country in many different ways,” said Cooper. Ramos agreed that whites becoming a minority in America was an inevitable and positive development. Anderson Cooper is barely able to contain his excitement about Whites becoming a minority. Not thrilled about being replaced in the country your ancestors founded: you’re a “Supremacist” Understand White People, you’re already in a race war.93710:24 AM – Aug 14, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy557 people are talking about this “There’s nothing really they can do against this incredible demographic revolution. And in 2044, everyone is going to be a minority,” he said. The media has repeatedly asserted that even raising the “conspiracy theory” of “the great replacement” or the demographic decline of white people puts you on a par with mass shooters and terrorists. Source Residents Harass, Throw Objects at Philly Police Leaving Scene of Shootout After a wild standoff and shootout that left six cops wounded in Philadelphia, residents pelted objects and shouted obscenities at some of the officers involved.  Video footage shows officers leaving the scene of the shootout, only to be physically confronted, laughed at and verbally abused by onlookers. Bear in mind that the suspect, 36-year-old Maurice Hill, had a lengthy history of gun convictions, was being served a warrant related to a drug offense and could easily have killed some of the cops involved. The officers were heckled and laughed at as they walked through the crowd, with one woman pushing a cop and calling him a “bitch ass ni**a.” Yelling, screaming, and throwing things at officers that have PROTECTED YOU for 4 hours during an active shooting? Classy. WTH is wrong with you? #Philadelphia #Philly #phillypd #philadephiapd #philadelphiapolice #phillyshooter #phillyshooting @FoxNews4,0207:27 PM – Aug 14, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy3,762 people are talking about this Some residents even tried to physically confront and scuffle with the officers. According to Philadelphia’s KYW-TV reporter Alexandria Hoff, the harassment also took place during the exchange of gunfire with the suspect. “I mentioned this at 10 and since I was harassed during that live shot, I’ll mention it here, too,” Hoff said on Twitter. “A major moment of a disappointment this evening was watching a crowd of people taunt police officers, laughing and yelling at them in the midst of the gunfire.” Alexandria Hoff✔@AlexandriaHoff    I mentioned this at 10 and since I was harassed during that live shot, I’ll mention it here too. A major moment of a disappointment this evening was watching a crowd of people taunts police officers, laughing and yelling at them in the midst of the gunfire. #PhiladelphiaShooting7,3319:19 PM – Aug 14, 2019Twitter Ads info and privacy3,757 people are talking about this After more than five hours of gunfire, a SWAT team managed to get two officers and three hostages out of the building which Hill was holed up safely. The constant drumbeat of hate America first by the mainstream media is now commonplace, no wonder Americans are confused, the poor feel disenfranchised, the radical hatemongers, KKK, Jesse Jackson, I hate white people Al Sharpton, David Duke, etc. makes for an explosive cocktail in America. StevieRay Hansen It is an error to say that God never supports a war. Jesus is not a pacifist. In a world filled with evil people, sometimes war is necessary to prevent an even greater evil. If Hitler had not been defeated by World War II, how many more millions would have been killed? If the American Civil War had not been fought, how much longer would African-Americans have had to suffer as slaves? War is a terrible thing. Some wars are more “just” than others, but war is always the result of sin (Romans 3:10-18). At the same time, Ecclesiastes 3:8 declares, “There is…a time to love and a time to hate, a time for war and a time for peace.” In a world filled with sin, hatred, and evil (Romans 3:10-18), war is inevitable. Christians should not desire war, but neither are Christians to oppose the government God has placed in authority over them (Romans 13:1-4; 1 Peter 2:17). The most important thing we can be doing in a time of war is to be praying for godly wisdom for our leaders, praying for the safety of our military, praying for a quick resolution to conflicts, and praying for a minimum of casualties among civilians on both sides (Philippians 4:6-7). StevieRay Hansen

Editor, HNewsWire.com Jesus chastised religious leaders in the first century for not knowing the time of His arrival. Will we make the same mistake today? Christ stated how His second coming would be preceded by global events signifying the end of our age. We may not know the day or the hour, but we can know the season! “And it shall come to pass afterward, that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions.” (Joel 2:28.) Education is useless without the bible (Daniel Webster) “Courage is as “fear that has said its prayers.” John Wesley who said that what we tolerate in our generation, will be embraced by the next. Wesley is 100% correct! We are living in sick times. Usually, the Lord doth no great thing for or against his people, without giving warning of it before it comes. They perverted justice among themselves (v. 7): “You turn judgment to wormwood, that is, you make your administrations of justice bitter and nauseous, and highly displeasing both to God and man.’’ That fruit has become a weed, a weed in the garden; as nothing is more venerable, nothing more valuable, than justice duly administered, so nothing is more hurtful, nothing more abominable, than designedly doing wrong under color and pretense of doing right. Corruptio optimi est pessima —The best, when corrupted, becomes the worst. It is impossible to find anyone in the Bible who was a power for God who did not have enemies and was not hated. 2 Corinthians 4:8-11 New King James Version (NKJV) 8 We are hard-pressed on every side, yet not crushed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; 9 persecuted, but not forsaken; struck down, but not destroyed— 10 always carrying about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our body. 11 For we who live are always delivered to death for Jesus’ sake, that the life of Jesus also may be manifested in our mortal flesh.

https://hnewswire.com/mainstream-media-has-deliberately-divided-americans-law-and-order-is-about-to-descend-into-chaos-civil-war-is-about-to-begin/

:: 11-3-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Next Shoe In The Farm Crisis Drops: Bankruptcies Soar 24%

by Tyler Durden Sun, 11/03/2019 - 09:55

The American Farm Bureau (AFB) warned Wednesday that farm bankruptcies are entering a parabolic move. The farm crisis, as we've pointed out, is only accelerating and will likely be on par with the farm disaster that was seen in the early 1980s. President Trump's farm bailouts, given to farmers earlier this year, appears to be failing at this moment in time, as a tsunami in farm bankruptcies is sweeping across the country. With record-high debt, collapsing farm income, and depressed commodity prices, US farmers are dropping like flies as there's no end in sight in the 15-month long trade war. AFB said farm bankruptcies for the 12 months ending in September, totaled an astonishing 580 filings, up 24% YoY. The number of Chapter 12 farm bankruptcies [580 filings] for the period was the highest since 676 filings were recorded in 2011. For 3Q19, farm bankruptcies were slightly lower, down 2% YoY. "Total bankruptcies filed by state vary significantly, from no bankruptcies in some states to more than 20 filings in others. Bankruptcy filings were the highest in Wisconsin at 48 filings, followed by 37 filings in Georgia, Nebraska, and Kansas. Iowa, Kansas, Maryland, Minnesota, Nebraska, New Hampshire, South Dakota, Wisconsin, and West Virginia all experienced Chapter 12 bankruptcy filings at or above 10-year highs," AFB wrote. AFB's next chart is YoY change in farm bankruptcies over the 12 months, which shows bankruptcies accelerated the greatest in Oklahoma, Georgia, California, Iowa, and Kansas. The next chart from AFB outlines how bankruptcy filings over the previous 12 months ending in September, jumped in every major region across the country. Some of the most significant increases were seen in the Midwest, up 40% over the period. Chapter 12 farm bankruptcies are expected to increase through the next several quarters. This could be problematic to President Trump as the 2020 election year begins. Many of the bankruptcies are occurring in election battleground states like Wisconsin.

https://www.zerohedge.com/economics/trade-war-chaos-spikes-us-farm-bankruptcies-24 

:: 11--19 Earthquake Track :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recent Earthquakes Near Oklahoma, United States

Oklahoma, United States has had: (M1.5 or greater)

4 earthquakes in the past 24 hours

46 earthquakes in the past 7 days

147 earthquakes in the past 30 days

1,243 earthquakes in the past 365 days

The largest earthquake in Oklahoma, United States:

today: 3.1 in Medford, Oklahoma, United States

this week: 3.1 in Medford, Oklahoma, United States

this month: 3.7 in Anthony, Kansas, United States

this year: 4.4 in Medford, Oklahoma, United States

about 5 hours ago 3.1 magnitude, 7 km depth

Medford, Oklahoma, United States

about 8 hours ago 1.9 magnitude, 7 km depth

Okeene, Oklahoma, United States

about 9 hours ago 1.6 magnitude, 7 km depth

Blackwell, Oklahoma, United States

about 10 hours ago 1.7 magnitude, 6 km depth

Kingfisher, Oklahoma, United States

a day ago 2.1 magnitude, 7 km depth

Stillwater, Oklahoma, United States

2 days ago 2.1 magnitude, 6 km depth

Helena, Oklahoma, United States

2 days ago 1.6 magnitude, 5 km depth

Fairview, Oklahoma, United States

2 days ago 2.2 magnitude, 6 km depth

Hennessey, Oklahoma, United States

2 days ago 2.1 magnitude, 5 km depth

Coalgate, Oklahoma, United States

2 days ago 2.0 magnitude, 5 km depth

Crescent, Oklahoma, United States

https://earthquaketrack.com/p/united-states/oklahoma/recent?before=2019-10-28+13%3A23%3A44+UTC 

:: 11-4-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Storm Amelie engulfs SW France: Giant waves and 140,000 people in the dark (videos, pictures)

By Strange Sounds - Nov 4, 2019

It seems that dangerous and powerful storms are the new normal this fall.

Yesterday, Storm Amelie caused strong winds blasted southwest France, triggering giant ocean waves, uprooting trees and leaving some 140,000 people in the dark. Same in Italy and Spain Fourteen of the country’s 101 departments were placed on high alert as dangerous winds exceeding 160 kilometres per hour swept some places along the Atlantic Coast. Emergency services attended to hundreds of callouts as gusts dropped trees on roads and railway tracks, and tore loose live electrical cables. By midday, rescue services and prefectures had reported only three minor injuries – including one hospitalisation – in the Pyrénées-Atlantiques department, mainly due to falling branches. Weather service Météo-France said winds as strong as 163 km/h were recorded in the coastal departments of Gironde and Landes, and 121 km/h in Bordeaux. Electricity supplier Enedis said it was working round the clock to restore electricity to some 140,000 customers left without power by the storm. In the Landes department, 47 people had to be evacuated from a camp site, and a casino roof collapsed. Several trains in the area were cancelled or delayed, according to the SNCF railway operator. The southeast of France was not spared, with heavy rainfall forcing the evacuation of a gypsy camp. More than two dozen motorists had to be rescued as their cars got stuck in the deluge. Several shops and homes in the southeast had their basements flooded. Storms around the world are becoming always more destructive and unprecedented. Be prepared! [France24]

https://strangesounds.org/2019/11/storm-amelie-france-winds-portugal-france-video-picture.html 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

[ :: 6-16-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Therefore, I say unto you, fear not, fear not the warnings, but I must speak to my people that they flee the places that I have told them to flee, that they move from the ocean at least seventy five miles, that they do the things that I have already told them etc

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things.  Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb.  Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states.  Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 3-25-18 am service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target.  Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period.  Watch out for the earthquakes, they’re coming, they’re coming, they’re coming, the next time that it shakes at all in Alaska will be your sign that it has come and it shall go clear to Mexico and you shall see as the Great Lakes empty out and the water flows down into New Orleans, and all, all the restrainers break.  For they thought they got away with what they got away with, but I warned them, beware, beware, beware.     

[ :: 9-21-14 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I have had my hand of protection upon America but no more.  I am going to shake America like never before.  I will lift my hand of protection for a little while.  Remember nine one one and what happened when my hand was lifted?  What is to come is far worse than that.  I have sat back and watched as my word has been removed from your schools.  Your children know nothing of me.  I have watched while your government has removed my commandments from their walls.  They have promoted a life style forbidden by me.  I have said in my word man shall not lie with man and women with women this is an abomination.  You have opened up your military, they are dancing in the streets, they are thumbing their noses and saying we are here we will take over.  I will not allow this to go on any longer without discipline.  I love you America but you need to be shaken. etc

:: 11-3-19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are You Prepared For The Coming Economic Collapse And The Next Great Depression?

Hundreds Of Earthquakes Rattle The U.S. As The Level Of Seismic Activity In North America Continues To Rise

November 3, 2019 by Michael Snyder

Why is the mainstream media being so quiet about all of the seismic activity that has been happening all across the United States? During the last 7 days, there has been an earthquake swarm directly along the New Madrid Fault zone, Kansas and Oklahoma have been hit by a very unusual number of significant quakes, and there have been several sizable seismic events in the vicinity of the Yellowstone supervolcano. But of course the west coast is getting hammered more than anyone else. According to Cal Tech, there have been more than 1000 earthquakes in California and Nevada over the last week, but of course most of them have been very small. Overall, the latest USGS numbers tell us that there have been more than 2,000 earthquakes nationally during the last 7 days, and apparently we aren’t supposed to be alarmed by that. But could it be possible that all of this seismic activity is leading up to something really big? Over the weekend, we witnessed some very unusual quakes in the middle of the country. On Sunday, a magnitude 3.2 earthquake rattled Kansas… The Kansas quake hit at 9:08 p.m. Central time near South Hutchinson, northwest of Wichita, according to the USGS. About 175 people reported feeling the tremor, some as far away as Osborne and Concordia, Kansas. Thankfully that quake hit in an area with a very low population density, and so it didn’t affect that many people.

But then on Sunday, a series of relatively large earthquakes hammered Oklahoma…

A 3.0-magnitude earthquake hit near Fairview in northern Oklahoma, at 1 a.m. Sunday, followed by a 2.6-magnitude quake at 1:37 a.m. near Quinton in eastern Oklahoma, the USGS reports. A 2.7-magnitude tremor rattled Waukomis in northern Oklahoma at 4:25 p.m. Saturday Overall, there have been 143 earthquakes in Oklahoma in the last 30 days, and the increasing level of seismic activity in that part of the nation definitely has a lot of people on edge. But of much greater concern is what has been happening along the west coast. The two major quakes that hit California in July were followed by more than 100,000 aftershocks, and scientists are warning that this “may have increased stress on parts of a major dormant fault line”… A series of earthquakes which shook Southern California earlier this year may have increased stress on parts of a major dormant fault line which has not produced any significant activity since records began, according to a study. Scientists from the University of Iowa examined the so-called Ridgecrest earthquakes, which began with a 6.4 magnitude foreshock in the Mojave Desert on July 4, followed the next day by a 7.1 magnitude quake—the largest in Southern California for two decades. In addition, more than 100,000 smaller aftershocks were recorded.

The “dormant fault line” which they are talking about is the Garlock Fault. And the Garlock Fault runs directly into the San Andreas Fault. One day there will be a massive quake that fundamentally alters the geography of southern California, and let us hope that day is delayed for as long as possible.  Meanwhile, we have also witnessed some unusual rumbling off the coast farther north. In fact, five large earthquakes were detected off of the Oregon coast last month. The following comes from a news story that was posted on October 21st… A magnitude-4.6 earthquake Monday morning became the fifth to strike off the Oregon coast since the beginning of the month. The quake rumbled around 6:47 a.m. about 120 miles west of Bandon and at a depth of roughly 6 miles, according to the U.S. Geological Survey. On Thursday, a magnitude-4.7 temblor struck about 95 miles from Port Orford — just hours after students in Coos and Curry counties participated in an annual earthquake drill. The reason why these quakes are so alarming is because they happened in the vicinity of the Cascadia Subduction Zone. As Steve Quayle recently told Greg Hunter, someday the Cascadia Subduction Zone will suddenly come to life, and it will be the greatest natural disaster that we have seen so far in all of American history… What’s the worst case scenario if the Cascadia Subduction Zone lets loose and volcanos, earthquakes and tsunamis are unleashed? Quayle says “The amount of damage, and I am going to choose my words carefully, is going to be precedent setting. It’s going to be the combination of volcanos going off that are inland from the subduction zone where the plates meet, coupled with tsunamis. . . . When this happens, you will lose eight million to twenty million people. When it happens, you will lose all productivity in the electronic field, obviously Silicon Valley, and all food production in all of California, Oregon and Washington. When it happens, you will have a State of Emergency unlike any other. How about the refugees? There will be 3.5 million refugees to take care of. When this happens, what happens to the underground aquifers, and where does everybody go for fresh water? There will be years of drought, years of famine and years of water, water where did it all go? It is a very dire situation painted by computer models. This is not a sensational thing. It is a reality based, scientific study with the application of what happens.” Quayle warns that the public would likely have roughly “15 minutes to get to safety,” and “the tsunami waves would be 500 to 1,500 feet tall.” You can see the trailer for the new film that is being produced about the Cascadia Subduction Zone right here. I am so glad that this movie is being made, because I have been trying to warn people about what is going to happen for a long time. For example, the following comes from one of my previous articles entitled “You Have Been Warned: Experts Tell Us That A Cascadia Subduction Zone Earthquake And Tsunami Will Destroy Everything West Of Interstate 5”… One day it will happen. With little or no warning, the Cascadia Subduction Zone will produce a catastrophic earthquake and accompanying tsunami that will essentially destroy everything west of Interstate 5 in the Pacific Northwest. It will be the worst natural disaster up to that point in American history, and as you will see below, the experts are saying that we are completely and utterly unprepared for it. Of course the San Andreas Fault gets more publicity, but the truth is that the Cascadia Subduction Zone is capable of producing a quake “almost 30 times more energetic” than anything the San Andreas Fault can produce. Scientists assure us that it is just a matter of time before such a disaster takes place. So essentially those living right along the coast are taking a huge gamble. Day after day, they hope that there is still at least a little bit more time before the Cascadia Subduction Zone absolutely devastates the Northwest. Of course up until now that gamble has paid off, but one day their luck will suddenly run out.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I can only allow this to happen if this “About the Author” section is included with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/hundreds-of-earthquakes-rattle-the-u-s-as-the-level-of-seismic-activity-in-north-america-continues-to-rise 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 11-3-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Convoy In Syria Attacked By Turkey-Backed Militants: Russian MoD

by Tyler Durden Sun, 11/03/2019 - 16:45

Russia’s Ministry of Defense announced Sunday that a US military convoy came under attack by Turkey-backed militants in Syria. "American troops heading toward the Iraqi border have been attacked from land held by Turkish-backed militants in northern Syria, Russia’s Ministry of Defense has claimed," according to a breaking report by RT. Russian military sources, who have this week been seen in close vicinity with US troops amid a Pentagon draw down from border areas, reported no casualties as a result of the alleged incident. Though the Pentagon did not immediately confirm the report, there's been increasing tensions between Washington and Ankara over proposed Congressional sanctions on Turkey, also as the 'US withdrawal' from northern Syria became in reality a mere 'partial' draw down with American forces redeployed to 'secure' oil fields in partnership with the Kurdish-led SDF. According to details from the Russian Defense Ministry (MoD), the American convoy was attacked near the town of Tell Tamer on the M4 highway, which runs parallel to the Turkish border near areas captured by pro-Turkish forces as part of 'Operation Peace Spring'. An official statement from the Russian MoD reads as follows: “As part of deconfliction exchange, information has been received from the US side that on November 3 a convoy of American servicemen...was fired upon from the territory controlled by the pro-Turkish Syrian National Army.” This follows an incident last month which involved American troops in the Syrian Kurdish town of Kobani coming under Turkish artillery fire. Since Trump's declared US withdrawal from the border areas due to Erdogan's Turkish military incursion, American and Russian convoys have been seen passing each other on the roadways. Subsequent to that mid-October incident Defense Secretary Mark Esper told reporters that US forces had permission to fire back if fired upon. Multiple media reports have lately documented the presence of former ISIS and al-Qaeda fighters swelling the ranks of Turkish-backed Sunni militias currently serving as the main ground force for Erdogan's 'Operation Peace Spring'.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/us-forces-syria-attacked-turkey-backed-militants-russian-defense-ministry

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 11-3-19 Christian Science Monitor :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As AI joins battlefield, Pentagon seeks ethicist

Why We Wrote This

Artificial intelligence is making inroads in the U.S. military, transforming everything from helicopter maintenance to logistics to recruiting. But what happens when AI gets involved in war's grimmest task: taking lives?

By Anna Mulrine Grobe Correspondent @annamulrine

When the chief of the Pentagon’s new Joint Artificial Intelligence Center briefed reporters recently, he made a point of emphasizing the imminently practical – even potentially boring – applications of machine learning to the business of war. There’s the “predictive maintenance” that AI can bring to Black Hawk helicopters, for example, and “intelligent business automation” likely to lead to exciting boosts in “efficiencies for back office functions,” Lt. Gen. Jack Shanahan said. There are humanitarian pluses, too: AI will help the Defense Department better manage disaster relief. But for 2020, the JAIC’s “biggest project,” General Shanahan announced, will be what the center has dubbed “AI for maneuver and fires.” In lulling U.S. military parlance, that includes targeting America’s enemies with “accelerated sensor-to-shooter timelines” and “autonomous and swarming systems” of drones – reminders that war does, after all, often involve killing people. When he was asked halfway through the press conference whether there should be “some sort of limitation” on the application of AI for military purposes, General Shanahan perhaps recognized that this was a fitting occasion to mention that the JAIC will also be hiring an AI ethicist to join its team. “We’re thinking deeply about the safe and lawful use of AI,” he said. As artificial intelligence and machine learning permeate military affairs, these technologies are beginning to play a more direct role in taking lives. The Pentagon’s decision to hire an AI ethicist reflects an acknowledgment that bringing intelligent machines onto the battlefield will raise some very hard questions. “In every single engagement that I personally participate in with the public,” said General Shanahan, “people want to talk about ethics – which is appropriate.”   A shifting landscape Hiring an ethicist was not his first impulse, General Shanahan acknowledged. “We wouldn’t have thought about this a year ago, I’ll be honest with you. But it’s at the forefront of my thinking now.” He wasn’t developing killer robots, after all. “There’s a tendency, a proclivity to jump to a killer robot discussion when you talk AI,” he said. But the landscape has changed. At the time, “these questions [of ethics] really did not rise to the surface every day, because it was really still humans looking at object detection, classification, and tracking. There were no weapons involved in that.” Given the killing potentially involved in the “AI for maneuver and fires” project, however, “I have never spent the amount of time I’m spending now thinking about things like the ethical employment of artificial intelligence. We do take it very seriously,” he said. “It’s core to what we do in the DOD in any weapon system.” Pentagon leaders repeatedly emphasize they are committed to keeping “humans in the loop” in any AI mission that involves shooting America’s enemies. Even so, AI technology “is different enough that people are nervous about how far it can go,” General Shanahan said. While the Pentagon is already bound by international laws of warfare, a JAIC ethicist will confront the thorny issues around “How do we use AI in a way that ensures we continue to act ethically?” says Paul Scharre, director of the technology and national security program at the Center for a New American Security. It will be the job of the ethicist to ask the tough questions of a military figuring out, as General Shanahan puts it, “what it takes to weave AI into the very fabric of DOD.” Overseas competition  Doing so will involve mediating some seemingly disparate goals: While most U.S. officials agree that it is important to develop the military’s AI capabilities with an eye toward safeguarding human and civil rights, these same leaders also tend to be voraciously competitive when it comes to protecting U.S. national security from high-tech adversaries who may not abide by the same ethical standards.   General Shanahan alluded to this tension as a bit of a sore spot: “At its core, we are in a contest for the character of the international order in the digital age.” This character should reflect the values of “free and democratic” societies, he said. “I don’t see China or Russia placing the same kind of emphasis in these areas.” This gives China “an advantage over the U.S. in speed of adoption [of AI technology],” General Shanahan argued, “because they don’t have the same restrictions – at least nothing that I’ve seen shows that they have those restrictions – that we put on every company, the DOD included, in terms of privacy and civil liberties,” he added. “And what I don’t want to see is a future where our potential adversaries have a fully AI-enabled force – and we do not.” Having an ethicist might help mediate some of these tensions, depending on how much power they have, says Patrick Lin, a philosophy professor specializing in AI and ethics at California Polytechnic State University in San Luis Obispo. “Say the DOD is super-interested in rolling out facial recognition or targeting ID, but the ethicist raises a red flag and says, ‘No way.’ What happens? Is this person a DOD insider or an outsider? Is this an employee who has to worry about keeping a job, or a contractor who would serve a two-year term then go back to a university?” In other words, “Will it be an advisory role, or will this person have a veto?” The latter seems unlikely, Professor Lin says. “It’s a lot of power for one person, and ignores the political realities. Even if the JAIC agrees with the AI ethicist that we shouldn’t roll out this [particular AI technology], we’re still governed by temporary political leaders who may have their own agenda. It could be that the president says, ‘Well, do it anyway.’” An ethics of war Ethicists will grapple with “Is it OK to create and deploy weapons that can be used in ethically acceptable ways by well-trained and lawyered-up U.S. forces, even if they are likely to be used unethically by many parties around the world?” says Stuart Russell, professor of computer science and a specialist in AI and its relation to humanity at the University of California, Berkeley. To date, and “to its credit, DOD has imposed very strong internal constraints against the principal ethical pitfalls it faces: developing and deploying lethal autonomous weapons,” Professor Russell adds. Indeed, Pentagon officials argue that beyond the fact that it does not plan to develop “killer robots” that act without human input, AI can decrease the chances of civilian casualties by making the killing of dangerous enemies more precise.  Yet even that accuracy, which some could argue is an unmitigated good in warfare, has the potential to raise some troubling ethical questions, too, Professor Lin says. “You could argue that it’s not clear how a robot would be different from, say, a really accurate gun,” and that a 90% lethality rate is a “big improvement” on human sharpshooters. The U.S. military experienced a similar precision of fire during the first Gulf War, on what became known as the “highway of death,” which ran from Kuwait to Iraq. Routed and hemmed in by U.S. forces, the retreating Iraqi vehicles – and the people inside them – were being hammered by American gunships, the proverbial “shooting fish in a barrel,” Professor Lin says. “You could say, ‘No problem. They’re enemy combatants; it’s fair game.’” But it was “so easy that the optics of it looked super bad and the operation stopped.” “This starts us down the road to the idea of fair play – it’s not just a hangover from chivalry days. If you fight your enemy with honor and provide some possibility for mercy, it ensures the possibility for reconciliation.” In other words, “we have ethics of war,” Professor Lin says, “in order to lay the groundwork for a lasting peace.”

https://www.csmonitor.com/Technology/2019/1028/As-AI-joins-battlefield-Pentagon-seeks-ethicist 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 11-3-19 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Palestinians: Islamic Jihad behind rocket salvo on Israel

Following Israeli airstrikes in Gaza in response to Friday's rocket attack on southern Israel, PIJ's military wing says "the enemy's threats about going to war in the Gaza Strip are nothing new. They only enhance our resolve to continue defending our people and our efforts against the occupier." Likud MK Gideon Sa'ar criticizes PM Netanyahu over Israel's response, says it needed to be "much harsher."

by Shahar Klaiman , Israel Hayom Staff Published on 11-03-2019 08:51 Last modified: 11-03-2019 09:05

Palestinian sources told the Al-Quds newspaper on Saturday that Palestinian Islamic Jihad is seeking to create a new equation in the Gaza Strip following Israel's targeting of protesters during Friday's "March of Return" border protests in the coastal enclave. The sources made it clear that Iran-backed PIJ was behind the latest rocket fire at Israel, which they said was in response to Israeli violations of understandings between the sides. According to the sources, Israel had agreed not to target border demonstrators with live fire but had not adhered to that promise in recent weeks. Following a barrage of rockets from the Gaza Strip on Friday, the IDF responded Saturday with a wave of pre-dawn airstrikes on the Hamas-ruled enclave. The army said it targeted sites belonging to Hamas after Palestinians fired 10 rockets into Israel late on Friday. Eight of them were reportedly intercepted by the Iron Dome system. One projectile hit a house in Sderot, a town near the border, causing damage but no casualties, police said. PIJ, the sources continued, opposes the continuation of mediated talks between Israel and the armed groups based in Gaza – for the purpose of securing humanitarian aid – which they deem an affront to the Palestinians. The PIJ sources claimed Israel was using the pretense of mediated talks to preoccupy and distract Palestinian factions and terrorist groups. Following the rocket fire and Israel's subsequent response on Saturday, the sources added that mediators from Egypt, the United Nations and Qatar sought to temper the violence and prevent an escalation. According to the Palestinian sources, Israel sent a message via Egypt that it will not accept the renewal of rocket fire, particularly while Qatar is transferring money and goods are being allowed into Gaza at a higher rate than before. Israel stressed, via the Egyptian mediators, that it will not show restraint to additional provocations, despite the political deadlock in the country. PIJ doesn't commit to avoid escalation The sources went on to say that the various foreign mediators have thus far failed to secure a commitment from PIJ to avoid escalating hostilities. PIJ's military wing declared on Saturday that "the enemy's threats about going to war in the Gaza Strip are nothing new. They only enhance our resolve to continue defending our people and our efforts against the occupier." The terrorist organization stressed it will keep "defending the [Palestinian] people as long as there is aggression." "We will never let the Zionist entity establish new equations. This enemy won't enjoy quiet and live in tranquility and security as long as it commits crimes against the Palestinian people and occupies its lands," PIJ said. Likud MK Gideon Sa'ar, meanwhile, criticized Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu over the Israeli response to the rocket fire, saying it needed to be "much harsher." He continued: "Israel's target needs to be dismantling Hamas and PIJ's military infrastructure in Gaza. This is just one of the main reasons we must resolve the current political crisis and form a broad national unity government." According to MK Naftali Bennett (Yamina), "Israel is facing a national emergency. It won't be possible to postpone the thorough treatment that is required in Gaza, in conjunction with curbing Iran's ring of missiles around Israel." Blue and White leader Benny Gantz posted to Twitter that "a government under my leadership won't tolerate a threat toward the southern residents and won't tolerate any violation of Israel's sovereignty." Addressing Friday night's rocket fire at Israel, Gantz added: "We will restore our deterrence at all costs, even if we need to personally harm those who are spearheading the escalation."

https://www.israelhayom.com/2019/11/03/palestinians-islamic-jihad-behind-rocket-salvo-on-israel/ 

:: 11-4-19 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Panels Release First Transcripts From Closed-Door Interviews

By Newsmax Wires | Monday, 04 November 2019 12:11 PM

The three committees leading Democrats' impeachment probe have released the first transcripts of closed-door interviews as part of their inquiry into President Donald Trump's dealings with Ukraine.  The panels released testimony from former U.S. ambassador to Ukraine Marie Yovanovich and Michael McKinley, a former senior adviser to Secretary of State Mike Pompeo. Yovanovich was pushed out of her job in May on Trump's orders. House Intelligence Committee Chairman Adam Schiff says the panels are releasing the transcripts so "the American public will begin to see for themselves." Republicans have called for the release of the transcripts as Democrats have held the initial interviews in private. McKinley said he resigned over concerns about how Yovanovitch was treated, as well as “the emerging information on the engagement of our missions to procure negative political information for domestic purposes.” McKinley testified that he had never seen efforts before in 37 years in the State Department to dig up dirt on a political opponent. McKinley also proposed sending out a statement of support for Yovanovitch after the release of the call transcript. “It shouldn’t be difficult to put out a short statement that’s not political, stating clearly that we respect the professionalism, the tenure of Ambassador Yovanovitch in the Ukraine,” McKinley said. Others in the State Department supported the idea, but Pompeo declined to do so. McKinley said he told Pompeo “this situation isn’t acceptable” when he spoke with Pompeo about his resignation but Pompeo did not respond. McKinley also discussed a memo alleging “intimidation and bullying” at the State Department and questions of accuracy about a letter Pompeo sent to Congress from Deputy Assistant Secretary of State George Kent. McKinley said he forwarded the memo to others at the State Department. The memo raised the question of whether the State Department had put “lies in statements,” McKinley said. Yovanovitch, meanwhile, told House investigators that Ukrainian officials warned her in advance that Trump lawyer Rudy Giuliani and others were planning to "do things, including to me." The former envoy also told investigators that she was not disloyal to the president.  "I have heard the allegation in the media that I supposedly told our embassy team to ignore the President's orders since he was going to be impeached," she said. "That allegation is false. I have never said such a thing to my embassy colleagues or anyone eIse." Yovanovitch she said learned from Ukrainian officials last November or December that Giuliani, the president's personal lawyer, was in touch with Ukraine's former top prosecutor, Yuri Lutsenko, "and that they had plans, and that they were going to, you know, do things, including to me." Yovanovitch was recalled from Kyiv early as Giuliani pressed Ukrainian officials to investigate baseless corruption allegations against Democrat Joe Biden and his son Hunter, who was involved with a gas company there. The impeachment panels released testimony from Yovanovitch and Michael McKinley, a former senior adviser to Secretary of State Mike Pompeo. Yovanovitch was pushed out of her job in May on Trump's orders. This report contains material from The Associated Press and Bloomberg News.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/us-trump-impeachment-transcripts/2019/11/04/id/940073/ 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 11-3-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu: We have no better friends than our Christian friends

PM shares details of consultations with Trump ahead of embassy move at Christian Media Summit marking opening of new Friends of Zion Museum.

Yoni Kempinski, 03/11/19 18:11 | updated: 19:38

Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu addressed Christian journalists and dignitaries from around the world Sunday, as the 2019 Christian Media Summit kicked off in Jerusalem. “The Jewish people are the only people in the world who live in the same land, speak the same language, have the same capital, and have the same religion and with the same name as they had 3,000 years ago,” said Netanyahu, citing the book Bible and Sword by Barbara Tuchman. “Jerusalem is the city where the Jewish kings ruled, where the Jewish prophets preached, and where the people of Israel prayed and the people of Israel continue to pray. ‘If I forget thee O Jerusalem’ – we never forgot, and we came back.”  Netanyahu pledged to block any plan to divide the capital, saying the city would remain united under Israeli sovereignty. “It will never be divided again – not as long as I have anything to do with it. It’s not going to happen.” The prime minister recalled a conversation with President Trump prior to the relocation of the US embassy to Jerusalem, when Trump consulted with Netanyahu regarding the possible move. “It is amazing that [Jerusalem] wasn’t recognized, and we have to congratulate President Trump for recognizing Jerusalem as Israel’s capital and moving the embassy here. And we also have to recognize Ambassador Friedman’s pivotal role in the action.” “I want you to know that President Trump consulted with me before he made this move. And he said ‘What do you think will happen? Will there be a lot of violence? Will there be protests and demonstrations in the Arab world?’”  “I said: ‘Look, I can’t guarantee that there won’t be such manifestations of such protests. But I don’t think so.’” “Anyway, he did it. And what was the result? Nothing.” Netanyahu also lauded Trump’s decision to recognize the Golan Heights as sovereign Israeli territory, adding that the tepid reactions to the move proved that Israel is no longer the Middle East pariah state it once was. “And there’s another place with a Jewish attachment. That place had a Jewish presence 2,000 years ago, which continued until the 8th century, until a great earthquake shook us from that place. We’ve discovered 30 ancient synagogues in the Golan Heights, and they have been remarkably reconstructed.” “And again, President Trump decided to recognize the Golan Heights as a part of Israel, the sovereign State of Israel. And again, people said there would be a tremendous convulsion. And again, nothing happened. Why did nothing happen? Well, the reason nothing happened is something very big is happening: the transformation of Israel in the minds of many in the Middle East. It is no longer being perceived as an enemy, but as an indispensable ally against the common enemy of militant Islam; first, the one led by the militant Sunnis, Al Qaeda and Daesh [ISIS]; and the militant Shi’ites, led by Iran and its various proxies.” “There is a clear shift” in the way moderate Arab states relate to Israel, “and this is important for peace. This is the way peace will ultimately be achieved. The prime minister also touted the shared ‘Judeo-Christian’ values of Israel and the Christian world, saying Israel’s closest allies are its “Christian friends”. “We have no better friends in the world than our Christian friends.”

“It is no accident that Israel is the only place in the Middle East where Christians are free to practice their faith.” The summit, which continues from Sunday to Wednesday, is being held at the Orient Jerusalem hotel in the capital, and includes 150 media figures and dignitaries from 30 countries.  Sunday’s opening ceremony of the summit included the gala unveiling of the new Friends of Zion Museum, along with a new online ‘institute’ offering resources on Israel for journalists around the world. Along with Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu and his wife, Sara, the event was attended by US Ambassador to Israel, David Friedman, Jerusalem Mayor Moshe Lion, Government Press Office chief Nitzan Chen, and several Knesset members. Friends of Zion founder Mike Evans also addressed the gathering.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/271007 

:: 11-3-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump's Re-Election Likely If Economy Stays on Course

Sunday, 03 November 2019 09:38 AM

An enduring U.S. expansion puts President Donald Trump on course to win re-election in 2020, according to economic models with a track record of predicting who wins the White House. The forecasts from Yale University professor Ray Fair, Oxford Economics Ltd. and Moody’s Analytics Inc. are based on Trump being boosted at the ballot box by steady economic growth, an historically tight labor market and limited inflation. Such an outlook justifies Trump’s push to harness what he’s called the “greatest” economy to return him to power a year from Sunday. It challenges some opinion polls which show his disapproval rating hovering near 54% amid an impeachment inquiry and polarized politics.  “The election is Trump’s to lose,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics. “Trump wins if the economy and his approval rating are about the same a year from now as today, and turnout is typical. But if the economy stumbles, his popularity flags or Democrat turnout is big, the Democrats win.” The economy expanded at a 1.9% pace in the third quarter and unemployment is close to its lowest in a half-century, government data showed last week. While manufacturing has been hurt by the U.S.-China trade war, consumers continue to spend in a sign voters are still confident about the economy. A Bloomberg Economics model sees the chances of an election-year recession at just 27%.   The electoral models are fallible. They have erred in some past presidential cycles and most don’t take account of non-economic influences such as scandals or policy which may come to the fore as Trump seeks another term. They also assume the White House incumbent is credited with the economy’s performance which may not be the case if voters zero in on the effects of the trade war Trump is waging or relatively slow growth in middle class incomes. “We stress that non-economic factors are likely to play an outsize role in this election, including policy and political developments (such as the impeachment inquiry) as well as factors like race, gender and ‘likability’," Gregory Daco and James Watson, economists at Oxford Economics, wrote in an October report. Here’s the rundown of what the models show for now: Yale University Professor Ray Fair Yale’s Ray Fair has been predicting the outcomes of presidential elections in the U.S. since the 1970s. His current call is for a Trump victory amid an economy that is showing “neither boom nor bust." His latest analysis, published Oct. 30, predicts Trump will beat the Democrat candidate by about 4 percentage points, around what it’s suggested for the past year. That prediction relies on gross domestic product and inflation, and sees annualized growth in the lead-up to the election in 2020 of about 2%, around where it is now, and inflation above 2% for Trump’s presidency. If the economy booms, Fair’s model sees the Democratic presidential candidates losing votes but if there’s a recession in 2020, the Democrats have a better chance. It would take a dip of 5% in real per capita GDP for Democrats to gain an edge over Trump on the presidential ticket, the model shows. “If it really is different this time, that inequality is much higher and people aren’t voting on the economy, then this kind of work isn’t very helpful because it’s based on past experience,” Fair said by phone Friday. “And there’s no way you can test that ahead of time. So take it with a grain of salt." Moody’s Analytics Led by Zandi, the work of Moody’s economists has accurately predicted each election outcome for two decades with the exception of Trump’s 2016 victory. They focus on regional growth and break the economy down into the health of personal finance, stocks and the labor market. They also allow for Trump’s low-but-stable approval rating and components such as party "fatigue." Their forecast, based on an average of the three measures, is for Trump to win 332 electoral votes, more than the 305 he garnered in 2016 and the 270 need to win. Most of the Trump support, the Moody’s team said, comes from upbeat consumers. A so-called pocketbook measure, which relies on gas and home prices, and real personal income, shows Trump winning with 351 electoral votes. The stock market component of the Moody’s model sees Trump winning with 289 electoral votes as he benefits from the 35% rally in the S&P 500 Index since he took office in January 2017. The unemployment model, largely based on changes in states’ jobless rates and real income, also projects a Trump victory with 332 electoral votes. Oxford Economics Analysts at the firm see a 5-point win for Trump in the popular vote, even in the case of a recession, thanks to low unemployment, weak inflation, and relatively stable income gains. Their model accurately predicted the popular vote in 16 of the last 18 elections, going back to 1948. They missed Richard Nixon winning in 1968 and Jimmy Carter in 1976. The only way a Democrat would win the popular vote is if signs of a severe recession emerged next year, triggered by rising tariffs, lower corporate profits, and a stock market downturn, Oxford’s Daco and Watson said. But for that to happen, unemployment would need to rise to 6.4% from 3.6% now, inflation-adjusted disposable incomes to fall and inflation to flat-line with the Republican only just losing, they said.

https://www.newsmax.com/finance/economy/trump-reelection-economic-models/2019/11/03/id/939936/ 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 11-3-19 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia's Involvement in Venezuela Is Troublesome for the West

By Todd Royal November 3, 2019

The U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) "projects that natural gas consumption in Asia will continue to outpace supply." With the future growth of natural gas consumption concentrated in Asia, the EIA "expects "non-OECD Asia to consume 120 billion cubic feet per day (Bcf/d) by 2050, outpacing regional production by 50 Bcf/d." China's natural gas consumption will "triple between 2018–2050." Most long-term natural gas infrastructure, global liquid natural gas (LNG) terminal(s) import and export, and demand projections are based on Asian growth. Late October reporting in Russian media confirmed that Russian energy conglomerate Rosneft has plans to consolidate Venezuela's National Oil Company PDVSA (Petroleos de Venezuela) under Rosneft's corporate structure in exchange for debt relief. This counters U.S., Canadian, and Mexican oil and natural gas firms from satisfying natural gas demand from non-OECD Asia. Additionally, it allows Moscow to use Rosneft acquiring Venezuelan natural gas as a geopolitical, soft-power coercion tool by acquiring some of the largest recoverable oil and natural gas reserves in the world. Venezuelan government sources, Rosneft, and the Kremlin all deny the potential for a takeover of PDVSA energy assets to satisfy Russian bank loan requirements to the Maduro regime. Russian energy experts have visited PDVSA to analyze the possibility of merging with Rosneft. The Russian energy giant buying out Venezuela's best source of hard currency and best domestic economic driver illustrates the "hard-hitting impact of U.S. sanctions." The Venezuela regime–based economy, predicated on oil and natural gas production, is on the verge of collapse.   Rosneft's offer is the best way outside Western help for Venezuela to mitigate damaging sanctions and will mean "debt relief for a country that owes over $156 billion to external parties — and Venezuela's debt is 740% higher than the value of its exports." This is four times more than what is typical in emerging markets and economies, according to the World Bank. U.S. Special Envoy for Venezuela Elliot Abrams has pointed to Rosneft having joint projects with PDVSA, where it took leading minority stakes, and how these ventures do not "breach" U.S. sanctions. This is positive news for average Venezuelan citizens suffering under economic malaise. Caracas's debt to Moscow seemingly is being forgiven with the U.S.'s blessing. However, the Trump administration has been clear in its maximum pressure "sanctions policy towards Venezuela" that mirrors the sanctions strategy toward Tehran. Retaliation from the U.S. could be the future of Washington-Moscow-Caracas trilateral relations if Rosneft tries to liquidate PDVSA assets and release thousands of employees to skirt U.S.-led Western sanctions. The Maduro regime will also need to navigate the "$20–$60 billion in debt owed" to China. Will the Chinese have a stake in PDVSA? If so, how does that play into the current U.S.-China trade negotiations? What these geopolitical decisions points toward is a Rosneft-PDVSA merger bringing up more questions than answers. It makes sense for Russia to be the power broker in Venezuela. This is similar to how Russia is the safe diplomatic choice in the Middle East post–Syrian civil war. According to Foreign Affairs, Russia is now "the Indispensible Nation in the Middle East." Military troops and hardware were used to save the Assad regime, and now in Venezuela it will be oil, natural gas, and petrochemicals that give Russia a solid foothold in the western hemisphere. PDVSA is one of the "world's most prolific oil companies" with the largest extractable oil and gas reserves in the world — estimated at 300 billion barrels — and PDVSA's estimated worth is "approximately $186 billion." Putting this energy portfolio under Kremlin influence gives Rosneft and other energy firms aligned with Moscow solid footing to control price and supply for global oil and petrochemical markets. The Maduro government wants to stay with previous joint venture contracts between PDVSA and Rosneft and, if the merger takes place, wants to "hand control over to Rosneft without having to go through privatization." Financial questions arise from this arrangement: who is responsible for terms of debt; how is China able to value the deal; and would equity be defined as public, private, or some form of public-private entity? These are some of the larger issues that would need to be resolved. Maduro can possibly work around these issues, having taken over Venezuela's Supreme Tribunal of Justice. This allows Maduro to ignore the democratically elected Legislature, the opposition-controlled National Assembly, and its leader, Juan Guaidó. Mr. Guaidó claims he is the legitimate leader of Venezuela, but likely Rosneft, with Moscow's backing, will negotiate only with the Maduro government. The Supreme Tribunal of Justice can overrule the Assembly to assist the merger toward completion. Debt repayment is important to the Maduro regime; so is return to financial health. Citgo, a U.S.-based company that is a valued asset for PDVSA, is another area of concern for the proposed merger in tandem with U.S. sanctions. American officials have implemented a freeze on all Venezuelan assets based in the U.S. Washington implemented an executive order coinciding with sanctions protecting "bondholders and other parties" mulling asset sales and seizures for unpaid debts. The international desire among government and financial officials is that this move by the Americans facilitate diplomatic solutions over asset seizure. The downside is that it strengthens Maduro over the elected Venezuelan Legislature and Assembly leader Guaidó. Debt-holders who own Citgo then have to negotiate with Venezuela and Rosneft. This will make it tough for bondholders to receive repayment — or will it, as this could mean tougher going for international credit markets to lend money for future Rosneft-PDVSA projects? A Moscow-Caracas alliance is something Washington could believe will increase geopolitical tension among all three countries. Debt relief for Caracas and control over the world's largest oil reserves are likely to be the final push for Rosneft to acquire PDVSA over escalating tensions between Moscow and Washington, with Caracas stuck in the middle.

https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2019/11/russias_involvement_in_venezuela_is_troublesome_for_the_west.html 

 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 10-29-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hanging by a thread. The United States is going the way of the former USSR!

By David L Brockett - October 29, 2019

The way we were

In order for a union of states (like the US) to remain viable, the cost levied in taxes by the central government must be seen as a fair price for services provided. Restrictions imposed by the central government can’t go beyond the authority granted by the Constitution nor be so burdensome they negatively affect commerce or citizen’s rights of life liberty and the pursuit of happiness. That is the way our nation was designed—a weak central government with limited powers and strong independent states served by the central government. What happened? Over time, judicial activism and an insatiable federal thirst for power resulted in what we see today. Federal authority is well outside the bounds granted in our Constitution. With states ratifying the 16thamendment and codifying a federal income tax in 1913, the federal government’s rise to unchecked power was securely financed. Career politicians soon learned that Washington DC was where fortunes could be made. The more power federal politicians could muster, the more valuable their influence. Legislation and departmental restrictions (or waivers from them) became bargaining chips for the corrupt and greedy. Corporations, bankers, and other nations were eager to purchase political influence. It soon became clear that any authority ceded to the states, via the Tenth Amendment, would result in lost revenue opportunities for Washington wheelers and dealers. The states gradually surrendered almost total control to the central government; individual citizens lost their place at the table, shoved out of the way by big-money interests. Then this happened: Fiat Money Trending: “You have no evidence of that yet whatsoever”: ABC Anchor SILENCES Adam Schiff After He Spews More Lies Eventually, all systems will outgrow the resources available. Even with massive tax revenues, the US government debt climbs and climbs. As a nation, we are financially underwater. Every man, woman, and child in the US would have to pay $77,000 to get our nation out of debt. So, how does the federal government stay solvent and continue to provide a growing list of services to a burgeoning population? They just print more money—called FIAT currency. “Fiat money is government-issued currency that IS NOT backed by a physical commodity, such as gold or silver, but rather by the government that issued it.” (Investopedia) Paper (fiat) money has no value other than what the government says it has, and what everyone agrees to. Prior to the US issuing fiat money (1931), we were on the gold standard, whereby the denominational value of money in circulation couldn’t exceed the value of gold and silver in the national treasury. This proved an inconvenience to President Franklin D Roosevelt’s political regime. In conjunction with Congress nullifying the rights of US creditors to payment in gold, FDR took the nation off the gold standard. Eventually, all nations followed suit. Today governments across the globe are on the cusp of bleeding their citizens and corporations dry; national resources are not adequate to cover their debt. Costly and over-reaching federation governments, like the US and EU, are under attack. Member states believe they are getting the short end of the deal, whether it is taxation or unchecked immigration. Valuable resources are flowing out to the federation capitals, with little coming back in return. Often what is returned to the states has so many regulatory strings attached it’s a net loss. That’s why THIS is going on We’ve watched as Britain struggles to extricate itself from the EU Tar Baby. The EU and financial interests in keeping the EU together are stalling because they don’t want to open the floodgates. Factions in Italy and France are wanting to follow Britain out the door, as is the Netherlands. Now the Catalan separatists are re-energized in their break-away from Spain, and even resource-rich Alberta is looking to separate from Canada. Riots are breaking out all over the globe. Central governments are getting nervous. Add to the above discontent, the Texas Republic’s secessionist movement, several counties in both California and Colorado wanting to break away from their states, the California state government wanting to break into three states—or secede from the US (pick a day of the week) and you have quite a Mulligan’s stew of large-government systems under siege. If I missed your state I apologize!  Bye-bye globalism! The “One World Order” globalist dream is fading fast with an international trend toward nationalism and more localized control. If the EU can’t hold its members together, what chance does a global cabal have? The main question is: what would a centralized world government have to offer other than another layer of expenses and unaccountable authority? People are beginning to demand access to their representatives and a say in how their government is run. Washington politicians have placed themselves out of reach for the little person, so citizens are focusing more on the state level. They want more bang for their buck if they’re going to have to forfeit part of their wealth—truly bad news for globalism and corrupt politicians! HERE is where we are headed…Russia, Russia, Russia! On December 26, 1991, no longer able to financially sustain itself, and fearing another revolution or a US-backed invasion by Europe, the USSRvoluntarily dissolved, forming the Soviet Union. The USSR broke up into equal sovereign republics; this move followed a national referendum where over 70 percent of the citizens of member states voted for secession from the failed USSR. The dissolution of the USSR allowed the individual states to secede and form sovereign republics, with individual rights, a free press, and ownership of private property. The heavy hand of the USSR politburo was lifted. What followed was near economic collapse and rampant corruption as oligarchs feasted upon the carcass of former state-owned resources. Hundreds-of-billions in wealth were spirited out of the Soviet Union. Preceding the USSR referendum, a major generational conflict (sound familiar?) was tearing at the social and political fabric of the old system. Young people, who were fans of President Mikhail Gorbachev’s liberal vision for the USSR, voiced a need for major changes—changes that their parents and grandparents believed were unnecessary and dangerous. Socialism was on every lip; Soviet youngsters wanted MORE from the government at a time when their economy was strained to the breaking point. Socialism to the rescue With unrest and economic instability already threatening to destroy the new Soviet Union, newly elected President Boris Yeltsin radically increased social spending to placate the younger generation; this sent the Russian economy and his popularity into a death spiral, leading to Yeltsin’s resignation and Putin’s rise to power. Tough times followed as Putin enforced austere measures, while at the same time cracking down on widespread political and corporate corruption. He eventually became a hero to the Russian people, and the Soviet Union eventually crept back to heavy-handed policies reminiscent of the old USSR. But the US is not financially bankrupt like the USSR! This is a debatable statement when considering the massive debt hanging over our nation. The past fiscal year alone we ran a deficit of a little more than a trillion dollars (as of this writing, the US debt clock showed us nearing 23 trillion dollars). Our national defense budget consumes over 27 percent of the revenues brought into the treasury (989 billion of 3.654 trillion). Social Security and Medicare comprise 38 percent of our budget. We aren’t in much better shape on paper than the USSR was when they dissolved in 1991. Our social programs are out of control and we spend more than we should defending nations which have no regard for us, and contribute very little of their own money. What about individual states and their attitudes regarding our federal government? As mentioned above, people in some states are discussing the value of secession vs the cost of remaining in the Union. Many Democrats, including today’s batch of liberal presidential candidates, are touting the unfairness of the electoral college—one of the most important constitutional protections for the smaller-populated states. Should that system ever be nullified, you will be able to add a few dozen flyover states to the current list of dissidents looking for a way out of the federation. The current political movement to impeach a duly-elected president is also causing waves in the pool of national content. In too many ways, we are as divided as was the USSR thirty years ago.  Political Corruption is holding everything together That may sound like a radical statement until you consider the billions flowing into political coffers from global corporations; it was 3.45 billion from lobbyists alone in 2018. Power and influence have shifted completely from the citizens to moneyed interests, and these interests are invested in keeping political power in one place, our nation’s capital—damn the cost to the Republic! At the state level, we no longer hear politicians railing against federal encroachments on state’s rights; they are too busy feeding at the state lobbyist troughs. To run a successful campaign for state office in Texas, for example, you’d better have a couple of million dollars in your war chest, and very little of that comes from small individual contributions. It’s expensive to gain power so you can sell access! Many of the same corporations spending money in Washington DC (like insurance and pharmaceuticals) are buying political influence at the state level. Another factor is the state career politician’s aspirations of making it to the big time in Washington DC. You can’t expect to join the big boys with a history of pointing fingers and throwing rocks.  The end is nigh When Hillary Clinton lost her bid for the presidency, and her access to the levers of power, contributions dropped off precipitously to the family so-called charity. Invitations to exorbitantly-priced speaking engagements also evaporated. With nothing of value to purchase, lobbyists and big-money contributors walked away. The same will happen to all federal politicians when the government can no longer afford to provide favors and perks to their contributors. The quid pro quo system doesn’t work when there is no quo. As global investors and corporations look elsewhere for opportunities, our house of cards will crumble. Secession can’t happen here—we already fought that war. There are no indicators that representatives in Washington DC have any intention of stopping this runaway debt train. Additionally, our federal government, backed by the federal judicial system, extends its tentacles into everything that should be state business, and state politicians are unwilling or unable to push back. As a result of federal unfunded mandates (rules that come down from Washington without federal dollars to implement them) the federal government is contributing to the insolvency of member states, and putting more tax pressures on corporations and citizens. When the financial walls come tumbling down, and we have riots in the streets, state political leaders will finally point the finger of blame at the federal government. Many states will demand a divorce when it becomes clear that national insolvency is unavoidable. Unlike the Civil War, the federal government will not have the means to wage war against seceding states. Their best alternative would be to make a deal with as many states as possible, similar to Gorbachev’s plan on restructuring the USSR. By returning to the limits on federal power imposed by the constitution, the United States government might survive. How they would restructure their debt, or convince states to help bail them out is beyond me. What is clear is central government insolvency and separatist sentiment can be found across the planet. How it will all play out is impossible to know for certain. The best strategy for citizens is to get more involved in state government—that is your future. David Brockett is a Vietnam Veteran and former Marine aviator. He has worked in the field of mental health as a counselor and hospital administrator. After retirement he volunteered with the US Forest Service as a wilderness ranger and horse packer. He writes fiction and historical fiction, as well as articles on politics, religion, gun-rights and current events. In his free time he volunteers with veteran’s groups and community projects. He and his wife divide their time between their home state of Texas and Idaho.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/hanging-by-a-thread-the-united-states-is-going-the-way-of-the-former-ussr/ 

:: 10--19 DW :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Interest rates: Trump wants to go negative, but does the Fed?

Once a critic of low interest rates, President Trump is now calling for zero or negative rates in the US. Some believe the measure will prevent another economic crisis but will require Trump to play up the positives. Before his 2016 election win, Donald Trump accused the US Federal Reserve of using record-low interest rates to create a "false economy." He said the measure meant that American savers were "getting absolutely creamed" and that rates would eventually have to return to normal. Three years on, Trump continues to goad economic policymakers and spent the summer hounding the US central bank to cut rates, which Fed Chair Jerome H. Powell did on two occasions. Last month, the president went a step further and urged the Fed to slash rates to zero or even into negative territory. So why the sudden desire to embark on a controversial monetary policy that at one time seemed inconceivable? After all, only Japan and a few European countries have introduced negative interest rates only to find they had limited impact in boosting economic growth. Recession fears persist Next year, Trump will seek reelection just as the US's most prolonged period of economic expansion threatens to grind to a halt. The president, whose fortunes have been boosted by the same "false economy" and "artificial stock market" he once complained about, is eager to avoid a similar slowdown to the 2008/09 financial crisis on his watch, or at least until he is safely into his second term. Until Trump's most recent comments, most economists believed that the US economy would remain strong enough to negate the need to resort to negative rates. But a growing chorus is now espousing the virtues of negative rates or at least warning they may be necessary, including former Fed Chair Alan Greenspan, who last month warned "It's only a matter of time." Proponents of low-interest rates acknowledge that negative rates may not prevent a downturn altogether but can help avoid a lasting economic contraction. "The severity of the Great Recession was almost entirely due to the fact that we were not yet used to a negative interest rate policy," economist Miles Kimball from the University of Colorado Boulder, told DW. "If rates had been cut to -5% early in 2009, we would have had a strong recovery by mid-2010." Kimball added that a negative rate policy by the Fed would be "a really good guarantee that we wouldn't get into another terrible recession." How negative rates work Negative rates are meant to penalize financial institutions for parking money with the central bank where they will have to pay rather than earn interest. Instead, the measure encourages banks to lend to the real economy. Although they do lower borrowing costs to businesses and consumers, negative rates also weaken the country's currency. For the US, the policy would boost flagging American exports, impacted by the enduring US-China trade war, and push up the price of imported goods, creating much needed inflation. Negative rates, however, eat into lenders' profits, which could, if the measure were sustained, eventually force banks to stop lending. More critical, for Trump, a negative rate policy would punish American savers even harder. They've already seen the interest on their nest eggs wiped out by the Fed's decadelong low rate policy. Paying a bank interest to hold your money could prompt a backlash from voters, which Kimball insists policymakers must overcome. "You need to have ways to protect small savers from negative rates. If people know that negative rates won't affect them, they're going to be a lot less riled up." To avoid political blowback, Kimball told DW that Fed subsidies could be used to "make sure small checking and saving accounts never see negative rates and also ensure that bank profits are protected." How low can you go? Protecting small savers would be essential to ensure that the lever of negative rates could be used to its full effect. The modest moves into negative territory by the European Central Bank, -0.1% in June 2014 and reaching -0.5% in September this year, and Japan, where its short term-rate remains at -0.1%, have done little to arrest deflation and boost their economies. Kimball, a longtime advocate for eliminating the so-called zero lower bound on interest rates, proposes a deeper slashing: "It's not like a cut of 10 basis points suddenly becomes magically powerful," Kimball told DW. "But a cut of 600 basis points has always been powerful and it continues to be very powerful in the negative region." Like many of his peers, the University of Colorado Boulder economist doesn't think negative rates will happen before the US election. If the next recession is mild, a negative rate of -1% may be enough to boost demand, he said. In the meantime, he says Trump could do the Fed a favor and continue to champion the benefits of negative rates on social media. "Now that he has done a series of favorable tweets, it could dramatically change the attitude of some folks with Republican leanings. Since most Democrats are likely to defer to the Fed in a situation where negative interest rates are needed, that should make policymakers a lot more comfortable."

https://www.dw.com/en/interest-rates-trump-wants-to-go-negative-but-does-the-fed/a-51024545 

:: 10-29-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With History Our Forewarning, Tens Of Millions Of Americans Could Be 'Purged' Under 'Democratic Socialism' With America's Younger Generation Pushing Us Towards Tyranny

- Famine And 'Death By Government' May Await America Should A Democrat Win In 2020

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die October 29, 2019

While sometimes a new reader will come upon an ANP story and chastise us for reporting that America has been edging closer and closer every day to a dangerous form of totalitarian government, several new stories out over the past several days prove our point with a shocking new poll conducted by the Campaign For Free Speech finding what we once thought unimaginable: 51% of Americans believe the 1st Amendment as written in the US Constitution should be scrapped with 'hate speech' laws rewritten.  We have embedded the full Campaign For Free Speech poll at the bottom of this story for you to check out yourself and as this story from their website reports, 'free speech' in America has become very vulnerable with America's younger generations pushing for socialism/communism and a whopping 48% of Americans polled believing 'hate speech' should be made illegal. With half of that 48% actually believing that 'hate speech' should be punishable by prison terms while the rest believed mere fines or a ticket for 'hate speech' would do, the poll specifically points out that 'hate speech' was not defined, leaving that up to the individual participant. But as this March of 2018 story over at the Washington Post reported, America's college students are largely fine with 'free speech', unless it is speech that 'offends them'. How many easily offended snowflakes are there in 2019 America? The Campaign For Free Speech story also reports that 80% of those Americans polled actually had no idea what the 1st Amendment protected with those polled believing the following statement to be true: "The First Amendment allows anyone to say their opinion no matter what, and they are protected by law from any consequences of saying those thoughts or opinions." With America's younger generation's so dumbed down by the Communist indoctrination that they've been going through in our education system that 68% of those polled wanted to see speech restrictions placed upon social media, censoring 'racist content', 'neo-nazi content', 'climate change denial content' and more, the story wisely pointed out that when 'government' is in charge of policing speech, it inevitably becomes political—a weapon that can be used to punish people on the other side of an issue. So the next time you hear a leftist saying that they believe 'hate speech' should be criminalized, you should ask them what they think about President Trump. And following the hate-filled drivel that will almost definitely come out of their mouth's with most leftists fully suffering from 'Trump derangement syndrome', tell them that if 'hate speech' were criminalized, they'd be going to prison for the hatred they just spoke about America's Commander in Chief. And if those millennials pushing for socialism/communism in America as Market Watch reports in this new story get their way, jail time for simply criticizing politicians might not be too far off with this October 20th story over at Breitbart reporting anybody criticizing any high ranking member of the socialist government in Venezuela could very well be facing up to twenty years in prison due to the new 'anti-hate speech' laws passed in 2017. Ready to go to prison for 20 years for criticizing President Trump, lefties? I didn't think so. (Free-speech hating Democrats and 'big tech tyrants' want ANP silenced forever. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) According to this previously mentioned new story over at Market Watch, millennials in 2019 are hot on socialism and communism while capitalism is 'out' in their eyes. Showing the success of the communist indoctrination that we've been witnessing in America's school systems, as their story reported, those polled also found that the biggest threat in their eyes to world peace is President Trump, followed by Vladimir Putin then Kim Jong Un. Helping once again to prove that 'Trump derangement syndrome' is on full display amongst America's younger generations, their story also reported: "The historical amnesia about the dangers of communism and socialism is on full display in this year’s report. When we don’t educate our youngest generations about the historical truth of 100 million victims murdered at the hands of communist regimes over the past century, we shouldn’t be surprised at their willingness to embrace Marxist ideas." And we shouldn't be the least bit surprised that even Democrats and 'Rinos' in the US government are moving in that direction quickly. John C. Velisek had reported in this October 25th ANP story titled "The Communists Trying To Overthrow President Trump Via 'Secret Kangaroo Court' Impeachment Trial Have Forgotten History", we've been witnessing nothing less than totalitarian govt at play in the attempts to impeach President Trump with a secret, kangaroo court giving Americans another reason to never trust Democrats again: "In totalitarian socialist countries, the citizens are kept in the dark, and all trials become show trials of lies, innuendo, and leaks". From the Market Watch story.: Somewhere, Bernie Sanders is smiling.

A new survey released by the Washington, D.C., nonprofit Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation reflects that, if the younger generation gets out and votes in 2020, those running for office on the far left have reason to be hopeful. According to YouGov, which conducted the poll, capitalism, amid a widening divide between the haves and have-nots, has plunged in popularity from a year ago, with one out of every two millennials — ages 23 to 38 — supporting it. Meanwhile, 36% of millennials polled say that they approve of communism, which is up significantly from 28% in 2018. With the 2020 election looking more and more like it will be not only a contest between 'Republicans vs Democrats' but 'Capitalism vs Socialism', and socialism almost always leading to Communism and massive famine, widespread starvation, forced obedience to government and massive 'death by government' tolls, the next year could very well be the most important of our lifetime's with nothing less than Liberty at stake. In the 1st video at the bottom of this story, videographer 'Computing Forever' talks with us about the alarming number of Americans who now believe that the 1st Amendment should be re-written to penalize so-called 'hate speech' but as the excerpt below from this new story at Reason points out, the fact that so many people from America's younger generation find the 1st Amendment to be unpopular is the very reason we need the 1st Amendment. It's also a grave warning of 'tyranny' for America ahead. The First Amendment is unpopular…which is why we need the First Amendment. A recent survey commissioned by the Campaign for Free Speech underlines that point, finding that most Americans support viewpoint-based censorship, suppression of "hurtful or offensive" speech "in universities or on social media," government "action against newspapers and TV stations" that print or air "biased, inflammatory, or false" content, and revising the First Amendment, which "goes too far in allowing hate speech," to "reflect the cultural norms of today." That last position was endorsed by just 51 percent of respondents, compared to 42 percent who disagreed and 7 percent who had no opinion. But 57 percent favored legal penalties for wayward news organizations, 61 percent supported censorship of "hurtful or offensive" speech in certain contexts, and 63 percent said the government should restrict the speech of racists, neo-Nazis, radical Islamists, Holocaust deniers, anti-vaccine activists, and/or climate change skeptics. On a more heartening note, the idea of tasking "a government agency" with "reviewing" the output of "alternative media sources" mustered support from just 36 percent of respondents, although the opponents still fell short of a majority. Likewise with a law against "hate speech," which 48 percent favored and just 31 percent opposed. "The findings are frankly extraordinary," Bob Lystad, executive director of the Campaign for Free Speech, told the Washington Free Beacon. "Our free speech rights and our free press rights have evolved well over 200 years, and people now seem to be rethinking them." With the Campaign For Free Speech poll also proving that most Americans who want the 1st Amendment to be 'rewritten' also don't even know what 'Right's' are protected by that Amendment in the first place, we see just how well the indoctrination of America's children within the school system's is working here. And if we want a small taste of what full-scale globalism will bring to America, all we need to do is take a look at what recently happened at a tax-payer funded venue in Utah as the Washington Standard reported in this October 26th story. As we also see in the 2nd video at the bottom of this story, a United Nations guard shut down an American journalist doing her job, calling the Utah venue funded by US taxpayers 'international territory'. In the United Nations we see 'global government at work'. with NO 1st Amendment. And take a look at what's happening now in Europe to see a vision of America's future if Democrats win in 2020, where it's now illegal to call the prophet of Islam a 'pedophile' though he was one; truth is treason in the empire of lies. And as we had reported in this October 21st story on ANP titled "Russian Man Who Survived Communism Has A Dire Warning For America At A Time When Democrats Are Attempting To Overthrow The 2016 Election & The Will Of The American People - The 4 Out Of 10 Americans Who Want Socialism Need A History Lesson, Badly!", all Americans need to do is take a look at what's happening now in Venezuela where the once 'shining jewel of socialism' has descended into tremendous poverty, mass starvation and forced obedience to government with no 'free speech' permitted. 2019 Venezuela is a dire warning to 2020 America.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Younger_Generations_Pushing_America_Towards_Totalitarianism.php 

:: 10-29-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top Cardinal Breaks With Petrus Romanus Over Having VENERATION Pagan Goddess Erected On Vatican Church Altar

October 29, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

A top cardinal of the Roman Catholic Church on Friday took exception to Pope Francis’ controversial support for the display of a Pan-Amazonian “Pachamama” wooden idol on a church altar at the Vatican. “There isn’t any role for a statue of a pagan goddess on the altar,” declared Cardinal Gerhard Ludwig Mueller, former bishop of Regensburg, Germany and Prefect of the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith under Pope Benedict XVI. Last week, the indigenous statues were stolen from the church and dumped in the Tiber River. The Pope promptly apologized for the vandalism and said, “I ask forgiveness to anyone who was offended.” (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/10/29/top-cardinal-breaks-with-petrus-romanus-over-having-veneration-pagan-goddess-erected-on-vatican-church-altar/ 

:: 10-28-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Wants Communist Party Members to Pledge Loyalty on Blockchain

[Coindesk]

Wolfie Zhao Coindesk28 October 2019

China’s Communist Party (CPC) is taking its leader’s support for blockchain to heart. Following Xi Jinping’s bombshell speech last week urging his countrymen to “seize the opportunity” created by the technology, the CPC released a decentralized app (dapp) for members to attest their loyalty on a blockchain. According to a post from the CCP’s propaganda office on Saturday, the dapp, in literal translation called “Original Intentions Onchain,” allows members to pledge their allegiance to the party and store it on a blockchain, which can be shared and seen by others. Related: China Seizes the Blockchain Opportunity. How Should the US Respond? The term “Original Intentions” is a specific phrase mentioned by Xi during his remarks at the 19th National Congress of the CPC in 2017, after which it became a significant propaganda and educational campaign for party members to stay committed to their party. According to the post, the technology behind the dapp was developed by a Beijing-based company called Lingzhu Technology, which says it’s a blockchain developer without much detail on its tech or the team behind it. The company’s registration data shows it has received investment from state-owned capital tied to China’s Tsinghua University and claims it has developed a blockchain called OF. In fact, this company issued a little-known cryptocurrency dubbed OFCoin and got it listed on exchanges like OKEx and CoinMex early in 2018, months after China cracked down on initial coin offerings and fiat-to-crypto trading. Related: President Xi Says China Should ‘Seize Opportunity’ to Adopt Blockchain OFCoin’s price jumped by as much as 90 percent to $0.000326 on Saturday just hours after the CPC released the dapp and said that Lingzhu Technology is behind it. As of writing, the coin has fallen by 35 percent from that peak with just a few million dollars in daily trading volume. It’s not clear if Lingzhu has conducted any public sale of the tokens. The listing profile on CoinMex states that OFCoin planned a private token sale of 20 percent of its 51.2 billion OFCoin in January 2018 at a ratio of 300,000 OFCoin to 1 ether, when the ether price was about $1,000. The rally in OFCoin is just one ripple effect in China from Xi’s speech. Primetime news After the Xinhua News Agency published Xi’s comment Friday, Xinwen Lianbo, the country’s most-watched prime-time daily news program on China Central Television (CCTV), devoted five minutes of its 30 minute broadcast to the remark. On Saturday, the People’s Daily, an official mouthpiece, published a front-page article with Xi’s comment on “accelerating” blockchain development. Though state-owned media focused on blockchain technology, the market took it as official endorsement for bitcoin. Its price jumped more than 12 percent on Friday and surged to five-week highs above $10,000, before falling back to above $9,000. So fervent was the market response, the CCTV cautioned viewers on Saturday to calm down and not take Xi’s words as endorsement for all cryptocurrency. But the market surge continued anyway. Chinese crypto projects There were other signs of increased blockchain and bitcoin interest in China. Blockchain and bitcoin search popularity on WeChat Searches for the terms in Chinese on Baidu, the country’s biggest search engine, jumped 200 percent on Saturday, before falling back on Sunday. Similarly, searches on WeChat, China’s dominant mobile messaging platform, saw strong gains following the news on Friday (see image). And, as of writing, several major Chinese-born cryptos, including Qtum, Vechain, Ontology, NEO, Tron and Bytom, were enjoying strong gains on Monday, ranging from 25 percent to 90 percent. Stocks reboot The ripple effect has gone beyond crypto, with traded stocks tied blockchain or cryptocurrency seeing even more significant growth. In the U.S., the price of Xunlei, a cloud computing firm listed on NASDAQ, shot up by 107 percent. The Shenzhen-based company said it has developed a proprietary high-throughput distributed network based on blockchain technology.

https://sg.finance.yahoo.com/news/china-wants-communist-party-members-152858587.html 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 10--19 Old-Thinker News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are Secret Human Experiments Advancing Brain Chip Tech?

By Daniel Taylor

A doctor from Peru claims that recent advancements in brain chip technology could be due to “secret, forced, and illicit human experimentation” by a consortium of transnational tech companies and governments operating outside of the law. A 2016 paper published in the Egyptian Journal of Internal Medicine warned that “secret, forced, and illicit human experimentation” could be happening in Latin America, where poverty stricken masses are routinely recruited for medical trials. The paper, titled “The secret of neuroscience boom: Are there secret human experiments in Latin América?, was written by Dr. David Salinas Flores, MD, Professor of Medicine at the Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos, Peru. Dr. Flores writes: “…an objective analysis proposes as a possible explanation for the so-called neuroscientific boom the suspicion that transnational technological companies, in illegal association with the US government, the European Community, China and some Latin American governments, are developing, in Latin America, illegal and forced secret neuroscientific human experimentation…” Dr. Flores concludes by warning his colleagues to “…investigate, be alert, and report possible inhuman neuroscientific experiments performed by economic powers in Third World countries.“ South America has served as a test site for unregulated off shore drug trials for the pharmaceutical industry for many years. Peru has been described as a “paradise of human experimentation“, and is riddled with corruption. A former DoD official warned in 2006 that only the most ruthless nation will win the new arms race for human enhancement. Fred Charles Ikle, Undersecretary of Defense for Policy under President Reagan, wrote Annihilation from Within in 2006.  In the book, Ikle warned that only the most ruthless nation would win the arms race for brain chips and human augmentation because advancements in the technology could only come from “intrusive experiments on living human brains.” Ikle writes, “At some stage in the project’s development, a nation’s research might greatly benefit from intrusive experiments on living human brains. Liberal democracies would normally shun such experiments, but ruthless dictatorships would not.”  Facebook, Google, IBM and Elon Musk have all heavily invested in projects related to human brain research and brain-computer interfaces. These tech companies have also made major moves to communist China. China made an announcement this year that major advancements were made in its research on brain-computer interfaces. As the Chinese government publication Xinhua reported:  “China has achieved a breakthrough in Brain-Computer Interface (BCI) chip research, with its first BCI chip “Brain Talker” making its debut on Friday at the ongoing World Intelligence Congress held in northern China’s Tianjin Municipality.” DARPA’S Brain Initiative, launched by Barack Obama in 2013, aims to, among other things, “create fully implantable, modular and reconfigurable neural-interface microsystems that communicate wirelessly with external modules…” Given the history of secret human experiments by governments around the world, we shouldn’t be surprised at the possibility of this scenario. Congressional testimony from 1995 showcased victims of secret radiation and mind control experiments in the United States:

http://www.oldthinkernews.com/2019/10/16/are-secret-human-experiments-advancing-brain-chip-tech/ 

:: 10-28-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Globalists Warn A Deadly Pandemic Could Sweep The World In Hours, Killing Millions: Here Are Some All-Natural Remedies To Help You Survive And Avoid Big Pharma's Poisons

- What Do The Globalists Know About 'Disease X' That We Don't Know?

October 28, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

According to this new story over at the Daily Mail, a new scientific study has determined that a deadly pandemic could sweep the world in hours and kill millions because NO country is fully prepared and while the United States stands head and shoulders above most of the rest of the world when it comes to 'preparedness' for such an 'event', given how fast the pandemic would spread, even the US and other countries with advanced health care systems would struggle. Reporting within their story that scientists believe the mass outbreak of a flu-like illness is inevitable and it could spread worldwide within hours because of the inter-connectedness of the world in 2019 and a constantly traveling population, the sobering report put out by scientists from Johns Hopkins University Center for Health Security called the 'Global Health Security (GHS) index' recommends that governments should immediately invest money into putting preparations in place, also doing pandemic simulation exercises. Also reporting that only 13 countries even have the resources and medical 'know how' to put up a fight against what they call an 'inevitable' outbreak, with the US ranked #1 in preparedness followed by the UK, Holland, Australia, Canada and Thailand, the DM story warns "a threat anywhere is a threat everywhere" while sharing the map seen below, warning that numerous diseases could trigger an outbreak that rapidly spirals out of control. From the Daily Mail story.: The report, named A World At Risk, said current efforts to prepare for outbreaks in the wake of crises such as Ebola are 'grossly insufficient'. It was headed by Dr Gro Harlem Brundtland, the former Norwegian prime minister and director-general of the WHO. He said in the report: 'The threat of a pandemic spreading around the globe is a real one. ' A quick-moving pathogen has the potential to kill tens of millions of people, disrupt economies and destabilise national security.' He claimed that previous recommendations about the threat of a global pandemic have been largely ignored by world leaders. The team drew up a map of the world with a list of possible infections which could trigger the hypothetical outbreak.  So with globalist scientists hinting a major outbreak of a deadly disease that could rapidly kill 10's of millions is inevitable, we'll be taking a look below at two new stories over at Natural News titled "Survival Medicine: Basic Tips And Supplies For A Pandemic" as well as "Survival Medicine: Home Remedies For Digestive Problems, The Flu And Stress Relief" to help get us prepared for what the globalists are warning is ahead while also taking a look at numerous all natural solutions to help us avoid 'big pharmas' vaccines that are sure to emerge once 'disease X' arrives. (Free-speech hating Democrats and 'big tech tyrants' want ANP silenced forever. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) In the 1st video at the bottom of this story titled "BrisScience (October 2019): Pathogens, Pandemics and Preparing for Disease X" we're warned why the outbreak of a new disease could spread so quickly and be so deadly, with the World Health Organization refering to these currently unknown pathogens as 'Disease X'. As we hear in the video, a Conference at the University of Queensland in Australia, once 'Disease X' arrrives, it'll take perhaps thousands or more tests to develop a 'vaccine' for the newly emerged disease, taking as long as 16 weeks or more before one could be developed, hence one of the reasons why they feel it will spread so rapidly. And while I choose to avoid any vaccine as if it were the plague, instead focusing upon building up my immune system naturally and eating foods regulary such as raw garlic, which has been determined to be not only anti-viral but anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti-microbial and anti-protozoal, as this October of 2018 story over at Natural News reported, it's very simple to make our own antibiotic garlic tincture that can kill almost any diseases with garlic also happening to be anti-cancer according to the American Institute for Cancer Research. So while many will be lining up to take whatever vaccine that the globalists develop to deal with whatever 'Disease X' turns out to be, we'll be using the best all natural anti-biotic, anti-viral around. From this Natural News story.: During the time of the pioneers, most natural cures were made from local herbs and plants. They often used garlic (Allium sativum) to make herbal remedies, and this article will discuss a potent antibiotic garlic tincture that even modern preppers can use to treat various ailments like a cold or skin infections. (h/t to PreppersWill.com.) Making the antibiotic garlic tincture Garlic is a popular superfood for a reason. It has powerful antibacterial, anti-fungal, and anti-viral properties. The Chinese first discovered that garlic is also an immune stimulant and an effective antioxidant. This antibiotic garlic tincture is a potent infusion of garlic in distilled water, grain alcohol, or vinegar. Garlic has many health benefits thanks to allicin, but the antibacterial agent is only active for a short period after garlic is crushed and before it is heated. The chemical compound allicin is derived from the amino acid cysteine. Allicin is odorless but it also contains sulfur. (Related: Yummy superfoods that even beginner gardeners can plant today.) To retain the allicin content of garlic while making this tincture, the bulbs are macerated or steeped in one of the liquids listed above to preserve the potent chemicals. The recipe below is similar to the one used by pioneers, although it incorporates some modern ingredients like distilled water. While you can read the rest of the Natural News story here on how to go about creating the garlic tincture, and it's very, very easy, the final video at the bottom of this story also provides a detailed explanation. Also from Natural News in this story titled "Survival medicine: Basic tips and supplies for a pandemic": When prepping for a pandemic, here are a few things you need to know: Know the symptoms. Not all diseases work the same way, so it’s important to learn which condition is currently on the rise and its symptoms. Wear protective gear. Wearing protective clothing like coverall suits, gloves, and masks can help quell the spread of disease, especially when dealing with outsiders. Keep a stockpile of food and water. The baseline of every prepping plan is keeping a steady supply of food and water available. Learn how to use essential oils. These elixirs in a bottle have a very long shelf life and are commonly used to treat basic ailments. Essential oils can also ward off sickness and germs when diffused into the air. Stock up on entertainment. Being locked up inside your own home for a long time can cause some people to get bored. Having a bunch of board games, party games, and even video games can help keep everyone entertained. Set up sanitation stations. Areas allotted for sanitation supplies should be spread out throughout the home, especially near entrances. These should be used regularly to keep everything clean. Being aware of the situation and preparing well is what every prepper needs to do to survive when SHTF. If you’re well-prepared, a pandemic is just another hurdle for you to get over. Read Pandemic.news to stay informed. etc.  The title of this October 26th story over at Natural News is "Survival medicine: Home remedies for digestive problems, the flu and stress relief" within which author 'Isabelle Z' offers us some outstanding suggestions on how to deal with certain illnesses, diseases if we don't trust doctors or don't like going to medical facilities. Reporting immediately that if we fall into one of those categories, we're definitely not alone with millions of Americans no longer trusting the medical system that seemingly only wants to enrich 'big pharma', as their story reports, there are thankfully some very good alternatives to traditional medicines and as the previously mentioned Natural News story pointed out, remedies going back to the time of the pioneers and long before. If you’ve come to distrust conventional medicine, you’re not alone. The questionable side effects and poor efficacy of these drugs have many people turning to alternative treatments. While home remedies are certainly a more attractive option right now, they could become downright essential in a collapse situation. Now is the perfect time to start learning how to address common problems without heading for the pharmacy.  Home remedies are natural, inexpensive, and generally safe, but perhaps one of their biggest draws is how accessible they are. In fact, there’s a good chance you already have the things you need to heal in your kitchen. While their story then details for us home remedies for digestive problems, cold and flu and stress, even the NY Times had reported all the way back in 1979 that in 16th‐century France, garlic was worn in little pouches around people's necks to ward off the plague while Louis Pasteur experimented with garlic as an antiseptic. And Jacques Henri Bernardin de Saint‐Pierre is quoted in the Larousse Gastronomique as having said that “garlic, the smell of which is so dreaded by our little mistresses, is perhaps the most powerful remedy in existence against the vapors and nervous maladies to which they are subject.” And although we don't have all of the answers, and we're not medical doctors, with globalists now warning of a fast moving pandemic that could kill millions in no time at all, while claiming that no country is fully prepared to deal with such a scenario, it's in our own best interests to be fully prepared for whatever is unleashed because the government/medical industry certainly aren't going to save us. So we'll close with an excerpt from this story over at Medical News Today titled "Top Seven Safe, Effective Natural Antibiotics" to help get us ready for a time when 'Disease X' arrives and big government begins pushing 'big pharmas' poisonous vaccines on to the masses as 'the only solution'. The scientific jury is still out concerning natural antibiotics. While people have used remedies like these for hundreds of years, most treatments have not been thoroughly tested. However, some show promising results under medical review, and further studies are underway. With an ongoing increase in drug-resistant bacteria, scientists are looking to nature when developing new medications. Here, we examine the science behind seven natural antibiotics.

1. Garlic. Cultures across the world have long recognized garlic for its preventive and curative powers. (ANP: Both Susan and I swear by this garlic as it has gotten rid of tooth infections and other illnesses!)

2. Honey. Since the time of Aristotle, honey has been used as an ointment that helps wounds to heal and prevents or draws out infection.

3. Ginger. The scientific community also recognizes ginger as a natural antibiotic. Several studies, including one published in 2017, have demonstrated ginger's ability to fight many strains of bacteria. Researchers are also exploring ginger's power to combat seasickness and nausea and to lower blood sugar levels.

4. Echinacea. Echinacea has been used to treat infections for many years. Native American and other traditional healers have used echinacea for hundreds of years to treat infections and wounds.

5. Goldenseal. Goldenseal is usually consumed in tea or capsules to treat respiratory and digestive problems. However, it may also combat bacterial diarrhea and urinary tract infections.

6. Clove. Clove has traditionally been used in dental procedures. Research is now finding that clove water extract may be effective against many different kinds of bacteria, including E. coli.

7. Oregano. Some believe that oregano boosts the immune system and acts as an antioxidant. It may have anti-inflammatory properties.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Deadly_Pandemic_Could_Sweep_World_In_Hours.php 

:: 10-26-19 Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Minneapolis: Somali Gangs Are Claiming Territory & Killing To Defend It

Written by: Tim Brown Published on: October 26, 2019

We’ve brought you several stories of the Muslim colonization of America from Florida to Maine to Michigan and Minnesota. Many of those settling into Islamic communities in America have anything in mind but assimilation. The latest evidence of this comes from Minneapolis, Minnesota where Somali gangs are now claiming territory and a young Somali has now gunned down another young man.

Media Blackout: 8-10 Somali Teens In Jihad Rep. Ilhan Omar’s District Attack “White People” With Hammers & Metal Pipes

Minnesota: First Somali Muslim On Minneapolis Police Force Convicted Of Murder

Minnesota: Somali-Born Muslim Arrested In Minneapolis – Charged With Kidnapping Journalist

In Muslim Rep. Ilhan Omar’s Minnesota District, Police Deal With Gangs, Tight-Lipped Somali Muslim Community

First, the story comes via a variety of local outlets, but not one mainstream outlet reported on this that I could find.

KARE11 reports: After the incident, a vehicle arrived at Hennepin Healthcare, and Mahad Ali ran to the front door saying he had been shot. He underwent surgery for a bullet wound.

According to witness interviews and surveillance video, one of the 1627 boys picked up a drug dealer and drove him to 23rd and Aldrich avenues so the dealer could sell to Mahad Ali, who got into the car, too. Less than a minute later, Mustafa Ali walked up to the backseat door of the car and the two men fired at each other.

Mahad Ali’s mother told police her son and the victim had “a beef” for months, even visiting Mustafa Ali’s mother previously to try and reconcile. According to the Star Tribune, “The slaying was the latest in a bitter feud between Cedar-Riverside neighborhood gangs and their rivals, who claim the area around Karmel Mall.” Additionally, in September, a high-ranking Somali gang member was shot and killed during a shooting that was apparently staged to look like a home invasion. According to the charges, “both gangs are known for retaliatory and escalating violence that often manifests itself in drive-by shootings, attempted murder and murder. They are known by law enforcement to attack each other over using the same drug dealers.”

What’s interesting is that these gangs have been flourishing in the area for some time.

Maine – Somali Muslims Attack Assimilation: “We’re Here To Stay, Whether You Like It Or Not!”

The Media Covering Up 100 Somali Teens & Adults Assaulting Families-Children at Amusement Park  Gang of Somali Muslim Kids Attacked Maine Residents In Park With Sticks & Fists  Minnesota State Senators Want to Spend $18,000,000 of Taxpayer Money on “Somali Community Development”

Tore from Loomered.com comments on what is causing this to occur.

“Immediately following the rapid intake and resettling of Somalian refugees, crime in Minneapolis spiked,” Tore wrote. “Abuse of government funding, murders, theft, and a variety of public menacing strongly correlate to predominantly Somali neighborhoods.” “Those arriving from Somalia are accustomed to gang related behavior since culturally tribal behavior is prevalent between clans,” she added. “Fights and even murder in public areas are common in Somalia. Such incidents that may result in death are oddly “socially acceptable” when there is rivalry or “beef” between them.”

Journalist Travels to Ilhan Omar’s Homeland to Prove Somalia is Beautiful – Gets Killed by Muslim Terrorists Report: Ilhan Omar’s Father & Other Somalian War Criminals Illegally Living In The US

Minnesota: First Somali Muslim On Minneapolis Police Force Convicted Of Murder She then concluded:

The Somali gang problem is incredible and the leadership in Minneapolis and Minnesota in general is allowing it to grow and fester. When people come to the United States as refugees it is because they seek to escape from a nation that considers such acts normal to one that denounces them and offers safety. It’s obviously no surprise how a person who hates America, is a terrorist sympathizer, and refers to the 9/11 attacks as “some people did some things,” is the representative of the Somali Clan Gang area. It’s alleged that Omar is part of a clan in Puntland in which her alleged REAL father is a top member of the Al-Shabab affiliate group. We haven’t confirmed this information because Homeland Security and ICE citing “ongoing investigations” rapport when asked.

Why are we allowing them to bring their cultural wars to our backyards?

The agencies responsible in screening these refugees must be audited. Minneapolis is a dangerous city due to high gang crime by the people we so graciously allowed entry into our country to offer them a better life. With so many Christians being persecuted in nations we admit refugees from, why are we bringing those with values that are contrary to ours? Indeed, why are we bringing them in and why are we allowing them to colonize and terrorize neighborhoods. Perhaps, we should be rethinking deporting them back to their homeland.

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/minneapolis-somali-gangs-are-claiming-territory-killing-to-defend-it/ 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 10-29-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pineapple Express brings record temperatures to Alaska

By Strange Sounds - Oct 29, 2019

Anchorage broke a daily temperature record on Monday, hitting a balmy 54 degrees mid-afternoon.  The “Pineapple Express” phenomenon has also led to unseasonably warm weather in a broad swath of Southwest and Western Alaska and could lead to a rare Anchorage snowsuit-free Halloween. Anchorage broke a daily temperature record on Monday, hitting a balmy 54 degrees mid-afternoon, according to the National Weather Service. The previous record, 52 degrees, was set in 2013. Anchorage’s high on Monday was a full 20 degrees over the average high temperature for Oct. 28, which is 34 degrees, said NWS meteorologist Michelle McAuley. The coldest Oct. 28 on record in Anchorage reached just 8 degrees, in 2008. An “atmospheric river” has been pumping warm and moist air from the tropical Pacific Ocean north, bringing record temperatures to Alaska. The phenomenon, known as the “Pineapple Express” has also led to unseasonably warm weather in a broad swath of Southwest and Western Alaska. Bethel, Saint Paul, Kodiak, Cold Bay and King Salmon all broke daily temperature records on Sunday, the NWS said. The above-average temperatures should stick around through Wednesday, McAuley said. Thursday may be the rare Anchorage snowsuit-free Halloween, with temperatures expected to cool slightly but remain in the 40s.

https://strangesounds.org/2019/10/alaska-pineapple-express-atmospheric-river-high-temperatures.html 

:: 10-29-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Dead Caliph and the Eternal Jihad

Trump deserves praise for winning this battle. But is America winning the war?

Tue Oct 29, 2019 Raymond Ibrahim

Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, the head or “caliph” of the Islamic State, is finally dead. This is certainly welcome news—if only because someone like al-Baghdadi deserves his fate. And President Trump deserves much credit for eliminating this evil leader of ISIS. But while we can all celebrate this monster getting his just deserts, al-Baghdadi’s death will, unfortunately, likely have zero impact on the jihad. This dismal prognostication is fortified by the fact that, for nearly 14 years now, every time an Islamic terror leader was killed, politicians and media exulted, portraying the death as a major blow to the jihad; and, for nearly 14 years now, I have responded by recycling an article that I first wrote in 2006, titled “The West’s Multi-Headed Monster.” Although I changed the names of the jihadi leaders killed to suit the occasion—first Abu Mus‘ab al-Zarqawi, then Abu Hamza al-Masri, then Abu Laith al-Libi, then Abu Omar al-Baghdadi and Abu Ayub al-Misri, then Osama bin Laden, and now Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi—my conclusion has remained the same: The West’s plight vis-à-vis radical Islam is therefore akin to Hercules’ epic encounter with the multi-headed Hydra-monster. Every time the mythical strongman lopped off one of the monster’s heads, two new ones grew in its place. To slay the beast once and for all, Hercules learned to cauterize the stumps with fire, thereby preventing any more heads from sprouting out. Similarly, while the West continues to lop off monster heads like figurehead Zarqawi [or bin Laden, al-Baghdadi, et al] it is imperative to treat the malady — radical Islam—in order to ultimately prevail. Victory can only come when the violent ideologies of radical Islam are cauterized with fire. But alas, the Hydra-monster is myth, while radical Islam is stark reality. Consider, for instance, all the exultation that took place in 2006 after al-Zarqawi—the forefather of the Islamic State, or “Al-Qaeda Second Generation”—was killed. Then, almost every major politician, including President Bush, Prime Minister Blair, and Iraq’s Prime Minister Maliki, gave some sort of victory speech. The New York Times called his death a “major watershed in the war.” Similarly, in 2008, after Abu Laith al-Libi was killed, Congressman Peter Hoekstra issued a statement saying that his death “clearly will have an impact on the radical jihadist movement.” More myopic triumphalism was in the air after Abu Omar al-Baghdadi and Abu Ayub al-Masri were killed in 2010 during a joint U.S.-Iraqi operation. Then, U.S. Vice-President Joe Biden said the “deaths are potentially devastating blows to al-Qaeda in Iraq [the embryonic form of the Islamic State],” adding “This operation is evidence in my view, that the future of Iraq will not be shaped by those who would seek to destroy that country”—a prediction that proved to be woefully wrong. Similarly, U.S. commander Gen. Raymond Odierno asserted that “The death of these terrorists is potentially the most significant blow to al-Qaeda in Iraq since the beginning of the insurgency,” adding that it would be “very difficult” for the al Qaeda network to replace the two men. And who could forget all the media triumphalism, if not hysteria, surrounding the 2011 death of Osama bin Laden? Then, CNN security analyst Peter Bergen declared that “Killing bin Laden is the end of the war on terror. We can just sort of announce that right now.” Insisting that the “iconic nature of bin Laden’s persona” cannot be replaced, Bergen further suggested that “It’s time to move on.” Another CNN analyst, Fareed Zakaria, assured us that “this is a huge, devastating blow to al-Qaeda, which had already been crippled by the Arab Spring. It is not an exaggeration to say that this is the end of al-Qaeda in any meaningful sense of the word.” In retrospect, surely all these assertions and assurances have proven to be immensely puerile—even for mainstream media “analysts.” The only significant development following the killing of bin Laden was the birth, spread, and subsequent hegemony of the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria (“ISIS”)—an organization that made al-Qaeda pale in comparison when it came to savagery and atrocities. To recap, for years, Americans were repeatedly told that al-Qaeda was suffering “devastating blows”; that the killing of individual jihadis were “major watersheds in the war”; that “the end of the war on terror” occurred in 2011, when bin Laden died (“it’s time to move on,” counseled Peter Bergen); and “that the future of Iraq will not be shaped by those who would seek to destroy that country,” according to Biden. Yet, lo and behold: an Islamic State, a caliphate engaged in the worst atrocities of the twenty-first century, was born—despite the deaths of individual jihadi leaders, including the notorious bin Laden. In light of this, should one expect the jihad to disappear now that al-Baghdadi is dead? When it comes to the significance of the killing of this or that jihadi leader, the most accurate prediction I have ever read—one that has proven too true—comes not from U.S. politicians, “experts,” or media. It comes from al-Qaeda leader Ayman al-Zawahiri. Asked in a 2005 interview about the status of bin Laden and the Taliban’s Mullah Omar, he confidently replied: Jihad in the path of Allah is greater than any individual or organization. It is a struggle between Truth and Falsehood, until Allah Almighty inherits the earth and those who live in it. Mullah Muhammad Omar and Sheikh Osama bin Laden—may Allah protect them from all evil—are merely two soldiers of Islam in the journey of jihad, while the struggle between Truth [Islam] and Falsehood [non-Islam] transcends time (The Al Qaeda Reader, p.182, emphasis added). And there it is: jihad “transcends time” and is not predicated on this or that leader. Jihadi warlords, ideologues, emirs, sultans, caliphs—even the prophet of Islam himself—have come and gone for nearly 1,400 years, but the jihad rages on.  From here we return to my aforementioned Hercules/Hydra paradigm of 2006: While the West continues to lop off “monster heads,” most recently Trump vis-à-vis al-Baghdadi, it must also comprehend that to achieve true and lasting victory over Islamic terrorism, nothing less than cauterizing those Muslim doctrines/ideologies that give birth to jihadis will ever do.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2019/10/dead-caliph-and-eternal-jihad-raymond-ibrahim/ 

:: 10-28-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We Now Have Mass Public Unrest In France, Spain, Algeria, Iraq, Lebanon, Egypt, Hong Kong, Venezuela, Chile, Ecuador And Bolivia

by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/28/2019 - 16:05   Submitted by Michael Every of Rabobank

Ages and Ages of Rage

Monday morning and we here we go again for another “dramatic week”. There are going to be monthly PMIs to look at in particular: will we see any further deterioration, or will growth start to pick up as an early Christmas present? And there are of course rate meetings for the Fed, and the BOJ, and the BOC: the former will cut, with the real issue being if they will signal more soon or not given they are already deep in Repo Madness; and will the giant BOJ wake up from slumber like a giant Kaiju and start throwing markets into turmoil again?  Plus there is the Brexit circus. Will the EU grant the UK an extension until end-January 2020, or a more flexible date, or will France veto that and insist on a very short extension? Almost certainly they will insist that the newly reopened Withdrawal Agreement is this time firmly shut – so if the British Parliament then decides to merrily reopen it from its end and unilaterally start ramming amendments into it, it will not be doing so with EU approval. As such, and just as pertinently, will PM BoJo get his December election or not? The greater likelihood is not, as Labour appears to be desperate for an election – just not now – although the Lib Dems may be prepared to allow one given they see this as a way to prevent any further movement towards Brexit in the short term. (Though what do they think the election campaign will be about? The price of cheese?) Note that the latest opinion poll for the Observer has the Tories on 40% (+3 on the week), Labour unchanged on 24%, and the Lib Dems on 15% (-1), with the Brexit Party on 10% (-2). In Europe, we have just seen the AfD surge to second place in state elections in Germany’s Thuringia with 24% of the vote, double what it got last time, putting it 1ppt ahead of Chancellor Merkel’s CDU, with the Far Left Die Linke in first place. The AfD are nowhere near power as nobody will co-operate with them, but that 24% outcome is all the more remarkable given an attack on a synagogue and neo-Nazi death threats through the campaign.  In China, Chairman Xi Jinping will be presiding over the long-expected Communist Party Plenum, which is usually looked to for policy guidance. Market expectations this time are that all the focus will be on politics and control, and none will be on market-based reforms. Tellingly, this weekend saw China disband a three-year old Global Forum on Steel Excess Capacity after nobody has been prepared to cut back on capacity: China is claiming it alone has, but this somehow overlooks that its net steel output is up on three years ago, at a record high, and still growing.  On Ukraine-Gate the US impeachment wagon continues to trundle along, with supporters claiming it is laden with damning evidence, and opponents arguing it has exactly as much weight as Russia-Gate did. Perhaps the apparent elimination of IS leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi by US special forces will tip the Washington political balance slightly back towards consensus…but perhaps not, as the Washington Post (“Truth Dies in Darkness”) changes its headline description of al-Baghdadi--who presided over torture, mass murder and rape, slavery, and genocide--from “Terrorist-in-chief” to “Austere Religious Scholar” and then finally to “Extremist Leader”. Could they not perhaps have settled on “populist?”, he wondered sarcastically?  Enough minutiae about Fed policy: our house view remains they are going all the way back to zero. Enough minutiae about PMIs: it is obvious that broad swathes of the economy are slowing down.  The global backdrop remains of slowing growth, increased financial vulnerability in places, and yet an institutional architecture that is either in denial or has no firm idea of what policy mix to use to stop this happening. And, crucially, global populations that are not content to just sit and wait for something better to turn up eventually.  Indeed, consider that we now have mass public unrest (on and off) in: France, Spain, and that 24% AfD vote in Germany, and Brexit in the UK; Algeria; Iraq: Lebanon; Egypt; Russia; Hong Kong; Venezuela; Chile; Ecuador; and Bolivia. Plus deepening polarisation in the US – and one could add the middle-class disruption of Extinction Rebellion in Australia, Canada, and others. In short, there isn’t a continent that isn’t seeing unrest in some form, and as Branko Milanovic notes today, one wonders if this isn’t all a little 1968-ish. Of course, one can’t usually join dots that simply, but if this is 1968-redux then consider the historical echoes. The Prague Spring was violently crushed by Soviet Tanks and the West was powerless to prevent it. Meanwhile, student uprisings in the West produced social reforms and a policy swing to the Left. Along with the Vietnam War, that contributed to the end of the USD peg to gold and the first phase of the global Bretton Woods order – and then to very high inflation in the 1970s, which was ultimately ended by the Volcker Fed and the current phase of deflationary neoliberal globalisation that is once again pushing people out onto the streets. In short, regardless of what the Fed does this week, or the BOJ; and whatever the PMIs print at; and whatever the EU or Boris give and get, we still face Ages and Ages of Rage in a market that is still largely pricing for the calm of the status quo ante.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/we-now-have-mass-public-unrest-france-spain-algeria-iraq-lebanon-egypt-hong-kong 

:: 10-28-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Impeachment or Indictments? Who Will Win the Race? The Latest on the Dems vs Trump

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, October 28, 2019 - 14:30.

Even Bill O’Reilly and Glenn Beck are saying that Civil war seem inevitable. Ron Paul and Dr. Paul Craig Roberts have made very similar statements. Rush Limbaugh has said it often, “Civil War appears to be inevitable”. Many, too many to mention believe that Civil war has already broken out, it is just that the Civil War has started and the bodies will soon follow.

Mark Levin Two days ago, on October 26, 2019, Twitter was abuzz with the fact that Mark Levin was reporting that Andrew McCabe was singing like a canary. I had this information three days ago and was told to not interfere in the process and to please not report it, not just yet. I knew Levin was correct, but said no more that big things are only days away.  The President of New California, Paul Preston Paul Preston, due to his role as being the President of New California, is very dialed in with the Trump administration. Don’t forget, the future governor of New California is Rick Perry, who just resigned his cabinet post, with Trump’s blessing to become executive head of the movement. Trump’s administration is fully on board with New California and Perry’s appointment is just one more proof of this fact. On the same day as the tweet from Levin, Preston reported to me that McCabe was given the opportunity to provide state’s evidence in a pre-indictment deal. He was caught lying and was sent home and the deal was cancelled. McCabe packed a bag and was going “to make a run for it and leave the country” when the FBI agents who were tailing him stopped him and took him into FBI headquarters. It is noteworthy that Alex Jones on 10/27 reported on Infowars that indictments are “looming” as the Deep State turns up the heat on Trump. Similar Path I was originally told to withhold the information that Barr was in the process of empaneling a grand jury and Andrew McCabe was likely the first target. I was asked to withhold this information until the information could be placed within a context that would not reveal the agency of the format. With the release of the information described above. I published a broadcast on these facts. October 27, 2019

On this date, all hell literally broke loose. This is the day that Paul Preston told me about McCabe trying to make a run for it and I had the exact same information. Levin reported the empaneling the Grand Jury against McCabe which was different than what he said the day before when it was noted McCabe was singing. When I learned that McCabe had lied to the DOJ and his deal was off the table, it all fit into place. However, this is not the end fo the story. Both Paul Preston and myself, through different sources, tell us that McCabe may be offered a second chance. However, if he lies again, he will be charged with lying to federal officials in addition to his role in the Steele Dossier. Paul Preston also has information that despite James Comey’s bravado that he welcomes telling his story to the Feds, he is secretly telling investigators what he knows. Preston and I have also learned that Peter Strzok’s illicit lover, Lisa Page, with whom Strzok exchanged many incriminating text messages with, is also singing to the DOJ. When readers have previously heard that the DOJ investigation changed from an inquiry to a criminal investigation, Page's testimony what was behind the investigation. Page supposedly implicated McCabe and this is why he was questioned. By the way, Strzok remains uncooperative and he sued 60 days ago to get his job back at the FBI. Pelosi Pelosi recently traveled with several Congressional members for the Democratic Party to Italy. Her chief reason for going was to keep the hopes of impeachment alive as she was hoping Italian officials would provide her with evidence of Trump’s quid pro quo behavior with the Italians. The inquiry was met with disdain by Italian officials. However, something noteworthy did take place on Pelosi’s visit. The Trump-friendly Italian government put Pelosi under surveillance and wiretapped her. The readers may recall that yesterday, I published an article in which I published a photo of Beto O’Rourke and Nancy Pelosi “hanging out” with former Mexican President Nieto. It is a very poorly kept secret that Nieto was paid $100 million by Chappo Guzman to allow the Sinaloa Cartel to continue operate with impunity. Nobody ever accused Pelosi of being bright. Why she would be seen with Nieto with her open border policy was stupid. For Beto it was even worse. He was accused by Ted Cruz of expressing the desire of Beto legalize all drug to go along with this opern border policy. It is amazing that these two would be seen with Nieto and that fact cannot be understated. Pelosi fell into the stupid water again. While in Italy, Pelosi met with Guzman’s wife and they discussed obtaining Pelosi’s help in keeping her son free as he runs the Sinaloa cartel. As the reader may recall, the Mexican National Guard has flirted with arresting and releasing Guzman’s son. Both Paul Preston and myself have this information. From my subsequent inquiries, I have learned that the Italian surveillance of Pelosi will not likely be admissible into evidence because there is not American warrant on file. However, it does tell investigators where to look for more impropriety. For example, in yesterday’s article, I covered the fact that Beto is a serial criminal. This criminality carried over into his campaign financing in his bid to unseat Ted Cruz in the last election cycle. Beto claims that he NEVER accepts corporate campaign funds of PAC money. Ted Cruz accepts both. However, in some type of fundraising miracle, Beto’s campaign donations more than doubled Cruz and almost led him to victory (49% to 51%). When we add in Beto’s open borders and legalization of drugs beliefs, the DOJ could be expected to open an investigation into Beto O’Rourke. This would destroy the Democratic Party in 2020 if a still-standing Presidential candidate was taken down in the manner insinuated here.  Conclusion It is important to note that Andrew McCabe was not likely running from the government. He was running from someone who cannot take any chances as to what he will tell the DOJ. This is merely a progress report. Paul Preston and one of my deep-cover stories for this story assures me that although the DOJ is trying to remain obscure, there are leaks everywhere, so we have not heard the last of the coming shakeup of the Democratic Party. But before you breakout into your happy dance please realize that Mitt Romney, Paul Ryan and John Bolton are pitching a Pence Presidency to the Senate in exchange for votes to convict Trump should impeachment proceedings come to the Senate. The word on the street is that these three anti-Trumpers are going after the Senators who are already compromised in some way, usually sexual, and they can be turned with a little applied blackmail. I was told yesterday, that they are within 10 vote of getting what they want.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-economics/impeachment-or-indictments-who-will-win-race-latest-dems-vs-trump 

:: 10-29-19 DC Clothesline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Buried News: How Trump Forced the Sale of China’s Port in California and May Have Thwarted a Chinese Invasion

October 29, 2019 Dean Garrison

Remember when The Obama Administration accepted a 40-year lease, from THE CHINESE, for a shipping port in Long Beach, California? It was quite controversial at the time. But since the search engines and social networks don’t often report pro-Trump stories, many may not know that President Trump forced the Chinese (state owned Cosco) to sell that port back several months ago. From Citizens’ Journal: China is stealing our technology—and only President Trump has been fighting to stop it. China has kept our businesses out of China—or only in minority ownership position if allowed in China. Now, President Trump has ordered the sale of the Chinese government OWNERSHIP of the Port of Long Beach—bet you did not know the Totalitarian Chinese owned our Port? He did it for national security—something Obama did not care about when he allowed the Chinese to buy the Port.

“The Trump Administration’s Department of Homeland Security has forced China’s state-owned Cosco* to sell the Port of Long Beach over security concerns. China’s Cosco Shipping Holdings, which bought out its 75 percent–owned Hong Kong–based Orient Overseas International (OOCL), was forced to sell its Port of Long Beach Container Terminal ownership to Macquarie Infrastructure Partners for $1.78 billion. The Obama administration had no problems with OOCL signing a 40-year lease with the City of Long Beach in 2012 for control of America’s second largest and most automated container handling operation. The sweetheart deal was part of the “Middle Harbor Redevelopment Program” to fund a $1.5-billion expansion through 2020. Obama gave $150 BILLION to Iran—to be used against American military, blowing up oil fields and supporting the terrorist effort worldwide. Obama SOLD an American Port to the Totalitarian Chinese. The good news is that Donald Trump is the President for Americans and the Free World. Obama tried to give away our freedoms or sell our safety. That is something the Democrats will have to defend in 2020—especially Joe Biden. Read the Rest…

https://www.dcclothesline.com/2019/10/29/buried-news-how-trump-forced-the-sale-of-chinas-port-in-california-and-may-have-thwarted-a-chinese-invasion/ 

:: 10-28-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NYC Secretly Shipping Homeless People To Over 350 Cities Including Honolulu, Houston

by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/28/2019 - 19:40

New York City officials have been quietly dumping homeless people to more than 370 cities across 32 states, including Honolulu and Houston. Under Mayor Bill de Blasio's "Special One-Time Assistance Program," (SOTA) local homeless families are given a full year's worth of rent - which has cost NYC taxpayers $89 million on rent alone since August 2017 - before exporting some 5,074 homeless families (12,482 individuals) to cities as far as the South Pacific, according to the New York Post, citing data from the Department of Homeless Services (DHS). The city also paid travel expenses, through a separate taxpayer-funded program called Project Reconnect, but would not divulge how much it spent. A Friday flight to Honolulu for four people would cost about $1,400. A bus ticket to Salt Lake City, Utah, for the same family would cost $800. Add to the tab the cost of furnishings, which the city also did not disclose. One SOTA recipient said she received $1,000 for them. DHS defends the stratospheric costs, saying it actually saves the city on shelter funding — which amounts to about $41,000 annually per family, as compared to the average yearly rent of $17,563 to house families elsewhere. -New York Post  Critics say the solution has failed to curb the city's homelessness problem. Moreover, officials in the receiving cities are furious - while some of the homeless families are now suing NYC over being abandoned in 'barely livable conditions,' according to the report, which claims that "multiple outside agencies and organizations have opened investigations into SOTA." The mayor of Willacoochee, Georgia, was similarly stunned. “I’m not familiar with none of that,” Samuel Newson said. The mayor of Harrisville, Utah — who was so baffled to receive a call from The Post that she questioned if the reporter had the wrong number — asked if SOTA recipients are connected to social services in the towns where they move. “Are they just cutting them loose and saying, ‘Here you go’? Or are they making sure they don’t find themselves in the same situation a year later?” Michelle Tait asked. -New York Post "We were initially seeing a lot of complaints about conditions. Now that the program has been in operation long enough that the SOTA subsidy is expiring, one of our main concerns is it might not be realistic for people to be entirely self-sufficient after that first year," said Jacquelyn Simone, policy analyst at Coalition for the Homeless. According to DHS, 224 SOTA families have returned to NYC shelters. "We suggested that DHS reach out to people as their subsidy runs out to confirm they will be secure and not have to re-enter shelter, but the agency told us they have no plans to do that," said Joshua Goldfein, a legal aid attorney whose firm represents SOTA families who claim they were pressured to move to New Jersey slums. About 56 percent of the families move out-of-state, costing the city an average of $15,600 in annual rent. Thirty-five percent move within city limits with an average rent of $20,500, and 9 percent move elsewhere in New York state, costing approximately $17,900. Homeless individuals and families are eligible for SOTA if they can prove they have been in a New York City shelter for at least 90 days and that their household income is no more than twice what it owes in rent. DHS would not expand on eligibility rules. -New York Post Read the rest of the report here.

https://www.zerohedge.com/health/nyc-secretly-shipping-homeless-people-over-350-cities-including-honolulu-houston 

:: 10-28-19 Dollar Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Welcome To The Third World, Part 30: California Burning In The Dark

by John Rubino ◆ October 28, 2019 2 Comments

Venezuela has suffered through recurring power outages this year, as money for routine maintenance dries up and power plant employees flee the country (and, okay, as the US practices its cyberwar skills on a vulnerable target). Some of the blackouts have lasted as long as a week. Here’s an aerial photo comparing Caracas on a normal night with a “new normal” blackout night. Why open a post on California’s blackouts with Venezuela? Because the latter is not a surprise. A socialist Latin American country is expected to spend a fair bit of time in the dark while its impoverished citizens barter cigarettes for gasoline. Meanwhile we Americans, safe in the belief that our big systems are well-run, can’t imagine ending up in such a self-inflicted mess. And yet…this month Californians are enduring rolling blackouts as the (now bankrupt) local utility tries to avert a repeat of last year’s equipment-failure-caused fires that destroyed entire towns. See Paradise CA “wiped off the map” by fire. And where America’s traditional take on natural disasters is that they happen, we throw the needed resources into rebuilding, and normal life returns — that may not be possible this time:

Massive California blackouts could become way of life (NBC) – As PG&E begins a second round of fire-safety power shutoffs, it warns a third, bigger blackout could be needed as soon as the weekend.

Hundreds of thousands of residents of Northern California whose power will be shut off in the next two days got even worse news Wednesday: Another, even larger, blackout is likely over the weekend.

The state’s largest utility, Pacific Gas and Electric Corp., or PG&E, began shutting off electricity to nearly a half-million people Wednesday afternoon, the second massive blackout in two weeks. It said hot, dry winds and low humidity were creating a high risk of sparks and “rapid wildfire spread” from its long-neglected power lines. The blackouts will eventually spread to parts of 17 counties — including such large communities as Santa Rosa, Sonoma and Napa but not San Francisco or San Jose — at least through Thursday afternoon and through Friday afternoon in other parts of the region, PG&E said.

In the southern part of the state, Southern California Edison began cutting off power to almost 27,000 customers on Thursday and said it was considering shutoffs to almost 400,000 more. The potential coverage area includes such large communities as San Bernardino, Malibu, Irvine, Glendale and Palm Springs but not Los Angeles itself, which is served by a separate power company. Total potential blackouts could exceed 1 million. “Some would say, ‘It’s life.’ But I think it’s not the life we used to have,” John Sikora of Placerville told KCRA. “I think it could easily be changed.” PG&E is in the largest bankruptcy proceeding in U.S. history, threatened by as much as $18 billion in potential liabilities from the role its power lines played in several highly destructive fires that burned hundreds of thousands of acres of Northern California in 2017 and 2018. The company has warned that wide-scale rolling blackouts could be needed for as long as a decade as it races to harden its transmission systems, calling it “a multi-year journey.” “We do think that this is the new normal that we need to be prepared for,” Ari Vanrenen, a spokeswoman for the utility, told NBC News during the blackouts earlier this month. Which brings us back to Venezuela and the rest of what used to be called the Third World, where overpopulation collides with corruption and mismanagement to produce crises that never really end. Their citizens’ lives are hard in ways that middle class American’s can’t imagine. But as the US and the rest of the developed world make basically the same mistakes – overborrowing while moving tens of millions of people to large cities and/or disaster-prone regions like Southern California and the East Coast’s hurricane alley, this same combination of too many crises and not enough wealth is producing a Third World style permanent cut in living standards. What happens next is predictable: Over-indebted governments faced with the need to bail out everyone in sight will create a tidal wave of new currency to keep the chaos at bay, leading to a collapse in those currencies’ value. California, as usual, seems to be leading the way.

https://www.dollarcollapse.com/california-blackouts/

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 10-28-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America Has Officially Gone Insane

by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/28/2019 - 19:20

Authored by Finian Cunningham via The Strategic Culture Foundation,

The low-ball mudslinging and pantomime palaver among America’s political class is like a theater of absurd. Any form of vilification is now acceptable. President Trump and his Twitter rants may have helped set the bar of indecency to an all-time low, but Democrats and Republicans have quickly joined the descent into madness. The sanity test was spectacularly failed recently when former Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton lashed out at her party member Tulsi Gabbard, inferring she was a “Russian asset”. The Hawaii congresswoman, who is vying for a run at the presidency in next year’s elections, was defended by some fellow Democratic politicians. But many Clinton aides and media pundits doubled down on Clinton’s smear campaign, reiterating that Gabbard was “working for the Kremlin”. This bipartisan Russophobia can be traced back decades to the Red Scare paranoia of the Cold War and McCarthyite persecution during the 1950s of suspected Soviet sympathizers in Washington and Hollywood. But for the past three years, since the 2016 election, the Cold War has been crazily enlivened with the “Russiagate scandal” of alleged interference in American political affairs by Moscow. It was the Clinton campaign, establishment media and her intelligence agency supporters that launched that canard against Trump. Despite lack of evidence and credibility as shown by the vacuous Mueller probe earlier this year, the ridiculous Russiagate narrative and its underlying Russophobia still manages to dominate the views of the US political class, as exemplified by how Clinton’s preposterous smearing of Gabbard was given undue media coverage and supportive commentary. Affording trust and respect for such inane paranoia is surely a sign that America has officially gone insane. Another symptom of collective madness is seen when truth and factual evidence are presented, but then the truth-teller is pilloried and the facts are blankly ignored. Tulsi Gabbard told the truth on a recent national TV debate when she said plainly that “the US supports Al Qaeda terrorists”. The incredulous looks from the other Democratic candidates indicated that they are cocooned in a fantasy-world of official American propaganda which claims that US military forces are in Syria and elsewhere to “fight terrorism”. For speaking such unvarnished truth, veteran servicewoman Gabbard was savaged in media reports and commentary for disseminating disinformation and lies. As well as being labelled a “Russian asset”, she is also denounced as an “Assad apologist”. However, this week, two developments demonstrate that Gabbard is correct in her linking of US support to terror groups in Syria and the Middle East more widely. First, we had President Donald Trump announcing approval of $4.5 million in aid to the White Helmets, the so-called rescue group operating in Syria. Trump hailed them as “important and highly valued”. Last year, the president also signed off on $6.8 million of aid to the White Helmets. Despite this group winning an Oscar award for one its propaganda films, the White Helmets have been outed by several investigative reports as a media arm for the Al Qaeda-affiliated Hayat Tahrir al Shams (formerly, Nusra Front) and other Islamic State (ISIS) outfits. The pseudo rescue group only works in the diminished areas that are under the control of the jihadist terror network. The White Helmets are unknown to, or repudiated by, most of the Syrian civilian population. They have been exposed for having mounted false-flag terror attacks with chemical weapons and falsely attributing the attacks to the Syrian Arab Army or allied Russian forces. “They are a complete propaganda construct,” says award-winning journalist John Pilger. For Trump and other Western governments like the British and French to openly support the White Helmets with millions of dollars is irrefutable proof of the official sponsorship by Western powers of the terrorist network in Syria. Of course, that is consistent with the analysis that these same governments have waged a covert criminal war of regime change against Syria. Again, it is only Tulsi Gabbard among American politicians who has explicitly stated this nefarious involvement of Washington in Syria. Yet she is condemned from all sides as a liar and foreign agent. The second development this week indicting US links to terror groups – but which is studiously ignored by the Western media – are credible reports of American military force airlifting Al Qaeda-type jihadists out of northeast Syria.  Russia’s Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu this week confirmed that hundreds of suspected jihadi prisoners had escaped from jails and camps amid the turmoil of the Turkish offensive against Kurdish militia. Syrian state media reports that, “US occupation continues to transport hundreds of Daesh [ISIS] terrorists from Syria to Iraq”. Many of the detained terror suspects were lifted by American transport helicopters from the giant Al Houl camp near Hasaka city and relocated to western Iraq. Rather than handing over these illegal militants to advancing Syrian state forces, the Pentagon seems intent on holding on to its proxy assets. Maybe to fight in a renewed insurgency against Syria or elsewhere that Washington designates for regime-change operation. In separate media reports, US forces are also being relocated from eastern Syria to set up bases in western Iraq. This suggests a concerted consolidation between US military forces and the terror groups which were used to wage the failed war in Syria. Whenever Washington’s political class has descended into name-calling and smearing based on clueless prejudice and paranoia, and whenever the stark truth of America’s criminal war-making is roundly rejected – indeed twisted to demonize truth-tellers like Tulsi Gabbard – then we surely know that the USA now stands for the United States of [Mental] Asylum.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/america-has-officially-gone-insane 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 10-27-19 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Diablo Winds” Are Ferociously Whipping “Out Of Control” Wildfires Across Vast Stretches Of Northern California

October 27, 2019 by Michael Snyder

Why does this keep happening to California year after year? As you read this article, enormous wildfires are ravaging large portions of northern California, and Governor Gavin Newsom has already declared a statewide emergency. An extreme wind event that began on Saturday evening is pushing the fires along at a staggering rate, and when the winds are howling this ferociously it is exceedingly difficult for firefighters to keep the fires from spreading. It was being reported that on Sunday morning there were sustained winds exceeding 90 mph in northern California with “gusts that topped 100 mph”. It was the strongest wind event in several years, and it came at an extremely unfortunate time. These “hurricane-force Diablo winds” will continue into Monday morning, but that doesn’t mean that things will start to get better. As you will see below, another extreme wind event is in the forecast for Tuesday and Wednesday.

The Kincade Fire is the largest of the wildfires, and according to ABC News it has now “grown to 85 square miles”…

California Fire officials say a rapidly moving fire in Northern California wine country has grown to 85 square miles (220 square kilometers) and destroyed 94 buildings.

Cal Fire spokesman Jonathan Cox called the conditions throughout California “a tinderbox” Sunday and asked people to continue being vigilant in helping to prevent fires from breaking out.

That is an absolutely massive wildfire, and the extremely strong winds are picking up embers from the Kincade Fire and starting blazes in new areas.

The following is what Cal Fire Captain Robert Foxworthy told reporters on Sunday morning…

“The wind speeds are extreme…The strongest winds I have felt in my career,” Cal Fire Capt. Robert Foxworthy told KPIX 5 Sunday morning. “They (the winds) are throwing embers a considerable distance in front of the main fire, causing spot fires, creating a real challenge for the crews fighting the fire.” The Kincade Fire was only about 10 percent contained early on Sunday, but thanks to this extreme wind event the level of containment has now fallen to 5 percent. In other words, this fire is completely and utterly out of control. Pacific Gas & Electric is telling us that “nearly 2.7 million people lost electricity” on Sunday, and they are expecting more blackouts in northern California during the week. Could you imagine being in the dark with no electricity and massive wildfires are raging all around you? This is a terrifying time for those living in northern California, and approximately 200,000 are currently under mandatory evacuation orders. According to the Sonoma County Sheriff, nobody can remember another time when there was an evacuation order this large… Approx 180,000 people under evacuation order due to #KincadeFire. This is the largest evacuation that any of us at the Sheriff’s Office can remember. Take care of each other. Sadly, most homeowners in California do not have fire insurance, and so when they lose their homes they may find it exceedingly difficult to rebuild.  And after last year’s horrific fires, some insurance companies decided not to renew coverage for many of those that did actually have fire insurance… After last year’s devastating wildfires, insurance companies are balking at fire coverage policy renewals for more than 350,000 residents in high-risk areas. “We are seeing an increasing trend across California where people at risk of wildfires are being non-renewed by their insurer,” state Insurance Commissioner Ricardo Lara said in a statement.  The California Department of Insurance “has seen cases where homeowners were paying an annual premium of $800-$1,000 but, upon renewal, saw increases to as high as $2,500-$5,000,” a staggering rise of more than 300 percent in most cases. Insurance companies keep making it really hard for us to have a positive view of them. The entire purpose for insuring our homes is so that if disaster strikes we will be able to rebuild. Of course it probably doesn’t make much business sense to keep insuring multi-million dollar homes that are built in the middle of a tinderbox if these sorts of wildfires are just going to keep happening year after year after year. But the truth is that we never used to see fires of such ferocity and intensity year after year. Yes, there have always been wildfires in California, but something has changed. So why is this happening? Why is California being absolutely pummeled by unprecedented fires in recent years? Ultimately, I think that these latest fires will encourage even more people to leave the state, and you certainly can’t blame anyone that wants to leave. The winds that are fueling the rapid growth of these wildfires are expected to die down late on Monday, but then another extreme wind event is coming on Tuesday… On Sunday afternoon, PG&E announced it’s monitoring another extreme-wind event that could trigger yet another power outage Tuesday and Wednesday, the third such blackout in a week and fourth in October. Up to 32 counties in Northern and Central California could be affected. Any way that you want to look at it, this is going to be a very tough week for northern California. This is what Governor Gavin Newsom said about “the next 72 hours” on Saturday… “The next 72 hours will be challenging,” Gov. Gavin Newsom said on Saturday. “I could sugarcoat it, but I will not.” At this moment, there are some portions of northern California that literally look like “hell on Earth”. The devastation caused by these fires is going to be immense, but so far there haven’t been any reported deaths. So that is the good news. But the bad news is that these fires are going to keep happening, and the extreme social decay that is pushing so many people to leave the state is only going to intensify. Yes, the weather is very nice in California in the winter and there are still lots of good jobs, but if I was living in California right now I would be looking to leave as soon as possible.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I can only allow this to happen if this “About the Author” section is included with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. This article may contain opinions on political matters, but it is not intended to promote the candidacy of any particular political candidate. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/diablo-winds-are-ferociously-whipping-out-of-control-wildfires-across-vast-stretches-of-northern-california 

:: 10-28-19 Market Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Celebrities flee L.A. blaze while wine country wildfire threatens 80,000 structures

By Associated Press Published: Oct 28, 2019 9:30 p.m. ET

Fire burns 5 homes near Getty museum, forcees thousands of evacuations

LOS ANGELES — A wildfire swept through the star-studded hills of Los Angeles on Monday, destroying several large homes and forcing LeBron James and thousands of others to flee. Meanwhile, a blaze in Northern California wine country exploded in size. The flames that roared up a steep hillside near the J. Paul Getty Museum in Los Angeles’ Brentwood section illustrated the danger the state faces as high winds batter both ends of California and threaten to turn any spark into a devastating inferno. No deaths from either blaze were reported, but a firefighter was seriously injured in the fire in Sonoma County wine country. Some 2.2 million people lacked electricity after California’s biggest utility, Pacific Gas & Electric PCG, +3.78% , shut it off over the weekend in the northern part of the state to prevent its equipment from sparking blazes during windy weather. PG&E said Monday it has restored service to hundreds of thousands of Northern California customers. Meanwhile, forecasters say winds will whip up again later in the week. PG&E said starting early Tuesday it will begin shutting off power to 605,000 customers — about 1.5 million people — in 29 counties. The company, which was driven into bankruptcy after its equipment ignited several deadly wildfires in recent years, admitted Monday that despite the outages, its power lines may have started two smaller fires over the weekend in the San Francisco Bay Area. PG&E also has said its transmission lines may have been responsible for the Sonoma County fire. That blaze, which broke out last week amid the vineyards and wineries north of San Francisco, doubled in a day to at least 103 square miles, destroying 96 buildings, including at least 40 homes, and threatening 80,000 more structures, authorities said. About 156,000 people were under evacuation orders because of the fire, mostly in and around the city of Santa Rosa. The flames didn’t discriminate. In wine country, farmworkers who toil in the vineyards were among those displaced. In Los Angeles, James and former Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger were driven from their homes. “Man these LA (fires) are no joke,” the Los Angeles Lakers star tweeted, using an emoji for the word “fires.” ‘’Crazy night.” The Hollywood premiere of Schwarzenegger’s “Terminator: Dark Fate” was canceled Monday night. Others who own homes in the evacuation zone include Sen. Kamala Harris, a Democrat running for president, who was not home at the time; Walt Disney Co. DIS, +0.02% CEO Bob Iger; and rapper and producer Dr. Dre. Anxious residents made their way down steep hillsides in the middle of the night in Range Rovers, Teslas and Maseratis. They left behind homes decorated for Halloween — skeletons hanging from homes, goblins sitting on front steps, cobwebs draped over bushes — as a plume of smoke glowed like a giant pumpkin. David Boyle, 78, awoke at 3 a.m. to his doorbell ringing and police officers pounding on the front door. They warned him the wildfire was advancing toward his house near the Getty complex. “They said, ‘You need to evacuate.’ I’m like, ‘When?’ They said, ‘Now,’” Doyle said. He grabbed dog food and his wife’s jewelry and hustled his dogs out the door. They went to a recreation center. “It’s a fact of life when you live in this area,” he said. “Every place has some problem with disasters. People talk about earthquakes here, but I don’t think it’s as bad as hurricane season.” Tens of thousands of people were ordered to clear out as the fire spread to more than 600 acres and burned at least five homes, authorities said. The evacuation area extended west into Pacific Palisades, encompassing some of the most exclusive real estate in California, where celebrities and wealthy professionals live in estates nestled in canyons or on ridgetop retreats that cost tens of millions of dollars but are surrounded by tinder-dry vegetation. Hours after homes had burned, some of the 1,000-plus firefighters battling the flames were hosing down smoldering ruins. Others attacked flare-ups in the brush-covered wilderness around neighborhoods. Helicopters beat the air, and the buzz of chain saws echoed from the canyons. Hills were charred black, and in some places, white ash was all that remained. The fire shut down southbound lanes of Interstate 405, a major commuting corridor and the route to Los Angeles International Airport from the San Fernando Valley. The Getty, with its collection of priceless art, was not threatened, fire officials said. The museum gave assurances that its artworks are protected by state-of-the-art technology. But Mount St. Mary’s University evacuated 450 students from its nearby campus. And the University of California, Los Angeles, canceled classes — not because of any direct threat from the flames but because of disruptions caused by the fire. Similarly in Northern California, some 40 school districts in Sonoma County canceled classes, as did the University of California, Berkeley, which had no power because of the outages. With no rain and more wind in the forecast, the coming days could be grim. “This is when we have the most potential for large and damaging fires,” said Thom Porter, chief of the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection. “All of California is in play right now.” Gov. Gavin Newsom declared a state of emergency over the weekend. The biggest evacuation was in Sonoma County, where some people who packed up and fled had done so two years ago, when devastating wildfires swept through the region, killing 44 people. At an evacuation center at Napa Valley College, 15-year-old Francisco Alvarado said he, two younger brothers and his parents decided to leave their Calistoga home ahead of evacuation orders. Two years ago, the family had to flee in the middle of the night. “I’m pretty mad that we have to keep evacuating,” he said. “I just want to be home. I’m trying to leave here tomorrow. I want to sleep in my bed.”

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/nearly-200000-people-including-lebron-james-evacuated-in-california-wildfires-2019-10-28 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 10-28-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

They ARE The Enemy Of The People - Fake News Media Glorifies Terrorism Because They Hate Trump And His Supporters More Than They Love America

October 28, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Over the weekend, U.S. forces conducted a raid that resulted in the death of Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, leader of the terrorist group ISIS, responsible for thousands of deaths across the middle east. According to multiple reports, and a statement by President Trump, the ISIS leaders ended up blowing himself and three of his own children up to prevent his capture. Normal Americans would be thinking "good riddance to bad rubbish," considering ISIS was known for beheading journalists, killing Christians throughout the middle east and terrorizing entire nations, but the liberal media in America, rather than celebrating the death of a monster, has once again shown their propensity to glorify terrorists and terrorism. WASHINGTON POST CALLS BAGHDADI "AUSTERE RELIGIOUS LEADER"

We'll starts with Washington Post who is being roundly criticized for their multiple edits to their headline in an article regarding the death of the ISIS leader. Make no mistake, this was a self-induced injury for Wapo, as their original headline accurately described Baghdadi as "Islamic State’s 'terrorist-in-chief,'" before changing it to a headline that "sugar coated the terror inflicted by Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi," as reported by USA Today. The new headline called Baghdadi an "austere religious leader." Social media went nuts on them for that change as the Twitter hashtag "#WaPoDeathNotices" immediately started trending with users making up fictional fawning headlines for "death notices" written by Wapo for other monsters, such as Hitler, Nero, Genghis Kahn, Charles Manson, Mussolini and more. In the midst of the brutal backlash against Washington Post, the paper then made a third edit to their headline, which now reads "Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, extremist leader of Islamic State, dies at 48." Had they simply left their original, completely accurate headline alone, Wapo may not have been mocked as badly, although as some have noted the entire obituary was "weird," and "absurd," as they described Baghdadi as a religious scholar, and ended their piece with his call to arms to join ISIS and conquer the west. (Free-speech hating Democrats and 'big tech tyrants' want ANP silenced forever. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) While many might say, "It is one article, one mistake," a look into other liberal establishment media personalities and articles, we see a pattern emerging of not only glorifying Baghdadi, who reigned over a terror group that is known for rape, torture, crucifixions, and outright genocide, but of others attempting to excuse Wapo, such as CNN's Brian Stelter, who tries to claim that example like this are "occasional terrible screwups." The support of a CNN talking head for Wapo's glorification of a terrorist is not all that surprising since CNN itself is full of pundits that have been known to defend domestic terror groups such as Antifa, claiming that their constant violence against those that disagree with their ideology simply shows that "no organization is perfect," as another CNN pundit Chris "Fredo" Cuomo rushes to defend Antifa's attacks against police, journalist and peaceful protesters. BLOOMBERG JOINS WAPO IN THE "FAWN OVER TERRORIST' CLUB As Twitchy noted on Sunday, after Wapo's PR disaster, Bloomberg Politics decided join the "fawn over terrorists" club, with their own piece titled "Who Was Islamic State Leader Abu Bakr Al-Baghdadi?" Their Twitter promotional for their article stated "Islamic State leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi transformed himself from a little-known teacher of Koranic recitation into the self-proclaimed ruler of an entity that covered swaths of Syria and Iraq." Granted the article itself acknowledges that Bagdadi led a group responsible for "mass murder," but neither the headline nor the promotional made it clear to those that read headlines but rarely bother to click over to read entire articles. ANALYSIS - MEDIA HATES TRUMP & SUPPORTERS MORE THAN THEY LOVE AMERICA Pre-Trump, the media was more subtle in their use of their power over information in attempting to transform America from the ideals this nation was founded on, to a more communistic ideology, but once Donald Trump won the presidency, they threw subtle out the window and their hatred for half of America, those that supported President Trump, became blatant and overt.  This whole fiasco on the part of the media regarding Baghdadi, is just a part of the media hating President Trump so much that they would rather glorify a mass murdering terrorist than give appropriate credit to President Trump for authorizing the raid against the ISIS leader. Other examples that have been seen include, but are not limited to; Liberal establishment media constantly downplaying the economic accomplishments during the Trump era; Ignoring the record low unemployment numbers for minority groups in order to portray President Trump as a "racist," as evidenced by the NYT determining that everything moving forward should be reported from a "racial" perspective; Liberal cable news shows allowing guests to compare Trump supporters to rapists, Nazis & racists, etc.... With the amount of fake, incorrect, and inaccurate establishment media articles over the last three years, all of which are anti-Trump, with the "mistakes" never going in the other direction, it has become blatantly clear that for half of Americans, the media has become the "enemy of the people," where truth is secondary to harming the President and his supporters, and where the leftists narrative must be pushed at all costs, with no regard whatsoever as to the "truth" in their reporting. What many of us that have been observing the media over the course of the past three years have noticed, is that the media hates President Trump, far more than they love America and that hatred includes all Trump supporters. BOTTOM LINE

When liberals, Democrats and the media (I know, same thing!) would rather sugar-coat their descriptions of a monster that rapes, tortures, beheads, mass murders Christians, and other horrendous actions, rather than give the President the credit for never wavering on his desire to capture or kill the same said terrorist, it indicates just how much the liberal media not only hates President Trump, but every single Trump supporter. The bottom line reason the media has turned themselves into the "enemy of the people" all comes down to the fact that we refused to let them control us in 2016, and no matter what they have tried, how much they have lied, they still haven't regained the control over the "narrative," the information, nor the minds of those that still support our President. In the video interview below, at around the 7:25 minute mark, Secretary of state Mike Pompeo, addresses the Washington Post scandal, calling the change of their headline "appalling and sick."

http://allnewspipeline.com/Media_Glorifies_Terrorism_They_Hate_America.php 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 10-29-19 ABC News 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Philippines earthquake at magnitude 6.6 leaves at least 1 dead, dozens injured

Tuesday, October 29, 2019 10:27AM AP

DAVAO, Philippines -- A powerful earthquake shook the southern Philippines on Tuesday, killing one person, injuring dozens and sending people dashing out of homes and buildings in a region still recovering from recent strong quakes. The 6.6 magnitude earthquake was caused by movement in a local fault about 7 kilometers (4.3 miles) deep about 25 kilometers northeast of Tulunan town in Cotabato province, the Philippine Institute of Seismology and Volcanology said. The U.S. Geological Survey had the same measurement, adjusted from a preliminary 6.8. The Office of Civil Defense reported a 66-year-old man died from head injuries apparently after being hit by a falling object in South Cotabato province's capital city of Koronadal, where 30 other people were injured as they dashed out of homes, offices and shopping malls as the ground shook. More than a dozen people were injured in M'lang town in Cotabato and Cagayan de Oro province, according to OCD. Several cities and towns suspended classes to allow inspections of school buildings. At least three government and privately owned buildings damaged in another quake earlier this month sustained further damages and remained off limits to the public. The 6.3-magnitude earthquake Oct. 16 killed five people and damaged schools, hospitals, malls and other commercial buildings. In July, two earthquakes hours apart struck a group of sparsely populated islands in the Luzon Strait in the northern Philippines, killing eight people. The Philippines lies in the so-called Pacific "Ring of Fire," an arc of faults around the Pacific Ocean where most of the world's earthquakes occur. A magnitude 7.7 quake killed nearly 2,000 people in the northern Philippines in 1990.

https://abc7news.com/powerful-earthquake-shakes-southern-philippines/5654947/ 

:: 10-21-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Gay Mafia' Launches Vicious & Vulgar Attacks On Conservative Author After His Viral Story Pointed Out Inconvenient Truths

- LGBTQ Is Grooming Children To Turn America Into A Modern Day Sodom And Gomorrah

October 21, 2019 By Don Boys, Ph.D. for All News Pipeline

LGBTQ people are a distinct group who only faintly disguise their hatred of normal people and their hatred was recently revealed in their responses to my article dealing with Pete Buttigieg. My earlier article, “Pete, Since You Brought it Up, How “Gay” Are You?” loosed a plethora of vile comments and repeated vicious phone calls. Almost every critic identified me as a hater. I expected that but the articles from the LGBTQ websites were shocking in their detestation, distortion, and dishonesty. Not one of my critics identified any errors in my assertions dealing with perversion. It is not hate to tell the truth about anything. It is love, not hate, to help break the chains of a dangerous, deranged, diseased, and deadly lifestyle. It is not hate to help one find a life of forgiveness, joy, satisfaction, normalcy, and purpose. It seems my critics and proponents of perversion can’t read, or comprehend, or they have mental problems. Maybe all three. They all sing the same lyrics and same melody—off key. All, without exception, were dissonant, divisive, dark, and dirty. I had scores of attacks and they were all vicious, vulgar, even vile. No one gave me credit for being honest and sincere. No one sought to correct me. No one was kind or thoughtful. Almost all their mothers failed to wash out their mouths with Ivory Soap for dirty talk. Of course, dirty talk comes from a dirty mind. One site attempted to reply but was so incompetent, even I was embarrassed for the writer: “In news both stupid and stupefying, a former Indiana politician has called on Pete Buttigieg to denounce fisting and rimming as part of his political platform….calling on the presidential candidate to disclose more about his sexual practices.” No, I don’t know if Pete and his “husband” practice the disgusting practice of rimming and fisting. I only mentioned that 22% of homosexuals do so and it would help voters decide if they knew his opinion about such disgusting practices. My critic wrote that I insisted that Buttigieg should make clear that “he is not into golden showers. Apparently, Boys doesn’t mind that Donald Trump actually is into the practice according to an MI6 dossier.” However, every honest, sane person in the free world knows the referenced Steel “dossier” was a fabrication commissioned and funded by the Democrat Party and Hillary Clinton’s campaign committee. The Jerry Springer Show had more credibility than Steel.

(If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Nor did I say Buttigieg should admit to golden showers, only that 23% of homosexuals practice such dangerous behavior. Since he was on a roll (of course, one always rolls downhill) he added to his gaffs by saying of me, “In lectures, he has also claimed that if a woman doesn’t scream during rape, a man has done nothing wrong.” He was misquoting another article where I cautioned people to prove all things, not to take anyone’s word that another person has committed a crime; however, non-thinking Progressives maintain that any male or Conservative is guilty until proven innocent. All women are innocent, fair, and honest. I mentioned that the Bible requires a woman to scream if she is being raped. No scream, no rape charges against a man. I did not say or suggest that the man was guiltless, but he could not be prosecuted if she did not resist and scream. My critic got “a man has done nothing wrong” out of thin air. Of course, a man is guilty if he kisses and hugs making sexual advances to a woman; but in this dangerous day, it must be understood that just because a man may be guilty does not mean that a complaining woman may be innocent. That seems to be too nuanced for homosexuals to comprehend. The only thing that was almost right in his article was the headline: “Totally straight Indiana politician Don Boys is obsessed with Pete Buttigieg’s kinks.” For sure, I am “totally straight”; however, I am no longer a politician, am no longer living in Indiana, but I’m not “obsessed” with Pete’s alleged kinky lifestyle. I simply responded to a politician who wants normal people to vote for him, and since he boasted about his “gayness,” voters should know just how “gay” he is. That is not being obsessed but maybe the writer doesn’t know the meaning of “obsessed.”  One thing for sure: his writing would never drive a reader to a dictionary. An article in the LGBTQ Nation yelled “Indiana Republican asks Buttigieg ‘how gay are you?’” in shockingly vulgar diatribe about sex.” It went on: “He also managed to accuse Buttigieg of supporting pedophilia, eating feces, and putting animals in his rectum.” Again, another example of delusion, dishonesty, or simply dumbness. I wrote nothing about Pete supporting pedophilia, eating feces, and putting animals in his rectum. What I did was document that half of homosexuals were seduced by perverts before age 14, 17% of homosexuals admit to rubbing or ingesting feces, and 41% put flashlights, carrots, and at times gerbils in the rectum of a “lover.” Maybe PETA should get involved since this is animal cruelty unless—unless the gerbils gave consent. The writer also charged me with writing, “Buttigieg will therefore die while in office. Obviously, the claim is untrue.” I did not suggest Buttigieg will die in office; I only said that stats prove that homosexuals live 20 fewer years than normal people because of drug use, violent behavior with partners, carrying numerous infectious diseases, alcoholism, and other deadly practices. Right Wing Watch (a far left project of People For the American Way) chastised me suggesting I am on an anti-Buttigieg campaign but provided a link to my blog and article, Why Will No Reporter Ask Mayor Pete these Questions? and that triggered “Christian Bigot: Why Aren’t Reporters Probing Pete Buttigieg’s Sex Life?” by Hemant Mehta. But then, I never called for Pete to answer questions about his sex life but I did ask him to repudiate perverted practices. The writer sarcastically asked, “Where the hell does this guy get his information?” Of course, he is aware of scores of academic and medical studies that support what I have written about homosexuality. Some of them done by homosexuals! I’m smart enough not to make untrue, unproven, or even unfair statements in print or on talk shows knowing my opponents would treat me like fresh meat in a shark tank. He made a statement that is laughable, but isn’t funny, when he said “Christian fundamentalists think about gay sex far more than gay men.” Normal people don’t ever think about such perversion unless one of them gets in their face with his perverted demands. Why is it that homosexuals think anyone wants to know about their sex life? Since Pete has publically talked of how “gay” he is, I simply asked him how “gay” is that. Seems reasonable to me since he mentioned it. I was quoted saying, “Since homosexuals are seven times more likely to use illegal drugs, will Pete repudiate their illegal drug use (to heighten sexual pleasure), and will he demand prosecution for those who use illegal drugs?” Good question but no answer. My critic quoted me again, “Since many homosexuals have a urine and feces fetish bringing them into contact with numerous lethal bugs, will Pete repudiate that unhealthy practice to save lives? And possibly save the health care system from bankruptcy?” Another good question but no answer. Note that I did not ask Pete if he did some of the dangerous, dirty, and dumb things homosexuals do but I asked him to repudiate those deadly practices. The LGBTQ crowd’s defense of perversion is almost as respectable, reasonable, and right as a witch doctor with his bag of chicken bones and hippopotami dung. I have cast enough pearls today. (Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 18 books, the most recent Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning! eBook is available here with the printed edition (and other titles) at www.cstnews.com. Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D ; and visit his blog. Send request to DBoysphd@aol.com for a free subscription to his articles, and click here to support his work with a donation.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/LGBTQ_Mafia_Launch_Vile_Vicious_Hit_Pieces_On_Conservative.php 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 10-28-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Darkness Falls

by Hal Lindsey

A shadow descends over our world. Spiritual in origin, this deepening darkness attacks human minds and thought. It diminishes, then destroys the ability to see things for what they are. Put simply, it inhibits people from thinking straight. We see the process described in the 1st chapter of Romans, beginning at verse 18. The words are both historic and prophetic. Romans 1 does not contain a phrase identifying it as a “last days” scripture. Nevertheless, as we will see, it has great prophetic significance.  

Verses 20 thru 22 show that even pagan people understand basic truths about God, and are responsible for what they know. “…so that they are without excuse. For even though they knew God, they did not honor Him as God, or give thanks; but they became futile in their speculations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing to be wise, they became fools.”

Verse 24 says, “God gave them over in the lusts of their hearts to impurity.” In this judgment, God allows human beings to receive in themselves the things they want. He gives them the very evil for which they lust — along with the deadly consequences. The next verse is especially fascinating given the times in which we live. “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator.” [Romans 1:25] The Greek word translated “creature” — “ktisis” — can also be translated “creation.” Creation-worship at first sounds ancient and pagan. But it’s going on right now. Exalting the creation above the Creator has become the catalyst for massive changes in how the world will soon be governed, taxed, and policed. The environmental movement has begun to rule the world because creation-worship isn’t just ancient and pagan. It is also modern… and still pagan.

Romans 1:26-27 has become controversial because of what it says about homosexuality. Many who call themselves Christian are now trying to discredit all the teachings of the Apostle Paul because of what he wrote in these two verses. Under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, Paul depicted homosexuality as toxic for individuals, but also as a sign of deep moral decay on a societal level.

Romans 1:28 says, “And just as they did not see fit to acknowledge God any longer, God gave them over to a depraved mind.” A “depraved mind” is a mind so perverted it can no longer think in its own best interest. At this hour, many prominent and intelligent people are pushing agendas that amount to societal suicide. That is the depth of darkness now falling on the world.

Civilizations rise.… Moral decay erodes their strength.… And then they fall. Romans 1 explains the phenomenon that has been going on for thousands of years. But it is also specific to the end times, and here’s why. In Matthew 24:37, Jesus said, “For the coming of the Son of Man will be just like the days of Noah.” Scripture depicts the times approaching the return of Jesus as a period when moral decay spreads among all peoples — just as in Noah’s day. Romans 1 explains the reasons and consequences of moral breakdown. Since we know that such a breakdown will become global in the end times, we can look to the 1st chapter of Romans for a picture of the entire world as it nears the end of the age. Here’s what happens. Depravity of mind spreads as more and more people fail to acknowledge God. Spiritual darkness invades human thinking at all levels. To those in that state, the obvious becomes obscure.  Morality is the lens through which we see the world. As that lens grows cloudier and filthier, humanity ceases to see the road signs left for us by the God who loves us — signs essential for secure and meaningful lives. Sadly, this darkness is also spreading within the Church. When they continually compromise with sin, professing believers in Jesus become confused and turned around. Some just want to be liked. Others have been deeply influenced by the entertainment and educational industries. For whatever reasons, there are some from all major Christian denominations who are falling under the mind-shroud of the world’s darkness. But we have the answer! Jesus said, “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” [John 8:32] From those words, we can infer that slavery and bondage await all who reject the ultimate truth. And the ultimate truth is Jesus Himself. In John 14:6, He said, “I am… the truth.” Psalms 119:130 says, “The entrance of Your words gives light; It gives understanding to the simple.” [NKJV] Psalm 19:7 says that God’s word takes the simple and makes them wise. Psalms 107:20 says, “He sent his word, and healed them.” That refers to mental as well as spiritual and physical healing. In John 8:12, Jesus said, “I am the light of the world; he who follows Me shall not walk in the darkness, but shall have the light of life.” The world desperately needs Jesus and the revelation of Him found in the Bible. In times of darkness, the answer is light. And Jesus is the light.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ 

:: 10-28-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mob Brutality

By Hal Lindsey

Senator Ted Cruz made a reservation for himself and his wife at a local Washington, DC restaurant. Someone at the restaurant told an Antifa group called “Smash Racism DC” that he would be there. Protestors gathered an hour before Senator Cruz arrived. They sat covertly in the restaurant’s bar area while they waited. As the Senator and his wife approached their table, Antifa sprung its ambush. They chanted, “We believe survivors!” And they kept on robotically chanting those words throughout their attack. Those words, by the way, are almost meaningless. We all believe those we know to be survivors. But the rest of us have to measure evidence when deciding the validity of accusations. Here’s what the group really means with that chant. “We believe all accusers.” But even that’s not entirely true. They apparently do not believe the accuser of Keith Ellison — the first Muslim elected to the US Congress and Deputy Chair of the Democratic National Committee. The protestors were in the faces of the Senator and his wife. They blocked the way, even as the couple tried to quietly leave the restaurant. But, of course, they shouldn’t have had to leave at all. According to the Washington Post, waiters struggled to get the door open for the couple to leave. “Finally, the waiters got the door open, then slammed it shut again as soon as the Cruzes had walked out into the night. The crowd inside whooped. ‘This is what’ll happen to you if you support Kavanaugh!’ a man warned the other patrons as they passed back through the bar.” Smash Racism DC put out a statement later that night. It ended by saying, “This is a message to Ted Cruz, Brett Kavanaugh, Donald Trump and the rest of the racist, sexist, transphobic, and homophobic right-wing scum: You are not safe. We will find you.” This is a violent threat made by violent people to violent ends. Last year, a man with a similar mindset attacked members of Congress practicing for the annual Congressional Baseball Game for Charity. He shot four people, seriously injuring Steve Scalise of Louisiana. Later, Senator Rand Paul was attacked by a neighbor, and beaten within an inch of his life. He had several broken ribs and a damaged lung. Over time, he developed pneumonia in that lung. His wife, Kelley, wrote, “The average person takes 20,000 breaths a day. Since November 3, my husband, Rand Paul, has not taken a single one without pain. He has not had a single night's sleep uninterrupted by long periods of difficult breathing or excruciating coughing.” In recent days, US Senators have been threatened and accosted in the very halls of the US Capitol. A few days ago, a candidate for the Colorado State Senate was shot at while sitting in her vehicle. In Mexico, Venezuela, Brazil, and other countries, violence has become a significant factor in elections. And now the United States stands oh-so-close to that same terrible reality. Jesus said the last days would be like the days of Noah and Lot. Genesis tells us that Noah’s time was characterized by violence. We often associate the time of Lot with the prevalence of homosexuality. But it wasn’t just that. It was also a time of violent mobs. Pray for America. And don’t forget to pray for Mexico, Venezuela, Brazil, and those other places living under the growing threat of political violence and mob brutality.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-10-2018/ 

:: 10-28-19 The Week :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ISIS spokesman reportedly killed during raid in Syria

October 27, 2019

Islamic State spokesman Abu Hassan al-Muhajir was killed on Sunday during a raid in northern Syria, a Syrian activist and the leader of a Kurdish militia that fought ISIS said. The activist, Hussein Nasser, told The New York Times he spoke to people who said that al-Muhajir was in the back of an oil tanker truck, about to be smuggled out of the country, when the vehicle was hit by what they think was an American airstrike. Mazlum Abdi, the head of the Syrian Democratic Forces, tweeted that al-Muhajir was killed in an operation coordinated between his forces and the U.S. On Saturday, ISIS leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi was killed in a raid in Syria. Terrorism experts believe that al-Muhajir was likely his successor, the Times reports. Abu Hassan al-Muhajir was a nom de guerre, and his actual name and nationality are unknown. His last statement was released in March, when he urged followers to retaliate against mosque attacks in New Zealand, which left 50 dead. U.S. officials could not immediately confirm reports that al-Muhajir has been killed. Catherine Garcia

https://theweek.com/speedreads/874698/isis-spokesman-reportedly-killed-during-raid-syria 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 10-28-19 KABC 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Getty Fire: Firefighters continue efforts to prevent blaze from rekindling

By ABC7.com staff  Updated 6 minutes ago

BRENTWOOD, LOS ANGELES (KABC) -- A day after the Getty Fire erupted long the 405 Freeway near the Getty Center, firefighters are still on guard to prevent the blaze from rekindling ahead of a major Santa Ana wind event Tuesday. Firefighters worked overnight to spray homes in the Brentwood area and other neighborhoods to stamp out any existing embers. Many homes in Brentwood were seen red-tagged, charred and unrecognizable. Fire officials said it's critical to get ahead of the coming Santa Ana wind event, which is expected to arrive in the Southland Tuesday night. Forecasters say this round of wind may be the strongest of the season so far. As of Tuesday morning, the fire had not increased in size at 618 acres and it was estimated at 5% containment. The Getty Fire erupted at 1:30 a.m. Monday along the 405 Freeway in the Sepulveda Pass, prompting the mandatory evacuation of thousands of residential and commercial structures. The blaze destroyed at least eight homes - North Tigertail Road - and damaged multiple structures. MORE: See full list and map of evacuation area, road closures due to the Getty Fire "We know we're going to have a major wind event tonight at about 11 o'clock that's going to last until Thursday. We're doing everything we can to wrap our arms around this fire to be able to prevent a potential of those strong gusty Santa Ana winds, pushing this fire, rekindling a lot of the fire and blowing embers a mile to two miles down range," said Assistant Chief Jaime Moore with Los Angeles Fire. L.A. Mayor Eric Garcetti announced he was signing an emergency declaration to bring more resources to help battle the blaze. During a press conference, Garcetti said the fire was not caused by an encampment or by someone without housing. The mayor said investigators were making "good progress'' in determining the cause. They were looking at multiple possibilities. Monday, LAFD arson investigators along with Los Angeles Department of Water and Power crews were inspecting a power pole along Sepulveda Boulevard in the general area where the blaze started. LAFD Chief Ralph Terrazas confirmed that crews have identified the fire's point of origin just off the 405 Freeway near Sepulveda Boulevard. Investigators were also looking at a broken tree branch with a charred end that was on the ground along Sepulveda just south of the Skirball on the west side. The branch was set aside on the ground surrounded by cones.

https://abc7.com/getty-fire-firefighters-continue-efforts-to-prevent-blaze-from-rekindling/5656015/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-28-19 al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lebanon protesters form human chain across the country

Tens of thousands gather to hold hands across the country on the eleventh day of anti-government protests.

27 Oct 2019

Tens of thousands of Lebanese protesters have formed a human chain running north to south across the entire country to symbolise national unity amid a civil disobedience campaign against the government. Demonstrators on Sunday joined hands from Tripoli to Tyre, a 170-kilometre (105-mile) chain running through the main protest hub in the capital, Beirut, as part of an unprecedented cross-sectarian mobilisation. Reporting from Beirut, Al Jazeera's Stefanie Dekker said the protesters were sending "a strong message to try and keep the pressure on the government" on the eleventh day of anti-government protests. Tension has mounted in recent days between security forces and protesters, who are blocking roads and bringing the country to a standstill to press their demands for a complete overhaul of the political system. Lebanon's reviled political elite has been defending a belated package of economic reforms and appeared willing to reshuffle the government but protesters - who have been in the streets since October 17 - want more. On foot, by bicycle and on motorbikes, demonstrators and volunteers fanned out along the main north-south highway. "All the Lebanese people are together on this day and you're going to see how united we are for this cause," a protester, who was part of the chain, told Al Jazeera. "We want all of them to resign and end the corruption in this country. It's enough," said another demonstrator. 'Defend my Lebanon' The leaderless protest movement, driven mostly by a young generation of men and women born after the 1975-1990 civil war, has even been described by some as the birth of a Lebanese civic identity. "The idea behind this human chain is to show an image of a Lebanon which, from north to south, rejects any sectarian affiliation," Julie Tegho Bou Nassif, one of the organisers, told AFP news agency. "There is no political demand today, we only want to send a message by simply holding hands under the Lebanese flag," the 31-year-old history professor added. Lebanon demonstrations: Anger against political elite grows (3:08) The army has sought to reopen main roads across the country, where schools and banks have been closed for more than a week. In one of the most serious incidents, the army opened fire on Saturday to confront a group of protesters blocking a road in Tripoli, wounding at least six people.

But the unprecedented protest movement has been relatively incident-free, despite tensions with the armed forces and attempts by party loyalists to stage counter-demonstrations. "I'm here to defend my Lebanon from everything," one protester told Al Jazeera. Protesters have been demanding the removal of the entire ruling class. Many of the political heavyweights are former militia leaders seen as representing little beyond their own sectarian or geographical community. The protesters see them as corrupt and incompetent and have so far dismissed measures proposed by the political leadership to quell the protests. They have accused the political elite of desperately attempting to save their jobs and have stuck to their demands for deep, systemic change.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2019/10/lebanon-protesters-form-human-chain-country-191027113442407.html 

:: 10-27-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Syrian Kurdish forces say leaving Turkish border area, Damascus welcomes move

Lisa Barrington, Ellen Francis

BEIRUT (Reuters) - The Kurdish-led Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) said on Sunday it had agreed to withdraw more than 30 km (19 miles) from the Turkish border, an announcement welcomed by Damascus which said Turkey should now end its “aggression” in northeast Syria. Turkey launched its cross-border offensive on Oct. 9 targeting Kurdish YPG forces in northeast Syria after President Donald Trump pulled U.S. troops out of the area. Turkish President Tayyip Erdogan and Russia’s Vladimir Putin then agreed on Oct. 22 that Syrian border guards and Russian military police would clear the border area up to 30 km into Syria of YPG fighters over a six-day period that ends Tuesday. The YPG is the main component of the SDF and is viewed by Ankara as terrorists due to their links to Kurdish insurgents in southeast Turkey. But the SDF has been a key ally of the United States in the fight against Islamic State militants. “The SDF is redeploying to new positions away from the Turkish-Syrian border across northeast Syria in accordance with the terms of the (Erdogan-Putin) agreement in order to stop the bloodshed and to protect the inhabitants of the region from Turkish attacks,” the SDF said in a statement. It urged Russia to help ensure “a constructive dialogue” between the Kurdish-led administration in northeast Syria and the government of President Bashar al-Assad in Damascus. Moscow is Assad’s closest ally and Russian military power has proven decisive in helping him turn the tide of Syria’s eight-year civil war and recover large swathes of territory. The Sochi agreement allows Assad’s forces to return to parts of the northern border with Turkey for the first time in years. “FLAGRANT TURKISH AGGRESSION” The Damascus government welcomes the SDF withdrawal which removes “the main pretext for flagrant Turkish aggression on (Syrian) territory”, Syrian state news agency SANA said, citing a foreign ministry source. The government will help citizens to re-integrate, SANA said, paving “the way for ... a return to Syrian national unity”. Under the Erdogan-Putin agreement, clinched in the Russian Black Sea resort of Sochi, Turkish and Russian forces will start patrolling from Tuesday a section of the Turkish-Syrian border that runs 10 km deep into Syria. On Saturday Erdogan said Turkey would not hesitate to intervene again to clear YPG forces from the border area if Russia failed to fulfill its obligations under the Sochi deal. SANA reported on Sunday clashes between the Syrian army and Turkish forces near to Ras al-Ain, a town in northern Syria on the Turkish border. Turkey did not immediately confirm the clashes. Separately, the defense ministry in Ankara said one member of Turkey’s military had been killed and five others wounded in the Ras al-Ain area on Sunday after a YPG rocket and mortar attack. The military was conducting reconnaissance work and responded in kind to the attack, the ministry said. Additional reporting by Orhan Coskun in Ankara and Ezgi Erkoyun in Istanbul; Writing by Gareth Jones; Editing by David Evans

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-syria-security-turkey/syrian-kurdish-forces-say-leaving-turkish-border-area-damascus-welcomes-move-idUSKBN1X60H3 

:: 10-21-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Man Who Survived Communism Has A Dire Warning For America At A Time When Democrats Are Attempting To Overthrow The 2016 Election & The Will Of The American People

- The 4 Out Of 10 Americans Who Want Socialism Need A History Lesson, Badly!

October 21, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In this October 19th story at the NY Post they report that 4 in 10 Americans now consider some kind of socialism "a good thing for the country as a whole", an 18 percent increase since 1942, according to Gallup. With socialism the 'new rage' among several Democrat presidential candidates with avowed socialist Bernie Sanders leading the way and pushing today's Democrats even further to the left, Senator Rand Paul warns in his new book "The Case Against Socialism" why 'socialism' would make life worse for us all. As this new story over at the Conservative Firing Line points out, the socialist nation of Venezuela has just reached one of the final stages of socialism; no toilet paper to be found with the nation officially advising visitors to bring their own toilet paper with them if they'll be visiting Venezuela. Author Christian K. Caruzo is running a series of articles at Breitbart on his life in Venezuela and in this new story titled "My Socialist Hell: The Death Of Free Speech In Venezuela", Caruzo gives us a taste of what life is like there now, with the Venezuelan people not even allowed to criticize government without taking a chance they'll be going to prison. Imagine an America where we couldn't even criticize President Trump, Hillary Clinton or Barack Obama. And as Caruzo points out, 'free speech' wasn't 'killed' overnight in Venezuela, numerous incremental steps were followed. Just as we've been witnessing with the slow but steady & systematic destruction of the US Constitution. What's happening in Venezuela now should be a huge warning to Americans. From Breitbart. Venezuela’s freedom of speech was mutilated long ago. It wasn’t done overnight but, rather, carried out through a series of incremental steps that led us to this point. When I was young, comedic shows like Radio Rochela existed, in which the politicians were often the center of ridicule and satire. Today, no one would even dare to attempt something like that because the TV channel would be shut down within hours. The left’s inability to make memes aside, they should be grateful that they have the ability to freely mock, satirize, and ridicule public figures without fear of being thrown in jail. If I were to adapt some of the “jokes” they’ve fielded against U.S. President Donald Trump to apply to Hugo Chávez, Nicolás Maduro, or any other high ranking member of the government, then could very well be facing twenty years in prison due to the new “anti-hate speech” law passed by the regime in late 2017. There are people in Venezuela right now that have been arrested for the sole crime of posting something on social media. A group of firemen is facing up to twenty years in prison for comparing Maduro to a donkey in a viral video. The First Amendment is one of the things I admire most out of America — it’s a freedom of speech some of us can only dream of. And while many Democrats push for 'hate speech' to be abolished here in America, as Caruzo pointed out in his story excerpted above, most Democrats in 2019 would be in prison today if 'Venezuela-style hate speech laws' were ever enacted in America, simply for their never-ending hatred of President Donald Trump. (Free-speech hating Democrats and 'big tech tyrants' want ANP silenced forever. So if you like stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this 'Info-war' for America at a time of systematic censorship and corruption.) According to this December of 2016 story over at Richard C. Young's 'The Constitutional Conservative's Retirement & Family Survival Site', we've been watching a slow but steady and systematic dismantlement of the best Constitution in the world for many years now, with this July of 2013 book by Richard McKenzie Neal titled "The New World Order: Manifest Destiny" reporting that enemies of America both within and without would like nothing better than to destroy that which enshrines our God-given Rights in writing. Neal's book warned that 'leftist intellectuals, radical activists and elected government officials have forced us into a Constitutional crisis of the first order' and while many on the left believe we need great changes in America, as we hear from a Russian man who grew up under a socialist/communist system in the 3rd video at the bottom of this story, America under socialism will lead to corruption unimaginable and our nation quickly spiraling into 3rd world living conditions as crooks like Nancy Pelosi rob America blind. Think that the level of corruption we're witnessing now in America is bad? If 'communism/socialism' arrive here, we haven't seen anything yet! And with demon-rats now attempting to overthrow the results of the 2016 election and the 'Will of the American People' via an impeachment coup since their disastrous Russian collusion hoax using Robert Mueller completely failed, we'll take a look at several new stories below that hint grave danger is ahead no matter what happens in the future 'impeachment-wise' but first, from the National Center For Constitutional Studies in a story titled "The Silent Dismantling Of Our Republic". One of the most feared aspects to the Founders in creating a government was the realization that men, who come into power either by force or by election, nearly always seek more and more power until they approach kingly status. Over a period of several decades, and with historical experience as well as their own good thinking, the Founders eventually employed several techniques to minimize the possibility of that happening in their new government. Separation of powers, checks and balances, frequent elections–all these devices were implemented to curb the human tendency to concentrate power in the few.  Return to the Original Source of Power James Madison expressed that, since the people are the original source of authority to govern, they ought to be consulted on a periodic basis as to whom they should delegate some of this authority. Said he: “As the people are the only legitimate fountain of power, and it is from them that the constitutional charter under which the [power of the] several branches of government … is derived, it seems strictly consonant to the republican theory to recur to the same original authority … whenever any one of the departments may commit encroachments on the chartered authorities of the others.” But how often should the people be consulted? “Where annual elections end, tyranny begins”. Which brings us to this must read new story over at American Greatness titled "Who The Hell Do They Think They Are?", referring to 'the establishment' INSANELY believing they have 'the right to rule' us all. With the 'deep state' and VERY CORRUPT democratic party attempting to overthrow the results of the 2016 election via impeachment coup here in America, the fact that 'civil unrest' is erupting all over the world hints that America could very well be next. First, from the American Greatness story.: With William McRaven’s call to oust President Trump—maybe through impeachment, maybe through a coup—the military officer class joins the establishment in claiming a right to rule, regardless of the outcome of elections. Retired Admiral William McRaven devoted the bulk of a New York Times op-ed to appropriating for himself the moral and hence political authority of generations of soldiers and sailors (pointedly, especially the female ones) who have sacrificed for America, for “the good and the right.” Then he gratuitously stated—citing no specifics, as if everyone already knows—that “President Trump seems to believe that all these qualities are unimportant or show weakness.” McRaven concludes, “it is time for a new person in the Oval Office—Republican, Democrat or independent—the sooner, the better.” At the very least, McRaven called for impeachment ahead of an election, or perhaps for a coup, and pretended to do so on the military’s behalf. In fact, his was just one more voice from an establishment that has squandered the public’s trust, senses that it can no longer win elections honestly, and is pulling out all the stops. It pretends to be trying to take down Donald Trump. In fact, it is trying to do something much bigger: Invalidate the votes of the “deplorables” who oppose them. I suggest that the just response from self-respecting Americans to McRaven and others like him is: “Who the hell do you think you are?” Consider the enormity of pretending to speak for past and present uniformed personnel. Given that the overwhelming majority of active-duty and retired armed service members voted for Trump in 2016, and that polls show they are likely to do so again, it’s a patent falsehood to insinuate the rank-and-file’s notion of “the good and the right” matches McRaven’s own. McRaven really does speak for a substantial percentage of senior military officers. Their views are on display nightly on Fox News. It is time for the American people to realize that these, like their counterparts in the intelligence agencies, are no heroes. In fact, as the American Greatness story points out, those working to take down President Trump are doing nothing less than subverting America and those committing sedition and treason against America are pushing the entire country into a very dark hole that we may never be able to climb out of. Those committing sedition and treason against America are also part of the reason Americans are arming up in near-record numbers in 2019 though we'll continue to pray for peace in America in the days ahead. So with the American Greatness story in mind, we ask ANP readers to please call your Congress people if they are in support of impeaching President Trump without due process and ask them "WHO THE HELL DO YOU THINK YOU ARE?!" Doing so politely and non-threateningly is really the key to carrying out such a phone call to your public servants successfully and to ensure that a sudden knock doesn't come upon your door. If you call, please feel more than free to leave a comment at the bottom of this story about how that went! It's time our public servants remember who they are, SERVANTS to the American people, not dictators! According to Fox Nation host Tomi Lahren, a Bernie Sanders presidency or that of any other Democrat/socialist could awaken Americans to a living nightmare on the morning of Wednesday, November 4th of 2020 with 'socialism' often leading to mass starvation and forced obedience to government as we're witnessing now in Venezuela. And while we are absolutely NOT a fan of JP Morgan nor their CEO Jamie Dimon, we'll give credit where credit is due even when we aren't enamored with a guy like Dimon who recently said that capitalism helps deliver "freedom of speech, freedom of religion and freedom of enterprise" while warning socialism and business do NOT go hand in hand! “Governments taking control of assets and companies, they start to use companies for one thing only – keeping themselves in power, using the company’s assets to get votes,” he warned during a discussion with Morgan Stanley CEO James Gorman at the Institute of International Finance’s annual membership meeting. “And these companies erode over time and you do end up with Venezuela" he noted as the country's socialist government has created one of the biggest humanitarian crises in history. The previously mentioned Breitbart story also brings up how quickly socialist governments crack down upon the freedom of the press and even the internet, with what's happening in Venezuela now giving Americans a HUGE warning; should suddenly and without warning the internet go down, and for good, watch out! Newspapers and radio have been subject to censure and closure as well. According to Venezuela’s National Press Workers Syndicate, 115 media outlets were closed between 2013 and 2018. Many newspapers have migrated to a digital format since the government refused to give them supplies (they control the import and distribution of paper). Cellphones stopped being safe a while ago. The government has no qualms about airing recorded conversations between opposition figureheads whenever they want to push a narrative. With all traditional forms of media censored or outright neutered, the internet and social media have taken a pivotal role and they’ve rapidly become the main way for us to be informed (and inform) down here. Of course, the regime has begun to tighten its grasp on this medium, too. So with the globalists once again seeking to create order out of chaos, funding many of the uprisings around the world, we'll close here with this extremely important excerpt from this story by Michael Snyder over at The Most Important News titled "Civil Unrest Is Erupting All Over The World, But Just Wait Until The United States Joins The Party…". All over the globe, the mood is turning sour. Anger and frustration are bubbling over, and protests are becoming violent in major cities all across the planet. In some cases economic pain is driving the protests and in other cases political matters are motivating the protesters, and it has been a very long time since we have seen so many angry protests happening all over the world simultaneously. Unfortunately, many believe that what we have seen so far is just the beginning. Global economic conditions are rapidly deteriorating, and as economic pain intensifies that is only going to make everyone more frustrated. And here in the United States, the drama surrounding the potential impeachment of Donald Trump is going to greatly escalate the political tensions that are already deeply dividing this country. No matter how things turn out, a large percentage of the population is likely to be deeply frustrated with the result, and that could very easily lead to tremendous civil unrest. The impeachment process is bringing a focal point to the deep anger that has been building on both sides of the political spectrum for many years. Now that this process has begun, there is no going back, and both sides believe that there is only one result that will bring justice.

For the left, any result that does remove Donald Trump from office will be a bitter disappointment. The Democrats in the House of Representatives are going to draft articles of impeachment, and they believe that they already have the votes they need to send those articles of impeachment to the U.S. Senate. If the Republican-controlled Senate does not vote to convict Trump and remove him from office, this will greatly upset the left, and could result in an explosion of anger in our city streets. On the other hand, if the Republican-controlled Senate does vote to convict Trump and remove him from office, tens of millions of hardcore Trump supporters are going to be absolutely livid. There would be an explosion of righteous anger on the right, and it would almost certainly spill into our city streets.

Of course it is likely that both sides will start protesting well before there is a final result, but once the final vote in the Senate happens that is when things are likely to get very interesting. The Democrats should have never gone down this road, because one way or another this process is going to tear us apart. If our founders could see us today they would be rolling over in their graves, because this is not what they intended. In the first video below from Fox News, we hear Rand Paul talking with us about his new book "The Case Against Socialism" while in the 2nd video below from Campus Reform, Cabot Phillips explains how socialism will kill the 'American dream'. And in the 3rd and final video below, we hear from Russian Communism survivor Leonid Bergoltsev who warns that we should be very happy in America with capitalism because, while imperfect, the massive death toll from starvation and government corruption that almost always comes along with socialist/communist systems will be far worse than what we have here now in 2019 America.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Rush_Towards_Socialism_Left_Should_Look_At_Venezuela.php 

:: 10-21-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Arizona Trafficking Case Exposes Local and Federal Politicians Tied to Child Trafficking with Ties to Ukraine

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, October 21, 2019 - 13:29.

I was recently watching the media in Arizona cover a story regarding the selling of babies from mothers who were brought from the Marshall Islands by an Arizona public servant. Maricopa County Assessor Paul Petersen was arrested on charges of running an illegal international adoption scheme in three states. Petersen is facing 62 criminal charges for bringing pregnant women from the Marshall Islands to Arizona to give birth and then selling their babies in Utah, Arizona and Arkansas. The women were kept in homes in the East Valley of Phoenix until they gave birth and the babies were sold to would-be-parents. None of the news reports touched upon several critical issues. How does a public servant, making $70,000 per year afford "bondage houses" and transport and delivery servies? How did the mothers get to the United States from the Marshall Islands? Who was paying for the homes that the mothers were staying in until they gave birth? Who was paying for the medical services to deliver these children? Where would this "public servant" find medical staff competent enough to deliver the children, but criminal enough to participate in what they had to know was a massive international crime ring? Further, how did one public servant with a middle income salary pull this off by himself? Paul Peterson, according to the FBI, local authorities and the local media has no accomplices. This story, on its face is not even believable. In fact, what we have here is a Jeffrey Epstein operation which is probably connected to the Clinton Foundation and this case has complete been missed by the CPS of Arizona. But wait it gets worse. Enter Arizona State Senator David Farnsworth. He is investigating 550 children who have gone missing in Arizona. And for his trouble, Farnsworth says he has been threatened by another elected official for "daring" to investigate this heinous activity in Arizona. Before I start connecting dots, and there are a lot of dots to connect, let's take a momentary detour and show Senator Farnsworth just how much danger he is in. Oklahoma and Arizona Share in Missing Children from CPS In the Fall of 2016, in Oklahoma, Seventy-eight children went completely missing, with no explanation. The most frightening aspect of this development is that these children went missing while in custody of the Oklahoma Department of Human Services (DHS). Even the Oklahoma media is asking questions. Millie Carpenter, who holds the position of DHS’s permanency and well-being program administrator, and her cohort, Melissa Jones, a DHS program supervisor, insist that there is nothing wrong and their publicly funded agency has made absolutely no mistakes. No mistakes? There are 78 children, under their care who are missing! Nothing wrong?

Carpenter and Jones insist there is DHS accountability and that all 78 missing children should be considered to be runaways and that they have not been abducted. How would they know since the children are missing? Please allow me to emphasize that these 78 children were under the custody and care of DHS at the time of their disappearance. If these children had disappeared while in the custody of their parents, wouldn’t there be hell to pay regarding parental accountability? Both the authorities and the media should be asking questions about supervision and agency accountability. When these children were not in their tax-supported bed at night, why was nothing done? Presumably, many of these children were removed from their parents by Child Protective Services and placed in DHS custody because their parents were accused of neglect and/or abuse. Isn’t DHS responsible for room and board? Each child is required to be accounted for with regard to state allocations for food and housing! Therefore, can some responsible person of authority, connected to DHS, please explain to me why 78 missing person reports have not been filed? Why weren’t the police notified? If these children were removed from the parents’ home, then a court would have to be involved. As such, the courts should have been immediately notified when the children went missing because a court order was not being complied with. If the missing 78 children in Oklahoma was just a case of gross dereliction of duty by officials such as DHS administrators Carpenter and Jones, then we could fire the incompetent personnel and hire better people who would protect the children. But the fact that these children were not even reported as missing is inexcusable. How do I know that something is terribly wrong? Simple, I used to be a therapist and these types of administrative procedures were part of my training. The facts connected to the handling of these missing children does not add up. If the three stooges are not running Oklahoma’s DHS, then there is something very criminal going on. And the fact that the authorities are not up in arms and conducting a criminal investigation is highly suspicious and suggests further complicity at some official level. There is very good reason to expect a much deeper level of criminal activity related to these children because it has happened before. There was somebody, like Arizona State Senator Farnsworth, who cared enough to look into this matter and found that these "negligent MIA children" are a part of the past practice of Oklahoma's DHS and these kids are sold to child-sex-traffickers. The man who looked into this practice was an Oklahoma State Senator and he was murdered in his home. His name was State Senator Jonathan Nicole. One More Digression to Demonstrate to Senator Farnsworth How Much Danger He's In I was recently asked by a talk show host why MS-13 was being imported into the United States and I replied "When political assassinations are planned, along with media figures and law enforcement offtcers (LEO), the brutal use of MS-13 can lead to a complete destabilization of our society while keeping the CIA and the Clinton Foundation hands clean in this arena. After CSS researcher, Alexandra Daley sent me a list of ten murdered individuals who were connected to child-sex-trafficking rings (some with CPS connections), some facts began to jump our at me as several of the ten murdered individuals were involved in areas of criminality that the cartels/terrorists are deep involved in on this side of the border. However, I must say that these people could have more easily been Arkancided, because in one way or another, each death is related to Hillary. Arkancided is a term reserved for the long list of people who posed a legal threat to the freedom of the Clintons and the continuance of their organized crime activities. Of the ten who were murdered, six of them were directly related to child sex trafficking, related Clinton emails to this effect, and specifically to Comet Pizzagate. Here is a list of people who were close to the Clinton Foundation and child-sex-trafficking allegations. Running parallel to the Clinton Foundation are various child-sex-trafficking allegations connected to various Child Protective Services (CPS). Here is the list of murder victims: Linda Collins-Smith, former Arkansas state senator, died of gunshot wounds and in a bizarre manner, her body was wrapped in blanket. Was this a symbolic gesture for a "coverup".

Jonathan Nicole was a former State Senator, as was Collins-Smith. Specifically, Nicole was an Oklahoma state senator who also died of died of gunshot wound. In a "message killing fashion" a gun found on table near the body. Both State Senators were investigating the connections between their local CPS organizations and disappearing children for the purposes of trafficking them in sex-rings.

Steven Silks, the now deceased New York Deputy allegedly committed suicide by gunshot. He was only a month away from his retirement which makes this "suicide" highly unlikely.. He was one of the few people who have actually seen the horrifying sand graphic details on on Anthony Weiner’s laptop that supposedly made men cry. these are the emails that many believe got Seth Rich murdered. These are the 33,000 emails that the Clintons', the Deep State and Obama appointed Democratic judges have worked so hard to cover up as they block the release to the public.

Joseph Calabrese, an NYPD homicide detective committed suicide with his on gunshot as he was another who had seen the infamous the Pizza Grate related Anthony Weiner’s laptop

Herb Sandler was another "Pizzagater" tied to the infamous Comet Pizzagate and the Podesta emails that have largely been kept out of the public eye.

Tony Rodham, was the most notable member of this tragic list, is none other than Hillary Clinton’s Brother. In a very bizarre twist of fate, the cause of death is not being released. Was it a heart attack, a gunshot, was he tortured to death, or something like what happened to Justice Scalia? I cannot remember high profile death where the cause of death was not at least vaguely referred to with regard to the cause of death. Senator Farnsworth better watch out, he is on very dangerous ground. I will come back to Farnsworth later. But first, it is important to note that I have been down this road before.

Even State Department Employees Are Not Immune From Attack

In 2015, Monika Wesolowski, a State Department employee with a security clearance, believes that she was politically targeted and this led to the seizure of her son. My investigation in this matter has revealed an acquaintance of Monika, who lived in her building and their children played together, was likely met with foul play, because he was about to blow the whistle on government connected child sex trafficking. This lends credence to Monika's belief of being targeted for what someone thought she knew about child sex trafficking and elements of the U.S. government. Somebody thinks that Monika knew more than she does because at the same time, this federal employee with no outside income was targeted by the IRS for an audit and the State Department began to drug test her. The operating hypothesis is based on the notion that this child abduction strategy was adopted in order to (use your imagination) keep Monika quiet. When she contacted me, the opposite happened. Monika firmly believes that her son Dylan would be sex trafficked by now if it were not for the intervention of the CSS. When Dylan was removed from his mother's custody, he was illegally placed with two gay men who openly joked about how "sexy" the boy was. Monika had irrefutable proof that the boy was being abused and about to be trafficked. I was able to expose this on a very public stage and Virginia officials were forced to remove the boy from the sutation. Many connected to the Weslowski case will openly state that the only reason that Monika is alive today is because fo the attention called to her case by the intense coverage of the CSS. Back to Arizona Farnsworth filed a report with the Depart of Public Safety (DPS). He went as far as to call the police because he reported that fellow State Senator Kate Brophy McGee threatened him if he did not stop investigating the ciphoning off of Arizona foster children to a global sex-trafficking ring and this, in part is exactly what the Peterson case is about. Many people I have spoken with speaks about a man named McKay who was appointed by Arizona Governor Doug Ducey to clean up the mess at CPS. Instead, McKay ordered agents to seize more children and even more kids disappeared. The Phoenix New Times talks about how Ducey has changed his name from Roscoe to Ducey, to conceal his family's organized crime background from Ohio. What's interesting is that Ducey appointed Peterson to his present Speaking of the Phoenix New Times, they once ran a story on the late John McCain. They traced how when he was a POW in Vietnam, his first wife was disfigured from an automobile crash. McCain divorced her and married Cindy Hensley (McCain). The New Times went on to expose that the Hensley family was an organized crime family with a history dating back to bootlegging during Prohibilition. It was their money that funded the political rise of John McCain. Governor Doug Ducey was once an employee of the Hensley business, Hmmm, I would have to be a dedicated conincdence theorist to not see these connections. The person who Farnsworth alleges threatened him, Kate Brophy McGee is on the Legislative committee overseeing CPS activities. What a coincidence! Here is another set of coincidences. McKay is not only tied to Ducey (ie friends), he is also associated with ex-senator Jeff Flake, the late John McCain and amazingly, Mitt Romney in their "never-Trumper movement and Romney is someone who I have implicated for his subtle threats against of President Trump. In fact, all of these men are tied together by Urkranian business interests according to one anonymous source. This explains a a lot because this also brings the Bidens into the equation by association as well as Nancy Pelosi's son. These events are currently under investigation by the CSS and others as I have learned. These Ukranian associations, I am told, go a lot further than illicit energy deals and get directly into the realm of child-sex-trafficking.  Trump has made the stopping of this practice aprioity and this explains the wrath from this group that he is feeling. From the comments made by Tulsi Gabbard to Hillary Clinton, I believe that it is highly likely that Gabbard has this same information that is just coming to light. There is no question that the Arizona CPS fiasco is an Epstein operation and many of Arizona's politicians, in key positions, are complicit. This is an ongoing story and more will be forthcoming. These associations explain a lot about the Ukrainian impeachment fiasco. The Democrats are masters at accusing others of what it is there guilty of. For example, the Russian-Collusion-Delusion, I believe the evidence speaks to this, was about covering up the Clinton Foundation's Uranium One fiasco of selling highly enriched uranium to the Russians and this deal involved Robert Mueller as I conclusively proved in July of 2017. Now, we have Trump attacked for the Ukraine fiasco and beneath it all are the child-sex trafficking exploints of key Arizona politicians, both past and present and the Peterson case highlights these connections. Conclusion

History shows that both Peterson and Senator Farnsworth are in a great deal of danger. Peterson will undoubtedly be Arkancided in prison so he can't make a deal for a lighter sentence. Over in California, Ed Buck will suffer a similar fate. Senator Farnsworth, like Collins-Smnith, runs the risk of being assassination by the drug cartels (ie MS-13) for daring to expose this area of corruption. To the unaware, I just exposed for you why the borders are left open by members of both political parties. Oh, did I mention that an Attorney General from the Marshall Islands was just found shot to death? Of course, this would have nothing to do with the Peterson case. I have had my own dealings with these unscrupulous people and lived to tell about it. That story will be published this morning on this site and it is entitled, Huge Secrets in Maricopa County.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/arizona-trafficking-case-exposes-local-and-federal-politicians-tied-child-trafficking-ties-ukraine 

:: 10-21-19 Armageddon news Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If they’ve been paying attention, Americans have received some rude wake-up calls in recent years. The country is a lot more corrupt than Americans realized

grekalbert Alternative 21st Oct 2019 5 Minutes

Philosophy begins with invariably difficult questions. Why am I here? What is the purpose of life? Is there a God or Gods? What is right and what is wrong? How should groups of people be organized and function together? Ironically, when such questions are infrequently asked, when philosophy is generally ignored or disparaged, as it is now, is when it’s needed the most. Political philosophy is the branch that addresses the question of how coercive power is to be distributed in a society. It’s a knotty issue, but one question provides clarification, enabling further analysis and leading to useful conclusions. Who owns a political unit’s resources? This question differentiates between governments that protect individual rights and property and those that don’t. It also highlights a key problem: on planet earth, every government falls into the latter category. The United States’ founding documents pay tribute to individual rights and private properly. Some of the founders may have thought they were establishing a government subordinated to protection of individual rights, which would have been an historical first. However, none thought such a government would be easy to maintain, and their fears were borne out. The US government places prominently on the inglorious list of governments claiming ownership over everything within their dominion, defined as any place where they can exercise their coercive power. To those who say the institution of inviolate private property still exists in the US, what asset can the US government not seize? The income tax gives it first claim on income. No real estate is exempt from eminent domain. Intellectual property claims are at the sufferance of the patent, trademark, and copyright authorities. Financial assets held within the banking system can be “bailed in,” and plans are afoot to ban cash. The already extensive range of assets subjected to civil asset forfeiture continues to expand. More ominously, assets can be seized from parties never adjudicated guilty. Conscription grants to the government the lives of the conscripted. The US government is no exception to the general rule, nothing is inviolate expect perhaps a person’s thoughts, and undoubtedly it’s working on that. Individuals who assert the right to initiate aggression against whomever they choose are philosophically unhinged, candidates for an asylum or a penitentiary. Rejecting the first principle that must guide human interaction—that no one may rightfully initiate force against another person—such individuals have no rational foundation for their thoughts or actions. The “garbage in” of their philosophical premises produces “garbage out” emotional states, mental processes, and ultimately, lives. Having abandoned reason for coercion and violence, reality becomes a chaotic, incomprehensible void. Government’s’ coercive power allow them to take: might makes right. A philosophy that recognized a right of some individuals to steal from others fails on first principles; there is no logical distinction possible between the privileged and the subjugated. Does the aggregation of individuals into a unit which calling itself a government give them a right which none of them have individually? One could say that the aggregate was for the protection of its constituents’ persons, property, and rights, but a government so limited is acting as their constituents’ subordinate agent, exercising and enhancing their right of self-defense. Efforts have been made, notably the American experiment, but no government has ever been restricted in this manner. No matter its guiding “ism,” every government has granted itself the power to initiate violence against its citizens. Just because the ruling agglomerate asserts this privilege doesn’t render it philosophically valid. What it does is legitimate the initiation of violence for any and all causes—domestic and foreign—the government deems proper. Having violated the first principle of nonaggression, nothing can stop that philosophical default from trickling down to the subject population. The ragged thief who holds up a liquor store lacks the polish and articulation of the politician who asserts the government’s first claim on a nation’s production, the central banker who depreciates its currency, or the general bent on global dominance who wages offensive wars, but philosophically they’re soulmates. In fact, the thief has a moral one up on the others: he doesn’t claim to be protecting the values he destroys. Two years ago in 2017, millions have decried the violence that prevented Milo Yiannopoulos from speaking at the University of California at Berkeley, just as millions on the other side decried mostly illusory violence among Trump supporters during the campaign. However, not one in a thousand of those denouncing the violence as violations of fundamental civil liberties denounce the daily violations of fundamental liberties visited upon them by their own government. America’s corruption is so complete that those who insist that they are not fodder for the government, that their lives are their own, and that the only proper government is one subordinated to the protection of their individual rights—and maintain positions consistent with those principles—could hold a convention and not fill a high-school gym. This small group is the victim of a terrifying pincer movement from above and below. When a society abandons itself to violence, “legal” and otherwise, it abandons itself to mindless irrationality driven by hate and antipathy towards every positive value. Violence is not a means to any end other than destruction and death; violence itself is the end. Humanity has been fed the same tripe for centuries: noble ends justify evil means. Violation of the first principle—the stricture against initiated aggression—bars consideration of the purported ends. A “discussion” with a gun is no discussion. Violence exercised in self-defense protects positive values, but when violence is initiated, destruction, death, and the depraved pleasure of loathsome minds are its only ends. An individual who claims by word or deed the right to initiate violence—and the consequent rights to subjugate, injure, and kill—is a rabid, deranged, and dangerous animal. A government that asserts that right is a pack. In self-defense, the virtuous, if they are to protect their liberty, rights, and lives, must quarantine or kill the rabid. A necessary corollary of the stricture against initiated aggression is that we have the right to use all means necessary to defend ourselves from it—with pity, perhaps, but no remorse. The chaos, the terror, of our deteriorating world is a true and faithful reflection of souls abandoned to hate. The free mind and its methods—intrepid curiosity, truth, and logic—stand as their ultimate enemy. If those who would oppose this destruction and death abandon their souls, they become the mindless evil they opposed. Those who defend their rights, values, and lives without surrendering their morality will rebuild from the rubble the kind of world in which they deserve to live. They will do so unobstructed—hate inevitably leads to its own destruction. https://armageddon.news.blog/2019/10/21/the-us-government-can-exercise-their-coercive-power/ 

:: 10-16-19 theconservativetreehouse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

← President Trump Hosts Italian-American Reception at White House…

Thursday October 17th – Open Thread →

A CALL TO ACTION: “Stand” – We Will Remember The 129 Republicans Who Refused to Stand With President Trump…

Posted on October 16, 2019 by sundance

When we see that justice is measured, not by due process, but by compulsion; when we see that in order to invoke our right to due process, we need to obtain permission from those who rebuke the constitution; when we see that justice is determined by those who leverage, not in law, but in politics; when we see that representatives get power over individual liberty by graft and by scheme, and our representatives don’t protect us against them, but protect them against us; when we see corruption holding influence and individual liberty so easily dispatched and nullified; we may well know that our freedom too is soon to perish…. CTH is often criticized for being too accurate outlining the schemes, and not putting enough emphasis on what actions can be done -by ordinary Americans- to counteract the duplicity and corruption amid DC politicians. Well, last month we outlined exactly what YOU can do when we wrote “STAND“. It is the responsibility of each of us to stand, defiantly if needed, and support a President who is waging a battle against multiple adversaries on our behalf. “Stand” means be visible. “Stand” means let your voice be heard. “Stand” means telling your republican representatives what your expectations are. They represent us; WE are the people. Why is this important? Well, today 129 Republican House members spat upon our President as he works tirelessly to defend out interests and put America First. 129 Republican House representatives voted against the one Republican who is doing everything he possibly can to fulfill the expectations of those who elected him to office. 129 back-stabbing cowards, voted to condemn President Trump for withdrawing the U.S. military from Syria; the same military engagement those same spineless cowards in the House would not vote to authorize. Those 129 Republicans should be shamed. It is important to note the entire Republican leadership in the House voted against President Trump. “The Entire Republican Leadership” team. All.of.them…. While the democrats are trying to impeach him. Think about it. Do not look away from the names. You can find the ROLL CALL VOTE HERE. Absorb the anger as fuel to empower you to contact them and let your voice be heard. It might be difficult to accept that: Doug Collins, Devin Nunes, Liz Cheney, Kevin McCarthy, Mike McCaul, John Ratcliffe, Steve Scalise, and Lee Zeldin all voted to spit in the face of our president…. BUT THEY DID. So what are you going to do about it? There were decent Republicans who stood with our president. Sixty of them to be exact. Including: Mark Meadows, Jim Jordan, Louie Gohmert, Andy Biggs and fifty-six more who stood shoulder-to-shoulder with patriots and with our President. They too should be contacted with words of appreciation and praise. However, the 129 scheming, back-stabbing cowards who call themselves representatives and yet voted against the will of We The People who elected President Trump… well, those lying war-mongering creatures of the deep swamp, they should hear our voices loudest. “Stand“? Your decision. As we bear witness, anyone trying to convince us this entire assembly of our union is headed in the right direction, well, they might want to revisit their proximity to the 2020 election ballpark. Because they’re not just out of the city – they’re also out of the same state the election ballpark is located in….. Then again, the media know that.

David Mamet had a famous saying, essentially: …‘in order for democrats, liberals, progressives et al to continue their illogical belief systems they have to pretend not to know a lot of things’… By pretending ‘not to know’ there is no guilt, no actual connection to conscience. Denial of truth allows easier trespass. This hate-filled Democrat ideology relies on our willingness to accept their lies, falsehoods, and scripted presentations; and then demands we grant benefit amid their seeds of doubt. There’s a level of anger far deeper and more consequential than expressed rage or visible behavior, it’s called Cold Anger. Cold Anger does not need to go to violence. For those who carry it, no conversation is needed when we meet. You cannot poll or measure it; specifically because most who carry it avoid discussion… And that decision has nothing whatsoever to do with any form of correctness. We watched the passage of Obamacare at 1:38am on the day before Christmas Eve in 2009. We watched the Senate, then the House attempt passing Amnesty in 2014. We know exactly how it passed, and we know exactly why it passed. We don’t need to stand around talking about it…. We know what lies hidden behind “cloture” and the UniParty schemes. We watched the 2009 $900+ billion Stimulus Bill being spent each year, every year, for seven consecutive years. Omnibus, Porkulous, QE1, QE2, Bailouts, Crony-Capitalism. We know exactly how this works, and we know exactly why this ruse is maintained. We don’t need to stand around talking about it…. We’re beyond talking. We accept that the entire Senate voted to block President Trump’s ability to use recess appointments in 2017, and 2018, and 2019. Every.Single.Democrat.And.Republican. Cold Anger absorbs betrayal silently, often prudently.

We’ve waited each year, every year, for ten years, to see a federal budget, only to be given another Omnibus spending bill by “CONservative” politicians. We’ve watched the ridiculing of cops, the riots, and the lack of support for laws, or their enforcement. We’ve been absorbing all that. We’ve been exposed to violence upon us by paid operatives of the organized DNC machine. We know; the media trying to hide it doesn’t change our level of information. Cold Anger is not hatred, it is far more purposeful. We watched in 2012 as the Democrat party thrice denied God during their convention. The doors to evil enterprise opened by official proclamation and request. Cold Anger takes notice of the liars, even from a great distance – seemingly invisible to the mob. Cold Anger will still hold open the door for the riot goer. Mannerly. We’ve watched our borders being intentionally unsecured. We’ve watched Islamic Terrorists slaughter Americans as our politicians proclaim their uncertainty of motive. We know exactly who they are, and why they are doing it. We do not need to stand around discussing it…. we’re clear eyed. Cold Anger evidenced is more severe because it is more strategic, and more purposeful. Eric Cantor’s defeat, Matt Bevin’s victory, Brexit, Donald Trump’s highest vote tally in the history of presidential primaries or President Trump’s victory might aide your understanding. Cold Anger does not gloat; it absorbs consistent vilification and ridicule as fuel. This sensibility does not want to exist, it is forced to exist in otherwise unwilling hosts – we also refuse to be destabilized by it. Transgender bathrooms are more important than border security. Illicit trade schemes, employment and the standard of living in Vietnam and Southeast Asia are more important to Wall Street and DC lobbyists, than the financial security of Youngstown Ohio. We get it. We understand. We didn’t create that reality, we are simply responding to it. The intelligence apparatus of our nation was weaponized against our candidate by those who controlled the levers of government. Now, with sanctimonious declarations they dismiss accountability. Deliberate intent and prudence ensures we avoid failure. The course, is thoughtful vigilance; it is a strategy devoid of emotion. The media can call us anything they want, it really doesn’t matter…. we’re far beyond the place where labels matter. Foolishness and betrayal of our nation have served to reveal dangers within our present condition. Misplaced corrective action, regardless of intent, is neither safe nor wise. We know exactly who Donald Trump is, and we also know what he is not. He is exactly what we need at this moment. He is a necessary glorious bastard. He is our weapon. Cold Anger is not driven to act in spite of itself; it drives a reckoning. When the well attired leave the checkout line carrying steaks and shrimp using an EBT card, the door is still held open; yet notations necessarily embed. When the U.S. flags lay gleefully undefended, they do not lay unnoticed. When the stars and stripes are controversial, yet a foreign flag is honored – we are paying attention. When millionaire football players kneel down rather than honor our fallen soldiers and stand proud of our country, we see that. Check the NFL TV ratings – take note.

When a school community cannot openly pray, it does not mean the prayerful were absent. When a liar seems to win, it is not without observation. Many – more than the minority would like to admit – know the difference between science, clocks and political agendas. Cold Anger perceives deception the way the long-term battered absorb a blow in the hours prior to the pre-planned exit; with purpose. A shield, or cry of micro-aggression will provide no benefit, nor quarter. Delicate sensibilities are dispatched like a feather in a hurricane. We are patient, but also purposeful. Pushed far enough, decisions are reached. […] On the drive to and from the East Coast, I paid attention to the billboards and bumper-stickers. Folks, the people in “Fly over” country are PISSED, from the guy that guides hunters, to the mayors of towns and cities, to state senators congressmen and Governors who are voting to arrest and imprison federal law enforcement officials for enforcing federal gun laws that don’t agree with state law … The political pendulum has never, in the history of humanity, stayed on one side of a swing. The back lash from over reach has always been proportionate to how far off center it went before coming back … right now we’re staring at a whole hell of a lot of the country (about 80-90% of the land mass, as well as about 50+% of the population) that is FED UP. You really don’t want those guys to decide that the only way to fix it is to burn it down and start over… (more) It’s too late… This man has faced opposition that would overwhelm any other President. Our chosen President is constantly attacked by those holding a corrupt, conniving and Godless leftist ideology. It is our job now to stand with him, firm on his behalf. To respond we must engage as an insurgency. We must modify our disposition to think like an insurgent. Insurgencies have nothing to lose. If insurgents are not victorious the system, which controls the dynamic, wins. However, if insurgents do nothing, the same system, which controls the dynamic, also wins. Do nothing and we lose. Go to the mattresses, and we might win. The choice is ours. Right now, through November 2020, every day is Saint Crispins day. If we are mark’d to die, we are enow

To do our country loss; and if to live,

The fewer men, the greater share of honour.

God’s will! I pray thee, wish not one man more.

By Jove, I am not covetous for gold,

Nor care I who doth feed upon my cost;

It yearns me not if men my garments wear;

Such outward things dwell not in my desires.

But if it be a sin to covet honour,

I am the most offending soul alive.

No, faith, my coz, wish not a man from England.

God’s peace! I would not lose so great an honour

As one man more methinks would share from me

For the best hope I have. O, do not wish one more!

Rather proclaim it, Westmoreland, through my host,

That he which hath no stomach to this fight,

Let him depart; his passport shall be made,

And crowns for convoy put into his purse;

We would not die in that man’s company

That fears his fellowship to die with us.

This day is call’d the feast of Crispian.

He that outlives this day, and comes safe home,

Will stand a tip-toe when this day is nam’d,

And rouse him at the name of Crispian.

He that shall live this day, and see old age,

Will yearly on the vigil feast his neighbours,

And say ‘To-morrow is Saint Crispian.’

Then will he strip his sleeve and show his scars,

And say ‘These wounds I had on Crispian’s day.’

Old men forget; yet all shall be forgot,

But he’ll remember, with advantages,

What feats he did that day. Then shall our names,

Familiar in his mouth as household words-

Harry the King, Bedford and Exeter,

Warwick and Talbot, Salisbury and Gloucester-

Be in their flowing cups freshly rememb’red.

This story shall the good man teach his son;

And Crispin Crispian shall ne’er go by,

From this day to the ending of the world,

But we in it shall be remembered-

We few, we happy few, we band of brothers;

For he to-day that sheds his blood with me

Shall be my brother; be he ne’er so vile,

This day shall gentle his condition;

And gentlemen in England now-a-bed

Shall think themselves accurs’d they were not here,

And hold their manhoods cheap whiles any speaks

That fought with us upon Saint Crispin’s day.

The awakened American middle-class insurgency, led by Donald Trump, is an existential threat to the professional political class and every entity who lives in/around the professional political class. Their entire political apparatus is threatened by our insurgency. The political industry, all of corrupt governance, is threatened by our support through Donald Trump. Decision time. You know why the entire apparatus is united against President Trump. You know why the corrupt Wall Street financial apparatus is united against President Trump. You know why every institutional department, every lobbyist, every K-Street dweller, every career legislative member, staffer, and the various downstream economic benefactors, including the corporate media, all of it – all the above, are united against Donald Trump. Donald Trump is an existential threat to the existence of a corrupt DC system we have exposed to his disinfecting sunlight. Donald Trump is the existential threat to every entity who benefits from that corrupt and vile system. Global elites now stand with jaw-agape in horror as they witness the result. The value of multi-billion dollar contracts dispatched at our leisure. Trillion dollar multi-national trade deals, full of scheme and graft, left nothing more than tenuous propositions smashed asunder from the mere sound of our approach. The fundamental construct within decades of their united global efforts to tear at the very fabric of our U.S.A is being eliminated. They too have nothing to lose; their desperation becomes visible within their apoplexy; and they’re damn sure displaying it.

Do not look away. Throw aside the sense of discomfort and bear witness to the evil we oppose. Do not turn your eyes from the hatred focused in our direction. Stand firm amid the solace of our number and resolve to the task at hand. Those who oppose our efforts are merely vile parasites quivering as they stare into the Cold Anger furnace of righteousness. Who fuels that furnace? …..US !

https://theconservativetreehouse.com/2019/10/16/a-call-to-action-stand-we-will-remember-the-129-republicans-who-refused-to-stand-with-president-trump/#more-173897 

:: 10-21-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BRITISH MUSLIMS demand removal of BBC Documentary on rampant sex trafficking by Islamic clerics in Iraq

October 21, 2019 by BareNakedIslam

To its credit, the BBC recently aired a TV documentary entitled “Undercover with the Clerics: Iraq’s Secret Sex Trade.” The program focused on Iraqi religious leaders who are turning young Muslim women and girls into prostitutes, convincing them to practice “nikah mut’ah” (as little as 1-hour pleasure/temporary so-called “marriages” which makes it legal according to the prophet Mohammed). British Muslims posted a change.org petition demanding that the BBC remove the documentary, claiming that it is disrespectful to Shia Muslims and that it will spread Islamophobia. See the documentary preview here: Iraqi girls as young as 9 years old are being “sold” for one-hour-long temporary ‘pleasure marriages’ under Islamic law You can see the full documentary here: https://ulozto.net/hledej?q=iraq+underage

https://barenakedislam.com/2019/10/21/british-muslims-demand-removal-of-bbc-documentary-on-rampant-sex-trafficking-by-islamic-clerics-in-iraq/ 

:: 10-21-19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The ghastly, ghoulish practices of Planned Parenthood

Michael Brown: For many on the radical left, abortion is not just a right -- it is a rite

By Michael Brown Published October 21, 2019 at 6:57pm

Truth is not only stranger than fiction. Truth is also more disturbing than fiction. Nowhere is this more apparent than in the abortion industry, where baby parts are meticulously collected and systemically labeled for immediate, profitable sale. Not only so, but all this takes place without the knowledge of the mother, who recovers in a waiting room nearby. And, if the reports are accurate, some of the slicing and dicing is done while the baby is still alive. Did I say that truth is more disturbing than fiction? For the last 11 years, I have been doing live, daily radio broadcasts five days a week, taking calls, tackling controversies and interviewing guests. And it is exceedingly rare that the words of a guest or caller are so troubling that I am literally moved to tears. But that is exactly what happened when I interviewed Mat Staver, founder and chairman of Liberty Counsel, a Christian legal organization that is now defending Sandra Merritt against Planned Parenthood. Merritt is described as "a courageous pro-life grandmother who exposed Planned Parenthood's horrific trade in baby body parts." Together with David Daleiden, founder of the Center for Medical Progress, Merritt recorded secret videos of Planned Parenthood leaders and workers discussing the sale of baby parts for profit, creating shockwaves for the abortion giant. Now, as the trial proceeds, shocking, heartrending testimonies are being heard. On my show, Staver referred to "amazing situations" where Planned Parenthood clinics "were taking babies and intentionally aborting them so they could harvest intact organs, some of which were born alive while the hearts were still beating. Hearts were being removed while they were still alive."  He continued, "Brains were being removed while the hearts were still beating, and we have evidence where they sliced the baby's face in two with a scalpel and then extracted the brain while the baby was still alive." Who can imagine such things? Who would even envision them in a work of fiction? Yet, according to Staver, these are 100 percent, accurate accounts. And the motivating force behind these allegations is greed. Let that sink in for a moment. For good reason Staver spoke of Planned Parenthood's "inhumane, unthinkable, unspeakable acts." Yet Planned Parenthood was not alone in its savaging of the unborn. According to Staver, companies like Stem Express had full menus on their website where you could make customized choices when ordering your baby parts. He explained, "You could actually go on the website and select … that you wanted a certain heart at a certain gestation at a certain size, intact. Then Stem Express would take that to Planned Parenthood that day. They would fulfill that order from those babies that were brought in, never telling the parent, the mom, what was happening with her child in the room next door." Staver was not exaggerating when he stated that if he described such procedures without revealing the age of the victim, we would think this was coming from Nazi Germany. Precisely so. A recent report on the Liberty Counsel website carried the headline, "Selling Baby Scalps," stating that, "A former board director for the Center for Medical Progress testified during the civil trial in the San Francisco Federal District Court that the scalps of babies provided by the abortion industry are being harvested for research in treating baldness." Yes, selling baby scalps for treating baldness. The mind boggles when trying to comprehend such cruel, cold and calculated barbarity. Yet we dare not close our eyes or stick our heads in the sand. All this is happening on our watch. In my new book, "Jezebel's War with America," I document the clear connection between radical feminism, witchcraft and the militant pro-abortion movement. (Yes, I actually document this.)

I also compare the horrific, ancient practice of child sacrifice with late-term and partial-birth abortion procedures. Perhaps this doesn't sound so extreme to you after hearing some of Staver's testimony.

Ironically, after Pastor Robert Jeffress made a similar comparison during a recent radio interview, referencing Moloch, the ancient god of child sacrifice, leftists responded with sarcastic glee. One tweeted, "ALL HAIL MOLOCH HIS WILL BE DONE." Another wrote, "DON'T MESS WITH OUR GOD, MOLOCH."

Yet what they posted in jest is not without truth. That's because, for many of those on the radical left, abortion is not just a right. It is a rite, a venerated rite, a sacred rite. "Do not mess with our right to abort!" Not surprisingly, most of the Democratic presidential candidates are veering further to the left when it comes to abortion, to the point that most of the candidates now support bills which, if enacted, would legalize some of the crimes committed by abortionist Kermitt Gosnell. And all of this leads to a simple question: What are you and I going to do to stop these horrific practices? And how can we offer a message of life and hope to mothers and fathers who want to abort? Somehow, someway, we must shout to the nation the humanity of that unborn child and the sacredness of life. Then, just as loudly, we must bring to the attention of the nation the barbarity of the actions of Planned Parenthood and their cohorts. If each of us does our part, through sharing the message, through pro-life activism, through voting and campaigning, through prayer and compassion, the tide can turn.

We owe it to the little ones to take action today.

https://www.wnd.com/2019/10/ghastly-ghoulish-practices-planned-parenthood/ 

:: 10-21-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Do Not Trade with a China that Lies, Cheats, and Steals

by Gordon G. Chang October 21, 2019 at 5:00 am

[I]t is especially difficult to trade with a thief, especially when the thief views commercial contact as an opportunity to steal more.... This crime is essential to the achievement of the extraordinarily ambitious Made in China 2025 initiative [to dominate 11 crucial technology sectors].

By his silence, Liu allowed Trump to think he had a deal when, in reality, he did not. So Trump made a real concession — the tariff deferral — for a promise that was not a promise.

[T]he "engagement" of China is Washington's "greatest foreign policy failure." – Arthur Waldron, University of Pennsylvania.

If all this were not bad enough, Xi's future plans are especially pernicious... Americans are going to have to make a choice: take Chinese money or maintain a free marketplace of ideas. The disengagement of the two economies is, of course, unfortunate, but it is necessary as China presses Americans and leaves them no choice if they are to defend freedoms and sovereignty.

On October 11th, Beijing harvested another big benefit. Trump agreed to defer a tariff increase scheduled for the following Tuesday. Having gotten what it wanted, China then began to play hardball. On October 17, Beijing denied it had made a commitment to buy $40 billion to $50 billion of American farm products.

Judging from Beijing's breaking one more trade arrangement in recent days, it is evident the communist regime in China is not able to work with the United States — or any other country for that matter. So let's not trade with a China that lies, cheats, and steals. "This won't revolutionize the U.S.-China relationship or the terms of trade between us, but it shows that the two countries can work together on an important issue," said Clete Willems of Akin Gump to Bloomberg, referring to President Trump's "phase one deal" announced October 11. "Learning to do so is critical to avoid a broad deterioration of all aspects of our relationship, which is not in anyone's long-term interest."

Despite what Willems said, it now is in the long-term interest of the United States to walk away from trade deals with the People's Republic of China.

Why? Four reasons: First, communist China has never accepted the notion of comparative advantage, which underpins the global trading system. Yes, the mercantilist Chinese believe we should buy their products, but they, the masters of non-tariff barriers and other forms of predation, have worked hard to keep foreign goods out of their market. How can America trade with a state that does not believe in the benefits of trade? Second, Communist China has in fact never honored a trade deal with the US. Beijing, over the course of decades, has systemically violated both its World Trade Organization obligations and its obligations to America in various bilateral agreements. Third, China's economic system is incompatible with America's. Xi Jinping, the Chinese ruler, has in recent years been forcibly marching the country backwards, the "great regression" as it is now called. He has, with ruthless determination, been closing off the Chinese market to foreigners with, among other things, highly discriminatory rule enforcement and the enactment of prejudicial laws and regulations. He has at the same time been recombining already large state enterprises back into formal monopolies, reversing the partial privatization of earlier years by increasing state ownership of state enterprises, having the state take control of private companies, shoveling more state subsidies to favored state market participants, and pursuing development through dubious industrial policies such as his infamous Made in China 2025 initiative to dominate 11 crucial technology sectors. As they now say in China, the state sector is rapidly "advancing" and both the private and foreign sectors are "retreating." That is because Xi is seeking to return China to a modern form of Maoism. Fourth, it is especially difficult to trade with a thief, especially when the thief views commercial contact as an opportunity to steal more. Xi's China has continued to criminally take U.S. intellectual property to the tune of hundreds of billions of dollars a year. This crime is essential to the achievement of the extraordinarily ambitious Made in China 2025 initiative. If all this were not bad enough, Xi's future plans are especially pernicious. He is, for instance, now about to apply the 2016 Cybersecurity Law to outlaw the use of virtual private networks and encryption so that he can take all the data and communications of foreign companies operating in China. Chinese officials will surely hand over information they seize to China's own enterprises so that they will then know everything about foreign competitors. China has already used stolen data and technology to cripple foreign companies and drive some, like Nortel Networks, out of business. Moreover, Xi Jinping looks as if he will be even more bold in requiring U.S. companies operating in China to swear obedience to Beijing, to advance Communist Party positions, and to implement its policies wherever they operate. That, after all, is apparent from the reprehensible behavior of the National Basketball Association, Apple, and ESPN, which all acceded to Chinese bullying this month. Yet as bad as these American businesses appeared—none of them stood firm in defending American values—they could not be expected to resist an onslaught from a mighty communist state. Therefore, Americans are going to have to make a choice: take Chinese money or maintain a free marketplace of ideas. The disengagement of the two economies is, of course, unfortunate, but it is necessary as China presses Americans and leaves them no choice if they are to defend freedoms and sovereignty. All this brings us back to ongoing trade discussions. When it became clear there would be a trade deal of some sort, big-box retailers began to place large orders for the coming season with Chinese manufacturers. If it had appeared there would be no deal, many of the orders would have gone to factories elsewhere. On October 11th, Beijing harvested another big benefit. Trump agreed to defer a tariff increase scheduled for the following Tuesday. Having gotten what it wanted, China then began to play hardball. On October 17, Beijing denied it had made a commitment to buy $40 billion to $50 billion of American farm products. President Trump, in his Oval Office meeting with Liu He, China's chief trade negotiator, said Beijing had made such a promise as a part of the trade deal with the U.S. If Beijing did not agree to the additional purchases, the time to say so would have been when Liu was next to Trump while he talked about the agricultural purchase. By his silence, Liu allowed Trump to think he had a deal when, in reality, he did not. So Trump made a real concession—the tariff deferral—for a promise that was not a promise. Another broken trade promise is another reason for Americans to agree with the University of Pennsylvania's Arthur Waldron, who argues that the "engagement" of China is Washington's "greatest foreign policy failure." America's China policymakers predicted Beijing's trade—and other—behavior would improve over time, but the opposite has occurred. Engagement, by failing to impose costs for Beijing's predatory moves and for other reasons, has contributed to the evident deterioration of Chinese behavior. Trump has begun to break with that failed approach, which has dominated American policy ever since Nixon went to the Chinese capital in 1972 to meet Mao. In retrospect, going to Beijing was the wrong move. Also wrong is Clete Willems. Judging from Beijing's breaking one more trade arrangement in recent days, it is evident the communist regime in China is not able to work with the United States—or any other country for that matter. So let's not trade with a China that lies, cheats, and steals.

Gordon G. Chang is the author of The Coming Collapse of China and a Gatestone Institute Distinguished Senior Fellow. Follow Gordon G. Chang on Twitter

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/15045/trade-china-cheating 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 10-8-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Last Days Warnings

By Hal Lindsey

As the world reels under the impact of the latest Middle East crisis, many are discovering that the events are fitting into a larger pattern of precisely predicted events. The pattern is to be found woven through the Hebrew prophets from Moses to Jesus Christ and John the Apostle. The prophecies were made during a period of from 3500 to 1900 years ago. Throughout these predictions, it’s clear that the events are to lead to a final seven-year period of world catastrophe. This period will climax with a global war of such magnitude that only the personal, visible return of Jesus Christ to this planet will prevent man from self-annihilation. THINGS WE ARE SEEING Listed below are 20 pieces of this pattern which are unmistakably coming together simultaneously for the first time in history.

The return of the dispersed Jews to Israel to become a nation again in 1948.

The Jews’ recapture of the Old City of Jerusalem in the 1967 Arab-Israeli War.

The rise of Russia as a powerful nation and enemy of Israel.

The Arab confederation against the new State of Israel.

The rise of a military power in the Orient that can field an army of 200 million soldiers. (Red China alone boasts that she has this number of troops!)

The revival of the Old Roman Empire in the form of a ten-nation confederacy. (I believe the European Common Market is ultimately going to be this power.)

The revival of the dark occultic practices of ancient Babylon.

The unprecedented turn to drugs.

The increase of international revolution.

The increase of wars.

The increase of earthquakes.

The increase of famines through the population explosion.

The coming of plagues.

The increase of famines through the population explosion.

The coming of plagues.

The increase of pollution.

The departure of many Christian churches from the historic truth of Christianity.

The move toward a one-world religion.

The move toward a one-world government.

The decline of the United States as a major world power.

The increase in lawlessness.

The decline of the family unit.

THINGS TO WATCH The Arabs will continue to bring greater pressure upon the Western nations to support their demands against Israel. They will do so through the continued restriction of oil without which the industrial nations cannot survive. They may begin to use their vast financial power to seriously threaten the economy of the United States as well. It is doubtful that Fort Knox could back up the dollars they hold, if they demanded gold for them. The United States will have some severe economic shocks from the European Common Market and the Arab oil squeeze. It will continue its decline as a major power both by this and internal moral decadence

The European Common Market will begin to emerge as the greatest economic power in history.

Israel will continue to increasingly become the Western world’s dilemma. The Middle East will continue to be the most dangerous threat to world peace in history. The prophets clearly say that the spark that sets off Armageddon will be struck by the invasion of Israel by the Egyptian-led Arabs and the Russians.

Jesus predicted these days we’re living in when He said concerning the prophetic signs, “When you see all these things, know He is at the door ready to return.” Then He said, “This generation will not pass away until all is fulfilled.”

My opinion is that, because we are seeing all these signs fitting into the predicted pattern, we are the generation, which will see the culmination of history, as we know it, and the return of Christ. Who knows, perhaps this will be the year of Christ’s sudden and mysterious coming to snatch out all those who believe in Him.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-16-2017/ 

:: 10-21-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu returns mandate to Rivlin

PM returns mandate to form government 2 days before it expires. Gantz next to have chance to form coalition.

Gary Willig, 21/10/19 20:02

Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu returned the mandate to form the government to President Reuven Rivlin Monday night after failing to form a coalition of 61 MKs. "A short time ago I informed the president that I was handing back my mandate to try to form a government," Netanyahu said in a video on his Facebook page. Netanyahu's mandate was scheduled to expire on Wednesday. He had the option of seeking a two-week extension, but reportedly believed that he would not receive the extension in light of the impasse in talks to form a unity government. Rivlin will most likely now give the mandate to Blue and White leader Benny Gantz, who will have 28 days to form a coalition.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/270369 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 10-21-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Demolishes 3,000-Seat Megachurch during Worship Service

Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Monday, October 21, 2019

Communist authorities destroyed a 3,000-seat megachurch over the weekend, using a large excavator to tear apart the building as members and citizens watched helplessly, according to China Aid. The large building – which resembled many large church buildings in the United States and was topped with a spire and cross – was located in the province of Anhui, which rests in the eastern part of the country and has about 60 million residents. The congregation was part of China’s officially recognized network of churches. Communist officials lacked the proper legal paperwork to order the destruction, China Aid reported. China Aid monitors religious persecution in the country. A China Aid video shows the excavator pulling the building apart, as pieces of concrete tumble into a pile of rubble on the ground. “This is yet another clear example showing the escalation of religious persecution today by the Chinese Communist regime,” said Bob Fu, president of China Aid. “The total disregard of religious freedom's protection as enshrined in the Communist Party's own Constitution tells the whole world [Chinese] President Xi is determined to continue his war against the peaceful Christian faithful. This campaign will surely fail in the end.” The officials also detained the church’s pastors, Geng Yimin and Sun Yongyao, on suspicion of “gathering a crowd to disturb social order,” China Aid reported. China officially recognizes two Christian bodies: the Three-Self Patriotic Movement and the Chinese Patriotic Catholic Association. Churches within the two networks, though, don’t have the freedom to worship as they choose. In the past, Communist officials have edited sermons, forced the removal of crosses, and banned Sunday Schools for children. The law prohibits the conversion of minors. The lack of religious freedom is one reason millions of Christians have gone underground to worship in illegal house churches. Earlier this year a Three-Self pastor told Bitter Winter, a religious watchdog, that the government was “subtly changing our faith” by forcing pastors to follow unbiblical requirements. That pastor was ordered to preach about Confucius. “This is the erosion of Christianity,” the pastor said. Michael Foust is a freelance writer. Visit his blog at MichaelFoust.com.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/michael-foust/china-demolishes-3-000-seat-megachurch-during-worship-service.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-21-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump says some US troops staying in Syria after requests from Israel, Jordan

US president says ‘small number’ of American soldiers remain deployed on Syrian borders; second group stays to secure country’s oil fields

By TOI staff and Agencies 21 October 2019, 9:10 pm

US President Donald Trump said Monday that a small number of US troops remain in Syria at the request of Israel and Jordan, with some positioned near the borders with Jordan and Israel and others deployed to secure oil fields. “The other region where we’ve been asked by Israel and Jordan to leave a small number of troops is a totally different section of Syria, near Jordan, and close to Israel,” Trump said when asked whether he would leave soldiers in Syria. “So we have a small group there, and we secured the oil. Other than that, there’s no reason for it, in our opinion.” Trump’s comments followed a US pullout from northeastern Syria, leaving the Kurds, America’s staunchest allies in the fight against Islamic State, to face invading Turkish forces. He said another group still in Syria “secured the oil,” a reference to oil fields that the US hopes to keep from falling into the hands of jihadist fighters. “I always said if you’re going in, keep the oil,” Trump said, suggesting that the US would “maybe get one of our big oil companies in to do it properly.” Trump said that otherwise US troops are “moving out nicely.” US Defense Secretary Mark Esper said earlier in Kabul, however, that the US withdrawal would take “weeks not days.” “We have troops in towns in northeast Syria that are located next to the oil fields. The troops in those towns are not in the present phase of withdrawal,” Esper said. Israelis have been watching Trump’s decisions on Syria closely, concerned that their country too could be abandoned by its most important ally. Beyond that, Israel has longstanding concerns over whether its enemy Iran will move to fill any vacuum in neighboring Syria, where Tehran has been supporting President Bashar al-Assad in an eight-year-old civil war. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has also had tense relations with Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan, a vocal supporter of the Palestinians. After the temporary ceasefire was announced, Trump heaped praise on Erdogan, calling him “a hell of a leader.” Netanyahu has been careful not to be seen as criticizing Trump, who has been a key supporter, but last week issued a statement saying Israel strongly condemned Turkey’s “invasion of the Kurdish areas in Syria.” He also warned “against the ethnic cleansing of the Kurds by Turkey and its proxies.” Hosting US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo on Friday, Netanyahu thanked Pompeo and Trump for their “consistent support for Israel” and hailed the strength of US-Israel ties. Commenting on the US-arranged ceasefire in Turkey’s offensive in Syria against Kurdish fighters, the prime minister said mildly that he hoped it would “turn out for the best.” On Sunday, US House Speaker Nancy Pelosi led a group of American lawmakers on a visit to Jordan to discuss “the deepening crisis” in Syria. Jordan’s state news agency said that King Abdullah II, in a meeting with the Americans, stressed the importance of safeguarding Syria’s territorial integrity and guarantees for the “safe and voluntary” return of refugees.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/trump-says-some-us-troops-staying-in-syria-after-requests-from-israel-jordan/

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 10-15-19 Zero Gov :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

15 Oct Private Black Rifles Matter by Bill Buppert

Posted at 17:44h in Uncategorized by Bill

Publisher’s Note: The drama continues as the Deep State increases the pace of assaults on the Mango Mussolini time and again. While the present empty suit in the Offal Office has been a severe disappointment on the concepts of individual liberty, his ability to cause derangement, incoherence and lunacy on the collectivists left of center, I thank him for that. You will note that when the Grand Old Politburo had control of the levers of power, they similarly ramped up the amperage on all government power grabs domestically and foreign mischief to maim and kill American lads. In other news, the F-Troop boys are shitting their pants over having missed a bullet in this interesting case.

What will the nomenklatura do? -BB

“Mountainous terrain held by riflemen who know what they are about cannot be militarily defeated”.

Buppert’s Law of Military Topography: Or more simply: “Drive a rifle or ride a railcar.”

“The simple and terrifying reality, forbidden from discussion in America, was that despite spending $600 billion a year on the military, despite having the best fighting force the world had ever known, they were getting their asses kicked by illiterate peasants who made bombs out of manure and wood.”

― Michael Hastings, The Operators: The Wild and Terrifying Inside Story of America’s War in Afghanistan

Weapons of war! Mrs. Beta O’Rourke, America’s first trans-sexual clown and Awful Office candidate, has declared that all non-government employees/apparatchiks should be stripped of their weapons; she insists that the government will buy back what it doesn’t own to prevent the dozens [you heard that right] of people killed by evil black rifles domestically in the USSA. Hell yeah, she’ll take your private property but certainly won’t do so personally but in the tradition of limp-dick cowardly violence brokers planet-wide, send his armed government workers (with evil black rifles!) to pry it from the taxpayer’s dead hands. I have always considered the GOP to be the weak and mealy-mouthed abused younger sister to the abusive bigger sister in the guise of the control freak Democrats. They have not let me down. Whatever weapon prohibition nonsense comes across the desk for the Orange Oracle to sign, he will sign it. He is a NYC progressive who has no conception of the notion of unregulated private weapons ownership; it is an entirely alien concept to him. He will sign anything his Santa’s little helpers or his communist daughter tell him to. If you expect anything else, well, you’re delusional.  Most cases of individual volition and virtuous agency meet moral and consequentialist arguments. In this case, unfettered private weapons ownership is not only the marker for ultimate self-ownership but the sheer astronomical insignificance statistically of weapons injuries and deaths in America is low by any mathematical standard. Let’s examine the rifle data: Clayton Cramer developed an extraordinary graphic tool to track mass shootings [the American Stasi puts this at four or more humans in an event] from 2006 to 2018. The chart shows spikes for the Pulse (2016) and Las Vegas (2017) events. Never more than 50 total corpses a year in separate incidents excepting the aforementioned spikes. The latest 2018 Stasi data shows that less than 300 people die a year due to rifles and one can’t definitively state that all the mass shootings which occurred from 2006 to 2018 were not inclusive of shotguns and handguns. Less than 300. It makes you scratch your head and wonder at the communist pearl clutching over these deaths and nary a word about handgun deaths. In the great socialist paradise of gun prohibitionist Chicago, the death toll by gunshot is 366 so far this year. Which happens to be 69 corpses more than the total of rifle deaths in 2018. 69 more corpses.  One more liberal necropolis ruled by Democrats for decades like so many of the other urban cesspits that are attracted to Democrat rule like stink on shit. Yet the horror, righteous umbrage and fainting couches are reserved for rifle deaths. And by the way, we have no idea how many of those rifles are evil black rifles and not bolt guns or some other modality of getting the round to the chamber in a long arm [that is not a shotgun]. Why? Here’s a thought experiment: America has conducted a nasty and ultimately unsuccessful war against various asymmetric insurgencies in the 21st century in Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Syria, Yemen, the horn of Africa and countless small brushfire conflicts swatting at a flame of rebellion that will not be extinguished anywhere the west raises a hand. Ironically, the west creates an insurgency-in-a-box labelled ISIS to defeat the inconvenient Shia (there’s a pattern) Syrian government and, of course being the CIA, loses complete control of their Frankenstein monster and looses the beast across the Middle East to include the American love-hate relationship with Al Qaeda.  Now we have lost approximately five thousand young lives snuffed and countless others injured both apparently and hundreds of thousands suffering the ghost ailment of traumatic brain rattling in Iraq and Afghanistan. But many of these young warriors returned home and they have seen what the business end of a battle carbine can do. They have seen the efficacy of small and determined bands of fit young men defending their turf against hyper-military ambition can do. Countless Americans have seen the manipulated news-feeds that inadvertently showed both the shock and awe of coalition conflicts and the endless quivers of armed resistance to imperial fever dreams of conquest from snipers to IEDs to booby=traps. Apparently, there is no Pashtun word for “quit”. Seventeen years into the American armed windmill tilting in Afghanistan, the coalition forces have to take 45 second helicopter rides from base to base in the Green Zone. The communists in America are scared to death of private weaponry, they look on with horror at historical lessons like the “plink-a-pinko” engagements of British police actions in 1775 when the obedient Regular went out to confiscate the privately held artillery, shells, guns and munitions of the British colonist who objected rather severely to imperial overreach and excessive taxation. They know that ultimately you either force the entry of a communist death-ship in a country or vote your way into it as they are attempting now, but you will always have to shoot your way out of it. Communism is a death and they fetishize the government ownership of all the means of violence. The government gun is a totem they smile upon and worship but the private weapon in the hands of disobedient serfs scares the shit out of them. Hence the incessant news-feeds that spotlight the organized military violence on all sides in the middle east adventures has seared into the minds of the elites and their pet useful idiots in the population that the collectivist project will not see success as long as the victim populations have arms and especially arms that have effective distances that span city blocks and even greater advantages in rural areas where at the most problematic non-urban hicks reside. The bottom line is that the usual suspects on the left through both massive ignorance and willful intent conflate fully automatics weapons like the M4/16 with the semi-automatic AR [Armalite Rifle]-15 as the same thing and see that the imposition of government is made very difficult by possession of such tools by a population they are trying to conquer and ultimately enslave. They have been watching the propaganda pablum on the glass teats and the radios in their electric cars that definitively show that military and more importantly, atomistic armed opposition to central government whether through domestic or imperial means makes the best laid plans of government supremacists, messy. Mind you, they tend to be a little schizophrenic in their support of imperial misadventure, but I can count on one hand the number of government supremacist vermin who actively opposed the global military mayhem of the Obamugabe from 2008 to 2016. Iraq, Afghanistan, Syria, Libya, Yemen, and Somalia are among the countries bombed by his Holiness the Obamunist during his sacred regime. All root causes have many cause vectors but I stand by my analysis that one of the reasons that informs the present hysterical fear-mongering on military-pattern rifles by the usual suspects is a utilitarian view that armed peasants make for uncooperative serfs. Whatever fairy tales you learned about politicians in the government education complexes or the 24-hour marathon of non-stop government supremacist propaganda on the glass teat, politicians do three things and from these emanate their every action: they ban, regulate and tax. They serve no other purpose and the full violence of the state is behind every one of these levies and edicts. Dirt simple: plantation overlords loathe armed Helots. In the back of the mind of every communist aspirant on the campaign trail, in the liberal intelligentsia, in the academic gulags and the countless useful idiots across the fruited plain, private rifle ownership gives them the night sweats. It’s that simple… Do not comply. Do it for the children.

https://zerogov.com/2019/10/15/black-rifles-matter-by-bill-buppert/ 

:: 2-5-19 Billings Gazette   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CALDERA CHRONICLES

Caldera Chronicles: Idaho's last (and next?) volcanic eruption

Feb 5, 2019

Yellowstone Caldera Chronicles is a weekly column written by scientists and collaborators of the Yellowstone Volcano Observatory. This week's contribution is from from Zach Lifton, geologist with the Idaho Geological Survey. Idaho is home to several young volcanoes, including the Craters of the Moon, Wapi, Kings Bowl, North and South Robbers, Cerro Grande, Hell's Half Acre and Shoshone lava field.  Craters of the Moon is one of the youngest volcanic areas in Idaho and may be the most likely in the state to erupt again. Over the past 15,000 years, eruptions at Craters of the Moon have occurred about every 3,000 years, and so the next eruption might be expected sometime in the next 1,000 years. Besides its fascinating geologic history, Craters of the Moon is also a unique landscape that is recognized as a National Monument. Archaeological evidence suggests that Shoshone indigenous people visited the Craters of the Moon area as early as 12,000 years ago. It is therefore likely that the Shoshone witnessed some of the eruptions at Craters of the Moon, the most recent of which ended about 2,100 years ago. The area was noted as a unique landscape by western explorers in the mid-1800s. In his 1837 biographical book "The Adventures of Captain Bonneville," Washington Irving described the area in less-than-glowing terms: "… nothing meets the eye but a desolate and awful waste … and where nothing is to be seen but lava." However, others recognized the beauty and scientific value of the area, and in 1924 it was formalized as a National Monument. Craters of the Moon is made of more than 60 lava flows that erupted between 15,000 and 2,100 years ago. The lava field covers more than 600 square miles. Eight different eruption episodes are known, and each episode lasted hundreds to perhaps thousands of years. An interesting feature of Craters of the Moon is that about the same volume of lava was erupted during each episode, therefore it is considered to be "volume-predictable." Volcanologists therefore expect the next eruption to produce 1-1.5 square miles of lava. Volcanic eruptions at Craters of the Moon occur along fissures in the NW-SE trending Great Rift volcanic rift zone, which is aligned parallel to active faults adjacent to the Snake River Plain. Because of their young age, the volcanic rocks at Craters of the Moon preserve many volcanic features, including domes, cinder cones, shields, and lava flows with characteristic structures (like pahoehoe ropes), lava tubes, spatter ramparts and pressure ridges. The fissure eruptions at Craters of the Moon were probably very similar to modern fissure eruptions at Kīlauea Volcano in Hawaii, which exhibit the same features. Studying eruptions at Kīlauea may therefore help scientists and emergency managers understand what to expect the next time Craters of the Moon erupts. The primary hazard of future eruptions of Craters of the Moon will most likely be slow-moving lava flows that can travel as far as 20 miles from their source. While the populated communities of Carey and Arco are not expected to be directly affected by the next eruption, the lava flows can threaten rangeland and farms. Eruptions may also impact transportation: U.S. Highways 20, 26, and 93 pass through or near the volcanic area. While Craters of the Moon will almost certainly erupt again (perhaps within the next 1,000 years), it is not considered a high-risk volcano. Earlier this year the U.S. Geological Survey published their 2018 update to the National Volcanic Threat Assessment, which is an effort to prioritize research, monitoring and mitigation at volcanoes in the U.S. The threat assessment categorizes volcanoes as very low, low, moderate, high and very high threats. Four volcanoes in Idaho are listed in the threat assessment, all of them described as "low" threat: Craters of the Moon, Hell's Half Acre, Black Butte Crater and Wapi Flow. Nevertheless, we remain vigilant to the volcanic threat in Idaho, with regional monitoring stations well established to warn of any potential future activity.

https://billingsgazette.com/outdoors/caldera-chronicles-idaho-s-last-and-next-volcanic-eruption/article_cb6544ca-4f58-5066-bb4c-96d31681b114.html 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 10-16-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bizarre: Avon Catalog Features Image of Woman Caressing Baphomet

Goat-headed figure has long been associated with Satanism

Adan Salazar | Infowars.com - October 16, 2019

People are questioning why an edition of the popular beauty supply catalog Avon features a woman placing her arms around a Satanic baphomet figure. Wary social media users have commented on the bizarre cover of Avon’s 22nd 2019 campaign, showing a woman in a pink wig grabbing the ears of the baphomet, a half-animal, half-human goat hybrid deity which has long been associated with Satanism. Savvy women on Facebook and Twitter questioned the baphomet’s appearance on the brochure, with one woman calling it “very frightening and concerning!” The baphomet has recently been in headlines as members of The Satanic Temple have attempted to have a statue of the goat-headed figure installed on the Arkansas state capital grounds, where a statue of the Ten Commandments currently stands. Avon did not respond to Infowars request for comment as of writing.

https://www.infowars.com/avon-catalog-features-bizarre-image-of-woman-caressing-baphomet/ 

:: 10-16-19 The Daily Signal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

San Francisco No Longer Feels Like It’s in America

Lee Edwards / October 16, 2019

It’s one thing to read about the decline of San Francisco. It’s another to see it for yourself. I could hardly recognize this once-captivating city of breathtaking views, delectable food, and cool jazz. Today it’s occupied by an army of homeless men and women who have turned Baghdad-by-the-bay into Bombay-by-the-bay with some of the dirtiest slums in America. I first visited San Francisco in 1964 as a member of Barry Goldwater’s political team that wrapped up the Republican presidential nomination for the candidate who offered a conservative choice, not a liberal echo. Then, we freely roamed the streets and hills of the city. Today, you watch your step lest you slip on human feces. Then, Goldwater Girls in their white cowboy hats and boots welcomed delegates and guests at the Cow Palace. Today, homeless men openly urinate in Union Square. The demand for socialism is on the rise from young Americans today. But is socialism even morally sound? Find out more now >> Then, we shared copies of “The Conscience of a Conservative.” Now, the homeless share their needles. Then, we opposed the legalization of marijuana. Now, Californians seem to grow more weed than oranges. What has happened? Why is America slouching like some rough beast—not toward Bethlehem, but Gomorrah? Beyond dispute, things feel as if they are falling apart, and the common rules of a civil society no longer seem to apply. Then, most Americans agreed that the family is the basic bloc of society. Now, according to the rising generation, the nuclear family is disappearing, gay rights take precedence over every other kind of right, Washington is accepted as primarily responsible for our welfare, and socialism is the tidal wave of the future. What has happened? A major reason is the influence, in and out of the academy, of political philosophers such as John Rawls, who argues that everything is relative and there is no absolute right or wrong. Rawls is the liberals’ favorite philosopher because he believes, as politics professor Jerome Foss puts it, that “the purpose of government is to rectify every injustice.” Not so the Founders, who instituted a system of checks and balances to limit the role of government. The government that Rawls envisions, says Foss, “is empowered to enforce a theory without any institutional restraints.” So much for the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution and their reliance on certain “self-evident” truths, accumulated through 2,500 years of Western civilization from Jerusalem to Athens to Rome to London to Philadelphia. I was a stranger in a strange land in San Francisco as I watched the people tread the sidewalks carefully on the way to work and shrug in embarrassment about the feces and the needles and the homeless tents that sprout like weeds. I reflected on what the plain-speaking Barry Goldwater might say about the tragic decline of this once magical city, and I believe it would be something like: “Let’s cut out the crap and clean it up!” And then he would quote Milton Friedman on the importance of freedom—and, equally, the importance of what you do with that freedom. I might have gone home depressed and saddened by what I had seen, but my next stop was Dallas. After a day among its shining skyscrapers, clean streets and parks, and optimistic can-do residents, my spirits soared. All was not lost. The young professionals whom I met were excited about what tomorrow might bring. Dallas, not San Francisco, is the future, unless the citizens of Baghdad-by-the-bay resolve to take back their city.

Originally published in The Washington Times

https://www.dailysignal.com/2019/10/16/san-francisco-no-longer-feels-like-its-in-america/ 

:: 10-16-19 Homeland Security News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why the Guillotine May Be Less Cruel than Execution by Slow Poisoning

Published 16 October 2019

Concerns about the drugs used for executions are being raised again after the federal government announced it will once again execute inmates convicted of capital crimes almost 16 years after the last execution was carried out. while the death penalty is the ultimate punishment meted out by the state, it is not meant to be torture. The guillotine remains a quick method of execution – it takes about half a second for the blade to drop and sever a prisoner’s head from his body. Although the guillotine may be the bloodiest of deaths, it does not cause the prolonged physical torment increasingly delivered by lethal injections. Should the U.S. consider using the guillotine to administer capital punishment? Concerns about the drugs used for executions are being raised again after the federal government announced it will once again execute inmates convicted of capital crimes almost 16 years after the last execution was carried out. Janine Lanza writes in The Conversation that while the death penalty is the ultimate punishment meted out by the state, it is not meant to be torture.  She writes: From the stake to the rope to the firing squad to the electric chair to the gas chamber and, finally, to the lethal injection, over the centuries the methods of execution in the United States have evolved to make execution quicker, quieter and less painful, both physically and psychologically.  It wasn’t always so. And there are, perhaps, lessons in history that could provide an answer to current concerns about the unusual cruelty of execution methods in the U.S. The guillotine remains a quick method of execution – it takes about half a second for the blade to drop and sever a prisoner’s head from his body. While the moment of execution could be nothing but terrifying, that second of suffering was brief in comparison to the 43 minutes it took for Lockett to die after lethal drugs were administered. Although the guillotine may be the bloodiest of deaths – the French used sand bags to soak up the blood – it does not cause the prolonged physical torment increasingly delivered by lethal injections. Should the U.S. consider using the guillotine to administer capital punishment? It has advantages – no secret recipes for lethal injections, no botched placement of IV needles, no conflation of medicine and execution. While the guillotine provides a death that is not easy to witness, the death it delivers to the condemned is quick and does not cause the extended pain of bespoke lethal injections. Could such a death, as bloody as it is, pass muster with the Eighth Amendment’s mandate against cruel and unusual punishment?

http://www.homelandsecuritynewswire.com/dr20191016-why-the-guillotine-may-be-less-cruel-than-execution-by-slow-poisoning 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 10-16-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If It Bleeds It Leads: How the American Media Perpetuates and Profits From Mass Shootings

by ammodotcom Wed, 10/16/2019 - 17:47

I have repeatedly told CNN and our other media the following if you don’t want to propagate more mass murders: Don’t start the story with sirens blaring. Don’t have photos of the killer. Don’t make it 24/7 coverage. Do everything you can not to make the body count the lead story. Localize the story to the affected community. And make it as boring as possible in every other market. Dr. Park Dietz, Forensic Psychologist, on how to stop mass shootings Video games. 4chan. “Toxic masculinity.” These are just a few of the media’s favorite folk devils when it comes to assigning blame for mass shootings in America. However, there is startling evidence that how the media covers these tragedies makes them culpable in perpetuating future ones. This might sound like an outlandish claim, but it’s supported by evidence from no less an authority than the National Institutes of Health. It’s related to a well-established phenomenon of copycat suicides known as the Werther Effect. Other countries’ medias have taken steps to minimize the Werther Effect through self-imposed industry standards on suicide reporting, and many of these standards have parallels with the coverage of mass shootings. The American media currently has no industry standard practices for how to cover either suicides or mass shootings. However, one can easily see the difference between how mass shootings and suicides are covered. Whereas suicides are treated as sombre tragedies, mass shootings often have the sensationalism turned up to 11. There’s a detailed discussion of the shooter’s life story, motives and methods. Strong evidence suggests that this both encourages and instructs potential mass shooters. Statistically speaking, mass shootings represent a tiny portion of all deaths in the United States. For example, 2017 was the deadliest year for mass shootings in America with a total of 117 people killed. For context, 102 people die from automobile accidents every day according to the National Highway Traffic Safety Institute. Despite the low frequency of these tragedies, the media pays outsized attention to them for self-serving reasons, which are both political and economic: There's a demonstrated anti-gun agenda amongst America's media. And there's the ongoing shift in the media's business model to attention-based revenue that results in ever-more sensational news coverage and "clickbait" headlines. The lurid attention to mass shootings is profitable for America's press, cable news networks, and social media companies – despite the consequences encapsulated by the Werther Effect. Thus a look at the role the American media plays in perpetuating these rampage killers is in order. What Is the Werther Effect? Ask yourself: Can suicides be contagious? Some studies say yes. It’s known clinically as the Werther Effect, after Goethe's novel The Sorrows of Young Werther. This is a particularly important topic in the era of the so-called “mass shooter” and the phenomenon of “suicide by cop.” Researchers at Northeastern Illinois University and Arizona State University found that as many as 20 to 30 percent of all mass shootings are copycat shootings inspired by media coverage of other shootings. The history of the Werther Effect is quite curious. Goethe’s novel was a cultural phenomenon at the time. Melancholic men were dressing in blue jackets and yellow pants in emulation of the novel’s protagonist, Werther, who was effectively a stand-in for Goethe himself. Some men took their love of the novel one step further by committing suicide with a pistol in the same manner as Werther, who ends his life at the end of the novel after being rejected by the woman he loves. This led to the book being banned in several places. The term “Werther Effect” was first coined by researcher David Phillips in 1974. Further studies in 1985 and 1989 by Phillips and his team found that suicide rates, as well as other accidents, increased after a well-publicized suicide. The Werther Effect impacts the young and the elderly – but not the middle-aged. Those who commit copycat suicides tend to be of a similar age to the original suicide they are copying. How Do Copycat Suicides Work? The timeline for a copycat suicide is generally weeks and months, though in the case of a high-profile celebrity suicide, it might be as long as one year. Some of the most famous suicides that have caused a spike in the overall suicide rate include Marilyn Monroe (that August had about 200 suicides more than was typical for the month) and the Tunisians street vendor Mohamed Bouazizi, whose self-immolation kicked off the Arab Spring. The Netflix series 13 Reasons Why saw a 26-percent increase in searches for “how to commit suicide,” an 18-percent increase in searches for “commit suicide” and a 9-percent increase in searches for “how to kill yourself." The teen suicide rate itself spiked after the release of the show. The Werther Effect for mass shootings was found to be 13 weeks by the study conducted by Arizona State University and Northeastern Illinois University. For his part, Phillips mostly blamed the media. He believed that people who were having a hard time felt that in some way they had been given “permission” to end their life by a high-profile suicide. He compared this with similar studies about other risk-taking behaviors such as taking drugs. People were more likely to engage in such activities if someone else had done so first. In the case of a mass shooting, potential shooters are not just given a sick kind of “permission,” they are also given a script from which to follow – a ready-made game plan that they can copy and tweak to best fit their purposes. The shooter in El Paso, Texas directly referenced the manifesto of the Christchurch mosque shooter, for example. Suicides due to the Werther Effect, in addition to being similar with regard to age group, were also similar with regard to method. This is important to remember when considering those mass shootings which are, in effect, a highly dramatic form of suicide. Some shooters seek to get out alive. But for many, the intended effect is being killed by police in the act of shooting other people. Curiously, the Werther Effect is not an inevitability, but is largely a function of how the media reports on the suicide in question. For example, there were fears that the suicide of Kurt Cobain would lead to a rash of suicides. However, in the media coverage of Cobain’s death, the focus was primarily on the need for mental health care and the suffering of his family due to his suicide. The result was that there was actually a decrease in the suicide rate around the time of his death. The Media’s Role in Creating the Werther Effect The United States is anomalous when it comes to coverage of suicide, in that it has no national professional code on how suicides should be covered. Norway forbids publicizing suicide in any way in its media, while other countries have a much more moderate, but sensible, approach. For example, in the United Kingdom, journalistic practice is to not romanticize the death, use lurid photos, or use the word “suicide” anywhere in a headline. Not only does the United States not have rules against celebrating or glamorizing suicide – either as an industry-standard journalistic practice or by government fiat – the United States media has a lurid fascination with suicide in general as well as suicide by cop and its close cousin the mass shooting. There is an equally lurid motto for this principle in the American media: “If it bleeds, it leads.” Note the coverage in the New Zealand media of Brenton Tarrant, the Christchurch mosque shooter. His face is blurred out in all media coverage. The government of New Zealand requested that other countries not show footage from the shooting, which was live streamed. While the jailing of no less than eight people who shared the shooters video is an extreme reaction that infringes upon freedom of speech and free exchange of ideas, it shows just how committed New Zealand was to prevent any glorification of the shooter. The media does this for two reasons: First, it moves units. Newspapers and other media are businesses and do what creates the greatest profits. However, there is another, more sinister and cynical reason that can be credibly put forward: The American media has a left-wing political agenda that includes the wholesale banning and confiscation of private firearms. Mass shootings are, in terms of sheer number of deaths, a blip on the radar. The euphemism “gun violence” is often used to mask this, which lumps murders and suicides into the same statistic. While suicides are undoubtedly tragic, they’re not what one thinks of when hearing the term “gun violence.” All told, there were 11,004 gun homicides in 2016. While this sounds like a lot, some context is in order: 34,436 died of car crashes in the United States in the same year.

Neil deGrasse Tyson came under fire for pointing this out – that not only do gun deaths not amount to a lot in the grand scheme of things, but “mass shootings” are even less. Indeed, what counts as a “mass shooting” is a political game that deliberately excludes mass shootings. Vox, Mother Jones, The Washington Post and the Congressional Research Service all keep detailed records of mass shootings. Each of these deliberately exclude gang violence in their tallies. For context, a total of 888 people have died in mass shootings since 1982. That’s a total of 1 percent of all gun deaths, approximately two-thirds of which are suicides. In 2017 alone, police killed 1,189. Americans should be concerned about mass shootings and any other topic where public policy might be able to reduce the number of deaths. But Mark Manson and others have discussed how mass shootings are not only something virtually every American doesn’t have to worry about, but panicking and virally boosting the incidents might also be creating more of them (along the same lines as the Werther Effect). Sam Harris has discussed how new legislation is probably not the answer, but a different view of public social violence is. It’s worth noting that, like terrorism, the intended effect of a mass shooting is attention and fear. When society reacts hysterically to mass shootings without proportion, it is playing into the hands of the agenda of the mass media as well as the intended shooter.

How the Werther Effect Works in Mass Shootings That the Werther Effect has some analog with mass shootings is difficult to dispute. First, mass shootings are largely a product of the post-1968 world – i.e., the world after gun control. What’s more, shooters have studied the actions of other shooters to understand how to commit their crimes. FBI Director James Comey certainly believed that media predictions of mass shooters contributed to the phenomenon in the United States. After the Orlando shooting, he said: You will notice that I am not using the killer’s name and I will try not to do that. Part of what motivates sick people to do this kind of thing is some twisted notion of fame or glory, and I don’t want to be part of that for the sake of the victims and their families, and so that other twisted minds don’t think that this is a path to fame and recognition. More than simply a desire to see these shootings not reported, the FBI is actively investigating potential copycat criminals in the wake of mass shootings, such as the ones that took place in Dayton and El Paso. A study conducted by Mother Jones located no fewer than 74 copycat killings (attempted or executed) of the 1999 Columbine shooting alone. The casualty toll of these attacks included 89 deaths, 126 injuries and nine suicides.

There is more than just circumstantial evidence to suggest that there is a Werther Effect for mass shootings. Indeed, this has been studied. The National Institute of Health produced a meta-study of mass shootings that concluded what most people probably already suspect: that there is an imitative effect. It’s not that mass shootings are “contagious” as such. Contagion is something belonging to the world of epidemiology and virology, not psychology. It’s that mass shooters tend to imitate one another. Where do they get the information to imitate one another? While the National Institute of Health hedges a bit on whether or not mass shootings are “contagious” in the same way that other violent and dangerous behaviors are, it is very clear that the media plays a key role in disseminating the information about how to commit a mass shooting. Gang bangers might observe how to commit a mass shooting first hand, but we know of no mass shooter in a non-gang related sense who witnessed a mass shooting personally, then used that knowledge to commit his own. On the contrary, they learn what they know about mass shootings from the media. What’s perhaps most interesting is that the NIH study found that it didn’t matter if the portrayal of a mass shooting was even factual or realistic to be an influence on a mass shooter. Even merely describing the behavior of a shooter had the effect of influencing later shooters. The report specifically called out the media’s portrayal of mass shooters, however. They cite the reporting ad nauseum of the personal life details of the shooter, his crimes, and even the manifesto (an increasingly de rigeur part of any mass shooting) that have an imitative effect on future mass shooters. Government censorship need not be the answer. Consumer pressure as well as a voluntary industry-wide set of standards could literally save lives. How the Media Portrays Mass Shooters Consider the portrayal of mass shooters in the media. The very act of being the obsession of the news and social media is a sort of social status attractive to the type of person flirting with the idea of being a mass shooter. The life story of a mass shooter can provide a point of resonance and relatability, as similar criminals tend to fit a similar profile. The portrayal of shooters wielding guns or even looking menacing in photographs projects an aura of danger and toughness that can be attractive to those who are hanging on the edge. Manifestos can inspire further action, especially if one of the goals of the manifesto is to create terror and panic – mission accomplished. Detailed reports of what happened can provide a sort of instruction manual for future shooters. All of this combined provides a very powerful and attractive cocktail enticing further mass shootings.

Note that the suggestion here is not to ban the reporting of mass shootings. This would also be a mistake. The public has a right to be informed of significant events and mass shootings are no exception. However, the manner in which mass shootings are reported on is the problem – the emphasis on the personal narrative of the shooter, the views that motivated him to commit the crime, and the gory details of his dubious success are what is at issue. The report from the NIH is unambiguous in its belief that a change in media policy could very well directly lead to a decrease in mass shootings in the United States: If the manner with which the media (legacy, new, social) report a mass shooting event plays a role in promoting further mass shootings, changing these reporting methods could decrease imitation. The Federal Bureau of Investigation has specifically requested that the media stop naming mass shooters, but this plea has thus far fallen on deaf ears. There are likewise alternatives with regard to the portrayal of mass shooters in the media beyond tactics like withholding their names or blurring their faces. For example, mass shooters are often treated as dangerous, powerful men. This makes mass shooting attractive to a certain unstable psychological profile. On the other hand, shootings could just as easily be portrayed as the shameful act of a cowardly individual. Coverage could likewise emphasize punishment in cases where the shooter is apprehended alive. What’s more, the shooter’s rationale could be downplayed in coverage. Descriptions could be very surface, for example “Islamic jihad” or “white nationalism.” Eschewing discussion of the personal and biographical information about the shooter would likewise have a similar effect. The NIH points out that repeatedly reporting years of bullying as the motive portrays rampage killing as the only response to being bullied. Finally, there is the question of duration and frequency on which mass shooters are reported. When a mass shooting occurs, the coverage tends to be wall-to-wall for days. This certainly belies an agenda on the part of the media. What’s more, coverage of the shooting as it unfolds could be eschewed entirely, which would not only lessen the coverage, but also prevent conspiracy theories arising later when inconsistencies between “breaking news” and the full story arise. The main thing, however, is to make the coverage as general and nonspecific as possible. This is the best way to reduce the overall “excitement” and “prestige” (such as it is) enjoyed by the shooter and his actions. Even seemingly innocuous terms like “lone wolf” can glamorize a shooter. How You Can Combat the Werther Effect No one is suggesting that the Werther Effect is the primary or even the only cause of mass shootings. It is, however, a contributing factor. As such, working against it should be explored as a means of harm reduction overall. Given that mass shootings have only increased since the introduction of gun control measures, it is arguable that working to combat the Werther Effect will do more to prevent future mass shootings than will taking away guns from law-abiding citizens. While violent crime in general is down sharply since the 1990s, mass shootings are up. One does not have to call upon the federal government to institute speech codes to impact the behavior of the media. Consumer pressure can move things in this direction in the same way that, for example, consumer pressure has largely ended animal testing among boutique cosmetic brands. What’s more, one can begin taking personal responsibility for how one shares information about mass shootings in social media. When one has the urge to share an article about a recent mass shooting, particularly one with gory or lurid details or detailed information about the shooter’s biography or ideology, one can simply choose not to do this. Finally, one can inform one’s friends and family about the Werther Effect of mass shooting media coverage (for example, by sharing this article) in the hopes that they will begin similarly refusing to share this information.

The Attention Economy and the Media A big contributing factor in the viral spread of mass shootings is not just the increased role of social media in how people get their news. It’s also the decline of a centralized news media. While this certainly has a number of positive attributes (most people reading this probably get a significant portion of their news from alternative and independent media sources), it also has its downside. For example, legacy media no longer relies on subscribers for the lion’s share of their revenue. Instead, they get their money from page clicks on the Internet, which are then pitched to advertisers as a symbol of their overall strength as an advertising avenue. This means that the business model of the average newspaper or magazine has shifted from getting long-term subscribers to getting as many clicks as possible. Studies have shown that people are far more likely to click on sensationalized news stories and “clickbait” than anything else. What this means is that legacy media has a high incentive to publish the most outrageous, sensational, and lurid version of events when reporting the news. Mark Mason calls this principle the Kardashian Rule. It is also known as the Attention Economy. Social media, round-the-clock cable news coverage, and both new and legacy media now operating on a page-view economy all contribute to this phenomenon. Put simply, whatever gets the most attention then spreads the furthest and generates the greatest amount of income for the company in question, be it Facebook or the New York Times. Mass shootings generate big business for the media, so they help to fuel the attention directed toward them. Refusing to share articles about mass shooters can be one way that consumers begin reversing this trend.

When it comes to the problem of mass shooters and other rampage killers, there is no set of easy answers. This is perhaps what is most frustrating about the problem. However, it is also empowering to realize that small choices made by consumers every day of their lives can start making an impact on how the media portrays mass shooters, and in turn reduce the number of mass shootings in the United States. It might not have the visceral impact of a new, shiny piece of legislation, but ultimately it’s more effective – without trampling on the liberties of others. A final thought: What do suicides and mass shooters have in common? The common denominator might well be a loss of all hope caused by social isolation and depression. Both underscore the need for a healthy civil society and social connections. In addition to refusing to participate in the viral outrage mill, reaching out to people around you who seem to be having a hard time can be seen as doing your part. None of this is “sexy” or high profile, but these are arguably the only effective weapons we have to stop mass shootings.  If you are feeling suicidal, thinking about hurting yourself, or are concerned that someone you know may be in danger of hurting himself or herself, call the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline at 1-800-273-TALK(8255) or the Suicide Hotline: 1-800-SUICIDE (1-800-784-2433).

If It Bleeds It Leads: How the American Media Perpetuates and Profits From Mass Shootings originally appeared in the Resistance Library at Ammo.com.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-10-16/if-it-bleeds-it-leads-how-american-media-perpetuates-and-profits-mass-shootings 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 10-16-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Crop Loss Map Shows Weather Modification Is Taking A Massive Toll On Planet Earth's Food Supply As Efforts To Hide The Truth Escalate

- Two-Pronged Attack Upon America's Food Supply As Democrats Insanely Push Us Towards Communism

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die October 16, 2019

On Tuesday, we reported that the next several weeks leading up to the release of the IG Report towards the end of October were incredibly crucial to America with 'deep state crimes' and wrongdoing potentially being exposed to the American people on a mass and official level, leading to concerns by some that 'an event' might occur to take America's collective mind off of the report's release, refocusing it upon whatever 'event' the 'global elite' manufacture. With Steve Quayle, Mike Adams, ANP and other independent news websites urging people to prepare 'just in case' the luciferian's are able to 'create an event' to shift the narrative away from their own criminality, we get another reason why we should all be 'preparing' in this new story by Michael Snyder over at End of the American Dream in which he reports that an unprecedented October blizzard that hit just prior to 'harvest time' has devastated US farms across America's heartland. And while Democrats insanely scream of 'global warming' destroying our planet, as we see in the crop loss map at the top of this story from youtube videographer 'Ice Age Farmer', it's actually 'grand solar minimum' and the globalists weather modification programs that are putting our planet's agriculture at risk. And between the mysterious food recalls we've reported upon previously on ANP and the food shortages that were already showing up in many US grocery stores this past summer, we should be paying very close attention to the words of one state lawmaker as read below. As Susan Duclos had reported in this July 25th story titled "Exclusive Photos From Readers Across The Country: Food Shortages Are Here Now And The Media Is Downplaying The Dangers - 'Signs Of The Times' Part Two", America had already been experiencing food shortages of certain products over the summer. And as the website Strange Sounds had reported all the way back in April of this year, US farmers were already struggling to get their seeds sown after the longest winter, with many running nearly two months behind schedule, and now we're seeing this. The following excerpt comes to us from this Michael Snyder story.: An unprecedented October blizzard that hit just before harvest time has absolutely devastated farms all across the U.S. heartland. As you will see below, one state lawmaker in North Dakota is saying that the crop losses will be “as devastating as we’ve ever seen”. I want you to consider the next quote very carefully. According to North Dakota state lawmaker Jon Nelson, we should expect “massive crop losses – as devastating as we’ve ever seen”… If all this sounds “bad” to you, then you should go back and read the first part of this article again. This isn’t just bad. We are talking about complete and utter devastation that will have ripple effects for years to come. Needless to say, food prices are going to go up. If you are wealthy and you don’t need to worry about food prices, then good for you. But if you are like most of the country and your finances are already tight, this is going to hurt. I very much encourage you to stock up and get prepared, because we are facing a major shift. This was already going to be one of the worst years ever for Midwest farmers, and now this storm has put an exclamation mark on an absolutely horrific growing season. Nobody is sure exactly what is coming next, but since we all have to eat, the truth is that every man, woman and child in America should be deeply concerned about what just happened.

So we'll be taking a look below at the potential 'two-pronged attack' upon our country's food supply with many democrats pushing for socialism in America in the 2020 election, a system of government that nearly always brings famine and starvation to their people, and in the final section of this story we'll be taking a look at some excellent prepping advice with all of this going on from a Natural News story and 'Ice Age Farmer'. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) While so many on the left are of the mindset 'the government will take care of us', with that same left now pushing for 'socialism' in America and 'socialism' almost always leading to 'communism' and forced obedience to government, famine and mass starvation, all Americans need to do is take a look at what is still happening in Venezuela to get a good look at what might happen to America should 'democratic socialism' arrive here. The mere phrase the leftists yell, 'democratic socialism', is like trying to put makeup on a pig. As PRI had reported back in January of 2017, in the once shining gem of socialism, Venezuela, the Venezuelan military had turned the food crisis there into a 'racket', profiting off of people going hungry. With the food shortage becoming so dire that some people spend their days picking up grains of rice and corn that fall out of delivery trucks while others quite literally hunted down zoo animals and wildlife for their next meals, Venezuela is a perfect example of 'socialism' in 2019 and a perfect reason to vote to make sure no Democratic presidential candidate pushing for socialism for America ever makes it into the White House.

And while the leftists push their insane politics in our faces, take a look at what's happening in the streets of most leftist run cities which are descending into poverty and disease ridden wastelands. As Investor's Business Daily had reported, decades of Democratic rule had ruined many of America's 'once' greatest cities. Why would anyone want America to follow the example being set by San Francisco? The Washington Post insanely reported that President Trump is trying to cast US cities as filth and crime ridden in an attempt to sway 2020 voters showing that once again, 'truth is treason' in the 'Democrats' empire of lies'. As we had pointed out in this September 19th story on ANP titled "With Democrat-Run Cities Across America Transformed Into Diseased Wastelands, Imagine If Democrats Win The Presidency In 2020 And America Is Turned Into A 'Sanctuary Nation!' ", the facts reported within this story speak for themselves. According to this August 5th story over at Amac, the Association of Mature American Citizens, America's 25 worst cities are run by Democrats, and as their story immediately pointed out, the findings of several new studies are arresting. Reporting that the top ten American cities for the homeless are sanctuary cities, cities which offer refuge to illegal immigrants, don't co-operate with law enforcement and raise the prices of low-rent housing for their own citizens, with all of these big, Democrat-run US cities descending into complete shambles, truly a horrific, humanitarian crisis of the highest nature is unfolding, and being completely ignored by the msm which instead still insanely screams about Republicans being 'racist' for calling out big US cities as becoming hellholes under Democratic rule. As we reported just days ago, in New York, lawmakers are now threatening $250,000 fines for calling ICE on illegal aliens or even using the term 'illegal alien' at all when describing someone here illegally. If democrats win in 2020, what is happening now in New York is a model for America. And along with all of the other 'proof' we see with democrat-run cities descending into shambles and them trying to import those same 'qualities' into the rest of America, imagine what this entire country would look like as a 'sanctuary nation'. In the first video below, videographer 'Ice Age Farmer' warns that the early fall blizzard has punctuated what has been the worst growing season in American history with late plantings killed by the arrival of early winter. You can visit his map here and click on each 'event' to see the source. Record late plantings imply crops are too immature to make it through this early winter, as the growing seasons shrink on both sides. Up to 10-20% of the US Corn crop is at risk by some estimates, as the USDA numbers/narrative diverge further from reality, tensions are rising, and efforts to hide the truth are escalating.

Things are going to get worse before they get better. Prepare. And if Democrats have their way, 'global cooling' may only get worse! As we had reported in this September 23rd story titled "The MSM Is Now Peddling 'Soft Genocide' To The Masses By Pushing Bill Gates Plan To 'Scorch The Sky': 'This Would Lead To Mass Starvation As Food Crops Fail & Famine Sets In' - CNBC Video Is Proof: 'Weather Modification' Is A 'Conspiracy Theory' No Longer", the globalists have convinced the masses we're going through 'global warming' so they've devised 'global cooling' schemes. Creating geoengineering and weather modification projects to 'mimic volcanic eruptions' to 'cool the skies', does anybody else see the potential problems with the globalists intentionally cooling the planet when the planet is already going through 'grand solar minimum'? As 'Ice Age Farmer' warns, as long as we're on this same path, things are going to get worse before they get better. Think 'weather modification' is just a 'conspiracy theory'? What about ALL of these weather modification patents! In this October 12th story over at Natural News titled "Prepping on a budget: How to use your food supply to get through unexpected financial emergencies" author Grace Olson gives us some excellent prepping tips. Grocery stores are convenient suppliers of food, but when you run out of money, they are out of the picture. It is crucial then to stock up on supplies at home for emergencies. In case a disaster or financial shortage strikes, you need to have a system in handling your food supply. (h/t to TheOrganicPrepper.com)

Here are some tips and tricks to help you get started: 1. Stock up right. The key to having a well-managed food supply begins with stocking. You need to choose the right foods and store them properly. For this, you need to consider the number of people in your family, the kinds of food they like, and plan those meals. When planning meals, make sure that the ingredients can last for a long time. You never know when an emergency may come up, and you don’t want to check your pantry and see expired food. Choose the form of the food which can last for a long time (like choosing the powdered or frozen form instead of the common variety). Please read the rest of their story here. And while Susan Duclos had previously recommended hydroponics, sprouting, and 'miracle foods' in preparing for a 'shtf' scenario, should that 'teotwawki' event arrive with very little to no warning, and the grocery stores be suddenly shuttered, we serve our families and loved one's best by stocking up now with emergency food as near by as an internet order and delivery within a few days. NuManna Family Pack w/ Meat 146 Servings, Emergency Survival Food Storage Kit, Separate Rations, in a Bucket, 25 Plus Year Shelf Life, GMO-Free Nutristore Freeze-Dried Meat Assorted Premium Pack (Beef Dices, Chicken Dices, Ground Beef and Sausage Crumbles) | 80 Large Servings | Survival Food | Amazing Taste | Perfect for Camping Augason Farms Simply Meal Pack Emergency Food Storage 17 Can Kit Augason Farms Dairy and Egg Combo No. 10 Can 3-Pack Augason Farms Freeze Dried Meat Variety Kit No. 10 Can 6-Pack

Millennium Energy Bars Assorted Flavors Including Emergency Guide Emergency Water Storage 5 Gallon Water Tank - 20 Gallons (4 Tanks) - 5 Gallons Each w/Lids + Spigot & Water Treatment - Food Grade, Portable, Stackable, Easy Fill - Survival Supply Water Container 3 Month Long Term Emergency Food Supply Kit - Eden Valley Farms In the first video below, Ice Age Farmer takes a look at the massive crop losses in America due to the October blizzard in America's heartland while in the 2nd video below, he also takes a look at 'Grand Solar Minimum 2019' and warns us about what we should be expecting. And in the 3rd and final video below we hear more about the devastating midwest blizzard that "has US farmers seeing massive crop losses as devastating as they've ever seen before".

http://allnewspipeline.com/Nature_Taking_Toll_Food_Supply_Hit.php 

:: 10-17-19 News with Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

I Stood Eyeball to Eyeball With the CNN Trump Hater Jeff Zucker at the Democratic Debate

By Dave Daubenmire|October 17th, 2019

Coach Dave Daubenmire

A group of us showed up outside the Democrat debate in Westerville, Ohio last night. It was held on the campus of my Alma Mater, Otterbein College. Methodist affiliated Otterbein was once a Christian University. Like so many others it has been infiltrated by the enemies of the cross. Otterbein now prides itself on being “Progressive.” That is code for homo friendly. I saw my first ever homosexual there my freshman year in 1971. Being from a small town I had never even heard of one. That’s what we called them in 1971. Homosexuals. That was before they convinced us they were gay…back when rainbows were a sign from God. Today, Otterbein leads the way in the destruction of the Christian American moral standard. Tolerance and acceptance now trump fire and brimstone at this Methodist College. This once honorable institution of higher learning is now a debased bastion of lower living.

You can view some short videos on my Facebook page. Once I got home I reviewed the debate online. These are my notes from what I witnessed on the ground, in person last night. What happened to the kids in cages on the border? No mention from any of the candidates. What about Russian collusion? Nada. Or Mueller…Comey…Steele Dossier…

Has anyone heard from Blasey-Ford or the skinny kid from the Parkland shooting?

Where are Omarosa and that stripper slut the media fed us for months?

Where is the creepy lawyer Avenati and his lawyer buddy Michael Cohen? No mention.

They can’t win at the ballot box so on to the next made up scandal.

The Democrats sent in the clowns last night. Where were the clowns?

On the stage at Otterbein College which now proudly promotes the Devil’s agenda.

I stood face to face with the CNN traitor Jeff Zucker…eyeball to eyeball. He is a midget. Shorter than me. I’m 5’7” on a tall day. On the scene doing his best to overthrow an election. He’ll soon be looking for a job but needs to call in some favors to stay out of jail. Saw many “media” stars. Skinny jean betas. Tattooed dykes without their bikes. Old liberal “experts” we see on CNN who were dressed in self-importance. They felt uncomfortable out with the serfs. The supporters of the Left were a collection of special interest groups bused in from who knows where…miscreants…freaks…commies…baby killers…witches…for real. I was there. Saw it with my own eyes. Young kids…twenty some-things. Socialists. America haters. The fruits of government education. Stupid chants. “This is what democracy looks like.” Poor civics.. “Love trumps hate.” If so, why is the Left so hateful? Sex is not love and love is not sex. Saw a sign that said, “I am voting for the next Democrat President…whoever SHE is.” I called her out. “Stop miss gendering. She could be a he…or a they.” She flipped me off. Sorry you missed the clown show. How can any moral, sane, thinking person ever vote for a Demon Crat? Anyone over 30 and straight would have been ashamed to be seen with them. Republicans aren’t much better but at least they are smart enough to vote against the Demonically controlled opposition party. That is not a typo. They are Demonic. They love killing preborn babies. What could be more Devil-like than that? There was NOT ONE candidate on stage that will stand up for babies. Yet many of my Catholic friends vote for them because their father was a Demoncrat. Group think. Worse than the race baiters. Claiming to be prolife and voting for baby murderers. SMH. Probably following the fake Pope. He’s a commie as well. The Deplorables are fighting back. Many local Trump supporters showed up. Bunches of MAGA hats. Moms and Pops are starting to push back. Trump trucks and Trump flags everywhere. Middle class America is pissed. Sorry folks. Call me a bigot. I know what I saw. Just calling them like I see them. It’s called free speech spurred by free thought. Too bad others are afraid to be called names by the real bigots on the Left. The TRUTH sounds like hate to those who hate the Truth. Let the name calling begin. Slander is all they have in their arsenal. I don’t hate anyone…I just love TRUTH. My wife and I had a ball. Toying with Demoncrats is easy. They can’t think logically. That’s why they chant slogans. Send in the clowns. Don’t bother…they’re here. E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

http://newswithviews.com/i-stood-eyeball-to-eyeball-with-the-cnn-trump-hater-jeff-zucker-at-the-democratic-debate/ 

:: 10-17-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Comey, Biden and Romney Issue Thinly Veiled Assassination Threats Against Trump on the Eve of His Dallas Visit

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Thursday, October 17, 2019 - 12:01.

Today, on October 17th, the President travels to Dallas, the site of the 1963 murder of President John F. Kennedy. Because of recent and thinly veiled threats against the President, many are concerned for his safety. However, the Secret Service is nowhere to be found. Even the most ignorant among us could and should see the following as a direct threat to the President. Look at the photo below. Does this look familiar? No, I don't mean the disgraced former FBI Director, James Comey. I am speaking about his toys on the floor. This is a photo that appeared in the New York Times. Please note the curvature of the toys made to look like Dealey Plaza. Before the coincidence theorists chime in, please note the grassy knoll depiction to the bottom right of the photo. The New York Times article was entitled, James Comey Would Like to Help. In the interview, Comey went on to say that he was dedicating his efforts, over the next 13 months to remove Trump from office. Why in the world, would Comey be interviewed in an article dedicated to the removal of President Trump and have a depiction of Dealey Plaza in the NYT photo. Also, we have to ask if this point was lost on the NTY reporter and editor for this story? Where is the Secret Service? Why isn't Comey being swat-teamed like Roger Stone was? Where is the President's security? Where is the Secret Service? Does this inaction inspire confidence in the President's security detail in Dallas on 10/17/2019? In a stunning rendition, Comey is sitting about where Oswald allegedly would have been located on that fateful day in Dallas on November 23, 1963. For the sake of reference, I put an photo of Dealey Plaza below this NYT photo.

"James Comey plans to spend the next 13 months working to drive President Trump from power. Credit

Ryan Christopher Jones for The New York Times" (Editorial Use and Fair Use) But wait, there is more to this Deep-State plot against President Trump. In the most recent Democratic Party Presidential Debate, Biden stated "...it is so important to remove this man from office. On the 17th.." At that point, Biden muzzled himself. He know he had stumbled in what has become typic for Biden since he is obviously suffering from cognitive decline. If you want to see this stumble as Biden almost let the cat out of the proverbial bag, go to the X22 report. Go direct to 25:29 to hear this bumble and revelation about October 17th. Look at his face, he knew he screwed up. October 17th is the date of the President's visit to Dallas. Even the most ardent coincidence theorists are having trouble holding their cognitive dissonance together. Previously, Mitt Romney attacked Trump as he has done so many times. The verbal attack is not the critical issue. This is highly revealing. Who was the last American president to be shot? It was Ronald Reagan. Who did the shooting? It was a man named John Hinckley. It is not as important that the public listen to the threats made against Donald Trump by Mitt Romney. But please look at the backdrop. It is from the Hinckley Institute. Yes indeed, this is from the same Hinckley family that John Hinckley is from, the last man to shoot a president. In light of the present day controversies, how do we not take this as a thinly veiled threat against the President of the United States? And here are Hillary and Bill waiting in the wings for Donald Trump's demise so Hillary can rightfully claim her throne as US President. If an attempt is made on President Trump, will we believe that the Clinton's did not know? Don't ask, don't tell about our backgrounds. The final choice, outside of Trump, is America's modern day answer to Lizzy Borden. The trail of bodies that followed Billary and Killary into the Oval Office is noteworthy. If you are unfamiliar with the facts behind this last statement, spend sometime on the search engine of The Common Sense Show. Does America really want the Butcher of Benghazi in the White House? And I haven't even mentioned the thousands of classified emails which ended up on her private email and computer, both of which carries a five year prison term for each occurrence. What does she even stand for, except for the fact that she is a woman. Finally, I shutter at the thought of referring to Bill Clinton as the First Gentleman, if she is elected. Mamas, hide your daughters.

For the record and in the opinion of Dave Hodges of The Common Sense Show, I do not believe that Donald Trump will be assassinated in Dallas. However, there is no question in my mind that the President's visit to the site of JFK's murder is being used to send the President a very direct message. "Do what the globalists want, or else". Where the hell is the Secret Service?

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-economics-tragedy/comey-biden-and-romney-issue-thinly-veiled-assassination-threats-against-trump-eve-his-dallas-visit 

:: 10-17-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America Is Going Through A Classic Case Of Luciferian Inversion: With Decades Long Trail Of Dead Bodies Following Them Wherever They Go, The Clinton's Are A Perfect Example

- Americans Owe No Obedience To Tyrants: 'Resisting Tyranny Is Obeying God'

By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline  October 17, 2019

The one thing worse than a lack of any law enforcement is 'selective' law enforcement, a hallmark of tyranny. We’re all familiar with certain African nations, for example, where street crime is largely unpunished and hence out of control, and corrupt officials get away with stealing the country blind, yet citizens seen as posing a threat to the power of the elites are routinely railroaded into prison or executed. It is depressing and infuriating to see that the US is beginning to resemble one of these corrupt Third World hellholes in more ways than one. Going at least as far back as the decisions of the Earl Warren Supreme Court in the fifties, actual criminals seem to have almost unlimited rights. District Attorneys often refuse to prosecute even violent repeat offenders, and if they are prosecuted they often get off on some technicality. Executions are rare and the recidivism rate among those who have served their (often very short) sentences is high. Members of favored minorities who attack Whites are often never arrested, and the same is true of the violent and cowardly thugs of Antifa and other left wing fascist groups. Congress passed and Trump signed into law the First Step Act on 12/21/18, supposedly to “reform” sentencing. Remember, our elites also have spoken of “comprehensive immigration reform,” which means opening our borders to invaders. To our rulers, reform doesn’t mean what the rest of us want. The First Step Act, we were promised, would simply release non-violent drug offenders, who, the leftists claimed, were serving long sentences for minor offenses. In reality, repeat offenders and career criminals and even violent felons are being released in large numbers to prey on the rest of us. And of course our immigration laws are seldom enforced.  (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) As we shall see, the rich and powerful, at least if they are Demoncraps, get away with innumerable crimes and are almost never indicted or even investigated. The Clintons, with a decades-long trail of bodies behind them, are a prime example. But what is less understood is that many innocent Americans are railroaded into prison or even murdered by government thugs, usually because they are seen as politically “incorrect.” Let us look at a few examples of both extremes.  Of course, the best illustration is the endless series of ongoing quasi-legal attacks on Trump and his associates. Now, many of us patriots are bitterly disappointed with Trump, who has staffed his administration with the swamp creatures he promised to remove from power and continued the insane wars begun by the neocons. But he has never colluded in any way with Russia, a nation that is only our enemy if we make it so. He had a right and a duty to investigate the corrupt dealings of the Bidens in Ukraine and elsewhere. Yet he is being subjected to a kangaroo court attempting to impeach him for nonexistent “high crimes and misdemeanors,” while the sleazy Biden and his drug addict son continue on their merry way. And the Witch Hillary and her worshippers are the ones who really colluded with Russia (Uranium One) and got away with it. Justice has been turned on its head in America, a classic case of Luciferian Inversion. We have lost our Republic and no longer have the rule of law. The FBI and Federal Marshalls attacked the “compound” of Randy Weaver at Ruby Ridge in northern Idaho after entrapping him into selling an illegally altered shotgun (arguably, the law forbidding such alterations is itself unconstitutional). He had missed a scheduled court date because the government had failed to notify him of the appointment, and the government thugs sneaked up on his property without clearly indentifying themselves. No knock raids are becoming all too common, and, all too often, end in tragedy. The mighty warriors shot his teenage son in the back, shot the family dog, and then intrepid FBI sniper Lon Horiuchi shot Vickie Weaver, who was holding, not a firearm, but a baby. Horiuchi missed the baby, but the FBI and BATF made up for it at Waco, where, for reasons never really explained, they attacked the “compound” (how they love that word) of the dreaded Branch Dravidians, allegedly because of drugs or illegal weapons never introduced as evidence. The federales wound up burning to death some twenty children and infants and roughly sixty adults. And this merely inspired our masters to yet greater deeds of mass murder with their false flag attacks at Oklahoma City and the WTC and Pentagon. Federal police apparently are only punished if they actually do their duty. On 2/17/2005 Border Patrol agents Jose Compean and Ignacio Ramos shot and wounded a fleeing illegal alien drug smuggler, Osvaldo Davila. For this “crime” they served two years each in prison, much of it in solitary and lost their jobs. Davila testified against them. George (Bush) II later commuted their sentences, but no one, including Trump, ever pardoned them or restored their careers. They and their families continue to suffer. Under Hussein Obama and the arrogant, smirking Attorney General Eric Holder, the BATF arranged the illegal sale of weapons to a Mexican drug cartel, pretending they were doing a sting…but the alleged sting brought no high level convictions. Some 2,000 guns were sold and only 710 later recovered. One was used to kill loyal Border Patrol agent Brian Terry, and many Mexicans also died. Bathhouse Barry (Hussein) continues to live in luxury and Holder continues to smirk. Not satisfied with the many deaths in her slimy wake, the Witch Hillary, as Hussein’s Secretary of State, maintained classified emails, both personal and official, on a private server. It was managed for her by Platte River Networks, a company with no security clearance. She handed over 30,000 emails and even the FBI admitted that 110 had classified information. When I was a USAF Intelligence Officer, even leaving classified documents unsecured by mistake would have meant my court martial.

But the Witch, who destroyed some 31,000 more emails, got a pass, as always; FBI Director James Comey recommended that she not be charged. Nor was the Witch charged for the Uranium One deal, the crimes of the Clinton Foundation, or Benghazi, where she set up four Americans and allowed them to be killed, almost certainly to cover up the fact that she and Hussein helped to create ISIS. But Trump is being “investigated,” and his loyal subordinates have had their lives ruined (and Trump has done nothing to help them). A young, Black dental hygienist from Connecticut (where Hussein got his social security number despite having never lived or worked there) was visiting the District of Criminals for some unknown reason, with her toddler daughter accompanying her in her car. She had no criminal record and had mastered a skilled profession. She took, for whatever reason, a turn into an entrance to the White House, and then, changing her mind or realizing her mistake, made a legal u turn to leave; she was unarmed and had broken no law. A uniformed SS (Secret Service) agent, for unexplained reasons, threw a barrier into her path. She panicked and hit the barrier, throwing the agent to the ground; he was not seriously injured. The intrepid heroes of the SS gave chase, firing multiple rounds at this terrifying menace (in a built up area amid crowds of people), finally killing her. At least they missed her daughter. Interestingly, the usual race baiters, like Jessie Jackson, Al Sharpton, etc., remained absolutely silent. Let the police or an armed citizen shoot a low-life Black thug in self-defense and the race baiters scream with rage and organize “marches” and riots. But if the federales murder an innocent young Black woman, they have nothing to say. In 1976 the Federal Land Policy and Management Act ended homesteading and gave the Bureau of Land Management control of most of the vast federal lands in the western states. Many of us patriots believe in state sovereignty and think most land, including the national parks, should be administered by the states. This touched off what has been called the Sagebrush Rebellion, a peaceful protest by farmers and ranchers. This led to the famous standoff at the Bundy ranch in Nevada in 2014; in that case violence was narrowly averted.

On 1/2/16 militants led by Ammon Bundy occupied the headquarters building of the Malheur National Wildlife Refuge in Oregon. The FBI and Oregon State Police stopped a carload of the protesters on their way to a meeting in a nearby town. The protesters attempted to drive off the road and around the roadblock, but their car became stuck. Robert LaVoy Finicum got out of the car and was shot dead, apparently by a state police officer (Oregon, remember, is a state controlled by the Demoncraps, and Portland police have allowed Antifa thugs to attack citizens and disrupt traffic). The police claimed he was reaching for a handgun, but the SWAT team member, armed with an AR-15, shot Finicum in the back. The police also fired three rounds into the truck and an FBI Hostage Rescue Team member (why were they there when there was no hostage situation?) also fired two shots into the truck. No one in the truck reached for a weapon; no one was killed but the police wounded Ryan Bundy, who was a passenger. FBI thug Joseph Astarita was tried for obstruction of justice for allegedly lying about his role in the incident, but was acquitted. This really looks like deliberate murder, but we will never know for sure. Lois Lerner, Director of the IRS Exempt Organization Unit, testified before Congress when accused, along with IRS Director John Koskinen, of selectively and unfairly denying tax exempt status to non-profit conservative organizations, presumably on the orders of Bathhouse Barry. Of course, they were never convicted of anything or held in contempt of Congress. But what many of us remember is the insufferable arrogance of both of them, especially Lois Lerner, who clearly showed her disdain for anyone daring to question her at all. As we are all beginning to realize, the operatives of the Deep State despise all of us and consider themselves above the law. Equally infuriating is the abuse of eminent domain allowing even local governments to seize the property of citizens and sell it to private companies, a move that was supported by the “liberals” on the Supreme Court. And asset seizure laws allow police to confiscate the money, cars, homes, and valuables of citizens who have not been convicted of any crime; in theory, the citizens can get their property back, but this can involve huge legal fees and months or even years of delays. And there is at least some evidence of even worse crimes of the elites, including child trafficking and sex abuse and possible child sacrifice, including torture and murder. There are persistent rumors that Shifty Bugeyes (Adam Schiff) is a “passive Greek” homosexual and that he and his cronies used acid to dissolve the body of a Black sex partner of Shifty’s, who died during intercourse, apparently of a drug overdose. And there are rumors that the Witch Hillary actually belonged to a witches’ coven in California. Guilty or not, none of our elites are likely ever to face serious legal consequences; these are reserved for lawful gun owners and honest citizens deemed guilty of “hate speech,” which is any speech our masters hate. We need to realize that, in a nation with no rule of law, patriots are no longer morally bound by government law. Certainly we are subject to God’s natural law, summed up in the Ten Commandments and the Golden Rule. But we are not subject to, for example, tax laws or weapons laws. Of course it would be wrong to take the law into our own hands if the law was in the books where it belongs and based on our late, great Constitution. But it is not…it is in the hands of our corrupt masters, who enforce it or not as they see fit. And while no one is advocating violence, we are morally justified in resisting their will via massive civil disobedience as the left always does, in fighting back if attacked by criminals, terrorists, or Antifa thugs, and as our Founding Fathers perfectly understood, Americans and free people all around the world, even in Hong Kong, are always justified, and encouraged, to resist tyranny.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Institutionalized_Injustice_In_America.php 

:: 10-16-19 Surviving the Super Grand Solar Minimum :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wednesday, October 16, 2019

The Final Play

There are some really crazy thing happening. It's happening in the air and on the earth and on the sun and its happening everywhere. There is only a little bit of time left in the game and it's coming down to the Final Play. The score is a tie. It's you and them and they want most of you dead. The whole universe is watching and many things are heading at head breaking speeds to one great crescendo. They have been waiting for this final play for many years and have made their plans on what they will execute. The humans are not very well prepared for the game and that has been part of their final game plan. The earth is exactly where they want it, and they have been watching the sun in it's position in the galaxy for hundreds of years. It's all coming together at the exact right time. All of their useful idiot human surrogates have been brought up to speed and placed in the exact positions where they may act at just the right moment. Huge amounts of money and positions of power have been parsed out to insure compliance with their wishes. It's all a shallow lie but they don't know that. The poor humans don't have their game together at all and are wrapped up in things like global warming, social media and insane politics. They have no idea how stupid and brain dead they are to what is coming their way.  The earth is cooling and many different things will insure that soon there will not be enough food to feed the billions of people on the planet. They have know this was coming for many years and are prepared to use this one great catastrophe to win the final play. In order to make the final play as effective as possible, the last great power on earth which is the US must be brought into subjugation. The surrogates are feverishly working at this at this very moment. A look into the future What will the final play look like and how long will it take? Bringing the US down may just take at perhaps two or three more years, especially if all the craziness continues. The coming food shortages might even speed this up. Once that is done, and the US becomes much like China it will all be over. Then they have only to sit back and watch the climate play out the destruction of the worlds growing systems. The Final Play is the starvation of billions of people. When its all over and the game ends, there will perhaps be only a billion or less people alive on the planet. At that point the rats will come out of their holes and they will have won. They will now control the food, weapons and anything of value and they will move what is left of humanity into their little smart cities where they will be abused and controlled. The question remains who is THEY and who are THEIR useful idiot human surrogates? I will let you fill that in as I don't really want to go any further. We live in interesting and very dangerous times, so don't waste the precious time left. There may be a huge human culling coming which will be caused by global cooling and food shortages. You can do something about that right now if you want. I was in the grocery store today, and food is still relatively inexpensive, but I am just waiting for the day when that changes. I will assure you when that happens and I am still around, I will have a blog on the subject. Another front blew through here in Central Texas today. Even received some rain, but we are so dry that it was hard to see that we actually received inches of the wet stuff. I have a feeling that the Central Texas climate gods did that on purpose. Perhaps tomorrow I will be deep in cardboard and starting the potato bed for the spring garden. Got loads and loads of hay and horse manure. Lucky Me! Wishing all who read this blog the best of everything. Cheers Dennis

https://survivingthesupergrandsolarminimum.blogspot.com/2019/10/the-final-play-there-are-some-really.html 

:: 10-16-19 National Geographic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New seismic phenomenon discovered, named stormquakes

The curious bursts of energy are born from massive storms and can radiate thousands of miles across continents.

4 Minute Read By Maya Wei-Haas PUBLISHED October 16, 2019

Below the rumble of passing cars, chirping birds, and rustling leaves, the Earth is constantly humming. This geologic symphony is driven by the ever-sloshing oceans that blanket nearly three-quarters of our planet, but tracing individual refrains from this watery orchestra has long posed a challenge. Now, researchers have done just that, picking out a previously unknown seismic phenomenon that they have dubbed stormquakes. These events, described this week in Geophysical Research Letters, are pulses of seismic waves birthed from the ferocious energy in massive storms, and they can radiate thousands of miles across continents. (Learn about a different kind of strange seismic wave that rippled around the world.) “I was surprised by what they saw,” says Göran Ekström, a seismologist at Columbia University who specializes in unusual earthquakes. Big storms are thought to produce a lengthy jumble of rumbles that radiate from coastlines. But in the new study, the team identified a discrete “burst of wiggles” from each stormquake that they can trace back to its origin off shore. The find joins a number of recent studies that are applying new methods to sort through the noise recorded on the world’s growing network of seismometers. These signals can help scientists better understand the world around us, from deciphering our planet’s inner structure to tracking ocean or ice dynamics and even monitoring climate change. (Read about how a groundbreaking earthquake catalog may have solved a seismic mystery.) A lot of this information has previously been discarded as noise in our seismic readings, but scientists are now seeing how that “noise” may be providing useful records of environmental happenings, says study leader Wenyuan Fan, a seismologist at Florida State University. “We just didn’t know where to look and what to look for,” he says.  The seismic search Similar to many scientific advances, stormquakes were discovered by accident. In summer 2018, Fan and his colleagues were developing a method to study what are known as very low frequency earthquakes. These are not the sudden, intense jolts we usually think of when a temblor unzips our planet’s surface. Instead these tremors shake the surface in a low-frequency side-to-side warble at intensities below what humans can detect without instrumentation. Geologists can identify these events by the seismic waves they generate, picked up on sensitive instruments known as seismometers. “Seismometers are basically like little ears pressed to the ground,” explains Wendy Bohon, an earthquake geologist at the Incorporated Research Institutions for Seismology who was not part of the study team. The devices can pick up all sorts of vibrations, from boisterous sports fans jumping up and down and airplanes passing overhead to distant earthquakes rattling the ground. Very low frequency earthquakes, however, are tough to trace over vast distances, since the wiggles from these events don’t always look the same from one seismometer to the next, Fan says. So he and his team devised a method to track them, piecing together the signals from smaller regions like a seismic puzzle. But during this process, an unusual set of events emerged that looked similar to, but not exactly like, the earthquakes Fan was chasing. Surprisingly, the events were seasonal, never occurring between May and August. Earthquakes that release energy from Earth’s shifting crust, however, are usually indifferent to the changing seasons. What’s more, the curious quakes radiated from both the east and west coasts of North America. Earthquakes are common out west, rumbling as the earth shifts along a spidery network of fractures in the surface, but the eastern coast largely lacks these quake-generating features. Baffled, Fan and his team turned to models to suss out what was going on—and that was when they realized the connection: Many of these tremors coincided with massive storms or even full-fledged hurricanes. By digging through data largely from EarthScope’s USArray, a series of hundreds of seismometers temporarily placed across the country, the team unearthed 14,077 of these stormquake events between 2006 and 2015. (Learn more about Earth’s hum.) The making of a stormquake Not every big storm, however fearsome, can produce a stormquake. For example, the signals were conspicuously absent during Hurricane Sandy, even with its wind gusts topping 90 miles an hour in some locales. Instead, it seems a particular underlying geology is required to spawn a stormquake. For one, the quakes came from regions with a broad continental shelf, an underwater section of a continent just off the coast that is relatively shallow. This likely allows the waves from stormquakes time to build up, Fan explains. Most wind-borne ocean waves generate signals at a frequency higher than the 20- to 50-second cycle of a stormquake. But a broad shelf gives the waves time to interact with each other, perhaps stretching into a longer, lower frequency wave. Tempestuous temblors also seem to turn up only around ocean banks. These flattened underwater hills can focus the energy so that the pressure from the waves transfers to the ground to create the uniform burst of wiggles—similar to a hammer striking in the ocean, Fan says. However, more work is needed to precisely untangle the mechanism behind these discrete pulses of energy, says Ekström, who was one of the reviewers for the study. Looking beyond the wiggles Fan and his colleagues are hoping to continue the hunt for the mechanism behind the curious temblors. And now that the study is out in the world, Bohon is excited to see what scientists from other fields can add to the find. “This paper is laying the foundation for building up new information about how the world works,” she says.  Fan and his colleagues hope that stormquakes could help future researchers better understand ocean dynamics or even earth structure. Scientists can already use more traditional temblors like a planetary x-ray, tracking the seismic waves to visualize Earth’s innards. (Learn how big earthquakes helped scientists find rugged ‘mountains’ deep underground.) Low-frequency waves, like those found in stormquakes, won’t give the most clear signal from inside the planet, notes geophysicist Jonathan Berger of Scripps Institution of Oceanography. But the events might help fill some gaps in the record for areas like New England, where earthquakes are scarce. And there may be other applications yet to be imagined: “Scientists are inherently creative people,” Bohon says. “Who knows what some inspired young students are going to be able to use these for.”

https://www.nationalgeographic.com/science/2019/10/new-seismic-phenomenon-discovered-named-stormquakes/ 

:: 10-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What is That Strange Light Flying in the Sky Over Trinidad and Tobago? Too Slow for a Meteor Fireball

By Strange Sounds - Oct 16, 2019

What is that unidentified object flying in the sky over Trinidad and Tobago on October 15, 2019?

One thing is sure… It’s too slow to be a meteor fireball! A mysterious space object illumintaed the sky over Trinidad and Tobago on October 15, 2019. No meteor fireball. Picture via TTWeatherCenter At 9:30 PM, a weird light started to glow and shoot in the sky across Central Trinidad. But it is still unclear what it really is. Normally, the GOES-16 Lightning Mapper (GLM) captures a meteor as it enters the atmosphere. But yesterday, it wasn’t the case. The GLM only detected flashes from thunderstorms along the Paria Peninsula of Venezuela. The mysterious space object entered the atmosphere with relatively clear skies and some mid- to upper-level clouds moving across Trinidad. Based on social media reports, the glowing object was moving very slowly. It was observed by baffled skywatchers flying across Northern and Central Trinidad sometime between 9PM and 10 PM on Tuesday October 15, 2019. I am really not sure this was a meteor. The space object is too slow and doesn’t seem to disintegrate but slowly burns down. Is it a piece of space junk? The website Aerospace indicates that a rocket body reentered Earth’s atmosphere yesterday evening. I don’t know if that piece of space junk created this mysterious sky phenomenon over Trinidad and Tobago… But it seems to be the culprit. Otherwise it will stay a UFO until we get more information. By the way, the Orionid meteor shower will peak between midnight and dawn on October 21 and 22. If lucky, you may see up to 40 meteors per hours! Keep your eyes to the sky! [TTWeatherCenter]

https://strangesounds.org/2019/10/mysterious-meteor-fireball-video-trinidad-tobago.html 

:: 10-17-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. SUPREME COURT SUBMITS TO ISLAM…declines to hear the case of a public school teacher who required her students to recite the Islamic ‘conversion prayer’ or risk receiving a failing grade

October 17, 2019 by BareNakedIslam

The Thomas More Law Center is defending Caleigh Wood, a Christian student in 11th grade at La Plata High School in La Plata, Maryland. Wood refused to deny her faith “by making a written profession of the Muslim conversion prayer known as the shahada – ‘There is no god but Allah and Muhammad is the messenger of Allah,’” Thomas More said. And what you might not know, if you recite the shahada three times in a row, you are automatically converted to Islam.

WND The 4th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals ruled the teacher did not violate the Establishment Clause.

Wood also had been forced to view a series of Islam-promoting PowerPoint slides, including one casting aspersions on Christians that said, “Most Muslims’ faith is stronger than the average Christian.” The teacher’s actions were condemned in court by the high school’s content specialist, Jack Tuttle. Richard Thompson, Thomas More’s chief counsel, said he’s “not aware of any public school which has forced a Muslim student to write the Lord’s Prayer or John 3:16: ‘For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.'” “Yet, under the pretext of teaching history or social studies, public schools across America are promoting the religion of Islam in ways that would never be tolerated for Christianity or any other religion,” he said. “It’s disappointing that the Supreme Court did not take this opportunity to clarify the test which lower courts should use when ruling on establishment clause and free speech challenges to public school classes on religion.” Thomas More contends the school violated the First Amendment’s Establishment and Free Speech clauses when it ordered Wood to do an assignment that she could not complete without violating her Christian beliefs. The teacher then gave her a failing grade. The center explained Wood “believes it is a sin to profess the existence of any other god but the Christian God. She stood firm in her Christian beliefs and was punished for it. School officials refused her father’s request that she be allowed to opt-out or be given an alternative assignment. She refused to complete her anti-Christian assignment and consequently received a failing grade.”  The school’s Islamic indoctrination also included: “Islam at heart is a peaceful religion,” “Jihad is a ‘personal struggle in devotion to Islam, especially involving spiritual discipline,'” “To Muslims, Allah is the same God that is worshiped in Christianity and Judaism,” and “Men are the managers of the affairs of women.” “Many public schools have become hot beds of Islamic propaganda. Teaching Islam in schools has gone far beyond a basic history lesson. Prompted by zealous Islamic activism and emboldened by confusing court decisions, schools are now bending over backwards to promote Islam while at the same time denigrating Christianity,” Thompson said. “Although the Supreme Court passed up an opportunity to provide clearer constitutional guidance on this important issue, there will be other chances as this issue isn’t going away anytime soon.” ‘The true faith, Islam.’ The dispute over Islamic indoctrination in public schools isn’t new. In May 2017, in Groesbeck, Texas, a couple moved their sixth-grade daughter to a new school after they discovered her history homework assignment on Islam. In late March 2017, as WND reported, a middle school in Chatham, New Jersey, was using a cartoon video to teach the Five Pillars of Islam to seventh-grade students, prompting two parents to obtain legal services to fight the school district, which has ignored their concerns.

Teaching the five pillars of Islam also created an uproar in Summerville, South Carolina, and in Loganville, Georgia, last year. WND also reported in March 2017 a high school in Frisco, Texas, set up an Islamic prayer room specifically for Muslim students to pray on campus during school hours. The same type of prayer rooms have been set up in high schools in St. Cloud, Minnesota, and other school districts. In 2015, parents in Tennessee asked the governor, legislature and state education department to investigate pro-Islam bias in textbooks and other materials. WND reported in 2012 ACT for America conducted an analysis of 38 textbooks used in the sixth through 12th grades in public schools and found that since the 1990s, discussions of Islam are taking up more and more pages, while the space devoted to Judaism and Christianity has simultaneously decreased.

In 2009, Gilbert T. Sewall, director of the American Textbook Council, a group that reviews history books, told Fox News the texts were “whitewashing” Islamic extremism and key subjects such as jihad, Islamic law and the status of women. Also in 2009, WND reported the middle school textbook “History Alive! The Medieval World and Beyond,” published by Teachers’ Curriculum Institute, said an Islamic “jihad” is an effort by Muslims to convince “others to take up worthy causes, such as funding medical research.” In 2006, WND reported a school in Oregon taught Islam by having students study and learn Muslim prayers and dress as Muslims. WND reported in 2003 a prominent Muslim leader who eventually was convicted on terror-related charges helped write the “Religious Expression in Public Schools” guidelines issued by President Bill Clinton. In 2001, shortly after the 9/11 attacks, seventh graders in Byron, California, were taught a three-week course on Islam that required them to learn 25 Islamic terms, 20 proverbs, Islam’s Five Pillars of Faith, 10 key Islamic prophets and disciples, recite from the Quran, wear a robe during class, adopt a Muslim name and stage their own “holy war” in a dice game. And in the past few months, WND has reported on a series of letters sent to Washington state school districts that were promoting Islam through a Ramadan policy of giving Muslim students special privileges. MORE ABOUT Islam in public schools Share this news Click to email this to a friend (Opens in new window)Click to share on Tumblr (Opens in new window)Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)Click to print (Opens in new window)Click to share on Reddit (Opens in new window)Click to share on LinkedIn 

https://barenakedislam.com/2019/10/17/u-s-supreme-court-submits-to-islam-declines-to-hear-the-case-of-a-public-school-teacher-who-required-her-students-to-recite-the-islamic-

conversion-prayer-or-risk-receiving-a-failing-grade/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 10-17-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Turkish President Erdogan "Dumped Trump's Letter In The Trash", Launched Syria Invasion In Response

by Tyler Durden Thu, 10/17/2019 - 06:22 Update (Oct. 17 5:40 am est.):

President Trump sent a harsh letter to Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan on Wednesday. Trump warned the Turkish president doesn't want to be responsible "for slaughtering thousands of people," and that Trump - consequently, doesn't "want to be responsible for destroying the Turkish economy," adding, "and I will." On the day Erdogan received Trump's letter, the Turkish military launched a cross-border assault against Kurdish-led forces. Erdogan's response to the letter, confirmed by BBC News Turkey (on Thursday morning), is that he "thoroughly rejected it, threw it in the bin." Middle-East eye confirms, reporting that Turkish officials, speaking on condition of anonymity, said that they responded to Trump’s letter in kind and with stronger language. “We just dumped his letter into the trash,” one of them said. "The date on the letter is 9 October, the same day we began Operation Peace Spring. Our president gave the best response by launching the operation on the same day at 4pm," the official told MEE. Trump has been criticized for the withdrawal of special operations troops in Northern Syria, which his critics have said gave Erdogan the ability to launch attacks on the Kurds. About 129 members of Trump's party joined Democrats on Wednesday to formally denounce the move in a vote. The measure, which passed, 354 to 60, has called for Erdogan to halt military operations in Syria. President Trump shot off a very direct letter to Recep Tayyip Erdogan on Wednesday, according to Fox News's Trish Regan, who obtained a copy. Trump warned the Turkish president doesn't want to be responsible "for slaughtering thousands of people," and that Trump - consequently, doesn't "want to be responsible for destroying the Turkish economy," adding "and I will." "I have worked hard to solve some of your problems," Trump continues. "Don't let the world down. You can make a great deal. General Mazloum is willing to negotiate with you, and he is willing to make concessions that they never would have made in the past." "History will look upon you favorably if you get this done the right and humane way," Trump said, adding "It will look upon you forever as the devil if good things don't happen." "Don't be a tough guy. Don't be a fool! I will call you later." The letter follows Erdogan's Wednesday refusal to speak with Vice President Mike Pence regarding a cease-fire agreement in Syria, after Trump said he would send Pence and Secretary of State Mike Pompeo to negotiate. Erdogan told Sky News, "I'm not going to talk to them. They will be talking to their counterparts. When Trump comes here, I'll be talking." National security advisor Robert O’Brien and the special representative for Syria, James Jeffrey, are also slated to be on the trip. Perhaps the NSA / CIA / NSC and FBI will fill us in on the details of Trump's next call with the Turkish leader, which the White House will have to correct with a transcript.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/dont-be-fool-i-will-call-you-later-trump-reportedly-warns-turkeys-erdogan-against 

:: 10-16-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Show of force’: US jets & helicopters threaten Turkish-backed fighters who came VERY CLOSE to American troops in Syria

Though US troops have been withdrawing from Syria for the past week, some Special Forces operators were apparently still in the area of Ain Issa

RT - October 16, 2019

US fighter jets and gunship helicopters were sent to scare off Turkish-backed militants in northern Syria after they came “very close” to US troops at Ain Issa, the Pentagon said. Washington has also sent a complaint to Ankara. F-15 fighters and AH-64 Apache gunships were used in the “show of force” on Tuesday, an unnamed US official told reporters, after the militants “violated a standing agreement” not to threaten US troops. A formal complaint was lodged with the Turkish military through diplomatic channels, the official added. Though US troops have been withdrawing from Syria for the past week, some Special Forces operators were apparently still in the area of Ain Issa, located on the strategic M-4 highway about halfway between the Syrian-Turkish border and the former Islamic State (IS, formerly ISIS) “capital” of Raqqa. Last week, Turkey launched ‘Operation Peace Spring’ with the stated purpose of establishing a “safe zone” inside Syria – mainly on territory held by Kurdish militias allied with the US, but which Ankara considers terrorist organizations. Rather than Turkish regulars, however, the troops used in the operation appear to be jihadist militants, which similarly happened in 2016 during ‘Operation Euphrates Shield’ that targeted the Kurds around Afrin. While the Western press has previously referred to these militants as “moderate rebels,” a senior US official was quoted on Tuesday calling them “thugs and bandits and pirates that should be wiped off the face of the earth.” Meanwhile, the Kurds have struck an agreement with the Syrian government troops to move to the border and block the militants. Previously, the US blocked any attempts to return the territories liberated from IS by its Kurdish allies to the government in Damascus, as they contained most of Syria’s oil and agricultural resources.

https://www.infowars.com/syris_troops_turkey_close/ 

:: 10-16-19 Old-Thinker News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are Secret Human Experiments Advancing Brain Chip Tech?

Old-Thinker News | October 16, 2019 By Daniel Taylor

A doctor from Peru claims that recent advancements in brain chip technology could be due to “secret, forced, and illicit human experimentation” by a consortium of transnational tech companies and governments operating outside of the law. A 2016 paper published in the Egyptian Journal of Internal Medicine warned that “secret, forced, and illicit human experimentation” could be happening in Latin America, where poverty stricken masses are routinely recruited for medical trials. The paper, titled “The secret of neuroscience boom: Are there secret human experiments in Latin América?, was written by Dr. David Salinas Flores, MD, Professor of Medicine at the Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos, Peru. Dr. Flores writes: “…an objective analysis proposes as a possible explanation for the so-called neuroscientific boom the suspicion that transnational technological companies, in illegal association with the US government, the European Community, China and some Latin American governments, are developing, in Latin America, illegal and forced secret neuroscientific human experimentation…” Dr. Flores concludes by warning his colleagues to “…investigate, be alert, and report possible inhuman neuroscientific experiments performed by economic powers in Third World countries.“ South America has served as a test site for unregulated off shore drug trials for the pharmaceutical industry for many years. Peru has been described as a “paradise of human experimentation“, and is riddled with corruption. A former DoD official warned in 2006 that only the most ruthless nation will win the new arms race for human enhancement. Fred Charles Ikle, Undersecretary of Defense for Policy under President Reagan, wrote Annihilation from Within in 2006.  In the book, Ikle warned that only the most ruthless nation would win the arms race for brain chips and human augmentation because advancements in the technology could only come from “intrusive experiments on living human brains.” Ikle writes, “At some stage in the project’s development, a nation’s research might greatly benefit from intrusive experiments on living human brains. Liberal democracies would normally shun such experiments, but ruthless dictatorships would not.” Facebook, Google, IBM and Elon Musk have all heavily invested in projects related to human brain research and brain-computer interfaces. These tech companies have also made major moves to communist China. China made an announcement this year that major advancements were made in its research on brain-computer interfaces. As the Chinese government publication Xinhua reported: “China has achieved a breakthrough in Brain-Computer Interface (BCI) chip research, with its first BCI chip “Brain Talker” making its debut on Friday at the ongoing World Intelligence Congress held in northern China’s Tianjin Municipality.” DARPA’S Brain Initiative, launched by Barack Obama in 2013, aims to, among other things, “create fully implantable, modular and reconfigurable neural-interface microsystems that communicate wirelessly with external modules…” Given the history of secret human experiments by governments around the world, we shouldn’t be surprised at the possibility of this scenario. Congressional testimony from 1995 showcased victims of secret radiation and mind control experiments in the United States:

http://www.oldthinkernews.com/2019/10/16/are-secret-human-experiments-advancing-brain-chip-tech/ 

:: 10-16-19 Intellectual :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America: Ripe for Communist Revolution?

Annie Holmquist | October 16, 2019

Positive views of socialism are growing. Forty-two percent of Americans hold a positive view of the ideology in a recent Pew Research report. A Gallup poll placed socialism’s favorability at 36 percent only a decade ago. Why the growing numbers? A look at personal explanations from the Pew report sheds some light on this growth. In a nutshell, Americans are embracing socialism because they feel it will create better economic conditions and encourage stronger social networks. Positive Views of Socialism Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels would be proud, for such socialist ideas echo their original reasons for Communism. According to The Naked Communist, a volume written nearly 50 years ago in the midst of the Cold War, the Communism Marx and Engels envisioned was simply a step up from socialism, growing out of the troubled times in which they lived. History repeats itself, for the troubles which drove the pair toward their theory of Communism are resurfacing in our current culture, as the following five points show. 1. Economic Upheaval First, the violent economic upheaval of their day. This is believed to have made Marx and Engels over-sensitive to the place of economics in history.  Booming job growth and stock markets give every appearance that the economy is going strong. Despite these positives, there’s a sense of unease as people eye the national debt and wonder if another bubble is about to burst in the housing or college markets. This unease is especially acute among young people who can’t make ends meet. They feel they’ve been dealt a poor hand in comparison to the one their parents had. Escalating demands for equality are the natural outgrowth of this mindset. 2. Increased Conflict Second, the widespread popularity of the German philosopher, Georg Wilhelm Hegel. His theory of ‘Dialectics’ was adopted by Marx and Engels with slight modification to explain all phenomena of nature, the class struggle and the inevitable triumph of a future proletariat society. When used by Marx and Engels, Hegel’s theory of “Dialectics,” notes The Naked Communist, is simply another way of referring to conflict. Given recent riots, protests, and uncivil debates, “conflict” could easily be considered America’s middle name in the 21st century. 3. Religious Cynicism Third, the anti-religious cynicism of Nineteenth Century Materialism. This led them to try to explain everything in existence in terms of one single factor—matter. They denied intelligent design in the universe, the existence of God, the divinity of religion and the moral precepts of Judaic-Christian teachings. The rapid growth of religious “nones” was observed by Pew Research in 2015. Nearly a quarter of American adults claimed to be “atheists or agnostics” or “'nothing in particular'” when it came to religion, a dramatic jump from 16 percent only a few years before. When these “nones” are asked why they identify as such, an attitude of cynicism toward religious institutions, leaders, and practices is prominent, as featured in the chart below. 4. Hunger for Community Fourth, the social and economic ideals of Utopian Communism. Marx and Engels decided they wanted a communal society, but they felt it had to be a controlled society; they therefore abandoned the brotherhood principle of the Utopians and declared that Communism could only be initiated under a powerful dictatorship. Separated from church, consumed by work, or busy carting the kids around, many Americans no longer have a community beyond the virtual world. This creates a void ready to be filled by a leader who can promise a cause and sense of belonging to the lonely masses. 5. A Revolutionary Spirit Fifth, the revolutionary spirit of the Anarchists. Marx and Engels promised two things which appealed to the Anarchists—the use of violent revolution to overthrow existing powers, and eventually the creation of a classless, stateless society. We may not have anarchy in its purest form, but have you ever heard of Antifa? Like anarchists, Antifa members seem to thrive on disorder, while also thumbing their noses at authority figures. “It is because of these five important influences,” The Naked Communist concludes, “that the student of Communism will find it to be a vast conglomerate, designed, it would seem, to be all things to all people.” Marx and Engels presented their Communist ideals to a world that was ripe for change and hungry for a cause. Judging from these five principles, we live in a similar world. Are we on the verge of seeing the popularity of Democratic Socialism morph into the brave new world of Communism 2.0?

https://www.intellectualtakeout.org/article/america-ripe-communist-revolution 

:: 10-18-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jesus Is Coming Soon!

by Hal Lindsey

For more than fifty years, I have lived in the urgent expectation of Jesus’ return. Fifty years is a long time. Do I regret it? Was I wrong? No and no! In Luke 12:37, Jesus said, “Blessed are those servants whom the master, when he comes, will find watching.” (NKJV) As followers of Christ, we are to live in a state of watchfulness. A thousand years ago, there were Christians living in expectation of His coming. They were not foolish to do so. They were obedient. Titus 2:13 directs us to be “looking for the blessed hope and glorious appearing of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ.” (NKJV) Those Christians from previous generations who lived in expectancy of Christ’s return tended also to be those who lived closest to Him. They were the ones most interested in His word, in sharing the Gospel, helping the poor, and caring for the sick. If you’re always on the lookout for Christ’s return, someone will inevitably remind you that no one knows the day nor the hour. But they’re missing the point. It’s precisely because we do not know the day nor hour of His return that we are to be watchful. In Matthew 24:42, Jesus said, “Watch therefore, for you do not know what hour your Lord is coming.” (NKJV) For two thousand years, people have been watching. That sounds like a long time, but remember this. God gave the first promise of His first coming to Adam and Eve. It took thousands of years, but God kept His word and Jesus came. By human standards, the Lord may sometimes seem slow. But He has a reason for that. 2 Peter 3:9-10 says, “The Lord is not slack concerning His promise, as some count slackness, but is longsuffering toward us, not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come.” (NKJV) When skeptics complain about God allowing evil and pain in the world, remember that “the Lord is not slack.” He will one day stop all the child molesters, terrorists, and other criminals. And He will hold them to account. But He won’t just stop the evil you don’t like. He will stop all evil. He will hold everyone to account. Why does he wait? Because He “is longsuffering toward us.” He’s “not willing that any should perish.” He wants everyone to “come to repentance” — turn to Him and be saved. For now, love and concern compel Him to wait. But He will not wait forever. Earlier in the same chapter, Peter wrote, “Knowing this first: that scoffers will come in the last days, walking according to their own lusts, and saying, ‘Where is the promise of His coming? For since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of creation.’” (2 Peter 3:3-4 NKJV) I’m convinced that these are the last days, and can assure you that scoffers have come. “I’ve been hearing this all my life!” … “You’ve been saying this for fifty years!” Yes, and I will keep on saying it because it’s still true. There are no signs yet to be fulfilled before the rapture. But signs of the Second Coming are everywhere. Since the rapture comes before the Second Coming, the rapture has to be exceedingly close! The big thing that makes our time different from any other is the existence of Israel as a nation, and the Jews having control of Jerusalem. But there are other things unique to our time, as well. For instance, before now the world did not have the technology needed for the Antichrist to control commerce as completely as the Bible foretells. There’s another sign unique to today. Jesus is coming soon . . . because He must! In dozens of areas, human civilization is hurtling headlong toward destruction. Look at just one — machines with artificial intelligence. Scientists like Stephen Hawking warn of such machines taking over the world, destroying the human race in the process. Far out? Even longtime proponents of artificial intelligence have now joined in the warnings.  Air Force General Paul Selva, the Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff at the U.S. Defense Department, recently warned about “autonomous weapons systems” similar to the title character in the movie, “The Terminator” — and just as dangerous. General Selva sees weapons that are not under direct human control as a menace to mankind. And, like self-driving cars, they’re just around the corner. Then there’s nuclear proliferation. Some people take comfort from the fact that no nuclear weapons have been used in combat since 1945. But that’s like taking comfort from the fact that you’ve been playing Russian roulette for an hour and no shots have been fired. Just keep playing, and the odds will catch up to you. During the Cold War, Carl Sagan, wrote, “The nuclear arms race is like two sworn enemies standing waist deep in gasoline, one with three matches, the other with five.” Except now, a madman in Korea also holds a match. The nation of Iran, run by religious fanatics who see it as their job to create an apocalypse, also have, or will soon have, a match in their hands. Next door neighbor enemies, India and Pakistan, both have nukes. Russia has more than anybody, and no one knows if their leader is crazy or not. But don’t be afraid. Things are shaping up as God said they would. Just be sure you have invited Jesus to save you. Receive the pardon purchased for you when He died on the cross. He will instantly give you a new heart with new desires. Ask Him to empower you with His Holy Spirit. Then remember to thank Him for all these things. In His power, you will begin to live a life that will draw others to Him as well.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-17-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hezbollah seeks ‘to attack and storm banks’ in Lebanon – report

The bank source said “any street protest would create concern and confusion among the people," adding “Banks play no role in the sanctions.”

By Benjamin Weinthal October 17, 2019 17:12

Hezbollah is threatening violence against banks in Lebanon due to US sanctions that seek to stop terrorists from being financed, a bank source told Asharq al-Awsat, an Arabic international newspaper based in London. Hezbollah’s threat endangers security and “gives its supporters the green light to attack and storm banks,” according to the source.

Read More Related Articles

Turkey using Israeli-upgraded tanks in anti-Kurd offensive in Syria

Russia says 'unacceptable' Turkish incursion into Syria must be

According to Asharq al-Awsat, “the threat had alarmed observers, who expressed their concern that Iran may seize control of Lebanon’s financial stability in order to draw Washington’s attention and lure it to the negotiations table.” The bank source added “any street protest would create concern and confusion among the people,” adding that “Banks play no role in the sanctions.” The Hezbollah-controlled Lebanese daily Al-Akhbar said the Shi’ite “party leadership has outlined several steps, including street protests to confront the banks.” Al-Akhbar reported that Hezbollah will not remain silent when Lebanese banks comply with US sanctions and that Hezbollah passed a decision to target the banks that adhere to US sanctions, but it has not revealed its plan. The US has ramped up its sanctions that target Hezbollah lawmakers and a bank involved in terrorist financing. In July, the Treasury Department sanctioned Hezbollah MPs Amin Sherri and Mohammad Raad. In August, the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control imposed sanctions on Jammal Trust Bank for aiding Hezbollah’s movement. A month later, the bank was forced to shut down.

Latest articles from Jpost “Despite its sound financial situation... and its full compliance with banking regulations, the [bank] was forced to take the decision to liquidate itself in full coordination with the central bank,” Jammal Trust Bank said in September.

https://www.jpost.com/Middle-East/Report-Hezbollah-seeks-to-attack-and-storm-banks-in-Lebanon-604845 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 10-16-19 Independent :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Philippines earthquake: Child killed and dozens injured as major 6.4-magnitude quake hits Mindanao island

Residents run from homes in panic and shopping centre wrecked by fire sparked by intense shaking

Jane Dalton @JournoJane 1 day ago

At least one child has been killed and more than two dozen people injured after a powerful earthquake in the south of the Philippines. Residents ran from their homes and offices in panic and a shopping centre was set ablaze during the intense shaking in central Mindanao, the country’s second-largest island. Authorities advised residents to stay out of homes that may have suffered cracks and been weakened. The quake, which measured 6.4, also caused power cuts and strong aftershocks in some regions. “Our hospital chief reported that a child died because of the earthquake,” Reuel Limbungan, mayor of Tulunan town in North Cotabato province, told a radio station. In a town in the nearby province of Davao del Sur, 20 people were injured by falling debris and home furniture, Anthony Allada, an information officer, told DZMM radio. “Many houses were totally damaged ... Another person is in a critical condition,” he said. Footage showed firefighters tackling a fierce blaze that wrecked a shopping centre in General Santos City. The US Geological Survey said the quake, described as strong and shallow, had a depth of only eight miles. Shallow quakes tend to cause more damage than deeper ones. The quake, on Wednesday evening, was centred on Cotabato, about five miles from Columbio, which has a population of 33,258 people, and 42 miles southwest of Davao, one of the most populous cities in the country and the hometown of President Rodrigo Duterte. “We felt a very strong jolt and there was a blackout. I saw people rushing down. We were panicking, heading to the exit,” said Naru Guarda Cabaddu, a hotel consultant who was near the epicentre. Other video showed people at an airport and in a church covering their heads and cowering as the buildings shook. The government-run Philippine News Agency reported power cuts in Koronadal City, and a hotel was evacuated. It also posted photos of a college in Digos, Davao del Sur, that was badly damaged. Max Fuentes, a resident of Davao, said he felt a strong aftershock. “We received info from our friends that there is blackout in Digos City in Davao,” he said. Renato Solidum, head of the Philippines seismic agency, told the ANC news channel there was a chance of aftershocks after the quake, which was considered strong and capable of causing severe damage. “Aftershocks can happen. Some can be felt, most likely in low intensities,” he said. “But we cannot remove the possibility of similar intensities that can be felt in the epicentral area." No destructive Pacific-wide tsunami was expected after an earthquake, initially measured at 6.7, according to the Hawaii-based Pacific Tsunami Warning Center. The Philippines, one of the world’s most disaster-prone countries, has frequent earthquakes and volcanic activity because it lies on the Pacific “ring of fire”, a seismically active arc of volcanos and fault lines in the Pacific Basin. A 7.7-magnitude quake killed nearly 2,000 people in the northern Philippines in 1990. Six months ago, at least 11 people died when two powerful tremors shook the country in two days. The European-Mediterranean Seismological Centre said Mindanao had suffered three earthquakes in two hours.

https://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/asia/philippines-earthquake-today-mindanao-island-damage-usgs-latest-a9158356.html 

:: 10-16-19 Oil City News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dramatic video shows Utah Trooper save motorist from moving train (VIDEO)

By Trevor T. Trujillo on October 16, 2019

CASPER, Wyo. — Officials with the Utah Highway Patrol have released a video of a dramatic rescue that shows a trooper pulling a motorist from the path of a moving train. Utah Highway Patrol officials say that Utah Trooper Ruben Correa pulled an unconscious driver from the driver’s vehicle seconds before it was struck by the train. “Trooper Correa had been on a traffic stop close by before he responded to the area on a call of a car on the tracks,” Utah HP officials said on social media Wednesday. “At that point, I actually wasn’t really thinking, I was just doing my job,” Correa was quoted by the UHP.

https://oilcity.news/emergency/2019/10/16/dramatic-video-shows-utah-trooper-save-motorist-from-moving-train-video/ 

:: 10-4-19 American Greatness :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dysfunctional Education

The only way for Americans to avoid being pulled down in a vortex of the self-indulgent ignorance that characterizes our education establishment is to cut loose from that establishment: to stop funding it, and to create another, honest one.

Angelo Codevilla - October 4th, 2019

The 2020 elections will afford us the chance to pass judgment on the immediate threat to our democracy posed by the intelligence agencies, the Democratic party, and the media in their grab for power through a bastardized impeachment process. But no such opportunity exists for us to deal with the most serious, most fundamental threat to our way of life, namely our thoroughly rotten educational establishment. The problem has been festering for decades, and keeps getting worse. During Word War II, only 4 percent of some 18 million draftees were illiterate. Despite (or because?) of massive expenditures on education over the subsequent two decades, 27 percent of the Vietnam war’s draftees were judged functionally illiterate. Between 1955 and 1991, the inflation-adjusted average K-12 per-pupil expenditure in America rose 350 percent. In 1972, 2,817 students scored 750 or better on each half of the SAT. By 1994, only 1,438 made this score though the test had been made easier. Today, U.S. 15 year olds rank 24th out of 71 countries in science, and 38th in math. In 2018, college students spent less than a third of the time their grandparents did studying for their classes. But as the bell-curve of intellectual achievement continues to shift leftward, the bell curve of school grades continues to shift rightward. Increasingly, the default grade in America is “A.” Among all classes and races, some seventy percent of U.S students report having cheated on exams or papers. No one should be surprised at the American people’s increasing incompetence and inability to follow directions—never mind arguments. This past week, the noise from Washington drowned out three items of news that remind us of how corrupt and dumbed down American education has become, how far into society the rot has spread and how much it would take to remedy it. Harvard University hailed Judge Allison D. Burroughs’s decision that it had not really, really, discriminated against Asian applicants. The judge did not think it discriminatory that Harvard invited applications from Asian males only if they scored above 1380 out of 1400 on the PSAT, to Asian females only if they got over 1350, to white males only if over 1310, and admitted black students who were barely above the national average of 1000. Nearly all other American institutions of higher education do similar things. For the Supreme Court to try undoing the bitter legacy of a half century’s “affirmative action” it would have to re-establish the authority of the dictionary. But the universities’ hypocritical racial discrimination is only one of the factors that has subtracted from what had been their great credit with the American people. The other, arguably more important, is that increasingly they impart less and less knowledge. Human beings gain knowledge only by lots of hard work. But our colleges require ever less work, which they reward with higher grades. Already in the 1990s, the average Stanford undergraduate GPA was 3.8 out of 4. What would it take for students to work harder, to learn more, to make their college years useful? The last two weeks’ spectacle of students—even children—screaming that the Earth’s fiery end is upon us in a decade unless we banish fossil fuels results directly from educators encouraging, if not requiring, students to indulge in a political campaign that masquerades as science. Again, the students are following the establishment’s incentives. Never mind that virtually the same slogans have been chanted for several decades and that no consequences have ensued. Say in class that the sun is the paramount influence on our climate, and that its energy is variable, expect a bad grade. What would it take for the educational establishment to prioritize the facts of physics and chemistry over their own fancies? More and more, it seems, establishment educators are going in the opposite direction. The Seattle public schools published a “K-12 Math Ethnic Studies Framework,” yet another step in a nationwide, decades-long, Progressive effort to dumb down the teaching of math. The program aims to “identify how math has been and continues to be used to oppress and marginalize people and communities of color,” “create counter narratives about the origins of mathematical knowledge,” “demonstrate mathematical literacy by applying concepts to real world problems through dialogue and story telling,” “redefine mathematical learning through cooperative learning, engagement, advocacy, and action,” “redefine mathematical learning through cooperative learning, engagement, advocacy, and action,” and “explain how math dictates economic oppression.” While students are learning such things, they cannot be learning how to do basic algebra, never mind to derive solutions to problems of integral calculus. Because the educational establishment has prospered while ruining the country, convincing them to change their ways is impossible. The only way for Americans to avoid being pulled down in a vortex of self-indulgent ignorance is to cut loose from that establishment: to stop funding it, and to create another, honest one. This, if at all possible, will require far more of us than weathering the latest impeachment gambit.

https://amgreatness.com/2019/10/04/dysfunctional-education/ 

:: 4-19-18 Popular Mechanics :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Government Accidentally Releases Documents on "Psycho-Electric" Weapons

They were mistakenly sent to a journalist.

By David Grossman Apr 19, 2018

The government has all kinds of secrets, but only a true conspiracy theorist might suspect that "psycho-electric weapons" are one of them. So it's odd that MuckRock, a news organization that specializes in filing Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests with state and federal government bodies, received mysterious documents about mind control, seemingly by accident. Journalist Curtis Waltman was writing to the Washington State Fusion Center (WSFC), a joint operation between Washington State law enforcement and the federal government to request information about Antifa and white supremacist groups. He got responses to the questions he asked, but also a file titled “EM effects on human body.zip.” Inside, where documents like this: At least some of the images appear to be part of an article in Nexus magazine describing a 1992 lawsuit brought by one John St. Clair Akewi against the NSA. Akewi claimed that the NSA had the "ability to assassinate US citizens covertly or run covert psychological control operations to cause subjects to be diagnosed with ill mental health" and was documenting their alleged methods. Nexus was, and still is, an Australian magazine focused on the unexplained, conspiracy theories, alternative medicine and the like. It covered Akewi's case in 1996 but was unable to get Akewi to discuss it further: "I tried ringing Mr Akwei to find out what was the out-come, if any, of his court case. He firmly but kindly told me that he could not speak about anything to do with the case over the phone and hung up," reads an editor's note at the end of the article. The federal government has absolutely experimented with mind control in a variety of methods, but the documents here do not appear to be official. Waltman had no idea why these documents were included in his request and isn't sure why the government is holding them. The WSFC did not respond to requests for more information. Source: MuckRock

https://www.popularmechanics.com/military/weapons/a19855256/muckrock-foia-psycho-electric-weapons/ 

:: 10-7-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Incredible video captures $31million US Trident nuclear missile streaking across the night sky after test launch from a submarine as passenger jet pilots marvel as its beauty

A Mexican airbus flight crew shot video from their plane's cockpit as a D5 Trident II Ballistic Missile flew across the horizon in front of them in September

The test took place during a time when competing world powers around the globe continue to flex their military muscle with recent displays of martial force

Trident missiles are designed to be fired from surfaced submarines

The USS Nebraska sub launched at least four missiles from September 4-6

The crew on an airbus traveling from Guadalajara to Tijuana, Mexico shot footage of a missile's projectiles flying across the horizon during twilight

Each D5 Trident missile costs $30.9 million to make

Only U.S. and UK submarines carry D5 Trident missiles, according to the Navy

By Chauncey Alcorn For Dailymail.com Published: 22:52 EDT, 6 October 2019 | Updated: 02:45 EDT, 7 October 2019

The passenger jet pilots who witnessed it streak across the night sky marveled at its beauty. But they didn't realize the incredible sight was a $31 million Trident missile - that can destroy entire countries with a nuclear warhead. The test firing of the ballistic missile by the USS Nebraska submarine was caught on video by the crew of a Mexican airliner flying to Tijuana. The Nebraska, stationed off the coast of southern California, launched at least four Trident II ballistic missiles between September 4-6. 'Wow,' one of the Spanish-speaking flight crew members is heard saying repeatedly as the missile's components fly by like a shooting star. The clip shows the Trident missile streaking westward across the sky during sunset. Scroll down for video It can be seen going through two distinct separations with solid fuel rockets falling away before the warhead is deployed and advances on its westward course.

The missiles, which are used by the U.S Navy and the British Royal Navy, shoot into space before fragmenting into multiple separate explosive warheads, which can each fall within 100 yards of their designated target. The disbursement of multiple warheads makes it harder for enemy combatants to focus their anti-missile defense systems on a single target, making it more likely the intended target will be destroyed. The U.S. has been preparing to field a new version of the Trident II with more targeted, less destructive warheads amid the nation's renewed arms race with Russia. What's unique about this missile is its reduced destructive force, aka yield or yield - designed to make a more targeted impact while delivering nuclear armaments. The new missile's depressed, low-altitude flight path may also help it survive potential enemy anti-ballistic missile defense tactics and increase the missile's accuracy at the sacrifice of damage, according to The Drive. The D5 is the sixth generation in the Trident submarine-launched ballistic missile series, which was created 60 years ago, according to the U.S. Navy. Each D5 Trident missile costs $30.9 million to make. Currently, they're only deployed on U.S. and UK submarines, according to the Navy. North Korea and China have also been testing and showcasing their nuclear arsenals in recent weeks.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7544593/U-S-Trident-Ballistic-Missile-streaks-past-Mexican-airliners-cockpit-recent-test.html 

:: 10--19 SGT Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How to End the Federal Reserve #EndTheFed #Qanon - SGT Report

[Search domain]  www.sgtreport.com/2018/08/how-to-end-the-federal-reserve-endthefed-qanon/ https://www.sgtreport.com/2018/08/how-to-end-the-federal-reserve-endthefed-qanon/ 

Meet Artem Sytnyk, Director of the National Anti-Corruption Bureau of Ukraine, and Hear the Audio of Him Clearly Admitting That Ukraine Colluded with HILLARY,...

:: 10-7-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Worst Serial Killers in U.S. History? BLACK Man Admits to 93 Murders, While a BLACK Illegal is Under Investigation for 750 More

By Dean Garrison - October 7, 2019

Before I begin, let me be clear that I am not trying to stir the pot of racism toward BLACK Americans.  What I am trying to do is stem the tide of unbased racism toward WHITE Americans. Below are two stories you won’t likely see reported much in the mainstream media. Why? Trending: Hillary Clinton: Could a Satan Worshipper Really Become President? The two gentlemen aren’t the right skin color for them to care. Though you won’t see a lot of this in the mainstream American Media, kudos to ABC for excellent coverage of the black man that admitted to killing 93 women.     From 60 Minutes:  James Holland has heard confessions from many, many murderers. But now one is telling the Texas Ranger he’s committed 93 murders himself, making him perhaps the most prolific serial killer in American history. The race is on to identify all of the 93 people Samuel Little says he murdered, while the 79-year-old remains alive and continues to cooperate. Holland tells Sharyn Alfonsi in his first television interview how he got Little to open up about his victims for a story to be broadcast on “60 Minutes” Sunday, October 6, at 7 p.m. ET/PT on CBS. Information Holland has gathered from Little has led to 50 cold case murders being solved. There are more Little says he committed that if resolved would give victims’ relatives answers and exonerate any innocent people who may have been wrongly convicted for the murders. 93 murders is horrendous, but prepare to be shocked. Back in July we last reported on the story of Billy Chemirmir, who is being investigated for up to 750 murders, which would make him the most prolific serial killer in WORLD history. HORROR — Illegal Alien Now Tied to Possibly 750 MURDERS Remember the story of Billy Chemirmir? He’s the illegal alien from Kenya who is charged with murdering 12 elderly women in Texas. Now Next News Network is reporting that there has been a development and Chemirmir is now officially accused of 6 more murders, bringing the total to 18, while being investigated for up to 732 more. DallasNews reported in late June: A new series of lawsuits allege a serial murder suspect’s path of violence through Dallas and Collin counties was even wider than previously believed. Billy Chemirmir, 46, was already accused of killing 12 elderly women in Dallas and Collin counties. The lawsuits allege six more elderly victims, including one man. Family members filed the six separate lawsuits Tuesday against The Tradition-Prestonwood, an upscale senior living complex where eight of the people died. The complex is operated by The Tradition, a company that owns four senior living communities in Dallas and Houston. Read the rest at Dallasnews.com ### OK, let’s pause for a moment and ask a very important question. Why is this not national news that is airing on every single network? I think you and I both know why. The mainstream media is pushing against Trump’s wall and for massive immigration. Exposing one of the worst, if not the absolute worst, mass murderers in American history may be worth covering if he were not an illegal alien. Dr. Eowyn covered part of this story back in May: An illegal alien from Kenya is a serial killer who preys on elderly women. On May 16, 2019, authorities in Dallas, Texas, said former health care worker Billy Chemirmir, 46, who was previously arrested in the death of an 81-year-old woman has been charged with killing at least 11 more elderly women in Dallas and Collin counties. Chemirmir, a Kenyan citizen, is living in the U.S. illegally. Chemirmir murdered the women by smothering them with pillows. He also robbed the women of their jewelry and other valuables. Chemirmir’s 12 victims were:

Phyllis Payne, 91, who died May 14, 2016.

Phoebe Perry, 94, d. June 5, 2016.

Norma French, 85, d. Oct. 8, 2016.

Doris Gleason, 92, d. Oct. 29, 2016.

Minnie Campbell, 83, d. Oct. 31, 2017.

Carolyn MacPhee, 81, d. Dec. 31, 2017

Rosemary Curtis, 76, d. Jan. 19, 2018.

Mary Brooks, 87, d. Jan. 31, 2018.

Martha Williams, 80, d. March 4, 2018

Miriam Nelson, 81, d. March 9, 2018

Ann Conklin, 82, d. March 18, 2018

Lu Thi Harris, 81, d. March 2018.

Chemirmir is also accused of trying to suffociate two other elderly women in Collin County: a 93-year-old woman on Oct. 29, 2017, at the Parkview Elderly Assisted Living facility in Frisco, and a 91-year-old woman in her Plano apartment in March 2018. The 93-year-old victim told police that a well-dressed man knocked on her door and said he was a maintenance worker. When she told him she didn’t need any work done, he forced his way inside and knocked the woman from her walker to the floor. The man grabbed a pillow from the couch and tried to smother her. The victim told police she “began to pray, believing she was about to die.” Jewelry was discovered missing from her apartment, and cell-phone records put Chemirmir in that location around the time of the attack. He was indicted on the attempted murder charge in May 2018. Plano Police Chief Gregory W. Rushin said at a news conference that Chemirmir used his “health care experience to his advantage, targeting and exploiting seniors. This is terribly disturbing.” Authorities said they are reviewing 750 unattended deaths of elderly women — including deaths that were previously ruled as resulting from natural causes — to determine whether they could be linked to Chemirmir. MORE… ##### This surely flies in the face of the leftist claims of overwhelming White violence and hate, does it not? Ben Carson surely can’t be trusted! ? The point it not to indict an entire race or ethnic group. There are good and bad in every race AND there is really only one “RACE” which we call the human race. The point is to prove that most of what the leftists spew about white people is premeditated BULL****! They are trying to stir up racial division like they have in South Africa it would appear.

15,000 WHITE South African Farmers, Fearing for Their Lives, Are Fleeing to Russia

‘We’ll kill their children & women’: Fury over black South African politician’s call to kill whites

Turkish State TV: ‘White Genocide’ In South Africa Is A ‘Myth’ Of The ‘Far-Right’

South Africans Push Back Against Lying American Media — Trump is Right, White Farmers Are Being Slaughtered South Africa Pledges to ‘Speed Up’ Seizure Of White-Owned Farms In Response to Trump  Luckily in America Whites are still the majority, so a race war can likely be avoided, but not unless we shut down the Democrats in 2020. And for any who think that Trump is racist over his concerns for South African farmers, let me remind you that Trump is now supporting BLACK Africans that Obama ignored. Media BLACKOUT! How President Trump Proved OBAMA Was The REAL “Racist” Shove that is your liberal cousin’s face and make him read it. It is poorly titled, but the above story is about Trump’s opposition to a slave nation in Africa that is ruled by Muslims who imprison blacks. Obama clearly supports Islamic slave owners and ignores their BLACK slaves, as did all of his predecessors. But not President Donald Trump. Trump is a good man, or AT LEAST better than those who came before him.

Dean Garrison is the Publisher of DC Clothesline and DC Dirty Laundry

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/worst-serial-killers-in-u-s-history-black-man-admits-to-93-murders-while-a-black-illegal-is-under-investigation-for-750-more/ 

:: 10-7-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Croatian Elon Musk' Unleashes 256 MPH Electric Hypercar With Nearly 2,000 Horsepower, Insane 0-60

by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/07/2019 - 04:15

31-year-old Croatian entrepreneur Mate Rimac - who has created batteries for companies such as Aston Martin, Renault and Koenigsegg - has built his own all-electric hypercar: the Rimac C_Two. The beast of a car produces 1,914 hp from four permanent-magnet motors, which propel it to a top speed of 412 km/h (256 mph). 0-60 comes in a blistering 1.85 seconds (Tesla's next-gen Roadster does 0-60 in 1.9 seconds). Perhaps even more amazing is that Rimac is a magician when it comes to battery technology - which gives the C_Two a range of 340 miles on a single charge. Whereas Elon Musk’s Tesla batteries are known for high energy density (i.e. long range), Rimac’s forte is power—that is, battery and inverter systems that discharge and recharge at Zeus-like rates (hybrid cars recuperate power under braking). On display in the factory’s modest reception area is the battery pack from the Koenigsegg Regera gas-electric hybrid supercar. This brick of circuitry is, Rimac claims, the highest power-density battery of its kind, capable of discharging at 500 kilowatts—about the output of a Dodge Hellcat at full honk—from a box weighing 143 pounds, about the size and shape of a sofa cushion. -WSJ  Last month, Porsche - VW Group's luxury-performance brand - took another 5.5% share of Rimac, after buying a 10% tranche in 2018. "I think [Mr. Rimac] is a genius," said Heiko Mayer, powertrain project leader for Porsche's all-electric Taycan - telling the Journal's Dan Neil "I think he is going to be a legend." Why are all these major brands coming to Rimac for his expertise? Niel asked. Rimac, in "impeccable, softly accented English" was quick to credit his staff. "It’s a lot of optimization, trying out things, experimenting, being fast, doing loops—idea, concept, simulation, detailed prototyping, again and again." Except, Niel noted, Porsche R&D does the same thing - to which Rimac "chose his words carefully" - saying that original equipment manufacturers (OEM)s have to be more "conservative on the technology side." An example is the new Porsche Taycan, which arrived with less range than the comparable Tesla Model S. “Tesla and [Rimac] both use cylindrical cells. But it’s much more difficult to build than with prismatic cells [like the Taycan’s], there’s many more parts, much more that could go wrong.” Conservative is one thing Rimac isn’t. For example, none of the company’s technology is currently patented. “We believe that if somebody is that good that they can copy us, go ahead, man, you deserve it. We are so fast that we are already two generations in front before [we] can protect it.” -WSJ  None of Rimac's designs are patented. To that end, he said "We believe that if somebody is that good that they can copy us, go ahead, man, you deserve it. We are so fast that we are already two generations in front before [we] can protect it." The man, the myth When Rimac began his automotive endeavors, there were no automakers, or even component manufacturing, in Croatia. "When I started [in 2011], there was no outside investment," he said. "nobody I could learn from, nobody growing a business. Even stupid things like finding a lawyer who could communicate to investors." "And absolutely no market, no companies I could hire from with any experience," Rimac continued. "Nobody knew how to develop a chassis, develop a suspension, how to build up a crash test car, how to develop headlamps…" In 2016, Rimac produced his Concept_One - which had 1,224 hp and was promptly crashed by British presenter Richard Hammond on a Swiss hillside. Now, Rimac has around 600 employees and has "thoroughly outgrown its facilities." A new campus will be built on 54 acres of Croatian countryside "complete with 15th-century castle, located a few minutes away." The new complex will have green roofs and farm animals—he himself is a vegetarian and hopes the animals’ presence will disincline meateaters—as well as outdoor meeting rooms, barbershops, restaurants, a kindergarten, and a hotel in the woods for guests. Along with R&D and component production, the facility will produce a small number of Rimac’s own hypercars, no more than three or four per month. “At $2 million per car, it’s not small business,” he said. -WSJ That said, there are sacrifices. "Is this all good for me? Certainly not!" said Rimac, smiling. "Doing something like this is sacrificing everything else. This is something I accepted. I don’t have time, for my friends, for myself." As far as Rimac and Musk? "I've never talked to him," he said, adding "I would really like to kick things around."

https://www.zerohedge.com/technology/croatian-elon-musk-unleashes-256-mph-electric-hypercar-nearly-2000-horsepower-insane-0 

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

:: 10-7-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Battle For The Arctic: Russia To Install New Missile Warning Systems To Monitor New Frontier

by Tyler Durden Mon, 10/07/2019 - 02:45

In a continuing story from last month, Russia continues to establish military dominance in the Arctic region, where $35 trillion worth of natural resources could be hiding underneath the ocean floor.  Two new early warning radar systems will be operational in northern Russia by 2022, the Ministry of Defence of the Russian Federation said, also reported by Sputnik News. The defense Ministry said the Voronezh radar system would be installed in the Komi Republic and the Murmansk region in northern Russia. The radar systems are expected to become operational by 2022, will monitor Arctic airspace for ballistic missile attacks, and monitor aircraft in the region. The radar systems have a range of 3,700 miles, enough distance to monitor planes in parts of Alaska. Russia already has seven Voronezh radar systems in operation. By 2022, there could be as many as 9 to 11 across the country. The first Voronezh system was constructed in Lekhtusi near St Petersburg in 2005 and was declared "combat ready" in 2012. Here's a list of the current operational Voronezh systems, along with ones that are in development. Last month, we reported that the Russian Northern Fleet deployed a new S-400 Triumph system on the Novaya Zemlya archipelago in the Arctic. Russia has been aggressively expanding its military presence in the Arctic in the last several years. It has also been increasing exploration activities in the region, such as oil and gas and mineral extraction. Washington has widely criticized Moscow for its increased presence in the Arctic. Responding to criticism, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said that Moscow isn't intimidating anyone, noting that increased defense capabilities in the Arctic are to protect its assets. Russia and China are establishing the "Polar Silk Road" in the Arctic as warming temperatures give way to new shipping lanes and economic opportunities. The Arctic is home to at least 20-25% of the world's untapped fossil-fuel resources, along with minerals, including gold, silver, diamond, copper, titanium, graphite, uranium, and other rare earth minerals. Russia is aggressively militarizing the Arctic ahead of the next global military conflict that could involve countries fighting over Arctic resources. The first country to secure dominance in the Arctic could be the next global superpower.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/battle-arctic-russia-install-new-missile-warning-systems-monitor-new-frontier 

:: 10-8-19 Investment Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google creating ‘god-like’ artificial intelligence… Ex-engineer: ‘Manhattan project’ will ‘monitor everything you do’

October 8, 2019 by IWB

Facebook0 Twitter Email RSS feed - Syndicate IWB Subscribe To Our Newsletter

Google is developing an all-knowing, “god-like” artificial intelligence that employees describe as the “AI Manhattan Project,” according to a former engineer for the tech giant who has become a whistleblower. “They’re trying to create a control grid that captures all the information – video, audio – wherever you’re at, streams it back to a centralized data repository, and then this god-like AI is able to figure out what it is that you’re doing, who you’re associating with, and create a shadow Facebook profile that you don’t know exists, but exists for them,” said Zach Vorhies in an interview Friday with American Family Radio. Vorhies said Google will be able “to monitor everything that you’re able to do: your real-time information, who your friends are, who your family members are, everything.” He contends Google effectively is developing something akin to China’s social credit system, which forces people to conform to politically correct behavior and speech. “They’re trying to install the Chinese social credit system so that everything that you do is monitored – and then if you start to do anti-government activities, then you become ‘un-personed’ online,” he said. “You have your social media accounts suppressed, your financial instruments start to be cancelled – you can no longer take money online.” Whistleblower WND reported in August that Vorhies, claiming the company creates algorithms to hide its political bias, delivered about 950 pages of documents to the Department of Justice’s antitrust division. He said the documents would provide proof that Google has been manipulating the algorithms. Project Veritas released a video interview with Vorhies in which explained he came forward because he “saw something dark and nefarious going on with the company and I realized that they were going to not only tamper with the elections, but use that tampering with the elections to essentially overthrow the United States.” The documents provided by Vorhies included a “news black list site for Google Now” that Vorhies alleges is a “blacklist” that restricts certain websites from appearing on news feeds for some Android Google products. The list includes the conservative news site Newsbusters as well as the left-leaning site Media Matters. The document states that some sites are on the list because of a “high user block rate.” In a House Judiciary Committee hearing last December, Google CEO Sundar Pichai testified that the search engine was not biased against conservatives. Leading news source says this has created 20,000 millionaires Sponsored By Stansberry Research Something big is happening in America… and almost no one is paying attention. A multimillionaire has written a fascinating analysis explaining how so many are now getting rich. His write up is posted free on this website here… ... Read More Pichai told lawmakers the search results are driven by “things like relevance, freshness, popularity, how other people are using it.” He insisted the process is so intricate that the artificial intelligence could not be manipulated. ‘What totalitarian states can do’ Vorhies, in an interview with investigative reporter Sara Carter in April, said he believes “a free market can fix” the problem with Google. “The issue is that the free market has been distorted and what’s happened is that the distortion is so grotesque and the engineering is so repulsive, all we need to do is just expose what’s going on,” he said. “People can hear that it is bad, but that can be bias. But when they see what Google has actually written with the documents, this will actually be taught in universities of what totalitarian states can do with this type of capability.” He told Carter he’s asked himself many times if he’s overreacting “and every time I simply look back at the documents and realize that I am not.” “It’s that bad,” he said. “Disclosing Google’s own words to the American public is something I am, must do, if I am to consider myself a good person. The world that google is building is not a place I, or you or our children want to live in.” In August, the chairman of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission said a breakup of the tech giants could be the right remedy. Chairman Joe Simons told Bloomberg he is leading a broad review of the technology sector to see whether companies, including Google and Facebook, are harming competition. “If you have to, you do it,” Simons said, according to Reuters. “It’s not ideal because it’s very messy. But if you have to you have to.” Reuters noted that Sen. Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts, a leading 2020 Democratic presidential hopeful, has vowed to break up Amazon, Google and Facebook, if elected, to promote competition.

www.wnd.com/2019/10/google-creating-god-like-artificial-intelligence/ 

:: 10-7-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kimberley Strassel: 2020 Dems vowing to 'kill every coal job, every oil and gas job' with climate goals

By Sam Dorman | Fox News Fox News Flash Published September 7

2020 Democrats propose spending trillions on climate change plans

Democratic presidential candidates seize on climate change as key issue in primary fight, but will it help or hurt them in the general election? Wall Street Journal columnist Kimberley Strassel warned on Saturday that 2020 Democratic candidates' climate proposals could cause the loss of millions of jobs. "When you talk about banning fracking. When you talk about a carbon-free economy by 2030 or 2050, you are saying 'we are going to kill every coal job in the country, every oil and gas job, all of the shipping jobs that they do -- we're talking about millions of positions," Strassel said during the "The Journal Editorial Report." "That is not a vote-getter out at the polls," she said.  Strassel speculated that progressives, upset with the Democratic establishment after the 2016 election, were flexing their muscles with their highly ambitious proposals and sought to have one of their candidates get the party's nomination in 2020. "The problem here ... is that this was one of the reasons they did lose last time," she said. "Remember, [former Democratic presidential nominee] Hillary Clinton still says one of the bigger mistakes she made was promising to put a lot of coal workers out of a job."

BERNIE SANDERS INDICATES CLIMATE PLAN WILL REQUIRE NATIONALIZATION OF US ENERGY PRODUCTION

Strassel's comments came days after a CNN town hall in which Democratic presidential hopefuls offered their visions for addressing climate change. As Strassel noted, Democrats have pushed a variety of plans, including banning fracking and dramatically decarbonizing the economy. Many of those candidates have endorsed the "Green New Deal," which included a goal of reaching net-zero emissions by 2050. Candidates like Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., have portrayed climate change as an existential threat while touting the economic benefits of additional regulation. While it's difficult to forecast the impacts of these proposals, conservative groups have estimated they would inflict a heavy economic toll.

CONGRESSIONAL DEMS PROPOSE CARBON TAX BILL, CLAIM IT WOULD CUT EMISSIONS 100 PERCENT BY 2050 Sanders has proposed perhaps the most aggressive plan of the 2020 candidates -- indicating that he would nationalize most, if not all, of U.S. energy production. Apparently anticipating arguments like Strassel's, Sanders included a pledge to end unemployment by creating "20 million jobs needed to solve the climate crisis." CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP "These jobs will be good paying, union jobs with strong benefits and safety standards in steel and auto manufacturing, construction, energy efficiency retrofitting, coding and server farms, and renewable power plants," his plan claimed.

President Trump, who pulled out of the Climate Paris Agreement, has long cited the economic costs of additional environmental regulations. Before the CNN event, Trump accused Democrats of raising energy prices and hurting the poor with their big proposals.

Sam Dorman is a reporter with Fox News. You can follow him on Facebook here.

https://www.foxnews.com/media/kimberley-strassel-climate-dems-coal-oil-jobs 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 10-7-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Now That UN Troops Have Emerged, Should Americans Be Concerned with FEMA's Massive Purchases of Hydrogen Cyanide?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, October 7, 2019 - 13:59.

Back in previous Central American immigration invasion, I documented, over and over, the UN troop presence in our country with photos and eyewitness accounts. Very few people cared. The UN was still perceived as a "helpful, peaceful organization". Forget the fact that the UN stood around and observed 1 million Rwandans executed, many times right in front of them. The UN Peacekeepers, as they are ironically called have emerged from their hiding places (eg abandoned military bases) are positioned for immediate action in order to seize control of the United States government (see the Q-Alert, below. as well as the previous reports on the CSS) over the past 4 days). This week I am going to write about the intentions of the United Nations if they are successful in a coup to replace Donald Trump and Mike Pence. If and when the American people object, The UN has plans for these milions of American dissidents. They are already armed with lists, obtained by the Deep State-controlled NSA. It is a naughty and nice list.   All Americans have a threat matrix score and everyone is categorized, as Steve Quayle so aptly describes as "Red list, Blue list, Green list"... This is a multipart series which will demonstrate, with irrefutable documentation what lies in America's future. Each article will present a means that the UN plans to rid America of anyone who is deemed to be uncooperattive. The UN has had the previous complicity of nearly every federal agency. Please note that the rank and file of these agencies are made up of good men and women. However, as one federal law enforcement agent told me, "we cannot trust anyone over a GS-15 (with the implication that these people were largely Obama-era communist appointees), we know where the domestic ISIS base camps are located, we know where the child sex trafficking factories are, but we are prevented from doing our jobs". In this series, I will publish one aspect of our codified intention to exterminate millions of "uncooperative Americans" along with the means to do so. In a few days, I will have you sleeping under the bed unless you have a case of terminal cognitive dissonance. Look at the following excerpt from EO 13603. Courtesy of former President Obama, it gives the government the authority to conduct two drafts. Most are familiar with the military draft. However, what has gone unnoticed is right for a rogue regime to enact a civilian labor conscription, Nazi-style, to do the government's labor. And historically, this labor is always done in FEMA camps.

PART VI — LABOR REQUIREMENTS-EO 13603

Sec. 601. Secretary of Labor. 

(a)   The Secretary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the heads of other agencies, as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, shall:

(1)   collect and maintain data necessary to make a continuing appraisal of the Nation's workforce needs for purposes of national defense;

(2)   upon request by the Director of Selective Service, and in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, assist the Director of Selective Service in development of policies regulating the induction and deferment of persons for duty in the armed services;

(3)   upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order, consult with that agency with respect to:

(i)   the effect of contemplated actions on labor demand and utilization;

(ii)   the relation of labor demand to materials and facilities requirements; and

(iii)   such other matters as will assist in making the exercise of priority and allocations functions consistent with effective utilization and distribution of labor;

(4)   upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order:

(i)   formulate plans, programs, and policies for meeting the labor requirements of actions to be taken for national defense purposes; and

(ii)   estimate training needs to help address national defense requirements and promote necessary and appropriate training programs; and

(5)   develop and implement an effective labor management relations policy to support the activities and programs under this order, with the cooperation of other agencies as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, including the National Labor Relations Board, the Federal Labor Relations Authority, the National Mediation Board, and the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service.

(b)   All agencies shall cooperate with the Secretary of Labor, upon request, for the purposes of this section, to the extent permitted by law.

This will be all-United Nations driven. So, I ask you, is it a big deal that we have UN troops on American soil? Once You Are In the Camp, Bad Things Will Happen Based upon the word of a trusted FBI informant, I published the fact that FEMA had previously imported Hydrogen Cyanide from Brazil beginning in 2011. Because FEMA feared discovery, they began to label the containers as anything but other than what they were. Many people chose to not believe the report. However, I have discovered OSHA documentation which completely validates the claim. Further, based upon my claim, two readers of The Common Sense Show sent me similar documents which validates the claim that FEMA is stockpiling deadly gas which has been used in warfare and to execute prisoners in Nazi concentration camps. FEMA does not engage in warfare against foreign countries, therefore, this gas could only have one purpose, to kill FEMA camps detainees! Here is the smoking gun document followed by a contextual background analysis blended with contemporary events. There can be no question that the Deep State is anticipating victor, through a coup, and this is reward for resistance against their illegitimate authority. A special thanks to Pam, Maria and Jim for sending this to me.

Getting Rid of Trouble-Makers Documentation Proving FEMA Has Imported Hydrogen Cyanide

________________________________________________________________

NON-FLAMMABLE GAS MIXTURE MSDS - 50024 EFFECTIVE DATE: FEBRUARY 16, 2011 PAGE 1 OF 5 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Prepared to U.S. OSHA, CMA, ANSI and Canadian WHMIS Standards 1. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION CHEMICAL NAME; CLASS: NON-FLAMMABLE GAS MIXTURE Containing the Following Component in a Nitrogen Balance Gas: Hydrogen Cyanide: 0.0001- 0.02% SYNONYMS: Not Applicable CHEMICAL FAMILY NAME: Not Applicable FORMULA: Not Applicable Document Number: 50024 Note: The Material Safety Data Sheet is for this gas mixture supplied in cylinders with 33 cubic feet (935 liters) or less gas capacity (DOT - 39 cylinders). This MSDS has been developed for various gas mixtures with the composition of components within the ranges listed in Section 2 (Composition and Information on Ingredients). Refer to the product label for information on the actual composition of the product. PRODUCT USE: Calibration of Monitoring and Research Equipment U.S. SUPPLIER/MANUFACTURER'S NAME: CALGAZ ADDRESS: 821 Chesapeake Drive Cambridge, MD 21613 BUSINESS PHONE: 1-410-228-6400 (8 a.m. to 5 p.m. U.S. EST) General MSDS Information: 1-713-868-0440 Fax on Demand: 1-800-231-1366 EMERGENCY PHONE: Chemtrec: United States/Canada/Puerto Rico: 1-800-424-9300 [24-hours] Chemtrec International: 1-703-527-3887 [24-hours]

COMPOSITION and INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

CHEMICAL NAME CAS # mole % EXPOSURE LIMITS IN AIR ACGIH-TLV OSHA NIOSH OTHER TWA STEL PEL STEL IDLH ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm ppm

Hydrogen Cyanide 74-90-8 0.0001- 0.020%

NE 4.7 (ceiling) [skin] 10 (skin) 4.7 (skin) 50 NIOSH REL: STEL = 4.7 (skin) DFG MAKs: TWA = 11.9 (skin) PEAK = 5•MAK 30 min., average value Nitrogen 7727-37-9 Balance There are no specific exposure limits for Nitrogen. Nitrogen is a simple asphyxiant (SA). Oxygen levels should be maintained above 19.5%. NE = Not Established. See Section 16 for Definitions of Terms Used. NOTE (1): ALL WHMIS required information is included in appropriate sections based on the ANSI Z400.1-1998 format. This gas mixture has been classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the CPR and the MSDS contains all the information required by the CPR.

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

EMERGENCY OVERVIEW: This gas mixture is a colorless gas which is odorless. Hydrogen Cyanide (a component of this gas mixture) is an extremely toxic gas; even brief over-exposures to relatively low doses may have significant health consequences. Acute low-level exposure can cause symptoms such as cyanosis, headache, dizziness, unsteadiness of gait, a feeling of suffocation and nausea. Additionally, releases of this gas mixture may produce oxygen-deficient atmospheres (especially in confined spaces or other poorly-ventilated environments); individuals in such atmospheres may be asphyxiated. SYMPTOMS OF OVER-EXPOSURE BY ROUTE OF EXPOSURE: The most significant route of over-exposure for this gas mixture is by inhalation, as well as eye and skin absorption. INHALATION: Due to the small size of an individual cylinder of this gas mixture, no unusual health effects from over-exposure to the product are anticipated under routine circumstances of use. The health hazards associated with this gas mixture are the potential for over-exposure to Hydrogen Cyanide (a component of this gas mixture) and oxygen displacement if this gas mixture is released in small, poorly-ventilated areas (i.e. enclosed or confined spaces). Hydrogen Cyanide is an extremely toxic gas. It is anticipated that, due to the low concentration (1-200 ppm) of Hydrogen Cyanide and the fact this gas mixture is quickly dissipated, employees will not be exposed to levels above those listed in Section 2 (Composition and Information on Ingredients). However, because Hydrogen Cyanide can produce significant health effects at relatively low levels, individuals using this gas mixture must be aware of the symptoms of over- exposure. Hydrogen Cyanide is a protoplasmic poison, combining in tissues with the enzymes associated with oxidation, thereby rendering oxygen unavailable to these tissues, and causing death by chemical asphyxiation. Exposure to low concentrations of this gas can cause headache, vertigo, irritation of the throat, difficulty breathing, reddening of eyes, salivation, nausea and vomiting. Chronic, low level exposure to Hydrogen Cyanide over long periods of time may lead to fatigue and weakness. Exposures to high concentrations of Hydrogen Cyanide gas produces symptoms including tachypnea (causing increased intake of cyanide), then dyspnea, weakness of arms and legs, paralysis, unconsciousness, convulsions and respiratory arrest. Exposure to 150 ppm for one-half to one hour may endanger life. In cases where the victim recovers, there is rarely any residual injury or disability. The action of Hydrogen Cyanide in cases of high concentration exposure is extremely rapid. Specific effects, based on the concentration of Hydrogen Cyanide, are presented below: CONCENTRATION OF HYDROGEN CYANIDE OBSERVED EFFECT 2-5 ppm Detectable odor threshold. 18-36 ppm Slight symptoms after several hours. 45-54 ppm Tolerated for 0.5-1 hour without immediate or delayed effects. 110-135 ppm Dangerous to life or fatal after 0.5-1 hour. 133 ppm Fatal after 30 minutes. 180 ppm Fatal after 10 minutes. 270 ppm Immediately fatal. NOTE: This gas mixture contains 1-200 ppm Hydrogen Cyanide. Data pertinent to higher concentrations of Hydrogen Cyanide are provided to give complete information on effects observed in humans after over-exposures have occurred. Additionally, under some circumstances, an oxygen-deficient environment may occur. Individuals breathing such an atmosphere may experience symptoms which include headaches, ringing in ears, dizziness, drowsiness, unconsciousness, nausea, vomiting, depression of all the senses and death. The Desperation of the Deep State The Deep State is in big trouble. Their proxies, the Democratic Socialists cannot win in 2020. Hillary Clinton is returning to run for the office of the President. She definitely cannot win. The Deep State has sought to gain total control of the United States through the Democratic Party. The Deep State movement are dead in the water. Yes, the Deep State, through Bush/Obama holdovers still control much of the State Department, the leadership (GS-15+) DHS and FEMA, but they are stymied in their attempts to expand their power, although this is not going dissuade them from trying. Now we have the previously embedded UN forces, housed on abandoned US military bases, have reared their their ugly heads and theyare operationalized for action.

From Steve Quayle's Q-Alerts: IMPORTANT UPDATE ON PRESIDENT TRUMP ACTIVATING THE MARINE CORP-AND THE THREATENED ARMED COUP AGAINST HIM!

Hello Steve

1 Yes the order indeed signed and activated

2 we are also close to martial law as well

In The event of martial law Trump will remain president for the duration of the martial law

3 internally Whitehouse is on lockdown

4 no matter if you like or dislike Trump and his behaviors he is still legally the president

People should be very concerned about the situation in Washington DC everyone is going loco. GREAT time for the remnant to earnestly pray 2ND) ALERT: URGENT FLASH MESSAGE JUST WENT OUT TO ALL UN TROOP LOCATIONS IN THE USA CHANGING STATUS FROM WAITING TO FULL ALERT AND READY TO MOVE WITHIN MINUTES 3RD) ALERT, OTHER PARTS OF OUR MILITARY NOW ON HIGH ALERT 4.) The messages for the UN TROOPS indicate Nation wide with detailed orders to follow at activation, I expect the US.military to be divided.  This is based on the prior behaviors of the different people in the joint chief's.... SQ-I ASKED HIM IF DATA ,INDICATES BANK CLOSINGS THIS WEEK ,HE SAID NO-NOT AT THIS TIME 4.) ALERT-- They are desperately trying to avoid a financial crash at this time.  Banks stable so far. Fed is now upping the money being pumped into the banks to 150 billion per night beginning tomorrow. Oct 6, 2019 On the other hand, with the insurrection from the left ramping up, it is becoming increasingly clear that Trump is likely going to have to resort to martial law in order to keep the country from falling into a civil war. Therefore, there is competition for the control over FEMA camps. A Deception Last year, in Carlsbad, CA., I witnessed a massive protest near the beach on Highway 1 against Trump's policy of separating children from their illegal alien parents. The local news station said that the protest was organized by Moveon.org. We all should know that means that George Soros is behind this deception. And we know from Soros' Calexit involvement, he is seeking to break apart the US. From a PR standpoint, I felt that Trump should have not separated children from their illegal alien parents because he gave his opponents ammunition. However, it is perfectly legal and expected. If I am pulled over and it is discovered that I have a simple user's amount of marijuana that the police officer discovers, do you think I am going to be separated from my children as I am arrested? When parents are arrested, they are automatically separated from their children. Why should illegal entry into the United States be any different? This is the rhetoric that is being used to polarize the country. Mad Max Waters and other liberals have taken to harassing and endangering government officials including White House Press Secretary, Sarah Sanders et al. Portland occupiers have taken over the ICE building in Portland where the mayor is helping the occupiers to facilitate the felonious take over. The mayor of Oakland is interfering in ICE activities. All across the country, the sides are being drawn and the country is headed for civil war. Trump has struck first. He has taken control of the FEMA camps as evidenced by the use of the Brownsville Walmart FEMA camp detention center to house illegal aliens. However, if Trump is defeated, or removed, or assassinated, the FEMA camps will revert to the control of the Deep State and this will produce America's darkest days. If this ever happens, this is likely what will follow. Three Step Process for Total Tyrannical Control of the Population of the United States When one examines the sum total of the meaning of various Executive Orders and administrative actions of FEMA and DHS, collectively, there emerges a clear picture of a three-step process to gain control of the population of the United States. The following has already been spelled out through Operation Cable Splicer, REX 84 and FM 39.4 Phase One Not everyone's fate is determined when a communist/fascist coup takes over the government of the United States and suspends the Constitution. However, for some people, there exists the non-negotiable future of termination without due process. Decades ago, this is what Steve Quayle called the "Red List". Under Operation Rex 84 and Operation Cable Splicer, etc., there is a 3 step process to subjugate the American people. Stage One of the plot is particularly heinous. FEMA likes to use the term "disrupters" who will be terminated with extreme prejudice. These people will be gathered up and taken to a remote location and executed. They most often will be taken from their homes between 3AM and 4AM, which is what the Gestapo did, so as to not arouse the attention of the community and to lessen the possibility of increasing resistance. Along these lines, when a communist/fascist coup overtakes the government, Operation Cable Splicer/Garden Plot/Rex 84, will be in effect and FEMA and DHS will be in control (DHS was actually created and molded after the East German Stasi). The extreme actions of unwarranted arrests and mass executions are designed to remove the majority of the leadership or any resistance to the coup. I have recounted before on the website of The Common Sense Show, the story of my long-term friend, a FEMA counter-bioterrorism expert, who said if the the powers that be cannot quell the rising tide of populism (please note this was said in the Pre-Trump days of 2012), that millions would be gassed. My FEMA friend bugged out to a secure location with like-minded people from FEMA because they saw the writing on the wall. Further, this paralleled the story of Rosebud, brought forth by the Hagmann's, basically recounted the same intentions to "gas" the people in times of resistance to the new authority. How will FEMA deal with these resisters? It just so happens that it is being reported in multiple publications that FEMA just purchased 2,500 gallons of hydrogen cyanide from a Brazilian chemical manufacturer, Askell Quimica. In light of Operation Cablesplicer et al, which is still on the books, the purchase of hydrogen cyanide can only mean one thing. The following Executive Order demonstrates that the globalists have been planning these actions against the American for a very long time. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11004 allows the Housing and Finance Authority to relocate communities, build new housing with public funds, designate areas to be abandoned, and establish new locations for populations. DHS as been preparing for the resistance to the coming new authority for a long time. Under Operation Cable Splicer and Rex 84, all levels of government will be collapsed into one central authority and that centralized authority will be handed off to the global authority, presumably the United Nations or their proxy. Phase Two After the leadership of any potential resistance to the new authority is complete, Stage Two will be implemented. Stage Two will consist of the arrest of those not deemed to be in compliance with the new authority, as evidenced by belief systems or by overt actions. If you have wondered why the NSA finds is necessary to monitor every communication that you have, I just told you. There will be a two-tiered approach to the citizen roundups that will occur. First, as an aside, there has been much discussion about the need to promulgate a false flag attack(s). If one can get the population to view the new authority as a rescuer from certain death, then the resistance to the take over will be considerably lessened. However, there will be those that resist and they will be seized and sent to re-education camps. The public justification for the arrest will fall into two categories (1) criminal charges related to treason and sedition; and, (2) mental health conditions requiring long-term "inpatient" therapy. Back in 2008-9, I often reported on the importance of the DHS-created MIAC report. The MIAC report gives rise to the groups that are going to be sought out for "re-education". Those groups included, but are not limited to Christians, Ron Paul supporters (today that could be translated to Donald Trump supporters), supporters of the Constitution, Second Amendment supporters will be targeted in particular. This grainy video was leaded from a 2001 FEMA training session. The video clearly condemns the Founding Fathers as domestic terrorists. This second group will be terminated if it is deemed that they cannot be re-educated. I have previously asked many of my sources how will they execute the millions that cannot be re-educated? I was told that that guillotines are the most efficient, but if they cannot keep up with demand, hydrogen cyanide will do quite nicely. There are a couple of ancillary facts that I have previously reported on that bears discussion at this point. The first account comes from the late FBI special informant, Larry Grathwohl, who penetrated the Weatherman Underground of Bill Ayers. The Weathermen Underground Leader, Bill Ayers, told former FBI Agent and informant, and my late friend, Larry Grathwohl, that he believed that when the Communist takeover happened, he would have to incarcerate 50 million Americans into re-education camps and exterminate 25 million of them. Larry was an FBI special informant who had penetrated the Underground and became a member in order to take down the organization by getting Bill Ayers and his wife Bernadine Dorne arrested. This is the part that I would play the video of Larry recounting what Ayers told him about future FEMA camps, but Youtube recently took down the video because it "violates Youtube's policy on hate speech". This purchase (hydrogen cyanide) marks the third time in twelve months FEMA will have used foreign distributors to procure lethal items that could be used to maim or kill law-abiding Americans. In January, FEMA received a shipment of five hundred Chinese-made “smart guillotines,” and in March, they secretly ordered thousands of guillotine blades from a Mexican metal factory in Juarez. Stage Three Stage Three is ironic. It consists of the arrest of all collaborators and infiltrators who along with “economic disrupters” who will have their money confiscated, for it is estimated that half of the wealth in the USA is in their hands. In effect, this is where the transfer of wealth will take place. Along these lines, Operation Cable Splicer and Garden Plot, which are the two sub programs which will be implemented once the Rex 84 program is initiated for its proper purpose, will kick in and the monied class will arrested and many will be terminated. FEMA is the executive arm of the coming police state and thus will head up all operations. The Presidential Executive Orders already listed on the Federal Register also are part of the legal framework for this operation. This should give serious pause for Wall Street to keep supporting the Deep State as they are targeted for brown shirt treatment. Conclusion We used to talk about FEMA camps as something that could be coming our way. FEMA camps are no on our doorstep and the only thing standing between FEMA camps and us, is Donald Trump. Please mark this down, many of the people, on the inside, that I speak with who are convinced that REX 84 will be immediately implemented if Trump is ever taken from office. The Deep State will do anything and everything to stop the spirit of populism. If you think that America will repeat the heinous crimes of Nazi Germany, they will, if the Deep State is allowed to prevail. FEMA is a rogue organization and the fact that they have ordered hydrogen cyanide should be a major concern to all. Oh, you don't think that they would do this? then ask yourself why would anyone call the Founding Fathers terrorists? Why would DHS have already 600 billion rounds of hollow point ammunition to go with their 2500 assault vehicles? Are they being sent to Afghanistan or are they going to be turned loose on the American people in support of the UN's intention to enact a regime change?

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/now-un-troops-have-emerged-should-americans-be-concerned-femas-massive-purchases-hydrogen-cyanide 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?

:: 10-7-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 'Impeachment Coup' Is An Attack On YOU By Democrats Attempting To Overthrow America And The Results Of The 2016 Election Without Firing A Single Shot

- 'This could start a process of unraveling so great, America may break up into multiple countries'

October 7, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

While the Washington Post, the Independent, NY Mag and several other leftist news rags have recently put out stories condemning President Trump's use of the phrase 'coup' to describe the desperate Democrat power grab that we're still watching unfolding in America, as Tom Fitton and Judicial Watch reported in this September 17th story, newly released documents essentially confirmed a sinister government bureaucracy plot to try to remove President Trump via the use of the 25th Amendment.  Attempting to have Trump labeled insane to remove him swiftly from the office he was voted into by the American people and thus successfully overthrowing the results of the 2016 election without a single shot being fired, while we're thankful that effort was not successful, there is no doubt we've been witnessing attack after attack upon our 45th President ever since he was voted into office. As this new story over at the AP reports, a 2nd Trump whistleblower has come forward and spoken with the inspector general about alleged Trump wrongdoings, making it even more bluntly obvious to anyone paying attention to the events of the past 3 years that anti-American, pro-globalist political forces in America have been conducting a 3rd world nation worthy coup d'etat upon the United States with the Democrats push for impeachment nothing less than them attempting to nullify YOUR vote that put President Trump into office. So with the demonrat/deep state coup upon President Trump nothing less than a very real attack upon America by leftists who think they know what's best for this country prior to the revelations of mass deep state/democrat crimes, and a blunt attack upon 'We the American People' who voted for President Trump despite the msm's labeling of him as a racist, sexist and all the other horrible things they've said about him, we'll be taking a look within the rest of this story at more evidence Patriotic Americans are preparing to defend their President. We'll also take a look in the next section below at the great evil long pushing to have President Trump removed from office, with leftists 'Trump derangement syndrome' potentially even eventually resulting in a 'deep state' attempted assassination of POTUS and an uptick in engineered terrorism across America as Mike Adams of Natural News reported in this October 1st story. So please join us in prayer for God's protection of President Trump and America in the days ahead with some warning that impeachment could start a process of unraveling so great, America might even split into several different countries. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) This must-read new story over at Zero Hedge titled "The Construed Coup – Anti-American pro Globalists stage Coup d’état in USA - Pedoparty – Global Illuminati Conspiracy stages Coup d’état in United States of America" gives us a close look at those who have launched this attempted coup upon America, blaming 'the coup' upon 'the pedoparty'. The following excerpt comes to us from this Zero Hedge story.: Pedoparty If you want a symbol of the Demoratic party look no further than Jeff Pedostein. NOT ONLY did he provide the initial funding for the Clinton Foundation, the whole thing was his idea, according to Wikipedia: Jeffrey Epstein is also said, according to his lawyers, to have taken part in the conception of CGI (Clinton Global Initiative.) And more details from Politico: Epstein, a well-connected Manhattan money manager and philanthropist, was once a regular at Mar-a-Lago and an active supporter of the Clinton Foundation—repeatedly lending his 727 jet to Clinton for trips overseas. Dershowitz defended Epstein amid an investigation into his involvement with underage girls more than a decade ago, and it was Acosta—then the U.S. attorney overseeing south Florida—who allowed Epstein’s case to be resolved in state court in 2008. Folks is this a conspiracy or can we call the Democratic party the PedoParty? This guy is sick but the facts in the case explain a lot, especially about the Clinton’s (Spirit cooking?? WTF) To be fair, there are plenty of Republicans with strange proclivities as well – as there are in the Catholic Church but that’s not the point. The point is that Bill Clinton and his friend Jeff were major participants in global enterprise whereby one was not sure where the Clinton Foundation ended and Jeff Pedostein’s blackmail operation began. Did the two organizations work closely together? Did Clinton Foundation reps get children for Jeff and did Jeff provide political blackmail to the Clinton’s? It’s very likely, as the evidence would suggest. So is the 'impeachment coup attempt' of President Trump being carried out by the 'pedoparty' as the Zero Hedge story suggests? As William B. Stoecker had reported in this October 5th ANP story, the 'conspiracy' to take down America began long before President Trump was voted into office, engineered and conducted via one false flag event and mysterious death after another stretching back decades and as Mr. Stoecker had detailed in great depth within this story, the 'patterns of evil' that surround us are everywhere. Stoecker pointed out some of the mysterious deaths that have surrounded Bill and Hillary Clinton for over 2 decades, appropriately nicknamed the 'Clinton Body Count', and with 'Pedostein's' deep ties to 'Bill and Hill' well documented and a long-running pattern of secrecy surrounding just how many times Bill flew on the Lolita Express and the Clinton's very close ties to others such as Harvey Weinstein, the NXIVM Sex Cult, ultra-rich Democrat donor Ed Buck and Anthony Weiner, what if this Zero Hedge story is right? Part of the conclusion to their story.: The fact is that a group of political enemies has construed meaning that didn’t previously exist, but one that aligns with their political agenda: Impeach Trump. Run over dead bodies do what it takes but he must be out! The technicalities of what they are doing are important here, especially if they are successful. It’s not likely they can succeed but with corrupt judges and Demorats on the take in every sector, it seems that nothing can surprise us next, not even Alien Invasion. There have been many good articles on the “Fake Impeachment” and one positive takeaway it’s creating an intense intellectual dialogue that’s never before existed in USA. In this author’s opinion, the Elite simply have not evolved well. Technology caught up with them and the stupid dirty tricks that worked 20 years ago don’t work today. People all carry recording devices and HD cameras in their pocket. Outright lies and bombastic untrue statements can easily be fact checked (like Adam Shifty’s parody of the Trump call). If we look at the Democrats, who is a real leader that can come forward, like a Trump – someone like Tony Robbins. Where is Tony Robbins? If the Democrats are going to survive as a party, they need to dump the Pedophiles and get some real leaders. There are plenty of well seasoned Americans, ex CEOs in retirement who are perfect for the job. The question many are asking is – Why can’t they find anyone who wants to run? Isn’t Noam Chomsky a Democrat? For that matter, the Republicans have had a similar issue and that’s why Trump is in office and not “Pompous” Romney or another Bush like Jeb. However, given the wide scope of the Pedophelia, corruption, disregard for law, abuse of office power, and just a long list of illegal acts and abuses while in office, most Democrats need to find replacements if the party is to continue. But here’s the scary part. It’s very unlikely Trump can be impeached based on lies and political mumbo jumbo. But what if he is? It would start a process of unraveling so great, USA may break up into multiple countries (and you know where the borderlines are drawn!). According to this October 1st story by Mike Adams at Natural News titled "The hierarchy of deep state escalation that will end in the attempted assassination of President Trump and engineered terrorism across America", the 'deep state' is now at war with America and the CIA's attempted coup of our nation using the CIA's 'puppet journalists' pushing Democrat talking points is nothing less than an all-out attack upon America. Warning that this 'soft coup' is just the beginning of what Democrats have planned as they seek to take America in a totally different direction with their buzz word 'socialism' just like putting makeup on a Communist pig, is America ready for forced obedience to government, famine and mass starvation, qualities that 'socialism/communism' nearly always bring? As Adams also argues, Democrats have become terrorists, rather seeing America burned to the ground than President Trump win in 2020. From that story.: The deep state is at war with America. The CIA is running an attempted coup, and all the CIA’s puppet “journalists” (actually nothing more than CIA-run media hacks) are all-in. The Democrats are betting everything that they can remove Trump from office and somehow avoid a popular uprising that would likely see millions of armed citizens taking action to defend this republic against the lawless deep state and its authoritarian rule. You are witnessing the final chapter. The Democrats, CIA and media hacks are throwing everything at Trump in a last-ditch effort to remove him from office before the 2020 election, which the Dems know they cannot win (because Democrat ideas suck, and they have no ideas other than communism and handing out free stuff to everyone). Just today, lunatic Democrat congresswoman Maxine Waters called for President Trump to be “imprisoned and placed in solitary confinement,” probably so the deep state can pull a Jeffrey Epstein on him, where magically all the security cameras simultaneously malfunction while the prisoner is executed. This face off ends with just one party left standing. The Democrats cannot survive this if they do not decisively take out Trump, because in escalating this brazen, fabricated assault on our president, Democrats have demonstrated to all Americans that they don’t care about any real issues Americans are facing such as health care costs, the collapse of liberal cities and the growing power and corruption of the pharmaceutical industrial complex. Instead, Democrats are willing to watch America burn and collapse as long as they think they might be able to get Trump in the process. Democrats have become terrorists, criminals and lunatics, and they have reached the point of insanity where they quite literally want to see this country burned to the ground rather than witness Trump win a second term. Understand that this current “soft coup” against President Trump is just the beginning of what they have planned. If this soft coup fails, they have a plan of escalation that will ultimately reach the point where deep state criminals like John Brennan and Barack Obama attempt to carry out plans that include the assassination of President Trump. But that’s not even where this ends. If that fails, they have more moves in store for America, and all these attempts will result in the loss of innocent life. Bluntly stated, if Trump doesn’t order the arrest and prosecution of all these deep state traitors and CIA operatives — across Congress, the fake news media fiction factories and even the judiciary — they will unleash deadly terror and lawlessness across America in a desperate effort to reclaim authoritarian rule (while, of course, ordering the executions of all Trump loyalists). With Demonrat Congresswoman Rashida Tlaib now pushing for the arrests of Trump officials who don't comply with Democrat Congress demands also showing their push for totalitarianism in America while this very real coup attempt upon President Trump is now proven to have deep ties to Bill and Hillary Clinton and the 'gay/pedophile mafia', American's better be prepared for anything ahead with US Marine Reserves activating to support civil authorities in America as we had reported in this October 5th ANP story titled "It Could Happen Here! The Timing Of Everything Suggests America Is Approaching A National Nightmare In 2020". And while we won't be holding our breaths waiting for the 'unraveling' of America should this impeachment coup launched by Democrats be successful, as this Wall Street Journal had reported all the way back in 2008, one Russian professor has long been predicting the complete dismantling of America with Igor Panarin forecasting America would have disintegrated by the year 2010, triggered largely by Civil War. Might Panarin's forecast have just been 10 years off? Remember the forecast for 2025 America which is being made by Deagel!

http://allnewspipeline.com/2nd_Amendment_Repel_Coup_America_Needs_Truth.php 

:: 10-6-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Get Ready For 'It' To Hit The Fan - TimeLine of Events Show Why The 'Deep State,' Media & Democrats Are Melting Down Publicly

October 7, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Many times we at ANP have warned that if we thought liberals went crazy after the election of President Trump, then became downright unhinged during the confirmation hearing for Brett Kavanaugh to the Supreme Court, just to go into a freefall of depression when special counsel Robert Mueller could not establish any "collusion" with Russia on the part of the Trump campaign of 2016, we have seen nothing that will compare to the outright insanity we will observe by crazed liberals should President Trump win reelection. While that prospect is yet more than a year away, watching the events over the past months, when we step back and look at the entirety and timing of said events, a picture emerges that tells us we may see that insanity long before the 2020 elections even get here. By now someone would have to have been living under a rock to be unaware that House Democrats are pursuing an "impeachment inquiry," meaning an investigation into whether they think they can vote on articles of impeachment. It is also common knowledge that the Senate, controlled by Republicans, would have to have two-thirds agree and convict in order to remove President Trump and they do not have those numbers. In other words, this is all for show, a calculated decision in an attempt to continue keeping a cloud over President Trump's head because they fear he will indeed be reelected in 2020. Why now, over a year before the actual presidential election? Well, it all comes down to timing, and events that are beyond their control has them in panic mode. Specifically, the upcoming DOJ Inspector General report on possible FISA abuses, which word has it will be released within the next two weeks, with some saying it could drop as early as this Friday, and the Barr/Durham investigation into the origins of the Russia probe. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) TIMELINE OF EVENTS WHICH HAVE THE MEDIA AND DEMOCRATS PANICKING The timeline below is all public knowledge, and links are provided to each event as it happened, which show that after the Mueller investigation ended, and the investigation into the investigators began, Democrats, the establishment media (I know, same thing!), and former intelligence officials from the Obama era, along with "deep state" holdovers, all realized that the truth, which they all knew but denied, was going to become public. Those deep state holdovers were described recently by Stephen Miller, a senior adviser to President Trump, in an interview with Breitbart: The deep state is a collection of permanent bureaucrats enmeshed inside the federal government who can’t be fired or removed — at least historically, have not been able to be — because of misguided civil service laws. They believe they know better than you, and your listeners, and the voters how the country ought to be run. At this moment in time, the deep state has a knife aimed at the heart of American democracy, and that’s what you’re seeing playing across your TV screens and newspapers pages and online, with these so-called whistleblowers, who are, of course, in fact, angry hate-filled rage-driven bureaucrats determined to take down the President of the United States and illicitly and improperly using the Whistleblower Protection Act in order to effectuate their designs. I use Miller's description as it clearly explains why many of the former intelligence community members have been fired, but others have not been cleaned out yet. Firing a career employee can sometimes take over two years, even those convicted of a felony, as reported over at The Federalist.

The timeline below show what has them all so scared that House Democrats are willing to commit political suicide to distract from what is coming. On April 10, 2019: Attorney William "Bill" Barr informed Congress that he would be reviewing the origins of the Russia investigation, and the "spying" that was conducted against the Trump campaign, resulting in the appointment of a special counsel, Robert Mueller, which lasted nearly two years and cost American taxpayers tens of millions of dollars.

TIMELINE OF EVENTS WHICH HAVE THE MEDIA AND DEMOCRATS PANICKING

The timeline below is all public knowledge, and links are provided to each event as it happened, which show that after the Mueller investigation ended, and the investigation into the investigators began, Democrats, the establishment media (I know, same thing!), and former intelligence officials from the Obama era, along with "deep state" holdovers, all realized that the truth, which they all knew but denied, was going to become public. Those deep state holdovers were described recently by Stephen Miller, a senior adviser to President Trump, in an interview with Breitbart: etc

On April 10, 2019: Attorney William "Bill" Barr informed Congress that he would be reviewing the origins of the Russia investigation, and the "spying" that was conducted against the Trump campaign, resulting in the appointment of a special counsel, Robert Mueller, which lasted nearly two years and cost American taxpayers tens of millions of dollars.

Late May 2019: Democrat politicians, with the help of the liberal media, were already attempting to discredit the investigation into the original investigators, calling it a "cover-up," and accusing Trump of "weaponizing" the DOJ.

June 10, 2019: Assistant Attorney General Stephen Boyd, responded to a request for an update by Democrat Chairman of the House Judiciary Committee, informing him that it had been "well established" that the "U.S. government and others," undertook intelligence gathering and investigative steps aimed at persons associated with the Trump campaign. In that same letter, embedded below, Congress was informed that the "review" was "broad in scope and multifaceted, and is intended to illuminate open questions regarding the activities of U.S. and foreign intelligence services......"

DOJ Letter Durham Review Ju... by Washington Examiner on Scribd

June 12, 2019: U.S. Attorney John Durham, who was tapped by AG Barr to head the investigation, reportedly began setting up interviews with certain CIA agents.

July 12, 2019: The deep state holdovers started getting nervous about the scope of the Barr/Durham investigation, described by Natasha Bertrand over at the left-leaning Politico, who appears to be sympathetic to the "deep state" officials, peppering her piece with claims that the Durham investigation "has alarmed some in the national security community," and "has unnerved intelligence veterans across the political spectrum."

August 2019: President Trump spoke to the newly elected Ukrainian President and asked for a favor, which was to cooperate with the Barr/Durham investigation into the origins, directly referencing Crowdstrike, and "the server." Crowdstrike was the anti-Russian third party group that determined that Russia had hacked the DNC servers, the only "evidence" that Russia was behind the "hack," and the only evidence that U.S. intelligence agencies used to make their own determination that Russia was behind it. etc.

August 28, 2019: Adam Schiff tweeted out "Trump is withholding vital military aid to Ukraine, while his personal lawyer seeks help from the Ukraine government to investigate his political opponent. It doesn’t take a stable genius to see the magnitude of this conflict. Or how destructive it is to our national security.

September 14, 2019: The DOJ IG informs Congress the FISA abuse investigation is complete and that the factual findings were given to AG Barr for purposes of classification, before the IG finalizes and releases the final report.

September 24, 2019: Nancy Pelosi announces "impeachment inquiry" over the Ukraine call.

Related: IG could not explain 18-day window between Ukraine call and whistleblower complaint

BOTTOM LINE - THE PICTURE THAT EMERGES FROM THE TIMELINE

With the CIA already concerned over the direction the Barr/Durham investigation was heading, a CIA analyst that was embedded in the White House, but has since gone back to the CIA, contacted Democrat congressman Adam Schiff to leak the details of what he had been told the Ukraine call consisted of, claiming the "favor" Trump asked of the Ukrainian President was information on Joe Biden and his son's dealings in Ukraine while Biden was VP. As seen from the transcript screenshot above, the "favor" was about the investigation, and the Biden's were not mentioned until later in the call. Barr and Durham have also accepted help from Australian, Italian and the UK's intelligence agencies in their investigation into the origins of the Russia probe, all of which are believed to have been involved in helping the Obama administration spy on President Trump's campaign back in 2016.  Schiff or his staff are the ones that sent the leaker, to the Intel IG as a "whistelblower," encouraging them to file a complaint, which Schiff has now admitted to. Knowing that the IG report, which is expected to detail any wrong-doing on the part of U.S. intelligence agencies in obtaining a FISA warrant to spy on the Trump campaign in 2016 is expected to drop within the next two weeks, along with the details showing that Barr and Durham are already at a point in their own investigation into potential illegal activities in order to create the entire Russia investigation, where they are already talking with foreign intelligence agencies regarding the part they played, has quite literally sent Democrat politicians and the establishment media into panic mode. If Congressman John Ratcliffe is correct in the interview shown below, when he says "we will get a definitive answer from the inspector general when this report gets issued in the next week or two," then the rush and howls from the left on "impeachment" could be considered a direct result of their fear over what America is going to find out.  His key quote toward the end of the interview: But the other point that you have been talking about, Maria, and are going to talk about, I mean, why is it OK for the Obama administration to send people to -- FBI agents to Rome and to coordinate with Australia and Great Britain about foreign interference in our election, but when the Trump administration and Department of Justice and Bill Barr go to the exact same places to determine the exact same type of things, foreign interference in our election, it's all of a sudden political, and that we shouldn't be doing it? And I will tell you what I think the answer is, because I think there are a lot of folks that are worried about finding out who really interfered more or tried to interfere more in the 2016 election, the Russians or the Obama administration. The entire transcript can be seen at Real Clear Politics. Hold on to your hats folks, because "it" is about to hit the fan. Once the IG report is issued, Democrats and the media that have already been acting nuts are going to completely lose their minds when the truth can no longer be hidden from the American people.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Get_Ready_For_It_to_Hit_The_Fan.php 

:: 10-5-19 Flag & Cross :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

President Trump Calls for the Impeachment of Republican Utah Senator Mitt Romney

Is Trump right on this one??

John Salvatore Published 6 days ago on October 5, 2019 By John Salvatore

It’s too bad that President Trump is constantly going to war with members of his own party.

But what is he supposed to do when sitting GOP members of Congress call him out for ridiculous reasons? It’s not as if he can get the press to sic Mitt Romney. That’s not going to happen. As hard as liberals fought against the now-Utah Senator during the 2012 election, they will gladly back him today in his fight against POTUS. Barack Obama never had this problem with his party. Is it because conservatives have minds of their own? From The Hill: President Trump called for Sen. Mitt Romney (R-Utah) to be impeached Saturday and argued that Republican voters in the state made a “mistake” nominating Romney for the Senate. In a pair of tweets, the president argued that the Utah Republican should be removed from office and that former Sen. Jeff Flake (R-Ariz.), another frequent Trump critic, was “better” than Romney. I’m hearing that the Great People of Utah are considering their vote for their Pompous Senator, Mitt Romney, to be a big mistake. I agree! He is a fool who is playing right into the hands of the Do Nothing Democrats! #IMPEACHMITTROMNEY Mitt doesn’t know if he’ll support the duly-elected Republican president of the United States in 2020. Trump isn’t likely to lose any sleep, but still. Come on, dude. From Fox News: Utah Sen. Mitt Romney said Friday he may decline to support Donald Trump for president in 2020, explaining, “I wouldn’t be surprised if I stay out of the endorsements.” The 2012 Republican presidential nominee, who has not shied away from criticizing Trump, told reporters at his annual E2 Summit in the Utah ski-resort town of Park City that he doesn’t thing endorsements really matter anyway. Mitt noted, “I don’t think endorsements are worth a thimble of spit.” Back in January, Kentucky Senator Rand Paul (R), who was one of Trump’s targets during the 2016 election, came to his defense in a major way. In short, Rand told Mitt to knock it off! Senator Rand Paul @RandPaul

Like other Big Government Republicans who never liked Reagan, Mitt Romney wants to signal how virtuous he is in comparison to the President. Well, I’m most concerned and pleased with the actual conservative reform agenda @realDonaldTrump has achieved.

https://www.cnbc.com/2015/10/05/when-did-republicans-become-obsessed-with-reagan.html  …

https://flagandcross.com/president-trump-calls-for-the-impeachment-of-republican-utah-senator-mitt-romney/ 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 10-7-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Monday, 7 October 2019

One to watch! Explosive development from tropical storm to Super Typhoon in less than 24 hours: Super Typhoon Hagibis is eying Japan

Credit Alert Map RSOE

It was a mere tropical storm less than 24 hours ago but it has now exploded into Super Typhoon Hagibis with sustained winds of almost 200 km/h, with gusts up to 232 km/h and it is strengthening with wind gusts expected to reach an incredible 306 km/h by tomorrow, the 8th of October. According to Weather news, Hagibis's projected path will threaten Japan next weekend. After passing the Northern Marianas, Hagibis is expected to intensify by mid- to late week over the Philippine Sea. Super typhoons are tropical cyclones in the Western Pacific Ocean with winds of at least 150 mph, equivalent to at least a higher-end Category 4 hurricane. They're most common in a zone of the Western Pacific Ocean between Guam, the Philippines, Taiwan and Japan known as "Typhoon Alley." Later in the week ahead, Hagibis should turn northwest, then northward. As is typically the case, the timing and sharpness of that curl will be key in determining where the most serious impacts will be. It's too soon to determine which parts of Japan may be impacted next weekend, but areas from the Ryukyu Islands, including Okinawa, to the main islands of Japan, should monitor the forecast closely. We also can't rule out at least peripheral impacts in northern Taiwan, eastern China or South Korea from Hagibis. The Western Pacific Ocean is the most active basin for tropical cyclones on Earth. Hagibis is the 19th named storm of the year in the Western Pacific Ocean, according to Digital Typhoon. From 1981-2010, an average of 26 Western Pacific named storms formed each year, 17 of which became typhoons – more than double the average of Atlantic Basin named storms (12) and hurricanes (6). Since these Western Pacific systems can form any time of year, there really is no season. Hurricanes and cyclones Front Page

Posted by Gary Walton at 11:38 am

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/10/one-to-watch-explosive-development-from.html 

:: 10-7-19 The Patriot Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

McConnell Turning Tables on Democrat Impeachers

"The way that impeachment stops is with a Senate majority with me as majority leader."

Political Editors · Oct. 7, 2019

“In point of fact, the House has no impeachment inquiry; congressional Democrats have an impeachment political campaign,” argues National Review’s Andrew McCarthy. And so long as impeachment remains nothing more than the Democrats’ second attempt at a coup — a narrative meant solely to boost their election prospects in 2020 — it will plainly be political theater at its cheapest and most craven. Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell sees it for what it is, and the upper chamber of Congress, which will try President Donald Trump if and when the House ever gets around to impeaching him, will prove to be the sane chamber. In a campaign video, McConnell says that House Speaker Nancy Pelosi is “in the clutches of a left-wing mob that finally convinced her to impeach the president.” However, he adds. “The way that impeachment stops is with a Senate majority with me as majority leader.” McConnell must firmly believe that there is not enough evidence to oust Trump or he wouldn’t assert this far in advance that the Senate will kill the effort. He’s also clearly hanging this political charade around Democrat necks. On a final note, Democrats have, for effect, compared the proposed Trump impeachment with that of Richard Nixon — but there is a BIG difference and it betrays a remarkable double standard. Nixon was rightly impeached and resigned because he attempted to conceal the fact that operatives within his administration used FBI and CIA personnel to uncover what they believed were communist influencers in the Democrat Party. That was exposed with the botched attempt to steal DNC files from its office in the Watergate building — though, notably, Nixon was not orchestrating these tactics. However, in the case of both the 2016 Russia-collusion hoax and the current Ukraine quid-pro-quo hoax, Democrats are the ones using deep-state operatives within the FBI and CIA to frame a sitting president to obstruct his agenda across the board. Don’t wait on The Washington Post to devote six months of headlines to the Democrat deep-state conspiracy.

https://patriotpost.us/articles/65942-mcconnell-turning-tables-on-democrat-impeachers-2019-10-07 

:: 10-7-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Time to Stand and Fight Back

Terry Paulson Posted: Oct 07, 2019 12:01 AM

This dirt-digging, impeachment inquiry searching for any allegation to justify their coup d'état of a duly elected president has turned up the heat in an already divided Washington. It's also making those who elected and support President Trump fighting mad. When former Immigration and Customs Enforcement acting director Thomas Homan recently testified to a House committee, he said what has been building among many previously polite conservatives. After watching those testifying against border wall funding being given extra time to make their point, Holman wanted his time to counter their statements. When Democratic Congresswoman Pamila Jayapal tried to cut off his comments for exceeding his allotted time, Holman continued anyway, "Children are dying, cartels are getting rich. Why am I angry? Because you haven't done anything to fix it-nothing. There is no downside in securing our borders. There is no downside in illegal immigration being decreased. There is no downside in less drugs in this country." When Jayapal tried to stop him again, "The time of the gentleman has expired," Holman continued his protest, "I've asked you politely to go beyond my time. You let other people go beyond their time. You work for me, I'm a taxpayer. I'm a taxpayer and you work for me." Later on Fox News, Holman expanded his position to a rallying cry: "I'm not going to let them sit there and tell lies about my President, tell lies about the men and women at the border with ICE. It was lie after lie. It's my responsibility to set the record straight because they are out-and-out lies. They are not going to shut me down and not let me respond. No, I am not going to shut up. You lied. I'm under oath. You should be under oath. Just because you have a gavel doesn't make you queen for the day. It doesn't allow you to lie to the American people." Silent no more! Like many who voted for Trump, we're tired of the mainstream media parroting democratic talking points and fake news on social media being peddled as truth. We're tired of being told our conservative views offend them as they demand safe spaces on their college campuses. Every day, they blatantly offend all who voted for President Trump. We're not dumb or bigots. We're not racist or fascists. We're patriotic Americans who work hard, support our communities, give time and money to charities, and vote for politicians committed to keeping America America. We're polite. We prefer dialogue over attacks, but we're tired of turning the other cheek while watching our elected President trashed, lied about, and trying to be impeached without evidence. The Democrats have started what Rush Limbaugh has called a "cold civil war," and it's time to take a stand and fight back. As one voter said, "I would walk through broken glass to vote for Trump next November!" The silent majority is motivated. As with Wendy's old ad, "Where's the beef?" When faced with the actual transcript of President Trump's conversation with the Ukrainian President, Representative, Adam Schiff was left with having to make up a parody of what he hoped Trump actually meant. They called an impeachment party and forgot to bring any evidence worthy of consideration. Now, they're left with frantically searching for anything to justify their miscalculation. In fact, by taking a shot at Trump, they ended up hitting Biden. Trump defenders are fueling outrage at Vice President Joe Biden who publicly bragged about threatening to withhold funds from Ukraine if they did not fire the prosecutor, the prosecutor potentially looking into Hunter Biden? Where is their public investigation into "Quid Pro Joe" and the Democratic Senators who threatened to withhold funds unless Ukraine continued to help in the Russian collusion case against Trump? Where is the investigation into Rep. Schiff discussing a fake offer to provide non-existent compromising nude pictures of Trump? Why do we like Trump? He doesn't take any of the Democrat lies sitting down. He fights for what he believes he was elected to do. He's making a difference instead of cowering in the face of their continuous assaults and three years of calling for his impeachment. It's time to do everything we can to defeat every Democrat who votes to impeach. The gloves are coming off. Get every one of them out of Washington the old-fashioned way-by beating them at the ballot box. It's time we fight back as Trump is fighting back-with a passion and commitment to keep America great. Thank you for attempting to impeach our president; you've provided all the motivation we need to re-elect Trump and sweep Democrats out of House control.

https://townhall.com/columnists/terrypaulson/2019/10/07/time-to-stand-and-fight-back-n2554195 

:: 10-2-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel Update

By Hal Lindsey

On Monday, September 23rd, the Likud party of Benjamin Netanyahu and the Blue and White party of Benjamin Gantz agreed to pursue a “unity government” for Israel. Negotiating teams are set to begin working out details of the proposed government on October 1st. It will be a difficult and treacherous process. After the election in April, a government could not be formed. So, in September, just a few days ago, Israel held another election. Again, there was no clear-cut winner. Gantz’s Blue and White party won 33 seats and Netanyahu’s Likud won 31 seats, leaving them both a long way from the 61 seats needed to form a majority. Israel has a parliamentary system of government. They call their legislative body the “Knesset.” That name comes from Knesset HaGdola, meaning “Great Assembly.” According to tradition, Ezra formed the Great Assembly. It was a religious council of 120 scribes, sages, and prophets. While it would be difficult to find a sage or prophet in the modern Knesset, the number remains fixed at 120 — requiring 61 seats to create a majority. Reuven Rivlin serves as President of Israel. The President has many ceremonial jobs but few actual powers. The most significant of his powers is in facilitating a new government following each election. The President must consult with Knesset members to determine who has the best chance of forming a governmental majority. After recent polling of the Knesset, he found that Netanyahu had a slight advantage with 55 backers, compared to Gantz’s 54. That 54 includes the backing of the Israeli Arab party. It would be difficult to raise either of those numbers to 61, thus the proposed unity government. Such a government would require some means of sharing power. From 1984 to 1988, Shimon Peres and Yitzhak Shamir took turns acting as Prime Minister. While possible, such an arrangement between Netanyahu and Gantz has, at least until now, seemed highly unlikely. A few days ago, Gantz cited impending indictments against Netanyahu as reasons against pursuing a unity government. Despite the accusations and investigations, formal charges have not been filed against the Prime Minister. He continues to deny all the accusations. The Attorney General of Israel is scheduled to announce a decision on whether to indict on October 3rd. That greatly complicates the process of forming a government. People tire of politicians. Winston Churchill stands as one of the great figures of the 20th century. He held his nation together during the terrible German blitz. After helping to lead the Allies to victory in World War II, he almost immediately lost his job as Prime Minister in 1945. That’s just how the world works. It’s easy to forget what things were like in Israel when Bibi Netanyahu became Prime Minister. Bus bombs and intifadas made every moment of every day feel like a life or death struggle. Syria and Hezbollah constantly threatened from the north. Former Prime Minister Ehud Barak almost gave away East Jerusalem. Thankfully, Yasser Arafat thought he could get even more, and turned the deal down. Benjamin Netanyahu changed all that. He brought the kind of stability that is necessary for national progress and economic prosperity. He built an amazing record, but he also accumulated enemies. Those enemies include much of the Israeli and international press corps, as well as liberals in his own and other countries. Nevertheless, he stands as a towering figure in the history of modern Israel — the man Israel needed for the times in which he led. Those of us who love Israel can hope his leadership will continue during the turbulent days to come. If not, we can be thankful for his leadership to this point. The Book of Daniel teaches that the revived nation of Israel will one day join in a treaty with the Antichrist. The confirmation of that treaty will mark the beginning of what is popularly known as “the Tribulation.” The present turmoil in Israel seems to be bringing the world closer to that day.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-24-2019/ 

:: 10-7-19 SFist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PG&E Issues Power Shutoff Warning For Most Of Northern California Except SF

7 October 2019 SF News Jay Barmann

As warm winds and crispy dry conditions continue to create wildfire dangers this week, PG&E has issued an unprecedented warning covering much of Northern California — just not San Francisco or Marin counties. The latest announcement, made Monday morning, covers 28 California counties in total, and it refers to a "severe wind event" heading for the state on Wednesday and Thursday of this week. Seven out of nine Bay Area counties could be affected, as well as much of the northern central valley, the Sierra, and as far south as Santa Barbara County. Specifics about times of possible shutoffs and the number of customers potentially affected have not been announced and appear as "TBD." "The main period of weather risk is early Wednesday morning through Thursday midday," says PG&E in a release. "The dry, windy weather pattern is expected to reach from the northern portions of PG&E's service territory and down through the Sacramento Valley before spreading into the central areas of the state including most of the Bay Area." The shutoff alert area includes parts of Alameda, Alpine, Amador, Butte, Calaveras, Colusa, Contra Costa, El Dorado, Glenn, Lake, Mariposa, Mendocino, Napa, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, San Joaquin, San Mateo, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz, Shasta, Sierra, Solano, Sonoma, Stanislaus, Tehama, Tuolumne, Yolo and Yuba counties. As the Chronicle notes, of the recent shutoff notices and actual power shutoffs by PG&E, this is far and away the largest and will potentially have the broadest impact on commerce and daily life across a huge swath of the state. PG&E says that if customers update their contact information here, they will receive a heads-up about shutoffs as they approach. And they're warning people to get their phones and extra phone batteries charged up, to make sure medications that require refrigeration are properly cared for and put in coolers, and to make sure all household flashlights work. This is basically an earthquake kit situation without the earthquake, and will potentially affect millions of Californians between Wednesday morning and Thursday afternoon.

https://sfist.com/2019/10/07/pg-e-issues-power-shutoff-warning-for-all-of-northern-california-except-sf/ 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 10-7-19 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top Dems joining PLO speakers at anti-Israel conference

Monday, October 7, 2019 Michael F. Haverluck (OneNewsNow.com

Key Democrats who have openly defended two anti-Semitic members of Congress are being taken to task for agreeing to appear at one of the largest annual gatherings of American Jews. Several key Democrats – including House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer – are slated to share the stage and speak alongside pro-Palestinian groups and anti-Semites at this month's annual "J Street National Conference." Included among the participants are the Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO) and Palestinian Authority (PA) President Mahmoud Abbas's advisor, Osama Qawasma. Rep. Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.) and Sen. Chris Van Hollen (D-Md.) will also share their pro-Palestinian foreign policies at the conference in Washington, DC, October 26–29. "Jayapal was one of 17 representatives to vote against a July resolution in the U.S. House of Representatives condemning the anti-Israel BDS movement, while Van Hollen was one of 23 senators in February to vote against the Strengthening America's Security in the Middle East Act, which, if enacted, would impose new sanctions on Syria, boost security cooperation with Israel and Jordan, and allow state and local governments the right to punish state or local contractors from engaging in boycotting Israel," Jewish News Syndicate (JNS) reported. Ironically, J Street describes itself as "the political home for pro-Israel, pro-peace Americans" and an advocate for a two-state solution to the conflict between Israel and "an independent, de-militarized state of Palestine with defined borders." An anti-Israel bash? Those top Democrats are joining recognized anti-Semitic groups and Palestinian activists who regularly condemn Israel for protecting itself from its hostile neighbors waging jihad against it from the West Bank and Gaza Strip. "Additionally, Jewish Democratic Council of America Executive Director Halie Soifer, IfNotNow Founder Emily Meyer and Bashar Azzeh, a member of the PLO Central Council, are listed as speakers," JNS added. "IfNotNow has been accused of anti-Semitism and anti-Zionism, [and] according to its mission, the organization seeks to 'end American Jewish support for the occupation,' which advocates say is 'is a system of violence and separation by which Israel denies Palestinians freedom and dignity by depriving them of civil, political and economic rights.'" IfNotNow has been lobbying leftists who are hoping to succeed President Donald Trump in the White House to take away Israel's God-given land and give it to the Palestinians. "The group has been approaching Democratic presidential candidates as representatives of the Jewish community and asking them about ending the so-called 'occupation' of Judea and Samaria – the word 'occupation' has been used by anti-Israel groups to try to delegitimize Israel," JNS informed. IfNotNow spokesperson Yohah Lieberman views all of Israel as being "occupied territory." "We understand the Occupation as the military rule over Palestinians [in Judea and Samaria, eastern Jerusalem and Gaza]," Lieberman told JNS. "We also know that the discrimination and displacement inside Israel's 1948 borders are connected to its rule in those Occupied Territories. This system of violence deprives all Palestinians of civil, political and economic rights." Dem speakers no friends of Israel In recent months, Democratic leaders in the nation's capital made their contempt for Israel known when they defended two pro-Palestinian House members who planned on raising opposition against Israel on its own soil. Pelosi slammed Israel's decision in August denying Muslim Congresswomen Rashida Tlaib (D-Mich.) and Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.) entry into its nation, saying it was "beneath the dignity of the great State of Israel," and she called President Trump's call for Israel to deny the women entry "a sign of ignorance and disrespect and beneath the dignity of the office of the president," as reported by The Associated Press and published by the Times of Israel (TOI). Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu defended the decision. "Israel is open to all critics and any criticism, with one exception: The law in Israel that prohibits entry to people calling and advocating for boycotting the country, just like in other democracies that bar entry to those who they believe will do harm to their nation," the PM explained, according to an August 15 tweet by Israeli reporter Gili Cohen. "Several days ago, we received their trip itinerary, which clarified that they planned a visit whose sole purpose was to support boycotts and deny Israel's legitimacy."   Netanyahu stressed how both of the first-term Democratic lawmakers wouldn't even acknowledge the legitimacy of Israel's sovereignty or meet with elected officials. "For example, they called their destination 'Palestine' and not 'Israel,' and unlike all Democratic and Republican members of Congress in the past, they did not seek any meeting with any Israeli official – whether government or opposition," he added. But condemnation of Israel – also blasting it for keeping the anti-Semitic lawmakers out – came from Schumer, as well. "Denying entry to members of the United States Congress is a sign of weakness, not strength," Schumer tweeted August 15. "It will only hurt the U.S.-Israel relationship and support for Israel in America." PLO Executive Committee member Hanan Ashrawi – whose organization is represented at this month's conference – also condemned Israel for denying the pro-Palestinian lawmakers entry. "The Israeli decision to ban Congresswomen Rashida Tlaib and Ilhan Omar from visiting Palestine is an outrageous act of hostility against the American people and their representatives," Ashrawi chided Israel in August in a statement, according to AFP. "This is a dangerous precedent that defies all diplomatic norms and an assault on the Palestinian people's right to engage with the rest of the world." But David Friedman, U.S. Ambassador to Israel, set the record straight about Israel's right to protect itself from declared enemies – just like any other nation does. "The Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions [BDS] movement against Israel is not free speech – rather, it is no less than economic warfare designed to delegitimize and ultimately destroy the Jewish State," Friedman argued in his August 15 tweet. "Israel properly has enacted laws to bar entry of BDS activists under the circumstances present here, and it has every right to protect its borders against those activists in the same manner as it would bar entrants with more conventional weapons." Israeli authorities subsequently granted Tlaib permission to enter Israel – on the condition of not inciting opposition against Israel – so she could visit her aging Palestinian grandmother. She rejected the offer.

https://onenewsnow.com/politics-govt/2019/10/07/top-dems-joining-plo-speakers-at-anti-israel-conference 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day.

:: 10-7-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Concentration Camp Survivors: China Using Forced Sterilization, Abortion for Genocide

By Frances Martel7 Oct 2019

Women who have survived China’s concentration camps for Muslim ethnic minorities reported widespread rape, forced abortions, forced sterilization, and other extreme sexual human rights atrocities in accounts published this weekend. Speaking to the Washington Post, the women echo the experiences of others who have escaped the estimated thousands of concentration camps built in Xinjiang, China’s largest and westernmost province, to house Uighur, Kazakh, and Kyrgyz ethnic people. While survivors tend to be Kazakh – they can use their dual citizenship to escape to neighboring Kazakhstan – the majority of the 1 to 3 million people trapped in the camps are believed to be Uighurs. Others who have survived have been able to use their marital status to citizens of Pakistan or other neighboring countries to place pressure on Beijing to release them. The nations themselves have not made any official statements condemning the Communist Party’s attempt to eradicate ethnic minorities in Xinjiang – sometimes actively praising it – but have quietly helped individuals with the influence to get their attention. Camp survivors have previously testified to extreme torture, killings, live organ harvesting, infanticide, and slavery in the camps. An Associated Press (AP) report published last year revealed that some clothes made in slave facilities in the concentration camps made its way to America. “Any woman or man under age 35 was raped and sexually abused,” Ruqiye Perhat, a student arrested in Xinjiang in 2009 for four years, told the Post. More recent survivors say that the camps had made rape more systematic than in regular prisons; guards would “put bags on the heads of the ones they wanted” and take the women out of their cells to be raped all night, returned for their fellow prisoners to see in the morning. One human rights activist told the Post they had documented at least seven cases of women being forced against their will to receive intrauterine devices as part of their entering the concentration camp, presumably to keep them from getting pregnant through rape. Those who were arrested while pregnant – often for “crimes” like downloading the messaging application WhatsApp – were forced into harrowing abortions. Gulzira Mogdyn told the Post that Chinese regime officials slashed her open without anesthesia and “cut my fetus out.” The Washington Post testimonies echo those of other survivors who have endured sexual human rights violations and the killing of their unborn children. Many have also stated that the Chinese officials violated their bodily integrity in other ways, such as conducting medical examinations to prepare them for organ harvesting. Mihrigul Tursun, a camp survivor, testified last year that Chinese authorities killed one of her infant triplets upon imprisoning her. The death occurred while the children were with Chinese authorities, forcibly taken for her. She told reporters she believes the child died of force-feeding. An unnamed Kazakh concentration camp survivor testified to forced birth control accompanying the systematic use of rape to torture women at the camps. “Young girls are taken out and raped all night long. If you keep resisting, they will inject you with something and kill you,” the woman told the Epoch Times. “There are usually 40 to 50 people in one small room, but five to 10 are regularly taken out and they just disappear—they never come back. People are being killed in tens all the time.” Speaking to Radio Free Asia (RFA) last month, Zumuret Dawut described her forced sterilization in a concentration camp. Dawut escaped because her husband, a Pakistani national, petitioned his government to intervene. “The family planning office gave me a letter and said: ‘Come back on the date stated in the letter and we will offer you a free operation to stop you from becoming pregnant,'” she told the outlet. “On hearing this my husband pleaded, ‘Does she have to undergo this procedure?’ … They said, ‘If you don’t comply it will effect your entry back into the country in the future, also your children’s schooling.’” “On the day of my operation, I was taken inside the operating room, all I remember was that I was given an infusion. When I opened my eyes … There was no medical staff, doctors or nurses It was a very cold day, and I was covered with only a thin bed sheet,” she noted. “No one was allowed to visit from outside. When I looked around I heard other women moaning from pain. Once the effect of the anaesthetic wore off, I felt a sharp pain in my lower abdominal.” Dawut added that, in the camp, she was forced to strip naked in front of multiple male officers and forced to take drugs that made her “[become] numb emotionally” and prevented her menstrual cycle from naturally taking place. She also underwent organ testing to see if doctors could harvest them for profit, she said. Human rights activists, journalists, and whistleblowers have testified for years to China’s policy of cutting open political prisoners to extract their organs while alive, without anesthesia, and sell them to willing buyers. Speculation first arose when observers noted that the number of organ transplants conducted in China was far greater than the official existing list of organ donors, leaving unclear how the remaining transplants were conducted without organs. In 2014, Enver Tothi testified to cutting organs out of a live political prisoner in Urumqi, the Xinjiang capital. Tohti told the China Tribunal – a coalition of international legal experts investigating the Xinjiang camps – that he believed China was preparing to conduct these operations on Uighurs and others imprisoned in Xinjiang. China has traditionally reserved the torturous operation for use on practitioners of Falun Gong, a spiritual movement that it considers a dangerous anti-communist cult. Jewher Ilham, daughter of imprisoned Uighur scholar Ilham Tohti, similarly accused China of live organ harvesting against her people in July. “They harvest prisoners’ organs for sale. At the airport, there is now a fast track security lane for organs to pass,” she said. The Washington Post noted that activists have called these practices “genocide.” The official international legal definition of genocide lists “imposing measures intended to prevent births” on a “national, ethnic, racial, or religious group … to bring about its physical destruction.” The issue of genocide in China came to the forefront of the sports world on Sunday evening when the NBA forced Houston Rockets General Manager Daryl Morey to effusively apologize to the communist regime for posting a mild statement of support for anti-communist protests in Hong Kong on social media. The NBA itself also apologized to China, triggering a stern response from the World Uyghur Congress, an international organization fighting for human rights in Xinjiang and elsewhere. “The NBA has a dismal record of silence & self-censorship on Human Rights in China,” the World Uyghur Congress said in a statement on Twitter, noting that the NBA established a training camp in Xinjiang that profits the communist regime without challenging the existence of concentration camps there. “The NBA’s willingness to appease China & overlook its abhorrent behaviour contradicts the core values & business standards it claims to espouse,” the organization observed.

Follow Frances Martel on Facebook and Twitter.

https://www.breitbart.com/asia/2019/10/07/concentration-camp-survivors-china-using-forced-sterilization-abortion-for-genocide/ 

:: 10-4-19 Life Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Supreme Court to review Louisiana abortion regulations, could mean the end of Roe

WASHINGTON, D.C., October 4, 2019 (LifeSiteNews) – The U.S. Supreme Court announced Friday it will take up the case of Louisiana’s admitting privileges law, which could have the potential of upending the high court’s most recent pro-abortion precedent. The court announced Friday it has decided to review June Medical Services LLC v. Gee, NPR reports. The case concerns Louisiana’s Act 620, which requires abortion centers to make arrangements for admitting women to hospitals within 30 miles in cases of life-threatening complications. The abortion industry’s attorneys argue the law is no different from the Texas law the Supreme Court struck down in 2016’s Whole Woman’s Health v. Hellerstedt; pro-lifers argue that not only was Hellerstedt wrongly decided, but that the Louisiana law is different from the Texas one. In September, Judge Jerry Smith of the Fifth Circuit (which upheld the law) noted that while the laws may be similar, the Louisiana measure’s impact would be different as most Louisiana hospitals didn’t have the Texas requirement that doctors must see a minimum number of patients per year to qualify for admitting privileges. In February, Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh noted (in a dissent to a ruling granting a stay of the law) that Act 620 had a 45-day transition period during which “both the doctors and the relevant hospitals” could have acted “expeditiously and in good faith to reach a definitive conclusion about whether those three doctors can obtain admitting privileges.”  A ruling is likely to be handed down during the already-contentious 2020 election year, in which abortion and judicial nominations will be major issues for both President Donald Trump and his Democrat opponent. The case is likely to at the very least impact the Hellerstedt precedent, which has been used to invalidate a broad range of modest abortion regulations as “undue burdens” on women. It’s an open question whether a majority would take the opportunity to make a broader determination as to the underlying legitimacy of Roe v. Wade or Planned Parenthood v. Casey. The overturning of Roe v. Wade, which imposed abortion on demand across the U.S. in 1973, would mean states could decide their own abortion laws. During his confirmation hearings, Kavanaugh expressed significant respect for Roe’s status as precedent – so much so that pro-abortion Republican Sen. Susan Collins of Maine specifically cited her confidence that Kavanaugh would uphold Roe as part of why she voted to confirm him. Last year, he joined the court’s liberal wing in declining to hear Kansas and Louisiana’s appeals defending their efforts to cut off Medicaid funds to Planned Parenthood, a decision that Justice Clarence Thomas excoriated as “abdicating our judicial duty.” His February opinion in support of Louisiana’s Act 620 rejected abortionists’ complaint on technical grounds, but appeared to concede their underlying premises about the “undue burden” standard for abortion restrictions. Roberts, who also expressed respect for Roe as “a little more than settled” precedent during his own confirmation hearings, has disillusioned conservatives ever since he voted in 2012 and 2015 to uphold Obamacare using intensely controversial reasoning. Roberts also voted with the court’s liberal wing in the aforementioned Medicaid case.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/breaking-supreme-court-to-review-louisiana-abortion-regulations 

:: 10-2-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dead Deutsche Banker's Son Peddled Trump Financial "Dirt" To The Highest Bidder - Which Adam Schiff Promptly Subpoenaed

by Tyler Durden Wed, 10/02/2019 - 08:58

A trove of insider Deutsche Bank documents was subpoenaed by House Intelligence Committee Chairman Adam Schiff (D-CA) after a bizarre series of events involving Moby. Val Broeksmit, stepson of top Deutche Bank executive Bill Broeksmit - who committed suicide in January 2014 in the wake of several banking scandals he had overseen, had been trying to sell or distribute information from the German bank which he obtained after his father's death, which may have contained information on Donald Trump, according to the New York Times. Mr. Broeksmit’s late father, Bill, had been a senior executive there, and his son possessed a cache of confidential bank documents that provided a tantalizing glimpse of its internal workings. Some of the documents were password-protected, and there was no telling what secrets they held or how explosive they could be. Federal and state authorities were swarming around Deutsche Bank. Some of the scrutiny centered on the lender’s two-decade relationship with President Trump and his family. Other areas of focus grew out of Deutsche Bank’s long history of criminal misconduct: manipulating markets, evading taxes, bribing foreign officials, violating international sanctions, defrauding customers, laundering money for Russian billionaires. -NYT Broeksmit was eventually introduced to Schiff through the musician Moby (Schiff's "friend and neighbor" who said the CIA asked him to help spread dirt on Trump and Russia - h/t @LeicaLexus). When Schiff refused to pay for the materials, the lawmaker instead issued a subpoena for them. Mr. Schiff’s investigators badly wanted the secret Deutsche files. Mr. Broeksmit tried to extract money from them — he pushed to be hired as a consultant to the committee — but that was a nonstarter. An investigator, Daniel Goldman, appealed to his sense of patriotism and pride. “Imagine a scenario where some of the material that you have can actually provide the seed that we can then use to blow open everything that [Trump] has been hiding,” Mr. Goldman told Mr. Broeksmit in a recorded phone call. “In some respects, you — and your father vicariously through you — will go down in American history as a hero and as the person who really broke open an incredibly corrupt president and administration.” (Mr. Broeksmit wouldn’t budge; eventually, Mr. Schiff subpoenaed him.) -NYT  All of that said, it's clear that the information is of low value as it relates to Trump for two reasons. First, Schiff has them - yet is pushing for impeachment based on a phone call between President Trump and Ukrainian President Volodomyr Zelensky in regards to investigating former VP Joe Biden.  Second, Fusion GPS paid Broeksmit $1,000 to give the documents to a reporter for the Financial Times on New Year's Eve, 2016 - so they've been in the Trump resistance's arsenal for more than three years without seeing the light of day. In Rome on New Year’s Eve of 2016, Mr. Broeksmit shared the files with a reporter for the Financial Times, periodically excusing himself to snort 80-milligram hits of OxyContin, and the journalist later connected him with someone willing to pay for the documents. On the third anniversary of his father’s death — Jan. 26, 2017 — $1,000 arrived in his PayPal account. The money was from Glenn R. Simpson, a former journalist who ran a research company called Fusion GPS. Weeks earlier, it had rocketed to notoriety as the source of the so-called Steele Dossier — a report by a former intelligence agent containing salacious allegations against Mr. Trump. Mr. Simpson was searching for more dirt and, Mr. Broeksmit told me, he agreed to pay $10,000 for the Deutsche materials. -NYT Simpson then convinced Broeksmit to work with him - instructing him via encrypted messaging to start searching for "Any Russia stuff at all," adding "Let's get you here ASAP."  Two days later, Simpson and Broeksmit met in the US Virgin Islands to look for dirt on Trump, Russia and Trump donor Robert Mercer - a financial backer of Breitbart and then Steve Bannon. As the Times reports however, "They didn’t discover bombshells — more like nuggets. One spreadsheet, for example, contained a list of all of the banks that owed money to one of Deutsche Bank’s American subsidiaries on a certain date — a list that included multiple Russian banks that would soon be under United States sanctions." Mr. Simpson asked Mr. Broeksmit to travel with him to Washington and meet some of his contacts. Mr. Broeksmit shared some of his files with a Senate investigator and — after snorting some heroin — a former prosecutor in the Manhattan district attorney’s office. The documents found their way to a team of anti-money-laundering agents at the New York Fed. Coincidence or not, a few months later, the Fed fined Deutsche Bank $41 million for violations inside the American unit that Bill Broeksmit had overseen. (A Fed spokesman declined to comment.)  Mr. Broeksmit moved to Los Angeles to drum up Hollywood interest in his life story. Early this year, a producer invited him to a dinner party. Among the guests was Moby, the electronic music legend, who told me he was impressed by Mr. Broeksmit’s exploits and existential sadness. Moby arranged an introduction to his friend Adam Schiff, the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee, which had recently opened an investigation into Deutsche Bank’s relationship with Mr. Trump. -NYT  After Broeksmit was subpoenaed by Schiff, The Los Angeles FBI field office contacted him, as someone coincidentally noticed his whistleblower submission to the Justice Department's website (presumably satisfying the requirement for 'first-hand' information). They wanted to talk about Deutsche Bank — one of the world’s largest and most troubled financial institutions, and the bank of choice to the president of the United States. Mr. Broeksmit’s late father, Bill, had been a senior executive there, and his son possessed a cache of confidential bank documents that provided a tantalizing glimpse of its internal workings. Some of the documents were password-protected, and there was no telling what secrets they held or how explosive they could be. -NYT According to the report, "After the three-hour session, Mr. Broeksmit still needed some stroking, and the F.B.I. agents obliged. They told Mr. Broeksmit he could have a special advisory title. They promised to keep him in the loop as their investigation proceeded. They let him tell the world — via this article — that he was a cooperating witness in a federal criminal investigation. They even helped procure a visa for his French girlfriend." At the end of the day it appears that Brieksmit attempted to help take Trump down with information he didn't himself understand, and he's now being punished for delivering a nothing burger by The Times' David Enrich, who details it all in his new book - "Dark Towers."

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/dead-deutsche-bankers-son-peddled-trump-financial-dirt-highest-bidder-adam-schiff 

:: 10-2-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Be Afraid America, Very Afraid! She's Back!!! (Part One)

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Wednesday, October 2, 2019 - 13:44.

I get no pleasure out of saying I told you so. I have been married as long as I have because my wife and myself have learned to not utter these words to each other because it leads to contempt. However, since February of 2017, I have said over two dozen times that Hillary was not done trying to destroy America. I said she was a like a bad cold that will never go away. We are on the verge of seeing Hillary Clinton return to center stage as the Democratic candidate. Why? Because the Democrats are so evil, so criminal, that they cannot even fool most of the ignorant in today’s America. How is this true?  Kamala Harris is so corrupt that it can no longer be hidden from the public. Forget the fact that she reportedly and repeatedly slept her way to the top, what Harris is accused of is a lot more serious than her alleged alley-cat morality. The DNC is refusing to fund her any longer because she is a political “dead woman walking”. CSS researcher, Alexandra Daley, has fully exposed Harris’ criminality on repeated interviews on the CSS radio show. While Harris was the Alameda Country District Attorney, she repeatedly failed to prosecute the low hanging fruit which comprised the blatant cartel drug cases and she also covered up for rampant pedophilia in her district. To compound her complicity in crime, after the fact, she even violated open records requests from members of the media. She is dead in the water and she is nothing now but window dressing for a dead-in-the-water DNC campaign for President. Bernie Sanders has now been hit with a very serious Federal Election Commission charges. Bernie couldn’t wait to impeach Trump for now disproven Russian-Collusion-Delusion allegations from the multi-year and multi-million-dollar investigation of the Mueller investigation. Bernie has committed the same crime that he accused Trump of committing over Russian influence in our elections. He has hired three foreign nationals, illegal aliens all of them, in his campaign. Stick a fork in Bernie and turn off the oven because he is well-done, finished, bury his political body before it begins to decompose. That’s OK, now that his Presidential campaign is over, he can go on a second honeymoon back to Moscow, where this communist appropriately spent his first honeymoon.  Joe “Biden off more than he could chew” should never have run for President. Anybody who could listen to Biden, in any interview or campaign appearance for more than five minutes, can clearly see that this man is in serious cognitive decline. From the intelligence community they are saying that he actually had an aneurism which has prompted dementia. I find it easy to believe. However, let’s forget the cognitive deficits for a second and let’s move to his blatant corruption. Not only is Biden’s son, Hunter, hopelessly corrupt as well as being a drug addict, daddy Biden is guilty of obstruction. Joe is also guilty of participating in the criminal enterprise of benefiting from the natural gas criminals who raised the rates on Ukrainian citizens by over 50%. Joe Biden was the beneficiary of this unholy alliance with his son. If Ukraine’s criminal enterprise natural gas oligarchs were not in league with Joe, then why would they pay $50,000 per month Joe’s drug addict son? You can learn a lot from who someone plays golf with on the “back nine” which is hidden from view from the prying eyes of the press hanging out in the clubhouse. And when you are quickly transported to the back nine in a golf cart from the helicopter who deposited Joe. Subsequently, we know that Joe Biden played golf with the natural gas oligarchs in Ukraine that his alleged criminal son was involved with. Of course, it was just golf. Oh, by the way, Adam Schiff was involved, deeply involved with the same degenerates. We are going to have a lot of fun exposing the details. IF you think yesterday’s article contained damning revelations against key Democrats, you ain’t seen nothing yet. And by the way, like Jeffrey Epstein, I also have dead man switches. Joe Biden is just as guilty, probably more so, than his son, Hunter.  Then there is the first Native American to run for the office of President, Elizabeth Warren. Wait a minute, her claims of being a Native American were exposed as being fraudulent. However, her claims of being a Democratic Socialist are accurate. Immediately following her announcement that she was a candidate for President, she announced her wealth redistribution program. Warren stated “we are going to take money away from the wealthy…by gunpoint if necessary”. Wow! This extreme gun control advocate is intending to use guns to enforce her communist economic policies related to wealth redistribution. Have you ever spent more than 30 seconds listening to Warren speak? Who needs Nyquil when one has Elizabeth Warren in the room? In short, Warren has lost any credibility she ever possessed, and she is not electable. In a debate with Trump, he would obliterate her on national TV.  Enter, or should I say, re-enter Hillary Clinton. Will the third time be a charm? Will she, this time, in her third attempt, capture the Presidency that has so thankfully alluded her? Here she is with daughter Chelsea (not sure why she's appearing on The Late Show with her mother). In the video, at the bottom of the article, Hillary presumes facts not in evidence. For example, she says "we know he (Trump) colluded with the Russians to alter the election". Hmm....I though the Mueller report exonerated Trump. Regardless of Hillary's inane ramblings... she's back...this is her informal campaign announcement. Why? Because the Democrats have no chance with the previously mentioned candidates. Like an old dog that can no longer walk, these four Democratic Presidential candidates need to be put down, politically speaking, and it is time to go to the bullpen and bring in the Democratic ace, Hillary Clinton. Can this Democratic Wonder Woman save the communist day? Here is the new leader of America's Bolshevik Revolution, Hillary Clinton. Part two of this series will fully expose what a Hillary Presidency would look like. Be afraid America, very afraid. What? You say you are not afraid of Hillary? If not, please consider the following:

What a Clinton Presidency will mean for Christians

Do you really expect to keep your gun?

Do you expect to maintain parental authority over your children?

Do you expect to ANY freedom of expression on social media?

She's back! Be afraid America, very afraid! Here is Hillary's informal campaign announcement: Part Two of this series will examine what a Clinton Presidency will look like and it is not comforting...to say the least. Hillary's rise to Presidency will usher in America's entry into a full-blown Bolshevik Revolution and all that this event would entail.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-economics/be-afraid-america-very-afraid-shes-back-part-one 

:: 10-2-19 Alt-Market.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Cannot Be Anti-Globalist While Working With Global Elites

Wednesday, 02 October 2019 04:36 Brandon Smith

In the summer of 2016 during the election campaign I examined the Trump phenomenon and how it relates to the globalist narrative. I concluded that Trump would be president based on the fact that having a (supposedly) hardcore nationalist and populist conservative in the White House over the next four years would in fact be highly beneficial to the elites. At the time the Federal Reserve was getting ready to tighten liquidity, which would inevitably lead to market volatility and a crash in fundamentals. By the end of Trump's first term, or perhaps at the beginning of his second term, the recessionary crisis would become obvious to the general public. Trump, and all conservatives, would be blamed for the resulting disaster that the banking elites engineered. During the election it was unclear to me if Donald Trump was a puppet of the elites. He could have simply been a convenient scapegoat for the coming crash. Today, it is obvious that he is indeed controlled opposition. As I've noted in numerous articles, Trump's associations with the globalists go way back. He was saved by the Rothschild banking family from crippling debts in multiple property developments in Atlantic City during the 1990's. The Rothschild agent that handled Trump's bailout was none other than Wilber Ross, the senior managing director of Rothschild New York. Ross is now Trump's Commerce Secretary, which indicates that his relationship to the Rothschilds continues to this day. In 2016 Trump offered positions in the White House to a vast array of global elitists, some of them from the Council on Foreign Relations, a think tank whose stated goals include the erasure of borders and the end of national sovereignty. These members include:

Elaine Chao, United States Secretary of Transportation

Jamie Dimon, Member of Strategic and Policy Forum

Jim Donovan, Deputy Treasury Secretary

Larry Fink, Member of Strategic and Policy Forum

Neil M. Gorsuch, Supreme Court Justice

Vice Admiral Robert S. Harward, National Security Advisor (declined appointment)

Trump then went on to bring in long time elites with ties to the globalist establishment and the Federal Reserve such as John Bolton, Mike Pompeo, Robert Lighthizer, Larry Kudlow, and Steve Mnuchin, etc. The list goes on and on... During the campaign, Trump consistently (and rightly) criticized Hillary Clinton's many ties to the banking cabal, including her close relationship with internationalist banks like Goldman Sachs. He also made multiple criticisms against globalism. Then, he argued that the economic recovery under Obama was actually a massive financial bubble – the markets were artificially propped up by the Federal Reserve's stimulus and low interest rates, and indicators like unemployment stats were rigged. Again, this was all true. Yet, after his election Trump proceeded to saturate his cabinet with the same banking elites he once attacked, and then he took FULL CREDIT for the markets and the fake employment and GDP numbers only months later. Once in office, Trump suddenly abandoned his promise to indict the Clintons, and any pursuit of fighting the globalists fell by the wayside. Instead, Trump turned all his attention on China, opening the door to an economic war as a useful distraction for the globalists while they continued to pull the plug on financial life support. If Trump was going to do battle with the globalist establishment, why would he surround himself with so many elites and why would he hold up China as a primary threat instead of global banking institutions? We still hear Trump talk about how the Federal Reserve is run by ignorant people, and how the “future belongs to patriots, not globalists”, but Trump's hyperfocus on the markets and the trade war with China do nothing to combat the globalist agenda. In fact, these actions help the globalists immensely. Trump is sticking to the pattern of criticizing the Fed's higher interest rates as the cause of the economic downturn while AT THE SAME TIME continuing to take full credit for the same fraudulent economic data and the market bubble he once admonished. What does this accomplish? Well, Trump's job is to undermine conservatives and the liberty movement by pretending to be one of us. His attacks on the Fed, while legitimate (in part), are meaningless if he maintains that he is the sole reason why the economy and the markets move. In essence, the globalists are using Trump to delegitimize anti-Fed arguments by attaching him to those arguments AND the failing economy simultaneously. As he falls from fiscal grace, the intent is that all anti-fed and anti-globalist arguments will die with him. Who would want to take the same ideological stance as the man who brought the global economy to ruin? Currently, the mainstream media is focusing on Trump's hypocrisy in demanding a weaker dollar after calling for a STRONGER dollar during his campaign. They are also insinuating that Trump is trying to deflect blame onto the Fed while his trade war is the "real cause" of the recession. I've been warning about this outcome for quite some time, and now it's happening. Trump's bizarre behavior vindicates my deepest suspicions during the election – Trump is not just an unwitting scapegoat, he is a participant in the game, playing a theatrical role, a bumbling villain. In the script, he is the anti-globalist who trips over his own hubris and causes the downfall of the American empire. He is playing the pig-headed conservative that proves once and for all why conservative philosophy is “evil” and why the leftists were right all along. Part of his job is to co-opt the liberty movement, redirect its energies into pointless pursuits, and to make us look ridiculous or dangerous by the end of his presidency. However, there is a bit of a conundrum forming for the elites...  Trump's true nature is slowly being revealed as we cross the point of no return on the economy and the "global economic reset". When Trump openly supports Red Flag gun laws designed to usurp gun rights through back door confiscation, or when he commits to a military buildup by sending troops to Saudi Arabia in an obvious first step towards war with Iran, this causes many conservatives in the liberty movement to question Trump's loyalties (as they should). The elites have to find a way to keep conservatives and liberty activists blindly riding the Trump train for as long as possible, for if we begin to question the narrative too soon, it becomes harder for them to draw us into supporting actions which will be blamed for the burgeoning economic and geopolitical crisis. To be sure, some people in the liberty movement have attached themselves to Trump so completely that there is no escape. They will now be tempted to double down on their defense of his actions and his associations, forever claiming that Trump is "playing 4D chess" and that he is "keeping his enemies close", no matter how insane these assertions are. Some have even argued that conservatives should "go to war" if Trump is impeached. This is foolish. Most of us are NOT interested in fighting a civil war over Trump. If we fight a civil war, it will certainly not be over a puppet of the banking establishment. Some of these activists are well meaning, but they are playing right into the hands of globalists. Others are so desperate to maintain relevancy that they will say anything to get attention. It is vital that liberty activists understand that the Trump presidency is a psyop aimed first and foremost AT THEM. As the leftist media outlet Bloomberg once happily predicted in an editorial titled 'The Tea Party Meets Its Maker', Trump could absorb conservative movements (those they called the “Tea Party”) and destroy them once and for all. Recent events and Trump's rhetoric are carefully staged to make him appear anti-globalist, but the aggressive nature of this propaganda was predictable. The elites have to draw conservatives back into the fold somehow, and so they are throwing as many crumbs as they can from Trump's table without him actually accomplishing anything in our favor. Getting rid of John Bolton was the beginning of the latest psyop campaign, as Bolton represents a hated element among many liberty activists and the establishment had no choice but to finally reduce his footprint in the White House. However, this was too little too late, as many conservatives are already well aware of the many other elites permeating Trump's cabinet. He would have to get rid of ALL of them in order to impress us. And so, the elites moved on to phase two... The latest Ukrainian scandal and the potential impeachment of Trump is a perfect example of globalist reverse psychology. Like Russiagate, the impeachment inquiry will likely go nowhere, and it's not meant to go anywhere. The elites have no intention of removing Trump from office and they never did. The purpose of the Ukraine scandal is actually twofold: First, it will indeed pull many conservatives back onto the Trump train as they assume the establishment is “out to get him” even though he is working directly with them. Second, the Ukraine scandal will blow back on Joe Biden, removing him from the Democratic running for president, leaving the door open for either Bernie Sanders or Elizabeth Warren. The elites do not appear to want Biden in 2020 and are constructing a narrative in which he bows out of the race or loses extensive ground in the primaries. I continue to predict, as I did in July, that Elizabeth Warren will be the Democratic candidate in 2020 (some people laughed when I suggested this in July...I don't see too many of them laughing now as Warren pulls into a virtual tie with Biden in the polls). Whether or not this will translate to a second term for Trump, or the end of the line, it is too early to tell. I would note, however, that Warren was the first Democratic candidate to suggest that an economic crash was on the horizon, and I believe this is setting the stage for her to become an "I told you so" candidate in 2020. If this is the case, then Trump is probably slated to lose the election. Another crumb thrown to conservatives is the sudden reopening of discussion on the Clinton emails. This will lead some liberty activists to assume that MAYBE, this time, Trump is going to follow through on his claim that he would investigate and prosecute the Clintons. I say this, though I think many reading this already know: Trump is not going to touch the Clintons. But he will pretend he is looking into the matter if it helps lure conservatives back into the false narrative, but that is all. Trump's UN speech in which he criticized globalism was the latest and perhaps the most blatant attempt to sucker conservatives into thinking maybe Trump is indeed “playing 4D chess”. He's not. Rather, Trump is playing the role he has always played, just as he played his role on WWE Wrestling, or his role in The Apprentice; it is Trump's JOB to attack the globalists, and it is their job to PRETEND to attack him. All the while the real targets of attack are conservatives, sovereignty activists and freedom advocates. What is the purpose of this facade, this fake wrestling match between Trump and the elites? To get conservatives invested in a false paradigm, to co-opt our movement and our momentum, and ultimately to chain us to Trump's reputation and then drown us when he goes down. While activists wait around for Trump to take action against the globalists, they sit idle accomplishing very little. While activists put all their hopes in Trump as a solution to the globalist problem, they remain unprepared for the fallout when it's revealed that he was a complete waste of time. The masterstroke of the elites using Trump as a weapon is that ONE MAN might be able to nullify the activism of millions. The solution? To remain continually vigilant of Trump's rhetoric and policies and to call him out when he does anything that violates constitutional principles or anything that aids the globalists in their efforts to trigger an economic reset. I have to laugh, because the globalists may have made a fatal error in relying on Trump as a means to bring down conservatives and the liberty movement. By placing all their eggs in one basket (or all their strings on one puppet), they have left themselves open to influence by liberty activists. The more we call out Trump on his strange behaviors, his connections to the establishment and his flip flopping, the less useful he is to them. They will have to continually adapt their tactics to us (they already have been), or perhaps even postpone efforts to crash the markets or implement draconian Red Flag laws. By our investigative efforts, we can buy time for the movement to grow, and this bodes ill for the elites in the long run. If you would like to support the work that Alt-Market does while also receiving content on advanced tactics for defeating the globalist agenda, subscribe to our exclusive newsletter The Wild Bunch Dispatch. Learn more about it HERE. With global tensions spiking, thousands of Americans are moving their IRA or 401(k) into an IRA backed by physical gold. Now, thanks to a little-known IRS Tax Law, you can too. Learn how with a free info kit on gold from Birch Gold Group. It reveals how physical precious metals can protect your savings, and how to open a Gold IRA. Click here to get your free Info Kit on Gold. You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com

http://www.alt-market.com/index.php/articles/3949-trump-cannot-be-anti-globalist-while-working-with-global-elites 

:: 10-3-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXPLAINER-N.Korea's suspected submarine missile 'pushes the envelope'

by Reuters Thursday, 3 October 2019 00:03 GM By Jack Kim

(Updates with N.Korea's KCNA report)

SEOUL, Oct 2 (Reuters) - North Korea fired what may be a submarine-launched ballistic missile (SLBM) on Wednesday, which would be the first test in three years of what had been a relatively young but rapidly progressing programme to deliver nuclear weapons. The launch comes hours after the North announced it would resume nuclear talks with the United States this weekend, potentially ending a months-long deadlock that followed a vow by North Korea leader Kim Jong Un and U.S. President Donald Trump to make progress. The exact type of the missile and the launch platform remain unclear, but it appears to be a step that "pushes the envelope," said Joshua Pollack, a leading expert on nuclear and missile proliferation and editor of Nonproliferation Review. WHAT HAPPENED? A missile was launched from the sea soon after 7 a.m. on Wednesday (2200 GMT Tuesday) about 17 km (11 miles) northeast of the coastal city of Wonsan, the site of one of North Korea's military bases used for previous missile launches. Japan initially said two missiles were launched but later clarified it was likely one projectile that went through stage separation. The projectile hit the waters in Japan's Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ), the Japanese government said. South Korea's Defence Minister Jeong Kyeong-doo said an Aegis destroyer detected one missile launch, which flew 450 km (280 miles) in a lofted trajectory 910 km (565 miles) high. North Korea's state news agency KCNA said on Thursday the missile was a Pukgukson-3 test-fired at a high angle in the waters off Wonsan designed to contain external threat and bolster self-defence, but gave no other details. Photos released in the North's official Rodong Sinmun newspaper showed a black-and-white painted missile emerging and clearing the surface of the water, then the booster rocket igniting to propel it into the sky. A U.S. official, speaking on condition of anonymity, said that, according to initial intelligence, the missile was a submarine-capable ballistic missile launched from a platform at sea. WHAT NEW THREAT DOES IT POTENTIALLY REPRESENT?  If the missile had been launched on a standard trajectory, the range would have been up to 1,900 km (1,200 miles), which would put it in the medium-range missile class. That missile would have all of South Korea and Japan within range. A launch from a submarine deployed in the surrounding waters would pose greater difficulty for missile defences. The threat of a submarine-launched ballistic missile (SLBM) grows exponentially with the range of the submarine. The North's existing Romeo-class submarines, which were built in the 1990s, are believed to have a range of about 7,000 km, potentially making a one-way trip to near Hawaii possible. But they are diesel-electric powered and very noisy, making them highly vulnerable to detection, especially by U.S. forces with their decades of experience tracking Soviet submarines. WHAT IS THE PROGRESS OF NORTH KOREA'S SLBM PROGRAMME? North Korea began testing submarine-launched ballistic missiles in 2015 and conducted four submarine launches by August 2016, when a two-stage solid-fuel Pukguksong missile flew about 500 km (310 miles) on a lofted trajectory. That test was considered a success. There has been no known tests since then to suggest the North has made progress in developing an SLBM of intermediate or long ranges.  Those previous launches were conducted near the port city of Sinpo, about 110 km from Wonsan and home to many of the North's fleet of submarines, believed to be one of the world's largest. Despite the size of the fleet, most of the vessels are believed to be small or vintage Soviet-era models and only one is believed to be an experimental submarine capable of carrying a ballistic missile. North Korea said in July leader Kim Jong Un inspected a large, newly built submarine that was near operational deployment. Analysts said photos released on the North's state media suggested the vessel could be a modified Romeo class type with an enlarged hull, not the larger submarine satellite images have suggested was being built at the Sinpo shipyard. SECOND-STRIKE CAPABILITY? Submarine-launched ballistic missiles are considered key to delivering a second-strike capability that can be used to retaliate against a nuclear attack. To be assured of the capability, the submarine must not only have the ability to launch a nuclear ballistic missile but also the endurance to sail within range of the enemy. Military analysts are sceptical the North's submarine programme has reached the level of technical sophistication to achieve a second-strike capability. OTHER RECENT MISSILE TESTS  North Korea has conducted nine launches since leader Kim met Trump at the demilitarised zone (DMZ) inter-Korean border on June 30 and pledged to resume nuclear talks. All but the one on Wednesday has been short-range missiles and rockets that would be fast and effective way to attack South Korea and U.S. forces stationed there. Before Kim entered an unofficial moratorium on missile and nuclear tests to engage in dialogue with Trump, the North test-fired an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) in November 2017. If launched on a standard trajectory, that missile would have had a range of up to 13,000 km, putting the mainland United States in strike distance. But experts are doubtful the North has mastered the technology to build a nuclear warhead small enough to be mounted on a missile that can withstand re-entry to the atmosphere and to guide it with precision to hit the target.

(Reporting by Jack Kim, Josh Smith, Joyce Lee and Sangmi Cha in Seoul and Idrees Ali in Washington; Editing by Raju Gopalakrishnan, Lisa Shumaker and Lincoln Feast.)

http://news.trust.org/item/20191002090948-4ut6o 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 10-2-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Unveils ‘Doomsday Bomb’ While U.S. Military Concentrates on “Diversity”

Good luck with that.

Paul Joseph Watson | Infowars.com - October 2, 2019

While China unveiled a new ‘doomsday’ nuclear bomb that can “strike the US within 30 minutes with ten warheads,” a top US General declared gender and race “diversity” to be a “warfighting necessity” against the homogeneous forces of China and Russia. We’re truly screwed. Billed as the “ultimate doomsday weapon,” the fearsome super nuke was displayed during China’s 70th anniversary parade in Tiananmen Square. “The Dongfeng-41 is a 7,672 mph intercontinental ballistic missile that is said to have the furthest range of any nuclear missile and could reach the US in 30 minutes,” reports the Sun. Meanwhile, in the United States, US Major General Lori Reynolds told 300 intelligence Marines at the 9th Annual Marine Corps Association and Foundation Intelligence Awards Dinner that “diversity” will make the difference in future war fighting. “I believe a dramatic mix of talent, of all races, religions, backgrounds and genders will be the difference in the future,” said Reynolds. She added that promoting diversity was crucial because it was an advantage China and Russia do not hold. “We must talk about diversity as a warfighting necessity and tonight I’m declaring it essential to the information environment,” Reynolds said. Earlier this year, Air Force Gen. David L. Goldfein also gave a speech in which he asserted that introducing diverse flesh colored band aids was a “warfighting imperative.”  I for one welcome our future Chinese overlords with open arms. My voice is being silenced by free speech-hating Silicon Valley behemoths who want me disappeared forever. It is CRUCIAL that you support me. Please sign up for the free newsletter here. Donate to me on SubscribeStar here.

Support my sponsor – Turbo Force – a supercharged boost of clean energy without the comedown.

https://www.infowars.com/china-unveils-doomsday-bomb-while-u-s-military-concentrates-on-diversity/ 

:: 10-2-19 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Beijing Launches New Rule: Residents Must Pass Facial Recognition Test to Surf Internet

By Nicole Hao  October 1, 2019 Updated: October 2, 2019

The Chinese regime announced a new rule which requires residents to pass a facial recognition test in order to apply for an internet connection via smartphone or computer. The rule will be implemented from Dec. 1, 2019. In addition, no cell phone or landline number can be transferred to another person privately. This is an upgraded restriction after the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (MIIT) required all applicants to present a valid ID and personal information to register for a cell phone or a landline number since January 2015. New Rule MIIT published the new rule on its official website and distributed it to all telecom carriers on Sept. 27, which includes three main requests. First, all telecom carriers must use facial recognition to test whether an applicant who applies for internet connection is the owner of the ID that they use since Dec. 1. At the same time, the carriers must test that the ID is genuine and valid. Second, all telecom carriers must upgrade their service’s terms and conditions and notify all their customers that they are not allowed to transfer or resell their cell phone SIM card to another person by the end of November 2019. Third, telecom carriers should help their customers to check whether there are cell phone or landline numbers that don’t belong to them but registered under their names since Dec. 1. For unidentified numbers, the telecom carries must investigate and close the lines immediately. MIIT said in the notice that it will arrange for supervisors to check each telecom carrier’s performance, and will arrange inspections to make sure all carriers will follow the rule strictly. Purpose “The reason why the Chinese regime asks people to register their real identities to surf the internet is because it wants to control people’s speech,” U.S.-based commentator Tang Jingyuan told The Epoch Times on Sept. 27. Authorities arrested hundreds of Chinese people in recent years because they posted a  topic that the regime deemed sensitive, including the most recent Hong Kong protests. “MIIT’s new rule on using facial recognition to identify an internet user means the government can easily track their online activities, including their social media posts and websites they visit,” Tang said.“Then these people become scared of sharing their real opinions online because their comments could anger the authorities and they could get arrested for it.” Tang concluded: “I think MIIT’s new rule takes away freedom of speech from Chinese people completely.” Facial Recognition in China The Chinese regime has used facial recognition systems to monitor people for several years now. In cities and public spaces such as train stations, airports, government buildings, and entrances of museums, police use smart glasses to check each passerby’s identity and whether they have a criminal record. On the streets, millions of surveillance cameras capture and track people’s movements. At crosswalks, facial recognition systems record jaywalkers, who are then fined 20 yuan ($2.81), and docked points on their social credit score. The Chinese regime’s social credit system assigns each citizen a score of social “trustworthiness.” A person with a low social credit score may not be allowed to board a train or airplane, or their child may not be admitted to a reputable school. Inside classrooms, facial recognition technology monitors each student and reports their actions to the teacher and parents.  Even inside public restrooms, tourists and residents have to use facial recognition system to get toilet paper. The Chinese regime hopes to install enough surveillance cameras to cover the entire country.  According to the latest report of U.S. based market research firm IDC, China spent $10.6 billion on video surveillance equipment in 2018, and spending will reach $20.1 billion in 2023. 64.3 percent of the spending in 2018 accounted for surveillance cameras. IDC reported on Jan. 30 that it predicted China would have 2.76 billion surveillance cameras installed in 2022.

https://www.theepochtimes.com/beijing-launches-new-rule-residents-must-pass-facial-recognition-test-to-surf-internet_3099181.html 

:: 10-1-19 Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Americans Say That They Love Their Freedoms, But What Do They Love More?

Written by: Bradlee Dean Published on: October 1, 2019

Quite often, you will find with live feeds on social media memes or posts of Americans declaring their professed love for their freedoms by honoring the fallen soldiers (Or Christ) with their lips (Matthew 15:8). You will also notice other posts on the same feeds magnifying the crimes of the corrupt that they tolerate both in the Church and in government (Jeremiah 17:19). These are crimes that the soldiers in the natural and Christ in the spiritual have fought against by magnifying the law that exposes sin and these tyrants (Isaiah 42:21; Psalm 40:8; John 3:16; Hebrews 8:10; 1 Peter 3:18; 1 John 2:2). Additionally, when looking further into the person’s profile page, you will find more often than not, that to which their hearts are really attached (Matthew 6:21) and what it is that they really love the most. You will find their page filled up and down with their favorite sports teams, etc. One guy’s profile will help serve the point: On one half of his meme is a picture of wounded soldiers where it states that “These guys get paid less than $35,000 a year and risk their lives.” On the other side, it states, “So these guys (kneeling football players) can get paid $11 million a year and protest our national anthem…because they feel oppressed.” So what I did, in turn, was post a meme of a filled stadium of football fans, the headstones of our fallen at Arlington cemetery and the front of a state capital with no one to be found in protest. So, one must ask the question, how much do you Americans truly love their blood bought freedoms (Revelation 1:5)? Are Americans out protesting corruption within the American Church for which Christ died (1 Timothy 4:1, 5:20)? In the natural (1 Corinthians 2:14), are these those who love their blood-bought freedoms protesting corruption in their government? Hardly, which only shows a lack of love (1 John 3:18). Last week, my family and I were out on the road again “seeking and saving that which is lost” (Luke 19:10) in the beautiful state of Pennsylvania. While going through the state, we stopped by a local restaurant and sat down to get some lunch. As you know, restaurants today are filling up wall space with television sets to keep patrons in their booths as long as possible while entertaining guests in hopes that they will continue to spend more on eating and drinking at their establishments, all the while ignoring one’s family (1 John 2:15). One of my children said to me, “Dad, look at all those people in that stadium (average seating per stadium 69,444 seats x 32 teams) watching a football game (Jeremiah 11:13).” This is every Sunday, all across the country. I said back to him, “It merely shows you where their hearts are (Exodus 20:4).” To prove the point I must ask why do we have babies being illegally murdered in the womb (Proverbs 6:17)? Why do we have sodomites illegally targeting America’s children through forced, sexually immoral indoctrination in public schools (Luke 17:2)? Why do we have transgender felons targeting pre-kindergarten children in American libraries (Deuteronomy 22:15)? Why do we have foreigners being allured by representatives and Churches into America who mean to conquer us (Deuteronomy 28:43)?  Why do we tolerate a government that runs counter to its purpose while they attempt to strip us of the right to bear arms (2nd Amendment)? Why do we have a government that is attacking our freedom of speech (1st Amendment)? Why do we have Churches filled with hirelings who refuse to preach out against and stand in protest concerning the issues above? After all, Churches are to be the barracks in which the soldiers are raised up (Ephesians 6:12). Yet, we see today that they have become mere buildings where congregants are taught to stand down against the evils of the day which they are commanded to preach out against (Deuteronomy 4:6; Matthew 16:15-20). These pastors are fearful cowards, who are not appointed nor ordained by the Living God (Revelation 21:8) and their congregants are taught to follow in close pursuit. I say that it is a good thing our forefathers in the faith (Hebrews 11) didn’t think and act in such a deceived and impotent fashion (James 2:14-26). Apparently, according to the new translation of the heresies of change (Proverbs 24:21) and that among the American hirelings (John 10:12), who are the greatest advocates of the crimes above, the crosses that adorn their buildings have no relevance in today’s society (Philippians 3:18). According to George Barna, the reasons that the Church in America refuses to address the issues above to their congregants is because they are afraid it would affect attendance and offerings (Proverbs 29:25). Why do Americans, of which 86% profess to be Christians (1 John 2:4), say that they love their country, but go no further than to tolerate, by their inaction and idolatry, corrupt politicians, lawlessness, the indoctrination of their own children and more. Americans are dishonoring and trampling under foot that which our veterans and the Christ died (Hebrews 10:28-30) fighting against (1 John 3:8) and are allowing tyranny to flourish in their own country through their complacency. Is this how you honor the fallen-sacrifice? Absolutely not! Is this love? Absolutely not! But one thing that we know for sure, this is where the people’s hearts are which explains the state of America today.

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/americans-say-that-they-love-their-freedoms-but-what-do-they-love-more/ 

:: 10-2-19 DC Clothesline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Videos: Stupid Things Liberals Say About Guns

October 2, 2019 Dean Garrison

The liberals want your guns.  They have wanted your guns for years but almost none of them seem to actually understand how guns work. Almost all of the 2020 Dems are pushing for gun confiscation:

Watch: Armed mother of four to Beto: ‘Hell no, you’re not’ taking my guns’

Watch: Democrat Joe Biden mad Trump hasn’t banned magazines that ‘hold multiple bullets’

If Elected Kamala Harris Wants to Change Federal Gun Laws “By Presidential Fiat”

Elizabeth Warren wants the federal government to CONFISCATE your wealth at gunpoint

Corey Booker Backs Legislation That Would Result in Americans Being ‘Thrown in Jail’ If They Won’t Surrender Their Guns

Over the years there have been several liberals caught on camera proving how ignorant they are about firearms. I thought it would be fun to share some quotes and videos today.

From TOP 10 MOST IDIOTIC ANTI-GUN QUOTES FROM POLITICIANS:

10. “Well, you know, my shotgun will do better for you than your AR-15, because you want to keep someone away from your house, just fire the shotgun through the door.” – Joe Biden

If I declared that former Democrat Vice President Joe Biden has said many dumb things you would accuse me of being redundant. Just google “Joe Biden Stupid Anti-Gun Quotes” and see for yourself.  His statement here on shotguns versus AR-15s comes from a 2013 Field & Stream interview, and is also just one of several eye-rolling gun comments Biden has uttered. Yes, if you hear someone making some noise at your front door, just fire a shotgun blast or two through the door. You’ll either discourage a home invasion or kill the pizza delivery guy. I think Biden has gotten his gun acumen from watching too many movies.

9. ” Some of these bullets, as you saw, have an incendiary device on the tip of it, which is a heat seeking device. So, you don’t shoot deer with a bullet that size. If you do you could cook it at the same time.” – Patricia Eddington

Former Democrat New York Assemblywoman Patricia Eddington apparently thought that scientists had invented heat seeking bullets that would be able to alter course and find their human target no matter where you aim. Ignoring her obvious misunderstanding of the Second Amendment (it’s not about deer hunting), almost as ridiculous is her assertion that you can cook a deer with the same bullet that brings it down.

8. “This is a ghost gun. This right here has the ability with a .30-caliber clip to disperse with 30 bullets within half a second. Thirty magazine clip in half a second.” – Kevin de Leon

This quote is an excerpt from a long and rambling diatribe of mumbo-jumbo by California Democrat State Senator Kevin de Leon, in which he does his best to discuss weapons that would fall under the home manufactured gun ban legislation that de Leon was introducing at the time. His press conference has since been roundly ridiculed and lampooned for his semi-coherent and wildly inaccurate characterizations of the weapons he displays. Kevin de Leon has since become the paradigm of the ill-informed, reactionary, and silly anti-gun politician. Here’s just one video that looks at de Leon’s presser in total and offers some rather biting commentary.

7. “The Second Amendment only protects the people who want all the guns they can have. The rest of us, we’ve got no Second Amendment. What are we supposed to do?” – Louise Slaughter

Rep. Louise Slaughter is a New York Democrat and is the oldest serving U.S. Congresswoman. You would think that someone who is as advanced in age and has served as long as Slaughter would at least understand that the Bill of Rights applies to all Americans. The 13-term Representative made this head scratching comment during an interview wherein she essentially blamed the Second Amendment for violent crime and also declared that lawmakers “do the same thing with guns that we do with drugs.” Yeah, Louise, let’s just throw that old Constitution out the window. After all, we all see how well the war on drugs is going. It’s truly a wonder that this foolish woman keeps getting re-elected time after time.

6. “What’s the efficacy of banning these magazine clips? I will tell you… these are ammunition, they’re bullets. So the people who have those now, they’re going to shoot them, so if you ban them in the future, the number of these high capacity magazines is going to decrease dramatically over time because the bullets will have been shot and there won’t be any more available.” – Diana DeGette

Huh? I have to admit; I am totally confused. But then obviously so is Colorado Democrat Rep. Diana DeGette, who made this convoluted reply during a 2013 Gun Control forum in Denver. She apparently believes magazines (or “magazine clips”?) are the same as bullets, and that there is a finite supply of them.

From 9 Dumbest Gun-Control Quotes from Politicians and Celebrities:

1) “The Second Amendment only protects the people who want all the guns they can have. The rest of us, we’ve got no Second Amendment. What are we supposed to do?” This comment was made by Rep. Louise Slaughter (D-New York) in a March 12 interview with John Fugelsang on CurrentTV’s “Viewpoint.” Slaughter blamed the Second Amendment for violent crime, saying “Americans aren’t safe anywhere” and gun control “has to be done” to protect citizens from themselves and their constitutionally guaranteed individual right to own a firearm. The 13-term congresswoman, who has represented the Rochester area in the House of Representatives since 1987, in the same CurrentTV diatribe also proposed that federal lawmakers “do the same thing with guns that we do with drugs” (whatever that means) and opined that “a lot of people” purchase AR-15s because they want to shoot it out with the federal government. Or something like that. Watch it on YouTube.Louise Slaughter

2) “What bothers me most about today is that we’re getting used 2 it. ENOUGH. 2nd amendment must go. Violence has 2 stop. Culture MUST change.”

Actor Jay Mohr tweeted this comment shortly after the Boston Marathon terrorist bombing, claiming the Second Amendment somehow inspired two jihadist brothers from central Asia to plant two pressure-cooker bombs in the Patriots Day crowd, killing three and injuring 264. Apparently, according to Mohr, radical Islamic fundamentalism had nothing to do with it and, apparently, according to Mohr, if America would just rescind the Second Amendment, global violence will “stop.” Mohr’s Comments. Jay Mohr

3) “Congressman Giffords’ life was saved and so many others’ when very valiant folks stood up to defend themselves and protect themselves, and they did it with ballpoint pens.”

Colorado State Sen. Jessie Ulibarri (D-Adams County) made this comment while testifying on Jan. 28 before the Colorado Senate Judiciary Committee that guns are unnecessary for self-defense when so many effective weapons are already handy. Ulibarri, a first-term senator from suburban Denver, was speaking in support of four gun-control measures eventually approved on Feb. 18, including laws that limit magazine capacities to 15 rounds, require background checks for all transactions and ban concealed carry on college campuses. Ulibarri was referring to the Jan. 8, 2011 shooting of Rep. Gabrielle Giffords (D-Arizona) and 18 others — six fatally — in Tucson, Ariz., claiming that when lunatic shooter Jared Lee Loughner paused to reload, “people who were unarmed took that person down” with ballpoint pens. Actually, Loughner was clubbed over the head with a folding chair by one bystander and tackled to the ground by a 74-year-old retired Army colonel, but what sense does it make to carry around folding chairs for self-defense when ballpoint pens will do the job? Ulibarri’s comments.Jessie Ulibarri

4) “Well, you know, my shotgun will do better for you than your AR-15, because you want to keep someone away from your house, just fire the shotgun through the door.” Vice President Joe Biden made this statement in an interview with Field & Stream’s Anthony Licata for an interview published February 25. Biden said semi-automatic weapons, such as AR-15s, are unnecessary to defend your home because all you need to do is fire a few shotgun shells through a door and no one gets robbed or hurt. This uniquely Bidenesque — Bidenese? — solution to home burglaries was among “Shotgun Joe’s” many misstatements while serving as point man for the Obama Administration’s post-Newtown gun control initiatives. They include such now-classic Bidenisms as, “You don’t need an AR-15. It’s harder to aim, it’s harder to use”; people buy AR-15s because they’re the “Ferrari” of firearms; and “Use a shotgun [on] someone invading your home — you don’t kill your kids. Use an AR-15, it goes through your wall and it can kill your kid in the bedroom.” Biden is such a prolific generator of dumb anti-gun quotes that he could fill a top 10 listing all by himself.  Joe Biden

5) “The Second Amendment comes from the right to protect themselves from slave revolts, and from uprisings by Native Americans. A revolt from people who were stolen from their land or revolt from people whose land was stolen from, that’s what the genesis of the Second Amendment is.”

Actor Danny Glover in a Jan. 18 speech at Texas A&M University told students that “the Right” created the Second Amendment for no reason other than to enslave black people and kill Native Americans. It seems no issue in America can be discussed without infusing real and imagined racism into the conversation. The post-Newtown gun control debate is not immune to this, nor are liberal actors (who really shouldn’t be quoted in the first place) the only culprits using the race card when facts and logic prove elusive. Following a Capitol Hill press conference on Jan. 16, Rep. Hank Johnson (D-Georgia) suggested that NRA opposed President Barack Obama’s gun control policies because the organization is racist. “First of all, (Obama) is a black. And as a black person being the president of the United States, that is something they still cannot get over,” Johnson said. Apparently, according to Johnson, although the NRA was founded in 1871, it wasn’t until a black man became president that it decided to defend gun rights and the Second Amendment. Glover’s comments. Danny Glover Read more at Outdoor Life…

#####

This would be my vote for the dumbest gun grabber of all time: Perhaps the most idiotic literary gun statement of all time was published by Rolling Stone entitled The 5 Most Dangerous Guns in America.

You don’t really need to read the article unless you are extremely bored. The article sounded intriguing so I read it and feel much dumber for it. I’ll give you the list here. Pistols Revolvers Rifles Shotguns Derringers What a well researched and compelling list. I think this is more evidence Rolling Stone should stick to Music. If the liberals ever hope to get anywhere with gun owners, they need to at least learn what in the hell they are talking about. Note to Liberal Gun Grabbers: No responsible gun owner in America takes any of you seriously.

Dean Garrison is the Publisher of DC Clothesline and DC Dirty Laundry

https://www.dcclothesline.com/2019/10/02/videos-stupid-things-liberals-say-about-guns/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 9-26-19 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NYC bans calling someone an 'illegal alien' or threatening to contact ICE

By Bailey Vogt - The Washington Times - Thursday, September 26, 2019

New York City has made it against the law to call someone an “illegal alien” or threaten them by calling immigration officials on them. City Hall’s Commission on Human Rights released the new measures this week that could pose up to a $250,000 fine. The restrictions say the term “alien” — typically used to refer to a noncitizen — is a loaded phrase meant to categorize migrants as “other” and dehumanize them. “The use of certain language, including ‘illegal alien’ and ‘illegals,’ with the intent to demean, humiliate, or offend a person or persons constitutes discrimination,” the measure reads.

The directives also list examples of illegal behavior, including threatening to call Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) on a noncitizen or harassing them for using a different accent or English abilities. The Commission on Human Rights said this is partially an opposition to illegal immigration crackdowns by the federal government. “In the face of increasingly hostile national rhetoric, we will do everything in our power to make sure our treasured immigrant communities are able to live with dignity and respect, free of harassment and bias,” said Carmelyn Malalis, the agency’s commissioner, according to The New York Post.

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2019/sep/26/nyc-bans-calling-someone-an-illegal-alien-or-threa/

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living.

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 10-1-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Failed Schiff/CIA Led Coup Against Trump Will Bring Hillary Into the Presidential Race with Dire Consequences

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, October 1, 2019 - 16:51.

On the way to writing an article, I received a call from an insider source that confirmed and expanded upon what I knew about the latest attempt to impeach President Trump and who is behind it.  On three occasions that I am aware of, President Trump has threatened to withdraw troops from Afghanistan. It seems like a good idea. Our presence, in America’s longest war in its history is accomplishing nothing from a national security standpoint. However, to say that it is not accomplishing something would be to miss the real reason why we still have troops in that country. It also explains, in part, why ISIS was formed. Let’s begin with ISIS. In many different ways, I documented, on the CSS, beyond a a shadow of a doubt that Hillary and McCain started ISIS. Hillary made the first move, as I previously documented, by paying “blood money” to a small band of terrorists when she was on the board at LaFarge. This gave birth to the financial backing that ISIS needed to get started. Their money was used to entice other impoverished Muslims to join ISIS just like how American teens join street gangs. This is not a secret and has been widely reported. McCain, while he was the head of the Senate Intelligence Committee, blocked the destruction of American military equipment left behind in Iraq. This was deliberate and illegal, as by law, when the American military abandons a theater of war, the weapons are destroyed so our enemies, or potential enemies cannot procure needed muscle. McCain’s actions led to the small ISIS remnant suddenly appearing out of seemingly nowhere, to become armed to the teeth. Previously and with the help of former PSYOPS officer, Scott Bennett, I was able to piece together this scenario. However, many other outlets reached the same conclusion.  Why was ISIS created? ISIS was a transportation arm and a protection arm of drug trafficking coming out of Afghanistan. They protected some of the distribution points while carrying out terrorist activities which serves as an effect cover for their drug operation which is their main duty. They have also evolved into an effective and well-armed militia, thanks to the CIA, John McCain and Hillary Clinton. The only thing that has changed since the war in Afghanistan began is that the heroin traffic has grown to the world’s biggest supply. Our US troops serve the purpose of protecting various drug lords drug distribution centers. How does this operation escape the scrutiny of Congress? It doesn’t, to be perfectly blunt. The reason that we are still in Afghanistan is because the Epstein/CIA/Mossad operation has compromised key American politicians. In a sense, Epstein’s Island was the center of the new (1984 style) Ministry of Truth. Entice key politicians like Adam Schiff, photograph him with underage girls, and you have a powerful ally in Congress. Multiple this strategy several times over and there is no danger that the war in Afghanistan will ever end. For George W. Bush, his complicity covered up his cocaine habit. For “Bathhouse Barry” as he was called, his seedy underworld Chicago lifestyle remains hidden as long as he leaves the war alone. At the center of all of this complicity is Jeffrey Epstein and spin off operations which exist to exact compliance through the blackmailing process. Hillary’s connection to ISIS and ultimately the Epstein empire keeps her out of prison. These forces extracted Epstein from prison and this explains why the guards were not in position when the extraction occurred. It is explains why the video footage, which was required in a suicide watch situation, are “not available”. It explains why Hillary has never stood trial. Now, here comes Donald Trump. In two recent occasions he has threatened to withdraw troops from Afghanistan. The infighting that would occur between the existing Afghan drug lords would collapse the system and cut into the might profits of the heroin empire. Hence, we have yet another attempt to remove Trump from power because he is not fully on board with these types of CIA led operations. And make no mistake about it, according to long-term sources, when we are talking Afghanistan, we are talking about world domination with many key politicians. This is a Deep State operation. Why not just kill Trump? The answer is simple. In 1963, there was no Independent Media (IM) except for the likes of people like Josiah Thompson and the late Jim Marrs. These men never let go of the assassination. Jim taught the first class on JFK assassination of the University of Texas. It took 30 years and a major movie to fully awaken the American people, that on behalf of David Rockefeller, Alan Dulles, LBJ, J Edgar Hoover and Richard Nixon orchestrated the plot to kill JFK because of the threat he posed to the Federal Reserve, the nuclear arms race and of course JFK was opposed to the heroin cash cow known as Vietnam. The South Vietnamese President was assassinated three weeks before JFK because both men were not on board with sending troops into Southeast Asia to protect the drug trafficking of the Golden Triangle run by covert operations of the CIA. Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia was Afghanistan, before the Afghan war. If there was an IM in 1963, this crime would have been solved by Christmas of the same year (30 days after the assassination). If Trump were to be assassinated, the IM would be all over this and the American people would more than likely rise up and the Deep State cannot afford this. So, covert operations must be employed by the CIA. This President must go before the election. This was the same exact thinking when JFK was assassinated. If JFK were to get a second term, he could irreparable harm to the Deep State of the day. The same is true for Trump. His border policies alone, could cost the globalists drug-trafficking trade, run by the CIA and the Mossad, billions of dollars. Since the Russian collusion did not result in impeachment, the Ukraine plot was hatched. The plot is being led by Adam Schiff. Why Schiff? Because he is compromised, deeply compromised as in Deep State compromised. He is implicated in Epstein Island according to my best source. Because Trump is not fully on board and never has been with the Afghan War, he has faced the Russian collusion and now the nothing burger of Ukraine-gate and Schiff is leading the charge. The complicity of every American politician is being brought to bear. If you have noticed that until the past few days, Pelosi was dragging her feet on impeachment because she knows if it fails, her party is dead. Pelosi is implicated in border drug trafficking and stealing water out of Northern California and sending it to Communist China. Even Bill Maher is opposed to this course of action by the Democrats with regard to impeachment. He sees the end of the Democratic Party if impeachment fails. Clearly, Maher did not get the memo. It is impeachment at all costs. The Deep State is reeling, and this is their Kamikaze attack. It is all or nothing. These facts, listed above, have been fully communicated. However, what follows is not as well-known and is serving to fuel the Ukrainian frame up of Trump. I have information that comes out of the intel community that has shed light on this situation. In fact, this information is reverberating in the intel community. It is suppressed as I write these words and CNN and the rest of the MSM are scrambling to create a diversion that will take eyes off of what you are going to read right here. My insider source, and the info was partially confirmed by another source, implicates Congressman Adam Schiff in a plot to overthrow the US government beginning with Donald Trump. Schiff is part of group, fronting for CIA/Mossad interests in drug trafficking. Schiff is a compromised man. He is deeply implicated in the shenanigans of the Epstein child-sex-trafficking empire according to the source. As many world-wide politicians are, Schiff is being blackmailed by Epstein-related interests with a political agenda. Schiff has another issue that he needs to cover up and it has to do with Ukraine. I have been told by this inside source that Adam Schiff was in league with Hunter Biden and corrupt Ukrainian officials and that Schiff received hundreds of thousands of dollars to steer Congressional oversight away from Ukraine. Why? Because the Ukrainian revolution was CIA inspired. Why? Because the CIA and the Mossad wanted their drug trafficking to extend to the Silk Road and Putin told the CIA where to go and what to do when they got there. Subsequently, the CIA initiated a coup in Ukraine and installed wholly corrupt EU figures in the power base of the country. This was something that the CSS reported on extensively when this was occurring. Ukraine is one of Russia’s main source for natural gas and the loss of Russian revenue related to this revolution in Ukraine. And what did Putin do, he retaliated and occupied Crimea. The previously identified Democrats moved into the vacuum and began to profit from the criminal enterprises that sprang up as a result of what was happening in Ukraine. Some of these figures includes Mitt Romney, Jeff Flake and Hunter/Joe Biden. The readers may have noticed that Mitt Romney has seemingly come out of nowhere to enter this controversy and go after Trump. If that seemed out of place to you, as it did to me, there was a very good reason for this. Mitt Romney has been after Trump since day one. Additionally, Jeff Flake who mysteriously resigned from the Senate and did not seek re-election has periodically surfaced to attack Trump and he has done so again over the Ukrainian issue. Why? Why are Flake, Romney and Schiff all on the attack? Why were 500 words deleted from the transcript of the call between Trump and Zelensky in order to create the illusion that Trump was obstructing justice? The answer is that Flake and Romney were involved in Hunter Biden’s criminal enterprise in Ukraine. They are all at risk. That is why these people are taking front and center against Trump. My insider source did not give me the following information, but it must be related. It was announced, or should I say, purposely leaked, that Barr and Trump are looking for an international conspiracy with regard to American Deep State interests. This goes back to an Epstein international blackmailing operation. Trump is playing chicken with the Deep State. I recently scoffed when it was suggested to me that the Deep State was in a near-collapsed state. I am no longer skeptical. I am certain that Joe Biden, former President Obama, the late John McCain, Hillary Clinton and the Clinton Foundation and many others are deeply compromised and it is on the verge of coming out and the Epstein blackmail enterprise may not be able to stop the disclosures. And what about Schiff? Why is he leading the charge? Because he is willing to commit treason than risk going to jail for the rest of his life. I will conclude these revelations with tweets from Trump that clearly shows he is in agreement with what is reported here. Twice, the President mentioned arresting Schiff for treason. He knows of what I have written about in this report. Also, Joe Biden is done. As these facts surface and his complicity in covering up for his son, Hunter, further surfaces, Elizabeth Warren will emerge as the candidate for the Democratic Party. What a joke! She cannot win! That is why Hillary, as I have said 22 prior times in print and in podcasts, will emerge as the candidate. If she cannot win, civil war will follow. We are in the middle of a Bolshevik Revolution. Oh, and one more thing. The CIA changed its whistleblower forms in late August to allow so-called whistleblowers to use hearsay statements. Wouldn’t we all agree that this is a little bit too coincidental? And in the musical words of the late Tom Petty, which fully applies to the CIA's complicity here "Let's get to the point and roll another joint". These CIA demons are killing our children with their drug operations.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/failed-schiffcia-led-coup-against-trump-will-bring-hillary-presidential-race-dire-consequences 

:: 10--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump gives AG Barr authority to declassify documents related to 2016 campaign surveillance

By Talia Kaplan, Mike Arroyo | Fox News

Trump orders declassification of intelligence related to campaign spying White House to declassify documents; Fox News correspondent David Spunt has the details. President Trump on Thursday night issued a memo giving Attorney General William Barr the authority to declassify any documents related to surveillance of the Trump campaign in 2016. Trump also ordered the intelligence community to cooperate with Barr. The memo read: "The heads of elements of the intelligence community... and the heads of each department or agency that includes an element of the intelligence community shall promptly provide such assistance and information as the Attorney General may request in connection with that review." "Today, at the request and recommendation of the Attorney General of the United States, President Donald J. Trump directed the intelligence community to quickly and fully cooperate with the Attorney General’s investigation into surveillance activities during the 2016 Presidential election," White House press secretary Sarah Sanders said in a statement. "The Attorney General has also been delegated full and complete authority to declassify information pertaining to this investigation, in accordance with the long-established standards for handling classified information. Today’s action will help ensure that all Americans learn the truth about the events that occurred, and the actions that were taken, during the last Presidential election and will restore confidence in our public institutions." In a Twitter message late Thursday, Trump lawyer Rudy Giuliani defended the president's action. "The President @realDonaldTrump made a wise decision to let AG Barr on the documents," Giuliani wrote. "I don’t know for sure but I seriously doubt there’s any national security concern but some of it could affect pending investigations. I’m sure AG and DOJ will make a very appropriate decision." U.S. Rep. Adam Schiff, D-Calif., chairman of the House Intelligence Committee, blasted the move as an attempt to "weaponize law enforcement and classified information." Trump claims his campaign was the victim of "spying," though the intelligence community has insisted it acted lawfully in following leads in the Russia investigation. The president had told Fox News earlier in May that he would allow declassification "soon." He elaborated, "I didn’t want to do it originally because I wanted to wait, because I know what they -- you know I’ve seen the way they play. They play very dirty." Last month, Barr ran into a buzz saw of criticism from Democratic lawmakers and media figures for testifying that “spying did occur” against the Trump campaign in 2016. But despite the backlash, Barr appeared to be referring to intelligence collection that already has been widely reported and confirmed. Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) warrants against former Trump campaign aide Carter Page are currently the subject of a Justice Department inspector general investigation looking at potential misconduct in the issuance of those warrants. That review also reportedly is scrutinizing the role of an FBI informant who had contacts with Trump advisers in the early stages of the Russia investigation. The use of the term "spying" as it applies to the FBI's surveillance in 2016 has been fiercely disputed. The New York Times, even as it reported last year on how the FBI sent an informant to speak to campaign advisers amid concerns about suspicious Russia contacts, stated that this was to "investigate" Russia ties and "not to spy." DEMS RAGE AGAINST BARR FOR BACKING CLAIMS OF TRUMP CAMPAIGN 'SPYING' BY FBI “I think spying did occur. The question is whether it was adequately predicated,” Barr testified last month, adding that he believed it is his “obligation” to review whether there was misconduct in the original investigation. “Congress is usually very concerned with intelligence agencies and law enforcement agencies staying in their proper lane.” He added that “spying on a political campaign is a big deal.” President Trump backed the attorney general's testimony, saying the same day Barr testified last month that he thinks what Barr said "was absolutely true," adding, "There was absolutely spying into my campaign.” Democrats, though, charged that the testimony indicated Barr was a compromised witness.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-gives-ag-barr-authority-to-declassify-documents-related-to-2016-campaign-surveillance 

:: 10-1-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With Talk Of Civil War In The Air, Deep State Sourced Website Is Still Forecasting A Massive Die-Off By 2025: US Population Projected To Plunge By 227 Million In Less Than 6 Years

- What Does CIA-Sourced Deagel Know That We Don't Know?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die October 1, 2019

In this new Washington Post story republished at SFGate titled "President Pelosi? It Could Happen", we see the epitome of the left's descent into madness on full display as their wishful thinking of seeing Nancy Pelosi in the White House after a President Trump impeachment and a take down of VP Mike Pence defies all logic, especially with President Trump warning of Democrat treason and an impeachment attempt based on lies that could even spark Civil War in America. While Democrats scream of 'more transparency', now seeking more phone call transcripts between President Trump and world leaders such as Vladimir Putin as reported in this new story over at Reuters, President Trump recently suggested Adam Schiff should be arrested for treason, just days after he also claimed that America used to execute spies such as the deep state 'whistleblower' who now allegedly fears for his life according to this CBS News story, which could very well be more Democrat propaganda and fake news. With POTUS Trump tweeting a comment made by the Rev. Robert Jeffress, pastor of the Southern Baptist megachurch First Baptist Dallas, who recently said on Fox News: "If the Democrats are successful in removing the president from office, it will cause a civil war-like fracture in this nation from which our country will never heal", the firestorm that has followed from the left helps prove just how out of touch with reality they are. With Democrats becoming America's 'untouchables' under Obama who were never investigated and never prosecuted no matter how many treasonous crimes against America they committed, most pushing for impeachment have no idea that America has largely awoken to THEIR crimes! Even former Presidential candidate Ron Paul recently asked in this must read story, "Impeachment.....or a CIA Coup?", and as anybody who has been paying attention to President Donald Trump's entire term in office knows, leftists have been dead set upon taking down President Trump since long before his first day in office. Beginning with the 'Russian collusion lie' which the Washington Post and entire msm apparatus peddled for two years that included labeling us, All News Pipeline, as 'Russian propagandists', the msm never even bothered asking us if we were 'Russians' with my family having been in America for almost 400 years while part of my family is Native American. Russian? No! Try red blooded Americans against globalism! Anybody who still believes any of the lies coming from the msm or the demon party about 'Russian collusion' is as insane as the Democrats preaching that never-ending lie. Everybody has to know by now that the 'witch hunt' had nothing to do with 'Russian collusion' and instead is all about 'America' vs 'Globalism'. And in such a case, the 'globalists' are working against America. President Trump is right, traitors used to be executed for treason against their countries and globalists are doing that when they put America anything less than 1st. And with President Trump's son Eric Trump recently claiming that his father will fight to the bitter end in any impeachment trial as the Daily Mail reported in this Monday story, ANP asks all Americans who no longer trust the propaganda media or the demon party to prepare to join President Trump and ANP in this fight for the future of America. With the democrat party refusing to even tell Americans the truth about how their tax money is thrown away in 'globalism', nor did they ever launch any investigations into the countless treasonous crimes that they themselves committed against America, they and the msm are clearly the enemies of America. And, should they be allowed to continue on the road they're on, they'd become the 'ruling class' should America ever fall hard into Communism, carrying out the 'roundups' and mass slaughters of patriots and anybody else standing against their totalitarian one-world government. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) And with gun sales now going through the roof as the Democrats show their true gun-grabbing colors as Americans prepare to defend their loved ones and families against whatever kind of insanity or tyranny that might be unleashed in America over the next 2 to 5 years, we must remind you that according to the globalist sourced website Deagel.com, by the year 2025, America's population will be less than 100 million people. Let that sink in for a moment. While America's population in 2017 was approximately 327 million, according to a website that uses as its sources the CIA, the US Department of State, the US Department of Defense, the World Bank and the European Union as seen in the image below, America's population by 2025 will only 99,553,100. What does Deagel know that we don't know? Their numbers also forecast America's financial destruction by 2025. While Deagel's explanation for their bizarre forecast which you can read here emphasizes that America is about to be hit by "a confluence of crisis with devastating result", might those forecast numbers of America's population of less than 100 million people by 2025 also take into account Civil War breaking out in America, resulting in many dead and many more leaving the US completely? Here's a portion of their explanation. The collapse of the Western financial system will wipe out the standard of living of its population while ending ponzi schemes such as the stock exchange and the pension funds. The population will be hit so badly by a full array of bubbles and ponzi schemes that the migration engine will start to work in reverse accelerating itself due to ripple effects thus leading to the demise of the States. This unseen situation for the States will develop itself in a cascade pattern with unprecedented and devastating effects for the economy. Jobs offshoring will surely end with many American Corporations relocating overseas thus becoming foreign Corporations!!!! We see a significant part of the American population migrating to Latin America and Asia while migration to Europe - suffering a similar illness - won't be relevant. Nevertheless the death toll will be horrible. Take into account that the Soviet Union's population was poorer than the Americans nowadays or even then. The ex-Soviets suffered during the following struggle in the 1990s with a significant death toll and the loss of national pride. Might we say "Twice the pride, double the fall"? Nope. The American standard of living is one of the highest, far more than double of the Soviets while having added a services economy that will be gone along with the financial system. When pensioners see their retirement disappear in front of their eyes and there are no servicing jobs you can imagine what is going to happen next. At least younger people can migrate. Never in human history were so many elders among the population. In past centuries people were lucky to get to their 30s or 40s. The American downfall is set to be far worse than the Soviet Union's one. A confluence of crisis with a devastating result. While the msm will call it a 'conspiracy theory' until they're blue in the face, the globalists 'depopulation agenda' has been documented over and over again, and in the words of globalists such as Bill Gates who once said "the world today has 6.8 billion people. That's heading up to about nine billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care & reproductive health services, we could LOWER that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent" and David Rockefeller who once said "the negative impact of population growth on all of our planetary ecosystems is becoming appallingly evident". And leftists babble this nonsense regularly as we see in the quotes below from this story by Michael Snyder at The Truth Wins.:

1. UK Television Presenter Sir David Attenborough: “We are a plague on the Earth. It’s coming home to roost over the next 50 years or so. It’s not just climate change; it’s sheer space, places to grow food for this enormous horde. Either we limit our population growth or the natural world will do it for us, and the natural world is doing it for us right now”

2. Paul Ehrlich, a former science adviser to president George W. Bush and the author of “The Population Bomb”: “To our minds, the fundamental cure, reducing the scale of the human enterprise (including the size of the population) to keep its aggregate consumption within the carrying capacity of Earth is obvious but too much neglected or denied”

3. Paul Ehrlich again, this time on the size of families: “Nobody, in my view, has the right to have 12 children or even three unless the second pregnancy is twins”

4. Dave Foreman, the co-founder of Earth First: “We humans have become a disease, the Humanpox.”

5. CNN Founder Ted Turner: “A total world population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.”

6. Japan’s Deputy Prime Minister Taro Aso about medical patients with serious illnesses: “You cannot sleep well when you think it’s all paid by the government. This won’t be solved unless you let them hurry up and die.”

7. Environmental activist Roger Martin: “On a finite planet, the optimum population providing the best quality of life for all, is clearly much smaller than the maximum, permitting bare survival. The more we are, the less for each; fewer people mean better lives.”

8. HBO personality Bill Maher: “I’m pro-choice, I’m for assisted suicide, I’m for regular suicide, I’m for whatever gets the freeway moving – that’s what I’m for. It’s too crowded, the planet is too crowded and we need to promote death.”

9. MIT professor Penny Chisholm: “The real trick is, in terms of trying to level off at someplace lower than that 9 billion, is to get the birthrates in the developing countries to drop as fast as we can. And that will determine the level at which humans will level off on earth.”

10. Julia Whitty, a columnist for Mother Jones: “The only known solution to ecological overshoot is to decelerate our population growth faster than it’s decelerating now and eventually reverse it—at the same time we slow and eventually reverse the rate at which we consume the planet’s resources. Success in these twin endeavors will crack our most pressing global issues: climate change, food scarcity, water supplies, immigration, health care, biodiversity loss, even war. On one front, we’ve already made unprecedented strides, reducing global fertility from an average 4.92 children per woman in 1950 to 2.56 today—an accomplishment of trial and sometimes brutally coercive error, but also a result of one woman at a time making her individual choices. The speed of this childbearing revolution, swimming hard against biological programming, rates as perhaps our greatest collective feat to date.” Also documented in granite for history in the infamous Georgia Guidestones which completely destroy any attempts at being benevolent in their first goal which stated: Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature, a HUGE drop from the 7.7 billion living here now. How might they get the population down to only 500 million from 7.7 billion? The rest of the goals on the Guidestones reads like a communist handbook.

Guide reproduction wisely — improving fitness and diversity.

Unite humanity with a living new language.

Rule passion — faith — tradition — and all things with tempered reason.

Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts.

Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court.

Avoid petty laws and useless officials.

Balance personal rights with social duties.

Prize truth — beauty — love — seeking harmony with the infinite.

Be not a cancer on the earth — Leave room for nature — Leave room for nature.

So with Democrats seeking to drive a stake in America's heart by impeaching President Trump and his America first agenda, thus ensuring 'globalism' reigns once again in America, as we hear in the first video below, if President Trump is taken down, we can pretty much be assured that patriotic Americans are next with the globalists demonizing supporters of the US Constitution, Christians, Conservatives and other anti-globalists as potential terror threats in our own country for standing against Democrat treason. And while we'll pray that the 2nd video below titled "America's Cold War Is About To Get Hot" is wrong, just look at the atmosphere in America today and tell us that you can guarantee that it's not. As we hear in the 3rd and final video below, according to President Trump, America is now at war with internal enemies hellbent upon destroying the Republic. So please join President Trump and ANP to ensure that never happens in our lifetimes with the next 14 to 16 months and the 4 years beyond that among the most crucial in modern day US history.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Can_Only_Bob_Barr_And_The_DOJ_Stop_A_Civil_War.php 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 10--19 Earthquake Track :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recent Earthquakes Near Oklahoma, United States

Oklahoma, United States has had: (M1.5 or greater)

5 earthquakes in the past 24 hours

41 earthquakes in the past 7 days

157 earthquakes in the past 30 days

1,146 earthquakes in the past 365 days

The largest earthquake in Oklahoma, United States:

today: 3.0 in Stroud, Oklahoma, United States

this week: 3.5 in Fairview, Oklahoma, United States

this month: 3.5 in Fairview, Oklahoma, United States

this year: 4.4 in Medford, Oklahoma, United States

Cushing, Oklahoma, United States

about 5 hours ago 3.0 magnitude, 7 km depth

Stroud, Oklahoma, United States

about 8 hours ago 2.0 magnitude, 2 km depth

El Reno, Oklahoma, United States

about 10 hours ago 2.2 magnitude, 4 km depth

Pawnee, Oklahoma, United States

about 18 hours ago 2.7 magnitude, 7 km depth

Fairview, Oklahoma, United States

a day ago 2.3 magnitude, 7 km depth

Watonga, Oklahoma, United States

a day ago 1.9 magnitude, 2 km depth

Maysville, Oklahoma, United States

a day ago 2.4 magnitude, 7 km depth

Stroud, Oklahoma, United States

a day ago 2.1 magnitude, 7 km depth

Maysville, Oklahoma, United States

a day ago 2.1 magnitude, 7 km depth

Medford, Oklahoma, United States

https://earthquaketrack.com/p/united-states/oklahoma/recent 

:: 10-1-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

3.6-magnitude earthquake strikes near Ridgecrest

KABC – Los Angeles•October 1, 2019

A magnitude 3.6 earthquake was recorded in the Ridgecrest area Tuesday morning, according to the U.S. Geological Survey.

https://news.yahoo.com/3-6-magnitude-earthquake-strikes-135746800.html 

:: 10-2-19 Equity Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Torrential rain brings floods across Britain

Posted on October 2, 2019

Torrential rains have swept across the UK bringing floods, closing roads and railways, and leading to some places being evacuated. Dozens of flood warnings had been issued and some areas in the Midlands, Wales and southern England were hit by a week’s rain in just an hour. On the Isle of Man, a major incident was declared as floodwaters trapped people in their homes. Further heavy rain and high winds are expected on Thursday. The Environment Agency issued dozens of flood warnings and alerts across England, while the Met Office issued a yellow warning for heavy rain that could cause power cuts, road closures and flooding. The warning is in place until 20:00 BST across large parts of central and southern England, and Wales. In Cornwall, floods caused by a coastal surge meant people were told to leave caravans and seaside properties in the morning and not to return until it is safe to do so. There were also several flood warnings in Wales and one flood warning in Scotland, around Loch Ryan, which has since been lifted. After bringing up to 50mm (2 ins) of rain in a couple of hours in some places, the downpours are expected to die down on Tuesday night. By Tuesday afternoon, the highest hourly rainfall was 25.6mm, recorded at Pennerley in Shropshire. That part of the country normally receives just 96mm of rain in the whole of October. But the localised nature of the downpours means the heaviest rainfall may not be recorded by a weather station, the Met Office said.  Worcestershire was one place that experienced torrential rainfall, with the fire and rescue service issuing a warning to drivers after a car was submerged in floods. In the north of England, heavy rain overnight meant a number of roads were flooded in Cumbria and a landslide on the rail line between Carlisle and Newcastle disrupted train services. Flooding on the Cumbria Coast line between Carlisle and Maryport saw cancellations on Northern services from Carlisle to Barrow and onwards. However, fears of a coastal surge in Hunstanton, west Norfolk, proved unfounded. Around 3,000 households were told to evacuate, but Environment Agency confirmed an all-clear had been given just before 10:00. On the Isle of Man, the village of Laxey was cut off after its second major flood in four years. The river that gave the village its name burst its banks, leaving people trapped in their homes. The fire service helped to evacuate several houses, while a coastguard helicopter was flown in on standby. The village was previously flooded in 2015, when a 200-year-old stone bridge was washed away. One villager told the BBC that this year’s flooding was the worst he had seen. Flooding also appeared to trap cars in the East Midlands, with two vehicles caught up in high waters at Colston Bassett, Nottinghamshire. And on Monday night, fire crews reported a number of rescues from stuck cars near Burton-upon-Trent and near York. Meanwhile, fire and rescue services across England attended a number of flooded homes to help pump out water.

https://equity-insider.com/2019/10/02/torrential-rain-brings-floods-across-britain/ 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them. For the world tells you that you are bipolar, no you are demon possessed, saith your Father God. etc..

:: 10-2-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

National Media Blackout: Florida Daycare Worker Caught Breaking the Legs of 4 Different Toddlers in the Same Day

By Dean Garrison - October 2, 2019

This story happened back in August but got almost zero national media attention.

From CBS Miami: Charges have been filed against a worker at a Florida day care center.

Latest: National Media Blackout: Florida Daycare Worker Caught Breaking the Legs of 4 Different Toddlers in the Same Day That woman is now facing child neglect charges after four toddlers suffered broken legs on the same day. The Panama City News Herald reports that 25-year-old Christina Marie Curtis was arrested recently after the May 21 incident at Kids Discovery Learning Center in Valparaiso. It wasn’t immediately clear if she has a lawyer to represent her but she was released on $4,000 bail last month. An arrest report says all four young boys were fine the morning of the incident. Later that day, they were having difficulty standing or walking and medical personnel determined they had all suffered leg fractures. From english.korrespodenti.com: Parents are now looking to get their children as far away from the Kids Discovery Learning Center in Valparaiso as they can. After allegations surfaced that daycare worker Christina Marie Curtis, 25, managed to break the legs of four toddlers in one day, the daycare came under fire for its failure to keep kids safe and sound. Because four children suffered the same injury on the same day at the daycare center in Florida, authorities grew very concerned and worried – and soon found that there was one culprit to blame for the horrendous abuse. Now Curtis has been arrested and charged with child neglect for her bad day at work on May 21, 2019. Since she was in charge of the four children, who all broke their legs on that day, authorities knew that she was the first person to investigate. The police report indicates that Curtis showed no care or empathy while watching the injured children. She reportedly jerked and violently abused the delicate children. She allegedly threw one baby into a wagon and jerked another through the air. Curtis, who comes from Forth Walton Beach, was not arrested and held in custody shortly after the injuries were revealed. Instead, Florida authorities took their time gathering the necessary evidence to get Curtis behind bars for a substantial amount of time. However, during that time, she could have been putting other babies at risk – especially since she was able to break the legs of four babies on the same day. Florida authorities finally gathered enough evidence to charge Curtis with four counts of felony child neglect. She has lost the ability to work in schools or childcare facilities. But that has not done anything for the victims of Curtis’s abuse at the Kids Discovery Learning Center in Valparaiso. Those victims need justice. The babies who suffered Curtis’s abuses were between the ages of 13 and 21 months. That means they were tiny children who needed care – not anger and rage. Read the rest…

Babies between 13 months and 21 months? What a sick woman. Again, this story was hardly touched by the national media. Why not?

The national media is obsessed with tearing down Donald Trump.

So why don’t we look at some of the good things Trump & Company have done for kids over the last year, other than the obvious ends to Epstein and NXIVM.

Anti-Trump video-gamer Thomas Cheung arrested in Super Bowl pedophile sting

“Operation Trade Secrets” — 85 arrests in Florida in Human Trafficking Sting

California: 339 Arrests, Nearly 50 Rescues In Massive Human Trafficking Bust

GOP Sen. Josh Hawley introduces bill to force YouTube to end its “catering to pedophiles”

Billionaire founder of social network of sadistic pedophiles is a Hillary Clinton supporter

Hillary Clinton supporter? Well that explains a lot. Keep America Great in 2020.

There is much work to do and we finally have a President that is willing to tackle the many issues facing America’s kids. Those kids are our future. Anytime you stumble upon a local story like the one of this Florida sicko, please email it to me at dean.garrison.99@gmail.com  I’ll do my best to get the word out while everyone else is busy bashing Trump.

Dean Garrison is the Publisher of DC Clothesline and DC Dirty Laundry

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/national-media-blackout-florida-daycare-worker-caught-breaking-the-legs-of-4-different-toddlers-in-the-same-day/ 

:: 10-1-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Here in the West, we don’t hear much about the huge Muslim crime problem in India

October 1, 2019 by BareNakedIslam

Considering that India partitioned a huge chunk of Indian land to give Muslims their own country – Pakistan – why are there any Muslims still living in India at all? India’s total population: 1,369,825,993

India’s Muslim population: 201 million etc. India is home to 11% of the world's Muslim population.

Western mainstream media totally ignore the Muslim crime problem in India, as they do in most of the rest of the world. Here is a tiny sample of the daily headlines that come out of India. Click the links below photos if you want to read the stories. But fair warning, the Google translations leave a lot to be desired.

https://barenakedislam.com/2019/10/01/here-in-the-west-we-dont-hear-much-about-the-huge-muslim-crime-problem-in-india/ 

:: 10--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

60% of Americans Do NOT Have an Emergency Fund. They’re One Missed Paycheck From Disaster

By Daisy Luther

What would it mean to you if you had an unexpected trip to the emergency room? If your car required an expensive repair? What if your income was interrupted for a week, or two weeks, or even longer? Do you have an emergency fund built into your budget to see you through these everyday calamities, or are you only one missed paycheck from disaster? According to a survey released by Bankrate, 60% of Americans do not have the emergency savings to take care of a crisis that costs $1000 or more. How do people handle unexpected expenses? According to the survey:

40% would use savings

15% would use credit cards

14% would cut back on other spending

13% would borrow from friends or family

6% would take out a personal loan

Many said they had no idea how they would cover an unexpected expense of this magnitude. And Forbes says that 23% of Americans save no money at all – but I suspect that number is higher since other reports say that 43% of Americans struggle to pay for food and rent. And when you’re in a financial hole, it’s harder than ever to dig yourself out with a system that seems to be designed to work against you. (If you’re in a situation in which you can’t even pay your current bills, see this article.) So what about you? Do you have an emergency fund? It’s really just one more prep that you should put aside for a rainy day. An emergency fund is a vital prep When your finances are tight, sometimes your first impulse is to spend every dime. Many people focus on things like paying off debts, stocking up on food and supplies, or paying more than the minimum payments on bills. However, that may not be your best bet. Don’t get me wrong – paying off debt is absolutely vital, but most experts recommend establishing an emergency fund as the first step back to financial security. There are several reasons why this should be a priority for you:

What if you suddenly lost your job and it was 6-8 weeks before unemployment payments began to trickle in?

What if your child suffered a medical emergency and you needed to purchase an expensive medication?

What if your refrigerator began making a death rattle and you needed to buy a new one immediately in order to save your expensive frozen food stockpile?

What if your car, that you needed to get back and forth to work, required a costly repair?

The reasons you might need to tap into an emergency fund are as varied as the news headlines – there are many different disasters that can arise, and nearly every single one of them will require that you have some additional funds available. You simply cannot call yourself “prepared” if you don’t have the currency on hand to see you through the rough spots. It’s important NOT to rely on credit cards, overdraft, and lines of credit for these unexpected events – these things will cost you far more in interest in the long run. Credit cards are NOT an emergency fund. An emergency fund is currency that you have on hand that will not cost your interest. Don’t make your personal disaster worse than it already is by paying compounded interest on it for the next two years. How much should be in your emergency fund? This is one of those numbers that will vary with different families. Most experts recommend a starting point of 1-3 months of expenses. And by expenses, I mean everything from house payments to car payments to projected utilities to food costs. Don’t underestimate how much it takes to run your household every month – be sure to account for all of the regular expenses you might need to cover during an emergency situation. In addition to an emergency fund in cash, other prepper items can help see you through a rough spot. Your general supply stockpile and your food pantry mean you have to spend less money on day to day items when times are tough. When budgets are tight, how can you bankroll your emergency fund? If you don’t have some rainy day money set aside, it is of the utmost importance that you fund this right away It’s time to change your financial lifestyle. This isn’t really fun, but the economy is continuing to freefall (despite the blithe reports from the White House and mainstream media). Hardcore frugality is the answer. If you don’t have enough money set aside to weather a crisis, then you need to cut your spending to the bone until you do. Most of us have some places that we can cut the budget. To put it into perspective, a fancy frozen coffee concoction from Starbucks is about $6. Today, the price of silver is just under $20 per ounce. Three and a half days without Starbucks =1 ounce of silver. Exercise some “tough love” and strip your budget down to the bare bones until you have a month’s worth of expenses put aside. Sell something. Do you have a basement full of unused relics? Exercise equipment, old furniture, unused appliances -all of these things taking up valuable storage real estate can help you to establish your emergency fund. Hang on to things like gold and silver jewelry, though – it will increase in value.

Get a second job. You don’t have to plan to work two jobs indefinitely, but spending one day a week babysitting or taking on a different part-time job can help you get your savings into the comfort zone.

Make only your minimum payments. I realize this is not the standard financial recommendation, but until you have a one-month rainy day fund set aside, you should forgo making the extra payments even on interest-bearing accounts.

Eat cheap for a few months. If you can manage one cheapo meal a day, this can result in massive savings. Look into different meals that are less than a dollar per serving – generally, these will be vegetarian offerings like beans and rice, a bowl of cereal, or eggs and toast. Soup is also a great budget-stretcher. Cheap doesn’t have to mean unhealthy – we never eat things like Ramen noodles in our family but we manage to have frequent low-budget meals that are tasty and filling. For the love of Pete, don’t eat out – the cost per serving is 5-10 times the cost of making the same dish at home.

Get rid of some fixed expenses. If you can get rid of some of your monthly fixed expenses, you can build your emergency fund very quickly. Cancel gym memberships, extracurricular activities, phones, satellite, cable, and internet. Funnel all of that money towards your emergency fund. Once the fund is built, you may discover you didn’t really need those services as much as you thought you did.

What constitutes an “emergency” worthy of dipping into the fund? Once you have your emergency fund established, you might wonder, “What can I spend this on?” Ideally, nothing. The goal is never to spend this money. This little safe full of money squirreled away is there for situations that cannot be addressed with your regular income. Here are some things that are NOT emergencies:

Trips to the mall

Concert tickets

Vacations

Your 346th pair of shoes

A celebratory dinner at a nice restaurant

Cell phone bill

Ask yourself a few questions. Will it cost me more money if I do this later rather than sooner? Is the expenditure related to a safety issue? Is the expenditure related to a health issue? When will you have the money to pay for this out of your regular income?

Refrigerator

Car Repair

Medication/Medical Bill

Washing Machine (not in all situations, but if you have a baby in cloth diapers it’s pretty vital!)

Utilities that will result in reinstatement charges

Only you can judge whether or not an event constitutes an emergency. If you must use money from your emergency fund, make it a priority to replace that withdrawal as quickly as possible.  Make this the year you get your finances under control If you don’t have an emergency fund, take your preparedness to the next level. Get financially prepped for those unexpected “rainy day” moments. Then, make a concentrated effort to reduce (or completely get rid of) debt. If a financial disaster were to strike, the less debt you have, the fewer payments you would have to make until you got back on your feet. Other preps will go a long way toward helping you through a financial emergency, too. Never underestimate the value of a fully-loaded pantry. For those of you with a little bit of money squirreled away, have you ever experienced an event that made you relieved that you had an emergency fund? Your comments can be very inspiring to those who are new to preparedness.

Resources The Total Money Makeover The Complete Tightwad Gazette (my favorite book EVER)

About Daisy Daisy Luther is a coffee-swigging, gun-toting blogger who writes about current events, preparedness, frugality, voluntaryism, and the pursuit of liberty on her website, The Organic Prepper. She is widely republished across alternative media and she curates all the most important news links on her aggregate site, PreppersDailyNews.com. Daisy is the best-selling author of 4 books and runs a small digital publishing company. She lives in the mountains of Virginia with her family. You can find her on Facebook, Pinterest, and Twitter.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/without-an-emergency-fund-you-are-one-missed-paycheck-from-disaster/ 

:: 10--19 Vigilant Citizen :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Troubling Case of Paz de la Huerta and Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Paz de la Huerta went from being tagged a “major Hollywood celebrity” to a “major nutjob” in a few short years. And things got worse after she accused Harvey Weinstein of multiple crimes. However, a close look at her disturbing social media posts reveals another story: She been abused and controlled by the occult elite for decades.

Published 2 days ago on October 1, 2019 By Vigilant Citizen

Paz de la Huerta is an American actress and model who is mostly known for her role in the HBO series Broadwalk Empire and her countless magazine photoshoots. Between 2005 and 2010, at the height of her career, de la Huerta worked with A-list celebrities and partied with Hollywood’s most powerful people. However, after a series of bizarre and traumatizing events, de la Huerta’s career came to a screeching halt.  Nowadays, de la Huerta is mostly known for appearing in paparazzi videos of her stumbling around while looking heavily intoxicated at social events. She’s also been a frequent subject of ridicule by celebrity gossip sites who have been documenting her erratic behavior for years. While she was dismissed as “crazy” by mass media a long time ago, de la Huerta hundreds of posts on social media tell a darker story – one that sums up perfectly disgusting, hidden side of the occult elite and the entertainment industry. Before looking that that (now deleted) Instagram account, here’s a quick look at her past. Troubled Past Paz de la Huerta’s parents are Ricardo Ignacio de la Huerta y Ozores (Spanish nobleman and 17th Duke of Mandas and Villanueva) and Judith Bruce (and authority on birth control in Third World countries and United Nations Consultant). Paz obtained her first role at age 12 in the movie 1998 The Object of My Affection which starred Jennifer Aniston and Paul Rudd. She then steadily climbed the stairs to stardom until things took a horrible turn. In 2011, de la Huerta was nearly killed by a speeding ambulance truck that was driven by a stunt driver on the set of the movie Nurse 3D. This event was highly suspicious, especially when one watches the video of it. In this disturbing video, it appears that the ambulance actually steered left at the very last second to violently hit Paz. Furthermore, the ambulance was driven by a stunt driver who is literally trained to perform dangerous car stunts. Was it actually a murder attempt? As we’ll see later, the story surrounding this accident and its aftermaths is extremely bizarre. No matter what the case may be, the accident nearly killed Paz. She filed a $55 million lawsuit against Liongate film claiming that the accident required her to undergo over 20 surgeries and left her unable to work. The case was dismissed. In November 2018, de la Huerta filed a $60 million lawsuit against Harvey Weinstein, accusing the director of raping her on two separate occasions in 2010 and then embarking on a campaign of harassment that she contends damaged her career. Contrarily to other Me Too figureheads such as Rose McGowan, de la Huerta’s accusations generated little support and sympathy from mass media and the entertainment industry. Weinstein’s defense team has called her allegations “preposterous and, unfortunately, the product of an unstable personality with a vivid imagination.” In May 2019, while de la Huerta was working on her lawsuit against Weinstein, she was hospitalized for “severe emotional distress”. The Troubling Case of Paz de la Huerta and Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account Throughout these difficult times, de la Huerta remained active on Instagram … and that account was terrifying. Indeed, most of her posts were actually calls for help as she accused “evil women” of abusing and torturing her while constantly pushing her to suicide. For reasons unknown, that IG account was completed deleted in the past weeks. Luckily, since I was actually working on an article before the deletion happened, I’ve saved some screenshots and copied the contents of some captions. Now, more than ever, I believe these need to be shared because they explain the “why” of de la Huerta’s behavior while shedding light on the dark and disturbing side of the entertainment industry. The Deleted Instagram Account   At first glance, Paz de la Huerta’s Instagram account appeared to consist of hundreds of selfies mixed with some pics from her glory days. However, when one took the time to read the captions associated with these pics, things got very dark. Nearly every picture was accompanied by a wall of text where Paz described her constant abuse and trauma at the hands of “evil women”.  The Troubling Case of Paz de la Huerta and Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account Although Paz’ captions often sounded like the ramblings of a crazy person, they actually told a coherent and precise story of systematic abuse at the hands of specific people – notably her own mother. In one post she writes: I’ve always been incredibly generous even to my evil mother who if she wanted me to be healthy and successful she wouldn’t have done the unconscionable thing she did to me in Spain that she had tried to do so many times before but my good karma always saved me if I survive this I’m writing a book about maunchhausen bi proxy. On several occasions, Paz accuses her mother of Munchausen syndrome by proxy. Here’s a definition of it: Munchausen syndrome by proxy (MSBP) is a mental health problem in which a caregiver makes up or causes an illness or injury in a person under his or her care, such as a child, an elderly adult, or a person who has a disability. Because vulnerable people are the victims, MSBP is a form of child abuse or elder abuse. Note: Since most cases of MSBP are between a caregiver (usually a mother) and a child, the rest of this topic will describe that relationship. But it is important to remember that MSBP can involve any vulnerable person who has a caregiver. The caregiver with MSBP may:

Lie about the child’s symptoms.

Change test results to make a child appear to be ill.

Physically harm the child to produce symptoms.

Victims are most often small children. They may get painful medical tests they don’t need. They may even become seriously ill or injured or may die because of the actions of the caregiver.  Children who are victims of MSBP can have lifelong physical and emotional problems and may have Munchausen syndrome as adults. This is a disorder in which a person causes or falsely reports his or her own symptoms.

– Michigan Medicine, Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy

Although she was under the strict control of her mother since birth, Paz says that things got worse since the 2011 ambulance accident. In another post she wrote:  Since my truck accident I’ve been surrounded by these evil women trying to convince me I was sick so they could lock me up for the rest of my life out of envy and fear for their reputations but when I met Mika that night it was a break from the psychological torture.  In another post she wrote: I have been crying for months … it’s inhumane what these monsters have done to me. Because of them I didn’t get my justice against Lionsgate. I was going to marry a man and they messed that up to. My boyfriend of 15 years won’t talk to me because he says I’ve been so naive and he’s afraid I will take my life. I had a career in Paris before they did the unconscionable. One old assistant of mine brave enough to step forward has saved all of their emails of their plans for me these last years since I had my truck accident. They’ve been trying to have me committed for the rest of my life only because I hold secrets of years of unconscionable abuse . I was never going to tell until what they did to me in Spain , the only country they could get away with it. All I did was cry after this one abuser said evil things to me and I was speaking to Micheal rebel the famous therapist that told me to run away from them years ago before they kill me. They are trying to drive me to suicide, they have been doing it for years. They have gas lit me. (…)

I want my famous friends to read this and help me get away from these abusers who have gas lit me held me prisoner in a city. I have few loved ones and are trying to put me in a cage for the rest of my life because I know too much. I will speak to this assistant who was brave enough to step forward.  As stated above, Paz claimed that she was abducted in Spain in 2018. She reportedly spent six months “locked in a cage” while undergoing intense trauma at the hands of “evil women”. In another post she wrote: I was making money modeling and I was about to sign with the best agency until I stupidly got on that plane to Spain where evil I didn’t even know existed awaited me. What can I say? Truck accident, rape, near fatal cuncussion, and I’ve never been a blamer and I’ve never even cared to sue because by heart I’m a very positive resilient woman but this is the greatest injustice I’ve ever endured in my life and never have a witnessed just how cruel humanity is.  I did nothing to warrant being locked up in a cage in a foreign country for six months they are still trying to keep me from having the proper medical care my evil mother has even voiced that she doesn’t want me working well than what am I supposed to be an invalid.  In another post explained that what happened to her could only happen in Spain – perhaps due to her father’s connections.  The only reason they got away with what they did was because in Spain my medications which they knew I needed one was illegal and I don’t know how they got away with keeping me there for so long it’s illegal to do that to someone Any where else in the world and because a judge put me there they made my evil abuser my custodian which I’ve had legally changed since and she forbade me from speaking to the two men my lawyer and best friend who had the power to get me out of that hell in a day. I tried to commit suicide nine times when I was there.

In another post, de la Huerta compares her situation to Rosemary Kennedy who was lobotomized by her own family.

do you know the story about the Kennedy girl we’ll she was very beautiful and sexy and vivacious the life of the party her mother was so deadly envious of her an ugly uptight prude like one of my main abusers and she basically did to her daughter what these to evil women tried to do to me lobotomize her the poor girl was robbed of her life and spent the rest of her life staring at a wall … extremely sad story and it almost happened to me I’ve never wanted to sue for any of the injustices I’ve endured until now and I have a killer lawyer share you’re stories with me and let’s support one another these evil women belong in jail

On several occasions, de la Huerta mentions an assistant who is willing to come forward and testify about the abuse she underwent in the past years. In one Instagram post, the assistant wrote a long caption summing up the situation (you can tell that the text was written by another person due to the presence of actual sentences and punctuation).

My name is Kimberly M., I am writing of behalf of Paz as I was friends with her in 2016-17, during that time witnessed some very bizarre treatment of her by her caretakers. Before Paz left Los Angeles for Paris I became her assistant for a short period of time, in order to try and help her in a situation that seemed desperate. From the outside, it seemed that she was becoming increasingly frustrated with how her caretakers were handling her and was suspicious of their care. From my point of view, she needed to be around more good role models, friends and people that cared for her in order for her to find her own stability and eventually start acting and modeling again. When I started the job I thought this would be the intention of her caretakers as well, but soon found out this was not the case. My main interactions come in dealing with who was my boss for the job, Kimberly. The first signs that Kimberly had ill intentions for Paz came from the fact that she was trying very hard to discourage me taking the job of helping Paz. Telling me I had no idea what I was getting into and repeatedly calling me to tell me negative things about Paz, often keeping me on the phone for hours at night, trying to convince me that Paz was not a good person and couldn’t be helped. I could not figure out why she was trying to influence me in this way and soon began to ask questions because I was in disbelief. Some of the things I was told include that Paz was untreatable and too far gone for help. She then told me that no treatment has worked on Paz in years, and that she has become more of a burden to them (Kimberly, Judith) than was worth putting actual effort into. One day I still was not completely sold that Paz is untreatable, and confronted Kimberly who got very worked up and revealed to me that they think she is so untreatable, that they have given up and have been actively delaying or sabotaging some of the things Paz was asking for. The most disturbing thing that was revealed was that they were trying to let her fail, so that she would go mad or cause enough altercations with the police/law to be put in an institution for life.  She also told me that because Paz’s godmother (her client) was the only one contributing to her financial stability, and that she had taken it upon herself to relay negative information to the godmother, sending bad reports (knowing that she had not attempted to facilitate a good report) and convincing her that Paz would be so much of a burden financially overtime, that she should accept her as a lost cause, and have her put away for life in order to save herself the money and trouble, even going as far to make her sound like a danger to others. Never in my life did I think they would actually be able to follow through on such plans as I do not think Paz is insane, but a particular artist who’s been through a lot of trauma and needs adequate time to grow her own stability and find happiness in her own way. I may not know the extent of what led to what in her situation, but I know what I witnessed was wrong on a moral level and believe that it may have contributed to their attempt to put Paz being put away in Spain.

As the assistant wrote, Paz was subjected to “a lot of trauma”. And under details on her social media accounts point towards trauma-based mind control.  Trauma Based Mind Control? To those who know about the dark side of the entertainment industry, Paz de la Huerta shows signs of trauma-based mind control. Her early beginnings in the entertainment industry, her abuse at the hands of powerful people and her history of bizarre behavior (a typical result following MK breakdown) are all visible symptoms.  As explained in this article, trauma-based mind control (also known as Monarch programming) is about subjecting a slave to trauma so intense that it causes dissociation which leads to the programming of new alter personas. In several Instagram posts, Paz actually refers to an alter-ego named Malificient. Like many other victims of trauma-based mind control (such as Kim Noble), Paz also has a penchant for creating extremely symbolic paintings. A painting by Paz de la Huerta that is replete with MK imagery. It depicts a Virgin-Mary-like figure with a blindfolded child who appears to be subjected to all kinds of foul treatments. Strange fact: In one of her posts, Paz wrote that she replaced memories of her mother by the Virgin Mary.  In Conclusion Although she can be easily dismissed as a crazy person who says crazy things (media has been doing it for years), Paz de la Huerta has actually been documenting her story of abuse and control in great detail. Through her numerous social media posts (the only outlet she had until very recently), de la Huerta provided a first-person account of her systematic destruction at the hands of the people closest to her. Paz de la Huerta is an American actress and model who is mostly known for her role in the HBO series Broadwalk Empire and her countless magazine photoshoots. Between 2005 and 2010, at the height of her career, de la Huerta worked with A-list celebrities and partied with Hollywood’s most powerful people. However, after a series of bizarre and traumatizing events, de la Huerta’s career came to a screeching halt. Nowadays, de la Huerta is mostly known for appearing in paparazzi videos of her stumbling around while looking heavily intoxicated at social events. She’s also been a frequent subject of ridicule by celebrity gossip sites who have been documenting her erratic behavior for years. While she was dismissed as “crazy” by mass media a long time ago, de la Huerta hundreds of posts on social media tell a darker story – one that sums up perfectly disgusting, hidden side of the occult elite and the entertainment industry. Before looking that that (now deleted) Instagram account, here’s a quick look at her past. Troubled Past Paz de la Huerta’s parents are Ricardo Ignacio de la Huerta y Ozores (Spanish nobleman and 17th Duke of Mandas and Villanueva) and Judith Bruce (and authority on birth control in Third World countries and United Nations Consultant).  etc ..

P.S. If you appreciated this article, please consider showing your support through a small monthly donation on Patreon. If you prefer, you can also make a one-time donation here. Thank you.

https://vigilantcitizen.com/vigilantreport/paz_de_la_huerta/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 9-24-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel Update

By Hal Lindsey

On Monday, September 23rd, the Likud party of Benjamin Netanyahu and the Blue and White party of Benjamin Gantz agreed to pursue a “unity government” for Israel. Negotiating teams are set to begin working out details of the proposed government on October 1st. It will be a difficult and treacherous process. After the election in April, a government could not be formed. So, in September, just a few days ago, Israel held another election. Again, there was no clear-cut winner. Gantz’s Blue and White party won 33 seats and Netanyahu’s Likud won 31 seats, leaving them both a long way from the 61 seats needed to form a majority. Israel has a parliamentary system of government. They call their legislative body the “Knesset.” That name comes from Knesset HaGdola, meaning “Great Assembly.” According to tradition, Ezra formed the Great Assembly. It was a religious council of 120 scribes, sages, and prophets. While it would be difficult to find a sage or prophet in the modern Knesset, the number remains fixed at 120 — requiring 61 seats to create a majority. Reuven Rivlin serves as President of Israel. The President has many ceremonial jobs but few actual powers. The most significant of his powers is in facilitating a new government following each election. The President must consult with Knesset members to determine who has the best chance of forming a governmental majority. After recent polling of the Knesset, he found that Netanyahu had a slight advantage with 55 backers, compared to Gantz’s 54. That 54 includes the backing of the Israeli Arab party. It would be difficult to raise either of those numbers to 61, thus the proposed unity government. Such a government would require some means of sharing power. From 1984 to 1988, Shimon Peres and Yitzhak Shamir took turns acting as Prime Minister. While possible, such an arrangement between Netanyahu and Gantz has, at least until now, seemed highly unlikely. A few days ago, Gantz cited impending indictments against Netanyahu as reasons against pursuing a unity government. Despite the accusations and investigations, formal charges have not been filed against the Prime Minister. He continues to deny all the accusations. The Attorney General of Israel is scheduled to announce a decision on whether to indict on October 3rd. That greatly complicates the process of forming a government. People tire of politicians. Winston Churchill stands as one of the great figures of the 20th century. He held his nation together during the terrible German blitz. After helping to lead the Allies to victory in World War II, he almost immediately lost his job as Prime Minister in 1945. That’s just how the world works. It’s easy to forget what things were like in Israel when Bibi Netanyahu became Prime Minister. Bus bombs and intifadas made every moment of every day feel like a life or death struggle. Syria and Hezbollah constantly threatened from the north. Former Prime Minister Ehud Barak almost gave away East Jerusalem. Thankfully, Yasser Arafat thought he could get even more, and turned the deal down. Benjamin Netanyahu changed all that. He brought the kind of stability that is necessary for national progress and economic prosperity. He built an amazing record, but he also accumulated enemies. Those enemies include much of the Israeli and international press corps, as well as liberals in his own and other countries. Nevertheless, he stands as a towering figure in the history of modern Israel — the man Israel needed for the times in which he led. Those of us who love Israel can hope his leadership will continue during the turbulent days to come. If not, we can be thankful for his leadership to this point. The Book of Daniel teaches that the revived nation of Israel will one day join in a treaty with the Antichrist. The confirmation of that treaty will mark the beginning of what is popularly known as “the Tribulation.” The present turmoil in Israel seems to be bringing the world closer to that day.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-24-2019/ 

:: 10-2-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Benny Gantz cancels meeting with Benjamin Netanyahu

Likud blames Lapid; Lapid's associates: Bull****

By Gil Hoffman, Lahav Harkov October 2, 2019 04:24 3 minute read.

A Rosh Hashanah holiday weekend full of political turmoil climaxed Tuesday night when Blue and White leader Benny Gantz canceled a meeting with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu set before the holiday that was expected to be a last-ditch attempt to form a unity government led by Netanyahu.  The head of Blue and White’s coalition negotiating team, Yoram Turbowicz, called his counterpart in Likud, Tourism Minister Yariv Levin, to tell him that there was no point in the two leaders meeting on Wednesday night. He also canceled coalition talks that had been scheduled for Wednesday morning. “The minimum conditions have not ripened for a meeting that would be beneficial,” a Blue and White spokeswoman said. Likud responded by expressing “shock” at Blue and White’s move and blaming it on Gantz’s number two, MK Yair Lapid. Netanyahu’s party said it was Gantz who told Netanyahu when they spoke on Sunday that their teams should meet before the two of them convene, but Lapid pushed him over the holiday to cancel both meetings, because he wants to see a rotation in the Prime Minister’s Office between him and Gantz and not between Gantz and Netanyahu. “Gantz should display responsibility, avoid elections and meet with me,” Netanyahu said. A source close to Lapid called Likud’s version of events “bull****.” Sources in Blue and White said there was no point in meeting if Netanyahu did not give up his demand to negotiate on behalf of four parties in a political bloc on the Right and not just Likud. The cancellation also allows the media’s focus to be solely on Netanyahu’s criminal hearings and not on political developments. Netanyahu is expected to decide by the end of the week whether to return the mandate he received from President Reuven Rivlin to form a government. Channel 12 reported that Netanyahu will speak to Rivlin on Wednesday about his future steps. Before Rosh Hashanah, Netanyahu called Gantz, who spent the holiday in London, to make a final effort in coalition negotiations. He said they should meet upon Gantz’s return to Israel, and he even offered to go to Gantz’s home in Rosh Ha’ayin. The party leaders decided that their negotiating teams would meet Wednesday morning and the two of them would meet that evening. The conversation happened after a meeting between Likud and Blue and White teams on Sunday did not go well. “The Likud is very disappointed that Blue and White was unwilling to compromise,” the party said after Sunday morning’s meeting. Blue and White blamed the lack of progress on the Likud for not giving up its demand to negotiate as a bloc of 55 MKs on the Right. “Unfortunately, the Likud is sticking with its ‘Netanyahu comes first’ precondition,” a Blue and White spokeswoman said. “Likud is insisting on sticking with its bloc of 55 MKs and empty slogans that will result in Netanyahu dragging Israel into an unnecessary third election. Israel deserves a broad, liberal unity government under Gantz and we will continue to work for this goal.” Likud complained that Blue and White did not answer the question of whether Netanyahu could start out as prime minister as part of a compromise initiated by Rivlin. Likud officials said no progress could be made because Gantz was abroad. Rivlin’s compromise is meant to resolve the issue of Blue and White promising not to sit in a Netanyahu-led government as long as he is under a recommended indictment or under indictment. The law currently allows for a minister to take the prime minister’s place if he is incapacitated, for up to 100 days. Rivlin suggested it be amended to create an official position of vice prime minister, add indictment to a possible reason for the vice prime minister to take over, and to extend the replacement period to be indefinite. Netanyahu nodded when Rivlin described this proposal last week. Rivlin also suggested a “parity government,” meaning that the government portfolios would be split evenly between the right-wing bloc and Blue and White. This way, Blue and White, with 33 seats, would have equal executive power to the 55-seat Right. This is meant to resolve Blue and White’s rejection of the Likud negotiating in the name of the entire Right.

https://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Coalition-talks-between-Likud-Blue-and-White-end-without-a-deal-603249 

:: 9-29-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Liberman: Israelis won’t forgive Gantz, Netanyahu if third elections called

Yisrael Beytenu chief, who helped trigger second elections, says ideological differences between Likud, Blue and White are minimal: ‘Put your egos and personal interests aside’

By TOI staff 29 September 2019, 6:44 pm

Yisrael Beytenu party chairman Avigdor Liberman on Sunday warned Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Blue and White party leader Benny Gantz that the public would not forgive them if they fail to form a unity government and send the country to elections for the third time in less than a year.  “The citizens of Israel will not forgive you if you lead us to another round of elections just because of ego and personal matters,” Liberman wrote in a Facebook post ahead of the Rosh Hashanah holiday. Liberman helped trigger the September 17 vote by refusing to join a Netanyahu-led government after elections on April 9 unless a bill regulating military conscription for seminary students was passed without changes — a demand rejected by the prime minister’s ultra-Orthodox allies. Falling one seat short of a majority without Yisrael Beytenu, Netanyahu pushed through a vote at the end of May to dissolve the Knesset and call fresh elections, rather than have another lawmaker get a crack at forming a government. Liberman, whose party rose from five to eight seats in the September 17 elections and holds the balance of power in the Knesset between Netanyahu’s Likud and Gantz’s Blue and White, campaigned on forcing a unity government between the two parties if neither could form a coalition without him — a vow he has reiterated since the vote. “The public demands a unity government,” he said, pointing out that Gantz and Netanyahu’s parties don’t even need Yisrael Beytenu to form such a coalition, as they hold a majority of seats between them. (Blue and White won 33 seats and Likud 32.) Liberman asserted that ideological differences between the two parties were minimal and that Likud supporters were not voting for Netanyahu’s religious partners when they cast their ballots. Following the elections, the leaders of the national-religious Yamina alliance and the ultra-Orthodox United Torah Judaism and Shas parties signed an agreement with Netanyahu in which they would enter coalition negotiations as one, 55-strong bloc led by the Likud leader. Liberman and Gantz have both blasted the move, with the latter pointing to it as a key obstacle in his party’s coalition talks with Likud. “Another round of elections will not lead to a different outcome but to a national disaster and economic paralysis that will be written in your name,” Liberman said. “For the next new year… I urge you to show responsibility, put your egos and personal interests aside and establish a government that will begin to address the problems and challenges we face.” Liberman met last week with Gantz but has not sat down with Netanyahu since the elections, though Yisrael Beytenu has indicated he would be willing to meet the prime minister if he receives an official invitation to do so. Negotiations between representatives from Likud and Blue and White over the possibility of forming a unity government ended early Sunday afternoon with both sides blaming the other for a lack of progress and apparent breakdown of the talks. Likud said Netanyahu would make a final attempt to reach agreements on Wednesday — the same day his pre-indictment hearing begins with the attorney general — in direct talks with his counterpart from Blue and White. Immediately after the Sunday meeting, Blue and White released a statement saying that “regrettably, Likud is sticking to its precondition of ‘Netanyahu first.’ Within this framework, Likud is insistent on the 55-member bloc and on throwing around slogans with the sole aim of generating support in preparation for dragging Israel into another round of elections at the behest of Netanyahu.” The party added: “The State of Israel needs a broad, stable and liberal unity government under the leadership of Benny Gantz — we will continue to pursue this goal and this goal alone.” In its own statement, Likud said that the lack of progress was due to “Blue and White’s refusal to accept the unity government [proposed by] the president of the state — an equal government with a rotation between Netanyahu and Gantz.” Likud said that Blue and White made “a strategic decision to slam the door to a unity government and drag the state into elections.” Netanyahu and Gantz will meet on Wednesday evening, Likud said, after the Blue and White leader returns from a trip to London. Netanyahu was charged by Rivlin on Wednesday night with trying to form a government based on the strength of his pact with right-wing and ultra-Orthodox parties to negotiate as a bloc of 55 MKs, and given 28 days to do so. Gantz, his rival, heads a bloc of 54 MKs from the center, left and Arab parties, but the 10 Arab MKs in that group would not join a Gantz-led coalition. Neither candidate has a clear path to a 61-strong Knesset majority. Gantz’s Blue and White won 33 seats in the September 17 elections, ahead of Likud’s 32 out of 120 seats in the Knesset. The eight-seat Yisrael Beytenu party holds the balance of power between the blocs, and insists that Likud and Blue and White form a unity government without ultra-Orthodox, “messianist,” left-wing and Arab parties.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/liberman-israelis-wont-forgive-gantz-netanyahu-if-third-elections-called/ 

:: 10--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Plan All Along

By Hal Lindsey

According to conventional wisdom, just before the elections in Israel, Prime Minister Netanyahu said things so egregious that the United States has been forced to rethink its position as Israel’s friend and advocate before the UN Security Council. But the conventional wisdom is wrong. The change didn’t come as a result of Netanyahu’s comments. His words made a “handy excuse,” but the change in policy was the plan all along. The following is a brief history of how we know this. We know this from several sources. One is a man named Martin Indyk. He served as U.S. Special Envoy for Israeli–Palestinian Negotiations from 2013 to 2014. In effect, he ran the peace talks for the Obama Administration. Indyk now serves as vice president and director of Foreign Policy at the Brookings Institution. That organization recently received $14.8 million dollars from the government of Qatar. The New York Times pointed to that transaction as a classic example of a foreign government buying influence in Washington. Qatar’s philanthropy also extends to several terror organizations, especially Hamas and the Muslim Brotherhood. Back in February, well before the election, Indyk told the Institute for National Security Studies, “If there is a government in Israel after these elections that decides to pursue a two-state solution, then there is a way forward.” Otherwise, he said things would get ugly for Israel. The Jerusalem Post reported at the time that without a change in Israel’s government, “Indyk warned, there will be ‘international actions’ pursued not by the Palestinians, but rather by the international community ‘in terms of a Security Council resolution’ to ‘lay out and preserve the principles of a two-state solution in the future.’” Security Council resolutions are subject to veto by any of its permanent members. That means that these things could not happen without U.S. approval. So, this ultimate Obama Administration insider — the man they chose to lead what they considered crucial peace talks — warned that the U.S. would turn on Israel if it re-elected Netanyahu. In the understatement of the year, Indyk said such actions would likely be “against Israel’s will.” This means that before the elections and before Netanyahu’s offending remarks (which he didn’t say anyway), the plan was already in place to withdraw support for Israel from the UN Security Council and other world bodies. Blaming the shift on Netanyahu’s manufactured comments is simply a ruse at best. Blessing and Cursing The current strain in relations between the United States and Israel has been well-documented. That relationship stands at the lowest point since Israel’s founding. Statements against Israel made by the President and Secretary of State have been bad enough, but the level of rancor shown by lower level White House and State Department aids has been absolutely stunning. The problem has been characterized as a clash of personalities between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu. But the real problem is Israel’s security. The president and his men seem to believe that the Palestinians will turn into good guys when certain terms have been met – terms that have been debated and rejected, since they will leave Israel undefendable. But Netanyahu and most other Israelis have heard such pipe dreams from previous administrations of both parties, and they’re not buying it anymore. They know the history. They remember their own recent experiences with the Palestinians in Gaza and the disastrous Oslo Accords. From those giveaways, they learned that you will never win by trying to appease an insatiable foe. The new American policy toward Israel has already begun to manifest itself. The recent declassification of U.S. documents pertaining to Israel’s top secret nuclear arms program makes a good case in point. What kind of nation tells the world its ally’s most important secrets? On CBS’s Face the Nation, Peggy Noonan expressed the opinion of most observers when she said, “I think U.S.-Israeli relations right now are in the worst shape I have ever seen them in — the worst shape they have been in since 1948 when America was instrumental in inventing Israel.”  That’s an interesting phrase — “instrumental in inventing Israel.” It’s hard to fathom how a 239 year old nation could possibly have “invented” a nation that came into existence over three thousand years ago. Of course, she means the modern State of Israel, but it’s still not in any way an American “invention.” Israel is God’s invention. He created it. He made certain promises to it and about it. No matter what the United States does, God Himself will take care of Israel. While the Bible tells about some terrible times in store for that small nation, it will endure. And God will deal with nations according to their dealings with Israel. In Genesis 12:3, He said to Abraham, “I will bless those who bless you, And the one who curses you I will curse.” [NASB] Anyone who thinks that verse refers only to Abraham as an individual and not to the Children of Israel, should look at Numbers 24:9. There the promise is repeated as an oracle from the Lord, but this time specifically to the nation of Israel. “Blessed is everyone who blesses you, And cursed is everyone who curses you.” [NASB] We see the pattern hold true throughout the Old Testament. Even those nations used by God to punish Israel when it strayed, were themselves punished when they treated Israel poorly. Babylon is a perfect example. In 1948, the United States, led by President Harry Truman, became the first nation to officially recognize Israel. He did so only eleven minutes after their Declaration of Independence became official. Warren Austin, the U.S. representative to the United Nations, was so outraged by Truman’s decision that he left and went home. According to the Truman Library, Secretary of State Marshall had to send “a State Department official to the United Nations to prevent the entire United States delegation from resigning.” Marshall did this despite the fact that he and most of the rest of the U.S. foreign policy team had also opposed Truman on the issue. What followed for the United States was an era of growth and prosperity unlike anything in the history of the world. From that time through 1973, the U.S. economy grew by almost 4% a year. Household income grew an astronomical 74%. Compare that to the last few years when we’ve seen household income actually fall. When God said He would bless those who bless Israel, He meant it. In the United States, we’ve seen it with our own eyes. But if He meant one side of the equation, He meant the other side as well. He will curse those who curse Israel, just as we see happening before our eyes to the United States.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-29-2015/ 

[ :: 12-3-17 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. So be, be open, be open, let My Spirit speak to you, understand North Korea and if we don’t do something here they will act, they are not afraid to push the button. Pray about that etc.

:: 10-1-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea, U.S. to hold working-level talks at weekend: KCNA

October 1, 2019 / 4:46 AM / a day ago Joyce Lee

SEOUL (Reuters) - North Korea and the United States have agreed to hold working-level talks on Oct. 5, North Korea’s state news agency KCNA said on Tuesday, a development that would break months of stalemate since a failed summit in February. Talks aimed at dismantling North Korea’s nuclear and missile programs have been stalled in a holding pattern since the second summit between U.S. President Donald Trump and North Korean leader Kim Jong Un in Vietnam ended without a deal. The two leaders had agreed to restart working-level talks at a surprise meeting at the heavily-guarded border between the two Koreas in June, but the outcome remained uncertain as North Korea repeatedly launched short-range ballistic missiles and often criticized the United States for continuing joint military drills with South Korea. U.S. State Department spokeswoman Morgan Ortagus confirmed on Tuesday that U.S. and North Korean officials “plan to meet within the next week.” She did not elaborate. The two countries agreed to have preliminary contact on Oct. 4, followed by the working level talks, KCNA said, citing a statement issued under the name of Vice Foreign Minister Choe Son Hui. It did not mention where the talks would be held, or give any more details. “The delegates of the DPRK side are ready to enter into the DPRK-U.S. working-level negotiations,” Choe said in the statement, using North Korea’s official name, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK). “It is my expectation that the working-level negotiations would accelerate the positive development of the DPRK-U.S. relations.” Although North Korea has lately expressed willingness for working-level talks, messages carried by its state media attached a caveat that Washington should show more flexibility. North Korea’s chief nuclear negotiator Kim Myong Gil said in a statement last month that the United States should present the “right calculation method at the upcoming talks”. U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo said in September that Washington was ready to meet North Korean counterparts and believed it was important to do so, although ousted former U.S. National Security Adviser John Bolton warned on Monday that North Korea had no intention of giving up its nuclear weapons. “We welcome the agreement between North Korea and the United States to proceed with working-level negotiations on Oct. 5.” South Korea’s presidential Blue House said in a statement. “Through this working-level negotiation, we hope that substantial progress will be made at an early date to achieve complete denuclearization and permanent peace on the Korean Peninsula.”

Reporting by Joyce Lee; Editing by Alex Richardson and Andrew Heavens

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-northkorea-usa/north-korea-us-to-hold-working-level-talks-at-weekend-kcna-idUSKBN1WG3AD

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 9-24-19 The Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Firearms Are The People’s Liberty Teeth – It Is For Americans to Grin (Resist) In The Face Of Tyranny!

Written by: Bradlee Dean Published on: September 24, 2019

It is interesting how this is playing out in front of the people in this country when it comes to more illegal encroachments or infringementS on law-abiding gun owners. Remember, they accuse the law-abiders of the crimes of the law-breakers (1 John 3:12). Here is how it is played out: On one side of the divide and conquer aisle (Mark 3:25) we have Donald Trump, sold to you as the Republican, who calls for illegal “red flag laws,” which are not law. In the end, they will be aimed at their political opposition.

On the other hand, we have those who are sold to you as the Democrats, who are calling for the removal of AR-15s and other semi-automatic weapons. Which do you prefer? Do you prefer small infringements through the good guy Donald Trump, or complete disarmament by the bad guy? Either way, you are being disarmed and tyranny wins out. I would advise everyone to take heed to President George Washington, who is responsible for arming the citizenry that we are to “guard ourselves against impostures of pretended patriotism” (Matthew 24:5-8; 2 Corinthians 11:14). If you are paying attention, this is not only leading through “created” opposition, but it’s also happening through what is called the Hegelian dialectic (John 8:44). Hegelian dialectic is defined as “a framework for guiding thoughts and actions into conflicts that lead to synthetic solutions (of a proposition- having truth or falsity determinable by recourse to experience) which can only be introduced once those being manipulated take a side that will produce the predetermined agenda (Outcome).” Recently, the mainstream media’s push of un-constitutional debates and their Communist candidates included Beto O’Rourke and his gun confiscation plan. ‘No, it’s not voluntary ‘It is mandatory,'” O’Rourke said of his proposal. “It will be the law. You will be required to comply with the law.” He then went on to say:  The problem that Mr. O’Rourke is having here is that it is not law nor will it ever be law regardless of what he or any other Communist candidate wants you to believe. Americans, where have these anti-gunners received delegated authority to advance their agenda? They did not receive it from “We the People.” Have Americans really become this dumbed down as to believe that representatives change laws that counter our rights? Our rights didn’t come from the state’s generosity. They came from the hand of God, period! Representatives of government in this country have, in fact, sworn to uphold the laws found in the US Constitution, not to tear it down and recreate it into the ungodly image of the United Nations. Friends, look to history. George Mason warned us that those who mean to disarm, mean to enslave. They mean to be your masters while you become their slaves, and the best way to enslave the people is to disarm them (Hosea 4:6). Look to the example, which our forefathers exhibited not just in writing, mind you, but also in action. Our forefathers armed the people for the very purpose of what is happening in America today. Americans must come to terms that corrupt politicians are not the type that you can help or rehabilitate. They are the type that you must lawfully remove, or you will lose your God-given right! (Article 2, Section 4, US Constitution) You must fight for your God-given rights! (Deuteronomy 1:8; James 2:14-26) It is the difference between a free people and an enslaved people. There is no in-between (Luke 11:2). Firearms are second to the Constitution in importance; they are the people’s liberty’s teeth. Therefore, Americans, it is time to grin (Romans 12:21) in the face of tyranny.

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/firearms-are-the-peoples-liberty-teeth-it-is-for-americans-to-grin-resist-in-the-face-of-tyranny/ 

:: 9-24-19 https://doomerdoug.wordpress.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :

IF TREASON PROSPER, THEN NONE DARE CALL IT TREASON 9-24-2019

September 24, 2019 by dmcintosh4

ESSAYS 8 Comments

THE FINAL PHASES OF THE ATTEMPTED COUP D’ETAT TO REMOVE POTUS ARE NOW IN PLAY. However this finally plays out, a House vote for impeachment by the Marxist Democrat TRAITORS under the corrupt Pelosi, Nadler, and Cummings, followed by no 67 votes to impeach in the US Senate, we will have unending chaos and anarchy now. The 2020 election will be a farce, and the long predicted political violence, ie Civil War Two, may finally break out. It will come down to whether the military will back Trump, our legally elected POTUS, now being overthrown by a cabal of trash in the CIA, NSA, FBI, and DOJ. It is clear that the Soros funded globalists are now making their final move to destroy the historical, constitutional American Republic.

https://apnews.com/a9a0bed9f81343b7a725a9adcd84e01b 

Pelosi expected to announce impeachment probe into Trump

By LISA MASCARO, MARY CLARE JALONICK and MICHAEL BALSAMO9 minutes ago

WASHINGTON (AP) — House Speaker Nancy Pelosi plans to announce a formal impeachment inquiry into President Donald Trump late Tuesday, acquiescing to mounting pressure from Democratic lawmakers following reports that Trump may have sought a foreign government’s help in his reelection bid. The decision sets up an election season clash between Trump and Congress that seems certain to exacerbate the nation’s fierce partisan divides and inject deep uncertainty into the 2020 presidential contest. Pelosi was huddling with her caucus Tuesday afternoon and planned to announce the impeachment probe in a statement following the meeting. Her plans were confirmed by a person familiar with her thinking, who insisted on anonymity because they were not authorized to speak publicly.

https://doomerdoug.wordpress.com/2019/09/24/if-treason-prosper-then-none-dare-call-it-treason-9-24-2019/ 

:: 9-24-19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If Donald Trump Is Impeached, You Should Expect The Mother Of All Stock Market Crashes To Happen

September 24, 2019 by Michael Snyder

News that an impeachment inquiry is being initiated instantly sent stock prices tumbling on Tuesday, but that small jolt is nothing compared to what we will experience if Donald Trump is actually impeached. Over the past couple of years we have seen a tremendous boom in stock prices, and one of the big reasons for that boom is the fact that the folks on Wall Street know that Trump is always going to be looking out for their best interests. Trump understands that his chances of winning again in 2020 will be greatly enhanced if stock prices are rising and most Americans believe that we have a “booming economy”, and so he wants to do everything in his power to try to make those things happen. That means that Trump’s short-term interests are perfectly aligned with Wall Street’s short-term interests, but things will shift dramatically if someone like Elizabeth Warren or Bernie Sanders ends up in the White House. Wall Street knows that they have a friend in Donald Trump, and losing that friend would potentially be absolutely devastating. Needless to say, a lot of investors were unnerved on Tuesday when House Speaker Nancy Pelosi announced that a formal impeachment inquiry is being initiated. The following is an excerpt from Pelosi’s official remarks… For the past several months, we have been investigating in our Committees and litigating in the courts, so the House can gather ‘all the relevant facts and consider whether to exercise its full Article I powers, including a constitutional power of the utmost gravity — approval of articles of impeachment.’ And this week, the President has admitted to asking the President of Ukraine to take actions which would benefit him politically. The action of – the actions of the Trump Presidency revealed the dishonorable fact of the President’s betrayal of his oath of office, betrayal of our national security, and betrayal of the integrity of our elections. Therefore, today, I am announcing the House of Representatives is moving forward with an official impeachment inquiry. I am directing our six Committees to proceed with their investigations under that umbrella of impeachment inquiry. The President must be held accountable. No one is above the law. In the aftermath of that announcement, liberal celebrities all across America erupted in celebration. But can Nancy Pelosi unilaterally declare the commencement of a formal impeachment inquiry without any sort of a vote? According to Representative Doug Collins, she actually does not have that power… In reaction to the Speaker’s announcement, Rep. Doug Collins (R-Ga.) tweeted, “Speaker Pelosi’s decree changes absolutely nothing. As I have been telling Chairman Nadler for weeks, merely claiming the House is conducting an impeachment inquiry doesn’t make it so. Until the full House votes to authorize an inquiry, nobody is conducting a formal inquiry.” In any event, the Democrats are going to push ahead with their investigations, and they seem determined to dig up anything that they possibly can. In response to Pelosi’s announcement, the White House issued a statement which accused congressional Democrats of being “in dereliction of their Constitutional duty”… ‘In a far departure from all of the work and results of this President, House Democrats have destroyed any chances of legislative progress for the people of this country by continuing to focus all their energy on partisan political attacks. Their attacks on the President and his agenda are not only partisan and pathetic, they are in dereliction of their Constitutional duty,’ said White House press secretary Stephanie Grisham in a statement. We shall see how everything plays out over the next few months, but at this point it seems fairly certain that we will see an impeachment vote on the floor of the House, and it also seems fairly certain that the vote will be split largely along party lines. Because in this day and age the truth really doesn’t matter. Even if there isn’t any evidence against Trump at all, most Democrats will vote to impeach because that is what they are expected to do. And even if Trump is 100 percent guilty most Republicans will vote against impeachment because they would be afraid of being voted out of office by angry voters back home. So in the end it will probably come down to what the Senate decides to do, and right now the Republicans are holding 53 seats. Unfortunately for Trump, some of those 53 seats are held by very “moderate” Republicans that are not fans of Trump at all. Sadly, the fate of the Trump presidency is likely to end up in the hands of a small group of deeply corrupt politicians that I wouldn’t trust to properly mop the floors in my local Dairy Queen. With that in mind, I think that Trump fans definitely have reason for some pessimism. Democrats are licking their chops at the prospect of impeaching Trump and then getting either Joe Biden or Elizabeth Warren into the White House following the next election. Joe Biden would try to get along with Wall Street, but a Warren administration would be an absolute disaster for investors and right now she is surging in the polls. Elizabeth Warren originally made a name for herself by attacking Wall Street. Virtually all of her economic proposals would be bad news for the top 1 percent, and the fact that she is doing so well right now is just one of the factors that are currently unsettling the markets… For one, this time around it appears Democrats in the House have momentum toward beginning impeachment proceedings. Second, a formerly robust economic backdrop has given way to jitters about global growth and fears that the U.S. economy is nearing the end of a lengthy expansion. Less confident investors could be more jittery in the face of political headlines than was previously the case. Also, impeachment proceedings could take center stage in the run-up to the 2020 presidential election, potentially damaging Trump’s re-election bid. Fears of a less business-friendly Democratic administration — amplified by the recent strength of Sen. Elizabeth Warren, who has moved ahead of Biden in some polls — could also be part of the mix, analysts said. Of course the short-term health of Wall Street is not what we should really be concerned about. At this moment, the entire global economy is plunging into a substantial downturn, and whoever wins in 2020 is going to have to face that reality. And beyond that, we are facing long-term crisis after long-term crisis that none of our politicians really want to deal with, and in the end we are going to pay a great price for our short-term thinking. But for the foreseeable future, the mainstream media is going to be obsessed with the political drama being played out in Washington. And I know that most Republicans don’t want to hear this, but there is a very real chance that Donald Trump could be impeached by the House. Then it will all come down to the Senate, and Trump’s fate will be in the hands of moderate Republicans such as Susan Collins, Lisa Murkowski, Marco Rubio and Mitt Romney.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/if-donald-trump-is-impeached-you-should-expect-the-mother-of-all-stock-market-crashes-to-happen 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 9-25-19 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Financial System Disappearing into Black Hole – Egon von Greyerz

By Greg Hunter On September 25, 2019 In Market Analysis 116 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com

Financial and precious metals expert Egon von Greyerz (EvG) says the signs abound that we are nearing the end of this global fiat money experiment while central bankers are befuddled. EvG explains, “The central banks are panicking. They don’t know what to do anymore. They are just starting to print money and with the euro on a daily basis. . . . Europe is starting QE again with $20 billion a month, but that’s nothing compared to what is coming. . . . The panic that started with central banks in the summer in late July and August was, to me, the first step towards total chaos in the world that we will be seeing in the months and years to come. They (central bankers) see it clearly. They know the banking system is absolutely on the verge of collapse. They know Deutsche Bank (DB) and CommerzBank, too, are down 95%. If you show this chart to a child and ask where is that likely to go, it is likely to go to zero. DB, with their $50 trillion in derivatives, there is no chance they will survive. Of course, Germany and the ECB is panicking because that will affect the whole banking system worldwide. This is why they have started to print money now because there is a massive liquidity problem, and that’s Germany, which is the best country in the EU from the point of economics. Then you take Italy, Spain, France and Greece and they are in a real mess. This is why the whole system is on the verge of disappearing into a black hole. . . . With the U.S., there is massive liquidity pressure there too.” The massive amount of money printing to keep the fiat system afloat is just starting. EvG contends, “This is just a practice round. This is just more money at this point. The balance sheet . . . of the Fed is going to go from around $4 trillion to $40 trillion. It is going to go to $100 trillion before this is over. So, right now, they are just practicing a bit because they are going to put the pedal down to the bottom very soon. . . . There is no other way to save this system, it has gone too far. I am not a pessimist. I don’t want to see the end of the world, but you can see their actions. You can see that now there is absolutely no way out. The only thing they know is to print money. They have already reduced rates to zero or negative, which is a disaster in and of itself.” EvG predicts, “All of these bubble assets that are based on just credit and credit expansion are going to implode measured in real terms, measured in gold. I expect the stock market and the property market to lose at least 95% or more in real terms. . . . The next up cycle for gold (and silver) has started. The next phase of this market has started, and it is going to go on for a long, long time. It is going to go to levels that will be hard to believe today. . . .The world cannot have solid growth until this debt has imploded . . . the transition will be terrible, but I don’t see any other solution to this. . . .The debt can only be wiped out by also wiping out all the asset values. You can’t just make the debt disappear and have the assets stand there at the values that they are today. . . . When this debt is written off or implodes, or whatever they want to call it, that means all these assets are going to go down. That’s why I am saying it is going to go down 95% against gold. There is absolutely no other way, in my view.”

Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with Egon von Greyerz, founder of Matterhorn Asset Management, which can be found on GoldSwitzerland.com.

https://usawatchdog.com/financial-system-disappearing-into-black-hole-egon-von-greyerz/ 

:: 9-25-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 'Green Communists' Brainwashing The World Into Believing 'Global Warming Extinction' Is Coming Soon Should Be Held Accountable For Terrorizing The World's Younger Generations

- 'Global Warming Climate Doomsayers' Have Been Wrong For Over 50 Years!

By Dr. Peter Vincent Pry - All News Pipeline

The House Climate Crisis Committee and House Foreign Affairs Committee recently held a rare joint hearing to air views of teenagers terrified by impending extinction of mankind from “global warming” and “climate change.” Democrats and liberal mainstream media claim environmental apocalypse will become irreversible in 12 years — unless the Democratic Party is empowered to radically transform the economy, cultural values and lifestyles of the United States and the world. Teens testifying before Congress and other forums express anger and hopelessness. Some are celibate, because the future for children is too horrible to contemplate. They feel betrayed by government, society and parents too stupid, and probably too late, to rescue the world from climate change. Many young people really do feel that they are the last generation — so thoroughly have they been brainwashed by the climate hoax. An antidote to climate hysteria, that should be required reading in every high school, is “Wrong Again: 50 Years of Failed Eco-pocalyptic Predictions” by Myron Ebell and Steven Milloy (Competitive Enterprise Institute: Sept. 18, 2019). According to the authors, “Modern doomsayers have been predicting climate and environmental disasters since the 1960s. They continue to do so today. None of the apocalyptic predictions with due dates as of today have come true.” (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) For example: In 1968, Stanford University Professor Paul Ehrlich’s book “The Population Bomb” started widespread panic among liberal scientists and the media that it was “already too late” to avoid worldwide famine by 1975. To avert the overpopulation crisis, Mr. Ehrlich advised in 1967 that: “The United States is already too big, that birth control may have to be accomplished by making it involuntary and by putting sterilizing agents into staple foods and drinking water, and that the Roman Catholic Church should be pressured into going along.” In 1969, a New York Times headline predicted “Everyone Will Disappear In A Cloud Of Blue Steam By 1989” because of an alleged scientific consensus over impending apocalypse from environmental pollution. In 1970, environmentalists predicted, in another newspaper headline “America Subject To Water Rationing By 1974 And Food Rationing By 1980.” In 1970, scientists working for NASA and the U.S. National Center for Atmospheric Research warned of an impending New Ice Age by the year 2000. A 1974 Time magazine headline warned of “Another Ice Age?” and the U.K.’s The Guardian science reporter headlined “Space Satellites Show New Ice Age Coming Fast.” Brown University’s Department of Geology warned of an imminent New Ice Age in a letter to President Nixon. In 1988, environmental scientists predicted disappearance of the Maldive Islands: “A gradual rise in average sea level is threatening to completely cover this Indian Ocean nation of 1196 small islands within the next 30 years.” In 1989, U.N. environmental experts told the Associated Press “Rising Seas Could Obliterate Nations” by the year 2000. Part of New York City was supposed to be submerged by 2019. In 2004, climate hoaxers predicted Britain would be like Siberia by 2020. And so it continues. See RealClimateScience for more fair and balanced climate reporting, and to discover there is no “scientific consensus” about an impending climate doomsday. Even if there is a slight uptick toward “global warming” of the Earth’s climate, that would likely be good news. Historically, warming periods in climate have been associated with greater food production, population increase, and the rise of civilizations, as during Europe’s Renaissance and the flourishing of Native American cultures such as the Aztecs, Inca and Mississippians. If you are determined to be a “climate nut” then worry about a New Ice Age — the most credible climate boogeyman. After all, the old Ice Age was only 11,000 years ago — the blink of an eye in geological time — and lasted nearly 2 million years. However, don’t think becoming a green socialist will save you from the next Ice Age. If catastrophic climate warming or cooling happens, there is nothing we can do about it. Climate change, when it happens, is driven by titanic natural forces far beyond mankind’s puny control — like changing radiance of the sun or titanic volcanism over an area the size of Siberia lasting centuries that alters oceanic and atmospheric dynamics. During the last Ice Age, much of North America was buried under an ice sheet 3 miles high. Banning lawnmowers will not stop the next Ice Age, which is not expected for another 40,000-50,000 years anyway. Young and old terrified of climate apocalypse would better spend their time and energy on projects really beneficial to humanity and the environment:

• Elect Republicans to run Chicago, Detroit, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Baltimore and other major cities that under decades of Democratic stewardship have been transformed from national treasures into environmental cesspools of poverty, drug addiction, violence and urban decay.

• Support President Trump’s EMP Executive Order to protect the nation’s critical infrastructures from solar or manmade electromagnetic pulses that can cause mass starvation, disease and societal collapse.

• Support President Trump’s modernization of U.S. nuclear forces.

Deterring nuclear war should be environmental mission No. 1. To reduce fear of climate change, maybe we should reintroduce “duck and cover” exercises in kindergarten. This story was originally published here. Dr. Peter Vincent Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security and served as chief of staff on the congressional EMP Commission and on the staffs of the Strategic Posture Commission, House Armed Services Committee, and the CIA.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Lie_Of_Climate_Change_And_The_Brainwashing_Of_The_Worlds_Youth.php 

:: 9-25-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NASA pushes ahead with its plan to build a $600million telescope to detect potentially devastating 'city killer' asteroids

The orbiting planetary defence telescope will cost $600 million to launch

Old plans for such a set-up were resurrected after a surprise near-miss in July

An asteroid was only spotted a day before it passed within 4,300 miles of Earth

Detecting similar threats in advance could give us time to deflect them if needed

By Ian Randall and Yuan Ren For Mailonline Published: 05:45 EDT, 25 September 2019 | Updated: 13:50 EDT, 25 September 2019

NASA is constructing a $600 million (£482 million) orbiting telescope to hunt for asteroids that might be on potentially catastrophic collision courses with the Earth. Plans for the so-called 'near-Earth object surveillance mission' have been advanced after an asteroid big enough to level a city was spotted close to our planet in July. The body — which astronomers dubbed '2019 OK' — surprised scientists when it was only discovered by a Brazilian observatory a day before the closest point of its flyby. The asteroid passed within around 44,300 miles (71,400 kilometres) of the Earth — just one fifth of the distance between our planet and the moon. In astronomical terms, such a distance is essentially a 'near-miss'. According to NASA, 2019 OK would have triggered a blast wave with the power to lay waste to an area of around 50 miles (81 kilometres) in diameter, had it entered the Earth's atmosphere. Astronomers have expressed concern at how close to the Earth the asteroid had managed to get before it was detected. 'This one did sneak up on us and it is an interesting story on the limitations of our survey network,' said NASA planetary defence officer Lindley Johnson on July 25. 'This object slipped through a whole series of our capture nets,' NASA Centre for Near-Earth Studies manager Paul Chodas told The Times. 'I wonder how many times this situation has happened without the asteroid being discovered at all.' The new satellite should help the US space agency detect around 65 per cent of the presently-unknown near-Earth objects — or NEOs — within its first five years of operation, NASA associate administrator Thomas Zurbuchen said on September 23. This figure should increase to around 90 per cent within a decade of its launch, he added. The infrared-based telescope will be based on a previous but unrealised concept called NEOCam which was first proposed in 2013.  According to The Times, Mr Zurbuchen referred to the failure to develop NEOCam at that times as being 'one of the biggest screw-ups of my job.' The earliest that NASA could launch the monitoring satellite now would be 2025. Fifteen years ago, NASA was tasked by the US congress to detect 90 per cent of NEOs that are larger than 459 feet (140 m) across by 2020. However, no specific funding was allocated for this activity. Nevertheless, more than 20,000 NEOs have already been catalogued, with around 30 additions to the records made each week. The need for space-based telescopes to aid ground-based observatories in the hunt for NEOs was highlighted in a study published by the US National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine in June. The new telescope will be designated as a 'planetary defence', rather than a 'scientific' mission, which will allow NASA to secure funding for the project. Trying to spot asteroids with current telescopes is like trying to spot a 'lump of coal in the night's sky', said astronomer Amy Mainzer of NASA's asteroid hunting mission at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, California back in April. Dr Mainzer and colleagues had proposed a new system designed to spot large meteors capable of causing significant damage. Such would identify incoming bodies on a collision course with Earth that could potentially cause a huge loss of life — just like the infamous meteor which wiped out the dinosaurs around 66 million years ago. An early warning system would give scientists more time to come up with a strategy to intercept and deflect any such rock, she said.  Dr Mainzer cautioned that current telescopes are ineffective at spotting asteroids before it becomes too late to avert a potentially catastrophic impact. The Chelyabinsk meteor that only measured around 56–66 feet (17–20 m) across, for example, caused extensive ground damage and around 1,500 injuries when it exploded in the Earth's atmosphere over Russia back in the February of 2013. In contrast, the large asteroid that hit the Earth and triggered the extinction of the dinosaurs was thought to have been around 6 miles (10 km) across. To prevent a similar fate befalling humanity, NEOs need to be detected and tracked well before they come close to the Earth. However, spotting these bodies in the first place can be challenging. 'NEOs are intrinsically faint because they are mostly really small and far away from us in space,' said Dr Mainzer. 'Add to this the fact that some of them are as dark as printer toner, and trying to spot them against the black of space is very hard.' Dr Mainzer's proposed telescope would use the latest camera technology to allow astronomers enough time to intercept asteroids and comets on a course for Earth. The announcement of her plan came after NASA awarded Elon Musk's SpaceX a £52.7 million ($69 million) contract to launch a spacecraft to study whether asteroids could be rammed off a collision course with the Earth. 'We are proposing to NASA a new telescope, the NEOCam, to do a much more comprehensive job of mapping asteroid locations and measuring their sizes,' said Dr Mainzer. 'If we find an object only a few days from impact, it greatly limits our choices, so in our search efforts we've focused on finding NEOs when they are further away from Earth.' This, she added, would provide 'the maximum amount of time and open up a wider range of mitigation possibilities.' The team's findings from the Near-Earth Object Wide-field Infrared Survey Explorer (NEOWISE) telescope are critical for mounting a defensive strategy against Earth-threatening asteroids. This including ramming them off-course — but this method would need details of the asteroid's size and composition, in order to calculate its mass. Dr Mainzer added that a new telescope could also be used to study ancient comets and asteroids. 'With the NEOWISE mission we can spot objects regardless of their surface colour, and use it to measure their sizes and other surface properties,' she said. 'These objects are intrinsically interesting because some are thought to be as old as the original material that made up the solar system.' 'One of the things that we have been finding is that NEOs are pretty diverse in composition.' Dr Mainzer and colleagues are working to leverage advances in camera technology to aid in the search for NEOs. WHAT WAS THE CHELYABINSK METEOR STRIKE? A meteor that blazed across southern Ural Mountain range in February 2013 was the largest recorded meteor strike in more than a century, after the Tunguska event of 1908. More than 1,600 people were injured by the shock wave from the explosion, estimated to be as strong as 20 Hiroshima atomic bombs, as it landed near the city of Chelyabinsk. The fireball measuring 18 meters across, screamed into Earth's atmosphere at 41,600 mph. Much of the meteor landed in a local lake called Chebarkul. Other than the latest find, scientists have already uncovered more than 12 pieces from Lake Chebarkul since the February 15 incident. However, only five of them turned out being real.

What did they find in the meteorites? Analysis of recovered Chelyabinsk meteorites revealed an unusual form of jadeite entombed inside glassy materials known as shock veins, which form after rock crashes, melts and re-solidifies. By calculating the rate at which the jadeite must have solidified, the team were able to determine that the asteroid formed after a collision. Jadeite, which is one of the minerals in the gemstone jade, forms only under extreme pressure and high temperature. The form of jadeite found in the Chelyabinsk meteorites indicates that the asteroid's parent body hit another asteroid that was at least 150 metres (490ft) in diameter.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-7502445/NASA-pushes-ahead-plan-build-telescope-spot-potentially-devastating-asteroids.html 

:: 1-19-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America Under Siege: Civil War 2017

509,850 views •Jan 19, 2017

Capital Research Center

19.4K subscribers

They've fought to stop the inauguration

They're fighting to destroy our nation

While 700,000 protesters are converging on Washington D.C. for Inauguration Day—in addition to anti-Trump rallies planned in dozens of cities across the country—the political groups behind the protests remain shrouded in mystery. As Fox News Channel first reported, Civil War 2017 uncovers an extensive network of neo-Marxist operatives coordinating highly disruptive and potentially violent protests from coast to coast. Working with Dangerous Documentaries, director Judd Saul and conservative commentator Trevor Loudon have compiled a team of researchers and undercover operatives to probe the roots of the anti-Trump movement, highlighting the ultimate goals and ulterior motives. Mr. Loudon, a regular contributor to Glenn Beck’s online programming, is the foremost expert on the left-wing organizers of mass protests.

DangerousDocumentaries.com CapitalResearch.org Category News & Politics 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oGe3pypQWl0 

:: 9-24-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fox News host Laura Ingraham compares climate change activist Greta Thunberg, 16, to creepy kids from Stephen King's Children of the Corn - hours after another pundit called her a 'mentally ill child'

Fox News host Laura Ingraham compared Greta Thunberg to the creepy murderous kids in the 1984 horror film Children of the Corn on Monday

She mocked the 16-year-old Swedish environment activist on the Ingraham hour

She aired a bit of Thunberg's fiery speech at the UN Climate Action summit from Monday, where she broke into tears and said 'How dare you'

Ingraham then played a clip of Stephen King's film Children of the Corn, which is about disturbed, murderous children in Nebraska

'I can't wait for Stephen King's sequel Children of the Climate,' Ingraham said

Her incendiary comment came just hours after another Fox panelist slammed Thunberg as a 'mentally ill Swedish child'

By Marlene Lenthang For Dailymail.com Published: 10:04 EDT, 24 September 2019 | Updated: 10:31 EDT, 24 September 2019

Fox News host Laura Ingraham has come under fire for comparing teenage climate activist Greta Thunberg to the murderous youths in the horror film Children of the Corn. The conservative host fired shots at the 16-year-old Swedish activist on the Ingraham Hour Monday evening over her impassioned speech at the United Nations Climate Summit where the teen broke into tears as she called out world leaders for failing to take action against global warming. The network played a video of Thunberg's fiery harangue, her face full of fury and eyes welling with tears, leading Ingraham to ask: 'Does anyone else find that chilling?' The network then cut to a clip from Stephen King's 1984 horror film Children of the Corn, which tells the tale of Christian fundamentalist children who ritually murder all the adults in their small Nebraska town. 'I can't wait for Stephen King's sequel, Children of the Climate,' Ingraham quipped Ingraham has come under fire for her incendiary comments that compared Thunberg, who has Asperger's syndrome and speaks English as her second language, to the blood-thirsty children, who also appear to speak with an accent, from the film. Her attack came just hours after Fox News panelist Michael Knowles slammed Thunberg as a 'mentally ill Swedish child'. Knowles, a climate change skeptic from the right-wing website Daily Wire, appeared on Fox's The Story with Martha MacCallum on Monday where he insulted Thunberg. 'The climate hysteria movement is not about science. If it were about science, it would be led by scientists rather than by politicians and a mentally ill Swedish child who is being exploited by her parents and by the international left,' he said. Progressive radio host Christopher Hahn fired back: 'How dare you. You're a grown man and you're attacking a child. Shame on you.' His bombshell comment led to outrage on social media and pushed Fox News to issue a rare apology for his remarks. 'The comment made by Michael Knowles who was a guest on The Story tonight was disgraceful - we apologize to Greta Thunberg and to our viewers,' the network said. Her statement was so shocking, even her own brother Curtis called her out. 'Clearly my sister’s paycheck is more important than the world her three adopted kids will inherit. I can no longer apologize for a sibling who I no longer recognize. I can and will continue to call out the monstrous behavior and the bully commentary born out of anger,' he tweeted. Twitter users were quick to call out Ingraham for her insensitive comments towards the young activist. 'Laura Ingraham compared Greta Thunberg, a 16-year-old activist to Children of the Corn. Even @StephenKing couldn't write a monster more awful than Laura Ingraham,' one Twitter user wrote. 'While Donald Trump, Michael Knowles, Ann Coulter, Dinesh D’Souza, Laura Ingraham, and Harold Cherry are bullying a 16 year old girl up for a Nobel peace prize, I would like to congratulate Melania Trump on her amazing Be Best campaign against bullying. F**k you Melania,' another added. 'Hey @FoxNews how much longer are you going to allow this type of disgusting behavior from @IngrahamAngle? This is no better than Michael Knowles calling Greta Thunberg "mentally ill". #BoycottLauraIngraham #FireLauraIngraham,' one Twitter user scolded. 'Laura Ingraham should be off TV #boycottFox,' another added.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7498807/Laura-Ingraham-compares-Greta-Thunberg-16-creepy-kids-Stephen-Kings-Children-Corn.html 

:: 9-24-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strong and Shallow Earthquake Kills at Least 37 and Injures More Than 500 in Pakistan – Roads Destroyed and Terrifying videos

By Strange Sounds - Sep 24, 2019

At least 37 people have been killed and more than 500 others injured in Pakistan on Tuesday after a M5.8 quake jolted several cities in the northern parts of the country including capital Islamabad. Residents in several cities including Peshawar, Rawalpindi, Lahore, Skardu, Kohat, Charsadda, Kasur, Faisalabad, Gujrat, Sialkot, Abbottabad, Mansehra, Chitral, Malakand, Multan, Shangla, Okara, Nowshera, Attock and Jhang also felt the deadly earthquake. Deputy Inspector General (DIG) of police in Mirpur, Sardar Gulfaraz Khan, said that at least 37 people were killed and over 500 injured in Mirpur and surrounding areas due to the powerful quake. Pakistan Meteorological Department’s earthquake centre said the 5.8-magnitude earthquake was located near the mountainous city of Jehlum in Punjab province. According to US Geological Survey, the epicentre of the quake was near New Mirpur Pakistan. Some houses collapsed in Mirpur following the earthquake, Deputy Commissioner Raja Qaiser said. Parts of a mosque also collapsed in the area. Emergency has been declared in hospitals across PoK. TV channels showed videos of heavily damaged roads in Mirpur, with many vehicles overturned. Several cars fell into the deep cracks on the roads. Lt. Gen. Muhammad Afzal, chairman of the National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA), said that most of the damage was done in Mirpur and Jhelum. “We are assessing the damage to life and property,” he said. I think this will take some times as several buildings have collapsed and the number of people inside the buildings before crumbling down is unknown. A prayer for them! Source (update), Source

https://strangesounds.org/2019/09/pakistan-earthquake-videos-dead-injuries-destruction-september242019.html 

:: 9-21-19 Black Christian Network News 1 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google Claims ‘Quantum Supremacy’ as Computer Solves the Impossible

September 21, 2019

In what may be a huge milestone in computing, Google says it has achieved “quantum supremacy,” an experimental demonstration of the superiority of a quantum computer over a traditional one.  The claim, made in a new scientific paper, is the most serious indication yet that the promise of quantum computers—an emerging but unproven type of machine—is becoming reality, including their potential to solve formerly ungraspable mathematical problems. Essentially, Google purports to have pulled off a stunt on a quantum computer that no classical machine—not even the world’s most powerful supercomputer—can replicate. Fortune obtained a copy of Google’s paper, which was posted to NASA.gov earlier this week before being taken down. The Financial Times first reported the news. A Google spokesperson declined to confirm the authenticity of the paper and its results. NASA did not respond immediately to a request for comment. A source at Google familiar with the situation suggested, however, that NASA accidentally published the paper early, before its team’s claims could be thoroughly vetted through scientific peer review, a process that could take anywhere from weeks to months. If the paper holds up under the scrutiny of the scientific community, it will herald a watershed moment in quantum science. Its central claim counters doubt that some unforeseen law of nature may prevent quantum computers from operating as hoped. “Quantum speedup is achievable in a real-world system and is not precluded by any hidden physical laws,” the Google researchers write. Further, they predict that quantum computing power will “grow at a double exponential rate,” besting even the exponential rate that defined Moore’s Law, a trend that observed traditional computing power to double roughly every two years. The experiment The experiment described in the paper sampled randomly generated numbers produced through a specialized scenario involving quantum phenomena. The researchers said they determined that their quantum computer beat regular computers at the task, which involved calculating the output of certain specialized circuits.

“While our processor takes about 200 seconds to sample one instance of the quantum circuit 1 million times, a state-of-the-art supercomputer would require approximately 10,000 years to perform the equivalent task,” the researchers said. Google’s quantum computer, dubbed “Sycamore,” contained 53-qubits, or “quantum bits,” a measure of the machine’s potential power. The team scaled back from a 72-qubit device, dubbed “Bristlecone,” it had previously designed. The researchers estimate that performing the same experiment on a Google Cloud server would take 50 trillion hours—too long to be feasible. On the quantum processor, it took only 30 seconds, they said. “Quantum processors based on superconducting qubits can now perform computations…beyond the reach of the fastest classical supercomputers available today,” the researchers write. “To our knowledge, this experiment marks the first computation that can only be performed on a quantum processor.” Click here to read more.

Source: Fortune

https://blackchristiannews.com/2019/09/google-claims-quantum-supremacy-as-computer-solves-the-impossible/ 

:: 9-24-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It's Time To Declare The Democratic Party A National Terror Threat With Them Pushing For A Political System In America That's Already Led To 'Death By Government' For Tens Of Millions!

REMEMBER! Official Govt Docs Labeled Most Americans As Potential Terrorists Under Barack Obama

September 24, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

According to this incredibly important new story over at the DC Clothesline that Steve Quayle and Whatfinger News had linked to on their websites on Tuesday, the head of the Department of Homeland Security, Kevin McAleenan, has officially declared that 'white nationalists' are the new terror threat.  Reporting within their story that leftists are absolutely giddy as the post-Constitutional system created in America following the attacks upon us on 9/11, allegedly created to go after radical Islamic terrorists in far-off lands, is turned against the American people here in the USA, this declaration of white nationalists being a major terror threat in America isn't grounded in reality as Conservative Activist Candace Owens recently told Congress. And with Democrats almost across the board now pushing for socialism aka Communism for America, and Americans and the world having absolute proof that Communism across the planet has led to more than 100 million people being brutally slaughtered by 'government', PROVING that the political system Democrats are trying to bring in to America is much more of a TERROR THREAT than so-called 'white nationalists' ever could be, why aren't McAleenan and the DHS going after the entire Demonrat party for pushing for a political system in America that almost always leads to 'death by government', with hundreds of millions slaughtered by such totalitarian political systems? Well as the DC Clothesline story points out, this is about the establishment regaining control of the narrative and the move goes hand in hand with the FBI declaring “conspiracy theories” a “new domestic terrorism threat” and DARPA/the Pentagon moving to suppress “fake news” on social media. Yet as anybody paying close attention knows, the CIA long ago invented the term 'conspiracy theory' in an attempt to debunk anyone questioning the official government cover-up of the John F. Kennedy assassination carried out by members of the 'deep state'. And as Dr. Don Boys had reported in this September 17th ANP story, America is largely a mess because historians, the media and educators got away from publishing or teaching 'reality' and failed to follow the principled maxim: NEVER report a lie and NEVER refuse to publish the truth! (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) And with the DC Clothesline story containing the image above picturing all of 2019's mass shooters proving beyond a shadow of a doubt that the DHS is just pushing demonrat/globalist talking points, with anybody claiming that those mass shooters pictured are 'white supremacists' obviously having a serious vision problem that needs to be addressed, we can't help but come back to what was going on in America prior to President Trump being voted into office; Christians, Conservatives, Patriots, supporters of the US Constitution, 2nd Amendment enthusiasts, Preppers, anti-globalists and pro-America law abiding Americans were being demonized, put on 'terror watch lists', for simply opposing open borders and globalism. So, a question to Kevin McAleenan and/or the DHS public servants who are now reading this. Are you all simply handmaidens and petty servants to the globalists who have long been working to destroy America and our national sovereignty? And why haven't you labeled the entire Democratic party, which is now pushing for a political system in America that has already brutally slaughtered over 100 million around the world, a terrorist organization? Certainly 'government' MURDERING 100 million Americans or more at some point in the future should Socialism/Communism arrive here is much more of a 'terror threat' than some crazy white guys! And with demon-rat run cities all across America now turned into crime and disease ridden wastelands, nearly all of the demon-rat presidential candidates pushing for America to become a 'sanctuary nation', (thus ensuring the same kind of 'collapse of everything' demonrat policies are bringing to their own cities for America), the demon-rat gun grab agenda now fully out in the open thanks to Beto O'Rourke remarks at the Dem debate earlier in September and now, this Old-Thinker News story reporting we're officially moving away from a Constitutional system to an 'algorithm and analytics driven' social credit system similar to the totalitarianism we're now witnessing in China, Americans are absolutely right to be concerned. From this DC Clothesline story.: From VICE, “DHS Just Finally Recognized White Nationalism as a Major Terror Threat”: Department of Homeland Security is finally, officially recognizing white supremacist terror as a major national security threat in the U.S. — a threat that’s coming from the inside. Acting DHS Secretary Kevin McAleenan on Friday unveiled the department’s new counterterrorism strategy, which for the first time places major emphasis on countering the threat of white nationalism coming from inside the U.S. Trump resisted calls to do just this in the past but Acting DHS Secretary Kevin McAleenan is pushing through with it. McAleenan is a die-hard leftist that Trump appointed who made a splash in June by allegedly sabotaging a major planned ICE raid by leaking details to the press. The news will come as some relief for national security and extremism experts, who for years and with increasing urgency have sounded the alarm about the threat of white nationalist terror. After the Christchurch mosque attacks in March, President Donald Trump himself shrugged off the idea that white nationalist terror posed a major security threat. His administration has also defunded and dismantled DHS programs that were designed to counter violent extremism, including far-right extremism. At a House committee hearing earlier this week, experts stressed that the U.S. was woefully ill-equipped to counter the threat. DHS was created in the wake of the 9/11 attacks, and since then its counterterrorism strategy has been largely focused on the threat posed by foreign groups, like ISIS and al Qaeda. Friday’s announcement and formal recognition of white supremacist terror marks a major turning point for the department. White supremacists are replacing Muslim terrorists as the new boogieman used to strip Americans of their rights — complete with fake stories about WMDs and everything. With the demon-rat party now pushing to bring the most brutal and authoritarian of all forms of government into America, a form of government that relies upon forced compliance and the complete and total subjugation of its people, we have to take a look back at this important story by Michael Snyder over at The Truth Wins written back in August of 2013 when Barack Obama was still in office. Titled "72 Types Of Americans That Are Considered “Potential Terrorists” In Official Government Documents", please take a look at the list we've republished below and let us know in the comment section at the bottom of this story if you know ANYONE who WOULDN'T be put on this God-awful list. Below is a list of 72 types of Americans that are considered to be “extremists” and “potential terrorists” in official U.S. government documents. To see the original source document for each point, just click on the link. As you can see, this list covers most of the country…

1. Those that talk about “individual liberties”

2. Those that advocate for states’ rights

3. Those that want “to make the world a better place”

4. “The colonists who sought to free themselves from British rule”

5. Those that are interested in “defeating the Communists”

6. Those that believe “that the interests of one’s own nation are separate from the interests of other nations or the common interest of all nations”

7. Anyone that holds a “political ideology that considers the state to be unnecessary, harmful, or undesirable”

8. Anyone that possesses an “intolerance toward other religions”

9. Those that “take action to fight against the exploitation of the environment and/or animals”

10. “Anti-Gay”

11. “Anti-Immigrant”

12. “Anti-Muslim”

13. “The Patriot Movement”

14. “Opposition to equal rights for gays and lesbians”

15. Members of the Family Research Council

16. Members of the American Family Association

17. Those that believe that Mexico, Canada and the United States “are secretly planning to merge into a European Union-like entity that will be known as the ‘North American Union'”

18. Members of the American Border Patrol/American Patrol

19. Members of the Federation for American Immigration Reform

20. Members of the Tennessee Freedom Coalition

21. Members of the Christian Action Network

22. Anyone that is “opposed to the New World Order”

23. Anyone that is engaged in “conspiracy theorizing”

24. Anyone that is opposed to Agenda 21

25. Anyone that is concerned about FEMA camps

26. Anyone that “fears impending gun control or weapons confiscations”

27. The militia movement

28. The sovereign citizen movement

29. Those that “don’t think they should have to pay taxes”

30. Anyone that “complains about bias”

31. Anyone that “believes in government conspiracies to the point of paranoia”

32. Anyone that “is frustrated with mainstream ideologies”

33. Anyone that “visits extremist websites/blogs”

34. Anyone that “establishes website/blog to display extremist views”

35. Anyone that “attends rallies for extremist causes”

36. Anyone that “exhibits extreme religious intolerance”

37. Anyone that “is personally connected with a grievance”

38. Anyone that “suddenly acquires weapons”

39. Anyone that “organizes protests inspired by extremist ideology”

40. “Militia or unorganized militia”

41. “General right-wing extremist”

42. Citizens that have “bumper stickers” that are patriotic or anti-U.N.

43. Those that refer to an “Army of God”

44. Those that are “fiercely nationalistic (as opposed to universal and international in orientation)”

45. Those that are “anti-global”

46. Those that are “suspicious of centralized federal authority”

47. Those that are “reverent of individual liberty”

48. Those that “believe in conspiracy theories”

49. Those that have “a belief that one’s personal and/or national ‘way of life’ is under attack”

50. Those that possess “a belief in the need to be prepared for an attack either by participating in paramilitary preparations and training or survivalism”

51. Those that would “impose strict religious tenets or laws on society (fundamentalists)”

52. Those that would “insert religion into the political sphere”

53. Anyone that would “seek to politicize religion”

54. Those that have “supported political movements for autonomy”

55. Anyone that is “anti-abortion”

56. Anyone that is “anti-Catholic”

57. Anyone that is “anti-nuclear”

58. “Rightwing extremists”

59. “Returning veterans”

60. Those concerned about “illegal immigration”

61. Those that “believe in the right to bear arms”

62. Anyone that is engaged in “ammunition stockpiling”

63. Anyone that exhibits “fear of Communist regimes”

64. “Anti-abortion activists”

65. Those that are against illegal immigration

66. Those that talk about “the New World Order” in a “derogatory” manner

67. Those that have a negative view of the United Nations

68. Those that are opposed “to the collection of federal income taxes”

69. Those that supported former presidential candidates Ron Paul, Chuck Baldwin and Bob Barr

70. Those that display the Gadsden Flag (“Don’t Tread On Me”)

71. Those that believe in “end times” prophecies

72. Evangelical Christians

With official US government documents labeling practically any Conservative or President Trump supporter as a 'potential terrorist' while the FBI under Robert Mueller and Barack Obama worked with radical Islamists to purge from FBI training material anything that was offensive to Muslims as CNS News had reported in this 2018 story, it's quite easy to see where America is headed should, God forbid, a demon-rat president win the 2020 election. And with Democrats/globalists now pushing for the same kind of social credit system in America that they have in China while with their 'impeach Trump at all costs' never-ending banter indicates leftists are further descending into madness, Americans should be absolutely prepared for anything in the days ahead with even President Trump's DHS head now blabbering the globalists 'white supremacist' talking points. And with most demon-rats falling in line behind 'little Nazi Greta Thunberg' in pushing the UN's 'climate change agenda' as heard in the 1st video below from AMTV, as we had reported within this September 23rd ANP story, the 'solutions' that globalists are pushing for to deal with the 'perceived problem' of 'climate change' are actually a much greater danger to the entire world than what they call 'global warming'. With such programs being pushed by globalists such as Bill Gates eventually leading to mass famine and starvation, leading to countless deaths, we see that what the globalists 'global cooling programs', rooted in eugenics and the 'depopulation agenda', are, just like the demon-rat party, much more of a danger to 'the masses in America' than a few 'white supremacists' ever could be.

http://allnewspipeline.com/DHS_White_Nationalists_Antifa_Terrorists.php

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 9--19 Now The End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pope Francis Invites World Leaders To May 14, 2020 Global Educational Alliance At Vatican Reptile Hall For ‘Nurturing The Dream Of Humanism’

In addition to the May 14 meeting in the Vatican’s Paul VI Audience Hall, Francis said that a number of seminars on related topics will take place in other locations to prepare for the event. “I invite everyone to work for this alliance and to be committed, individually and within our communities, to nurturing the dream of a humanism rooted in solidarity and responsive both to humanity’s aspirations and to God’s plan,” Francis wrote.

Pope Francis is inviting world leaders and young people to come together at the Vatican on May 14, 2020, for a an event called “Reinventing the Global Educational Alliance.”

In his own words, Pope Francis is now working create a ‘global alliance’ that will ‘foster humanism’, and he wants to hold the kickoff meeting on the 72nd anniversary of the regathering of Israel, in a reptile-shaped building in the Vatican. I know you think I am making this up, but I promise you it’s all true. “And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication: And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.” Revelation 17:4,5 (KJV) It boggles my mind to consider that anyone by this point could consider Pope Francis to be a man of God in ministry as Paul outlines in the New Testament. Leaving aside for the moment that the Roman Catholic Church is nothing but counterfeit Christianity, Francis is showing his true self more and more these days. Quoting African proverbs favored by Hillary Clinton, working towards globalism, looking to ‘nurture humanism’, there is nothing biblical or Christian about the man. Except for one thing…one really big thing. “And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration. And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou marvel? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns.” Revelation 17:6,7 (KJV) The Roman Catholic Church is the MYSTERY, BABYLON found in Revelation 17 and 18, and the leader of that system, the pope, will one day step onto the stage as Antichrist. He will be a world leader who creates a One World Religion that will controls a One World Government, and the religion of that system will be the humanism that Francis loves so much. Is Francis the Antichrist? Time will tell, but every time I have to do an article like this, and there have been many, the chances that he is rise dramatically. Pope Francis To Launch Global Educational Pact Next Year FROM CRUX NOW: “Never before has there been such need to unite our efforts in a broad educational alliance, to form mature individuals capable of overcoming division and antagonism, and to restore the fabric of relationships for the sake of a more fraternal humanity,” Francis wrote in the message announcing the initiative, released by the Vatican’s press office on Thursday. It Takes a Village has become a classic.  According to Pope Francis, education today clashes with a process of “rapidification” that traps human existence in a “whirlwind of high-speed technology and computerization, continually altering our points of reference.” As a result, human identity loses “its solidity,” he wrote. According to an African proverb, Francis wrote, “it takes a whole village to educate a child.” When it comes to education, that village still needs to be created, beginning by clearing the ground of “discrimination,” and fraternity “must be allowed to flourish.” According to the pope, this not only includes teachers, students and their families, but wider civil society, including science, sports, politics, and charitable organizations. “An alliance, in other words, between the earth’s inhabitants and our ‘common home’, which we are bound to care for and respect,” Francis wrote. “An alliance that generates peace, justice and hospitality among all peoples of the human family, as well as dialogue between religions.” In addition to the May 14 meeting in the Vatican’s Paul VI Audience Hall, Francis said that a number of seminars on related topics will take place in other locations to prepare for the event. “I invite everyone to work for this alliance and to be committed, individually and within our communities, to nurturing the dream of a humanism rooted in solidarity and responsive both to humanity’s aspirations and to God’s plan,” Francis wrote. According to a statement from the Congregation for Catholic Education, the initiative is a response to a request that came during several meetings Francis had with different personalities of “various cultures and religious affiliations.” The statement said the fifth anniversary of the environmental encyclical ‘Laudato Si’ was an “ideal platform” to launch the event. “The most significant personalities in the world are invited to take part in the proposed initiative, political, cultural and religious, and in particular the young people to whom the future belongs,” the Vatican statement says. “The goal is to arouse an awareness and a wave of responsibility for the common good of humanity, starting from the young and reaching all people of good will.” The statement from the Congregation also said that the new educational pact will aim to heal three “fractures” affecting the world: The first is that which separates reality from transcendence. According to the Vatican, children should be introduced to “total reality,” including openness to the transcendent, healing a “vertical rift between man and the Absolute.”

The second fracture the pact should heal is “horizontal,” between generations, cultures, and within the family, with people who bring different cultural visions and religions, and with those who face financial, social and moral difficulties.

The third fracture is that between humanity and the environment, with an urgent need to “create the conditions for ‘ecological citizenship’” that educates in “responsible austerity, grateful contemplation of the world, and care for the fragility of the poor and the environment.” READ MORE

Pope Francis Launches Global Educational Alliance

In a video message, Pope Francis launches the Global Educational Alliance initiative to shape the future of humanity by forming mature individuals who can overcome division and care for our common home

Now The End Begins is your front line defense against the rising tide of darkness in the last days before the Rapture of the Church HOW TO DONATE:Click here to view our GoFundMe page

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/pope-francis-invites-world-leaders-to-may-14-2020-global-educational-alliance-foster-humanism-reptile-building-vatican/ 

:: 9-26-19 Lew Rockwell :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

240 Cubic Miles Of Magma Was Just Discovered Beneath California's Supervolcano

By Trevor Nace Forbes.com September 26, 2019

One of the largest supervolcanoes in the world sits underneath California, lying dormant for the past 100,000 years. Now, researchers have gotten a clearer glimpse into what lies below the Long Valley supervolcano, uncovering 240 cubic miles of magma sitting beneath California. It’s important to start off by saying this absolutely doesn’t mean there is any imminent danger. Experts at the United States Geological Society (USGS) are actively monitoring the supervolcano, and while there has been an uptick in activity over the past four decades, there are no signs of an eruption. What Is the Long Valley supervolcano? While you may have heard quite a bit about the supervolcano sitting beneath Yellowstone National Park, you may be unfamiliar with another major supervolcano in the United States, the Long Valley Caldera. The Long Valley Caldera sits in eastern California adjacent to Mammoth Mountain and measures 20 miles long by 11 miles wide. A caldera is basically a depression formed after the eruption of magma to the surface. As magma fills up the magma chamber below a volcano it expands the crust and the volcano grows. After an eruption, there is a tremendous amount of volume that has suddenly been displaced, which causes the ground above to sink into a bowl-shaped depression, which we call a caldera. The Long Valley Caldera is the depression formed from the supervolcano eruption 760,000 years ago, which ejected hot ash, lava and toxic gas. The eruption 760,000 years ago erupted 140 cubic miles of material from the supervolcano. To put this into perspective, the 1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens erupted 0.29 cubic miles of material, meaning the Long Valley eruption ejected nearly 500 times that amount of material. If all of the 240 cubic miles of magma found beneath the Long Valley supervolcano were ever to erupt, it would eject over 800 times the volume of material as the 1980 Mount St. Helen’s eruption. This is the reason geologists with the USGS continuously monitor the supervolcanoes that lie dormant beneath America. If and when one does erupt, it will trigger catastrophic destruction and loss of life. Fortunately, there is an extremely low likelihood of any supervolcano eruption occurring in any of our lifetimes. These eruptions happen very infrequently, but when they do happen, the world notices. Read the Whole Article

https://www.lewrockwell.com/2019/09/no_author/240-cubic-miles-of-magma-was-just-discovered-beneath-californias-supervolcano/ 

:: 9--19 Now the End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DAY OF WONDERS: Facebook Spends $1 Billion Dollars To Purchase Tech Company That Will Allow You To Control Your Computer Using Only Your Thoughts

Facebook has been pushing deeper into augmented reality technology, including the development of a hands-free pair of AR glasses. In 2017, it announced a “brain-computer interface” that could someday let people turn their thoughts into actual text on a screen by monitoring signals in the brain. The CTRL-Labs technology is attempting to solve a similar problem. “The wristband will decode those neural signals and translate them into a digital signal your device can understand,” wrote Andrew Bosworth, Facebook’s head of AR and virtual reality, in a post announcing the deal. “It captures your intention so you can share a photo with a friend using an imperceptible movement or just by, well, intending to.” Facebook Inc. agreed to acquire CTRL-Labs, a technology startup that is building software to let people control a digital avatar using only their thoughts. Back in the late 1990’s there was a Christian film series on the end times called Apocalypse, produced from the Left Behind people and released by Cloud Ten Pictures. They all had to do with life on earth after the Rapture of the Church and showed us a world in the time of Jacob’s trouble, that ends in the time known as the Great Tribulation. From a doctrinal perspective they were hit and miss at best, but they were compelling to watch because we got to see the end times acted out. The second film in the series had a fascinating plot line. It involved an entire world connected to the Internet, now controlled by the Antichrist, and his crowning achievement was giving an unsuspecting, adoring world the “Day Of Wonders”. “And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.” Revelation 13:15 (KJV) The Day Of Wonders was, as you might have guessed by now, Virtual Reality. Everyone in the whole world was to be given a headset to see this incredible new world that awaited them there, but what they got when they put them on was anything but that. I won’t spoil the ending for you if you decide to go and watch the movie, and you absolutely should get a copy and see it for yourself. What would have brought a wry smile to your face a few years ago will now instill full on goosebumps when you really consider what is now happening. Take a moment and go visit the Oculus Store to see what I mean.

Facebook to Buy CTRL-Labs Startup for Controlling Computers With Your Mind FROM YAHOO! FINANCE: Facebook, the world’s largest social network is paying between $500 million and $1 billion, according to people familiar with the deal. The closely held four-year-old startup, which has dozens of employees and has raised tens of millions in venture capital, uses a bracelet to measure neuron activity in a subject’s arm to determine movement that person is thinking about, even if they aren’t physically moving. That neuron activity is then translated into movement on a digital screen. Facebook declined to comment on the price of the acquisition. RELATED ARTICLE: Visit the NTEB Archive On The Mark Of The Beast Technology like CTRL-Labs’s may someday be a crucial part of products like augmented reality glasses, where a user might want to control a computer without the need for buttons or a keyboard. “Your hands could be in your pocket, behind you,” explained Thomas Reardon, chief executive officer of CTRL-Labs, at an industry conference last December. “It’s the intention to move, not the movement” itself that controls the avatar, he said. The Strong Delusion “And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie: That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.” 2 Thessalonians 2:11,12 (KJV) Facebook has been pushing deeper into augmented reality technology, including the development of a hands-free pair of AR glasses. In 2017, it announced a “brain-computer interface” that could someday let people turn their thoughts into actual text on a screen by monitoring signals in the brain. The CTRL-Labs technology is attempting to solve a similar problem. “The wristband will decode those neural signals and translate them into a digital signal your device can understand,” wrote Andrew Bosworth, Facebook’s head of AR and virtual reality, in a post announcing the deal. “It captures your intention so you can share a photo with a friend using an imperceptible movement or just by, well, intending to.” The purchase comes at a challenging time for Facebook, which is under two separate U.S. antitrust investigations. The inquiries mean any acquisition the company makes will be under intense scrutiny from regulators as they question whether Facebook is already too big and powerful. “CTRL-Labs and Facebook are not competitors. Facebook does not currently have or make this technology,” a Facebook spokeswoman said of the deal announced on Monday, adding that the company will work with regulators to secure any needed approvals. “CTRL-Labs’s technology is an innovative input that Facebook hopes will be used to significantly improve the upcoming Facebook AR/VR experiences a few years down the road to fundamentally improve the user experience.” New York-based CTRL-Labs has raised $67 million, according to Crunchbase, and has a high-profile list of investors, including Spark Capital, Google’s GV, Amazon.com Inc.’s Alexa Fund, and Founders Fund. CTRL-Labs employees will join Facebook’s Reality Labs team, which works on AR and VR products. READ MORE

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/facebook-buys-ctrl-labs-tech-company-will-allow-control-computer-with-your-thoughts-end-times-day-of-wonders/ 

[ :: 10-11-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. The world walks in confusion, there are those countries that desire their own monetary system to choke out others, and then there are those that desire a world monetary system, and the world monitory system will be the one that wins out, my word calls it the mark of the beast, etc..

:: 9--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Irrefutable Proof That Humanity Is Being Terraformed Into Mind-Controlled Slaves Who Will Lose Their Souls-There Is Only One Solution

I am the midst of writing about how many believe, with reason, that President Trump is unwittingly allowing himself to be drawn into a trap in Iran where US military resources will be squandered and America is being set up for a terrible defeat in Venezuela. This will prove to be the impetus for an eventual Red Dawn invasion of the United States. However, in a statement I have never made publicly on the CSS, I strongly believe that the Lord spoke to me and said I need to warn the people about mind control and I need to do it TODAY! This was a perfect storm that is causing me to pursue this article, today. My insider sources, on the upcoming war, are in the midst of downloading me with information. Known contributors to this story, namely, Marilyn Rupar, Alexandra Daley (who will know your socks off with the coming treasonous revelations related to key California Democrats) and Pastor Sam Honnold are ALL in the middle of compiling relevant material. Today is a natural break point and this is no accident. I had a chance encounter with a mind control article, and inner voice (ie communication channel with the Lord) told me to share this with the people. I understand that those that are used to my left-brain, logical approach to reporting are shocked by this revelation. Howevever, it is OK, I will be back to my series on the dynamics of the coming WW III, tomorrow. I feel strongly convicted to share what I have previously known and what I have recently learned. And in the end, I will be issuing a strong warning on what you must do to avoid falling into the pit of mind control. I want to be crystal clear from the beginning. If one controls your mind, they can take control of your soul. This is the ultimate in terraforming. Mike Adams and myself are on the record as stating that the planet is being terraformed. What was revealed to me when the Lord commanded me to report on the latest technology, is that people are also being terraformed, not just the planet. I have previously reported on the fact that former NSA agent, Vance Davis, revealed to me in 1993 that as part of his NSA/NATO training was that there was a war in the cosmos between good and evil. The evil ones wanted to take control of God's most precious possession, the soul. However, the evil ones, under the control of Satan, could not crack the code of the soul, so to speak. Therefore, they have embarked on a mission to destroy humans through such things as transhumanism. Parallel to this strategy is a plot to control minds which could lead to souls being led astray. This is what I have been convicted to share with the readers today. To fully comprehend the message and understand the greatest threat ever posed to humanity, you will have to work at deciphering this article. To fully comprehend how your soul hangs in the balance, you cannot skip any part of this article. The Dawn of Mind Control

I have reported before on the most important bullfight in world history. It happened in the 1960’s, where Spanish neurologist, Jose Delgado was involved in a noteworthy bullfight. Without any real bullfighting training, he bravely stepped into the ring with a very dangerous and deadly bull. However, Delgado had a secret weapon. He had previously implanted a radio-equipped electrode which was implanted into the bull’s limbic system (i.e. emotional center of the brain) which he called “stimoceivers.” Delgado subsequently demonstrated that he could manipulate an organism’s mind and body via remote control technology. Thus, as the bull charged, an invasive electrical signal penetrated the bull’s limbic system and the bull calmly broke off the attack in mid-charge. Delgado found that by stimulating different regions of the limbic system, which controls emotion, Delgado could also induce fear, rage and a variety of other emotions, that he was able to manipulate the type and intensity of emotional reactions. Thus, Delgado discovered the fine art of mind control. Intrigued by his work, Delgado was invited to teach and be a guest lecturer at such prominent universities such as Harvard and Yale. However, in 1968, Delgado went to work at the Stanford Research Institute (SRI) and this is where much of his research trail grows cold. We now know that SRI was a CIA front and was connected to the MK Ultra experiments. In 1974, Delgado abruptly returned to Spain and later became an outspoken opponent of mind control and its potential for harm and misuse by totalitarian societies. Perhaps, he was not on board with the CIA and what they eventually had planned for the American people. In cats, monkeys, bulls and even humans he repeatedly demonstrated that he could control emotion and ultimately behavior. . In one experiment, Delgado stimulated the temporal lobe of a 21-year-old epileptic woman while she was calmly playing a guitar; in response, she flew into a rage and smashed her guitar against a wall, narrowly missing a researcher’s head. Perhaps the most medically promising finding was that stimulation of a limbic region called the septum could trigger euphoria, strong enough in some cases to counteract depression and even physical pain. Later Delgado was able to impact the hypothalamus of a cat and induce uncontrollable rage in the animal. Keep in mind that this technology is over 60 years old. One can only imagine how far this technology has come during that time. Delgado’s famous bull fight and the angry cat are depicted in the following video. “This technology has two sides, for good and for bad, and we should do what we can do to avoid the adverse consequences. We should try to prevent potentially destructive technologies from being abused by authoritarian governments to gain more power or by terrorists to wreak destruction. However, Delgado is a realist as he postulates “can you avoid knowledge? You cannot! Can you avoid technology? You cannot! Things are going to go ahead in spite of ethics, in spite of your personal ethics.” Professor Jose Delgado The above quote from Delgado is a very ominous warning about how serious the subject of mind control is about to to become for every person. After researching Delgado’s past, it is clear that he felt the same about mind control as Einstein felt about the unveiling of nuclear weapons. Mind control has just crossed the threshold and the results are described below. When one extrapolates what this means to humanity, the implications are frightening. It could and does mark the end of all free will. Internet AI and the Interface with Human Brains We are now witnessing that biometrics will be required to access the Internet. The fact is that some what your biometric information because this is the first step in gaining control over your mind. The main threat to humanity lies in the fact that the technology exists to control all of human behavior at one time. A reasonable person would certainly ask “how is that possible?” To answer that question, I refer the readers to Nick Begich’s website in which he details how mass electrical signals can beamed up from an array of antenna and bounced off the ionosphere in either a narrow beam covering a specific and defined geographic area, or it can be reflected back to earth in a broad beam application in which millions could be impacted by one electrical signal designed to change human behavior. We know this technology as Project HAARP. United States Patent 5,159,703, Lowery, October 27, 1992, Silent Subliminal Presentation System, Inventors: Lowery, Oliver M. Appl. No. 458339 Filed December 28, 1989, discusses the microwave technology necessary for mind control. In this patent, we witness the move from the mind control of certain individuals who might have been programmed, which is frightening enough, to witnessing entire populations being controlled. The patent discusses the possibility of impacting millions at a time. The net effect of the technology is enhanced when there is a transducer in the body such as an embedded microchip. Particularly revealing in the arena of mind control, is Dr. Begich’s work on voice to skull technology. In 1997, he displayed this technology for the European Parliament who promptly issued a ban on the use of the technology. Unfortunately, the technology has moved forward in recent years despite the ban. Before you write to me and state that this could never happen, please spend 30 minutes on the Begich website, and analyze the validity of his observations. Begich has done a detailed analysis of the patents associated with HAARP, and very clear conclusions about the intent of these technologies can easily be made after examining the facts. Most awake people are aware that HAARP is a weather modification device. However, as a result of my research, I have come to the conclusion that HAARP’s biggest danger to humanity is the mind-control potential related to this technology. Sadly, Dr. Nick Begich has been warning us about this potential for 22 years and it is only now that significant numbers of researchers are starting to pay attention. Many of you reading these words will doubt the authenticity of these claims. Therefore, go to Dr. Begich's site and review the publicly available patents. After you have convinced yourself, I want the following to sink in. As earth-shattering ahd paradigm-destroying Begich's research may be, it is old history, old technology. The frontier of mind control is upon us and we are in the early stages of becoming the Borg from Star Trek.  The Latest on Mind Control The advances are partially secret, however, if one knows where to look and is willing to spend the time connecting the dots, the information is quite overwhelming.

From Harvard: (The document would not let me cite with the URL-Here is the raw URL http://sitn.hms.harvard.edu/flash/2019/scientists-control-rats-movements-minds/ 

The concept of mind control sounds like something that only exists in sci-fi movies. Until now. Recent work from Zhejiang University on developing a system appears to allow human mind control over the rat’s movements. This “brain-to-brain interface”, or BBI, is achieved by wirelessly coupling the brains of a human operator and a “rat cyborg” and transmitting brain activity in real time. How long until this is visited upon humans as a matter of standard practice? I hate to be the bearer of bad news, but that day is already here. It is no coincidence that this video was sent to me as I was writing a summary of the new mind control technology which can absolutely remove free will. In the interest of simplicity and parsimony, I abandoned my literary construction of the new technology. The follwing video, which cites experts in the field of mind control, including DARPA project managers, is all listed in the following video. This is a must watch. Following your viewing of this video, I want everyone to know that the our free will has been conquered by the Satanists. However, there is a solution and this is what I feel that I have been conviced to share with you following this video. The Solution to Mind Control, Soul Robbing Technology If you reacted like I did, you were shaken to your core as you watched expert after expert tell you that your free will has been conquered by DARPA and various big tech companies. So what is a good person to do? Here is the answer, and it is the only answer. Get on your knees and cry out for God's forgiveness for your sins. Confess Jesus as the son of God. Find a small Bible study group and become a student of the Bible. Pray for protection every day that this technology does not possess you. For this is the ultimate demonic possession in the history of the world. Humanity is being terraformed and you don't have to be one of the victims.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-religion/irrefutable-proof-humanity-being-terraformed-mind-controlled-slaves-who-will-lose-their-souls-there 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 9-24-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Caribbean and Gulf area battered: Two major volcano eruptions two mag 6.0 major quakes with multiple aftershocks all hemmed in by two tropical storms

Tuesday, 24 September 2019

The Caribbean and Gulf area are currently being battered, just two weeks after Hurricane Dorian devastated the Bahamas we have a scene evolving resembling a Holywood movie epic.  During the night two volcanoes erupted, the Popocatepetl volcano near Mexico City and the Poas volcano Costa Rica throw into the mix two mag 6.0 major quakes near Puerto Rico with multiple aftershocks which occurred smash bang in the middle of Tropical Storm Karen which is sitting south of Tropical Storm Jerry. There were no immediate reports of casualties or damage from the earthquake, which the agency said hit at a depth of 10 km (6 miles) about 80 km (50 miles) from the northwestern coastal town of Isabela. According to the Weather Channel, Tropical Depression Karen will bring heavy rain and gusty winds to Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands early this week, but it's too soon to know if it will eventually affect any other land areas, including the mainland United States. Karen is centred more than 100 miles south of San Juan, Puerto Rico, and is moving north-northwestward at 10 to 15 mph. According to Weather News, Tropical Storm Jerry will most likely turn toward the north and northeast early this week, according to the National Hurricane Center forecast. That forecast path will take Jerry near or just north of Bermuda as a tropical storm. A tropical storm warning has been issued for Bermuda, and tropical-storm-force winds (39-plus mph) could develop there by Wednesday. Bermuda could also receive 1 to 3 inches of rain through Wednesday.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/09/the-caribbean-and-gulf-area-battered.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 9-23-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel Update

By Hal Lindsey

On Monday, September 23rd, the Likud party of Benjamin Netanyahu and the Blue and White party of Benjamin Gantz agreed to pursue a “unity government” for Israel. Negotiating teams are set to begin working out details of the proposed government on October 1st. It will be a difficult and treacherous process. After the election in April, a government could not be formed. So, in September, just a few days ago, Israel held another election. Again, there was no clear-cut winner. Gantz’s Blue and White party won 33 seats and Netanyahu’s Likud won 31 seats, leaving them both a long way from the 61 seats needed to form a majority. Israel has a parliamentary system of government. They call their legislative body the “Knesset.” That name comes from Knesset HaGdola, meaning “Great Assembly.” According to tradition, Ezra formed the Great Assembly. It was a religious council of 120 scribes, sages, and prophets. While it would be difficult to find a sage or prophet in the modern Knesset, the number remains fixed at 120 — requiring 61 seats to create a majority. Reuven Rivlin serves as President of Israel. The President has many ceremonial jobs but few actual powers. The most significant of his powers is in facilitating a new government following each election. The President must consult with Knesset members to determine who has the best chance of forming a governmental majority.  After recent polling of the Knesset, he found that Netanyahu had a slight advantage with 55 backers, compared to Gantz’s 54. That 54 includes the backing of the Israeli Arab party. It would be difficult to raise either of those numbers to 61, thus the proposed unity government. Such a government would require some means of sharing power. From 1984 to 1988, Shimon Peres and Yitzhak Shamir took turns acting as Prime Minister. While possible, such an arrangement between Netanyahu and Gantz has, at least until now, seemed highly unlikely. A few days ago, Gantz cited impending indictments against Netanyahu as reasons against pursuing a unity government. Despite the accusations and investigations, formal charges have not been filed against the Prime Minister. He continues to deny all the accusations. The Attorney General of Israel is scheduled to announce a decision on whether to indict on October 3rd. That greatly complicates the process of forming a government. People tire of politicians. Winston Churchill stands as one of the great figures of the 20th century. He held his nation together during the terrible German blitz. After helping to lead the Allies to victory in World War II, he almost immediately lost his job as Prime Minister in 1945. That’s just how the world works. It’s easy to forget what things were like in Israel when Bibi Netanyahu became Prime Minister. Bus bombs and intifadas made every moment of every day feel like a life or death struggle. Syria and Hezbollah constantly threatened from the north. Former Prime Minister Ehud Barak almost gave away East Jerusalem. Thankfully, Yasser Arafat thought he could get even more, and turned the deal down. Benjamin Netanyahu changed all that. He brought the kind of stability that is necessary for national progress and economic prosperity. He built an amazing record, but he also accumulated enemies. Those enemies include much of the Israeli and international press corps, as well as liberals in his own and other countries. Nevertheless, he stands as a towering figure in the history of modern Israel — the man Israel needed for the times in which he led. Those of us who love Israel can hope his leadership will continue during the turbulent days to come. If not, we can be thankful for his leadership to this point. The Book of Daniel teaches that the revived nation of Israel will one day join in a treaty with the Antichrist. The confirmation of that treaty will mark the beginning of what is popularly known as “the Tribulation.” The present turmoil in Israel seems to be bringing the world closer to that day.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-24-2019/ 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 9-24-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Plan All Along

By Hal Lindsey

According to conventional wisdom, just before the elections in Israel, Prime Minister Netanyahu said things so egregious that the United States has been forced to rethink its position as Israel’s friend and advocate before the UN Security Council. But the conventional wisdom is wrong. The change didn’t come as a result of Netanyahu’s comments. His words made a “handy excuse,” but the change in policy was the plan all along. The following is a brief history of how we know this. We know this from several sources. One is a man named Martin Indyk. He served as U.S. Special Envoy for Israeli–Palestinian Negotiations from 2013 to 2014. In effect, he ran the peace talks for the Obama Administration. Indyk now serves as vice president and director of Foreign Policy at the Brookings Institution. That organization recently received $14.8 million dollars from the government of Qatar. The New York Times pointed to that transaction as a classic example of a foreign government buying influence in Washington. Qatar’s philanthropy also extends to several terror organizations, especially Hamas and the Muslim Brotherhood. Back in February, well before the election, Indyk told the Institute for National Security Studies, “If there is a government in Israel after these elections that decides to pursue a two-state solution, then there is a way forward.” Otherwise, he said things would get ugly for Israel. The Jerusalem Post reported at the time that without a change in Israel’s government, “Indyk warned, there will be ‘international actions’ pursued not by the Palestinians, but rather by the international community ‘in terms of a Security Council resolution’ to ‘lay out and preserve the principles of a two-state solution in the future.’” Security Council resolutions are subject to veto by any of its permanent members. That means that these things could not happen without U.S. approval. So, this ultimate Obama Administration insider — the man they chose to lead what they considered crucial peace talks — warned that the U.S. would turn on Israel if it re-elected Netanyahu. In the understatement of the year, Indyk said such actions would likely be “against Israel’s will.” This means that before the elections and before Netanyahu’s offending remarks (which he didn’t say anyway), the plan was already in place to withdraw support for Israel from the UN Security Council and other world bodies. Blaming the shift on Netanyahu’s manufactured comments is simply a ruse at best. Blessing and Cursing The current strain in relations between the United States and Israel has been well-documented. That relationship stands at the lowest point since Israel’s founding. Statements against Israel made by the President and Secretary of State have been bad enough, but the level of rancor shown by lower level White House and State Department aids has been absolutely stunning. The problem has been characterized as a clash of personalities between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu. But the real problem is Israel’s security. The president and his men seem to believe that the Palestinians will turn into good guys when certain terms have been met – terms that have been debated and rejected, since they will leave Israel undefendable. But Netanyahu and most other Israelis have heard such pipe dreams from previous administrations of both parties, and they’re not buying it anymore. They know the history. They remember their own recent experiences with the Palestinians in Gaza and the disastrous Oslo Accords. From those giveaways, they learned that you will never win by trying to appease an insatiable foe. The new American policy toward Israel has already begun to manifest itself. The recent declassification of U.S. documents pertaining to Israel’s top secret nuclear arms program makes a good case in point. What kind of nation tells the world its ally’s most important secrets? On CBS’s Face the Nation, Peggy Noonan expressed the opinion of most observers when she said, “I think U.S.-Israeli relations right now are in the worst shape I have ever seen them in — the worst shape they have been in since 1948 when America was instrumental in inventing Israel.”  That’s an interesting phrase — “instrumental in inventing Israel.” It’s hard to fathom how a 239 year old nation could possibly have “invented” a nation that came into existence over three thousand years ago. Of course, she means the modern State of Israel, but it’s still not in any way an American “invention.” Israel is God’s invention. He created it. He made certain promises to it and about it. No matter what the United States does, God Himself will take care of Israel. While the Bible tells about some terrible times in store for that small nation, it will endure. And God will deal with nations according to their dealings with Israel. In Genesis 12:3, He said to Abraham, “I will bless those who bless you, And the one who curses you I will curse.” [NASB] Anyone who thinks that verse refers only to Abraham as an individual and not to the Children of Israel, should look at Numbers 24:9. There the promise is repeated as an oracle from the Lord, but this time specifically to the nation of Israel. “Blessed is everyone who blesses you, And cursed is everyone who curses you.” [NASB] We see the pattern hold true throughout the Old Testament. Even those nations used by God to punish Israel when it strayed, were themselves punished when they treated Israel poorly. Babylon is a perfect example. In 1948, the United States, led by President Harry Truman, became the first nation to officially recognize Israel. He did so only eleven minutes after their Declaration of Independence became official. Warren Austin, the U.S. representative to the United Nations, was so outraged by Truman’s decision that he left and went home. According to the Truman Library, Secretary of State Marshall had to send “a State Department official to the United Nations to prevent the entire United States delegation from resigning.” Marshall did this despite the fact that he and most of the rest of the U.S. foreign policy team had also opposed Truman on the issue. What followed for the United States was an era of growth and prosperity unlike anything in the history of the world. From that time through 1973, the U.S. economy grew by almost 4% a year. Household income grew an astronomical 74%. Compare that to the last few years when we’ve seen household income actually fall. When God said He would bless those who bless Israel, He meant it. In the United States, we’ve seen it with our own eyes. But if He meant one side of the equation, He meant the other side as well. He will curse those who curse Israel, just as we see happening before our eyes to the United States.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-29-2015/ 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 9-24-19 Dawn :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump accuses Iran of 'blood lust' in UN speech but says there is path to peace

Reuters Updated September 24, 2019

US President Donald Trump on Tuesday denounced Iran's “blood lust” and called on other nations to join the United States to pressure Iran after attacks on Saudi oil facilities but said there is a path to peace. “We want partners, not adversaries,” Trump said in an address to the United Nations General Assembly annual gathering of world leaders. In his third annual appearance at the United Nations, Trump offered a more subdued tone compared to the bombast of his previous speeches to the UN in 2017 and 2018, looking to convey a more reassuring presence as he asks Americans for a second term next year despite a fresh push for his impeachment among some Democrats. While offering his habitual defence of national sovereignty, Trump tempered his language toward Iran, stressing the US desire for peaceful relations with all and calling for collective, rather than unilateral, action. “America's knows that while anyone can make war, only the most courageous can choose peace,” he said. The September 14 attacks in Saudi Arabia have rattled the Middle East and raised concerns about a broader war. Trump has shown restraint in the crisis, holding back from military retaliation despite pressure from conservative hawks, at least for now. But he promised to keep trying to squeeze Iran's economy with sanctions until Tehran agrees to give up what Washington says is a pursuit of nuclear weapons. Iran has said its nuclear programme has always been for peaceful purposes only. “All nations have a duty to act. No responsible government should subsidise Iran's blood lust. As long as Iran's menacing behaviour continues sanctions will not be lifted, they will be tightened,” Trump said Trump had a stern message for China and its president, Xi Jinping, with whom he is locked in a trade war that is damaging both their economies. He said the world is watching how Beijing handles mass demonstrations in Hong Kong that have raised concerns about a potential Chinese crackdown. “How China chooses to handle the situation will say a great deal about its role in the word in the future. We are all counting on President Xi as a great leader,” he said. Trump has sought to pressure China to agree to reduce trade barriers through a policy of increasing tariffs on Chinese products. “Hopefully we can reach an agreement that will be beneficial to both countries. But as I have made clear I will not accept a bad deal for the American people,” Trump said. Trump was tough on Iran and its leadership, with Iranian President Hassan Rouhani in New York for UN activities amid speculation about whether they might meet to discuss their differences. Rouhani was at his New York hotel, not in the UN chamber, during Trump's speech. Take a look: Rouhani heads to UN in quest to win Iran support against US In remarks to media on Tuesday Rouhani said he was open to discuss small changes, additions or amendments to a 2015 nuclear deal between Iran and six major powers if the United States lifted sanctions imposed on the Islamic republic. French President Emmanuel Macron, trying to create conditions for talks between the United States and Iran, said he hoped there could be progress on Iran on Tuesday after he held talks with Rouhani on Monday. “We have to get back around the table to have a frank and demanding discussion on the nuclear activity, Iran's regional activities, the ballistic missile program, but also to have a larger approach on what sanctions are,” Macron told reporters, without elaborating. “I hope we will be able to make progress in the coming hours.” Tehran has been widely blamed for the attacks in Saudi Arabia but it denies involvement. Over the past week, Trump has tightened economic sanctions on Iran and ordered more US troops to Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates in a show of support for those US allies in the tense region. “After four decades of failure it is time for Iran's leaders to step forward and to stop threatening other countries and focus on building up their own country,” Trump said. “America is ready to embrace friendship to all who genuinely seek peace and respect,” he said.

https://www.dawn.com/news/1507111/trump-accuses-iran-of-blood-lust-in-un-speech-but-says-there-is-path-to-peace 

:: 9-24-19 Breibart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

South Korean Abortionist Kills Wrong Woman’s Child

A South Korean abortionist accidentally killed the unborn child of a woman who wanted to carry to term after mixing up medical charts, local police revealed on Monday. Seoul Gangseo Police Station confirmed that they had booked a gynecologist and a nurse for carrying out an abortion on a six-week pregnant woman after failing to check the patient’s medical information before undertaking the operation. The alleged victim, a Vietnamese national, reportedly entered the hospital for a separate treatment but ended up in a delivery room, where the doctors give injections and perform surgeries. Having failed to properly check her identity, they ended up confusing her for a woman who was scheduled to receive an abortion and consequently anesthetized her before terminating her pregnancy. The patient returned to the hospital the following day after experiencing bloody discharge, where she was told that her child had been aborted. Both the gynecologist and the accompanying nurse were later charged with professional negligence over their failure to confirm the patient’s identity before proceeding with the operation. Police initially considered charges of abortion without consent, although they concluded that the two suspects could not be arrested on such charges as the victim was not aware that she was having an abortion, meaning she could not have consented to nor rejected the procedure. A nationwide ban on abortion was imposed in South Korea in 1953, although the country’s supreme court ordered in April that the law must be revised by the end of 2020, deeming the current ban as unconstitutional. The case was brought to the court after a legal challenge was launched by a doctor prosecuted for carrying out nearly 70 abortions. Under the 1953 ban, both women and doctors carrying out abortions can face even fines or imprisonment, although cases of rape, incest, or risk to their health are exempt. Despite this, approximately 50,000 abortions were carried out in the country in the year 2017. According to a government survey carried out this year, approximately eight out of ten South Korean women said they did not believe the procedure should be criminalized.

https://www.breitbart.com/national-security/2019/09/24/south-korean-abortionist-kills-wrong-womans-child/ 

:: 9-24-19 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Puerto Rico rocked by earthquake as storm approaches

Updated on: September 24, 2019 / 5:20 PM / CBS/AP

A magnitude 6.0 earthquake struck near Puerto Rico Monday evening, scaring and rousing many from their sleep in the U.S. territory. The U.S. Geological Survey said the quake hit 49 miles off the island's northwest coast at a shallow depth of 6 miles. Three aftershocks, with magnitudes of 4.7, 4.6 and another of 4.6, hit within less than an hour in the same region at the same depth. Kiara Hernández, spokeswoman for the island's Emergency Management Agency, told The Associated Press there were no immediate reports of damage and that there was no risk of tsunami. She said emergency management officials were already on alert for the approaching Tropical Depression Karen and communicated quickly with mayors and others across the island to check on any damage. Karen strengthened back into a tropical storm early Tuesday, the National Hurricane Center said, and it caused about 29,000 customers to lose power. Its maximum sustained winds increased to 40 mph, with additional strengthening expected. The storm was centered about 35 miles southeast of San Juan and was moving north at about 8 mph. It could bring 3 to 6 inches of rain with isolated amounts of 10 inches. Hernández said crews would be inspecting buildings to ensure their safety. San Juan Mayor Carmen Yulín Cruz also said there was no immediate word of damage. The National Guard also had been activated for the storm, and schools and government offices remained closed as heavy rains were forecast for Puerto Rico on Tuesday, with warnings of possible flooding and landslides. CBS News correspondent David Begnaud retweeted video of a water main break that apparently followed the temblor: Residents react to earthquake Yahaida Zabala, a 46-year-old San Juan resident, was asleep when she felt her building sway Monday around 11:23 p.m. "I rushed into my son's room," she said. "He was sitting like he was paralyzed." They ran down the stairs of their building and stood outside with a small group of people awaiting aftershocks. The quake was felt across Puerto Rico and was the strongest to hit the island in recent years. While Puerto Rico experiences very small earthquakes on a daily basis that no one feels, seismologists have said it's rare for bigger ones to strike the island. The last powerful quake to strike Puerto Rico was in January 2014, when a 6.4 magnitude tremor hit after midnight just north of the island's north coast at a depth of 17 miles. Authorities reported broken windows, a busted water line and cracked floors and walls, along with some power outages. Some 70 aftershocks were reported, with at least three of a magnitude 3.5 or greater. The most damaging earthquake to hit Puerto Rico in recent history occurred in October 1918, a 7.3 magnitude quake that struck near the island's northwest coast, causing a tsunami and killing 116 people.

First published on September 24, 2019 / 2:18 AM

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/puerto-rico-earthquake-6-0-magnitude-quake-no-tsunami-warning-today-2019-09-24-updated/ 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 9-24-19 KCRA NBC 3 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PG&E shuts off power to 24,000 customers due to wildfire risk

Residents in Butte, Nevada and Yuba counties impacted

403 Shares KCRA Updated: 11:10 PM PDT Sep 23, 2019

AUBURN, Calif. — PG&E shut off the power to about 24,000 customers across three Northern California counties Monday evening amid windy weather and higher wildfire risk. PG&E previously warned that the utility may need to cut power to lines across Butte, El Dorado, Nevada, Placer, Sutter, Yuba, Lake, Napa and Sonoma counties. On Monday, PG&E reduced the shutoff plan to include only customers in Butte, Nevada and Yuba counties. Impacts by county: Butte County: 10,24 Nevada County: 7,725  Yuba County: 4,580 Power shutoff began around 5 p.m. Butte County cities that may be impacted are Bangor, Berry Creek, Brush Creek, Feather Falls, Forbestown, Hurleton, Oroville, Palermo, Rackerby and Yankee Hill Nevada County cities that may be impacted are Grass Valley, Nevada City, Penn Valley, Rough and Ready. Yuba County cities that may be impacted are Bangor, Browns Valley, Brownsville, Camptonville, Challenge, Dobbins, Forbestown, Loma Rica, Marysville, Oregon House, Rackerby and Smartville. "For planning purposes, we suggest customers prepare for multiple-day outages," PG&E said in a statement. WHAT LED TO THE POWER SHUTOFF? The wind, bone dry vegetation and low humidity were three critical factors in PG&E’s decision to shut down power to thousands of people living in the Sierra foothills. “This is not a decision we take lightly at all,” PG&E spokesperson Brandi Merlo said. “This is something we do when we're seeing conditions that really threaten the electrical system and threaten our communities and customers.” With safety as a guideline, PG&E decided to de-energize transmission lines in portions of Nevada, Yuba and Butte counties. The decision to shut down the power was based on weather conditions, Merlo said. “We certainly look for gusty winds,” she said. “We look for dry conditions and that heightened fire risk to determine whether we proactively shut the power off for safety.” WHY WAS THE POWER SHUT OFF? Public Safety Power Shutoffs are designed to reduce the threat of wildfire that could be sparked by lines brought down in gusting winds. To help customers through the planned outage, Community Resource Centers have been established across the area.

Auburn Gold Country Fairgrounds: 303 Sacramento Street, Auburn

Sierra College Grass Valley Campus: 250 Sierra College Drive, Grass Valley

Butte County Fire Department Station: 14144 Lakeridge Circle, Magalia

Harrison Stadium parking lot: Third and Mitchell avenues, Oroville

Alcouffe Center: 9185 Marysville Road, Oregon House

Customers can access the very latest on the potential power outages and a list of the community resource centers by visiting the Public Safety Power Shutoff updates page. Officials are also monitoring similar conditions Tuesday and the potential for ongoing outages. WHEN WILL THE POWER BE TURNED ON? A PG&E spokesperson said the utility company anticipates the windy and dry weather to pass by around 9 a.m. Tuesday. After that time and conditions are safe to do so, PG&E crews will conduct safety inspections, complete any needed repairs and begin restoration. "PG&E crews will work to visually inspect each mile of our power lines to ensure they are free from damage and safe to energize," the company said. Officials said PG&E crews can usually restore power within 24 to 48 hours after the dry and windy weather conditions pass. "However, depending on weather conditions or if any repairs are needed, outages (weather event plus restoration time) could last longer than 48 hours," PG&E said. HOW IS CAL FIRE RESPONDING? The National Weather Service issued a red flag warning across the region advising of weather conditions that typically yield easy fire starts and rapid rates of spread. Cal Fire has ramped up resources for the Red Flag danger forecast, adding extra crews to the front lines, in case a fire does break out. “So that puts in excess of 200 additional firefighters and hand crew members pre-positioned in strategic areas around Northern California,” Cal Fire Chief Brian Estes said. The power shutoff could be a preview of things to come. “September, October and even into November are really our most critical (wildfire) months in Northern California,” Estes said. “That’s when we do get a shift from those southwesterly (winds) to that dry easterly or northerly winds.”  HOW IS THE COMMUNITY REACTING? Dozens of businesses in the impacted counties could be without power through the night. “I'll be working until after five, so I'll just be here with the lights off I guess,” said Connor Lee, a barista at City Council Coffee in Nevada City. “I understand the point of the shutoffs,” Lee added. “ I can't necessarily think of any way around it -- so it's helpful but also a hindrance.” For many customers, the prospect of losing power came as a real surprise. “This is the first time that we've heard it,” said Nevada City resident Stephen Baker. “I'm very happy that they have this process. It's for our benefit, for our safety.” At Nevada City Chocolate Shoppe, customers seemed supportive of PG&E’s decision. “It's good to have people aware,” said Nevada City resident Anton Marchi said. “Especially with the new alerts going in and a lot of public safety being talked about is definitely a good precaution.” Residents and business owners in Penn Valley were frustrated Monday night. “It’s not the first time, but it is kind of disappointing," resident Dale Restad said. "I’m just glad they’re doing something." His wife Judy Kysor said, “I’m a little frustrated because there’s hardly a breeze.” “I just don’t think it’s right that they do that to us. We have no recourse against them. They just turn it off and make us deal with it,” said Tack Room Bar and Restaurant owner Barbara Martinez. “I have thousands of dollars in inventory in walk-in freezers, walk in refrigerators that are gonna rot.”

https://www.kcra.com/article/memo-transcript-of-presidents-call-with-ukraine/29226388 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again.  It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment.  Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding.  Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there.  You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are.  For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them.  Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.

:: 9-24-19 KFI am 640 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

San Francisco Residents are Using Boulders To Keep Homeless Off Sidewalks

posted by Isabella Meneses - Sep 24, 2019 Tim Conway Jr

Residents of San Francisco have finally had enough. They're so tired of tents lined up along their sidewalks by homeless people that they're taking matters into their own hands. According to SF Gate, residents are buying boulders and placing them along their sidewalks to discourage the homeless from setting up their camp on their street. These boulders weigh about a 100 lbs each and about two dozen have been used as barriers across Clinton Park. Now don't worry, it's not completely blocking the sidewalk. People can still walk by, there's just not a sufficient amount of space for tents to be set up. Neighbor David Smith-Tan said that his family received a letter from the neighborhood about a month ago addressing the sidewalk problem. "A bunch of my neighbors, we all chipped in a few hundred dollars and I guess this is what they came up with," he said. Smith-Tan was on board with this idea because many of the tent-sleepers are drug users who will "shoot up and stay overnight." Jennifer Friedenbach, executive director of the Coalition On Homelessness, told KTVU the boulders are an example of "anti-homeless architecture." "We have 1,200 people on the wait list for shelter. That's for tonight. People have nowhere to go," she said. The city does not plan on getting rid of the boulders. Hopefully, this will encourage them to put in more measures to prevent tenting on the sidewalks

https://kfiam640.iheart.com/content/2019-09-24-san-francisco-residents-are-using-boulders-to-keep-homeless-off-sidewalks/   

:: 9-15-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Americans Are Arming Up In Huge Numbers, Driven By Self-Protection & Politicians Pushing 'Gun Grabs', With Communist-Socialist Government's The Biggest Mass Murderers In History

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  September 15, 2019

According to this study on 'Democide', 'death by government' is one of the leading causes of death in world history. With Sheriff's all across America claiming they won't enforce any new un-Constitutional gun grab laws enacted in our country or within their states with at least 20 county sheriff's in the far-left state of Washington leading the way after Washington state voters passed several new gun laws that went against the US Constitution, the Democrat debate on Thursday night quickly showed America the way things will go should 'Robert Francis O'Rourke' (or possibly any Democrat win the presidency in 2020) with O'Rourke insanely spouting words that some Law Enforcement officials have warned could lead to a bloodbath in America: "Hell yes, we're gonna take your AR-15". With O'Rourke quite possibly inciting people to commit violence with that totalitarian claim, what one commenter on this Daily Mail story compared to "Yelling fire in a crowded movie theatre", Texas state Congressman Brisco Cain was hearing nothing of 'Beto's' remarks, firing back at the obvious 'beta-male' on twitter: "My AR is ready for you, Robert Francis." And while 'Beto' soon thereafter reported Cain's remarks to the FBI, insanely claiming that Cain had levied a death threat against him by his twitter remarks that were nowhere near a threat, many pointed out that it was indeed 'Beto' who threatened all of America with his remarks, especially with 'death by government' one of the biggest killers of all upon this planet. The more than a hundred million murdered by socialist government's alone through history prove the points made by Cambodian-American GOP rising star Elizabeth Heng, the Founder of New Faces GOP, in her viral ad run during the Democratic debate exposing socialism for what it almost always leads to - horrific deaths by government by the millions. If you haven't yet seen that video, we've embedded it as the first video at the bottom of this story and as Heng rips AOC and other leftists pushing socialism in America to shreds, she warns us that socialism seemingly always brings 'forced obedience' and massive starvation, leading to death tolls as high as some of those caused by the most deadly diseases in history and reminding us of why our Founding Fathers wisely created the 2nd Amendment to the United States Constitution in the first place. And with the left now pushing for 'socialism' in America, though 'Communism' is what it really is, we are not the least bit surprised that Americans are once again arming up in near record numbers as heard in the 3rd video at the bottom of this story, with 'Beto's' own remarks assuring that tens of thousands more Americans will be buying their AR-15's and AK-47's while they still can in preparation of defending their families from the kind of insane and out of control 'government by force' that Democrats want to bring in to America. And while his remarks during the debate will almost certainly make O'Rourke one of the biggest gun salesmen in the country over the next year, he sunk even further into incredibly poor taste by immediately putting out campaign t-shirts with the lettering "HELL YES, WE'RE GOING TO TAKE YOU AR-15", which amounts to O'Rourke not only 'capitalizing upon' but also 'celebrating' future genocide. So, we'll be taking a look within this ANP story at what's unfolding in America, with the left admitting they want to control every aspect of our lives coming at a time when many leftists are fantasizing about killing Christians and Conservatives while paying especially close attention to this viral new story over at the American Thinker titled: "No Matter Who Wins in 2020, There Will Be Blood". (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) This new story over at the American Thinker is an absolute must read as author William L. Gensert warns why he strongly believes mass bloodshed is coming to America in 2020 no matter who wins. And while we'll continue to pray that such mass bloodshed in America is avoided, as US Navy Vet John C. Velisek had reported in this September 7th ANP story titled "How Long Until 'The Purge' Begins With The Communists Fantasizing About Executing Christians & One Liberal Doctor Calling For Conservatives To Be Killed Then Castrated?", leftists already want President Trump supporters, Christians and Conservatives dead. And with many leftists suffering psychological illnesses in 'Trump derangement syndrome' while antifa terrorists prepare themselves for war, as this American Thinker story points out, mass violence in the future may not be able to be avoided because the left is pushing for it seemingly every day, with the mainstream media and democratic politicians leading the way. From this incredibly important American Thinker story.: The machinations of an illiberal left, on display in its ever-increasing violence accompanied by the ululations of a propagandist media in contravention of an imaginary “white supremacist” right, have riven the nation into diametrically opposed camps. The right will never accept socialism, while the left will accept nothing less. Trump Wins

Those on the left will not allow a Trump victory, even should he win the popular vote and the Electoral College. They are used to getting what they want and like spoiled brats, have learned that tantrums work. Should Donald Trump prevail in his bid for a second term, the left will go insane, deploying every “insurance policy” weapon at their disposal to negate four more years of the Orange Man. What Obama, Comey, and Brennan et al. did to Trump in his first term will seem mild in comparison to what the left is planning should he win. Antifa, the military arm of the Democratic Party, has not spent the last three years practicing and organizing merely to sit on the sidelines. They have used the interregnum to mobilize and learn tactics, while probing to find what government will allow, media will trumpet, and the public will endure. The skirling “resistance” has morphed from pajama-boy blobs of perpetually offended little dictators and pussy-hat sporting shriekers into balaclava-wearing avengers who crave the opportunity to put deplorables in their place and give them the government they deserve good and hard. They will flood the streets after a Trump victory in their Antifa costumes looking to bust the heads of anyone near enough to become part of their 15 minutes of YouTube fame.

It will start in the cities -- the Democrat-run cities, of course -- where the political leadership will provide them a measure of protection against identification and arrest. Seattle, Portland, LA, San Francisco, NYC, Chicago, Atlanta, Boston, and Baltimore, among others, will become flashpoints of unrest. The riots will be portrayed by the media and the Democrats as a groundswell of support for deposing a racist president. They will bemoan the necessity of the violence, destruction, and loss of life, but remind Americans that “the people have spoken.” Some among the Antifa will be championed. In lockstep, both the New York Times and the Washington Post will run headlines calling them: “The New Founding Fathers.” People who fight back will quickly grow in number -- even as the media label them “white supremacists.” Blood will be spilled. China, Iran, Russia, and Venezuela will plead for calm and offer to mediate the evolving humanitarian crisis… And as the American Thinker story also reported, should President Trump lose and any one of the totalitarian, socialist, wanna-be dictators instead take the reigns in America, promising to complete the left's demolition of the US Constitution and take away Americans guns and free speech among other rights, such a situation could quite easily devolve into one of mass bloodshed with very few Americans ready to cave to a dictatorial, totalitarian government. Especially with such government's well known for slaughtering their own people in mass numbers. There's a reason for the phrase 'death by government'. Once again, from the American Thinker story.: Trump Loses The right will never believe the Democrats didn’t cheat their way to victory; in addition to understanding that a Democratic President will undemocratically implement policies by executive order that are inimical to their interests and desires. Many on the right are weary of leaders who prioritize good press over good policy, and who prefer losing gracefully over winning ugly. They believe they did build that and that they have not yet made enough money and are fed up with being portrayed as ignorant and evil just because of political disagreements. Eight years of Obama and three years of watching his slow-motion coup have made them angry. Tone-deaf to this silent majority and emboldened by victory, the new president will borrow Barry’s “pen and phone” and start issuing executive orders throwing open our borders, banning fossil fuels, and of course, implementing “common sense” gun control. Buoyed by media, the new president will start with universal background checks and a gun registry. Eventually, the president will overreach, signing an order for gun confiscation, euphemistically called, “mandatory buybacks.” Antifa and their ilk will flood the streets in support of seizing these “weapons of war.” Media will declare, “It’s the will of the people.” And for the right, that will be the last straw (plastic or paper). The left doesn’t understand that every gun owner is a single-issue-voter; millions will refuse to give up their guns. And, many gun owners in this country will not go “meekly into the night,” there will be “rage” against what they will see as a usurpation of their constitutional rights. Confiscation will go well at first, with gun owners in the cities acquiescing to the knock on the door in the middle of the night and the intimidation of, “Papers please.”  But in flyover country, a different scenario will play out. Most gun owners will hide their weapons and most local police departments will accept that, not wanting to jail their neighbors. Resistance will be broad, perhaps encompassing hundreds of millions of Americans. Barack Obama, for once in the dismal history of his efforts to kill the America we love, will be proven correct. Americans do “cling to their guns.” The media will call it “white supremacy,” but a still unregulated internet will be rife with videos of an out of control government battling its own citizens. The president will call for mobilizing the National Guard. Some governors will refuse, and army units now overseas will be sent home to deal with the growing unrest. Mistakes will be made and there will be gunfire in the streets; people will die on both sides. The president will desperately call for martial law. Many Army, National Guard, and police will defect, or desert, or simply refuse orders. What will happen after that is anybody's guess. According to this new story over at Zero Hedge, a new Rasmussen poll has found that nearly 1/3 of Democrats believe the National Rifle Association should be declared a terrorist organization, proving a huge number of Americans no nothing of our Rights enshrined within the US Constitution, believing that it should be against the law for Americans to belong to pro-gun groups like the NRA. Reporting also that 14% of Republicans and 20% of Independents polled agree with those 1/3 of Democrats, the NRA has recently sued the city and county of San Francisco, California for voting to declare it a 'domestic terror organization', filing a lawsuit asking the court "to instruct elected officials that freedom of speech means you cannot silence or punish those with whom you disagree." Yet with 50% of Democrats insanely believing that so-called 'hate speech' should be banned, and those same Democrats considering 'hatred' anything that they disagree with or anything that 'triggers' them, that slippery slope of free speech that we're being pushed down by the left and the globalists has results that can already be seen now in Europe, where merely criticizing the totalitarian political philosophy of Islam has led to imprisonment of individuals doing so, with one Austrian woman convicted for correctly calling the prophet of Islam, Muhammad, a pedophile. 'Truth is treason in the globalists empire of lies'. And while it's quite easy to blame the dumbed down younger generations in America today for not doing their history lessons while they insanely push for socialism, as William B. Stoecker had reported in this March 23rd ANP story, 'socialist indoctrination' has been ongoing in American schools from the elementary level up to the university level for many, many years, leaving most of America's younger generation completely indoctrinated into insanely believing that simply criticizing Socialism or Islam is 'racism'. So with Beto O'Rourke and his failing presidential candidacy leading the way in showing Americans what may come should he or another radical leftist be elected President, and his belief's on the 2nd Amendment echoing those held by many now on the left with 1/3 of them believing the NRA to be a 'domestic terrorist organization', we should get ready for absolutely anything in the following 2+ years with 2020 sure to bring America to a huge confrontation point and seemingly no 'middle ground' with the left surely rejecting any President Trump re-election and hundreds of millions of Americans prepared to reject 'socialism' and the 'forced obedience', 'mass starvation' and 'death by government' that inevitably comes with 'socialism'. In the 2nd video below, a video posted to this ANP story comment section by 'Deplorable D' titled "Innocents Betrayed The True Story of Gun Control WorldWide Graphic Images by JPFO ORG", we see what inevitably happens when a totalitarian government attempts to disarm its citizens and to warn you, it's not pretty. And just think, if 'Beto' the 'beta-male' has his way, this may be coming to America.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Beto_Cries_Over_Alleged_Death_Threat_Civil_War_II_In_America.php 

:: 9-13-19 The DoDo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wild Elephant Brings Her Newborn To Meet The People Who Saved Her

Such an incredible moment

By Lily Feinn Published On 09/13/2019

To Loijuk the elephant, nothing is more important than family — especially now that she is starting one of her own.  In 2006, the orphaned elephant was found all alone at only 5 months old, and was rescued by the Sheldrick Wildlife Trust (SWT) in Kenya. She was hand-raised by SWT until she was old enough to return to the wild. Years have passed, but Loijuk still has a close bond with her human family. She returns to the grounds of the sanctuary every month to visit. But in September, Loijuk surprised her former caretakers with a newborn elephant calf in tow. It was clear the proud elephant mom couldn’t wait to show off her baby. The calf, who has since been named Lili, was only hours old — likely born only the night before. Loijuk has never forgotten the kindness of those who helped her. She even invited Benjamin Kyalo, the head keeper, to have a special moment with her newborn calf. “Benjamin was able to get close to Lili (who nestled into his legs), stroke her delicate newborn skin and breathe into her trunk, thereby letting her know who he was via his scent,” Rob Brandford, executive director of SWT, told The Dodo. “Elephants have an incredible memory and sense of smell and our keepers will often breathe into the orphans’ trunks so they can recognize who they are.” You can watch a video of Loijuk and Lili's touching visit here: Lili was quite wobbly on her feet during the meeting, but over the course of the week, Kyalo watched as she got stronger and stronger. "Loijuk has stayed close to the area around the unit, allowing our keepers to watch over her and check how she’s getting on," Brandford said. "Considering September is the peak of the dry season in Tsavo, not the most favorable of conditions for a new baby, we are delighted that Loijuk has returned close to home so that we can help supplement her diet when she visits." In the wild, calves are raised with the help of female relatives within the herd. Loijuk has played nanny to other babies before giving birth to Lili, and now her calf has nannies of her very own — two other wild orphans named Naserian and Ithumbah. Lili will remain with her mom's herd in the wild for life, and if she is ever in need, she now knows there is a safe place she can always return to. Lili is the 31st calf born to female orphaned elephants raised by SWT now living wild, and she is a beacon of hope for threatened elephant populations everywhere “Moments like these are momentous,” Brandford said. “In saving one orphaned elephant’s life, we are not only seeing that orphan thrive but start a family.” "Lili has a brighter future ahead of her than many elephants," Brandford added, "and we look forward to watching this little girl grow up in the wild.”

To support orphaned elephants being cared for by the Sheldrick Wildlife Trust, you can make a donation.

https://www.thedodo.com/in-the-wild/elephant-introduces-newborn-calf-to-her-rescuers 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 9-16-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In Communist California, the Only Acceptable Excuse to Avoid Mercury/Aluminum-Laden Vaccines Is DEATH! CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE IS THE ONLY SOLUTION!!!

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, September 16, 2019 - 12:06.

In Communist California, the only acceptable excuse to avoid mercury/aluminum vaccines is DEATH! Mandatory vaccines is just the beginning of a new flavor of governmental tyranny! Gun confiscation is next and history speaks as to what will follow. Recently, KTAR talk show host, Bruce St. James proclaimed that all vaccines are completely safe and nobody should ever question the efficacy of taking any vaccine. KTAR is the top rated radio station in Arizona. Uniformed and arrogant ignoramuses, like St. James, comprise the bulk of the reasons why I refuse to listen to this false propaganda spreading radio station. Unfortunately, this mindless obedience, despite scientific proof to the contrary, constitutes the continued spreading big pharma's financial goal of forcibly jabbing every arm in America. Please tell us when does any type of medical treatment ever present without the manifestation of symptoms? If Bruce St. James had been in my research course, he wouldn't have made it out of the midterm. Yet, St. James' station allows him to go on the air and spread this vile big pharma serving lies which defy statistical probabilities. I can guarantee you that right now, there dozens of statistics and research professors who are nodding their collective heads in agreement. However, they don't dare say a word because their collective With regard to the "no exucses" vaccine issue. I am awaiting the retaliatory law suits that will inevitably come because some child dies who had a health condition that contraindicated vaccinations. However, in the wisdom of the California's Communist Party (CCP), there can be no exemption, no exceptions, except for death. KTAR used to be a conservative station serving a conservative state. Unfortunately, Arizona has been "Californicated". I have often thought of marketing a T-shirt which says "Don't Californicate Arizona". Has this happened to your state? Texas is being overrun by Californicators who threaten to participate in gun confiscation. Texas school districts are looking at implementing some of the same radicalized sex education programs where they think it is appropriate to propagandize elementary school children with, shall we say, alternative choices for sexual activity. Yes, and Texas politicians have discussed mandatory vaccines without exception. Across the nation, we are even seeing curriculum in which pedophilia is listed as a sexual preference. I hope that these poor young innocent victims have had their vaccinations against STD's because they are going to need them. Since when did we all the state, any state, to supplant parental authority, negate the religious right to refuse certain medical treatments and allow the state to put every at risk all in the name of big pharma profits. Show me the replicated studies which dictate vaccine efficacy in all cases. Oh, we can find an isolated, here and there, in which doctored results demonstrate the desired results. However, that has not prevented big pharma from having their way with our children and our collective health as a society. Because of the nature of California's no exceptions law, children and adults are now exposed to higher rates of Alzheimer's disease, dementia, autism and whole host of other health conditions. Isn't interesting that California does nothing about the leprosy and soon-to-be bubonic plague ridden homeless communities in LA, but they will dictate, to your children what vaccines they must take without exception and regard for their individual health conditions and religious beliefs. One of the fundamental belies of the Communist Party is that the State will raise your child. Who could ever forget the misguided book written by none other than Hillary Clinton, that it take a village to raise a child. I think Clinton meant, it takes the Village People to raise a child. . It is time for civil disobedience! Home-school your children and will not have to worry about the perverts that have invaded your child's school. You will not have vaccinate your children. Also, America is facing the imposition of such onerous liberal policies, that we better hone our civil disobedience skills. Government is taking a dark turn and we better learn how to exist without government cooperation. It is going to get a lot worse and it will not likely ever get better.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-health-united-states/communist-california-only-acceptable-excuse-avoid-mercuryaluminum-laden-vaccines-death-civil 

:: 9-16-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scholar discovers a hidden message in Milton's 350-year-old 'Paradise Lost' which describes the three falls of Adam, Eve and Satan

English poet John Milton first published the epic work of blank verse in 1667

The poem retold the biblical tale of the Fall of Man from the Garden of Eden

In the first letters of certain lines, three instances of the word 'fall' appear

The scholar believes this relates to the falls of Adam, Eve and Satan in the poem

Hidden words have been found in the work before, with one reading 'Satan'

By Ian Randall For Mailonline Published: 07:17 EDT, 16 September 2019 | Updated: 07:33 EDT, 16 September 2019

A hidden message in John Milton's epic poem 'Paradise Lost' that went unnoticed for over 350 years has been revealed by an undergraduate literature scholar. Concealed in the first letters of eight lines in the text, the message highlights the three biblical falls depicted in the poem — those of Adam, Eve and Satan. Researchers had previously found a number of other hidden messages like this in the work, which serve to add or counterpoint the meaning of the main text. One found as recently as the nineteen seventies, for example, spelled out the word 'Satan' as the biblical serpent approached Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. Subsequent studies have scanned the test for similar hidden words, trying to identify by their relevance which ones likely appear deliberately rather than by chance.  The use of hidden messages like these was a common literary device employed by the classical poets that Milton admired, such as Dante and Virgil. In total, Milton's epic — and defining — work contains more than 10,000 lines of blank verse, spread over 12 books. Composing the poem was, according to Milton's statement in the first book of the work, an effort to 'justify the ways of God to men'. Literature scholar Miranda Phaal of Tufts University, in Massachusetts, discovered the hidden pattern in the epic poem's ninth book. The message is a type of word play known as an 'acrostic' — a device in which the first or last letters, syllabus or word in a line or paragraph can be read alongside the main text and provide extra meaning. An infamous, if churlish, example of the technique came in a work submitted by the US poet George Rolfe Humphries to Poetry Magazine, which earnt the writer a two-year-long ban with the publication. The first letters of each line of his submission read 'Nicholas Murray Butler is a horses ass.' Butler was a prominent philosopher of the time. The acrostic revealed by Ms Phall appears during an argument in the poem between Adam and Eve, with the first letter of each line reading 'FFAALLAF'. These letters contain the world 'fall' three times — twice when read down the page and once when read in the opposite direction.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-7468455/Scholar-discovers-hidden-message-Miltons-350-year-old-Paradise-Lost.html 

:: 3-29-19 Wiki How :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How to Understand the DEFCON Scale

Author Info | Reader-Approved | 11 References Updated: March 29, 2019

The United States' DEFCON (short for "defense readiness condition") scale is a measure of the level of alertness of the nation's defense forces. The DEFCON scale uses a minimum of 5 (for normal peacetime status) and a maximum of 1 (for situations of global severity, like nuclear war). It's important to understand the DEFCON system both as a matter of self-education and to avoid inaccurate usage (i.e., "We're about to go to DEFCON six.")

Part 1 DEFCON Reference Chart

DEFCON Level Reference Guide[1] DEFCON Level Level of Readiness Historical Precedent

5 Normal peacetime readiness; General "baseline" level during times of peace

4 Increased intelligence-gathering and security measures Sporadically throughout Cold War, War on Terror

3 Armed forces readiness increased above normal levels; Air Force ready to mobilize in 15 minutes Post-9/11 Attacks (2001), Yom Kippur War (1973), Operation Paul Bunyan (1976), Post-Four Power Talks (1960)

2 High readiness; armed forces ready to deploy in six hours Cuban Missile Crisis (1962)

1 Maximum readiness; all forces ready for combat; nuclear war imminent or likely None

Part 2 Understanding DEFCON Levels

1  Learn how to read the DEFCON scale. The DEFCON scale is a way of assigning a numerical value to the readiness of the American military. Higher DEFCON values are used for lower levels of readiness (during more peaceful situations), while lower DEFCON values are used for higher levels of readiness (during tenser situations where the possibility of military action is more likely). A DEFCON level of 5 corresponds to ordinary peacetime, while a DEFCON level of 1 (which has never been reached) corresponds to the most dangerous situations, like thermonuclear war.

Note that different branches of the military can be issued different DEFCON levels. For instance, during the Cuban Missile Crisis, which is generally considered one of the tensest moments in American military history, the Strategic Air Command went on DEFCON 2, while the rest of the military went on DEFCON 3.[2]

2  Use DEFCON 5 for peacetime. A DEFCON level of 5 is a very good thing — this is the condition used to designate normal peacetime military readiness. At a DEFCON 5, the US military takes no wide-scale precautionary defense measures beyond what is ordinarily required.

Note that DEFCON 5 isn't necessarily a sign that the world is at peace — conflicts, even major ones, may be occurring around the world during a DEFCON 5. However, in this case, the military judges that these events pose no significant defense threats.

3  Use DEFCON 4 for heightened alertness. DEFCON 4 is the first level of readiness above the baseline value of DEFCON 5 and thus constitutes a fairly mild increase in readiness (though an increase from DEFCON 5 to DEFCON 4 is certainly significant). This DEFCON level signifies increased intelligence-gathering efforts and, sometimes, the heightening of national security measures. However, it is not usually an indication that the military (or the nation) are in imminent danger of attack.

In the modern world, it is thought that DEFCON 4 is sometimes issued after minor to moderate terrorist attacks and politically-motivated killings, or after would-be plots are uncovered. Presumably, this is done in anticipation of further violence as an attempt to prepare for and prevent it.

4  Use DEFCON 3 for tense military/political situations. Situations that call for DEFCON 3 are serious — though they may not pose an immediate threat to the existence or stability of the American state, they do call for significant vigilance. At this level, American military forces are put on a heightened state of alert in anticipation of mobilization — in particular, the Air Force is kept ready to launch operations with just 15 minutes of notice. In addition, all military communications may be encrypted based on classified protocols.

Historically, DEFCON 3 has usually corresponded to situations in which military action against the US or one of its allies was a distinct possibility. For instance, during Operation Paul Bunyan, which resulted in a DEFCON 3, two American officers were killed by North Korean forces in the Korean Demilitarized Zone (DMZ). In this case, a DEFCON 3 was issued because of the possibility that any errors in the resulting standoff might trigger open war across the Korean border (a politically and militarily tense area then, as it is today).[3]

5  Use DEFCON 2 for major threats. DEFCON 2 refers to a further increase in force readiness just below maximum readiness. Combat forces are readied for major operations within just a few hours. An increase to DEFCON 2 is very serious — these situations carry a significant risk of major military operations against the United States or its allies, including the use of nuclear weapons. DEFCON 2 is typically reserved for all but the most militarily tense of international situations.

The most notable time that DEFCON 2 has ever been issued was during the Cuban Missile Crisis, although this declaration was limited to Strategic Air Command. It is though that this is the only time that a wide-scale DEFCON 2 alert has been issued, though, since DEFCON-related information is usually kept classified, it is not exactly certain how many times this level of readiness has been reached.[4]

6  Use DEFCON 1 for maximum alertness. DEFCON 1 refers to maximum military readiness — it is thought that forces with a DEFCON level of 1 are kept ready for immediate action at all times. DEFCON 1 is reserved for the absolute most dangerous, severe situations, including imminent or ongoing nuclear war involving the US or one of its allies.

Though, as noted above, DEFCON levels are usually kept classified until after the fact, it is thought that DEFCON 1 has never been issued for a branch of the US military before.

Some limited, unverifiable evidence suggests that DEFCON 1 may have been triggered for certain military units during the first Gulf War. [5] If these claims are true, however, they only applied to individual units and not to entire branches of the military.

1  Understand how DEFCON levels are assigned. The exact process that the military uses to declare a DEFCON increase is not perfectly-understood by the public. It is usually assumed that an upgrade in military preparedness is made by the Joint Chiefs of Staff (the highest commanders in the American military) with the approval of the president. However, some anecdotal evidence suggests that top-level military leaders are able to increase the DEFCON level without the president — for instance, some sources report that the Strategic Air Command's decision to issue a DEFCON 2 during the Cuban Missile Crisis occurred without input from President Kennedy.[6]  Note again that the precise actions that the military takes at each DEFCON level are, for obvious reasons, kept secret. Thus, most of the information that the general public has on the DEFCON scale is based on old declassified documents or historical DEFCON "spikes" revealed to the public after the fact. Though some non-military, non-government sources may claim to know the current DEFCON level, there is no way to verify this. [7]

2  Be aware of other US alert scales. The DEFCON scale is not the only measure that the US government and military use to rate their readiness against external and internal dangers. These include LERTCON (used by the US and NATO allies), REDCON (used by individual US military units), and more.[8][9] However, the most important alert scale besides DEFCON is likely the EMERGCON scale. These conditions (which have never been issued before) are thought to be issued in the event of nuclear war and include civilian directives as well as military ones. EMERGCON has two levels, which are:

Defense Emergency: Made in the event of major hostile attacks against U.S. or allied forces overseas. Issued by unified commander or higher authority.[10]

Air Defense Emergency: Made in the event of attacks against the US, Canada, or military installations in Greenland. Issued by the Commander in Chief of the North American Aerospace Defense Command.[11]

Note that, by definition, all military forces go to DEFCON 1 in the event of an EMERGCON being issued.

3  Research the history of the DEFCON scale. Though much of the DEFCON scale's history is kept secret for obvious reasons, the declassified information that is available to the public is fascinating in its own right. Conceived in the late 1950s as a means of coordinating NORAD defense efforts between the U.S. and Canada, the DEFCON system has gone through several changes between its creation and its current form today.

For instance, the original DEFCON scale had "sub-categories" for several DEFCON levels: "Charlie" and "Delta" under DEFCON 4 and "Alpha" and "Bravo" for DEFCON 3. In addition, it had an "Emergency" level above DEFCON 1 that greatly resembled the EMERGCON scale described above.

Scribe Note: Click the link below the site has charts and graphics and explainations

https://www.wikihow.com/Understand-the-DEFCON-Scale 

:: 9--19 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The man whose state surveillance revelations rocked the world speaks exclusively to the Guardian about his new life and concerns for the future

The world’s most famous whistleblower, Edward Snowden, says he has detected a softening in public hostility towards him in the US over his disclosure of top-secret documents that revealed the extent of the global surveillance programmes run by American and British spy agencies. In an exclusive two-hour interview in Moscow to mark the publication of his memoirs, Permanent Record, Snowden said dire warnings that his disclosures would cause harm had not come to pass, and even former critics now conceded “we live in a better, freer and safer world” because of his revelations. In the book, Snowden describes in detail for the first time his background, and what led him to leak details of the secret programmes being run by the US National Security Agency (NSA) and the UK’s secret communication headquarters, GCHQ. He describes the 18 years since the September 11 attacks as “a litany of American destruction by way of American self-destruction, with the promulgation of secret policies, secret laws, secret courts and secret wars”. Snowden also said: “The greatest danger still lies ahead, with the refinement of artificial intelligence capabilities, such as facial and pattern recognition. “An AI-equipped surveillance camera would be not a mere recording device, but could be made into something closer to an automated police officer.” He is concerned the US and other governments, aided by the big internet companies, are moving towards creating a permanent record of everyone on earth, recording the whole of their daily lives. While Snowden feels justified in what he did six years ago, he told the Guardian he was reconciled to being in Russia for years to come and was planning for his future on that basis. He reveals he secretly married his partner, Lindsay Mills, two years ago in a Russian courthouse. While he would rather be in the US or somewhere like Germany, he is relaxed in Russia, now able to lead a more or less normal daily life. He is less fearful than when he first arrived in 2013, when he felt lonely, isolated and paranoid that he could be targeted in the streets by US agents seeking retribution. “I was very much a person the most powerful government in the world wanted to go away. They did not care whether I went away to prison. They did not care whether I went away into the ground. They just wanted me gone,” he said. He has dispensed with the scarves, hats and coats he once used as disguises and now moves freely around the city, riding the metro, visiting art galleries or the ballet, joining friends in cafes and restaurants. Permanent Record, which is being published on Tuesday in more than 20 countries, charts the shift that took him from working deep inside the NSA and the CIA to Hong Kong, where he handed over a cache of classified documents to journalists from the Guardian. The documents revealed the scale of mass surveillance by the US, UK and their allies. He is high on the US wanted list and faces decades in jail if detained. The US government could seize royalties from the book but the substantial advance has already been banked. Normally averse to discussing his personal life, Snowden opened up in both the interview and the memoirs to speak for the first time about his life in Moscow and even the person he describes as “the love of my life”, Mills. Polls taken in the US in 2013 and the years immediately after showed an almost equal split between those who viewed him as a traitor and those who saw him as a hero. “It is funny that now, six years later, the controversial image that I had has begun to soften.” Even people who dislike him personally were now prepared to accept “we live in a better, freer and safer world because of the revelations of mass surveillance”, he said. One of the Democratic presidential candidates, Bernie Sanders, said he would like to see a resolution that would end Snowden’s permanent exile, while another, the congresswoman Tulsi Gabbard, said in May she would pardon him. Fears that President Vladimir Putin might hand him over as a gift to Donald Trump have receded as relations between the US and Russia have cooled. Snowden said it helped that Russia viewed him as useful publicity. “A country whose political troubles are legendary, whose problems with human rights we hear about every single day has finally, somehow, managed to have one bright spot on their human rights record … Why would they give that up?” He toyed with calling his memoirs The New Forever or Welcome to Forever before settling on Permanent Record, which reflects his concerns about the way state-run and private companies are hoarding data. To counter this, he argues for both legislative reform and increased use of end-to-end encryption to protect emails, chat and other communications. But these are not enough, he says, to counter accelerating technological changes allowing greater intrusions of privacy and he calls for a worldwide protest movement, similar to those on climate change. “You have to be ready to stand for something if you want it to change,” he said. “That is what I hope this book will help people come to decide for themselves.” Snowden, 36, lives in a two-bedroom flat on the outskirts of Moscow and makes a living mainly from fees for speaking to students, civil rights activists and others abroad via video link-ups. He was given temporary asylum when he first arrived and now has permanent residency, the equivalent of a US green card, renewable every three years, though he said this was just a formality. He had been on his way from Hong Kong via Russia and Cuba to what he hoped would be sanctuary in Ecuador when the US cancelled his passport, leaving him stranded in Russia. He likes to travel, in spite of being restricted to within Russia’s borders, and has visited cities such as St Petersburg and the Black Sea resort of Sochi. “One of the things that is lost in all the problematic politics of the Russian government is the fact this is one of the most beautiful countries in the world. The people are friendly. The people are warm,” he said. “And when I came here I did not understand any of this. I was terrified of this place because, of course, they were the great fortress of the enemy, which is the way a CIA agent looks at Russia.” In the past, he would not have openly spoken so warmly about Russia, worried about how it might be perceived back home in the US. We met in a flat – not his – on Tsvetnoy Boulevard, near the city centre. A minute’s walk to the left of the flat there is a Starbucks and to the right a Krispy Kreme. Snowden, who loves fast food, said one of the things Americans did not realise about Russia was that almost all the things you could get in the US were available there, apart from, he added wistfully, a Taco Bell. Throughout history, exile meant being cut off from society, “a punishment worse than death”. But exile did not mean that any more, he said. He could communicate with students in New York via video and three hours later do a similar event in Germany. Describing himself as “an indoor cat by choice”, he is happiest sitting at his computer late into the night, communicating with campaigners and supporters. The time difference with the US has made that a necessity. The night before we met he had only gone to bed at 6am. His normal pattern is to sleep until late in the morning. In Permanent Record, he describes how he and Mills met when he was 22 on an internet site, Hot or Not, on which pictures were posted and rated. He gave her a 10 out of 10. She gave him an eight. Seven years later, as he prepared to fly to Hong Kong, he said he did not tell her about his plans to turn whistleblower as this would have made her an accessory. He feels bad she did not know where he had gone. One of the surprises in Permanent Record is the inclusion of extracts from her diary. These are blunt and raw, recording how “pissed” she was at his sudden disappearance, even wondering whether he was having an affair. When the police and FBI were first looking for him, one police officer was suspicious of her. She wrote: “He was looking at me like I killed Ed. He was looking around the house for his body.” When she turned up on Snowden’s doorstep in Moscow, he was braced for a slap but instead she told him she loved him and supported his decision to turn whistleblower. You have to be ready to stand for something if you want it to change. In the memoirs, he writes about his childhood and teenage obsession with computers and games, such as Legend of Zelda and Super Mario Bros. As a teenager, he hacked into a nuclear facility and reported its vulnerabilities to the authorities. An official from the Los Alamos nuclear lab, where the atom bomb was created, phoned his mother to thank him. Permanent Record offers one of the most detailed accounts of what it is like to work inside an intelligence agency in the 21st century. “There are no James Bonds.” He discloses that the NSA increasingly used contractors – he was one for much of the time – rather than employ permanent staff. At a training school for spies, tutors nicknamed him “the Count”, which he is quick to say sounds exotic but was actually because his mannerisms reminded tutors of a Sesame Street character. There was no pivotal moment when he decided to turn whistleblower. He attended, by chance, a conference on the scale of Chinese surveillance of its own citizens. That created a nagging thought that if China was doing it then so too might the US. He searched and found confirmation.  The 2016 Oliver Stone movie, Snowden, portrayed him as sneaking the documents out of the NSA by hiding an SD card, about the size of a small stamp, on a Rubik’s Cube. Snowden neither confirms or denies it, knowing one day he may yet face prosecution. “A Rubik’s Cube can be very useful and functions as a distraction device and also functions as a concealment device.” He recalled how his plans almost came unstuck near the end. He had secretly hoarded documents on an abandoned computer, and was moving it. “So I got stopped in the hallway as I’m taking this old machine back and a supervisor says: ‘What are you doing with this machine?’ And I look at him frankly and I say: ‘Stealing secrets.’” They both laughed. But that was exactly what he was doing.

• Permanent Record is published by Macmillan (£20). To order a copy go to guardianbookshop.com or call 0330 333 6846. Free UK p&p over £15, online orders only. Phone orders min p&p of £1.99 Snowden's timeline

21 June 1983 Edward Joseph Snowden is born in Elizabeth City, North Carolina, US.

2006-2013 Initially at the CIA, and then as a contractor for first Dell and then Booz Allen Hamilton, Snowden spends years working in cybersecurity on projects for the US National Security Agency (NSA).

20 May 2013 Edward Snowden arrives in Hong Kong, where a few days later he meets with Guardian journalists, and shares with them a cache of top secret documents he has been downloading and storing for some time.

5 June 2013 The Guardian begins reporting the Snowden leaks, with revelations about the NSA storing the phone records of millions of Americans, and the agency’s claim its Prism programme had “direct access” to data held by Google, Facebook, Apple and other US internet giants.

7 June 2013 The US president, Barack Obama, is forced to defend the programmes, insisting that they are adequately overseen by the courts and Congress.

9 June 2013 Snowden goes public as the source of the leaks in a video interview.

16 June 2013 The revelations expand to include the UK, with news that GCHQ intercepted foreign politicians’ communications during the 2009 G20 summit in London, and that the British spy agency has also tapped the fibre-optic cables carrying much of the internet’s traffic.

21 June 2013 The US files espionage charges against Snowden and requests Hong Kong detain him for extradition.

23 June 2013 Snowden leaves Hong Kong for Moscow. Hong Kong claims that the US got Snowden’s middle name wrong in documents submitted requesting his arrest meaning they were powerless to prevent his departure.

1 July 2013 Russia reveals that Snowden has applied for asylum. He also expresses an interest in claiming asylum in several South American nations. Eventually Ecuador, Nicaragua, Bolivia, and Venezuela offer permanent asylum.

3 July 2013 While en route from Moscow, Bolivia’s president, EvoMorales, is forced to land in Vienna after European countries refuse his plane airspace, suspecting that Snowden was on board. It is held and searched for 12 hours.

1 August 2013 After living in an airport for a month, Snowden is granted asylum in Russia.

21 August 2013 The Guardian reveals that the UK government ordered it to destroy the computer equipment used for the Snowden documents.

December 2013 Snowden is a runner-up to Pope Francis as Time’s Person of the Year, and gives Channel 4’s “Alternative Christmas Message”.

May 2015 The NSA stops the bulk collection of US phone calling records that had been revealed by Snowden.

December 2016 Oliver Stone releases the movie Snowden featuring Joseph Gordon-Levitt, Melissa Leo, Tom Wilkinson, Zachary Quinto and a cameo by former Guardian editor Alan Rusbridger.

January 2017 Snowden’s leave to remain in Russia is extended for three more years.

June 2018 Snowden says he has no regrets about his revelations, saying: “The government and corporate sector preyed on our ignorance. But now we know. People are aware now. People are still powerless to stop it but we are trying.”

March 2019 Vanessa Rodel, who sheltered Snowden in Hong Kong, is granted asylum in Canada.

September 2019 Snowden remains living in an undisclosed location in Moscow as he prepares to publish his memoirs.

https://www.theguardian.com/us-news/ng-interactive/2019/sep/13/edward-snowden-interview-whistleblowing-russia-ai-permanent-record 

:: 9-16-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXPLOSION AT SECRET BIO-WEAPONS LAB IN RUSSIA

World News Desk 16 September 2019

An explosion has occurred at the Center of Virology "Vector" Laboratory near Novosibirsk. According to preliminary information, one person was injured in the explosion. Information about the explosion and subsequent fire appeared in the press service of the Government of the Novosibirsk Region. “During construction work in the first building of the SSC“ Vector ”there was a volume explosion, as a result of which one person was injured. The head of the science city Koltsovo, Nikolai Krasnikov, who visited the emergency site, said that there was no threat of biological danger, the situation was under control. The cause of the explosion has not yet been established, ” the press service of the government said. The VEKTOR facility is the biggest and most secretive biological laboratory in the world.

REMINDER: YOU can keep this web site FREE to the General Public by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/explosion-at-secret-bio-weapons-lab-in-russia 

:: 9-16-19 Daily Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pope Francis Invites Political Leaders To Sign ‘Global Pact’

"Reinventing the Global Educational Alliance"

By Paul Bois @paulbois39 September 16, 2019 43.6k views

Further signaling his acceptance of globalism during an age of increased nationalism, Pope Francis has now invited leaders to sign a "Global Pact" to create a "new humanism." "The global event, set to take place at the Vatican on May 14, 2020, is themed 'Reinventing the Global Educational Alliance,'" reports LifeSiteNews. "The Pope is inviting representatives of the main religions, international organizations and various humanitarian institutions, as well as key figures from the world of politics, economics and academia, and prominent athletes, scientists and sociologists to sign a 'Global Pact on Education' so as to 'hand on to younger generations a united and fraternal common home.'" On September 12, the Holy Father said in a video message that "universal solidarity" can only be achieved by way of a "global education pact." LifeSiteNews noted that Pope Francis issued a "strikingly secular message" on the pact that contained just one reference to God and even echoed former First Lady Hillary Clinton's favorite phrase: "It takes a village to raise a child." "This [Global Pact] will result in men and women who are open, responsible, prepared to listen, dialogue and reflect with others, and capable of weaving relationships with families, between generations, and with civil society, and thus to create a new humanism," said Pope Francis. The Pope added that an "alliance" must be formed "between the earth's inhabitants and our 'common home,' which we are bound to care for and respect. An alliance that generates peace, justice and hospitality among all peoples of the human family, as well as dialogue between religions." The Pope's invitation to a "Global Pact" echoes his recent declaration that the "common good has become global" while criticizing the nation-state for being unable to meet this human need. He, however, did not issue a call for a one-world government. "In the current situation of globalization not only of the economy but also of technological and cultural exchanges, the nation-state is no longer able to procure the common good of its population alone," Pope Francis told the Pontifical Academy of Social Sciences in May. "While, according to the principle of subsidiarity, individual nations must be given the power to operate as far as they can, on the other hand, groups of neighboring nations — as is already the case — can strengthen their cooperation by attributing the exercise of certain functions and services to intergovernmental institutions that manage their common interests."  In what was seen as a veiled critique of the pope's stance, Cardinal Raymond Burke later told Rome Life Forum that natural law permits patriotism "in accord with the order written upon the human heart" and "does not make just and legitimate a single global government."  "Before the challenges of our time, there are those who propose and work for a single global government, that is, for the elimination of individual national governments, so that all of humanity would be under the control of a single political authority," said Burke. "For those who are convinced that the only way to achieve the common good is the concentration of all government in a single authority, loyalty to one’s homeland or patriotism has become an evil."

https://www.dailywire.com/news/51790/pope-francis-invites-political-leaders-sign-global-paul-bois 

:: 9-16-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Walking Dead Or Survivor? In The First Month After SHTF There Will Be Two Types Of People, Those That Survive And Those That Are Destined To Die

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine September 16, 2019

With all the talk of economic collapse and recession, along with the very real possibility of an outright bloody civil war in 2020-2021, no matter who wins the presidential election, terrorist attacks, cyber attacks against the nation's grid, earthquakes and weather events, along with the long list of other possibilities that would be considered a SHTF scenario, whether national or local to your area, there are going to be two types of people, those that are prepared and able to survive, and the walking dead.  No, I am not talking about the "zombies" come back to life in the popular television series, but those that simply do not have the preparations, or the knowledge, to be able to survive without electricity, a grocery store, restaurants, an ATM, or any other conveniences that the majority of the population in the nation take for granted. Many ANP readers have expressed their preference for periodical prepping and survival pieces, because even the most advanced prepper can learn from the discussions in the comment sections. Throughout the years have seen lively discussions, shared resources, links, videos, books and simply pointers and tips from longtime preppers to help those just starting to prepare for any type of disaster scenario, and readers are encouraged to share any and all of the aforementioned in the comment thread below. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) WHAT TO DO BEFORE SH*T HITS THE FAN (SHTF) Back in December 2018, I asked Steve Quayle for some tips on what people should do before any type of SHTF scenario played out and received some great pointers, such as making sure to have a step-by-step plan ahead of time, a short wave radio and plenty of extra batteries, large coolers to put your perishables and frozen foods in, a plan to meet up with family members, lanterns, heavy duty trash bags, and of course emergency survival food and water, along with a porta potty. Related: Disaster Duo includes Weather Wars and Dare to Prepare There are of course other very simple things that sometimes get forgotten, such as a way to cook your food, or even heat your water if needed for the freeze dried emergency survival foods. Many non-smokers that don't carry around or even have lighters, sometimes don't think of having a large supply of boxed matches, or sterno cans to heat food and rooms in your house, if you don't have a wood stove or a barrel stove kit. Of course, duct tape is a must in every household, whether SHTF or not. One of the main questions or concerns observed from people that want to prep, but haven't started yet, is where to begin, because it can seem overwhelming at first, so to start..... begin with prepping for one week. Ask yourself, can you survive for one week with only what is in your home right now if everything went to hell in a handbasket? If not, start there, get enough canned goods, water, toilet paper, medications, etc... to last just that one week. Then move to a month, etc..... WOULD YOU SURVIVE THE VERY FIRST MONTH?  As we watch the news, daily we see the very real dangers of SHTF scenarios, some which would force folks to survive long term, and others that would only leave people having to fend for themselves for a week or a month. What we can say with a high level of confidence is those that look at Cuba, where "widespread rationing of chicken, eggs, rice, beans, soap and other basic products in the face of a grave economic crisis," and say "It can't happen here," will be the walking dead in any long term SHTF scenario. Same with Venezuela, where the rich have everything they need, and the poor have nothing because of their socialist and communist policies. The same type of policies Democrats in America are pushing for more and more. Many SHTF scenarios could simply be situations that at the longest would inconvenience a prepper for a short amount of time, while others could be more severe, but if one cannot even survive the first month, there is no way they will be able to survive long term.  Imagine if SHTF right this second, if the lights went out, if the water faucets no longer worked, (nor your toilet), you couldn't cook using your stove, you couldn't heat your home in the winter, you couldn't run up to the grocery store, could you survive for even the first month? If the answer is no....then either prepare to do so or accept you will be the walking dead in any type of disaster scenario. POSSIBLE SCENARIOS When thinking of a scenario that would necessitate utilizing survival preparations, most instantly go to the "doomsday scenario," meaning the worst case scenario. Preppers do this because if one is prepared for the worst, they will likely survive anything less than that. Earthquakes, fires, natural weather events, could cause an electricity outage that could last a day, a week, or even a month, and are the most probable, yet with modern day technology being what it is, it is also not out of the realm of possibility of a cyber/terror attack taking out the grid, which could in fact be an event that would cause widespread unrest, looting and rioting. Situational awareness will factor in on any type of electrical outage. Are your neighbors lights out as well? Do you have a method finding out if it is a local outage or national? Would you even know if was a small issue such as a transformer blowing or a disaster-type scenario, such as an EMP attack? If the outage was widespread, then having a way to cover your windows so others do not see you have a light source and wonder what else you have that they do not, would be another smart move. Keeping a number of electronics, not tied to the power grid, in a faraday cage or bag would come in handy as to determining the level of damage as well as what to expect in terms of short- term or long term needs.

Related: BaoFeng BF-F8HP (UV-5R 3rd Gen) 8-Watt Dual Band Two-Way Radio (136-174MHz VHF & 400-520MHz UHF) Includes Full Kit with Large Battery

Other scenarios which do not include an immediate loss of electricity and could range from an economic collapse, which would cause widespread unrest, to a national food shortage. Another scenario which Stefan Stanford highlighted on Sunday is the possibility of an outright bloody civil war after the 2020 presidential election, which in any other time would seem completely unlikely and paranoid thinking. With Democrat contenders quite literally telling American gun owners they would forcefully come for their guns, and gun owners declaring they will fight to the death to protect their constitutional rights, this scenario could actually be marked as very likely if one of those Democrats win in 2020 and actually dare to try it. The other side of the coin is if President Trump wins re-election.

After all, we have already seen conservative journalists attacked and hospitalized, Americans physically and brutally attacked over a red hat, and the paramilitary arm of the Democrats, aka Antifa groups, violently attacking peaceful rallies and conservative college campus speakers. Imagine how much worse they will all get if they fail to stop President Trump from being re-elected? Those are all just possible scenarios, but all of which would require people to prepare, whether to survive without electricity, or to defend their preparations, their families, neighborhoods and their lives. BOTTOM LINE

People do not prepare for survival because they "fear" what could happen, they prepare so that they are ready in case something does, and being prepared means not having to "fear" what comes, but being ready to survive and thrive even if it does. The question here is, are you a survivor or are you one of the walking dead? Below, an older video from October 2018, but handy for the basic top 10 guide for prepping for beginners.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Survivor_Or_Walking_Dead_First_Month.php 

:: 9-10-19 Patriot for America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats Take Mysterious Trip to Mexico, Now the Secret is Out

September 10, 2019

The deceitful Democrats have taken secret trips to Mexico, and they are not wanting to divulge the reasons why they felt the need to go south of the border. The Republicans have given the dumb Democrats a taste of their own medicine when they started asking for answers. They want to know the details of the trips that have been taken to Mexico while the staff of the dumb Democrats was touring the detention centers. In one instance there is a report where a Democrat was caught telling a migrant exactly how to take advantage of the U.S. Immigration laws. The Democrat’s complaints of the detention centers were nothing more than a distraction so some of their criminal people could go behind the backs of Americans and train people on how to cheat the United States. The Democrats have been caught and now it is time to answer for their crimes. Jim Jordan is the Republican hero that is heading up the questioning. He has found that there were two trips where the staff of the Democrats crossed the border and needed to have Border Patrol escort them back across the border. The secret is out. The disruptions at the detention center were to keep the focus off what these two groups were doing at the border. Jim Jordan has written, “Although you have the authority to direct Committee staff to travel internationally on official committee business, you have not explained why you authorized this travel into Mexico or what you sought to learn through these trips.” Come to find out that the Republicans were never told about the trips. Cummings kept them in the dark because he was up to something illegal. Jim Jordan is onto the truth. He went on to say that the Democrats were wanting “to delegitimize the administration’s border security efforts and vilify the men and women who protect our border.” He went on to point out that many believe that the trips “could continue to result in misleading information about the administration’s border security efforts.” The Democrats that went over the border were up to no good. So far Cummings has not provided an answer to Jim Jordan which makes him look even more suspicious. The Democrats are seeking to sabotage the president at every turn. But they are being discovered. In one instance it was discovered that staff from one Democrats office was caught coaching migrants on how to cheat the system. Something that could be considered to be traitorous. Escobar is the Democrat being accused of such actions. And like every good Democrat denial is the first thing off their evil lips. Jim Jordan has asked several key questions of Cummings as to why they were in Mexico in the first place. This is another instance where the House Democrats believe they are above the law, and they think that they can do whatever they want without having to answer for their crimes. These kinds of actions were well hidden when the Democrats went on their fake tours and caused such a disturbance that they were all banned from ever returning to the centers. Now the world is beginning to see that the Democrats are acting as one big organization with the intent on destroying America. They are coaching the enemies of the country. These are actions of traitors and spies. Each person that went on the border trip needs to be thoroughly questioned and then placed in prison for their part in attempted sabotage of the president’s agenda for the border.

The dubious Democrats are a bunch of people that are rude and crazy. They have caused a lot of problems over the past 10 years that President Trump has had to clean up. And not that he has cleaned up the worst of the mess the Democrats are all fuming mad at him and are wanting to destroy the man from the inside out. They have personally fought him at every turn and now they have been caught coaching the enemy on how they can cause harm to the American people.

https://patriotforamerica.com/2019/09/10/democrats-take-mysterious-trip-to-mexico-now-the-secret-is-out/ 

:: 9-15-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Several Researchers Are Reaching the Same Conclusions Regarding the Future of Humanity

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, September 15, 2019 - 06:32.

The speaking events in Branson are providing a lot of people with paradigm shifting information. I am awestruck with regard to the degree of correlation among and between the various speakers, The following article will highlight the degree of agreement among Mike Adams, Steve Quayle and myself with regard to what is already underway as we are witnessing the end of an age. The CSS Previously Claimed Depopulation of the Earth Was Underway Four years ago, I first brought up the possibility that mankind was being "terraformed" into extinction through the creation of events and programs designed to end massive lost of life. It was also in the last week I explored the notion, for the 3rd time in last 5 years, that the Earth was being terraformed. I compared the terraforming to the 1997 move, The Arrival. I have known about the attempted terraforming of the planet by entities who are not human and I have known it for over 20 years. Vance Davis and myself have decided to tell all. As I previously identified in an earlier article, the terraforming events are:

Fukushima, which is far worse than most people realize.

The far-reaching effects of the Gulf Oil Spill.

GMO's and the destruction of our collective DNA . I am saying that humans are being terraformed.

Transhumanism spells the end of humanity as we know it

Chemtrails are producing 18% sunlight and this will result in much lower crop yield leading to a global famine.

The implementation of 5G that is so severe that humanity will not survive.

CERN is also a part of this. Some of these terraforming events are opening portals for entry by very evil entities. In the next part in this series, I will detail how each of these six attacks upon humanity is part of a terraforming plot very similar to the movie, The Arrival, in which aliens are heating up the Earth for the purpose of exterminating all life on the planet. Both four years ago and again last week, I stated that the present terraforming programs of the planet were an extension of what was already happening in the cosmos and the conflicts in the cosmos had come home to roost on the Earth. When I first met Vance Davis of the NSA, he told me that in his training that there was a war in the cosmos for our soul between the forces of good (God) and evil (Lucifer). The key prize in this conflict was the human soul but Lucifer could not decipher the code. Therefore, Lucifer decided on a strategy to destroy the human being. The means, as I have previously stated that Lucifer was employing to destroy humanity was the series of false flag attacks which would depopulate humanity. Then the transhumanism age would be ushered in and humanity would be no more. I further stated that I believed in the present time, that every lifestyle that did not end in procreation and live births, would be honored while heterosexuality would be vilified all in the name of depopulation. It is also my expressed belief that the great deception is upon us and these "fakes aliens" are actually servants of Lucifer but will serve the same purpose real aliens in ridding the planet for the purpose of taking over the Earth. As I previously stated, this is why our technology and science are being artificially repressed (eg Newtonian physics vs Hyperdimensional physics). Humanity could easily conquer all resource deficits, but the globalists withhold information in order to manage humanity through artificially created resource shortages.  Mike Adams Takes the Cosmology of the Good-Evil Conflict to Higher Level In the past, the Health Ranger, Mike Adams, the founder of Natural News.News Target, has previously expressed the opinion that if and when the first contact with alien occurs, the event may be something other than a celebratory tailgate party. Adams maintains that peaceful, nonaggressive civilizations would likely mind their own business and ignore us like we would ignore an out of the way insect. He previously expressed the belief that aliens would show up on our doorstep, are likely to be very advanced and would likely seek to colonize earth and seize our resources. To prepare for the risk, Adams recommended a planetary-defense initiative and a multi-planet colonization strategy. In the past two years, Mike has put considerably more research and more thought on the topic of alien contact. I had a first row seat as Mike presented his views to a sold-out venue. I don't want to steal Mike's coming thunder, so I will limit my comparison to Mike Adams' observations of this phenomena to outline form knowing the Mike is opening a website in which he will be unveiling his observations and discoveries in much more detailed form. Briefly Mike shares the same idea as I do with regard to the hostile intent of these evil entities and the goal is the complete destruction of humanity. Mike's ideas, in part, can be summarized, but not limited to, in the following: The deliberate poisoning of our food through the insertion of several chemicals he identified in the presentation (eg GMO's).

The repression of technology in order to enslave humanity (eg faster than light travel FTL).

The honoring of any lifestyle that does not result in procreation

The banning of anyone who does not embrace the anti-Christian lifestyle.

The attack on the food supply and the introduction of cannibalism .

The attack of humans through debilitating medical practices (eg unsafe and unproven vaccines).

The entities appearing on the planet are from Satan and they intend to wipe out humanity as we presently know it.

The reasons behind the domination of our particular planet have to with geographic location. In a galactic sense, we are the city on the river that is upstream from all other cities. There must be cooperation between key members of the global elite and the "fake" aliens. In other words, humanity is being sold out by some of our own. (Editor's Note: This is the cosmic version of Hitler's "Brown-shirt factor". When these useful idiots have completed their capitulation and betrayal of humanity, they will be eliminated like the people they are presently oppressing). Even the most ardent skeptic of Mike's research would have a hard time refuting what was said in his presentation.

Steve Quayle Fills in the Gaps and Completes the Story Like Mike Adams and myself, Steve Quayle believes that it is intended that mankind perish from the Earth. I am only going to summarize Steve's research because I know that everything he discussed will soon be available in his various formats. If is Steve's strong contention, which he, in great detail, documents the different types of hostile entities in their various forms. Further, it is clear from Steve's work, that these entities have had great influence over past. Steve's presentation included overwhelming documentation of the influence that these evil entities have had over prior civilizations (eg Native American, Aztecs, et al). The visual documentation that Steve presented at the conference was stunning. I am veteran of the Independent Media, and I sat spellbound through his presentation. The most stunning part of Steve's presentation had to do with the extreme earth-changes and their cataclysmic effects on the people. We are truly bearing witness to the end of the age. Steve made an excellent point in reference to the Bible in that in the upcoming days, the average person will never know what hit them and their hearts will fail them.  Steve's research can be followed in his latest video productions and books. These are all available on his website. Conclusion Today, I will be a panelist, at the conference, along with Steve Quayle and Paul Begley as we summarize what we learned this weekend along with where we feel humanity is headed.  I never thought that last year's conference on transhumanism could ever be topped. This conference came very close. I would strongly suggest that all that could not attend, and that truly desire to share in this life-changing information, should seek to obtain the DVD's of all the tremendous presentations. The entire conference is available on pre-order for DVDs, as a pre-order price.

:: 9-16-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Oil Explodes 20% Higher, Biggest Jump On Record

by Tyler Durden Mon, 09/16/2019 - 04:14

Source: Bloomberg

With traders in a state of near-frenzy, with a subset of fintwit scrambling (and failing) to calculate what the limit move in oil would be (hint: there is none for Brent), moments ago brent reopened for trading in the aftermath of Saturday's attack on the "world's most important oil processing plant", and exploded some 20% higher, to a high of $71.95 from the Friday $60.22 close, its biggest jump since futures started trading in 1988. Source: Bloomberg As Bloomberg notes, "for oil markets, it’s the single worst sudden disruption ever, surpassing the loss of Kuwaiti and Iraqi petroleum supply in August 1990, when Saddam Hussein invaded his neighbor. It also exceeds the loss of Iranian oil output in 1979 during the Islamic Revolution, according to data from the U.S. Department of Energy." Furthermore, in light of news that the Saudi outage could last for months, this could be just the start. As a reminder, according to Morningstar research director, Sandy Fielden, “Brent could go to $80 tomorrow, while WTI could go to $75... But that would depend on Aramco’s 48-hour update. The supply problem won’t be clear right away since the Saudis can still deliver from inventory." Of course, should Aramco confirm that the outage - which has taken some 5.7mmb/d in Saudi output after 10 drones struck the world’s biggest crude-processing facility in Abqaiq and the kingdom’s second-biggest oil field in Khurais - will last for weeks, expect the crude juggernaut to continue until the price hits $80, and keeps moving higher. Finally, here is the price summary from Goldman commodity strategist Damien Courvalin, who earlier today laid out four possible shutdown scenarios, and the price oil could hit for each:   A very short outage – a week for example – would likely drive long-dated prices higher to reflect a growing risk premium, although short of what occurred last fall given a debottlenecked Permian shale basin, a weaker growth outlook and prospects of strong non-OPEC production growth in 2020. Such a price impact could likely be of $3-5/bbl. An outage at current levels of two to six weeks would, in addition to this move in long-dated prices, see a steepening of the Brent forward curve (2-mo vs. 3-year forward) of $2 to $9/bbl respectively. All in, the expected price move would be between $5 and $14/bbl, commensurate to the length of the outage (a six month outage of 1 mb/d would be similar to a six week one at current levels). Should the current level of outage be announced to last for more than six weeks, we expect Brent prices to quickly rally above $75/bbl, a level at which we believe an SPR release would likely be implemented, large enough to balance such a deficit for several months and cap prices at such levels. An extreme net outage of a 4 mb/d for more than three months would likely bring prices above $75/bbl to trigger both large shale supply and demand responses. What are the broader implications from this move? According to Ole Hansen, head of commodities strategy at Saxo Bank A/S in Copenhagen, "the global economy can ill afford higher oil prices at a time of economic slowdown." But Peter Boockvar's hot take may be the best one. Yet while the inflationary impact from this surge will be transitory at best, it will be interesting to watch the Fed cut rates with stocks at all time highs, and with gasoline prices set for their biggest surge in decades. The good news: at least Trump will redirect his anger away from the Fed and toward slow, lazy, incompetent Saudi engineers, if only for the time being.

https://www.zerohedge.com/commodities/oil-explodes-19-higher-biggest-jump-28-years 

::  12-31-14/1-1-15  New Years Eve Service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you, for these things are not to bring fear, but these things are to bring peace into your hearts that you will know, because of the things that are coming, the things that shall be.  For two thousand fifteen shall be a time of change, great change, change, change, change.  The Illuminati shall once again rise up to the place that you will be able to see them in operation, for they still control all the money and they still control more things than you realize they control.  Walt Disney is now in a new takeover trying to reach the minds and the hearts of the children, so be careful, be careful what you’re watching.  There is going to be a new type of army and this army will be hand picked, but not just anyone can join, for it shall be an army that shall be against us, it shall be approved by the United Nations and they shall march in our streets because there is no control in the streets, and therefore, they will bring in another army that will have control. 

:: 9-16-19 Gold :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Egon von Greyerz on Commodity TV: STRONG AUTUMN RALLY IN SILVER AND GOLD

September 16, 2019 by Egon von Greyerz

In this interview Egon von Greyerz, discusses with Jochen Staiger of Commodity TV the massive energy accumulated in gold & silver over the last six years. Once this force unravels, it will lead to the next explosive move higher. On how to time the move, Egon commented: Based on the broken Maginot line, at $1,350, a huge rally will unfold this autumn, and simultaneously a major stock market fall. Also:  How the governments around the world propel the gold rally by destroying paper currencies  Central Banks: ECB, FED, BOJ, PBOC, all promised to debase their currencies by printing unlimited amounts of money in order to support their rotten economies  Mega bubbles will implode with an unprecedented endgame of epic proportions  Ultimately governments will be the buyers of last resort of worthless bonds, which will lead to a worldwide asset implosion  Nightmares unfolding: Massive collapse of asset and debt values, world’s stock markets will enter secular and long lasting bear market  Pensioners will suffer  1980 Inflation adjusted gold price should be at $18’000   Silver is massively undervalued, could reach $666

The world awaiting us will be very difficult , a lot of people will suffer

https://goldswitzerland.com/egon-von-greyerz-on-commodity-tv-strong-autumn-rally-in-silver-and-gold/ 

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc     

:: 9--19 The Great Recession Blog:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why are Bonds Going for Broke?

Subjects (article tags)

bank bailouts bank failures Bank of America Ben Bernanke bonds Bush tax cuts capitalism cashless society China deficit spending deregulation Donald Trump Ebola economic bubble economic collapse economic crisis economic denial economic news articles economic predictions economic recovery epocalypse euro crisis European Union George W. Bush great depression Greek crisis Hillary Clinton housing bubble housing market collapse hyperinflation immigrant labor Iran nuclear crisis national debt occupy wall street oil prices quantitative easing quantitative tightening Reaganomics recession v depression Russia stock market sustainable economics The Federal Reserve the great recession unemployment

Videos that will put the recess in your Great Recession:

A Nobel economist who can think

Cartoon: Capitalism v. Socialism

Cartoon: Quantitative Easing Explained

Cartoon: Trickle-Down Economics

Clearly explained synopsis of US debt

Hitler Attacks Republicans & Democrats

My Tribute in Song to Bank of America

Overdose: The Next Financial Crisis

My Video/Audio Interviews:

2016 Economic Predictions

2019: "The Recession is Now"

All Roads Lead to Rome

Cashless society forming today envisioned in end-time prophecy

Drums for Cashless Society Beating Louder

Epocalypse: Into the 2nd Dip (Video Pt1)

Global Epocalypse Now

Today's cashless society push seen in The Economist and end-time prophecy.

Other Fascinating Links:

321Gold

Daily Collapse

Dollar Collapse

Jay Taylor Media

New Media Journal

Steve Quayle

The Burning Platform

The Daily Coin

Video: Hidden Secrets Of Money

Zero Hedge

Did you know you can convert your 401K or IRA to a self-managed IRA that holds physical assets like gold, silver or property?

http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show _ads.js

« Central Bankers Now Plotting Government Subversion?

Why are Bonds Going for Broke? One argument for last week’s extraordinary plunge in bond prices, which I explored as something that might happen this time of year in one of my earlier Premium Posts, was that bond prices could get crushed by the supersized US treasury auctions planned for September and October as the government makes up for its inability to issue new debt during the debt-ceiling standoff. While pointing out the concern to patrons, I decided in the end for my own investment purposes that the Fed’s termination of quantitative tightening and its return to reducing interest rates would likely offset the impact of the government’s sudden debt expansion. Evidence is solid so far that the ballooning treasury auctions have not been the cause of the sudden collapse in bond prices (rise in yields). (I also got out before the carnage of last week. So what caused the bond breakup?  I believe the sudden change in the bond market since September 4 has been due to a few factors.  First, the violent momentum trade in stocks in the past week became the biggest stock rollover of its kind since 1999. The change in momentum trading means investors are defensively selling off growth stocks (stocks that have been rising on a bender) and rolling the money into value stocks (stocks of good companies that have remained under priced compared to the rest of the market). That sea-change in market factors likely forced numerous managed funds (such as risk-parity funds that guarantee a certain ratio in stock values to bond values) to sell off bonds, whether they wanted to or not, just to maintain their promised balance between equities and securities.  Second, at the same time the momentum rollover was going on, corporations leaped into the bond market with their own sudden record bond issuances to fund future rounds of stock buybacks or refine current debt at lower rates. Inflated supply means raising yields to attract additional buyers into the market. Another way to look at that is that bond prices have to fall to attract buyers.  Third, as Goldman Sachs also noted, the rotation, itself, came because…  Perceived improvement in US-China trade negotiations and better-than-feared economic data helped ease investor concern about an impending recession, lifting bond yields and sparking the market rotation.  What I’ve realized about the stupidity of the stock market with respect to how it rises every time Trump tweets some inane and fake promise about the end of his China trade war is that algorithms were probably not created with any ability to discern the truth value of headlines that are input into their data streams. I presume they take all data at face value. So, garbage in, garbage out. If Trump says China is about to accept a trade deal, the algos bid the market accordingly. Since presidential headlines are undoubtedly given high weight in the formulas, that makes it easy for Trump to tweet the market up. (Of course, I also began writing because mainstream financial reporters/commentators seem to readily accept what is fed to them at face value, too. I found it frustrating how readily they would just parrot the noises they heard.) Finally, inflation may be getting factored in. Treasury yields, especially bonds — because they payout over long time periods — have to factor inflation in dollar-for-dollar on top of any yield investors want to see. The bond market moves yields to track with inflation, and inflation just took its largest jump in years. That could be due to transitory tariffs, but it’s hard to say. In fact, tariffs don’t seem to be the most proximate cause because inflation rose most in services, particularly financial services, not in goods sold. Inflation in services for the first two quarters of 2019 rose 5.5% year-on-year with finance and insurance having risen 32%! Core inflation rose 2.39% year-on-year in August. It’s had similar YoY rises in July 2018, February 2016 and April 2012, but August’s year-on-year rise was the highest in eleven years (since 2008), though still not that significant unless it continues to rise. (See Wolf Richter for more on recent inflation.) Bear in mind, we’re going with the inflation numbers the Fed uses for its decisions and that the bond market steers by, not your actual daily life effect. By those measures, overall inflation was not bad at all. Because energy costs sank, core inflation (the Fed’s preferred measure) was only a little higher than its past highs. (Again, I recognize the numbers the Fed and markets steer by don’t bear much resemblance to your daily reality with tuition costs, food, housings costs (poorly calculated by the Fed) and fuel costs.) Since the bond market got a whiff a week ago of core inflation rising above its previous peaks over the last decade, maybe that added to its troubles this past week. It’s possible the bond market sees an inflation trap coming where, on the one hand, bond investors have been telling the Fed interest rates need to go down more; but, on the other hand, if bond investors see inflation rising, bonds could quickly reverse to make it so the Fed cannot cut rates, lest bonds anticipate more inflation and rise even more, causing the cut in the Fed’s rate to actually tighten the economy by raising financing costs. Treasury markets can exhibit a hypersensitive, knee-jerk reaction to a change in the inflationary picture. (Note that, if inflation starts rising, the Fed’s rate cuts will actually hurt the bond market because they’ll be seen as being likely to drive inflation even faster. For that reason, the Fed may be less likely to cut rates because driving bond yields up to match anticipated inflation is counterproductive in terms of economic stimulus, as is inflation, itself. That would normally be the Fed’s concern; however, as reported in my Patron Posts, the Fed has said it may, in that kind of situation, choose to run the economy hot if necessary on an inflation basis as running above 2% now “makes up” for inflation’s decade-long run below a 2% average. However, reactive bond rates means running the economy hot in terms of inflation won’t help because numerous financing costs that are particularly effected by the ten-year bond rate will also rise. If the Fed does hold back on interest-rate cuts because inflation is rising, its stock-market step child isn’t going to love that and may throw a tantrum. That’s why I say this could turn into an inflation trap for the Fed — stagflation if the Fed goes one way and a stock market that is utterly dependent on Fed largesse throwing a tantrum and crashing if the Fed goes the other way.) Bonds not bursting due to a treasury-induced meltdown The fact that little of the current hit to treasury prices has anything to do with the larger government treasury issues can be seen in how the last three government auctions had rock-solid internals. While yields rose ever so modestly in two auctions, the bid-to-cover ratio for all three of the last treasury auctions has been stable. (Meaning the treasury got a lot more bids than it needed to sell all the bonds it wanted to sell.) In fact, for one auction, the bid to cover was the best since June; for another it was only slightly lower than in recent months. For the 30-year auction, the yield actually dropped to its lowest in three years! The percentage of indirect takedowns (such as treasuries bought by foreign governments) in each auction held about the same or actually improved, leaving US dealers holding fewer bonds they have yet to sell. In all, a stable, maybe slightly improving picture. Take the much-watched 10-year for example: The uptick in yields was historically slight when compared to numerous other yield moves from one auction to the next in the same graph, and the bid-to-cover actually improved. Bearing in mind that the US Treasury stated it would accomplish all of its debt-ceiling makeup this month and next, these are good results as far as treasury auctions go. It’s a global bond breakdown The fact that the plunge in bond prices is not constrained to the US is another indicator that the big change in the direction of the bond market doesn’t have much to do with treasury auctions. The Austrian hundred-year bond, which has been trading at deeply negative rates plunged in price (soared in yields) this month, too — so much that it entered a bear market in a breath-taking two weeks: That looks like a melt-up where prices soar and then crash. Likewise with the soaring problem in global negative-yielding debt, which had risen to a mountain of over $17 trillion as of August. In less than two weeks, it has plummeted worldwide to $14.5 trillion. Not a small fall for such a short time. So, something big is boiling over in the bond market worldwide. Something wicked this way comes Central banks are losing control, and are admitting they don’t even understand what is happening. If you’re confused about what is happening, just as I am in trying to sort out where all of this turmoil is suddenly coming from, you’re in big company. James Bullard of the St. Louis Fed is also confused and seemed to admit recently that even the Fed doesn’t know what to make of the financial changes now playing out in the world: The developed world had experienced a “regime shift” in economic conditions, James Bullard, president of the St Louis Federal Reserve, told the Financial Times. “Something is going on, and that’s causing I think a total rethink of central banking and all our cherished notions about what we think we’re doing,” he said. “We just have to stop thinking that next year things are going to be normal.”  Financial Times There is, in other words, no normal in our foreseeable future. Even the central bank’s public narrative sounds confused. “Something is going on” does not exactly reassure one that central banksters have any better understanding than the rest of us about what is happening in their realm of finance. You either have to believe they don’t understand the monster they’ve created (as Bullard sounds above) or that they are beguiling us into thinking they don’t know what is happening (making themselves look foolish) even as some insidious masterplan to crash the world plays out — the 4-D chess view. (As my readers know, I’m of the former camp; but either way gets you to the same serious trouble dead ahead.) The best one gets to, taking Bullard’s words at face value, the CBs are flying by the seat of their pants as they try to figure out why normalization of their policies proved impossible and scrambling to figure out what to do from here. The banks appear to be losing control of interest rates and to be, themselves, controlled by market forces they can no longer contain or fully manipulate. Their policies clearly did not perform as promised, yielding a weak and unsustainable recovery that greatly widened the gap between rich and poor; yet they are already going back to them as if they will create anything more sustainable than they did last time. Our foolish leaders show all signs of being ready to go along with that, and certainly stock market investors are begging for it. Bond investors have, until recently, been pushing for it. CBs are going back because addicted markets demand it. (I’ll be continuing to explore the new emergency plans the CB world is plotting in the Patron Post I’m working on now.) Even more peculiar than the admission above is the sound of banks that most benefited from the bankster bailouts of yesteryear now complaining that the changing financial world is the Fed’s fault due to its recovery efforts. Listen to Bank of America’s disingenuous complaint: Ultra-easy monetary policies have led to distortions across various asset classes…. It [the Fed] also stopped normal economic adjustment/ renewal mechanisms by for instance sustaining economic participants that would normally have gone out of business…. Zero Hedge You mean like Bank of America? Economic participants like Bank of America and its ilk might have gone out of business –as they should have — if the Fed had not wrongfully interfered to sustain them (because they were “too big to fail”). Find that an oddly candid admission? BofA goes on to even more bizarre admissions:  We fear that this dynamic could ultimately lead to “quantitative failure,…” which would in all likelihood lead to a material increase in volatility…. At the same time, and perhaps perversely, such a sell-off may prompt central banks to ease more aggressively, making gold an even more attractive asset to hold.“ O.K. I’m sure I never saw that coming. Talk about things you never thought you’d hear a major bankster say: “Buy gold; it may soon be worth more than our money.” That is the world we have now entered, which should tell you all you need to know about how perilous the present times are. Banks stating publicly that CB policies, if continued, will likely be a “quantitative failure” and will make gold more attractive than bank money? (And the banks are now set on continuing them with the European Central Bank having just led the new charge.) As I’ve said for years, the Fed’s recovery plan never had an endgame, so the central banks are scrambling for an end game as their recovery crumbles into a myriad pieces, causing the banksters, themselves, to realize they may be facing “quantitative failure.” This clear failure that is already playing out led the head of foreign exchange at Deutsche Bank to boldly ask all kinds of stark questions at the recent Jackson Hole central-bank symposium: Will the Fed/ECB buy equities? How far are central banks willing to distort underlying value, or is distorting value intrinsic to Central Banking as per the Austrian critique? How much are Central Banks going to be complicit in a collapse in fiscal standards, by buying public sector assets…? Has asset inflation hidden an even more meaningful deceleration in the natural rate of growth that will evident in the next decade? Is it the Central Banks job to do away with business cycle? And at what price? Are we witnessing … a great collapse in confidence and wilder big credit cycle, and greater long-term misallocation of resources? Whoa! Those are some amazing questions for a high executive at one of the world’s largest failing banks (and one of the largest beneficiaries of central-bank largesse) to be asking. It would seem big banksters all over the world are now starting to see the problems manifest that I have always said were baked into their recovery plans. There is nothing happening in these realizations that was not posited on my site as a definite endpoint to the recovery plan we have been on. The only hard part is sorting out whether the major moves in bond market right now mean the bond bubble is bursting or are something more benign. The certain part is the failure of central-bank recovery efforts and the banks’ current public struggle for direction along with their oft-stated concern about maintaining public confidence as their failures play out. Why should the public trust their next plans? (Obviously, it shouldn’t, but it probably will enough to allow them to happen, albeit with a lot more suspicion that makes those plans, as I’ve said from day one, all the more problematic in terms of efficacy.) It’s interesting to see so much of what I’ve been writing about for so long now coming about. It’s also unfortunate. Whether the present bond turmoil is the beginning of a glacial bond breakup or is just due to the rotation in stocks and trade concerns noted above, I don’t know. I’ll just say we had all better watch and be wary when even the biggest banksters can only say “something is going on” that may “likely” lead to “quantitative failure!” Maybe all will be fine soon in the bond world again, or maybe this great glacial ice flow is beginning to roll over — and we just don’t know that’s what is now happening because we’ve never witnessed something this big in order to know what it looks like! On a related note, I’ll add that the sudden steepening of the yield curve that came about because of the past week’s bond carnage is makes my recession predictions all the more likely. As I’ve stated in a couple of previous articles, inversion of the yield curve cocks the gun for recessions, but the reversion back toward the norm, pulls the trigger. Yes, recessions follow yield-curve inversions, as everyone now knows, but not before the yield curve reverts back toward normal. In fact, I’d say this is the penultimate forward indicator that needed to come in for my summer recession prediction to come about. (The ultimate being the first upturn in unemployment, which is also putting in signs of emerging soon.) Whether the massive global bond bubble crashes first or the massive US stock bubble has always been a conundrum to me. What is not in question for me (at least, not much) is the recession we are entering and that the recession will take down stocks. One reason I’m less sure of how and when the bond bubble finally implodes is that a recession may breathe new hot air into the bubble as the Fed reverts to more ultimately failing QE and interest-rate reductions. That QE will without a doubt be much less effective so may not last long before the Fed has to switch to even more drastic manipulations and controls, as I am teasing out this year from the central banksters’ own words. Liked it? Take a second to support David Haggith on Patreon!

http://thegreatrecession.info/blog/why-are-bonds-going-for-broke/ 

:: 9-15-19 The Economic Collapse Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If You Think The Price Of Oil Is Skyrocketing Now, Just Wait Until The War Starts…

September 15, 2019 by Michael Snyder

In the aftermath of the most dramatic attack on Saudi oil facilities that we have ever seen, the price of oil has exploded higher. The Wall Street Journal is calling this attack “the Big One”, and President Trump appears to be indicating that some sort of military retaliation is coming. Needless to say, a direct military strike on Iran could spark a major war in the Middle East, and that would be absolutely devastating for the entire global economy. Just about everything that we buy has to be moved, and moving stuff takes energy. When the price of oil gets really high, that tends to create inflation because the price of oil is a factor in virtually everything that we buy. In addition, a really high price for oil also tends to slow down economic activity, and this is something that we witnessed just prior to the financial crisis of 2008. And if this crisis in the Middle East stretches over an extended period of time, it could ultimately result in a phenomenon known as “stagflation” where we have rapidly rising prices and weaker economic activity simultaneously. The last time we experienced such a thing was in the 1970s, and nobody really remembers the U.S. economy of the 1970s favorably. The damage caused by the “drone attacks” in Saudi Arabia was immense. According to the Daily Mail, “huge plumes of black smoke” could be seen pouring out of a key Saudi oil facility… Infernos raged at the plant in Abqaiq, Bugayg, and the country’s second largest oilfield in Khurais yesterday morning after Tehran-backed Houthi rebels in Yemen fired a flurry of rockets. Huge plumes of black smoke could be seen coming from the oil facility. Houthi rebels in Yemen have publicly taken responsibility for the attacks, but they may or may not be telling the truth. At this point, U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo is completely rejecting that explanation, and he is claiming that there is “no evidence the strikes had come from Yemen”… Secretary of State Mike Pompeo blamed Iran for coordinated strikes on the heart of Saudi Arabia’s oil industry, saying they marked an unprecedented attack on the world’s energy supply. The strikes shut down half of the kingdom’s crude production on Saturday, potentially roiling petroleum prices and demonstrating the power of Iran’s proxies. Iran-allied Houthi rebels in neighboring Yemen claimed credit for the attack, saying they sent 10 drones to strike at important facilities in Saudi Arabia’s oil-rich Eastern Province. But Mr. Pompeo said there was no evidence the strikes had come from Yemen. And according to Reuters, another unnamed “U.S. official” told them that the attacks came from “west-northwest of the targets”… The U.S. official, who asked not to be named, said there were 19 points of impact in the attack on Saudi facilities and that evidence showed the launch area was west-northwest of the targets – the direction of Iran – not south from Yemen. The official added that Saudi officials had indicated they had seen signs that cruise missiles were used in the attack, which is inconsistent with the Iran-aligned Houthi group’s claim that it conducted the attack with 10 drones. Of course drones don’t have to travel in a straight line, and cruise missiles don’t either, and so we may never know for sure where the attacks originated. But we do know that the Houthi rebels in Yemen are being backed by Iran, and we also know that the Shia militias in Iraq are also being backed by Iran. So whether the attacks originated in Yemen, southern Iraq or Iran itself, it is not going to be too difficult for U.S. officials to place the blame on the Iranians, and we should expect some sort of military response. In fact, President Trump posted the following message to Twitter just a little while ago…  Saudi Arabia oil supply was attacked. There is reason to believe that we know the culprit, are locked and loaded depending on verification, but are waiting to hear from the Kingdom as to who they believe was the cause of this attack, and under what terms we would proceed! Of course U.S. airstrikes against Iran itself could ultimately spark World War 3, and most Americans are completely clueless that we could literally be on the precipice of a major war. According to the Saudis, the equivalent of 5.7 million barrels a day of oil production were affected by the attacks. Saudi Arabia typically produces about 9.8 million barrels a day, and so that is a really big deal. When the markets reopened on Sunday night, oil futures exploded higher. In fact, according to Zero Hedge this was the biggest jump ever… With traders in a state of near-frenzy, with a subset of fintwit scrambling (and failing) to calculate what the limit move in oil would be (hint: there is none for Brent), moments ago brent reopened for trading in the aftermath of Saturday’s attack on the “world’s most important oil processing plant“, and exploded some 20% higher, to a high of $71.95 from the Friday $60.22 close, its biggest jump since futures started trading in 1988. As I write this article, the price of Brent crude is currently sitting at $66.89, although at least one analyst is warning that the price of oil could soon shoot up to “as high as $100 per barrel” if the Saudis are not able to quickly resume their previous level of production… The oil market will rally by $5-10 per barrel when it opens on Monday and may spike to as high as $100 per barrel if Saudi Arabia fails to quickly resume oil supply lost after attacks over the weekend, traders and analysts said. Saudi officials have already told us that they anticipate that a third of the lost oil output will be restored on Monday. But because of the extensive damage that has been done, restoring the remainder of the lost output could take “weeks” or even “months”. In the short-term, President Trump has “authorized the release of oil from the Strategic Petroleum Reserve“, and that should help stabilize prices somewhat. However, if a full-blown war with Iran erupts, nothing is going to be able to calm the markets. In such a scenario, the price of oil could easily explode to a level that is four or five times higher than it is today, and that would essentially be the equivalent of slamming a baseball bat into the knees of the global economy. The times that we are living in are about to become a whole lot more serious, but most Americans are not even paying attention to these absolutely critical global events.  In famainstream media seems to believect, even the  that the new allegations against Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh are more important. That is because they don’t understand what is really happening. Trust me, keep a close eye on the Middle East, because things are about to start breaking loose there in a major way. About the author: Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/if-you-think-the-price-of-oil-is-skyrocketing-now-just-wait-until-the-war-starts 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 9-10-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democracy Challenged

by Hal Lindsey

On August 18th, the FBI’s Cyber Division issued an “eyes only” alert to state election officials. Various news organizations have now let the cat out of the bag, so I’m not divulging secrets here. The FBI told of intrusions into two different state election websites. In one, computer thieves stole actual voter registration information. Yahoo News Chief Investigative Correspondent, Michael Isikoff, wrote that the flash alert “comes amid heightened concerns among U.S. intelligence officials about the possibility of cyber intrusions, potentially by Russian state-sponsored hackers, aimed at disrupting the November elections.” Imagine Russian hackers deciding American elections. Computerized voting terminals and servers can be hacked. This undermines the very idea of democracy. It strikes locally, nationally, and internationally. Democracy in 2016 is under assault from every quarter. Bible prophecy foretells a future with autocratic rulers and small ruling councils. Critics point out that in the years since the American Revolution, representative government has taken hold all over the world. There are more democracies now than ever. But they’re missing the big picture. Democracy is beginning to unravel. There are dozens of threats to representative government around the world. Perhaps the biggest is that the world’s elites have, for the most part, lost confidence in the voting public. The “great unwashed” voted Britain out of the European Union, and that may have been the last straw for the elites. European Commission president Jean-Claude Juncker represented the thinking of world elites recently, when he said, “Borders are the worst invention ever made by politicians.” Look where that logic takes you. If borders are a bad idea, then individual nations must also be a bad idea. If individual nations are a bad idea, then the only thing left is global government. In another sign that the elites no longer trust the masses, high-end media corporations, run by global elites, have almost completely abandoned old-fashioned fair and accurate journalism. They believe commoners need to be told what to think. And that seems fine with a new generation of reporters trained at elite schools to follow the corporate line. No matter who you plan to vote for in this year’s presidential election, you have to be concerned over the death of journalistic standards. I’m not talking about columnists, editorialists, or those giving commentaries on television. Opinion is fine, but it shouldn't be labeled news. Journalism is based on a tradition of trying to be balanced and fair in the presentation of facts. Everyone has a worldview, and it will color the way they say things. But journalists traditionally strove for accuracy and fairness — objectivity. They didn’t take sides. As much as possible, they simply reported the facts of the story. The Reuters’ “Handbook of Journalism” says, “Accuracy and fairness are the hallmarks of Thomson Reuters journalism.” Most journalistic organizations have a similar credo. It may be in a dusty book on a back shelf, somewhere behind the no-longer-in-use copy machine. But they have it somewhere. They just don’t pay attention to it any more. The new perspective has been well-expressed by the Univision anchorman, Jorge Ramos. The New York Times says he “is often called the Walter Cronkite of Latino America.” Ramos is fiercely, even viciously anti-Trump. He says, “Trump has forced journalists to revisit rules of objectivity and fairness.” Without objectivity and fairness, what does a reporter have? If Donald Trump is bad, give fair and objective news about him, and let voters decide for themselves. But Mr. Ramos clearly wants reporters to stop being fair; stop being objective. Slanting the news equals lying. They lie to their viewers because that’s the best way to manipulate voters. As the leading voice on one of the most watched networks in the United States, Ramos is enormously powerful. Give him credit for honesty at least. Other members of the mainstream media hold the same beliefs, but don’t say it. New York Times Media Columnist Jim Rutenberg wrote, “It’s not unusual to see news stories describe [Trump] as ‘erratic’ without attribution to an opponent.” Then Rutenberg excused the reporters’ lack of objectivity because Trump is… well, Trump. Journalists are simply reflecting their elite boss’s attitude of disdain for voters, and, therefore, for democracy itself. What if other American professionals should sink to the levels of modern journalism? What if others decide that a Trump or Clinton presidency is so dangerous they should stop them with every means available? It would be the end of government that is “of, for, and by the people.” In a conference call with state election officials a few days before the FBI alert, Homeland Security Secretary Jeh Johnson warned of cybersecurity concerns, and offered his department’s help in securing local voting systems. That’s good . . . except, do you fully trust Homeland Security? What if that department’s computer engineers are as willing to trash professionalism and integrity as Jorge Ramos - the new CNN, or the New York Times? Local election officials certainly need federal help. Few communities can afford the kind of security needed to defend against modern computer hackers. And we can’t allow the Russian government, or American kids in basements, to alter U.S. election results. Representative government only works when there is a broad societal consensus on the supremacy of integrity. So another clear path to one world government and the Anti-christ is prominent on the horizon.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-1-2016/ 

:: 9-15-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Israel's election on Tuesday will be target of cyber-attacks'

Dr. Gabriel Weimann to ‘Post’: Highly doubtful Israel built digital defense against cyber attacks this time after capabilities were missing in April vote.

By Maayan Jaffe-Hoffman  September 15, 2019 23:38

At the conclusion of the April 9 election, an Israeli watchdog group exposed a network of hundreds of social media accounts, many of them fake, used to smear opponents of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and to amplify the messages of his Likud Party. Shortly before that, in January, it was reported that Iranians had been using hundreds of fake accounts on Israeli social media pages, in an effort to sow social division and influence the then upcoming Israeli election.

Read More Related Articles Netanyahu vs. Gantz: Rivlin's dilemma - analysis

 right before Israelis go to the polls, due to the proximity of the two elections as well as the immediacy and scale of the threats, it is highly doubtful that Israel has built a digital defense against cyberattacks this time around either, said Dr. Gabriel Weimann, a professor of communications at the University of Haifa. He told The Jerusalem Post that this Israeli election is likely to be marred by online election interference just like the last election, something that will only be fully understood after Tuesday. “Today, through social networks, it is possible to spread false rumors, promote ‘fake news,’ incite and radicalize discourse, cause harm to candidates and parties, widen social rifts and plunge election campaigns into an abyss of extremism, distrust, sectarianism and violence,” Weimann said.  “Israeli society is divided, stratified and split; it has religious, economic, social, ethnic, national and ideological conflicts,” he said. “An inciting discourse could deepen divisions, widen gaps and create polarization and radicalization.” In the last election, Israel feared that it would be the target of Russian interference, much like the United States was alleged to have been in 2016. Before the April vote, Nadav Argaman, head of the Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency), made a statement about a “foreign power” interfering in the Israeli political system via the Internet. He said that a foreign country was trying to use cyber abilities to interfere in Israel’s upcoming election. Then he said that he did not know what that country’s political purpose was, but that “it is trying to intervene – and I know what I am talking about.” Weimann said, however, that it was not just Russia who interfered in the last election. Terrorist organizations and state sponsors of terrorism were also included on the map of online threats, having the goal not of targeting a specific campaign but to interfere in Israeli political discourse in general.  “I see it as classical terrorism – the spread of chaos and fear to terrorize a population: just without explosives, bombs, rifles, killing or so on,” he said. Weimann said these organizations are “fully aware” of the existence of the use of online platforms for attacks, and have used “hard” attacks to harm Israel in the past. For example, members of terrorist organizations and their supporters have tried to disrupt critical systems and websites, hack into accounts and more. In 2017, Hamas created dozens of fake profiles of young, beautiful women who reached out to IDF soldiers and extracted classified and sensitive information from them. Dozens of soldiers fell into the trap. The next year, Hamas tried to hunt soldiers through a WhatsApp application. WEIMANN SAID that a recent study conducted by two Hebrew University professors, who were both former Shin Bet officials, reviewed the digital weaknesses in the Israeli election campaign, which they broke down into three categories: 1) attacks on the election process 2) attacks on political players – parties, candidates and campaigns, and 3) attacks on social networks that could influence public opinion or discourse. The study found that despite recent reports about Blue and White Party leader Benny Gantz’s cell phones, Israel could defend itself against “hard” interference, such as disrupting computer systems of the election administration, hacking campaign managers’ computers, leaking party data, etc. But what about “soft” attacks – which are considered less violent, but which Weimann said can influence election results?  “Here, the Israeli defense will face more difficulty,” he said. “Social networks can be breached by anyone – and the ability to manage, control and block content is in the hands of private companies like Facebook, Google and Microsoft, whose powerlessness has already been demonstrated.” Weimann said that these cyber terrorists use three main tools: avatars, bots and trolls. An avatar is a fictional digital character that appears on the web and pretends to be real. A bot is a software application designed to perform actions online by mimicking a normal user – a kind of robot that poses as a human user. A troll is a user whose entire purpose is to provoke and inflame the discourse by writing controversial, false or slanderous statements. A troll can be real, an avatar or bot. While it may be too late for Tuesday, Weimann said that steps can be taken to protect countries in the future and that Israel is at the forefront of the industry. The first step is monitoring. “Several countries decided to establish public and private research and monitoring bodies to work to examine dissemination on social networks, expose the lies and manipulations, and report them to the public,” he said. The next step is to identify the attackers and inform the social media companies about them, which can then block or remove the attackers. Finally, another idea is to “vaccinate” the public through a public information campaign on how to identify fake information and how to avoid spreading it. A full report will only be issued after Election Day, he said, and “based on the last election five months ago, I don’t think we’ll find that the cyber influence has stopped.” And he doesn’t envision it stopping anytime soon, either. “It’s like a game of chess: I move, you make a move to respond to my move,” he said. “That’s how it is in cyberspace.”

https://www.jpost.com/Israel-Elections/Israel-elections-target-of-cyber-attacks-professor-says-601757 

:: 9-15-19 Military :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

White House Says Bin Laden Son Killed in US Operation

The Canadian Press 15 Sep 2019

WASHINGTON — The White House announced Saturday that Hamza bin Laden, the son of the late al-Qaida leader who had become an increasingly prominent figure in the terrorist organization, was killed in a U.S. counterterrorism operation in the Afghanistan-Pakistan region. A statement issued in President Donald Trump's name gave no further details, such as when Hamza bin Laden was killed or how the United States had confirmed his death. Administration officials would provide no more information beyond the three-sentence statement from the White House. American officials have said there are indications that the CIA, not the U.S. military, conducted the strike. The CIA declined comment on whether the agency was involved. The White House statement said Hamza bin Laden's death "not only deprives al-Qaida of important leadership skills and the symbolic connection to his father, but undermines important operational activities of the group." It said Osama bin Laden's son "was responsible for planning and dealing with various terrorist groups." The U.S. officials had suspected this summer that Hamza bin Laden was dead, based on intelligence reports and the fact that he had not been heard from in some time. The officials spoke on condition of anonymity to discuss intelligence matters. Defense Secretary Mark Esper told Fox News Channel in a late August interview that it was "my understanding" that Hamza bin Laden was dead. A U.S. official familiar with the case who spoke on condition of anonymity about intelligence-gathering said bin laden was killed in the past 18 months. Confirming such a high-profile death can take a long time, said the official, who declined to say what led the U.S. to report bin Laden's death with certainty. The younger bin Laden had been viewed as an eventual heir to the leadership of al-Qaida, and the group's leader, Ayman al-Zawahri, had praised him in a 2015 video that appeared on jihadi websites, calling him a "lion from the den of al-Qaida." Bin Laden's death leaves Zawahiri with the challenge of finding a different successor. The U.S. government in February said it was offering $1 million for help tracking down Hamza bin Laden as part of the State Department's Rewards for Justice program. The department's notice said he was married to a daughter of Abdullah Ahmed Abdullah, an al-Qaida leader and Egyptian charged for his role in the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in East Africa. They were said to have two children, Osama and Khairiah, named after his parents. He was named a "specially designated global terrorist" in January 2017, and he had released audio and video messages calling for attacks against the U.S. and its allies. To mark one 9-11 anniversary, al-Qaida superimposed a childhood photo of him over a photo of the World Trade Center. Video released by the CIA in 2017 that was seized during the 2011 U.S. raid that killed Osama bin Laden showed Hamza bin Laden with a trimmed mustache but no beard at his wedding. Previous images have only shown him as a child. Hamza bin Laden is believed to have been born in 1989, the year of the Soviet withdrawal from Afghanistan, where his father became known among the mujahedeen fighters. His father returned to Saudi Arabia and later fled to Sudan after criticizing the kingdom for allowing U.S. troops to deploy in the country during the 1991 Gulf War. He later fled Sudan for Afghanistan in 1996, where he declared war against the U.S. As al-Qaida's leader, Osama bin Laden oversaw attacks that included the 1998 bombings of the U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania, as well as the bombing of the USS Cole off Yemen. He and others plotted and executed the 2001 attacks against the United States that led to the U.S. invasion of Afghanistan. U.S. Navy SEALs killed the elder bin Laden in a raid on a house in Abbottabad, Pakistan, in 2011. This past March, Saudi Arabia announced that it had revoked the citizenship of Hamza bin Laden. The kingdom stripped Osama bin Laden's citizenship in 1994 while he was living in exile in Sudan when Hamza bin Laden was just a child. It was unclear where Hamza bin Laden was at the time of the Saudi action. Hamza bin Laden began appearing in militant videos and recordings in 2015 as an al-Qaida spokesman. "If you think that your sinful crime that you committed in Abbottabad has passed without punishment, then you thought wrong," he said in his first audio recording. After the Sept. 11 attacks, a U.S.-led invasion of Afghanistan sought to topple the Taliban, an ally of al-Qaida, and seize the elder bin Laden. He escaped and split from his family as he crossed into Pakistan. Hamza was 12 when he saw his father for the last time — receiving a parting gift of prayer beads. "It was as if we pulled out our livers and left them there," he wrote of the separation.  Hamza and his mother followed other al-Qaida members into Pakistan and then Iran, where other al-Qaida leaders hid them, according to experts and analysis of documents seized after U.S. raid that killed Osama bin Laden. Iran later put the al-Qaida members on its soil into custody. During this time, Hamza married. In March 2010, Hamza and others left Iranian custody. He went to Pakistan's Waziristan province, where he asked for weapons training, according to a letter to the elder bin Laden. His mother left for Abbottabad, joining her husband in his hideout. On May 2, 2011, the Navy SEAL team raided Abbottabad, killing Osama bin Laden and his son Khalid, as well as others. Saber and other wives living in the house were imprisoned. Hamza again disappeared. In August 2015, a video emerged on jihadi websites of al-Zawahri introducing "a lion from the den of al-Qaida" — Hamza bin Laden. Since then, Hamza had been featured in al-Qaida messages, delivering speeches on everything from the war in Syria to Donald Trump's visit to Saudi Arabia on his first foreign trip as president. But he hadn't been heard from since a message in March 2018, in which he threatened the rulers of Saudi Arabia.

https://www.military.com/daily-news/2019/09/15/white-house-says-bin-laden-son-killed-us-operation.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 9-15-19 World News Abilk.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hurricane tracker: Three MASSIVE storms could smash into US as Humberto gains strength

Redactor by Redactor | @ | September 15, 2019 10:04 pm

The Native Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) has identified three weather disturbances in the Atlantic Davy Joness locker. One already well-established system is Tropical Storm Humberto, which is look for to become a hurricane on Sunday. Humberto is currently whipping out winds of 65mph as it changes north at 7mph. For the storm to be categorised a hurricane it needs winds of at least 74mph. The way is currently located about 165 miles east-northeast of Cape Canaveral in the US regal of Florida. Although the storm is not forecast to make landfall on the Sunshine Phase, NOAA has warned Humberto may bring swells during the next few times. These swells could cause “life threatening surf and rip course conditions” during the next few days, the agency said.

READ MORE: Typhoon WARNING: Florida to be hit by cyclone STRONGER than Dorian

Gusty breaths are still affecting portions of the northwestern Bahamas and Humberto, only a unite of weeks after Hurricane Dorian hit the Abaco Islands and Grand Bahama. The end toll currently stands at 50 after Dorian wreaked spoliation but search and rescue teams are still searching through destroyed close ti. Meanwhile, a small low-pressure system is producing an elongated area of disorganised lavishes and thunderstorms over the central tropical Atlantic. The system is expected to slowly result during the next day or two, NOAA said.

https://abilk.com/hurricane-tracker-three-massive-storms-could-smash-into-us-as-humberto-gains-strength/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 9-14-19 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

At least 6 dead as torrential rain floods coastal Spain

Updated on: September 14, 2019 / 7:18 PM / CBS/AP

Record rainfall claimed two more lives in southeastern Spain as it caused widespread flooding. The overall death toll rose to six from the storms, authorities said Saturday. An estimated 3,500 people are missing, according to BBC News. Emergency rescue workers saved thousands of people during the storm that slammed into the Mediterranean coastal regions of Valencia, Murcia and eastern Andalusia this week. Local authorities said some towns and cities reported their heaviest rainfall on record. The downpour forced the closure of airports in Almeria and Murcia as well as intercity train lines, major roads and schools. A fifth victim was found late Friday by police in the village of Redován. News agency Europa Press reported that police said the 58-year-old man was swept away by rushing waters when he got out of his vehicle. A sixth victim was confirmed by authorities on Saturday — a 41-year-old man in the town of Orihuela, where the Segura River overflowed its banks on Friday. One man was killed after getting stuck inside a flooded tunnel, BBC News reports. Reuters reported that another man was found dead in the village of Redovan in Valencia after leaving his home on foot earlier on Friday. Acting Prime Minister Pedro Sánchez flew over the devastated areas in a helicopter on Saturday. "We deeply lament the news of a new victim in Orihuela," Sánchez wrote on Twitter. "All my warmth and solidarity for the people affected by the heavy rains. Together, we will deploy all our resources and aid to help the population and return things to normal." The storms in this area are a yearly metrological phenomenon, but they have been particularly fierce this fall, turning fields into lakes and roads into surging rivers of mud that sweep away everything in their path. The rain let up a bit Saturday after drowning the area for two days. Spain's weather service decreased the alert for rain from "extreme danger" to "at risk" as the storm moved westward toward the country's central region. Some residents trapped by the floods had harrowing escapes. Some had to be airlifted by helicopter from the rooftops of buildings surrounded by water. Four people were stranded on top of cars in a flooded tunnel until help arrived by boat and jet ski. Sixty other people were pulled from rising waters at a campsite that was completely surrounded by rushing water. Interior Minister Fernando Grande-Marlaska said Friday that 3,500 people had been rescued from perilous situations. Police and emergency workers answering calls for help were backed up by 1,000 soldiers.

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/spain-floods-torrential-rains-hit-valencia-murcia-and-eastern-andalusia-at-least-6-dead-2019-09-14/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 9-16-19 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. "Locked and Loaded" to Proceed over Saudi Oil Refinery Attack UPDATED 6:58 AM EDT "ACT OF WAR"

World News Desk 16 September 2019  UPDATED 6:58 AM EDT (see bottom) "Act of War"

President Donald Trump has confirmed the United States is "locked and loaded" over the attack upon the Saudi Oil Refinery and is awaiting verification amid discussion on "how to proceed." Sources in Washington are now openly saying War with Iran is now likely and could begin THIS WEEK. Vice President Pence and Defense Secretary Esper were summoned to the White House for unscheduled Security meeting which ended around 1:00 PM EDT Sunday afternoon. Trump tweets came shortly after. INTEL ASSESSMENT This could turn into all out war with Iran. And worse. If the U.S. strikes Iran, it is extremely likely Iran will fully retaliate . . . with missiles raining down on US bases within 2,000 kilometers AND ON (US ALLY) ISRAEL. At that point, anything can happen. Not to put too fine a point on it, but this really could finally lead to global nuclear war; not immediately but some number of moves into the future, especially if Russia and China become involved on the side of Iran. They might be sick enough of America that out of the blue THEY make a first strike against us. The stakes are extremely high right now. It is undeniable that "someone" launched an attack on the largest oil refinery in the world when they attacked the Saudi refinery and Saudi oil fields. THAT was an attack upon the GLOBAL oil supplies, and THAT is an American national security interest. Put simply the Genie may be about to come out of the bottle for the first time since August 1945. Just Keep in mind when this all goes down:  Saudi ARAMCO was about to make the world's largest IPO on Wall Street next month, which China wanted... Here is an image of the damaged Saudi Refinery: Zooming-in, you can see very clearly these were missile hits; the holes in the tanks are visible: UPDATE 6:27 AM EDT -- Missiles impacted the Saudi Oil Refinery from the NW through Kuwait. One missile engine has been positively identified as an Iranian Howazey missile which crashed and was discovered in Kuwaiti desert. Here are photos of that crashed missile from Kuwait: Now, here is a publicly-released image of an Iranian Sumar Cruise Missile. The booster section at the rear fires at liftoff, then detaches. Look at the tail fins and compare them to the photos above: U.S teams in Saudi are in possession of fragments of an Iranian Howazey missile at one of the Oil areas attacked. UPDATE 6:58 AM EDT -- Iran launched nearly a dozen cruise missiles and over 20 drones from its territory in the Aramco attack says senior US official THIS IS IT

***** BULLETIN ***** 7:02 AM EDT -- All military bases overseas have gone to DEFCON 3. Assets are rapidly being moved. UPDATE 7:42 AM EDT -- Iran has warned that it is prepared for “fully fledged war” after the United States accused it of launching devastating drone attacks on two oil facilities in Saudi Arabia.

Scribe note: Go to the site for a full list of CIVILIAN WAR PREPS

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/u-s-locked-and-loaded-to-proceed-over-saudi-oil-refinery-attack 

:: 9-16-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tensions rise as striking General Motors workers try to block salaried staff from entering Flint plant - just hours after 49,000 walk off the job over failed contract negotiations for better pay and more jobs

Some 49,000 General Motors walked off the job at midnight on Sunday

United Auto Workers union began national strike after contract talks hit impasse

Came after manufacturer's 4-year contract with workers expired without an agreement on a replacement

UAW officials said the two sides remained far apart in the contract negotiations

It has been described as the first major stoppage at GM in more than a decade

Analysts say work stoppage could cost GM $50million in daily losses before taxes and interest

Workers are demanding pay raises as well as increased production in plants that the company has made idle

Management is trying to bring costs under control in uncertain economic environment made worse by tariffs and rising prices of raw materials

By Afp and Associated Press and Ariel Zilber For Dailymail.com and Reuters

Published: 19:51 EDT, 15 September 2019 | Updated: 13:30 EDT, 16 September 2019

Tensions were high on Monday morning as striking autoworkers physically blocked salaried employees from reporting to work at General Motors in Flint just hours after some 49,000 union members walked off the job, shutting down 55 of the company’s facilities across nine states.  Dozens of United Auto Workers picketers held signs and stood in front of two main entrances at the Flint Assembly Plant before dawn on Monday. The striking workers did not allow GM employees through, resulting in a long line of pickup trucks and SUVs that stretched around the block, according to the Detroit Free Press. The vehicles needed to be rerouted after picketers locked and chained the entrance gates on one of the streets adjacent to the plant, according to the Freep. While production workers are on strike, there are white-collar employees who must still report to work. One woman was driving a Ford Focus and started using profanity at the picketers who were causing her to be late to her security job. The woman was seen using her cell phone to call someone when one of the other GM workers asked her why she was driving a Ford. The woman was visibly angry at the question. ‘We're just trying to slow down whatever they're doing in there,’ said James Fisette, a fork truck driver who has worked for GM for 18 years. ‘We're telling GM that we're not backing down. They are trying to get through and our people have been hit four times.’ Another picketer, James Bothell, said he was ‘bumped’ by a vehicle fender belonging to an employee who was eager to get to work. Bothell has worked for the company for 23 years. During that time, he has built motors on the assembly line for the Chevrolet Silverado and GMC Sierra. ‘Thing is I think most of these people on salary get it - 95% are nodding their head as they pass by,’ he said. ‘I think a strike is long overdue, to be honest. ‘In 2007, we opened up our contract and gave away a lot of things, like vacation days and cost-of-living increases and holidays.’ Some picketers responded to the backlash they say they have received on social media. 'People on Facebook call us a bunch of lazy nobodies,' Brian Boswick, 46, told MLive.com. Boswick has worked for GM at the Flint plant for 22 years. '[People say] we don’t work for a living. Normal, average people could not do what we do for eight to nine to ten to twelve hours a day, six to seven days a week.  'Our bodies are conditioned to do what we do. We spend a lot of time away from our families and friends to make sure these trucks get out the door. 'We put a lot blood, sweat and tears into this.' STRIKE COULD COST GM $50 MILLION IN EARNINGS A DAY About 49,000 General Motors workers walked off the job at midnight on Sunday as the United Auto Workers (UAW) union began a nationwide strike.  The move to strike, which the Wall Street Journal described as the first major stoppage at GM in more than a decade, came after the manufacturer's four-year contract with workers expired without an agreement on a replacement. Local union leaders met in Detroit 'and opted to strike at midnight on Sunday,' the UAW said on its Twitter account. 'This is our last resort,' Terry Dittes, the union's lead negotiator with GM, told a news conference after the meeting. 'We are standing up for the fundamental rights of working people in this country.' GM could withstand a short strike, as the company has more than 820,000 vehicles in inventory, according to Bloomberg News. That means the company has enough supply for about 80 days. Nonetheless, an estimate by Credit Suisse shows that the company stands to lose $50million in earnings per day as long as the strike drags on. STRIKE 'COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED' IF GM DIDN'T DELAY OFFER Dittes told General Motors that if the company had made its latest offer earlier, the union may not have gone on strike. The letter from Dittes, the UAW's vice president, to GM's chief bargainer says the company waited to make the offer until two hours before the contract expired Friday night. He says it would have been possible to reach an agreement and avoid a strike if the company moved sooner. UAW officials said the two sides remained far apart in the contract negotiations, with disagreements on wages, health care benefits, the status of temporary workers and job security.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7467275/General-Motors-auto-workers-call-strike-US.html 

:: 9-16-19 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran seizes another oil tanker in Strait of Hormuz as Gulf crisis erupts

IRAN is believed to have seized another oil tanker passing through the Strait of Hormuz.

By Joey Millar

PUBLISHED: 12:06, Mon, Sep 16, 2019 | UPDATED: 15:24, Mon, Sep 16, 2019

The Israeli Broadcasting Corporation is reporting another ship has been seized in the gulf. Correspondent Amochai Stein said on Twitter: “Iran has seized another oil vessel in the Strait of Hormuz. Iran's Revolutionary Guard arrests a vessel and 11 crew on 'diesel smuggling charges'." It comes after Iran said accusations it had a role in the attack on Saudi oil installations were "unacceptable" and "baseless", after a senior US official said the Islamic Republic was behind it. "These allegations are condemned as unacceptable and entirely baseless," Foreign Ministry spokesman Abbas Mousavi said in remarks carried by state TV. On Sunday, a senior US official told reporters that evidence from the attack, which hit the world's biggest oil-processing facility on Saturday, indicated Iran was behind it, instead of the Yemeni Houthi group that had claimed responsibility. Donald Trump waded into the row by issuing a fierce warning to Iran that America was "locked and loaded" in a chilling esponse to the oil field attacks. The US President said on Twitter: "There is reason to believe that we know the culprit, are locked and loaded depending on verification, but are waiting to hear from the Kingdom as to who they believe was the cause of the attack, and under what terms we would proceed." He then said the US had 'PLENTY OF OIL!' despite the attacks on the fields. Last night the US issued satellite images an intelligence backing the claim that Iran was behind attacks on major Saudi oil facilities. According to the New York Times, ABC and Reuters US officials pointed 19 points of impact from bombs or missiles and evidence indicated the attacks had come from a west-north-west direction - not Houthi-controlled territory in Yemen, which lies to the south-west of the Saudi oil facilities. US officials suggested launch sites in the northern Gulf, Iran or Iraq were a more likely source of the missiles. And a close-up image of damaged tanks at the Abqaiq processing plant seemed to show impact points on the western side. Iran's semi-official Students News agency ISNA reported Iran's Revolutionary Guards have seized the the vessel for allegedly smuggling 250,000 litres of diesel fuel to the United Arab Emirates. A reporter for ISNA said: "It was detained near Iran's Greater Tunb island in the Persian Gulf. “The crew have been handed over to legal authorities in the southern Hormozgan province." Mr Trump said on Monday the United States would help its allies.

Taking to Twitter he said: “We don't need Middle Eastern Oil & Gas, & in fact have very few tankers there, but will help our Allies!" The latest reported ship seizure by Iran follows a series of incidents involving shipping around the Gulf after US sanctions on Iranian oil exports took full effect in May.

https://www.express.co.uk/news/world/1178571/iran-news-iran-oil-tanker-Strait-of-Hormuz-gulf-saudi-arabia-uk-us 

:: 9-14-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump floats possible defense treaty days ahead of Israeli elections

By Alexandra Alper 2 days ago

WASHINGTON, Sept 14 (Reuters) - U.S. President Donald Trump said on Saturday he had spoken with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu about a possible mutual defense treaty between the two nations, a move that could bolster Netanyahu's re-election bid just days before Israelis go to the polls.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/world/trump-floats-possible-defense-treaty-days-ahead-of-israeli-elections/ar-AAHiu3N 

:: 9-15-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Officials: Scope, Precision of Saudi Oil Attacks Show Iran to Blame

Sunday, 15 September 2019 05:06 PM

The scope and precision of drone attacks on Saudi Arabian oil facilities show they were launched from a west-northwest direction rather than from Yemen to the south, where Houthi rebels claimed responsibility, senior U.S. administration officials said on Sunday. U.S. officials pointed to satellite imagery showing 19 points of impact on the oil facilities. The attacks on Saturday risk disruptions to the world's oil supplies, and oil prices were expected to jump on Monday. The officials said they had additional evidence they would reveal in the days to come that would show that Houthi claims of responsibility for the attacks were not credible. Read Newsmax: US Officials: Scope, Precision of Saudi Oil Attacks Show Iran to Blame | Newsmax.com

Urgent: Do you approve of Pres. Trump? Vote Here in Poll "There's no doubt that Iran is responsible for this. No matter how you slice it, there's no escaping it. There's no other candidate. Evidence points in no other direction than that Iran was responsible for this," an official told a small group of reporters, speaking on condition of anonymity. The officials declined to say where they believe the attack was launched. "There are two options, and we have our opinion on which it was," a second official said, noting the Iraqi government has said it was not from Iraq. The United States is working with Saudi officials, who have said they have seen signs that cruise missiles were used in the attacks, the officials said. More than 17 systems were deployed, they said. Not all systems reached their targets, and some were recovered north of their intended destination, they said. "The Houthi have never struck this far afield in the past because we don’t think that they have that capability. And the Houthi have never struck in this precise and coordinated fashion before," a second official told reporters.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/saudi-oil-attacks-iran/2019/09/15/id/932763/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

:: 9-15-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu: After Jordan Valley and settlements, I’ll annex other ‘vital areas’

Prime minister says moves to be done in coordination with President Trump and argues, in election pitch, that he is only one capable of negotiating with US leader

By TOI staff Today, 3:02 am

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Sunday that if reelected he plans to annex additional “vital” parts of the West Bank beyond the Jordan Valley and the major settlement blocs, and do so in coordination with the United States. Netanyahu, who is campaigning ahead of Tuesday’s election, thus widened his pledge from last week to extend Israeli sovereignty over the Jordan Valley — about a quarter of the West Bank — as soon as he puts together a coalition if successful in the elections, and subsequently to annex all West Bank settlements in coordination with the Trump Administration. Speaking to Army Radio, Netanyahu vowed to also apply Israeli sovereignty to “vital areas” outside the settlement blocs, but did not elaborate. He also spoke of a phased process of annexations coordinated with the Trump administration. In the interview, Netanyahu was asked about a map published earlier in the day by right-wing Yamina candidate Naftali Bennett, that Bennett claimed was the long-delayed Trump peace plan’s scheme for dividing the West Bank between Israel and the Palestinians. His party later acknowledged it had “compiled” the map itself based on various reports. The alleged plan, shared by Bennett on Facebook together with a map, shows what the Yamina candidate called “islands” of Israeli control surrounded by a majority of the West Bank set aside for a Palestinian state.  Netanyahu called that map “fake news,” noting that the US administration had made plain that the map was not its own. He said he did not have his own map as he was waiting for the release of the Trump plan after the elections. (Yamina subsequently acknowledged that the map was “based on compiled statements by the prime minister, the US administration, and former minister Bennett’s knowledge of the negotiations.”) “The question of who will ensure the future of Jewish settlement is clear,” Netanyahu said. “Who will be able to negotiate with President Trump? The other (candidates) won’t be able to stand against US pressure,” he said, noting he withstood “immense pressure” from the Clinton and Obama administrations to halt settlement construction. “This is a historic opportunity, because after the epic holding battle I led against pressures to return to the ’67 lines, I am now turning the direction of our history,” Netanyahu vowed. “Instead of withdrawals, evacuations and concessions, we are now turning toward recognition and rights.” Netanyahu has had his call to annex the Jordan Valley panned as an election ploy, with critics saying he could have done it at any time in recent years if he really wanted to. But the prime minister said the timing was part of a process. “There are stages that have to happen,” Netanyahu said. “I caused them (the Trump administration) to recognize Jerusalem as the capital of Israel, after that to move the embassy there and then recognize our sovereignty over the Golan Heights.” “And now after immense diplomatic efforts, I am laying the groundwork for applying Israeli sovereignty over the Jordan Valley as our eastern defensive wall, and after that, over all the settlements, and over other vital areas, inside the (settlement) blocs and outside the blocs,” Netanyahu said. “And all that, I want to do together with President Trump.” 2019. Photo by Marc Israel Sellem/POOL Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Sunday that if reelected he plans to annex additional “vital” parts of the West Bank beyond the Jordan Valley and the major settlement blocs, and do so in coordination with the United States.  etc  Netanyahu, who is campaigning ahead of Tuesday’s election, thus widened his pledge from last week to extend Israeli sovereignty over the Jordan Valley — about a quarter of the West Bank — as soon as he puts together a coalition if successful in the elections, and subsequently to annex all West Bank settlements in coordination with the Trump Administration. Speaking to Army Radio, Netanyahu vowed to also apply Israeli sovereignty to “vital areas” outside the settlement blocs, but did not elaborate. He also spoke of a phased process of annexations coordinated with the Trump administration. In the interview, Netanyahu was asked about a map published earlier in the day by right-wing Yamina candidate Naftali Bennett, that Bennett claimed was the long-delayed Trump peace plan’s scheme for dividing the West Bank between Israel and the Palestinians. His party later acknowledged it had “compiled” the map itself based on various reports. A map of the West Bank that purports to show the final arrangement proposed by the Trump peace plan, with Israeli-controlled areas in blue and white, and a Palestinian state in black. (Facebook screen capture) The alleged plan, shared by Bennett on Facebook together with a map, shows what the Yamina candidate called “islands” of Israeli control surrounded by a majority of the West Bank set aside for a Palestinian state. Netanyahu called that map “fake news,” noting that the US administration had made plain that the map was not its own. He said he did not have his own map as he was waiting for the release of the Trump plan after the elections. (Yamina subsequently acknowledged that the map was “based on compiled statements by the prime minister, the US administration, and former minister Bennett’s knowledge of the negotiations.”) “The question of who will ensure the future of Jewish settlement is clear,” Netanyahu said. “Who will be able to negotiate with President Trump? The other (candidates) won’t be able to stand against US pressure,” he said, noting he withstood “immense pressure” from the Clinton and Obama administrations to halt settlement construction. “This is a historic opportunity, because after the epic holding battle I led against pressures to return to the ’67 lines, I am now turning the direction of our history,” Netanyahu vowed. “Instead of withdrawals, evacuations and concessions, we are now turning toward recognition and rights.” Netanyahu has had his call to annex the Jordan Valley panned as an election ploy, with critics saying he could have done it at any time in recent years if he really wanted to. But the prime minister said the timing was part of a process. “There are stages that have to happen,” Netanyahu said. “I caused them (the Trump administration) to recognize Jerusalem as the capital of Israel, after that to move the embassy there and then recognize our sovereignty over the Golan Heights.” “And now after immense diplomatic efforts, I am laying the groundwork for applying Israeli sovereignty over the Jordan Valley as our eastern defensive wall, and after that, over all the settlements, and over other vital areas, inside the (settlement) blocs and outside the blocs,” Netanyahu said. “And all that, I want to do together with President Trump.” US President Donald Trump, left, welcomes visiting Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to the White House in Washington, March 25, 2019. (Manuel Balce Ceneta/AP) “This will finally determine our eastern border,” Netanyahu said. “There is no map, I’m waiting for President Trump after the elections.” His comments come after the cabinet approved a proposal on Sunday to begin legalizing a wildcat outpost in the Jordan Valley after Attorney General Avichai Mandelblit rescinded his opposition to the plan. Mandelblit had initially argued that the plan was being advanced by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu out of “electoral considerations.” Shortly before the vote to begin legalizing Mevo’ot Yeriho, the cabinet meeting paused for Mandelblit to hold a last-minute consultation with Netanyahu and national security adviser Meir Ben Shabbat. During that conversation, Mandelblit was made privy to “recent developments in policy along with the prime minister’s and national security adviser’s assessment that there is urgency in the decision to establish the settlement by the government at this time,” a statement from the attorney general’s office said, without specifying what that information was. A source with knowledge of their conversation said Netanyahu told the attorney general that Trump’s peace plan will likely put such outposts at risk for evacuation and that the government must act immediately to legalize Mevo’ot Yeriho and “combat” the plan before it is introduced, ostensibly shortly after Tuesday’s election.  Mandelblit subsequently agreed to rescind his opposition to the proposal. On Thursday, the attorney general issued a legal opinion saying that it had been drawn up based on “electoral considerations” and that while the government has a right to advance decisions to strengthen Israeli settlement in the West Bank, “during an election period, the outgoing government is obliged to act with restraint when it comes to the decisions taken and the allocation of resources.” While the international community considers all settlement activity illegal, Israel differentiates between legal settlement homes built and permitted by the Defense Ministry on land owned by the state and illegal outposts built without permits, often on private Palestinian land. Separately, during the cabinet meeting Netanyahu updated ministers on his appointment of a team led by Prime Minister’s Office director Ronen Peretz that will be responsible for formulating the plan to annex the Jordan Valley. Netanyahu said his plan to apply Israeli sovereignty over all West Bank settlements will “come up” as part of the upcoming US peace initiative. Netanyahu’s annexation plans have sparked a cascade of international condemnations. Critics say it could inflame the Middle East and eliminate any remaining Palestinian hope of establishing a state.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/netanyahu-after-jordan-valley-and-settlements-ill-annex-other-vital-areas/ 

 

:: 9-8-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Anarchist Extremists' In The FBI's Crosshairs - Antifa Groups 'Increasing Risk Of Armed Conflict,' According To FBI Phoenix Document

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine September 8, 2019

An exclusive Yahoo News report on Friday revealed an internal document from May 2019, by FBI Phoenix, which assesses a variety of "anarchist extremists" (AE's), finding it "very likely" they are increasing the targeting of U.S. Government law enforcement personnel and facilities along the Arizona border, which they say is "increasing the risk of armed conflict."

Note - It is important to note that this assessment and nine-page document was created before the July 13th attack on an ICE facility in Tacoma, Washington, by a man armed with a rifle, and incendiary devices that he threw at both the facility and nearby propane tanks, at one point setting a vehicle on fire. The man was shot and killed by law enforcement in the midst of his attack. The report, which is embedded below, also assesses "The AE threat to Arizona will likely grow in intensity and frequency in the near mid-term." According to the footnote added, mid-term is considered to be within "6-12 months." On page three of the FBI Phoenix document, under the heading of "Anarchist Extremists Likely Are Increasingly Using Firearms To Further Operational Goals and during Confrontations with Opposition Groups in Arizona," they base their assessment on "recent reporting indicating the AEs are training with and seeking firearms for 'direct action' and countering opposition groups, including government entities." They specify a number of those reports, highlighting public statements by both Antifa and Border Liberation Front (BFL): The first example cited was that BFL organizers planned for camps in Texas and Arizona to serve as staging platforms for on-site armed support of the migrant caravans. BFL also planned training in fighting and combat, and encouraged members ot bring personally owned firearms. In that same section they reference previous reports which revealed they intended to "purchase firearms from a Mexico-based cartel associate." The next example cited was an Antifa training seminar in April 2018, in Flagstaff Arizona, where "individuals from multiple AE and anarchist-leaning groups received firearm familiarization training," further noting that the trainers had various firearms on display. The footnote on page three describes Antifa, stating "Anti-racist characterize themselves as part of a greater anti-fascist network, commonly referred to by both members and opponents as Antifa. Antifa has included violence in the past against those individuals or groups it opposes, including white supremacists, others perceived as racist, and political groups."  The last example they cite references the group called Redneck Revolt, stating that they fundraised for firearm purchases with offers to "act as armed security for various protests and armed components of Antifa protests." Read the document below before we move along to the attempts to designate Antifa groups as domestic terrorists. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) THE LOGISTICAL PROBLEMS OF DESIGNATING ANTIFA AS A DOMESTIC TERROR GROUP On July 18, 2019, U.S. Senators Bill Cassidy, M.D. and Ted Cruz, introduced Senate Resolution 279 (S.Res. 279), titled "Calling for the designation of Antifa as a domestic terrorist organization." In the Senate resolution they listed samples of violence conducted by Antifa groups, then asking the U.S. Senate resolve the following:

(1) calls for the groups and organizations across the country who act under the banner of Antifa to be designated as domestic terrorist organizations;

(2) unequivocally condemns the violent actions of Antifa groups as unacceptable acts for anyone in the United States;

(3) expresses the need for the peaceful communication of varied ideas in the United States;

(4) urges any group or organizations in the United States to voice its opinions without using violence or threatening the health, safety, or well-being of any other persons, groups, or law enforcement officers in the United States; and

(5) calls upon the Federal Government to redouble its efforts, using all available and appropriate tools, to combat the spread of all forms of domestic terrorism, including White supremacist terrorism.

The problem with the wording and perhaps the main reason that the Senate will not put this specific resolution to a floor vote by all members is because there are dozens of groups that "act under the banner of Antifa," but not all them call for violence, or have perpetrated violence against their ideological opponents. Antifa, in and of itself, is not one specific group or organization. While the ones highlighted in the FBI Phoenix document should be designated as terrorist organizations, as should those that call for "direct action" (harassment, intimidation and or violence), especially armed direct action, as opposed to simply peaceably protesting or counter-protesting, which is protected under the U.S. constitution, others that do not encourage violence or the breaking of laws, should not be painted with the same brush as those that do commit crimes. Increased monitoring of public statements, Antifa group websites, separating those calling for "direct action" from those that do not condone violence in any form, unless in self-defense, is paramount, since many groups provide enough rope to hang themselves with in their public statements. In other words, in order to prevent an overall "police state" type punishment against "wrong think," the government is going to have to be able to designate specific Antifa groups as "domestic terror groups," without throwing the baby out with the bath water, so to speak. With that said, a search, using multiple search engines, indicates that no one that we can find has actually put together a recent comprehensive list of Antifa websites, or social media accounts, in order to go through them to document those actively calling for violence. The one "list" found was put together by Breitbart in early 2017, in a piece titled "The 75 Leftist Groups Trying to Stop Donald Trump from Taking Office," but not all those groups are so-called "anti-fascist" groups, so a deep delve into each would be necessary to see if anywhere on their websites, or in some cases their Facebook pages or Twitter accounts, they call for "direct action" which includes violence and breaking laws. This is a project that would require crowdsourcing, where multiple individuals could go through every piece of literature, resource pages, documents, flyers, and anything else that was provided by the specific group, in order to determine of they were indeed encouraging and inciting violence. BOTTOM LINE While many are justifiably impatient and frustrated that violent Antifa groups have not been officially designated as terror groups, the logistics are not as easy as simply declaring it should be done, but behind the scenes, the FBI, DHS, and local FBI offices are not only aware of the problem and are treating their "activities" as domestic terrorist violence, but are also following up on the tips and the reports and are documenting those violent activities, threats and the increasing risk of armed conflict. Other than officially listing "Antifa" as a domestic terror group, the federal government should be the ones that prosecute the Antifa members arrested for violence in multiple states, rather than leaving it to the local authorities. If each Antifa member arrested for violence was prosecuted for committing a federal offense, labeling those offenses as "domestic terror," these anarchist extremists would be far more hesitant to go out an attack peaceful rally-goers and protesters.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Behind_The_Scenes_FBI_And_Antifa.php 

:: 9--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Walmart Working With the Govt. to Distribute EVERYTHING When the SHTF?

by Daisy Luther

In conspiratorial circles, it’s long been rumored that Walmarts across the country would become FEMA camps after an epic disaster. Some folks even suggested that once you were in the camp, you would not be able to leave. Sort of like those old roach motel commercials. If you’re not familiar with it, here’s the Wikipedia link for a general overview of the FEMA camp theory. And here are 16 mindblowing facts about Walmart and its arguable quest for world domination. While the FEMA camp theory has some holes in it, a long-time employee of Walmart contacted me to tell me about a direct link between Walmart and the government. We’ll call him Frank. (I generally hate those “unnamed source” articles, but occasionally the option to reveal a source just isn’t there.) Some people will dismiss this article because I promised not to disclose the gentleman’s name or the store where he works. That’s totally up to you. Now, according to what Frank told me, it looks like Walmart’s world domination plan may not have anything to do with housing people after all. The italicized text is Frank’s own words.  The connection between Walmart and the government So where do I start? I still work for Walmart, but I’m not sure for how much longer. I’ve been employed by them for 25+ years, but may not survive the next restructuring. I have seen many things and have witnessed a clear connection between Walmart and the government. Remember after the tragedy of September eleventh all the Walmart TVs had the “if you see something say something” commercials playing 24-7. That’s an example of those connections I was talking about. Going back to the early to mid-1990s, the US military studied Walmart logistics system and implemented that technology in their own logistics network. Walmart is a facilitator. We’ll talk more about those logistics in a moment. How everything came to be made in China Why do you think everything is made in China? Walmart approached China in the ’90s to build products. Then they went to the vendors telling them we want you to build your items in China. That way you can make more $ and give us a cheaper price. We know people and will introduce you. This has influenced other large American businesses. Then other companies followed suit. The same goes for managing their employees. What Walmart does, other companies follow. Here’s how Walmart is tied into national preparedness Now let’s apply that philosophy to preparedness. Walmart wants more business, right? Well, if you’re the only store open after a disaster you will have business up the ying-yang. Walmart’s logistics network is coast to coast with its own trucks, warehouses, supply networks, and retail stores. If the power goes down and Walmarts still can operate (with government help and security) how much money will they make? I don’t buy into the Walmart FEMA camp theory. However, I do believe Walmarts will be used as a distribution hub in local communities for essential goods like food and medicine. All of this would be under government control and protection. Need your prescription after an EMP? Stand in line at Walmart with Humvees keeping order. Then there is the psychological aspect. After hurricanes local governments want the Walmarts to be the first businesses to reopen. Why is that? To restore a sense of normalcy to communities and get people to move on. Walmart will most certainly be part of a post-event world. Their warehouses will collect goods, their trucks will deliver under government security, and their stores will provide the distribution place for your food and medicine. All under the watchful eye of the authorities.  How Walmart could play a key role in restoring order There is also market saturation. Many communities have a Walmart, but larger cities have several at key locations along major highways and intersections. Perfect places for checkpoints to keep things under control. There are Walmarts everywhere so they could be the face of restoring order. Let me also touch on civil unrest. If an area is acting up, they’ll close the Walmart to force compliance. The camera systems in stores are everywhere and those images pop up everywhere. How many times have you seen a picture of someone stealing or something and have seen this person on FB or some other platform? So that system could be used to identify trouble makers and is, therefore, an intelligence-gathering device. This system is already well known to local law enforcement as a tool of identification. The connections are already in place. Remember, Walmart is a facilitator. I believe the things I have mentioned are one major event from becoming a reality. The systems are in place and the planning becomes more refined every day. What if you could only buy supplies in one store? Imagine a world in which there was only one place you could get supplies. This store is backed and secured by the United States military. This store still has cameras everywhere, it has all the essential supplies like food, medicine, hardware, winter coats. If Frank is right about all this, imagine the level of control that kind of monopoly could provide. If you don’t behave, you can’t get into the store to get the things your family needs. You will be surveilled constantly when you’re in the store. (Heck, you’re already surveilled constantly in Walmart.) Maybe while everyone has been worried about Big Tech and Amazon controlling the country, what we should have been worried about is Walmart. Perhaps Walmart has been quietly positioning itself to be the only source of food, medicine, and supplies available in the aftermath of a national SHTF event. Talk about power. They wouldn’t need FEMA camps if all the merchandise available is owned by one company and that company is in cahoots with the government. What people can do to avoid the power play I’ve been writing for years about the value of storing food and being producers instead of consumers. I have published articles by Selco about barter and trade. In a situation like this, the black market will almost certainly arise, and quickly. The ability to be self-reliant will never be more important than during a time in which distribution is centralized. When you must have a certain life-saving supply, like antibiotics for your child, you will have no option but to comply with the rules of those who hold that merchandise. It’s a chilling thought, isn’t it? What do you think? In a massive SHTF event, do you believe that Walmart would be the only official distributor of necessary supplies? Do you believe they’re already working with the government? Please share your thoughts in the comments below.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/walmart-distributor-shtf/ 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The Lord God says, the watered down churches some of those aren’t going to go to heaven, for did I not say man and woman not man and man or woman and woman, I said man and woman. etc

:: 9-9-19 ABC 10 News San Diego :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chula Vista church vandalized after opposing controversial Drag Queen Storytime

By: Rina Nakano Posted: 5:59 PM, Sep 08, 2019 Updated: 10:29 AM, Sep 09, 2019

CHULA VISTA, Calif., (KGTV) – The weekend vandalism at a Chula Vista church is being investigated as a hate crime by police, and a pastor believes his church was targeted because of their strong opposition to the city-run children’s event known as “Drag Queen Storytime.” Holy music filled the halls at South Bay Pentecostal Church Sunday, but the walls outside sang a different tune. "Sure enough, at every corner there were phrases, hateful words, and graffiti on the walls of our church," Executive Pastor Amado Huizar said. Huizar quickly covered up the symbols and messages associated with Satan. He said that “there is no doubt” the church was targeted. For the last two weeks, Huizar has been outspoken about his opposition to the Chula Vista Library-sanctioned Drag Queen Storytime event.

"The Chula Vista Public Library said this is a reflection of our community. I beg to differ," Huizar said.

RELATED:

-- Faith group rallies against drag queen event

-- Protesters clash over Chula Vista library's Drag Queen Storytime

-- Drag Queen Storytime ignites controversy in South Bay

Huizar believes the event is not age-appropriate, nor should it be a public, taxpayer-funded program. "If the people want to make that happen, do it at a private setting, at a book store or at a home, but not at the Chula Vista Public Library," Huizar said. Huizar said the church's surveillance system captured two men parking their sedan in the church parking lot at around 3:00 a.m. Sunday and walking toward the building. Fifteen minutes later, they are seen jumping back into the car with what looked to be spray cans in their hands. Huizar filed a hate crime report with Chula Vista police and asked for increased patrols. "I'm all about diversity. I am all about inclusiveness," Huizar said. "When you do something like a ‘drag queen story hour,’ you are excluding a segment of the populous who are not in favor of this because of what we experienced today or scared to speak out." Despite what happened, Huizar said he will not back down. "I'm very sad," Huizar said. "I'm heartbroken, but I am going to continue to speak."

10News learned Huizar would be meeting with Chula Vista Mayor Mary Salas on Monday morning. He hopes to convince her to cancel the public event or have it moved to a private event, like the upcoming South Pay Pride Festival. If not, Drag Queen Storytime will go on as scheduled at the Chula Vista Public Library Civic Center Branch on Sept. 10.

https://www.10news.com/news/local-news/chula-vista-church-vandalized-after-opposing-controversial-drag-queen-storytime 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 9-7-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Leprosy Could Be The Next Public Health Crisis To Hit Los Angeles

by Tyler Durden Sat, 09/07/2019 - 10:15

Authored by Jennie Taer via SaraACarter.com,

Leprosy cases are emerging in Los Angeles County, according to a recent study revealed in a Reuters Health report and its co-author Dr. Maria Teresa Ochoa of Keck Medical Center of the University of Southern California, Los Angeles told Reuters Health that she’s urging the public to “fight the stigma.” The disease commonly referred to as “Hansen’s Disease” is curable when treated expeditiously, according to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC Scientists believe it is spread through particles in the air, but also say contact must be “prolonged” and “close.” An infected person can suffer mild to severe damage to the body’s “skin, nerves, and mucous membranes.” Moreover, patients can lose feeling in parts of their bodies and suffer permanent blindness. Dr. Victor S. Santos, who works with a team of researchers at the Federal University of Alagoas, in Arapiraca, Brazil, told Reuters, “As leprosy has been a neglected disease with a high potential to cause deformities, especially when it is not treated properly, I would like to reinforce the need for early identification of cases in the community with the adoption of active case search and screening of household and social contacts from all index cases,” he said. “Such measures could minimize leprosy-related problems, as physicians and other health professionals could better care for these patients.” Dr. Ochoa and her team studied 187 infected patients between 1973 and 2018. The report found, according to Reuters Health, that 16 percent of patients suffered “loss of protective sensation” while 26.2 percent of patients had a “visible deformity.” The problem is that cases go undiagnosed and patients aren’t symptomatic for an average of five years, according to the World Health Organization. According to the CDC, patients with early diagnoses adhering to a combination of 2 or 3 antibiotics make full recoveries.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-09-06/leprosy-could-be-next-public-health-crisis-hit-los-angeles 

[ :: 12-13-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. China continues to build up her monetary system, putting pressure on the whole world to come to a worldly monetary system etc..

:: 9-7-19   SRSrocco  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The China Silver Wildcard & What’s Next For The Silver Price

TOPICS:China SilverSilverSilver Price

Posted by SRSrocco in News, Precious Metals, Videos on September 7, 2019

China may turn out to be a major wildcard for the silver market and price in the future. There are two parts of the equation in regards to the Chinese silver market that are explained in my newest video update. Also, after the silver price shot up to $19.75 rather quickly, what’s next for the shiny metal?  Some analysts are suggesting that the silver price is overbought on a weekly basis and may experience a significant correction. While it is normal for an asset price to correct after a large run-up, the precious metals seem to be heading into NEW TERRITORY. Sure, the silver price could experience a correction after shooting up $5.50 over the past few months, but it could also remain overbought for an extended period, very similar to its price action in late 2010. I explain these in my newest video update, The China Silver Wildcard & What’s Next For The Silver Price: One of the important aspects discussed in the video is China’s heavy reliance on the Base Metal Mining Industry to supply the overwhelming majority of its silver needs. The chart below shows how Asia, mostly China, receives only 3% of its silver mine supply from primary silver production. Why is the data in this chart relevant? Again, I explain it in the video with several more charts why China could be a Major Wildcard for the silver market and price moving forward. Lastly, I would also appreciate my followers to consider supporting the SRSrocco Report either through PayPal or Patreon. I want to thank all those who already support the website and youtube channel. It takes a great deal of time to put together this information which I don’t believe you can find anywhere else on the internet. If you are new to the SRSrocco Report, please consider subscribing to my: SRSrocco Report Youtube Channel.

HOW TO SUPPORT THE SRSROCCO REPORT SITE: I would also like to thank those foundation supporters, who have chosen to become a member by making donations through PayPal to further the research and publishing work at the SRSrocco Report. So please consider supporting my work on Patron by clicking the image below: Or you can go to my new Membership page by clicking the image below: Check back for new articles and updates at the SRSrocco Report. You can also follow us on Twitter, Facebook, and Youtube below:

https://srsroccoreport.com/the-china-silver-wildcard-whats-next-for-the-silver-price/ 

:: 9-8-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mystery Babylon Exposed

38,334 views

Israeli News Live Published on Sep 8, 2019

The identity of Mystery Babylon has been suppressed for more than a millennia now the whore's forehead is being exposed and her sins that she committed in Babylon that caused her to forfeit her rights as the true priest of God

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-GcRFDNkqB0&feature=em-uploademail 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 9-8-19 Kurt Nimmo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel and US Introduce Tech “Solutions” to Destroy Political Activists

September 8, 2019 Kurt Nimmo

If you’re interested in the backstory on Jeffrey Epstein—a story largely ignored by the corporate media—read Whitney Webb’s How the CIA, Mossad and “the Epstein Network” are Exploiting Mass Shootings to Create an Orwellian Nightmare. The subhead reads: “Following another catastrophic mass shooting or crisis event, Orwellian ‘solutions’ are set to be foisted on a frightened American public by the very network connected, not only to Jeffrey Epstein, but to a litany of crimes and a frightening history of plans to crush internal dissent in the United States.”   Webb mentions convicted felon Oliver North: Perhaps most disturbing of all, whatever technological solution is adopted by the Trump administration [to address mass shootings], it is set to use a controversial database first developed as part of a secretive U.S. government program that involved notorious Iran-Contra figures like Oliver North as a means of tracking and flagging potential American dissidents for increased surveillance and detention in the event of a vaguely defined “national emergency.” North and associates used PROMIS (Prosecutors Management Information Systems) software to build this database. The software has a rather colorful past. “The PROMIS software was created by INSLAW Inc., a company owned by a former NSA intelligence officer named William Hamilton,” writes Ed Encho. The software was modified for espionage purposes to include a ‘back door’ that could be used for spying on those that it was sold to… It is important to keep in mind the period when PROMIS was stolen in the early 1980’s and the fact that the technology boom was still years in the future which should give one an idea to just how far advanced and therefore how important that it was to those who would use it in order to promote a sinister agenda.  Richard Fricker writes for WIRED: Designed as case-management software for federal prosecutors, PROMIS has the ability to combine disparate databases, and to track people by their involvement with the legal system. Hamilton and others now claim that the DOJ has modified PROMIS to monitor intelligence operations, agents and targets, instead of legal cases. North’s “sinister agenda,” in addition to covertly working with the Nicaraguan Contras to overthrow the Sandinista government, included Rex-84, a classified plan to round-up and intern political dissidents. This was exposed by the Miami Herald in 1987. One of Lt. Col. Oliver North’s first National Security Council assignments involved helping the government’s chief crisis-management agency update its secret wartime contingency plans, according to sources familiar with North’s work. The sources, one present and two former government officials, said that until 1984 North collaborated with the Federal Emergency Management Agency in revising two crisis- management contingency documents and staging national emergency simulations. During the hearings on Iran-Contra in 1987, then Rep. Jack Brooks questioned North directly on Rex-84. [Congressman Jack] Brooks: Colonel North, in your work at the N.S.C. were you not assigned, at one time, to work on plans for the continuity of government in the event of a major disaster? Brendan Sullivan [North’s counsel, agitatedly]: Mr. Chairman? [Senator Daniel] Inouye: I believe that question touches upon a highly sensitive and classified area so may I request that you not touch upon that? Brooks: I was particularly concerned, Mr. Chairman, because I read in Miami papers, and several others, that there had been a plan developed, by that same agency, a contingency plan in the event of emergency, that would suspend the American constitution. And I was deeply concerned about it and wondered if that was an area in which he had worked. I believe that it was and I wanted to get his confirmation. Inouye: May I most respectfully request that that matter not be touched upon at this stage. If we wish to get into this, I’m certain arrangements can be made for an executive session. The “highly sensitive and classified” plan to identify and target political activists is not a new or innovative concept. It began in earnest with the FBI’s cross-referenced “ADEX” list in the 1960s. The FBI, then known as the General Intelligence Division (GID), began indexing names shortly after the First World War. The “reserve Index” of this voluminous list (more than 10 million people were indexed by 1939) set aside people who would be “arrested and held” in case of a national emergency. The system was tweaked with the “Custodial Detention List” (also known as the “Alien Enemy Control” list) used to round-up Japanese-Americans during the Second World War.  Since that time, the government has combined its numerous lists of potential detainees and whittled it down slightly to eight million people. The revised list is codenamed Main Core. The government has added names to this list since the 1980s when North was plotting his Continuity of Government plan to suspend the Constitution. Michael Snyder writes: It turns out that the U.S. government is not just gathering information on all of us. The truth is that the U.S. government has used this information to create a list of threats to national security that the government would potentially watch, question or even detain during a national crisis. If you have ever been publicly critical of the government, there is a very good chance that you are on that list. Christopher Ketchum of Radar Magazine writes: There exists a database of Americans, who, often for the slightest and most trivial reason, are considered unfriendly, and who, in a time of panic, might be incarcerated. The database can identify and locate perceived ‘enemies of the state’ almost instantaneously.” He and other sources tell Radar that the database is sometimes referred to by the code name Main Core. One knowledgeable source claims that 8 million Americans are now listed in Main Core as potentially suspect. In the event of a national emergency, these people could be subject to everything from heightened surveillance and tracking to direct questioning and possibly even detention. Whitney Webb has done an exemplary job of connecting the dots on the Epstein case. She painstakingly links the efforts of US and Israeli intelligence to track and target political activists (in the case of Israel, Palestinians). Israel, like the CIA, has spent a lot of time and money underwriting tech startups. The objective is to create a surveillance system focused on “pre-crime,” that is to say using social media, the internet, email, cellphone tracking, and other data to form a profile of potential enemies of the state and their political behavior—for instance, organizing a boycott of Israel or revealing the manifest crimes of the United States government. Israeli and US tech companies, Webb writes, are “marketing themselves as ‘technological’ solutions to mass shootings while also doubling as covert tools for mass data collection and extraction, the end result is a massive surveillance system so complete and so dystopian that even George Orwell himself could not have predicted it.”

Following another catastrophic mass shooting or crisis event, aggressive efforts will likely follow to foist these “solutions” on a frightened American public by the very network connected, not only to Jeffrey Epstein, but to a litany of crimes and a frightening history of plans to crush internal dissent and would-be dissenters in the United States.

https://kurtnimmo.blog/2019/09/08/israel-and-us-introduce-tech-solutions-to-destroy-political-activists/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 9-9-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A New Phase of Red Dawn Preparation and Activity Has Commenced

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, September 9, 2019 - 13:16.

As followers of this website, it is clear that a Red Dawn invasion of a weakened invasion is planned. We are now witnessing the unveiling of domestic terrorism on a larger scale designed to weaken America. Meanwhile, south of our border, the Russians have moved in heavy armor in large numbers and are awaiting a sufficiently weakened America before attacking. This report exposes the beginnings of this two-pronged action. MS-13 is on the loose and the Russians are moving tanks into Nicaragua after signing a naval agreement with Ortega. The following is a report that is multifaceted and the content is very disturbing. This report contains some elements that I have been warning about for years. Some of my revelations related to the growing military threat in Central America have been met by a few with extreme derision. The critics of the Red Dawn threat, south of our border, will literally have heart attacks with the revelations that are going to be coming out over a period of time. Paul Preston, the President of New California and myself are literally getting proof that the threat that will one day attempt to militarily cross our southern border has been preceded by a domestic terror threat of unthinkable violence. Over the past year, Marilyn Rupar, Alexandra Daley and myself have uncovered incontrovertible proof that the Mexican drug cartel interests in this country are controlled by the Communist Chinese. In the past, I have also revealed from a high level confidential informant that when the United States is sufficiently weakened, Russia and China, under the UN flag, will attack the United States. Both nations have a plethora of 5th column paramilitary forces already inside of the country. The three of us have linked these interests into the Democratic Party as has former Congresswoman, Cynthia McKinney and former Congressman, Alan West, along with researcher, Trevor Louden. All point to the covert places in place inside of the United States that largely gained entrance to this country in the last Central American migration five years ago. Even the most unaware are cognizant of the fact that the UN and prominent globalists, such as George Soros, are involved. We know key Democratic figures, through the CALEXIT affiliations are involved. Even disgraced FBI Director, Comey, stated on July 4, 2017, that ISIS has a presence on all 50 states. In 2014-15, I detailed, though insider information about how this government, under Obama, was facilitating the entry into this country by hitmen from the cartels and we called them MS-13.   Paul Preston and the Growing Domestic Threat to the United States On Labor Day, Paul Preston was doing show prep for his popular radio show when he received a call before 5:00 am from a law enforcement listener of my show who was located in the Santa Barbara area. Like many in the media, Paul was just beginning to follow the burning boat story on local TV channels from Los Angeles when his law enforcement listener surprised him with his stunning revelations. In a nearly two hour phone call with Paul on Sunday, September 9th, he revealed to me that this source was impeccable and had never been wrong. The source revealed that the burning dive boat, the Conception, was blown up as a “hit” on several people in the boat. From my conversation with Paul, I have narrowed it down to three individuals. One figure, to be named later, had Epstein connections. Personally, I am sold on this connection without more information. However, the other two alleged targets of this terrorist attack have my attention. Paul Preston revealed the following both to me on the previously mentioned phone call and on his website: The hit centered around M.S. 13 the international cartel gang that arose in Los Angeles in the late 1980s who were taking out people involved in human trafficking and drug smuggling. In later conversations it was revealed there was a money laundering element involving two of the victims. We broadcast that morning that the fire may have been a hit by M.S. 13 and there would be more information coming. By noon time I was getting calls that news sources around the nation were stopping their coverage of the story except those in the local area. For example, Fox and CNN literally stopped covering this event. Local TV did not, but the national media did. Even Drudge pulled back information on the event from his website. Please keep in mind that as I relate the following, I am reminded of the fate of the battleship Maine. This was another instance in which a ship was blown up, along with all the enlisted men and only the officers survived. In the case of the Conception, the crew survived, except for one missing crewman who many suspect was a participant in the crime. Subsequently and based on new information, Paul Preston posted a Facebook post to Agenda 21 Radio on Friday September 6, 2019. Preston immediately posted this to his website:

“30 + Dead: MS-13’s Callous Disregard Of Collateral Damage: Folks in positions of authority and power are avoiding an ugly truth as if they dare not touch it like the third rail in a subway. I did however have a few folks make contact because they did not want the truth to be ignored or worse yet to have it deliberately swept under the table. A few days ago a couple of criminals were wiped out and over 30 innocent victims were sent to their graves years before their times. The innocent were in the wrong place at the wrong time and those given charge of the safety and security of those aboard their vessel deserted their responsibilities and aided in the deaths of those innocents. A casual observer could put two and two together and ask a meaningful question as to how it was that the crew managed to survive the inferno while their passengers did not? Would cowardice be the only thing that those crew survivors had in common or were there lives spared through foreknowledge and complicity? Again, people might ask reasonable questions given the tally of the dead and the convenient selfish actions of the crew. As I chatted with folks close to the scene and the investigation and those who have experience with gang related activities the details shared with me were that MS-13 has recently employed a strategist in their quest to effectively wipe out enemies or authorities that get in their way. They have never been shy about direct action, nor have they been bothered by collateral damage. They find themselves in every state with a mandate to profit from the misery of others either from the sale of illegal substances, stolen goods, kidnapping, murders for hire, or paying for political influence – these are not choir boys and they have proven their viciousness on a national scale without caring that they will be exposed as the deliberate beneficiaries of the recent carnage. When police freely share information that is at the moment hidden from public view, you know that some consciences are bothered and there is a fear that justice will not be administered to the guilty. Should the public be bothered, be worried, be fearful? Or would all of the aforementioned by appropriate given this new level of effectiveness on the part of a major lawless element of American society? I am suggesting that we should be bothered, worried, and fearful if the swift execution of justice is not seen to be levied against the lawless”. What I learned next is stunning. A couple, who I will not yet identify, for the time being pending the gathering of more data, had deep connections to a casino interest in Southern Arizona and the casino and Native land extended into Mexico. This gave the cartel interests and corrupt government forces direct access to the American based casino. This casino was allegedly the site of much money laundering and just like the Vegas mobs in the 1960's and 1970's, the mob dealt harshly with those who would skim money. This cartel hit, via their MS-13 assassins which killed 30 innocent citizens demonstrates the viciousness of the cartels and their MS-13 subordinate. However, this story does not end with the individual story of this brutality. Re-enter Marilyn Rupar and Alexandra Daley. Their independent research along with my own efforts have clearly revealed that the cartels are beholding to communist Chinese interests. I have documented this fact dozens of times on the CSS and on our radio show. I have had confirmation of this fact by a multitude of insiders ranging from the DEA to the Border Patrol to the FBI. I even mentioned yesterday a partial list of California politicians who are in bed with the Communist Chinese (eg Feinstein, Harris, Pelosi, et al). I have documented for three years the Chinese connection to CALEXIT. These groups are now being unleashed. I had a DHS agent recently tell me that the false flag (my term) shootings are happening every other week. He said that they expect them to increase with regularity and intensity and will culminate with more loss of life. The blowing up this ship meets the criteria. He also said that he expectation is that we are building for more major disruptions (eg Oklahoma City Bombing, 9/11, etc). We have clearly moved into this zone. Remember, this is Chinese led. Paul Preston also told me a Chinese operative that is operating in Stockton, CA. and has been brought in to coordinate these actions. Further, I have also learned that under this person's direction an incendiary device was used to blow up the ship. I have also learned that the media lied about the ship being 3 miles out to sea. It was twenty yards off of the coast. One of the crewmen is missing. The operating hypothesis is that he was part of the plot and set off the device and swam to shore and disappeared. This is a classic MS-13 hit. But the ramifications of this case cannot get lost in the details of the case. First, our MSM is complicit in covering up the event. Sometimes, it is not what the media says that is important, it is what they do not say. After the other shootings, there was a media frenzy to interview survivors and family members and friends of the victims. Media coverage went on for days until the public grew weary. However, in the case of the blowing up of this ship, the opposite happened. There is a distinct lack of coverage and the human elements that draws viewers was all but ignored. In other words, the fix is in and this event was too hot for the MSM to handle. I have long said that with the importation of groups like ISIS, the cartels and MS-13, that it was only a matter of time until America was brought to her knees by a coordinated attack from these groups. I have previously stated that these attacks will be coordinated and are designed to paralyze the US. I have also stated that when America is sufficiently weakened, the Russians and Chinese will invade. Steve Quayle and myself have discussed this on my radio show many times. We are now officially entering this period where is America is in the early stages of being carved up like the proverbial Thanksgiving turkey. You will not believe what I have uncovered in the past 2 days. For people, who maintain there is no Red Dawn threat, you might want lock and load while you are reconsidering your position. The awakening of these 5th column domestic terrorists inside of the United States is being accompanied by very serious and new military activity south of the border. When one begins to understand these events, the domestic terror under the direction of the communist Chinese and the gathering of military forces south of the border by the Russians is no accident. This is clearly a coordinated activity. The Growing Central American Military Threat South of the US Border Marilyn Rupar sent me documentation of a growing heavy armor Russian presence in Nicaragua. I began to research this and I confirmed and even went further than Marilyn's expressed concerns of what this threat could soon mean to the United States. NICARAGUA Sept. 4, 2019

Russian shows it's continued presence as Tanks roll in Managua, Nicaragua parade

https://twitter.com/Ruptly/status/1169157382460624896 

*** this is to remind Nicaraguan people that RUSSIA not Ortega is in control of their government.

Like an undeclared martial law, no?

In July 2018- Russian snipers literally BLEW THE BRAINS out of protesters heads with Dragunov guns  (their brains had to be picked up from the streets) As one can see from the information originally posted, the report came from a tweet which showed Russian tanks parading in a military parade in the capital city of Nicaragua at a military parade. The following is a presentation of three short Youtube videos by the people who posted the tweet. This is extremely concerning. In a very concerning discovery, Nicaragua and Russia have a signed mutual defense pact which involves their respective Naval forces. The first thing that came to mind is that a weakened America will not just be attacked through the southern border, there could be an amphibious attack as well from the Gulf, with the help of the Cubans and one the coast of California where one has to wonder if Diane Feinstein and Kamala Harris will be there to greet them when they land. Conclusion Why would the Russians be parading their tanks in Nicaragua? Wouldn't it be cheaper just to send a delegation? It would be but that is not the objective. The clear objective is to hide these tanks in plain sight. They can only be there for one purpose and it is not to participate in parades. Let me play the role of Captain Obvious. The domestic coordination of Russian troop build up in this hemisphere coordinated with the emergence of 5th column terrorist activity within the United States cannot be dismissed as coincidence. This is the beginning of the take down of America. I personally suspect that these forces along with riots, which will be artificially created (eg Antifa) along with embedded terrorists and embedded Chinese are about to unleashed upon America in advance of the election that the Deep State democrats will learn that they cannot win. Armed revolution with the combined forces of foreign militaries and domestic terrorists will comprise the Red Dawn force. For those that have read my previous articles on Red Dawn would agree that the threat is taking shape in a clear and definable manner

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/new-phase-red-dawn-preparation-and-activity-has-commenced 

:: 9-9-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alien Disclosure Taking Place At Branson This Week

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, September 9, 2019 - 11:59.

This past Saturday, I popped into a recent UFO conference in Phoenix with my former news director, Annie DeRiso. I got to hear the presentations of two individuals that you will hear in Branson this week. Wow! I was mesmerized at the quality of the presentations by Chase Kloetzke and George Knapp. I walked away feeling like I had witnessed history and when you see these two at Branson, you will be overwhelmed at their expertise and scientific command of the subject. Chase Kloetzke

Chase Kloetzke is the Deputy Director of Investigations and Special Assignment Team Manager for the Mutual UFO Network (MUFON). Known for her investigatory prowess and forensics expertise, Chase is one of the world’s foremost experts on the UFO phenomenon. She is also a retired employee of the Department of Defense where she worked as a Master Trainer and held the position of Physical Force Readiness: Program Developer. Chase is personally engaging and can command the room. But from this person who would be everyone's friend at a social event, she is a deadly serious researcher. I personally come from academia and was very impressed with her professionalism. George Knapp

George Knapp has been the only journalist to take a hard look at the UFO issue at the risk of his professional reputation. Knapp turned the world onto Area 51 and produced what is still considered one of the finest UFO documentaries ever produced, UFOs: The Best Evidence. Knapp has brought with him an air of credibility to the UFO subject. He is also unafraid to expose frauds in this field and has worked closely with NIDS on the Skinwalker Ranch. Personally, I was spell-bound by George. He is so fact-drive and his facts related to the UFO phenomena are many!!! I was so very impressed with his knowledge of how far the government is openly expressing interest in the UFO field. This is no longer the field of investigation that is accompanied by the giggle factor. George's presentation is not for the faint of heart. But Wait, There's More In recent weeks, I was fortunate enough to personally interview LA Marzulli, Mike Adams and Steve Quayle. All three of these researchers add to the professionalism and knowledge of the ET phenomena. Here is summary of the credentials of these three truth-seekers.

LA Marzulli L. A. Marzulli is a prolific author, lecturer and filmmaker. Best known as the host of the celebrated Watchers Film Series, in which he travels the globe investigating the enigmas of UFOs, ancient prophetic texts, the Nephilim, elongated skulls, and other high strangeness. Marzulli is a popular speaker at conferences and churches worldwide, and a frequent guest on television programs and radio interviews. I recently interviewed LA on the CSS and this interview will give the readers just a glimpse of what is to come in his Branson presentation. Mike Adams I have personally interviewed Mike Adams for the past several years. Mike Adams, aka the “Health Ranger,” is the publisher of NaturalNews.com, Science.news and author of “Food Forensics.” Natural News empowers consumers with factual information about synthetic chemicals, heavy metals, hormone disruptors and many other items. Mike Adams will unveil stunning new evidence that planet Earth is being terraformed to annihilate the human species and many native lifeforms in order to prepare the planet for “reseeding” by non-Earth entities. Steve Quayle I have interviewed Steve more times than I can count. Steve Quayle is a world renown researcher and author who has published over ten books on a wide variety of subjects ranging from ancient giants, to the UFO phenomenon, to the Nazis and Antarctica, to the rise of transhumanism. Since his days as a popular radio talk show host, Quayle has been arming his audience with the knowledge to prepare them for the heart-stopping realities that are coming upon the Earth.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-religion/alien-disclosure-taking-place-branson-week

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 9-9-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thought Control Inc: Big Corporations & Gun Control

By Daniel Greenfield - September 9, 2019

The recent gun control moves by Walmart and Kroger are the continuation of a larger program by the Left to impose gun control through major corporations whose sway and sphere of control is almost comparable to that of monopolies. In my recent pamphlet, Thought Control Inc, I discussed how the project had begun with big banks and financial institutions. It was the spring of ’18. March for Our Lives had held its signature event in Washington D.C. without making much of an impact. Blue states and cities already suffered from rigid gun control. And in red states and cities, politicians on both sides of the aisle had learned the hard way that the Bill of Rights had some passionate supporters.  But two days earlier, Citigroup, the 4th largest bank in the country, had announced that it was unilaterally imposing its own gun control regulations by requiring that its “small business, commercial and institutional clients, and credit card partners” implement its favored restrictions on firearms sales. Next month, Bank of America, the 2nd largest bank, fired its own shot at the Second Amendment by announcing that it would refuse to underwrite securities for companies that manufacture what its vice chairman called “military-style firearms.” Even as the campaign to pressure elected officials into imposing gun control was losing ground, the financial industry was subverting the political system. At the intersection of March for Our Lives, Citigroup, and Bank of America lay the hidden hand of the 10th wealthiest man in America. When donors wrote checks to the photogenic teens clamoring for a gun ban, the money was routed to the “March For Our Lives—Everytown Support Fund.” Everytown had been formed out of two of Michael Bloomberg’s gun control front groups. Ed Skyler, the Citi exec who announced the gun control policy, had been Bloomberg’s former Deputy Mayor. And Bank of America made its announcement to Bloomberg, the billionaire finance industry titan’s eponymous news service. Michael Bloomberg had set up multiple front groups and spent hundreds of millions on buying elections with little to show for it. But in this coup against the Second Amendment, he and his fellow industry titans bypassed the voters in a plot to deprive hundreds of millions of Americans of their civil rights by attacking the firearms retailers and manufacturers that utilizing those rights depended on. “What if the finance industry — credit card companies like Visa, Mastercard, and American Express; credit card processors like First Data; and banks like JPMorgan Chase JPM, and Wells Fargo were to effectively set new rules for the sales of guns in America?” Andrew Ross Sorkin had written in a New York Times column. “Collectively, they have more leverage over the gun industry than any lawmaker.” Sorkin, who had coordinated part of the boycott, was laying out a vision of financial monopolies banding together to wipe out the Bill of Rights. The vision was integral to Thought Control, Inc., as a whole. Earlier, BlackRock, the world’s largest asset manager, had announced that it was pressuring gun manufacturers to adopt its gun control policies. In its press release, it boasted that Dick’s Sporting Goods “will no longer sell assault-style rifles” and that Walmart and Kroger had imposed age limits. “We will monitor these and other companies to assess their policies and practices in light of evolving societal expectations,” it warned. These social expectations were not those of Americans. The voters of the country could express those directly. Instead, they were the social expectations of a powerful elite imposing its will on the public. A number of the statements by the most powerful financial institutions in the country claimed that they had to act because elected officials had failed to pass the laws that met with their approval. “We have waited for our grief to turn into action and see our nation adopt common-sense measures that would help prevent firearms from getting into the wrong hands. That action has sadly never come,” Ed Skyler at Citigroup declared. Skyler then proposed to “convene those in the financial services industry” and “leverage collective action to encourage responsible practices by all who sell firearms.” In plainer terms, the financial services industry would form a cartel to sideline the voters, and Citigroup, Bank of America, BlackRock, and other industry titans would determine our laws and our rights. Bank of America and Citigroup’s assault on the Bill of Rights was not, as some argued, free enterprise. Not only did the country’s biggest banks wield abusive monopolistic powers, but they had employed their political influence to generate massive bailouts, $45 billion in loans, a $100 billion guarantee[3] against losses on toxic assets for BOA, and $476 billion in loans and guarantees for Citigroup. Bloomberg’s own gun control efforts had their origins in government resources misappropriated during his tenure as New York’s mayor. The economic coup against the Second Amendment was not capitalism in action. Instead, it was the fusion of industry monopolies empowered by government officials enforcing a social agenda while bypassing the voters by routing it through powerful firms. And it was backed by pressure from elected officials opposed to the Bill of Rights. At a House hearing titled “Holding Megabanks Accountable,” Rep Carolyn Maloney blasted Wells Fargo CEO Timothy Sloan for not having followed the example of other banks that had gone “above and beyond the law” by imposing her idea of “common-sense gun safety policies” on its customers. “I believe in corporate responsibility,” Rep. Maloney declared. “I’m proud of the two banks who’ve come up and said we don’t want to finance gun slaughter.” “There’s more than one way to skin a cat, and not everything has to be done through legislation explicitly,” Rep. Ocasio-Cortez said. “We can also use the tools that we have here to pressure change in other ways as well.” What Democrat elected and unelected officials had not been able to accomplish in any of the three branches of government, their covert fourth branch of private sector powerhouses could achieve. The Obama administration had already used Bank of America and Citigroup to route a fortune to its political allies. Bank of America had been hit with $16.6 billion in fines while Citigroup faced a $7 billion tab.[2] Hundreds of millions of dollars were instead diverted, at a favorable rate, to left-wing groups. In the spring of ’18, the Democrats had lost their grip on all three branches of government. But the fourth branch was still operating, and it had gone to war against the Bill of Rights. The Obama administration had eroded the boundaries between government and the private financial sector. The financial institutions that benefited from this blurring of the lines are conspiring against the Bill of Rights. You can find the Thought Control Inc, pamphlet, which discusses how major corporations are going after the Bill of Rights, at the Freedom Center here.

Courtesy of The Washington Standard Article posted with permission from Daniel Greenfield

More Gun Control….

Time to RESIST the GUN GRABBERS!!! Our Forefathers Would Have NEVER Accepted This Tyranny

Too bad! Mass shootings will backfire on gun-grabbers

Heads up! How to defeat a Red Flag confiscation

FBI Uses Oregon’s Red Flag Laws to Seize Marine’s Guns For Threatening Antifa

WARNING! After mass shootings, Republicans now CAVING to “red flag laws” that will end your Second Amendment rights

Anti-Gun Attorney General – CHECK, Anti-Gun ATF Director – NOMINATED. Are We Being Set Up Full-Blown Gun Confiscation?

Gun Confiscating Presidential Candidate Kamala Harris: “I Will Take Executive Action” On Guns If I Am President

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/thought-control-inc-big-corporations-gun-control/ 

:: 9-7-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Is It! Repeal Of The Second Amendment Is Coming, Dems Believe

Whether they get it done or not, they sure as hell are trying and it will spark biggest civil war world has ever seen!

Infowars.com - September 7, 2019

Alex Jones breaks down how the Democrats believe they are at the cusp of permanently repealing the Second Amendment in a prelude to their world government takeover, but fail to realize that stripping Americans of one of their most important God-given liberties will backfire and ultimately push the country into a civil the likes of which the world has never seen before. 2020 Democratic candidates like Beto O’Rourke have openly called for gun confiscation, and the New York Times has written several op-eds justifying ending the Second Amendment. The city of San Fransisco has also labeled the National Rifle Association as a domestic terror organization despite the fact no mass shooter had any ties to the gun rights organization. The reality is, violent crime has steadily decreased in the U.S. since 1990, according to FBI statistics. Additionally, statistician John Lott of the Crime Prevention Research Center extensively documented the national crime rate in conjunction with the percentage of Americans who concealed carry and found that violent crime has decreased as concealed carry permits rose. Lott also found that crime was lower in the areas where law-abiding citizens armed themselves versus places where gun control measures were enacted. For example, the high-crime city of Detroit, Michigan, saw a drop in violent crime after pro-Second Amendment police chief James Craig took control of the police department in 2014. He bolstered police forces and encouraged citizens to protect themselves with firearms, which resulted in a decrease in violent crimes by double digits. Unfortunately, despite this data, the Trump administration has even indicated it may go along with a plan to have Big Tech systematically determine who is “fit” to own a gun based not on the courts, but in arbitrary indicators of mental health by the Deep State’s HARPA project.

https://www.infowars.com/this-is-it-repeal-of-the-second-amendment-is-coming-dems-believe/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

 
[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::] 





etc You are going to see Babylon fall in twenty-four hours.  You will see the west coast 
all the way from Canada to Mexico fall off into the ocean.  I talked to you about the fault 
that shall be opened because America is going to divide Israel again. etc.

:: 9-8-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Mega Cascadia Earthquake Is Overdue and Could Strike the US West Coast At Any Moment, Creating Huge 30 Meter-High Tsunami Waves Within Seconds – Please Prepare For This Apocalyptic Event

By Strange Sounds - Sep 8, 2019

What people are already calling the “big one” is a M9.0 impending earthquake that is set to destroy most of the northwest region of the United States with huge 30 metre-high tsunami waves.

Northwest FEMA Director Kenneth Murphy said that this natural disaster along the Cascadia Subduction Zone – a major fault line that runs from Northern California to British Columbia – is set to kill around 13,000 people and injure another 2,500. This has prompted the Cascadia Preparedness Team to draw up urgent plans to prepare for the apocalyptic scenario. Yumei Wang, from the Oregon Geology and Mineral Industries, said that the major earthquake is more than 50 years overdue. Now, the state is promoting a two-week readiness campaign for people to ready themselves to be self-sufficient for the 2 weeks. Steve Robinson, the President of Cascadia Prepared, said: “People don’t really understand that there will be thousands of bridge failures and there won’t be any liquid fuel or electricity or any communication going. Running water may stop and it may take several days for responders to start helping with rescues and evacuations.“ Research has shown that this faultline has generated a major earthquake (over magnitude 7.5) at least 40 times in the past 10,000 years, meaning they occur every 250 years. The last earthquake, which struck 300 years ago, lowered the Oregon coastline by several feet and caused a massive tsunami. It is thus overdue by more than 50 years now! Oregon Governor Kate Brown said: “When the next Cascadia subduction zone earthquake strikes the Pacific Northwest, Oregon will face the greatest challenge of our lifetimes.“ The “Big One” – the full rupture of the Cascadia subduction zone – would devastate the US for years. The megaquake is said to first happen by the entire zone giving way, not just some of it. The quake is predicted to last only four minutes with a magnitude up to 9.2. When this happens, the northwest edge of our continent will drop as much as six feet and rebound thirty to a hundred feet west. Not only will this cause landslides but some of this will happen beneath the ocean, which will cause an enormous displacement of water. The water will rise into a massive hill and have one side go toward Japan while the other 70 foot tall liquid wall goes toward our northwest coast, averaged to come in fifteen minutes after the earthquake began. The on the Northwest Coast of America is 70 years past due for a Major seismic event. This is a real computer generated model of what a resulting tsunami would actually look like after a major earthquake along the Cascadia Subduction Zone: Earthquakes pose a major challenge with more than 143 million Americans living in areas of significant seismic risk across 39 states. The FEMA director for the northwest Kenneth Murphy said that everything west of I-5 will be, “toast.” The area will be completely unrecognizable after everything has subsided. FEMA predicts that around one million people will be displaced after the event and around two and a half million people will be needing supplies of food and water. They estimate it would take three months before the area gets electricity back, another six months to fix major highways, and even up to a year to restore sewer systems. Get prepared and be ready for the next rupture of the Cascadia subduction zone! It will become the worst disaster in America’s history.

https://strangesounds.org/2019/09/the-mega-cascadia-earthquake-is-overdue-and-could-strike-the-west-coast-of-the-us-at-any-moment-creating-huge-30-metre-high-tsunami-waves-within-

seconds-prepare-for-this-apocalyptic-event.html 

:: 9-9-19 KIRO 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5 things to help you easily understand the 'big one'

By: KIRO 7 News Staff Updated: Jan 26, 2018 - 5:46 PM

SEATTLE - The Cascadia Subduction Zone beneath the Northwest has the potential to cause the worst natural disaster in North American history.

Below is easy-to-understand information about the science behind the subduction zone and why people are talking about it now.

A subduction zone is where two plates converge, and one plate is thrust beneath the other.

A megathrust is when two crustal plates in a subduction zone collide.

The Cascadia Subduction Zone is a fault that sits along the bottom of the Pacific Ocean – stretching from Northern Vancouver Island to Northern California. At the fault line: The Juan de Fuca plate is moving eastward underneath the North America plate at a rate of a few centimeters per year. Eventually, there could be a sudden slip at the fault line. This would create a megathrust earthquake.

What’s it capable of? Earthquake experts say CSZ could cause the worst natural disaster in the history of North America, if it ruptures entirely. The CSZ has produced magnitude 9.0 or greater earthquakes in the past, and undoubtedly will in the future, according to PNSN. The CSZ could deliver three to five minutes of shaking and a tsunami. When did the last big one happen?  The last known megathrust earthquake in the Northwest was in January 1700. The Cascadia Subduction Zone usually ruptures every 200 to 500 years, and we haven’t had one in 300 years. What are the chances "the big one" will never come in our lifetime? It’s impossible to predict when a monster quake occurs. But tectonic stresses have been accumulating in the CSZ for more than 300 years. The area is more likely to have another deep source quake like the Nisqually, which occurred in 2001. Chances for another one are above 80 percent within the next 50 years, according to the PNSN. Should I prepare? Emergency management leaders encourage families to have a plan in the event of a disaster. People should prepare to survive on their own for seven to 10 days. Here's how to make an emergency kit on a budget.

Related headlines to the 'big one'

SLIDESHOW: Geologic illustrations explain the Cascadia subduction

How to build a 7-day disaster emergency survival kit on a budget

State's largest quake drill ever to test readiness for ‘The Big One'

Mexico's strongest earthquake in a century recorded at Mt. Rainier

New simulations show how the 'big one' could play out in Seattle

https://www.kiro7.com/news/local/5-things-to-help-you-easily-understand-the-big-one/628849998

:: 9-8-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hellbound For Destruction! Abortionists Admit In Court To Keeping Babies Alive To Later Harvest Their Organs

If America and the West don’t change course now, history shows that our fiery collapse will shake the world’s foundations — watch live and spread this link!

Infowars.com - September 8, 2019

Alex Jones explains the latest gruesome abortion revelations, this time from an abortionist who admitted in court that her biotech company supplied beating baby hearts and intact baby heads to medical researchers.

https://www.infowars.com/hellbound-for-destruction-abortionists-admit-in-court-to-keeping-babies-alive-to-later-harvest-their-organs/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 9-7-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Long Until 'The Purge' Begins With The Communists Fantasizing About Executing Christians & One Liberal Doctor Calling For Conservatives To Be Killed Then Castrated?

The Left's Disturbing Intolerance Towards Half Of America Is The New 'Sign Of The Times' By John C. Velisek - US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline  September 7, 2019

See part 1 of this story here: "Those Peddling The 'White Nationalism Fraud' Are Running A Psychological Terror Campaign Upon ALL Americans! They Won't Stop Until Every Christian And Conservative Is Eliminated". The question then becomes, what is the purpose of enslaving the country with the idea of "white nationalism?" The progressive socialists (Communists!) will tell you it is to deter the normalizing of racist tendencies so inherent in our culture. While the deterrence of racist tendencies is an admirable agenda, what isn't explained is the tactics that will be used to implement those commendable ideas. The long-embattled freedom of speech will be further eroded by the progressive socialists to eliminate anyone who those in power decide are identified as white nationalists. It will give the progressive socialists the authority to ban political officials and supporters of the conservative cause. These same proponents of inflicting "white Nationalism" on the country conveniently turn away if anyone mentions "Anti-Semitism." It has now become gospel on the left that if you believe in this grand experiment of self-determination that we have in our country or if you believe in the Declaration of Independence or the Constitution, you are a "White Nationalist." So you may ask, what makes someone a "White Nationalist." According to the progressive socialists, many factors must be considered. First, you are a white male (I am.) you must have a deep abiding respect for our founders and believe the United States a great place to live. (after spending 20 years in the military, I agree.) You must be proud of the history of our nation, ( I am.) you must not be politically correct and turn away from groupthink, ( I do.) and you must disagree that our country must be forced into diversity. If these are the positions you hold, you no longer deserve to call yourself a patriot because you are a "white nationalist." (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) All of the outstanding artwork/cartoons in this story from Ben Garrison at GrrrGraphics. If you believe that the federal government controls the closing of the border so they can run concentration camps, you are a white supremacist. You will be called a white nationalist for wanting to protect the sovereignty of the country or being against benefits for illegal aliens. Many Blacks and Latinos are also against illegal aliens. Many of these blacks and Latinos are LEGAL immigrants and resent those who feel they should be able to walk in and get everything they want. Are they “white nationalists” as well? They will use that authority to confiscate the firearms of all those who they consider “white nationalists” . They will shun all those that they identify as dangerous to the agenda they have laid out, end their careers, and lead to untold violence against those who disagree. Defending policies such as the 2nd Amendment, limiting abortion or immigration or supporting the conservative platform of liberty for our country would be enough to get put on a watch list. After a warning, the platforms used for conservative thought would be summarily shut down. Financial institutions and companies would be informed of your status and would be unwilling to do business with you. Don't think it can happen? Already we have progressive socialist talking heads like Joe Scarborough claiming that "Because you keep writing checks to this President, it's on you because you are funding this white supremacist campaign." It is spread over the airwaves that any supporter of President Trump is a "white nationalist", or even worse, a Nazi. You will be called as Elizabeth Warren claimed "a domestic terrorist". This will be done all in the name of ignoring our inner cities and domestic challenges that need to be fixed. The nation, as understood by supporters of our President, can see the country falling apart, our culture and morals eroding beyond renewal. To his supporters, President Trump is the leader of the “America First” ideas that will bring our country back to the ideals that made it the strongest and most free country in the world. Of course, it is the President that is allowing this to continue. We have a low-level Presidential candidate calling Trump campaign rallies a Nazi event, or another doxxing the sponsors or donors to President Trump. These are nothing more than intimidation tactics being used to create fear. They do not understand that the American people understand that there is no evidence of what they claim, and will change nothing. But the left must continue to voice the myth of “white nationalism” to cover their own impulses. They hope that the citizens of this country will not see that it is they who are exclusionary, because if the American people catch on, they will see the total absurdity of the 'progressive socialist' position. The truth is the number of groups that would be considered white supremacists is astoundingly small. The loud bleating that we hear that white supremacists represent a danger to our country is astoundingly small. But those who want power use these small number to shut down any speech they don't agree is correct. Even in the Wall Street Journal, Clint Watts, a former member of the FNI, claims that the sociopolitical ideas of white men is the foundation of white terrorism in America. Remember, these are the same people who claim law enforcement uses racial profiling. The words "white supremacist" is the new "racist". It is used to attempt to end the discussion and smear anyone not adhering to the leftists' doctrines. It is used for nothing more than to imply racial overtones into any situation where a progressive socialist may be damaged by an honest cogent discussion. The incessant drumbeat of racial animus brought to the fore by the leftists is being used to increase pressure on the citizens to turn away from the liberties that we have been granted by God through our founding fathers. Those who scream of "white nationalism" are far off course while those that whimper about "white supremacy" are using those catchphrases to camouflage their own hate for their fellow man. The hatred that people like Cory Booker tried to attribute to the President is in his own heart. Booker is quick to claim that the black "children" being killed in our country are the fault of President Trump without explaining that the murder rate in Newark, New Jersey was the third highest in the country when he was mayor there. The compliant media will never ask Booker how that could be the fault of the President. But then again, Booker is Spartacus and does not need to explain anything, or even tell the truth. Political sciences professor Daniel Hopkins at the University of Pennsylvania wanted to prove the hypothesis that President Trump was responsible for the normalization of racist attitudes. Along with a research assistant named Samantha Washington, they honestly admitted that they expected to find the research that corroborated this finding. In their words, the “findings contradicted the hypothesis as we primarily found declining prejudice and racial resentment.” But the threats of physical violence is nothing new. It has been a part of the progressive socialist political, journalistic and academic classes of the left for centuries. Looking back we have a vice-presidential hopeful Tim Kaine telling his supporters to take to the street. We have Maxine Waters declaring that if you see a government official from the Trump administration, you form a crowd and tell them they are not allowed anywhere. We have professors like Lars Maischak declaring that two Republicans should be executed for each illegal alien deported and professor Carol Christine Fair that Republican men deserve miserable deaths by castration. It has gotten to the point where proper decorum does not outweigh the chaos that is being inflicted by those in charge on the left. The progressive socialists do not want to exist with those who disagree but believe that those who disagree with them cannot be allowed to live in peace as they consider those that disagree as an act of violence themselves and must be intimidated, dominated and destroyed.

Related article: http://www.intellectualconservative.com/the-white-nationalism-fraud-part-1/ 

John Veliseks’ new book “One Patriots Opinion- for the Forgotten Men and Women of America” is now available on Kindle/Nook. Patriots! It is time to fight back.

https://www.amazon.com/One-Patriots-Opinion-Forgotten-America-ebook/dp/B07KRW56SB 

One Patriots Opinion- Monograph on George Soros

https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07W86MDZN/ref=sr_1_2?Adv-Srch-Books-Submit.x=37&Adv-Srch-Books-Submit.y=12&qid=1565478053&refinements=p_27%3Ajohn+velisek&s=digital-text&sr=1-2&unfiltered=1 

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_White_Nationalism_Fraud_Part_2.php 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 9-8-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Communist Chinese and Democratic Party Allies Are Engaged In a Plot That Has Murdered 70,000 Americans

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, September 8, 2019 - 13:33.

China has declared war upon the United States. They killing tens of thousands of Americans and nobody is holding them accountable, but should be surprised? /No, this is not genetic specific genetic bioweapons that I previously wrote about back in July of 2019. This is move covert, not quite as deadly, but has the potential to kill millions of Americans. We do not have to fear a Chinese nuclear attack and that is the long and the short of the good news. Early in the summer I reported that, not only did Chinese Defense Minister, Wei Fenghe, state this openly in a leaked government document which expressed Chinese war plans intended to utterly devastate the United States, he stated that genetic specific bioweapons would be used to commit mass genocide against the United States while leaving the infrastructure and the 12 million Chinese alive in which only non -Chinese would perish. Wei Fenghe's private declaration of war was made by him as he spoke to the planning committee of the Communist Chinese Party (CCP) in which he called for genocide against the United States and announced their intention to create hundreds of millions of Chinese colonists the opportunity to become "good Americans". As I established in this five part series, the Chinese had ample motivation and the means to carry out such an attack. If you missed the five part series, you will want to review the major points prior to reading the following content.

Part 1- The domestic reasons the Chicoms feel it necessary to send millions of colonists to the United States.

Part 2- The planned methodology for the elimination of the American threat by committing genocide against the United States through the use of bioweapons that are genetically based.

Part 3- The Chinese are facilitating a Chinese takeover of the planet.

Part 4- The Chinese are beta testing the use of bioweapons against the United States through the weaponization of selected immigrants. Interview with Paul Martin.

Part 5 of this series dealt with the number one economic reason that Chinese want hundreds of millions of colonists to occupy the United States.

How Serious Is the Wei Fenghe Plan to Commit Genocide Against America? The Experts Weigh In

I have several sources that I rely on to provide me with reliable information and quality interpretation of the facts. One source had direct knowledge of this plot to attack America as had possession of the same document that I referenced earlier this summer in print on the CSS. The other three sources of information had no direct knowledge but they all agree that if any nation on Earth were to invoke such a vicious battle plan, it would be the Chicoms. In fact, my most experienced covert source said "If I were still at the Pentagon and advising the Joint Chiefs, I would be telling them to expect China to kill tens of thousands of people in Hong Kong and import Chinese peasants into Hong Kong to take their place. To the Chinese government, human life and the loss of human life means nothing, on any scale." All of my sources felt that it was possible that China would pursue the Wei Fenghe course of action, they all thought it more like, that they first attack America using more covert means. Yesterday, I detailed how the Chinese are prepared to unleash a massive 5th column attack inside of the United States when circumstances sufficiently weaken America such as massive domestic disturbance such as the type that Antifa is escalating towards. Are We Witnessing Phase One Or Plan B of the CCP's Planned Genocidal Attack Upon America? When one steps back and looks at the totality of the Fentanyl crisis, it would appear that the Chinese, at least for the time being, have embarked on their backup plan. The professional sources I consulted with felt that this was likely a Phase One attack upon America and that escalation could not be far behind. However, a DEA source said that the Chinese-inspired Fentanyl attack upon America and its death toll could easily reach into the millions if the threat goes unchecked as it is right now. From my research, I do not think that this is their final strategy. However, and make no mistake about it, this plan is currently and deliberately killing tens of thousands of Americans just the same as we would be losing on any battlefield on the planet. The target, by happenstance, happens to be young American males of fighting age and they are being slaughtered all across America. The Chinese have an important ally in this endeavor and that country is Mexico and the guilty participants are both the cartels and the Mexican government itself. What am I speaking about? I am talking about our open borders and the fact that the Chinese are 100% culpable in this planned attack. How the Chinese Weaponized the Drug War Upon America To understand the organization dynamics of this planned genocidal attack upon America, one has to consider the central planning characteristics of the Chinese. Nearly everything that happens in China ties into their central planning in which all 13 economic zones are tied to. Organized crime operate freely within China. The CCP uses organized crimes to carry out such heinous actions as committing street based abductions and organ extractions. This one example illustrates how the Chinese organized crime groups have are used to create one degree of separation between a bad act, in this case, a Chinese act of war against America, as it provides the CCP with plausible deniability. In other words, the fascist dynamic in China includes all three elements of government, business AND organized crime. Yes, I am speaking about organized crime being a function of their corrupt government, just like the narco-terrorist state, Mexico. In China, the organized crime groups have purposely and successfully bypassed the controls by altering the chemical structures of fentanyl. In other words, they have weaponized all drugs and some fear black-market pharmaceuticals will soon fall under this Chinese umbrella. I recently added up the potential death toll of Chinese exported Fentanyl, as delivered to America by their cartel-controlled empire (eg the Sinoloas). Fortunately, and because of the brave efforts of the rank and file of the men and women serving in ICE, the Border Patrol, DHS and several local law enforcement agencies, 39 million lethal doses were interdicted in the past 10 days. This constitutes an all-out war against the young adults and teens in America. Right now, the number one cause of death of among our young people happens to be Chinese Fentanyl laced drugs.

California's Democrats Are Complicit In This Slaughter of America's Youth Marilyn Rupar, Alexandra Daley and myself have spent countless hours of radio time detailing how the CCP, through its proxy forces controls the cartels, including their takeover of such areas in America as Humboldt County, CA, and one could even successfully argue the Bay area under the cooperative auspices of Kamala Harris, Willie Brown, former governor Jerry Brown and the present governor of Californian. California's state government has released thousands of illegal aliens, many of them Mexican cartel members from prison in recent months. As if this was not enough, add in Paul Preston, the President of the New California movement, he implicates California State Attorney General Javier Bacera. Please note that Paul and I have detailed for over three years the CALEXIT movement which was designed to collapse the US economy and agricultural system by handing off control of California to the United Nations and California would have been classified as a protectorate of the UN. Paul Preston identified the following groups as being participants in the CALEXIT movement. Members of the former Obama administration including spokesperson, Eric Holder the former and disgraced Attorney General. George Soros. The Mexican Consulate and various Mexican government officials were involved in the meetings. So was the Bank of China as was a key Japanese crime family with strong ties to organized crime in China. Remember how I previously stated that the CCP uses organized crime to carry out their deadliest objectives on a domestic basis. In this instance, they have expanded the activities to undermine the American government by interfering in the sovereignty of an American state. All of these actions, are definitive acts of war. And my researchers and myself, along with Paul Preston have documented this plot every step of the way in detail with multiple sources of documentation. As I pointed out in yesterday's article, the key domestic players that are operating on behalf of the Chinese are Diane Feinstein, Kamala Harris and Nancy "open borders" Pelosi. But not to worry America, Mao cut-out and present Chinese dictator, Xi Jinping, has promised that he is "going to do something" as he attended the recent G20 conference. The criminal United Nations who we documented from articles in the MSM, has trained the Mexican National Guard. Yes, the same organization that runs cover for cartel interests. The UN just stated that they trust the Chinese dictator in this matter Conclusion Last year alone, the Chinese government and their cartel minions have killed more than 70,000 people in the country and this year's numbers are skyrocketing. In a direct challenge to President Trump, the DEA has stated that Fentanyl is being transported into the country in packages directly from China. The most tragic thing about this crisis is that many of our young people are dying who are not intentionally taking illegal drugs. Some over the counter medications are being laced with Fentanyl after the bottle is open. You must warn your adult children and teens to never accept even an aspirin from anyone no matter how well they know them. Where is the Trump administration? This is an act of war. We need to declare martial law at the border and invade Mexico and eradicate the cartels. All trade with China and Mexico needs to be stopped until this crisis is brought under control.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-health/communist-chinese-and-democratic-party-allies-are-engaged-plot-has-murdered-70000-americans

:: 9-3-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2019: What's Next?

By Hal Lindsey

A New Year’s Day Politico headline encapsulated the dread filling the political world: “Yes, 2019 Is the Year You Were Worrying About.” Markets are rattled by a looming trade war with China, a Fed that seems determined to relegate prosperity to America’s rearview mirror, and a level of instability in Washington rivaled in American history only by the runup to the Civil War…. Any of these things could translate into a full-blown recession…. Meanwhile, the rest of the world remains dependent on the teetering American economy for their prosperity. The North Korea denuclearization deal seems to be falling apart before it even begins…. China is building weapons designed to destroy US aircraft carriers…. The overall buildup of the Chinese military is one of the largest ever undertaken. It includes a heavy emphasis on space weapons and the destruction of the digital infrastructure that America and the West depend on for their very survival…. Russia remains a nuclear superpower, and its President, Vladimir Putin, seems determined to build a new generation of exotic superweapons.  In Washington, a power base entrenched for generations is intent on bringing down this President. They may or may not have legitimate legal arguments against him. We will see as reports finally surface in 2019. But instability in Washington — with fault on both sides — was the hallmark of 2018 and looks to grow even worse in the new year. Bible prophecy is being fulfilled in dramatic, even spectacular ways. That’s good news because it means that the return of Jesus is getting closer. But the Bible makes it clear that the buildup to Christ’s return will be anything but pleasant. At some point, those of us who are in Christ will be raptured out of here. But between now and the rapture, difficulties will increase. America’s power and influence may be destroyed even sooner than we had imagined.  What about you? What about your family, neighbors, and friends? What about your church and community? What happens now? What happens to you and those you love? Here’s the thing to remember. Psalm 23 still applies. “The Lord is my shepherd.” He’s still my shepherd, even in the end times. “I shall not want.” He still provides for my needs even in economic hard times. “He makes me lie down in green pastures; He leads me beside quiet waters. He restores my soul; He guides me in the paths of righteousness For His name’s sake.” It’s all still true. And if things become extremely bad, remember verses 4-6. “Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I fear no evil, for You are with me; Your rod and Your staff, they comfort me. You prepare a table before me in the presence of my enemies; You have anointed my head with oil; My cup overflows. Surely goodness and lovingkindness will follow me all the days of my life.” I don’t know what will happen in 2019. But I know goodness and mercy will follow me. And if you’re in Christ, they will follow you, too. I believe we will continue to see a fulfillment of the general trends laid out in scripture. Yet, even with that, Jesus said there would be an ebb and flow like with the labor pains of childbirth. That means we can’t make precise, year-by-year predictions. But if you are in Christ, I know a great deal about your future. The big one is this. You’re headed for heaven! The 23rd Psalm ends with an eternal beginning. “And I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-5-2019/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 9-8-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Uranium discovered at Tehran warehouse uncovered by Israel

After Netanyahu demands inspections of alleged Iranian atomic warehouse, IAEA finds traces of uranium at the facility.

David Rosenberg, 08/09/19 19:42

A facility in Tehran which Israel claimed was used by the Islamic republic as a “secret atomic warehouse” has been found to contain traces of uranium, Reuters reported Sunday. The International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) discovered the uranium traces while investigating a facility which Israeli Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu cited during an address to the United Nations General Assembly last year as proof that Iran had been storing radioactive material in violation of the 2015 Iran nuclear deal. Two diplomats with knowledge of the IAEA’s inspection work told Reuters Sunday that uranium traces had been found at the Iranian warehouse – strengthening Netanyahu’s claims Iran had secretly stored atomic material at the site. While the IAEA had asked Iran to explain the findings, Tehran has thus far refused to respond, the two diplomats claimed. During his address last fall, Netanyahu claimed Iran was storing 15 kilograms (33 pounds) of uranium at the storage facility, pointing to a satellite photo of the warehouse in question. “Just last month, they removed 15 kilograms of radioactive material. You know what they did with it? They had 15 kilograms of radioactive material, they had to get it out of the site, so they took it out and they spread it around Tehran in an effort to hide the evidence.” “Now, the Iranian officials cleaning out that site still have a lot of work to do because they’ve had at least, at least 15 ship containers, they’re gigantic, 15 ship containers full of nuclear related equipment and material stored there. Now, since each of those containers can hold 20 tons of material, this means that this site contains as much as 300 tons, 300 tons of nuclear related equipment and material.” In April, it was reported that the IAEA was inspecting the warehouse in question, following Netanyahu’s UN address. While previous reports have confirmed that radioactive material was found at the Tehran warehouse, the new Reuters report claims that uranium, the key element needed for producing atomic weaponry, was the radioactive material discovered. “There are lots of possible explanations,” one of the two diplomats told Reuters, though Iran’s refusal to comment on the discovery makes it difficult for the IAEA to determine whether the traces were left from uranium stockpiles stored at the facility before or after the 2015 nuclear deal.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/268568 

:: 9-8-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Drones give militants new precision weapon in Gaza conflict - analysis

IDF must contain threats before troops are killed and dragged into war in Gaza

By Anna Ahronheim September 8, 2019 23:13 4 minute read.

The drone attack against an IDF Humvee by the Palestinian Islamic Jihad over the weekend was a dangerous escalation by the Gazan terrorist group. But it wasn’t the first time. In late May, PIJ used a drone to drop a mortar shell on a tank stationed at the border. The attack, during a violent flare-up between Israel and terrorist organizations in Gaza, was filmed by the group and later released on social media.  Read More Related Articles

Israel electric company to begin cutting power to PA due to debts

U.S. ambassador to 'Post': Tehran mayor should be on US/EU sanctions list

Savvy Americans Are Opening High Yield Savings Accounts (Yahoo Search)

Recommended by In the video, small explosions can be seen on and next to the tank, with Arabic captions reading “your defenses are nothing to us.”

A few days before, a drone armed with explosives launched from the northern part of the Gaza Strip landed in the Sha’ar Hanegev Regional Council. While no one was injured in any of the attacks, the incident over the weekend was a warning to the IDF: terrorist groups in the blockaded coastal enclave are continuing to innovate and find new weapons to attack Israel’s military. Beginning in late March 2018, during the “March of Return” protests, Hamas began using kites, balloons and condoms to burn Israeli land. It was a cheap but effective tool that Israel had trouble containing. Close to a year and a half later, incendiary balloons are still being flown across the border, frustrating the military and first responders who rush to the scene to put out the flames. Now drones are the new “it.” This weekend’s attack is a wake-up call that Israel must take seriously because drones, like rockets, pose threats not only to troops but to the thousands of residents who live in communities near the border. This time, an IDF Humvee was lightly damaged by an improvised explosive device dropped by the drone. And Israel hit back hard, first shelling the cell that launched the drone, and then striking Hamas targets across the northern and central Gaza Strip for close to an hour. In comparison, five rockets were launched toward southern Israel communities the night before, leading Israel to strike several Hamas targets. The military understands the threat, and it understands that a rocket attack on southern communities is an indiscriminate attack on civilians, while the drone attacked a military target. While there were no injuries or casualties in either event, both need to be met with an iron fist. Hamas and other terrorist groups in the Strip have been working for years to improve their drone capabilities, both by smuggling in civilian drones and by manufacturing them locally. Israel, for its part, has worked to thwart Hamas from increasing their drone arsenal, stopping them at border crossings and, according to foreign reports, eliminating Hamas operatives involved in their drone program. In February 2017, a Hamas drone that was making its way toward Israel from the Gaza Strip fell into the sea after being shot down by an Israeli F-16. The previous year, Hamas’s chief drone expert and engineer, Mohamed Zouari, was gunned down in his car near his home in the Tunisian city of Sfax in an operation blamed on the Mossad. In 2012, during Operation Pillar of Defense, the IDF said it struck Hamas facilities in Gaza that were being used to develop drones capable of carrying explosives. Then-GOC southern commander Maj.-Gen. Tal Russo said at the time that the IDF destroyed “advanced weaponry like the development of a UAV that isn’t used for photography, but for attacks deep inside Israel.” The IDF has been dealing with this phenomenon for years, and with the increase of small easily operable drones that can be bought cheaply online from anywhere in the world, the threat is only increasing. And while they are cheap, they are difficult to spot and intercept even for skilled sharpshooters, making them the perfect weapon for terrorists. Dozens of civilian companies have been working to provide solutions to intercept drones, and the air force is said to be testing several different technologies to intercept or hack drones with the aim of integrating them in the coming months. In the meantime, the men and women on the ground who are the first at the scene, even before the military, are getting frustrated.  Eyal Hajabi, chief security officer at the Sha’ar Hanegev Regional Council, told The Jerusalem Post that the threat posed by drones is something that has increased over the past few months and is likely not limited to military targets. “They stopped launching balloons and started with drones,” said Hajabi. “Since 2018, we have not had any quiet. [There are] rockets, tunnels, anti-tank, kites and now drones. For the rockets, we have the Iron Dome. [For] tunnels, we have an underground barrier. For anti-tank missiles, we have more barriers, but for the threat of kites – which is so primitive – we don’t have a solution, and now we have the drone threat, which is new and dangerous.” And for Hajabi, this is not a threat that only targets the military. “The moment they succeed against the military, they will try to target communities,” he said. “Wherever they find a target, they will want to strike. We can’t say that these drones are targeting only military jeeps or positions, but if groups in Gaza can fire hundreds of rockets toward civilian communities, who is to say that they won’t send drones to communities?” Just like the incendiary kites and balloons that wreaked havoc on Israel’s South, the threat of drones needs to be dealt with before one of them hits its mark, killing Israeli troops or civilians and dragging Israel into another war with the Gaza Strip.

https://www.jpost.com/Middle-East/Drones-Give-Militants-New-Precision-Weapon-In-Gaza-Conflict-601029 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 9-8-19 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Summer heat killed nearly 1,500 in France, officials say

9 September 2019

Record heatwaves in June and July caused the deaths of 1,435 people in France this year, according to the country's health minister. Speaking on French radio, Agnès Buzyn said half of those who died were aged over 75. But Ms Buzyn said, thanks to preventative measures, the rate was 10 times lower than the same period in 2003 when a deadly heatwave hit Europe. France recorded its highest-ever temperature of 46C (114.8F) in June. The capital, Paris, also saw a record high temperature of 42.6C (108.7F) in July. According to the Ministry of Health, 567 people died during France's first heatwave this year, from 24 June to 7 July. A further 868 died during the second from 21 to 27 July. Heatwaves and the human body In pictures: Europe tries to stay cool in the heat Ms Buzyn said that 10 people had died while at work. During the summer, red alerts - the most severe warning category - were issued in several areas of France. During hot periods, many schools and public events were closed to minimise public exposure. Large parks and swimming pools were also kept open in some cities to help people stay cool. Paris authorities organised emergency phone lines and set up temporary "cool rooms" in municipal buildings. The heat spurred wildfires in neighbouring Spain, with Catalonia experiencing some of its most devastating blazes in 20 years. All-time high temperatures were also recorded in other European countries, including the UK, Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and the Netherlands.

No other country has yet released official data on deaths caused by this year's heatwaves.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-49628275 

:: 9-8-19 KTVU Fox :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dorian death toll rises to 44 in Bahamas

By ASSOCIATED PRESS Posted Sep 08 2019 02:04PM PDT Video Posted Sep 08 2019 02:04PM PDT

TORONTO (AP) - The government in the Bahamas says the death toll from Hurricane Dorian has risen by one to 44. Health Minister Duane Sands on Sunday confirmed the toll in a WhatsApp message to The Associated Press. Officials have warned that the number of deaths is likely to rise as security forces and other teams search devastated areas of the northern Bahamas. The government also announced a telephone hotline where Bahamians can call to report family members who have been unaccounted for since the storm. At least five deaths have been blamed on the storm in the Southeastern U.S. and one in Puerto Rico.

http://www.ktvu.com/news/dorian-death-toll-rises-to-44-in-bahamas 

:: 9-7-19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The cross vs. the trap of sexual sin

By Nolan Harkness Saturday, September 07, 2019

Why does there seem to be so much sexual sin on the part of modern-day “Christians?” Galatians tells us that “I have been crucified with Christ and I no longer live, but Christ lives in me" 2:20 (NIV). This has become one of the daily theme verses of those of you who for years have embraced a biblical conversion to Christ. You are painfully aware that your former sin nature continually rears its ugly head almost every time you go to make a decision. Over and over again, you find that you must allow the Holy Spirit to nail your will to the cross. Like the Apostle Paul, you are in an ongoing wrestling match with your flesh, and you accept the fact that the battle will continue until God one day calls you home. However delight, joy, and victory all come from the beautiful presence and peace of God which floods your soul as you daily decide to live not for this life, but for the eternal life to come. On the other hand, to those who are a part of a new worldwide movement of believers who have come under some kind of new “divine enlightenment” the crucified life is very foreign. The scripture mentioned in the first paragraph of this article is never preached in their services. It does not fit in the new “enlightened” self-centered, self-focused gospel which seems to be filling churches by the droves. The “me” gospel as it has been called is not Christ-focused but self-focused and has its roots in their belief system. This belief system is based on secular humanism, a philosophy which is already popular with the crowd it seeks to attract. It is no surprise that more and more reports are surfacing of famous leaders in this movement who are falling into sexual sin. Truth be told, the avoidance of sexual sin has never comprised any part of their “conversion.” Their popular self-focused crowd-pleasing gospel has never called them to crucify anything except perhaps what they consider negative talking or thinking contrary to their teachings. Their old nature has never been put to death just simply been carefully and craftily hidden where nobody can see it except themselves and God. Many have called their teaching the “prosperity gospel.” It sounds good, feels good, and tastes good, but its’ fundamental teachings oppose the very crucified life that Jesus came to call us to. The problem with the prosperity-based gospel is that it calls no one to take up their cross. Congregants are told that God wants to bless them and that they are entitled to all kinds of pleasures in this lifetime. Their teachings entice listeners to a buffet of choices, all which serve the flesh rather than crucify it. “The heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked who can know it?” Jeremiah 17:9 (KJV) As Jeremiah says, prior to true conversion all that we knew was how to serve ourselves. Our own likes, wants and desires led us to the heartbroken place where we saw our need for God. For years we had served what the scriptures refers to as “the flesh” or the “old nature.” All throughout the New Testament, many teachings show us how to die to self and to serve the living Christ through the power of the Holy Spirit. However all such scripture is carefully suppressed by those who promote how to live the “blessed life” where your dreams are God’s dreams for you! Sexual sin starts off as something small in someone’s life. The sin is not chopped off at the root as it would be in a true believers life that daily put that old nature to death. In the world of the “modern gospel” the sexual sin would be put on a shelf, to be dealt with later. It is not considered as ugly as it is, because in this movement forgiveness is granted without repentance. Their Jesus loves them in all situations as they like to say “all your sins are forgiven past, present and future!” So they proceed on undaunted, pursuing the attractive smorgasbord of life’s choices. In regard to sexual experiences, the non-crucified life keeps wanting more and more. More and more sex. More and more experiences. More and more flavors. More and more… It’s sort of like going to a food buffet. So many choices, each one having a different flavor. Then there is always something new, in a new sauce promoted in a new way. Everyone seems to be trying it and liking it why not you! Sexual addictions like food addictions are based on simply serving self. The hero worship with which our society is saturated creates the foundation which allows sexual sin to thrive. Man’s inner desire to be worshiped goes all the way back to the oldest of creations sins when Lucifer wanted to to be worshipped above God. Just as Jesus’ nature grows within the life of the true biblical Christian, Satan’s nature grows within the heart of the non-biblical Christian, who like Satan, wants to be worshipped. Sex in today’s culture is based on worshipping the creature more than the Creator! Pornography searches for that “perfect” body. Sexual sin craves that intense arousal. Why are these leaders falling? Why are their so many reports within the church of child molestation? Why does it seem like more and more, people within the church are acting no differently and sometimes worse than those outside the church? It is because of this “modern gospel” that has no cross, no repentance in seeking forgiveness of sin and no teachings about putting the old nature to death in order to follow Christ. If your church does not teach you how to be crucified with Christ, please find one which does, before you are the one destroyed by your own sinful desires! As Paul said; “For me, to live is Christ and to die is gain.” Philippians 1:21 (NIV)

Rev Nolan J Harkness is the President and CEO of Nolan Harkness Evangelistic Ministries Inc. since 1985. He spent most of his adult life working in youth ministry. He also felt the calling of Evangelist/Revivalist and traveled as the door was open holding evangelistic meetings in churches throughout the Northeast. His website is www.verticalsound.org .

https://www.christianpost.com/voice/cross-vs-the-trap-of-sexual-sin.html 

:: 9--19 Common Dreams :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Scariest Thing You'll Read All Day": Report Sounds Alarm Over Brain-Reading Technology and Neurocapitalism

"Your brain, the final privacy frontier, may not be private much longer."

by Jessica Corbett, staff writer Published on Friday, August 30, 2019 by Common Dreams

A Vox report that swiftly sparked alarm across the internet Friday outlined how, "in the era of neurocapitalism, your brain needs new rights," following recent revelations that Facebook and Elon Musk's Neuralink are developing technologies to read people's minds. As Vox's Sigal Samuel reported:  Mark Zuckerberg's company is funding research on brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) that can pick up thoughts directly from your neurons and translate them into words. The researchers say they've already built an algorithm that can decode words from brain activity in real time.  And Musk's company has created flexible "threads" that can be implanted into a brain and could one day allow you to control your smartphone or computer with just your thoughts. Musk wants to start testing in humans by the end of next year. Considering those and other companies' advances and ambitions, Samuel warned that "your brain, the final privacy frontier, may not be private much longer" and laid out how existing laws are not equipped to handle how these emerging technologies could "interfere with rights that are so basic that we may not even think of them as rights, like our ability to determine where our selves end and machines begin." Samuel interviewed neuroethicist Marcello Ienca, a researcher at ETH Zurich who published a paper in 2017 detailing four human rights for the neurotechnology age that he believes need to be protected by law. Ienca told Samuel, "I'm very concerned about the commercialization of brain data in the consumer market." "And I'm not talking about a farfetched future. We already have consumer neurotech, with people trading their brain data for services from private companies," he said, pointing to video games that use brain activity and wearable devices that monitor human activities such as sleep. "I'm tempted to call it neurocapitalism." The Vox report broke down the four rights that, according to Ienca, policymakers need to urgently safeguard with new legislation: The right to cognitive liberty: You should have the right to freely decide you want to use a given neurotechnology or to refuse it.  The right to mental privacy: You should have the right to seclude your brain data or to publicly share it.  The right to mental integrity: You should have the right not to be harmed physically or psychologically by neurotechnology. The right to psychological continuity: You should have the right to be protected from alterations to your sense of self that you did not authorize. "Brain data is the ultimate refuge of privacy. When that goes, everything goes," Ienca said. "And once brain data is collected on a large scale, it's going to be very hard to reverse the process." Samuel's report generated concerned commentary on Twitter, with readers calling the piece "the scariest thing you'll read all day" and declaring, "I do not want to live in this future." Tech reporter Benjamin Powers tweeted, "So how long until this is co-opted for national security purposes?" Ienca, in his interview with Samuel, noted that the Defense Department's advanced research agency is assessing how neurotechnologies could be used on soldiers. As he explained, "there is already military-funded research to see if we can monitor decreases in attention levels and concentration, with hybrid BCIs that can 'read' deficits in attention levels and 'write' to the brain to increase alertness through neuromodulation. There are DARPA-funded projects that attempt to do so." Such technologies raise concerns about abuse not only by governments but also by corporations. Journalist Noah Kulwin compared brain-reading tech to self-driving cars, suggesting that the former "can't possibly work as presently marketed," and given that governments aren't prepared with human rights protections, companies will be empowered to "do a bunch of unregulated experimentation." Our work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License. Feel free to republish and share widely.

https://www.commondreams.org/news/2019/08/30/scariest-thing-youll-read-all-day-report-sounds-alarm-over-brain-reading-technology 

:: 9-2-19 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz Issues An Important Short Term Warning And Says The Price Of Silver Is Going To Skyrocket

September 02, 2019

As the world edges closer to the next crisis, today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies just issued an important short term warning and said that the price of silver is set to skyrocket. Silver Will Skyrocket In Coming Years

September 3 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: “There is one spectacular investment opportunity today that virtually no one talks about. It represents less than 0.1% of global financial assets. This investment has a potential upside of 36x or 3,500%. The downside is extremely limited since supply is finite and demand strong. It is selling at around production cost and has a real intrinsic value. It has also been money for thousands of years. Yes, I am of course talking about silver. It is probably one of the most undervalued investments that you can buy today. Since the top in 2011 at $50, silver went as low as $14 in 2015. But we must remember that silver was $4 in 2002. Many investors have been burnt by silver, buying high and selling low. I have heard of investors who bought at $50 as they expected a breakout above the 1980 high, which was $50. A fall of up to 70% since then obviously hurts, but fortunately all silver investors will be amply rewarded in coming years, whatever their buying price was… Listen to the greatest Egon von Greyerz audio interview ever by CLICKING HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW. Silver’s $4 Surge Is Nothing Compared To What Is Coming If you hold silver today, or if you intend to buy, you are now looking at one of those times in history when an investment is likely to make spectacular gains for an extended period of several years. At some point, probably this year, silver will move up several dollars and later tens of dollars. Over the next 5 years silver could exceed $500.  But let me warn you, silver is not for widows and orphans. The move up will also see periods of vicious corrections that will keep you awake at night if you are a nervous investor. Thus, there will be massive volatility, so the gains will also involve regular pains. That is why it is definitively better to buy now before the real move starts. We have already seen a $4 move from the lows at the end of June, but that is nothing compared to what is coming. Silver’s $4 Surge Since June Is Just The Beginning Don’t wait for normal pullbacks because they might not come or they may come from much higher levels. So although we will see massive volatility in silver, most of the surprises will be on the upside. There will be periods when all technical indicators are screaming overbought but the price continues to run. But don’t forget that there will also be vicious corrections. So why I am so certain that silver will move up now? I have often stated that the real upturn in the precious metals would always be led by silver. Once gold broke the 6 year Maginot resistance line at $1,350 in late June, this was the signal for the metals getting out of the starting blocks. That break was the signal and the gold/silver ratio peaked a few days later at 94 (see chart below). Gold/Silver Ratio Peaked At 94/1 As silver is now going up faster than gold, the ratio is coming down fast and has, so far, tumbled 13%. But that is just the beginning. I expect that ratio to first come down to the 2011 low at 30. This means silver will go up 3x faster than gold (ratio moving from 94 to 30). If we take an example that gold will reach an intermediate top at say $2,000, and the gold/silver ratio then reaches 30, that would mean a silver price of $66. The long term historical average of the ratio is 15. That corresponds pretty well to the quantity of silver to gold in the ground which is 19 times, and to the quantity of silver to gold mined which is 9, (9 ounces of silver mined for every one ounce of gold). TARGET: The Gold/Silver Ratio Will Collapse To 15/1 $667 Silver

If we take our long term forecast for gold, which is at least $10,000 in today’s money, and apply the gold/silver historical ratio of 15, we get a silver price of $667 which is quite possible. GoldChartsRUS has produced a silver chart adjusted for real inflation (Shadow Statistics inflation index), which produces an adjusted silver price of $840 in 1980 instead of the actual peak price of $50. Thus, a price of $667 is certainly possible in the next 5 years. We May See $667 – $840 Silver In The Next 5 Years There Will Be No Physical Silver Available We must remember that the futures markets are totally manipulated with chronic and massive short positions. Just the silver shorts in New York and China represent more than one year’s silver worth of production. Once the futures market breaks, there will be no physical silver available. Silver demand is now increasing dramatically and the ETFs have seen an increase of 125 million ounces in the last month. That equals 500 million per year which is 50% of annual production. Investment silver is normally around 30% of demand with the rest being industrial use and silverware. Thus, there is not enough silver for this elevated demand and we must question if the ETFs are actually getting the deliveries of physical silver or just paper promises. I would not count on the promise that they are getting physical silver. Where Is All Of The Gold Coming From?

There is a similar situation in gold. Since June, gold ETFs, Published Repositories and Mutual Funds, increased their gold holdings by 250 tonnes, which is a record since 2016. The question is, where is the gold coming from to meet this increased demand? Swiss refiners are still reporting very slow business and high stock levels. They are seeing material coming back from the Far East, including China and Thailand. The same is true with many bullion banks which are reporting unusually high stocks. We would clearly have expected the Swiss refiners, who produce 70% of all the gold bars in the world, to reflect the increase in demand from ETFs and other sources. I can only assume that the ETFs are not actually getting physical deliveries but are just buying paper gold with an undertaking by the bullion bank to deliver physical. This confirms my strong opinion that no one should ever buy gold or silver ETFs. All you get is a piece of paper that you own x ounces of gold. Most ETF prospectuses state that they don’t have to hold the physical. And judging by the slow business and high stock levels of refiners and bullion banks, the ETFs seem to top up their paper stock rather than the physical.  Even if the ETFs do hold physical metals, it is still within the banking system with all of the risks that involves. Investors in ETFs don’t have their own bars, so they have no  access to their gold. The gold is not insured and it is subject to all the risks of the financial system, especially if the ETF only has a paper claim on the bank it bought the gold or silver from. Gold Has Had A Spectacular Year  Gold has had a spectacular year so far and outperformed virtually all major investment classes. In 2019, gold is up 20% in US dollars, 24% in Euros, 25% in UK Pounds and 15% in Yen. In August we have seen strong moves in gold. Gold took off when the Maginot Line was broken at $1,350 back in June.  Gold Has Surged Strongly Since Breaking The Gold Maginot Line At $1,350 When The Paper Market Breaks The lack of physical demand confirms what we have always known, namely that the gold price is determined by the paper market. So in spite of the best year for gold since 2009, it is not yet reflected in the physical market. In one way this situation makes the coming price move in gold and silver even more bullish. Futures exchanges and bullion banks are clearly accumulating even bigger short paper positions in gold and silver. When the paper market breaks there will be absolute panic in the physical market with gold going up by $1000s and silver by $10s. That will definitively happen in the next few years but it could happen at any time. I have given some potential price projections in this article. They are by no means meant to be sensational since I believe they are very realistic. But remember that you are not buying gold or silver for short term price gains and therefore price targets are unimportant. Physical precious metals are bought for wealth preservation purposes. You buy and own physical gold and silver as insurance against a totally rotten and manipulated financial system which is unlikely to survive in its present form. If you don’t already own gold and silver, buy now. Don’t be greedy and wait for pullbacks. If you wait for pullbacks you might miss the boat totally, which doesn’t just mean losing a potential investment gain. Instead, it means that you will be totally unprotected and unprepared for what is going to hit the world in coming years. Even if you have to pay up when buying in the near term, that is totally irrelevant. In a few years gold and silver will be multiples of what they are now being quoted. And if you store it in the safest vaults and jurisdictions you will be able to sleep well at night. IMPORTANT SHORT TERM WARNING It looks like this week we could see the perfect storm starting in global markets. It will be of a much greater magnitude than Hurricane Dorian, which is now reaching the US. The technical picture of markets tell us that major moves could start this week. The trigger could be a geopolitical event like the Hong Kong riots or some financial event. What we could see this week are stock markets beginning a major fall that will lead to a crash. More importantly, gold and silver as well as platinum are now poised for major moves higher starting this week. All of these moves will last for many years, but this week could be the beginning. Whether the moves start this week or a bit later, investors should prepare themselves for the biggest wealth destruction ever taking place over the next few years…For those who would like to read more of Egon von Greyerz’s fantastic articles CLICK HERE. One Of The Greats Says Gold Headed To $1,800 READ THIS NEXT! GOLD UPDATE: One Of The Greats Says Despite Volatility Gold Bull Is Headed To $1,800 CLICK HERE TO READ More articles to follow… In the meantime, other important releases… What A Wipeout, Hedge Fund Gold Bets Increase, China Can Play The Game…But They Are Losing, Plus A Reality Check CLICK HERE TO READ This Is What Is Really Driving The Price Of Gold Higher CLICK HERE TO READ Bullion Banks And Commercials Remain Near All-Time Record Short The Gold Market! CLICK HERE TO READ A Look At Where Things Stand In The Gold & Silver Markets CLICK HERE TO READ

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-says-the-price-of-silver-is-going-to-skyrocket-and-issues-an-important-short-term-update/ 

[ :: 3-25-18 am service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target.  Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period.  Watch out for the earthquakes, they’re coming, they’re coming, they’re coming, the next time that it shakes at all in Alaska will be your sign that it has come and it shall go clear to Mexico and you shall see as the Great Lakes empty out and the water flows down into New Orleans, and all, all the restrainers break.  For they thought they got away with what they got away with, but I warned them, beware, beware, beware.      

:: 9-2-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Major Slow-Slip Event in Puget Sound Increases Risk of Big Earthquakes Near Seattle Along the Cascadia Subduction Zone

By Strange Sounds - Sep 2, 2019

A major seismic event is underway, and scientists at the Pacific Northwest Seismic Network are saying the Puget Sound could be at a higher risk for earthquakes.  The event is called a slow-slip event and brings tiny tremors in the region that could potentially lead to a larger earthquake at the Cascadia subduction zone. Steve Malone, a professor emeritus with PNSN, thinks the first tremor of this ETS cycle began Aug. 11 just south of San Juan Island. The last two quakes stronger than M1.0 of the slow-slip event, a M2.5 and M2.4, hit today, September 2, 2019. Back in July, the area suffered a 4.6 magnitude quake, the largest in the region in some time. It was strong enough for most people to feel but did not cause any damage. “Over this week the tremor has on average gotten stronger and more frequent but is not yet as near-continuous as during some previous ETS events,” Malone wrote. “Thus far I have not been convinced that the GPS data is yet showing displacements consistent with a full-blown ETS, but then it is early in the sequence, and I am just a seismologist. If this activity continues as I expect it likely will then it likely will spread a bit farther south but it should mostly head to the northwest.“ The slow slip event is a semi-regular occurrence happening once every 14 months or so, according to scientific records and notes. Small tremors are a good reminder to make sure you and your family are prepared for the next earthquake. When the ‘Big One” Hits the Cascadia Subduction Zone, It’s Game-Over for Seattle Local media outlets in Western Washington have been talking a lot lately about the Cascadia Subduction Zone. A recently published simulation shows how the state would be impacted by a magnitude 9 earthquake: For one, large tsunami waves would barrel in and out of the Washington coast, including through inland waterways that connect to Seattle and its surrounding communities. Though the size of these waves would certainly vary, Washington’s Chief Hazards Geologist Corina Forson notes that they would generally be “incredibly tall,” and thus devastating. Another concern is what’s known as trough, which is when water levels suddenly recede following an earthquake, following their rapid return ashore. “That’s one of the things we struggle with messaging,” Forson told KING5, which used the example of the massive 2004 Indian Ocean tsunami that pulled water out from the beach before sending it roaring back, killing many. “When you see the water recede, that could be an indication that the tsunami wave is coming,” she adds. Another concern is the fact that the Cascadia Subduction Zone is located right next to the Juan de Fuca tectonic plate, which plunges underneath the North American plate. A large section of the Juan de Fuca plate is missing underneath central Oregon, or rather tearing apart and splitting the plate, which has raised more concerns about how a cascading seismic event might impact both states. Apart from the Cascadia, Seattle is also threatened by the seismically active Seattle Fault and South Whidbey Island Fault. So just be ready, because those three fault lines are overdue for a large earthquake.

https://pnsn.org/tremor/tremor-log/ets-event-of-summer-2019 

https://www.kiro7.com/news/local/seismologists-seismic-event-underway-that-could-increase-risk-of-large-earthquake-in-region/978035722 

https://www.king5.com/article/news/local/disaster/tsunami-simulations-for-washington-show-what-could-happen-after-90-earthquake/281-840f6210-5744-4c0d-b773-bf11a28123d9 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-09-01-cascadia-subduction-zone-about-to-blow.html 

https://strangesounds.org/2019/09/puget-sound-slow-slip-event-cascadia-earthquake.html

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 9-1-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats Declare War On Religion In New Resolution - If You Hate God, The Democrat Party Wants You And If You Love God, They Hate You

September 1, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Once again the Democratic National Committee (DNC) has made it clear they prefer Godless voters or as they dub these individuals, the "Religiously Unaffiliated Demographic," calling them their "largest religious group within the Democratic Party." Aside from the fact that to be "religiously unaffiliated" is the exact opposite of a "religious group," Democrats have again decided to publicly alienate all religious voters by actually passing a "Resolution Regarding the Religiously Unaffiliated Demographic," at the DNC's summer meeting, which is the exact title of said resolution. While the resolution itself is embedded below, one specific statement beginning the second line of the resolution, says everything we need to know about the "values" of today's Democrats: WHEREAS, religiously unaffiliated Americans overwhelmingly share the Democratic Party’s values, with 70% voting for Democrats in 2018, 80% supporting same-sex marriage, and 61% saying immigrants make American society stronger; Not only are they admitting that the Democrat party shares the values of those that are religiously unaffiliated or God haters, but also in the resolution they take a hard shot at those that believe in "Religious liberty." WHEREAS, those most loudly claiming that morals, values, and patriotism must be defined by their particular religious views have used those religious views, with misplaced claims of “religious liberty,” to justify public policy that has threatened the civil rights and liberties of many Americans, including but not limited to the LGBT community, women, and ethnic and religious/nonreligious minorities; The last passage being highlighted makes it clear that they are sucking up to the non-religious voters because they need their votes, and they plan a specific "outreach" to those Godless voters just to get them to the polls for the 2020 elections. WHEREAS, nonreligious Americans made up 17% of the electorate in 2018 and have the potential to deliver millions more votes for Democrats in 2020 with targeted outreach to further increase turnout of nonreligious voters. Read the entire resolution below: (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)  

DNC Resolution on the Nonreligious Demographic uploaded by All News Pipeline on Scribd

The timing of this DNC resolution closely aligns with a new shocking report showing that the persecution of Christians globally is approaching genocide. This resolution is also being hailed by the Secular Coalition For America, which describes itself as "the nation's premier advocacy organization representing atheists, humanists, agnostics, and other nontheists." In their piece cheering the resolution, they state the DNC "embraced American nonbelievers for the first time, adopting a resolution that recognizes their contributions to society and to the Democratic Party." DEMOCRATS HISTORY OF HATING GOD It is interesting that this resolution went largely unreported until Fox News reported on it Friday, while reminding readers of other instances of Democrats showing disdain for God and those of faith: In 2012, the last election Democrats won, a headline from the convention read: "Democrats boo God." In 2016, attendees heckled a preacher during the opening prayer. And on Saturday, Democrats took a shot at believers who use "religious liberty" to threaten the civil rights of LGBTQ Americans. It is also quite noteworthy that the resolution specifically highlighted the LGBT community, as we now see reports that according to the Satanic Temple which promotes a secular humanist agenda, more than 50 percent of their membership identify as LGBT. Going back to the Fox News paragraph quote above, where Democrats booed God, the backstory there is that in 2012 the Democrats deliberately removed the word "God" from their entire platform, which Republicans made sure the public found out about, which in turn forced Democrats to rapidly revise their platform to include God and Jerusalem again, and when they announced it, attendees did boo. The boos were not so much aimed at the word God, but even worse, after three attempts to get two-thirds of the attendees to vote to allow the word God back into the platform, and acknowledge Jerusalem, Antonio Villaraigosa, who was running the convention, finally just claimed they had the two-thirds majority (which they did not) and implemented the changes, and that is when the attendees that vote no started booing.  Watch the spectacle below: At least back then they were pretending to respect their religious voters, but just seven years later, they are now celebrating their non-believing base while criticizing those of faith. THEY CAN'T HAVE THEIR CAKE AND EAT IT TOO One probable reason that media shied away from reporting the DNC resolution which champions non-believers, while trying to claim that non-believers are some type of "religious group," and why the Democrats themselves didn't publicly hail their own resolution with anybody but those groups, is because should another portion of their base find out about it, they would lose many more voters than they will gain by aligning themselves with God haters.  In 2016, 89 percent of the African American vote went to Hillary Clinton, and historically over the past decades, blacks overwhelmingly voted for Democrats. According to Pew Research, 79 percent of African Americans are Christian. The breakdown is 53 percent Historically Black Protestant, 14 percent Evangelical Protestant, 5 percent Catholic, 4 percent Mainline Protestant, 2 percent Jehovah Witness, and 1 percent listed as Other Christian. BOTTOM LINE - MAKE THIS RESOLUTION GO VIRAL! As stated in the DNC resolution only 17 percent of the American electorate was made up of nonreligious voters in 2018, while Pew tells us 79 percent of African Americans consider themselves Christians, and the DNC has decided they want the nonreligious more than they want their African American base, but apparently they think they can hide this from those same voters. This resolution should be viral, Americans should all be made aware that the DNC has just publicly admitted that nonbelievers, the "religiously unaffiliated," are more closely aligned with their "values" than those in their base that believe in God.  Make no mistake, the Democrats have just admitted that they have picked a side in the battle between good and evil, and they have chosen to reject God. http://allnewspipeline.com/Godless_Party_Of_Satanists.php 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 9-2-19 Jihad Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Muslim-Catholic document on world peace “full of outrageously false and misleading statements”

Sep 2, 2019 5:00 pm By Robert Spencer

All that this dialogue has led to is Christian leaders being quiet about Muslim persecution of Christians, for fear of offending their dialogue partners. Has this been reciprocated by Muslims? Have Muslim spokesmen stopped being critical of Christians and Christianity? Of course not. The “dialogue” is all dawah on one side and Useful Idiots, eager to be deceived, on the other. Robert McManus, Roman Catholic Bishop of Worcester, Massachusetts, said it on February 8, 2013 as he was suppressing a planned talk (by me) at a Catholic conference on that persecution: “Talk about extreme, militant Islamists and the atrocities that they have perpetrated globally might undercut the positive achievements that we Catholics have attained in our inter-religious dialogue with devout Muslims.”  Remember that Mohamed Atta, about the plane he had hijacked on September 11, 2001, told passengers over the intercom: “Stay quiet and you’ll be OK.” The Catholic Church appears to have adopted that statement as its policy regarding Muslim persecution of Christians.  “Leave them; they are blind guides. And if a blind man leads a blind man, both will fall into a pit.” (Matthew 15:14) “Pope Francis Praises New Interreligious Initiative for World Peace,” by William Mahoney, ChurchMilitant, August 28, 2019: VATICAN CITY (ChurchMilitant.com) – Pope Francis lauded a new initiative Monday to implement a joint interreligious document on world peace that he and the grand imam of al-Azhar signed in February. The initiative, a higher committee established in Abu Dhabi Aug. 19 to ensure the objectives of the “Document on Human Fraternity for World Peace and Living Together” are met, includes Vatican and Muslim officials. This ‘Document on Human Fraternity’ is full of outrageously false and misleading statements. Tweet Pope Francis praised the new initiative in a press release from the Holy See on Wednesday: Although sadly evil, hatred and division often make news, there is a hidden sea of goodness that is growing and leads us to hope in dialogue, reciprocal knowledge and the possibility of building, together with the followers of other religions and all men and women of good will, a world of fraternity and peace. Church Militant spoke with Robert Spencer, the director of Jihad Watch and a Shillman fellow at the David Horowitz Freedom Center, about the document and this new initiative. “This ‘Document on Human Fraternity’ is full of outrageously false and misleading statements,” he said. “One is the claim that terrorism is due to ‘an accumulation of incorrect interpretations of religious texts and to policies linked to hunger, poverty, injustice, oppression and pride.'” Spencer explained how this claim about terrorism is false and misleading: If terrorists’ interpretations of Islamic religious texts are incorrect, then so are the interpretations of those texts by all the schools of Islamic jurisprudence, all of which, without exception, teach the necessity of the Islamic community worldwide to wage war against unbelievers and subjugate them under the hegemony of Islamic law. Bishop Miguel Guixot, president of the Pontifical Council for Interreligious Dialogue and a member of the higher committee, offered a different interpretation of “Document on Human Fraternity” in an interview with Vatican News: I think the Abu Dhabi declaration is a global appeal to the ‘civilization of love’ that contrasts with those who want a clash of civilizations! Prayer, dialogue, respect and solidarity are the only winning weapons against terrorism, fundamentalism and all kinds of war and violence. They are weapons that are part of the spiritual arsenals of all religions. Peace is a precious good, an aspiration that lives in the heart of every man, a believer or not, and which should inspire every human action. Spencer disagrees that dialogue is a winning weapon against terrorism: “Pope Francis’ much-vaunted ‘dialogue’ has never saved one Christian from being persecuted by Muslims, or prevented one church from being destroyed by jihadis. Nor will it ever do these things, as it is based on fantasy and wishful thinking, not on reality.”…

https://www.jihadwatch.org/2019/09/muslim-catholic-document-on-world-peace-full-of-outrageously-false-and-misleading-statements 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 9-28-19 Zero Gov :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

28 Aug Never Surrender Your Guns by Jim Davidson

Posted at 05:25h in Uncategorized by Bill

Publisher’s Note: Civil wars are always a suicide pact between the usually unwitting proponents before the war gets hot. All civil wars, as all wars in history, are conflicts over self-determination. Most wars are fought between rival plantation combines. That may be the hard truth but it doesn’t mean it ain’t coming. Communism is a human software virus based on greed, envy and a conviction that Darwinian violence is the sole arbiter of how human societies are regulated. Like all such economically illiterate and morally depraved creeds, they fail. They always fail; hence, it must spread to the next victim-host to be devoured, driven into the stone-age and stack piles of corpses. Rinse and repeat. Have you discovered that a political opponent is ALWAYS someone who wishes to employ cajoling, fining, threatening, bullying, kidnapping, caging, maiming and killing to render your obedience to their most heart-felt desires? Politics is dead simple. It calls to mind the words of William Pitt the Younger in a November 1783 speech to the House of Commons: Necessity is “the plea for every infringement of human freedom,” he said. “It is the argument of tyrants; it is the creed of slaves.” There is nothing commies will do that praises free markets. Seen and unseen: Every Amazon van may take 25 vehicles off the road – saving lives, saving time, saving energy, saving money. If you ignore gains and count only losses, the universe is truly tragic. Grownups can see the whole story, not just the grisly and boring parts. I am a Lovecraft fan since my youth and thought this examination of the collectivist singularity is quite compelling. Cthulhu pursues a globalist schedule that would bring all humanity under his dominion. He works by bribery on the basis of psychotic resentment, offering to his minions the prospect of sexual abandon without consequence and the license to murder. The four hundred foot tall squid-faced monster advertises his dark docket as a radiant future. His followers will need to break a few eggs, but the omelet will justify itself deliciously. It is in the nature of a fantastic imagination such as Lovecraft’s to penetrate into the remote spaces of the human condition and therefore to be applicable and relevant beyond its historical limitations. The author of The Call only infrequently celebrated the higher or transcendent propensities of Homo sapiens, but as a student of baseness and cultural regression, he knew well of what he wrote. The sheaf of documents inherited by Professor Angell’s nephew has a counterpart in the contemporary world. Any Internet news-portal such as, say, the Drudge Report, will open through its hyperlinks a window on the Maenadism, entirely out of bounds, of the prevailing cultural, social, and political scenes. That the hysteria and malice of the times stylize themselves as “Wokeness,” as the equivalent of an accession to consciousness, is all the more ironic given the Left’s actual lockstep ideological conformism and its actual restriction of expression to a rigorously limited set of accusations and denouncements. Cthulhu only awakens to the degree that he can change humanity into a sleepwalking horde that has ceded its mental and moral independence to the calendar of its own servitude. So-called comedienne Kathy Griffin presaged these (for the lack of a better term) developments back in May of 2017 when she appeared in photographs and a video clip carrying a simulacrum of the severed head of Donald Trump. Euripides’ tragedy The Bacchae undoubtedly lies beyond Griffin’s ken, but she might have been auditioning for the role of Agave who in a fever of religious inebriation rips the head of her own son from its body – all under the inspiration of that god of lynching, Dionysus. But no – not auditioning for the role; rather, reverting under a self-granted license to the savage behavior of the original Dionysus Cult, of which the Cthulhu Cult is a literary representation. The government supremacists now embrace “the savage behavior of the original Dionysus Cult, of which the Cthulhu Cult is a literary representation”.

Read the rest; read the whole thing. R’lyeh rising indeed… Guns, who doesn’t want to discuss guns? I had a brain zephyr the other day and thought that one of the reasons the communists are so frightened by suppressors isn’t simply the wicked image the media has promulgated but it short-circuits stealth training on rifles if the usual suspects manage to deny private long arms to Helots on the plantation. If you aren’t stocking up on 80% lowers and associated lower parts kits (LPK), you are missing out on a terrific opportunity to make sure your children and grandchildren have the tools in the future. A Finnish truck driver is kind enough to make his truck a mobile history lesson. In other news, another badged sadist gets away with maiming an infant, again. The robed cross-dressers gave yet another pass to violent mischief by their coproach enforcers. We’ll see more of this as the Flaming 20’s begin. On to Jim’s splendid essay. -BB “Participating in a gun buyback program because you think that criminals have too many guns is like having yourself castrated because you think your neighbors have too many kids.” – Clint Eastwood “Being disarmed, among the other harm it brings you, causes you to be despised.” ~ Niccolo Machiavelli, The Prince, 1513 The current flavour of gun control that seems to impress the socialists, communists, and leftists is “red flag laws.” Taking away the right to keep and bear arms appears to meet with the approval of President Trump, numerous politicians, and even various federal judges. In response to a question about red flag laws, I recently posted these thoughts on Twitter: Violates privacy, free speech, free press, remain silent, confront witnesses, due process, counsel, privacy, requirements for warrants to issue, and that’s off the top of my head. A few minutes later, I noted that it violates privacy twice. You’ll be able to supply the amendments in the Bill of Rights yourself if you wish. Clearly, to me, red flag laws are a terrible evil. Been SWATted One of the many reasons I feel that way is because a neighbour of mine decided it was her privilege to call the sheriff’s department, for which she worked in an administrative capacity (and for whom, I gather, her husband worked as as confidential informant), misreport a number of things and have a SWAT team show up outside my home. When I walked out of my house about 9 pm that evening in April 2017, there were three laser range finder dots on my chest. One error on my part or one exclamation or even perhaps a sneeze on the part of the watch commander, and my heart would have been blown out the back of my chest. After some time in jail, hiring a bail bondsman, hiring an attorney, selling my house to pay for the legal expenses involved, and a number of hearings, the prosecutor moved to dismiss the case. Subsequently, the prosecutor also moved to expunge the arrest record. There are parts of the world where it is still possible to find people in the law enforcement community who can experience embarrassment when they are misled by their noses to do mistaken things. Nevertheless, I cannot recommend the experience. Being arrested was amongst the many reasons I stopped voting after February 1991, it was among the many reasons I searched the world for a free country, it was one of the reasons I re-located, briefly, to Somalia. The United States has not been a free country in a very long time. Your Guns Why shouldn’t you ever surrender your guns? Quite simple, really. They are the main line of defence for individual liberty in the world. Anyone who wants to take away your guns wants you to be a victim of crime, either by street criminals or by the government or by both. Victim disarmament is inexcusable, unjustiable, and despicable. No one who ever says anything in favour of disarming people has any good intentions, and such people should be, at least, ostracised. Here, in graphical terms, is why: Those who pretend that they want gun control for some good reason are either fools or liars, and neither one recommends close further contact with them. Every government, from the United States which disarmed Native Americans to Turkey before World War One, to Germany and Russia before World War Two, to China after World War Two, and on and on, every government which has disarmed its people has then rounded people up and put them in camps. You cannot trust people in government, so you had best keep your hands on your weapons. Which Guns? My friend Bill Buppert runs ZeroGov.com  which is a great site for information on the topic. A person to follow on Twitter who is the “village armourer” for Bill and others, is Twitter.com/thefreerifleman  Skip. You can also get a lot of good information on guns from Boston’s Gun Bible. Anything I say here derives from my own experiences, or from reading Boston’s book, or from discussions and reading of Bill and Skip’s thoughts on the topic. Any errors are exclusively my own. You want a rifle. If you have only one gun, if you have not yet bought any and you want to go get a gun, go get a rifle. Get a semi-auto rifle with an adequate calibre with which you can hit a target at 100 yards or greater. Get a rifle with the capacity to hold a magazine with more than ten rounds because rate of fire and time before empty are critical issues in you surviving in a firefight. And get ten or more magazines, and plenty of ammo for your rifle.  Why? Your rifle is your main weapon for self-defence. It should be the one you practice with the most. It should be familiar to you. You should fire it weekly or more often, whenever you can get to a gun range. You should be highly trained with it. You should know how to clean it, and maintain it. There are many rifles, but your rifle is your own. It is your best friend. It can save your life. A handgun, as Boston says in his gun bible, is a tool for getting you back to your rifle. I myself have said that a knife is a tool for getting you to your handgun. These are things you should have with you, I believe, and not ever be far from. What sort of rifle is best? I think the rifle you are familiar with is always best. But, I also agree with Skip and Bill, who point out that the main weapon likely to be brought against Americans by the police, the military, and other forces of oppression, is the AR-15 or M-16. Therefore it makes sense to be able to use the identical calibre of bullet and the same magazines, as well as be able to pick up discarded weapons from a battlefield to continue fighting. For similar reasons, a good calibre of handgun is the 9mm. And a good style of 9mm semi-auto handgun is the Glock. Again, why? Because it is very frequently carried by police and other minions of the state, because being able to use the same calibre of ammo and the same magazines, or pick up a weapon from a battlefield to continue fighting is potentially going to save your life. These are serious considerations, and you don’t want to be unarmed. Ever. Swallwell’s Nukes A recent (and I gather now former) candidate for the Democrat nomination for president in 2020, Eric Swallwell, is a gun grabber from some jurisdiction in California. Not long ago, he said on Twitter that in the event of a confrontation with American gun owners, the national government would use nuclear weapons. Here is that post: But, keep in mind, the wars in Korea, Vietnam, Grenada, Lebanon, the Persian Gulf, Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Somalia, Kosovo, Mali, Yemen, and Syria involving USA military forces have been largely free of nuclear weapons. Yes, “depleted uranium” rounds were used for their greater density and additional danger. Yes, the USA government knowingly allowed radioactive fallout from nuclear tests in the Western desert to fall on civilian populations in, e.g., Utah, and did not warn those people they were being irradiated. Yes, the USA government did nuke Aleutian islanders. Yes, the USA nuked two cities in Japan in 1945, and remains the only national government to have used nuclear weapons against civilian populations during war. Nevertheless, it is very unlikely that even Swallwell would be able to deploy nuclear weapons against American cities. Nor would the use of nukes cause Americans to surrender, especially not Americans in any of the mountain states in Appalachia, the Ozarks, or the Rockies. In order to hold territory, infantry is required, not strategic bombing. In order to hold territory, the will of the enemy to resist must be eliminated. And, with about 200 million American homes having one or more guns within them, the number of people likely to resist is very, very high. In past essays, I’ve estimated that as many as 110 to 125 million Americans do not vote, do not file income tax paperwork, and do not answer the census, among other ways in which they have withdrawn from participating in the system which oppresses them and robs them on a daily basis with taxes, regulations, and evil machinations. I believe that approximately that number would resist, or give support to those in resistance. In order for an occupied territory to be “pacified” various strategists, dating back to Clausewitz, have suggested that as many as 20 soldiers are required for every person in resistance to the occupation. Examples of very successful resistance groups include the Warsaw Ghetto Uprising, the revolt at the death camp Sobibor, and the aforementioned wars in Lebanon, Vietnam, Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, Libya, Mali, Somalia, etc. Is it possible to find two billion troops to set against 100 million resisting Americans? Almost certainly yes, though only at great expense and with considerable difficulty. Nor would the presence of occupying troops from foreign countries reduce the number of Americans in resistance. Not more than 80 million Americans are committed to the communist-socialist doctrines and even some of these might find circumstances persuasive reasons to change their ideology. Moving, say, 100 million Chinese troops to the United States would be costly, and would arguably destabilise China which is not exactly a bastion of stability right now, as evidenced in Hong Kong. The people of Hong Kong know that they are going to be harvested for organs, as were the Falun Gong, if they give up their protests. Where? I believe the places where Americans are most free to own guns, the bright green or “constitutional carry” states are the best places to be in or near when things come to a head. Your mileage may vary. The deep blue states are “shall issue” though concealed carry permits are not much honoured in, say, Chicago. You’ll have the greatest difficulty in Hawai’i and New Jersey, which have other difficulties. Islands are very difficult logistically. And extremely urban environments are where one goes to locate large numbers of communists and socialists (but I repeat myself). The red and yellow locations on the map above impose the most against gun owners. Are you safe in the rest of the country? Very clearly not. Those in power have a psychotic desire to destroy freedom and imprison the population to their dark designs. If you are going to do one thing this year that you haven’t done in the past, find a few friends and neighbours and train with them. Train to get to each other’s homes quickly. Train to be in communication in the face of a cell phone disruption, which can be imposed on any location by law enforcement. Train to be in communication and train to help one another. The lives you save may be your own. Can the American people win against those who seek to disarm, imprison, and enslave us? Yes. Besides, do you have any rational choice? If you give up your guns, or if you stop resisting, you too will be sent to a death camp. You would become a supply of organs for medical tourists to the United States. So, never surrender.

Never surrender your guns. Jim Davidson is an author, actor, entrepreneur, and gun owner. You can find him online. jim@resilientways.net 

https://zerogov.com/never-surrender-your-guns-by-jim-davidson/ 

:: 9-2-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 'Freaks And Misfits' Of Antifa Want Civil War And 'Revolution' As More Than 50 Members Arrested In August With Five Indicted On Felony Riot Charges So Far

September 2, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

It appears Portland, Oregon authorities have finally decided to start doing their jobs of arresting the violent thugs that created chaos during the August 17 rally and counter-protest by Antifa, dubbed "Freaks, Hippies, Weirdos, Twerps, Misfits," by Big League Politics, as Independent Journalist Andy Ngo, one of the only reporters that has documented the Antifa violence consistently since 2016, explains what Antifa's endgame truly is, which is civil war and revolution. Top those arrests off with another 36 arrested in Boston after attempting to violently disrupt the Straight Pride Parade on August 31, and it appears that Antifa groups are finally being exposed publicly for exactly what they are, domestic terrorists. ANTIFA BELIEVES IT IS PUSHING AMERICA TOWARDS CIVIL WAR We'll start with a recent warning from Andy Ngo, known for his relentless coverage of Antifa. Recently Ngo was brutally attacked by Antifa thugs, which in turn resulted in the gay, Asian, Independent Journalist being hospitalized for a brain bleed. Ngo sat down with Breitbart News’s James Delingpole to discuss Antifa's ideology and their endgame goal to foment a civil war in America, stating the group is "trying to agitate for a revolution." There is a symbiotic relationship between extreme anarchists and hardcore communists. And the violence they do on the street is towards furthering their war. They are actually trying to agitate for a revolution. So from the outside is may seem like stupid street violence and vandalism but they really believe that we are living in the latter days of fascism,” Ngo said. “The conflict is going to happen in the future by bringing these brutal forms of violence, either against the state, individuals, or property. Instead of inching closer and closer to that final, climatic battle, it’s going to make us run quicker there.” Ngo argued that Americans should not allow “Antifa” to falsely declare that they are society’s guardians against fascism. “We have authorities or academics have the frameworks for researching violent extremist ideologies and I’d like to see that applied to Antifa. I think, in some ways, how they organize has many parallels to Islamism,” Ngo continued. “So I don’t see them as just a benign movement of so-called antifascists. I mean, I don’t even give them that propaganda win of calling them antifascists. I say “Antifa” because I want to separate that from antifascism, which to the average person would sound like a very noble thing.” Listen to the entire segment below: (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) 

PROOF THAT ANTIFA'S VIOLENCE IS PREMEDITATED

Ahead of the Straight Pride Parade and the planned counter-protest by Antifa groups, a fundraiser was set up by Solidarity Against Hate- Boston, who describe themselves as Antifa. The title of the fundraiser was "Solidarity Against Hate Legal Defense Fund," with a goal of collecting $2,500 dollars in "preparation for possible unplanned arrests." Note the fundraiser was set up before the actual event, showing the group preplans their violence. The description for the fundraiser (H/T Big Leagure Politics) shown below: “Known fascists and white supremacists, under the front organization Super Happy Fun America, are descending on Boston for “Straight Pride” on Saturday, 8/31. As we have for the last 3 years, Boston will repel them with beautiful and bold direct action! In preparation for possible unplanned arrests, we are raising $2500 to cover any legal fees, as well as supplies for jail support (rides home, food, changes of clothes, etc).” Emphasis mine. "Direct Action" refers to planned harassment, intimidation and/or violence against their opponents. While the original goal as shown in a screen shot from BLP was $2,500, it was later upped to $15K as shown on their Fundrazr page, and nearly 700 contributors ultimately donated $24,652. The very fact that they were raising bail money for arrests during an event that hadn't even occurred yet, as well as the use of the "direct action" phrase in the fundraising statement itself, is ample evidence that Antifa violence is premeditated, and fits right in with Andy Ngo's assertion that the goal of Antifa and the violence that occurs at every event they decide to counter protest, is for the specific purpose of inciting a civil war, or a revolution. The bail money was assuredly needed as we mentioned at the beginning of this article, 36 Antifa thugs were arrested, and four law enforcement officers were injured as the Antifa groups attempted to stop the parade from taking place. Also noted by observers, the "counter-protesters," aka Antifa groups, were handing out flyers that said "Straight Sex IS RAPE," and "Sex with whites is white supremacy." And they have the nerve to call Trump supporters racist? Newsflash to these little Antifa terrorists, THAT sign is racist. 15 ANTIFA GOONS ARRESTED FOR PORTLAND VIOLENCE FROM AUGUST 17 Portland authorities are still arresting people that attacked a bus with cement, hammers, and other weapons on August 17, 2019. nOn August 30, 2019, KOIN.com News reported that another two men had been arrested for their actions in Portland, Oregon earlier in August, bringing the total to 15. Five of them have already been indicted on felony riot charges. Portland finally cracking down on these Antifa groups is significant as the Mayor, Ted Wheeler has often been severely criticized for forcing his police officers to stand down, allowing these communist anarchists to literally take over the streets without repercussions. Maybe he is finally getting tired of being seen as an Antifa supporter himself. BOTTOM LINE In total, for August, more than 50 Antifa terrorists were arrested from the Portland counter-protest and the Boston event.  With Antifa openly calling for violence with their "direct action" calls, along with the warning from Ngo about what Antifa's end game truly is, being revolution and civil war, the U.S. government needs to figure out a way to classify the groups that have called for violence, advertised an event that ended up becoming violent or obtaining riot status, and those collecting bail money in advance, showing they are pre-planning the violence, as domestic terrorist groups. In the video below published by Andy Ngo, readers will see the man in the image at the top of this article, wearing the shirt that says "Beta Cuck 4 Lyfe" attacking the bus and throwing a hammer inside at around the 1:54 minute mark. In the video beneath that, the same man can be seen as part of the group surrounding and chasing a man and his daughter through the streets of Portland.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Antifa_Endgame_Civil_War_15_Arrested_Riot_Charges.php

Scribe note: In today's world you better make sure that you pray over your food.

1 Tim 4:4-5  4 For every creature of God is good, and nothing to be refused, if it be received with thanksgiving: 5 For it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer. (KJV)

:: 9--19 Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Than 12 TONS of Beef Recalled Because It’s “Unfit for Human Consumption”

According to Food Safety News:

Chino, CA-based American Beef Packers, Inc. late Saturday recalled approximately 24,428 pounds of raw beef products that are deemed unfit for human consumption, according to the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS). FSIS inspection personnel retained the carcass and collected a sample for further analysis. Prior to test results being received, the carcass was erroneously released and further processed into raw intact and non-intact beef products, which were distributed in commerce. (source) These items would most likely be found in freezers, as the meat was processed and packaged on August 21, 2019. According to the USDA, nobody has reported any adverse reactions to the meat, but it still should not be consumed. The products have the establishment number “EST. 34741” inside the USDA mark of inspection. If you’re wondering why on earth there have been so many recalls lately, this article has some answers.

A list of the potentially contaminated products Here’s what to look for in your freezer, as per the USDA:

Bulk pack combo bins containing “AMERICAN BEEF PACKERS 85 BONELESS BEEF CHUCKS” with LOT NO.110 and BIN No. 85 and BIN No. 86.

Bulk pack combo bins containing “AMERICAN BEEF PACKERS 90 BONELESS BEEF” with LOT NO. 110 and BIN No. 81, BIN No. 82 and BIN No. 83.

Bulk pack combo bins containing “AMERICAN BEEF PACKERS 85 BONELESS BEEF” with LOT NO. 25-110 and BIN No. 84 and LOT NO 110 and BIN No. 88.

Cases containing “AMERICAN BEEF PACKERS RIBEYE 8/10 #1” with codes BT190821-1178, BT190821-1185, BT190821-1188, BT190821-1190, and BT190821-1194.

66.2-lb. case containing “AMERICAN BEEF PACKERS RIBEYE 10 UP #1” with code BT190821-1186.

Bulk pack combo bin containing “AMERICAN BEEF PACKERS 90 BONELESS BEEF SIRLOINS” with LOT NO. 24-110 and BIN No. 80.

Cases containing “AMERICAN BEEF PACKERS TERDERLOIN 4 UP” with codes BT190821-1160, BT190821-1161, BT190821-1162, BT190821-1163, BT190821-1167, BT190821-1168, BT190821-1169, and BT190821-1170.

Cases containing “AMERICAN BEEF PACKERS RIBEYE 10 UP” with codes BT190821-1187 and BT190821-1192.

Cases containing “AMERICAN BEEF PACKERS TENDERLOIN 3/4” with codes BT190821-1155, BT190821-1157, BT190821-1171, BT190821-1200, BT190821-1201, BT190821-1202, BT190821-1203, BT190821-1204, and BT190821-1205.

50-lb. cases containing “AMERICAN BEEF PACKERS DESC: BEEF FOR FURTHER PROCESSING 75/25” with lot code 08347412719.

Many of the packaged items were shipped to “federal establishments in California and Oregon” but it’s recommended that everyone take a peek into their freezers for this mysteriously contaminated meat.  The firm notified FSIS on Aug. 30, 2019 that a carcass that was pending laboratory results had been erroneously released and further processed into raw intact and non-intact beef products.  There have been no confirmed reports of adverse reactions due to consumption of these products. Anyone concerned about a reaction should contact a healthcare provider.  FSIS is concerned that some product may be frozen and consumers’ refrigerators or freezers or both. Consumers who have purchased these products are urged not to consume them. These products should be thrown away or returned to the place of purchase. (source)  We don’t know about you, but we’re sure curious what “unfit for human consumption” means.  About the Author Daisy Luther Daisy Luther is a coffee-swigging, gun-toting blogger who writes about current events, preparedness, frugality, voluntaryism, and the pursuit of liberty on her website, The Organic Prepper. She is widely republished across alternative media and she curates all the most important news links on her aggregate site, PreppersDailyNews.com. Daisy is the best-selling author of 4 books and lives in the mountains of Virginia with her two daughters and an ever-growing menagerie. You can find her on Facebook, Pinterest, and Twitter.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/beef-recalled-unfit-for-human-consumption/ 

:: 9--19 The American Interest :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is a Replay of Tiananmen Coming in Hong Kong? Larry Diamond

There may not be much time to avert a tragedy.

With the arrests earlier today in Hong Kong of the youthful pro-democracy activists Joshua Wong and Agnes Chow, a harsh crackdown by Beijing on the popular movement seems increasingly likely. Since the protests erupted in June, the Hong Kong authorities have not exactly acted with restraint. More than 800 protestors have been arrested, and, The Guardian reported on August 12, peaceful protesters have repeatedly been attacked with tear gas, rubber bullets, and other projectiles and weapons. Unable to contain the relentless and ever-shifting popular mobilization through conventional policing methods, the communist authorities in Beijing have turned to local Hong Kong mafia groups, the so called “triad” gangs, to terrorize peaceful demonstrators. Yet nothing has silenced the people of Hong Kong, who, since June 9, have used a fluid and decentralized array of tactics to press their demands: permanent withdrawal of the proposed Hong Kong bill that would enable Beijing to obtain the extradition of anyone in Hong Kong; fulfillment of Beijing’s obligation to allow the people of Hong Kong to democratically elect their own government; and accountability for multiple acts of police brutality.  The current movement lacks the clear leadership and organization of the 2014 Umbrella Movement (in part to avoid leaving leaders as clear targets for persecution). And unfortunately, some radicalized elements of the movement have turned to violent tactics to fight the police—a battle against a massive authoritarian state that they cannot possibly win with rocks, sticks, and firebombs but might with strict and sustained adherence to proven methods of nonviolent resistance. The crisis could have been de-escalated many weeks ago if Hong Kong’s stubborn and politically inept Chief Executive, Carrie Lam—who owes her loyalty to the Communist Party bosses in Beijing and not to her own people—had offered to negotiate with representatives of the pro-democracy movement. Instead, she only conceded to table (not permanently withdraw) the extradition bill, while street demonstrations, blockades, airport shutdowns, and gestures of resistance as delicate as protest symbols on baked goods have made Hong Kong an ongoing civic battleground and a metaphor for today’s global struggle for liberty. Now, nearly three months of crisis appears headed toward a tragic denouement. Writing from Hong Kong on Wednesday, the New York Times columnist Nicholas Kristof (who shared a Pulitzer Prize for his coverage of the Tiananmen Democracy Movement in 1989) poignantly shared a sense of foreboding that is growing among journalists, policymakers, and intelligence analysts: “There are so many parallels to the Tiananmen student democracy movement that I covered in China 30 years ago—and I wonder if Beijing may ultimately deploy troops, perhaps from the paramilitary People’s Armed Police, to crush these protests as well.” Earlier this month, China’s leaders amassed thousands of paramilitary personnel from the People’s Armed Police in a sports stadium in Shenzen (just over the border from Hong Kong). The spectacle appeared to be a warning to the people of Hong Kong, and the world. Now Beijing is upping the ante. Yesterday it sent a fresh detachment of People’s Liberation Army troops into Hong Kong, along with armored personnel carriers, army trucks, patrol boats, and armed helicopters. If these deployments were “routine,” as Beijing dubiously claimed, the threats to “resolutely implement the ‘one country, two systems’ principle” carried a menacing tone. If Beijing had implemented this principle, Hong Kong’s once-vaunted rule of law would not now be under mounting assault, and its people would be fully and freely choosing their own leaders and representatives.

With the 70th anniversary of the Chinese Communist Party’s revolutionary conquest of China rapidly approaching on October 1, the odds are increasing of a violent crackdown (possibly in stages, beginning with the removal of leading voices for peaceful democratic change, such as Joshua Wong and Agnes Chow, or perhaps sooner and more brutally). There may not be much time left to avert a tragedy. The United States, the UK, and other leading democracies must make clear to China’s leaders (particularly through private channels) that violent repression in Hong Kong will bring severe and long-lasting consequences. At a minimum, we should use the Global Magnitsky Act to impose targeted sanctions (including financial penalties and visa bans) on individuals responsible for the repression, like those a former Treasury Department official has already proposed applying to Chinese officials responsible for the ongoing grave violations of the Uighur minority in Xinjiang Province. While the trade war is dangerous enough as it is, Beijing’s leaders must know that a violent crackdown in Hong Kong would obstruct any possibility of a return to a more normal relationship with Western democracies. And we must prepare now to wage and win a battle for global public opinion to make the PRC pay a very heavy price in esteem should it use force to suppress peaceful protestors in Hong Kong. At the same time, in the dwindling time that may be left, we should reach out to diverse elements of the pro-democracy movement in Hong Kong, urging strict adherence to non-violence and a willingness to negotiate and compromise. Being careful to avoid any language that might be seen to justify or excuse a crackdown, foreign friends of the Hong Kong democracy movement should try to deflate dangerous illusions. Kristof concluded his column on Wednesday with this haunting reflection: “In the run-up to the massacres of 1989, idealistic protesters often told me that their cause was invincible. And then I watched tanks roll over righteousness.”

Published on: August 30, 2019

Larry Diamond is senior fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University. He coordinates the democracy program of the Center on Democracy, Development, and the Rule of Law (CDDRL) within the Freeman Spogli Institute for International Studies (FSI).

https://www.the-american-interest.com/2019/08/30/is-a-replay-of-tiananmen-coming-in-hong-kong/ 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 9--19 New England Review :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s Space Dream is America’s Nightmare

by Brandon J. Weichert (September 2019)

If you look up at the moon tonight, understand that you are not looking at a primordial rock that has orbited above our heads, rearing its pale, pockmarked face every night, since the dawn of humanity. Instead, you are looking at a treasure trove of natural resources. As you stare up at the pale, dimpled, and ancient face of Earth’s only natural satellite, understand that there is a Chinese rover roaming the previously-unexplored dark side (the part that permanently faces away from Earth) of the lunar surface, testing the soil to determine whether or not China might be able to strip mine the moon. Should Beijing conclude that the moon is home to a bevy of abundant, untapped natural resources, then China’s space program will return to the moon, and exploit those natural resources for China’s benefit before anyone else can. In fact, as you will see throughout this piece, China’s space ambitions are expansive, compelling, and a direct (and enduring) threat to the United States. For, it is not only in the area of space mining that China envisions becoming the dominant player. China also seeks to acquire true military parity with the United States in orbit of Earth; by building the capability to damage or destroy vulnerable American satellites and by potentially placing weapon systems—disguised as civilian systems—in orbit. Understanding Space Nationalism in China The Chinese view space quite differently from their American rivals. China’s space vision is a cold, clear-eyed, nationalist mission for space exploration and, inevitably, exploitation. As I’ve written recently, the Chinese leadership cares “little for the betterment of humanity.” They do not go into space possessed of the same airy, globalist notions that so many American policymakers have been imbued with. What’s more, the Chinese have a far more realistic—even cynical—view of space than most American leaders do. Theirs is a belief that nationalism will empower China’s rise in the strategic domain of space. And, once ensconced as the dominant force in the strategic high ground of space, the Chinese will be able to have control over the other terrestrial strategic domains of space (land, sea, air, and cyberspace).

Read more in New English Review:

• The Ayatollah of Climate Change: Greta Thunberg

• Germany, Iran, and Hezbollah

• Advanced Artificial Intelligence and Ilhan Omar

The Chinese leadership fundamentally believes that space is an unpossessed resource waiting to be conquered by the nation (or group of nations) that have the gumption to take it before other states can. The cynicism of Chinese leaders when it comes to space is in their belief that China must do everything it can—including weaponizing space—to prevent China’s rivals (read, the United States) from denying space to them. Or, as Ye Peijian, the head of China’s lunar mission, said in December of last year: The universe is an ocean, the moon is the Diaoyu Islands, Mars is Huangyan Island. If we don’t go there now even though we’re capable of doing so, then we will be blamed by our descendants. If others go there, then they will take over, and you won’t be able to go even if you want to. This is reason enough [to go to the moon]. The Chinese want space. Why wouldn’t they want space? Think about it: the solar system is replete with celestial bodies that, while lacking life in the way that Earth possesses, it has a treasure trove of mineable natural resources. The moon is believed to be home to vital commodities, such as magnesium, aluminum, silicon, iron, and titanium to just name a few. Further, the moon is believed to proffer new age commodities, such as Rare Earth Minerals (these are minerals that are hard to reach via mining on Earth, making them very expensive), as well as an isotope known as Helium-3 (He-3). Many scientists believe that He-3 can be used as an efficient, non-radioactive fuel source for nuclear fusion. Scientists claim that just 25 tons of refined He-3 harvested from the lunar surface could power the European Union or the United States cleanly for a year. Not only is the moon potentially the next Persian Gulf of natural resources, but the millions of asteroids that separate the inner solar system (the sun, Mercury, Venus, Earth, and Mars) from the outer solar system (Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto) offer trillions of dollars- worth of opportunity for the nation-state or corporation that can claim them. There are asteroids nearby that are believed to house pure gold, for instance. There are asteroids that possess a host of other, valuable natural resources, any of which, if mined, could lead to the rise of the world’s first trillionaire. Right now, because of investments that the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has made into their space program, it is China, not the United States, which would likely directly benefit from these stunning developments.  China’s Space Dream Indeed, over the years, the Chinese government has identified space as a primary zone of technological and economic development, but more importantly, as an arena of strategic competition—specifically between itself and the United States. Going back to 1957, when the Soviet Union launched humanity’s first satellite, Sputnik, into orbit, Mao Zedong, the founder of the Chinese Communist Party, vowed that his nation would build satellites as well. By the 1970s, China launched their first satellite into orbit. There was a delay between that launch and when China placed their first people into orbit—that came in 2003—but since the rise of Xi Jinping to the Chinese presidency in 2012, China’s “space dream” has been put into overdrive. President Xi has claimed that his “space dream” is a cornerstone of his overall push to make China stronger (the “China Dream” program). In many ways, China has attained its greatest space achievements since Xi’s rise to power—from placing not one, but two, temporary space stations in orbit since 2011, to landing the world’s first rover on the dark side of the moon. Xi has outlined what the space dream looks like. According to Xi: Developing the space program and turning the country into a space power is the space dream that we have continuously pursued. First, on a national prestige level, the plan entails China finally catching up with the United States and the Russian Federation “after years of belatedly matching their space milestones.” As you will see, however, China’s sheer commitment and their consistent investment in their space program (as well as the technologies that undergird a national space program) imply that they will not only match American and Russian space capabilities within the next few years, but they will quickly leapfrog the Russians and Americans in space as well.

Second, on the practical application side, China is keen on assembling parts of their new, modular space station—the Tianhe-1—in space within the next year. Since 2011, when the Chinese launched the Tiangong-1, their first rudimentary space station in Earth orbit, Chinese taikonauts have honed their space stations skills. After the Tiangong-1 crashed to the Earth in 2017, the Chinese already had placed their slightly more advanced, Tiangong-2 in orbit. Now that Tiangong-2’s mission is nearly complete, Beijing believes it is ready for a more permanent structure in orbit. The Tianhe-1 will be of a similar, modular design to that of the International Space Station (ISS). And, like the ISS, the Chinese are inviting other nations to partake in the program—except for the United States (this is considered payback for when the Clinton Administration refused to allow the Chinese to take part in the ISS out of understandable fears that China would engage in technology theft, if they were granted access to the advanced ISS). China hopes to have their station assembled in orbit by 2022 when the station’s first Chinese residents are expected to arrive. The irony is that the Tianhe-1 is expected to become operational at precisely the moment that the ISS reaches the end of its lifespan. In essence, then, the United States’ only permanent space station will be gone while China becomes the only nation to possess a space station in orbit—and the Americans will be explicitly barred from having access to that station to boot! This moment will be akin to the moment in 2011 when America’s space shuttle program was terminated by the Obama Administration, leaving the United States without an indigenous manned spaceflight program for the first time since the 1960s. The Chinese Academy of Space Technology has also outlined the details of how China plans to build a permanent settlement on the lunar surface. The facility will be built in the mid-2020s and will be run by artificial intelligence robots until Chinese taikonauts are sent to manage it. Presently, China’s leadership believes that their people will be living on the moon by the end of the decade. China has endured setbacks in their space program that bears noting. Namely, their entire lunar and space station program is on hold until the technical kinks of their potent Long March V rocket can be worked out. There has already been a yearlong delay after a version of the rocket crashed into the Pacific Ocean shortly after liftoff from the Wenchang Space Launch Center in Hainan Province last year due to an oxygen supply problem. This type of heavy-lift rocket, similar to the old NASA Saturn V rockets, is the only way China could get the large and heavy modules for the Tianhe-1 into Earth orbit; they are the only way that China could launch certain sensitive, heavier military satellites into high Earth orbit; these rockets are also the only way to get sample return missions to the moon, and eventually, Chinese taikonauts to the moon. The oxygen-supply problem that the previous launch of the Long March V rocket experienced occurred because of a turbofan failure in the rocket engine. The Chinese have since worked that out and are now streamlining the production of the next phase of the Long March 5. It is believed that the next test will occur before 2019 ends. This last technical hurdle will be overcome, one way or the other. China is simply committed to their cause more than we understand. This is an oddity, because the United States was trailing their Soviet rivals in the early phases of the Space Race during the Cold War. Yet, the United States refused to cede the strategic high ground of space. Instead, the Americans intensified their investment in their national space program and greatly expanded its national investment in science, technology, engineering, and math (STEM) programs that would help the nation achieve its goal of becoming a space power. Although the Americans neither placed the first satellite in orbit nor the first man in orbit, the United States did prevail in putting the first men on the moon. By the time that the Americans achieved this, the Soviets were relegated to a similar place that the Americans today are relegated: the sidelines. The Reds of yesteryear could only place satellites and cosmonauts in Earth’s orbit, leaving the far more impressive deep space exploration missions to their American rivals. Embarrassingly, it is from the sidelines today where American and Western scientists continue laughing at the Chinese, without taking note of the fact that the United States abandoned its own heavy-lift rockets—the Saturn V—in favor of the cheaper and weaker rockets needed to place the space shuttle in low-Earth orbit (LEO) more than 30 years ago. The capabilities to return to space beyond Earth’s orbit are almost gone, meaning that the U.S. will be playing catch-up to the Chinese soon. In the Second Space Race, China is playing the upstart Americans while the United States is, sadly, playing the Soviet Union. American Military Power Relies on Satellites

There are, of course, more pressing strategic concerns behind China’s increased interest in space development. Presently, the United States enjoys what’s known by military experts as “Full-Spectrum Dominance.” In essence, the United States military has overwhelming superiority over any potential adversary in the major strategic domains of land, sea, air, space, and cyberspace. Or, at least, that is what the Pentagon has striven for since the end of the Cold War. As one Air Force officer once remarked to me, “The last thing any American should want is to have their military enter into a fair fight with the enemy.” By investing in systems and strategies meant to ensure that the United States remained as the preeminent military power, it was assumed that no other rival would dare risk challenging American might, because doing so would lead to their ultimate destruction. Yet, there is a fundamental flaw in this perception. For a country like the United States to have the kind of “Full-Spectrum Dominance” that its military leaders desire, it must maintain a massive, bloated force. Today’s U.S. military is a relatively small expeditionary force. At 315 million citizens, the military accounts for less than one percent of America’s total population. And, at the height of the Second World War, the military had roughly 16 million men under arms. In 2015, the Department of Defense reported that 1.4 million Americans on active duty in the Armed Forces. Ever since its terrible experience in the Vietnam War, the United States is understandably reticent to embrace a national draft in the event of a war. Since the Nixon Administration, the country has preferred its relatively small all-volunteer force. There are many merits to a force like this. One of the downsides, however, is the fact that such a small and mobile force, operating far over-the-horizon (away from North America)—across multiple strategic domains, against rivals that are closer to their home territories and with traditional larger forces—means that the United States must rely on more advanced technology to give them an edge in combat. Nearly all Americans agree that the U.S. military is the most-advanced, best-trained, and well-funded force in the world (possibly in history). And, many intuitively understand that America’s incredible military capabilities derive from its possession of advanced technology, which allows its far flung forces to operate in tandem; communicate instantaneously with each other and with their combatant commands; as well as allow for the American forces to move at greater speeds than their bloated, less-advanced enemies. What few comprehend, though, is that satellites are the unseen and unsung, relatively small (both in quantity and in physical size), workhorses of the U.S. military. Roughly 70 percent of the U.S. Army’s weapons systems, for instance, rely on satellites to function properly. America’s dominance in satellites explains how a relatively small invasion force of around 150,000 U.S. soldiers and Marines could take Iraq in 2003 in a little more than a month. But what happens when those satellites are removed from the strategic equation? This is a question that, until very recently, few American policymakers seriously pondered. The Chinese, on the other hand, have been asking themselves this very question since they witnessed America’s “first space war,” better known as Desert Storm, in 1991. At that time, China had possessed a large military that was armed primarily with Soviet-type weapons. They also hewed closely to Soviet military strategy (despite the fact that, by Desert Storm, China had become a Soviet rival). Similarly, Saddam Hussein’s Iraq was brimming with Soviet military technology and its officer corps was well-versed in Soviet military strategy. On the eve of the U.S. attack on Iraqi forces in Kuwait, Saddam’s military was the fourth-largest in the world. Saddam was so confident that he could resist any American-led offensive that he vowed that his forces would engage in the “mother-of-all battles” against the Americans and that his forces would visit the same humiliation upon the U.S. military that the forces of North Vietnam did. The Americans, though, had other plans. Namely, since the Vietnam War, the Pentagon had assiduously built its force to fight a direct confrontation against the Soviet Union in the Fulda Gap (a small patch of territory that separated West and East Germany that would have become the site of any potential Soviet invasion of Western Europe). To accomplish victory against a Soviet-type foe, the Americans had enhanced their capability to rapidly mass and to be highly-mobile force—one in which its land, sea, and air forces were integrated, allowing for quick, precision-strikes that would cripple the Soviets. The secret lynchpin in this strategy were America’s burgeoning satellite constellations. These tiny jewels in the night sky provided continual, up-to-date situational awareness for American forces engaged in combat operations. When American tanks moved rapidly upon Saddam’s forces through the desert—something that few planners at the time believed possible—taking Saddam’s forces by surprise in General Norman H. Schwarzkopf’s famous “Left Hook,” it was made possible thanks to America’s rudimentary Global Positioning System (GPS). American satellites also made it possible to conduct the precision airstrikes against Saddam’s forces which utterly debilitated the Iraqi military. As Fred Kaplan outlined in Dark Territory: The Secret History of Cyber War, U.S. intelligence had learned in the run-up to Desert Storm that Saddam Hussein had hired Western telecommunication firms to install fiber-optic cable linking Baghdad, Basra, and Kuwait City. They identified the location of these communications cables and destroyed them in the opening wave of air attacks against Iraq. American intelligence, though, knew that Saddam could migrate his communications traffic to a backup communications channel he had established which ran off microwave transmissions. With this knowledge in hand, the National Security Agency was able to park one of its covert “spy-in-the-sky” satellites over Iraq, and with its receiver, U.S. intelligence was able to eavesdrop on every Iraqi communication that was sent during Desert Storm. In Kaplan’s words, “At every step [the NSA and American combat commanders] knew exactly what Saddam and his generals were saying and where their soldiers were moving.” Thanks to this generational leap in technology that the United States had enjoyed (courtesy of the Reagan era arms build-up), the United States was able to get ahead of its enemy and keep the Iraqis in a state of confusion as U.S. forces overran them. It is unlikely that Desert Storm could be fought today, given the proliferation of cyberspace and counterspace capabilities. In 1991, the United States was the unchallenged space power. It could easily—and stealthily—sneak its sensitive satellite into an orbit directly above its enemy’s home and simply listen in. Today, the Chinese (as well as the Russians, and quite possibly even the Iranians and North Koreans) have made considerable investments into building the capabilities that would make such high-tech American tactics useless. In fact, when China witnessed the American success in Desert Storm; how the Americans cut through a Soviet-style military like a hot knife through butter, they were forced to reassess their own capabilities. Size did not matter so much as speed. And, speed was only effective so long as China’s rival, in this case, the United States, was left deaf, dumb, and blind. Beijing no longer felt that their military was capable of deterring future aggression from the Americans, So, following Desert Storm, the Chinese embarked on a reappraisal of their entire national defense strategy. It was the Taiwan Strait Crisis of 1996, followed on by the NATO bombing of the Chinese embassy in Serbia in 1999 during the Kosovo Air War, that convinced the Chinese leadership that the United States was their number one threat. In each case, American military prowess was buttressed by America’s satellite constellations—with devastating consequences for China’s grand strategy. In the first instance of the Taiwan Strait Crisis, the Clinton Administration decided to deploy two U.S. Navy aircraft carriers through the narrow strait separating mainland China from independent Taiwan. At that time, Beijing’s leadership strove to intimidate Taiwan into not electing a president that Beijing viewed as a separatist leader. Although Taiwan has maintained their independence since 1949, the tiny island is not officially recognized as a sovereign state by China’s leadership. Instead, China views Taiwan as nothing more than a rebellious, breakaway province—similar to how the Union viewed the Confederacy during the American Civil War. After weeks of launching rockets across the strait going into the Taiwanese presidential elections, Washington suddenly deployed two aircraft carriers in response. This humiliated China and showed to the world just how impotent China was in the face of American threats. Ultimately, the show of American force prompted China to abandon their brinkmanship and allow the Taiwanese presidential election to move forward without further interference. In the second instance, a NATO warplane bombed the Chinese embassy in Serbia’s capital. Washington insists to this day that it was an accident; certain maps of the city had not been updated to indicate that China’s consulate had moved locations. What NATO believed was a Serbian military installation was, in fact, the Chinese consulate. After it was bombed, days of intense protest against the United States broke out in China—notably at the U.S. embassy in Beijing, but also in the Chinese province of Chengdu, where the U.S. consul’s house was set on fire. The Chinese have never forgiven the Americans for these two incidents. Later, in the wake of the 9/11 attacks, the Chinese were again taken by surprise by American military prowess. American forces landed in Afghanistan and in a handful of months destabilized the Taliban regime there with a small contingent of forces, armed mainly with small arms, lots of cash (to buy the locals off), and satellite phones to coordinate precision airstrikes against the more numerous Taliban and al Qaeda forces. American space power is a key threat to Beijing’s vision for a world order which orbits the new Chinese empire rather than the old American imperium. Following former President George W. Bush’s invasion of Iraq in 2003, Chinese leaders fretted that his Wilsonian commitment to making the world safe for democracy would lead the United States to embrace ever-increasing-levels of regime change missions through unpredictable unilateralism and preemption. Eventually, China’s leaders feared that this missionary zeal would bring about a spasmodic mission to turn China into California, much as the United States was committed to turning Iraq into Idaho. Beijing’s authoritarian regime could not simply allow for the United States to continue its quixotic quest to topple global autocracies. The Satellite War with China After years of studying the American military giant, though, Chinese leaders have determined there were significant gaps in America’s defensive systems. Namely, the potent (but relatively small) all-volunteer U.S. military was made capable by its reliance on satellites. China figured if they could remove that advantage, the Americans would be made impotent. Don’t laugh this off. Few people realize just how important a handful of U.S. military satellites operating in what’s known as geostationary orbit (GEO) are. In this high orbit, at 26,199 miles above the center of the Earth, a few constellations of large, unwieldy military communications, surveillance, and early missile warning satellites provide the bulk of America’s strategic benefits. There are other constellations, of course, in lower orbits, but these constellations in GEO are critical assets providing the U.S. military with the bulk of its advantages. In this one constellation, the Wideband Global Satcom (WGS) constellation, which is paid for by the United States Air Force, but its payload is managed by the United States Army Space and Missile Defense Command/Army Forces Strategic Command (USASMDC/ARSTRAT), there is a large component of America’s military communications capabilities. The problem is that the existing satellites in the constellation are bulky and expensive. Their high orbit also means that the Air Force must launch replacement satellites in the constellation on special rockets (ironically, rockets powered by the Russian-built RD-180 engine), meaning that it is a cost-prohibitive endeavor to replace or add more satellites to this constellation. So, at 10 units, the WGS is a relatively small and undefended constellation of satellites that are highly important for the United States to maintain its global military posture. Similarly, the Navy maintains the Multiple User Objective System (MUOS), this small handful of satellites keep the U.S. Navy linked together around the world. Remove even a few of these systems and the entire Navy is thrown into disarray. Because these satellites are so far away from Earth, and because these satellites are so large and expensive to launch, there are few spares available. If a rival actor, like China, were to launch a blinding or other form of damaging attack upon these satellites, the ability for the U.S. military and its allies to mount effective defenses against a Chinese attack against, perhaps, Taiwan, would be negated. Current plans for defending Taiwan have the indigenous, U.S.-armed Taiwanese fighting valiantly to hold the island against an invading Chinese force until the Americans eventually intervened against China. Presently, Taiwan has the advantage over their Chinese cousins. But, Beijing has made serious investments into developing the skills necessary to launch a massive invasion across the narrow Taiwan Strait and to conduct a successful invasion of Taiwan. China’s soldiers routinely train for such a terrible event. Taiwan’s forces, no matter how well-armed, could not hope to defend Taiwan indefinitely against an invading Chinese force. The arrival of superior U.S. forces into such a conflict is almost a fait accompli under Washington’s current posture. At the very least, Chinese leaders understand that Washington would be tempted to “do something” in the face of their aggression against one of America’s oldest allies in the region. China’s leadership asks itself, though: what would the Americans do if their military superiority was removed even before Washington could deploy forces to back-up the besieged Taiwanese? What if American forces operating in the expansive Asia-Pacific (or, Indo-Pacific, as Pentagon planners have taken to calling it) were rendered deaf, dumb, and blind with a silent Chinese attack on a key U.S. satellite constellation, such as MUOS or WGS? Would the United States risk its expensive military assets in a battle for an island that China was poised to take, if their technological supremacy was removed? Herein lies the allure of “counterspace” weapons for China’s leadership. With counterspace weapons, Beijing’s goal is to simply disconnect America’s highly-integrated military; to remove the expeditionary force’s ability to expedite its movements in a coordinated manner. As it stands, places like Taiwan, the Philippines, or Japan are all much closer to mainland China. With America’s military spread throughout the world (and its center of focus still, unfortunately, in the Middle East), China understands that it can successfully act boldly only if America’s ability to mass forces against them in a timely manner is mitigated. And, let’s face it, the Chinese are not concerned about U.S. military movements in Syria or in Venezuela as much as they are about U.S. actions in what they perceive to be their own sphere of influence, the Asia-Pacific. If the “breakaway province” of Taiwan expects to remain free of Chinese rule, then they will need a strong U.S. military presence ready to protect them. But, if the United States cannot effectively project its military power over-the-horizon in the vastness of the Pacific Ocean because key satellite constellations, such as the MUOS constellation, have been disabled or destroyed in orbit, then the Chinese have the time and advantages to assert their will over tiny Taiwan. Decades ago, the great U.S. Air Force Colonel John Boyd, a hellraising, dog-fighter who made minced meat out of both his enemies in the unfriendly skies over North Korea, as well as his superior officers who strove to stymie his brilliance with mindless bureaucracy, coined the term “OODA Loop.” It is an acronym that stands for, “Observe-Orient-Decide-Act.” In today’s PowerPoint-crazy military, many officers I know are sick-to-death of this phrase. They lament that its true meaning has been lost in the alphabet soup of Washington’s bureaucratic landscape. At its core, though, the theory was based on observations that Boyd himself had made while dogfighting Communists in MiG Alley and is usually meant to apply to the operational level of military campaigns. Without getting too far into the art of the OODA Loop, a key component of this theory has to do with acting faster than one’s opponents. America’s space power allowed it to observe, orient, decide, and act at a faster pace than any of its rivals of the last 30 years. Remove that space power and the United States cannot complete the OODA Loop in a timely manner. This slow-down means that a rival, like China, can get out ahead of the United States; that Beijing can effectively outmaneuver and complete the OODA Loop faster than the Americans who created the term to begin with. And, in today’s, high-tech environment, being outpaced by one’s competitors is the death knell of any endeavor. As Boyd observed: Most violent gunmen think that because they have the gun, people will do what they say and will just hide. They don’t expect someone to come charging after them. By closing the gap, you’re resetting your adversary’s Loop because now they have to re-orient themselves to an unexpected change in the environment. You’re making them have an ‘uhhhh…’ moment. By causing the reset, you’ve slowed him down, even if it’s just by a few seconds, which gives you more time to complete your OODA Loop and win the battle. The Chinese have watched the United States display its military power for decades. They have assessed that, as a whole, the U.S. military is virtually incapable of defeat under current conditions. Although, once one probes deeper beneath the surface of all of those bristling American defenses, there are a handful of technical weaknesses that a country, well-versed in high-technology, such as China, can exploit. After all, Achilles was only as strong as his heel…and America’s Achilles’ Heel is undoubtedly its weak posture in space. Like the person suddenly acting against the demands of a violent gunmen, China’s ability to blind, dazzle, and destroy key American satellites will give their forces the time they need to overcome whatever defenses the United States might be able to muster in the face of Chinese provocations against an ally like Taiwan. Beidou: China’s Replacement for America’s GPS Another aspect of the satellite war between China and the United States is over global Position, Navigation, and Tracking (PNT) capabilities as represented by America’s Global Positioning System (GPS). The current GPS is an American system that was initiated by the U.S. military in 1978 to facilitate precision-strike capabilities for its military forces operating in distant theaters of operations. Inevitably, like the internet, GPS became a must-have component of the civilian economy. Like much of the rest of the world, China utilized America’s GPS network. Yet, going back to the 1980s, Beijing was never comfortable with this arrangement. In the 1990s, China invested in developing its own GPS system. This move was in keeping with the general predilection of Chinese leaders to first imitate a technologically superior foe, like the United States, then to gain parity with that rival—while becoming self-sufficient—and then to ultimately defeat that enemy with a more advanced version of the technology they had initially replicated. In the process, the imitation leads to innovation. China’s version of the GPS constellation is Beidou (the Chinese word for the “Big Dipper”). No longer will China’s military be beholden to the American-dominated GPS network to conduct their own precision-strike capabilities. Beidou’s initial deployment has already allowed for Beijing to have total coverage in the Asia-Pacific. By 2020, it is believed that Beidou will have global coverage—providing China with an unprecedented global strike capability. Undoubtedly, China is building out its cruise and ballistic missiles with both GPS and Beidou capabilities. In the event that the United States deprives China access of its own GPS network, then, China’s military planners would not have to worry about losing precision-guided weapons capabilities. Instead, they would simply “switch” their forces off the American system and onto their own. Further, by making itself more self-sufficient in the vital PNT area, Beijing has reduced the threat that American disruption of these critical tools in a time of crisis between China and the United States, posed to Chinese forces. What’s more, China’s obsessive quest to create an indigenous high-tech supply chain, has allowed for Beidou to be totally supported by Chinese manufacturers and Chinese technical experts. The Chinese firm, Alibaba and the state-owned enterprise, China North Industries Corporation (NORINCO), formed a joint venture worth more than $300 million “to build applications and technology to support and work with the Beidou system.” What’s more, this conglomerate has spread its tentacles to other Asian countries—even Taiwan—by getting China’s various neighbors to accept Beidou interfaces. With these downstream technologies, Chinese hackers could conceivably “track” smartphone users through “embedded malware in devices containing Chinese-manufactured satellite navigation chips, and thus pose an information security risk to Taiwan.” And, in the event that China did decide to wage open war upon their Taiwanese neighbors, the ability to use Beidou-related systems to track and launch precision-guided decapitation strikes against key Taiwanese leaders would pose a grave security risk to Taiwan’s defense. There is also the issue of Beidou becoming the basis of a Eurasian-wide PNT network that would displace the American GPS. China is seeking to build the greatest infrastructure project in history, known in Beijing as the “One-Belt-One-Road” Initiative. This program seeks to united as much of Eurasia and Africa together through land-based and maritime, Chinese-dominated trading routes. Should this ambitious program come to fruition, then it would create an economic zone that could outstrip the productive capacity of the United States. Beidou is set to become the PNT network of this burgeoning economic mega-zone—something that will only enhance Chinese power and prestige, at the expense of the United States. Yet again, it is in space where this competition is most directly occurring…and it is in space where all but a handful of policy analysts like myself are ignoring these critical developments. The Pentagon Slows Everything Down Related to the issue of the Sino-American “satellite war” is the fact that the United States military has proven adept at exploiting its clear advantages in the strategic domain of space over the decades. Yet, at the same time the United States was coming to rely on satellites at increasing levels, the methods for designing and deploying critical satellite systems have remained virtually unchanged over the decades. Technology has rapidly advanced since the heady days of the Cold War. Don’t tell the government that, though, because until the rise of the Trump Administration, the protocols for acquiring new satellites were cumbersome and wholly ineffective in today’s highly-competitive, fast-moving strategic environment. As was mentioned above, military satellites tend to be heavier than their civilian counterparts and, because many of them are placed in higher orbits around Earth than their civilian counterparts, they must be launched on special rockets. After a vicious corporate war between two of America’s biggest defense contractors, Boeing and Lockheed Martin, the Pentagon chose to unite the two defense contractors into a joint venture overseen by the Air Force: the United Launch Alliance. This joint venture works closely with the military to launch military-grade satellites in what they believe are cost-effective ways. But they are not. Fact is, the Department of Defense needs to take steps to make their critical functions far more redundant than they presently are. They also need to ensure that the cost of launches are much lower than they are—otherwise key satellite constellations will go without timely upgrades; they will rely on older, easy-to-hack operating systems; and such sensitive systems will be unable to survive the kind of counterspace attack that China (and others, like Russia) might attempt against these satellite constellations. In fact, things are so bad at the Pentagon that a retired Air Force general, Thomas D. Taverney, coined the way the Pentagon acquires its satellites as the “Vicious Cycle of Satellite Acquisition.” Some solutions include making most DoD satellites less advanced and also making them more compatible with civilian systems. This would, in turn, not only allow for the Pentagon to migrate key functions over to civilian satellites should a constellation, like the WGS or MUOS constellation be disrupted by attack, but it would also mean replacements could be more easily replicated and deployed. Also, making DoD systems more compatible with civilian ones would mean that special rockets would not be needed. Since military satellites tend to be heavier because the Pentagon tries to throw as many capabilities as it can into one satellite—known as bundling—they require more fuel to launch into orbit, making them more expensive than their civilian counterpart. But, making these systems less advanced, smaller, and more compatible with the civilian systems would mean they could ride-share on ordinary civilian rockets, reducing costs. There is also a desire to increase the size of the satellite constellations themselves. Instead of a key network, like the WGS constellation, possessing a paltry sum of 14 satellite units, the Pentagon should increase the number, thereby making it harder for the Chinese to degrade and destroy in a “bolt-from-the-blue” attack on America’s satellites. By implementing the reforms that I spoke about in the paragraph above, you could effectively accomplish this goal in a quicker amount of time for cheaper. Also, making these systems more compatible with civilian satellites—creating what’s known as “mixed constellations”—would prevent a Chinese surprise attack in space from being as devastating as it presently would be. A key reason the government doesn’t want to even think about changing its unwieldy space architecture is simply because current conditions make it too expensive to conduct meaningful space operations. The Chinese, though, are interested in developing ways to negate America’s advantages in space meaning that their strategy is far cheaper than America’s need to preserve its position in space by making its satellite architecture more survivable. Plus, when it comes to cost, Beijing is willing the pay any cost and bear any burden if it means having the capability to thwart their American foes on the other, terrestrial strategic domains. Elon Musk and other smaller businesses seeking to work with the Pentagon have had an uphill struggle. The opaque defense bureaucracy likes working with the bloated defense contractors it has always worked with (Lockheed, Boeing, Northrup Gruman, etc). Yet, Elon Musk’s SpaceX has proven that it can launch assets into space for far cheaper than their bigger rivals can. It should be a mission priority for any military officer operating in national security space policy to significantly reduce the cost of space operations. Cutting much bureaucracy; opening the military satellite business up to other smaller businesses that the Pentagon does not have a long history of dealing with; and making U.S. military satellites smaller, less advanced, and more compatible with civilian satellites will go a long way in achieving this goal.             China’s Counterspace Weapons

Presently, the People’s Republic of China has crafted a suite of counterspace capabilities that should leave every American worried. Beijing has invested in conventional anti-satellite weapons (ASAT). These are missiles that are launched and can knock out satellites passing by in low-earth orbit (LEO). Not only do these missiles destroy targeted satellites, but it often creates a debris field that scatters outward and threatens other satellite constellations in nearby orbits. If you’ve ever seen the 2013 Sandra Bullock film, Gravity, you’d have an idea of what high-velocity, cascading debris caused by an explosion in space can do to satellite constellations and space stations in orbit (it’s called the “Kessler Syndrome”). Chinese scientists have also posited the notion of installing a laser system on the bottom of their space station. They suggested doing so in order to assist in the clearing of dangerous space debris that human beings have created during the decades they’ve used space. Of course, like nuclear technology or the internet, space technology can be dual-use. A laser used to remove dangerous debris that threatens everyone in orbit could also be used to target the optical gear on American surveillance satellites and temporarily blind them. Many U.S. satellites can only be repaired remotely from the ground. When a satellite is disabled by a laser (or other technical glitch), the satellite tends to go into a power-reserve mode and wait for a ground operator to effect repairs remotely. The Chinese know this and understand fully that even an attack that temporarily blinds of U.S. satellite would buy Chinese forces operating elsewhere the time they needed to complete whatever nefarious mission they were on. Then, there is the threat of space stalkers. A technology that I believe the Russians have developed, the space stalker is a particularly galling piece of technology. It is a tiny, fast-moving, hard-to-track satellite with grappling claws that is theoretically launched in GEO. Once in high Earth orbit, it tailgates behind sensitive U.S. satellites, like those units belonging to the WGS constellation, and will use its grappling arms to physically push the American satellite out of orbit. Do this to enough satellites in this constellation, and you’ve just rendered the U.S. Army deaf and blind. A similar attack on the Navy’s MUOS constellation would have painfully similar results. Recently, reports circulated that U.S. sailors were having to be re-trained to navigate their warships by stars because the military had stopped training sailors in this basic maritime method of navigation (Christopher Columbus guided his ships using this tried-and-true method). It was (rightly) assumed that the sailors were relying too much on technology and that they had allowed real sailing talent to atrophy. The Chinese know this, and they’ve made plans to use these new weaknesses in the U.S. military to their advantage. Blinding or destroying a key navigation and communication satellite constellation, would do more than simply render a U.S. warship or unit militarily ineffective; it might very well cause its destruction before ever coming into contact with the enemy. China has also had the gumption to invest in new technologies that many in the West scoff at. Things like the EmDrive or the Quantum Internet satellite, Micius. In the case of the former, a British satellite engineer, Robert Shawyer, created a propulsion system meant for U.S. and British satellites that created thrust from nothing. This violated Newtonian physics causing the West to pooh-pooh it. China was more willing to try this unconventional propulsion than the British or the Americans. Some (myself included) worry that China successfully tested this technology in space already. If it works as advertised, then, the EmDrive would allow a manned spaceship to travel from the Earth to Mars in 70 days. Closer to home, it would allow satellites to have even stealthier maneuverability that would make them harder to track, disrupt, or destroy. Or, it could allow for Chinese orbital weapons to float above our heads, hanging like a Damocles’ Sword, without ever being detected. With China’s quantum internet satellite, no one in the West believed it was possible. The Chinese wanted a more secure form of instantaneous communication than what currently existed. So, their scientists used the theory of quantum entanglement to create an “un-hackable” communications network that will not only give China a key strategic advantage over the Americans, but if it is embraced by the rest of the world, it could become an alternative to today’s U.S.-created internet. The strategic consequences of these advances are staggering. Sadly, few in the West are paying attention. President Trump’s space force cannot come soon enough. When China Rules Space… The Chinese have a plan for domination. They recognize the United States as their number one rival and are making moves to remove that perceived threat. Space is integral to their plans. In the near-term, the Chinese recognize the strategic advantages that America’s dominant place in space has afforded Washington over the years. More ominously, however, Beijing has identified the inherent weaknesses of America’s space architecture—and how that weakness will translate down to the rest of the force. China has made plans to exploit this weakness with terminal intensity. Once the Americans have been displaced in orbit, the Chinese can then focus on fulfilling their industrial needs by coopting as much of the natural resources in the surrounding space as they can. Chinese behavior in Africa and in the South and East China Seas can give one a decent snapshot of where the Chinese are headed. As noted above, Beijing’s leaders have already given us a clue as to what they are thinking: monopolization of rare resources for national gain.

Read more in New English Review:

• Sally Rooney's Palpable Designs

• Piped Music In Public Spaces: Pollution Unchecked

• Race, Race, Race, Race, Race

If space is a multi-trillion-dollar zone of economic activity, as many believe, then the country that captures the greatest share of those exploitable resources before any other country can will have decisive advantages on Earth. Imagine what China could do with the money made from their space mining endeavors in terms of military modernization and internal political stabilization. The Chinese Communist Party’s vice-grip on power would be assured for at least another century, and the threat to the West would only grow to new, unmanageable levels. For far too long American policymakers have ignored space. Now, the warning lights in Washington are flashing red…but few are paying attention. The Chinese know what they want; they have a strategy to get what they want—and that means knocking the United States out of orbit and preventing America from benefiting from the budding space mining industry. In every way imaginable, the Chinese have a clear-eyed understanding of space and how best to use it to accomplish their goals on Earth. Few, if any, U.S. policymakers appear to. While the president’s space force concept is one I fully support, the D.C. bureaucracy has worked assiduously to stymie and undermine this program. Yes, it is coming online. Unfortunately, it is not an independent force and will likely be too small and too beholden to the Air Force to make much of a difference. China, meanwhile, has already reorganized their forces to fight a space war. Unless a Manhattan Project for a national military and economic space program is undertaken, the United States will surely lose its vaunted position in the strategic high ground to China (or another rising power). These other countries simply want space too much for it to be left in the ambivalent hands of America. If the United States loses space, and if it is not willing to fight to reclaim it, then America will become just another middling power on its way out, while being bullied by stronger, more resolved countries. In essence, you might not be interested in space, but space is interested in you. Failure to understand the importance of space to both the military and to the economy will be America’s undoing.

https://www.newenglishreview.org/custpage.cfm?frm=189812&sec_id=189812 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 9--19 WSVN TV7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Forecasters monitoring 4 tropical disturbances in Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico

Hurricane Center

Johari Canty

(WSVN) - As Hurricane Dorian hits the Bahamas and slowly crawls west, the National Hurricane Center is keeping an eye on four other tropical disturbances in the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico. The first disturbance is located about 300 miles west of the Cabo Verde Islands. At 80%, it has a high chance of forming into a tropical depression over the next 48 hours, and a 90% chance of forming over the next five days. It is currently moving generally northwestward across the eastern tropical Atlantic ocean.  The second disturbance is located over the south-central Gulf of Mexico. The disturbance has 60% chance of forming through the next 48 hours and a 70% chance of forming through the next five days.  This system is moving westward toward the coast of Mexico. The third disturbance is located several hundred miles south-southeast of Bermuda. This system is slowly moving northward or north-northwestward, and forecasters have given it a low chance at 30% of forming through the next 48 hours, and a medium chance at 40% of forming through the next five days. The final disturbance is a tropical wave that is forecasted to emerge over the Atlantic between Africa and the Cabo Verde Islands. Though this disturbance currently has no chance of forming over the next 48 hours is still has a 40% chance of forming over the next five days. This is the latest data on these disturbances as of 2 p.m., Monday.

https://wsvn.com/news/us-world/forecasters-monitoring-4-tropical-disturbances-in-atlantic-gulf-of-mexico/ 

:: 9-1-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strong and Very Deep M6.7 Earthquake Hits Fiji, No Tsunami Warnings

By Strange Sounds - Sep 1, 2019

A strong but very deep earthquake hit 34km NNE of Ndoi Island in the Republic of Fiji, in the South Pacific Ocean, on September 1, 2019.

The very deep earthquake struck at a depth of more than 600 km (373 miles) at 3:54 p.m. UTC. No tsunami warnings have been issued. Somebody reported feeling it on the USGS homepage. That is really amazing I would say! Take care! And be prepared!

https://strangesounds.org/2019/09/fiji-strong-earthquake-september2019-map.html 

:: 9-2-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Mighty Mekong River Is Almost Dry in the Middle of the Rainy Season

By Strange Sounds - Sep 2, 2019

This is the worst ecological disaster in history of the of Mekong region.

A severe drought that has caused water levels in Southeast Asia’s Mekong River to drop to their lowest in more than 100 years could have devastating consequences for fish, as well as the tens of millions of people living and working along the river, experts warn. The crisis began when critical monsoon rains, which usually start in late May in the Mekong region, failed to arrive. Dry conditions persisted well into July. At that time, observers say, the situation was made worse by hydropower dam operators upstream, in China and Laos, withholding water for their own purposes. Although the rains finally began to fall in the last week in much of the river basin, with water levels now slowly rising, experts warn that the potential damage from the drought could be worse than in 2016, when another drought caused forest fires around Tonle Sap Lake in Cambodia and widespread disruptions to food production. Many rice farmers in the region have been unable to plant their main crop, raising fears of a heavily diminished harvest this fall. Less water flow could also have a devastating impact on fish reproduction in the Mekong River basin. This is normally the time when fish use rising water levels as a cue to spawn and to disperse their young, but there is little evidence of this happening so far this year. Perhaps even more alarming, experts expect that droughts and disruptions to the water flow of the Mekong will become more common, and they warn that it could eventually lead to the collapse of the entire ecosystem. “With the completion of more mainstream dams and the cumulative effects of climate change, that tipping point” for when the Mekong can no longer sustain these changes “may be coming closer,” says Brian Eyler, the Southeast Asia program director at the Stimson Center in Washington, D.C. Originating in the Tibetan highlands, the Mekong River flows through six Asian countries, including China, Myanmar, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, and Vietnam, before emptying into the South China Sea. The river basin is home to the largest inland fishery in the world and more than 60 million people depend on it for their livelihoods. Few rivers in the world rise and fall with the seasons as much as the Mekong, which can drop up to 40 feet in some places at the end of the dry season. When the monsoon rains arrive, they normally produce a flood pulse that brings with it sediment essential to agriculture as well as enormous amounts of larvae and tiny fish, including many critically endangered species such as the Mekong giant catfish, that are swept into the Tonle Sap Lake and other floodplains where they can mature. Every year, scientists have been collecting samples of these tiny fish and larvae on the Mekong River near Phnom Penh, Cambodia. However, so far this year, sub-normal water levels have produced no flood pulse, and the researchers have not seen any dispersal of fish larvae. “Without the flood pulse, fish may delay or skip spawning,” says Zeb Hogan, a National Geographic Explorer and fish biologist at the University of Nevada, Reno, who leads a USAID project called Wonders of the Mekong. “For rare and endangered species, this situation threatens their survival, and for commercially important fish species, future harvests could be significantly reduced.”  According to Peng Bun Ngor, a fish ecologist with the Cambodian Fisheries Administration, the low river flow also forces brood fishes to concentrate in spaces where they become more vulnerable to being captured by fishers. “This adds to the existing problem of low recruitment,” he says. Dam Politics  This year, the dry conditions in the Mekong region persisted due to warm Pacific Ocean currents known as the El Niño effect. “I have no doubt that this present drought is caused by the shift in world weather patterns as the result of global change, especially warming trends, and it would not be surprising if it lasted several more years,” says Peter Moyle, a biology professor emeritus at the University of California, Davis. Moyle and others say dams on the upper parts of the Mekong are contributing to the degradation of the entire river system. “Dams collect sediment, block fish migrations, and create reservoirs that support a fraction of the fisheries that the equivalent reach of flowing water would support,” he says, adding that the dams will worsen the effects of drought. China, which operates 11 dams along the main stem of the Mekong (or Lancang, as it’s known in China), has come under particular criticism for how it operates its dams in secrecy without much regard for water flow downstream It is not a member of the intergovernmental Mekong River Commission, which was set up in 1995 to facilitate regional dialogue in the lower Mekong River basin. China’s decision to halve the water released from its Jinghong Dam for two weeks in July, due to “grid maintenance,” is believed to have contributed in large part to this year’s historically low water levels in the Mekong River. Chinese promises to release more dam water in the future have only served to raise worries over the extent to which China controls the river flow in the Mekong. “This highlights underlying inequities among Mekong basin countries,” says Sarah Null, a professor at Utah State University in the Department of Watershed Sciences. “Richer nations reap more benefits of hydropower dams, including economic benefits and increased energy supply, while poorer nations are more affected by environmental degradation and reduced food security.” ‘Battery of Asia’ Many experts are particularly concerned about the environmental impact of Laos’ plans to turn itself into “the battery of Southeast Asia” by building dozens of hydroelectric dams on the Mekong and its tributaries and selling power to neighboring countries. Earlier this month, at the same time China reduced the water output from the Jinghong Dam, Laos conducted trials on the giant Xayaburi dam in the northern part of the country, its first hydropower project on the main stem of the Mekong, scheduled to go online in October this year. The trials may have further disrupted the Mekong River’s flow. One of the poorest countries in the region, Laos already has close to 50 hydroplants operating on various Mekong tributaries and more than 50 planned or under construction, several of them along the main stem of the Mekong. Last year a dam collapsed in southern Laos, flooding large areas and killing dozens of people. Environmentalists have long warned that the Lao projects carry environmental costs that are not fully appreciated or factored in to the decision-making. “There is a system of total anarchy for hydropolitics and hydropower in the region,” says Eyler, who is the author of the book Last Days of the Mighty Mekong. “There was no overall vision for what the ‘battery of asia’ would look like, and now there is no vision for how that battery will operate.” Still, there are signs that some countries in the Mekong basin are moving toward alternative forms of energy. Officials in Cambodia have expressed doubts about its plans for two, Chinese-constructed dams on the Mekong River in the northern part of the country, as Cambodia aims to instead increase its solar energy production. Hogan says the Mekong must avoid the fate of other heavily dammed rivers, like the Colorado in the U.S., which has seen a complete alteration of its natural hydrography and the near total failure of spawning and recruitment of most native fish. He points out that while the Mekong basin has proven remarkably resilient for many years, it is now facing unprecedented pressures. “The accelerating pace of change, coupled with cumulative impacts of transboundary stressors, and the impending impacts of climate change, point to a fear that the river, which is the lifeblood of most of Southeast Asia, will gradually lose function until it no longer supports the huge diversity of wildlife and millions of people that depend on it,” he says. Yep! All Mekong governments should collaborate to prevent any aspects of natural disasters, ecosystem collapses and natural ressources along the river that boosts their economy and the lives of millions of people.

https://thediplomat.com/2019/08/something-is-very-wrong-on-the-mekong-river/ 

https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/2019/07/mekong-river-lowest-levels-100-years-food-shortages/ 

https://strangesounds.org/2019/09/mekong-river-drying-up-disaster-video.html 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare

:: 9-2-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

HURRICANE HAS **NOT** TURNED; STILL HEADING TO FLORIDA

Nation News Desk 02 September 2019 Hits: 18763

For DAYS, so-called weather "experts" and their nifty computer "models" have told us that Hurricane Dorian would turn to the north and go out to sea, missing Florida. It hasn't done that. Because of horrible forecasting, many Floridians went to bed last night thinking very little about this storm and are now waking up to a full blown Cat5 Hurricane on their doorstep. Hurricane Warnings have now gone up for many Florida Counties and EVACUATIONS are being ordered. As of 8:00 AM EDT Monday, September 2, Hurricane Dorian is still moving WEST toward Florida, now at 1 MPH. Dorian is now tied for second-strongest Atlantic hurricane ever. For those that can't comprehend, here it is: the blue arrow is what it should be doing according to the EURO, GFS, NAM, and the other 5 models NOAA is using. The pink arrow is what Hurricane Dorian is actually doing: Behind closed doors the forecasters are confounded. They appear to some people to have made some mistakes interpreting the early data and that resulted in bad models. But instead of admitting their oversights and correcting the models with better data, they are crossing their fingers hoping their bad predictions come true anyway. The truth is they don't know because Dorian has broken so many known patterns of behavior. The "down and dirty" of this situation is that to even untrained casual observers, it appears Dorian is not going to turn until after it makes landfall in Florida. The models are wrong... NOAA is using the same models that failed to predict Maria and Irma correctly. Dorian isn't gonna turn. Here are the upper level "steering winds" and you can plainly see the white line immediately atop Dorian is moving . . . . WEST! It was supposed to be heading north of Grand Bahama by now but instead he's moving straight down the island with a slight -south- of west component instead. If we were in Palm Beach or anything 50 miles north or south of there then we'd be getting worried right about now. Boca Raton, Delray Beach, Boynton Beach, Lake Worth, West Palm Beach - It's got you in its sights! A category 5 going straight west into West Palm Beach is a likely scenario now. Here's how close the storm is to Florida as of Midnight eastern US time: MODELS WAAAAYYYY OFF To give you an idea of how "off" most of the computer models have been, the image below takes the GEFS models the weather experts have been using, and overlays the ARCHER actual satellite positioning. Most of the "models" have been very inaccurate: Hurricane Dorian Tropical Cyclone Update

NWS National Hurricane Center Miami FL AL052019 700 AM EDT Mon Sep 02 2019

...EYE OF DORIAN DRIFTING WESTWARD...

...DESTRUCTIVE HURRICANE FORCE WINDS BATTERING GRAND BAHAMA ISLAND...

This is a life-threatening situation. Residents on Grand Bahama Island should not leave their shelter when the eye passes over, as winds will rapidly increase on the other side of the eye. Residents

in the Abacos should continue to stay in their shelter until conditions subside later today. Hazards:

- Wind Gusts to 200 mph - Storm Surge 18 to 23 feet above normal tide levels with higher

destructive waves These hazards will continue over Grand Bahama Island during most of the day, causing extreme destruction on the island. SUMMARY OF 700 AM EDT...1100 UTC...INFORMATION

----------------------------------------------

LOCATION...26.7N 78.2W

ABOUT 35 MI...50 KM ENE OF FREEPORT GRAND BAHAMA ISLAND

ABOUT 120 MI...190 KM E OF WEST PALM BEACH FLORIDA

MAXIMUM SUSTAINED WINDS...165 MPH...270 KM/H

PRESENT MOVEMENT...W OR 280 DEGREES AT 1 MPH...2 KM/H

MINIMUM CENTRAL PRESSURE...916 MB...27.05 INCHES

SUMMARY OF 1100 AM EDT...1500 UTC...INFORMATION

-----------------------------------------------

LOCATION...26.8N 78.3W

ABOUT 30 MI...50 KM NE OF FREEPORT GRAND BAHAMA ISLAND

ABOUT 110 MI...180 KM E OF WEST PALM BEACH FLORIDA

MAXIMUM SUSTAINED WINDS...155 MPH...250 KM/H

PRESENT MOVEMENT...W OR 280 DEGREES AT 1 MPH...2 KM/H

MINIMUM CENTRAL PRESSURE...922 MB...27.23 INCHES

Evacuation info and additional reporting pending shortly, check back for updates below . . . .

UPDATE 10:00 AM EDT -- The image below was taken at 9:31 AM and shows the hurricane still spinning over the Bahamas AND GROWING IN SIZE! Watch and you can see the wind field expanding dramatically: You can also see the storm is **NOT** moving north. As of 10:00 AM, folks in Florida still have time to evacuate if they leave very soon. The wind speeds of this storm are still between 165 and 185 Miles per hour. Confirmed gusts to 200 MPH. If this storm starts moving west again, YOU could face those winds and wind gusts; YOU would lose. If you wait to evacuate, and the storm begins to move, then YOU and EVERYONE ELSE will be trying to flee at the same time. If you leave early, you have much better chances. UPDATE 1:45 PM EDT -- A sustained wind of 40 mph with a gust up to 48 mph was observed at Juno Beach Pier at 12:59. This is the first sustained tropical storm force wind observed in South Florida from Dorian. UPDATE 2:25 PM EDT -- Here is a snapshot of the weather radar from Miami: FLORIDA STATE PREPAREDNESS ACTIONS WATCHES AND WARNINGS

A Hurricane Watch has been issued for the East Coast of Florida from north of Deerfield Beach to the Volusia/Brevard County Line.

A Storm Surge Watch has also been issued from north of Deerfield Beach to the Volusia/Brevard County Line.

A Tropical Storm Watch has been issued for Lake Okeechobee.

The Hurricane Warning along the east coast of Florida has been extended northward to the Flagler/Volusia County Line.

The Storm Surge Warning has been extended northward along the east coast of Florida to the Flagler/Volusia County Line.

NEW 5:22 PM EDT -- Hurricane Warning has been extended northward to Ponte Vedra Beach, Florida.

EVACUATIONS The following counties have issued mandatory evacuations:

Martin County – Mandatory evacuation order for Zone A and Zone B are in effect. This includes Hutchinson Island, Jupiter Island, Sewall’s Point, low lying areas, and mobile and manufactured homes.

Palm Beach County – Mandatory evacuation order for Zone A and Zone B. Zone A includes mobile homes, sub-standard housing and low-lying areas prone to water intrusion. Zone B includes the barrier islands, land areas north and south of the Jupiter Inlet, and other surge-vulnerable areas south along the Intracoastal Waterway to the Broward County line.

Brevard County – Mandatory evacuation order is being issued at 5 p.m. today for Zone A, including all mobile and manufactured homes.

St. Lucie County – Mandatory evacuation order for residents on the barrier island (North and South Hutchinson Island), those living in low-lying coastal areas and mobile homes.

St. Johns County – Mandatory evacuation order is being issued at 8 a.m. on Monday, September 2 for Zone A and Zone B, which includes the entire cities of St. Augustine and St. Augustine Beach, and those living on waterfront property or in flood-prone areas.

NEW 11:00 AM EDT -- Mandatory evacuations have been ordered in Duval County for Zones A and B. It's getting serious The following counties have issued voluntary evacuations:

Osceola County – Voluntary/Phased

Glades County – Voluntary/Phased

Hendry County – Voluntary/Phased

Indian River County – Voluntary/Phased

Okeechobee County – Voluntary/Phased

Highlands County – Voluntary/Phased

More information on evacuations can be found at www.floridadisaster.org/info .

TELECOMMUNICATIONS To help residents and emergency personnel stay connected in the wake of Hurricane Dorian, Comcast has announced it is opening its network of almost 200,000 Xfinity WiFi hotspots throughout Florida to anyone who needs them, including non-Xfinity customers, free of charge.

The Department of Management Services (DMS) has set up an emergency telecommunications provider coordination group to ensure coordinated recovery efforts to aid in the emergency response and recovery after the storm has passed.

There are almost 28,000 linemen, tree crews, and support personnel staged around Florida to help quickly restore power.

Verizon is offering unlimited calling, texting and data for customers in the path of the hurricane. Verizon’s prepaid, postpaid and small-business customers in the path of the hurricane will have unlimited calling, data and texting from September 2nd – September 9th.

AT&T announced it’s waiving data overages in affected Florida areas from September 2 – September 8. FUEL Florida Highway Patrol (FHP) is escorting fuel trucks to ensure fuel reaches critical areas more quickly. The State is working closely with the fuel industry to ensure there is an adequate fuel supply statewide. Through Executive Order 19-189, Governor DeSantis waived hours of service and truck weights for fuel trucks. Neighboring states, specifically Alabama, Mississippi and Georgia have waived requirements as well so that fuel can be moved more quickly and efficiently.

The State of Florida is working with industry partners to identify additional resources, including trucks, staff, etc. to distribute more fuel throughout the state. Florida officials are working with ports along the East Coast of Florida to monitor resources and assist with closures and re-openings. FOOD AND WATER The State has 819,000 gallons of water and 1.8 million meals ready for distribution.

The State has submitted a request to FEMA for 9 million liters of water and 6.5 million shelf-stable meals.

The State has pre-deployed 860,000 bottles of water to preparing counties.

The State has 730,000 pounds of ice ready for distribution.

MILITARY SUPPORT Following Governor DeSantis’ authorization, a total of 2,272 Florida Guardsmen have been activated to State Active Duty for Hurricane Dorian response operations, with an additional 2,162 Guardsmen supporting in a variety of statuses, bringing the total number of responding Soldiers and Airmen to 4,434. The Florida National Guard is currently staffing and supporting the State Logistics Readiness Center (SLRC) in Orlando, and providing LNOs to 17 counties. The Florida National Guard is well-equipped, with assets including high-wheeled vehicles, helicopters, boats, generators and more.

SAFETY AND SECURITY 20 Urban Search and Rescue Teams are on standby for deployment.

HazMat Teams have been identified across 12 departments that will be available for response.

6 FEMA Urban Search and Rescue Teams are on standby.

LAW ENFORCEMENT  More than 1,000 state sworn law enforcement officers are on standby for potential deployment.

The Florida Highway Patrol (FHP) has prepared its emergency response equipment and resources for staging as the storm approaches the state.

FHP has activated 12-hour Alpha/Bravo shifts for approximately 1,400 Troopers in the Eastern portions of the state.

FHP deployed three aircraft to monitor traffic over I-75, I-95 and Florida’s Turnpike.

FHP has 68 Quick Reaction Force (QRF) Troopers on standby for pre-deployment.

FHP is also in contact with its local law enforcement and transportation partners to identify and assist with any local needs before, during and after the storm.

FHP is providing 2 Troopers for security at each of the 8 Service Plazas on the Florida Turnpike to expedite service at the fuel pumps.

FHP continues to deploy aircraft to monitor traffic over I-95.

Department of Highway Safety and Motor Vehicles Florida Licensing on Wheels (FLOW) mobiles have been prepared and are ready to deploy and serve impacted customers immediately following the storm.

The Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FWC) is preparing officers and resources for potential deployments in the coming days. They are using a variety of specialized equipment, including shallow draft boats, ATVs, airboats and four-wheel drive vehicles.

FDLE’s mutual aid team is leading Florida’s law enforcement response coordinating more than 30 missions including fuel delivery escorts and identifying pre-staging areas.

FDLE is pre-positioning logistics teams along Florida’s East Coast who are ready to respond after the storm makes landfall.

FDLE is pre-positioning a mobile communications team to ensure emergency communications continue following the storm.

The Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FWC) has more than 800 officers and resources prepared for potential deployment wherever they are needed. They have a variety of specialized equipment, including, aircraft, shallow draft boats, ATVs, airboats and four-wheel drive vehicles to assist with recovery.

TRANSPORTATION & PUBLIC WORKS

Governor DeSantis has directed the suspension of tolls on Florida’s Turnpike Mainline, and selected toll roads across the state. The tolls suspension include the following:

Alligator Alley

The Turnpike Mainline (SR 91), including the Homestead Extension (SR 821)

Sawgrass Expressway (SR 869)

Beachline Expressway (SR 528)

Orlando Beltway (SR 417 and SR 429)

I-595 Express

I-95 Express

I-75 Express

The Governor has also directed the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) to monitor traffic flow to determine the opening of shoulders along major highways. The Florida Highway Patrol (FHP) will assist in the direction of traffic if shoulders are opened.

There are currently no bridge closures as this time. The U.S. Coast Guard makes decisions on movable bridges based on wind speeds. Bridges will remain open for maritime and vehicle traffic as long as safety considerations allow. The Coast Guard continues to monitor the situation and will make adjustments as needed.

All available lanes will remain open on the interstate system.

FDOT is operating the I-595 express lanes in the westbound direction until Hurricane Dorian has passed. Eastbound traffic will continue to use the general-purpose eastbound lanes throughout this period. GEORGIA In the state of Georgia, based on information from GEMA, Gov. Kemp will issue issue an executive order for mandatory evacuations of the six Georgia counties East of I-95 starting at Noon today. Will also order “contraflow” on I-16 starting at 8 AM Tuesday. The Storm Surge Watch has been extended northward along the Georgia coast to the Savannah River. The Hurricane Watch has been extended northward to Altamaha Sound in Georgia. NEW 3:45 PM EDT -- The Richmond County Schools System will be closed Tuesday, Sept 3 through Thursday, Sept. 5 in an effort to support evacuees from Savannah-Chatham County affected by Hurricane Dorian. The Richmond County School System will received medical evacuees today with the general population scheduled to arrive tomorrow. NEW 5:22 PM EDT -- Hurricane Watch Now for the Entire Georgia Coastline Storm Surge Warning has been extended northward to Altamaha Sound in Georgia VIRGINIA Virginia Governor Ralph Northam has declared a state of emergency as forecasters. Although forecasters predict that Florida, Georgia, and North and South Carolinas will be hit hardest as the storm makes its way north, parts of Virginia may be affected as well. “Potential impacts from Hurricane Dorian include coastal and inland flooding, storm surge, damaging winds and prolonged power outages,” the governor’s office wrote in a statement.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/hurricane-has-not-turned-still-heading-to-florida 

:: 9-2-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Trump Reprieve for America?

By Hal Lindsey

In 760 BC, one of the most important cities in the most powerful empire of its time, repented of its sin and turned to God. The case proves once and for all that no one should take credit when God works through him or her. God took extraordinary measures just to get Jonah to go to Nineveh. The prophet was used greatly, but not the way he wanted to be used. He didn’t want the people to repent or the city to be saved. His message was hard, and there was nothing winsome in his presentation of it. But the people did repent, and Nineveh’s well-earned destruction was put off for more than a century. Many evangelical Christians see Donald Trump’s rise to the presidency as a similar reprieve for the United States. Let’s suppose, for a moment, that President Trump is right on all the big policy positions he took in the campaign. I’m not saying it’s true, but try to imagine that President Trump will take the smartest possible positions on the economy, immigration, tax reform, the budget, environmental protection, foreign policy, security against terror, and the use of military power. No human is right all the time, but to prove a point, let’s take that leap of imagination and say that he is right on all these matters of policy. Would that make us like Nineveh? Would that be our reprieve? No. Nineveh repented. Ninevites felt sorry for their sin, and they turned to God for their answers. Has America done that? Maybe you don’t think the United States deserves God’s judgment. After all, we’re not nearly as bad as some other countries. While that’s true, we need to remember the words of Jesus in Luke 12:48. “For everyone to whom much is given, from him much will be required.” (NKJV) Except for the nation of Israel — the original recipients of God’s word — no nation ever received more from the hand of God than the United States of America. That places the US at the highest level of responsibility before God. When Trump was sworn into office, did abortions stop? Almost sixty million unborn humans have been killed since Roe v. Wade. Sixty million is the population of New York City, Los Angeles, and Chicago… times four!  A theme runs through scripture. If you want to see God’s anger, harm the little ones. In Jeremiah 32:35, God said, “And they built the high places of Baal which are in the Valley of the Son of Hinnom, to cause their sons and their daughters to pass through the fire to Moloch, which I did not command them, nor did it come into My mind that they should do this abomination, to cause Judah to sin.” Moloch was a pagan idol. They thought they could appease him by sacrificing their children in his fires. Unthinkable as that sounds, the United States is not as different as you might hope. America sacrifices her children, too — not on the altar of a pagan god, but on the altar of convenience and self-centeredness. Did the election of Donald Trump change that? I hope so, but I’ve seen lots of anti-abortion presidents over the years, and it hasn’t stopped abortion. We harm the little ones in another way as well. We teach them the religion of humanism. We ingrain it in them. We teach them to disregard God and see the state as the provider of all good things. Our schools teach our little ones that there is no right and wrong, that all is relative. Schools ridicule God, the Bible, and those who believe in them. In talking about such harm to children, Jesus did not mince words. “Whoever causes one of these little ones who believe in Me to stumble, it is better for him that a heavy millstone be hung around his neck, and that he be drowned in the depth of the sea.” (Matthew 18:6 NASB) Sexual perversions and blood-soaked violence in the name of entertainment pours out of America every day, and floods the world. We are ripe for God’s judgment in these and hundreds of other areas. Can God use Donald Trump to help turn this country around? Yes, God can. So, pray for the new President. But don’t look to him for your hope. Look to God. May each of us who know the Lord, humble ourselves before Him, and pray for our nation, our families, our churches, our communities, and ourselves. Did you pray for Donald Trump when he was running for President? It is human nature to stop praying for him now that he has entered that office. But that would be a terrible mistake. If you love America, now is our time to pray for him as never before.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-21-2017/ 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 9-2-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Press and the President

By Hal Lindsey

On Wednesday, Senator Jeff Flake of Arizona made a much-hyped speech on the floor of the US Senate. He told the media what he would say, long before he actually said it. The speech’s rollout was orchestrated for maximum public impact. But, as these things go, the press showed far more interest in the hype than in the speech itself. Days before he took to the Senate floor, Flake told the news media that he would defend them against Donald Trump’s attacks. He even announced, well before the speech, that he would compare Trump to Soviet dictator and mass murderer, Joseph Stalin. Remember that Stalin was directly responsible for the murders of 40 million people — even more than Adolf Hitler. Flake focused his outrage on the President’s statement calling the mainstream media, “the enemy of the people.” “It is a testament to the condition of our democracy,” Flake said, “that our own president uses words infamously spoken by Josef Stalin to describe his enemies. It bears noting that so fraught with malice was the phrase ‘enemy of the people,’ that even Nikita Khrushchev forbade its use, telling the Soviet Communist Party that the phrase had been introduced by Stalin for the purpose of ‘annihilating such individuals’ who disagreed with the supreme leader.” Does Senator Flake really think President Trump plans on “annihilating” individuals with his criticism of the press? Who would that be? Certainly not the press. In the quote above, Flake did something even more bizarre. He held up Nikita Khrushchev as a model. How did Khrushchev treat dissident members of the press? He didn’t call them “enemies of the state.” Instead, he sent them to concentration camps. He executed them. Does anyone other than Jeff Flake think Khrushchev should be held up as a model when it comes to how a President should treat the press? Flake called the free press “the guardian of democracy.” To some extent, I agree. And because I agree, it is a sobering statement. To see what I mean, just look at the sorry state of the free press. Senator Flake said of America, “From our very beginnings, our freedom has been predicated on truth.” Again, the scary thing is that he’s right. In a government “of the people” and “by the people,” it is essential that people hear an accurate account of the news. Instead, we get biased opinion, and exaggeration. It’s all about getting Internet clicks, and pushing a political agenda. Too often, these goals require members of the press to circumvent truth. I’m not talking about opinion journalism. There’s an important role for that. But we also need the straight reporter who simply gives the facts. These days, such journalists are in short supply. At one point in the speech, Senator Flake began to confuse the “news media” with “truth.” He spoke of “the damage done by the sustained attack on the truth.” That conflation of terms shows a misunderstanding of truth. He said, “No president will ever have dominion over objective reality.” Of course not. Neither does the New York Times. Perhaps the most laughably ironic line in the speech was this one. “No politician will ever get to tell us what the truth is and is not.” Here he stands, a politician on the floor of the Senate, telling us his version of what the truth is and is not — while saying that, “No politician will ever get to tell us what the truth is and is not.” Politicians do get to tell us what they think is true. They do it incessantly. They complain when they don’t like what the media says about them, or their policies. They try to set us straight when other politicians say things they don’t like — just as Mr. Flake did in his speech. Lately several people in the media have quoted Thomas Jefferson saying, “The only security of all is in a free press.” But he later said, “Nothing can now be believed which is seen in a newspaper. Truth itself becomes suspicious by being put into that polluted vehicle.” Historian Joseph Ellis said of Jefferson, “In his second term, in response to serious criticism from the New England newspapers… he instructed the state attorney generals in New England to prosecute the newspaper editors for sedition.” President Trump criticizes the media. Yes, he once called them the “enemy of the people.” But lies really do hurt people. They are the enemy of democracy. And the media lie. They do it in many ways, and they do it on a regular basis. More effectively than anyone in memory, Donald Trump fights back. I assume Senator Flake does not really believe “the press” and “truth” are synonymous. He obviously sees the important, irreplaceable role of a free press in a free society. His speech implied that he believes in transparency. Anyone who believes that the press is fallible, yet important, should be happy when the press receives blistering criticism for its lies, and biases. Commentators keep saying that President Trump is unpatriotic for attacking the press. But when the press lies, isn’t it highly patriotic to attack those lies? I don’t agree with everything President Trump says on this issue. But there is nothing more American than criticizing the press. If you don’t agree, just ask Washington, Jefferson, or Lincoln. Jesus said, “The truth shall make you free.” In this case, here’s the truth. Many in the news media are willing to lie for their own economic and political purposes.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-19-2018/ 

:: 9-2-19 Routers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Special Report: Hong Kong leader says she would 'quit' if she could, fears her ability to resolve crisis now 'very limited'

Greg Torode, James Pomfret, Anne Marie Roantree 12 Min Read

HONG KONG (Reuters) - Embattled Hong Kong leader Carrie Lam said she has caused “unforgivable havoc” by igniting the political crisis engulfing the city and would quit if she had a choice, according to an audio recording of remarks she made last week to a group of businesspeople. Greg Torode, James Pomfret, Anne Marie Roantree 12 Min Read

HONG KONG (Reuters) - Embattled Hong Kong leader Carrie Lam said she has caused “unforgivable havoc” by igniting the political crisis engulfing the city and would quit if she had a choice, according to an audio recording of remarks she made last week to a group of businesspeople. At the closed-door meeting, Lam told the group that she now has “very limited” room to resolve the crisis because the unrest has become a national security and sovereignty issue for China amid rising tensions with the United States. “If I have a choice,” she said, speaking in English, “the first thing is to quit, having made a deep apology.” Lam’s dramatic and at times anguished remarks offer the clearest view yet into the thinking of the Chinese leadership as it navigates the unrest in Hong Kong, the biggest political crisis to grip the country since the Tiananmen Square protests of 1989. Hong Kong has been convulsed by sometimes violent protests and mass demonstrations since June, in response to a proposed law by Lam’s administration that would allow people suspected of crimes on the mainland to be extradited to face trial in Chinese courts. The law has been shelved, but Lam has been unable to end the upheaval. Protesters have expanded their demands to include complete withdrawal of the proposal, a concession her administration has so far refused. Large demonstrations wracked the city again over the weekend. Lam suggested that Beijing had not yet reached a turning point. She said Beijing had not imposed any deadline for ending the crisis ahead of National Day celebrations scheduled for October 1. And she said China had “absolutely no plan” to deploy People’s Liberation Army troops on Hong Kong streets. World leaders have been closely watching whether China will send in the military to quell the protests, as it did a generation ago in the bloody Tiananmen crackdown in Beijing. Lam noted, however, that she had few options once an issue had been elevated “to a national level,” a reference to the leadership in Beijing, “to a sort of sovereignty and security level, let alone in the midst of this sort of unprecedented tension between the two big economies in the world.” In such a situation, she added, “the room, the political room for the chief executive who, unfortunately, has to serve two masters by constitution, that is the central people’s government and the people of Hong Kong, that political room for maneuvering is very, very, very limited.” Three people who attended the meeting confirmed that Lam had made the comments in a talk that lasted about half an hour. A 24-minute recording of her remarks was obtained by Reuters. The meeting was one of a number of "closed-door sessions" that Lam said she has been doing "with people from all walks of life" in Hong Kong. Read a transcript of Carrie Lam's remarks Responding to Reuters, a spokesman for Lam said she attended two events last week that included businesspeople, and that both were effectively private. “We are therefore not in a position to comment on what the Chief Executive has said at those events,” the spokesman said. China’s Hong Kong and Macau Affairs Office, a high-level agency under China’s cabinet, the State Council, did not respond to questions submitted by Reuters. China’s State Council Information Office did not immediately respond to questions from Reuters. ‘THE PRICE WOULD BE TOO HUGE’

The Hong Kong protests mark the biggest popular challenge to the rule of Chinese President Xi Jinping since he took power in 2012. Xi is also grappling with an escalating strategic rivalry with the United States and a slowing economy. Tensions have risen as the world’s two biggest economies are embroiled in a tit-for-tat trade war. Disagreements over Taiwan and over China’s moves to tighten its control in the South China Sea have further frayed relations between Beijing and Washington.

Lam’s remarks are consistent with a Reuters report published on Friday that revealed how leaders in Beijing are effectively calling the shots on handling the crisis in Hong Kong. The Chinese government rejected a recent proposal by Lam to defuse the conflict that included withdrawing the extradition bill altogether, three people with direct knowledge of the matter told Reuters. Asked about the report, China’s Foreign Ministry said that the central government “supports, respects and understands” Lam’s decision to suspend the bill. The Global Times, a nationalistic tabloid published by the Communist Party’s official People’s Daily, denounced it as “fake.” As protests escalated, Lam suspended the bill on June 15. Several weeks later, on July 9, she announced that it was “dead.” That failed to mollify the protesters, who expanded their demands to include an inquiry into police violence and democratic reform. Many have also called for an end to what they see as meddling by Beijing in the affairs of Hong Kong. The tone of Lam’s comments in the recording is at odds with her more steely public visage. At times, she can be heard choking up as she reveals the personal impact of the three-month crisis. “For a chief executive to have caused this huge havoc to Hong Kong is unforgivable,” she said. Lam told the meeting that the leadership in Beijing was aware of the potential damage to China’s reputation that would arise from sending troops into Hong Kong to quell the protests. “They know that the price would be too huge to pay,” she said. “They care about the country’s international profile,” she said. “It has taken China a long time to build up to that sort of international profile and to have some say, not only being a big economy but a responsible big economy, so to forsake all those positive developments is clearly not on their agenda.” But she said China was “willing to play long” to ride out the unrest, even if it meant economic pain for the city, including a drop in tourism and losing out on capital inflows such as initial public offerings. ‘BIGGEST SADNESS’ Lam also spoke about the importance of the rule of law in Hong Kong and restoring stability to the city of more than seven million, as well as the need to improve efforts to get the government’s message out. At the end, applause can be heard on the recording.  While Lam said that now was not the time for “self-pity,” she spoke about her profound frustration with not being able “to reduce the pressure on my frontline police officers,” or to provide a political solution to “pacify the large number of peaceful protesters who are so angry with the government, with me in particular.” Her inability “to offer a political situation in order to relieve the tension,” she said, was the source of her “biggest sadness.” Lam also spoke about the impact the crisis has had on her daily life.  “Nowadays it is extremely difficult for me to go out,” she said. “I have not been on the streets, not in shopping malls, can’t go to a hair salon. I can’t do anything because my whereabouts will be spread around social media.” If she were to appear in public, she said, “you could expect a big crowd of black T-shirts and black-masked young people waiting for me.” Many of the protesters wear black at demonstrations. After enjoying relatively high popularity in the initial part of her tenure, Lam is now the least popular of any of the four leaders who have run Hong Kong since its handover from British to Chinese rule in 1997, according to veteran pollster Robert Chung, who runs the Public Opinion Research Institute. HONG KONG ‘IS NOT DEAD YET’ Lam was chosen as city leader in March 2017, vowing to “unite society” and heal divisions in Hong Kong, which remains by far the freest city under Chinese rule. Under the “one country, two systems” formula agreed with Britain, Hong Kong enjoys an array of personal freedoms that don’t exist in mainland China. One of the most cherished of those freedoms is the city’s British-style system of independent courts and rule of law. The protesters say the extradition law would erode that bulwark of liberty. According to a biography on the Hong Kong government website, Lam, a devout Catholic, attended St Francis’ Canossian College. Her mother, who took care of seven family members on a daily basis, was her role model and inspiration, the biography said. An election manifesto said Lam came from a “grassroots” family and did her homework on a bunk-bed. After studying sociology at the University of Hong Kong, she went on to a distinguished career as a civil servant in Hong Kong. She was elected city leader in March 2017 by a 1,200-member election committee stacked with Beijing loyalists. In her early days as leader, Lam pushed through a series of controversial government policies, drawing public criticism in Hong Kong but winning praise from Chinese leader Xi Jinping. On July 1, 2017, the day she was sworn in, Lam donned a white hard hat as she walked with Xi to inspect the new Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macau bridge, which physically links Hong Kong to mainland China. Critics say the bridge could further weaken Hong Kong’s autonomy by deepening its physical links with southern China. The effective expulsion last year of Financial Times editor Victor Mallet, whose visa wasn’t renewed after he hosted an event at the city’s Foreign Correspondents’ Club with the leader of the pro-independence Hong Kong National Party, also drew condemnation at home and abroad. Lam and her government later came under fire for banning the party and the disqualification of pro-democracy lawmakers. Xi praised Lam’s leadership during a visit to Beijing in December 2018. “The central government fully endorses the work of Chief Executive Lam” and the Hong Kong government, Xi said, according to a report in the state news agency Xinhua. Pollster Robert Chung said Lam’s success in pushing through many controversial proposals bolstered her belief she would be able to ram through the extradition bill. “All these things made her feel so confident, and when we had the first demonstration, she still thought, ‘Don’t worry, I’ll get it through in two days and things will be over,’” Chung said. “But she was totally wrong.” At the meeting last week, Lam said the extradition bill was her doing and was meant to “plug legal loopholes in Hong Kong’s system.” “This is not something instructed, coerced by the central government,” she said. She expressed deep regrets about her push to pass the bill. “This has proven to be very unwise given the circumstances,” she said. “And this huge degree of fear and anxiety amongst people of Hong Kong vis-à-vis the mainland of China, which we were not sensitive enough to feel and grasp.” She gave her audience a gloomy outlook. The police, she said, would continue to arrest those responsible for “this escalating violence,” a group that the government initially estimated numbered between one thousand and two thousand. It would be “naïve,” she said, to “paint you a rosy picture, that things will be fine.” She did, however, express hope in the city’s ultimate “resurrection.” “Hong Kong is not dead yet. Maybe she is very, very sick, but she is not dead yet,” she said.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-hongkong-protests-carrielam-specialre-idUSKCN1VN1DU 

:: 9-1-19 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A war for words

By Greg Garner, Voices Contributor CP Current Page: Voices | Saturday, August 31, 2019

It could be argued that we are in a culture war. To be honest, I do not believe that the faithful Christian – if we are to use the term “war” – has ever really NOT been in a culture war. 1 John 3:13 reminds us, “Do not be surprised, brethren, if the world hates you.” Not being a Biblical scholar could make exegeting the above text tricky but “hates you” sounds pretty bad. Much like there are opposing sides or views. John provides some context in the preceding verses comparing the brothers Cain and Able. One was evil. One was righteous. One was full of love. The other not so much. We are to be the brother that “loves one another.” The “one another’s” can be tough. It’s a headache at times within the family of God. When we try to “one another” those outside of the body of Christ it can get downright ugly. Who reading this has ever hesitated sharing with a friend or family Biblical truths because you were afraid you would be labeled. I know I struggle with this. I often go through 5-6 drafts before I submit a piece due to my “fear” that I will sound uncaring or intolerant. So back to the “culture war.” What do we know about wars? Well, for starters there is an agenda. Each side wants to win. Each side has tactics and plans, they employ offensive and defensive measures to ensure a victory. Satan loves to twist truths, just ask Eve. Satan loves to distract, just ask Adam. Those tactics worked then and they work today. I have to wonder if we are in a war not of words but for words? Important words. Words that shape society, direct conversations and drive behavior. And we the Christian must ask ourselves, “do words matter?” Are certain words in a constant state of change, merely reflecting the values of the people who populate a given culture or sub-culture? Or, are some words prescriptive? Unchanging? Immutable? Take for example the word “tolerant.” A couple of generations ago, if you were “tolerant” that meant you graciously accepted a person but not all their behaviors. Cousin Eddie who always asks for money at the family reunion can attend, just not engage in specific behaviors, i.e., asking for money. Eddie is loved. Eddie’s soliciting of money is not. Eddie can be a really nice chap but engage in awful practices. And at one time we could rightly divide the two. Today this has changed. Tolerance no longer means graciously accepting a person but not certain behaviors. It often means blind acceptance and even outright endorsement of all behaviors. In our modern lexicon this is called “identity politics.” Self-awareness or self-identification and one’s behavior is so intertwined that addressing an action – regardless of its moral merit – is viewed as a personal attack. This is most evident in our ongoing discussions involving gender and sexuality. If a Christian denounces such behavior a typical response is the claim of intolerance. And tolerance is a funny word in a world bereft of absolutes. If no standard exist we have no real moral obligation to tolerate anything we don’t like. Granted, even in an amoral world actions can be legal or illegal; but never right or wrong, good or bad. If one wants to be intolerant of my intolerance would that not make them intolerant as well. And if I am intolerant and they are intolerant, where does that leave us? Gender, sexuality or marriage can be swallowed up as well by this black hole of ambiguity. Can a person truly be gender-less? Does that even logically make sense? Can marriage be self-defined or self-determined? By doing so, do we not erase every standard of conduct? That is why the words we use are so vital. Words inform our actions, shape our laws, and define our character; however, when words lose their meaning catastrophe awaits. The danger lurking in the aftermath of a society that has jettisoned reason, logic and absolutes from the picture stalks more than just the religious or the “conservative.” If sexuality is an amoral decision that rests in the heart of the individual who then holds the moral high ground when a disagreement comes up? What are we to do? This new norm makes apologetics and evangelism difficult. We are informed by Paul in his second letter to Timothy, “Remind them of these things, and solemnly charge them in the presence of God not to wrangle about words, which is useless and leads to the ruin of the hearers.” The Greek word employed by Paul is, logomacheo and it is a compound of logos (a word statement or speech) and machomai (battle or fight). The caution here is one of wisdom and avoiding senseless debates, not silent indifference. Paul continues, “Be diligent to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, accurately handling the word of truth.” The Christian should always allow Scripture to speak for itself. Our duty is not to change a mind but to ensure we “accurately handle the word of truth” and present The Truth in such a way that God is honored. I must remind myself that while I love the written word and wholeheartedly believe in the power of words, God is the One who provides meaning to all of our most noble ideals. We use words like loving, pure and holy when describing Jesus; yet, I would not understand the true meaning of those words or grasp their concepts were it not for God. In reality, I would not know what love is if it was not compared to the unconditional love of God. I could not put my head around the practice of forgiveness had not been modeled for me on the cross. Jesus brings meaning to all of those words the we elevate to prominence in our societies. Our most noble deeds, eloquent thoughts and grandest ideals are borrowed from the character and nature of God. To redefine these words to fit our base desires is an act of rebellion and pride. It is imperative for the Christian to train themselves to rightly divide His truth and accurately handle the Word of God, not flinching in the face of pressure or condemnation but celebrating the life-changing power of God’s word.

https://www.christianpost.com/voice/a-war-for-words.html  

:: 8-27-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Millennials believe in E.T. than believe in God

By David Brockett - August 27, 2019

Maybe it’s all of the flying saucer home videos on YouTube, the 3,228 UFO sightings reported in 2018, or maybe the Trekkies have just won more people over, but survey after survey finds 60% of young Americans believe in intelligent extraterrestrial life. A few years back a National Geographic study reported 70% said they believed that extraterrestrials had already visited the earth. Overall, about 55% of American adults believe in God as presented in the Bible. That number is propped up by the over-sixty crowd with 66% holding their faith. Millennials, however, come in around 40%, with the other 60% betting on E.T. or nothing. With a millennial church attendance drop-out rate of almost 60 percent, it doesn’t seem likely that God is going to be making a comeback with this group anytime soon. Perhaps these young people are looking towards outer space to fill a vacuum in their spiritual lives. Either the church failed them, or something just pulled them away…it doesn’t really matter—they’re gone now. So, who cares and why am I reading this? Can we assume that the current moral decay in our society is related to so many people abandoning their religious values, and having nothing to replace them? It’s kind of hard to put much stock in the Ten Commandments if you don’t believe in the author. And can we assume that a nation without a good moral foundation is likely to fall into chaos? I say yes to both assumptions. Recent surveys on declining attitudes regarding families and marriage show an alarming long-term downward trend. The family is the bedrock of any society. Our Constitution is built upon the belief in inalienable rights, which pre-supposes a God. If we remove “God” from God-given rights, what are we left with? That’s correct, our rights would now flow from the government. How will we ever return to the principles on which this nation was founded if our collective belief in God vanishes?? Is there a conspiracy to degrade moral behavior in our society?  Certainly, there is no place for God in the Communist Doctrine, and atheism among the masses would be an advantage. Did the conspirators get rid of God to make it easier to convert people to communism, or did the political indoctrination do it all on its own? It’s hard to say because a large portion of non-believers aren’t particularly politically active and not influenced by anything as direct as political recruitment. If we look to China and its crack-down on religion it’s plain that adherence to anything other than the Party credo can’t be tolerated without risking political destabilization; there are no official Gods in China, other than their Party leader. What’s the advantage of creating religious turmoil in America? A divided nation teeters on the razor’s edge. Religion can either divide or unite. Atheists don’t mingle well with true believers, and distrust hampers either side from working together. White Democrat respondents to this survey were less likely to believe in the God of the Bible (32%) than Republicans (70%). That difference alone could explain the gap in dealing with abortion. As more and more of our young people turn their backs on the church and look to the stars for answers, there will be no reply to guide them or the nation they inherit. If this trend continues, where will the moral foundation this nation was built upon come from? Is there an alternative to religion that will help maintain the dreams of our forefathers? Perhaps one day in the distant future this argument will be settled and people will be asking, “What would E.T. do?” David Brockett is a Vietnam veteran, USMC officer and pilot. As a civilian, he worked in healthcare as a counselor and hospital administrator. He also writes articles on politics and current events. He and his wife divide their time between their home state of Texas, and Idaho.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/more-millennials-believe-in-e-t-than-believe-in-god/  

:: 8-27-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FIRE HIM! Houston Police Officer converts to Islam (which contradicts his oath of office as a police officer) while dressed in his uniform

August 27, 2019 by BareNakedIslam

A RAIR Foundation USA investigation has uncovered video footage of Officer Kyle, a Houston Police officer converting to a Islam while in uniform, inside the notorious terror-linked Clear Lake Islamic Center in Houston, Texas. The United West The leadership of the mosque has openly dismissed the official designation that it is a terrorist organization, and has repeatedly made disturbing comments about women, gay people, sharia, pedophilia, domestic abuse, child marriages, “honor” killings, and polygamy. It is more than disturbing that a police officer, who took a pledge to defend and uphold America’s Constitution, would be associated with an organization whose views are antithetical to the Constitution. Thank you to retired Georgia Police Chief, David Bores, for his comments that define how Sharia will compromise Officer Kyle’s ability to uphold the law and for contacting Officer Kyle for comment. David is also Co-Founder of Sharia Crime Stoppers.

https://barenakedislam.com/2019/08/27/fire-him-houston-police-officer-converts-to-islam-which-contradicts-his-oath-of-office-as-a-police-officer-while-dressed-in-his-uniform/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day.

:: 8-28-19 Alt-Market.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Conservatives Are Being Targeted By A Complex 4th Gen Warfare Campaign

Wednesday, 28 August 2019 03:16 Brandon Smith

The reason why con games are often so effective is because victims of a con tend to believe themselves “far too smart” to ever fall for such schemes. A con game uses people's intelligence (or assumption of intelligence) against them. Even after they find out they have been lied to and tricked, these same people sometimes never report the crime; their egos simply won't allow them to admit they were played, and the conman escapes without fear of punishment. Another powerful element of a con game is that it almost always offers people something they desperately want. An effective grifter or conman will identify the target's weak point; the thing they desire more than anything else, and then uses the false promise of that thing to get the mark to trade a treasure that is legitimately valuable. The conman finds something the victim wants so badly the person would be willing to ignore all facts and logic just for the chance of obtaining it. The victim does half the conman's work for him. I mention the concept of con games because this is the best way of describing what 4th Generation Warfare is. Many people wrongly assume that 4th Gen warfare is merely the use of false flag attacks or propaganda. That's not quite accurate. The goal of an enemy using 4th Gen warfare is to take a target group or population and then con them into DESTROYING THEMSELVES so that the enemy doesn't have to go through the messy and perhaps very dangerous process of fighting that population directly. The tactic is not just about “divide and conquer”; that's only one small part of 4th Gen. It's not only about causing internal strife or civil wars. It's also about tricking a group into tarnishing their own public image, tricking them into taking hypocritical actions, tricking them into abandoning their defining principles, and tricking them into following leadership that is owned and controlled so he/she can lead them to ruin. As a reference point, I recommend studying a military paper called 'From Psyop To MindWar' written by General Paul Vallely and Lt. Colonel Michael Aquino (a self professed satanist). This will help people to understand the devious depths that the elites will sink to in order to influence a population into self destruction or self enslavement. Hilariously, Aquino's attempt to mitigate the public reaction to MindWar once it was exposed was to argue essentially that mind control of a population and the corruption of how they gather information was a much better strategy than open warfare and subjugation because then no one would be killed and the public would be blissfully ignorant of their loss of freedom. Yes, the satanists are so benevolent and soft hearted that way... The global elites, a group of people with extensive influence in politics, the banking sector and the corporate underbelly, are hellbent on creating a single world economic system, a single world currency and a one world government. The most important goal of the globalist agenda is that they not only want a one world system (a “new world order”), but they want the population to eventually ACCEPT that system as necessary. The globalists' ideal scenario is tricking the majority of people into asking for total centralization; they prefer not to enter into open warfare with the public if they can avoid it, probably because they know they would lose. They use 4th Gen warfare on a regular basis to pursue these goals and target almost every group of people in one way or another. That said, they surely realize that there are some groups that are never going to go along with global centralization and that those groups will inevitably resist. Aquino's delusional fantasy of a bloodless coup against the population ignores history - rebellion by groups of aware individuals is assured. These are the groups that the globalists will try to eliminate, first by undermining their public image and making them into monsters in the eyes of the rest of the world, then through combat if necessary. Liberty minded conservatives (as opposed to statists that call themselves Republicans) and sovereignty activists represent the largest single threat on Earth to the globalist agenda. In the US, they have the resources and enough social influence to mount a resistance, and using proper asymmetric tactics, they could even remove globalists from power once and for all. And while conservatives might be viewed as the hardest target for a 4th Gen con game, in some ways they are unfortunately very easy to attack. I witnessed this first hand after 9/11, when many conservatives, fed a well crafted but fabricated CIA narrative of Taliban and Iraqi collusion with Al-Qaeda, immediately flocked to support elitist president George W. Bush. They abandoned their principles of small government and limited foreign intervention and joined the fervor and madness of a war fever, and the consequences have not subsided in well over 18 years. They were expertly conned, and did not realize their mistake for about a decade. By then it was too late. This time around, I see a massive effort on multiple levels to cripple conservatives with 4th Gen warfare. The objective is clear: Get conservatives to attach themselves to the economic crisis that is currently developing and allow them to destroy themselves in the process. Let's take a look at the most prominent lies conservatives are being fed today and why these lies are dangerous... Lie #1: Donald Trump Is On Our Side And Is Fighting The Globalists The most important key to the globalist 4th Gen attack on conservatives is that they believe beyond all evidence or logic that Donald Trump is on their side and is fighting for them. Before the 2016 election I was uncertain if Trump was controlled opposition, but I knew that he would be allowed into office based on the dynamic he provided for the globalists. The Everything Bubble was starting to falter, and the globalists intended to crash it, but they needed a scapegoat to take the fall and that scapegoat would have to be conservative, or he had to at least pretend to be conservative. What I wasn't sure of at the time was if Trump was a willing puppet of the elites, or an unwitting target. After three years of Trump's administration I'm now certain he is a puppet. I've outlined and evidenced this conclusion in numerous articles including 'Trump Is A Pied Piper For The New World Order Agenda'. Trump's longstanding relationship with the Rothschilds through banking agents like Wilber Ross cannot be ignored. Needless to say, Trump never followed through on his campaign promise to “drain the swamp”, and has saturated his cabinet with CFR members and banking elites. He has also recently introduced the threat of Red Flag Gun laws, which represent backdoor confiscation and pre-crime denial of 2nd Amendment rights, much like a "no fly list" for gun purchases. This means you could have a gun purchase denied by the ATF for reasons you will never be allowed to know, and will never be allowed to appeal. I have also heard through the grapevine that once the US Senate returns from summer recess on Monday, September 9th that they plan to fast track such laws, and that Senate Republicans are rolling over and supporting the effort. We shall see... Not only does this tell me that Trump is NOT a constitutional president on the side of conservatives, it also tells me that Trump is likely not slated to be president after 2020. Trump's job is to play the role of the bumbling villain, to give Democrats and leftists something to rage about, to make the Federal Reserve and the banking elites look like the “good guys”, and to lure conservatives into denying reality on the economic crisis until it is too late. Lie #2: The Recession Is Media Propaganda And The Economy Is In Good Shape There is a very aggressive psy-op which I have seen being implemented all over the alternative media and in liberty movement forums lately. Consider this – The mainstream media denied the economy was in dire straights for years, and ignored declining fundamentals and all evidence that there was no recovery. Liberty groups have been warning the public about the disaster that was boiling under the surface while the media called us “conspiracy theorists”. Now, suddenly, the media agrees with us; at least in that a recession and economic crisis is imminent. But because the media is pushing the narrative that "it's all Trump's fault", many conservatives are stupidly falling for the reverse psychology con game and refusing to admit that a crash is happening. Let's be clear, just because the mainstream media says a recession is coming does not mean it's not true. The evidence is overwhelming, from the yield curve inversion which is 100% historically accurate in predicting recession, to falling new home sales and home building contracts, to faltering auto sales which car companies are trying to combat by raising prices, to crumbling manufacturing PMI, to declines in freight and shipping as well as thousands upon thousands of retail store closures, etc. There is no sector of the US economy that is not trending negative over the past year. The only indicators that show strength are rigged indicators, including GDP, unemployment, and the stock market. These are the same indicators that fooled the public into thinking all was well right before the crash of 2008.

Bottom line: The economy is in swift decline. Most indicators show this. It is undeniable. Anyone who says otherwise is either willfully ignorant or has an agenda of their own. I believe there is a well organized and directed propaganda push in the past few months designed to trick conservatives into denying that a recession is happening. Trump has incessantly attached himself and his administration to the market bubble, making him an obvious scapegoat when it all comes crashing down. But, the globalists also need his conservative supporters to take the blame as well. The more conservatives deny the reality of the crash, the more culpable and the more crazy they appear as the crash progresses. Lie #3: Trump Is Secretly Battling The Bankers And Bringing Down Their System From Within I see it all the time – the lie that Trump is a secret agent for the liberty movement and that he's going to take down the banking control grid and the Federal Reserve. Not only this, but once he takes it all down, a new and beautiful sound money Utopia will be instituted. To anyone with any sense of reality, this all sounds insane, but I would say from my observations that around 25% of the liberty movement actually believes it. First, to believe this requires people to ignore certain facts. For example, the Trump cult often argues that because he has publicly attacked the Fed, this means he is exposing them to taking the blame for the crash they have created. So, to reiterate, there are people within the movement who claim the recession threat is fake, while there are others who claim that the crash is happening and it's a good thing. Both of these groups are wrong. If Trump was trying to expose the Fed as the perpetrator of the crash, then why would he consistently take credit for the market bubble, as well as the fraudulent GDP and unemployment numbers? These are the SAME STATS Trump argued were fake during his election campaign. Instead of setting the Fed up for a fall, he has only set himself up for a fall. And remember, more than half the US and most of the world sits on the left end of the political spectrum. Many of them are ardent socialists. The only people that will be blaming the Federal Reserve and central banks after the crash will be a minority of conservatives. And, if we continue to defend Trump, a controlled puppet who is intent on embracing the bubble, then who will listen to us in the end? I am also seeing a shift in Trump's behavior lately which borders on unstable. I think this is merely an act; part of his role in the globalist screenplay as an increasingly unpredictable and dangerous political opportunist. I'll set aside his "chosen one" comment to the press as being sarcasm, but what about his proclamation “ordering” US corporations out of China, which would require the declaration of a state of emergency or a declaration of war, and his recent claims of reopened trade talks with China of which there is no evidence so far to support. This might seem bizarre, but I'm reminded that Trump has a history in theatrics. It is my belief that Trump is acting more and more erratic on purpose, and this only serves the globalist agenda, not the liberty movement. Lie #4: China Is The Enemy We Should Be Focused On Set aside the fact that both America's elites and China's elites are globalists in rhetoric and policy and work toward the same goal of a one world monetary system and one world government. The trade war is not at all what it seems. Many conservatives have been so bamboozled by trade war hype and “patriotic” fervor that it's as if they have forgotten all about the primary threat: The global elites. The trade war has achieved absolutely nothing in terms of forwarding US interests or America's economy. Even the main argument for the trade war, shrinking the trade deficit, has failed as the deficit continues to expand. The only thing the trade war has achieved is a perfect distraction for the public as central banks like the Fed maintain tight liquidity conditions in an effort to deliberately deflate the Everything Bubble. If Trump was trying to bring down the banking syndicate and expose the Fed, then he should not have pursued a trade war at this time. I would note once again that EVERY TIME the Fed makes a policy announcement that goes against what the investment world wants and causes a market downturn, Trump makes a trade war announcement which take all attention away from the central bank. Lately, Trump barely waits an hour before taking these actions. How exactly does this hurt the central bankers and the globalists? The answer is that it doesn't. Whether or not trade conditions with China are unfair is irrelevant. The conflict is taking all attention away from central banks and international banks and the economic crisis they have been fostering for over ten years. If Trump was actually anti-globalist then he would have targeted globalist institutions first, and set aside the China issue for later. As it stands, even if Trump ended the trade war tomorrow it doesn't matter. He would still be blamed for triggering a crash in fundamentals. And, for those that argue that Trump's trade war moves are meant to force the Fed to start issuing more QE and save stocks, I can only point out that the Fed has no intention of doing this and they made that clear in July and at Jackson Hole. And, if it were actually the case that Trump is trying to “force the Fed into a corner”, then the strategy is a poor one. All the Fed has to do is sit and wait, allowing markets to tank until Trump is out of office after the 2020 elections. The same goes for China and the trade war. There is no incentive for them to capitulate to Trump for the next year. But this is all an academic discussion because Trump is not working against the globalists, he's working for them. Lie #5: An Inflationary Or Stagflationary Crash Would Be Good For The Public This is perhaps the most absurd disinformation argument I've been seeing lately, and I think it is meant to appeal to Trump supporters who are realizing that a crash is indeed taking place and that Trump is playing a part in the downturn. In order to reconcile this reality with their desperate need to believe that Trump is a hero on a white horse coming to save them, they buy into the idea that Trump is actually crashing everything on purpose to undermine the banking elites. They argue that by bringing down the dollar, or the Fed, Trump is setting the stage for a new US monetary system. They also argue that an inflationary crash would "erase all debts" and the slate will be "wiped clean" in some kind of jubilee. Unfortunately, this is not going to happen. First, in every single inflationary or stagflationary crash in history, the public suffered a decade or more of poverty, starvation, sometimes civil war, and sometimes the break-up of their nation. There is no joy to be found in an economic collapse. Second, debt jubilees are rare. What is more likely to happen is that debts will be adjusted to match monetary inflation. This is what happened during the hyperinflationary crisis in Weimar, Germany, and it has happened during many other inflationary crash events. Also, debts are generally not erased. Instead, the debts are reinstated once a new monetary system is established. Third, the Fed is NOT the core of globalist power. The Fed is nothing more than a branch of the franchise. Jerome Powell manages the most popular McDonalds outlet in the chain, but he's certainly not the CEO. He takes his orders from people above him, just as Trump does. The real base of power for the globalists is in their international institutions, like the IMF, the BIS, the UN and World Bank. It is also in their think tanks and working groups, like Bilderberg, or the World Government Summit which is held annually in the United Arab Emirates and is comprised of corporate and political leaders from around the globe devising strategies to build a one world government. But hey, there's no organized conspiracy for world government, right? The elites just openly talk about it at summits on world government... Fourth, the crash is far more beneficial to the globalists than people seem to realize. They WANT to bring down the old system, and with it the concept of borders, nations, and decentralized economies. They openly plan to install a new global monetary system, a cashless society and eventually global government. In order to do this, they need a catastrophe large enough to cause the public to accept their new world order. They aren't afraid of a crash, they have been engineering one. The most vital pieces in this puzzle are the liberty movement and sovereignty champions. If we remain skeptical of the Trojan Horses (like Trump) that are handed to us, and critical when the president and other supposed leaders take actions which are irrational or unconstitutional, then we can more easily argue that we had nothing to do with disasters like the financial implosion that follow. We can maintain momentum for the liberty movement and gather more people to our side instead of losing people due to a tarnished image. No one man encompasses the fight for freedom. No one man owns that. It belongs to us all.  There will be people who will argue that this is all "conjecture and theory", but they would have to ignore the mountain of evidence to the contrary. They will say that the media hates Trump and so do the globalists, but they won't be able to come up with a rational explanation as to why Trump is so insistent on surrounding himself with those same globalists and elites, or why his actions constantly provide cover for the crisis the elites have set in motion. The people who push the narrative that Trump is a secret agent fighting a Game of Thrones war against the globalists are only hurting themselves and other sovereignty proponents. The more cognitive dissonance they spread in the name of defending Trump, the more unhinged they will seem when the fantasy falls apart. This is exactly what the elites want. If you would like to support the work that Alt-Market does while also receiving content on advanced tactics for defeating the globalist agenda, subscribe to our exclusive newsletter The Wild Bunch Dispatch. Learn more about it HERE. With global tensions spiking, thousands of Americans are moving their IRA or 401(k) into an IRA backed by physical gold. Now, thanks to a little-known IRS Tax Law, you can too. Learn how with a free info kit on gold from Birch Gold Group. It reveals how physical precious metals can protect your savings, and how to open a Gold IRA. Click here to get your free Info Kit on Gold. You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com

http://www.alt-market.com/index.php/articles/3903-conservatives-are-being-targeted-by-a-complex-4th-gen-warfare-campaign 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 8-27-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jungle Lakes Evaporate and Disappear Completely in Mexico

By Strange Sounds - Aug 27, 2019

Some of the mystical blue-green lakes of the Lacandon jungle in southern Mexico are drying up this year. The Metzabok lake, which normally covers 220 acres (89 hectares), dried up completely this month, leaving cracked mud where the translucent waters normally reflect the surrounding jungle and Lacandon Indians travel by canoe. We are familiar with Mexican rivers and lakes suddenly disappearing underground in cracks or sinkholes. But now, lagoons in the jungle are completely drying up, evaporating, disappearing. Experts say, this strange phenomenon is the result of an extended drought and rising temperatures in the region. Moreover, about 350 Lacandones, an indigenous group that still uses traditional dress of long hair and white cotton tunics, depend on tourism, fish and water from the lake and 20 other jungle lagoons nearby for their livelihood. In recent days they worked with biologists to capture and transfer crocodiles, fish and turtles from the dried-up lake to those nearby that still have water. The area is part of a nature preserve known as Naha-Metzabok, and the Lacandones have preserved the surrounding jungle for decades by avoiding the slash-and-burn agriculture and cattle ranching. Some of the older Lacandones remember that the Metzabok lake (the name means “The god of thunder” in the Maya language) had dried up once ago, in the 1950s. But experts worry that such episodes will become more frequent as rainfall declines and peak temperatures rise in the area, located just a few dozen miles from the Guatemalan border.  Mexico’s National Water Commission lists most of the Lacandon jungle as being in a “moderate drought” situation, but some areas whose waters normally feed the lagoons are listed as “severe to extreme” drought. Since the jungle lakes are fed by groundwater flows, not rivers, the situation may take some time to recover. Several Lagoons May Disappear in Mexico But it is not just Metzabok lake that has suffered. Adrián Méndez Barrera, a biologist who serves are regional director for Mexico’s National Commission for Protected Nature Areas, said he knowns of six lagoons outside the nature reserve that have dried up. “Rainfall over the last four years has been down by about 30%,” Méndez Barrera said. “On the other hand, we have seen average maximum temperatures rise from 30 degrees to 34 degrees (86 to 93 Fahrenheit). These two factors have a combined effect.” “The lakes are not very deep,” he noted, “and we are seeing a high level of evaporation.“ The better-known Lagunas de Montebello lakes are also suffering. The main lake in that area — also located in southern Chiapas state — is 60 meters (yards) below its average high-water mark this year. “I don’t know if the lakes are going to recover, or if this (drought) is going to become a more frequent and more widely-seen experience,” Méndez Barrera said. Rivers and lakes have disappear into cracks and sinkholes in Mexico. They are now flowing again. Please, send some rain to southern Mexico. These mystical jungle lagoons need a revival… https://www.yahoo.com/news/mexico-sees-jungle-lakes-evaporate-163225856.html 

https://strangesounds.org/2019/08/mexico-jungle-lakes-disappear-video-picture.html 

[ :: 5-6-15 pm service (fourth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. for the things that you saw this week are small in comparison to the things that you shall see. The warships shall increase; North Korea shall build another nuclear weapon making her nuclear weapons far greater than any other nation, people are not recognizing what is going on. But I say unto you, do not fear, for you will not see a nuclear war here, you will not see some of the things that shall take place overseas here etc

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 8-28-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satellite photos show North Korea may be building a new submarine capable of launching nuclear ballistic missiles

Report on Wednesday analyzes news imagery of the Sinpo South Shipyard

Satellite photos show activity indicating construction of ballistic missile sub

Analysts caution that it would likely be a year before the sub is operational

By Keith Griffith For Dailymail.com Published: 02:06 EDT, 28 August 2019 | Updated: 02:16 EDT, 28 August 2019

Satellite images indicate that North Korea may be constructing a new ballistic missile submarine, according to a new report. Images of the Sinpo South Shipyard suggest circumstantial evidence of the construction of a new ballistic missile submarine, according to the report on Wednesday from the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS). The evidence supports claims last month in North Korean state media, which said that North Korean leader Kim Jong Un had inspected a newly built submarine at an undisclosed location. North Korea is thought to have one Sinpo-class submarine in operation, which launched what is believed to be a KN-11 ballistic missile into the Sea of Japan in 2016. However, the Sinpo-class sub only has one missile launch tube, and experts have speculated that the country would attempt to build a sub with multiple launch tubes. 'The construction and commissioning of a true SSB (ballistic missile submarine) capability would represent a significant advancement of the North Korean ballistic missile and nuclear threat and complicate defense planning in the region, given the difficulties of tracking and/or pre-emptively targeting such capabilities,' the analysts said in the new report. Authors Joseph Bermudez and Victor Cha write that support vessels and a crane in the satellite imagery suggest preparations for a submarine launched ballistic missile test. However, they caution that it would likely take a year or more of trials and shakedown cruises to make the new sub truly operational, even if a launch trial were imminent. Sinpo South Shipyard is one of the few North Korea shipyards capable of building submarines. The report that 15 new cranes have been installed along the dock at the shipyard. North Korea has threatened to resume long-range missile and nuclear tests if the U.S. does not scrap annual joint war games with South Korea, which began earlier this month. The regime has responded with a series of short range missile tests, ratcheting up the pressure with Washington. In Saturday's latest launch, North Korea said that Kim Jong Un supervised the test-firing of a 'newly developed super-large multiple rocket launcher.' It appeared to be another demonstration of the North's expanding weapons arsenal apparently aimed at increasing its leverage ahead of a possible resumption of nuclear talks with the United States.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7401725/Satellite-photos-North-Korea-building-new-submarine.html 

:: 8-28-19 Justus Kight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IT’S More POWERFUL Than Any WEAPON, More DEVASTATING Than Any WAR And More ADDICTIVE Than Any DRUG!

By Justus Knight on August 28, 2019

It truly is more powerful than any weapon, more devastating than any war and more addictive than any drug and it’s in the hand of your child. Actually it’s in your hands to, my hands and virtually everyone we know. It’s on TV, it’s on our computers, it’s in our workplace and in our homes. Our eyes are often glued to the falseness it is, and the devil is laughing back at us. The modern day Social Media and Video game landscape is psychologically shaping our future…here’s how bad it really is and there is nothing The Smart Act will do, or should do to fix it! DON’T FORGET TO ASSURE THE BELL IS CHECKED SO YOU ALERTED TO MY NEW BROADCASTS!! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/08/28/its-more-powerful-than-any-weapon-more-devastating-than-any-war-and-more-addictive-than-any-drug/ 

:: 8-27-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Moment three $2.1bn US stealth B2 Spirit bombers make night-time landing at US Air Force base in Gloucestershire

Three B2 Spirit bombers touched down at RAF Fairford under cover of darkness

The 172ft-wide $2bn USAF warplanes are almost completely invisible to radar

Only 20 were ever purchased and they cost £135,000 per hour to operate

They were designed to carry nuclear payloads past Soviet air defence systems

By Joel Adams For Mailonline Published: 20:14 EDT, 27 August 2019 | Updated: 20:22 EDT, 27 August 2019

Three of the world's most undetectable and deadly warplanes were captured on film coming in to land in Gloucestershire on Monday night. Under cover of darkness three USAF B2 Spirit bombers touched down on the tarmac at RAF Fairford in the early hours of Tuesday morning. Colloqiually known at the stealth bomber, and almost completely invisible to radar, the Northrop-Grumman B2 Spirits cost more than $2bn each. The 20 American planes are among the most technologically advanced aircraft ever made, and can carry massive payloads including thermonuclear weapons. The distinctively shaped planes, which have smooth flat wings and sharp angles to deflect radar, were captured on film by an amateur aircraft spotter who tweeted they were 'true night spirits'. After a rumoured appearance at RIAT failed to materialise aviation fans were left wondering when they’d next see the stealth bombers in the county, following a display last year and a posting at Fairford the year before. The Gloucestershire airbase, which is run by the United States Air Force is one of a select few places where the top secret planes can land due to its long runway and specially built climate-controlled B2 hangers. The visitors arrived in the dead of night using the call-sign DEATH. One pair arrived shortly before 1am with the third landing a short time afterwards much to the delight of a small crowd who gathered at one end of the runway. It is not known how long the planes will be stationed at the base, the USAF is currently involved in a NATO training exercise over Europe and it is believed the B2s could be taking part. The B2 was initially commissioned during the Carter Administration, and designed to fly 10,000 miles with only one mid-air refueling, in order to bypass Soviet air defences and drop nuclear destruction on the USSR before returning to base. The end of the Cold War saw the US government scale back their order of planes to 20 from initial plans to purchase 132 of the mighty 172ft-wide aircraft. B-2 SPIRIT: MOST EXPENSIVE AIRCRAFT EVER, BUILT TO DROP ARMAGEDDON ON THE SOVIETS

The B-2 Spirit is the U.S. Air Force's deadliest and most expensive plane - a Cold Warrior's invention which has since been used to bomb the Taliban and ISIS. Each of the 20 operational B-2s is valued at $2.1 billion, and putting one in the air costs an estimated $135,000 an hour, and cannot function in the rain. On board its flight crew of two can stay in the air for 33 hours, at the controls of a plane designed to sneak into Soviet territory unseen to drop nuclear bombs, then return to the U.S. in a single flight.  The B-2s were first designed under the Carter administration, came close to being canceled, and finally took flight for the first time in 1989, just as the Soviet Union they were supposed to fight was collapsing, entering Air Force service in 1997. They have been used to fight in Kosovo, where they bombed Serbian forces as NATO moved in to counter ethnic cleansing of the Muslim Albanian minority, and in the war on terror, taking out Taliban targets in Afghanistan and most recently ISIS positions in Syria. All are currently based at Whiteman Air Force Base in Missouri, meaning that the one designated to fly over the Mall is flying 1,042miles to D.C. for the spectacle. If it flies low enough it will be visible from the ground, but it is almost invisible on radar, with its stealth design making it look like a pigeon on radar screens. SPECIFICATIONS: Aircrew: 2 Top speed: 628mph Range: 6,000 nautical miles, and refuels approximately every six hours Length: 69ft Wingspan: 172ft Weight: 158,100lbs

Weapons: B61 and B83 nuclear bombs, MK84 conventional bomb, MK82 and CBU-87 conventional weapons and AGM-129 advanced cruise missile How many: 20 operational

Costs: $135,000 an hour to operate, making it roughly twice as expensive to operate as the B-52 or B-1

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7400679/Moment-three-stealth-bombers-make-night-time-landing-Air-Force-base-Gloucestershire.html 

:: 8--19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Military researchers develop self-destructing material that 'disappears in an instant' to carry out covert missions without leaving any trace

James Pero For Dailymail.com

A special type of polymer capable of disappearing without a trace is being tested by the US government. Scientists say the material, made by researchers at the American Chemical Society at the behest of the Department of Defense, could be used to deploy electronic sensors and deliver military equipment covertly by dropping off packages and leaving no sign that the device was ever there. 'This is not the kind of thing that slowly degrades over a year, like the biodegradable plastics that consumers might be familiar with,' said Paul Kohl a doctor whose team developed the material.

'This polymer disappears in an instant when you push a button to trigger an internal mechanism or the sun hits it.' To achieve the the rapid transition from a solid state to decomposition, researchers say they used a type of polymer with a 'low ceiling temperature,' meaning that its bonds quickly break apart when above a certain threshold. In this case, scientists used a light-sensitive catalyst to kickstart the polymers decomposition, meaning that as soon as the material is exposed to sunlight, it begins to vanish. This would theoretically allow an operative to send out the polymer at night, leaving no trace of it when the sun rises. Using this method, the researchers say they were also able to adjust the timing of decomposition to create materials with a longer shelf-life. 'We have a way to delay the depolymerization for a specific amount of time—one hour, two hours, three hours,' said Kohl in a statement. 'You would keep it in the dark until you were going to use it, but then you would deploy it during the day, and you would have three hours before it decomposes.' Yet another version is made to be sensitive to fluorescent light, making the material practical for indoor missions. Scientists have tried for many years to create such a material but have failed due to the polymers' instability when at room temperature. By removing impurities from the substance before synthesis, however, they say the polymer was for more durable than its predecessors. Though the polymer is already being incorporated into military technology, researchers say that it may have other more civilian or commercial applications as well. Among them, they cite its potential for use as a temporary epoxy used in construction or for use as delivery vehicles to areas where recovery is difficult.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/technology/military-researchers-develop-self-destructing-material-that-disappears-in-an-instant-to-carry-out-covert-missions-without-leaving-any-trace/ar-AAGpk5G 

:: 8-28-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Can American Drone Swarms Beat Russia's Anti-Missile Systems?

by Tyler Durden Wed , 08/28/2019 - 05:00

Authored by retired Russian Colonel Vladimir Andreef via Quora,

In recent years, small UAVs (both mini and micro) have become a popular surveillance tool in the field of defense and security, and the constantly evolving technological progress is likely to provide a bright future for this technology. Particular attention is paid to the further improvement of these systems for military operations in urban conditions, in many countries of the world continuous research and development work is being carried out in this direction. However, in the modern operational space, these technologies are also spreading among terrorist and rebel groups seeking to use UAVs to deliver dirty bombs, which forces the authorities to increase the security of their own systems, as well as radically change the tactics and methods of combating UAVs. One of the most important advantages of using mini- and micro-UAVs is that they are able to carry out reconnaissance missions, while remaining undetected, they cannot be detected by air defense radars and ground-based radars programmed to capture larger airborne vehicles. However, after the use of small-sized UAVs by fighters of various kinds during military operations in Israel and Libya, the military and industry have now taken up this threat and have begun to develop special technology that will identify, track and neutralize mini- and micro-UAVs. The Executive Director of Enterprise Control Systems noted the following: “Nearly every day, UAV incidents and drone safety perimeter breaks occur. In turn, the AUDS system is able to remove the increased fears in the military, government and commercial structures associated with small UAVs. ” “While UAVs have many positive uses, it is expected that they will increasingly be used for villainous purposes. They can carry cameras, weapons, toxic chemicals and explosives and will increasingly be used for terror, espionage and smuggling.” At a California test site, 103 Perdix drones released from three F / A-18 super-hornets demonstrated complex swarm behavior, including collective decision making, adaptive formation and self-healing flight. You see all this on American Drone (MICRO-UAV DRONE) Technology to kill Russian S-500 Prometey. At first glance, the use of a swarm can completely block the fairly high-tech S-500. The developers somehow do not take into account the multilevel nature of the Russian air defense systems. Until the swarm reaches the main air defense forces, it will be attacked by 2 or even 3 simpler air defense systems, but which are aimed at destroying drones, which are often quite vulnerable to various radio suppression and physical destruction systems. I will not speak about various systems using a radiomagnetic pulse, which burns out all the electronic stuffing of hundreds of aircraft at once in a limited space. As we say: "For every tricky nut there is always a bolt with a special thread ..."

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-08-27/can-american-drone-swarms-beat-russias-anti-missile-systems 

:: 8-8-18   Army Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Drone swarm tactics get tryout for infantry to use in urban battlespace

By: Todd South   January 8, 2018

The science fiction-sounding goal: Put an autonomous robot swarm of 250 or more drones under the control of light infantry soldiers or Marines to do complex tasks on the urban battlefield. Competitors are now tackling that goal in a multi-stage event announced late last year by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency. Events called Sprinters are intended to develop “offensive swarm-enabled tactics” for these emerging technologies. Swarm drone technology already exists. In 2016, the Defense Department successfully tested micro-drone swarms at China Lake, California. They dropped 103 Perdix drones from three F/A-18 Super Hornet jet fighters. The drones had a 6.5-inch body and 11.8-inch wing span and weighed less 10.23 ounces, or as much as full can of soda. The autonomous micro-drones completed multiple missions, including adaptive formation flying, collective decision-making and self-healing, according to the Defense Department release. A video display shows the cluster or swarm find a target, circle within seconds and then converge on the target simultaneously and circle it at a 100-meter radius orbit. China Electronics Technology, a China-owned company, provided a demonstration in June that individually launched 119 drones with a slingshot-like device. The drones then gathered in a formation and flew patterns around nearby mountains, according to the Financial Times. One tactical application would be to use the relatively inexpensive drones, purchased online, to swarm aircraft, which do not currently have effective countermeasures for such an attack. Pentagon launches 103-unit drone swarm Vasily Kashin, an expert on China’s military at the Higher School of Economics in Moscow, told the Financial Times that both China and the United States are racing to develop effective algorithms to use swarm technology in the air, on land and at sea. The 2016 Defense Department test was focused on low-altitude intel missions. The new DARPA project will combine air and ground robots in a more complex environment – urban spaces. Phase 1 of the project is led by Raytheon BBN Technologies and Northrop Grumman Corporation. The two companies will supply teams that will help design, develop and deploy open architecture for swarm technology in both virtual and physical environments, according to the DARPA website. The teams will experiment with the technology to make swarm capabilities real. Other competitors will then use the architecture to focus on one of five areas – swarm tactics, swarm autonomy, human-swarm teaming, virtual environment and physical testbed. Each of the areas will be the focus in six-month intervals, officials said. At the end of each event there will be a test and integration assessment in both virtual and physical experiments. There will also be ad hoc Sprinters at times between the scheduled six -month competitions. The first sprint, which accepted applications through last November, will look at generating swarm tactics for a mixed swarm of 50 air and ground robots to “isolate an urban objective within an area of two square city blocks over a mission duration of 15 to 30 minutes.” The robots must perform reconnaissance, identify ingress and egress points and establish a perimeter around an area of operation. “The swarm sprints are empirical experiments designed to accelerate our understanding of what swarms can do in urban environments,” said Timothy Chung, program manager in the agency’s Tactical Technology Office. “By having swarm sprints at regular intervals, we’re able to ensure that we’re keeping up with the latest technologies — and are in fact helping inform and advance those technologies — to better suit the needs of the OFFSET program.” Chung said the agency is open to many competitors. “Given the wide range of capabilities that we’re interested in, we’re looking for wherever those innovative solutions are going to come from, whether they be small businesses, academic institutions or large corporations.”

https://www.armytimes.com/news/your-army/2018/01/08/drone-swarm-tactics-get-tryout-for-infantry-to-use-in-urban-battlespace/

:: 8--19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VIDEO:Israel Preparing for Direct Strike on Iran according to reports we received it may not be limited to conventional weapons. In the past two moths, a Pentagon official shared with us that even the US is in over its head.

https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=VIDEO%3AIsrael+Preparing+for+Direct+Strike+on+Iran+according+to+reports+we+received+it+may+not+be+limited+to+conventional+weapons.

+In+the+past+two+months+a+Pentagon+official+shared+with+us+that+even+the+US+is+in+over+its+head. 

:: 8-28-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Future of the World Pivots On the Events In Hong Kong

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Wednesday, August 28, 2019 - 14:46.

The 20th century was to have belonged to the United States. The 21st century was promised to China. Both countries were tasked to help usher in a path toward one world government and a one world planned socialist economy. Former President, HW Bush, called it the “New World Order” as he was the first to use the term on the world stage. If the millennials were ever taught real economics in their post-secondary educations in America’s liberal-controlled state universities, they would see right through the fallacy of socialism in any form. The Maoist version of the centrally planned economy has miserably failed to produce efficient growth and has even caused China to fall far behind not only the industrialized nations of the West but also the new industrial powers of Asia, namely Japan, who just inked a super trade deal with the United States, South Korea, Singapore, Taiwan, and not coincidentally, Hong Kong. The Attempted Closing of the South China Sea By this time, China was to be the globalist darling emerging on to the world’s power scene as the dominant power in Asia. However, the Chinese could not even master the abovementioned nations. Subsequently, the Chinese did what communists do best, they tried to bully their neighbors as they attempted to close the South China to international trade. Their military unable to project any dominance created artificial Islands and turned them into a type of stationary aircraft carrier. The attempt was laughable and was widely chastised among military experts. Aircraft carriers are effective because they are mobile and in combination with planes that they carry, all targets of military airpower are potentially in range. So, this feeble attempt to project Chinese military power in response to a failing economy, was laughable and ate up precious Chinese resources! And when China attempted to blockade passage, President Trump sent in the US Navy and China did what confronted bullies frequently do, they ran for cover. In short, China’s attempt at projecting world-class military power has been dragged down by a pervasive third world status in their people’s standard of living. Poverty permeates the Chinese financial landscape. Their economic prowess is largely cosmetic as we have witnessed in the wasted construction of the Chinese so-called “ghost cities”. “Build It and They Will Come” That phrase may work in a Kevin Costner movie, but it failed miserably for the Chinese Communist Party as they attempted to become an urban industrialized economy. Chinese political refugee and Princeton University professor, Cheng Xiaonong, stated in that in lots of places in China, farmers are being forcibly relocated at gun point and forced to relocate to urban areas. Cheng said, “[Party chief] Bo Xilai has been promoting a policy of moving farmers into towns, building apartments and moving forcibly relocated farmers into these stack and pack apartments and treating this as urbanization.” Cheng said urbanization isn’t about calculating how many farmers are relocated into cities, but about farmers being able to move into the city and gaining some measure of sustainable employment and adequate living conditions. But the projected factory jobs did not come because China is a failed economy. These relocated farmers, without the prospect of jobs is a recipe for economic and social disaster. Soon, there will be tens of millions of Chinese totally dependent on government handouts to survive. This is the power that governments strive to obtain because it gives them total control. This Chinese scene is reminiscent of the Agenda 21 inspired movie, Hunger Games. Cheng makes the same observations as many other Chinese experts as he added that "urbanization is generally accompanied by economic growth as was the case in the US. In other countries, urbanization happens naturally, but in mainland China, urbanization is the result of the Chinese regime forcefully pushing farmers off of their land." Since the Chinese are not industrialized to the point which would justify the mass movement of 1 million people per month into its ghost towns, any reasonable person would be asking the question, why? Do you remember Mr. too-big-to-fail, Hank Paulson, when he told Congress that if we, the American taxpayer, did not bail out Wall Street, there would be an economic collapse and we would have martial law and the rest as they say, is history. And bailout after bailout has come and gone and the net effect is that the American economy is in a tailspin. And the Chinese are taking advice from him? That's like taking advice from Dr. Kevorkian on how to preserve life. Another key globalist, Dominic Barton, the global managing director of McKinsey & CO, and he too sounds like a Paulson clone as recently stated, "The good news is that there is an underlying force of growth and that's urbanization. What we're basically seeing is more we than 250,000 people moving from rural areas to cities every week." The late Maurice strong and of course, George Soros, were also players in this mass migration movement. Job demand is not fueling urbanization. Urbanization did not result in industrial growth which would subsequently push job demand as the globalists hoped. But you see, the globalists had another goal for China, and the realization of this urbanization goal, in part, fueled the economic demise of China. The globalists second goal undid the first goal. Make no mistake about it, the Chinese with the backing of globalist corporations like Goldman Sachs, were engaged in a full-blown Agenda 21 relocation of its civilian population from rural areas to the stack and pack of their mega-cities. From the outside looking in, it looks like a beta test for the stack and pack policies that are planned and have been somewhat implemented under the Obama administration. If a Democratic socialist (eg Biden, Harris, Warren) the onslaught against rural America will look a lot like China did in the past decade. In short, the globalist desire to implement stack and pack Agenda 21 policies wrecked the Chinese economy along with the Chinese central planning schemes which never work. Today, all of China’s economic zones are economically under water. There are clear lessons that Americans should be wary of. First, socialism NEVER works. Second, central planning NEVER works. One has to understand the Chinese ghost cities phenomenon to understand the Beijing vs Hong Kong dilemma of today. Hong Kong  The Chinese are beyond broke. Yesterday, I interviewed economist Robert Kudla and he cited some interesting Chinese and American economic statistics: The IIF, in 2017, stated that Chinese debt to GDP percentage topped 300%. Yesterday, on my radio show, Kudla stated that the 2019 figures for China is now a whopping 487%!!! That means that for every Chinese product produced, the cost of making that product is almost 5 times the value of the product. Coincidentally, last evening, I was driving and listened to about 10 minutes of Glenn Beck and he quoted the same statistic. In comparison, Kudla stated that the United States has a 68% debt to GDP ratio, which is bad enough. The Chinese just printed $60 trillion dollars of their cash to service the debt. The entire world has only $70 trillion total in cash. China is on the verge of becoming the next Venezuela, where they just reported, this past spring, a million percent inflation rate. The global economy will be impacted by this as well unless of course, nobody accepts Chinese currency, which is what I am predicting will happen. We are already seeing this in the EU. Their negative interest rates are forcing EU investors to seek foreign investments and they are certainly not going to the Chinese for investment. Subsequently, the EU investors are buying US bonds and other financial instruments in great numbers and this is helping to fuel the sustainability of the American stock market. Trump’s deal with Britain further undermines EU economic security and drive a further dagger into the heart of the Chinese economy. Add to that, the Trump sanctions against China and they are about ready to cry uncle, or as we will discuss, go to war.  Trump is waging a brilliant war of attrition against the Chinese economy. Those of you who say Trump is a dedicated globalist are not paying attention. Trump is picking up where the globalist failed Chinese ghost cities left off. Trump is using the Walmart model of economic subjugation. When Walmart moves into a mid-size or smaller community, they undersell all of their competition and drive the local businesses into bankruptcy. The behemoth Walmart can sustain losses longer than any small business. And when all the businesses are bankrupted by Walmart’s policies of attrition, they raise their prices higher than the customers were paying before Walmart move in. This is, in effect, what Trump is doing to China. He is waging a war of attrition and America’s runway is longer than China’s. Trump has been criticized in his economic approach to China. The MSM say that he is killing the American farmer since China won’t buy American agricultural products. Checkmate! Trump just inked a major trade deal with Japan and Japan will be picking up the slack for the American farmer by buying American food. Major Chinese trading partner, Brazil who is headed by Trump II, wants in on this agricultural action as well. Again, Checkmate globalists To keep its head above water, China desperately needs to plunder the resources of Taiwan and Hong Kong. For the foreseeable future, Taiwan is unobtainable for all the obvious reasons. However, Hong Kong represents booty that China needs. History In the Making The CHICOMS are in a dilemma. They desperately need Hong Kong’s profitable economy. However, Hong Kong wants to be a mini-United States and enjoy both civil liberties and economic freedom. The CHICOMS are indeed caught between a rock and a hard place. If they Chinese move into Hong Kong and enact Tiananmen Square 2.0, they face unquestionable condemnation from the international community and many crippling trade sanctions will occur. Even Russia would be hard-pressed to stand by China if they enact a slaughter of the Hong Kong protesters. Oh, the Chinese will enact martial law. They will be brutal in the streets and they will arrest thousands, but genocide is not in the cards, unless, of course, the Chinese don’t care about the international community and they intend on going to war anyway. The Chinese Military Threat Can the Chinese hope to win a war against the United States and ultimately the West. The answer is an absolute no! Yes, they have nuclear weapons, but even if they were to launch a successful first strike and take out all of America’s nuclear silos (an impossibility), they would still have to contend with our allies and our 72 nuclear submarines each armed with 8 to 24 nuclear missiles each capable of taking out a major city. What about conventional warfare. Beyond Vietnam, Hong Kong and possibly Taiwan (protected by the US), they cannot win anything about a regional conflict. This is true because the Chinese cannot project their military power. They are deficient in space-based weapons, they are deficient in aircraft carriers and they are deficient in a prolonged air war because they lack spare parts on a level needed to sustain a war. Conclusion The Chinese and their globalist sponsors have been effectively thwarted for the time being. This, in part, explains the incessant attacks upon Trump by the MSM on an everyday basis. The accusations are becoming more desperate (eg CNN airing a guest. Psychiatrist Brian Seltzer, without correction, stated the Trump had murdered more people than Hitler, Mao and Stalin.  For now, the pivotal point in the future of the planet revolves around the events in Hong Kong. How aggressive will China get? Are they willing to start WWIII?  We are in for a wild ride. And I want to reiterate an important point. No matter what your issue with this President is (eg lack of confrontation with social media), Trump is the only thing standing between you and the New World Order.   

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/future-world-pivots-events-hong-kong 

:: 8-28-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China's New Hypersonic Missile Threatens Regional Stability, Analyst Warns

by Tyler Durden Wed, 08/28/2019 - 01:00

Earlier this summer we reported how China Aerospace Science and Industry Corporation (CASIC) published a video showing the Dong Feng hypersonic missile ("East Wind"), DF-17 for short, simulating an attack on enemy forces. The DF-17 is designed to fly at hypersonic speeds and evade existing missile defense systems, such as America's anti-ballistic missile defense system called: Terminal High Altitude Area Defense (THAAD). A source from CASIC told the South China Morning Post that "the DF-17 will be capable of delivering both nuclear and conventional payloads." He refused to release his name due to the sensitivity of the topic. "There are now two institutions under CASIC that are competing to develop these advanced features," the source added. The US intelligence community has warned about the regional instabilities that could develop when the DF-17 is deployed next year, or sometime in the early 2020s. Adam Ni, a military researcher at Macquarie University in Sydney, said China's nuclear deterrence in the Eastern Hemisphere could dramatically increase with the deployment of hypersonic missiles. It would allow the People's Liberation Army (PLA) to defend militarized islands in the South China Sea effectively. "But the race to develop hypersonic missiles such as DF-17 risks destabilizing the region since hypersonic weapons reduce the time of decision-making before landing to just a few minutes, forcing leaders to make consequential decisions within a very short period," Ni said. The DF-17 is China's first medium-range ballistic missile with a hypersonic glide vehicle (HGV) as its payload. QQ.com speculated the HGV could be an aircraft carrier killer with a range of 1,533 miles, enough distance for Mainland China to guard its militarized islands in the South China Sea from American naval forces. Following half-dozen development tests between 2014-2016, the most recent test was at Jiuquan Space Launcher Center in Inner Mongolia in 2017. The Pentagon has recently sounded the alarm on the proliferation of hypersonic technological advances that are being made around the world [mainly in China and Russia]. "Although hypersonic glide vehicles and missiles flying non-ballistic trajectories were first proposed as far back as World War II, technological advances are only now making these systems practicable," Vice Admiral James Syring, director of the US Missile Defense Agency, said in June, during testimony before the US House Armed Services Committee. The DF-17 with an HGV payload (nuclear or conventional) could create a significant imbalance of power in the early 2020s that shifts Eastern Hemisphere power away from the US and towards China.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-08-25/chinas-hypersonic-missile-threatens-regional-stability-analyst-warns 

:: 8-28-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Imagine If A Republican Said 'It's Time To Burn Down The Democratic Party, Leaving No Survivors!' - Democrats Double Standards Will Either Lead To Tyranny Or Ensure Their Own Destruction

August 28, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

A double standard is the application of different sets of principles for situations that are, in principle, the same, and is often used to describe freedom that is given to one party over another. A double-standard arises when two or more people, circumstances, or events are treated differently even though they should be treated the same way. This August 27th story that was the lead story over at the Daily Mail most of the day Tuesday is the perfect lead-in to this ANP story as the DM reported that dozens of Jeffrey Epstein's victims appeared in a Manhattan court where they lambasted the 'coward' for 'escaping justice by committing suicide' before the Judge in the case closed it for good. And while this will not be a story about Epstein and will instead partially focus upon this August 22nd story over at DC Dirty Laundry titled "Swamp Justice: The Evil Never Pay" as well as upon some remarks recently made by two different 'Democratic operatives' that not only prove most Democrats aren't playing with a full deck in 2019 but they somehow insanely believe themselves to be 'first class citizens' while all Republicans, Conservatives, Christians and President Trump supporters are somehow 'below them', Epstein is a perfect example of 'evil never paying' while remarks made by those two 'Dem operatives' prove that Democrats are playing by a double standard that could eventually lead to either outright tyranny in America or to their own destruction. As this new Zero Hedge story reports, a very early Epstein accuser had her reports of sexual abuse by the monster completely ignored by the FBI and the NYPD, thus helping to ensure a cycle of abuse continuing for a countless number of innocent young girls and women, a cycle of abuse and coverups that point directly to Bill Clinton's White House and the DOJ/FBI apparatus that was established under his reign with Clinton president from 1993 to 2001, flying on Epstein's 'lolita express' many times dating back to at least 2002 while ditching his Secret Service on Epstein flights while underage girls were aboard. As the DC Dirty Laundry story asks in their first sentence, "Have you ever tried to hold on to a reptile?". They then answered: "They’re slippery, and they squirm and twist until they’re out of your grasp. You may even get a nasty bite for your efforts. Well, the creatures in the Washington DC swamp are no different. How slippery are they, you ask? Too slippery for the US Justice Department, if history is a witness." Reporting then that the sordid tales of 'bigwigs' escaping 'consequences' are so well-known that very few Americans expect anybody at all to be held accountable for the Russian-collusion treason or FISA-gate or 'Epstein-gate' for that matter, they then dropped the bombshell we didn't want to read but pretty much already understood: "The culprits don’t expect to face any consequences either. There’s a reason that DC-connected swamp crooks expect to slip the noose—it’s called the US Justice Department." And should the treasonists and the 'Epstein-cult' escape justice to go on into the dark night to launch further coups against America in the future and/or further traffic underage sex victims as most expect, American's will finally have absolute proof that there are apparently two different 'rules of law' in America, one that applies to 'the elite' and one that applies to the rest of us. Yet, as Matt Taibbi, a contributing editor for Rolling Stone magazine had bluntly and correctly stated, “When the rule of law doesn’t apply to everybody, then you don’t really have the rule of law anymore.” Others have bluntly stated: "if the rule of law doesn't apply to everybody, it doesn't apply to anybody." And while we'd never recommend that people go out and violate the law just because 'it doesn't apply equally to everybody', we're falling headfirst into tyranny when it doesn't with 'elite Democrats' such as Bill and Hillary long being 'hands off' to the long arm of Justice no matter how many evil crimes or murders they've had committed to cover up their crimes being the very proof we need that 'America has fallen' and much darker times await us in the future should they be continued to be allowed to get away with everything they've done behind the backs of Americans, completely unreported by the mainstream media. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) According to this new story by Jamie White over at Infowars, the mainstream media's rhetoric has reached dangerous new levels after Washington Post columnist Jennifer Rubin went on MSNBC and called for Democrats to figuratively “burn down the Republican Party” after the 2020 election, leaving "no survivors". “It’s not only that Trump has to lose, but that all his enablers have to lose — we have to collectively, in essence, burn down the Republican party,” Rubin said on “AM Joy.”  “We have to level them because if there are survivors — if there are people who weather this storm, they will do it again — will take this as confirmation that, ‘Hey, it just pays to ride the wave — look at me, I’ve made it through.'” Rubin also suggested that Democrats continue to behave like they did last year when former White House Press Secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders got mobbed by a leftist gang in a chicken restaurant, actually going on air and saying Democrats must continue “shunning these people” and “shaming these people.” And with another msm guest, a psychiatrist for that matter, going on CNN the very same day as Rubin's outburst and insanely claiming that President Trump had "murdered 'millions' more people than Adolf Hitler, Joseph Stalin, and Mao Zedong", and CNN host Brian Stelter refusing to push back upon that lie, it's easy to see where this is headed with the remaining masses who still get their news from the msm dumbed down to the absolute core by the democratic/globalist propaganda being spewed by their 'talking heads'. With Rubin also saying on MSNBC as heard in the 1st video at the bottom of this story: “Shaming these people is a statement of moral indignation that these people are not fit for polite society”, it's no wonder that the entire msm apparatus is now looked at by most Americans as a running joke, peddling bogus, over-the-top talking points and outrageous lies while outing themselves as the America-hating, enemy of the American people communists they are. As Susan Duclos had reported in this August 26th ANP story, while Democrats and the mainstream media have long used Saul Alinsky's tactics against their political enemies, turnabout is always fair play and the slimestream media journalists are about to get a taste of their own medicine. As Susan had reported, with liberal journalists expressing outrage that Conservatives would actually go back through their old tweets and out them for things they may have said years ago, how come it's totally ok for those same liberal journalists to do likewise to Conservatives but they get their panties all bunched up in a wad when it's done to them? Once again proving what absolute and utter hypocrites many of them are, as Susan mentioned, what unfolds in the coming weeks could be huge as leftists words from years ago quite literally blow up in their own faces.   From The Resurgent in a piece titled "Trump Will Use Alinsky Tactics Against Alinskyite Journalists":

Now the New York Times has everyone in high dudgeon, reporting that Trump-friendly (they call them “conservative” but I would argue with their choice of that word) “operatives allied with the White House is pursuing what they say will be an aggressive operation to discredit news organizations deemed hostile to President Trump by publicizing damaging information about journalists.” Operatives have closely examined more than a decade’s worth of public posts and statements by journalists, the people familiar with the operation said. Only a fraction of what the network claims to have uncovered has been made public, the people said, with more to be disclosed as the 2020 election heats up. The research is said to extend to members of journalists’ families who are active in politics, as well as liberal activists and other political opponents of the president. Liberals have used old tweets for years, to destroy those they deem unworthy, in sports and politics. Old non-public shared documents were used to crush Parkland survivor Kyle Kashuv’s Harvard admission. There’s a literal army of compliant newshounds out on the Internet who are more than glad to plow through decades of private information on conservative public figures. Some have come forward on the most feeble grounds to attempt to ruin Justice Brett Kavanaugh, with the media playing see-no-evil, hear-no-evil dumb broker to their fabrications. Now journalists appear to cower over Arthur Schwartz, a friend of Don Trump, Jr. Schwartz claims to have dirt on NYT editors and others. Tom Wright-Piersanti, an NYT politics editor, made his tweets private, as I’m sure will many other journalists. Yet what do the NY Times and leftist media outlets like CNN, MSNBC, the Washington Post and others expect? That the independent media and President Trump allies will simply sit back and take punch after punch after punch until we are knocked out and left for dead? Well, if they REALLY think that way, they've got something else coming to them! Susan and I didn't start ANP to 'roll over and die' for demons nor democrats nor anybody else and with 2020 dead ahead and completely 'brain dead' demoncrat operatives like Jennifer Rubin saying "burn down the Republican party" and "leave no survivors", we can guarantee her she'll be greatly disappointed by what's to come. As Dr. Don Boys had reported in this August 23rd story on ANP titled "This Could Trigger Civil War In America! The 'Party Of Death And Destruction's' Hatred Of Whites, Christians, Conservatives And Trump Supporters Could Lead To Their Own Annihilation" and John C. Velisek had reported in this August 25th ANP story titled "With 'Dirty Communists' Calling For Revolution And 'Brain Dead' Leftist Politicians Calling For Gun Confiscations, The 'Right To Bear Arms' May Once Again Be Needed To Repel Tyranny - The Hypocrites Crying About 'Guns' Murder Thousands Of Babies Every Day In America!", if liberals think that their hatred towards Conservatives will drive us away, they're more insane than we give them credit for. With Democrats clearly the anti-God party in America as reported in this new story over at Pulpit & Pen that Steve Quayle had linked to on his website on Tuesday, pushing to legalize the murder of just-born babies while pushing satanism onto the masses, pushing adult men into women's restrooms and pushing adult drag queens onto impressionable young minds in libraries, anybody voting 'Democrat' is complicit in their evil agenda. It’s no secret that the Democratic Party is on the wrong side of almost every issue as it relates to a Biblical worldview, but did you know that the DNC just passed an official resolution making it the first party to affiliate with the irreligious? Democrats haven’t been this boldly anti-religion since they literally booed God at the 2012 Convention. According to the Friendly Atheist, the DNC passed the resolution over the weekend which heralds the “value, ethical soundness and importance” of non-religious Americans. In God We Trust may be the motto of the United States, but it’s not the heart of the Democratic Party. Maybe this explains why the Democratic party platform is little more than a list of things God hates. In the first video below we hear from the Washington Post's Jennifer Rubin on why she believes it's time to 'burn down the Republican party, leaving no survivors' while in the 2nd and final video below, we hear from Tim Poole who goes over the 'double standard' that we're been reporting on that's leading America towards tyranny.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Evil_Never_Held_Accountable_Spreads_Hatred_And_Lies.php 

:: 8-27-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Triggered Nation: Snowflakes, Paranoia, Physical Attacks And Public Meltdowns Are The Democrats 'New Norm' - An Indication Of Severe Mental Health Issues?

August 27, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

For those of us that like to observe human interactions, whether it is in comment sections, chat forums, social media or even then examples caught on video, there seems to be an "anger" problem where something will occur and someone will get "triggered" and act in a way that can be diplomatically described as a severe overreaction, or if one is a little more blunt, their response is an indication of some type of mental issue. While anger is not a political issue, we all get angry over something or other, there does seem to be a huge difference between conservatives and liberals in regards to their reactions over triggering issues. PHYSICAL ATTACKS, PARANOIA, AND PUBLIC MELTDOWNS For example, when was the last time you heard of a conservative physically attacking a liberal over an item of clothing or because of their political affiliation? Yet, each month there are local news stories, some of which get national attention where liberals are attacking innocent citizens over a red Make America Great Again hat. The latest example was in Portland, Oregon, last Saturday, when two men attacked another man who was out with his wife, for nothing more than his hat "triggered them." Granted, this is Portland we are talking about where the radical left group Antifa practically owns the streets, and the couple deliberately decided to have the man wear the hat to see "what kind of reaction it would generate," but people should be able to wear whatever they want, where they want, because this is America and free speech is guaranteed, including clothing choices, according to the courts. This is the type of over-the-top behavior we have been noticing more and more of throughout the nation, where just seeing law enforcement officers sitting peacefully in a Starbucks, having coffee, triggers someone so much they make a stink and somehow the establishment, Starbucks, thinks the appropriate response is to ask the police to move or leave, rather than the triggered freak? Or when a gentlemanly act of trying to help a liberal op-ed writer for Marie Claire, Cosmopolitan, Narratively, BuzzFeed, take her luggage down from a compartment on an airplane, has her so up in arms that she tweets "Saying, “No thank you, I got it,” to the middle-aged white man on the airplane who offered—and began—to take my suitcase out of the overhead compartment for me was a quickly calculated act of resistance." After over 30K comments in her thread made it clear that she sounded like an ungrateful witch, she then claimed it was "tongue-in-cheek," and of course she is a "victim" because some of those responding were big ole meanieheads to her. Before moving along with other examples, let us take a look at what almost anyone would call a serious anger problem. The claim from the video title is this woman was denied a "McFlurry," at McDonalds, but since their is no context or related articles, I have no clue if that claim is correct, but what we can say, definitively, is this woman needs some serious help. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Next up, a band called Confederate Railroad is facing backlash because of their name and decor, where triggered liberals are forcing venues to cancel their upcoming performances with the claim that logo that depicts a steam train flying dual Confederate flags and is “a symbol of division and racism.” We use this example because the band's singer, Danny Shirley, offers the perfect response to the idiocy that has infected half the nation: "I am who I am. We do what we do. I’ve been performing for more than 43 years and, hell, I’ve never seen anything like this,” he said. “Through that time me and the boys have been out playing for and connecting with audiences around the world with everyone having a good time. That’s what brings people together.”  “Lately, there have been a few officials who decided they didn’t want anyone to see us. But I’ve truly been humbled and overwhelmed by the outcry from the fans and our fellow artists saying they really do want to see us,” he continued. “Look, if you don’t want to come see us, that’s your choice. We’re listening to you. You’ll just miss out on a damn good time. To the fans who have stuck with us over the years though, thank you very much! You know who we are. We look forward to seeing you again soon.”  “I am who I am. We will keep doing what we do. The name of my band ain’t gonna change,” Shirley concluded. “If you’ve never seen us before, maybe this is the time to come out and see what this is all about.” That ladies and gentlemen is how every company, organization and person should be responding to the triggered nation, where every joke, every song, every word written is somehow a reason for extreme rage. BOTTOM LINE - THE SENSE OF ENTITLEMENT AND 'SNOWFLAKE' BEHAVIOR IS GETTING WORSE There is no better, clear example of the sense of entitlement and "snowflake" behavior getting worse, than the recent Democrat Socialist 2019 annual meeting, which frankly was treated by conservatives as more of an entertainment than anything else, but the mindset, the constant reference to "comrades," and the mentality of insisting that everyone should tailor their "chattering," actions (no clapping because it causes anxiety!), and the sheer childishness of the attendees, should be a wake up call to everyone. Exit Question: If this group of people, supposedly all on the same side, cannot stop triggering each other, how on earth do they deal with the real world without being triggered morning, noon and night?

http://allnewspipeline.com/A_Triggered_Nation_Paranoia_Meltdowns_And_Attacks.php 

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc  

:: 8-27-19 Hal Lindsey  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Trump Reprieve for America?

By Hal Lindsey

In 760 BC, one of the most important cities in the most powerful empire of its time, repented of its sin and turned to God. The case proves once and for all that no one should take credit when God works through him or her. God took extraordinary measures just to get Jonah to go to Nineveh. The prophet was used greatly, but not the way he wanted to be used. He didn’t want the people to repent or the city to be saved. His message was hard, and there was nothing winsome in his presentation of it. But the people did repent, and Nineveh’s well-earned destruction was put off for more than a century. Many evangelical Christians see Donald Trump’s rise to the presidency as a similar reprieve for the United States. Let’s suppose, for a moment, that President Trump is right on all the big policy positions he took in the campaign. I’m not saying it’s true, but try to imagine that President Trump will take the smartest possible positions on the economy, immigration, tax reform, the budget, environmental protection, foreign policy, security against terror, and the use of military power. No human is right all the time, but to prove a point, let’s take that leap of imagination and say that he is right on all these matters of policy.  Would that make us like Nineveh? Would that be our reprieve? No. Nineveh repented. Ninevites felt sorry for their sin, and they turned to God for their answers. Has America done that? Maybe you don’t think the United States deserves God’s judgment. After all, we’re not nearly as bad as some other countries. While that’s true, we need to remember the words of Jesus in Luke 12:48. “For everyone to whom much is given, from him much will be required.” (NKJV) Except for the nation of Israel — the original recipients of God’s word — no nation ever received more from the hand of God than the United States of America. That places the US at the highest level of responsibility before God. When Trump was sworn into office, did abortions stop? Almost sixty million unborn humans have been killed since Roe v. Wade. Sixty million is the population of New York City, Los Angeles, and Chicago… times four!

A theme runs through scripture. If you want to see God’s anger, harm the little ones. In Jeremiah 32:35, God said, “And they built the high places of Baal which are in the Valley of the Son of Hinnom, to cause their sons and their daughters to pass through the fire to Moloch, which I did not command them, nor did it come into My mind that they should do this abomination, to cause Judah to sin.” Moloch was a pagan idol. They thought they could appease him by sacrificing their children in his fires. Unthinkable as that sounds, the United States is not as different as you might hope. America sacrifices her children, too — not on the altar of a pagan god, but on the altar of convenience and self-centeredness. Did the election of Donald Trump change that? I hope so, but I’ve seen lots of anti-abortion presidents over the years, and it hasn’t stopped abortion. We harm the little ones in another way as well. We teach them the religion of humanism. We ingrain it in them. We teach them to disregard God and see the state as the provider of all good things. Our schools teach our little ones that there is no right and wrong, that all is relative. Schools ridicule God, the Bible, and those who believe in them. In talking about such harm to children, Jesus did not mince words. “Whoever causes one of these little ones who believe in Me to stumble, it is better for him that a heavy millstone be hung around his neck, and that he be drowned in the depth of the sea.” (Matthew 18:6 NASB) Sexual perversions and blood-soaked violence in the name of entertainment pours out of America every day, and floods the world. We are ripe for God’s judgment in these and hundreds of other areas. Can God use Donald Trump to help turn this country around? Yes, God can. So, pray for the new President. But don’t look to him for your hope. Look to God. May each of us who know the Lord, humble ourselves before Him, and pray for our nation, our families, our churches, our communities, and ourselves. Did you pray for Donald Trump when he was running for President? It is human nature to stop praying for him now that he has entered that office. But that would be a terrible mistake. If you love America, now is our time to pray for him as never before.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-21-2017/  

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 8-27-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Press and the President

By Hal Lindsey

On Wednesday, Senator Jeff Flake of Arizona made a much-hyped speech on the floor of the US Senate. He told the media what he would say, long before he actually said it. The speech’s rollout was orchestrated for maximum public impact. But, as these things go, the press showed far more interest in the hype than in the speech itself. Days before he took to the Senate floor, Flake told the news media that he would defend them against Donald Trump’s attacks. He even announced, well before the speech, that he would compare Trump to Soviet dictator and mass murderer, Joseph Stalin. Remember that Stalin was directly responsible for the murders of 40 million people — even more than Adolf Hitler. Flake focused his outrage on the President’s statement calling the mainstream media, “the enemy of the people.” “It is a testament to the condition of our democracy,” Flake said, “that our own president uses words infamously spoken by Josef Stalin to describe his enemies. It bears noting that so fraught with malice was the phrase ‘enemy of the people,’ that even Nikita Khrushchev forbade its use, telling the Soviet Communist Party that the phrase had been introduced by Stalin for the purpose of ‘annihilating such individuals’ who disagreed with the supreme leader.” Does Senator Flake really think President Trump plans on “annihilating” individuals with his criticism of the press? Who would that be? Certainly not the press. In the quote above, Flake did something even more bizarre. He held up Nikita Khrushchev as a model. How did Khrushchev treat dissident members of the press? He didn’t call them “enemies of the state.” Instead, he sent them to concentration camps. He executed them. Does anyone other than Jeff Flake think Khrushchev should be held up as a model when it comes to how a President should treat the press? Flake called the free press “the guardian of democracy.” To some extent, I agree. And because I agree, it is a sobering statement. To see what I mean, just look at the sorry state of the free press. Senator Flake said of America, “From our very beginnings, our freedom has been predicated on truth.” Again, the scary thing is that he’s right. In a government “of the people” and “by the people,” it is essential that people hear an accurate account of the news. Instead, we get biased opinion, and exaggeration. It’s all about getting Internet clicks, and pushing a political agenda. Too often, these goals require members of the press to circumvent truth. I’m not talking about opinion journalism. There’s an important role for that. But we also need the straight reporter who simply gives the facts. These days, such journalists are in short supply. At one point in the speech, Senator Flake began to confuse the “news media” with “truth.” He spoke of “the damage done by the sustained attack on the truth.” That conflation of terms shows a misunderstanding of truth. He said, “No president will ever have dominion over objective reality.” Of course not. Neither does the New York Times. Perhaps the most laughably ironic line in the speech was this one. “No politician will ever get to tell us what the truth is and is not.” Here he stands, a politician on the floor of the Senate, telling us his version of what the truth is and is not — while saying that, “No politician will ever get to tell us what the truth is and is not.” Politicians do get to tell us what they think is true. They do it incessantly. They complain when they don’t like what the media says about them, or their policies. They try to set us straight when other politicians say things they don’t like — just as Mr. Flake did in his speech. Lately several people in the media have quoted Thomas Jefferson saying, “The only security of all is in a free press.” But he later said, “Nothing can now be believed which is seen in a newspaper. Truth itself becomes suspicious by being put into that polluted vehicle.” Historian Joseph Ellis said of Jefferson, “In his second term, in response to serious criticism from the New England newspapers… he instructed the state attorney generals in New England to prosecute the newspaper editors for sedition.” President Trump criticizes the media. Yes, he once called them the “enemy of the people.” But lies really do hurt people. They are the enemy of democracy. And the media lie. They do it in many ways, and they do it on a regular basis. More effectively than anyone in memory, Donald Trump fights back. I assume Senator Flake does not really believe “the press” and “truth” are synonymous. He obviously sees the important, irreplaceable role of a free press in a free society. His speech implied that he believes in transparency. Anyone who believes that the press is fallible, yet important, should be happy when the press receives blistering criticism for its lies, and biases. Commentators keep saying that President Trump is unpatriotic for attacking the press. But when the press lies, isn’t it highly patriotic to attack those lies? I don’t agree with everything President Trump says on this issue. But there is nothing more American than criticizing the press. If you don’t agree, just ask Washington, Jefferson, or Lincoln. Jesus said, “The truth shall make you free.” In this case, here’s the truth. Many in the news media are willing to lie for their own economic and political purposes.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-19-2018/  

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 8-27-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hezbollah planning 'calculated strike' against Israel, but not war

A reaction "is being arranged in a way which wouldn't lead to a war that neither Hezbollah nor Israel wants."

By REUTERS August 27, 2019 19:11 3 minute read.

Hezbollah is preparing a "calculated strike" against its enemy Israel after suspected Israeli drones crashed in Beirut but it aims to avoid a new war, two sources allied to Hezbollah told Reuters on Tuesday. A reaction "is being arranged in a way which wouldn't lead to a war" that Hezbollah does not want, one of the sources said. "The direction now is for a calculated strike, but how matters develop, that's another thing." Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said on Tuesday Hezbollah leader Sayyed Hassan Nasrallah should "calm down" after Nasrallah said the Iranian-backed movement would respond to the crash of two drones in a Beirut suburb. In a speech on Sunday, Nasrallah described the drones, including one that had exploded, as the first Israeli attack in Lebanon since the two sides fought a month-long war in 2006. "I say to the Israeli army on the border from tonight, stand guard. Wait for us one, two, three, four days," Nasrallah said. One of the drones exploded near the ground, causing some damage to Hezbollah's media center in the southern suburbs of the capital which it dominates. Israeli officials have declined to comment when asked if Israel was responsible. "I heard what Nasrallah said. I suggest to Nasrallah to calm down. He knows well that Israel knows how to defend itself and to pay back its enemies," Netanyahu said in a speech. Precise details about where the drones were fired from have yet to emerge. Hezbollah has said the two drones were rigged with explosives after its experts took apart the first drone. Asked if Israel attacked any ground targets in Lebanon in recent days, Regional Cooperation Minister Tzachi Hanegbi, a member of Netanyahu's security cabinet, told Israeli Army Radio: "We of course did not respond to the accusations leveled at us. On their face, these things seem weird and intriguing. The media have reported this fact - that these are allegations that have no basis." Lebanon's Higher Defence Council, which includes the president, prime minister and army commander, convened on Tuesday and said the Lebanese have "the right to defend themselves against any attack." Israel deems the heavily armed Shi'ite Hezbollah movement the biggest threat across its border. In their 2006 war nearly 1,200 people, mostly civilians, died in Lebanon and 158 people died in Israel, mostly soldiers. Regional sources say that Israel and Hezbollah have formed an unwritten understanding that while they can exchange fire within Syria, any attacks within Lebanon or Israel are to be avoided lest they escalate to war. Israel has grown alarmed by the rising influence of its foe Iran during the war in neighboring Syria, where Tehran and Hezbollah provide military help to Damascus. Tehran also has wide sway in Iraq, where a grouping of Iraq's mostly Shi'ite Muslim paramilitary groups, many of which are backed by Iran, have blamed recent blasts at their weapons depots and bases on the United States and Israel. Lebanese President Michel Aoun said on Monday his country had a right to defend itself, likening Israeli drone strikes to a "declaration of war." Late on Saturday, Israeli air strikes killed two Lebanese Hezbollah fighters in Syria. Israel, which regularly strikes Iranian-linked targets in Syria, said it hit a compound controlled by Iran's Revolutionary Guards Quds force, accusing it of planning killer drone attacks. Netanyahu also issued warnings to Lebanon and Qassem Soleimani, commander of the Quds force, which the Israeli leader said aspires to destroy Israel. "Watch what you say, and moreover be careful about what you do," Netanyahu said. Andrea Tenenti, spokesman for the United Nations Interim Force in Lebanon (UNIFIL) that patrols the border with Israel, said the situation in the area remains quiet. "UNIFIL continues to work with the parties to ensure that there are no misunderstandings or incidents that may endanger the cessation of hostilities," Tenenti told Lebanon's state news agency NNA, referring to a U.N. Security Council resolution that called for an end to the fighting in 2006. In public comments during a visit on Sunday to Israel's north, where he met army commanders, Netanyahu appeared to hold out the prospect of targeting Lebanon directly for attack if Hezbollah struck Israel. "Any country that allows its territory to be used for aggression against Israel will face the consequences, and I repeat: the country will face the consequences," he said.

https://www.jpost.com/Breaking-News/Hezbollah-planning-calculated-strike-against-Israel-after-attacks-599843 

[ :: 5-6-15 pm service (fourth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. for the things that you saw this week are small in comparison to the things that you shall see. The warships shall increase; North Korea shall build another nuclear weapon making her nuclear weapons far greater than any other nation, people are not recognizing what is going on.  etc

:: 8-27-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Japan says North Korea developing warheads to penetrate missile defenses

3 Min Read August 27, 2019 / 2:50 AM / Updated a day ago

TOKYO (Reuters) - Pyongyang appears to be developing warheads to penetrate a ballistic missile shield defending Japan, the country’s defense chief said on Tuesday, pointing to the irregular trajectories of the latest missiles launched by North Korea. Defense Minister Takeshi Iwaya told a news conference Japan believes the rockets were a new short-range ballistic missile, according to a ministry spokesman who confirmed his comments carried by domestic media. Recent short-range missile tests by Pyongyang have stoked alarm in neighboring Japan even as U.S. President Donald Trump has dismissed the launches as unimportant. The United Nations Security Council discussed North Korea’s actions behind closed-doors on Tuesday at the request of Germany, France and Britain. The three countries condemned Pyongyang’s “repeated provocative launches” as violations of Security Council resolutions. “International sanctions must remain in place and be fully and strictly enforced until North Korea’s nuclear and ballistic missile programs are dismantled. It is vital that the Security Council shows unity in upholding its resolutions,” Germany, Britain and France said in a joint statement after the meeting. Saturday’s test firings came a day after Seoul said it was ending a military intelligence-sharing pact with Tokyo, amid a worsening spat over wartime forced labor. Iwaya and other Japanese officials called Seoul’s decision “irrational” as the threat posed by North Korea grows. Japan and the United States have Aegis destroyers deployed in the Sea of Japan armed with interceptor missiles designed to destroy warheads in space. Japan also plans to build two land-based Aegis batteries to bolster its ballistic missile shield. Those defense systems, however, are designed to counter projectiles on regular and therefore, predictable, trajectories, and any variation in flight path would make interception trickier. Detailed analysis of the latest North Korean launches was underway with the United States, an official of South Korea’s defense ministry said on Tuesday. Reporting by Tim Kelly in Tokyo; Additional reporting by Hyonhee Shin in Seoul and Michelle Nichols at the United Nations; Editing by Clarence Fernandez and Tom Brown

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-northkorea-missiles-japan/japan-says-north-korea-developing-warheads-to-penetrate-missile-defenses-idUSKCN1VH0IV 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 8-27-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s World Domination Gambit

More threatening, cunning and dangerous than you may think.

President Trump has confirmed he is considering an attempt to buy Greenland for strategic reasons. No, this is not an out-of-season April fool’s joke. Trump, it seems, hasn't forgotten his old job. Remember, before he became the president of the free world, the septuagenarian was the world's most-famous real estate developer. If the acquisition of the self-governed Danish territory comes to fruition, this would be a savvy piece of expansionism. Why? People can ridicule the president all they want, but Greenland is rich in natural resources, including iron ore, lead, zinc, diamonds, gold, rare-earth elements, uranium and oil, according to the Brookings Institution, a nonprofit public-policy organization in Washington, D.C. Anyway, why not? After all, the US acquired Louisiana from France, Florida from Spain, Alaska from Russia and much of its southwest from Mexico. Furthermore, in the 1860s, the U.S. nearly bought Greenland and Iceland. The idea, we’re told, was to surround Canada with U.S. territory and thus persuade it to join the U.S. In 1946, the U.S. tried to buy Greenland again, but the offer was rejected. Maybe, just maybe, it will be third time lucky. Whatever the outcome, when it comes to savvy expansionism, there is one country that appears to be far ahead of the United States. That country is China. Emerging in 1999, Beijing’s Going Global strategy sought to bid farewell to the Mao-era mindset of self-reliance, urging Chinese firms to take advantage of booming world trade and to invest in global markets. The idea that one government could commandeer sub regions in Asia, Europe and Africa, which account for 64 percent of world population and 30 percent of world GDP, might sound ludicrous. But try telling this to the Chinese government. Make no mistake, under Xi Jinping’s guidance, China is engaged in an ideological and economic venture; the country’s ambitions for global leadership couldn’t be clearer. Between 2005 and 2017, the combined value of China’s global investment in construction was $1.8Trillion. Construction of what, exactly? Four words: One Belt, One Road, otherwise known as the Belt and Road initiative. The Chinese Government is making a concerted effort to increase infrastructural, economic, and political connectivity between China and the other countries of Asia, Africa, and Europe. This is very much the New Silk Road — a multinational endeavor to exert a level of “smart power” throughout the Eurasian landmass. While other countries find themselves consumed by petty squabbles, Beijing officials discuss square footage, potential monetary gain, and militaristic strategies. As Sohail Khan notes, This initiative helps develop infrastructure in developing countries and also help China to invest (and own) infrastructure in the countries. Interestingly, if you look at the tops sectors in which China has invested till date, have been Energy, Transport, Real Estate and Metals — the key ingredients for developing infrastructure. Unsurprisingly, such a move has proved controversial in many Western capitals, particularly Washington. Many view it as a means for the Chinese to spread influence abroad and saddle countries with unimaginable levels of debt. Over the past decade, China’s lending to other countries has surged, causing debt levels to jump dangerously high. Worryingly, as much as half of such debt to developing economies is “hidden.” Why does this matter? According to a CNBC report, Such “hidden” debt means that the borrowing isn’t reported to or recorded by official institutions such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the World Bank, or the Paris Club — a group of creditor nations. According to a recent study carried out by the Kiel Institute, since the early 00’s, other countries’ debt owed to China has soared ten-fold, from less than $500 billion to more than $5 trillion — or from 1% of global economic output to more than 5%. The report ends on an ominous note: “This has transformed China into the largest official creditor, easily surpassing the IMF or the World Bank.” Estimates suggest that China, one of the most repressive countries in the world, now accounts for a quarter of total bank lending to emerging markets. Why is China so eager to loan money? Benevolence? Absolutely not. Perhaps you are familiar with the concept of indentured servitude, where an employee finds himself within a system of unfree labor. He (or she) is bound by a signed or forced contract for a fixed time. Escape is impossible. You are “owned” in every sense of the world. Is China operating its own form of indentured servitude? One assumes so, because the fascist leaders in Beijing are not known for acts of pure kindness. If in doubt, just look at the chaos in Hong Kong. Nefarious intentions, and not benevolence, explain China’s willingness to “help” other countries. After all, the US defense department expects China to add military bases around the world to protect its investments in its One Belt One Road initiative. Beijing currently has just one overseas military base, in Djibouti. However, officials are planning others, including one in Pakistan. China is clearly seeking to project itself as a global superpower. The One Belt One Road initiative could prove to be very dangerous.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/274687/chinas-world-domination-gambit-john-glynn 

:: 8-27-19 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judge Blocks Missouri Law Banning Abortions on Babies With Beating Hearts

State Micaiah Bilger Aug 27, 2019 | 2:26PM Jefferson City, MO

A federal judge blocked the new heartbeat law in Missouri on Tuesday, allowing the abortion industry to continue destroying unborn babies’ lives in the state. U.S. District Judge Howard Sachs’ order stops the state from enforcing most parts of the law, which prohibits abortions after 8 weeks when an unborn baby’s heartbeat is detectable, St. Louis Public Radio reports. However, his preliminary injunction does allow the state to enforce the non-discrimination section of the law, which protects unborn babies from being aborted because of their sex, race or a Down syndrome diagnosis, the report states. The law was slated to go into effect Wednesday, but Planned Parenthood and the American Civil Liberties Union sued to block it. The Missouri Stands For the Unborn Act (HB 126) prohibits abortions after 8 weeks, once an unborn baby’s heartbeat is detectable. However, it also includes incremental stages to ban abortions after 14 weeks, 18 weeks or 20 weeks if the earlier bans are overturned. In addition, it requires that both parents be notified before an underage girl has an abortion. It also includes a ban on discriminatory abortions based on an unborn baby’s sex, race or Down syndrome diagnosis, as well as a complete abortion ban once Roe v. Wade is overturned. Gov. Mike Parson signed it into law in May. Sachs blocked each of the incremental bans as well as the 8-week ban. “The various sections specifying prohibitions on abortions at various weeks prior to viability cannot be allowed to go into effect on August 28, as scheduled,” he wrote in his decision, The Hill reports. LifeNews depends on the support of readers like you to combat the pro-abortion media. Please donate now.  Students for Life of America President Kristan Hawkins said the lawsuit shows Planned Parenthood’s true nature. “This case in Missouri shows Americans all they need to know about the unscrupulous, predatory abortion lobby, headed by Planned Parenthood,” Hawkins said. “… the abortion lobby consistently does an end run around voters to go straight to agenda-driven judges. “Despite the fact that Missouri’s one abortion facility, a Planned Parenthood, has documented issues that cause harm to women, a judge has shamefully allowed it to continue operating without a license,” she continued. “This kind of blatant disregard for the people of America to have a voice on abortion policy is a result of the activism of the Supreme Court and will continue to motivate Americans at the ballot box.” The ACLU filed the lawsuit earlier this month after its attempt at a voter referendum petition to overturn the law failed. Earlier this week, the ACLU argued that the law would ban “the vast majority of pre-viability abortions” and prevent women from accessing “medical care,” the AP reports. It asked Sachs for a preliminary injunction to block the state from enforcing the law until the case can go to trial. Lawyers for the state said Missouri wants to protect unborn babies’ lives as well as women’s. They also argued that Planned Parenthood does not have standing to sue the state. According to the Missouri health department, 3,903 abortions were done in the state in 2017, and 119 of those were babies killed after 20 weeks. Polling released earlier this year by the Susan B. Anthony List found that 82 percent of Missouri voters – including 66 percent of Democrats, 83 percent of independents, 83 percent of women, and 61 percent of self-described pro-choice voters – support a law prohibiting late-term abortions (only 18 percent support allowing late-term abortions). The ACLU, Planned Parenthood and other pro-abortion groups are involved in similar lawsuits in Georgia, Alabama, Kentucky, Louisiana and Ohio. The Supreme Court took away the states’ ability to protect unborn babies from abortion under Roe v. Wade, and instead allowed abortion on demand through all nine months of pregnancy. Roe made the United States one of only seven countries in the world that allows elective abortions after 20 weeks. Some pro-lifers have renewed hope that the new conservative-majority U.S. Supreme Court will uphold an abortion ban and overturn Roe v. Wade. Others, however, are hesitant because of concerns about losing the court battle and being forced to reimburse pro-abortion groups for their legal fees.  It also is difficult to predict if the high court would take the case – especially after it recently refused to hear two other abortion-related cases.

https://www.lifenews.com/2019/08/27/judge-blocks-missouri-law-banning-abortions-on-babies-with-beating-hearts/ 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 8-27-19 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran's Rouhani rules out Trump meeting until US lifts sanctions

27 August 2019

Iranian President Hassan Rouhani has urged the United States to take the first step towards dialogue by lifting sanctions against Iran. "Without this step, this lock will not be unlocked," Mr Rouhani said.  He spoke a day after President Donald Trump said he was open to a meeting if the circumstances were right. Tensions between the US and Iran have escalated since Mr Trump abandoned a deal limiting Iran's nuclear activities last year and reinstated sanctions. He wants a new agreement that would place indefinite curbs on Iran's nuclear programme and also halt its development of ballistic missiles. Iran has refused.

Iran nuclear crisis in 300 words

Can the nuclear deal can be saved?

Iran and the crisis in the Gulf explained

Other world powers party to the 2015 deal - the UK, France, Germany, China and Russia - have tried to keep it alive. But the sanctions have caused Iran's oil exports to collapse, the value of its currency to plummet, and sent inflation soaring. After the US sought to reduce Iran's oil exports to zero earlier this year, it responded by suspending some commitments enshrined in the nuclear agreement. It has threatened to go further if its economy were not shielded from the sanctions' effects.

Skip Twitter post by @EmmanuelMacron Report End of Twitter post by @EmmanuelMacron

Iran has also been accused of attacking international shipping in the Gulf region.

What did Mr Trump say on Monday? At a joint news conference following the G7 summit in Biarritz, French President Emmanuel Macron said he had told Mr Rouhani by telephone that he was "convinced that an agreement can be found" if he agreed to meet Mr Trump. "What I hope is that in coming weeks... we can manage to make a summit happen." Mr Trump said such a meeting was realistic and revealed that talks were already under way potentially to provide Iran with credit from various countries to keep its economy afloat. "I have a good feeling. I think he [President Rouhani] is going to want to meet and get their situation straightened out. They are hurting badly." Mr Trump and Mr Rouhani are both due to attend the UN General Assembly in New York in September. It would be the first meeting between US and Iranian leaders since the 1979-81 US embassy hostage crisis.

What was Mr Rouhani's response? In a televised speech at an event in Tehran on Tuesday, the Iranian president said he was always ready for talks, but that "first the US should act by lifting all illegal, unjust and unfair sanctions imposed on Iran". He added: "If the US does not lift the sanctions and does not reject the wrong path that it has chosen, we will not witness any positive developments. The key for positive developments is in the hands of Washington." Mr Rouhani said that if Mr Trump's only concern was Iran gaining nuclear weapons, there was "nothing to worry about". "We're not after weapons of mass destruction, neither atomic nor chemical, and not because of your frown and admonition, but because of our beliefs and morals and the [Supreme] Leader's fatwa." Iran's Supreme Leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, reportedly issued a religious edict in 2003 saying the country rejected nuclear weapons. But the international community did not believe that Iran was not seeking to develop a nuclear bomb and negotiated the 2015 deal in an effort to prevent it from being able to do so.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-49481150

:: 8-22-19 RB Ministeries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A VIDEO/ARTICLE – WORLD LATEST PROPHETIC NEWS PRESENTATION – FRIDAY AUGUST 23rd 2019

August 22, 2019

Bible Prophecy Is Unfolding Right Before Our Very Eyes…2019

Israel strikes Hamas Targets-Russia & China caution US on Missile Test & More News

Gaza Palestinians Resume Mortar-Fire into Israel – TV7 Israel News 22.08.19

https://rbministries.com.au/a-videoarticle-world-latest-prophetic-news-presentation-friday-august-23rd-2019/ 

:: 8-21-19 WBTV 3 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Secretive warfare training being staged in 21 North Carolina counties, Army says

August 21, 2019 at 1:34 PM EDT - Updated August 21 at 1:34 PM

NORTH CAROLINA (Mark Price/Charlotte Observer) - A series of Special Forces military training exercises -- including gunfire with blanks -- is being staged across 21 North Carolina counties starting Aug. 30, and the Army is telling the public not to be alarmed at the suspicious-looking activity. Known as Robin Sage training, the unconventional warfare exercises can be likened to live-action role playing in the extreme, with hostile engagement playing out between Special Forces students, volunteer civilians and soldiers out of Fort Bragg. It continues through Sept. 12, said a press release. Heavily populated counties like Wake, Cumberland and Union counties are among training sites, according to the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center at Fort Bragg. The students will match wits with more seasoned soldiers, who will “act as realistic opposing forces and guerrilla freedom fighters,” officials said in a release. Advance notice has become a critical part of the program since one soldier was killed and another wounded in 2002 by a Moore County deputy who mistook the exercises for criminal activity. A similar Fort Bragg military exercise in 1997 created panic in Charlotte, when uptown residents were terrified by the sounds of 100 commandos attacking a warehouse. The “urban warfare” assault incorporated helicopters and “simulated bombs and gunfire,” the Charlotte Observer reported. The exercises starting next week will involve engagements against a fictitious country known as Pineland, officials said. Staging areas will be largely on private land in 10 of the 21 counties, but the others may feel some impact, officials said. The 21 counties include Alamance, Anson, Cabarrus, Chatham, Cumberland, Davidson, Davie, Guilford, Harnett, Hoke, Lee, Montgomery, Moore, Randolph, Richmond, Robeson, Rowan, Scotland, Stanly, Union and Wake counties, officials said.  Local law enforcement agencies and government officials have been alerted, a release said. “Residents may hear blank gunfire and see occasional flares. Controls are in place to ensure there is no risk to persons or property,” officials said. “Residents with concerns should contact local law enforcement officials, who will immediately contact exercise control officials.” Unconventional warfare tactics call for the students to “wear civilian clothes,” but the public will be able to identify them by “a distinctive brown armband,” officials said. Vehicles will be labeled, too, along with training areas, a release noted. “Robin Sage is the U.S. military’s premiere unconventional warfare exercise and the final test of over a year’s worth of training for aspiring Special Forces soldiers,” according to the press release. “Candidates are placed in an environment of political instability characterized by armed conflict, forcing Soldiers to analyze and solve problems to meet the challenges of this ‘real-world’ training.”

https://www.wbtv.com/2019/08/21/secretive-warfare-training-being-staged-north-carolina-counties-army-says/ 

:: 8-21-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Death By a Thousand Cuts Brought to You By Soros, Antifa, the Cartels and the UN

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Wednesday, August 21, 2019 - 14:24.

I am certain that many will remember when, several months ago, I ran the story about how the cartels were imitating military personnel inside the United States. Do you also remember this photo which proves the point in which these cartel members were pretending to be US Marines as they brought their drug shipments across the border. I have a DEA agent confirm that this is becoming common practice. People ask me why I frequently write stories on events in foreign countries as they are only interested in domestic events. The answer to that question is both simple and complex. First and foremost, there are ongoing beta tests occurring in many countries and domestically. These beta tests are designed to help take down the United States, piece by piece and many of these events are the dress rehearsal. This is a type of “death by a thousand cuts” approach to help bring down America so the New World Order can firmly take over the world. Our freedoms and 400 million guns cannot be tolerated as they are a roadblock to this goal. The beta tests are everywhere for what is coming. For example, do you remember the role of crockpots in the Boston Marathon Bombing false flag event? The reason that I recently covered the NYC discovery of several crockpots placed in and around the NY subways, which forced multiple evacuations, was to emphasize that this was indeed a beta test for a future false flag events. I believe that they, the Deep State members, were checking for response times and evacuation patterns in order to maximize casualties. If one has followed the work at the CSS for any length of time, it should be clear how the Chinese and the ANC, the ruling party in South Africa, are practicing small scale genocide against White farmers, while plundering their resources. I have repeatedly covered on this site how the Chinese, on behalf of the UN will one day be attempting to occupy this country. South Africa is a quiet beta test as well for what is going to occur here. This is why you hear so much from the media and “the squad” about the evil white men of America. Further, I have previously covered the imitation of American military personnel by the cartels as a beta test as well. Well, this is about to kick into high gear and the widespread violence that I have been warning about is ramping up. As CSS researcher, Marilyn Rupar, has pointed out, the cartels “are now OPENLY running Mexico”. Unfortunately, for the Mexican people, rich and poor, this the new and accepted way of life.

Marilyn Rupar forwarded me information that I have confirmed with a private sources that “The CJNG (New Generation Jalisco Cartel) is now the most brutal of all the cartels and they have even surpassed the Sinaloas or ISIS. Mexico is attempting to adopt the persona as a country which follows the rule of law. However, the Mexican National Guard (GN), the Mexican Federal Police (FN) and all branches of the military and their associates. drive around Mexico in their vehicles making an appearance of law and order, but there is no law. There is no order, as Marilyn put it. “Mexico is now completely LAWLESS”. And the Mexican proxy forces, beholding to the Chinese and the UN, are leading the way at destabilizing America. The Mexican media is the same as MSNBC and the rest of the American MSM. They have a few reports showing the police/military doing periodic and infrequent drug busts, but it is all for show. This is the cost of doing business for the cartels. And the cartels are are growing in power. Mexican president, AMLO, has supposedly increased his law enforcement and military on the highways and communities, however the Mexican cartels continue to decapitate, dismember, kidnap, extort, and terrorize towns for hours and days at a time with shoot outs that kills innocent civilians. The AMLO fix is in as there are no reports of the authorities reining in the cartels. And since the Cartels are imitating law enforcement in Mexico, and BP and military in the US, it is logical to assume the same is getting ready to happen here. In a recent border war event this past week, the GN and police were parked outside of a town while the cartels had a massive shoot out for many hours...bullets flying everywhere...It was an open shoot out in the street while the towns people hunkered down in their homes as reported by Borderland Beat. Here is where every American should become very concerned. The cartels now wearing military uniforms. These events are building upon the previous CSS reports showing how we will be invaded at our southern border. Let’s connect some dots. Who is behind the mass immigration into the United States which includes, in part, ISIS, Africans, Cubans, MS-13, and the cartels? It is George Soros and the United Nations and their Migration Pact. Who is behind the increasingly sophistication of ANTIFA? Again, it is George Soros. And every American should grow concerned at ANTIFA’s growing level of organization. They are uniformed and act in concert with each other. I have intel which also states that some in their ranks are being trained in chemical and biological attacks. At its core ANTIFA is linked, in purpose, with the UN, the cartels, the Mexican National Guard (NG) in their pursuit to take America down. Remember, as I have documented several times on this site, the NG was trained by the United Nations. What a coincidence! Or, I should say, what a coordinated effort the US is facing in trying to maintain its sovereignty. Further, I have documented on this site, that this past July, that Wei Fenghe, the Chinese Defense Minister told the CCP that they planned to occupy the US and exterminate as many Americans as possible. Also, along these lines, Marilyn Rupar and myself have published convincing evidence that the drug cartels answer to China. China is also involved in CALEXIT, the illegal attempt for California to withdraw from the United States and this would economically cripple the country’s food supply and retail economy I asked a senior law enforcement official why the Mexicans were imitating American LEO’s. He told me that their infiltration would allow them to set up concentric rings around a terrorist event, while appearing to be official first responders, and then kill as many of the first responders as possible. I believe, based on these revelations, the false flag shootings will soon move to terrorist events and these infiltrators will rear their ugly heads. What is going on in America today, is an orchestrated plot to take this country down. It’s hard to take this country down because we are so powerful, so immense in our scope. People have asked me: How many plots are there to bring down the US? 50? 100? 500? The answer is that there is a seemingly unlimited amount of ways that we are being attacked and will be attacked in the future.  The propensity of the NG to imitate America Border Patrol and military personnel is simply one way to produce mass mayhem. Many of us in the alt media have said that we are in a revolution, it’s just that the mass killing has not started, but its about to. Too many dots are connecting and they all point to bringing America down piece by piece. Again, this is death by a thousand cuts.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/death-thousand-cuts-brought-you-soros-antifa-cartels-and-un 

:: 8-21-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Donald Trump boasts that Israeli Jews love him like 'the second coming of God' as he quotes conspiracy theorist who claims American Jews 'don't know what they're doing or saying' amid escalating row over president calling Democratic Jews 'disloyal'

President Donald Trump quoted conservative radio host Wayne Allen Root, who has backed numerous conspiracy theories

On Tuesday Trump said Jews who vote for Democrats either have a total lack of knowledge or are 'disloyal,' prompting furious pushback from Jewish groups

Trump quoted Root saying he was the 'greatest President for Jews and for Israel in the history of the world'

He said Jews 'love him like he is the second coming of God' – which is a reference to the return of Jesus Christ

Root says Trump is good for 'all Jews, Blacks, Gays, everyone'

Root backed the conspiracy theory that Barack Obama wasn't born in the U.S. and another about the murder of a DNC staffer

By Geoff Earle, Deputy U.s. Political Editor For Dailymail.com Published: 09:20 EDT, 21 August 2019 | Updated: 19:02 EDT, 21 August 2019

President Donald Trump tweeted out unrestrained praise of himself Wednesday by a conservative radio host who said Israeli Jews revere him 'like he is the second coming of God.' The president blasted out the praise of him just hours after he set off a furor by saying any American Jews who vote for Democrats are 'disloyal' – drawing howls of protest from Jewish groups who said the comments resurrected 'dual loyalty' tropes. “Thank you to Wayne Allyn Root for the very nice words,' Trump began, quoting the author and host who has promoted conspiracies about President Barack Obama and other topics. 'President Trump is the greatest President for Jews and for Israel in the history of the world, not just America, he is the best President for Israel in the history of the world...and the Jewish people in Israel love him...like he’s the King of Israel,' Trump's tweet continued. 'They love him like he is the second coming of God...But American Jews don’t know him or like him. They don’t even know what they’re doing or saying anymore. It makes no sense! But that’s OK, if he keeps doing what he’s doing, he’s good for...all Jews, Blacks, Gays, everyone. And importantly, he’s good for everyone in America who wants a job,' Trump continued, quoting Root. Then the president added: 'Wow!,' and attached the Twitter handles of favorite outlets NewsMax, Fox and Friends, and OANN. Trump blasted out the praise after critics decried the president for weaponizing anti-Semitism and exercising the offensive trope that questions the loyalty of Jewish citizens. His heated tirade questioning Jewish Democrats comes as an attack on liberal 'Squad' members Reps. Rashida Tlaib and Ilhan Omar after they were barred from entering Israel for their outspoken support of boycotts against the nation and support of Palestine. In his heated Oval Office remarks Tuesday, Trump said: 'I think any Jewish people that vote for a Democrat, I think it shows either a total lack of knowledge or a great disloyalty.' 'Five years ago, the concept of even talking about this - even three years ago - of cutting off aid to Israel because of two people that hate Israel and hate Jewish people - I can't believe we're even having this conversation.'  'Where has the Democratic Party gone? Where have they gone where they are defending these two people over the state of Israel?' he added, alluding that Jewish people who vote for Democrats are anti-Israel. Trump has also called squad members the 'face' of the Democratic party. Many evangelical Christians have embraced the idea that the return of Jews to the biblical land of Israel is in keeping with a Biblical prophecy and signals the second coming of Jesus Christ. Jews are monotheists who don't believe in the second coming, which is described in the New Testament, not the Hebrew bible.  Root has backed numerous conspiracy theories, including one previously pushed by Trump that Obama wasn't born in the United States, and a conspiracy theory that the murder of former Democratic staffer Seth Rich was orchestrated by Democrats during the campaign. On Tuesday night, an outraged Sen. Bernie Sanders, who is Jewish and is running for president on the Democratic ticket, slammed the president for his remarks while speaking at a rally in Sioux Falls. Iowa. 'Let me say this to the President. I am a proud Jewish person and I have no concerns about voting Democratic and in fact I intend to vote for a Jewish man to become the next president of the United States,' Sanders said to uproarious applause. Other Jewish groups also slammed the president. 'It's unclear who @POTUS is claiming Jews would be 'disloyal' to, but charges of disloyalty have long been used to attack Jews. As we've said before, it's possible to engage in the democratic process without these claims. It's long overdue to stop using Jews as a political football,' Anti-Defamation League CEO Jonathan Greenblatt tweeted Tuesday evening. 'Yet another example of @realDonaldTrump continuing to weaponize and politicize anti-Semitism. At a time when anti-Semitic incidents have increased - due to the president's emboldening of white nationalism - Trump is repeating an anti-Semitic trope,' Halie Soifer, executive director of the Jewish Democratic Council of America, tweeted Tuesday. 'Trump needs a reality check. We live in a democracy, and Jewish support for the Republican Party has been halved in the past four years,' she added. The Jewish Democratic Council of America said: 'Today's remarks are another example of [Trump] weaponizing & politicizing anti-Semitism for perceived political gain. It won't work.' 'A reminder that the Tree of Life synagogue shooter murdered 11 Jews on Shabbos because of their congregation's social justice work and support for immigrant rights. the President's labeling of liberal Jews as disloyal is a validation of this kind of violence. It's chilling,' one Twitter user said. On the flip side, the Republican Jewish Coalition defended Trump's statement on Tuesday. 'President Trump is right, it shows a great deal of disloyalty to oneself to defend a party that protects/emboldens people that hate you for your religion,' the group said. Trump's comments sparked outrage within the Jewish community, even though his own daughter Ivanka, son-in-law Jared Kushner, and their children are Jewish. The president's remarks saying that Jewish Americans should vote Republican, contradict facts that show that Democrats have secured the Jewish vote overwhelmingly in the past elections. Hillary Clinton won the Jewish vote with 71 per cent in the 2016 election and Jewish voters went for Democratic candidates by 79 per cent in the 2018 midterms. The voting bloc has long favored Democrats. According to Pew Research, Democratic presidential candidates have won the Jewish vote by strong double digits going back to Al Gore in 2000. Trump has previously suggested that Jewish Americans have a dual loyalty to the US and Israel. When speaking to the Republican Jewish Coalition in April he said Benjamin Netanyahu was 'your prime minister'.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7379429/Trump-boasts-Israeli-Jews-love-like-second-coming-God-quotes-conspiracy-theorist.html 

[ :: 5-6-15 pm service (fourth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. for the things that you saw this week are small in comparison to the things that you shall see. The warships shall increase; North Korea shall build another nuclear weapon making her nuclear weapons far greater than any other nation, people are not recognizing what is going on. But I say unto you, do not fear, for you will not see a nuclear war here, you will not see some of the things that shall take place overseas here etc

:: 8-21-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Japan warns North Korea now has miniaturized nukes small enough to fit on its ballistic missiles and is a 'serious and imminent threat'

Tokyo defence chiefs warn about North Korea's capabilities in a new white paper

Japan's assessment of Pyongyang's nuclear tech is an upgrade from last year

South Korea and the U.S. also believe the North has been miniaturising warheads

By Tim Stickings For Mailonline and Reuters Published: 05:57 EDT, 21 August 2019 | Updated: 07:55 EDT, 21 August 2019

North Korea has miniaturised nuclear warheads and made them small enough to fit on ballistic missiles, Japan believes. Tokyo defence chiefs warn in a new white paper that North Korea's military activities pose a 'serious and imminent threat'. In last year's report Japan said it was 'possible' that North Korea had achieved miniaturisation, but Tokyo now appears to have upgraded its assessment, according to Japanese newspaper Yomiuri. Japan is seen as a 'primary target' of nearby North Korea's weapons capabilities and fears that Pyongyang's nuclear programme is 'growing unabated', experts say. The latest findings come alongside newly-released pictures which suggest a North Korean plant may be leaking hazardous waste into a nearby river. The Japanese report highlights the lack of progress on denuclearisation talks, said Vipin Narang, a nuclear affairs expert at MIT. 'It is Japan that is most threatened, and probably the primary target of such a capability,' he said. 'So openly acknowledging it underscores Tokyo's acute fears that North Korea's nuclear program continues to grow unabated with no foreseeable plan to slow its growth, let alone eliminate them.' The report is due to be approved at a Cabinet meeting in Japan in mid-September. In last year's Defence White Paper, Japan said 'miniaturising a nuclear weapon small enough to be mounted on a ballistic missile requires a considerably high degree of technological capacity'. However, they said 'it is possible that North Korea has achieved the miniaturisation of nuclear weapons and has developed nuclear warheads.' Japan's latest findings are similar to those of its allies, America and South Korea. The South said in a 2018 defence paper that North Korea's ability to miniaturise nuclear weapons 'appears to have reached a considerable level.' American officials have concluded for years that North Korea had likely produced miniaturised nuclear warheads. South Korean intelligence bosses believe that the North continued to miniaturise nuclear warheads even after the Singapore summit between Trump and Kim in June 2018, according to Korean media. At that time, North Korea committed 'to work toward complete denuclearisation of the Korean peninsula' and destroyed some tunnels and buildings at its Punggye-ri nuclear test site. However, a second Trump-Kim meeting in February collapsed without an agreement, and North Korea has since resumed missile tests amid angry exchanges of rhetoric between the two countries. Hopes for a breakthrough were revived when Trump and Kim shook hands in an impromptu meeting in the border zone on June 30. At that meeting, Trump became the first sitting U.S. President to step over the border into North Korean territory. But matters have since worsened again amid a row over military drills in South Korea. There are close to 30,000 US troops stationed in South Korea and their annual drills with tens of thousands of South Korean soldiers have always infuriated the North. Washington has insisted on complete denuclearisation as a condition for lifting punishing U.S. sanctions. Stephen Biegun, the U.S. envoy on North Korea, was in Seoul this week to meet with South Korean officials, and said he was prepared to engage with North Korea 'as soon as we hear from our counterparts.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7378849/Japan-warns-North-Korea-miniaturized-nukes.html 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 8-20-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Is What They Won't Tell Us: 'Red Flag Laws' Will Be 'Weaponized' For Political Purposes While Any Mass Gun Confiscation In America Would Lead To Dictatorship

- Authoritarians Have Always Understood That 'Gun Control' Is 'Political Control'

By John C. Velisek, US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline  August 20, 2019

Authoritarians have always understood that gun control is political control, and know that they cannot be free of fear without making an effort to disarm the civilian population. Without the disarmament of patriotic Americans by whatever means necessary, they will not be able to force the agenda they need to force socialism on the America people. They do understand that forced confiscation will not work although they use that as a last resort. They seem to think that the military, law enforcement, and government brownshirts will back them up. Most military, local law enforcement and even a vast majority of federal law enforcement are pro-gun. The reality is that any effort to force American patriots to give up the firearms that have will result in a bloody civil war with many deaths on both sides. The language that the progressive leftists, body guarded celebrities, and academia use are nothing more than words that are meant to produce fear. Ignorant people are fed propaganda that guns are dangerous and look dangerous. I have yet to hear what an "assault weapon" is. There is no definition because it is a term used by anti-gun activists to make people fear guns. All the descriptions that I hear for the term are based on appearance or function. Assault weapons is a term with no correct definition, and it is not meant to. Already some anti-gun activists are pushing for the complete confiscation of all semi-automatic weapons without explaining that almost 95% percent of all weapons in the country are semi-automatic. If you pull the trigger once and it fires once, that is semi-automatic. Low information voters fail to understand that the covers the vast array of rifles and pistols in the country. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Red Flag Laws, the newest idea to confiscate the firearms of American patriots, will be based on the information gathered by neighbors, ex-girlfriends, member of your family that may disagree with you politically. There is no due process in the red flag laws that are being implemented in many of the states at present. Federal grants to assist in these red flag laws will be nothing more than an incentive to confiscate guns for the very least of reasons. The slippery slope of the red flag laws long wanted by the progressive socialist will eventually lead to confiscation for parking tickets, DUI's, or any other reason they can fit in the narrative. Universal background checks in the past have been a failure. Progressive socialist talk of gun shows and private sales, but ignore that many states do not report criminal convictions to the FBI, the department in charge of making the NICS system work. What the leftists want is to use the NICS as an expansion that they can later use for a federal registry of all guns. The progressive socialists have talked of implementing a licensing authority that will do nothing but make more money for the state. The information comes from the same NICS that is a failure now, so why would the result be any better? Even the ultra-liberal news outlet VOX has stated “A growing body of research suggests that comprehensive background checks won’t do much, if anything, to combat gun violence in America.” The Violence Prevention Research Program at UC Davis and the John Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health have looked at the impact of California gun control laws and have found they have no effect. The anti-gun activists won't tell you this. They are hoping that the American people can be scared into following the edicts they propose to place on the American gun owner. Mental illness is also being looked at as a way to curtail mass shootings. Being based on subjective criteria, many psychiatrists squabble over what the diagnoses may be. What was abnormal a few years ago may now be considered normal, as we see in many areas of our society. Since 2006, and the publication of a book from a biologist Richard Dawkins called “The God Delusion”, the 'progressive socialists' have pushed to have those of religious conviction considered delusional. In his book, Dawkins used the definition of delusion as “a persistent false belief held in the face of strong contradictory evidence. He called religious belief as a symptom of a psychiatric disorder.” Progressive socialist neurologist Kathleen Turner at Oxford University suggests that we will soon have the opportunity to treat religious belief as a form of mental illness harmful to society. I find it troubling that the elites think that religion must be treated and that religious person may someday be "cured." I don't know who this lady is, but I do not understand the attitude that I, as a religious believer, needs to be cured. I am a Christian, and I am a gun owner. To have some atheistic new age power-hungry knuckle-dragging animal tell me that I need to be cured is insulting. I abide by the rules, both made by man and God, and I will not allow the infringement of my right by someone who is not working to bring people together but on pulling people apart. I am not mentally deficient and will continue to keep my firearms. Every time there is a mass shooting, countless "experts" come out of the woodwork blaming the law-abiding citizen for the mass shooting. There is an argument that can counter the false narrative of the gun grabbers. The government is not able to protect the citizens of this country. We have even had courts proclaim that it is not a law enforcement job to protect us. So if the government cannot protect us, it is the individual citizens' duty to defend himself and look out for the safety of his family and those around him or her. This should not be left to the government to determine the best way to accomplish this goal. Irrefutable proof is available from a CDC study that was never released about Defensive gun use. In April 2018, Reason magazine published a story about Defensive gun use on the information provided by Florida State University criminologist Gary Kleck which proved that Defensive gun use outnumbered guns used offensively by criminals more than 3.5 to one. There are steps that the government can take to help the citizen accomplish this goal. They could encourage gun ownership for the law-abiding citizens and train those who need it in the proper way to use a gun, the legal ramifications involved, and gun safety. It must be emphasized that the use of a firearm is only justified when threatened with violence to the citizen. Self-defense is always a justification, and if carried out in a national way where many are armed, the mass shootings will slow or hopefully even cease. No gun zones are a farce making targets on innocent people. If they cannot or will not do away with gun-free zones, retired military or law enforcement should be armed as guards in gun-free areas. Triggered snowflakes who demand that no firearms should be anywhere near a gun-free zone need to answer what they will do if a shooter should appear. Will the try to negotiate or run. The mass shootings we have seen in the past and makeup over 95% of all mass shootings show that the individuals that carry out the reprehensible acts do not want to talk but want to kill. An individuals right to keep and bear arms has been the mainstay of our governing principles. There are some that are under the impression that our Founding fathers did not mean for individual citizens to have the capacity to own firearms. Just a few thoughts from our founding fathers- “That no man should scruple, or hesitate a moment, to use arms in defence of so valuable a blessing on which all the good and evil of life depends, is clearly my opinion” -George Washington to George Mason 1769

“No free man shall ever be disbarred the use of arms" -Thomas Jefferson 1776

“I ask who are the militia? They consist of the whole of the people" –George Mason 1788

It appears to me that there is no argument against the individual citizen’s right to bear arms.

John Veliseks’ new book “One Patriots Opinion- for the Forgotten Men and Women of America” is now available on Kindle/Nook. Patriots! It is time to fight back. https://www.amazon.com/One-Patriots-Opinion-Forgotten-America-ebook/dp/B07KRW56SB

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Right_To_Bear_Arms_Against_Dictators.php 

:: 8-21-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IT’S HERE! The GREAT TERROR Has Arrived! History WARNED US And We Let Stalin’s PURGE Begin Anyway!

By Justus Knight on August 21, 2019

Please watch the video below for the full story & don’t forget to subscribe!

It’s started, any many still deny it’s existence. Have we not studied the History books, to realize what has happened before is happening again? Right before our eyes the tactics Stalin used during his Great Terror / The Great Purge are happening again. The only difference is the technology now available to accomplish the same goals. I will walk you; step by step through how Stalin removed from existence everyone who disagreed with him and how they are doing it now. We are walking side by side with history and we need to wake up before the physical purge begins. DON’T FORGET TO ASSURE THE BELL IS CHECKED SO YOU ALERTED TO MY NEW BROADCASTS!! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/08/21/its-here-the-great-terror-has-arrived-history-warned-us-and-we-let-stalins-purge-begin-anyway/ 

:: 8-22-19 Guns in the News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Here’s What Trump’s Red Flag Laws Really Look Like: Connecticut Man’s Firearms Seized Because His Son Shared a Meme on Facebook

Guns In The News / August 22, 2019

Due to the recent mass shootings, there is a major push for so-called “red flag” gun laws at both the state and federal levels. These laws are the latest tool for gun control advocates to confiscate guns from people based upon only tips and suspicion. No crime has to be committed to trigger an investigation or confiscation. Red flag laws violate multiple rights protected by our constitution. The Hill has an excellent article on how red flag laws violate more than the 2nd Amendment, including: Hopefully you’ll never commit a mass shooting, murder, or violent assault. But while you might not have a criminal connection to such individuals, you do share at least one thing in common: you both have unalienable rights. The right to face your accuser. The right to due process. The right to protection against unreasonable searches and seizures. Every one of these rights are explicitly violated under red flag laws. (source) What could possibly go wrong? Just ask Brandon Wagshol and his dad, from the anti-gunner haven state, Connecticut. Brandon’s No Innocent Angel Before I write anything else, let me be clear. Wagshol is not some squeaky-clean, innocent angel. He wrote some vile racist and transphobic tweets. He also seemed to taunt the FBI in his tweets, which certainly isn’t the smartest thing in the world to do. That being said, holding bigoted views is not the same things as acting on those views. Voicing his bigoted opinions, while disgusting, is not a criminal act. The First Amendment protects his right to voice his hate in the same way that it protects flag burning. No one has to like it, but it’s not a criminal act. Wagshol may also have been caught in a few lies made on Facebook. According to Norwalk police Lt. Terry Blake: A Facebook page for the younger Wagshol said he was a former U.S. Marine and worked at the Department of Homeland Security as a janitor. Blake said both of these statements on Facebook are untrue. (source) Wagshol also admitted to purchasing four 30-round magazines at a Bass Pro Shop in New Hampshire to circumvent Connecticut law limiting magazines to ten rounds. Wagshol is now facing four felony counts for possessing those magazines. Whether or not you support Connecticut’s ban on 30-round magazines, he will be found guilty under current CT law for possessing them. Finally, Wagshol did admit to ordering a kit to build an AR. A lot of preppers and gun enthusiasts have done the exact same thing. That’s more than understandable with the government chomping at the bit to enact more gun control. Wagshol will likely be in legal trouble in CT for that too. Be Careful What You Post on Social Media This is where a “concerned citizen” stepped in. Wagshol shared a meme on Facebook that someone found scary. According to News12 Connecticut: FBI investigators say the Norwalk Police Department received a tip about Wagshol’s activity from a concerned citizen. The joint investigation began after the FBI received a tip that Wagshol was trying to buy high capacity magazines from out of state. Police say all the weapons recovered from the home are legally owned and registered to Wagshol’s father, but that the 22-year-old had access to them. Investigators also recovered body armor with a titanium plate, camouflage shirt, pant and belt, ballistic helmet, tactical gloves, camouflage bag and computers. (source)

That’s right. The confiscated guns belong to his father. The son “had access” to them by living in the same house, but they are his father’s property. His father didn’t do anything wrong, but his property has been seized nonetheless. This might be a good time to remind your own kids, both young and adult, to watch what they say on social media because it has real-world implications. Let’s take a look at those other confiscated items, shall we? Camouflage clothing, body armor, gloves, bags, and computers are all legal to own. Listing it all, however, sure makes it sound super-scary. But, seriously, how much danger were people facing from that camouflage bag? What kind of firearms were confiscated? I bet you’re expecting to read a long list of firearms. The media spin has been predictable. CNN said “numerous” firearms were confiscated. The Washington Post described the weapons confiscated as a “cache” However, according to the Hartford Courrant: Inside the condominium, authorities reported seizing a .40-caliber handgun, a .22-caliber rifle, a rifle scope with laser, firearm optics and flashlights, along with hundreds of rounds of ammunition. They also found body armor with a titanium plate, and tactical attire, police said. So, two firearms. That’s what we’re talking about. And, the rifle takes the smallest rounds possible. It’s the kind of round you use plinking or to shoot squirrels or small pests. Who doesn’t have this stuff kicking around?

What Kind of Post Gets Your Guns Seized? Even though Wagshol has denied having any intent to commit a mass shooting, several news outlets have reported that Wagshol made a Facebook post about wanting to commit a mass shooting, including CNNand The Washington Post. So, what was this scary Facebook post that led to Wagshol’s arrest? Good question. There doesn’t seem to be one. The “concerned citizen” reported a Facebook post regarding buying 30-round magazines. However, no post has surfaced stating Wagshol wanted them for a mass shooting. The police claim, however, that Wagshol was indeed planning a mass murder. From the Hartford Courrant: Norwalk police Lt. Terry Blake said Wagshol had posted on Facebook that he “was into planning a mass murder.” (source) From the CTPost Police claimed Wagshol made social media posts showing an interest in mass shootings, but did not specify any particular posts. (source) According to Wagshol’s lawyer, Stamford attorney Darnell Crosland, the police failed to cite any actual Facebook posts in the official report. Crosland also said the report did not include any of Wagshol’s Facebook posts in question. “What I understand is that he didn’t make any comments on Facebook, but there might have been other memes, as they call it, that he might have re-posted, but he didn’t make a statement on Facebook as related to any mass shooting.” (source) Some readers here may also be familiar with the Facebook page, Uncle Sam’s Misguided Children. Their page posted an article from their website with the potential offending meme. The article goes on to clarify what those terms mean. “Boogaloo” – a slang term for shit-hits-the-fan, or government gone bad and they’re coming for you, time to fight back. Boogaloo toys refers to guns. The opposite of “bugging out.” “Alphabet bois” – ATF, FBI, DEA, etc. “Coat hanger sears” – hand-crafted drop-in auto sears for an AR. Could this be the offending post? Maybe, maybe not. The article from Uncle Sam’s Misguided Children also says Instagram has blacklisted the term, “boogaloo”. However, I was able to search Instagram and find both the hashtag and multiple users with “boogaloo” as part of their name. So, that doesn’t seem to be entirely accurate. The CTPost stated the “concerned citizen” reported Wagshol’s posts after talking about getting the 30-round magazines from out of state that are illegal in Connecticut. RELATED: DOJ Slings Mud At NRA To Distract From Fast & Furious Fiasco Regardless if it was the above-mentioned meme, or a post about magazines which were banned in CT, neither mention mass shootings. If it is, how many times have we seen similar memes shared by prepper friends or by fellow members in prepper groups on social media or prepper forums? Rights for Some, Or Rights for All? Red flag laws are unconstitutional on multiple levels. I know lots of people believe they are necessary. But, we make better decisions when we keep things logical and constitutional, not emotional and reaching. Here’s what we know:

Wagshol is a 22-year old man, attending college, living with his 2A-supporting dad.

This 22-year old holds some hostile and bigoted views.

He also holds some anti-government views.

He has lied about prior military status and employment history.

He decided that his state of residence has imposed unconstitutional laws that violate his second amendment rights and chose to ignore them buy buying 30-round magazines from a Bass Pro shop in NH and ordering an AR kit from CA.

Someone reported a meme he shared to police under Connecticut’s “red flag law”.

An investigation took place without his knowledge, and his father’s firearms have been confiscated along with some clothing and gear.

The official report does not include any specific Facebook posts, never mind Facebook posts discussing mass shootings.

He has been banned from the college campus he attends until after the investigation.

I know I’m going to catch some flak for this assessment, and that’s ok. I’m fine with holding unpopular opinions. I try to remain consistent in my libertarian views, regardless of what’s popular or not.

But, constitutionally-protected rights apply to everyone, even jerks with bigoted views. We’ve got an angry, young man who has run his mouth on social media combined with a general atmosphere of fear over mass shootings and firearms in general. Someone got freaked out and reported him under CT’s “red flag” law. Rather than moving to a state where the laws reflect his values, he chose to violate the law and obtain banned magazines and a kit for a banned gun. These were only found during the confiscation, which was the result of a ruling that denied him and his father (who legally owned the guns) due process. The confiscation violated multiple constitutionally-protected rights. Regardless of what is or isn’t constitutional, he’s still in jail. While Wagshol doesn’t sound like someone I would want to spend much time with, he still has civil rights which appear to have been violated. Many would say that because of his views toward other races or towards transsexuals, that alone is enough to constitute a credible threat of violence. Except, that it isn’t. There is a difference between saying, “I don’t like you” and “I am personally going to harm you.” Red flag laws are pure “Thought Police” and “Pre-Crime Division” stuff. 1984 and The Minority Report were supposed to be warnings, not blueprints.

We either have rights for all, or we have rights for none. If we can overlook someone’s rights because we dislike their beliefs or views, then we should have every expectation that our own rights can and will be overlooked as well. groups we dislike, or we will be torn apart from within by our differences.

I’m hoping it will be the first but preparing for the second. Article posted with permission from Daisy Luther. Article by Cat Ellis. Don't forget to like us on Facebook and follow us on Twitter.

https://gunsinthenews.com/heres-what-trumps-red-flag-laws-really-look-like-connecticut-mans-firearms-seized-because-his-son-shared-a-meme-on-facebook/ 

:: 8-21-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China will have 'one street camera for every TWO PEOPLE by next year' as the country tightens its grip on state surveillance

Beijing's 'Big Brother' surveillance network is the most powerful in the world

The nation is due to be equipped with 626 million CCTV cameras by 2020

China also has the five most-monitored cities worldwide, a study reveals

The most-surveilled city, Chongqing, has over 2.5 million street cameras

By Billie Thomson For Mailonline Published: 09:46 EDT, 21 August 2019 | Updated: 09:53 EDT, 22 August 2019

Beijing is on track to have one CCTV camera for nearly every two people as the Communist Party pushes for Big-Brother-style state surveillance. The country's 1.4 billion population are set to be carefully watched by 626 million street monitors - many having facial-recognition functions - as early as next year, a new study has revealed. China also has the five most-monitored cities in the world, the report finds. Its most-surveilled city, Chongqing, is equipped with more than 2.5 million street cameras, or one for every six people. According to the report, the world's five most-monitored cities are Chongqing, Shenzhen, Shanghai, Tianjin and Ji'nan in order. Three other Chinese cities - Wuhan, Guangzhou and Beijing - have made it to the top 10 list published by technology research firm Comparitech. In Shenzhen, a city with 12 million residents, there is one street camera for every 6.3 people. The city, which borders Hong Kong, plans to have more than 16 million cameras installed in the coming years. The figure is a 1,145 per cent increase on the approximately 1.9 million cameras they city has today, the report claims. While in the country's financial heart Shanghai, every 8.8 residents are watched by one security camera. Paul Bischoff, author of the paper, told MailOnline: 'China is rapidly adopting CCTV surveillance as a means to monitor the movements of its population at a huge scale. 'CCTV in China is not just about stopping crime, but also enforcing social norms and behaviors that the government approves of.' The two other cities on the top 10 list are London, with more than 627 million cameras, and Atlanta in the United States. China has been building a mass surveillance network, which currently boasts about 200 million AI-powered cameras. The number of cameras is set to triple by 2020. The surveillance network has been billed as the world's most powerful facial-recognition system and aims to identify any one of its 1.4 billion citizens within three seconds. Critics, however, have voiced concerns over the system, claiming it's a way for the government to invade citizens' privacy and restrict their freedom. Many have also compared it to a dystopian system run by a fictional state leader, Big Brother, in George Orwell's novel 'Nineteen Eighty-Four'. China's surveillance network also supports the nation's social credit system, which rates its citizens based on their daily behaviour. Once complete next year, the national system could determine how easy a citizen could rent a flat, buy travel tickets or pay for a cup of tea. The system will help the country restore morality, according to China's state-run newspaper Global Times. Latest statistics show the Chinese social credit system blocked what it called 'discredited entities' from taking 2.56 million flights and 90,000 high-speed train journeys in July alone. How is China building the world's most powerful facial recognition system? China has been aiming to build the world's most powerful facial recognition system. The cutting-edge network aims to identify any one of its 1.4 billion citizens within three seconds. The project was launched by the Ministry of Public Security in 2015. It is under development in collaboration with a security company based in Shanghai. As of last year, China has installed over 200 million security cameras across the nation. A Chinese police officer wears a pair of smartglasses with a facial recognition system at Zhengzhou East Railway Station in Zhengzhou in China's central Henan province High-tech sunglasses: Police at Zhengzhou, central China use sunglasses equipped with facial recognition technology to spot criminal suspects at train stations.

On the road: Traffic police in Shenzhen has implemented 40 sets of surveillance cameras dubbed 'robocops' to identify the faces of unruly drivers and regulate traffic. At pedestrian crossings: Jaywalkers in Shenzhen would receive an instant notification and a fine as soon as they violate the rules. Images and names of people crossing the road against red traffic lights would get projected onto large LED screens. Concert stadiums: Using facial recognition technology as part of security measures, police arrested three fugitives within two months at the concerts of Hong Kong pop singer Jacky Cheung in China. In bathrooms: Bathrooms in Changsha and Chongqing were outfitted with facial recognition systems to prevent greedy patrons from nabbing extra toilet paper. In classrooms: A high school in Zhejiang province uses a smart classroom system that monitors students' behaviour via facial-recognition technology. The cameras installed at the front of each classroom would document the students' attentiveness and even their facial expressions.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7379255/China-one-CCTV-camera-TWO-PEOPLE-year.html 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 8-22-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Treason! China can cut our Navy in half in ten minutes.

By David Brockett - August 22, 2019

In order to avoid having two separate navies, one on the East Coast and one on the West, the United States invested in completing the Panama Canal. It was operational in 1916, allowing our East and West coast fleets to support each other. Today modern warships, large cargo containers, and cruise ships can traverse the forty-eight-mile long shortcut. The Canal is a crucial link in our foreign trade and military strategy. Should we lose it, even for a short while, it would be catastrophic.  The first traitor In 1977, U.S. President Jimmy Carter signed a treaty which agreed to return 60% of the Canal Zone to Panama by 1999. The canal and remaining territory, known as the Canal Area, was returned to Panama at noon on December 31, 1999.  So, what’s the big problem? Prior to signing over the canal, President Carter was cautioned of the folly of this action. His top military brass warned him the Canal was our Achille’s heel, and it would cost tens of thousands of American military lives if it had to be retaken from an enemy. Blocking or sabotaging the canal entrances or locks would require the Atlantic Fleet to sail around the southern tip of South America in order to provide reinforcements for the Pacific Command on the West Coast. This detour would be over 8,000 miles and could take up to fourteen days, rather than a three-four day crossing via the Caribbean and through the canal. The second traitor

For years, President Clinton knew China was maneuvering to work out a deal with Panama to control the canal, and he did nothing. As strategically important as the canal was to the United States, the government could have encouraged a US company to compete with China, and pressured Panama to accept their offer. The lease arrangement China negotiated with Panama has brought the communist nation tens of billions of dollars in revenue. But, then again, Clinton was too busy selling out our defense secrets to China via Loral to focus on matters close to home. Immediately following Panama taking control of the canal, the Chicoms moved in via the Panama Ports Company, a division of the Hutchinson-Whampoa Corporation. The Chinese leased the ports (Balboa and Cristobal), one on each end of the canal, and have controlled traffic through the canal for the last twenty years.

The third traitor A child could see the vulnerability of having China control this crucial artery between our two fleets, but in 1999 President George Bush’s Secretary of State, Colin Powell dismissed the dangers presented by the Chicoms. Since that time Powell has revealed himself to be a staunch Chicom advocate, even going as far as to encourage President Trump to take a softer approach with China. Pressure on Panama by the Bush administration could have scuttled the Hutchinson-Whampoa deal at the last minute, but Bush was asleep at the wheel…or agreed with Powell. The final traitor

After the Panama Canal was first opened around 1916, ship designs were changed to allow them to fit through the locks. This design became known as Panamax. In 2006 a large expansion project began to widen the canal, allowing for a much larger new class of ship called neo-Panamax. The issue with this new class of ships was that most US ports couldn’t accommodate them. President Obama was encouraged to spend money on expanding our East Coast port capacities, thus allowing those port cities to benefit from the massive increase in inbound cargo. Preferring to waste money on his pet projects, Obama declined, and many of our ports were still unable to take advantage of this potential windfall when the canal expansion was completed the last year of his presidency. The dark future

There is absolutely no escaping the headlock China has us in. Should Beijing decide to make a move on Taiwan or other strategic targets in Asia, they could block the canal with a few container ships, effectively cutting our Navy in half. This blocking move would do no damage to the canal for future operations, but it would lead to a dangerous stand-off. How many presidents have we had that could deal firmly with such a crisis? If the Chicoms use a blocking strategy, they will expect, and be prepared for, a military assault. They could delay our Atlantic Fleet’s access to the canal longer by using explosives or a missile to take out the locks. China won’t ever willingly give up the canal

The Panama Canal is more to the Chicoms than a potentially strategic blocking point; it is their golden gateway into the Americas. China now has diplomatic relations with Panama and Costa Rica and has promised infrastructure assistance to Honduras and Nicaragua. There is another sneaky element to China’s interest in the region. China intends to bring Taiwan back into the fold, and ten of Taiwan’s twenty diplomatic allies are in that area. If China can buy them off, it will weaken Taiwan’s security.

What’s being done today? Both Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, and Vice President Pence have visited with President Cohen of Panama, encouraging the Panamanian people and their leaders to be cautious in their dealings with China. Until President Trump took office, everyone in previous administrations had turned a blind to the Chicom expansion in our own backyard, leaving China to expand their interests in our hemisphere. One thing we know for certain, the Panama Canal could very well be the flashpoint for WWIII.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/treason-china-can-cut-our-navy-in-half-in-ten-minutes/

:: 8--19 Hamilton Strategies :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What’s Behind the Sexual Seduction of America?

Same Wicked Spirit of Queen Jezebel Is Still at Work, Says Dr. Michael Brown, Author of the Popular New Book, ‘Jezebel’s War With America’

CHARLOTTE, N.C.—Consider the number of daily headlines that have something to do with sex: sex trafficking charges that take down high-powered executives, sexual harassment allegations against entertainers, sexual assault, pornography, the LGBTQ agenda, pedophilia, marriage infidelity. The list, laments author and national radio host Dr. Michael Brown, goes on and on. What’s behind this sexual seduction of America? Brown’s newly released book, “Jezebel’s War with America: The Plot to Destroy Our Country and What We Can Do to Turn the Tide,” is creating buzz and initiating important conversations. In his newest work, Brown details how the same evil spirit of the biblical figure Jezebel is alive and well today—and how her spirit is evident through the permutation of all things sexual in our society. “Queen Jezebel was an incredibly evil and demonically controlled woman, but the same demonic powers that operated through her 3,000 years ago are operating today in America once again,” Brown says “She was a seductress, according to the Bible and ancient Jewish tradition, and we see the same spirit of sexual seduction alive and well and thriving in America today. There is more porn available than at any time in human history. There are websites encouraging adultery and every type of sexual perversion. Children as young as 8 years old are having their first encounter with pornography today. This is the hyper-sexualization of our culture. You can hardly go to a news website or a sports website without seeing racy pictures. You can hardly go to a checkout counter in a store without being exposed to almost naked photos. You can hardly open your emails without sexual invitations popping up in your junk folder. And modesty is all but gone. Every part of the body must be shown. Flesh must be displayed. Almost nothing can be hidden or covered. After all, sex sells! That is the spirit of Jezebel at work.” Released earlier this month, “Jezebel’s War with America” focuses on the fact that the spirit of the biblical figure Jezebel is at work through a fascination with witchcraft and sorcery, radical feminism coupled with the extreme pro-abortion movement, along with other spiritual and cultural forces in an attempt destroy America. Brown’s eye-opening book not only unveils a satanic plot, beginning with an all-out assault on the church, but it will equip every believer with tools to defeat the enemy in their own personal lives as well as in the nation. All hope is not lost, however, Brown says, and there are action steps the faithful can take to defeat Jezebel. And it involves more than “getting mad.” “It’s easy to get mad at people, at them,” Brown says. “The media is not fair. The courts are biased. The schools are brainwashing our kids. The porn industry is evil. Hollywood is pumping out trash. The internet giants are anti-Christian. LGBT activists are taking away our rights. We all have our list of grievances. We all have our pet peeves. And many of them are quite valid. We do have reason to be grieved, and people are responsible for their actions. At the same time, our real enemies are spiritual. Our biggest battle is with satanic powers. And that is a major reason I wrote ‘Jezebel’s War with America’—to help us connect the dots and to help us see that there is a related, integrated coalition of demonic forces attacking our nation, and those forces have the characteristics of Jezebel. “How, then, do we defeat Jezebel on a national level?” he asks. “Obviously, if we want to help others, we must get our own houses in order. As some of us said years ago during court battles over the public display of the Ten Commandments, the biggest problem is not that we’ve taken these commandments out of our schools; it’s that we removed them first from our hearts and homes. So first, we get our own houses in order. Then we turn to the nation.” Dr. Michael L. Brown is founder and president of AskDrBrown Ministries and president of FIRE School of Ministry. The author of more than 35 books, including “Saving a Sick America” (2017), he is also the host of the nationally syndicated daily talk radio show “The Line of Fire,” as well as the host of shows on GOD TV, NRBTV and METV. His syndicated columns appear on many leading websites, and his scholarly publications range from biblical commentaries to articles in Semitic journals and theological dictionaries. He has served as an adjunct or visiting professor at seven leading seminaries and has debated gay activists, agnostic professors and Orthodox rabbis on university campuses.

“Jezebel’s War with America” by Dr. Michael L. Brown is released by FrontLine, an imprint of Charisma House, which publishes books that challenge, encourage, teach and equip Christians.

https://hamiltonstrategies.com/whats-behind-the-sexual-seduction-of-america/ 

:: 8-20-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Don’t Panic But California Could Be on the Brink of Its Worst-Ever Wildfire Season

By Strange Sounds - Aug 20, 2019

After being devastated by wildfires last year, California has gone through several months of being relatively fire-free.  But as we head into the heat of late summer, the state is ready to burn. When the ignition happens, experts warn, it could cause wildfires more intense and destructive than anything California has experienced. Here’s one version of what that could look like: Sometime in the coming days or weeks a storm originating from warm moist air in Mexico becomes drier and more lightning-prone as it heads north. Over California the skies suddenly begin crackling with electricity. “We can have thousands of lightning strikes in just a couple of hours time, in many cases they’re in concentrated areas,” said Jessica Gardetto, a spokesperson with the National Interagency Fire Center. That lightning could easily blast into some of the 147 million trees that have died in recent years because of the California drought and invasive pine beetles. What begins as a small fire could be quickly fanned into something ferocious by strong winds brought along with the storm. The resulting wildfire would roar through vegetation dried out by several weeks of hot summer temperatures until it’s so big that any community in its way can potentially be burned to the ground. Last year saw a wave of horrific fires hit the state. Most notably, the Camp Fire killed 85 people — making it the deadliest fire in California history — and destroyed the town of Paradise. To the south, the Woolsey Fire devastated a stretch of coast that included the wealthy enclave of Malibu. The casualties and damage were such that some called it the worst fire season California had ever had. This Year Could Be Just As Bad “The potential is there to have similar fire activity as last year and the year before,” Gardetto said. “It just all depends on those weather factors lining up to create that unfortunate perfect storm.“ That perfect storm may seem pretty far away to many California residents. From January to early August in 2018, over 3,600 wildfires charred about 615,000 acres across the state, according to statistics from the fire protection agency Cal Fire. This year during the same period only 22,900 acres have burned — the 2,900 wildfires responsible for that damage have been smaller and less destructive. “So far it’s been a mild season,” said Amy Head, a Cal Fire battalion chief. One reason for that is an unusually wet winter with record-breaking amounts of rain and precipitation. The snowpack in California is 33 percent higher than last year. High humidity has additionally caused soil moisture to be 40 percent above average. Aside from a few short periods of extreme heat, California’s summer hasn’t been as scorching as previous years’. “It’s been a good break for all of us because we’ve kind of been going nonstop for many years now,” Head explained. “It’s given us a chance to catch our breath.“ But Head and other experts know that the potential this year for another Camp Fire–style blaze — which destroyed around 18,800 structures and caused $16.5 billion in damage — is all too real. Heavy precipitation earlier this year created a “super bloom” of vegetation that is now drying out in the August heat, creating tinder that could feed a massive fire. “We’re at a breaking point now,” Southern California Edison fire scientist Tom Rolinski told the Palm Springs Desert Sun in August. CoreLogic fire specialist Tom Jeffery earlier this summer explained to the New York Times that “all of the factors that contributed to previous fires are still there…There’s no reason to think that we can’t replicate or — I hate to say this — we could potentially exceed what we saw in the past fires.“ So even with this year’s milder conditions, California is not out of the woods. And I am waiting ready for the first devastating fires. Read More:

https://www.vice.com/en_us/article/wjw89z/california-wildfire-season-2019-could-flare-up 

https://strangesounds.org/2019/08/california-wildfire-season-2019-worst-ever.html  

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 8-21-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

August heat records tumble in Phoenix Arizona as the mercury nudges toward 122 deg F (50 deg C)

Phoenix has broken another record - and not the good kind.

Wednesday, 21 August 2019

The National Weather Service tweeted that Phoenix had broken its heat record for Aug. 20 on Tuesday afternoon, reaching a high of 113 deg F (45 deg C) just after 2 p.m.

The previous record was 112 deg F (44.4 deg C) in 1986.

Isaac Smith, a meteorologist with the National Weather Service, told The Arizona Republic that the unusually high temperatures were due to a high-pressure system. Smith said this was the second time Phoenix saw record-breaking heat this month, with the previous being on Aug. 5 with a high of 115 deg F (46 deg C), breaking the previous 114-degree record high in 1969. He added that Wednesday had an even better chance of breaking its temperature record.  The old record for Aug. 21 is currently from 2007 at 110 deg F (43.3 deg C), Smith said. Wednesday's current forecast is 114 degrees. Smith advised people to limit the time they spend outside as much as possible. "Other than staying hydrated, everybody should limit their outdoor activities and make sure they don't overexert themselves in the heat," Smith said. He also advised people to always check the backseat of their vehicle to avoid leaving children or pets inside. Extreme Weather Home Page Posted by Gary Walton at 1:32 pm

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/08/august-heat-records-tumble-in-phoenix.html 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day.

:: 8-21-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Long Trail Of Dead Bodies & False Flags That Follow Around Bill & Hillary Clinton & The Globalists Wherever They Go Point To Unimaginable Corruption And Gargantuan Cover-ups

- Globalism, Mysterious Deaths & False Flag Terrorism Have Long Gone Hand In Hand!

By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline August 21, 2019

“The decedent shot himself in the back of the head seventeen times with a long-barreled, single shot shotgun. A clear case of suicide.” No one with over two brain cells operating (at least a third of the US population) would believe such a story, but the Jeffrey Epstein “suicide” narrative is just as absurd. When the noted abuser of underage girls was arrested, most of us patriots simply assumed that he would be murdered (unless his death was faked and he was helped to escape!!!!) before implicating the Clintons and most of the rest of America’s aristocracy. In fact, many of us predicted that he would be “arkancided,” the fate of many on the long trail of bodies behind the Demonic Duo (Slick and the Witch), beginning while they were still in Arkansas. Consider the known facts, which most of the talking heads of the slimestream media and even some at Fox are chalking up to coincidence and human error. Epstein was a prisoner in the Special Housing Unit of the New York City Metropolitan Correctional Center, controlled by the Federal Bureau of Prisons. He was housed with a powerfully muscled mass murderer, despite being a prisoner whose life needed to be carefully protected so that he could testify against his accomplices. This is not what honorable, competent prison officials would do, but it is something people who wanted him dead would do, to prevent him from testifying against them. He was either injured in a suicide attempt or assaulted by his cellmate, who was then apparently transferred out, and it appears Epstein may have been given a new cellmate (the facts thus far made public in this case are few and far between). Then this man was also transferred out, and Epstein was taken off suicide watch, supposedly at the request of his lawyers…obeying such requests in a case like this also violates standard prison protocol. Even if he was to be spared the discomfort of 24 hours per day of bright lighting and a guard staring at him nonstop, he should have been in a room with a low bed, but apparently was left with a two-tiered bunk, from which it might be possible (just barely) to hang himself. He was apparently given regular bedsheets, with which it is possible (again, just barely) for a prisoner to hang himself, instead of fragile, easily torn paper sheets. The video cameras in the corridor were all pointed away from his cell, so no videotape record of his manner of death exists (or will be made public). This is right up there with the cameras that failed to record the invisible airliner that allegedly hit the Pentagon on 9/11 and then evaporated. Already, we have far exceeded the bounds of coincidence and mistakes…but wait; there’s more. Other prisoners heard screaming from his cell at about the time he is alleged to have died. The NYC Chief Medical Examiner, Barbara Sampson, allegedly did an autopsy, “aided” by the ancient Dr. Michael Baden, who had helped cover up the truth about the JFK assassination. Swell. Despite admitting that Epstein had some broken vertebrae and a broken hyoid bone, they predictably pronounced it as a clear case of suicide. That, too, we expected, for in America everything has become completely predictable. The problem is that, as the pathologist Cyril Wecht and others have pointed out, a broken hyoid bone is generally more consistent with murder by strangulation than with hanging. Also, it would be difficult to do the damage by throwing oneself off a bunk less than six fleet off the floor (a bunk that shouldn’t have been there to begin with). And it would be even more difficult to do with relatively soft and bulky bedsheets. In fact, combining the bedsheets with the low height of the bunk, it would be practically impossible. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) But then, it is also impossible for the first three steel framed buildings in history to collapse due to fire to do so on 9/11/2001 right next to one another. And would you believe that all three collapsed straight down in their own footprints, a feat almost impossible to achieve save by carefully planned controlled demolition? No, we no longer believe. Nothing the government says (even under Trump) and nothing the slimestream media say can be believed. We’ve seen all this before…over and over and over, year after year after year. To the few facts that are leaking out regarding Epstein’s ties to the Clintons and others of the elite, we also have the evidence regarding the NXIVM sex cult, which involved the wealthy Bronfmans, the Comet Ping Pong business, and earlier revelations about the elites’ “love” of children, much of which was revealed years ago in John DeCamp’s book The Franklin Cover-Up. The suspicious “suicides” include the death of Secretary of Defense James Forrestal, and George de Mohrenschildt, former associate of Lee Harvey Oswald, who allegedly shot himself on 3/29/77, just before he was scheduled to be interviewed by the House Select Committee on Assassinations. Frank Olsen, working for the CIA’s MK Ultra mind control program, allegedly jumped from a high rise hotel window…which is how Forrestal died. Investigative reporter Danny Casolaro was beginning to expose the true nature of the deep state when he allegedly sliced his wrists multiple times (!) and the documents he had vanished into thin air. Investigative Reporter Gary Webb, investigating possible cocaine smuggling by the CIA, supposedly shot himself twice in the head. Clinton crony Vince Foster allegedly shot himself in a park in D.C with an unregistered gun no one knew he owned. His clothing was covered with carpet fibers, and a visitor to the park claimed to have seen two men driving a car with Arkansas plates carrying something long and heavy (Foster’s body?) wrapped in a carpet. This is just part of the evidence in the Foster case, and of course the Demonic Duo’s body count included many others. Mary Mahoney, a former White House intern who was about to go public with her account of sexual encounters with Slick Willy, was shot dead, along with several co-workers, in the coffee shop where she worked…and there was no robbery. Slick’s Treasury Secretary Ron Brown was being investigated for corruption and had threatened to testify against Clinton when he died in a mysterious plane crash, along with the crew and the other passengers. Seth Rich worked for the DNC and there is considerable evidence that it was he, not the Russians, who leaked some of their files, and he was shot dead in DC…and, again, there was no robbery. And almost all of the mass shootings in recent years are very, very suspicious. When students at Columbine High School in Colorado were being gunned down, the police waited outside for a long time, allowing the murders to continue. The same thing happened with the Stoneman Douglas high school shooting in Florida, when a cowardly sheriff’s deputy who was assigned to the school waited outside while students and staff he knew personally were gunned down by a punk about whom both the intrepid FBI and the local Demoncrap sheriff had received multiple warnings. The videos taken from a helicopter at the time of the Sandy Hook school shooting in Connecticut showed an unidentified man (not the one alleged to be the perpetrator) in camouflage in the woods behind the school. He was never identified, and there are many other unanswered questions (and that is an understatement) regarding this tragedy. The one picture released from the video of the alleged El Paso mass murderer shows him carrying one, and only one, thirty round AK-47 magazine, with which he allegedly shot nearly fifty people. Apparently the police and the media critters are unable to do grade school arithmetic. There are still questions regarding the Aurora, Colorado theater shooting, not the least of which is the unknown source for the money the shooter used to buy all his weapons and military gear, and the expertise to set bombs in his apartment, and the witnesses who claimed to see more than one shooter, or an unidentified man opening the emergency fire exit of the theater. And let’s not forget that the pattern of evidence surrounding the JFK assassination clearly proves a conspiracy, and that every media outlet (save for the History Channel, who ran a pretty honest mini- series on it years ago) and every leading political figure, CIA Director, and FBI Director has been involved, directly or indirectly, in the cover-up. The same is true of the RFK and MLK shootings, and the shooting of George Wallace. These killings changed the course of America history.

Not only the mass shootings, but also events like the bombing of the Murrah Building in Oklahoma City appear to have been false flags carried out by the deep state thugs working for our corrupt elites. It is a fact that the BATF mysteriously left the building, with no one left to man their office, just before the bombing, lied and claimed that they were still there but survived to help others escape, and, when caught in the lie, refused ever to give any explanation. The government almost lost their case against McVey because they refused to call the witnesses who saw McVey in the company of an unidentified man of Middle Eastern appearance, and they refused to look into McVey’s obvious ties to the Elohim City neo-Nazi group. Seismographs recorded more than one explosion, and retired USAG General Partin, an explosives expert, stated publicly that the bomb, while powerful, could not have done that much damage. And all of this is only part of the evidence that the government has lied to us about this tragedy. There are many, many problems with the official account of the Boston Marathon bombing. As for 9/11, any one of several facts, like the vertical collapse of the buildings or the vanishing airliner with no wings or engine that allegedly hit the Pentagon, proves it was all an inside job. And, in every case, every media outlet and every political leader since (including Trump) have refused to tell the truth or even to investigate the bombings. Unless we patriots take extreme action (if you know what I mean, and I think you do - Dr. Ben Carson understands!) (ANP: Of course, we will never encourage nor advocate 'unlawful' or 'unjustified' violence though sadly, Civil War may one day be inevitable in America), the murder of citizens who know too much will continue, along with their 'staged bombings and mass shootings'. The government will continue to refuse to punish illegal aliens and other criminals (especially the wealthy and powerful ones) while routinely railroading innocent Americans into prison and/or confiscating our property. The tech companies will continue to censor opposing opinion more and more.' Illegal and legal aliens will continue to invade us by the millions, wrecking our economy, committing more and more crime and acts of terrorism, and bringing in a multitude of diseases, including drug-resistant TB and leprosy. There will be more and more “homeless,” literally turning our once great cities into cesspools of garbage and human waste. Inevitably, epidemics will spread, including bubonic plague. Antifa and BM (Black Lives Matter) will grow ever more violent, and the government will attempt to disarm, not the thugs, but the law-abiding citizens. And Trump will not save us. He has not drained the swamp and prosecuted the Witch Hillary and others for obvious and easily provable crimes…he has staffed his regime with establishment types, RINOs and neocons. His FBI, headed by his appointee, the sleazy Christopher Wray, sent an army and a news crew to arrest Trump loyalist Roger Stone, and Trump has done nothing to help Stone or to reform or rein in the corrupt and murderous FBI. Trump ultimately controls the Bureau of Prisons that enabled Epstein’s “suicide.” But the obvious murder of Epstein was one crime too many. And the Demoncraps and the media are out of the closet now, revealing their true nature through the ravings of the “squad” and the utterly insane proposals of the Demoncrap Presidential hopefuls. Antifa’s violence is beginning to anger more and more of the relatively sane citizens. Millions of patriots, perhaps a third or more of the US population, are completely disillusioned and more or less fully aware of what has been going on. We are armed; our patience has been exhausted; and our rage is growing. There will be a reckoning.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Globalism_Mysterious_Deaths_And_False_Flags_Go_Hand_In_Hand.php 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 8-21-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MSM Declares War On Independent Media - NBC Targets 'The Epoch Times' Who Has 'Biggest Social Media Following Of Any News Outlet'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine August 21, 2019

NBC News has been working for months, if not longer, on a hit piece against the website The Epoch Times, an independent media outlet that NBC describes as "By the numbers, there is no bigger advocate of President Donald Trump on Facebook," stating in their sub-header "The Epoch Times now wields one of the biggest social media followings of any news outlet." Between the sub-header and the very first sentence of their hit piece, we see the motive behind NBC News' desire to discredit the Epoch Times, but looking further into the piece, specifically the second and third paragraphs, we see why they chose The Epoch Times to start their campaign to destroy Independent Media. The small New York-based nonprofit news outlet has spent more than $1.5 million on about 11,000 pro-Trump advertisements in the last six months, according to data from Facebook’s advertising archive — more than any organization outside of the Trump campaign itself, and more than most Democratic presidential candidates have spent on their own campaigns. Those video ads — in which unidentified spokespeople thumb through a newspaper to praise Trump, peddle conspiracy theories about the “Deep State,” and criticize “fake news” media — strike a familiar tone in the online conservative news ecosystem. The Epoch Times looks like many of the conservative outlets that have gained followings in recent years. Wait? The 'deep state' is a conspiracy theory? After the news that has been exposed over the last three years and the subsequent "Russian Collusion hoax," that was set into motion by that very entity, with even liberal mainstream media outlets using the term "deep state," how does NBC call it a conspiracy theory? As we have spent years documenting the cornucopia of actual fake news pushed by the liberal establishment media, with stories changed stealthily after proven wrong, editors notes and corrections on others explaining what they got wrong, many changed headlines and even complete retractions and the deletion of entirely false and inaccurate articles, calling the "fake news media" a conspiracy theory is also fake news in my opinion. Another possible reason they are targeting The Epoch Times is they believe President Trump is a "a key ally in the anti-communist fight," and the liberal establishment media seems to be all on board with the Democrats' communist agenda. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) NBC NEWS SENDS 'INAPPROPRIATE' QUESTIONS TO THE EPOCH TIMES

While the NBC News piece was published on Tuesday, August 20, 2019, they apparently have been working on this project since before June 20, 2019, as The Epoch Times published a piece on June 20, updated again on July 22, 2019, regarding the "Inappropriate Questions" they were sent by two reporters for NBC News. The NBC reporters questioned the religious beliefs of some of our staff members, sought to discredit their beliefs, attacked our journalism based on personal opinion rather than objective analysis, and even sought out information on the personal lives of our staff. In responding to NBC with this open letter, we are not only defending The Epoch Times, but also journalism itself, freedom of the press, and freedom of belief. As a fast-growing independent media, we proudly uphold the highest standards of journalism. The Epoch Times was founded in 2000 with the goal of bringing truthful and uncensored news to people around the world. Our founders personally experienced the horrors of communism in China. In our reporting, we have continually exposed the crimes of communism against humanity. For doing this, we have sustained ongoing attacks. Ten of our staff members were arrested in China and given prison terms ranging from three to 10 years. A few clear examples are offered by The Epoch Times of those inappropriate questions, such as "Is the Epoch Times predominantly staffed by volunteers? Do some Epoch Times interns, volunteers, or employees live in a shared home?" Really???? Frankly The Epoch Times handled that question with far more diplomacy than I would have because my instant response would have "what on earth makes you SOB's think that is any of your business?" Another question quoted was "Much of the Epoch Times’ recent coverage has focused on the promotion of President Trump’s policies, interviews with surrogates, and a 'deep state' conspiracy to 'spy' on his campaign during the 2016 election. Do you feel like this is a fair characterization and do you consider the Epoch Times to be pro-Trump?" Since we know from publicly available information that members of the Obama administration's intelligence agencies did, indeed, spy on President Trump's campaign, the "tone" of that question is apparently part of the liberal media's refusal to admit the truth of what has already been exposed, and what is expected to be exposed when the DOJ's Inspector General releases his long-awaited report on the FISA abuses that opened the door to said spying on the Trump campaign. Attorney General Bill Barr openly stated in his congressional testimony that he believed spying did occur and is now running an investigation into whether that spying was adequately predicated. Other questions cited was to do with the religion of the The Epoch Times' staff writers and owners, which frankly is no ones business. Never have we at ANP determined whether to use a source, quote a person, or cite a website based solely on their religion. If they source their information, provide links to verify the information is correct, then the religion of the writer or owner of a website, should not come into play.  NBC'S SOCIAL MEDIA CAMPAIGN TO DISCREDIT EPOCH TIMES

NBC's official Twitter account then put out a series of tweets to promote their hit piece against Epoch Times, in what the website Twitchy called "a conspiracy-filled thread." On August 20, at 12:27 pm they started with "By the numbers, there is no bigger advocate of President Trump on Facebook than The Epoch Times. But despite its growing reach, little is publicly known about the precise ownership, origins or influences of the nonprofit news outlet." 15 minutes later, at 12:42 pm, they continued "The Epoch Times has spent more than $1.5 million on pro-Trump advertisements in the last 6 months — more than any organization outside of the Trump campaign. High engagement has made it a Trump family favorite and a key component of the president's re-election campaign." 12 minutes later, at 12:54 pm, they kept going, stating "At the same time, its network of news sites and YouTube channels has made it a powerful conduit for conspiracy theories, including anti-vaccination propaganda and QAnon, to reach the main stream." They continued along in the same manner for a total of eight promotionals for just the one article, showing their intent to attempt to discredit a popular Independent News website for no other reason than it is pro-Trump and has a massive following on social media, which would help President Trump in his re-election efforts. EPOCH TIMES RESPONDS  Following the publishing of the NBC News hit piece, the Epoch Times hit back stating their piece was "riddled with inaccuracies, blatant errors, and misrepresentations." More: Seeing the success of The Epoch Times as America’s fastest-growing newspaper, NBC News has published a hit piece that is riddled with inaccuracies, blatant errors, and misrepresentations. For example, NBC News mischaracterizes our subscription campaigns for our print newspaper. We provided a statement to NBC News in June to clarify this, but they chose to ignore it—against well-established journalistic practices. While The Epoch Times has been at the forefront of covering the actions taken by officials in the Obama administration who targeted the Trump campaign during the 2016 election, NBC News is refusing to look at verifiable evidence and simply dismisses the reporting as a “conspiracy theory.” This comes from an outlet that misled the American public for more than two years with false claims that President Donald Trump colluded with Russia to win the 2016 election. Read the entire response over at The Epoch Times. BOTTOM LINE - ESTABLISHMENT MEDIA HAS DECLARED WAR

First it was big tech deplatforming people like Alex Jones, Laura Loomer and others. Social media giants shadow banned, suspended accounts and censored Independent Media in an attempt to limit the reach of those that do not toe the "official narrative" line. The MSM took their shots at Independent Media collectively, putting hundreds of websites on "lists" calling them Russian propaganda, or adding them to list alongside of of actual "fake news" and hoax websites, hoping to discredit Independent Media by association. Now the MSM is directly targeting an Independent News outlet that they admit "wields one of the biggest social media followings of any news outlet," all because they are a "advocate of President Donald Trump." After losing control of the narrative and their ability to influence voters in 2016, the liberal establishment media is determined to wrest that control back, and they do not care how many or who they have to destroy to do it. They have declared war and Independent Media readers can help by sharing their favorite IM websites, whether it is via email, on social media, and/or in comment sections, just as they did in 2016 to bypass the lies and distortions the establishment media was pushing. They can also wear a "Fake News Is The Enemy Of The People" T Shirt.

http://allnewspipeline.com/MSM_Targets_Pro_Trump_Epoch_Times_For_Destruction.php 

:: 8-20-19 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Incredibly Sick, Federally-Funded Experiments Are Happening Behind Closed Doors In Secret Laboratories All Over America

August 20, 2019 by Michael Snyder

Some of the things that are being done in the name of “scientific research” are almost too horrifying to talk about. But it is vitally important that we shine a light on these practices, because most Americans don’t realize what is really going on. Normally when we talk about crime, the primary focus is on the drug abuse and violence in the urban areas of our major cities. But the truth is that often the worst crimes are committed by “doctors”, “scientists” and “researchers” wearing white lab coats. The experiments that I am about to share with you are incredibly disgusting, and I apologize for this in advance, but the only way that they will stop is if they are fully exposed. And since these experiments are funded by our tax dollars, the nation as a whole will ultimately be held accountable for the great evil that is taking place. Earlier this year, the Trump administration ended “all internal National Institutes of Health (NIH) experimentation using aborted human fetal tissue”, and when that happened many came to the conclusion that the problem had been solved… This summer, the Trump Administration made the commendable decision to terminate all internal National Institutes of Health (NIH) experimentation using aborted human fetal tissue. It also canceled a controversial $2 million contract between the NIH and the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF) which required two healthy human fetuses per month from elective abortions to be used for disturbing and unnecessary taxpayer-funded medical experimentation on animals. Unfortunately, the experiments that were canceled represented only a very small fraction of the federally-funded human fetal tissue experimentation that is going on around the nation. The White Coat Waste Project and Pro-Life San Francisco teamed up to investigate, and they just shared what they discovered in a joint op-ed in the Washington Examiner… Our organizations — White Coat Waste Project and Pro-Life San Francisco — recently analyzed NIH spending data and related scientific publications. Unfortunately, we’ve discovered that the canceled projects are just the tip of the iceberg. While the administration’s June decision ended NIH’s internal human fetal tissue experiments and the UCSF contract it funded, it did not halt another 200 projects outside of NIH using human fetal tissue that received a combined $115 million in taxpayer funds from NIH in 2018. 115 million dollars is an enormous amount of money, and a tremendous amount of good could be done with a sum that large. But instead, that money is being used to conduct extremely sick experiments in secret laboratories all over the United States…  Here’s how it works: First, babies are terminated at abortion clinics in university-affiliated hospitals. The remains of these unwanted children are harvested for research. College professors, eternally hungry for lucrative federal grants, solicit NIH funds earmarked for nightmarish human fetal tissue research on animals. Its big business, which is why it’s no surprise that UCSF has openly stated their hostility to any restrictions on fetal tissue research. For instance, at UCSF, the abortion training capital of the US, experimenters recently used a $2 million government slush fund to transplant intestines removed from 18-24 week-old aborted fetuses onto the backs of 6 to 8-week-old mice. In other bizarre Frankenstein study funded by taxpayers, UCSF implanted intact reproductive tracts from 9.5 to 22-week-old human fetuses, including from a pair of aborted twins, into mice dosed with synthetic estrogen. Before we proceed, let me ask you a question. What do you think a nation that does such things deserves? And nobody in the federal government can claim ignorance, because these practices have been debated on Capitol Hill repeatedly. In fact, during a congressional hearing last December the director of the NIH openly defended these practices… But addressing Congress in December, NIH director Francis Collins defended the practice. He said: “There is strong evidence that scientific benefits come from fetal tissue research, [which] can be done with an ethical framework.”  They all know what is going on, and yet this funding keeps getting approved on the federal level year after year no matter which political party is in power. Overseas, the experiments are even more bizarre. For example, over in China a team of scientists recently made headlines all over the world after they created “a hybrid human-monkey embryo”… Scientists have successfully formed a hybrid human-monkey embryo – with the experiment taking place in China to avoid “legal issues”. Researchers led by scientist Juan Carlos Izpisúa spliced together the genes to grow a monkey with human cells. We are talking about “Planet of the Apes” type stuff, and it is happening right out in the open. And as time goes on, criminals in lab coats will be combining human genetic material with all sorts of different creatures. In fact, the Japanese government has now officially approved the creation of “rat-human hybrids”… Human-animal hybrids are to be developed in embryo form in Japan after the government approved controversial stem-cell research. Human cells will be grown in rat and mouse embryos, then brought to term in a surrogate animal, as part of experiments set to be carried out at the University of Tokyo. Supporters say the work – led by renowned geneticist Hiromitsu Nakauchi – could be a vital first step towards eventually growing organs that can then be transplanted into people in need. Of course it is theoretically possible to combine the genetic material of dozens of different creatures into one “super creature”, and given enough time it is inevitable that scientists would cook up all sorts of bizarre hybrids in their labs. As I have repeatedly warned my readers, just about every sort of evil that you can possibly imagine is exploding all over the world, and what I have talked about in this article is definitely a great evil. If we really want to deal with the evil that is plaguing America, I would suggest that the streets of our inner cities are not the first place to start. Sadly, the truth is that many of our politicians, scientists and “researchers” are a much bigger problem, and it is probably extremely unlikely that they will ever be held fully accountable for the atrocities that they have been committing.

About the author: Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/incredibly-sick-federally-funded-experiments-are-happening-behind-closed-doors-in-secret-laboratories-all-over-america 

:: 8-21-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judge Jeanine Drops BOMB on Epstein Case - One Look At His Cellmate and You’ll Be SHOCKED!

258,926 views

The Next News Network

Published on Aug 21, 2019

Patriot Solar Bank Now!

Click Here! http://www.patriotsolarbank.com 

Get 15% OFF W/ Promo Code " NEXTNEWS15"

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4cH9FgAWuC8 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I know who this is for. This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law. And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how. But God is saying to him: You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before. You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones. Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts. Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family. Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways.

:: 8-21-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Turning Against Israel

By Hal Lindsey

According to the media, on March 16th, Israel’s Benjamin Netanyahu told the world there will never be a Palestinian state as long as he serves as Prime Minister. There’s only one problem. That’s not what he said. Here’s what he actually said. “I think that anyone who is going to establish a Palestinian state today and evacuate lands is giving attack grounds to radical Islam against the state of Israel. There is a real threat here that a left-wing government will join the international community and follow its orders.” The key word is “today.” That means, “Under the present circumstances”… “As things are now”… “In the current situation.” “Today” does not mean “forever.” In media coverage, we rarely hear the actual quote. Instead, they describe him as saying “as long as I’m Prime Minister.” But he didn’t say “as long as.” He said, “Today.” The New York Times characterized Netanyahu’s statement as “declaring definitively that if he was returned to office he would never establish a Palestinian state.” The New York Daily News called such assessments “pure bunk.” The Daily News seemed to be one of the few major news outlets to examine Netanyahu’s actual words. Their editorial showed how reasonable his comments were. “Israel would necessarily have to surrender territory to the Palestinians under any two-state pact,” they wrote. “Netanyahu’s indisputable point was that doing so, as the facts on the ground now exist, would better position hostile forces to launch assaults.” The media loves what they see as the story of the “real Netanyahu” coming out in the heat of the campaign, and showing his true feelings regarding a two-state solution. Why should they bother with the facts when the fiction perfectly fits their prejudices? The Obama administration also seems intent on reading the worst into Netanyahu’s statement. The Department of State is the department of diplomacy. They usually bend over backwards to see the words of foreign leaders, especially allies, in the best possible light. Yet, the opposite is happening here. In an interview with the Huffington Post, President Obama said, “We take him at his word when he said that it wouldn’t happen during his prime ministership, and so that’s why we’ve got to evaluate what other options are available.” It doesn’t matter that he didn’t say it. It doesn’t matter that he later explained in interview after interview that his words didn’t mean it “wouldn't happen during his prime ministership.” It doesn’t matter because the administration sees this as an opportunity for leverage over Israel. The president and his team have decided that under Netanyahu’s leadership Israel will never give up East Jerusalem, nor negotiate away Israel’s national security. They now believe that a negotiated peace is not possible. So their new plan seems to be an imposed peace. They’re using Netanyahu’s statement (the one he never really said) to give them political cover for turning against Israel. The president misrepresented the prime minister’s position, then said, “That's why we've got to evaluate what other options are available….” White House spokesman Josh Earnest threatened that Netanyahu’s campaign statements will “have consequences.” A senior administration official told the Wall Street Journal that such consequences might involve “potential action at the U.N. Security Council.” The Security Council is the only United Nations body authorized to issue binding resolutions to member states. The one safeguard is that permanent members of the Council have veto power over such resolutions. In the past, the U.S. used its veto power to protect Israel. But the U.S. now threatens to use Netanyahu’s supposed comment as an excuse to remove its protection. On April 1st, the Palestinians will officially become part of the International Criminal Court. Their expressed purpose in seeking membership has been to gain the ability to file war crimes suits against Israel. Will America have Israel’s back? It’s being “reevaluated.” The BDS movement (Boycott, Divestment, and Sanctions) against Israel has had little impact so far. However, the United States government’s newly inflamed anger against Israel gives anti-Israel and anti-Semitic attitudes new political cover. In fact, rage against Israel has become politically correct on university campuses worldwide, and from there it’s spilling over into the streets. If the U.S. government turns on Israel, the rage will go unchecked. Will the United Nations be allowed to simply draw new borders at its own whim? Will Judea and Samaria be stolen from Israel by international fiat? Will trade restrictions on Hamas-run Gaza be removed allowing that terrorist organization to openly import its weapons of terror? Will East Jerusalem be taken from Israel and given to the Palestinian Authority, a group now actively partnering with terrorist Hamas? The angry U.S. response to Netanyahu has had the effect of hardening Israel into a position it never took and the U.S. never wanted — no two-state solution, no more dividing the land. Interestingly, that has been God’s position all along. In Joel 3:2, the Lord speaks of judging those nations who “have divided up My land.” America has been Israel’s staunch defender for many decades. But Zechariah 12:3 speaks of a time when “all the nations of the earth will be gathered against” Jerusalem. Is the United States now turning to this dark side? Folks, things are happening fast. The return of Jesus is very, very close.

https://www.hallindsey.com/watchman-warning-3-23-2015/ 

:: 8-21-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jerusalem: Recognizing Reality

By Hal Lindsey

On Wednesday, President Trump formally recognized Jerusalem as the capital of Israel. He also announced a beginning of the process to move the U.S. Embassy there. That process will take at least three years, and probably much more. He also endorsed the so-called “two-state solution” as the framework for peace with the Palestinians… as long as both sides agree to it. He did not specify anything regarding future boundaries of Jerusalem, or whether it should be split. He said those decisions need to be made as part of negotiations between Israel and the Palestinians. Israel itself has claimed Jerusalem as its capital since the time of King David. Modern Israel was first recognized as a nation in 1948. It took possession of West Jerusalem that year. But because of the ongoing war, it made Tel Aviv its temporary capital. The next year, David Ben-Gurion, Israel’s first Prime Minister, said, “For the State of Israel there has always been and always will be one capital only — Jerusalem the Eternal. Thus it was 3,000 years ago — and thus it will be, we believe, until the end of time.” Listening to the media, you would think President Trump’s decision is outside mainstream U.S. diplomatic orthodoxy. But that not true. No U.S. president ever pulled the trigger on the move, but as candidates, several of them were for it. Despite them taking that position, it was never a significant point of controversy in any presidential election. Congress passed a law in 1995 saying that Jerusalem should “remain an undivided city” and “be recognized as the capital of the State of Israel.” The law allowed presidents to postpone the move, but they had to do so every six months. Until now, that’s what they have all done. The leader of Senate Democrats, Chuck Schumer, urged President Trump to move the embassy. “As someone who strongly believes that Jerusalem is the undivided capital of Israel,” he said, “I am calling for the U.S. Embassy in Israel to be relocated to Jerusalem.” The President did not go that far. He said nothing about Jerusalem being “undivided.” Nevertheless, his decision has been criticized by leaders around the world, including in the United States. California Senator Diane Feinstein wrote to Trump saying, “Recognizing Jerusalem as Israel’s capital — or relocating our embassy to Jerusalem — will spark violence and embolden extremists on both sides of this debate.” She said such a move would “undermine any remaining hope for a two-state solution.” A Palestinian general delegate to the United Kingdom said that to declare Jerusalem the capital of Israel is like “declaring war.” Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas warned that there will be “dangerous consequences.” The Palestinian terrorist group, Hamas, called for three “days of rage,” starting Wednesday, but making Friday the main day. The State Department warned U.S. embassies around the world to be on alert following the announcement. It also issued a warning to U.S. travelers in Israel. “Hostilities between the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) and terrorist groups, including Hamas, in the Gaza Strip could resume and the security situation could deteriorate with little or no notice.” Turkey’s President Erdogan said Jerusalem is a “redline” for Muslims. He said the move would be a violation of international law, and that, “This could go as far as cutting our diplomatic relations with Israel. President Trump argued that his action is “recognition of reality.” He pointed out that all the major institutions of the Israeli government, including the Knesset, are located in Jerusalem. Nations put embassies in the capitals of other nations because they want their ambassadors close to the center of power. In Israel, that’s Jerusalem. Through the years, proposed peace plans from the United Nations, the U.S., and Europe, have always allowed Israel to keep at least part of Jerusalem. Israel says that Jerusalem is its capital. Since the Israelis will be staying in Jerusalem under any of these plans, why does the world not allow Israel to choose its own capital? From a secular, diplomatic prospective, the President’s move makes sense to me. Israel is the one great democracy of the Middle East, and America’s most faithful ally. The Israelis — not a bunch of European elites — should decide the location of Israel’s capital. But I’m not a diplomat. I’m a preacher of the Gospel and a student of scripture. I look at this from another angle. In Genesis 12:3, God said to Abraham (then still named “Abram”), “I will bless those who bless you, And the one who curses you I will curse.” (NASB)

“God Bless America” is a prayer. One of the actions that must accompany that prayer is for America to continue to bless Israel.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-12-6-2017/ 

:: 8-21-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s About the Temple Mount

By Hal Lindsey

After a brief lull, the so-called “stabbing intifada” in Israel came roaring back this week. Israel has an array of sophisticated security precautions in place. They even deployed the IDF (Israeli Defense Forces) in Jerusalem. But security forces always have limitations. Pundits usually tell us that the answer to violence is to eliminate guns from the equation. But even if the Israelis could do that, they still couldn’t get rid of knives, cars, Molotov cocktails, rocks, bombs, or bare hands. The centerpiece of this uprising is the knife, something you can’t outlaw. Knives are among the most basic humans tools, and they’re everywhere. Jesus taught that murder is not just an action, but an attitude of the heart (Matthew 5:21-22). Police can scan faces, set up metal detectors, use radiation detection equipment, bomb-sniffing dogs, and create heavily guarded checkpoints, but killers will still get into populated areas. The murder is not in their guns, but in their hearts. They will find rocks. They will drive cars into pedestrians. They will find and use knives. Against all reason, Palestinians keep on initiating attacks that result in more security checkpoints, more walls, and more scrutiny. It’s like “suicide by cop.” They keep coming at the Israelis until they get shot. Their continued attacks destroy their freedoms and opportunities for financial prosperity. How can it be worth giving up all that just to kill unknown Jews as they walk down a street? Social scientists usually attribute the current wave of violence to economics, most often a lack of jobs. Yet, as Joseph Farah asks in a World Net Daily column this week, “If conditions for Arabs are so bad in Israel, why is the Arab population exploding?” He points out that “In 1949, the Arab population of Israel was about 160,000. Today, it is over 1.2 million.” Rank and file Arabs have more freedom and greater opportunity in Israel than anywhere else in the region. That’s why their numbers have grown so dramatically. Their arbitrary violence against Jews winds up hurting everyone, but especially the Palestinians themselves. So why do they stay on the offensive?  The root problem is not economic, but religious. Muslims hate Jews as a matter of religious obligation. Secular Europe cannot fathom this fact, and even Americans find it difficult to grasp. Large numbers of Palestinians are willing to let their children die as suicide bombers. It’s not that they don’t love their children. They do. But Islam comes first. The Temple Mount stands as ground zero for the current unrest. If that sounds familiar it’s because it has happened many times before. Those 35 acres of ground intensify emotions on both sides like nothing else. Jews would at least like to pray there — an idea that is anathema to the Muslims. That small plot of land has inspired so much fear and rage among Muslims that in October, U.S. News and World Report ran an editorial by Ben Caspit calling on Israel to completely close the Temple Mount to Jews. Caspit wrote, “Israel has no intention of taking control of the Al-Aqsa Mosque or changing the status quo involving the Temple Mount. The Palestinians, however, are more attentive to conspiracy theories based on statements by the messianic Israeli right. The thing is, the messianics stand at a great distance from the government, and anyone who relates to their words as a scenario soon to unfold is simply manipulating facts. None of this is important at the moment, however, because the Palestinians are convinced that Israel plans on usurping Al-Aqsa.” The Muslim hysteria about Jews rebuilding the Temple may not be as farfetched as Caspit claims. A poll taken in 2010 showed that 49% of Israelis want to see the Temple rebuilt. Only 23% said it shouldn’t happen. The rest were undecided. Whether they believe it’s possible or not, Palestinian leaders use fear of a rebuilt Jewish Temple to stir up their constituents to the point of violence. Even proposals to rebuild the temple without harming the mosques draws a frenzy of rage from the Muslims. No matter what Israel the promises, they fully expect the Jews to destroy the Dome of the Rock and the Al-Aqsa Mosque. It’s interesting that so many Palestinians are convinced that there will be another Jewish Temple on the site. Few of them know it, but they’re agreeing with the Bible. It says that before the mid-point of the seven-year period known as Daniel’s 70th Week, the temple will be rebuilt and sacrifices will be offered again. Daniel 11:31 says that forces from the Antichrist “will arise, desecrate the sanctuary fortress, and do away with the regular sacrifice. And they will set up the abomination of desolation.” [NASB] To “do away with the regular sacrifice,” and to “set up the abomination of desolation” requires that the temple be rebuilt. In the meantime, to understand the Temple Mount hysteria among Muslims, we need to understand the spiritual dimensions of the problem. This is not just a real estate dispute. It is about principalities and powers. Satan will stir anyone he can, as much as he can, in an attempt to keep the holy place in a state of desecration. But he cannot stop God’s plan. The mighty can never defeat the Almighty. Unbelieving religious Jews will rebuild the false temple and offer false animal sacrifices during the first part of the Tribulation. (Daniel 11:31) Then the “man of lawlessness”, the Antichrist, will desecrate that false temple of God by taking his seat in the Holy of Holies, displaying himself as being God. (2 Thessalonians 2:3-4 NASB) That event will start the last half of the Tribulation. That will start 3½ years of the greatest horrors yet known to mankind. It will end with the visible Coming of THE ALMIGHTY, the Lord Jesus Christ. He will rule for 1000 years of peace. Then is the last Judgment of all unbelievers of all Ages. He will then establish forever the New Heaven and Earth.

(I have just tried to synthesize hundreds of pages in a few words. Have mercy on me for brevity. Hal Lindsey)

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-12-2015/ 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again.  It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment.  Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding.  Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there.  You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are.  For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them.  Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.

:: 8-21-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

August 20, 2019 / 8:29 PM / a day ago

Japanese report to say North Korea has miniaturized nuclear warheads: newspaper

TOKYO (Reuters) - Japan has upgraded its estimate of North Korea’s nuclear weapons capability in an upcoming annual Defence White Paper, saying it seems Pyongyang has achieved the miniaturization of warheads, the Yomiuri newspaper said in an unsourced report on Wednesday. That compares with the assessment in last year’s report in which the government said it was possible North Korea had achieved miniaturization, the Japanese daily said without citing sources. The report, to be approved at a Cabinet meeting in mid-September, will maintain the assessment that North Korea’s military activities pose a “serious and imminent threat”, the Yomiuri said. North Korea’s ability to build nuclear warheads small enough to fit on its ballistic missiles has been widely accepted for several years, but the Japanese report highlights the lack of progress on denuclearisation talks aimed at curtailing the program, said Vipin Narang, a nuclear affairs expert at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in the United States. “It is Japan that is most threatened, and probably the primary target of such a capability,” he said. “So openly acknowledging it underscores Tokyo’s acute fears that North Korea’s nuclear program continues to grow unabated with no foreseeable plan to slow its growth, let alone eliminate them.” South Korea’s 2018 Defence White Paper, released in January, reported that North Korea’s ability to miniaturize nuclear weapons “appears to have reached a considerable level. According to South Korean media reports late last year, the South Korean intelligence agency told lawmakers that North Korea had continued to miniaturize nuclear warheads even after the Singapore summit between Trump and Kim in June 2018. At that time, North Korea committed “to work toward complete denuclearisation of the Korean peninsula” and destroyed some tunnels and buildings at its Punggye-ri nuclear test site. But a second Trump-Kim meeting in February collapsed without an agreement, and North Korea has since resumed missile tests. U.S. envoy on North Korea Stephen Biegun was in Seoul this week to meet with South Korean officials, and said he was prepared to engage with North Korea “as soon as we hear from our counterparts.” American officials have concluded for years that North Korea had likely produced miniaturized nuclear warheads. A leaked report by the Defense Intelligence Agency in 2017 concluded that North Korea had successfully produced a miniaturized nuclear warhead that can fit inside its missiles, according to The Washington Post.  In last year’s Defence White Paper, Japan said “miniaturizing a nuclear weapon small enough to be mounted on a ballistic missile requires a considerably high degree of technological capacity,” and that “it is possible that North Korea has achieved the miniaturization of nuclear weapons and has developed nuclear warheads.” Reporting by Chris Gallagher and Linda Sieg in Tokyo, and Josh Smith in Seoul. Writing by Malcolm Foster; Editing by Simon Cameron-Moore

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-northkorea-missiles-japan/japanese-report-to-say-north-korea-has-miniaturized-nuclear-warheads-newspaper-idUSKCN1VB019 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 8-21-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pastor Miraculously Survives after Being Beaten nearly to Death

Amanda Casanova | ChristianHeadlines Contributing Writer | Wednesday, August 21, 2019

A pastor in India reportedly miraculously survived after being beaten nearly to death by a Hindu communist group. According to Faithwire, Pastor Tilak was captured by a group of Naxalites and “mercilessly beaten.” The group asked him:” Will you leave your Christian faith or not?” “I cannot leave my faith … No,” Tilak said. The group bound his arms and legs together and continued to beat him with a large stick. They then forced Tilak to crawl up a mountain path of rocks and thorns. When they thought he was dead, the men threw Tilak’s body in a ditch. They then went to the homes of other Christians, saying “See, as your Jesus was beaten and killed, so have we killed your pastor now. His body is in a ditch in the forest. Find him and bury him.” A group of Christian families found his body and brought him back to the village. Tilak then allegedly opened his eyes. “When his persecutors heard the news, they rushed to the house to see it for themselves,” Open Doors USA reported. “Hindu villagers, the same ones who had urged the Naxalites to silence this man, were shocked. They were the ones who had complained that he was polluting the minds of their neighbors with his gospel, confident that the Naxalites would make quick work of him.” When Tilak recovered, the Naxalites took him to a forest and told him to leave the area. “I left the village with my family at once, as I had suffered extreme torture a year ago. I didn’t want the same for my family,” he said. Tilak and his family were welcomed into their new community and today, share a hut with another family. “It’s been a few years, but we are still very much traumatized,” he said. “We did not have courage to talk with anyone in the new village or share the gospel. However, when we attended the Persecution Preparedness Seminar, we experienced change in our hearts and minds. We are, however, still in the process of healing.”

https://www.christianheadlines.com/blog/pastor-miraculously-survives-after-being-beaten-nearly-to-death.html 

:: 8-21-19 Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TOXIC SLUDGE North Korea nuclear leak fears as satellite images show rivers turned BLACK near uranium mines

Michael Havis and Patrick Knox 21 Aug 2019, 10:00Updated: 21 Aug 2019, 18:34

NORTH Korea’s nuclear programme is feared to be leaking toxic waste which could be contaminating 400,000 people — risking cancer and horrible birth defects. Disturbing photos appear to reveal how a uranium plant in the north of the country is spilling huge amounts of toxic waste into a river which provides water to drink and for crops. The potential radioactive leak was discovered by eagle-eyed US-based researcher Jacob Bogle. By examining satellite images of the Pyongsan uranium site, Mr Bogle believes a horror has been unfolding which has been covered up by the highly secretive and insular state. But he thinks the catastrophe may soon be hard to hide because the toxic leak is now flowing into the Yellow Sea the country shares with neighbouring South Korea and China. This could ultimately affect an estimated 600million people and end up being the world’s worst man-made disaster. In the photos, a pipeline built to carry toxic water from the facility to a nearby waste reservoir appears to be leaking into a river instead, which in turn empties into the Yellow Sea. Mr Bogle said: “I was able to review high-resolution historical satellite imagery for multiple years going back to 2003. “Each of the images shows an ever-growing pile of leaked material on either end of the pipe that takes waste material from the plant to an unlined reservoir. “Some of the images also show fluids being actively spilled directly into the river. “The plant is one of two declared uranium milling facilities in the country. It takes low-quality coal and processes it to create yellowcake, which then contains around 80 per cent uranium. “The extraction and milling requires multiple chemical processes and leaves behind a very toxic mix of waste materials. “That toxic waste is then sent to the nearby reservoir, leaking and travelling into the Ryesong River in the process.” The poisonous sludge has been building up for years in the reservoir, but it appears to have been leaking Credit: Michael Havis  MILLIONS MORE AT RISK The plant lies roughly 60miles south of the North Korean capital, Pyongyang.  Mr Bogle estimates that, within just 9.3miles of the Ryesong, there could be as many as 400,000 people drinking the river water or eat the crops fed by it. The Ryesong ultimately empties into the Han River estuary, which in turn flows into the Yellow Sea between China and North Korea. Some 600 million people could be at risk. Mr Bogle said: “The waste material will contain everything that is left over from the coal and any contaminated water. “Uranium milling produces radium, which is radioactive, and that will be sent through the leaking pipe along with the other contaminants like lead, arsenic, vanadium, and other heavy metals. “The radium will decay into the gas radon, which will enter the atmosphere each time the plant runs. “While the other materials will leak into any groundwater sources and of course be carried downriver.” He continued: “Defector testimony from other nuclear-related sites like Yongbyon and the nuclear-test mountain report major health effects, such as cancer, respiratory problems, and birth defects. “There is no reason to suspect the people near Pyongsan are immune to the effects of radon and heavy metals. “Radon will be carried throughout the area and can cause lung cancer. “Lead and arsenic poisoning can cause neurological problems, especially among children. “At dangerous levels, the other heavy metals can cause a wide range of health problems.”  The plant was constructed in the 1980s – and though imagery of the site is only available from 2003 onwards, Mr Bogle says that even in those early photos the leak is visible. “So it has been ongoing for at least 16 years,” he said. To get an idea of just how much could have leaked in that time, Mr Bogle has also analysed the buildup of waste in the nearby reservoir. Mr Bogle estimates that the sludge pile there grew by 18,000 square metres in just three years, from 2016 to 20 “The leak only occurs whenever the plant is in production,” he said. “But given the enormous growth of the sludge pile within the reservoir, it wouldn't be an aggressive estimate to suggest that at least hundreds of gallons of contaminated material are spilled into the river each day the plant runs.” Because of the closed-off nature of North Korea, the leak can’t be verified on the ground. But Mr Bogle, whose map of the country is freely downloadable at accessdprk.com, believes the available evidence is clear. Despite promising US President Donald Trump that he was giving up his nuclear weapons programme, North Korean leader Kim Jong-un has been forging ahead with his ambitions to be a global power. Last week, Kim was photographed looking overjoyed after his fifth round of ballistic missile tests in less than three weeks.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/9766215/north-korea-nuclear-leak-uranium-mines/ 

:: 8-21-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: Seriously Looking at Ending Birthright Citizenship

Wednesday, 21 August 2019 12:43 PM

President Donald Trump said on Wednesday that his administration was seriously looking at ending the right of citizenship for U.S.-born children of noncitizens and people who immigrated to the United States illegally. "We're looking at that very seriously, birthright citizenship, where you have a baby on our land, you walk over the border, have a baby — congratulations, the baby is now a U.S. citizen. ... It's frankly ridiculous," Trump told reporters outside the White House. Trump has made cracking down on immigration a central plank of his presidency and re-election campaign, but many of the administration's sweeping rule changes and executive orders have been stymied by the courts. The Republican president had told Axios news website in October 2018 that he would end "birthright citizenship" through an executive order. Experts have said such a move would run afoul of the U.S. Constitution. The Constitution's 14th Amendment, passed after the Civil War to ensure that black Americans had full citizenship rights, granted citizenship to "all persons born or naturalized in the United States." It has since routinely been interpreted to grant citizenship to most people born in the United States, whether or not their parents are American citizens or legally living in the United States.

Read Newsmax: Trump Says he Is Seriously Looking at Ending Birthright Citizenship | Newsmax.com

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/trump-birthright-citizenship/2019/08/21/id/929419/ 

:: 8-16-19 Mogaznews En :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Army is working on AI-guided missiles that 'pick their OWN targets'

technology

dailymail

US Army is working on AI-guided missiles that 'pick their OWN targets' to blow up after scanning ground below Cannon-Delivered Area Effects Munition system will use GPS to identify targets The weapons will have a range of up to 60 kilometres while scanning and objects Will replace the Dual-Purpose Improved Conventional Munition (DPICM) artillery

By Peter Lloyd for MailOnline Published: 12:43 BST, 16 August 2019 | Updated: 15:04 BST, 16 August 2019

The U.S. government is spending millions of dollars on creating intelligent missiles - which will determine for targets for themselves. The Cannon-Delivered Area Effects Munition (C-DAEM) system will use GPS to identify enemy tanks and armoured shells, which will be scanned in advance from the skies. According to sources, the Pentagon will invest vast sums into the AI-guided munitions, which could be ready by 2021. They will replace the Dual-Purpose Improved Conventional Munition (DPICM) artillery rounds, which were introduced in the 1980s. Cannon-Delivered Area Effects Munition system: The U.S. government is spending millions of dollars on creating intelligent missiles - which will determine for targets for themselves WHAT IS C-DAEM? C-DAEM is a 155-millimeter artillery shell, and will be available for the M777 towed howitzer, the M109A6 Paladin self-propelled howitzer, and the new XM1299 self-propelled howitzer, which has a range of up to 43 miles. The U.S. Marine Corps uses the same towed M777 howitzers, meaning the Marines could easily adopt the new round once it clears development. Source: Popular Mechanics 'The weapons will have a range of up to 60 kilometres...and will be able to search an area of more than read more from dailymail.....

https://en.mogaznews.com/Technology/1287529/US-Army-is-working-on-AI-guided-missiles-that-pick-their-OWN-targets.html 

:: 8-15-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Is Why America Must NEVER Again Follow The Insane Leftist Ideology Of Putting Other Nations Interests Above Our Own! Doing So Has Been An 'Open Recipe For Tyranny'

- Putting 'America First' Isn't Racist, Selfish Or Vile - Only A Fool Would Think Otherwise!

By Don Boys, Ph.D. - All News Pipeline August 15, 2019

America is a great, grand, and glorious nation, not perfect by any calculation, but the most fair, generous, and freedom-loving nation in the world. Recently, we have heard many from left field and right field talk about our founding fathers (and mothers) and our founding documents; however, it seems much is being overlooked. Consequently, I wish to reveal the truth, causing some heartburn.  It must be remembered that I want to explain origins, not our present day. I will get to modern day America but we must look at our beginning. The farther one peers into the past will help him perceive and provide for the future. The USA was founded by white (gasp), Christian (gasp, gasp), gun toting, homeschooling Englishmen who, after much patient frustration, fought their own ancestors to gain independence and legally became the “People of the United States.” The newly created “People of the United States” formed a nation for “Ourselves and Our Posterity” according to the first paragraph in our Constitution. Our founders were not interested in people in other parts of the world. They were not interested in proving to the world how broadminded they were. They were not concerned for people of other regions, religions, or races, but were concerned for “ourselves and our posterity.” That meant and still does, “ourselves and people like us.” That meant “American first!” And that was true until recent years when it seems to be selfish and vile to practice that wholesome maxim.  (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Were our founding fathers unloving, unkind, un-American (!) or only unthoughtful? Should they have organized a special action of Congress to seek with missionary zeal, the “tired…poor… huddled masses yearning to breathe free”? Should this struggling nation have allocated funds to bring people unlike them to the new nation to add to the diversity? We are told that our strength is in our diversity but the fact is our strength is in our unity. It is noteworthy that African nations, China, and the Muslim nations never speak of diversity. Wonder why? Early Americans had similar beliefs about free enterprise, similar (but not the same) beliefs about religion, the same language, and the same general culture. While having similar backgrounds was helpful in producing mutual support, sympathy, and success, it did not mean we disliked others. It only meant that whatever decisions we made, whether economic, religious, political, domestic, or foreign, the first thought was to put America first. Only a fool says otherwise. President Donald Trump made it clear to the world during his Inauguration speech that once again the U.S. would make decisions based on the principle of putting America first. The media mavens got their knickers in a very uncomfortable knot because of that new operating principle. How dare Trump suggest such an un-American concept! To the media, the very thought is not only annoying, audacious, and aggressive, but also abrasive! The radical leftists believe that the U.S. should put every other nation first when making decisions that affect the U.S. Of course, they don’t expect other nations to have such a stupid policy but America must never again follow policies, practices, and programs that always put America first! American people should help other nations in times of disaster as we have always done, but U.S. political decisions should be made asking, “Will this strengthen or weaken our nation?” Then do what is best for the U.S. It is insane to make decisions that are not beneficial to America. Would any of these non-thinkers suggest that a family should not make decisions based on what is best for them? One media darling suggested that it was racist to put America first. But then, everything seems to be racist at this time. The Los Angeles Times pontificated, “And what would it mean if all countries are left free to pursue their narrow self interest?” Of course, all nations should be free to pursue their own interest! Have these people lost their minds or are they so saturated with leftist ideology that this is their normal reaction to reality? A responsible public official will consider all the ramifications of a matter and then do what is best for America. It is incredible that this is even debatable. America–first, last, and always! Liberals scream “bigotry”; but most sane, sensitive, and sincere Americans believe that we don’t have to apologize for putting our national interests first and wanting to keep America, America! It does not mean that we are by nature superior to everyone else (although we probably are), nor does it mean that we wish anyone else ill. It simply means that we like what we have here, although we would like to remove the crime, hatred, perversion, abortion, etc.; but it would be abnormal if we did not want America to continue to be America. We even like to share it with others, but we won’t have it to share if we don’t maintain it! The signers of the U.S. Constitution were white and most were Protestant. Most of the signers were “American-born and of Anglo-Saxon origin. The eight foreign-born... were all natives of the British Isles. Except for Charles Carroll, a Roman Catholic, and a few Deists, every one subscribed to Protestantism.”  There were only about 2,000 Jews in America in 1776 and in Charleston, SC, “almost every adult Jewish male fought on the side of freedom.” Moreover, a wealthy Jew Haym Salomon lent our fledging government $200,000 and was never repaid—and died bankrupt. With the Fourteenth Amendment, people who were not like “ourselves and our posterity” became citizens; and along with our generous admission of many others, it produced discussion, debate, division, and disruption. One of my readers suggests a striking analogy likening the U.S. to the Ship of State “owned and operated by the Posterity of the founding generation [that] has been authorized by the 14th Amendment to pick up ‘hitchhikers’ as an act of hospitality.” Over the years, many hitchhikers have come on board and many shipwrecked have been rescued and they have been received and have often made an impressive contribution to America. There are now many recent hitchhikers on board who have forgotten their history and consequently their humility and gratitude for what America is. They have become so loud and powerful that they have lost any early vestige of appreciation. They seem to think they were “ourselves and our posterity” when they came on board much later. Some of them, members of Congress, even want to not only take over the Ship of State but also want to change its registration, the ship’s log, destination, etc. A case can be made that it amounts to a mutiny and we are sailing in a different direction toward a hostile and foreign port. The U.S. has opened its heart and doors to permit many others who were not like “ourselves and our posterity” to be accepted among us. This has added much to our nation but not without danger. And those who have been invited on board might smile and kindly say, “Thanks.” And the mutineers? Well, they can go back to their ancestral home on the next ship.

It is treason not to put America first. (Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 18 books, the most recent Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning! eBook is available here with the printed edition (and other titles) at www.cstnews.com . Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D. ; and visit his blog. Send request to DBoysphd@aol.com  for a free subscription to his articles, and click here to support his workwith a donation.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/This_Land_is_Your_Land_This_Land_is_My_Land.php 

:: 8-14-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Magic-Bullet" Michael Baden to Lead Epstein Autopsy-What Could Go Wrong?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Wednesday, August 14, 2019 - 18:30.

Pathologist Michael Baden, served as chairman of the House Select Committee on Assassinations’ Forensic Pathology Panel that investigated the assassination of John F. Kennedy. This should immediately disqualify him to ever do an autopsy again. But against all truth and honesty, Baden is set to conduct the autopsy on Jeffrey Epstein. i am going briefly review, meaning because of limitations of space I am going to have to leave some things out. However, there is enough here to give every truth-loving American pause for concern.. As chairman of the investigation into the JFK assassination, Baden bolstered the official story that Kennedy was killed by a single bullet, also known as the “magic bullet” theory.. This is the theory that states that one bullet passed through JFK changed directions 4 times, changed angles 5 times, shattered 4 inches of Gov Connelly's fifth rib, exited the rib cage and shattered the Governor's radius bone and embedded in his thigh. Then the bullet fell out of Connelly's leg on a stretcher at Parkland Hospital and it appeared as a pristine, never fired bullet. Never before in the history of gun shots has such a bullet ever existed. Yet, Baden endorses every word of this fiction and more. There are so many parallels between the coverups of the JFK assassination and so-called (fake) suicide of Epstein, that it is frightening. Here is an analysis of this old cover story resurrected to sell the fake narrative that Epstein committed suicide while on suicide watch. There's More The man charged with the collecting, organizing and preserving of the photographic evidence, Lt. William Pitzer, was assassinated. He had privately told colleagues a few weeks before his assassination, that he would be going on the Tonight Show to tell about the evidence that was suppressed, and that JFK was not shot in the head from behind as the autopsy falsely stated by BADEN AND THE WARREN COMMISSION. Pitzer was left-handed. Yet, he shot himself with his right hand. His wedding ring finger was mangled in his “suicide” that the forensic pathologists had to cut his ring finger off. Baden never questioned this. There is more that cast a serious shadow over the JFK assassination from the Baden perspective. The two appointed physicians that conducted the autopsy had never done a gun shot autopsy before, but Baden was OK with this. And when the autopsy (ie the fix was in) was complete, the original notes were burned. And as I pointed out, photographs went missing. Baden was OK with this. Let’s do some math and some connecting of the dots. Baden is now 85 years old. The assassination was 56 years ago. Do the math. HMMMM The autopsy doctors had no experience. And the records keeper was assassinated in a fake suicide just like we have with Epstein. But wait, there is more. There was a man Cyril Wecht who served on a board with Baden who testified several times in front of Congress and the House Select Committee on Assassinations. Wecht says the autopsy and the subsequent investigation was a fraud and a coverup With Baden the Fix Was In and With Epstein the Fix Will Be In Cyril Wecht served on the Board, with Baden when he investigated the JFK murder. The following is an excerpt of an interview with Wecht as he exposes the fraud and coverup of the assassination. Baden endorses the 'magic bullet'. Wecht closed his eyes and folded his hands on his desk. A study in concentration, he began speaking in measured tones about the JFK assassination and the Warren Report. But, soon, his passion, his incredulity, took over. His timbre rose. He stood and used his body as a model to show the location of Kennedy's and Connally's wounds. He laughed heartily at what he considers the incompetence of the commission's findings, particularly Specter's single-bullet theory. Wecht didn't need to look up anything. With dizzying dispatch, he rattled off the frames per second of the Zapruder film (18), the time it would have taken Oswald to fire, reload and fire again (2.5 seconds), the time between Kennedy and Connally reacting to their wounds (1.5 seconds), and the weight of the so-called "magic bullet" the commission said struck both men (158.6 grains). All showed the single-bullet theory to be what he has categorized as "scientifically absurd." He repeated his oft-repeated challenge for any forensic pathologist to produce a bullet that had done what the nearly pristine magic bullet is purported to have done. He first threw down that gauntlet in the late 1970s when, unlike him, the eight other members of the pathology panel of the House Select Committee on Assassinations accepted the single-bullet theory. "Get me one bullet in one case, just one from hundreds of thousands of cases ... that has done this. Nobody has ever produced one," he said. There's little limit to his frustration at how the case was handled. As he has since February 1965, when he presented a paper before the American Academy of Forensic Scientists, Wecht blasted the decision that let Kennedy's autopsy be performed by two doctors who had never done a gunshot wound autopsy. "Forensic science was ... thwarted, stymied, perverted, ignored," he said. Did I mention that JFK's brain went missing because the desired conclusion did not match forensic evidence provided for by the brain, so the brain had to be missing and that was obviously OK with "magic bullet, missing brain" Baden. AND NOW THIS TOOL OF THE GLOBALISTS, MICHAEL BADEN, THIS STOOGE WHO WHITEWASHED THE MLK INVESTIGATION AS WELL, IS BEING BROUGHT BACK, LIKE AN OLD RELIEF PITCHER TO CLOSE THE DEAL. AND TO ADD INSULT TO INJURY, ATTORNEY GENERAL BARR IS SENDING THE CONSPIRATORS AT THE PRISON TO BE BED WITHOUT THEIR SUPPER IN THE MOST MEANINGLESS OF PUNISHMENTS. FURTHER, I JUST RECEIVED A COMMUNICATION FROM SCOTT BENNETT THAT SAYS HE HAS “MORE” ON THE PRISON WARDEN WHERE EPSTEIN DISAPPEARED FROM. I WILL BE INTERVIEWING SCOTT AS WE CONTINUE TO BLOW THE LID OFF THIS CONSPIRACY. AS I WILL CONTINUE TO SAY: EPSTEIN WOULD HAVE HAD SEVERAL UNTRACEABLE DEAD MAN SWITCHES THAT WOULD HAVE TRIGGERED A MASSIVE DOCUMENT DUMP ON THE SUBJECT OF THE ELITE'S COMPLICITY RELATED TO CHILD SEX TRAFFICKING AND WORSE. I DOCUMENTED THIS IN AN EARLIER ARTICLE. THE FIX IS IN AND WE WILL CONTINUE TO BREAK THE NEWS ON THIS FRAUD THAT NOW REACHES ALL THE WAY TO THE ATTORNEY GENERAL’S OFFICE. THIS IS THE JFK ASSASSINATION COVER-UP PART II. The video below, was instantly demonitized by Youtube and it concerned Baden. In one of my previous careers, I was a therapist and as such, I know the insurance and legal protocols and requirements for a suicide watch In a public facility like a prison. The second video was also demonetized by Youtube for merely talking about my credentials and knowledge on this topic concerning required surveillance for a suicide watch. The following video was also demonitized for discussing my professional credentials as well as the established legalities and protocols for a suicide watch like the one that Epstein was supposedly in. Because of my training and experience with treating inmates, I would be considered by the courts to be an expert witness. Yet, Youtube demonitized this video. This conspiracy reaches into the White House as Attorney General Barr sends the complicit minions at the prison to bed without their supper and no meaningful punnishment. And since the White House is on board with this fake narrative, expect no justice. Here is this story..... And as Steve Quayle likes to say, "When you are taking flac, you know you are over the target". What is that the guardians of the truth from social media don't want you to know that is contained in these videos?

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/magic-bullet-michael-baden-lead-epstein-autopsy-what-could-go-wrong

::  8-15-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MINUTES as Beijing masses hundreds of armoured vehicles on city's border

Chilling message was sent by the Eastern Theater Command of China's People's Liberation Army yesterday

A relevant social media post also included a picture showing military trucks assembled in Shenzhen city

New footage and images show thousands of military personnel parading near the mainland border today

Chinese state media also released videos earlier this week to show armoured vehicles being mobilised

U.S. President Trump has warned China to 'work humanely with Hong Kong' and said trade talks could wait

The Asian financial hub has been rocked by protests against a now suspended extradition bill for 10 weeks

Chaos escalated this week after bloody clashes broke out between activists and police at the city's airport

By Tracy You For Mailonline and Wires Published: 04:34 EDT, 15 August 2019 | Updated: 11:32 EDT, 15 August 2019

Chinese military has declared it would take them just 10 minutes to reach Hong Kong as the financial hub braces for more demonstrations over the coming weekend. Thousands of Chinese military personnel waving red flags paraded at a sports stadium in a city across the border from Hong Kong today, according witnesses, a day after the chilling warning was issued. Armoured vehicles were also seen inside the stadium in Shenzhen when the event was taking place as concerns build that China may intervene to end 10 weeks of unrest in Hong Kong. Parking spaces at the stadium were filled with more than 100 dark-painted paramilitary vehicles, including troop trucks, armoured personnel carriers, buses and jeeps. At least three were armoured wheel-loaders, and two vehicles carried water cannons. Satellite images taken on Tuesday showed Beijing had apparently assembled some 500 armoured vehicles to a sports centre in Shenzhen across the harbour from Hong Kong. Three senior Hong Kong police officers said Thursday that they are not aware of any plans for Chinese forces to join efforts to quell mass demonstrations in the territory. The officers added that they are unsure whether they would be informed ahead of time if Chinese paramilitary or army forces were deployed in Hong Kong. They agreed to speak to a group of reporters for foreign media only on the condition of anonymity. The United States said yesterday that it was concerned about movements of Chinese forces on the border with Hong Kong and urged Beijing to honor the territory's autonomy. But U.S. President Trump praised Chinese President Xi Jinping, calling him a 'great leader' and saying he could quickly resolve the unrest in Hong Kong if he wanted to. He also suggested trade talks with China could wait until tensions in Hong Kong eased. He tweeted: 'Of course China wants to make a deal. Let them work humanely with Hong Kong first!' Protests were planned across several districts of Hong Kong from Thursday, including a teachers rally, and one organised by animal lovers upset that their pets were being tear-gassed. The Civil Human Rights Front, which organised million-strong marches in June, set another protest for Sunday. The protesters have five demands, including the complete withdrawal of a now-suspended extradition bill that would have allowed criminal suspects to be sent for trial in mainland Chinese courts. China reiterated on Wednesday that Hong Kong's protests were 'near terrorism' as more street clashes followed ugly and chaotic scenes at the airport two days ago, when protesters set upon two men they suspected of being government sympathisers. Seventeen people were arrested on Wednesday, bringing the total number detained since June to 748, police told a news conference, adding that police stations have been surrounded and attacked 76 times during the crisis. Police tactics are toughening after 10 weeks of increasingly violent confrontations between police and protesters have plunged Hong Kong into its worst crisis since it reverted from British to Chinese rule in 1997. The land force of the Eastern Theater Command of China's People's Liberation Army (PLA) yesterday condemned the violent acts from Hong Kong demonstrators. In a social media post, the troop also shared a picture showing military trucks parked outside Shenzhen Bay Sports Centre. The sports centre, nicknamed 'Silkworm Stadium' for its design, looks out to Hong Kong across Shenzhen Bay. 'The Silkworm Stadium near Shenzhen Bay is situated 56 kilometres (35 miles) from Hong Kong Airport and it takes 10 minutes to reach Hong Kong from here,' the post warned. Eastern Theater Command is one of the five military regions in China. Its jurisdiction does not include Guangdong, the province where Shenzhen is. The post in question has since been removed from Chinese messaging platform WeChat. Hong Kong has been rocked by protests over the past two months against a proposed bill that would allow people to be extradited from the city to stand trial in Communist Party-controlled courts in mainland China. The mass display of opposition to the bill has morphed into a wider pro-democracy movement that has thrown down the most significant challenge to Beijing's authority since the former British colony returned to Chinese rule in 1997. The unrest escalated dramatically this week after anti-riot police officers stormed Hong Kong International Airport and fired pepper spray at protesters during bloody clashes. China's Hong Kong Liaison office said yesterday that anti-government protesters were no different to 'terrorists' after two mainland Chinese citizens were attacked by demonstrators at the airport on Tuesday 'for being undercover agents'. State-run media reported this week that the elements of the People's Armed Police (PAP), which is under the command of the Central Military Commission, were assembling in Shenzhen.  Some of the personnel inside the Shenzhen stadium on Thursday had armed police insignias on their camouflage fatigues, according to the AFP reporter. The security forces could be seen moving in formation inside the stadium, and occasionally running, while others rode around outside on motorbikes. Outside the stadium - which is around seven kilometres (4.5 miles) from Hong Kong - there were also dozens of trucks and armoured personnel carriers. 'I don't know why they're here, but it could be related to Hong Kong,' a ticket vendor at the stadium told AFP. The People's Daily and Global Times, two of the most powerful state-run media outlets, published videos on Monday of what it said was the PAP assembling in Shenzhen. The Global Times editor-in-chief, Hu Xijin, said the military presence in Shenzhen was a sign that China was prepared to intervene in Hong Kong. 'If they do not pull back from the cliff and continue to push the situation further beyond the critical point, the power of the state may come to Hong Kong at any time,' Hu wrote. U.S. President Donald Trump also said Tuesday American intelligence had confirmed Chinese troop movements toward the Hong Kong border. 'I hope it works out for everybody including China. I hope it works out peacefully, nobody gets hurt, nobody gets killed,' Trump said. Pro-democracy protesters in Hong Kong, a semi-autonomous Chinese city, have staged 10 weeks of relentless protests to demand greater rights and liberties. The Asian financial hub has been governed under a 'one country, two systems' legal framework since its handover to China from Britain in 1997. Hong Kong allows far greater civil liberties than those on the mainland, but the protesters say those freedoms are eroding as mainland Chinese interference grows. The protests, which have become increasingly violent and led to Hong Kong's airport being paralysed for two days this week, have become the biggest threat to China's rule since the handover.  The Chinese military has not interfered in Hong Kong since the handover but it can should it be called on by the city's government to maintain 'public order'. James Char, a military expert at Singapore's Nanyang Technological University, said the deployment to Shenzhen was both to project an image of domestic strength as well as 'a carefully calculated message to the protesters to think twice about growing or continuing with their recent intensified demonstrations'. 'We can be certain the regime understands that sending in troops to Hong Kong will inflame the protests and the protesters' anti-China grievances,' he said. The PAP are in charge of 'handling riots, turmoil, seriously violent, criminal activities, terrorist attacks and other societal security incidents', the People's Daily said in text accompanying its video on Monday. Chinese authorities have on two occasions this week linked violent protests in Hong Kong to 'terrorism'. They have consistently described protesters as 'rioters'.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7359385/Chinese-military-warns-hit-Hong-Kong-TEN-MINUTES.html 

:: 8-16-19 Biometric :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Facial recognition for travel and onboarding top this week’s biometrics and digital ID news

Aug 16, 2019 | Chris Burt

Stories on biometrics use cases from flight boarding to onboarding, and surveillance to aid delivery made up the most-read news on Biometric Update this week. The industry continues to navigate privacy and communication issues, but also to show strong momentum. A draft of a major tender for cloud biometrics has been published by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), with an estimated $960 million blanket purchase agreement (BPA). CBP is upgrading its system to process passenger applications with facial recognition as part of its Biometric Entry procedure. The aviation industry is ready to embrace a single biometrics-based token for all touchpoints in the traveler journey, and deployments, mostly on trial basis, kept up their pace this week. A blog post from APEX (Airline Passenger Experience Association) checks in on the attitudes of people in Asia to facial recognition in airports, and finds that despite some critical voices, IBM’s “Future of Identity Report” shows 78 percent of people in the APAC region are comfortable using biometric authentication today, and 94 percent are interested in using them in the future. Biometric passports and easing border control with biometrics were also prominent among the week’s top digital ID stories from Africa. The market for facial recognition remote customer onboarding options is becoming more crowded, with Keesing, Konfirmi, and IDnow joining the fray. On the other end of the computer vision spectrum, ZDNet spotted an image recognition accuracy study of tech giants’ offerings by Perficient Digital, which showed Google taking top spot. Perhaps more interestingly, three out of four systems beat humans for tags with greater than 90 percent confidence. In more controversial facial recognition news, the technology has been deployed to London’s 67-acre Kings Cross estate, though apparently on a limited basis. In response, the AI Panel of public relations professional body CIPR urges companies to be transparent about their use of facial biometrics. “The only way to address the growing public concerns on facial recognition is through ethical, up-front communication,” states Panel deputy chair Kerry Sheehan. “Public safety benefits derived from facial recognition technologies will not be gained if issues around public trust are not addressed.” Sheehan notes the raft of existing concerns, and the lack of a law on the books in the UK to address the technology, saying it “should never be rolled out ‘by the back door’.” “Facial recognition technology has and will deliver significant improvements to society and the economy – but the benefits will only be realised if the public concerns are addressed, and that process starts with open communication.” The World Economic Forum reprints a profile of Microsoft AI ethics head Tim O’Brien and his role, as an increasing number of companies considering ethical issues related to artificial intelligence. Ever AI is distancing itself from its photo storage app roots by rebranding as Paravision, just as the company claims the top spot in the Child Exp category of NIST’s FRVT. A different idea for how to collect sensitive data is put forward by LunaDNA, which Forbes reports is offering stock interests for genomes on a ‘data sharing’ basis. Digital privacy concerns are even rising is China, according to an AsiaOne report, where declining to share personal information can prevent individuals from being able to view a restaurant menu or purchase a movie ticket. Earnings reports are rolling in, and Egis Technology’s 28 percent year-over-year revenue gain received a lot of attention this week. Mobile biometrics companies could receive a continued boost from Google’s rollout of biometric authentication for its services on Android, though the initial launch is modest in scope.  HYPR’s use of biometrics and decentralized data to replace passwords and data honeypots, and Samsung NEXT’s belief in the technology as the most cost-effective way for businesses to defeat hackers and protect customer data are discussed in a company blog post. Mastercard, meanwhile, is going after mobile payments with a solution leveraging behavioral biometrics in India, a partnership with mobile payment app Mezu, and the Apple Card, which will feature on-device biometrics and also require a one-time code. The UNHCR’s biometric registration program for Rohingya refugees has surpassed half a million people, which also makes it more than halfway to completion. The agency has now launched its biometrics-based Global Distribution Tool to improve aid delivery efficiency. The World Bank has published an article outlining the potential benefits of inclusive and trusted digital ID for the world’s most vulnerable people. ID4D Group-supported projects including Morocco’s new digital ID and National Population Registry (NPR) and the careful balance they must strike to deliver their intended benefits without introducing new harms are discussed, and examples given in the style of ID4D’s hashtag campaign #EveryID Has a Story. “IDs are taken for granted by those who have them,” says World Bank Vice President for Infrastructure Makhtar Diop. “But lack of identification creates barriers for each individual affected and for the countries they live in.” A major risk made headlines this week, as the discovery of a vulnerability in the BioStar 2 biometric access control system by vpnMentor seems to have come in time to prevent a major leak of unencrypted biometric data.

If you read an article you think the biometrics and digital ID community should read, let Biometric Update know in the comments below, through social media, or the other usual channels.

https://www.biometricupdate.com/201908/facial-recognition-for-travel-and-onboarding-top-this-weeks-biometrics-and-digital-id-news 

:: 8-14-19 C Net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antisurveillance clothes foil cameras by making you look like a car

The garments introduced at DefCon are meant to confuse systems that track civilians. Talk about a statement piece.

By Leslie Katz August 14, 2019 3:44 PM PDT

A new clothing line lets you camouflage yourself as a car to mess with surveillance cameras. The garments in the Adversarial Fashion collection are covered with license plate images that trigger automated license plate readers, or ALPRs, to inject junk data into systems used to monitor and track civilians. ALPRs -- which are typically mounted on street poles, streetlights, highway overpasses and mobile trailers -- use networked surveillance cameras and image recognition to track license plate numbers, along with location, date and time. Hacker and fashion designer Kate Rose showed off her inaugural line at the DefCon cybersecurity conference in Las Vegas over the weekend. It was inspired by a conversation with a friend who works at the Electronic Frontier Foundation about the "low specificity" or inaccuracy of a lot of plate readers on police cars. The Adversarial Fashion garments, she said, highlight the need to make computer-controlled surveillance less invasive and harder to use without human oversight. "A person walking along the sidewalk or in a crosswalk is often close enough, as the readers take in a pretty large visual field, and have ... problems with specificity." The line is conceptual, she said, "but I worked pretty hard to make sure that it can work on the street in daylight." The collection includes shirts, hoodies, jackets, dresses and skirts covered in modified license plate images and other circuitry patterns. Some of the garb features wording from the Fourth Amendment in bold yellow letters written over separate license plates made to look like the kind you see on vintage California cars: "The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized." The garments range in price from $25 (about £21, AU$37) for a crop top to $50 (about £41, AU$74) for a unisex bomber jacket. When picking a size, you'll need to consider not only fit, but maximum readability. "For the pattern to have a maximum effect, it's ideal for the fabric to hang straight so that the text is not excessively warped," all product descriptions read. "For this reason, you may want to consider sizing up if you intend for it to read in to ALPRs effectively." Rose, who's organized civic hackathons across the US, isn't the first designer to come up with wearables meant to flip off surveillance cameras. Artist Leo Selvaggio created a 3D-printed rubber mask aimed at foiling surveillance cameras by making everyone look like the same person -- him. It started as an Indiegogo campaign and now sells for $200 (about £165, AU$296). And artist Adam Harvey created a hoodie and burqa designed to ward off the eyes of drones. They're made with a metalized fabric meant to thwart thermal imaging, and they work by reflecting heat and masking the person underneath from the thermal eye of a drone. The Adversarial Fashion website also includes DIY resources such as APIs and image-editing tools for those interested in designing their own anti-surveillance fashion. Rose says there's never been a better time to design such garb. "I can prototype single pieces in a way I couldn't afford to even a few years ago," she says, "and have designs made to order, reducing the price and improving the accessibility of an experimental design."

https://www.cnet.com/news/anti-surveillance-clothes-foil-cameras-by-making-you-look-like-a-car/ 

:: 8-16-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WAR DECLARED!! Supreme Court Put On Notice! DEMS Volatility Puts NATION On Course For Disaster!

By Justus Knight on August 16, 2019

It is truly unbelievable what is happening at this moment in history. The Democrats have filed a INTEREST OF AMICI CURIAE in the case of NEW YORK STATE RIFLE & PISTOL ASSOCIATION, INC., ET AL., Petitioners, v. CITY OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK, ET AL. Respondents. This was an everyday filing however, it was in all respects a declaration of all out war against the Supreme Court, against the Constitution and against America. They have held the majority in the Court for nearly 50 years but now, they are playing UNCONSTITUTIONAL POOL to change the course of American History!

DON’T FORGET TO ASSURE THE BELL IS CHECKED SO YOU ALERTED TO MY NEW BROADCASTS!!

As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless,    Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/08/16/war-declared-supreme-court-put-on-notice-dems-volatility-puts-nation-on-course-for-disaster/ 

:: 8-15-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

President Trump’s ongoing challenge to designate the Muslim Brotherhood a terrorist organization

August 15, 2019 by BareNakedIslam

President Donald Trump, encouraged by the president of Egypt, has been pushing for the Muslim Brotherhood to be designated as a Foreign Terrorist Organization. Several Arab nations in the Middle East have designated the Brotherhood as a terrorist group because of the ideological succor it gives to extremists. But Muslims and leftists are pushing back against him, as are the so-called “American experts” on the Muslim Brotherhood, many of whom are being paid off by Qatar, current headquarters of the Brotherhood. Third Rail Talk For some time President Trump has engaged in the rather noble (though risky) endeavor of seeking to have the Muslim Brotherhood officially recognized by the Secretary of State as an FTO (Foreign Terrorist Organization) in accordance with section 219 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA). This enterprise has been met with the predicable calls for blind tolerance and multicultural etiquette so often urged upon us by the mainstream liberal media. It is crucially important in life to 1) know an enemy when one sees or hear them and 2) call them an enemy once one does. A slightly more coherent (though not much more) case was put forward by Charlie Savage, Eric Schmitt and Maggie Haberman in a recent New York Times piece which stated that due to the somewhat decentralized nature of the Muslim Brotherhood, it would be more difficult to categorize them as an organization as such. However, they seem to stumble over their own argument by stating that “Several political parties in places like Tunisia and Jordan consider themselves Muslim Brotherhood or have ties to it but eschew violent extremism.”. It’s rather laughable that they’re effectively saying, “look at Tunisia and Jordan, they’re so non-violent, they’re barely part of the Brotherhood at all!”. The latest update in President Trump’s crusade was following a visit by Egypt’s President, Abdel Fattah el-Sisi and his subsequent urging to formally designate the Brotherhood as an FTO. This would make sense as there has been historic harassment of Egypt’s Coptic Christians by the Brotherhood. This was more than alluded to in point 30 of Bill S.2230 — To require the Secretary of State to submit a report to Congress on the designation of the Muslim Brotherhood as a foreign terrorist organization, and for other purposes. This was a bill that was put forward back in 2015 and sponsored by Republican Ted Cruz. It seems that authorities on the Right have not been reticent to recognize an enemy as such and to take action as needed. There have been a number of Islamic sympathizers and apologists who have predictably said that Muslims are being unfairly targeted and that violence against Muslims are encouraged on the back of this proposed policy. The Institute for Social Policy and Understanding certainly seems to think so, though it is crucial to note that the ISPU is headquartered out of Dearborn, MI which has over 50% Muslim population. Incidentally, read the list of FTOs formally recognized by the Department of State and it will become immediately apparent that the vast majority of FTOs are Islamic in ideology and primarily Muslim in membership. Are all of these organizations also engaged in the unfair targeting of Muslims? While it remains to be seen how Trump will handle his Muslim Brotherhood challenge, it seems any reader of this article is left with two possibilities:

1) Already knowing plenty of facts revealing the terrorist nature of Islam, would it be better to simply ignore them for the sake of multicultural etiquette?

2) Americans to reserve their right to challenge Islamic ideology and doctrine as well as its fundamental incompatibility with Western values.

Option 1 is not a contingency that I would recommend.

Dr. Tawfik Hamid, a researcher at the Virginia-based Potomac Institute for Policy Studies, said in a May 7, 2019 interview on Al-Jazeera TV (Qatar) said that the Muslim Brotherhood’s terrorist designation would actually help moderate Muslims in America.

https://barenakedislam.com/2019/08/15/president-trumps-ongoing-challenge-to-designate-the-muslim-brotherhood-a-terrorist-organization/ 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 8-14-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recession indicator with perfect track record flashing red

[Fox Business]  Jonathan Garber Fox Business August 14, 2019

The yield curve is blaring a recession warning.

The spread between the U.S. 2-year and 10-year yields on Wednesday turned negative for the first time since 2007. Such a development has occurred ahead of each and every U.S. recession of the last 50 years, sometimes leading by as much as 24 months. “Historically, the 2-10 has had better predictive ability of recession than equities,” Sri Kumar, president of the Santa Monica, California-based Sri-Kumar Global Strategies, told Fox Business. “If you depended on equities to tell you whether you are entering into a recession you did not do well. For example, October, November of 2006, exactly one year before the Great Recession began, the 2-10- inverted. Equities did well in the first half of 2008 when we were in a recession and oil prices hit a peak in May of 2008 when we were very much in a recession. “Do not depend on equities or oil price to tell you that you are in a recession. You’re probably not going to do well as a leading indicator.” And while a flattening yield curve is typically something investors fear, President Trump earlier this month called on the Federal Reserve to cut rates in order to flatten the yield curve further and spark inflation – something needed to jumpstart a slowing economy. “They must Cut Rates bigger and faster, and stop their ridiculous quantitative tightening NOW,” Trump tweeted. “Yield curve is at too wide a margin, and no inflation!” Trump’s call for more Fed rate cuts comes at a time when the economy is slowing as the more than yearlong U.S.-China trade war presses on. The U.S. economy grew at an annualized rate of 2.1 percent in the April to June period, down from 3.1 percent in the first quarter. But that’s not the only evidence of a slowing economy. A team of Bank of America Merrill Lynch economists led by Ethan Harris say three of the top five economic indicators of the business cycle are “flashing yellow” and are near levels consistent at the start of previous recessions. Specifically, the team points to weakness in auto sales, industrial production and aggregate hours worked. However, they say arguably the “most reliable early indicator,” initial jobless claims, remains at a low level.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/recession-indicator-perfect-track-record-100721781.html 

:: 8-16-19 Gold Switzerland :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EGON VON GREYERZ ON THE KEISER REPORT – “CENTRAL BANKS IN PANIC MODE”

August 16, 2019 by Egon von Greyerz

In this interview Max and Egon discuss the enormous pressures in the financial system and the coming stampede into gold. Also:

The final phase of the currency race to zero has just started

Massive energy in gold, built up over the last 6 years

Gold will break its all time high of $ 1920, without effort

Gold hit new all-time highs in many currencies. Now on its way to at least $10,000 or even $50,000

Central banks panicking over global banking system

Negative rates – Government bonds, world’s most risky investment

At some point, investors will dump overvalued bonds, resulting in hyperinflation and implosion of bond market

Dow Jones stock index, will face a vicious fall very soon and in years to come

THE INTERVIEW STARTS AT 12 MINS 40 SECONDS:

https://goldswitzerland.com/egon-von-greyerz-on-the-keiser-report-central-banks-in-panic-mode/ 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, etc

:: 8-15-19 Summit News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hong Kong Activist Leader Calls For a Run on the Bank

Chen Haotian asks citizens to withdraw cash deposits to target Chinese banks.

Published 5 days ago on 15 August, 2019 Paul Joseph Watson

Prominent Hong Kong pro-independence political activist Chen Haotian has called for a run on Chinese banks, asking that everyone withdraw their money on the same day. Haotian is a founding member and the convenor of the Hong Kong National Party. Arguing that large scale protests have only led to injuries and escalating police brutality, Haotian believes another method could be used to severely undermine China’s influence – a good old fashioned run on the bank. He suggested that another method could be used, namely, impacting the financial system,” reports China Press. “He called on Friday (August 16) that Hong Kong citizens take out all bank deposits. The primary goal is Chinese banks, but he said other banks should also be targeted, otherwise Chinese banks can borrow money from other banks to solve problems.” Hong Kong has been rocked by weeks of violent protests by pro-independence campaigners. Earlier this week, riot police stormed Hong Kong International Airport to clear them out. As we reported on Tuesday, while China is unlikely to invade using PLA troops, experts have suggested that soldiers could be disguised as Hong Kong police.

https://summit.news/2019/08/15/hong-kong-activist-leader-calls-for-a-run-on-the-bank/ 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (third word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::]

etc. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. etc.

:: 8-16-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antifa Flyer Threatens False Flag Terrorism Upon Innocent Americans This Weekend As Portland Prepares For Total Chaos

- Leftist Terrorists Threaten To Dress As Trump Supporters While Carrying Out Violence

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die August 16, 2019

This August 8th story over at the NOQ Report brings forth a huge problem that America and the world face in 2019. As their story begins, "the destruction of truth in America has been underway for decades" and while recent years brought along the independent media and the destruction of large parts of the 'myths' that the mainstream media and leftist politicians have been spinning, "the shift in media sentiment and the rise of Trump Derangement Syndrome has made it more challenging than ever in our history to break through the media jamming of lies and expose more Americans to the truth". Their story then went on to report an 'unsubstantiated rumor' that we'll elaborate upon because we're now seeing the 'tactic' the 'antifa' flyer seen above is embracing being used over and over and over again not only by the left to demonize their 'enemies' on the right but by police in Hong Kong who recently dressed as protesters to infiltrate and arrest demonstrators in Hong Kong as well as well-documented cases of 'deep state' agents infiltrating protest movements here in America to cause chaos as 'agent provocateur's' so that outside law enforcement can crack down upon the groups demonstrating. From the NOQ Report story.: Antifa in Portland is rumored to be planning an event for August 17th in which they wear MAGA hats and other pro-Trump attire while perpetrating violence in an effort to frame patriots. They even called for the use of convincing law enforcement attire to play what I assume would be a different role in the event. Patriot Intel Report YouTube channel seems to be the only source on this plot, but comments in a thread regarding the video posted on Raging Red‘s Twitter account included a flier that is purported being distributed digitally to Antifa members: The flier, seen at the top of this story, and the rival demonstrations between 'antifa' and the 'Proud Boys' on Saturday have Portland business owners extremely concerned that their latest face-off could kick off a serious round of violence and chaos there with reporter Andy Ngo brutally attacked in Portland while Portland's mayor Ted Wheeler had made sure that law enforcement took a 'hands off' approach to previous confrontations while as a liberal, Wheeler clearly backed the 'antifa terrorists'.

So with liberal Hollywood recently actually creating a 'hunting deplorables' movie while antifa also put out a 'death camps for Trump supporters flyer' recently, we'll take a look within the final section of this ANP story at preparing for just such a situation as leftists unleashing terror in America by preparing to defend our families and loved ones and other innocent's from the leftist insanity being unleashed upon America. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

Antifa Flyer Threatens False Flag Terrorism Upon Innocent Americans This Weekend As Portland Prepares For Total Chaos

- Leftist Terrorists Threaten To Dress As Trump Supporters While Carrying Out Violence

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die August 16, 2019

This August 8th story over at the NOQ Report brings forth a huge problem that America and the world face in 2019. As their story begins, "the destruction of truth in America has been underway for decades" and while recent years brought along the independent media and the destruction of large parts of the 'myths' that the mainstream media and leftist politicians have been spinning, "the shift in media sentiment and the rise of Trump Derangement Syndrome has made it more challenging than ever in our history to break through the media jamming of lies and expose more Americans to the truth". Their story then went on to report an 'unsubstantiated rumor' that we'll elaborate upon because we're now seeing the 'tactic' the 'antifa' flyer seen above is embracing being used over and over and over again not only by the left to demonize their 'enemies' on the right but by police in Hong Kong who recently dressed as protesters to infiltrate and arrest demonstrators in Hong Kong as well as well-documented cases of 'deep state' agents infiltrating protest movements here in America to cause chaos as 'agent provocateur's' so that outside law enforcement can crack down upon the groups demonstrating. From the NOQ Report story.: Antifa in Portland is rumored to be planning an event for August 17th in which they wear MAGA hats and other pro-Trump attire while perpetrating violence in an effort to frame patriots. They even called for the use of convincing law enforcement attire to play what I assume would be a different role in the event. Patriot Intel Report YouTube channel seems to be the only source on this plot, but comments in a thread regarding the video posted on Raging Red‘s Twitter account included a flier that is purported being distributed digitally to Antifa members: The flier, seen at the top of this story, and the rival demonstrations between 'antifa' and the 'Proud Boys' on Saturday have Portland business owners extremely concerned that their latest face-off could kick off a serious round of violence and chaos there with reporter Andy Ngo brutally attacked in Portland while Portland's mayor Ted Wheeler had made sure that law enforcement took a 'hands off' approach to previous confrontations while as a liberal, Wheeler clearly backed the 'antifa terrorists'.

So with liberal Hollywood recently actually creating a 'hunting deplorables' movie while antifa also put out a 'death camps for Trump supporters flyer' recently, we'll take a look within the final section of this ANP story at preparing for just such a situation as leftists unleashing terror in America by preparing to defend our families and loved ones and other innocent's from the leftist insanity being unleashed upon America.

(If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

According to this August 13th story over at Oregon Live, the city of Portland and Portland business owners are preparing for chaos with the latest face-off between the antifa terrorists and the 'Proud Boys'. From their story.: Portland is bracing for a right-wing rally and a left-wing counter protest Saturday at the downtown waterfront. Several events have been moved or canceled, and the Portland Police Bureau is encouraging Portlanders to spend time other parts of the city that day. Police sent out a release Tuesday morning about the demonstrations with a map of Portland, showing a variety of events happening throughout the city Saturday, saying “The area of impact is a very small portion of Portland.” “There are many events happening in other parts of the metro area that will not be impacted,” it continued,” adding, “here are few. Enjoy!” The City of Portland scheduled a press conference for Wednesday at Pioneer Courthouse Square for “a large coalition of public servants, civil rights leaders, religious leaders, labor unions, sports organizations, businesses and community leaders to come together as one to denounce violence of all forms.” “We ask those who choose to practice their First Amendment rights through protest to please not block our transit services or vandalize our property and equipment,” she said. “We need our buses and trains in working order and access to our stops and stations maintained as we work to provide vital transit service to the community.” “Rival protest demonstrations scheduled to take place on the nearby waterfront have given us cause for concern,” he continued. “Our overarching interest is for the welfare and safety of our staff and customers, as well as the safety of Portland citizens and visitors. As an American citizen who emigrated from Northern Ireland, I’d like to go on record as stating that violence and chaos are not the answer; unity and peace are the answer.” Yet as we've been reporting on ANP time and again, it has largely been the antifa terrorists, not only in Portland but elsewhere across America as well, who have attempted to use violence and intimidation to prevent Christians, Conservatives and other President Trump supporters from speaking and carrying out their 1st Amendment rights, insanely claiming (due to mainstream media lies) that all President Trump supporters are 'nazis' or 'white supremacists' and therefore somehow don't deserve the same Constitutionally guaranteed rights as others. According to this July 30th story over at Oregon Live, supporters of the far left terrorist group antifa are quite unhappy about proposals to label them as a domestic terror organization that as even President Trump recently stated in this linked tweet, "declaring ANTIFA, the gutless Radical Left Wack Jobs who go around hitting (only non-fighters) people over the heads with baseball bats, a major Organization of Terror (along with MS-13 & others). Would make it easier for police to do their job!"

Yet as we'll see in each of the following linked stories, the reasons to prepare to defend are many.:

On July 30th, Susan published this story titled "This Could Turn Into A Bloodbath: Antifa To Converge On Texas Town - With Conservatives As Both Mayor And Governor, And A Very High Military Presence, What Could Go Wrong?" Then on August 1st, Susan published this story on ANP that got to 'the big picture' of what America and freedom are now up against titled "The Designed Destruction Of America - We Were Warned Of The '45 Communist Goals' That Would Destroy America Back In 1963". On August 5th, John C. Velisek published this story titled "America's Final Descent Into Communism And Civil War Are The Leftist's 'End Game' As 'The Sheep' Fully Capitulate To The Elite Who Have Been Running Roughshod Over America For Decades!"

On August 5th, Susan published this story on titled "The Powder Keg We Are Sitting On Is About To Blow: The Mainstream Media And Mental Health Professionals Treating Trump Derangement Syndrome Are All Suffering From It - America Has Become A Nation Of Crazy People".

On August 7th, Susan Duclos published this story titled "Death Camps For Trump Supporters' Fliers Just The Latest Reason Why Personal Defense Is More Important Now Than Ever Before".

On August 9th Susan published this story titled "Liberal Elite Hunting & Killing 'Deplorable' Conservatives And Christians For Sport Is The Latest Hollywood Fantasy As House Dem Demands Feds Create A 'White Nationalist List' To Target Conservatives". On August 9th we also published this story titled "If Democrats Have Their Way, The Monstrous 'Death Toll Of Communism' May Be Coming To America! In 'Death By Government', Disarmament Always Precedes Genocide! The Insane Leftist Agenda Must Be Stopped In 2020 Or Kiss Freedom & America Goodbye!".

On August 12th, we published this ANP story titled "Will 'Red Flag Laws' Become 'Red List Executions'? All The Know Nothings Will Exclaim, 'But It's The Law' - Remember! Courageous Police Officer Warned Of The Globalists 'Final Solution' For America".

On August 14th, John C. Velisek published this story on ANP titled "The Difference Between Communism And Socialism Is Almost The Same As The Difference Between Murder And Forced Suicide: Either Way, You End Up Dead - Leftists Want Americans To Share The Misery Equally, Except For Themselves".

Anybody else noticing the horrific pattern? There's clearly never been a better time to prepare than now. With much of the 'tolerant left' having turned into Trump-hating raging psychopaths over the past few years and their hatred aided and abetted by the mainstream media and leftist politicians pushing their politics of hatred of anything White, Christian or Conservative, there may never be a more important time than now to prepare. As Susan Duclos had reported on ANP back on August 7th in her story titled "'Death Camps For Trump Supporters' Fliers Just The Latest Reason Why Personal Defense Is More Important Now Than Ever Before", over the course of the last several years we've seen attack after attack upon Conservatives, Christians and supporters of President Trump, largely based upon mainstream media lies demonizing us all as 'Nazis' and worse. So with antifa terrorists threatening to dress like POTUS supporters to unleash chaos in Portland, we should all be prepared for whatever lays ahead. NON-LETHAL SELF-DEFENSE WEAPONS Starting with the non-lethal, the products below are affordable and have some very good reviews. Pepper Sprays: Note - This seems to be best used for outdoors, but not advisable for indoor use unless absolutely necessary as some of the reviews were clear that the rate of dissipation ended up affecting the user as well as the attacker.

Out of all the products researched, when it came to pepper sprays, the SABRE brand received the best reviews with 4 and 5 stars. SABRE RED Pepper Spray Keychain with Quick Release for Easy Access – Max Police Strength OC Spray, Finger Grip for Accurate Aim, 10-Foot (3M) Range, 25 Bursts (5x Other Brands) – Practice Spray Option SABRE ADVANCED Compact Pepper Spray with Clip – 3-in-1 Pepper Spray, CS Tear Gas & UV Marking Dye – Maximum Police Strength OC Spray, 10-Foot (3M) Range, 35 Bursts – Optional Practice Spray SABRE RED Pepper Gel Spray for Runners – Gel is Safer – Maximum Police Strength OC Spray, Adjustable Hand Strap for Quick Access while Running – Optional Clip-on 120dB Personal Alarm w/LED Light SABRE Pepper Spray & Stun Gun Self-Defense Kit— Police Strength SABRE Red Pepper Spray, PLUS a Compact, Stylish & Powerful Purple SABRE Stun Gun with Flashlight Stun Guns

VIPERTEK VTS-989 - 58 Billion Heavy Duty Stun Gun - Rechargeable with LED Flashlight

VIPERTEK VTS-T03 - Aluminum Series 53 Billion Heavy Duty Stun Gun - Rechargeable with LED Tactical Flashlight, Green

SABRE Tactical Stun Gun—Anti-Grab Technology (Shocks Person If They Try to Take)–Charge Emits Intimidating 95 dB—120 Lumen Flashlight, Wrist Strap & Holster

Blade-Tech Kydex-The-Waistband Holster for TASER Pulse and Pulse +

Tasers: (Note- Tasers are a little more expensive, but rather than just stunning the attacker from up close, they fire barbs attached by wires to batteries, which will incapacitate them temporarily.)

Taser Pulse with 2 Live Cartridges, Black

Taser Pulse + Self-Defense Tool with Noonlight Mobile Integration, Black

Batons, Bats & Tactical Pens:

Selfdefensetools Non Lethal Mutil-Tool Extended Striking Distance,Light Weight (Open Length:21 inches. Close Length: 9 inch.)

Cold Steel 92BSBZ Brooklyn Basher Mini Baseball Bat (24-Inch, Black)

Smith & Wesson 6.1in Aircraft Aluminum Refillable Tactical Pull Cap Pen for Outdoor Survival Camping and Everyday Carry

In the first video below from the Patriot Intel Report we learn about the antifa flyer seen at the top of this story in which they threaten to dress up as President Trump supporters to unleash terror upon Portland while in the 2nd video below, journalist Andy Ngo joins Fox News to talk with us about how Portland has turned into 'a horror version of Groundhog Day'. In the 3rd and final video below we hear more about antifa's disgusting plans to dress up as MAGA supporters while causing chaos and havoc in Portland on Saturday from Mo Reese Delk.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Antifa_China_False_Flag_Terrorism_And_The_Search_For_Truth_And_Reality.php 

:: 8-15-19 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UFO Sightings: Glowing Fireball Shoots Out Mysterious Orb Above Egyptian Pyramid (Video)

CC0 / Pixabay    Viral

09:08 15.08.2019(updated 09:16 15.08.2019)

There is no doubt that the object in the footage is extraterrestrial, but opinions differ over whether it is a natural phenomenon or the product of intelligent life. Footage of a purported UFO sighting, filmed above the pyramids in Egypt, has prompted outlandish claims that ‘the real pyramid builders’ had returned to see their creation. A glowing white fireball is seen streaking across the sky over an Egyptian pyramid, when suddenly a white orb seems to shoot off and travel in the opposite direction from the space rock. The video was filmed by a tourist and uploaded to the Chinese YouTube channel Bizarre World back in June. While most commenters argued that the mysterious object was a fragment of a meteor, there were also suggestions that it was a flying saucer. “The UFO streaks across the sky like a meteor, but then part of it shoots out another white orb and that orb travels in the opposite direction,” Scott C Waring, a prominent UFO hunter, wrote on his website ET Database.

“It looks to me like the people who built the pyramids were doing a flyby to check on it.”

https://sputniknews.com/viral/201908151076555064-ufo-sightings-glowing-fireball-shoots-out-mysterious-orb-above-egypt-pyramid-video/ 

:: 8-14-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COSMIC DISASTER | CIA: Classified

137,584 views Premiered Aug 14, 2019

Cosmic Disaster, Solar Micronova, Superflare, Magnetic Reversal, Crustal Displacement, Ice Age, Tsunamis, Volcanoes... it's all here, it's all been done before and it's all coming again soon.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B_zfMyzXqfI 

:: 8-7-19 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

You kick God out of the culture, this is what you get

Wednesday, August 7, 2019  Chris Woodward, Jody Brown (OneNewsNow.com)

Two Christian commentators are offering their ideas about who or what to blame for the shootings this weekend. One blames, in part, the Church … and the other blames what he calls America's "mis-education" system for teaching children that they're essentially animals. In the aftermath of the massacres in El Paso and Dayton that left 31 dead and dozens wounded and injured, politicians and pundits across the U.S. are stating their opinions about the reasons the shootings took place. President Donald Trump, for example, blamed mental illness, violent video games, and insufficient background checks. But many of his political opponents are blaming the president's political rhetoric, saying it has fostered an "anti-immigrant" and "racist" culture. In the midst of the debate, Christian apologist, author, and speaker Dr. Frank Turek argues that the Church needs to be more counter-culture. Turek, Frank (Christian author) "We've created this culture of nihilism, [a culture] of meaningless – and [then] we wonder why people treat one another as if their lives are meaningless. I think a big part of the problem is the Church has been complicit in this, in the sense that the Church has not engaged the culture," Turek said Tuesday on American Family Radio. He continued: "The Church, since the 1920s, has been pretty much separated from the culture. The Church hasn't been involved in evidence or reason, [in] trying to give reasons as to why Christianity is true and to show people why it is really true that there is a God and you're made in His image and we should respect everyone." Turek went on to point out that people often say, "Well, just have faith" – an admonition he says isn't biblical. "Jesus never said 'Just have faith,' [but rather that we should] always be ready to give an answer for the hope that you have, to trust in what you have good reason to believe," he noted. "That's what faith is. "And so part of the problem is us; that the Church, for the past 100 years, has not really engaged the culture – and we wonder why when we take the godly people out the culture that culture goes godless. Whose fault is that? It's ours." 'When lawlessness increases, love of man waxes cold' Monday on American Family Radio, talk-show host Abraham Hamilton III also blamed a devaluing of life – but in addition argued that a godless education system shoulders much of the blame for tragedies like those in El Paso, Dayton, and other sites of mass shootings. "We have a generation [now] that has been force-fed, through their mis-education systems, the message that they're nothing but animals; [that] there's nothing unique or sacred about human life – [and therefore] life has no purpose, no meaning," he began. "That is what society has force-fed a generation." Yet, he said, Americans continue to support "that anti-Christ theological teaching" by enshrining in law and paying taxpayer dollars for the right to abortion. "We have marches primarily for the right to murder these little 'animals,'" he noted. "And then society wants to gasp collectively when we have tragedies like we had over the weekend?" And despite the public outcry from the left, Hamilton contends liberal politicians don't really care when these events occur. "That's why they immediately run to their predictable political talking points," he said. "I'm saying that if we have a society that truly cares about the termination of innocent human life, we have to grapple with the fact that we probably should stop telling people that they're just animals. "You kick God out of society – the God who says 'You were made in My image' and that life is precious – you reject Him [and] expel Him from society; yet want to complain when people act like animals. We can't have it both ways." And the repeated calls from Capitol Hill for gun control are "foolishness," he concluded. "Everybody knows that for the first 125 to 150 years of America's history there were guns everywhere. [There were even] marksmanship classes at the schools – but you want to tell me it's the guns? "It's not the guns, man," Hamilton emphasized. "This is what happens when a nation has rejected the Lord: As lawlessness increases, the love of man waxes cold." (Matthew 24:12)

https://onenewsnow.com/culture/2019/08/07/you-kick-god-out-of-the-culture-this-is-what-you-get 

:: 8-15-19 News with Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

No Deposit – No Return

By Dave Daubenmire|August 15th, 2019

Perhaps I am showing my age a bit but that is a term they used to use before the recycling Nazi’s criminalized trash. Coke bottles used to require a 2 cent deposit when you bought one to make sure that the bottles were returned so that they could be used again. It wasn’t called recycling, but that is what it was. My friends and I used to get pocket money by dumpster diving (they didn’t call it that back then) for bottles. Although many states are bringing this idea back, in the mid 60’s they pretty much did away with idea. Plastic bottles and aluminum cans replaced glass bottles and the recycling boom began. Every kid in town had some money in his pockets back then because we simply walked the ditches outside of town and rummaged up 10 or so empty bottles along the road. Twenty cents went a long way when I was a kid…heck…it bought a gallon of gas. Today, Americans expect a return without a deposit. No wonder so many folks are walking around in desperation. I don’t care what area of endeavor you find yourself operating in the old axiom of NO DEPOSIT, NO RETURN still rings true today. If you want anything of value in this life you will find that you are going to have to put some skin in the game. No deposit, no return. Why don’t we teach that anymore? Why does everyone demand equality when it is clear that, for the most part, you get out of something exactly what you put into it? No deposit, no return. I spent a career as a high school Coach. Football was where I hung my hat, but I coached numerous other sports…both boys and girls…and the one truism that remained constant was that those who worked the hardest usually had the greatest success. Although some people were born on third base, the vast majority of successful people that I know earned their success through hard work. No deposit, no return. We have all heard the stories from our parents about how rough their lives were. You know the old saw…they walked three miles to school, uphill both ways…but the truth is that they lived in a different world where there was a direct correlation between work and success. There was no entitlement. No one owed them anything. The American dream was the idea that if you worked hard you could be successful. There was no such thing as a free lunch or a free pass. As the Beatles so aptly said, everyone “bought a ticket to ride.” In other words, no deposit, no return. That was the American way. Hold on tight…I am about to make a hard right turn on you here. Why is it that we think it would be any different in our personal lives? Why would we make the mistake of thinking that the most important aspects of life would be successful apart from the principles that worked in other parts of our lives? No deposit, no return applies across the board. Why is your Spiritual life so bland? Why is your relationship with Jesus Christ so casual and lukewarm? How much time and energy do you invest in your Christian walk? Do you read the Bible daily? If so, do you simply read a few verses out of a Daily Devotional and then run to the office? How could you ever have a deep, lasting relationship with Christ if you invest so little time into it? No deposit, no return. How about your family? How is that working out for you? Has it ever dawned on you that your children probably spend more quality time with their high school coach than they do with you? When I was coaching it was not unusual for a father to thank me for working with his child and openly admit that I had more impact on the child’s life than the father did. Are you investing into your children? No deposit, no return. What about the relationship with your spouse? How much quality time do the two of you actually spend together? Men, how often do you sit down and look deeply into the eyes of your bride? Do you listen to her concerns? Do you take her hand and pray for her? Do you step away from the TV and invest the time in her life that she actually deserves? Remember, no deposit, no return. When was the last time you connected with an elected official? Do you communicate regularly with your Congressman? How about your mayor…or better yet, your pastor? They tell us that silence is consent and perhaps we should ask ourselves what is the message that our leadership is receiving from our silence. What have you invested your time in to today? Yep, you got it…no deposit, no return. America is in the mess that we are in today because of the tyranny of the minority. Samuel Adams, the firebrand of the American Revolution said, “It does not take a majority to prevail… but rather an irate, tireless minority, keen on setting brushfires of freedom in the minds of men.” What brushfires are you setting in the minds of those you have influence over? Are you having the impact in your home, church, marriage, and community that you could be having? Are you investing your time, energy, talents, and finances into the things that really matter in life? When the sand runs out of your hour glass what will it be that you left behind? Take stock in your life of the things that really matter and fight like hell to preserve them. Now is the time. Stand up and speak up. www.EqualJusticeTour.com  No deposit, no return.

http://newswithviews.com/no-deposit-no-return/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 8-16-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Forceful Opposition Is Critical Against HB 1296 "The Great American Holocaust Bill"

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Friday, August 16, 2019 - 13:17.

HB 1296 is the most dangerous legislation in the history of the United States. This bill, when passed, will leave Americans, for all intents and purposes, defenseless against a tyrannical government. For one, I will not comply because I know what history teaches about such actions perpetrated by government. Paul Martin and myself were discussing the ramifications of this bill and it is clear that this will lead to a civil war and this is EXACTLY what the Left wants. Why? Because the Left cannot legitimately win an election, so they are perpetrating a coup through the promotion of racial division, an artificially created recession, false flag attacks and now gun confiscation. Millions of Americans will see this for what it is and they will not comply. This, again, will lead to a civil war and that is the desired end game of the Left. (ie globalists). Republican Senators and even President Trump have abandoned their conservative base. It is bad enough that these so-called conservatives have not moved to curtail the illegal damage being done to the conservative Independent Media by their inaction against Big Tech. Now, these two groups, supposed defenders of American conservatism, are once again abandoning their mandate to protect the people from the government. Your government is engaging in action that is a direct threat to the lives of every American. Before going any further, please keep in mind that Thomas Jefferson wrote the Second Amendment to not protect the people from Britain and France, but rather to protect the people from their own government. Clearly, El Paso, for reasons previously discussed was a poorly planned false flag attack. However, the Left has successfully used this event to make a major move on our guns. HR 1296 takes all guns away from the American people except low-threat pistols. And one can bet that the pistols are next. However, to get ALL guns it is important that note that another series of false flags are needed. I recently had a Federal (LEO) tell me that his agency is expecting another 9/11 of Oklahoma City Bombing. Mike Adams and myself were recently discussing that a series of false flag events are coming and they are designed to frame conservative Americans as a prelude to total gun confiscation. Mike Adams and myself both believe that social media, big tech will be the likely target of the next false flag. Right wing conservatives with a phony manifesto, or diary, will be found post-mortem, which will serve to frame the "conservative" perpetrator(s). This will produce a series of events that will lead to "The Great American Genocide". In support of this bold statement, here are some irrefutable facts complied by the University of Hawaii regarding death by government and gun confiscation: From the University of Hawaii Democide (death by government) Project: Chapter: 1900-1987: 169,198,000 murdered [1]

Article: pilot study: war isn't this century's biggest killer

References: overall sources of estimates/quotes/information [5]

Table: summary by regime [5]

Figure: democide year-by-year and war and rebellion-dead [5]

What governments murdered how many?

Table: summary of megamurderers--regimes that murdered 1,000,000 people or more [1]

Chapter: the centi-kilo murderers--regimes that murdered 100,000 to 999,999 people or more [5]

Tables: estimates, calculations, and sources, by states and by quasi-states [5]

Chapter: the lesser murderers--regimes that murdered less than 100,000 people [5]

Tables: estimates, calculations, and sources [5]

Chapter: American bombing and other democide [5]

Table: estimates, calculations, and sources [5]

Paper: how many did communism murder?

Chapter section: Khmer Rouge Cambodian democide [15]

Chapter section: Rwandan genocide [15]

Please bear in mind that this is only a drop in the proverbial bucket for the mountains of research that exists that states that government is your biggest enemy. Further, after the government takes the guns, the people are next. America is about ready to enter a very dangerous period that could and probably will lead to genocide of its people., particularly conservative Christians. EVERY GENOCIDE IS PRECEDED BY GUN CONFISCATION. THERE ARE NO EXCEPTIONS. WHEN THE GOVERNMENT COMES FOR YOUR GUNS, THEY ARE ULTIMATELY COMING FOR YOU!!! It is time to remind President Trump to stay loyal to his Second Amendment base of supporters who put him in the White House along with the Independent Media who he has done nothing, to date, to protect. We must insist that the President will not take ANY executive action to ban so-called “assault weapons.” In the Presidential address to the nation yesterday, the President called on Congress to push so-called red flag laws. This is the modern-day equivalent of the Salem Witch Trials. This unconstitutional action will result in law-abiding Americans losing their guns. In fact, many Americans will be killed because they will refuse to surrender their rights. Some Americans, knowing their history which demonstrates that every confiscation has and will result in genocide by government, will fight back. Mark my words, there will be a civil war. In fact, if one wants to confiscate guns, let’s begin with the groups who kill the most people, namely, the police and the military. If you do not think that Red Flag gun laws are not extremely dangerous, consider the case of Gary Willis, from Maryland, who late last year was murdered by authorities because he would not obey this unconstitutional law. In the President’s tweets today, the President is calling for “stronger background checks which will undoubtedly lead to Universal Background Checks. Why not just give everyone a J Stamp? We need to flood the White House inboxes to be sure that we law-abiding citizens are the loudest voice heard by President Trump during the next few days. Remind the President that the only people who will turn in their guns will be law abiding citizens. The criminals will not turn in their guns. With an estimated 400 million hand guns in America, gun will still be readily available to anyone who will pay the money to obtain one.

CALL THE PRESIDENT, NOW!!!! PHONE NUMBERS Comments: 202-456-1111 Switchboard: 202-456-1414

TTY/TTD

Comments: 202-456-6213

Visitor’s Office: 202-456-2121

Or, write to them at the following:

The White House

1600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW

Washington, DC 20500

Also call the Capitol Hill switchboard at 202-224-3121 and ask them to transfer you to your two Senators offices.

Tell your Senators to: Oppose EVERY word of gun control, especially Red Flag gun grabs; and to not support HB 1296, the American Holocaust Bill Against Conservatives, which is effectively gun confiscation of all shotguns and rifles. Tell your representatives that concealed carry reciprocity (H.R. 38 / S. 69) is legislation that will truly save lives! Tell them about the off-duty fireman who recently saved dozens of laws at a Walmart, by taking a potential mass murderer into custody. And he could have only done so, if he was armed in public. Point out to them that killers are overwhelmingly (i.e. 92% of the time) targeting Gun-Free Zones when choosing a location to perpetrate mass tragedies. It also points out how the mainstream media is completely ignoring the danger that these defense-free areas pose for law-abiding Americans. History speaks will American listen and act?

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/911-activism-agenda-21/forceful-opposition-critical-against-hb-1296-great-american-holocaust-bill 

:: 8--19 Congress.gov :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

H.R.1296 - Assault Weapons Ban of 2019116th Congress (2019-2020) | Get alerts

116th CONGRESS

1st Session

H. R. 1296 To regulate assault weapons, to ensure that the right to keep and bear arms is not unlimited, and for other purposes.

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

February 15, 2019

Mr. Cicilline (for himself, Ms. Adams, Mr. Aguilar, Ms. Barragán, Ms. Bass, Mrs. Beatty, Mr. Bera, Mr. Beyer, Mr. Blumenauer, Ms. Blunt Rochester, Ms. Bonamici, Mr. Brendan F. Boyle of Pennsylvania, Mr. Brown of Maryland, Ms. Brownley of California, Mr. Butterfield, Mr. Carbajal, Mr. Cárdenas, Mr. Carson of Indiana, Mr. Cartwright, Mr. Casten of Illinois, Ms. Castor of Florida, Ms. Judy Chu of California, Mr. Cisneros, Ms. Clark of Massachusetts, Ms. Clarke of New York, Mr. Clay, Mr. Cohen, Mr. Connolly, Mr. Cooper, Mr. Correa, Mr. Courtney, Mrs. Craig, Mr. Crist, Mr. Crow, Mr. Cummings, Mr. Danny K. Davis of Illinois, Mrs. Davis of California, Ms. Dean, Ms. DeGette, Ms. DeLauro, Ms. DelBene, Mrs. Demings, Mr. DeSaulnier, Mr. Deutch, Mrs. Dingell, Mr. Doggett, Mr. Michael F. Doyle of Pennsylvania, Ms. Escobar, Ms. Eshoo, Mr. Engel, Ms. Frankel, Mr. Foster, Ms. Fudge, Ms. Gabbard, Mr. Gallego, Mr. Garamendi, Mr. García of Illinois, Mr. Gomez, Mr. Green of Texas, Mr. Grijalva, Ms. Haaland, Mr. Hastings, Mrs. Hayes, Mr. Heck, Mr. Higgins of New York, Mr. Himes, Mr. Horsford, Ms. Houlahan, Mr. Hoyer, Mr. Huffman, Ms. Jackson Lee, Ms. Jayapal, Mr. Jeffries, Ms. Johnson of Texas, Mr. Johnson of Georgia, Ms. Kaptur, Mr. Keating, Ms. Kelly of Illinois, Mr. Kennedy, Mr. Khanna, Mr. Kildee, Mr. Kilmer, Mrs. Kirkpatrick, Mr. Krishnamoorthi, Ms. Kuster of New Hampshire, Mr. Langevin, Mr. Larson of Connecticut, Mrs. Lawrence, Mr. Lawson of Florida, Ms. Lee of California, Mr. Levin of Michigan, Mr. Ted Lieu of California, Mr. Lewis, Mr. Lipinski, Ms. Lofgren, Mr. Lowenthal, Mrs. Lowey, Mr. Luján, Mr. Lynch, Mrs. McBath, Ms. McCollum, Mr. McEachin, Mr. McGovern, Mr. McNerney, Mr. Malinowski, Mrs. Carolyn B. Maloney of New York, Mr. Sean Patrick Maloney of New York, Ms. Matsui, Mr. Meeks, Ms. Meng, Ms. Moore, Mr. Morelle, Mr. Moulton, Ms. Mucarsel-Powell, Mrs. Murphy, Mr. Nadler, Mrs. Napolitano, Mr. Neal, Mr. Neguse, Ms. Norton, Mr. Norcross, Ms. Ocasio-Cortez, Ms. Omar, Mr. Pallone, Mr. Panetta, Mr. Pascrell, Mr. Payne, Mr. Perlmutter, Mr. Phillips, Ms. Pingree, Mr. Pocan, Ms. Pressley, Mr. Price of North Carolina, Mr. Quigley, Mr. Raskin, Miss Rice of New York, Mr. Richmond, Ms. Roybal-Allard, Mr. Rose of New York, Mr. Ruiz, Mr. Ruppersberger, Mr. Rush, Mr. Ryan, Mr. Sablan, Ms. Sánchez, Mr. Sarbanes, Ms. Scanlon, Ms. Schakowsky, Mr. Schiff, Mr. Schneider, Mr. Scott of Virginia, Mr. David Scott of Georgia, Mr. Serrano, Ms. Shalala, Mr. Sherman, Mr. Sires, Mr. Smith of Washington, Mr. Soto, Ms. Speier, Mr. Suozzi, Mr. Swalwell of California, Mr. Takano, Ms. Tlaib, Ms. Titus, Mr. Tonko, Mrs. Torres of California, Mrs. Trahan, Mr. Trone, Mr. Vargas, Ms. Velázquez, Ms. Wasserman Schultz, Mrs. Watson Coleman, Ms. Waters, Mr. Welch, Ms. Wexton, Ms. Wilson of Florida, Mr. Yarmuth, Mr. Clyburn, Mr. Case, Ms. Sherrill, Mr. Peters, Mr. Delgado, Mr. Visclosky, Mr. Costa, Mr. Espaillat, Ms. Garcia of Texas, Mr. Larsen of Washington, Mr. Rouda, Mr. Levin of California, Mr. Evans, and Mr. Loebsack) introduced the following bill; which was referred to the Committee on the Judiciary

A BILL To regulate assault weapons, to ensure that the right to keep and bear arms is not unlimited, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

SECTION 1. Short title.

This Act may be cited as the “Assault Weapons Ban of 2019”.

SEC. 2. Definitions.

(a) In general.—Section 921(a) of title 18, United States Code, is amended—

(1) by inserting after paragraph (29) the following:

“(30) The term ‘semiautomatic pistol’ means any repeating pistol that—

“(A) utilizes a portion of the energy of a firing cartridge to extract the fired cartridge case and chamber the next round; and

“(B) requires a separate pull of the trigger to fire each cartridge.

“(31) The term ‘semiautomatic shotgun’ means any repeating shotgun that—

“(A) utilizes a portion of the energy of a firing cartridge to extract the fired cartridge case and chamber the next round; and

“(B) requires a separate pull of the trigger to fire each cartridge.”; and

(2) by adding at the end the following:

“(36) The term ‘semiautomatic assault weapon’ means any of the following, regardless of country of manufacture or caliber of ammunition accepted:

“(A) A semiautomatic rifle that has the capacity to accept a detachable magazine and any one of the following:

“(i) A pistol grip.

“(ii) A forward grip.

“(iii) A folding, telescoping, or detachable stock, or is otherwise foldable or adjustable in a manner that operates to reduce the length, size, or any other dimension, or otherwise enhances the concealability, of the weapon.

“(iv) A grenade launcher.

“(v) A barrel shroud.

“(vi) A threaded barrel.

“(B) A semiautomatic rifle that has a fixed magazine with the capacity to accept more than 10 rounds, except for an attached tubular device designed to accept, and capable of operating only with, .22 caliber rimfire ammunition.

“(C) Any part, combination of parts, component, device, attachment, or accessory that is designed or functions to accelerate the rate of fire of a semiautomatic rifle but not convert the semiautomatic rifle into a machinegun.

“(D) A semiautomatic pistol that has the capacity to accept a detachable magazine and any one of the following:

“(i) A threaded barrel.

“(ii) A second pistol grip.

“(iii) A barrel shroud.

“(iv) The capacity to accept a detachable magazine at some location outside of the pistol grip.

“(v) A semiautomatic version of an automatic firearm.

“(vi) A manufactured weight of 50 ounces or more when unloaded.

“(vii) A stabilizing brace or similar component.

“(E) A semiautomatic pistol with a fixed magazine that has the capacity to accept more than 10 rounds.

“(F) A semiautomatic shotgun that has any one of the following:

“(i) A folding, telescoping, or detachable stock.

“(ii) A pistol grip.

“(iii) A fixed magazine with the capacity to accept more than 5 rounds.

“(iv) The ability to accept a detachable magazine.

“(v) A forward grip.

“(vi) A grenade launcher.

“(G) Any shotgun with a revolving cylinder.

“(H) All of the following rifles, copies, duplicates, variants, or altered facsimiles with the capability of any such weapon thereof:

“(i) All AK types, including the following:

“(I) AK, AK–47, AK–47S, AK–74, AKM, AKS, ARM, MAK90, MISR, NHM90, NHM91, Rock River Arms LAR–47, SA85, SA93, Vector Arms AK–47, VEPR, WASR–10, and WUM.

“(II) IZHMASH Saiga AK.

“(III) MAADI AK–47 and ARM.

“(IV) Norinco 56S, 56S2, 84S, and 86S.

“(V) Poly Technologies AK–47 and AKS.

“(ii) All AR types, including the following:

“(I) AR–10.

“(II) AR–15.

“(III) Alexander Arms Overmatch Plus 16.

“(IV) Armalite M15 22LR Carbine.

“(V) Armalite M15–T.

“(VI) Barrett REC7.

“(VII) Beretta AR–70.

“(VIII) Black Rain Ordnance Recon Scout.

“(IX) Bushmaster ACR.

“(X) Bushmaster Carbon 15.

“(XI) Bushmaster MOE series.

“(XII) Bushmaster XM15.

“(XIII) Chiappa Firearms MFour rifles.

“(XIV) Colt Match Target rifles.

“(XV) CORE Rifle Systems CORE15 rifles.

“(XVI) Daniel Defense M4A1 rifles.

“(XVII) Devil Dog Arms 15 Series rifles.

“(XVIII) Diamondback DB15 rifles.

“(XIX) DoubleStar AR rifles.

“(XX) DPMS Tactical rifles.

“(XXI) DSA Inc. ZM–4 Carbine.

“(XXII) Heckler & Koch MR556.

“(XXIII) High Standard HSA–15 rifles.

“(XXIV) Jesse James Nomad AR–15 rifle.

“(XXV) Knight’s Armament SR–15.

“(XXVI) Lancer L15 rifles.

“(XXVII) MGI Hydra Series rifles.

“(XXVIII) Mossberg MMR Tactical rifles.

“(XXIX) Noreen Firearms BN 36 rifle.

“(XXX) Olympic Arms.

“(XXXI) POF USA P415.

“(XXXII) Precision Firearms AR rifles.

“(XXXIII) Remington R–15 rifles.

“(XXXIV) Rhino Arms AR rifles.

“(XXXV) Rock River Arms LAR–15.

“(XXXVI) Sig Sauer SIG516 rifles and MCX rifles.

“(XXXVII) SKS with a detachable magazine.

“(XXXVIII) Smith & Wesson M&P15 rifles.

“(XXXIX) Stag Arms AR rifles.

“(XL) Sturm, Ruger & Co. SR556 and AR–556 rifles.

“(XLI) Uselton Arms Air-Lite M–4 rifles.

“(XLII) Windham Weaponry AR rifles.

“(XLIII) WMD Guns Big Beast.

“(XLIV) Yankee Hill Machine Company, Inc. YHM–15 rifles.

“(iii) Barrett M107A1.

“(iv) Barrett M82A1.

“(v) Beretta CX4 Storm.

“(vi) Calico Liberty Series.

“(vii) CETME Sporter.

“(viii) Daewoo K–1, K–2, Max 1, Max 2, AR 100, and AR 110C.

“(ix) Fabrique Nationale/FN Herstal FAL, LAR, 22 FNC, 308 Match, L1A1 Sporter, PS90, SCAR, and FS2000.

“(x) Feather Industries AT–9.

“(xi) Galil Model AR and Model ARM.

“(xii) Hi-Point Carbine.

“(xiii) HK–91, HK–93, HK–94, HK–PSG–1, and HK USC.

“(xiv) IWI TAVOR, Galil ACE rifle.

“(xv) Kel-Tec Sub-2000, SU–16, and RFB.

“(xvi) SIG AMT, SIG PE–57, Sig Sauer SG 550, Sig Sauer SG 551, and SIG MCX.

“(xvii) Springfield Armory SAR–48.

“(xviii) Steyr AUG.

“(xix) Sturm, Ruger & Co. Mini-14 Tactical Rifle M–14/20CF.

“(xx) All Thompson rifles, including the following:

“(I) Thompson M1SB.

“(II) Thompson T1100D.

“(III) Thompson T150D.

“(IV) Thompson T1B.

“(V) Thompson T1B100D.

“(VI) Thompson T1B50D.

“(VII) Thompson T1BSB.

“(VIII) Thompson T1–C.

“(IX) Thompson T1D.

“(X) Thompson T1SB.

“(XI) Thompson T5.

“(XII) Thompson T5100D.

“(XIII) Thompson TM1.

“(XIV) Thompson TM1C.

“(xxi) UMAREX UZI rifle.

“(xxii) UZI Mini Carbine, UZI Model A Carbine, and UZI Model B Carbine.

“(xxiii) Valmet M62S, M71S, and M78.

“(xxiv) Vector Arms UZI Type.

“(xxv) Weaver Arms Nighthawk.

“(xxvi) Wilkinson Arms Linda Carbine.

“(I) All of the following pistols, copies, duplicates, variants, or altered facsimiles with the capability of any such weapon thereof:

“(i) All AK–47 types, including the following:

“(I) Centurion 39 AK pistol.

“(II) CZ Scorpion pistol.

“(III) Draco AK–47 pistol.

“(IV) HCR AK–47 pistol.

“(V) IO Inc. Hellpup AK–47 pistol.

“(VI) Krinkov pistol.

“(VII) Mini Draco AK–47 pistol.

“(VIII) PAP M92 pistol.

“(IX) Yugo Krebs Krink pistol.

“(ii) All AR–15 types, including the following:

“(I) American Spirit AR–15 pistol.

“(II) Bushmaster Carbon 15 pistol.

“(III) Chiappa Firearms M4 Pistol GEN II.

“(IV) CORE Rifle Systems CORE15 Roscoe pistol.

“(V) Daniel Defense MK18 pistol.

“(VI) DoubleStar Corporation AR pistol.

“(VII) DPMS AR–15 pistol.

“(VIII) Jesse James Nomad AR–15 pistol.

“(IX) Olympic Arms AR–15 pistol.

“(X) Osprey Armament MK–18 pistol.

“(XI) POF USA AR pistols.

“(XII) Rock River Arms LAR 15 pistol.

“(XIII) Uselton Arms Air-Lite M–4 pistol.

“(iii) Calico Liberty pistols.

“(iv) DSA SA58 PKP FAL pistol.

“(v) Encom MP–9 and MP–45.

“(vi) Heckler & Koch model SP–89 pistol.

“(vii) Intratec AB–10, TEC–22 Scorpion, TEC–9, and TEC–DC9.

“(viii) IWI Galil Ace pistol, UZI PRO pistol.

“(ix) Kel-Tec PLR 16 pistol.

“(x) The following MAC types:

“(I) MAC–10.

“(II) MAC–11.

“(III) Masterpiece Arms MPA A930 Mini Pistol, MPA460 Pistol, MPA Tactical Pistol, and MPA Mini Tactical Pistol.

“(IV) Military Armament Corp. Ingram M–11.

“(V) Velocity Arms VMAC.

“(xi) Sig Sauer P556 pistol.

“(xii) Sites Spectre.

“(xiii) All Thompson types, including the following:

“(I) Thompson TA510D.

“(II) Thompson TA5.

“(xiv) All UZI types, including Micro-UZI.

“(J) All of the following shotguns, copies, duplicates, variants, or altered facsimiles with the capability of any such weapon thereof:

“(i) DERYA Anakon MC–1980, Anakon SD12.

“(ii) Doruk Lethal shotguns.

“(iii) Franchi LAW–12 and SPAS 12.

“(iv) All IZHMASH Saiga 12 types, including the following:

“(I) IZHMASH Saiga 12.

“(II) IZHMASH Saiga 12S.

“(III) IZHMASH Saiga 12S EXP–01.

“(IV) IZHMASH Saiga 12K.

“(V) IZHMASH Saiga 12K–030.

“(VI) IZHMASH Saiga 12K–040 Taktika.

“(v) Streetsweeper.

“(vi) Striker 12.

“(K) All belt-fed semiautomatic firearms, including TNW M2HB and FN M2495.

“(L) Any combination of parts from which a firearm described in subparagraphs (A) through (K) can be assembled.

“(M) The frame or receiver of a rifle or shotgun described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), (F), (G), (H), (J), or (K).

“(37) The term ‘large capacity ammunition feeding device’—

“(A) means a magazine, belt, drum, feed strip, or similar device, including any such device joined or coupled with another in any manner, that has an overall capacity of, or that can be readily restored, changed, or converted to accept, more than 10 rounds of ammunition; and

“(B) does not include an attached tubular device designed to accept, and capable of operating only with, .22 caliber rimfire ammunition.”.

(b) Related definitions.—Section 921(a) of title 18, United States Code, as amended by this Act, is amended by adding at the end the following:

“(38) The term ‘barrel shroud’—

“(A) means a shroud that is attached to, or partially or completely encircles, the barrel of a firearm so that the shroud protects the user of the firearm from heat generated by the barrel; and

“(B) does not include—

(i) a slide that partially or completely encloses the barrel; or

“(ii) an extension of the stock along the bottom of the barrel which does not encircle or substantially encircle the barrel.

“(39) The term ‘detachable magazine’ means an ammunition feeding device that can be removed from a firearm without disassembly of the firearm action.

“(40) The term ‘fixed magazine’ means an ammunition feeding device that is permanently fixed to the firearm in such a manner that it cannot be removed without disassembly of the firearm.

“(41) The term ‘folding, telescoping, or detachable stock’ means a stock that folds, telescopes, detaches or otherwise operates to reduce the length, size, or any other dimension, or otherwise enhances the concealability, of a firearm.

“(42) The term ‘forward grip’ means a grip located forward of the trigger that functions as a pistol grip.

“(43) The term ‘grenade launcher’ means an attachment for use on a firearm that is designed to propel a grenade or other similar destructive device.

“(44) The term ‘permanently inoperable’ means a firearm which is incapable of discharging a shot by means of an explosive and incapable of being readily restored to a firing condition.

“(45) The term ‘pistol grip’ means a grip, a thumbhole stock or Thordsen-type grip or stock, or any other characteristic that can function as a grip.

“(46) The term ‘threaded barrel’ means a feature or characteristic that is designed in such a manner to allow for the attachment of a device such as a firearm silencer or a flash suppressor.

“(47) The term ‘qualified law enforcement officer’ has the meaning given the term in section 926B.

“(48) The term ‘grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon’ means any semiautomatic assault weapon the importation, possession, sale, or transfer of which would be unlawful under section 922(v) but for the exception under paragraph (2) of such section.

“(49) The term ‘belt-fed semiautomatic firearm’ means any repeating firearm that—

“(A) utilizes a portion of the energy of a firing cartridge to extract the fired cartridge case and chamber the next round;

“(B) requires a separate pull of the trigger to fire each cartridge; and

“(C) has the capacity to accept a belt ammunition feeding device.”.

SEC. 3. Restrictions on assault weapons and large capacity ammunition feeding devices.

(a) In general.—Section 922 of title 18, United States Code, is amended—

(1) by inserting after subsection (u) the following:

“(v) (1) It shall be unlawful for a person to import, sell, manufacture, transfer, or possess, in or affecting interstate or foreign commerce, a semiautomatic assault weapon.

“(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to the possession, sale, or transfer of any semiautomatic assault weapon otherwise lawfully possessed under Federal law on the date of enactment of the Assault Weapons Ban of 2019.

“(3) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any firearm that—

“(A) is manually operated by bolt, pump, lever, or slide action;

“(B) has been rendered permanently inoperable; or

“(C) is an antique firearm, as defined in section 921 of this title.

“(4) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to—

“(A) the importation for, manufacture for, sale to, transfer to, or possession by the United States or a department or agency of the United States or a State or a department, agency, or political subdivision of a State, or a sale or transfer to or possession by a qualified law enforcement officer employed by the United States or a department or agency of the United States or a State or a department, agency, or political subdivision of a State, for purposes of law enforcement (whether on or off duty), or a sale or transfer to or possession by a campus law enforcement officer for purposes of law enforcement (whether on or off duty);

“(B) the importation for, or sale or transfer to a licensee under title I of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 for purposes of establishing and maintaining an on-site physical protection system and security organization required by Federal law, or possession by an employee or contractor of such licensee on-site for such purposes or off-site for purposes of licensee-authorized training or transportation of nuclear materials;

“(C) the possession, by an individual who is retired in good standing from service with a law enforcement agency and is not otherwise prohibited from receiving a firearm, of a semiautomatic assault weapon—

“(i) sold or transferred to the individual by the agency upon such retirement; or

“(ii) that the individual purchased, or otherwise obtained, for official use before such retirement;

“(D) the importation, sale, manufacture, transfer, or possession of a semiautomatic assault weapon by a licensed manufacturer or licensed importer for the purposes of testing or experimentation authorized by the Attorney General; or

“(E) the importation, sale, manufacture, transfer, or possession of a firearm specified in Appendix A to this section, as such firearm was manufactured on the date of introduction of the Assault Weapons Ban of 2019.

“(5) For purposes of paragraph (4)(A), the term ‘campus law enforcement officer’ means an individual who is—

“(A) employed by a private institution of higher education that is eligible for funding under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.);

“(B) responsible for the prevention or investigation of crime involving injury to persons or property, including apprehension or detention of persons for such crimes;

“(C) authorized by Federal, State, or local law to carry a firearm, execute search warrants, and make arrests; and

“(D) recognized, commissioned, or certified by a government entity as a law enforcement officer.

“(6) The Attorney General shall establish and maintain, in a timely manner, a record of the make, model, and, if available, date of manufacture of any semiautomatic assault weapon which the Attorney General is made aware has been used in relation to a crime under Federal or State law, and the nature and circumstances of the crime involved, including the outcome of relevant criminal investigations and proceedings. The Attorney General shall annually submit a copy of the record established under this paragraph to the Congress and make the record available to the general public.

“(w) (1) It shall be unlawful for a person to import, sell, manufacture, transfer, or possess, in or affecting interstate or foreign commerce, a large capacity ammunition feeding device.

“(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to the possession of any large capacity ammunition feeding device otherwise lawfully possessed on or before the date of enactment of the Assault Weapons Ban of 2019.

“(3) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to—

“(A) the importation for, manufacture for, sale to, transfer to, or possession by the United States or a department or agency of the United States or a State or a department, agency, or political subdivision of a State, or a sale or transfer to or possession by a qualified law enforcement officer employed by the United States or a department or agency of the United States or a State or a department, agency, or political subdivision of a State for purposes of law enforcement (whether on or off duty), or a sale or transfer to or possession by a campus law enforcement officer for purposes of law enforcement (whether on or off duty);

“(B) the importation for, or sale or transfer to a licensee under title I of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 for purposes of establishing and maintaining an on-site physical protection system and security organization required by Federal law, or possession by an employee or contractor of such licensee on-site for such purposes or off-site for purposes of licensee-authorized training or transportation of nuclear materials;

“(C) the possession, by an individual who is retired in good standing from service with a law enforcement agency and is not otherwise prohibited from receiving ammunition, of a large capacity ammunition feeding device—

“(i) sold or transferred to the individual by the agency upon such retirement; or

“(ii) that the individual purchased, or otherwise obtained, for official use before such retirement; or

“(D) the importation, sale, manufacture, transfer, or possession of any large capacity ammunition feeding device by a licensed manufacturer or licensed importer for the purposes of testing or experimentation authorized by the Attorney General.

“(4) For purposes of paragraph (3)(A), the term ‘campus law enforcement officer’ means an individual who is—

“(A) employed by a private institution of higher education that is eligible for funding under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.);

“(B) responsible for the prevention or investigation of crime involving injury to persons or property, including apprehension or detention of persons for such crimes;

“(C) authorized by Federal, State, or local law to carry a firearm, execute search warrants, and make arrests; and

“(D) recognized, commissioned, or certified by a government entity as a law enforcement officer.”; and

(2) by adding at the end the following:

“(aa) Secure storage or safety device requirement for grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapons.—It shall be unlawful for any person, other than a licensed importer, licensed manufacturer, or licensed dealer, to store or keep under the dominion or control of that person any grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon that the person knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, will be accessible to an individual prohibited from receiving or possessing a firearm under subsection (g), (n), or (x), or any provision of State law, unless the grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon is—

“(1) carried on the person, or within such close proximity that the person can readily retrieve and use the grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon as if the grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon were carried on the person; or

“(2) locked by a secure gun storage or safety device that the prohibited individual has no ability to access.”.

(b) Identification markings for semiautomatic assault weapons.—Section 923(i) of title 18, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following: “The serial number of any semiautomatic assault weapon manufactured after the date of enactment of the Assault Weapons Ban of 2019 shall clearly show the date on which the weapon was manufactured or made, legibly and conspicuously engraved or cast on the weapon, and such other identification as the Attorney General shall by regulations prescribe.”.

(c) Identification markings for large capacity ammunition feeding devices.—Section 923(i) of title 18, United States Code, as amended by this Act, is amended by adding at the end the following: “A large capacity ammunition feeding device manufactured after the date of enactment of the Assault Weapons Ban of 2019 shall be identified by a serial number and the date on which the device was manufactured or made, legibly and conspicuously engraved or cast on the device, and such other identification as the Attorney General shall by regulations prescribe.”.

(d) Seizure and forfeiture of large capacity ammunition feeding devices.—Subsection (d) of section 924 of title 18, United States Code, is amended—

(1) in paragraph (1)—

(A) by inserting “or large capacity ammunition feeding device” after “firearm or ammunition” each time it appears;

(B) by inserting “or large capacity ammunition feeding device” after “firearms or ammunition” each time it appears; and

(C) by striking “or (k)” and inserting “(k), (r), (v), or (w)”;

(2) in paragraph (2)—

(A) in subparagraph (C), by inserting “or large capacity ammunition feeding devices” after “firearms or quantities of ammunition”; and

(3) in paragraph (3)—

(A) in subparagraph (E), by inserting “922(r), 922(v), 922(w),” after “922(n),”.

(e) Appendix A.—Section 922 of title 18, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:

APPENDIX A—FIREARMS EXEMPTED BY THE ASSAULT WEAPONS BAN OF 2017

Centerfire Rifles—autoloaders

“Benelli R1 Rifle

“Browning BAR Mark II Safari Magnum Rifle

“Browning BAR Mark II Safari Semi-Auto Rifle

“Browning BAR Stalker Rifles

“Browning High-Power Rifle

“Browning Longtrac Rifle

“Browning Shorttrac Rifle

“Heckler & Koch HK630

“Heckler & Koch HK770

“Heckler & Koch HK940

“Heckler & Koch Model 300 Rifle

“Heckler & Koch SL7 Rifle

“Iver Johnson 50th Anniversary M–1 Carbine (w/o folding stock)

“Iver Johnson M–1 Carbine (w/o folding stock)

“M–1 Carbines with standard fixed stock

“M–1 Garand with fixed 8 round capacity and standard stock

“Marlin Model 9 Camp Carbine

“Marlin Model 45 Carbine

“Remington Model 74

“Remington Model 81

“Remington Model 740

“Remington Model 742

“Remington Model 750 Synthetic

“Remington Model 750 Woodmaster

“Remington Model 7400 Rifle

“Remington Model 7400 Special Purpose Auto Rifle

“Remington Nylon 66 Auto-Loading Rifle

“Ruger Mini 30

“Ruger Mini-14 (w/o folding or telescoping stock or pistol grip)

“Ruger PC4

“Ruger PC9

“SKS type rifles with fixed 10 round magazine and standard fixed stock

“Winchester Model SXR

Centerfire Rifles—lever & Slide

“Action Arms Timber Wolf Pump Action

“Beretta 1873 Renegade Lever Action

“Beretta Gold Rush Slide Action

“Big Horn Armory Model 89

“Browning BLR Model 181 Lever Action, All Models

“Browning BPR Pump Rifle

“Browning Model 53 Lever Action

“Browning Model 65 Grade 1 Lever Action Rifle

“Browning Model 71 Rifle and Carbine

“Browning Model 81 BLR

“Browning Model 81 BLR Lever-Action Rifle

“Browning Model 81 Long Action BLR

“Browning Model 1886 High Grade Carbine

“Browning Model 1886 Lever-Action Carbine

“Browning Model B–92 Carbine

“Charles Daly Model 1892 Lever Action, All Models

“Chiappa 1886 Lever Action Rifles

“Cimarron 1860 Henry Replica

“Cimarron 1866 Winchester Replicas

“Cimarron 1873 30″ Express Rifle

“Cimarron 1873 Short Rifle

“Cimarron 1873 Sporting Rifle

“Cimarron 1873 Winchester Replicas

“Dixie Engraved 1873 Rifle

“Dixie Lightning Rifle and Carbines

“E.M.F. 1860 Henry Rifle

“E.M.F. 1866 Yellowboy Lever Actions

“E.M.F. Model 73 Lever-Action Rifle

“E.M.F. Model 1873 Lever Actions

“Henry .30/30 Lever Action Carbine

“Henry Big Boy .357 Magnum

“Henry Big Boy .44 Magnum

“Henry Big Boy .45 Colt

“Henry Big Boy Deluxe Engraved .44 Magnum

“Henry Big Boy Deluxe Engraved .45 Colt

“Marlin Model 30AS Lever-Action Carbine

“Marlin Model 62 Lever Action

“Marlin Model 93 Lever Action

“Marlin Model 308MX

“Marlin Model 308MXLR

“Marlin Model 336 Deluxe

“Marlin Model 336C

“Marlin Model 336CS Lever-Action Carbine

“Marlin Model 336DL Lever Action

“Marlin Model 336SS

“Marlin Model 336W

“Marlin Model 336XLR

“Marlin Model 338MX

“Marlin Model 338MXLR

“Marlin Model 444

“Marlin Model 444 Lever-Action

“Marlin Model 444XLR

“Marlin Model 1894 Marlin Model 1894 Cowboy

“Marlin Model 1894 Lever Action, All Models

“Marlin Model 1894C

“Marlin Model 1894CL Classic

“Marlin Model 1894CS Carbine

“Marlin Model 1894S Lever-Action Carbine

“Marlin Model 1894SS

“Marlin Model 1895

“Marlin Model 1895 Cowboy

“Marlin Model 1895 Lever Action, All Models

“Marlin Model 1895G

“Marlin Model 1895GS

“Marlin Model 1895M

“Marlin Model 1895MXLR

“Marlin Model 1895SBL

“Marlin Model 1895SS Lever-Action Rifle

“Marlin Model 1895XLR

“Marlin XLR Lever Action Rifles

“Mitchell 1858 Henry Replica

“Mitchell 1866 Winchester Replica

“Mitchell 1873 Winchester Replica

“Mossberg 464 Lever Action Rifle

“Mossberg Model 472 Lever Action

“Mossberg Model 479 Lever Action

“Navy Arms 1866 Yellowboy Rifle

“Navy Arms 1873 Sporting Rifle

“Navy Arms 1873 Winchester-Style Rifle

“Navy Arms 1892 Short Rifle

“Navy Arms Henry Carbine

“Navy Arms Henry Trapper

“Navy Arms Iron Frame Henry

“Navy Arms Military Henry Rifle

“Puma Bounty Hunter Rifle

“Puma Model 92 Rifles & Carbines

“Remington 7600 Slide Action

“Remington Model 6 Pump Action

“Remington Model 14, 141⁄2 Pump Actions

“Remington Model 141 Pump Action

“Remington Model 760 Slide Actions

“Remington Model 7600 Special Purpose Slide Action

“Remington Model 7600 Synthetic

“Remington Model 7615 Camo Hunter

“Remington Model 7615 Ranch Carbine

“Remington Model 7615 SPS

“Rossi M92 SRC Saddle-Ring Carbine

“Rossi M92 SRS Short Carbine

“Rossi R92 Lever Action Carbines

“Ruger Model 96/44 Lever Action

“Savage 99C Lever-Action Rifle

“Savage Model 170 Pump Action

“Taurus Thunderbolt Pump Action

“Taylor’s & CO., Inc. 1865 Spencer Carbine/Rifle

“Taylor’s & CO., Inc. 1892 Carbine/Rifle

“U.S. Fire Arms Standard Lightning Magazine Rifle

“Uberti 1866 Sporting Rifle Uberti 1873 Sporting Rifle

“Uberti 1876 Rifle

“Uberti 1883 Burgess Lever Action Rifle/Carbine

“Uberti Henry Rifle

“Uberti Lightning Rifle/Carbine

“Winchester Lever Actions, All Other Center Fire Models

“Winchester Model 94 Big Bore Side Eject

“Winchester Model 94 Ranger Side Eject Lever-Action Rifle

“Winchester Model 94 Side Eject Lever-Action Rifle

“Winchester Model 94 Trapper Side Eject

“Winchester Model 94 Wrangler Side Eject

“Winchester Model 1895 Safari Centennial

Centerfire Rifles—bolt Action

“Accurate Arms Raptor & Backpack Bolt Action Rifles

“Alpine Bolt-Action Rifle

“Anschutz 1700D Bavarian Bolt-Action Rifle

“Anschutz 1700D Classic Rifles

“Anschutz 1700D Custom Rifles

“Anschutz 1733D Mannlicher Rifle

“Arnold Arms African Safari & Alaskan Trophy Rifles

“A-Square Caesar Bolt-Action Rifle

“A-Square Genghis Khan Bolt Action Rifle

“A-Square Hamilcar Bolt Action Rifle

“A-Square Hannibal Bolt-Action Rifle

“Auguste Francotte Bolt-Action Rifles

“Bansners Ultimate Bolt Action Rifles

“Beeman/HW 60J Bolt-Action Rifle

“Benton & Brown Firearms, Inc. Model 93 Bolt Action Rifle

“Blackheart International BBG Hunter Bolt Action

“Blackheart International LLC BBG Light Sniper Bolt Action

“Blaser R8 Professional

“Blaser R84 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Blaser R93 Bolt Action Rifle

“BRNO 537 Sporter Bolt-Action Rifle

“BRNO ZKB 527 Fox Bolt-Action Rifle

“BRNO ZKK 600, 601, 602 Bolt-Action Rifles

“Brown Precision Company Bolt Action Sporter

“Browning A-Bolt Gold Medallion

“Browning A-Bolt Left Hand

“Browning A-Bolt Micro Medallion

“Browning A-Bolt Rifle

“Browning A-Bolt Short Action

“Browning A-Bolt Stainless Stalker

“Browning Euro-Bolt Rifle

“Browning High-Power Bolt Action Rifle

“Browning X-Bolt Bolt Action Rifle

“Carbon One Bolt Action Rifle

“Carl Gustaf 2000 Bolt-Action Rifle Century

“Centurion 14 Sporter

“Century Enfield Sporter #4

“Century M70 Sporter

“Century Mauser 98 Sporter

“Century Swedish Sporter #38

“Cheytac M–200

“Cheytac M70 Sporter

“Cooper Model 21 Bolt Action Rifle

“Cooper Model 22 Bolt Action Rifle

“Cooper Model 38 Centerfire Sporter

“Cooper Model 56 Bolt Action Rifle

“CZ 527 Bolt Action Rifles

“CZ 550 Bolt Action Rifles

“CZ 750 Sniper Rifle

“Dakota 22 Sporter Bolt-Action Rifle

“Dakota 76 Classic Bolt-Action Rifle

“Dakota 76 Safari Bolt-Action Rifle

“Dakota 76 Short Action Rifles

“Dakota 97 Bolt Action Rifle

“Dakota 416 Rigby African

“Dakota Predator Rifle

“DSA DS–MP1 Bolt Action Rifle

“E.A.A./Sabatti Rover 870 Bolt-Action Rifle

“EAA/Zastava M–93 Black Arrow Rifle

“Ed Brown Hunting and Model 704 Bolt Action Rifles

“Heym Bolt Action Rifles

“Heym Magnum Express Series Rifle

“Howa Bolt Action Rifles

“Howa Lightning Bolt-Action Rifle

“Howa Realtree Camo Rifle

“H–S Precision Bolt Action Rifles

“Interarms Mark X Bolt Action Rifles

“Interarms Mark X Viscount Bolt-Action Rifle

“Interarms Mark X Whitworth Bolt-Action Rifle

“Interarms Mini-Mark X Rifle

“Interarms Whitworth Express Rifle

“Iver Johnson Model 5100A1 Long-Range Rifle

“KDF K15 American Bolt-Action Rifle

“Kenny Jarrett Bolt Action Rifle

“Kimber Bolt Action Rifles

“Krico Model 600 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Krico Model 700 Bolt-Action Rifles

“Magnum Research Mount Eagle Rifles

“Marlin Model XL7

“Marlin Model XL7C

“Marlin Model XL7L

“Marlin Model XL7W

“Marlin Model XS7

“Marlin Model XS7C

“Marlin Model XS7Y

“Marlin XL–7/XS7 Bolt Action Rifles

“Mauser Model 66 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Mauser Model 99 Bolt-Action Rifle

“McMillan Classic Stainless Sporter

“McMillan Signature Alaskan

“McMillan Signature Classic Sporter

“McMillan Signature Super Varminter

“McMillan Signature Titanium Mountain Rifle

“McMillan Talon Safari Rifle

“McMillan Talon Sporter Rifle

“Merkel KR1 Bolt Action Rifle

“Midland 1500S Survivor Rifle

“Mossberg Model 100 ATR (All-Terrain Rifle)

“Navy Arms TU–33/40 Carbine

“Nosler Model 48 Varmint Rifle

“Parker Hale Bolt Action Rifles

“Parker-Hale Model 81 Classic African Rifle

“Parker-Hale Model 81 Classic Rifle

“Parker-Hale Model 1000 Rifle

“Parker-Hale Model 1100 Lightweight Rifle

“Parker-Hale Model 1100M African Magnum

“Parker-Hale Model 1200 Super Clip Rifle

“Parker-Hale Model 1200 Super Rifle

“Parker-Hale Model 1300C Scout Rifle

“Parker-Hale Model 2100 Midland Rifle

“Parker-Hale Model 2700 Lightweight Rifle

“Parker-Hale Model 2800 Midland Rifle

“Remington 700 ADL Bolt-Action Rifle

“Remington 700 BDL Bolt-Action Rifle

“Remington 700 BDL European Bolt-Action Rifle

“Remington 700 BDL Left Hand

“Remington 700 BDL SS Rifle

“Remington 700 BDL Varmint Special

“Remington 700 Camo Synthetic Rifle

“Remington 700 Classic Rifle

“Remington 700 Custom KS Mountain Rifle

“Remington 700 Mountain Rifle

“Remington 700 MTRSS Rifle

“Remington 700 Safari

“Remington 700 Stainless Synthetic Rifle

“Remington 700 Varmint Synthetic Rifle

“Remington Model 40–X Bolt Action Rifles

“Remington Model 700 Alaskan Ti

“Remington Model 700 Bolt Action Rifles

“Remington Model 700 CDL

“Remington Model 700 CDL ‘Boone and Crockett’

“Remington Model 700 CDL Left-Hand

“Remington Model 700 CDL SF Limited Edition

“Remington Model 700 LSS

“Remington Model 700 Mountain LSS

“Remington Model 700 Sendero SF II

“Remington Model 700 SPS

“Remington Model 700 SPS Buckmasters Edition

“Remington Model 700 SPS Buckmasters Edition ‘Young Bucks’ Youth

“Remington Model 700 SPS Stainless

“Remington Model 700 SPS Tactical Rifle

“Remington Model 700 SPS Varmint

“Remington Model 700 SPS Varmint (Left-Hand)

“Remington Model 700 SPS Youth Synthetic Left-Hand

“Remington Model 700 VL SS Thumbhole

“Remington Model 700 VLS

“Remington Model 700 VS SF II

“Remington Model 700 VTR

“Remington Model 700 XCR

“Remington Model 700 XCR Camo

“Remington Model 700 XCR Compact Tactical Rifle

“Remington Model 700 XCR Left-Hand

“Remington Model 700 XCR Tactical Long Range Rifle

“Remington Model 715

“Remington Model 770

“Remington Model 770 Bolt Action Rifles

“Remington Model 770 Stainless Camo

“Remington Model 770 Youth

“Remington Model 798

“Remington Model 798 Safari

“Remington Model 798 SPS

“Remington Model 799

“Remington Model Seven 25th Anniversary

“Remington Model Seven Bolt Action Rifles

“Remington Model Seven CDL

“Remington Model Seven Custom KS

“Remington Model Seven Custom MS Rifle

“Remington Model Seven Predator

“Remington Model Seven Youth Rifle

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye African

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye Alaskan

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye All-Weather

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye All-Weather Ultra Light

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye Compact

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye International

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye Laminate Compact

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye Laminate Left-Handed

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye Predator

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye Sporter

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye Standard

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye Standard Left-Handed

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye Tactical

“Ruger M77 Hawkeye Ultra Light

“Ruger M77 Mark II All-Weather Stainless Rifle

“Ruger M77 Mark II Express Rifle

“Ruger M77 Mark II Magnum Rifle

“Ruger M77 Mark II Rifle

“Ruger M77 Mark II Target Rifle

“Ruger M77 RSI International Carbine

“Ruger M77

“Ruger Compact Magnum

“Ruger M77RL Ultra Light

“Ruger M77VT Target Rifle

“Ruger Model 77 Bolt Action Rifles

“Sako Bolt Action Rifles

“Sako Classic Bolt Action

“Sako Deluxe Lightweight

“Sako FiberClass Sporter

“Sako Hunter Left-Hand Rifle

“Sako Hunter LS Rifle Sako Hunter Rifle

“Sako Mannlicher-Style Carbine

“Sako Safari Grade Bolt Action

“Sako Super Deluxe Sporter

“Sako TRG–S Bolt-Action Rifle

“Sako Varmint Heavy Barrel

“Sauer 90 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Savage 16/116 Rifles

“Savage 110 Bolt Action Rifles

“Savage 110CY Youth/Ladies Rifle

“Savage 110F Bolt-Action Rifle

“Savage 110FP Police Rifle

“Savage 110FXP3 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Savage 110G Bolt-Action Rifle

“Savage 110GV Varmint Rifle

“Savage 110GXP3 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Savage 110WLE One of One Thousand Limited Edition Rifle

“Savage 112 Bolt Action Rifles

“Savage 112FV Varmint Rifle

“Savage 116 Bolt Action Rifles

“Savage 116FSS Bolt-Action Rifle

“Savage Axis Series Bolt Action Rifles

“Savage Model 10 Bolt Action Rifles

“Savage Model 10GXP Package Guns

“Savage Model 11/111 Series Bolt Action Rifles

“Savage Model 12 Series Rifles

“Savage Model 14/114 Rifles

“Savage Model 25 Bolt Action Rifles

“Savage Model 110GXP3 Package Guns

“Savage Model 112BV Heavy Barrel Varmint Rifle

“Savage Model 112FVS Varmint Rifle

“Savage Model 116FSK Kodiak Rifle

“Shilen Rifles Inc. DGA Bolt Action Rifles

“Smith & Wesson i-Bolt Rifle

“Steyr Scout Bolt Action Rifle

“Steyr SSG 69 PII Bolt Action Rifle

“Steyr SSG08 Bolt Action Rifle

“Steyr-Mannlicher Luxus Model L, M, S

“Steyr-Mannlicher Model M Professional Rifle

“Steyr-Mannlicher Sporter Models SL, L, M, S, S/T

“Thompson/Center ICON Bolt Action Rifles

“Thompson/Center Icon Classic Long Action Rifle

“Thompson/Center Icon Medium Action Rifle

“Thompson/Center Icon Precision Hunter

“Thompson/Center Icon Weather Shield Long Action Rifle

“Thompson/Center Icon Weather Shield Medium Action Rifle

“Thompson/Center Venture

“Tikka Bolt-Action Rifle

“Tikka Premium Grade Rifles

“Tikka T3 Bolt Action Rifles

“Tikka Varmint/Continental Rifle

“Tikka Whitetail/Battue Rifle

“Ultra Light Arms Model 20 Rifle

“Ultra Light Arms Model 24

“Ultra Light Arms Model 28, Model 40 Rifles

“Voere Model 2155, 2150 Bolt-Action Rifles

“Voere Model 2165 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Voere VEC 91 Lightning Bolt-Action Rifle

“Weatherby Classicmark No. 1 Rifle

“Weatherby Lasermark V Rifle

“Weatherby Mark V Crown Custom Rifles

“Weatherby Mark V Deluxe Bolt-Action Rifle

“Weatherby Mark V Rifles

“Weatherby Mark V Safari Grade Custom Rifles

“Weatherby Mark V Sporter Rifle

“Weatherby Vanguard Bolt Action Rifles

“Weatherby Vanguard Classic No. 1 Rifle

“Weatherby Vanguard Classic Rifle

“Weatherby Vanguard VGX Deluxe Rifle

“Weatherby Vanguard Weatherguard Rifle

“Weatherby Weatherguard Alaskan Rifle

“Weatherby Weathermark Alaskan Rifle

“Weatherby Weathermark Rifle

“Weatherby Weathermark Rifles

“Wichita Classic Rifle

“Wichita Varmint Rifle

“Winchester Model 70 Bolt Action Rifles

“Winchester Model 70 Custom Sharpshooter

“Winchester Model 70 Custom Sporting Sharpshooter Rifle

“Winchester Model 70 DBM Rifle

“Winchester Model 70 DBM–S Rifle

“Winchester Model 70 Featherweight

“Winchester Model 70 Featherweight Classic

“Winchester Model 70 Featherweight WinTuff

“Winchester Model 70 Lightweight Rifle

“Winchester Model 70 SM Sporter

“Winchester Model 70 Sporter

“Winchester Model 70 Sporter WinTuff

“Winchester Model 70 Stainless Rifle

“Winchester Model 70 Super Express Magnum

“Winchester Model 70 Super Grade

“Winchester Model 70 Synthetic Heavy Varmint Rifle

“Winchester Model 70 Varmint

“Winchester Ranger Rifle

Centerfire Rifles—single Shot

“Armsport 1866 Sharps Rifle, Carbine

“Ballard Arms Inc. 1875 #3 Gallery Single Shot Rifle

“Ballard Arms Inc. 1875 #4 Perfection Rifle

“Ballard Arms Inc. 1875 #7 Long Range Rifle

“Ballard Arms Inc. 1875 #8 Union Hill rifle

“Ballard Arms Inc. 1875 11⁄2 Hunter Rifle

“Ballard Arms Inc. 1885 High Wall Sporting Rifle

“Ballard Arms Inc. 1885 Low Wall Single Shot

“Brown Model 97D Single Shot Rifle

“Brown Model One Single Shot Rifle

“Browning Model 1885 Single Shot Rifle

“C. Sharps Arms 1875 Target & Sporting Rifle

“C. Sharps Arms Custom New Model 1877

“C. Sharps Arms New Model 1885 High Wall Rifle

“C. Sharps Arms 1874 Bridgeport Sporting Rifle

“C. Sharps Arms 1875 Classic Sharps

“C. Sharps Arms New Model 1874 Old Reliable

“C. Sharps Arms New Model 1875 Rifle

“C. Sharps Arms New Model 1875 Target & Long Range

“Cabela's 1874 Sharps Sporting

“Cimarron Billy Dixon 1874 Sharps

“Cimarron Model 1885 High Wall

“Cimarron Quigley Model 1874 Sharps

“Cimarron Silhouette Model 1874 Sharps

“Dakota Model 10 Single Shot Rifle

“Dakota Single Shot Rifle

“Desert Industries G–90 Single Shot Rifle

“Dixie Gun Works 1873 Trapdoor Rifle/Carbine

“Dixie Gun Works 1874 Sharps Rifles

“Dixie Gun Works Remington Rolling Block Rifles

“EMF Premier 1874 Sharps

“Harrington & Richardson Buffalo Classic Rifle (CR–1871)

“Harrington & Richardson CR 45–LC

“Harrington & Richardson Handi-Mag Rifle

“Harrington & Richardson Handi-Rifle

“Harrington & Richardson Handi-Rifle Compact

“Harrington & Richardson New England Hand-Rifle/Slug Gun Combos

“Harrington & Richardson Stainless Handi-Rifle

“Harrington & Richardson Stainless Ultra Hunter Thumbhole Stock

“Harrington & Richardson Superlight Handi-Rifle Compact

“Harrington & Richardson Survivor Rifle

“Harrington & Richardson Synthetic Handi-Rifle

“Harrington & Richardson Ultra Hunter Rifle

“Harrington & Richardson Ultra Varmint Fluted

“Harrington & Richardson Ultra Varmint Rifle

“Harrington & Richardson Ultra Varmint Thumbhole Stock

“Krieghoff Hubertus Single Shot

“Meacham High Wall

“Merkel K1 Lightweight Stalking Rifle

“Merkel K2 Custom Stalking Rifle

“Model 1885 High Wall Rifle

“Navy Arms #2 Creedmoor Rifle

“Navy Arms 1873 John Bodine Rolling Black Rifle

“Navy Arms 1873 Springfield Cavalry Carbine

“Navy Arms 1874 Sharps Rifles

“Navy Arms 1874 1885 High Wall Rifles

“Navy Arms Rolling Block Buffalo Rifle

“Navy Arms Sharps ‘Quigley’ Rifle

“Navy Arms Sharps Cavalry Carbine

“Navy Arms Sharps Plains Rifle

“New England Firearms Handi-Rifle

“New England Firearms Sportster/Versa Pack Rifle

“New England Firearms Survivor Rifle

“Red Willow Armory Ballard No. 1.5 Hunting Rifle

“Red Willow Armory Ballard No. 4.5 Target Rifle

“Red Willow Armory Ballard No. 5 Pacific

“Red Willow Armory Ballard No. 8 Union Hill Rifle

“Red Willow Armory Ballard Rifles

“Remington Model Rolling Block Rifles

“Remington Model SPR18 Blued

“Remington Model SPR18 Nickel

“Remington Model SPR18 Single Shot Rifle

“Remington-Style Rolling Block Carbine

“Rossi Match Pairs Rifles

“Rossi Single Shot Rifles

“Rossi Wizard

“Ruger No. 1 RSI International

“Ruger No. 1 Stainless Sporter

“Ruger No. 1 Stainless Standard

“Ruger No. 1A Light Sporter

“Ruger No. 1B Single Shot

“Ruger No. 1H Tropical Rifle

“Ruger No. 1S Medium Sporter

“Ruger No. 1V Special Varminter

“Sharps 1874 Old Reliable

“Shiloh 1875 Rifles

“Shiloh Sharps 1874 Business Rifle

“Shiloh Sharps 1874 Long Range Express

“Shiloh Sharps 1874 Military Carbine

“Shiloh Sharps 1874 Military Rifle

“Shiloh Sharps 1874 Montana Roughrider

“Shiloh Sharps Creedmoor Target

“Thompson/Center Contender Carbine

“Thompson/Center Contender Carbine Survival System

“Thompson/Center Contender Carbine Youth Model

“Thompson/Center Encore

“Thompson/Center Stainless Contender Carbine

“Thompson/Center TCR ’87 Single Shot Rifle

“Thompson/Encore Rifles

“Traditions 1874 Sharps Deluxe Rifle

“Traditions 1874 Sharps Standard Rifle

“Traditions Rolling Block Sporting Rifle

“Uberti (Stoeger Industries) Sharps Rifles

“Uberti 1871 Rolling Block Rifle/Carbine

“Uberti 1874 Sharps Sporting Rifle

“Uberti 1885 High Wall Rifles

“Uberti Rolling Block Baby Carbine

“Uberti Springfield Trapdoor Carbine/Rifle

Drillings, Combination Guns, Double Rifles

“A. Zoli Rifle-Shotgun O/U Combo

“Auguste Francotte Boxlock Double Rifle

“Auguste Francotte Sidelock Double Rifles

“Baikal IZH–94 Express

“Baikal MP94– (IZH–94) O/U

“Beretta Express SSO O/U Double Rifles

“Beretta Model 455 SxS Express Rifle

“Chapuis RGExpress Double Rifle

“CZ 584 SOLO Combination Gun

“CZ 589 Stopper O/U Gun

“Dakota Double Rifle

“Garbi Express Double Rifle

“Harrington & Richardson Survivor

“Harrington & Richardson Synthetic Handi-Rifle/Slug Gun Combo

“Heym Model 55B O/U Double Rifle

“Heym Model 55FW O/U Combo Gun

“Heym Model 88b Side-by-Side Double Rifle

“Hoenig Rotary Round Action Combination Rifle

“Hoenig Rotary Round Action Double Rifle

“Kodiak Mk. IV Double Rifle

“Kreighoff Teck O/U Combination Gun

“Kreighoff Trumpf Drilling

“Krieghoff Drillings

“Lebeau-Courally Express Rifle 5X5

“Merkel Boxlock Double Rifles

“Merkel Drillings

“Merkel Model 160 Side-by-Side Double Rifles

“Merkel Over/Under Combination Guns

“Merkel Over/Under Double Rifles

“Remington Model SPR94 .410/Rimfire

“Remington Model SPR94 12 Gauge/Centerfire

“Rizzini Express 90L Double Rifle

“Savage 24F O/U Combination Gun

“Savage 24F–12T Turkey Gun

“Springfield Inc. M6 Scout Rifle/Shotgun

“Tikka Model 412s Combination Gun

“Tikka Model 412S Double Fire

Rimfire Rifles—autoloaders

“AMT Lightning 25/22 Rifle

“AMT Lightning Small-Game Hunting Rifle II

“AMT Magnum Hunter Auto Rifle

“Anschutz 525 Deluxe Auto

“Armscor Model 20P Auto Rifle

“Browning Auto .22 Rifles

“Browning Auto-22 Rifle

“Browning Auto-22 Grade VI

“Browning BAR .22 Auto Rifle

“Browning SA–22 Semi-Auto 22 Rifle

“Henry U.S. Survival .22

“Henry U.S. Survival Rifle AR–7

“Krico Model 260 Auto Rifle

“Lakefield Arms Model 64B Auto Rifle

“Marlin Model 60 Self Loading Rifles

“Marlin Model 60C

“Marlin Model 60SB

“Marlin Model 60S–CF

“Marlin Model 60SN

“Marlin Model 60ss Self-Loading Rifle

“Marlin Model 70 Auto-loading Rifles

“Marlin Model 70 HC Auto

“Marlin Model 70P Papoose

“Marlin Model 70PSS

“Marlin Model 795

“Marlin Model 795SS

“Marlin Model 922 Magnum Self-Loading Rifle

“Marlin Model 990l Self-Loading Rifle

“Marlin Model 995 Self-Loading Rifle

“Mossberg 702 Plinkster

“Norinco Model 22 ATD Rifle

“Remington 552BDL Speedmaster Rifle

“Remington Model 522 Viper Autoloading Rifle

“Remington Model 597 Blaze Camo

“Remington Model 597 Pink Camo

“Remington Model 597 Synthetic Scope Combo

“Ruger 10/22 Autoloading Carbine (w/o folding stock)

“Ruger 10/22 Compact

“Ruger 10/22 Sporter

“Ruger 10/22 Target

“Survival Arms AR–7 Explorer Rifle

“Texas Remington Revolving Carbine

“Thompson/Center R–55 All-Weather

“Thompson/Center R–55 Benchmark

“Thompson/Center R–55 Classic

“Thompson/Center R–55 Rifles

“Thompson/Center R–55 Sporter

“Voere Model 2115 Auto Rifle

Rimfire Rifles—lever & Slide Action

“Browning BL–22 Lever-Action Rifle

“Henry .22 Lever Action Rifles, All Models

“Henry Golden Boy .17 HMR

“Henry Golden Boy .22

“Henry Golden Boy .22 Magnum

“Henry Golden Boy Deluxe

“Henry Lever .22 Magnum

“Henry Lever Action .22

“Henry Lever Carbine .22

“Henry Lever Octagon .22

“Henry Lever Octagon .22 Magnum

“Henry Lever Youth Model .22

“Henry Pump Action Octagon .22

“Henry Pump Action Octagon .22 Magnum

“Henry Varmint Express .17 HMR

“Marlin 39TDS Carbine

“Marlin Model 39A Golden Lever Action

“Marlin Model 39AS Golden Lever-Action Rifle

“Mossberg Model 464 Rimfire Lever Action Rifle

“Norinco EM–321 Pump Rifle

“Remington 572BDL Fieldmaster Pump Rifle

“Rossi Model 62 SA Pump Rifle

“Rossi Model 62 SAC Carbine

“Rossi Model G2 Gallery Rifle

“Ruger Model 96 Lever-Action Rifle

“Taurus Model 62-Pump

“Taurus Model 72 Pump Rifle

“Winchester Model 9422 Lever-Action Rifle

“Winchester Model 9422 Magnum Lever-Action Rifle

Rimfire Rifles—bolt Actions & Single Shots

“Anschutz 1416D/1516D Classic Rifles

“Anschutz 1418D/1518D Mannlicher Rifles

“Anschutz 1700 FWT Bolt-Action Rifle

“Anschutz 1700D Bavarian Bolt-Action Rifle

“Anschutz 1700D Classic Rifles

“Anschutz 1700D Custom Rifles

“Anschutz 1700D Graphite Custom Rifle

“Anschutz 1702 D H B Classic

“Anschutz 1713 Silhouette

“Anschutz Achiever

“Anschutz Achiever Bolt-Action Rifle

“Anschutz All other Bolt Action Rimfire Models

“Anschutz Kadett

“Anschutz Model 1502 D Classic

“Anschutz Model 1517 D Classic

“Anschutz Model 1517 MPR Multi Purpose

“Anschutz Model 1517 S–BR

“Anschutz Model 1710 D KL

“Anschutz Model 1717 Classic

“Anschutz Model 1717 Silhouette Sporter

“Anschutz Model G4 MPB

“Anschutz Model Woodchucker

“Armscor Model 14P Bolt-Action Rifle

“Armscor Model 1500 Rifle

“Beeman/HW 60–J–ST Bolt-Action Rifle

“BRNO ZKM 452 Deluxe

“BRNO ZKM–456 Lux Sporter

“BRNO ZKM–452 Deluxe Bolt-Action Rifle

“Browning A-Bolt 22 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Browning A-Bolt Gold Medallion

“Browning T-Bolt Rimfire Rifles

“Cabanas Espronceda IV Bolt-Action Rifle

“Cabanas Leyre Bolt-Action Rifle

“Cabanas Master Bolt-Action Rifle

“Cabanas Phaser Rifle

“Chipmunk Single Shot Rifle

“Cooper Arms Model 36S Sporter Rifle

“Cooper Model 57–M Bolt Action Rifle

“CZ 452 Bolt Action Rifles

“Dakota 22 Sporter Bolt-Action Rifle

“Davey Crickett Single Shot Rifle

“Harrington & Richardson Sportster

“Harrington & Richardson Sportster 17 Hornady Magnum Rimfire

“Harrington & Richardson Sportster Compact

“Henry ‘Mini’ Bolt Action Rifle

“Henry Acu-Bolt .22

“Henry Mini Bolt Youth .22

“Kimber Bolt Action .22 Rifles

“Krico Model 300 Bolt-Action Rifles

“Lakefield Arms Mark I Bolt-Action Rifle

“Lakefield Arms Mark II Bolt-Action Rifle

“Magtech Model MT Bolt Action Rifle

“Magtech Model MT–22C Bolt-Action Rifle

“Marlin Model 15YN ‘Little Buckaroo’

“Marlin Model 25MN Bolt-Action Rifle

“Marlin Model 25N Bolt-Action Repeater

“Marlin Model 880 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Marlin Model 881 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Marlin Model 882 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Marlin Model 883 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Marlin Model 883SS Bolt-Action Rifle

“Marlin Model 915 YN ‘Little Buckaroo’

“Marlin Model 915Y (Compact)

“Marlin Model 915YS (Compact)

“Marlin Model 917

“Marlin Model 917S

“Marlin Model 917V

“Marlin Model 917VR

“Marlin Model 917VS

“Marlin Model 917VS–CF

“Marlin Model 917VSF

“Marlin Model 917VST

“Marlin Model 917VT

“Marlin Model 925

“Marlin Model 925C

“Marlin Model 925M

“Marlin Model 925R

“Marlin Model 925RM

“Marlin Model 980S

“Marlin Model 980S–CF

“Marlin Model 981T

“Marlin Model 982 Bolt Action Rifle

“Marlin Model 982VS

“Marlin Model 982VS–CF

“Marlin Model 983

“Marlin Model 983S

“Marlin Model 983T

“Marlin Model XT–17 Series Bolt Action Rifles

“Marlin Model XT–22 Series Bolt Action Rifles

“Mauser Model 107 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Mauser Model 201 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Meacham Low-Wall Rifle

“Mossberg Model 801/802 Bolt Rifles

“Mossberg Model 817 Varmint Bolt Action Rifle

“Navy Arms TU–33/40 Carbine

“Navy Arms TU–KKW Sniper Trainer

“Navy Arms TU–KKW Training Rifle

“New England Firearms Sportster Single Shot Rifles

“Norinco JW–15 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Norinco JW–27 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Remington 40–XR Rimfire Custom Sporter

“Remington 541–T

“Remington 541–T HB Bolt-Action

“Rifle Remington 581–S Sportsman Rifle

“Remington Model Five

“Remington Model Five Youth

“Rossi Matched Pair Single Shot Rifle

“Ruger 77/17

“Ruger 77/22

“Ruger 77/22 Rimfire Bolt-Action Rifle

“Ruger 77/44

“Ruger K77/22 Varmint Rifle

“Savage CUB T Mini Youth

“Savage Mark I–G Bolt Action

“Savage Mark II Bolt Action Rifles

“Savage Model 30 G Stevens Favorite

“Savage Model 93 Rifles

“Thompson/Center Hotshot Youth Rifle

“Ultra Light Arms Model 20 RF Bolt-Action Rifle

“Winchester Model 52B Sporting Rifle

“Winchester Wildcat Bolt Action Rifle 22

Competition Rifles—centerfire & Rimfire

“Anschutz 1803D Intermediate Match

“Anschutz 1808D RT Super Match 54 Target

“Anschutz 1827B Biathlon Rifle

“Anschutz 1827BT Fortner Biathlon Rifle

“Anschutz 1903 Rifles

“Anschutz 1903D Match Rifle

“Anschutz 1907 Match Rifle

“Anschutz 1910 Super Match II

“Anschutz 1911 Match Rifle

“Anschutz 1912 Rifles

“Anschutz 1913 Super Match Rifle

“Anschutz 54.18MS REP Deluxe Silhouette Rifle

“Anschutz 54.18MS Silhouette Rifle

“Anschutz 64 MP R Silhouette Rifle

“Anschutz 64–MS Left Silhouette

“Anschutz Super Match 54 Target Model 2007

“Anschutz Super Match 54 Target Model 2013

“Beeman/Feinwerkbau 2600 Target Rifle

“Cooper Arms Model TRP–1 ISU Standard Rifle

“E.A.A./HW 60 Target Rifle

“E.A.A./HW 660 Match Rifle

“E.A.A./Weihrauch HW 60 Target Rifle

“Ed Brown Model 704, M40A2 Marine Sniper

“Finnish Lion Standard Target Rifle

“Krico Model 360 S2 Biathlon Rifle

“Krico Model 360S Biathlon Rifle

“Krico Model 400 Match Rifle

“Krico Model 500 Kricotronic Match Rifle

“Krico Model 600 Match Rifle

“Krico Model 600 Sniper Rifle

“Lakefield Arms Model 90B Target Rifle

“Lakefield Arms Model 91T Target Rifle

“Lakefield Arms Model 92S Silhouette Rifle

“Marlin Model 2000 Target Rifle

“Mauser Model 86–SR Specialty Rifle

“McMillan 300 Phoenix Long Range Rifle

“McMillan Long Range Rifle

“McMillan M–86 Sniper Rifle

“McMillan M–89 Sniper Rifle

“McMillan National Match Rifle

“Parker-Hale M–85 Sniper Rifle

“Parker-Hale M–87 Target Rifle

“Remington 40–X Bolt Action Rifles

“Remington 40–XB Rangemaster Target Centerfire

“Remington 40–XBBR KS

“Remington 40–XC KS National Match Course Rifle

“Remington 40–XR KS Rimfire Position Rifle

“Sako TRG–21 Bolt-Action Rifle

“Sako TRG–22 Bolt Action Rifle

“Springfield Armory M–1 Garand

“Steyr-Mannlicher SSG Rifles

“Steyr-Mannlicher Match SPG–UIT Rifle

“Steyr-Mannlicher SSG P–I Rifle

“Steyr-Mannlicher SSG P–II Rifle

“Steyr-Mannlicher SSG P–III Rifle

“Steyr-Mannlicher SSG P–IV Rifle

“Tanner 300 Meter Free Rifle

“Tanner 50 Meter Free Rifle

“Tanner Standard UIT Rifle

“Time Precision 22RF Bench Rifle

“Wichita Silhouette Rifle

Shotguns—autoloaders

“American Arms

“American Arms/Franchi Black Magic 48/AL

“Benelli Bimillionaire

“Benelli Black Eagle Competition Auto Shotgun

“Benelli Cordoba

“Benelli Executive Series

“Benelli Legacy Model

“Benelli M1

“Benelli M1 Defense

“Benelli M1 Tactical

“Benelli M1014 Limited Edition

“Benelli M2

“Benelli M2 Field Steady Grip

“Benelli M2 Practical

“Benelli M2 Tactical

“Benelli M2 American Series

“Benelli M3 Convertible

“Benelli M4 Models Vinci Steady Grip

“Benelli Montefeltro Super 90 20-Gauge Shotgun

“Benelli Montefeltro Super 90 Shotgun

“Benelli Raffaello Series Shotguns

“Benelli Sport Model

“Benelli Super 90 M1 Field Model

“Benelli Super Black Eagle II Models

“Benelli Super Black Eagle II Steady Grip

“Benelli Super Black Eagle Models

“Benelli Super Black Eagle Shotgun

“Benelli Super Black Eagle Slug Gun

“Benelli Super Vinci

“Benelli Supersport

“Benelli Two-Gun Sets

“Benelli Ultralight

“Benelli Vinci

“Beretta 390 Field Auto Shotgun

“Beretta 390 Super Trap, Super Skeet Shotguns

“Beretta 3901 Citizen

“Beretta 3901 Rifled Slug Gun

“Beretta 3901 Statesman

“Beretta A–303 Auto Shotgun

“Beretta A400 Series

“Beretta AL–2 Models

“Beretta AL–3 Deluxe Trap

“Beretta AL390 Series

“Beretta AL391 Teknys Gold

“Beretta AL391 Teknys Gold Sporting

“Beretta AL391 Teknys Gold Target

“Beretta AL391 Urika 2 Camo AP

“Beretta AL391 Urika 2 Camo Max-4

“Beretta AL391 Urika 2 Classic

“Beretta AL391 Urika 2 Gold

“Beretta AL391 Urika 2 Gold Sporting

“Beretta AL391 Urika 2 Parallel Target SL

“Beretta AL391 Urika 2 Sporting

“Beretta AL391 Urika 2 Synthetic

“Beretta Pintail Series

“Beretta Model 1200 Field

“Beretta Model 1201F Auto Shotgun

“Beretta Model 300

“Beretta Model 301 Series

“Beretta Model 302 Series

“Beretta Model 60

“Beretta Model 61

“Beretta Model A304 Lark

“Beretta Model AL391 Series

“Beretta Model TX4 Storm

“Beretta Silver Lark

“Beretta UGB25 Xcel

“Beretta Vittoria Auto Shotgun

“Beretta Xtrema2

“Breda Altair

“Breda Altair Special

“Breda Aries 2

“Breda Astro

“Breda Astrolux

“Breda Echo

“Breda Ermes Series

“Breda Gold Series

“Breda Grizzly

“Breda Mira

“Breda Standard Series

“Breda Xanthos

“Brolin BL–12

“Brolin SAS–12

“Browning A–500G Auto Shotgun

“Browning A–500G Sporting Clays

“Browning A–500R Auto Shotgun

“Browning Auto-5 Light 12 and 20

“Browning Auto-5 Magnum 12

“Browning Auto-5 Magnum 20

“Browning Auto-5 Stalker

“Browning B2000 Series

“Browning BSA 10 Auto Shotgun

“Browning BSA 10 Stalker Auto Shotgun

“Browning Gold Series

“Browning Maxus Series

“Charles Daly Field Grade Series

“Charles Daly Novamatic Series

“Charles Daly Tactical

“Churchill Regent

“Churchill Standard Model

“Churchill Turkey Automatic Shotgun

“Churchill Windsor

“Cosmi Automatic Shotgun

“CZ 712

“CZ 720

“CZ 912

“Escort Escort Series

“European American Armory (EAA) Bundra Series

“Fabarms Ellegi Series

“Fabarms Lion Series

“Fabarms Tactical

“FNH USA Model SLP

“Franchi 610VS

“Franchi 612 Series

“Franchi 620

“Franchi 712

“Franchi 720

“Franchi 912

“Franchi AL 48

“Franchi AL 48 Series

“Franchi Elite

“Franchi I–12 Inertia Series

“Franchi Prestige

“H&K Model 512

“H&R Manufrance

“H&R Model 403

“Hi-Standard 10A

“Hi-Standard 10B

“Hi-Standard Semi Automatic Model

“Hi-Standard Supermatic Series

“Ithaca Mag-10

“Ithaca Model 51 Series

“LaSalle Semi-automatic

“Ljutic Bi-matic Autoloader

“Luger Ultra-light Model

“Marlin SI 12 Series

“Maverick Model 60 Auto Shotgun

“Model AL–1

“Mossberg 1000

“Mossberg Model 600 Auto Shotgun

“Mossberg Model 930 All-Purpose Field

“Mossberg Model 930 Slugster

“Mossberg Model 930 Turkey

“Mossberg Model 930 Waterfowl

“Mossberg Model 935 Magnum Combos

“Mossberg Model 935 Magnum Flyway Series Waterfowl

“Mossberg Model 935 Magnum Grand Slam Series Turkey

“Mossberg Model 935 Magnum Turkey

“Mossberg Model 935 Magnum Waterfowl

“New England Firearms Excell Auto Combo

“New England Firearms Excell Auto Synthetic

“New England Firearms Excell Auto Turkey

“New England Firearms Excell Auto Walnut

“New England Firearms Excell Auto Waterfowl

“Nighthawk Tactical Semi-auto

“Ottomanguns Sultan Series

“Remington 105Ti Series

“Remington 1100 20-Gauge Deer Gun

“Remington 1100 LT–20 Auto

“Remington 1100 LT–20 Tournament Skeet

“Remington 1100 Special Field

“Remington 11–48 Series

“Remington 11–96 Series

“Remington Model 105 Cti

“Remington Model 11 Series

“Remington Model 1100 Classic Trap

“Remington Model 1100 Competition

“Remington Model 1100 G3

“Remington Model 1100 G3

“Remington Model 1100 Series

“Remington Model 1100 Shotgun

“Remington Model 1100 Sporting Series

“Remington Model 11–87 Sportsman Camo

“Remington Model 11–87 Sportsman Super Mag Synthetic

“Remington Model 11–87 Sportsman Super Mag Waterfowl

“Remington Model 11–87 Sportsman Synthetic

“Remington Model 11–87 Sportsman Youth

“Remington Model 11–87 Sportsman Youth Synthetic

“Remington Model 48 Series

“Remington Model 58 Series

“Remington Model 870 Classic Trap

“Remington Model 878A Automaster

“Remington Model SP–10 Magnum Satin

“Remington Model SP–10 Waterfowl

“Remington Model SPR453

“Remington Versa-Max Series

“Savage Model 720

“Savage Model 726

“Savage Model 740C Skeet Gun

“Savage Model 745

“Savage Model 755 Series

“Savage Model 775 Series

“Scattergun Technologies K–9

“Scattergun Technologies SWAT

“Scattergun Technologies Urban Sniper Model

“SKB 1300 Upland

“SKB 1900

“SKB 300 Series

“SKB 900 Series

“SKS 3000

“Smith & Wesson Model 1000

“Smith & Wesson Model 1012 Series

“Spartan Gun Works SPR453

“TOZ Model H–170

“Tri-Star Diana Series

“Tri-Star Phantom Series

“Tri-Star Viper Series

“Tula Arms Plant TOZ 87

“Verona 401 Series

“Verona 405 Series

“Verona 406 Series

“Verona SX801 Series

“Weatherby Centurion Series

“Weatherby Field Grade

“Weatherby Model 82

“Weatherby SA–08 Series

“Weatherby SA–459 TR

“Weatherby SAS Series

“Winchester 1500

“Winchester Model 50

“Winchester Model 59

“Winchester Super X1 Series

“Winchester Super X2 Series

“Winchester Super X3 Series

Shotguns—slide Actions

“ADCO Diamond Grade

“ADCO Diamond Series Shotguns

“ADCO Mariner Model

“ADCO Sales Inc. Gold Elite Series

“Armscor M–30 Series

“Armscor M–5

“Baikal IZH–81

“Baikal MP133

“Benelli Nova Series

“Benelli Supernova Series

“Beretta Ariete Standard

“Beretta Gold Pigeon Pump

“Beretta Model SL–12

“Beretta Ruby Pigeon Pump

“Beretta Silver Pigeon Pump

“Brolin Field Series

“Brolin Lawman Model

“Brolin Slug Special

“Brolin Slugmaster

“Brolin Turkey Master

“Browning BPS Game Gun Deer Special

“Browning BPS Game Gun Turkey Special

“Browning BPS Pigeon Grade Pump Shotgun

“Browning BPS Pump Shotgun

“Browning BPS Pump Shotgun (Ladies and Youth Model)

“Browning BPS Series Pump Shotgun

“Browning BPS Stalker Pump Shotgun

“Browning Model 12 Limited Edition Series

“Browning Model 42 Pump Shotgun

“Century IJ12 Slide Action

“Century Ultra 87 Slide Action

“Charles Daly Field Hunter

“Ducks Unlimited Dinner Guns

“EAA Model PM2

“Escort Field Series

“Fort Worth Firearms GL18

“H&R Pardner Pump

“Hi-Standard Flite-King Series

“Hi-Standard Model 200

“Interstate Arms Model 981

“Interstate Arms Model 982T

“Ithaca Deerslayer II Rifled Shotgun

“Ithaca Model 87 Deerslayer Shotgun

“Ithaca Model 87 Deluxe Pump Shotgun

“Ithaca Model 87 Series Shotguns

“Ithaca Model 87 Supreme Pump Shotgun

“Ithaca Model 87 Turkey Gun

“Magtech Model 586–VR Pump Shotgun

“Maverick Models 88, 91 Pump Shotguns

“Mossberg 200 Series Shotgun

“Mossberg 3000 Pump Shotgun

“Mossberg 535 ATS Series Pump Shotguns

“Mossberg Field Grade Model 835 Pump Shotgun

“Mossberg Model 500 All Purpose Field

“Mossberg Model 500 Bantam

“Mossberg Model 500 Bantam Combo

“Mossberg Model 500 Bantam Pump

“Mossberg Model 500 Camo Pump

“Mossberg Model 500 Combos

“Mossberg Model 500 Flyway Series Waterfowl

“Mossberg Model 500 Grand Slam Series Turkey

“Mossberg Model 500 Muzzleloader

“Mossberg Model 500 Muzzleloader Combo

“Mossberg Model 500 Series Pump Shotguns

“Mossberg Model 500 Slugster

“Mossberg Model 500 Sporting Pump

“Mossberg Model 500 Super Bantam All Purpose Field

“Mossberg Model 500 Super Bantam Combo

“Mossberg Model 500 Super Bantam Slug

“Mossberg Model 500 Super Bantam Turkey

“Mossberg Model 500 Trophy Slugster

“Mossberg Model 500 Turkey

“Mossberg Model 500 Waterfowl

“Mossberg Model 505 Series Pump Shotguns

“Mossberg Model 505 Youth All Purpose Field

“Mossberg Model 535 ATS All Purpose Field

“Mossberg Model 535 ATS Combos

“Mossberg Model 535 ATS Slugster

“Mossberg Model 535 ATS Turkey

“Mossberg Model 535 ATS Waterfowl

“Mossberg Model 835 Regal Ulti-Mag Pump

“Mossberg Model 835 Series Pump Shotguns

“Mossberg Model 835 Ulti-Mag

“Mossberg Turkey Model 500 Pump

“National Wild Turkey Federation (NWTF) Banquet/Guns of the Year

“New England Firearms Pardner Pump Combo

“New England Firearms Pardner Pump Field

“New England Firearms Pardner Pump Slug Gun

“New England Firearms Pardner Pump Synthetic

“New England Firearms Pardner Pump Turkey Gun

“New England Firearms Pardner Pump Walnut

“New England Firearms Pardner Pump-Compact Field

“New England Firearms Pardner Pump-Compact Synthetic

“New England Firearms Pardner Pump-Compact Walnut

“Norinco Model 98 Field Series

“Norinco Model 983

“Norinco Model 984

“Norinco Model 985

“Norinco Model 987

“Orvis Grand Vazir Series

“Quail Unlimited Limited Edition Pump Shotguns

“Remington 870 Express

“Remington 870 Express Rifle Sighted Deer Gun

“Remington 870 Express Series Pump Shotguns

“Remington 870 Express Turkey

“Remington 870 High Grade Series

“Remington 870 High Grades

“Remington 870 Marine Magnum

“Remington 870 Special Field

“Remington 870 Special Purpose Deer Gun

“Remington 870 Special Purpose Synthetic Camo

“Remington 870 SPS Special Purpose Magnum

“Remington 870 SPS–BG–Camo Deer/Turkey Shotgun

“Remington 870 SPS–Deer Shotgun

“Remington 870 SPS–T Camo Pump Shotgun

“Remington 870 TC Trap

“Remington 870 Wingmaster

“Remington 870 Wingmaster Series

“Remington 870 Wingmaster Small Gauges

“Remington Model 11–87 XCS Super Magnum Waterfowl

“Remington Model 870 Ducks Unlimited Series Dinner Pump Shotguns

“Remington Model 870 Express

“Remington Model 870 Express Jr.

“Remington Model 870 Express Shurshot Synthetic Cantilever

“Remington Model 870 Express Super Magnum

“Remington Model 870 Express Synthetic

“Remington Model 870 Express Youth Gun

“Remington Model 870 Express Youth Synthetic

“Remington Model 870 SPS Shurshot Synthetic Cantilever

“Remington Model 870 SPS Shurshot Synthetic Turkey

“Remington Model 870 SPS Special Purpose Magnum Series Pump Shotguns

“Remington Model 870 SPS Super Mag Max Gobbler

“Remington Model 870 XCS Marine Magnum

“Remington Model 870 XCS Super Magnum

“Winchester 12 Commercial Riot Gun

“Winchester 97 Commercial Riot Gun

“Winchester Model 12 Pump Shotgun

“Winchester Model 120 Ranger

“Winchester Model 1200 Series Shotgun

“Winchester Model 1300 Ranger Pump Gun

“Winchester Model 1300 Ranger Pump Gun Combo & Deer Gun

“Winchester Model 1300 Series Shotgun

“Winchester Model 1300 Slug Hunter Deer Gun

“Winchester Model 1300 Turkey Gun

“Winchester Model 1300 Walnut Pump

“Winchester Model 42 High Grade Shotgun

“Winchester Speed Pump Defender

“Winchester SXP Series Pump Shotgun

“Zoli Pump Action Shotgun

Shotguns—over/unders

“ADCO Sales Diamond Series Shotguns

“American Arms/Franchi Falconet 2000 O/U

“American Arms Lince

“American Arms Silver I O/U

“American Arms Silver II Shotgun

“American Arms Silver Skeet O/U

“American Arms Silver Sporting O/U

“American Arms Silver Trap O/U

“American Arms WS/OU 12, TS/OU 12 Shotguns

“American Arms WT/OU 10 Shotgun

“American Arms/Franchi Sporting 2000 O/U

“Armsport 2700 O/U Goose Gun

“Armsport 2700 Series O/U

“Armsport 2900 Tri-Barrel Shotgun

“AYA Augusta

“AYA Coral A

“AYA Coral B

“AYA Excelsior

“AYA Model 37 Super

“AYA Model 77

“AYA Model 79 Series

“Baby Bretton Over/Under Shotgun

“Baikal IZH27

“Baikal MP310

“Baikal MP333

“Baikal MP94

“Beretta 90 DE LUXE

“Beretta 682 Gold E Skeet

“Beretta 682 Gold E Trap

“Beretta 682 Gold E Trap Bottom Single

“Beretta 682 Series

“Beretta 682 Super Sporting O/U

“Beretta 685 Series

“Beretta 686 Series

“Beretta 686 White Onyx

“Beretta 686 White Onyx Sporting

“Beretta 687 EELL Classic

“Beretta 687 EELL Diamond Pigeon

“Beretta 687 EELL Diamond Pigeon Sporting

“Beretta 687 series

“Beretta 687EL Sporting O/U

“Beretta Alpha Series

“Beretta America Standard

“Beretta AS

“Beretta ASE 90 Competition O/U Shotgun

“Beretta ASE 90 Gold Skeet

“Beretta ASE Gold

“Beretta ASE Series

“Beretta ASEL

“Beretta BL Series

“Beretta DT10 Series

“Beretta DT10 Trident EELL

“Beretta DT10 Trident L Sporting

“Beretta DT10 Trident Skeet

“Beretta DT10 Trident Sporting

“Beretta DT10 Trident Trap Combo

“Beretta Europa

“Beretta Field Shotguns

“Beretta Gamma Series

“Beretta Giubileo

“Beretta Grade Four

“Beretta Grade One

“Beretta Grade Three

“Beretta Grade Two

“Beretta Milano

“Beretta Model 686 Ultralight O/U

“Beretta Model SO–5, SO–6, SO–9 Shotguns

“Beretta Onyx Hunter Sport O/U Shotgun

“Beretta Over/Under Field Shotguns

“Beretta Royal Pigeon

“Beretta S56 Series

“Beretta S58 Series

“Beretta Series 682 Competition Over/Unders

“Beretta Silver Pigeon II

“Beretta Silver Pigeon II Sporting

“Beretta Silver Pigeon III

“Beretta Silver Pigeon III Sporting

“Beretta Silver Pigeon IV

“Beretta Silver Pigeon S

“Beretta Silver Pigeon V

“Beretta Silver Snipe

“Beretta Skeet Set

“Beretta SO–1

“Beretta SO–2

“Beretta SO–3

“Beretta SO–4

“Beretta SO–5

“Beretta SO–6 EELL

“Beretta SO–10

“Beretta SO–10 EELL

“Beretta Sporting Clay Shotguns

“Beretta SV10 Perennia

“Beretta Ultralight

“Beretta Ultralight Deluxe

“Bertuzzi Zeus

“Bertuzzi Zeus Series

“Beschi Boxlock Model

“Big Bear Arms IJ–39

“Big Bear Arms Sterling Series

“Big Bear IJ–27

“Blaser F3 Series

“Bosis Challenger Titanium

“Bosis Laura

“Bosis Michaelangelo

“Bosis Wild Series

“Boss Custom Over/Under Shotguns

“Boss Merlin

“Boss Pendragon

“Breda Pegaso Series

“Breda Sirio Standard

“Breda Vega Series

“Bretton Baby Standard

“Bretton Sprint Deluxe

“BRNO 500/501

“BRNO 502

“BRNO 801 Series

“BRNO 802 Series

“BRNO BS–571

“BRNO BS–572

“BRNO ZH–300

“BRNO ZH–301

“BRNO ZH–302

“BRNO ZH–303

“Browning 325 Sporting Clays

“Browning 625 Series

“Browning 725 Series

“Browning B–25 Series

“Browning B–26 Series

“Browning B–27 Series

“Browning B–125 Custom Shop Series

“Browning Citori 525 Series

“Browning Citori GTI Sporting Clays

“Browning Citori Lightning Series

“Browning Citori O/U Shotgun

“Browning Citori O/U Skeet Models

“Browning Citori O/U Trap Models

“Browning Citori Plus Trap Combo

“Browning Citori Plus Trap Gun

“Browning Cynergy Series

“Browning Diana Grade

“Browning Lightning Sporting Clays

“Browning Micro Citori Lightning

“Browning Midas Grade

“Browning Special Sporting Clays

“Browning Sporter Model

“Browning ST–100

“Browning Superlight Citori Over/Under

“Browning Superlight Citori Series

“Browning Superlight Feather

“Browning Superposed Pigeon Grade

“Browning Superposed Standard

“BSA Falcon

“BSA O/U

“BSA Silver Eagle

“Cabela’s Volo

“Caprinus Sweden Model

“Centurion Over/Under Shotgun

“Century Arms Arthemis

“Chapuis Over/Under Shotgun

“Charles Daly Country Squire Model

“Charles Daly Deluxe Model

“Charles Daly Diamond Series

“Charles Daly Empire Series

“Charles Daly Field Grade O/U

“Charles Daly Lux Over/Under

“Charles Daly Maxi-Mag

“Charles Daly Model 105

“Charles Daly Model 106

“Charles Daly Model 206

“Charles Daly Over/Under Shotguns, Japanese Manufactured

“Charles Daly Over/Under Shotguns, Prussian Manufactured

“Charles Daly Presentation Model

“Charles Daly Sporting Clays Model

“Charles Daly Superior Model

“Charles Daly UL

“Churchill Imperial Model

“Churchill Monarch

“Churchill Premiere Model

“Churchill Regent Trap and Skeet

“Churchill Regent V

“Churchill Sporting Clays

“Churchill Windsor III

“Churchill Windsor IV

“Classic Doubles Model 101 Series

“Cogswell & Harrison Woodward Type

“Connecticut Shotgun Company A. Galazan Model

“Connecticut Shotgun Company A–10 American

“Connecticut Valley Classics Classic Field Waterfowler

“Connecticut Valley Classics Classic Sporter O/U

“Continental Arms Centaure Series

“Cortona Over/Under Shotguns

“CZ 581 Solo

“CZ Canvasback 103D

“CZ Limited Edition

“CZ Mallard 104A

“CZ Redhead Deluxe 103FE

“CZ Sporting

“CZ Super Scroll Limited Edition

“CZ Upland Ultralight

“CZ Wingshooter

“Dakin Arms Model 170

“Darne SB1

“Darne SB2

“Darne SB3

“Depar ATAK

“Doumoulin Superposed Express

“Ducks Unlimited Dinner Guns/Guns of the Year, Over/Under Models

“Dumoulin Boss Royal Superposed

“E.A.A. Falcon

“E.A.A. Scirocco Series

“E.A.A./Sabatti Falcon-Mon Over/Under

“E.A.A./Sabatti Sporting Clays Pro-Gold O/U

“ERA Over/Under

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Aries

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Castrone

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Dove Gun

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Excaliber Series

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Jorema

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Leonardo

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Pegasus

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Poseidon

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Quail Gun

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Royal

“Famars di Abbiatico & Salvinelli Royale

“Fausti Boutique Series

“Fausti Caledon Series

“Fausti Class Series

“Ferlib Boss Model

“Finnclassic 512 Series

“Franchi 2004 Trap

“Franchi 2005 Combination Trap

“Franchi Alcione Series

“Franchi Aristocrat Series

“Franchi Black Majic

“Franchi Falconet Series

“Franchi Instict Series

“Franchi Model 2003 Trap

“Franchi Renaissance Series

“Franchi Sporting 2000

“Franchi Undergun Model 3000

“Franchi Veloce Series

“Galef Golden Snipe

“Galef Silver Snipe

“Golden Eagle Model 5000 Series

“Griffon & Howe Black Ram

“Griffon & Howe Broadway

“Griffon & Howe Claremont

“Griffon & Howe Madison

“Griffon & Howe Silver Ram

“Griffon & Howe Superbrite

“Guerini Apex Series

“Guerini Challenger Sporting

“Guerini Ellipse Evo

“Guerini Ellipse Evolution Sporting

“Guerini Ellipse Limited

“Guerini Essex Field

“Guerini Flyaway

“Guerini Forum Series

“Guerini Magnus Series

“Guerini Maxum Series

“Guerini Summit Series

“Guerini Tempio

“Guerini Woodlander

“H&R Harrich #1

“H&R Model 1212

“H&R Model 1212WF

“H&R Pinnacle

“Hatfields Hatfield Model 1 of 100

“Heym Model 55 F

“Heym Model 55 SS

“Heym Model 200

“Holland & Holland Royal Series

“Holland & Holland Sporting Model

“IGA 2000 Series

“IGA Hunter Series

“IGA Trap Series

“IGA Turkey Series

“IGA Waterfowl Series

“K.F.C. E–2 Trap/Skeet

“K.F.C. Field Gun

“Kassnar Grade I O/U Shotgun

“KDF Condor Khan Arthemis Field/Deluxe

“Kimber Augusta Series

“Kimber Marias Series

“Krieghoff K–80 Four-Barrel Skeet Set

“Krieghoff K–80 International Skeet

“Krieghoff K–80 O/U Trap Shotgun

“Krieghoff K–80 Skeet Shotgun

“Krieghoff K–80 Sporting Clays O/U

“Krieghoff K–80/RT Shotguns

“Krieghoff Model 20 Sporting/Field

“Krieghoff Model 32 Series

“Lames Field Model

“Lames Skeet Model

“Lames Standard Model

“Lames California Model

“Laurona Model 67

“Laurona Model 82 Series

“Laurona Model 83 Series

“Laurona Model 84 Series

“Laurona Model 85 Series

“Laurona Model 300 Series

“Laurona Silhouette 300 Sporting Clays

“Laurona Silhouette 300 Trap

“Laurona Super Model Over/Unders

“Lebeau Baron Series

“Lebeau Boss Verres

“Lebeau Boxlock with sideplates

“Lebeau Sidelock

“Lebeau Versailles

“Lippard Custom Over/Under Shotguns

“Ljutic LM–6 Deluxe O/U Shotgun

“Longthorne Hesketh Game Gun

“Longthorne Sporter

“Marlin Model 90

“Marocchi Avanza O/U Shotgun

“Marocchi Conquista Over/Under Shotgun

“Marocchi Conquista Series

“Marocchi Model 100

“Marocchi Model 99

“Maverick HS–12 Tactical

“Maverick Hunter Field Model

“McMillan Over/Under Sidelock

“Merkel 201 Series

“Merkel 2016 Series

“Merkel 2116 EL Sidelock

“Merkel 303EL Luxus

“Merkel Model 100

“Merkel Model 101

“Merkel Model 101E

“Merkel Model 200E O/U Shotgun

“Merkel Model 200E Skeet, Trap Over/Unders

“Merkel Model 200SC Sporting Clays

“Merkel Model 203E, 303E Over/Under Shotguns

“Merkel Model 204E

“Merkel Model 210

“Merkel Model 301

“Merkel Model 302

“Merkel Model 304E

“Merkel Model 310E

“Merkel Model 400

“Merkel Model 400E

“Merkel Model 2000 Series

“Mossberg Onyx Reserve Field

“Mossberg Onyx Reserve Sporting

“Mossberg Silver Reserve Field

“Mossberg Silver Reserve Series

“Mossberg Silver Reserve Sporting

“Norinco Type HL12–203

“Omega Standard Over/Under Model

“Orvis Field

“Orvis Knockabout

“Orvis Premier Grade

“Orvis SKB Green Mountain Uplander

“Orvis Sporting Clays

“Orvis Super Field

“Orvis Uplander

“Orvis Waterfowler

“Pederson Model 1000 Series

“Pederson Model 1500 Series

“Perazzi Boxlock Action Hunting

“Perazzi Competition Series

“Perazzi Electrocibles

“Perazzi Granditalia

“Perazzi Mirage Special Four-Gauge Skeet

“Perazzi Mirage Special Skeet Over/Under

“Perazzi Mirage Special Sporting O/U

“Perazzi MS80

“Perazzi MT–6

“Perazzi MX1/MX2

“Perazzi MX3

“Perazzi MX4

“Perazzi MX5

“Perazzi MX6

“Perazzi MX7 Over/Under Shotguns

“Perazzi MX8/20 Over/Under Shotgun

“Perazzi MX8/MX8 Special Trap, Skeet

“Perazzi MX9 Single Over/Under Shotguns

“Perazzi MX10

“Perazzi MX11

“Perazzi MX12 Hunting Over/Under

“Perazzi MX14

“Perazzi MX16

“Perazzi MX20 Hunting Over/Under

“Perazzi MX28, MX410 Game O/U Shotguns

“Perazzi MX2000

“Perazzi MX2005

“Perazzi MX2008

“Perazzi Sidelock Action Hunting

“Perazzi Sporting Classic O/U

“Perugini Maestro Series

“Perugini Michelangelo

“Perugini Nova Boss

“Pietro Zanoletti Model 2000 Field O/U

“Piotti Boss Over/Under Shotgun

“Pointer Italian Model

“Pointer Turkish Model

“Remington 396 Series

“Remington 3200 Series

“Remington Model 32 Series

“Remington Model 300 Ideal

“Remington Model 332 Series

“Remington Model SPR310

“Remington Model SPR310N

“Remington Model SPR310S

“Remington Peerless Over/Under Shotgun

“Remington Premier Field

“Remington Premier Ruffed Grouse

“Remington Premier Series

“Remington Premier STS Competition

“Remington Premier Upland

“Richland Arms Model 41

“Richland Arms Model 747

“Richland Arms Model 757

“Richland Arms Model 787

“Richland Arms Model 808

“Richland Arms Model 810

“Richland Arms Model 828

“Rigby 401 Sidelock

“Rota Model 650

“Rota Model 72 Series

“Royal American Model 100

“Ruger Red Label O/U Shotgun

“Ruger Sporting Clays O/U Shotgun

“Ruger Woodside Shotgun

“Rutten Model RM 100

“Rutten Model RM285

“S.I.A.C.E. Evolution

“S.I.A.C.E. Model 66C

“S.I.A.C.E.600T Lusso EL

“San Marco 10-Ga. O/U Shotgun

“San Marco 12-Ga. Wildflower Shotgun

“San Marco Field Special O/U Shotgun

“Sauer Model 66 Series

“Savage Model 242

“Savage Model 420/430

“Sig Sauer Aurora Series

“Sig Sauer SA–3

“Sig Sauer SA–5

“Silma Model 70 Series

“SKB Model 85 Series

“SKB Model 500 Series

“SKB Model 505 Deluxe Over/Under Shotgun

“SKB Model 505 Series

“SKB Model 600 Series

“SKB Model 605 Series

“SKB Model 680 Series

“SKB Model 685 Over/Under Shotgun

“SKB Model 685 Series

“SKB Model 700 Series

“SKB Model 785 Series

“SKB Model 800 Series

“SKB Model 880 Series

“SKB Model 885 Over/Under Trap, Skeet, Sporting Clays

“SKB Model 885 Series

“SKB Model 5600 Series

“SKB Model 5700 Series

“SKB Model 5800 Series

“SKB Model GC–7 Series

“Spartan SPR310/320

“Stevens Model 240

“Stevens Model 512

“Stoeger/IGA Condor I O/U Shotgun

“Stoeger/IGA ERA 2000 Over/Under Shotgun

“Techni-Mec Model 610 Over/Under

“Tikka Model 412S Field Grade Over/Under

“Traditions 350 Series Traditions Classic Field Series

“Traditions Classic Upland Series

“Traditions Gold Wing Series

“Traditions Real 16 Series

“Tri Star Model 330 Series

“Tri-Star Hunter EX

“Tri-Star Model 300

“Tri-Star Model 333 Series

“Tri-Star Setter Model

“Tri-Star Silver Series

“Tri-Star Sporting Model

“TULA 120

“TULA 200

“TULA TOZ34

“Universal 7112

“Universal 7312

“Universal 7412

“Universal 7712

“Universal 7812

“Universal 7912

“Verona 501 Series

“Verona 680 Series

“Verona 702 Series

“Verona LX692 Series

“Verona LX980 Series

“Weatherby Athena Grade IV O/U Shotguns

“Weatherby Athena Grade V Classic Field O/U

“Weatherby Athena Series

“Weatherby Classic Field Models

“Weatherby II, III Classic Field O/Us

“Weatherby Orion II Classic Sporting Clays O/U

“Weatherby Orion II series

“Weatherby Orion II Sporting Clays O/U

“Weatherby Orion III Series

“Weatherby Orion O/U Shotguns

“Winchester Model 91

“Winchester Model 96

“Winchester Model 99

“Winchester Model 101 All Models and Grades

“Winchester Model 1001 O/U Shotgun

“Winchester Model 1001 Series

“Winchester Model 1001 Sporting Clays O/U

“Winchester Model G5500

“Winchester Model G6500

“Winchester Select Series

“Zoli Condor

“Zoli Deluxe Model

“Zoli Dove

“Zoli Field Special

“Zoli Pigeon Model

“Zoli Silver Snipe

“Zoli Snipe

“Zoli Special Model

“Zoli Target Series

“Zoli Texas

“Zoli Z Series

“Zoli Z–90 Series

“Zoli Z-Sport Series

Shotguns—side By Sides

“Armas Azor Sidelock Model

“ADCO Sales Diamond Series Shotguns

“American Arms Brittany Shotgun

“American Arms Derby Side-by-Side

“American Arms Gentry Double Shotgun

“American Arms Grulla #2 Double Shotgun

“American Arms TS/SS 10 Double Shotgun

“American Arms TS/SS 12 Side-by-Side

“American Arms WS/SS 10

“Arizaga Model 31 Double Shotgun

“Armes de Chasse Sidelock and Boxlock Shotguns

“Armsport 1050 Series Double Shotguns

“Arrieta Sidelock Double Shotguns

“Auguste Francotte Boxlock Shotgun

“Auguste Francotte Sidelock Shotgun

“AYA Boxlock Shotguns

“AYA Sidelock Double Shotguns

“Baikal IZH–43 Series Shotguns

“Baikal MP210 Series Shotguns

“Baikal MP213 Series Shotguns

“Baikal MP220 Series Shotguns

“Baker Gun Sidelock Models

“Baltimore Arms Co. Style 1

“Baltimore Arms Co. Style 2

“Bayard Boxlock and Sidelock Model Shotguns

“Beretta 450 Series Shotguns

“Beretta 451 Series Shotguns

“Beretta 452 Series Shotguns

“Beretta 470 Series Shotguns

“Beretta Custom Grade Shotguns

“Beretta Francia Standard

“Beretta Imperiale Montecarlo

“Beretta Model 452 Sidelock Shotgun

“Beretta Omega Standard

“Beretta Side-by-Side Field Shotguns

“Beretta Verona/Bergamo

“Bertuzzi Ariete Hammer Gun

“Bertuzzi Model Orione

“Bertuzzi Venere Series Shotguns

“Beschi Sidelock and Boxlock Models

“Bill Hanus Birdgun Doubles

“Bosis Country SxS

“Bosis Hammer Gun

“Bosis Queen Sidelock

“Boss Robertson SxS

“Boss SxS

“Boswell Boxlock Model

“Boswell Feartherweight Monarch Grade

“Boswell Merlin Sidelock

“Boswell Sidelock Model

“Breda Andromeda Special

“BRNO ZP Series Shotguns

“Brown SxS Shotgun

“Browning B–SS

“Browning B–SS Belgian/Japanese Prototype

“Browning B–SS Sidelock

“Browning B–SS Sporter

“Bruchet Model A

“Bruchet Model B

“BSA Classic

“BSA Royal

“Cabela’s ATA Grade II Custom

“Cabela’s Hemingway Model

“Casartelli Sidelock Model

“Century Coach SxS

“Chapuis RGP Series Shotguns

“Chapuis RP Series Shotguns

“Chapuis Side-by-Side Shotgun

“Chapuis UGP Round Design SxS

“Charles Daly 1974 Wildlife Commemorative

“Charles Daly Classic Coach Gun

“Charles Daly Diamond SxS

“Charles Daly Empire SxS

“Charles Daly Model 306

“Charles Daly Model 500

“Charles Daly Model Dss Double

“Charles Daly Superior SxS

“Churchill Continental Series Shotguns

“Churchill Crown Model

“Churchill Field Model

“Churchill Hercules Model

“Churchill Imperial Model

“Churchill Premiere Series Shotguns

“Churchill Regal Model

“Churchill Royal Model

“Churchill Windsor Series Shotguns

“Cimarron Coach Guns

“Classic Doubles Model 201

“Classic Clot 1878 Hammer Shotgun

“Cogswell & Harrison Sidelock and Boxlock Shotguns

“Colt 1883 Hammerless

“Colt SxS Shotgun

“Connecticut Shotgun Co. Model 21

“Connecticut Shotgun Co. RBL Series

“Continental Arms Centaure

“Crescent SxS Model

“Crucelegui Hermanos Model 150 Double

“CZ Amarillo

“CZ Bobwhite

“CZ Competition

“CZ Deluxe

“CZ Durango

“CZ Grouse

“CZ Hammer Models

“CZ Partridge

“CZ Ringneck

“CZ Ringneck Target

“Dakin Model 100

“Dakin Model 147

“Dakin Model 160

“Dakin Model 215

“Dakota American Legend

“Dakota Classic Grade

“Dakota Classic Grade II

“Dakota Classic Grade III

“Dakota Premier Grade

“Dan Arms Deluxe Field Model

“Dan Arms Field Model

“Darne Sliding Breech Series Shotguns

“Davidson Arms Model 63B

“Davidson Arms Model 69SL

“Davidson Arms Model 73 Stagecoach

“Dumoulin Continental Model

“Dumoulin Etendard Model

“Dumoulin Europa Model

“Dumoulin Liege Model

“E.A.A. SABA

“E.A.A./Sabatti Saba-Mon Double Shotgun

“E.M.F. Model 1878 SxS

“E.M.F. Stagecoach SxS Model

“ERA Quail SxS

“ERA Riot SxS

“ERA SxS

“Famars Boxlock Models

“Famars Castore

“Famars Sidelock Models

“Fausti Caledon

“Fausti Class

“Fausti Class Round Body

“Fausti DEA Series Shotguns

“Ferlib Mignon Hammer Model

“Ferlib Model F VII Double Shotgun

“FN Anson SxS Standard Grade

“FN New Anson SxS Standard Grade

“FN Sidelock Standard Grade

“Fox Higher Grade Models (A–F)

“Fox Sterlingworth Series

“Franchi Airone

“Franchi Astore Series

“Franchi Destino

“Franchi Highlander

“Franchi Sidelock Double Barrel

“Francotte Boxlock Shotgun

“Francotte Jubilee Model

“Francotte Sidelock Shotgun

“Galef Silver Hawk SxS

“Galef Zabala SxS

“Garbi Model 100

“Garbi Model 101 Side-by-Side

“Garbi Model 103A, B Side-by-Side

“Garbi Model 200 Side-by-Side

“Gastinne Model 105

“Gastinne Model 202

“Gastinne Model 353

“Gastinne Model 98

“Gib 10 Gauge Magnum

“Gil Alhambra

“Gil Diamond

“Gil Laga

“Gil Olimpia

“Greener Sidelock SxS Shotguns

“Griffin & Howe Britte

“Griffin & Howe Continental Sidelock

“Griffin & Howe Round Body Game Gun

“Griffin & Howe Traditional Game Gun

“Grulla 217 Series

“Grulla 219 Series

“Grulla Consort

“Grulla Model 209 Holland

“Grulla Model 215

“Grulla Model 216 Series

“Grulla Number 1

“Grulla Royal

“Grulla Super MH

“Grulla Supreme

“Grulla Windsor

“H&R Anson & Deeley SxS

“H&R Model 404

“H&R Small Bore SxS Hammer Gun

“Hatfield Uplander Shotgun

“Henry Atkin Boxlock Model

“Henry Atkin Sidelock Model

“Holland & Holland Cavalier Boxlock

“Holland & Holland Dominion Game Gun

“Holland & Holland Northwood Boxlock

“Holland & Holland Round Action Sidelock

“Holland & Holland Round Action Sidelock Paradox

“Holland & Holland Royal Hammerless Ejector Sidelock

“Holland & Holland Sidelock Shotguns

“Holloway premier Sidelock SxS Model

“Hopkins & Allen Boxlock and Sidelock Models

“Huglu SxS Shotguns

“Husqvarna SxS Shotguns

“IGA Deluxe Model

“IGA Turkey Series Model

“Interstate Arms Model 99 Coach Gun

“Ithaca Classic Doubles Series Shotguns

“Ithaca Hammerless Series

“Iver Johnson Hammerless Model Shotguns

“Jeffery Boxlock Shotguns

“Jeffery Sidelock Shotguns

“K.B.I. Grade II SxS

“Khan Coach Gun

“Kimber Valier Series

“Krieghoff Essencia Boxlock

“Krieghoff Essencia Sidelock

“Lanber Imperial Sidelock

“Laurona Boxlock Models

“Laurona Sidelock Models

“Lefever Grade A Field Model

“Lefever Grade A Skeet Model

“Lefever New

“Lefever Model

“Lefever Nitro Special

“Lefever Sideplate Models

“Leforgeron Boxlock Ejector

“Leforgeron Sidelock Ejector

“Liberty Coach Gun Series

“MacNaughton Sidelock Model

“Malin Boxlock Model

“Malin Sidelock Model

“Masquelier Boxlock Model

“Masquelier Sidelock Model

“Medwell SxS Sidelock

“Merkel Model 8, 47E Side-by-Side Shotguns

“Merkel Model 47LSC Sporting Clays Double

“Merkel Model 47S, 147S Side-by-Sides

“Merkel Model 76E

“Merkel Model 122E

“Merkel Model 126E

“Merkel Model 280 Series

“Merkel Model 360 Series

“Merkel Model 447SL

“Merkel Model 1620 Series

“Merkel Model 1622 Series

“Mossberg Onyx Reserve Sporting

“Mossberg Silver Reserve Field

“Navy Arms Model 100

“Navy Arms Model 150

“Orvis Custom Uplander

“Orvis Field Grade

“Orvis Fine Grade

“Orvis Rounded Action

“Orvis Waterfowler

“Parker Fluid Steel Barrel Models (All Grades)

“Parker Reproductions Side-by-Side

“Pederson Model 200

“Pederson Model 2500

“Perazzi DHO Models

“Perugini Ausonia

“Perugini Classic Model

“Perugini Liberty

“Perugini Regina Model

“Perugini Romagna Gun

“Piotti Hammer Gun

“Piotti King Extra Side-by-Side

“Piotti King No. 1 Side-by-Side Piotti Lunik Side-by-Side

“Piotti Monaco Series

“Piotti Monte Carlo

“Piotti Piuma Side-by-Side

“Piotti Westlake

“Precision Sports Model 600 Series Doubles

“Premier Italian made SxS Shotguns

“Premier Spanish made SxS Shotguns

“Purdy Best Quality Game Gun

“Remington Model 1900 Hammerless

“Remington Model SPR210

“Remington Model SPR220

“Remington Model SPR220 Cowboy

“Remington Premier SxS

“Richland Arms Co. Italian made SxS Models

“Richland Arms Co. Spanish made SxS Models

“Rigby Boxlock Shotgun

“Rigby Hammer Shotgun

“Rizzini Boxlock Side-by-Side

“Rizzini Sidelock Side-by-Side

“Rossi Overlund

“Rossi Squire

“Rota Model 105

“Rota Model 106

“Rota Model 411 Series

“Royal American Model 600 Boxlock

“Royal American Model 800 Sidelock

“Ruger Gold Label

“SAE Model 209E

“SAE Model 210S

“SAE Model 340X

“Sarasqueta Mammerless Sidelock

“Sarasqueta Model 3 Boxlock

“Sauer Boxlock Model Shotguns

“Sauer Sidelock Model Shotguns

“Savage Fox Model FA–1

“Savage Model 550

“Scott Blenheim

“Scott Bowood

“Scott Chatsworth

“Scott Kinmount

“SIACE Italian made SxS Shotguns

“SKB Model 100

“SKB Model 150

“SKB Model 200

“SKB Model 280

“SKB Model 300

“SKB Model 385

“SKB Model 400

“SKB Model 480

“SKB Model 485

“Smith & Wesson Elite Gold Series Grade I

“Smith & Wesson Elite Silver Grade I

“Smith, L.C. Boxlock Hammerless Shotguns

“Smith, L.C. Sidelock Hammerless Shotguns

“Spartan SPR Series Shotguns

“Stevens Model 311/315 Series

“Stoeger/IGA Uplander Side-by-Side Shotgun

“Taylor’s SxS Model

“Tri-Star Model 311

“Tri-Star Model 411 Series

“Ugartechea 10-Ga. Magnum Shotgun

“Universal Double Wing SxS

“Vouzelaud Model 315 Series

“Walther Model WSF

“Walther Model WSFD

“Weatherby Atheana

“Weatherby D’Italia Series

“Weatherby Orion

“Westley Richards Best Quality Sidelock

“Westley Richards Boxlock Shotguns

“Westley Richards Connaught Model

“Westley Richards Hand Detachable Lock Model

“William Douglas Boxlock

“Winchester Model 21

“Winchester Model 24

“Zoli Alley Cleaner

“Zoli Classic

“Zoli Falcon II

“Zoli Model Quail Special

“Zoli Pheasant

“Zoli Silver Hawk

“Zoli Silver Snipe

Shotguns—bolt Actions & Single Shots

“ADCC Diamond Folding Model

“American Arms Single-Shot

“ARMSCOR 301A

“Armsport Single Barrel Shotgun

“Baikal MP18

“Beretta 471 EL Silver Hawk

“Beretta 471 Silver Hawk

“Beretta Beta Single Barrel

“Beretta MKII Trap

“Beretta Model 412

“Beretta Model FS

“Beretta TR–1

“Beretta TR–1 Trap

“Beretta Vandalia Special Trap

“Browning BT–99 Competition Trap Special

“Browning BT–99 Plus Micro

“Browning BT–99 Plus Trap Gun

“Browning Micro Recoilless Trap Shotgun

“Browning Recoilless Trap Shotgun

“Crescent Single Shot Models

“CZ Cottontail

“Desert Industries Big Twenty Shotgun

“Fefever Long Range Field

“Frigon FS–4

“Frigon FT–1

“Frigon FT–C

“Gibbs Midland Stalker

“Greener General Purpose GP MKI/MKII

“H&R Survivor

“H&R Tracker Slug Model

“Harrington & Richardson N.W.T.F. Turkey Mag

“Harrington & Richardson Pardner

“Harrington & Richardson Pardner Compact

“Harrington & Richardson Pardner Compact Turkey Gun

“Harrington & Richardson Pardner Screw-In Choke

“Harrington & Richardson Pardner Turkey Gun

“Harrington & Richardson Pardner Turkey Gun Camo

“Harrington & Richardson Pardner Waterfowl

“Harrington & Richardson Tamer

“Harrington & Richardson Tamer 20

“Harrington & Richardson Topper Classic Youth Shotgun

“Harrington & Richardson Topper Deluxe Classic

“Harrington & Richardson Topper Deluxe Model 098

“Harrington & Richardson Topper Junior

“Harrington & Richardson Topper Model 098

“Harrington & Richardson Topper Trap Gun

“Harrington & Richardson Tracker II Slug Gun

“Harrington & Richardson Ultra Slug Hunter

“Harrington & Richardson Ultra Slug Hunter Compact

“Harrington & Richardson Ultra Slug Hunter Deluxe

“Harrington & Richardson Ultra Slug Hunter Thumbhole Stock

“Harrington & Richardson Ultra-Lite Slug Hunter

“Hi-Standard 514 Model

“Holland & Holland Single Barrel Trap

“IGA Reuna Model

“IGA Single Barrel Classic

“Ithaca Model 66

“Ithaca Single Barrel Trap

“Iver Johnson Champion Series

“Iver Johnson Commemorative Series Single Shot Shotgun

“Iver Johnson Excel

“Krieghoff K–80 Single Barrel Trap Gun

“Krieghoff KS–5 Special

“Krieghoff KS–5 Trap Gun

“Lefever Trap Gun

“Ljutic LTX Super Deluxe Mono Gun

“Ljutic Mono Gun Single Barrel

“Ljutic Recoilless Space Gun Shotgun

“Marlin Model 55 Goose Gun Bolt Action

“Marlin Model 60 Single Shot

“Marocchi Model 2000

“Mossberg Models G–4, 70, 73, 73B

“Mossberg Models 75 Series

“Mossberg Models 80, 83, 83B, 83D

“Mossberg 173 Series

“Mossberg Model 183 Series

“Mossberg Model 185 Series

“Mossberg Model 190 Series

“Mossberg Model 195 Series

“Mossberg Model 385 Series

“Mossberg Model 390 Series

“Mossberg Model 395 Series

“Mossberg Model 595 Series

“Mossberg Model 695 Series

“New England Firearms N.W.T.F. Shotgun

“New England Firearms Standard Pardner

“New England Firearms Survival Gun

“New England Firearms Tracker Slug Gun

“New England Firearms Turkey and Goose Gun

“Parker Single Barrel Trap Models

“Perazzi TM1 Special Single Trap

“Remington 90–T Super Single Shotgun

“Remington Model No. 9

“Remington Model 310 Skeet

“Remington Model No. 3

“Rossi Circuit Judge Lever Action Shotgun

“Rossi Circuit Judge Shotgun

“Ruger Single Barrel Trap

“S.W.D. Terminator

“Savage Kimel Kamper Single Shot

“Savage Model 210F Slug Warrior

“Savage Model 212 Slug Gun

“Savage Model 220 Series

“Savage Model 220 Slug Gun

“SEITZ Single Barrel Trap

“SKB Century II Trap

“SKB Century Trap

“SKB Model 505 Trap

“SKB Model 605 Trap

“Smith, L.C. Single Barrel Trap Models

“Snake Charmer II Shotgun

“Stoeger/IGA Reuna Single Barrel Shotgun

“Tangfolio Model RSG–16

“Tangfolio Blockcard Model

“Tangfolio Model DSG

“Tangfolio Model RSG–12 Series

“Tangfolio Model RSG–20

“Tangfolio RSG-Tactical

“Taurus Circuit Judge Shotgun

“Thompson/Center Encore Shotgun

“Thompson/Center Pro Hunter Turkey Shotgun

“Thompson/Center TCR ’87 Hunter Shotgun

“Universal Firearms Model 7212 Single Barrel Trap

“Winchester Model 36 Single Shot

“Winchester Model 37 Single Shot

“Winchester Model 41 Bolt Action

“Winchester Model 9410 Series

“Zoli Apache Model

“Zoli Diano Series

“Zoli Loner Series”.

SEC. 4. Penalties.

Section 924(a)(1)(B) of title 18, United States Code, is amended by striking “or (q) of section 922” and inserting “(q), (r), (v), (w), or (aa) of section 922”.

SEC. 5. Background checks for transfers of grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapons.

(a) In general.—Section 922 of title 18, United States Code, as amended by this Act, is amended—

(1) by repealing subsection (s);

(2) by redesignating subsection (t) as subsection (s);

(3) in subsection (s), as redesignated—

(A) in paragraph (3)(C)(ii), by striking “(as defined in subsection (s)(8))”; and

(B) by adding at the end the following:

“(7) In this subsection, the term ‘chief law enforcement officer’ means the chief of police, the sheriff, or an equivalent officer or the designee of any such individual.”; and

(4) by inserting after subsection (s), as redesignated, the following:

“(t) (1) Beginning on the date that is 90 days after the date of enactment of the Assault Weapons Ban of 2019, it shall be unlawful for any person who is not licensed under this chapter to transfer a grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon to any other person who is not licensed under this chapter, unless a licensed importer, licensed manufacturer, or licensed dealer has first taken custody of the grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon for the purpose of complying with subsection (s). Upon taking custody of the grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon, the licensee shall comply with all requirements of this chapter as if the licensee were transferring the grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon from the licensee’s inventory to the unlicensed transferee.

“(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a temporary transfer of possession for the purpose of participating in target shooting in a licensed target facility or established range if—

“(A) the grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon is, at all times, kept within the premises of the target facility or range; and

“(B) the transferee is not known to be prohibited from possessing or receiving a grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon.

“(3) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘transfer’—

“(A) shall include a sale, gift, or loan; and

“(B) does not include temporary custody of the grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon for purposes of examination or evaluation by a prospective transferee.

“(4) (A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the Attorney General may implement this subsection with regulations.

“(B) Regulations promulgated under this paragraph—

“(i) shall include a provision setting a maximum fee that may be charged by licensees for services provided in accordance with paragraph (1); and

“(ii) shall not include any provision imposing recordkeeping requirements on any unlicensed transferor or requiring licensees to facilitate transfers in accordance with paragraph (1).”.

(b) Technical and conforming amendments.—

(1) SECTION 922.—Section 922(y)(2) of title 18, United States Code, is amended, in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking “, (g)(5)(B), and (s)(3)(B)(v)(II)” and inserting “and (g)(5)(B)”.

(2) SECTION 925A.—Section 925A of title 18, United States Code, is amended, in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking “subsection (s) or (t) of section 922” and inserting “section 922(s)”.

(c) Effective date.—The amendments made by this section shall take effect 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act.

SEC. 6. Notification to law enforcement agencies of prohibited purchase or attempted purchase of a firearm.

(a) In general.—Title I of the NICS Improvement Amendments Act of 2007 (34 U.S.C. 40911–40916) is amended by adding at the end the following:

“SEC. 107. Notification to law enforcement agencies of prohibited purchase or attempted purchase of a grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon.

“(a) In general.—In the case of a background check conducted by the National Instant Criminal Background Check System pursuant to the request of a licensed importer, licensed manufacturer, or licensed dealer of firearms (as such terms are defined in section 921 of title 18, United States Code), which background check determines that the receipt of a grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon (as defined in section 921(a)(49) of title 18, United States Code) by a person would violate subsection (g) or (n) of section 922 of title 18, United States Code, the System shall notify the law enforcement agencies described in subsection (b), including in a case where such a determination is made after 14 business days have elapsed since the licensee contacted the System.

“(b) Law enforcement agencies described.—The law enforcement agencies described in this subsection are the law enforcement agencies that have jurisdiction over the location from which the licensee contacted the System and the law enforcement agencies that have jurisdiction over the location of the residence of the person for which the background check was conducted, as follows:

“(1) The field office of the Federal Bureau of Investigation.

“(2) The local law enforcement agency.

“(3) The State law enforcement agency.”.

(b) Clerical amendment.—Section 1(b) of such Act (34 U.S.C. ch. 409, front matter) is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 106 the following:

“107. Notification to law enforcement agencies of prohibited purchase or attempted purchase of a grandfathered semiautomatic assault weapon.”.

SEC. 7. Use of Byrne grants for buy-back programs for semiautomatic assault weapons and large capacity ammunition feeding devices.

Section 501(a)(1) of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 3751(a)(1)) is amended by adding at the end the following:

“(H) Compensation for surrendered semiautomatic assault weapons and large capacity ammunition feeding devices, as those terms are defined in section 921 of title 18, United States Code, under buy-back programs for semiautomatic assault weapons and large capacity ammunition feeding devices.”.

SEC. 8. Severability.

If any provision of this Act, an amendment made by this Act, or the application of such provision or amendment to any person or circumstance is held to be unconstitutional, the remainder of this Act, the amendments made by this Act, and the application of such provision or amendment to any person or circumstance shall not be affected thereby.

https://www.congress.gov/bill/116th-congress/house-bill/1296/text 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater etc

:: 8-14-19 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

According To The Federal Government, 19 Million Acres Of Farmland Were Not Planted With Crops This Year

August 14, 2019 by Michael Snyder

If that headline sounds really bad to you, that is because the situation that we are facing is really bad. Over the past few months, I have written article after article about the unprecedented crisis that U.S. farmers are facing this year. In those articles, I have always said that “millions” of acres of farmland did not get planted this year, because I knew that we did not have a final number yet. Well, now we do, and it is extremely troubling. Of course there are some people out there that do not even believe that we are facing a crisis, and a few have even accused me of overstating the severity of the problems that U.S. farmers are currently dealing with. Sadly, things are not as bad as I thought – the truth is that they are even worse. According to the U.S. Department of Agriculture, crops were not planted on 19.4 million acres of U.S. farmland this year. The following comes directly from the official website of the USDA… Agricultural producers reported they were not able to plant crops on more than 19.4 million acres in 2019, according to a new report released by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA). This marks the most prevented plant acres reported since USDA’s Farm Service Agency (FSA) began releasing the report in 2007 and 17.49 million acres more than reported at this time last year. So this is the largest number that the USDA has ever reported for a single year, and it is nearly 17.5 million acres greater than last year’s final tally of less than 2 million acres. If you have been following my articles on a regular basis, then you know exactly why this has happened. The middle of the nation was absolutely pummeled by endless rain and unprecedented flooding throughout the first half of 2019, and this new USDA report shows that the vast majority of the acres that were not planted come from that area of the country… Of those prevented plant acres, more than 73 percent were in 12 Midwestern states, where heavy rainfall and flooding this year has prevented many producers from planting mostly corn, soybeans and wheat. “Agricultural producers across the country are facing significant challenges and tough decisions on their farms and ranches,” USDA Under Secretary for Farm Production and Conservation Bill Northey said. “We know these are challenging times for farmers, and we have worked to improve flexibility of our programs to assist producers prevented from planting.” Of course the 19.4 million acres that were not planted are only part of the story. Most farmers were able to get seeds in the ground despite the challenging conditions, but in much of the country the crops are not in good shape. In fact, according to the latest crop progress report only 57 percent of the corn is considered to be in “good” or “excellent” shape. Unfortunately, the nation’s soybean crop is in even worse shape. At this point, only 54 percent of the soybeans are in “good” or “excellent” shape. In addition, only 8 percent of the U.S. spring wheat crop has been harvested so far. That is “sharply below the 30% five-year average”. So what does all of this mean? Well, it means that we have a real crisis on our hands. A lot less crops are being grown, and a substantial percentage of the crops that are being grown are not in good shape. Yields are going to be way down across the board, and that means that U.S. agricultural production is going to be way, way below initial expectations. In other words, we are going to grow a lot less food than usual. One bad year is not going to be the end of the world, but what if things don’t bounce back next year? As I keep telling my readers, our planet is becoming increasingly unstable in a whole bunch of different ways, and global weather patterns have been shifting dramatically. Many experts are issuing very ominous warnings about what is ahead as weather patterns continue to shift, and some believe that what we have witnessed so far is just the very beginning of this crisis. Almost every day, there are new headlines about extreme weather and records being broken. For example, one community in Colorado just got pummeled by hail the size of softballs… Monster hail fell from the sky and hammered areas of the central United States on Tuesday, shattering a state record. Earlier on Tuesday before the storms developed, AccuWeather Extreme Meteorologist Reed Timmer warned that Colorado’s state hail record could be in jeopardy given the intensity of the storms that he saw developing. His prediction came to fruition on Tuesday afternoon when a hailstone with a maximum diameter of 4.83″ fell in Bethune, Colorado, on Tuesday afternoon. The record was confirmed on Wednesday evening by the Colorado Climate Center and the National Weather Service office in Goodland, Kansas. For some of my readers, this freakish incident is going to set off major alarm bells.  We are regularly seeing things happen that we have never seen before. In other words, the seemingly impossible is happening so frequently that it has become mundane. Despite all of our advanced technology, we are still completely and utterly dependent on the weather. If the weather does not cooperate, farmers cannot grow our food, and we will not eat. Hopefully harvest season will go smoothly, but even if that happens, food supplies will be a lot tighter in the months ahead and that means that prices will continue to rise steadily. This is a crisis that is going to affect all of us. I wish that I could get everyone to understand this, but unfortunately there are still a lot of people out there that are not taking this seriously.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/according-to-the-federal-government-19-million-acres-of-farmland-were-not-planted-with-crops-this-year 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 8-15-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anomalous Weather Phenomena That Wouldn’t Be Out of Place in US South Are Happening in the Far North And That’s Pretty Scary!

By Strange Sounds - Aug 15, 2019

Within the past several days, weather phenomena that wouldn’t be out of place in the U.S. South happened in the far north…  And that’s king of worrying!  Sea ice is running neck and neck with 2012 for the lowest values on record for this time of year.

Wildfires are ringing the Arctic, pouring more carbon dioxide into the air than in any comparable period in 17 years of satellite observing.

Alaska saw its hottest month by far in almost a century of record keeping.

And a surge of warm air with origins in last month’s record-devouring European heat wave pushed across Greenland at the end of July, melting 55 million tons of sea ice in five days. That’s an unprecedented rate in satellite records, and more than three times the average melt rate for 1981-2010.

Now in the past several days, weather phenomena that wouldn’t be out of place in the U.S. South happened in the far north… and that’s king of baffling!

Atmospheric River Floods Alaska, But a Record-Dry August in Southeast Alaska August kicked off with a disorienting feed of tropical moisture from the typhoon-pockmarked Northwest Pacific into northern Alaska. Such atmospheric rivers do make their way into Alaska, especially in late summer, but in this case the moisture brought drenching rains across a vast area, including the heaviest 24-hour rainfall on record for Nome (2.43” on August 1-2), and widespread flooding. Early this week, another soggy surge of upper-level moisture swept into southwest and central parts of Alaska. The new surge will contribute to heavy rains across central Alaska that could lead to additional flooding later this week. With 4.28” of rain this month through Tuesday, Fairbanks could top its August precipitation record (6.88”, from 1930) by this weekend. And the moisture plume itself is already a record-breaker. At several locations separated by hundreds of miles, Tuesday brought the wettest atmosphere ever observed in the 70-plus years since regular radiosondes (weather balloons) have been launched over Alaska. This is based on precipitable water (PW), the amount of moisture in a column of air above the surface. According to climatologist Brett Brettschneider, the following locations set all-time PW records:

Bethel, 12Z Tuesday: 1.86” (old record 1.77” from August 6, 1956)

Fairbanks, 0Z Wednesday: 1.59” (old record 1.57” from July 13, 1971)

Anchorage, 0Z Wednesday: 1.76” (old record 1.67” from August 26, 1990)

For perspective: There was more moisture in the air on Tuesday night above Anchorage than there was above Corpus Christi, Texas (1.73”), which sits on the Gulf Coast. The amount of water above Anchorage would have beaten the all-time record for Salem, Oregon (1.73”). With the main jet stream absurdly far north, parts of southeast Alaska that are typically moist have been markedly dry this month. Even with the record amount of moisture sitting above it, Anchorage was able to squeeze out only a trace of rainfall on Tuesday. The city has seen no measurable rain all month — something that’s occurred on August 1-13 only once before (1969) in airport records going back to 1954. No rain is expected in Anchorage for at least the next week. Juneau hasn’t seen measurable rain since July 29, making this the first August in 124 years of recordkeeping to go this long without rain. The city could get some sprinkles or spritzes starting Wednesday, and perhaps a bigger dose of rain toward the weekend. Lightning Hits Near the North Pole? Social media lit up this past weekend when a total of 48 lightning discharges were reported north of 85°N latitude, or within about 450 miles of the North Pole. The lightning came from low-topped, elevated thunderstorms that occasionally pop up over the Arctic, but seldom so close to 90°N. Elevated storms develop when moist, unstable air sits above cooler, more stable air near the surface. In this case, a surge of warm air swept toward the pole, riding atop much cooler air just above the mostly ice-covered central Arctic Ocean. As it turns out, not all of these flashes were lightning strikes reaching the surface. Lightning is typically classified as intracloud (IC) or cloud-to-ground (CG) flashes. Of these, only a CG flash actually strikes the ground (or ocean); IC flashes play out above ground level. The lighting near the North Pole was detected by the proprietary GLD360 monitoring system deployed by Vaisala, which is distinct from NASA’s satellite-based lightning sensors, whose coverage doesn’t quite extend to the planet’s north and south poles. GLD360 detects the electromagnetic signal produced by lightning flashes around the world, estimating the peak current and polarity of each discharge. What’s most impressive about last weekend isn’t that lightning was detected so close to the North Pole, but that there was so much of it. Since observations began in 2012, only three prior lightning events were detected north of 85°N, and they produced a total of just nine flashes. By comparison, last weekend brought a total of 48 flashes to that region. All but seven of those were CGs. In the larger area north of 80°N, a typical summer brings two to five events, with several dozen flashes in all. No single event on record had produced more than about 50 flashes until July 2018, when just over 300 flashes were observed on a single day. Last weekend, more than 1000 flashes were detected. About 80% of these were CGs. Warmest Upper Levels on Record for Southwest Alaska Possible This Week The upper-level ridging that’s scrunched Alaskan weather features north of their usual locations will peak later this week, in what could bring unprecedently warm air at upper levels. The 500-millibar pressure level — about midway up through the atmosphere’s mass — rises and falls as the atmosphere below it warms and cools. Typically in August, the 500-mb surface is located about 562 decameters (18,400 feet) above Alaska. But by Thursday and Friday, both the GFS and European models are projecting that the 500-mb heights will soar to at least 590 dm, and perhaps above 594 dm, from southwest Alaska and the far northern Gulf of Alaska into the southeast Bering Sea. These “high heights” will likely challenge some all-time records. Below is a sampling of such records for Alaska as compiled by Brettschneider. I’ve highlighted some locations to watch in bold. Location, record-highest 500-mb height (in meters), date

Cold Bay, 5965, 8/14/1952

St. Paul, 5912, 8/10/1956

Kodiak, 5938, 8/11/1956

Anchorage, 5905, 8/12/2005

King Salmon, 5935, 8/11/1956

Barrow, 5869, 8/1/2002

Kotzebue, 5900, 8/1/2002

Nome, 5916, 6/25/1953

McGrath, 5920, 6/26/1953

Fairbanks, 5885, 8/11/2005

Yakutat, 5984, 7/24/2009

Annette Island, 5957, 9/7/1989

Shemya, 5970, 8/5-6/1981

The weather is going crazy! Be ready and prepared!

https://strangesounds.org/2019/08/anomalous-weather-phenomena-alaska-north-pole-august2019.html 

:: 8-15-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Japan hit with Biblical amounts of rain! Total rainfall could surpass 1200 mm (47 inches) in 24 hours which is more than 10 times their August average

Thursday, 15 August 2019

NASA satellite catches a wide-eyed Typhoon Krosa

1,200 millimetres is more than 10 times the average Japanese rainfall for August and in ft and inches, weighs in at nearly 4ft or 47 inches, which of course is well over 1 metre.

Krosa is the third storm to hit Japan in only 10 days after super typhoon Lekima hit late last week and typhoon Francisco made landfall on Aug 6.

at least 200 people have died and a further 40,000 hospitalised from confirmed or suspected heatstroke this summer

Some of the most incredible statistics are being banded around by The Japan Meteorological Agency regarding severe typhoon Krosa. The Japan Meteorological Agency predicted total rainfall could exceed 1,200 millimetres in western and eastern Japan areas facing the Pacific as Typhoon Krosa, which passed Cape Sada in Ehime Prefecture, was expected to travel through the Chugoku region toward the Sea of Japan later in the day. Ladies and gentlemen, if I can put, "total rainfall could exceed 1,200 millimetres," into some kind of perspective, well 1,200 millimetres is more than 10 times the average Japanese rainfall for August and in ft and inches, weighs in at nearly 4ft or 47 inches, which of course is well over 1 metre. According to Reuters, heavy rains lashed parts of western Japan on Thursday as tropical storm Krosa made landfall, forcing the cancellation of hundreds of flights and trains as authorities advised more than half a million people to evacuate. Authorities warned the total rainfall in some areas could surpass 1200 mm (47 inches) in 24 hours to Friday morning and advised some 584,100 people to evacuate as some rivers were verging dangerously close to flood stage. Krosa, a Khmer word for crane, was packing sustained winds of 108 kmh (67 mph) and gusts up to 144 kmh (90 mph) when it made landfall in the western Japanese prefecture of Hiroshima, the Japan Meteorological Agency said. “Given the predictions of record rains and high winds, we’d like to ask people in the affected areas to avoid going outside if they can and to make early preparations to evacuate if needed according to directions of the local authorities,” Yoshihide Suga, chief cabinet secretary, told a news conference. Despite the rain, there were no reports of flooding and only a handful of injuries. One elderly man was in a critical condition after slipping off a wharf and falling into the sea. More than 200 people died in torrential rains and flooding in parts of western Japan in 2018, areas that could also be hit by severe rains from Krosa - memories that some people said remained far too vivid. Krosa is the third storm to hit Japan in only 10 days after super typhoon Lekima hit late last week and typhoon Francisco made landfall on Aug 6. The misery continues for Japan, at least 200 people have died and a further 40,000 hospitalised from confirmed or suspected heatstroke this summer amid punishing hot temperatures following the end of the rainy season.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/08/japan-hit-with-biblical-amounts-of.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 8-16-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel Bars Omar And Tlaib

The Jewish State shows how it’s done.

August 16, 2019 Ari Lieberman

Lawmakers Ilhan Omar (D-MN) and Rashida Tlaib (D-MI) will not be traveling to Israel. The excursion, slated for Friday, was nixed by Israel’s interior ministry headed by Aryeh Deri. Decisions to grant or deny visas to Israel are the domain of the Ministry of Interior but given the high-profile nature of the visit, it is a virtual certainty that Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was consulted and had the final say. The decision to bar entry for the duo – known for their frequent anti-Semitic outbursts – was not without controversy but demonstrated significant political fortitude. In 2017, Israel passed a law permitting the interior ministry to deny entry to those advocating for boycotts, divestment and sanctions (BDS) against Israel. Omar and Tlaib are among the most notorious advocates of this malign ideology. In fact, both sponsored a congressional bill in support of BDS and obscenely compared boycotts of Israel with boycotts of Nazi Germany. Following the asinine comparison, the United States State Department updated its definition of antisemitism to include as an example, “Drawing comparisons of contemporary Israeli policy to that of the Nazis.” The malign positions held by both Omar and Tlaib place the two squarely within the State Department’s definition of antisemitism. Last month, Israel’s ambassador to the United States, Ron Dermer, indicated that the Omar-Tlaib visit would be allowed to proceed unhindered “out of respect for the US Congress and the great alliance between Israel and America.” But circumstances changed measurably once Israel became aware of their malevolent itinerary. The itinerary was titled, “U.S Congressional Delegation to Palestine.” The United States does not recognize a legal entity known as “Palestine.” Moreover, there was ominously no mention of Israel. The itinerary highlighted plans to meet with various heads of Arab governmental and non-governmental organizations with long records of hostility toward the Jewish State. No meetings were planned with any members of mainstream Israeli political parties. Finally, their trip was planned by MIFTAH, a Palestinian NGO headed Hanan Ashrawi, a Palestinian Authority lawmaker and PLO central committee member. In 2013, MIFTAH (which publishes in both English and Arabic) featured an article in Arabic invoking an ancient antisemitic blood libel which claimed that Jews used the blood of Christian children as an ingredient in Passover matzah. Rather than apologizing, Ashrawi initially accused those exposing the hate-filled article of running a “smear campaign.” She ultimately issued a belated apology but only after being threatened with loss of Western funding for her antisemitic NGO. Clearly, Omar and Tlaib, sponsored by an NGO that propagates blood libels and antisemitic conspiracy theories, had no intention of learning and educating. Their intention was to spread their venomous antisemitic and anti-American poison, and advocate on behalf of BDS and its pernicious ideological underpinnings. The 2017 anti-BDS law was passed in Israel after robust parliamentary debate and several readings. That is how laws are passed in democracies and these laws should be respected. Israel is under no obligation to commit national suicide by allowing nefarious elements wishing to inflict harm on the Jewish people into the country. Every nation has the right to safeguard its borders and Israel is no exception. The law has been invoked on several occasions and validated by Israel’s supreme court, a highly regarded judicial institution known for its judicial independence. In July, Israel expelled Fouad Ahmad Assadi, an anti-Israel Spanish lawmaker of Palestinian descent who landed at Ben Gurion airport to attend a socialist conference in the Palestinian-occupied settlement of Ramallah. Israel promptly handed him a one-way ticket back to Spain. Spanish BDS advocate Ana Sanchez Mera was refused entry into Israel in 2018 as was Jewish Voice for Peace (which is neither Jewish nor peaceful) activist Ariel Gold. These individuals from disparate backgrounds maintained one recurring common denominator. They each shared a passionate hatred of the Jewish State and fanatically advocated for BDS. Omar and Tlaib are deeply antisemitic. Both have repeatedly expressed anti-Semitic canards and conspiracy theories. Both have publicly argued that U.S. Jews maintain dual loyalties and their dollars (or “Benjamins”) are used to purchase political influence and votes. Both have compared Israel to Nazi Germany, and both have minimized the significance of the Holocaust by comparing the plight of illegal aliens housed in detention centers to those of Jews in Nazi death camps. Omar once alleged that Israel maintains hypnotic powers over the world while Tlaib asserted that the Holocaust gives her a “calming feeling” because it reminds her of how her Palestinian ancestors provided Jews with “safe haven.” Tlaib is apparently unfamiliar with personalities like Haj Amin al-Husseini, Fawzi Kaoukji and Hassan Samaleh nor is she familiar with events like 1929 Hebron massacre or the 1948 Hadassah medical convoy massacre. Perhaps a refresher course is in order. These and other outrageous canards spewed by these foul-mouthed anti-Semites should have been reason enough to deny them entry into Israel. But it was their itinerary that sealed the deal for the interior ministry for it proved that these malign individuals wanted to spread their hate rather than learn and engage in productive dialogue. Bravo Israel for taking a principled stand and sticking by it despite intense political pressure.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/274645/israel-bars-omar-and-tlaib-ari-lieberman 

:: 8-15-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The U.S. Church Isn’t Dying and Young People Aren’t Fleeing, Says Myth-Busting Book

Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Thursday, August 15, 2019

You’ve likely heard the conventional wisdom: The U.S. church is shrinking. Teenagers and young adults are leaving in droves. Atheism and unbelief are growing rapidly. But a new book challenges those assumptions – and even says the truth is exactly the opposite. The book, Myth of the Dying Church: How Christianity Is Actually Thriving in America and the World by author Glenn T. Stanton, asserts that church attendance in the United States is at an all-time high, both in raw numbers and as a percentage of the population. That includes the colonial days. Stanton also says Americans are more attracted to Bible-believing churches that discuss sin and salvation than to liberal churches that avoid both topics. Stanton – the director of family formation studies at Focus on the Family – examined multiple studies and bodies of research for the book. Christian Headlines recently spoke to him. Following is a transcript: We hear so often that the church is shrinking today – that young people are leaving the faith, and Christianity is disappearing. You say this is not so. Why? First, as I got into the research while writing the book, I was really surprised how much stronger the data on this topic actually is. It tells this story: The best forms of Christianity, faithful, Bible-teaching churches calling its members to real discipleship and vibrant worship, are holding very strong, even growing in some ways. The most troubling forms, those that’ve compromised on things like the deity of Christ, the historicity of the resurrection, the reality of sin and miracles as well as caving on issues of sexuality, abortion and homosexuality, those churches are hemorrhaging members by the millions and have been for decades. So the story here is a separating of the wheat and the tares, but certainly not a decline of Christianity. So America is not becoming more secular, more unbelieving? Not in terms of the people themselves. Yes, our culture seems to be in terms of media, Hollywood and journalists. But when it comes to people themselves, there is certainly not a mass move toward unbelief. I read an article recently from a major conservative news source that said atheism is the largest “religious” group in our nation. Not even close, for goodness sake. The Pew Research Center tells us that only 3 percent of the U.S. population is atheist. Only 4 percent are agnostics. For the people of truth, we can spread a great deal of falsehood. I’m trying to change that through this book. We hear so much about the growth of the so-called “nones” – those who say they no longer identify with any institutional church. You say these “nones” are not what most people have been told–that they don’t represent a growing population of new unbelievers. Explain what you mean. The nones are certainly the most misunderstood, and therefore most misreported, part of the story in all of this. Most leading, university-based sociologists of religion explain these are certainly not a new and growing category of unbelievers. The nones are largely those who were never really attached to a church in the first place. They are folks who might have said, “Yes, I’m Methodist” or “I’m Baptist” but they were actually only CEO Christians… Christmas and Easter Only types. Their pastor never knew who they were. But now, based on how survey questions are being asked, they are more comfortable being honest, saying they have no real connection to any institutional church. Thus, the nones only mark a new categorization, not new unbelievers. Again, like the Harvard/Indiana research and other sources explain, there is not a growing secularization among people in the United States. We also hear about young people leaving the church in large numbers–that they are losing interest in matters of faith. You say that’s not true. What did you discover? This is a very interesting finding of the book. First, we must know that every generation has seen their young people cool their faith practices. If you read the Puritans of the colonial days, they complained about the very troubling secularization of their young people. There never was a golden age of stalwart young believers. Goodness, look at the kids of the parents that had direct, audible intimacy with God. Cain killing Abel could be understood as “walking away from the faith.” The Prodigal Son also. So this age of development has always seen more “independence” in many areas of life. It’s the nature of moving into one’s own adulthood. Nothing new there. But the truth is that we have more young people, age 18-29, regularly attending church today than in the early 1970s. That was the time of the really remarkable revival of the Jesus Movement. And where are they going? To the more conservative, vibrant evangelical churches. Young people are not bailing on biblical Christianity. It speaks to the emptiness of the human heart and soul, and it does so to young adults. People will often tell Christians they need to get with the times, stop talking about sin, miracles, salvation and start accepting things like gay marriage, sexual freedom and abortion or the church will die. You claim the exact opposite is true. Why? This is one of the strongest and most interesting findings of the book. I included a chapter in the book, one I didn’t originally plan on, entitled “Stick a Fork in It: The Major Fail of Liberal Christianity.” It’s time to call the liberalizing effort in the church a major failure. People are voting with their feet. They are leaving the liberal, compromising churches in massive numbers. Some of those are just tossing the faith while others are going across the street to the more faithful evangelical churches, those that actually believe Christianity is true. Get this very interesting finding: Two scholars from Columbia University and UCLA investigated where same-sex attracted individuals who attend church, choose to go. To their utter shock –they are very pro-gay researchers –they found that such people are 2.5 times more likely to attend more conservative churches, those holding an unapologetically biblical stance on sexuality. These scholars could not understand why gay- and lesbian-identified folks would choose to go to such “gay-hostile” churches. Well, maybe they find them to be quite kind and gracious, and the Bible teaching and worship enriching to their lives. The very people the rainbow flag-waving “we welcome all” churches are trying to attract are not interested in their liberalizing compromises. We must never forget that people will be attracted to the loving and truthful presentation of Christ’s life-giving Gospel. What’s happening with the Christian church around the globe? Is there any good news there? Oh goodness. Philip Jenkins from Baylor University is perhaps the leading sociologist of religion on the global picture. He says the Christian Church is absolutely exploding in most parts of the world, particularly what scholars call the Global South. It is exploding on the African continent, South America, China and throughout many parts of Asia. God’s Word is doing everything but returning void. It is important for us to have faith in the unquenchable work of the Holy Spirit. What He did at Pentecost, where “many were being continually added to their numbers daily,” He is still doing today. His character and power dictates that He cannot do otherwise. The Church is in very good hands. So not only is the “church is dying” mantra bad sociology, but it’s also bad theology.

Michael Foust is a freelance writer. Visit his blog, MichaelFoust.com.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/michael-foust/the-u-s-church-isn-t-dying-and-young-people-aren-t-fleeing-says-myth-busting-book.html 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 12-13-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. China continues to build up her monetary system, putting pressure on the whole world to come to a worldly monetary system etc..

:: 8-15-19 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Threatens Retaliation If US Tariff Hikes Go Ahead

Thursday, 15 August 2019 08:42 AM

China on Thursday threatened retaliation if Washington steps up their war over trade and technology by going ahead with planned Sept. 1 tariff hikes on additional Chinese imports. Beijing will take unspecified "necessary countermeasures," the Cabinet said in a one-sentence statement. It gave no details or any indication plans for trade talks in Washington in September might be affected.  The ministry also said the U.S. tariffs violate a consensus reached by the leaders of two countries and get off the right track of resolving disputes via negotiation. In a separate statement, foreign ministry spokeswoman Hua Chunying said, "We hope the U.S. will meet China halfway, and implement the consensus of the two heads of the two countries in Osaka." China hopes to find mutually acceptable solutions through dialog and consultation on the basis of equality and mutual respect, she added.  The mounting tension has unnerved financial markets that worry the global economy will tip into recession. President Donald Trump says he plans to impose 10% duties on an additional $300 billion of Chinese imports, extending penalties to almost everything the United States buys from China. Trump on Wednesday tied deal with China to humane resolution of the weeks of protests wracking Hong Kong, hours after the State Department said it was "deeply concerned" about reports of movement of Chinese paramilitary forces along the Hong Kong border. The State Department warned that continued erosion of the territory's autonomy put at risk the preferential status it enjoys under U.S. law. Trump, in his remarks on Twitter, appeared to suggest a personal meeting with Chinese President Xi Jinping to help resolve the crisis. "Of course China wants to make a deal. Let them work humanely with Hong Kong first!" Trump said on Twitter. "I have ZERO doubt that if President Xi wants to quickly and humanely solve the Hong Kong problem, he can do it. Personal meeting?" The Chinese announcement made no mention of Trump's decision Tuesday to postpone penalties on about 60% of those goods until Dec. 15. Among the products given a reprieve are mobile phones, laptops, video game consoles, some toys, computer monitors, shoes and clothing. Trade between the two biggest global economies has plunged, battering suppliers of goods from medical equipment to soybeans and threatening job losses. Chinese imports of U.S. goods fell 19% from a year earlier in July. Exports to the United States declined 6.5%. China's lopsided trade balance with the United States means Beijing almost has almost run out of imports that haven't already been hit with retaliatory tariffs. But Beijing has extended punishment for U.S. companies by delaying customs clearance for their goods and delaying issuing licenses in finance and other fields. Washington and Beijing are fighting over U.S. complaints China steals or pressures companies to hand over technology and improperly subsidies its industries. The U.S., Japan, Europe and other partners complain Chinese plans for government-led creation of global competitors in robotics, electric cars and other technologies violate Beijing's market-opening obligations. China offered to narrow its multibillion-dollar trade surplus with the U.S. by purchasing more soybeans and other exports. But negotiators are resisting pressure to roll back industry plans the ruling Communist Party sees as a path to prosperity and global influence. The talks broke down in May over how to enforce a deal. Beijing says Trump's tariffs must be lifted as soon as an agreement takes effect. Washington says they must stay to enforce compliance. Trump and President Xi Jinping agreed in June to resume negotiations but neither side has indicated a willingness to compromise. A round of talks last month in Shanghai ended with no indication of progress. By this point, the Trump administration has imposed 25% tariffs on $250 billion of Chinese imports.  Beijing has retaliated by imposing punitive duties on $110 billion of American goods. Based on last year's imports of U.S. goods, that leaves about $45 billion of goods that haven't been hit with penalties.

Read Newsmax: China Threatens Retaliation If US Tariff Hikes Go Ahead | Newsmax.com 

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/china-trade-tariffs-threaten/2019/08/15/id/928635/ 

:: 8-8-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Killing Free Speech in France, Germany and on the Internet

by Judith Bergman August 8, 2019 at 5:00 am

In early July, France's National Assembly adopted a draft bill designed to curtail online hate speech. The draft bill gives social media platforms 24 hours to remove "hateful content" or risk fines of up to 4% percent of their global revenue. The bill has gone to the French Senate and could become law after parliament's summer recess. If it does, France will be the second country in Europe after Germany to pass a law that directly makes a social media company censor its users on behalf of the state.  Knowing that a mere Facebook post could end you up in front of a judge in court is very likely to put a decisive damper on anyone's desire to speak freely.  If Facebook's agreement with France is replicated by other European countries, whatever is left of free speech in Europe, especially on the internet, is likely to dry up fast.  While Facebook eagerly claims to be fighting hate speech online, including claiming to have removed millions of pieces of terrorist content from its platform, according to a recent report from the Daily Beast, 105 posts of some of Al Qaeda's most notorious terrorists are still up on Facebook, as well as YouTube.  When will Facebook -- and YouTube -- make it a priority to remove material featuring the terrorist Anwar al-Awlaki, whose incitement has inspired actual terrorists to kill people?  In May, France called for increasing government oversight over Facebook. Now Facebook has agreed to hand over to French judges the identification data of French users suspected of hate speech on its platform, according to France's Secretary of State for the Digital Sector, Cédric O. Previously, according to a Reuters report, "Facebook had refrained from handing over identification data of people suspected of hate speech because it was not compelled to do so under U.S.-French legal conventions and because it was worried countries without an independent judiciary could abuse it". Until now, Reuters noted, Facebook had only cooperated with the French judiciary on matters related to terrorist attacks and violent acts by transferring the IP addresses and other identification data of suspected individuals to French judges who formally demanded it. Now, however, "hate speech" -- as speech that fails to comply with current political orthodoxy is conveniently labelled -- appears to have become comparable to terrorism and violent crime. How autocratic, yet Cédric O apparently loves it: "This is huge news, it means that the judicial process will be able to run normally". It is highly probable that other countries will want to have a similar agreement with Facebook; it also appears likely that Facebook would comply. In May, for instance, as France was debating legislation that would give a new "independent regulator" the power to fine tech companies up to 4% of their global revenue if they do not do enough to remove "hateful content" from their network, Facebook's CEO Mark Zuckerberg commented: "I am hopeful that it [the French proposal] can become a model that can be used across the EU". France is the first and so far only country to have entered into such an agreement with Facebook. The new agreement could signal the de-facto end of free speech on Facebook for French citizens. Self-censorship in Europe is already widespread: a recent survey in Germany showed that two thirds of Germans are "very careful" about what topics they discuss in public -- Islam and migrants being the most taboo. Knowing that a mere Facebook post could end you up in front of a judge in court is very likely to put a decisive damper on anyone's desire to speak freely. French authorities are already in the process of setting an extremely public example of what can happen to those who use their freedom of speech on the internet. Marine Le Pen, leader of the National Rally Party, was recently ordered to stand trial and could face a maximum sentence of three years in prison and a fine of 75,000 euros ($85,000) for circulating "violent messages that incite terrorism or pornography or seriously harm human dignity". In 2015, she had tweeted images of atrocities committed by ISIS in Syria and Iraq to show what ISIS was doing. If Facebook's agreement with France is replicated by other European countries, whatever is left of free speech in Europe, especially on the internet, is likely to dry up fast.  In early July, France's National Assembly adopted a draft bill designed to curtail online hate speech. The draft bill gives social media platforms 24 hours to remove "hateful content" or risk fines of up to 4% percent of their global revenue. The bill has gone to the French Senate and could become law after parliament's summer recess. If it does, France will be the second country in Europe after Germany to pass a law that directly makes a social media company censor its users on behalf of the state. Also in early July, in Germany -- where the censorship law, known as NetzDG, also requires Facebook to remove content within 24 hours or face fines of up to 50 million euros -- the Federal Office of Justice imposed a €2 million regulatory fine on Facebook "for the incomplete information provided in its published report [the publication of its transparency report for the first half of 2018 required under NetzDG] on the number of complaints received about unlawful content. This provides the general public with a distorted image both of the amount of unlawful content and of the social network's response". According to Germany's Federal Office of Justice, Facebook does not inform its users sufficiently of the option to report "criminal content" in the specific "NetzDG reporting form": "Facebook has two reporting systems in place: its standard feedback and reporting channels on the one hand, and the 'NetzDG reporting form' on the other. Users who wish to submit a complaint about criminal content under the Network Enforcement Act find themselves steered towards the standard channels, since the parallel existence of standard channels and the 'NetzDG reporting form' is not made sufficiently transparent, and the 'NetzDG reporting form' is too hidden...Where social networks offer more than one reporting channel, this must be made clear and transparent to users, and the complaints received via these channels are to be included in the transparency report. After all, procedures to handle complaints of unlawful content have a considerable impact on transparency." In response, Facebook said: "We want to remove hate speech as quickly and effectively as possible and work to do so. We are confident our published NetzDG reports are in accordance with the law, but as many critics have pointed out, the law lacks clarity." While Facebook claims to be fighting hate speech online, including claiming to have removed millions of pieces of terrorist content from its platform, according to a recent report from the Daily Beast, 105 posts of some of Al Qaeda's most notorious terrorists are still up on Facebook, as well as YouTube. The terrorists include Ibrahim Suleiman al-Rubaish, who was imprisoned for more than five years in Guantanamo Bay for training with al Qaeda and fighting alongside the Taliban in Afghanistan against the United States, and Anwar al-Awlaki, an American-born terrorist, both killed by American drone strikes. According to one US counter-terrorism official, speaking in September of 2016: "If you were to look at people who had committed acts of terrorism or had been arrested and you took a poll, you'd find that the majority of them had some kind of exposure to Awlaki." Awlaki was preaching and spreading his message of jihad in American mosques as early as the 1990s. At the Masjid Ar-Ribat al-Islami mosque in San Diego, between 1996-2000, two of the future 9/11 hijackers attended his sermons. He is also reported to have inspired several other terrorists, such as the Fort Hood terrorist, Major Nidal Malik Hasan, with whom he exchanged emails, and the Tsarnaev brothers, who bombed the 2013 Boston marathon. Apparently, that sort of activity does not bother Facebook: The Daily Beast reportedly found the videos through simple searches in Arabic using only the names of the jihadists. That Facebook appears to be "creatively" selective in how it chooses to follow its own rules is nothing new. As previously reported by Gatestone Institute, Ahmad Qadan in Sweden publicly raised funds for ISIS for two years. Facebook only deleted the posts after the Swedish Security Service (Säpo) approached Facebook. In November 2017, Ahmad was sentenced to six months in prison for using Facebook to collect money to fund weapons purchases for the ISIS and Jabhat al-Nusra terror groups and for posting messages calling for "serious acts of violence primarily or disproportionately aimed at civilians with the intention of creating terror amongst the public." In September 2018, Canadian media exposed that a Toronto terrorist leader, Zakaria Amara, while serving a life sentence for plotting Al Qaeda-inspired truck bombings in downtown Toronto, nevertheless had a Facebook page on which he posted prison photos and notes about what made him a terrorist. Only after Canadian media outlets contacted Facebook to ask about the account did Facebook delete Amara's account "for violating our community standards." When will Facebook -- and YouTube -- make it a priority to remove material featuring the terrorist Awlaki, whose incitement has inspired actual terrorists to kill people?

Judith Bergman, a columnist, lawyer and political analyst, is a Distinguished Senior Fellow at Gatestone Institute.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/14678/free-speech-france-germany-internet 

:: 8-7-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Six Underwater Volcanoes Newly Discovered Just a Few Kilometers Off Sicily, Italy

By Strange Sounds - Aug 7, 2019

A series of six Late Quaternary underwater volcanoes have been discovered just off the SW Sicilian coast. Lurking below a heavily trafficked waterway, the discovery highlights how many mysteries still simmer under the sea. Just four miles off the coast of Sicily lie 6 underwater volcanoes previously unknown to geologists around the world. The discovery was made while scientists were mapping the underwater landscape of the Sicilian Channel, a heavily trafficked waterway off the southwest coast of the island. The volcanoes rise between 52 and 350 feet from the seafloor. But because they sit inside the shallow channel, their tops are not very deep and they may even pose a threat to the above marine ships, and, of course, to the population nearby. A new threat? More study is needed to better understand potential risks from the newfound structures. But the revelation that six volcanoes are lurking under a region regularly crisscrossed by maritime traffic underscores the importance of fully exploring what lies beneath the waves. While most of the the Sicilian Channel’s submarine volcanoes have remained quiet since written records began, one burst to life in 1831, forming the now-submerged Ferdinandea Island some 25 miles from the coast. The 6 new underwater volcanoes The three northern volcanoes show a tuff cone-like morphology, while the three most southern edifices have a truncated-conical shape. They rise between 52 and 350 feet from the seafloor. From these analyses, the team deduced that five of the volcanoes seem to have erupted just once sometime around the last glacial maximum, some 20,000 years ago. Only the northernmost volcano shows indications of a post-LGM magmatic reactivation, as evidenced by the 2.5-mile-long lava flow the team found solidified off its flanks. And bubbles rise from its crater. Methane? This is now the largest flow yet found in the northwest Sicilian Channel, who compares its size to those pumped out by Italian giants, including Vesuvius and Mount Etna. 6 new underwater volcanoes newly discovered off Sicily… This could become very dangerous!

https://strangesounds.org/2019/08/six-underwater-volcanoes-discovery-sicily-italy.html 

:: 8--19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DARPA is mapping the caves

15,268 views

Mike Morales

Published on Aug 7, 2019

Missouri

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h6gWTxu3izQ&feature=youtu.be 

:: 8--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Twitter locks out McConnell's campaign for posting video of calls for violence at his home

Gregg Re

By Gregg Re | Fox News

Far-left protesters gather outside Mitch McConnell's home

Protester calls to stab McConnell 'in the heart'; reaction and analysis on 'The Five.'

Twitter locked accounts belonging to Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell's re-election campaign and several prominent conservatives Monday, after they posted videos of left-wing protesters gathered outside McConnell's Kentucky home -- with one demonstrator calling for someone to stab McConnell "in the heart" and for McConnell to break his "raggedy" neck. The episode prompted the McConnell campaign, known as "Team Mitch," to slam Twitter for political bias, saying the social media platform had effectively blamed the victim. Meanwhile, observers noted, Democratic Rep. Joaquin Castro remains active on Twitter, even after he posted the names of San Antonio residents who donated to Trump. “This morning, Twitter locked our account for posting the video of real-world, violent threats made against Mitch McConnell," McConnell campaign manager Kevin Golden said in a statement. "This is the problem with the speech police in America today." Golden continued: "The Lexington-Herald can attack Mitch with cartoon tombstones of his opponents. But we can’t mock it. Twitter will allow the words 'Massacre Mitch' to trend nationally on their platform. But locks our account for posting actual threats against us. We appealed and Twitter stood by their decision, saying our account will remain locked until we delete the video.”

SAN ANTONE SELF-OWN: CASTRO OUTED ONE OF HIS OWN DONORS IN BID TO SHAME TRUMP SUPPORTERS

In a statement provided to Fox News, however, a Twitter spokesperson said that no account can post explicit calls for violence -- even accounts belonging to the targets of those threats -- for any reason.

"The users were temporarily locked out of their accounts for a Tweet that violated our violent threats policy, specifically threats involving physical safety," the spokesperson said. McConnell, 77, has been resting at home since tripping on his patio fracturing his shoulder on Sunday -- and the Team Mitch account posted images showing him at his residence. In the wake of this weekend's deadly mass shootings in El Paso, Texas and Dayton, Ohio, the hashtag "Massacre Mitch" trended on Twitter -- and some activists took their case to McConnell's residence. In a livestream video of the protest, Black Lives Matter Louisville leader Chanelle Helm, standing with other demonstrators outside McConnell's home, said that he "should have broken his little raggedy, wrinkled-(expletive) neck" rather than fracturing his shoulder.

"Just stab the m----- f----- in the heart," Helm said, after a fellow demonstrator referenced a McConnell voodoo doll. Helm told the Lousville Courier-Journal in an interview on Wednesday that she had no regrets. ACTRESS UNDER FIRE FOR 'SICK' TWEET DIRECTED AT MCCONNELL "McConnell doesn’t care about people who actually do break their necks, who need insulin, who need any type of medication, because they want to stop and prevent health care for all," Helm said. "And that is something that every American out here wants. There’s only a few Americans who don’t want that, and those people are politicians and their cronies." As of late Wednesday, the Team Mitch had not deleted the offending tweet containing the video. Twitter's policy for accounts violating its rules on certain offending content is to require the account owners to delete offending tweets in order for their access to be restored unless the conduct is so severe it warrants an indefinite suspension. Its most recent tweet, made late Tuesday, Team Mitch called the threats outside McConnell's home "serious calls to physical violence" and said law enforcement had been notified. Another Twitter user who posted the video, The Daily Wire's Ryan Saavedra, said Twitter simply does not want the "Left's pure hatred exposed because it damages the narrative that many at Twitter have." "By suspending me for telling the truth, Twitter is making it clear that they seek to control the news media and only allow content on their platform that does not expose the evil, projection, and hypocrisy of the political Left," Saavedra wrote. "Do not be surprised if they permanently ban me." Saavedra added: "By suspending McConnell's re-election campaign for exposing the violent rhetoric directed at McConnell, which was allowed to foment on Twitter for days, Twitter is interfering in the 2020 elections in a manner to help Democrats and hurt Republicans." GOP SEN TAKES AIM AT BIG TECH'S LEGAL PROTECTIONS WITH NEW BILL Capitol Hill communications director Ben Goldey said that he, too, had been locked out of Twitter. "My account was temporarily suspended after posting a video of far-left activists chanting death threats at Senator McConnell," Goldey wrote on Twitter. "Meanwhile, @Castro4Congress tweet, targeting his own constituents by name and employer is still up and does not violate Twitter’s Rules." Former McConnell aide and political commentator Scott Jennings also called the situation inexplicable. "Mitch McConnell has people on his yard threatening to “stab the motherf******” in the heart” & @twitter suspends MCCONNELL from its platform," Jennings wrote on Twitter. "This nation needs to heal & this platform is actively removing voices from the conversation who can help find solutions. Absolute garbage." On Tuesday, McConnell's campaign accused New York Democratic Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez of encouraging threats against the senator and "trying to dox some underage kids" after she blasted a group of McConnell-supporting boys who took a controversial photo with a cardboard cutout of her during a recent Kentucky political event.

DOJ OPENS SWEEPING ANTITRUST REVIEW OF TECH GIANTS, INCLUDING TWITTER

"Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and liberal Twitter personalities are trying to dox some underage kids for taking a photo with a cutout at the Fancy Farm political picnic and are cheering on thousands of accounts calling for Senator McConnell to 'break his neck,’" Team Mitch tweeted. In a tweet Monday, Ocasio-Cortez did not explicitly call for harassment or threats but she prompted a wave of negative reactions to the boys when she suggested that their gestures -- "groping" and "choking" the cut-out, as she alleged -- represented the "culture" of McConnell's campaign. After Ocasio-Cortez's tweet, McConnell's campaign responded by distancing itself from the photo and condemning it, clarifying that the boys weren't employees of the campaign. “Team Mitch in no way condones any aggressive, suggestive, or demeaning act toward life-sized cardboard cutouts of any gender,” campaign spokesman Kevin Golden said. Golden added: “These young men are not campaign staff, they’re high schoolers and it’s incredible that the national media has sought to once again paint a target on their backs rather than report real, and significant news in our country." McConnell's campaign compared the photo to one that a former aide to President Obama took after his election in 2008. The photo, posted at the end of 2008, showed Obama speechwriter Jon Favreau appearing to grope a cardboard cut-out of Hillary Clinton, then Obama's choice for secretary of state. Some suggested that the Ocasio-Cortez photo was a riff on the Clinton one. The situation quickly spiraled. The Daily Beast posted a tweet claiming that McConnel's campaign had "essentially" told Ocasio-Cortez that "boys will be boys" -- prompting Ocasio-Cortez, and later Newsweek, to falsely imply that McConnell's campaign had, in fact, used that phrase. "How a lie gets laundered," wrote Washington Examiner reporter Jerry Dunleavy.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/twitter-locks-out-mcconnell-campaign-for-posting-video-of-calls-for-violence-at-mcconnells-home 

:: 8--19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Diseased Refugees Obtaining SSN and Passport Upon Arrival

302,844 views

JoshTolley

Published on Mar 16, 2017

Refugees are flown in at night and given SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBERS and PASSPORTS completely non-vetted. Share this EVERYWHERE!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3qXL6IB9YKE 

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

[ :: 3-11-09 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Even now, saith your Father, they plot for a one world banking system, a one world government, a one world controlled by one man, etc..

[ :: 10-11-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. The world walks in confusion, there are those countries that desire their own monetary system to choke out others, and then there are those that desire a world monetary system, and the world monitory system will be the one that wins out, my word calls it the mark of the beast, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 8-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is the Federal Reserve losing control of the gold price?

by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts · August 8, 2019

After years of being kept in the doldrums by orchestrated short selling described on this website by Roberts and Kranzler, gold has lately moved up sharply reaching $1,510 this morning. The gold price has continued to rise despite the continuing practice of dumping large volumes of naked contracts in the futures market. The gold price is driven down but quickly recovers and moves on up. I haven’t an explanation at this time for the new force that is more powerful than the short-selling that has been used to control the price of gold. Various central banks have been converting their dollar reserves into gold, which reduces the demand for dollars and increases the demand for gold. Existing stocks of gold available to fill orders are being drawn down, and new mining output is not keeping pace with the rise in demand. Perhaps this is the explanation for the rise in the price of gold. During the many years of Quantitative Easing the exchange value of the dollar was protected by the Japanese, British, and EU central banks also printing money to insure that their currencies did not rise in value relative to the dollar. The Federal Reserve needs to protect the dollar’s exchange value so that it continues in its role as the world’s reserve currency in which international transactions are conducted. If the dollar loses this role, the US will lose the ability to pay its bills by printing dollars. A dollar declining in value relative to other countries would cause flight from the dollar to the rising currencies. Catastrophe quickly occurs from increasing the supply of a currency that central banks are unwilling to hold. One problem remained. The dollar was depreciating relative to gold. Rigging the currency market was necessary but not sufficient to stabilize the dollar’s value. The gold market also had to be rigged. To stop the dollar’s depreciation, naked short selling has been used to artificially increase the supply of paper gold in order to suppress the price. Unlike equities, gold shorts don’t have to be covered. This turns the price-setting gold futures market into a paper market where contracts are settled primarily in cash and not by taking delivery of gold. Therefore, participants can increase the supply of the paper gold traded in the futures market by printing new contracts. When large numbers of contracts are suddenly dumped in the market, the sudden increase in paper gold supply drives down the price. This has worked until now. If flight from the dollar is beginning, it will make it difficult for the Federal Reserve to accommodate the growing US budget deficit and continue its policy of lowering interest rates. With central banks moving their reserves from dollars (US Treasury bonds and bills) to gold, the demand for US government debt is not keeping up with supply. The supply will be increasing due to the $1.5 trillion US budget deficit. The Federal Reserve will have to take up the gap between the amount of new debt that has to be issued and the amount that can be sold by purchasing the difference. In other words, the Fed will print more money with which to purchase the unsold portion of the new debt. The creation of more dollars when the dollar is experiencing pressure puts more downward pressure on the dollar. To protect the dollar, that is, to make it again attractive to investors and central banks, the Federal Reserve would have to raise interest rates substantially. If the US economy is in recession or moving toward recession, the cost of rising interest rates would be high in terms of unemployment.

With a rising price of gold, who would want to hold debt denominated in a rapidly depreciating currency when interest rates are low, zero, or negative? The Federal Reserve might have no awareness of the pending crisis that it has set up for itself. On the other hand, the Federal Reserve is responsive to the elite who want to rid themselves of Trump. Collapsing the economy on Trump’s head is one way to prevent his reelection.

https://thedailycoin.org/2019/08/08/is-the-federal-reserve-losing-control-of-the-gold-price/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 8-7-19 The New Yorker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Ebola Evolving Into a Deadlier Virus?

By Richard Preston August 7, 2019

This July, the World Health Organization declared that an outbreak of Ebola in the provinces of Ituri and North-Kivu, in the eastern Democratic Republic of the Congo, was a “public health emergency of international concern.” This particular strain of the virus, which first appeared in the region in 2018 and hasn’t been given a formal name—I’ll call it Kivu Ebola—is a variant of a species known as the Zaire Ebola virus. As of last Saturday, 2,753 cases of Kivu Ebola have been reported, with 1,843 deaths. There appear to be many undiscovered cases in the region, too. Ella Watson-Stryker, a social scientist with Doctors Without Borders, who has been studying the outbreak, said that around half of all Ebola patients admitted to treatment centers in eastern Congo aren’t part of any known chain of transmission. In other words, the infected person has caught Ebola from somebody whom disease investigators haven’t yet identified. “A lot of transmission is not being seen, but nobody knows the exact amount,” Watson-Stryker told me. Ebola virus is a microscopic parasite that replicates inside the cells of a host. The outbreak in eastern Congo began more than a year ago, in or near a town called Mangina, when a few particles of Ebola virus apparently moved out of some wild creature, Ebola’s natural host—in this case, probably a bat—and entered the bloodstream of an as yet unidentified person. From that person, the virus began spreading through the local population. Ebola can overwhelm the human immune system in a matter of days. Symptoms typically include vomiting, diarrhea, coughing, rash, dementia, hemorrhages, and hiccups. Death occurs like the slamming of a door, when the patient abruptly goes into shock. The Kivu Ebola outbreak area is in a conflict zone, beset by armed militias and ethnic violence. Local people often don’t trust the international medical organizations that run the Ebola treatment centers. There have been at least a hundred and ninety-four attacks on local health workers, seven of whom have been killed. Watson-Stryker, the researcher, said that social media complicates containment and treatment efforts. Conspiracy theories about medical workers and false information about how the virus is spread are ricocheting around popular platforms like WhatsApp. “The problem is the post-factual reality that exists in social media,” she said. An effective experimental vaccine for Ebola exists, and more than a hundred and seventy-five thousand people have received it. Even so, the virus is finding new victims and extending its geographic range. Three cases of Ebola recently appeared in Uganda, and there have now been four cases in the Congolese city of Goma, which has roughly two million residents and is situated on the border with Rwanda. The W.H.O. recently estimated that more than two hundred million dollars in emergency funding would be needed to bring the virus under control. That money hasn’t been raised yet. An Ebola particle is a very small, filament-shaped object, made of six different structural proteins. Ebola’s genetic code, or genome, is contained in a strand of ribonucleic acid, or RNA, that is coiled tightly in the core of the particle. The genome, which has some nineteen thousand letters in it, holds the master designs of Ebola’s proteins. RNA viruses—which range from Ebola to measles and influenza— tend to produce errors, or mutations, in their code when they copy themselves. Most mutations are either bad for the virus or have no effect on it. Every now and then, however, a virus gets a mutation that benefits it. In fact, the production of errors during copying plays an important role in the long-term survival of viruses. As time goes by and the virus makes inaccurate copies of itself, slightly different varieties of the virus arise. The different varieties are called lineages. They can be imagined as moths of the same species whose wings are slightly different colors. Some wing colors help a moth camouflage itself more effectively, be eaten less often by predators, and survive longer than moths of other colors. Those types of moths go on to reproduce successfully, while moths of other colors eventually die out, until the population of moths has changed color entirely. This is the process of evolution. Considered as a life-form, the Kivu Ebola isn’t a single organism but, rather, an immense swarm of particles that jumps from victim to victim. Each particle in the swarm possesses a biological drive to copy itself. As the particles copy themselves, they compete with all the other particles for survival. Ebola particles copy themselves every eighteen hours. This is the generation time of the virus—the time it takes for a particle of Ebola to get inside a human cell and potentially create thousands of identical copies of itself in the cell. The copies then exit the infected cell and drift into the bloodstream, infecting more cells. Early in the disease, Ebola patients tend to get sicker in downward lurches. In some patients, the lurches are spaced roughly eighteen hours apart, as each new generation of particles floods the body. An infected person’s bodily fluids are lethally infectious, because they are filled with Ebola particles. If some of those particles get into new people, the virus spreads. By now, the Kivu Ebola swarm has been going through its eighteen-hour replication cycle in humans for more than a year. Some virologists wonder whether Kivu Ebola could start evolving, or whether it has already started to evolve, in a way that makes it more dangerous to people—perhaps by becoming more contagious, in which case it would get much harder to control. These questions introduce a new aspect to the international emergency. During the Ebola epidemic that ravaged West Africa in 2014 and 2015, that form of Ebola showed possible signs of evolving. Virologists are still trying to determine the significance of what happened. The epidemic began in a village in Guinea, in December, 2013, when some particles of Ebola apparently went from a bat into a small boy. That strain of the virus, now referred to as Makona Ebola, killed the boy and most of his family, and then began spreading. In the end, around thirty thousand people were infected and more than eleven thousand died before Makona Ebola was finally brought under control and eliminated from the human population. (There were eleven cases in the United States.) As the epidemic progressed, a team of researchers, led by Pardis Sabeti, a genomic scientist at Harvard and the Broad Institute, studied the genetic code of various samples of Ebola taken from the blood of people who had been infected. They found that the virus began mutating as soon as it got into people. “From the outset, I was intrigued by the large number of mutations we found,” Sabeti told me. Makona Ebola quickly developed into several basic varieties. Then, in late May, 2014, one of the lineages took off like a wildfire and spread rapidly all over Sierra Leone and Liberia. This lineage is named the A82V Makona Variant of Ebola. For simplicity, I’ll call it the Makona mutant. The majority of patients in the epidemic were infected with the Makona mutant, including all eleven individuals in the United States. Meanwhile, the other lineages of Ebola died out. It seemed that the Makona mutant had somehow beaten them in a contest for survival.  Sabeti and other research groups noted that the change in the code of the Makona mutant happened in a single letter, which was part of the genetic recipe that causes the Ebola particle to be covered in roughly three hundred soft, squishy knobs. The knobs, called glycoproteins, are essential for the particle’s survival; they help it stick to cells and get inside cells, where it can reproduce. Sabeti wondered if the change in the knob protein could help this particular lineage of Ebola survive and prosper. “The mutation showed up at an inflection point in the outbreak, just as the outbreak exploded,” Sabeti said. “This was really intriguing.” It seemed that there might be something different about the knobs on the outside of the Makona mutant. In 2016, a research team at the University of Massachusetts Medical School, led by a doctor named Jeremy Luban, ran some experiments on the Makona-knob protein. The team found that the knobs on the Makona mutant were four to five times better at invading human cells than those on the earlier strain of Makona. The Makona mutant stuck to human cells like a magnet, and the knobs seemed able to open a cell’s outer membrane, with the ease of a slide opening the teeth of a zipper, to allow the virus inside. “But what the significance of this mutation is for the outbreak, and how deadly this virus is, are still open questions,” Luban told me. “In biology, there is almost no such thing as proof.” Luban is planning more experiments to try to find out whether the Makona mutant was, in fact, more devastating or contagious than its predecessor. A British team led by a virologist at the University of Nottingham named Jonathan Ball found that the Makona mutant seemed to be around twice as infectious in human cells than the earlier version of the virus had been. It also was less infectious in bat cells. The Makona mutant seemed to be evolving away from bats and turning into a virus suited for human cells. “I wasn’t at all surprised by this,” Ball said. “If you put a virus in a different system, you quickly see that the virus adapts to the new environment. I was surprised that other people were surprised.” Ball stressed that the experiments had been done in test tubes, using knobs of Ebola grafted onto a harmless virus. “We can’t show how the [real] virus will actually behave in a human,” he said. “You can’t do that experiment.” Many scientists, including Ball and Luban, aren’t so sure that the Makona mutant was any more dangerous than any other form of Ebola. The Makona mutant most likely spread far and wide because of social and behavioral factors, but it may have spread faster and more widely than it would have otherwise because of a change in one part of its genome. What about the Kivu Ebola? The violence in the outbreak area makes doing scientific research there difficult. Nevertheless, a Congolese team of genomic researchers at the National Institute for Biomedical Research, at the University of Kinshasa, working with international colleagues, has been collecting blood samples from the outbreak and reading the genetic code of the Ebola. The Kivu Ebola, so far, has mutated into four lineages. Three of the four are active in the population. The swarm is exploring people’s immune systems and jumping from one victim to the next. So far, none of the three active varieties has become dominant. “The virus has been brewing in that area for a while,” Sabeti said. “If you give Ebola enough time to transmit from human to human, then an unpredictable event can occur. How likely is it that Ebola could change suddenly? We don’t have a good answer to that question.” Right now, there may be around six hundred people in eastern Congo who have Kivu Ebola particles replicating in their bodies. As Ebola re-creates itself, many of the resulting particles are deformed duds and can’t replicate further. The ones that can copy themselves are infective. The Kivu swarm, with its three new lineages of Ebola, may amount to about one or two quadrillion infective particles of the virus. If these particles were collected in one place, they would fill three teaspoons and would weigh about fifteen grams. That small space contains numberless genetic possibilities. The longer the outbreak is allowed to continue, the greater the chances that Ebola will mutate, get better at spreading in humans, and vastly enlarge its circle of victims.

https://www.newyorker.com/science/elements/is-ebola-evolving-into-a-more-deadly-virus

[ :: 9-21-14 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I have had my hand of protection upon America but no more.  I am going to shake America like never before.  I will lift my hand of protection for a little while.  Remember nine one one and what happened when my hand was lifted?  What is to come is far worse than that.  I have sat back and watched as my word has been removed from your schools.  Your children know nothing of me.  I have watched while your government has removed my commandments from their walls.  They have promoted a life style forbidden by me.  I have said in my word man shall not lie with man and women with women this is an abomination.  You have opened up your military, they are dancing in the streets, they are thumbing their noses and saying we are here we will take over.  I will not allow this to go on any longer without discipline.  I love you America but you need to be shaken. etc

:: 8-8-19 News with Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It is Time to Legalize Jesus

By Dave Daubenmire|August 8th, 2019

Americans need Jesus

That’s not a slogan that is the Truth. Much of the debauchery and death that America is wallowing in is a late 20th Century phenomenon. The rank evil on display in this nation can be traced directly to the criminalization of Christ. Jesus is not simply the God/man, but He is the Savior of the World. Sadly, in all of our worship of materialism here in the early 21st Century, the Biblical Jesus has morphed into nothing more than a spiritual guide who came to earth to make our existence here more comfortable.  According to today’s culture Jesus is just one of many wise men who can help you navigate through the channels of life. For nearly forty years multiculturalism has taught our school children that there were many paths to heaven and many ways to live a fulfilling life. But Jesus claimed exclusivity to the term GOD. He is the only “spiritual guide” to have told us that He was THE way, THE Truth, and THE life. No one, He told us, comes to the Father except through him. Mohammed is dead. So is Buddha, and all of the other imposters headlining multi-culturalism. ONLY Jesus offered ETERNAL LIFE. For nearly 400 years that is what we taught exclusively to our children. Although the argument can be made that America was not founded as a Christian nation there can be no doubt that it was a nation founded by Christians. And even though the Constitution guaranteed “freedom of religion,” that freedom did not give the individual American the right or permission to overthrow heaven. The real coup that has been pulled on America is the criminalization of the Name of Christ. The term “God” is a universal term. In fact, The Almighty himself acknowledged the existence of “other gods” and told us that He would not tolerate any other gods before Him. “GOD BLESS AMERICA” I hear people say, especially around the patriotic holidays. But which God are they referring to? Which God do we want to bless America? Which God rules and reigns over the entire universe? Jesus is His Name. Almighty God incarnate. Emanuel, God with us. “For there is no other name under heaven given among men, whereby we might be saved.” Acts 4:12 Why are Christians afraid to use that Name? Why do our elected officials refuse to use that name when they pray publicly? Why have Christians so faltered in our duty to “lift up the name of Jesus,” for at the Name of JESUS “every knee shall bow and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord.” Why are we ashamed to use that Name? We need to legalize Jesus. We need to stand up and push back against the forces of darkness. Jesus himself told us that “if I be lifted up I will draw all men unto me.” At what point does the American church come out of hiding and fight to decriminalize the Christ? With the latest shootings we once again her the secularists cry for “gun control” as if regulating inanimate objects will somehow solve our problems. America has heart problems. Americans have a sin problem. We need self control, not gun control. American is awash with darkened hearts. It used to be the job of our schools, in conjunction with our churches, to teach our children right from wrong. But with the dastardly decision of the US Supreme Court in Everson V Board of Education, the Demonic lie of “the separation between the church and state” was birthed out of the gates of hell and launched an all out assault on all things Christian. Slowly, Jesus was criminalized, and the very foundations upon which our nation was founded shattered like a rock through a window pane and destroyed the morality upon which all America’s children would be educated. When there was no longer JESUS as king over America “everyone began to do what is right in his own eyes.” Well the chickens are coming home to roost. Americans no longer share a common language, a common heritage, or a common God. Jesus is just one of the home boys. Jesus will not be mocked. Whatever we reap we will sow and I am sorry to say that there is going to be a whole lot of weepin’ over what we will be reapin’. Perhaps when all of the dust settles, wise men will once again rise to the challenge and daub the foundational walls that held this nation together. Doesn’t your heart break over the condition of this nation? Don’t you lament over the cesspool in which your children and grandchildren have to swim? The god-haters have been engaged in a four-decade full court press against the Christ and we find ourselves standing on a very shaky ledge. Jumping off or fighting back are our only choices. Which one will you choose? A return to Biblical morality is the only hope for our nation. When all of the walls tumble down around us we must rebuild this nation with the One Eternal standard that has stood the test of time. Don’t Christians believe in Truth? It is time to release Jesus from socialist jail. He is the world’s only hope. Why in the name of all things Holy won’t the church shake off its apathy and push back against the forces of darkness? If Jesus is King of Kings how do you separate Him from government? He is either Lord of all or not Lord at all. Our children are lost. Immorality rules the day. The church sits silently and prays for the evacuation. How can a nation survive such chaos? It is time to legalize Jesus once again.

http://newswithviews.com/it-is-time-to-legalize-jesus/ 

:: 8-7-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Breaking: "Heavy Fighting As India And Pakistan Fight In Kashmir 250 Dead"

37,733 views

Paul Begley

Streamed live on Aug 7, 2019

https://www.ratefamily.com  "India and Pakistan in heavy fighting as 250 are dead" https://www.paulbegleyprophecy.com  also Get My New 2-DVD Set "Signs Of His Coming" @ https://store.paulbegleyprophecy.com/ ... also Get My "Are You Serious? COFFEE" @

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7XODrPA3Auk&app=desktop 

:: 8-7-19 Canada Free Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Murder, It's a Democrat Thing

Selwyn Duke image

By Selwyn Duke —— Bio and Archives--August 7, 2019

We can start with the striking statistic that 68 percent of all homicides occur in just certain parts of 5 percent of America’s counties—and all, or virtually all, of these are Democrat areas. Also striking is Democrats’ devolution on prenatal infanticide. The line always was, though the savvy never believed it, “We want abortion to be safe, legal and rare.” Leftists also insisted that “we don’t really know when life begins” or when “an unviable tissue mass becomes a baby.” To echo Barack Obama’s debate disclaimer from some years ago, that’s above their “pay grade.” But all that has been aborted. Now leftists support prenatal infanticide up until birth, and sometimes beyond, though this is subject to change without notice. (Coming, perhaps, is the day leftists will absolutely know when an “unviable tissue mass” becomes human: when it can vote Democrat.) In other words, yes, he’s a baby; yes, he’s human. And, yes, you can murder him because you feel like it. How sociopathic can you get? This devolution is no surprise. Leftists are, almost one and all, de facto atheists; as such, they essentially believe man is just a material being, a chemicals-and-water organic robot. To quote barrel-of-laughs botanist Lawrence Trevanion, people are “objects that perceive.” Obviously, viewing people as objects leads to objectification; you use objects and, when the spirit moves you, maybe even abuse objects. This is why leftists such as sanctimonious Pete Buttigieg and Irish Bob (O’Rourke) will politicize tragedies such as the El Paso and Dayton shootings before the blood is even dry. To them, the victims are objects that serve a purpose, a means to an end. So they can be human props, just like the Illegal-alien Children in Cages, or kids paraded in front of press conferences or on stage at Democratic National Conventions. “Do it for the children?” It’s really, “Do it with the children” or “Do it to the children”—whatever yields the power you crave. Of course, projecting, leftists are also full of the hate they ascribe to others. (After all, they’re incapable of hating what they see as the sin without hating who they see as the sinner, so they assume others operate likewise.) This is why former CNN host Reza Aslan, an Iranian immigrant who once ate human flesh on television, recently sent a tweet in which he appeared to say that all Trump supporters should be eradicated. If that was his meaning, he’d just be carrying on a long tradition. The “Left” has been bloody ever since it was born during the French Revolution, where Maximilien Robespierre’s crew killed thousands in the Reign of Terror. Since then, the USSR’s Stalin, China’s Mao, Cambodia’s Pol Pot and others have added approximately 100 million corpses to the total. The formula is simple, too: Leftists+Sufficient Power=Dropped Mask and Mass murder. Power really is the only limiting factor because godlessness, that leftist norm, correlates with moral nihilism, and thus are leftists bereft of true moral constraints. Fyodor Dostoevsky explained this state of being in The Brothers Karamazov, writing, “Without God, all things are permitted.” Leftists don’t have principles, but preferences—which is why they’re notorious for the political-winds-enabled goalpost shift. Worse still is how leftists (and the conservatives who defend yesterday’s liberals’ mistakes) destroy children, on the inside, with corruptive miseducation, entertainment and sexual-devolutionary messages and temptations. From bodies to hearts to minds to souls to statues and traditions and beyond, threatening all that’s great and good, destruction is leftists’ stock in trade. Leftists were once part of the counter-culture, but the only culture that’s truly theirs is the Culture of Death, that dark phenomenon Pope John Paul II so lamented. So you can point fingers, modern Democrats, but in your hearts some of you, I suspect, know exactly what too many of you are: stone-cold killers.

https://canadafreepress.com/article/murder-its-a-democrat-thing 

:: 8-7-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BOMBSHELL! CIA Mind Control & MK Ultra Assassins

12,408 views

Sheila Zilinsky

Published on Aug 7, 2019

Sheila’s Website

https://sheilazilinsky.com 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fNM4p2a8MAA&feature=youtu.be 

:: 8--19 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Abortion Was the Leading Cause of Death Worldwide in 2018, Killing 42 Million People

National Micaiah Bilger Dec 31, 2018 | 11:14AM Washington, DC

More human beings died in abortions than any other cause of death in 2018, a new report indicates.  A heartbreaking reminder about the prevalence of abortion, statistics compiled by Worldometers indicate that there were nearly 42 million abortions world-wide in 2018. The independent site collects data from governments and other reputable organizations and then reports the data, along with estimates and projections, based on those numbers. Breitbart contrasted the abortion numbers to other causes of death, including cancer, HIV/AIDS, traffic accidents and suicide, and found that abortions far outnumbered every other cause. Here’s more from the report: As of December 31, 2018, there have been some 41.9 million abortions performed in the course of the year, Worldometers revealed. By contrast, 8.2 million people died from cancer in 2018, 5 million from smoking, and 1.7 million died of HIV/AIDS. … It also records the total number of abortions in the world, based on the latest statistics on abortions published by the World Health Organization (WHO). Globally, just under a quarter of all pregnancies (23 percent) were ended by abortion in 2018, and for every 33 live births, ten infants were aborted. Worldometers estimates about 59 million deaths world-wide in 2018, but that number does not include unborn babies’ abortion deaths. Unborn babies are not recognized as human beings even though biology indicates that they are unique, living human beings from the moment of conception and they die brutal, violent deaths in abortions. HELP LIFENEWS SAVE BABIES FROM ABORTION! Please help LifeNews.com with a year-end donation! The abortion number is incomprehensible, but each of those 42 million abortions represents a living human being whose life was violently destroyed in their mother’s womb. Each unborn baby already had their own unique DNA, making them distinct from their mother. That DNA indicated if the child was a boy or girl, their eye and hair color, their height, possible genetic disorders and other disabilities, and much more. In most cases, the unborn babies’ hearts are beating when they are aborted, too. In America, just under 1 million babies are aborted every year. Though abortion rates have been dropping in the past decade, abortion remains the leading cause of death in the United States as well. An estimated 60 million unborn babies have been killed in abortions in the U.S. since Roe v. Wade in 1973. In January, pro-life advocates will gather for the annual March for Life in Washington, D.C. to remember the anniversary of that infamous decision and call for restored protections for the unborn.

https://www.lifenews.com/2018/12/31/abortion-was-the-leading-cause-of-death-worldwide-in-2018-killing-42-million-people/ 

:: 8-8-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CRISPR Gene Editing Is Being Tested In Human Patients And Scientists Admit They Do Not Know “What The Long-Term Effects Of Man-Made Edits To The Human Genome Might Have”

August 8, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

Scientists agree that CRISPR holds great promise in giving researchers unprecedented power to snip out abnormal stretches of DNA, But there are still significant questions about how safe and effective CRISPR gene editing will be once it’s unleashed in the human body. CRISPR works well enough in the lab, in a dish of human cells, but as with any technology, there are glitches. Some studies have shown that the gene editing goes awry once in a while, splicing incorrect places in the genome. Then there is the bigger question of what longer term, unanticipated effects man-made edits to the human genome might have… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/08/08/crispr-gene-editing-is-being-tested-in-human-patients-and-scientists-admit-they-do-not-know-what-the-long-term-effects-of-man-made-edits-to-the-

human-genome-might-have/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 8--19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EL PASO & BEYOND: IT'S NOT GUNS, IT'S MORAL AMBIVALENCE Exclusive: Erik Rush says today's 'climate of racial tension' has been cultivated by the left

A disclaimer condemning the wanton mass murder of people in public places shouldn’t be necessary here, yet it is, lest craven leftists seize upon the opportunity to cast this columnist and this publication as endorsing mass murder. Once upon a time in America, it was universally understood that all citizens reviled such action. So, let me take a moment to officially condemn the actions of Patrick Crusius who, on the morning of Aug. 3, entered a Walmart in El Paso, Texas, and commenced a shooting spree that left 22 dead and 24 injured. It was inevitable that an angry white idiot would pick up a gun and seek out a bunch of Latinos to murder given the climate of racial tension that has been cultivated by the political left and the ongoing situation at our southern border. This may sound somewhat harsh, but if you look at the aggregate of mass shootings in recent decades and the motives of the perpetrators in context, it is far easier to understand. While the 2019 influx of undocumented migrants laying claim to economic asylum (there’s no such thing) and the 2014 tsunami of undocumented migrants doing likewise both received a great deal of press, the ultimate dispositions of the migrants in question were handled quite differently by the administrations of Presidents Donald Trump and Barack Obama. While the latter’s policy was one of clandestine assimilation, Trump has made no bones about the fact that these people have no legitimate reason to cross our southern border, and ought to be returned from whence they came, posthaste. This of course has given rise to increased charges by the left of racism and anti-immigrant sentiment on the part of the president and his supporters, despite the issue having nothing whatsoever to do with race. At present, there is a campaign underway on the part of leftists to draw a direct link between Trump’s rhetoric addressing illegal migrants and the El Paso massacre. An opinion piece from the New York Times masquerading as news on Aug. 4 and entitled “El Paso Shooting Suspect’s Manifesto Echoes Trump’s Language” essentially framed President Trump’s rhetoric as “marching orders” for Patrick Crusius. This is being echoed by far left lawmakers, most notably Rep. Joaquin Castro, D-Texas. There’s little doubt that there are a whole lot of white, ordinarily law-abiding firearms owners in the Southwest who are infuriated regarding the porosity of our southern border. It is likely that some have even cultivated antipathy toward Latinos as a result of the economic and social conditions that have arisen as a result of illegal immigration in the region. It is probable, however, that nearly all of them realize the decades-long refusal of our federal government to effectively address the issue has played a far larger role in this than the desire of people to enter the country illegally, whatever their reason. Thus, they are aware that gunning down a bunch of Latinos would not only display a high degree of moral ambivalence, but it wouldn’t even address the root of the problem. Further, it would serve to validate the baseless bleating of the left about white Americans’ alleged inherent proclivity for racism. It’s generally imprudent for people such as myself to prematurely issue commentary during the “fog of war” that immediately follows acts of mass violence, as inaccurate information abounds, some of which is intentionally crafted. Suffice it to say that Crusius’ reported statements to law enforcement and his actions following the shootings were markedly incoherent. While his manifesto, posted online prior to the shootings, is definitely racist, it smacks of a person of limited intellect who was operating far more out of anger and cognitive dissonance than an understanding of the dynamics of the border situation. As far as the El Paso massacre representing a tide of Trump-fostered white nationalism, that argument simply has no teeth. White nationalists have zero political power in this country, and that isn’t likely to change. There were, however, 32 mass shootings during Barack Obama’s tenure as president, which included a Muslim man who killed 50 gay people in Orlando, Florida, and a Muslim couple who killed 14 people and wounded 22 others in San Bernardino, California. Muslims, as venerated by our former president and as a favored class of the left, have far more political clout that white nationalists. Yet violence committed by Muslims and far-left perpetrators (such as the Aug. 4 Dayton, Ohio, killings or the 2017 congressional baseball shootings) are never framed by the press or Beltway politicos as a national crisis, because it does not serve their purposes. Finally, as regards the public’s access to firearms, I would point out that there is no correlation between the accessibility of firearms and mass shootings, because that accessibility has always existed. For most of our nation’s history, spree killings with firearms were unknown. If anything, firearms have become increasingly less accessible to citizens over the last 50 years due to knee-jerk legislation that invariably follows high-profile gun crimes. There is, however, an easily drawn correlation between the increasing climate of moral ambivalence we’ve seen over the last 60 years and the proliferation of mass shootings. Much of what I’ve written in this space over the years has reflected societal dysfunction that has arisen directly from our increasing climate of moral ambivalence. During a speech at the 2018 National Rifle Association (NRA) convention, Texas Gov. Greg Abbott asserted, “The problem is not guns, it’s hearts without God.” This may sound simplistic, but it speaks volumes.

Read more at https://www.wnd.com/2019/08/el-paso-beyond-its-not-guns-its-moral-ambivalence/#IGZ8lx3OcK6O87qc.99 

:: 8-8-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What They’re PREPARING Will Make The PATRIOT ACT Look Like CHILD’S PLAY!

By Justus Knight on August 8, 2019 •

Have you been watching, reading and listening to what’s about to happen? Our ‘leadership’ is planning a maneuver so ferocious, so deceptive and so invasive that it will make the Patriot Act look like child’s play! The rhetoric coming from our President, MSM and FBI is calling for change. Change surrounding the recent massacres in El Paso and Dayton. This change goes FAR BEYOND red flag laws…it will federalize EVERYTHING! America’s worst fears are being realized…

DON’T FORGET TO ASSURE THE BELL IS CHECKED SO YOU ALERTED TO MY NEW BROADCASTS!!

As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/08/08/what-theyre-preparing-will-make-the-patriot-act-look-like-childs-play/ 

:: 8--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unconstitutional and Tyrannical Red Flag Gun Confiscation Laws Are Coming FAST

By Adam Palmer

Within minutes of the tragic mass shootings in El Paso and Dayton, gun control fanatics were predictably not letting a crisis go to waste by calling for extreme measures of gun control. The usual suspects were at it – Soros organizations, MSM, left-wing extremists, and Democratic Party members – but, interestingly enough, they were joined by many Republican lawmakers as well. While Lindsey Graham, a Senator who has scarcely seen a right in the Bill of Rights he hasn’t wanted to carve up for dinner, is no shocker, others in staunchly red states have also joined the call for stricter gun control measures. Most surprising, however, is that President Donald Trump has jumped on the bandwagon, calling for “red flag laws” among other egregious measures to deal with the recent spate of shootings in the United States. The response from Trump’s base has been a mix of personality cult support and virulent opposition, hinting that Trump, if he goes forward with his “red flag” proposal, could be shooting himself in the foot for 2020. After the last few years, it is clear that nothing Trump could ever do would convince a leftist to vote for him. However, he can convince his own supporters to stay home in 2020 and that appears to be what is going to happen if he doesn’t quickly pull an about-face in the manner that he has done in the past in regards to many of his positive attempts to govern (Syria, Afghanistan, etc.). So what is the problem with Red Flag laws? For those that may not be aware, “Red Flag” Laws are allegedly devised to disarm individuals who may be at high risk to commit violent acts before they are able to do so. These “red flags” can be thrown up by law enforcement, mental, and medical professionals regarding a person’s mental state and/or capacity to do harm. In some cases, family members and others can also trigger the gun confiscation order. A number of states in the US already have such laws, Maryland being the most memorable example. In an article entitled “Maryland’s ‘Red Flag’ Law Turns Deadly: Officer Kills Man Who Refused To Turn In Gun,” Kimberly Eiten writes, A 61-year-old man is dead after he was shot by an officer trying to enforce Maryland’s new ‘red flag’ law in Ferndale Monday morning.

Anne Arundel County Police confirmed the police-involved shooting happened in the 100 block of Linwood Avenue around 5:17 a.m. According to police, two officers serving a new Extreme Risk Protective Order (Red Flag Law), a Maryland protective order to remove guns from a household, shot and killed the man listed on that order. “Under the law, family, police, mental health professionals can all ask for the protective orders to remove weapons,” said Sgt. Jacklyn David, with Anne Arundel County Police.

That man was identified as Gary J. Willis of same address.

Officials said Willis answered the door while holding a handgun.

Willis then placed the gun next to the door.

When officers began to serve him the order, Willis became irate and grabbed his gun.

One of the officers tried to take the gun from Willis, but instead Willis fired the gun.

The second officer fired a gun, striking Willis. He died at the scene.

In other words, gun confiscation has already begun but it has begun incrementally and not as a mass sweeping door to door operation. Selco wrote from his experience about how gun confiscation might go down and it appears he was right. Gary J. Willis was executed for not willingly allowing his basic rights to be violated. Guess we could have skipped the trouble of that whole Revolutionary War thing, right? Red Flag laws trample all over our Constitutional rights. If it sounds to you like Red Flag laws are actually the imposition of “pre-crime” policies, you’re right. If they sound unconstitutional to you, you’re also right. Red Flag laws violate at least three Amendments to the US Constitution – the First, Second, and Fourth. It’s important to note that some county sheriffs are refusing to enforce Red Flag gun laws and others are forming 2nd Amendment sanctuaries, but these are too few and far between to stop this altogether. The violation of the 2nd Amendment is the most obvious since forcibly disarming an American citizen through a matter of law who has committed no crime is a clear infringement on the Second Amendment. In fact, so is the idea that “mentally ill people should not have access to weapons.” The fact is that mentally ill people still have rights in this country but more on that later. The Fourth Amendment is violated because American citizens are essentially tried, convicted, and disarmed without due process and the First is violated because the alleged “crime” or “red flag” is not an actual crime but speech and/or expression (in many cases it is merely the feeling of a threat by the person throwing up the red flag) both of which are expressly protected by the First Amendment. But Trump went even further in his speech responding to the recent shootings, stating that the US should have stronger laws regarding “involuntary confinement” and that the Federal and State governments would be working with social media companies to detect individuals who are threats before they are able to do any damage. In other words, the Government will be working with (supposedly) private social media companies to determine individuals who should be forcibly disarmed as a result of their speech and expression online. Mental health and psychiatry are being weaponized. And as for involuntary confinement, the US already allows for “mental health professionals” to involuntarily confine people for the slightest statements, violating their rights and, more often than not, ruining their lives with forced medication and victimization. The fact that mental and medical professionals have as much authority as they do should be considered abhorrent in a free society. Indeed, the truth is that, while no one wants a severely mentally ill person walking around with a gun, mentally ill people still have rights. And if they have not committed a crime, they have the same rights as everyone else. And thus we arrive at the second frightening aspect of Red Flag laws – the further weaponization of mental health and psychiatry. This is precisely the methods used by the Soviet Union when critics of the government were deemed mentally ill and forced into “treatment” where they remained or where “re-educated/medicated” into conformity. But abuse of psychiatry and the mental health/law enforcement meld is by no means unique to the Soviet Union. The mechanisms are already in place in the United States and have been for some time. Indeed, every day in the United States countless people are forcibly hospitalized having committed no crime whatsoever.

In her article, “The Crime Of Thinking Different,” Wendy McElroy wrote in September 2014,

The term “psychopathological mechanisms” of dissent describes the political abuse of psychiatry in the former Soviet Union and other totalitarian regimes. Non-approved beliefs, attitudes or behavior are classified as mental problems, which converts them into a medical diagnosis that can be handled in an extra-legal manner. Dissenters or ‘the different’ can be detained indefinitely in mental hospitals where they are drugged or otherwise ‘cured’ into conformity. If accurate, a news story out of Cambridge, Maryland, in late August indicates “psychopathological mechanisms” is in full swing within the US. On August 22, a 23-year-old middle school teacher named Patrick McLaw was placed on administrative leave and taken into custody by police to be psychologically evaluated.  Why? The first reports stated, “Members of the Dorchester Sheriff’s Office, the Cambridge Police Department and…County Public School board have removed…McLaw for allegedly penning two books under the alias, ‘Dr. K.S. Voltaer’.” A police investigation is underway. [Note: the word “alias” connotes crime; “pen name” is the appropriate term for anonymous authorship.]

One novel, The Insurrectionist (2011), is set 888 years in the future and revolves around a school shooting. The Amazon blurb explains, “On 18 March 2902, a massacre transpired on the campus of Ocean Park High School…the largest school massacre in the nation’s history. And the entire country now begins to ask two daunting questions: How? and Why?…It becomes evident that the hysteria is far from over.” (The second novel, Lillith’s Heir, is a sequel.) The Amazon description is correct. The hysteria was just beginning. The police searched McLaw’s home for weapons; none were found. They searched the school with dogs for bombs and guns; none were found. McLaw apparently does not have a criminal record. According to a local paper, The Star Democrat (April 23), he was nominated last April for Dorchester County’s “Teacher of the Year” award but lost out. Nevertheless, on September 1, Sheriff James Phillips stated that the teacher-novelist “is no longer in the area. He is currently at a location known to law enforcement and does not currently have the ability to travel anywhere.” After a blitz of media coverage raised constitutional issues, the story offered by authorities changed. The novels became only “pieces of the puzzle” of their investigation. The State Attorney for Wicomico County Matt Maciarello now claims that McLaw drew police attention due to “a four-page letter to officials in Dorchester County.” The 4-pages were apparently a letter of resignation. In a highly unusual and prejudicial move, personal details from the letter were leaked although the authorities will not produce the document itself for independent verification. They will merely leak what is to their advantage. Bottom line: No arrest was made, no charges were laid, no warrant has been issued and there has been no public accusation that McLaw threatened anyone. He is being held for psychiatric evaluation based merely on the fact that the police are investigating him for what or what may not be a crime. The prevalence of “psychopathological mechanisms” is a touchstone of totalitarianism and a measure of how far a society or situation has distanced itself from liberty. Through American history, the distance from liberty has been an ebb and flow. From its inception as colonies, the United States has included the political abuse of those who are seen as psychologically deviant. Between early 1692-1693, at least twenty people died because they were accused of violating the orthodox beliefs of authorities; they were called witches which may be as close to a psychiatric diagnosis as that period offers. The most totalitarian situation or institution America has known was slavery; only the current prison system compares. During this period, the abuse of psychiatry revealed a second purpose; it not only provides social control but also justifies savagery in the eyes of those who commit it. Consider the psychiatric term “drapetomania.” It refers to a mental illness defined in 1851 by a respected American doctor named Samuel A. Cartwright in order to explain why slaves ran away. His essay Diseases and Peculiarities of the Negro Race stated that fleeing slavery “is as much a disease of the mind as any other species of mental alienation, and much more curable, as a general rule.” The recommended cure was “whipping the devil out of” slaves as a preventative measure against those who display signs of this impending mental illness. In his 2010 book The Protest Psychosis: How Schizophrenia Became a Black Disease, psychiatrist Jonathan Metzl explored the 1960 history of the Ionia State Hospital for the Criminally Insane (Michigan), which is now a state prison. The hospital was notorious for diagnosing blacks who advocated civil rights with schizophrenia and confining them for treatment. Treatments could become de facto lifelong sentences without legal recourse. Along with many other state asylums, the hospital was justly closed down during what is called “an era of deinstitutionalization” in the 1970s which came as a result of outrage over the brutal use of psychiatry as social control. Such use has been gradually increasing. Metzl ascribes much of the increase to successive changes in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) which is published by the American Psychiatric Association. First published in 1952, it is considered to be the definitive guide to mental illness but its definition of mental illness has altered significantly through five editions. A few alterations are praiseworthy, such as the removal of homosexuality as a mental disease. Most of them are dangerous invitations for abuse. For example, the second edition added “hostility” and non-violent “aggression” as symptoms of a mental disorder. The latest edition defines Oppositional Defiant Disorder (ODD). To be diagnosed with ODD, a person must display four manifestations from the following three behaviors for more than 6 months: an angry mood, argumentative behavior, or vindictiveness. The definition is so sweeping and vague that anyone who has a sustained reason to argue with authority could be diagnosed with ODD. It has become common for courts to order a mental evaluation of those in custody or in family court, whether or not the ‘crime’ is violent. A prominent example is the whistleblower Bradley or Chelsea Manning. In many cases, they provide a legal justification for stripping people of legal rights and credibility. In other cases, authorities simply wish to punish a dissenter and discourage others from acting similarly. An October 9, 2010 headline in Raw Story read, “Cop hauled off to psych ward after alleging fake crime stats.” NYPD officer Adrian Schoolcraft accused his supervisors of faking crime statistics and ticket quotas to make them look better. He backed up the accusations with documents and hundreds of hours of recorded tape which he supplied to the Associated Press. As a result of his alleged “hostile” behavior, he was taken in handcuffs to a hospital for evaluation. Red Flag laws are a slippery slope to more tyranny. For those that believe Red Flag laws are “reasonable,” it is important to know that, once given power, those who receive it never give it back. Even more so, they use the power they have gained to eliminate any opposition to their rule. If Red Flag laws are put in place today, the “red flags” may be threatening language. Tomorrow, they may be racism. Next week, they may be political disagreements. In a month, they may be any arguments at all. Next month, who knows? The goalposts are always moving. We have already seen how the definition of racism, homophobia, transphobia, unpatriotic, and violence have been broadened to such a nonsensical degree. But, in a system of tyranny, the definition of dissent is always changing. For those who still don’t think these laws are a grounds for grave concern, you should remember that the people who are reporting your posts and pages on Facebook today will be the same people reporting you to the police tomorrow.

What do you think? Do you think Red Flag laws will be implemented in more states? Do you think they are necessary for public safety or tyrannical and unconstitutional? Please share your thoughts in the comments.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/red-flag-gun-confiscation-laws/ 

:: 8--19 Michelle Malkin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WARNING: How the VA “red-flags” patriots

by Michelle Malkin Creators Syndicate

Gun-grabbing crisis vultures just can’t let the latest mass shootings go to waste. “Red flag” laws are now all the rage in the Beltway as the magic pill to prevent homicidal maniacs from wreaking havoc on the nation. Even President Donald Trump has endorsed the idea of preemptively confiscating people’s firearms if they are deemed a “threat.” But if you want to know how this American version of China’s social credit system would work in practice, let me remind you of how Veterans Affairs recklessly red-flags “disruptive” citizens without due process, transparency or accountability in the name of “safety.” Government bureaucrats routinely deprive our nation’s heroes of medical treatment based on arbitrary definitions of who and what constitutes a mental health menace. I first reported on the VA’s secretive database on “disgruntled” and “disruptive” vets five years ago. Under the VA policy on “patient record flags,” federal bureaucrats can classify vets as “threats” based on assessments of their “difficult,” “annoying” and “noncompliant” behavior. The VA manual says the flags “are used to alert Veterans Health Administration medical staff and employees of patients whose behavior and characteristics may pose a threat either to their safety, the safety of other patients, or compromise the delivery of quality health care.” What a crock. It’s precisely because so many vets receive inferior care from the feds that they have been forced to raise their voices. Have we all forgotten the 40 veterans who perished at the Phoenix, Arizona VA, which relegated patients to a bureaucratic black hole through secret waiting lists? Among examples of patients’ behavior referred to the red-flaggers in the VA’s “Disruptive Behavior Committees” (Orwell couldn’t have cooked up a better name): venting “frustration about VA services and/or wait times, threatening lawsuits or to have people fired, and frequent unwarranted visits to the emergency department or telephone calls to facility staff.” Disabled Air Force veteran and veterans advocate/attorney Benjamin Krause has exposed the Soviet-style targeting of veterans flagged for exercising their First Amendment rights or threatening to sue the VA over neglectful care or for simply being too “expensive.” He calls it “straight out of a totalitarian regime.” In 2013, the VA inspector general concluded that the bureaucracy “does not have a comprehensive definition of what constitutes disruptive behavior.” In January 2018, a VA Office of Inspector General report found that large numbers of flagged veterans were being left in the dark about being placed on dangerous patient lists — with no recourse to remove phony flags or appeal in any meaningful way. Despite rules requiring the “Disruptive Behavior Committee” to notify flagged patients of their status and informing them of their right to amend their reports, the OIG found no evidence in 49% of electronic health records that the panels had provided such notice and disclosure.  In 25% of medical records reviewed, the OIG “found no evidence that patients were informed they had the right to request to amend or appeal” special orders restricting care of flagged patients. There are undoubtedly patients in the system who may pose real threats. But the “problem with the process is that it is secret,” Krause explains at DisabledVeterans.org. “The review process is done in secret and the veteran will not know who sat on the committee or what the evidence presented was prior to the decision. Only after the decision is made are veterans informed of the outcome and given a chance to appeal the vague allegations. That seems like a due process violation if I have ever seen one.” Army vet David Scott Strain of Virginia told me recently that he was a flagged veteran. “My grave sin?” says Strain. “I tried to report the abuse of a deaf, infirm, WWII veteran. He was approximately 95 years of age. A male nurse stood behind his waiting room chair and shouted down at the top of his head, ‘Hello! Hello! Hello! If you can hear me, you can come in now!'” Strain describes how the elderly vet “could not hear this, and the nurse went through 3 iterations, while giggling and looking at the wait-room personnel as if we were a comedy club audience. It was one of the sickest displays I’ve ever seen.” For blowing the whistle on VA elder abuse, Strain says, he was banned from all satellite clinics and only granted access to one main facility. VA flaggers can “manufacture tone, the content of what you’re saying, and will even ascribe actions to you that you did not perform,” Strain warns. “The potential ‘red flag’ laws concern me deeply,” Strain told me. “Why any citizen would think it wise to let the government screw such handles to our backs, to threaten and wag us any which way, is beyond my understanding. However, I fully understand why politicians want it.” Complain too much. Criticize the powers be. Ask too many questions. Boom! You’re a threat. If such tyranny is allowed among those who volunteered to protect and serve our country in the name of safety, imagine how it will be implemented among the law-abiding, gun-owning general populace. Posted in: Guns,Veterans     Printer Friendly

:: 8-7-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Since America's Communists Need The Votes And Illegal Aliens Need 'Free Stuff', This 'Match Made In Hell' Could Be The Final Stake In America's Heart

By John C. Velisek - US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline August 7, 2019

In this election cycle, the Democrats, or as I call them, progressive socialists (COMMUNISTS!!) are going with the kamikaze plan of full socialism. It doesn’t matter who wins on the progressive socialist side; they are trying to outdo one another with pandering to illegal aliens. They are going full bore on taking from the citizens and giving to the illegal aliens what Americans have worked so hard for. San Fran Nan of feces and needles fame wants to turn the rest of the country in a third world hellhole like her own city. And she sees nothing wrong with forcing the American people to work harder for the benefit of people who expect freebies from the taxpayers. Her quote is: “These newcomers make America more American. Therefore, we want them when they come here to be fully part of our system. And that means not suppressing the vote of our newcomers to America.” Newcomers? They are here illegally; hence, they are illegal aliens. Call them what you wish, but that will not change. And no amount of dressing up H.R. 1, the garbage For the People Act will change that. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) The 'progressive socialists' need the votes, and the illegal aliens need the benefits. It is a match made in Hell, and I can safely say the America people will not allow it to pass. The progressive socialists have learned to give themselves credit for the advancement of race relations in this country. Because we don’t teach history in this country anymore, and academia is all progressive socialist, this is what our younger generations have been taught. For some, even some African Americans, the truth is learned later in life. For others, it is never learned, and they blame Republicans for the attitudes and hatred that they feel. In 1896, Plessy v. Ferguson was wrongly decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. The decision allowed states to establish segregated schools under the “separate but equal” doctrine. In 1954, the U.S. Supreme Court put an end to the Jim Crow laws that made segregation viable with the ruling of Brown v. Board of Education. The Brown decision faced obstruction from Democrats in Congress whose only hope was to keep the Jim Crow laws in place. The progressive socialists at the time even had a name for the obstruction. It was called “The Southern Manifesto.” The Democrats claimed that the Supreme Court had abused its power and vowed to use all means to bring back the Jim Crow laws. This manifesto was actually to both houses of Congress and signed by 2 Republicans, and 97 Democrats. The KuKluxKlan was a Democrat aberration. Ralph Byrd belonged to the KKK and used the term “white nigger’ on television to claim he was not a racial bigot. Lyndon Johnson, who has been hailed by Democrats as the leader of the civil rights movement and according to Kevin Jackson article “Civil Wrongs” Johnson declared. “We have to enact the Civil Rights Act to placate the uppity negroes and to give them a little something, just enough to quiet them down but not enough to make a difference.” The little something he spoke of was welfare legislation that he thought would lead blacks to a permanent voting block for Democrats. About this same time, Johnson told two Southern Democratic Governors while on Air Force One and as written by Ronald Kessler , “I’ll have those niggers voting Democratic for the next 200 years". And what did this legislation lead to? It leads to generational welfare, instability in the American families, illegitimacy, and destruction of morality throughout the American culture, both black and white. No longer were fathers to be considered the foundation of the family. This led to the downfall of personal responsibility, the collapse of many communities, the massive incarceration and loss of prosperity in all communities. In the world of today, charlatans such as Johnson still exist. In the worlds of people such as Jesse Jackson, Louis Farrakhan, Al Sharpton, and in our government, Eric Holder and Barak Obama continue to push racial grievances and division to retain control. All of those mentioned here are progressive socialists with an agenda of fundamentally changing the attitudes of the citizens to be more violent and more divisive. I have considered Martin Luther King Jr’s “I Have a Dream Speech” as a hallmark speech and the foundation for racial healing throughout the country. I have been told by some blacks that, being white, I cannot have an opinion. Too bad, I do. And this is it. The essence of the speech to me was that black people would be free to work and live their lives and achieve in their lifetimes according to the ethics and morality that we all share. It meant everyone has a right to live as honest people and live justly amongst their neighbors. The dream was set, and the implementation was moving forward. It was the start of the healing from past injustices, and the black families of the time were experiencing prosperity and growth alongside their white neighbors. It is depressing that the progressive socialists use the phrase ”promote the general welfare” in the U.S. Constitution to use as a crutch to provide welfare benefits to illegal aliens. Before it was in full flower, Dr. King was murdered by a Democrat. Martin Luther King Jr. was a Republican. The progressive socialists of today hold up Dr. King as a champion of the Democrat Party even though Dr, King reviled the Democrat Party. Match Exact Phrase

Friday, August 9, 2019

[All News] [News] [Alt News]

August 7, 2019

Since America's Communists Need The Votes And Illegal Aliens Need 'Free Stuff', This 'Match Made In Hell' Could Be The Final Stake In America's Heart

- The Left's Kamikaze Plan Of Full-On Communism Is In Full Motion

same_ole_same_ole.png

By John C. Velisek - US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline

In this election cycle, the Democrats, or as I call them, progressive socialists (COMMUNISTS!!) are going with the kamikaze plan of full socialism. It doesn’t matter who wins on the progressive socialist side; they are trying to outdo one another with pandering to illegal aliens. They are going full bore on taking from the citizens and giving to the illegal aliens what Americans have worked so hard for. San Fran Nan of feces and needles fame wants to turn the rest of the country in a third world hellhole like her own city. And she sees nothing wrong with forcing the American people to work harder for the benefit of people who expect freebies from the taxpayers. Her quote is: “These newcomers make America more American. Therefore, we want them when they come here to be fully part of our system. And that means not suppressing the vote of our newcomers to America.” Newcomers? They are here illegally; hence, they are illegal aliens. Call them what you wish, but that will not change. And no amount of dressing up H.R. 1, the garbage For the People Act will change that. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)dem_kkk.png The 'progressive socialists' need the votes, and the illegal aliens need the benefits. It is a match made in Hell, and I can safely say the America people will not allow it to pass. The progressive socialists have learned to give themselves credit for the advancement of race relations in this country. Because we don’t teach history in this country anymore, and academia is all progressive socialist, this is what our younger generations have been taught. For some, even some African Americans, the truth is learned later in life. For others, it is never learned, and they blame Republicans for the attitudes and hatred that they feel. In 1896, Plessy v. Ferguson was wrongly decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. The decision allowed states to establish segregated schools under the “separate but equal” doctrine. In 1954, the U.S. Supreme Court put an end to the Jim Crow laws that made segregation viable with the ruling of Brown v. Board of Education. The Brown decision faced obstruction from Democrats in Congress whose only hope was to keep the Jim Crow laws in place. The progressive socialists at the time even had a name for the obstruction. It was called “The Southern Manifesto.” The Democrats claimed that the Supreme Court had abused its power and vowed to use all means to bring back the Jim Crow laws. This manifesto was actually to both houses of Congress and signed by 2 Republicans, and 97 Democrats. The KuKluxKlan was a Democrat aberration. Ralph Byrd belonged to the KKK and used the term “white nigger’ on television to claim he was not a racial bigot. Lyndon Johnson, who has been hailed by Democrats as the leader of the civil rights movement and according to Kevin Jackson article “Civil Wrongs” Johnson declared. “We have to enact the Civil Rights Act to placate the uppity negroes and to give them a little something, just enough to quiet them down but not enough to make a difference.” The little something he spoke of was welfare legislation that he thought would lead blacks to a permanent voting block for Democrats. About this same time, Johnson told two Southern Democratic Governors while on Air Force One and as written by Ronald Kessler , “I’ll have those niggers voting Democratic for the next 200 years". And what did this legislation lead to? It leads to generational welfare, instability in the American families, illegitimacy, and destruction of morality throughout the American culture, both black and white. No longer were fathers to be considered the foundation of the family. This led to the downfall of personal responsibility, the collapse of many communities, the massive incarceration and loss of prosperity in all communities. In the world of today, charlatans such as Johnson still exist. In the worlds of people such as Jesse Jackson, Louis Farrakhan, Al Sharpton, and in our government, Eric Holder and Barak Obama continue to push racial grievances and division to retain control. All of those mentioned here are progressive socialists with an agenda of fundamentally changing the attitudes of the citizens to be more violent and more divisive. I have considered Martin Luther King Jr’s “I Have a Dream Speech” as a hallmark speech and the foundation for racial healing throughout the country. I have been told by some blacks that, being white, I cannot have an opinion. Too bad, I do. And this is it. The essence of the speech to me was that black people would be free to work and live their lives and achieve in their lifetimes according to the ethics and morality that we all share. It meant everyone has a right to live as honest people and live justly amongst their neighbors. The dream was set, and the implementation was moving forward. It was the start of the healing from past injustices, and the black families of the time were experiencing prosperity and growth alongside their white neighbors. It is depressing that the progressive socialists use the phrase ”promote the general welfare” in the U.S. Constitution to use as a crutch to provide welfare benefits to illegal aliens. Before it was in full flower, Dr. King was murdered by a Democrat. Martin Luther King Jr. was a Republican. The progressive socialists of today hold up Dr. King as a champion of the Democrat Party even though Dr, King reviled the Democrat Party. The mainstream media has been forced to admit that the progressive socialists, through the DNC. Have a “God” problem. What is not being explained is that the DNC is attempting to solve it by manipulation and lies. The DNC has hired the Rev, Derrick Harkins and is the Senior Voce President of the Union Theological Seminary in New York. His claim to fame is the celebration in the “queerness of God.” It effectively reinforces that the progressive socialists are anti-God but claim to the American people that the use of snippets of Scripture for the benefit of socialism is misunderstood. Everyone from San Fran Na to Occasion-Cortez has misapplied the teachings of Christ to advance the socialist agenda. They call themselves Christian but have given their full support to infanticide, homosexuality, gay marriage, and transgenderism. All of these are being pushed on the American people's a form of religion, but that religion is not Christianity. I mentioned this to a socialist the other day and was told if I eat shellfish, then I could not be a Christian. We are all sinners, but the intentional bastardization of God’s word is beyond just misinterpretation and is evil. The progressive socialists support sanctuary cities, open borders, Islam, LGBT agendas, and the removal of anything that mentions God from society in an effort to make this a secular nation. Calling the beliefs “Progressive Christianity” is leading to the destruction of the church and more division within society. The agenda they espouse is based on debauchery, crime, and lies that are our society now. The goalposts continually move for the progressive socialists. Remember Obamacare? We were assured we could keep for doctors and plans, and that Obamacare would never lead to single-payer. We were told our immigration laws would be strictly enforced, another lie told by the elite leftists who feel they are our betters. Pelosi has already claimed that it should not be a crime to cross the border illegally, According to the law, it still is. But we all know the politically correct leftists can ignore any law they feel cannot help fill their agendas — the national security implications of allowing open borders links directly to individual security. This is a concept that gout elected officials are sworn to uphold. A breach of this trust is tantamount to allowing rapes and murders by those here illegally to continue. Judges are part of the problem as well, using whatever steps they can to let these criminals go free or with probation. And while all this is going on, the progressive socialists running for president promise not freedom, but free things. College will be free, healthcare will be free, and all student debt willingly agreed to will be forgiven. Once again, no responsibility for one’s own actions will be enforced upon anyone with the American taxpayer footing the bill.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Progressive_Socialist_Agenda_Must_be_Stopped_Part_3.php 

:: 8-8-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mass Shooting Coverage Proves One Thing: Liberals don’t care about dead black people

By David Brockett - August 8, 2019

Airlines serving El Paso must have had a good week as Democrat politicians and their servile media counterparts rushed to this mass shootings, jostling one another so they could express their “sadness and outrage” over the deaths of the victims…white or Latino victims that is. What about the fifty-six people shot in Chicago this past weekend, or the 138 shootings, including 30 homicides, in Detroit during the 29 days since summer started. (Detroit News, July 19, 2019). Or what about the 309 homicides in Baltimore last year. According to the Baltimore Sun, 80% of these killings were located in high-poverty neighborhoods. Now I’ll give you the point that not “all” of these victims were black, but based on the locations, we can safely assume a huge percentage were. If Black Lives really Matter, where were the cameras and where was the breathless coverage and outrage on cable news? When President Trump expressed his concern over the conditions, including crime, in Baltimore, the media and race-hustling politicians jumped…on him, not the issue. Black people are now officially in the Democrat Party’s rearview mirror. They have the vote locked up and they don’t want them focused on how little they are doing to improve their quality of life. They sure don’t want voters to see the scope of blight, crime, misery, and death that has resulted from their failed policies.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/mass-shooting-coverage-proves-one-thing-liberals-dont-care-about-dead-black-people/ 

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, etc

:: 8-7-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia reveals its new 'Hunter' stealth combat drone capable of flying from Moscow to London and back... that looks suspiciously like a US Lockheed craft unveiled 12 years ago

A Kremlin propaganda video shows the Sukhoi-made drone on its maiden flight

Moscow claims it is 'almost undetectable' and has a range more than 3,000 miles

It looks similar to a Lockheed Martin-designed U.S. drone introduced in 2007

By Will Stewart for MailOnline Published: 11:57 EDT, 7 August 2019 | Updated: 12:07 EDT, 7 August 2019

Russia's defence chiefs have unveiled a new stealth combat drone which they say is capable of flying from Moscow to London and back in a single mission. A Kremlin propaganda video shows the Sukhoi-made Okhotnik, meaning Hunter, on its maiden 20-minute flight. A special coating makes the unmanned flying vehicle 'almost undetectable', the Russian military claims. The new gadget looks similar to a U.S. Air Force drone manufactured by Lockheed Martin which was introduced as long ago as 2007. However, it is considered a breakthrough in Russia compared to the unmanned aerial vehicles which Moscow has previously developed. On its maiden flight the Okhotnik flew at just under 2,000 ft, controlled from the ground at an airfield near Moscow. It has the capacity to fire unspecified missiles to a distance of 1,250 miles, but will also be deployed on aerial reconnaissance missions, it is claimed. The drone is equipped with electro-optical spying, radar and other types of reconnaissance.  Once it is in full service with the Russian Air Force, pilots will be able to control it in the sky from a Su-57 warplane, Moscow says. But it will also be operated from the ground and by using its own 'brain', its designers have boasted. 'The possibility is also envisaged for the drone's completely autonomous flight without the operator's participation when it takes off, performs its programme and lands only under the control of its own guidance system,' said a Sukhoi source. The wedge-shaped drone has been under secret development for at least eight years. Despite a takeoff weight of 20 tonnes, it is reported to be 'practically invisible to radars' and has a range of up to 3,100 miles with a speed of 625 mph. The range is far enough to take it from Russia to Britain and Western Europe and back on a single trip. Russian deputy defence minister Alexey Krivoruchko said in May that the 'Okhotnik' was a priority for the Russian military. The drone's manufacturer, Sukhoi, has been building military planes since the Soviet era. The new gadget bears a visual resemblance to the Lockheed Martin U.S. RQ-170 Sentinel, which has been in service since 2007. The Sentinel was used to spy on Osama bin Laden's secret compound in Pakistan before the al-Qaeda leader was shot dead by U.S. forces in 2011. Iran announced later that year that it had captured one of the drones and more recently claimed to have built a replica.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7333407/Russia-reveals-new-Hunter-stealth-combat-drone.html 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 8-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iranian ships are posing as US or British warships and interfering with oil tankers' GPS so they can seize them, officials warn amid growing tensions in the Gulf

US Maritime Administration warns merchant ships of Iran's GPS interference

Iranian military boats have reportedly been sending 'spoofed communications'

Fake messages to commercial boats sent pretending to be US or British navy

GPS interfered with and jammed to send tankers off course into Iranian waters

By Chris Dyer For Dailymail.com Published: 04:59 EDT, 8 August 2019 | Updated: 12:03 EDT, 8 August 2019

Iranian vessels are posing as US and British warships to interfere with oil tankers' GPS to send them off course, officials warned. The Revolutionary Guard have reportedly been sending fake signals to coalition merchant vessels in a bid to send them mistakenly sailing into Iranian waters. Iranian military forces then use this unwitting incursion into their territory as a ploy to seize the ships. The US Department of Transportation's Maritime Administration issued the fresh warning to commercial shipping passing through the Strait of Hormuz and Persian Gulf. A US defense official also told CNN that GPS jammers have been installed on Iran-controlled Abu Musa Island, which lies in the Persian Gulf close to the entrance of the Strait of Hormuz in order to disrupt the navigation systems of vessels and even planes. The US Maritime Administration warned that there have been reports of 'unknown entities falsely claiming to be US or coalition warships'. It was also claimed that Iranian military boats have been sending fake signals to ships' Automatic Identification System (AIS) to disguise Iran's warship as commercial vessels. During 'at least two' recent encounters with Iranian military forces ships discovered their GPS signals were receiving interference through 'spoofed bridge-to-bridge communications'. When the British-flagged Stena Impero was seized last month by Iranian commandos it 'went dark' and switched off its radio transmitter after it made a sudden U-turn towards the Islamic Republic's waters. Last week Iran seized the third foreign oil tanker in the space of a month, when it captured an Iraqi vessel it accused of 'smuggling'. Commandos in black ski masks captured the Stena Impero in the world's most important waterway for oil shipments near the Strait of Hormuz on July 19. The capture came two weeks after British forces seized an Iranian oil tanker near Gibraltar, accusing it of violating sanctions on Syria. US Central Command, which oversees US military operations in the region, issued a statement last night saying: 'Vessels have reported GPS interference, bridge-to-bridge communications spoofing, and/or other communications jamming with little to no warning. 'Vessels have also reported spoofed bridge-to-bridge communications from unknown entities falsely claiming to be US or coalition warships.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7336353/Iranian-ships-posing-British-warships-interfering-tankers-GPS-seize-them.html 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc  

:: 8-7-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sick Film Shows Liberal Elites Hunting Down, Murdering Trump Supporters

Hollywood fantasizes about killing conservatives so much they made a movie about it

Jamie White | Infowars.com - August 7, 2019

Hollywood produced an upcoming film about liberal elites systematically hunting down and killing Trump supporters in a mass civil war purge. The Hunt, set for release on September 27, depicts a group of left-wing elites stalking a dozen “Deplorables” for sport. “Did anyone see what our ratfucker-in-chief just did?” one liberal character asks in the trailer. Another left-winger responds: “At least The Hunt’s coming up. Nothing better than going out to the Manor and slaughtering a dozen Deplorables.” The film also depicts Trump supporters as uneducated, racist hillbillies. “The script for The Hunt features the red-state characters wearing trucker hats and cowboy shirts, with one bragging about owning seven guns because it’s his constitutional right,” wrote The Hollywood Reporter Tuesday. “The blue-state characters — some equally adept with firearms — explain that they picked their targets because they expressed anti-choice positions or used the N-word on Twitter. ‘War is war,’ says one character after shoving a stiletto heel through the eye of a denim-clad hillbilly.” The poor timing of the trailer’s release prompted several outlets to pull ads for the film in the wake of two recent shootings by right-wing and left-wing gunmen in El Paso and Dayton. Breitbart Editor-at-Large John Nolte said the film may appear to be hardcore leftist fantasy, but the Trump supporters may actually be the protagonists.  “At first glance, the movie looks like murder-porn for leftists — wish fulfillment when it comes to killing we deplorables,” Nolte wrote Wednesday. “The trailer, though, actually makes it look as though the deplorables are the heroes-victims, though I’m sure it will be a bit more complicated than that.”  Rep. Steve Scalise (R-La.), who was nearly killed by a pro-Bernie Sanders gunman in 2017, took to social media Tuesday to remind Americans that Rep. Steve Scalise (R-La.), who was nearly killed by a pro-Bernie Sanders gunman in 2017, took to social media Tuesday to remind Americans that people shouldn’t be “targeted for their political views,” after Rep. Joaquin Castro (D-Texas) doxxed over a dozen Trump-supporting businesses on Twitter. “People should not be personally targeted for their political views. Period,” Scalise tweeted.

https://www.infowars.com/sick-film-shows-liberal-elites-hunting-down-murdering-trump-supporters/ 

[ :: 6-8-05 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. storms and lots of tornadoes, you shall see baseball and softball size hail. etc..

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 8-7-19 Jewish National News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trees down in Crown Heights – Wild summer weather: Tornado rips past a New Jersey office, hundreds of flights are cancelled and flashing flooding hits Baltimore as thunderstorms batter the East Coast

by Editor · August 7, 2019

Several hundred flights have been grounded in the New York metropolitan area because of severe thunderstorms  Dramatic video footage from Springfield, New Jersey – about 10 miles away from Newark Airport shows office workers watch in disbelief as a twister passes  Severe thunderstorm watches have been established for until 9pm eastern time for southern New England, southern New York, eastern Pennsylvania and all of New Jersey and Delaware  Wednesday’s storm comes after heavy flooding in Baltimore on Tuesday afternoon which dumped two inches of rainfall on the area in less than two hours

More information below

https://jewishnationalnews.com/2019/08/07/trees-down-in-crown-heights-wild-summer-weather-tornado-rips-past-a-new-jersey-office-hundreds-of-flights-are-cancelled-and-flashing-

flooding-hits-baltimore-as-thunderstorms-batter-the-east-coast/ 

:: 8--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Reality of Evil

By Hal Lindsey

A 2011 article in Slate Magazine written by Ron Rosenbaum asked, “Is evil over? Has science finally driven a stake through its dark heart?… Yes, according to many neuroscientists, who are emerging as the new high priests of the secrets of the psyche.” In the last few years, countless scholarly articles and books posit the view that the human will is an illusion. They see men and women as machines — able to do only what their genetic and environmental programming tells them to do. Remove moral choice from the equation, and humans would not have the capacity for evil. They would simply act and respond according to set laws. We all recognize that we would be different if we had different parents, or grew up in another culture. Many things influence us. But these people are talking about more than influence. They’re talking about a complete inability to make choices. To them, the murderer does not decide to kill. He just follows his programming. They see the child molester as merely doing what nature and nurture have programmed him to do. Since this is fast becoming the prevailing view at universities, we can expect it to spread through society. What happens when parents, schools, and government see human beings as machines without choice? How could you punish anyone? What are the consequences of a “no consequence” society? And what happens when people see themselves as helpless puppets unable to choose? What would the world look like if people ceased to take responsibility for their actions, or hold one another accountable? “It wasn’t my choice. It was my programming.” Satan’s job would be all but over. People would give in to every temptation believing they have no choice in the matter, and therefore no culpability for any of their actions. You would also have people being thrown into re-education camps meant to “fix” their programming. A few elites would take it on themselves to determine right and wrong for everyone. In 21st century America, we’re already glimpsing a society that ignores personal responsibility, and spends its time trying to reprogram its citizens. It doesn’t look good. The Bible teaches that human beings make moral choices. Every biblical command, every admonishment from God, is a divine acknowledgment of human choice. “You shall have no other gods before Me,” [Exodus 20:3 NASB] is a command to choose God over idols. You have the privilege of deciding, but also the responsibility. Without an understanding of the reality of evil, the world falls into chaos. ISIS makes a perfect example. On August 13th, the New York Times ran an article entitled, “ISIS Enshrines a Theology of Rape” by Rukmini Callimachi. Even with all the horrible things we’ve heard about ISIS, his report should shock the conscience of the world. In the moments before he raped the 12-year-old girl, the Islamic State fighter took the time to explain that what he was about to do was not a sin. Because the preteen girl practiced a religion other than Islam, the Quran not only gave him the right to rape her — it condoned and encouraged it. He bound her hands and gagged her. Then he knelt beside the bed and prostrated himself in prayer before getting on top of her. When it was over, he knelt to pray again, bookending the rape with acts of religious devotion. “I kept telling him it hurts — please stop,” said the girl, whose body is so small an adult could circle her waist with two hands. “He told me that according to Islam he is allowed to rape an unbeliever. He said that by raping me, he is drawing closer to God.” What happened to this 12-year-old is happening to thousands of young girls across that region. If evil does not exist, if humans only follow their programming, then no one can blame the rapist. His crime would cease to be criminal. He could say he was merely acting out his programming. But God sees the inner workings of every heart. Jeremiah 17:10 says, “I, the Lord, search the heart.” [NASB] Jesus said, “I am He who searches the minds and hearts.” [Revelation 2:23 NASB] He sees the choice as it’s being made. In the hardest heart, an innate sense of right and wrong still exists. Even after a man’s conscience has been bound, gagged, and shut in a closet, the man still knows it’s there, and what it would say if it could. That’s why the jihadist defended himself to the girl he was about to rape. He knew he was wrong, but his interpretation of the Quran gave him an excuse. His religious belief freed his wicked nature from the usual constraints of societal norms and human punishment. But the Quran did not make the choice. He did. The Times article said, “The practice (of rape) has become an established recruiting tool to lure men from deeply conservative Muslim societies.” That, friends, is evil — rape as a “recruiting tool.” Join ISIS and rape little girls. It shocks and appalls us to hear such things. Why? Because we know that these are the actions of men, and not machines. A man has a choice, and these men have chosen evil.  The worst thing about evil is that we’re all infected. Most societies have safeguards in place to restrain people from evil’s worst manifestations. But we all do evil things. We are bent that way from birth, and have only one hope. Of all history’s philosophers and kings, only Jesus tells His followers, “You must be born again,” [John 3:7 NASB] and then performs the miracle Himself. The Bible teaches that we are born physically alive but spiritually dead. It’s only when we are miraculously born spiritually that we can communicate with the true GOD and come to know Him. The first thing we learn is that we now stand before a Holy GOD and are responsible to Him. We grow in that knowledge and in His love and forgiving Grace that is based on Jesus’ shed blood for our sins. It is best summed up by this verse of Scripture, “Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation; old things have passed away; behold, all things have become new.” [2 Corinthians 5:17 NKJV] We grow spiritually in this as we grow in Christ. He will discipline us, but He will not disown us. As Jesus promised through the Apostle Paul, “For I am confident of this very thing, that He who has began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 1:6 NKJV]

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-5-2015/ 

:: 8-7-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Woman injured in rocket attack meets the men who saved her life

Recovering woman meets with first responders who saved her life during the May's rocket attacks.

Arutz Sheva Staff, 07/08/19 12:05

Allegra Ben Akan, a resident of Kiryat Gat, suffered a full system trauma injury from a rocket fired by Hamas terrorists at Israel during the last round of missile attacks from Gaza. On Thursday, she met the EMTs who were the first responders at the scene, providing her with medical treatment, and saving her life. Allegra underwent three months of treatments and rehabilitation following the injury. She then returned home, where she requested to meet the volunteers who were the first to respond to the emergency and saved her life. The incident took place on Shabbat (Saturday) afternoon when the warning siren sounded, alerting residents of the city that rockets were headed in their direction. Allegra ran for shelter but did not make it to her safe room in time. She was on the way home when the rocket struck near her location on Malchei Yisrael Street. The shockwave and shrapnel from the rocket caused her injuries and she was listed as being in critical condition. United Hatzalah Volunteer EMTs Yankee Weinberg and Itzik Assoulin, who live nearby, were the first responders at the scene that day and immediately began treating Allegra for her injuries. The first ambulance on the scene arrived a number of minutes after the two had begun treating Allegra's wounds and quickly transported her to the hospital. “We were proud to be able to help Allegra in her time of need,” said Weinberg who runs the United Hatzalah chapter of Kiryat Gat. “We came to help her but it was really from heaven that we were in the area when the missile attack occurred and that we were able to save her life. So many things could have happened that would have made this situation end differently. ” Turning to Allegra, he said: “Thank God you are alive and recuperating now.” “Seeing how Allegra has recovered thus far and knowing that she is on the road to a full recovery makes us ecstatic and gives us the strength to keep on responding to emergencies time and again,” he concluded. “I am shocked to know what you went through to save me,” Allegra told the responders during the meeting. “I didn’t think that I was going to live. I want to thank you but I don’t know how to thank you. I am happy that I can see my children and grandchildren again. I don’t know how to thank you.” Weinberg answered her and told her that “Our thanks is seeing you here today alive.”

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/267059 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them etc

:: 8-6-19 KTXL Fox 40 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Target List’ Prompts Domestic Terrorism Case in Gilroy

Posted 11:14 AM, August 6, 2019, by Associated Press, Updated at 01:15PM, August 6, 2019

GILROY (AP) — The discovery of a “target list” containing religious institutions, courthouses and other sites compiled by the gunman in a mass shooting at a California food festival has prompted the FBI to open a domestic terrorism case. Shooter Santino William Legan, 19, appeared to be interested in conflicting ideologies, but authorities still have not determined a motive for the July 28 attack that killed three people, including two children, said John Bennett, the FBI’s agent in charge in San Francisco. Authorities have not found a written explanation from Legan, but Bennett said they cannot rule out white nationalism as a factor. Investigators were examining Legan’s digital media to determine his possible ideology, who he may have been in contact with regarding the ideologies, who if anyone helped him, and why he committed the violence, Bennett said. The list, which also included federal buildings and both major U.S. political parties, was found during the examination of the digital evidence. Bennett said the groups included were being notified but the FBI would not release their names. Bennett said there is no indication that Legan did anything violent prior to attacking people at the Gilroy Garlic Festival with an AK-47-style rifle before turning the gun on himself. Thirteen people were injured. A separate mass shooting that killed 22 people at a crowded El Paso, Texas, store over the weekend was also being handled as a domestic terrorism case. The FBI has not said it was treating the mass shooting in Dayton, Ohio, as an act of domestic terrorism. A gunman killed nine people in a nightclub district. The FBI’s announcement Tuesday came as the family of Gilroy victim Keyla Salazar held a funeral mass for the 13-year-old girl. Bennett told victims’ families that nothing he could say or do would bring back their loved ones. Still, he said, “Everything is being done with you in our minds.”  Federal investigators have fewer tools and legal powers at their disposal in domestic terrorism cases than they do if they are up against someone tied to an international organization such as Islamic State or al-Qaida. Law enforcement officials conducting international terrorism investigations, for instance, can get a secret surveillance warrant to monitor the communications of a person they think may be an agent of a foreign power or terror group. Similarly, the U.S. criminal code makes it a crime for anyone to lend material support to designated foreign terror organizations, even if the investigation doesn’t involve accusations of violence. There’s no domestic counterpart to that material support statute, meaning federal prosecutors must rely on hate crime laws, weapons charges and other approaches that may not carry the terrorism label. Mere membership or support for a white supremacist organization is not illegal. Authorities said Tuesday that Legan fired 39 rounds before he killed himself. Three officers fired 18 times at him. None of the victims who died were struck by officers’ fire, Gilroy police Chief Scot Smithee said. Legan was wearing a bullet-resistant vest and had multiple magazines on his body and on the ground, the chief said. Authorities also said they found more ammunition, a rifle scope, flashlight and shovel in a bag in a nearby creek.

https://fox40.com/2019/08/06/fbi-opens-domestic-terrorism-investigation-into-garlic-festival-shooting/ 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 8-8-19 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pakistan to downgrade ties with India over Kashmir move

Islamabad says it will also suspend trade with India and take up New Delhi's Kashmir move at the UN Security Council.

22 hours ago

Pakistan has announced it will "downgrade" diplomatic relations with India, expel the Indian ambassaor and suspend bilateral trade after New Delhi stripped its portion of the contested Kashmir region of special status. The decision on Wednesday was made at a meeting of Pakistan's National Security Committee, chaired by Prime Minister Imran Khan and attended by the heads of the armed forces and senior government officials. Shah Mehmood Qureshi, Pakistan's foreign minister, said Islamabad will expel India's ambassador Ajay Bisaria. Moin-ul-Haq, Pakistan's newly appointed ambassador to India, had yet to take up his post but will now not move to New Delhi, Qureshi added in televised comments. There was no immediate comment from India's foreign ministry. The Indian government said on Monday it was scrapping a constitutional provision that had allowed Indian-administered Kashmir - the country's only Muslim-majority state - to make its own laws, in a move risking escalating already-heightened tensions with Pakistan. Both India and Pakistan claim the region in full, but have ruled it in part since independence from Britain in 1947. The nuclear-armed neighbours fought two of their three wars over the contested territory. And Indian forces have been engaged in a 30-year conflict with rebels in Indian-administered Kashmir who want independence or a merger with Pakistan. In a statement posted on Twitter on Wednesday, the Pakistani government said it will downgrade diplomatic ties with India, suspend bilateral trade and review bilateral agreements in protest against the "unilateral" and "illegal" actions of the Indian government in Kashmir. Islamabad will also raise the issue with the United Nations Security Council, the statement said. Khan, meanwhile, directed Pakistan's armed forces to "continue vigilance". General Qamar Javed Bajwa, Pakistan's army chief, on Tuesday said the country's military firmly stands by the people of Kashmir and will "go to any extent to fulfil our obligations in this regard".

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2019/08/pakistan-downgrade-ties-india-kashmir-move-190807134255247.html 

:: 8-7-19 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Afghan violence: Taliban bomb kills many amid peace talks with US

7 August 2019

A huge bomb outside a police station in the Afghan capital Kabul has killed at least 14 people and injured nearly 150. The explosion sent a large plume of black smoke into the sky and left nearby buildings in ruins. Most of those wounded were civilians. The Taliban say they carried out the attack. It comes amid peace talks between the Taliban and the US, which aim to bring a nearly 18-year conflict to an end. Both sides say they have made progress.

Who are the Taliban?

What could peace in Afghanistan look like?

The Afghan women determined not to lose out in Taliban talks

Afghanistan's interior ministry said a car bomb was used in the attack, but the Taliban said they had detonated a truck bomb, which is much larger. The Taliban also claimed they had targeted a "recruitment" centre and had killed a large number of police and soldiers. Interior ministry spokesman Nasrat Rahimi said the vehicle carrying the explosives had been stopped at a checkpoint outside the police station. It was during these security checks that the bomb was detonated. One witness told the BBC: "I was driving in the area when I heard a terrible sound of the explosion, and my car was shaking. Right after that, I saw windows of nearby shops blowing up." Despite the Taliban and the US being close to a historic pact, there has been a recent surge in attacks across the country. In the last month alone about 1,500 people have been killed or injured. On Tuesday another bombing in Kabul, targeting a vehicle carrying workers from the counter-narcotics directorate, killed five people and wounded seven. The Taliban also called for a boycott of the country's 28 September presidential election, and threatened to attack election rallies. Sediq Sediqqi, spokesman for President Ashraf Ghani, told a news conference on Wednesday: "Continued Taliban attacks indicate that they have no commitment to peace, unfortunately. Any Taliban attack will impede the peace process." Is Afghanistan any closer to peace? An end to the violence that has plagued Afghanistan for years is still some way off, but the positive signals given after this weekend's talks have raised hopes of a breakthrough. US Special Representative Zalmay Khalilzad had cited "excellent progress" in the weekend's talks in Qatar, and said that technical discussions would continue. The deal includes a phased US troop pullout in exchange for Taliban guarantees that Afghanistan will not be used by extremist groups to attack American targets. The Taliban would also begin negotiations with an Afghan delegation on a framework for peace including an eventual ceasefire. The militants have been refusing to negotiate with the Afghan government until a timetable for the US withdrawal is agreed upon. The Taliban now control more territory than at any point since it was toppled from power in 2001.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-49263537 

:: 8-1-19 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lowe's is laying off thousands of workers

Nathaniel Meyersohn byline

By Nathaniel Meyersohn, CNN Business Updated 4:44 PM ET, Thu August 1, 2019

New York (CNN Business) Lowe's is laying off thousands of workers.

Layoffs will include assemblers, who put together items like grills and patio furniture. The company will also cut maintenance and facility-service jobs, such as janitors. The company said it is outsourcing those positions to third-party companies.

Lowe's (LOW) declined to say exactly how many workers will be laid off. It said that workers whose jobs are being eliminated will be given transition pay and have the opportunity to apply for open roles at Lowe's. The Wall Street Journal first reported Lowe's plan.  "We are moving to third-party assemblers and facility services to allow Lowe's store associates to spend more time on the sales floor serving customers," a spokesperson for Lowe's said. Lowe's operates more than 1,700 stores in the United States. As of February 1, Lowe's employed approximately 190,000 full-time and 110,000 part-time employees in the United States, Canada and Mexico. Under CEO Marvin Ellison, who joined the company last year from JCPenney, Lowe's has launched an ambitious turnaround plan to compete against Home Depot (HD) and other retailers.  Previously, Lowe's closed 20 US stores, exited its Mexico business and shut down its 99 Orchard Supply Hardware stores in the United States. The company is also slashing inventory. The home improvement sector has been one of the bright spots in retail against Amazon (AMZN) and online rivals. Unlike many department stores and mall-based retailers, Lowe's, Home Depot and home improvement retailers have not made mass store closures.  "In this very challenging retail landscape, we're fortunate to be in a sector with high demand," Ellison said at a retail conference in June. "We're focused on what we call retail fundamentals."

https://www.cnn.com/2019/08/01/business/lowes-layoffs-store-workers/index.html 

:: 8--19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ALERT: “The Squad” Looked Up, Realized Their Lives WERE RUINED After Seeing This HUGE Billboard

289,898 views

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Eexiptri_w4 

[ :: 5-26-02 At the altar after the pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Now concerning the terrorists and the terrorist’s attacks, there is no way in the natural that man can stop this. For you have two borders, Mexico, Canada, you have open traffic from Cuba to Florida, you have freighters, you have oil tankers, they come into the harbor daily, sometimes in large numbers. Realize that your prayers cannot turn this back, it is part of the end-time events that shall take place. But your prayers can save lives, your prayers can warn people, but realize that this is going to be part of a lifestyle until the anti-christ establishes a peace treaty throughout the world. etc

[ :: 12-31-15/1-1-16 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, know what my word says, and there shall be terrorist’s attacks, for they cannot be put off, for you allow the terrorists to come in like Trojan horses and they are here and nobody wants to deal with them. etc.

:: 8-3-19 The Golden Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Islamist like These States.

Reports August 3, 2019 8-3-2019

From a combination of emails and Fox News a lot of praying and a very suspicious character to start with I’ve been noticing something about the locations of Islamic populations in the northern United States. What got my attention is these folks are desert dwellers not cold weather people. Then why do so many of them move to these cold weather states, Minnesota, Michigan, Wisconsin, Ohio, Illinois, Indiana, New York and Pennsylvania? That’s not to say that Islamic terrorists haven’t moved in all the 50 states. But it seems the real militant ones are moving into these states. It is also important to acknowledge all Muslims are not terrorists at the same time acknowledging that over 90% of all terrorists are Muslims and want to kill you. And they all worship the same Koran the most evil book on this planet and those who truly follow it are your enemy plain and simple – they want to kill you. Don’t let CNN or any of the others fill your head with their insanity. Back to the subject of this report; why are the more extreme Islamic Terrorists moving into the above listed states along the shores of the Great Lakes? There is one thing we can be certain of. They have a plan and wouldn’t be moving people into these places if they didn’t have a plan. One thing we have learnt about Islamists is that they have patience and plan for the long term and America is in their sights and their finger is on the trigger. Many of these towns in that area like Dearborn Michigan now have Sharia law, if you are a Jew or Christian you don’t want to go there without a lot of heavy protection. Even then you’d be crazy going there unless you are sure God is sending you to be a martyr

The Great Lakes and the Atlantic Ocean are connected by the St. Lawrence Seaway. The Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence Seaway form the largest surface water system on the planet. But what might be more important is the Islamist has enough control on the northern border of the US with available open shipping coming from the Atlantic. Well I could write a very long report on the advantages that would give them in a time of civil war or any war for that matter. Keeping in mind these people have only one thing on their minds – the total destruction of the United States, and I believe their gathering by the hundreds of thousands on the shores of the Great Lakes is in their Master long term plans. To add a little more possibility to that thought, when we look on the other side of the Great Lakes on the Canadian side we see the same thing. It seems they want complete control on both sides of the Great Lakes. I can’t be the only one seeing this happening. I think what troubles me more than anything is that there is no doubt that the US Government could have done something to stop this takeover by Muslims in these states. Now the Liberals (Democrats) in Congress have passed so many politically correct type of laws during the Obama admin that now it is very doubtful that the United States will ever be able to recover completely. It looks like from this distance that the US is doomed at least in certain parts of the country and it’s just a matter of time before there will be a civil war between races and Islamic terrorists. The few sane places left in the southern and central parts of the country will have to find a way to separate them in order to survive as a Christian nation. The “Christians” will have to get out of their comfortable pews and really be Christians because being lukewarm won’t get you to heaven anyway. Hundreds of thousands of believers have been slaughtered by Muslims over the past few years without a whisper from any of the multi million dollar churches. For true Believers not to condemn the acts of these Muslims shows their lack of love for the brethren and that is sin, it’s an insult to the title “Christian” and they can be sure what goes around comes around. God will not be mocked. Many will not like this but I’m used to that. I haven’t been called to preach today’s popular easy believism gospel. I’ll close this article by saying there is a lot I needed to be saying to you about what’s happening in Israel and the Middle East and this ministry, so I’ll say this; we are really hurting, and without your help only God knows what will happen to us. Pray for the peace of Jerusalem, for our son Joel and all the IDF soldiers. Pray for this ministry and your part in it.

To support this ministry https://thegoldenreport.net/83-2/  Shalom, Jerry Golden 

https://thegoldenreport.net/islamist-like-these-states/ 

:: 8-1-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Muslim Friends Betray

Circumstance and profitability.

August 1, 2019 Raymond Ibrahim

Raymond Ibrahim is a Shillman Fellow at the David Horowitz Freedom Center and author most recently of Sword and Scimitar.

One of the most troubling aspects of the recent gang-rape and murder of a 60-year-old Christian teacher in Syria was reported on Arabic media as follows (in translation): Her rapists and murderers are from the [jihadi] organization, al-Nusra. Some of them are foreigners but others are from the area. In other words, those who raped and stoned her are themselves from among her former students and neighbors, whom she taught Arabic in school over the course of 30 years…. Surely she never dreamt to see such depraved savagery in the eyes of her former students…. Nonetheless, they preyed on her like wild beasts—even though wild beasts do not rape their mothers (emphasis added). Such is the third category of Muslims that lurks between “moderates” and “radicals”: “sleepers”—Muslims who appear “moderate” but who turn “radical” once circumstances become favorable. For instance, after the Islamic State (“ISIS”) entered the Syrian city of Hassakè, prompting a mass exodus of Christians, many otherwise “normal” Muslims joined ranks with ISIS, instantly turning on their longtime Christian neighbors. This shift has played out countless times wherever and whenever Islamic terror groups infiltrate. The following are testimonials from non-Muslims, mostly Christian refuges from those regions of Iraq and Syria that came under ISIS or other jihadi control. Consider what they say about their longtime Muslim neighbors who appeared “moderate”—or at least nonviolent—but who, once the jihad came to town, exposed their true colors: Georgios, a man from the ancient Christian town of Ma‘loula, Syria, tells of how Muslim neighbors he knew all his life turned after al-Nusra—the same jihadi outfit that recently gang-raped and murdered the aforementioned 60-year-old Christian women—invaded in 2013: We knew our Muslim neighbours all our lives. Yes, we knew the Diab family were quite radical, but we thought they would never betray us. We ate with them. We are one people. A few of the Diab family had left months ago and we guessed they were with the Nusra. But their wives and children were still here. We looked after them. Then, two days before the Nusra attacked, the families suddenly left the town. We didn’t know why. And then our neighbours led our enemies in among us (emphasis added). After explaining how he saw a young member of the Diab family whom he knew from youth holding a sword and leading foreign jihadis to Christian homes, Georgios continues:  We had excellent relations. It never occurred to us that Muslim neighbours would betray us. We all said “please let this town live in peace — we don’t have to kill each other.” But now there is bad blood. They brought in the Nusra to throw out the Christians and get rid of us forever. Some of the Muslims who lived with us are good people but I will never trust 90 per cent of them again. A teenage Christian girl from Homs, Syria, relates her story: We left because they were trying to kill us. . . . They wanted to kill us because we were Christians. They were calling us Kaffirs [infidels], even little children saying these things. Those who were our neighbors turned against us. At the end, when we ran away, we went through balconies. We did not even dare go out on the street in front of our house. I’ve kept in touch with the few Christian friends left back home, but I cannot speak to my Muslim friends any more. I feel very sorry about that. (Crucified Again, p. 207; emphasis added). When asked who exactly threatened and drove Christians out of Mosul, Iraq, another anonymous Christian refugee explained: We left Mosul because ISIS came to the city. The [Sunni Muslim] people of Mosul embraced ISIS and drove the Christians out of the city. When ISIS entered Mosul, the people hailed them and drove out the Christians…. The people who embraced ISIS, the people who lived there with us… Yes, my neighbors. Our neighbors and other people threatened us. They said: “Leave before ISIS get you.” What does that mean? Where would we go?… Christians have no support in Iraq (emphasis added). Other “infidels,” Yazidis for example, have experienced the same betrayal. Discussing the ISIS invasion of his village, a 68-year-old Yazidi man said: The (non-Iraqi) jihadists were Afghans, Bosnians, Arabs and even Americans and British fighters…. But the worst killings came from the people living among us, our (Sunni) Muslim neighbours…. The Metwet, Khawata and Kejala tribes—they were all our neighbours. But they joined the IS, took heavy weapons from them, and informed on who was Yazidi and who was not. Our neighbours made the IS takeover possible (emphasis added). When asked during an interview why people she grew up with her whole life suddenly joined ISIS and savagely turned on her people, a Yazidi woman replied: I can’t tell you exactly, but it has to be religion. It has to be religion. They constantly asked us to convert, but we refused. Before this, they never mentioned it. Prior, we thought of each other as family. But I say, it has to be religion (emphasis added). This phenomenon is not limited to the Islamic State in Syria and Iraq. In Nigeria—a nation that shares little with Syria and Iraq, other than for its Islam—a jihadi attack that left five churches destroyed and several Christians killed was enabled by “local Muslims” who were previously on friendly terms with the region’s Christians. Nor is this phenomenon connected to any of those contemporary Muslim “grievances”—whether the existence of Israel, “blasphemous” cartoons, or “lack of job opportunities”—Western talking heads often cite to rationalize away Muslim hatred. The following anecdote, over one century old and from the Ottoman Empire, speaks for itself: Then one night, my husband came home and told me that the padisha [sultan] had sent word that we were to kill all the Christians in our village, and that we would have to kill our neighbours. I was very angry, and told him that I did not care who gave such orders, they were wrong. These neighbours had always been kind to us... but he killed them — killed them with his own hand (Sir Edwin Pears, Turkey and Its People, London: Methuen and Co., 1911, p. 39; emphasis added). This, then, is the other, forgotten group of Muslims that lurk between “moderates” and “radicals”: sleepers, whose allegiance can and does shift at the drop of a dime.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/274460/why-muslim-friends-betray-raymond-ibrahim 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. etc

:: 8-2-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India Massing 80,000 Troops in Kashmir; Pakistan Puts Army and Air Force on Alert

World News Desk 02 August 2019

Earlier this week, the government of India began moving ten thousand (10,000) paramilitaries into the region called Jammu and Kashmir. These are in addition to the approximately 40,000 already there.   Today, India is deploying another twenty-eight thousand (28,000) into the same area, and has air force jets in the skies. When the latest 28000 arrive this weekend, India will 80,000 troops in the area. Pakistan is has placed its army and air forces on alert. The Indian Air Force says flying operations in Jammu and Kashmir are part of “normal activity”. Mirage 2000 fighter aircraft are also operating from airbases inside the state. Army Commander says there are strong signs that Pakistan is planning to infiltrate high number of militants into Kashmir and that Militants in the valley are planning to intensify their activities. Hence, the inflow of more troops to maintain 'law and order.' The order to deploy troops cited “prevailing security situation” and the “latest intelligence inputs of terror threats with specific targeting” of the annual Hindu pilgrimage as reasons for the advisory. The 45-day annual pilgrimage draws hundreds of thousands of people to the hallowed mountain cave, the Amarnath shrine. Yet despite this event a Security Advisory issued by India tells tourists to curtail their stay in Kashmir Valley immediately. The advisory was issued in view of the latest intelligence inputs of terror threats. Army has said that they discovered a land mine in the route of pilgrimage so that is why they're postponing the Pilgrimage. They have also put Air force on alert. Army commander says that many IEDs have been diffused. A Pakistan army mine has been recovered too, which will be displayed in front of media later today. Army commander says this proves that Pakistan army is directly responsible for terrorism in Kashmir. UPDATE 12:03 PM EDT -- Artillery fire is now being exchanged between Indian and Pakistani army units along the "Line of Control" in Kashmir!

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/india-massing-80-000-troops-in-kashmir-pakistan-puts-army-and-air-force-on-alert 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 8-2-19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Is Extremely Angry, And They Now Consider The United States To Be Enemy #1

August 2, 2019 by Michael Snyder

Have relations between the United States and China finally reached the point of no return? At this moment, it would be difficult to overstate how angry the Chinese are with the United States. Chinese officials are firmly blaming the United States for the enormous political protests that we have witnessed in Hong Kong in recent weeks, and on Thursday President Trump slapped another round of tariffs on Chinese imports. Sadly, most Americans aren’t even paying much attention to these developments, but over in China everyone is talking about these things. And of course the truth is that they aren’t just talking – the Chinese are absolutely seething with anger toward the U.S., and they aren’t afraid to express it. Let me give you a perfect example of what I am talking about. One of the most highly respected news anchors in China, Kang Hui, actually used an expletive when referring to the United States during a news broadcast earlier this week. Normally I would never have such language in one of my articles, but this comment made headlines all over the globe, and I think that it is very important for all of us to understand what the Chinese are saying about us. So since this is a news item of critical importance, I have decided not to censor this quote at all. The following comes from the New York Times… “They stir up more troubles and crave the whole world to be in chaos, acting like a shit-stirring stick,” Mr. Kang said on the usually stolid 7 p.m. national news program on CCTV, China’s state broadcaster. The expletive quickly became one of the most-searched-for phrases on Chinese social media. In a follow-up video on a CCTV social media account, Mr. Kang boasted about how he had taunted the United States. “If a handful of Americans always stir up troubles, then we are sorry,” he intoned. “No more do we talk about certain issues. We will also target you. We will bash you till your faces are covered with mud. We will bash you till you are left speechless.” Could you imagine Anderson Cooper saying something similar about China on CNN? And actually Mr. Kang likely has far more viewers than Anderson Cooper does. Most Americans spend very little time thinking about relations with China, but over in China they are absolutely furious with us right now, and the developing situation in Hong Kong is one of the biggest reasons for that anger. Millions of people have flooded the streets of Hong Kong in recent weeks, and it appears that the Chinese have decided that enough is enough. According to Bloomberg, U.S. officials are closely watching “a congregation of Chinese forces on Hong Kong’s border”… The White House is monitoring what a senior administration official called a congregation of Chinese forces on Hong Kong’s border. Weeks of unrest in the Chinese territory have begun to overwhelm Hong Kong’s police, who have found themselves in violent clashes with protesters. China warned Monday that the civil disorder had gone “far beyond” peaceful protest after police deployed tear gas over the weekend. Could it be possible that Chinese forces could soon storm across the border? And there have also been other signs that China is about to do something drastic… And also on Wednesday, Chen Daoxiang, the commander of China’s military garrison in Hong Kong — which holds around 6,000 troops — said his forces were “determined to protect national sovereignty, security, stability and the prosperity of Hong Kong.” His remarks came as China released a new propaganda video which include armed forces practicing shooting at protestors, after which he underscored his support for the city’s chief executive for “rigorously enforcing the law.” Yes, Hong Kong is now technically part of China. But according to the agreement that was signed when the British handed over Hong Kong, the city is supposed to be allowed to govern itself to a large degree until 2047… After taking over Hong Kong in a war in the 1800s, Britain returned it to China in 1997 with an important stipulation: The city would partly govern itself for 50 years before fully falling under Beijing’s control. So until 2047, the expectation was that the city and the mainland would operate under the principle known as “one country, two systems.” So if China ends up sending troops into Hong Kong to end the political protests, the Trump administration will be extremely upset, and tensions between our two nations will go up several more notches. A new development in the trade war is the other reason why the Chinese are so angry with us right now. After President Trump hit China with new tariffs on Thursday, China’s ambassador to the United Nations warned that the Chinese are prepared to implement “necessary countermeasures”… China’s new ambassador to the United Nations, Zhang Jun, said Beijing would take “necessary countermeasures” to protect its rights and bluntly described Trump’s move as “an irrational, irresponsible act.” “China’s position is very clear that if U.S. wishes to talk, then we will talk, if they want to fight, then we will fight,” Zhang told reporters in New York, also signalling that trade tensions could hurt cooperation between the countries on dealing with North Korea. In other words, the Chinese are not going to back down one bit, and they are going to hit us back hard. And Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Hua Chunying said similar things when she addressed reporters on Friday… “China will not accept any form of pressure, intimidation or deception,” Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Hua Chunying said at a press conference Friday. China‘s Ministry of Commerce released a statement that said Beijing would impose countermeasures. “The U.S. has to bear all the consequences,” the statement said. “China believes there will be no winners of this trade war and does not want to fight. But we are not afraid to fight and will fight if necessary.” In the end, it is very true that there “will be no winners” in this trade war. The Chinese know where our pain points are, and they will not be afraid to fight dirty. A rapidly deteriorating relationship with China is a big part of the scenario that we have been anticipating. As I discussed yesterday, it is exceedingly unlikely that there will be a trade deal between the United States and China before the 2020 presidential election. And to be honest, it is far more likely that our conflict with China will escalate well beyond just a “trade war” in the months ahead. The two largest economic superpowers on the entire planet are now locked in a monumental struggle for dominance, and it is going to result in a tremendous amount of economic pain for the entire planet. Unfortunately, most Americans are completely and utterly clueless about what is going on, and so most of them are still convinced that everything is going to be just fine.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/china-is-extremely-angry-and-they-now-consider-the-united-states-to-be-enemy-1 

:: 8-3-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Never-before-seen footage reveals the top secret command centre and mighty arsenal of China's missile army

Beijing's rocket force are seen discussing strategies in the classified office

Clip was released by People's Liberation Army in a show of military might

It also shows multiple warheads soaring into the skies and blowing up targets

China claims to own 2,500 missiles, including the Dongfeng and Julang series

By Tracy You For Mailonline Published: 07:21 EDT, 3 August 2019 | Updated: 03:10 EDT, 5 August 2019

A propaganda video released by China's People's Liberation Army (PLA) has given the public a sneak peek into the classified command centre of the country's missile troop. A group of soldiers are seen discussing strategies, making phone calls and typing on computer keyboards at the top-secret military office. The never-before-seen scenes were publicised by PLA's mighty Rocket Force one day after the PLA posted a dramatic video to warn protesters in Hong Kong. The two-minute clip was posted by the Rocket Force onto its official account on China's Twitter-like Weibo in a show of military might.  It was produced to celebrate the 92th anniversary of the founding of the PLA on August 1. The footage also shows soldiers launching various Dongfeng missiles during military exercises. China claims to own around 2,500 ballistic missiles. Multiple warheads are seen soaring into the skies and blowing up targets in deserts. One day earlier, the PLA's Hong Kong garrison published a separate propaganda video to warn pro-democracy protesters after a series of demonstrations left the financial hub in turmoil. The Hong Kong military video shows heavily armed soldiers carrying out a series of live-fire anti-riot drills featuring tanks, huge cannons, attack helicopters and missiles. China's PLA has two series of missiles, the Dongfeng or 'East Wind' guided missiles and the Julang or 'Giant Wave' nuclear submarine missiles. According to Global People magazine, the Dongfeng missiles are the first series of missiles completely built by the Chinese people and is the country's main weapon for national defence. One of the missiles is Dongfeng-41, or DF-41, which is said to have the longest range of any ballistic rockets in the world, and could reach London or the United States with nuclear warheads. Other impressive Dongfeng missiles include short-range guided missile DF-2, intercontinental ballistic missile DF-5B and long-range guided missile DF-26. DF-26 is capable of carrying nuclear warheads and striking 'important targets on land and medium-to-large ships at sea with precision', according to previous reports. The weapon is billed as the 'Guam Killer' by Chinese media as it is said to be capable of reaching Guam, a U.S. territory about 2,000 miles away from the Chinese coast. It's been hailed as Beijing's top weapon against Washington. The Rocket Force was founded on January 1, 2016. It was renamed from the former Second Artillery Corps in the two-million-strong PLA. Commanders at the troop have claimed that their soldiers are 'ready to strike any targets at any time' under Beijing's order. Li Zhenglian, a brigade commander of the Rocket Force, told China Central Television Station in a previous interview: 'As long as there is an order, I am ready to bring out [soldiers] at any time, I can fire [missiles] at any time and I can strike [targets] accurately.' At its inauguration ceremony, the Chinese President Xi Jinping said the move to form the Rocket Force was a major decision made to 'realise the Chinese dream of a strong military'. The decision was also a 'strategic step to establish a modern military system with Chinese characteristics', said President Xi.  Last month, a released by China's state-own aerospace manufacturer may have revealed details of the force's top weapon. Chinese media believe that the four-minute clip showcases the mysterious Dongfeng-17, a ballistic missile equipped with a hypersonic glide vehicle (HGV). The weapon is said to be capable of achieving speeds of up to 7,680 miles per hour (12,360 kph) - or 10 times the speed of sound - while carrying a nuclear warhead. A propaganda video from China has claimed that Beijing owns about 2,500 ballistic missiles, including one of the world's most powerful weapons, Dongfeng-41.  Dongfeng-41 missile is said to have the longest range of any ballistic rockets in the world, and could reach London or the United States with nuclear warheads. The same video, however, also said that other countries shouldn't be afraid of China's 'advanced artillery force' because Beijing wouldn't deploy the weapons unless it's provoked. China's other missiles include DF-21 which boasts a firing distance of up to 1,926 miles (3,100km) and has been dubbed 'the killer of aircraft carrier'. The missile is potentially capable of sinking a U.S. Nimitz-class aircraft carrier in a single strike, media have claimed. The DF-10 missile, on the other hand, is the best performing long-range cruise missile in the world, according to Chinese news site Sina.com. Sina said the 990-pound (450kg) weapon could strike a maximum distance of 1,242 miles (2,000km) and could reach Japan and Taiwan if it's fired from inland China. The DF-15B missile is an improved version of the original DF-15 missile and debuted in 2009 during the military parade to celebrate China's 60th National Day. The missile can reportedly travel at the speed of 2,000 metres (1.4 miles) per second and its striking accuracy is within 30 metres (98 feet).

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc

:: 8-2-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Facebook Supports the Mark of the Beast

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Friday, August 2, 2019 - 11:35.

Facebook, no surprise, backs the Mark of the Beast (aka a global ID). Why do people need a global ID unless nationalism is dead. and satanic globalism is the future of this country.

Comments

To comment, you must Log In or Register

About the Author Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty. Comments

Posted to FB

Joe Fri, 08/02/2019 - 15:35

Log in or register to post comments

Comment

Posted to FB and so far I have figured out how to get around their shadow banning.

Global ID, A.K.A the MARK of the Beast

Chuck D Sat, 08/03/2019 - 15:35

Log in or register to post comments

Comment

I REFUSE TO COMPLY. 1. There is only one God, our Father YHVH who sent His Son, Jesus Christ/Yahushua Ha'Meshiach to be the Savior of the world by His Holy Spirit. 2. Jesus was born human of a virgin on an unspecified date and time. 3. Jesus Christ preached the truth of the Word and performed miracles in His time on earth. 4. Jesus was betrayed, tried and put to earthly death by crucifixion. 5. All people are born in sin; Jesus paid our penalty for our sins in our place on His cross. 6. Jesus conquered death; He was buried and He was raised on the third day 7. Jesus gave us His Gospel with a mandate to spread it worldwide. 8. John 3:16; For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son.

Scribe note: Click on the link below to view the video

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/facebook-supports-mark-beast 

:: 8--19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Was 9/11 A Plot to Seize Power?

Guest Post by Martin Armstrong

I do not know about the Twin Towers, but I can say that the first World Trade Center bombers drew the World Trade Center on the wall of their cell in MCC with planes flying into it. There is no question that there was a terrorist attack. HOWEVER !!!!!!!! There is evidence, I know PERSONALLY, that the government knew what they were going to do. Do not confuse the fact that there were planted explosives to try to pretend there was not a terrorist attack. They just used the attack as cover. I focus on building 7, which was never hit by any plane, yet it fell like a pancake and that was indicative of explosives. Curiously, the SEC was there and this is where they kept the evidence for court cases. Gun possession cases should have been dismissed but the prosecutors then showed photos of guns. The joke was that they used the same photo for everyone. Judges just accepted it and pronounced, “Take him away.” That is not the way the law is supposed to work. I had tapes that would have put the whole New York banker crew in prison if we had a real government. There were tapes covering every manipulation they pulled off from rhodium to platinum and silver. It was the platinum manipulation that I had a tape of where they admitted to bribing to a Russian minister to “recall” their platinum to take an inventory. They forced platinum to rally, then the Russian minister announced they found “more” platinum to ensure the price would crash after they flipped their positions. Even Ford Motor Company was looking into suing over that manipulation. All the evidence I had documenting each player and what they did was seized and vanished. My requests for documents were never honored. One is supposed to be entitled to discovery. There is no rule of law. You cannot win against the bankers. When I asked a New York lawyer why the bankers are never prosecuted, he smiles and laughed. His response: “You don’t shit where you eat!” We will never have a secure financial market until someone is ready to clean up the corruption in New York City. There is no question that 9/11 was the event that destroyed the constitution. We lost all of our privacy and rights ever since.

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/08/03/was-9-11-a-plot-to-seize-power/ 

:: 8-2-19 Nicholas Stix :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Friday, August 02, 2019

EXCLUSIVE: Where HAS All the Money Gone? Baltimore Can't Account for Millions, While Poverty is Rampant and Drugs, Danger and Yes, Rats Lurk around Every Corner of the 7th District

By Prince George's County Ex-Pat Fri, Aug 2, 2019 9:54 p.m.

EXCLUSIVE: Where HAS all the money gone? The truth is Baltimore can't account for millions while poverty is rampant and drugs, danger and yes, rats lurk around every corner of the 7th District, a DailyMail.com investigation reveals PGCE-P: Blacks can't run a goddamn lemonade stand. ™ The $$$$ went to line the pockets of minority contractors and the Negro bureaucrats who run all the housing "programs" in this banana republic. Can you imagine if the Amish ran Baltimore?

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AsTB0HnM6WM 

https://nicholasstixuncensored.blogspot.com/2019/08/exclusive-where-has-all-money-gone.html 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 8-2-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Democrats Are the Gun Confiscation Party-Genocide ALWAYS Follows Gun Confiscation

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Friday, August 2, 2019 - 12:18.

If the Democrats are elected and control the White House in 2020, America is electing the party of gun confiscation and history shows that America would be electing the party of genocide, by default. The often quoted University of Hawaii Democide Project makes is very clear that when the government goes after the guns of its citizens, genocide happens and is happened 16 times in the 20th century. But despite history speaking very clearly on this event, the Democrats running for President, in the 2020 Election Campaign, have made is abundantly clear where they stand on this issue. From the LA Times:

Almost every (Democratic) candidate in the field supports universal background checks, implementing “red flag” laws to take away guns from high-risk individuals, and bringing back a ban on the sale of “assault” weapons... And what Americans must consider is that the above quote from the LA Times represents the position that the Democrats are taking to get elected. If elected, they will 100% move to take your guns. Even if they did not move to take your guns, there is historical precedent in their "electable platforms" that are cause for concern:

Universal background checks will set the stage for future confiscation as the government will have an actionable list to work from. And spare me the nonsensical public safety argument. According to the FBI, over 90% of the guns used in the commission of a crime are stolen.  Red Flag laws are thinly failed gun confiscation policies. They Democrats say that this gets the guns out of the hands of people that are dangerous. However, all it takes to be considered a dangerous person is for your neighbor to say so.  Assault rifle bans are ridiculous as the criminalize guns in their manufactured state. They are reducing the firepower of the American people so they can have their way with the people once they takeover the White House in 2020. And if Trump does not forcefully take on social media censorship, he will very likely not get elected. The abovementioned policies are prelude to outright confiscation and as history teaches, genocide follows. The University of Hawaii research is clear. Genocide does not follow confiscation 25% of the time, nor 50% of the time, but 100% of the time.  If Trump is not re-elected, what does this tell you? If you are still not sure, perhaps you should review the University of Hawaii report and everyone should consider other historical precedents in this area.  What Happens After Gun Confiscation? Previously, we allowed the Obama administration to strip away our most of the provision for the last line of defense from an increasingly totalitarian government, by acquiescing to the United Nations and American advocates for gun control, perhaps we should examine the end game resulting from past gun control efforts:

1. In 1911, Turkey established gun control. From 1915-1917, 1.5 million Armenians, unable to defend themselves against their ethnic-cleansing government, were arrested and exterminated.

2. In 1929, the former Soviet Union established gun control as a means of controlling the "more difficult" of their citizens. From 1929 to the death of Stalin, 40 million Soviets met an untimely end at the hand of various governmental agencies as they were arrested and exterminated.

3. After the rise of the Nazi's, Germany established their version of gun control in 1938 and from 1939 to 1945, 13 million Jews, gypsies, homosexuals, the mentally ill, and others, who were unable to defend themselves against the "Brown Shirts", were arrested and exterminated. Interestingly, the Brown Shirts were eventually targeted for extermination themselves following their blind acts of allegiance to Hitler. Any American military and police would be wise to grasp the historical significance of the Brown Shirts' fate.

4. After Communist China established gun control in 1935, an estimated 50 million political dissidents, unable to defend themselves against their fascist leaders, were arrested and exterminated.

5. Closer to home, Guatemala established gun control in 1964. From 1964 to 1981, 100,000 Mayans, unable to defend themselves against their ruthless dictatorship, were arrested and exterminated.

6. Uganda established gun control in 1970. From 1971 to 1979, 300,000 Christians, unable to defend themselves from their dictatorial government, were arrested and exterminated.

7. Cambodia established gun control in 1956. From 1975 to 1977, one million of the "educated" people, unable to defend themselves against their fascist government, were arrested and exterminated.

8. In 1994, Rwanda disarmed the Tutsi people and being unable to defend themselves from their totalitarian government, nearly one million were summarily executed. The total numbers of victims who lost their lives because of gun control is approximately 70 million people in the 20th century. The historical voices from 70 million corpses speak loudly and clearly to those Americans who are advocating for a de facto gun ban. Governments murdered four times as many civilians as were killed in all the international and domestic wars combined. Governments murdered millions more people than were killed by common criminals and it all followed gun control. Historically, American gun control legislation has been imitating Hitler's Nazi Germany gun control legislation for quite some time. Consider the key provisions of the Nazi Weapons Act of 1938 and compare it with the

The Nazi Weapons Act of 1938 United States Gun Control Act of 1968

1 Classified guns for sporting purposes

2 All Germans desiring to purchase firearms had to register with the Nazi officials and submit to a background check

3 The law assumed that non-Nazi German citizens were hostile and thereby exempted Nazi's from the gun control law

4 The Nazi's assumed unrestricted power to decide what kinds of firearms could, or could not, be owned by private persons

5 The types of ammunition that were legal were subject to control by governmental bureaucrats

6 Citizens under 18 years of age could not buy firearms and ammunition

``````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````

United States Gun Control Act of 1968. The parallels of both the provisions and the legal language are eerily similar.

1 Introduced term "sporting purpose"

2 Exempted government agencies from the controls which applied to law-abiding citizens

3 The Law assumes that mentally ill people will turn their guns on innocents and the government is given the power to limit the purchase by people DEEMED to be a threat by labeling them as mentally ill.

4 Authorized the Secretary of the Treasury to decide what firearms could or could not be owned by private persons

5 The types of ammunition that were legal were subject to control by governmental bureaucrats

6 Age restriction of 18 years and 21 years were applied to anyone who wished to purchase firearms and ammunition

And then of course, Obama, before leaving office signed on to the UN Small Arms Treaty which outlawed ALL guns. How clear does it have to be?

Conclusion If America allows the Democrats, by hook or by crook, to ever occupy the White House, Americans will surely see gun confiscation which, according to history, will result in Genocide.

Thomas Jefferson was very clear in his writings regarding the right to bear arms. Jefferson knew that the preservation of the Republic ultimately rested upon a well-armed citizenry. Jefferson felt it was absolutely necessary for American citizens to be able to protect themselves. The protection that Jefferson spoke of was not from our obvious enemies of the day (France and Britain), but from our own government. Jefferson made this point quite clear when he admonished future generations of Americans to fulfill their duty to overthrow a government if they failed to serve the needs of the majority of its citizens. Private ownership of guns is the necessary component needed to fulfill the Jeffersonian mandate for national self-defense. Yet, increasingly and reminiscent of Nazi Germany, the United States government is incrementally chipping away at private citizens right to own a gun. This does doesn't make sense because, as previously stated, the FBI statistics clearly show that 90% of the guns used in the commission of a crime are stolen! Does the government really believe that criminals, both American citizens and illegal aliens, as well as terrorists, are suddenly going to perform their civic duty and immediately register their guns? How is America better-served if the only ones who don't have access to guns are the law-abiding citizens? So, one must ask who are the gun control laws designed to protect and why? Yet, this Democratic Party's utopia will become America's genocidal nightmare.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/democrats-are-gun-confiscation-party-genocide-always-follows-gun-confiscation 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 8-2-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

An Epidemic Of Attacks Against Trump Supporters Is Completely Ignored By The MSM - Is It Any Wonder They Are Hemorrhaging Viewers, Readers And Employees?

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine August 2, 2019

The liberal establishment media is fast to false scream "racism" every time the President highlights what Democrat policies have done to American cities suffering from drug infestation, crime ridden and explosions of homelessness, just as they are quick to declare anyone that supports the President must be a white supremacist, racist, but there is a true epidemic happening, to which the establishment media simply refuses to report on. An epidemic of violent attacks against Trump supporters, harassment against them, and hate hoaxes perpetrated against them to support their running 'racism' myth. If I were kinder I would say that Americans could be excused for not knowing about this epidemic of violence and harassment of Trump supporters, but I find no sympathy for those that are willingly blind, those that have been lied to by the liberal establishment media for years and still depend on them to be "informed," rather than doing their own research. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) MEDIA IGNORES MOST RECENT BRUTALLY VIOLENT ATTACK AGAINST MAGA SUPPORTER  Local news stations do cover these attacks against MAGA supporters, while their national outlets ignore them, resulting in individual cities or states seeing coverage of a specific attack but not the larger picture of the epidemic of attacks happening across the country. The most recent example is the man shown in the image above, Mr. Jahangir "John" Turan, a NYC art gallery owner, a President Trump supporter, who was viciously attacked on Tuesday for wearing a MAGA hat he recently purchased, by a group of "kids" he described as being 18 to 20 year olds. Via NBCNewYork, a local affiliate: With a swollen face, bruises and black eye Jahangir “John” Turan -- owner of the David Parker Gallery which sells art work by Andy Warhol, Salvador Dalí and Joan Miró, among other celebrated artists -- says he was on his way to a meeting with a client after buying a MAGA hat when he came across a group of “kids," who he described as being 18 to 20 years old, while walking on Canal Street toward West Broadway. He says he was passing the group when a girl in the group “flipped” his hat onto the street. Allegedly, when he bent down to get it, the rest of the group “started pounding” on him, grabbed his head and hit it against a pole. The injuries are described by another local affiliate, Fox 5 NY: He says the group of about 15 "kids" yelled "F*** Trump" and stomped on him. One of them smashed his head into a scaffold. Turan says he suffered a fracture in his cheek and a badly swollen eye. He's awaiting an eye specialist to determine if there is any permanent damage to his sight.   Had this been a minority or immigrant that was attacked by a Trump supporter, the national liberal establishment news would be all over it, wall-to-wall coverage for weeks on end, just think back to the Covington Catholic school students and how many weeks the media attempted to destroy a group of teenagers lives over a viral "fake news" narrative. This attack? Nothing. NewsBusters reports "Instead of reporting on the possible politically motivated attack in their own backyards, the flagship evening newscasts of ABC, CBS, and NBC were too busy suggesting Trump supporters at a rally in Cincinnati, Ohio that night were going to chant racist slogans." A Google search, and I specifically used Google for this because their algorithms favor coverage from liberal establishment media such as Washington Post, NYT, CNN, ABC News, CBS News and NBC News, to be listed on their first page of search results, and we found coverage of this latest attack against a Trump supporter from the local networks listed above, and The Hill, NYDaily News tabloid, a site called Omny.fm, Twitter, Facebook, Washington Examiner and Law & Crime." The silence from the national establishment media is deafening. AN EPIDEMIC OF VIOLENCE IGNORED BY THE MSM In July of 2018, Breitbart News started a "rap sheet" of "Media-Approved Violence and Harassment Against Trump Supporters," with their last update being listed as early November 2018. The list began with violence and harassment against Trump supporter in late 2015, ended with a "Bomb Threat called in at building next to Trump event," on November 5, 2018.  They haven't updated it since, but their tally was 639 from September 2015 to November 5, 2018, but the violence hasn't stopped, and in fact there have been dozens more attacks, hate hoaxes and harassment against Trump supporters since. We won't be going over those older documented attacks because the Breitbart writer, John Nolte, put a lot of work into documenting them, so click on over to see them. A website called 'Attacks on Trump Supporters.com,' has continued to document the "Incidents of Hate against Trump supporters," and the "Fake Hate Crimes / Fake Trump Effect Narrative," stories since that date. We at ANP tracked back the links to the original sources for verification and those links are provided below.

Nov. 13, 2018: AZ: Man wearing MAGA hat assaulted while walking downtown Tucson.

Jan. 19, 2019: "Pro-Trump Journalist Owen Shroyer presses charges against a woman who grabbed his genitals on camera during the 2019 Woman’s March in Washington D.C."

Jan. 23, 2019: "Prosecutor: Hundreds of threats made against Covington Catholic after DC march firestorm."

Feb. 8, 2019: "Kellyanne Conway Speaks About Alleged Assault At Restaurant."

Feb. 17, 2019: "Man accused of pulling gun on couple wearing MAGA hats"

Feb. 17, 2019: "Vans Store Employee Fired After Telling 14-Year-Old ‘F*ck You’ For Wearing MAGA Hat"

Feb. 19, 2019: "Conservative students receive death threats for wanting to 'Build the Wall'

Feb. 21, 2019: "VIDEO: Leftist at UC Berkeley Violently Attacks Turning Point USA Member, Police Seek Help Identifying Suspect"

Feb. 21, 2019: "Man Attacked For Wearing MAGA Hat At Falmouth Restaurant"

Feb. 26, 2019: "81-year-old Trump supporter assaulted over his MAGA hat"

Feb. 26, 2019: "OK: Trump Supporting High School Student Cornered, Harassed, had Hat Knocked Off and Flag Stolen"

Mar. 7, 2019: "No charges after video showed Martin County bus aide pulling 'MAGA' hat off teen's head"

Mar. 7, 2019: "VA: Virginia Teacher Wraps Trump Flag Around Student’s Neck"

Mar. 11, 2019: "Austin police investigating reported assault against woman wearing MAGA hat"

Mar. 13, 2019: "Police: Woman admitted to slashing tire over MAGA hat seen inside SUV"

Mar. 15, 2019: "Vandals spray-paint the word 'traitors' on Republican headquarters building"

Mar. 16, 2019: "CA: During Trump Flag waving rally man was hit in the head with a soda can filled with Bong water [video]"

Mar. 17, 2019: "ID: Man assaulted for wearing a MAGA hat at a St. Patrick’s celebration"

Mar. 23, 2019: "YAL Student’s Dorm Room SET ON FIRE After He Was Doxed by Radical Leftists"

Mar. 25, 2019: "Woman Says Arsonist Torched Her Car Because Cardboard Cutout of Trump Was Inside"

Mar. 28, 2019: "Someone Shattered a Window at Humboldt’s Republican Headquarters"

April 4, 2019: "California Woman Spazzes Out, Tries to 'Shame' Elderly Man in MAGA Hat at Starbucks"

Apr. 8, 2019: "High School Student Hospitalized After Vandal Pepper Sprays Venue for TPUSA Event"

Apr. 11, 2019: "CA: A Hispanic Trump supporter was attacked and called a racist at a post office by a customer who was triggered by her “Make America Great Again” hat"

Apr. 11, 2019: "Model' Assaults #WalkAway Founder Brandon Straka at the Airport for Wearing a MAGA Hat"

Apr. 11, 2019: "MO: – Daily Wire’s Michael Knowles is attacked by student protestors while giving a speech at the University of Missouri-Kansas City. Protestors rushed the stage and squirted a bleach-like substance at him and his crew."

Apr. 14, 2019: "Antifa, others threaten Candace Owens event at U. Pennsylvania"

Apr. 15, 2019: "Conservative student said she became hate crime victim due to her political views"

Apr. 16, 2019: "Immigrant pummeled by 2 men for wearing 'MAGA' hat: Maryland police"

May 1, 2019: "Four arrested after student's MAGA hat is allegedly stolen"

May 23, 2019: "PHOTOS: GOP headquarters windows smashed and fixed again - GOP headquarters deals with yet another act of vandalism"

May 30, 2019: "Theater cancels Kristy Swanson and Dean Cain's pro-Trump performance over 'threats of violence': 'We are appalled'"

June 2, 2019: "CA: Assault at L.A Trump Supporter Street Rally"

June 3, 2019: "Conservative Jewish Student ‘Forced to Go Into Hiding’ After Admitting She Voted for Trump"

Readers can see the "Fake Hate Crimes / Fake Trump Effect Narrative" section over at Attack On Trump supporters.com.

While their list hasn't been updated since early June, we have noted that Ted Cruz was harassed at an airport recently, and the establishment media has been on a "Trump/Trump supporter" bashing rampage over the last couple of weeks, which always incites lunatic liberals to attack more Trump supporters. BOTTOM LINE - AMERICANS DO NOT TRUST THE MSM TO 'INFORM' THEM  Given that the majority of these attacks were never reported, or they were buried and downplayed, by the major liberal establishment media, is it any wonder they are bleeding readers, viewers and employees? MSNBC and CNN took a dramatic hit in ratings after the Robert Mueller report failed to confirm their incessant reporting about the Russia Collusion hoax, and in 2018, over a quarter of large U.S. newspapers were forced to lay off staff. That followed reports that a third of U.S. newspapers suffered layoffs between January 2017 and April 2018. That is the bottom line..... Americans no longer trust the MSM to inform them of the news, without their own liberal opinion and bias being shoved down their throats. The only ones that actually still trust the MSM, are those that are so liberal they prefer to see news that tells them what they want to hear, rather than the truth.

http://allnewspipeline.com/MSM_Abdicates_Responsibility_Over_Trump_Supporters_Attacked.php 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 8-2-19 The Watchers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strong and shallow M7.4 earthquake hit near the coast of southwest Sumatra, Indonesia

Posted by Teo Blašković on August 2, 2019 at 16:26 UTC (3 days ago)

A strong and shallow earthquake registered by the BMKG as M7.4 hit off the coast of southwest Sumatra, Indonesia at 12:03 UTC (19:03 local time) on August 2, 2019. The agency is reporting a depth of 10 km (6.2 miles). USGS is reporting M6.9 at a depth of 52.8 km (32.8 miles); EMSC M6.8 at a depth of 40 km (24.8 miles). The epicenter was located 148 km (92 miles) SW of Labuan (population 33 567), 177 km (110 miles) SW of Pandeglang (population 92 316) and 187 km (116 miles) WSW of Rangkasbitung (population 43 001), Indonesia. There are about 37 000 people living within 100 km (62 miles). 8 000 people are estimated to have felt strong shaking, 990 000 moderate and 38 811 000 light.  An early tsunami alert was issued at 12:03 and ended at 14:40 UTC (21:40 WIB) after no change in the seawater level was observed. The quake caused panic, sent people out of their homes and buildings, and those on the coast fleeing for higher ground. It lasted around 40 seconds. There are no reports of major damage or casualties. The USGS issued a green alert for shaking-related fatalities and economic losses. There is a low likelihood of casualties and damage. Overall, the population in this region resides in structures that are vulnerable to earthquake shaking, though resistant structures exist. The predominant vulnerable building types are unreinforced brick with concrete floor and precast concrete frame with wall construction. Recent earthquakes in this area have caused secondary hazards such as landslides that might have contributed to losses.

https://watchers.news/2019/08/02/sumatra-indonesia-earthquake-august-2-2019/ 

:: 8-3-19 The Watchers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Major stratospheric eruption at Ulawun volcano, ash to 19.2 km (63 000 feet) a.s.l., P.N.G.

Posted by Teo Blašković on August 3, 2019 at 12:21 UTC (2 days

A high-level eruption with volcanic ash rising up to 7.62 km (25 000 feet) above sea level started at Ulawun volcano, Papua New Guinea at 01:50 UTC on August 3, 2019. Multispectral satellite imagery detected a new eruption to 15.2 km (50 000 feet) a.s.l. at 09:53 UTC, moving SW. Imagery acquired 10:15 UTC indicated another eruption which has punched through the tropopause and has become stratospheric with volcanic ash height to 19.2 km (63 000 feet) a.s.l., the Darwin VAAC reported. "Ash is currently moving radially outwards, however, the mean weighted wind direction is northeasterly." Today's event follows another stratospheric eruption at the same volcano which started at about 22:00 UTC on June 26, 2019, after a few weeks of increased activity. At least 15 000 people were forced to evacuate. The Rabaul Volcano Observatory (RVO) reported increased seismicity at the volcano and continuous steam/SO2 emission in 24 hours to about 23:40 UTC on June 25. At the time, the eruption was still not observable on satellite imagery. Continuous ash emissions to 6.7 km (22 000 feet) were observed extending west from the summit at 01:30 UTC on June 26. A high-level eruption was first reported at 01:55 UTC with volcanic ash rising up to 12.8 km (42 000 feet) above sea level and moving SW. The Aviation Color Code was raised to Red. Secondary plume to 7.9 km (26 000 feet) a.s.l. was observed at 02:30 UTC. Satellite imagery indicated new volcanic emission to approximately 16.7 km (55 000 feet) a.s.l. at 05:50 UTC. "Much of the ash was being blown out to sea, but villages near the volcano had been evacuated, Steve Saunders, a volcanologist at the nearby RVO, said. Geological summary The symmetrical basaltic-to-andesitic Ulawun stratovolcano is the highest volcano of the Bismarck arc, and one of Papua New Guinea's most frequently active. Ulawun volcano, also known as the Father, rises above the north coast of the island of New Britain across a low saddle NE of Bamus volcano, the South Son. The upper 1 000 m (3 280 feet) of the 2334-m-high (7 657 feet) Ulawun volcano is unvegetated. A prominent E-W-trending escarpment on the south may be the result of large-scale slumping. Satellitic cones occupy the NW and eastern flanks. A steep-walled valley cuts the NW side of Ulawun volcano, and a flank lava-flow complex lies to the south of this valley.

https://watchers.news/2019/08/03/ulawun-volcano-eruption-august-3-2019/ 

:: 8--19 http://scedc.caltech.edu/recent/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earthquake Index Map

Relative2Me - Which earthquakes happened near you?

REQ2 - New version of Recent Earthquakes Map that uses Google Maps

Did you feel it? <- click

Southern CA || Northern CA

Click on an earthquake on the above map for a zoomed-in view.

Special maps: Long Valley || Los Angeles || San Francisco

Earthquake lists: big earthquakes || all earthquakes

Magnitude = ? for new earthquakes until a magnitude is determined (takes 4-5 minutes).

Maps are updated within 1-5 minutes of an earthquake or once an hour.

(Smaller earthquakes in southern California are added after human processing,

which may take several hours.)

Map need updating? Try reloading the page to your browser.

Brown lines are known hazardous faults and fault zones.

http://scedc.caltech.edu/recent/ 

:: 8-2-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The ‘Big One’ Will Occur During a ‘Slow Slip Event’ on the West Coast – And That Is Exactly What’s Going On Now!

By Strange Sounds - Aug 2, 2019

A small burst of tremors have been recorded along the West Coast in the last few weeks, causing scientists and geologists to pay close attention. This is what we can slow slip type of movement. The Juan De Fuca Plate is moving underneath us and then all the sudden, about every 14 months, it stops and it goes in a westerly direction. And as it does that, it creates a lot of tremors. So we are in this slow slip type of movement right now and that’s why we’re getting a lot of tremors up in Washington, Northern California and then some here in Oregon. And this happens about every 14 months. Eventually, the Juan De Fuca Plate will continue going in an easterly direction and “keep building up the stress in the rocks.“ Scientists predict the “Big One” will likely occur during one of these slow slip events. Each slow slip event puts additional stress onto the “lock zone,” eventually causing it to “break” and create a 9.0 or larger magnitude earthquake. The “big one” will shake for around four minutes and cause extensive damage. Here a extensive and great article about this terrifying Cascadia earthquake.  Slow slip events are a good reminder to be prepared and/or have a plan and an emergency kit at home. Hope you have yours! Always be ready!

https://strangesounds.org/2019/08/cascadia-big-one-multiple-earthquakes-west-coast.html 

:: 8-3-19 Libero :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Three killed and two others injured after huge 30-foot rock separates from a California cliff and crashes on top of people on the beach ...

Mail Online (UK) 3-8-2019

First responders, including lifeguards, raced towards the wreck and began digging victims out from beneath the rubble. A female victim, who has not yet been named, was pronounced dead at the scene. Two other victims were airlifted to hospital in a ...

http://247.libero.it/efocus/17562060/0/three-killed-and-two-others-injured-after-huge-30-foot-rock-separates-from-a-california-cliff-and-crashes-on-top-of-people-on-the-beach-below/ 

:: 8-2-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Thirsty' elephant is caught opening a tap with its trunk to drink water from a sink in Botswana camp

By Sophie Law For Mailonline Published: 16:12 EDT, 2 August 2019 | Updated: 18:55 EDT, 2 August 2019

An incredibly thirsty elephant was caught red-handed drinking water from a sink at a camp in Botswana. Footage captured the cheeky animal using its long trunk to slurp water before splashing it into its mouth. Tourists, who had been using the shower, were surprised when they discovered the large elephant blocking their exit from the bathroom. The tourists, from South Africa, said they waited almost two hours for the elephant to leave before daring to make a move. They said: 'A friend and I went to shower, as we were on our way out to head back to camp again, the elephant was blocking our exit at the bathroom. 'We almost waited 2 hours for the elephant to finish drinking so that we could leave. 'He knew exactly how to open the tap, there are watering holes but it seems they prefer drinking from the tap'. The clip was captured on July 8.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7315429/Thirsty-elephant-caught-opening-tap-trunk-drink-water-sink.html 

:: 8-2-19 Life Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trudeau visits gay bar as Liberals ramp up abortion, LGBTQ advocacy before fall election

Fri Aug 2, 2019 - 6:47 pm EST Lianne Laurence

VANCOUVER, British Columbia, August 2, 2019 (LifeSiteNews) — Liberal Prime Minister Justin Trudeau made international headlines this week for conspicuously dropping in at a “gay” bar in the heart of Vancouver’s homosexual district. The 15-minute photo-op was heralded by many as historic.  “This is the first time a sitting Canadian PM has visited a gay bar, and may even be the first instance the leader of a country has done this,” tweeted Taran Parmar of 1130 News. A number of the patrons took selfies with an unflaggingly grinning Trudeau, “gay” website Instinct declared “The King of the North Wins Our Hearts Again Just by Showing Up” and NBC posted a laudatory video of the moment as further evidence of Trudeau’s LGBTQ advocacy. One Instagram photo elicited this response: “So jealous of your Prime Minister Trudeau was Canada’s first sitting prime minister to march in a homosexual “Pride” parade in 2016. The following year, he delivered a tearful apology in the House of Commons for the government’s alleged past discrimination against homosexual individuals in the military or civil service, and his Liberal government agreed to a $145 million out-of-court settlement of a class-action lawsuit launched on their behalf. Last June, the Liberals passed a bill to expunge records of individuals convicted under Canada’s past law prohibiting homosexual acts. This June, the Liberals repealed Section 159 of the Criminal Code, which prohibited anal sex for individuals under age 18 (unless between husband and wife) under Bill C-75. This has effectively lowered the age of consent for anal sex to 16. Trudeau showed up at the homosexual haunt in advance of the west coast city’s “Pride” weekend, tweeting: Vancouver is gearing up for #Pride weekend right now, but the spirit of pride and inclusivity is strong here all year long! Thanks to the folks at @fountainheadVAN for the warm welcome today. But it would seem there’s more going on than another “Pride” weekend. With Canada’s federal election just three months away, there has been a notable uptick in the Trudeau government’s abortion and LGBTQ advocacy, even though the House of Commons adjourned at the end of June. Last week, Liberal Health Minister Ginette Petitpas Taylor sent a letter to all provincial health ministers warning them that not paying for abortions at a private clinics violates the Canada Health Act, and berating them for not providing greater access to the abortion pill. The letter’s timing was not lost on David Akin, Global News chief political correspondent, who tweeted: David Akin @davidakin  Kinda slow gettin’ to your feet on that “standing up” thing. Only took 4 years — and just weeks before another general election. https://twitter.com/GinettePT/status/1154076158339821569  …Travis Kann, spokesman for Ontario’s Conservative health minister Christine Elliott, told the Globe and Mail in a statement that the federal health minister was trying to “play politics with such a sensitive issue.” “She knows what she is saying is false and we will not dignify her misleading claims by engaging in this debate,” said Kann. The health minister’s letter on increasing abortion access came out two weeks after the CBC obtained and reported on Liberal letters to provincial and territorial ministers of health and justice urging them to ban “the shameful practice” of what is known as “conversion” or reparative therapy. Signed by Petitpas Taylor, Minister of Justice David Lametti, and Alberta MP Randy Boissonnault, Trudeau’s special adviser on LGBTQ issues, the letters refers to conversion therapy, which aims to help people overcome unwanted same-sex attraction or gender confusion, as “a cruel exercise that can lead to life-long trauma.” It said the Liberals are considering changing the Criminal Code to outlaw the practice. That letter’s timing and content also provoked questions. CTV News reported that it “has asked for clarification as to what prompted the government to consider these changes now.” Moreover, the Trudeau Liberals in March dismissed a petition asking for a federal conversion therapy ban, stating that the “issue primarily implicates the regulation of the health profession, which is a provincial and territorial responsibility,” noted National Post columnist Chris Selley. “ … it’s completely ridiculous that the Liberals should be trying to make political hay out of the issue, let alone succeeding,” added Selley. The “Liberals may simply be seeking to discredit Conservative Leader Andrew Scheer on the eve of the federal election campaign,” observed Globe and Mail columnist John Ibbitson.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/trudeau-visits-gay-bar-as-liberals-ramp-up-abortion-lgbtq-advocacy-before-fall-election 

:: 8--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DOJ will not prosecute Comey for leaking memos after IG referral: sources

By Brooke Singman, Jake Gibson 2 days ago

The Justice Department has decided against prosecuting former FBI Director James Comey for leaking classified information following a referral from the department’s inspector general, sources familiar with the deliberations told Fox News. “Everyone at the DOJ involved in the decision said it wasn’t a close call,” one official said. “They all thought this could not be prosecuted.”

COMEY HEARING:EX-FBI DIRECTOR SAYS HE LEAKED MEMO TO SPUR SPECIAL COUNSEL APPOINTMENT

Comey penned memos memorializing his interactions with President Trump in the days leading up to his firing. He then passed those documents to a friend, Columbia University Law Professor Daniel Richman, who gave them to The New York Times. Comey admitted to that arrangement during congressional testimony. After the fact, the FBI classified two of those memos as “confidential.” DOJ Inspector General Michael Horowitz had referred Comey for potential prosecution as part of an internal review. But one of the key factors leading to the DOJ declining to prosecute apparently was the fact that the two memos were labeled “confidential” after he set in motion the chain of events that led to them ending up with the press. Richman, now serving as an attorney to Comey, told Fox News he had "no comment" on the prosecutorial decision on Thursday. Meanwhile, Fox News has learned that the release of Horowitz’s report is “imminent,” according to another source familiar with the investigation.

The report related to Comey’s leaks is separate from Horowitz’s review of alleged Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) abuses. That report’s release is delayed, according to sources, due to the potential components of Attorney General Bill Barr and U.S. Attorney John Durham’s investigation into alleged improper government surveillance. Horowitz publicly confirmed last year that his office was investigating Comey for his handling of classified information as part of memos he shared documenting his discussions with the president. In June 2018, during a hearing before the Senate Judiciary Committee, Horowitz said he “received a referral on that from the FBI,” and was “handling that referral.” IG CONFIRMS COMEY UNDER INVESTIGATION OVER MEMO HANDLING

“We will issue a report when the matter is complete and consistent with the law and rules,” Horowitz said at the time. Comey last year also confirmed to Fox News that the inspector general’s office had interviewed him with regard to memos, but downplayed the questions over classified information as “frivolous” — saying the real issue was whether he complied with internal policies. Fox News learned last year that Horowitz was looking at whether classified information was given to unauthorized sources as part of a broader review of Comey’s communications outside the bureau — including media contact. Comey, whom Trump fired in May 2017, denied that sharing the memos with his legal team constituted a leak of classified information. Instead, he compared the process to keeping “a diary.” “I didn’t consider it part of an FBI file,” Comey told Fox News' Bret Baier last year. “It was my personal aide-memoire … I always thought of it as mine.” In his testimony in June 2017 before the Senate Intelligence Committee, Comey said he made the decision to document the interactions with the president in a way that would not trigger security classification.

COMEY SAYS DOJ WATCHDOG INTERVIEWED HIM OVER HANDLING OF MEMOS

But in seven Comey memos handed over to Congress in April 2018, eight of the 15 pages had redactions under classified exceptions. Comey, during his June 2017 testimony, said he deliberately leaked a memo from a key meeting with Trump to a friend after he was fired in order to prompt the appointment of a special counsel. “I asked a friend of mine to share the content of the memo with a reporter — I thought that might prompt the appointment of a special counsel,” Comey testified. “I was worried that the media was camping at the end of my driveway, my wife and I were going away,” Comey said. “I was worried it would be like feeding seagulls at the beach if it was I who gave it to the media, so I asked my friend to.” The New York Times published the report with Comey’s memos on May 16, 2017, revealing the contents of the memo, which said the president asked him to shut down the federal investigation into former national security adviser Michael Flynn in an Oval Office meeting.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/politics/doj-will-not-prosecute-comey-for-leaking-memos-after-ig-referral-sources/ar-AAFbPSk 

:: 8-3-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nobody Is Safe As Justice Is Dead In America

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Saturday, August 3, 2019 - 12:01.

The American people have suffered several mockery of justice event in the past 2.5 years. All of these events would have landed the average American in prison for life or in front of a firing squad.  In Case You Haven't Noticed, Criminals Are Running Our Government First, there was Hillary and 33,000 illegal, national-security-violating emails. Any of which would have jailed you and me for 5 years for each count. That is 165, 000 years that this 4th Degree witch should be serving. Her criminal exploits started with the Arkansas cartel activities and quickly spread to White Water. Then there was the mysterious death of witness McDougal while he was in solitary confinement in prison awaiting to testify against Clinton. Then of course there was Benghazi followed by Uranium One which should have led to her being tried as a traitor for supplying Russians with highly enriched uranium to the Russians. There was the theft of the 2 billion dollars of relief aid by the Clinton Foundation and despite these easily provable transgressions, Hillary has slid in safely home plate on several occasions despite being out by a mile. There is of course Clinton’s accomplices that have avoided the consequences of their criminal actions. Former and disgraced FBI Director, James Comey, oversaw the criminal money laundering by the Clinton Foundation at HSBC Bank where he served on the governing board. Despite the great efforts of former HSBC Vice-President, John Cruz, who unsuccessfully attempted to bring both to justice, they both continued to get away with their criminal activities. Comey rode his service to the globalists all the way to becoming the most unqualified person, with no law enforcement experience, to ever have served in the White House. Now, he has been exposed for being the modern-day version of J. Edgar Hoover. But Comey has to share that title with Robert Mueller. Then of course, there was the real master of the Russian-Collusion-Delusion, Robert Mueller. Mueller gives J. Edgar Hoover a run for the dirtiest law enforcement agent in American history. He was well known for keeping murderers in play so long as they gave him information which resulted in him cracking key cases which helped his rise up the career ladder of the FBI. Whitey Bolger was a case in point and he was recently murdered this controversial informant in an attempt to avoid public disclosure. Public disclosure came, but the corrupt legal system failed to properly deal with Mr. Mueller. But perhaps his biggest ignored crime when he was an accomplice with Hillary Clinton in committing the treasonous act of providing our enemies, the Russians, with highly enriched uranium in the infamous Uranium One Affair. In July of 2017, I produced two confirming documents, a State Department Document and a Russian memo which confirmed that “Mr. Russian-Collusion-Delusion delivered highly enriched uranium to the Russians at one of their airports on behalf of the Clinton Foundation. In the 1950’s Julius and Ethel Rosenberg were executed by the US government for selling nuclear secrets to the Russians. Mueller and Clinton should suffer the same fate. No justice for these heinous criminals. Meanwhile you and I live in a society where the police hide in the bushes trying to catch you driving 5 miles per hour over the speed limit. HOA’s will fine you thousands of dollars for not mowing your lawn and IRS waits to pounce on any mistake made on taxes including the loss of home, bank account and freedom. Illegal aliens are released from prison Washington State while American prisoners stay in place. Meanwhile, these identified heinous criminals, whose crimes are numerous and even include murder, are allowed to have their crimes publicly exposed and they are still not prosecuted. Comey even admitted, in an interview with Anderson Cooper that he did leak, excuse me, Comey admitted to “communicating” the classified documents. Have fun paying your parking tickets America while our leaders continue to get away with murder. I recently attended a baseball game in the shadows of the Washington Monument. There were two teams playing, the Deep State and the supposed true representatives of the people.  The Baseball Game That Destroyed the Justice System In America Recently, a mythical baseball game was played. The game had great meaning that extended well beyond the baseball diamond. Let’s join that game in progress. Dave Hodges here, and I am announcing the game of the century that could ultimately be seen as a turning point in American history. Attorney General Barr is pitching for the true representatives of the people. At bat, was James Comey the heavy hitter for the Deep State. Leading off of first base is Robert Mueller. Leading off of second base is Hillary Clinton, armed with her walker.  The Deep State is losing but they are threatening in the bottom of ninth inning as they trail 5-3 and there are two outs, but they have the tying runs on first base. The true representatives of the people are on the verge of winning its greatest victory against the Deep State. Barr winds up and delivers a curve ball to Comey. Comey hits the ball weakly back to the pitcher, Attorney General Barr fields the ball and it should be an easy out. If the Deep State loses, Comey will go to prison followed by Clinton and other Deep Staters. Inexplicably, Barr hangs on to the ball. The crowd and his teammates are screaming at him to throw the ball to first base and end the game. Barr just stares at Comey as he approaches first base. Hillary is rounding third base on her motorized walker and scores, but the Deep State is still behind a run. Mueller is rounding third and headed home with the tying run. Comey rounds first and heads to second. The “people” are going nuts as Mueller crosses home plate with the tying run. Comey is now approaching third base as criminal facilitator, Barr, is still hanging on to the ball. As Comey crosses third base, Barr drops the ball on the ground and walks off the pitcher’s mound as the people boo at the top of their lungs. Comey crosses home plate and the people lose another game to the Deep State. Conclusion And drop the ball, Barr did. There is no justice in America. Our judicial system is a joke. Oh, I know people want to blame the Inspector General. Bullshit, Barr is the AG. He can what he wants legally. Clearly Barr is a Deep State plant, a traitor to the United States. If Trump does not fire Barr, he is one of them. There is no justice in America for the immoral elite that rule over we “deplorables”. These people are above the law. None of us are safe. Some of have awakened to the fact that we live inside of a very dangerous tyranny where these is nowhere to run and nowhere to hide.  What do we do? I am contemplating what should be our anticipated course of action. After some contemplation, I am going to make recommendations with regard to a course of action. I can promise you one thing, the gloves are coming off.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/nobody-safe-justice-dead-america 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 7-31-19 Life Site News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Apple News bans LifeSite without warning: says it ‘shows intolerance’

NewsFreedomWed Jul 31, 2019 - 5:29 pm EST LifeSiteNews.com

July 31, 2019 (LifeSiteNews) – A little over one week ago, Apple approved LifeSiteNews’ application to publish our news on their Apple News platform. Today, without warning, Apple News abruptly reversed course, telling LifeSite that they had deleted our channel and all of our content from their platform. Apple claimed that LifeSite’s channel “didn't comply with our Apple News guidelines.” Specifically, they stated that LifeSite’s “[c]hannel content shows intolerance towards a specific group.” Apple’s e-mail provided no details about which content they deemed offensive, or which “specific group” LifeSite’s content allegedly showed intolerance towards. LifeSite has reached out to Apple News for further details about their decision, which we intend to appeal. Apple News is an app that is available on all Apple devices. It aggregates news content from thousands of publishers. Apple users can “follow” their favorite news sites and receive customized updates. Conservatives have expressed alarm in recent years that a small number of large tech giants, often located in predominantly left-wing jurisdictions, are acting as gatekeepers to an increasing amount of the world’s information. “We don’t yet know the reason for Apple’s decision to delete our channel,” said LifeSiteNews Editor-in-Chief John-Henry Westen. “However, at a time when there is growing evidence that tech juggernauts are engaging in concerted censorship against even mainstream conservative viewpoints, Apple’s decision – made unilaterally, and without opportunity to appeal – is frightening.” “It goes without saying that LifeSite would never promote intolerance or hatred against any group,” Westen continued. “However, in our current divisive political climate, even mild expressions of common conservative viewpoints are often written off as de facto hatred and intolerance. We certainly hope that this is not what Apple is doing. However, we urge our readers to contact Apple, and to respectfully demand that they reinstate LifeSite’s channel.” LifeSiteNews has created a petition that people can sign to express their opinions to Apple about this decision. LifeSiteNews first applied to publish on the Apple News platform – billed as a neutral news aggregator – last November. It took over six months, and dozens of follow-up requests, before LifeSite’s channel was finally approved earlier this month. We are not taking this lightly and we will not be silenced, but it takes time and resources to do so. Please consider making a monthly donation of any size to help sustain us as we combat the censorship of #BigTech. Let's tell Apple and all the other Big Tech companies that we will not stand by while censorship continues.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/breaking-apple-news-bans-lifesite-without-warning-shows-intolerance 

:: 8-2-19 The Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“We Are Coming for You Trump with Knives!” – Feds Arrest Florida Migrant Omar Haji Mohammed after Threats to Stab President Trump

Jim Hoft by Jim Hoft August 2, 2019

A migrant in Florida was arrested by federal officials after threatening to kill President Trump, screaming in Arabic, “We are coming for you Trump. We are coming for you with knives.” 36-year-old Mohammed Omar Haji Mohammed, described as a “Florida man” by the media, yelled the threats after he had tried to stab a Walmart employee during a disagreement at the customer service desk. The threats were picked up by police body cameras and later translated from Arabic. “We are coming for you Trump. We are coming for you with knives. God will send angels to destroy you,” said Mohammed, adding, “I need Trump cut. I want to cut, two portions.”

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2019/08/we-are-coming-for-you-trump-with-knives-feds-arrest-florida-migrant-omar-haji-mohammed-after-threats-to-stab-president-trump/ 

:: 7-31-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Miracle Most Astounding

By Hal Lindsey

According to the prophecies of Jeremiah, we are now seeing a bigger miracle than the parting of the Red Sea. It’s happening before our eyes. We should be shouting it from the housetops. It provides overwhelming evidence for God’s existence, His love, and for the validity His word. But instead of finding joy and comfort in this amazing miracle, most of official Christendom reflexively denies it. They choose instead to hold on to past doctrinal errors — errors based on the idea that God does not always keep His word. Let’s look at this amazing miracle. Throughout the Old Testament, God warned Israel that He would punish them, scatter them around the world. But He also promised repeatedly that He would eventually bring them back to the land — not because they have repented of their sin, but for the honor of His own name. We see Israel being regathered right now. If you don’t think that’s a big deal, look at how God describes it. Ezekiel 36 tells about Israel’s sin, its dispersion, and then God bringing it back to the land promised to Abraham. This chapter makes it perfectly clear that He will first regather the nation of Israel into the land. Then He will bring about that nation’s spiritual rebirth. Individual Jews have been turning to Jesus since the first disciples, but national conversion takes place after the final regathering. Ezekiel 36:24-26 says to Israel, “I will take you from the nations, gather you from all the lands, and bring you into your own land. Then I will sprinkle clean water on you, and you will be clean; I will cleanse you from all your filthiness and from all your idols. Moreover, I will give you a new heart and put a new spirit within you; and I will remove the heart of stone from your flesh and give you a heart of flesh.” In the next chapter, Ezekiel 37, God described this process with some of the most dramatic imagery in all of literature. It tells the story of the valley of dry bones. These people are deader than dead. They’re dry — nothing left but bleached bones in a mass grave. Then God begins to pull those bones together. He puts flesh on them. Eventually, the bodies look whole again, but they’re still dead. Then, as the last step, He breathes into them the breath of life. That’s a picture of Israel’s regathering. In Jeremiah 16:14-15, God Himself compares this miracle to the miracles surrounding Israel’s deliverance from Egypt — including the plagues and the parting of the Red Sea. “‘Therefore behold, days are coming,’ declares the Lord, ‘when it will no longer be said, ‘As the Lord lives, who brought up the sons of Israel out of the land of Egypt,’ but, ‘As the Lord lives, who brought up the sons of Israel from the land of the north and from all the countries where He had banished them.’ For I will restore them to their own land which I gave to their fathers.” God says it again in Jeremiah 23:7-8. And why wouldn’t it be a bigger miracle than the Red Sea? Imagine a mass grave with millions of dry bones being pulled together. They’re putting on sinews and flesh. And someday soon they will be imbued again with the breath of life. If that vision of the dry bones were literally happening, we would be witnessing a miracle of unprecedented scale. Well, it is happening! God is pulling those bones together. He’s putting flesh on them, and He will soon put new hearts inside those bodies. The drawing together of Israel is promised over and over in the Bible, but much of Christendom holds to the idea that the Church has replaced Israel, and that the promises God made to the people of Israel are not true. Titus 1:2, Numbers 23:19, and 1 Samuel 15:29 all say that God cannot lie. Hebrews 6:17-18 says that God’s word is immutable. According to 2 Timothy 2:15, God’s word is “the word of truth.” In John 14:6, Jesus said that He is truth. Jeremiah 31:35-36 says, “Thus says the Lord, Who gives the sun for light by day, And the fixed order of the moon and the stars for light by night… The Lord of hosts is His name: ‘If this fixed order departs From before Me,’ declares the Lord, ‘Then the offspring of Israel also shall cease From being a nation before Me forever.’” Have you noticed the sun ceasing to shine? Then God has not replaced Israel! He will fulfill His promises! Even more exciting is the fact that right now, before our eyes, He IS fulfilling those promises. The bones are lining up. The cartilage is forming together with muscle and organs and skin. The long dead are reforming before our eyes! God’s word is true!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-7-31-2019/ 

:: 7-31-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s About the Temple Mount

By Hal Lindsey

After a brief lull, the so-called “stabbing intifada” in Israel came roaring back this week. Israel has an array of sophisticated security precautions in place. They even deployed the IDF (Israeli Defense Forces) in Jerusalem. But security forces always have limitations. Pundits usually tell us that the answer to violence is to eliminate guns from the equation. But even if the Israelis could do that, they still couldn’t get rid of knives, cars, Molotov cocktails, rocks, bombs, or bare hands. The centerpiece of this uprising is the knife, something you can’t outlaw. Knives are among the most basic humans tools, and they’re everywhere. Jesus taught that murder is not just an action, but an attitude of the heart (Matthew 5:21-22). Police can scan faces, set up metal detectors, use radiation detection equipment, bomb-sniffing dogs, and create heavily guarded checkpoints, but killers will still get into populated areas. The murder is not in their guns, but in their hearts. They will find rocks. They will drive cars into pedestrians. They will find and use knives. Against all reason, Palestinians keep on initiating attacks that result in more security checkpoints, more walls, and more scrutiny. It’s like “suicide by cop.” They keep coming at the Israelis until they get shot. Their continued attacks destroy their freedoms and opportunities for financial prosperity. How can it be worth giving up all that just to kill unknown Jews as they walk down a street? Social scientists usually attribute the current wave of violence to economics, most often a lack of jobs. Yet, as Joseph Farah asks in a World Net Daily column this week, “If conditions for Arabs are so bad in Israel, why is the Arab population exploding?” He points out that “In 1949, the Arab population of Israel was about 160,000. Today, it is over 1.2 million.” Rank and file Arabs have more freedom and greater opportunity in Israel than anywhere else in the region. That’s why their numbers have grown so dramatically. Their arbitrary violence against Jews winds up hurting everyone, but especially the Palestinians themselves. So why do they stay on the offensive?  The root problem is not economic, but religious. Muslims hate Jews as a matter of religious obligation. Secular Europe cannot fathom this fact, and even Americans find it difficult to grasp. Large numbers of Palestinians are willing to let their children die as suicide bombers. It’s not that they don’t love their children. They do. But Islam comes first. The Temple Mount stands as ground zero for the current unrest. If that sounds familiar it’s because it has happened many times before. Those 35 acres of ground intensify emotions on both sides like nothing else. Jews would at least like to pray there — an idea that is anathema to the Muslims. That small plot of land has inspired so much fear and rage among Muslims that in October, U.S. News and World Report ran an editorial by Ben Caspit calling on Israel to completely close the Temple Mount to Jews. Caspit wrote, “Israel has no intention of taking control of the Al-Aqsa Mosque or changing the status quo involving the Temple Mount. The Palestinians, however, are more attentive to conspiracy theories based on statements by the messianic Israeli right. The thing is, the messianics stand at a great distance from the government, and anyone who relates to their words as a scenario soon to unfold is simply manipulating facts. None of this is important at the moment, however, because the Palestinians are convinced that Israel plans on usurping Al-Aqsa.” The Muslim hysteria about Jews rebuilding the Temple may not be as farfetched as Caspit claims. A poll taken in 2010 showed that 49% of Israelis want to see the Temple rebuilt. Only 23% said it shouldn’t happen. The rest were undecided. Whether they believe it’s possible or not, Palestinian leaders use fear of a rebuilt Jewish Temple to stir up their constituents to the point of violence. Even proposals to rebuild the temple without harming the mosques draws a frenzy of rage from the Muslims. No matter what Israel the promises, they fully expect the Jews to destroy the Dome of the Rock and the Al-Aqsa Mosque. It’s interesting that so many Palestinians are convinced that there will be another Jewish Temple on the site. Few of them know it, but they’re agreeing with the Bible. It says that before the mid-point of the seven-year period known as Daniel’s 70th Week, the temple will be rebuilt and sacrifices will be offered again. Daniel 11:31 says that forces from the Antichrist “will arise, desecrate the sanctuary fortress, and do away with the regular sacrifice. And they will set up the abomination of desolation.” [NASB] To “do away with the regular sacrifice,” and to “set up the abomination of desolation” requires that the temple be rebuilt. In the meantime, to understand the Temple Mount hysteria among Muslims, we need to understand the spiritual dimensions of the problem. This is not just a real estate dispute. It is about principalities and powers. Satan will stir anyone he can, as much as he can, in an attempt to keep the holy place in a state of desecration. But he cannot stop God’s plan. The mighty can never defeat the Almighty. Unbelieving religious Jews will rebuild the false temple and offer false animal sacrifices during the first part of the Tribulation. (Daniel 11:31) Then the “man of lawlessness”, the Antichrist, will desecrate that false temple of God by taking his seat in the Holy of Holies, displaying himself as being God. (2 Thessalonians 2:3-4 NASB) That event will start the last half of the Tribulation. That will start 3½ years of the greatest horrors yet known to mankind. It will end with the visible Coming of THE ALMIGHTY, the Lord Jesus Christ. He will rule for 1000 years of peace. Then is the last Judgment of all unbelievers of all Ages. He will then establish forever the New Heaven and Earth.

(I have just tried to synthesize hundreds of pages in a few words. Have mercy on me for brevity. Hal Lindsey)

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-12-2015/ 

:: 8-2-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is a Hamas-Allied Hate Group Influencing the 2020 Dem Primaries?

The foreign election interference the Democrats don’t want to talk about.

August 2, 2019 Daniel Greenfield

Daniel Greenfield, a Shillman Journalism Fellow at the Freedom Center, is an investigative journalist and writer focusing on the radical Left and Islamic terrorism. After disrupting a Holocaust Remembrance Day event at U.C. Berkeley, Hatem Bazian told supporters to look at all the Jewish names on the buildings, "take a look at the type of names on the building around campus -- Haas, Zellerbach -- and decide who controls this university." In 2017, Bazian, the founder of hate groups such as Students for Justice in Palestine and American Muslims for Palestine, retweeted anti-Semitic memes from a Holocaust denial Twitter account. After the backlash, the Islamist hate group leader claimed that he had Jewish friends. Next year, Bazian’s Jewish friends came out of the closet when he boasted through a megaphone outside Senator Kamala Harris’ office, while protesting in support of Hamas attacks on Israel, that, “AMP and IfNotNow are coming together.” AMP was Bazian’s own hate group, whose board members had been accused of supporting Hamas. The organization has been sued by the parents of David Boim, an American teen murdered by Hamas. IfNotNow is an anti-Israel hate group notorious for targeting Jewish charities and organizations. A member of the hate group had just recited a mock Kaddish, the Jewish prayer for the dead, for what the two hate groups falsely claimed was a massacre of civilian protesters in Gaza. In fact, Hamas had admitted that 50 of the 62 killed in the attacks on Israel were members of the terrorist organization. Officially, If Not Now claims to be a Jewish protest movement against the “occupation”. In July, Max Berger, its radical co-founder, faced his own backlash over a tweet declaring that he, “would totally be friends with Hamas”. Berger had praised the violent Hamas riots and claimed that, “the biggest obstacle to peace in Israel-Palestine is the bigotry of American Jews.” The most politically prominent member of IfNotNow was New York State Senator Julia Salazar, the leader of a Christian campus organization, born into a Catholic family, who joined the anti-Israel hate group while falsely claiming to be Jewish. Whether IfNotNow’s members are Jewish, there is no doubt that they make a point of targeting Jews. That’s what IfNotNow really has in common with Hatem Bazian and members of the AMP hate group. Neveen Ayesh, the executive director of AMP-Missouri, had tweeted anti-Semitic hate such as, “#crimesworthyoftherope being a Jew", " “I hate Jews... I hate Israelis", and “I just want to spit in their faces. All of them any Jew Israeli." As documented by Canary Mission, IfNotNow activist Hal Rose had been interviewed by Ayesh in an anti-Israel conference. Despite her collaboration with an anti-Semitic activist who had called for the murder of Jews, Rose has claimed that ICE’s attempts to detain illegal aliens are just like the Holocaust. She also defended Rep. Omar’s anti-Semitism by arguing that AIPAC’s actions “often fall into antisemitic stereotypes.” In 2017, IfNotNow had invited Taher Herzallah of AMP to train its members on Islamophobia. Herzallah had posted that "Hamas rockets are an oppressed people's cry for help" and celebrated photos of wounded Israeli soldiers as a "beautiful site". He had even defended a California Imam’s call for killing Jews by contending that, “The Jewish community in America overwhelmingly supports Israel.” Next year, also as documented by Canary Mission, Herzallah was back teaching IfNotNow activists about “Palestinian non-violent resistance and how our community can take action to oppose the Israeli Military's recent actions.” At an AMP conference a few years earlier, Herzallah had asked, “What if, as Muslims we wanted to establish an Islamic state? Is that wrong? What if, as Muslims, we wanted to use violent means to resist occupation? Is that wrong?" The partnership between AMP and If Not Now applies Hatem Bazian’s campus politics to the political process. Like Students for Justice in Palestine, a campus hate group that uses its handful of Jewish members as political shields against accusations of anti-Semitism, IfNotNow’s presence whitewashes a violently genocidal cause. And IfNotNow can go where AMP, with its history of Hamas ties, can’t. IfNotNow co-founder Max Berger works for Senator Elizabeth Warren. IfNotNow members have been able to pose with Warren and Senator Bernie Sanders, and win their support for their hateful cause. The hate group was also able to corral Biden, Buttigieg and Booker. Though with little to show for it. But despite an outcry from the Jewish community, the Warren campaign failed to dump Berger. IfNotNow has hired six activists to operate in New Hampshire in order to influence the 2020 election. And that’s why Canary Mission’s campaign to bring attention to its alliance with AMP is so critical. Canary Mission, a Jewish civil rights organization exposing anti-Semitic leftist hate groups online, has launched a campaign to call attention to IfNotNow’s ties with the Hamas supporters and anti-Semitic racists of American Muslims for Palestine. Its report names 25 AMP figures who have spread anti-Semitic hate and 58 IfNotNow members who have worked with AMP. The issue is especially urgent since IfNotNow has made it clear that it is seeking to influence the 2020 Democrat primaries and its partner, AMP, has been accused of links to a foreign terrorist organization. Three years ago, Jonathan Schanzer, a former terror finance analyst for the Treasury Department, and a senior vice president for research at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, testified in Congress that organizations funding Hamas had gravitated to American Muslims for Palestine. The groups in question include the Islamic Association for Palestine, which had been set up by the Muslim Brotherhood. Hamas is also an affiliate of the Muslim Brotherhood. He noted that, "AMP is a not-for-profit corporation, but not a federal, 501c3, tax-exempt organization. Therefore, AMP does not have to file an IRS 990 form that would make its finances more transparent." That makes it hard to know where AMP’s funding is really coming from.  The Muslim Brotherhood is an international terrorist organization whose past members have included Osama bin Laden, along with other key Al Qaeda figures. Its political activists have a history of building networks in order to influence foreign governments and manipulate political elections. IfNotNow is partnered with a group linked to hostile foreign political interests, and is attempting to influence the upcoming presidential election. And the same Democrats who are still warning about Russian election interference show no interest when they’re the ones being influenced. Senator Elizabeth Warren has announced a new election security plan, but is still employing Max Berger. Warren’s failure to cut ties with Berger and his IfNotNow hate group raises questions of collusion. In 2008, a report showing Gazans running a phone bank for Obama failed to lead to any action. If a Hamas ally is once again interfering in a presidential election, it must be meaningfully addressed.

There can be no place for supporters of a foreign terrorist group in the 2020 election.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/274417/hamas-allied-hate-group-influencing-2020-dem-daniel-greenfield 

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

:: 8--19 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

July was likely the hottest month ever, and experts say it has 're-written climate history'

Rosie Perper

July was likely the hottest month in recorded history, according to new report from the World Meteorological Organization released Thursday, with temperatures recorded in the first 29 days of July as hot or marginally hotter than the previous hottest month ever.

"July has re-written climate history, with dozens of new temperature records at local, national and global level," WMO Secretary-General Petteri Taalas said in the report.

In the past two months, record-breaking heatwaves and "unprecedented" wildfires have been observed worldwide.

Visit Business Insider's homepage for more stories.

July was likely the hottest month in recorded history, according to new data from the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) released Thursday. According to the report, findings from the Copernicus Climate Change Program indicate that temperatures recorded in the first 29 days of July were as hot or marginally hotter than the previous record month, measured in July 2016.

This finding is significant because in July 2016 there was a strong occurrence of the El Niño phenomenon, a system of complex weather patterns that contribute to warmer global temperatures.

https://www.businessinsider.com/july-hottest-month-in-history-world-meteorological-organization-2019-8 

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 8-2-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US pulls out of Reagan-era arms treaty, saying Russia 'made no efforts' to comply

By Lukas Mikelionis | Fox News

Trump administration scraps Cold War-era arms control treaty with Russia

U.S. officials and NATO allies say the Russians repeatedly and consistently violating the terms of the Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces treaty that President Reagan and Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev signed more than 30 years ago; Kevin Corke reports from the White House. A historic arms-control treaty signed three decades ago by President Ronald Reagan and Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev was scrapped after President Trump decided to withdraw Friday. The move to scrap the Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces (INF) treaty comes amid the administration’s assessment that Russia was in “material breach of the treaty” and made no effort to “come back into compliance” with the agreement, a senior White House official said. Russia was given a six-month period, in accordance with the treaty, as a “final opportunity to come back into compliance” with the agreement, but the government headed by President Vladimir Putin “has made no efforts to do that,” the official added. The end of the treaty sparks of a new global arms race between the two countries, which possess the world's largest nuclear arsenals. RUSSIA WILL PAY A BIG PRICE FOR ARMS CONTROL TREATY VIOLATIONS The Trump administration stressed it was Russia’s fault the treaty came to an end, pointing out that Moscow has been developing and fielding weapons that violate the treaty and threaten the U.S. and its allies, particularly in Europe. “Russia alone is to blame for this situation,” the senior official said. “We have taken every opportunity -- dozens and dozens of opportunities across two administrations – to bring Russia back into compliance.” “Russia alone is to blame for this situation. We have taken every opportunity -- dozens and dozens of opportunities across two administrations – to bring Russia back into compliance.” — A senior administration official “It is clear that they are in material breach of the INF Treaty, which is, of course, not its only arms control violation. They are a serial violator of arms control agreements,” the official added, noting that “This violation, however, represents a direct security threat to the United States and our allies.” The U.S. has long complained that the treaty was no longer fair and actually doesn’t stop the arms race as intended as Russia was openly violating it, while China, which is a non-signatory, is free develop weapons that would otherwise be prohibited. The Trump administration said, for example, Russia has produced and fielded multiple battalions of the 9M729 ground-launched cruise missile throughout Russia, which is a violation of the treaty. Some of the missiles have “the ability to strike critical European targets.” “This violation, which has been underway for many years, is a critical threat to American and Allied security now. That is why this action has become unavoidable,” a senior official said. Another White House official pointed out that Russia has been deceptive about its military buildup, particularly denying the development of a ground-launched cruise missile in 2014 that is now fielded and poses a security risk to Europe.

US PULLING OUT OF COLD WAR-ERA ARMS CONTROL TREATY WITH RUSSIA, POMPEO SAYS

“Throughout the process, they lied about the existence of the missiles at both the expert level and, finally when confronted with the evidence, came clean for this in the past several months,” the official said. European powers came out to criticize Russia for not complying with the INF treaty amid the U.S. announcement of withdrawing from the agreement. “We regret the fact that Russia has not done what was necessary to save the INF treaty,” German Foreign Minister Heiko Maas said. “Now we call all the more on Russia and the U.S. to preserve the New START treaty as a cornerstone of worldwide arms control,” he added. “Nuclear powers such as China must also face up to their responsibility on arms control — they have more weight in the world than at the time of the Cold War.”

“We regret the fact that Russia has not done what was necessary to save the INF treaty.”

— German Foreign Minister Heiko Maas.

Both the U.S. and Russia will have to decide whether to extend or replace the larger New START treaty when it expires in early 2021, a treaty that imposed limits starting in 2018 on the number of U.S. and Russian long-range nuclear warheads and launchers. Trump hasn’t committed to extending the treaty and even once calling it as “just another bad deal” concocted by the predecessor, the Obama administration. CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP The 1987 INF treaty was responsible for the elimination of 2,692 U.S. and Soviet Union nuclear and conventional ground-launched ballistic and cruise missiles. The treaty also banned land-based missiles with a range between 500 and 5,500 kilometers (310 to 3,410 miles). Fox News' John Roberts and The Associated Press contributed to this report.

https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-administration-ends-historic-arms-treaty-with-russia-after-putins-government-failed-to-come-back-into-compliance 

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. Do you not see the volcanoes; do you not hear about the earthquakes, do you not realize that the plates underneath the ocean have shifted? Do you not see Russia on the move; does she not have her largest submarine setting off of North Carolina and South Carolina and Virginia? etc

:: 8-2-19 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indonesia earthquake: Jakarta residents rattled

2 August 2019

A powerful quake off the Indonesian island of Java has rattled the capital Jakarta but there appear to have been no major casualties or damage. A tsunami warning after the quake, recorded by US monitors as being magnitude 6.9, was later cancelled. The quake struck at a depth of 52.8km (33 miles) at 19:03 (12:03 GMT). Indonesia has a history of devastating earthquakes and tsunamis with more than 2,000 killed last September on the island of Sulawesi. Country profile The Indian Ocean tsunami of 2004 killed 170,000 people on the Indonesian island of Sumatra after a quake of magnitude 9.1. Indian Ocean tsunami: Then and now "The chandelier in my apartment was shaking and I just ran from the 19th floor," Jakarta resident Elisa, 50, told AFP news agency. "Everybody else ran too. It was a really strong jolt and I was very scared." Another Jakarta resident, Rosa Erta, told Reuters news agency: "It was so strong, the lights and clothes hangers were rocking. I felt it strong. I was so scared, I ran down the stairs."

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-49209310 

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 8-1-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bombs hit Bangkok during major security meeting

Panu Wongcha-um, Panarat Thepgumpanat

World News

August 1, 2019 / 10:46 PM / a day ago 4 Min Read

BANGKOK (Reuters) - Six small bomb blasts wounded at least four people in Bangkok on Friday, as the Thai capital hosted a Southeast Asian security meeting with top diplomats from the United States, China and other world powers. Prime Minister Prayuth Chan-ocha ordered an investigation into the bombs, a blow to Thailand’s image during the high profile event and barely two weeks after his former military junta transformed into a civilian government. The first small explosions were heard during rush hour, just before 9 a.m. (0200 GMT), at two sites in central Bangkok. Further blasts hit a government complex hosting several ministries in the north of the city. Four people were wounded, the Erawan Medical Center said. Three of those hurt were women cleaning the street when what police called a “ping-pong bomb” went off. Pictures on local websites showed them looking dazed and getting treatment from medics. The other casualty was near the 77-storey King Power Mahanakhon building, one of the tallest in Bangkok. Police Colonel Kamtorn Uicharoen told Reuters a total of six bombs exploded. One was recovered before it blew up. “My ears were ringing. The sound was so loud,” said motorcycle taxi driver Chokechai Prasongsan, 48. There was no immediate claim of responsibility. “I would like to condemn those causing the situation which destroys peace and damages the country’s image,” Thailand’s prime minister Prayuth said on Twitter. In a message to the public, Prayuth said: “A group of ill-intended people have recently incited violence while the government is propelling the country forward”. Panu Wongcha-um, Panarat Thepgumpanat 4 Min Read BANGKOK (Reuters) - Six small bomb blasts wounded at least four people in Bangkok on Friday, as the Thai capital hosted a Southeast Asian security meeting with top diplomats from the United States, China and other world powers. Prime Minister Prayuth Chan-ocha ordered an investigation into the bombs, a blow to Thailand’s image during the high profile event and barely two weeks after his former military junta transformed into a civilian government. The first small explosions were heard during rush hour, just before 9 a.m. (0200 GMT), at two sites in central Bangkok. Further blasts hit a government complex hosting several ministries in the north of the city. Related Coverage Thai police say total six bombs exploded in Bangkok Thai PM condemns those behind blasts that destroy peace Four people were wounded, the Erawan Medical Center said. Three of those hurt were women cleaning the street when what police called a “ping-pong bomb” went off. Pictures on local websites showed them looking dazed and getting treatment from medics. The other casualty was near the 77-storey King Power Mahanakhon building, one of the tallest in Bangkok. Police Colonel Kamtorn Uicharoen told Reuters a total of six bombs exploded. One was recovered before it blew up. “My ears were ringing. The sound was so loud,” said motorcycle taxi driver Chokechai Prasongsan, 48. There was no immediate claim of responsibility. “I would like to condemn those causing the situation which destroys peace and damages the country’s image,” Thailand’s prime minister Prayuth said on Twitter. In a message to the public, Prayuth said: “A group of ill-intended people have recently incited violence while the government is propelling the country forward”.

Police Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) officers work following a small explosion at a site in Bangkok, Thailand, August 2, 2019. REUTERS/Soe Zeya Tun

He did not identify the group, but urged Thais to cooperate with security forces. None of Friday blasts were very close to the regional security meeting venue. China’s top diplomat Wang Yi and U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo are attending the forum.

Bangkok was last hit by a series of small bomb blasts in 2017. One man, a junta opponent, was jailed for planting a bomb that wounded 21 people at a hospital. The city’s worst bombing was in 2015 when 20 people were killed in an attack for which two Chinese ethnic Uighur men were arrested. A low level insurgency in the largely Malay Muslim provinces of Thailand’s far south has left nearly 7,000 people dead since 2004, but violence largely been confined to that region. BOMBS RATTLE CITY Bangkok is currently hosting a regional security meeting of foreign ministers from the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and their counterparts from world powers including the United States, China and Russia. Thai foreign ministry official Arthayudh Srisamoot said the blasts had no impact at the summit. Two fake bombs were discovered nearby on Thursday and police said two people had been arrested in connection with planting them. The bombs rattled the Thai capital, ranked the world’s most visited city by Mastercard last year. The busy Sala Daeng metro station was shut temporarily over a false alarm. “It has created a climate of terror and in turn it will pile more pressure on the new government and end their honeymoon period,” said Panitan Wattanayagorn, a political analyst at Chulalongkorn University. Prayuth, who first took power in a 2014 coup, has headed a civilian cabinet since mid-July following an election in March that his opponents said was managed to ensure the generals kept power. The most senior cabinet members all served in the junta. Prayuth nonetheless won strong support from the United States on Friday, with Pompeo telling an event in Bangkok: “We commend our Thai friends for returning to the democratic fold”.

Editing by Matthew Tostevin, Michael Perry and Richard Borsuk Our Standards:The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-thailand-blasts-idUSKCN1US06P 

:: 7-28-19 Science Global News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Drug companies have deluged the US population with billions of opioid pills, with some areas receiving 306 pills per person each year

July 28, 2019

DEA tracked every opioid pill sold in the US.

And the results are horrific.

6 drug distributors and 3 drug manufacturers are accused to be behind the unprecedented opioid crisis ravaging America right now. Picture: Laura Buckman/Bloomberg via Getty Images

Between 2006 and 2012, 3 opioid drug makers and 6 distributors flooded the country with 76 billion pills of oxycodone and hydrocodone. These highly addictive opioid pain medications that sparked the epidemic of abuse and overdoses that killed nearly 100,000 people in that time period. As the epidemic surged over the seven-year period, so did the supply. The companies increased distribution from 8.4 billion in 2006 to 12.6 billion in 2012, a jump of roughly 50%. In all, the deluge of pills was enough to supply every adult and child in the country with around 36 opioid pills per year. Just a 10-day supply can hook 1 in 5 people into being long-term users, researchers have determined. The stunning supply figures were first reported by the Washington Post and come from part of a database compiled by the Drug Enforcement Administration that tracked the fate of every opioid pill sold in America, from manufacturers to individual pharmacies. A federal court in Ohio released the data this week as part of a massive consolidated court case against nearly two-dozen opioid makers and distributors, brought by nearly 2,000 cities, towns, and counties. The local governments allege that the opioid companies conspired to saturate the country with the potent painkillers to soak up billions in profits. The companies deny the allegations, arguing generally that they were serving the needs of patients. According to an analysis of the data by the Post, just three companies made 88% of the opioid pills: SpecGx, Actavis Pharma, and Par Pharmaceutical, a subsidiary of Endo Pharmaceuticals. Purdue Pharma ranked fourth, making 3% of the pills. Just six companies distributed 75% of the pills: McKesson Corp., Walgreens, Cardinal Health, AmerisourceBergen, CVS, and Walmart. The Post also noted that the distribution was concentrated in certain places, finding that West Virginia, Kentucky, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Nevada had the top pill-per-person-per-year rates of all states, ranging from 66.5 to 54.7. West Virginia, which had the highest distribution rate, also had the highest opioid death rate during this period. But certain rural areas were also hard hit, with Norton, Virginia, receiving 306 pills per person per year and Mingo County, West Virginia, receiving 203. While the local governments suing the companies have had access to this data during the litigation, it was only released to the public after the Washington Post and HD Media, publisher of the Charleston Gazette-Mail of West Virginia, sued and waged a year-long legal battle. The drug companies had fought to keep the data hidden from the public, arguing that it revealed “transactional data” that could be used by competitors. The Department of Justice also argued against the release, saying it could compromise investigations. A three-judge panel sided with the media organizations last month. This past Monday, US District Judge Dan Polster removed a protective order allowing the release of part of the DEA’s database, called Automation of Reports and Consolidated Order System, or ARCOS. Data from years beyond 2012 are still being withheld to protect the companies and DOJ investigations. From 1999 to 2017, nearly 400,000 people in the US died from an opioid overdose, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Just three drug makers and six distributors were behind the flood. And I am sure you know people that were dramatically hurt by this epidemic. Killing for billions of dollars. A terrifying evidence of today’s pharmaceutical companies.

http://scienceglobalnews.com/uncategorized/drug-companies-have-deluged-the-us-population-with-billions-of-opioid-pills-with-some-areas-receiving-306-pills-per-person-each-year/ 

:: 7-24-19 Nebraska’s PBS & NPR Stations :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tunnel Collapse Cuts Off Irrigation to 100,000 Acres in Western Nebraska and Eastern Wyoming

by Fred Knapp, NET News July 24, 2019 - 3:36pm

Some western Nebraska farmers are facing devastating crop losses after a tunnel collapse in eastern Wyoming cut off their water supply. The Gering-Ft. Laramie-Goshen canal ordinarily carries water from the North Platte River to irrigate more than 100,000 acres in eastern Wyoming and western Nebraska. But last Wednesday, part of a 102-year old concrete tunnel on the canal collapsed, blocking that water. Wednesday, an overflow crowd packed a Scottsbluff meeting room to hear an update on the situation. Gering-Ft. Laramie Irrigation District General Manager Rick Preston said officials are working on a temporary fix which will involve working into the tunnel, inserting steel ribs covered with metal plates and grout, hoping to clear a path to resume the flow. “This is a long shot. We don’t even know what’s in there. In a perfect situation, you’re looking at 21 days before we can get water back into the system,” Preston said. Gering–area farmer Preston Stricker said he’s coped with water shortages before, but never a complete cutoff. “The effects? Nobody’s ever tried this, so we don’t know yet. But it could be devastating, with no rain and the heat the way it generally is at the end of July, the first part of August. Corn’s in its pollinating stage within the next week to 10 days, and a very, very critical time, so the yield drag could be tremendous,” Sticker said. Xin Qiao, a University of Nebraska irrigation management specialist, said that if corn doesn’t get any irrigation water by mid-August, that could cut yields by 80-90 percent. In addition to how long the outage will last, other questions include who will pay for repairs, and how much, if any of the losses will be covered by crop insurance.

http://netnebraska.org/article/news/1183889/tunnel-collapse-cuts-irrigation-100000-acres-western-nebraska-and-eastern 

[ :: 3-25-18 am service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target.  Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period.  Watch out for the earthquakes, they’re coming, they’re coming, they’re coming, the next time that it shakes at all in Alaska will be your sign that it has come and it shall go clear to Mexico and you shall see as the Great Lakes empty out and the water flows down into New Orleans, and all, all the restrainers break.  For they thought they got away with what they got away with, but I warned them, beware, beware, beware.  

:: 7--19 Earthquake Track.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recent Earthquakes Near The Pacific Northwest

a day ago 1.8 magnitude, 15 km depth

Fairwood, Washington, United States

a day ago 2.5 magnitude, 33 km depth

Bertsch-Oceanview, California, United States

2 days ago 2.0 magnitude, -1 km depth

Prineville, Oregon, United States

2 days ago 1.5 magnitude, 0 km depth

Glide, Oregon, United States

3 days ago 1.8 magnitude, 0 km depth

Hoquiam, Washington, United States

3 days ago 2.4 magnitude, 34 km depth

Hayfork, California, United States

4 days ago 1.8 magnitude, 43 km depth

Rose Lodge, Oregon, United States

4 days ago 2.3 magnitude, 27 km depth

Hydesville, California, United States

6 days ago 1.8 magnitude, -1 km depth

Enumclaw, Washington, United States

7 days ago 1.8 magnitude, 28 km depth

Cathcart, Washington, United States

https://earthquaketrack.com/v/pnw/recent 

:: 7-27-19 I Am Not Ashamed Of The Gospel Of Christ!    :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“The Elephant In The Room”

By C. J. Refsland on July 27, 2019

Oh it’s quite obvious there is this huge elephant in the room in America.

“Elephant in the room” is a metaphorical idiom in English for an obvious problem or risk that no one wants to discuss. “ (Wiki definition) What is this topic? Ilhan Omar has introduced the politically correct term for sharia law and no one questions it or asks her what is her stance on sharia law. This is outrageous. For she is in a position to influence U.S. law. Will she influence laws based on Sharia or based on our Constitution? She admits that she married one of her husbands under her “Muslim tradition”. (Sharia law) Not US law. And she still refuses to prove he is not her brother. She threw a tantrum when asked about FGM by Muslim Faith tradition. Making her position as clear as mud. Why hasn’t a reporter asked her view on Sharia law VS US law? Simple because to do so would in effect be political suicide. The question would explode into a condemnation calling it hate speech, racism and islamaphobia. But we need to be talking about this. Actions speak louder than words. “You will know them by their fruits” (Mathew 7:15-20) or the proof is in the pudding. Anyone who has loyalties to another law is not loyal to America. Islam is not just a religion. It’s a legal and judicial system wrapped in an economic system based on a Holy book. Imagine if Christians said we won’t abide by the laws in America only laws in the Bible. Twisted ideologies come in many forms. Remember Waco? And don’t forget the Aryan nation and their beliefs. Yet according to dems led by the quartet all who support Trump are white supremists. That’s like saying all Muslims are bad people. It’s unconscionable. There is no difference all are radical ideologies that if allowed to grow become death and destruction. And then there are Christians who bravely said it’s against their faith to serve homosexuality and gay marriage. Their lives were ruined. Or Christians that support Israel we are labeled as Zionists in the ugliest form. We hold our lawmakers to a higher standard we elect them to protect our values. Is this the values we want to reign supreme? I have no fear of Islam, I have no hatred for Islam, I abide by our countries freedom of faith. I don’t incite violence. I condemn all violence. I am merely addressing the elephant in the room. This country was founded on Judeo-Christian values not Chrislam or Islamic values, or white supremacy as believed by the nazis, take it or leave it. Sharia law is against our Constitution so much so that even our Court System struggles and in some cases refuse to address it.  There have been other Muslim lawmakers however, they have not attempted to strip our Constitution and replace it with religious laws and exhibit hatred for Jews and Christians. Or turn our country into a melting pot of hatred, to accomplish a goal of inclusivity already in existence in our Constitution. Their perceived notions of freedom are in reality bondage. Christ set us free. Again you will know them by their fruits. So take a good look at fruits produced by those we want to represent our values or you will wake up one day in unrecognizable territory that resembles a third world country. And this goes for the liberals and socialists also. The quartet enjoins all these isms as muscles and tendons enjoin bones.  Wake up America.

https://iamnotashamedofthegospelofchrist.com/2019/07/27/the-elephant-in-the-room/ 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. For the illuminati’s have placed their men in office and people voted for them that knew me not, nor do they know my word. It is a sad sight in my eyes. It is likened unto the days of the Tower of Babel; men are following a false leader and know it not. etc..

:: 7--19 Humans are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Creator of “Drag Queen Story Hour” Admits to “Grooming” Children to Become Transgender Queers and Drag Queens

Since America is now all but completely devoid of any real masculine men who possess the courage, bravery, and will to stand up and put a stop to this utter madness, so-called “Drag Queen Story Hour” is now a thing at many of America’s public libraries – including at Lafayette Public Library in Louisiana where an eccentric drag queen by the name of Dylan Pontiff is reportedly doing his part to “groom” – his words, not ours – innocent, underage children into embracing the LGBT lifestyle. As reported by Breitbart, Pontiff, an openly homosexual male who has a sick fetish for dressing in female attire and absurd makeup, has been putting on “Drag Queen Story Hour” at Lafayette Public Library for several months now. His presentations involve indoctrinating children as young as three years old into accepting transgenderism, dressing as the opposite sex, and other deviant behaviors and belief systems – all using colorful propaganda materials that look like ordinary children’s books. When he’s dressed in drag, Pontiff goes by the stage name “Santana Pilar Andrews,” a monicker he says he uses both at the adult entertainment clubs where he performs sexual acts, as well as at Lafayette Public Library when he’s with young children and toddlers. But don’t worry, says Pontiff: The presentations he gives to the little ones are customized to contain a “filter,” which he claims makes them appropriate for this younger audience. “I’m here to let you know that this event is something that’s going to be very beautiful and for the children and the people that supported are going to realize that this is going to be the grooming of the next generation,” Pontiff is quoted as saying. “We are trying to groom the next generation to not see the way that they just did.” As we have previously reported, the American Library Association gave its official endorsement for “Drag Queen Story Hour,” which is now taking place at libraries all across the country in at least 21 states. And these reading events are specifically tailored towards grade school and preschool age children to indoctrinate them into a pro-homosexual, pro-transgender mindset. “We’re trying to raise people to be loving and caring individuals, and I really hope that this event is going to do that for not only just the children have this event, but children in the future,” Pontiff admitted about the true agenda behind “Drag Queen Story Hour.” But the worst part is that two of these transgender "queens" have already been outed as convicted pedophiles. You can explore the two cases here and here. Another extremely worrying case is that of James Gary Love, aka Cassi Nova, who posted on social media the following message: "Feeling cute, might lure some kids into the sewer later, IDK." And these are just the cases that we know of, but we can make an idea of the kind of transgenders that are being given access to children in public libraries. It's very worrying that the purpose of these meetings seem to be focused on the sexualisation of children, since the curriculum and the performance of the "queens" are sexual, not educational. So, the government is giving convicted pedophiles and transgender prostitutes access to our children. The LGBT mafia can couch it in whatever nice-sounding terminology it wants, but the fact remains that “Drag Queen Story Hour” is the epitome of debased, Western culture. Even the residents of Sodom and Gomorrah would likely be shocked and horrified at what’s taken place in the United States of Mystery Babylon these days – all in the name of “love” and “tolerance,” of course. “This is not about tolerance or anti-bullying,” stated Leslie Alexander, a local resident of Lafayette, Louisiana, who disapproves of this assault on young, innocent minds, to the Lafayette Daily Advertiser. “It is a direct and intentional effort to create gender confusion and doubt among very young children at the very time they need solid guidance and understanding. The intent is to plant a seed to make children more likely to question their sexuality or gender at a later age.”

The American Library Association can be reached at: 50 East Huron Street Chicago, Illinois 60611-2795 Toll free: 800-545-2433 | Direct line: 312-944-6780 | Fax: 312-440-9374 Email: ala@ala.org

http://humansarefree.com/2019/07/creator-of-drag-queen-story-hour-admits.html?lm=d82bd50b59b34ff0da48058e8db0078a&ls1=3eeaff745ff87ff983b5c219232032038cda8949&ls2=

97e793ceaad667512f3200fb8e7b9aa4ec55fc5eaf96a6714c68d2b743de0e14 

:: 7--19 Humans are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fmr. Merck Scientist Explains Why He Doesn’t Vaccinate His Children

by Brian Shilhavy Del Bigtree, producer of the film VAXXED, and host of the weekly show HighWire, interviewed Jorge Araujo, a scientist who worked for the pharmaceutical company Merck as a lead supervisor on vaccine sterile quality. Araujo’s wife is a nurse, and they didn’t even question the science behind vaccines until they were expecting their first child, when Araujo’s wife began asking him questions about vaccines. Araujo relates that as he began to ask questions about vaccine efficacy and safety, the answers were not there. His research showed him that the robust science and quality controls present in regular drug manufacturing did not seem to be present with vaccine manufacturing. So he and his wife decided not to vaccinate their children, and today they are all “super healthy.” Araujo states that he is not alone in his skepticism regarding the lack of science and quality controls for vaccine manufacture, and that other scientists he knows who worked for Merck are also deciding not to vaccinate their children. Jorge Araujo is friends with Nico LaHood, the criminal District Attorney in San Antonio, Texas, who was also interviewd by Del Bigtree on his HighWire show. LaHood and his wife have one child on the autism spectrum, and he gave an interview with the VAXXED film crew back in 2016, where he stated: "So what I do, is I follow evidence. I am an empirical data guy. I am here to tell you that vaccines can and do cause autism." The entire HighWire show can be viewed from Facebook below, and the section regarding former Merck scientist Jorge Araujo begins at about the 36 minute point in the show:

http://humansarefree.com/2019/07/fmr-merck-scientist-explains-why-he.html?lm=d82bd50b59b34ff0da48058e8db0078a&ls1=3eeaff745ff87ff983b5c219232032038cda8949&ls2=

97e793ceaad667512f3200fb8e7b9aa4ec55fc5eaf96a6714c68d2b743de0e14 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]

Matt 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world? (KJV)

Matt 24:7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. (KJV)

:: 7--19 The Mind Unleashed :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Rare Virus Spread by Mosquitoes Can Change Your Personality — and It’s Just Been Found in 5 States

A virus that can cause brain damage has been found in New York, Massachusetts, Florida, South Carolina, and New Jersey.

Emma Fiala

(TMU) — Simply dealing with the itchiness after a mosquito bite is annoying enough, especially when you’ve been outside for a significant length of time and find yourself covered in itchy red dots. But it turns out people in several U.S. states have a lot more to worry about than some pesky itching. According to health officials, a rare virus called eastern equine encephalitis virus, or EEE, that can cause brain damage has been found in New York, Massachusetts, Florida, South Carolina, and New Jersey. The virus, spread by infected mosquitoes, has been confirmed in mosquitoes south of Boston, MA; mosquito pools about 20 miles north of Syracuse, NY; in the blood of sentinel chickens in Orange County, FL; in an Appaloosa colt in Chesterfield County, SC; and a 12-year-old vaccinated mare in Ocean County, NJ that was euthanized on July 23. Thankfully EEE is rare and no human infections have been reported this year, but it is known to wreak havoc on livestock and can cause personality changes in humans who aren’t killed by the virus. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, only 5 to 10 humans cases are reported every year in the United States, but 30% of cases typically prove fatal and most survivors are left with permanent damage. In 90% of cases, EEE proves fatal for horses. After the virus is transmitted to humans via mosquito bite, the victim may suffer from encephalitis—or inflammation of the brain—ultimately leading to death or permanent brain damage. Other symptoms include headache, fever, chills and vomiting for four to 10 days after transmission. Severe symptoms include seizures, disorientation and coma. While there is no cure for EEE, a blood or spinal fluid test can diagnose the infection and, if it doesn’t reach the brain, it’s possible to recover within a matter of weeks. The danger comes when the virus reaches the brain. When this occurs, irreversible problems such as confusion, memory loss, personality changes, paralysis and more are possible. Thankfully, the spread of mosquito-borne illnesses can be significantly lessened through prevention. If you work or play frequently outdoors, experts recommend using bug spray that contains DEET or lemon eucalyptus, in addition to wearing long clothing that covers the skin. According to officials, people under the age of 15 or over 50 are at greatest risk for serious illness. Reducing sources of standing water—like flower puts, buckets, bird baths and other containers—can help to reduce the mosquito population in your yard. It is also a good idea to make sure that all screens are in-tact so the pests don’t enter your home.

Officials in Oswego County, New York released a list of recommendations to hinder the spread of EEE:

Repair or replace window and door screens to keep mosquitoes outside and reduce or eliminate all standing water.

Dispose of old tires. Used tires are a significant mosquito breeding site and are accepted at Oswego County transfer stations. Call the Oswego County Solid Waste Department at 315-591-9200 for details.

Empty or dispose of pails, cans, flower pots, and similar water-holding containers.

Drill holes in the bottoms of recycling containers that are kept outdoors.

Clear roof gutters and be sure they drain properly.

Turn over wheelbarrows and wading pools when not in use.

Clean and chlorinate swimming pools, outdoor saunas and hot tubs and drain pool covers.

Change the water in birdbaths and horse troughs twice a week.

Remove leaf debris from yards and gardens and clean vegetation and debris from the edge of ponds.

Use landscaping to eliminate standing water that collects on your property.

While you’re here…

…We have a tiny favor to ask of you. Government think tanks have teamed up with social media companies and Google to silence independent media websites and government criticism. Despite this big tech crackdown on the free press, we have been very fortunate, and thousands of people continue to read The Mind Unleashed every single day. But we need your ongoing support to keep working as we do.. If just a small fraction of our visitors became subscribers, we'd have enough funding to stop running ads and reduce our dependence on big tech companies like Facebook and Google. Will you partner with us to make this possible? Every contribution, big or small, will go directly into funding independent journalism. Thank you. Click here to support us

https://themindunleashed.com/2019/07/mosquitoes-eee-virus.html 

:: 7-28-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Amazon openly sells pedophilia products while banning books that try to help people overcome unwanted same-sex attraction

Sunday, July 28, 2019 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) At the same time that Amazon continues to sell child sex dolls to pedophile perverts, the Jeff Bezos retail empire is reportedly pulling all “conversion therapy” books from its website because they’re apparently “offensive” to leftists. Popular titles like those written by Dr. Joseph Nicolosi, a psychologist who’s considered to be “the father of conversion therapy,” are no longer accessible on Amazon, even though they’re a popular resource for people with unwanted same-sex attraction who actually want to change, rather than march in “pride” parades. Believe it or not, many folks out there are still interested in hearing viewpoints other than the ones constantly being propagated by the Cult of LGBT, which insists that all forms of sexual perversion are merely “being yourself.” But Amazon is no longer going to allow this, as only books affirming LGBT doctrines will make the cut from here on out – thanks to one man named Rojo Alan, based in England, who reportedly raised a ruckus on social media that caused Amazon to bow to his demands and “burn” Dr. Nicolosi’s books, as well as many others. “I had been working on getting these books pulled,” Alan admitted, adding that he’s been contacting Amazon “regularly to speak to them about the books, about how unethical they are.” “[I] used social-media sites to ask people to leave bad reviews of the books, and also began researching the ways in which they violated Amazon’s rules of publishing,” Alan is further quoted as saying. “Once I gathered everything I went back to Amazon and I threw all the information I had at them in several conversations. Yet I was given the same ‘we will refer this to the relevant team.’”

For more related news, be sure to check out Gender.news, Censorship.news, and Evil.news.

Is Amazon going to ban the Bible next? According to LifeSiteNews.com writer Michael L. Brown, many patients over the years have been helped by Dr. Nicolosi, whose expertise in the realm of same-sex attraction combined with his genuine care for those who came to see him led to many instances of positive outcomes. But to the LGBT mafia, anything other than full affirmation and acceptance of people’s gender and sexual confusion or perversion represents “hate,” and thus must be struck from the public conversation and outlawed. One should wonder if the Bible is next on Amazon’s chopping block, seeing as how many passages in it clearly condemn homosexual activity, as well as other forms of sexual perversion, for violating God’s natural law. This is how LGBT cult members think, after all: If something “offends” them, then it must be eliminated – free speech and the First Amendment be damned. “The issue is one of banning books that violate certain guidelines, in this case, guidelines created by LGBT activists,” warns Brown, adding that Amazon is now “playing a very dangerous game of censoring that which is not politically correct.” “Amazon carries thousands of books (perhaps, several hundred thousand books) that many readers find harmful and distasteful,” Brown further adds. “Amazon carries a staggering array of material which offends many buyers or which raises serious concerns among others.” But most Natural News readers probably already know that material offensive to conservatives and Christians never gets banned, because leftists are the ones who call the shots when it comes to speech that’s “acceptable,” and speech that’s not. “To repeat: Amazon has crossed a very dangerous, precarious line,” Brown reiterates. “It needs to make an immediate about-face, admitting its error, and making Dr. Nicolosi’s books available again.” Be sure to check out Brighteon.com for videos and other materials that aren’t being censored or banned like what’s happening over at Amazon. Sources for this article include: NaturalNews.com      LifeSiteNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-07-28-amazon-openly-sells-pedophilia-products-while-banning-books.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-28-19 Debka File :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Second Israeli attack on Iranian targets in E. Iraq reported by Iraqi sources

Jul 28, 2019 @ 22:14

A second Israeli attack in 10 days on Iranian Guards’ and Iraqi militia forces in eastern Iraq was claimed on Sunday, July 28 by Iraqi military sources. They described one or more Israeli Air Force jets striking Camp Ashraf in Diyala Governorate, some 80km from the Iranian border and 40km north of Baghdad. The Iraqi sources reported that the Israeli aircraft struck a consignment of ballistic missile launchers transferred a short time ago from Iran to Iraq. as well as the missiles themselves and the living quarters of Guards officers and personnel of the pro-Iranian Iraqi Badr Brigades militia. Some sources reported up to 40 dead in the attack. Camp Ashraf is described by DEBKAfile’s military sources as one of the largest military compounds in eastern Iraq, with room to house more than 4,000 troops and their weapons systems. It also holds a big complex of subterranean facilities storing missiles, tanks and heavy artillery. Camp Ashraf is the address of the main base and command headquarters of the Badr Brigades, the largest pro-Iranian militia in Iraq, This militia has become heavily engaged in Tehran’s new drive to transform Iraq into a frontline base of operations. Israel’s first purported target in Iraq on July 19 was another Badr Brigades facility in eastern Iraq, outside the town of Amerli in the province of Salahudin. That one housed the 52nd Brigade of the Hash Shaab militia. On July 24, Israel was reported by the Syrian military to have conducted a surface missile attack – this one to demolish an intelligence station just constructed by the Iranians at Tal al-Harara in southern Syria for a broad overview of northern Israel and parts of the eastern Mediterranean. If all three Israel attacks are confirmed, it would indicate a radical escalation of its operations against Iran’s new, ongoing initiatives to set up a new front-line military presence in Iraq and southern Syria. Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu responded to the successful Arrow 3 tests in Alaska against exo-atmosphere ballistic targets at the Sunday cabinet meeting by saying: “They were successful beyond imagination, Each a perfect hit. This means that Israel could send ballistic missiles into Iran.” Netanyahu, who also serves as defense minister, did not elaborate on this comment, but it evidently carried a message, that while Israel has the capacity to intercept and destroy the ballistic missiles that Tehran has begun transferring to Iraq and Syria, it has no defense against Israel’s long arm and its ballistic missiles.

https://www.debka.com/second-israeli-attack-on-iranian-targets-in-e-iraq-reported-by-iraqi-sources/

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 7-29-19  https://armageddon.news.blog/2019/07/29/people-today-believe-anything-but-reality-

and-that-will-catch-up-to-them-all-very-soon-in-a-very-painful-way/  :: :: :: :: :: :: 

People Today Believe Anything But Reality And That Will Catch Up To Them All Very Soon In A Very Painful Way As the world begins its next adventure in financial chaos and rolls over to expose its soft underbelly of lies and deceit that have been perpetrated on the public, those that see the truth have been warning the people once again. You can give people the truth but you cannot make them believe it. That is for them to come to grips with. Trade wars are usually bad for all parties in the end but between the beginning and the end there can be some surprising developments. Human actions and delusions on the part of the public can produce strange results at times. All of our systems are based on trust. When that trust is lost, everything will come crashing down. Until then, things will go on. If trade tariffs with China have the short term effect of creating American jobs, that could have a wealth effect by creating more disposable income in American pockets. That in turn can have a positive effect on the stock market and consumer confidence. Also, commodities are set to soar in price soon and this could carry the stock market up with it for a while. Richard Russell once said he believed we would have a third leg in the current bull market before the bears take charge. He was right in the past and could be right again, only time will tell. This situation can not last long due to the enormous mal-investment built up in the system over many decades. A house of cards will eventually fall and the taller the house the longer and harder the fall will be. One thing that could destroy the temporary high could be the destruction of the financial system due to loss of the reserve currency status and the replacement of the petrodollar system. If and when that happens things will not be looking good for America for a very long time. China is taking actions that could result in just that type of outcome. Their new silk road initiative and oil trading system utilizing Yuan to gold will eventually have serious consequences for Americas standard of living. Total debts and derivatives in the world amount to 30-50 times of world GDP. The bulk of this is derivatives and when they fail they will become worthless. The 250 trillion or so in global debt will default when asset prices implode and interest rates explode. When the debt bubble explodes stocks could decline by as much as 95%. Interest rates could exceed the 20% rates we saw in the 1970’s. In the last 100 years the value of major currencies have declined by 97-99 % relative to purchasing power in gold. The last 1-3% will follow very soon. When the financial system collapses due to losses from derivatives and stocks it will erase all of the savings, and retirement funds people were expecting to get at some future date. This will instantly impoverish the bulk of the population. As the system collapses the banks will likely try to re-inflate assets by massive money printing which will only cause hyperinflation at some point. As hyperinflation kicks in the price of many assets like stocks, bonds, investment properties and art will likely collapse in real terms. Items like gold, silver and productive farmland will likely fare better. Eventually deflation will carry all asset prices down as the world falls into a global depression, possibly for decades. All of these things will likely result in social unrest and wars as people become hungry and angry at a system they took for granted for so many years. The trust will be broken and people will look for something else to believe in. One thing is for certain. People today believe anything but reality and that will catch up to them all very soon in a very painful way. Things work until they don’t. Our economy has been rolling along for decades on the stored wealth of previous generations but that is about to run out of steam very soon. When it does it will be a shock to all but a few. You can ignore reality but you cannot ignore the consequences of ignoring reality.

https://armageddon.news.blog/2019/07/29/people-today-believe-anything-but-reality-and-that-will-catch-up-to-them-all-very-soon-in-a-very-painful-way/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

 
[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::] 




etc You are going to see Babylon fall in twenty-four hours.  You will see the west coast 
all the way from Canada to Mexico fall off into the ocean.  I talked to you about the fault 
that shall be opened because America is going to divide Israel again. etc.

:: 7-29-19 RB ministries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A VIDEO/ARTICLE – WORLD LATEST PROPHETIC NEWS PRESENTATION (STEVE QUAILE EARTHQUAKE BOMBSHELL) – MONDAY JULY 29th 2019  July 28, 2019   8,204 views

This Happened On Planet Earth…July 2019…End Times Signs

The Watchman  Published on Jul 29, 2019

Please Help Support This Ministry: https://www.paypal.me/watchman1963  Please subscribe to my backup channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC4nc … Current Events Linked To Biblical Prophecies. Everything is unfolding just as the bible foretold. Wars, Volcanic Eruptions, Earthquakes, Extreme Weather, Christian Persecution, Violence and more!

Matthew 24:3-14 3 Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, “Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?” 4 And Jesus answered and said to them: “Take heed that no one deceives you. 5 For many will come in My name, saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will deceive many. 6 And you will hear of wars and rumours of wars. See that you are not troubled; for all[a] these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet.  7 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. And there will be famines, pestilences,[b] and earthquakes in various places. 8 All these are the beginning of sorrows. 9 “Then they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you, and you will be hated by all nations for My name’s sake. 10 And then many will be offended, will betray one another, and will hate one another.

11 Then many false prophets will rise up and deceive many. 12 And because lawlessness will abound, the love of many will grow cold. 13 But he who endures to the end shall be saved. 14 And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in all the world as a witness to all the nations, and then the end will come.

Signs of the Fall of the World of Babylon (July 26, 2019)

3,070 views

RtR Prophecy Watch

Published on Jul 27, 2019

Keep YHWH’s Laws and Commandments to be delivered through the great judgement upon Babylon!

As the day of YHWH draws near, there will be a continual increase in extreme weather, natural disasters, and tribulation worldwide. These events are shown on this channel as a warning that we are in the last days before the Creator violently ends the current era of corrupt and wicked generations. Afterwards, the true Israelites will be gathered back into their land and given ruler ship over the nations. Gentiles who serve the Most High in sincerity shall also be blessed. A new age of righteousness, peace, and prosperity is upon us. Flee from iniquity while the door of mercy is still open! Shalom and YAH bless

https://rbministries.com.au/a-videoarticle-world-latest-prophetic-news-presentation-monday-july-29th-2019/ 

:: 7-27-19 KGW 8 NBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists warn Oregon is lagging in disaster preparedness

Researchers were shocked when nearly $12 million to expand ShakeAlert and AlertWildfire unexpectedly went up in smoke last month.

Author: Sarah Zimmerman, Associated Press  Published: 12:37 PM PDT July 27, 2019

Updated: 1:06 PM PDT July 27, 2019

SALEM, Ore. — Oregon state lawmakers abandoned a multimillion-dollar project to develop early warning systems for earthquakes and wildfires, and scientists warn that the funding shake-up could endanger public safety and put Oregon further behind other West Coast states in preparing for natural disasters. Researchers were shocked when nearly $12 million to expand ShakeAlert and AlertWildfire — early warning systems to help detect significant earthquakes and wildfires — unexpectedly went up in smoke last month, just days before the end of the legislative session. Money for the projects was included as part of a larger funding package, but was stripped in a last-minute amendment. Disaster preparedness has continually been a focal point as Western states are poised to enter the hottest and driest months of wildfire season. And two massive earthquakes in remote areas of Southern California this month reminded the public it's only a matter of time before the next destructive quake hits. "We don't know when the next big earthquake or wildfire will strike, but we know it will happen at some point," said Douglas Toomey, a seismologist and earth sciences professor at the University of Oregon who helps run both early warning detection systems. And Oregon is "woefully" unprepared, he said.

RELATED: VERIFY: Does Oregon have an earthquake ShakeAlert system?

Gov. Kate Brown, who included the $12 million in funding for the projects in her proposed budget last year, has told reporters the decision not to expand the early detection systems was one of the "biggest disappointments" of this year's legislative session. ShakeAlert and AlertWildfire are designed to detect natural disasters as they start and alert responders and the public before significant damage occurs. They are managed by a consortium of public universities and funded through state, federal and private partnerships. In Oregon, the programs are in the initial phases and need significant state investments to expand to a point that they'll be useful to the public, Toomey said. AlertWildfire is a system of cameras stationed in some of the most remote and fire-prone parts of Oregon, Nevada and California. It has provided critical information to first responders in over 600 fires during the past three fire seasons, allowing firefighters in some cases to contain blazes before they spiral out of control. RELATED: Blaze in Southern Oregon grows to nearly 9,000 acres, residents told to be ready to go ShakeAlert, meanwhile, is a sensor system being built out across California, Oregon and Washington. The sensors pick up on faster-moving but less-damaging energy waves that emerge during the start of an earthquake. They can then sound the alarm before the stronger, more destructive secondary wave, giving people seconds or minutes to prepare depending on the size of the earthquake and their distance from the epicenter. Other Western states have thrown significant cash behind the two systems, allowing them to build out hundreds of earthquake sensors and wildfire cameras. Cities and states need at least 75% of their earthquake sensors in place before officials can begin alerting the public through the ShakeAlert app. Los Angeles became the first U.S. city to make the app available in January. The system could be sending alerts to the rest of California by the end of the year thanks to a $16.3 million investment from state lawmakers. Additional emergency management funds also have allowed California to expand its use of AlertWildfire, and the state is expected to install 200 to 300 new wildfire cameras by October. Washington's ShakeAlert system could be ready by October 2020, and the state contributed $1 million this year to enhance the network.

RELATED: Washington's earthquake warning app may be publicly available next year

Meanwhile, only three wildfire cameras have been installed in Oregon, and the state still has to build over 100 more earthquake sensors before alerts can be sent through ShakeAlert. Without any additional money from the state, ShakeAlert will remain dependent on federal funds. That could mean the system won't be online until 2021 at the earliest — far later than Oregon's neighboring states. State lawmakers didn't specify why funding for ShakeAlert and AlertWildfire was abandoned, but it's common for last-minute funding shake-ups to happen based on available resources, according to the office of Sen. Elizabeth Steiner Hayward, who chairs the legislative committee in charge of funding decisions. Lizzy Atwood Wills, chief of staff to Steiner Hayward, said ShakeAlert and AlertWildfire were some of the many projects not to receive funding this year. Investments are prioritized "within the limited resources available," she said. Toomey said he still doesn't understand why it wasn't considered a priority, saying the money would have created jobs and attracted additional federal matching funds besides possibly saving lives. "It feels like the state is demoting public safety," he said. "There are lives at stake here."

RELATED: Scientists say new tsunami zone building law puts Oregonians in danger

https://www.kgw.com/article/news/scientists-warn-oregon-is-lagging-in-disaster-preparedness/283-d5f808c7-3855-4577-884c-564c158548e2 

[ :: 12-2-12 am service (first word  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have done all, all that I can, saith your Father God, to make you aware of what time it is, what hour it is and the things that are taking place. For I have put many signs in the sky, I have placed many reminders here and there, I have called your attention to the things that I am doing and the things that the enemy is doing that you may see, etc..

[ :: 11-13-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For many signs are in the sky, many things I am doing that the world may see and know and understand the hour is very late. etc

:: 7-29-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Something's going on up there!" Strange sunsets are being witnessed around the world as the Arctic burns: "Worst Arctic wildfires in 10,000 years!"

Monday, 29 July 2019

"Burn baby burn-when we gonna learn?"

Strange sunsets are being witnessed around the world as the Arctic burns.

The sweltering Arctic is ablaze, wildfires are ravaging the Arctic, with areas of northern Siberia, northern Scandinavia, Alaska and Greenland engulfed in flames.

Vast areas of Alaska Greenland and Siberia are literally on fire with Alaska alone burning 1.6 billion acres this year. Right now in Siberia alone, more than 2 million hectares are ablaze, making it one of the worst Arctic wildfires in 10,000 years. According to Spaceweather.com, Is it any coincidence that skywatchers around the world are witnessing strange sunsets? "We have been seeing extreme twilight colours near the German-Czech border," reports Heiko Ulbricht of Saxony, Germany Ulbricht who took the picture above on July 27th from the Zittau Mountains in southeastern Germany. "Curtains of dust in the atmosphere formed rippling lines and waves similar to those we have seen this summer in noctilucent clouds," says Ulbricht. "Shortly after sunset, an extreme purple light appeared as well."

Far away in Joshua Tree, California, veteran observer Don Davis saw them, too. "They reminded me of volcanic sunsets I saw in 1991 following the eruption of Mt. Pinatubo," he says.

Davis's photos show the same purple hue and streaky textures that Ulbricht witnessed in Germany.

Photo credit: Heiko Ulbricht of Saxony, Germany "The glow and cloud structures look stratospheric," notes atmospheric optics expert Les Cowley, "but I'm not aware of any data confirming that smoke from the wildfires has made it so high in the atmosphere." Something's going on up there.

Aerosols from Arctic wildfires are a chief suspect, but we cannot rule out the fumes of several active volcanoes. Skywatchers around the world are encouraged to be alert for strange sunsets.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/07/somethings-going-on-up-there-strange.html 

:: 7-25-19 Restoring Liberty :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: ‘This Was Treason’ — ‘This Should Never Be Allowed to Happen to Our Country Again’

July 25, 2019/by News Editor

By Breitbart. In an interview with Fox News Channel’s Sean Hannity, his first since former special counsel Robert Mueller testified before the House Intelligence and Judiciary Committees, President Donald Trump decried the Mueller “fake witch hunt.” . . .

“This should never happen to another president of the United States again,” Trump said on Thursday’s broadcast of Fox News Channel’s “Hannity.” “This is an absolute catastrophe for our country. This was a fake witch hunt, and it should never be allowed to happen to another president again. This was treason. This was high crimes. This was everything as bad a definition as you want to come up with. This should never be allowed to happen to our country again.” (Read more from “Trump: ‘This Was Treason’ — ‘This Should Never Be Allowed to Happen to Our Country Again’” HERE)

Trump: Mueller Made Biden ‘Look Like a Dynamo’

By The Hill. President Trump took aim at former special counsel Robert Mueller and Joe Biden late Thursday, renewing his criticism of the former vice president’s age while suggesting that Mueller’s appearance before House lawmakers on Wednesday made Biden look like a “dynamo.” “Sleepy Joe is okay, but he’s fading, I think he’s fading fast,” Trump said of Biden’s 2020 presidential campaign inan interview with Fox News’s Sean Hannity. “The only good thing about Mueller is that it made Joe Biden look like a dynamo.” Trump’s remarks came in his first interview since Mueller appeared before the House Judiciary and House Intelligence Committees to testify on his more than 400-page report, which detailed his investigation into Russian election interference and possible obstruction of justice by Trump. Mueller’s performance in his back-to-back hearings drew widespread criticism among those who questioned his grasp of his own investigation. While many Democrats publicly praised his testimony before the House panels, some privately expressed a sense of disappointment in Mueller’s, at times, shaky performance. (Read more from “Trump: Mueller Made Biden ‘Look Like a Dynamo'” HERE) Follow Joe Miller on Twitter HERE and Facebook HERE

http://joemiller.us/2019/07/trump-this-was-treason-this-should-never-be-allowed-to-happen-to-our-country-again/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 7-28-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If You Understand the Meaning of the WSJ's "3rd Wave", It's Time to Lock and Load

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, July 28, 2019 - 05:22.

The Wall Street Journal is Calling it the 3rd Wave! In other words, first there was the French Revolution and then there was the Bolshevik Revolution. According to this Wall Street Journal article, we are living in and experiencing the Third Wave which is justified and many people from the traditional First and Second State are about to be put to death by the Third Estate. Except for the brutality of the emerging civil war, nothing could be further from the truth. The Wall Street Journal is spewing misinformation to an ignorant public by twisting history for their own purpose! Yes, the WSJ is spewing leftist lies in order to justify the violence that is already underway. Even the police are being attacked in places like New York and Atlanta. When the police are not safe, nobody is safe. It is ironic that this piece of trash, yellow journalism would appear on this day as I was going to write about the various embeds that are being unleashed upon America and I was going to name names and describe how bad it is going to get. I have to postpone that article until tomorrow because the propaganda of the Wall Street Journal must be challenged today because it could falsely lead to the people supporting what is going and what is about to happen. Wall Street Journal author, Peggy Noonan tells us the that the French Revolution is here. The French Revolution was a period of far-reaching social and political upheaval in France and its colonies beginning in 1789. Noonan accurately states that the radical left is planning a violent revolution. She is only partially correct. She is portraying the violence that has already begun as the Third Estate (ie the majority of the people who own little property, have little comparative wealth and no real political power) will unleash their fury on the bigots of the day. This is such Bravo Sierra. First, the Antifa movement, for example, is the result of the planning to subdue any sense of nationalism. This is being perpetrated by the First Estate of American society, not the "have nots" of the Third Estate. Noonan is perpetrating an historical fraud because she is describing where the violence is coming from. This is not a revolution that we are going through, it is a purge, it is a second Holocaust plain and simple and it is being carried out by the elite that controls controls Wall Street, the Democratic Party, the Deep State and the Media such as the WSJ. Noonan is a fake agent of propaganda. If she and the elite can get you to believe that the violence is coming from the bottom up and is only leveled at the rich that deserve it, many Americans can be counted on to stand down and that is the goal of the Noonan article. The globalists knew that this fiction would go viral.. What's has started is not a well-deserved economic revolution. It is a cultural purge. It is reverse racism directed at white people. Remember, Omar said white men are more dangerous than Jihadi terrorists. The stage is being set. The Justice Democrats selected, funded and groomed "The Squad" for just this purpose. Other targets will be Christians, nationalists (who are falsely called White Supremacy purveyors). Anyone who opposes the murder of babies, antivax people, or are opposed to horrific examples of sexuality including beasiality and pedophilia will be targets of this purge. Again, this is not the economic revolution that the elite are trying to sell to the public through the WSJ. It is a purge of morality and the overthrow of our culture. At one point in the French Revolution, the 3rd Estate unleashed the bloody Reign of Terror, a 10-month period in which suspected enemies of the revolution were guillotined by the thousands. Today the reign of terror will express itself in FEMA Camp executions. Many of the killings were carried out under orders from Robespierre, who dominated the draconian Committee of Public Safety until his own execution on July 28, 1794. Robespierre's fate should serve as a warning to people like Chuck Schumer, Nancy Pelosi, Joe Biden, and any of the old guard treasonous Democrats. The reign of terror that will be unleashed in this country will be led by people such as AOC and her "squad" and they will murder the original revolutionaries. Today, this is often known as the "Brown Shirt Principle" in which the stooges that do the work of the emerging power are all executed in a counter purge as the ruling elite is destroyed. This allows the radical victors the opportunity to write history in their own version. Finally, in correcting this misinformation, it is accurate to say that any of you have been tracked coming to this site or any other like it including myself will be targets. I am going to say something that I have never said. The globalists have declared war upon us and it is time to lock and load in order to prepare to defend ourselves. They are coming and in the next article, I will describe what is happening and what is coming.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-immigration/if-you-understand-meaning-wsjs-3rd-wave-its-time-lock-and-load 

:: 7-29-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Soros Planning to Use Embedded Terror Groups to Block the 2020 Election From Taking Place?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, July 29, 2019 - 11:42.

The world is waking up to the danger that George Soros poses to the freedom of citizens from any country at anytime. Soros is a man who once betrayed his own people as this person of Jewish origin turn in his fellow Jews to the Nazis. This man is dangerous and has been responsible for toppling governments from all around the world. He promotes the overrunning of a nation by illegal immigration including right here in the United States as it has been determined that his nefarious organizations, such as Open Society is funding the present American invasion by third world immigrants who are frequently accompanied by terrorists, MS-13, drug cartel members and even the infamous ISIS. His actions are not limited to just illegal immigration, however, this is his claim to fame.

This article will deal with the fact that Soros is planning a knockout blow to America in both the areas of illegal immigration and the prevention of any more populist election results in America after Hillary Clinton's stunning 2016 defeat. Soros is responsible for starting the Arab Spring by fixing elections and promoting massive illegal immigration. He has done the same throughout Europe and he has now turned his attention on toppling the US Government. Can he be stopped? The country of Hungary provides some help for this despot that poured $150 million dollars in terrorist groups like Antifa and Planned Parenthood in 2018. Hungary has modeled an appropriate response to the evil Soros.

From the ultra left publication Vox: ...If you want to know where anti-immigrant right-wing populism can go if left unchecked, you should take a look at Hungary — which, under the pretext of cracking down on illegal immigration, passed a bill that gives the Hungarian government extraordinary powers to jail its political opponents. This week, Hungary passed what the government dubbed the “Stop Soros” law, named after Hungarian-American billionaire George Soros. The new law, drafted by Prime Minister Viktor Orbán, creates a new category of crime, called “promoting and supporting illegal migration”...

Soros Has a History of Election Meddling In the US If Robert Mueller was the least bit interested in finding election collusion and meddling in US elections, he would have started with George Soros and the 2016 election. Multiple sources have flagged Soros organizations for funding the migration invasion of the United States. Soros has also interfered in our elections. In the Democratic Primary of 2016, I detailed how a Stanford University study flagged Soros voting machines used in 16 Democratic Primary elections manipulated the results so much in the favor of Hillary Clinton, that challenger Bernie Sanders did not even win one of the primary elections in which a Soros voting machine was used. Soros' illegal actions secured the Democratic Party nomination for Hillary. This, in large part was what the murder of Seth Rich was about. Rich was an ardent supporter of Sanders and was leaking data on how the election and his information ended up, in part, on the some of the 33,000 infamous Hillary Clinton emails. The discovery of this fact so frightened the Democratic leadership (eg DNC Head at the time,Wasserman Schultz, John Podesta, Hillary Clinton, etc.). At the center of this was George Soros and his voting machines. The leaks were so potentially damaging, that it caught the attention of lower-level FBI agents. This forced Comey to deal with the issues and he white-washed this as best he could. In fact, Wasserman-Schultz brother was brought in as a "cleaner" in the Seth Rich murder. Who was Wasserman-Schultz brother? Steven Schultz, Federal District Attorney for Washington DC where Rich was murdered. The fix was in, but behind all of this was George Soros. Remember, Seth Rich sent emails to Julian Assange which exposed this whole fiasco. At the end of all of Soros meddling in the Democratic Primary, Rich was dead with no real investigation, Hillary stole the Democratic primary and today, Julian Assange rots in prison for committing the crime of exposing a massive set of criminal conspiracies against the people of the United States. And again, at the center of it all was George Soros in this American version of the Arab Spring. Soros Rears His Ugly Head Again In American Politics

If we were in court and were prosecuting George Soros for election meddling, accomplice to murder, sedition and treason, the previous information would be considered to be foundation material in a court of law. This is background material which demonstrates the criminal propensity for Soros to criminally interfere in US elections and governmental policy (eg the enforcement of America's border laws). For the remainder of the article, I will focus exclusively on Soros' criminal election meddling. However, one must consider the well-documented criminal, RICO interference that Soros has engaged in with regard to the present immigration. Soros is responsible for creating the conditions in Central America in which he has funded local unrest which has forced millions of immigrants north to our border. As I have already stated, many of these immigrants are international terrorists, cartel members and trained paramilitary insurgents. This will all come into play with regard to the revelation as to what is coming to the United States. I have been sent a document, by email, which demonstrates the clear intention of George Soros and his allies to interfere with the holding of a 2020 election if it is likely that Donald Trump will win re-election. For the past two years, I have been told by several federal agents that they were worried that there would be no election in the United States because the social chaos in the United States would reach such a fevered pitch, that the country would be under lockdown. This document confirms the fears of several federal agents with whom I have spoken with. More proof comes from a relatively recent Soros quote: "Clearly, I consider the Trump administration a danger to the world," Soros said at a World Economic Forum event. "But I regard it as a purely temporary phenomenon that will disappear in 2020, or even sooner. I give President Trump credit for motivating his core supporters brilliantly, but for every core supporter, he has created a greater number of core opponents who are equally strongly motivated. Yesterday, I was looking at the so-called secret memo from Open Society. It clearly expresses the intention to stop any America election in 2020 in which Trump could win. Soros, in the document, first made the statement on election night 2016. Will he make good on his threat. On a parallel path, Lisa Haven has indicated, as have I in a recent podcast, that the liberals have nothing left in front of them except extreme actions. Conclusion I thought long and hard about not releasing this material. However, I am convinced that Soros is going to pull out the stops in order to prevent a Trump, re-election. What options does he have available to him? The answer to this question can be summed up with the following points:

1. With all the terrorists, cartel members, foreign troops, and paramilitary troops along with the health risks being brought across our border, any one of these groups could be the cause of such chaos in this country that we go into martial law and the election suspended. This could also be part of a coup operation.

2. Trump could be assassinated and this would throw the country into chaos and there would be 2020 election.

3. Remember the Kigali Principles of the United Nations that Obama signed us onto before leaving office. This allows the UN to move into a country militarily to "restore order", or would that be "restore the New World Order?"

Around every election, there are the predictions that this President will refuse to leave office at the end of their term, or there is going to be violence to stop an election, so I have avoided reporting on this until now. I think that both the conditions and the threat is credible enough that to not mention the possibility would prove to be a disservice to the people of the United States. One thing I can offer the American people is the importance of getting prepped. America is coming to its date with destiny.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/soros-planning-use-embedded-terror-groups-block-2020-election-taking-place 

:: 7--19 Laural Loomer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Twitter Allows Graphic Images Of Trump Being Murdered On Platform, Bans Conservatives

3 days ago Laura Loomer

While Twitter continues to engage in mass bans of conservatives, even banning conservative users for posting “hate facts,” the social media platform has no issue with a post featuring a graphic image of President Trump’s severed, murdered corpse. Promoting the new film Dadda: Donald and Daisy Duck Adventure, actor and left-wing activist David Vescio tweeted a photo of a bloodied corpse depicting the president on Sunday. According to Art News, the film exhibits “the role of violence in U.S. history, as well as to distinctly American forms of racism and celebrity worship” and also features Ronald and Nancy Reagan. The film was directed by father-son duo, Paul and Damon McCarthy. “The characters are defiled frequently, often in disturbing ways involving saws and feces,” Art News reports.” But “they keep coming back,” Paul McCarthy told the publication. “It’s part of how we enjoy our celebrities – they die and come back.” “The Donald Duck character resembles, to some degree, Donald Trump, but he looks a little like Donald Duck, too,” McCarthy added. What's the first word(s) that comes to mind when you see this movie shot of mine in #DonaldAndDaisyDuckAdventure? pic.twitter.com/TA6OjsFgnb  — Dave Vescio (@DaveVescio) July 27, 2019

Vescio,42, who stars in the film and reportedly specializes in playing villains, spent two-and-a-half years in prison for drug trafficking in 1993—1995. Vescio’s Twitter account is laced with post railing against Trump and conservatives. Meanwhile, Twitter has permanently banned more high-profile critics of progressivism than any other platform. Tommy Robinson, Chuck Johnson, investigative journalist Laura Loomer, Milo Yiannopoulos, Gavin McInnes, former Nixon and Reagan adviser Roger Stone, and InfoWars founder Alex Jones are all permanently banned from Twitter for what Twitter says is violations against its “Hateful conduct” rules. Threatening the President of the United States is a federal felony under United States Code Title 18, Section 871. It consists of making “any threat to take the life of, to kidnap, or to inflict bodily harm upon the President of the United States”. Despite the fact that Vescio’s tweet appears to be in direct violation of US law, Twitter has not removed it and his account has not been suspended. Earlier this month, Twitter banned Mary Ann Mendoza, an Angel Mom who runs the Angel Families organization, for posting about the dangers of illegal immigration and sanctuary cities. Similar permabans of high-profile democrats are virtually unheard of. In 2018, Twitter employees were caught on camera by Project Veritas, boasting about discriminating against pro-Trump, conservative accounts. One employee discussed shadowbanning political accounts, a practice that Twitter has continually denied using. Another claimed accounts that expressed an interest in “god, guns, and America” were likely to be flagged as “bots.” Another employee, Mo Norai, explained that Twitter moderators regularly discriminated against accounts deemed to be pro-Trump. Twitter engineer Pranay Singh is seen admitting in a secretly recorded video to mass-banning accounts that express interest in God, guns, and America, while others detailed how the platform utilizes a shadowbanning system against conservatives and Trump supporters.

LauraLoomer Want to see more journalism like this that the mainstream media isn’t reporting on? Support independent journalism at LauraLoomer.us  by CLICKING HERE to subscribe and donate today - thank you! Laura Loomer is a conservative investigative journalist and activist. Originally from Arizona, Laura began her career working as an undercover journalist for Project Veritas from 2015-2017. She covers politics, anti-Semitism, immigration, terrorism, the Islamification of the West, and voter fraud. Loomer’s investigations have been broadcasted on every major national mainstream media outlet in the United States, as well as many international publications. Support Laura Loomer’s Independent Journalism HERE. Support Laura’s Twitter/CAIR Lawsuit HERE. Subscribe to Laura’s Email Newsletter – no ban there! Follow Laura on: Parler @LauraLoomer

https://lauraloomer.us/2019/07/28/twitter-allows-graphic-images-of-trump-being-murdered-on-platform-bans-conservatives/#.XUGtdrhKaZk 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four living creatures saying, "A quart of wheat for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for a denarius; and do not harm the oil and the wine."      (inflation)

:: 7-28-19 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As the world edges closer to the next crisis, today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies just warned central banks are now panicking behind the scenes, worried the financial system may disappear into a black hole.

They Will Fail, Followed By Panic And Despair

July 28 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: “The messages from the ECB and the Fed couldn’t be clearer. They are seeing major problems in the financial system and in the world economy and they will do whatever it takes to save the system. But they will fail. The autumn of 2019 will see a major shift in sentiment as markets turn from a secular bull to a secular bear. We are likely to see major crashes in many global stock markets. Virtually no one is prepared for this so there will be both panic and despair. The US stock market is today more overvalued than in 1987, 1999 and 2006 The bearer of bad news is at best ignored or at worst executed. Hopefully I will avoid both those destinies, in spite of continuing to alert people to the potentially cataclysmic dangers ahead. As I warned readers last week, stocks, bonds and derivatives will at some point go to no bid. This means that these markets will fall precipitously with no buyer offering to buy crashing assets at any price… Most people will totally ignore this advice. The majority of investors have total faith in central banks’ ability to rescue the world yet again by printing endless amounts of money and lowering interest rates. Panic Mode  Both the Fed and the ECB are now in panic mode, although not yet showing it openly. The Fed is likely to lower rates by as much as 1/2% this week and the ECB has told the world that they will do whatever takes. Draghi said last week that there is: “need for a highly accommodative stance of monetary policy for a prolonged period of time, as inflation rates, both realized and projected, have been persistently below levels that are in line with its aim.” As a result, the Governing Council noted that it was “determined to act, in line with its commitment to symmetry in the inflation aim. It therefore stands ready to adjust all of its instruments, as appropriate, to ensure that inflation moves towards its aim in a sustained manner.” As a result, the German 10 year Bund has just gone negative and the same thing has happened in France. This is an absolutely crazy policy to push rates down in an attempt to create inflation. Central bankers know that inflation is bad for the economy. An inflation rate of 2% means that prices double every 36 years. In the 1970s, I experienced inflation of 15% or above in the UK for many years. A 15% inflation means that prices double every 5 years. Inflation is not desirable for consumers, nor for savers or pensioners. It Will Disappear Into A Black Hole In my view, the ECB gobbledygook in the quote above hides a much more serious problem than low inflation. “Symmetry in the inflation aim” is typical central bank meaningless speak, phrased so no one can understand it. The problem lies in the financial system. The German banking system is bust with Deutsche Bank (DB) going from bad to worse. Their bad loans are sufficient to collapse the bank and their derivatives portfolio will bankrupt not just the Bundesbank but also Germany and the ECB. DB has derivatives of EUR 45 trillion. That is 13x German GDP. This means that when derivatives go no bid, which is virtually certain, the €45 trillion will just disappear into a black hole with zero value. It is not only DB and German banks that are bankrupt, but so are Italian, French, Spanish and Greek banks, plus many others. And the ECB is totally bust. It has a balance sheet of EUR 4.7 trillion and 40% of that is loans to EU member states. The capital and reserves of the ECB is EUR 105 billion. So the net worth of the ECB is 2% of the total balance sheet. This means that loan losses of 2% are enough to bankrupt the ECB! The losses are more likely to be 50-100%, so the demise of the ECB is certain. Before that they will embark on unlimited money printing. Of course they won’t give up easily. Draghi had already previously indicated that the ECB will do all it takes to keep the financial system afloat. His statement last week was just a confirmation of the inevitable. And the recent messages from the Fed and the ECB couldn’t be clearer. They are, at this stage, quietly panicking. Later on the panic will be obvious because what we are now seeing is the preamble to the biggest money printing bonanza in history. Only in this century global debt is up 3x from $80 trillion to $250 trillion. In an attempt to save the financial system, central banks have expanded credit by $170 trillion in the last 19 years. They have done this by printing money and reducing interest rates to zero or negative. So we are now in an era of free or extremely cheap money, and with the coming actions of the ECB and the Fed, money will be even cheaper. The central banks clearly know that you can’t solve a debt problem with more debt, but plentiful cheap money is the only method they know. And it seems to have worked so far. But the world is now drowning in free and soon worthless money and there is much more to come. “After us the Flood” “Après nous le Deluge” – After us the Flood, was said by Madame de Pompadour, the mistress of the French king Louis XV. The French had just lost a war in 1757 against Prussia and the king and his mistress knew that the consequences would be disastrous for France and the French finances. The picture on the left (below) with Obama and Bernanke was originally made for an article I wrote in 2011. Bernanke printed and borrowed more money during his reign than had ever been done in the history of the USA. But “we ain’t seen nothing yet”. The problem has now engulfed the world and the two biggest central bank chiefs, Powell and Lagarde, are going to become the biggest money printers in history. It is not just a big part of the outstanding global debt that will need to be covered since most of it won’t be repaid. If we add contingent and unfunded liabilities, social security and the $1.5 quadrillion worthless derivatives, the total money printing will be in the quadrillions. All of the money printed will be totally fake, of course, and have zero value. But before the whole financial system implodes, the world will experience a hyperinflationary period on par with that of the Weimar Republic. The big difference this time is that there will not be full employment like there was in Weimar and there won’t be a world outside to rescue us. So the whole exercise by global central banks will be totally futile. The coming hyperinflationary period will probably be brief, most likely 2-3 years, and lead to a deflationary implosion of the financial system. When an avalanche is triggered you never know which snowflake will cause it. There are so many potential catalysts that can trigger the collapse such as debt defaults and that could come from anywhere in the world. Normally the obvious problem, like Deutsche Bank, won’t cause it since the German Bundesbank and the ECB are going to fight tooth and nail to keep DB afloat. In the end they will fail. The most likely trigger will be when confidence evaporates. Since most asset markets are mega bubbles today, very little is needed to pop them. If we look at the biggest stock markets in the world, we find that all of them have already peaked (in US$ terms) and the US market is the last man standing. Technically the S&P index is finishing a long term bearish wedge. As the chart below shows, the momentum indicator shows divergence with price. The last 4 higher tops in the S&P from January 2018 have been accompanied by lower momentum each time (see chart below). This action is extremely bearish and it is what happened at the 1999 and 2006 tops, with major collapses following. The difference this time is that we are most likely at the end of a secular bear market and the duration and magnitude of the coming fall will be massive. How far down will this bear market go? In 1929-32, the Dow fell 90% and the global economic circumstances were nowhere near as bad as they are today. The market is likely to find support initially in the 8,000-10,000 area but may eventually reach the 600 to 1000 range (in real terms — vs gold). The latter was an area of consolidation for 17 years from 1965 to 1982. A decline from the current level of the Dow at 27,000 to the 2nd support would mean a 97% fall. That clearly seems impossible today but is not that much different from the 90% fall between 1929 and 1932. So let me be absolutely clear. My interpretation of the US stock market is that we are likely to see a major reversal of the long term trend start as soon as August 2019 and at the latest in the next three months. The reversal could initially start gradually but will very soon turn into a crash. Could I Be Wrong? Could I be wrong? Yes of course I could. I have been wrong before as I had underestimated central banks’ ability to kick the can down the road through irresponsible credit expansion. But all they have achieved is a bigger bubble which, when popped, will create a much more severe implosion of markets, the financial system, and the world economy. I am not normally a betting man, although I recently accepted the challenge of a $1 million bet from someone who was convinced that gold wouldn’t break the Maginot Line of $1,350. Unfortunately the party who challenged me pulled out so I was only a moral winner. Nevertheless, I would say that there is a 95% certainty that stock markets will crater this autumn and that gold and silver will reach much higher levels. Now Is Not The Time… But I want to make it clear that I have no interest in making money on bets on financial instruments. Instead, my purpose in making these very strong statements on the direction of investment markets is to shake up investors and make them aware of the enormous risks that the world is currently facing. Now is not the time to think about making money on investments, but rather to lose as little as possible in the next five years, primarily because everyone will be a loser. Even if you don’t own stocks or bonds, you will lose on the value of your house or you will lose your pension, or your job or unemployment benefits. You are also likely to lose the money you have in the bank, either through pure debasement of the currency, or bail-ins, or bankruptcy of the bank. What we must remember is that wealth preservation means trying to protect your assets from total destruction rather than making high returns. Physical gold and silver is the best insurance you can own. If they go to the levels that we expect, you are also likely to achieve major capital appreciation but that is not the primary reason for holding precious metals…For those who would like to read more of Egon von Greyerz’s fantastic articles CLICK HERE. The powerful KWN audio interview with one of the true veterans of the gold world has now been released and you can listen to it by CLICKING HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-just-warned-central-banks-are-now-in-panic-mode-worried-the-financial-system-will-disappear-into-a-black-hole/ 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

:: 7-29-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google DENIES “CHRISTIAN” But “MUSLIM” OK!?! Wait Until You Learn THE SHOCKING DETAILS!

By Justus Knight on July 29, 2019 • ( 7 )

Please watch the video below for the full story & don’t forget to subscribe!

“Christian” DENIED but “MUSLIM” OK!! ’Just when you thought it couldn’t get any worse’…famous words now a days used on what seems an ever more routine basis. What Google / YouTube just did adds to the depravity of the already overly suppressive, politically and religious biased machine they have created. What is you had a ministry / outreach program that helped veterans deal with many issues including PTSD through the use of faith based Christian programs? What if you used YouTube and Facebook to advertise and reach out to your potential audience? What if you used the word Christian to select who you want your ad to target so that you can reach out to those you believe would be greatest impacted by your ‘product / service’. All makes sense so far right!? What Google did immediately after is unspeakable!! DON’T FORGET TO ASSURE THE BELL IS CHECKED SO YOU ALERTED TO MY NEW BROADCASTS!! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!!     God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/07/29/google-denies-christian-but-muslim-ok-wait-until-you-learn-the-shocking-details/ 

Rev 6:7 When He opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth living creature saying, "Come and see."

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth.(NKJ)          (disease & famine)  

:: 7-29-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats Have No One But Themselves And Their Liberal Policies To Blame For Their Cities Turning Into Hellholes!

The Demons Destroying Their Own Cities Are Also Working Overtime To Destroy America!

July 29, 2019 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

"In an age of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act". George Orwell - "Truth is treason in the empire of lies". Ron Paul

While President Donald Trump is being slammed once again by Demon-rats and their lapdogs the mainstream media for CORRECTLY calling parts of Western Baltimore the 'dumps' that they are, with the 'demons' and the msm once again labeling him 'racist' for doing so, and now labeling POTUS a 'misogynist' for correctly pointing out that huge parts of Nancy Pelosi's San Francisco district are in great disrepair as well, we'll take a look within this new ANP story at more evidence that it is the liberal policies of Democratic politicians that are leading to the destruction of their cities with our entire country potentially plunging into the same cesspits of Communism as John C. Velisek had reported in this July 28th ANP story if the far left has their way. Before we go any further, we'll take a look back in the next section of this story below at several ANP stories that we've published over the past two years+ which prove that President Trump is absolutely correct and globalist politicians such as Nancy Pelosi and 'brutal bully' Elijah Cummings have completely and totally neglected their own constituents in their own cities, with not only Cummings and Pelosi but countless other 'Demonrat' politicians allowing their cities to turn into hellholes while they've lied to their people while focusing upon the globalists totalitarian agenda. As someone who grew up less than 30 miles outside of Baltimore and has been in Western Baltimore many times in the past while doing work as both an irrigation technician and and underground utility locator I can assure you, POTUS is absolutely spot on in his remarks about parts of Cummings' district being hellholes. Leaving his district with rampant crime, murders all across the district, rat infested, drug infested and prostitute infested cesspools that were long ago forgotten and neglected by Cummings and rest of the swamp creatures in Washington DC who sold out the American people, particulary those in their own districts. Democrats in Baltimore and elsewhere across the nation who blindly keep on voting people like Pelosi and Cummings into office, expecting real 'change' should remember this old but very true cliche: "The definition of insanity is repeating the same actions over and over again and expecting different results." Pelosi and Cummings and their filthy, crime and drug infested districts are another perfect definition for "garbage in, garbage out". You got what you voted for, folks. Now, it's the job of the rest of America to make sure that our country doesn't turn into the same kind of hellholes liberal cities have. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) While the stories listed here are by no means exhaustive and are not all of the stories that we've published on ANP about the descent of big US cities into hellholes, they do show a pattern of consistency; big liberal cities are consistently neglected by their own Representatives and those big cities are now decaying all across the country. All the way back on December 30th of 2017, we published this story on ANP titled "Statistics Prove President Trump Right Again! Some Democrat-Run Big Cities Have Become 'Death Traps' Worse Than War Zones!" within which we reported that even the US Army was preparing for urban warfare in megacities due to 'mass migration, disaster and inner city turmoil' and as Mac Slavo had reported in this story which we used as one of our sources for that story, "there will be war in the streets of America. Things have been engineered that way." Back on February 14th we published this story on ANP titled "This Map Shows Where We Don't Want To Be When SHTF As Big US Cities Already In A State Of Decay Are Transformed Into Post-Apocalyptic Wastelands" within which we reported that 34 of the biggest 50 cities in America are run by Democrats and MANY of them are totally falling apart with: public defecation in the streets; open drug use and homeless numbers increasing daily; tent cities popping up in countless cities nationwide; rats and fleas running the halls of the Los Angeles City Hall; while the zombified hordes of homeless people living in Seattle and San Francisco, two of the wealthiest cities in the nation, are simply too drugged out to care that the worst parts of major liberal-run cities are beginning to look like post-apocalyptic wastelands. Back on March 20th, Susan Duclos had put out this story on ANP titled "Liberalism Unchecked: Indisputable Proof That Liberal Polices Are Destroying America, One City At A Time -They Are Reaping What They Have Sown" within which she reported the top ten of 50 listed 'worst cities' to live in published in 2018 ALL have Democratic mayors! Just think about that for a minute! It doesn't matter what color the mayor's skin is. If they're letting their cities turn into hell holes, they are totally failing their people! As Susan had reported then, the top 10 worst cities to live in were: Detroit & Flint, MI, St. Louis, MO, Memphis, TN, Cleveland, OH, Wilmington, DE, Albany, GA, Springfield, MO, Baltimore MD, and Milwaukee, WI. On May 10th we published this ANP story titled "Another Sign Things Are Spiraling Out Of Control At Breakneck Speed In The Big Cities: With The Breakdown Of Law And Order, The Bloodshed Begins - How Will Victims Get Justice When Prosecutors Are No Longer Prosecuting Many Crimes?" within which we reported that many US cities were no longer prosecuting what they called 'minor crimes', sending a clear message to criminals to do what they please but another clear message to law-abiding Americans to prepare to protect themselves and their property because the government there won't do anything to ....... On June 4th we published this ANP story titled "As Democrat-Run Big Cities Descend Into Cesspools Of Filth & Disease And Exploding Violence, Deadly Outbreaks Of Medieval Diseases There Could Spread Across America - Our Big Cities Have Become The Breeding Grounds For Pestilence & Plague" within which that 3rd world diseases were returning to America due largely to the policies of Democrats, with big US cities turning into 'breeding grounds' for all kinds of infectious diseases that were long though eliminated in America. As Susan had also reported in this June 22nd story titled "All It Took Was Radical Liberal Policies To Turn U.S. 'Utopian' Cities Into Hell-Holes - This Is What They Want For America ", all one has to do is to take a look at the most liberal cities in America to see that liberal policies have turned cities once considered 'Utopias' into urban hell-holes. We've also reported time and again on ANP about big US cities such as Portland, Oregon having 'Conservative no-go zones' thanks to antifa terrorists and Portland, Oregon mayor Ted Wheeler actually giving in to the terrorists, having his police force stand down and allowing the left wing terrorists to direct traffic on the streets as we had reported within this July 2nd ANP story. Anybody else noticing a pattern, here? So, why do Democrats keep electing politicians who deliver death and destruction? And while people like Cummings, Pelosi and countless others allow their own districts to be destroyed by their insane policies, they are also now trying to push those insane policies upon the rest of America. So were President Trump's remarks about the district of Maryland run by Elijah Cummings 'racist' or are the Democrats just playing the 'race card' once again? If Americans are not allowed to criticize how someone does their job just because of their race, Americans are no longer free. And as we'll see within the rest of this story, what Democrats are now criticizing President Trump of doing, they've done plenty of times themselves in the past. Talk about total and utter hypocrites. As the Daily Mail reports in this new story, while Democratic presidential candidate Bernie Sanders jumped on the 'insane leftist bandwagon' and called President Trump a 'racist' for saying what he did about Cummings' district, newly unearthed video footage of Bernie Sanders calling Baltimore "a 3rd world nation" back in 2015 has been released, proving once again just how hypocritical many Demonrats are who forget about their own statements. How can Americans trust anything Sanders says when he calls Trump 'racist' though he said almost the same thing 4 years ago? And according to this October 16th of 2018 story over at the Baltimore Patch, Baltimore made Orkin's list of "the Rattiest Cities" in America, once again cracking the top 10 for the 4th year in a row according to Orkin. So, is 'truth' now 'racist' in the eyes of Demonrats? If one cannot speak truth, even if it hurts, one cannot speak at all. According to the Patch story, the top 10 rattiest cities in America are as follows. Anyone else see the pattern? Chicago Los Angeles New York Washington, DC San Francisco Detroit Philadelphia Cleveland Baltimore Denver As Breitbart reports in this new story, back in 2018, PBS even ran a documentary 'rat file' about Baltimore's rodent problem and while former Baltimore mayor Catherine Pugh did a walkthrough of Baltimore back in 2018, she actually came right out and stated that "you can smell the rats" and all of the dead animals that littered Baltimore's streets. So how is President Trump a racist for calling out the same thing? With this story proof that Democrat run cities all across America have long been going to hell, largely because of liberal policies, anybody calling President Trump 'racist' for speaking 'truth' is resorting to the demonrats final go-to whenever they're losing an argument, they just break out the 'race card' and scream 'racist'. Well, that word no longer has any meaning and has completely blown up in the Demonrats faces as they allow their cities to go to hell, just like they're pushing America.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Trump_Is_Right_Again_On_Democrat_Cities_Its_Not_Racism.php 

:: 7-28-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If The 'Squad' Of America Haters Has Their Way, America Will Follow Venezuela And Plunge Into The Cesspits Of Communism, Bringing The Full-Scale Destruction Of Freedom

- The 'Communist Gang of Four' Are Some Of The Biggest Bigots And Racists America Has Ever Known

July 28, 2019 By John C. Velisek, US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline

The “Squad” has denigrated our country in ways that would have been considered reprehensible just a few years ago. Because of the sycophantic hard work done by the media, these four have been uplifted to a position of power totally undeserved by anything they have done either in the past of the present.  When President Trump called them out, declaring they should go back to where they came from, and fix the challenges that are being faced there and then come back and show us how it is done, the shrill cries of “Racism” immediately shut out any reason or discussion about the void that these four have brought to the Congress. The rest of the progressive socialists that are now the Democrat party ignore all this. They are more interested in continue to push the collusion hoax to get the revenge they seek on President Trump.   That allows these four freshman representatives to say whatever they want, knowing they will be protected by the progressive socialists and the media. When one of these four is called out on the ideologies and policies, they toss out. The first step is to whine about racism or sexism and play the victim. They claim they are receiving death threats, a statement debunked by Capitol Hill police statistics that show a decrease in the number of credible threats that include both conservatives and progressive socialists.  So let’s look at the past actions and statements that these four socialist have made in the past and see where they fit in to the fabric of the forum of Congress.  (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) All four along with the rest of the progressive socialists want to abolish ICE and leave our borders open. Working in coordination with globalists like George Soros they feel that borders must be abolished, our way of life destroyed, and the laws and regulations that make our country the exceptional country that it is are to be ignored. Immigration is in shambles because there is no enforcement of laws that are already on the books. Combined with national and international corporations in conjunction with the National Chamber of Commerce have lawmakers convinced that we need more unskilled illegal aliens to keep costs of doing business down.  As a newly elected member of the House of Representatives, Ocasio-Cortez has called the country Garbage. Has anyone asked if this was a major point when she was a candidate? Did she feel that our country needed to bow down to socialism to improve our culture fundamentally? She has called President Trump a "fascist" and accused the United States as running concentration camps. She even went so far as to include "Never Again" in her statement, a clear relationship to the Holocaust.  But what can we expect? She has never learned history. The high point of our country according to America's best-known bartender is the moon landing. Does she know any history before that? Or do her handlers find her talking points for her? The New Green Deal, a total non-starter for any intelligent discussion of the climate had Ocasio-Cortez claiming the world will end in 12 years unless we destroy the economy and move back our culture and way of life back to the 1800s. Even her puppet master chief of staff said that the Green New Deal is not about the climate, but the destruction of our economy.  She caused Amazon to decide to build elsewhere because of her financial illiteracy. She made it sound as if Amazon was getting $3 million from New York State, not understanding that Amazon was in line to get tax credits based on the number of jobs created. With Amazon going to more welcoming areas, Occasion-Cortez cost the area where Amazon was going to build up to $30 billion in new tax revenues and 25,000 jobs. It is no wonder that with such moves against the people in her constituency they hold her in low regard with only 9% with a favorable view of Ocasio-Cortez.  For a freshman representative to claim the Speaker of the House keeps her too busy is laughable. Why did you run to go to Congress if not to work? I am sure the Congress is so sorry for getting in the way of your limelight and expect you to work. On the subject of the Holocaust, Rashida Tlaib discussed that the death of 6 million Jews gives her a calming feeling. And that she was proud of the Palestinians who gave their land and assistance to the Jews during the formation of the Israeli state. Nothing could be further from the truth. The Palestinians and other Arab leaders worked with Hitler to assist in the extermination of the Jews. Rather than provide a safe haven for the Jews as Tlaib declares, the Palestinians and all other Arabs worked toward the destruction of the Jews in their homeland. In the early part of 2019, Tlaib used a video for fundraising that stated Jews are "satanic" and the Holocaust never happened. Of course, the mainstream media ignored it and Tlaib to this day has not explained why she used the video.  Hamas apologist Ayanna Pressley spoke of bringing fire to immigration enforcement. An Antifa supporter attempted just that against an Ice facility in Washington state. It is very informative that none of the four “Squad” members has spoken out in condemnation of this attack. To the “Squad” socialist past President Maduro of Venezuela is a hero. It was the socialist policies much like these four are pushing now that has led to a once modern and rich Venezuela into a cesspool of socialism. Ayanna Pressley does not take anyone who may be a minority seriously unless they agree with her. Like the rest, you must agree with her view, or be considered a non-entity. Pressley even as far as to say that those minorities that agree with Pelosi were race traitors. Using the dog whistles of the squad, speaking with a “black” “Brown” “Muslim” or “queer” voice means nothing more than agreeing with her and remaining of the progressive socialist plantation.  And then there is the corrupt, tax cheating, Ilhan Omar. Given refuge by our country, Omar is foremost in denigrating our country and the culture that has made our country the beacon of hope to millions it is today. She will be forever known as the jihadist in our Congress who described Sept 11th as the day “someone did something.” When she received pushback including the attack on the twin towers, both Omar and Ocasio-Cortez whined that it was too “triggering” to show what happened on that day. Omar went so far as to declare that America will not be a country of white people.  She has no concept of the divisiveness she causes, and that the people of this country are the type of people that work together for the good of the country. She will only listen to those who tear down the country and want to be victims. Neither have any respect for those who perished on that day. Omar has gone as far to blame our country for the Al-Shaba massacre in a shopping mall in Kenya. Before coming to the House, she asked a judge for clemency for ISIS recruits and described the terrorist group as a radical approach to change-making. Omar will not condemn Islamic terror and tried to appear to be insulted when asked. It might work better if the area she represents wasn't the number one area in the country for terrorist recruitment. Omar is well versed in Anti-Semitic tropes. She accuses our lawmakers of being shills for Israel, and have dual allegiance. Her introducing the BDS bill in Congress which will never be brought to the floor is nothing more than another chance to stand in the hallowed halls of Congress and call Israel racist. Both her and Rashida Tlaib have declared an affinity of Hamas, CAIR, and other Muslim Brotherhood entities.  The “Squad” speak of truth to power, but neglect to mention that the truth they speak relies on the low informed. A shift away from the progressive socialists is starting. In one county in Florida, there has already been a marked shift to conservative ideology. The American people will never accept the anti-American and divisive class politics that these four socialists proclaim. Ever the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA) retraining the little Trotskys never to use the words, "socialism" "Marx" or any other form of socialist dogma in recruiting. They are telling the recruiters to mention income inequality, a living wage, and votes for illegal aliens relying on the open borders to swell the socialist numbers. They know they can’t win without those they are giving free benefits to, so that is why they push for open borders. And with the help of other socialists organizations and George Soros are vehemently against Voter I.D. and against E-Verify. These four, unable to explain what Democratic Socialism is, are now the face of the Democratic Party. The agenda that they have put forth including illegal immigration, the destruction of the morality of the nation, the revival of past racial animus, giving away benefits to overburden our treasury. The socialists starting with the Gang of Four, must force open borders to get new voters for the socialist cause. Academia has taught our young voters on the virtues of socialism and of always being a victim. We have a generation of self-absorbed children who feel that they serve everything without having to work for anything.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_New_Socialist_Gang_of_Four.php 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, etc

:: 7-27-19 AlJazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sudan says 87 killed when security forces broke up protest site

Death toll given by senior investigator appointed by public prosecutor is higher than previous official figures.

27 Jul 2019

An investigation has found "rogue" military personnel were responsible for killing dozens of Sudanese protesters in the worst violence since the overthrow of former President Omar al-Bashir. The violent break-up of a protest site by security forces in Khartoum last month left 87 people dead and 168 wounded, a higher death toll than previous official estimates, a chief investigator said. Sudan says 87 killed when security forces broke up protest site Death toll given by senior investigator appointed by public prosecutor is higher than previous official figures. 27 Jul 2019  Sudan says 87 killed when security forces broke up protest site Protesters at the sit-in area were demanding the country's ruling military council to cede power to a civilian authority [File: Ashraf Shazly/AFP]  more on Sudan  Sudan's Hemeti meets el-Sisi before resumption of power talks today  Sudan protesters reject prosecutor's report into June sit-in raid  yesterday  Where are they? Families lament missing Sudanese after attack   yesterday

Sudan's journalist union says its head detained by military

3 days ago

An investigation has found "rogue" military personnel were responsible for killing dozens of Sudanese protesters in the worst violence since the overthrow of former President Omar al-Bashir. The violent break-up of a protest site by security forces in Khartoum last month left 87 people dead and 168 wounded, a higher death toll than previous official estimates, a chief investigator said. Fath al-Rahman Saeed, the head of the investigative committee appointed by the public prosecutor, said on Saturday some members of the security forces opened fire at protesters demanding the military cede power. He told a news conference three officers violated orders by moving forces into the sit-in area outside the Defence Ministry, a focal point for protests that led to al-Bashir's removal on April 11. An order was also issued to whip demonstrators, he added. The committee found members of the joint force tasked with clearing the Columbia area "exceeded their duties and entered the sit-in square ... and fired heavily and randomly", leading to the killing and wounding of dozens. The health ministry previously put the death toll at 61, while opposition medics said 127 people were killed and 400 wounded in the dispersal. "Some outlaws exploited this gathering and formed another gathering in what is known as the Columbia area, where negative and illegal practices took place," Saeed said.  "It became a security threat, forcing the authorities to make necessary arrangements to clear the area." Crimes against humanity Ismail al-Taj, an opposition representative, told a news conference the investigative committee "was formed not establish the truth, but to conceal the truth" and he questioned the new death toll. "Reality says that there are closer to 130 martyrs," AL-Taj said, adding the committee relied on health ministry records, which he said were inaccurate. The opposition coalition Forces of Freedom and Change is currently negotiating with the ruling military council to finalise an agreement for a three-year transition to elections. Saeed gave the ranks and initials of officers he said had been charged with crimes against humanity, which is punishable by death or life imprisonment under military law. He did not give their full names. A brigadier general, referred to only as AAM, mobilised a riot force of the paramilitary Rapid Support Forces on the orders of two senior officers but not members of Sudan's top leadership, and told them to whip protesters, Saeed said. The committee had not uncovered any incidents of rape, although the US-based Physicians for Human Rights cited local medics as saying women had their clothes torn off and were raped, he said. Sudan's military council, which took power after former military officer-turned-President al-Bashir was deposed, has previously denied any rape took place.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2019/07/crisis-talks-iran-nuclear-deal-set-kick-vienna-190728072008700.html 

:: 7-28-19 KDVR :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Missouri man bedridden for 11 years invented a surgery and cured himself

Posted 9:03 am, July 28, 2019, by CNN Wire

surgery himself.

Published at: 1:31 PM, Sat Jul 27 2019

ST. LOUIS — Doug Lindsay was 21 and starting his senior year at Rockhurst University, a Jesuit college in Kansas City, Missouri, when his world imploded. After his first day of classes, the biology major collapsed at home on the dining room table, the room spinning around him. It was 1999. The symptoms soon became intense and untreatable. His heart would race, he felt weak and he frequently got dizzy. Lindsay could walk only about 50 feet at a time and couldn’t stand for more than a few minutes. “Even lying on the floor didn’t feel like it was low enough,” he said. The former high school track athlete had dreamed of becoming a biochemistry professor or maybe a writer for “The Simpsons.” Instead, he would spend the next 11 years mostly confined to a hospital bed in his living room in St. Louis, hamstrung by a mysterious ailment. Doctors were baffled. Treatments didn’t help. And Lindsay eventually realized that if he wanted his life back, he would have to do it himself. His journey since has amazed medical professionals. “He did something extraordinary,” said John Novack, spokesman for Inspire, a health care social network for rare and chronic-disease patients. When people hear Lindsay’s story, Novack said, they often say, “I can do something similar for my kid.”  Whatever was wrong with him ran in the family. By the time Lindsay was 18 months old, his mother was so weak she could no longer pick him up. By the time he was 4 she could no longer walk. She did manage to pick him up one more time that year, when he was choking on a jawbreaker. She saved his life. Otherwise, she was too frail. She lived for decades, mostly bedridden with the same condition that stole her son’s 20s. After years of tests, she determined her condition was related to her thyroid, but she was too sick to travel to the Mayo Clinic to get more specialized care, Lindsay said. Lindsay’s aunt also developed the same ailment, growing so feeble she couldn’t tie her own shoes. As a teenager, watching his family members sidelined from life, Lindsay wondered whether his body was a ticking time bomb, too. Finally, that day in 1999, the alarm went off. “When I called my mom that night to tell her I needed to drop out (of college), we both knew,” he said. The family curse had struck. From the fall of 1999 onward, Lindsay was bedridden about 22 hours a day. “If I was up, it was because I was eating or going to the bathroom,” he said. Lindsay immersed himself in medical research, determined to find a way out. He saw specialists from endocrinology, neurology, internal medicine and other specialties.  When one doctor was out of ideas, he referred Lindsay to a psychiatrist. That’s when Lindsay realized he’d have to figure his predicament out on his own. While in college he had picked up a 2,200-page endocrinology textbook near a garbage can, hoping to use it to figure out what condition his mom had.  In it, he found an important passage discussing how adrenal disorders could mirror thyroid disorders.  He zeroed in on his adrenal glands, which sit atop the kidneys on either side of the lower abdomen.  Using a stash of aging medical textbooks, Lindsay hypothesized that a whole class of autonomic nervous-system disorders could exist beyond the established categories of what most endocrinologists or neurologists knew about. He cobbled together cash for a computer, had an old college roommate bring it over, and got to work. Lindsay soon stumbled on the website for the National Dysautonomic Research Foundation, delighted that an entire organization was dedicated to researching the type of disorder plaguing him and his family. He asked the foundation to send him literature about emerging research in the field. None of the diseases the foundation was examining fit Lindsay’s pattern of symptoms. But he was getting closer. Lindsay soon decided he needed a partner — not just a physician but a scientist curious enough to take on a rare case and spend long hours with him parsing it out. The best place to find that person, he reasoned, was at the American Autonomic Society’s annual conference, attended by scientists from around the world who focused on nervous system disorders. In 2002, he give a presentation about his disease at the group’s meeting in Hilton Head, South Carolina. To get there, Lindsay bought a row of airline tickets so that, with the help of friends, he could lay across several seats during the flight. Lindsay arrived at the conference in a wheelchair, wearing a suit and tie, and presented himself as a Jesuit-trained scientist. He tried to comport himself like a graduate student or a junior colleague to the scholars in the audience, not like a patient. He was just a scientist living an experiment in his own body. During his talk, Lindsay argued a certain drug might help him. Several of the scientists disagreed with Lindsay’s hypotheses about his ailment. But that wasn’t unexpected. He didn’t even have a bachelor’s degree and he was telling doctors from Harvard University, the National Institutes of Health and the Cleveland Clinic something their medical training told them was impossible. “They didn’t patronize me. They treated me like a scientist,” Lindsay said. “I was entering into a world of science I couldn’t participate in because I was at home and couldn’t be a grad student.” Dr. H. Cecil Coghlan, a medical professor at the University of Alabama-Birmingham, approached Lindsay after his presentation. Coghlan said he thought Lindsay was on to something. At last, Lindsay had a medical ally. In early 2004, one of Lindsay’s friends rented an SUV, loaded a mattress in the back and drove him, lying flat, 500 miles to Birmingham. Lindsay suspected his body was producing too much adrenaline. He knew of a drug called Levophed, which is approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration to raise blood pressure in some critically ill patients. Levophed is basically an injection of noradrenaline, which counters the symptoms created by excess adrenaline. It hadn’t been done before, but Lindsay convinced Coghlan to repurpose the drug so he could live on a 24/7 noradrenaline drip for the next six years. Lindsay spent “every second of every day” hooked up to an IV. It stabilized his condition and allowed him to be active for short periods of time around the house. “I was no longer at risk of losing everything,” Lindsay said. Still, other than doctors’ visits, a high school reunion and a few weddings, Lindsay’s autonomic dysfunction kept him mostly confined to the house he grew up in well beyond his 20s. Why was he so sick, he wondered? Something was dumping way too much adrenaline into his blood. Coghlan told him he might have an adrenal tumor. But three scans of his adrenal glands came back negative. Discouraged but not deterred, Lindsay did the only thing he could do: He dove back into the medical literature. And he came up with a treasure. Lindsay suspected there might be something in his adrenal gland that acted like a tumor, but wasn’t one. A fourth scan in 2006 showed his adrenals “glowing brightly,” Lindsay said, an abnormality consistent with his new theory. Coghlan called Lindsay and said, “We found it.” The diagnosis: Bilateral adrenal medullary hyperplasia. In layman’s terms, it means the medullas, or inner regions, of his adrenal glands were enlarged and acting like tumors. His adrenal glands were producing way too much adrenaline. Experts in the field doubted the diagnosis. But Coghlan put his professional reputation on the line to back it. As Lindsay delved into more medical literature, he found only 32 recorded cases of bilateral adrenal medullary hyperplasia. And he fixed on what seemed like a simple solution: If he could cut out the medullas of his adrenal glands — sort of like slicing into a hard-boiled egg and removing the yolk — his health would improve. Dr. Chris Bauer, Lindsay’s personal physician, calls his ailment an “atypical presentation of a rare disease.” “They don’t really write textbooks based on that,” Bauer said. “We were were all learning with Doug as we went along.” Lindsay finally came to a bold conclusion. “If there isn’t a surgery, I’m going to make one,” he decided. His first big lead came in 2008. He found a 1980 study from a scientist at Georgia State University, which he summed up as: “You slice the rat’s adrenal gland with a razor blade and squeeze it so the medulla pops out like a pimple.” Then he found another version of the adrenal medulla extraction had been done at Harvard. Renowned professor Walter Bradford Cannon had performed the surgery on cats in 1926. Lindsay found records of the surgery being done on dogs as well. He built a 363-page PDF that proposed a first-ever human adrenal medullectomy. Then he spent the next 18 months working to find a surgeon who would oversee the unorthodox procedure. Pioneering a new surgery is a high-wire act for ethical and financial reasons as well. Surgeons could risk losing their license by performing an unproven operation, especially if complications arose. And insurance companies tend to not reimburse patients for non-standard procedures. Because many of the doctors in that specialized field knew each other, Lindsay was careful where he pitched the idea that might save his life. Eventually he recruited a surgeon from the University of Alabama-Birmingham. In September 2010 Lindsay went to the university hospital, where the doctor successfully extracted one of his adrenal medullas. Three weeks after the procedure, Lindsay could sit upright for three hours. By Christmas Eve, he had the strength to walk a mile to church. As he stood in the back of the church during midnight Mass, it finally felt like hope was winning. But progress was slow. In 2012, he underwent a second surgery at Washington University in St. Louis to remove the medulla from his remaining adrenal gland. A year later, he was well enough to fly with friends to the Bahamas. It was the first time in his life the Midwesterner had seen the ocean. By early 2014, he was coming off some of his medications. Coghlan, his champion, lived just long enough to see Lindsay’s remarkable recovery. He died in 2015. Against the odds, Lindsay had found a way to save himself. But his mother was too delicate to be moved to another facility, let alone endure the surgery her son pioneered. She died in 2016. She didn’t get to see him walk across the stage to graduate that year from Rockhurst University with a bachelor’s degree in biology, 16 years after he originally expected to begin his career. Lindsay is now 41 years old. Many of the friends with whom he planned to graduate are now married, with kids in grade school. “You can’t recapture the past,” Lindsay said. Today, he still lives in his childhood home in St. Louis. He needs to take nine medications per day, and his health is far from perfect, but he has his life back. He’s not exactly the biology professor he dreamed of being at 21, but he’s not far off the mark. He’s leveraging his experience into a new career as a medical consultant. “I couldn’t be an assistant manager at Trader Joe’s. I don’t have the physical ability for that,” Lindsay said. “But I can travel and give speeches and go for walks. And I can try to change the world.” Doctors are turning to him to help them identify and treat rare diseases like his own. “I’m a full professor at Stanford, and I don’t know these answers,” said Dr. Lawrence Chu, who found himself leaning on Lindsay when a rare disease patient came to him. “Doug was the expert consultant.” Lindsay has spoken at medical schools, including Stanford and Harvard, and at a growing list of medical conferences. And he’s working on a case study to be published in the British Medical Journal. With his gift for solving intractable problems, he hopes to help steer other patients with hard-to-treat diseases on a path toward wholeness. “I got help from people and and now I have to help people,” he said.

https://kdvr.com/2019/07/28/missouri-man-bedridden-for-11-years-invented-a-surgery-and-cured-himself/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 7-28-19 WGHP Fox 8 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A deadly mosquito-borne virus that causes brain swelling in humans has been detected in Florida

Posted 3:30 pm, July 28, 2019, by CNN Wire

Florida health officials are warning of an uptick in a mosquito-borne virus known as Eastern equine encephalitis (EEE). Several sentinel chickens tested positive for EEE, which can spread to humans via infected mosquitoes and cause brain infection and swelling, the Florida Department of Health in Orange County said in a Thursday statement. Sentinel chickens are fowl that are tested regularly for the West Nile virus and EEE. Their blood can show the presence of the diseases, but they don’t suffer from the effects of the viruses. Following the positive tests for the sentinel chickens in Orange County, the health department said “the risk of transmission to humans has increased.” Only about seven cases of the EEE virus in humans are reported in the US each year, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention says. However, the disease can be fatal: about 30% of people who contract it die, according to the CDC. Many survivors have ongoing neurologic problems. People develop symptoms about 4 to 10 days after they are bitten by an infected mosquito, the CDC says. Signs include sudden onset of headache, high fever, chills and vomiting. More severe symptoms include disorientation, seizures and coma. With summer in full swing, mosquitoes are buzzing around at peak populations. Officials warned people to avoid being bitten by draining standing water around their homes, covering skin with clothing or repellant, and using screens to cover doors and windows.

https://myfox8.com/2019/07/28/a-deadly-mosquito-borne-virus-that-causes-brain-swelling-in-humans-has-been-detected-in-florida/ 

:: 7-28-19 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nigeria: Toll in suspected Boko Haram funeral attack rises to 65

Dozens more bodies discovered following assault on mourners by suspected Boko Haram fighters in Borno, say officials.

7 hours ago

An attack this weekend by suspected Boko Haram fighters on a funeral in the northeastern state of Borno, Nigeria, has left at least 65 people dead, almost three times the initial toll, a local official said. Dozens more bodies were discovered on Sunday following the assault a day before by gunmen on a village close to the regional capital, Maiduguri. "It is 65 people dead and 10 injured," said Muhammed Bulama, chairman of the local government. Bulama said he thought the attack was in retaliation for the killing two weeks ago of 11 Boko Haram fighters by residents when the fighters approached their village. "The villagers resisted the [earlier] attack, killed 11 insurgents and recovered 10 AK-47 rifles in the encounter," he added. "On Saturday at about 11:40am, the insurgents came on a reprisal mission, attacking mourners at a graveyard in the area." The leader of a local anti-Boko Haram militia confirmed the death toll, giving a slightly different account of the attack. Bunu Bukar Mustapha told AFP news agency that 23 people were killed as they returned from the funeral and "the remaining 42 were killed when they pursued the terrorists". 'Everybody in crosshairs' Al Jazeera's Ahmed Idris said that while there has been no claim of responsibility, the attack bore the hallmark of Boko Haram.  "Everybody is in their crosshairs," he said. The group has waged a decade-long armed struggle in northeast Nigeria that has killed around 27,000 people and displaced more than two million others. In 2016, the group split into two main factions, one following longtime leader Abubakar Shekau and another following Abu Musab al-Barnawi. Shekau's group tends to hit softer targets including civilians, while al-Barnawi's Islamic State West Africa Province (ISWAP) has ratcheted up its campaign against the military since last year. "The one led by [Abubakar] Shekau does not discriminate between security forces and civilians. So if we stick to that modus operandi, which is well known, we would believe that it is the Shekau faction that launched this attack," Sadeeq Garba Shehu, a security analyst, told Al Jazeera from Nigeria's capital, Abuja. He added that the suspected reprisal attack by the fighters was meant to "show other communities who might think of resorting to self defence to defend themselves". Nigerian President Muhammadu Buhari on Sunday condemned the attack and directed the country's air force and army to begin air patrols and ground operations to hunt down the attackers, a statement released by the president's office said. Commenting on the difficulties faced by Nigeria's military to defeat Boko Haram, Shehu said "the honest truth is lack of capacity." "I'm not saying a lack of fighting capacity, but lack of capacity In terms of personnel, equipment, in terms of mobility access to react quickly," he added. "The Nigerian army, air force and the navy are all evolved in this operation; they are thinly spread on the ground. We do not have enough boots on the ground to pull that area."

SOURCE: Al Jazeera and news agencies

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2019/07/nigeria-death-toll-boko-haram-funeral-attack-rises-65-190728195337691.html 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-28-19 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Who bombed the Iranian missile batteries in Iraq?

While there is no proof Israel was behind last week’s attack on an Iraqi military base, its message was quite clear: The stationing in Iraq of Iranian ballistic missiles is unacceptable.

by Yoni Ben Menachem , JNS , Israel Hayom Staff Published on 2019-07-23 23:28 Last modified: 2019-07-28 18:49

Iraq is back in the headlines. Two weeks after the Iraqi Ambassador to the US Fareed Yasseen made waves by saying that “there are objective reasons that may call for the establishment of relations between Iraq and Israel,” some in the Arab world now point to Israel as being behind last week’s attack on Iraq’s Al-Shuhada military base. On Friday, the Iraqi army announced that a military base near the town of Amerli in eastern Salahuddin, north of Baghdad, had been bombed by a drone. According to Al Arabiya, at least one person was killed and two wounded in the attack. The base used by pro-Iranian militias of the Hashd al-Shaabi (Iraqi Popular Mobilization Force), which includes a Shi’ite Turkmen Brigade. The unit recently received Iranian ballistic missiles, hidden inside food-delivery trucks. According to Arab media reports, Hezbollah fighters and members of the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) were among the casualties. Although Arab commentators took the view that it was an American or Israeli drone attack, the Pentagon denied US involvement and Jerusalem kept mum.  Nevertheless, Iraqi airspace is in the US CENTCOM area of control. While initial reports said the strike was carried out by a drone, a Popular Mobilization Force official, Ali al-Husseini, told London-based Arabic daily “Asharq al-Awsat,” “We must await the results of the probe to find out what type of aircraft carried out the strike. The strength of the rocket indicates that it was probably not fired by a drone.”  According to Western and Israeli intelligence organizations, in recent months Iran has provided the Iraqi Shi’ite militias with dozens of guided ballistic missiles. Tehran’s aim is reportedly to build an alternative “missile base” in Iraq following Israel’s repeated successful strikes against Iranian targets in Syria. In charge of the missile relocation project is Gen. Qasem Soleimani, commander of the IRGC’s Al-Quds Force. The missiles are reported to be of the Zelzal, Fateh-110 and Zolfaqar types. On August 31, 2018, Reuters reported that the Zolfaqar missiles have a range of up to 700 kilometers, enabling them to reach Riyadh, the capital of Saudi Arabia, or Tel Aviv if launched from Iraq. The Fateh-110 missiles have 250-300 km range. This is not the first time a strike on Iraqi militias loyal to Iran has been attributed to Israel. In June 2018, drones struck an Iraqi militia near the town of Khari southeast of Al-Bukhmal on the Syria-Iraq border, killing 20 to 40 militiamen. The official Syrian news agency blamed the American coalition for the attack, but a senior US official ascribed it to Israel. The Iraqi base hit last week is relatively close to the border, and Iran may have been planning to move the missiles into Syria.  The Iraqi government has trouble standing up to Iran, which means its territory is prone to US and Israeli attacks. Experience proves that Israel has excellent intelligence information on IRGC activity in Syria and Iraq that it can quickly translate into offensive operational activity. If Israel is indeed behind last week’s attack in Iraq, it is good that it is staying silent. Israel cannot afford to stop hitting Iranian targets intended to open new fronts against it, whether in the Syrian Golan Heights or in Iraq, however, the current period is very sensitive in light of US-Iran tensions. One can only hope that the upcoming Israeli elections will not inspire boastfulness in senior officials. While there is no proof that this was an Israeli attack, its message was quite clear: There are actors in the region with very effective military capabilities, that will not accept the stationing of Iranian ballistic missiles in Iraq that endanger Israel and Saudi Arabia. Iran has a major problem: It has been penetrated by foreign intelligence agencies and has a hard time concealing the IRGC’s activities in Syria and Iraq. Israel enjoys intelligence and aerial superiority over Iran in Syrian airspace and in the vicinity of Syria’s border with Iraq. Iran, however, is persisting in its efforts to open new fronts against Israel. Even amid Iran’s economic and diplomatic plight, its leadership retains its burning ideological hatred towards Israel; for them, the desire to destroy it outweighs any other consideration. For the time being, this is not going to change, and for Israel, the northern and northeastern fronts will remain an ongoing concern. Yoni Ben Menachem, a veteran Arab affairs and diplomatic commentator for Israel Radio and Television, is a senior Middle East analyst for the Jerusalem Center for Public Affairs. He served as director general and chief editor of the Israel Broadcasting Authority.

This article first appeared on the Jerusalem Center for Public Affairs

https://www.israelhayom.com/2019/07/23/who-bombed-the-iranian-missile-batteries-in-iraq/ 

:: 7-16-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Daniel’s Astounding Prophecies, Part 2

By Hal Lindsey

I said last week that the interpretation Jesus gave to the Book of Daniel would take your breath away. His method of interpretation was, in short, to take Daniel at face value. Why is that breathtaking? Let’s look at it. Modern critics say that the book was written by an unknown person or group of people around 165 BC. Jesus said Daniel wrote the Book of Daniel (Matthew 24:15). If Daniel wrote it, that puts the date back to where the book itself claims to have been written — around 540 BC. Critics say it was written around the time of Antiochus Epiphanes. That’s the mad king who famously defiled the Temple in an attempt to humiliate the Jews and end the worship of Jehovah. They claim that the Book of Daniel’s description of the “abomination of desolation” refers to this event. They say it was not prophetic, but had already happened. And so, they date the book to that time. But according to Jesus, Antiochus did not fulfill Daniel’s prophecy of the “abomination of desolation” (Daniel 11:31 and 12:11). He said it would be in the future. During His famous discourse on the Second Coming, Jesus said in Matthew 24, “Therefore when you see the abomination of desolation which was spoken of through Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place… let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains; let him who is on the housetop not go down to get the things out that are in his house; and let him who is in the field not turn back to get his cloak…. for then there will be a great tribulation, such as has not occurred since the beginning of the world until now, nor ever shall.” Daniel said that the abomination of desolation would take place at the mid-point of the 70th week. Last week I talked about the 70 weeks of years prophesied by Daniel. Here’s that prophecy from Daniel 9:25-26. “You are to know and discern that from the issuing of a decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until Messiah the Prince there will be seven weeks and sixty-two weeks; it will be built again, with plaza and moat, even in times of distress. Then after the sixty-two weeks the Messiah will be cut off and have nothing, and the people of the prince who is to come will destroy the city and the sanctuary.” Seven weeks of years plus 62 makes 69 — at total of 483 years. Messiah Jesus presented Himself to Israel 483 years to the day after the decree went out to restore Jerusalem. Those 483 years happened consecutively. But there is a pause between the first 69 weeks of years and the 70th. The pause was not added later by Bible teachers trying to make things fit. Rather, the pause was written into the prophecy itself. The prophecy tells us exactly when the 69 weeks end and when the last one begins. Verse 27 says that the last seven years would be initiated when the coming prince makes a covenant (or treaty) with Israel. From other scripture, we know that the covenant will seem to bring peace to the Middle East and the world. In the New Testament we learn another title for “the prince who is to come” — Antichrist. The prophecy requires a gap between the end of the 69th week when Messiah presents Himself to Israel and the beginning of the 70th when Antichrist makes his covenant with Israel. Between those events, “Messiah will be cut off,” meaning killed. Jesus presented Himself as Messiah on Palm Sunday which was the end of the 69th week. A few days later, He was crucified. The other event that must take place in the pause is that “the people of the prince who is to come will destroy the city and the sanctuary.” That happened in 70 AD. That’s one of the verses that lets us know that the Antichrist will be part of a revived Roman Empire. The “people” who sacked Jerusalem in 70 AD were the Romans. The pause continues today. In it, God has granted the world a reprieve from the days of judgment and wrath promised for the 70th week. That reprieve will not last forever. The Bible teaches a great deal about the 70th week, and the world is clearly poised to fulfill the events of that time. The Rapture will take place before Daniel’s 70th week. So, it must be extremely soon. This is the time to be more zealous than ever to tell everyone the Good News of salvation in Jesus.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-7-16-2019/ 

:: 7-19-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Was Organ Harvesting On China's Mind When They Stole The Medical Records Of Nearly 80 Million Americans?

The Google - China Marriage Must Be Taken Down For The Good Of The Free World

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  July 19, 2019

Just days ago, the Daily Mail published this story reporting PayPal founder and President Trump supporter Peter Thiel has requested that the FBI and CIA launch an investigation into google, claiming it had been infiltrated by Chinese intelligence while slamming google's decision to work with the Chinese military while canceling a US Defense Department contract as 'treason'. Just the latest story helping to confirm that the nation of China and the US-based company 'google' are joined at the hip, this July 11th story at the Intercept confirmed an American organization called The Open Power Foundation which was founded by tech giants 'google' and IBM is helping China’s authoritarian government conduct mass surveillance against its citizens. As this story over at Telecoms reports, both IBM and 'google' have swapped their morals for Chinese cash and while we'll argue here that 'google' never had any 'morals', as we'll see within this ANP story, if we think we shouldn't be paying any attention to what is happening in China, we're gravely mistaken. As we'll explore within the next section below, according to this new story over at the Wall Street Journal, for some reason, China wants the medical records of Americans so they hacked the medical records of 80 million of us. And as we've reported previously on ANP, the long unfolding A.I. surveillance state in America is using China as a model. Why such strong ties between US company 'google' and China's military? Treason? From this Daily Mail story. Peter Thiel said that American agencies should ask Google three questions, to determine whether it had been infilitrated by Chinese intelligence services. The questions are: 'Number one: How many foreign intelligence agencies have infiltrated your Manhattan Project for AI (artificial intelligence)?

'Number two: Does Google's senior management consider itself to have been thoroughly infiltrated by Chinese intelligence?

'Number three: Is it because they consider themselves to be so thoroughly infiltrated that they have engaged in the seemingly treasonous decision to work with the Chinese military and not with the US military.'

(If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) With 'google' and 'big tech' absolutely part of the 'enemies of America within' who are working to destroy national sovereignty while thoroughly pushing the 'globalists agenda', as we had reported back on May 19th in this story titled "With George Orwell's 1984 Here Now, 'Everywhere Will Turn Into China' Tech Expert Warns - As Canada, The UK & EU Fall To Islamo-Fascist Tyranny, Globalists Attempt To 'Submit' America", between the all-encompassing surveillance that has been established across America and the world over the past decade+ to censorship being the 'new norm' to the Orwellian language used by government agencies, the mainstream media and 'big tech', it's easy to see why so many believe that the book "1984" really was an 'instruction manual' to create global tyranny. And with always-spying and forever-surveilling 'google' leading the way towards Orwell's warning unfolding, and google preferring to work with China's military over the US, should google be charged with treason as Thiel suggests? In taking a long look at this previously mentioned Wall Street Journal story (saved at archive), we have to ask, why does China really want the medical records of Americans? We can't help but think they may be preparing to use Americans for organ harvesting following the globalists 'end game' for America. With China clearly helping to establish the global 'surveillance state', even right here in America, if you think China wanting to steal American's medical records for organ harvesting a bit of a stretch, remember, they are already stealing organs from 'detainees' in China according to this June 18th NBC News story. So let's take a look at the theories of what China is up to right now from this Wall Street Journal story. Perhaps China is using commercial espionage to gain a leg up in the global medical-services industry. But recent trends point to an even more unsettling use of the data: China is gathering the pieces needed to create in the U.S. a version of its omnipresent surveillance state. Chinese citizens have long been carefully monitored in all aspects of their lives. In recent years Beijing has supplemented its internal spying with high-tech methods, such as culling data from digitized personal records—including medical records—and surveillance cameras equipped with facial-recognition software. Beijing examines all data passing through popular phone apps, and even looks for “abnormal” electricity consumption among citizens. There’s evidence that China is quietly deploying those same surveillance tools and analytics in America. Consider the presence of millions of surveillance cameras made by state-backed Chinese manufacturers like Hikvision. They could pose a security risk, according to Carolyn Bartholomew, chairman of the U.S.–China Economic and Security Review Commission. The fear is that the cameras could be remotely monitored by Beijing. Accordingly, last year the U.S. government ordered Hikvision cameras removed from sensitive facilities, but untold numbers of cameras remain elsewhere, potentially spying on regular U.S. citizens in addition to traditional intelligence targets. Other goods have sparked similar worries. Chinese-manufactured drones are used across the U.S. for industrial purposes, despite Department of Homeland Security warnings last month that the data they collect can be redirected easily to Beijing. There is even concern that Chinese espionage could target data collected by dating apps. In March, U.S. officials ordered Grindr to shed its Chinese investors for fear that they would tap into the company’s sensitive personal data to spy on or blackmail U.S. users. It takes no great stretch of the imagination to see that Beijing could combine its well-honed espionage tools with the reams of information it has stolen to create a new surveillance network in the home of its most powerful geopolitical rival. So we have to ask, are they doing it for the totalitarian globalists, even those here in the US, who want to take down America? As we hear in the 2nd video below, 'google' is already actively working against the interests of the United States, working for China's communications and tech companies overseas while censoring Christians and Conservatives inside the States. As our videographer tells us, "google was created from the Hydra beast of DARPA - and now it has turned on its masters, straight into the paws of China." From this story over at Telecoms.: IBM and Google executives should be bracing for impact as the comet of controversy heads directly towards their offices. Reports have emerged, via the Intercept, suggesting two of the US’ most influential and powerful technology giants have indirectly been assisting the Chinese Government with its campaign of mass-surveillance and censorship. Both will try to distance themselves from the controversy, but this could have a significant impact on both firms. The drama here is focused around a joint-venture, the OpenPower Foundation, founded in 2013 by Google and IBM, but features members such as Red Hat, Broadcom, Mellanox, Xilinx and Rackspace. The aim of the open-ecosystem organization is to facilitate and share advances in networking, server, data storage, and processing technology. To date, the group has been little more than another relatively uninteresting NPO, serving a niche in the industry, though one initiative is causing the stir. The OpenPower Foundation has been working with Xilinx and Chinese firm Semptian to create a new breed of chips capable of enabling computers to process incredible amounts of data. This might not seem extraordinary, though the application is where the issue has been found. On the surface, Semptian is a relatively ordinary Chinese semiconductor business, but when you look at its most profitable division, iNext, the story becomes a lot more sinister. iNext specialises in selling equipment to the Chinese Government to enable the mass-surveillance and censorship projects which have become so infamous. It will come as little surprise a Chinese firm is aiding the Government with its nefarious objectives, but a link to IBM and Google, as well as a host of other US firms, will have some twitching with discomfort. We can imagine the only people who are pleased at this news are the politicians who are looking to get their faces on TV by theatrically condemning the whole saga. And as Mike Adams had reported in this recent story over at Natural News, besides working with China to keep track of the Chinese people and helping to create their total 'police state', google has been working to censor not only Christians and Conservatives in America but 'alternative health news' as well. Warning within his story that google is proving itself to be pro-Monsatan, pro-5G, pro-geoengineering and clearly pro-China, 'google' has proven itself to be the enemy of Americans. If you thought Google was only censoring political content, think again. Just like I warned in a previous Natural News article, Google is now censoring all content about organics, homeopathy, naturopathy, chiropractic, herbs, nutrition and supplements. Sayer Ji, founder of GreenMedInfo, has put together a damning collecting of evidence proving that Google is maliciously altering search suggestions to try to destroy natural health and naturopathy. It’s all part of Google’s total collapse into pure evil that has also seen Google censoring all conservative, Christian or pro-Trump content. Make no mistake: Google is pro-pharma, pro-Monsanto, pro-glyphosate, pro-pesticides, pro-chemotherapy, pro-fluoride, pro-5G, pro-geoengineering and fully supports every other toxic poison that endangers humankind. Google is poison to humanity. And while Amnesty.org recently put out this story titled "Google must fully commit to never censor search in China", is Amnesty International really NOT paying attention to google's censorship of Conservatives and Christians right here in America, censorship going on for several years? Or is it ok with globalists like Amnesty International that Christians and Conservatives are censored? With this December of 2018 story over at the Epoch Times reporting google is working with China to distribute surveillance technology created by a Chinese company while warning that google already has access to almost all of Americans data, their story's bottom line warned: "It is time that U.S. citizens, including business leaders, demand changes that include protection from predatory surveillance and data-mining business practices that can bring harm to the telecom-product user." Sadly, that may already be far too late.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Why_Does_China_Want_Our_Medical_Records.php 

:: 7-20-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mass die-off of pilot whales wash up along western Iceland Thursday with experts claiming they died after becoming disorientated

Saturday, 20 July 2019

David Schwarzhans, the pilot of the sightseeing helicopter, took images of the whales Dozens of dead beached whales have been spotted by sightseers during a helicopter flight over western Iceland.  The dead pilot whales were photographed during the trip on Thursday over a beach at Longufjorur. It's unclear how the mammals became beached. The region where they were spotted is secluded, inaccessible by car and has very few visitors. Police in the nearby town of Stykkisholmur has been made aware of the discovery, local media say. The images were taken by helicopter pilot David Schwarzhans. He told the BBC: "We were flying northbound over the beach and then we saw them.  We were circling over it not sure if it was whales, seals or dolphins. We landed and counted about 60 but there must have been more because there were fins sticking out of the sand. "It was tragic and when we stood downwind it was smelly. It wasn't something nice to see and quite shocking since there were so many". Edda Elisabet Magnusdottir, a marine biologist and whale expert, told Iceland Monitor that when such mammals enter shallow waters "most of them have a tendency to become disorientated". She added that pilot whales usually swim in tight groups, which is why so many of them become stranded at once. In November 2018, about 145 pilot whales were found beached on an island in New Zealand. Half of the whales had died by the time they were discovered, while the remaining were put down as it would have been too difficult to save them.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/07/mass-die-off-of-pilot-whales-wash-up.html 

:: 1-15-19 Mysterious Universe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hunt for the Blackstar: On the Trail of the Military’s Secret “Mothership”

Micah Hanks January 15, 2019

On the evening of September 13, 1990, something unusual appeared in the skies above Mojave, California. Most observers described it as a large, delta-shaped aircraft, which produced a low, rumbling sound as it moved across the nighttime sky. The mystery aircraft appeared to be accompanied by an F-16 and one other plane, apparently “chase” planes assisting or gathering observational data in relation to the larger aircraft. This would not be the only appearance made by this “mystery aircraft”; a similar display appeared in the skies over Mojave again on October 3 that same year, then again in April of the following year. During the Spring 1991 incident, an observer was able to identify an F-16 accompanying it in the “chase” position, as was seen during its initial appearance earlier in September. The larger aircraft, which appeared to be white or some lighter color, was said to “dwarf” the chasing F-16. Sometime later, the monolithic “mystery plane” began to make appearances over the Southeast. One such sighting was reported in the early 1990s by CNN writer Glenn Emery, who observed the aircraft near Atlanta, Georgia, at an estimated 10,000 to 15,000 ft altitude (Emery said this was difficult to judge, since the size of the aircraft was unknown, but that the plane he witnessed was “clearly higher and faster” than conventional traffic elsewhere in the sky, which were on their descent into Hartsfield Atlanta International Airport). Reports would continue, though seldom in occurrence, with some comparing the mystery aircraft to the XB-70, a late 1950s supersonic prototype aircraft designed by North American Aviation, for use in bombing missions by the USAF Strategic Air Command. The Federation of American Scientists, commenting on sightings of this “mystery plane,” noted that the aircraft’s wingspan would have been roughly equivalent to that of a B-2 bomber, but with a shape that was different enough to be discerned even at night: Some observers also claim that another larger and more agile aircraft has been cruising the California desert. This aircraft reportedly has a wingspan close to 150 feet. While this dimension is roughly equivalent to that of the B-2 bomber, observers insist that they can distinguish it from the B-2 at night. Unlike the B-2 and the aircraft flying in F- 117A formation, this vehicle appeared highly maneuverable. One is said to have turned 90 degrees on its wingtip. With time, this large aircraft had picked up a nickname in aviation and defense reporting circles: many had begun calling it the “mothership.”  Based on sightings of the aircraft, mostly reported in Aviation Week and Space Technology, the so-called “mothership” was believed to have been part of a two-vehicle system, with the large craft being observed during the early 1990s being a carrier plane for an orbital component—that is, a smaller spaceplane fitted under the primary craft—which was flown to sub-orbital altitude before being released. The system became known in “secret” circles as the SR3 Blackstar, with its accompanying orbital spaceplane dubbed XOV or “Speedy.” Speculation about the Blackstar system continued for a number of years in aviation circles. Then in the early 200s, news began to circulate that the Blackstar program might have been shelved, prompting Aviation Week editor William B. Scott to write a lengthy three-part series detailing all that was known about the suspected project at that time. “Exactly what missions the Blackstar system may have been designed for and built to accomplish are as yet unconfirmed,” Scott wrote in 2006, “but U.S. Air Force Space Command (AFSPC) officers and contractors have been toying with similar spaceplane-operational concepts for years. Besides reconnaissance, they call for inserting small satellites into orbit, and either retrieving or servicing other spacecraft. Conceivably, such a vehicle could serve as an anti-satellite or space-to-ground weapons-delivery platform, as well.” Scott’s articles received a mixed reception from aviation experts, with some expressing critical views about the legitimacy of Aviation Week’s reporting on the hypothetical Blackstar. Others were critical of the critics, including Steve Douglass, an aerospace writer and photojournalist who argued that many of the attacks seemed to have been based on an incomplete reading of Scott’s original series of articles: “Negative comments centered mostly on the belief that it would be almost impossible to develop such a complicated, expensive and sophisticated system without the American public being aware, but those type of comments came from posters who did not read the entire article with Bill Scott’s excellent research on how the project was specifically structured to isolate it from the military (promoting “plausible deniability”) with it being overseen by private sector contractors much like how the United Space Alliance now manages huge parts of NASA’s manned space flight program.” “Those who scoff at the report,” Douglass went on to argue, “saying it is too dangerous and difficult to launch a simple space-plane system into space, forget the private-sector has already accomplished just that and without the billion-dollar backing of any government,” citing the aforementioned XB-70, along with the USAF’s Dyna Soar spaceplane project, as examples.

The buzz that the “Blackstar” program created back in the early 2000s led to further interest among many commentators who had been searching for evidence of other hush-hush aerospace projects, among them the mythical “Project Aurora,” a hypothetical reconnaissance plane and successor to the SR-71 Blackbird. Lawrence Harris, an aerospace and security analyst with the Chicago-based Kemper Securities Group was quoted on July 17, 1992 in Aerospace Daily saying that “Circumstantial evidence suggests that this project has been underway since 1987 and that a first flight occurred in 1989… Aurora could be operational in 1995, six years after the probable first flight.” However, in the world of black projects and secretive aircraft, seeing is believing, even if the projects in question involve stealth technologies that aren’t meant to be seen. I recall having a discussion about projects like these a number of years ago with a colleague of James Oberg at a conference we both attended, where I proposed that a number of sightings of unexplained aircraft from over the last few decades could be evidence for programs the likes of Blackstar. My friend seemed to think this was unlikely, however, saying that such programs “would have been declassified by now.” Apparently, Steven Douglass has encountered this argument in the past, as well. In a post at his Deep Blue Horizon blog that accompanied a copy of his original article on the Blackstar program, he discussed the way many dismiss the possible existence of craft like Aurora or Blackstar (which may have been one and the same, as Douglass has argued), along with other rumored aircraft the likes of the TR-3A “Black Manta.”  “Many Internet pundits,” Douglass wrote, “have said, ‘Okay –where’s Aurora. Where’s the F-19? Where’s the TR-3A?’ ” Douglass thinks it’s unlikely that all such secret aircraft would become public knowledge after only a few decades, as many critics claim: “It is quite likely that the [Secret Aerospace Projects] that [William Scott] and I wrote about are still classified above Top Secret and may not be acknowledged for another fifty years or so – not just because the technology is sensitive but the various purposes and missions these classified aircraft flew are sensitive as well as are still-classified missions flown by the f-117, SR-71 and U-2.” The fact that these hypothetical aircraft have captured the interest of aerospace professionals over the years is not proof in itself that they existed (or might still exist). It does, however, suggest that such ideas are not pure speculation, nor are they crazy. Even if the majority of cases like these were proven unreliable, it would seem that there would have to be at least a few secret aerospace projects that do exist, and which are seen by people–both in the civilian and military sectors–from time to time. The eyewitness reports must account for something, after all… whether any official details will be forthcoming any time soon is another story.

https://mysteriousuniverse.org/2019/01/hunt-for-the-blackstar-on-the-trail-of-the-militarys-secret-mothership/ 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 7-18-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Dumping US Treasurys for Third Straight Month

China still America’s biggest creditor

Schiff Gold - July 18, 2019

China dumped more US Treasurys in May, pushing their holdings to the lowest level in two years, according to data released this week by the US Treasury Department. The Chinese divested themselves of US debt for the third straight month, selling off another $2.8 billion in Treasurys in May. The month before, China dumped $7.5 billion in US bonds and that followed on the heels of the biggest US Treasury selloff by the Chinese in nearly 2 1/2 years in March. Over the last three months alone, the Chinese have shed $20.3 billion in US debt. After a four-month pause, the big March sell-off resumed a trend of Chinese Treasury divestment we saw in 2018. Over the last 12 months, the Chinese have shed $72.9 billion of its Treasury securities. Chinese holdings of US Treasurys have dropped to $1.110 trillion. The peak was $1.25 trillion in February 2016. China remains the biggest US creditor. Even a long-term pause in Chinese bond purchases could become problematic for the US as it sells billions of dollars of additional Treasurys in order to fund ballooning deficits. Dr. Nick Begich breaks down the booming middle class in Asia and exposes how the west’s economy has been systematically transferred eastward to allow for this financial boom, especially in China. So far in fiscal 2019, the US government has already run up a $747.1 budget deficit. Analysts say the deficit will likely top $1 trillion for the fiscal year. The US government has to sell bonds to fund the deficits. If its biggest buyer continues to be a seller, it could create significant problems for the Treasury Department in the near future. There has even been talk that the Chinese could turn to a “nuclear option” in its trade war with the United States and aggressively sell off its holdings of Treasurys. This would raise borrowing costs for the cash-strapped US government and likely tank the dollar. The Chinese can’t out-tariff Trump. The US imports far more products than the Chinese. But that $1.11 trillion in Treasury holdings gives the Chinese significant leverage. Most analysts believe it is highly unlikely that the Chinese would resort to the nuclear option because it would also potentially cripple their economy as well. But an editor for the Global Times, a Chinese state-owned newspaper, verbalized the threat in a tweet last month, saying “Many Chinese scholars are discussing the possibility of dumping US Treasuries and how to do it specifically.” Andrew Czap, Flickr Even as the Chinese are shedding US Treasurys, they are buying gold. China added gold to its reserves for the seventh straight month in June. This is all part of the Chinese government’s “determined diversification” away from the US dollar, and perhaps even to undermine the greenback’s status as the reserve currency. The Chinese have become more vocal about the need to create alternative payment systems globally that do not rely on the dollar. In an op-ed published last month, a Chinese state-owned newspaper called on the international community to find alternatives to the global dollar system and warned “capricious actions” by the United States government could “ruin the future of the dollar itself.” Trump Warns That A Dem Election Will Crash The Economy President Trump accurately points out that the election of a Democrat will have serious negative ramifications to the market.

https://www.infowars.com/china-dumping-us-treasurys-for-third-straight-month/ 

:: 7-19-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Elon Musk is making implants to link your brain with a smartphone and read your mind

By Strange Sounds - Jul 19, 2019

After electric vehicles and rockets… Elon Musk now wants to read your mind…

And insert Bluetooth-enabled implants into your brain to enable telepathy and repair motor function in people with injuries. Speaking on Tuesday, the CEO of Tesla and SpaceX said his Neuralink devices will consist of a tiny chip connected to 1,000 wires measuring one-tenth the width of a human hair. The chip features a USB-C port, the same adapter used by Apple’s Macbooks, and connects via Bluebooth to a small computer worn over the ear and to a smartphone, Musk said. “If you’re going to stick something in a brain, you want it not to be large,” Musk said, playing up the device’s diminutive size.

Neuralink Neuralink, a startup founded by Musk, says the devices can be used by those seeking a memory boost or by stroke victims, cancer patients, quadriplegics or others with congenital defects.  The company says up to 10 units can be placed in a patient’s brain. The chips will connect to an iPhone app that the user can control. The devices will be installed by a robot built by the startup. Musk said the robot, when operated by a surgeon, will drill 2 millimeter holes in a person’s skull. The chip part of the device will plug the hole in the patient’s skull. “The interface to the chip is wireless, so you have no wires poking out of your head. That’s very important,” Musk added. Trials could start before the end of 2020, Musk said, likening the procedure to Lasik eye correction surgery, which requires local anesthetic. Musk has said this latest project is an attempt to use artificial intelligence (AI) to have a positive effect on humanity. He has previously tried to draw attention to AI’s potential to harm humans.  He has invested some $100 million in San Francisco-based Neuralink, according to the New York Times. Musk’s plan to develop human computer implants comes on the heels of similar efforts by Google and Facebook. But critics aren’t so sure customers should trust tech companies with data ported directly from the brain. Who will get the data? “The idea of entrusting big enterprise with our brain data should create a certain level discomfort for society,” said Daniel Newman, principal analyst at Futurum Research and co-author of the book Human/Machine. “There is no evidence that we should trust or be comfortable with moving in this direction,” he added. While the technology could help those with some type of brain injury or trauma, “Gathering data from raw brain activity could put people in great risk, and could be used to influence, manipulate and exploit them,” Frederike Kaltheuner of Privacy International told CNN Business. “Who has access to this data? Is this data shared with third parties? People need to be in full control over their data.“ The tech industry is coming under heightened scrutiny over how it handles data. France fined Google parent company Alphabet in January for violating EU online privacy rules. Facebook reportedly faces a major fine in the United States over its own data privacy violations. Tesla has also suffered data leaks. In 2018, researchers at security firm RedLock said Tesla’s cloud storage was breached to mine cryptocurrency. Tesla has also suffered data leaks. In 2018, researchers at security firm RedLock said Tesla’s cloud storage was breached to mine cryptocurrency. Here a long video of Neuralink Launch Event: Big companies have never enough. after controlling the world, they want to control your soul… We have to fight against this new kind of slavery… At least I will try!

https://strangesounds.org/2019/07/neuralink-elon-musk-implant-read-mind-brain-smartphone-link.html 

:: 7-18-19 Hawaii News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Concerns grow over leaving existing telescopes atop Mauna Kea unmanned

By HNN Staff | July 18, 2019 at 4:41 PM HST - Updated July 18 at 4:41 PM

HONOLULU, Hawaii (HawaiiNewsNow) - Two days ago, all employees from the existing observatories atop Mauna Kea left the summit for safety reasons. As a large protest against the Thirty Meter Telescope continues, they haven’t been able to return. And that’s causing concern for observatory administrators, who say the telescopes need regular maintenance. Rich Matsuda, chief of operations for the Keck Observatory, said seven of their technicians, scientists, and engineers were brought down from Mauna Kea as the protest continues. Until they can go back, they’ve been working at offsite facilities in Waimea and Hilo. But he said within days, personnel will have to return to the telescopes to ensure they’re maintained and working properly. How they’ll do that is unclear. Not only have protesters blocked the access road to the summit, the state has also formally closed the road to vehicle and pedestrian traffic. Matsuda said the telescopes are made of very sensitive optics and instrumentation. “Even though there are observatories that can observe remotely, meaning without people up there, if they run into serious technical issues then we need to be able to get technical staff up there,” he said. He added none of the observatories are able to conduct scientific observations at night for now.

https://www.hawaiinewsnow.com/2019/07/19/concerns-grow-over-leaving-existing-telescopes-atop-mauna-kea-unmanned/ 

:: 7-19-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Omar Referred to Somalia as “Our Nation Back Home” in 2015 Speech

Clearly differentiated Somalia from the United States

Paul Joseph Watson | Infowars.com - July 19, 2019

A 2015 speech has emerged in which Rep. Ilhan Omar describes Somalia as “our nation back home,” while failing to describe the United States in similar terms. Democrats have blasted President Trump all week for his tweet which suggested that Omar should go back to Somalia to fix the problems there before complaining about America. “The only country we swear an oath to is the United States,” tweeted Omar in response. However, during a 2015 speech to the Revolution Somali Youth League she struck a very different tone. “You guys have the ability to impact where our nation is headed,” said Omar, before adding, “Not only HERE – in the United States – but even in our nation back home.” The fact that she clearly differentiates between the United States and “our nation back home” led many on Twitter to suggest that her primary loyalty is not to the United States. Meanwhile, a petition to have Omar investigated by Congress has reached nearly 8,000 signatures.

https://www.infowars.com/omar-referred-to-somali-as-our-nation-back-home-in-2015-speech/ 

:: 7-19-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DEEP $ DECEPTION! What The DEMOCRATS Are DISTRACTING You From WILL DEVASTATE & DESTROY Everything!

By Justus Knight on July 19, 2019

The Great American Deception is here! While they have you embroiled in watching MSM talking points, Twitter feed frenzies and Facebook face-offs they are sowing their web of lies right underneath our noses. We love to tease AOC for her lack of mental fortitude but don’t think for a minute her ‘script’ is not provided…she may be dumb like a fox. There are mechanisms at work in her Green New Deal, Bernie’s Medicare for All and Yang’s Basic Income that are backed by an economic theory (hint MMT for short). The problem with this ‘theory’ is a) it’s really no theory at all and b) best case scenario is Socialism / worst case scenario is immediate bankruptcy, hoarding, food lines and depression. So don’t let them distract you for too long; this is coming quick! DON’T FORGET TO ASSURE THE BELL IS CHECKED SO YOU ALERTED TO MY NEW BROADCASTS!! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/07/19/deep-deception-what-the-democrats-are-distracting-you-from-will-devastate-destroy-everything/ 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 7-19-19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Peace Is About To Be Taken From The Earth, And World War 3 Could Literally Start At Any Moment

July 19, 2019 by Michael Snyder

Why aren’t more Americans concerned that we could be on the verge of an apocalyptic war with Iran? If there was still any doubt, what happened on Friday made it exceedingly clear that we are literally on the brink of seeing World War 3 erupt in the Middle East. And as I detailed yesterday, a war with Iran wouldn’t be anything like our wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. If the American people truly understood what a war with Iran would be like, there would be millions of protesters in front of the White House right now trying to stop it from happening. Without a doubt, the Iranian government is deeply evil, but the Iranians also possess weapons of mass destruction and they control a vast global terror network unlike anything the world has ever seen before. A full-blown war with Iran would be the stuff that nightmares are made out of, and it would unleash death and destruction on an unimaginable scale all over the planet. Perhaps it is already too late to stop what is going to happen, but I very much hope that is not true. After news broke on Friday that Iran had seized two British oil tankers, President Trump told the press that “Iran is in big trouble”… President Donald Trump said Friday that the Islamic Republicn of Iran has endangered itself by seizing a pair of British oil tankers in the Persian Gulf.  ‘Iran is showing their true colors,’ he told reporters on the South Lawn of the White House has he departed for a weekend in New Jersey. ‘Iran is in big trouble.’ That doesn’t mean that airstrikes are imminent, but it does mean that we are a lot closer to military conflict than we were before. Personally, I have no idea what Iran is thinking. When the Iranians seized a British oil tanker named “Stena Impero” on Friday, it made headlines all over the world… The U.K.-flagged Stena Impero, which has a crew of 23 aboard, “was approached by unidentified small crafts and a helicopter during transit of the Strait of Hormuz while the vessel was in international waters,” Stena Bulk, the shipping company that owns the vessel, said in a statement. “We are presently unable to contact the vessel which is now heading north towards Iran.” Iran’s Revolutionary Guard forces, in a statement on their website, say the ship was seized for “non-compliance with international maritime laws and regulations” and is being brought to an unnamed Iranian port, according to the Associated Press. Websites tracking the ship’s path showed it turning sharply in the direction of Iran’s Qeshm Island, instead of its intended destination of Saudi Arabia. Of course it is also possible that the Iranians are being set up. According to Iranian media, the Stena Impero “had turned off its GPS locator” and had “tried to enter the Strait of Hormuz in an area where most ships exit”. If those claims are true, then that certainly puts a much different spin on the story. Almost an hour later, the Iranians briefly seized a second oil tanker, but after issuing a warning the Iranians let it go… Approximately an hour later, a Liberian-flagged tanker operated by a British company was also seized by Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) and was seen on maritime tracking services making a turn toward Iran. Iran’s semi-official Fars news agency later claimed that the second ship, known as the Mesdar, was warned to comply with environmental regulations before being allowed to continue on its way. Needless to say, the British government is deeply concerned about these developments, and Iranian officials are being warned of “serious consequences” if the Stena Impero is not immediately released… UK Foreign Secretary Jeremy Hunt has warned Iran of “serious consequences” if its military does not return control of the British-flagged oil tanker Stena Impero, according to Sky News. He said British action will be “robust” but also emphasized “we’re not looking at military options” at this early stage. Hunt said he’s seeking to urgently speak to Iran’s foreign minister, currently unreachable as he’s on a plane flying back from a UN meeting in New York, and hopes the crisis will be resolved diplomatically. Of course this is just the latest in a long string of incidents which have steadily brought us closer to war. I covered the developments which we witnessed on Wednesday and Thursday in this article, and the following is a timeline of events which the Daily Mail put together…

May 12: Four commercial oil tankers attacked off the coast of the United Arab Emirates. Washington accuses Tehran, which denies all involvement.

June 13: A Japanese and Norwegian fuel tanker are hit by mysterious blasts while passing through the Strait of Hormuz. Again, Iran denies involvement.

June 14: U.S. Military releases video ‘proving’ Iranian involvement in the earlier attacks.

June 20: Iran downs a $130m US surveillance drone over the Strait of Hormuz

July 4: Royal Marines Commandos detain the Grace 1 Iranian tanker in Gibraltar which is accused of busting EU Syrian sanctions

July 11: Iran tries to interfere with a UK-registered tanker but is warned off by the Royal Navy.

July 14: Iran seizes the Panama-flagged ‘Riah’.

July 18: The USS Boxer shoots down an Iranian drone over the Strait of Hormuz which it claimed was endangering the vessel.

July 19: Iran seizes British-flagged ‘Stena Impero’.

July 19: Iran seizes a second British-linked vessel, the Mesdar.

Before I end this article, I want to make a couple of observations about Iran. Firstly, the Iranians are obviously not afraid of a war with the western powers, because otherwise they would not dare to seize oil tankers. What is making the Iranians so confident? Could it be possible that they have weapons that we don’t know about? Secondly, the Iranians may feel like they have been pushed so far into a corner that they have no choice but to push back. Let me give you one example of what I am talking about. Two Iranian cargo ships arrived in Brazil earlier this year, but now they are trapped because the Brazilians won’t sell them enough fuel to get home… Reuters explained on Friday that the cargo ships Bavand and Termeh arrived in Brazil a few months ago to deliver a shipment of petrochemical fertilizer and pick up loads of corn. The Bavand was loaded up with 50,000 tons of corn and the Termeh is supposed to take on another 66,000 tons. Carrying food back to Iran is legal under U.S. sanctions and Iran buys a great deal of corn from Brazil, but unfortunately for the Iranian captains, the Petrobras subsidiary that sells maritime fuel in Brazilian ports cited the U.S. sanctions and refused to refuel the ships. The Iranian government might need to send a tanker loaded with fuel all the way to Brazil to get the cargo vessels and their loads of corn. The U.S. policy of “maximum pressure” on Iran was intended to get them to fold, but instead it might just be making them so frustrated that they will lash out in anger and set off the spark that causes World War 3 to erupt. And the U.S. military has been preparing for a coming war with Iran for quite some time. Last month U.S. troops began arriving at Prince Sultan Air Base in Saudi Arabia, and U.S. fighter jets are scheduled to arrive in August… In June the U.S. military began moving equipment and hundreds of troops back to a military base in Saudi Arabia that the U.S. deserted more than 15 years ago, according to two U.S. officials familiar with the deployment.  Over the coming weeks the deployment to Prince Sultan Air Base, intended to counter the threat from Iran, will grow to include fighter jets and Patriot long-range missile defense systems, the officials said. The Patriots have already arrived at the base and should be operational in mid-July, while the aircraft are expected to arrive in August. The moment missiles start flying back and forth, the price of oil is going to go into the stratosphere and the global financial system will be thrown into chaos. And when terror attacks on western soil start happening, people will be desperate for the violence to stop, but by then it will be too late. It appears that we are about to get a war that we do not need and that we do not want, and this comes at a time when so many other elements of “the perfect storm” are coming together. Unfortunately, I don’t see a lot of urgency among the American people to try to stop this war from taking place. I think that a lot of people simply do not believe that it will actually happen, and many others seem to assume that we will beat the living daylights out of the Iranians without much damage on our end. Of course a large chunk of the population is so addicted to entertainment that they have absolutely no idea what is going on in the rest of the world. Yes, there are a few voices that are speaking out against a war with Iran, and that is a good thing. But for the most part we are sleepwalking toward World War 3, and once it begins there will be no turning back.

About the author: Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/peace-is-about-to-be-taken-from-the-earth-and-world-war-3-could-literally-start-at-any-moment 

:: 7--19 https://www.kingjamesbibleonline.org  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

Revelation 16:8 Context

5And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art righteous, O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus. 6For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink; for they are worthy. 7And I heard another out of the altar say, Even so, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments. 8And the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given unto him to scorch men with fire. 9And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath power over these plagues: and they repented not to give him glory. 10And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain, 11And blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds.

https://www.kingjamesbibleonline.org/Revelation-16-8/ 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 7-19-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It Is a Punishable Offense for Students to Say "AMERICA" On the Campus of Colorado State University

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Friday, July 19, 2019 - 11:44.

Parents, send your kid off to a liberal state-run university and you will not recognize your child when they graduate. There is a war being waged for control over the culture of America. The first step in waging this Leftist-inspired war is to gain control of the language. this article will demonstrate that great lengths that several universities are exerting to control the language, and therefore, the thoughts of their students. At Colorado State University, they have published a rehash of their student guidelines. Originally, this material was eligible to be legally and administratively applied to students. Colorado State is now trying obscure from resulting public scrutiny that these "guidelines" were being arbitrarily applied. The clear intent is to control the students and their beliefs and this is going on all across college campuses in "America". Here is an excerpt from this Colorado State University's nonsensical and globalist-orientated language guide in which the term America is no longer an appropriate term for young Americans on the campus of Colorado State University to refer to themselves:  "The Americas encompass a lot more than the United States. There is South America, Central America, Mexico, Canada, and the Caribbean just to name a few of 42 countries in total. That's why the word "americano" in Spanish can refer to anything on the American continent. Yet, when we talk about "Americans" in the United States, we're usually just referring to people from the United States. This erases other cultures and depicts the United States as the dominant American country."  This is thinly veiled globalism designed to brainwash our young adults into accepting globalism, the loss of patriotism and acceptance and obedience to the New World Order. I AM AN AMERICAN AND MY GOVERNMENT IS THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. And I and everyone else will say this wherever and whenever we choose! This moronic language guide forgets to mention that all the "other Americas" are desperately trying to come to my AMERICA and spend my tax dollars. This goes along with I heard back in 2004 when I was invited to attend a conference at the Maricopa County Community College District in which Arizona State University was announcing their roll-out of their undergraduate and graduate Sustainability programs in which the central theme was "mankind is responsible for all negative climate change" and that "American professors would have to STOP teaching American exemplerance to their undergraduate students". Same message different era. By the way, Arizona State, under new Colorado State University guidelines would have to remove the term "mankind" from its founding documents. Gender-based terms are no long allowed. It is presumably a punishable offense, under student conduct rules for a student on the campus of Colorado State University to utter the name of "America" on their liberal and radicalized campus! Students are also barred from using terms such as man, woman, policeman, his, hers, husband, father, wife, mother....... From the grammar police at Colorado State University: ...Use people-first language (i.e. person with a disability vs. disabled or person of color vs. colored) unless the person indicates another preference. · Never assume a person’s gender identity based on their name or their appearance – if you don’t know, use gender inclusive pronouns or ask for their pronouns · Use gender inclusive language when speaking in generalities or about groups of people that you do not know the individual pronouns of (i.e. everyone vs. ladies and gentlemen and they/them/theirs vs. he/him/his and she/her/hers).

Partial list of other banned terms: Birth Defect  The Blind / The Deaf / Eye for an Eye

Cake Walk/Takes the cake Crazy / Nuts / Maniac / Lunatic / Insane / Deranged / Psycho / Demented

Depressed OCD Dumb / MuteHe or She Ladies and Gentlemen Epileptic Eskimo Freshman

Ghetto / Barrio Handicapped / Disabled / Crippled / Suffers from, Afflicted with, Victim of / Invalid / Lame / Deformed Handicap parking He or She Ladies and Gentlemen Hip hip hooray! Hispanic  Illegal immigrant / alien (Implies that they are criminal) Man the Booth / Mankind/ Manmade You Guys Policeman / Fireman / Chairman Male / Female Mr./ Mrs./ Ms. Normal Person Paraplegic / Quadriplegic Starving / I’m Starving / I’m Broke Thug War / Go to War / At War / War Zone / Battle HOW DO THEY TEACH HISTORY AT COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY? This is why this author is sending his highly recruited honor student son to a private Christian University where God and Jesus are still honored and worshipped. Here are some more the details to this horrible story followed by more examples of social justice warrior tyranny from around the country.. What is happening at Colorado State University is also going on all across the country in liberalized and radicalized state-run universities. Our Universities and Their Radicalized Social Justice Warriors Colleges and universities used to be centers of free thinking, debate and research. However, this was then and this is now which means that increasingly, post-secondary schools of education are increasingly becoming indoctrination think tanks as well as becoming fertile ground to train college students to become East German Stasi informants. Academic freedom is dead!  Social Justice Warriors The intent of post-secondary institutions to control what students think and to report on students who are not drinking the authoritarian Kool-aid has been given a name and that name is "social justice warriors". Generally, social justice warriors are defined in the following manner: so·cial jus·tice war·ri·or noun informal derogatory plural noun: social justice warriors  a person who expresses or promotes socially progressive views. "these social justice warriors want to apply their politically correct standards and rules to others' speech" Institutions of Higher Persecution There are a seemingly unlimited number of post-secondary institutions who engage in stifling free speech and conservative values. Here are just a few examples: Texas A&M “White professor calls for the killing of Blacks" to achieve some social and political goal“. Can you imagine the outcry to such a statement? The hypothetical professor in question would be immediately fired and subject to arrest for terroristic threatening. Then why does Professor Curry of Texas A & M still a free man? Why does he still have his job? This is racism and terrorism . And this double standard opens a whole can of worms that has very serious implications for all whites living in American. The President of this retrograde university defended the racist professor. UCLA It costs about $50,000 per year to attend UCLA. Only 26% of the students are white. Over 55% of the students are female. Yet, UCLA is a post-secondary institution that defines itself as being representative of tyrannical white power which must be eradicated of its "whiteness". Subsequently, UCLA has become one of the latest universities which will oppress free speech. From Heat Street "University of California-Los Angeles, is joining the ranks, announcing plans to hire students to function as “Social Justice Advocates” to combat “whiteness,” “heteronormativity” and “the patriarchy.” "...The publicly-funded university has announced plans to pay 8 to 10 students (with taxpayer dollars) to hold official “Social Justice Advocate” positions in the upcoming semester. First reported on Campus Reform, these so-called advocates will — according to the university administration’s official job posting — guide peers to “navigate a world that operates primarily on whiteness, patriarchy, and heteronormativity as the primary ideologies.” Advocates will receive quarterly stipends (the amount is still to be determined) for helping to “educate” other students about “systems of oppression.” The program’s stated goal is to make UCLA a “more equitable space for all students and communities.” Your tax dollars at work.

Evergreen State College Many are now familiar with the stunningly moronic events which have taken place at Evergreen State College in which a white college professor has been set upon for showing up to his campus on a student declared “no whites day” in which all whites were to vacate the campus in protest to so-called “white privilege”. When Professor Weinstein announced he would not honor the declaration, and showed up to do his job, he was set upon and threatened by the students. During the verbal assault and physical harassment of the professor, the campus police encountered a student barricade at the doors of the building where Weinstein was being besieged. Rather than the police doing what should have been done, which was to sneak around to the side of the building and sneak in to see if the professor was still alive (ie your law enforcement dollars at work). Meanwhile, the spineless college president hid in his office rather than take control of his campus. The chicken (bleep) local chief of police has stated that Weinstein must stay away because he is not safe. Do you recall your American History? When the Supreme Court ordered the schools desegregated, President Eisenhower sent in the National Guard and the Army to protect the black children from harm as Central High School in Little Rock was desegregated. But a white professor is not entitled to police protection from either campus police or the local police because his race is white. What’s next? Should these hooligan and criminal students be allowed to get out the rope and lynch this professor because he would not honor a day of reverse racism on his campus. Has Jim Crow come full circle? Has the violence and nonsensical logic of the left manifested itself in a leftist version of the KKK, only now white professors are the targets of this new flavor of racism. University of Arizona The University of Arizona’s Department of Bias is paying “social justice warriors” to spy on conservative views who possess inappropriate views. Has the Stasi taken up roots in Tucson? Personal Note: My son is an honor student, living in Arizona, who is just beginning to be recruited by various Universities. Conclusion Social Justice Warriors are conquering the minds of American school children to the point where by the time our little darlings reach college age, they are seeking to spread their flavor of liberal retardation to all. We are witnessing the conversion of young adults from college students to East German Stasi agents. Parents as you send your adult children off to school this fall, choose your college very carefully. (How to Survive the Coming War-Dave Hodges & Paul Martin-Special Broadcast-Today 10AM PST Bob Griswold will be joining us

Dave Hodges and Paul Martin are hosting a new talk show. You can click here listen live online.)

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/it-punishable-offense-students-say-america-campus-colorado-state-university 

:: 7-7-19 Lucianne.com:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'I am not racist!' Trump-loving beauty  queen, 20, hits back after being stripped  of Miss Michigan title one DAY after she  was crowned over 'offensive' tweets about  hijabs and black-on-black gun violence

Original Article  Daily Mail (UK), by Staff   Posted By: Ribicon, 7/20/2019 10:34:38 AM

A conservative Michigan woman claims she was dismissed from the Miss World America pageant because her tweets about black-on-black gun violence and refusing to try on a hijab were deemed 'offensive, insensitive and inappropriate.' Political commentator Kathy Zhu, 20, revealed Thursday that she had received an email from Miss World American pageant organizers informing her that she had been dumped from the contest, in which she had been crowned Miss Michigan, due to her social media content.(Snip) The first tweet that Zhu believes led to her being dropped from the pageant was from 2018, when she was a student Comments: Decline to wear a hijab on World Hijab Day because a hijab is a symbol of oppression of women? Point out that black people need to sort out their community instead of blaming people of other races for their problems? In the Fundamentally Transformed USA, this means you're hateful and intolerant, and need to be shunned.

https://www.lucianne.com/2019/07/20/i_am_not_racist_trump-loving_beautybrqueen_20_hits_back_after_being_strippedbrof_miss_michigan_title_one_day_after_shebrwas_crowned_

over_offensive_tweets_aboutbrhijabs_and_black-on-black_gun_violence_10414.html 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-20-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Banned China-Made Surveillance Tech Still Operational At Sensitive US Bases

by Tyler Durden Sat, 07/20/2019 - 08:45

Despite the headlines and scrutiny of US officials focused on Chinese multinational tech giant Huawei, the United States military continues to purchase China-made surveillance cameras, even installing them at sensitive bases like the headquarters of Air Force Space Command and North American Aerospace Defense Command (NORAD), according to bombshell Financial Times report this week.  US law will ban military and government agencies from purchasing the Chinese manufactured equipment starting in August, but the FT investigation found that hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of the potentially compromising surveillance and monitoring components are still being installed in US bases. As the report points out, "China-made surveillance cameras are still watching over US military bases." FT introduced its report with a deeply alarming example at none other than the ground zero location for the agency responsible for defending American and Canadian airspace:   Cameras made by Hikvision, which is 42 per cent owned by the Chinese government, remain in place at the Peterson Air Force Base in Colorado, the home of North American Aerospace Defense Command (Norad) and the headquarters of Air Force Space Command. The Peterson base spent $112,000 on Hikvision cameras in 2016 and a spokesperson said these were “not associated with base security or classified areas”...  US defense officials at this and other bases justified the procurement by saying the cameras wouldn't be connected to the internet, nor would they be used in classified or sensitive areas.  Critics worry that the Chinese government could use software in the cameras to spy on America's most secretive military installations, especially following mounting evidence that Chinese intelligence and the People's Liberation Army (PLA) are using Huawei products, specifically its next generation 5G wireless network, as a Trojan horse backdoor to access other nations' secrets. Other examples of the US military recently using Chinese tech devices "in plain site" at national security related facilities include the following, according to the FT report:  A US Navy research base in Orlando, Florida, bought $4,000 of Hikvision cameras even after the passage last year of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA)...

Police departments in states including Massachusetts, Colorado and Tennessee are also still relying on Hikvision cameras. The Memphis Police Department alone has at least 1,500.

The US state department bought more than $20,000-worth of replacement Hytera radio parts for the US embassy in Guatemala, again after the NDAA was passed — as part of its work with the Policía Nacional Civil.

In 2017, an army memo said Hytera radios were being used for special forces training since the brand was “extensively used by Islamic State”.

The Fort Drum army base, which acquired $30,000-worth of Hikvision cameras in June 2018, declined to comment. Since 2015, the Defense Logistics Agency has spent almost $180,000 on Hikvision cameras, for US forces in Korea and a naval base in Florida. In January 2018, the US army removed Hikvision cameras from Fort Leonard Wood, a base in Missouri, amid cyber security fears, according to the Wall Street Journal newspaper. Interestingly, in a number of cases the decision to remove China-produced tech items at government facilities was due merely to concern over public perception amid the Huawei scandal. "We never believed [the cameras] were a security risk. They were always on a closed network," Col. Christopher Beck, at Missouri's Fort Leonard base told the WSJ. He added the base removed the cameras to avoid "any negative perception." Considering China-made cameras and related surveillance gear make up some one-third of the global market, according to many estimates, might they be impossible for the United States to remove completely?

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-07-19/banned-china-made-surveillance-cameras-still-operational-sensitive-us-bases 

:: 7-6-19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These Prominent People Must Be PANICKING About What the Epstein Case Will Reveal

By Dagny Taggart

On July 6, 2019, American financier, “philanthropist,” and registered sex offender Jeffrey Epstein was arrested (again). He is charged with one count of sex trafficking of minors and one count of conspiracy to engage in sex trafficking of minors in Florida and New York. We began covering the story when it broke and will continue to publish updates as more details are released. To read part 1 of our Epstein coverage, click here: An Unbiased Look at What We Know About the Epstein Scandal So Far

To read part 2, click here: More CONFIRMED Information on Jeffrey Epstein, His Homes, and His Powerful Friends Some of you may be wondering why a preparedness website is publishing articles about Epstein. There are several reasons we have decided to report on this horrifying case. One is that current events matter when it comes to preparedness. It is possible that eventually, many prominent world leaders and public figures will be implicated in this scandal. This could cause chaos and rioting.

Another reason is that sex trafficking is a growing problem, globally. It is important to understand this so we can all keep our loved ones safe. Awareness is the first step to solving or preventing problems like this. As a journalist, it is my job to report facts, no matter how unpleasant. Here, I will share all of the documented information I can find on Epstein. I will do my best to report accurately and without bias. (I am non-partisan and my goal is always to expose the truth, no matter how painful). This article contains content that may be upsetting to some readers. Reader discretion is advised.

Jeffrey Epstein was denied bail this week. On Thursday, Judge Richard Berman decided Epstein would not be granted bail. Here is a summary of the reasons the judge made that decision, from Law and Crime: Government’s evidence that Epstein is a danger to the community is “clear and convincing.”  Epstein’s attraction to young girls “appears likely to be uncontrollable.” Defense argument that it’s “not like [Epstein is] an out-of-control rapist” doesn’t fly because, in the judge’s words, “it seems fair to say that Mr. Epstein’s future behavior will be consistent with past behavior.” Berman then pointed to the discovery of a “trove” of lewd photos of young-looking women or girls found during the raid of Epstein’s Upper East Side townhouse. “Photographic trophies of his victims and other young females” suggests Epstein “poses ‘ongoing and forward-looking danger.’” Judge bolded evidence of witness intimidation and threats. Judge notes that, despite the defense pointing to Epstein’s New Mexico behavior, Epstein has “challenged his sex offender ‘level’ in at least one jurisdiction since 2008 in an effort to minimize his reporting obligations.” Berman also noted reports saying Epstein was allowed by NYPD to skip mandatory sex offender check-in. The pretrial service report listed myriad reasons Epstein is a flight risk; judge says Epstein is a “classic” flight risk. Judge: the Government’s evidence against Epstein “appears strong” for numerous reasons Given the “totality of the circumstances,” the government has met its burden to keep Epstein jailed. (source) This morning, it was announced that at least two more accusers have come forward since Epstein was denied bail. During a search of Epstein’s NY home, investigators say they found dozens of loose diamonds, $70,000 in cash and a trove of sexually suggestive pictures. They also found a fake Austrian passport with Epstein’s picture listing an address in Saudi Arabia. Many questions about Epstein remain unanswered. Why did he fly back to the US from Paris on July 6? He must have known he’d be arrested. Was a deal of some kind already in the works? Did he sell one of his jets in June 2019, as his lawyers claim? If so, why? Little Saint James is home to a very odd structure. No one seems to know what exactly the building is, but there is a lot of speculation going on (as with most things Epstein), as we discussed in a previous article. Up-close drone footage of the structure (and the rest of the island) is viewable here. Twitter user TheSharpEdge notes that the building looks a lot like a bathhouse in Aleppo, Syria, named Hammam Yalbugha. Why did Epstein’s private jets criss-cross the globe every third day, most often between airports near his properties in the United States and France? According to an Insider report: Epstein’s Gulfstream jets flew to Slovakia, Mexico, and the United Kingdom — sometimes for only a few hours The same flight data gathered by ADSExchange places Epstein’s jets in a number of other countries and cities:

On January 23, 2018, the Gulfstream IV flew from Paris to London, and returned two days later.

On March 22, 2019, the Gulfstream GV-SP flew from Paris to Bratislava, Slovakia, and returned 5 hours later.

On March 27, 2019, the Gulfstream GV-SP flew from Paris to Nice, and returned 4 hours later.

On April 8, 2019, the Gulfstream IV flew from Atlanta to Durango, Mexico, and returned five days later.

On April 25, 2019, the Gulfstream GV-SP flew from Paris to Rabat, Morocco, and returned 9 hours later. (source) It is being reported that the government is going to release 2,000 pages of incriminating documents soon. What will those documents reveal?

In “It’s Going to Be Staggering, the Amount of Names”: As the Jeffrey Epstein Case Grows More Grotesque, Manhattan and DC Brace for Impact, Gabriel Sherman writes that “a wave of panic is rippling through Manhattan, DC, and Palm Beach, as Epstein’s former friends and associates rush to distance themselves, while gossiping about who might be ensnared”:

The questions about Epstein are metastasizing much faster than they can be answered: Who knew what about Epstein’s alleged abuse? How, and from whom, did Epstein get his supposed $500 million fortune? Why did Acosta grant Epstein an outrageously lenient non-prosecution agreement? (And what does it mean that Acosta was reportedly told Epstein “belonged to intelligence”?) But among the most pressing queries is which other famous people might be exposed for committing sex crimes. “There were other business associates of Mr. Epstein’s who engaged in improper sexual misconduct at one or more of his homes. We do know that,” said Brad Edwards, a lawyer for Courtney Wild, one of the Epstein accusers who gave emotional testimony at Epstein’s bail hearing. “In due time the names are going to start coming out.” (source) Who will Epstein take down with him? Will he get a lighter sentence (he is currently facing 45 years in prison, which is essentially a life sentence for the 66-year-old) if he gives up names? Will the names be hidden from the public? Sherman goes on to explain that we may know more very soon: Likely within days, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit will release almost 2,000 pages of documents that could reveal sexual abuse by “numerous prominent American politicians, powerful business executives, foreign presidents, a well-known prime minister, and other world leaders,” according to the three-judge panel’s ruling. The documents were filed during a civil defamation lawsuit brought by Epstein accuser Virginia Roberts Giuffre, a former Mar-a-Lago locker-room attendant, against Epstein’s former girlfriend and alleged madam, Ghislaine Maxwell. “Nobody who was around Epstein a lot is going to have an easy time now. It’s all going to come out,” said Giuffre’s lawyer David Boies. Another person involved with litigation against Epstein told me: “It’s going to be staggering, the amount of names. It’s going to be contagion numbers.” (source) Did all of the people who associated with Epstein know what kind of person he allegedly is? It has been said that Epstein “collected people.” In that article, Sherman details how Epstein “remained a fixture in elite circles even after he was a registered sex offender”: A few years ago, for example, he was a guest at a dinner in Palo Alto hosted by LinkedIn cofounder Reid Hoffman for the MIT neuroscientist Ed Boyden. At the dinner, Elon Musk introduced Epstein to Mark Zuckerberg. (“Mark met Epstein in passing one time at a dinner honoring scientists that was not organized by Epstein,” Zuckerberg spokesman Ben LaBolt told me. “Mark did not communicate with Epstein again following the dinner.”) In an email, Elon Musk responded: “I don’t recall introducing Epstein to anyone, as I don’t know the guy well enough to do so, Epstein is obviously a creep and Zuckerberg is not a friend of mine. Several years ago, I was at his house in Manhattan for about 30 minutes in the middle of the afternoon with Talulah [Riley], as she was curious about meeting this strange person for a novel she was writing. We did not see anything inappropriate at all, apart from weird art. He tried repeatedly to get me to visit his island. I declined.” (source) Musk’s comment about Epstein repeatedly trying to get him to visit his island leads me to this question: Did Epstein invite Musk to visit his island so he could later blackmail him? How many other high-profile people were invited to Epstein’s island but declined the offer, one has to wonder?  Vicky Ward, the journalist who wrote the 2003 Vanity Fair profile of Epstein, told Slate that “You got the feeling that his friends weren’t real friends — he owned them — that he was the kind of man who collected information about people and then used it over them.” Ward has also offered a more scathing assessment, saying, “What is so amazing to me is how his entire social circle knew about this and just blithely overlooked it … all mentioned the girls, as an aside.” In her 2003 profile of Epstein, Ward wrote the following (emphasis is mine): A few of the handful of current friends who have known him since the early 1980s recall that he used to tell them he was a “bounty hunter,” recovering lost or stolen money for the government or for very rich people. He has a license to carry a firearm. For the last 15 years, he’s been running his business, J. Epstein & Co. Since Leslie Wexner appeared in his life—Epstein has said this was in 1986; others say it was in 1989, at the earliest—he has gradually, in a way that has not generally made headlines, come to be accepted by the Establishment. He’s a member of various commissions and councils: he is on the Trilateral Commission, the Council on Foreign Relations, the New York Academy of Sciences, and the Institute of International Education. (source)  And, in that article, Ward mentions another prominent name that may be familiar to those who are following recent sex trafficking cases: In 1981 the S.E.C.’s Jonathan Harris and Robert Blackburn took Epstein’s testimony and that of other Bear Stearns employees in part of what became a protracted case about insider trading around a tender offer placed on March 11, 1981, by the Seagram Company Ltd. for St. Joe Minerals Corp. Ultimately several Italian and Swiss investors were found guilty, including Italian financier Giuseppe Tome, who had used his relationship with Seagram owner Edgar Bronfman Sr. to obtain information about the tender offer. (source) Is Epstein’s alleged sex trafficking operation linked to NXIVM? Edgar Bronfman Jr is listed in Epstein’s infamous Little Black Book. Back in April, his sister, Clare Bronfman, “pleaded guilty in a sensational case accusing a cult-like upstate New York group of creating a secret harem of sex slaves for the group’s self-anointed spiritual leader,” CBS News reported: Clare Bronfman admitted in her plea in federal court in Brooklyn that she harbored someone who was living in the U.S. illegally for unpaid “labor and services” and that she committed credit card fraud on behalf of Keith Raniere, the lead of a group called NXIVM. As part of a plea agreement, Bronfman agreed to forfeit $6 million from a fortune prosecutors say is worth $200 million. She faces more than two years in prison at sentencing on July 25. The plea means Bronfman will avoid going to trial early next month with Raniere, who’s facing conspiracy charges alleging that his inner circle of loyalists created a secret society of women who were forced to have unwanted sex with him. Prosecutors say some of the women were branded with his initials as part of their initiation.  An accountant for the group, Kathy Russell, also pleaded guilty on Friday to a fraud charge. She joined three other NXIVM insiders besides Bronfman who have also pleaded guilty. (source)    Twitter user TheSharpEdge also noticed the possible Epstein-NXIVM connection, noting that Bronfman Jr’s listing in Epstein’s Little Black Book says “Edgar Bronfman, Jr., Lexa Partners, LLC.” TheSharpEdge tried to find information on Lexa Partners, LLC and came up rather empty-handed: Just upon my initial search, very little is known about Lexa Partners. It’s described as a management venture capital group based in NY City. And the only known staff member I can find was Edgar Bronfman Jr himself (Chairman, CEO) Odd. (source) TheSharpEdge also posted this image, which depicts the possible ties between Epstein and NXIVM: The Bronfman family’s story goes way back, as chronicled by Whitney Webb of Mint Press News in Hidden in Plain Sight: The Shocking Origins of the Jeffrey Epstein Case. Here’s a brief excerpt from that report: Years later, Samuel Bronfman’s children and grandchildren, their family’s ties to the criminal underworld intact, would later go on to associate closely with Leslie Wexner, allegedly the source of much of Epstein’s mysterious wealth, and other mob-linked “philanthropists,” and some would even manage their own sexual blackmail operations, including the recently busted blackmail-based “sex cult” NXIVM. The later generations of the Bronfman family, particularly Samuel Bronfman’s sons Edgar and Charles, will be discussed in greater detail in Part II of this report. (source) Are the Clintons involved with sex trafficking? According to Law & Crime, “In total, people connected to NXIVM reportedly donated $29,000 to Clinton’s presidential campaign.”  It is no secret that Epstein and the Clintons know each other – quite well, in fact. Epstein donated money to the Clinton Foundation even after his conviction. Former President Bill Clinton was a frequent flyer on Epstein’s infamous jet, with flight logs showing the former president taking at least 26 trips aboard the “Lolita Express” — even apparently ditching his Secret Service detail for at least five of the flights. Ghislaine Maxwell, Epstein’s alleged partner-in-crime, attended Chelsea Clinton’s wedding.  Epstein once claimed he co-founded the Clinton Foundation, FoxNews reported: Attorneys for convicted sex offender Jeffrey Epstein touted his close friendship with Bill Clinton and even claimed the billionaire helped start Clinton’s controversial family foundation in a 2007 letter aimed at boosting his image during plea negotiations, FoxNews.com has learned. The 23-page letter, written by high-powered lawyers Alan Dershowitz and Gerald Lefcourt, was apparently part of an ultimately successful bid to negotiate a plea deal before Epstein could be tried for using underage girls in a sex ring based in Palm Beach, Fla., and his private island estate on the 72-acre Virgin Islands home dubbed “Orgy Island.” Epstein spent 13 months in prison and home detention after agreeing to a plea deal in which he admitted to soliciting an underage girl for prostitution. “Mr. Epstein was part of the original group that conceived the Clinton Global Initiative, which is described as a project ‘bringing together a community of global leaders to devise and implement innovative solutions to some of the world’s most pressing challenges,” read the July 2007 letter to the U.S. Attorney’s office in the Southern District of Florida. “Focuses of this initiative include poverty, climate change, global health, and religious and ethnic conflicts.” Attorneys describe the foundation, which has undergone name changes since its formation in 2005, as designed “to convene world leaders, forward-looking CEOs, and philanthropists to commit to take action on pressing global challenges.” (source) It has long been speculated that the Clintons are involved in human trafficking. Investigative journalist Corey Lynn has put together a timeline of the Clintons’ child-related activities and suggests that readers “use their own discernment in determining what they believe to be truth, or until further information is revealed.” To read her report, click here: Are Bill & Hillary Clinton Involved with Child Trafficking?

One Clinton associate listed in Lynn’s report – George Nader – was arrested yesterday:

George Nader, a key witness in special counsel Robert Mueller’s probe, has been charged in a new federal indictment with transporting a 14-year-old boy for sex, child porn, and carrying obscene materials into the United States. (source) Who else knows the truth about Epstein? On July 9, The Washington Post reported that “Even as dozens of women were looking to police, prosecutors and courts to hold Epstein to account for his alleged sexual abuses, a stunning list of contacts and, in some cases, defenders across the worlds of Hollywood moviemaking, medical research, diplomacy, finance, politics, and law.” Epstein’s black book of contacts — the printed phone directory that his Palm Beach butler, Alfredo Rodriguez, stole and that later was obtained by the FBI — includes Michael Jackson and Mick Jagger; more than a dozen aides to Clinton; other celebrities such as Alec Baldwin, Naomi Campbell and Jimmy Buffett; media titans such as Rupert Murdoch, Conrad Black and Michael Bloomberg; business magnates such as Richard Branson, Steve Forbes and Edgar Bronfman Jr.; Kennedys, Rockefellers and Rothschilds; lords and ladies; ambassadors and senators. The book lists 16 phone numbers for the Duke of York and his aides, and 18 for the Duchess of York and her court. There are Democrats and Republicans, movie stars and movie moguls, an Israeli prime minister (Ehud Barak) and Saudi royals (Bandar and Salman), prime ministers and fellow billionaires. The list includes Nobel laureate Elie Wiesel and sex counselor Dr. Ruth Westheimer, comic John Cleese and director Julie Taymor, and TV journalists Barbara Walters and Mike Wallace. (source) Yesterday, Bloomberg Businessweek published a report that diagrams a partial accounting of Epstein’s entanglements. To read that report and view the diagrams, click here: The Complicated Orbit of Jeffrey Epstein  In his Vanity Fair piece, Sherman writes, In the absence of much other information, the reigning theory on Wall Street currently is that Epstein’s activities with women and girls were central to the building of his fortune, and his relations with some of his investors essentially amounted to blackmail.  Similarly, DC is on edge. “Epstein bragged about his contacts in Washington,” Boies said. Reporters are likely to dig into why the Justice Department decided not to prosecute Epstein and kept the deal secret from his victims. One theory circulating among prominent Republicans is that Epstein was a Mossad agent. Another is that the George W. Bush White House directed Acosta not to prosecute Epstein to protect Prince Andrew on behalf of the British government, then the U.S.’s closest ally in the Iraq war. “The royal family did everything they could to try and discredit the Prince Andrew stuff,” Boies told me. “When we tried to follow up with anything, we were stonewalled. We wanted to interview him, they were unwilling to do anything.” (Prince Andrew could not be reached for comment). (source) What do you think? Will Epstein face actual time for his crimes if he is found guilty? Will he bring down others with him? How widespread do you think his alleged network is? Please share your thoughts in the comments.

About the Author Dagny Taggart is the pseudonym of an experienced journalist who needs to maintain anonymity to keep her job in the public eye. Dagny is non-partisan and aims to expose the half-truths, misrepresentations, and blatant lies of the MSM.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/people-epstein-could-bring-down/ 

[ :: 3-30-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.  for if you put the man in that I desire for you to put in, you will have good times until you go.  If not it shall be hell here on earth and you will think that you have been left behind, but that is not so.  

For I have told you before this that this would be the last President, that this would be the last President as you know a President, therefore listen, pay attention, for it is your life it will affect, but it doesn’t need to affect it in a bad sense it can affect it in a good sense.  You can be the victors, you can be the overcomers, but hear, hear what I, your Father God, has to say. etc

:: 7-16-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Helping Save Christians From 'Complete Extinction' in Iraq, REPORT Trump administration launched multi-million-dollar program to help the Christian victims 

By: Paul Whitehead |@NeonNettle on 18th July 2019 @ 6.00pm

President Donald Trump’s administration is supporting the fight to prevent the extinction of Christians and Yazidis in Iraq following the genocidal campaign at the hands of the Islamic State (ISIS /ISIL). Religious minority representatives announced the assistance this week at the second Ministerial to Advance Religious Freedom convened by the Department of State. The U.S. government determined that ISIS has committed genocide against Christians, Yazidis, among other religious minorities during its reign of terror from 2014. The Trump administration launched  a multi-million-dollar program to help the Christian victims of the brutal campaign, as many religious leaders warned of the groups were facing extinction. Welby declared to his followers that the 'daily threat of murder' is getting worse and the situation is now worse than the 'Mongol invasions of the 13th century'. The Archbishop advised the Government to take in more Christian refugees, due to figures suggesting just one in 400 Syrian refugees given asylum last year were Christian. But a Chaldean Catholic priest from a parish in a Christian Iraqi town suggested that hope had returned to religious minority communities because of the Trump administration. Fr. Thabet Habib Youssef, a Chaldean Catholic priest from the town of Karamles in Iraq’s Nineveh province, thanked Trump for his assistance. The priest, known as Fr. Thabet, said: I wish to give thanks to the government of the United States for including us in this important conference and a special thanks to the administration of President Trump for his concern and commitment to the persecuted minority communities in Iraq. I can say this conference gives us hope. Our greatest fear in the early years was that the world would forget us. This conference tells us we are not forgotten. Almost half of the Christian families who escaped Karamles, which was liberated by U.S. and local forces in 2016, have returned and Fr. Thabet expects more to come. “Today we have 45 percent of our families returned, and we hope in this next year we will see many more,” he added. He continued saying the that Iraqi government needs to do more to bring about “real change and support for the protection, safety, and equal rights for the minority communities of Iraq.” According to Breitbart's report: Yazidis bore the brunt of ISIS’s genocidal campaign. Three hundred fifty thousand of them remain displaced in Iraqi Kurdistan and 3,000 of their women, many sold into sexual slavery, remain missing, Nadia Murad, a Nobel Peace Prize recipient who survived the jihadis group’s atrocities noted during the ministerial summit Tuesday. Haider Elias – the president of Yazda, a U.S.-based global Yazidi non-governmental organization (NGO) – told Breitbart News that the situation for Yazidis is starting to change under the Trump administration, noting that the U.S. government is trying to bring them back to Sinjar. “These things are going to potentially change the lives of Yazidis and their view that it’s going to be a good place for them to live,” he added. Elias remarked that security had improved in Sinjar, a town decimated by ISIS jihadists when they captured large swaths of Iraq and Syria in 2014. “The security situation has changed for the better in the Sinjar area. ISIS has been defeated thankfully. … Half of Yazidi lands used to be under ISIS control before the [Trump] administration took over and what has happened recently is every single Yazidi village has been liberated from ISIS,” he told Breitbart News. Although the U.S. completely annihilated the ISIS territorial caliphate in March, the jihadi group remains an insurgency menace, the Pentagon’s inspector general has warned. “Yazidis are still facing the threat of genocide. ISIS has been defeated militarily, but they have not lost their ideology, manpower, and support,” Hadi Pir, the vice-president of the Yazda NGO, acknowledged. Yazda is benefiting from the Trump administration’s arrangement to directly assist religious minorities through U.S. Agency for International Development’s (USAID) and faith-based partners instead of paying for U.N. programs that can divert money to other projects, a move praised by the Christians and Yazidis alike. “The U.S. has always been a symbol of freedom for persecuted people around the world. If minorities like Yazidis and Christians would have vanished from the Middle East, it would show the world the United States is not invested in promoting its values and a lot of people would lose hope,” Pir told Breitbart News. “But now that this administration has intervened, the hope is back,” he added. Echoing the Yazidi activist, Fr. Muntaser Haddad from the U.S.-based St. Ephrem Syriac Catholic Church said that the Christian community in Iraq is also optimistic about their future. The priest, originally from the Christian Iraqi town of Qaraqosh in Nineveh province, told Breitbart News, “There is hope among the Christians in the Middle East now that the United States is helping them.” The future of Christianity and other religious minorities in the Middle East is contingent upon the continued assistance of the United States, the priest indicated.

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/8177-trump-helping-save-christians-from-complete-extinction-in-iraq-report 

:: 7-20-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Antifa Is A Domestic Terrorist Organization': Senators Introduce Resolution To Condemn Antifa And Calling For Antifa Groups To Be Officially Designated As Terrorist Organizations

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine July 20, 2019

For years ANP and others in the Independent media have been documenting Antifa violence as the liberal establishment media and Democrat politicians provide cover for them with claims that they are "anti-fascists," yet the groups that fall under the Antifa umbrella are more "fascist" in their tactics of using violence to oppose any and all speech they do not like by labeling it fascism. Nothing encapsulates the above statement as clearly as the recent death of Willem Van Spronsen, a known Antifa member that was shot after his attempted terrorist attack against the Northwest Detention Facility in Tacoma, Washington. Spronsen, 69, was armed with a rifle and was throwing unspecified “incendiary devices” at buildings and cars. Spronsen also attempted, but failed, to ignite a commercial-sized propane tank that was attached to the center. Police opened fire and killed him.  How do we know he was part of Antifa? His manifesto, which is posted on other "Antifa" websites, such as It's Going Down, states "I am Antifa," and he is being treated as a hero and a martyr by other Antifa groups as well. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) His language in his manifesto, calling the detention centers "concentration camps" when read, sounds almost as if the Congress Kid from NY, Ocasio-Cortez, or any other of her "Squad" of "hateful four" wrote it for him, which may be why she and the other Squad members in Congress that have been causing so much trouble within the Democrat party, refused to denounce the actions of Spronsen. SENATORS PROPOSE RESOLUTION TO DESIGNATE ANTIFA AS DOMESTIC TERRORISTS On Thursday, July 18, Senator Ted Cruz and Senator Bill Cassidy M.D., published and introduced a resolution to "properly identify what Antifa are: domestic terrorists," as announced by both Senators with links to the text and a link to the resolution itself. Cassidy's Twitter statement said "Antifa are terrorists, violent masked bullies who ‘fight fascism’ with actual fascism, protected by Liberal privilege. Bullies get their way until someone says no. Elected officials must have courage, not cowardice, to prevent terror." Cruz's statement, via Twitter stated "Antifa is a terrorist organization composed of hateful, intolerant radicals who pursue their extreme agenda through aggressive violence. Time and time again their actions have demonstrated that their central purpose is to inflict harm on those who oppose their views. Like any terrorist organization they choose to pursue their political ends through violence, fear and intimidation. They must be stopped. I am proud to introduce this resolution with Senator Cassidy to properly identify what Antifa are: domestic terrorists."  Full text of the resolution below:  Title: Calling for the designation of Antifa as a domestic terrorist organization.

Whereas members of Antifa, because they believe that free speech is equivalent to violence, have used threats of violence in the pursuit of suppressing opposing political ideologies;

Whereas Antifa represents opposition to the democratic ideals of peaceful assembly and free speech for all;

Whereas members of Antifa have physically assaulted journalists and other individuals during protests and riots in Berkeley, California;

Whereas in February of 2018, journalist Andy Ngo was intimidated and threatened with violence by protestors affiliated with Antifa;

Whereas on June 29, 2019, while covering demonstrations in Portland, Oregon, journalist Andy Ngo was physically attacked by protestors affiliated with Antifa;

Whereas employees of the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (referred to in this preamble as “ICE”) were subjected to doxxing and violent threats after their social media profiles, phone numbers, and home addresses were posted on the Internet by left wing activists;

Whereas according to the Wall Street Journal, an ICE officer was followed by left wing activists and “confronted when he went to pick up his daughter from summer camp”, and another “had his name and photo plastered on flyers outside his home accusing him of being part of the ‘Gestapo’”;

Whereas the ICE office in southwest Portland, Oregon, was shut down for days due to threats and occupation by Antifa members;

Whereas Rose City Antifa, an Antifa group founded in 2007 in Portland, Oregon, explicitly rejects the authority of law enforcement officers in the United States, and Federal, State, and local governments, to protect free speech and stop acts of violence;

Whereas Rose City Antifa rejects the civil treatment of individuals the group labels as fascists, stating: “We can’t just argue against them; we have to prevent them from organizing by any means necessary.”; and

Whereas there is no place for violence in the discourse between people in the United States, or in any civil society, because the United States is a place where there is a diversity of ideas and opinions: Now, therefore, be it Resolved, That the Senate—

(1) calls for the groups and organizations across the country who act under the banner of Antifa to be designated as domestic terrorist organizations;

(2) unequivocally condemns the violent actions of Antifa groups as unacceptable acts for anyone in the United States;

(3) expresses the need for the peaceful communication of varied ideas in the United States;

(4) urges any group or organizations in the United States to voice its opinions without using violence or threatening the health, safety, or well-being of any other persons, groups, or law enforcement officers in the United States; and

(5) calls upon the Federal Government to redouble its efforts, using all available and appropriate tools, to combat the spread of all forms of domestic terrorism, including White supremacist terrorism.

It will be quite interesting to see which Senators vote for the resolution and which Senators vote against it or simply vote "present" to avoid condemning the violence and actions of multiple Antifa groups. Since Independent journalist Andy Ngo is referenced in the resolution for the violent Antifa attacks against him, as he has been covering the groups and the protests in Portland since 2016, below is his take on what needs to be done by federal authorities. It is also quite interesting when Bolling, the interviewer, asks him if the other groups, such as Proud Boys are also there looking to fight, Ngo's response makes it clear that in regards to the violence itself, "Antifa starts the fight and the Proud Boys finish the fight." ANOTHER DAY, ANOTHER ANTIFA ATTACK

The most recent attack by Antifa wasn't aimed at a group, but was an attack against a man's truck because he was a Trump supporter. The broke out his back (middle window) and caused a few hundred dollars of damage, then spray painted the work "Antifa" on the back of his truck in red.

The Illinois man, Tom Lord, spoke with The News Gazette: “I was pretty mad,” Tom Lord said about the broken window and spray-painted “Antifa” found on his truck Tuesday morning. Lord said about 4 p.m. Monday, he parked his 2005 Ford F-150 for the night at his south Champaign apartment complex. His girlfriend discovered the vandalism about 8 a.m. the next day and “ran upstairs to get me,” said Lord, 52, who then set about posting photos to Facebook and notifying the media of the crime. In April, Lord said he paid a Paxton artist about $150 to write “Are you American or not?” and “Trump 2020” on his front windshield. Lord maintained that he is not very political, except "when it comes to my president and my country." He continued on to say "I believe in freedom of speech. It’s our right to express ourselves, especially when it comes to a president who is looking out for us and our country. I believe I’m speaking up for people who are afraid to speak out." ANTIFA IS A TERRORIST ORGANIZATION  President Trump has also started speaking out against Antifa, as he pointed out at the recent "Social Media Summit," to attendees that Antifa doesn't attack "Bikers for Trump" or other groups capable of fighting back against them, before he went on to mock them stating "They live, like, in the basement of their mom’s home. Their arms are this big [using his hand to show skinny arms]." While the President is using Antifa to show the type of violence associated with the groups, who many see as the paramilitary arm of the Democrat party, which also explains why CNN and other liberal media outlets offer them protection, "glorifies" their domestic terror activities, and generally try to justify their violence, he also has another valid point. An Antifa mob attacks a gay Asian journalist. They gather a crowd outside Tucker Carlson's home, a Fox News pundits, terrorizing his wife who was alone by banging on the doors, chanting and vandalizing his home. They attack a truck in the dark of night because the owner is a Trump supporter. Even their attacks against free speech groups and Proud Boys, shows the cowardice of attacking a few that have gathered, with a mob of dozens. They may be cowards attacking smaller groups with much larger groups, with bats that have nails embedded for damage, mace, using flag poles to beat people, and have been captured on multiple vidoeos attacking a single individual with multiple Antifa members hitting and kicking them when they are already on the ground, but even a mob of cowards can be dangerous, and the first step in getting them designated as domestic terrorists, is this Senate resolution. Then we will see if the Democrat controlled House of Representatives has the courage to stand up against this type of terrorist group. I doubt they will take up the same type of resolution, because Antifa truly is the paramilitary arm of the Democrat party.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Antifa_Senate_Resolution_Domestic_Terrorists.php 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 7-19-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Whole Foods sponsors Drag Queen Story Hour to indoctrinate children with perversion, pedophilia and transgenderism

Friday, July 19, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) The sick, twisted agenda of the deranged Left has come full circle today as Whole Foods is now sponsoring a Drag Queen Story Hour event to indoctrinate children into pedophilia, transgenderism and perversion. A retailer that once promoted organics and clean food is now saturated in absolute filth, exploiting America’s children to be “groomed” for the pedophiles and perverts that are repeatedly linked to drag queen events in multiple cities across America. Not to be forgotten, Whole Foods also completely reversed its 2013 promise to label the GMO status of everything it sells by the end of 2018. As Natural News revealed, the promise was a five-year deliberate lie by the dishonest Whole Foods Market corporation, which continues to sell contaminated products and GMO canola oil to its customers. Not only are Whole Foods’ product offerings filthy from a food science point of view; its cultural indoctrination programs are rooted in filth and child “grooming” that prepares children to be sexually molested by adult perverts dressed as women. Drag Queen Story Hour is a front for the pedophilia wing of the extreme transgender pervert community, which exploits young children for the sexual gratification of sicko adults, many of whom have been found to have criminal histories of sex abuse and child exploitation. Via NewsTarget.com: According to records uncovered by MassResistance, William Travis Dees, the drag queen in question, is a current member of the “Space City Sisters” drag queen group. He’s also repeatedly volunteered as a “greeter” for young children at various DQSH events, as well as assumed other roles at these events that allowed him close access to underage children. As it turns out, Dees has a rap sheet of heinous sex crimes that he committed against children as young as four that dates back as far as 2004. It was that same year, in fact, that Dees was convicted and jailed for committing sex crimes against not just one but four different prepubescent children, ranging in age from four to eight. Dees also reportedly used different aliases for his various drag “characters” and “personas,” constantly shifting and altering who he was like a chameleon. The Mayor of Atlanta endorses the pedophilia grooming of children  The pervert / pedophilia event has been endorsed by Atlanta Mayor Keisha Lance Bottoms, who is obviously virtue signaling her support for transgenderism and pedophilia in order to appease the social justice perverts on the Left. Here’s her tweet proudly announcing the event and thanking Whole Foods for supporting it: Drag queens are “pedophile disguises” As a reader commented on this Information Liberation story covering the fiasco: No normal people take their children to library to have fat old men dressed as clown women read them stories. Those parents are homosexuals who adopted or hired surrogates so they could abuse their minds and bodies, just like the lesbians that chopped off their boy’s male part so they could make him another drag queen. Soon they’ll insist its their right to have sex with children. Watch, you know its coming. And Whole foods? I’m done with you, go to hell. FYI.. in case you don’t see it, drag queens are pedophile disguises. Another user comments:  Perverts can’t reproduce, so they have to convert a new generation with this mental/emotional/spiritual rape that is LGBTQ culture…… Their pedophilia produces a new line of victims to continue Satan’s shame parade… A third user adds: Notice how quickly the elites who run these institutions cave to this perversity and insanity …and to Hell with most normal people who built this country . and who support the Falcons. Blacks as a whole don’t buy into this ..but they will participate in turning this country into a perverse Hellhole by voting over 90% with the Party of perversion and evil… It is getting to where normals and Christians are going to have to disengage from most of American life…it’s entertainment, it’s schools, it’s sports , etc to survive. America is now toxic to Christianity ..It is NOW Sodom ..the Babylon the Great ..full of evil wine.

If you shop at Whole Foods, you are supporting pedophilia and child exploitation

It’s an inescapable conclusion: If you shop at Whole Foods, you are supporting pedophilia and child exploitation. That’s what the corporation apparently supports and endorses. If you want your children to be drooled over by fat slob pedo men dressed as women, then keep buying overpriced GMO canola oil at Whole Foods. Rampant child abuse and sexual exploitation has now been normalized by “progressives” on the left, who claim they are doing all this for “love.” They claim sex with children is “loving” and normal, and that if you oppose it, you are full of hatred and intolerance. Pedophilia, according to the deranged Left, is now “diversity” and “inclusiveness.” And you’ve got powerful corporations, mayors and politicians all supporting it. Whole Foods will probably start holding Drag Queen Story Hour events in its own stores soon, turning Whole Foods Market locations into pedophilia indoctrination hubs where children are groomed to be “shared” among the “loving” community of pedos, which declares, “Love knows no age difference.” Oh, and not to be outdone by Whole Foods, Facebook also published a survey asking whether pedos should be allowed to use Facebook to “solicit sexual pictures” from underage girls. As reported by the NY Post: Facebook is under fire for publishing a stomach-churning survey that asked users whether pedophiles should be allowed to solicit “sexual pictures” from underage girls. The disgusting multiple-choice poll gave users the option to condone the sick behavior, allowing them to vote that the “content should be allowed on Facebook, and I would not mind seeing it.” Maybe Facebook is buying its canola oil from Whole Foods. Both corporations are filled with sick, twisted, child abuse-minded corporate executives who apparently believe that normalizing pedophilia and child abuse is a great corporate strategy to attract more business from liberals and progressives. Whole Foods has become the Jeffrey Epstein of the grocery retailing industry. If you support pedophilia and child rape, keep shopping at Whole Foods.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-07-19-whole-foods-sponsors-drag-queen-story-hour-indoctrinate-children.html 

:: 7-19-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is President Trump's Pandering To The 'Gay Mafia' A Political Ploy? POTUS Should Be Very Careful 'Feeding' The LGBT Bigots, Brutes And Bullies Who Want To Bite Off His Hand!

'I suggest that there is a plan to deal with the homosexual lobby and limit their influence on the next election'

By Don Boys PHD for All News Pipeline July 19, 2019

President Trump knows better than to pander to the LGBTQ crowd, but listening to advisors, he has chosen to throw the homosexual lobby a bone not realizing that they will never be satisfied. They are not interested in a “bone”; they want to chomp on the hand that threw it. Anyone, with his ear to the ground, his eye on the ball, and with half his brain tied behind his back knows the LGBTQ crowd consists primarily of national bullies, brutes, and bigots. Trump will never be able to satisfy that crowd since they will only be satisfied when the debate is shut down, and no one has the courage or opportunity or legal right to question them about their unhealthy, unnatural, and unwise practices. Yet, in light of the above facts, President Trump, surely with fingers crossed and his tongue placed firmly in cheek declared, “As we celebrate LGBT Pride Month and recognize the outstanding contributions that LGBT people have made to our great Nation, let us also stand in solidarity with the many LGBT people who live in dozens of countries worldwide that punish, imprison, or even execute individuals on the basis of their sexual orientation. My Administration has launched a global campaign to decriminalize homosexuality and invites all nations to join us in this effort!” Therefore, we now have national acceptance of perversion as well as popular support and “people of good will” are attempting to make perversion universally accepted! (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Marshall Kirk and Hunter Madsen in their 1989 book, "After the Ball: How America Will Conquer Its Fear and Hatred of Gays" in the 90s gave specific instructions how homosexuality could be mainstreamed. “Gays must be cast as victims in need of protection” Even if they are not the victim, they should pretend to be the victim. They were told to keep talking about “gayness” and make themselves look good and critics very bad. Stupid people have complied and a sea change has taken place. Wrong is now right, bad is now good, and corrupt is now correct. Trump is listening to the wrong advisors. Isaiah will serve him better than any of his staff. He had better remember Isaiah 5:20, “Woe to those who call evil good, and good evil.” Trump and others can promote evil but they will all be held to an account. Modern man does not want to hear a difficult truth but it is better to be disturbed by the truth than deceived by error. Those who defend perversion are out of step with God, decency, history, and common sense. Christians and informed Conservatives are aghast at Trump’s support of the homosexual lobby who hates him with a white heat. Moreover, he does not need that vote to win in 2020. All he has to do is continue to keep his promises and build a substantial part of the wall. No reporter had the courage to ask, “Mr. President, will you please provide three of the ‘outstanding contributions’ the LGBTQ (caution: very offensive video) crowd has made to America?" That question will not be asked and I’m considered a bigot for stressing that failure of all mainstream journalists. Even in light of the incredible public acceptance of homosexuality, the pro-family Conservatives have won the intellectual battle dealing with the LGBTQ crowd, but are losing the public relations battle. The homosexual lobby has been deficient, dishonest, and defeated in the major disputes in this quagmire. Informed people know that homosexuals were not “born that way”; that they can be converted to normal living; that many of them do recruit; that they are disease carriers; they are illegal drug users; they die much younger than normal people do; and are adding to the destruction of our health care system. There is no argument that Conservative Christians have won the intellectual battle: homosexuality is abnormal, aberrational, and abominable. The battle is over (but the war is not won) and homosexuals are left with one arrow in their quiver: anyone who criticizes them or even questions their lifestyle is a bigot and hater. In that, the homosexual lobby has been very successful. They have made the issue one of “hate,” not of science, health, and morality. And the media and public are too uninformed to know they have been conned by the LGBTQ crowd. Anyone familiar with logic or philosophy understands that a person’s motives have nothing to do with the reality of his assertions. However, homosexuals refuse to deal with the issue, and they are left standing with open mouth without any answers; and they concentrate on vilifying their opponents. That way, they are less embarrassed by their inability to speak to the issue. It is my unsupported, unprovable but not unlikely opinion that Trump probably thinks sodomy is a disgusting, deviate, dangerous, even deadly practice; however, the LGBTQ crowd, while small, is powerful and has a large crowd of useful idiots who will jump when ordered, march when told to do so, throw a purse or shoe, cry on camera, and scream on cue. Furthermore, Trump has a sordid past of disgusting, degrading, and debasing affairs (I hope they are all in the past) so he cannot legitimately discuss sexual turpitude without inviting deserved accusations of hypocrisy. I suggest that there is an administration plan to deal with the homosexual lobby and limit their influence on the next election: Trump will support homosexual rights around the world while Vice-President Pence will speak out for pro-family positions even being lightly critical of perversion. In taking that approach, Trump throws a bone (again) to everyone. This ploy is convincing because Trump has a despicable past, yet individual Evangelicals justified their vote for him by claiming Mike Pence is a conservative, Evangelical Christian. I know that’s true because that’s how I justified my vote for Trump along with my revulsion of voting for Hillary. Trump is hoping that homosexuals will say, “Well, he is the most friendly President to the LGBTQ crowd so maybe he will come along with time.” No, they will not say that because they detest Republicans, Conservatives, free enterprise, family values, and an America-first agenda. A nation’s ruling government has the primary responsibility of keeping citizens safe from aggressors and terrorists abroad and anarchist, traitors, and fifth columns within. These dangerous people are assisted in their treason by the very constitution they seek to destroy. Added to the above there is now the threat of our nation being destroyed by open borders. Open borders encourage terrorists, invite devastating diseases, increase Democrat voters, and will financially destroy America. Homosexuality should not be encouraged for many devastating reasons. They are the most diseased group in the world and their continued repulsive practices may be as debilitating, dangerous, and devastating in the long run as an atomic bomb. Previous US presidents have all been abject failures in this area. Beginning with and including Reagan, no president or his Surgeon General has been willing to go on record about the dangers of perversion. All have said, “Stop gaining weight!” “Stop using illegal drugs!” “Stop smoking!” But no one has been willing to say, “Stop your fornication and anal sodomy!” Had they done so we might not have a population of disease carriers. The Centers for Disease Control reported in August of 2018, “New CDC analysis shows steep and sustained increases in STDs in recent years!” The report revealed almost 2.3 million new cases of chlamydia, gonorrhea, and syphilis were diagnosed in the United States in 2017, marking the fourth consecutive year of sharp increases in these sexually transmitted diseases (STDs)! Gonorrhea diagnoses increased 67 percent overall from 333,004 to 555,608 cases. That’s in one year. Obviously, there is a high cost to low living and President Trump is promoting such activity by supporting homosexuality! Sexual permissiveness has spread across America and the world like a malignant cancer leaving in its wake blasted lives, broken hearts, and blighted bodies and the official US government position is to encourage perversion worldwide. At the rate America is decaying morally, the next president may have to change our national symbol from eagle to buzzard and if God does not judge America, some impertinent people will assume He will apologize to Sodom and Gomorrah. Trump, in supporting the LGBTQ crowd, has climbed out on a high limb and handed his enemies a saw. I hope they are too stupid to use it.

(Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 18 books, the most recent Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning! eBook is available here with the printed edition (and other titles) at www.cstnews.com . Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D.; and visit his blog.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/Is_Trump_Pandering_to_the_LGBTQ_Crowd_a_Political_Ploy.php 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 7-19-19 The Free Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deadly heatwave to leave DC as hot as DEATH VALLEY this weekend as 200M brace for temperatures...

DAILY MAIL UK ^ | July 19, 2019 | Keith Griffith For Dailymail.com and Wires

Posted on 7/20/2019, 4:04:16 AM by Morgana

FULL TITLE: Deadly heatwave to leave DC as hot as DEATH VALLEY this weekend as 200M brace for temperatures in excess of 100F sparking NYC to declare an emergency and roads to buckle A brutal heatwave is unfurling across two-thirds of the nation, blighting the east with temperatures that will make Washington DC feel as hot as Death Valley, and roast much of the country with 100-degree heat.  The crushing mass of hot air is likely to blanket the region, home to a third of the U.S. population, through Sunday with little overnight relief, said meteorologist David Roth of the National Weather Service's Weather Prediction Center. 'There are 124 million people under a heat advisory or excessive heat warning - that's a third of the population,' Roth said. As of Friday, the heat wave sprawled from Kansas to the Atlantic Coast, and from South Carolina north to Maine. It was expected to intensify on Saturday and Sunday. The heat index for DC is forecast at 111F for Saturday, within two degrees of the index expected for Death Valley.

In Sioux Falls, South Dakota, soaring temperatures of 93F with a heat index of 107F were reported when portions of Insterstate 229 buckled and cracked.

On Friday night, a massive power outage was reported in the Detroit metro area, affecting some 80,000 customers of DTE Energy.

Fearing potential fatalities, New York City declared a state of local emergency and canceled a number of major outdoor events.

'Hot weather is dangerous and can kill. People with chronic physical and mental health conditions should use air conditioning if they have it, and get to a cool, air conditioned place if they don't,' said New York City Health Commissioner Dr. Oxiris Barbot.

https://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-chat/3765371/posts 

:: 7-19-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two Power Stations BURNING in Madison, WI - EVACUATIONS ORDERED ! ! !

Nation News Desk 19 July 2019

There is a large fire at the Madison Gas and Electric site on East Washington Avenue in Madison, and another at a sub-station in Ogg Hall. People are being warned to EVACUATE IMMEDIATELY!

The fire started round 7 a.m. on Friday. Officials do not know the cause. The fire has knocked out power to 13,000 MG&E customers. Madison firefighters are also responding to a second fire in the downtown area. This fire was reported at the substation located south of Ogg Hall. The Truax Fire Dept. is providing Mutual Aid to the Madison Fire Department. The Madison Fire Department is also asking people to evacuate and avoid this second fire area.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/two-power-stations-burning-in-madison-wi-evacuations-ordered 

:: 7-19-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Violent eruption of Ubinas volcano in Peru ejects ash 40,000 ft in the air – Hundreds of people evacuated – Alert level raised to Orange

By Strange Sounds - Jul 19, 2019

Hundreds of people living near the Ubinas volcano have been evacuated after the volcanic peak erupted 07:35 UTC (02:35 local time) on July 19, 2019.

The ash plume reached an altitude of 40,000 ft (12km). The alert level has been raised from yellow to orange. The National Institute of Civil Defense (Indeci) ordered the evacuation after the Ubinas volcano, the most active in the country located in the Moquegua region, recorded two explosions that led to ash being spewed within a radius of 25 km (16 miles), affecting at least eight inhabited areas. Ashfall was reported in the towns of Ubinas, Escacha, Anascapa, Matalaque, San Miguel, Huarina and Tonohaya. “Actions are being taken for around 1,000 people living in the areas around the Ubinas volcano, so they can be relocated to shelters already provided for in contingency plans,” Indeci chief Jorge Chavez told local radio station RPP. The education ministry said that in towns near the volcano, about 1,200 km (745 miles) south of Lima, classes were suspended and people were given masks and goggles as protection against the ash and gases from the volcano. The Geophysical Institute of Peru (IGP) said that the explosions had started since dawn on Friday. Peru is also in the so-called Pacific “Ring of Fire,” an area with a high incidence of earthquakes and volcanic activity.

https://strangesounds.org/2019/07/peru-ubinas-volcano-eruption-video-pictures.html 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 7-19-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US is putting troops BACK into Saudi Arabia following Trump's stark warning to Iran after the Revolutionary Guard seized two British tankers in the Gulf in a major escalation of tensions

US is now sending troops back to Prince Sultan Air Base for first time in 15 years

Contingent includes fighter jets, air defense missiles and more than 500 troops

Comes amid dramatic escalation in tension with Saudi arch-nemesis Iran

Iran's military has seized two UK-registered oil tanker ships in the Persian Gulf

Trump says Iran is in 'big trouble' and warns that the U.S. has lots of warships

UK officials said they lost contact with the 23 crew following the incident

Trump says Britain's crisis will be resolved thanks to a longstanding but unwritten mutual defense agreement with the United States

By David Martosko, U.S. Political Editor and Keith Griffith For Dailymail.com and Darren Boyle for MailOnline and Wires Published: 16:37 EDT, 19 July 2019 | Updated: 21:59 EDT, 19 July 2019

The United States is deploying a military contingent to a base in Saudi Arabia that has been abandoned for the past 15 years, officials say, marking a major escalation in tension with Saudi's regional arch-nemesis Iran. The forces deploying to Prince Sultan Air Base, 85 miles south of Riyadh, include fighter jets, air defense missiles and likely more than 500 troops, U.S. officials said on Friday. Senior American defense officials said some U.S. troops and Patriot air defense missile systems have already arrived at the base, which was abandoned by Washington after it toppled Iraqi strongman Saddam Hussein in 2003. 'In coordination with and at the invitation of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, the Secretary of Defense has authorized the movement of U.S. personnel and resources to deploy to Saudi Arabia,' U.S. Central Command said in a statement. 'This movement of forces provides an additional deterrent, and ensures our ability to defend our forces and interests in the region from emergent, credible threats,' Central Command said. History of U.S. troop deployments to Saudi Arabia Saudi Arabia is the nexus of Sunni Muslim power in the Middle East, and is unofficially allied with Israel against their mutual rival, the Shiite Muslim powerhouse Iran. Beginning during Operation Desert Shield in August 1990, while preparing for the Gulf War, the U.S. sent a large troop contingent to Saudi Arabia. At one time, Prince Sultan Air Base housed as many as 60,000 U.S. troops, supported by an all-American array of creature comforts like fast-food restaurants and swimming pools. Following the Gulf War, thousands of U.S. troops remained in Saudi Arabia, many of them supporting the enforcement of no-fly zones over Iraq.  The presence of U.S. troops in Saudi Arabia, which is home to the holiest sites in Islam, provoked vicious objections from Sunni fundamentalists, and was the main stated motivation behind the 9/11 attacks. U.S. troops remained in Saudi to support the invasion of Iraq in 2003, but following the end of major operations at the outset of the Iraq War the forces in Saudi were quickly withdrawn. Since 2003, Prince Sultan Air Base has been abandoned, and the only U.S. troops in Saudi Arabia have been a handful of technical and training personnel housed on Saudi-owned bases. Officials said that the troop movement had been in the works for weeks, and was not a response to specific Iranian provocations - though the announcement came just hours after Iran seized two British oil tankers in the Persian Gulf. President Donald Trump said that the seizures were a mistake and that Iran was playing a dangerous game. 'Iran is showing their true colors,' he told reporters on the South Lawn of the White House has he departed for a weekend in New Jersey. 'Iran is in big trouble.' The president warned that although the U.S. doesn't have many tankers in the Gulf because it is trending toward energy independence, 'we have a lot of ships there that are warships.' He predicted the situation 'is going to work out very nicely,' in part because of an informal but 'longstanding' U.S.-UK mutual defense agreement. 'We have no written agreement, but we have an agreement,' Trump said of Britain. 'They've been a very great ally of ours. ... We'll be working with the U.K. They'll have a new prime minister soon, which is a good thing.' The president gloated that Iran's belligerence is a sign he was right to distrust Tehran's mullahs in the way his predecessor did, regarding Iran's nuclear ambitions. 'This only goes to show what I'm saying about Iran. Trouble, nothing but trouble,' he said. 'And remember this, the agreement, the ridiculous agreement made by President Obama, expires in a very short period of time.  'It was a short term agreement. When you're dealing in countries, you have to deal in 50 years and 100 years.' The president's statement came as tensions in the region increase dramatically. The first vessel, the Stena Impero, was surrounded by heavily-armed Iranian vessels and a helicopter around 4pm and ordered to turn north. The second vessel, the Mesdar, was ordered by Iran to turn north around 45 minutes later. Theresa May is chairing an emergency meeting of the COBRA committee at Number 10, which will be attended by Foreign Secretary Jeremy Hunt, who is currently battling with his predecessor Boris Johnson to replace Mrs May as Prime Minister. Mr Hunt said: 'I will shortly attend a COBR meeting to review what we know and what we can do to swiftly secure the release of the two vessels - a British-flagged vessel and a Liberian-flagged vessel. 'Their crews comprise a range of nationalities, but we understand there are no British citizens on board either ship. 'Our ambassador in Tehran is in contact with the Iranian Ministry of Foreign Affairs to resolve the situation and we are working closely with international partners. 'These seizures are unacceptable. It is essential that freedom of navigation is maintained and that all ships can move safely and freely in the region.' Iranian authorities have yet to comment on the Mesdar, but marine tracking data showed it turning dramatically off course and towards the Iranian coast. US President Donald Trump said America would be 'working with the UK'. He told reporters: 'We will talk to the UK and we have no written agreement but we have an agreement. They've been a very great ally of ours. 'So we heard about it, we heard it was one, we heard it was two, and we will be working with the UK.' Labour deputy leader Tom Watson urged caution in a series of tweets: 'These reports are a matter of real concern. We know that some days ago there was an attempt to steer a British tanker towards Iranian waters. 'Our ships have the right of safe passage and the Stena Impero must be allowed to continue its voyage unimpeded. 'Any move to seize a British tanker would be a significant and harmful escalation of a situation where de-escalation is needed.' The vessel had left Fujairah in Dubai and moved into the Strait of Hormuz when it was intercepted. According to Iranian state TV, the Stena Impero tanker 'was confiscated by the Revolutionary Guards at the request of Hormozgan Ports and Maritime Organisation when passing through the strait of Hormuz, for failing to respect international maritime rules.' It is understood the British-flagged tanker was surrounded by small craft and helicopters and ordered to turn north into Iranian waters. A statement from Stena Bulk, the company which owns the tanker, said the firm had lost contact with the crew of 23 after it was approached by 'unidentified small crafts and a helicopter' at around 4pm. The statement said: 'Stena Bulk and Northern Marine Management can confirm that at approximately 1600 BST on 19th July UK registered vessel Stena Impero (built 2018, 49,683 DWT) was approached by unidentified small crafts and a helicopter during transit of the Strait of Hormuz while the vessel was in international waters. 'We are presently unable to contact the vessel which is now heading north towards Iran. 'There are 23 seafarers aboard. There have been no reported injuries and their safety is of primary concern to both owners and managers. 'The priority of both vessel owner Stena Bulk and ship manager Northern Marine Management is the safety and welfare of the crew.' Last week, the Royal Navy warship frigate HMS Montrose drove off three Iranian vessels which tried to stop the commercial ship British Heritage as it sailed through the Strait of Hormuz. Fears were raised that the Iranian authorities were trying to seize a UK ship in retaliation for the detention of the Grace 1 tanker. The Iranian ship was detained off the coast of Gibraltar on July 4 after it was suspected of violating EU sanctions by carrying a cargo of crude oil destined for Syria. The ship's captain, chief officer and two second officers were arrested and bailed and an investigation is ongoing. Iran's supreme leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei called the tanker's seizure an act of 'piracy' on Tuesday and warned the UK to expect a response. Foreign Secretary Jeremy Hunt offered to help release Grace 1 if Iran guaranteed it would not breach sanctions imposed on Bashar Assad's regime. A Ministry of Defence spokesman said: 'We are urgently seeking further information and assessing the situation following reports of an incident in the Gulf.' The UK Chamber of Shipping demanded extra protection for merchant vessels operating in the Persian Gulf. Bob Sanguinetti, CEO of the Chamber said: 'We condemn unreservedly the capture of Stena Impero as she transited the Strait of Hormuz earlier today.  'This incident represents an escalation. Whilst we call for measured response, it is also clear that further protection for merchant vessels must be forthcoming to ensure enhanced security to guarantee free flow of trade in the region.' The incident came as Iran and the United States emphatically disagreed Friday over Washington's claim that a U.S. warship downed an Iranian drone near the Persian Gulf. American officials said they used electronic jamming to bring down the unmanned aircraft, while Iran said it simply didn't happen. Neither side provided evidence to prove its claim. At the White House on Friday, President Donald Trump said flatly of the Iranian drone: 'We shot it down.' But Pentagon and other officials have said repeatedly that the USS Boxer, a Navy ship in the Strait of Hormuz, actually jammed the drone's signal, causing it to crash, and did not fire a missile. The officials spoke on condition of anonymity to discuss sensitive technology. Trump's national security adviser, John Bolton, said, 'There is no question this was an Iranian drone, and the USS Boxer took it out as the president announced yesterday because it posed a threat to the ship and its crew. It's entirely the right thing to do.' In Tehran, the Iranian military said all its drones had returned safely to their bases and denied there was any confrontation with the USS Boxer, an amphibious assault ship. Earlier today, Gibraltar's Supreme Court announced it would extend by 30 days the detention of an Iranian tanker seized two weeks ago on allegations that it was headed to Syria in violation of sanctions. British authorities' detention of the Grace 1 supertanker sparked outrage in Tehran, which accused London of doing the bidding of the Washington in action that is 'tantamount to maritime banditry'. On Tuesday, Iran's supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, accused the 'vicious British' of 'piracy' and vowed retaliation. The Guards also seized another 'foreign tanker' on Thursday, believed to be the Panamanian-flagged vessel Riah and its crew, and accused the ship of smuggling Iranian fuel. A series of such incidents have sent tensions soaring between Iran on one side and the US and its allies on the other, raising fears of a regional war in the Gulf. The Strait of Hormuz is the conduit for nearly a third of the world's crude oil. Timeline of tensions rising in Persian Gulf

May 12: Four commercial oil tankers attacked off the coast of the United Arab Emirates. Washington accuses Tehran, which denies all involvement.

June 13: A Japanese and Norwegian fuel tanker are hit by mysterious blasts while passing through the Strait of Hormuz. Again, Iran denies involvement.

June 14: U.S. Military releases video 'proving' Iranian involvement in the earlier attacks.

June 20: Iran downs a $130m US surveillance drone over the Strait of Hormuz Iranian Revolutionary Guards shoot down a $130million US surveillance drone over the Strait of Hormuz.

July 4: Royal Marines Commandos detain the Grace 1 Iranian tanker in Gibraltar which is accused of busting EU Syrian sanctions

July 11: Iran tries to interfere with a UK-registered tanker but is warned off by the Royal Navy.

July 14: Iran seizes the Panama-flagged 'Riah'.

July 18: The USS Boxer shoots down an Iranian drone over the Strait of Hormuz which it claimed was endangering the vessel.

July 19: Iran seizes British-flagged 'Stena Impero'.

July 19: Iran seizes a second British-linked vessel, the Mesdar.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7266349/Trump-says-Iran-big-trouble-seized-TWO-British-tankers-Persian-Gulf.html -

[ :: 2-24-13 am service  (fifth word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For truly you are seeing the end time signs that I have spoken to you about, and if you were studying, you would clearly see them being fulfilled etc.

:: 7-16-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Daniel’s Astounding Prophecies

By Hal Lindsey

Critics of the Bible have no reasonable answer for Daniel’s miraculous prophetic accuracy. They try. They have been trying for over two thousand years. But their criticisms don’t hold up. For instance, Daniel laid out a list of coming world superpowers. He wrote it well in advance of the actual events, and history proves him right. He told about the Medo-Persian empire. He foretold the Greek empire and their leader, Alexander the Great. He even told what would happen to that empire at the time of Alexander’s death. Critics respond that the Book of Daniel must have been written long after it says it was written. As of July 9, 2019, Wikipedia asserts, “The Book of Daniel is a 2nd-century BC biblical apocalypse.” But it was actually written around 540 BC. The Wikipedia article is laden with errors. Though not stated, the errors begin with the idea that God cannot (or at least does not) speak to man. That means the critics must find a “natural” explanation. A later dating of the book is their way of saying that the writer of Daniel cheated. The problem is that Daniel’s astoundingly accurate prophecies did not end in the second century BC. Their fulfillment continues to this day. Perhaps the most amazing of them all is found in the 9th chapter of Daniel. It is the prophecy of the “70 sevens.” It was given to Daniel by the angel Gabriel. “Seventy weeks have been decreed for your people and your holy city, to finish the transgression, to make an end of sin, to make atonement for iniquity, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most holy place” (Daniel 9:24). The scripture just quoted says, “70 weeks” and I said, “70 sevens.” That’s because the Hebrew word used here — “shabuwa” — literally means “seven.” It usually refers to a seven-day week. But not always. For instance, in Ezekiel 45:21 every major Bible translation simply says “seven” — its literal meaning. That’s crucial because, to us, the word “week” means seven days. But the context here clearly shows that these sevens are “weeks of years.” For anyone who believes the Bible, it is obvious that the purposes of the seventy weeks listed in the scripture above revolve around Israel. The weeks were “decreed for your people and your holy city.” Daniel’s people were Israel. And his holy city was Jerusalem. That means God’s purpose for the 70 sevens revolves around Israel. The other obvious thing is that these purposes have not yet been realized. Transgression has not been finished, sin has not ended, everlasting righteousness has not been manifested in Israel or the rest of the world. We know exactly when the clock started. Daniel 9:25 says the weeks of years would begin with, “The issuing of a decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem.” The Book of Daniel goes on to give details about exact events during the first 483 years. It predicts to the day when the Messiah would present Himself to Jerusalem. Late dating the Book of Daniel to the 2nd century BC doesn’t explain that one. Gabriel’s message to Daniel speaks of a pause between the 69th and 70th weeks. We’re still in that pause today. But the 70th week is on the way. In a few days, I hope to write in more detail about the pause and the 70th week. Instead of Wikipedia, we’ll look at how Jesus interpreted Daniel. And it will take your breath away.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ 

:: 7-16-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Daniel’s Astounding Prophecies, Part 2

By Hal Lindsey

I said last week that the interpretation Jesus gave to the Book of Daniel would take your breath away. His method of interpretation was, in short, to take Daniel at face value. Why is that breathtaking? Let’s look at it. Modern critics say that the book was written by an unknown person or group of people around 165 BC. Jesus said Daniel wrote the Book of Daniel (Matthew 24:15). If Daniel wrote it, that puts the date back to where the book itself claims to have been written — around 540 BC. Critics say it was written around the time of Antiochus Epiphanes. That’s the mad king who famously defiled the Temple in an attempt to humiliate the Jews and end the worship of Jehovah. They claim that the Book of Daniel’s description of the “abomination of desolation” refers to this event. They say it was not prophetic, but had already happened. And so, they date the book to that time. But according to Jesus, Antiochus did not fulfill Daniel’s prophecy of the “abomination of desolation” (Daniel 11:31 and 12:11). He said it would be in the future. During His famous discourse on the Second Coming, Jesus said in Matthew 24, “Therefore when you see the abomination of desolation which was spoken of through Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place… let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains; let him who is on the housetop not go down to get the things out that are in his house; and let him who is in the field not turn back to get his cloak…. for then there will be a great tribulation, such as has not occurred since the beginning of the world until now, nor ever shall.” Daniel said that the abomination of desolation would take place at the mid-point of the 70th week. Last week I talked about the 70 weeks of years prophesied by Daniel. Here’s that prophecy from Daniel 9:25-26. “You are to know and discern that from the issuing of a decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until Messiah the Prince there will be seven weeks and sixty-two weeks; it will be built again, with plaza and moat, even in times of distress. Then after the sixty-two weeks the Messiah will be cut off and have nothing, and the people of the prince who is to come will destroy the city and the sanctuary.” Seven weeks of years plus 62 makes 69 — at total of 483 years. Messiah Jesus presented Himself to Israel 483 years to the day after the decree went out to restore Jerusalem. Those 483 years happened consecutively. But there is a pause between the first 69 weeks of years and the 70th. The pause was not added later by Bible teachers trying to make things fit. Rather, the pause was written into the prophecy itself. The prophecy tells us exactly when the 69 weeks end and when the last one begins. Verse 27 says that the last seven years would be initiated when the coming prince makes a covenant (or treaty) with Israel. From other scripture, we know that the covenant will seem to bring peace to the Middle East and the world. In the New Testament we learn another title for “the prince who is to come” — Antichrist. The prophecy requires a gap between the end of the 69th week when Messiah presents Himself to Israel and the beginning of the 70th when Antichrist makes his covenant with Israel. Between those events, “Messiah will be cut off,” meaning killed. Jesus presented Himself as Messiah on Palm Sunday which was the end of the 69th week. A few days later, He was crucified. The other event that must take place in the pause is that “the people of the prince who is to come will destroy the city and the sanctuary.” That happened in 70 AD. That’s one of the verses that lets us know that the Antichrist will be part of a revived Roman Empire. The “people” who sacked Jerusalem in 70 AD were the Romans. The pause continues today. In it, God has granted the world a reprieve from the days of judgment and wrath promised for the 70th week. That reprieve will not last forever. The Bible teaches a great deal about the 70th week, and the world is clearly poised to fulfill the events of that time. The Rapture will take place before Daniel’s 70th week. So, it must be extremely soon. This is the time to be more zealous than ever to tell everyone the Good News of salvation in Jesus.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-7-16-2019/ 

:: 7-9-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Daniel’s Astounding Prophecies

By Hal Lindsey

Critics of the Bible have no reasonable answer for Daniel’s miraculous prophetic accuracy. They try. They have been trying for over two thousand years. But their criticisms don’t hold up. For instance, Daniel laid out a list of coming world superpowers. He wrote it well in advance of the actual events, and history proves him right. He told about the Medo-Persian empire. He foretold the Greek empire and their leader, Alexander the Great. He even told what would happen to that empire at the time of Alexander’s death. Critics respond that the Book of Daniel must have been written long after it says it was written. As of July 9, 2019, Wikipedia asserts, “The Book of Daniel is a 2nd-century BC biblical apocalypse.” But it was actually written around 540 BC. The Wikipedia article is laden with errors. Though not stated, the errors begin with the idea that God cannot (or at least does not) speak to man. That means the critics must find a “natural” explanation. A later dating of the book is their way of saying that the writer of Daniel cheated. The problem is that Daniel’s astoundingly accurate prophecies did not end in the second century BC. Their fulfillment continues to this day. Perhaps the most amazing of them all is found in the 9th chapter of Daniel. It is the prophecy of the “70 sevens.” It was given to Daniel by the angel Gabriel. “Seventy weeks have been decreed for your people and your holy city, to finish the transgression, to make an end of sin, to make atonement for iniquity, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most holy place” (Daniel 9:24). The scripture just quoted says, “70 weeks” and I said, “70 sevens.” That’s because the Hebrew word used here — “shabuwa” — literally means “seven.” It usually refers to a seven-day week. But not always. For instance, in Ezekiel 45:21 every major Bible translation simply says “seven” — its literal meaning. That’s crucial because, to us, the word “week” means seven days. But the context here clearly shows that these sevens are “weeks of years.” For anyone who believes the Bible, it is obvious that the purposes of the seventy weeks listed in the scripture above revolve around Israel. The weeks were “decreed for your people and your holy city.” Daniel’s people were Israel. And his holy city was Jerusalem. That means God’s purpose for the 70 sevens revolves around Israel. The other obvious thing is that these purposes have not yet been realized. Transgression has not been finished, sin has not ended, everlasting righteousness has not been manifested in Israel or the rest of the world. We know exactly when the clock started. Daniel 9:25 says the weeks of years would begin with, “The issuing of a decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem.” The Book of Daniel goes on to give details about exact events during the first 483 years. It predicts to the day when the Messiah would present Himself to Jerusalem. Late dating the Book of Daniel to the 2nd century BC doesn’t explain that one. Gabriel’s message to Daniel speaks of a pause between the 69th and 70th weeks. We’re still in that pause today. But the 70th week is on the way. In a few days, I hope to write in more detail about the pause and the 70th week. Instead of Wikipedia, we’ll look at how Jesus interpreted Daniel. And it will take your breath away.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-7-9-2019/ 

[ :: 11-13-16 am service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

As you can clearly see the evil in the world is almost fifty-fifty, my word has shown you that before, so that should not be a surprise.  For I have said that two shall be standing in the field and one shall go and one shall remain, that is fifty-fifty, and it has got to that place, that also means that the end is very, very near.  So you will still have half of the world that desires to do evil and half of the world that desires to do good, but only about thirty percent are true Christians. etc.

:: 7-20-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Todd Starnes: 'Bachelorette' contestant Luke Parker's family accuses ABC of anti-Christian bigotry

By Todd Starnes | Fox News

Luke Parker's brother says ABC vilified 'The Bachelorette' contestant for his Christian beliefs

ABC has an ugly track record when it comes to evangelicals, says Todd Starnes, author of the upcoming book 'Culture Jihad: How to Stop the Left from Killing a Nation.'

When Luke Parker told producers of “The Bachelorette” that he was a born-again Christian who was saving sex for marriage, ABC knew they had the season’s villain. Luke’s family tells me they are outraged over ABC’s campaign to portray the 24-year-old as an evil, pathological liar, misogynist and psychopath – simply because he follows the Bible’s teachings regarding sex and marriage.

CLICK HERE TO PRE-ORDER TODD’S EXPLOSIVE NEW BOOK, “CULTURE JIHAD: HOW TO STOP THE LEFT FROM KILLING A NATION.”

Hannah Brown, the star of the show, gave Parker the heave-ho after an ugly argument with Luke over sex before marriage. 'BACHELORETTE' STAR HANNAH B. 'GREW A LOT' FROM 'TOXIC' RELATIONSHIP WITH LUKE P., PREMARITAL SEX DEBATE “I have had sex, and, like, Jesus still loves me,” she said on national television. “Guess what? Sex might be a sin out of marriage, pride is a sin, too, and I feel like this is a pride thing. I feel like I’ve finally gotten clarity on you and I do not want you to be my husband.” Hannah seems to believe that she is the more authentic Christian because she’s tussled in the sheets a time or two or perhaps more. In today’s vernacular, she’s called a “woke Christian.” The Parker family said Luke was led to believe that Hannah was a good church-going girl when in fact she was fornicating inside a windmill. Mike Parker, Luke’s brother told me that ABC intentionally edited important segments of the show that indicated early on Ms. Brown shared the same beliefs about sex that his brother had. “Leaving out those conversations makes Luke look judgmental and controlling when they talk about sex,” he said. Hannah seems to believe that she is the more authentic Christian because she’s tussled in the sheets a time or two or perhaps more. In today’s vernacular, she’s called a “woke Christian.” On Monday ABC will broadcast a “Men Tell All” special and the family tells me Luke is going to be skewered. “They all bashed Luke for his faith and challenged his biblical view of Christianity,” Mike tells me. “Luke was asked about his view of a man’s position in a marriage and he said the man should be the spiritual leader of the home. He was booed and bashed by all the other contestants.” He also said that Ms. Brown “tells Luke that he is the embodiment of toxic masculinity and that is who he is to the core.” Hollywood has a disturbing track record of denigrating evangelical Christians as I wrote in my upcoming book, “Culture Jihad: How to Stop the Left From Killing a Nation.” But ABC has an especially ugly history of eviscerating people of faith. Joy Behar, one of the co-hosts of ABC’s “The View,” suggested in 2018 that Christians who listen to the voice of God may be mentally ill. Behar and her co-hosts were dumbfounded to learn that Vice President Mike Pence spoke with God through prayer. “It’s one thing to talk to Jesus. It’s another thing when Jesus talks to you,” Behar said. “That’s called mental illness, if I’m not correct, hearing voices.” Behar, facing enormous pressure from advertisers, eventually offered a half-hearted apology. And yet a year later the same television network has portrayed yet another evangelical Christian as a psychopath for following the teachings of the Bible. Mike tells me his brother has received all sorts of threats. “My brother – he’s gotten death threats,” he said. “He’s been told his life is worthless, that he should kill himself, that he needs psychological help. Luke’s family told me that he only wanted to use his role on “The Bachelorette” as a platform to share his faith with the nation. That was his agenda. And that’s all well and good, but ABC had an agenda, too. And since they own the television program and the television cameras their agenda took precedence over Luke’s. So here’s a word of advice to all you Christian guys and gals who are hoping to find their happily ever after on reality television -- be careful. You might be looking for virtue, but you could wind up with Sodom and Gomorrah. The truth is Luke Parker seems to be a decent fellow who just got caught up in a television network’s dirty plot to mock and marginalize Christians.

To borrow a line from a great country music, beer-drinking song, he went looking for love in all the wrong places.

https://www.foxnews.com/opinion/todd-starnes-bachelorette-luke-parker-family-abc-anti-christian-bigotry 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-20-19 One America News Network :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UK calls seizure of ship a ‘hostile act’; Iran releases video of capture

July 20, 2019 By Babak Dehghanpisheh and William Schomberg

GENEVA/LONDON (Reuters) – Britain denounced the Iranian seizure of a British-flagged oil tanker in the Gulf as a “hostile act” on Saturday, rejecting Tehran’s explanation that it had seized the vessel because it had been involved in an accident. Iran’s Revolutionary Guards posted a video online showing speedboats pulling up alongside the Stena Impero tanker, its name clearly visible. Troops wearing ski masks and carrying machine guns rappelled to its deck from a helicopter, the same tactics used by British Royal Marines to seize an Iranian tanker off the coast of Gibraltar two weeks ago. Friday’s action in the global oil trade’s most important waterway has been viewed in the West as a major escalation after three months of confrontation that has already taken Iran and the United States to the brink of war. It follows weeks of threats from Tehran to retaliate for Britain’s seizure of the Iranian tanker Grace 1, accused of violating sanctions on Syria. British Defense Secretary Penny Mordaunt called the incident a “hostile act”. Foreign Secretary Jeremy Hunt said he had expressed “extreme disappointment” by phone to his Iranian counterpart, Mohammad Javad Zarif. Britain also summoned the Iranian charge d’affaires in London. A spokesman for Iran’s Revolutionary Guards, Brigadier-General Ramezan Sharif, said Tehran had seized the ship in the Strait of Hormuz despite the “resistance and interference” of a British warship which had been escorting it. No British warship was visible in the video posted by the Guards. Iran’s Fars news agency said the Guards had taken control of the Stena Impero on Friday after it collided with an Iranian fishing boat whose distress call it ignored.

The vessel, carrying no cargo, was taken to the Iranian port of Bandar Abbas. It would remain there with its 23 crew — 18 of them Indians — while the accident was investigated, Iranian news agencies quoted the head of Ports and Maritime Organization in southern Hormozgan province, Allahmorad Afifipour, as saying. Zarif told Britain’s Hunt that the ship must go through a legal process before it could be released, Iran’s ISNA news agency reported. The strait, between Iran and the Arabian peninsula, is the sole outlet for exports of most Middle Eastern oil, and the seizure sent oil prices sharply higher. The United States, which tightened sanctions against Iran in May with the aim of halting its oil exports altogether, has been warning for months of an Iranian threat to shipping in the strait. Another oil tanker, the Mesdar, was also boarded by Iranian personnel on Friday and temporarily forced to divert toward Iran, but later was allowed to continue on its route through the strait. On Saturday Algeria’s APS news agency said the Mesdar was owned by Algeria’s state oil company Sonatrach. France, Germany and the European Union joined Britain in condemning the seizure. The three big European countries are signatories to a 2015 nuclear deal between Tehran and world powers that Washington undermined by quitting last year, setting Iran’s already fragile relations with the West on a downward spiral. Under the pact, Iran agreed to restrict nuclear work in return for lifting sanctions. The European countries opposed the Trump administration’s decision to abandon the agreement last year, but have so far failed to fulfill promises to Iran of providing alternative means for it to access world trade. EXTREME DISAPPOINTMENT “Just spoke to … Zarif and expressed extreme disappointment that having assured me last Saturday Iran wanted to de-escalate situation, they have behaved in the opposite way,” tweeted British Foreign Secretary Hunt. “This has to be about actions not words if we are to find a way through.” Earlier he said London’s reaction would be “considered but robust”, and it would ensure the safety of its shipping. On Friday, Hunt said the solution would be found via diplomacy and London was “not looking at military options.” Britain’s government said it had advised British shipping to stay out of the Hormuz area for an interim period. The past three months of escalation have seen the United States and Iran come as close as ever to direct armed conflict. In June, Tehran shot down a U.S. drone and Trump ordered retaliatory air strikes, only to call them off just minutes before impact. In New Delhi, India’s foreign ministry said it was actively seeking the release of its nationals among the crew. Operator Stena Bulk said on Friday the tanker had been “in full compliance with all navigation and international regulations”. On Saturday it said it was preparing a request to visit the crew. The vessel had been heading to a port in Saudi Arabia and suddenly changed course after passing through the strait. The United States has blamed Iran for a series of attacks on shipping around the Strait of Hormuz. Tehran rejects the allegations. Washington also said it had this week downed an Iranian drone near where the Stena Impero was seized. The United States is sending military personnel and resources to Saudi Arabia for the first time since the U.S. invasion of Iraq in 2003.

(Additional reporting by Parisa Hafezi in Dubai, Arno Schuetze in Frankfurt, John Irish in Paris and Stephen Addison in London; writing by William Schomberg; editing by John Stonestreet and Peter Graff)

https://www.oann.com/iran-says-uk-flagged-tanker-ignored-distress-call-taken-to-bander-abbas/ 

:: 7-14-19 M Star Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Duluth cop on way to work rescues 2-year-old girl trapped alone in van that rolled down hill

The van became lodged in the trees, "partially suspended ... above the ground," the Duluth police chief said.

By Paul Walsh Star Tribune July 14, 2019 — 2:22pm

A Duluth police officer on his way to work rescued a 2-year-old girl trapped alone in a van that had rolled down a hill and became wedged in trees as her twin sister and anxious mother waited above for gratifying news. The incident occurred late Thursday afternoon near Mesaba Avenue, and that’s where Officer Todd Simmons punched in early and got to work, according to Police Chief Mike Tusken.  “A scary and potentially tragic incident fortunately ends with property damage and minor injury,” the chief wrote Saturday in a brief description on Facebook. “Thank you Officer Simmons for your timing, quick actions and service to help a very scared mom, child and crash victim.” Megan Newman, 27, told the Star Tribune on Sunday, “I just want to thank Officer Simmons who witnessed it all first hand and came to my daughter’s rescue right away!” She added that daughter Bella “is doing well. She came out with barely a scratch on her. It’s truly a miracle.” Newman said she parked her minivan near her home and was removing her twin girls from inside after a trip to the aquarium. “I did my usual, put my car into park and emergency brake on, since I live on a steep hill,” Newman wrote on a GoFundMe page set up to help her with medical and vehicle expenses tied to the crash. Unable to get her key unstuck from the ignition, Newman got Elena out of the van just fine, but Bella “was being a stinker, and she didn’t want out of the back seat,” Newman continued. Newman saw neighbors outside and went to them for help. “When my neighbor yelled ‘your car is rolling down the hill!’ I felt my heart just stop. ... I bolted down the hill as fast as I could to get to my baby, who was in the car unbuckled, and I was waiting anxiously for them to get her out!” That’s when Officer Simmons took over and got Bella out of the van, which hit another vehicle on Mesaba on its way down and became lodged in the trees, “partially suspended ... above the ground,” the police chief said. Newman wrote that an ambulance took Bella to receive medical attention, and “they were all shocked to see how good of shape she was in as bad the accident was. Especially for not being buckled in.”

http://www.startribune.com/duluth-cop-on-way-to-work-rescues-2-year-old-girl-trapped-alone-in-van-that-rolled-down-hill/512700752/?refresh=true 

:: 7-19-19 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Besieged Puerto Rico Governor Goes Quiet Amid Protests

Friday, 19 July 2019 07:24 PM

In the Spanish colonial fortress that serves as his official residence, Puerto Rico Gov. Ricardo Rosselló is under siege. Motorcyclists, celebrities and hundreds of thousands of ordinary Puerto Ricans are swarming to La Fortaleza (The Fort) in Old San Juan, demanding Rosselló resign over a series of leaked online chats insulting women, political opponents and even the victims of Hurricane Maria. The telegenic 40-year-old son of a former governor has dropped his normally intense rhythm of public appearances and gone into relatively long periods of near-media silence, intensifying questions about his future. For much of his 2.5 years in office Rosselló has given three or four lengthy press conferences a week, comfortably fielding question after question in Spanish and English from the local and international press. And that's on top of public appearances, one-on-one interviews and televised meetings with visiting politicians and members of his administration. Since July 11, when Rosselló cut short a family vacation in France and returned home to face the first signs of what has become an island-wide movement to oust him, the governor has made four appearances, all but one in highly controlled situations. The crisis has even cut back Rosselló's affable online presence. The governor normally started every day by tweeting "Good morning!" to his followers around 5 a.m. The last such bright-and-early message came on July 8. The tweets from his account have dwindled to a trickle since then, and each one is met by a flood of often-abusive responses from Puerto Ricans demanding he resign. New protests were planned for Friday afternoon, with unionized workers organizing a march to La Fortaleza from the nearby waterfront and hundreds of other people coming from around the city and surrounding areas. A string of smaller events was on the agenda across the island over the weekend, followed by what many expected to be a massive protest on Monday. Rosselló's secretary of public affairs, Anthony Maceira, told reporters Friday that the governor was in La Fortaleza working on signing laws and filling posts emptied by the resignations of fellow members of the leaked chat group. The head of Rosselló's pro-statehood political party said a meeting of its directors had been convened for coming days, although the agenda was not disclosed beyond "addressing every one of the complaints of our colleagues." Rosselló offered a press conference on July 11 to address the arrest of two of his former department heads on federal corruption charges. He also asked the people of Puerto Rico to forgive him for a profanity-laced and at times misogynistic online chat with nine other male members of his administration, short selections of which had leaked to local media. Two days later, at least 889 pages of the chat were published by Puerto Rico's award-winning Center for Investigative Journalism, and things got much, much worse for Rosselló. In the chats on the encrypted messaging app Telegram, Rosselló calls one New York female politician of Puerto Rican background a "whore," describes another as a "daughter of a bitch" and makes fun of an obese man he posed with in a photo. The chat also contains vulgar references to Puerto Rican star Ricky Martin's homosexuality and a series of emojis of a raised middle finger directed at a federal control board overseeing the island's finances. The next day, Sunday, Rosselló appeared in a San Juan church and asked the congregation for forgiveness, without informing the press. The church broadcasts its services online, however, and his remarks became public. On Monday, July 15, Rosselló gave a notably non-confrontational interview to a salsa music radio station. The governor's spokesman said the questions had been "negotiated" between Rosselló's press team and the station. That night, thousands swarmed Old San Juan to demand his resignation. On July 16, Rosselló held a press conference and faced aggressive questioning about the chat scandal and the corruption arrests. Later that day, an ally tweeted a photo of Rosselló embracing Wilfredo Santiago, an obese man whom the governor had mocked in one of the most infamous sections of the chat. Since then, it's been silence. There has been a handful of tweets, press releases and statements, some saying he won't resign but mostly about purportedly routine meetings of administration officials.  His official spokespeople aren't answering many questions, and even his whereabouts are mostly unknown. Rosselló was raised in the public eye, as the youngest son of Pedro Rosselló, who served as governor from 1993 to 2001. One of Puerto Rico's most charismatic and controversial governors, the elder Rosselló launched a string of large-scale infrastructure projects that swelled the public debt and ensuing bankruptcy that his son has inherited. Known widely as Ricky, the younger Rosselló started his political career in his father's pro-statehood New Progressive Party. Trained in biomechanical engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, University of Michigan and Duke, he launched his campaign for governor in 2015 with little previous history of public service. Deflecting questions about whether he owed his success to his connections, Rosselló portrayed himself as an affable technocrat with solutions to Puerto Rico's debt and crumbling infrastructure, and by less than 3% of the total votes cast defeated David Bernier of Popular Democratic Party, which advocates greater Puerto Rican autonomy from the mainland United States. Until now, Rosselló's greatest challenge was Hurricane Maria, a Category 4 storm that struck the Puerto Rico on Sept. 20, 2017, destroying the island's power and communications systems. Rosselló came under heavy criticism for mismanaging the crisis, particularly for understating the deaths from the storm. While some of his deputies were vilified, Rosselló seemed to emerge relatively unscathed, perhaps due to his friendly and non-confrontational manner with critics, opponents and journalists alike. The father of two young children, he often posts their photos online, along with images of his wife and their two rescue dogs, a Siberian Husky and a Yorkshire Terrier. Rosselló once halted a press conference to help local journalists move their equipment out of the rain. Among the greatest shocks of the leaked chats for many Puerto Ricans was the puncturing of that image of low-key charm by the gross misogyny of online conversations. "He was making an effort, carrying out his governor's role," said Jessica Castro, a 38-year-old San Juan resident attending a Friday evening protest with her family. "He was mocking everyone behind their backs, the people who believed in him. People are really disillusioned. He's got to go."

Read Newsmax: Besieged Puerto Rico Governor Goes Quiet amid Protests | Newsmax.com

ttps://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/cb-puerto-rico-governor-under-siege/2019/07/19/id/925268/ 

:: 7-19-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran seizes two British oil tankers

Iran’s Revolutionary Guard Corps seizes British oil tankers in Strait of Hormuz. Britain: This is unacceptable.

Elad Benari, Canada, 19/07/19 21:14 | updated: 23:31

Iran’s Revolutionary Guard Corps said on Friday it had seized a British oil tanker in the Strait of Hormuz.  According to the semiofficial Iranian Fars news agency, the British oil tanker Stena Impero and its crew members were seized for violating “international maritime rules and regulations in the Persian Gulf.” Subsequent reports indicated that a second British tanker had been seized as well. The British-operated, Liberian-flagged Mesdar, turned sharply north towards Iran’s coast after passing westward through the Strait of Hormuz into the Gulf, according to Refinitiv tracking data. The Iranian Tasnim news agency later reported that the Mesdar had been allowed to continue its course after Iranian officials followed up with the ship on its environmental regulations. The ship then left Iranian waters, according to the Mehr news agency. British Foreign Secretary Jeremy Hunt confirmed that the vessels were seized by Iranian authorities in the Strait of Hormuz, saying, “I'm extremely concerned by the seizure of two naval vessels by Iranian authorities in the Strait of Hormuz.” "I will shortly attend a COBRA meeting to review what we know and what we can do to swiftly secure the release of the two vessels - a British-flagged vessel and a Liberian-flagged vessel. Their crews comprise a range of nationalities, but we understand there are no British citizens on board either ship,” he added. "These seizures are unacceptable. It is essential that freedom of navigation is maintained and that all ships can move safely and freely in the region," stressed Hunt. The British ministry of defense said it was urgently looking into what had happened to the Stena Impero, a 30,000 ton British-flagged ship, which was heading for Saudi Arabia when it abruptly left the international sea lanes through the strait of Hormuz and tracking data showed it heading north towards the Iranian island of Qeshm, where the Iran’s Revolutionary Guard has a substantial base. The ship’s owners said the tanker had been “approached by unidentified small crafts and a helicopter during transit of the Strait of Hormuz.” “We are presently unable to contact the vessel which is now heading north towards Iran,” the owners, Stena Bulk, and the ship’s managers, Northern Marine, said in a statement. The British government said it was “assessing the situation following reports of an incident in the Gulf,” according to The Guardian. The incident comes two weeks after the British naval force seized an Iranian oil tanker in Gibraltar on suspicion that it was carrying crude oil to Syria, in violation of EU sanctions. The detention of the tanker angered Iran, which condemned the move as an "illegal interception" and summoned the British ambassador in protest.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/266226 

:: 7-11-19 News with Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It Is Time to Indict Hillary

By Dave Daubenmire|July 11th, 2019

Lady Justice needs a new blindfold.

Dr. King told us that “injustice anywhere is injustice everywhere.” We can no longer survive as a nation if we do not have system of Justice where no one is above the law. That includes Hillary Clinton and her wife Bill. As long as the two of them are walking the streets of America Lady Justice will be forced to hide her eyes. They don’t call them the Clinton Crime Family for nothing. Ask yourself this, if you had destroyed evidence in a criminal investigation would you be free to travel the world as if nothing had ever happened? If a government agency was investigating you and you told them that the evidence had been destroyed would they simply pat you on the back and send you on your merry way? Would YOU be making speeches all around the country? Can anyone explain to me why Hillary Clinton has not been indicted? Does it not bother you that there are at least two systems of justice here in America? Can you not see that the powerful protect the powerful? Are you OK with that? Can America survive as a Constitutional Republic if our elected officials are not held to a HIGHER standard than they average Joe Citizen? We returned to Hillary’s home in Chappaqua last week. You can find a plethora of information about our efforts on www.EqualJusticTour.com  as well as on https://www.facebook.com/equaljusticetour/  The evidence of her guilt is overwhelming. Our efforts are designed to continue to push until some jurisdictional power gets serious about Equal Justice for all. The Deep State will never indict their Queen Bee. Watch this video. James Comey already listed for us the felonies that the FBI admits she committed. Yet, according to Comey, “no reasonable prosecutor would charge her.” We are going to push until we find one. Did you know that with all of the malfeasance that Hillary has engaged in no charges have ever been brought against her? Well, thirty of us filed affidavits as witnesses to her crimes last week. We presented the sworn statements to the local Police, the New York State Police, the local prosecutor, and to the FBI. You can read a copy of our citizen’s sworn affidavit here. We are beginning to get traction as this story was reported on Newsweek’s home page last Sunday. Check out this video of the petition’s being delivered. Here is a video of the drive-by of 15 Old House Lane, Hillary and Bill’s hideout where they are protected by the compromised government of Chappaqua.

We need your help. We need YOU to get involved. There are several things that YOU can do to help.  You can go to our website and sign the petition.

You can make a copy of the affidavit, change it to YOUR name and deliver a copy to your local Congressman.

We have provided a list of Congressmen who called for an investigation of Hillary a year ago and YOU can call them and ask them to follow through on their requests. We have even provided a phone script for you to use. YOU can also call YOUR Congressman and do the same.

You can fax your Congressman FOR FREE. HERE

You can go to the PRAYER WALL and offer up prayers. Here

You can donate to the efforts here

You can share www.EqualJusticeTour.com  with all of your friends and ask them to do the same.

We can no longer trust or count on the Justice Department to serve up Equal Justice. We The People must turn up the heat on those who have sworn a duty to uphold the Constitution. We call on ALL former military and anyone who has sworn an oath to the Constitution to join with us. We are sending out a clarion call to the grass roots supporters of those who made America great. OUR SILENCE HAS BEEN DEFEANING. We called our website Equal Justice TOUR because this is just the beginning of the places we are going to go. We are touring the country to wake up our elected officials and demand that they do their SWORN duty.

President Trump has been investigated more than any American in history. Hillary’s felonies have been ignored. It is time to see if the Clinton’s can stand up under the same scrutiny.

Time is short. America is under attack from within. NOW is the time to stand!!

We need your support. Please join with us. We The People still hold all of the power. Not to act is to act.

With the help of Jesus Christ we must fight to restore Justice!!

Equal Justice is spelled Lock her up!! It is time to indict Hillary Clinton for the crimes we know she has committed!

Aren’t you sick of what the powerful get away with? E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com 

http://newswithviews.com/it-is-time-to-indict-hillary/ 

:: 7-12-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Michelle Obama EMERGES FROM THE SHADOWS, Smears Trump In Racist Rant

By Dean Garrison - July 12, 2019

Mooch has broken her silence, when she should have kept her big mouth shut.

The hate can only fester for so long before it has to come out.

During a recent chat with CBS, she showed America that she has not changed at all.

Everything is about race with this woman.

Trending: ALERT: Ilhan Omar Goes On Live TV And DISRESPECTS The ENTIRE NATION Once Again

Gary Franchi has more in today’s Next News Network video: Ilovemyfreedom.org has more: Former First Lady Michelle Obama remains a dark horse 2020 candidate if she eventually chooses to jump into the race and if she does, it will likely be lingering bitterness that spurs her to do so.

Mrs. Obama is just below Oprah in the hierarchy of liberal goddesses and over the weekend, the ex-FLOTUS took her act to the Big Easy where she dished on a variety of topics at the big Essense Festival shindig. Including how resentful that she was that Trump supporters who attended the traditional ceremony that shows how the USA honors the peaceful change of power with a crowd that was “NOT REFLECTIVE” of America. During her chat with CBS News anchor Gayle King, Michelle carped about how much that she resented President Trump and wasted no time in playing the race card. According to Barack’s better half, her spoiled daughters cried on the day that they were sent packing from their taxpayer-funded crib at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW and to add insult to injury – she had to sit with white people during Trump’s inauguration. Oh, the horror of it all!

Read the rest here… Via The Hill… Former first lady Michelle Obama revealed how she felt during President Trump‘s inauguration in an interview during the Essence Festival on Saturday.  Obama told journalist Gayle King that her children cried during the event because they were leaving their home of eight years. “And then we had to meet the Trumps. That day was very emotional. And then to sit at that inauguration and to look around at a crowd that was not reflective of the country, and I had to sit in that audience as one of the handfuls of people of color. All that I had to hold on to over those last eight years, and it was a lot emotionally,” Obama said. “We weren’t there to instill our legacy, but the upset it would cause the country. What saddens me is what it’s doing to the country as a whole. What we have to be really conscientious of is what kind of country we’re leaving for our children or grandchildren.”

MORE at The Hill… Several former presidents and first ladies have been very vocal in their displeasure with President Trump. The attacks come from everywhere and yet… The people still flock to see him. The mainstream media will not report the truth and political opponents bash our president.

The American people, however, think for themselves and love President Trump. So, no matter how much Mrs. Obama or anyone else criticizes him, the people just keep showing up to support President Trump (like the above photo of the recent overflow Independence Day crowd.) Too much winning.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/michelle-obama-emerges-from-the-shadows-smears-trump-in-racist-rant/ 

:: 7-21-19 Silver Seek :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why is JPMorgan Above the Law?

Theodore Butler | June 21, 2019 - 10:06am

Recent developments indicate, almost beyond question, that when it comes to silver (and gold), JPMorgan is operating in direct violation of the law. So clear is the proof of this allegation that the only real question is why JPM is allowed to openly flaunt basic commodity and antitrust law? Before getting to the why, let me first establish that JPMorgan is, indeed, violating the law when it comes to silver and gold. JPMorgan is the largest and most important bank in the US and many would consider its CEO, Jamie Dimon, to be not only the most respected voice in banking, but in the corporate world as a whole. Given its high profile, JPMorgan is closely monitored and analyzed. Despite this coverage, very few know that JPMorgan is the dominant force in silver and gold markets. Yet public data demonstrate that JPMorgan has come to dominate the derivatives and physical sides of silver and gold, particularly since acquiring Bear Stearns in early 2008. There are two final arbiters in matters of commodity and antitrust law in the US. The federal commodities regulator, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), is responsible for resolving civil infractions in regulated futures trading and the Department of Justice, is the final adjudicator for interstate commodity matters on both a civil and criminal basis. In regards to the CFTC, the public record indicates the agency was involved in investigating and reviewing allegations of a silver price manipulation on multiple occasions both before and after JPMorgan took over Bear Stearns and it became the largest short seller in COMEX silver and gold futures in March 2008 and would remain so until the present time. The agency began a five-year formal investigation of a potential COMEX silver manipulation in September 2008 that ended inconclusively five years later. Any involvement by JPMorgan in potentially manipulating the silver market was never mentioned by the CFTC, as is typical government policy. However, a recent interview with Bart Chilton, a CFTC commissioner at the time of JPMorgan’s acquisition of Bear Stearns and front line witness to JPM’s ascension to the role of most dominant COMEX silver short seller, basically confirmed that the agency was in a running battle at the time to get JPMorgan to reduce its excessive silver short position. The CFTC’s efforts to get JPMorgan to reduce its manipulative short position were unsuccessful, both at the time and for the following eleven years. Sadly and shockingly, Chilton passed away weeks after his interview of a natural cause he had to know would shortly end his life. There can be little doubt that Chilton wanted to go on the record about JPMorgan and silver before his coming certain demise. There is now a written transcript of Chilton’s last interview with Chris Marcus –

https://arcadiaeconomics.com/silver-manipulation/bart-chilton-on-jp-morgan-and-silver-manipulation/ 

A measured review of the public record and Bart Chilton’s last interview leaves little doubt that the CFTC (accompanied with interest and involvement from the Justice Department at the time) tried and failed to rein in JPMorgan from excessive and manipulative short selling in COMEX silver staring in 2008. Emboldened by its success in rebuffing CFTC and Justice Department efforts to limit its short selling in COMEX silver (and gold) futures contracts to manipulate prices to be artificially depressed, JPMorgan embarked on a new strategy in early 2011, namely, to begin to accumulate as much physical silver and gold as it could to take advantage of the low prices it created by excessive futures short sales. While clearly illegal, JPMorgan’s new strategy proved phenomenally successful over the next 8 years to the present time. All told, JPMorgan has acquired 850 million ounces of physical silver and somewhere between 20 to 25 million ounces of physical gold since early 2011, at an average price of $18 in silver and $1200 in gold. At current prices, JPMorgan is about even to a bit ahead on its combined physical silver and gold holdings, down on silver and up on gold. Good luck to those trying to find these holdings on JPMorgan’s books, as it is the undisputed master at hiding assets. Besides, the $40 to $50 billion worth of JPM’s combined silver and gold holdings are less than 2% of its total assets of $2.5 trillion+. More remarkably, JPMorgan has continued to profit from COMEX futures trading, never once taking a loss, always profits, over the past 11 years. On November 6, 2018, it looked like the Feds had finally caught up with JPMorgan, when the Department of Justice announced it had unsealed a criminal guilty plea from a month earlier by a former precious metals trader from the bank for manipulating prices in the COMEX futures contracts from 2009 to 2015 and that it was involved in an ongoing investigation. The announcement indicated that the trader had conspired with other traders at the bank and, in fact, learned to manipulate from other traders at the bank and did so with his supervisors’ knowledge.

https://www.justice.gov/opa/pr/former-precious-metals-trader-pleads-guilty-commodities-fraud-and-spoofing-conspiracy 

Given the timing of the press release from the DOJ, it had to have been investigating COMEX precious metals by traders from JPMorgan for well over a year through today. I know that this is not a matter expected to be resolved within days or weeks, but price manipulation is the most serious market crime of all and the sad fact is that despite the guilty plea and announcement of an ongoing investigation, JPMorgan has continued to manipulate the price of silver and gold since the announcement, as well as continue to accumulate physical silver. Therefore, it appears highly unlikely that the Justice Department intends to truly crack down on JPMorgan, since the manipulation is still in effect. This brings us to the question of why is JPMorgan above the law. What is it that has prevented both the CFTC and the Justice Department from upholding commodities law when it comes to JPMorgan? Some might suggest that JPMorgan is acting on behalf of the US Government in depressing the price of gold and silver, but if that was the case, why bother with announcements and ongoing drawn-out investigations? Certainly, no one would accuse the late Bart Chilton as being involved in such a conspiracy. There has to be a better explanation than some unfounded conspiracy theory.

I’ve narrowed it down to two possible explanations for why the CFTC and Justice Department have failed to crack down on JPMorgan for manipulating silver and gold prices. One certainly involves the CFTC and perhaps even the Justice Department knowing that they are inadequate in matching up to JPMorgan in legal terms. It’s hard to imagine any entity, government included, being able to match the legal firepower of JPMorgan in a court of law. Knowing this, even US Government agencies would be reluctant to go toe-to-toe with JPM in open legal conflict out of the fear of loss – better to compromise and settle and to save face and reputation than to lose in court.

The second explanation is that JPMorgan is so important to the overall financial system that if the Justice Department did succeed in prevailing against JPMorgan in such a significant criminal matter as market manipulation, what would be the fallout to the financial system? To be frank, I’m not sure I would crack down hard on JPMorgan if it meant its complete demise, even though I am beyond convinced it is a stone-cold crook when it comes to silver and gold. Please don’t misunderstand me – I’m not suggesting for a moment that JPMorgan be allowed to continue its manipulation of silver and gold – I’m saying that there must be a better way of ending the manipulation, short of putting JPMorgan out of business, which is possible if the Justice Department prevailed in a criminal finding.

But one thing is certain – JPMorgan cannot be allowed to continue its manipulation of silver and gold, almost regardless of the consequences. Unfortunately, the current approach by the Justice Department is permitting just that and is making a mockery of the rule of law. No one is above the law, not even JPMorgan and the current DOJ approach of investigate but allow the crime to continue is more damaging to the rule of law in many ways than is JPMorgan’s manipulation itself.

Perhaps even a bigger question than why is JPMorgan allowed to operate in open defiance of the rule of law, is why so few see it. I don’t think there could be a more significant market issue than JPMorgan’s manipulation of silver and gold and the only explanation for why so few see it is that they haven’t examined the public facts. While it’s true that precious metals prices being in the doldrums for much of the past eight years haven’t encouraged interest in this space, but that can and will change. One good mainstream media story based upon the facts can focus attention in a hurry. Certainly there has been no rebuttal of the facts as I have presented them from the regulators or even from JPMorgan for that matter. Even within the precious metals community, I get the sense that JPMorgan’s activities are not widely appreciated. Here’s a recent interview in which I sensed JPMorgan’s role came as somewhat of a surprise.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ObaScOxP9Q 

http://silverseek.com/commentary/why-jpmorgan-above-law-17674 

:: 7--19 gensix :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

True Legends The Conference Answering the Alien Question

Branson, MO -September 13-15, 2019

True Legends the Conference 2019

WHERE  The Mansion Theatre, Branson, Missouri

WHEN  Sept. 13-15, 2019 (early registration begins on the 12th)

ADMISSION PRICE $125 per person

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

https://gensix.com/true-legends-conference/ 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

 
[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::] 




etc You are going to see Babylon fall in twenty-four hours.  You will see the west coast 
all the way from Canada to Mexico fall off into the ocean.  I talked to you about the fault 
that shall be opened because America is going to divide Israel again. etc.

:: 7-11-19 Seattle pi :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Here's how a 9.0 earthquake would affect Washington's coast

By Zosha Millman, SeattlePI Updated 11:11 am PDT, Thursday, July 11, 2019

How fast do you think you could prepare if "The Big One" hits Washington? How fast do you think you could clear out of a tsunami zone? Last year, the Washington Geological Survey published a model of how Grays Harbor and Pacific County would be hit with a massive wave following a 9.0 earthquake along the Cascadia Subduction Zone, the fault line that runs about 600-miles along the West Coast.  As earthquakes hammer the Southern California desert, we thought the study was worth revisiting.  In the study, researchers estimated how much time residents would have to prepare for a huge tsunami wave. Their guess? About 15 to 20 minutes. Of course, that'd be following a mighty powerful earthquake as well. "With a magnitude 9.0 event you're expecting a severe amount of shaking," Dan Eungard, one of the scientists who published the report, said. "For the people on the outer coast all the way into Puget Sound, and essentially all of the western Washington area – and that extends as far down into northern California and lower British Columbia area as well – they would experience a strong degree of shaking. And when I say a strong degree of shaking, you would not be able to stand, you would be forced to the ground, just because you wouldn't be able to hold your balance." According to their model, a 9.0 earthquake struck the Zone, the first tsunami would arrive on land along the outer coasts mere minutes later, with the wave moving at speeds exceeding 40 miles per hour.

RELATED: Washington's faults: Where the Earth moves the Seattle area

On the outer coasts that could mean inundation depth ranges from 20 to 60 feet; these rates decrease to generally less than 10 feet within Willapa Bay and Grays Harbor. And there could be more than one wave, with potential follow-ups expected up to 12 hours after the initial quake. This study can't account for some specific details, like tidal effects or minor topographic changes that could modify the impact of tsunami waves. But they do believe this is an excellent tool for evacuation and recovery planning. "The key takeaways of it are where do you live, where you work, where are the places you frequent most in your daily life? And that's the kind of thing we want to draw people's attention to ... what we're pushing for, more than anything, is personal preparedness," Eungard said. It's another reason why Washington and other West Coast states have been pushing for record funding of the ShakeAlert system in the 2018 FY spending bill. ShakeAlert would cost about $38.2 million to build out along the West Coast, but could feasibly give people up to minutes of notice about an oncoming earthquake.

RELATED: Connelly: 'Ground zero' to Trump -- don't slash earthquake warning system Eungard and his team believe that systems like that help, but it has to be a multi-step awareness for the coastal population in particular. "It is a two-pronged hazard, when you think about it in the hazard preparedness: You're preparing for the hazard, and you're preparing for a tsunami. And many people divorce those into two separate categories. But essentially, you can't have the tsunami without the earthquake as well," Eungard said, noting that everyone should prepare for the earthquake in Western Washington as everyone will feel it. After 7.1 magnitude earthquake hit the Ridgecrest area in Southern California – a quake that was felt all the way in Sacramento, residents are on edge, wondering what’s next for the region. Aftershocks continue to hit the region. State Geologist Tim McCrink explains what people can expect over the next few weeks Get the full story in the video above.

Media: MANEEZA IQBAL "The key takeaways of it are where do you live, where you work, where are the places you frequent most in your daily life? And that's the kind of thing we want to draw people's attention to ... what we're pushing for, more than anything, is personal preparedness," Eungard said.

It's another reason why Washington and other West Coast states have been pushing for record funding of the ShakeAlert system in the 2018 FY spending bill. ShakeAlert would cost about $38.2 million to build out along the West Coast, but could feasibly give people up to minutes of notice about an oncoming earthquake.

RELATED: Connelly: 'Ground zero' to Trump -- don't slash earthquake warning system Eungard and his team believe that systems like that help, but it has to be a multi-step awareness for the coastal population in particular. "It is a two-pronged hazard, when you think about it in the hazard preparedness: You're preparing for the hazard, and you're preparing for a tsunami. And many people divorce those into two separate categories. But essentially, you can't have the tsunami without the earthquake as well," Eungard said, noting that everyone should prepare for the earthquake in Western Washington as everyone will feel it. Take a look at three key indicators of how well Seattle neighborhoods will survive a serious earthquake. First, these Seattle neighborhoods are most likely to see liquefaction in a major shaker. Photo: GENNA MARTIN/SEATTLEPI.COM

Take a look at three key indicators of how well Seattle neighborhoods will survive a serious earthquake. First, these Seattle neighborhoods are most likely to see liquefaction in a major shaker.

"But then, depending on where you go and who you are, would depend on whether you also should be preparing for the tsunami as well. And definitely for the outer coast communities, they should be thinking of both of them as a simultaneous hazard scenario that they should be thinking of both at the same time." Read more about the study here.

SeattlePI reporter Zosha Millman can be reached at zoshamillman@seattlepi.com. Follow Zosha on Twitter at @zosham. Find more from Zosha here on her author page.

https://www.seattlepi.com/local/environment/article/Here-s-how-a-9-0-earthquake-would-affect-12788336.php 

:: 7-10-19 The Drive :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

760-HP, Bulletproof Audi RS7 Is the Fastest Armored Car in the World

It may not be faster than a speeding bullet, but it can surely take a hit from one.

By Rob StumpfJuly 10, 2019

When it comes to armored cars, we expect to see bulky sedans or Mercedes G Wagons fit for an oligarch—not performance sedans like the Audi RS7. It seems that a Wyoming-based specialty car builder called AddArmor has gone against the norm and done just that, creating a vehicle which lays claim to the title of world's fastest armored car. Meet the AddArmor APR RS7, a vehicle built to withstand bullets, explosions, and anyone who might be trying to put a stop to your day. AddArmor has taken pride in building a luxury sports sedan that can not only protect its occupants but also reach speeds north of 200 miles per hour. Beginning the tour under the hood, AddArmor has made use of the RS7's twin-turbo 4.0-liter V-8. Despite being respectably powerful from the factory, the RS7's builders knew that speed can sometimes mean the difference between life and death—so they've worked with APR, one of the most well-known Volkswagen and Audi tuners, to squeeze some extra life out of the platform. This means that drivers will have up to 760 horsepower at the disposal of their right foot.  Unlike most armored cars, the RS7 hasn't been bogged down by heavy steel. In fact, because AddArmor used a special polycarbonate composite rather than traditional methods, the total armoring weight adds "no more than 200 pounds" to the vehicle's overall weight. "With the new AddArmor APR RS7, we wanted to demonstrate how today’s armoring technology allows drivers to pick from a wide range of cars not normally associated with armored vehicles,” comments AddArmor President Jeff Engen. “That small amount of weight allows for exotic sports cars and even electric vehicles to be nicely armored without compromising their performance or range. The key difference is AddArmor uses a polycarbonate composite instead of heavy steel plating. The weave offers a much stronger, lighter package that simultaneously allows the car to be much faster. And much faster it is. In fact, AddArmor says that its RS7 can sprint from 0 to 60 miles per hour in just 2.9 seconds and reach speeds of up to 202 miles per hour, likely making it the world's fastest armored car. AddArmor's B4-level armoring creates a multi-level mixture of polycarbonate and ballistic glass to protect vehicle occupants. Ballistically, it can stop small arms fire up to .44 magnum with ease; optional B7-level armoring can stop larger caliber rifle ammunition and armor-piercing rounds. What would an armored car be without James Bond-style gadgets? As it turns out, the RS7 has plenty of those too. Pepper spray can be expelled from a small nozzle on the B-pillar, the doors are equipped with electric-shock handles, tear gas can be dispensed from two onboard canisters, frequencies jammers are installed to disable drones, and a gas detection system can create a positive-pressurized cabin to temporarily shield occupants from poison gas. The car also features a night-vision-equipped 360-degree camera and Pirelli run-flat tires. Of course, protection comes with a price. AddArmor says that its APR RS7 starts at around $205,000 including the price of the car, though it also offers anti-intrusion add-on packages for vehicles starting at $28,000.

https://www.thedrive.com/news/28908/760-hp-bulletproof-audi-rs7-is-the-worlds-fastest-armored-car 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 7-11-19 Above top Secret :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Greatest Scientific Fraud Of All Time -- Part XXIII

page: 1 posted on Jul, 11 2019 @ 10:20 PM

July 03, 2019/ Francis Menton

The scandal that I call “The Greatest Scientific Fraud Of All Time” is the alteration of official world temperature data by a small number of government employees in the US and the UK. Uniformly, the alterations have the effect of lowering temperatures early in the record, and raising recent temperatures, in order to create and enhance a warming trend that does not exist in the data as originally reported. The purpose of the fraudulent data alteration is to support the continuation of the “global warming” climate scare. The data set that I consider to be the most reliable — the satellite-based measurements from the University of Alabama at Huntsville — gives the global temperature “anomaly” for the most recent month (June 2019) as +0.47 deg C. That is well down from the peak of +0.88 deg C in early 2016, and represents a decrease of about a third of what had been the entire increase since the satellite record began in 1979. Here is the most recent UAH global lower atmosphere temperature graph:

...

At NoTricksZone on June 25, Pierre Gosselin posts some work by a Japanese guy named Kirye. Kirye is a Japanese climate skeptic Twitter-blogger, but his Twitter page is in Japanese, so you probably won’t be able to read it. Kirye noticed that NASA came out on June 14 with a new version, version 4, of its surface-thermometer-based temperature series known as GISTEMP. GISTEMP v.4 is now based on the records of the also-newly-adjusted Global Historical Climate Network group of temperature stations, now called GHCN v.4. Kirye then analyzes the new data from NASA at six particular and widely-scattered weather stations: Punta Arenas, Chile; Marquette, Michigan; Port Elizabeth, South Africa; Davis, Antarctica; Hachijojima, Japan; and Valencia, Ireland.

...

The Greatest Scientific Fraud Of All Time -- Part XXIII

A Japanese blogger named "Kirye" posted in her twitter account the fact that NASA continues to alter world temperature data upwards, meanwhile the raw data shows a trend downwards.

What the Japanese blogger named Kirye found is that NASA has once again been found to modify their temp data increasing the warming in areas where the raw data shows a decrease in temperatures.

Here is an example of what Kirye, who gives direct links to NASA data, found in the data from Marquette Michigan.

The red data is the unaltered/unadjusted, or raw temperature data, and the blue data is the altered/adjusted data.

Here is the graph and a link to the unadjusted/unaltered/raw temperature data from Marquette Michigan. data.giss.nasa.gov...

And here is the graph, and a link to the altered/adjusted data from Marquette Michigan straight from NASA. data.giss.nasa.gov...

But Kirye not only found this in the above data, but also found the alteration of temperature data in the other 5 sites used by NASA which she looked at.

In past threads several members, including myself, have shown how NASA, NOOA, and others have been altering the world temperature data from a cooling trend to a warming trend. As was done for example to the temperature data of Puerto Casado, Paraguay.

BTW, Kirye shows in her twitter account other examples of data tampering such as this one showing the fact that "GHCN V3 Unadjusted data & V2 data shows as the hottest year 1952 with 11.2C", meanwhile the "GHCN V4 Unadjusted data say the hottest year is 2018 with 11.04℃." I hope AGW proponents know that 11.2C is higher than 11.04C...

http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread1241557/pg1 

:: 7-11-19 Linda Joy Adams :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Activist Post  Thursday, July 11, 2019

Gen Z Adults Encourage Each Other To Sign Up For Facial Recognition At Music Festivals

By MassPrivateI

What is wrong with the picture below? A lot. The picture shows just how complicit the mass media has become in convincing Generation Z (Gen Z) adults into accepting TSA-style checkpoints at public venues. USA Today’s caption says it all, Annabel Hess, right, signed up for PreCheck at an RV outside the gates of the Country LakeShake music festival in Chicago in late June at the urging of her roommate Catie Hjerpe, left. USA Today’s reporter Dawn Gilberston, offers a disturbing glimpse into the mass media’s collusion with TSA-style checkpoints at public venues. The story describes how happy a young woman is to join IdentoGo’s TSA PreCheck just so she can avoid check-in lines at music festivals. Her roommate has had PreCheck since college and saw the festival’s pitch about enrolling on-site and getting a fast pass through festival security as a bonus. Below are some examples of how hard the mass media is working to convince Gen Z adults to give up their privacy.

Mass media claims giving away your privacy is fun This disturbing video from WBCD News 2 is yet another example of how the mass media laughs about losing one’s privacy so they can avoid check-in lines; referring to PreCheck enrollees as “lucky ducks” twice. Earlier this year, IdentoGo offered PreCheck enrollees a chance to win gift cards and a free facial biomteric enrollment to a few lucky ducks in Burbank, California. IdentoGO by Idemia, the leading provider of identity services, will host an Open House celebration at its new Burbank location (2436 W Victory Blvd.) on Wednesday, March 6 from 4:30 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. Those who visit the center during this time can enter to win a prize giveaway that includes a $400 Southwest Airlines credit, a $400 Hotels.com gift card and a free TSA Pre✓® enrollment worth $85. There is nothing fun about giving up your identity to gain entrance to music festivals, sporting events, and other public venues. IdentoGo has come a long way since last year’s propaganda bus tours at MLB, NFL and NHL stadiums and their partnership with Staples.  IdentoGo has repainted their RVs, to make them more appealing to Gen Z adults by putting pictures of smiling young women on them in a blatant attempt to gain wider acceptance. USA Today warns that the TSA and IdentoGo want to put TSA checkpoints in public venues across the country. PreCheck sign-ups began at festivals a few years ago in a partnership with concert promoter LiveNation and have been ramped up this year, with LiveNation and at other events, he said. The RV was parked at the BottleRock Napa Valley musical festival in northern California in late May and spent the first weekend in June at CMA Fest in Nashville, Tennessee.

TSA-style checkpoints at music festivals? What is next? Fairs, malls and movie theaters?

Accepting TSA-style checkpoints in public venues gives Big Brother unprecedented access to our private lives. You can read more at the MassPrivateI blog, where this article first appeared.

Subscribe to Activist Post for truth, peace, and freedom news. Follow us on Minds, Twitter, Steemit, and SoMee.

https://www.activistpost.com/2019/07/gen-z-adults-encourage-each-other-to-sign-up-for-facial-recognition-at-music-festivals.html 

:: 7-10-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Fast-Food Drive-Thrus Will Soon Use License Plate And Facial Recognition Technology

by Tyler Durden Wed, 07/10/2019 - 23:45

License plate recognition could be the new big thing at American drive-thrus, according to FT. Chains are now looking to deploy cameras that recognize license plates and help identify customers, personalizing digital menus and speeding up sales.

Starbucks began a pilot program in Korea last year with customers who voluntarily pre-registered their cars and now restaurants in the United States are looking to also give it a try. License plate recognition has existed since the 1970s but has mostly been associated with law-enforcement. Cameras attached to police cars or street fixtures read the license plates of passing vehicles and compare results to databases. But as the cost of the software comes down, uses for LPR have grown. For retailers, LPR can help identify repeat customers, allowing businesses to link a customer's credit card and order history up to a vehicle. Customers who are signed up to loyalty programs or apps can load their information in voluntarily and cameras in the drive-thru lanes can also take photos of car plates. Software will then determine whether or not it belongs to a recurring customer that the restaurant has information for. LPR start up 5Thru said that several chains in the U.S. and Canada were trying out its technology. It is expected to sign its first major contract by the end of the year.

Chief executive Daniel McCann said:

"5Thru’s technology helped restaurants process around an extra 30 cars a day, by reducing order time. The artificial intelligence-driven system also improves upselling by recommending items based on a customer’s past orders, the weather and how busy a store’s kitchen is."

Tracking customers using cameras is just another way stores are seeking to become more efficient in the age of online shopping. Recall, we posted a couple months ago a story about how are malls were tracking people's locations using their smartphones in order to help bolster business.

In March, McDonald's bought a company called Dynamic Yield for $300 million that specialized in "decision logic" to help make food and upselling suggestions to drive-thru customers. Drivers are given options based on the time of day, the weather and their eating preference history. In 2017, KFC partnered with Baidu to develop facial recognition to predict someone’s order based on their age and their mood. AT&T has reportedly received numerous requests from fast food chains looking to deploy these types of technologies via its 5G network. Michael Colaneri, vice-president of retail and restaurants at AT&T said: “We are at the advent of these capabilities, though nobody has quite pulled it all off.” In addition to technical expertise, data driven personalization relies on information about customers. Many have criticized license plate recognition for being overly invasive and the United States has a litany of different rules, depending on the state, governing the technology. Jason Spielfogel, director of product management at security company Identiv said: "Although no drive-through chains in the US have yet rolled out LPR at scale, there are a lot of conversations going on.”

LPR can also take into account a vehicle's age, make and condition to help recommend orders. McDonald’s has said, post acquisition, that the company could use LPR in the future to personalize smart menus. Xerox filed a patent in 2012 for a drive-thru tool to help track repeat customers using "vehicle and facial information". The company hasn't advertised that product, but Xerox offers LPR services and passenger detection tools to police. The system uses cameras to identify a vehicle and how many people are in it, while claiming to redact facial images for privacy purposes.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-07-10/us-fast-food-drive-thrus-will-soon-use-license-plate-and-facial-recognition 

:: 7-11-19 End Time Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boston Censors Christian Flag but Allows Communist, Transgender Flags on Gov Property

Jul 11, 2019

OPINION (Charisma) – Liberty Counsel has asked a federal district court to forgo a trial and order the city of Boston to allow its resident Hal Shurtleff and his Christian civic organization, Camp Constitution, to fly the Christian flag on a city flagpole that Boston has opened to hundreds of other organizations. The city censored the religious viewpoint of the flag that would have been raised only during a one-hour event held to commemorate the civic contributions of Boston’s Christian community on Constitution Day (Sept. 17). The city has allowed other civic and cultural organizations the freedom to raise their flags on the city hall flagpoles to commemorate whatever events are important to the organizations more than 300 times since 2005, and nearly 40 times just in the year preceding Camp Constitution’s request. The city’s application policy refers to the flagpoles as a “public forum” open to “all applicants.” City officials have never denied the “messages” communicated by Boston Pride and the pink and blue “transgender” flag, and even the flags of Communist China and Cuba, but will not allow the civic and historical Christian message of Camp Constitution. READ MORE

https://endtimeheadlines.org/2019/07/boston-censors-christian-flag-but-allows-communist-transgender-flags-on-gov-property/ 

:: 11-18-10 mcr News Busters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN IPCC Official Admits 'We Redistribute World's Wealth By Climate Policy'

By Noel Sheppard | November 18, 2010 11:27 AM EST

If you needed any more evidence that the entire theory of manmade global warming was a scheme to redistribute wealth you got it Sunday when a leading member of the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change told a German news outlet, "[W]e redistribute de facto the world's wealth by climate policy." Such was originally published by Germany's NZZ Online Sunday, and reprinted in English by the Global Warming Policy Foundation moments ago: (NZZ AM SONNTAG): The new thing about your proposal for a Global Deal is the stress on the importance of development policy for climate policy. Until now, many think of aid when they hear development policies.

(OTTMAR EDENHOFER, UN IPCC OFFICIAL): That will change immediately if global emission rights are distributed. If this happens, on a per capita basis, then Africa will be the big winner, and huge amounts of money will flow there. This will have enormous implications for development policy. And it will raise the question if these countries can deal responsibly with so much money at all.

(NZZ): That does not sound anymore like the climate policy that we know.

(EDENHOFER): Basically it's a big mistake to discuss climate policy separately from the major themes of globalization. The climate summit in Cancun at the end of the month is not a climate conference, but one of the largest economic conferences since the Second World War. Why? Because we have 11,000 gigatons of carbon in the coal reserves in the soil under our feet - and we must emit only 400 gigatons in the atmosphere if we want to keep the 2-degree target. 11 000 to 400 - there is no getting around the fact that most of the fossil reserves must remain in the soil.

(NZZ): De facto, this means an expropriation of the countries with natural resources. This leads to a very different development from that which has been triggered by development policy.

(EDENHOFER): First of all, developed countries have basically expropriated the atmosphere of the world community. But one must say clearly that we redistribute de facto the world's wealth by climate policy. Obviously, the owners of coal and oil will not be enthusiastic about this. One has to free oneself from the illusion that international climate policy is environmental policy. This has almost nothing to do with environmental policy anymore, with problems such as deforestation or the ozone hole.

For the record, Edenhofer was co-chair of the IPCC's Working Group III, and was a lead author of the IPCC's Fourth Assessment Report released in 2007 which controversially concluded, "Most of the observed increase in global average temperatures since the mid-20th century is very likely due to the observed increase in anthropogenic greenhouse gas concentrations."

As such, this man is a huge player in advancing this theory, and he has now made it quite clear - as folks on the realist side of this debate have been saying for years - that this is actually an international economic scheme designed to redistribute wealth.

https://www.newsbusters.org/blogs/nb/noel-sheppard/2010/11/18/un-ipcc-official-admits-we-redistribute-worlds-wealth-climate 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

[ :: 9-4-05 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

There will be thousands of deaths from this hurricane and it will take more months than any storm to recover from, costing millions of dollars, by far the most costly storm to date, yet there shall be bigger storms to come. I have forewarned those along the seashores that they should leave everything and that they should move north etc

[ :: 9-11-05 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::] 

etc For three years I have warned people to move away from the seashore, I have warned them about the warming trend and what it will do. I have warned them about the hurricanes, how they shall grow much larger and dangerous. etc

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service  (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. You shall see a shifting of the plates underneath the ocean etc..

[ :: 6-16-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Therefore, I say unto you, fear not, fear not the warnings, but I must speak to my people that they flee the places that I have told them to flee, that they move from the ocean at least seventy five miles, that they do the things that I have already told them etc

:: 7-10-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE: California’s nuclear power plants built in close proximity to the San Andreas fault, setting up catastrophic “Fukushima” event for the West Coast

Wednesday, July 10, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) A Natural News investigation into the geolocation of nuclear power facilities in California reveals that five nuclear facilities were built in close proximity to the San Andreas fault line, with some constructed right in the middle of earthquake zones that have up to a 50% chance of a severe earthquake every 30 years. One nuclear power plant – the Diablo Canyon Nuclear Power Plant which produces 2,160 megawatts — was constructed on the coast, making it extremely vulnerable to the very same kind of ocean water surge that destroyed the Fukushima-Daiichi facility which suffered a 2011 meltdown in Japan. That nuclear catastrophe — which was dutifully covered up by the entire western media for months — was caused by an underwater earthquake that produced a tsunami wave which engulfed the facility. California’s Diablo Canyon Nuclear Power Plant is positioned on the coastline in the exact same way, making it highly vulnerable to underwater earthquakes or other events such as underwater caldera explosions that can produce massive tsunami waves. There are five additional nuclear power facilities in California which are in various stages of being decommissioned, and many of them continues to store nuclear fuel on sight. Four of the five were constructed in close proximity to the San Andreas fault, with only one — the Rancho Seco Nuclear Power Plant — located in an area with a near-zero chance of an earthquake. The Humboldt Bay Nuclear Power Plant, located north of San Francisco, was constructed almost exactly on the San Andreas fault. Even non-active nuclear power facilities are vulnerable to earthquakes that could cause meltdowns  Many of California’s non-active nuclear power plants continue to store nuclear fuel under the “SAFSTOR” protocol, which requires nuclear fuel to be stored and kept cool for a duration of many years, after which the fuel is removed in a final decommissioning. It is not entirely clear which non-active California nuclear power facilities continue to store nuclear fuel vs. which ones have been completely decommissioned. (Public information is sketchy on the subject.) Critically, SAFSTOR operations are incredibly expensive, and in 2013, PG&E requested nearly one billion dollars in additional revenue from California energy customers just to fund the SAFSTOR decommissioning of the Humbold Bay Power Plant Unit 3. From this public advocates page of the California government:  The Humboldt Bay plant is now closed and in the process of decommissioning. Specifically, PG&E requested a total updated decommissioning cost of approximately $982.3 million for its Humboldt Bay Power Plant, a $483 million increase from its 2009 estimate. Crucially, PG&E filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in January of this year (2019), after dealing with costs from the devastating wildfires that burned up huge regions of California, which were blamed on PG&E. Thus, it’s not clear whether PG&E has any money to continue funding the nuclear fuel SAFSTOR / decommissioning procedures across multiple nuclear power plants. With California now offering free health care to illegal aliens, the bankruptcy of the state seems inevitable. Who will fund the continued decommissioning of the nuclear fuel in California once public money runs out and the big infrastructure corporations are all bankrupt? The Diablo Canyon Nuclear Power Plant has been scheduled for decommissioning beginning in 2025, but will PG&E have any money left by then? Why the San Andreas fault will unleash “the big one” that may devastate California’s nuclear power facilities As the Fukushima-Daiichi nuclear power facility was being constructed, the people of Japan were assured the power plant was safe and could never suffer a nuclear meltdown. Once the tsunami took out the plant’s batteries and backup generators, however, the meltdown was only a matter of physics and time. As the meltdown accelerated, Japan’s TEPCO power company turned off the dosimeters to avoid having to report extremely high radiation levels, just as the former Soviet Union did with the Chernobyl accident in 1986. The same professional liars and nuclear “experts” also assured the California public that California’s nuclear power facilities would be “earthquake proof.” They are constructed with reinforced concrete, after all. What could possibly go wrong? The answer is simple: A 9.0 magnitude earthquake could go wrong. There is no nuclear facility in the state of California that was designed to withstand a 9.0 earthquake, which releases 100 times more energy than a 7.0 earthquake. A collapse of an active nuclear power plant could result in runaway fission (Diablo Canyon), resulting in a meltdown event that would likely burn through the foundation of the power facility and poison both groundwater and ocean water, turning California into another haunting echo of Fukushima.  Cesium-137, one of the radioisotopes released in this type of accident, has a roughly 30-year half-life, meaning much of Southern California would be uninhabitable for 300 years (it requires ten half-lives to be considered gone). Imagine the logistics of attempting to evacuate Los Angeles, San Diego and San Francisco. Even in nuclear facilities that are not currently active, the crumbling of storage pools and power plant walls could place nuclear fuel rods in fissionable proximity, resulting in a runaway fission event that leads to a meltdown. This might be even more difficult to control, given that these non-active nuclear power facilities don’t have full-time staff or, in some cases, even the equipment necessary to deal with a full-blown nuclear emergency. In other words, even nuclear fuel rods currently kept in cold storage are not entirely safe from a powerful earthquake. It simply isn’t safe to store nuclear fuel anywhere near the San Andreas fault line… not under any conditions.  Understanding the San Andreas fault The easiest way to understand the geological phenomenon of the San Andreas fault is to realize that the entire land mass located west of the line is slowly moving to the northwest. But everything east of the line isn’t moving at all. (Technically, it’s still moving but at a much slower rate and in a different direction.) This steady movement of the tectonic plate on which the entirely of the West Coast of California rests means that massive, high-energy earthquakes will be unleashed every few decades, seemingly at random. But it isn’t random. The large earthquakes actually follow periods of low earthquake activity, since “low earthquake activity” indicates rising geological tension that has yet to be released. Notably, California has experienced decades of low earthquake activity, meaning “the big one” is being wound up, ready to be released at a future time and day that will be impossible to accurately predict. The longer the period of calm, the bigger the earthquake that ultimately gets unleashed. We’re talking about trillions of tons of Earth “slipping” in spontaneous shifts of deep tectonic plates that slowly migrate across Earth’s surface. The very idea of building nuclear power facilities on or near this San Andreas fault line highlights the sheer stupidity and suicidal nature of humankind. Clearly, somebody got paid off, the corporation hired a P.R. firm to lie to the public, the hands of regulators were greased and California ended up with a whole series of nuclear power facilities that are just begging to be destroyed by a massive earthquake (that’s sure to come, sooner or later). It’s almost as if California raised its hand and begged to win the Darwin Award for fatalistic human stupidity. No person in their right mind would build nuclear power facilities on or near one of the most dangerous fault lines on the planet, yet that’s exactly what California officials did. All in the name of “clean energy,” of course. The smart people are leaving California now, ahead of the financial collapse of the state and the impending nuclear catastrophe that seems inevitable. Those left behind may one day pay the ultimate price for the stupidity of California bureaucrats, which cannot be overstated. Los Angeles, it seems likely, will one day be uninhabitable by humans. Some would argue the collapsing liberal-run cities like L.A. and San Francisco are barely habitable right now. But we’re talking about radioactive fallout, not just widespread homelessness, addiction and poverty caused by liberal policies that destroy everything they touch. If you are currently living on or near the San Andreas fault line, you are not just playing Russian roulette with your own property and home; you’re living right in the middle of a future radiation fallout zone that will never be solved by left-wing bureaucrats for the simple reason that they are incredibly stupid, shortsighted and entirely focused on their own greed and power, regardless of the real cost to humanity. Stay informed on issues of nuclear power by reading Nuclear.news or Radiation.news. And if you don’t yet own an emergency supply of Iodine, you’re not living in the real world. And ask yourself why the entire “scientific establishment” worked so desperately to destroy cold fusion, which could have replaced nuclear power plants that now threaten humankind.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-07-10-californias-nuclear-power-plants-built-in-close-proximity-to-the-san-andreas-fault.html 

:: 7-10-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tech Giants Have Become Lawless Promoters Of Violence & Terrorism In America

13‚465 views Published on Jul 10, 2019

The Alex Jones Show

Mike Adams warns about the social control systems being used against the public, and what people can do to prepare.

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5d264b4247aa0600128340d3 

[ :: 10-26-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For man brings many things about themselves, their foolishness, they run off at the mouth and they do not consider the things that they are saying. They poke the bear in the eye and poke the bear in the eye and they poke the bear in the eye and they do not realize that the bear can be very vicious, that he can tear them to shreds, that he can kill those that they love, he can kill their sons and their daughters and they never think of this. They only do the stupid things that they think themselves because they don’t inquire of me or ask of me and therefore the things that come are because of their foolishness. etc.

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

You are going to see much more happening overseas now much more.  Russia, they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.  North Korea has been mocked for so long they are ready to fight.  They are not afraid of those ships that are out there; they were out there during the Korean War.  Oh, wake up, wake up, you need to turn to me and not to your own ways, for the old ways never did work etc    

[ :: 7-3-17 morning service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For they have poked the bear over and over and they tell the bear how much more mightier than they are and the bear has now spoken.  If those that are speaking against us don’t stop we will strike you and you will know you have been struck.

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 7-10-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With The Left Now Terrorizing Patriots With Democrats Approval, We're Nearly Out Of Time To Defend America: More Proof The 'Demoncrats' Hate Our Country And Want Civil War

- Despite President Trump, America Is In Colossal Trouble As The Globalist Agenda Marches On

By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline July 10, 2019

One of the first things that drew many of us to vote for, and even campaign for Donald Trump is that he said things we knew were true, things that no other politician had dared to say, giving us hope that he might actually keep his promises. He hinted that he did not consider Putin an enemy, and he questioned the sanity of our eternal, undeclared (hence, unconstitutional) foreign wars, our failed and immoral policy of “regime change” and “nation building.” He stated that something had to be done to curtail at least illegal immigration, and hinted that he would investigate “crooked Hillary.” Indeed, Trump has not been the immediate disaster the Witch would have been. He has not arrested millions of “deplorables” and “bitter clingers.” His trade, tax, and regulatory policies have been good for our economy. His judicial appointments, including Justice Brett Kavanaugh, have been far, far better than the sort of leftist tyrants the Witch would surely have appointed. But he has not even addressed the issue of our national debt and the deficit spending that enlarges it every year, and this problem alone will eventually wreck our economy. And no one, not Trump or any other leader, has even attempted to solve the problem of increasing automation, the advances in robotics that, very soon, will result in a loss of jobs. It is all very well for people who should know better to pretend that AI (Artificial Intelligence) will create more and better jobs for workers than it will eliminate…this is simply not true. Soon there will be less need for human truck and bus drivers, and many agricultural jobs will be replaced by robots with better vision and touch. And that is just the beginning. He has staffed his administration with CFR members, Bonesmen, Goldman Sachs alumni, and neocons, like the mighty warrior Mustache Man, a.k.a. Mad John Bolton. Even his SCOTUS appointee, Brett Kavanaugh, is a graduate of Yale and Yale Law School and quite likely is a Bonesman. His Secretary of Labor, Alex Acosta, is the one who, as a US attorney, gave Jeffrey Epstein his easy plea bargain, a free get out of jail card. Trump complained about his former AG, Jeff Sessions, but he appointed him and kept him in office for an extended period. He was endlessly “investigated” for nonexistent crimes by Whitey Bulger’s old buddy Robert Mueller, who has yet to answer for his own past misdeeds, including his involvement in 9/11. But Mueller was appointed by the sleazy Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein, nominated for his position by Trump 4/25/17 and kept in place for over two years. Trump’s attempts to control immigration, legal and constitutional, have been blocked by leftist judges…but there is nothing in our Constitution that even hints that various appeals courts, let alone individual judges, appointed, not elected, have that kind of power. Trump, by not showing the backbone to stand up to them, has a convenient excuse for doing nothing, which, perhaps, was his plan all along, a plan for plausible deniability followed by many RINOs before him. And when it’s not the mean old judges preventing Trump from doing the right thing, he can blame his failures on bad advice…but he appointed his advisors. We continue to expand NATO into Eastern Europe, right up to Russia’s borders, and Trump signed the bill which continues the sanctions against Russia, while the leftists of the slimestream media continue to denounce Russia as our adversary and Putin as our enemy (these same media types liked Russia just fine when it was really communist). But is Putin at fault? Or is the hostility between us and the world’s greatest nuclear power (they can incinerate all of us if the conflict gets out of control) really entirely of our own making, a gift of our fearless neocons? How would we feel if some economic powerhouse of a country imposed economic sanctions on us? When the USSR imploded there was no longer a need for NATO, but, even as Russian troops left Hungary, Germany, Poland, and the rest of Eastern Europe, NATO continued and even expanded, and we continued to be the backbone of this unnecessary alliance. How would we feel if Russia or China had treaties with Mexico and Canada and troops, planes, and naval forces stationed in both nations? We can pretend that Putin is “aggressive,” but vast Soviet armies no longer menace Europe. When Russia defeated Georgia in a short war, without bombing civilians, they then withdrew from most of the country. Meanwhile, we have been at war continually for decades, with our troops in harm’s way in countries most Americans have never heard of and certainly cannot find on a map. Our leaders condemn Russia for occupying Crimea, but that region had historically been a part of Russia. Despite his protestations, Trump has continued our hostile policies toward Russia, and continued our wars, even lobbing cruise missiles into Syria, using alleged gas attacks as an excuse, attacks that were almost certainly false flag operations carried out by people supposedly on our side.  Assad, leader of Syria, has always been relatively moderate and tolerant by Middle Eastern standards, and even protected Christians within his nation. But rather than attempt to improve relations with Assad and reduce his dependence on Iran, we have supported his opponents, including Islamic terrorists, and, arguably, driven him into a closer relationship with the Ayatollahs. Hussein Obama sent US forces into Syria in 2015, and Trump has continued his policy. In 12/18 he promised again that we would withdraw our troops, and this time he really meant it, only to backpedal and agree with the neocons to keep them there after all. Recently he told Tucker Carlson that he really did want to get us out of Afghanistan, but his generals had reminded him that “if we don’t fight them over there we will have to fight them over here,” which is impressive-sounding nonsense, especially considering that they are over here, brought over by the US government, and including tens of thousands of illiterate (average IQ 76), unskilled Somalis, most of whom are criminals and Islamic fanatics. What we really need to do is get the US out of the Middle East…and get the Middle East out of the US. Along with deficit spending and the danger of an unnecessary nuclear war, uncontrolled immigration is a threat capable of utterly destroying America. As of 2015 the US population included an incredible 47 million immigrants, most of them from poorer countries. In 2016 we admitted 1.18 million more legal immigrants, plus hundreds of thousands of illegals…we no longer have any idea how many illegals are here, taking jobs from Americans, sucking up welfare benefits, filling our “schools” and medical facilities, committing crimes, and bringing in diseases we thought had been eradicated. Many do not come to be assimilated and truly join us; they come denouncing America as “racist” (if so, why do they come here?) and waving the flags of the s…hole countries they left (if they love their homelands so much, why did they not stay there?). If anyone asks such questions they are immediately denounced as “racist,” the one-word designated conversation stopper used by leftists to prevent debates they would surely lose. Incredibly, Trump has called for yet more legal immigration. He threatened to close the border with Mexico, and this time he really meant it, but then he backpedaled yet again and left it open. Then he threatened increased tariffs on Mexican exports to our country if the Mexican government did not cooperate with us in reducing the invasion, and the Mexicans agreed to do so, but their promise is nothing but words on paper. There have been conflicting reports as to whether the flow of invaders (running at about a million a year, in addition to the legal ones) has been slowed. But investigative reporter Dave Hodges says his US Border Patrol contacts claim there has been no reduction at all. Illegals continue to be shipped all over the country at our expense, spreading their crime, disease, and terrorism, and “our” government even conducts special classes to help the Glibetts (GLBT, etc.) among them. The legals alone comprise (as of 2015) 14.4% of our population, and, along with the illegals, are reliable Demoncrap voters, and excellent gardeners and maids for the elites.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Lock_Load_And_Take_The_Safeties_Off.php 

:: 7-1-19 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alien life

How should we respond to alien contact? Scientists ask the public

Scientists searching the universe for aliens to conduct survey of the public for views on first contact

Ian Sample Science editor @iansample

Mon 1 Jul 2019 02.00 EDT

Scientists wrestling with the delicate issue of how to respond should humanity ever be contacted by an alien civilization have hit on a radical idea: a survey that asks what the public would do. Members of the UK Seti Research Network (UKSRN) are to launch what they believe will be the largest ever survey of public attitudes towards alien contact on Monday at the Royal Society’s summer science exhibition.  The views they gather will help them shape plans for an international protocol that sets the ground rules on how organisations should share news of any signals that are detected; what sense can be made of them; and how, if at all, humans might reply. “There is absolutely no procedure enshrined in international law on how to respond to a signal from an alien civilisation,” said Martin Dominik, an astronomer at the University of St Andrews. “We want to hear people’s views. The consequences affect more people than just scientists.” Beyond sending probes to other planets in the solar system, the search for alien life has largely focused on listening for complex radio signals from outer space with the world’s most powerful telescopes. Last month, astronomers on the Breakthrough Listen project announced they had heard nothing after eavesdropping on more than 1,000 star systems within 160 light years of Earth. But Dominik points out that with 300bn stars in the Milky Way alone, Breakthrough Listen has barely begun the mammoth task of scanning the cosmos for life elsewhere. “If there were tens of quintillions of other civilisations like ours evenly distributed in the Milky Way, the Breakthrough Listen project would not have heard a thing,” he said. Dr John Elliott, a reader in intelligence engineering at Leeds Beckett University, said the global Seti community would announce any bona fide alien signal immediately. But in an era of social media that would spark a flood of fake news and conspiracy theories that leave people utterly confused about the truth, he said. The problem is that while scientists might quickly realize that an intercepted signal was complex enough to be broadcast from an advanced civilization, it might take weeks or months to understand, if it can be deciphered at all. Any signal could easily be electromagnetic noise from equipment or a snippet of a terrestrial broadcast that leaked into space, unintended for such distant ears. “We can’t rely on there being a Rosetta stone [an ancient Egyptian stone tablet that enabled hieroglyphs to be read], or some great decipherment crib, in the signal. It could be an image or simply junk,” Elliott said. “It will take time to understand and if that work starts to drag out and there is nothing new we can say, the information vacuum will be filled with speculation,” he said. “Conjecture and rumour will take over.” The survey will help scientists work out how best to provide reliable information but also what should be done if it seems only polite to respond to an interstellar missive. The late Stephen Hawking warned that humans would do well not to alert alien civilisations to life on Earth, but other researchers disagree. Later this year, an organisation called Messaging Extraterrestrial Intelligence (Meti) International plans to beam signals into space containing references to the periodic table of elements. They will not be the first attempts to contact ET. In 1974, scientists at the Arecibo telescope in Puerto Rico sent a radio message about life on Earth to a group of stars 25,000 light years away. Given how baffling the message will be to many humans in the 21st century, it is unclear what any recipient will infer from it. “It makes sense to create a legally binding framework that is properly rooted in international law,” Dominik said. “I’m completely comfortable with taking the whole thing above the level of scientists. If there are public consequences of replying and sending out messages that is a political decision and not one to be taken by scientists.”

https://www.theguardian.com/science/2019/jul/01/do-you-think-that-there-is-alien-life-beyond-earth-first-contact 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 7-11-19 Carmon Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Five armed Iranian boats attempt to storm British tanker in the Gulf

Posted on 07/11/2019

Five armed Iranian boats attempt to storm British oil tanker in the Gulf hours after Tehran threatened UK ships – but are repelled by Royal Navy frigate who trained their guns on them

Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps tried to capture the British Heritage

Tanker was sailing through the Strait of Hormuz with escort from HMS Montrose

A US aircraft reportedly filmed the unfolding incident as it flew over the Gulf

Five Iranian ships unsuccessfully tried to seize a British oil tanker in the Persian Gulf Wednesday – US officials say. Armed vessels from Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps tried to capture the British Heritage tanker while it was sailing through the Strait of Hormuz. Iran’s ships reportedly ordered the British vessel to divert its course and stop in Iranian waters which it was sailing nearby. British frigate the HMS Montrose was escorting the tanker and trained its guns on the Iranians before giving them a verbal warning to back off. A US aircraft was overhead and recorded video of the incident as the Iranian ships then fled – according to CNN. UK officials had previously confirmed that the Montrose was in the region performing a ‘maritime security role.’ It comes after Royal Marines seized an Iranian oil tanker off the coast of Gibraltar last week, which Britain says was violating EU sanctions by carrying fuel to Syria. Iran denies the vessel was bound for Syria and says the UK acted on behalf of the United States, which has separate sanctions in place against Tehran itself. Senior Iranian politicians had threatened to retaliate by seizing a British tanker. Iran’s President Hassan Rouhani said in a cabinet session earlier on Wednesday that Britain would ‘see the consequences’ after the Gibraltar seizure. The HMS Montrose (pictured in 2013) warded off the Iranian ships In remarks broadcast on Iranian TV, Rouhani said: ‘You (Britain) are the initiator of insecurity and you will realise the consequences later.  ‘Now you are so hopeless that, when one of your tankers wants to move in the region, you have to bring your frigates (to escort it) because you are scared. ‘Then why do you commit such acts ? You should instead allow navigation to be safe.’ The HMS Montrose is equipped on the deck with 30 mm guns specifically designed to drive off small boats. The Montrose, based in Bahrain, also has radar that allows it to track aircraft and missiles up to 120 miles away, and a missile system with a 20-mile range. The BP-owned British Heritage, had earlier halted to take refuge off the coast of Saudi Arabia following Iran’s threat. Earlier this week, British tanker Pacific Voyager, which sails under the Isle of Man flag, was escorted through the Strait of Hormuz by HMS Montrose, a Type-23 frigate, on Tuesday. Iranian President Hassan Rouhani warned earlier on Wednesday that Britain would ‘face consequences’ for detaining an Iranian tanker near Gibraltar

http://carmonreport.com/world-news/five-armed-iranian-boats-attempt-to-storm-british-tanker-in-the-gulf/ 

:: 7-10-19 Education News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Heart of Darkness: The Sexual Predators Within America’s Power Elite

Jul 10, 2019 by Activist Post

Power corrupts. Anyone who believes differently hasn’t been paying attention. Politics, religion, sports, government, entertainment, business, armed forces: it doesn’t matter what arena you’re talking about, they are all riddled with the kind of seedy, sleazy, decadent, dodgy, depraved, immoral, corrupt behavior that somehow gets a free pass when it involves the wealthy and powerful elite in America. In this age of partisan politics and a deeply polarized populace, corruption—especially when it involves sexual debauchery, depravity and predatory behavior—has become the great equalizer.  Take Jeffrey Epstein, the hedge fund billionaire / convicted serial pedophile recently arrested on charges of molesting, raping and sex trafficking dozens of young girls. It is believed that Epstein operated his own personal sex trafficking ring not only for his personal pleasure but also for the pleasure of his friends and business associates. According to The Washington Post, “several of the young women…say they were offered to the rich and famous as sex partners at Epstein’s parties.” At various times, Epstein ferried his friends about on his private plane, nicknamed the “Lolita Express.”  This is part of America’s seedy underbelly. As I documented in the in-depth piece I wrote earlier this year, child sex trafficking—the buying and selling of women, young girls and boys for sex, some as young as 9 years old—has become big business in America. It is the fastest growing business in organized crime and the second most-lucrative commodity traded illegally after drugs and guns.  Adults purchase children for sex at least 2.5 million times a year in the United States. It’s not just young girls who are vulnerable to these predators, either. According to a 2016 investigative report, “boys make up about 36% of children caught up in the U.S. sex industry (about 60% are female and less than 5% are transgender males and females).” Who buys a child for sex? Otherwise ordinary men from all walks of life. “They could be your co-worker, doctor, pastor or spouse,” writes journalist Tim Swarens, who spent more than a year investigating the sex trade in America. Ordinary men, yes.  But then there are the extra-ordinary men, such as Jeffrey Epstein, who belong to a powerful, wealthy, elite segment of society that operates according to their own rules or, rather, who are allowed to sidestep the rules that are used like a bludgeon on the rest of us. These men skate free of accountability by taking advantage of a criminal justice system that panders to the powerful, the wealthy and the elite. Over a decade ago, when Epstein was first charged with raping and molesting young girls, he was gifted a secret plea deal with then-U.S. Attorney Alexander Acosta, President Trump’s current Labor Secretary, that allowed him to evade federal charges and be given the equivalent of a slap on the wrist: allowed to “work” at home six days a week before returning to jail to sleep. That secret plea deal has since been ruled illegal by a federal judge. Yet here’s the thing: Epstein did not act alone. I refer not only to Epstein’s accomplices, who recruited and groomed the young girls he is accused of raping and molesting, many of them homeless or vulnerable, but his circle of influential friends and colleagues that at one time included Bill Clinton and Donald Trump. Both Clinton and Trump, renowned womanizers who have also been accused of sexual impropriety by a significant number of women, were at one time passengers on the Lolita Express. As the Associated Press points out, “The arrest of the billionaire financier on child sex trafficking charges is raising questions about how much his high-powered associates knew about the hedge fund manager’s interactions with underage girls, and whether they turned a blind eye to potentially illegal conduct.” In fact, a recent decision by the Second Circuit Court of Appeals allowing a 2,000-page document linked to the Epstein case to be unsealed references allegations of sexual abuse involving “numerous prominent American politicians, powerful business executives, foreign presidents, a well-known Prime Minister, and other world leaders.” This is not a minor incident involving minor players. This is the heart of darkness. Sex slaves. Sex trafficking. Secret societies. Powerful elites. Government corruption. Judicial cover-ups. Once again, fact and fiction mirror each other. Twenty years ago, Stanley Kubrick’s final film Eyes Wide Shut provided viewing audiences with a sordid glimpse into a secret sex society that indulged the basest urges of its affluent members while preying on vulnerable young women. It is not so different from the real world, where powerful men, insulated from accountability, indulge their base urges. These secret societies flourish, implied Kubrick, because the rest of us are content to navigate life with our eyes wide shut, in denial about the ugly, obvious truths in our midst. In so doing, we become accomplices to abusive behavior in our midst. This is how corruption by the power elite flourishes. For every Epstein who is—finally—called to account for his illegal sexual exploits after years of being given a free pass by those in power, there are hundreds (perhaps thousands) more in the halls of power and wealth whose predation of those most vulnerable among us continues unabated. While Epstein’s alleged crimes are heinous enough on their own, he is part of a larger narrative of how a culture of entitlement becomes a cesspool and a breeding ground for despots and predators. Remember the “DC Madam” who was charged with operating a phone-order sex business? Her clients included thousands of White House officials, lobbyists, and Pentagon, FBI, and IRS employees, as well as prominent lawyers, none of whom were ever exposed or held accountable.  Power corrupts. Worse, as 19th-century historian Lord Acton concluded, absolute power corrupts absolutely. It doesn’t matter whether you’re talking about a politician, an entertainment mogul, a corporate CEO or a police officer: give any one person (or government agency) too much power and allow him or her or it to believe that they are entitled, untouchable and will not be held accountable for their actions, and those powers will eventually be abused. We’re seeing this dynamic play out every day in communities across America. A cop shoots an unarmed citizen for no credible reason and gets away with it. A president employs executive orders to sidestep the Constitution and gets away with it. A government agency spies on its citizens’ communications and gets away with it. An entertainment mogul sexually harasses aspiring actresses and gets away with it. The U.S. military bombs a civilian hospital and gets away with it. Abuse of power—and the ambition-fueled hypocrisy and deliberate disregard for misconduct that make those abuses possible—works the same whether you’re talking about sex crimes, government corruption, or the rule of law. It’s the same old story all over again: man rises to power, man abuses power abominably, man intimidates and threatens anyone who challenges him with retaliation or worse, and man gets away with it because of a culture of compliance in which no one speaks up because they don’t want to lose their job or their money or their place among the elite. It’s not just sexual predators that we have to worry about. For every Jeffrey Epstein (or Bill Clinton or Harvey Weinstein or Roger Ailes or Bill Cosby or Donald Trump) who eventually gets called out for his sexual misbehavior, there are hundreds—thousands—of others in the American police state who are getting away with murder—in many cases, literally—simply because they can. The cop who shoots the unarmed citizen first and asks questions later might get put on paid leave for a while or take a job with another police department, but that’s just a slap on the wrist. The shootings and SWAT team raids and excessive use of force will continue, because the police unions and the politicians and the courts won’t do a thing to stop it. The war hawks who are making a profit by waging endless wars abroad, killing innocent civilians in hospitals and schools, and turning the American homeland into a domestic battlefield will continue to do so because neither the president nor the politicians will dare to challenge the military industrial complex. The National Security Agency that carries out warrantless surveillance on Americans’ internet and phone communications will continue to do so, because the government doesn’t want to relinquish any of its ill-gotten powers and its total control of the populace. Unless something changes in the way we deal with these ongoing, egregious abuses of power, the predators of the police state will continue to wreak havoc on our freedoms, our communities, and our lives. Police officers will continue to shoot and kill unarmed citizens. Government agents—including local police—will continue to dress and act like soldiers on a battlefield. Bloated government agencies will continue to fleece taxpayers while eroding our liberties. Government technicians will continue to spy on our emails and phone calls. Government contractors will continue to make a killing by waging endless wars abroad. And powerful men (and women) will continue to abuse the powers of their office by treating those around them as underlings and second-class citizens who are unworthy of dignity and respect and undeserving of the legal rights and protections that should be afforded to all Americans. As Dacher Keltner, professor of psychology at the at the University of California, Berkeley, observed in the Harvard Business Review, “While people usually gain power through traits and actions that advance the interests of others, such as empathy, collaboration, openness, fairness, and sharing; when they start to feel powerful or enjoy a position of privilege, those qualities begin to fade. The powerful are more likely than other people to engage in rude, selfish, and unethical behavior.” After conducting a series of experiments into the phenomenon of how power corrupts, Keltner concluded: “Just the random assignment of power, and all kinds of mischief ensues, and people will become impulsive. They eat more resources than is their fair share. They take more money. People become more unethical. They think unethical behavior is okay if they engage in it. People are more likely to stereotype. They’re more likely to stop attending to other people carefully.” Power corrupts. And absolute power corrupts absolutely. However, it takes a culture of entitlement and a nation of compliant, willfully ignorant, politically divided citizens to provide the foundations of tyranny. As researchers Joris Lammers and Adam Galinsky found, those in power not only tend to abuse that power but they also feel entitled to abuse it: “People with power that they think is justified break rules not only because they can get away with it, but also because they feel at some intuitive level that they are entitled to take what they want.” As I point out in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, for too long now, Americans have tolerated an oligarchy in which a powerful, elite group of wealthy donors is calling the shots. They have paid homage to patriotism while allowing the military industrial complex to spread death and destruction abroad. And they have turned a blind eye to all manner of wrongdoing when it was politically expedient. We need to restore the rule of law for all people, no exceptions. Here’s what the rule of law means in a nutshell: it means that everyone is treated the same under the law, everyone is held equally accountable to abiding by the law, and no one is given a free pass based on their politics, their connections, their wealth, their status or any other bright line test used to confer special treatment on the elite. This culture of compliance must stop.  The empowerment of petty tyrants and political gods must end. The state of denial must cease. Let’s not allow this Epstein sex scandal to become just another blip in the news cycle that goes away all too soon, only to be forgotten when another titillating news headline takes its place. Sex trafficking, like so many of the evils in our midst, is a cultural disease that is rooted in the American police state’s heart of darkness. It speaks to a far-reaching corruption that stretches from the highest seats of power down to the most hidden corners and relies on our silence and our complicity to turn a blind eye to wrongdoing. If we want to put an end to these wrongs, we must keep our eyes wide open.

ABOUT JOHN W. WHITEHEAD Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute.

Source: The Heart of Darkness: The Sexual Predators Within America’s Power Elite

https://www.educationviews.org/the-heart-of-darkness-the-sexual-predators-within-americas-power-elite/ 

:: 7-10-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google exposes itself as pro-pedophilia, pro-child abuse by opposing sex trafficking laws that would protect children

Wednesday, July 10, 2019 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) A child protection bill with broad bipartisan support is under fire by Google because it threatens to actually hold the Silicon Valley tech giants accountable for their complicity in allowing underage children to be abused and sex trafficked through their platforms. If passed, the Stop Enabling Sex Traffickers Act, or SESTA, would amend the Communications Decency Act (CDA) of 1934 to specify that tech companies like Google will no longer be shielded from liability for sex crimes committed on their platforms, specifically against underage children. Because Google and other tech companies are profiting from this child sex trafficking, SESTA would implicate them for “benefiting from ‘participation in a venture’ engaged in sex trafficking of children.” SESTA would also allow for state attorneys general to file civil actions against Google and other tech companies on behalf of the residents of their respective states. Since the tech cabal has decided to aggressively police online free speech, silencing conservatives, Christians, and natural health gurus for spreading “hate” and “intolerance,” there’s no reason why they can’t also deal with the prolific problem of child sex abuse on their platforms. But Google and Big Tech are diametrically opposed to the bill, which they ironically claim interferes with the protections they’re afforded under Section 230 of the CDA – protections that no longer apply, it turns out, since Google et al. have decided to act as both content providers and content publishers, in violation of federal law.  Google couldn’t care less that pedophilia runs rampant on its platform, so long as the company profits from it According to research conducted by the Google Transparency Project, at least 34 groups that receive direct funding from Google have voiced their opposition to SESTA by publishing “dozens of op-eds and blog posts opposing the bill, as well as signing on to coalition letters to members of Congress and issuing statements and action alerts to oppose the bill.” What are they afraid of, you might be asking? It’s really quite simple. If SESTA passes, their funding source, Google, will not only no longer be able to profit from child sex trafficking, but the company will also be held criminally liable for aiding and abetting the sex abuse of children, which is no laughing matter. Both the Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) and the Center for Democracy and Technology (CDT), for instance, two Google-funded “non-profit” organizations, have been actively fighting the passage of SESTA, as have many other groups that receive financial aid from Google. SESTA was introduced by Ohio Republican Senator Rob Portman back on August 1, 2017, in response to a serious sex abuse case involving Backpage.com, which was caught knowingly facilitating child sex trafficking on its platform. EFF, CDT, and many other Google-supported groups quickly launched support campaigns for Backpage, rather than children it was complicit in trafficking, which ultimately led to the revelation that Google was fighting against legislation to protect child victims. Even after it was determined by the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations that Backpage had “knowingly facilitated the criminal sex trafficking of vulnerable women and young girls” by modifying the ads posted by their pimps to remove all language suggesting that their victims were underage, Google still came to the defense of Backpage, and ultimately itself, by opposing SESTA. “In all, at least 30 Google-funded groups weighed-in to oppose SESTA between August 1 and August 7, 2017,” explains the Google Transparency Project. “They included trade associations representing Silicon Valley companies; right-of-center groups such as the Heritage Foundation and R Street Institute; left-of-center and free speech groups such as the New America Foundation; and even academics at some of the leading institutions in America such as Harvard’s Berkman Klein Center.” Be sure to read the Google Transparency Project’s full analysis of Google’s efforts to fight against protections for child victims of sex trafficking. You can also keep up with the latest Google news at EvilGoogle.news. Sources for this article include: GoogleTransparencyProject.org   Congress.gov   NaturalNews.com 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-07-10-google-is-pro-pedophilia-pro-child-abuse.html 

:: 6-7-19 Huff Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Consulate Workers Evacuated After Mystery Illness Strikes Americans In China

Some have reported experiencing dizziness, headaches, tinnitus, fatigue and cognitive issues.

By Lydia O’Connor and Nick Visser 06/07/2018 03:27 am ET

The State Department evacuated at least two more Americans from the U.S. consulate in Guangzhou, China, on Wednesday after they began showing signs of a mysterious illness, The New York Times reported. The new cases came just weeks after the first report of a sick U.S. consulate employee in Guangzhou. Each experienced symptoms that resemble an illness which has affected dozens of Americans in Cuba since 2016. They reported hearing strange noises and suffering from “dizziness, headaches, tinnitus, fatigue, cognitive issues, visual problems, ear complaints and hearing loss and difficulty sleeping,” the State Department said in a statement on Tuesday. Officials said the safety of American personnel and their families was their “top priority.” “As soon as the State Department received medical confirmation that one U.S. government employee had suffered a medical incident that was consistent with what American personnel in Havana, Cuba had experienced, the State Department deployed a medical team to Guangzhou, China to conduct a medical screening of all U.S. government employees and family members who requested it,” agency spokesperson Heather Nauert said in a statement. Nauert also said medical professionals will “conduct full evaluations to determine the cause of the reported symptoms and whether the findings are consistent with those noted in previously affected government personnel or possibly completely unrelated.” Last month, the State Department issued a health alert for travelers to Guangzhou, saying an employee had reported “subtle and vague, but abnormal, sensations of sound and pressure.” Despite the hazy description, the agency said it took the report seriously and warned anyone experiencing similar symptoms to consult with a doctor. One of the diplomats in China who reported symptoms described his experience to The Washington Post, saying he was in his apartment when he heard something like “marbles bouncing and hitting a floor, then rolling on an incline with a static sound.” The man, a Foreign Service officer at the Guangzhou consulate, said he began experiencing headaches and sleeplessness several months later, as did his wife and 3-year-old child. Since 2016, 24 employees at the American embassy in Cuba and their family members have reported similar episodes. The Times reported that the illnesses frayed some diplomatic relations with Cuba, but the recent reports have led others to consider if another country may be involved, including China or Russia. Cuba has repeatedly denied any responsibility. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo confirmed the similarities between the cases to the House Foreign Affairs Committee last month. “The medical indications are very similar and entirely consistent with the medical indications that have taken place to Americans working in Cuba,” he told lawmakers. “We are working to figure out what took place, both in Havana and now in China as well.”

The State Department has formed a task force to investigate the illnesses.

https://www.huffpost.com/entry/mystery-illness-china-consulate_n_5b18568be4b0599bc6e02120 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc

:: 7-10-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Secret, Leaked Speech by Chinese Defense Minister Demonstrates China's Intent to Destroy America

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Wednesday, July 10, 2019 - 13:04.

"The central committee believes, as long as we resolve the United States problem at one blow, our domestic problems will all be readily solved. Therefore, our military battle preparation appears to aim at Taiwan, but in fact is aimed at the United States, and the preparation is far beyond the scope of attacking aircraft carriers or satellites. - Chinese Defense Minister Gen. Wei Fenghe This is the first part of a multipart series which exposes China's intention to go to war with the United States. Part One is based upon the idea that the Chinese fully intend on not just conquering America, but destroying America. A recent speech made to the CCP in Communist China speaks to the resolve and historical overview that exists in China with regard to not just invading the United States, but to decisively destroy the country and kill as many Americans as possible. The content of this speech was leaked to John Moore. Paul Martin forwarded me the copy. I have spent the previous 12 hours gathering opinions and statements from my very best sources. Sometimes, my sources can be a bit slow to respond. However, all but one of the people I solicited opinions from answered within a couple of hours of receiving this. To a man, they believe everything in the report, however, many expressed extreme surprise that this content wou: "ld be discussed in such an open political environment. The universal consensus is that this is authentic and does represent the majority philosophy of the CCP. In two successive articles, I am going to highlight some quotes and relate the material back to the present day relationship between China and the United States. China Is Not, Never Has Been, Or Will Ever Be an American Ally For another report on another day, I firmly believe that when, not if, the Red Dawn invasion of the United States commences, the Chinese will be among the invading armies. That is why the Chinese-controlled Hollywood forced the producers of the remake of Red Dawn (2012) to change the identity of the invading force from Chinese to North Korean. I believe the script hit too close to home. Recently, the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) conducted an online survey conducted by sina.comand one of the key questions that they asked was the following: “Will you shoot at women, children and prisoners of war,” more than 80 percent of the respondents answered in the affirmative, exceeding by far our expectations as expressed by the Chinese Defense Minister. General Wei went on to say: The central issue of this survey appears to be whether one should shoot at women, children and prisoners of war, but its real significance goes far beyond that. Ostensibly, our intention is mainly to figure out what the Chinese people’s attitude towards war is: If these future soldiers do not hesitate to kill even non-combatants, they’ll naturally be doubly ready and ruthless in killing combatants. Therefore, the responses to the survey questions may reflect the general attitude people have towards war...The purpose of the CCP Central Committee in conducting this survey is to probe people’s minds. We wanted to know: If China’s global development will necessitate massive deaths in enemy countries, will our people endorse that scenario? Will they be for or against it? Subsequently, General Wei deems the Chinese people ready for war and we can expect the brutality of invading Chinese military force to be off the charts. It is clear that the CCP intention is to commit genocide against American citizens and they simply wanted to see if there people were on board with the intention and they apparently are. The Chinese View Themselves as the Master Race on the Planet The Chinese view Americans, and pretty much everyone else with contempt. They believe that they, and they alone are the master race and are entitled to rule the planet. This is the Chinese version of Americans 19th Century Manifest Destiny. ...we can assert that we are the product of cultural roots of more than a million years, civilization and progress of more than ten thousand years, an ancient nation of five thousand years, and a single Chinese entity of two thousand years. This is the Chinese nation that calls itself, “descendents of Yan and Huang,” the Chinese nation that we are so proud of. Hitler’s Germany had once bragged that the German race was the most superior race on Earth, but the fact is, our nation is far superior to the Germans. During our long history, our people have disseminated throughout the Americas and the regions along the Pacific Rim, and they became Indians in the Americas and the East Asian ethnic groups in the South Pacific...We all know that on account of our national superiority, during the thriving and prosperous Tang Dynasty our civilization was at the peak of the world. We were the center of the world civilization, and no other civilization in the world was comparable to ours. Later on, because of our complacency, narrow-mindedness, and the self-enclosure of our own country, we were surpassed by Western civilization, and the center of the world shifted to the West. ..In reviewing history, one may ask: Will the center of the world civilization shift back to China? Comrade He Xin put it in his report to the Central Committee in 1988: If the fact is that the center of leadership of the world was located in Europe as of the 18th Century, and later shifted to the United States in the mid 20th Century, then in the 21st Century the center of leadership of the world will shift to the East of our planet. And, “the East” of course mainly refers to China. This is the goal of Chinese foreign policy: To shift the center of world civilization back to China by any means possible.

THE CHINESE MODEL FOR EXPANSION IS BASED UPON NAZI GERMANY WITH ONE EXCEPTION

It is clear from Wei's remarks that the Chinese are going to follow Hitler's regime plan, with one exception. They fully plan to tight control over media and social media (Google-based Social Credit System) and they plan state-sponsored domination and brainwashing of the schools. When we decide to revitalize China based on the German model, we must not repeat the mistakes they made.  Specifically, the following are the fundamental causes for the defeat of Germany and Japan: First, they had too many enemies all at once, as they did not adhere to the principle of eliminating enemies one at a time; second, they were too impetuous, lacking the patience and perseverance required for great accomplishments; third, when the time came for them to be ruthless, they turned out to be too soft, therefore leaving troubles that resurfaced later on.] This statement made by the Chinese Defense Minister should send chills up and down the spines of every American. Let's break down this three-tiered statement: The Chinese will focus on defeating only one enemy, the United States.  The Nazis lacked patience. The Chinese are willing to bide their time and plan their military conquests over a larger time frame.  The Germans were to soft, meaning that they were not brutal enough and did not kill enough people.   Conclusion This concludes exposing the fact that the Chinese want war at any cost. Their philosophies have been stated and why we still have diplomatic relationships with them is mind-boggling. In Part Two, we will explore the reasons behind their desire for war.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-war/secret-leaked-speech-chinese-defense-minister-demonstrates-chinas-intent-destroy-america 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 7-10-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN Launches All-out War on Free Speech

by Judith Bergman July 10, 2019 at 5:00 am

Translations of this item: German In other words, forget everything about the free exchange of ideas: the UN feels that its 'values' are being threatened and those who criticize those values must therefore be shut down. Naturally, the UN assures everyone that, "Addressing hate speech does not mean limiting or prohibiting freedom of speech. It means keeping hate speech from escalating into something more dangerous, particularly incitement to discrimination, hostility and violence, which is prohibited under international law". Except the UN most definitely seeks to prohibit freedom of speech, especially the kind that challenges the UN's agendas. This was evident with regard to the UN Global Compact on Migration, in which it was explicitly stated that public funding to "media outlets that systematically promote intolerance, xenophobia, racism and other forms of discrimination towards migrants" should be stopped. In contrast to the UN Global Migration compact, the UN's action plan against hate speech does contain a definition of what the UN considers to be "hate" and it happens to be the broadest and vaguest of definitions possible: "Any kind of communication in speech, writing or behaviour, that attacks or uses pejorative or discriminatory language with reference to a person or a group on the basis of who they are, in other words, based on their religion, ethnicity, nationality, race, colour, descent, gender or other identity factor". With a definition as broad as this, all speech could be labelled "hate". The new action plan plays straight into the OIC's decades-long attempts to ban criticism of Islam as 'hate speech'. In the wake of the launch of Guterres' action plan, Pakistan has already presented a six-point plan "to address the new manifestations of racism and faith-based hatred, especially Islamophobia" at the United Nations headquarters. The presentation was organized by Pakistan along with Turkey, the Holy See and the UN. In January, United Nations Secretary-General Antonio Guterres, tasked his Special Adviser for the Prevention of Genocide, Adama Dieng, to "present a global plan of action against hate speech and hate crimes on a fast-track basis". Speaking at a press conference about the UN's challenges for 2019, Guterres maintained, "The biggest challenge that governments and institutions face today is to show that we care -- and to mobilize solutions that respond to people's fears and anxieties with answers..." One of those answers, Guterres appeared to suggest, is shutting down free speech. "We need to enlist every segment of society in the battle for values that our world faces today – and, in particular, to tackle the rise of hate speech, xenophobia and intolerance. We hear troubling, hateful echoes of eras long past" Guterres said, "Poisonous views are penetrating political debates and polluting the mainstream. Let's never forget the lessons of the 1930s. Hate speech and hate crimes are direct threats to human rights..." Guterres added, "Words are not enough. We need to be effective in both asserting our universal values and in addressing the root causes of fear, mistrust, anxiety and anger. That is the key to bring people along in defence of those values that are under such grave threat today". In other words, forget everything about the free exchange of ideas: the UN feels that its 'values' are being threatened and those who criticize those values must therefore be shut down. Not only that, but -- disingenuously -- the UN is comparing dissent from its agendas with the rise of fascism and Nazism in the 1930s. Now the action plan that Guterres spoke of in January is ready. On June 18, Guterres presented the United Nations Strategy and Plan of Action on Hate Speech: "Hate speech is...an attack on tolerance, inclusion, diversity and the very essence of our human rights norms and principles," Guterres said. He also wrote in an article on the subject, "To those who insist on using fear to divide communities, we must say: diversity is a richness, never a threat...We must never forget, after all, that each of us is an "other" to someone, somewhere".

According to the action plan, "Hate is moving into the mainstream – in liberal democracies and authoritarian systems alike. And with each broken norm, the pillars of our common humanity are weakened". The UN sees for itself a crucial role: "As a matter of principle, the United Nations must confront hate speech at every turn. Silence can signal indifference to bigotry and intolerance...". Naturally, the UN assures everyone that, "Addressing hate speech does not mean limiting or prohibiting freedom of speech. It means keeping hate speech from escalating into something more dangerous, particularly incitement to discrimination, hostility and violence, which is prohibited under international law". Except the UN most definitely seeks to limit freedom of speech, especially the kind that challenges the UN's agendas. This was evident with regard to the Global Compact for Safe, Orderly and Regular Migration in which it was explicitly stated that public funding to "media outlets that systematically promote intolerance, xenophobia, racism and other forms of discrimination towards migrants" should be stopped. Whatever constitutes intolerance, xenophobia, racism or discrimination was naturally left undefined, making the provision a convenient catchall for governments who wish to defund media that dissent from current political orthodoxy on migration.[1]  In contrast to the UN Global Migration compact, the UN's action plan against hate speech does contain a definition of what the UN considers to be "hate" and it happens to be the broadest and vaguest of definitions possible: "Any kind of communication in speech, writing or behaviour, that attacks or uses pejorative or discriminatory language with reference to a person or a group on the basis of who they are, in other words, based on their religion, ethnicity, nationality, race, colour, descent, gender or other identity factor". With a definition as broad as this, all speech could be labelled "hate". The action plan, "aims to give to the United Nations the room and the resources to address hate speech, which poses a threat to United Nations principles, values and programmes. Measures taken will be in line with international human rights norms and standards, in particular the right to freedom of opinion and expression. The objectives are twofold: Enhance UN efforts to address root causes and drivers of hate speech [and] enable effective UN responses to the impact of hate speech on societies". The UN makes it clear in the plan that it "will implement actions at global and country level, as well as enhance internal cooperation among relevant UN entities" to fight hate speech. It considers that "Tackling hate speech is the responsibility of all – governments, societies, the private sector" and it envisages "a new generation of digital citizens, empowered to recognize, reject and stand up to hate speech". What a brave new world. In the plan, the UN sets up a number of areas of priority. Initially, the UN will "need to know more to act effectively" and it will therefore let "relevant UN entities... recognize, monitor, collect data and analyze hate speech trends". It will also seek to "adopt a common understanding of the root causes and drivers of hate speech in order to take relevant action to best address and/or mitigate its impact". In addition, the UN will "identify and support actors who challenge hate speech" UN entities will also "implement human rights-centred measures which aim at countering retaliatory hate speech and escalation of violence" and "promote measures to ensure that the rights of victims are upheld, and their needs addressed, including through advocacy for remedies, access to justice and psychological counselling". Disturbingly, the UN plans to put pressure directly on media and influence children through education: "The UN system should establish and strengthen partnerships with new and traditional media to address hate speech narratives and promote the values of tolerance, non-discrimination, pluralism, and freedom of opinion and expression" and "take action in formal and informal education to ... promote the values and skills of Global Citizenship Education, and enhance Media and Information Literacy". The UN is acutely aware that it needs to leverage strategic partnerships with an array of global and local, governmental and private actors in order to reach its goal. "The UN should establish/strengthen partnerships with relevant stakeholders, including those working in the tech industry. Most of the meaningful action against hate speech will not be taken by the UN alone, but by governments, regional and multilateral organizations, private companies, media, religious and other civil society actors" the action plan notes. "UN entities," it adds, "should also engage private sector actors, including social media companies, on steps they can take to support UN principles and action to address and counter hate speech, encouraging partnerships between government, industry and civil society". The UN also says that, "upon request" it will "provide support to Member States in the field of capacity building and policy development to address hate speech." The action plan also reveals that the first concrete initiative is already planned. It is an "international conference on Education for Prevention with focus on addressing and countering Hate Speech which would involve Ministers of Education". The new action plan plays straight into the decades-long attempts of the Organisation of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) to ban criticism of Islam. In the wake of the launch of Guterres' action plan, Pakistan has already presented a six-point plan "to address the new manifestations of racism and faith-based hatred, especially Islamophobia" at the United Nations headquarters. The presentation was organized by Pakistan along with Turkey, the Holy See and the UN. According to news reports, the plan was proposed by Pakistan's Permanent Representative to the UN, Ambassador Maleeha Lodhi at a session titled "Countering terrorism and other acts of violence based on religion or belief". "A particularly alarming development is the rise of Islamophobia which represents the recent manifestation of the age-old hatred that spawned anti-Semitism, racism, apartheid and many other forms of discrimination," the ambassador said in her speech. She added, "My Prime Minister Imran Khan has recently again called for urgent action to counter Islamophobia, which is today the most prevalent expression of racism and hatred against 'the other'". "We are fully committed to support the UN's strategy on hate speech," said the Pakistani ambassador, "This is a moment for all of us to come together to reverse the tide of hate and bigotry that threatens to undermine social solidarity and peaceful co-existence." In 2017, Facebook's Vice President of Public Policy, Joel Kaplan, reportedly agreed to requests from Pakistan's Interior Minister Nisar Ali Khan, to "remove fake accounts and explicit, hateful and provocative material that incites violence and terrorism" because "the entire Muslim Ummah was greatly disturbed and has serious concerns over the misuse of social media platforms to propagate blasphemous content". At the UN, Pakistan's Ambassador Lodhi called for government interventions to fight hate speech, including national legislation, and reportedly "called for framing a more focused strategy to deal with the various expressions of Islamophobia. A 'whole of government' and a 'whole of society' approach was needed. In this regard, the Pakistani envoy urged the secretary-general to engage with a wide range of actors, including governments, civil society and social media companies to take action and stop social media users being funneled into online sources of radicalization". The UN's all-out war on free speech is on.

Judith Bergman, a columnist, lawyer and political analyst, is a Distinguished Senior Fellow at Gatestone Institute. [1] According to Objective 17 of the UN Global Compact on migration, member states commit to: "Promote independent, objective and quality reporting of media outlets, including internet-based information, including by sensitizing and educating media professionals on migration-related issues and terminology, investing in ethical reporting standards and advertising, and stopping allocation of public funding or material support to media outlets that systematically promote intolerance, xenophobia, racism and other forms of discrimination towards migrants, in full respect for the freedom of the media." [Emphasis added.]

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/14516/united-nations-free-speech 

:: 7-10-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are You A MAN?! Or Want Your MEN To Be MEN!! If So, It Is CRITICAL You Know THIS Before It’s TOO LATE!

By Justus Knight on July 10, 2019 •

Please watch the video below for the full story & don’t forget to subscribe!

You have all heard the terms: “Toxic Masculinity”, ‘Aggressive Male’, ‘Alpha Male’ and so on and so on. Did you realize this is all a well coordinated attack not only on males but the family unit as a whole. That’s just the beginning of why this globalist campaign is set to remove the last elements of resistance and even many men are falling hook, line and sinker for the deception. Watch this and reply so more men and women realize what ‘actual’ people want a man to be, not what the marketing companies tell us we should be.

DON’T FORGET TO ASSURE THE BELL IS CHECKED SO YOU ALERTED TO MY NEW BROADCASTS!!

As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/07/10/are-you-a-man-or-want-your-men-to-be-men-if-so-it-is-critical-you-know-this-before-its-too-late/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 7-10-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American biologist was MURDERED: Police reveal the 59-year-old who was dumped inside a network of Nazi tunnels in Crete was suffocated, stabbed and had her EAR cut off

Suzanne Eaton, 59, was found dead on the island of Crete, Greece

She was found near the Xamoudochori settlement Monday night near Chania

The cavernous tunnel where her decaying body was found used to be a Nazi bunker

Medical examiners have revealed she was stabbed in the body, suffocated and had one of her ears cut off

Eaton was in Greece for a conference and she had been out running the days beforehand

Her family previously thought she had gone into the cave to take shelter during a run after being overcome with the heat

Now, police say they are in no doubt she was killed and they are searching for her murderer

By Jennifer Smith For Dailymail.com Published: 12:04 EDT, 10 July 2019 | Updated: 17:08 EDT, 10 July 2019

The American biologist whose body was found in a Nazi bunker in Crete, Greece, on Monday was murdered, it has been revealed. Dr. Suzanne Eaton was found dumped in the cavernous tunnel network near Chania on Monday night. The 59-year-old mother-of-two was a Californian native who lived in Germany with her British scientist husband. Local medical examiners have revealed that she was suffocated, stabbed and one of her ears had been cut off, according to local outlet Star.gr. Her body was found in a network of tunnels used by the Nazis to store ammunition following the Battle of Crete in 1941, which saw the Germans triumph and overwhelm the island until 1945, when they surrendered to the British after years of strong resistance from local civilians. Greek media reports indicate that the person or people who put Dr. Eaton's body there must know the network of tunnels well. She was found 200ft inside the network by a pair of civilians who alerted authorities on Monday. The one where she was found is especially difficult to access because there is a tree at its entrance. According to two Greek coroners cited by Star.gr, Eaton's murderers covered her nose and her mouth to kill her. The biologist and mother-of-two vanished on July 2 sometime in the afternoon. Her family believe she had gone out running because the only thing missing from her hotel room were her running shoes. She was due to attend an event that was part of a conference she was on the island for at 6pm but never showed up. Relatives previously guessed that she may have died as a result of heat exposure or exhaustion and that she might have taken shelter in the cave during a run in the stifling afternoon heat. What actually happened was, local officials say, far more sinister but remain largely a mystery. Cretalive.gr, another local outlet, reports that her body was found on its side, covered by burlap, 60meters from the entrance. The entrance to the cave is blocked by tree branches. No one has been arrested and no suspects have been named. Eaton – who was a research leader at the Max Planck Institute of Molecular Cell Biology and Genetics in Dresden, Germany - was on the trip to attend a conference. Relatives had said they believe she may have became overheated in the 88-degree temperatures and taken shelter where she suffered a medical emergency while out running. The only items missing from where she was staying were her running shoes. Her passport and wallet were still in her hotel room. Coroners, S. Belivanis and A. Papadomanalakis discounted the theory that her death was an accident and ruled it a homicide by way of suffocation. Eaton's niece Callie Broaddus previously told CrimeOnline 'she will typically run on trails and roads, especially somewhere with steep edges'. Eaton's body was found about a 17-minute drive away from the location of her conference in the area of Gonia, at Kolympari. Both the bunker and Orthodox Academy - where she was staying - are in the Municipality of Platanias. She had plans to attend a 6pm meeting that evening, which she never attended. 'It is with enormous sadness and regret that we announce the tragic demise of our dearest friend and colleague, Suzanne Eaton,' the Max Planck Institute said in a statement Tuesday.' 'We are deeply shocked and disturbed by this tragic event. Suzanne was an outstanding and inspiring scientist, a loving spouse and mother, an athlete as well as a truly wonderful person beloved to us all. 'Her loss is unbearable. Our thoughts and prayers are with her husband Tony, her sons Max and Luke, and with all her family.' 'The authorities have not yet completed their investigation regarding the events that may have transpired on Tuesday afternoon, 2nd July, and we will provide further updates as we receive information,' the institute said. HISTORY OF THE NAZIS ON CRETE The network of tunnels was constructed by the German troops in 1942 on Platanias hill, below the Church of St Dimitrios. It consists of an underground complex of booths and tunnels that was used to store ammunition and military materiel during the World War II.  In recent years the Shelter is preserved as a monument in memory of the Cretan Resistance the Nazi Occupation. The Battle of Crete began on the 20 th May 1942 when Nazi Germany launched an airborne invasion under the codename Operation Mercury. Greek and allied forces, along with Cretan civilians, defended the island. The Battle was unprecedented in combat history as it was the first time that the German paratroops were deployed on a massive scale and the first time that German troops encountered heavy resistance from a civilian population. The operation resulted in heavy casualties for the German paratrooper, and subsequently Hitler did not approve any other large-scale airborne operations. For historians around the world, the Battle of Crete is considered as one of the most heroic actions of the World War II in Greece. Once the entire island of Crete came under the control of the occupying forces, part of the German forces moved into the village of Platanias. The typical village’s hill was chosen in the first place as the strategic location for controlling both land and sea. Despite other military constructions, like trenches and machine guns sites, the Germans also decided to build the war shelter. The exact spot, below the village’s main church, was chosen because the temple itself provided a natural protection to air bombings and as the rare soft rock was easy to dig. Within six months period, local forced workers managed to dig a 120m long underground tunnel. The booths, a main shelter entrance and two exist were also constructed. Sixty years later, the Platanias Church Committee and citizens of the village decided to reconstruct the war shelter and utilize it as a small World War II museum in memory of the Battle of Crete. Source: Go Platanias Eaton was also a Professor at the Dresden Technical University in the city she had lived in for 25 years. 'There are many observations that challenge such a theory, including the heat of the day suggesting that a swim would have been more attractive,' the institute stated. 'As well as being a leading scientist in her field, Suzanne is a strong athlete, runner and senior black belt in Tae Kwon Do. If anyone can find her way out of a difficult situation it is Suzanne.' Drones, ships and planes had been scouring the seas and coastline near Chania for the researcher. The expanded search to the village of Kolymbari used the help of specially trained dogs as well as equipment necessary for searching at sea, her friends, family and colleagues said. 'She changed out of her orange dress after that because we found the dress in her room,' Broaddus told CrimeOnline. They said she had gone for a run at the same time the previous day along a northeastern route. A €50,000 ($56,000) reward was offered for anyone who could help with information about her disappearance.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7233463/Inside-Greek-island-cave-biologist-murdered.html 

:: 7-9-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Daniel’s Astounding Prophecies

By Hal Lindsey

Critics of the Bible have no reasonable answer for Daniel’s miraculous prophetic accuracy. They try. They have been trying for over two thousand years. But their criticisms don’t hold up. For instance, Daniel laid out a list of coming world superpowers. He wrote it well in advance of the actual events, and history proves him right. He told about the Medo-Persian empire. He foretold the Greek empire and their leader, Alexander the Great. He even told what would happen to that empire at the time of Alexander’s death. Critics respond that the Book of Daniel must have been written long after it says it was written. As of July 9, 2019, Wikipedia asserts, “The Book of Daniel is a 2nd-century BC biblical apocalypse.” But it was actually written around 540 BC. The Wikipedia article is laden with errors. Though not stated, the errors begin with the idea that God cannot (or at least does not) speak to man. That means the critics must find a “natural” explanation. A later dating of the book is their way of saying that the writer of Daniel cheated. The problem is that Daniel’s astoundingly accurate prophecies did not end in the second century BC. Their fulfillment continues to this day. Perhaps the most amazing of them all is found in the 9th chapter of Daniel. It is the prophecy of the “70 sevens.” It was given to Daniel by the angel Gabriel. “Seventy weeks have been decreed for your people and your holy city, to finish the transgression, to make an end of sin, to make atonement for iniquity, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most holy place” (Daniel 9:24). The scripture just quoted says, “70 weeks” and I said, “70 sevens.” That’s because the Hebrew word used here — “shabuwa” — literally means “seven.” It usually refers to a seven-day week. But not always. For instance, in Ezekiel 45:21 every major Bible translation simply says “seven” — its literal meaning. That’s crucial because, to us, the word “week” means seven days. But the context here clearly shows that these sevens are “weeks of years.” For anyone who believes the Bible, it is obvious that the purposes of the seventy weeks listed in the scripture above revolve around Israel. The weeks were “decreed for your people and your holy city.” Daniel’s people were Israel. And his holy city was Jerusalem. That means God’s purpose for the 70 sevens revolves around Israel. The other obvious thing is that these purposes have not yet been realized. Transgression has not been finished, sin has not ended, everlasting righteousness has not been manifested in Israel or the rest of the world. We know exactly when the clock started. Daniel 9:25 says the weeks of years would begin with, “The issuing of a decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem.” The Book of Daniel goes on to give details about exact events during the first 483 years. It predicts to the day when the Messiah would present Himself to Jerusalem. Late dating the Book of Daniel to the 2nd century BC doesn’t explain that one. Gabriel’s message to Daniel speaks of a pause between the 69th and 70th weeks. We’re still in that pause today. But the 70th week is on the way. In a few days, I hope to write in more detail about the pause and the 70th week. Instead of Wikipedia, we’ll look at how Jesus interpreted Daniel. And it will take your breath away.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-7-9-2019/ 

:: 7--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Daniel in the Culture’s Den Part One

by Hal Lindsey

When your world seems to be falling apart, God still “causes all things to work together for good to those who love God, to those who are called according to His purpose.” (Romans 8:28 NASB) In these troubled a time, that’s a wonderful verse to remember. One of the best examples of it can be found in the story of four boys — each about 13-years-old. Their names were Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah. In 606 BC, their lives were shattered when the mighty Babylonian Empire overthrew their homeland of Judah, and took them captive. There are tremendous parallels between what Daniel faced and what Christians face today. We in America haven’t been taken to a new country, but we have watched as a new country has formed around us. Daniel 1:3-4 says, “Then the king ordered Ashpenaz, the chief of his officials, to bring in some of the sons of Israel, including some of the royal family and of the nobles, youths in whom was no defect, who were good-looking, showing intelligence in every branch of wisdom, endowed with understanding, and discerning knowledge, and who had ability for serving in the king's court; and he ordered him to teach them the literature and language of the Chaldeans.”(NASB) The Chaldeans had conquered the city-state of Babylon, and made it their capital. It was called the Babylonian Empire, but the people in charge were Chaldeans. So, for this period, we can correctly say “Babylonians” or “Chaldeans.” Daniel and his friends were among the captives chosen for high-level work within the Babylonian kingdom. The Chaldeans chose boys that were 13 or 14-years-old because that was old enough for them to learn the new culture well, and young enough to be fully susceptible to what we might call “brainwashing.” They chose the best and brightest young men. This served two purposes. It removed from the conquered people potential leaders who might be able to foment future rebellion. Also, it constantly replenished the pool of talent in Babylon. They correctly saw human beings as the most valuable asset they could plunder from another culture. Imagine what it was like for these four boys. They had been taken from their families, their homes, and their country. They had been removed from all that was familiar, taken to a foreign land, and thrown into an environment dedicated to making them lose all their old religious and cultural values. If you or I could go back in time to the Babylon of that era, we would be impressed. Even if you live in one of today’s great cities, Babylon’s giant walls and hanging gardens would leave you in awe. So, imagine what it felt like for these boys from Judea. The brainwashing began with the grandeur of the architecture, and the city itself. When the king said to “teach them the literature and language of the Chaldeans,” it meant more than to go to class. It meant to immerse them in the Chaldean culture. We all think both abstractly and linguistically, so it was no small thing to teach them the new language. To do so was also teaching them a new way of thinking. Seemingly small things like style of clothes can also have a profound impact on manner of thought. Daniel 1:7 says, “Then the commander of the officials assigned new names to them; and to Daniel he assigned the name Belteshazzar, to Hananiah Shadrach, to Mishael Meshach, and to Azariah Abed-nego.” (NASB) New names were part of the process of giving the captives a new context within which to see the world. At birth, these four boys had been given Hebrew names that would always remind them of the greatness of the God of Israel. But the new names were all pagan. The Chaldeans used a carrot and stick approach. The king’s subjects lived under the constant threat of a death penalty used freely and without hesitation. But if they lived obediently, they were given praise and stature. As we look at the names, notice that each of the new names is enormously flattering. “Daniel” means “God is my Judge.” His new name, “Belteshazzar” meant “Prince of Bel.” Bel for the Chaldeans was the equivalent of Zeus to the Greeks. Naming Daniel Bel’s Prince shows that they saw Daniel as the epitome of human perfection. “Hananiah” means “Jehovah is gracious.” That name would always remind him that God deals with us in grace — that His love and salvation are unmerited. The Chaldeans renamed him “Shadrach,” meaning “illumined by the sun god.” Wow. For them, that was high praise. “Mishael” means “Who or what the Lord is” — an amazing name that constantly reminded Mishael of God’s name for Himself, “I AM WHO I AM.” (Exodus 3:14 NASB) They renamed him “Meshach,” meaning, “Who is Ishtar?” Ishtar was the Chaldean goddess of love. “Azariah” means “the Lord is my help.” They renamed him “Abed-nego,” meaning “the servant of Nego.” Nego was the god of wisdom and intelligence. As with the other names, this was high flattery — the kind of thing that might sweep anyone off his feet. In all this and more, Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah stayed true to the Living God. These boys thrived in terrible adversity. How can we prepare our own children for the brave new world of today and tomorrow? And how can we prepare ourselves?

Next week, I hope to look at answers to these questions in Part Two of “Daniel in the Culture’s Den.”

Read Part Two Here

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-27-2016/ 

:: 7--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Daniel In The Culture's Den Part Two

In Part One of “Daniel in the Culture’s Den,” we looked at the story of Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah — four adolescent boys among the thousands of captives stolen from Israel by their Babylonian conquerors. I wrote, “We in America haven’t been taken to a new country, but we have watched as a new country has formed around us.” In this strange new America, our children are being taught to kneel before wicked kings and worship strange gods. Their minds are being reordered by sinister forces out to remove God and His word from their way of thinking. Many of our churches and Christian families have chosen to compromise with the brainwashing. Be it premarital sex or mind-altering drugs, they act like it’s to be expected, and must simply be managed. But a condom does not shield young people from the perils of promiscuity. The Bible consistently condemns drunkenness — another word for “getting high.” And that’s the single purpose of recreational marijuana. Churches determined to be “cool,” primarily entertain their youth, while mixing in a few life-affirming messages. I’m all for fun. But with the fun, we must give them an understanding of God and His ways. It’s like having a school that lets the kids stay all day on the playground. They need to play, but they also need to study. Churches and Christian families have an urgent need to teach Jesus and His Word. They say people under twenty-five can’t listen for more than a few minutes. But some of the most effective ministries to young people feature teaching sessions over an hour long. The best antidote for error is the truth. Families and churches must build their communications around the Bible. We don’t know what the kids will face outside of homes and churches, but we can introduce them to Someone Who will keep them throughout this life and beyond. We can’t always be there for them, but He can. It’s the same with you and me. We live in perilous times. To be ready for what awaits us, we need a lively faith in God. Romans 10:17 says, “Faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of Christ.” (NASB) The Babylonians used intense training and immersion into their culture to try to cut Daniel and his friends off from God and their memory of God. They wanted to remove these young men from themselves — to cut out the core of their beings and replace it with someone made in the image of Babylon and her gods. They put the boys into a rigorous school for four years. There, they were taught and brainwashed day and night. They received food from the king’s table, but it wasn’t to make sure they ate well. It was part of the process of breaking down their religious roots. Even today, Judaism and food are tied closely together. In those days that was true of all religions. The meat served at the king’s table was first sacrificed to pagan gods. This was strictly forbidden for a Hebrew. “But Daniel made up his mind that he would not defile himself with the king’s choice food or with the wine which he drank; so he sought permission from the commander of the officials that he might not defile himself.” (Daniel 1:8 NASB) Imagine a 13-year-old doing that. His life hung by a thread. He knew he could be put to death for a little bit of nothing. Yet this kid had enough commitment to the Lord, enough desire to please God, and enough faith in God to stand against the tide. Compromise was the order of that day, just as it is today. Go along to get along. But for those who remain true to God and His word, amazing things will happen. Today’s young people face peer pressure and brainwashing like no generation in the history of the world. Help them build, not on the sand of fun and games only, but on the solid rock of God’s word. More than that, we need to introduce them to the Author of that word. One of the miracles of our day is that the Jewish people remain intact. Spread across the world and across cultures for millennia, somehow they remained a distinct people. This great miracle took the hand of God. But like so many miracles, God did His work through people. Daniel was pivotal. By example, he taught generations of Jews how, not just to survive in other cultures, but also to thrive. The Chaldeans controlled Babylon when Daniel arrived. The young man had great favor with their king, Nebuchadnezzar. But when King Neb died, Daniel was largely forgotten… until a great hand wrote a message on a wall one night, and they needed someone to tell them what it meant. Daniel interpreted the message. They had been weighed in the balance and found wanting. In that very hour, another kingdom was overtaking them. When Babylon was taken by the Meads and the Persians, Daniel — by then an old man — again rose in favor and power. But it was not easy. Nebuchadnezzar threw Daniel’s friends into a fiery furnace. Daniel was thrown into a den of lions. And it would not be easy for the Jewish people across the centuries. But when they followed Daniel’s example, they thrived. For Christians between now and the rapture, things may get very tough. We may face our own fiery furnaces. If so, may we and the young people we raise be as strong and wise as Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah (better known today by their Babylonian names, “Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego”). When we face a fiery furnace, may we be able to say with them, “Our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the furnace of blazing fire; and He will deliver us out of your hand, O king. But even if He does not, let it be known to you, O king, that we are not going to serve your gods or worship the golden image that you have set up.” (Daniel 3:16-18 NASB) Read Part One Here

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-4-2016/ 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 7-10-19 The Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Accuses Iran of Secret Nuclear Enrichment, Says Sanctions to Be Cranked Up ‘Substantially’

avatar by Reuters and Algemeiner Staff July 10, 2019 12:12 pm

President Donald Trump warned on Wednesday that US sanctions on Iran would be increased “substantially” soon, as the UN nuclear watchdog held an emergency meeting at Washington’s request to weigh Tehran’s breach of a nuclear deal. Trump also accused Iran of secretly enriching uranium for a long time but offered no evidence, and Iran said after the 35-nation meeting in Vienna that it had “nothing to hide.” UN inspectors have uncovered no covert enrichment by Iran since long before its 2015 nuclear agreement deal with world powers. Washington used the session of the International Atomic Energy Agency’s Board of Governors to accuse Iran of extortion after it inched past the deal’s limit on enrichment levels over the past week, while still offering to hold talks with Tehran. Iran says it is reacting to harsh US economic sanctions imposed on Tehran since Trump pulled Washington out of the nuclear deal in 2018 and says all its steps were reversible if Washington returned to the agreement. “Iran has long been secretly ‘enriching,’ in total violation of the terrible 150 Billion Dollar deal made by John Kerry and the Obama Administration,” Trump said on Twitter. “Remember, that deal was to expire in a short number of years. Sanctions will soon be increased, substantially!” While Iran was found to have had covert enrichment sites long before the nuclear accord, the 2015 deal imposed the most intrusive nuclear supervision on Iran of any country, and there has been no serious suggestion Iran is secretly enriching now in a way that would hint at an effort to develop a nuclear weapon. The deal confines enrichment in Iran to its Natanz site, which was itself exposed in 2003. Any clandestine enrichment elsewhere would be a grave breach of the deal. It was not immediately clear from Trump’s comments whether he was referring to previous, long-known activities or making a new allegation. ‘Nothing to hide’ Kazim Gharib Abadi, Iran’s ambassador to the IAEA, told reporters following Trump’s accusation that all Tehran’s nuclear activities were being scrutinized by IAEA inspectors. “We have nothing to hide,” he said after the IAEA meeting ended without any action taken against Iran. Abadi said in a German newspaper interview published earlier in the day that Tehran intended to preserve the nuclear deal if all other signatories honored their commitments under it. “Everything can be reversed within a single hour — if all of our partners in the treaty would just fulfill their obligations in the same way,” he told the weekly Die Zeit. Trump’s allegation about covert enrichment was met with derision by diplomats who follow the IAEA. “That tweet kills me,” one diplomat at the meeting said in a sign of exasperation. The agency itself was not immediately available for comment. Iranian breaches In a separate closed-door meeting with member states on Wednesday, IAEA inspectors confirmed that Iran was now enriching uranium to 4.5% fissile purity, above the 3.67% limit set by its deal. This would be Iran’s second breach of the deal in as many weeks, diplomats familiar with the figures said. However, that is still far below the 20% to which Iran refined uranium before the deal, and the roughly 90% needed to yield bomb-grade nuclear fuel. Low-enriched uranium provides fuel for civilian power plants. “The latest steps indicate that Tehran’s leadership has made a decision to move onto the offensive to create leverage vis-à-vis the international community and bring about a solution to its constraints,” a Western intelligence source told Reuters. The 2015 deal was tailored to extend the time Iran would need to produce enough fissile material for a nuclear weapon, if it chose to do so, to a year from around 2-3 months. Iran has repeatedly denied any intent to develop atomic bombs. The Trump administration says it is open to negotiations with Iran on a more far-reaching agreement on nuclear and security issues. Iran has conditioned any talks on first being able to export as much oil as it did before the US withdrawal. Tensions between Washington and Tehran have escalated, culminating in a plan for US air strikes on Iran last month that Trump called off at the last minute. “There is no credible reason for Iran to expand its nuclear program, and there is no way to read this as anything other than a crude and transparent attempt to extort payments from the international community,” the US mission to the IAEA said in a statement delivered at the closed-door agency board meeting. “We call on Iran to reverse its recent nuclear steps and cease any plans for further advancements in the future. The United States has made clear that we are open to negotiation without preconditions, and that we are offering Iran the possibility of a full normalization of relations.” Iran says it will continue to breach the deal’s caps one by one until it receives the economic windfall — trade and investment deals with the wider world — promised under terms of the agreement. Washington is set on isolating Iran to force it to negotiate stricter limits on its nuclear program and, for the first time, to address calls to curb its ballistic missile program and its role around the conflict-ridden Middle East. Britain, France and Germany are considering their next move, torn between the urge to show their displeasure at Iran’s breaches and wanting to keep alive a deal that signatories in 2015 touted as vital to preventing wider war in the Middle East.

https://www.algemeiner.com/2019/07/10/trump-accuses-iran-of-secret-nuclear-enrichment-says-sanctions-to-be-cranked-up-substantially/ 

:: 7-10-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iranian IRGC boats tried, failed to seize British oil tanker in Persian Gulf, senior US defense official says

By Lucas Tomlinson, Louis Casiano | Fox News

Five Iranian Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps gunboats tried to seize a British oil tanker in the Persian Gulf Wednesday but backed off after a British warship approached, a senior U.S. defense official told Fox News. The British warship was said to have been less than 5 miles behind the tanker but soon intercepted the Iranian boats and threatened to open fire. A manned U.S. reconnaissance aircraft was above as well, the official said, adding that Iranian forces left without opening fire. Navy Captain Bill Urban, spokesman for the U.S. Central Command (CENTCOM), said the military was aware of the reported actions. He added, “Threats to international freedom of navigation require an international solution. The world economy depends on the free flow of commerce, and it is incumbent on all nations to protect and preserve this lynchpin of global prosperity.” The British frigate was identified as the HMS Montrose, according to The Sun. The vessel reportedly trained its 30mm deck guns on the enemy fleet and warned them off. The incident was the latest in a series of provocations between the Islamic Republic and the West. British forces last week seized an Iranian supertanker that officials believed was operating in violation of European Union sanctions. The British Royal Marines captured the vessel in Gibraltar after believing it was trying to provide crude oil to Syria, an ally of Iran.  Iranian President Hassan Rouhani warned that Britain would face repercussions over the seizure. Last month, Iran shot down a U.S. drone over the Strait of Hormuz, a vital waterway separating Iran from the United Arab Emirates. Oil exporters transport around 22 million barrels of oil per day through the strait. U.S. officials also blamed Iran for attacks on six oil tankers in the area. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo has accused the regime of trying to disrupt the flow of oil in the area. Tensions between Iran and the U.S. have escalated in recent weeks and could spiral downward after Iran admitted Monday it surpassed uranium enrichment levels that were set by the Iran nuclear agreement in 2015. President Trump pulled the U.S. out of the deal last year but several EU nations remained involved. Those countries -- Russia, China, Germany, France, Britain, and the European Union -- have called on Iran to stick to its commitments under the deal. Iran has abandoned restraint in recent months as it seeks relief from U.S. sanctions. The republic has asked the deal's signatories to provide economic incentives in exchange for the de-escalation of its nuclear program. Trump has indicated he will impose additional sanctions on Iran and urged those nations not to give in to its demands.

https://www.foxnews.com/world/iranian-islamic-revolutionary-guard-corps-boats-tried-failed-to-seize-british-oil-tanker-in-persian-gulf-senior-us-defense-official-says 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..

:: 7-10-19 Retures :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Assad hits a wall in Syrian war as front lines harden

Tom Perry, Suleiman Al-Khalidi

BEIRUT/AMMAN (Reuters) - President Bashar al-Assad’s assault in the northwest has been met with a painful rebel counterpunch that underlines Turkish resolve to keep the area out of his hands and shows why he will struggle to take back more of Syria by force. More than two months of Russian-backed operations in and around Idlib province have yielded little or nothing for Assad’s side. It marks a rare case of a military campaign that has not gone his way since Russia intervened in 2015. While resisting government attacks, the insurgents have managed to carve out small advances of their own, drawing on ample stocks of guided anti-tank missiles that opposition and diplomatic sources say have been supplied by Turkey. “They’re even targeting personnel with these missiles ... it means they are comfortably supplied,” a rebel source said, speaking on condition of anonymity because he was discussing rebel military capabilities. Turkey’s foreign ministry did not immediately respond to a request for comment on reports that Ankara has stepped supplies of arms to rebels. With Turkey committed to the rebels, the battle for the northwest stands in stark contrast to a campaign in the southwest a year ago, when Western and Arab states stood by as Assad and his Russian- and Iranian-backed allies took the area. Despite Russian backing in the latest fighting, questions have arisen over whether Assad and his allies are entirely on the same page when it comes to the northwest, where Turkey has deployed forces in agreement with Russia and Iran. Moscow has appeared keen to preserve its ties with Ankara even as its air force bombs in support of Assad: Turkey says Russia has intervened to stop attacks on Turkish forces from Syrian government-held territory. And this time there has been no sign of a major role for Iranian-backed Shi’ite forces that have helped Assad to victories in parts of Syria that are of greater interest to Iran, including territory near Iraq, Lebanon and Israel. The capture of the southwest a year ago remains Assad’s last big gain. The prospects of further advances have been obstructed not only by Turkish interests in the northwest but also the presence of U.S. forces in the east and northeast. American troops are still supporting Kurdish-led fighters following a reversal of President Donald Trump’s decision last December to pull them all out. After more than eight years of war, this leaves Syria carved up into areas of U.S., Russian, Turkish and Iranian influence that seem unlikely to be stitched back together any time soon. “We could see the front lines harden and remain like that for some time, where either the appetite or capability to fight through them is not there on the part of the regime or its allies,” said a Western diplomat speaking anonymously in order to offer a candid assessment. “BONE-BREAKING BATTLE” The Idlib area is dominated by Tahrir al-Sham, the jihadists formerly known as the Nusra Front. Proscribed as a terrorist group by the U.N. Security Council, the group has set aside past conflict with Turkish-backed rebels to defend the northwest. Colonel Mustafa Bakour, a commander in the Jaish al-Izza rebel group, said coordination among rebels was a major factor in foiling government attacks. “I expect the battles to continue for a time because it has become a bone-breaking battle,” he said in written answers to questions from Reuters. The government campaign of air strikes and barrel bombing that began in late April was followed by the capture of around 20 villages. This led to a rebel counter-attack in early June that seized ground the government has been unable to recover. The Syrian government has described its operations as a response to militant violations of ceasefire agreements. Russia says action was needed to stop attacks from being launched from Idlib, including drone strikes on its nearby air base. President Vladimir Putin said in April a full-scale operation in Idlib was impractical for now. Though the government has not declared the goals of the campaign, rebel sources believe it was to capture two highways that pass through rebel-held territory. Some 300,000 people fleeing bombardment have moved toward the Turkish border since April, prompting the United Nations to warn that Idlib was on the brink of a “humanitarian nightmare”. For Ankara, the Syrian opposition’s last major state sponsor, preventing another major influx of Syrian refugees is of paramount importance: Turkey already hosts 3.6 million of them. While accusing the Syrian government of targeting civilians and its military observation posts in the Idlib area, Turkey has stopped short of blaming Russia, instead saying it would continue to cooperate with Moscow over the northwest. The Turkish foreign ministry, in a written response to questions from Reuters, also said “necessary messages have been sent to Russian officials to end the attacks on our observation points and civilians” in the Idlib area. Hundreds of civilians have been killed, as have many fighters on both sides, according to the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights. Observatory Director Rami Abdulrahman described the operation as “a failure on all levels” for Russia and Damascus. A Russian private military contractor who was based near Idlib province told Reuters that rebel fighters there are far more professional and motivated than their adversary. Pro-government forces cannot win the battle for Idlib unless Moscow helps them on the ground, he said. A second Western diplomat said the government had suffered heavy casualties for minimal gains, which was “deeply embarrassing”. “Turkey is trying to tell them ‘you cannot take this militarily. You have to negotiate’,” the diplomat said. A regional source close to Damascus described the escalation since April as a limited confrontation, saying Russia’s ties with Turkey were the main brake on any full-scale assault to take the entire northwest. “Of course the regime has the desire to recover Idlib by force, but ... without the Russians it can’t, because there are many militants and the Russians are completely committed to the Turks,” the source said. “It is expected that the situation in Idlib will stay as it is for a long time.”

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-syria-security-northwest-analysis/assad-hits-a-wall-in-syrian-war-as-front-lines-harden-idUSKCN1U51TC 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 7-11-19 Accu Weather :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Orleans left underwater as city races to prepare for approaching storm

By Kevin Byrne, AccuWeather staff writer July 11, 2019

Severe thunderstorms prompted tornado warnings and inundated downtown New Orleans on Wednesday morning, causing travel to be disrupted and forcing the closure of City Hall. The flooding occurred as a brewing tropical system, which has become Tropical Storm Barry, gathered strength over the Gulf of Mexico. A flash flood emergency was declared in Jefferson Parish, with nearly 8 inches of rain reported in some areas. A total of 6.27 inches was observed at the heliport in downtown New Orleans, while Louis Armstrong New Orleans International Airport in the northwestern part of the city reported 1.54 inches. In Bridge City, located southwest of downtown, 7.75 inches of rain fell. New Orleans city officials and those with the National Weather Service urged residents to stay off the roads and to seek higher ground if they encountered flooding. An EarthCam posted in the French Quarter captured video of the city's iconic Bourbon Street underwater as cars navigated the intersection and heavy rain continued falling. Between 6 a.m. and 9 a.m. local time, about 5.56 inches fell in downtown New Orleans. "Heavy downpours will still be a threat over the coming days as the budding tropical system moves by just off of the coast to the south," AccuWeather Meteorologist Jake Sojda said. The tropical threat brewing for late week and into the weekend has the potential to unleash a deluge of more than 2 feet of rain to parts of the Gulf states, which Sojda said posed a dangerous situation for the Louisiana coastline. "This weekend looks to carry the most significant flooding threat for southern Louisiana, as what is expected to be Hurricane Barry by that time makes landfall in southwestern Louisiana," Sojda said. He added, "Areas to the east of the landfall point are expected to see the heaviest rain this weekend, with 20-plus inches possible in spots. This threat includes New Orleans." The heavy rain on Wednesday and the approaching precipitation from the developing tropical system over the Gulf fueled flooding concerns and sparked evacuations in and around New Orleans. Offshore oil operators in the Gulf of Mexico have already evacuated platforms and rigs, KATC reports. A mandatory evacuation was ordered for the east bank of Plaquemines Parish starting at 6 a.m. Thursday. Parts of the west bank are also under a mandatory evacuation, spanning from the Oakville floodgate south to Venice. Voluntary evacuations were also issued starting at 4 p.m. Wednesday, for the same areas. Additionally, Mayor David Camardelle of Grand Isle issued a voluntary evacuation just after 3 p.m. CDT, as a precautionary measure. According to the New Orleans branch of the National Weather Service (NWS), the Mississippi River is expected to crest at 20 feet Friday night into Saturday. Levees in New Orleans are able to protect the city from surges up to 20 feet, creating the possibility for a disaster. The NWS said officials there are coordinating closely with the Army Corps of Engineers and the National Hurricane Center and urged residents in the area to be vigilant about monitoring for updates in the coming days about potential flooding. To prepare for the developing tropical storm, at least 200 flood gates around New Orleans were expected to be closed by Friday, according to NOLA.com.  Despite tornado warnings that lasted well into the afternoon, no confirmed tornadoes were reported. However, people captured and posted to social media images of an apparent waterspout that formed over Lake Pontchartrain and destroyed a home. New Orleans Mayor LaToya Cantrell said in a post on Twitter that police officers would ticket motorists who drive faster than 5 mph on streets with standing water and that parking restrictions on neutral grounds and sidewalks had been suspended. "Residents are reminded not to block intersections or streetcar tracks. To reduce risk of street flooding, do not park in front of or on a catch basin," Cantrell said. Some streets were inundated with as much as 3 to 4 feet of water. Morgan Chesky of NBC News posted video on Twitter showing a deserted Dauphine Street completely submerged as traffic lights flashed on and off in the distance. The New Orleans Sewerage and Water Board said that all major pumps were operating and that officials had 118 out of an available 120. More than 20,000 customers around New Orleans didn't have power as of 10 a.m. local time, according to Entergy New Orleans. Some departures out of the international airport were delayed to the storms. The New Orleans Regional Transit Authority said all buses and streetcars were at a standstill. "Once the streets are clear, they will continue their routes," officials said.

https://www.accuweather.com/en/weather-news/severe-storms-trigger-flash-flood-emergency-around-new-orleans-as-much-more-rainfall-looms/70008778\

:: 6-22-19 Online Ministries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jezebel New Age Witch Madonna: ‘Jesus Would Agree’ with Women Having Abortions

June 22, 2019 by Jon Watkins

James 1:5-8 “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. 6 But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. 7 For let not that man think that he shall receive any thing of the Lord. 8 A double minded man (or confused woman in this case) is unstable in all his (Her) ways. While promoting her newly released album Madame X, Madonna veered off on several tangents about the Catholic Church and Pope Francis. After a joke from Denton about her and the pope knocking back drinks, the Material Girl singer said she wouldn’t be surprised if the opportunity presented itself. “One day he might invite me. I think this one might,” she said, before listing off what the pair would discuss. “Let’s talk about Jesus’ point of view about women,” Madonna mused about what she would talk about with the pope. “Let’s talk about it. What do you really think he thought of women? And don’t you think Jesus would agree that a woman has the right to choose what to do with her body? I think he would be open to having that conversation with me.” No, Jezebel, he did not! If Mad Madonna actually knew scripture and had read the Bible, then she would have read about the Woman caught in Adultery. 1st Corinthians 6:15-20 “Know ye not that your bodies are the members of Christ? shall I then take the members of Christ, and make them the members of an harlot? God forbid. 16 What? know ye not that he which is joined to an harlot is one body? for two, saith he, shall be one flesh.17 But he that is joined unto the Lord is one spirit. 18 Flee fornication. Every sin that a man doeth is without the body; but he that committeth fornication sinneth against his own body. 19 What? know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? 20 For ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” The conversation the LORD would have with her is the same one he had with many Harlots in the Bible! John 8:10-11 “When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman, he said unto her, Woman, where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? 11 She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.“ In 2015, Madonna said that despite being purportedly “excommunicated” by the Catholic Church on numerous occasions, the possibility of her and the pope meeting up to talk about hot-button issues wouldn’t be outside the realm of possibility. “I also feel like this new pope is kind of groovy, and I think we might be able to get together and have a chat about sex,” she said at the time. Source: Breitbart News Yea he is groovy alright. But Madonna, YOU are of the Wrong Gender to ‘chat about sex” with the pope. Perhaps if you go Tranny, then he will grant you an audience so you an he can fornicate!! Madonna: Something ‘Poetic and Sometimes Sexual’ About Jesus Hanging on the Cross Left-wing pop star Madonna claimed in an interview this week with Australian television presenter Andrew Denton that there’s something “sexual” about seeing Jesus Christ “practically naked” hanging on the cross. “There’s something really extreme and dramatic about the idea that you know, in any church you go and you see a man on a cross, practically naked, bleeding from his wounds, and everyone genuflects and prays to him,” Madonna said of Christ. “I find that so intriguing, poetic and sometimes sexual, sensual. And the idea that people are – in a way, it’s pagan because people are worshipping a thing.” Well at least the Jezebel admits the Catholicism is a Pagan Religion! The political pop star, who said in 2015 that she’d been “excommunicated by the Catholic Church a few times,” is promoting her latest album Madame X. During the wide-ranging interview, the “Rebel Heart” singer jumped to the Pope and politics and what she might discuss with the supreme pontiff. Source: Breitbart News This is really not surprising as she is a Catholic, a Kabbalist, and perhaps a Muslim! She performs Occult Rituals on Stage. For instance: Madonna’s Performance at Eurovision with Rapper Quavo was an Occult Ritual with an Ominous Warning to every Living Soul! You already read that she was a Catholic. She converted to Kabbalah which is Jewish mysticism. What is Jewish Mysticism? Kabbalah, also spelled Kaballah, Qabalah, or Cabalah, developed between the 6th and 13th centuries among the Jews in Babylonia, Italy, Provence, and Spain. The word “Kabbalah” means “to receive” and refers to revelation from God received by Jews and passed to succeeding generations through oral tradition. The word was first used by mainstream Judaism but later came to refer to those who believed that only a select few were given the secret knowledge from God as to the “true” meaning of Scriptures. Kabbalah uses occult practices and is considered to be a cult. Kabbalah closely resembles some of the beliefs held by the Greek Gnostics in that both groups believed that only a select few were given deeper understanding or knowledge. Also, Kabbalah teaches that “emanations” from God did the work of creation, denying that creation was a creative act directly from God (Genesis 1:1). With each descending emanation, the emanation became farther away from God. The final emanation took the personal form of angels. This would be like God creating a lesser god, and that one then creating a lesser god, and this kept happening until the end result was angels. This directly contradicts God’s revelation of Himself in the Bible. In the Bible, God teaches that He is both separate from all of His creation (Isaiah 55:8-9) and yet is directly accessible to those who come to Him through Jesus Christ (John 3:16). Important Ministry and Website Info! Click Here Kabbalah does hold to the inspiration of Scripture but does not seek the plain meaning of Scripture. The Kabbalah approach is mystical and very subjective, using such things as numerology to find “hidden” meaning. Through this method, almost any teaching that one desires could be “found” in Scripture. This goes against the very heart of communication. God provided Scripture that He might communicate with mankind and teach humanity about Himself. It is obvious that Scripture is meant to be taken at face value and not interpreted by some mystical means. This can be demonstrated by fulfilled prophecy. God said something would happen, and it happened as He said it would. The greatest example of this is the fulfillment of the prophecies concerning the first coming of Jesus Christ. There were hundreds of verses referring to His coming, and they were fulfilled literally (Isaiah 7:14; 9:6; Micah 5:2; Isaiah 53). This is why the Bible should be interpreted literally or normally. Kabbalah even has a pantheistic characteristic. Pantheism is the idea that God and His creation are one. This, of course, is not what God has told us in the Bible. God created all that exists from nothing (ex nihilo in the Greek) (Genesis 1:1). Kabbalah says that creation is one of God’s emanations, exhibiting the pantheistic quality of Kabbalah. Kabbalah, like all false doctrine and religions, denies the deity of Christ and the necessity of faith in Him as the only means of salvation (John 14:6). Jesus is God in the flesh, and He came to die for the sins of all who would believe in Him. If an individual trusts in Christ—that He is God (John 1:1-3) and paid for sin (Romans 8:3)—then that person is forgiven and becomes a child of God (John 1:12). Source: Got Questions It is interesting to note that Kabbalah has a similar spelling to the false moon god of Islam, Allah! Mad Madonna actually studied the Koran according to this report:

Has Madonna ditched Kabbalah for Islam? Singer reveals she is studying the Koran Daily Mail – It is almost a quarter of a century since she first sang Like A Prayer. But it seems the intervening years have done little to help Madonna decide exactly who she’s praying to. For it appears the queen of re-invention may be on the verge of one of her most startling changes yet, after she revealed she was studying the Koran. The 55-year-old was raised a Roman Catholic, but for the past 17 years she has been a devout follower of Kabbalah, a mystical offshoot of Judaism. Now the singer, whose current partner is a Muslim, has begun investigating Islam. She said: ‘I am building schools for girls in Islamic countries and studying the Koran. ‘I think it is important to study all the holy books. ‘As my friend Yaman always tells me, a good Muslim is a good Jew, and a good Jew is a good Christian, and so forth. I couldn’t agree more. Source Madonna sold her soul to Satan many years ago in exchange for stardom! She has been given over to a reprobate mind just as many other Hellywood Harlots have. Selling your Soul to Satan for Fame and Fortune has Consequences What does it mean to have a reprobate mind?  The phrase “reprobate mind” is found in Romans 1:28 in reference to those whom God has rejected as godless and wicked. They “suppress the truth by their wickedness,” and it is upon these people that the wrath of God rests (Romans 1:18). The Greek word translated “reprobate” in the New Testament is adokimos, which means literally “unapproved, that is, rejected; by implication, worthless (literally or morally).” Paul describes two men named Jannes and Jambres as those who “resist the truth: men of corrupt minds, reprobate concerning the faith” (2 Timothy 3:8). Here the reprobation is regarding the resistance to the truth because of corrupt minds. In Titus, Paul also refers to those whose works are reprobate: “They profess that they know God; but in works they deny him, being abominable, and disobedient, and unto every good work reprobate” (Titus 1:16). Therefore, the reprobate mind is one that is corrupt and worthless. As we can see in the verses above, people who are classified as having a reprobate mind have some knowledge of God and perhaps know of His commandments. However, they live impure lives and have very little desire to please God. Those who have reprobate minds live corrupt and selfish lives. Sin is justified and acceptable to them. The reprobates are those whom God has rejected and has left to their own devices. Can a Christian have a reprobate mind? Someone who has sincerely accepted Jesus Christ by faith will not have this mindset because the old person with a reprobate mind has been recreated into a new creation: “The old has passed away; behold, the new has come” (2 Corinthians 5:17). Christians are basically “new” people. We live differently and speak differently. Our world is centered on our Lord and Savior, Jesus Christ, and how we can serve Him. Also, if we are truly in the faith, we will have the Holy Spirit to help us live a God-honoring life (John 14:26). Those with reprobate minds do not have the Spirit and live only for themselves. Source: Got Questions

What is reprobation? What does it mean to be reprobate? Answer: “Reprobation” is the term used to describe those who by default are left in their fallen human nature to sin and to be eternally damned. It can be the only possible consequence if, as Scripture declares, God has foreknown and chosen others to eternal life through His only begotten Son, the Lord Jesus Christ (Ephesians 1:4-5; Romans 9:24-25). In Acts 13:48, we read, “And all who were appointed for eternal life believed.” From this, we see that the decree of reprobation is a result of unbelief or, rather, the decree of reprobation results in unbelief. Some theologians declare from Scripture that God foreknew some and reprobated others, prior to the Fall of Adam. This is called supralapsarianism, from the Latin supra meaning “above” and lapsus, meaning “fall.” Others maintain that foreknowledge and reprobation were decreed to happen as a consequence of the Fall, and this is termed “infralapsarianism.” The existence of the state of reprobation can be deduced from the Scriptures in many places, such as Proverbs 16:4 and Jeremiah 6:30, just to name two. Although it describes the fact that God has rejected some, there is a sense in which those whom He has rejected still serve His purposes, despite their willful rebellion. The best example is the raising up of Pharaoh in the book of Exodus. Here was a man who clearly refused to obey God, despite Moses’ repeated petitions to let the Israelites leave the land of Egypt. But the thing we note about Pharaoh is that, despite his willful obstinacy, God was nevertheless glorified through him. Reading Exodus 9:13-16, we note that God says He could have wiped the whole of Egypt and Pharaoh out of existence were it not for His wish to demonstrate His power and make His name known throughout the earth (Exodus 14:4,31). Clearly, God will fulfill all of His eternal purposes, both through those whom He has foreknown (Philippians 2:13) and through those whom He has rejected—the reprobate (Romans 9:22). In both cases, God will receive the highest honor and glory. Finally, the question that remains is whether we can declare anyone to be reprobate in this life. Clearly, we cannot. The doctrines of grace as purported by John Calvin are both the hub and very essence of reformed theology, but sadly some have taken them to the extreme. Hypercalvinism, for example, dares to declare that the taking of the gospel to the world is unnecessary if God has already decreed those He would or wouldn’t save. However, John 3:16 would not say “For God so loved the world that He sent His only begotten Son that whoever believes in Him should not perish but have everlasting life” if, indeed, we were privy to such secret things as those who are reprobate. Our responsibility is to preach the gospel to all men everywhere, pleading with them to be reconciled to God (2 Corinthians 5:20). Source: Got Questions

https://www.online-ministries.org/jezebel-new-age-witch-madonna-jesus-would-agree-with-women-having-abortions/ 

:: 6--19 STG Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CHRISLAM UPDATE: POPE FRANCIS CALLS FOR MAJOR THEOLOGICAL REFORMS IN CATHOLIC SCHOOLS IN ORDER TO PROMOTE ‘COMMON MISSION’ WITH ISLAM AND MUSLIMS

by Geoffrey Grinder, Now The End Begins:

The Pope is pushing for Catholic students to be taught the lie that normative Islam is a religion of peace and so, it follows that anyone who disagrees with this lie would be deemed “intolerant”, opposed to dialogue and pluralism. It is Islam that is intolerant, supremacist and resistant to diversity. If the Pope is genuine about dialogue, then he should be mutually calling for Islamic States and Islamic schools (beginning with Al Azhar University in Cairo) to establish and preach equal status to all disbelievers, for women, gays etc., and promote dialogues with unbelievers like Christians, Jews, Hindus, Buddhists etc. Pope Francis has issued a Chrislam call for reform within “the way theology is taught in Catholic schools, saying students must learn about dialogue with Judaism and Islam” and establish “the relationship between Catholics and Muslims as brothers, with a common mission to promote peace.” We have been showing you for years now how Pope Francis has been working double overtime to bring Islam and the muslims in under the umbrella of Vatican City and the Catholic Church. We showed you how back in February the pope signed a “universal declaration of brotherhood” with the grand imam Sheikh Ahmed al-Tayeb that didn’t include even a single mention of the name of Jesus Christ. We have been showing you over, and over and over again how this pope is forming an end times alliance with Islam. This article today, however, takes this effort to a whole new level. “And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived. And in her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.”  Revelation 18:4,23,24 (KJV) it will present Islam as a ‘religion of peace‘ instead of the vile and corrupt ideology that it really is It was only a matter of time before Pope Francis turned his attention to creating a new Catholic school curriculum, one that More and more, Pope Francis is looking like he truly is the prophesied False Prophet of Revelation 13, or better yet, maybe he’s the Antichrist. Whatever he is, Jorge Mario Bergoglio is a liar, a deceiver and a major end times player, and Chrislam will be his One World Religion. Pope Francis calls for theological reforms in Catholic schools to promote “common mission of peace” with Islam, we that Chrislam FROM JIHAD WATCH: Christianity already consists of the Old Testament (Judaism) and the New Testament. In the Christian tradition, the Messiah is already deemed to be Jewish “of the House of David”, so increasing dialogue with Judaism is promoting a deeper understanding of the roots of Christianity. Beyond this, increasing dialogue with any faith group is a good thing, once it is based on mutual values and truth. Islam is very different. It teaches that “the vilest of animals in Allah’s sight are those who have disbelieved” (Quran 8:55) and because of such doctrine, complete loyalty to Islam and disavowal of disbelievers is foundational. The oneness of God (Tawhid) and the supremacy of the sharia are also foundational. In Islam real Muslims must fully and completely reject disbelievers and un-Islamic practices Further, the world is divided in two in Islamic doctrine: The House of War and the House of Islam where it is the duty of Muslim believers to subjugate the House of War and wage jihad against it until it becomes the House of Islam. If such beliefs were not abundantly manifested today, there would be no problem, but a day does not go by without news of Islamic supremacist abuse and persecution, in accordance with written doctrine to subjugate and advance Islam. The Pope is pushing for Catholic students to be taught the lie that normative Islam is a religion of peace and so, it follows that anyone who disagrees with this lie would be deemed “intolerant”, opposed to dialogue and pluralism. It is Islam that is intolerant, supremacist and resistant to diversity. If the Pope is genuine about dialogue, then he should be mutually calling for Islamic States and Islamic schools (beginning with Al Azhar University in Cairo) to establish and preach equal status to all disbelievers, for women, gays etc., and promote dialogues with unbelievers like Christians, Jews, Hindus, Buddhists etc. In his promotion of Islam, the Pope has become “the Grand Sheikh Francis of Al Vatican“, and is dismissing the sufferings of persecuted Christians, victims of jihad terror and assaults. The Pope’s call for reform within “the way theology is taught in Catholic schools” is a continuation of his dogged efforts which are subjugating Christianity under Islam. His call for reform came “during a speech at the Jesuit-run theology university in Naples. It follows his outreach this year to the Muslim world with the signing of a joint statement with the imam of Cairo’s Al Azhar, the seat of Sunni learning, establishing the relationship between Catholics and Muslims as brothers, with a common mission to promote peace”, ie. so-called ‘peace’. Ahead of the Pope’s trip to Morocco in March, the Vatican media went so far as to abandon the traditional papal insignia. Vatican News explained that a new specially created symbol — a cross and a crescent — “are symbols of Christianity and Islam which highlight the interreligious relation between Christians and Muslims.” Also in preparation of this trip Pope Francis met in the Vatican with Dr. Muhammad bin Abdul Karim Al-Issa, the secretary general of the Muslim World League (MWL), a group that has been linked to the financing of jihad terror. As stated by Robert Spencer : DURING THE MEETING, AL-ISSA THANKED THE POPE FOR HIS “FAIR POSITIONS” ON WHAT HE CALLED THE “FALSE CLAIMS THAT LINK EXTREMISM AND VIOLENCE TO ISLAM.” IN OTHER WORDS, HE THANKED THE POPE FOR DISSEMBLING ABOUT THE MOTIVATING IDEOLOGY OF JIHAD TERROR, WHICH HIS GROUP HAS BEEN ACCUSED OF FINANCING, AND FOR DEFAMING OTHER RELIGIONS IN AN EFFORT TO WHITEWASH ISLAM. The Grand Imam of Cairo’s al-Azhar, Ahmed al-Tayeb, has extended his gratitude and thanked the Pope for his “defense of Islam against the accusation of violence and terrorism.” Christianity is still waiting for the Pope to defend it against widespread Islamic persecution. In direct contradiction to Pope Francis, Cardinal Robert Sarah — prefect of the Congregation for Divine Worship and the Discipline of the Sacraments–has called it “his duty” to warn fellow Christians and Europe that Islam is not benign but expansionary and threatens free societies. He stated: “As during the fall of Rome, elites are only concerned to increase the luxury of their daily life and the peoples are being anesthetized by ever more vulgar entertainment… The barbarians are already inside the city.” He was referencing to Muslim migrants who have now immigrated but not integrated into Western societies. Meanwhile, Pope Francis has heavily promoted Muslim migration, calling it unchristian to be against open-door immigration. But in Cardinal Sarah’s warning: “it is a false exegesis [interpretation of scriptural text] to use the Word of God to promote migration. God never wanted these rifts.” The Pope of Islam holds the highest office in the Catholic Church, but yet is serving as a deceived servant, a blind guide; and despite his pontificating about welcoming “the stranger” while condemning border walls, he has not yet torn down his own walls of protection at the Vatican to fully embrace and welcome in those same migrants and adherents of the ideology that he is advancing within the Church. Read More @ NowTheEndBegins.com

https://www.sgtreport.com/2019/06/chrislam-update-pope-francis-calls-for-major-theological-reforms-in-catholic-schools-in-order-to-promote-common-mission-with-islam-and-muslims/ 

:: 6-22-19 The Mercury News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Review: Google Chrome has become surveillance software. It’s time to switch.

Our latest privacy experiment found Chrome ushered more than 11,000 tracker cookies into our browser — in a single week. Here’s why Firefox is better.

By The Washington Post |

PUBLISHED: June 21, 2019 at 11:56 am | UPDATED: June 22, 2019 at 9:14 am

You open your browser to look at the web. Do you know who is looking back at you?

Over a recent week of web surfing, I peered under the hood of Google Chrome and found it brought along a few thousand friends. Shopping, news and even government sites quietly tagged my browser to let ad and data companies ride shotgun while I clicked around the web. This was made possible by the web’s biggest snoop of all: Google. Seen from the inside, its Chrome browser looks a lot like surveillance software. Lately I’ve been investigating the secret life of my data, running experiments to see what technology really is up to under the cover of privacy policies that nobody reads. It turns out, having the world’s biggest advertising company make the most-popular web browser was about as smart as letting kids run a candy shop. It made me decide to ditch Chrome for a new version of nonprofit Mozilla’s Firefox, which has default privacy protections. Switching involved less inconvenience than you might imagine. My tests of Chrome versus Firefox unearthed a personal data caper of absurd proportions. In a week of web surfing on my desktop, I discovered 11,189 requests for tracker “cookies” that Chrome would have ushered right onto my computer, but were automatically blocked by Firefox. These little files are the hooks that data firms, including Google itself, use to follow what websites you visit so they can build profiles of your interests, income and personality. Chrome welcomed trackers even at websites you’d think would be private. I watched Aetna and the Federal Student Aid website set cookies for Facebook and Google. They surreptitiously told the data giants every time I pulled up the insurance and loan service’s log-in pages. And that’s not the half of it. Look in the upper right corner of your Chrome browser. See a picture or a name in the circle? If so, you’re logged in to the browser, and Google might be tapping into your web activity to target ads. Don’t recall signing in? I didn’t, either. Chrome recently started doing that automatically when you use Gmail.

Chrome is even sneakier on your phone. If you use Android, Chrome sends Google your location every time you conduct a search. (If you turn off location sharing it still sends your coordinates out, just with less accuracy.) Firefox isn’t perfect – it still defaults searches to Google and permits some other tracking. But it doesn’t share browsing data with Mozilla, which isn’t in the data-collection business.  At a minimum, web snooping can be annoying. Cookies are how a pair of pants you look at in one site end up following you around in ads elsewhere. More fundamentally, your web history – like the color of your underpants – ain’t nobody’s business but your own. Letting anyone collect that data leaves it ripe for abuse by bullies, spies and hackers. Google’s product managers told me in an interview that Chrome prioritizes privacy choices and controls, and they’re working on new ones for cookies. But they also said they have to get the right balance with a “healthy web ecosystem” (read: ad business).

Firefox’s product managers told me they don’t see privacy as an “option” relegated to controls. They’ve launched a war on surveillance, starting this month with “enhanced tracking protection” that blocks nosy cookies by default on new Firefox installations. But to succeed, first Firefox has to convince people to care enough to overcome the inertia of switching. It’s a tale of two browsers – and the diverging interests of the companies that make them. The cookie fight A decade ago, Chrome and Firefox were taking on Microsoft’s lumbering giant Internet Explorer. The upstart Chrome solved real problems for consumers, making the web safer and faster. Today it dominates more than half the market. Lately, however, many of us have realized that our privacy is also a major concern on the web – and Chrome’s interests no longer always seem aligned with our own. That’s most visible in the fight over cookies. These code snippets can do some helpful things, like remembering the contents of your shopping cart. But now many cookies belong to data companies, which use them to tag your browser so they can follow your path like crumbs in the proverbial forest. They’re everywhere – one study found third-party tracking cookies on 92 percent of websites. The Washington Post website has about 40 tracker cookies, average for a news site, which the company said in a statement are used to deliver better-targeted ads and track ad performance. You’ll also find them on sites without ads: Both Aetna and the FSA service said the cookies on their sites help measure their own external marketing campaigns. The blame for this mess belongs to the entire advertising, publishing and tech industries. But what responsibility does a browser have in protecting us from code that isn’t doing much more than spying? In 2015, Mozilla debuted a version of Firefox that included anti-tracking tech, turned on only in its “private” browsing mode. After years of testing and tweaking, that’s what it activated this month on all websites. This isn’t about blocking ads – those still come through. Rather, Firefox is parsing cookies to decide which ones to keep for critical site functions and which ones to block for spying. Apple’s Safari browser, used on iPhones, also began applying “intelligent tracking protection” to cookies in 2017, using an algorithm to decide which ones were bad. Chrome, so far, remains open to all cookies by default. Last month, Google announced a new effort to force third-party cookies to better self-identify, and said we can expect new controls for them after it rolls out. But it wouldn’t offer a timeline or say whether it would default to stopping trackers. I’m not holding my breath. Google itself, through its Doubleclick and other ad businesses, is the No. 1 cookie maker – the Mrs. Fields of the web. It’s hard to imagine Chrome ever cutting off Google’s moneymaker. “Cookies play a role in user privacy, but a narrow focus on cookies obscures the broader privacy discussion because it’s just one way in which users can be tracked across sites,” said Ben Galbraith, Chrome’s director of product management. “This is a complex problem, and simple, blunt cookie blocking solutions force tracking into more opaque practices.” There are other tracking techniques – and the privacy arms race will get harder. But saying things are too complicated is also a way of not doing anything “Our viewpoint is to deal with the biggest problem first, but anticipate where the ecosystem will shift and work on protecting against those things as well,” said Peter Dolanjski, Firefox’s product lead. Both Google and Mozilla said they’re working on fighting “fingerprinting,” a way to sniff out other markers in your computer. Firefox is already testing its capabilities, and plans to activate them soon. Making the switch

Choosing a browser is no longer just about speed and convenience – it’s also about data defaults. It’s true that Google usually obtains consent before gathering data, and offers a lot of knobs you can adjust to opt out of tracking and targeted advertising. But its controls often feel like a shell game that results in us sharing more personal data. I felt hoodwinked when Google quietly began signing Gmail users into Chrome last fall. Google says the Chrome shift didn’t cause anybody’s browsing history to be “synced” unless they specifically opted in – but I found mine was being sent Google, and don’t recall ever asking for extra surveillance. (You can turn off the Gmail auto-login by searching “Gmail” in Chrome settings and switching off “Allow Chrome sign-in.”) After the sign-in shift, Johns Hopkins professor Matthew Green made waves in the computer science world when he blogged he was done with Chrome. “I lost faith,” he told me. “It only takes a few tiny changes to make it very privacy unfriendly.” There are ways to defang Chrome, which is much more complicated than just using “Incognito Mode.” But it’s much easier to switch to a browser not owned by an advertising company.

Like Green, I’ve chosen Firefox, which works across phones, tablets, PCs and Macs. Apple’s Safari is also a good option on Macs, iPhones and iPads, and the niche Brave browser goes even further in trying to jam the ad-tech industry. What does switching to Firefox cost you? It’s free, and downloading a different browser is much simpler than changing phones. In 2017, Mozilla launched a new version of Firefox called Quantum that made it considerably faster. In my tests, it has felt almost as fast as Chrome, though benchmark tests have found it can be slower in some contexts. Firefox says it’s better about managing memory if you use lots and lots of tabs. Switching means you’ll have to move your bookmarks, and Firefox offers tools to help. Shifting passwords is easy if you use a password manager. And most browser add-ons are available, though it’s possible you won’t find your favorite. Mozilla has challenges to overcome. Among privacy advocates, the nonprofit is known for caution. It took a year longer than Apple to make cookie blocking a default. And as a nonprofit, it earns money when people make searches in the browser and click on ads – which means its biggest source of income is Google. Mozilla’s CEO says the company is exploring new paid privacy services to diversify its income.  Its biggest risk is that Firefox might someday run out of steam in its battle with the Chrome behemoth. Even though it’s the No. 2 desktop browser, with about 10 percent of the market, major sites could decide to drop support, leaving Firefox scrambling. If you care about privacy, let’s hope for another David and Goliath outcome.

https://www.mercurynews.com/2019/06/21/google-chrome-has-become-surveillance-software-its-time-to-switch/ 

:: 6--19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Paradise Lost: Homeless in Los Angeles

224,420 views

KOMO News

Published on Jun 18, 2019

In the modern version being played out today on the streets of Los Angeles and almost every other major city in the state, tens of thousands of the homeless are desperate for shelter, services and of course, drugs. Lots and lots of drugs. Eric Johnson reports on Paradise Lost:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=104&v=9D9pZEjSxXQ 

:: 6-21-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Texas Governor Orders 1000 National Guard Troops to Border

By BOB PRICE21 Jun 2019

Texas Governor Greg Abbott ordered 1,000 National Guard Troops to the Mexican border Friday. The troops are tasked with supplemental staffing for new detention facilities being built by the Department of Homeland Security to free up Border Patrol agents. “The crisis at our southern border is unlike anything we’ve witnessed before and has put an enormous strain on the existing resources we have in place,” Governor Abbott. “With the deployment of these troops, we are taking action to confront the crisis at the border and keep potentially dangerous criminals and illegal activity out of our communities. said in a press conference in the Texas Capitol. “By working together with our federal partners, we will continue to pursue a strong and comprehensive strategy to secure our border.” During the announcement, Abbott was flanked by Lt. Governor Dan Patrick (R), Speaker of the House Dennis Bonnen (R-Angleton), and Adjutant General Major General Tracy Norris. “The massive increase in illegal immigration — on pace to exceed a million people this year— has been an emergency for months and Texas must continue to do everything we can to help secure our border, including deploying these additional troops,” Lt. Governor Patrick stated. “Texas communities along the border and throughout the state are struggling to deal with this huge increase. Our health care system and schools are stretched to the breaking point and cost increases on everything from temporary shelter and policing to street cleaning have been astronomical. Governor Abbott, Speaker Bonnen and I are agreed that we must work with our federal partners and act now.” “As a longtime advocate for border security, I support today’s announcement as yet another example of Texas stepping up and filling in the gaps where the federal government has fallen short,” Speaker Dennis Bonnen added. “I have worked with Governor Abbott, Lieutenant Governor Patrick, and lawmakers in past legislative sessions to secure our border and ensure the safety of our citizens, and will continue to support measures to do so as we call on Washington to fulfill their duty to protect our citizens.” Abbott said that in the past three weeks, U.S. Border Patrol agents apprehended more than 45,000 migrants from 52 countries who illegally crossed the border into Texas. The vast majority of these are family units and unaccompanied minors from the Central American Northern Triangle according to reports from U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Texas has provided supplemental support to border security operations for the past several years, the governor’s office stated. Under Abbott’s terms of office, the state dedicated nearly $3 billion in the effort to secure the border. Those funds have been used in the past to deploy National Guard troops, hire and deploy additional Texas Department of Public Safety troopers, and build additional support and training facilities. The governor’s office stated that Texas hired and deployed 500 DPS troopers to the border region. Bob Price serves as associate editor and senior political news contributor for the Breitbart Border team. He is an original member of the Breitbart Texas team. Follow him on Twitter @BobPriceBBTX and Facebook.

https://www.breitbart.com/border/2019/06/21/texas-governor-orders-1000-national-guard-troops-to-border/ 

:: 6-20-19 Archive today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘These People Aren’t Coming From Norway’: Refugees in a Minnesota City Face a Backlash

As more Somali refugees arrive in St. Cloud, white anti-immigration activists have pressed an increasingly explicit anti-Muslim agenda.

By Astead W. Herndon June 20, 2019

ST. CLOUD, Minn. — John Palmer, a former university professor, has always had a cause. For decades he urged Minnesota officials to face the dangers of drunken driving and embrace seatbelts. Now he has a new goal: curbing the resettlement of Somali refugees in St. Cloud, after a few thousand moved into this small city where Mr. Palmer has lived for decades. Every weekday, he sits in the same spot at Culver’s restaurant — the corner booth near the Kwik Trip — and begins his daily intake of news from xenophobic and conspiratorial sites, such as JihadWatch.org, and articles with titles like “Lifting the Veil on the ‘Islamophobia’ Hoax.” On Thursdays, Mr. Palmer hosts a group called Concerned Community Citizens, or C-Cubed, which he formed to pressure local officials over the Muslim refugees. Mr. Palmer said at a recent meeting he viewed them as innately less intelligent than the “typical” American citizen, as well as a threat. “The very word ‘Islamophobia’ is a false narrative,” Mr. Palmer, 70, said. “A phobia is an irrational fear.” Raising his voice, he added, “An irrational fear! There are many reasons we are not being irrational.” In this predominantly white region of central Minnesota, the influx of Somalis, most of whom are Muslim, has spurred the sort of demographic and cultural shifts that President Trump and right-wing conservatives have stoked fears about for years. The resettlement has divided many politically active residents of St. Cloud, with some saying they welcome the migrants.

But for others, the changes have fueled talk about “white replacement,” a racist conspiracy theory tied to the declining birthrates of white Americans that has spread in far-right circles and online chat rooms and is now surfacing in some communities. “If we start changing our way of life to accommodate where they came from, guess what happens to our country?” said Liz Baklaich, a member of C-Cubed who unsuccessfully ran for St. Cloud City Council last year. She carries an annotated Quran in her purse. “If our country becomes like Somalia, there is nowhere for us to go.” [Sign up for our politics newsletter and join the conversation around the 2020 presidential race.]  Minnesota’s biggest city, Minneapolis, has long struggled to incorporate a growing immigrant population into the city’s fabric, but the recent ascension of some former refugees into political power was taken as a sign of progress by many liberals. In central Minnesota, which is more conservative than the state’s urban centers, advocates for refugees fear that the resettlements could be met with more resistance. Dave Kleis, the mayor of St. Cloud and a longtime Republican who now identifies as an independent, has voiced support for the resettlement program, but he has also drawn criticism for not forcefully denouncing groups like C-Cubed, which he refused to discuss in an interview. Mr. Kleis said the city was facing the same challenges as other parts of Minnesota and other changing communities around the country. St. Cloud, the state’s 10th-largest city, increased in population by 33 percent over the last 30 years, to roughly 70,000 people. The share of nonwhite residents grew to 18 percent from 2 percent, mostly with East African immigrants from Somalia, Kenya and Ethiopia, and the numbers of Somalis are estimated to grow. Their increased presence — and an attack at a mall in 2016, when Dahir Adan, a Somali-American refugee living in St. Cloud, stabbed 10 people — has emboldened a loosely connected network of white, anti-immigration activists who are trying to pressure local and state Republicans to embrace an increasingly explicit anti-Muslim agenda.  Across the state, this network includes conservative radio hosts, think tanks and digital media that focus on anti-refugee news in Minnesota, as well as small community groups like C-Cubed, which repeatedly invite anti-Muslim speakers to town, leading to clashes and protests. Formed in 2017 to support more nativist candidates on the City Council, C-Cubed is a small group of only about a dozen members, but its existence has already changed the city’s political landscape.

[Michael Savage has doubts about Trump, but his conservative audience doesn’t want to hear it.]

C-Cubed supported four candidates for City Council last year, and two won seats, although Mr. Palmer himself lost. Members say they are raising questions about the state’s refugee program in order to determine its total cost. But in interviews, many repeatedly outlined more fundamental fears, including the belief that an influx of people who were nonwhite and non-Christian posed a cultural threat. Several of the group’s members and their allies said their stand against immigration was a small part of a broader national conflict, in which the rising tide of a multicultural, multiracial Democratic Party must be opposed. Kim Crockett, the vice president and general counsel of a conservative Minnesota think tank called the Center of the American Experiment, said she intended to eventually sue the state and challenge the resettlement program in court.  “I think of America, the great assimilator, as a rubber band, but with this — we’re at the breaking point,” Ms. Crockett said. “These aren’t people coming from Norway, let’s put it that way. These people are very visible.” ‘This is the Hatfields and McCoys’ Though it predates Mr. Trump, the opposition to migrant resettlement among some Minnesotans has been invigorated by the president, who has repeatedly demeaned refugees and Muslims, and who recently announced a restrictive immigration proposal that included cultural provisions such as preferential treatment for English speakers.  In St. Cloud, some opponents of the refugee program have taken the introduction of non-pork options in the local public schools as an attack on their way of life. The 2018 elections of Representative Ilhan Omar and Attorney General Keith Ellison, who are Muslim, fueled xenophobic conspiracies that Muslim residents were planning a long-term coup to institute Shariah Law. They also point to individual instances of crime by Somali-Americans as proof of an innate predisposition to violence, and ignore the repeated studies showing that there is no demonstrated link between immigrants and criminal behavior. Catholic Charities, one of the providers who led the state’s refugee program, recently announced it would no longer be participating, saying it was focusing resources on homelessness and helping at-risk children. This came after years of community pressure from conservatives — including a 2016 billboard in St. Cloud that read, “Catholic Charities Resettles Islamists: EVIL or INSANITY?” Paul Brandmire, a Republican member of the St. Cloud City Council who is skeptical about the resettlement program, said some white residents had come to see themselves in a fight for survival. The refugees are “not leaving,” Mr. Brandmire said. “They’re becoming American citizens. And they have every right to, but this is killing us,” he continued. “This is the Hatfields and McCoys.”  A 2018 poll from The Star Tribune of Minneapolis reported that almost 50 percent of Minnesota Republicans wanted the state to temporarily stop accepting refugees, and during the midterm elections the most prominent members of the state’s Republican ticket all pledged to institute a moratorium on resettlement. A New York Times poll from 2018 showed the Eighth Congressional District — in the state’s northern region — was one of the few areas where 50 percent of people said discrimination against white Americans had become as big a problem as discrimination against minority groups. Earlier this year, at a Republican town hall in nearby Anoka County, an argument erupted between some residents and Representative Tom Emmer because he had not backed a bill that would designate the Muslim Brotherhood a terrorist group. National Republicans have also pointed to Minnesota, and the two Democratic House seats that Republicans flipped there in a tough midterm election, as proof Mr. Trump’s brand of grievance politics has political potency that may be underrated in Washington. In the days before the 2016 presidential election, Mr. Trump visited Minnesota to pitch a proposal to halt all resettlement of Syrian refugees to America, in what would eventually become his travel ban to seven countries, many of them with Muslim majorities.  “Here in Minnesota you have seen firsthand the problems caused with faulty refugee vetting, with large numbers of Somali refugees coming into your state, without your knowledge, without your support or approval,” Mr. Trump said at a Minneapolis rally at the time. “You’ve suffered enough in Minnesota.” Two years ago in St. Cloud, Jeff Johnson, a city councilman, introduced a resolution that would temporarily halt refugee resettlement until a study of its economic impact was completed. The idea arose, Mr. Johnson said, after he spoke by phone with officials from the Center for Immigration Studies in Washington, an anti-immigration firm that has gained influence in the Trump era. The resolution was defeated, but its introduction caused significant uproar in St. Cloud, and pushed some residents to form or join opposing community groups. Among them was a pro-refugee organization, #UniteCloud, that has become a prominent force in trying to build relationships and a sense of community across demographics. Natalie Ringsmuth, a white St. Cloud resident who formed the #UniteCloud group, said Mr. Trump had “made people feel bold in not being ‘Minnesota nice’ anymore.” Ms. Ringsmuth runs a website that highlights positive stories about the city’s refugee community, and recently made a welcome video that asks local immigrants questions like, “What do you want people to know about Muslim women?” “Things are fraught. And they’re fraught not only in St. Cloud, but in central Minnesota,” Ms. Ringsmuth said. “What might have been talked about only in kitchen tables or small groups is now prime conversation for the public.” Bob Carrillo, a former radio host who lives in St. Michael, Minn., and has gained prominence for his anti-immigrant stance, said Mr. Trump had given voice to the concerns of “longtime Minnesotans.” At a coffee shop in St. Cloud, Mr. Carrillo also set a framed picture of his white grandchildren on the center of the table, meant to amplify the emotional impact of his xenophobic thesis: that Muslims pose an existential threat to the safety of his family.

“They’re 2 percent of the population right now, and in 5 to 10 years they’ll be at 5 percent,” Mr. Carrillo said. “At that point, we’re done for.” ‘It’s hard to be accepted for who you are’ Mr. Kleis, the city’s mayor, sees it differently. He lauded the community-building activities the region has undertaken, which includes get-to-know-your-neighbor potlucks at the local library and citywide surveys asking “Is St. Cloud a friendly community?” The local newspaper, The St. Cloud Times, ran a series of fact checks to debunk myths about refugees and immigrants. “I’d rather focus on building community than being reactionary,” he said. Jaylani Hussein, the executive director for the Council on American-Islamic Relations in Minnesota, said St. Cloud was the “epicenter” of anti-Muslim sentiment in the state. Mr. Hussein condemned people like Mr. Kleis and other members of the Republican Party, who he said had been too neutral as xenophobia festered within their ranks. “For me, the saddest part is that the majority of people in the St. Cloud region are good people who refused to step up,” Mr. Hussein said. “But it’s the fact that they don’t want to get involved and makes it seem like St. Cloud is all a bunch of people who accept this.” Ekram Elmoge, a 21-year-old who resettled in St. Cloud from Somalia about five years ago, described the city as “diversity without inclusion.” Ms. Elmoge said she had been harassed by white residents, who have yelled, “Go back to your country” and “You’re here for free money.” She is currently enrolled at St. Cloud State University, where Mr. Palmer used to be a professor.  “It’s hard to be accepted for who you are,” Ms. Elmoge said. “The people here who have accepted me have been white. But the people who have not accepted me are also white. They say ‘go back to your country’ and ‘you make St. Cloud a bad place to live.’” [Elections 2020: The place for everything related to our coverage of the presidential election.] In interviews, the C-Cubed members and allies remain undeterred, and they are setting their sights on helping Republicans make gains in the 2020 election. At one of the group’s events last year, some residents donned hats that read “Make St. Cloud Great Again” for a “Red Hat forum,” where local law enforcement officers and national anti-Muslim speakers were invited. Similar speakers have been invited to a local church, Granite City Baptist, a mostly white congregation on the city’s west side. During a meeting of about 10 C-Cubed members in April at the Faith Lutheran Church in St. Cloud, Mr. Palmer steered a free-flowing discussion that began by comparing abortion access to the Holocaust and moved on to the city’s so-called refugee problem, and what the group could do to address it. Almost all of those present voiced some support for Mr. Trump. Others said that markers of progress were more interpersonal, and they would only be comfortable in their community if the Somali-born refugees converted to Christianity. One woman, who declined to give her name after the group discussion, bemoaned the city’s so-called no-go zones, or the areas where white residents said they felt so uncomfortable with the Somali-American presence that they would not return — a shopping mall, a community housing center and Beaver Island Trail, a hiking area that borders the Mississippi River. “They were just —” she said, searching for the words to describe the offending behavior of the Somali-Americans. “They were just walking around.”

http://archive.fo/QErnG#selection-783.0-839.145 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 6-22-19 https://doomerdoug.wordpress.com/2019/06/22/armed-militia-in-oregon-rising-6-22-2019/ ::

June 22, 2019 by dmcintosh4

Armed Militia in Oregon Rising 6-22-2019

It is clear Oregon is now a one party, Marxist Democrat dictatorship. Since the Marxist Democrats now fully control both the Oregon Senate, the Oregon House, and all elected office, except the RINO we have as Secretary of State, the reign of terror is now underway. Our bi-sexual bigot of a Governor, ie the “other Brown,” has now unleashed the power of the state upon the Republican Party. It is nothing less than A MARXIST REIGN OF TERROR. As such, we should have no illusions the Marxist death squads are in the wings. Our governor is threatening to hunt down, arrest or KILL any Republican who fails to show up for a vote on “climate change.” Civil War Two has now begun in the Marxist Dictatorship called Oregon. The links are below.

https://katu.com/news/local/oregon-senate-session-canceled-after-militia-threats 

Oregon Senate session canceled after militia threat

by Steve Benham, KATU.com Staff

Friday, June 21st 2019

PORTLAND, Ore. — Senate floor sessions were planned for this weekend, but Saturday’s session was canceled after militia groups threatened to show up at the Capitol in Salem, state Sen. Elizabeth Steiner Hayward tweeted Friday evening. Oregon State Police confirmed to KATU that Saturday’s session was called off. The Associated Press reported a spokeswoman for Senate President Peter Courtney said state police recommended the Capitol be closed Saturday. For the last two days, Senate Republicans have staged a walkout in protest over a controversial cap and trade bill Democrats say is needed to curb human-caused climate change. The walkout has denied the Senate a quorum. In her tweet, Steiner Hayward, a Democrat, attached a text message informing members to stay clear of the Capitol. After media began reporting on her tweet, Steiner Hayward deleted it. But before she did, KATU News had grabbed a screen capture of it.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-06-21/come-heavily-armed-oregon-senator-threatens-violence-governor-hunts-down-lawmakers 

“Come Heavily Armed”: Oregon Senator Threatens Violence As Governor Hunts Down Lawmakers

by Tyler Durden Fri, 06/21/2019 – 22:22

A standoff between Republican and Democratic Oregon state senators escalated on Friday after Governor Kate Brown (D) authorized state police to track down Republican lawmakers who have stalled a vote on carbon credit legislation by walking out and refusing to vote. Under the proposed cap-and-trade bill, Oregon would put an overall limit on greenhouse gas emissions and auction off pollution “allowances” for each ton of carbon industries plan to emit. The legislation would lower that cap over time to encourage businesses to move away from fossil fuels: The state would reduce emissions to 45% below 1990 levels by 2035 and 80% below 1990 levels by 2050. Those opposed to the cap-and-trade plan say it would exacerbate a growing divide between the liberal, urban parts of the state and the rural areas. The plan would increase the cost of fuel, damaging small business, truckers and the logging industry, they say. –ABC13 While Oregon Democrats have a rare 18 to 12 supermajority in the House and Senate, they cannot approve the bill without at least two Republicans present. After several days of heated debate between the two sides, eleven GOP members mutually agreed to boycott the vote.

https://doomerdoug.wordpress.com/2019/06/22/armed-militia-in-oregon-rising-6-22-2019/ 

:: 6-22-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Come Heavily Armed": Oregon Senator Threatens Violence As Governor Hunts Down Lawmakers

by Tyler Durden Sat, 06/22/2019 - 19:22

A standoff between Republican and Democratic Oregon state senators escalated on Friday after Governor Kate Brown (D) authorized state police to track down Republican lawmakers who have stalled a vote on carbon credit legislation by walking out and refusing to vote. Under the proposed cap-and-trade bill, Oregon would put an overall limit on greenhouse gas emissions and auction off pollution "allowances" for each ton of carbon industries plan to emit. The legislation would lower that cap over time to encourage businesses to move away from fossil fuels: The state would reduce emissions to 45% below 1990 levels by 2035 and 80% below 1990 levels by 2050. Those opposed to the cap-and-trade plan say it would exacerbate a growing divide between the liberal, urban parts of the state and the rural areas. The plan would increase the cost of fuel, damaging small business, truckers and the logging industry, they say. -ABC13 While Oregon Democrats have a rare 18 to 12 supermajority in the House and Senate, they cannot approve the bill without at least two Republicans present. After several days of heated debate between the two sides, eleven GOP members mutually agreed to boycott the vote. "The Senate Democrats have requested the assistance of the Oregon State Police to bring back their colleagues to finish the work they committed to push forward," Brown said on Thursday, adding "As the executive of the agency, I am authorizing the State Police to fulfill the Senate Democrats’ request." (Of note, Oregon House Democrats once fled the capitol in 2001 for five days over a redistricting proposal - which Brown said at the time was "appropriate under the circumstances.)  Sen. Brian Boquist (R) didn't take too kindly to Brown's threat - telling a reporter he was prepared for a bloody standoff if state troopers show up for him. Boquist had previously told Brown that "hell is coming to visit you personally" if she went forward with the threat. "Send bachelors, and come heavily armed; I’m not going to be a political prisoner in the state of Oregon, it’s just that simple," Meanwhile, Oregon's Senate President Peter Courtney's office told ABC13 that each missing Senator was hit with a $500 fine on Friday, which would continue daily until they vote on the legislation. Republicans immediately pushed back. "We will file legal action," said Sen. Tim Knopp, a Republican from Bend who has said he has been in three states in the past three days. "If they were trying to bring us back, threatening to arrest us and impose fines isn't going to work." Senate Majority Leader Ginny Burdick said Republicans have no legal recourse as the fine is explicitly written in statute. A GoFundMe to cover the rogue lawmakers' expenses and fines raised nearly $30,000 in less than a day. State ethics laws prohibit officials from receiving gifts exceeding $50, so it's unclear whether senators could access the money. -ABC13 State police, meanwhile, will have the ability to track down senators and force them into a patrol car to return to the capitol, though the agency promises to use "polite communication" and patience throughout the process. If Boquist starts shooting, we imagine that could change rapidly.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-06-21/come-heavily-armed-oregon-senator-threatens-violence-governor-hunts-down-lawmakers 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 6-22-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Official Invokes 'Hail Satan' at Alaska Government Meeting, Prompting Walkout Satanic Temple member causes walkout at Kenai Peninsula Borough Assembly 

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 22nd June 2019 @ 1.00am

Satanic Temple member Iris Fontana caused a walkout after invoking 'Hail Satan' during a meeting

An official invoked "Hail Satan" during an Alaska government meeting, prompting a walkout from attendees. Satanic Temple member Iris Fontana caused several government officials and attendees to walk out of the meeting south of Anchorage this week by ending the opening prayer with “Hail Satan.” The Kenai Peninsula Borough Assembly’s previous policy stated that those delivering the invocation must be a member of a recognized church. The rules were changed last October, however, when Alaska's Supreme Court decided in favor of the ACLU that the policy was unconstitutional, according to Alaskan Public Media. The Kenai Peninsula Borough Assembly established the policy in 2016, but the policy has since been changed to read: "Any invocation that may be offered at the beginning of the assembly meeting shall be a voluntary offering of a private person, to and for the benefit of the assembly. An atheist and a Jewish woman were also involved in the lawsuit. “Let’s cast aside our differences, to use reason, logic, science, and compassion to create solutions for the greater good of our community,” Fontana said at the end of the invocation. “It is done. "Hail Satan. Iris Fontana is a member of the Temple of Satan The invocation also prompted an anti-Satan protest outside the building, Alaskan Public Media reported. “God will be pleased with our public prayers of reparation,” a man who flew from Pennsylvania for the event told KSRM radio. “We want God’s blessings on America, not Satan’s curses. "Lucifer is the eternal loser. "Let’s keep him out.”

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7895-official-invokes-hail-satan-at-alaska-government-meeting-prompting-walkout 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

6--19http://directorblue.blogspot.com/2019/06/what-real-free-press-looks-like-mark.html

Mark Levin Lights Up Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Like a Christmas Tree at Chernobyl

By Mark R. Levin

This Democrat Party is a horrid party. It is a party of hate. It is a party of racism. It's a party of anti-semitism. It's a party of un-Americanism, which perhaps explains why the media are attached at the hip to the Democrat Party. There is a revolution taking place. Over the years I've called it a counter-revolution to the American revolution. It's been going on for a hundred years and you're seeing its progeny right now. The Democrat Party has always been a hateful party. Slavery, segregation, Jim Crow, and now today. If you're an anti-semite, you can find a home in the Democrat Party. The Democrat Party is the modern home to anti-semitism. As I said, this party has become a poison. It's the party of the New Left and the old Reds. It's the party of socialists and Marxists and other radicals. It's the party of open borders. It's the part of criminals against cops. It's the party that seeks the evisceration of the United States military, accusing us of imperalism and colonialism. It's a hateful, vile, political party. It's too bad the Republican Party is so weak and impotent. And this party seeks to, as Obama famously put it, "fundamentally transform" this society. This is the great difference between what took place during the American Revolution versus this counter-revolution. In the American Revolution, there was no effort to fundamentally transform society, the civil society, the individual, and private property rights. They opposed a monarchy to achieve liberty. The counter-revolution seeks an iron-fisted government that imposes its will on a people that seek to be free. But it's much more clever than monarchies of past. It's got its own nomenclature and is filled with propagandists. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez is a nasty, stupid bigot. Yet the media put her on their shoulders; they promote her and celebrate her. They give her as much attention as possible. They have created her, yet she's a nobody, she's a back-bencher from a heavily Democratic district, where she won the primary by a relatively few votes in a heavily Hispanic district. She beat an old Pelosi ally, a white male, who did not choose to campaign very much. And they treat this as some great event. It's not a great event. And she's not alone. You have Omar, another anti-semite bigot. You have Tlaib, another anti-semite bigot. They all hate America, hate capitalism, they hate our history, and they hate our founding. This is the modern Democrat Party, not a whole lot different than the old Democrat Party, quite frankly. Along the way, destroying our culture, destroying our traditions, destroying our customs, with all kinds of freakish, radical ideas like infanticide, open borders, bathrooms for any gender, and so on. Now you and I are supposed to sit here and make some fine distinction between concentration camps and death camps in order to defend Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, a buffoon who makes outrageous statements and is defended by low-lifes like Chris Hayes at MSNBC, among others. Comparing the United States to the Third Reich. Comparing the President to Hitler. Comparing our humane treatment of hundreds of thousands who are pouring over our borders with nowhere to put them, overwhelming our health services and law enforcement. These are people rushing into our country. Were there a lot of people rushing into the Third Reich? I seem to recall that they were forcibly brought into the Third Reich for the purpose of extinction. I am so sick and tired of what passes for legitimate public discussion in this country. If we had a real, serious media it would be Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez who would be condemned, day after day. Not Donald Trump. Now here's what she said on Instagram Live last night (and notice how the critics always go after Trump's tweeting -- "why does he tweet so much?" -- but when's the last time they told AOC to get the hell off of Instagram? Never! They'll defend whatever comes out of her big mouth and mashed-potato brain). The United States is running concentration camps on our southern border... We are not running "concentration camps" on our southern border. Anywhere. This kind of garbage used to be rejected as the insane ramblings of the kooks in our society. We are not running "concentration camps" on any border in any part of the United States, you damn fool. The United States is running concentration camps on our southern border... You really have to be beyond moronic, with an incredible hatred for this country, to make these kinds of statements. People are pouring into this country from Africa, from Asia, from south of the border, because they want to be in concentration camps. This woman should be expelled from the House of Representatives as should so many of the others. She's a member of the House who votes on laws, on budgets, and she's a blithering idiot. I don't blame her for not coming on any of my shows, because blithering idiots don't do well on my shows. ...and if that doesn't bother you -- I don't -- I don't -- I'm like -- believe whatever, I want to talk to the people who are concerned enough that we should say we are not -- never again. Those two words -- "never again" -- are words spoken about the Holocaust. Never again, about the extermination of Jews in Europe. Never again. And she uses that phrase and applies it to our own country. Where we are feeding people coming into this country illegally, we're changing babies' diapers, we're giving them medical treatment, we're giving them an education and we are overwhelmed on our borders, a situation created by the likes of Alexandra Ocasio-Cortez and Nancy Pelosi and the Democrat Party that apparently thinks this is swell. These are the same Democrats and media that critiqued Trump for calling certain countries s***-holes --- "no they're not, that's racist!". But these people are escaping these s***-holes, these countries. Why do you think people are trying to come into this country? They're not escaping paradise or Nirvana. That's how they view us. Yet look at this. I just wish that we could swap Alexandra Ocasio-Cortez for one of these poor people who would like to come into this country. These Democrats have nothing but hate for this country. And let me tell you something: when they hate our country, they're talking about you. You are the country. They're talking about we the people. And "concentration camps". The facts that concentration camps are now an institutionalized practice in America. "[C]oncentration camps are now an institutionalized practice in America"? Did you know this? What's happening to our country, right in front of our eyes? There are men and women who have fought for this country, and died for this country, all the men and women in uniform right now in one s***hole country after another, defending the United States. All the men and women in the Border Patrol and ICE and others who are trying to secure this country. Putting their lives on the line every single day to protect us in the interior of our country. This clown was a bartender and manages to get elected to the House of Representatives in an 80 percent Democrat district who's done nothing to contribute to this society, not a damn thing. She hasn't created wealth, she hasn't protected anyone, she's done absolutely nothing. And for her to sit in front of her damn Instagram and spew out and burp up her idiocy -- to treat America this way -- is contemptible. Contemptible. This is... disturbing. And we need to do something about it. This week children were moved to the same internment camps that Japanese-Americans were held. There are no "internment camps" now. But that would be the old New Deal, not the Green New Deal. That would be the Democrat hero Franklin Delano Roosevelt.  I just hope the American people are listening to this. I really do.  Read more at MarkLevinShow.com.

http://directorblue.blogspot.com/2019/06/what-real-free-press-looks-like-mark.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.     

[ 4-9-17 am service  (third word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::    ::]

etc. For it is that time and it is that hour, the clock cannot be stopped, the clock cannot be turned back, man has made their own minds up, they have made decisions and have not counseled with me, your Father God, therefore I cannot hold things back any longer.  For they go their own way, etc.

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 6-21-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With Russia's Most Modern Warship Now In The Caribbean Sea And The Middle East Heating Up To A Fever Pitch, Vladimir Putin Hints One Wrong Move And The End Is Nigh

- The Admiral Gorshkov Is Capable Of Firing Long Range Attack Missiles Into The Heart Of America

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 21, 2019

With President Trump warning that 'Iran has made a very big mistake' following Iran admitting to shooting down a US drone, hinting to Americans that we'd soon find out if military action will be taken against them, Russian's President Vladimir Putin has himself warned warned that war would have 'catastrophic consequences', something that every American now reading this should think about, especially with Russia's most modern warships and their escorts now having entered the Caribbean Sea as this June 18th story over at The Drive had reported. With this new story over at the National Sentinel that Whatfinger News linked to Thursday reporting that the world may be heading towards conflict within the next 10 days with Senator Lindsey Graham urging President Trump to take out Iran's Navy or bomb their oil refineries if there are any more attacks upon American interests, also claiming his 'red line' is any more disruptions of the shipping lanes in the vital Strait of Hormuz, Iran warns they are ready for war despite claiming they had no intentions of war with any particular country. Yet while President Trump hinted of restraint, claiming that the drone shooting down could have been "a mistake by someone who shouldn't have been doing what they were doing", he also hinted at possible military repercussions that, should the very worst case scenarios unfold, could potentially lead to World War 3 with Vladimir Putin warning at the very least, war would be a catastrophe for the Middle East. But might they also lead to WW3? As we see within this story at the Drive, Russia may already be prepositioning their Naval forces. From the Drive.: One of Russia's newest warships, the first-in-class Project 22350 frigate Admiral Gorshkov, is sailing in the Caribbean and may be headed toward Cuba.  "It is assumed that in June the ship will carry out tasks in the Caribbean for some time," an unnamed "informed source" told Russian media outlet Interfax, according to a story on June 18, 2019. "It is expected that he [Admiral Gorshkov] will go to one of the ports of Cuba. The Admiral Gorshkov, which only entered service in July 2018, is one of the most advanced ships in the Russian Navy and a stop in Venezuela would be sure to turn heads, especially in the United States. Among its other features, the ship is one of the first to carry the Poliment-Redut air defense system, which consists of the Poliment phased array radar and the Redut surface-to-air missile system, a navalized derivative of the ground-based S-350. This system only completed state trials weeks before the frigate left on its worldwide cruise. The frigate also has 16 vertical launch cells capable of accommodating the Kalibr land-attack cruise missile. Kalibr is a combat-proven weapon, which gives the ship a real long-range land attack capability. The vertical launch system array can also fire the Oniks supersonic anti-ship cruise missile. There are plans to integrate the hypersonic Zircon anti-ship missile onto the ships in the future. The ship also has some of the most modern sensors, including additional surface search and fire control radars beyond Poliment phased array, anywhere in the Russian Navy, as well as relatively new electronic warfare suite. But if Admiral Gorshkov, and the rest of its flotilla, go straight to Cuba and makes no other stops in the region, its presence is still unlikely to go unnoticed by the U.S. government. It is the latest example of a larger trend on the part of the Kremlin to reinvigorate its relationship with the regime in Havana and ensure it has a firm base of operations in the United States' backyard. Yet how could a deadly Russian warship like that in the Caribbean Sea 'go unnoticed' by the US government when Vladmir Putin is warning of a potential global castastrophe ahead? The first two videos at the bottom of this story both take a look at the capabilities of the Admiral Gorshkov. And 'how prepared' is Iran for war as they now say they are? (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) As we had reported just days ago in our story titled "Massive Misdirection Now Ongoing On Iran: Experts Warn Iran Has Probably Had Nukes For Well Over 10 Years And Barack Obama Was 'Woefully Deceived' (Or 'Part Of The Plan'!)", anybody who thinks that Iran doesn't already have nukes hasn't been paying attention. As we had reported within that story, according to two US Congressmen, Iran may have already had nukes secretly for over 20 years, and had already likely tested their nukes in their northwestern hills. From that story.: So, is Iran already armed with nuclear weapons at a time when war looks to be on the table should those who've long been pushing for war with Iran and against America's best interests get their way? This excerpt from this story from NTI from all the way back in April of 1998 reported that according to two US Congressmen, Iran already had nukes, way back then! The Jerusalem Post reported on 16 April 1998 that two US Congressmen say they believe reports published in the paper on 9 and 10 April 1998 that Iran has acquired nuclear weapons from the former Soviet republic of Kazakhstan. The opinions of the congressmen contradict the views of the US State Department and Defense Department, which have dismissed the reports. Representative Jim Saxton (R-NJ), chariman of the House Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare, told the Jerusalem Post 'I believe that Iran already has nuclear weapons and that our policy should reflect that.' Representative Bill McCollum (R-FL), also a member of the task force, said that evidence collected by the group 'indicates Iran possesses nuclear capability.' He added that 'for years, we have received reliable information that Iran has been obtaining nuclear weapons's parts and supplies from the former Soviet republics in Central Asia. Not only have we not dismissed these reports, but over these six years there has been a growing volume of supporting evidence.' The article also cited Israeli MP Rafi Ekul as saying that 'several leading members of the US military have believed that Iran managed to smuggle in several nuclear devices.' McCollum said that Iran's attempts to acquire ballistic missiles and its strategic command and control exercises also indicated that it possesses nuclear weapons. He concluded: 'Therefore I believe that prudence dictates that US policy toward Tehran must be based on the fact that Iran has already crossed the nuclear threshold.' And as we asked within that June 17th story, why would anyone WANT the US to get into a war with an already nuclear armed Iran? While the report that Iran already had nuclear weapons was denied by the Department of Defense and the US State Department, with President Trump possibly now considering military action against Iran, we can't help but keep coming back to this April of 2018 story over at the Washington Free Beacon within which they reported upon another reason that war against Iran should be avoided at all costs; Iranian-backed sleeper cells have long been 'hibernating' in America, positioned to attack. As we had also reported on ANP back on June 14th, according to testimony given before US Congress, Iran has long had sleeper cells hidden and embedded within communities across America. Living totally under the radar, those experts had warned that should war break out, they'd be unleashed to launch large scale terror attacks across the country. According to one expert who we had quoted within that June 14th story, such a situation could quickly put an end to our ability to move about freely in America, potentially even for years after a war had ended. First, from the Washington Free Beacon.: Iranian-backed militants are operating across the United States mostly unfettered, raising concerns in Congress and among regional experts that these "sleeper cell" agents are poised to launch a large-scale attack on the American homeland, according to testimony before lawmakers. Iranian agents tied to the terror group Hezbollah have already been discovered in the United States plotting attacks, giving rise to fears that Tehran could order a strike inside America should tensions between the Trump administration and Islamic Republic reach a boiling point. Intelligence officials and former White House officials confirmed to Congress on Tuesday that such an attack is not only plausible, but relatively easy for Iran to carry out at a time when the Trump administration is considering abandoning the landmark nuclear deal and reapplying sanctions on Tehran. And as we had reported on ANP back on May 12th, those same experts who testified to Congress warned that the Iranian terror network using Hezbollah cells could use Latin American countries as a launching pad to carry out attacks against the US, giving President Trump another reason to get that wall built as soon as possible though if war begins within the next 10 days, it'll be far too late. From Al Arabiya.: In Latin America, Hezbollah cells are openly active, which also means that Iran may take Latin America as an advanced launching pad for attacks on US territory or on Washington’s interests in the region when it wants, especially after threats by Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah to target the United States. Intelligence officials and former White House officials have warned Congress that Iran could be planning to launch attacks against the United States. “The answer is absolutely. We do face a threat,” said Emanuele Ottolenghi, a senior fellow at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies who spoke at a hearing of the House Homeland Security Committee’s subcommittee on counterterrorism and intelligence. “Their networks are present in the United States.” “Iran’s proxy terror networks in Latin America are run by Tehran’s wholly owned Lebanese franchise Hezbollah,” he said, the Washington Free Beacon reported. “Their presence in Latin America must be viewed as a forward operating base against America’s interest in the region and the homeland itself.” Ottolenghi said the sleeper agents enter America by posing as immigrants who develop legitimate businesses that are a front for their other activities. Finally, we'll republish these words of warning from a former high ranking US Air Force strategist who now lives in the Middle East and who warned of the kind of pain that will likely come to America should war with Iran break out. Via widespread terrorist attacks upon either soft targets such as malls in America or amusement parks, we also can't forget the very real possibility that other potential targets of sleeper cells could be our infrastructure, with the worst potential outcome being a series of co-ordinated attacks upon the electrical grid that could knock out the power nationwide or to large regions. Any conflict would spill over onto the streets of mainland USA with multiple terror attacks. He added: “Iran will undoubtedly use terrorism to strike the US if push came to shove. “It’s easy to be brave NOW, but the US isn’t under attack. If a real war happened, we would have MULTIPLE Shiite attacks on targets like Times Square, Mall of the Americas, Disneyland…. You get the idea. So does Iran. So does Hezbollah." And then their source alluded to something that most Americans would call an absolute nightmare. “These attacks may take place YEARS after the war… literally. Kiss your freedom of movement goodbye, for YEARS." “I’m not sure any American would say that is a good trade-off.” And should any potential Middle East war escalate to a very real global war against Russia, we cannot forget these incredibly important words of warning from Dr. Peter Vincent Pry who back on March 14th of 2018 wrote this story on ANP titled "Expert Warns: 'MAD Is No Longer Mutual' - Thanks To 8 Years Of Barack Obama, America Is Now Unilaterally Vulnerable To Nuclear Destruction" within which Dr. Pry had warned that the US had fallen woefully behind Russia in the most deadly kind of new nuclear weapons, hypersonic nuclear missiles, which even a US General and a Republican United States Senator have admitted we have no way of stopping. So with a nuclear World War 3 potentially now on the line with Russia should the very worst case scenarios come to pass, and that war being a war that we probably cannot win, any wrong moves in the Middle East that gets the US into a war with Iran that leads to global war with Russia could immediately bring about 'the end' with the Russian President also warning just days ago of the 'fiery serpent of nuclear war' potentially ushering in 'end times'. So we're thankful that President Trump called off a planned attack against Iran after the drone was shot down and is allegedly seeking a meeting with the leaders of Iran. Let's put an end to this madness before this madness puts an end to all of us.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Iran_Heats_Up_Putin_Warns_End_Is_Nigh.php 

:: 6--19 Voat :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BETRAYED! ATTACK TARGET LIST SENT TO IRAN BEFORE US STRIKE; ABORTED (GreatAwakening)

submitted 2 days ago by german_bro

The United States planned a military strike against Iran over its downing of a US Drone yesterday, but the attack had to be called-off because an American target list was forwarded to the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corp as the US operation got underway. US Intelligence determined that a security breach had taken place and our pilots would be flying into a death trap had the operation been allowed to proceed. As US fighter and/or Bomber aircraft were to take off for targets involving Iran, US intelligence intercepted "a communication" - they won't say whether it was a phone call, FAX, e-mail, or radio transmission - with a VERSION of the finalized target list that American forces were ordered to destroy. The version Iran received was not the finalized list, but instead was one of the lists mulled-over prior to the final decision. Some of the targets on the list sent to Iran WERE on the final target selection list. Upon receipt of the target list, US satellite assets watching Iran detected hasty moving of anti-aircraft and surface-to-air missile assets toward the targets to defend them. It quickly became clear to US intelligence that American pilots could be flying to their deaths if the attack was allowed to proceed. President Trump was advised of this development and he allegedly ordered the mission ABORTED. Very few people had direct access to those target selection lists and the release of a quasi-accurate list has sparked a ferocious military and law enforcement investigation into the leak.  "We know who had access to the particular list of targets that was sent to Iran and the investigation will move very swiftly to deal with those people" said one senior official. "As we proceed from this point, the leakers will be totally isolated from future target deliberations." he continued. The remarks by this senior official seem to indicate the leak may not have come from inside the USA, but rather from an ally nation, who had been made privy to US thinking prior to the attack order being given. https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/betrayed-attack-target-list-sent-to-iran-before-us-strike-aborted 

https://www.voat.co/v/GreatAwakening/3292304  

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think,

:: 6-21-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Crazy June weather: It’s snowing in Montana and British Columbia the day before summer!

By Strange Sounds - Jun 21, 2019

Winter intruded into Montana on the day before summer as nowfall was reported in the Bozeman area Thursday, the last day of spring. Watch the video to see this crazy Montana weather: Meanwhile, Spring snow hit Okanagan Connector for second day on June 20, 2019. For the second day in a row, late spring snow has hit the Okanagan Connector between Aspen Grove and Brenda Mines. Shortly after 3 p.m. Thursday, Environment Canada posted to Twitter saying there was a “cool airmass” bringing snow to the area. “Showers/flurries will end this evening,” the tweet added. On Wednesday, Environment Canada issued a special weather statement for the area saying there was “unseasonable snowfall.” The special weather statement ended that afternoon and another has not been issued since.

Snow in June… That’s pretty crazy for Montana and BC!

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/snow-montana-british-columbia-summer-video.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 6-21-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another powerful M6.2 earthquake hits off New Zealand

By Strange Sounds - Jun 21, 2019

A few days after a series of large earthquakes hit northeast Kermanec Islands off New Zealand, another strong M6.2 quake rattled the same area on June 21, 2019.

No tsunami warnings and dangers. The area was struck on June 15-16, 2019 by 3 strong earthquakes with magnitudes of 6.1, 7.2 and 6.3, respectively. This part of the Ring of Fire is currently very active. Fear is raising in New Zealand after a leading expert has warned a deadly underground volcanic eruption could strike urban Auckland at any moment causing torrents of lava to flow through the streets. Time will tell… But be prepared!

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/new-zealand-earthquake-june212019-map.html 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

:: 6-22-19 Light Has Come :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

6 Quakes Hit Cascadia Subduction Zone Off Oregon; “The Big One” Coming? (Hal Turner Reports)

By MsSophie | June 22, 2019 | Nation News Desk 22 June 2019 Hits: 8043

UNPRECEDENTED! 6 Quakes Hit Cascadia Subduction Zone off Oregon; “The Big One” Coming?

Since 8:43 AM eastern US time Saturday, (90 minutes ago) SIX earthquakes have struck in the dangerous Cascadia Subduction Zone (CSZ) off the coast of Oregon, and THREE of those quakes were higher than Magnitude 5.0. “The Big One” might be coming soon! According to the US Geological Survey, the quake swarm began around 8:43 AM eastern time today, and the size of the quakes is significant:

4.7

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 13:40:13 (UTC)

10.0 km

4.2

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 13:37:31 (UTC)

10.0 km

4.2

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 13:16:10 (UTC)

10.0 km

5.4

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 13:00:17 (UTC)

10.0 km

5.4

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 12:52:04 (UTC)

10.0 km

5.0

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 12:43:42 (UTC)

This earthquake fault system is considered to be “the most dangerous in the world” because its location and the type of earthquakes this system can create, in relation to its location near heavily populated areas, means it can generate devastating earthquakes which could kill tens of thousands and destroy entire cities. Making the system even worse is its location in the ocean. A Mega-Thrust earthquake from this system (the type of quake that subduction zones typically cause) would generate a TSUNAMI WAVE that would move at 600 MPH into the US West Coast, obliterating almost everything west if Interstate 5. The Scientific Model in the video below tells the tale. A Mega-Thrust earthquake from this very system, would generate HORRIFIC Tsunamis that would not only wipe out much of the US (and Canadian) west coast, but would hit every other coastline in the Pacific Ocean hours later. The damage and death toll would be unimaginable! This quake swarm – at these magnitudes – is unprecedented. Folks on the US West Coast must be vigilant and prepared.

https://lighthascome.com/2019/06/22/6-quakes-hit-cascadia-subduction-zone-off-oregon-the-big-one-coming-hal-turner-reports/

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 6-22-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Inside Iran’s deadly armory and its capabilities to fight the US

By Hollie McKay | Fox News

Trump confirms he called off retaliatory attack against Iran '10 minutes' before strike

The president says he called off the attack because the number of expected casualties was not 'proportionate' to what Tehran did; Benjamin Hall reports. In the hours after Iran is said to have downed a $125 million U.S. surveillance drone over international waters with a surface-to-air missile, despite Tehran’s vehement denials, President Trump gave the green light to retaliatory military strikes before later ordering a halt amid the alarming spike in tensions. The inflammatory incident – which comes on the heels of escalating rhetoric between Washington and Tehran and other apparent sabotage vessel attacks – has many U.S. lawmakers and officials still fearing that some form of a military confrontation may be inevitable. But just how capable is Iran when it comes to fighting back and what lurks inside the country's shadowy arms arsenal and how is the Iranian military structured?

“Iran has two military institutions. First is the Artesh, or the regular armed forces – Army, Navy, Air – and then there's the Revolutionary Guard or IRGC with its own separate chain of command and force structure. Most of the subterfuge and malicious activities in the Middle East that can be attributed to Iranian actors is the work of the IRGC,” Miguel Miranda, an expert analyst in military technology in Asia, told Fox News. “Now Iran has a colorful arsenal and much of it is obviously dated but still functional. Old CH-47 Chinook helicopters and M60 Patton tanks immediately come to mind – this is what the Artesh are stuck with.” THE MASTER BEHIND THE MASK: WHO IS IRAN’S MOST FEARED AND POWERFUL MILITARY COMMANDER? But, he cautioned, since the 1990’s Iran's state-owned military-industrial sector has made steady progress in four particular areas and is now a “regional leader” alongside Israel and Turkey when it comes to unmanned systems, small arms and light weapons, artillery, and ballistic missiles and other guided munitions. “Iran has demonstrated it can launch dozens of road-mobile short-range ballistic missiles at targets beyond its borders. Recent innovations include a cruise missile likely patterned on a Soviet design with a range exceeding 1200 miles,” Miranda continued. “Iran’s missile technology and ability to manufacture these is far more advanced than any Arab state. Iran can mass produce short, medium, and long-range anti-aircraft missiles based on-reversed engineered Chinese, Russian and U.S. models.” While Iran has been a party to the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT) for almost four decades, it is not a member of the Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR) nor The Hague Code of Conduct against Ballistic Missile Proliferation. Since the 1979 revolution and imposition of hefty western sanctions, coupled with the devastating 1980’s war with bordering Iraq, Iran has been battling a feeble economy and tight restrictions when it comes to easily advancing its weapons cache the way most others in the region have been able to do. Thus, much of the Iranian depository is said to be locally made, with abundant government funding to spend on everything from importing tools and parts to developing factories – with a little help from the outside. According to John Wood, analyst and author of “Russia, the Asymmetric Threat to the United States,” Iran acquires majority of its equipment and expertise from Russia and China, along with “acquiring technology through the black market, especially from Eastern Europe and North Korea, as well as through clandestine operations in Western Europe.” While the UN conventional arms embargo has somewhat helped limit what Iran can access abroad through official channels, it expires in October 2020 – rendering an open question as to whether Iran can then purchase more state-of-the-art weaponry from a broader array of players. Miranda underscored that Iranian drones are “another success story” and they boast having all types from handheld prop-driven spy planes to long-endurance models that carry bombs on their wings to the notorious Saeqeh that comes with a “jet-powered UAV able to launch munitions.” And then there is a covert action routinely employed to mimic the inventions of its enemies – in particular, Miranda surmised, is that the losses of U.S drones throughout the protracted war in Afghanistan have aided Iran in the way of acquiring the damaged models and enable them to analyze them for reverse engineering. “Iran will use militias, cells, and spies, in Shia communities throughout the region to conduct sabotage, especially of the energy complex, kidnapping of Westerners and attacks on the US and its allies,” Wood told Fox News, via email. “Over the decades, Iran has developed an extensive and robust military-industrial complex – they also have chemical and biological weapons.” Yet the breadth and condition of its chemical and biological capabilities – despite having ratified the Biological and Toxin Weapons Convention (BTWC) in 1973 – is not completely clear. Moreover, Jonathan Ruhe, associate director of the Jewish Institute for National Security of America’s (JINSA) Gemunder Center for Defense & Strategy, concurred that while Iran lacks the modernity of neighboring countries, it has sought not to match its stockpile with big players like the United States, but has instead become particularly skilled at “using basic capabilities in sophisticated ways to target U.S. and allies’ vulnerabilities, like overwhelming naval and air defenses with lots of attack craft, missiles and drones.” “Ironically as we’re seeing now, as we saw in the 1980s, Iran’s use of simple naval mines in vital shipping lanes can do a lot in terms of escalating tension with the United States,” he explained. “Decades of sanctions have forced Iran to develop a sizable domestic arms industry. These are not latest-generation capabilities, and they wouldn’t defeat the U.S. in a major head-on conflict. But they are good enough, and Iran has enough of them to make it difficult for the U.S. and allied forces.” Last year, Trump controversially pulled out of the 2015 nuclear agreement with Iran, re-imposing grueling economic sanctions and applying what experts have coined a “maximum pressure” campaign on Tehran’s regime. GET THE FOX NEWS APP Meanwhile, Iran has for weeks warned it will ignite a treacherous chapter in its dispute with the West next week, threatening to dump aspects of the fragile nuclear deal and resume stockpiling unless European signatories to the deal can get around the crippling U.S. sanctions. “Iran has significant manpower and a network of proxies and partners around the region that could be activated to deter direct attacks on Iranian soil,” added Ali Vaez, Director of the Iran Project, via email. “It would be a mistake to think that an escalation between Iran and the U.S. will be a quick, cheap or easy military operation. It could well lead to a major confrontation involving major losses in blood and treasure on both sides, and even a wider regional war involving their respective allies.”

https://www.foxnews.com/tech/inside-irans-deadly-armory 

:: 6-18-19 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anne Graham Lotz recalls supernatural 'miracle' that took place at funeral of father Billy Graham

By Leah MarieAnn Klett, Christian Post Reporter

Evangelist Anne Graham Lotz has said a “miracle” took place when the Holy Spirit “supernaturally equipped” her to deliver a powerful message at the funeral of her iconic evangelist father, Billy Graham, in March of 2018. On Father’s Day, Lotz, founder of AnGeL Ministries and the third daughter of Graham, wrote on her blog that one of her “recurring nightmares is to find myself on a stage with people looking at me, yet I have no prepared message to give.” “As my father became older and more feeble, I was advised to prepare well in advance for any remarks I might be asked to give at his service,” she recalled. “Yet as hard as I tried, I could not come up with anything beforehand. I trusted that God would give me what He wanted me to say, if and when the time came.” Billy Graham passed away on February 21, 2018 and his death set in motion an entire series of events that ran almost 24-7 until his funeral service on March 2 in Charlotte, North Carolina. Lotz said she, along with her siblings, had agreed to speak at their father’s funeral — but “in the days that followed, I literally had no time at all to prepare.” One hour before the service began, Lotz admitted she terrified to speak, knowing the audience would include the president of the United States and his wife, the vice-president and his wife, the governor of our state, senators, congressmen, and “just about every well-known leader in the evangelical world.” “Yet I had nothing prepared to say! So I put my head down on a table, closed my eyes, and thought I would pass out. I couldn’t even pray. It was as though my reoccurring nightmare had become a reality,” she wrote. But as she walked up to the podium to speak, a “miracle occurred.”

“When I stood at the podium, all the fear, dizziness, and grief fell away,” the evangelist wrote. “What was left was a clarity of thought and a prophetic message that I knew, even as I heard my own words pouring forth, was a manifestation of the Spirit of God who is Jesus in me.” “I knew, and am still convinced today, that it was the Spirit’s supernatural equipping of God’s feeble child for that moment,” she declared. “I believe my father was honored, Jesus was exalted, and God was glorified as His Word went forth to the entire world through television, livestream, and social media.” Lotz concluded: "And if God could do that for me, He can do it for you, too ...Tell others that they have a Heavenly Father who loves them. Who sent His own Son to die to take away their sin and guilt. And that if they place their faith in Him, they would be forgiven, reconciled to the Father, and receive eternal life. Just do it! Scared!" At her father’s funeral, Lotz urged the Church, the world, and herself to "wake up!" She said that like a modern-day Moses, Billy Graham brought liberation to people through the Gospel and she believed his death on Feb. 21 at the age of 99 "is a shot across the bow from Heaven." "My father also is a great liberator. He brought millions of people out of bondage to sin and it gets us to the edge of Heaven, edge of the Promised Land, and then God has called him home. And could it be that God is going to bring Joshua to lead us into the Promised Land to lead us to heaven?" Lotz asked. "And do you know what the New Testament name is for Joshua? It's Jesus. And I believe this is a shot across the bow from Heaven. And I believe God is saying, 'Wake up Church! Wake up world! Wake up Anne! Jesus is coming. Jesus is coming,'" she said, pledging to preach God's Word for the rest of her life. Billy Graham was buried at the Billy Graham Library Prayer Garden next to his wife, Ruth, located at the Billy Graham Evangelistic Association in Charlotte.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/anne-graham-lotz-recalls-supernatural-miracle-that-took-place-at-funeral-of-father-billy-graham.html 

:: 6-22-19 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran renews threats against US as tensions escalate

By Mary Kay Linge June 22, 2019 | 10:54am

Iran has renewed its threats against the United States on Saturday, saying that it will not permit its borders to be violated. “Iran will firmly confront any aggression or threat by America,” said Iranian foreign ministry spokesman Abbas Mousavi, according to the semi-official Tasnim news agency. The statement came after President Trump launched, then halted, a military strike against Iran on Thursday. He clarified on Friday that he never gave final approval for the attack. On Thursday night, the US deployed cyber warfare against Iran, according to Yahoo News. The digital response reportedly targeted an Iran-based spy group that was involved in last week’s mine attacks on cargo ships.

Tensions have risen sharply in the region in recent weeks. The USS Abraham Lincoln aircraft carrier strike group has been deployed to the Gulf, and about 1,000 American troops are expected to be stationed in Qatar in the coming days. Meanwhile, US-imposed sanctions have constrained Iran’s economy.

https://nypost.com/2019/06/22/iran-renews-threats-against-us-as-tensions-escalate/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 6-22-19 TownHall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why California Pastors Must Stand Up to Government Tyranny

Michael Brown Posted: Jun 21, 2019 2:41 PM

In the latest and most egregious example of attempted government overreach, California legislators have proposed a bill that would dictate what pastors preach from the pulpit. Specifically, “Assembly Concurrent Resolution 99 calls on ‘counselors, pastors, religious workers, educators’ and institutions with ‘great moral influence’ to stop perpetuating the idea that something is wrong with LGBT identities or sexual behavior. ACR 99 also condemns attempts to change unwanted same-sex attraction or gender confusion as ‘unethical,’ ‘harmful,’ and leading to high rates of suicide.” Put another way, these legislators are telling pastors and spiritual leaders to throw out the Bible, disregard the Lord’s will, ignore the testimony of thousands of ex-gays, and conform to extreme political correctness – or else.

This is one of the most frontal attacks on our religious freedoms in memory (or, perhaps, in our nation’s history) and nothing less than that ancient spirit of Jezebel trying to silence God’s messengers through fear and intimidation. There is one way to respond to such spiritual and legal attacks: First, stand up against the bill in order to expose its bias and bigotry; and second, if the bill should actually pass (which might be a longshot even in California), defy it. View CartoonIn the year 123 A.D., the Roman government launched a severe crackdown against the Jews, culminating in 134 A.D., when all Jewish practices were forbidden, including circumcision, Torah study, and Sabbath observance. How did the rabbis respond? One of the noted leaders, Rabbi Hananiah ben Teradyon conducted public Torah classes, paying for it with his life. But this was no emotional, spur of the moment decision. There was a rationale behind his actions, traceable back to Rabbi Akiva, the greatest rabbinic sage of that day (but not a believer in Jesus), also martyred for his allegiance to Torah. The Talmud relates: “Once the wicked Roman government issued a decree forbidding the Jews to study and practice the Torah. Pappus ben Judah came by and, upon finding Rabbi Akiva publicly holding sessions in which he occupied himself with Torah, Pappus asked him: Akiva, are you not afraid of the government?

https://townhall.com/columnists/michaelbrown/2019/06/21/why-california-pastors-must-stand-up-to-government-tyranny-n2548765 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 6-16-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats Have Ensured God's Judgement Upon Our Country With Their Push To Turn America Into The Modern Day Sodom And Gomorrah

- World’s Leading Gay Biblical Theologian Defends Pete Buttigieg!

By Don Boys, Ph.D. - All News Pipeline June 16, 2019

Radical homosexuals, with missionary zeal, declare that David and Jonathan were lovers but the LGBTQ crowd must twist the Bible and common sense like a pretzel to spin their myth and excuse their foul practices. Homosexuals hope they can spin it enough to send one of their own to the White House but if Pete and Mrs. Pete make it to the White House, they are almost inviting God’s judgment on America.  Surely, sane, sensible, and sober Americans would not send a sodomite to the White House. I received a missive from a man who claimed to be “World’s Leading Gay BIBLICAL Theologian Who is Gay.” This was his reaction to my article titled, “Pete, Since You Brought it Up, How Gay Are You?” The “gay” theologian declared that David and Jonathan’s “first Gay marriage in the Bible is the MOST DOCUMENTED MARRIAGE and BEST DOCUMENTED MARRIAGE in the entire Bible.” Homosexuals do much yelling but he’s dreaming, disingenuous, or delusional. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) In his first 10 lines, he managed to misspell Jonathan’s name twice. However, I am not concerned with his ignorance (or carelessness) or even his arrogance but his blasphemous, dishonest, and reckless treatment of the Bible. This dude is really ripe. He wipes the purple Kool Aid from his lips and asserts, “I especially like I Samuel 18:4 where Jonathon (sic) takes off all his clothes and shows David his naked genitals.” But, of course, the Bible does not say anything similar to that. It is a perversion of Scripture. That perversion is reflected by homosexuals in all areas—they pervert history, sex, the Bible, and common sense. Anything to justify their chosen, wicked lifestyle. My critic declares that this is the first “gay” marriage in the Bible and is “the most documented marriage and best documented marriage in the entire Bible, including the heterosexual ones.” He thinks that his hyperbole will impress me and hopes to appear almost normal by making the Bible say something it does not say. There was no marriage, no sex; only a brotherhood covenant between two friends. In I Samuel 18:4, Jonathan took off his outer garments and gave them to David along with his sword, girdle, and bow continuing a very ancient practice. For sure, he did not expose his naked body to David. David, having married Jonathan’s sister, had developed a relationship with him that was closer than a brother. This is shocking when you realize that Jonathan was the heir to the throne and David was a young, poorly dressed, awkward shepherd who was a rival to that throne. Yet, it was a friendship that grew so much that Jonathan loved him as his own soul. Jonathan was fearful that his mentally disturbed father might actually take the life of David.

Jonathan removed his robe and put it on David so that David was now clothed in princely attire instead of his rough, country attire. Such covenants of brotherhood were frequent in the East and were confirmed in the presence of witnesses that the persons covenanting would be sworn brothers for life.

Match Exact Phrase

Wednesday, June 19, 2019 [All News] [News] [Alt News]

Please Visit Whatfinger News - Conservative Frontpage founded by veterans.

"The Best Mix Of Hard-Hitting REAL News & Cutting-Edge Alternative News On The Web"

June 16, 2019

Democrats Have Ensured God's Judgment Upon Our Country With Their Push To Turn America Into The Modern Day Sodom And Gomorrah

- World’s Leading Gay Biblical Theologian Defends Pete Buttigieg!

By Don Boys, Ph.D. - All News Pipeline

Radical homosexuals, with missionary zeal, declare that David and Jonathan were lovers but the LGBTQ crowd must twist the Bible and common sense like a pretzel to spin their myth and excuse their foul practices. Homosexuals hope they can spin it enough to send one of their own to the White House but if Pete and Mrs. Pete make it to the White House, they are almost inviting God’s judgment on America.  Surely, sane, sensible, and sober Americans would not send a sodomite to the White House. I received a missive from a man who claimed to be “World’s Leading Gay BIBLICAL Theologian Who is Gay.” This was his reaction to my article titled, “Pete, Since You Brought it Up, How Gay Are You?” The “gay” theologian declared that David and Jonathan’s “first Gay marriage in the Bible is the MOST DOCUMENTED MARRIAGE and BEST DOCUMENTED MARRIAGE in the entire Bible.” Homosexuals do much yelling but he’s dreaming, disingenuous, or delusional.

(If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) In his first 10 lines, he managed to misspell Jonathan’s name twice. However, I am not concerned with his ignorance (or carelessness) or even his arrogance but his blasphemous, dishonest, and reckless treatment of the Bible. This dude is really ripe. He wipes the purple Kool Aid from his lips and asserts, “I especially like I Samuel 18:4 where Jonathon (sic) takes off all his clothes and shows David his naked genitals.” But, of course, the Bible does not say anything similar to that. It is a perversion of Scripture. That perversion is reflected by homosexuals in all areas—they pervert history, sex, the Bible, and common sense. Anything to justify their chosen, wicked lifestyle. My critic declares that this is the first “gay” marriage in the Bible and is “the most documented marriage and best documented marriage in the entire Bible, including the heterosexual ones.” He thinks that his hyperbole will impress me and hopes to appear almost normal by making the Bible say something it does not say. There was no marriage, no sex; only a brotherhood covenant between two friends. In I Samuel 18:4, Jonathan took off his outer garments and gave them to David along with his sword, girdle, and bow continuing a very ancient practice. For sure, he did not expose his naked body to David. David, having married Jonathan’s sister, had developed a relationship with him that was closer than a brother. This is shocking when you realize that Jonathan was the heir to the throne and David was a young, poorly dressed, awkward shepherd who was a rival to that throne. Yet, it was a friendship that grew so much that Jonathan loved him as his own soul. Jonathan was fearful that his mentally disturbed father might actually take the life of David. Jonathan removed his robe and put it on David so that David was now clothed in princely attire instead of his rough, country attire. Such covenants of brotherhood were frequent in the East and were confirmed in the presence of witnesses that the persons covenanting would be sworn brothers for life. For an ordinary person to receive any part of the dress which had been worn by a sovereign, or his eldest son was deemed the highest honor which could be conferred on a citizen. The girdle, being connected with the sword and the bow, was considered as being part of the military dress, and great value was attached to it in the East. Jonathan was recognizing David as a dear friend and a military hero. After all, he had recently killed a giant that no one else was willing to attempt. If anyone in Israel had reason to dislike David, it was Jonathan. David was not trained for a royal court. He pitched aside his common staff and sling replacing them with Jonathan’s sword and bow. David was now ready for any court appearance and for any battle.

This giving of apparel by an authority is revealed in Esther 6:8, “Let the royal apparel be brought which the king useth to wear, and the horse that the king rideth upon, and the crown royal which is set upon his head.” Another biblical example is seen in Genesis 41:42 when Pharaoh removed his ring and put it on the finger of Joseph after Pharaoh had placed him over all the land of Egypt. The giving of clothes and military equipment was practiced in the days of Homer and the Trojan wars. This was done to confer dignity and distinction to a deserving person. Homer revealed this practice, among other examples, when Ulysses received a gift of the armor from Meriones. Obviously, sex was not involved in the ancient practice of covenant friendship by the giving of personal items as a token of brotherhood. David and Jonathan were not homosexuals. Obviously, homosexuals are not good Bible expositors—not even the “world’s leading ‘gay’ biblical theologian who is ‘gay’.” I wonder if our “leading ‘gay’ theologian” knows the meaning of superfluous. How about redundant? Surely he is familiar with unnecessary. Another reason David and Jonathan were not homosexuals is because the Bible condemned David's adultery with Bathsheba, so it would surely not be silent about sodomy. But there is no condemnation of David’s homosexuality because he was not a homosexual. You may remember that David was attracted to women especially Bathsheba. Moreover, he had seven wives plus concubines according to I Chronicles 3. David was not sexually attracted to men; however, God never approved of his multiple wives and concubines or of perversion between two men or two women. In fact, God showed hot anger at perversion as per the case of Sodom and Gomorrah. I remind my readers that the parties have stopped in Sodom. Sooner or later, they all end. God’s clear plan for the human race is for a man to have one wife and treat her like a queen for a lifetime. The “gay” clown posing as a Bible scholar even says King Saul accused Jonathan of “being gay and having sex with David in I Samuel 20:30-32. And Jonathan doesn’t deny it.” All right, I’ll admit that Jonathan did not deny it but he didn’t deny it because Saul never accused him of it. There was a very important annual family dinner that David missed causing a fuss at the royal table between Saul and Jonathan. Saul tried to kill his son and Jonathan left in a huff without eating. But it had nothing to do with sex. Have you noticed that with homosexuals everything has to do with sex? But it gets worse because the “World’s Leading Gay Biblical theologian Who is Gay” further wrote, “David and Jonathan laid in the field having sex until David climaxed.” He made that up out of I Samuel 20:41 which does not mention sex. National events were moving fast and King Saul was often mentally unstable and had tried to kill both his son and David. Soon, Israel would be humiliated and defeated in battle and Saul, Jonathan, and his brothers would be dead on the slopes of Mount Gilboa. Both David and Jonathan knew events were moving toward a showdown and they wept and kissed each other before they separated. The text says that David “exceeded” not “climaxed.” David was more emotional than Jonathan knowing that Jonathan would soon be dead. David knew he was about to lose his dearest friend and wept bitter tears more profusely than Jonathan. It was a climax but not a sexual climax. The only acceptable, appropriate, and approved sex in the Bible is between a married man and woman. All other sex is evil. Homosexuals, peddling their hokum like the world’s leading “gay” theologian, are trying to use darkness to extinguish the light but it won’t work—light expels darkness. That goes for Pete as well.

(Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for eight years and authored 18 books. His eBook Martin Luther King, Jr.: Judged by His Character, Not His Color! can be viewed and purchased here. Follow Dr. Boys on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D. and TheGodHaters, Twitter, and visit his blog.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/Dems_Invite_Gods_Judgement_On_America.php 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

:: 6--19 news.com.au :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kmart blames ban on Christian words on ‘system error’

A Christian was outraged by an “error” on photos he printed in Kmart for his church group. Now a Sunrise host has angrily weighed in. A Kmart photo kiosk ban on the words “God”, “church”, “Jesus”, “Jewish” and “bible” has been blamed on a software issue, but not everybody is buying it. A quirk in the system emerged when shoppers tried to add captions to their photographs on Tuesday. Shoppers Anthony Dorsett and his wife Marelynda were stopped from captioning photographs with the words “church” and “Jesus”, the Daily Telegraph reported. An investigation that followed revealed a perceived bias. Words like “Islam”, “Allah” and “Koran” were all permissible. Kmart responded to the story by denying the ban was intentional. A spokeswoman said it was a “system error and it will be updated overnight”. “It in no way reflects our views as a business,” she said. “At Kmart, we support diversity and inclusiveness irrespective of race, religion, age, gender, ethnicity, ability, appearance or attitude and we want our teams and stores to reflect the communities in which we operate.” But Sunrise host Sam Armytage called that excuse “rubbish” and her guest, social commentator Jane Caro, said Kmart should apologise. “They just need to say ‘Wow, stupid, sorry. We’ve fixed it. We didn’t mean to give anybody offence’.” Sky News panellist Daisy Cousens took it a step further, calling it a “huge double standard”. “Fair dinkum. What do you say to that? It’s like something out of a kind of South Park parody of social justice,” she said. “It’s like it’s a joke. Sure, they’ve blamed it on a software error but isn’t that what you blame everything on when something goes wrong that’s somewhat controversial? This is just unbelievable. It’s such a huge double standard.” Mr Dowsett told The Daily Telegraph he was trying to print photographs for his church group. He said his wife was “offended” and she “thought it was disgusting”. “She is not a snowflake or anything, she doesn’t get offended by much but this offended her,” he said.

https://www.news.com.au/finance/business/retail/kmart-blames-ban-on-christian-words-on-system-error/news-story/84f22c818e4b32dd6f4423faee6a692a 

:: 6--19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The future of men and marriage is bleak

Via The Washington Times

With Father’s Day upon us, the time has come to address as a nation what Heather Mac Donald noted earlier this year is “the greatest social catastrophe of our time”: fatherlessness. Fatherlessness is the No. 1 cause of nearly all social ills we face. We can’t afford to ignore it any longer. To be clear, father absence is the more accurate term, since fatherlessness implies that men have become “deadbeat dads” — nothing could be further from the truth. Sure, this faction exists, as do “deadbeat moms.” But the two most significant threats to a father’s presence in the home are divorce and out-of-wedlock births. It’s the breakdown of marriage, in other words, or the collapse of the family, that results in father-absent homes. Whether you feel its pain directly or not, it affects you. “Families are the building blocks of civilization,” writes Genevieve Wood at the Daily Signal. “They are personal relationships, but they greatly shape and serve the public good. Family breakdown harms society as a whole.” Indeed it does. And how, exactly, did the family fall apart? When we stopped valuing men and marriage. There was a time, believe it or not, when marriage was highly valued. Ergo, the majority of Americans married. They even looked forward to it! It was an honorable mark of adulthood to leave one’s family of origin and build a family of one’s own. Then came feminism. “And with it,” notes Dennis Prager in his “Fireside Chat” on marriage and children vs. career, “the notion that ‘a woman without a man is like a fish without a bicycle.'” This mantra was glamorized (though not coined) by Gloria Steinem in the 1970s and was quickly inculcated both in Prager’s generation and those that followed. Prager rightly defines America’s new narrative, which is directed specifically to women: “You don’t need a man; you need a career. Then you’ll be happy.” Since this narrative first took hold, America has undergone a sea change with respect to men and marriage. Marriage began to be viewed not as a given but as a possible accompaniment to a woman’s otherwise more important and exciting independent life — and men went along for the ride. What choice did they have? Then, sometime later, America upped the ante with a full-scale war on men and, more recently, with an attack on men’s very nature. Everybody Is Addicted. Men and boys have heard this message loud and clear, and as a result have stepped back or stopped trying. Boys are failing to grow up and make something of themselves because they lack fathers who can help them do just that. They lack fathers because America has made it clear that men are superfluous and even dangerous to women and children. As a result, half of America’s citizens have been marginalized, as evidenced by the meteoric rise of Jordan Peterson, who never set out to become a voice for men but inadvertently kicked over a hornet’s nest. The sheer number of males who cling to Peterson’s words of hope is staggering. He has become a lifeline to a lost generation of men. That’s really what we’re up against this Father’s Day: a lost generation of men. But it will be our loss in the end. We can’t afford for men to retreat any further than they have. The nuclear family is the foundation of America’s greatness; and a dearth of productive men invariably means, as Tucker Carlson noted in January, the subsequent disintegration of marriage. These two cannot be separated. Women don’t want to marry unemployed men or men who have no purpose. But women do want children and will go to great lengths to have them in unconventional ways. Thus, children (boys especially, since girls will still have their mothers) will remain fatherless, and the cycle will continue.

It is time for people to say “Enough!” We cannot survive as a nation without strong and competent men raising strong and competent boys who become the kind of men that women want to marry. We know those in power will do nothing about it; they’ve already proven it in spades. “The elites are absolutely unwilling to send the message that fathers are as important to their children as mothers,” Mac Donald told Carlson. “Their tongues are tied — they refuse to say it. It’s one of those truths that’s being completely denied by elite culture. Why? Because it violates the feminist nostrum that women can do it all.” And there it is. It has been 50 years since feminists first began to make the claim that women don’t need men, and by every statistical measure we are worse off because of it. How much longer are we willing to stay silent?

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/06/16/the-future-of-men-and-marriage-is-bleak/ 

:: 6-17-19 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bitcoin Tops $9,000 as Crypto Rally Trounces Stocks, Bonds, Gold and Oil

Escalating U.S.-China trade tensions and Facebook’s plan to launch digital coin propel gains

By Steven Russolillo Updated June 17, 2019 10:57 pm ET

The price of bitcoin rose above $9,000, extending a rebound that has made cryptocurrencies far outperform traditional asset classes this year. Bitcoin on Monday reached $9,396.33, a 13-month high, according to CoinDesk, a research site. While stocks, bonds, gold and oil are all up this year, bitcoin’s rally trounces them all. Prices for bitcoin and rival digital currencies collapsed last year. Investors cite more institutional support for cryptocurrencies, escalating U.S.-China trade turmoil and Facebook Inc.’s planned digital coin as catalysts for the latest move higher. Facebook has signed up more than a dozen companies including Visa Inc., Mastercard Inc., PayPal Holdings Inc. and Uber Technologies Inc. to back its cryptocurrency, The Wall Street Journal reported last week. A digital coin, Libra, is set to launch next year. Though bitcoin and the underlying blockchain technology are rarely used for payments, Facebook is betting that its giant social network with billions of users will gravitate toward its crypto-based payments system. Investors, for their part, say a company of Facebook’s stature using a cryptocurrency gives the industry wider appeal. “When big, important companies get involved, crypto enters the zeitgeist in a different way,” said Rayne Steinberg, chief executive and co-founder at Arca, an asset-management firm that invests in digital currencies. He said the U.S.-China trade tensions have been a positive catalyst for bitcoin. The cryptocurrency was formed about a decade ago as a decentralized, autonomous network that isn’t controlled by any individual, company or government. That decentralized aspect has made it particularly attractive to some investors who have grown disenchanted with the world’s two largest economies engaging in a bitter trade dispute.

“In this digital world where you have an unseizable, unmanipulatable, uninflatable asset that acts as a store of value, there is going to be a demand for that,” Mr. Steinberg said. Crypto on TopBitcoin's performance this year has exceeded that of other more traditionalinvestments, such as U.S. shares or major commodities. Additionally, bitcoin has separated itself from most other asset classes on a performance basis. The S&P 500 is up 15% this year, U.S. crude-oil futures have gained nearly 15% and gold futures are up about 5%. Bitcoin has more than doubled, although it is well below its all-time high near $20,000. Hacks, scams and fraud remain key concerns. But there are bright spots. In a research report earlier this month, Anthony Pompliano, a founding partner at asset-management firm Morgan Creek Digital, said bitcoin was acting as a hedge against global instability and moving differently compared with other asset classes. SFOX, an institutional crypto prime dealer, found that there was “a near perfect negative correlation” between the S&P 500 and bitcoin in May after China announced plans to raise tariffs on $60 billion of U.S. goods. “This is the core argument for why institutional investors should have exposure to the cryptocurrency,” Mr. Pompliano said. Write to Steven Russolillo at steven.russolillo@wsj.com

Appeared in the June 18, 2019, print edition as 'Bitcoin Exceeds $9,000 as Support Broadens.'

https://www.wsj.com/articles/bitcoin-tops-9-000-as-crypto-rally-trounces-stocks-bonds-gold-and-oil-11560765681 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 6-16-19 The Ecomonic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“It’s A Disaster Like I’ve Never Seen Before”: 2019 Could Be The Worst Year EVER For U.S. Corn Farmers

June 16, 2019 by Michael Snyder

The amount of corn produced in the United States this year is going to be way below expectations. The Department of Agriculture just slashed its harvest estimates quite dramatically in its June report, but some farmers in the Midwest believe that those reduced projections are still way too optimistic. As I have previously detailed, millions upon millions of acres will go unplanted this year, but that is only part of the story. Much of the corn that has actually been planted is coming up very slowly due to the exceedingly poor conditions, and corn farmers all over the Midwest are reporting that their plants look absolutely terrible. If we get picture perfect weather between now and harvest time, this will simply be a terrible year. But if severe heat and/or an early frost hits the Midwest, this could very easily be the worst year that we have ever seen for corn farmers in the United States. The other day, Illinois farmer James McCune gathered a large number of his fellow corn farmers for a “Prevent Plant Party”, and the mainstream media showed up to cover it. The following is from CNBC’s coverage of the event… James McCune, a farmer from Mineral, Illinois, was unable to plant 85% of his intended corn acres and wanted to commiserate with his fellow farmers by hosting the “Prevent Plant Party” at The Happy Spot. He invited them to swap stories while tucking in to fried chicken and a keg of beer in Deer Grove, a village of about 50 people located 120 miles west of Chicago. “Everybody’s so down in the dumps,” McCune said. In addition, McCune told Fox Business that this year is “a disaster like I’ve never seen before”, and he said that some of his neighbors got even less corn planted than he did… “It’s a disaster like I’ve never seen before,” McCune told FOX Business. “My neighbors didn’t get 90 percent of their corn planted.” After non-stop rain plagued the region this spring – when corn farmers typically get seed in the ground – most have decided time is now too short and are choosing not to plant. As bad as things are in Illinois right now, the truth is that some neighboring states are in even worse shape. According to the latest Department of Agriculture report, 73 percent of the cornfields in Illinois have been planted, but in Indiana that figure is sitting at just 67 percent and in Ohio only 50 percent of the fields have been planted. 50 percent. That is an unmitigated disaster, because the time for planting corn has now passed. Needless to say, the farmers that were not able to plant crops have been absolutely flooding their insurance companies with claims. Just check out this quote… “We get pockets of claims every year,” said Luke Sandrock of the Cornerstone Agency insurance company. “We have 1-2 percent of our clients (who typically file). This year, it’s over 90 percent, and so we’ve just never dealt with it on this size of a scale before.” But it is imperative to remember that even if farmers were able to get their fields planted, that does not mean that everything is going to be okay. In fact, corn farmers all over the Midwest are deeply distressed by what is emerging from the ground. In his entire farming career, James McCune has never seen anything like this… A smartphone could fit in the space between James McCune’s index finger and thumb as the Illinois farmer describes the height of crops stunted by incessant rain and unseasonably cool weather. “Corn’s not supposed to be this tall” in mid-June, McCune, who can trace his family’s farm roots as far back as 1857, said. “It’s supposed to be this tall,” as he gestures just below his waist. And farmer Rob Sharkey used the word “ugly” to describe the condition of the corn on his farm… “We planted some stuff that was not pretty,” said corn farmer Rob Sharkey. “But I didn’t have a choice. We did not get conditions that were right for planting, so we went when we could. It’s ugly.” We’ll see what happens, but right now we are facing an unprecedented nightmare in the heartland of America. It is exceedingly difficult to grow corn in soil that is absolutely saturated with water. Some farmers are saying that it is literally going to take “years” to recover from this disaster, and many will never be able to go back to farming again because they have been financially ruined. Of course there are many farmers that are doing their very best to soldier on, but it is tough. Illinois farmer Mike Thacker was able to get 60 percent of his fields planted, but at this point he is not happy with a single field… Mike Thacker, a farmer in Walnut, Illinois, planted about 1,600 acres of corn, or 60% of what he planned. He is reluctant to plant more because yields typically decline the later a crop is planted. Thacker said corn that has started emerging from the ground is shorter than normal. He was not happy with even one field. “It makes you feel terrible,” Thacker said at the party. But like I said earlier, if the weather is ideal between now and harvest time, 2019 will just be a terrible year. However, a major heat wave this summer would be absolutely catastrophic, and if there is an early frost it “will turn this world upside down”… Farmers think more cuts are likely as the late-planted crop could face damage from hot summer weather and an autumn frost. “An early frost will turn this world upside down,” Rock Katschnig, a farmer from Prophetstown, Illinois, said at the party. So much of the corn that has been planted is way, way behind schedule, and so many Midwest farmers will push things for as long as possible when we get to harvest time. But an early snap of cold weather could ruin those plans. In any event, in the short-term U.S. consumers are going to be facing significantly higher prices at the grocery store. Beyond that, we could potentially be facing the sorts of scenarios that most people don’t like to think about. For the moment, more rain continues to hammer the middle of the country. In fact, there was more flash flooding in the Midwest on Saturday… The combination of two different frontal boundaries caused severe weather and flash flooding in parts of the Plains and Midwest on Saturday. There were over 130 reports of severe weather, including 17 reported tornadoes and numerous reports of straight-line winds of 70 to 80 mph across parts of Texas and Oklahoma. Sadly, even more “heavy rain” is on the way, and some areas could see over 4 inches of precipitation early in the week… Heavy rain is expected through Tuesday from Texas to Pennsylvania, with locally over 4 inches of rain expected and flash flooding in spots — especially parts of hard-hit Oklahoma and Arkansas. I have been repeatedly writing about this crisis for the last couple of months, and now the mainstream media is finally starting to grasp the true gravity of this disaster. In all of U.S. history we have never witnessed anything like this ever before. We have seen endless rain and catastrophic flooding month after month so far in 2019, and the middle of the country is still getting pummeled at this moment. Nobody knows exactly what the weather will look like during the critical summer months, but I have a feeling that the end result of this crisis will be far worse than any of the “experts” were anticipating. About the author:

Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/its-a-disaster-like-ive-never-seen-before-2019-could-be-the-worst-year-ever-for-u-s-corn-farmers

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 12-31-17/1-1-18 New Year’s Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see more miracles in two thousand eighteen than you have ever seen in your life ever.  You may have heard of miracles, but you are going hear of more miracles more signs more wonders, you are going to see as they try to shoot down your satellites that are up there, you are going to see as they try to knock out your electrical grids, etc.

:: 6-17-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Prepare For BLACKOUT! World’s Most MURDEROUS MALWARE Runs 20+ Probes On U.S. Sites As Argentina Goes DARK!

By Justus Knight on June 17, 2019

Please watch the video below for the full story!

For those of you that saw the headlines over the weekend concerning the blackouts in Argentina and Uruguay you understand the magnitude and devastation a blackout can cause. There are accidents, there are failures and then there are malicious attacks. What just happened to the U.S.’s power grid was no accident. Over 20+ probes / scans have been detected. Is someone testing the weakness in our grid? What are they preparing for? More important, what should you be prepared for?! Here is the information on what we know about the attacker and where they originate from.

DON’T FORGET TO ASSURE THE BELL IS CHECKED SO YOU ALERTED TO MY NEW BROADCASTS!!

As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless,    Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/06/17/prepare-for-blackout-worlds-most-murderous-malware-runs-20-probes-on-u-s-sites-as-argentina-goes-dark/ 

:: 6-17-19 Bloomberg News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cyberattacks Make Smart Grids Look Pretty Dumb

An outage in South America is a reminder that connected devices can become easy entry points for hackers.

By David Fickling June 17, 2019, 4:26 AM EDT

Imagine if your thermostat led to a region-wide power blackout. It’s a scenario that’s looking increasingly plausible. Argentina isn’t ruling out a cyberattack as the possible cause for the mass outage that affected millions of people in five South American countries over the weekend. Even if that incident turns out to have a more innocent explanation, the U.S. government is stepping up digital incursions into Russia’s power grid, the New York Times reported Saturday, citing unnamed officials.  The growing threat from hacking is somewhat inevitable given the way our power systems are changing. Electricity networks are traditionally highly centralized, with limited ability to monitor and control supply and demand in real time, leaving grid operators dependent on forecasting unusual consumption spikes to prevent the system from falling over. The spread of smart metering and automated control systems has changed that landscape, with more than 10% of global grid investments – equivalent to some $30 billion a year – now dedicated to digital network infrastructure. The grids of the near future are likely to be increasingly decentralized: Owners of domestic refrigerators, air conditioners and industrial facilities will be compensated for switching off to smooth out demand peaks; home, vehicle, and utility-scale batteries will buy cheap electrons and charge up in times of excess generation. Grid and Bear It More than $130 billion has been spent on smart-grid technologies worldwide over the past five years The problem here is the vast amount of infrastructure needed to support such a setup. Any smart electrical grid needs a parallel telecommunications network to collect and harness the volumes of data it will generate, and that makes every connected thermostat or smart refrigerator a potential entry point for cyber intruders. About 588 million smart meters will be installed worldwide by 2022, according to a report last year by GlobalData UK Ltd., a consultancy. Once you include other connected devices and grid operators’ own control systems, that’s only the tip of the iceberg. Stuxnet, the worm that crippled Iran’s nuclear enrichment facilities in 2010, appears to have been initially spread via an infected USB drive smuggled into one of the plants and plugged into a computer. Danger Zone Identified cyber vulnerabilities in industrial-control systems have spiked in recent years Faced with that ever-growing and diversifying list of weak spots, industrial companies are only slowly waking up to the scale of the risk. Overall, about a third of businesses surveyed by Kaspersky Labs Ltd. had suffered at least one cybersecurity incident during 2018, but less than a quarter are compliant with regulations and guidance on preventing intrusions.

The good news is that the telecommunications and computing sector has been dealing with the same risks for a generation. If industrial and electrical systems can get their cybersecurity up to the standards of the technology sector, they stand a good chance of mostly keeping one step ahead of the hackers. Peripheral networks, for instance, provide a reasonably tried-and-tested method of quarantining vital internal networks from more vulnerable external ones, and are widespread in industrial control systems. The decentralization that smart grids enable could also make them more robust, allowing infected nodes to be isolated while the wider network keeps running or breaks up into smaller micro-grids. The bad news is that this might not be enough. For one thing, malicious hacks of electrical grids are far more likely to emerge from sophisticated state actors, who are better at covering their tracks and lying low for years until launching an attack. For another, the cost of leaving a door open could be far greater. A hack of an internet company or credit-card database will compromise personal information, but – as a 2015 attack on Ukraine’s power grid demonstrated – electricity network intrusions could leave hundreds of thousands without power for hours, or longer. Our lives are dependent on such utility systems operating in the background, cleanly and without incident. The outage in South America is a reminder of our vulnerability in a more uncertain world. This column does not necessarily reflect the opinion of the editorial board or Bloomberg LP and its owners. To contact the author of this story: David Fickling at dfickling@bloomberg.net

To contact the editor responsible for this story: Rachel Rosenthal at rrosenthal21@bloomberg.net

https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2019-06-17/argentina-blaming-hackers-for-outage-makes-smart-grids-look-dumb 

:: 6-18-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alaskan Super Wave - Mega Tsunami - BBC

Published on Aug 18, 2008 8,147,635 views BBC Studios

Two survivors of a Mega Tsunami tell their stories of the day the 1/2km high wave hit Lituya Bay.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yN6EgMMrhdI 

:: 6-16-19 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earth Is Moving Toward The Same Meteor Swarm That Scientists Believe Caused The Tunguska Explosion Of 1908

June 16, 2019 by Michael Snyder

Over the next several weeks, our planet will have a close encounter with the Taurid meteor swarm. It will be the closest that we have been to the center of the meteor swarm since 1975, and we won’t have an encounter this close again until 2032. So for astronomers, this is a really big deal. And hopefully there will be no danger to Earth during this pass, but some scientists are absolutely convinced that the Tunguska explosion of 1908 which flattened 80 million trees in Russia was caused by an object from the Taurid meteor swarm. As you will see below, the last week of June will mark the point when we are the closest to the center of the meteor swarm, and so that will be when the risk is the greatest. According to CBS News, our planet “will approach within 30,000,000 km of the center of the Taurid swarm” by the end of this month… This summer, Earth will approach within 30,000,000 km of the center of the Taurid swarm, the study says. That would be Earth’s closest encounter with the swarm since 1975 and the best viewing opportunity we’ll have until the early 2030s. 30 million kilometers may sound like a great distance, but in astronomical terms that is not very far at all, and it is important to remember that distance is measured from the exact center of the meteor swarm. And there are some scientists that are convinced that giant rocks from this meteor swarm have been responsible for multiple “once-per-1,000-years catastrophic events on Earth” in the past. The following comes from Forbes… The remnants of a comet. As Earth orbits the Sun, its orbital path often goes through dust and debris left by comets, with matter no bigger than a grain of sand busting into Earth’s atmosphere and burning up as “shooting stars”. Mostly, they’re harmless, but the Taurid swam is an exceptionally large cloud of debris, probably from Comet 2P/Encke, that scientists think may be responsible for some once-per-1,000-years catastrophic events on Earth. The Taurid complex-giant comet hypothesis proposes that a giant comet fragmented in the inner solar system, producing dust and small Near-Earth Objects (NEOs), including 2P/Encke and other asteroids, still present today. Among the observational evidence is increased “fireball” shooting star activity when Earth gets close to the “Taurid Swarm”, and increased impacts on the Moon. In particular, it is now widely believed that the enormous object that exploded over Russia on June 30th, 1908 was from the Taurid meteor swarm. If you are not familiar with the Tunguska event, here is some excellent information about it from Wikipedia… Early estimates of the energy of the air burst range from 10–15 megatons of TNT (42–63 petajoules) to 30 megatons of TNT (130 PJ),[7] depending on the exact height of burst estimated when the scaling-laws from the effects of nuclear weapons are employed.[7][8] However, modern supercomputer calculations that include the effect of the object’s momentum find that more of the energy was focused downward than would be the case from a nuclear explosion and estimate that the airburst had an energy range from 3 to 5 megatons of TNT (13 to 21 PJ).[8] The 15-megaton (Mt) estimate represents an energy about 1,000 times greater than that of the atomic bomb dropped on Hiroshima, Japan—roughly equal to that of the United States’ Castle Bravo (15.2 Mt) ground-based thermonuclear detonation on 1 March 1954, and about one-third that of the Soviet Union‘s Tsar Bomba explosion on 30 October 1961 (which, at 50 Mt, is the largest nuclear weapon ever detonated).[9]

It is estimated that the Tunguska explosion knocked down some 80 million trees over an area of 2,150 km2 (830 sq mi), and that the shock wave from the blast would have measured 5.0 on the Richter magnitude scale. It is interesting to note that the Tunguska event happened during the last week of June in 1908, and right now researchers are telling us that the last week of June this year “will be the next occasion with a high probability for Tunguska-like collisions or near-misses”… Researchers from the Universities of New Mexico and Western Ontario warn we could be in for a similarly catastrophic event. “If the Tunguska object was a member of a Beta Taurid stream, then the last week in June 2019 will be the next occasion with a high probability for Tunguska-like collisions or near-misses,” the researchers wrote in a recent paper. Of course nobody is saying that something will happen during that time. It is simply a time when there is a heightened risk, and we should all be hoping that absolutely nothing happens. However, we should not completely dismiss this threat either. A couple of years ago, scientists discovered a “new branch” of the meteor swarm that contains “asteroids up to 1,000 feet wide”… Scientists have discovered a new branch of the Taurids meteor stream that could pose a major risk to Earth, with asteroids up to 1,000 feet wide flying past us every few years. If a 1,000 foot asteroid hit our planet tomorrow, we would be talking about the sort of civilization-changing event that I have been warning about for a very long time. But once again, it is probably not likely that something will happen over the next few weeks. In fact, scientists tell us that it is far more likely that there will be some sort of impact in 2032… In November 2032, Earth will pass through the Taurid Swarm, a cloud of debris from Comet 2P/Encke that makes brilliant fireballs when its gravelly particles occasionally hit Earth’s atmosphere. Previous encounters with the Swarm in 2005 and 2015 produced showers of bright meteors observed around the world; in 1975 the Swarm contacted the Moon, making Apollo seismic sensors ring with evidence of objects hitting the lunar surface. If forecasters are correct, we’re in for similar activity 13 years from now. In the end, we simply do not know when the next catastrophic meteor impact will happen, but scientists assure us that they will keep on happening.  Giant rocks go whizzing by our planet on a continual basis, and much of the time we do not even see them until they have already passed us. So we may get some advance warning before a civilization-killing rock hits us someday, but then again, we might not. About the author: 

Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/earth-is-moving-toward-the-same-meteor-swarm-that-scientists-believe-caused-the-tunguska-explosion-of-1908 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 4-18-19 Government Slaves :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WHITE HOUSE INSIDER: War with Iran planned by Trump, to occur in the Fall of 2019

By Government Slaves on 04/18/2019

Emigrate while you still can!

UPDATE: White House insider who predicted Iran False Flag, David Goldberg found dead in his New York apartment President Donald Trump and his inner circle are planning an extensive invasion of Iran, according to a source working in the White House. The plan involves a ground invasion and the use of tactical nuclear weapons, in a campaign planned for the Fall of 2019. Iran will be “wiped off the map” according to the source, and the war effort is expected to cost “two and half times the Iraq War.” The war will be promoted by the news media and Trump will go right along with it, after an “expected False Flag pinned on Iran, probably something involving the boats in the Strait of Hormuz.” The False Flag is an “integral part of the plan” as Iran has reportedly no desire or intent to start a war, according to the whistleblower. The war plans have the White House staff “in an excited tizzy” as war-hawks like John Bolton put the “finishing touches” on the planned strike. President Trump initially showed resistance to the plan, but has since jumped on board with enthusiasm, convinced Iran is an “existential threat to Israel” and as such, a war is required to “eliminate them.”

Further details have been revealed, including: 100 tactical nukes will be used to eliminate the Iranian military.

120,000 U.S. ground troops will be used in the invasion.

France, the U.K., Canada, Saudi Arabia and Israel are expected to join a “coalition” in support of the war.

CIA assets and counter-intel efforts have been ramped-up over the past year in preparation.

A “False Flag” is being prepared to be used before the war with Iran.

Propaganda is being prepped by White House and Israeli counterparts.

Israel will support the effort and Benjamin Netanyahu was reportedly “smiling ear to ear” during a recent meeting with John Bolton.

There are concerns Trump’s “base” may resist or criticize the efforts, so further propaganda efforts are being made to “shore up support” for the war.

Expected casualties range between 1.2 Million and 2 Million Iranians and 5,000 US troops.

Due to President Trump’s close relationship with Jared Kushner, a sense of “sober import” has been placed on the war effort, which is being as a fulfillment of “Jewish prophecy” within White House circles. Many in the White House believe Jared Kushner is the “Messiah” or Jewish “Moshiach” who cannot attain his “throne” until Iran is wiped out. The White House source is a high level official who has been right about many other things in the past, and their identity has been verified.

Further information on the war with Iran is revealed in the video below:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v8OKDdEYMGk 

The information in this article was provided to David Goldberg, a Jewish advocate and fellow at the Jewish Center for Antisemitic Study, by a former White House employee only known by the name of “Isabel”. Her story has been aired on Mr. Goldberg’s YouTube channel, and she continues to provide valuable information about what is going on in the Trump White House. Antisemitic attacks against Mr. Goldberg continue, and are documented in his video series. Efforts to block this information and shut down the social media accounts of Mr. Goldberg continue to be an issue.  This article first appeared at ITN.

https://governmentslaves.news/2019/04/18/white-house-insider-war-with-iran-planned-by-trump-to-occur-in-the-fall-of-2019/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 6-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boom Boom Boom! M6.1, M7.2, M6.3 earthquakes hits Tonga and Kermadec Islands north of New Zealand within 6 hours – Tsunami warning after strongest earthquake

By Strange Sounds - Jun 16, 2019

A tsunami warning has been issued for parts of the Pacific after a M7.2 earthquake struck the Kermadec Islands region on June 15, 2019 at 11pm UTC.

The powerful quake was followed about six hours later by a M6.3 earthquake approximately at the same place (June 16th, 5am UTC). The regional strong regional seismic activity started on June 15, 2019 at 10pm (UTC) with a M6.1 earthquake off Tonga.

M7.2 earthquake new zealand tsunami warning A massive 7.4 magnitude earthquake struck the Kermadec Islands the Pacific Ocean sparking a tsunami warning.

New Zealand’s Ministry of Civil Defence and Emergency Management issued a beach warning, telling locals to expect unusually strong, hazardous currents and unpredictable surges near the shore. The quake struck at about 9am (AEST) near the Kermadec Islands region – about midway between Auckland and Tonga. It was preceded by a M6.1 earthquake off Tonga one hour earlier: And followed by another strong M6.3 earthquake at the exact same location 5 hours later! 2 earthquake >M6.0 and a powerful >7.0 in the same region. That’s a lot of pressure released! Tsunami warning for New Zealand Preliminary investigations suggested New Zealand may avoid the tsunami, but Kiwi’s are urged to take care near the foreshore. The NZ Civil Defence redacted their initial warning shortly after with a statement on Twitter reading: ‘Based on current information, the initial assessment is that the earthquake is unlikely to have caused a tsunami that will pose a threat to NZ.‘ The severity of currents and surges in tide may be unpredictable in the coming hours. If a tsunami did hit New Zealand, it was predicted to arrive within two hours of the initial quake. The Pacific Tsunami Warning Center in Hawaii issued a statement warning a tsunami threat exists more urgently for parts of the Pacific located closer to where the earthquake took place. Based on preliminary investigations, coastlines within a 300km radius of the epicenter could be threatened. Concerned locals have been encouraged to keep updated by checking in with the website www.civildefence.govt.nz  and Twitter @NZCivilDefence.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/boom-boom-boom-m6-1-m7-2-m6-3-earthquakes-hits-tonga-and-kermadec-islands-north-of-new-zealand-within-6-hours-tsunami-warning-after-strongest

-earthquake.html 

[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The Lord God says, the watered down churches some of those aren’t going to go to heaven, for did I not say man and woman not man and man or woman and woman, I said man and woman. etc

:: 6-17-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Teacher kicks student from class for saying there are only two genders

Posted on June 17, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn | 35 Comments

“O’Brien held up his left hand, its back towards Winston, with the thumb hidden and the four fingers extended. ‘How many fingers am I holding up, Winston?’ ‘And if the party says that it is not four but five — then how many?'” – George Orwell, Nineteen Eighty-Four

On June 14, 2019, someone on Reddit posted a link, since deleted, to a video on YouTube, with this claim: “My teacher kicked me out of class for saying there are only 2 genders“. Fortunately, I’d saved the link to the video before the Reddit poster deleted it. The video appears to have been taken by the student of his private meeting with the teacher after the teacher had kicked the student out of the class for insisting that there are only two genders, male and female. The video shows a visual of the teacher looming over the seated student. You can hear the back-and-forth argument between the two. The video begins with the teacher responding to the student: “You’re entitled to your opinion…. It’s not very inclusive…. I’m sorry, but what you were saying was not very inclusive and this is an inclusive school.”

The student apparently had defended himself by saying he got it from a website.

Teacher: “I’m saying that website has an agenda.”

Student: “Well, that’s your opinion.”

Teacher: “That is my opinion and that is an opinion which is acceptable in the school….”

Student: “There are just two genders.”

Teacher: “You are choosing to make an issue of this…. Keep quiet! …You were clearly given an opportunity not to pursue it. You choose to do so.”

Student: “Yeah, because I think it’s –”

Teacher: “You choose to do so.”

Student: “I think it’s silly to have anything other than two genders –”

Teacher, raising his voice: “Please keep that opinion to your own house, thank you.”

Student: “So you get to put your opinion out in the classroom….”

Teacher: “I’m not putting my opinion out. I am stating what is national school authority policy. Okay?”

Student: “Of course it’s not scientic whatsoever.”

Teacher: “Not every policy is scientific, sorry. Not every policy is scientific, buddy.” The teacher again points out that the student wasn’t being “inclusive”.

Student: “You can’t come out here and say that I’m not being inclusive.”

Teacher: “I said what you just said [was not inclusive]….”

Student says, as the teacher turns away: “If you want to have a discussion about it, we could have done it — had a discussion. You don’t have to kick me out of class…. I state something I believe in and you kicked me out of class. For 30 minutes I’m waiting….”

Teacher: “You can make an official complaint.”

Student: “I’m not gonna make an official complaint….”

Teacher: “I know what you think and I know what the authority thinks, the authority’s point of view. I know very clear that we make no discrimination on the grounds of gender….”

Student: “I wasn’t making a discrimination, I’m simply saying there are two genders, male and female. Anything else is a personal identification.”

Teacher: “I’m sorry, but you chose to make an issue of making a point which is contrary to policy.”

Student: “You made the issue when you complained about the website, sir. And I responded by saying there are only two genders.”

Teacher: “Yeah, you can choose, but you’re making bad choices.”

Student says, as the teacher walks out of the room: “I’m making bad choices. Okay. Well, can I take my bag and go to the…. Okay, I’ll stay here. Thanks for wasting my time.”

The teacher turns back to say: “Buddy, I am not wasting my time, you are.”

No one knows where the video was taken. The teacher has a Scottish accent, but the student sounds American. Assuming the school is in Scotland, when the teacher refers to “national school authority policy,” he probably means this — on May 8, 2019, the Scottish government issued the letter, “LGBT inclusive education: guidance to education authorities May 2019“. The letter says: On 8 November 2018, Scottish Ministers accepted in full the recommendations of the LGBTI Inclusive Education Working Group. The 33 recommendations cover the professional learning of teachers, practice and guidance, school inspections and anti-bullying…. The Scottish Government, in partnership with COSLA, is committed, through the delivery of the recommendations, to a fully inclusive education for Scotland’s children and young people. Many of you will already be taking steps to achieve this aim. We are issuing this intermediate guidance note to help you build upon existing good practice, make clear that education should be LGBT inclusive and encourage you to work collegiately and in partnership with your learners to enhance LGBT inclusivity…. Signed: John Swinney, Deputy First Minister and Cabinet Secretary for Education and Skills Stephen McCabe, COSLA Children and Young People spokesperson

WTF does “education should be LGBT inclusive” mean? Does it mean acceding to every lunatic idea of the Left? Someone on Twitter says the school in the video is Mearns Academy, a 6-year secondary (high) school in Laurencekirk, Aberdeenshire, Scotland. On its website is an emblem certifying the school as a “rights respecting school”: By “rights” is meant the United Nations Convention of the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). Among the “rights” stipulated in the UNCRC are the “right” of non-discrimination on the basis of gender, but also the “rights” of freedom of expression, and freedom of thought and belief. Clearly, the school in the video and all schools in Scotland do not include a respect for students’ right to freedom of thought, belief and expression among its “national school authority policy”.

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/teacher-kicks-student-from-class-for-saying-there-are-only-two-genders 

:: 6-14-19 Gobal Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: “The 5G Rollout Is Absolutely Insane.” How Wireless Technologies Affect Human Cells. Dr. Martin Pall

By Dr. Martin Pall Global Research, June 14, 2019 Nick Pineault 7 August 2018

During the “Health in Buildings Roundtable” sponsored by the NIH & co-organized by the US CDC and several other organizations, Dr. Martin Pall from the Washington State University (WSU) concluded that the “5G rollout is absolutely insane”. In this short presentation, Dr. Pall confirms that the current 2G/3G/4G radiation the population is exposed to has been scientifically linked with:

Lowered fertility

Insomnia, fatigue, depression, anxiety, and major changes in brain structure in animals

Cellular DNA damage

Oxidative stress

Hormonal disruption

Cancer And much more

Dr. Pall briefly explains the mechanisms of how the electrosmog emitted by our cell phones, wifi routers, cell phone antennas and other wireless technologies affect human cells.

https://www.globalresearch.ca/dr-martin-pall-5g-rollout-absolutely-insane/5680544 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 6-16-19 Jihad Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Georgetown, other universities accused of covering up millions taken from jihad-promoting Qatar

Jun 16, 2019 9:43 am By Robert Spencer

Georgetown University is a national disgrace, employing numerous apologists for jihad and professional dissemblers about the teachings of Islam that incite believers to commit acts of jihad violence. The millions it is alleged to have taken from Qatar may be a partial explanation for its steep decline from academic institution to Islamic dawah and propaganda outfit. The Department of Education is right to be (finally) looking into this. “FOREIGN MEDDLING: Department Of Education Going After Elite Colleges For Allegedly Taking And Hiding Foreign Cash,” by Luke Rosiak, Daily Caller, June 15, 2019: The Department of Education is going after U.S universities over supposed ties to foreign governments, after some allegedly took huge quantities of foreign cash and hid it from regulators.

At the top of the list are Georgetown University and Texas A&M, which have taken hundreds of millions of dollars from the government of Qatar, a middle eastern nation with suspected links to international terrorism. Both schools received letters from the Department of Education Thursday saying they should have disclosed that funding but their filings “may not fully capture” the activity, the Associated Press reported. The letter warned that they could be referred to the attorney general to “compel compliance.” Georgetown was also asked about possible ties to Russian cybersecurity firm Kaspersky Lab, as well as Saudi Arabian money. Both schools were ordered to disclose funding from Huawei and ZTE, Chinese firms suspected of spying….

https://www.jihadwatch.org/2019/06/georgetown-other-universities-accused-of-covering-up-millions-taken-from-jihad-promoting-qatar 

:: 6--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

3 Brands of Flour RECALLED Due to E. Coli Concerns

by Daisy Luther

Attention Scratch Cookers and Bakers: You’re going to want to spread this information far and wide. The latest potentially tainted food being recalled is…flour. Multiple brands are pulling flour off the shelves around the country due to the possibility of E. coli contamination. King Arthur Unbleached Flour and Pillsbury Best Bread Flour join Baker’s Best Flour in being recalled. Below, find the specific products that have been called back. All of the potentially contaminated flours were milled at ADM Milling company. If you’re like me, you immediately repackage goods like flour. I pop mine right into a canister that lives on my counter. From now on, I’ll be keeping the clipping the UPCs off the packages and putting them in a drawer until the product is used up. Baker’s Corner Out of an abundance of caution, ALDI has recalled all best if used by dates and all lots of 5 lb. Bakers Corner All Purpose Flour products produced by ADM Milling Co. in Buffalo, N.Y. from store shelves in these states: Connecticut, Delaware, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and West Virginia. You can return your flour to Aldi for a full refund. If you have additional questions you may contact ADM Milling Co. Customer Service at 800-422-1688 between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. CT. about Baker’s Corner flour. King Arthur Flour King Arthur Flour, Inc. is voluntarily recalling 14,218 cases of 5 lb. Unbleached All-Purpose Flour.a As per the FDA, the only product affected by this voluntary recall is Unbleached All-Purpose Flour (5 lb.) from these six specific lot codes and three Best Used by Dates, which can be found on the bottom of the side panel, below the nutrition facts panel. BEST USED BY 12/07/19 LOT: L18A07C BEST USED BY 12/08/19 LOTS: L18A08A, L18A08B

BEST USED BY 12/14/19 LOTS: L18A14A, L18A14B, L18A14C This product was distributed nationwide. If you have questions about this recall or King Arthur Flour products, call the King Arthur Flour Consumer Hotline 7 days a week/24 hours a day at 866.797.9178 Pillsbury Best Bread Flour Hometown Food Company has recalled its Pillsbury Best Bread label flour, as per the FDA. This bread was distributed to retailers in Connecticut, Delaware, Maryland, Maine, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Virginia.

Pillsbury Best™ Bread Flour – UPC: 0 5150020031 5 – Lot Code: 8342 – Use by JUN 08 2020

Pillsbury Best™ Bread Flour – UPC: 0 5150020031 5 – Lot Code: 8343 – Use by JUN 09 2020

Hometown Food recommends you discard the product or return it to the store for a full refund. Their customer service phone number is 1-866-219-9333.

What is E. coli? E. coli is a bacterium found in the intestines of humans and animals. 17 people have become ill during the current outbreak from flour.

The CDC says: Symptoms of Shiga toxin-producing E. coli (STEC) infection vary for each person, but often include severe stomach cramps, diarrhea (often bloody), and vomiting. Some people may have a fever, which usually is not very high (less than 101˚F/38.5˚C). Most people get better within 5 to 7 days. Some infections are very mild, but others are severe or even life-threatening. Most people with a STEC infection start feeling sick 3 to 4 days after eating or drinking something that contains the bacteria. However, illnesses can start anywhere from 1 to 10 days after exposure. Contact your healthcare provider if you have diarrhea that lasts for more than 3 days or diarrhea that is accompanied by a fever higher than 102˚F, blood in the stool, or so much vomiting that you cannot keep liquids down and you pass very little urine. (source) Regarding the current outbreak, the CDC recommends: Consumers should not use any of the recalled flour. Throw it out. If you stored flour in another container without the packaging and don’t remember the brand or “use by” date, throw it away. Thoroughly wash the container before using it again. Eating raw dough can make you sick.

Any flour or raw eggs used to make dough or batter might be contaminated with harmful germs.

Bake or cook food made with raw dough or batter before eating it. Follow the recipe or instructions on the package. Do not use recalled flour in cooking or baking.

Do not taste raw dough or batter. Even tasting a small amount could make you sick.

Clean up thoroughly after baking.

Wash any bowls, utensils, and other surfaces that were used when baking with warm water and soap.

Wash your hands with water and soap before and after baking.

Contact your healthcare provider if you think you may have become ill from eating raw dough.

Restaurants and other retailers should not use, sel,l or serve any of the recalled flour.

If you stored flour in another container without the packaging and don’t remember the brand or “use by” date, throw it away.

Restaurants and retailers should thoroughly wash flour storage containers before using them again. (source)

You know the old adage: when in doubt, throw it out!

Do you have any of the affected products?

Do you have any of these flours on hand? What do you think about the abundance of recalls that have occurred recently? Let us know in the comments.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/flour-recall-e-coli/ 

:: 6-17-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Africans Coming Across The Southern Border Have "Rolls Of $100 Bills"

by Tyler Durden  Mon, 06/17/2019 - 13:45

Authored by Kyle Olson via The American Mirror,

The “poor huddled masses” coming across the southern border may not be so poor after all...

Swiss journalist Urs Gehriger recently visited African migrants who breached the border and hung out on the streets of San Antonio, Texas, waiting to go elsewhere in the country, and he met hostility from people who didn’t want to share details about their experiences, conflicted each other, and had rolls of $100 bills. In a recording played on Fox News, Gehriger asks a migrant from Congo how she got to America. She refused to say. “We are here now in the United States. Why do you ask about Ecuador?” a woman said, referring to the reported country they passed through. As Gehriger continued to ask simple questions, he said they backtracked and “were not answering at all.” “They wouldn’t tell me anything about how they got here, and then they started to get aggressive and they were contradicting each other,” he told Laura Ingraham. “One said they ran through the forest, and another said no, there was no forest, and they were actually arguing among themselves,” Gehriger said. He said they started to get “aggressive” after questions about money and help. Gehriger believes the illegals were coached on giving answers to authorities. “I had the impression that somebody told them not to speak about it,” and acting like “now we’re here, you have to help us, give us money.” “What I found from an aid worker there, they actually do have money. Quite a few of them, because he spotted them under a tree, right in front of the shelter, counting a roll of money with hundred dollar bills,” Gehriger told Ingraham. Hundreds of migrants Congo and Angola were transported to San Antonio the week before, and city officials say they received no warning from the feds that they were coming. KENS published a story showing dozens of people milling around downtown, saying they arrived at the southern U.S. border by way of Ecuador.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-06-17/africans-coming-across-southern-border-have-rolls-100-bills 

:: 6-16-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Big Pharma, Forced Vaccinations & Population Control

What does the globalist medical-industrial-complex have in store for humanity?

Greg Reese | Infowars.com - June 16, 2019

In 1986, The National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program was established to protect the Vaccine manufacturers from any liabilities. This program insured that the taxpayer would pay for all injuries the public suffered from Vaccines. Once this protection was set in place, the government took control of the vaccine industry and Big Pharma profits increased by over 600%. Is it all about money? Or is there something more nefarious at play?

https://www.infowars.com/big-pharma-forced-vaccinations-population-control/ 

:: 6-16-19 Sharyl Attkisson :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Organs from Chinese prisoners harvested: Insider account

June 16, 2019 by Sharyl Attkisson

A horrifying practice is happening in China: dissidents in prison are being killed for their organs. That’s according to Steven W. Mosher, president of the Population Research Institute, who writes about the practice in an article published the New York Post. Mosher documents a graphic and terrifying account from Zheng Qiaozhi, once an intern at China’s Shenyang Army General Hospital. The former hospital worker is quoted as saying he saw the following as part of an organ-harvesting team:  The prisoner was brought in, tied hand and foot, but very much alive. The army doctor in charge sliced him open from chest to belly button and exposed his two kidneys. “Cut the veins and arteries,” he told his shocked intern. George did as he was told. Blood spurted everywhere. The kidneys were placed in an organ-transplant container. Then the doctor ordered George to remove the man’s eyeballs. Hearing that, the dying prisoner gave him a look of sheer terror, and George froze. “I can’t do it,” he told the doctor, who then quickly scooped out the man’s eyeballs himself.

“Chinese dissidents are being executed for their organs, former hospital worker says” by Stephen W. Mosher for The New York Post According to Mosher, Zheng says he quit his job almost immediately, horrified by what was asked to do and what he saw. Zheng is also quoted as saying he fled China, fearful of the possibility that he could one day end up like the prisoners he’d seen. Human rights observers say specific groups that go against China’s policies are targeted, such as Falun Gong – a Buddhist sect that was deemed harmful by the Chinese government in 1999. Many members were arrested, imprisoned and never seen again. Mosher says Muslim minorities could be next, with millions of Uighur and Kazakh men being sent to Chinese concentration camps.

Read more here: Disappearing dissidents harvested for organs.

https://sharylattkisson.com/2019/06/organs-from-chinese-prisoners-harvested-insider-account/ 

:: 6-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pupils at an elite primary school in China wear brainwave-detecting headbands that allow teachers to track concentration levels in real-time

By Strange Sounds - Jun 16, 2019

It’s like a scene out of a horror movie… But pure reality! An elite primary school in Hangzhou, China is making its students wear brainwave-reading headbands that can supposedly detect their attention levels in the classroom. The practice was exposed in a series of photos, showing students at Jiangnan Experimental School wearing black electronic headbands while in class. The devices are produced by BrainCo Inc., a Harvard University-backed startup based in Boston. According to sponsored content, the high-tech company is dedicated to developing Brain Machine Interface technology with a focus on big data and brain science. The students in Hangzhou were given the Focus 1, a flagship product of BrainCo, which detects and quantifies students’ attention levels. The headbands come with a portal called Focus EDU, which the company boasts as “the world’s first classroom portal for teachers to assess the effectiveness of their teaching methods in real time and make adjustments accordingly.” As the photos suggest, the analytical system seems to be working pretty well at the school. One photo shows a digital screen that displays real-time ranking of students’ concentration levels. At the end of a class, the portal provides a report that highlights students with the three highest scores. A bit of research reveals that Jiangnan Experimental School is far from the only educational institution in China that has embraced the brain-machine interface. The Paper.cn reported (in Chinese) in February that in the city of Jinhua, Zhejiang Province, a primary school introduced the same products in its classrooms. Teachers are able to tell what students are not paying attention based on colors that light up on their headbands. BrainCo’s sales strategy appears to be heavily China-focused, perhaps targeting Chinese parents who are overbearing and grade-obsessed. PRNewswire notes that BrainCo locked a lucrative multi-million dollar deal with one of China’s leading import and export companies in 2017. According to another 2017 article, a website focused on education technology, the company scored $15 million in venture funding from Chinese investors. The photos provoked a wave of angry reactions on Chinese media. Some found the revelation especially eerie after the recent news about street cleaners in Nanjing being forced to wear digital wristbands that monitor their job performance.

China’s ‘social credit system’ is a dystopian nightmare, a real-life example of Orwell’s “1984” and a potential future if increasing government surveillance is left unchecked. By the way, I would suggest adding an electroshock feature to wake up sleepy students in class :-).

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/school-student-brainwave-detection-headbands-track-concentration-levels-teachers.html 

:: 6--19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mobile phones are changing the human skeleton: People spend so much time hunched over screens that 'bony spikes' are developing on the backs of our skulls

Sam Blanchard 3 days ago

People spend so much time looking down at smartphones and tablets they are growing bony 'spikes' on the backs of their heads, scientists say. Researchers said growing numbers of people have growths called enlarged external occipital protuberances at the base of their skull. Considered rare when they were first discussed in the 1800s, we may now be able to feel the bony lumps with our fingers or see them on bald people. And younger people are developing them faster, with research showing the bumps are most common among 18 to 30-year-olds. Scientists at the University of the Sunshine Coast in Queensland, Australia, have done detailed research into the phenomenon. They scanned more than a thousand skulls belonging to people ranging in age from 18 to 86, BBC Future reports. The lead researcher, Dr David Shahar, told the BBC: 'I have been a clinician for 20 years, and only in the last decade, increasingly I have been discovering that my patients have this growth on the skull.' Dr Shahar suggests the reason for the bony spike becoming more common is the amount of time people – particularly the young – spend looking down. Hours spent scrolling on smartphones, tablets and laptops could be putting so much strain on lesser used parts of the body that the body parts actually change. Specifically, the muscles which connect the neck to the back of the head are overused as they try to hold still the skull – an average adult head can weigh around 5kg (11lbs). In response to those muscles getting bigger and stronger, Dr Shahar suggests, the skeleton grows new layers of bone to reinforce and widen the area. YOUNGER GENERATIONS MAY DEVELOP 'TEXT NECK'  A leading Australian chiropractor last year warned he is seeing an 'epidemic of people developing what he calls 'text neck'. Teenagers and children as young as seven are developing hunchbacks and abnormally curved spines because of an addiction to smartphones, according to Dr James Carter.

Dr Carter, who is based in Niagara Park on the coast of New South Wales, said children are changing the shapes of their skeletons by bending over for hours at a time. 'I have started seeing lots of cases over the past two years, especially in young schoolchildren and teenagers,' Dr Carter told Daily Mail Australia. 'The condition is called "text neck" because it is often caused when people sit with their heads dropped forward looking at their devices for several hours at a time. 'Instead of a normal forward curve, patients can be seen to have a backwards curve. It can be degenerative, often causing head, neck, shoulder and back pain. 'Many patients come in complaining they have a headache, but we actually find text neck is the cause of it. They often fail a simple heel-to-toe test and tend to fall over.' On average the EOPs measured 2.6cm (1in), which the scientists said was 'significantly larger' than the average in 1996. The reason for this, they suggest, is a 'hand held technological revolution'.

According to research revealed last year, the average person in the UK spent 24 hours per week – about three-and-a-half per day – on their smartphones in 2017. On average, people check their phones every 12 minutes, disturbing stats from communications regulator Ofcom revealed. Some 78 per cent of Britons own a smartphone and one in five adults spend 40 hours or more online every week. Dr Shahar and colleagues wrote in their study that 'repetitive and sustained mechanical load' leads to adaptation of the tendons and connective tissues. They said: 'The development of [enlarged] EOP may be attributed to, and explained by, the extensive use of screen-based activities by individuals of all ages, including children, and the associated poor posture. 'Musculoskeletal disorders related to poor posture while using computers and tablets have been investigated extensively and were identified as a risk factor for the development of related symptoms at the neck, shoulders and forearms.' And Dr Shahar said that, although the bony lumps are unlikely to cause any damaging effects themselves, they may never go away. He added: 'Imagine if you have stalactites and stalagmites, if no one is bothering them, they will just keep growing'.

https://www.msn.com/en-au/news/techandscience/mobile-phones-are-changing-the-human-skeleton-people-spend-so-much-time-hunched-over-screens-that-bony-spikes-are-developing-on-

the-backs-of-our-skulls/ar-AACTGFY?li=BBU56Hl 

[ :: 10-13-13 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For the days are numbered pertaining to this world, they are numbered, they are numbered and they get down to a seven year period as you know by studying my word and you have entered into that and I have told you those times. I have spoken unto you many things, but at times it seems like man does not want to believe. But I say, beware of the beast, beware of the antichrist, beware of the six six six, beware; for the hour is running down, time is closing out. etc..

[ :: 4-9-17 am service  (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. it is that time and it is that hour, the clock cannot be stopped, the clock cannot be turned back, man has made their own minds up, they have made decisions and have not counseled with me, your Father God, therefore I cannot hold things back any longer. etc.

:: 6-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2019: What's Next?

By Hal Lindsey

A New Year’s Day Politico headline encapsulated the dread filling the political world: “Yes, 2019 Is the Year You Were Worrying About.” Markets are rattled by a looming trade war with China, a Fed that seems determined to relegate prosperity to America’s rearview mirror, and a level of instability in Washington rivaled in American history only by the runup to the Civil War…. Any of these things could translate into a full-blown recession…. Meanwhile, the rest of the world remains dependent on the teetering American economy for their prosperity. The North Korea denuclearization deal seems to be falling apart before it even begins…. China is building weapons designed to destroy US aircraft carriers…. The overall buildup of the Chinese military is one of the largest ever undertaken. It includes a heavy emphasis on space weapons and the destruction of the digital infrastructure that America and the West depend on for their very survival…. Russia remains a nuclear superpower, and its President, Vladimir Putin, seems determined to build a new generation of exotic superweapons. In Washington, a power base entrenched for generations is intent on bringing down this President. They may or may not have legitimate legal arguments against him. We will see as reports finally surface in 2019. But instability in Washington — with fault on both sides — was the hallmark of 2018 and looks to grow even worse in the new year. Bible prophecy is being fulfilled in dramatic, even spectacular ways. That’s good news because it means that the return of Jesus is getting closer. But the Bible makes it clear that the buildup to Christ’s return will be anything but pleasant. At some point, those of us who are in Christ will be raptured out of here. But between now and the rapture, difficulties will increase. America’s power and influence may be destroyed even sooner than we had imagined. What about you? What about your family, neighbors, and friends? What about your church and community? What happens now? What happens to you and those you love? Here’s the thing to remember. Psalm 23 still applies. “The Lord is my shepherd.” He’s still my shepherd, even in the end times. “I shall not want.” He still provides for my needs even in economic hard times. “He makes me lie down in green pastures; He leads me beside quiet waters. He restores my soul; He guides me in the paths of righteousness For His name’s sake.” It’s all still true. And if things become extremely bad, remember verses 4-6. “Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I fear no evil, for You are with me; Your rod and Your staff, they comfort me. You prepare a table before me in the presence of my enemies; You have anointed my head with oil; My cup overflows. Surely goodness and lovingkindness will follow me all the days of my life.” I don’t know what will happen in 2019. But I know goodness and mercy will follow me. And if you’re in Christ, they will follow you, too. I believe we will continue to see a fulfillment of the general trends laid out in scripture. Yet, even with that, Jesus said there would be an ebb and flow like with the labor pains of childbirth. That means we can’t make precise, year-by-year predictions. But if you are in Christ, I know a great deal about your future. The big one is this. You’re headed for heaven! The 23rd Psalm ends with an eternal beginning. “And I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-5-2019/ 

:: 6-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As the Day Approaches

By Hal Lindsey

Just over two years ago, the Barna Group polled Americans about the end times. They found that 41 percent agree with the sentence, “The world is currently living in the ‘end times’ as described by prophecies in the Bible.” This is more than a vague awareness that things are off-track; more than an ill-defined sense of looming apocalypse. This is a specific belief that the events of our time match the Bible’s description of the end time. 2 Peter 3:10-13 says, “But the day of the Lord will come like a thief, in which the heavens will pass away with a roar and the elements will be destroyed with intense heat, and the earth and its works will be burned up. Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be in holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God, on account of which the heavens will be destroyed by burning, and the elements will melt with intense heat! But according to His promise we are looking for new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells.” (NASB) Peter asked, “What sort of people ought you to be?” The King James Version translates it, “What manner of persons ought ye to be?” (KJV) Through Peter, the Holy Spirit tells the reader that the things of this world we get hung up on — money, houses, cars and other luxuries — will not last. He’s telling us to take the long view of history. Look at the big picture. See your life in context — not just the context of tomorrow or next week, but of eternity. Peter asked, “Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be?” Those words were hardly on the page when he began giving the answer. “In holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God.” (2 Peter 3:11-12 NASB) Forty-one percent believe we are in the end times as described in the Bible. So why don’t they live “in holy conduct and godliness?” Forty-one percent is not a majority, but it is such a large minority that mainstream advertisers would never want to offend it. The celebration of evil that permeates American entertainment would not hold — at least not in the mainstream. But even Christians can lose the ability to blush. The world is falling into a pit of violent debauchery, and a large percentage of people who believe Jesus is coming soon, are following the world down. We desperately need another Great Awakening in the United States. That doesn’t just mean sinners being saved. An awakening includes reformation and revival. Christians, including the clergy, need to renew their love for God and His word — to love Him more than money, prestige, or comfort. Hebrews gives us a great picture of how to live our lives, and then says that it is especially true for those who live in the end times. “Let us hold fast the confession of our hope without wavering, for He who promised is faithful. And let us consider one another in order to stir up love and good works, not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as is the manner of some, but exhorting one another, and so much the more as you see the Day approaching.” (Hebrews 10:23-25 NKJV) Two years ago, 41% of Americans said they could “see the Day approaching.” So why aren’t the 41% holding fast the confession of their hope without wavering? Why aren’t we stirring up love and good works in one another? Why do so many forsake the assembling together of those with like faith? I’ve spent much of my life pointing out just how near we are to “the Day.” It’s heartening that so many Americans now agree with that basic message. I pray that this glorious belief will begin to manifest itself in our attitudes and actions. When that happens, we will see miracles!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-2-2016/ 

:: 6-13-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Famine in the Land

By Hal Lindsey

A study released late last year showed that in the United States, 3-in-5 millennials believe life is more stressful now than ever before. We are not in the middle of a recession or a world war. We are not presently experiencing famine, plague, or bloody revolution. So why do they think they are the most stressed generation in history? Slow wi-fi, not enough “likes” on social media, battery power running low on their smartphones, fear of identity theft, and the check engine light coming on in their cars all made the list. Imagine telling someone from two hundred years ago about such problems. It would be difficult for them to imagine a future that includes computers, social media, cellphones, smartphones, or cars — much less check engine lights. Imagine trying to explain the implications of these things to someone whose letter might take months to get to its destination. “You say that you can just pull a little machine from your purse and talk to any of your family whenever you want? You can send the image of a letter anyplace in the world and it will arrive in seconds? This machine gives you access to vast catalogues and old friends? You can talk face to face if you want? You have a carriage that goes 70 miles in an hour, keeps you warm in winter and cool in summer, and it doesn’t have horses? These things must make life easy!” In other words, they would see the tools that induce our stress as utopian dreams. We might ask if millennials really understand what previous generations encountered. But, in fact, I agree with them. I think American young people today are under more stress than previous generations. The number of suicides and the magnitude of the mental health crisis back up their claim. But I disagree with them on the source of the stress. Yes, modern gadgets do increase the pace of life. But they also make life easier. The primary stress on today’s young comes from a battle — a great spiritual battle being waged all around them and even in them. They sense the battle and sometimes feel engulfed by it. But our society gives them no context in which to process an understanding of what they feel. They are being taught (in some cases the word brainwashing is not too strong) to laugh off God’s answers to their predicament. The spiritual battle rages between the forces of good and evil. As we go deeper into the end times, the battle will widen, deepen, and intensify. The answer is Jesus Christ — not a politically correct pseudo-Jesus — but the real and living Lord of the universe. To most Americans, few things sound as commonplace or dull as Sunday School. But America must take to heart the lessons being taught there — even to small children. Those lessons include prayer, Bible study, and most of all, a turn to Jesus as Lord and Savior. Seven hundred and fifty years before Christ, God spoke to the nation of Israel through the farmer-turned-prophet named Amos. “‘Behold, days are coming,’ declares the Lord God, ‘When I will send a famine on the land, Not a famine for bread or a thirst for water, But rather for hearing the words of the Lord.’” (Amos 8:11) In today’s media landscape, we can pick and choose what we want to see and hear. We can avoid anything that makes us uncomfortable. So, despite Bible preaching across more media than ever, much of America is experiencing a self-induced famine of God’s word. And its effect on the young is profound. In verse 13, God says, “In that day the fair virgins And strong young men Shall faint from thirst.” That prophecy was directed toward ancient Israel, but with clear implications for us. We’re experiencing it right now in the United States. The young faint from thirst for the word of God.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-13-2019/ 

:: 6-16-19 CBS news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hong Kong makes history as black sea of protesters denounce city's leader and Beijing

By Ramy Inocencio June 16, 2019 / 5:41 PM / CBS News

In Hong Kong's biggest protests since Britain handed this former colony back to China in 1997, organizers said nearly 2 million people took to the streets Sunday to denounce their own government and, by extension, Beijing and China's Communist party. Angry yet peaceful demonstrators, clad in black to signify their fury, shouted slogans and showed off placards demanding the revocation of controversial extradition proposals, the release of student demonstrators who were arrested after violent clashes in the past week and the resignation of the city's top leader, Chief Executive Carrie Lam.  Government figures estimated the number of protesters as closer to 1 million, though disparities are common with such head counts. CBS News walked the route with protesters from Victoria Park, the site of the city's June 4 vigil commemorating the 30th anniversary of the Tiananmen Square massacre, to Hong Kong's Central Government Offices about 2 miles east, to Admiralty near the city's central business district. At the heart of this massive storm, Hong Kong's citizens say they fear that suggested changes to current extradition laws would subject them to mainland China's legal system. Lawyers claim fair trials and due process across the soft border are questionable, with people having been accused of crimes they did not commit. In 2014, several Hong Kong booksellers critical of China also infamously disappeared, inexplicably reappearing in custody across the border. Legal critics say the passage of Lam's proposals would be tantamount to opening the door to legalized kidnapping. On Saturday, Lam responded to the rising pressure and pulled a major reversal on her proposals, indefinitely suspending future debate on extradition. She refused to apologize, however, for the fallout that rained down on the city in the week prior. Several dozen people — both protesters and police — were injured in some of the most violent clashes in recent memory that involved tear gas, bricks, rubber bullets and batons. Protests consumed the city again Sunday afternoon — for the third time in just one week — with people demanding a complete withdrawal and end to any discussion linked to changes to the city's extradition arrangements. The first death of a protester, who fell from a building onto one of the city's main thoroughfares after hanging an anti-extradition banner, further spurred people to demonstrate in force. Late Sunday evening, Lam made yet another concession that only served to rile her detractors further. A text-only statement from a government spokesperson was released, saying "the Chief Executive apologizes to the public and promises to accept criticism with the utmost sincerity and humility, to improve and serve the general public." The opposition Civil Human Rights Front, a loose organization of anti-extradition and anti-establishment leaders, quickly released its own statement: "This is a total insult ... Hong Kongers will not accept this!" Beijing, for its part, issued its own text statement Saturday, claiming that officials "support, respect and understand" the decision by Hong Kong's chief executive and "stressed that the Central Government has fully affirmed" her work. Yet as Hong Kong's protests began Sunday, China Central Television seemingly ignored the issue at hand, instead broadcasting a report on President Xi Jinping's visit to the former Soviet republic of Tajikistan. The protests, violence and backtracking of the past week appear to be the biggest crisis in Hong Kong's ties with mainland China since its return from colonial rule. The city, currently governed under a "one country, two systems" policy, is scheduled to officially revert to total mainland Chinese control in 2047. Critics say the past week's events and the rising tensions of the past 22 years show that system may be failing. Erin Lyall in Hong Kong and Grace Qi in Beijing contributed to this report.

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/hong-kong-makes-history-black-sea-of-protesters-denounce-carrie-lam-beijing-government-extradition-bill-2019-06-16/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 6-16-19 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ugandan medics now tackling Ebola say they lack supplies

By RODNEY MUHUMUZA June 15, 2019

BWERA, Uganda (AP) — The isolation ward for Ebola patients is a tent erected in the garden of the local hospital. Gloves are given out sparingly to health workers. And when the second person in this Uganda border town died after the virus outbreak spread from neighboring Congo , the hospital for several hours couldn’t find a vehicle to take away the body. “We don’t really have an isolation ward,” the Bwera Hospital’s administrator, Pedson Buthalha, told The Associated Press. “It’s just a tent. To be honest, we can’t accommodate more than five people.” Medical workers leading Uganda’s effort against Ebola lament what they call limited support in the days since infected members of a Congolese-Ugandan family showed up, one vomiting blood. Three have since died. While Ugandan authorities praise the health workers as “heroes” and say they are prepared to contain the virus, some workers disagree, wondering where the millions of dollars spent on preparing for Ebola have gone if a hospital on the front line lacks basic supplies. “Even the gloves are not enough,” the hospital administrator said Thursday. “I give them out small small.” A nurse nodded in agreement. The World Health Organization on Friday said the Ebola outbreak is an “extraordinary event” of deep concern but does not yet merit being declared a global emergency . Such a declaration typically triggers more funding, resources and political attention. WHO said $54 million is needed to stop the outbreak. And yet both Congo and Uganda appeared to lobby against a declaration, with Congo counting the Uganda-related Ebola cases as its own, saying Congo was where the family members began developing symptoms. Ugandan authorities on Friday said they had only one suspected Ebola case remaining in the country. More than 1,400 people have died since this outbreak was declared in August in eastern Congo, one of the world’s most turbulent regions, where rebel attacks and community resistance have hurt Ebola response work. The virus can spread quickly via close contact with bodily fluids of those infected and can be fatal in up to 90% of cases, and identifying people who might have been exposed is crucial. While Ugandan health workers aren’t facing the violent attacks that have killed several Ebola responders in Congo, they remain at risk as they seek to isolate, test and treat for the virus. Basic equipment such as gloves is essential. At least two nurses at Bwera Hospital might have been exposed as they offered first aid to the infected family. They and some other contacts have since been quarantined in their homes. WHO says at least 112 such contacts have been identified in Uganda since the outbreak crossed the nearby border. A nurse, who spoke on condition of anonymity to avoid possible retribution, questioned why some people who might have been exposed to Ebola are allowed to stay at home. “I wish we could coordinate,” the hospital administrator said of the apparent confusion over how to manage the outbreak. Ugandan Health Minister Jane Aceng told the AP on Saturday that district officials in Kasese were to blame for limited medical supplies after delaying in submitting their budget. “It is clearly the responsibility of the district to order supplies,” she said. “If they haven’t done the orders we can’t supply because we don’t know how much they need.” As for upgrading the makeshift isolation ward in the hospital garden, she said “it is not economical. It is not cost-effective” to build permanent structures. Uganda has faced multiple Ebola outbreaks and is a regional leader in battling Ebola, even if this part of the country has never experienced an outbreak. Some Ugandan physicians were deployed to the West African outbreak of 2013-2016, the deadliest in history. Health workers in this outbreak now have the benefit of an experimental but effective Ebola vaccine that is being widely used, with more than 130,000 doses distributed. Uganda has vaccinated nearly 4,700 health workers, with more vaccinations beginning on Saturday. Still, corruption is rampant, and many local people are scornful of government officials seen as out of touch. As Bwera Hospital tried to arrange a safe burial on Thursday for one of Uganda’s first Ebola victims, officials quickly realized there was no vehicle. The burial took place hours later and in darkness , which some residents called a sign of the government’s shortcomings. “This should have been done by the health office, the district health office,” said Moses Mugisa, clerk of the border town of Mpondwe-Lhubiriha, who eventually found transport for the corpse. In addition, he said, voluntary health teams screening for Ebola on the border have gone unpaid for about four months. He criticized the decision of government officials from Kampala, the capital, to visit only briefly after Uganda’s first Ebola case was announced. “We have a lot of work to do,” he said.

Follow Africa news at https://twitter.com/AP_Africa 

https://www.apnews.com/9be2288e0bad444c86d00e3d0bef806c 

:: 6-16-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump thanks Netanyahu as sign for 'Trump Heights' goes up on Golan

Step is first toward establishment of new community.

By Herb Keinon June 17, 2019 04:30

Less than three months after US President Donald Trump recognized Israel’s sovereignty over the Golan Heights, the cabinet on Sunday started the bureaucratic ball moving toward establishing a new community on the Golan Heights called Ramat Trump (Trump Heights). Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who pushed to name a settlement in the area after Trump in appreciation of his recognition of Israel’s sovereignty over the Golan, as well as moving the US Embassy to Jerusalem and his strong support for Israel, unveiled the sign “Ramat Trump” on a plot of synthetic grass near the existing community of Kela. “We are proud to have the opportunity to establish a new community, and also to honor a big friend,” Netanyahu said at the opening of the special cabinet meeting held on the Golan Heights. In addition to recognizing Israeli sovereign of the Golan and Jerusalem as Israel’s capital, Netanyahu also mentioned as reason for appreciation Trump’s withdrawal from the Iranian nuclear deal. Trump responded to the gesture on Twitter: “Thank you PM @Netanyahu and the State of Israel for this great honor!” Netanyahu, along with US Ambassador David Friedman, unveiled the sign at the site of the future community, near Kela Alon in the northern Golan Heights. “This is a festive moment that will be remembered for generations as a milestone in the history of the Golan Heights,” he said at the ceremony. “Many years have passed since a new settlement was established in the Golan Heights. Today it is happening.” Friedman, who was present at the meeting and the naming ceremony, thanked Netanyahu for the “extraordinary gesture that you and the State of Israel are making to the president of the United States.” “It is well deserved, but it is much appreciated,” he said. Friedman said that the US-Israel relationship was a “dynamic” one that was “critical for both countries.” He pointed out that it is very rare anywhere in the world for a country to name a community after a sitting US president, and that the only time this was done in Israel in the past was Kfar Truman, a moshav near Ben-Gurion Airport, named after US President Harry Truman in 1949. The resolution passed on Sunday calls on the Construction Ministry to initiate professional staff work regarding the new settlement that will be presented to the national planning commission. It also mandates the Finance Ministry to give its economic perspective on the new settlement within 30 days to the national planning commission. Yael Cohen, the deputy legal adviser to the Prime Minister’s Office, said material circulated to the minister that the actual decision to establish the new community will need to be taken by the next government, and that this decision was to start the process moving toward its establishment. Because no final decision on the establishment of the new community was made, nor any budget set aside for it, MK Zvi Hauser, of the Blue and White Party who served as cabinet secretary under Netanyahu from 2009 to 2013, called the measure “Israbluff.” “Whoever reads the fine print in this ‘historical decision’ will understand that it is nothing more than a fictitious and non-obligatory resolution (fake policy),” Hauser said. “There is no budget, there is no plan, there is no location for the settlement and there isn’t really any binding decision to execute the project.” Netanyahu, Hauser said, “must decide if he really wants to establish a new settlement and deepen our roots in the Golan Heights or whether he is content with creating virtual reality for the purposes of a photo opportunity. After 52 years in the area, there are only 25,000 Israelis in the Golan and the population growth rate is negligible. This is not how a government wants to settle the Golan.”  In April, two weeks after the elections, Netanyahu toured the Golan and said a community in the Golan should be named after the US president. The community, to be a mixed secular-religious settlement which in its first stage is expected to number some 120 families, will be set up in the northern Golan at Beruchim. Tamar Beeri contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Sign-for-Trump-Heights-goes-up-on-Golan-592725 

:: 6-16-19 BBC news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Argentina and Uruguay reel after massive power outage

17 June 2019

Power has been restored to much of Argentina and Uruguay after a massive electrical failure left tens of millions of people in the dark. Argentine President Mauricio Macri has promised a full investigation.  Argentine media said the power cut occurred shortly after 07:00 (10:00GMT) on Sunday, causing trains to be halted and failures with traffic signalling. The blackout was prompted by a failure in an electrical grid that serves both Argentina and Uruguay. The outage occurred as people in Argentina were preparing to go to the polls for local elections, delaying voting in several regional provinces. Parts of Paraguay and Chile were also affected, a state energy company said. What do we know about the blackout? "A massive failure in the electrical interconnection system left all of Argentina and Uruguay without power," electricity supply company Edesur said in a tweet. Alejandra Martinez, a spokeswoman for the company, described the power cut as unprecedented. "This is the first time something like this has happened across the entire country," she said. Citing official sources, Argentine media reported that the outage was linked to a failure in the transmission of electricity from the Yacycretá hydroelectric dam. Argentina's Energy Minister Gustavo Lopetegui insisted that the country's electrical system was "very robust," but added that the exact cause of this failure was unclear. "At the moment we're not ruling out any possibility. But we don't think it is down to a cyber attack," he told reporters. Power has been restored to more than 80% of customers in Argentina, officials say. Uruguay's energy company, UTE, said power had been restored to 88% of customers.  How have people been affected? The combined population of Argentina and Uruguay is about 48 million people. Among the affected provinces in Argentina were Santa Fe, San Luis, Formosa, La Rioja, Chubut, Cordoba and Mendoza, reports said. Tierra del Fuego in the far south was the only area that remained unaffected because it is not connected to the power grid. In neighbouring Paraguay, parts of Ayolas, Pilar, Villalbín and the border areas of Misiones and Ñeembucú were also without power. One of Argentina's biggest water companies, Agua y Saneamientos Argentinos, warned those without power to conserve water, as the distribution of drinking water had been affected by the outage. Social media reports of the power outage were widespread - from the capital Buenos Aires in the north, to Mendoza in the west and Comodoro Rivadavia in the south, among many other cities. Residents posted pictures of dark towns and cities and long lines of cars queuing at petrol stations. "Everything came to a halt. Elevators, water pumps, everything. We were left adrift," Juan Borges, who lives in Buenos Aires, told the BBC. "There are some elderly people on the eighth floor but nothing happened, because the power cut was short. If it had gone on for longer it would have been a whole different story." he said.

Local media have been showing voters casting their local election ballots in the dark, with mobile phones being used as lanterns.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-latin-america-48652686 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 6-16-19 India Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sudan crisis: How protest over bread prices led to more than 100 dead, bodies floating in Nile

In December, protests broke out in Sudan after an economic crisis emptied bank machines and forced the government to triple the price of bread. What started as a fight for bread prices soon morphed into a nationwide movement, resulting in President Omar al-Bashir being ousted. On June 3, the military council in Sudan tried to disperse the pro-democracy protesters in Khartoum by opening fire on the crowds and killing over 100 people, according to local doctors.

India Today Web Desk

New Delhi

June 16, 2019 UPDATED: June 16, 2019 19:01 IST

Humanity is facing a crisis in Sudan following a crackdown in Khartoum when Sudanese security forces brutally cleared a protest camp in the area in the early hours of June 3. The protesters were calling for the Transitional Military Council to hand power over to a civilian-led government. According to Human Rights Watch, protesters were chased, whipped, shot at and, according to several reports, raped. It is yet to be confirmed exactly as to how many people have died so far. But the Central Committee of Sudanese Doctors has estimated the death toll at 118 people as of June 12. However, the military-controlled health ministry has put the toll at 61. The list did not include around 40 bodies repeatedly fished out of the Nile river after the Khartoum massacre. Why were the people protesting? In December, protests broke out in Sudan after an economic crisis emptied bank machines and forced the government to triple the price of bread. What started as a fight for bread prices soon morphed into a nationwide movement demanding the resignation of Omar al-Bashir, the Islamist-backed military dictator who had ruled the country since 1989. A baker prepares bread in Khartoum, Sudan. (Photo: Reuters) Omar al-Bashir was overthrown in April, after a sit-in camp outside military headquarters in Khartoum forced top generals to mount a coup against him. Ousted Sudanese President Omar al-Bashir. (Photo: Reuters) However, talks between the protesters, who demanded democracy, and the Transitional Military Council, who have taken over the country, soon came to an end. On June 3, the military unit in Sudan tried to break the protests of the revolutionaries in Khartoum by opening fire on the crowds and killing over 100 people, according to local doctors. One of the first victims of the massacre was 26-year-old engineer Mohamed Mattar. Mattar was allegedly fatally shot by the Sudanese paramilitary Rapid Support Forces during the 3 June attacks. He was reportedly trying to protect two women at the time. His favourite colour was blue, prompting a social media movement where the users turned their Twitter and Instagram profiles blue to honour his memory. Using the hashtag #BlueForSudan, thousands of users have since joined the movement, including US singers Rihanna and Demi Lovato, who have shared statements of support with protesters. (Photo: Twitter)  Rise of civil disobedience movement in Sudan Army officers who overthrew President Omar Hassan al-Bashir in April after four months of protests have cancelled all agreements with the civilian opposition alliance and scrapped talks over power-sharing. "The military council destroyed the political process," said Amjad Farid, spokesman for the Sudanese Professionals Association (SPA), which had been leading talks with the Transitional Military Council (TMC). A campaign of civil disobedience has emptied Khartoum's streets. Security forces fired in the air to disperse demonstrators in the north of the city. One of the leading protesters, Alaa Salah come to symbolise the protest movement in Sudan. She is a 22-year-old architecture student in Khartoum. Alaa Salah said she does not come from a political background, and has taken to the streets to fight for a better Sudan. "Our country is above any political parties and any sectarian divisions," she said. The scenario unfolding in Sudan seems straight out of the playbooks of generals in Egypt who manipulated the 2011 Arab Spring to their advantage instead of introducing greater freedoms. Field Marshall Hussein Tantawi pushed veteran Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak aside after security forces could not contain protests focused on Tahrir Square in central Cairo. But it became clear that Egypt's generals, who ruled during a turbulent and sometimes violent transition, had no appetite for democracy. In 2013, Armed Forces Chief Abdel Fattah al-Sisi, backed by the United Arab Emirates and Saudi Arabia, overthrew Mohamed Mursi of the Muslim Brotherhood, Egypt's first democratically elected president, after mass demonstrations against his rule. Sisi, who received financial support from the UAE and Saudi Arabia to keep Egypt's economy afloat, outlawed the Brotherhood and declared it a terrorist group. Security forces dispersed two Brotherhood protest camps in Cairo weeks after Mursi was toppled. Rights groups said 800 people were killed. Egypt said the protesters were armed. Who is in charge in Sudan now? The Transitional Military is headed by Lt-Gen. Abdel Fattah Abdelrahman Burhan, a career officer in the regular army seems to be calling the shots in the country. However, it is also suspected that the real power is under Lt-Gen Burhan's deputy, Lt-Gen Mohammed Hamdan Dagalo, who is also known as Hemedti. Hemedti commands the RSF - an irregular force outside the regular military chain of command. Hemedti's troops control the capital and he has apparent financial backing from regional super powers Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates - which could end up making him the next military dictator in Sudan. Shut down of internet services by the military government in Sudan The military government, which is in power in the country, has shut down most of the internet, citing "national security" - a move apparently designed to prevent protesters using social media to organise their movement and hinder reporting on what is going on inside the country.  On Friday, Sudan's military council admitted for the first time that it was responsible for dispersing the sit-in in Khartoum. "We ordered the commanders to come up with a plan to disperse this sit-in. They made a plan and implemented it...but we regret that some mistakes happened," spokesperson Shamseddine Kabbashi said. "We feel sorry for what happened," Kabashi said, while adding, "We will show no leniency and we will hold accountable anyone, regardless of their rank, if proven to have committed violations." Sudan's ruling Military Council spokesperson Shamseddine Kabbashi makes a speech as he holds a press conference at the Presidential Palace in Khartoum. (Photo: AP) What about outside powers? The African Union (AU) has suspended Sudan until the establishment of civilian rule, intensifying global pressure on its new military leaders to stand down after the worst violence since Omar al-Bashir's fall in April. Ethopian PM Abiy Ahmed has been going back and forth across Khartoum in a desperate bid to broker some kind of compromise with the generals and pro-democracy forces and appointed a special envoy. Ousted Sudan president to face trial soon Ousted Sudanese President Omar al-Bashir will stand trial soon on corruption charges, while 41 former officials from his government are being investigated for suspected graft, the chief prosecutor said on Saturday. Bashir's trial will be a test of how serious the country's transitional military council is about trying to erase the legacy of Bashir, ousted in April after 30 years of autocratic rule that saw South Sudan secede and the economy deteriorate. Chief prosecutor Alwaleed Sayed Ahmed Mahmoud said the former president would be referred for trial after a one-week period for objections expires. What will happen now? All eyes are on Sudan as the coming days will be very crucial for the country. It remains to be seen whether the opposing forces will come to some kind of terms and move on to a shaky, uncertain path towards democracy. If not, then the clashes between the Rapid Support Forces and the unarmed protesters will continue. And if we have learned one thing from our history, it is the fact that balance of power is always tipped towards forces holding the guns.

Also Read | Streets empty in Sudan's capital after deadly army crackdown

Also Read | African bloc suspends Sudan, demanding end to military rule

Also Watch | Radio conversation of Indian forces caught in crossfire in S Sudan

https://www.indiatoday.in/world/story/sudan-crisis-protest-bread-prices-bodies-floating-nile-1550055-2019-06-16 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 6--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bizarre video of creature resembling Dobby the elf of 'Harry Potter' caught on home camera

By Anna Hopkins | Fox News

An online video shows an elf-like creature many are saying resembles the character Dobby An online video shows an elf-like creature many are saying resembles the character Dobby from the ‘Harry Potter’ films. A strange video circulating online shows an elf-like creature many are saying resembles the character Dobby from the "Harry Potter" film franchise. The short clip has gone viral after being posted to Twitter on Friday by a user who says it was put up on the Facebook page of a woman named Vivian Gomez. A security camera at the home captured the clip, which shows a small figure with skinny legs and large ears walk down a driveway and do a dance.

https://www.foxnews.com/us/bizarre-video-of-creature-resembling-dobby-the-elf-of-harry-potter-caught-on-home-camera 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc     

:: 6--19 American Freedom Union :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The State of the Economy

by Paul Craig Roberts

We live in a Matrix of Lies in which our awareness is controlled by the explanations we are given. The control exercised over our awareness is universal. It applies to every aspect of our existence. In the article below I show that not only is our understanding of the economy controlled by manipulation of our minds, but also the markets themselves are controlled by official intervention. In brief, you can believe nothing that you are officially told. If you desire truth, you must support the websites that are committed to truth.

The State of the Economy

Paul Craig Roberts

The story line is going out that the economic boom is weakening and the Federal Reserve has to get the printing press running again. The Fed uses the money to purchase bonds, which drives up the prices of bonds and lowers the interest rate. The theory is that the lower interest rate encourages consumer spending and business investment and that this increase in consumer and business spending results in more output and employment. The Federal Reserve, European Central Bank, and Bank of England have been wedded to this policy for a decade, and the Japanese for longer, without stimulating business investment. Rather than borrowing at low interest rates in order to invest more, corporations borrowed in order to buy back their stock. In other words, some corporations after using all their profits to buy back their own stock went into debt in order to further reduce their market capitalization! Far from stimulating business investment, the liquidity supplied by the Federal Reserve drove up stock and bond prices and spilled over into real estate. The fact that corporations used their profits to buy back their shares rather than to invest in new capacity means that the corporations did not experience a booming economy with good investment opportunities. It is a poor economy when the best investment for a company is to repurchase its own shares. Consumers, devoid of real income growth, maintained their living standards by going deeper into debt. This process was aided, for example, by stretching out car payments from three years to six and seven years, with the result that loan balances exceed the value of the vehicles. Many households live on credit cards by paying the minimum amount, with the result that their indebtedness grows by the month. The Federal Reserve’s low interest rates are not reciprocated by the high credit card interest rate on outstanding balances.  Some European countries now have negative interest rates, which means that the bank does not pay you interest on your deposit, but charges you a fee for holding your money. In other words, you are charged an interest rate for having money in a bank. One reason for this is the belief of neoliberal economists that consumers would prefer to spend their money than to watch it gradually wither away and that the spending will drive the economy to higher growth. What is the growth rate of the economy? It is difficult to know, because the measures of inflation have been tampered with in order to avoid cost-of-living adjustments for Social Security recipients and the payment of COLA adjustments in contracts. The consumer price index is a basket of goods that represents an average household’s expenditures. The weights of the items in the index are estimates of the percentage of the household budget that is spent on those items. A rise in the prices of items in the index would raise the index by the weight of those items, and this was the measure of inflation. Changes were made that reduced the inflation that the index measured. One change was to substitute a lower price alternative when an item in the index rose in price. Another was to designate a rise in price of an item as a quality improvement and not count it as inflation. Something similar was done to the producer price index which is used to deflate nominal GDP in order to measure real economic growth. GDP is measured in terms of money, and some of the growth in the measure is due to price increases rather than to more output of goods and services. In order to have a good estimate of how much real output has increased, it is necessary to deflate the nominal measure of GDP by taking out the price rises. If inflation is underestimated, then real GDP will be overestimated. When John Williams of Shadowstats adjusts the real GDP measure for what he calculates is a two-percentage point understatement of annual inflation, there has been very little economic growth since 2009 when a recovery allegedly began, and the economy remains far below its pre-recession level in 2008. In other words, the belief that the US has had a decade long economic recovery is likely to be an illusion produced by underestimating inflation. Indeed, every day experience with the prices of food, clothing, household goods, and services indicates a higher rate of inflation than is officially reported. The low unemployment rate that is reported is also an illusion. The government achieves the low rate by not counting the unemployed. The economic and psychological cost of searching for a job are high. There are the economic costs of a presentable appearance and transport to the interview. For a person without a pay check, these costs rapidly mount. The psychological costs of failure to find a job time after time also mount. People become discouraged and cease looking. The government treats discouraged workers who cannot find jobs as no longer being in the work force and omits them from the measure of unemployment. John Williams estimates that the real rate of US unemployment is 20%, not 3.5% The decline in the labor force participation rate supports Williams’ conclusion. Normally, a booming economy, which is what 3.5% unemployment represents, would have a rising labor force participation rate as people enter the work force to take advantage of the employment opportunities. However, during the alleged ten year boom, the participation rate has fallen, an indication of poor job opportunities. The government measures jobs in two ways: the payroll jobs report that seeks to measure the new jobs created each month (which is not a measure of employment as a person may hold two or more jobs) and the household survey that seeks to measure employment. The results are usually at odds and cannot be reconciled. What does seem to emerge is that the new jobs reported are for the most part low productivity, low value-added, lowly paid jobs. Another conclusion is that the number of full time jobs with benefits are declining and the number of part-time jobs are rising. A case could be made that US living standards have declined since the 1950s when one income was sufficient to support a family. The husband took the slings and arrows of the work experience, and the wife provided household services such as home cooked nutritious meals, child care, clean clothes, and an orderly existence. Today most households require two earners to make ends meet and then only barely. Saving is a declining option. A Federal Reserve report a couple of years ago concluded that about half of American households could not produce $400 cash unless personal possessions were sold. As the Federal Reserve’s low interest rate policy has not served ordinary Americans or spurred investment in new plant and equipment, who has it served? The answer is corporate executives and shareholders. As the liquidity supplied by the Federal Reserve has gone mainly into the prices of financial assets, it is the owners of these assets who have benefited from the Federal Reserve’s policy. Years ago Congress in its unwisdom capped the amount of executive pay that could be deducted as a business expense at one million dollars unless performance related. What “performance related” means is a rise in profits and share price. Corporate boards and executives achieved “performance” by reducing labor costs by moving jobs offshore and by using profits and borrowing in order to buy back the company’s shares, thus driving up the price. In other words, corporate leaders and owners benefited by harming the US economy, the careers and livelihoods of the American work force, and their own companies. This is the reason for the extraordinary worsening of the income and wealth distribution in the United States that is polarizing the US into a handful of mega-rich and a multitude of have-nots. The America I grew up in was an opportunity society. There were ladders of upward mobility that could be climbed on merit alone without requiring family status or social and political connections. Instate college tuition was low. Most families could manage it, and the students of those families that could not afford the cost worked their way through university with part time jobs. Student loans were unknown.

That America is gone. The few economists capable of thought wonder about the high price/earnings ratios of US stocks and the 26,000 Dow Jones when stock buy-backs indicate that US corporations see no investment opportunities. How can stock prices be so high when corporations see no growth in US consumer income that would justify investment in the US? When President Reagan’s supply-side economic policy got the Dow Jones up to 1,000 the US still had a real economy. How can it be that today with America’s economy hollowed out the Dow Jones is 25 or 26 times higher? Manipulation plays a role in the answer. In Reagan’s last year in office, the George H.W. Bush forces created the Working Group on Financial Markets, otherwise known as the “plunge protection team,” the purpose of which was to prevent a stock market fall that would deny Bush the Republican nomination and the presidency as Reagan’s successor. The Bush people did not want any replay of October 1987. The plunge protection team brought together the Federal Reserve, Treasury, and Securities and Exchange Commission in a format that could intervene in the stock market to prevent a fall. The easiest way to do this is, when faced with falling stock prices, to step in and purchase S&P futures. Hedge funds follow the leader and the market decline is arrested. The Federal Reserve now has the ability to intervene in any financial market. Dave Kranzler and I have shown repeatedly how the Federal Reserve or its proxies intervene in the gold market to support the value of the excessively-supplied US dollar by printing naked gold contracts to drop on the gold futures market in order to knock down the price of gold. A rising gold price would show that the dollar support arrangements that the Federal Reserve has with other central banks to maintain the illusion of a strong dollar is a contrived arrangement rejected by the gold market. What few, if any, economists and financial market commentators understand is that today all markets are rigged by the plunge protection team. For at least a decade it has not been possible to evaluate the financial situation by relying on traditional thinking and methods. Rigged markets do not respond in the way that competitive markets respond. This is the explanation why companies that see no investment opportunities for their profits better than the repurchase of their own shares can have high price/earnings ratios. This is the explanation why the market’s effort to bring stock prices in line with realistic price/earnings ratios is unsuccessful. As far as I can surmise, the Federal Reserve and plunge protection team can continue to rig the financial markets for the mega-rich until the US dollar loses its role as world reserve currency.

https://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2019/06/06/the-state-of-the-economy/ 

http://www.americanfreedomunion.com/the-state-of-the-economy/ 

 :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day.

:: 6-9-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another Cluster Of Mysterious Deaths! Arkansas Judge Seals Police Records On Murder Of Former Arkansas State Senator Who Was Allegedly Investigating CPS Child Trafficking Ring

- At Least 5 Mysterious Deaths In Week: Is A Nationwide 'Clean Up Job' Being Carried Out?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  June 9, 2019

Over the last several years dating back to the launch of ANP during the administration of Barack Obama, we have published numerous stories about clusters of mysterious deaths hitting bankers, scientists, biologists, holistic health practitioners, people tied to the DNC and Hillary Clinton and numerous other seemingly odd professions to experience sudden outbreaks of mysterious deaths. And we're sad to report in this new story that another such outbreak may now be unfolding before our eyes. As Infowars reports in this new story, within two days of each other this past week, the bodies of two former state Senators were found within their own homes, both of them shot dead. With the body of former Republican state Senator Linda Collins Smith found the day before the body of former Oklahoma state Senator Jonathon Nicols, one commenter on the Infowars story instantly picked up on the fact that Collins Smith was from the state of Arkansas while commenting "Old friends of the Clintons no doubt :( ". Another commenter simply stated: "Arkancide=Clintons." Those mysterious deaths were just 2 of at least 5 this past week. Quite interestingly, Arkansas Circuit Court Judge Harold Erwin has sealed all police records surrounding the death of former Senator Linda Collins Smith and 'coincidentally', or not, Erwin 1st became a Circuit Court Judge in Arkansas in 1987, while Bill Clinton was governor there. With the Arkansas swamp one of the deepest, dirtiest and most corrupt in the nation, is another full scale cover up taking place? And adding another piece to the puzzle, back on March 5th of 2019, the website Right Wing Watch did a hit piece story on Collins Smith, claiming that she had recently called into a youtube show put on by "Patriots Soapbox" and spoke about what RWW called all of the so-called 'conspiracy theories' that are floating around within 'right wing circles'. 'Theories' which we now understand were right on the money as they correctly painted the 'deep state' as treasonous under Barack Obama in their attempted coup against President Trump. Collins Smith was also very outspoken in her views on illegal immigration. And as we hear in the 2nd and final video at the bottom of this story, Collins Smith had also allegedly been investigating Child Protective Services in Arkansas and had apparently discovered a massive underground child trafficking ring hidden within private organizations but funded by Federal Grants. And while we are unable to confirm it at this moment, the 'Clinton cartel' was allegedly involved in that as well. In the first video at the bottom of this story, videographer Ken Yang from Conduit News also takes a look at the mysterious death of Linda Collins Smith and while he doesn't mention Bill or Hillary, one commenter on his video pointed out: "Arkancided!!! She knew too much on OBAMA AND CLINTONS.." So before we go on to the next section of this story which will take a look at the genesis of the strange patterns of mysterious deaths over the past several decades surrounding Hillary and the 'Clinton crime family', we have to mention here that the murders of Collins Smith and Jonathon Nicols were not the only mysterious deaths to happen last week. As the NY Times had reported back on June 6th, two Veteran New York City law enforcement members recently 'took their own lives' within 24 hours of each other. The alleged 'suicides' of Veteran Police Chief Steven Silk, who was only one month away from retirement, and a homicide detective were immediately picked up upon by users of the website 4Chan who claimed that Silk was the Police Chief who handed over Anthony Weiner's laptop to the FBI and had seen the contents of it. And while this Heavy story reports that they found no evidence suggesting Silks was involved in handing over Weiner’s laptop, does anybody really believe that we'll be getting any truth at all about 'deep state crimes' or the 'Clinton crime family' from leftist media? It sure looks to us like someone is cleaning up loose ends, and with the mysterious death of Hillary Clinton's youngest brother Tony Rodham also happening on Saturday, and coming during the same week as all of these other mysterious deaths, one dissenter commenter hit the nail on the head on this Hillary tweet announcing his death, "Let me guess: He committed suicide by shooting himself twice in the back of the head? The Borgia's have NOTHING on the Clinton Crime Family. You are a cold, dangerous b*tch..." Any story about mysterious deaths over the past several decades would not be complete without once again taking a look back at the beginning of the mysterious deaths that have surrounded Bill and Hillary Clinton. From Conservapedia. The Clinton body count originated with the 1987 Ives/Henry double homicide case and the subsequent violent deaths of seven witnesses or suspects in the investigation. Drug smuggling continued at the Mena Airport after the CIA terminated the Contra supply operation and left Arkansas. All nine of these murders in the vicinity of Mena remain unsolved, and three were originally ruled "suicides" by the state's chief medical examiner. Law enforcement and prosecutors also participated in the coverup, some receiving pay raises and promotions in the Clinton Arkansas political machine. The BCCI, Inslaw, and a small Little Rock bank data processing company known as Systematics also figure prominently in a string of unusual deaths. Once in the White House, many premature deaths related to "accidents" (most likely the result of sabotage) and "suicides" (staged by hired thugs) coincide with investigations into illegal fundraising. Since leaving the White House, several witnesses in corruption probes have been "suicided" or met bizarre "accidents" only days before giving sworn testimony. Other mysterious deaths are related to the Clinton Foundation and fundraising. Much of the early work on the subject was done by journalist Danny Casolaro writing The Octopus, and Victor Thorn author of The Clinton Murder Volume, both who met suspicious and untimely deaths. Future researchers will build upon their work, with the caveat of associated risks.  The Clinton body count spawned the neologism 'Arkancide', defined as neither traditional suicide nor homicide, but "suicide" by two bullets to the back of the head. While numbering over 33 according to this August of 2016 WND story, the 'body count' continued to grow into the 2016 election and well beyond with the still unsolved murder of Seth Rich likely one of the biggest 'Clinton killings'. As Fox News had reported back in August of 2016, many believe it was Rich who fed Julian Assange and Wikileaks the data from the DNC hack, a hack long blamed upon Russia that cast the 2016 US election into the twilight zone and helped lead to the 'Russian collusion witch hunt'. Why are so many mysterious deaths seemingly grouped in huge clusters? As Erin Elizabeth over at Health Nut News began reporting nearly 4 years ago back in June of 2015 following the murder of Dr. Jeff Bradstreet, we've now reached the point where the lives of over 90 holistic doctors have come to mysterious and untimely ends. Why so many dead holistic doctors? And Steve Quayle has been keeping track of mysteriously dead chemists, biologists, engineers, infectious disease experts and other scientists going all the way back to 1994 with 46 dead on this list alone which charts the deaths until 2003 with another 30+ on this list which covered the years 2004 to 2015. Why so many mysteriously dead scientists over the years? What did they know that we don't know? Were they secretly developing some kind of 'doomsday' race specific bio weapons? Those questions will probably never be answered.  And then as the NY Post had asked in a story back in 2016, "Why are so many bankers committing suicide?" Reporting within that story that at least 40 bankers had 'killed themselves' within a 17-month period which started in March of 2013, as Casey Research reported back in November of 2016, all of those mysterious deaths should have told us a great deal of information about the instablility of the banking system in general and clearly pointed towards deep corruption. So with this latest mysterious death cluster seemingly pointing at the 'Clinton crime family' and happening at a time when the treasonous deep state has been fully exposed and the entire Russian collusion hoax narrative has shifted, now pointing directly to Obama and Hillary and deep state criminality, anybody who has had any kind of dealings with 'Bill and Hill' in the past should probably hire an extra body guard or three and station them around the house, well armed, prepared for anything with what looks like a possible 'clean up job' of people who 'knew too much' now taking place across the country.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Recent_Mysterious_Deaths_Are_A_Sign_Of_Trouble.php 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 6--19 Now the End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Goal Of Hollywood And The Entire Entertainment Industry Is To Normalize Satanism And That Mission Is Now Nearly Complete

People, we are losing this battle, and maybe from a biblical point of view these things cannot be stopped. But what can be stopped is you and I being a part of it. After you watch these videos, you will see how pervasive satanism in America truly is, and shockingly, you will see how perhaps you have been a part of it because it is just so deeply ingrained in our culture by this point. These videos will show you that America is firmly in the grip of the occult and satanism to a degree that you never thought possible. And it gets worse every day. In 1988, I left my parent’s home in New Jersey and headed west to California. In A very short period of time I found work as an actor, became a stand-in and double for then-stars like Richard Gere and Matt Dillon, acting in dozens of commercials and enjoyed small roles on many of the popular shows of the day. I was a card-carrying member of SAG and AFTRA for 18 years. From what I personally saw during the 6 years I was actively involved, before the Lord called me out of it in 1994, it was not an overly wholesome place. Many crazy things were done behind closed doors. But in 2019, not only are those things now done openly, you can also see that Hollywood, the music industry, and even formerly family friendly companies like Disney are working to normalize the occult in general and satanism in particular. “…but this is your hour, and the power of darkness.” Luke 22:53 (KJV) Never before has the influence of mass culture and the media been so predominant or so powerful. 24 hours per day, we are bombarded by ads, videos, sound bytes, music, billboards, with our every move being tracked on our mobile phones. People are shocked to find that after they had a conversation in the living room with a friend about buying a new Chevy, the next time they use their computer or mobile device, there’s an ad for the exact car they were just discussing. How can this be? Simple, your phones are listening to you, even when turned off, and ads are sent to you based on what you were talking about. It happens to me multiple times per week. “For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?” Mark 8:36 (KJV)

This article is not going to contain a lot of words, because words will not be nearly as effective as the videos you are about to see. And after you watch them, if you can watch them all the way through, you will no longer be under the illusion of America being a “godly nation” or about Americans being “one people under God” because we are not under God. These videos will show you that America is firmly in the grip of the occult and satanism to a degree that you never thought possible. And it gets worse every day. “And we know that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in wickedness.” 1 John 5:19 (KJV)

Nearly every Hollywood and music superstar now claims association with the Illuminati, Freemasonry, OTO or the Church of Satan. They flash occult signs and symbols in all their music videos, and we the same in nearly all films and movies. But it is useless for me to spend overly many words telling you when I can show you. “Wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience:” Ephesians 2:2 (KJV) GRAPHIC WARNING: The images you will see in these videos are beyond disturbing, and the language at times equally so. Please pray before watching any of them. I would say to not let your children watch them, but guess what? They have probably been seeing them for years as well as buying their occult-themed music. Jay-Z just became a billionaire because millions and millions of people buy his music. People like your kids, people like you maybe, too. “And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.” Revelation 12:9 (KJV) People, we are losing this battle, and maybe from a biblical point of view these things cannot be stopped. But what can be stopped is you and I being a part of it. After you watch these videos, you will see how pervasive satanism in America truly is, and shockingly, you will see how perhaps you have been a part of it because it is just so deeply ingrained in our culture by this point. Satan’s Grip Over America And The Entertainment Industry This first video is an excellent overview proving beyond the shadow of any doubt that the music and entertainment industry is controlled by Satan. So you think you listen to “clean” rock music, do you? You like your favorite “christian” heavy metal band, yes? No such thing as you will see here. If you have watched some of all of these videos, then by now you know the true state of America, our culture, and who it is that is running it. God has given me this amazing platform of NTEB, this ‘pulpit’ if you will, that allows me to reach deeply into the whole world. I am using it to warn you in the hopes you will start disconnecting from Hollywood, from the music industry, even from organized sports. These things are being used to program us, to control us, to accept as normal things that are perversely abnormal.

KATY PERRY ADMITS SHE SOLD HER SOUL TO THE DEVIL

JAY-Z AND BEYONCE ARE MEMBERS OF ALEISTER CROWLEY’S SATANIC CULT OTO

MADONNA DANCES OVER PIT OF HORNED DEMONS AT 2015 GRAMMYS

ACTOR CHRISTIAN BALE WINS GOLDEN GLOBES ‘BEST ACTOR’ FOR HIS PORTRAYAL OF DICK CHENEY IN ‘VICE’ MOVIE GIVES THANKS TO SATAN IN ACCEPTANCE SPEECH

OPRAH WINFREY AND STEPHEN COLBERT TAKE TURNS MOCKING GOD, JESUS AND THE BIBLE ON THE LATE SHOW

What do you think Pride Month is, anyway? It is a celebration of the normalization of everything that hates God and hates the Bible. Why are transgenders being pushed so heavily now? The symbol of Baphomet in satanism has both male and female genitalia, it is transgender. Do you get it now, are you starting to see what I am talking about? It is everywhere you look, in everything you purchase, and in everything that comes over the airwaves or the wifi. “He beholdeth all high things: he is a king over all the children of pride.” Job 41:34 (KJV) I will leave you with this last thought. Stop making excuses as to why you can’t witness for the Lord Jesus, turn off the television set, get some gospel tracts and get busy. Because as you can see in this article, things are getting ready to ‘wrap up’ soon, with you or without you. Make a stand or be forever on the sidelines, the choice is yours. You have free will, use it. But know this. While you’re sitting back praying “Lord, make me willing to be willing” and all the rest of that Laodicean junk, people are dying and going to Hell. 151,000 minimum per day every day. Tick, tock.

When this bright world would tempt me sore, When Satan would a victory score;  When self would seek to have its way, Then help me Lord with joy to say;  Only one life, ’twill soon be past, Only what’s done for Christ will last.

Now The End Begins is your front line defense against the rising tide of darkness in the last days before the Rapture of the Church HOW TO DONATE: Click here to view our GoFundMe page

When you contribute to this fundraising effort, you are helping us to do what the Lord called us to do. The money you send in goes primarily to the building of the recording studio, but it also goes to the overall daily operations of this site. When people ask for Bibles, we send them out at no charge. When people write in and say how much they would like gospel tracts but cannot afford them, we send them a box at no cost to them for either the tracts or the shipping, no matter where they are in the world. Even all the way to South Africa. We even restarted our weekly radio Bible study on Sunday nights again, thanks to your generous donations.

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/how-hollywood-entertainment-industry-is-normalizing-occult-satanism-in-america/

:: 6-10-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Ebola Emerges, the Use of Medical FEMA Camps Will Be Accepted-Do You Know Your Odds of Surviving In a FEMA Camp?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, June 10, 2019 - 16:37.

The Chicken Littles are rearing their ugly heads and telling us that there is nothing to worry about. I have asserted in the past 48 hours that weaponized immigrants are being turned loose inside the United States. Weeks ago, I published a report in which I recounted the stories of both DHS and the DEA in which several immigrants from the Congo had tested positive with Ebola only to have them disappear into the night. Earlier this Spring, I published a report which described a joint medical martial law program between HHS, 17 other Federal agencies and the United Nations to set up containment camps to house people who were sick. If one is not familiar with this report, click on the link, this is a very important read in terms of understanding what is coming. The only problem with this program, is that there was not a medical group associated with the setting up of these so-called containment facilities and one could be forcibly sent off to one of the containment camps with minimal symptoms with no prospect for meaningful treatment. As previously reported, I have an alphabet soup agency agent who has told me that there are FEMA camps being built outside 5 major Texas cities. I further reported that in a Washington Post, April 9, 2019 story, that the United Nations was training a newly formed, Mexican National Guard, in humanitarian response to a crisis. Not long after, this same Mexican National Guard was involved in the snatching of two American soldiers on the US side of the border in what must be considered to be an act of war. In short, everything I said regarding the creation of FEMA Camp incarcerations for medically impacted persons is being legitimized. “Robert Redfield, the director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention said that people need to be prepared for the worst.” Redfield said the Democratic Republic of Congo’s newest Ebola outbreak may not be containable.  Tom Inglesby, the director of the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security in Baltimore, said that if the Ebola outbreak becomes endemic in the Congo’s North Kivu province, it shows “we’ve lost the ability to trace contacts, stop transmission chains and contain the outbreak.” In this situation, Ebola could spread, which could negatively impact both trade and travel, according to a report by Becker’s Hospital Review.” This was said over a year ago and it is unfolding just as predicted. We have a crisis that is brewing and Ebola is that crisis. When we consider the facts that have already been documented on the CSS, it should be apparent to all that have eyes to see, that the loss of the Congolese Ebola-detainees was no accident. Immigration is being weaponized. Daniel Horowitz writes in the June 3 issue of Conservative Review: “While the problems of mumps, tuberculosis, scabies, and chicken pox from Central America are bad enough, the influx of African migrants takes the concern of contagious diseases to an entirely new level.” Thomas Homan, former Acting Director of Immigration and Custom Enforcement (ICE), said that House Speaker Nancy Pelosi needed to “love your country a little more than you hate this president.” The perfect storm is forming. FEMA camps will become normalized under medical pretenses. To those that wonder, can you survive in a FEMA camp? I did some historical research on this and here is what I found.' WHAT ARE THE ODDS OF SURVIVING IN A FEMA CAMP? Are you ready for the coming tyrannical crackdown and the complete evisceration of our constitutional liberties? Have you taken the proper precautions that will ensure the safety of you and your family? It is not likely that very many of us have taken any meaningful steps to maximize our chances for survival in what will prove to be humanity’s darkest days. Do you have what it takes to survive in a re-education camp? When the Wackenhut bus rolls into your neighborhood at 3AM, are you prepared to deal with what lies ahead? Let’s assume for a second that martial law is fully enacted and you were not able to find a safe sanctuary and that you are arrested by the powers that be. Have you considered what will happen? Your family members will be separated by the authorities as a prelude to sending you to their detention facilities, and that means that men will go to one facility, and women will go to another. Children will have their own facility awaiting them. Remember, the state owns your children and they have declared so in their Agenda 21 documents. In all likelihood, this will mark the last time you will ever see your family. How do I know this? Read the Rex 84 documents. The government tells you in plain language what they plan to do with you and your family. The Two Biggest Threats to Your Survival Are Psychological Imagine how a man who is deprived of everyone he has ever cared about, and at the same time this man has lost his house and all of his possessions, how will he survive? There are two primary dangers facing detainees and the biggest danger consists of bad luck and your showers will actually emit cyanide instead of water. And the second danger detainees will face is the loss of hope as we succumb and let go of life. For how will you find meaning in your life, when you’re separated from everything you’ve ever known and loved? If you are sent to the camps in the upcoming clamp down, there are things you can do to exercise control over the things of which you have influence. The Jews, placed in the NAZI death camps, were a very resilient people and were able to manufacture their own subculture while in the death There Were Resisters to the Forced Incarcerations There were those, however, that did resist as they ran from the relocation trains, and/or attacked their captors. In almost every instance, resisting authorities at the time of arrest was almost 100% fatal most often ending with a bullet in the back of their head. Within the death camps, a legitimate subculture appeared as the people played cards and actors, musicians, comics, singers, and dancers all entertained small groups who came together for a few hours to forget their dehumanization. Inmates formed close relationships with one another and this was their grass roots form of resistance. The voices of history are clear, if you’re ever forced into a re-education camp, pray for good luck and develop meaningful relationships among your fellow detainees and find pleasure in the small things over which you will have some measure of control. Some Inmates Resisted If you allowed yourself to be taken to a camp, could you organize a resistance and somehow win your freedom? There were some that tried just that. However, the results were not promising. In Treblinka, seven hundred Jews were successful in blowing up the camp on August 2, 1943. All but 150 of the inmates perished in retaliation for their efforts. Only 12 Treblinka inmates survived the war. In Sobibor, Jewish and Russian inmates mounted an escape on October 14, 1943. One in ten successfully escaped, about 60 out of 600. The prisoners involved in the escape survived to join the Soviet underground. In Auschwitz, on October 7, 1944, one of the four crematoria was blown up by Jewish workers, whose job it was to clear away the bodies of gas chamber victims. The workers were all caught and 100% of them were killed. The lesson seems clear, if you allow yourself to be taken, you’re probably not coming out of the experience alive. What is the lesson that one should draw? First, do not get caught and I know that is easier said than done. Secondly, some will survive, not many, by choosing to go along to get along. Third, you can try to escape. To survive by going along to get along, requires a fair amount of luck to survive. From my perspective, I believe history teaches that mounting an organized escape effort may be the best chance for survival that an inmate has coming out of the death camp experience, alive. Community Resistance? Can a community mount a successful resistance? Despite the stereotype which betrays all Jews as meekly going to their death, there were plenty of communities which mounted a resistance. For example, on September 3, 1942, seven hundred Jewish families escaped from the Tuchin Ghetto, located in Ukraine. However, the Nazis hunted them down, and only 15 survived. By 1943, the residents in the famous Warsaw Ghetto, had organized an army of about 1,000 men, mostly unarmed and without military equipment. In January 1943, German soldiers entered the ghetto to round up more Jews for shipment to the death camps. They were met by a volley of bombs, Molotov cocktails, and a few bullets from the sparse number of firearms which had been smuggled into the ghettos. Twenty German soldiers were killed. The action encouraged a few members of the Polish resistance to support the uprising, and a few machine guns, some hand grenades, and about a hundred rifles and revolvers were smuggled in. The Germans returned with almost 3,000 veteran German troops and overcame the resistance. It is true that nearly 300 Germans were killed. However, Jewish losses were estimated at 15,000. Some Jews survived and some actually did escape, but not many. More Thoughts What is the takeaway from these experiences? Unfortunately, it is an almost certain death sentence if one allows themselves to be incarcerated by a ruthless totalitarian regime. We have seen that resistance at the point of arrest is futile. Armed and organized resistance which includes community involvement, produces long odds for survival, but some do survive. Resisting captors inside of the concentration camp, by any means necessary, is nearly fatal in every case. Acquiescing to authority, while one carves out a life under very dire circumstances, provides the best chance for survival. And for those of us who are naturally resistant to tyranny. this is a bitter pill to swallow! However, and even under these conditions, one’s survival is highly dependent on being lucky. The best chance for survival if you are ever transported to a detention center, is to avoid being caught in the first place. Two out of every three Jews that hid, survived the war. The lesson here is that as society begins to fragment, parents can enhance the survival of their children by bequeathing them to close friends who are not “enemies of the state”. The Independent reported, that at least 764 people escaped the Holocaust by leaping from trains, a surprising figure, but it is based on data drawn from new research. It appears that escaping during transport, although not commonplace, does provide one with one of the best chances for survival. Was this the escape proof loophole closed by FEMA, in 2012, when they ordered 102,000 boxto cars with shackles? Then of course, there are the incessant stories about guillotines. A Hollywood movie could not create a more anxiety-filled plot than what is unfolding. Conclusion I don't think that the Ebola "pandemic" will reach a major crisis stage. I believe that the perception will be created to make the public believe that a pandemic is at hand. The perception of a pandemic will get the public to accept the use of containment camps (ie FEMA Camps). the creation of this perception will minimize resistance to the forced incarcerations that will follow. I predict that there will come a time in America when we will regret the day that we did not resist the bankster controlled government while we still had the means. Perhaps your survival instinct should kick in and stand up the tyranny that is staring us square in the face. Cover your mouth, don't cough and prepare for the worst. The UN is just south of our southern border training the Mexican National Guard for humanitarian purposes. perhaps these will be the FEma camp guards. Soon, the UN will be here and the camps will be legitimized under the guise of being for medical purposes.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-immigration/ebola-emerges-use-medical-fema-camps-will-be-accepted-do-you-know-your-odds-surviving-fema-camp 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 6-7-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Christian School Hit with SWAT-Style Raid, CA Demands They Allow Sexual Exploration or Be Shut Down

06-07-2019 Andrea Morris

A Christian school in California is facing a huge battle with the state. Pacific Justice Institute (PJI) is representing River View Christian Academy in northern California. The school was raided earlier in the year, SWAT style, by the state. According to PJI, the raid was carried out by 16 armed law enforcement from California Highway Patrol, two canine units and 17 social workers. Students and staff were horrified by the sudden and unexpected attack. The state was misled into thinking that the school was harboring illegal drugs, amassing ammunition, and preparing for doomsday. RVCA works under the ministry Teen Rescue, which has offered programs for struggling teenagers in need of full-time supervision and redirection since 1989. Students are taught to focus on their education, change destructive behavior and strive for success. Even though results from the raid did not uncover any apocalyptic, end-times type of scenario, the state has not stopped and is fining the school daily with claims of improper licensing. The state is now saying that, due to recent legislation, it is no longer possible for a private boarding school to operate without a considerable amount of licensing and oversight by the Department of Social Services. With the increase in licensing, the Christian school would have to abandon their biblical values. The state requires that licensed facilities allow students to have the right to engage in spiritual and sexual exploration, which contradicts the standards set by RVCA and the morals of many parents, the Pacific Justice Institute said. PJI attorney Kevin Snider says the school is being targeted because it's part of a ministry for at-risk youth. He wrote, "In 25 years of practice, I have never seen this level of aggressive, militant, and ideologically-driven conduct by a state agency against a religious institution." In April, a federal judge dismissed part of the case saying that it must go through the state's administrative process. Fines continue to collect for RVCA and PJI has begun pursuing an administrative appeal. Did you know? God is everywhere—even in the news. That’s why we view every news story through the lens of faith. We are committed to delivering quality independent Christian journalism you can trust. But it takes a lot of hard work, time, and money to do what we do. Help us continue to be a voice for truth in the media by supporting CBN News for as little as $1.

https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/us/2019/june/christian-school-hit-with-swat-style-raid-ca-demands-they-allow-sexual-exploration-or-be-shut-down 

:: 6-10-19 Justus Kninght News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why 1+MILLION Hong Kong Extradition PROTEST Is A WARNING To America! Google aka “GONGLE” Art Tells All!

By Justus Knight on June 10, 2019

If you were tuned in this weekend to the mass protest involving Hong Kong’s pending Extradition bill you saw a look into America’s future. This is how a population reacts when a few of it’s final freedoms are being shredded away. The terrifying part of this story is the involvement of Google (aka Gongle) and an artist called Badiucao. What is exposed in their story shows exactly what we are in store for here is our County…SILENCE TO ALL THAT DISAGREE!! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus For More Information (references) See: References Can Be Found At www.justusaknight.com (please subscribe while you’re there)

https://justusaknight.com/2019/06/10/why-1million-hong-kong-extradition-protest-is-a-warning-to-america-google-aka-gongle-art-tells-all/ 

:: 6-11-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Futuristic rifle with 'Google Maps for drones' software can hack into remote controlled aircraft and force them to fly back to their owners

Australian firm DroneShield has developed a rifle that deactivates flying drones

It can do this from more than 10,000 feet away by using jamming frequencies

A portable monitor covers a designated zone and pinpoints drones in the air

The system is also able to reveal where the drones are being flown from

By Tim Collins For Mailonline Published: 09:59 EDT, 10 June 2019 | Updated: 02:51 EDT, 11 June 2019

A defence company has invented a new futuristic 'rifle' that stops rogue drones by hacking into them - and forcing them to fly back to their pilots. DroneShield has developed a software similar to 'Google Maps' for drones that instantly locates any drones - and sends them back to their pilots. The firm has previously worked with the British Army and provided assistance to the 2018 Korean Winter Olympics, and their tech is in use at airports. CEO Oleg Vornik remains tight-lipped on the exact cost of the system, but confirmed it ranges from five to seven figures. Mr Vornik also says the system could be used to protect airports from drone incursions - such as the one that brought chaos to Gatwick Airport, bringing it to a standstill for 33 hours before Christmas. A portable monitor covers a designated zone and pinpoints drones while revealing where they are being flown from. DroneShield - based in New South Wales, Australia - created other products such as the Gun after the booming popularity and availability of drones among the public. The Gun is able to deactivate flying drones from more than 3,000 feet (10,000m) by using jamming radio frequencies - shot from a futuristic-looking black rifle.

When asked about the use of the new software in situations like the Gatwick drone incident, Mr Vornik said: 'That was our idea. It works a bit like Google Maps, showing us a picture of an area and an accurate identification of the drone pilot's location. 'The system can detect when a pilot communicates with a drone by accessing the 'uplinks' and corresponding 'downlinks'. 'The location of the pilot can be found and they can be arrested, it would save a lot of money. 'It can also watch the drone's video feed using radio frequency detection sensors - there is nothing on the market like this.'

The firm's new system has been hailed as the 'first of its kind' for its added ability to return a drone safely to its point of origin. Mr Vornik said: 'The system is completely passive, it emits no frequency and can be safely used in airports despite the use of "jammers". 'We are active in UK, but I can't share additional details due to confidentiality, but we previously announced trials with UK Army.' A company spokesman said: 'The browser-based monitoring application lets you view and control DroneShield detection and response activity from anywhere. 'While secure cloud-based processing allows operators to access their sites from anywhere, anytime. 'The Live Dashboard allows operators to observe and understand the drone activity around their site immediately. 'Vast amounts of environmental data is processed and distributed to the operator only when required, in a form that is easy to understand. 'Detection, disruption and exclusion zones can be set up within allowing the user to establish accurate protection of their facility.' Defence expert Will Geddes, of International Corporate Protection, warned of a 'false sense of security', however. He added: 'We would not want people to get a false sense of security - there is a range of drone threats - the big question is the response time after the pilot is identified. 'Those using rogue drones range from stupid clowns, to organised criminals and then terrorists at the sharp end. 'Some drones are actively designed to stop users flying into specific areas but these can be re-engineered. 'However there are some racing drones used that are incredibly quick. 'This is the first I've heard of this system, if a vector could be established this is pretty phenomenal, especially if the pilot was unaware. Shocking test footage shows a drone bursting a grapefruit-sized hole in an aircraft's wing This shocking footage shows the potential danger posed by a small drone if it crashes into a passenger jet by puncturing a hole in the aircraft's wing. Experts from the University of Dayton Research Institute's Impact Physics lab simulated a collision between a drone and an aircraft wing under test conditions. The footage shows the drone punch through the outer skin of the aircraft's wing as it disintegrates. Experts fear that even an impact between a small drone and a passenger aircraft could lead to a catastrophe Such an impact on take off or landing could potentially lead to serious control issues endangering the safety of the aircraft and those on the ground. The drone appears to punch a grapefruit-sized hole into the wing - into an area many aircraft use to carry part of their fuel supply. A drone hit a small charter plane in Canada in 2017; it landed safely. In another incident that same year, a drone struck a U.S. Army helicopter in New York but caused only minor damage. Mexican authorities are investigating reports that a Boeing 737-800 was struck by a drone while on approach to Tijuana airport in December 2018. Photographs taken after the passenger jet safely landed show extensive damage to the aircraft's nose cone which houses some of its radar equipment. Airline pilot Patrick Smith of askthepilot.com said: 'This has gone from being what a few years ago what we would have called an emerging threat to a more active threat. 'The hardware is getting bigger and heavier and potentially more lethal, and so we need a way to control how these devices are used and under what rules.' John Cox, former airline pilot and now a safety consultant warned drones posed a greater threat to smaller aircraft and helicopters but could cause problems with a passenger jet. In a small aircraft the drone could smash through the windscreen into the pilot's face. It could also be sucked into an aircraft's engine or damage the rotor of a helicopter. Mr Cox said: 'On an airliner, because of the thickness of the glass, I think it's pretty unlikely, unless it's a very large drone.' A study by the US Federal Aviation Authority warned drones posed a greater risk than birds to aircraft as the drones carried batteries and motors which could cause more damage than a bird's bones. Marc Wagner, CEO of Drone Detection Sys in Switzerland said jamming systems could disrupt a drone, but such technology is illegal in Britain. He said Dutch police trained eagles to swoop down on drones and knock them out of the sky near aerodromes or large concerts, but the program was ended as the birds did not always follow orders. According to Wagner: 'The only method is to find the pilot and to send someone to the pilot to stop him.'

British authorities are planning to tighten regulations by requiring drone users to register, which could make it easier to identify the pilot. But Wagner warned: 'If somebody wants to do something really bad, he will never register.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-7124385/Futuristic-rifle-Google-Maps-drones-software.html 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 6--19 Jesus is Savior :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kabbalah/Cabala/Quabala/Cabalah

The Biblical Truth about the Kabbalah

Theosophy & Kabbalah

Theosophy & Kabbalah

The Hidden Agenda of the Kabbalah

Most people do not Knowingly go towards Lucifer (who is appropriately called Satan). So those who end up worshipping Lucifer essentially have to be tricked into doing this. Theosophy spends a great deal of time with the Kabbalah (caballa/quabalah), because the books of the Kabbalah pretend to be about Jewish History. The premise of those who study the Kabbalah is that they are reading an ancient series of books, usually containing HIDDEN knowledge about the Bible, and about the Universe.

The problem is - that is not ACTUALLY what the Kabbalah is doing. The system of the Kabbalah claims to be based on Jewish Mysticism. But we have to look at that claim very closely. Some people who hear the term "Jewish Mysticism" think that this applies to Jewish Spirituality that is derived FROM the Old Testament, from the Bible. That is NOT true ! It is confusing because books About the Kabbalah are written in a style which is confusing, designed to lead readers to think that they are studying DEEP things, when the only event that is truly taking place - is that readers [of books about the Kabbalah] are being deceived.

The Kabbalah is based on a series of Visions delivered to a person in a Trance. To Christians, THAT should be raising alarm bells. The Kabbalah is based on a series of books, that are called THE ZOHAR. This is usually published in 4 to 6 volumes. It claims to be a revelation from the God of the Old Testament. The implications are immense ! According to those involved in the Kabbalah (and there are many), the Zohar is essentially A commentary on the Old Testament, but it was written by people who are clearly SPIRITUALISTS: A Spiritualist is a person who consults the dead, and who consults familiar spirits. In other words, the Zohar - which is what the Kabbalah is based on - is actually a work of the Occult.

The Zohar is not even OLD. That may be very disapointing to those who are Jewish. But the Zohar did NOT exist before the Middle Ages. It claims to be authentic, but it is not. There has never been any copy of the Zohar ever found, that is earlier than the Middle Ages. The Zohar is a counterfeit book, a book that was written in Medieval Europe, so that some people would FEEL closer to God. Only the way that the author of the Zohar was getting close "to God" is by going into a trance and writing things - without knowledge of what their hand was writing.

This is called "Automated Writing". This phenomena does not happen by itself. It is not a normal force of nature. It cannot happen - in fact - until a spiritual entity possesses the Body of a human being, takes over their body, and begins to write through them. The Bible has a term for that: IT is called "demonic possession"!

That is the true origin of the Zohar AND the Kabbalah.

The Authors of the Kabbalah are themselves Occult Authors. The Kabbalah was Not translated for English Speaking audiences until the late 1800s. And who translated it ? Were they Godly men who had a passion to save others, and show them that the real way to Eternal Life is by the shed blood, sacrifice and resurrection of Jesus Christ, who truly came to Earth to save those who accept to believe in Him? No, Not at all. Those who translated the Kabbalah were Occult authors who were steeped in Demonic Worship and Demonic books - They were writing them !

It is NOT hard to learn who the authors of the Kabbalah were. We know. They are mainly:

1. Eliphas Levi

2. MacGregor Mathers

3. H.P. Blavatsky

4. A.E. Waite

These are the main authors of books about the Kabbalah.

Eliphas Levi is the author who led the Occult Revival of the 1800s, that revived Satanism and Luciferianism. He wrote many books about Ritual Black Magic and how to have contact with Demonic Spirits...because he was seeking them.

MacGregor Mathers goes by several names. He is one of the Three founders of the Occult Society - known as the society of the Golden Dawn. This is a demonic society, not because we say so, but because THEY say so. This is one of the occult societies that covets demonic possession. Christians would consider their teachings to be Satanic. MacGregor Mathers is also one of the mentors of the Great Satanist Aleister Crowley. The first Translation of the Kabbalah into English was by MacGregor Mathers. (He lived in the U.K. for most of his life, where he recruited a lot of the elites into his occult Golden Dawn society).

H.P. Blavatsky is the founder of Theosophy. This is the view that Lucifer is truly an angel of light and he is the one who deserves our worship and allegiance. Blavatsky came from an occult family, and was already a Medium when she was a teenager. She sought out evil and the company of demonic spirits all of her life. She wrote many books about the occult. She believed that the Jews - through books like the Kabbalah - had stolen books of black magic that had previously come from the Chaldeans. She denied that Jesus was the Christ. She also denied that salvation could come through Jesus Christ. She remained extremely hostile to Jehovah/Yahweh - the God of the Jews.

A.E. Waite is an occult author. He played a large role in helping many occult authors in the early 1900s. He was involved in Many occult societies including the Golden Dawn.

All of these authors are devoted to the Kabbalah and other forms of the Occult. These authors deliberately sought to be involved with demonic spirits.

Surely the Real God of the Universe has better ways of dealing with mankind, than to operate through those who consciously willfully oppose the Bible and the teachings of Salvation by Faith alone in Christ Jesus. The Zohar is a book that claims to have been written by forces, which can only be identified as Demonic.

This kind of material is Exactly what the Bible commands us to stay away from. Those who have been involved in the Study of the Kabbalah would do well to ask God to forgive them of their involvement in it, and to open their eyes and help them to return to the God of the Bible.

The God of the Kabbalah and the God of the Bible are 100% in Opposition to each other. They cannot both be right. Christians know that the God of the Bible Is the one true God. Anyone is entitled to their views, and to their choice of what to believe. But as far as what Christians believe, the God of the Bible can be found, by reading the Bible (such as the gospel of John in the New Testament), Not by reading occult material such as the Kabbalah.

Christians and others should maintain a strong vigilance against being deceived.

Kabbalah Center Exposed   Prayer of Occult Renunciation

"Kabbalism is a system of Jewish mysticism and magic and is the foundational element in modern witchcraft. Virtually all of the great witches and sorcerers of this century were Kabbalists." -William J. Schnoebelen, The Dark Side of Freemasonry

Kabbalah Refuted

Kabbalah's Pagan Origins

Inside Hollywood's Hottest Cult -Kabbalah

The Crazy World of Kabbalah

The Deadly Fruit of Kabbalah

Mormonism and the Kabbalah

http://jesus-is-savior.com/False%20Religions/Kabbalah/kaballah_truth.htm 

:: 6-10-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Archbishop Who Called for Pope Francis to Resign Now in Hiding Archbishop Carlo Maria Viganò alleged Pope Francis covered up sexual abuse 

By: Pippa Monroe |@NeonNettle on 10th June 2019 @ 2.00pm

An Archbishop who wrote an explosive letter last year calling for Pope Francis to resign on the grounds he knew about Cardinal Theodore McCarrick sexual abuse, is now in hiding. Archbishop Carlo Maria Viganò alleged Francis covered for McCarrick and claimed he repealed sanctions imposed by Pope emeritus Benedict XVI in the late 2000s, despite Viganò telling the Pope about the abuse. But after Viganò published his letter, he turned off his phone, told friends he was disappearing and is now at an undisclosed location. Almost a year later, Viganò refused still refuses to disclose his location or shed light on his self-imposed exile. According to the corresponding emails between Viganò and The Washington Post, he maintains his criticism on Francis saying “it is immensely sad” that the pope was “blatantly lying to the whole world to cover up his wicked deeds.” The Vatican did not give much official response to Viganò. TRENDING: Illegal Drug Trafficking From Mexico Generates More Money Than Walmart Pope Francis was silent about McCarrick’s homosexual abuse until last month where he told a Mexican reporter Valentina Alazraki in an interview released by Vatican News. “About McCarrick, I knew nothing, obviously, nothing, nothing,” the pope said. Viganò claimed he informed Francis that McCarrick had “corrupted generations of seminarians and priests.” “How could anybody, especially a pope, forget this?” Viganò wrote to The Post. Viganò added that he has become “more careful about whom I meet and what I say.” He said questions about him were “irrelevant to the serious problems facing the Church.” “My life is quite normal, thank you for asking,” he wrote. In response to questions about where he was living, Viganò replied, “n/a,” which suggests he believes his safety is under threat. He added he was an “old man” who “will be appearing in front of the Good Judge before too long.” Viganò was two years into his retirement before he wrote the letter, and at 78 years old, he said, “My silence would make me complicit with the abusers, and lead to yet more victims." Viganò’s letter focused on McCarrick, which lifted the veil of corruption and abuse in the Catholic church. According to a source affiliated with the Institute of the Incarnate Word seminary, Cardinal Donald Wuerl was fully aware of allegations against Cardinal Theodore McCarrick but continued to assist in his luxury lifestyle. A source who is familiar with McCarrick’s abuse case spoke with anonymity claiming that Wuerl was informed of the investigation of McCarrick 's alleged sexual abuse in New York in 2017. Meanwhile, the seminary had assigned seminarians to live with McCarrick as his aides and take him on various trips, including ones to the casino. Viganò sais the “truth will eventually come out” for Francis as it did for Cardinal Theodore McCarrick but continued to assist in his luxury lifestyle. A source who is familiar with McCarrick’s abuse case spoke with anonymity claiming that Wuerl was informed of the investigation of McCarrick 's alleged sexual abuse in New York in 2017. Meanwhile, the seminary had assigned seminarians to live with McCarrick as his aides and take him on various trips, including ones to the casino. Viganò sais the “truth will eventually come out” for Francis as it did for Cardinal Donald Wuerl. Viganò has become a revered symbol for traditional Catholics. “He’s certainly acquired a solid moral leadership in the Catholic world,” said Virginia Coda Nunziante, president of Italy’s March for Life committee.

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7761-archbishop-who-called-for-pope-francis-to-resign-now-in-hiding

:: 6-9-19 Forbes :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hundreds Of U.S. Flights Canceled As GPS-Based Aircraft Navigation System Fails

Zak Doffman Contributor  Jun 9, 2019, 11:39pm

Cybersecurity

I write about security and surveillance.

"Does anyone know what happened to GPS/ADS-B last night?" one aviation commentator asked Twitter on June 9, a Sunday. "The issue seemed to be quite wide-spread, with a lot of aircraft grounded... Had this happened on a weekday, it would have been leading headlines on national news⁠—some sort of GPS fault grounded a chunk of the U.S. commercial fleet and hardly anybody noticed." But at the time of publishing that issue remains unresolved and the weekend is all but over. According to the FAA, "certain aircraft equipped with the Rockwell Collins GPS 4000-100 and select ADS-B out GPS receivers are indicating 'ADS-B fail, unavailable, TCAS fail or transponder fail' messages." Aircraft without working transponders were directed to coordinate with the FAA before departure, a prior directive had instructed those planes not to fly above 28,000 feet. Rockwell Collins, acquired by United Technologies last year, provides avionics and information technology systems and services. The issue appears to center on some of the company's ADS-B (Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast) systems that send flight data to be picked up by ground stations. "The ADS-B system depends on GPS data to function properly," explained Hackaday, "but a problem with the quality of the GPS data has disrupted normal ADS-B features on some planes." Whether the issue was caused by poor GPS data or a software upgrade to affected systems remains speculation, nothing has yet been confirmed. But, whatever the cause, the issue has led to a significant number of flight cancellations. According to CNBC, regional carriers in the U.S. "canceled about 400 flights scheduled for Sunday." A Delta spokeswoman said "about 80 of its regional flights were canceled," and American and United regional carriers were hit by the same issue. Various online reports suggested impacted planes were mostly CRJ jets made by Canada’s Bombardier, but also some Boeing 737s, 717s and possibly a 767 as well. "We are working to determine the cause of the problem," the FAA said in a statement, "which may have resulted from a software update to the aircraft navigation systems." A Collins Aerospace spokesperson told me by email that "we identified a technical issue with our recently released GPS product(s) impacting availability, and have since determined the root cause and the resolution. We are engaging with our customers to ensure continued safe operational capability." "GPS isn’t down," Hackaday reported, as anyone with a smartphone can see easily enough. "However, it is degraded. How a plane’s GPS system reacts to that depends on the software built into the GPS receiver. If the system fails, the pilots will have to rely on older systems like VOR to navigate. But ADS-B will have even more problems. An aircraft ADS-B system needs position data to operate. If you can’t transmit your position information, air traffic controllers need to rely on old fashioned radar to determine position. All of this adds up to a flight safety problem, which means grounding the aircraft." There has been online speculation that military testing of GPS jamming might be responsible, although that seems to have been discounted⁠—such tests are heavily publicized beforehand. There was also apparent confusion for some airline passengers, with disruption being blamed on the weather rather than on system issues. "Hey Delta," one passenger tweeted, "some updates would be nice. Y’all keep saying weather but our pilot just said the military is jamming Delta’s GPS which is why we were diverted." What is clear, is that the issue is more widespread than its lack of publicity might suggest. This comes just as extensions have been announced to the grounding of Boeing 737 Max aircraft following accidents that killed 346 people, as well as speculation around aircraft drone safety measures. And so the quality and reliability of aircraft flight support and navigation tools have been very much headline news. At the time of writing, the situation is evolving, and we will soon find out if this weekend issue is set to cause Monday morning travel chaos.

Follow me on Twitter or LinkedIn.

https://www.forbes.com/sites/zakdoffman/2019/06/09/hundreds-of-u-s-flights-canceled-as-gps-based-aircraft-navigation-system-fails/#7afc57003878 

[ :: 5-26-02 At the altar after the pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Now concerning the terrorists and the terrorist’s attacks, there is no way in the natural that man can stop this. For you have two borders, Mexico, Canada, you have open traffic from Cuba to Florida, you have freighters, you have oil tankers, they come into the harbor daily, sometimes in large numbers. Realize that your prayers cannot turn this back, it is part of the end-time events that shall take place. But your prayers can save lives, your prayers can warn people, but realize that this is going to be part of a lifestyle until the anti-christ establishes a peace treaty throughout the world. etc

[ :: 12-31-15/1-1-16 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, know what my word says, and there shall be terrorist’s attacks, for they cannot be put off, for you allow the terrorists to come in like Trojan horses and they are here and nobody wants to deal with them. etc.

:: 6-7-19 Liberty Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TSA Lets Illegals Skip Airport Security Lines Ahead of Citizens

June 7, 2019 Joshua Paladino

The TSA lets illegal aliens board with a Form I-862, Notice to Appear…

(Joshua Paladino, Liberty Headlines) In violation of its own policies, the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) is allowing illegal aliens to fly on commercial airlines without proper identification, a privilege not afforded to American citizens. The TSA lets illegal aliens board with a Form I-862, Notice to Appear, which informs them about their immigration court date—a court date that about 40 percent of illegal aliens will never attend, the Center for Immigration Studies reported.

The TSA allows 15 different forms of identification for security purposes, but Form I-862 is not among them, The Washington Examiner reported. A group of Republican Congressmen sent a letter to Kevin McAleenan, the Acting Secretary of Homeland Security, to inquire about the TSA’s guidelines for transporting illegal aliens. “Some of us have heard additional, unverified stories of groups of aliens being allowed to bypass TSA screening altogether and board flights prior to both the traveling public and federal law enforcement, the latter of whom are normally allowed to board first,” wrote Reps. Biggs, Babin, Gaetz, Cloud, Roy, Gosar, Duncan, and Hice, according to a press release. They asked what, if any, form of identification illegal aliens need to board planes. “Are aliens who are not traveling in ICE custody permitted to use a Form I-862 or any other form of identification that is not among the 15 acceptable forms identified by TSA?” the group wrote. They also inquired about where DHS is transporting the illegal aliens, who is funding their air travel, what health screenings they undergo, and whether they have to pass through “TSA screenings, including x-rays or full body scans and search of baggage,” as Americans citizens do.

https://www.libertyheadlines.com/tsa-illegal-aliens-identification/ 

[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

The Lord God says, if you are in a church that has watered down, if you are in a church that does not use my word that I use, my King James, if you are in a church that uses the NIV or something that waters the services down, get out of there and get into a church that is Holy Spirit filled. etc

:: 6-9-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When Pastors Become the Instrument of Your Oppression-The Clergy Response Team, FEMA Camps and Bioterrorism

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, June 9, 2019 - 07:22.

Christians are under attack like never before in this country. Local government is getting involved and the abuse of preachers has even spread to Canada. At the forefront of this abuse of the Christian religion are the remnants of the Deep State that control various agencies like the Department of Homeland Security. At the forefront of the coming oppression will be the Clergy Response Team. I first made note of their formation in 2009, under the early days of the Obama regime. The group is still active and reports that Jeff Sessions was a participant when he served as Attorney General.  Your Pastor and 30 Pieces of Silver We all know the story about how Judas betrayed Jesus for a relatively small amount of money. Today, almost all churches place money over spreading the true word of God. If you doubt the veracity of this statement then ask yourself when was the last time that your pastor spoke to you about the evils of abortion, Planned Parenthood selling aborted fetus body parts for profit, our government's wars of occupation for corporate profit and the unwarranted attacks upon Christianity by various levels of government? If your pastor isn't speaking to you about the evils of these and other contemporary issues in American society, presented Godless entity whose primary purpose is to extract then your church has a significant financial motivation to not truthfully interpret the true message of the Bible. The tax-exempt status of being a 501(c)(3) organization is the other cornerstone of this shift away from allegiance to God and towards worshiping our new Savior, the federal government. A 501(C)(3) church was formerly prohibited from being politically active even when the message was inline with church doctrine. Animal trainers will tell you that when they chain an animal to a tree (eg elephant), for the purposes of training, they can later remove the chains and the animal will still act like they are still chained. This is called learned helplessness. Today, we still find the same behaviors 21/2 years following Trump’s relaxation of the draconian restrictions of being a tax-exempt church. Further, there is also no guarantee that the same freedom will be in place after the 2020 Presidential election. Unless I missed the fact that God personally rewrote sections of the Bible, your pastor’s failure to stand up to the liberalism of the New World Order should have tipped you off that something was terribly wrong with your church. If the government continues to expand its infanticide policies by extending the murder of babies to include post-delivery abortion, and the church remains silent. If this is the case in your church, it is time to find a new church because it is likely that your pastor is compromised and serves government over God. FEMA Camps I recently authored an article on the fact that Ebola is poised to enter the country in a big way through illegal immigration stemming from transported Africans to America's southern border. Additionally, I have previously reported that a trusted DHS source told me that they are aware that FEMA camps are being constructed outside of five Texas cities. These two events are related. And also related is an interview with someone who was trained to be a part of the government's Clergy Response Team. Previously, I interviewed Pastor Walter Mansfield, who emphasized that when martial law is enacted, the enforcement would be immediate. In other words, family members will be separated from each other and part of the training that the clergy received was how to comfort separated family members. Pastor Mansfield emphasized that the FEMA/DHS drills were predicated on bioterrorism. This is exactly what a FEMA source told me before he and his family left Phoenix and relocated to remote area to avoid what he knew was coming. The pastors were trained to go to homes were people refused to be relocated by the authorities and their immediate job was to convince the reluctant to willingly go to the relocation camps. Ostensibly, this was to be done in lieu of sending in the SWAT teams. I asked Mansfield if FEMA camps were real and he stated that much of the clergy training focused around this scenario of pastors operating within the forced relocation centers. The main goal of a pastor assigned to a FEMA Camp was to bring order and encourage compliance with DHS requests, hence, the emphasis on Romans 13. The pastors were forced to sign non-disclosure. Interesting, the pastors were told not to quote Scripture. The DHS document which was prepared for the pastors clearly stated that Scripture had been used to “oppress” people in the past and the presenters strongly discouraged the its use. Please see the following excerpt from one of the DHS training manuals: Healing Scripture and Prayer In the Pastoral Crisis Intervention “During a time of crisis people do go through a “crisis of faith.” Sometime quick mention of God and scripture may not be helpful. As we all know the Scripture has been used to oppress, dominate and at the same time used for healing and reconciliation- renewing of relationship with God and people. If the pastor senses it is appropriate to use the scripture and prayer, it must carefully be done for healing of victims not to uphold pastoral authority.” (Page 14) In other words, all legitimate pastoral authority was abrogated by the pastors who participated in the roundup of American citizens. Also on page 14 of the same training document, pastors were admonished to avoid “Unhealthy God talk….” Specifically pastors are ordered to avoid using references to God when helping people cope with the loss of a loved one: “4. God must have needed him/her more than you.” “5. God never gives more than we can handle.“ Mansfield emphasized that when martial law is enacted, the enforcement would be immediate. In other words, family members will be separated from each other and part of the training that the clergy received was how to comfort separated family members. Pastor Mansfield emphasized that the FEMA/DHS drills were predicated on bioterrorism. This is exactly what my relocated FEMA source told me before he and his family left. The pastors were trained to go to homes were people refused to be relocated by the authorities and their immediate job was to convince the reluctant to willingly go to the relocation camps. Ostensibly, this was to be done in lieu of sending in the SWAT teams. I asked Mansfield if FEMA camps were real and he stated that much of the clergy training focused around this scenario of pastors operating within the forced relocation centers. The main goal of a pastor assigned to a FEMA was to bring order and encourage compliance with DHS requests, hence, the emphasis on Romans 13. The pastors were forced to sign non-disclosure. Interesting, the pastors were told not to quote Scripture. The DHS document which was prepared for the pastors clearly stated that Scripture had been used to “oppress” people in the past and the presenters Pastor Mansfield also revealed that pastors will be issued badges under the Clergy Response Team program. Any pastor not displaying the badge, indicating that they have been trained under these guidelines, will not be permitted into the established and designated “DHS safety zones”. This reminds me of the banishment of religious figures from Plymouth Colony who, in good conscience, refused to go along with some of the extremism of that day. Along these lines, the Clergy Response Team is also a “Kool-Aid drinking program”. Pastors are absolutely forbidden to publicly to speak about any aspect of the program. If you were to ask your pastor if they are a FEMA trained pastor, they will not likely tell you. Disturbingly, Pastor Mansfield reiterated several times that the number one job of these pastors is to calm down people and encourage their compliance within the people’s new surroundings. Pastor Mansfield also stated that pastors will be utilized as informants. This violates the legal privilege of confidentiality between pastor and church-goer, that is currently recognized by law. All church-goers can no longer trust the sanctity of personal confessions and revelations made to pastors, priests or rabbis’. This one illegal act by DHS completely undermines the Christian Church in America! American Christians will be the most hunted in the near future. Everywhere, and at every level of our society, we are seeing discrimination against Christians. There are legislative bills no assigned to silence the voices of Christians with regard to behavior that is antithetical to the principles of Christianity as evidenced by the content in the following video. Conclusion This is the time where the legends of FEMA camps, bioterrorism, extreme political persecution and the Clergy Response Team comes together to form America's biggest nightmare in her history. At one time in American history, churches were viewed as sanctuaries for the downtrodden. That is not the case any longer for most churches and their pastors. Most of the medium to large size churches are completely compromised and are serving as virtual agents of the government. Pastor Mansfield told me that as many as 28,000 pastors have been recruited by the Clergy Response Team. Other estimates place this number as high as a 100,000 pastors have forsaken their duty God and have sold out to the dark side in order to save a little bit of tax money. If what I am being told is correct and the Pope is declaring a New World Order by September 15, 2019 and the global currency reset will follow in a month and your money will be devalued by 90%, what will you do? Please allow me to suggest that if these people are correct in their projections, you have one month to obtain what you need to survive. Secondly, you should scrutinize your place of worship and leave if they are not preaching the unadulterated word of God. Form home Bible study groups, take back the salvation of your soul. This life is temporary, Hell is forever! Is your church going to turn into a FEMA camp? For most of us, it already has and the prisoner is your soul. DHS may not build bars around your church and confine your body, but the move on your soul has already been made. Exercise the free will to say no to this illegitimate authority. Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-education/when-pastors-become-instrument-your-oppression-clergy-response-team-fema-camps-and-bioterrorism 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

[ :: 6-16-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Therefore, I say unto you, fear not, fear not the warnings, but I must speak to my people that they flee the places that I have told them to flee, that they move from the ocean at least seventy five miles, that they do the things that I have already told them etc

:: 6-10-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

West Coast Is Becoming Very Unstable As 'Unusual' Earthquake Activity Causes Concern For Experts - The U.S. Gov Prepares For 'The Big One'

West Coast Is Becoming Very Unstable As 'Unusual' Earthquake Activity Causes Concern For Experts - The U.S. Gov Prepares For 'The Big One'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine June 10, 2019

Earthquake swarms behaving unexpectedly, volcano activity, and tar pits that are flowing into the streets, all signs indicating that the West Coast is becoming very unstable and the much talked about "big one" could be closer that anyone could have imagined. Sometimes we note a number of individual stories, bits of news here and there, but when looked at together a bigger picture emerges and watching the earth activity of late, we felt it would be prudent to document the activity all in one piece because it is all related. According to the LA Times there have been more than 700 earthquakes in the Fontana area, which is a city in San Bernardino County, California, since May 25. While experts are fast to stem any panic by assuring the public that the chances of a huge destructive quake hitting the coast imminently because of these swarms, is low, they also make it clear there is "cause for concern," and the likelihood of a larger seismic event, given how many quakes that have occurred over such an extended period, is "higher than normal." There have been more than 700 earthquakes recorded in the Fontana area since May 25, ranging from magnitude 0.7 to magnitude 3.2, recorded Wednesday at 5:20 p.m., according to Caltech staff seismologist Jen Andrews. Three of the quakes have been of magnitude 3 or greater. The swarm initially moved northward, but something unusual began Friday when the swarm turned around and went south, back toward the middle of the activity and the 60 Freeway. “This is somewhat of an unexpected evolution,” Hauksson said. Furthermore, an analysis of the earthquakes shows that activity is fading pretty slowly — slower than would be expected for a typical sequence of aftershocks following a main shock, he said. “That would suggest it’s going to continue for — I don’t know — at least several weeks,” Hauksson said. “We’re watching what’s happening and trying to track that activity.” Hauksson said that, given all the seismic activity, residents should be ready and make sure to store “plenty of water, make sure there’s nothing that can fall on them.” Also, looking at the tracking of seismic activity by the Pacific Northwest Seismic Network that Steve Quayle linked to on June 9th, the clusters in the Washington state and Oregon areas are also indicative that it isn't just the California earthquake swarms that are concerning, but the entire West Coast appears to be more active than usual seismically. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) The reason Quayle highlighted the activity being seen in the Washington state area was to show the extreme importance of another piece of news regarding the U.S. military, in conjunction with local authorities, conducting massive training exercises at Sunset Beach in Warrenton, Oregon and across the sand at Oak Harbor, Washington, in preparation for a major Cascadia Subduction Zone earthquake event, most often referred to as "the big one." The headline of the piece describing these training exercises is "Navy Hovercraft Storm Beaches In Oregon And Washington In Preparation For "The Big One," and it details the extraordinary ability of these crafts to bring resources to areas which have been completely devastated by natural disaster such as a Cascadia Subduction Zone event. The level of destruction we are talking about here in small communities with limited resources is largely unfathomable. Roads that snake through the coastal mountain ranges will be unpassable for days, weeks, and even months. Bridges and overpasses will be dropped all over the states and especially along and near the coast. Channels will be unpassable and docks will be destroyed. This leaves few options for evacuating citizens and conveying absolutely essential supplies in large quantities to devastated coastal locales. The Navy's mighty LCACs and the amphibious ships that tote them around are Oregon and Washington's best potential lifeline during what would be both states' darkest hour. This is largely what's behind these exercises. The region is well overdue for this horrible event and predictions keep getting worse as to what it will actually look like when it occurs as well as its protracted aftermath. So, seeing the military getting serious about the reality that this emergency call will come sometime in the future and only it really has the capacity to make large-scale and rapid impacts when it comes to saving lives and beginning a recovery effort that will take place over a huge stretch of territory where infrastructure will be completely obliterated, is very much a good thing. In fact, it's baffling that the LCACs haven't arrived on Oregon and Washington shores for this type of training years ago. Agreed, it is baffling. We have heard for decades that we are overdue for the "big one," a major event that will devastate the West Coast, one which by all accounts, they are woefully unprepared for, yet the U.S. government suddenly decides now is the time to start training for it, just as earthquake swarms are behaving abnormally, and other strange things are happening? Steve's note after one of the links says it all: "Huge telegraphing of what's coming." We are also cautioned to keep our eyes on a number of other areas, such as volcano activity and the La Brea tar pits, as well as the axial seamount off the Oregon Coast, which is incredibly active. VOLCANO ACTIVITY Starting with volcano activity, the map below shows the number of active volcanoes. The ones in yellow are marked as "unrest." The ones in orange are marked as "warning/minor activity." The red are "eruptions." The next map has the Earthquake activity overlaid on top of the volcano activity. Red is the last 24 hrs and orange the past 48 hours. It isn't called the "ring of fire" for nothing. On June 3rd it was reported that the Popocatepetl volcano in Mexico saw it largest eruption in years, sending up an ash column to approximately 37,000 feet. Another bit of volcanic news comes via Newsweek on June 6, where an "extinct" Russian volcano has awoken and scientists are warning "it could produce an eruption similar to the one that wiped out Pompeii and Herculaneum almost 2,000 years ago." LA BREA TAR PITS ACTING STRANGELY Another item we have been warned to keep our eyes on is the tar pits in La Brea, California, as tar is overflowing from the tar pit onto the sidewalk and natural gas is rising up from the street on Miracle Mile in Los Angeles. Local residents that are accustomed to seeing a little tar rise up through the sidewalks are saying they have never seen this much of it. “I’ve lived here for about 20 years,” said Andrea Ross-Greene, “and this is the worst it’s ever been.” Miracle Mile resident Matthew Kogan concurred. “You see a little bit of tar oozing up between the pavement,” Kogan says, “all over the neighborhood. That’s not unusual but this seems to be flow tar. I’ve never seen this before.” Not to mention the constant hissing sound coming from the ground — it’s methane. “I can smell it. I thought a car broke its oil pan out here,” says Patrick Myer. BOTTOM LINE As stated at the beginning of the piece, seeing each story individually, while interesting, doesn't build the big picture of the type of earth activity we are seeing develop, and how unstable the Cascade area, as well as the entire West Coast is becoming. Top that off with the U.S. government choosing this moment in time to conduct a massive training exercise, for the first time using the hovercrafts, to prepare for a Cascadia Subduction Zone event, or "The Big One," as it has been dubbed, and the seriousness of this cannot be overstated. Despite the training exercises, it would seem to be common sense that if the government is choosing this time to prepare, perhaps West Coast residents should do the same, water, emergency survival food, and medical kits, because when that "big one" does hit, it could be weeks before any resources get to their area.

Below Steve Quayle touches on the earthquake and volcano activity, along with a variety of other topics, where he shares that he finds this issue so important he has an aerial film guy filming volcanoes from Rainier to Mt. Shasta to Mount Lassen. Steve is also planning to try to get these Q Files published multiple times a week, so make sure to subscribe to his YouTube channel and hit the little bell icon so you can be notified by email every time he publishes a video.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Gov_Preparing_For_The_Big_One.php 

:: 6-10-19 RB Ministeries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Video/Article - World Latest Prophetic News Presentation ...

[Search domain rbministries.com.au/a-videoarticle-world-latest-prophetic-news-presentation-monday-june-10th-2019/]  https://rbministries.com.au/a-videoarticle-world-latest-prophetic-news-presentation-monday-june-10th-2019/ 

CASCADE REGION OF PACIFIC SEISMIC NETWORK-LOOK AT THIS IN LIGHT OF THE ARTICLE POSTED ONE MY WEBSITE, :Navy Hovercraft Storm Beaches In Oregon And Washington In Preparation For 'The Big One'-HUGE TELEGRAPHING OF WHAT'S COMING! Navy Hovercraft Storm Beaches In Oregon And Washington In Preparation For 'The Big One' SQ; IMPORTANT ...

https://rbministries.com.au/a-videoarticle-world-latest-prophetic-news-presentation-monday-june-10th-2019/ 

:: 6-5-19 Oregon Coast.co :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Navy Hovercraft Storm Beaches In Oregon And Washington In Preparation For "The Big One"

Posted on June 5, 2019 by admin

A few days ago, U.S. Navy Landing Craft Air Cushions, or LCACs, roared onto Sunset Beach in Warrenton, Oregon and across the sand at Oak Harbor, Washington, offloading trucks, construction equipment, and other cargo, as well as Sailors, Marines, and other personnel. But the force wasn’t conducting a mock amphibious assault. It was training to respond to a potential natural disaster that could, and by most predictions would, be on a scale the United States hasn’t seen in modern times—a major Cascadia Subduction Zone earthquake event, often referred to as “the big ...read more at https://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/28396/navy-hovercraft-hit-the-beach-in-oregon-and-washington-in-preparation-for-the-big-one 

http://oregoncoast.co/2019/06/05/navy-hovercraft-storm-beaches-in-oregon-and-washington-in-preparation-for-the-big-one-2/ 

:: 6-8-19 CBS 2 KCAL CBS LosAngeles :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tar, Natural Gas Rises Up Onto Streets Near La Brea Tar Pits

June 8, 2019 at 10:49 am

Filed Under:La Brea Tar Pits

LOS ANGELES (CBSLA) – A large puddle of tar encroached on the sidewalk and natural gas appeared to rise from the street of the Miracle Mile in Los Angeles Friday. CBSLA’s Brittany Hopper was standing near the puddle located across the street from The La Brea Tar Pits and Museum, a national natural landmark where tar has been seeping up from the ground for tens of thousands of years. When CBSLA reached out to the Los Angeles Police Department, they said they were unaware of the situation. The Page Museum, who reportedly runs the tar pits, has not been in contact regarding the situation. As of Saturday morning, it was unclear if and when crews would begin to stop the tar from seeping out further. And on Saturday, more seepage. Enough to draw the interests of tourists and residents alike. CBS2’s Jake Reiner said tourists and residents alike have been coming to the area marveling at the bubbling tar. Resident Natalie Vota stopped to document it Friday and Saturday. “This is the worst I’ve seen,” she said Saturday. But the tourists — like Rick Stahl from the Pacific Northwest — had one more story to tell when he gets back home. “We’re from Seattle,” Stahl said, “and you don’t see this oozing out of the streets. It’s amazing.” That sentiment was echoed by tourist Don Van Cleave from Nashville. Reiner asked him if he thought he’d be smelling tar this day? “Mission accomplished. I can check that off my list as a tourist of LA.” Saturday evening, locals told KCAL9’s Jeff Nguyen that they have become quite accustomed to seeing tar oozing up through the sidewalks — just not this much of it. “I’ve lived here for about 20 years,” said Andrea Ross-Greene, “and this is the worst it’s ever been.”

Miracle Mile resident Matthew Kogan concurred. “You see a little bit of tar oozing up between the pavement,” Kogan says, “all over the neighborhood. That’s not unusual but this seems to be flow tar. I’ve never seen this before.” Not to mention the constant hissing sound coming from the ground — it’s methane. “I can smell it. I thought a car broke its oil pan out here,” says Patrick Myer.

https://losangeles.cbslocal.com/2019/06/08/la-brea-tar-pits/

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 6-9-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Facebook bans Natural News; Health Ranger responds with message for humanity

Sunday, June 09, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) In response to a coordinated, heavily-funded smear campaign against Natural News and myself, the Health Ranger, Facebook has now permanently banned Natural News from posting content. The channel name that has been banned is Facebook.com/healthranger, which was our primary channel reaching over 2.5 million people. This is on top of the permanent bans of Natural News content from Twitter, YouTube, Pinterest, Google News, Apple and other techno-fascists that now represent the greatest threat to human freedom the world has ever seen. The techno-fascists, including Wikipedia, have decided that no speech that questions any official narrative will be allowed on any platform. Anyone who questions the safety of toxic vaccines, 5G cell towers, geoengineering, chemotherapy or glyphosate weed killer chemicals is now maliciously attacked, smeared and de-platformed. You’re not even allowed now to talk about nutrition, anti-cancer foods or nutritional supplements without being labeled a “vitamin” website accused of pushing fake cures. (That’s right: The left-wing authoritarian tyrants are now anti-nutrition on top of everything else.) Every website or individual who expresses any view of dissent against the corrupt scientific establishment is immediately labeled “fake news,” even as the left-wing media routinely pushed total fabrications about President Trump and anyone who supports Trump. As I have repeatedly pointed out, the tech giants and their CEOs are truly enemies of humanity. Remember: As all this censorship is taking place, the tech giants somehow claim they aren’t censoring anyone at all. They claim to have a monopoly on “facts” or “truth” and proclaim themselves to have the King’s unique right to decide who gets to speak and who must be silenced. These criminals like Zuckerberg, Dorsey and Cook are un-elected, subject to zero transparency and offer no mechanism for due process whereby channels who are banned might defend themselves against unfair, dishonest smears or fake news attacks run by left-wing journo-terrorism hacks. In essence, the entire internet is now run by the most lawless evil war criminals imaginable, and they have zero respect for human rights, human dignity or free speech. I have posted a video response to the Facebook ban on Brighteon.com, the video platform we created following YouTube’s de-platforming of natural health and conservative channels. More videos about the “online ethnic cleansing” now being carried out by the evil tech giants in an effort to enslave humanity and create Hell on Earth via thought control, censorship, intimidation and authoritarian tyranny: Also see this video from Stephen Crowder about Vox and its bully tactics for de-platforming all conservatives:

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-06-09-facebook-bans-natural-news-health-ranger-responds.html 

:: 6-9-19 Grable News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google CEO: New YouTube Restrictions Coming, We Want To ‘Really Prevent “Borderline” Content’

‘None of us want harmful content on our platforms’

Jun 9, 2019 8:30 PM By Tom Elliott

Google’s CEO says he wants to see YouTube expand its crackdown on content. The company’s chairman, Sundar Pichai, said he’s hoping to take Google’s model of prioritizing of “quality content” over to YouTube. Pichai spoke with Axios’ Ina Fried, who expressed concern the tech company wasn’t taking a harder line against offensive content, pointing out a video she had seen of a “teenager who appeared to be donning Muslim garb, spewing a lot of anti-Muslim, anti-Semitic, homophobic hate.” “I don’t know all the details of this specific video, but in general, look, I mean all of us, you know, none of us want harmful content on our platforms,” Pichai said. “Last quarter alone we removed 9 million videos from the platform.” The CEO then said he wants to expand YouTube’s view of what’s prohibited. “And so we are bringing that same notion [from Google] and approach to YouTube, so that we can rank higher quality stuff better and really prevent borderline content — content which doesn’t exactly violate policies, which need to be removed, but which can still cause harm.” In a move Pichair said acknowledged would be controversial, “fact checkers” will be brought in to monitor YouTube videos. “The thing we are trying to do is to bring more authoritative sources and fact checks on videos, which may be controversial,” Pichair admitted. “It’s a case where we got it wrong, but that’s what we are trying to do and we are working hard to improve.” The interview aired on Axios’ HBO show, “Axios on HBO.”

(Editor’s Note: After Grabien News published this post, Axios updated its report to note than the interview was conducted before YouTube’s recently announced restrictions.)

https://news.grabien.com/story-google-ceo-new-youtube-rules-we-want-really-prevent-borderli 

:: 6-10-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The David Knight Show: New Insurrection Against Trump And Millions Protest In Hong Kong

Share this highly censored broadcast and show Big Tech they don’t control your speech

David Knight | Infowars.com - June 10, 2019

On this Monday edition of The David Knight Show, you’ll get the latest updates on this weekend’s top stories as well as today’s breaking news. Watch Live: New Insurrection Against Trump And Mi

https://www.infowars.com/watch-live-new-insurrection-against-trump-and-millions-protest-in-hong-kong/ 

:: 6--19 The Fringe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Sitting on Your Butt and Waiting to Vote Republican in 2020 is NOT Enough

Wake up people. The fix is already in for 2020.

The powers that be, Deep State, establishment, or whatever you want to call them have a plan and it’s not one that will make most Americans happy.  Accoring to Gallup, conservatives still outnumber liberals by a healthy margin, although that margin has dwindled: Latest: Why Sitting on Your Butt and Waiting to Vote Republican in 2020 is NOT Enough Since 1992, the percentage of Americans identifying as liberal has risen from 17% then to 26% today. This has been mostly offset by a shrinking percentage of moderates, from 43% to 35%. Meanwhile, from 1993 to 2016 the percentage conservative was consistently between 36% and 40%, before dipping to 35% in 2017 and holding at that level in 2018. If we still outnumber liberals by double digits, how did we lose the House in 2018?

Laziness and complacency were a big part of it. We must always assume that the liberals will cheat to win, because they often (if not always) do. A quick read, <4 mins. but worth it

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/why-setting-o...ot-enough/ 

It starts with the primaries. Make sure the GOP isn't running asshats. We have to get real Constitutionalists, MAGA, and assorted other freedom and liberty minded people into the mix. No more Romneys or Kristols. At every level. From your county sherriff, district judges, mayors, governors, state legislators, school boards, on up to the Fed level Senate and Congress. Research those candidates. If you don't like them, back the other guy. If he/she is better that is. If there is no 'better choice' then arm twist some buddy of yours into do it. But you have to be there for the primaries. There are some states that don't block cross party voting in primaries. Make sure of your state. If you're in one of 'those' states, just for fun, go to their primaries and vote Biden. He'll be mudholed much easier than any of the others except maybe Bernie. Lieawatha has some actual policies and being the Vag Vote, may actually have some backing from the pussy hat crowd. We want a complete and total blow out so muck them up good. Vote Swalwell or Buttgeiger. Both useless propaganda shouters. Heck, I think Avanti is still in it. Vote for the creepy porn ambulance chaser. Now you've got candidates you can back. Do so. Not just a check. Get out and stomp some ground. Knock on doors. Put up signs. Talk to people. Get online on social media and promote. Run ads in the paper. Do what it takes to get them voted into office.  Remember, the DNC will cheat. I have a whole thread on that. Volunteer for polling duty and keep your eyes open for shenanigans. Report them. Press charges. Do what it takes to shed light on this. Go above and beyond to make sure the elections are fair and the votes counted honestly. It's going to be work. Hard work. But if people pitch in, many hands will make it lighter. And we need this. The country needs this. Trump needs this. We need to turn the DNC into the next Green Party and the GOP into what the Libertarians once were before the anarchists took over. We need people in office that respect the Constitution, the flag, and the country. Those willing to give it away to La Raza and China do not need to be anywhere near the halls of power in this country. No more safe spaces in DC for the DNC.

https://the-fringe.com/thread-why_sitting_on_your_butt_and_waiting_to_vote_republican_in_2020_is_not_enough 

:: 6-10-19 Q 13 Fox :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

190,000 pounds of Tyson chicken fritter products recalled for foreign material

Posted 6:08 AM, June 10, 2019, by Tribune Media Wire

The U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Food Safety and Inspection Service has announced that Tyson Foods, Inc. is recalling about 190,757 pounds of ready-to-eat chicken fritter products that may be contaminated with hard plastic. The nation-wide recall comes after three consumer complaints from schools regarding foreign material within the breaded chicken fritter product. The ready-to-eat chicken fritter products were made February 28, 2019. The following products are subject to the recall: 32.81-lb. cases containing four 8.2-lb. bags of “FULLY COOKED, WHOLE GRAIN GOLDEN CRISPY CHICKEN CHUNK FRITTERS-CN” and case code 0599NHL02. No adverse reactions stemming from the consumption of these products have been confirmed. Food service locations who have purchased these products should throw them away or return them to the place of purchase. Consumers with questions regarding the recall can contact Tyson Foods Consumer Relations at (888) 747-7611.

https://q13fox.com/2019/06/10/190000-pounds-of-tyson-chicken-fritter-products-recalled-for-foreign-material/ 

:: 6-10-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What is killing the grey whales? Dead gray whale radiation levels were higher than many of the salmon and halibut Bill Laughing-Bear has tested off the coast of Alaska

Bill testing the whale for a radiation reading

Monday, 10 June 2019

Dear Gary and Readers of The Big Wobble,

Greetings from Alaska once again. On the second of June, I had to make a road trip which took me along Turnagain Arm and rounding a bend on the Seward Highway, just right before a bridge on one of the tributaries, I noticed on my right, a gray whale that was lying dead on top of the silt. I had heard that several whales have recently died and people had asked if radiation was a possible cause. The “Authorities” had said, “absolutely NOT!” Driving slowly by, I counted approximately two-dozen cars examining the whale. My first thought was, “I should test this thing for radiation.” But seeing all the people, I decided it would be best to do it when I would have more privacy. I just so happened to have with me my meter (a Quarta, Radex, model RD 1503, made to test gamma radiation in homes, offices, food products, construction materials, soil and etc.). A few hours later on my trip back home, I pulled over to test the whale. I had two major concerns. One is that the silt on Turnagain Arm has been the cause of death of many people over the years because they get stuck in it and drown. It seems like every year we lose at least one person. I could see the water was pretty much surrounding the bulk of the whale’s body and decided I would not be able to get good readings further down the body of the whale because I would need to wear my waders to stay dry and they can be difficult to get out of when stuck in the silt. The second major concern I had was that the rotting whale reeked. Bears love dead meat. And I had heard rumours that bears had been down by the whale. A friend who was with me told me they would take a picture but I made sure we were prepared to defend ourselves, in the event we encountered an unwanted visitor while backing away from it with a 12-gauge shotgun with slugs and a sidearm. Regrettably, as the picture shows, I could only – without getting my boots wet – take a scan of the whales tail. As I had suspected, the whale definitely read positive for radiation. The radiation levels were higher than many of the salmon and halibut levels I have tested. I pondered – since I am not a marine biologist – “would the readings be higher up toward the stomach area of the whale?” I could not go into the water that far to test it. I am planning to return in a few days when the tide is out and assuming the whale will still be there, for more in-depth readings along its length. I will also bring Vicks to shove up my nose because the stench will almost make a person vomit. I can positively state that this gray whale was radioactive and although I do not know if that was the cause of its death, I am highly suspicious it was a factor. I do not believe this is the only whale that has recently died that was radioactive. As of today, I have not been able to find one salmon or halibut that was not radioactive. I guess I’m not eating any more Muktuk (whale blubber)! ☺

I apologize it has taken me several days to get this article to you. As readers of The Big Wobble know, I am dependent on dictating over the phone to my Mum to write my articles and she has been unavailable. I have been made aware there are some readers of The Big Wobble who would like to help me obtain a computer that would not place me at high risk of having seizures, due to my Photo-sensitive Epilepsy, and would allow me to stay in direct contact with you, Gary, with my articles and research. Whether or not that ever becomes a reality, just the thought warms my heart greatly.  That’s it for now! Bill Laughing-Bear

Alarmed by the high number of gray whales that have been washing up dead on West Coast beaches this spring, the federal government on Friday declared the troubling trend a wildlife emergency. The declaration by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration - technically, the agency dubbed the deaths an "unusual mortality event" - kicks in a provision of federal law that provides funding for scientists to figure out the cause when such die-offs of marine mammals occur, from whales and dolphins in the Pacific or Atlantic to manatees off Florida. So far this year, at least 70 gray whales have been found dead and stranded along the coasts of California, Oregon, Washington and Alaska - the most in nearly 20 years, scientists from NOAA said Friday. In recent weeks, whales have washed up in Marin, San Francisco and San Mateo counties. On average about 35 of the giant marine mammals wash up dead on the West Coast in a year, or around three per month. Last year, 45 were found. But the average number found dead for the first five months of the year on the West Coast is 15, so this year is seeing five times the average rate. "There have been juveniles but adults as well. There have been males and females. It's been all across the board at this point," said Justin Viezbicke, NOAA's California Stranding Coordinator. The last time this many gray whales were found dead off California, Oregon, Washington and Alaska was in 2000, when 83 had washed up by May 31. That year, 131 died. Scientists say they don't yet know why the whales are dying, although many have been found malnourished, leading to theories that warmer ocean waters from climate change might be disrupting their food supply, particularly in the Arctic. "We are seeing lots of live gray whales in unusual locations, clearly emaciated, trying to feed," said John Calambokidis, a research biologist with the Cascadia Research Collective in Olympia, Washington. Among those unusual locations: San Francisco Bay, Los Angeles Harbor and Puget Sound, he said. Closer to shore, whales are more at risk from dying by being hit by freighters, oil tankers and other large commercial ships. The whales that wash up dead on the shore may represent only 10 per cent of the whales that are dying in the open ocean off the West Coast. "Most whales and especially emaciated whales will tend to sink when dead," said a NOAA expert. "So the numbers that wash up represent a fraction of the total. The vast majority go unreported."

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/06/dead-gray-whale-radiation-levels-were.html

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 6-9-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Darkness Falls

by Hal Lindsey

A shadow descends over our world. Spiritual in origin, this deepening darkness attacks human minds and thought. It diminishes, then destroys the ability to see things for what they are. Put simply, it inhibits people from thinking straight. We see the process described in the 1st chapter of Romans, beginning at verse 18. The words are both historic and prophetic. Romans 1 does not contain a phrase identifying it as a “last days” scripture. Nevertheless, as we will see, it has great prophetic significance.  Verses 20 thru 22 show that even pagan people understand basic truths about God, and are responsible for what they know. “…so that they are without excuse. For even though they knew God, they did not honor Him as God, or give thanks; but they became futile in their speculations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing to be wise, they became fools.” Verse 24 says, “God gave them over in the lusts of their hearts to impurity.” In this judgment, God allows human beings to receive in themselves the things they want. He gives them the very evil for which they lust — along with the deadly consequences. The next verse is especially fascinating given the times in which we live. “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator.” [Romans 1:25] The Greek word translated “creature” — “ktisis” — can also be translated “creation.” Creation-worship at first sounds ancient and pagan. But it’s going on right now. Exalting the creation above the Creator has become the catalyst for massive changes in how the world will soon be governed, taxed, and policed. The environmental movement has begun to rule the world because creation-worship isn’t just ancient and pagan. It is also modern… and still pagan. Romans 1:26-27 has become controversial because of what it says about homosexuality. Many who call themselves Christian are now trying to discredit all the teachings of the Apostle Paul because of what he wrote in these two verses. Under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, Paul depicted homosexuality as toxic for individuals, but also as a sign of deep moral decay on a societal level. Romans 1:28 says, “And just as they did not see fit to acknowledge God any longer, God gave them over to a depraved mind.” A “depraved mind” is a mind so perverted it can no longer think in its own best interest. At this hour, many prominent and intelligent people are pushing agendas that amount to societal suicide. That is the depth of darkness now falling on the world. Civilizations rise.… Moral decay erodes their strength.… And then they fall. Romans 1 explains the phenomenon that has been going on for thousands of years. But it is also specific to the end times, and here’s why. In Matthew 24:37, Jesus said, “For the coming of the Son of Man will be just like the days of Noah.” Scripture depicts the times approaching the return of Jesus as a period when moral decay spreads among all peoples — just as in Noah’s day. Romans 1 explains the reasons and consequences of moral breakdown. Since we know that such a breakdown will become global in the end times, we can look to the 1st chapter of Romans for a picture of the entire world as it nears the end of the age. Here’s what happens. Depravity of mind spreads as more and more people fail to acknowledge God. Spiritual darkness invades human thinking at all levels. To those in that state, the obvious becomes obscure. Morality is the lens through which we see the world. As that lens grows cloudier and filthier, humanity ceases to see the road signs left for us by the God who loves us — signs essential for secure and meaningful lives. Sadly, this darkness is also spreading within the Church. When they continually compromise with sin, professing believers in Jesus become confused and turned around. Some just want to be liked. Others have been deeply influenced by the entertainment and educational industries. For whatever reasons, there are some from all major Christian denominations who are falling under the mind-shroud of the world’s darkness. But we have the answer! Jesus said, “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” [John 8:32] From those words, we can infer that slavery and bondage await all who reject the ultimate truth. And the ultimate truth is Jesus Himself. In John 14:6, He said, “I am… the truth.” Psalms 119:130 says, “The entrance of Your words gives light; It gives understanding to the simple.” [NKJV] Psalm 19:7 says that God’s word takes the simple and makes them wise. Psalms 107:20 says, “He sent his word, and healed them.” That refers to mental as well as spiritual and physical healing. In John 8:12, Jesus said, “I am the light of the world; he who follows Me shall not walk in the darkness, but shall have the light of life.” The world desperately needs Jesus and the revelation of Him found in the Bible. In times of darkness, the answer is light. And Jesus is the light.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-29-2015/ 

:: 6-9-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As the Day Approaches

By Hal Lindsey

Just over two years ago, the Barna Group polled Americans about the end times. They found that 41 percent agree with the sentence, “The world is currently living in the ‘end times’ as described by prophecies in the Bible.” This is more than a vague awareness that things are off-track; more than an ill-defined sense of looming apocalypse. This is a specific belief that the events of our time match the Bible’s description of the end time. 2 Peter 3:10-13 says, “But the day of the Lord will come like a thief, in which the heavens will pass away with a roar and the elements will be destroyed with intense heat, and the earth and its works will be burned up. Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be in holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God, on account of which the heavens will be destroyed by burning, and the elements will melt with intense heat! But according to His promise we are looking for new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells.” (NASB) Peter asked, “What sort of people ought you to be?” The King James Version translates it, “What manner of persons ought ye to be?” (KJV) Through Peter, the Holy Spirit tells the reader that the things of this world we get hung up on — money, houses, cars and other luxuries — will not last. He’s telling us to take the long view of history. Look at the big picture. See your life in context — not just the context of tomorrow or next week, but of eternity. Peter asked, “Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be?” Those words were hardly on the page when he began giving the answer. “In holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God.” (2 Peter 3:11-12 NASB) Forty-one percent believe we are in the end times as described in the Bible. So why don’t they live “in holy conduct and godliness?” Forty-one percent is not a majority, but it is such a large minority that mainstream advertisers would never want to offend it. The celebration of evil that permeates American entertainment would not hold — at least not in the mainstream. But even Christians can lose the ability to blush. The world is falling into a pit of violent debauchery, and a large percentage of people who believe Jesus is coming soon, are following the world down. We desperately need another Great Awakening in the United States. That doesn’t just mean sinners being saved. An awakening includes reformation and revival. Christians, including the clergy, need to renew their love for God and His word — to love Him more than money, prestige, or comfort. Hebrews gives us a great picture of how to live our lives, and then says that it is especially true for those who live in the end times. “Let us hold fast the confession of our hope without wavering, for He who promised is faithful. And let us consider one another in order to stir up love and good works, not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as is the manner of some, but exhorting one another, and so much the more as you see the Day approaching.” (Hebrews 10:23-25 NKJV) Two years ago, 41% of Americans said they could “see the Day approaching.” So why aren’t the 41% holding fast the confession of their hope without wavering? Why aren’t we stirring up love and good works in one another? Why do so many forsake the assembling together of those with like faith? I’ve spent much of my life pointing out just how near we are to “the Day.” It’s heartening that so many Americans now agree with that basic message. I pray that this glorious belief will begin to manifest itself in our attitudes and actions. When that happens, we will see miracles!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-2-2016/ 

:: 6-9-19 New Brunswick News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

From the writings of the Rev. Billy Graham

Dear Dr. Graham:

I heard someone compare a computer virus to sin. Isn’t that making light of something as serious as sin? — S.V.

Dear S.V.: When flu season comes around each year people live in dread of getting this terrible virus, because the flu invades the whole body. Weakness sets in making it difficult to function or even rest.  Sin is the most serious thing man will ever deal with. Sin is a spiritual virus that invades our whole being. It makes us morally and spiritually weak. It’s a deadly disease that infects every part of us: our body, our mind, our emotions, our relationships, our motives — absolutely everything. We don’t have the strength on our own to overcome its power. But when we come to Christ, the Holy Spirit comes and dwells in us. When this happens, any sin that comes in begins to fester and God’s Spirit reveals it to us. The Holy Spirit tugs at our souls to get our attention, telling us that we are not right with God. The cause of trouble, the root of all sorrow, the dread of every man lies in this one small word — sin. We all have this terminal disease and it’s far worse than the flu or even cancer. It has crippled the nature of man and has caused man to be caught in the devil’s trap! People don’t willingly expose themselves to the flu virus — people generally run from it. This is what we should do with sin — flee. Sin is the great clogger, and the blood of Christ is the great cleanser. We don’t need to be crippled any longer by the disease of sin because God has provided the cure. “The blood of Jesus Christ ... cleanses us from all sin” (1 John 1:7) and He will give us the power to turn from sin.

https://thebrunswicknews.com/opinion/advice_columns/sin-is-a-spiritual-virus-and-christ-is-the-cure/article_a698da26-6dae-5c33-912e-0489096f1849.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-9-19 Jewish News Syndicate :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Syrian general with ties to Hezbollah and Iran assassinated

Brig. Gen. Jamal al-Ahmad, one of a group of Syrian officers tasked with maintaining ties with Hezbollah and its Golan Heights commander, was gunned down by unknown assailants in the Sweida area in southwest Syria.

By Neta Bar

(June 6, 2019 / Israel Hayom) A high-ranking Syrian army commander was assassinated on Tuesday near the city of Sweida in the war-torn country’s southwest, dozens of miles from the border with Israel. Brig. Gen. Jamal al-Ahmad was gunned down by unknown assailants while touring the sector, the intelligence blog Intelli Times and London-based pan-Arabic daily Asharq Al-Awsat both reported on Wednesday. According to the Intelli Times, Ahmad was among a group of Syrian officers tasked with maintaining ties with Hezbollah in the Sweida area, and particularly with Hezbollah’s commander in southern Syria, Munir Ali Naim Shaiti,also known as Hajj Hashem, who is responsible for building the Lebanese terrorist organization’s military infrastructure in the Syrian Golan Heights. Although the identity of Ahmad’s assassins is still unknown, the enemies of the Syrian regime and its Iranian and Hezbollah allies are Israel and rebel groups still active in the country. The ability of these insurgent groups to carry out an assassination of this type has drastically decreased over the past year and their presence in southern Syria has been virtually eradicated. Another possible suspect is armed Druze groups who have quarreled in the past with the regime but have since made amends with it following the expulsion of the rebels from the area. A day before the assassination, a Syrian opposition website exposed several Syrian army brigades and divisions that are hosting Hezbollah and Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps fighters in the country’s south, and in Sweida in particular. The reports expose the deep entrenchment of the Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guards Corps and Shi’ite militias within the Syrian army’s combat units on the Golan border with Israel. This article first appeared in Israel Hayom.

https://www.jns.org/report-syrian-general-with-ties-to-hezbollah-iran-assassinated/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 6-10-19 The Weather Channel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earthquake Rattles Cleveland Area

By Jan Wesner Childs3 hours agoweather.com  

Earthquake Strikes Near Cleveland, Ohio

More than 200 people felt the 4.0 magnitude earthquake Monday morning.

At a Glance Preliminary estimates from the USGS say a 4.0 magnitude quake shook parts of the Cleveland area. There were no immediate reports of damage or injuries. Residents in the Cleveland area got an unusual jolt on their Monday morning. Residents across the area reported feeling an earthquake just before 11 a.m. EDT. The U.S. Geological Survey gave the quake a preliminary rating of 4.0 magnitude and said it was centered in Lake Erie north of the metropolitan Cleveland area.  There were no immediate reports of damage or injuries.

https://weather.com/news/news/2019-06-10-earthquake-cleveland 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

:: 6-9-19 Y net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Germany: 2 states is 'only solution' to Israeli-Palestinian conflict

The remarks of the country's foreign minister, Heiko Maas, come only a day after U.S. ambassador to Israel said the Jewish state has the right to annex at least 'some' of the West Bank

i24NEWS|Published: 06.09.19 , 19:10

Germany's foreign minister on Sunday reaffirmed Berlin's support for a two-state solution to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, as the United States is set to release the economic portion of its peace plan later this month. "We are still in agreement that reaching a two-state solution through negotiations is the only solution," Heiko Maas said during a press conference in Amman with his Jordanian counterpart. President Donald Trump's team in charge of the plan has said the initial summit will address the economic issues related to the conflict, specifically focusing on how foreign investment can improve the economic situation of the Palestinian people. The conference's itinerary, which has not been publicized in detail, has already been heavily criticized for failing to address political concerns, which detractors see as the primary barriers to peace. "We and Germany agree that the two-state solution is the only way to end the conflict," Jordanian Foreign Minister Ayman Safadi said.

Mass and Safadi met a day after U.S. Ambassador to Israel David Friedman was quoted by the New York Times as saying Israel had the "right" to annex at least parts of the West Bank. The Palestinians have all but frozen diplomatic relations with Washington since Trump announced the US embassy would move from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem, effectively recognizing the disputed city as Israel's undivided capital. Palestinian officials have continuously slammed all US efforts to mediate, citing the more recent U.S. recognition of Israel's sovereignty in the Golan Heights as further evidence that Trump's administration is irredeemably biased. Trump's son-in-law and senior adviser Jared Kushner, who is heading the peace plan's construction, has hinted that it will not endorse international calls for the creation of a Palestinian state.

https://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-5522464,00.html 

:: 6-4-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America's Scorecard: The Six Phases of a Coup:

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, June 4, 2019 - 13:01.

There are different aspects of any coup that overtakes a country. I am shocked and stunned that more Americans are not clearly see what is indeed transpiring inside our country. As Steve Quayle has frequently stated, “what is coming is no longer coming, it is already here”. At least it is here for those with eyes to see and ears to hear.

The Development of Collective Consciousness As a Precursor for a Coup

The United States is undergoing a coup of monumental proportions that will likely result in regime change, a cultural coup and the formation of re-education camps and all that this entails. History demonstrates that there are precursor elements for any coup followed by extreme and radical regime change. Many of these prerequisite elements have already been met. First, a country entering the realm of a coup and must have a rising tide of collective consciousness that many people are part of a persecuted minority. This is being accomplished by the pronouncement that America is not beyond Jim Crow laws that plagued our country forever, despite the fact that Trump’s economic policies have lifted Blacks to unprecedented wage increases and employment levels. I fail to see the “Jim Crow” in this administration. Women are told over and over in the media that they live under a President that hates women despite the record-setting employment gains achieved by women under this President. Blacks and women are oppressed, and white Christians are their oppressors. An artificial division has been created. This will likely be the spark of extreme civil unrest. The goal of the globalists controlled Deep State as manifested in the ideals of the Democratic Party have the goal of unseating the Constitution and turning American culture upside down. And the globalists have successfully found a way to make Americans pay for their own demise (eg funding illegal immigrants welfare, healthcare, etc.). The globalists, as expressed through the mainstream media have been successful in painting people who want to preserve American ideals (eg freedom), in which the belief system should be labeled as nationalism/patriotism, have instead been cast as white supremacy, which makes no sense whatsoever. However, as the Nazis used to say, repeat a lie often enough and the lie becomes reality (ie confirmation bias). This, again, plays into the artificially created racial divisions that could explode in this country. The Jussie Smollett fake racial attack was designed to be the next Jefferson in which racial divisions would be artificially inflated. Please take note how quickly the Smollett fraud story was removed from the mainstream media. Divisions among gay and straight people have been accelerated and artificially embellished. Most Americans, right or wrong, do not care what people do behind closed doors. Yet, the gay movement, which legitimately fought for the Constitutional right to not be discriminated against is being infiltrated and being used as a source of artificial division. Child molesters, who are nothing but pure and evil criminals, are trying to attach themselves to the freedom-seeking efforts as afforded by the Constitution by the LGBT movement. Very few reasonable people would ever argue against constitutional rights for everyone. However, letting the perverted child molesters into their group is political suicide for the LGBT movement and division is going to occur as a result. Before I am branded as homophobic, please allow me to state that many LGBT members have expressed the same concerns. This is all about creating division amongst our people where very little disagreement would ever occur, otherwise. People with money are under attack. Most have achieved their wealth by hard work and providing services and products that are needed by the public. However, the Democratic Party is creating division amongst poor and middle class against the rich, not realizing it is the rich that provides most of them with employment opportunities. Talk about biting the hand that feeds you. I could go on and on about artificially contrived strategies to divide America in order to perpetuate a cultural revolution designed to end up in a civil war.

The Six Phases of a Coup History teaches that a coup follows a similar pattern:  The creation of a victim mentality to exacerbate differences in society to perpetuate a division among people and groups. This “rules for radicals” approach has already been achieved.  Once a certain threshold has been met, an attack upon the leaders of the traditional status quo is accelerated. Reasons to implement violence, usually through false flag attacks, is initiated. We are on the cusp of this happening. The Jussie Smollett case just missed being a large catalyst to this end. There will be more in the near future. White privilege and Christian theology are becoming the scapegoat phrases and targets. When real persecution begins, I just told you who will be most victimized. This process is near completion.  The existing regime is overwhelmed and radical elements of the coup take over the government.  Purges begin, which many of the people welcome, because of the relief from the widespread violence that is offered. This phase is well underway. Want to test the legitimacy of this claim? Wear MAGA clothing and see how long it will be until you are victimized in a violent manner.  Media scapegoats are created (eg Jews in Nazi Germany) and these people must be re-education in special camps that many of these people will never leave alive. As I mentioned above, the first half of this stage has already been met. We know who the targets will be. Once can see that elements #3, 4, and 5 are in process.  Genocide of the enemies of the state ensues and eventually the New (World) Order is established. The goal was entirely the elimination of resistance to the most repressive, transhumanism regime ever instituted on the planet.  Conclusion Is there anything that will slow the demise of America down? The answer is a resounding yes, but the implementation is problematic. So what is one to do? The better question is what should most of us be willing to do. The first step is to spread awareness. People may initially reject your message, however, there will come a time for most, where they will begin to see the proof for the coup as the facts are self-evident once people are exposed to the information. Then, there will come a time when we will have to engage in our own civil disobedience. More on that in a later post. Right now, sunlight is the best disinfectant.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/americas-scorecard-six-phases-coup 

:: 6-4-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AMAZON DEVICE TO ANALYZE YOUR SOUL, ‘READ HUMAN EMOTIONS’

June 4, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

With Amazon’s humble bookseller beginnings far in the rearview mirror, the internet retail giant is working on a wrist-worn, voice-activated device that supposedly can read human emotions. Bloomberg reported a source reviewed internal Amazon documents that show the Alexa voice software team and Amazon’s Lab126 hardware division are collaborating on the device. In coordination with a smartphone app, it will have microphones that can “discern the wearer’s emotional state from the sound of his or her voice.” (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/06/04/amazon-device-to-analyze-your-soul-read-human-emotions/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 5-31-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tech giants now pushing ANTI-knowledge to keep humanity dumbed down and trapped in mental prisons

Friday, May 31, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) Far from helping people access knowledge and facts, search engines like Google now push anti-knowledge — the opposite of knowledge — in order to keep people dumbed down. The evil tech giants are now systematically de-platforming all channels and sources of real human knowledge, awakening and truth. For the topics that really matter, the only information that’s allowed to be found on Google, Wikipedia, iPhone apps, YouTube or Twitter is anti-knowledge, or “false facts” that defy reality and indoctrinate the masses to believe in delusions rather than see what’s really happening in the world around them. In other words, on every topic that matters — science, medicine, vaccines, climate, history, politics, biology, culture and more — Big Tech systematically suppresses useful knowledge that might empower humans and replaces it with anti-knowledge that keeps people dumbed-down and trapped in mental prisons. We are now living in the Age of Anti-Knowledge that’s pretending to be the Age of Information. But the information is controlled, shaped, twisted and engineered to dumb you down and keep you easily controlled with false narratives and fake facts. Google, Apple, Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Wikipedia, Pinterest and Snapchat are all enemies of human awakening, which makes them enemies of humanity. Because truth is treason in an age of deceit. See my full video here for more details: Brighteon.com/6042840694001

Stay informed. Read NaturalNews.com for a daily dose of useful, practical knowledge that keeps you healthy and aware. Find over a hundred thousand free speech videos at Brighteon.com, the YouTube alternative for free speech.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-05-31-tech-giants-now-pushing-anti-knowledge-to-keep-humanity-dumbed-down.html 

:: 6-3-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China's Internet Lockdown Intensifies Ahead Of Tiananmen Anniversary

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/03/2019 - 21:45

Chinese social media sites have been placed on a lockdown ahead of the 30th anniversary of the Tiananmen Square massacre, according to Bloomberg. While Beijing already employs highly restrictive controls over their internet, Chinese censors typically intensify their efforts ahead of the June 4 anniversary of the bloody student protests in 1989.  This year, Tencent Holdings Ltd.’s messaging app WeChat and micro-blogging site Weibo barred users from changing their profile photos and other personal information. Video-streaming service Bilibili said it suspended real-time comments and other features for “technical upgrades.” -Bloomberg  As we noted on Sunday, Twitter voluntarily banned the accounts of hundreds, if not thousands of Chinese dissidents - explaining later that it was 'inadvertent' and promising to restore them. Reacting to the crackdown, Secretary of State Mike Pompeo said in a Monday statement: "the Chinese Communist Party leadership sent tanks into Tiananmen Square to violently repress demonstrations calling for democracy, human rights and an end to rampant corruption," adding "China’s one-party state tolerates no dissent and abuses human rights whenever it serves its interests." The editor-in-chief of China's CCP mouthpiece, the Global Times tweeted in defense: "Around this time 30 years ago, clashes broke out between protesters and military on the way to Tiananmen. In the following 30 years, China has developed quickly. This glorious achievement changed how people look at Tiananmen incident." If that's true, we wonder what Beijing's response would be if a few thousand students gathered in Tiananmen Square for an anniversary protest?

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-06-03/china-ramps-internet-lockdown-ahead-tiananmen-anniversary 

:: 5-30-19 Chicago Trubine :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indiana salmon hatchery to raise nation's first genetically modified animal cleared for human consumption

By Tony BriscoeContact ReporterChicago Tribune

On a winding road on the outskirts of a small Rust Belt town in eastern Indiana, a fish hatchery is poised to raise the country’s first genetically engineered animal approved for human consumption by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. AquaBounty Technologies, a Massachusetts-based biotechnology company, altered the genetic makeup of the Atlantic salmon to include a gene from chinook salmon and DNA sequence from an eel-like species known as an ocean pout. The result is a salmon that grows to market size about twice as fast as its natural counterpart. The company, which already breeds the salmon in Canada, received its first batch of bioengineered eggs Wednesday at its indoor facility in Albany, Indiana, , and the first salmon fillets raised there could appear in U.S. supermarkets in late 2020. AquaBounty’s decision to raise the salmon in Indiana is a landmark moment for the Midwest, a region known globally for its agricultural prowess but one where land-based fish farming operations have struggled mightily to become profitable. AquaBounty purchased the complex about 10 miles northeast of Muncie where yellow perch and steelhead trout had previously been raised and renovated it for Atlantic salmon. Before Wednesday’s shipment, the 16-person staff, which includes factory workers who were laid off in recent years, had been overseeing 100,000 conventional Atlantic salmon from eggs until they reach market size. With around 150,000 bioengineered eggs currently inside the facility’s incubator trays, production is expected to grow. Commercially raising seafood, a process known as aquaculture, will be necessary to feed the planet’s growing population at a time when rising seafood demand is pitted against plateauing wild fisheries burdened by overfishing, pollution and climate change, according to industry experts. The U.S., which imports over 90% of its seafood, has lagged behind much of the world in aquaculture production, and proponents hope the introduction of genetically engineered fish might help promote the industry, relieve pressure on ocean fisheries and scale back the United States’ $16 billion seafood trade deficit.  There are GMO animals all around us — from glowing pet fish to ‘friendly’ mosquitoes » “Because this fish grows faster, you can use the same facility and produce twice as much product, and the overhead cost is halved,” said William Muir, a professor emeritus at Purdue University who has researched genetically modified animals. “That’s really where we’re going with it: Can we produce fish more cheaply? The fact is, aquaculture is expensive and it’s not competitive with ocean-caught fish, because the ocean is free. But if you can produce salmon cheaply inland, large urban centers like Chicago would love to have fresh salmon next door.” However, some consumer groups remain fiercely opposed to the production and sale of genetically modified organisms. These organizations have been vocal crusaders against AquaBounty, pressuring many mainstream retailers into pledging they won’t carry the product they have maligned as “Frankenfish.” “This is purely a commercial decision to make the fish grow faster,” said Megan Westgate, executive director of The Non-GMO Project, a Washington state-based nonprofit. “They’ve succeeded in proving that desired trait. But there's no benefit to the consumer or the environment. I think that’s why a lot of average people would rather eat salmon as nature intended.” To date, there’s no scientific evidence concluding that genetically modified foods are harmful to human health. The FDA says AquaBounty salmon are as safe to eat as conventional salmon. Muir, who studied the risks of the salmon being exposed to the wild population based on government data, said many of the fears surrounding GMO foods are overblown. “These people who are anti-GMO are not data-driven, they are agenda-driven. And their agenda was to make sure a GMO product was never on a dinner plate,” he said. However, one of the foremost complaints against AquaBounty has been transparency. In Canada, where the company sells conventional eggs and genetically modified salmon, it has sold tons of the fish, although it wouldn’t disclose to which retailers, and there are no requirements for labeling in that country. After the genetically modified salmon was approved to be raised and sold in the U.S. in 2015, egg shipments were blocked until labeling guidelines were established, which allowed for the import ban to be lifted two months ago. Still, the U.S. labeling mandate won’t take effect until 2022, creating uncertainty about whether AquaBounty will voluntarily label its salmon in the interim. AquaBounty CEO Sylvia Wulf argues there’s no need for labeling in Canada because both wild and genetically modified salmon are the same nutritionally. But Westgate, of The Non-GMO Project, said a lack of disclosure robs consumers of choice. “People should know what’s in their food,” Westgate said. “It’s a transgenic species, a combination of three fish. A lot of people just feel it’s unnatural, and it’s not fish they’d want to feed to their children.” Common in crops But gene-editing is nothing new in the U.S. Since the 1990s, American farmers have cultivated genetically engineered crops to be resistant to pesticides and insects. While the pesticide-immune strains have come under fire for allowing farmers to use more insect- or weed-killing sprays that can cause soil contamination and kill off vital organisms like bumblebees, today, about 90% of corn and soybeans grown in the U.S. are genetically altered strains.  Experts say the progression to genetically engineering animals has been slower due to public perception and nascent federal instruction. While scientists have had the ability to retool genomes for decades, the FDA didn’t issue guidance on genetically engineered animals until 2008.  What is an Enviropig, a GloFish and a Friendly Mosquito? Since then, the agency has approved only a few animal-related bioengineering applications, including a genetically altered goat that produces a drug in its milk used to prevent a rare blood-clotting condition in humans. The agency also signed off on the entry of the “GloFish,” a pet zebrafish with a gene from a jellyfish that makes it glow under natural and ultraviolet light. The AquaBounty salmon was initially developed in 1989 after Canadian scientists attempted to develop an Atlantic salmon that could withstand the country’s frigid temperatures. Incorporating a DNA sequence from an ocean pout, a species with antifreeze proteins in its blood that allows it to survive in near-freezing waters, researchers thought they could make a more cold-tolerant salmon. The genetic medley was unsuccessful. But scientists found the antifreeze DNA sequence helped accelerate development when used in tandem with a growth hormone gene from chinook salmon. And subsequent research continued along those lines. The salmon grows to roughly 10 pounds in 16 to 18 months, compared with as long as 32 months in the wild. While salmon already depend on much less food to grow than cattle, swine or chicken, the AquaBounty salmon requires 20 to 25% less feed than ordinary Atlantic salmon. The company’s Indiana facility features a recirculating water filtration system, which minimizes water use. And shipping salmon from Indiana to other U.S. cities within a 500-mile radius will have as much as a 25 times smaller carbon footprint compared with other major salmon importing routes (Norway to New York and Chile to Miami). Pete Bowyer, farm manager of the Indiana facility, said these kinds of operations make sense environmentally and businesswise, especially considering salmon is a perennially popular seafood choice in the United States, along with shrimp and tuna. “The thing about recirculating aquaculture is that you are not really constrained by climate or topography, which traditionally fish farming has been,” Bowyer said.  In 2017, over 356,000 tons of salmon were imported to the U.S. with a value of $3.5 billion. “It’s produced in Chile, Norway and Scotland. It’s absurd. In my personal opinion, this is the direction that the U.S. is headed in,” Bowyer continued as he walked into the hatchery sporting waterproof boots and waders. ‘GMO is scary’ Still, not everyone is convinced. Not long after AquaBounty salmon was approved in 2015, Costco Wholesale Corp., one of the largest retailers in the world, announced it had no intention of selling the AquaBounty salmon after backlash during public hearings from consumers. The corporation joined dozens of U.S. supermarket chains that have vowed not to sell GMO salmon, according to anti-GMO nonprofit Center for Food Safety. “I think public perception in the U.S. is that GMO is scary,” said Tomas Hook, director of the Illinois-Indiana Sea Grant. “I think it’s a pledge that is intended to placate some of the public and people who are anti-GMO. At the surface, it might seem scary to eat genetically modified foods, but when it comes to the way AquaBounty produces salmon, in a lot of ways, it’s more environmentally friendly than the way we traditionally produce salmon.” Seafood is the most popular meat in the world, with global consumption surpassing all land animals combined. But while cows, pigs and chickens have been raised on farms for ages, fish have been largely wild-caught for human consumption, as aquaculture didn’t become a significant contributor to the seafood market until the latter part of the 20th century. Experts say the time is now to bring aquaculture into the mainstream. In 2015, 93% of the world’s marine fish stocks were categorized as overfished or fished at peak sustainable levels. Meanwhile, the global population is projected to rise to over 9 billion by midcentury, and ocean productivity is expected to decline as rising concentrations of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere create warmer and more acidic waters. How will climate change affect Chicago and the Midwest? Here's what the experts are telling us. » “If you look at the trajectory of fishery harvests around the world, we see a big increase after World War II through the 1970s, as new technologies, particularly in oceans, have helped us get better at catching fish,” Hook said. “But sometime around the late 1990s, early 2000s, even though we have all these fishing fleets and technology, we basically saw a plateau and decline in fishery harvest. That’s despite a growing population and more people on planet Earth that need protein from fish. The solution that we need to feed people is in aquaculture.” Aquaculture had largely taken place in coastal areas where fish were raised in open water pens. But that approach has declined as regulators cracked down on these operations because they created hot spots for animal waste that caused deterioration in water conditions. Businesses have tried to move inland where waste can be treated more effectively, but the upfront investments have been a deterrent. In 2011, Illinois had more than 100 licensed aquaculture operations, according to the state Department of Natural Resources. As of this month, only 45 enterprises are in business. AquaBounty hopes to buck this trend in Indiana. While the company has persistently recorded net losses on its quarterly reports in recent years, the arrival of the GMO salmon could significantly bolster production at that site, helping to improve the balance sheet. CEO Wulf said the company may sell its patented and trademarked salmon to other fish farms. Lengthy process  AquaBounty embarked on the arduous journey toward regulatory approval in 1995. Two decades later, the FDA determined the fish was safe to eat and the modifications were safe for the fish itself. Although the FDA also found the fish posed no significant threat to the environment, there were concerns early on about the possible impacts if it escaped into open waters. Muir, the Purdue professor, theorized that if the fish were ever to breed in the wild, it could spell doom for salmon populations because of the so-called Trojan gene effect. “If you are a female and are looking for the male that’s the most fit, one of the most obvious signs is size,” Muir said. “If you’re a big male, you must have survived, you must have been able to get food and have all the good genes. But in the case of transgenic salmon, I hypothesized this was false advertising. It was big, but not because it had the good genes or that it could find a lot of food. It’s big because of the transgene, and it actually has lower fitness than the wild type. So females would be mating with less fit males and it would perpetuate fewer offspring to maturity.” Upon further testing, however, those initial worries were assuaged when the genetically altered salmon proved to be an ineffective breeder, according to Muir. “It turned out the fish was not at all dangerous because it didn’t have any mating advantage,” Muir said. “In fact, it had a lot of disadvantages. It was very, very difficult to keep alive because it doesn’t have any of the natural mating dances or attraction that the fish have. Like birds, when they’re mating, males have to have a certain display and dance, because the female has to choose wisely. The transgenic male is too fat or heavy, and it doesn’t court them very well and loses out on all the mating.” Precautions are also in place. All of AquaBounty’s facilities have a number of measures intended to prevent the escape of eggs and fish, including metal screens and jump nets installed on tanks. And the FDA bans the genetically altered salmon from being raised in ocean net pens. The company also employs a breeding technique in which only female fish are produced, and the fertilized eggs are also pressure-shocked to make them sterile. So far, there hasn’t seemed to be an issue. In addition to its new breed of salmon, AquaBounty was recently authorized to sell genetically altered tilapia in Argentina. While the salmon will be the first animal of its kind in the United States, experts like Muir said it’d be foolish to think it will be the last. “The thought was that once (FDA approval) went through, it would open the gates to other transgenic animals to come to market,” Muir said. “In my opinion, we’re way overdue.”

https://www.chicagotribune.com/news/ct-met-genetically-modified-salmon-indiana-hatchery-20190502-story.html 

:: 6-4-19 The Free Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Civil War II Weather Report: Spicy Time Coming

Burning Platform ^ | June 4, 2019 | John Wilder Posted on 6/4/2019, 9:19:05 AM by vannrox

Way back in 1998, I ended up with one of the neatest jobs that I had – assessing risks to a major corporation. The Internet was new at work, and I was being paid to research potential disasters. It was so interesting and so much fun I felt guilty. In researching disasters and risk, I came across Y2K. For those that don’t remember, there was a concern that, as a result of programmers only using two digits to store year information in computers, that many computers and computer programs would cease to function when the calendar flipped over to 00. There were multiple websites and personalities that were writing about Y2K, and one that I went to from time to time was Cory Hamasaki’s Y2K Weather Report. Hamasaki was a programmer (he has since passed away) and he had an inside perspective of the ongoing work that was required to keep the systems working. As a result of his insider knowledge he bought an AR, a lot of food, and spent New Year’s Eve at his remote cabin. Obviously, the systems kept working. We live, however, in spicy times, with the potential for them becoming even spicier (I got the Spicy Time meme from Western Rifle Shooters (LINK), which really should be on your daily reading list). I’ve written several articles about the potential for Civil War, and studied and thought quite a bit about it. As such, this is the inaugural edition of John Wilder’s Civil War II Weather Report. I anticipate putting it out monthly. This first issue will probably be a bit longer than later issues, since I’m putting the framework together and explaining the background. I’m attempting to put together a framework that measures where we are on the continuum between peace and war. I’ll even try to develop some sort of measures that show if the level of danger is increasing or decreasing. Civil wars don’t happen all at once, and like a strong storm, they require the atmosphere to be right. A weather report is probably a good metaphor. So, to review the future, let’s start by looking at Civil War I so we understand what happened, and what the potential differences are. Civil War I was: Based on philosophical differences – the views of the people, North and South were pretty similar, except that the Northerners were descended from Puritans who sailed on the Mayflower, and the Southerners were descended from the Norman conquerors that took England in 1066 but got booted out after having lost a war in England. Although the North and South were the same people, more or less, with the same heritage, there were enough differences to lead to a war. And it was a doozy. Civil War II is different because:

Certainly we are not the same people today compared to when we generally unified ethnically. Civil War II will likely be fought on the basis of conflicting culture, identity and ideology. Civil War I was: Fought by armies, mostly, with identified geographical centers. Civil War II is different because: At the early stages, at least, Civil War II won’t be fought by armies, and there won’t be defined geographical concentrations. Armies are better at killing people and breaking stuff, but irregulars are way better at atrocity. Expect the initial stages of hot war to be filled with some pretty rough stuff. Civil War I was:

Characterized by a general adherence to the rules of war, though there were some war crimes on either side. Civil War II is different because: There has been a tendency of civil wars in this century to have increasing levels of atrocity during the war. This will continue. Civil War I was: Fought with the intent of reunification (by the North), and separation (by the South). The basic desire of the North was to reunify the country, admittedly under more comprehensive Federal control. Reconstruction sucked, but the goal was a single country. That’s why all the Confederate statues were tolerated, and even encouraged. Civil War II is different because: I expect whoever wins to pursue a policy of revenge at the end, especially if it’s the Communists. This is founded based on every single communist revolution ever. The end of Civil War I occurred in a growing young country with the opportunity to move West. Now? Whoever wins will cleanse whatever areas they take. Civil War I was: Fought by organized, elected governments. Civil War II is different because: I’m thinking that one side might be a Caesar-type leading a partial military coalition versus Leftist irregulars, but I might be wrong on this one. I decided to see what other studies had been done about more recent civil wars, and found that James Fearon and David Laitin (from Stanford) did a study in 2003 on civil wars during the 20th Century (LINK). Here’s what they found:

Civil Wars had a median duration of six years  Sub-Saharan Africa: 34 wars  Asia: 33 wars

North Africa and the Middle East: 17 wars  Latin America: 15 wars

Eastern Europe/Former Soviet Union: 13 wars

The West: 2 wars

Why do civil wars develop? It’s my bet that political scientists are like economists – six political scientists will generate 15 incorrect theories over coffee each morning, although I, for one, have no idea why we would think we would have a more stable country if we import people who keep having civil wars all of the time. Fearon and Laitin came up with three different types of civil wars:

Ethnic: “You other people suck.”

Nationalist: “We want our own country, because you other people suck.”

Insurgent: “We want to be the boss, because you suck.”

Civil wars were non-existent in ethnically homogeneous and rich countries during the time period of Fearon and Laitin’s study. As the United States was essentially ethnically homogeneous and rich during Civil War I, you can see that, just like the Revolution, something unique was going on here. We decided to fight over principles. Fearon and Laitin had several graphs that pointed out that increased wealth makes up for a portion of ethnic diversity – wealthier, non-homogeneous societies were less likely to go to war than poorer non-homogeneous ones. Oddly, the very poorest ($48 to $800 a year) societies were less likely to go to war than societies that made just a little more money. I guess just living was tough enough and going to war against other people who also had nothing was pointless.

One conclusion that Laitin and Fearon found was that civil war onset was no less frequent in a democracy. Discrimination is not linked to civil war. Income inequality is not linked to civil war. Grievances aren’t the cause of civil war – they’re caused by civil wars. What are risk the factors?

New nations. I guess they haven’t developed the “don’t kill the president” tradition yet.

People can hide in mountains. I guess.

Higher (absolute) population numbers. I told you big cities were bad.

Oil exporting.

High proportion of young males.

Exporting commodities – risk seemed to peak at about 30% of GDP coming from commodity export.

So where does the United States stand as a country today? I guess I’d throw out the thought that the first prerequisite for Civil War II is economic stress. Why? Average Joe won’t pick up an AR to go kill people in the next county if Joe has beer in the cooler and another episode of Naked and Afraid® next week. If Joe has a job and a wife and a mortgage, well, there just won’t be action. I meant war, silly. Get your mind out of the gutter. Our risk now is relatively low based on economics. The United States is developing a higher absolute population. That puts us at risk. With immigration, the United States is forming a higher proportion of young males. That puts us at risk. State weakness is generally correlated with civil wars. I’m torn on this one. On one hand, we have the largest number of laws ever, along with a very large enforcement mechanism. On the other? Laws, both state and Federal are increasingly just ignored. Victor Davis Hanson describes this paradox in California (LINK). Nearby civil wars are associated with having a civil war. Latin America is a civil war factory . . . so we’re at risk. From the above five predictors of civil war, we have four of them. Obviously this doesn’t tell the whole story. The United States has a peaceful history, and, unlike a less established nation, the general populace is going to assume that today was good, so tomorrow will be pretty good, too. And, generally that’s a good way to predict the future: tomorrow will look like today. Building the conditions for civil wars generally take years and what was abnormal becomes normal and tolerated as time goes by. I’m going to attempt to try to make a metric showing the rise in various societal factors that I think might lead to civil war. Some of the obvious are:

Economic metrics – economic growth, unemployment, average wealth.

Organized violence metrics – news of riots, other organized violence and protests.

Political instability metrics – use of the term “impeach”, “civil war”, “electoral college.”

Sites banned – numbers of political speakers silenced.

Number of illegal immigrants per month. This shows greater economic stress or greater problems at their actual home.

I’ll then combine them into an index. If you have other items that you think can be tracked and should be tracked, let me know, and I may incorporate them, especially if they’re easy find and to incorporate, because I’m lazy. Finally, Civil War won’t show up all at once, it may take years to get people to the idea that war is better than dealing with your weird neighbor by going into your house and watching a marathon of YouTube® videos where people turn $40 of propane and a bunch of aluminum cans into $10 worth of aluminum ingots. It’s easier than fighting, right?

Following is my take on the steps that will lead to actual civil war. I humbly call it the Wilder Countdown to Civil War II™.

Things are going well.

People begin to create groups.

People begin to look for preferential treatment.

Opposing ideology to the prevailing civic ideology is introduced and spread.

Those who have an opposing ideology are considered evil.

People actively avoid being near those of opposing ideology. Might move from communities or states just because of ideology.

Common violence. Organized violence is occurring monthly.

Opposing sides develop governing/war structures. Just in case.

Common violence that is generally deemed by governmental authorities as justified based on ideology.

Open War.

I bolded number six. That’s where I think we are right now. Violence is occurring, but it’s not monthly, so I don’t think we’re at step seven. Yet. And I think we can live at step nine for a long time as long as we don’t have the bottom drop out of the economy. Might there be some trigger that takes us to nine in a hurry? Sure. But I’m willing to bet that we see it take a few years, rather than a few months. My bet is no sooner than 2024, but I’ve been wrong before, way back in 1989. This is a project where I’m not only very open to contributions and anonymous contributions, I’m actively soliciting them. Let me know if you’ve got commentary, criticism, news stories, or suggestions to make issue two (probably in early July) better, either down below or at my email, movingnorth@gmail.com While we can’t predict catastrophic storms with 100% accuracy, it’s probably about time that someone started looking at the horizon to see what they could see. Because I see what might be a storm coming.

http://freerepublic.com/focus/f-chat/3754335/posts 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 6-3-19 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Mayhem Rules” Right Now And Gold May Rise Very Rapidly Because Of It

On the heels of another rally in the gold market, it appears that “Mayhem rules” right now and gold may rise very rapidly because of it. Mayhem Rules

By Bill Fleckenstein President Of Fleckenstein Capital June 03, 2019

June 3 (King World News) – As I’m sure everyone knows, over the weekend the Chinese expressed their view of the current trade situation via a “white paper” — the net of which is that the possibility of a trade deal between the U.S. and China appears to be less likely now than ever.  It’s Always Dumbest Before the Dawn Of course, in any “negotiation” like this, it often looks like there will never be a deal and then suddenly there is. That doesn’t imply that a deal is imminent, but it is almost assuredly going to look impossible before it actually occurs, if and when it does. Meanwhile, I’m sure by the time the G-20 meeting rolls around later this month there will be all sorts of hopes that something good will come out of it, but I’m not going to hold my breath. As for today, the futures were barely lower as the casino opened for business (after trading down almost 0.75% lower overnight) and the dip buyers showed up to produce a gain of a bit less than 0.5% for the SPOOs in the first hour, followed by a little selling. The proximate cause for the rally was perhaps mindless money flowing in at the start of the month, and a little excitement that Infineon has decided to pay a stupid price to acquire Cypress… Partly Cloudy That certainly enlivened the chip sector, which seems to do well on days that cloud and/or FAANG stocks are getting hammered (the Google/DOJ news this weekend caused problems for Amazon and Facebook). In any case, by midday, the S&P and Dow were slightly green, while the Nasdaq sported about a 0.5% loss. In the early afternoon, the market began sinking again when St. Louis Fed head James Bullard chirped that a rate cut might be warranted soon, which caused a bounce that didn’t last long. Also around the same time Apple tanked from $177 to $172 in about two minutes as Tim Cook couldn’t blow enough smoke at their developer conference. (I make note of that because it was a big move, involving a lot of market cap, all happening in the blink of an eye — something people should start getting used to, as there will be much more.) All of that followed the earlier announcement that the FTC was launching an investigation into Facebook. In sum, a lot of hand grenades were rolling around on the floor at the same time while visions of rate cuts danced in bull’s heads, the net of which was lower stock prices by about 1.5% for the Nasdaq (while the Dow/S&P just sort of marked time a little lower). From there, another rally was attempted based on rate cut hopes. Perversely, however, we will likely need to see lower stock prices to get them, which is exactly what happened next, i.e., the rally fell apart and with an hour to go the Nasdaq had fallen almost 2%, with the other two major indices joining in somewhat as they fell around 0.5%. Next, the market slid some more to new lows, only to bounce hard late in the day to close with the Dow/S&P essentially unscathed compared to a 1.5% loss for the Nasdaq. Away from stocks, green paper was weaker, and I would point out again that the concept of being long the dollar is one of the more crowded trades at the moment, along with being long the stock market in general. That could cause some extra indigestion at some point. Turning to fixed income, it was higher, and the metals came to life, each gaining 1.5%-plus while the miners put in a very respectable performance as well. A Bend in the Trend

I noted on Friday that MSA’s technical work suggested more upside for the metals, because its triggers were hit, and in the report over the weekend Mike Oliver (the founder of MSA) suggested that the move could be rather rapid, based on his analysis. He also feels that a break in the stock market could be rather wild and violent, due to the technical structure. That fits exactly with my view, but he has the technical data to back it up. In any case, it is quite likely that we are going to see bigger and wilder moves as the trend changes and folks are forced to adjust the positions they have spent so long putting in place. To subscribe to Michael Oliver’s Gold, Silver & Mining Stock Report at the special KWN discounted rate of only $269 CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/mayhem-rules-and-gold-may-rise-rapidly-because-of-it/ 

:: 6-2-19 Clive P. Maund :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BLOODBATH LOOKS IMMINENT - FULL DEFENSIVE MODE...

originally published Sunday, June 02, 2019

The market is now in position to crash. This is not something that will arrive as “a bolt out of the blue” – it has been setting up to do this for a long time. On the 6-month chart for the Dow Jones Industrials below we can see that on Friday it broke down from a Head-and-Shoulders top that had been forming since February, and the longer-term 5-year chart for the S&P500 index lower down the page makes clear that a giant top started to form with the January 2018 peak, which means that it has been setting up for a bearmarket for fully 16 months now. A few weeks back we had spotted the H&S top forming but we weren’t sure whether a symmetrical Right Shoulder to complete the pattern would develop, which would have it holding up for perhaps another month, but by last week it had become clear that it would likely settle for a shorter stunted Right Shoulder, which is why we decided to “put our best foot forward” and go for both inverse ETFs, and selected Puts. In the event this is what happened and the breakdown on Friday beneath “last ditch” support means that it is likely to crash next week. What very often happens when markets crash is that key support is breached on a Friday, after which traders have the weekend to brood about it and many decide to hit the sell button the following Monday, and a near tsunami of sell orders hits the market at once forcing a steep self-feeding decline. That is what looks set to happen this Monday. Last week Wall St and the MSM were singing the praises of strong earnings to be reported in coming weeks, and suggesting that this would buoy the market, but unfortunately the market looks a lot further ahead than that, typically up to 9 months ahead, and it has discerned nasty storm clouds on the horizon, presaged by the inverted yield curve and partly resulting from fallout from the trade war. The Neocons, being adversarial by nature, view both Russia and now China as enemies, because they stand in the way of global hegemony, and since they cannot defeat them militarily are attacking them economically. Unfortunately however, trade is a two way street and the attempt to inflict damage on your trading partners is going to drag you and everyone else down too. This is why what is going on now is very similar to what went down in the 1930’s with protectionism, trade wars and then depression leading to a major war, and we have the perfect flashpoint for a major war in the form of Iran, which China and Russia cannot afford to see taken down, because if it is, the balance of power will shift and they will be next. The Neocons (and Israel) have a sense of urgency about attacking Iran, because they know they have a limited time window to do it. This is because China is set to grow much faster than the US, and the other major powers are moving to de-dollarize, knowing that if they succeed the dollar will crash, and the debt-wracked US economy will implode, which will make it impossible to fund the US military-industrial complex at current levels and the vast global US military machine whose mission is to impose the US’ will on the rest of the world. The impending crash will be much more severe and have much more serious consequences than any hitherto, because of the catastrophic debt overhang that has built up. In this situation gold will become the best investment because it has an intrinsic value that cannot be eliminated. We had surmised before Friday that gold would probably be taken down near-term during the crash phase because of a dash into cash driving a temporary spike in the dollar, but on Friday at least that didn’t happen and instead the Precious Metals sector showed strength, suggesting that the dollar may already be in trouble for the reasons mentioned above. This may just have been a “pop” on the part of the PM sector, which could yet turn and drop with the market. We will have to wait and see what happens next week – if the broad market drops hard and the PM sector advances it will mean that it has already acquired safe haven status, and in general it will be safe to buy the sector with stops beneath recent lows. To conclude, a devastating crash looks imminent and full defensive mode is the order of the day.

https://www.clivemaund.com/article.php?id=5064

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 6-4-19 Ray Gano :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING NEWS – Ebola is NOW in Texas

June 4, 2019/in Featured, News, Survival & Preparedness /by admin

By Ray Gano

Ebola has hit Texas thanks to our open borders.

Right now, there are 9 and possibly up to 15 people sitting on the US/ Mexico border in quarantine who are from Congo, Africa. Those are the people that they caught, what if there are others that got through? My name is Ray Gano; I am a prepper and have been a prepper pretty much all my life. My mother was raised during the great depression, and because of that she was always a frugal person. She would can up and dehydrate food, always setting it aside for “a rainy day.” One of my most vivid memories growing up was during the economic recession we had in the mid-1960s. Life for us was pretty hard. I remember us going behind grocery stores and picking out old fruit and vegetables. We would pick mustard greens, black berries, crab apples, anything that was growing on the side of the road we would stop and pick it. There was a butcher in town that used to save beef bones for us, and my mom would gather us around the stove and make “nail soup.” Nail soup was a big deal back then. We all helped clean up the old vegetables, cut away bad pieces and keep the good parts. Mom would then have us carefully put the veggies we cut up into the pot. Finally, she would pick on of us kids to take the magic nail from the windowsill and put it in the pot. See, the nail was magic and that is what made the “Nail Soup” tastes so good. The real ingredient was the best of all; it was my mother’s love. Another point when I was growing up was when my father contracted Hong Kong Flu. This was around the same time in the mid to late 1960’s. I remember my mom quarantining the room and keeping us kids away. Only she could go into the room and she worked hard to keep the house sterile and germ free. Many people died from the Hong Kong Flu, which come to find out was a strain of H1N1 Spanish Flu. The same H1N1 that we still have today that many believe will eventually mutate again, into a more harmful form of H1N1. Over the years I was drawn to home remedies, and back woods cures. I started to learn about all the edible plants in our area and also learned how to use them medically. As time went on I would buy books on the different plant always trying to increase my knowledge. When I went into the army, I would always try to learn the different plants in the area and in Germany I was learning the flora and fauna that was offered there. In fact, when I was in Germany I would teach the men under my command how to use the different plants and such if they were put in the position to have to live off the land. Once I got out of the army, I still maintained my interest in learning how to live off the land and also, the medicinal uses many plants had. Fast forward to today and with the outrageous cost of medical treatment, I became our family’s first line medical care giver. I started to expand learning about all of the natural herb, vitamins and other supplements that are out there. Nurse Amy of “Doc Bones & Nurse Amy” introduced me to essential oils and I started learning more on how to use these effectively, in conjunction with my herbal cures. Back in 2005 I diagnosed my son’s Type 1 Diabetes. Ever article, book and website that I was reading pointed to T1 but did not believe it till I finally told Tracye that we needed to get him to the hospital. From what I could tell he was already in the very dangerous stages of diabetic ketoacidosis. We got him to the emergency room, I told the nurses what I suspected, and they congratulated me on catching it. They said that they see many first time T1 kids already passed out due to DKA. I want to say that I am not a doctor and I have nothing but the highest respect for doctors. All the things they have to study and to stay up to date. I never thought that I had the calling to be a doctor, but I do enjoy the study of folk medicine and the cures and remedies our great grandparents once used. Many of those cures and remedies are making a comeback today. I think it is very prudent that those of us who are preppers have as much understanding about medicine as we are able. We need to return to having the skills of mending wounds, binding cuts and giving proper first aid. I think the skill of diagnosing basic illnesses is also something that has been forgotten. It amazes me how many people do not even know the symptoms of a common cold and then rush to the ER thinking they are about to go to their grave. I have made it a personal responsibility to be the best care giver that I could for the sake of my family. To this date, whenever we are with our kids and grandkids, I am always asked to look at some cut or scratch or help diagnose some belly rumblings, fever or runny nose. In fact, my Grandson thinks that if I do not have my flashlight in hand when looking at that splinter, then something must be wrong. No matter what the little prick or scratch, I must look at it with my flashlight so that I can make the proper diagnosis and provide him the proper treatment. Most times it all comes down to a little Neosporin and Band-Aid. Sometimes I will use lavender oil or thieves’ oil just to help it speed the healing. My grandson likes it because it smells good and is “good medicine” not the bad medicine that “tastes yucky”. Today we have Ebola that is trying to break free from the boarders of Africa and getting to the point where it is becoming impossible to contain. I think back when I was watching Fox News reporting on Dr. Brantly, who has just arrived in the US at the university hospital outside of Atlanta. Dr. Kent Brantly, who is believed to be the first patient with the deadly virus ever to be treated at a hospital in the United States, landed at Dobbins Air Reserve Base around 11 a.m. August 2nd 2014. The Ebola outbreak that is taking place right now is the largest outbreak in known history and has been going on since 2014. Past Ebola outbreaks were not as devastating and the current outbreak. I believe that is because this strain of Ebola has mutated in one form or another like many immunosuppressive diseases do over time. Because our world has gotten smaller due to jet planes flying all over the world, the probability of a virus crossing over into other countries has become much easier. As with past outbreaks of Ebola, this strain is showing that the virus can live outside the body for up to 10 hours, which increases the ability to infect people. A victim who is carrying the virus could be walking around in an airport can cough, sneeze, spit, vomit and the virus cells will remain active for up to 10 hours on whatever surface they landed on. That is 10 hours that tens if not hundreds of people could come in contact with those virus cells. Once the person comes in contact with those cells, all they would need to do is touch their mouth, their eye, scratch an open sore and that person is infected. The Key to Living Through This is Prevention. Once a family member contracts this horrible disease the outcome is pretty grim. Studies show that there is a 40% chance of survival where 60% of those who contract the disease will die. If you have not done so, I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you read my first book, “Survive The Coming Storm – The Value of a Preparedness Lifestyle.” If people are going to truly make it, they will need to self-quarantine and if one does not have enough food, water and other items to ride this storm out, they will have to go out into the public more and more and that is exactly where you do not want to be. To go out into the public means that you will be exposing yourself to Ebola and the person leaving will have increased risk in contracting the disease. This is why I wrote my second book “Survive The Coming Storm – Ebola Crisis – Preparing Now Before It is To Late” which is still a “best seller” in the medical book and nursing categories. In this book I make MANY recommendations from herbal supplements to OTC medicines. I also make recommendations on getting Hazmat Suits, facemasks, and rubber gloves. At a minimum having a N95 facemask will be a necessity along with bottles of Purell to constantly keeping your hands sterile. On top of that all of us will have to break that horrible habit of touching our face, eyes, nose or mouth. Do that during a pandemic and you sign your own death sentence. If you and your family are not prepared by then, odds are increased in contracting the deadly Ebola virus. If you are only able to give subpar care to that infected family member, they will probably die and odds are good that others, including yourself will probably catch the disease. It is my hope that this book helps you and equips you with information that will help you prepare NOW instead of waiting till the pandemic starts. You still have time, do what you have to do and even if nothing happens, you have gained valuable supplies that most likely will be needed. Every 100 years our world suffers a deadly global pandemic. The last killer was the Spanish flu in 1918. In 2018 it will be 100 years from that last deadly pandemic. This makes the odds extremely high that a killer pandemic is just around the next corner. Ebola is Now Here in Texas There is a serious Ebola alert in Laredo Texas after 3 illegals from the Congo crossed over into US Territory. There are also 6 in custody in Laredo Mexico and what appears to be another 6 in Juarz as well. This is 9 people confirmed with a possibility of 15 people total from the Congo who have contracted the Ebola virus. This is serious. How many people did these 9/15 people come in contact with? Is it possible that there are now people in the US that came over the border illegally and are carriers of Ebola? If so, then how many people have they come in contact with and then those people come in contact with others. Can you see how fast this could turn into an epidemic?  On Friday, ABC News reported that the World Health Organization is claiming the Ebola outbreak in the Congo is of “deep concern, ” while stopping short of declaring it a global emergency. Following a meeting of its expert committee, the U.N. health agency called for efforts to be redoubled to stop the deadly virus, noting that the recent spike in Ebola cases raises the risk of spread to other countries. A public health official in Laredo, Texas, said 20 Congolese migrants were monitored for Ebola and other diseases in shelters in his city and across the Mexican border in Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas. “We have 8 Congolese right now in one of our shelters and a dozen in Nuevo Laredo,” Laredo Health Director Dr. Hector Gonzalez told the Laredo City Councilman George Altget during a council meeting on April 4. So you can see my concern. How many people did these people come in contact with once they arrived in Central America? In fact, where did they land? Did they land in Mexico from the Congo? Maybe Belize, Guatemala, Honduras? If they landed in one of those countries, then they had plenty of chances to come in contact with a lot of people as well as people who were also crossing the border illegally. Now, how many Congolese individuals did not get captured and are possibly here in Texas or have moved further up north to escape detection? Again, we may be looking at a serious epidemic / pandemic. Latest data indicates a total of 1,206 confirmed and probable cases of Ebola in this latest deadly outbreak in Congo which began last August, while 764 people have died up to last Wednesday, making the outbreak – which is endemic in the Congo – the worst in the country’s history. The numbers spiked this week, with 20 new cases on Wednesday alone. The concern for health officials is that Congo is right in the heart of Central Africa and has borders with a large number of countries: Angola, Kenya, Zambia, Gabon, Nigeria, Ethiopia, Rwanda, Tanzania, Sudan, Burundi and Uganda. What To Do? As you know, I wrote my preventative book about battling Ebola and you can battle it if you are prepared.

The key is being prepared NOW and not wait. I have pulled together 10 PDFs that I will give you FOR FREE when you purchase my ebola book (in PDF format) for only $25.00 All I am asking is $25, but if you would like to donate more, it would help. Tracye and I still have a shortfall to make up, so not only are you helping yourself, but helping us further our ministry and keeping people like yourself informed.

ORDER NOW With Your Gift of $25 + And I Will Email You The Special Ebola Offer

https://tinyurl.com/Stand-In-The-Gap 

Please share this information with friend and family,

it might save their lives if there is a outbreak.

https://www.raygano.net/ebola-is-now-in-texas/ 

:: 6-3-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Instagram crashes for users around the world, leaving them unable to log in or refresh their feed

Instagram began experiencing a global outage starting around 11:30 p.m. (ET)

Users had issues logging into the app as well as viewing their dashboard

By Annie Palmer For Dailymail.com Published: 14:00 EDT, 3 June 2019 | Updated: 18:02 EDT, 3 June 2019

Instagram has been hit by an outage that's preventing users from accessing the app around the world.  The app began experiencing problems around 11:30 p.m. (ET), leaving Instagram users from the United States to Europe unable to access their feeds. As of late evening on Monday, there were fewer reports of outages, but some users appeared to still have trouble accessing the app. It comes one day after Google suffered from a massive outage that caused Gmail, G Suite and YouTube to go down for hours. The app appears to be down for users in some parts of the US, as well as regions in Europe, South America, Japan, India and Australia, according to Down Detector. Instagram users who have tried to post photos this afternoon have instead been hit with an error message: 'Something went wrong. Please try again later.' One user said their Instagram dashboard wouldn't refresh, while another said their captions wouldn't show up after publishing a post to the app. The issue seems to have primarily affected the app, though a small percentage of users said the Instagram website wasn't online either.  A Twitter user said: 'Snapchat down yesterday and Instagram down today, will Twitter or Facebook be tomorrow?' Other social media platforms like Facebook and WhatsApp didn't appear to be affected by the issue. The Instagram outage has hit the app just a few hours after Google said it would investigate the outage that lasted for several hours on Sunday. The search giant said YouTube, G Suite and Gmail were disrupted as a result of 'high levels of network congestion,' but that it intended to examine the issue further and make improvements to its systems to prevent a similar event from happening again.

Google also insisted that the widespread outages, which primarily affected service in the Eastern United States, but also stretched across the globe, were not a result of cyberattacks.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-7100353/Instagram-crashes-users-world.html 

[::  6-2-19 am service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For let your spiritual ears be open and listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you this day, saith your Father.  For the hour is very late, many things are changing extremely fast, the enemy is on a great warfare and you may not realize this, but you need to be prepared.  If you don’t have a good King James Bible get one before they change that, trust in the amplified before they change that.  For they are making bibles now that are gender friendly, they’re changing many things causing them to be extremely unscriptural etc.

:: 6-1-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Catholic schoolgirls are being taught that God is GENDER-NEUTRAL and are banned from using the words 'Lord', 'Father' and 'Son' in prayers

Brisbane Catholic schools are removing male-centric terms from their prayers

The Catholic Office for the Participation of Women director said she is 'thrilled'

Queensland Catholic Education Commission doesn't give a guide on language

By Claudia Poposki For Daily Mail Australia Published: 20:00 EDT, 1 June 2019 | Updated: 20:06 EDT, 1 June 2019

Catholic schoolgirls are being taught that God is gender-neutral and banned from using the words 'Lord', 'Father' and 'Son' in prayers. A number of elite Catholic schools in Brisbane are making moves to teach their students to use inclusive language when referring to God. Top schools including All Hallows, Stuartholme, Loreto College and Stuartholme School are leading a push towards a feminist interpretation of the Christian Bible. Students at Stuartholme School in Brisbane's inner-city, which charges upwards of $40,000 a year, are taught to use the word 'Godself' instead of 'himself'. Catholic schoolgirls are being taught that God is gender-neutral and banned from using the words 'Lord', 'Father' and 'Son' in prayers. A number of elite Catholic schools in Brisbane are making moves to teach their students to use inclusive language when referring to God. Top schools including All Hallows, Stuartholme, Loreto College and Stuartholme School are leading a push towards a feminist interpretation of the Christian Bible. Students at Stuartholme School in Brisbane's inner-city, which charges upwards of $40,000 a year, are taught to use the word 'Godself' instead of 'himself'. Ms Wickham said the school had a commitment to inclusive language, but admitted there were instances where gendered language is appropriate. St Rita's College Clayfield tries to use gender-neutral terms but for traditional prayers still uses gendered language. The assistant principal Richard Rogusz said context is important and helps decide what language is appropriate. The Catholic Office for the Participation of Women director Andrea Dean told the publication that she was 'thrilled' and it was 'terrific' schools were moving towards inclusive language. The Queensland Catholic Education Commission does not provide guidelines for what language is appropriate but the Australian Catholic Bishops Conference did suggest schools use gender-neutral terms where appropriate. Brisbane's top Catholic boys' school St Joseph's College has replaced the term 'brothers' with 'sisters and brothers' and 'brotherhood' with 'international community'. 'This has been an area of growth for us in recent times,' a spokesman told Sunday Times. 'We have made changes to a number of prayers to be more gender-inclusive.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7094893/Catholic-schoolgirls-taught-God-gender-neutral.html 

:: 6-4-19 https://www.catholicsarenotchristians.com/ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :

Vatican Embraces Mark of the Beast Currency and Technology!

June 4, 2019 by Jon Watkins

Catholic church jumps head first into blockchain technology and cryptocurrency

Mac Slavo | SHTF – ICOx Innovations Inc., which designs, builds and manages digital currencies so organizations can grow their businesses by attracting, engaging and retaining customers through the creation of their own digital currency, announced today a new customer, Cathio. Cathio is a public benefit corporation founded specifically in service of the Catholic economy. Cathio is applying blockchain technology to offer an easy-to-use payment solution that responds to the needs of the Catholic community, non-profits, and institutions. Cathio was founded in 2018 and is working to transform the way the Catholic community moves money. By bringing innovative technology and best practices from the tech world, Cathio is providing a turnkey solution for Catholic organizations to bring their financial transactions into alignment with their beliefs. Cathio was created to address the needs of the Catholic church. –Cathio‘s websiteA blockchain-based charity and non-prot cryptocurrency, Catholiccoin seeks to provide an all-in-one solution to how we donate transparently on the Ethereum Blockchain. We are aware of the disruptive power of Blockchain technology and that the adoption of cryptocurrencies will significantly influence how we donate to charity in the future. As a result, Catholiccoin aims to play a tremendous impact on this innovative period of fundraising. –Steemit

Important Ministry and Website Info! Click Here “We are excited to announce our new customer Cathio, which will provide the first of its kind payment, remittance, and funding platform that will enable the Catholic economy to save money and position it to provide greater transparency of financial transactions and to connect the Catholic community,” said ICOx Innovations President Bruce Elliott according to an ICOx press release. Through our ecosystem of services with a user-friendly interface, Catholiccoin connects the non-prot and charity community while enabling traceability and full transparency of donations. –Steemit That’s a pretty big step for an entity as wealthy as the Catholic Church. While Cathio is attempting to make it very clear that this cryptocurrency will make payments and donations easier for Catholics worldwide, one can’t help but wonder just why they need more money, to begin with. No one really knows how much wealth the Catholic Church controls, and the organization’s secrecy and obfuscation of the facts surrounding its wealth continue to confuse many. The Vatican’s cash flow is in the hundreds of millions a year, individual holdings in the Vatican Bank total perhaps $15 billion, property held by the Vatican may be worth over a billion dollars, and the Church owns the largest store of the world’s most priceless art.

https://www.catholicsarenotchristians.com/vatican-embraces-mark-of-the-beast-currency-and-technology/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 6-3-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Journalism 2019: Target And Destroy Trump Supporters - Daily Beast Stalks, Harasses And Doxxes Black Trump Supporter Over Silly 'Drunk' Nancy Pelosi Viral Video

June 3, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Liberal media in the year 2019 has become nothing more than "do everything in your power to destroy President Trump and his supporters." We have seen this pattern time and time again from the Covington Catholic students demonized and targeted for harassment and death threats by the mainstream media, because they pushed a fake news narrative that sent unhinged liberals into homicidal rages, sending the students death threats, threatening to burn them in their school, and much more. Because of the liberal media's war against half the population in the United States, we have seen and documented violence against Trump supporters, threats, censorship, harassment, stalking and doxxing of random intenet users. Doxxing: Search for and publish private or identifying information about (a particular individual) on the Internet, typically with malicious intent. DAILY BEAST WRITER TAKES PAGE FROM CNN AND DOXXES BLACK TRUMP SUPPORTER Two days ago The Daily Beast headlined a piece, written by Kevin Poulson, with "We Found the Guy Behind the Viral 'Drunk Pelosi' Video." The Daily Beast promoted it heavily on their Twitter account, as well as their editor-in-chief Noah Shachtman, pushing it more with commentary like "Shawn Brooks is a day laborer, sports blogger, and Trump superfan from the Bronx. He's currently on probation for domestic battery."  Via the report: [Shawn] Brooks, a 34-year-old day laborer currently on probation after pleading guilty to domestic battery, claims that his “drunk” commentary on an unaltered Pelosi video had no connection to the now-infamous fake clip that premiered less than 15 minutes later. “I wasn’t the individual who created that Pelosi video,” he insisted in a telephone interview. It’s conceivable that someone else actually edited the clip. But a Facebook official, confirming a Daily Beast investigation, said the video was first posted on Politics WatchDog directly from Brooks’ personal Facebook account.

So, the Daily Beast has joined with the likes of CNN in determining that a silly video, slowed down to make Pelosi's normal slurred and stuttering sound even worse, was worthy of time, energy and money being spent to hunt down the man who may, or may not have created the slowed down version, because he dared share it, and Oh, yeah, he is a Donald Trump supporter. In their piece they also admitted to harassing and stalking the man, saying they called, emailed, over and over until he finally responded. The online liberal Twitter mob, seeing nothing wrong with a publication doxxing a private citizen, took it and ran with it, sharing information to the others in the online lynch mob, such as "A review of Brooks’ personal fan page reveals him as an avowed conservative and a proud member of Trump’s razor-thin African American support base. A couple of Brooks’ Instagram posts feature misogyny." Another user declared "This ought to be a criminal offense. He's so typical of the usual suspect-a knuckle-dragging trump lover. Worst of all, every bit of subsequent reporting can't undo what's been done. There really ought to be a law." Others took the writer and The Daily Beast to task for targeting Brooks for harassment. Next thing you know, the threats began against Brooks, with Twitter users such as Hokie NYC posting "Shawn Brooks .. NYC peeps. Go do your thing," as just one example.  To their credit, some other outlets, left and right, spoke up against what Poulson and The Daily Beast did, with Huffington Post and New York magazine contributor Yashar Ali tweeting "[I]t sets a really bad precedent when a private citizen, particularly someone who is working a blue collar job, has their identity publicly revealed simply because they made a video of a politician appearing to be drunk. His identity offers nothing to this story." More via Fox News: The Wrap media editor Jon Levine described the story as "[a] hit job on a completely private citizen ... over a joke video of Pelosi that happened to go viral." Fox Business Network's Charlie Gasparino tweeted: "The @thedailybeast spends a lot of time telling us everything we don't need to know about the guy behind the dopey Pelosi video, which is so far from the real story of our shoot-first, facts later social media culture (see covington boys and a lot more)." Former FoxNews.com opinion contributor Stephen Miller mocked Poulsen's tweet about "looking for the Russian troll" behind the Pelosi video. "[L]iterally no one thought that [Russians created the Pelosi video]," Miller tweeted. "Media using their bylines to go after and intimidate private citizens for internet videos they don’t like is literally enemy of the people s--t." Kudos to the journalists that are speaking out against the tactics utilized by the Daily Beast and CNN.

Related: Man Claims Daily Beast Wrongly Identified Him As Creator of Pelosi Video

Journalist Glenn Greenwald tore into the Daily Beast, and reporters from other liberal outlets that were defending the Daily Beast, in a series of Tweets, which is perhaps the best takedown out there over the liberal medias' growing habit of doxxing private citizens. Drag an African-American day laborer into the spotlight and try to ruin his life because he made a trivial video about Nancy Pelosi. The only worse part is how you're celebrating yourselves like you did something brave and important. Nauseating The justifications being offered by rank-closing journalists to justify a major media outlet having investigated, doxxed and exposed an anonymous day labourer for the crime of posting a mocking video of Nancy Pelosi are almost more repugnant than the journalistic bullying itself. Can't believe (honestly) that journalists don't see why it's so repellent to unleash the resources of a major news outlet on an obscure, anonymous, powerless, quasi-unemployed citizen for the crime of trivially mocking the most powerful political leaders This peasant made a full $1,000 from his irreverent video about the Speaker of the House! The NYT should partner with the Daily Beast and assign a full-time team to tail him 24 hours a day and report on all the places where he finds day labor. Democracy dies in darkness. There are multiple instances of massive media corporations turning their huge megaphones & investigative powers onto ordinary citizens - exposing their identity, holding them up for vilification, trying to ruin their lives - because they have the wrong politics. It's power abuse. CNN has done this twice: it investigated an anonymous Reddit user who made an anti-CNN meme & *threatened him with public exposure* if he ever spoke out again. Then a CNN reporter confronted a Florida woman on TV for unwittingly posting a "Russian FB ad" Anyway, I would offer my heartfelt congratulations to the the super-brave, intrepid, speaking-truth-to-power journalistic warriors of the Daily Beast for finally exposing this African-American day laborer/Pelosi Facebook critic but they're so endlessly congratulating themselves. Worse: the previously anonymous laborer whom the Daily Beast maliciously exposed - as punishment for having bad politics - denies he even committed the Thought Crime of making the Pelosi-mocking video, insisting he just posted it. Who cares? His politics are wrong: ruin his life. Journalism principles aren't complex: go report on people, agencies and corporations that wield actual power and leave ordinary, powerless citizens alone unless they engage in serious wrongdoing. Anonymously mocking Dem politicians you revere doesn't count as serious wrongdoing. This is the new normal for liberal media outlets. This is journalism in the year 2019.

ABOUT THAT DAILY BEAST WRITER............................. Tom Pappert over at Big League Politics gave the Daily Beast writer, Kevin Poulson, a taste of his own medicine by reporting a bit on his own history, which included being indicted for 19 counts of conspiracy, fraud, wiretapping and money laundering, back in 1989. He was later convicted, imprisoned five years for his crimes, then banned from the internet until 2004 after convincing his probation officer to give him back his internet privileges.

BOTTOM LINE - MEDIA GOAL: TARGET AND DESTROY TRUMP SUPPORTERS

The media has not gotten over the fact that they lost control of the masses and Donald Trump won the 2016 election. They have made it their mission to not only try to destroy the president, but to target his supporters for harassment and destruction. They have failed over the last three years to take down the President, so they are literally stalking, harassing and doxxing his supporters.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Target_And_Destroy_MSM_Stalking_Trump_Supporters.php 

:: 6-3-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Shocking New Information On Hillary Clinton Investigations Revealed By AG Barr In CBS Interview, Downplayed And Ignored By Liberal Media

June 3, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Conservative media and former federal prosecutors are highlighting a portion of the recent CBS News interview with Attorney General William Barr, where Barr informed the public that after U.S. Attorney John Huber was tapped to investigate the FISA applications to target the Trump campaign for spying and the subsequent electronic surveillance of Carter Page, Huber "stood back and put that on hold while the Office of Inspector General was conducting its review." Coverage of that statement has been highly critical of Huber's inaction despite the AG stating directly after that this "would've been normal for the department," but what is being downplayed and in many cases totally ignored, is the rest of AG Barr's answer, where he describes what Huber has been working on while awaiting the IG to conclude his investigation. Here is the entire answer, the emphasis in bold type mine, via the full transcript at CBS News: JAN CRAWFORD: Um, what's the status of Huber's investigation in Utah? I think the former Attorney General Sessions had asked him to look at this. WILLIAM BARR: Right, so Huber had originally been asked to take a look at the FISA applications and the electronic surveillance but then he stood back and put that on hold while the Office of Inspector General was conducting its review, which would've been normal for the department. And he was essentially on standby in case Mr. Horowitz referred a matter to him to be handled criminally. So he has not been active on this front in recent months and so Durham is taking over that role. The other issues he's been working on relate to Hillary Clinton. Those are winding down and hopefully we'll be in a position to bring those to fruition. In the short clip below, viewers can hear Barr's full answer, as well as former federal prosecutor Rudy Giuliani blasting Huber's choice to await the IG report and referrals. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Other former federal prosecutors like Joe diGenova agree with Giuliani and have been openly critical of Huber's actions or lack of action while working in coordination with the DOJ's Office of Inspector General in regards to the FISA warrants and spying of the Trump campaign, but we are seeing an almost-total media blackout on what AG Barr says Huber has been investigating in the meantime....specifically the myriad of Clinton-related issues. While multiple congressional investigations are ongoing into the FISA warrant issues and the actions on the part of former senior level members of the intelligence community (IC) under Obama, in regards to spying, as well as an ongoing review of the same matters by the DOJ's Inspector General's office, with U.S. attorney John Durham being appointed to take over Huber's role for AG Barr's investigation into the same matter.... Huber's team of senior prosecutors are the only group we are aware of to date, that are still investigating a number of Clinton-related legal issues. TIMELINE OF EVENTS - THE HUBER INVESTIGATIONS What many observers are not aware of is that while it wasn't until March 2018, the general public found out that John Huber was appointed to work with the DOJ IG's office to investigate potential wrongdoing on the part of senior level IC officials under Obama, Huber was originally tasked with investigating a number of Clinton-related issues back in November 2017. In October 2017, John Solomon at The Hill revealed that the "FBI uncovered Russian bribery plot before Obama administration approved controversial nuclear deal with Moscow, in where he also exposed the following: Federal agents used a confidential U.S. witness working inside the Russian nuclear industry to gather extensive financial records, make secret recordings and intercept emails as early as 2009 that showed Moscow had compromised an American uranium trucking firm with bribes and kickbacks in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, FBI and court documents show. They also obtained an eyewitness account — backed by documents — indicating Russian nuclear officials had routed millions of dollars to the U.S. designed to benefit former President Bill Clinton’s charitable foundation during the time Secretary of State Hillary Clinton served on a government body that provided a favorable decision to Moscow, sources told The Hill. The racketeering scheme was conducted “with the consent of higher level officials” in Russia who “shared the proceeds” from the kickbacks, one agent declared in an affidavit years later. Rather than bring immediate charges in 2010, however, the Department of Justice (DOJ) continued investigating the matter for nearly four more years, essentially leaving the American public and Congress in the dark about Russian nuclear corruption on U.S. soil during a period when the Obama administration made two major decisions benefiting Putin’s commercial nuclear ambitions. Due to a Freedom of Information Act request by the liberal group American Oversight Org., it wasn't until March 2019 that it was finally revealed that former AG Jeff Sessions originally appointed Huber to investigate a number of issues, unrelated to FISA/Obama-era intelligence officials, but rather his primary mandate was investigations into a number of Clinton related matters, including Uranium One. June 3, 2019

Shocking New Information On Hillary Clinton Investigations Revealed By AG Barr In CBS Interview, Downplayed And Ignored By Liberal Media Attack_on_others.png By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Conservative media and former federal prosecutors are highlighting a portion of the recent CBS News interview with Attorney General William Barr, where Barr informed the public that after U.S. Attorney John Huber was tapped to investigate the FISA applications to target the Trump campaign for spying and the subsequent electronic surveillance of Carter Page, Huber "stood back and put that on hold while the Office of Inspector General was conducting its review." Coverage of that statement has been highly critical of Huber's inaction despite the AG stating directly after that this "would've been normal for the department," but what is being downplayed and in many cases totally ignored, is the rest of AG Barr's answer, where he describes what Huber has been working on while awaiting the IG to conclude his investigation. Here is the entire answer, the emphasis in bold type mine, via the full transcript at CBS News: JAN CRAWFORD: Um, what's the status of Huber's investigation in Utah? I think the former Attorney General Sessions had asked him to look at this. WILLIAM BARR: Right, so Huber had originally been asked to take a look at the FISA applications and the electronic surveillance but then he stood back and put that on hold while the Office of Inspector General was conducting its review, which would've been normal for the department. And he was essentially on standby in case Mr. Horowitz referred a matter to him to be handled criminally. So he has not been active on this front in recent months and so Durham is taking over that role. The other issues he's been working on relate to Hillary Clinton. Those are winding down and hopefully we'll be in a position to bring those to fruition. In the short clip below, viewers can hear Barr's full answer, as well as former federal prosecutor Rudy Giuliani blasting Huber's choice to await the IG report and referrals. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Other former federal prosecutors like Joe diGenova agree with Giuliani and have been openly critical of Huber's actions or lack of action while working in coordination with the DOJ's Office of Inspector General in regards to the FISA warrants and spying of the Trump campaign, but we are seeing an almost-total media blackout on what AG Barr says Huber has been investigating in the meantime....specifically the myriad of Clinton-related issues. While multiple congressional investigations are ongoing into the FISA warrant issues and the actions on the part of former senior level members of the intelligence community (IC) under Obama, in regards to spying, as well as an ongoing review of the same matters by the DOJ's Inspector General's office, with U.S. attorney John Durham being appointed to take over Huber's role for AG Barr's investigation into the same matter.... Huber's team of senior prosecutors are the only group we are aware of to date, that are still investigating a number of Clinton-related legal issues. UraniumOneInvestigations3.jpg TIMELINE OF EVENTS - THE HUBER INVESTIGATIONS What many observers are not aware of is that while it wasn't until March 2018, the general public found out that John Huber was appointed to work with the DOJ IG's office to investigate potential wrongdoing on the part of senior level IC officials under Obama, Huber was originally tasked with investigating a number of Clinton-related issues back in November 2017. In October 2017, John Solomon at The Hill revealed that the "FBI uncovered Russian bribery plot before Obama administration approved controversial nuclear deal with Moscow, in where he also exposed the following: Federal agents used a confidential U.S. witness working inside the Russian nuclear industry to gather extensive financial records, make secret recordings and intercept emails as early as 2009 that showed Moscow had compromised an American uranium trucking firm with bribes and kickbacks in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, FBI and court documents show. They also obtained an eyewitness account — backed by documents — indicating Russian nuclear officials had routed millions of dollars to the U.S. designed to benefit former President Bill Clinton’s charitable foundation during the time Secretary of State Hillary Clinton served on a government body that provided a favorable decision to Moscow, sources told The Hill. The racketeering scheme was conducted “with the consent of higher level officials” in Russia who “shared the proceeds” from the kickbacks, one agent declared in an affidavit years later. Rather than bring immediate charges in 2010, however, the Department of Justice (DOJ) continued investigating the matter for nearly four more years, essentially leaving the American public and Congress in the dark about Russian nuclear corruption on U.S. soil during a period when the Obama administration made two major decisions benefiting Putin’s commercial nuclear ambitions. Due to a Freedom of Information Act request by the liberal group American Oversight Org., it wasn't until March 2019 that it was finally revealed that former AG Jeff Sessions originally appointed Huber to investigate a number of issues, unrelated to FISA/Obama-era intelligence officials, but rather his primary mandate was investigations into a number of Clinton related matters, including Uranium One. HillyBeastyU1.jpg Huber was appointed originally in November 2017 and the FISA-related investigations were tacked on at a much later date. On November 22, 2017, Sessions sent a letter to John Huber tasking him with reviewing issues that Congressional members had asked the AG to investigate. Attached to that letter were response letters that Sessions had sent to congressional members, which stated "This responds to your letters dated July 27, 2017, and September 26, 2017, in which you and other Members request the appointment of a Special Counsel to investigate various matters, including the sale of Uranium One, alleged unlawful dealings related to the Clinton Foundation and other matters........" Those letters informed members of congress that senior federal prosecutors had been tasked with reviewing the issues brought to his attention by Congress. In order to determine what other investigations Huber had originally been charged with leading a team of senior federal prosecutors to investigate, we go to the July 27, 2017, and September 26, 2017, letters from Congress to former AG Sessions. In the first letter, signed by 20 members of Congress, they asked a Special prosecutor be appointed to investigate items they believed Special Counsel Robert Mueller was not investigating, calling them a "plethora of matters connected to the 2016 election and its aftermath," unrelated to Russia interference, including "actions taken by previously public figures like Attorney General Loretta Lynch, FBI Director James Comey and Former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton." Those issues, as stated in that letter, include:

1) Then-Attorney General Loretta Lynch directing Mr. Comey to mislead the American people on the nature of the Clinton investigation;

2) The shadow cast over our system of justice concerning Secretary Cliton and her involvement in mishandling classified information;

3) FBI and DOJ's investigative decisions related to former Secretary Clinton's email investigation, including the propriety and consequence of immunity deals given to potential Clinton co-conspirators Cheryl Mills, Heather Samuelson, John Bentel and possibly others;

4) The apparent failure of the DOJ to empanel a grand jury to investigate allegations of mishandling of classified information by Hillary Clinton and her associates;

5) The Department of State and its employees' involvement in determining which communications of Secretary Clinton's and her associates to turn over for public scrutiny;

6) Wikileaks disclosures concerning the Clinton Foundation and its potentially unlawful international dealings;

7) Connections between the Clinton campaign, or the Clinton Foundation, and foreign entities, including those from Russia and Ukraine;

8) Mr. Comey's knowledge of the purchase of Uranium One by the company Rosatom, whether the approval for the sale was connected to any donations made to the Clinton Foundation, and what role Secretary Clinton played in the approval of that sale that had national security ramifications.

9) Disclosures arising from unlawful access to the Democratic National Committee's (DNC) computer systems, including inappropriate collusion between the DNC and the Clinton campaign to undermine Senator Bernie Sanders' presidential campaign;

The other five issues addressed include what Comey and Lynch knew of president Trump being wiretapped, Comey's reliance on Fusion GPS, Comey leaks, and the unprecedented amount of "unmasking" of individuals on the trump campaign, transition team or both by Comey, Lynch, Susan Rice, Samantha Powers and others. Note: Some of these issues are will possibly be addressed in the upcoming IG report to some extent, which any criminal referrals will then be handed over to Durham, but any that is outside the IG's scope in his investigation that are not handed over to Durham will fall under the purview of the Huber investigation. The September 26, 2017 letter focuses on the premature exoneration of Hillary Clinton, before she and other witnesses had even been interviewed by the FBI. Both letters can be seen here (PDF). Because of the overlapping investigations, Durham and Huber are working in direct coordination with the DOJ's Inspector General's Office, which is why both are awaiting the final report, along with any criminal referrals may be attached. The Epoch Times highlights another interesting detail in regards to the Uranium One investigation: "Notably, Uranium One had significant holdings in Utah, where Huber is based, including a small town, a uranium mill, and more than 10,000 acres of uranium claims." BOTTOM LINE The most shocking of statements by AG Barr in his CBS News interview is the one sentence that almost all liberal media outlets are completely ignoring, which is that Hillary Clinton, Uranium One, the actions of former IC members unrelated to Russia or the the actions taken against President Trump by those former officials, is still pending, was and still is John Huber's primary mandate, handed to him well before the public was first informed and months before Sessions piled the FISA investigation onto Huber's plate. According to AG Barr, those Clinton-related investigations are "winding down and hopefully we'll be in a position to bring those to fruition." One has to wonder what "bring those to fruition" actually means. It is apparent that none of those results and/or reports will be issued before the IG issues upcoming report within the next few weeks. Editors Note: While I am not holding my breath for this to take us directly to the top of the Obama administration corruptness, I am also not going to join in with the chorus of critics that are more than willing to speculate that nothing at all will be done about the corrupt actions of a number of individuals before the investigations are complete and the results known to the public. We do not have the results, the reports, or the criminals referrals referenced by many that are expected to be attached, so to me, preemptively criticizing documents that aren't even released yet, along with "expected" action or inaction, seems a bit premature, and frankly, too much like what liberals did the entirety of the Mueller investigation by "assuming" they knew what would or would not happen.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Shocking_Info_Barr_Interview_Clinton_Investigation.php 

:: 5-31-19 Common Dreams :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Edward Snowden: With Technology, Institutions Have Made 'Most Effective Means of Social Control in the History of Our Species'

NSA whistleblower says "new platforms and algorithms" can have direct effect on human behavior

by Andrea Germanos, staff writer Published on Friday, May 31, 2019 by Common Dreams

NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden said Thursday that people in systems of power have exploited the human desire to connect in order to create systems of mass surveillance. Snowden appeared at Dalhousie University in Halifax, Nova Scotia via livestream from Moscow to give a keynote address for the Canadian university's Open Dialogue Series. Right now, he said, humanity is in a sort of "atomic moment" in the field of computer science. "We're in the midst of the greatest redistribution of power since the Industrial Revolution, and this is happening because technology has provided a new capability," Snowden said. "It's related to influence that reaches everyone in every place," he said. "It has no regard for borders. Its reach is unlimited, if you will, but its safeguards are not." Without such defenses, technology is able to affect human behavior. Institutions can "monitor and record private activities of people on a scale that's broad enough that we can say it's close to all-powerful," said Snowden. They do this through "new platforms and algorithms," through which "they're able to shift our behavior. In some cases they're able to predict our decisions—and also nudge them—to different outcomes. And they do this by exploiting the human need for belonging." "We don't sign up for this," he added, dismissing the notion that people know exactly what they are getting into with social media platforms like Facebook. "How many of you who have a Facebook account actually read the terms of service?" Snowden asked. "Everything has hundreds and hundreds of pages of legal jargon that we're not qualified to read and assess—and yet they're considered to be binding upon us." "It is through this sort of unholy connection of technology and sort of an unusual interpretation of contract law," he continued, "that these institutions have been able to transform this greatest virtue of humanity—which is this desire to interact and to connect and to cooperate and to share—to transform all of that into a weakness." "And now," he added, "these institutions, which are both commercial and governmental, have built upon that and... have structuralized that and entrenched it to where it has become now the most effective means of social control in the history of our species." "Maybe you've heard about it," Snowden said. "This is mass surveillance." Listen to Snowden's full remarks below. (He begins speaking around the 25-minute mark.) Edward Snowden; Live from Moscow, Russia from SpiderVideo on Vimeo. Proceeds from the event went to the Montreal-based organization For the Refugees, which is working to obtain refugee status in Canada for the three families who sheltered Snowden in Hong Kong when he fled the U.S. to avoid being charged with violations under the Espionage Act. Two of Snowden's "guardian angels" arrived in Canada in March. The other five are still stuck in Hong Kong, the organization says, where they face the threat of deportation to their home countries of Sri Lanka and the Philippines, where they could face continued threats of persecution, torture, and possible death. Snowden, in his remarks Thursday, said, "I owe them a debt that I'll never be able to repay." Our work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License. Feel free to republish and share widely. This is the world we live in. This is the world we cover.

Because of people like you, another world is possible. There are many battles to be won, but we will battle them together—all of us. Common Dreams is not your normal news site. We don't survive on clicks. We don't want advertising dollars. We want the world to be a better place. But we can't do it alone. It doesn't work that way. We need you. If you can help today—because every gift of every size matters—please do. Without Your Support We Won't Exist.

https://www.commondreams.org/news/2019/05/31/edward-snowden-technology-institutions-have-made-most-effective-means-social-control 

:: 6-4-19 DC Clothesline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How George Soros Controls The Media: Invests $250 Million to Save Struggling Vice.com

June 4, 2019 Dean Garrison

George Soros is a very large investor in a group that has just committed $250 Million to save struggling Vice.com

According to Todd Spangler of Variety. back in early February Vice announced it would be cutting 250 jobs amidst a slowdown:

Vice Media CEO Nancy Dubuc has set plans to lay off 10% of the company’s employees — resulting in the elimination of 250 jobs across all departments — as it looks to slash costs amid a revenue slowdown. The cuts aren’t surprising: Brooklyn-based Vice last fall instituted a hiring freeze and was hoping to avoid layoffs by winnowing down its headcount through attrition. With the restructuring, Dubuc is de-emphasizing focus on Vice’s web properties and is looking to bulk up efforts in film, TV production and branded content centered on its millennial-skewing audience and counter-cultural ethos. That was February 1st. On June 3rd the same Todd Spangler reported again for Variety: Vice Media, looking to revitalize its flagging business, has gotten a $250 million cash infusion from an investment consortium that includes billionaire George Soros. The company’s new debt financing was led by 23 Capital, a financing firm focused exclusively on sports, music and entertainment sectors, with participation by Soros Fund Management, Fortress Investment Group and Monroe Capital, as first reported by the Wall Street Journal Friday. “With this capital investment, Vice’s growth plans can be accelerated, allowing us to execute our new leadership’s strategic vision for the company,” a Vice rep said in a statement. The once high-flying Vice has suffered a shortfall in revenue goals, and laid off about 250 employees, or 10% of its staff, earlier this year. Once again, George Soros is slapping some lipstick on an ugly pig. Keep in mind that Vice was, and probably still is, on the way down. Globalists can not allow their mouthpieces to go away. Otherwise the movement slows or even reverses direction.

So, people like Soros, who profit billions of dollars from their investments, step in and start bailing water out of the sinking ship. AND Soros will still find a way to profit, whether Vice sinks or swims.  He ALWAYS does. The Business Insider Reports: Vice Media, the digital news outfit, whose counterculture magazine beginnings have morphed into a globally-focused media conglomerate, reportedly raised another round of funding, according to The Wall Street Journal. Vice Media raised $250 million in debt from a group of investors “led by 23 Capital and includes Soros Fund Management LLC, Mr. Soros’s investment fund, as well as Fortress Investment Group LLC and Monroe Capital,” The Journal reported on Friday. In March, Variety reported Vice Media was seeking to raise roughly$200 million as it works toward turning a profit. At the end of 2018, Vice Media, like other digital news organizations including BuzzFeed, announced it was shrinking its workforce between 10 and 15% — which was around 250 people, according to Variety. Its 2017 revenue was stagnant compared to 2016; the company was projected to make between $600 and $650 million, The Journal reported last year. CEO Nancy Dubuc took over after former CEO and cofounder Shane Smith stepped down in March 2018, following a December 2017 New York Times report alleging sexual harassment and a toxic culture. Smith is still with the company as executive chairman. $250 Million Dollars will probably buy more of the same for Vice. But hey, who are we to judge? So long as this rag keeps pumping out fake news aimed at America’s degenerates, maybe they can return to profitability. And if not… George Soros has some very deep pockets and lots of connections. Make no mistake, George Soros usually gets what he wants, and even if Vice fails, he will find a way to make money from it. Dean Garrison is the publisher of DC Clothesline and DC Dirty Laundry+

https://www.dcclothesline.com/2019/06/04/how-george-soros-controls-the-media-invests-250-million-to-save-struggling-liberal-rag/

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 6-3-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Federal Agents Agree That Military Action Against Mexico Is Needed

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, June 3, 2019 - 15:16.

We are all aware that the President is hitting Mexico with what should be some devastating tariffs in response to the Mexican government’s sponsoring of the massive wave of immigrants that is presently crossing our border. The leftist, Sinoloan drug cartel supporting President Obrador responded by demanding that Trump admit everyone and anyone wanting to cross our Southern border. Of course, the Mexican President would hate to see the profits from drug trafficking, child-sex-trafficking and gun-running be interfered with by slowing the rate of illegal immigration. To a corrupt Mexican governmental or LEO, losing cartel profits would be far worse than anything a tariff could do. Remember, the unfortunate Mexican people have had to live under a narco-terrorist-state regime for decades. The phrase “narco-terrorist state” is the operative term. Mexico Commits Multiple Acts of War Against the United States The Mexican government has committed multiple acts of aggression and even war against the government and the people of the United States. Just the deaths alone, from the opioid drug crisis is a blatant act of war against our youth and their parents. The Mexican military has repeatedly and illegally crossed our border and engaged in illegal terrorist and gang activities including shooting at a Marine, recently, and in an earlier incident, they captured two special forces troops. Mexico poses a major national security threat to our country as they are aiding and abetting, MS-13, ISIS, Cubans, South Americans (eg Columbia, Venezuela, etc) terrorists and gangsters, as well as the Sinoloa and other drug cartels crossing of our Southern border. Tariffs will not impact the drug cartels to any significant degree. And it is the drug cartels that is partnering with terrorist groups with regard to, in part sponsoring the criminal, terrorist elements crossing our border. These are the people that mean us harm. I previously reported on our Youtube Channel that DHS was being deployed to Guatemala. Happy days are here again. At last the US government can bring pressure to bear on the Guatemalan LEO’s to limit illegal crossings through country and into Mexico. Then I woke up. This is a false statement and the article that appeared on a popular website is disinformation. We Do Have Forces In Guatemala-It’s the CIA Not DHS This is indeed the cover story that was intentionally linked so it would be reported in the MSM and the Independent Media as fact. In actuality, I cannot find anyone in any of the alphabet soup agencies that knows this to be fact. However, there are plenty of sources that say that the CIA is on the Guatemala-Mexican border and have been through this entire crisis. Subsequently, and after several confidential conversations, I have learned that there is one of the alphabet soup agencies that is indeed involved with the Guatemalan LEO’s, but it is not the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) as is being falsely reported. While writing these words, I just had an conversational exchange with a well-place source within DHS and what this person said matches what I have been told by the DEA. My long-time DEA source said “we have no jurisdiction in Guatemala. They would not welcome us unless they could gain more direct US financial aid than they would from drug dealing and other criminal activities and that is not possible. Further, all of Central America is aligned with the cartel/terrorist paramilitary activity.” Kathy Rubio, DHS, DEA Accounts Match The above matches precisely with what Kathy Rubio has repeatedly told my audience on The Common Sense Show! She has been to the paramilitary camps. My DEA source knows of the paramilitary camps and was the first to inform me on this point. They are state-supported by all of Central America and most of South America. These entire economies are motivated by trafficking (eg drugs, human bondage and child trafficking). The Common Sense Show, has repeatedly stated this in a variety of articles. Who runs these camps? It is the CIA who runs these caps and the additional psyops that they are running is that they do so while US Army uniforms. I would encourage the reader at this point to use the search engine on the CSS and see for yourself the massive documentation that has been amassed since 2014 on these points. The conclusion is inescapable. Central America is geared toward illegal activity and preparation for paramilitary activity against the United States (ie Red Dawn). A DHS agent just told me as I am writing this article, that they would NOT be in Guatemala, but the CIA would be, and if the CIA is, “nothing good can come this”. African Terrorists Are Crossing US Border In Great Numbers Infowars is reporting that “African Hordes are Crossing the Texas border”. It is true, but not new. This is has been going on since October of 2018. This is part of the alliance between drug cartels and terrorist groups that I first reported on back in 2010 with documentation dating back to 2006 (Tucson, AZ). Please allow me to remind the reader that the FBI busted an ISIS base camp in Alabama two weeks ago. Trump’s tariffs will do no good. Meanwhile, America is being carved up like the proverbial Thanksgiving turkey. As you drive on the highway today, look over in the next lane and there is a good chance that you will see one of these narco-terrorists. I recently asked an FBI agent how many terrorists and paramilitary troops are there in the US and this person said “probably over 500,000 people”. Before the liberal Democrats can snicker at that statement by an agency that their Deep State benefactors control, let me remind the readers that on July 4, 2016, then FBI Director, James Comey, said there were ISIS cells in all 50 states. Implications Based on the existing evidence, here is what I have concluded: The CIA is in Guatemala to facilitate Red Dawn activities. The CIA also needs to ensure that the drug, child and gun running activities that they profit from, must continue unabated. The release of the story on DHS going to Guatemala is a disinfo cover story. There will be severe terrorist activity inside the United States before much longer, the forces and weapons caches are in place. I agree with Trevor Loudon and Paul Preston, the Democratic leadership is part of this betrayal (eg Feinstein, Pelosi, Harris, Booker, Biden, Obama, Clinton, Podesta, Warren, Schumer, Nadler, etc). They will continue to work keep the borders open for these narco-terrorists. These “Democratic” traitors will continue to try disarm America so we cannot defend ourselves when the so-called “fun” begins. Let me clear, the Democratic leadership and their Deep State allies are in league to overthrow the United States. The Russian-collusion-delusion was the first step in this process. Why do you think that the Democrats will not agree to any kind of screening of illegal aliens into our country? What does that, alone, tell you about their true agenda? One thing that has not previously been mentioned is that an April 9, 2019 Washington Post article stated that the United Nations has taken over the training of the new National Guard. Therefore, when the invasion begins in earnest, we can bet the invaders will be wearing blue helmet. The present Mexican government is guilty of the following war crimes against America:

Promoting terrorism inside the United States. Promoting the entry of what will be Red Dawn forces

Drug trafficking that is destroying our youth and corrupting our law enforcement.

Child sex trafficking is not just affecting Mexican and Central American children, American children are being abducted off the streets everyday.

Plundering American taxpayer’s money to pay for this invasion.

Crushing the infrastructure of America (eg hospitals, schools, welfare, use of roads and other infrastructure).

This represents multiple acts of war against our country. Since the inception of the drug cartels, a half a million people have been murdered. Is that what we want here? No wonder the good people in Mexico so badly want to leave and who could blame them? Finally, there is not one source that I speak with that does not agree that military action against Mexico is called for. The 19th century Mexican War was not justified and was illegal. However, President Trump should immediately move to seal the Guatemalan-Mexican border. A naval and air blockade should be enacted. And finally, the most technological equipment we possess should be employed to seek out drug tunnels coming into the United States and they should be immediately destroyed. The Southern border should immediately be closed. The Democrats listed in this article should be indicted on sedition and treason for the reasons stated. Remember, it was Trevor Loudon who discovered that eighty of these Democratic bastards are members of front groups for the Muslim Brotherhood and/or the American Communist Party. America, if we are to survive, the actions described above is the minimum that must happen. If these measures do not work, then we need to invade Mexico and initiate a regime change to stop these acts of war.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/federal-agents-agree-military-action-against-mexico-needed 

:: 6-3-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mexican President Gives In To Trump, Says He's Ready To Deal With Border Crisis Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador caves to President to avoid tariff hikes 

By: Jack Murphy |@NeonNettle on 3rd June 2019 @ 2.00pm

Following president Donald Trump's threats to hit Mexico with tariff hikes if the country fails to stem the flood of illegal immigrants, Mexican President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador responded by saying they could be "prepared to reach out the deal." White House Chief of Staff Mick Mulvaney reaffirmed that Trump is "deadly serious" about levying a 5% tariff on Mexican goods if the Mexican government if they don't step up enforcement on the southern side of the border, Mulvaney insisted that the president's threat was not an empty one, according to Fox News "He is absolutely, deadly serious," Mulvaney said, Politico reported. "I fully expect these tariffs to go on to at least the 5 percent level on June 10." Trump is about to hit the country where it hurts; the US won't tolerate Mexican officials not cooperating. He described how the White House had been working alongside the Mexican government to encourage immigration forces to block "caravans" of migrants from Central America. But now Trump is about to hit the country where it hurts; the US won't tolerate Mexican officials not cooperating. TRENDING: Sanctuary Illegal Aliens Get Light Sentences for Killing Couple Raping Child "The reason we're doing things people don't expect is that we're facing things at the border we never experienced before," Mulvaney added in a later appearance on NBC. "We're using extraordinary tools because there is extraordinary circumstances that dictate those." The 5% tariff goes into effect this week. IF Mexico doesn't comply with stemming illegal immigration, the tariffs will increase each month they refuse to help: But if Mexico doesn't comply, the tariffs will increase each month they refuse to help: 10 percent on July 1 15 percent on Aug. 1 20 percent on Sept. 1 25 percent on Oct. 1 Mulvaney said that the Mexico government would need to show development in policing their own southern border, to prove they have taken on board the US demands. Mexican President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador "hinted his country could tighten migration controls to defuse U.S. President Donald Trump’s threat to impose tariffs on Mexican goods," according to The Associated Press. Lopez Obrador said that the Mexican government has ramped up immigration enforcement and they are now turning back migrant caravans. “The main thing is to inform about what we’re already doing on the migration issue, and if it’s necessary to reinforce these measures without violating human rights, we could be prepared to reach that deal,” Lopez Obrador said Sunday. “We’re doing all we can to reach a deal through dialogue,” he added. “We’re not going to get into a trade war, a war of tariffs and of taxes.” Only last week López Obrador slammed Trump saying he is "turning the United States, overnight, from a country of brotherly love for immigrants from around the world, to a bolted space, where there's stigmatizing, mistreatment, abuse, persecution, and a denial of the right to justice to those who seek -- with sacrifice and hard work -- to live free from misery." The plan is working.

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7684-mexican-president-gives-in-to-trump-says-he-s-ready-to-deal-with-border-crisis 

:: 6-3-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s the wettest planting season American farmers can remember – And the flood season isn’t coming close to an end with Colorado’s snowpack being 437% of normal

By Strange Sounds - Jun 3, 2019

There has never been a spring planting season like this one. Rivers topped their banks. Levees were breached. Fields filled with water and mud. And it kept raining.  “You hear words like biblical, unprecedented,” said Sherman Newlin, a corn and soybean farmer in Illinois. “That’s all true.” It was raining when U.S. farmers, a year into being squeezed out of the world’s largest soybean market by the trade war with China, were supposed to start putting down crops. It was raining when President Donald Trump risked starting a feud with Mexico, the biggest buyer of U.S. corn, by threatening to slap tariffs on its exports. The storms and rains may soon lift, but the layers of uncertainty just keep adding up. Farmers who have lost access to Chinese soy buyers don’t see relief on the horizon. Other countries may chip away at corn exports. With Brazil reaping a bumper crop while U.S. farmers watched the weather, buyers in Asia were shopping for South American grain. Now there are the fears about Mexico, which bought about $5.5 billion in U.S. grain and soy shipments last year. Tariffs could also upend ratification of the new trade agreement between Mexico, the U.S., and Canada, said Beth Ford, chief executive officer of Land O’Lakes Inc. “Stress is at a tipping point for many in farm country,” she said. “The last thing they need right now is more uncertainty.” The National Grain and Feed Association agreed, saying in a statement that the duties “unquestionably will jeopardize” the accord. “It is fair to say that there has never been a geopolitical situation in modern times like the one we have right now,” Matt Campbell, a risk management consultant at INTL FCStone, said in an email.  The wettest year in contiguous US There has never been weather like this, either. The 12 months that ended with April were the wettest ever for the contiguous U.S. That spurred other firsts: Corn plantings are further behind schedule for this time of year than they have been in records dating to 1980 and analysts are predicting an unheard-of 6 million acres intended for the grain may simply go unsown this year. “Every farmer that I talk to says, ‘I’ve never seen anything like this in my life,’ and these are not 20-year-olds,” said Tom Sleight, CEO of the U.S. Grains Council, a trade group. Business collapse, Prices soaring Ripple effects are already hitting businesses reliant on grains, especially corn, the most widely grown U.S. crop. Amid the deluge, prices slumped for cattle heading to feedlots to bulk up on corn, which surged 18% in May, the most in a month since 2015. And the grain rally sent shares tumbling for Tyson Foods Inc. and Pilgrim’s Pride Corp., whose chickens feed on corn. Meanwhile, demand for fertilizer and other crop chemicals has been slammed. Hedge funds who had made massive bets that corn prices would decline drastically cut those positions this week, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission data showed on Friday. Even if the heavy rains do break, as forecast, through June 10, it may be too late for some. In Keota, Iowa, Lindsay Greiner sowed his 700 acres of corn toward the end of April – and then wasn’t able to get into his soaked fields for five weeks. He’s expecting much lower yields this year than last. The crop right now is yellow. “It should be green,” he said. “It looks so bad.” In Illinois, Newlin, whose farm is about a four-hour drive south of Chicago, said he has been rained out most days since he started planting on May 17. He did manage to sow about 60% of the 1,000 acres where he wanted to put down corn, but standing water and muddy conditions in those fields likely will drag down yields. His crop insurance coverage will begin to decline after June 5. Generally, insurance claims for crops that can’t be planted pay out at less than half of the value of what would have been the harvest. The $16 billion in farm aid that Trump has promised to help farmers won’t be of any help, as it’s now framed, to anyone who can’t get seeds into the ground.

Disaster Newlin called the planting season “a disaster.” “Anything in our area that had been planted looks like junk,” he said. “The weather just won’t give you a break.” Colorado’s snowpack out of the norm In Colorado, the statewide snowpack is 437% of normal, with highs peaking at 768% in the San Juan Mountains, according to the Natural Resources Conservation Service. A good thing for skiing and drought conditions… But heading into summer, the snowpack is likely to result in some flooding, according to the Colorado Water Conservation Board, which released a report this week on the outlook for snowmelt flood conditions. When we talk about snowpack, the snow water equivalent, or SWE, is the key figure to keep in mind. The SWE is the amount of water contained within the snowpack, or the depth of water that would result if all of the snow was melted at once. Flooding isn’t finished yet. There’s still a lot of snow around. Many farming businesses will disappear. Our grocery stores’s prices will soar.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/usa-flooding-economic-collapse-colorado-snowpack-abnormal-video.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 6-3-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Largest eruption in years of Popocatepetl volcano, Mexico sends ash column 37,000 feet (11.3 km) a.s.l.

By Strange Sounds - Jun 3, 2019

Mexico’s Popocatépetl continued its explosive uptick in style today, June 03, by firing an ash column to approximately 37,000 feet (11.3 km) a.s.l.  This is the volcano’s largest eruption in years. The Volcanic Ash Advisory Center (VAAC) Washington has reported a “large ash emission to FL370”. Plumes of ash and gas that reach altitudes above 32,800 feet (10km) or FL328 have a direct cooling effect on the planet. Within the last 24 hours, the Popocatepetl volcano registered 37 exhalations accompanied by steam and gas. Additionally there were two explosions at 09:19 and at 09:47 today and 194 minutes of tremor. Due to bad weather conditions, it is not possible to observe the crater. In case of exhalations the wind will disperse to the southwest. CENAPRED emphasizes that people SHOULD NOT go near the volcano, especially near the crater, due to the hazard caused by ballistic fragments. In case of heavy rains leave the bottoms of ravines because of the danger of landslides and debris flows. Popocatépetl, whose name means Smoking Mountain in Nahuatl, the language of the Aztecs, sprang back to life in 1994 (solar minimum of cycle 22) after half a century of quiescence. The Popocatepetl volcano activity has been increasing over the last few weeks. Large eruptions like today could happen anytime. Be ready!

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/popocatepetl-volcano-eruption-june-2019-video-pictures.html 

:: 6-3-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unseasonal and extreme hailstorm buries Puglia, southern Italy in 6 inches of ice

By Strange Sounds - Jun 3, 2019

Snowploughs hit the streets of southern Puglia on Sunday in Italy’s latest case of extreme weather. Parts of the province of Lecce were turned white by an unseasonal hail storm, leading to surreal scenes as people in shorts and T-shirts were left digging out cars from up to 15 cm (6 inches) of ice. It looks like winter, but it’s early June. An exceptional hailstorm sees the streets Puglia, in Southern Italy, covered in several centimeters of ice. Snowploughs were brought out of storage to clear roads, while in other areas heavy downpours swept away cars and flooded houses. The storms also damaged crops in Puglia, which grows many of Italy’s olives, grapes and other fruits. By this time of year average temperatures in southern Puglia typically around the mid 20s, and many people would usually spend June 2nd – Italy’s Republic Day – at the beach. But this year has seen Italy swept by extreme weather, from floods in the east, high winds in the south and freezing temperatures in the north. The disturbances follow an unusually warm winter. While the sun has returned to Rome and most of either coast, Italy’s Civil Protection Department is warning of ongoing storms and heavy rains in the far south and north, as well as over the mountains running up the centre of the peninsula. In these parts of the country, the bad weather is forecast to continue until at least Wednesday. But temperatures could climb suddenly towards the end of the week, hitting 30°C in some parts. Unseasonal weather seems to become the new normal. Be ready and get prepared.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/hailstorm-puglia-italy-italia-video-pictures.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-3-19 CBN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jerusalem Day Marked by Parades, Riots on Temple Mount

06-03-2019 Julie Stahl

Tens of thousands of Israeli youths marched through the streets of the new and Old City of Jerusalem waving Israeli flags on Jerusalem Day. Israel celebrated Jerusalem Day on Sunday marking the 52nd anniversary of the reunification of the city under Israeli sovereignty as a result of the 1967 Six-Day War. Meanwhile, Palestinians who were marking the Muslim holy fasting month of Ramadan, rioted on the Temple Mount. Trouble broke out after police allowed 120 Jews to enter the Temple Mount as part of Jerusalem Day celebrations. It was the first time in decades that Jews were allowed on the Temple Mount during the last 10 days of Ramadan. Police spokesman Micky Rosenfeld said stones and chairs were thrown. Police units entered the area to deal with the disturbances. Both Jordan and the Palestinian Authority condemned the Israeli intervention against the rioters. (Israel maintains security control on the Temple Mount.) Meanwhile, Israel got backing from a pro-Israel Imam Mohamad Tawhidi. “We build a Mosque on top of their Solomon’s Temple, yet they’re the invaders. Explain how that makes any sense,” he tweeted. In the evening, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu addressed the official Jerusalem Day ceremony at Ammunition Hill, where the big battle over the city took place in 1967. Netanyahu said that Iran transfers $700 million a year to Hezbollah to destabilize the region. “This is known to our neighbors. All the Arab countries know about this, and this is one of the things that brings them closer to us,” Netanyahu said. At the same ceremony, Israeli President Reuven Rivlin praised President Trump. “This is the time to thank President Trump and the American people for their steadfast friendship and for his groundbreaking decision,” Rivlin said. “The recognition of Jerusalem as Israel’s capital has penetrated into people’s hearts,” he said, adding that Israel much now also “recognize Jerusalem as our united capital, east and west.” Did you know?  God is everywhere—even in the news. That’s why we view every news story through the lens of faith. We are committed to delivering quality independent Christian journalism you can trust. But it takes a lot of hard work, time, and money to do what we do. Help us continue to be a voice for truth in the media by supporting CBN News for as little as $1.

https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/israel/2019/june/jerusalem-day-marked-by-parades-riots-on-temple-mount 

:: 6-3-19 Washington Examiner   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judge rejects Democrats’ attempt to block funds transfer for border wall

by Caitlin Yilek | June 03, 2019 06:50 PM

A federal judge rejected a request by House Democrats to stop President Trump from transferring funds to build his border wall. Judge Trevor McFadden ruled that one chamber of Congress cannot sue the executive branch over spending. “This is a case about whether one chamber of Congress has the ‘constitutional means’ to conscript the Judiciary in a political turf war with the President over the implementation of legislation,” McFadden wrote. “The Judiciary cannot reach the merits of this dispute, it contends, because the Constitution grants the House no standing to litigate these claims.” “And while the Constitution bestows upon Members of the House many powers, it does not grant them standing to hale the Executive Branch into court claiming a dilution of Congress’s legislative authority. The Court therefore lacks jurisdiction to hear the House’s claims and will deny its motion,” he continued. McFadden, a Trump appointee serving on the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, said lawmakers have other options than the court system to stop the president’s proposals. Trump issued a national emergency this year, requesting Pentagon funding to be used to construct a wall along the U.S.-Mexico border.

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/news/judge-rejects-democrats-attempt-to-block-funds-transfer-for-border-wall 

:: 6-3-19 Y net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump says 'not happy’ about ‘messed up’ Israeli politics

U.S. president calls Israel to 'get their act together' ahead of September elections; Pompeo says peace deal may not 'gain traction' as Trump argues 'it can be done'

Associated Press, Reuters|Published: 06.03.19 , 09:36

U.S. President Donald Trump said Sunday that Israel has got to “get their act together” after Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was unable to form a new governing coalition and a second election was set for later this year. Saying the political situation in Israel is “all messed up,” Trump added that the U.S. is "not happy about that.” Meanwhile, Trump said Secretary of State Mike Pompeo may be right in assessing that the administration’s forthcoming Mideast peace plan may not go anywhere. A Washington Post report quoted Pompeo as telling a group of Jewish leaders in New York that the long-delayed plan may not “gain traction.” “We’re doing our best to help the Middle East to get a peace plan,” Trump told reporters when asked about Pompeo's words. “I understand why (Pompeo) said that. Most people would say it can’t be done. I think it can be done.” Also Sunday, White House senior adviser Jared Kushner said in an interview broadcast that the Palestinians deserve "self-determination," but stopped short of backing Palestinian statehood and expressed uncertainty over their ability to govern themselves. Kushner, President Donald Trump's son-in-law and an architect of the White House's yet-to-be-released Middle East peace plan, told the "Axios on HBO" television program it would be a "high bar" when asked if the Palestinians could expect freedom from Israeli military and government interference. The Palestinian leadership has boycotted a diplomatic effort that Trump has touted as the "deal of the century." Although Kushner has been drafting the plan for two years under a veil of secrecy, it is seen by Palestinian and some Arab officials as tilting heavily in Israel's favor and denying them a state of their own. Kushner again avoided saying explicitly whether the plan would include a two-state solution, the bedrock of U.S. policy for decades, calling for a Palestinian state in the West Bank and Gaza Strip, with its capital in East Jerusalem. But he said: "I do think they should have self-determination. "I'm going to leave the details until we come out with the actual plan." The Palestinian Authority has said it will not attend a U.S.-sponsored investment conference in late June in Bahrain where the economic component is expected to be unveiled. U.S. officials have been vague about the timing for releasing proposals for resolving the thorny political issues at the core of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. But experts are skeptical of the Trump administration's chances for success. With Israel heading for new elections in September, uncertainty is expected to further delay the plan's rollout. Asked whether he believed the Palestinians were capable of governing themselves without Israeli interference, Kushner said: "That's a very good question. That's one that we'll have to see. The hope is that they, over time, will become capable of governing." The Palestinians, he said, "need to have a fair judicial system ... freedom of press, freedom of expression, tolerance for all religions" before the Palestinian areas can become "investable." Asked whether he understood why the Palestinians might not trust him, Kushner said: "I'm not here to be trusted" and that he believed the Palestinian people would judge the plan based on whether "they think this will allow them to have a pathway to a better life or not." The Palestinian leadership has refused to deal with the Trump administration since late 2017 when the president decided to move the U.S. Embassy to Jerusalem from Tel Aviv and recognized Jerusalem as the capital of Israel.

https://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-5519395,00.html 

:: 6-3-19 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump, First Lady Meet Queen at Buckingham Palace

Monday, 03 June 2019 09:26 AM AP

President Donald Trump met with Queen Elizabeth II Monday during a three-day visit to Britain meant to strengthen ties between the two nations, although the trip was immediately at risk of being overshadowed by Brexit turmoil and Trump's feud with London's mayor. Trump and first lady Melania Trump flew to Buckingham Palace in Marine One, landing on a lawn where they were greeted by Prince Charles and his wife Camilla. They received a royal gun salute as they walked to the palace where the queen greeted the president with a smile. Even before Air Force One touched down north of London, Trump unleashed a Twitter tirade against London Mayor Sadiq Khan, leader of the world city where Trump will stay for two nights while partaking in a state visit full of pomp and circumstance. The move came after a newspaper column in which Khan said Trump did not deserve red-carpet treatment in Britain and was "one of the most egregious examples of a growing global threat" from the far-right to liberal democracy. "@SadiqKhan, who by all accounts has done a terrible job as Mayor of London, has been foolishly "nasty" to the visiting President of the United States, by far the most important ally of the United Kingdom," Trump wrote just before landing. "He is a stone cold loser who should focus on crime in London, not me. The president added that Kahn reminded him of the "terrible" leader of his hometown, New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio though "only half his height." De Blasio, a Democrat, is a longshot candidate in the 2020 presidential race. Khan supporters have previously accused Trump of being racist against London's first Muslim mayor. The president then added a few warm words for his hosts, tweeting that he was looking forward "to being a great friend to the United Kingdom, and am looking very much forward to my visit." The Trumps then boarded Marine One, the presidential helicopter, for the trip from Stansted Airport to the center of Britain's capital. The agenda for Trump's weeklong journey is mostly ceremonial: a state visit and the audience with the queen, D-Day commemoration ceremonies on both sides of the English Channel and his first presidential visit to Ireland, which will include a stay at his coastal golf club. During the Buckingham Palace welcome ceremony, Trump and Prince Charles inspected the Guard of Honor formed by the Grenadier Guards wearing the traditional bearskin hats. Royal gun salutes were fired Monday from nearby Green Park and from the Tower of London as part of the pageantry accompanying an official state visit, one of the highest honors Britain can bestow on a foreign leader. But the U.S. president arrived at a precarious moment. He faces a fresh round of impeachment fervor back home and uncertainty on the other side of the Atlantic Ocean. British Prime Minister Theresa May has faced months of political turmoil over Brexit and French President Emmanuel Macron is expected to use the 75th anniversary of the World War II battle that turned the tide on the Western Front to call for strengthening the multinational ties the U.S. president has frayed. A sense of deja vu quickly spread around London as Trump blasted British leaders. A year ago, Trump also took aim at his hosts before landing on English soil, blasting May in an interview hours before she hosted him for dinner. Though he has spared May so far this time, he has praised her rival, prime ministerial hopeful Boris Johnson, just days before May steps down as Conservative leader on Friday for failing to secure a Brexit deal. "I think Boris would do a very good job. I think he would be excellent," Trump told The Sun. "I like him. I have always liked him. I don't know that he is going to be chosen, but I think he is a very good guy, a very talented person." It was not clear if the Trump endorsement would hurt or help Johnson's chances of becoming Britain's next leader. Trump said he may also meet with Johnson this week. Trump also told the Sunday Times that Britain should "walk away" from Brexit talks and refuse to pay a 39 billion pound ($49 billion) divorce bill if it doesn't get better terms from the European Union. He said he might meet with another pro-Brexit politician, Nigel Farage, and claimed Farage should be given a role in the Brexit negotiations.  After lunch with the queen, Trump will be honored at an extravagant state dinner at Buckingham Palace. Demonstrators are expected, including the possible return of an inflatable balloon depicting the president as a baby. And even some of the pageantry could have awkward moments. The formal tea hosted by Prince Charles brings together a future king who has warned repeatedly about the perils of climate change with a president who is actively dismantling U.S. policies designed to slow global warming. In an interview with The Sun, Trump weighed in on the American-born Duchess of Sussex. The former Meghan Markle, who gave birth to a son in May and will not attend the week's events, was critical of Trump in the past, prompting the president to tell the tabloid, "I didn't know that she was nasty." Trump said later that he thought Markle would be "very good" as a royal and claimed he only meant her comments were "nasty." Trump will also make his first presidential visit to Ireland on Wednesday. Trump will spend two nights at his golf club in Doonbeg, which sits above the Atlantic. After Dublin balked at holding a meeting there, a deal was struck for Trump to meet Irish Prime Minister Leo Varadkar at Shannon Airport. The centerpiece of the president's visit will be two days to mark the 75th anniversary of the June 6, 1944, D-Day anniversary, likely the last significant commemoration most veterans of the battle will see. The anniversary events will begin in Portsmouth, England, where the invasion was launched, and then move to Normandy, France, where Allied forces began to recapture Western Europe from the Nazis. The day is normally a heartfelt tribute to unity and sacrifice, outweighing any national or political skirmish. But some on both sides of the Atlantic are nervous about Trump, who has shown a willingness to inject partisanship into such moments. Last November in France, Trump was heavily criticized for skipping a ceremony at an American military cemetery to mark the 100th anniversary of the end of World War I when rain grounded his helicopter. European leaders, meanwhile, stood in the rain to honor the dead.

Read Newsmax: Trump, First Lady Meet with Queen at Buckingham Palace | Newsmax.com

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/trump-uk-queen/2019/06/03/id/918650/ 

:: 6-3-19 One America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reeling from tariff threat, Mexico begins immigration talks in Washington

June 3, 2019 By Frank Jack Daniel

MEXICO CITY (Reuters) – Fighting to stave off punitive tariffs announced by U.S. President Donald Trump, a senior Mexican delegation was set to begin high level talks on Monday in Washington, where it will be pushed to do more to hold back Central American migrants. Trump says he will apply tariffs of 5% on all Mexican goods on June 10, and increase the rate in coming months to 25% if Mexico does not substantially halt illegal immigration across the U.S.-Mexican border, which is at a decade high this year. Global equities tumbled after Trump’s unexpected threat last week against the United States biggest trade partner, as investors feared his aggressive trade diplomacy could tip the United States and other major economies into recession. With just a week until the first tariffs bite, the delegation led by Foreign Minister Marcelo Ebrard may have a hard time convincing U.S. officials that Mexico is doing enough on immigration to avoid punishment, despite having signaled in recent days it was prepared to further tighten security. The U.S.-Mexican talks begin on Monday with a meeting between Mexican Economy Secretary Graciela Marquez and U.S. Commerce Secretary Wilbur Ross. On Wednesday, Ebrard meets U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo. Trump on Sunday called Mexico an “abuser” of the United States and said he wanted action, not talk. Mexico has signaled it would retaliate to the tariffs, with targets likely to include farm products on Trump supporting states. In a possible sign of U.S. priorities in the talks, which are due to run through at least Wednesday, Department of Homeland Security (DHS) acting Secretary Kevin McAleenan said on Sunday that Mexico should deploy more personnel to interdict illegal migrants along a 150 mile (241.4 km) stretch of border with Guatemala. That border is a remote region of mostly jungle and river, and has traditionally been hard to police. The causes of Central American immigration are mainly related to lack of economic opportunity and rampant violence. McAleenan also said Mexico should bolster its own immigration screenings along its southern border, crack down on networks transporting migrants and enable more migrants to wait in Mexico while they apply for asylum in the United States. Since January the government of President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador has ramped up detentions and deportations, but that has not been enough to stop the growing tide of families reaching the United States, mainly from Guatemala and Honduras. In May, numbers are expected to have outpaced the 99,000 people apprehended at the border in April, with many of those crossing in groups of families who will mostly be released to await asylum hearings in the United States. In its biggest concession to Trump so far, Mexico agreed in December to receive some Central Americans seeking asylum in the United States to await the resolution of their cases. So far more than 6,000 people have been sent into Mexico under the program, which operates at three crossings and is commonly known as “Remain in Mexico”. DHS intends to increase the number of returns under “Remain in Mexico”, a spokeswoman said on Saturday, saying there were plans to expand the program, although new crossings had not been officially designated. A more radical idea that has long been promoted by the DHS and may again be on the table in talks this week despite previously being a red line for Lopez Obrador, is to make Central Americans apply for Mexican asylum, not U.S. asylum. Under this policy, Mexico could be declared a “safe third country.” Rights groups argue that leaving asylum seekers in Mexico puts them at risk, since it suffers from similar levels of violence to the places they are fleeing. The ultimatum from Trump is the biggest foreign policy test to date for Lopez Obrador. Aside from struggling to combat migrant flows, Mexican security forces are also fighting endemic gang violence. In a series of tweets on Sunday, Trump extended his demands on Mexico beyond immigration, demanding it stopped an “invasion” of drug dealers and cartels. In April, Trump took a step back from an earlier threat to completely close the U.S. border with Mexico to fight illegal immigration, under pressure from companies worried it would cause chaos for businesses. Mexico’s economy, which is heavily reliant on exports to the United States, shrank in the first quarter and would suffer a lot more if Trump were to jack tariffs up all the way to 25 percent. Trump’s aggressive trade diplomacy, both with Mexico and China, has scared investors away from riskier assets in global markets, as they fear it could tip the United States and other major economies in to recession.

(Additional reporting by Kristina Cooke in San Francisco; Editing by Simon Cameron-Moore)

https://www.oann.com/reeling-from-tariff-threat-mexico-begins-immigration-talks-in-washington/ 

:: 5-27-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There Is Something Terribly Wrong With Democrats In 2019: Their Deep Inner Sicknesses Are Revealing Many As Controlled And Inhabited By Demonic Entities

- The Choice Is Clear, America, Choose Wisely!

By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline May 27, 2019

I admit that Fox News is far short of the real alternative media outlet America needs, but they’re not as bad as the other networks, and Tucker Carlson tells the truth. I and my wife were watching Tucker and his guests the other night, and I noticed that conservatives, in general and with some exceptions, tend to be more physically attractive than leftists. Contrast some of the attractive women on Fox with Rachel Madcow and her like, or the shrieking hags on “The View,” or the perpetually enraged leftist women, most of them tattooed and mutilated in some way, who physically assault conservatives, or compare Macho ex-cops and martial artists like Dan Bongino with the girlymen and soy boys on the other networks. More and more I’m beginning to believe that the skin-deep ugliness of leftists is more than it seems, and is, in fact, caused by an inner, spiritual ugliness. This inner sickness (along with age and alcohol abuse) seems to be taking its toll on some prominent leftists. There is something terribly wrong with bug-eyed people like the Witch Hillary and the equally bug-eyed Nancy Pelosi and Adam Schiff. And have we forgotten that the Witch fainted during the campaign, or her other weird lapses, or the mumbling senility of Queen Nancy? And what is with Jerry Nadler’s fainting recently?  (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Later on U-tube my wife and I watched as Jessie Waters and (in some older tapes) Jay Leno asked simple science, math, history, geography and civics questions of people on the streets of New York, a very large village with a surplus of idiots. Of course, most of us have also seen Mark Dice’s interviews with people, mostly in San Diego, who are eager to surrender their inalienable rights for the promise of security. But the NYC idiots believed that the Moon’s gravity keeps the Earth in its orbit around the Sun (after they were told that Earth orbits the Sun). People could not identify George Washington, nor tell which country America fought in our Revolutionary War, or which side won (or who the sides were) in our Civil War, or find any nation (or their home state) on a blank map. They didn’t know that water is a compound of the elements hydrogen and oxygen. Asked the hypothetical question “You had 114 sheep and all but eight died. How many sheep do you have left?” a man could not answer it. Told an item costs one cent each another man could not tell how many a dollar would buy. The public indoc centers formerly known as “schools” have done their work well, indoctrinating and dumbing down the people. And this is all the work of the ugly leftists, with their spiritual ugliness spreading and degrading many others. The Italian communist Antonio Gramsci (1/22 1891-4/27/1937) formulated the concept of incrementalism, the “long march through the institutions” that would permit the communists to gradually take over the media, schools, and other key components of a society and turn a formerly free republic into a communist (fascist) tyranny. Some patriot observers believe that what we consider the degradation of the arts, music, and architecture is part of that takeover. We Westerners are surrounded by and immersed in the ugliness created by the ugly people of the left. About music I have little to say, for the situation should be obvious. Anyone who imagines that rap is music is a lost soul. Beautiful music is still being written and produced, but the noise popularized and financed by our self-appointed elites serves only to help dumb down and degrade the people. Talented, even enlightened artists abound, but their marvelous paintings and sculptures seldom receive good reviews or museum space from the cultural gate keepers. A good deal of modern or abstract art is repulsive, even scatological, and this is deliberate. Note that this has been accompanied by the decline of comedy (once an art form) into crude and childish bathroom “humor” and angry political diatribes by leftists. And what of architecture? The buildings where we live and work can be efficient and economical and yet beautiful at the same time. Yet, despite gimmicky (and, hence, more costly) designs and the use of expensive materials, many modern buildings are repulsive, and slowly corrode the very souls of those condemned to live and work in them. This all seems to have begun early in the twentieth century with the internationalist style of architecture, pushed by Germany’s Bauhaus school of art, and such French designers as Le Corbusier (Charles Edouard Jeannet). The buildings tended to be undecorated, mostly white in color, and to feature flat roofs (even in areas prone to heavy, wet snow, with predictable results). Ceilings were low, rooms were large and few, and designs involved a great deal of glass. At their best, such designs were not without a certain beauty born of their very simplicity and the free admittance of natural light. But the architects tended to be socialist and communist and wished to impose their designs on everyone, ultimately by force. They imagined that their designs were “scientific,” even when wet snow collapsed their roofs and despite the fact that, usually, windows could not be opened (and no screens were provided) to provide fresh air, and the concept of passive solar heating (south-facing glass and overhanging roofs) was unknown to the internationalists. American author Tom Wolf’s "From our House to Bauhaus" exposes the phoniness and ugliness of internationalist architecture. Herbert Bangs’ "The Return of Sacred Architecture" addresses many of the same issues and also shows how incorporating sacred geometry (like the Golden Mean ratio) into buildings can make a world of difference, along with avoiding cheap gimmicks, and balancing the use of glass with the use of opaque materials. Such is my admiration for Mr. Bangs and his good work that I have been most gratified to learn that he and I both had articles published in Missing Connections, a collection of works by different authors.

Patriot author and video producer Paul Joseph Watson has often commented on the soul-destroying ugliness of much modern architecture. Perhaps it will be up to us patriots, if we win the final conflict and are able to rebuild civilization, to help create a world where art, architecture, and music are once again beautiful and provide a suitable environment for the growth of beautiful souls.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Ugly_People_Leftist_Insanity.php

:: 5-27-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Weaponizing of Education: Transforming Your Children Into Immoral and Ignorant Globalists

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, May 27, 2019 - 14:13.

Over the past week, I have been engaged in writing about how the United States is being taken over from forces that are embedded within our country and of course, we are threatened by foreign forces.  The domestic-inspired insurgency is the most dangerous threat to our way of life because it seeks to remove the underpinnings of our society which forms the basis for which we would defend ourselves from those that would seek to enslave and destroy us. Before one can totally subjugate a country and force-feed the cancer that we call globalism upon the American people, the children must first be controlled. For if the children are not controlled, the ruling authority could face generations of rebellion. By gaining control of the education system, which is designed to dumb down students, the ensuing resistance will have a short shelf life. Any educational revolution must begin with undermining the system of government and turning the culture of the country upside down and this is exactly what we have seen with the implementation of Common Core as developed by the United Nations and handed off to the Obama administration. The mainstream media would have the country believe that Common Core is dead, however, nothing could be further from the truth. From Education Week: To date, 34 states and the District of Columbia have kept Common Core totally intact.  11 states announced a major Common Core rewrite. However, they still have the bulk of Common Core permeating their respective education systems.. Essentially these states have kept the bulk of Common Core concepts within its education systems. Four states never adopted Common Core.  One state only adopted Common Core in Language Arts. The net effect of Common Core is still forced upon unsuspecting students and parents which comprises over 90% of all students. So the claim that Common Core is dead and buried is false and misleading. Destroying the Culture By Eviscerating the Morals of Children Did you know that pedophilia is a sexual orientation? At least that is what government-based school officials in California believe and they are forcing this abomination, or should I say Obamanation, down the throats of our youngest and most impressionable people.  This perversion of becoming the mainstream belief in many school districts as evidenced by what is going on in the Brea Olinda School District (BOUSD). Amazingly, district officials are not even trying to hide this outrage. At a parent-orientation meeting earlier this year, the BOUSD , stated that teaching pedophilia as a sexual orientation is “no big deal”. At least that is what Assistant Superintendent of Curricula Kerrie Torres stated in a very matter-of-fact manner, where in effect, this District, like so many others, are stating that sex between a boy and a man is indeed nothing but an expression of a sexual orientation. To make it clear, the leading officials in the BOUSD have made it clear that they are ignoring the rape laws I every state and declaring this inhumane act as a sexual orientation. This represents the undermining of the American culture. This is the kind of propaganda that will open the door to more extremist positions that children are being forced to accept. Yet, there is another example how children's moral fiber is being threatened. Pretending to be teaching “media literacy” and other educational topics, there is a disguised and a new web series called the “Radical Cram School” that is indoctrinating young Asian girls and other “people of color” into becoming radical feminists, socialists, racists, revolutionaries, anti-American zealots, and full-blown social-justice warriors." This program also promotes gender confusion and “The Resistance” against President Trump. The intent is omnipresent. Trump is associated with populism and patriotism. The globalists seek to destroy these concepts and by linking these ideas to repugnant and false charges of racism and sexism, populism and patriotism is radicalized in children's minds. In one episode on “vocabulary” the creator of the program introduces the girls to something called “gender non-binary” and “gender fluid.” This concept, one of the young girls says, means that a child can choose to be any gender they want to be In this program, a child is not just a boy or a girl. They typically give answers that they are “gender fluid.” Dumbing Down the Masses It is a well-known fact that the early industrialists, when setting up the public education system designed to make immigrant children factory ready, they had some very well-defined goals. First, they did not want to educate children beyond the 6th grade. The reason was simple, these early globalists wanted their employees to be educated enough to do their job, but not so smart that they would challenge the status quo of society. The dumbing down of America, through such practices as Common Core are accomplishing this goal. Sadly, most administrators and school board members are ignorant to the systemic demise related to the cognitive development of our children. Even major contributors to Common Core are seeing the increasingly destructive role that Common Core is having on America's children, especially in the area of reading comprehension. On the SAT, reading comprehension has declined by 40 points and we owe it all to Common Core. Take the case of Common Core contributor, Dr Louisa Moats, who has lashed out at the final product. Moats has been tirelessly criticizing the U.S. Department of Education’s increasingly detrimental role in education. In an interview with Freedom Project Media’s The Newman Report, Dr. Moats slammed the early literacy component of the Obama-backed national standards for being deeply flawed and contributing to a national reading crisis An ignorant population will never know the difference when tyranny is forced upon them. Why do you think the Founding Fathers are being "phased out" of American education? The intent to dumb down the masses takes a quantum leap forward with the following: As government education gets more and more dumbed down, lawmakers in North Carolina are working on legislation to cement a grading scale into place for public schools in which a 40 percent is considered a passing grade. Yes, seriously. The proposed bill with the grading scale would not affect student grades — after all, students are routinely graduating from government schools unable to even read their high-school diploma so there is no need to mess with the phony grades being dispensed like candy. The reality of “grade inflation” is now well established as government increasingly rewards teachers and schools that give students the best grades while punishing those that give students grades reflecting their work. One teacher in Florida was even fired for objecting to the grade lunacy. Under the proposed North Carolina grading scale for schools, which has already been in use for years but would be made permanent with HB 145, an “A” school could earn an 85 percent and up, while B schools would need a 70 percent or more. Anything between 40 and 54 percent would secure a “D,” meaning the school would be considered a “passing” school. Even with the ludicrous scale, one in five schools in some counties are “failing.” This is not just confined to North Carolina. In Arizona, the Deer Valley School District is embracing many of these concepts and are in the process of implementing grading practices which will leave their children intellectually defenseless. Conclusion These practices separate children from the moral guidance provided by parents and it separates children from God, which is the ultimate goal! This represents the weaponizing of American education. About the Author Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/weaponizing-education-transforming-your-children-immoral-and-ignorant-globalists

:: 5-27-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Sky High” Piles of Trash Making Downtown Los Angeles Unlivable

So far, in 2019, more than 50 cases of typhus have been reported

James Murphy | The New American - May 27, 2019

Typhus is a disease born of filth, most commonly spread by contact with the feces of fleas. It is most often reported in the third world or places such as POW camps where hygiene is of little concern. Last year, Los Angeles County reported a record 124 confirmed cases of the disease, enough to be classified as a full-blown outbreak. So far, in 2019, more than 50 cases have been reported. The reason? Fleas are attracted to rats and rats are attracted to huge piles of food-waste infused garbage, like the ones that currently litter vast portions of downtown Los Angeles. The overburdened sanitation department does the best it can, but it simply doesn’t have the manpower necessary to keep up with the gigantic piles of filth that spring up quickly and are left to grow and rot for months at a time. A spokesperson for the city’s Department of Public Works reports that the current backlog for trash pickups around the city’s homeless encampments stands at approximately 8,400, with an average of six calls per site.

https://www.infowars.com/sky-high-piles-of-trash-making-downtown-los-angeles-unlivable/ 

:: 5-27-19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American Soil Is Being Globalized: Nearly 30 Million Acres Of U.S. Farmland Is Now Owned By Foreigners

May 27, 2019 by Michael Snyder

All across America, U.S. farmland is being gobbled up by foreign interests. So when we refer to “the heartland of America”, the truth is that vast stretches of that “heartland” is now owned by foreigners, and most Americans have no idea that this is happening. These days, a lot of people are warning about the “globalization” of the world economy, but in reality our own soil is rapidly being “globalized”. When farms are locally owned, the revenue that those farms take in tends to stay in local communities. But with foreign-owned farms there is no guarantee that will happen. And while there is plenty of food to go around this is not a major concern, but what happens when a food crisis erupts and these foreign-owned farms just keep sending their produce out of the country? There are some very serious national security concerns here, and they really aren’t being addressed. Instead, the amount of farmland owned by foreigners just continues to increase with each passing year. Prior to seeing the headline to this article, how much U.S. farmland would you have guessed that foreigners now own?  Personally, I had no idea that foreigners now own nearly 30 million acres. The following comes from NPR… American soil. Those are two words that are commonly used to stir up patriotic feelings. They are also words that can’t be be taken for granted, because today nearly 30 million acres of U.S. farmland are held by foreign investors. That number has doubled in the past two decades, which is raising alarm bells in farming communities. How did we allow this to happen? And actually laws regarding land ownership vary greatly from state to state. Some states have placed strict restrictions on foreign land ownership, while in other states it is “a free-for-all”… “Texas is kind of a free-for-all, so they don’t have a limit on how much land can be owned,” say’s Ohio Farm Bureau’s Ty Higgins, “You look at Iowa and they restrict it — no land in Iowa is owned by a foreign entity.” Ohio, like Texas, also has no restrictions, and nearly half a million acres of prime farmland are held by foreign-owned entities. In the northwestern corner of the state, below Toledo, companies from the Netherlands alone have purchased 64,000 acres for wind farms. But even in states where there are restrictions, foreign entities can get around that by simply buying large corporations that own land. For example, when the Chinese purchased Smithfield Foods in 2013 they instantly gained control over 146,000 acres of prime farmland. The following comes from Wikipedia… Smithfield Foods, Inc., is a meat-processing company based in Smithfield, Virginia, in the United States, and a wholly owned subsidiary of WH Group of China. Founded in 1936 as the Smithfield Packing Company by Joseph W. Luter and his son, the company is the largest pig and pork producer in the world.[4] In addition to owning over 500 farms in the US, Smithfield contracts with another 2,000 independent farms around the country to grow Smithfield’s pigs.[5] Outside the US, the company has facilities in Mexico, Poland, Romania, Germany, and the United Kingdom.[6] Globally the company employed 50,200 in 2016 and reported an annual revenue of $14 billion.[2] Its 973,000-square-foot meat-processing plant in Tar Heel, North Carolina, was said in 2000 to be the world’s largest, processing 32,000 pigs a day.[7] Then known as Shuanghui Group, WH Group purchased Smithfield Foods in 2013 for $4.72 billion, more than its market value.[8][9] It was the largest Chinese acquisition of an American company to date.[10] The acquisition of Smithfield’s 146,000 acres of land made WH Group, headquartered in Luohe, Henan province, one of the largest overseas owners of American farmland. [a] Of course this hasn’t happened by accident.  The communist Chinese government has actually made the purchase of foreign agricultural assets a top national priority in recent years, and this has been reflected in a series of key documents… The strategy is reflected in encouragements to invest abroad by various documents and articles issued by Chinese leaders. For example, a series of annual “Number one documents” from China’s communist party authorities stating rural policy have contained increasingly specific strategies for investment. A general exhortation to invest in agriculture overseas, issued in 2007, was followed by an initial surge in overseas farming ventures. In 2010, authorities called for supportive policies to encourage investment abroad. The 2014 document included a more specific mandate to create large grain-trading conglomerates, designed to give Chinese companies greater control over oilseed and grain imports. That was the same year COFCO acquired Nidera and Noble Agri, making COFCO one of the largest trading companies in the world based on value of assets. The 2015 document specifically called for policies to support facilities, equipment, and inputs for agricultural production in foreign countries. The 2017 document broadened the encouragement to include all types of agricultural conglomerates. The 2018 document repeated the general endorsement of overseas investment and instructions to create multinational grain-trading and agricultural conglomerates. In the end, how much Chinese ownership of our farmland would we be comfortable with? If they owned 20 percent of our farmland, would we be okay with that? Well, what if that figure surged to 30 or 40 percent? Would that still be okay? We need to start asking these sorts of questions, because foreigners are buying up more of our farmland with each passing day, and this is a very real national security threat. And after this absolutely disastrous year, thousands more U.S. farmers will be forced out of business and it is anticipated that more U.S. farmland will be up for sale than ever before. I extensively discussed the problems that farmers in the middle of the country are currently having yesterday, and today I would like to share with you a portion of an email that a friend in Missouri just sent me… I work for a farmer in West-Central Missouri who raises corn, soybeans, and cattle and to say it’s been a challenging Spring would be the understatement of the year!!! We managed to get some corn planted in April but it started to rain and rain and rain and we still have more corn to plant. My boss doesn’t like to plant corn after May 15 and here it is May 27 and we still are not done planting corn. With each late day that passes by the yield goes down so what do you do??? Do we start planting soybeans if or when it dries up even though the price of soybeans is at a record low or do we plant corn that has risen in price but will have a reduced yield??? From April 28 through today (May 27) we have had 10 inches of rain. One day we had 4.5 inches with roads and basements flooded. Last week we had rain 4 out of those 7 days!!! It’s raining again today as I write this!!! We need warm, sunshine, dry, windy days and we get mostly cool, cloudy, rainy days. Next Thursdays low is supposed to be 57!!! If the weather pattern doesn’t change I don’t see how we can ever get the soybeans planted and we have 1,300 acres to plant. There are large farmers in my area that don’t have anything planted. This truly is a “perfect storm” for U.S. farmers, and many believe that what we have witnessed so far is just the beginning. Farm bankruptcies are already at the highest level that we have seen since the last recession, and do we really want foreigners gobbling up even more of our farmland from farmers that are incredibly desperate to sell? Our founders never intended for America to be for sale to the highest bidder, and hopefully more states will start passing laws that will make sure that U.S. farms stay in the hands of U.S. farmers. About the author: Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/american-soil-is-being-globalized-nearly-30-million-acres-of-u-s-farmland-is-now-owned-by-foreigners 

:: 5-28-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Is Not Normal!! The LGBT Agenda Is Literally Killing Children. So Why Are Companies, Hollywood And Schools Deliberately Creating A Gender Confused Generation?

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine May 28, 2019

Once again Gillette is pushing the so-called "woke" agenda, which is really just the LGBT agenda. The question is why? With such a small percentage of self-identified LGBT persons in the U.S., and the shocking increase in suicide among those that do self-identify as LGBT compared to those that do not, why are companies and educational systems pushing this agenda on the entire population? We'll start with the new push from Gillette where a young person, biologically born a female with XX chromosomes which means she has female sex and reproductive organs, is "transitioning" to look more like a man, obviously being given hormones if she is growing facial hair, is being taught by her father how to shave her face. Below readers can see this new Gillette commercial, interspersed with some very good commentary, which is why it is labeled parody, before we delve into the dangers to the very lives of these young men and women, who due to their gender confusion, are statistically more prone to taking their own lives than heterosexuals. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) TRANSGENDER AND HOMOSEXUALS HAVE INCREASED SUICIDE RATES According to a study published at Pediatrics aa pubications in 2018, adolescents that identify with the gender they were born, are significantly less likely to attempt suicide. Nearly 14% of adolescents reported a previous suicide attempt; disparities by gender identity in suicide attempts were found. Female to male adolescents reported the highest rate of attempted suicide (50.8%), followed by adolescents who identified as not exclusively male or female (41.8%), male to female adolescents (29.9%), questioning adolescents (27.9%), female adolescents (17.6%), and male adolescents (9.8%). Identifying as nonheterosexual exacerbated the risk for all adolescents except for those who did not exclusively identify as male or female (ie, nonbinary). For transgender adolescents, no other sociodemographic characteristic was associated with suicide attempts. Other organizations and institutions studying the topic have shown the same type of pattern as the study above, as shown in the chart compiled with data from the The Williams Institute, shown below. The statistics do not lie, the more gender confused adolescents are, the more they attempt to take their own lives. Those pushing the LGBT agenda claim it is because of "bullying," or a lack of acceptance, but childish bullying has been going on forever, over someones name, their appearance, their clothing, looks and everything else under the sun, yet the national rates are far lower than this specific group of adolescents. Note - No matter how many drugs an adolescent, or adult is given, no matter how much surgery they obtain to change their appearance or attempt to change their "gender," those XX or XY chromosomes do not change, meaning biologically, each and every one of those "transgenders" are still the same sex as what they were born. BY THE NUMBERS According to Gallup, as of 2017, just 4.5 percent of the U.S. population identified as either lesbian, gay, bisexual or transgender. The expansion in the number of Americans who identify as LGBT is driven primarily by the cohort of millennials, defined as those born between 1980 and 1999. The percentage of millennials who identify as LGBT expanded from 7.3% to 8.1% from 2016 to 2017, and is up from 5.8% in 2012. By contrast, the LGBT percentage in Generation X (those born from 1965 to 1979) was up only .2% from 2016 to 2017. There was no change last year in LGBT percentage among baby boomers (born 1946 through 1964) and traditionalists (born prior to 1946). There is a reason that Millennials make up almost the entirety of the increase in those self-identifying as LGBT as opposed to the older generations. Our educational systems, companies like Gillette, and Hollywood, continue to push gender confusion into the minds of the younger generations. From elementary school to college, LGBT activists are creating the lesson plans, using the guise of "anti-bullying" initiatives, or "diversity," to push the agenda of just 4.5 percent of the population, to indoctrinate every child that attends one of these schools that are teaching there are dozens of genders, rather than teaching basic biology, which proves there are only two.... male and female. In Hollywood it is hard these days to find a movie or television show that isn't shoving the LGBT agenda into our faces, just as Gillette latest controversial advertisement is doing. THE LUCIFERIAN AGENDA Cardinal Robert Sarah, a prominent and respected voice at the Vatican, was recently quoted as saying "gender ideology is a Luciferian refusal" to receive the "sexual nature" given to each person by God. Cardinal Sarah was interviewed by the French publication La Nef, which was translated by the Catholic Herald: In this book, however, I want to suggest to Western people that the real cause of this refusal to claim their inheritance and this refusal of fatherhood is the rejection of God. From Him we receive our nature as man and woman. This is intolerable to modern minds. Gender ideology is a Luciferian refusal to receive a sexual nature from God. Thus some rebel against God and pointlessly mutilate themselves in order to change their sex. But in reality they do not fundamentally change anything of their structure as man or woman. The West refuses to receive, and will accept only what it constructs for itself. Transhumanism is the ultimate avatar of this movement. Because it is a gift from God, human nature itself becomes unbearable for western man. Read the entire interview. BOTTOM LINE - THEY ARE DELIBERATELY KILLING THE CHILDREN The numbers speak for themselves in almost every study, every research paper, graph and survey, the suicide rate for "transgender" adolescents is double that of those that identify as LGBT, and the LGBT suicide rate is triple that of the overall population. This Luciferian push to confuse children about their gender, in the schools, throughout Hollywood and companies like Gillette, is quite literally killing children. Advice: Homeschool your children if at all possible. If you are a family that requires both parents to work, then do the lesson plans in the evening, pay a neighbor to become a homeschooler for your child, or a find a family member willing to do so. Closely monitor what movies and television shows you allow your children to watch and what games they play. Also, it is very important to monitor your child's online activity, because it has recently been found that "Rapid-onset gender dysphoria might spread through groups of friends and may be a harmful coping mechanism."

http://allnewspipeline.com/This_Is_Not_Normal_FemTrans_Agenda_Killing_Kids.php 

:: 5-27-19 The Vigilant Citizen :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

Published 22 hours ago on May 27, 2019 By Vigilant Citizen

In this edition of SPOTM: Millie Bobby Brown, Greta Thunberg, a “drag kid” and Netflix doing its best to put the one-eye sign in our faces. The 16-year-old Swedish girl Greta Thunberg is currently (as media puts it) “one of the hottest names in global politics”. Since 2018, the self-declared autist has been constantly making headlines for her speeches and protests about climate change. Here, Thunberg is on the cover of i-D magazine. One of her eyes is hidden with a token saying “Save our Climate”. That one-eye sign is an indication that she is being used by the elite. In another pic, the shadow of an unidentified hand hides one of Greta’s eyes. That is how you drive a point home. But why would this girl be used by the elite? This headline sums it all. They want people to panic, especially young people. Panic leads to people submitting to the elite’s will. Here, Greta speaks at the World Economic Forum – one of the global elite’s meeting places. “Drag Kid” Desmond is Amazing is another young person on the autism spectrum that is being plastered all over mass media. As explained in my article about him, the 11-year-old drag kid was filmed dancing in a gay bar as patrons threw him dollar bills. Desmond was recently recruited by Converse to promote a new line of “LGBTQ+-friendly” shoes. This is exploitative of everyone involved. The Instagram account of The New Yorker Photography contains lots of strange pictures. This one features a naked man in drag holding a naked baby. The comments on the pic were disabled because 99% of them were about the baby’s terrified look and people wondering what the guy was holding in his hand. As usual, there were tons of one-eye signs all over mass media this month. To make sure the masses get exposed to these signs, they are often prominently displayed on the cover of magazines and right on the promotional posters of movies and TV series. I cannot even count the number of Netflix promotional posters featuring the one-eye sign. Netflix wants you to know that it is owned by the occult elite. However, this poster promoting the series Lucifer is the most blatant one ever. The series focuses on Lucifer Morningstar who rebels against his father (God) and abandons his kingdom for Los Angeles, where he ends up running his nightclub “Lux”. He then becomes a consultant to the LAPD. In short, the series is about making Lucifer cool and sympathetic to viewers. In the poster, Lucifer hides one eye of a woman – not unlike how the Luciferian elite partially blinds the world by brainwashing it. The promo image of the new season of Black Mirror – yet another “Netflix Original”. Read my article about Black Mirror here. Netflix even needs to show this sign when promoting a show about … baking cakes. This is the cover of Vogue Ukraine. Ironically, the words “non-conformist” are written in big letters. Doing the one-eye sign is the definition of conformity. Forums VC E-Book

Pics of the Month Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19 Published 22 hours ago on May 27, 2019

By Vigilant Citizen Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

In this edition of SPOTM: Millie Bobby Brown, Greta Thunberg, a “drag kid” and Netflix doing its best to put the one-eye sign in our faces.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

The 16-year-old Swedish girl Greta Thunberg is currently (as media puts it) “one of the hottest names in global politics”. Since 2018, the self-declared autist has been constantly making headlines for her speeches and protests about climate change. Here, Thunberg is on the cover of i-D magazine. One of her eyes is hidden with a token saying “Save our Climate”. That one-eye sign is an indication that she is being used by the elite.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

In another pic, the shadow of an unidentified hand hides one of Greta’s eyes. That is how you drive a point home. But why would this girl be used by the elite?

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

This headline sums it all. They want people to panic, especially young people. Panic leads to people submitting to the elite’s will. Here, Greta speaks at the World Economic Forum – one of the global elite’s meeting places.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

“Drag Kid” Desmond is Amazing is another young person on the autism spectrum that is being plastered all over mass media. As explained in my article about him, the 11-year-old drag kid was filmed dancing in a gay bar as patrons threw him dollar bills. Desmond was recently recruited by Converse to promote a new line of “LGBTQ+-friendly” shoes.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

This is exploitative of everyone involved.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

The Instagram account of The New Yorker Photography contains lots of strange pictures. This one features a naked man in drag holding a naked baby. The comments on the pic were disabled because 99% of them were about the baby’s terrified look and people wondering what the guy was holding in his hand. As usual, there were tons of one-eye signs all over mass media this month. To make sure the masses get exposed to these signs, they are often prominently displayed on the cover of magazines and right on the promotional posters of movies and TV series.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

I cannot even count the number of Netflix promotional posters featuring the one-eye sign. Netflix wants you to know that it is owned by the occult elite. However, this poster promoting the series Lucifer is the most blatant one ever. The series focuses on Lucifer Morningstar who rebels against his father (God) and abandons his kingdom for Los Angeles, where he ends up running his nightclub “Lux”. He then becomes a consultant to the LAPD. In short, the series is about making Lucifer cool and sympathetic to viewers. In the poster, Lucifer hides one eye of a woman – not unlike how the Luciferian elite partially blinds the world by brainwashing it.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

The promo image of the new season of Black Mirror – yet another “Netflix Original”. Read my article about Black Mirror here.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

Netflix even needs to show this sign when promoting a show about … baking cakes.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

This is the cover of Vogue Ukraine. Ironically, the words “non-conformist” are written in big letters. Doing the one-eye sign is the definition of conformity.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

This is the cover of Vogue Netherlands. Maybe someone should tell the model that’s not how one reads a book. Interesting fact: The model holds the French novel Viviane Élisabeth Fauville which is about a woman with multiple personalities who killed her psychoanalyst. In other words: MKULTRA. This is the cover of Glamour magazine featuring Stranger Things star Millie Bobbie Brown. Seeing her going deeper into the belly of the Hollywood beast is not fun to watch. Another one-eyed pic for Millie to make sure you understand that she is now owned by the occult elite. The cover of Country Town & House. Yes, even that magazine. This is an ad for Purbeck Art Weeks. Art NEEDS to be associated with this Illuminati Mind Control garbage. In previous SPOTM articles, I posted several other promo posters of art-related events and festivals around the world. Country singer Reid Perry posted this pic on Instagram with the caption “join the cult”. Wow. Here’s a weird observation: Nearly every news article about a person with a bionic arm features a prominent OK one-eye sign. Nearly every one of them is told to do this for the camera. Can’t they do anything else with that arm? I’m sure they can do other stuff. Is it because these arms are in line with the elite’s transhumanist agenda?

Special thanks to everyone who sent in pics!

P.S. If you appreciated this article, please consider showing your support through a small monthly donation on Patreon. If you prefer, you can also make a one-time donation here. Thank you.

Support The Vigilant Citizen on Patreon.

Scribe note: To get the full understanding click on the link below and view the pictures

https://vigilantcitizen.com/pics-of-the-month/symbolic-pics-of-the-month-05-19/ 

:: 5-28-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'These things would be out there all day': US Navy pilots say they saw UFOs that 'flew at hypersonic speeds at altitudes of 30,000ft over Virginia and Florida almost every day'

Several U.S. Navy aviators come forward to claim UFO sightings during training

They say objects were spotted over Eastern seaboard between 2014 and 2015

Pilots say objects flew at hypersonic speeds without leaving engine exhaust

They said that the UFOs were also able to stop quickly and turn suddenly

By Ariel Zilber For Dailymail.com and James Pero For Dailymail.com Published: 00:35 EDT, 28 May 2019 | Updated: 02:11 EDT, 28 May 2019

A number of pilots in the United States Navy reported seeing unidentified flying objects (UFOs) over American airspace between 2014 and 2015. One of them, Lt. Ryan Graves, said he saw UFOs on an almost daily basis in the airspace off the Eastern seaboard between Florida and Virginia. These UFOs would reach altitudes of up to 30,000ft and flew at hypersonic speeds without leaving any visible engine exhaust, Graves told The New York Times. Graves said he reported what he witnessed to the Pentagon and Congress. The Times story features video of two encounters Navy pilots allegedly had with UFOs. The videos include visual radar and voice recordings by pilots who are amazed at what they see. ‘These things would be out there all day,’ Graves said. ‘With the speeds we observed, 12 hours in the air is 11 hours longer than we’d expect.’ Graves said the most unusual thing about these UFOs was their ability to stop suddenly, turn on a dime, and immediately accelerate to hypersonic speeds. ‘Speed doesn’t kill you,’ Graves said. ‘Stopping does. Or acceleration.’ In 2014, a pilot operating a Super Hornet fighter jet reported that he nearly collided with a UFO. The pilot recalled that something which resembled a ‘sphere encasing a cube’ flew in between two fighter jets that were flying around 100ft apart from each other. Another pilot, Lt. Danny Accoin, said he noticed a flying object on his radar, missile system, and infrared camera, but he wasn’t able to see it in his helmet. ‘I knew I had it, I knew it was not a false hit,’ Accoin said. ‘[But] I could not pick it up visually.’ The pilots began to notice more activity after their radar systems were upgraded, but most thought they were false radar tracks. The UFOs were spotted in areas that were designated for fighter jet training, which makes it unlikely that these were commercial drones or other objects that are classified. But none of the pilots or the Pentagon would speculate as to what they believed the objects were. 'We’re here to do a job, with excellence, not make up myths,' said Lt. Accoin. The pilots' claims come a week after a Department of Defense spokesperson reportedly confirmed the Pentagon's interest in UFO's, citing the agency's investigation of 'unidentified aerial phenomena.' According to a report from the New York Post, a representative confirmed that the U.S. government studied and investigated the occurrence of mysterious and unexplained aircraft as a part of the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program that was made public in 2017. Media commentator and former British defense official Nick Pope told the Post that the specific choice of words marks a major step in the way that the government talks about unidentified aircraft. 'This new admission makes it clear that they really did study what the public would call ‘UFOs,’ he told the Post. 'It also shows the British influence, because UAP was the term we used in the Ministry of Defence to get away from the pop culture baggage that came with the term ‘UFO.' The shift in terminology comes just weeks after the U.S. Navy unveiled new guidelines on collecting information about UFO sightings. As reported by Politico, the guidelines are designed to make it easier for sailors to report UFO sightings amid fears that mysterious unidentified flying objects could actually be 'extremely advanced Russian aircraft.' The Navy has reported an uptick in the number of 'highly advanced aircraft' encroaching on its air space. 'There have been a number of reports of unauthorized and/or unidentified aircraft entering various military-controlled ranges and designated air space in recent years,' a spokesperson for the Navy said to Politico in April. Throughout the last several years, the U.S. Government has shown an increasing willingness to acknowledge its investigation and interest of UFO's. In 2017, former Pentagon official Luis Elizondo made headlines when he detailed the existence of the UFO-focused Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program - a $22million government operation that studied UFOs. The secretive program sought to identify UFO sightings through U.S. surveillance and eyewitness reports and then 'ascertain and determine if that information is a potential threat to national security.' Among the sightings were reports from pilots of two U.S. Navy Super Hornet fighters who spotted a UFO on a training mission. The pilots reportedly spotted a mysterious vehicle, around 40ft long, oval-shaped and whitish, hovering erratically above the ground. The craft 'had no plumes, wings or rotors,' but traveled at a mile per second. When pilots approached the object, it easily outran the military jets. Elizondo resigned from his post in 2017 in protest over what he has termed excessive secrecy and internal opposition to the project. Although the Pentagon officially stopped funding the project in 2012, reports from the New York Times suggest the program is still operating. WHAT IS THE SECRET PENTAGON DEPARTMENT INVESTIGATION ON UFO ATTACKS? UFO enthusiasts have argued for decades that the U.S. government has been covering up the existence of unidentified craft containing alien visitors. The idea that a hush-hush government outfit was investigating sightings and other bizarre phenomena famously provided the basis for TV drama series The X-Files. Now, it seems the cult series wasn't such a flight of fancy after all. The shadowy Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program's existence was intentionally buried in the defense department's $600 billion (£448.76 bn) annual budget, as were its headquarters, deep within the labyrinthine Pentagon building. Based on the fifth floor of C Ring, the secret department has spent years investigating reports of unidentified flying objects. Although the Pentagon officially stopped funding the project in 2012, insiders told the New York Times it is still operating. And, more tantalizingly, intelligence experts who ran it, and politicians who backed it, insist its research has not been fruitless. Having investigated myriad reports from U.S. servicemen of encounters between unknown objects and military planes, they are convinced that nothing in this world can explain them.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7076689/U-S-Navy-pilots-say-saw-UFOs-flew-hypersonic-speeds-altitudes-30-000ft.html

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 5-28-19 Common Dreams :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Published on Tuesday, May 28, 2019 by Washington Post by Glenn Greenwald

The Indictment of Assange Is a Blueprint for Making Journalists Into Felons

The First Amendment is meaningless if it only protects people the government recognizes as journalists.

The U.S. government on Thursday unveiled an 18-count indictment against WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, charging him under the 1917 Espionage Act for his role in the 2010 publication of a trove of secret documents relating to the Iraq and Afghanistan wars and diplomatic communications regarding dozens of nations. So extreme and unprecedented are the indictment’s legal theories and likely consequences that it shocked and alarmed even many of Assange’s most virulent critics. The new indictment against Assange bears no relationship to WikiLeaks’ publication of Democratic Party and Clinton campaign documents or any of its other activities during the 2016 presidential campaign. Instead, it covers only publication of a massive archive of classified U.S. government documents that revealed a multitude of previously unknown, highly significant information about wars, government and corporate corruption, and official deceit. WikiLeaks, in 2010, published those materials in partnership with some of the largest media outlets in the world, including the New York Times, the Guardian, Der Spiegel, Le Monde and El Pais, outlets that published many of the same secret documents that form the basis of the criminal case against Assange. With these new charges, the Trump administration is aggressively and explicitly seeking to obliterate the last reliable buffer protecting journalism in the United States from being criminalized, a step that no previous administration, no matter how hostile to journalistic freedom, was willing to take. The U.S. government has been eager to prosecute Assange since the 2010 leaks. Until now, though, officials had refrained because they concluded it was impossible to distinguish WikiLeaks’ actions from the typical business of mainstream media outlets. Indicting Assange for the act of publishing would thus make journalism a felony. By charging Assange under the Espionage Act, the Trump administration proved that the asylum Assange obtained from Ecuador in 2012 — offered in the name of protecting him from persecution by the United States for publishing newsworthy documents — was necessary and justified. The argument offered by both the Trump administration and by some members of the self-styled “resistance” to Trump is, ironically, the same: that Assange isn’t a journalist at all and thus deserves no free press protections. But this claim overlooks the indictment’s real danger and, worse, displays a wholesale ignorance of the First Amendment. Press freedoms belong to everyone, not to a select, privileged group of citizens called “journalists.” Empowering prosecutors to decide who does or doesn’t deserve press protections would restrict “freedom of the press” to a small, cloistered priesthood of privileged citizens designated by the government as “journalists.” The First Amendment was written to avoid precisely that danger. Most critically, the U.S. government has now issued a legal document that formally declares that collaborating with government sources to receive and publish classified documents is no longer regarded by the Justice Department as journalism protected by the First Amendment, but rather as the felony of espionage, one that can send reporters and their editors to prison for decades. It thus represents, by far, the greatest threat to press freedom in the Trump era, if not the last several decades. If Assange can be declared guilty of espionage for working with sources to obtain and publish information deemed “classified” by the U.S. government, then there’s nothing to stop the criminalization of every other media outlet that routinely does the same — including The Washington Post, as well as the large media outlets that partnered with WikiLeaks and published much of the same material in 2010, along with newer digital media outlets like the Intercept, where I work. The vast bulk of activities cited by the indictment as criminal are exactly what major U.S. media outlets do on a daily basis. The indictment, for instance, alleges that WikiLeaks “encouraged sources” such as Chelsea Manning to obtain and pass on classified information; that the group provided technical advice on how to obtain and transmit that information without detection; and that it then published the classified information stolen by its source. The indictment also explicitly states that “part of the conspiracy [is] that ASSANGE and Manning used a special folder on a cloud drop box of WikiLeaks to transmit classified records containing information related to the national defense of the United States.” It includes as part of the criminal conspiracy the fact that Assange and his source “took measures to conceal Manning as the source” by using encrypted chat programs Outside the parameters of the Trump DOJ’s indictment of Assange, these activities are called “basic investigative journalism.” Most major media outlets in the United States, including The Post, now vocally promote Secure Drop, a technical means modeled after the one pioneered by WikiLeaks to allow sources to pass on secret information for publication without detection. Last September, the New York Times published an article (titled “How to Tell Us a Secret”) containing advice from its security experts on the best means for sources to communicate with and transmit information to the paper without detection, including which encrypted programs to use. Many of the most consequential and celebrated press revelations of the last several decades — from the Pentagon Papers to the Snowden archive (which I worked on with the Guardian) to the disclosure of illegal War on Terror programs such as warrantless domestic NSA spying and CIA black sites — have relied upon the same methods which the Assange indictment seeks to criminalize: namely, working with sources to transmit illegally obtained documents for publication. The history of the WikiLeaks investigation, which was initiated by the Obama administration, proves how menacing this new indictment is. In the wake of the 2010 publications, Obama officials eagerly wanted to indict WikiLeaks and Assange. The Justice Department convened a grand jury in 2011 to investigate WikiLeaks, and that investigation endured for years. While the Obama administration was willing to hunt down and prosecute journalists’ sources using the Espionage Act, it never charged WikiLeaks simply for publishing classified information. Obama officials were willing to prosecute Assange only if they could find evidence that he did more than work with his source, Chelsea Manning, in the ways journalists typically collaborate with their sources, They searched for evidence showing, and pressured witnesses (including Manning) to assert that Assange actively instructed Manning on how to remove those documents. Years of searching found no evidence that this happened, so officials concluded that any prosecution of WikiLeaks or Assange would irrevocably endanger press freedoms because there was no way to prosecute WikiLeaks without also prosecuting the New York Times and the Guardian for publishing the same material. The Trump administration’s first indictment of Assange, filed last month, sought to circumvent this dilemma by masquerading as a narrowly crafted instrument that offered Assange’s adversaries an easy way to cheer the charges without being perceived as supportive of threats to journalistic freedom. That indictment pretended that it was prosecuting Assange for allegedly helping Manning hack into government databases to steal secret material. But even that first indictment was clearly a ruse. It did not allege that Assange attempted to help Manning “hack” into government databases to steal documents. It only alleged that he did that so to help her avoid getting caught, which is not merely a right but a duty of journalists when dealing with sources who are taking great risks to show the public what their governments and powerful corporations are doing. “Julian Assange is no journalist,” Assistant Attorney General John Demers pronounced in announcing the indictment. By this reasoning, imprisoning Assange for publishing documents poses no dangers to “real journalists” because press freedoms are inapplicable to Assange (or, presumably, anyone else denied the “journalist” designation). But this distinction between “real journalists” and “non-journalists” is both incoherent and irrelevant. The claim reveals a glaring — and dangerous — confusion about what press freedom means, how it functions and the reasons the Constitution guarantees its protection. Unlike doctors and lawyers, “journalist” is not some licensed, credentialed title which only a small, privileged set of professionals can legitimately or legally claim for themselves upon fulfilling a defined set of educational and professional requirements. Unlike those professions, the state does not license who is and is not a “journalist.” The opposite is true: a “journalist” can be, and is, anyone, regardless of education, credentials or employment status, who informs the public about newsworthy matters. The sole requirement to be a “journalist” is to engage in an act of journalism, with in turn is best defined as the reporting to the public of events in the public interest, particularly when such revelations inform the public about what democracy’s most powerful factions are doing behind a wall of secrecy. ‘ In a 1977 Supreme Court opinion documenting the limitless scope of the constitutional free press guarantee, Chief Justice Warren Burger wrote: “In short, the First Amendment does not ‘belong’ to any definable category of persons or entities: It belongs to all who exercise its freedoms.”  The historical context for the First Amendment’s press freedom guarantee was the advent of the printing press, which empowered any citizen to speak out against, or reveal information about, political authorities. It was the right to engage in that activity that the Constitution’s framers sought to protect — not just for a small group called “journalists” but for all citizens. Indeed, the First Amendment’s “press freedom” guarantee was available to everyone precisely because it was a reaction to the British Crown’s attempt to limit who possessed this right by licensing who is and is not a “journalist,” as Burger wrote for the Supreme Court in 1977. Of course, even if the court had not established, over and over, that the act of publishing information in the public interest is protected no matter who does it, much of WikiLeaks’ work is obviously journalism. Many of WikiLeaks’ publications, particularly the 2010 blockbuster stories which the Trump administration is trying to criminalize, fall squarely within anyone’s definition of “the free discussion of governmental affairs,” as a 1966 Supreme Court decision put it. Indeed, WikiLeaks won prestigious journalism awards around the world for those stories, becoming a sought-after journalistic partner by the world’s most influential media outlets. The 2010 stories helped bring about highly consequential reforms: Former New York Times editor Bill Keller credits release of the diplomatic cables with sparking the Arab Spring by revealing systemic corruption on the part of Tunisia’s ruling regime. Others say those documents helped end the Iraq War by exposing such horrific abuses by U.S. forces that the Iraqi government’s intention to extend its authorization for U.S. troops to remain on Iraqi soil became politically untenable. Justifying Assange’s prosecution on the grounds that he is “not a journalist” reveals a grand, dark irony: To declare that publishing relevant materials about powerful actors is a right possessed only by those designated by the government to be “real journalists” is itself an obvious threat to press freedom. That was the historical danger the First Amendment sought to avoid. Is there anyone who trusts Trump (who has dismissed an entire cable outlet and several newspapers as “Fake News”), or the federal judiciary — or any politician — to sit in judgment of who does and does not merit this vague honorific, without which publishers can be jailed? Critically, this newest indictment vindicates the fears expressed for years by WikiLeaks, its supporters and the government of Ecuador, which in 2012 granted political asylum to Assange in its London embassy to protect him from political persecution.  Assange first went to the Ecuadoran embassy when he was facing charges of sexual assault in Sweden, and his critics had always claimed it was those charges he hoped to dodge by “hiding out” in the embassy. But both Assange’s lawyers and Ecuadoran officials had vowed from the start of that saga that Assange would immediately leave the embassy and board the next flight to Stockholm if Swedish authorities promised not to use his presence in their country as a pretext to extradite him to the U.S. to be prosecuted for publishing documents. The Swedish government, despite having the authority to make such a promise, refused to do so. That led Assange and Ecuador to conclude that luring Assange to Sweden, a close U.S. ally, would result in his extradition and eventual prosecution for the “crime” of publishing documents and thus be threatened with life in a U.S. prison for doing so. Ecuador, along with press freedom groups around the world, viewed that threat as classic political persecution, and concluded it was not only the country’s right but its duty under international treaties to protect Assange by offering him asylum. The British authorities who arrested Assange in London last month after Ecuador rescinded his asylum are now in discussions to do exactly what WikiLeaks defenders had always feared: send him to the United States for prosecution under the Espionage Act. That fear was long mocked by Assange critics as a paranoid pretext to avoid facing the case in Sweden, and it’s now been quite obviously vindicated. The Obama administration had given ample reason for Assange to be concerned, by pursuing criminal charges and empaneling a grand jury that stayed active for years. But the Trump administration, from the start, escalated that threat severely and quite publicly. In April 2017, Mike Pompeo, then the CIA director and now the secretary of state, delivered a blistering speech about WikiLeaks suffused with threats. Pompeo proclaimed that “we have to recognize that we can no longer allow Assange and his colleagues the latitude to use free speech values against us.” adding that while WikiLeaks “pretended that America’s First Amendment freedoms shield them from justice . . . they are wrong.” He concluded: “To give them the space to crush us with misappropriated secrets is a perversion of what our great Constitution stands for. It ends now.” Trump has often openly mused about measures designed to make it easier to punish journalists for what they published. His first attorney general, Jeff Sessions, told the Senate in 2017 that he would not rule out prosecuting not only government sources but also journalists for national security leaks. The criminal case against Assange, if it were to succeed, would provide the perfect blueprint, the most powerful precedent imaginable, for criminalizing journalism in the United States. Once it is established that working with sources to publish classified information is no longer journalism but espionage, it will be impossible to limit that menacing principle. When governments seek to eliminate core civic liberties, a common tactic is to begin by targeting a figure who is deeply marginalized and unpopular, with the hope that personal animosity toward him will lead people to cheer his punishment rather than oppose such efforts due to the dangerous precedent it is designed to create. But supporting a dangerous precedent because of contempt for the initial target is the ultimate act of irrationality: Once the precedent is legally consecrated, the ability to oppose its subsequent application to more popular figures disappears. Assange has few allies left in the United States. The 2010 leaks that exposed war crimes by the Bush administration and the War on Terror generally made him a hero among many leftists, but the enemy of Republicans and hawkish Democrats alike. His remaining support among U.S. liberals subsequently disappeared, and was replaced by seething contempt, when his 2016 leaks revealed corruption at the DNC and harmed Hillary Clinton’s campaign. The Trump administration has undoubtedly calculated that Assange’s uniquely unpopular status across the political spectrum makes him the ideal test case for creating a precedent that criminalizes the defining attributes of investigative journalism. Now every journalist and every citizen must decide whether their personal animus toward Assange is more important than preserving press freedom in the United States.

Glenn Greenwald is a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist, constitutional lawyer, commentator, author of three New York Times best-selling books on politics and law, and a staff writer and editor at First Look media. His fifth and latest book is, No Place to Hide: Edward Snowden, the NSA, and the U.S. Surveillance State, about the U.S. surveillance state and his experiences reporting on the Snowden documents around the world. Prior to his collaboration with Pierre Omidyar, Glenn’s column was featured at Guardian US and Salon. His previous books include: With Liberty and Justice for Some: How the Law Is Used to Destroy Equality and Protect the Powerful, Great American Hypocrites: Toppling the Big Myths of Republican Politics, A Tragic Legacy: How a Good vs. Evil Mentality Destroyed the Bush Presidency, and How Would a Patriot Act? Defending American Values from a President Run Amok. He is the recipient of the first annual I.F. Stone Award for Independent Journalism, a George Polk Award, and was on The Guardian team that won the Pulitzer Prize for public interest journalism in 2014.

https://www.commondreams.org/views/2019/05/28/indictment-assange-blueprint-making-journalists-felons 

:: 5-27-19 The Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lindsey Graham: Obama Officials Worried About Being ‘Exposed’ By Declassification

11:16 AM 05/27/2019 | USChuck Ross | Investigative Reporter

Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Lindsey Graham asserted Sunday that the former government officials opposing declassification of Russia probe documents “are worried about being exposed.” In an interview on “Fox News Sunday” with Chris Wallace, Graham also argued Democrats are unconcerned with whether the FBI misled the federal surveillance court in order to obtain Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) warrants against Trump campaign adviser Carter Page. “I want all the documents around the FISA warrant application released. I want to find out exactly how the counterintelligence operation began,” Graham said. “I think transparency is good for the American people. Not one Democrat seems to care.” “I wish some Democrat would come forward to find out if the FISA court was defrauded by the FBI and the Department of Justice.” On Thursday, President Trump granted Attorney General William Barr the authority to declassify documents from the Russia probe. He also instructed the heads of several federal agencies, including the CIA and FBI, to provide documents to Barr as part of his review of the origins of the investigation. (RELATED: Ex-CIA Officials Fume About Declassification Order, Ignoring Previous Leaks Of Secret Sources And Methods) Barr is looking into the origins of the FBI’s Russia investigation, as well as the surveillance activities carried out by the FBI and CIA against Trump associates. Republicans have sought declassification of documents related to the FBI’s handling of the Steele dossier. The bureau relied on the document, which was unverified and funded by the Clinton campaign and DNC, in applications for the Carter Page FISA warrants. Trump’s order has prompted a backlash from numerous Obama administration officials, including former CIA Director John Brennan. In an interview on Friday, Brennan said he was worried that Barr might begin releasing source and method intelligence in “willy nilly” fashion. He also said that he was concerned that declassification might endanger national security. “The people who are worried about this are worried about being exposed for taking the law into their own hands. It doesn’t surprise me that the people we’re looking at, they don’t want transparency.” One argument put forth by Brennan and other Obama era officials is that the CIA’s confidential human sources could be exposed and put in danger. The New York Times on Friday pointed to one CIA asset inside the Kremlin whose safety is of particular concern. The source reportedly provided the intelligence that Vladimir Putin directed the Russian government’s attacks on the 2016 presidential campaign. But Graham claimed that the declassification order will not jeopardize national security. “We’re not compromising national security here. We’re trying to create a system to make sure this never happens again by shedding light on what happened with the FISA warrant process, the counterintelligence investigation. Did they have a lawful reason to surveil President Trump’s campaign? Did they lie to the FISA court? Every American should want to find that out,” he said.

https://dailycaller.com/2019/05/27/lindsey-graham-declassification-brennan/ 

:: 5-27-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-Trump Judge Suspended for Attacking President in Court & on Social Media The state Supreme Court concluded Judge Michael Kwan undermined public confidence 

By: Daniel Newton |@NeonNettle on 27th May 2019 @ 4.00pm

A municipal judge, who disparaged President Donald Trump during official judicial proceedings and on social media, has been given a six-month suspension without pay by The Supreme Court of Utah. The state Supreme Court concluded that Taylorsville Justice Court Judge Michael Kwan undermined public confidence in the courts by intervening in the political process. Utah Supreme Court Justice John Pearce wrote in an opinion upholding the sanctions against Kwan: “Fulfillment of judicial duties does not come without personal sacrifice of some opportunities and privileges available to the public at large." "and as a person, the public entrusts to decide issues with the utmost fairness, independence, and impartiality, a judge, must at times set aside the power of his or her voice.” According to one of Kwan's social media posts, he suggested that congressional Republicans were similar to the rubber-stamp parliament of Nazi Germany Formal charges against Kwan were brought by the state Judicial Conduct Commission (JCC) after he disparaged the president on social networks and even in his courtroom throughout official proceedings. According to one of Kwan's social media posts, he suggested that congressional Republicans were similar to the rubber-stamp parliament of Nazi Germany. TRENDING: First ever 18 foot Private Border Wall Built in New Mexico “Welcome to the beginning of the fascist takeover,” Kwan wrote. “We need to be diligent in questioning congressional Republicans if they are going to be the American Reichstag and refuse to stand up for the Constitution, refuse to uphold their oath of office, and enable the tyrants to consolidate their power.” The judge also dismissed a defendant’s assertion that he would pay off overdue court fines with his tax rebate, saying that the president only grants tax cuts for the wealthy The JCC concluded that Kwan’s statements in court and on social media were “prejudicial to the administration of justice” and suspended the judge without pay for six months. Kwan argued that his social media commentary is protected First Amendment speech. But the court rejected Kwan’s argument stating that state precedent provides that judges cannot raise their first constitutional challenge to a JCC rule in a disciplinary proceeding. Pearce did, however, seem to acknowledge that precedent is problematic and could be revisited in a future case. According to Pearce’s opinion: Kwan in the past has already been sanctioned by the JCC and the Utah bar association for inappropriate political commentary and misuse of judicial authority.

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7613-anti-trump-judge-suspended-for-attacking-president-in-court-on-social-media 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 5-28-19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5 Million Without Power After Catastrophic Tornadoes Devastate Towns in Ohio and Indiana (PHOTOS)

by Daisy Luther

Update: One fatality has been reported. An 81-year-old man named Melvin Delhanna died when his car was blown into his home in Celina, Ohio. The City of Dayton issued a boil water advisory for water customers in all of Dayton and Montgomery Counties. (11:41, May 28, 2019) A line of tornadoes crossed Indiana and Ohio last night, so close together that one crossed through the path of another. This morning, 5 million are without power. Towns outside of Dayton, Ohio were the hardest hit. The damage is nothing short of catastrophic. The AP reports: The National Weather Service tweeted Monday night that a “large and dangerous tornado” hit near Trotwood, Ohio, 8 miles (12 kilometers) northwest of Dayton. Several apartment buildings were damaged or destroyed. Just before midnight, not 40 minutes after that tornado cut through, the weather service tweeted that another one was traversing its path, churning up debris densely enough to be seen on radar… …In Indiana, at least 75 homes were damaged in Pendleton and the nearby community of Huntsville, said Madison County Emergency Management spokesman Todd Harmeson. No serious injuries were reported in the area or other parts of the state. Madison County authorities said roads in Pendleton, about 35 miles (56 kilometers) northeast of Indianapolis, are blocked with trees, downed power lines and utility poles. (source) Many of the places where people took shelter were hit hard by the tornadoes and officials are going door to door looking for people who may be trapped in the rubble. (Here’s how to survive a tornado if you’re at home, in your car, or out and about.) This tweet shows one of the massive tornadoes approaching in the distance. Recovery efforts have already begun. Utilities are out for the immediate future. At least 5 million people are without power during the current heat wave and Dayton Power and Light said residents should expect a “multi-day restoration effort.” And because the power is out to the water plants and pumping stations, Dayton residents are urged to conserve water. (Here’s how to survive a hot-weather power outage.) The Ohio Department of Transportation has dispatched snowplows to help remove rubble from Highway 75 and city streets according to spokesperson Matt Bruning. Trying to clear the debris in the middle of the night is a difficult task, complicated by darkness and downed power lines, Bruning said. “We’ll do a more thorough cleaning after we get lanes opened,” he told The Associated Press by text early Tuesday, noting that tow trucks would have to haul off damaged vehicles along the roadway, too. (source) The damage Here are some photos people took of the swath of destruction. This massive tornado touched down in Dayton, Ohio (via Daily Mail) Widespread damage from the outskirts of Dayton (via Daily Mail The side of this apartment building was ripped off (via Daily Mail) Currently, there are no reports of fatalities. The National Guard has been deployed and first responders are searching the rubble for survivors. In Beavercreek, just outside of Dayton, there are mandatory evacuation orders. 911 has been overwhelmed with calls for help. No number has been released yet of people injured in the tornadoes. Homes, apartment complexes, businesses, and schools have been completely destroyed. (Here’s what it’s like after your home is hit by a tornado.) Tenley Taghi was in tears as she filmed what was left of her family’s home. Taghi, who said there were no sirens before the tornado hit, told WDTN that a light pole fell through her home and injured her father, who was pulled out by firefighters. Taghi was in disbelief seeing what had happened to her home, saying repeatedly in her video, “Our house is gone. Oh my God.” “I saw the clouds spin backwards, and the trees began to sway uncontrollably, and we took shelter,” she told WDTN. “I was standing on the porch that is no longer standing. We took shelter right as the storm hit.” (source) People were in fear for their lives when the tornadoes hit. Nathan Mann of Trotwood told WDTN that he took cover once he heard the sirens in his area, proceeding to his basement. He compared the scene Monday night to something “out of a movie.” He said he pretty much tied himself to a pole “and hoped to God that nothing would hurt me.” He texted his wife, thinking that he was going to die. “It felt like someone picked my house up and set it back down,” he said. “When it was over, I couldn’t believe what saw.” (source) Locals are comparing the aftermath to a “war zone.” Have you ever been in a place that suffered this kind of catastrophic damage? This devastating event will chalk up millions of dollars in insurance claims. Have you ever been somewhere that suffered damage like this from a natural disaster? Please share your stories in the comments.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/tornadoes-ohio-indiana/ 

:: 5-28-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Multiple 'rapid-fire' tornadoes hit Ohio city leaving buildings 'cut in half', people trapped and millions without power as rescuers use snow plows to clear the debris

Tornadoes first touched down in the city of Trotwood, just outside Dayton, at about 11pm on Monday night

The National Weather Service described the initial tornado as 'extremely dangerous' and warned residents to remain in their shelters

Weather officials reported signs on their radars of debris being lifted tens of thousands of feet when the first tornado touched down

Photos taken by residents showed widespread damage with homes severely damaged and trees and power lines brought down

There were reports of houses being cut in half and others were completely flattened as millions lost power

By Emily Crane and Chris Dyer For Dailymail.com and Associated Press Published: 23:40 EDT, 27 May 2019 | Updated: 08:14 EDT, 28 May 2019

Multiple tornadoes tore across Indiana and Ohio overnight, ripping buildings apart, downing trees and leaving millions without power. The rapid-fire line of apparent tornadoes were packed so closely together that one crossed the path carved by another. The storms strew debris so thick that at one point, highway crews had to use snowplows to clear an interstate. At least half a dozen communities from eastern Indiana through central Ohio suffered damage, according to the National Weather Service (NWS), though authorities working through the night had reported no fatalities as of early on Tuesday. Some 5 million people were without power early on Tuesday in Ohio alone with towns just outside Dayton taking some of the heaviest hits. Two suspected tornadoes hit the metro area of Dayton, Ohio on Monday night in the apace of just 30 minutes apart, according to the NWS and caused 'significant damage and injuries'. Another reported tornado touched down just east of Dayton at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, local media reported. When another tornado struck around 75 miles away in Circleville, Ohio, just before 1am the agency warned residents to 'take cover'. One tornado described as 'large and dangerous' wreaked havoc in western Ohio after tearing through buildings and causing widespread damage and injuries. The first destructive tornado first touched down in the city of Trotwood, just outside Dayton, at about 11pm on Monday night before moving through the state. The National Weather Service described the tornado as 'extremely dangerous' and warned residents to remain in their shelters as it tore through the heavily populated area. 'This is a life threatening situation', the NWS warned in a grave tweet. The agency also warned residents to 'take cover' in south east Pickaway County or south west Fairfield County. A spokesman tweeted: 'RADAR CONFIRMED TORNADO JUST SOUTH OF CIRCLEVILLE, OHIO. TAKE COVER IF YOU ARE IN SOUTHEAST PICKAWAY COUNTY OR SOUTHWEST FAIRFIELD COUNTY!!!' Weather officials reported signs on their radars of debris being lifted tens of thousands of feet when the first tornado touched down. Photos taken by residents showed widespread damage with homes severely damaged and trees and power lines brought down. The most severe damage was reported in the Dayton metro area and Celina, about 60 miles north-west of Dayton. Authorities were going door-to-door checking if people were trapped in their homes and police scanners indicated the dozens were injured and needed help. The NWS reported that some residents were trapped in collapsed buildings in several areas with firefighters and EMTs having difficulty reaching the scenes due to debris in the roads and power lines blocking highways down. There were reports of houses being cut in half and others that were completely flattened. The steeple of the New Life Worship Center in Dayton snapped off when one tornado tore through and part of the roof was torn off and landed in the car park. About 25 people, including children, were reported to be hiding in the church at the time. More than 15,000 homes were without power in Montgomery County at 1am on Tuesday. A spokesman for the Office of Emergency Management in Montgomery County, said: 'We're right in the middle of it right now. It's a mess.' The National Weather Service said there are more 70,000 power outages across the state of Ohio, affecting over 5 million people. One of the tornado's path crossed over Interstate 75 and images showed debris strewn across the highway. Crews had to use snow plows to clean up debris from the roads. A spokesman for Ohio Department of Transportation said tow trucks would eventually have to deal with damaged vehicles along the road. Matt Bruning, a spokesman for the Ohio Department of Transportation, said: 'We'll do a more thorough cleaning after we get lanes opened.' Trying to clear the debris in the middle of the night was a difficult task due to darkness and downed power lines, he said. Soon after the tornado struck the Dayton metro area, there were reports of severe, tornado-producing thunderstorms striking the same areas and multiple tornado warnings were put in place for Montgomery County. The weather service issued several tornado warnings for cities outside Daytona and urged residents to be vigilant as the night went on. Multiple warnings were still in place after midnight, including for Cedarville, Wilberforce and Jamestown. In Montgomery County, Sheriff Rob Streck urged people to stay off the roads in areas affected by the storm. His office said many roads in those areas are impassable because of damage. The Northridge High School gymnasium was opened as an emergency shelter in Dayton. An Indiana town was also heavily damaged by storms late Monday, including reports of two tornadoes. 'We do not know at this time if this was a tornado, straight-line winds or what the cause was', of damage in Pendleton, 35 miles (56 kilometers) northeast of Indianapolis, said Todd Harmeson, a spokesman for the Madison County Emergency Management Agency. He added there are several videos on social media that show funnel clouds but that the National Weather Service will make that determination. The devastation in Ohio comes after a week of tornadoes in Missouri and Oklahoma. Emergency workers were shutting down gas lines and trying to get to residents trapped by debris, officials in Montgomery County said, but the exact injury toll was unclear from initial reports. The tornado was the third in a week to rake the central US. At least two people died and another 29 were taken to hospital in Oklahoma over the weekend when a tornado flattened a mobile home park in El Reno. President Donald Trump, who was returning to Washington on Tuesday after a visit to Japan, tweeted that he had offered federal resources for the cleanup. Another three died last Wednesday when a tornado packing speeds of 160 miles (260 kilometers) per hour tore through Jefferson City in Missouri.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7076851/Extremely-dangerous-tornado-touches-Ohio.html 

:: 5-27-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More than 300 earthquakes rattle White Island, NZ – No link to volcano activity SO FAR -Scientists don’t understand what set the swarm off

By Strange Sounds - May 27, 2019

A swarm of small earthquakes continues around Whakaari/White Island, but so far there’s no indication the quakes are connected to the volcano. Since Thursday, GeoNet has recorded more than 300 earthquakes, centred 20km deep or less, under the sea surrounding the Bay of Plenty island. Most have been to the west and south, and the largest had a magnitude of 3.9. GNS Science volcano information specialist Brad Scott said scientists were not aware of anything in particular that had set the swarm off. It wasn’t known whether the location of the swarm close to the island was just coincidence, or whether there was some sort of relationship. For now there was no indication of any volcanic activity on Whakaari/White Island, Scott said. “We’re not seeing any response from the volcano.“ The type of earthquakes in the swarm were of the tectonic type, where cold, brittle rock was being broken. Earthquake swarm processes were not fully understood. In this case, sequences of a main shock followed by aftershocks were being repeated. About half a dozen of the quakes had been of magnitude 3.5 or more. “As earthquakes they’re still very small,” Scott said. Whakaari/White Island was part of the Taupō Volcanic Zone – which also included Mt Ruapehu, Taupō and Rotorua – where earthquakes were very common. GeoNet has warned that the swarm could increase the risk of landslides on the island, as the earthquakes are shallow and local material is relatively weak. On Monday morning, the volcanic alert level at the island remained at 1, indicating minor volcanic unrest.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/05/more-than-300-earthquakes-rattle-white-island-nz-no-link-to-volcano-activity-so-far-scientists-dont-understand-what-set-the-swarm-off.html 

:: 5-27-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alaskans are shaken out of their beds in the middle of the night as 5.8 magnitude earthquake strikes off state's southern coast

The Alaska earthquake was said to have struck at about 1.50am Monday

The quake hit about 55 miles away from the southwest coastal town of Homer

There were no reports of injuries or damage from the quake, but it was felt by many residents who said they were shaken awake by it

Alaskans have been experiencing quakes and aftershocks in recent months

By Associated Press and Maxine Shen For Dailymail.com Published: 11:52 EDT, 27 May 2019 | Updated: 15:45 EDT, 27 May 2019

A magnitude 5.8 earthquake struck off the coast of southern Alaska, but no damage has been reported.  The U.S. Geological Survey says the quake hit around 1.50am Monday, southwest of Alaska's Kenai Peninsula at a depth of 40 miles (65 kilometers). A dispatcher with the Homer Police Department said there were no reports of damage or injuries from the quake that hit 55 miles (89 kilometers) southwest of the small coastal town of Homer. The University of Alaska Fairbanks Geophysical Institute's Earthquake Center tweeted that reports from people who felt the quake came in from Kodiak to Valdez. Although Alaska residents have been experiencing various aftershocks from the 7.1 magnitude Anchorage earthquake in November 2018 for several months now, the Earthquake Center tweeted that Monday morning's quake was not one of these aftershocks due to its distance from the earlier quake. There were more than 1,000 reports of people feeling the earthquake on the Geological Survey website. Devon Hilts, a clerk at the Land's End Resort in Homer, said that she slept through the temblor but that it woke up some guests. She says nothing broke and she has not heard of any damage. People took to Twitter to report that it had shaken them out of their sleep. 'Just had a verrrrry shaky 5.7 earthquake on the Kenai Peninsula in Alaska. At 2:00am, not a fun way to roll out of bed,' wrote tweeter @SherriADub. 'My poor son,' tweeted @helenkalmakoff of her five year old. 'Right after it happened he said I hope the roof doesn't fall on us.' 'Woke up a few minutes before 2am to my bed shaking,' wrote @Kelsi_PDX_Girl, who said she lived 70 miles from Homer. 'I thought it was my dog. Then it didn't stop and I realized I felt my first #Alaska #earthquake.' She went on to say that she didn't feel the subsequent three quakes that all registered under 3.0 magnitude, but that she hadn't been able to fall back to sleep afterwards.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7075439/Magnitude-5-8-earthquake-strikes-southern-Alaska-coast.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 5-27-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The SIMPLE YouTube DIY CENSORSHIP FIX They Absolutely Don’t Want You To See: Watch QUICKLY!

By JustusAKnight on May 27, 2019

Please watch the video below for the full story!

YouTube has now thrown the final kills switch on Conservative News Sites. You will find the evidence here of exactly what has been done to the likes of Mark Dice, Steven Crowder, Lisa Haven, Lauren Southern and many, many more! Their new subscribers have tanked and they are will eventually wither away to nothing! THERE IS HOWEVER SOMETHING YOU CAN DO! The secret fix that Google / YouTube does NOT WANT YOU TO KNOW about! Here is how to see those YouTuber’s you haven’t seen in sometime. It is easier than you think and will open your eyes to exactly what they’ve done to blind you to the truth!! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/05/27/the-simple-youtube-diy-censorship-fix-they-absolutely-dont-want-you-to-see-watch-quickly/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 5-24-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nuclear Summer

By Hal Lindsey

If I said, “Tensions are running high in the Middle East,” most Americans would yawn and reply, “So? What else is new? Tensions in the Middle East have been going back and forth between a simmer and a boil for the last hundred years.” But this time the United States sent an aircraft carrier, the USS Abraham Lincoln, and its carrier strike group. This time there have been credible threats against US forces in Iraq. The Iran-sponsored Shia Muslim militias that helped rid Iraq of ISIS are now being repurposed for attacks on US troops in the region. Iran’s goal is to get the US involved in a ground war against those Shia militias in Iraq. They do not want to face an American assault on their homeland. But President Trump has made it clear that if Iran-sponsored groups hit American forces, this country will retaliate against Iran itself. That threat alone may be enough to keep war at bay — for now. But the radical Muslim leaders of Iran are not known for giving up. While they know than can’t withstand a direct assault by the United States, they will push America to the edge again and again. And they will not quit. They are responsible for the catastrophe in Yemen where some 16 million people are at this moment in danger of starvation. Numerous aid agencies are trying to help, but the Houthi rebels steal the aid for their own use. Like other Shiite Muslim terrorists in the Middle East, the Houthis are financed and directed by the government of Iran. The Iranians could stop the catastrophe any time they want. But they don’t seem to care about the people of Yemen. They just want to keep control of the land near the Gulf of Aiden and the Bab-el-Mandeb strait. Iran has long been considered the world’s leading state sponsor of terror. That’s growing worse, not better. Recently, the US State Department designated Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps a terrorist organization. Iran is a close ally with North Korea. Iranian missiles use technology developed in North Korea. And North Korea now has intercontinental ballistic missiles in its arsenal. Have they shared that technology with Iran? With North Korea’s financial predicament, it’s seems almost certain that they have. We also know about Iran’s obsession with nuclear weapons. Intelligence sources say that Iran’s North Korean friends have at least a hundred of those. The combination of ICBMs and nuclear weapons in Iranian hands would put the whole world in danger. Iran is Shia Muslim. Their bitter enemies are the Sunni Muslims. Iranian pursuit of nuclear weapons has pushed several Sunni nations in the Middle East to actively seek nuclear weapons of their own. To get such weapons, Saudi Arabia and others in the region can skip the long process of developing them. They can surreptitiously buy them from their fellow Sunni Muslims in Pakistan, one of the world’s nuclear powers. The dynamics of all of this changed dramatically when Iran convinced mighty Russia to join them as an ally. The Chinese also remain on good terms with Iran. The ancient conflict between rival Shiite and Sunni Muslim groups is now a major destabilizing force in global politics. All of these events fit into the geopolitical pattern described in the Bible for the last days. Don’t be discouraged by that. Be encouraged. It proves again that we can trust the Bible with our lives. Its warnings are again proving accurate. That is yet another reason to trust the Bible’s positive messages. Jesus is coming again, and He’s coming soon! In the meantime, all the Bible’s promises remain in effect — promises from God to you. So take heart!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-5-24-2019/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 5-28-19 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vicious tornadoes cut devastating path across Ohio, Indiana; 1 dead; 7 injured

John Bacon and Sheila Vilvens, USA TODAY Published 1:00 a.m. ET May 28, 2019 | Updated 11:26 a.m. ET May 28, 2019

CELINA, Ohio – A string of tornadoes unleashing their fury across Ohio and Indiana overnight ripped apart communities and left a wide swath of debris as a two-week wave of severe weather continued its unrelenting assault on the nation's midsection. Celina firefighter Brian Davis confirmed Tuesday that an 81-year-old man died and seven people were injured when an apparent tornado roared through just before midnight Monday. At least 40 homes were damaged by the storms. Celina resident Kylie Post, who said her home was spared, has no basement, so she and her son huddled under a mattress in a bathtub. "We heard the tornado sirens and then it got really quiet," Post said. "Next, it sounded almost like a train was near us that lasted for only a few minutes." An area around Dayton, in Ohio's Montgomery County, saw some of the worst damage. "A large, dangerous tornado touched down last night in northwest Montgomery County," the county said in a statement. "We are focused on supporting life-saving measures, such as shutting down gas lines or locating people who are trapped by debris." Dayton Fire Chief Jeffrey Payne said no fatalities and just a few minor injuries had been reported locally. Considering the amount of property damage, that was "pretty miraculous," he said. Urban Search and Rescue teams from Columbus and Cincinnati were helping local first responders picking through rubble in search of survivors, Payne said. Apparent tornadoes also touched down in at least six other states over the Memorial Day weekend. The Midwest has been hammered by scores of tornadoes and heavy storms since mid-May, leaving at least 10 dead and a trail of damage from high winds and flooding. The weather service issued a string of tornado watches and warnings deep into the night as the unsettled weather stretched east from Indiana into Ohio, many along the Interstate 70 corridor that cuts through the heart of the two states. "Confirmed, large and dangerous tornado on the ground near Trotwood, Ohio," the National Weather Service said. "Extremely dangerous situation. Take cover now." The outbreak was so severe the National Weather Service said a tornado near Vandalia cut across the path of the earlier twister. More than 60,000 homes and businesses were without power Monday in Ohio alone, the weather service said. A boil-water advisory was issued and residents of Dayton and Montgomery County were asked to conserve water after authorities said power was out at water plants and pump stations. Some lanes of Interstate 75 north of Dayton were blocked by debris, and trucks with plows were scraping tree branches and rubble to the side of the highway. In Indiana, scores of homes were damaged or destroyed by storms, including reports of two tornadoes. The weather service confirmed that a tornado ripped through Pendleton, 35 miles northeast of Indianapolis, damaging more than 70 homes. Todd Harmeson, a spokesman for the Madison County Emergency Management Agency, said emergency officials were going door to door to check on residents. Trees and powerlines were down "on every street" in the city, he warned. And power is out across the area. "Stay inside. Shelter in place if you can," Harmeson said. Multiple tornadoes ripped through eastern Iowa on Monday, damaging several homes, barns and trees. Local authorities reported a half-dozen tornadoes in the eastern part of the state as a severe weather system moved eastward Monday afternoon. No injuries have been reported. The National Weather Service is working on surveying the sites. "It was about the quickest thing I've ever seen." said Shawn Zweibohmer, who was working on a house he owns outside Charles City Monday afternoon when the tornado came through. "There was no alert, there was nothing." The Oklahoma City suburb of El Reno was still digging out from an EF3 tornado late Saturday that killed at least two people, destroyed a motel and devastated a mobile home park. And some communities in Oklahoma and Arkansas were bracing for their worst-ever flooding as the Arkansas River reached record crests in some areas. Bacon reported from McLean, Va. Contributing: Ian Richardson, Des Moines Register; Jennie Key and Cheryl Vari, The Cincinnati Enquirer; Kellie Hwang, The Indianapolis Star; The Associated Press

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2019/05/28/dayton-ohio-tornado-large-and-dangerous/1255956001/ 

:: 5-27-19 Daily Sabah :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump supporters launch construction on private border wall with crowdfunded money

ASSOCIATED PRESS Sunland Park, NEW MEXICO Published 27.05.2019 20:27

A US military veteran has launched construction on the first section of private border wall between the United States and Mexico, using money crowdsourced by supporters of President Donald Trump. "This is Americans' way of saying, 'Congress, you're worthless, and we're fighting it. We're going to build (the wall) ourselves," said New Mexico resident Jeff Allen, the co-owner of the land where the private wall is being built. Determined to help Trump fulfill his promise to build a "big, beautiful wall" on the border, Allen began erecting a towering fence of steel slats last weekend on his land in the city of Sunland Park, across from Ciudad Juarez, in Mexico. He said the project was being funded by We Build the Wall, a company launched by war veteran and triple amputee Brian Kolfage to help get Trump's border barrier built, using millions of dollars in private donations he raised online. The company's advisory board is chaired by Steve Bannon, the far-right strategist and former Trump advisor. "This is not Europe. This is America. We protect our borders," Allen, 56, told AFP as workers used heavy construction equipment to maneuver sections of the fence into place behind him. Trump has struggled to get Congress to allocate the billions of dollars he wants for his wall, leading to a political battle that shut down the US government for more than a month. The new private barrier will measure half a mile (800 meters) long, and is being built to the same specifications as government border fencing, Allen said. Allen insisted he had nothing against immigrants. He is married to a Mexican woman, and his daughter was born in Ciudad Juarez, where he lived for three and a half years. "This is not about racism. This is about me protecting myself, and America having a secure border. If people want to immigrate, they should go to a port of entry and apply," he said. He declined to say how much the barrier would cost. Kolfage raised around $20 million on the website GoFundMe -- well short of the $1 billion he wanted to donate to the government -- before canceling the project and launching We Build the Wall to build sections of border barrier privately.

https://www.dailysabah.com/americas/2019/05/27/trump-supporters-launch-construction-on-private-border-wall-with-crowdfunded-money 

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 5-27-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Teacher Ordered to Stop Praying with Children Before Lunch

Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, May 24, 2019

A first-grade teacher who prayed with her class before lunch every day has been told to stop due to a complaint from a parent and an atheist organization. The unidentified teacher at Norwood Elementary School in Birmingham, Ala., led her class in prayers each day at lunchtime, according to a letter from the Freedom From Religion Foundation to the school superintendent. The teacher also allegedly taught her students Bible verses and Christian songs. “Public school teachers and administrators may not promote religion by leading students in prayer, encouraging students to pray, participating in student-initiated prayer, or otherwise endorsing religion to students,” attorney Christopher Line of the Freedom From Religion Foundation wrote to the Birmingham City Schools superintendent. The same letter alleged the principal began meetings with prayer. A Birmingham City Schools attorney wrote back this month, telling the Freedom From Religion Foundation that the teacher and principal were told to stop praying with students and faculty. “It is our understanding that no further complaints have been received,” Birmingham City Schools attorney Ashaunti Parker wrote. A teacher-parent conference also was held to “address the parent’s concern,” Parker said. “The teacher was advised to refrain from conducting any religious instruction and teacher-led prayer,” Parker wrote.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/michael-foust/teacher-ordered-to-stop-praying-with-children-before-lunch.html 

[ :: 3-4-12 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. They are saying it can’t come here because it has never come here and yet destruction covers the face of the earth, the face of the earth.  You can see the things that are going on, you can watch as the blood flows in the streets of many countries.  You can see as they prepare to go to war to fight a war they cannot win or that will bring more disaster even to this country and yet they push to do the very things they desire and want to do.  They want everything, but want to do nothing in return, oh what a time, what an hour. Etc.

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 5-20-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Spain: Surge in Migrant Crime

by Soeren Kern May 20, 2019 at 5:00 am

"We have tasers, but they are stored in a closet because of political cowardice." — Spokesperson, Municipal Police of Bilbao.

In Madrid, an elderly couple returning home from vacation discovered that their apartment had been "occupied" by African migrants. When a camera crew from the Madrid television channel Telecinco went to investigate, the migrants destroyed the camera.... Spain's notoriously lethargic justice system now rules on who is the apartment's rightful owner. The Madrid city council, run by Mayor Manuela Carmena, in a case study of political correctness run amok, ordered police to keep out of the neighborhood of Lavapiés. The result is that illegal immigrants, far from facing the threat of deportation, are now secure in the knowledge that their violent actions have empowered them effectively to take control of an entire neighborhood of a major European capital.

Six African migrants gang-raped a 12-year-old girl in a small town near Madrid, but Spanish authorities kept information about the crime hidden from the public for more than a year, apparently to avoid fueling anti-immigration sentiments.

On March 15, 2018, the 12-year-old girl was playing in a park in Azuqueca de Henares with several other girls when, at around one o'clock in the afternoon, six migrants — five Moroccans and one Nigerian — approached the playground. They carried two of the girls off to a nearby abandoned building, but then let one of them go after discovering that she was a Muslim. The migrants, aged between 15 and 20, grabbed the 12-year-old by her arms and legs and took turns raping her, first anally and then vaginally, for nearly an hour.

The public was not informed about the crime until March 20, 2019, when the newspaper El Mundo published the results of an investigation. According to the report, Spanish prosecutors and judges secretly decided that three of the minors will be held in a young offender institution for three years and then be "reinserted" into Spanish society rather than be deported. One of the adults is being held in preventive detention; the other adults were released.  The gang rape has cast a spotlight on spiraling migrant criminality in Spain, where "progressive" immigration policies — promoted by all the mainstream political parties and opposed only by the populist party Vox — are fueling an influx of illegal migration from Africa, Asia and the Middle East. The gang rape has also cast a spotlight on a lenient justice system that routinely releases migrant criminals back onto the streets.

Reliable statistics on migrant-related crimes are unavailable: the data compiled by the Spanish Interior Ministry on specific categories of crimes (homicide, rape, robbery, etc.) do not break down the offenders by nationality.

In addition, different Interior Ministry databases produce different results on the actual number of crimes. One database, for instance, shows that there were 332 homicides in Spain in 2017, while another shows that there were 308. One database shows that there were 865 rapes in 2017, while another shows that there were 1,382 — a difference of 60%.

The official Spanish statistics agency (Instituto Nacional de Estadística, INE) shows that immigrants comprise roughly 10% of the overall Spanish population, but 32% of the Spanish prison population. The INE does not break the statistics down by the nationality of the inmates, although Interior Ministry data show that the majority of immigrants arrested in 2017 were from just two countries: Romania (18,032) and Morocco (17,464). Despite the lack of official statistics, anecdotal evidence found in the crime reports of local newspapers shows that migrant criminality — ranging from petty theft to sexual assault to murder — is a growing problem nationwide.

In Barcelona, for example, 15 members of a North African itinerant crime gang known as "Allah's Wolfpack" sexually assaulted a woman at a metro station. The migrants, some of whom are unaccompanied minors and all of whom are in Spain illegally, had long rap sheets and were well known to the police.  The attack, which occurred in the Barcelona suburb of Santa Coloma on November 11, 2018, took place when a couple attempted to exit the Can Peixauet subway station. The youths, from Morocco and Algeria, hurled insults and verbal abuse at the couple as they walked off a train, then followed the pair into an elevator, where they assaulted the woman and stabbed her male companion.  Police later found the youths in a nearby abandoned building, where they had been squatting for months, and where they had previously been arrested in connection with a series of robberies in the area. Police also said the youths were infected with scabies, which required police to activate a special decontamination protocol for the officers involved, the police vehicles and the jail cells. Eight of the 15 youths have since been released from police custody and are back on the street. Migrant gang rapes have become increasingly common in Spain:

Alicante, April 16. Three Algerians gang-raped a 19-year-old woman. One of the men was arrested at the Alicante airport while trying to flee the country.

Tarragona, March 28. Eleven underage migrants were arrested for gang-raping a girl at the Roman amphitheater. Of the 11, only one was remanded in custody.

Alicante, March 26. Four underage Moroccans gang-raped an underage girl. They filmed the rape and then demanded that the girl pay 50 euros to avoid having the video posted online.

Alicante, March 22. Ten Algerians were arrested for gang-raping three girls aged between 14 and 17. Police said that the gang members sustained themselves by robbing homes and businesses and later selling the stolen items on the black market.

Sabadell, February 2. Eight Moroccans gang-raped an 18-year-old woman in an abandoned warehouse. The woman was celebrating her birthday when she became separated from her friends. The Moroccans, aged between 21 and 53, were homeless and squatting in the warehouse. Of the eight, only two were remanded in custody.

Algeciras, January 6. Three Dominicans were arrested for gang-raping a 14-year-old girl.

Benidorm, January 5. Four Ecuadorians were arrested for drugging and gang-raping a 19-year-old woman on New Year's Eve.  The victims of migrant-related sex crimes often are young children and teenagers as well as elderly women:

Barcelona, May 18. A 36-year-old Dominican drug dealer was arrested for raping a 13-year-old girl in the Raval district.

Valencia, May 16. A Bolivian man was arrested for repeatedly raping his 14-year-old daughter.

Granada, April 17. A 45-year-old Moroccan man was arrested after masturbating in front of children during a Holy Week procession.

Salt (Girona), April 4. A 42-year-old Malian man was arrested for sexually abusing his 14-year-old daughter.

Hospitalet de Llobregat, March 11. A 25-year-old Indian man was arrested for raping an underage girl he had groomed on social media.

Sagunto (Valencia), February 23. A 24-year-old Ecuadorian man charged with repeatedly raping a 16-year-old girl justified the crime by telling the judge, " I am the reincarnation of Jesus Christ and I have documents to prove it."

Valencia, February 22. A Honduran man was sentenced to four years in prison for being in a sexual relationship with a 14-year-old girl. The age of consent in Spain is 16.

Sils (Girona), February 20. Three men, including one from Venezuela, attempted to kidnap a 12-year-old child as she was leaving school.

Berga (Barcelona), February 18. A 33-year-old Senegalese migrant was arrested for sexually assaulting a 72-year-old woman.

Barcelona, February 7. A 40-year-old imam at a mosque was charged with anally raping a 13-year-old boy during a Koran lesson.

Blanes (Girona), February 6. A 24-year-old Senegalese migrant was arrested for sexually assaulting an 11-year-old girl.

Beniel (Murcia), February 5. A 34-year-old Moroccan man was arrested after he grabbed the breasts of two girls at an outdoor festival.

Sant Josep (Ibiza), February 2. A 48-year-old Moroccan was arrested for sexually assaulting an 87-year-old woman in her home. The man broke into her home and after verifying that she was alone, he threw her to the ground and sexually assaulted her. The woman suffered severe trauma to her face. Police said the same man had sexually assaulted a 19-year-old woman in nearby Sant Antoni in April 2018.

Leganés, January 28. A Pakistani man was arrested for sexually assaulting two teenage girls in his home. The man lured the girls by placing false advertisements in which he said he was looking for child care and housecleaning services.

Archena (Murcia), January 27. A 38-year-old Guatemalan man was arrested for sexually abusing his 11-year-old stepdaughter.

León, January 19. A Senegalese migrant was arrested for soliciting the prostitution of a 16-year-old girl. He offered her money and asked how much she charged per night.

Santomera (Murcia), January 15. An Algerian man was arrested for making sexual propositions to a group of children and inviting them to his home.

Valencia, January 12. A Colombian man was arrested for drugging a 16-year-old girl and attempting to rape her.

Other migrant-related sex crimes in Spain include:

Valencia, May 17. An 18-year-old Moroccan was arrested for raping an 18-year-old Belgian tourist.

Madrid, May 10. A 27-year-old Guinean man was arrested for sexually assaulting three woman at a night club in Carabanchel.

Martorell, May 9. A 40-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for attempting to rape three women who were jogging along the banks of the Llobregat River. A local judge sent the man to a mental health clinic.

Barcelona, April 19. A 32-year-old French citizen of Moroccan origin raped a 37-year-old Portuguese woman in the gardens of the Maritime Museum, located just off La Rambla, one of the top tourist attractions in Barcelona. The rapist bit off his victim's ear, broke her arm and left her badly bruised. Police delivered the severed ear to a local hospital, where doctors performed reconstructive surgery. A week before the attack, local residents had alerted police to the man's aggressive behavior. He was arrested three times and released. Some believe that with stricter law enforcement, the attack could have been prevented.

Murcia, April 15. Two Moroccans, aged 21 and 26, were arrested for kidnapping and sexually assaulting an 18-year-old transsexual.

El Vendrell (Tarragona), April 8. A 23-year-old Dominican man was arrested for raping a 32-year-old woman in the entrance to her apartment building.

Crevillent (Alicante), March 5. A 32-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for stalking and sexually assaulting several women on city streets.

Bermeo, March 4. A sub-Saharan African attempted to rape a woman in the town center.

La Palma del Condado (Huelva), February 27. A Romanian man was arrested for sexually assaulting two women in a public park.

Lloret de Mar (Girona), February 23. A 23-year-old Moroccan man raped a woman in an ATM booth.

Lorca, February 26. A 31-year-old Moroccan man attempted to rape a woman he ambushed from behind.

Madrid, February 26. A 31-year-old Romanian man was arrested for sexually assaulting at least five women near the Tres Cantos railway station.

Valencia, February 24. A 48-year-old Pakistani man attempted to rape a woman in a parking garage.

Santa Cruz de Tenerife, February 22. A Moroccan man was arrested for sexually assaulting a woman in front of a refugee shelter. When the woman's boyfriend intervened, he was attacked with blows to the head.

Pamplona, February 19. Three Romanians, aged 17 and 18, were arrested for sexually assaulting a woman in the restroom of a bar.

Palencia, February 14. A 36-year-old Peruvian man was arrested for sexually assaulting his partner's daughter.

Marbella, February 13. A 35-year-old Chinese man was arrested for sexually assaulting a woman on two separate occasions. Both times, the man tied with woman with a rope and gagged her. He beat her, sexually assaulted her and then used her cell phone to transfer money from her bank account.

Beniaján (Murcia), February 12. A Moroccan man raped a 37-year-old woman he had met a few days earlier. In May, three men had also been arrested for gang raping a woman in the same town.

Villaviciosa de Odón (Madrid), February 9. A 21-year-old Cameroonian man raped a 21-year-old British student. The man, who arrived in Spain as a political refugee, had received free housing and social assistance for a year while his asylum application was processed.

Marbella, February 8. A Senegalese man attempted to rape a waitress at a restaurant. The man entered the establishment at around 11AM and began flirting with the woman, who told him that she was married. The man left. Shortly thereafter, she stepped outside to make some purchases at a nearby supermarket when the man ambushed her and tried to rape her.

Cádiz, February 7. A 19-year-old Guinean migrant was arrested after he repeatedly flashed his genitals at passersby. Police said he was in the country illegally.

Palma de Mallorca, February 4. A 42-year-old Moroccan man was arrested after he repeatedly grabbed the breasts of female passersby at the central train station.

Capdepera (Majorca), January 22. A 25-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for sexually assaulting a 39-year-old woman who was riding her bicycle.

Culleredo, January 21. A Peruvian man sexually assaulted a woman on a regional bus.

Guadalajara, January 20. A 25-year-old Algerian man was arrested for attempting to rape a 40-year-old woman.

Formentera, January 20. A woman was sexually assaulted by two men who seemed South American or Moroccan in appearance.

Mataró, January 14. A Moroccan man sexually assaulted a woman in a parking garage.

Safor (Valencia), January 11. A Pakistani man was arrested for sexually assaulting his stepdaughter. While traveling on a bus to Italy, he was detained at a police checkpoint.

Valencia, January 9. A Lebanese man was arrested for drugging and raping a 20-year-old woman on New Year's Eve.

Villajoyosa (Alicante), January 8. A 29-year-old woman was sexually assaulted at Hospital de la Marina Baixa by two men who appeared to be Moroccan. The hospital has been the scene of several sexual assaults: workers must walk along a dark road when going from the hospital to the parking garage.

Mislata (Valencia), January 5. A 28-year-old Colombian drugged and raped a 16-year-old girl.

Burriana (Castellon), January 2. Two Romanian men were arrested for kidnapping and raping a 17-year-old girl on New Year's Eve.

Valencia, January 1. An 18-year-old Guinean sexually assaulted a female street cleaner.

Migrant-related honor crimes and domestic violence:

Madrid, May 6. A Moroccan man stabbed to death his fiancé, a 47-year-old Spanish woman named Juana U.M. Police said the man, who has a long criminal record, with at least 30 prior convictions, is believed to have fled to Morocco to evade Spanish justice.

Granada, May 17. A 36-year-old Moroccan man stabbed and seriously injured his 32-year-old ex-wife Sueca (Valencia), April 1. A 40-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for kidnapping and physically assaulting his wife and daughters.

Tudela, February 21. An Algerian man was arrested after he threatened to kill his wife.

Burriana, February 20. A Moroccan man physically assaulted his 18-year-old daughter because she had a conversation with a male classmate.

Totana (Murcia), February 3. A 41-year-old Ecuadoran was arrested for beating and raping his 31-year-old girlfriend after she refused to have sex with him.

Reus, February 1. A 19-year-old Dominican man decapitated his wife and then committed suicide by jumping from a fifth-floor window.

Salamanca, January 28. A 31-year-old Colombian man was arrested for physically assaulting his wife in the middle of the street.

Mula (Murcia), January 27. A Bolivian woman was arrested for physically assaulting her 15-year-old daughter. Police said that the girl had been whipped with a leather belt every day for two years at the hands of her mother and older brother.

El Palmar (Murcia), January 25. A 50-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for physically assaulting and threatening to kill his wife after she said she wanted a divorce.

Bonavista (Tarragona), January 20. A 44-year-old Argentinian man was arrested for pushing his wife from a third-floor balcony.

Vigo, January 14. A 41-year-old Moroccan man was arrested after threatening to kill his wife. The couple got into an argument after he accused her of spending too much time talking with the neighbors.

Murcia, January 8. A 29-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for assaulting his wife and forcing her to hide in a closet.

Vilagarcía (Pontevedra), January 7. A 60-year-old Romanian man physically assaulted his wife at a public park.

Salamanca, January 7. A Moroccan man stabbed his pregnant wife.

Laredo, January 3. A 29-year-old Ecuadorian stabbed to death his ex-girlfriend.

Madrid, January 2. A 41-year-old Ecuadorian serious injured his wife after beating her with a metal broomstick.

Underage unaccompanied migrants — known in Spain as Menas (menores extranjeros no acompañados) — are also engaged in criminal activity:

Barcelona, May 12. A group of 40 Menas squatted in an entire five-story apartment building in front of a police station. The Menas insulted and threatened police who approached the building.

Zaragoza, April 27. A 15-year-old Mena was arrested after punching a woman in the face and breaking her nose while trying to rob her cellphone. He then assaulted and injured three police officers who tried to arrest him. Zaragoza, March 14. Three Menas were arrested for physically assaulting their tutor.

Melilla, March 12. Fifteen Menas physically assaulted a police officer.

Valencia, March 11. Three Algerian Menas who were on the run from French authorities were arrested after they boarded a train without a ticket. The Menas had stabbed and tortured two other Algerians in the French city of Lyon. One of their victims died in the March 5 attack, which was filmed and shared by the Menas on social media.

Palma de Mallorca, February 25. An Algerian Mena sexually assaulted his 24-year-old teacher at a migrant shelter. The boy, completely naked, pushed the woman into a bathroom.

Palma de Mallorca, February 14. Two Algerian Menas were arrested for sexual assault, harassment, domestic violence and making threats against neighbors and the staff at an asylum shelter.

Arenys de Mar (Barcelona), February 10. Three Menas physically assaulted and robbed town counsellor Susanna Mir of PDeCat, a Catalan independence party. All three of the attackers were repeat offenders, known to police.

Barcelona, February 7. A Moroccan Mena was arrested for raping six women between the ages of 40 and 78.

Zaragoza, January 10. Three Menas were arrested for assaulting police officers and attempting to rob a 58-year-old woman.

Some migrant criminals are serial offenders:

Tarragona, May 8. A 36-year-old Moroccan man was arrested after breaking into seven cars in one night. Although he has a long criminal record, with at least 17 different prior convictions, he was released.

Salou (Tarragona), May 7. A 67-year-old Algerian man was arrested for stealing a purse containing two high-end cellphones. Police said the man has a long criminal record, with at least 170 prior convictions.

Gijón, April 18. A 24-year-old Algerian was arrested after breaking into more than 20 cars in one week.

Usurbil (Gipuzkoa), April 3. A 47-year-old Algerian gang leader was arrested for the fourth time in five years for stealing cars and robbing homes across the Basque Country. The gang is responsible for around 100 car thefts and 200 burglaries since 2013, according to police.

Madrid, March 29. Eight members of a Moroccan gang were arrested for stealing 57 cars and vans and reselling them in Africa.

Gijón, March 22. A Moroccan was arrested for robbing a woman of her purse. The man, who dragged the woman along the ground for several meters before seizing her purse, has a long criminal record, according to local police.

Beniaján (Murcia), March 14. A 24-year-old Moroccan was arrested for breaking into more than 50 cars and stealing computer equipment, cellphones, and watches, among other items.

Leganes, February 9. A Polish man was arrested for trying to rape a woman as she was leaving her office. Police said the man has a long criminal record, with at least 18 different prior convictions.

El Ejido (Almería), January 6. An 18-year-old Moroccan, illegally in Spain, was arrested for sexual assault. Police said he was responsible for at least six armed robberies.

Elderly and handicapped persons are also increasingly victims of migrant-related assaults and robberies:

Vitoria-Gasteiz, May 14. A 75-year-old woman died of injuries sustained when she was assaulted and robbed by two Moroccans at the entrance to her apartment building.

L'Hospitalet de Llobregat (Barcelona), April 26. A 52-year-old Algerian man was arrested for brutally assaulting a 91-year-old woman. The woman was walking with her son in the early afternoon when the Algerian man pulled a metal bar from a shopping cart and began striking her. She was hospitalized and received more than 100 stitches to her head and neck. Police said the Algerian man was homeless and had mental health problems.

Gandia, April 26. A 22-year-old Pakistani man was arrested for assaulting and robbing a handicapped man. After confessing to the crime, a judge handed him an eight-month suspended sentence, apparently because he was a first-time offender. A few hours later, also in Gandia, the same man was accused of sexually assaulting and robbing a woman.

Jerez de la Frontera, April 24. A 34-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for assaulting and robbing an elderly couple, aged 81 and 83, at the entrance to their home.

Cieza (Murcia), April 3. An undocumented immigrant was arrested for robbing several elderly women.

Cantabria and Vizcaya, March 12. Two Algerians, aged 45 and 51, were arrested for robbing the homes of 35 elderly women. The Algerians, posing as plumbers, gained access to the homes by pretending to carry out repairs.

Lérida, February 16. A 48-year-old Algerian was arrested for robbing six elderly women. On November 9, he was arrested for robbing two women, aged 70 and 84. Police said the man had robbed at least 17 others the same way: he would stalk his victims, all elderly, as they returned home from the grocery store. He would then gain access to their buildings by offering to help them hold the door or carry bags for them.

Other migrant-related homicides, aggravated assaults and violent robberies include:

Cobeña (Madrid), May 3. Two Dominican gang members were arrested for murdering a 20- year-old student during a fight at a local festival. Police said the gang, dedicated to stealing wallets and cellphones during festivals, routinely rob between 80 and 100 people each night.

San Sebastian, April 28. Basque police arrested seven people, including three Romanians and two Moroccans, after a 17-year-old boy was killed during a brawl at a well-known discotheque.

Vigo, April 24. A Moroccan man stabbed a female passerby after she refused to hand over her purse.

Madrid, April 11. A large gang of Moroccan youths physically assaulted a 15-year-old boy after he "looked" at two girls from the group. The boy suffered serious injuries to his eyes, cheekbone and jaw and teeth. The boy's mother said that the gang has up to 50 members, aged between 14 and 20, who have been terrorizing the Congosto neighborhood in southern Madrid for more than a year. "Gang members wait outside schools," the boy's mother said. "They carry chains and clubs to beat students. They shove the elderly and steal their shopping bags. We need a solution because things cannot continue as they are." Another parent added: "They attack and steal as a hobby. Early in the afternoon, or late at night. In one area of ​​the neighborhood, or in another. That is the worst. There is no way to guarantee that your children are safe anywhere. The gang has been taking control of Congosto because of police passivity. It is unbearable."

Rojales (Alicante), April 2. A 49-year-old Hungarian man murdered his 39-year-old Hungarian wife at their home.

Almería, March 27. A Moroccan man, illegal in Spain, was sentenced to one year in prison for physically assaulting a prostitute after she refused to give him free sex.

Sant Carles de la Ràpita (Tarragona), March 18. A 25-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for kidnapping his wife and demanding a ransom of 5,000 euros.

Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, March 12. Two Moroccans, aged 19 and 41, were arrested for committing a series of assaults and robberies.

Alcorcón, March 9. A 20-year-old Moroccan and a 20-year-old Dominican were arrested for stabbing a 21-year-old Dominican in the neck.

Tarragona, March 7. Two Moroccans kicked a pregnant woman in the stomach after she refused to hand over her backpack.

Cieza (Murcia), March 7. Two Moroccans with outstanding deportation orders were arrested after breaking into an automobile.

Tarifa, March 5. Three Moroccans assaulted and robbed an elderly couple.

A Coruña, March 3. A Moroccan and a man with Portuguese citizenship were arrested for robbing a pharmacy and a dental clinic.

Valencia, March 1. A 20-year-old Guinean man was arrested for robbing a woman of 20 euros. The man attacked the woman from behind, grabbed her neck and rendered her unconscious.

Elche, February 18. Three teenagers, one from Algeria, one from Ecuador and another with Spanish citizenship, were arrested for violently robbing a woman of her purse.

Jaén, February 15. A 19-year-old Moroccan arrested for physically assaulting his wife escaped from police custody.

Lepe (Huelva), February 4. A 28-year-old Moroccan, who was in Spain illegally and had a pending deportation order, physically assaulted a woman and seized her purse. When police tried to arrest him, he became violent and assaulted the police. He is also believed to be responsible for numerous property thefts.

Palma de Mallorca, February 3. Four Algerians, one Moroccan and another man with Spanish citizenship were arrested after physically attacking and robbing a man who had just won 1,200 euros at a bingo parlor.

Ceuta, January 22. A Moroccan man was arrested for violently robbing a woman.

Barcelona, January 13. A Polish man was arrested for pushing an Asian prostitute from a balcony. The woman was hospitalized with serious head injuries.

Galapagar (Madrid), January 12. Three Moroccans were arrested for breaking into a home, threatening two children at knifepoint and forcing their mother to withdraw money from an ATM. They then stole a tablet, which had a GPS tracking system that enabled police to arrest them.

San Javier, January 24. An 18-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for assaulting and robbing a woman at the entrance to her building.

Granada, January 15. Five Moroccans were arrested for assaulting and robbing a couple of a cellphone and money.

Violence is also on the rise at migrant shelters:

Madrid, April 17. An 18-year-old Moroccan stabbed a 17-year-old Moroccan at a shelter for unaccompanied minors in Hortaleza. Violence at the facility is reportedly spiraling. "There is an escalation of violence and there is no one to stop it," said one worker. "Many come to Madrid thinking that it will be the solution to their lives and when they see that this is not the case they are disappointed," said another. On March 26, more than 20 underage migrants attacked security guards at the same shelter.

Palma de Mallorca, February 14. Two unaccompanied underage migrants were arrested for "sexual abuse, harassment, domestic violence and serious threats to the staff" at an asylum shelter.

Melilla, January 2. A 21-year-old Algerian man was arrested for sexually assaulting a 21-year-old Moroccan man at a migrant shelter.

Migrants have been increasingly attacking law enforcement officers:

Las Cabezas de San Juan (Seville), May 12. Two Moroccans shot at police officers who were attempting to serve them with a warrant.

Palma de Mallorca, May 10. Four migrants hawking counterfeit goods physically assaulted police by throwing them to the ground and repeatedly kicking them in the head.

Gijón, April 16. A 28-year-old Moroccan man stripped naked and then head-butted a police officer who ordered him to get dressed.

Murcia, March 7. A 34-year-old Algerian man tried to run over a policeman who stopped his car during a routine traffic patrol.

Barcelona, March 6. A 35-year-old Moroccan man shouting "Allahu Akhbar" was arrested after he tried to stab several police officers.

Salamanca, March 1. A 24-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for assaulting three police officers.

Bilbao, August 25. A 25-year-old Senegalese migrant, accused of stealing a mobile phone during an outdoor festival, kicked a police officer in the chest and broke another officer's leg. Nine officers were needed to restrain the man, who called on other Senegalese migrants for backup. The Basque Union of Police and Emergency Workers (SVPE) denounced the "lack of equipment" that requires the Municipal Police of Bilbao to work in precarious conditions. "We have tasers, but they are stored in a closet because of political cowardice," a police spokesperson said. City police also do not have access to helmets or riot shields.

Several migrant-related criminal cases are working their way through Spain's judicial system, which in some instances has shown leniency:

Sanlúcar la Mayor (Seville), April 24. A Romanian migrant who had head-butted a police officer and broken his nose, and then bitten another officer in the arm, was released without bail. The Romanian, who has a long criminal history, attacked the officers after they tried to break up a fight. Local prosecutors and a judge decided that the assaults were insufficient to justify provisional detention. Local media reported that the decision was met with anger by police, who said they could not understand how someone who acted with such violence can be free, and who said his release would reinforce the feeling of impunity among criminals.

Murcia, April 22. A 32-year-old Moroccan man who admitted to raping a woman, was handed a five-year suspended sentence, on the condition that he not rape again within the next five years. The Provincial Court of Murcia justified the lenient sentence after establishing that the defendant acted the way he did because of his addiction to cannabis, which "diminished his intellective and volitional faculties."

Palma de Mallorca, April 11. Three Pakistanis were each sentenced to three-and-a-half years in prison for selling drugs in Magaluf, Majorca.

Ciudad Real, April 9. A 47-year-old Romanian man was sentenced to 81 years in prison for raping his two daughters, aged 14 and 15, six times while their mother was away.

Murcia, March 17. A Moroccan man was sentenced to nine months in prison for repeatedly exposing himself to an 11-year-old girl in Águilas. The man remains free pending an appeal.

Alicante, March 6. A 32-year-old Brazilian man was handed a 16-month suspended sentence for ejaculating on an underage girl on a city bus. He was also prohibited from using public transportation for eight months.

Valencia, February 20. Prosecutors called for a 41-year-old Brazilian man to be sentenced to eight years in prison for raping a 16-year-old in the showers of a gymnasium.

Palencia, February 1. A 39-year-old Costa Rican man was sentenced to eight years in prison for sexually assaulting a 13-year-old girl who was babysitting his two children.

Zaragoza, January 16. A Guinean migrant was spared a prison sentence after he admitted to sexually abusing two underage girls.

Palma de Mallorca, January 8. A Senegalese migrant was sentenced to four years in prison for attempting to rape a 29-year-old British tourist in the bathroom of a bar in Magaluf, Majorca. He was also ordered to be deported after serving two-thirds of his sentence.

Seville, January 8. Three Romanians were sentenced to 14 years in prison for gang-raping a 27-year-old Paraguayan woman in a field next to the Olympic Stadium.

In Jerez de la Frontera, meanwhile, a 70-year-old woman named Juana, who offered shelter in her home to an immigrant named Mohammed, has been left homeless. When the woman returned home after a hospital stay, she found that Mohammed, whom the woman originally met at a soup kitchen, had changed the locks and refused to allow her to return. Due to idiosyncrasies in Spanish real estate law, which often favors tenants at the expense of landlords, the woman will face an uphill battle to regain control of her apartment.

In Madrid, an elderly couple returning home from vacation discovered that their apartment had been "occupied" by African migrants. When a camera crew from the Madrid television channel Telecinco went to investigate, the migrants destroyed the camera. The couple is presently living with family members while Spain's notoriously lethargic justice system now rules on who is the apartment's rightful owner.

Also in Madrid, hundreds of undocumented migrants from sub-Saharan Africa went on a rampage in Lavapiés, one of the most "multicultural" districts of the Spanish capital. The riots were the direct result of many years of extreme deference by Spanish officialdom toward illegal immigrants, and a sweeping failure to enforce the law — all, apparently, out of a fear of being accused of racism. The riots were triggered by false rumors that the local police had killed a 35-year-old Senegalese street hawker named Mmame Mbaye. Spanish cities today are filled with illegal migrants from Africa who sell counterfeit merchandise on city streets. They are known as manteros (blanket men) for displaying their goods on blankets (mantas), and whenever the police approach, for scooping up the blankets and fleeing.  Mbaye died, according to initial reports, after allegedly being chased by police from Puerta del Sol, in the city center, to Lavapiés, where he collapsed. On April 22, 2019, however, a court in Madrid confirmed that Mbaye did not die as the result of a police chase. Instead, he had heart disease and died of cardiac arrest while walking with a friend in Lavapiés. "The events do not reveal even the slightest indication that the deceased was personally subjected to any type of harassment or previous police persecution that could have triggered the lethal effects of the cardiac pathology from which he suffered," the court ruled. "There is no objective data or any witness to affirm the existence of such harassment or persecution, which has no support other than the mere assertions of the appellant [an NGO called SOS Racism Madrid]." Mbaye's death nevertheless sparked violent protests that lasted for several days and caused massive destruction of public and private property.

The Madrid city council, run by Mayor Manuela Carmena, in a case study of political correctness run amok, ordered police to keep out of the neighborhood of Lavapiés to "avoid situations of tension." The result is that illegal immigrants, far from facing the threat of deportation, are now secure in the knowledge that their violent actions have empowered them effectively to take control of an entire neighborhood of a major European capital.

Soeren Kern is a Senior Fellow at the New York-based Gatestone Institute.

Follow Soeren Kern on Twitter and Facebook

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/14249/spain-migrant-crime 

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things.  Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb.  Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states.  Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids.  Remember the Lord talked to us about buying generators etc.

:: 5-20-19 Conspiracy forever :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How To Effectively Prepare Your Family For Power Grid Failure: What would it really be like to have no running water, electricity, sewer, newspaper or Internet? No supermarket or fire department close at hand?

zollie21 Uncategorized May 20, 2019

Imagine yourself and your family, forced from your home in the dead of winter, with nothing more than the few supplies you were able to carry amongst yourselves. Then imagine being shuttered into a community center with thousands of other families, displaced from their homes as well, relying on what few supplies the government could provide.

If you live a comfortable middle-class lifestyle in a first world country, this situation sounds preposterous, doesn’t it? It is not. Families, just like yours, faced this exact plight on December 20, 2013, when a massive ice storm hit parts of central Canada and the U.S., crippling many cities and leaving tens of thousands without power for days, sometimes weeks. Those who were prepared for such an event, having items such as blankets and medications to bring with them, fared much better than their ill-prepared counterparts.

In today’s modern society, we’ve come to rely almost implicitly on having a dependable source of power. When power fails, it causes utter and complete chaos for those not fortunate enough to have had the foresight to prepare. What Is Power Grid Failure and Why Should I Care?

Of all the threats your disaster plan should consider, power grid failure is one of the more realistic and among the most likely to occur. When a power grid fails, a substantial geographic area can be without power for hours, days, or sometimes even weeks.

In addition to the 2013 ice storm that decimated power sources to many areas of central Canada and the U.S., there have been several other power grid failures in the last decade that brought panic and chaos to areas all over the world:

In 2007, Indonesia suffered major grid failure due to a drop in demand that affected nearly 100 million people for over 7 hours

India faces ongoing grid issues due to sporadic increases in demand

In 2003, the Northeast Blackout at Con Edison left 55 million people in Canada and the U.S. without power; in some cases, this lasted for more than 2 days

In 2005, Louisiana and surrounding areas dealt with the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina that left 2.6 million people without power; some for extended periods of time due to the extensive flooding that structurally damaged buildings and blocked access to power sources            What Causes Power Grid Failure?

The two most common causes of power grid failure are system failure and equipment failure, but other events can also wreak havoc. System Failure

The power grid system may fail due to a disruption of equilibrium in power supplied and power drawn, triggering the line to trip and cutting off the supply of power. System failure was the culprit in Indonesia’s outage as well as in the frequent outages suffered by India.

A system failure can occur at the supply-end during extreme weather changes, such as a heat wave that causes an increase in the power drawn from the system to power cooling devices, or at the supplier-end if an error occurs in regulating the power input. Equipment Failure

An equipment failure can occur at the station, transmission line, or transformer level. Any number of factors can be the cause of an equipment failure, such as an error in the digital processing system or physical damage due to an accident, construction, or weather.

Both the 2003 Northeast Blackout and power outages during Hurricane Katrina were caused by equipment failures.  Other Causes

Power grid failure can also be the result of malicious or criminal behavior, such as cyber terrorist or infrastructure attacks against a nation or a nuclear electromagnetic pulse (NEMP) designed to disable electronic equipment. In the wake of 9/11, many feared the Northeast Blackout in 2003 was in fact a terrorist attack. Power grids can also fail due to large-scale electromagnetic storms, an electromagnetic pulse (EMP), or a reversal in the Earth’s magnetic field – which can cause temporary disruptions or permanent damage to electronic devices.

While events such as these have the potential to completely shut down power systems for an indefinite amount of time, the likelihood of their occurrence – and the extent of ensuing damage – has been hotly debated. What Can I Expect During a Power Grid Failure?

The immediate aftermath of a power grid failure is the loss of power, which means modern day methods of communications, sanitation, lighting, cooking, refrigeration / preparation, and transportation will all be unavailable.

Within the first few days of a power outage, the disruption in supply of fuel for transportation will lead to shortages in other supplies such as food and medication. Many who wait several days before stockpiling will be greeted with empty and pillaged Supermarket shelves. Don’t rely on any emergency services – medical facilities, emergency responders, and public officials will more than likely be overwhelmed and unavailable.

If the outage continues for a week or more, civil unrest will begin to grow as food and other resources become scarce. People will no longer be able to run generators or vehicles as fuel supplies run out, and many will experience a disruption in their finances or incomes.

In the event a power outage stretches out into the long-term, such as several weeks or perhaps indefinitely, alternate means of power will need to be found along with long-term solutions to meet everyday needs.

The Hidden Secrets Of Making Herbal Medicines … Right At Your Fingertips!

What Will I Need to Prepare My Family?

The best thing you can have during a power grid failure is a positive attitude. Make sure to do whatever you can to encourage hopefulness and keep spirits high.

In addition to the right attitude, I recommend doing the following to properly prepare yourself and your family:

Create a storage space that can be easily accessed in the dark Stockpile at least two-weeks worth of supplies

Design a plan for preparing food, sanitation, living / sleeping quarters, entertainment (especially for children), and rationing for fuel and power sources

Store jugs of water in the fridge now to be used during an outage to keep food from spoiling; however, once the water melts, it should be used for cleaning or flushing, not drinking

Store a flashlight or lantern by every bed

There are ten integral categories that should be part of every well thought out power grid failure disaster plan:  Drinking Water  Food Lighting  Heating  Communication  Sanitation First Aid  Protection

Additional Items  Backup Power Systems

The following is a detailed discussion of the key knowledge and items to have as part of your disaster plan to ensure all the above categories are accounted for.

This guide below can help you in a survival situation Drinking Water

For drinking water, the general rule is that you should have 1-2 gallons per day available for each member of your household. A two-week supply of water for a family of four would mean having 56-112 gallons on hand. If you have pets, consider their needs as well; a rule of thumb is 1 ounce of water per pound of pet per day, so a 20 lbs dog would need 20 ounces a day.

You can further ensure access to clean drinking water by having a water filtration method available such as the LifeStraw Personal Water Filter or water purification packets. This will allow you to draw on water from unclean sources.

Food When stockpiling food for your family, you’ll want to plan for three meals per day, plus some snack foods for each member of your household. Don’t forget pets – include a two-week supply of food for them as well.

Choose food items that require little to no heating and that your family is familiar with. Consider that cooking requires substantially more fuel than heating; therefore, canned foods that need only be heated are favorable to dried foods that will require boiling. Oversize cans are great if you feel your family can consume all the contents in one sitting, otherwise the leftovers will spoil in the absence of refrigeration.

A convenient option for long-term food storage is to store some MREs (Meals Ready-to-Eat) which are designed for the military use but are a popular choice for stockpiling.

You can check out our Food Storage Guide here to help you decide what the best way is for YOUR family to keep your food supply.

Other key considerations when planning your food stockpile are as follows:

Gas supply lines may also be affected by an outage so ensure you have an alternative means for cooking and boiling water, e.g. a camp stove, fire pit, or gas or charcoal grill

For any of the above, be sure to have a two-week supply of fuel on hand such as firewood, propane, or charcoal

Be sure to store at least two manual can openers with your food supply Lighting

In a power outage, electrical lighting sources will be unavailable so be sure to have a stash of lighting sources that can run independently of electricity, e.g. flashlights, candles and headlamps, as well as the means to power or light those items such as batteries, matches and lighters.

You should also have a lantern that is bright enough to light an entire room. Whether you choose one powered by batteries, propane, or a hand crank depends on your own personal preference.

To conserve as much power as possible, consider storing a solar battery charger set along with multiple batteries of different sizes to accommodate all of your emergency gear. Solar garden lights and glow sticks can also be used to light up hallways and other frequently traveled areas without draining your battery power.

Heating  In the case of a power outage in cold climates, conserving and maintaining heat will be key to survival. Should you find yourself in this situation, gather everyone in your household into one room and lay a towel along the bottom of the door to seal it. Do the same for any windows to limit the possibility of drafts. By lighting several candles and relying on residual and body heat, you can expect to keep the temperature comfortable for at least 48 hours. After that, you will need an alternative source of heat until the power is restored.

A fireplace or wood stove can serve as an excellent alternative source for heating. Should you have access to either, ensure your stockpiles include plenty of fuel to keep your fireplace or stove burning. If this is how you will be warming your family, building an upside-down fire is a good way to have a long burning, self feeding fire.

Another option is a portable propane space heater; however, this carries the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning without proper ventilation. No matter what heating source you choose, ensure you have a fire extinguisher available and ready should you need it.

An option for overnight heating that doesn’t involve the risk of flames or noxious fumes is to heat rocks on a fire then transfer them to a Dutch oven or other heat-safe cookware. The heat emitted from the rocks should be enough to provide heat throughout the night without compromising your safety.

In terms of gear, you will want to have blankets and low-temperature rated sleeping bags stored in an easily accessible location, so as to ensure quick retrieval even in the dark. You will also want to ensure each member of your household has enough clothing to cover them from head to toe, and enough layers so that they can add or remove clothing to regulate their temperature.

Communication  Having a hand crank radio can be invaluable in a power outage. In addition to providing important communications from the outside world, it can also be used to charge other electronic devices, such as cell phones. Keep in mind that cell phones and landlines cannot be depended on to work during power outages. It is always best to have backup methods of communication ready.

Sanitation  Having proper sanitation protocols in place can not only help with hygiene, but also boost morale.

Here are some helpful hints for ensuring you and your family can cope with sanitation issues during a prolonged power outage:

Store plenty of disposable tableware to cut down on washing needs

Stock plenty of antibacterial wipes and hand sanitizer, as these can be used without water

Immediately after the power goes out, fill your bathtub and, if you have one, your washing machine with water to use for flushing and washing; if you don’t have a bathtub, fill as many buckets as you can from the shower or sink

Find out ahead of time whether or not your toilet will flush without power – this can prevent sewage backup in your home

If manually flushing your toilet by pouring water into the tank is not an option, make sure to add heavy duty contractor bags and kitty litter to your stockpile – these can be used to craft a toilet by lining a bucket with the contractor bags and adding kitty litter

You can also purchase a toilet seat to attach to the top of the bucket, which can be especially helpful with children who may be apprehensive about using it

When the bag is full, or before it becomes too heavy to lift, tie it off and store it outside

Keep a supply of baby wipes on hand to use in place of bathing, this will help conserve water

In the case of a long-term outage, you will need a means of doing laundry; consider purchasing a hand-operated mobile washer with two buckets – one for washing and one for rinsing

Don’t wait until you are down to your last set of clean clothes before doing laundry – remember, there are no dryers and air drying can sometimes take all night

First Aid  In the case of a power outage, you will most likely be bugging-in and therefore have access to your household first aid supplies. However, it is still prudent to have a separate store of essential items such as bandages, antibiotic ointments, tools, any over-the-counter medications your family uses, and antidiarrheal medication to help your family cope with the change in sanitary and dietary conditions.

It is also important to remember that emergencies services will most likely be overloaded and response times could be slow or the services unavailable completely. Include a copy of The American Red Cross First Aid & Safety Handbook to help you independently deal with medical emergencies.

Protection  As a power outage drags on, people will become increasingly desperate and the need to protect yourself and your family from those who aren’t so well prepared may arise. While firearms are always a popular choice, there are other options as well. Consider reinforcing the entranceways to your home and stocking weapons such as pepper spray.

Additional Items  Any additional items you pack need to be based on your family’s particular needs. Every household is unique, so make sure to pack items because they are essential to your family, not because your neighbor is storing them or you read it was a good idea on a blog.

Typical items to include would be:  Prescription medications  Toiletries  Pet care  Diapers Feminine hygiene products

And anything else you wouldn’t want to be without for two weeks or more.

If you have children, ensuring entertainment options are available is critical. Make sure to have items such as games, books, cards and crafts readily available. Adding some special, non-perishable treats to your food storage can also serve as a morale booster.

Backup Power Systems  Depending on your budget and location, having a backup power system for your home can be an excellent way to prepare for power grid failure.

The most popular choice as a backup power source for emergencies are gas-powered generators. The DuroMax XP4400E is an excellent choice for a gas-powered generator for your home. If you choose to get a generator, make sure it’s installed correctly and that you test it out to ensure you’re familiar with how it works.

Solar panels are a great option for homes with adequate sun exposure and can be used year-round to save on energy bills; however, they are expensive to purchase and install. As they don’t require fuel, solar panels are an excellent way to live off the grid in the long-term.

You may also want to consider the following, less expensive alternatives:

A bicycle generator can be used to power small devices and appliances; some kits even include 12V battery charging attachments for creating stored power.

A solar battery charger can provide power indefinitely for cell phones and battery-operated devices.

A portable generator, such as the WEN 56200i, that is less powerful but can still come in handy for charging cell phones or running a small space heater. Conclusion

As our reliance on electrical devices and appliances grows, the need to have a solid plan prepared in case of power grid failure becomes ever more pressing. As the ice storm of 2013 demonstrated, going without power for even several days can have devastating effects.

While power grid failure may be one of the more likely disaster scenarios, it is by no means any less calamitous than other scenarios. Use the advice and tips provided in this article to ensure you and your family will stand a fighting chance should you be faced with having to survive without power for a prolonged period of time.

Above all else, remember to maintain a positive attitude and that chance favors the well-prepared!

https://conspiracyforever.home.blog/2019/05/20/how-to-effectively-prepare-your-family-for-power-grid-failure-what-would-it-really-be-like-to-have-no-running-water-electricity-sewer-

newspaper-or-internet-no-supermarket-or-fire-department-close/

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 5-20-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Evidence America Has Become The Modern Day 'Sodom & Gomorrah' - A Question For A Democrat Presidential Candidate That Will Never Be Answered: 'Pete, Since You Brought It Up, How 'Gay' Are You?'

May 20, 2019 Special to ANP by Don Boys, Ph.D., former member of the Indiana House of Representatives In the south, it has been traditional for a young lady (debutante or “female beginner”) of high status to “come out” into adulthood. It’s a formal rite of passage into society of an educated, wealthy, sophisticated young lady now ready for the privileges and responsibilities of adulthood. It is a recognition of her availability of being a wife and mother—in that order. This coming out takes place at a ball and elegant dinner. During the evening, the debutante displays her ability to walk, sit, dance, and eat without tripping over her gown or dropping a croissant down the front of her dress. Homosexuals also have a “coming out” but not as elaborate as the southern ladies. Most southerners pay little or no attention to the social elites’ fancy affairs since they are busy making a living. However, arrogant homosexuals seem to think that all of us want to know about when they “became aware of their sexuality” and feel a need to announce it to the world. As if we care. Pete Buttigieg is mayor of South Bend, Indiana and is “married” to Chasten Glezman, a teacher at Montessori Academy near South Bend. Pete calls Chasten his “husband” but since that is asinine, aberrant, and not accurate, I will refer to him as his “lover.” I do that knowing I will be reminded that Time magazine gave him some credibility with a cover photo of Pete and his lover. However, Time’s rush to gush is typical of the leftist media who are willing to promote anything that is anti-biblical, anti-common sense, and anti-decency. Glezman admitted that he and Pete met online, had their first date in South Bend in September of 2015, then he “moved to Indiana and started living with Buttigieg in 2016.” Obviously, they lived together before “marriage.” In December of 2017, the “couple” announced their engagement and were “married” in June 2018 in the Cathedral of St. James (Episcopal) in South Bend. (That says much about everyone involved.) Following their ceremony, the couple stopped by for a short visit at a LGBTQ Pride Week block party; and then went to their wedding reception where they danced the night away with 200 guests. Their ceremony was livestreamed on YouTube and featured a reading from Justice Anthony Kennedy’s majority opinion in the landmark 2015 same-sex “marriage” decision that made perversion legal if not moral. I don’t hate Pete or his lover or any other homosexual, but I will not give them a pass when they or others suggest that “gayness” is not perversion, that it is normal, maybe even admirable. Nor is it bigotry to explain to uninformed readers what “gayness” is. However, with my demand to know the extent of Pete’s “gayness,” I will become the object of ridicule and rebuke, and rejection. Maybe, even more death threats. But if you love homosexuals more than you fear retaliation, you tell them the truth. And this article will be rejected by some of the sites that normally publish my articles—for telling the truth! No doubt, I will be held in more disdain for revealing the disgusting things that homosexuals do than the homosexuals who do those disgusting things! You can expect the homosexual crowd to have a hissy fit because of this article. That is as predictable as tomorrow's sunrise. To emphasize my point: Pete and his lover chose to make their perversion a very public matter. They really worked at it. Pete said, “I’m gay as a—I don’t know, think of something really gay—that’s how gay I am.” Remember, Pete brought this up so I, as a voter, have a right to know just how “gay” Pete is. After all, he wants to be President of the United States and I want to know where he stands on important issues. Since studies show that about half of homosexuals were seduced into perversion by age 14, I wonder if Pete would totally renounce and repudiate such a revolting practice. Just a simple disavowal with appropriate disgust thrown in will suffice. All homosexuals are aware that their lifespan is about 20 years less than for normal people so voters should know that a homosexual president may not live to finish his term. Moreover, 70% of homosexuals admit to having at least one STD plus they are infected with other contagious diseases such as tuberculosis, pneumonia, etc. About 20% of homosexual men are infected with HIV and about half of them do now know it. Don’t voters have a right, even an obligation, to know a candidate’s health status since the candidate’s health is always an issue? Is a homosexual candidate an exception? If so, why? Will he release his complete medical records? Since homosexuals do many dangerous things it seems wise, considerate, thoughtful, and loving to suggest they cease such dangerous activities. After all, we strongly suggest that one should not smoke, eat much red meat, not drink, and not gain weight since those are deadly activities. Why is it unreasonable, unkind, or untoward to demand the same of homosexual candidates? Pete admits to using marijuana while at Harvard and wants to make smoking weed legal, but does he still use marijuana, use tobacco, drink hard liquor, overeat, lose sleep, and refuse to exercise? Homosexuals are notoriously promiscuous as reported in a six-month study of daily sexual diaries by Corey and Holmes in the New England Journal of Medicine. In that study, homosexuals “averaged 110 sex partners and 68 rectal encounters a year.” It is known that even the most devoted and long-lasting homosexual relationships are usually not monogamous. Each partner normally reserves a night out each week to “play the field.” Will Pete admit that that is too “gay”? Studies show that almost all homosexuals practice oral sex and about half ingest semen which is as dangerous as ingesting raw blood exposing them to hepatitis A and B, gonorrhea, and HIV. Moreover, about 90% of homosexuals practice rectal sex and two-thirds do so on a regular basis. Furthermore, 17% of homosexuals admit to rubbing or ingesting the feces of homosexual partners. Will Pete admit that too is too “gay”? About 23% of “gays” (according to the largest study ever conducted) participate in golden showers where they urinate on each other, splash each other with urine or drink urine. Now, it is a person’s own business if he has a taste for urine, but we have a right to know what Pete thinks about that. Is he “that gay”? Will Pete repudiate the 41% of “gays” who practice fisting where one rams his fist into the rectum of his partner? Or, at times, they use carrots, bottles, flashlights, (even gerbils!) or other objects often requiring a trip to the hospital for removal. Surely, Pete will repudiate that. Will Pete repudiate the 90% of “gays” who practice rimming which is so disgusting that I won’t continue to explain it? In doing research for my book, "AIDS: Silent Killer!", the owner of a chain of homosexual bathhouses told me that often the same man is “rimmed” 20 times in a single night. Will Pete repudiate such a disgusting practice? Surely, Pete will repudiate the 37% of homosexuals who practice sadomasochism, the 90% of homosexuals who use illegal drugs, and the 66% who admit to restroom sex. Franklin Graham was right when he said about Pete, being gay is “something to be repentant of, not something to be flaunted, praised or politicized.” In declaring that fact, Graham was showing love and concern for the mayor because God judges sin—all sin even the sin that shouldn’t even be named. Perversion results in judgment with horrible, eternal results. If you haven’t noticed, they are no longer “gay” in Sodom.

This story was originally published here. Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives, who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for eight years. Boys’ book, "Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning!" is available here. Follow Dr. Boys on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D. and TheGodHaters, Twitter, and visit his blog.

(If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/Since_You_Brought_It_Up_Pete.php 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 3-11-19 armageddon.news.blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is America Turning Into a Communist Country? What we are going to do when they come for our freedom of speech and our freedom to bear arms?

grekalbert Alternative 11th Mar 2019 5 Minutes

Communism hit center stage with the Russian revolution, as first Vladimir Lenin and then Joseph Stalin remade Russia into the image created by Karl Marx. This didn’t affect us here in the USA much until World War II, when we were uncomfortable allies with Russia. Even then, there were those who saw communism as being the political savior for all mankind. But it wasn’t until World War II ended and the Cold War began, that we clearly saw the juxtaposition of capitalism versus communism in the world. Ever since then, there have been those in this county who have been pushing for us to become one more socialist country in the world. They hold up socialism as the shining light, where all people are treated equally. The government exists only to make sure that happens. But even then, there is an elite in any communist government. Someone has to make the decisions about who gets what and those people always take care of themselves first. While socialism or even communism might be a great theory, it requires perfect people; and the world has always had a shortage of those. Yet there are those in our political system, who still proclaim socialism as the way to go. They make it sound better by calling it “democratic socialism.” But all it takes is a look at other countries who have gone socialist to see what that means; you can vote it in, but you can’t vote it out. Nevertheless, they try to make their political ideology look good by promising lots of freebies, not letting people know that they are going to have to pay exorbitant taxes to get those freebies. Rather, they claim that the rich, who don’t pay “their fair share” will pay them. Yet every time politicians talk about raising taxes on the rich, it is the middle class who feels the pinch, not the wealthy. To the low-information voter, especially the low-income, low-information voter, this all sounds good. They get free health care, free birth control, free education, free phones, free food and free income, and someone else has to pay for it. What could be better? Interestingly enough, over the last century, every socialist or communist government has gotten into power by proclaiming their concern for the poor. This gave them a large pool of low-information voters they could count on, so that they could get voted into office. They lied to their followers regularly, both about their own intentions and those of the opposing party. All that mattered was that they got into power. We could be seeing the same thing happening here. So, is the United States on its way to becoming a communist country, as some would like? As I look back over the last 50 years, I can see where we Americans have lost a lot of our freedoms. Every time the government expands, taking over another part of society, it does so at the cost of individual and state freedom. It doesn’t matter if we’re talking about the IRS or the EPA; they get their power by stealing our freedom. In that sense, you can say that we are already on the road towards communism and have been so for quite some time. A major step towards getting us there was Obama’s signature healthcare law. Never intended to work, the Unaffordable Healthcare Act was merely supposed to be a stepping stone towards a single-payer healthcare system, which would allow the federal government to take full control of 17.9% of our economy. Basically all that Obamacare has done for the country is raise the cost of health insurance and medical care. Yes, it did give some people who were previously denied health insurance coverage by insurance companies the legal right to buy insurance. Yet that could have been done at a much lower cost and without having to hire 30,000 new IRS agents, further bloating an already oppressive government agency, in the process. The Greatest Trick the Devil Ever Pulled Was Convincing the World He Didn’t Exist. Learn More… Even regulatory agencies like the Department of Education can be seen to be pushing our country towards socialism and then communism. These agencies do nothing more than take the power to make decisions out of the hands of US citizens and our local governments. One of their main ways of doing this is by controlling tax dollars. Money passed out to state and local governments by these agencies always comes with a price; one of toeing the line on some regulation or other. Part of the problem here is that once a government agency is established, it is all but impossible to shut it down. Take the EPA for example. It can be fairly argued that there was a need for the EPA, when it was founded by President Nixon in 1970. But since then, the majority of the work that the EPA originally did has been taken over by state governments, leaving the bloated federal bureaucracy in place to spend taxpayer money and create stifling regulations. The new House of Representatives seems to be making a greater push for the government to take over other parts of our economy as well. Some representatives have even gone so far as to float the idea of taking over major corporations, “for the good of the people.” Should this actually happen, it will be the sign that our country is actively being taken over by a communistic government. If we keep doing that, we’re going to find ourselves backed into a corner; actually several corners. The first corner will be the elimination of our First Amendment freedom of speech. The “PC Police” are already at work on this, using “political correctness” and “hate speech” to silence those who don’t agree with them. Totalitarian authority can’t handle disagreement, so they have to criminalize that disagreement in order to silence it. Everyone will be forced to toe the party line, saying what they’re supposed to say, as if they believe it. They won’t be satisfied with us being quiet, but rather insist that we say things their way. Once they’ve accomplished that, it will be easier for them to take the next big roadblock to communism out of the way, our Second Amendment rights. Totalitarian governments must always disarm the people, so that they can keep control. As Mao Zedong, the first communist leader of China said, “political power grows out of the barrel of a gun.” Without guns, what can any of us do to stop anything the government wants to do? The Second Amendment was given to us for this purpose. If those in power are going to get the power that they want, they have to take it out of our hands. That’s why the gun grabbers always attacks the AR-15 rifle, rather than pistols or shotguns. You can’t fight a war with pistols; you need rifles for that. As long as we are armed with rifles, we are a danger to the totalitarian communist government they crave. The real question boils down to what we are going to do when they come for our freedom of speech and our freedom to bear arms?

https://armageddon.news.blog/2019/03/11/america-turning-into-a-communist-country/ 

:: 5-20-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Using Predictive Programming, the Netflix Show "Colony" Shows America Where It Is Going-

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, May 20, 2019 - 11:47.

There is a show that is profiling where America is at and where it is going. This is called predictive programming and we should be paying attention. I recently did a podcast where I stated that President Trump has infuriated his advisors. Most of the President’s advisors are Deep State, or become Deep State after serving him. The President has angered his Deep-State-serving advisors because he backed out of Operation Nitro-Zeus as part of an invasion plan for Venezuela, Syria and Iran. p, we have entered into a new phase of the Presidency where we have to decide who is charge? In other words, the President just said no to World War III. He publicly said, he “was not convinced about Iran”. So, why is the military continuing with war preparations against Iran and Syria? Even Ron Paul has advised the President to back down from wars of occupation. There is a show presently on Netflix as show that I believe shows us our collective futures. The parallel between this show's plot and its similarities between the martial law and continuity of government documents is stunning. And in my bones, I feel that this production is much more than just another TV show. In a dystopian, not too distant future LA, a couple, Katie and Will Bowman live with two of their three children under a military/martial law regime which is the most brutal martial law military occupation by an organizatio The Storyline An ET force called the "Hosts", successfully invaded the Earth. The ET's are NOT part of the show and should not even be in the story line for all intents and purposes. The show focuses on human collaborating forces of enslavement. It is said of them that "no one ever sees them (ET's)". The Hosts have built an enormous wall, around 30 stories tall, several meters thick, and many miles in length, which surrounds the central part of Los Angeles, where the series is set. No travel is permitted between the regions of the world, called blocs, and this is one of themes of any martial law regime, real or of Hollywood origin. The geographical extent of the alien invasion is unclear, but it is presumably worldwide. The occupying forces shown to the viewers are all human and enforce their occupation via black-and-red-uniformed militarized police, nicknamed the "Red Hats" and they are armed with automatic weapons and travel in DHS style armored personnel carriers. The Red Hats are today's George-serving Soros' Antifa and members of the Democratic Party. These Red Hats, along with a privileged class of elites, called the "Proxies", the global elite of today, were all drawn by the Hosts from the local population, and are thus denigrated by some of those they control as "Collaborators". It is unclear how the Red hats were initially organized or equipped. They may be staffed by members of what was the Department of Homeland Security and/or FEMA. The Ultimate In Martial Law- Predictive Programming The variables, which are a part of the show and make up the nature of the extreme martial law that we see in the show and are part of our growing level of enslavement. The following elements of this show, should quickly get your attention. This is the best in predictive programming.

1-No travel between regions. The National ID Card is set to be required as a prerequisite for travel. I am told that the new ID cards will look for anything to prevent travel on public transportation. This is precisely what the Communist Chinese are doing under the direction of Google;s technology and it is being implemented here in America.

2- Family members of the resistance are executed. We certainly have not seen this carried out in the present. However, I detailed how Jade Helm 16 practiced this very scenario.

3-Random Checkpoints and frequent electronic identity check.

Every intersection is becoming a data gathering point. The car is recorded along with the facial recognition software being used to identify the car’s driver and occupants. This is a work in progress.

4-No cars- citizens must walk or ride bikes.

Have you been paying attention to the campaign positions of key Democratic figures such as Elizabeth Warren, Kamala Harris and Corey Booker who all promise to eliminate the private ownership of cars? It is called Agenda 2030 and it being implemented right under Trump's nose. 

5- Slave Labor Camps. I reported several weeks ago, according to a Federal official, that makeshift FEMA camps are being constructed outside of Dallas, Houston, San Antonio and Austin. If they are for the massive hordes of illegal aliens, why are the illegal aliens being sent inland to several American cities?

6-Propaganda centers. This one is easy. Just say CNN, MSNBC, CNBC, ABC, CBS, NBC and all social media monopolies that Trump refuses to do anything about.

7-Selective eugenics- medical conditions (eg diabetes) are not deemed worthy of treatment by the hosts and people waste away as they often die very agonizing deaths.

Simple question in response to this: How many states are attempting to pass genocidal euthanasia for the ill and how many more states are allowing extreme late term abortions?

8-Host provided drones brutally enforce laws and execution is administered for minor infractions.

Representative Omar has been outraged over America’s use of drones to “kill civilians” in our foreign wars of occupation. Are they merely practicing for us? 

9-Forced disappearances. There are no known cases that I am aware of. However, why would the government pass the NDAA, which allows exactly this to happen, if they one day were not going to act upon the illegitimate authority behind this law?

10-Diet and calorie restrictions are enforced-coffee and liquor are extremely rare among the general population. This is called using food as a weapon. What do people think is going to happen with the extreme weather that has destroyed farming in the Midwest. And, God forbid, the Oroville Dam breaks, the entire agricultural rich Central Valley region of California will be rendered useless. Can you say famine and do you want to eat? Then come to our camp.

11-No internet or cells phones are allowed as they could be used to start a revolution.

We already know that when martial law is implemented, the Internet and cell phone use will be taken away.

12-Extreme electronic surveillance. We are all being profiled every second of every day. What could they possibly be profiling us for? Look at #`13 for the answer 

13-In season 2, it was revealed that each bloc is not a slave labor colony, but eventually all humans will be made extinct (ie depopulation). The series begins less than a year after the beginning of the Occupation. Life is a living hell. The implied, but never overtly stated is that "resistance is futile" and always fatal to those who resist as well as to their family members. This is the end of humanity and the ushering in of transhumanism. This is where entertainment meets the future. It is called predictive programming.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-martial-law/using-predictive-programming-netflix-show-colony-shows-america-where-it-going 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 5--19 BitRss.com latest Crypto World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

After Trillions Printed Under QE, Politicians Now Say Deficits Don’t Matter

3 days ago International Bitcoin com

When quantitative easing (QE) was introduced, it was likened to a drug, with central banks making an emergency injection of money to resuscitate the global economy. Now it seems that some politicians have gotten addicted to this drug, going as far as to claim that government deficits don’t matter and the money printing can just continue unabated.

Also Read: Why Cryptocurrency Investors Are Renouncing Their US Citizenship

Central Banks Create Trillions Out of Thin Air With QE

In the wake of the 2008 global financial crisis, central banks embarked on a gargantuan QE policy, expanding their balance sheets by many billions of dollars worth of government bonds and other financial assets each month. Now, more than a decade on, this policy is considered to be largely over but major central banks still hold trillions on the books. As of the end of April 2019, the U.S. Federal Reserve’s balance sheet stood at $3.89 trillion, the European Central Bank’s balance sheet was $5.3 trillion and the Bank of Japan’s balance sheet was $5.1 trillion. These figures are respectively comparable to 18.5% of the GDP of the U.S., 40.3% of the GDP of the eurozone and 102.2% of the GDP of Japan.

Praet: As a central bank, we can create money to buy assets #AskECB https://t.co/zTQuU4y1ch 

— European Central Bank (@ecb) March 12, 2019

As if the central banks’ massive balance sheets were not enough cause for concern for the public whose wealth they endanger, some politicians are also now claiming that government deficits don’t matter. Under the newly touted Modern Monetary Theory (MMT), actions to counter deficits such as cutting spending or raising taxes are only needed when inflation is out of control. Two obvious problems with this reasoning are that first, it is like saying that jumping out the window is not dangerous until you hit the ground, and second, that governments can simply lie about inflation being low.

If politicians tell people that deficits don’t matter and we shouldn’t try to balance the books now, how will they be able to convince the public of the need for harsh measures when inflation bites to prevent it becoming unsustainable and spiraling into hyper-inflationary territory? In many countries, when the government or central bank refers to inflation, they only factor in some consumer goods and services, thus overlooking assets bubbles developing in fields such as stocks and real estate. In fact, for most people, buying a house is the biggest purchase of their lives so ignoring real estate when calculating inflation makes it irrelevant as a measure for the burden on the average person. This has already caused the emergence of a generation of young people who can’t buy a home in many developed markets around the world while inflation has officially been flat for years.

Modern Monetary Theory 101

Modern Monetary Theory takes the concept of fiat money to a logical extreme, describing currency as a public monopoly which the government is a price setter of and claiming that anything less than full unemployment is evidence that it is over-restricting the supply and needs to print more. Most leading economists reject the claims of MMT, including New Keynesian economists. Even Paul Krugman came out against it in 2011, admitting he wished he could agree with the theory but that “it’s just not right” and demonstrated how it can lead to hyperinflation. However, for politicians who wish to avoid taking unpopular austerity measures, the idea that governments should not worry about deficits because they can always print more money is just too seductive to pass up.  The place where MMT is most heatedly debated right now is Japan, where, as noted above, the central bank’s balance sheet is already worth more than 100% on the country’s whole GDP due to QE. A strange mix of politicians, starting from the conservative side and stretching all the way to the Japanese Communist Party, are using the theory to justify their opposition to a sales tax hike needed to prevent a government deficit. The Japanese Finance Minister called this “extremely dangerous” and warned against Japan turning into a test site for MMT.

In the U.S., the theory is mainly gaining traction with the left wing of the Democrat party. For example, Stephanie Kelton, who is a leading contributor and advocate for MMT, served as an Economic Advisor to Bernie Sanders’ 2016 presidential campaign. “There is no budget crisis in Japan,” Kelton told WSJ . “And there is no inflation problem, so why would you risk slowing consumer spending—and thus the economy—with a hike in consumption tax?” What do you think about the claims of Modern Monetary Theory? Share your thoughts in the comments section below. Verify and track bitcoin cash transactions on our BCH Block Explorer , the best of its kind anywhere in the world. Also, keep up with your holdings, BCH and other coins, on our market charts at Bitcoin.com Markets , another original and free service from Bitcoin.com.

The post After Trillions Printed Under QE, Politicians Now Say Deficits Don’t Matter appeared first on Bitcoin News .

https://bitrss.com/news/133178/after-trillions-printed-under-qe-politicians-now-say-deficits-don-t-matter 

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

:: 5-20-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pope Francis Calls For Global Governance to Fight Climate Change

Demands new powers be transferred to international authority that ‘manages’ interests of nations

Paul Joseph Watson | Infowars.com - May 20, 2019

Pope Francis recently called for global governance to fight climate change, asserting, “The nation state cannot be considered as an absolute.” During an address to the Pontifical Academy of Social Sciences, the Pope condemned “growing nationalism that neglects the common good” and called for more globalism. “The nation state cannot be considered as an absolute, as an island with respect to the surrounding context,” he said, adding, “The nation state is no longer able to procure the common good of its populations alone.” Pope Francis said that a “special authority legally and concordantly constituted” was necessary to facilitate the implementation of new climate change policies. He went on to demand that power be transferred from nation states to “intergovernmental institutions that manage their common interests.” “This universal common good, in turn, must acquire a more pronounced juridical value at international level,” concluded Francis. The Pope has made innumerable statements bashing nationalism and populism, particularly in the context of his advocacy of bringing millions of migrants into Europe. Under his guidance, the Catholic Church has also fully embraced the global warming mantra despite deep skepticism amongst Christians.

There is a war on free speech. Without your support, my voice will be silenced. Please sign up for the free newsletter here. Donate to me on SubscribeStar here. Support my sponsor – Turbo Force – a supercharged boost of clean energy without the comedown.

https://www.infowars.com/pope-francis-calls-for-global-governance-to-fight-climate-change/

:: 5-20-19 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IRAN ANNOUNCES IT HAS BREACHED NUCLEAR AGREEMENT; INCREASED URANIUM ENRICHMENT FOUR FOLD

World Hal Turner 20 May 2019

The Islamic Republic of Iran has just metaphorically raised its Middle Finger to the entire world by announcing it has BREACHED the Nuclear Agreement and has been enriching Uranium four times more than the agreement allowed. They have also publicly stated they are no longer bound by the total limit of 300 kilograms of enriched Uranium. Put simply, they are now actively and aggressively producing enough enriched Uranium to equip a number of nuclear bombs. The world has little choice now but to take action; and YOU had better be prepared: Stay prepared, have a pre-planned evacuation, have weapons and ammo, have food and equipment for survival. Know what you can and cannot eat in the wilderness. Remember, there is safety in numbers. Here is a short list of suggested Preps (HERE). Iran has increased by fourfold the rate of production of low enriched uranium, an official in Natanz nuclear facility was cited as saying by Tasnim news agency on Monday, a week after Iran officially stopped some commitments under an international nuclear accord. Under the agreement, Tehran was allowed to produce low-enriched uranium with a 300-kg limit. Tehran could ship the excess amounts out of the country for storage or sale. Iran said this month the cap no longer applies as it scaled down commitments in reaction to U.S. unilateral withdrawal from the deal. To many observers, this proves Iran never intended to honor its agreement, and has been pursuing nuclear weapons all along. It was not clear how far Iran’s stock of low-enriched uranium was from the 300-kg limit. Under the deal Iran can enrich uranium at 3.67 percent, far below the 90 percent of weapons grade. It is also well below the 20 percent level to which Iran enriched uranium before the deal. This is a developing story. Updates will appear below. Please check back . . . REMINDER: If you find this web site helpful, please take a second to click one or more oft the ads below to help generate revenue for us to keep this site alive. If ads are not for you, please take just a moment to DONATE or become a Subscriber for $1 a week.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/iran-announces-it-has-breached-nuclear-agreement-increased-uranium-enrichment-four-fold 

:: 5-19-19 Paul Craig Roberts :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SPLC on Life-Support: Former Staffer Quits, Calls Organization a Scam in Tell-All Article

May 19, 2019

SPLC on Life-Support: Former Staffer Quits, Calls Organization a Scam in Tell-All Article According to a former member, the Southern Poverty Law Center both scammed and defamed many people and was rewarded by dumbshit donors with $500 million dollars. The Southern Poverty Law Center was long ago exposed as money-making scam. It has amassed almost half-a-billion dollars fighting an imaginary tide of “hate” that is ever “rising,” which provides the twin benefits of bringing in that money and advancing the totalitarian goals of the radical Left. Topping that agenda is demonizing any opposition to the Left as “hate,” be it racism, homophobia, transphobia, and Islamophobia. But last week, the discredited group fired its co-founder, Morris Dees, a shocker in the “civil rights community” that opened the door to discussing exactly who Dees is and what goes on at SPLC, also called the Poverty Palace. Former SPLC staff member Bob Moser took to the New Yorker yesterday to elaborate on what we’ve known for some time: The SPLC is, again, a money-making scam. But he revealed that truth from the inside. Until Justice Rolls Down Like Dollars A detailed report in the Los Angeles Times explained that SPLC fired Dees likely because of the long-term abuse of women and blacks at the organization. Stephen Bright, a Yale law professor and former director of the Southern Center for Human Rights in Atlanta, told the Times that SPLC’s fundraising is “fraudulent,” and called Dees a “flimflam man and he’s managed to flimflam his way along for many years raising money by telling people about the Ku Klux Klan and hate groups,” he said. “He sort of goes to whatever will sell and has, of course, brought in millions and millions and millions of dollars.” The flim-flam man’s career is officially over, and Moser offers a few insights that open with an amusing but telling vignette: I’ve been thinking about the jokes my S.P.L.C. colleagues and I used to tell to keep ourselves sane. Walking to lunch past the center’s Maya Lin-designed memorial to civil-rights martyrs, we’d cast a glance at the inscription from Martin Luther King, Jr., etched into the black marble — “Until justice rolls down like waters”— and intone, in our deepest voices, “Until justice rolls down like dollars.” The Law Center had a way of turning idealists into cynics. Working in a building that “made social justice ‘look despotic,’” the earnest young leftist quickly learned that fighting hate involved a lot of hypocrisy and a lot more money. Of the hypocrisy, Moser wrote, blacks at SPLC were almost uniformly “administrative and support staff — ‘the help,’ one of my black colleagues said pointedly.” But the “‘professional staff’ — the lawyers, researchers, educators, public-relations officers, and fund-raisers — were almost exclusively white. Just two staffers, including me, were openly gay.” Of the money-making, Moser quotes another of Dees’s critics, who says Dees viewed “civil-rights work mainly as a marketing tool for bilking gullible Northern liberals.” So beyond Dees’s having a “reputation for hitting on young women,” SPLC is just a storefront for selling the “fight against hate” to make a pile of money. “The work could be meaningful and gratifying,” Moser wrote. “But it was hard, for many of us, not to feel like we’d become pawns in what was, in many respects, a highly profitable scam.” SPLC, a former staff member said to Moser, was a “virtual buffet of injustices.” Moser eventually admits that he and other staffers didn’t care enough about their own integrity to blow the whistle: Outside of work, we spent a lot of time drinking and dishing in Montgomery bars and restaurants about the oppressive security regime, the hyperbolic fund-raising appeals, and the fact that, though the center claimed to be effective in fighting extremism, “hate” always continued to be on the rise, more dangerous than ever, with each year’s report on hate groups. “The S.P.L.C.— making hate pay,” we’d say. It wasn’t funny then. At this moment, it seems even grimmer. But Moser and this coworkers participated in the “making hate pay.” No Objections at All to What SPLC Did Not once in this half-apology for joining this massive fraud did Moser express sorrow for helping smear innocent conservatives. Aside from defaming mainstream conservatives, SPLC’s application of the “hate group” label inspired an attempted mass murder at the Family Research Council. But Moser’s concern was this: “As critics have long pointed out, however, the hate-group designations also drive attention to the extremists. Many groups, including the religious-right Family Research Council and the Alliance Defending Freedom, raise considerable money by decrying the S.P.L.C.’s ‘attacks.’” Moser never admits that the SPLC’s “extremist” and “hate” designations are either bogus or highly suspect, or that the designated targets don’t really exist. Nor does he mention that SPLC faces multiple lawsuits alleging defamation, mail fraud and violations of the Racketeering Influenced and Corrupt Organizaitions Act. Source: The New American

https://www.thenewamerican.com/usnews/politics/item/31809-former-staffer-admits-splc-is-a-money-making-scam 

https://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2019/05/19/splc-on-life-support-former-staffer-quits-calls-organization-a-scam-in-tell-all-article/ 

:: 5-19-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NGO WARNS: We Are On The Verge Of A “NO-WIN ARMS RACE AGAINST KILLER ROBOTS”

May 19, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

In a May 8 report from Pax — a nonprofit with the explicit goal of protecting civilians from violence, reducing armed conflict, and building a just peace — the agency looked at the existing state of artificial intelligence in weaponry and urged nations, companies and workers to think about how to prevent an AI arms race, instead of thinking about how to win one. Without corrective action, the report warned, the status quo could lead all participants into a no-win situation, with any advantage gained from developing an autonomous weapon temporary and limited. “We see this emerging AI arms race and we think if nothing happens that that is a major threat to humanity,” said Frank Slijper, one of the authors on the report… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/05/19/ngo-warns-we-are-on-the-verge-of-a-no-win-arms-race-against-killer-robots/ 

:: 5-19-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

REASON #12 YOU SHOULD HELP SKYWATCH AND WHISPERING PONIES RANCH HEAL ABUSED CHILDREN: Child Sex Trafficking through Child “Protection” Services Exposed – Kidnapping Children For Sex Is BIG BUSINESS

May 19, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

In this Buzzsaw interview, filmmaker Sean Stone interviews Tammi Stefano, the Executive Director of The National Safe Child Coalition (NSCC), and exposes much of the corruption happening within Child Protection Services and Family Courts. This might be one of the few interviews currently available on the Internet that gives this much information on the child sex trafficking business that exists in LA County, and across the nation. Tammi Stefano reveals some very shocking information about the child and human trafficking business currently operating in the United States, which is a huge illegal business that brings in more money than the illegal drug trade and illegal arms trade combined. (READ MORE)

ALSO WATCH: UNBELIEVABLE! Jaco Booyens On SkyWatch On Why Sex Trafficking Is Bigger Than Most Comprehend

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/05/19/reason-12-you-should-help-skywatch-and-whispering-ponies-ranch-heal-abused-children-child-sex-trafficking-through-child-protection-services-

exposed-kidnapping-children-fo/ 

:: 5-19-19 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Friend, foe or unknown force flying overhead? Congress should find out

By Christopher Mellon, opinion contributor — 05/19/19 09:30 AM EDT

Since 2015, dozens of Navy F-18 fighter jets have encountered unidentified aerial phenomenon (UAPs) — once commonly referred to as UFOs — off the East Coast of the United States, some not far from the nation’s capital. Encounters have been reported by other military aircraft and civilian airliners elsewhere in the U.S. and abroad, too, including videos shot by airline passengers. What these UAPs were and who was flying them — whether friends, foes or unknown forces — remains a mystery. Yet careful examination of the data inevitably leads to one possible, disturbing conclusion: A potential adversary of the United States has mastered technologies we do not yet understand to achieve capabilities we cannot yet match. It is long past time for Congress to discover the answers to those questions and to share at least some of its conclusions with the public. The U.S. government came a large step closer to confirming the reality of UAPs when the U.S. Navy acknowledged in late April that “there have been a number of reports of unauthorized and/or unidentified aircraft entering various military-controlled ranges and designated airspace in recent years.” But first, members of Congress and the public need to become familiar with the facts. Unfortunately, it is impossible to gauge the overall level of UAP activity since military personnel rarely report their encounters for fear of damage to their careers. Even when reports are filed, the information generally is ignored because nobody “owns” the UAP issue and the various commands and agencies involved have not shared information on UAPs. It remains to be seen whether the Navy’s new UAP reporting process will be emulated throughout our massive, almost feudal security apparatus in which the barons sometimes spend more time protecting bureaucratic turf from rivals than protecting U.S. territory from adversaries. Thus, any genuine solution to the UAP issue must address the issue of interagency coordination and collaboration. The good news is that America already possesses vast sensor networks, ranging from the depths of the oceans to the harsh bleakness of space, capable of collecting the requisite information. All that Congress need do at this juncture is require the secretary of Defense and the director of national intelligence to review the UAP issue and deliver a report providing a comprehensive assessment. This report should include not only an estimate of the situation but a description of the structure and processes required to ensure effective collection and analysis going forward. The Trump administration should be free to provide the report at whatever level of classification it deems appropriate. One entity with which I am involved — To the Stars Academy (TTSA), an organization of former U.S. intelligence and national security experts analyzing the UAP phenomenon — has placed notional legislative language on its website to facilitate this discussion. While some modest manpower costs might be incurred, the TTSA proposal does not require new Defense Department funding. It also averts the spectacle of public hearings and the attendant risk of injecting partisanship or grandstanding into the process. Why should Congress act? In the first instance because it is Congress’s job to raise, organize and fund the military. It can hardly do so without being fully aware of the threats we face. Indeed, that is why we have a law requiring written notice to Congress of serious intelligence failures. Most Americans would no doubt agree that our inability to identify scores of mysterious aircraft repeatedly violating restricted U.S. military airspace in recent years is a shocking failure. But there is no need to wrangle over compliance with intelligence oversight laws. The Navy’s recent admissions regarding UAP intrusions provide more than adequate grounds for requiring a written report to Congress. Perhaps we’ll learn that Russian President Vladimir Putin was not idly boasting when he bragged, more than a decade ago, that Russia’s “newest technical systems will be capable of destroying targets at an intercontinental distance with hypersonic speed and extreme maneuverability.” While it seems unlikely that Russia — or China — has pulled that far ahead of the U.S., there is no reason to leave this to chance. And while the Navy’s announcement seems to eliminate the prospect that these vehicles are secret U.S. military aircraft, perhaps we’ll find that Elon Musk has some amazing new toys. It is not just that the UAPs that military pilots are encountering are strange — no paint, rivets, wings, antenna, safety lights, transponders or exhaust — but they sometimes are so fast and maneuverable that they defy our understanding of physics. For example, some of these vehicles appear to withstand forces of acceleration far greater than maximum design limits of any man-made aircraft. No wonder some military witnesses — often pilots who are scientists or engineers themselves — actually lean toward the hypothesis that they are not from this world. Like all good scientists, these pilots recognize that our theories must adjust to facts and new information, however daunting, not the other way around. If our best minds were brought to bear to study the technology confronting us, much as the Japanese did in the 1850s when confronted by Admiral Perry’s fleet, then unprecedented technological breakthroughs could occur in short order. For example, the fact that these craft do not seem to produce exhaust yet fly vast distances at immense speeds could provide technical solutions to our energy crisis. Some of America’s finest aviators and air defense personnel are trying to get our attention. They are not panicked — but they are right to be concerned. It seems clear the facts demand further action. In light of the facts, a mere report requirement seems a very modest response to potentially disturbing new national security information. If UAPs turn out to be toys of Elon Musk’s making, we’ll all breathe a sigh of relief. If they are Russian, we’ll be glad we took action now rather than kicking the can down the road. If we learn that someone else’s more advanced version of our Voyager spacecraft has reached Earth, then this humble measure will forever transform our understanding of the universe and man’s place within it. By any measure, the effort required to prepare a report for Congress seems to be a bargain. Christopher Mellon served 20 years in the federal government and was deputy assistant Defense secretary for intelligence from 1999 to 2002, and for security and information operations from 1998 to 1999. From 2002 to 2004, he was minority staff director of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence under Sen. John Rockefeller IV (D-W.Va.). He is a national security affairs adviser for To the Stars Academy of Arts and Science and a consultant to HISTORY’s nonfiction series, “Unidentified: Inside America’s UFO Investigation,” which premieres May 31.

https://thehill.com/opinion/national-security/444422-friend-foe-or-unknown-force-flying-overhead-congress-should-find 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 5-19-19 Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump warns if Tehran attacks, it will be ‘official end of Iran’

Amid soaring Gulf tensions, US president issues stern warning to Islamic Republic: ‘Never threaten the United States again’

By Agencies 20 May 2019, 12:24 am

WASHINGTON — US President Donald Trump issued a stern warning to Iran on Sunday, suggesting that if the Islamic republic attacks American interests, it will be destroyed. “If Iran wants to fight, that will be the official end of Iran. Never threaten the United States again,” Trump said in a tweet. Tensions between Washington and Tehran have been on the rise as the United States has deployed a carrier group and B-52 bombers to the Gulf over what it termed Iranian “threats.” Iran’s foreign minister downplayed the prospect of a new war in the region on Saturday, saying Tehran opposed it and no party was under the “illusion” the Islamic republic could be confronted. “We are certain… there will not be a war since neither we want a war nor does anyone have the illusion they can confront Iran in the region,” Mohammad Javad Zarif told state-run news agency IRNA at the end of a visit to China. Iran-US relations hit a new low last year as US Trump pulled out of a 2015 nuclear deal and reimposed unilateral sanctions that had been lifted in exchange for Tehran scaling back its nuclear program. Trumps warning came just after a Katyusha rocket crashed into Baghdad’s Green Zone, which houses government offices and embassies, including the US mission, Iraqi security services said in a statement. The rocket — which came after Washington ordered the evacuation of non-essential diplomatic staff from the Baghdad Embassy and the Erbil Consulate, citing threats from Iranian-backed Iraqi armed groups — caused no casualties, it said. The Green Zone is one of the world’s most high-security institutional quarters. Located in the center of the Iraqi capital, it houses parliament, the prime minister’s office, the presidency, other key institutions, top officials’ homes and embassies. The American embassy in Baghdad — the world’s largest — lies within the fortified neighborhood, also known as the International Zone, which is surrounded by concrete walls. The apparent attack came amid heightened tensions across the Persian Gulf, after the White House ordered warships and bombers to the region earlier this month to counter an alleged, unexplained threat from Iran. There also have been allegations that four oil tankers were sabotaged off the coast of the United Arab Emirates last week, and Iran-aligned rebels in Yemen claimed responsibility for an attack on a Saudi Arabian oil pipeline. Last week, the US ordered the evacuation of non-essential diplomatic staff from Iraq, citing threats from Iranian-backed armed groups operating in the country. Germany and the Netherlands both suspended their military assistance programs in the country due to the soaring tensions. Iraq is home to powerful pro-Iranian militias, while also hosting more than 5,000 US troops.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/trump-warns-if-tehran-attacks-it-will-be-official-end-of-iran/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-18-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Firebomb launched from Gaza lands in IDF base

Explosive device found in IDF base was one of 30 sent into Israel.

Arutz Sheva Staff, 18/05/19 23:31

A cluster of balloons attached to an explosive device landed Saturday morning in an IDF base in southern Israel. Israel Police sappers, who were called in to neutralize the Gazan explosive device, said that no one was injured and no damage was caused. "If you see a suspicious object, report it immediately to the police," a police statement warned. According to Arab sources, the explosive device was one of 30 sent simultaneously into Israel from Gaza. On Thursday, incendiary balloons sent from Gaza sparked three fires in Israel, including in the Be'eri and Shokeda forests. The fires, reported by KKL foresters, were extinguished by Israeli firefighters.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/263338 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, etc.

:: 5-20-19 Shtf Plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Is Causing Extremely Bizarre Weather Patterns To Hammer The Middle Of The U.S. Over And Over Again?

Michael Snyder May 20th, 2019

This article was originally published by Michael Snyder at The Economic Collapse Blog.

The middle of the country has never seen anything quite like this. As 2019 began, the central portion of the nation was relentlessly hammered by bitter cold and massive snow storms, and many were hoping for better things once spring arrived. But then in March the flooding began, and it hasn’t stopped since. In fact, this is already the longest we have seen flooding along the Mississippi River since 1927, and there is no end in sight. By the time it is all said and done, all of the old records will probably be completely shattered. Meanwhile, powerful storms continue to pound the heartland every few days. Over the weekend, huge storms struck the middle of the country on Friday, Saturday and Sunday, and more are expected on Monday. So what is causing such extremely bizarre weather to happen? Is there a reason why weather patterns have shifted so dramatically or is all of this just a really, really strange coincidence? Nobody can possibly claim that what we are witnessing is “normal”. According to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, the last year has been the “wettest 12-month period in recorded history” for the lower 48 states… The continental United States just recorded its wettest 12-month period in recorded history, while also moving one step closer to being drought-free, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). Needless to say, all of this wet weather has caused a tremendous amount of flooding, and at this point, this is the longest-lasting Mississippi River flood since 1927… Mississippi River flooding has been ongoing for three months or longer in some locations, making it the longest-lasting flood there since the Great Flood of 1927, the worst flood in modern history on the lower Mississippi River. Take Vicksburg, Mississippi, for example.  The Mississippi River went above flood stage there on Feb. 17, and has remained in flood ever since. The National Weather Service said this is the longest continuous stretch above flood stage since 1927 at Vicksburg. And since there is no end in sight for the flooding, all of the old records may end up being broken by a very wide margin. Very weird weather is happening out west too. In fact, several feet of snow just fell in the mountains of California… Parts of California still resemble a scene out of winter, with a series of storms bringing several feet of snow to mountain areas, ahead of a “significant” severe weather threat across the nation’s midsection. The National Weather Service said that a series of Pacific storms are bringing heavy rain, mountain snow, and gusty winds across the West. A winter storm warning was issued Wednesday night that will run through Friday morning for the southern Sierra Nevada. In every year there are moments of bad weather. But that isn’t what we are talking about. In 2019, it is as if we are being hit with a sledgehammer day after day after day. Of course this has been absolutely disastrous for agricultural production. At this point, U.S. farmers have planted less than half the corn that they were expected to plant by now. For much more on this, please see my previous article entitled “Total Catastrophe For U.S. Corn Production: Only 30% Of U.S. Corn Fields Have Been Planted – 5 Year Average Is 66%”. We like to think that we are not vulnerable to the vagaries of the weather thanks to all of our advanced technology, but that is not true at all. And over the weekend, things got even worse. Starting on Friday and Saturday, a string of immensely powerful storms devastated communities all over the Midwest… A plethora of tornado reports began rolling in Friday in Nebraska and Kansas. On Saturday, almost a dozen were reported in Texas and Oklahoma. In Texas, the National Weather Service Abilene/San Angelo concluded that an EF2 tornado with winds of up to 135 mph damage homes in San Angelo. Dru Lewis was hunkered down with his family as the storm battered his home. “There was a suction … from under the door, I could feel it,” he said. “Then all the windows just exploded. It was just chaos from there until the storm died down.” Then on Sunday, more huge storms produced literally dozens of tornadoes across the region… Severe thunderstorms continued to rumble across parts of the U.S. Sunday, damaging buildings in Louisiana after spawning more than three dozen reports of tornadoes across five states. Several homes and businesses were damaged and power lines and trees were down throughout Evangeline Parish, Louisiana, after severe thunderstorms and possible tornadoes moved through the area early Sunday morning. The town of Ville Platte, about 76 miles northwest of Baton Rouge, was especially hard hit. Unfortunately, there is still more to come. In fact, an entirely new weather system will hit the middle of the country on Monday… On Monday, a new system will develop off the High Plains and slide east into the Southern Plains. The dry line will interact with an increasingly moist and unstable air mass that will develop across parts of Texas, Oklahoma and Kansas. Unfortunately, that means very favorable conditions for violent severe weather in parts of this region. We are being told that the storms on Monday could affect nearly 50 million people. For a long time I have been warning that global weather patterns are dramatically changing, but at first a lot of people wanted to argue that it wasn’t true. Well, these days the number of people that want to claim that I am wrong has gone way down. Of course, throughout all of human history weather patterns have always been changing, and so change isn’t something that is new. But the changes that we are witnessing in our time appear to be taking an apocalyptic turn, and nobody is exactly sure what is going to happen next.

https://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/what-is-causing-extremely-bizarre-weather-patterns-to-hammer-the-middle-of-the-u-s-over-and-over-again_05202019 

:: 5-20-19 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DEADLY EMERGENCY WARNING: "TORCON 10" DECLARED for TEXAS & OKLAHOMA

Nation Hal Turner 20 May 2019

Tornado Condition ten (TorCon 10) has been declared for north Texas and western Oklahoma by the National Weather Service. This is the highest, most severe, Tornado Conditions Warning available - one that has not been issued anywhere for TEN YEARS! Residents are urged to remain close to shelter all day today and into tonight - Long-lived and Violent Tornadoes are ASSURED to develop. The map below shows the danger areas: This satellite imagery shows the enormous rotating "super cell" thunderstorms -- some 100 miles wide -- already forming over north Texas and western Oklahoma: These super cells are already producing thunderstorms with straight-line winds gusting to NINETY (90) miles per hour, and unleashing Golf ball-sized hail: These storms will grow in strength all day and into the night. NUMEROUS tornadoes are forecast to strike in the warning area. These are expected to be large, long-lived, and "Violent" tornadoes. Persons in the warning area are urged to stay close to a shelter all day and into the night tonight (Monday) and have Emergency food, water, flashlights, batteries and a radio nearby at all times. This is the most dangerous outbreak of severe storms in more than ten years. Take appropriate precautions. UPDATE NWS ALERT --

URGENT - IMMEDIATE BROADCAST REQUESTED

Tornado Watch Number 197

NWS Storm Prediction Center Norman OK

1235 PM CDT Mon May 20 2019

The NWS Storm Prediction Center has issued a

* Tornado Watch for portions of

West Texas including much of the Panhandle

* Effective this Monday afternoon and evening from 1235 PM until

800 PM CDT.

...THIS IS A PARTICULARLY DANGEROUS SITUATION...

* Primary threats include...

Numerous tornadoes expected with a few intense tornadoes likely

Widespread large hail and scattered very large hail events to 4

inches in diameter expected

Widespread damaging wind gusts to 70 mph likely

SUMMARY...Intense tornadic supercell thunderstorms are expected to

develop across west Texas as the eastern half of the Texas

Panhandle. In addition to the risk of strong tornadoes, very large

hail and damaging winds are likely in the strongest cells.

The tornado watch area is approximately along and 55 statute miles

east and west of a line from 50 miles east northeast of Amarillo TX

to 35 miles east of Big Spring TX. For a complete depiction of the

watch see the associated watch outline update (WOUS64 KWNS WOU7).

UPDATE 1:55 PM EDT -- Collinsville, OK -- "It came out of nowhere!"

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/deadly-emergency-warning-torcon-10-declared-for-texas-oklahoma 

:: 5-19-19 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

48 million under threat of severe weather as hail, rain and tornadoes move east

By Madeline Holcombe and Christina Maxouris, CNN Updated 7:06 PM ET, Sun May 19, 2019

(CNN) Nearly 50 million people are under threat of hail, heavy rain, strong winds and isolated tornadoes this week as several storms move east, according to the National Weather Center.

Storms spread across the Great Lakes/Ohio Valley area and most of the Northeast on Sunday. While the risk for severe storms appears to be low, it extends over a large population.

A severe thunderstorm watch is in effect until 10 p.m. Sunday for parts of New York, Pennsylvania and Vermont. A separate line of thunderstorms from the same system drenched northern Indiana and southern Michigan. In all, roughly 18 million people are affected. In the central plains, nearly six million people are under a flash flood watch. Tornadoes At least 38 tornadoes have been reported since Friday morning, including in Kansas, Nebraska and Texas. Saturday brought another 11 tornadoes along with 150 wind reports and 33 hail reports. In Comanche County, Oklahoma, a tornado destroyed two homes Saturday morning, said Ashleigh Hensch, an emergency management spokesperson there. Another in Abilene, Texas, caused "widespread damage," CNN affiliated KTXS reported. A tornado overturned a semi-truck on a Mineola, Kansas, highway with a driver inside, according to CNN affiliate WJTV. This is peak tornado season, CNN meteorologist Derek Van Dam said, "with an average of 268 tornadoes countrywide during the month of May." Flooding Threat of flooding will be high throughout the week, with rainfall totals ranging from one to five inches, according to Van Dam. "The heavy rain will impact areas that have received significant amounts of rain within the past several weeks," Van Dam said. "The ground remains very saturated and may elevate the flood threat." In early May, the Mississippi broke its July 9, 1993, record after heavy rainfall triggered flooding from Minnesota to the Gulf of Mexico, CNN affiliate WQAD reported. The flood gauge in 1993 at Rock Island, Illinois, topped out at 22.63 feet. Its level this month reached 22.64 feet, WQAD said. Greatest threat to come later this week Monday will see the greatest risk for severe weather, Van Dam said, as a cold front moves from the West into the Plains. The Panhandle of Texas and Central Oklahoma will see a moderate risk of severe weather (level four out of five), with the threat of strong, violent tornadoes, very large hail and damaging winds, according to the National Weather Service Storm Prediction Center. CNN's Robert Shackelford, Derek Van Dam and Theresa Waldrop contributed to this report.

https://www.cnn.com/2019/05/19/us/midwest-weather-sunday-wxc/index.html 

:: 5-19-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Investigations Into Obama SpyGate Has John Brennan Panicked

22‚225 views

The Alex Jones Show Published on May 19, 2019 infowars.com/show

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5ce1e7ff05fea200172e4fbf 

:: 5-19-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jeanine Pirro Says ‘Deep State’ About to Be Exposed: ‘This Will Be True Reality TV’

‘No scripts, no rehearsals, just a gang of criminals pointing fingers at each other to save their own hides,’ she says

Mediaite - May 19, 2019

Fox News’ Jeanine Pirro exclaimed that the ‘Deep State’ is about to be exposed, citing recent comments from Attorney General Bill Barr about investigating the origins of the investigation into Russian election interference. “We are not going quietly into the night. Grab your popcorn, Junior Mints or whatever makes you happy,” she said at the top of her open Saturday night. “The real show is about to begin. This will be true reality TV. No scripts, no rehearsals, just a gang of criminals pointing fingers at each other to save their own hides. A version of true crime and reality show Survivor. The deep state exposed.” “I told you more than a year ago, for the director James Comey was the head of his own crime family,” Pirro continued on. “He ran the upper echelon of the FBI like an organized criminal enterprise.” Pirro accused former FBI director James Comey and deputy director Andrew McCabe of being “leakers,” and trying to pass the blame onto other people. Read more

https://www.infowars.com/jeanine-pirro-says-deep-state-about-to-be-exposed-this-will-be-true-reality-tv/ 

:: 5-20-19 Justus A Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Obama’s Back! Sends Holder To Attack Barr: Trump’s Impeachment Nightmare Never Ends!!

By JustusAKnight on May 20, 2019

The news today is truly a reoccurring nightmare that it seems you can never wake up from. Back from the dead is Obama and his cronies with everyone, at least in MSM, again ignoring the fact that they are all criminals! To make matters worse we have a lone RINO republican calling for Trump’s impeachment…seriously, another WASTE OF TIME. This and so much more on today’s broadcast…just wait MEN, it actually got worse for us again over the weekend. You won’t believe what they want to charge us for now unless we do it in front of a court… As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/05/20/obamas-back-sends-holder-to-attack-barr-trumps-impeachment-nightmare-never-ends/ 

:: 5-20-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2020 Dem Gillibrand Vows to Release All Illegal Immigrants into US Communities Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand pledges to release all who say they are 'claiming asylum' 

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 20th May 2019 @ 1.00pm

Democratic 2020 hopeful Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand (D-NY) has pledged to release all illegal immigrants into American communities, provided they say they are "claiming asylum" in the United States. Gillibrand, who is getting crushed in the polls for the 2020 Democrat presidential primary, vowed on Sunday to enact an open border policy, in the unlikely event she goes on to win the election next year. The New York senator says she would release all border crossers and illegal aliens into American communities so long as they claim they are seeking asylum. Sen. Gillibrand said during an interview on CBS’s Face The Nation, that, as president, she would end the detention of all illegal border crossers and release every foreign national arriving at the U.S.-Mexico border into America. Aside from an open door to the country, Gillibrand says she would also assign each border crosser with free legal aid. “As president of the United States, I would not fund any for-profit prisons, I would not lock up these families," Gillibrand declared. "I would have a humane immigration policy where people … would have lawyers and have a proper asylum process. “I wouldn’t keep them in detention at all,” Gillibrand continued. “I wouldn’t … as president of the United States, I wouldn’t use the detention system at all … "If someone is seeking asylum, I would assign them a lawyer.” When Gillibrand was pressed as to how she would handle the inflow of hundreds of thousands of border apprehensions and crossings set to occur this year, she said no border crossers and illegal aliens claiming asylum would be incarcerated under her watch. “They don’t need to be incarcerated,” Gillibrand said. “If they’re given a lawyer and given a process, they will follow it. They can go into the community…” “They don’t need to be incarcerated,” Gillibrand said. “If they’re given a lawyer and given a process, they will follow it. They can go into the community…” sen kirsten gillibrand says she will release all foreign nationals into the us and assign them free legal aid if they claim they are seeking asylum  press Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand says she will release all foreign nationals into the US and assign them free legal aid if they claim they are 'seeking asylum' According to Breitbart, at current rates, experts project there to be 863,000 border apprehensions this fiscal year, though this only counts illegal aliens who are caught at the border and does not include those who successfully cross. Experts predict that potentially half a million illegal aliens will successfully cross the southern border this year, undetected by Border Patrol. Under Gillibrand’s open border plan, all border crossers and illegal aliens claiming asylum would be allowed to enter the country, freely, with the hope that they arrive in court for their hearing

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7529-2020-dem-gillibrand-vows-to-release-all-illegal-immigrants-into-us-communities

:: 5-17-19 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Elizabeth Warren Announces Plan for National Law Legalizing Abortions Up to Birth

National Micaiah Bilger May 17, 2019 | 10:33AM Washington, DC

U.S. Sen. Elizabeth Warren introduced a massive new plan Friday to legalize abortions for any reason up to birth in America and force taxpayers to pay for them. “People are scared and angry. And they are right to be. But this isn’t a moment to back down – it’s time to fight back,” Warren said, reacting to new laws in Alabama and Georgia that protect unborn babies from abortion. A Massachusetts Democrat and a 2020 presidential candidate, Warren urged Congress to pass laws that require states to allow unrestricted abortions, according to Reuters. She said she believes the legislation is necessary because the U.S. Supreme Court may overturn Roe v. Wade in the near future. Her plan would prohibit states from “interfering in the ability of a patient to access medical care, including abortion services, from a provider that offers them.” This leaves no allowances for restrictions on abortions after unborn babies are viable or even partial-birth abortions, which could become legal again under her plan. Warren’s plan also calls for taxpayer-funded abortions. She wants to end the Hyde Amendment, which prohibits taxpayer funding of elective abortions through Medicaid, the AP reports. Additionally, it her plan would require that all health plans “– including Medicare for All — [include] contraception and abortion coverage.” Here’s more from Reuters: Warren also wants Congress to enact laws that invalidate state rules that have placed near-impossible regulations on abortion clinics. She would also prohibit states from limiting access to the medications that are used to perform abortions.  Warren said Congress should require all health care insurance cover abortions. Republicans have pushed for the opposite, imposing rules that prohibited government-backed insurance from covering abortion services and trying to limit the ability of private insurers to do so. PRO-LIFE COLLEGE STUDENT? LifeNews is looking for interns interested in writing, social media, or video creation. Contact us today.  CNN reports she also would end Trump administration policies that defund Planned Parenthood, including the new “Protect Life” rule for Title X and the Mexico City Policy. She wants to “crack down on violence at abortion clinics” as well. Likely that would occur through buffer zones, which violate free speech rights by prohibiting pro-life sidewalk counselors from coming within a certain distance of an abortion facility. Her plan would make laws like the ones passed in Alabama and Georgia invalid, and would prevent other states from making even moderate restrictions on abortions, such as after viability. “These extremist Republican lawmakers know what the law is — but they don’t care,” Warren said. “They want to turn back the clock, outlaw abortion and deny women access to reproductive health care. And they are hoping the Supreme Court will back their radical play. I’ll be blunt: It just might work.” However, polls indicate that Warren is the real “extremist” in voters’ eyes. A new Hill-HarrisX survey found that 55 percent of voters said they do not think laws banning abortions after six weeks – when an unborn baby’s heartbeat is detectable – are too restrictive, according to The Hill. The findings are not unique. Gallup polls consistently have found that a majority of Americans think all or most abortions should be illegal. In 2018, 53 percent of respondents said abortions should be legal in only a few (35 percent) or no circumstances (18 percent). In February, a Rasmussen poll found that just 21 percent of voters support New York’s new late-term abortion law, which allows abortions for basically any reason up to birth. A full 66 percent oppose the law, including 44 percent who identify as “pro-choice” on abortion. According to a national poll by Marist University, three in four Americans (75 percent) say abortion should be limited to – at most – the first three months of pregnancy. This includes most of those who identify as Republicans (92 percent), Independents (78 percent) and a majority of Democrats (60 percent). It also includes more than six in 10 (61 percent) who identify as “pro-choice” on abortion. The U.S. is one of only seven countries in the world that allows elective abortions after 20 weeks of pregnancy. Even most European countries prohibit or heavily restrict abortions after the first trimester.

https://www.lifenews.com/2019/05/17/elizabeth-warren-announces-plan-for-national-law-legalizing-abortions-up-to-birth/ 

:: 5-20-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

And a Little Child Shall Lead Them

Why the Left puts children at the forefront of its agendas.

May 17, 2019 Mark Tapson

In this recent video clip from a news channel’s interview with 16-year-old climate activist Greta Thunberg, it is clear that the young girl has no special insight to offer, only canned platitudes (“If everyone does something, huge changes can happen”). And yet the older male interviewer fawns over his teenage subject as if she is a credible, informed expert and a wise Cassandra whose dire warning we ignore at our peril. He does so not in spite of her youth, but precisely because of it. Why? Because the leftist media, and the left generally, love propping up gullible, politically indoctrinated children as authoritative mouthpieces to promote their agendas. Swedish schoolgirl Thunberg attracted worldwide media attention at age 15 for her activism against weather, and is now the deadly serious face of the left’s climate change hysteria. Recently nominated for a Nobel Peace Prize, Thunberg is following in the carbon footprints of environmental activist Xiuhtezcatl Roske-Martinez who, at the age of 15, entreated the United Nations General Assembly in 2015 to take action against purportedly human-caused climate change. After the Parkland school shooting in Florida on Valentine’s Day, 2018, student activists David Hogg and Emma Gonzalez (pictured above), 17 and 18 respectively at the time, were ubiquitous in the media coverage about the atrocity – not because their thoughts on the incident were any more insightful than those of any of their fellow students, but because of their forceful calls for stricter gun control and their eagerness to demonize the hated National Rifle Association. Parkland students who didn’t take a strong anti-gun stance quickly found themselves ignored by the news media. Hogg, whose bumper-sticker mentality proved to be no barrier to getting into Harvard, shot to prominence overnight as the face of the gun confiscation movement in America. Jazz Jennings, born male in 2000, was only six years old when he began making television appearances – including an interview with Barbara Walters – to discuss his gender dysphoria. He went on to become the media darling of transgender activism, with his own reality TV show about transgender teen drama and his gender reassignment surgery. Similarly disturbing, child drag performer Desmond is Amazing has been the young, garishly made-up face of LGBTQ activism for years, celebrated as a trailblazer on national talk shows and in gay pride parades. He is only eleven. These are just a few recent examples of the leftist habit of ushering children to the forefront of their various agendas. Those on the right rarely if ever do this. This is not to say that young conservative activists don’t exist; 16-year-old CJ Pearson, for example, was politically active in grade school and was still only twelve years old when he began attracting national media attention as young, black, and conservative. But Pearson is not a leading rightwing personality, much less the face of any particular right-leaning policy, and every other young conservative activist I can think of is at least college-aged. The exploitation of child activists is a purely leftist strategy. Why? The simple answer is that the left is for children of all ages and the right is for adults of all ages. From Greta Thunberg, 16, to George Soros, 88, leftism attracts people who cling to their youthful, utopian delusions of societal perfection; conservatism attracts people, both young and old, who are grounded in the reality of human nature and of life experience. Leftism stems from passionate – if not obsessive – idealism (regardless of the fact that their ideals wreak widespread destruction) and a lust for the power necessary to enforce those ideals. Conservatism stems from an acknowledgement of our fallen and imperfect nature, and a wariness of power, both of which come with maturity. One might think that putting children on the political front lines is an easily-countered strategy, but in fact it is shrewd and effective for the obvious reason that a very young spokesperson – the younger the better, within reason – is emotionally manipulative, and the left is nothing if not emotionally manipulative. Using a child to push an agenda cuts cleanly through the right’s logic and facts like Alexander the Great’s sword through the Gordian knot. Actually, a better analogy might be that it allows the left to completely circumvent logic and facts, which are the left’s Kryptonite. Rational argument from an adult can be disarmed by the presumed beautiful innocence of children, especially articulate children with a sense of self-importance inflated by their adult handlers. Any grownup who dares challenge their emotion-based sloganeering can be easily dismissed as a heartless bully. When little totalitarians like David Hogg or Greta Thunberg condemn you for bequeathing to them a bleak future, only a jaded, selfish meanie would scorn their earnest desire for a better world. After all, the future belongs to them; we adults had our shot and we screwed things up, they tell us, so it’s time for smug young know-it-alls to clean up our mess. How can the right counter this frustrating, exploitative strategy? The best defense is a scorched-earth offense. Don’t play their game, ever. Ignore the left’s appeals to emotion and irrationality. Barrage them relentlessly with facts and reason and evidence and, most of all, with ridicule, because nothing can survive ridicule – least of all humorless leftists, who are unaccustomed to being on the receiving end of it. Be the adults in the room – adults who aren’t afraid to discipline their children when required. The Romantic poet William Wordsworth once waxed sentimental about the clear-eyed wisdom of a child: “Thou, whose exterior semblance doth belie Thy soul's immensity; Thou best philosopher,” he gushed. But contrary to what Wordsworth and today’s Democrats would like to believe, wisdom comes not from fresh-faced innocence but from deep humility, lifelong learning, and broad experience. A civilization shaped by a sentimentalist, childlike worldview is doomed to self-destruct.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/273767/and-little-child-shall-lead-them-mark-tapson 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 5-19-19 NE news now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NBC, CNN don't reveal suspected killer of 12 elderly women is illegal

Sunday, May 19, 2019 Michael F. Haverluck (OneNewsNow.com)

NBC and CNN omitted the fact that the suspected serial killer of at least a dozen elderly women in Texas is an illegal alien, with the former skipping coverage of the mass murderer altogether. “Billy Chemirmir – a 46-year-old former healthcare worker – had already been charged with capital murder in March 2018 in the death of Lu Thi Harris, 81, but was indicted on Tuesday for 11 additional deaths: five in Collin County and six more in Dallas County,” the Daily Caller reported. “Court records show that Chemirmir – a citizen of Kenya living illegally in the United States – allegedly smothered his victims with a pillow and then robbed them …” NBC, CNN staying true to their pro-immigration narrative Both CNN and NBC have not indicated the illegal alien status of the killer, with the former passing up to story altogether. “CNN so far has chosen not to cover the case, as was first noted on Twitter by The Daily Wire’s Ryan Saavedra,” The Daily Caller’s Scott Morefield stressed, noting that Fox and ABC included Chemirmir’s illegal immigration status in their reports. NBC, on the other hand, covered the story, but omitted key facts to remain consistent with its pro-immigration coverage. “NBC has reported it but has made no mention of Chemirmir’s immigration status,” WND pointed out. “NBC identified him as ‘a Texas man.” Of course, there was no mention by the leftist media hub that Chemirmir is also being charged for livng in the United States illegally. Illegal status not important? Democrats’ argument that asking a person’s immigration status is racist – going against their pro-immigration, open borders agenda – apparently did matter in Chemirmir’s instance, as the nursing home he worked for hired him as an employee … despite the fact he was an illegal alien. “Chemirmir – a former health care worker – was indicted Tuesday on six additional counts of capital murder in Dallas County and five counts in Collin County,” the Dallas Morning News reported. “In each of the cases, he smothered his victim with a pillow and robbed her, according to court records.” At least half of the illegal’s known victims were more than 90 years of age, including three from Dallas County, as listed by the Dallas daily:

Phyllis Payne, 91, who died May 14, 2016, according to the indictment and her obituary

Phoebe Perry, 94, who died June 5, 2016, according to a family obituary

Norma French, 85, who died Oct. 8, 2016, according to the indictment and her obituary

Doris Gleason, 92, who died Oct. 29, 2016, according to her family and the indictment

Rosemary Curtis, 76, who died Jan. 19, 2018, according to her obituary

Mary Brooks, 87, who died Jan. 31, 2018, according to the indictment and her obituary

The illegal from Kenya used his status as a health care provider to break down elderly women’s defenses, as described by Plano Police Chief Gregory W. Rushin. “[The man uses his] health care experience to his advantage, targeting and exploiting seniors,” Rushin said at a press conference shortly after Chemirmir’s arrest, according to the Dallas Morning News. "This is terribly disturbing." His brutal attacks did not just take place on health care facilities. “According to an arrest affidavit, Chemirmir forced his way into the apartment of a 91-year-old Plano, Texas, woman, telling her to ‘go to bed. Don’t fight me,’” the paper revealed. “The attacker smothered the woman with a pillow into unconsciousness and robbed her. But paramedics revived her, and she reported a box of jewelry had been stolen. Police, identifying Chemirmir from a license plate number, tailed him and caught him throwing a jewelry box into a trash bin.” And there could be many more victims, as officials continue to investigate the deaths of hundreds of more elderly women in the area. “Authorities said at the time that they planned to review hundreds of unattended deaths of elderly women – including deaths that were previously ruled as resulting from natural causes – to determine whether they could be linked to Chemirmir,” the Dallas Morning News’ Dana Branham and Jennifer Emily recounted. “In 2016, Chemirmir pretended to be an employee at the Edgemere Retirement Community in Dallas, according to court records. He used the alias Benjamin Koitaba.” When and if the suspected illegal alien is deported after the sentencing remains to be seen, but if he is incarcerated in Texas, it would cost taxpayers $17,340 a year, coming to $693,500 over 40 years, according to Death Penalty Information Center, which also noted taxpayers could shell out nearly a million to move forward with the death penalty in the state’s court system. However, right now, it appears that Chemirmir will not murder any more elderly women while he remains in the U.S. “Chemirmir's bail is now set at more than $9 million,” Branham and Emily informed.

https://onenewsnow.com/media/2019/05/19/nbc-cnn-dont-reveal-suspected-killer-of-12-elderly-women-is-illegal 

:: 5-20-19 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ford cutting 7,000 salaried jobs under pressure to boost profits, reduce bureaucracy

Phoebe Wall Howard, Detroit Free Press Published 9:38 a.m. ET May 20, 2019 | Updated 12:32 p.m. ET May 20, 2019

Ford workers opened their email Monday to find a letter from CEO Jim Hackett with an explanation of how many salaried workers would be leaving the auto company this week and why. The company's cuts will total 7,000 workers by the end of August, including voluntary buyouts and involuntary layoffs and reductions that have already occurred. The cuts include 500 salaried workers in the U.S. who will leave involuntarily this week and 800 in the U.S. by August. The move comes as Ford is under pressure from investors to reduce costs and improve its profitability, with a particular emphasis on bloated overseas operations. "To succeed in our competitive industry, and position Ford to win in a fast-changing future, we must reduce bureaucracy, empower managers, speed decision making, focus on the most valuable work and cut costs," Hackett wrote. "This required intensive work across multiple layers of our company." Most workers will be notified this week, he said. He noted that restructuring will continue in Europe, China, South America and elsewhere with hopes of completing the reorganization by the end of August. "The time and effort from so many of our team members is helping to make us a stronger company, well positioned for the future," Hackett wrote. Overall, by the end of the process later in August, Ford will have eliminated about 10% of its global salaried workforce, Hackett wrote. Annual savings will total $600 million. "This includes both voluntary and involuntary separations over the past year. Within that total, and consistent with our goal to reduce bureaucracy, we will have reduced management structure by close to 20%," he wrote. "We also made significant progress in eliminating bureaucracy, speeding up decision making and driving empowerment as part of this redesign." Ford's plan:: Invest heavily in electric and slash $14B in costs Hackett defends leadership style: Ford CEO says 'I'm pushing people' Hackett added, "Ford is a family company, and saying goodbye to colleagues is difficult and emotional. We have moved away from past practices in some regions where team members who were separated had to leave immediately with their belongings, instead giving people the choice to stay for a few days to wrap up and say goodbye. We also have a range of resources and services in place to support employees in managing this transition. I hope that you take a moment to thank them personally for their service and commitment to Ford." Follow Detroit Free Press reporter Phoebe Wall Howard on Twitter @phoebesaid.

https://www.usatoday.com/story/money/cars/2019/05/20/ford-layoffs-dearborn/3739595002/ 

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

:: 5-12-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AS PREDICTED IN TOM HORN’S NIGHTMARISH VISION “BLOOD ON THE ALTAR” – New Data Indicates America ON VERGE OF CIVIL WAR

May 12, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

New data indicates America on the verge of civil war, and neither side will back off

Posted on May 2, 2019 by usafeaturesmedia in Civil War, Current Events, Political Violence, Politics, U.S. National //

By Vicki Batts

Will the United States soon enter a second civil war? Polling data from Georgetown University shows that an overwhelming majority of Americans believe a civil war is coming down the pike — and most people aren’t actually willing to make the changes necessary to stop it. Across the board, Americans are doubling down on their political values and are refusing to compromise on the issues tearing the country apart. Do you Agree with President Trump’s 2nd amendment stance? Government officials say that there is a substantial chance that America will enter a civil war within the next 10 or 15 years, meanwhile other experts say the war has already begun. When the war truly begins may be up for debate, but at least one thing is clear: The United States is rife with civil unrest and political animosity. That could easily prove to be a greater threat to our nation than any foreign power. Polling data collected by Georgetown University‘s Institute of Politics and Public Service indicates that “more than half the likely electorate thinks we are more than 70 percent of the way to being at the edge of civil war.” But that’s not all. It turns out most people now blame the mainstream media and social networking sites for fanning the flames of unrest. The research was led by two polling groups: The Tarrance Group (Republican) and Lake Research Partners (Democrat). They found that in addition to believing in an imminent civil war, many voters are conflicted about compromise. Celinda Lake, of Lake Research Partners, says that 86 percent of voters surveyed said that finding common ground should be a goal for politicians — yet 79 percent also said they were tired of leaders who compromised on their values, and instead want someone who stands up to the other side. While the nation is split on an array of political issues, voters on both sides of the aisle blamed media, politicians, special interests and social networks for the increasingly deep divide between the Right and the Left. Some 81 percent of survey respondents named special interests and social media as being key contributors to America’s vitriolic political landscape. Politicians and mainstream media outlets like CNN and MSNBC were also named as top influences in America’s unrest. Last year, State Department official Keith Mines said that there was a 60 percent chance the United States would enter a civil war within the next 10 to 15 years. But many experts believe that the civil war has already started. It is not a secret that social media networks like Facebook, Twitter and YouTube have been actively conspiring to suppress conservatives. Their acts of blatant and unjustified censorship have been the subject of much scrutiny. Facebook has come under fire for similar unceremonious and unwarranted bans and suspensions, and for censoring a wide variety of content, including information on vaccines and advertisements for conservative politicians. The mainstream media, of course, has long been accused of pushing propaganda and creating their own version of events to supplement their agenda. The Covington Catholic scandal is plenty of proof of that. Watch: Mainstream media now openly calling for violence against conservatives It is no surprise then, that many experts believe the civil war has already started — perhaps, beginning with the Left’s targeted attack of prominent conservatives. In addition to silencing them in the social media space, Democrat politicians have been accused of openly plotting to kill their conservative counterparts. Is it any wonder we’re at odds? A version of this story first appeared at NewsTarget.

https://thenationalsentinel.com/2019/05/02/new-data-indicates-america-on-the-verge-of-civil-war-and-neither-side-will-back-off/ 

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/05/12/as-predicted-in-tom-horns-nightmarish-vision-blood-on-the-altar-new-data-indicates-america-on-verge-of-civil-war/ 

:: 5-13-19 Russian News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fortunately, Islam is a religion of peace. Imagine what would happen if that was not the case.

Date Country City Dead Wounded Description

May 11 Pakistan Gwadar 1+4 2 4 insurgents armed with rifles and grenades attacked a luxury hotel in the southwestern coastal town of Gwadar, triggering an intense, hours-long shootout in which 1 hotel guard and all the attackers were killed

Iraq Baghdad 1 2 A child was killed and two other people were injured when a bomb exploded in southeastern Baghdad. Islamic State militants were suspected

Afghanistan Kandahar Province 21 21 Taliban militants killed in Kandahar Province

Helmand Province 3 Three Taliban militants killed in Helmand Province

Faryab Province 4 Four children killed in IED explosion in Faryab Province

Ghor Province 1 In-charge of ‘Kangaroo Court’ of Taliban killed in Ghor Province

India Jammu and Kashmir 1 ‘Commander’ of Islamic State-inspired module killed in Jammu and Kashmir while establishing a new branch, Wilayat al-Hind

Nigeria Njimtilo area 5 5 Five people are left dead following a Boko Haram raid in the middle of the night

Mali Bandiagara 4 2 Four civilians are shot to death by suspected Jihadists

Afghanistan Kabul 1

Afghan parliament adviser and former journalist killed in Kabul

Syria Idlib 1 Basim Khaled al Sultan died on May 11, 2019, due to wounds sustained on May 9, 2019, as Syrian warplanes fired missiles on Ma’aret Harma village

Nigeria Gajiganna 11 Islamic State (IS) killed 11 Nigerian soldiers in an attack on the northeastern town of Gajiganna

Somalia Bosaso 10 Blomb blast outside Bosao courthouse

Pakistan Pishin district 2 Two personnel of the Frontier Corps, Balochistan, were injured in a bomb blast in the Huramzai area of Pishin district

India Shopian district 2 Two terrorists were shot dead in an encounter in Jammu and Kashmir’s Shopian district

Bangladesh Bengal 3 2 3 BJP, Trinamool workers found dead, 2 others shot at in Bengal as Lok Sabha Phase 6 elections start

May 10 Afghanistan Daykundi Province 5 4 Five people were killed and four wounded after their vehicle set off an explosive device in central Daykundi Province

Murghab District 24 11 24 soldiers were killed and 11 injured when Taliban militants attacked security posts in the Murghab District. Several militants were also killed or injured

Farah Province 7 Seven Taliban militants killed in Farah Province

Kandahar Province 6 Six Taliban militants killed in Kandahar Province

Pakistan Balochistan 5 Three FC personnel among five persons killed in Balochistan

Khyber Pakhtunkhwa 2 Two militants killed in operation in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa

Syria Bahdaliya 1 2 A civilian dies from injuries following a Jihadi roadside blast

Afghanistan Murghab 15 5 The Taliban overrun two guardposts and massacre fifteen Afghans

Dawlat Abad 4 5 Four children killed by a Taliban IED

Iraq Kawar 8 Islamic militants slaughter a husband, wife and their six children in their home

Burkina Faso En route to Mali 2 Two French special forces officers were killed Friday in a military operation in the West African nation of Burkina Faso that freed four people from the United States, France and South Korea

Nigeria Borno 7 Seven terrorists killed after a serious battle with them at Gulwa.

Syria Idlib 3 At least three civilians, including a woman, were killed as Syrian forces artillery fired shells on Khan Sheikhoun city in Idlib

Idlib 2 At least two civilians, including a woman, were killed in an intensive shelling by Assad forces missile launcher on Kafranbel city in Idlib

May 9 Libya Ghadwa 3 4+ Suspected Islamic State militants attacked the town of Ghadwa, near the southern Libyan city of Sabha. The attackers entered the town and opened fire, killing three and injuring several others, before retreating

Iraq Mosul 8 Eight people, including an elder, were killed when Islamic State militants attacked their house with gunfire.

Afghanistan Qarabagh District 3 2 Taliban militants attacked a military convoy, killing three police officers and injuring two others. Several Taliban militants were also killed or injured

Iraq Baghdad 8+1 15 8 people killed and 15 others wounded when a suicide bomber detonated at the crowded Jamila market in Eastern Baghdad. The Islamic State group claimed responsibility for the attack

Afghanistan Faryab Province 33 33 Taliban militants killed

Kabul Province 9 Nine persons including four civilians killed in a Taliban attack on a United State based aid group CARE.

Helmand Province 7 Seven Taliban militants killed

Farah Province 6 Six Taliban militants killed

Uruzgan Province 4 Four Taliban militants killed

India Chhattisgarh 2 Two persons, including a civilian killed in separate incidents

Paktika Province 2 Two Taliban militants killed

Jammu and Kashmir 2 Militants fire at and injure two civilians

Pakistan Balochistan 3 Tribal elder among three persons killed in blast

Afghanistan Laywanay Bazaar 3 2 Hardline fundamentalists ambush and kill three local cops

Iraq Diyala 2 Two Iraqi paramilitary fighters were wounded Wednesday in a bomb attack

Syria Deir Ez-Zour 1

Death of a civilian in a shooting by unknown gunmen in al Jarthi village

Deir Ez-Zour 1

Syrian Democratic forces killed a civilian in al Sh-heil city

Idlib suburbs 1

Syrian regime forces killed a girl in Heesh village

Idlib suburbs 1

Syrian regime forces killed a civilian in al Hraki village

Idlib suburbs 3

Syrian regime forces killed civilians in Heesh village

May 8 Pakistan Lahore 10+1 24 A suicide bombing occurred at the gate for female visitors at the Sufi Data Darbar shrine in Lahore. The Pakistani Taliban claimed responsibility

Afghanistan Kabul 5+4 24 Taliban militants attacked the offices of Counterpart International in Kabul. A car bomb was first detonated at the gates of the office, after which four attackers entered the building before special forces arrived. All four attackers were killed after a nearly five hour battle

Loy Kandahar region 29 36 29 Taliban militants killed

Paktia Province 11 11 militants killed

Maidan Wardak Province 5 5 Taliban militants killed

Helmand Province 4 4 Taliban militants killed as Taliban Red Unit commander’s compound was stormed

Helmand District 4 4 Taliban militants killed

Ghazni Province 3 3 militants killed

Paktika Province 3 3 Taliban militants killed

Iraq Saladin Governorate 3 4 Unidentified gunmen attacked a house in the Saladin Governorate, killing three and injuring four others

Miqdadiyah 2 Two Iraqi paramilitary fighters were wounded while patrolling in a bomb explosion.

Syria Farat 2 4 A suicide car bomber takes out two civilian bystanders

Manbij 3 3 civilians killed by shrapnels

Iraq Mazarei 3 5 Three people killed by Islamic State gunmen’s attack on a family home

Nigeria Molai 11 12 Boko Haram tear into a village and slaughter eleven people

Syria Khan Sheikhoun 3 At least three civilians were killed as Syrian regime fixed- wing warplanes fired missiles in parallel with a shelling by their missile launcher on Khan Sheikhoun city in Idlib governorate

al Keshkiya 1 A motorcycle bomb exploded in front of al Omairi Makeshift Hospital in al Keshkiya town in Deir Ez-Zour governorate

Kansfara village 1 Ghada Ibrahim al Saeed Mrouh died on May 8 due to wounds sustained on May 7, as Syrian regime forces helicopters dropped barrel bombs on Kansfara village

May 7 Afghanistan  Alingar District  4 2 Four police officers were killed and two others wounded when a bomb exploded near a police vehicle in the Alignar district in Afghanistan

Farah Province 20+18 38 persons including 20 Afghan Army soldiers and 18 Taliban militants killed in separate incidents

Helmand Province 8 Eight Taliban militants killed

Uruzgan Province 1 Taliban ‘deputy commander’ killed

India Jammu and Kashmir 4 BSF officer among three persons injured in Pakistani shelling along LoC

Pakistan Khyber Pakhtunkhwa 1 3 Soldier killed and three others injured in militant attack

Burkina Faso Ouahigouya 1 Terrorists fire into a toll booth, killing the operator

Iraq Debis 3 2 An ISIS attack leaves three dead.

Libya Tripoli 1 Forces loyal to renegade military commander Khalifa Haftar have shot down a warplane belonging to the internationally-recognised Government of National Accords (GNA). The Portuguese pilot is receiving medical treatment.

Syria Idlib, Hama province 15 At least 15 civilians, including children, have been killed in Syria’s northwest region.

Latakia province Terrorists attack Russian airbase in Syria, fail to cause damages or casualties

Iraq Anbar 13

Iraqi army joined forces with tribes to kill 13 Daesh militants

Altun Kupri town, Kirkuk province 3 1

Unidentified gunmen shoot three Iraqi policemen dead, one wounded. IS group suspected.

May 6 Afghanistan

Gulistan District

13 12 Taliban militants attacked army posts in the Gulistan District of Afghanistan, setting off clashes. 13 soldiers were killed and 12 others injured. Two other soldiers were kidnapped

Baghlan Province 21 13 21 persons including 13 Policemen and eight Taliban militants killed

Uruzgan Province 12 12 Taliban militants killed

Nangarhar Province 5 5 ISIS-K militants killed

Logar Province 1 Taliban militant killed

India Jammu and Kashmir 5 Five persons injured in Pakistani shelling along LoC

Pakistan Khyber Pakhtunkhwa 1 Polio official shot dead

Punjab 1 Policeman shot dead

North Waziristan 4 10 Two separate shooting attacks on local security leave four dead.

Syria Aleppo 8 At least eight civilians (including 3 children) have been killed in government-led air raids in rebel-held towns on the outskirts of Syria’s Aleppo

Turkey Hakkari province 3 1

3 Turkish soldiers killed in PKK mortar attack from Iraq

May 5 Afghanistan Kunar province 43 43 IS militants killed in separate air-strikes

Kabul Province 26 26 militants killed in operations

Kandahar Province 14 14 Taliban militants killed in

Uruzgan Province 13 13 Taliban militants killed by NDS

Faryab Province 6 6 civilians killed by Taliban

Paktia province 2 Taliban ‘commander’ kills two civilians

India Bihar 1 India Civilian killed in IED blast

Jammu and Kashmir 1 India: Political leader killed

Israel South 5 128+ 5 Israelis kiiled by Hamas rockets

Iraq Mosul 1 Arena games’ Coach wounded in Mosul motorbike attack

Afghanistan Puli Khumri 55 13 + 9 Taliban militants attacked a police station in the northern Afghanistan with a suicide bombing + shooting

Syria Idlib 9 At least nine civilians killed in government-led air raids

Turkey Southeastern Turkey 3 1 3 Turkish soldiers killed in PKK mortar attack from Iraq

Syria Ma’aret Harma 1 Syrian regime forces killed a civilian in Ma’aret Harma village in…

al Rakaya 1 Syrian regime forces killed a woman in al Rakaya village in…

Gaza Gaza 2 A pregnant woman and her infant are killed by a Hamas rocket.

Somalia Mogadishu 1 A bomb left on a minibus kills one person when it goes off.

Pakistan Mamond 1 A polio worker is shot to death by suspected radicals

Nigeria Magumeri 10

Islamic State claims it killed 10 soldiers in northeastern Nigeria

Total 681 397

https://www.therussophile.org/crimes-deaths-and-attacks-during-ramadan-2019-updated-daily-fortunately-islam-is-a-religion-of-peace-imagine-what-would-happen-if-that-was-not.html/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 5-13-19 Raymond Ibrahim :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“We Shall Come for Your Head Soon”: Muslim Persecution of Christians, February 2019

05/13/2019 by Raymond Ibrahim

Massacres of Christians

Nigeria: A number of fatal Islamic terror attacks targeting Christians occurred throughout February:

February 10: Muslim Fulani herdsmen killed 10 Christians and an unborn child. Armed herdsmen in large numbers had surrounded the Christian village around 11 p.m. the (Saturday) night before. “We heard gun shots, and this forced me and my family to remain in our bedrooms as it was difficult for us to run out of the house,” said one survivor. “The Fulani gunmen surrounded our house and were shooting and shouting, ‘Allahu akbar [God is greater].’ They killed my father, mother, two brothers, and one of my sisters-in-law.” The attack came as a complete surprise, even for the village head: “We have never had any misunderstanding with the Fulani herdsmen, so I don’t know why they attacked our village,” he said. “Ten members of my community, including a pregnant woman, were killed during the attack, thus making the unborn child to be the eleventh victim.”

February 12: In the northeast, Boko Haram jihadis invaded four Christian communities, killing several Christians and displacing many others. “I saw a man who I know to be a Christian and a member of the Church of the Brethren in Shuwa, my home town, shot to death,” said one eyewitness. “Also, Bulama, a community leader in Madagali, was shot dead alongside many Christians.”

February 26: Muslim Fulani herdsmen slaughtered at least 32 people in Maro, a Christian village in north-central Nigeria. Churches were also damaged and a boarding school shut down. “We ran out of the church building as the shooting was going on,” said a woman who was in a Bible study class when the raid began. “Many have been killed, and I have not seen my family members since morning. I have escaped out of the area.” Another local Christian said, “The armed herdsmen are shooting anyone they see and are setting fire on houses and church buildings.”

Reported on February 25: Muslim herdsmen attacked a Christian wedding celebration, killing 12 people. “From behind the hill overlooking this village emerged armed Fulani herdsmen who shot indiscriminately at Christians from various churches here at the venue of the feast,” said one local. “Twelve Christians who are members of various churches were shot dead instantly, while another five Christians were injured.” Six of those murdered were children.

Burkina Faso: Muslim terrorists slaughtered a 72-year-old Christian missionary in the Muslim-majority African nation. According to the report, “Antonio Cesar Fernandez was travelling with two colleagues from Togo back to their community in the capital Ouagadougou when a group of jihadists stopped their car. After searching the vehicle they made the 72-year get out and took him to a forested area. A few minutes later there was the sound of shots.” Antonio had been a missionary in Africa since 1982. Attacks on Churches

Ethiopia: Angry Muslim mobs attacked ten Christian churches. “The incensed crowds comprising Muslim residents of all ages from across the town made their way to the churches chanting ‘Allahu Akbar’ after being given false information that a mosque in the surrounding countryside had been fire-bombed,” said a local. “The contents of all the churches were removed from the buildings and set on fire on the street.” According to the report,  One of the attacked churches, Meserete Kristos Church, has since been vandalized again, and area Christians have faced intimidation and threats… While Kale Hiwot Galeto church building was destroyed in the Feb. 9 attack, aid workers believe the other nine church buildings were not set ablaze only because of the risk to neighboring Muslim-owned properties. Municipal police were present during almost every attack but took no action…. More than 9,900 worshippers are estimated to attend the 10 churches. A small number of Christians sustained minor injuries and returned home after receiving hospital treatment, including two that were more seriously injured… Huge amounts of property were destroyed, including Bibles, song books, instruments, benches and chairs….

France: During just the first two weeks of February, “[a]t least 10 incidents of vandalism and desecration of Catholic churches have been reported in France,” notes a February 15 report. “Vandals in Catholic churches throughout the country have smashed statues, knocked down tabernacles, scattered or destroyed the Eucharist, burnt altar cloths and torn down crosses, among other acts of desecration of religious items.” The St. Nicholas Catholic Church in Houilles was vandalized on three separate occasions in February; a 19th century statue of the Virgin Mary deemed “irreparable” was “completely pulverized,” said a clergyman, and a hanging cross was thrown to the floor. Similarly, Vandals desecrated and smashed crosses and statues at Saint-Alain Cathedral in Lavaur; they mangled the arms of a crucified Christ in a mocking manner; an altar cloth was burned. “God will forgive. Not me,” the city’s mayor said. On the very next day, Vandals plundered and used human excrement to draw a cross on the Notre-Dame des Enfants Church in Nimes; consecrated bread was found thrown outside among the garbage. According to Father Emmanuel Pic from Notre-Dame parish, “Nothing of value has been broken, but it is the intent that is very shocking. This is what characterizes profanation.” The Observatory on Intolerance and Discrimination against Christians in Europe added that “It is our sincere hope that the perpetrators are brought to justice and that awareness of increasing anti-Christian hostility in France reaches the public square.”

Turkey: On Sunday, February 23, threatening graffiti messages were found on the main entrance door of the Armenian Church of the Holy Mother of God in Istanbul. The Armenian Patriarchate of Constantinople said in a statement that “There were written racist and hate speeches in both English and Arabic [saying] you are finished!” One Armenian writer shared images of the vandalism on Twitter and wrote, “The walls and the door of the Balat Surp Armenian Church. We built its entrance with rocks from the historical church in İznik [Nicaea], where the council met [Council of Nicaea, 325]…. Now they say, ‘YOU ARE FINISHED.’ There are no local [Armenian] people left. The ‘New Turkey!’” Commenting on this latest church attack, an Armenian Member of Parliament, tweeted, “Every year, scores of hate attacks are being carried out against churches and synagogues. Not just the perpetrators, but also the people who are behind them, should be addressed. For the most important part, the politics that produce hate should be ended.”

Egypt: Due to the closure of their church in December 2018, Coptic Christians held their third funeral in the middle of the street in February. They had long tried to get the necessary permits to register their unofficial church, to no avail. According to the report,

The village currently has no church, but there are approximately 2500 Coptic Christians living there… The police had closed the church in order to pacify the Islamists, who used a nearby mosque’s microphone to rally Muslim villagers against the Christians…. Unfortunately, the situation in Kom al-Raheb is commonplace throughout Egypt. Police frequently cave to the demands of hardline Islamists instead of protecting the right of Christians to freely practice their faith. When churches are closed, Christians are left to worship and hold rites (such as funerals) in the street.

Attacks on Apostates, Blasphemers, and Evangelists Kenya: Muslim men beat and raped a Christian woman and mother of four for leaving Islam. The 41-year-old woman became a secret Christian in 2017; in 2018, however, the threats began, after Somali Muslims saw her at a church: “We have known that you are a Christian, and one of us saw you come out of a church on Sunday,” read one message. “If you continue attending the church, then we shall come for your head soon.” She and her four children, who had also converted to Christianity, quickly relocated. Then, on January 2, four Somali Muslims forced their way into the Christian family’s home: “I was beaten and then raped by four men who threatened me, telling me not to say anything about the ordeal that I went through. As they left the house at 1 a.m., one of them said, ‘We could have killed you for being a disgrace to Islam and joining Christianity, which is against our religion, but since you are a single mother, we have decided to spare your life with the condition that you should not mention our names.’” Pakistan: On February 19, four Christian women were falsely accused of blasphemy, prompting “enraged Muslims” to riot and dislocate approximately 200 Christian families from the village. Problems began when a Christian landlord asked a Muslim couple to leave, because they had been “causing trouble among the Christian families in the community,” to quote locals. In retaliation, the Muslim wife accused four Christian women—three of whom were the landlord’s daughters—of desecrating a Koran. “As news of the accusation spread, a mob of enraged Muslims gathered … and attacked several Christian properties, including [the landlord’s] house and a nearby church. The mob killed pets, livestock, and damaged several Christian homes by stoning them.” Soon after a police investigation began, “it was revealed that Samina Riaz [the Muslim accuser] borrowed a copy of the Quran from Khalid Khan, a nearby shopkeeper,” explained a local involved with the case. “When she reached home, she threw it into a water tub in the restroom. She purposely alleged the Christian women of desecrating the Holy Book of Islam.” Even though Samina Riaz confessed to framing the Christians, “members of the mob are still refusing to allow Christians to open their churches,” says the report. Meanwhile, Asia Bibi, a Christian mother who was in prison — and on death row — for nearly a decade, was finally acquitted in late 2018. However, apparently to placate tens of thousands of angry Muslims who rioted and protested all throughout Pakistan, authorities still kept her a prisoner. In a February 9 report, which until very recently contained the latest information concerning Asia’s whereabouts, AP quoted a human rights campaigner in contact with her: he said the government had her and her husband locked in a single room where “the door opens at food time only.” She was permitted to make phone calls in the morning and at night, usually to her daughters. “She has no indication of when she will leave…. They are not telling her why she cannot leave.” Because many Muslims have vowed to kill her, “At the moment, she has security, but she could face problems any moment, any time, and it could happen very quickly,” said the contact. Most recently, on May 8, it was reported that Bibi had finally left Pakistan and was at long last reunited with her family in Canada. Ethiopia: “An Ethiopian police officer was arrested, dismissed and forced to move to another part of the country after he told colleagues about his Christian faith,” says a report. The 25-year-old man, using the pseudonym of Adane, grew up in Ethiopia’s eastern Somali region, which is “nearly 100 percent Muslim.” Although he became Christian two years ago, problems for him began when another policeman “recently filed a complaint against him with the Somali State Human Rights Office. He had been heard talking about his newly found Christian faith while in uniform.” The deputy chairman of the Human Rights Office, an ethnic Somali himself, was reportedly “greatly surprised to discover that there actually was a Christian within the tribe.” He “advised Adane to return to Islam. Adane refused, claiming a constitutional right to religious freedom. He was then arrested. Following intervention by the Human Rights Office-chairman, Adane was released, only to find he had been dismissed from the police force. The chairman advised Adane to relocate to another area because he had made too many enemies locally…” Iran: February witnessed a significant increase of state sanctioned persecution of Christians. In the city of Rasht, nine Christians were arrested and detained. One of them, a pastor who took over after his predecessor was arrested, was himself arrested on February 10, during church service. Although Rasht has had its fair share of persecution—at least three Christians from there recently received a sentence of 80 lashes—“[t]he past month represents the heaviest wave of publicly known arrests in Rasht within the last three years,” says the report. “It is the policy of the Islamic government not to put thousands of Christians in jail,” explained Dr. Hormoz Shariat, a human rights activist. “Their policy is to arrest a few and put maximum sentence on minor offenses [such as holding church meetings in a home]. They then publicize it in order to put fear in the hearts of Christians. Their strategy is causing fear and isolation.” In another incident reported on February 1, five women, former Muslims who had converted to Christianity, were arrested. One of the women, a 65 year-old, was arrested in her home. According to the report, Authorities confiscated several of her personal items, including electronics and Christian materials (such as Bibles), while searching her residence. She was detained for ten days and interrogated during that time. She was temporarily released after paying a bail of 30 million Toman [$600]. However, she was later charged with “acting against national security.” The prosecutor forced her to visit an Islamic religious leader who offered her the opportunity to return back to Islam.

Another of the apostate women faced the charge of “disturbing public order, propagating Christianity, and connecting with foreign entities.” If convicted, all these Christians could face up to ten years in prison. Tajikistan: New amendments to the Muslim majority nation’s religion law are being used to exercise tighter control over its small Christian community. As one February 25 report explains, “Tajik authorities implementing a new religion law are barring children from attending religious [church] services and have burned [five] thousands of calendars with Bible verses.”

Hostility for and Violence against Christians Germany: On February 15, “in the multicultural district of Berlin Neukölln, a Christian from Iraq was hit in the face by a Muslim … and threatened with a knife because of a Christian tattoo,” said a February 17 report (in translation). Two men approached the 27-year-old Iraqi Christian, “on account of his religious tattoo,” and demanded money. “He did not comply with this request, whereupon one of the unknown held him and the other beat him several times in the face,” while drawing out a knife. The Christian eventually managed to escape. One of the two assailants were arrested. According to the police report, “The arrested person claims to be of Muslim faith.” Pakistan: Muslim students stabbed and nearly murdered a Christian student in Karachi. Problems for the youth, Haroon Ifhan, began on February 15, when he reported to the school’s headmaster that his classmate, Muhammad Majid, had stolen and damaged his notebook. “[W]hen the notebook was recovered from Majid’s backpack, he got angry and felt insulted,” said Haroon’s father. Two days later, on Sunday, February 17, “When Haroon was alone on the road, Majid and five others beat Haroon,” explained the father. “The attack was so terrible that Haroon’s kidney was cut into two pieces” from the stabbings, added a local activist. After he was rushed to hospital, “doctors were forced to remove his kidney.” As is common in such cases, police and local authorities tried to pressure the family not to press charges against the Muslim youths, but the family insists that “We want justice,” even at the risk of their own lives. Separately, a district council in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province unanimously voted to employ only Christians as hospital sweepers, thereby “reinforcing a stereotype that views Christians as second class citizens,” notes the report: The members of the Swabi District Council adopted the measure unanimously and demanded that all Muslims currently posted as sweepers be transferred to other jobs, such as guards…. Due to widespread religious discrimination, Pakistani Christians are often treated as second class citizens. For many Muslims in Pakistan, Christians are considered spiritually polluted and untouchable because of the religion that they follow. In the professional setting, this discriminatory status relegates Christians to menial and dirty jobs…. Although Christians only make up only 2% of Pakistan’s total population, they represent 80% of Pakistan’s sweepers and sewer workers. Egypt: Islamic terrorists abducted another Christian man in the Sinai city of El Arish. The man was travelling by bus when, according to a February 6 report, “gunmen stopped the bus … and examined the identity cards of everyone on board looking for members of the police or military. When they found the Christian’s ID card they carried him off the bus and let it depart. The man’s family said he had already been forced to flee El Arish in February 2017, along with 355 other Christian families, after terrorists linked to IS (Islamic State) executed seven Christians in the city in less than a month. He was returning there on personal business matters.” It is believed that the man has since been killed. A similar incident occurred in 2018, when another Christian who had fled El Arish in 2017, returned on business only to be gunned down by masked militants. In February that year IS-linked terrorists issued a threat to slaughter all Christians found in Sinai. Separately, an 18-year old Christian girl living south of Luxor was reported missing. Her family accused a local Muslim man of kidnapping her. They and other local Christians gathered in front of the police station to protest her disappearance, to little avail. The disappearance of Christian girls is a growing epidemic in Egypt. In 2017, an ex-kidnapper explained the systematic process of how Christian girls are targeted for abduction, forced conversions and “marriages” to Muslims. According to the report, the man, known only as “G,” “admits he was in a network actively targeting Coptic girls for years before he left Islam.” Although such networks have been around since the 1970s, they reached their “highest levels now, in the era of President Sisi,” he said. A portion of his testimony follows: A group of kidnappers meets in a mosque to discuss potential victims. They keep a close eye on Christians’ houses and monitor everything that’s going on. On that basis, they weave a spider’s web around [the girls]…. I remember a Coptic Christian girl from a rich, well-known family in Minya. She was kidnapped by five Muslim men. They held her in a house, stripped her and filmed her naked. In the video, one of them also undressed. They threatened to make the video public if the girl wouldn’t marry him…. The kidnappers receive large amounts of money. Police can help them in different ways, and when they do, they might also receive a part of the financial reward the kidnappers are paid by the Islamisation organisations. In some cases, police provide the kidnappers with drugs they seize. The drugs are then given to the girls to weaken their resistance as they put them under pressure. I even know of cases in which police offered helped to beat up the girls to make them recite the Islamic creed. And the value of the reward increases whenever the girl has a position. For example, when she is the daughter of a priest or comes from a well-known family…. The Salafist group I knew rented apartments in different areas of Egypt to hide kidnapped Coptic. There, they put them under pressure and threaten them to convert to Islam. And once they reach the legal age, a specially arranged Islamic representative comes in to make the conversion official, issue a certificate and accordingly they change their ID…. If all goes to plan, the girls are also forced into marriage with a strict Muslim. Their husbands don’t love them, they just marry her to make her a Muslim. She will be hit and humiliated. And if she tries to escape, or convert back to her original religion, she will be killed.

Indonesia: In a February 6 interview, “Santoso,” a Christian, discussed the negative evolution of Muslim-Christian interactions: “[I]n the last two years, we are now seeing that Islam, it’s getting more radical and they try to make the politics combine with the religion,” he said. “So they try to make their agenda. Like before they had [in] their agenda that in 2020 Indonesia [would be] becoming an Islamic country. But it’s not happening, but they are still trying and getting bigger now, the Islamic radicalization in Indonesia.” As one example, although Muslims used to wish Christians a Merry Christmas, “now many imams and other Islamic leaders in Indonesia discourage Muslims from acknowledging the holiday even in speech.”

Separately, and as another example of the growing hate in Indonesia, a Muslim man who tried to bomb a church years ago, and was partially maimed for it, remains unrepentant: “I have no regrets for what happened,” he said in a February interview. Eighteen years earlier, Taufik Abdul Halim and his jihadi colleagues tried to bomb several targets. One of his friends who was supposed to bomb a church got cold feet. “So I decided to deliver it myself,” Halim said. “But the package exploded before it arrived at the intended target.” The bomb, hidden in a Dunkin’ Donuts box, exploded prematurely; it blew off part of Halim’s right leg and injured six other people. Although he also ended up serving 12 years in prison, the February 2 report suggests that his experiences have done little to damper his hate.

Raymond Ibrahim, author of the new book, Sword and Scimitar, Fourteen Centuries of War between Islam and the West, is a Distinguished Senior Fellow at the Gatestone Institute and a Judith Rosen Friedman Fellow at the Middle East Forum. About this Series The persecution of Christians in the Islamic world has become endemic. Accordingly, “Muslim Persecution of Christians” was developed to collate some—by no means all—of the instances of persecution that surface each month. It serves two purposes: 1) To document that which the mainstream media does not: the habitual, if not chronic, persecution of Christians.

2) To show that such persecution is not “random,” but systematic and interrelated—that it is rooted in a worldview inspired by Islamic Sharia.

Accordingly, whatever the anecdote of persecution, it typically fits under a specific theme, including hatred for churches and other Christian symbols; apostasy, blasphemy, and proselytism laws that criminalize and sometimes punish with death those who “offend” Islam; sexual abuse of Christian women; forced conversions to Islam; theft and plunder in lieu of jizya (financial tribute expected from non-Muslims); overall expectations for Christians to behave like cowed dhimmis, or third-class, “tolerated” citizens; and simple violence and murder. Sometimes it is a combination thereof.

Because these accounts of persecution span different ethnicities, languages, and locales—from Morocco in the West, to Indonesia in the East—it should be clear that one thing alone binds them: Islam—whether the strict application of Islamic Sharia law, or the supremacist culture born of it.

https://www.raymondibrahim.com/2019/05/13/we-shall-come-for-your-head-soon-muslim-persecution-of-christians-february-2019/ 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 5-12-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strong M6.1 earthquake hits Panama and Costa Rica border (videos and pictures)

By Strange Sounds - May 12, 2019

A 6.1 magnitude earthquake has struck the Panama-Costa Rica border region, home to more than 400,000 people on May 12, 2019. The quake struck on Sunday afternoon, and was initially reported by the European-Mediterranean Seismological Centre (EMSC) and the US Geological Survey (USGS). The EMSC reported the quake as happening at a depth of 12km below the earth’s surface, while the USGS put the depth at 37 km. A 6.1 magnitude earthquake is considered a “strong” quake, and can cause extensive damage in populated areas. Only 100 such quakes happen worldwide every year. Eyewitnesses told the EMSC that the quake was “very strong” and shook buildings. However, no significant damage has yet been reported. The quake’s epicenter was 48km northwest of David, Panama’s second-largest city, and 201km southeast of San Jose, the Costa Rican capital. The company Naturgy Panama reported that electric power was affected in Puerto Armuelles, San Bartolo, Agua Buena, Rio Mar and San Vicente. There is no report of victims and damages, but several users have reported very strong shakings during the M6.1 earthquake.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/05/panama-earthquake-costa-rica-earthquake-may2019-video.html 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 1-10-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. it shall not be a good week, many things shall take place.  Watch the stock market, and if you have money hoarded up in there, you are going to lose it, you are going to lose it.  Listen carefully, pay attention, place your money where you know that it is safe etc.

:: 5-13-19 Money Metals Exchange :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Precious Metals Are Setting Up For A Major Rally While The Broader Markets Are Primed For A Crash

by: Steve St. Angelo Money Metals News Service May 13th, 2019

To understand the dynamics of the markets, we need to look at the technical indicators. While it’s true that technical analysis can’t guarantee how the market reacts in the near term, it provides excellent indicators over the longer run. And, if we look at the technical indicators in the markets now, they are setting up for one hell of a crash. One of the best technical indicators that show whether a market (or asset) is over inflated or undervalued, is the 200 Moving Average. If we apply the 200 Moving Average (MA) to a daily chart, it’s a 200 Day moving average. If we apply it to a weekly chart, then its a 200 Week moving average and to a monthly chart, it’s a 200 Month moving average. The next series of charts will show how the 200 Month Moving Average (MMA) today compares to the peak, right before the 2008 Financial Crisis. The Dow Jones Index in 2007 (at 14,000) was 75% above its 200 MMA. Again, these charts are monthly charts, and I will be referring to the 200 Month Moving Average as 200 MMA:

However, today, the Dow Jones is now 82% above its 200 MMA. So, we are severely overdue for a correction. All stocks and indexes eventually come back to their 200 MMA. It’s not only necessary, but it’s also healthy for the market. We cannot have rising stock values forever. Now, if we look at the NASDAQ, the technical setup is even more extreme than the Dow Jones because tech stocks today are behaving more like the mania that took place before the Great Tech Crash in 2000. The NASDAQ is currently 112% above its 200 MMA: For the NASDAQ to correct back to the 200 MMA, it would have to lose more than half of its present value. As we can see, the major stock indexes today are even more inflated than they were before the 2008 financial crisis. But, that is not true for Gold and Silver. I continue to receive emails from some followers who believe gold and silver will crash along with the broader markets. While we could see a brief selloff in the precious metals, I doubt it would be anything like it was in 2008-2009. If we look at the 200 MMA for gold and silver, the technical setup presently is the exact opposite of what it was in 2008: First, let’s look at silver. In 2008, silver’s price was a staggering 212% above its 200 MMA: When silver was trading at $20 in 2008, its 200 MMA was $6.40. Thus, it was extremely overvalued as well as overbought. So, when the markets crashed, silver fell to the $8-$9 range. You will notice that I have included the approximate average production cost to produce silver in the two periods. Because the average annual price of oil surged higher since 2000, it impacted the cost to produce silver and gold. Thus, when the silver price fell below the production cost in 2008, it didn’t take long for it to move back above it in 2009. Today, the silver price is currently 11% BELOW its 200 MMA. While this might be a negative technical indicator for traders, I only see that as temporary — more on this in an upcoming video. According to my analysis, the current breakeven for the primary silver mining industry is about $15 an ounce. Which means, we could see lower silver prices for the short term, but we must understand, silver is not overbought or overvalued by any stretch of the imagination, quite the contrary. Also, the breakeven price to produce precious metals continues to provide a floor in the silver and gold prices. Furthermore, I had written articles and made videos showing that when the markets started to sell off, gold and silver went higher, not lower. The precious metals still act as a FEAR TRADE. Secondly, the gold price is much closer to its 200 MMA today than it was in 2008: In 2008, the gold price was 144% above its 200 MMA versus only 25% higher today. Moreover, when the gold price corrected lower in 2008, it fell to the industry’s breakeven cost of about $650 an ounce. That was the reason it did not fall back to its 200 MMA. Also, as we can see over the past five years, the gold price has been bouncing off the $1,150 level as that is now its PRODUCTION COST FLOOR LEVEL. Yes, it’s true that gold fell below that in late 2015, but that was due to oil falling to $28 a barrel. Some analysts are suggesting that we could see gold fall back to $1,000 during the next market crash before reversing and moving to new highs. While anything is possible, I don’t see that as a “LIKELY” outcome. Due to the continued falling ore grades, even at lower oil prices, the gold mining industry’s production cost continues to increase. Of course, if we were to get rid of 75+% of global gold production, costs could fall, but that much of a reduced supply would push prices to new highs… LOL.

The Major Factor To Determine Asset Values In The Future Not Considered By The Market I am just briefly going to touch on this subject matter as I want to bring this article to a conclusion. I have shown in many articles how the oil price has been the LEADING DRIVER for higher gold and silver prices. Thus, the COST OF PRODUCTION has always been the floor price for precious metals. However, at some point, we are going to see a disconnect between how the oil price (and supply) will impact the value of most assets (stocks, bonds, and real estate) versus gold and silver. Let me say this simply. The rising oil price, along with rising global oil production, has pushed up the value of most assets. However, when oil production peaks and declines, regardless of the oil price, most asset values will decline while the gold and silver prices (values) move higher. I will explain in more detail why I believe this to be true in future articles and videos. In conclusion, the stock markets are seriously over-valued if we go by their 200 Month Moving Averages. The NASDAQ and tech stocks are more overvalued than the Dow Jones Index, similar to what they were during the 1997-1999 Tech Boom. However, the gold and silver prices are at the opposite spectrum versus the overall markets as they are undervalued and closer to their 200 MMAs. Hell, the silver price is 11% below its 200 MMA. So, I believe the precious metals are setting up for one hell of a rally while the broader markets are primed for a crash.

https://www.moneymetals.com/alerts 

:: 5-12-19 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – You Must Prepare Now For The Elites’ Nightmare Endgame

May 12, 2019

As the world edges closer to the next crisis, today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies warned King World News that people must prepare now for the elites’ nightmare endgame. One Of The Least Desired Asset Classes On The Planet

May 12 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: More than 99.5% of world financial assets are invested in other things besides gold. That makes gold one of the least desired asset classes on the planet. Most professional as well as private investors would never consider gold as part of their portfolio. So if 99.5% of assets are not in gold, how can a small clique of gold owners holding less than 0.5% of world financial assets be right? They clearly look like a small minority of obstinate goldbugs and contrarians who are living in the past. Or do these people see something that the majority of investors don’t?.. Yes, gold has always been money but it is different today. Gold doesn’t work as money. There is not enough of it and it is very impractical to hold and even worse to pay with. You can’t, in a convenient way, transfer it without going through the financial system. Clearly fiat money, with electronic transfers or crypto money, must be the way forward. And the great advantage with such money is that you can create unlimited amounts of it with just a touch of a button. Who needs gold in this new modern world? The world always thinks that it is different this time. The Keynesian crowd with their cheerleader Krugman and the MMT (Modern Monetary Theory) followers are totally convinced that unlimited money printing and deficit spending is the only way forward. And since this has worked for the US for the last 60 years, it must clearly work forever. So why can’t the US continue to run chronic budget deficits, just as it has since 1960? The Rise Of Socialism As the US economy collapses in the early 2020s, socialists will present the perfect candidate for the 2024 US election. As hard times hit the US, this candidate will promise the earth by having a solution for everyone, especially the poor. It will be unlimited social security, free medicare, guaranteed pensions, housing benefits, and any other freebees that will win votes. The rich will naturally be hit very hard with punitive taxes which will please the masses. This socialist candidate will be just right at a time when the US elects its first socialist president and the perfect antidote to Trump. In his second term, if he is reelected, the aging Trump will be blamed for all the problems that have emerged by that point such as economic misery, poverty, hunger, and a breakdown of government services including social services. This will lead to social unrest and crime which will all be blamed on Trump. And being the opposite to Trump in everything they will totally convince the Americans that they have the answer to all the problems. Like all socialists, they don’t understand that socialism works until you run out of other people’s money. When they take over the US debt could be around $40 trillion, if it follows the historical pattern of doubling every 8 years. But that won’t worry them. They will spend tens of trillions of dollars or more on nationalizing a number of companies that are going under. They will also dramatically increase the spending on social security, medicare and pensions. When the socialist candidate takes power they will already have a fellow socialist as well as a Marxist as UK leader. The latest point for the next UK election will be June 2022. With the mess that Mrs May has caused the Conservative party, it is not impossible that Corbyn, the Labour leader, will become British Prime Minister before 2022. If the socialist leader will be bad for the US, Corbyn will be even worse for the UK. He will socialize many major utilities such as the railways, water and electricity. He will subsidize or nationalize all failing industries that employ a high number of workers. And obviously he will increase taxes dramatically for the wealthy and for big corporations. When Corbyn became Labour leader in 2015, I was convinced that he would be the next Prime Minister. Not because of his qualities but due to the coming collapse of the UK and world economy. The mood in the world in the early 2020s will lead to socialists taking over in most countries. When people are desperate, they will see the socialist/communist promises as the only solution to their miseries. At that point, the media, which will be almost exclusively socialist, will support the socialist cause and the propaganda machine will hail socialism as the solution to the world economy’s woes. Keynesian and MMT theories of deficit spending, combined with direct government ownership, will be hailed as the solution to the US and UK economic problems and also for the rest of the world’s. Thus, deficits and debt will go up exponentially. No one will listen to the argument that it was debt that caused the problem in the first place, even though it will be impossible to solve a debt problem with more debt. Nor will people learn from history that socialism or communism has never worked in any country over time. The Golden Antidote The consequences will be obvious. Rapidly rising deficits and debts will lead to increased global currency debasement. Obviously, all currencies can’t fall against each other at the same time but they will all fall against real money, which is gold and also against silver. Currency debasement will lead to high inflation which will be rapidly followed by hyperinflation. At that point, central banks will not be able to hold interest rates down. Most forecasters today are predicting that rates will be held low for many years. I disagree with that. The coming insolvency of governments and businesses, combined with money printing, will lead to a collapse of bond markets and a surge in interest rates. Central banks will lose their manipulative powers due to the sheer weight of debt, most of it bad debt. US rates at that point will be at least 10% but most likely 20% or more. Imagine US debt of $40 trillion in 2025 at say a 15% interest rate. That would be a $6 trillion interest bill, which means that 100% of tax revenue would be used to pay interest. But with the economy under severe pressure, total tax revenue at that point will be down dramatically. So more money printing will be required, leading to higher deficits and higher debts with higher interest rates and more defaults. You Must Prepare Now For The Elites Nightmare Endgame At that point, even the proponents of MMT or socialism will realize that you cannot create wealth by printing money. That will then lead to the final stage of this cycle which will be a deflationary implosion of debts and assets and a depression. There is no other possible outcome of the mess the world is in today. That is absolutely guaranteed. What we don’t know is when it will happen and how long it will all take. Events of this magnitude often take longer than you expect. Those of us who saw the problems of 2007-9 coming would not have thought that the temporary rescue at that time would have lasted 10 years. So rather than trying to time the coming secular economic downturn, it is more important to plan how to protect yourself. How do I protect my wealth? Gold and silver will be the only money to survive, just as they have for 5,000 years. Do I have enough and is it stored in a safe place and jurisdiction? Where I live will I be safe from crime, social unrest or war? What are the alternatives? Will I have enough food and other necessities like medicines? What is guaranteed is that future taxes for the wealthy will be punitive when the socialists take over. In the UK, many wealthy people are moving their money out of the country and also moving themselves. There is also a risk that the UK and other countries will copy the US system of worldwide taxation of all citizens regardless of where they live. The first step to protect against this would be a second passport followed by renouncing the US, UK or other citizenship.

The above list is far from exhaustive. Also, these decisions are both drastic and personal. Therefore, everyone will decide based on their specific circumstances. Many wouldn’t want to leave the country where they were born or their family and friends. With the world going through the most dramatic changes in the next 5-10 years, life will be very different and very difficult for most of us. But remember Rudyard Kipling’s words in his wonderful poem “IF”: “If you can meet with triumph and disaster And treat those two imposters just the same” Finally, heed these ancient words of wisdom which are so appropriate when a dire set of circumstances unfold: “This Too Shall Pass” For those who would like to read more of Egon von Greyerz’s fantastic articles CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-you-must-prepare-now-for-the-elites-nightmare-endgame/ 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 5-13-19 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America Opens its Arsenal; Trainloads of Tanks in Desert Paint, heading to ports . . . IRAN

World News Desk 13 May 2019

Those who have been watching developments in the Middle East have thought Iran was likely to face US Military action over its nuclear program. On Sunday, May 12, that became crystal clear as trainloads of M1A2 Abrams tanks left American Armories toward ports to be shipped out of the country. The tanks are painted Desert color - IRAN now seems to have REAL trouble . . . The video below, taken in southern California on May 12, shows literally HUNDREDS of M1A2 tanks on a train heading toward Port Hueneme, for transit out of the USA. The paint job on the tanks indicates the environment they will be operating in: Desert. If Iran thought it could simply ignore the United States, and ignore US concerns about the terrible nuclear deal negotiated under the incompetent Obama regime, then Iran is in error. The United States cannot -- and will not -- be ignored. The United States has serious concerns about Iran becoming a nuclear-armed nation. It is not something the US -- or most of the world -- can tolerate. The safety of millions is at stake, and the regime in Iran has a vile track record of state-sponsored terrorism in many countries around the world. To allow such a regime to produce and possess nuclear weapons, is simply untenable. For months, the USA has told Iran the nuclear deal must be re-negotiated. For months, Iran has refused. For months, the US has imposed ever-worsening economic sanctions in an effort to spur Iran to return to the bargaining table. Iran has refused. Recently, Iran began moving its own military assets into positions that will enable it to attack US bases in the Middle East, attack US allies in the Middle East, and to put the free flow of oil at market prices, in jeopardy by affecting the Persian Gulf and its strategically important Strait of Hormuz. Iran is a formidable country with a considerable military. Respectable in every regard. NONE OF THAT MATTERS.

Being formidable is wonderful when it comes to military challenges; but "formidable" is meaningless when facing a super-power like the USA. Iran's weapons systems will inflict some damage, but not enough to deter, never mind halt, a US military operation. Iran's technology is child-like compared to the US. Unless Iran agrees to return to the bargaining table, and to peacefully re-negotiate a deal the USA can live with, it faces the mightiest military power ever to exist on this planet. Iran would likely see it's military smashed into oblivion, it's power plants destroyed, it's water treatment facilities wrecked, its highway bridges destroyed, its railroad networks obliterated and its people deprived of normalcy -- and of their lives -- in very short order. US weaponry cannot be defended against. Even if some of that weaponry can be intercepted or shot down, the shear volume of an American military onslaught is insurmountable. Why go that route when negotiations can avoid all of those horrors? Members of Iran's military have been shooting their mouths off recently on TV, about how they are not afraid of the US, and about how our troops, ships, and bases are "targets" for the mighty Iranian military. Those boasts have now begotten the opening of US arsenals, and the commencement of tank shipments toward the Middle East. Iran seems to have no connection to reality when it comes to acknowledging what they face. Reality is coming. Iran would do well to wise-up. ATTACKS INSIDE AMERICA - PREPARE

Americans need to also understand reality. Iran is the largest state-sponsor of terrorism on this planet and they will use those resources to attack Americans HERE, inside the US, when hostilities commence. We should expect bombings of our public places; sabotage of our public water and of our electric grid. Attacks upon our highway interchange bridges, railroads, oil and gas lines. We should expect release of chemical or biological weapons. All these things would be designed to disrupt our lives, and (theoretically) reduce our ability to fight. Americans need to PREPARE in order to get through what may be coming our way. HERE is a list of suggested "preps." Please note: This web site exists thanks to reader support. If you enjoy the news you find here, or find it valuable, PLEASE click the DONATE button in the right column above and donate a few bucks. It's the only way to offset data transfer costs and keep this site alive.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/america-opens-its-arsenal-trainloads-of-tanks-in-desert-paint-heading-to-ports-iran

:: 5-10-19 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

On Armenian Genocide Remembrance Day Turkish President Erdogan Tweets the Genocide was ‘Reasonable’

by Jim Hoft May 10, 2019

April 24th was the 104th anniversary of the Armenian genocide in Turkey. Thousands of people marched through Los Angeles to commemorate the anniversary. The most recent genocide of the Armenians began on April 24th, 1915, and 1.5 million Christian Armenians were slaughtered by the Muslim Ottoman Turks. On April 24 Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan tweeted about the Armenians saying the “relocation” was “reasonable.” This was a stunning response by the leader of the Turkish regime on the genocide anniversary. But he wasn’t done yet. The Turkish President’s official website posted a letter Erdogan sent to the General Vicar of the Armenian Patriarch of Turkey, Aram Ateşyan. The letter was rife with justifications, equivocations, temporal distancing of the crime and a warning. The AP reported via Sheikyermami. Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan this week justified the Armenian genocide, arguing that deportation of the Christian group by the Ottoman Empire in 1915 that ultimately led to mass killings was “reasonable.” April 24 is the anniversary of the genocide, when much of the world honors the over 1.5 million Armenians killed between 1915 and 1923. The Ottoman Empire also ethnically cleansed Turkey of Assyrians and Greeks in that time. Turkey has yet to apologize for the killings or even acknowledge them as a genocide, and its government condemns those who do. The forced removal of the Armenians was among the various drastic measures the Ottoman Empire took against the group that ultimately resulted in genocide.

The AP reported via Sheikyermami.  Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan this week justified the Armenian genocide, arguing that deportation of the Christian group by the Ottoman Empire in 1915 that ultimately led to mass killings was “reasonable.”April 24 is the anniversary of the genocide, when much of the world honors the over 1.5 million Armenians killed between 1915 and 1923. The Ottoman Empire also ethnically cleansed Turkey of Assyrians and Greeks in that time. Turkey has yet to apologize for the killings or even acknowledge them as a genocide, and its government condemns those who do.  The forced removal of the Armenians was among the various drastic measures the Ottoman Empire took against the group that ultimately resulted in genocide.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2019/05/on-armenian-genocide-remembrance-day-turkish-president-erdogan-tweets-the-genocide-was-reasonable/ 

:: 5--19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ontario Passes Law Allowing Gov't to Seize Children From Parents Who Oppose Gender Transition

By Anugrah Kumar, Christian Post Contributor

Canada's Ontario province has passed legislation that allows the government to seize children from families that refuse to accept their child's chosen "gender identity" or "gender expression." The so-called Supporting Children, Youth and Families Act of 2017, or Bill 89, was approved by a vote of 63 to 23, according to The Christian Times. It requires child protection, foster, adoption service providers, and judges to take into account and respect a child's "race, ancestry, place of origin, color, ethnic origin, citizenship, family diversity, disability, creed, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity and gender expression." "I would consider that a form of abuse, when a child identifies one way and a caregiver is saying no, you need to do this differently," Minister of Child and Family Services Michael Coteau, who introduced the bill, was quoted as saying. "If it's abuse, and if it's within the definition, a child can be removed from that environment and placed into protection where the abuse stops." The bill replaces the Child and Family Services Act, or Bill 28, which governs child protection, foster care and adoption services. Bill 28 stated that the parent of a child in care retains the right "to direct the child's education and religious upbringing." However, the new law amends it thus: "to direct the child or young person's education and upbringing, in accordance with the child's or young person's creed, community identity and cultural identity." Irwin Elman, Ontario's provincial advocate for children and youth, said in a statement, "I believe that this new Act, in its principles, represents a paradigm shift for the province with its commitment to the participation of children and youth in every decision that affects them, the creation of a child-centered system of service, and commitment to anti-racism and children's rights." Jack Fonseca, senior political strategist for Campaign Life Coalition, disagrees, and was quoted as saying, "With the passage of Bill 89, we've entered an era of totalitarian power by the state, such as never witnessed before in Canada's history. Make no mistake, Bill 89 is a grave threat to Christians and all people of faith who have children, or who hope to grow their family through adoption." In April, a Christian couple filed a lawsuit against Hamilton Children's Aid Society for removing two foster children from their home because they refused to lie to the girls by saying that the Easter bunny is real. "We have a no-lying policy," Derek Baars, one of the foster parents, said at the time, pointing out that a child support worker insisted that he and his wife, Frances Baars, tell the two girls in their care, aged 3 and 4, the Easter bunny is real. "We explained to the agency that we are not prepared to tell the children a lie. If the children asked, we would not lie to them, but we wouldn't bring it up ourselves." The eligibility of the Baars, members of the Reformed Presbyterian Church of North America, was canceled and the children were taken away. The CAS worker, who insisted that the Baars teach the kids that the Easter bunny is genuine, told them that the Easter bunny was an important part of Canadian culture.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/ontario-passes-law-government-seize-children-parents-oppose-gender-transition.html 

:: 5-12-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dude, where's my culture?

by globalintelhub Sun, 05/12/2019 - 15:01

Have you ever stopped running around the hamster wheel and looked around and thought where the hell am I? Who am I? The deterioration of Western culture could not be felt greater anywhere else but America. We've created an entire class of "Haters" who for absolutely no logical reason hate President Trump - so much so it has been named "Trump Derangement Syndrome:" Trump derangement syndrome (TDS) is a neologism used by supporters of U.S. President Donald Trump[2][3] to describe a reaction to Trump by liberals and Never Trump neoconservatives, who they say respond to Trump's statements and political actions irrationally and with little regard to Trump's actual position or action taken.[4] The term has been used by pro-Trump supporters to discredit criticism of Trump's actions.[5][1][6] For those of us who have seen this in action it is no joke, leftists can break down in tears at the sight of him or sound of the words "Trump." We live in a world where a woman can fill out a form naming a complete stranger as the father of her child, and without any evidence - that man can be forced to pay child support and more or face JAIL. We live in a world where the US openly admits to being an Empire and publishes documents to prove it based on an analysis of past missions. This is a complete 180 as the US has denied this for the 50 - 60 years that it's been doing it. Listening to this classic song "The Logical Song" is a great metaphor describing how simple people became something else, and now are ghosts of people. Today's people are shadows of people. They have no soul. Here's the lyrics:

When I was young, it seemed that life was so wonderful

A miracle, oh it was beautiful, magical

And all the birds in the trees, well they'd be singing so happily

Oh joyfully, playfully watching me

But then they send me away to teach me how to be sensible

Logical, oh responsible, practical

And they showed me a world where I could be so dependable

Oh clinical, oh intellectual, cynical

There are times when all the world's asleep

The questions run too deep

For such a simple man

Won't you please, please tell me what we've learned

I know it sounds absurd

Please tell me who I am

I said, watch what you say or they'll be calling you a radical

Liberal, oh fanatical, criminal

Won't you sign up your name, we'd like to feel you're Acceptable

Respectable, oh…

It's the programming hard at work. During the 1960's and 1970's there was a cultural revolution in the West - it wasn't exclusive to USA by the way. But it was an exclusive Western thing. In Asia in that time there were still Bicycles in Beijing, there were no "Asian Tigers" and there was no "Wal Mart" selling Chinese crap to people at an ever increasingly inflated price. There was no GMO. The Establishment fought back hard against the simple people. The war become not about country vs. country, not spy vs. spy but about the classes against the masses. An elaborate plan that took another 50 years to fully see the results play out in the disaster we see in society today. All these hippies what they were really on about - they were really on to something. Their instinct, and native intelligence understood what was going on in ways they could only explain in music. The soul of man was being commoditized. Schools which were previously about learning and knowledge became tools of social control, tools to program the masses whether it be gender confusion, or twisted justifications of the grotesque actions of the empire (of the Military Industrial Complex). All this probably sounds like an anti-Imperialist rant by a wanna be Socialist. But not! It is an attempt to understand the system as a whole, this science is known as Cybernetics (Theory of Systems). And why does someone need to understand Cybernetics? Because of course, then one can understand Macroeconomics and especially International Markets.  Uber is now publicly traded and is worth about $70 Billion. Who would have guessed it 10 years ago? All uber really is - an app. Service As An App (SAAA) (this is the thing now, create an acronym, get quoted. ) And it's happening all over the world. Go Jek is a service in Indonesia where you can get a guy on a scooter to get you a pack of cigarettes or melons for a small amount of money. It's already a $4B+ valuation company. With services like Uber Eats, Go Jek, and online shopping - it's a wonder why anyone physically goes to shopping malls anymore. Of course, less and less people are doing so; but the world is becoming more polarized and bifurcated. You have an intellectual class that's changing the way the world works one industry, one story at a time. Then you have the phone zombies that walk around staring at their phones that end up getting hit by trucks or worse. You know, the masses. The masses have deteriorated, and the classes have reinvented themselves. For example Rich people live 14+ years longer. That's not a lot, but that gap didn't exist 50 years ago. This is a major global demographic shift. The news media is filled with intrigues, #MeToo and #WeToo - while Hyperloop is building a transportation tunnel so passengers can go from LA to Silicon Valley in 30 minutes. What's amazing about what the Elite have created - they have created a system of programming, surveillance, and control on multiple layers (biological, chemical, psychological) and it's all by choice! People ask for it! People like Fakebook! They like watching TV! Literally - they have created a slave race which is completely voluntary. And if this is by design, then bravo... because it's a trap door for all of us to escape. Our point here is to revisit history and keep current events in perspective. We live in a world where parents allow their young children to CHOOSE THEIR GENDER. This is the most absurd thing - wait I will hold my tongue - there may be something more absurd coming down the pike. Women's rights wasn't enough - Obama (who was an obvious closet homosexual) ushered in rights for transgender people and the third gender. What is the third gender? Good question. Hermaphrodites. Ridiculous. Ridiculous!! Perhaps the next wave of rights abuses will be parents that force their children to be the gender that they are born. Protestors will hold signs with boys in dresses and girls in suits demanding action be taken. Boys should be allowed to wear dresses in schools if they choose! Parents shouldn't buy baseballs for their boys they should buy them dolls and baseballs and allow them to choose!! What's next? I'll tell you what's next.. Brilliant logic explained emotionally by a simple person. What happened Bob and all the other smart, hardworking, honest, simple Americans? Dude, where's my culture? is a production of Global Intel Hub - an Alternative News without views. We report on financial markets, science, intelligence, and major paradigm shifts. Get it free @ www.globalintelhub.com

Sponsor this article if you like it, shop at ubuy.me

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-05-12/dude-wheres-my-culture 

:: 5-12-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Are Russian S-300 Missile Systems In The United States?

by Tyler Durden Sun, 05/12/2019 - 19:45

What are Russian S-300 air defense systems doing in the United States?

Satellite images recently surfaced online after military enthusiasts discovered the installations which appeared to show elements of the Soviet-designed S-300PT system located at a US military range. The images sparked even greater interest after they were analyzed by the popular military site Defence Blog, which discussed their authenticity and possible reasons such Soviet missiles would be located at a US military range. According to the Defence Blog analysis: A 30N6 fire control system and semi-trailer arrangements of 5P85 Transporter Erector Launchers (TEL) have been seen in satellite imagery of the U.S. military range. All these vehicles are part of the S-300PT surface-to-air missile system. S-300PТ system is designed for the defensive purpose of administrative, industrial and military buildings and objects against all kind air attacks. Likely such Russian systems are obtained by the US Department of Defense via partner former Soviet countries like Ukraine. Defence Blog explained that the US Army "commonly practices air assault with Russian-style air defense systems during training exercises." This adds "extra realism" during live simulated drills: "It uses styled or real combat vehicles and air defense systems to add extra realism to various exercises," according to the report.  Months ago western nations as well as Israel expressed alarm over Russia transferring its deadly S-300 systems to the Syrian government following an uptick in brazen Israeli aerial attacks, which had further resulted in the accidental downing of a Russian reconnaissance plane near Syria's coast, killing 15 crew members aboard. US and Israeli jets operating in or near Syria will now face down newly trained Syrian operators utilizing S-300 missiles to thwart any threats. No doubt, US and Israeli defense planners are also ramping up force readiness against the S-300s, most likely by training F-35 jets on how to avoid and take them out.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-05-12/why-are-russian-s-300-missile-systems-united-states 

:: 5--19 Russian News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CONFLICTING REPORTS OF 7-10 OIL TANKER EXPLOSIONS IN U.A.E. – GOV'T DENIES

This post was originally published on this site

For the past eight to ten hours, NUMEROUS reports have been coming in of several oil tanker explosions in the port of Fujairah in the United Arab Emirates (UAE). Local government DENIES any incident at all, while other sources say several tankers exploded and burned; and that IRAN is suspected in the incident. The reports began coming in around 5:00 AM eastern US time and were quickly DENIED by the government of Fujairah. HOWEVER, the International Airport at Fujairah seems to have been suddenly closed and no air traffic is being permitted over the port. Seven to ten oil tankers in the port have caught fire and are completely burnt, the Lebanon-based Al Mayadeennews channel quoted sources as saying. A super tanker (9165762), the tanker Al-Maarij (9394741), another tanked named AMI JAL (91477674), and the Khamsa 10 tanker (94320704) are among the tankers damaged in the explosions, the TV channel reported. The PHOTO Image above is even disputed, with no one in any official capacity willing to confirm it is an image of a burning tanker in the UAE from today! It’s as though some type of lid has been slammed shut on this . . . someone apparently does NOT want this info to get out. Initially, the Russia news service Sputnik reported the incident, but hastily DELETED the report from their web site. It’s this simple: The United Arab Emirates is a U.S. ally. If Iran or its proxies bombed seven to ten tankers in a UAE port, then war with Iran is upon us. The UAE, however, does significant amounts of trade with Iran – the bulk of which is FOOD. It may be that the UAE wants to hush this up because they don’t want to be the reason for the US to go to war with Iran. Lots of geopolitics in-play right now. As more info becomes available, this story will be updated. UPDATE 4:06 PM EDT —

UAE Ministry of Foreign Affairs: “Four merchant ships were subject to ‘sabotage operations’ within Emirati territorial waters. No casualties have been reported.”

https://www.therussophile.org/conflicting-reports-of-7-10-oil-tanker-explosions-in-u-a-e-govt-denies.html/ 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 5-13-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is the Ring of Fire heating up again? Volcanic eruptions of Agung, Sinabung, Krakatau (Indonesia), Nevados de Chillan (Chile) and Sakurajima (Japan)

By Strange Sounds - May 13, 2019

On May 12, 2019, many volcanoes around the Ring Of Fire very active, spewing lava, ash and gas hundreds of meters abover their craters. Here a summary of the most potent eruptions: Agung erupted on May 12, 2019 at 22:29 local time. The explosion lasted 2:16 minutes and was accompanied by a low-amplitude rumbling noise. The Vona has gone red, despite the discretion of the eruption (VAAC Darwin). The height of the plume could not be determined due to cloud cover. The Agung is on alert level 3, with a danger zone of 4 km radius. Eruption of Sinabung volcano, Indonesia Sinabung’s activity is increasing in strength since the eruption of May 7, 2019, which sent an ash plume 2km in the air before falling on several villages around the volcano. On May 11, 2019 at 20:39 local time, seismograms recorded an eruption with a maximum amplitude of 9 mm that lasted 33 minutes. On May 12, 2019, at 12:33 local time, another explosion lit up the summit of the volcano. Anak Krakatau eruption, Indonesia At Anak Krakatau eruptions continue but with decreasing intensities. On May 12, 2019, 21 eruption earthquakes and 17 explosions were recorded by the PVMBG. Moreover, 12 low-frequency earthquakes and two harmonic earthquakes were recorded. On May 12, 2019 at 12:20 local time, the volcano erupted during 152 seconds with a maximal amplitude of 58 mm. The VONA is orange.  Explosion of Nevados de Chillan, Chile The Sernageomin reports an explosion on May 12, 2019 at 20:03 local time, which partially destroyed the summit dome. The eruption was associated with an LP earthquake (dynamics of internal fluids). An incandescence related to the emission of gases and pyroclastic materials of high temperature, as well as deposits in the vicinity of the crater are observed. Sakurajima eruption, Japan The Sakurajima volcano erupted on May 13, 2019, at 1:46 pm local time, with a plume of ashes rising straight in the air before drifting towards NSN. Sakurajima volcano eruption May 13, 2019. Picture via JMA webcam Here some videos of the May 12, 2019 eruption: Yesterday, Panama-Costa Rica were hit by a M6.1 earthquake. Again! Is the Ring of Fire heating up?

http://strangesounds.org/2019/05/volcanic-eruptions-video-sakurajima-agung-krakatau-sinabung-chile-japan-indonesia-pictures.html 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

:: 5-12-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Texas Officials Illuminate Crosses After Atheists’ Call for Removal

By LANA SHADWICK12 May 2019

COLDSPRING, TX – Elected officials in an East Texas community defiantly illuminated the crosses on their courthouse after an atheist organization told them to take them down. The move came after the county judge and commissioners voted unanimously to keep the four crosses on the county building. Breitbart News reported that the Wisconsin-based Freedom From Religion Foundation (FFRF) complained to San Jacinto County public officials about the prominent display of the “Latin cross[es].” The self-described “state/church watchdog” claims it has over 30,000 members. The foundation issued an “Action Alert” to its supporters on May 7th saying, “A concerned Coldspring resident reported to FFRF that San Jacinto County has the crosses up all year round and even lights the crosses during the holiday season.” The organization that calls itself a “nonprophet nonprofit” asked members to “Tell San Jacinto commissioners to remove courthouse crosses.” As reported, 600-700 residents filled the Coldspring Community Shelter when the commissioners voted on the issue. Over 45 residents signed up to address the county officials at the meeting which felt like a revival, one speaker said. Residents of the county of just under 29,000 people celebrated on social media after it saw photos of the illuminated Christian symbol on the courthouse. Dwayne Wright, who serves as the county’s GOP chair, took this photo and posted it on his Facebook page saying, “THIS is how we roll in San Jacinto County! Not only did we not cower to the Wisconsin Whiners, we Lit Them Up!” Legal foundations offered to provide representation if the organization sues the East Texas county. Breitbart News has reported about FFRF efforts to regulate other types of expression, including speech in other places in Texas. Several years ago, the organization told Hondo, Texas, it should take its iconic signs down. The signs in the community of 9,000 say, “Welcome. This is God’s Country. Please Don’t Drive Through It Like Hell.” The mayor was reported to respond, “There’s no way in hell we’re going to take those signs down.” The signs have existed since 1932 in the city just 40 minutes west of San Antonio. Officials in Orange, Texas, took another direction after being challenged by the foundation. Residents were furious when county officials decided to take down a nativity scene that had been hosted on city property to celebrate the holidays for 30 years. The FFRF had demanded a display of their own. City Manager Shawn Oubre told Fox4 in Beaumont, Texas, that officials removed the Nativity scene in order to avoid legal costs. At this weeks’ commissioner court meeting in Coldspring, there were boos and jeers when the decision of the special utility district was announced. The local water management board voted not to display a cross on its water tower at Christmas.

Lana Shadwick is a writer and legal analyst for Breitbart News. She is a trial lawyer who previously served as a prosecutor and associate judge in Texas. Shadwick can be reached at Lana@LanaShadwick.com.

https://www.breitbart.com/border/2019/05/12/texas-officials-illuminate-crosses-after-atheists-call-for-removal/ 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

::  12-31-14/1-1-15  New Years Eve Service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you, for these things are not to bring fear, but these things are to bring peace into your hearts that you will know, because of the things that are coming, the things that shall be.  For two thousand fifteen shall be a time of change, great change, change, change, change.  The Illuminati shall once again rise up to the place that you will be able to see them in operation, for they still control all the money and they still control more things than you realize they control.  Walt Disney is now in a new takeover trying to reach the minds and the hearts of the children, so be careful, be careful what you’re watching.  There is going to be a new type of army and this army will be hand picked, but not just anyone can join, for it shall be an army that shall be against us, it shall be approved by the United Nations and they shall march in our streets because there is no control in the streets, and therefore, they will bring in another army that will have control. 

:: 5-12-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Study: Sanctuary Cities Stop Deportation of Illegal Aliens from Terrorist-Sponsored Nations

By JOHN BINDER12 May 2019

Sanctuary cities across the United States are shielding illegal aliens from deportation despite those foreign nationals being from terrorist-sponsored countries, a new study finds. For 27 months, there were about 44 illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries who were shielded from deportation by sanctuary city laws, the Immigration Reform Law Institute (IRLI) reveals. Those terrorist-sponsored countries, designated as such by the State Department, include Iran, Sudan, Syria, and North Korea. The vast majority, nearly 90 percent, of these nationals are from Iran. The IRLI investigation found that the sanctuary state of California leads the country in helping illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries evade deportation. Over more than a two-year period, California failed to turn 27 illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries over to Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents for deportation out of the U.S. Washington state, likewise, shielded eight illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries from deportation during the same time period, as well as two illegal aliens in each Iowa and Minnesota. Sanctuary cities in states like Arizona, Illinois, Massachusetts, Nebraska, and Texas also refused to help deport some illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries. “Sanctuary laws are no longer a theoretical faculty lounge debate, they are causing very real threats to our safety as individuals and as a nation,” IRLI Executive Director Dale Wilcox said in a statement.

“Already there are innocent victims who have lost their lives as a result of sanctuary laws that defy common sense,” Wilcox said. “If one of these aliens shielded from the law commits an act of mass terrorism, the politicians and activists who push for sanctuary laws will have a lot to answer for.” In total, about 25 sanctuary cities across a multitude of states helped shield illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries between the end of 2014 and 2017. This process often entails an illegal alien being taken into local 0r state custody for a crime and rather than turning the national over to ICE agents, local authorities release the illegal alien into the public. Of the 44 illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries who have been shielded from deportation, 39 of them were classified by ICE agents as being “level 1” and “level 2” threats — this indicates these nationals have been accused of crimes such as homicide, kidnapping, sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, possessing drugs, burglary, or fraud. A recent IRLI investigation revealed that there are more than 10,000 illegal aliens living in the U.S. who are from countries that are designated by the State Department as state sponsors of terrorism. Specifically, more than 6,000 — or 61 percent — of the 10,000 illegal aliens are from Iran, while 20 percent are from Syria, 18 percent are from Sudan, and less than one percent came illegally from North Korea. As Breitbart News has chronicled, the Diversity Visa Lottery — which imports more than 50,000 random foreign nationals to the country every year through a random drawing — has brought nearly 30,000 legal immigrants to the U.S. in the last decade from countries designated as state sponsors of terrorism. Roughly 30 percent of all Visa Lottery immigrants who have been brought to the country in the last five years have come from countries that sponsor terrorism.

John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2019/05/12/irli-study-terror-states/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-13-19 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TANKERS ATTACKED Saudi oil tankers including one bound for US hit by ‘sabotage attack’ amid Iran standoff

Two tankers suffered 'significant damage' after being attacked off the UAE coast

By Neal Baker and Dan Hall 13th May 2019, 5:20 am Updated: 13th May 2019, 1:09 pm

TWO Saudi oil tankers were hit by a "sabotage attack" off the United Arab Emirates, it was announced this morning - as tensions flare between the US and Iran. The ships were struck off the coast of the port of Fujairah - with one of the tankers due to be loaded with Saudi crude oil bound for the United States. Two oil tankers were hit by a 'sabotage attack' off the coast of the UAE - with one of the ships bound for America (stock photo) Tensions have been rising since American intelligence uncovered Iranian plans to disrupt US interests in the region Saudi energy minister Khalid Al-Falih said the ships both sustained 'significant damage', but did not give details about the nature of the attack Saudi energy minister Khalid Al-Falih revealed the tankers suffered "significant damage" - although it was unclear what the attack involved. He said: "Fortunately, the attack didn't lead to any casualties or oil spill; however, it caused significant damage to the structures of the two vessels." Trading and shipping sources identified the Saudi ships as Bahri-owned very large crude carrier (VLCC) tanker Amjad and crude tanker Al Marzoqah. A huge US naval presence has built up in the Gulf over recent days amid a fevered standoff between Washington and Tehran. US intelligence revealed Iran was on the verge of carrying out offensive action to disrupt and attack American and partner interests in the region. It led to the deployment of US aircraft carriers, Patriot missiles and B52 bombers over recent days. RISING TENSION On Friday, a senior Iranian cleric said the US fleet could be wiped out "with a single missile". And the hardline Iranian Revolutionary Guard said it was not prepared to enter into talks with President Donald Trump - who had called for negotiations over ending Iran's nuclear programme. Just minutes before the sabotage attack was revealed today, the US Maritime Administration warned shippers to exercise caution when travelling past Fujairah. The general-secretary of the Gulf Cooperation Council described the sabotage as a "serious escalation" in an overnight statement.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/9060525/saudi-oil-tanker-sabotage-us-iran/

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 5-12-19 Valcano Discovery :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strong mag. 6.0 earthquake - Panama-Costa Rica Border Region on Sunday, 12 May 2019 - information

Date & time: Sun, 12 May 19:24:49 UTC - 21 hours ago

Magnitude: 6.0

Depth: 10.0 km

Epicenter latitude / longitude: 8.6°N / 82.79°W (Panama)

Nearest volcano: Baru (41 km)

Primary data source: GFZ

Estimated released energy: 6.3*10^13 J (17.5 GWh / 15080 tons of TNT / 0.9 atomic bombs equivalent) [learn more]

https://www.volcanodiscovery.com/earthquakes/2019/05/12/19h24/magnitude6-Panama-CostaRicaBorderRegion-quake.html 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 5-12-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran commander calls U.S. military in Gulf a target not a threat - report

The US military has sent forces, including an aircraft carrier and B-52 bombers, to the Middle East to counter what US officials have said are “clear indications” of threats from Iran to its forces.

By REUTERS May 12, 2019 19:40

GENEVA - A senior Iranian Revolutionary Guards commander said on Sunday the US military presence in the Gulf used to be a serious threat but now represented a target, the Iranian Students' News Agency (ISNA) reported. The U.S. military has sent forces, including an aircraft carrier and B-52 bombers, to the Middle East in a move U.S. officials said was to counter "clear indications" of threats from Iran to its forces in the region. The USS Abraham Lincoln is replacing another carrier rotated out of the Gulf last month. "An aircraft carrier that has at least 40 to 50 planes on it and 6,000 forces gathered within it was a serious threat for us in the past but now it is a target and the threats have switched to opportunities," said Amirali Hajizadeh, head of the Guards' aerospace division. "If (the Americans) make a move we will hit them in the head," he added, according to ISNA. Major General Hossein Salami, appointed head of the Guards last month, told parliament on Sunday the United States had started a psychological war in the region, the parliamentary spokesman said. "Commander Salami, with attention to the situation in the region, presented an analysis that the Americans have started a psychological war because the comings and goings of their military is a normal matter," spokesman Behrouz Nemati said, according to parliament's ICANA news site. Iran's Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif said in a tweet on Sunday that John Bolton had planned the U.S. withdrawal from a 2015 nuclear deal and a more aggressive approach even before the U.S. national security adviser took up his post. Zarif tweeted a link to a 2017 National Review article by Bolton headlined "How to Get Out of the Iran Nuclear Deal." "A detailed blueprint for #FakeIntelligence, #ForeverWar and even empty offers for talks-only phone numbers were not included," Zarif wrote. CNN reported on Friday that the White House had passed a telephone number to the Swiss for contacting U.S. President Donald Trump in case Iranian officials wanted to hold talks. The Swiss embassy in Tehran represents U.S. interests in the Islamic Republic.

Join Jerusalem Post Premium Plus now for just $5 and upgrade your experience with an ads-free website and exclusive content. Click here>>

https://www.jpost.com/Middle-East/Irans-Guards-commander-says-US-presence-in-Gulf-an-opportunity-589483 

:: 5-12-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Happy Mother's Day" From Jeff Bezos As Amazon Fires 7 Women for Getting Pregnant

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, May 12, 2019 - 22:54.

Jeff Bezos is the poster-child for the type of immoral, degenerate and anti-American leadership that is being forced upon America by the mentally ill liberal left. This article briefly encapsulates how leftists, like Bezos, pose such a grave threat to our culture as well as the rule of law for America.

The Amazon Seven Seven women have been fired from Amazon because they are pregnant. Unfortunately, for Amazon, federal law is The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission issued new guidance on how to interpret the PDA and other laws protecting pregnant women on the job. There are several guidelines that employers should be mindful of. First and foremost, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act of 1978 absolutely forbids a woman from being fired because she is pregnant. Of course, we should be careful not assume that an extreme liberal, such as the owner of Amazon, Jeff Bezos, would ever care about the rule of law. In his mind, he is the law. The Amazon Seven have filed a law suit against Amazon. However, that does not mitigate the intent of Amazon to abuse its female workers. Amazon Has a History of Abuse Against Its Female Workers Amazon workers are said to be so swamped that they are unable to even take normal bathroom breaks, and are instead forced to relieve themselves in so-called pee bottles in order to avoid being reprimanded. This shocking bit of news comes from author James Bloodworth, who went undercover at the Amazon warehouse located in Staffordshire, U.K., while writing a book on low wages in Britain. According to Bloodworth, the fulfillment workers at the warehouse had a working “toilet bottle” system in place, which had to be implemented due to the fact that bathrooms were not really a priority for their main operations. “For those of us who worked on the top floor, the closest toilets were down four flight of stairs,” he said in a statement to TheSun.co.uk. “People just peed in bottles because they lived in fear of being disciplined over ‘idle time’ and losing their jobs because they needed the loo.” So what are female workers who are pregnant supposed to do? Bezos' contempt for women is omnipresent after he was “exposed”, or should I say he exposed his mistress, while he was still married. The National Enquirer obtained nude photos taken by Bezos himself of private parts as sent to his girlfriend, former LA TV news anchor, Lauren Sanchez. This event caused his wife, at the time, to declare Bezos to be a serial cheater and subsequently divorced him. His contempt for women, in general, is omnipresent. Unfortunately, his contempt for women is not his only major shortcoming. Bezos Is Not Just Anti-Woman, He's Anti-American Bezos contemptuous attitude does not end with his treatment of women. He is decidedly anti-American as evidenced by the following:

The Washington Post published an op-ed that called for more violence in the streets to oppose (and eventually overthrow) President Trump.

The owner of the Washington Post, Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, openly traffics in (and profits from) Antifa terrorism gear.

Encouraged by the deranged left-wing media as led by the Washington Post, America’s universities have now been transformed into terrorist training hubs that recruit, train and deploy active terrorism cells across America.  Bezos and his Washington Post leads the way in yellow journalism. How can they be objective when they are in business with the CIA? That's right, WAPO received $600 million dollars to do business with the CIA. WAPO, like Bezos' wedding vows are fake and fraudulent. America deserves better. Why are we, as a public ,enriching such a degenerate as Jeff Bezos? A final thought: Why aren't various feminist groups going after Bezos with a vengeance like they did Trump during the campaign of 2016? Or do the feminist groups only attack who George Soros tells Bezos is one of the five most powerful men in what we typically call the New World Order. Is this what you want for your children's future? You daughter's future? Here is the entire story. About the Author dave hodges

Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-united-states/happy-mothers-day-jeff-bezos-amazon-fires-7-women-getting-pregnant 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 5-13-19 Sheila Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Evangelical Christians are Worst Part of Society Claims Canada’s PM Justin Trudeau

According to a clause introduced by Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, pro-life Christians are barred from federal funding unless they…

According to a clause introduced by Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, pro-life Christians are barred from federal funding unless they support a woman’s right to an abortion. “I have met Justin Trudeau three times,” said Pastor Steve Long, a Canadian Baptist minister. “Sadly my last meeting with him in his office was very disappointing. He told me that evangelical Christians were the worst part of Canadian society.” Trudeau’s enmity toward Christians is not solely against evangelicals. Canada under Trudeau has also become a very unwelcome place for Christians who flee from persecution in the Middle East. Over 30,000 Syrian refugees were brought to Canada in an expedited manner and found themselves immediately taken care of by the Trudeau government. In the meantime, mass murder to the point of genocide of Christians has occurred within a number of Islamic nations. Trudeau has said not a word about the situation, and government assistance for the victims has been casual and minimal. When questioned on his religious affiliations, Mr. Trudeau claims to be a Catholic. Yet inexplicably, his behavior displays not an ounce of Christian identity or adherence to Christian values. It’s all so damn strange. In fact, his behavior toward Christianity is downright punitive. Pushing mass abortion and euthanasia. Cancelling funding for church groups. Ignoring Christian persecution within foreign nations. Running down evangelicals. (Read More) H/T Denise Pederson

https://www.sheila.media/evangelical-christians-are-worst-part-of-society-claims-justin-trudeau/ 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 5-7-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea faces food crisis after “worst harvest in a decade”

By Strange Sounds - May 7, 2019

Four in ten North Koreans are chronically short of food and further cuts to already minimal rations are expected after the worst harvest in a decade, the United Nations said on Friday. Official rations are down to 300 grammes – under 11 ounces – per person per day, the lowest ever for this time of year, the U.N. said following a food security assessment it carried out at Pyongyang’s request from March 29 to April 12. It found that 10.1 million people were suffering from severe food insecurity, “meaning they do not have enough food till the next harvest,” U.N. World Food Program spokesman Herve Verhoosel said. North Korea’s population is around 25.2 million, according to its Central Bureau of Statistics, the report said. Verhoosel said the word “famine” was not being used in the current crisis, but it might come to that in a few months or years. “The situation is very serious today – that’s a fact.” The country suffered a famine in the mid-1990s believed to have killed as many as 3 million people. For its assessment the WFP, one of only a few aid agencies with access to the country, gained widespread entry to farms, households, nurseries and food distribution centers. Verhoosel blamed a combination of dry spells, heat waves and flooding for the new crisis, which the U.S. State Department said was the government’s fault. After a second summit with U.S. President Donald Trump failed to produce a deal to end the program in return for sanctions relief, North Korean leader Kim Jong Un set a year-end deadline for Washington to show more flexibility. North Korea has for years relied on regular supplies of U.N. food aid. Its agricultural output of 4.9 million tonnes was the lowest since 2008-2009, leading to a food deficit of 1.36 million tonnes in the 2018/2019 marketing year, the WPF report said. Prospects for the 2019 early season crops of wheat and barley were worrisome. “The effects of repeated climate shocks are compounded by shortages of fuel, fertilizer and spare parts crucial for farming,” Verhoosel said. The WFP plans to make another assessment during July and August. Food shortages due to the increasingly erratic seasons and extreme weather is depleting food stocks across the world.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/05/north-korea-food-crisis-famine-2019-video.html 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 5-6-19 University of Minnesota :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DRC warns of new Ebola wave after latest violence

Lisa Schnirring | News Editor | CIDRAP News | May 06, 2019

Spasms of insecurity and violence continued to rock Ebola hot spots in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) outbreak region over the weekend, temporarily halting response activities in Butembo, as the number of new cases reported in recent days grew by 43. In research developments, a new study on the impact of intravenous (IV) fluid therapy during West Africa's outbreak found no difference in survival at the 28-day mark compared with people who didn't receive it, though the investigators said randomized controlled trials are needed to clarify its impact and role in resource-limited field settings.  Unrest and attacks In Butembo and nearby health areas, a May 4 demonstration by taxi drivers temporarily stopped response activities after the group placed wooden barricades on the main road arteries, the health ministry said yesterday. The protesters also attacked handwashing devices throughout the city. A day earlier, bikers tried to attack a safe and dignified burial team and their security attachment who were attending to the body of a woman from Katwa who had recently died from Ebola. Two of the bikers were shot and killed during the altercation, and an investigation is under way into their deaths, the health ministry said. The motorcycle taxi drivers association and customary chief met with bikers and asked them not to obstruct the work of the response teams. Health officials said they expect cases to increase in days ahead, owing to a temporary interruption in response activities, a pattern that has repeatedly been seen following past attacks in the region. In another insecurity development, DRC armed forces clashed with a Ugandan rebel group in a village in Beni, following an attack by rebels on villagers, according to DRC media reports. Case count rises to 1,572  Of the 43 cases reported over the weekend and today, all are from known hot spots. Thirteen of the infections are in Katwa, and other affected areas include Mandima (11), Musienene (5), Mabalako (4), Butembo (3), Beni (2), Kalunguta (2), Masereka (1), Oicha (1), and Vuhovi (1). The new illnesses boost the overall outbreak total to 1,572 cases, 1,506 of them confirmed and 66 listed as probable. Health officials are also investigating 193 suspected Ebola cases. Thirty-seven more people died from their infections, including 19 in the community or in local hospitals. In its update today the DRC health ministry said 1 new community fatality involves a health worker from Mandima who died at home. She was a hygienist at a health post in the Katanga area and had refused vaccination. Eighteen people died in Ebola treatment centers, 8 of them in Butembo, 3 in Mabalako, 3 in Katwa, 3 in Beni, and 1 in Mandima. The new developments lift the outbreak's fatality count to 1,045. IV treatment shown ineffective IV fluid (IVF) therapy for Ebola is done to prevent hypovolema and organ failure, but evidence of a benefit in outbreak settings, where delivering the therapy can be challenging, has been limited and conflicting. In a retrospective cohort study at five International Medical Corps Ebola treatment centers in Liberia and Sierra Leone, a research team led by Brown University scientists evaluated 424 Ebola cases, 354 of whom were treated with IVF during their admission. The group described its findings in a May 3 early online edition of Clinical Infectious Diseases. In total, 146 (41.3%) of people treated with IVF survived, and 31 patients (44.9%) who didn't receive the treatment survived. A matched propensity score analysis didn't find a significant difference in 28-day survival between people treated and not treated with IVF during their first 24 and 48 hours of care. An adjusted analysis also found no difference in 28-day survival. The authors note that the study provides the highest-quality evidence of IVF impact on survival to date, but they included several caveats. They said Ebola patients in the treatment centers typically got IVF as a bolus, with limited ability to monitor patients when no clinicians were in the patient wards. Slower infusion and or better monitoring may lead to better outcomes. "It is entirely possible, based on our results, that small daily volumes of IVF may improve survival while large daily volumes worsen survival," they wrote, adding that a larger, prospective randomized controlled trial is needed to definitively answer the question.

http://www.cidrap.umn.edu/news-perspective/2019/05/drc-warns-new-ebola-wave-after-latest-violence 

:: 5-22-17 Inverse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists Alter Consciousness Without Drugs Using 'Hallucination Machine'

Meet the VR of psychedelic drugs.

By Sarah Sloat on November 22, 2017

Imagine you’re looking around at a bustling city square, complete with shopkeepers and heavy foot traffic. But swirling jewel tones cover the ground, a muted haze flows through the air, and flowing, bulbous images of dogs and birds are attached to the people passing by. You know you’re neither dreaming nor drunk. It’s entirely possible, thanks to new research, that you’re hooked up to the “Hallucination Machine.” The Hallucination Machine was built by a team researchers from the Sussex University’s Sackler Center for Conscious Science, including the center’s co-founder, neuroscientist Anil Seth, Ph.D. In a paper published Wednesday in Scientific Reports, Seth and his colleagues explain they created the Hallucination Machine as a means to study the mechanisms underlying altered states of consciousness without needing to use psychedelic drugs. This tool, they claim, is like a drug in its ability to make people feel like they are hallucinating. Creating this altered state in human subjects, they explain, is tricky. Typically, people reach altered states because of psychopathological conditions or psychoactive substances, like LSD and psilocybin. Scientists have induced altered states in study participants with these drugs before to study the neural underpinnings at play, but the process is far from perfect. The Sussex University team explains that, because psychedelics have many physiological effects, it’s difficult to pinpoint exactly what’s changing in terms of consciousness. With the Hallucination Machine, the researchers write, they are able to “simulate visual hallucinatory experiences in a biologically plausible and ecologically valid way.” The tool, which, unlike a drug, does not directly alter the person’s neurophysiology, combines virtual reality and machine learning. When a person wears it, they are immersed in “hallucinations” by watching 360-degree panoramic videos of video scenes with a VR head-mounted display. These videos are modified with an algorithm called Deep Dream, a computer program created by Google engineer Alexander Mordvintsev that modifies natural images to reflect images categorized by a neural network. Deep Dream happens to insert a lot of images of dogs into the video, but researchers aren’t quite sure why. “One thing people always ask us is why there are so many dogs,” co-author David Schwartzman, Ph.D., told The Times on Monday.

“The short answer is we don’t know.” In their study, the researchers used two experiments to demonstrate that the Hallucination Machine creates “visual phenomenology” — hallucinations — similar to those induced classical psychedelics. In the first, 12 participants used the machine, experienced the trippy VR, and then were asked how the experience altered from watching normal videos and being on a psychedelic drug. The participants overwhelmingly reported the experience was much different than watching a control video but qualitatively similar to being on drugs, especially psilocybin. In the second experiment, 22 participants used the Hallucination Machine and then watched a control video. As they watched each video, they completed a task to test their perception of the passing of time. Neither using the Hallucination Machine nor watching the video caused temporal distortion. This was an important discovery, the researchers point out, because in previous studies on altered states of consciousness in which people did take drugs, they reported being confused about the passing of time. The new observations suggest to the researchers that it’s not being in an altered state that causes temporal distortion, it’s the drugs. Examining the brain in an altered state of consciousness is important to scientists who are still are seeking to understand the biological basis of consciousness as a whole. A major hurdle to this area of study has been the use of and accessibility to psychedelic drugs. The Hallucination Machine may change this, and in turn, allow us to learn more about the unknown ways our minds can perceive ourselves and the world. If you liked this article, check out this video where scientists have captured LSD’s effects on the brain for the first time.

https://www.inverse.com/article/38673-hallucination-machine-sussex-university-consciousness 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc     

:: 5-7-19 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Technology for a Cashless Society Is Marching Right in Step With Other Moves Toward the Coming Antichrist World Government

Jack Metir Alternative May 7, 2019 6 Minutes

Imagine what the apostle John must have thought when, in about 95 AD, he saw a vision of this taking place in a futuristic world. People ever since have been baffled as to how any such universal, totalitarian economic system could be established or policed. Tied into the ability to control all buying and selling will be the complete monitoring of everything related to you. For centuries, the fulfillment of these verses in Revelation 13:16-18 was a mystery. New technology for a cashless society is marching right in step with other moves toward the coming Antichrist world government. The technological ability to operate a world-wide cashless economic system is now being worked on. Marching in step with this new technology is a propaganda war to eliminate cash to transform the world into a cashless society. Let’s take a look at some of the new technology that is preparing the world for the coming 666 mark of the beast financial system. Does Google Want To Put A Chip In Our Brains? Google engineering director Scott Huffman says that within five years people will have microphones attached to their ceilings and microchips embedded in their brains in order to perform quicker internet searches; the goal is to insert a chip inside your head for the most effortless search engine imaginable. According to a survey by tech giant Cisco Systems, about a fourth of professionals ages 18 to 50 would leap at the chance to get a surgical brain implant that allowed them to Instantly link their thoughts to the Internet. A chip in the brain? Didn’t we see the potential for this new technology in book of Revelation 13:16-18? PayPal wants to implant passwords in your stomach and your brain! Jonathan LeBlanc, PayPal’s global head of developer evangelism, claims that these devices could include brain implants, wafer-thin silicon chips that can be embedded into the skin, and ingestible devices with batteries that are powered by stomach acid. The reasons given are that the many passwords to use Paypal are very weak so people can be robbed by professional hackers. So in the future if you want to use Paypal you will need to comply with Paypal’s new identity system whatever final technology that will be. Another example is that, the BBC published a piece entitled “Why I Want A Microchip Implant”. We are told that such implants could solve a whole host of societal problems. Identity theft and credit card fraud would be nearly eliminated, many other forms of crime would be significantly reduced, children would never go missing and we wouldn’t have to remember a vast array of passwords and PIN numbers like we do now. We are told that if we just adopted such technology that our lives would be so much better. They are pumping millions of dollars into researching “cutting edge” technologies that will enable implantable microchips to greatly “enhance” our health and our lives. Of course nobody is going to force you to have a microchip implanted into your brain. Initially, brain implants will be marketed as “revolutionary breakthroughs” that can cure chronic diseases and that can enable the disabled to live normal lives. For example, Human trials for bionic eye with ‘wireless brain chip’ are to begin this year! When the “benefits” of such technology are demonstrated to the general public, soon most people will want to become “super-abled”. Just imagine the hype that will surround these implants when people discover that you can get rid of your extra weight in a matter of days or that you can download an entire college course into your memory in just a matter of hours. Learning a martial art, how to fly a plane or how to speak a new language without even being awake is set to become a reality, say researchers. The possibilities for this kind of technology are endless, and it is just a matter of time before having microchips implanted into your brain is considered to be quite common. RFID microchip implants and other forms of “wearable technology” are increasingly being viewed as “cool”, “trendy” and “cutting edge” by young people that wish to “enhance” themselves. And of course the mainstream media is all in favor of these “technological advancements”. What if that were you? What would YOU do? In the next few minutes, I’m going to show you the U.S. Nuclear Target map, where you’ll find out if you’re living in one of America’s Deathzones. Employees at the Epicenter building complex in Stockholm, Sweden have a new option when it comes to entering the building. Instead of swiping the usual plastic keycard, they can wave their hand in front of a sensor. How, you may ask, does this magically open doors? There’s nothing magic about it: Office workers have radio frequency identification (RFID) chips embedded in the skin between their thumb and index finger, courtesy of BioNyfiken a Swedish bio hacking group. A reporter asked a young girl why she took the chip implant, & she replied its 2015, & this is the future!  In fact, the 10 to 20-year outlook is so radical, that it seems science fiction-like. For example, NBC & CNN forecasted that many Americans will get “chipped” by the year 2017. Right now, the majority of implanted chips people have are for restoring hearing, and in some cases treating mental disease, such as epilepsy. But bio hackers are increasingly implanting RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) chips into themselves. Even X Prize Chairman and Singularity University co-founder Peter Diamandis did this on stage recently during a speech. All of this may sound very “cool” to a lot of people. But what happens if we are all required to have “a Microchip in our right hand or forehead” someday? What happens if an oppressive world government uses this technology to watch, track, monitor and control all of us 24 hours a day with this new technology? What happens if you are not able to get a job, have a bank account or buy anything without “proper identification” via a chip implant? I think that you can see where I am going with this. Technology is truly a double-edged sword. It can do great good, but it can also be used for great evil. The Bible predicted such an economic buy & sell world system nearly 2000 years ago! We can see by the new technologies that are here & other technology that is being worked on, this 666 system could be online in the near future? Here’s the warning to us in Revelation 14:9-12 to not take the mark of the beast in the forehead or in the hand! REV.14:9 And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast (Antichrist) and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, REV.14:10 The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb: REV.14:11 And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name. REV.14:12 Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.

So watch out for 666 & the computer chip it will cost you your soul! Some of the above may astonish you, but it’s God’s truth as revealed in the Bible. Countless Biblical prophecies have already been accurately and specifically fulfilled, so you can be sure that these predictions of the future will be as well! You can prepare for the exciting days ahead by receiving Jesus into your heart. Simply pray,

Dear Jesus, please come into my heart and forgive me for all the wrongs I have done. Help me to trust in You, to learn more about You and how to share Your love and peace with others.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2019/05/07/new-technology-for-a-cashless-society-is-marching-right/ 

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 5--19 The Great Recession Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Zombie Epocalypse: A River of Denial Floods Markets Everywhere

The highest summit of irrational exuberance ever, which is not even seen by those engaging in it, establishes the perfect peak for the greatest global economic collapse ever. Some days the level of denial in the stock market twists my head into a knot — not because I am surprised at lemmings jumping over a cliff because they know all the other lemmings are going to jump. In that case, the jump will pay off because the market IS the crowd, so it goes wherever the crowd goes, and the lemmings are merely betting on where the crowd is heading. I understand that. The head-twisting knot comes when I endlessly see so many seemingly smart people parrot the same falsehoods in their writing when the self-deception is so obvious. Attempting to break through the mainstream media’s deception about the economy is why I started this blog, but the deception and delusion has become almost entirely accepted delusion. Today I read a writer who clearly had a solid grasp on how irrational and overvalued the US stock market is right now — that was the whole point of his article — and yet even he wrote the following incongruous statement simply because it is what so many people are saying: (emphasis mine) Indeed the stock markets crumbled under that Fed-tightening onslaught, plunging 19.8% over the next 3.1 months into late December 2018. That severe correction was right on the verge of crossing the -20% threshold into new-bear territory. Seeking Alpha He’s referring to the only index that didn’t fall by 20% as if the S&P 500 represents the entire market. Thus, he speaks of 2018 as a correction that almost became a bear market. Yet, this guy seems to have things well understood in the rest of his article, the general theme of which is about “extreme technicals, [and] sentiment” in a market where “traders’ euphoria and complacency have been running at bull-slaying levels, while valuations remain way up near perilous bubble territory.” He even notes the following: All this is happening as corporate profits flatline after surging dramatically. Like after every past waterfall decline, the stock markets are due to roll over and retest their deep late-December lows. Odds are they will fail, confirming a major new bear. Yet, he is still following the herd by acquiescing to the way the most popular analysts are calling last fall’s crash, but I’ll give him credit for the rest of the article and say this was just a momentary lapse. I reference him because he demonstrates how the dominant thinking even shapes the writing of those who are not trying to follow the dominant thinking. It goes to show how prevalent, pervasive and persistent the rose-colored glasses are and how easily everyone falls into parroting the pack on its own terms because here is someone who is writing about how the present market is almost certain to make a “bear-confirming” plunge while repeating the party line that claims we never entered a bear market last year. It’s completely inane for the majority of commentators to write as if a bull market dies and a bear market begins only if every possible index known to mankind falls more than 20%, especially when the major index with the longest history, the Dow, fell more than 20%. On top of that, the major index where all the biggest frenzy-driving gains were recorded — the Nasdaq — also fell more than 20%. On top of the on top of that, the major index with the broadest sweep of stocks, the Russel 2000 fell way beyond 20%; and, on top of all of that heap of confirmation, the whole NYSE fell more than 20%! Even the sole holdout — the S&P 500 — landed within a mere rounding error of 20%! The Russel 2000 is made up of the bottom 2/3 of the Russell 3000, so it is approximately 2,000 small-to-midsize companies, which makes it much broader in scope than the S&P 500. It is generally considered more representative of Main Street and of the US economy than other indices. It crashed 28% last year and is nowhere near regaining the height from which it fell last summer! So, 2,000 stocks fell an average of 28%, and are nowhere near recovering; but we never had a bear market; it was just a correction. That’s 2,000 companies — many of which have been around for years that lost more than a quarter of all the value they have accumulated in those years in just four months, but that was just a correction! That shows how biased people are toward interpreting everything as being bullish for as long as they possibly can strain interpretation in that direction just because they want to when they won’t accept that a 40% crash in the FAANGs last summer, coupled with a 20%+ crash in the fall of all major indices but one, which was within a mere head nod of 20%, as well as a 20%+ crash of the overall NYSE from its last high is not a bear market — especially when EVEN THE S&P 500 HOLD-OUT CRASHED 20% INTRADAY! If you don’t think that’s absurdly biased, then take the next step, and put these calls in context! Think rationally about how much further the stock market would have crashed if the Fed had not put a quick stop to its “boring as watching paint dry,” “auto-pilot” money-supply reduction and its interest increases in one fell swoop. Then add to that context for the market’s salvation, the additional context that Steven Munchkin had to PUBLICLY call in the entire plunge protection team as he panicked out loud about whether or not banks had enough cash to remain solvent! Without that sudden (by glacial Fed standards) tectonic shift in the Fed’s long telegraphed monetary policy, coupled with government-enforced investment (the PPT), the market would have crashed into a total hell hole! We all KNOW that the Fed’s instant release of its interest brakes and its shift out of reverse easing (tightening) coupled with the government’s full-forward push on the investment thrusters is the only thing that saved the stock market from going far deeper. Yet, here people are — even the ones brave enough to say the present rally is perilously overbought — acquiescing to the fantasy that this is still the longest bull market ever! No, the bull died in December, and you are just deep, deep, deep in denial if you parrot that nonsense about the long bull market still running. You are picking and choosing indices to find the sole major index that fits the narrative you want, and then claiming it is the only index that counts. That’s called “goal seeking.” Now here is the most irrational part As if all of that were not irrational enough, I actually have an uphill climb in hammering through my argument that this is irrational. What could be sounder proof that the present rally is nothing but irrational exuberance? As if the difficulty of conveying a message confirmed by every major index but one (and that one within a rounding error of the same message) is not proof of irrationality, I hear actually people saying, “Where is the irrational exuberance that is needed for a crash? We haven’t seen that yet, and the market cannot crash until we see irrational exuberance.” They actually say that with straight faces in the midst of the steepest rally ever known to mankind! They don’t recognize that they ARE the irrational exuberance! Then, as if all of that is not the height of irrational exuberance, they claim the market has “priced in” a recession in corporate earnings, even though the market has done nothing but go up the entire time everyone talked about how earnings were going to go way down! How is that “pricing in” a recession in earrings? Yet, they have become even more irrational than that because I’ve read more than once during this earnings reporting season that the “earnings recession never materialized” because earnings have come in fatter by a gnat’s waistline than the abysmal prognostications these same people had downgraded their projections to — never mind that earnings have, in fact, receded far below what we had been seeing from earnings last year. In other words, if you, at least, say things are going to be really, REALLY bad just before they turn out to be only really bad, then they really weren’t bad at all! Oh the insanity of humanity! Now, put all of that bias in broader context: These same people who are now gleeful about how earnings are coming in better than the horrors that were expected are completely ignoring the universally known fact that this last quarter’s declining earnings were propped up with record stock buybacks that were much higher than the record stock buybacks of 2018, which had already beaten the record buybacks of 2017! They are actually “earnings per share” where the number of shares has been reduced year after year after year, yet by a greater amount this year than any other! After all that, they still look bad. And then put all of that in even broader context! They talk happily about these “better than expected earnings,” as if being the walking dead is any better than being just dead, knowing full well that the available cash for the buybacks that are animating the zombies is dwindling. You see, the cash savings from repatriated profits were a one-time deal that is now winding down, and everyone knows that. Therefore, everyone knows it is just a matter of time (and probably not much) before those one-time savings play out this year, but they all pretend they don’t know that. Then, as if all of that were not peak exuberance during a time of peak irrationality, the even broader context is that we have a government that was talking seriously this week about agreeing to add $2 trillion to the debt at a time when the interest alone on the debt this year will be almost a trillion dollars! And no one notices! Yes, the interest on the debt this year is coming in so high that it will actually be greater by the end of the fiscal year than the entire deficit was only four years ago (and that was a bad-deficit year). In fact, the interest alone will be almost as great as the entire deficit this year! Add this new plan of taking on another $2 trillion in debt, and we will easily pass the point where interest alone demands a trillion dollar deficit every year! And, yet, people believe we are in a solidly growing economy because the government managed to tweak its highly manipulated GDP headline number up to 3.2% for one last hurrah. They, of course, don’t believe it is a last hurrah. They believe it is proof that all is well, and the good times will only get better! No, nothing irrational here folks. No irrational exuberance anywhere! After all, how can things be irrational when everyone shares the same delusion? That makes the delusion the new normal. And I’m the oddball who says the emperor is not only naked; he has no skin! He is a zombie who is only surviving by eating his own flesh. Why do zombies eat? Zombies don’t know they are already dead. So, they eat even if everything is missing below their chest. They are an irrational concept in themselves. We live in a zombie economy where corporations that are slowly dying from diminishing returns are feeding on their own stocks, which were valued up by money that is now being sucked out of the economy. How is there any possible end game here that works when the total amount of money in the economy is still being reduced by the Federal Reserve? Zombies eating zombies eating crow And that is why I allow my one crow on a wire to keep croaking in the comments below. His constant deception presented to others via false claims never matters to him. Disprove one false claim, and he merely hops over to the next to maintain his self-deception. He even pretends his stocks lost no money last year, though everyone knows they lost a lot. He provides a constant, albeit clownish, example of just how insane the masses are who are walking like zombies to their own destruction, laughing all the way. (And when that destruction comes, they will all parrot the party line that “no one could have seen this coming!” My crow will continue to claim I never saw it coming and that what came never really came, just as he does about last year. Or will reality finally set in with a stunning reversal toward rationality … and fear? From what I’ve seen so far, I doubt it.) We live in a time of mass delusion, piling up a national debt with interest payments that already exceed anything we could have imagined a mere decade ago, yet we are choosing to pile it up even faster, caring not at all that we do! We are living a lie. We live in a time where delusion seems normal to the deluded because it is so widespread that its broad acceptance becomes proof that the deluded are right, and the small minority that is the rest are wrong. That the market goes up because that is the direction all the lemmings are headed is taken as further proof that times could not be more solid. Here on this blog, my one crow constantly caws about how the market is going up, the market is going up (as if I ever said it wouldn’t go up this year) … or as if the market’s rise this year is supposed to somehow prove the crash I predicted for last autumn didn’t happen. It’s insane. What happens this year can never prove that what happened last year didn’t happen. What I am trying to demonstrate via the crow, who has tethered himself by his own choice to this site, is the strength of the delusion: Anyone who speaks against it — even if he is right on each thing he predicts along the way — is viewed as the oddball for daring to speak against the insanity of the masses, so strong is the delusion. No matter how many times someone speaking against the delusion is right, even on the timing of predicted events, he was still wrong in their opinion, and each new whiff of hope is paraded as proof of how wrong he was on things that already happened as he said they would while every actual proof of how right he was is simply ignored. I say this because that situation here on this blog demonstrates just how dense the denial has become. It is as opaque and hard and cutting as obsidian. You cannot break through it, no matter how hard or long you try. I’ll note, however, that the highest summit of irrational exuberance ever has not even been seen by those who are engaging in it, which establishes the perfect peak for the greatest global economic collapse ever. So, party into the twilight, people. Party into the twilight because the Great Recession is about to become the greatest recession ever known.  Liked it? Take a second to support David Haggith on Patreon!

http://thegreatrecession.info/blog/the-zombie-epocalypse-a-river-of-denial-floods-markets-everywhere/ 

:: 5--19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. school urging teachers to bless Muslim students in Arabic

'District is running roughshod over the First Amendment'

Published: 3 days ago

A public school instructing teachers to greet Muslims during Ramadan with “Ramadan Mubarak” and adjust test schedules is raising the specter of official district endorsement of Islam, contends a non-profit legal group. The Freedom of Conscience Legal Defense Fund is warning the Dieringer School District in Lake Tapps, Washington, about its implementation of guidelines issued by the terror-linked Council on American-Islamic Relations. After CAIR wrote to the school suggesting various changes in policy and practice that would benefit Muslim students, district Supt. Judy Martinson implemented CAIR’s suggestions as official district policy. She distributed the CAIR letter to school principals, who in turn circulated it to all teachers and staff, FCDF said. “By urging teachers to bless Muslim students in Arabic, the district is running roughshod over the First Amendment’s mandate of government neutrality toward religion,” said Daniel Piedra, FCDF’s executive director. “A school district would never order teachers to ‘welcome’ Catholic students during Easter with ‘He is risen, alleluia!’ Singling out Muslim students for special treatment is blatantly unconstitutional.” A parent in the district had raised questions about the move. In response, FCDF sent a memo to Martinson contending the district is violating the Constitution by favoring Muslim students. “To be clear, nothing in the Constitution prohibits public schools from accommodating students’ religious exercise to the extent it would not interfere with educational interests,” the letter said. “But ‘the religious liberty protected by the Constitution is abridged when the state affirmatively sponsors’ religious practice. Here, by issuing the CAIR letter to district employees, you acted under color of state law to create an official policy that has a primary effect of advancing religion. The Ramadan Policy, in both adoption and implementation, plainly imposes liability on the district under the United States and Washington Constitutions.” Piedra said the case “is yet another attempt by CAIR to infiltrate uninformed school districts so it can advance its subversive agenda.” “CAIR must not be allowed to indoctrinate impressionable schoolchildren under the guise of ‘diversity’ and ‘cultural awareness,'” he said. “FCDF is committed to keeping CAIR out of our America’s public schools.” The letter explains the Supreme Court has been emphatic in stating that school officials must make sure no policy “conveys a message that a particular religion, or a particular religious belief, is ‘favored,’ ‘preferred’, or ‘promoted’ over other beliefs.” FCDF said “the district’s Ramadan policy raises the specter of impermissible government endorsement of religion.” CAIR’s recommendation, FCDF said, “likely violates the [Establishment Clause’s] demand that the government remains neutral toward religion.” CAIR told the district it should formally add Muslim holidays to school calendars, schedule tests on days other than the holidays, allow makeup tests and assignments and tell students their absences on those days can be excused. But FCDF argued the “preservation and transmission of religious beliefs and worship is a responsibility and a choice committed to the private sphere.” “Religious adherence, such as observances, is the parents’ responsibility, not the public school’s. To that end, school officials may neither encourage nor discourage students from availing themselves of an excused absence for religion reasons.  The instruction that teachers greet students with an Islamic greeting is particularly troubling, the letter said. “‘Ramadan Kareem’ derives from ‘the fact that God gives his worshippers blessings during the month [of Ramadan],'” wrote FCDF. “A reasonable student would unquestionably perceive them to be ‘stamped with her school’s seal of approval.'” FCDF asks the district to respond with a letter to staff and faculty that states: “CAIR’s letter advocates legal positions and policy preferences beyond the requirements of state and federal law. The district therefore will no longer rely on the views expressed in the letter.”

Read more at https://www.wnd.com/2019/05/u-s-school-adopts-ramadan-policy-promoting-islam/#Adm2JVT74ETdvlxM.99 

:: 5-7-19 Conspiracy forever :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Are American Communities Dying? A Return to Small Local Economics Is The Only way to Reverse Some Of The Damage And Keep Our Communities Livable

May 7, 2019

Most Americans who have been around for a while know life is nothing like it used to be. When someone wanted a job one was found with a little bit of searching. Today jobs are difficult to find, especially in small communities. When I was growing up in the 70’s, there were several car dealers in my community. There were three tractor dealers and too many mom and pop stores to count. Today there are two used car dealers and the nearest tractor dealer is twenty miles away. So how is it that we now have more people, but fewer businesses to employ them? Preparedness Hacks: Once a nuke is heading your way, you might think that there isn’t much left to do, but you would be wrong! Because we will show you America’s natural nuclear bunkers that are also EMP proof. When the sirens start wailing, all you need to do is pick the closest one to your home, where you can take cover before it hits. A nations wealth is derived from having a product to sell. That wealth needs to circulate in towns and cities to compound the wealth effect and create jobs and businesses. When wealth is not created or it is siphoned off to other places, the wealth effect can not happen, and in many cases goes into reverse. A community needs a certain amount of service related jobs to function but it also needs some type of production jobs to bring in money from the outside. This can be mining , agriculture or manufacturing type jobs, but they must exist to insure a healthy economy. America has two major problems today. A large amount of our production is done outside the country eliminating production jobs in local communities and many of the small local businesses that kept wealth within communities have been supplanted by large corporations that siphon wealth out of communities and send it to wall street. In the past when a small business made profit, that profit was kept in the local community because that is where the owner lived. Now, that profit leaves the community never to be seen again. With less money to circulate within the community the businesses that depend on people spending their extra dollars, have fewer customers and eventually go out of business. With fewer jobs there is that much less money circulating and the economic situation spirals down until nothing is left. These days corporate businesses and government jobs make up the major part of many local communities. In many cases if it were not for the government jobs, many communities would no longer exist. So what do you think would happen if the government suddenly no longer had money to pay those workers? What would happen if corporate profits dropped to the point where corporate stores decided to close and cut their losses? To some extent we are seeing this happen now in many places. Corporate stores moved in and drove small local businesses out. Then when the profits dried up the corporate stores closed leaving the community with no jobs or products to buy. With no capital in the local communities to rebuild small businesses, the people simply drive to other areas to do their shopping. The corporate cronies and government laggards control most of the money flowing through communities now and they want to keep it that way. Any attempt to rebuild local businesses is met with luke warm results. Any business that might make a difference is either killed outright or regulated into oblivion before it can get off the ground. The county where I live has all but abandoned local businesses. The bulk of their income comes from property taxes generated by vacation homes and retirement homes of retired government employees. As long as the government pensions and paychecks continue, they see no reason to change the status quo. The result is that the younger people leave as soon as they can and the average age of the population continues to get older. As with many places today, this area has no future. Where I live is a microcosm of the nation. Corporate and government entities continue to siphon what little money there is out of communities and just as small communities are dying, the nation will soon follow if current trends do not change. A return to small local economics is the only way to reverse some of the damage and keep our communities livable. But, do not be deceived. There is no way to undo all of the damage that has been done and even if we survive, we will only be a shadow of what we once were as a nation.

https://conspiracyforever.home.blog/2019/05/07/why-are-american-communities-dying-a-return-to-small-local-economics-is-the-only-way-to-reverse-some-of-the-damage-and-keep-our-

communities-livable/ 

:: 5-6-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PJW Responds To Facebook After Being Labeled A Terrorist

Copy Link Download 24‚205 views

The Alex Jones Show

Published on May 06, 2019

In a new article by Paul Joseph Watson, Paul reports, "Even as Facebook claims it is removing “extremist” personalities and content from its platform, pages expressing support for Hamas, a terrorist group that has killed civilians, remain fully active."

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5cd0c70f3e251500171dad1b 

:: 5-7-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Alt Media Will Soon Be Gone Along with Trump and the Constitution: The Three Stages of a Revolution

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, May 7, 2019 - 12:51.

Most people in this country fail to recognize where they are at with regard to history. The majority do not see that we are already in a state of rebellion, a civil war, if you will. However, most people if they heard these words would believe that it was the average American that will be involved in a civil war, and they would be wrong! Today, the rebellion has to do with the Deep State and their followers who rebelling against the legitimate authority, namely, the US government and its people. It is the George Soros' who are in a state of rebellion. There are 3 stages associated with a rebellion. Stage One of the Revolution The first stage of a revolution, is a war of ideas and a campaign for the truth. Certainly, fake news is at the center of this. The Russian collusion delusion also fits into this paradigm. Stage one is about the control of the narrative. Where I see the enemy at the gate, most of my friends and neighbors are sleeping through the unfolding attack. We are in a war of words and if we fail to use our words to awaken all of humanity, we are hopelessly lost and the globalists will carve us up for dinner. There is indeed strength in numbers and if we are unable to wake up our fellow countrymen, we will negate the only true tactical advantage that the people enjoy, which is ideological solidarity from a numerically superior force. It should now make sense to you as to why 98% of the media is controlled by globalist controlled business interests consisting of five mega corporations, who in turn are controlled one way or another, by the members of the Federal Reserve. In order to win this fight, we need more people speaking out, making videos and calling MSM talk shows. We especially need to reach the police and the military in order to remind them of their constitutional duty to protect the people against a tyrannical government, but this is not what we are seeing. Our counter to the control of the MSM, is to exclusively support the alternative media. If the Deep State is successful in taking down the alternative media, then it will become necessary to enact a type of Committees of Correspondence apparatus similar to what our Founding Fathers did in the pre-Revolutionary War period in our history. On the ground communication is timeless, effective and very difficult for a totalitarian government to negate. THE PEOPLE CANNOT WIN AGAINST A GLOBALIST REVOLUTION BECAUSE THE INDEPENDENT MEDIA HAS NOT CONVINCED THE MASSES AS TO THE THREAT WE ARE LIVING UNDER. AND VERY SOON, THE INDEPENDENT MEDIA WILL SOON BE EXTINCT AND TRUMP REFUSES TO DO ANYTHING ABOUT IT. THIS IS STRAIGHT OUT OF THE JOSEPH STALIN PLAYBOOK OF PREVENTING THE OPPOSITION FROM BUILDING AN OPPOSING IDEOLOGICAL BASE WHICH IS A PREREQUISITE TO ANY SUCCESSFUL REVOLUTION. IT MAY BE TOO LATE TO DO SO! Stage Two of the Revolution Stage two of a revolution consists of civil disobedience. WE ARE SEEING STAGE ONE GLOBALIST TACTICS BLEED OVER INTO THIS STAGE EVEN BEFORE THE COUP TO TAKE DOWN TRUMP IS COMPLETE. This stage has to do with George Soros and paid protesters. This is about a contrived racially motivated civil war. America has gone from a Republic to a police state in less than a generation. The evidence for this transformation is as follows and it has been a long time coming: 1. The previous passage of the John Warner Defense bill removed all the firewalls between the people and subjugation by federally controlled troops. A scant few spoke out and nobody resisted. 2. Can you say FEMA Camps? The passage of the NDAA, eliminated all due process as it permitted the administration to arrest and indefinitely detain any American without due process. This is what makes the Jade Helm political “Red List” extractions legal and subsequent population relocation legal. A scant few spoke out and nobody resisted. 3. Obama’s declaration, through Executive Order 13603, proclaiming the authority to seize control over any and all assets in the country and to invoke slave labor at Obama’s whim. When the liberals reclaim the presidency in 2020, EO 13603 will prominently figure in our collective history. A scant few will speak out and nobody will resist. This is the blueprint for the total takeover of the US should the globalists ever recapture the White House and they will in 2020 as the backbone of the patriot movement, the Independent Media will soon gone, and so will Trump. 4. Red flag gun laws that can seize your gun without due process. Any totalitarian regime can cut the legs out of a revolution by disarming the people. A scant few will speak out and nobody will resist. No matter what gun control laws that the Deep State brings to the American people, the people need to disobey as civil disobedience is our best friend. However, passive disobedience is our VERY best friend. Most readers already know what happens when a civilian population surrenders its guns. If your knowledge of history is shaky, take a look at Pol Pot, Rwanda, Hitler, Stalin and Mao. The University of Hawaii tells us that that over 260 million people were killed by their governments in the 20th century and this was accomplished after gun confiscation. Any nation that gives up its guns, has sealed its fate. When, not if, but when the Deep State comes for our guns, all of us have a constitutional duty to disobey these unlawful policies. And even if we manage to hang on to our guns, it is easy to predict the next move as Stalin invoked the practice of creating food shortages. You can count on this happening. Stage Three: All Out War A successful revolution cannot simply jump to stage three without having progressed through the first two stages and this is the strategy of the globalists as they are dragging the people to the battlefield of their choice. When Stalin’s forces were dragging a third of the Russians out of their homes, it was too late for the Russians to fight back because the ideological base of resistance, and a sense of collective action, through civil disobedience, had not been built. THIS WAS THE STALINIST OBJECTIVE OF THE PREVIOUS JADE HELM OPERATIONS WHICH TOLD US WHAT WAS COMING BUT THE NATION DID NOT LISTEN. The Russian people were defeated by Stalin because they did not win stage one of the revolution. We desperately need to heed this lesson from history and embark on a tireless crusade to wake up our country as to the dangers that lie ahead. And even if the people are sufficiently awakened, it does not guarantee victory of any kind unless of course, the bravado crowd has stored directed energy weapons in their basements. Therefore, it is the duty of every awake American to educate their neighbors, family and friends, whether they want to hear the truth or not. Remember, any kind resistance to tyranny will not succeed unless there is an attitude of defiance towards the tyranny. Tyrants require minions to carry out their tyranny. Education about the present tyranny can lessen the size of the potential minion pool. Again, this is accomplished in stage one and we are almost out of time. People frequently ask me if I think we can mount an effective resistance and I respond that the odds are really against the people. This fact should not keep people from resisting with every fiber of their being. Further, resistance can evolve into adaptation and this could save the lives of your family. Conclusion Stage one is about regaining control of the White House with a globalist President. This is why trump faces, either assassination or impeachment on fake charges. The newest allegations that Trump is a racist that committed tax fraud is a part of this plot against the people. Even though Trump was exonerated by Mueller, the Democrats are keeping alive, in the public's mind, that he was guilty. Stage one is nearly complete. Stage two is underway and our Constitution and the people, as a whole are under attack. When Trump is out of the way, stages two and three will commence with a vengeance. If one wonders why I fight so hard against tyranny, you have learned the reasons. Mike Pence is a globalist. He will make an excellent transition President. In the meantime, are you prepared so you and your family can adapt? THEY CAME FOR THE INDEPENDENT MEDIA AND NOBODY SAID ANYTHING THEN THEY CAME FOR THE PRESIDENT AND NOBODY SAID ANYTHING THEN THEY CAME FOR OUR GUNS AND NOBODY SAID ANYTHING THEN THEY CAME FOR YOU AND ALL YOUR DEFENSES WERE GONE

About the Author Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/alt-media-will-soon-be-gone-along-trump-and-constitution-three-stages-revolution 

:: 5-7-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Is In The Water? New UN Study Demonizes Humans For Future Extinctions While Ignoring Fukushima, Techno-Poisons And The Geoengineering Of The Weather

- The Globalists Are Laying Out Their Reasons To Kill-Off Billions Of 'Useless Eaters'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die May 7, 2019

While this new story over at The Atlantic titled "Human Drugs Are Polluting the Water—And Animals Are Swimming in It" might sound like an aberration, a departure from the 'expected norm', as we'll see within this ANP story that examines more than a dozen different stories that have all been published within the past two days, the Atlantic story may actually be the 'new norm'. As the Associated Press reported in this new story which has spawned many more across the internet, according to a newly released report done by the United Nations, human beings are accelerating the extinctions of more than 1 million different species of plants and animals with species loss now taking place at up to hundreds of times faster than at any time in the past. With the Washington Post also jumping on the UN 'extinction story' bandwagon showing us that this is a story that the globalists want to push heavily, and the Post story also blaming human beings for what has been happening to nature while warning that we, too, will suffer because of this, we see a very concerted effort right now to push this, like 'manmade global warming', in our faces. Why now? Let's take a quick look at the headlines which link to all of the different stories that have been published by many different outlets within just the past day, showing 'collusion' among all of the big media outlets to get this UN report out to the world, a report that demonizes human beings and leads us directly to the globalists 'depopulation agenda'. From the NY Times: "Humans Are Speeding Extinction and Altering the Natural World at an ‘Unprecedented’ Pace" From CNN: "One million species threatened with extinction because of humans" From the BBC: "Nature crisis: Humans 'threaten 1m species with extinction'" From the Guardian: "Human society under urgent threat from loss of Earth's natural life" Another one from the Guardian: "UK urged to take lead on biodiversity as UN issues urgent warning" From Yahoo News: "Save Nature to save ourselves, UN report pleads" From The Week: "Study: 1 million species threatened with extinction" From Nature.com: "Humans are driving one million species to extinction" From far-left Splinter News: "The Planet Is Going Extinct and the People in Power Don't Seem to Care" From far-left Raw Story: "One million animal and plant species have been pushed to the brink of extinction by human activity: UN report" From the Irish Examiner: "Nature declining at ‘unprecedented’ rate, UN study warns" Yet none of these stories talk about the absolute beating to our planet and oceans from 'Fukushima'. And no where in any of those stories do we read anything about the havoc that 'strategic aerosol injections', aka 'chemtrails', are doing to our skies and ecosystem. And nowhere in any of those stories do we read anything about the hell '5G' is ready to unleash upon our planet, with wifi radiation already causing deaths among wildlife and human beings. And as Steve Quayle had warned on his radio show 25 years ago, pharmaceutical's within our water supplies were wreaking havoc upon the ecosystem and particularly men's health back then as we'll explore more below, leading to the declining birth rates we're now witnessing in America and throughout the West. So for decades, the globalists themselves have done nothing but poison our planet with their 'geoengineering' of our weather, their introduction into the atmosphere of numerous techno-poisons such as 5G and wifi and they totally denied Fukushima's radiation was poisoning the Pacific Ocean. So, what's really the purpose of this 'UN nature report'? If their main purpose sought to demonize human beings with it, without pointing in the real direction for much of the blame, they did a masterful job. "Humans bad!" (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) As Steve Quayle had warned more than two decades ago, pharmaceuticals being excreted through urine back into the sewage system that eventually made their way back into the municipal water supplies were having a profound effect upon men's health, leading to men's sperm counts at extremely low levels due to male intake of estrogens from birth control pills that made their way back into the water supply. He also had warned back then of prozac and other big pharma poisons getting into the water and back into human beings who didn't want to take them, just as the Guardian had reported back in August 2004, "Stay Calm Everyone, There's Prozac In The Drinking Water". And might that have really been intentional, to not only 'feminize' men but 'calm everybody down'? And as Business Insider reports in this new story that the Drudge Report had linked to on Monday, cocaine has been found in European shrimp, just the latest in a disturbing trend of 'drug-filled shellfish' where drugs such as ketamine, oxycodone, banned pesticides and anti-depressant drugs have been found in sea life after passing through human urine back into nature. And as we see in the graphic above, most of those species being threatened right now with extinction live in the water. And while this previously mentioned Splinter (aka sphincter) news story seems to cast the blame for the UN report findings upon President Donald Trump without specifically naming him, they instead directly blame 'capitalism' for the havoc being wreaked upon our planet. Yet they heap praise upon the UN report's 'solution' to the problem which they say 'echoes the green new deal'. Seriously. You can't make this stuff up. From their story.: Today, the UN environmental group IPBES released the findings of a global assessment on nature. As you’ve probably guessed by now, it’s not great. The findings, part of a study which will be released later this year, detail the havoc that humanity and global capitalism is wreaking on the planet and its other inhabitants. Up to 1 million plant and animal species are in danger of becoming extinct, the researchers found, “more than ever before in human history.” “Biodiversity and nature’s contributions to people are our common heritage and humanity’s most important life-supporting ‘safety net’. But our safety net is stretched almost to breaking point,” co-chair and professor Sandra Díaz said in a press release. “The diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems, as well as many fundamental contributions we derive from nature, are declining fast, although we still have the means to ensure a sustainable future for people and the planet.” Also from the release: The Report also presents a wide range of illustrative actions for sustainability and pathways for achieving them across and between sectors such as agriculture, forestry, marine systems, freshwater systems, urban areas, energy, finance and many others. It highlights the importance of, among others, adopting integrated management and cross-sectoral approaches that take into account the trade-offs of food and energy production, infrastructure, freshwater and coastal management, and biodiversity conservation. Also identified as a key element of more sustainable future policies is the evolution of global financial and economic systems to build a global sustainable economy, steering away from the current limited paradigm of economic growth. Whenever the United Nations talks, we'd do ourselves well to listen and sift through the utter bs to find out what they're really speaking about and in the UN's programs 'Agenda 21' and 'Agenda 2030', we get a closer look at what this new UN 'nature' study is really all about. As the Washington Standard had reported within this new story, 'brainwashing' on a massive scale takes place in the United States every day and Al Gore's 'manmade global warming' was one such 'scam' that was pushed into our faces every day and hour for over a decade by the mainstream media and Democrat politicians in their attempt to achieve a desired outcome. With the globalists and the UN seeking to abolish nationalism and nation-states and the ownership of private property while herding human beings into the cities and out of the country, as Infowars reported back in 2014, Agenda 21 was signed in 1992 by multiple nations, including the United States, the United Nations Agenda 21 Sustainable Development program is an urban planning “action plan” which calls for government to eventually take control of all land use without leaving any decision making in the hands of private property owners. As the New American had reported back in 2016, 'Agenda 2030' is nothing less than the recipe for global socialism.: The United Nations and its mostly autocratic member regimes have big plans for your life, your children, your country, and your world. And those plans are not limited to the coercive “climate” agreement recently concluded in Paris. While the establishment media in the United States was hyping ISIS, football, and of course “global warming,” virtually every national government/dictatorship on the planet met at the 70th annual General Assembly at UN headquarters in New York to adopt a draconian 15-year master plan for the planet. Top globalists such as former NATO chief Javier Solana, a socialist, are celebrating the plan, which the summit unanimously “approved,” as the next “Great Leap Forward” — yes, the old campaign slogan of the Chinese Communist Party. The master plan is comprised of 17 “Post-2015 Sustainable Development Goals” (SDGs) with 169 specific “targets” to be foisted on all of humanity — literally all of it, as the plan itself states explicitly. “As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind,” reads the UN manifesto, entitled Transforming Our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. But if you love liberty, self-government, free markets, or the U.S. Constitution, you will almost certainly be wishing that the UN would leave you behind. Officially dubbed “Agenda 2030,” the UN plot, as its full title suggests, is aimed at “transforming” the world. The program is a follow-up to the last 15-year UN plan, the defunct “Millennium Development Goals,” or MDGs. It also dovetails nicely with the deeply controversial UN Agenda 21, even including much of the same rhetoric and agenda. But the combined Agenda 2030 goals for achieving what is euphemistically called “sustainable development” represent previous UN plans on steroids — deeper, more radical, more draconian, and more expensive. And while we'll never claim that our planet Earth doesn't have very real problems, and many of them definitely caused by 'man' such as the previously mentioned 'strategic aerosol injections', 5G and Fukushima, the globalists will continue to use those poisons on the planet whether or not they are successful at instituting their global programs so why should we believe a word they say? So when might the headline of this Yahoo News story "Save Nature To Save Ourselves" be changed to "Kill Human Beings To Save Nature" with humans clearly the new 'boogie man' facing our planet Earth in the UN and globalists eyes? As Mike Adams the 'Health Ranger' reports in the 2nd video below, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez's 'Green New Deal' is really a 'death wish for humanity' and with this new UN report using similar language to the 'Green New Deal' as the Splinter news story had pointed out, is it really out of the question to argue that their 'solution' to the problems we face push us towards the completion of their 'depopulation agenda'? While the 1st video below is a mainstream media report upon this new United Nations report, they don't touch at all upon why 'green extremism' will actually be a 'death wish' for humanity as Mike Adams elaborates upon in the 2nd and final video below.

http://allnewspipeline.com/What_Is_In_The_Water_UN_Warns_Extinction.php

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 5-7-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satellite images reveal China is building its third - and largest - aircraft carrier at a shipyard in Shanghai

Construction of the highly anticipated warship is well under way, according to a U.S. think tank

Experts came to the conclusion after analysing satellite images of Jiangnan shipyard from April

The vessel is expected to be China's first full-size aircraft carrier and could be launched in 2021

The Pentagon said in a report last week the carrier could be fitted with a catapult launch system

By Reuters and Tracy You For Mailonline Published: 01:47 EDT, 7 May 2019 | Updated: 08:17 EDT, 7 May 2019

Construction of China's third aircraft carrier is well under way, according to satellite images obtained and analysed by a U.S. think tank. The images appear to show considerable recent activity during the last six months on a large vessel at the Jiangnan shipyard on the outskirts of Shanghai. The Pentagon said last week that work on the vessel had begun, but no images have emerged until now. Chinese state-run media including Xinhua and Global Times reported last year that the country was building a third aircraft carrier known as Type 002 and that it could be launched in 2021. The Chinese government has yet to formally confirm the reported construction. Both Asian and Western militaries, and regional security analysts, are seeking information on the carrier, which is expected to be China's first large, modern platform capable of leading a full range of strike group operations. The effort to build a large, locally designed carrier is seen as a core part of China's extensive military modernisation drive. The effort is challenging decades of U.S. strategic superiority in East Asia. The satellite pictures were released by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) in Washington, which has been studying activities in the Jiangnan shipyard for a period of time. A report from the group last year revealed that the Jiangnan shipyard had expanded dramatically since 2011 after experts compared satellite images from 2011 and 2018. At least 18 warships were spotted in the shipyard last year. Jiangnan shipyard is one of the most important naval shipbuilding plants in China and its name means 'south of Yangtze River'. It's located on Changxing Island in Shanghai at the mouth of the Yangtze River. The latest satellite images, taken on April 17, show a bow section that appears to end with a flat 30-metre (98-foot) front and a separate hull section 41 metres (134.5 feet) wide, with gantry cranes looming overhead. That suggests a vessel somewhat smaller than 100,000-tonne U.S. carriers but larger than France's 42,500-tonne Charles de Gaulle, analysts say. Fabrication halls the size of several football pitches have been built nearby, and work appears to be continuing on a floodable basin, possibly to float the finished hull into the nearby Yangtze River estuary. 'While details regarding the Type 002 are limited, what is observable at Jiangnan is consistent with what is expected for the People's Liberation Army Navy's third aircraft carrier,' said the CSIS's ChinaPower analysis. CSIS analyst Dr. Matthew Funaiole said it was hard for the team to see evidence of the construction of the warship from pictures taken late last year, but now it is clear that work has begun. 'From what we can see there has been a lot of activity in the last six months or so,' he said. 'It would appear that it is the third carrier, and if it is not, it's hard to envisage what other large vessel it would be.' Speculation of the construction of China's third aircraft carrier emerged after the China Shipbuilding Industry Corporation accidentally leaked a picture of a warship which had never been seen before in a social media post last June. In November, Xinhua News Agency said in a report that 'a new generation aircraft carrier is being built on the slipway,' marking the first official Chinese media confirmation of the warship's construction. Military experts told the Global Times that the new aircraft carrier might need about two and a half years to be built because of its bigger size, meaning it could be launched in 2021. The Pentagon's annual report on China's military modernisation, issued last Friday, noted that the third carrier would probably be larger than the first two and fitted with a catapult launch system to accelerate aircraft during takeoff. 'This design will enable it to support additional fighter aircraft, fixed-wing early-warning aircraft, and more rapid flight operations,' the report said. Dr. Funaiole and other analysts said it was unclear what kind of catapult - traditional steam-powered or a more cutting-edge electromagnetic system - would be used. It also remains unclear whether Type 002 would be nuclear-powered. China has 10 nuclear-powered submarines, but so far no surface ships with nuclear propulsion; some analysts think China is not ready to make that step. Singapore-based regional security analyst Ian Storey said a full-sized carrier would make some of China's neighbours nervous and highlight the importance of their strategic relationship with the United States. 'Once completed, it will outclass any warship from any Asian country, including India and Japan,' said Storey, of the ISEAS Yusof Ishak Institute. 'It is yet another indication that China has emerged as Asia's paramount naval power.' China's first two carriers are relatively small, with only up to 25 aircraft, less than half the number aboard U.S. carriers, and have jump ramps built into their bows. That configuration limits not just the types of aircraft that can fly off them, but how much weaponry and fuel they can carry. Its first carrier, the Liaoning, was a Soviet-era Ukrainian ship bought secondhand in 1998 and re-fitted in China. A second carrier based on that design was built by Chinese engineers and launched in 2017. It is coded Type 001A and yet to be named. The Liaoning had been seen as more of a training platform for teaching personnel the tricky art of carrier operations. But last month, Chinese state media said the ship 'is starting to play a combat role following recent modifications and intensive training exercises'. Type 001A has been undergoing sea trials from its base in northern Dalian and is not expected to enter service until 2020. Dalian Shipyard in north-east China was responsible for the retrofit of the Liaoning and the construction of Type 001A. China's state media have quoted experts as saying China needs at least six carriers. The United States operates 11 carriers.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7000375/Analysts-Images-construction-Chinas-largest-aircraft-carrier.html 

:: 5-6-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'I'd Call That Spying': CIA's Ex-Counterintel Chief Says FBI Conducted Espionage On Trump Campaign

by Tyler Durden Mon, 05/06/2019 - 20:55

The FBI's use of "confidential human informants" to obtain information from Trump campaign officials under false pretenses was straight up spying, according to the CIA's former head of counterintelligence, James Olson, a 30-year agency veteran who served under six presidents, and who once conducted an undercover overseas mission with his wife. "It does sounds like spying," said Olson in response to a question from the Hill.  Tv's Saagar Enjeti. "spying can take many different forms and the art of spying has evolved." Olson spoke with Enjeti following a bombshell admission in the New York Times confirming that the FBI sent a government investigator to London in September 2016 to meet with Trump campaign adviser George Papadopoulos while posing as "Azra Turk" - assistant to another FBI spy, the well-paid Stefan Halper (who once oversaw a CIA operation to spy on Jimmy Carter on behalf of the Reagan campaign, under the direction of then-Vice-Presidential candidate George H.W. Bush). Of note, Papadopoulos contends that "Azra Turk" is CIA, not FBI. When asked about "Azra Turk," Olson said "I think that person did misrepresent the purpose and was looking for information," adding "Yeah, I’d call that spying." Attorney General William Barr set off a firestorm of debate last month during congressional testimony after he referred to the FBI's activities against the 2016 Trump campaign as "spying," a phrase he later defended during testimony last week - saying "I’m not going to abjure the use of the word ‘spying," adding "I think spying is a good English word that, in fact, doesn’t have synonyms because it is the broadest word incorporating really all forms of covert intelligence collection." "So I’m not going to back off the word ‘spying.'" Of Olson's time in the CIA, he told NBCDFW in 2017: "My career would really, I think, boil down to chasing Russians wherever there were Russians," Olson said. "They were our number-one Cold War adversary, and my job was to monitor their activities, but above all, to recruit them as spies for us and then to handle them as spies for us, which I did on the streets of Moscow among other places."

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-05-06/id-call-spying-cias-ex-counterintel-chief-says-fbi-conducted-espionage-trump 

:: 5--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tucker Carlson: Dems remain focused on Mueller because they want to divert attention from Obama's spying

By Tucker Carlson | Fox News

For more than two long years, the institutional left told us they knew exactly what the Mueller report would say. They said it would end the Trump presidency and save this nation. Congressman Adam Schiff, who sits on the Intel Committee and would know, gave us a preview.  Schiff said that he had seen, with his own eyes, proof that the President of the United States colluded criminally with the government of Russia. BuzzFeed, a noted cat blog, said it had conclusive evidence that Trump obstructed justice. ABC News momentarily tanked stock prices when it reported that Trump had ordered his national security adviser to talk to the Russians, and so on. The Mueller report was going to prove all of these stories true. And then the report came out, and it turned out that none of it was true. It was all a lie. CLICK HERE TO READ MORE FROM TUCKER CARLSON. So how did the people who told and repeated those lies respond? Well, they could have done what decent people do. They could have resigned their jobs, tearfully apologized for misleading our country and then moved to Paraguay in shame. They could have done that -- but they didn't. Instead, they did what they always do. They became more aggressive. They decided that, actually, the Mueller report vindicated everything they've been saying since 2016. It's all there. It's just being hidden by that dastardly Attorney General William Barr. Suddenly, Barr was right up there with Putin and former Trump campaign aide George Papadopoulos as an enemy of the people. Democrats were quick to call for Barr's arrest for contempt of Congress. The people who run the Democratic party are not crazy. They are coolly rational; they always have been. They want power. That's all they want. Whatever it takes. These people don't throw fits unless it's to serve some higher political purpose. And this fit does serve a higher purpose. They're trying to divert attention from a much bigger story. These people are fascists. "Cuff him, lock him up, send him to jail." The man who has been attorney general for less than three months must be in prison for his crimes -- whatever those crimes are -- and the president must go on trial, too. Now, you might think that being cleared of collusion by the Mueller report would be good news for Trump. But no, it just means he must be impeached. CLICK HERE TO VIEW THE ENTIRE EPISODE. "To invite a foreign power to participate in our elections, to obstruct justice and cover-up during the investigation, there must be consequences. There must be accountability," 2020 Democratic presidential candidate Beto O'Rourke told his supporters. "We must get behind the House of Representatives so that they pursue impeachment for this president. Did you hear what he said? He said impeach, no matter what the cost. Impeachment is a theological imperative. Democratic Rep. Al Green of Texas even admitted this in a recent interview: "I'm concerned that if we don't impeach this president, he will get reelected." Impeach him before the people choose him as their president again. So, that's how democracy works. Now, watching all this, you might assume that the left has lost control of itself -- and you would be half-right. The Democratic base has been emotionally incontinent for quite some time. They're getting worse, not better. And you can thank the internet for that. CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP. But the people who run the Democratic party are not crazy. They are coolly rational; they always have been. They want power. That's all they want. Whatever it takes. These people don't throw fits unless it's to serve some higher political purpose. And this fit does serve a higher purpose. They're trying to divert attention from a much bigger story. Remember when Trump said the Obama administration had been spying on his campaign? The Democratic Party's bootlickers went absolutely crazy the second he said it. They rushed to the nearest television studio to mock the very idea. I think, looking back, the VCR will go down as one of the great inventions in human history, on par with maybe fire and the wheel. Because the VCR allows us to preserve people's claims on tape and then play them back. So many on the left were hysterical at the idea that Trump might believe there was spying on his campaign. But they were hysterical because they suspected it might actually be true. And now we know that it was. In fact, according to recent testimony from a high ranking FBI official, the spying turned out to be far more extensive than Trump suspected. Even James Clapper, the former director of National Intelligence, had to concede that in an interview on CNN. James Clapper: Using undercover agents is a standard and legitimate technique that is widely used in investigations. That technique has been used to thwart a lot of counterterrorism plots in this country. So I'm sure -- I mean, there are protocols and standards for using an agent and I'm sure that's the case here. Wolf Blitzer, CNN anchor: Was it spying? Clapper: Well, yes, I guess it meets the different-- the dictionary definition -- of surveillance or spying, a term I don't particularly like. Yes. The guy who ran the spy agency doesn't like the word "spying." Adapted from Tucker Carlson's monologue from "Tucker Carlson Tonight" on May 6, 2019. Tucker Carlson currently serves as the host of FOX News Channel’s (FNC) Tucker Carlson Tonight (weekdays 8PM/ET). He joined the network in 2009 as a contributor.

https://www.foxnews.com/opinion/tucker-carlson-dems-remain-focused-mueller-because-they-want-to-divert-attention-from-obamas-spying 

:: 5--19 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump pardons frmr. US Army lieutenant convicted of killing a suspected al Qaeda terrorist

President Donald Trump granted a pardon Monday to a former Army first lieutenant who was convicted in 2009 of killing an Iraqi prisoner. The president signed an executive grant of clemency for Michael Behenna, an Oklahoma man who was sentenced to 15 years for killing Ali Mansur Mohamed, a suspected al Qaeda operative who was stripped naked for questioning before being shot. Behenna had long argued he acted in self-defense. Oklahoma Attorney General Mike Hunter petitioned the White House for the pardon. “Mr. Behenna’s case has attracted broad support from the military, Oklahoma elected officials, and the public,” White House press secretary Sarah Sanders said in a statement. “While serving his sentence, Mr. Behenna was a model prisoner.” Behenna was paroled in 2014 after serving less than five years of his sentence. Mansur was questioned in connection with a roadside bomb that killed two soldiers.

https://americanmilitarynews.com/2019/05/trump-pardons-frmr-us-army-lieutenant-convicted-of-killing-a-suspected-al-qaeda-terrorist/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm

_medium=facebook 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 5-6-19 The Watchers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Very strong M7.2 earthquake hits Papua New Guinea

Posted by Teo Blašković on May 6, 2019 at 21:38 UTC (21 hours ago)

A very strong earthquake registered by the USGS as M7.2 hit near Bulolo, Papua New Guinea at 21:19 UTC on May 6, 2019 (07:49 local time, May 7). The agency is reporting a depth of 126.9 km (78.8 miles). EMSC is reporting M7.1 at a depth of 130 km (80.7 miles). This earthquake can have a medium humanitarian impact based on the magnitude and the affected population and their vulnerability. The epicenter was located 36.6 km (22.7 miles) NW of Bulolo (population 16 042) and 53.1 km (33 miles) NW of Wau (population 14 629), Papua New Guinea. There are several small villages near the epicenter - Wowas 3 km (1.8 miles), Dambi 8 km (5 miles), Marilinan 11 km (6.8 miles) and Tsile Tsile 14 km (8.7 miles) There are 610 000 people living within 100 km (62 miles) and 1 700 within 10 km. 2 000 people are estimated to have felt very strong shaking, 829 000 strong, 936 000 moderate and 3 203 000 light.

Liquefaction triggered by this earthquake is estimated to be significant in severity and (or) spatial extent. The number of people living near areas that could have produced liquefaction in this earthquake is significant. This is not a direct estimate of liquefaction fatalities or losses. The USGS issued a green alert for shaking-related fatalities and economic losses. There is a low likelihood of casualties and damage. Overall, the population in this region resides in structures that are a mix of vulnerable and earthquake resistant construction. The predominant vulnerable building types are unreinforced brick masonry and informal (metal, timber, GI etc.) construction. Recent earthquakes in this area have caused secondary hazards such as tsunamis, landslides and liquefaction that might have contributed to losses.

https://watchers.news/2019/05/06/papua-new-guinea-earthquake-may-6-2019/ 

:: 5-6-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rare early May ARCTIC COLD BLAST engulfs Europe, bringing severe hail storms, heavy snowfall and gale-force winds

By Strange Sounds - May 6, 2019

Almost the whole of Europe has seen a brief return to a few days of winter-like weather because an Arctic wind blew south as the month of May came in. Temperatures dropped typically at least 10°C from one day to the next. The driving force, a centre of low pressure over Scandinavia, seems to be reluctant to move. Low-pressure centres often bring storms. Snow has fallen in the Netherlands, France, Germany and Switzerland. In Vijlen, the Netherlands. The last time there was snow in early May here was in 1979! Traditionally, Britons expect it to be cold and wet on a Bank Holiday Monday, so May 6, 2019, lived up to expectations, with temperatures in the UK a full 15 degrees Celsius below last year’s record-high figures. Temperatures from May 3rd to 7th have been and will be much lower than normal for this time of the year. There exists a high risk for severe damaging morning frosts across many parts of east, central, western Europe and the Balkan peninsula through Sunday to Wednesday! Again, they have lit up the wineyards in France: The extreme weather chaos should take a break after tomorrow! Be ready and get prepared for the next one! The seem to become the new normal!

http://strangesounds.org/2019/05/europe-arctic-cold-blast-snow-hail-winds-video-pictures-may2019.html

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 5-6-19 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MULTI-FRONTED COMBAT EXPECTED AS B-52'S LAUNCH FROM UK STAGING AREA TO MIDDLE EAST AND USS ABRAHAM LINCOLN AIRCRAFT CARRIER STRIKE GROUP EXPEDITED TO REGION

World News Desk 06 May 2019

Beginning suddenly and without warning last Friday, HAMAS began missile barrages from the Gaza Strip into Israel. After almost 1,000 missiles, a Cease-Fire is now in place; but a much bigger and more dangerous situation is developing as you read this . . . Headlines on TV News and in newspapers Sunday indicated the US was expediting one of its Aircraft Carrier Strike Groups - the USS Abraham Lincoln -- to the Middle East. What none of those media outlets is reporting, but I can report, is that along with the USS Abraham Lincoln is a B-52 Bomber Group deployed from a staging area in the United Kingdom this morning, "to send an unmistakable message to Iran." Intelligence information developed by various electronic, signals, and covert means, reveals this round of trouble in Israel is far from over. There is intel of potential trouble ahead. This all seems to be tied in to current Iranian actions. There is a very big concern with Iran right now as you have all likely seen on the news. The talk is of "multi-fronted combat." When the Intelligence Community (IC) speaks of multi fronted combat, they mean Gaza, the Golan Heights, West Bank, Lebanon -- PLUS, the Persian Gulf (particularly the Strait of Hormuz), the Red Sea, inside Syria and potentially elsewhere. According to "chatter" intercepted via SIGINT circuits, there is growing evidence that Hezbollah is successfully being pulled into a coming future conflict with Israel. Thus, what we see right now with a Ceasefire between Israel and HAMAS, is just a "lull." The main event is yet to come - and VERY soon. I am able to tell you what is being planned, but I cannot do so publicly . . . . Israel is NOT the "main event." The main event is direct military confrontation between Iran and numerous other nations, over ongoing economic sanctions, and over NEW sanctions to be announced tomorrow. Iranian missiles are LIKELY to rain down on US military bases all over the Middle East and as far away as in Europe! This main event will begin in the strait of Hormuz - which Iran was CAUGHT preparing to blockade -- THIS PAST WEEKEND! Below is COVERT INTEL from my former colleagues in the Intelligence Community. As most of you know, I worked with the FBI for fifteen years, from 1993-2008. My final five years with the Joint Terrorism Task Force (JTTF) where I was designated a "Fully Operational" national security asset, and granted "Extra-Territorial Operating Authority" by the Office of Intelligence at FBI Headquarters in Washington, DC. That meant I could be sent overseas to take care of matters involving national security, terrorism and foreign counter intelligence. When I was tasked to foreign operations, my activities were coordinated with our own CIA but I did NOT work for the CIA. In my travels, I met, worked with, and got to know a number of people in the Intelligence Community around the world. Some of them work with their country's version of their own CIA. Others work with their military intelligence. Others worked in Law Enforcement. I maintain contact with many of those folks to this very day. As such, I get information the general public does not. When it will not endanger lives or American Interests, I share some of what I am told with my subscribers; folks who support this site with $1 a week, billed Quarterly ($13) HERE or with $5 billed Monthly, HERE. Subscribers make this web site possible and so they get information the general public does not. The information below is for Subscribers only because it comes from sources that are . . . . sensitive . . . . and it involves information gathering techniques that are . . . . best not revealed. Subscribers can Login to read the content below. If you are not a subscriber, you can sign up at the links above and gain instant access.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/multi-fronted-combat-expected-as-b-52-s-launch-from-uk-staging-area-to-middle-east-and-uss-abraham-lincoln-aircraft-

carrier-strike-group-expedited-to-region 

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things.  Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb.  Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states.  Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

:: 5--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recently, an Unprecedented “Malicious Cyber Event” Disrupted Grid Operations in the US

By Dagny Taggart

A “cyber event” interrupted grid operations in parts of the western United States in early March, but the hack was just disclosed to the public a few days ago. The attack marked a somber milestone for the US power sector: the unnamed utility company is the first to report a malicious event that disrupted grid operations. “According to a cryptic report posted by the Department of According to a cryptic report posted by the Department of Energy, the March 5 incident lasted from 9 a.m. until nearly 7 p.m. but didn’t lead to a power outage, based on a brief summary of the electric disturbance report filed by the victim utility,” E&E News reported on April 30. Authorities don’t know the source of the cyber event. The hack itself occurred two months ago, on March 5, when a “denial-of-service” attack disabled Cisco Adaptive Security Appliance devices ringing power grid control systems in Utah, Wyoming and California, according to multiple sources and a vague summary of a Department of Energy filing. There were no blackouts, no harm to power generation and evidently very little effect on the Western transmission grid, according to multiple sources and officials. The most direct impact was likely a temporary loss of visibility to certain parts of the utility’s supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) system, though all major transmission operators in the regions affected denied having been hit by the denial-of-service attack. (source) In an interview with NPR, E&E News’s Blake Sobczak, who was the first to report on the issue, explained the event in more detail: There was a disruption, but it did not lead to any blackouts or really, as far as we know, any halt in the flow of electricity there. What likely happened here was what’s called a loss of visibility. There was a denial-of-service attack against some part of the utilities network infrastructure, and that basically led operators to not be able to see what was going on in the grid. So it’s sort of like driving with blinders on. As long as nothing crazy happens, you should be fine, but it certainly constitutes a disruption and a reportable event here to the Department of Energy. It does pose a hazard, and that’s why the Department of Energy actually requires utilities to report if they experience a cyberattack within one hour of the event itself. And so this is really the first time that we’ve seen a utility tell regulators at the DOE, at the Department of Energy, hey, hackers disrupted some part of our operations. And in this case, again, it appears that that was related to visibility as to what was happening on the grid there. (source) The attack was a relatively basic DOS event, according to officials. This raises concerns about what might happen if a more sophisticated hacker chose to launch a far more powerful attack. Sobczak explains what a DOS (denial of service) incident is: Denial-of-service, or DOS, cyberattacks overwhelm target networks with bogus traffic, making it difficult for victim computers to operate normally. Distributed-denial-of-service (DDOS) attacks harness the power of hacked “botnets” of computers to throw at hackers’ targets, while rarer telephony-denial-of-service (TDOS) events seek to block incoming and outgoing calls. Denial-of-service attacks frequently target internet-facing devices or services — one record-setting DDOS interrupted access to popular sites like Twitter and Grubhub in fall 2016. In order for a DOS to have triggered an electric disturbance alert, it likely would have hit something more significant, but still externally facing, industry sources speculated: perhaps firewalls or routers on the boundary of a grid network. While a cyberattack on such equipment wouldn’t disrupt the flow of electricity, it could force operators to pause or redirect certain activities at affected facilities to allow for an investigation. (source) Even more concerning is the fact that the DOS perpetrator(s) took advantage of a known software vulnerability that required a previously published patch to fix, according to a DOE official. “In other words, with a patch in hand, it wouldn’t have been difficult for power companies to identify and update any computer systems potentially at risk. DOE didn’t clarify which equipment — whether routers, work stations or even phones — were affected by the denial of service.” Sobczak explains. Utility companies are required to notify DOE within one hour of any successful cyber attack on their systems. If they fail to file an OE-417 electric disturbance report, they can be fined up to $2,500 per day. However, DOE has never issued civil or criminal penalties related to the form. The form is supposed to include an overview of the incident, whether it be a hurricane-related outage or a physical attack on the facility. A second, more closely guarded portion of the form contains a detailed summary of actions taken to resolve the incident and “preliminary results from any investigations,” per DOE guidelines, E&E News reports. There are several reasons authorities hide these events from the public. In today’s update, Sobczak elaborates on the significance of the attack and the surrounding secrecy: No U.S. electrical utility is known to have experienced any disruptive cyberattack in the past, a surprising fact given that utilities routinely find themselves in the crosshairs of the world’s most sophisticated hackers and can face millions of more run-of-the-mill hacking attempts every day. (Energywire, July 20, 2018). Fears that a bona fide cyberattack would be blown out of proportion among the general public have fueled a culture of secrecy around anything filed under “cyber” in the electricity sector. At the most recent GridEx security exercise in 2017, utilities practiced how word would get out about a blitz of simulated cyber and physical attacks. The exercise modeled how misinformation about the incident could spread quickly over social media. “The grid runs everything. Forget how robust it is. How many other critical infrastructure sectors rely on electricity?” said John Hultquist, director of intelligence analysis at cybersecurity firm FireEye Inc. “It’s the best way to cause cascading effects across society — the public knows that. They don’t know anything about how hard that would be.” (source) Even though the March 5 attack didn’t cause customer outages or impact the reliability of the grid, and there’s no evidence it was part of a coordinated attack, the event is highly concerning. To date, the best known successful grid attack occurred in 2015 and again in 2016 when hackers allegedly linked to the Russian government targeted portions of Ukraine’s energy grid with a DOS attack and cut off electricity for several hours to tens of thousands of people. That cyber attack was the first known to have caused a blackout anywhere in the world.  A significant grid attack in the US would cause widespread problems. If that kind of outage happened here, it would cause millions of dollars in damage and serious disruption of life as we know it. Lives could be lost as well – particularly if hospitals and other healthcare facilities were impacted, and if the outage was prolonged. A 2015 report by the University of Cambridge Centre for Risk Studies estimated a major grid attack in the United States could cost up to $1 trillion in the most severe circumstances.  The March 5 DOS attack on U.S. Cisco equipment isn’t known to have involved any hostile takeover of operational networks. “It’s possible the hacker or hackers, in that case, didn’t even realize they were interfering with power grid equipment, sources said, perhaps having found the Cisco firewalls exposed online via specialized internet search tools,” Sobczak explains. Some experts say the US power grid has already been hacked, as Daisy Luther reported in 2017: A report by internet security experts, Symantec, says that a hacking group called Dragonfly 2.0 has gained access to 20 power company networks. The American power grid has been hacked, but for some reason, the culprits restrained themselves from taking down the power like they did in Ukraine recently. The targets were in the United States, Turkey, and Switzerland. According to Symantec, the hackers did gain access to the interface they would need to control the power equipment, with which they could cause a widespread blackout. Eric Chien, a Symantec security analyst, told Wired: “There’s a difference between being a step away from conducting sabotage and actually being in a position to conduct sabotage … being able to flip the switch on power generation. We’re now talking about on-the-ground technical evidence this could happen in the US, and there’s nothing left standing in the way except the motivation of some actor out in the world.” (source) While we were all focused on the natural disasters like wildfires and hurricanes looming over us, this report went all but unnoticed by the mainstream and alternative media alike. Our grid has been hacked. Symantec’s report refuses to disclose which power plants were compromised, but there seems to be no doubt the hackers were able to gain access to operational control of them. And while this has been going on for a few years now, they’re getting bolder and nearly have the pieces in place to widespread sabotage our power grid. (source) Sobczak’s May 6 report concludes with some troubling information (emphasis mine): The Department of Energy and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission are both restructuring rules for utilities to report grid cyberattacks to regulators. FERC commissioners, frustrated by years of radio silence from utilities despite a stream of warnings about growing cyberthreats, moved last year to broaden the definition of what constitutes a reportable incident. The March 5 event is listed publicly because it cleared a certain bar of severity, said Sam Feinburg, executive director of Helena, which is working on a “Shield Project” to boost U.S. grid defenses. “There are undoubtedly many more such events that don’t breach that bar and therefore don’t become public knowledge.” Feinburg said such events, even when carried out by unsophisticated hackers, don’t get enough attention. “[Grid] infrastructure is getting more complicated, and because of that, it’s getting harder and harder to defend each part of it,” he said. “The ability to conduct these attacks is only being distributed across a wider and wider set of folks.” “It does not take a sophisticated attacker to deal damage to critical electrical infrastructure, and that’s scary,” Feinburg said. (source) Experts say more needs to be done to protect the grid. “The U.S. electrical grid is highly complex with some 3,300 utility companies that work together to deliver power through 200,000 miles of high-voltage transmission lines. The nation also has 55,000 electrical substations and 5.5 million miles of distribution lines that power millions of homes and businesses,” a report last year states. In 2017, grid cybersecurity expert Robert M. Lee, CEO of industrial cybersecurity firm Dragos, Inc., told Scientific American that the scary side of grid vulnerability is twofold: One, our adversaries are getting much more aggressive. They’re learning a lot about our industrial systems, not just from a computer technology standpoint but from an industrial engineering standpoint, thinking about how to disrupt or maybe even destroy equipment. That’s where you start reaching some particularly alarming scenarios. The second thing is, a lot of that ability to return to manual operation, the rugged nature of our infrastructure—a lot of that’s changing. Because of business reasons, because of lack of people to man the jobs, we’re starting to see more and more computer-based systems. We’re starting to see more common operating platforms. And this facilitates a scale for adversaries that they couldn’t previously get. (source) When asked to clarify what he meant by adversaries getting more aggressive, Lee explained: The key events are things like the Ukraine attack in 2015–2016, [in which a cyberattack brought down portions of the Ukrainian power grid], as well as two different campaigns in 2013–2014, BlackEnergy2 and Havex, [two malware programs that were deployed against energy sector companies]. Basically, far-reaching espionage on industrial facilities one year; the next year getting into industrial environments; and then culmination in attacks in 2015–2016. That’s aggressive in itself. For my own firm, what we’re seeing in the [overall] activity in the space is it’s growing. Over the last decade, I have seen adversary activity increase in some measure, and then around 2013–2014 just start spiking. (source) It is up to each of us to prepare for a grid-down event. On May 2, President Trump signed an executive order aimed at filling the deficit of cybersecurity professionals in the federal workforce, including specialists with knowledge of cyber-physical systems like power grids and gas pipelines. “The Nation is experiencing a shortage of cybersecurity talent and capability, and innovative approaches are required to improve access to training that maximizes individuals’ cybersecurity knowledge, skills, and abilities,” the EO states. Last month, Trump signed an EMP awareness EO called Executive Order on Coordinating National Resilience to Electromagnetic Pulses as a first step toward learning more about how an EMP would affect us and how to protect critical infrastructure. However, how effective the government’s new efforts will be is yet to be seen. Recently, preparedness author Michael Mabee warned that the federal government has no plan for a long-term power outage and that the lack of preparedness could lead to tragic consequences: In the U.S. we are literally on life support, plugged into the electric grid. If somebody unplugs us, everything necessary to sustain life stops: food, water, fuel, transportation, medical care, communications, financial – everything. The grid is vulnerable to numerous threats. The U.S. Senate said that in a long-term nation-wide blackout, millions of citizens could die. After a few weeks, we would die in droves from waterborne diseases, starvation, and societal collapse. What if the grid went down for longer than a few weeks? (source) Here are some resources that can help you prepare for the big one. Mabee has assembled a comprehensive website with information on the threats and actions we can take. The Blackout Book: This is a true quick-start guide to handling a power outage like a boss and it will be helpful to both beginners and those with a bit more experience. Click here to grab the book. You’ve Been Warned: Why You Need to Be Ready for Total Grid Failure Why Low-Tech Prepping Is a Better Option for a Long-Term Grid-Down Scenario Power Grid Could Buckle During Extreme Heat Wave: Here’s How to Keep Cool What do you think? Do you think more of these events occur but remain under the radar? Are you prepared for a long-term grid-down event? If so, what have you done to prepare? Please share your thoughts in the comments.

About the Author Dagny Taggart is the pseudonym of an experienced journalist who needs to maintain anonymity to keep her job in the public eye. Dagny is non-partisan and aims to expose the half-truths, misrepresentations, and blatant lies of the MSM.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/recently-an-unprecedented-malicious-cyber-event-disrupted-grid-operations-in-the-us/ 

[ :: 12-31-15/1-1-16 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, know what my word says, and there shall be terrorist’s attacks, for they cannot be put off, for you allow the terrorists to come in like Trojan horses and they are here and nobody wants to deal with them. etc.

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. This area will be far more safe than other areas.  Stay out of Texas, that is not the state that you think that it is, that has the largest terrorist group in the United States, stay out of there, regardless if you plan fifteen ways to go and come, stay out of there, stay out of there. etc

:: 5-6-19 The All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Than 80 'High Risk' Afghan Pilots Trained By The Pentagon Are AWOL In America - What Could Possibly Go Wrong?

Flashback To September Of 2001 - Is Another Massive Attack Upon America In Play?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die May 6, 2019

Let's flashback really quickly to September of 2001. As CNN had reported in this September 14th, 2001 story saved at Archive following the horrific attacks on 9/11 that permanently launched the 'war on terror', several of the highjackers who took down the planes on that fateful day had been trained to fly at US flight schools, with the FBI for years under Louis Freeh and his successor, Robert Mueller (who took office on September 4th of 2001 by the way!) knowing all about 'terror pilot training' but doing nothing about it. Now let's fast forward back to May of 2019. We couldn't help but get a feeling of 'deja vu' just days ago when we read this story over at Stars And Stripes which reports that the Pentagon had quietly decided to end a program training Afghan Air Force pilots in the US after nearly half of the course attendees simply 'disappeared' into America according to a report by a DOD watchdog released this past week. With these Afghan fighter pilot disappearances coming at a time when the corrupted faction of the deep state is finally under investigation in America after their very real Soviet-style coup attempt against President Donald Trump failed miserably, we've long been warned that those who've likely carried out false flag after false flag in America would attempt to carry out one or two more gigantic ones in an attempt to get out of the mess that they're in and these missing Afghan fighter pilots potentially present them with just such an opportunity. Why would nearly half of the Afghan fighter pilots that the Pentagon was training simply 'disappear'? Maybe an even better question would be, why would the Pentagon still be providing pilot training to people who may not have America's best interests in minds? Didn't the Pentagon learn their lesson following 9/11? While Task and Purpose recently reported that those pilots that didn't go AWOL were shipped back to Afghanistan to complete their training, their story also reported these pilots were training on an AC-208, a Cessna that fires Hellfire missiles. Anyone else see a potential problem with this? (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) As Breitbart News reports in this new story about this debacle, 83 of the 152 Afghan pilots who went AWOL (out of a total of 320 who were in the program) are STILL missing and unaccounted for and the Pentagon watchdog agency deemed these missing pilots as 'high risk'. And while those missing pilots could have very well just disappeared into the US to begin new lives living here illegally, as Breitbart also reported, Taliban jihadists have infiltrated the Afghan security forces. Their story also offered this stunner that helps to explain why 'the wall' isn't being built: the United States has devoted over $83 billion of its $133 billion nation-building effort to developing and training the ANDSF. So once again, while we're spending hundreds of billions of dollars on the military expenses of other nations, America's southern border remains wide open like a hooker's legs while those who we're spending billions of dollars of taxpayer money to train simply disappear into the wild blue yonder. And quite interestingly, a google search for "Afghan Air Force pilot training program in US ends after nearly half go AWOL" finds stories from Fox News, the Air Force Times, Military.com, The Hill, Stars and Stripes, Breitbart, Task and Purpose and even the Daily Mail but nothing from the mainstream media here in America. If the MSM isn't reporting upon it, does that mean this story being reported upon by all of those military outlets is 'fake news'? Perhaps more importantly, why isn't the MSM reporting upon this story? As each of the top voted comments seen below from this Daily Mail story bluntly stated: "Imagine my shock. Train pilots who would love to rain death on our country, makes 0 sense." "Isn't that special! Haven't we learned anything yet?" "How long before we find these same people raining down in aircraft onto our buildings?" "Afghan "pilots" have been going AWOL FAR FAR longer than most people know. This isn't something that's been happening for the last 5 years or even 10 years, it's longer than that. I was in the service in Texas and we were briefed on this in 2007, by that time over 50 of them were AWOL and couldn't be located." Might tomorrow's Islamic jihadis, trained by our own government to kill, now be on the loose here in America? While we are very thankful that President Trump recently had a very productive talk with Russia president Vladimir Putin about a number of things, including Venezuela, the Ukraine and the Russian witch hunt, and while that talks hints of peace between our two nation's ahead, we've also long been warned: "For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape." And while some might ask "why would anyone want a nuclear apocalypse?", as the National Review had reported within this September of 2015 story, 'apocalyptic Islam' NEEDS just that to bring upon the planet their anti-Christ 'mahdi'. So if there really are radical Islamist holdovers from Barack Obama's government still within President Trump's administration or even 1 or 2 of these still missing pilots subscribe to that apocalyptic viewpoint, we have our answer to that question. So with the corrupted faction of the deep state potentially on the ropes, as Dr. Ron Paul warned within this Paul Joseph Watson story over at Infowars as is also heard in the 2nd video below, a false flag event could ignite a war in Venezuela that America might never be able to get out of without Russia/China getting involved too. Dr. Paul specifically warns of a possible assassination of Juan Guaido carried out by agents of the deep state but blamed upon Nicolas Maduro that launches Venezuela further into violence, possibly leading to a US invasion. And with possibly at least 83 Afghan fighter pilots trained by the Pentagon still AWOL and possibly still here in America with sinister intentions, we should keep our eyes and ears open for any 'event' involving a C-208 Cessna or hellfire missiles with many jihadis wanting nothing more than to strike a fatal blow to not only America but Western civilization. The first video below takes a look at some new news out of Venezuela where their President Nicolas Maduro has ordered the Venezuelan military to prepare to defend their nation from an invasion while in the 2nd and final video below, we hear about Dr. Ron Paul's warning of a potential false flag attack that potentially gets the US into a no-win war with Russia.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Missing_Afghan_Pilots_Deja_Vu.php 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc

 :: 7-2-18 Business insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China's police now have laser rifles that can 'set a whole person on fire' up to a kilometre away

Stephen Chen, SCMP.com Jul 2, 2018, 1:34 PM

China has developed a new portable laser weapon that can zap a target from nearly a kilometre away, according to researchers involved in the project. The ZKZM-500 laser assault rifle is classified as being “non-lethal” but produces an energy beam that cannot be seen by the naked eye but can pass through windows and cause the “instant carbonisation” of human skin and tissues. Ten years ago its capabilities would have been the preserve of sci-fi films, but one laser weapons scientist said the new device is able to “burn through clothes in a split second … If the fabric is flammable, the whole person will be set on fire”. “The pain will be beyond endurance,” according to the researcher who had took part in the development and field testing of a prototype at the Xian Institute of Optics and Precision Mechanics at the Chinese Academy of Sciences in Shaanxi province. The 15mm calibre weapon weighs three kilos (6.6lb), about the same as an AK-47, and has a range of 800 metres, or half a mile, and could be mounted on cars, boats and planes. It is now ready for mass production and the first units are likely to be given to anti-terrorism squads in the Chinese Armed Police. In the event of a hostage situation it could be used to fire through windows at targets and temporarily disable the kidnappers while other units move in to rescue their captives. It could also be used in covert military operations. The beam is powerful enough to burn through a gas tank and ignite the fuel storage facility in a military airport. Because the laser has been tuned to an invisible frequency, and it produces absolutely no sound, “nobody will know where the attack came from. It will look like an accident,” another researcher said. The scientists requested not to be named due to the sensitivity of the project.  Scientists in this field generally agree it would be inhumane to use more powerful weapons that could ‘carbonise’ a living person The rifles will be powered by a rechargeable lithium battery pack similar to those found in smartphones. It can fire more than 1,000 “shots”, each lasting no more than two seconds. The prototype was built by ZKZM Laser, a technology company owned by the institute in Xian. A company representative confirmed that the firm is now seeking a partner that has a weapons production license or a partner in the security or defense industry to start large-scale production at a cost of 100,000 yuan (US$15,000) a unit. Given their potential for misuse, the design and production of the devices will be tightly monitored and the only customers will be China’s military and police. A technical document containing basic information about the weapon was released last month on the Public Service Platform for National Civil-Military Integration, a website run by the central government to facilitate collaboration between the military and commercial sectors. Chengdu Hengan Police Equipment Manufacturing company, a major hardware supplier for Chinese law enforcement agencies, also released a laser “machine gun” last month. The weapon has a range of 500 metres and it can fire several hundred shots per charge, according to the company’s product brochure. Only a decade ago, such powerful laser weapons were something out of science fiction. In 2009 a US attempt to design a handheld laser gun resulted in something that “only works on nudists” because its beam was too weak to even penetrate a shirt. But in 2015 Beijing upped the ante with a two billion-yuan fund to develop compact, powerful laser devices – an unprecedented budget for the field and one that triggered concerns in the US and other Western nations. In recent years US forces operating in strategically important areas such as the Indian Ocean and the South China Sea have complained that they have been subjected to an increasing number of laser attacks from Chinese military bases or vessels that look like fishing boats. Last month, the US government lodged a formal complaint that a “weapons-grade” laser device fired from a Chinese naval base in Djibouti had left two military pilots with minor eye injuries. Wang Zhimin, associate researcher at the Research Centre for Laser Physics and Technology at the Chinese Academy of Sciences in Beijing, said technological improvements in recent years meant scientists were able to develop smaller and more powerful devices in the same way that mobile phone manufacturers had done. “This is no longer science fiction. They are already a fact of life,” he said. In the early days, due to technical limits, it was necessary to fire several beams and get them to converge on a target to cause any damage. They also needed a precise distance reading to have any chance of working. Furthermore, the only devices available were slow, bulky and heavy, had a short range and required enormous supplies of power. But the latest devices fire a single beam and can cause as much damage as large, truck-mounted laser cannons would have done. But these developments increase the risk that the weapons could more easily fall into the hands of criminals and terrorists who could exploit their destructive capacity, for instance by conducting arson attacks without being detected. Wang, who was not involved in the Xian project, warned that allowing these weapons to proliferate could be a threat to all countries. There are no specific international protocols in place to regulate the development or use of this type of laser weapon. The United Nations Protocol on Blinding Laser Weapons, initiated in 1980 and signed by over 100 nations, concentrates on earlier generation weapons and prohibits the use of those that could cause permanent loss of eyesight. The document on Chinese government website classifies the ZKZM-500 as a “non-lethal weapon”, meaning they are deemed less likely to kill a living target than something explicitly designed to do so, such as a gun. The lasers cannot kill a target with a single shot, but if fired at a person for long enough the weapons would start to burn a hole in their body, cutting through them like a surgical knife.  Researchers stress that scientists in this field generally agree it would be inhumane to use more powerful weapons that could “carbonise” a living person. Instead the document lays stress on the non-lethal applications of the technology. For instance it says law enforcement could counter “illegal protests” by setting fire to banners from a long distance. It also says protest leaders could be targeted by setting fire to their clothing or hair which, the document says, would mean they lose “the rhythms of their speech and powers of persuasion”. But one Beijing police officer said he would prefer to stick to more traditional crowd-control methods such as tear gas, rubber bullets or electrical stun guns, such as tasers. “The laser burn will leave a permanent scar,” he said. He said it would be a “horrid sight” that risked causing panic or transforming a peaceful protest into a riot.

https://www.businessinsider.com.au/chinas-police-now-have-laser-rifles-that-can-set-a-whole-person-on-fire-up-to-a-kilometre-away-2018-7 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 5-6-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Senior Israeli official:  Significant info about Iran attack preparations came from Mossad

Source notes info obtained by Mossad was transferred to US and formed basis for decision to bolster forces, including aircraft carrier.

Mordechai Sones, 06/05/19 21:11

A significant portion of the information about Iran's preparations for a terror attack against a US target or its Gulf allies was achieved by Israeli intelligence, especially the Mossad, senior Israeli officials told News 13. The senior Israeli officials noted the information obtained by the Mossad and other Israeli intelligence agencies was transferred to the Americans and was part of the basis for the American decision to reinforce their forces, sending another aircraft carrier to the Gulf. The senior officials said the issue of warning about a possible Iranian attack came up two weeks ago in talks with the Americans, including during recent talks held with a delegation led by National Security Advisor Meir Ben-Shabat in the White House with an American delegation led by US National Security Advisor John Bolton. The senior officials noted that at this stage it is not a focused warning, but it is clear that the target of the expected Iranian attack is not Israeli, but an American target or one belonging to one of the US's Gulf allies. A senior Israeli official further told News 13, "It's unclear to us yet what the Iranians will try to do and exactly who will do it, but it is clear to us that the temperature by the Iranians is rising due to the heavy American pressure on them."

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/262779 

:: 5-6-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As ceasefire goes into effect, Netanyahu says Gaza campaign not over

PM says Israel hit terror groups ‘with great force,’ is readying for next round of fighting; Hamas: Conflict ‘will not end until we regain our rights’

By TOI staff and Raoul Wootliff 6 May 2019, 12:42 pm

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on Monday commented on reports of an Egyptian-brokered ceasefire deal in Gaza, after two days of fighting in which four Israelis were killed, saying that Israel was readying for further confrontations with terrorist groups in the coastal enclave. “Over the past two days, we have hit Hamas and Islamic Jihad with great force, attacking over 350 targets and terrorist leaders and activists, and destroying terrorist infrastructure,” Netanyahu said in a statement. “The campaign is not over and requires patience and judgment. We are preparing to continue,” the prime minister added. “The goal was and remains to ensure the peace and security of the residents of the south. I send condolences to the families and wish a speedy recovery for the wounded.” A spokesperson for Hamas similarly said, in response to the prime minister’s statement, that although the recent flareup in violence had come to an end, the wider conflict would continue. “The resistance managed to deter the IDF,” said Sami Abu Zuhri, according to the Kan public broadcaster, referring to the Gaza terror groups. “Our message is that this round is over, but the conflict will not end until we regain our rights.” The ceasefire between Israel and the Gaza terror groups went into effect at 4:30 a.m. Monday, according to the Hamas and Islamic Jihad terror groups, ending two days of intense fighting that saw more than 600 rockets fired at Israel and four Israeli civilians killed. Over two days, in response to the rocket fire, the Israeli military conducted hundreds of strikes from the air and land, including one highly unusual targeted killing of a terrorist operative who the IDF said funneled money from Iran to terror groups in the Strip. Palestinian medical officials reported 29 dead since Friday, including at least 11 terrorists, The Times of Israel confirmed. The Israeli government refused to confirm the reported truce, apparently so as to avoid publicly acknowledging its negotiations with terrorist groups. However, the military announced that, as of 7 a.m., it was lifting all security restrictions that had been in place in the south during the fighting, and that schools would be allowed to open, indicating that a ceasefire had indeed been reached. The ceasefire was criticized Monday morning by opposition parties, as well as by one senior member of the prime minister’s Likud party. MK Gideon Sa’ar, a political rival of the prime minister, said the terms of the agreement hold little to no benefit for Israel and will not prevent future violence. “The circumstances in which the ceasefire was reached are very lacking for Israel,” Sa’ar posted on Twitter, in a rare implicit criticism of Netanyahu from within his own party. Blue and White leader Benny Gantz, a former IDF chief of staff, laid the blame for the rocket onslaught from the Gaza Strip over the past two days at the government’s door. “Nearly 700 projectiles were launched at Israeli territory, four were killed and many are wounded,” Gantz said in a statement. “All of this is the result of losing our deterrence, and it’s ending with another surrender to blackmail from Hamas and other terrorist groups.” “All the government has done is, once again, led us to the next confrontation,” he charged.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/as-ceasefire-goes-into-effect-netanyahu-says-gaza-campaign-not-over/ 

:: 5-6-19 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nature crisis: Humans 'threaten 1m species with extinction'

By Matt McGrath Environment correspondent, Paris 6 May 2019

On land, in the seas, in the sky, the devastating impact of humans on nature is laid bare in a compelling UN report. One million animal and plant species are now threatened with extinction. Nature everywhere is declining at a speed never previously seen and our need for ever more food and energy are the main drivers. These trends can be halted, the study says, but it will take "transformative change" in every aspect of how humans interact with nature.

Five things we've learned from nature crisis study

Nature's emergency in five graphics

The teens saving Madagascar's wildlife

What would a world without humans be like?

From the bees that pollinate our crops, to the forests that hold back flood waters, the report reveals how humans are ravaging the very ecosystems that support their societies. Three years in the making, this global assessment of nature draws on 15,000 reference materials, and has been compiled by the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). It runs to 1,800 pages. The brief, 40-page "summary for policymakers", published today at a meeting in Paris, is perhaps the most powerful indictment of how humans have treated their only home. It says that while the Earth has always suffered from the actions of humans through history, over the past 50 years, these scratches have become deep scars. The world's population has doubled since 1970, the global economy has grown four-fold, while international trade has increased 10 times over. To feed, clothe and give energy to this burgeoning world, forests have been cleared at astonishing rates, especially in tropical areas. Between 1980 and 2000, 100 million hectares of tropical forest were lost, mainly from cattle ranching in South America and palm oil plantations in South East Asia. Faring worse than forests are wetlands, with only 13% of those present in 1700 still in existence in the year 2000. Our cities have expanded rapidly, with urban areas doubling since 1992. All this human activity is killing species in greater numbers than ever before. According to the global assessment, an average of around 25% of animals and plants are now threatened. Global trends in insect populations are not known but rapid declines in some locations have also been well documented. All this suggests around a million species now face extinction within decades, a rate of destruction tens to hundreds of times higher than the average over the past 10 million years. "We have documented a really unprecedented decline in biodiversity and nature, this is completely different than anything we've seen in human history in terms of the rate of decline and the scale of the threat," said Dr Kate Brauman, from the University of Minnesota and a co-ordinating lead author of the assessment. "When we laid it all out together I was just shocked to see how extreme the declines are in terms of species and in terms of the contributions that nature is providing to people." The assessment also finds that soils are being degraded as never before. This has reduced the productivity of 23% of the land surface of the Earth. Our insatiable appetites are producing a mountain of waste. Plastic pollution has increased ten-fold since 1980. Every year we dump 300-400 million tonnes of heavy metals, solvents, toxic sludge and other wastes into the waters of the world. The report's authors say there are a number of direct drivers of which land use change is the primary one.  This essentially means the replacement of grassland with intensive crops, or replacing ancient woodland with a plantation forest, or the clearing of forests to grow crops. This is happening in many parts of the world, especially in the tropics. Since 1980, more than half of the increase in agriculture has been at the expense of intact forests. It's a similar story at sea. Only 3% of the world's oceans were described as free from human pressure in 2014. Fish are being exploited as never before, with 33% of fish stocks harvested at unsustainable levels in 2015. Live coral cover on reefs has nearly halved over the past 150 years. Pushing all this forward, though, are increased demands for food from a growing global population and specifically our growing appetite for meat and fish. "Land use now appears as the major driver of the biodiversity collapse, with 70% of agriculture related to meat production," said Yann Laurans from IDDRI, the French policy research institute. "It is time to reconsider the share of industrial meat and dairy in our diet." The other key factors are the hunting and the direct exploitation of animals, climate change, pollution and invasive species. The report finds that many of these factors work together to make matters worse. At the report's launch, Kai Chan, a co-ordinating lead author from the University of British Columbia, Vancouver, said: "No previous assessment has considered at this scale the simultaneous challenge of protecting nature, maintaining water, feeding the planet, supplying energy, while mitigating climate change... this is the most exhaustive report to have ever done that." The decline in numbers Species extinction risk: Approximately 25% of species are already threatened with extinction in most animal and plant groups studied. Natural ecosystems: Natural ecosystems have declined by 47% on average, relative to their earliest estimated states. Biomass and species abundance: The global biomass of wild mammals has fallen by 82%. Indicators of vertebrate abundance have declined rapidly since 1970. Nature for indigenous people: 72% of indicators developed by local communities show ongoing deterioration of elements of nature important to them.  What does the future hold? It all depends on what we do. The authors looked at a number of scenarios for the future, including business-as-usual, but also examining options that were more based on sustainable practices. In almost all cases, the negative trends for nature will continue to 2050 and beyond. The only ones that didn't continue towards ecological disaster involved what the scientists term "transformative change". What does transformative change actually mean? The study doesn't tell governments what to do, but gives them some pretty strong hints. One big idea is to steer the world away from the "limited paradigm of economic growth". They suggest moving away from GDP as a key measure of economic wealth and instead adopting more holistic approaches that would capture quality of life and long-term effects. They argue that our traditional notion of a "good quality of life" has involved increasing consumption on every level. This has to change. Threat to food as biodiversity declines To keep carbon emissions down, look underfoot Dogs 'becoming major threat' to wildlife Insect decline may see 'plague of pests' Similarly, there must be change when it comes to financial incentives that damage biodiversity. "Crucially, governments must end the destructive subsidies, including for fossil fuels and industrial fishing and agriculture," said Andrew Norton, director of the International Institute for Environment and Development. "These drive the plundering of the land and ocean at the expense of a clean, healthy and diverse environment on which billions of women, children and men depend now and in the future." The amount of land and sea that is under protection needs to increase rapidly, with observers saying that a third of our lands need to be preserved. "We need to secure half of the planet by 2050 with an interim target of 30% by 2030," said Jonathan Baillie, from the National Geographic Society. "Then we must restore nature and drive innovation. Only then will we leave future generations a healthy and sustainable planet." Is this worse than climate change? Climate change is a crucial underlying factor that's helping to drive destruction around the world. Greenhouse gas emissions have doubled since 1980 and temperatures have gone up 0.7C as a result. This is having a big impact on some species, restricting their ranges and making extinction more likely. The global assessment finds that if temperatures go up by 2C, then 5% of species are at risk of climate-driven extinction, rising to 16% if the world warms by 4.3C. "Of the prioritised list of proximate drivers of biodiversity decline, climate change is only number three," said Prof John Spicer from the University of Plymouth. "Climate change is certainly one of the greatest threats that face humankind in the near future - so what does that tell us about the first and second, changes in land/sea use, and direct exploitation? The current situation is desperate and has been for some time." The report's authors hope that their assessment becomes as critical to the argument about biodiversity loss as the IPCC report on 1.5C has done to the debate over climate change.

What can I do? The idea of transformative action is not just confined to governments or local authorities. Individuals can certainly make a difference. "We know that the way people eat today is often unhealthy for them and for the planet," said Dr Kate Brauman, one of the report's authors. "We can become healthier as individuals by eating more diverse diets, with more vegetables, and we can also make the planet healthier by growing that food in more sustainable ways." As well as consumer and lifestyle choices, other authors believe people can make a difference through politics. "It might be more important for society to invest more in renewables than coal," said Dr Rinku Roy Chowdhury, from Clark University in Worcester, Massachusetts. "So how do you that? Through individual behaviour, through the polling booth. "Rather than just conserving energy by turning my lights off, some other less obvious means might be through political action." Follow Matt on Twitter.

https://www.bbc.com/news/science-environment-48169783 

:: 5-6-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Disturbing video shows young Muslim children at a Philadelphia Islamic center singing about 'chopping off heads', martyrdom and 'defending Palestine with our bodies'

Muslim American Society Islamic Center in Philadelphia posted controversial video to its Facebook page last month

Video shows group of children singing and chanting about 'martyrs' who 'attained Paradise'

They also sing about 'chopping off heads' while 'sacrificing our souls'

The children were wearing Islamic headdress and Palestinian nationalist symbols while vowing to 'liberate Al-Aqsa Mosque'

Al-Aqsa, the third-holiest site in Islam, is located in Jerusalem's Old City, which is controlled by Israel

MAS, a nationwide organization, said it will investigate the 'unintended mistake' and that the 'person in charge' of the event was 'dismissed'

By Ariel Zilber For Dailymail.com and Reuters Published: 14:09 EDT, 5 May 2019 | Updated: 03:19 EDT, 6 May 2019

Shocking video has emerged showing a group of young Muslim children in Philadelphia singing of ‘chopping off heads’ so as to ‘liberate Al-Aqsa Mosque’ while ‘defending Palestine with our bodies.’ The clip, which was first uploaded to Facebook by the Muslim American Society Islamic Center in Philadelphia last month, shows a group of children wearing Islamic headdress adorned with Palestinian symbols and colors. A translation of the video was provided by the Middle East Media Research Institute. The Muslim American Society issued a statement on Saturday vowing to investigate the ‘unintended mistake and an oversight’. The organization also said that the ‘person in charge’ of this specific event has been ‘dismissed.’ ‘Those who accept humiliation - what is the point in their existence?’ a child narrator in the film says. ‘Those who reject oppression are the ones who assert their existence, and they eliminate the injustice from the land of the Arabs.’ At this point, the other children join in and begin singing: ‘Rebels! Rebels! Rebels! ‘Glorious steeds call us and lead us onto paths leading to the Al-Aqsa Mosque. ‘The blood of martyrs protects us. Paradise needs real men! ‘The land of the Prophet Muhammad's Night Journey is calling us. Our Palestine must return to us. ‘Oh Saladdin, your men are among us – shame will be washed away!’ Another girl seen in the clip chants: 'Our martyrs sacrificed their lives without hesitation. ‘They attained Paradise, and the scent of musk emanates from their bodies. ‘They compete with one another to reach Paradise. ‘Will Jerusalem be their capital city, or will it be a hotbed for cowards?’ Another girl adds: ‘We will defend the land of divine guidance (Palestine) with our bodies, and we will sacrifice our souls without hesitation. ‘We will chop off their heads, and we will liberate the sorrowful and exalted Al-Aqsa Mosque. ‘We will lead the army of Allah fulfilling His promise, and we will subject them to eternal torture.’ The Muslim American Society released a statement saying that the songs were not ‘properly vetted.’ ‘While we celebrate the coming together of different cultures and languages, not all songs were properly vetted,’ the group said. ‘This was an unintended mistake and an oversight in which the center and the students are remorseful. MAS will conduct an internal investigation to ensure this does not occur again.’ MAS is a nationwide organization that boasts more than 50 chapters throughout the country, according to its website. ‘As a faith-based organization dedicated to moving people to strive for God-consciousness and a just and virtuous society, we affirm our long-standing position on our shared values of humanity. ‘We stand resolutely in our condemnation of hate, bigotry, Islamophobia, xenophobia, racism, anti-Semitism and all the illnesses of hate that plague our society.’ MAS said that it owns the property which is leased by a school, which staged the event. The group said that the school ‘will form a local commission to aid in sensitivity training and proper oversight for future programs,’ according to the Philadelphia Inquirer. The term ‘martyr’ has been used by Islamists to describe those who carry out suicide bombings and other terrorist attacks against civilians. The ‘attainment of Paradise’ is a term that references the supposed ‘reward’ that ‘martyrs’ - or ‘shahids’ - receive upon sacrificing themselves for Islam. Islamic extremists promise that anyone who becomes a ‘martyr’ for the cause is rewarded with 72 female virgins in heaven. Palestinian suicide bombings against Israelis were a frequent occurrence during the 1990s and 2000s. Organizations like Hamas and Islamic Jihad sent suicide bombers into the heart of Israeli cities, killing hundreds and maiming thousands.

The Al-Aqsa Mosque, which is considered the third holiest site in Islam, is located in Jerusalem’s Old City. It was built centuries ago on top of the Temple Mount, which is the holiest site in Judaism. The 'Night Journey' is a reference to the belief in Islam that the Prophet Muhammad ascended to heaven on a winged mule from the Al-Aqsa Mosque. The political status of the mosque and adjacent holy sites in the Old City is one of the sensitive issues of the Israel-Palestine dispute. Israel captured control of the Old City as well as the West Bank and Gaza Strip in the 1967 Six-Day War. Palestinians insist that East Jerusalem should be the capital of a future independent state, while Israel has vowed to maintain sovereignty over the entire city. Saladdin is revered in Islamic history for his role in leading the military defeat of the Crusaders in the Levant during the 12th century. The Anti-Defamation League, a leading Jewish organization, released a statement calling the video ‘extremely disturbing.’ ‘Children should not be indoctrinated to hate,’ the ADL said. ‘These young people should never have been asked to make speeches and dance and lip-sync to songs that glorify violence against Jews and the State of Israel. ‘The conflict between Israelis and Palestinians is deeply complex and painful on all sides, and the only chance for a peaceful future is to teach our children to pursue peace.’ Rockets and missiles from Gaza killed three civilians in Israel while Israeli strikes killed 12 Palestinians, most of them militants, in surging cross-border fighting on Sunday, according to Gazan officials and the Israeli military. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said he ordered the military to continue 'massive strikes' against Gaza’s ruling Hamas group and Islamic Jihad, in the most serious border clashes since a spate of fighting in November. Israel’s military said more than 600 rockets and other projectiles - over 150 of them intercepted by its Iron Dome anti-missile system - have been fired at southern Israeli cities and villages since Friday. It said it attacked more than 260 targets belonging to Gaza militant groups. Gaza officials said Israeli air strikes and artillery fire killed 20 people including eight civilians since Friday. A rocket that hit a house in Ashkelon on Sunday killed a 58-year-old man, police said.

He was the first such Israeli civilian fatality since the seven-week-long Gaza war in 2014.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6994509/Muslim-children-Philadelphia-school-sing-chopping-heads-army-Allah.html

:: 4-30-19 CCN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Stock Brokerage E*Trade Strokes Excitement with Rumored Ether, Bitcoin Trading

Tedra DeSue 30/04/2019 Bitcoin Trading, Crypto, News

By CCN.com: E*Trade Financial Corp. is waking when it comes to the importance of allowing its customers the ability to trade cryptos. It’s readying to allow them to trade Bitcoin and Ethereum, Bloomberg reports. While banks and others have shunned cryptos, E*Trade’s willingness to allow customers to trade them is significant. It’s another step in the mass adoption of cryptos, which have been plagued by criticism. Entrance Would Do Wonders For Cryptos Bloomberg spoke to anonymous sources about E*Trade’s plans. Allowing crypto trading would make E*Trade one of the largest securities brokerages to provide the service, according to Bloomberg. E*Trade would join the well-established exchange Coinbase. There is also Robinhood. Robinhood is a commission-free stock trading app that began allowing for crypto trading last year. Details about when E*Trade’s service would launch, or the fee structure, were not noted. No matter, news of the plans was naturally greeted positively by crypto enthusiasts. Richard Dennis, the founder and senior cryptography advisor of temtum, weighed in about mass adoption.

Home Bitcoin Trading

US Stock Brokerage E*Trade Strokes Excitement with Rumored Ether, Bitcoin Trading

E*Trade, Bitcoin, Ether

Major US online stock broker E*Trade is set to foray into cryptocurrencies with bitcoin and ether trading. | Source: Shutterstock

US Stock Brokerage E*Trade Strokes Excitement with Rumored Ether, Bitcoin Trading

Tedra DeSue 30/04/2019 Bitcoin Trading, Crypto, News

By CCN.com: E*Trade Financial Corp. is waking when it comes to the importance of allowing its customers the ability to trade cryptos. It’s readying to allow them to trade Bitcoin and Ethereum, Bloomberg reports. While banks and others have shunned cryptos, E*Trade’s willingness to allow customers to trade them is significant. It’s another step in the mass adoption of cryptos, which have been plagued by criticism. Entrance Would Do Wonders For Cryptos Bloomberg spoke to anonymous sources about E*Trade’s plans. Allowing crypto trading would make E*Trade one of the largest securities brokerages to provide the service, according to Bloomberg. E*Trade would join the well-established exchange Coinbase. There is also Robinhood. Robinhood is a commission-free stock trading app that began allowing for crypto trading last year. Details about when E*Trade’s service would launch, or the fee structure, were not noted. No matter, news of the plans was naturally greeted positively by crypto enthusiasts. Richard Dennis, the founder and senior cryptography advisor of temtum, weighed in about mass adoption. “Seeing E*Trade introduce cryptocurrency trading would bring some much needed trust at what could be perceived as a time of volatile sentiment towards crypto exchanges. Exchange adoption will offer alternative on ramps, widen audiences and diversify investor demographics, while hopefully increasing money flow into the market, but they won’t solve what consumers need to use crypto.” Crypto players also took to Twitter to voice their happiness about the possible launch. Financial giant eTrade now entering the crypto market, looking to offer Bitcoin and Ethereum pairs. They join the long and growing list of huge financial institutions and companies getting into cryptocurrency. $BTC $ETH Crytpo enthusiast with the handle ‘Digital Asset Investor’ was extremely excited, saying he’d nailed E*Trade’s entry for a long time. E*Trade’s plans prompted Digital Asset Investor teased Charles Schwab. Perfect Timing Cryptos received somewhat of a blow last week over Bitfinex and Tether. On Thursday, New York Attorney General Letitia James obtained a court order to shut down the pair. The New York attorney general alleges that Bitfinex – historically one of the largest Bitcoin exchanges – doesn’t have access to some $850 million Tether tokens and that it’s probably guilty of fraud as a result, CCN reported. In a move that seems to be going further than any purported fraud, the AG has also demanded that Tether turn over documents that some traders may be uncomfortable with her having in possession. This includes complete records on people who hold Tether and are believed to reside in New York. To have this positive news about E*Trade follow is welcomed. Dennis said: “Last weeks’ news involving Bitfinex and Tether for example has increased fear within even hardened crypto investors and potentially affected market sentiment once more as the industry seemed to be moving forward with new hope.” Still More Work To Do Adoption of cryptocurrencies and what’s required for ‘mass adoption’ is expansive, Dennis points out. It goes much further than even the most trusted exchange platforms, like Coinbase and Robinhood, who have both “done extremely well and defining who they are and who they want to trade.” Unfortunately E*Trade crypto trading will not equate to, and will not lead to, the common goal of greater adoption of cryptocurrencies. Issues related to speed, security, scalability, and resource consumption must still be addressed. Then we’ll see the market shift to crypto being used rather than traded or stored – as long as they combined with defined, achievable routes to market, Dennis said.

If you can buy it, trade it, invest in it, or sell it, I write about it. For more than 20 years, I've covered all things finance. I threw myself into covering the crypto space with the keen understanding that it would be an industry disruptor. I'm in constant search for the real Satoshi Nakamoto!

https://www.ccn.com/etrade-crypto-trading-excitement-bitcoin-ether

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.

:: 4-29-19 InfoWars Europe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Over Two Million Prepaid Debit Cards Given to Migrants - Official

Dan Lyman April 29, 2019

More than two million prepaid debit cards worth over $1.6 billion have been distributed to migrants by international governing bodies and organizations, according to a top Hungarian official. In November, 2018, Infowars Europe helped bring to light revelations that migrants were using preloaded MasterCard debit cards bearing insignias of the EU and UN to pay for goods and services along their journeys. “Over two million people have received anonymous migrant cards, and the equivalent of 500 billion forints (1.55 billion euros) has been spent in this manner,” said György Bakondi, Chief Security Advisor to the Prime Minister, during an interview on Hungarian television, MTI reports. “This solution, which has not been thought through and is unlawful, and other efforts on the part of the European Union to legalize illegal migration - such as the migrant visa and the establishment of legal channels for immigration, represent a security risk with healthcare, economic and cultural consequences for Hungarian and European citizens,” he continued. Bakondi expressed his administration’s belief that the E.U. has no intention of slowing illegal migration, but instead is working to facilitate it. “Hungary, however, does not agree with this,” Bakondi asserted. “Hungary’s opinion is that the problem must not be brought into Europe, but that instead, assistance must be provided to enable problems to be solved on site.” The latest revelations regarding the debit card scheme come after Hungarian authorities arrested a suspected Syria terrorist in possession of one of the cards in question. "The Hungarian government had warned that these anonymous, prepaid debit cards posed a security risk," wrote Zoltan Kovacs, Secretary of State for International Communication and Relations. "After initial denials, the Commission finally admitted that the United Nations and the European Union have been distributing these cards to migrants who have reached the territory of the E.U. Some 64,000 debit cards were distributed to migrants in January alone." "Reports say that he received a monthly payment of 500 EUR on his debit card. That’s well over today’s gross minimum wage in Hungary." Hungarian officials subsequently demanded an "urgent answer" from the E.U. regarding how many other potential terrorists may have received the cards. A tidal wave of illegal immigration has now crippled America's southern border.

https://europe.infowars.com/over-two-million-prepaid-debit-cards-have-been-issued-to-migrants-official/ 

[ :: 3-11-09 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Even now, saith your Father, they plot for a one world banking system, a one world government, a one world controlled by one man, etc..

:: 4-29-19 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Look Inside the Scheme to Eliminate Cash, Impose Negative Interest

April 29, 2019 By Clint Siegner

Central bankers and politicians love inflation, but they need “bag holders” to have faith in the value of the fiat currency IOUs they hold. The trick is to avoid suddenly destroying the ephemeral confidence in currencies by printing too much too fast. Central bankers may also need to limit the options inflation wary citizens have for escaping. They are both shifty and innovative when it comes to making sure the ill effects of perpetually devaluing currency are primarily borne by the citizenry. Lying and trying to hide what they are doing to the currency has been tradition with politicians since Roman times. Nero began quietly reducing the silver content of the Denarius around 60 A.D. Today central bankers and governments don’t have to bother with altering physical coins. Every currency can be quietly devalued electronically. The financial central planners try to calm the herd with rigged inflation statistics designed to show the money losing purchasing power far more slowly than it actually is. They use “hedonic adjustments,” “geometric weighting,” and many other ploys to arrive at a politically palatable inflation rate. Or, even more clever, they convince investors the best way to evaluate the strength of the money is simply to compare it with other fiat currencies. That is how the U.S. dollar has earned its reputation for “strength” in recent years. Headlines in the financial press broadcast the DXY index is rising. The dollar buys more euros and yen, which matters to practically no one except tourists. Meanwhile, it buys far less of stuff that does matter — food, housing, and most everything people need to live. Another trick is for politicians and central bankers to simply print money under the guise of economic imperative. The 2008 bank bailouts, the Fed program to buy toxic mortgage securities at par value from banks and the trillions printed to buy U.S. Treasury debt all fit in this category. The “inflationistas” running our monetary system aren’t done innovating either. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) recently published an article on how to implement “negative interest rates.” Officials want banks to be able to charge depositors for holding funds in checking or savings accounts.

The problem, as they see it, is that many depositors probably won’t be willing to pay bankers for holding their money. They would withdraw deposits and put cash under the mattress instead. The IMF officials lament: When cash is available, however, cutting rates significantly into negative territory becomes impossible. Cash has the same purchasing power as bank deposits, but at zero nominal interest. Moreover, it can be obtained in unlimited quantities in exchange for bank money. Therefore, instead of paying negative interest, one can simply hold cash at zero interest. Cash is a free option on zero interest, and acts as an interest rate floor. The solution to this “problem,” they say, is moving to a cashless society. And there is a deliberate scheme to do so. The first step is to take away the ability for people to make cash withdrawals. The IMF officials exhibit no shame, casually suggesting the freedom for untold millions of people around the globe to save be eliminated. If savers don’t spend what they have, officials will make them pay. The bureaucrats who authored the IMF blog aren’t the first to propose abolishing physical cash. Bankers and politicians have been waging the War on Cash for years now. This wish to implement negative interest rates is just one more on a list of reasons these central planners hate cash. To them, ordinary people are sheep to be herded. Anyone who wishes to avoid being shorn should hold real assets outside of the banking system. Clint Siegner is a Director at Money Metals Exchange, a precious metals dealer recently named “Best in the USA” by an independent global ratings group. A graduate of Linfield College in Oregon, Siegner puts his experience in business management along with his passion for personal liberty, limited government, and honest money into the development of Money Metals’ brand and reach. This includes writing extensively on the bullion markets and their intersection with policy and world affairs.

https://www.activistpost.com/2019/04/a-look-inside-the-scheme-to-eliminate-cash-impose-negative-interest.html 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

:: 4-23-19 Quartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The designer baby debate could start a war

By Jamie Metzl April 23, 2019 Author of "Hacking Darwin: Genetic Engineering and the Future of Humanity"

The genetics revolution that will transform our health care, the way we make babies, the nature of the babies we make, and ultimately our evolutionary trajectory as a species has already begun. Just like parents in many places will need to make tough choices about whether, if at all, to genetically engineer their children, states will be forced to make monumental collective decisions on these issues with potentially fateful consequences. Imagine you are the leader of a society that has chosen to opt out of the genetic arms race by banning embryo selection and the genetic alteration of human sperm, eggs, and embryos. Because your country is progressive enough to make a collective decision like this, parents desiring these services are free to go elsewhere to get what they want. But preventing the genetic alteration of your population by definition requires both restricting genetic enhancement at home and enhanced people or expectant mothers carrying genetically altered embryos from entering your country. To protect the genetic integrity of your populations and keep genetically enhanced people out, you would need to perform genetic tests on all people entering the country. But there would likely be no way of knowing whether a person had been genetically enhanced without knowledge of their genetic baseline—­their genome prior to any changes. For those few people for whom genetic information from the moment a few days after their conception is available, their former and current genetics could be compared. Everyone not able to provide baseline genetic information might be banned from entering the country or threatened with long jail terms for procreating with a citizen of it. To prevent women from going abroad to have genetically engineered embryos implanted, pregnancy tests would need to be performed on all women of fertile age coming into your country. Prenatal blood tests would then need to be performed on the pregnant women to try to guess if the embryos had been manipulated in some way. Even with a list of the most fashionable genetic alterations, this would be all but impossible. To be effective, these types of blood and prenatal tests would probably need to be accompanied by a polygraph asking pregnant women if they are carrying a genetically enhanced embryo. If someone already in the country was identified as enhanced, what penalties could possibly be meted out? Even if enhanced people were stripped of their citizenship and exiled for giving birth to a genetically enhanced person, their children would also need to be imprisoned, banned from procreating, or exiled. Enforcing any of this would require building the oversight machinery of the most totalitarian, intrusive, abusive, and downright odious police state with the ability to track peoples’ movements and continually monitor their biology and that of their children. The consequences of opting out of genetic enhancement But let’s say your country has done all this and become a preserve of non-genetically enhanced people. We’ve already seen why different states will adopt advanced genetic engineering technologies at different rates based on the significant historical, cultural, and structural differences between them. Imagine you are assessing your country’s options in a world where your country has opted out but other countries are moving forward with human genetic enhancement. Here are your general choices: Option 1: You recognize that your country has made a moral decision based on your collective values and accept facing the consequences, even if this means your country will gradually lose its competitive advantage and future generations will be less healthy, live shorter lives, and have fewer superstars of various sorts. You sit tight in your belief you’ve made the right choice. With schadenfreude in your heart, you hope your national decision will give you a competitive advantage if and when human genetic enhancement proves to be less beneficial and more dangerous than initially believed. Because your country has taken such a strong and principled stand on human genetic engineering, you feel duty­bound to protect this ban against encroachment. You are a progressive in your heart but recognize you’ll need some trappings of a police state to maintain your country’s genetic purity. How is it, you ask yourself late at night, that an idealist like you is starting to adopt the language of Nazism? Option 2: You try to hold the line and support your national decision but feel the pressure growing. Many of your most talented people are leaving the country to get the genetic enhancement services they want. Your un-enhanced aspiring Olympic athletes and advanced coders are becoming community organizers, yogis, and nurses instead, pursuing careers that don’t require competition with their enhanced counterparts. Parents are having second thoughts about your ban as they hear about kids in other countries who are immune to genetic diseases, doing better on IQ tests, and achieving all sorts of seemingly superhuman feats. Your military is worried your future soldiers will be at a disadvantage compared to their genetically enhanced adversaries. The leaders of your national space program tell you that your un-enhanced astronauts will, unlike their enhanced counterparts from other countries, not be able to withstand the radiation exposure and bone density loss of extended space travel. Opting out is seeming less appealing an option. You need a face-saving alternative. You call for a national referendum. After a heated debate, you cast your vote to opt in. Option 3: You see the benefits of genetic enhancement, but your citizens still believe meddling with the human genome and rewriting biology is a form of hubris likely to end badly. As a matter of principle, you recognize that societies, like people, are diverse and don’t begrudge the many other choices different societies make in all sorts of areas. But this is different. If other societies genetically enhance their populations and yours doesn’t, you may not just be at a competitive disadvantage in the future. You may not be able to protect your population from the very thing they have so adamantly opposed. Just like genetically modified crops spread into adjacent fields and gene-drived mosquitoes spread across national boundaries, there will be really no way to protect your population from inheriting what you see as unnatural genetic modifications unless other countries can be prevented from allowing the most egregious modifications. Your only option is not just for your country to opt out but to define, promote, and seek to enforce limits on genetic enhancement for all countries to follow. You ask your top advisers how you can make this happen. First on their list is trying to use your national powers of persuasion to convince people and countries around the world that the downsides of human genetic enhancement outweigh the benefits. But what are the chances of your being able to convince the whole world to buy into your pessimism, particularly when other societies are enthusiastically racing forward into the genetics age? Second, you can try to build an alliance of like-minded states to collectively pressure other countries to limit genetic enhancement. Getting an enforceable global treaty to limit genetic enhancement is an appealing option, but it’s difficult to do. Most global leaders agree that human-induced climate change is threatening the livability of our planet, but we’ve not been able to get an enforceable global treaty to turn things around. Could a global effort limiting a technology many people and other states support be more effective than the high-­profile efforts to limit climate change? Third, you identify the enhancing countries you are most concerned about and, if you have the power and influence to do it, try to stop them to set an example. One Central Asian country in particular has become a hub for highly aggressive genetic alterations of pre-implanted embryos designed to create superhuman capabilities. Parents are sending their frozen eggs and sperm, or skin grafts and blood samples from which these sex cells are being generated, to this country for embryo selection, embryo mating, and genetic enhancement. (This is not unthinkable. A 2014 New York Times article described a Chinese parent who sought to have six children born from US-­based surrogates to then choose the “pick of the litter” and put the others up for adoption.) For the Central Asian country, building this industry is seen as a moral imperative, a great business opportunity, and a strategic boon. You ask them nicely to stop. They refuse. Perhaps you try getting a group of countries to impose travel, economic, or other sanctions on the offending country. If none of these approaches work, are you willing to use military force to stop the genetic alteration of the human species? It’s certainly one option on the list. Over the course of the 20th century, an estimated 170 countries were invaded by others for a whole host of reasons, ranging from outright theft to ideological differences to pre-emption of a wide range of perceived threats. Is it so outlandish to believe that countries in the future might resort to military force to prevent other countries from altering the shared genetic code of humanity? Many countries have been invaded for far less. Military force would be an option if advanced genetic enhancement were only being carried out in a relatively weak country or even in international waters or space. But what happens if a powerful country like China takes the lead in deploying advanced genetic and other technology to enhance the capabilities of its populations while another country, say the United States, has entirely opted out for political and other reasons? Would the United States and China be willing to use as much force over the potential transformation of our species as they are now threatening over a few contested reefs in the middle of the South China Sea?  If all of these types of competitive pressures on the personal, communal, and national levels were rare in our human experience, an argument could be made that they could be avoided in the context of the genetics revolution. But because competition has been at the very core of our evolutionary process for almost 4 billion years, the overwhelming odds are that these same drivers will push us, unevenly but collectively, into our brave new world of increasingly sophisticated human genetic engineering.  Both the competitive pressures pushing human genetic engineering forward and the potential conflict scenarios this competition is likely to spark are very real. If we do nothing to apply our best values to influence how the genetic revolution plays out, we will place ourselves on a path to conflict. Avoiding worst-case scenarios will require our species to come together as never before. That’s why we need to take some very practical first steps now. Every individual needs to educate themselves on the revolutionary technologies transforming the world around and within us and join national and global conversations about how these technologies can be most responsibly applied. Government leaders need to stop wasting so much time on nonsense and begin focusing far more on facing the critical challenges of the future. We need to develop global norms that can lead to standards and dynamic international protocols designed to encourage the most beneficial applications of these technologies and prevent the worst abuses. Figuring out how to deploy genetic technologies in ways that enhance our dignity and respect for each other will require us to draw on the best of our humanist values and double down on our embrace of, respect for, and investment in our diversity, equality, and common humanity. While the genetic engineering technologies are new, the values and philosophies we will need to use them wisely are often very old. Deploying our best values at this transitional moment for our species demands that we all understand what is happening now, what is coming, what’s at stake, and the role we each must play in building a technologically enhanced future that works for all of us. It will be a difficult, painful, and conflict-ridden process, but we have no alternative. We all need to participate. We don’t have a moment to lose in getting started. This is an edited excerpt from Hacking Darwin: Genetic Engineering and the Future of Humanity, which is out now.

https://qz.com/1601572/the-designer-baby-debate-could-start-a-war/ 

:: 4--19 Humans are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Court Ruling Confirms Merck’s Gardasil HPV Vaccine Kills People – Did Anyone Even Notice?

The infamous human papilloma virus (HPV) vaccine by Gardasil is in use around the world for both girls and boys, even though an American court has ruled beyond the shadow of a doubt that the vaccine can kill people. The Tarsell family lost their 21-year-old daughter when she died shortly after getting this vaccine, and because of their determination to hold the vaccine maker accountable, they have proven that this vaccine is dangerous and needs to be removed from the schedule of vaccines. No family should ever have to go through such an ordeal, but for the sake of justice for Christina Tarsell, the Tarsell family won an incredibly important judgement. Her story is told in brief, here: "Hi. My name is Christina Richelle Tarsell, but people call me Chris. I celebrated my 21st birthday in November 2007; I did not live to see my 22nd. Suddenly and inexplicably, I died in bed in June 2008. An autopsy report said that the cause of my death was undetermined. My family wanted to know what happened to me and, led by attorney Mark Sadaka, they pursued an extensive investigation. World-class experts in immunology, Dr. Yehuda Shoenfeld and cardiology and electrophysiology, Dr. Michael Eldar determined that I died from an arrhythmia induced by an autoimmune response to the HPV vaccine Gardasil which I had received only days before my death. Incredibly, by law, vaccine manufacturers like Merck cannot be held liable for injuries and deaths caused by their vaccines. The only recourse my family had was to file a claim against the Secretary of Health and Human Services to hold them accountable. After 8 long years, the government finally conceded that we met our burden of proof that Gardasil caused my death. This is a precedent setting case. I am deeply grateful to everyone who, guided by truth and a higher consciousness, would not let my death be dismissed as a “coincidence.” Here are the links to the ruling by Judge Coster Williams and the revised ruling by the Special Master." Confirmed by the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), the final ruling serves as a warning that Merck’s Gardasil vaccine can cause autoimmune problems which may cause sudden debilitation and/or death. The final ruling has been confirmed by the Department of Health and Human Services: Merck’s Gardasil vaccine causes autoimmune problems that cause sudden debilitation and/or death. This ruling supports claims that the vaccine is just too dangerous to risk, and to date we know of at least 271 young women who’ve died after getting the vaccine, and over 57,520 reports of adverse reactions to the vaccine. Their case was first taken up by the Vaccine Court, which is a system designed to compensate families for damages done by vaccines, all the while helping to avoid public scrutiny and awareness of the hidden dangers of vaccines. Vaccine makers pay an excise tax to this system for every vaccine they sell. This money (cost of doing business) is used to pay out damages to select families who can medically prove they were damaged by a vaccine. This system protects vaccine makers from being sued in a true court of law, ensuring that vaccines will continue to be manufactured for the “good of all.” [Source] The judge in the case, Judge Williams awarded a victory to the Tarsells: Petitioner’s motion for review is GRANTED. The Special Master’s decision denying compensation is VACATED, and the case is REMANDED to the Special Master for further proceedings consistent with this decision… And in clarifying the ruling, Special Master Christian J. Morgan noted: The Court’s Opinion and Order required additional consideration consistent with the legal principles articulated by the Court for analyzing the evidence in this tragic case about a woman, Christina Tarsell, who died much too young. Under the approach dictated by the Court, Ms. Tarsell is entitled to compensation. The parties should anticipate that a separate order regarding damages will issue shortly. Pursuant to Vaccine Rule 28.1(a), the Clerk’s Office is instructed to notify the Court of this ruling. This ruling should be major public news and people should know that this vaccine is causing so much injury, harm and even death.

http://humansarefree.com/2019/04/court-ruling-confirms-mercks-gardasil.html 

:: 4--19 Humans are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Mass Sterilization”: Kenyan Doctors Find Anti-fertility Agent in UN Tetanus Vaccine

According to LifeSiteNews, a Catholic publication, the Kenya Catholic Doctors Association is charging UNICEF and WHO with sterilizing millions of girls and women under cover of an anti-tetanus vaccination program sponsored by the Kenyan government. The Kenyan government denies there is anything wrong with the vaccine, and says it is perfectly safe. The Kenya Catholic Doctors Association, however, saw evidence to the contrary, and had six different samples of the tetanus vaccine from various locations around Kenya sent to an independent laboratory in South Africa for testing. The results confirmed their worst fears: all six samples tested positive for the HCG antigen. The HCG antigen is used in anti-fertility vaccines, but was found present in tetanus vaccines targeted to young girls and women of childbearing age. Dr. Ngare, spokesman for the Kenya Catholic Doctors Association, stated in a bulletin released November 4: “This proved right our worst fears; that this WHO campaign is not about eradicating neonatal tetanus but a well-coordinated forceful population control mass sterilization exercise using a proven fertility regulating vaccine. This evidence was presented to the Ministry of Health before the third round of immunization but was ignored.” (Source) Top Kenyan Politician: Tetanus Vaccine Covertly Used for the Sterilization of 500,000 Women & Children Dr. Ngare brought up several points about the mass tetanus vaccination program in Kenya that caused the Catholic doctors to become suspicious: Dr. Ngare told LifeSiteNews that several things alerted doctors in the Church’s far-flung medical system of 54 hospitals, 83 health centres, and 17 medical and nursing schools to the possibility the anti-tetanus campaign was secretly an anti-fertility campaign. Why, they ask does it involve an unprecedented five shots (or “jabs” as they are known, in Kenya) over more than two years and why is it applied only to women of childbearing years, and why is it being conducted without the usual fanfare of government publicity? “Usually we give a series three shots over two to three years, we give it anyone who comes into the clinic with an open wound, men, women or children.” said Dr. Ngare. But it is the five vaccination regime that is most alarming. “The only time tetanus vaccine has been given in five doses is when it is used as a carrier in fertility regulating vaccines laced with the pregnancy hormone, Human Chorionic Gonadotropin (HCG) developed by WHO in 1992.” (Source) UNICEF: A History of Taking Advantage of Disasters to Mass Vaccinate It should be noted that UNICEF and WHO distribute these vaccines for free, and that there are financial incentives for the Kenyan government to participate in these programs. When funds from the UN are not enough to purchase yearly allotments of vaccines, an organization started and funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, GAVI, provides extra funding for many of these vaccination programs in poor countries. Also, there was no outbreak of tetanus in Kenya, only the perceived “threat” of tetanus due to local flood conditions. These local disasters are a common reason UNICEF goes into poorer countries with free vaccines to begin mass vaccination programs. Health Impact News reported last year that UNICEF began a similar mass vaccination program with 500,000 doses of live oral polio vaccine in the Philippines after a Super Typhoon devastated Tacolban and surrounding areas. This was in spite of the fact there were no reported cases of polio in the Philippines since 1993, and people who have had the live polio vaccine can “shed” the virus into sewage systems, thereby causing the actual disease it is supposed to be preventing. A very similar mass vaccination with the live oral polio vaccine occurred among Syrian refugees in 2013, when 1.7 million doses of polio vaccine were purchased by UNICEF, in spite of the fact that no cases of polio had been seen since 1999. After the mass vaccination program started, cases of polio began to reappear in Syria. It seems quite apparent that UNICEF and WHO use these local disasters to mass vaccinate people, mainly children and young women. Massive education and propaganda efforts are also necessary to convince the local populations that they need these vaccines. Here is a video UNICEF produced for the tetanus vaccine in Kenya. Notice how they use school teachers and local doctors to do the educating, even though the vaccines are produced by western countries:

http://humansarefree.com/2019/04/mass-sterilization-kenyan-doctors-find.html 

:: 4-30-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Under the Cover of the Measles Panic, the CDC Is Mobilizing for a Fake Ebola Pandemic

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 30, 2019 - 11:09.

Something is seriously wrong in LA. People and institutions were unduly isolated when the "reported" cases of measles totaled less than 20. When I was kid, you caught measles, stayed home for 14 days and returned to school. Nobody died! Now the mainstream media would have you believe that everyone will die. Of course when I was a kid, we took 9 vaccinations. Today, there are 77 and according to the CDC and mainstream media, they are all equally safe. Something to Really Worry About Meanwhile, there are three individuals who "escaped" confinement who have tested for ebola. I have had three people in three different alphabet soup agencies tell me that the release was a black-op and it was unwarranted. In the following contextual information, a DEA official showed me a non-classified communication which stated the following: Cartel personnel under surveillance are involved in illegal transport of cocaine and methamphetamines labeled as legal, recreational marijuana under the corporate name xxxx xxxxxxx. The destination is believed to be E. Oakland. Do not interdict at this point. Attached to this short cryptic memo came the warning the 3 Ebola detainees had escaped confinement in McAllen, TX. This fact is confirmed by at least two other federal law enforcement agencies. These are weaponized humans. If the cartels do not have them at this point, they will be looking for them. On the federal government side of things, agents I spoke with are frustrated because there is not an active set of search parameters and protocols enacted to locate these people. Some agents believe that this is the beginning of human suicide bombers. However, they will not have bombs attached to their bodies, they will be infected with Ebola. The Deep State controllers who control the extent of federal investigations are not concerned about finding these individuals, but the cartels are. As one federal agent told me last night "the 20 Congoloese detainees that we caught and confined, represented the ones that we caught....we have an untold amount of people crossing our border who are unscreened and represent a clear and present danger to the country." Weaponized Measles?  According to one federal source, we are looking at several "new" strains of measles. Some appear to be vaccination resistant. In the past, measles deaths were extremely rare. Today, that may no longer be the case. This raises the possibility that some strains of the measles are actually a bioweapon. Why would this be thrust upon the American people? When I asked my sources for an opinion, they universally said this is preparation for something bigger that is coming our way. In other words, under the guise of preparing for the measles, which will not panic the nation, the CDC is mobilizing a response, under the guise of treating and containing measles when they actually preparing for something like Ebola. In conclusion, Ebola is likely the end destination because as I have pointed out, Ebola is "owned by the CDC as they possess the patent. Do not forget, the CDC, just like the Federal Reserve, is not part of the Federal government. They operate with statutory powers granted to them by the Federal government. They are first, and foremost, a money-making corporation. We have seen this before, where a the powers-that-be will make money on our demise. The video, located at the end of the article, makes it clear why people should not trust the CDC with regard to the measles outbreak, there is something seriously wrong. It is my contention that this is the calm before the storm and the storm will hit after a maximum number of people are vaccinated and enough money has changed hands, then we will fact a manufactured pandemic in which a minority of Ebola cases will be used to confine many Americans, thus destabilizing the country. Conclusion It is Steve Quayle's contention that before America is attacked, it must be significantly weakened from within. I completely agree and I think we are looking at the potential that even that will usher in the weakness. The other even is the Oroville Dam and we could be a week away from the day of reckoning in this area as well. These events will not likely be slow-developing. The agents I talk with believe that the events could come quickly as the gestation period for Ebola is placed at a maximum of 20 days. In short, many signs point to the fact that the unwarranted and exaggerated measles scare is a cover for the mobilization to deal with Ebola. This is very much an "end times" event. For documentation of many of the claims made in this publication, please refer to the following: All Signs Point to UN Imposed Medical Martial Law Coming to the Southern Border Revelations From Insider Sources Reveal How Close America Is to Simultaneous Civil War and World War III (Part 2)

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/under-cover-measles-panic-cdc-mobilizing-fake-ebola-pandemic 

:: 4-29-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive breach exposes data from 80 MILLION U.S. households - and security experts say hackers could also have access to your name, age and location information

Exposed database includes information of more than half of U.S. households

Sensitive data stored ranges from names and address to ages and location info

It's unclear who owns the database or why these households are being targeted

By Annie Palmer For Dailymail.com Published: 15:21 EDT, 29 April 2019 | Updated: 15:37 EDT, 29 April 2019

Researchers have discovered a worrisome security breach that exposes the data of more than half of U.S. households. Experts from vpnMentor, a site that analyzes virtual private network services, discovered an exposed database storing the details of some 80 million American households, or up to 65 percent of households nationwide. The database, hosted on a Microsoft cloud server, includes sensitive information like names, addresses, locations, gender, age, income, home type and marital status, among other data. Credit card and social security numbers were not listed in the database. Researchers Ran Locar and Noam Rotem said it's unclear who owns the 24-gigabyte database. 'Unlike previous leaks we've discovered, this time, we have no idea who this database belongs to,' the researchers said. 'It's hosted on a cloud server, which means the IP address associated with it is not necessarily connected to its owner.' Locar and Rotem warned that this information could help hackers gain access to related accounts, such as email addresses, by using full names included in the database. The database is still online and isn't password protected. 'This isn’t the first time a huge database has been breached,' the researchers explained. 'However, we believe that it is the first time a breach of this size has included peoples' names, addresses, and income. 'This open database is a goldmine for identity thieves and other attackers,' they added. Researchers have verified the the accuracy of some of the information in the database, according to CNET. They discovered the exposed information using tools that identify unsecured databases. It's unclear what the purpose of the database is, other than that the majority of users' swept up in it are above the age of 40. Microsoft declined to comment on the database, but since it's only a host of the data, it can only reach out to the customer. VpnMentor is now calling on the public to help it identify the owner of the database.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6973451/Massive-breach-exposes-data-80-MILLION-U-S-households.html 

:: 4--19 The Animal Rescue Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rescue, reunite, re-home, and rehabilitate Our Nation's Retired Military and Police Dogs.

Dogs have been used all over the world in military action dating back hundreds of years. The United States Military first started large scale use of Military Working Dogs (MWD) during World War I, and they have played a pivotal role in U.S. military strategy since. Right now there are thousands of MWD's on the front lines around the world protecting our soldiers. A lesser known canine hero - Contract Working Dogs (CWD) - also fight alongside our United States Service men and women. Unlike MWD's, The Department of Defense does not own CWD's. Instead, private companies that enter into working contracts with the Department of Defense own them. Just like the MWD's, these canines train, deploy and fight with their fellow soldiers, often saving their lives. Police K9's also do this great work here at home, keeping our streets and citizens safe. Currently, when MWD's retire in a non-combat zone overseas, they are considered "pets not vets" and are not provided with a ride back to the United States, nor are they provided medical benefits. Contract Working Dogs face even more challenges. Many are left in kennels overseas for months before getting a much-needed ride home. Once they are back in the United States, they often require medical care before being adopted into loving homes or being reunited with the handler with whom they deployed. Many come home with serious cases of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder and need time to decompress and rehabilitate before being placed in permanent homes. Many Police Departments do not have retirement programs in place for their K9's and often need assistance with placing dogs once they retire along with a need for continued care. GreaterGood.org is working with dedicated organizations that specialize in the rescue of these retired heroes. We are working to bring as many Military Working Dogs, Contract Working Dogs, and Police K9's home in order to either reunite them with the handlers with whom they worked with or adopt them into loving homes. Grants awarded to partners help to make these rescues possible by paying for veterinary care, boarding, transportation costs and training. With your help, we can carry out our mission to leave no MWD, CWD, K9 behind! They protect us - now you can help protect them. Just $25 pays for a day of safe boarding for Military and Police Dogs. 100% of your Gift That Gives More™ donation will go as a charitable gift to GreaterGood.org. GreaterGood stores pay the credit card transaction fee, so every cent of your donation goes to charity.

https://store.theanimalrescuesite.greatergood.com/products/70860-care-for-our-nations-retired-military-and-police-dogs 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 4-29-19 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“An Estimated 150-200 Million Pigs” Have Been Hit By A Global Plague Of Biblical Proportions

April 29, 2019 by Michael Snyder

African Swine Fever is the greatest threat to global food production that we have seen since World War II ended. As you will see below, the disease has now spread “to every province in mainland China”, and it has now infected “an estimated 150-200 million pigs”. To put that number in perspective, that is more pigs than the entire U.S. pork industry produces in an entire year. In other words, the equivalent of the entire U.S. pork industry has just been wiped out. On top of that, African Swine Fever has also spread to Cambodia, Tibet, Romania, South Africa and Vietnam. The losses are staggering, and this crisis continues to get worse with each passing week. Earlier today I came across a Canadian news article entitled “Why bacon could get a lot more expensive”, and in that article a Canadian expert claimed that there are “tens of millions of pigs who have disappeared” in China… “The meat of choice in China is pig and disease has been devastating for them,” Friendship said. “They have lost a lot of pigs and they will be doing lots of culling.” He noted that although official figures from China suggest the outbreak’s effect have been minimal, experts estimate that “we’re dealing with tens of millions of pigs who have disappeared.” Friendship estimated the decrease in pigs is roughly the equivalent of what Canada and the U.S. produce combined. And this lack has created a vacuum. That claim is consistent with the information that I put into an article about this crisis a few weeks ago, but I decided to go hunting for some even newer numbers. So eventually I ended up over at PorkBusiness.com, and according to them African Swine Fever “is now affecting an estimated 150-200 million pigs” in China…

Production losses from African swine fever (ASF) have eclipsed initial estimates, Rabobank said on Thursday. In 2019, Rabobank expects Chinese pork production losses of 25% to 35%, creating new challenges and opportunities for animal protein exporters. “African Swine Fever has spread to every province in mainland China and is now affecting an estimated 150-200 million pigs,” said Christine McCracken, RaboResearch animal protein analyst. “The expected 30% loss in pork production is unprecedented. These losses cannot easily be replaced by other proteins like chicken, duck and seafood, nor will larger pork imports be able to fully offset the loss.” When I use the term “plague”, I am not using it lightly. I have never heard of a single disease wiping out this many farm animals before.

Have you? We are potentially talking about an absolutely crippling blow to the global food supply. And pork prices are already starting to skyrocket. The following comes from the same Canadian article that I mentioned earlier… At the beginning of 2019, Canadian farmers earned $150 for every pig shipped to market but now they’re making between $220 to $225, he said. Since first being detected on a small hog farm in northern China last August, African Swine Fever has spread like wildfire, but so far it hasn’t reached the United States. And U.S. farmers are doing all that they can to keep that from happening, because African Swine Fever can have a mortality rate “as high as 100% within 2-10 days”…

ASF is a highly contagious viral disease that causes death in domestic and wild pigs of all ages. Symptoms include high fever, decreased appetite and weakness, red, blotchy skin or skin lesions; diarrhea and vomiting; and coughing and difficulty in breathing. Mortality rate is as high as 100% within 2-10 days. Even if a pig survives African Swine Fever, it is often culled anyway to help prevent the spread of the disease. There is no vaccine, and there is no cure. And even if this outbreak was ended immediately, it would likely take the Chinese pork industry many years to recover. The following comes from CNN… “China normally accounts for 49% of global pork consumption, while consuming 28% of the world’s meat supply,” said Arlan Suderman, chief commodities economist at INTL FCStone. “As such, this is a big problem for China, and we expect it to be a five to seven year problem before production can be restored.” Of course this outbreak is not likely to end any time soon. In fact, all of the experts expect African Swine Fever to continue to spread. So pork prices will continue to skyrocket, and prices for chicken and beef will also rise aggressively as many consumers shift to alternatives to pork. Unfortunately most people still don’t seem to understand what we are facing. In this country, most Americans are partying instead of preparing, and that is a huge mistake. And the mainstream media certainly is not helping. Millions upon millions of pigs really are dying all over the globe, and yet there is barely a peep about this crisis on our major news networks. We’ll see what happens. Hopefully this outbreak will subside and things will return to normal. But so far that hasn’t happened, and African Swine Fever just continues to spread. If it starts spreading in North America too, there is going to be a lot of panic and the mainstream media will be forced to start paying a lot of attention to this story. Over the coming months, supplies of pork are going to get tighter and tighter, and prices are going to shoot higher and higher. We have never faced a crisis quite like this, and nobody is quite sure what is going to happen next.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/an-estimated-150-200-million-pigs-have-been-hit-by-a-global-plague-of-biblical-proportions 

:: 4-30-19 Sky Watch Tv :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why The Liberal Media And Left-Leaning Politicians Won’t Show Sympathy For Torched Churches, Murdered Christians

April 30, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

Following the reaction to the fire at Notre Dame, there were the responses of Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton to the ruthless massacres of Christians celebrating Easter across Sri Lanka, resulting in the deaths of 321 men, women, and children and the injury of hundreds more. While condemnations of the recent atrocities at mosques in New Zealand by a white supremacist killer were specific in naming the ideology that sparked the murders and the faith that made the victims a target, Obama and Clinton responded to the bombing of Christians by Islamist terrorists by referring to an attack on “Easter worshippers,” prompting nearly universal mockery and demands that they actually call the victims what they were: Christians, butchered in their churches because they were Christians. (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/04/30/why-the-liberal-media-and-left-leaning-politicians-wont-show-sympathy-for-torched-churches-murdered-christians/ 

:: 4-30-19 Intellihub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pentagon assigns 320 troops to babysit illegal immigrants

By Staff Writer - April 30, 2019

DoD personnel will now assist in driving high-capacity CBP vehicles to transport migrants and free up border patrol agents.

(INTELLIHUB) — A Homeland Security request to supply 320 personnel to babysit illegal immigrants has been approved by acting Defense Secretary Patrick Shanahan, a move which officials say will free up more U.S. Customs and Border Patrol Agents to better do their jobs on the border. Personnel will be deployed through the end of September at a cost of $7.4 million. “DoD personnel will assist in driving high-capacity CBP vehicles to transport migrants; providing administrative support, including providing heating, meal distribution and monitoring the welfare of individuals in CBP custody; and attorney support to ICE,” according to a statement issued by Shanahan.

https://www.intellihub.com/pentagon-assigns-320-troops-to-babysit-illegal-immigrants/ 

:: 4-30-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

All Things Will Be Revealed-Steve Quayle-CSS-Hr 2 Part 2

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 30, 2019 - 11:54.

When I interview someone, I mute the mic when I am not speaking. This is because we are inundated with externally imposed noises (breathing, dishes, heavy breathing, cross-talk, etc.) I have employed a consultant and we are changing platforms for the pre-records. The system is internal. Despite the interferences, this interview is riveting. Steve links current world events and the threats to America, to Biblical Prophecy. Are these the end times? Very possibly.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/all-things-will-be-revealed-steve-quayle-css-hr-2-part-2 

:: 4-29-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Study: Islamists Responsible For 91 Per Cent of Terror Deaths of Europeans Since 2000

Over 1700 people killed by Muslim extremists

Paul Joseph Watson | Infowars.com - April 29, 2019

A recently released study found that Islamists were responsible for 91 per cent of all terror-related deaths of European citizens since 2000. The study, called the Black and White Book of Terrorism in Europe, is a project spearheaded by Spanish MEP and president of the Foundation for Victims of Terrorism, Maité Pagazaurtundua. According to the data gathered, which was reported on by left-leaning French newspaper Le Figaro, 753 people were killed in terror attacks across Europe from 2000 to 2018. The figures also include a further 1115 European victims who were killed abroad by jihadists.  91 per cent of these victims were killed by Muslim extremists, with just 14 victims being killed by right-wing extremists and 13 by left-wing extremists, as well as one killed by an animal rights extremist. “The vast majority (1,703 people, 91.1%) were victims of “jihadist terrorism”, with nearly 20% of suicide bombings,” reports Le Figaro. A report released back in 2017 by Europol, the law enforcement agency of the European Union, which defines the figures differently, found that leftists carried out 27 times more terror attacks than right-wingers in 2016. Either way you slice it, Islamic terrorism clearly remains the biggest threat and dwarfs that of any other religious or political belief system.

https://www.infowars.com/study-islamists-responsible-for-91-per-cent-of-terror-deaths-of-europeans-since-2000/ 

:: 4-30-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Danish Politician Predicts Sweden Will 'Fail' and 'Become an Arab Country' Denmark's Marie Krarup says Swedish immigration policy as 'lax and weak' 

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 30th April 2019 @ 12.00pm

Danish politician Marie Krarup has blasted her nation's neighboring Sweden over its immigration policies during a recent interview. Speaking to Swedish news magazine Fokus, Krarup, from the Danish People’s Party (DPP), slammed Sweden's attitude toward mass-migration as "dangerous." Krarup went as far as to predict that Sweden's open-border policy will "fail" and cause the Scandinavian country to "become an Arab Middle Eastern country." “When Sweden fails and stops being Swedish, it will affect the rest of us too,” she told Fokus. Krarup describes the Swedish immigration policy as “lax and weak.” Sweden “does not understand how dangerous mass migration is,” according to the Danish member of Parliament. Krarup says she sees her country's Nordic neighbor as a deterring example. “When Sweden fails and stops being Swedish, it affects us as well, and we can’t keep the passport union between our countries,” she warns. “We have a lot in common with the Swedes, and we are close, but when they de facto become an Arab Middle Eastern county, we will no longer have that much in common.” Fokus also explains that the DPP and Krarup don’t want migrants to learn Danish or to secure work. Instead, she says, they should be returned to their home countries as soon as possible. " If you are granted asylum you will receive a temporary residence permit, then you reside in Denmark until you are sent home,” she says. "And you should be prepared to be sent home at any time" She concludes by telling the magazine that her colleagues were shocked when they visited the Swedish city of Malmö and witnessed the ghettos and the criminality there with their own eyes. Denmark's parliamentary elections will be held no later than June 17 this year. As Neon Nettle previously reported, in March, the Swedish Government revealed it will be opening up country's doors and offering asylum to an estimated 11 million of China's persecuted Uyghur Muslims, potentially doubling Sweden's population. Swedish Migration Board decided to allow Chinese Islamic Uyghurs, or Uighurs, to claim asylum in Sweden by easing up the regulations to guarantee entry. The board ruled that all persecuted Muslims would be welcome, Swedish broadcaster Sveriges Radio reported, despite the number of potential asylum seekers being larger than Sweden's current population, which is estimated to be about 10.2 million people.

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7295-danish-politician-predicts-sweden-will-fail-and-become-an-arab-country- 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

:: 4-30-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Where Will You Be And What Will You Do When The Nukes Begin To Fly? Countries With Bomb Shelters For Their People Will Win

- 'When A Fight Is Inevitable, You Hit First' - Vladimir Putin

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die April 30, 2019

Days ago on April 25th, we reported on ANP that Russia had unveiled to the world their new 'doomsday weapons' with the launching of Belgorod, officially now the world's longest submarine, a sub which will carry up to eight individual nuclear-armed POSEIDON 'apocalypse torpedoes'. Those AI-powered drone subs will each be capable of launching a nuclear attack against Russian enemies that would cause up to a 1,600' high tsunami along their shorelines, weapons which have appropriately been nicknamed 'city killers'. (Though this February 2019 story at Business Insider called them 'continent killers'.) And while this NY Post story on the launch reports this doomsday monster won't officially enter service until the year 2020, the Washington Post reports that Russian President Vladimir Putin has said tests of the these doomsday weapons have already been successful. The Post story also reports that all of Russia's new nuclear weapons that have been unveiled, including their unstoppable SATAN 2 hypersonic nuclear missiles, have effectively rendered the US's missile defense systems as useless. With even a United States Air Force General and a US Senator also admitting that there is nothing that the US can now do to stop a Russian nuclear attack upon America, will cooler heads finally prevail in this new 'cold war' that we are in with Russia or will America, like The Nation writer Stephen F. Cohen has warned, 'sleepwalk into Armageddon'? In the cult 1988 movie 'Miracle Mile', a man out late at night answers a phone booth pay phone (remember those?) and on the other end of the line, a man (clearly scared out of his mind & who believes he is talking to his father) tells him that nuclear war had begun and nuclear bombs would be raining down upon his city within 70 minutes. Before the end of the phone call, we hear other voices on the other end followed by sudden gunfire as the 'whistleblower' is mowed down, apparently by his own fellow soldiers who then get on the phone and tell the guy on the other end to forget everything that he had just heard. As Vice's Motherboard had reported of 'Miracle Mile' within this May of 2017 story which Steve Quayle linked to on his website on Sunday, "This Cult 80s Film About the Nuclear Apocalypse Is Still Relevant, and That Sucks Steve de Jarnatt’s ‘Miracle Mile’ offers a grim look at the world hours before nuclear apocalypse, kicked off by a pre-emptive strike by the US." Imagine for a moment if you will that you are the person on the pay phone getting the bizarre message that a nuclear attack upon America was sure to come as seen in the video directly below from 'Miracle Mile'. What would you do if suddenly you learned that the world would soon be coming to an end? At the very bottom of this story we have embedded Cresson P. Kearney's "Nuclear War Survival Skills" and in the final section of our story, we'll be taking a look at nuclear war preparation. As this previously mentioned Business Insider story had reported of Russia's new doomsday weapons, Poseidon's real purpose will be as a "third-strike vengeance weapon", meaning if Russia attacks the US or a NATO member, and NATO and/or responds, Russia "would flip the switch on a hidden nuke that would lay waste to an entire US seaboard." As we had reported within our April 25th ANP story, such a strike upon the East Coast of America could leave the entirety of it a barren nuclear wasteland for hundreds if not thousands of years with Cobalt-60 scattered across a huge area ensuring "every living creature would be killed". Potentially delivering a tsunami up to 1/3 of a mile high, practically the entire East coast for hundreds of miles inland would be completely deluged by a tsunami of that magnitude. Of important note, the 2017 population of the US East coast stood at over 118 million. With one or two strategically placed Poseidon strikes upon the US East coast potentially wiping out 118 million within moments followed by potentially tens of millions more as the nuclear power plants all across the Eastern half of America completely melt down, does anybody really need MORE reasons why World War 3 against Russia should be avoided? Two interesting notes. All of this is going on at a time when NASA and emergency planners are training to tackle an impending asteroid strike upon the planet Earth, a strike which could also unleash a devastating tsunami should it strike any body of water around the planet, and as of right now, the world's highest tsunami ever to hit the planet at 1,720' tall actually hit Lituya Bay in Alaska on the night of July 9th of 1958 according to this entry over at Geology.com following an earthquake and gigantic landslide. As Business Insider had reported in this July of 2017 story, should a nuclear bomb or even a dirty bomb go off in America in a location that is relatively close to you, one of the most important things one needs to do is to shield themselves from the radiation by preparing to hunker down for at least 24 to 48 hours and maybe more. While most Americans don't have a nuclear fallout shelter, very dense and thick materials, like many feet of dirt or inches of lead, can reliably stop the gamma radiation emitted by fallout. Back in 2017, Realtor.com ran this story titled "How to Build A Fallout Shelter In Your Home (On a Budget to Boot!)" so we're going to take an extended look at their story. Where to go in the event of a nuclear blast The key to staying safe during a nuclear attack is to place material capable of blocking gamma rays between you and the blast. If you live in a home with an underground basement, you're in luck—at least 3 feet of solid packed earth offers sufficient protection. If you're living in a home with no basement, all is not lost. Lead and concrete are also listed among the best options to block the gamma rays of a nuclear blast, says Robert Richardson, author of The Ultimate Situational Survival Guide. "While an underground shelter is going to provide more protection, even a concrete office building can act as an emergency fallout shelter," Richardson says. So if your house is made of wood and your neighbor's is sturdy concrete, you may be best off heading next door. In addition to the type of building you shelter in, where you hunker down inside can make a huge difference. Richardson says that in case of a nuclear blast, you're better off choosing an interior room in your home, as low down as possible. "The bottom center portion of a building will provide the most protection from gamma rays, since the upper floors of the building and the exterior rooms will act as a shield," Richardson says. Basically, "the more material you can place between yourself and the rays, the better protected you will be. How to build a fallout shelter Once you've found the best place in your vicinity to go in the event of a bomb scare, there's more you can do to fortify this area. "Sandbags, bricks, containers filled with water, or any heavy materials that you can find can be used to protect against a nuclear blast," Richardson notes. Just place these items against your walls—particularly the windows where radiation can still sneak through, or on the floors above wherever you are. Mattresses can be leaned up against windows, as well as stacked books, furniture, bags of clothes, and anything else with some heft. From there, it's time to stock up! The greatest risk of fallout occurs during the first two to three weeks following a nuclear blast, Richardson says, so if you're intent on hiding out in a shelter for that time, get enough food and water to last. It might not be comfy, but we're talking about survival here. As their story also mentions, it'd be foolish to attempt to escape a nuclear blast by driving away in a car or other vehicle. "Your ability to know where the fallout's gonna go, and outrun it, are — well, it's very unlikely, because it would be carried by high-altitude winds often booking along at 100 miles per hour." Other 'must-have's' in the event of a nuclear bomb exploding in America according to this Business Insider story and this story over at the Simple Prepper include: A battery powered radio. A Radiation protection kit.  Long term clean water supply. Iodine tablets. Personal radiation detector. Emergency disaster kit.  EMP Proof bag. And while the Russian government has built tons of nuclear bomb shelters for their citizens, here in the US, the only government built bomb shelters will house the Congress critters and the 'deep state' showing that even should the US make it through to the other side should the worst case scenario unfold here, most of those remaining will be the ones that got us into this mess in the first place.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Where_Will_You_Be_When_The_Nukes_Begin_To_Fly.php 

:: 4-29-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Police Officer Tells Of MS-13 War Zone In Texas

Copy Link Download 13‚040 views

The Alex Jones Show Published on Apr 29, 2019

"Tom" from Texas called in to give a boots on the ground update of the growing scourge of MS-13 violence now being committed on the U.S. side of the border. Alex breaks down how Texas has always been ground zero for fighting globalist tyranny. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ovceHGBUz  _g 

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5cc764487b0380001756c878 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 4-29-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Campus Lecturer Tim Wise: Christians Should Be ‘Locked Up’

By Tom Ciccotta 29 Apr 2019

Anti-racism activist Tim Wise, who is scheduled to speak at an upcoming diversity conference at Harvard University, once argued that Christians should be locked up. Wise is scheduled to give the keynote address at the upcoming “Decade of Dialogue” event at Harvard University. The College Fix pointed out this week the irony in Wise, a straight white man, giving the keynote address at a conference on diversity. But it is perhaps more significant to note that Wise has made several disparaging remarks about Christians in his career as an activist and writer. In a tweet from 2017, Wise called Christians “Jeezoids.” In 2012, he tweeted that “people who believe in a God of hell/ damnation deserve to be mocked viciously and run out of public square.” https://twitter.com/timjacobwise/status/272866927318298624  In a Facebook post in 2015, Tim Wise argued that Christians should be locked up for basing their morality on a “fairy tale.” The post was written in reference to comments Michele Bachmann had made against the legalization of gay marriage. If you are basing your morality on a fairy tale written thousands of years ago, you deserve to be locked up…detained for your utter inability to deal with reality…NO, we are not obligated to indulge your irrationality in the name of your religious freedom…but we will provide you a very comfortable room, against which walls you may hurl yourself hourly if your choose. Knock yourself out….seriously, knock yourself out, completely, for weeks at a time…I’m sorta kidding but not by much. Wise has spoken on over 600 college campuses about racial issues such as white privilege. Stay tuned to Breitbart News for more updates on this story.

https://www.breitbart.com/tech/2019/04/29/campus-lecturer-tim-wise-christians-should-be-locked-up/ 

:: 4-29-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Waking Nightmare We All Live In Now - The Lunacy We Are Watching All Around Us Could Not Be Imagined A Decade Ago

April 29, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

If someone told you just ten years ago that liberal politicians like Virginia Governor Ralph Northam would openly promote infanticide and the media would barely bat an eyelash over it, would you have believed it? Would you have believed that the "Men's Health" magazine would be encouraging heterosexual men to let their female partners "peg" them using a strap-on dildo and even suggest the best "pegging positions?" Would you have believed that a black college professor would openly declare "whiteness is terrorism?" Would you have believed that in America, a nation that has fought globally against communism and socialism, one political party actually wants to turn the U.S. into one of those failed communist/socialist nations? These are just a few of the news stories today at various websites that describe the "Waking Nightmare" we all live in now. INFANTICIDE, KILLING A LIVING BABY, IS EXECUTION The media is howling and gaslighting their audiences today over remarks made by President Trump at his Wisconsin rally on Sunday, in reference to prior remarks made by Virginia's Democrat Governor Ralph Northam when speaking about proposal to allow abortion up to the minute of birth, and Northam's assertion on a public radio show, that "The infant would be delivered. The infant would be kept comfortable. The infant would be resuscitated if that's what the mother & the family desired. And then a discussion would ensue between the physicians and the mother," as to what would be done with the child. You can hear Northam's comment at the one minute 28 second mark in the video below. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) At the Wisconsin rally the President described that as an "execution," and the media is going nuts claiming he is lying. The President told attendees "The baby is born. The mother meets with the doctor. They take care of the baby. They wrap the baby beautifully, and then the doctor and the mother determine whether or not they will execute the baby. I don’t think so." Yet what is killing a baby that survived an abortion, is living, breathing and alive, supposed to be called? I personally think calling it an execution is spot-on and I am very glad President Trump brought it back up, since the media downplayed Northam's remarks when he made them, then rushed to cover his highschool yearbook where an image in blackface was found. Imagine that, the media was more offended by a blackface image, gave it far more coverage than a sitting democrat governor promoting infanticide aka execution of an infant. They did that because they did not want their viewers/readers to understand how radically extreme the Democrat party has become, and they are incensed now because president Trump reminded them of the scandal that the media tried so hard to bury. Moving along now before I go off on a tangent over liberals' desire to kill babies, even right up until the point of birth as some states have already passed bills to allow. MEN'S HEALTH MAGAZINE TELLS MEN TO GET 'PEGGED' BY FEMALES WITH STRAP-ONS It is not bad enough that men are under daily attack by feminists, or being pushed to wear dresses, skirts and make-up, and being called "toxic" for their masculinity...no, now we see the Men's Health Magazine telling their 4.52 million followers "It's time for your partner to strap on that strap-on," while promoting an article titled "Love Butt Stuff? Here Are the 4 Best Pegging Positions to Try Tonight." Within the article, which is not satire, the writer says "So you want to get pegged. Makes sense! Pegging is when your partner wears a strap-on and enters you from behind. Yes, it’s super hot, but it also stimulates your prostate, which is packed with nerve endings—hello, best orgasm ever." The article also has a section on "pegging gear you need to get started, which includes a dildo, lubrication and a harness. I truly just don't know where to begin here. Look, what people do behind their bedroom doors is of no interest to me, that is between them, their partners and in the end, God, but this is the the world's largest men's magazine brand with 35 edition, in 59 countries, and the best selling men's magazine on American newstands, and they average over 118 million page views a month to their website, according to Wiki. This was brought to light to us at ANP via Prison Planet, where writer and videographer Paul Joseph Watson begins his piece by stating "Every day we stray further from God’s light," and he concludes at the end of the article with "We truly do live in hell." We'll leave it there, quite sure that ANP readers will have plenty to add in the comments about this. COLLEGE PROFESSOR: 'WHITENESS IS TERRORISM' Via Campus Reform we see that a Trinity College professor of Sociology, Johnny Eric Williams, a man that had previously advocated for "white genocide," is now back in the news for tweeting "Whiteness is terrorism," then following that up by saying "all self-identified white people (no exceptions) are invested in and collude with systematic white racism/white supremacy." As Campus Reform previously reported, Williams was placed on leave in 2017 after posting on Facebook that whites were "inhuman a**holes" and suggesting that first responders to the congressional baseball shooting should have "#LetThemF*ckingDie." This is not just one black racist professor, although knowing this is the type of people they have teaching the nation's college students is concerning in and of itself, but as a USA Today article from October 2018 highlights, it has become "fashionable" for liberals to attack whites, specifically white males. As you’ve probably noticed, bashing straight white men, especially of the conservative kind, is very fashionable these days. You seemingly can’t escape it — you switch on cable TV, or "The View", read The Washington Post or The New York Times, and see liberal pundits verbally attack white men for this or that. It’s become often enough that it is seemingly now normal to just casually attack a broad group of the country’s citizens. And sometimes race is inserted gratuitously even when it isn’t an issue, like during the Brett Kavanaugh hearings: the Republican senators on the Judiciary Committee were attacked as old white men. Besides, there is the strangeness in the spectacle of certain white people calling out certain other white people on their whiteness. Ironically the writer of the USA Today column, Saritha Prabhu, wrote that before she went on to attack...yes, a white man, president Trump with the old worn out media lie that Trump "came down that escalator and attacked Mexican migrants as rapists and criminals." Ummm... no he didn't, despite the fact that all the liberal media headlined that he did, and it was only those that actual read the articles that saw he said "When Mexico sends its people, they’re not sending their best. They’re not sending you. They’re not sending you. They’re sending people that have lots of problems, and they’re bringing those problems with us. They’re bringing drugs. They’re bringing crime. They’re rapists. And some, I assume, are good people." The headlines at the time conveniently skipped that last part because they know the majority of their readers skim headlines and believe the misleading ones without bothering to look for the entire quotes, in context. That is how the media created the "Trump is racist" lie, which they then used to label all Trump supporters and conservatives as racists. The point here is that people born white are under constant attack by liberals, especially if they are white men, which is also very ironic since the two candidates leading the polls for the Democrat presidential contenders are both older white men, Joe Biden and Bernie Sanders. LIBERALS WANT A SOCIALIST AMERICA Last but not least for this article is the mad dash by the democrat party to socialism, from "free stuff for all," to the New Green Deal, Medicare for All, removing all the walls and fences from the U.S. borders, wanting to abolish the electoral college, and free college and mass student-loan debt forgiveness, proposals, one continues to try to push further than the other. House everyone for free, (Just not in thier neighborhoods!) feed everyone for free, free healthcare, free this and free that, they quite literally want to turn America in Venezuela or Cuba. Which brings me to the headline of this piece with a dire warning from a Cuban man "Guillermo" via an email sent to Canada Free Press writer Judi McLeod, who headlined her piece with "The Waking Nightmare Lying In Wait For 2020" as he warns what awaits Americans if we vote socialist-democrat in 2020. In Cuba, where I saw Fidel’s revolution as a boy, the European ruling class made their exit, leaving all assets behind, to the exact types now running in 2020. The economy fully collapsed, the peso became Monopoly money—in weeks, not years. “Going back to visit mother’s dying cousin, a black sheep in the family, he confessed, along with others, that we should not have all evacuated, creating a “brain drain”, but stayed and allowed the Marxist magic to work things out. “This Marxist poison will kills us all…we have to be brutal in our debates, we are far too diplomatic…the facts are, Cuba/Venezuela, the two most attractive countries in South America, became pathetic welfare cases, surviving off capitalist tourist dollars.. if we collapse, they will not even have that…the retired KGB dream of taking their crooked dollars, to play golf in Florida. But 2020 will end any future in that game. He is right, that would be a nightmare, as others that have escaped socialist regimes have warned yet the left continues to march towards socialism. BOTTOM LINE While I had another few items highlighted, this piece is becoming to long, but there are enough examples to make the point as to the level of crazy that has infected the liberal/socialist portion of America. Yes, granted the night would be worse if Americans allow a socialist-democrat to win the presidency in 2020, but what the stories above show us, is that we are already living in the "waking nightmare," and the level of crazy is increasing day by day, headline by headline.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Waking_Nightmare_We_Now_Live_In.php 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-29-19 The Mercury News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

4.3 earthquake rattles Northern California  Monday quake centered near Willits

By Bay Area News Group |

PUBLISHED: April 29, 2019 at 5:52 am | UPDATED: April 29, 2019 at 5:53 am

A magnitude-4.3 earthquake was recorded early Monday in Mendocino County, the U.S. Geological Survey said. The quake struck at 12:16 a.m. Its epicenter was 8 miles southeast of Willits. Almost 400 people responded within five hours to the USGS Did You Feel It? site. The 230 of those within 10 miles of the epicenter — in communities including Willits, Potter Valley and Redwood Valley — described the shaking as light. No injuries were reported. Reports also came from Ukiah, Fort Bragg and Mendocino.  It was the strongest quake in the contiguous United States in the past seven days. In the Bay Area, a 3.4 quake was recorded early Saturday near Concord.

https://www.mercurynews.com/2019/04/29/4-3-earthquake-rattles-northern-california/

:: 4-19-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Living The Impossible

By Hal Lindsey

Someone recently reminded me of something I said in a sermon many years ago. “The Christian life is not a difficult life to live. The Christian life is an impossible life to live.” At first, those words are disturbing. We’re like the disciples. After the rich, young ruler turned away from Christ, the Lord said something that disturbed and astonished them. “Truly I say to you, it is hard for a rich man to enter the kingdom of heaven. And again I say to you, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God.” (Matthew 19:23-24 NASB) Through the centuries people have tried to explain this verse away. A popular theory says that the “eye of the needle” was a place in the wall of Jerusalem that a camel could enter only by kneeling. That explanation didn’t start until the fifteenth century, and there is no evidence for such a hole in the wall. Jesus meant what he said. He was talking about a real camel going through the tiny eye of a real needle. What a stunning thing to say! The Bible says, “And when the disciples heard this, they were very astonished and said, ‘Then who can be saved?’” (Matthew 19:25) This saying of Jesus astonishes people still. Some use it to condemn the rich. But that’s a problem. If you’re reading this on your phone or your computer, you’re probably rich by the standards of this world. Do you have a car? Most of the world doesn’t. Do you live in an air-conditioned home? Most of earth’s population doesn’t. Do you need to get rid of all comforts and give away your money in order to go to heaven? Is that what Jesus is teaching? No. That misses His point entirely. He’s not saying that to get to heaven you need to be poor. He’s saying that to get to heaven, you need a miracle! When the disciples asked, “Who can be saved?” Jesus looked at them and said, “With men this is impossible, but with God all things are possible.” (Matthew 19:26) Human beings cannot save themselves! You can psych yourself up and determine to give it the old college try. But you will fail. You can weep and say you’re sorry, but you will fail again. With men it is impossible. BUT WITH GOD ALL THINGS ARE POSSIBLE! You can’t do it yourself. You need a miracle. Romans 3:23 doesn’t just say, “For all have sinned.” It goes on to say, “…and fall short of the glory of God.” God’s standard of righteousness is Himself. Do you fall short of His glory? We all do. Who is as righteous as God? Only God. And Jesus is God the Son. In His life here, He lived out the perfect righteousness of God. Then, He took our sins on Himself, died for those sins, then rose again to defeat death. But He didn’t just remove our sins and take them on Himself. That’s only half the picture. He also gave us His righteousness. The righteousness of God is available right now to whoever will accept it. 2 Corinthians 5:21 says, “He made Him who knew no sin to be sin on our behalf, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him.” And that’s why we call the Gospel, “Good News!” Have a wonderful holy week and a glorious Resurrection Sunday!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-19-2019/ 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 4-19-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Darkness Falls

by Hal Lindsey

A shadow descends over our world. Spiritual in origin, this deepening darkness attacks human minds and thought. It diminishes, then destroys the ability to see things for what they are. Put simply, it inhibits people from thinking straight. We see the process described in the 1st chapter of Romans, beginning at verse 18. The words are both historic and prophetic. Romans 1 does not contain a phrase identifying it as a “last days” scripture. Nevertheless, as we will see, it has great prophetic significance.  Verses 20 thru 22 show that even pagan people understand basic truths about God, and are responsible for what they know. “…so that they are without excuse. For even though they knew God, they did not honor Him as God, or give thanks; but they became futile in their speculations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing to be wise, they became fools.” Verse 24 says, “God gave them over in the lusts of their hearts to impurity.” In this judgment, God allows human beings to receive in themselves the things they want. He gives them the very evil for which they lust — along with the deadly consequences. The next verse is especially fascinating given the times in which we live. “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator.” [Romans 1:25] The Greek word translated “creature” — “ktisis” — can also be translated “creation.” Creation-worship at first sounds ancient and pagan. But it’s going on right now. Exalting the creation above the Creator has become the catalyst for massive changes in how the world will soon be governed, taxed, and policed. The environmental movement has begun to rule the world because creation-worship isn’t just ancient and pagan. It is also modern… and still pagan. Romans 1:26-27 has become controversial because of what it says about homosexuality. Many who call themselves Christian are now trying to discredit all the teachings of the Apostle Paul because of what he wrote in these two verses. Under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, Paul depicted homosexuality as toxic for individuals, but also as a sign of deep moral decay on a societal level. Romans 1:28 says, “And just as they did not see fit to acknowledge God any longer, God gave them over to a depraved mind.” A “depraved mind” is a mind so perverted it can no longer think in its own best interest. At this hour, many prominent and intelligent people are pushing agendas that amount to societal suicide. That is the depth of darkness now falling on the world. Civilizations rise.… Moral decay erodes their strength.… And then they fall. Romans 1 explains the phenomenon that has been going on for thousands of years. But it is also specific to the end times, and here’s why. In Matthew 24:37, Jesus said, “For the coming of the Son of Man will be just like the days of Noah.” Scripture depicts the times approaching the return of Jesus as a period when moral decay spreads among all peoples — just as in Noah’s day. Romans 1 explains the reasons and consequences of moral breakdown. Since we know that such a breakdown will become global in the end times, we can look to the 1st chapter of Romans for a picture of the entire world as it nears the end of the age. Here’s what happens. Depravity of mind spreads as more and more people fail to acknowledge God. Spiritual darkness invades human thinking at all levels. To those in that state, the obvious becomes obscure. Morality is the lens through which we see the world. As that lens grows cloudier and filthier, humanity ceases to see the road signs left for us by the God who loves us — signs essential for secure and meaningful lives. Sadly, this darkness is also spreading within the Church. When they continually compromise with sin, professing believers in Jesus become confused and turned around. Some just want to be liked. Others have been deeply influenced by the entertainment and educational industries. For whatever reasons, there are some from all major Christian denominations who are falling under the mind-shroud of the world’s darkness. But we have the answer! Jesus said, “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” [John 8:32] From those words, we can infer that slavery and bondage await all who reject the ultimate truth. And the ultimate truth is Jesus Himself. In John 14:6, He said, “I am… the truth.” Psalms 119:130 says, “The entrance of Your words gives light; It gives understanding to the simple.” [NKJV] Psalm 19:7 says that God’s word takes the simple and makes them wise. Psalms 107:20 says, “He sent his word, and healed them.” That refers to mental as well as spiritual and physical healing. In John 8:12, Jesus said, “I am the light of the world; he who follows Me shall not walk in the darkness, but shall have the light of life.” The world desperately needs Jesus and the revelation of Him found in the Bible. In times of darkness, the answer is light. And Jesus is the light.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-29-2015/ 

:: 4-29-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rosenstein Resigns in Letter to Trump

Monday, 29 April 2019 05:29 PM

Read Newsmax: Rosenstein Resigns in Letter to Trump | Newsmax.com

Urgent: Do you approve of Pres. Trump? Vote Here in Poll

Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein submitted his resignation Monday, ending a nearly two-year run defined by his appointment of a special counsel to investigate connections between President Donald Trump's campaign and Russia. His last day will be May 11. Rosenstein's departure had been expected since the confirmation of William Barr as attorney general. The White House nominated a replacement for the department's No. 2 slot weeks ago. Rosenstein intended to leave around mid-March but stayed on for the completion of special counsel Robert Mueller's Russia investigation. Mueller last month submitted his report to the Justice Department, and Rosenstein was part of a small group of department officials who reviewed the document and helped shape its public release. After Mueller didn't reach a conclusion on whether Trump had obstructed the investigation, Barr and Rosenstein stepped in and determined the evidence wasn't enough to support such an allegation. Rosenstein appointed Mueller in May 2017 following the recusal of then-Attorney General Jeff Sessions and oversaw much of his work. His exit leaves the department without the official most closely aligned with the probe as officials grapple with public and congressional scrutiny of the special counsel's findings and the department's handling of the report. He not only supervised Mueller's work for much of the last two years, but also defended the investigation against attacks from congressional Republicans and Trump, who has blasted it as a "witch hunt." In so doing, Rosenstein sometimes found himself at odds with Trump but was nonetheless spared the brunt of anger directed at Sessions, whose recusal infuriated the president, leading to his forced resignation last November. The deputy attorney general position is a hugely significant job, responsible for overseeing the daily operations of the Justice Department and the work of United States attorneys across the country.

Read Newsmax: Rosenstein Resigns in Letter to Trump | Newsmax.com

Urgent: Do you approve of Pres. Trump? Vote Here in Poll

https://www.newsmax.com/headline/rosenstein-resign-trump/2019/04/29/id/913804/ 

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings etc

:: 4-29-19 KTLA TV 5 LosAngels :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI Thwarted ‘Chilling’ Terror Plot in Long Beach; Army Vet Planned Attack in Revenge for NZ Mosque Shootings: DOJ

Posted 11:18 AM, April 29, 2019, by Marissa Wenzke, Courtney Friel and Mary Beth McDade, Updated at 11:29PM, April 29, 2019

A U.S. Army vet in Reseda has been charged with plotting a terrorist attack on a white supremacist rally in Long Beach as revenge for the mosque shootings in New Zealand after FBI officials stopped the planned attack through an undercover sting, authorities said Monday. Mark Steven Domingo, a 26-year-old former soldier who served four months in Afghanistan and recently converted to Islam, was arrested Friday after receiving what he believed was a live bomb from an undercover officer posing as his co-conspirator, the U.S. Department of Justice said in a news release. He met the officer last month in a private online messaging group where he called for violence on American soil, later discussing killing Jews walking to synagogue, law enforcement officials and a military facility with the officer, prosecutors said. According to federal authorities, the pair met multiple times in recent weeks and went over details of the planned attack, from the Long Beach park where it would take place to the nails that would be used for shrapnel. “Domingo said he specifically bought three-inch nails because they would be long enough to penetrate the human body and puncture internal organs,” the affidavit states.  The rally in Long Beach that Domingo was allegedly targeting was expected to be a gathering of white supremacists but police said they ultimately decided not to show up. Video shows a group of counterprotesters arrived to the location instead, with some seen holding signs such as "Be Best, Not Racist." Authorities said there was a serious chance Domingo could have carried out what prosecutors have described as a “chilling” terror plot. “That’s the risk,” said Ryan Young, the FBI special agent in charge of the case. “In some of these violent chatrooms, they find a lot of like-minded individuals.” “This is a case that keeps us up at night,” Young said. Domingo appeared in court Monday afternoon and his family issued a statement to KTLA asking for privacy and saying they have ill relatives requiring their full attention. "We do not know what is going on at this point. We are surprised by all of these events in regard with Mark," the statement reads. "I hope you will respect our privacy in this matter, as we are distressed by all of this and don't need all of this added attention." The suspect's younger brother also spoke to reporters outside the family home in Reseda, explaining Domingo had converted to Sunni Islam sometime late last year or as recently as earlier this year. "Like anybody else, I don’t want to assume a thing when someone joins a new religion. If anything, I thought it was a good thing. I thought maybe my brother finally found some sort of guidance in this world," James Domingo said of his brother. But, according to federal prosecutors, the older Domingo descended into what they have described as a "rapid radicalization" in support of jihad rather than just religious conversion. James Domingo declined to say whether he believed his brother was guilty, only saying he would "wait for the trial." According to Young, Domingo was also planning a “backup” attack at another location only described as a “similar rally” in Huntington Beach. Meanwhile, U.S. District Attorney Nick Hanna said Domingo also mentioned trying to target crowds at the Santa Monica Pier or killing one of his neighbors as "a prelude to a much larger attack." But FBI officials said the public was not in danger and there was no credible threat in the two months Domingo was allegedly plotting. Last week, Domingo purchased several hundred nails to be used as shrapnel for a bomb, giving them to the undercover officer and sending another message Thursday saying the terror plot would proceed, according to the affidavit. On Friday, he received multiple inert devices he believed to be weapons of mass destruction from the undercover officer, prosecutors allege. He inspected the devices and then went to the park where the attack was planned to surveil the location. Authorities took him into custody shortly after. As a U.S. infantryman with combat experience, Domingo was initially assigned to Fort Campbell in Kentucky before being deployed to Afghanistan from September 2012 to January 2013, authorities said. He first came to the attention of authorities last month when FBI officials spotted his writings in a private message group calling for an attack on American soil and supporting violent jihad. On March 3, 2019, he wrote: “america needs another vegas event tbh something to kick off civil unrest….,” according to federal authorities. His writings allegedly continued: “its not about winning the civil war its about weakening America giving them a taste of the terror they gladly spread all over the world.” After the March 15 mosque attacks in New Zealand left 50 people dead, Domingo wrote: “there were mosque shootings in new Zealand [sad emoji] … there must be retribution,” according to prosecutors. Upon seeing that last post, an undercover FBI official started a private online conversation with Domingo, authorities said, in which they discussed their anger about the mosque attacks. Another undercover operative in the same messaging group then also contacted Domingo on March 16. According to federal prosecutors, Domingo went on to say he’s been keeping an AK-47 style rifle near his bed in the wake of the mosque shootings. Authorities said he has three firearms legally registered in his name, including that gun and two other rifles. Domingo later suggested he and the undercover operative meet in person and they attended a prayer service on March 18 –an interaction that was audio recorded, according to federal authorities. It was then that Domingo allegedly discussed attacking Jews, police officers, a military facility and churches, the affidavit states. But federal prosecutors and FBI officials said the terror plot planned for Sunday actually came into shape later during an April 19 meeting. Domingo allegedly showed up to meet the undercover operative while armed with an AK-47-style rifle “to show you that I’m serious,” according to the criminal complaint. He allegedly referred to the Boston massacre during the meeting and asked for someone who could construct an IED that would cause 50 casualties. Authorities are continuing an investigation into Domingo, including a probe of his social media accounts, and have called for the public's help in providing any possible tips. “This investigation successfully disrupted a very real threat posed by a trained combat soldier who repeatedly stated he wanted to cause the maximum number of casualties,” Hanna said in a statement from the DOJ.

https://ktla.com/2019/04/29/authorities-disrupt-alleged-terror-plot-in-southern-california/ 

:: 4-29-19 CEO News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hope for Parkinson’s disease sufferers: scientists restore movement to patients

Professor Mandar Jog of Western University told BBC News that the impact of his new treatment for those immobilised by Parkinson's disease was "beyond his wildest dreams".

By Daniel Herborn Posted on April 24, 2019

Canadian scientists have developed a technique of applying electrical stimulation via a device inserted into the spine of Parkinson’s sufferers that have difficulty walking. The results have been hugely promising. To date, there has been no treatment for Parkinson’s patients that have lost the ability to walk. Many sufferers use wheelchairs because of the condition or become restricted to their homes. Some of the Parkinson’s patients had not walked “with any confidence” for years before the new treatment Professor Mandar Jog, who developed the new treatment at London, Ontario, said many of the patients in his program “have not walked with any confidence for several years” and many had suffered the disease for 15 years or more. “For them to go from being homebound, with the risk of falling, to being able to go on trips to the mall and have vacations is remarkable for me to see.” The Professor believes that the disease tampers with the body’s ability to send signals back to the brain, a process that plays out every time a person walks. He and his colleagues have developed an implant which can bolster that signal for Parkinson’s patients. He has found that those with the implant are able to walk even when the implant has been turned off. This has led him to believe that the electrical stimulus applied to the spinal cord reignites the signal loop between the legs and the brain that becomes damaged in those with Parkinson’s. “This is a completely different rehabilitation therapy,” he said. The treatment involves a dorsal epidural implant, meaning it does not puncture the spine. Instead, it sits on top of the dura, the outermost membrane which wraps around the brain and spinal cord. “It’s given me more confidence”: patients overjoyed to walk freely again 66-year-old Gail Jardine is one of Jog’s patients. She was ‘freezing’ and falling down multiple times a day before receiving the implant. Her condition meant she could no longer hike through the Ontario countryside, something she loved to do. Since getting the implant, she says she hasn’t had any falls. “I can walk a lot better,” she said. “It’s given me more confidence and I’m looking forward to taking more walks with (her husband) Stan and maybe even (hiking) on my own,” she told the BBC. Jog also reported that one patient in his program was able to take a trip to the East Coast after receiving the treatment. He had basically been confined to his house the previous six years and found the improvement overwhelming. “His wife was literally crying when she told us he went from their cottage and walked up and down the beach, on his own,” Jog told Medscape. Scans of patients in the program have showed the areas of the brain that control the body’s movement have been restored since they have had the implant attached. Last year, Jog and two colleagues, Olivia Samotus and Andrew Parrent, published an article in Movement Disorders outlining their progress to date. This pilot study demonstrated the safety and significant therapeutic outcome of spinal cord stimulation in advanced (Parkinson’s disease) patients, and thus a larger and longer clinical study will be conducted to replicate these results,” they wrote. Jog hopes that eventually patients will be able to program the system and adjust the settings as necessary at home.

https://news.theceomagazine.com/news/parkinsons-disease-new-breakthrough/ 

[ :: 1-16-19  pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. There are three nations right now prepared and ready to go to war and all three of them have openly told you, America stop doing what you are doing or else. Wake up, etc 

:: 4-25-19 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NUKE KID ON THE BLOCK Leaked pics of China’s ‘secret 11,509mph HYPERSONIC rocket’ capable of beating US missile defences

Images of the top secret Jia Geng No 1 rocket have emerged on Chinese media and will rock Donald Trump's defence chiefs at the Pentagon

By Jon Lockett 25th April 2019, 12:42 am Updated: 25th April 2019, 1:42 am

CHILLING photos have been leaked onto the internet which some fear show China's top secret 11,509mph hypersonic rocket system aimed at dodging US defences. Images of the impressive Jia Geng No 1 rocket have emerged on Chinese media and could rock Donald Trump's defence chiefs at the Pentagon. The pictures are said to show a prototype missile measuring 8.7 meters (28.5 feet) from tip to tail and weighing in at nearly four tonnes. It appears equipped with supersonic combustion ramjets - or scramjets - which suck in air at supersonic speeds leading to a much higher velocity. Scramjets can theoretically reach a maximum speed of up to Mach 15 - which is more than 15,000 mph. The leaked reports claim the rocket can fly at an altitude of 15 miles. It's also claimed the rocket was “successfully launched” at “a desert area in Northwestern China," reports Popular Mechanics.  However, there are some conflicting posts which claim the rocket is actually a research project and even one which claims it is a harmless civilian system. The images have emerged as China, Russia and the US are locked in an arms race to field the first hypersonic weapons ahead of future conflicts.  While many long range land attack missiles travels at subsonic speeds and attempt to fly below radar, hypersonic weapons would attempt to beat enemy defences using pure speed. The news comes after we reported how China could unleash the world's most powerful naval gun that fires missiles at seven times the speed of sound in just six years. The hypersonic railgun, which is said to be capable of striking targets 124 miles away, was successfully tested last year, according to Chinese media. And now sources with direct knowledge of a US intelligence report told CNBC that the space-age weapon will be ready for war by 2025. If the reports are correct, Beijing will have beaten the world in developing the superweapon. The pictures are said to show a monster 'missile' measuring 8.7 meters China could also unleash a deadly hypersonic railgun in just six years, intelligence insiders claim

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/8933644/leaked-china-secret-hypersonic-nuke/ 

:: 4-24-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Navy is finally taking UFOs seriously: New guidelines will make it easier for sailors to report sightings amid fears the unidentified flying objects could be 'advanced Russian technology'

The US Navy is updating protocol for how pilots and other personal report encounters with ‘unidentified aircraft’

Rather than disregard sightings, the service hopes to collect and analyse the mysterious encounters – as well as destigmatizing them

However, the Navy’s new policy does not mean they believe their sailors have actually encountered actual alien spacecraft

But rather they believe the reported sightings shouldn’t be instantly dismissed and are worthy of further investigation

Ex- Pentagon official Luis Elizondo, who headed up the specialist department, thught his office was too nonchalant in their investigations of UFOs

‘What happens in five year if it turns out these are extremely advanced Russian aircraft?’ he asked

By Luke Kenton For Dailymail.com Published: 16:08 EDT, 24 April 2019 | Updated: 21:20 EDT, 24 April 2019

The US Navy is making it easier for sailors to report UFO sightings amid fears that the mysterious unidentified flying objects could actually be 'extremely advanced Russian aircraft.' After years of dismissing UFOs, the new guidelines are being introduced in response of a series of unexplained sightings of unrecognized and ‘highly advanced’ aircraft encroaching on Navy facilities and strike force formations, the department says. There have been a number of reports of unauthorized and/or unidentified aircraft entering various military-controlled ranges and designated air space in recent years,’ a spokesperson for the Navy said to Politico. ‘For safety and security concerns, the Navy and the [U.S. Air Force] takes these reports very seriously and investigates each and every report.’ As a result, the Navy has pledged to update and reform their current policies for how reports of ‘suspected incursions’ are made to the correct authorities. ‘A new message to the fleet that will detail the steps for reporting is in draft,’ the spokesperson added. Former Pentagon official Luis Elizondo, who headed up the specialist department, revealed after his retirement that he thought the office was too nonchalant in their investigations of the unidentified aircraft. ‘If you are in a busy airport and see something you are supposed to say something,’ Elizondo told Politico. ‘With our own military members it is kind of the opposite: “If you do see something, don't say something.”’ He added that many of the specialist crafts sighted were said not to have flags on their tails – or any tail at all – asking, ‘What happens in five year if it turns out these are extremely advanced Russian aircraft?’ However, the Navy’s new policy does not mean they believe their sailors have actually encountered alien spacecraft, but rather they believe the reported sightings shouldn’t be instantly dismissed and are worthy of further investigation. ‘Right now, we have situation in which UFOs… are treated as anomalies to be ignored rather than anomalies to be explored,’ Chris Mellon, a former Pentagon official told the news outlet. ‘We have systems that exclude that information and dump it.’ Mello suggests establishing a more formal means of reporting ‘unidentified flying objects’ - or ‘unidentified aerial phenomena’ as the military now calls it - would help to enact a ‘sea change’ in intelligence gathering. ‘In a lot of cases [military personnel] don’t know what to do with that information — like satellite data or a radar that sees something going Mach 3. They will dump [the data] because that is not a traditional aircraft or missile,’ he added. Following increased Congressional criticism for paying such little attention to ‘UAF’ reports, in 2017 the Pentagon created a new branch to the Defense Intelligence Agency, dedicated to studying the field. The office spent around $25 million on a number of studies, and say they debrief several members of congress on their findings. The department declined, however, to identify who specifically.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6955963/US-Navy-reveals-new-guidelines-make-easier-sailors-report-UFO-sightings.html 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 4-25-19 Gold Switzerland :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CHINA HOLDS THE GOLD AND WILL MAKE THE RULES

April 25, 2019 by Egon von Greyerz

Gold is the ultimate insurance against a bankrupt financial system, a corrupt political system and a rotten monetary system. But official propaganda, combined with people’s greed, mean that virtually nobody understands the necessity of insuring against these risks. Also, investors are convinced that stocks always go up and therefore that the 147x growth in the Dow since the end of WWII will continue unabated. Few understand that exponential growth in stocks is totally dependent on an equally exponential expansion of money printing and credit, including share buybacks. But it isn’t enough to acquire insurance in the form of gold, it is also critical to insure the insurance. Most people who hold insurance in the form of cash, jewellery or gold, will hold it in a safe at home, in a bank safe or alternatively hide it. DON’T HOLD VALUABLES AT HOME All these methods are unsafe and therefore unsatisfactory. You should never hold more valuables at home than you are prepared to lose. Burglars today will not break into your house when you are away if they suspect you hold an important amount of valuables. Much easier to go to your house when you are home. Then they can threaten to kill your wife or children if you don’t tell them where your valuables are hidden. Many people believe they are clever by having two safes, one easily found with some minor items and money and then a well hidden one where most of the valuables are. Professional burglars are aware of this and will therefore threaten you until the second safe is revealed. And even if you have a very safe hiding place, remember that most people can’t keep a secret. There was a survey in the UK Daily Mail a few years ago asking how long a woman+ could keep a secret…… The answer was 23 minutes! The survey did not include men but the result would probably have been similar. So please don’t keep any major valuables at home. Another problem is that most insurers wouldn’t insure major amounts of cash or valuables at home. And if they do, the premium would be very high. BREAK-IN AT BANK IN BASEL – BANK NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR LOSSES Many people believe that bank safe deposit boxes are safe. In our view this is not the case. Firstly there are regular break-ins. Last year, it happened to a major Swiss Bank, Raiffeisen in Basel. Burglars broke into the vault and opened 20 boxes without leaving a trace. Gold, coins, jewellery and cash were taken. The bank’s policy in these cases is very clear. They are not responsible for the contents of the box. Very often the contents is not declared for Swiss wealth tax purposes. Therefore, there is no inventory. Also, the contents is almost never insured. Insurance companies normally don’t insure the contents of a safe since it can’t be verified. The Bank would only pay out against a receipt of the content which nobody had. Bank Raiffeisen’s official line is: ”The insurance of the safe content is the responsibility of the customer. This is industry standard”. So there we have it. If you keep valuables in a bank safe deposit box, it is at your own risk! HATTON GARDEN ROBBERY Also many private safe deposit companies have poor security. In 2015 there was a famous robbery at the Hatton Garden Safe Deposit Company in London. Hatton Garden is a well known jewellery district in central London. The elderly professional burglars managed to break into the building during a holiday weekend, disable the alarm and access the vault by abseiling down a lift shaft. Finally they drilled through the vault door. They emptied 60-70 boxes and may have taken as much as £35 million of valuables. They were later caught. A film called King of Thieves, starring Michael Caine was made of the robbery. Also this time, most of the jewellery stolen was uninsured. US GOVERNMENT ALSO BREAKS INTO SAFE DEPOSIT BOXES But it isn’t just normal criminals breaking into safe deposit boxes. The US government is known for opening and confiscating contents of safe deposit boxes. All they need is a court order. And when the next banking crisis comes, the content of a bank safe deposit box could easily be part of a bail-in procedure. I would not recommend to use bank safe deposit boxes in any country, not even in Switzerland. In principle, the valuables in a bank safe deposit box does not belong to the bank. But in bail-in situations, the rules might change. Also in case of a systemic collapse of the financial system or a longer bank holiday, bank customers might not get access to their box for a very long time, even several years. KEEP PRECIOUS METALS IN PRIVATE VAULT WITH INSURANCE Precious metals, like gold and silver, should be kept in the safest private vaults, in a safe jurisdiction like Switzerland or Singapore and outside the banking system. Insurance from a top insurer is critical. The insurance must also cover staff theft which is not always the case. Remember that in a bank safe deposit box, there is no insurance and as explained above, the bank takes no responsibility for the stolen merchandise. NO WESTERN CENTRAL BANKS ARE BUYING GOLD There has been a lot of publicity about central banks having bought substantial amounts of gold in 2018, in total 651 tonnes which is the highest in 50 years. This is typical lazy reporters just picking up propaganda news releases. Journalism is no longer a skilled profession. There are no proper journalists who analyse events and draw intelligent conclusions. All they do is to read a press statement, copy it and print it in the news paper, or report it on television. In relation to this gold story about central banks, it is not that they bought gold which is the real news. The important point is who bought the gold. Let’s see, did the USA buy, or the UK or Germany or any other major Western state. No of course not. The Central banks that bought gold are the ones which understand that the Western world’s political and financial system is on the verge of going under. This is why Russia bought 274t, Turkey 51t, Kazakhstan 50t, India 40t, Mongolia 22t and Iraq 7t. There were a couple of Eastern European countries which bought gold like Poland 26t and Hungary which increased its reserves ten-fold to 32t. Both Hungary and Poland are vociferous critics of the EU who clearly realise that the ECB and the Euro are unlikely to survive. But these two countries will certainly need to buy a lot more gold to protect against the risks they can see coming. RUSSIA UNDERSTANDS GOLD Russia understands that the Western financial system is bankrupt and is continuing to buy major amounts of gold at the same time that they have sold all their US treasury bonds. Since the beginning of the great Financial Crisis in 2006, Russia has bought almost 1,800 tonnes. This is officially more than any other Central Bank. (See China below) Hungary stated as the reason for the 10x increase in gold reserves: “Gold’s role as a hedge against future structural changes in the international financial system, as well as its lack of counterparty risk.” Viktor Orban, the Hungarian Prime Minister, is one of the few statesmen who dares to openly criticise the EU and the Brussels Elite. He can clearly see the writing on the wall. DOES CHINA HOLD 30,000 TONNES? China announced a mere 10t increase in their gold reserves. China is frugal with news regarding their official gold reserves which are 1,852 tonnes. China is the world’s largest producer with 400t in 2018. None of the Chinese production leaves the country and it is probably safe to assume that the whole domestic production is absorbed by the state, although it is not in the official reserve figures. Together with major historical reserves that China has built up, their total gold holdings are probably in excess of 30,000 tonnes. Alasdair Macleod for example has estimated that China accumulated 25,000t between 1983 and 2002 and they probably had important reserves before 1983. US OFFICIAL 8,100T GOLD IS PROBABLY GONE AND MOST OF IT IS IN CHINA Compare that to the US which officially holds 8,100t. But most of that is probably either leased out or covertly sold. China has probably bought a major part of the US gold via the LBMA in London. So when China one day announces its real gold holdings of say in excess of 30,000t and possibly also backs the Renminbi with gold, the dollar will disappear into a black hole as the US will not be able to prove that they have anywhere near their declared 8,100t.

Remember the Golden Rule: Whoever holds the gold makes the rules!

https://goldswitzerland.com/china-holds-the-gold-and-will-make-the-rules/ 

:: 4-24-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rush Limbaugh: Hillary Clinton ‘Needs To Be Indicted and She Needs To Be In Jail’

‘Unelected people came close to pulling off what is a coup,’ he says

Infowars.com - April 24, 2019

Conservative talk show host Rush Limbaugh tore into Democrat presidential loser Hillary Clinton, saying she is the person who colluded with Russia, not President Trump. “Hillary Clinton is who tried to rig a presidential election…Hillary Clinton and her pals in the Obama Department of Justice and the FBI, they are the ones who colluded with the Russians. They colluded to produce this entirely bogus Steele Dossier,” Limbaugh said Monday on Fox News. “Talk about irony,” he continued. “For Hillary Clinton to be talking about impeaching Donald Trump, Hillary Clinton needs to be investigated, she needs to be indicted and she needs to be in jail [with] many of her co-conspirators in this whole sordid affair.” Limbaugh went on to say that Clinton’s attempts to overthrow Trump using the debunked Steele Dossier compiled with Russian intelligence amounted to the real collusion. “Unelected people came close to pulling off what is a coup,” said the Republican host. “Who’s working with Russians? Steele, Hillary’s guy! They are working with the Russians…the dossier traces right back to Hillary and her campaign in the DNC.” Limbaugh’s comments come after Clinton said that Trump would have been indicted for collusion if he wasn’t the president. “I think there is enough there that any other person who had engaged in those acts would certainly have been indicted,” Clinton said Monday during the Time 100 conference.

https://www.infowars.com/rush-limbaugh-hillary-clinton-needs-to-be-indicted-and-she-needs-to-be-in-jail/ 

:: 4-25-19 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI Visits Coach Dave Daubenmire, No Joke

Apr 25, 2019 Read More Articles by Dave Daubenmire

Equal Justice Under The Law?

I was visited by the FBI a couple of weeks ago. No joke. They actually showed up at my house to do a “threat assessment.” It seems that someone reported me to them. One of the agents began reviewing my daily show and they decided they needed to pay me a visit. They wanted to be sure that I wasn’t “inciting violence.” Let that sink in for a minute. A former high school football coach who has never committed or advocated violence against anyone draws the attention of the same agency that ignores the obvious crimes of Hillary Clinton and their own FBI bosses. Threat assessment. I AM a threat. I am a threat to Devil and all of his minions. My buddy tells me that when I am taking flack I must be over the target. Just for the record, I do everything I can to NOT encourage violence. When was the last time you saw me out on the streets throwing rocks and setting fires? I guess I am making someone in the deep swamp nervous. In case you wondered, the FBI and the deep state are the law breakers. I am a law keeper. Our godless government employees are who are in violation of the law. God’s law. They think GOVERNMENT is god. I say JESUS is God. They don’t like the competition. Anyone with half a brain…and I admit that number is getting smaller and smaller…knows that we have an unequal justice system. The rich and the powerful have one set of laws and the rest of the peons live by another set. If you have watched any of the travesties of the Mueller report unfold you clearly understand my point. Hillary Clinton did everything that they accused President Trump of yet she sits as a free woman at 15 Old House Lane in Chappaqua, NY. I visited Hillary and Bill’s home this week. I am convinced that the FBI showed up at my door because somebody wanted me to “cool my jets.” I assume it was supposed to scare me. It didn’t. It simply confirmed what I had known all along. Free speech applies to everyone that the “government” decides to grant it to. Facebook, Twitter, and Youtube are all part of the government speech police. There is really no freedom in America anymore. They just tell us that there is. So I decided to go to Hillary’s and demand that the FBI indict her. Heck, even James Comey, when he was exonerating her a few years ago, admitted that she had violated the law. But the two-tiered “justice” system protects the criminals who are part of the Devil’s team. It is only the God fearing, patriotic American’s that they bring the hammer down on. They visit my house because I fight for freedom…but they protect the felonious Hillary Clinton…actually guarding her from “terrorists” like me. I want to protect and defend unborn babies while Hillary wants to kill them. Yet I require a threat assessment while Hillary continues to undermine America right out of her fancy digs in Chappaqua. Her illegal server was in her home. Her home is a crime scene. This double-standard system of justice must end. We must demand that it stop. JUDGEMENT AND JUSTICE are two pillars upon which this nation was built. The 14th Amendment declares it this way…EQUAL PROTECTION UNDER THE LAW. No one is above the law, they tell us. But that is not true. There is a system for them and a totally different system for us. Try destroying evidence and see if the FBI looks the other way for you. Hillary did…and they did. Our nation cannot long survive such egregious malfeasance of our system of justice. No one is above the law. And that means Bill and Hillary Clinton. In fact, more is required of them. Our Constitution speaks of HIGH CRIMES and that has nothing to do with the severity of the crime but rather of the POSITION of the one who commits it. Crimes committed by those in HIGH positions deserve the most severe justice. They are protectors of the Republic. When the leaders are corrupt, the nation will crumble. Look at what those at the highest levels of our intelligence agencies have done? Our system of justice is broken…assassinated actually; Destroyed by those who think that their actions are above the law and by those who protect their malfeasance. That is why I went to the Clinton’s home. Bill and Hillary were public employees. They actually worked for me. In what other business, other than governmental crime, can the employees give orders to and receive protection from, those who pay their salaries? America is upside down. As I told the policemen who temporarily detained me at 15 Old House Lane, I didn’t come to do violence, I came to prevent it. America is a powder keg and it is time “We The People” demand our employees do their job. The first duty of government listed in the Preamble to the Constitution is “establish justice.” Justice is not being served in America…it is being exploited. Here is the video of my journey to the home of the Clinton’s. Please take time to watch and share it. Only “We The People” can restore justice to America. But we are going to have to DEMAND it. Those in power will not give it up without a fight. “Aren’t you afraid the Clinton’s will come after you, Coach Dave,” my friends ask. “Yes I am,” I tell them. “That is a heck of a note as well, isn’t it? An employer asking one of his employees to do his job and enforce the law in regards to another of my employees who has violated the law. And for that, I should fear for my life?” That should tell us all that we need to know. The manner in which “We The People” respond to this felonious action by a trusted leader will determine whether or not the Republic will survive. Where are the Patriots? Where are the Oath Keepers? I’d say it is time to come out of hiding and take our complaints to the streets. With all of the squawking we hear today about “equality” isn’t time we demanded EQUAL JUSTICE UNDER THE LAW? Don’t our rights matter? What we do at this time will determine the future of our grandchildren. They eyes of history are watching. Indict Hillary Clinton.

https://newswithviews.com/fbi-visits-coach-dave-daubenmire-no-joke/ 

:: 4--19 Rumor Mill News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thanks to reader Kyle:

************************

Chief of Staff Mick Mulvaney revealed at The National Catholic Prayer Breakfast Tuesday that President Trump point blank asks leaders what they are doing to protect persecuted Christians in their countries. Mulvaney, who was a special guest speaker at the breakfast as a Catholic leader, noted that during the past two and a half years President Donald Trump has spent a great deal of time on the mistreatment of Christians and other religious minorities internationally. Mulvaney referenced the first-ever Ministerial State Department attended by 600 people from around the world as well as President Trump’s role in the release of Pastor Brunson from his two-year imprisonment in Turkey.

Home >> Trump Administration >> The One Question Trump Asks World Leaders

The One Question Trump Asks World Leaders

Posted by: Ben Whedon in Trump Administration, US News, White House Watch April 23, 2019 

Subscribe: CDN Daily Briefing http://dailycaller.com/ 

Chief of Staff Mick Mulvaney revealed at The National Catholic Prayer Breakfast Tuesday that President Trump point blank asks leaders what they are doing to protect persecuted Christians in their countries. Mulvaney, who was a special guest speaker at the breakfast as a Catholic leader, noted that during the past two and a half years President Donald Trump has spent a great deal of time on the mistreatment of Christians and other religious minorities internationally. Mulvaney referenced the first-ever Ministerial State Department attended by 600 people from around the world as well as President Trump’s role in the release of Pastor Brunson from his two-year imprisonment in Turkey. “What you don’t know about is what goes on behind closed doors,” Mulvaney said. “I very rarely talk about my private meetings with the president, the stuff that goes on what goes on outside the private eye, but I can assure you that I have been sitting with him in the Oval Office, in the cabinet room, with leaders around the world, where he will look at them and say ‘Now, you’re not doing enough to take care of the Christians in your country,’ or, ‘Thank you for helping Christians in your country.’” “I won’t lie to you, that’s pretty powerful stuff,” Mulvaney said, “to be a leader of a foreign nation sitting in the Oval Office with the president of the United States and have him say, ‘Look, I need you to do more to help religious minorities.’” Mulvaney said that to be present during these meetings and to be part of such discussion has been invigorating. “It hasn’t been articulated in the Oval Office in way too long,” the Chief of Staff said. Content created by The Daily Caller News Foundation is available without charge to any eligible news publisher that can provide a large audience.

http://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-bin/forum.cgi?noframes;read=122140 

:: 4--19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Evangelical preacher and fervent Trump backer Franklin Graham tells Mayor Pete Buttigieg to 'repent' for being gay after the 2020 Democratic hopeful said 'God has no political party'

Franklin Graham is the son of the late evangelical preacher Billy Graham

Graham took to Twitter on Wednesday, saying Pete Buttigieg should 'repent'

Buttigieg, the Democrat mayor of South Bend, Indiana, is running for president

On Monday, Buttigieg said during a town hall that 'God has no political party'

Graham has supported President Trump despite allegations of adultery

By Ariel Zilber For Dailymail.com and Reuters Published: 20:48 EDT, 24 April 2019 | Updated: 22:08 EDT, 24 April 2019

Evangelical Christian leader Franklin Graham said on Wednesday that Democratic presidential candidate Pete Buttigieg should ‘repent’ for the 'sin' of being gay. ‘Presidential candidate & South Bend Mayor Pete Buttigieg is right - God doesn’t have a political party,’ the son of the late evangelical preacher Billy Graham tweeted. ‘But God does have commandments, laws & standards He gives us to live by. ‘God doesn’t change. ‘His Word is the same yesterday, today & forever. ‘Mayor Buttigieg says he’s a gay Christian. ‘As a Christian I believe the Bible which defines homosexuality as sin, something to be repentant of, not something to be flaunted, praised or politicized. ‘The Bible says marriage is between a man & a woman—not two men, not two women. ‘The core of the Christian faith is believing and following Jesus Christ, who God sent to be the Savior of the world - to save us from sin, to save us from hell, to save us from eternal damnation.’ Graham is a controversial figure, particularly over his support for President Trump. When asked about allegations that Trump had an affair with porn star Stormy Daniels and then paid her hush money to keep quiet about it, he said last year: ‘President Trump I don’t think has admitted to having an affair with this person. ‘And so this is just a news story, and I don’t even know if it’s accurate.’ Graham told NBC News: 'We certainly don't hold him up as the pastor of this nation and he is not. ‘But I appreciate the fact that the president does have a concern for Christian values, he does have a concern to protect Christians whether it's here at home or around the world and I appreciate the fact that he protects religious liberty and freedom.’ Graham was reacting to Buttigieg’s remarks from a CNN town hall event on Monday in which he spoke about his religious views as well as his sexual orientation. ‘It can be challenging to be a person of faith who's also part of the LGBTQ community and yet, to me, the core of faith is regard for one another,’ Buttigieg said. ‘And part of God's love is experienced, according to my faith tradition, is in the way that we support one another and, in particular, support the least among us.’ Buttigieg was asked during the town hall how he planned to unite Christians who are liberal, conservative, and moderate. He said his devotion to faith is expressed through his humility and his concern for the weaker segments of society. ‘Frankly, it couldn't be more radically different than what I see certainly in this White House, where there is a lot of chest-thumping and self-aggrandizing, not to mention abusive behavior, but also political agenda that seems to always be revolving around that idea that somehow it's too easy for poor people in this country,’ he said. ‘It's just so different from what I get when I read Scripture. ‘I get that one of the things about Scripture is different people see different things in it,’ he said. ‘But, at the very least we should be able to establish that God does not have a political party.’ Buttigieg has emerged from obscurity to become a serious candidate for the Democratic nomination in the early stages of the race. A new Reuters/Ipsos public opinion poll shows that while Buttigieg is well liked by Democrats, he still has a ways to go to catch up to frontrunners Joe Biden and Bernie Sanders. According to the poll, 24 percent would vote for Biden over 19 other declared and potential candidates. Another 15 percent said they would support Sanders, who ran a competitive campaign for the Democratic nomination in 2016.  No other candidate received more than 7 percent of public support, and 21 percent said they ‘don’t know’ which candidate they would back in a primary. Sixty-three percent of all Americans say they have a “favorable” impression of Biden, including 88 percent of Democrats, 59 percent of independents and 39 percent of Republicans. In comparison, 58 percent of Americans said they have a favorable view of Sanders and Buttigieg, whose upstart campaign has out-raised some of his more established rivals this year.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6957179/Evangelical-preacher-Franklin-Graham-says-Mayor-Pete-Buttigieg-repent-gay.html 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

:: 4-24-19 Metro :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia to arm gigantic new submarine with Poseidon ‘nuclear doomsday torpedoes’

author image Jasper Hamill Wednesday 24 Apr 2019 2:36 pm

Russia is preparing to unleash a terrifying new nuclear doomsday weapon for the first time. President Vladimir Putin has just overseen the launch of a huge new submarine called the Belgorod, where it was announced the vessel will be capable of carrying the Poseidon ‘strategic underwater drone’. This weapon of mass destruction is capable of swamping coastal cities or military targets in a radioactive tsunami towering up to 90 metres high. Putin watched by video link as Ship Commander Captain First Rank Anton Alyokhin smashed a bottle of champagne against the submarine’s hull to celebrate its launch, state-owned media agency TASS reported. The Belgorod is 184 meters, the longest sub ever built, and is the first of a fleet which will be armed with up to six Poseidons each. It’s expected to be in operation with the navy by the end of 2020. If such a weapon had been invented here in the west, it might have earned a name like Nukey McNukeFace if a public vote to decide its name been called. In Putin’s Russia, such a poll was held, the people spoke and it was decided the killer torpedo was to be named after Poseidon, Greek god of the sea. The weapon of mass submersion has been described as Putin’s ‘doomsday machine’ and was announced by the man himself in a speech in Moscow last year.  Some reports have claimed it will carry a warhead capable of exploding with the force of 200 megatons of TNT – making it four times as powerful as the Tsar Bomba, a Russian nuke which detonated in the biggest explosion ever sparked by humanity. This will cause a gigantic wave and ‘wash away all life’ up to one mile from the shore. It will also leave vast amounts of highly radioactive water, rendering the entire area uninhabitable. This doomsday weapon is inspired by the experimental Soviet T-15 nuclear torpedo, which was dreamed up by the nuclear physicist Andrei Sakharov but never put into active service. If the T-15 had been built and unleashed it would also have been able to produce a wave strong enough to wash a city like London or New York off the map and turn surrounding areas into an irradiated death zone. In February, Russia released a video and said it showed the Poseidon being tested. ‘Today it can be said that as early as this spring the launch will be made of the first atomic submarine as a carrier for this unmanned system,’ Putin said during a speech after the test video reveal. Posiedon is feared to have a cobalt coating which could spread over thousands of square miles and make it uninhabitable for decades after the blast. ‘It’s an insane weapon in the sense that it’s probably as indiscriminate and lethal as you can make a nuclear weapon,’ Hans Kristensen, director of the Nuclear Information Project within the Federation of American Scientists, told Business Insider.

https://metro.co.uk/2019/04/24/russia-arm-gigantic-new-submarine-poseidon-nuclear-doomsday-torpedoes-9304978/ 

:: 4-25-19 Alt-Market :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Next Stop On The War Train - Iran, Venezuela Or North Korea?

Thursday, 25 April 2019 03:58 Brandon Smith

If you learn one rule about how governments function today, it should be that political leaders are usually puppets and the real decision makers are almost never out in the open. The questions is, how does one know for certain that this is the case with a specific leader? His rhetoric might be compelling, he probably knows every buzzword to spark your interest, and he might even throw you some legislative scraps from the political table every once in a while to make you think that he's going to follow through on his campaign promises, but does he actually believe in the principles he originally championed? The litmus test for any US president is to examine the type of people he invites into his house. Who does he surround himself with? The cabinet is the president's constant companion and decision making team. The cabinet is looking over his shoulder and influencing everything he does. If you want to find who is pulling the strings of a president, this is a good place to start. Once you identify the major players in the cabinet, it's important to discern what they want. What goals are they trying to squeeze out of a first or second term in the White House? What is the geopolitical or social trend they are creating through their influence? This should not be hard to read... The problem with our current president, Donald Trump, is not that he is very different from previous presidents, but that he is very similar to them in many ways. While conservatives that voted for Trump did so most of all in the hopes that he would follow through on his promise to “drain the swamp”, he has instead been actively filling the swamp with ever more slimy and parasitic creatures. Whenever one leaves the cabinet, they are replaced with another equally ghoulish character from a roster of banking elites, think tank sociopaths and globalists. The Mueller Report has been a highly effective distraction for both leftists and conservatives when it comes to the true loyalties of Trump. So many Americans have been obsessed with the notion of whether or not the president is controlled by a foreign power they forgot to look for the real influencers right under the roof of the White House. . The notion that Trump could still function as some kind of freedom fighter while playing 10-dimensional chess with the elitists sitting comfortably within his own decision making team is an incredibly absurd fantasy, but some people in the liberty movement still cling to this idea. Cognitive dissonance strikes when reality conflicts with what we want to see in the world, and we choose our ideal version of events over that reality. One great danger is that a large number of conservatives will support Trump in actions that they would have once considered contrary to their principles because they want to believe he is something he is not. This includes the potential perpetuation of long running wars based on disinformation as well as the creation of new wars built on similar lies and with ulterior motives. The veil on the Trump Administration is being slowly pulled away, perhaps not coincidentally at the same time that the Mueller Report circus has hit a crescendo. Only two days before the report was released Trump vetoed the “War Powers Act” passed by Congress, which removes US support for Saudi Arabia's war in Yemen, a war that has gone utterly under-reported in the mainstream media even though death toll figures have recently been revised five times higher than originally indicated. Only one week after the Mueller Report, Trump has backed Libyan warlord Khalifa Haftar, who is now engaged in another under-reported and bloody siege in Tripoli in and attempt to assert dominance over the country. This is yet another event which is clearly being maneuvered by the elites in Trump's cabinet, while at the same time the media is insinuating that Trump is acting "unilaterally" against their input. Constitutionally, no president is supposed to have the power to unilaterally declare war on another country, or to involve the US in such wars covertly. Congress has quietly been ceding that authority over the past several decades. One would think that if Trump was a constitutionalist, one of his first actions would be to voluntarily return constitutional powers to the form they were original intended before they were manipulated by elitist controlled politicians. But Trump rarely even mentions the word “constitution” in public, so expecting him to defend it might be a stretch. The underlying suspicion in Trump's veto decision is that this is not just about Yemen, but about a war (or multiple wars) yet to be initiated. There are at least three major options on the table right now... Iran  Everyone knows a war with Iran is coming eventually. The CIA led coup to overthrown democratically elected Prime Minister Mohammad Mosaddegh (a nationalist) and install the Shah (Mohammed Reza Pahlevi) directly resulted in the Iranian revolution in 1979. Every US president and elitist cabinet since this event has tested the waters of public sentiment on a renewed conflict with Iran. So far they have not been able to find a rationale that the citizenry is willing to buy; either that, or they have simply been too busy perpetuating wars in other regions to get to Iran yet. However, under Donald Trump the elites have an opportunity, for now they have the option to launch wars without risking public blowback to their agenda. Confusing? Consider this – Trump has been painted as a conservative stalwart, a nationalist and populist extraordinaire that is vehemently anti-globalist (even though his cabinet is packed with elites and globalists). As a puppet president, Trump is a perfect weapon. The establishment can now launch wars without being forced to construct ANY elaborate rationale, and then they can simply blame the resulting disasters on “populism” and conservatives in general. Perhaps this is why tensions with Iran are now skyrocketing as the US reasserts stifling sanctions and declares the Iranian Revolutionary Guard a terrorist organization. The US is also set to end all waivers for Iranian oil exports and is threatening economic retaliation against countries that ignore sanctions. This is expected to cause gasoline prices to spike even higher in the near term. Iran has responded by declaring the US a state sponsor of terrorism, and is threatening to shut down the Strait of Hormuz, which is one of the most important avenues for oil shipping in the world. I would also note that many European nations are not on board with higher oil prices and are seeking ways to circumvent sanctions against Iran. The effort to foment war with Iran has been spearheaded primarily by former Director of the CIA and current Secretary of State, Mike Pompeo, along with CFR member John Bolton. They have insinuated that if Iran moves to block the Strait of Hormuz, war will result. Venezuela I have written extensively on the Venezuela situation in the past, including in my recent article 'Is Venezuela On The Verge Of Becoming Another Syria?' To summarize, Venezuela was already near collapse due to foolish socialist policies, but the elites have decided to help the South American country along with sanctions as well as the initiation of a coup using Juan Guaido as a frontman. Currently, Guaido has entered Venezuela under the protection of the US, and is openly fomenting revolution against Nicolas Madruro. The Venezuela conflict seems to be headed up by Trump's National Security Adviser John Bolton. Bolton has indicated numerous times that the military option is on the table for the region if Madruro refuses to step down and relinquish power, or if he dares to arrest Guaido. A Venezuela scenario interests me greatly for a number of reason, but primarily because it matches up perfectly with a scenario described in 'Operation Garden Plot', a secret continuity of government and martial law program exposed during the Iran/Contra Hearings in the 1980's. Garden Plot outlines that a crisis in South or Central America followed by mass migrations north to the US border would be a useful crisis and a valid excuse to trigger martial law measures in America, starting first on the border and then spreading from there. Isn't this the situation we are staring to see today on the border? A war in Venezuela, either through a coup or through direct US military action would amplify current unstable conditions to a maximum. North Korea It should come as no surprise to anyone that the “diplomatic negotiations” with North Korea have ended in shambles. Trump's highly publicized walk out during the last summit was even praised by the likes of Joe Biden. NK is now threatening to return to missile and nuclear tests and cut off future summits if the US does not back off of sanctions by the end of this year. The current state of devolving affairs with North Korea was highly predictable, though the amount of time it took for the farce to become widely evident was certainly longer than I expected. As I've been warning for months, there was never any intention on the part of the Trump Administration and its elitist handlers to secure a legitimate deal with North Korea, and the idea that NK would EVER denuke was ludicrous from the start. The kabuki theater was designed as a means to solidify Trump's base and lure the liberty movement into the neo-con fold. At the same time, it has staged the Trump Administration for an epic negotiations disaster in the near future. "So close, and you blew it...", the media pundits will say. North Korea is still engaging in summit negotiations, not with the US, but with Russia and Vladimir Putin. The result will likely be the exact opposite of what the mainstream media has been suggesting (i.e. renewed efforts to denuke). I suspect that this will only hasten North Korea's break from peace talks with the West, just as Turkey's negotiations with Putin have only hasted their departure from NATO. The question is, if NK begins missile and nuclear tests again at the end of this year, as they seem to be threatening to do, will this be used as an excuse for a war in the region? And, is this the next stage in the scripted globalist narrative in which Trump is a "bumbling populist villain" destined to lead the nation to economic and geopolitical ruin...? War As A Catalyst For Centralization The purpose behind regional and global conflicts should be obvious, but for some reason the motives seem to escape many people, perhaps because they are so easily caught up in false paradigms. Almost every war of the past century has been followed by further centralization of government power and the creation of globalist institutions which continually argue for the end of national sovereignty as THE SOLUTION to end all war. Considering the fact that all modern wars are banker engineered wars, I would suggest that forcibly and permanently removing organized sociopathic elites from positions of power and influence is the only long term solution for ending war. War is not just "a racket" as Smedley Butler decried; war is also a useful tool for molding mass psychology. However, I want to remind everyone that not all globalist schemes succeed; many of them fail spectacularly. The covert destabilization of Syria and the attempt to lure the American public into supporting a military invasion to remove president Bashar al-Assad from power was initiated over 7 years ago and has ended with dismal results for the establishment cabal. Not only did they fail to convince Americans that CIA trained Syrian insurgents were "heroic freedom fighters" (the same insurgents that eventually formed ISIS), they also failed to convince the public and US military members that going to war in the region to unseat Assad was a rational option. The only success in Syria, I suppose, is that no one in intelligence agencies or politics has yet been punished for their covert training, arming and funding of terrorist groups. The globalists are not omnipotent. They often misjudge and underestimate the public. Their extreme narcissism is one of their greatest weaknesses, and it is a weakness they can do nothing about; they are stuck with it and they are oblivious to it at the same time. The key to stopping new wars today rests in the hands of conservatives, for it will be in our name that the next wars will be launched. We must not allow this, let alone support it. Regardless of what part of the world the next regional conflagration emerges, regardless if it is led by the Trump Administration, it is up to us to say no, expose the agenda and shut the farce down, just as we monkey-wrenched elitist plans in Syria. It can be done. If you would like to support the work that Alt-Market does while also receiving content on advanced tactics for defeating the globalist agenda, subscribe to our exclusive newsletter The Wild Bunch Dispatch. Learn more about it HERE. With global tensions spiking, thousands of Americans are moving their IRA or 401(k) into an IRA backed by physical gold. Now, thanks to a little-known IRS Tax Law, you can too. Learn how with a free info kit on gold from Birch Gold Group. It reveals how physical precious metals can protect your savings, and how to open a Gold IRA. Click here to get your free Info Kit on Gold.You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com

http://www.alt-market.com/articles/3734-next-stop-on-the-war-train-iran-venezuela-or-north-korea 

:: 4--19 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Business booming for Russia’s arms traders

Moscow has overtaken Britain and become the number two weapons producer and trader in the world

ByAlexander Kruglov

In a high-profile spat, Turkish President Tayyip Erdogan has acknowledged he is buying S-400 missile defense systems, a deal that has put Ankara on a collision course with Nato and Washington and complicated the country’s deal to buy F35 stealth jets from the United States. This Ankara-Washington stand-off over the sale of Russian missiles and Erdogan’s obvious commitment to go ahead with the deal make clear how Moscow’s aggressive arms trade is offering the Kremlin new opportunities to strengthen its position, influence and foothold the world over. Turkey is only one of the markets for Moscow’s arms traders. According to the latest annual report by The Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) for 2018, Russia has surpassed Britain as the number two arms producer and trader in the world, behind perennial number one, the US. Combined sales of Russia’s arms and military services rose 8.5% from a year earlier, reaching an unprecedented US$37.7 billion. Also, according to SIRPI, the largest arms-producing company in Russia, state-owned Almaz-Antey, for the first time entered the top 10 in the global arms sales ranking. ‘Arsenal of communism’ Russia’s leading export is energy, its second is weaponry. The USSR, as the “arsenal of communism,” was long a maker of classic weapons, from the T34 – the outstanding tank of World War II – and the Katyusha multiple rocket launcher to the Kalashnikov assault rifle and MIG and Sukhoi warplanes. Following the break-up of the USSR, Russia’s military budget shrank six-fold. Potentially catastrophically, arms makers lost many of their top customers – the Eastern European member states of the Warsaw Pact. That forced producers to refocus on global sales. Even so, old partnerships in other parts of the world endured. Russia’s manufacturers of effective and reliable arms have been given a powerful shot in the arm by President Vladimir Putin. The macho national leader’s injection blends industrial policy, R&D policy and foreign policy with personal testosterone. With Putin an arms fetishist himself – he has been filmed watching tanks going through their paces at proving grounds, firing pistols, visiting the Kalashnikov factory, interacting with fully geared-up special forces, even cruising in a jet fighter in full paraphernalia – Russian arms manufacturers benefit from a highly prominent global marketer like no other. The main focus is on Asia and the Middle East. Russia sells 43.1% of its weapons to Asia and more than 20% to the Middle East. Chinese market The top priority is China. While Chinese troops used Russian arms as early as the Korean War in the 1950s, the roots of current Moscow-Beijing cooperation in the sector date back to the turbulent early 1990s. China was Russia’s largest client between 1999 and 2006, accounting annually for 34% to 60% of Russia’s weapon exports, according to Russia’s Far East Institute. In 2015, after years of negotiations, Beijing-Moscow cooperation ramped up a level when Russia finally agreed to sell China some of its most advanced arms: 24 Sukhoi Su 35 combat aircraft and four S-400 SAM systems for approximately $7 billion within the next five years.  Then there’s Asia’s other rising demographic superpower, India, which acquires 62% of all its arms from Russia. Russia is providing a range of equipment, from tanks to fighter aircraft to frigates. India has now overtaken China as the largest buyer of Russian weapons in the world, having purchased more than $4 billion worth of arms in 2017, according to Russia’s Oriental Studies Institute. But the emerging Asian market for Russian hardware is Southeast Asia, where, from 2006 to 2015, military spending rose by an average of 57%, according to Aseantoday website. Arms for Asean As soon as Air Marshall Yuyu Sutisna was sworn in as Indonesia’s new Air Force Chief of Staff last year, he announced the purchase of 11 new SU-35s. And that’s just the beginning. The Russians are anticipating future great deals. Vietnam, Indonesia and Cambodia more than doubled their military purchases. Vietnam increased spending on arms seven-fold from 2006 to 2016. Now Hanoi is the eighth biggest arms importer globally. “All that is a response to national security threats of countries in the region,” explained Petr Brigin, a Vietnam expert at Vostochnaya Politika, a Moscow think tank. “Vietnam, for example, is spending heavily on naval weaponry – in response to China’s moves in the South China Sea. “In Thailand, dealing with an insurgency in the south of the country, there’s a strong demand for land-based arms – so the Royal Thai Armed Forces placed an order for new AK rifles.” Between 2000 and 2016, Vietnam imported more than 80% of its arms from Russia, rejuvenating an old partnership – the country deployed Warsaw Pact weapons in its struggle against the United States. The Vietnamese military, facing off against China in the South China Sea, recently purchased 12 SU-35 fighter-jets and boosted its navy with highly advanced Russian-Indian Brahmos cruise missiles and six diesel submarines. Myanmar and Laos bought between 60% and 80% of their weapons from Russia. Why buy Russian? Because not only are these weapons technologically advanced, they are cheaper and don’t require the political sign off that arms from Moscow’s main rival do. Human rights criteria must be met before the US Congress approves arms sales, but Russian weapons come with no such baggage. In 2016, the Philippines placed an order for 26,000 automatic rifles from the US. Those rifles never arrived, as Congress refused to approve the sale over suspicions that President Rodrigo Duterte might use the weapons against his own people in his war on drugs. As a result, Moscow stepped in and supplied the Philippines with 5,000 AK-74M rifles, one million items of ammunition and 20 trucks. “Selling weapons to Asian countries perfectly fits Putin’s foreign policy objectives,” said Alexei Sidorov, an independent Moscow-based analyst who specializes in Southeast Asia. “Putin is trading weaponry with rivals in the South China Sea,” he added, a reference to the fact that both Hanoi and Beijing were customers of Moscow’s armorers. “This gives Moscow more leverage and political influence in the region.” The Syrian showcase The ever-troubled, oil-rich Middle East is also high on Moscow’s agenda. It is a promising market – arms imports by Middle Eastern states rose 87% over the last four years, accounting for 35% of global arms imports, according to SIPRI. Russia has been trying to make inroads into the prosperous Gulf states, a market dominated for decades by US arms producers. More than half of all US weapons sold go to the Middle East. To win over new customers from the Gulf, Russian companies in recent years have boosted their presence at the major airshows and defense exhibitions in the Middle East, like IDEX in Abu Dhabi and the Dubai Airshow. In the region, Moscow deploys a special sales pitch. The Russian military has showcased the best it has to offer in its largely successful military intervention in Syria, a theater that has provided a proving ground for the weaponry. Between 60 and 200 weapons have been tested in Syria in real combat. These include the supersonic strategic bomber the Tu-160, the Su-34 fighter-jet and the first Russian stealth fighter, the Su-57. Older generation T-90 tanks and Ka-52 attack helicopters have also proven their worth. Egypt is traditionally a leading buyer of Russian arms. Moscow has actively sought to upgrade relations with Cairo, through subtle diplomacy and high-profile official visits – in 2015, Putin was the first major leader to meet with President Abdel-Fattah al-Sisi after he assumed office. During Putin’s second visit in 2017, several landmark agreements were signed. Nowadays, Cairo is the leading Russian arms buyer in Africa, with annual weapons purchases estimated at more than $1.3 billion, according to data from Moscow University’s Asian-African Institute. Long-range arms sales Moscow arms players also boast a strong foothold in Latin America. Many regional nations – particularly those aligned against the United States – are familiar with Soviet weapons from the Cold War days and are drawn by low price tags. Cuba, Peru, Venezuela and Nicaragua are at the top of the list for Russian arms sales companies. According to SIPRI, between 2000 and 2017, the Russian share of arms sales to Latin America was about 20%, on par with the US share. Nicaragua is central. Since 2000, Russia has supplied 100% of Nicaraguan weapons’ needs. Venezuela is also heavily dependent on Russian arms supplies, which make up about 69% of Venezuela’s arms purchases – aircraft, transport and combat helicopters, anti-tank missiles, anti-aircraft systems, rocket artillery and mortars. Russia also has a foothold in Brazil, where about 7% of arms sales are Russian. Since 2010, Russia has delivered Mi-35M combat helicopters and SA-24 portable surface-to-air missiles. Sometimes Russian arms sales are found in unexpected places. Recently, following the ouster of Sudanese dictator Al-Bashir, it was reported in Moscow press that Russia had been selling arms to the regime for more than 20 years.

https://www.asiatimes.com/2019/04/article/business-booming-for-russias-arms-traders/

:: 4-25-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Welcome To NIGHTaMERICA! Are You Prepared To See What They Have Been Hiding From You?

By JustusAKnight on April 25, 2019 • ( 1 )

The End Is NOW! Welcome To NIGHTaMERICA: PROOF That China’s ORWELLIAN HELL Is Here!

Please watch the video below for the full story!

We are now NIGHTaMERICA! The Chinese Orwellian Hell System is here. We are not only meeting there horrific standards, we are preparing to surpass them. This is the video you’ve been looking for to explain all the steps being taken to control, destroy and kill the great Republic of America! You are about to see evidence of surveillance, proof of illness, drug addiction and many other United States Facts and Figures that you have never seen put together before, definitely never by the MSM. They do not want this information out, it outlines too clearly the hidden attack on our freedom, our Nation and US! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!!

God Speed and God Bless, Justus For More Information (references) See:

References Can Be Found At www.justusaknight.com  (please SUBSCRIBE while you’re there)

MeWe Link: mewe.com/i/justusknight USA.Life Link: www.usa.life/justusknight 

https://justusaknight.com/2019/04/25/the-end-is-now-welcome-to-nightamerica-heres-how-chinas-orwellian-hell-has-invaded-our-nation/ 

:: 4-25-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Revelations From Insider Sources Reveal How Close America Is to Simultaneous Civil War and World War III (Part One)

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Thursday, April 25, 2019 - 11:53.

Over the past several weeks, Alexandra Daley, Marilyn Rupar and myself have been exposing the new criminal business model that is growing exponentially in this country in which criminal elements and their political allies are overtaking American communities from the bottom up. This article is more direct as it will reveal that an external threat is underway to bring down this country. The approach is "death by a thousand cuts", and it has been very effective in the early stages. My previous articles are causing known sources and new sources to appear with intelligence information which confirms that both an internal and external threat are simultaneously underway. Over the past several days, I have had several communications with a long-time source from the DEA. Also, I have been in communication with an agent of a well-known alphabet soup agency who requested agency anonymity, for all the obvious reasons. Many do not like the use of anonymous sources. To these people, I would say that if we used your logic, witness protection list testimony would never be used and whistleblower journalists would never break cases, like the Watergate scandal, etc. However, if my refusal to put a bullseye on the back of two informants, who love America, bothers a reader, then I would suggest that person move on to the next source. By the way, I have read two articles in the last 24 hours, where similar information to what I am about ready to reveal, was talked about in cryptic terms. The following information will soon be out, people just need to decide if they want to receive the information early enough to act on it. New and Deadly Cartel Drones The source from the anonymous agency which we will call, AG for short, is most concerned about the new drones being flown by the cartels. Agents from the AG have personally seen the new drones, however, their Deep-State serving supervisors refuse to let them shoot these drones down. I digress, but along the same lines, I was told that “we know where the cartels are, we know where the child-sex factories are, we know where the meth labs are, we know what they are armed with, we could easily take them out, but some force inside of our organization refuses to let us do our jobs”. These are the Deep State holdovers from the Obama administration. The drones have super-hacking abilities, as long as there is wi-fi, they can fly by a court or a police station and lift all the files from computer data bases. For example, they can lift the names and addresses of all officers and agents. Soon, law enforcement will be compromised just like it is in Mexico, where arresting officers and potential witnesses in court, will be killed to prevent court testimony against cartel members. Further, the hacked databases could contain witness protection information as well. In addition, tactical plans, with operation names and coordinates could be obtained. The DEA agent told me that on at least two occasions, individuals attempting to cross the border have been caught with fake uniforms from various agency and law enforcement personnel that one would find on the border. The story reminded me of how, before the Battle of the Bulge in World War II, the Germans recruited highly competent soldiers who spoke English and had lived inside the United States. These soldiers were outfitted with Military Police Uniforms. They infiltrated American lines and cut communications, changed road signs and killed high ranking officers when the opportunity presented. The Battle of Bulge was nearly won by the Germans because the American high command was unable to communicate and their intelligence information was incomplete. Some historians believe that if the Germans had fully won the battle, the fortunes of war could have been reversed. The historical precedent is set and if these drones remain unchecked, the effect on American security could be devastating. The DEA agent also told me that these drones can fly by stealth and they have facial recognition capability. These drones could conceivably carry out MS-13 style assassinations. I asked the DEA agent this question and he responded that what he had revealed to me was not expressly classified. His answer to my question about assassination capabilities of these drones was met with “you will have to do a little digging Dave, because I will now answer that question”. In the previously mentioned area, the DEA agent provided complementary information. He stated that the new drones are also weaponized. He was not specific but said that the drone could carry highly lethal weapons and the casualty rates could enter the “tens of thousands”. The AG stated that as many as 300,000 people could be killed by one of these drones, He stated that the drone carries basic light infantry weaponry. However, it can also carry chemical and/or biological weapons. The example he used was anthrax dropped over densely populated area and the end result could be 300,000 deaths. Additionally, the drones can help paramilitary personnel enter the US without being detected because the tracking devices on the drones can hack into the GPS devices of any personnel from any agency, including the military, while operating on the border. Heavily Armed “Escorts” No doubt that many people reading this article have seen the motion-sensor videos (that disappear quickly from the internet) of heavily armed guards escorting what appears to be regular migrants (ie non cartel and terrorist) across the border. The videos are strange and deviate from past practice. To both agents, I raised the question of whether or not this a probing maneuver, risking low exposure and resources, in order to test out border defenses and response times as a prelude to invasion. Both agents are aware of this and their colleagues have reached the same conclusions. The indicators that America is being primed to be attacked, Red Dawn style, continue to grow. Conclusion In the second part of this series, I will be covering more Red Dawn indicators in which I cite real troop number estimates of foreign troops on our soil. Part II will reveal just how many nations are involved in the coming attempted takedown of the United States. And there is always the question of the loyalties of military and political leadership in the country. Many, as has been revealed since the dawn of the Trump presidency are loyal to the globalists, especially in military leadership positions. When Obama purged the military leadership to the tune of firing 400+ command level officers, the military became decidedly less patriotic. There is such division in the military, that when one has the facts, one can easily see how close to all-out civil war this is. And when the civil war breaks out, we will be attacked by the Russians, the Chinese an their Latin American allies. There are also new biological and chemical threats to large segments of the United States. Oh, and do any of you remember the article I once wrote in which I stated we were going to be attacked in a TET style offensive given all the subversives that are in our country? I was told by the DEA agent to update and republish the article because it is very likely. I have broken this presentation up into at least two parts. I have distributed the information to people outside the Independent Media for all the usual reasons. Never before have I been electronically attacked like I am now. Two weeks ago, I interviewed Paul Martin about the fact that elite special forces were occupying a CDC facility on Highway 114 outside of Ft. Collins, CO. The pre-recorded interview disappeared from my drop box after I had listened to it. Last night, the interview reappeared to previously empty drop box. The message is clear. This should be a message to all readers as well. You have an opportunity to prepare by stockpiling resources. This is the main message of this article, get ready for what is coming in all areas, namely, spiritually, physically and materially. I have also concluded that it is highly likely that we will be in a civil war and World War III at nearly the same time. I will soon be following with a subsequent publication. It may appear this afternoon, or tomorrow.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-immigration-martial-law/revelations-insider-sources-reveal-how-close-america-simultaneous-civil-war-and-world-war-iii 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-25-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Northern Europe is BURNING: Wildfires going out of control trigger massive evacuation emergencies in Norway, Sweden – Germany, and Scotland also in flames

By Strange Sounds - Apr 25, 2019

Hundreds of people have had to leave their homes in Norway as emergency services try to extinguish forest fires raging in the south of the country. Some 148 homes were evacuated around the town of Sokndal, where fires have been burning since Tuesday. Police say the fires are still out of control and warn that heavy winds could help them to spread. April is very early for forest fires in Norway, and experts have warned of a dramatic increase across the continent. This month alone, wildfires have broken out in Sweden, Germany and the UK. Fires in Europe “are way above the average” for this time of year, an official at the EU’s European Forest Fire Information System (Effis)said. “The season is drastically worse than those of the last decade.“ The official added that a “very dry winter in most of Europe” and persistent drought had contributed to the rise in forest fires, and that the “long term forecast is not promising for an improvement.“ ‘OUT Of Control Officials are still unsure what started the fires, which have burned some 7.5 sq km (2.9 square miles) of land near Sokndal, 100km (62 miles) south-east of the coastal city of Stavanger. As well as evacuating residents, rescue services spent the night soaking land in surrounding areas in an effort to stop the fire from spreading. But they fear that expected winds of nine to 11 metres per second could cause the fire to move into neighbouring districts. “The wind is still a challenge and will become an even greater challenge if it increases. It’s still burning heavily, and there is no fire control,” said south-west police official Toralf Skarland. Police said there had been no reports of casualties but warned people to avoid the area. The Red Cross, which helped with the evacuation effort, told the BBC the blaze was close to farms, huts and small villages. Fires were also burning around the town of Lyngdal in the neighbouring area, it said.  Other wildfires in Europe Forest fires have broken out in several parts of northern Europe this month amid hot temperatures. Apocalyptic fires destroyed entire villages in Siberia. Dozens of people were evacuated from their homes when a blaze broke out in southern Sweden on Tuesday, but by Wednesday morning it was under control. In Germany, crews battled fires over the Easter weekend and Germany’s weather service warned Germans on Wednesday to expect a drought this year at least as severe as in 2018 if the current dry weather continued. “The starting conditions for vegetation in 2019 are in many areas of Germany clearly worse than last year,” said agriculture meteorologist Udo Busch. A huge wildfire broke out in Moray, Scotland this week, which officials said would “take days” to put out. Two fires also spread across moorland in West Yorkshire. And in southern Europe? The spate of forest fires in northern Europe contrasts with storms and torrential rain in the south. A woman drowned when the car she was in was swept away by a flood in Tuscany on Tuesday, and a French tourist died in storms off Sardinia earlier this week. Be prepared for an unprecedented wildfire season in Europe.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/norway-europe-fires-video-no-control.html 

:: 4--19 Real Farmacy :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Over a Million Children Under the Age of Six Are Taking Psychiatric Drugs in America

Psychiatric drug use is on the rise in the U.S., with one out of every six Americans now taking some type of medication in this category. This is highly concerning given the scary side effects and poor effectiveness of many of these drugs, but there is one particularly disturbing aspect of this trend that seems to get glossed over, and that is the extraordinary number of children who are taking such drugs.  Mental health watchdog group Citizens Commission on Human Rights is drawing attention to the concerning fact that more than a million kids younger than six in our nation are currently taking psychiatric drugs. While around half of these children are four to five years old, an incredible 274,804 of them are younger than a year old. That’s right: babies are being given psychiatric drugs. The number rises for toddlers aged two to three, with 370,778 kids in this category taking psychiatric drugs overall. Data from IMS Health shows that the situation only gets worse as kids get older, with 4,130,340 kids aged 6 to 12 taking some type of psychiatric drug. You might be forgiven for assuming that most of these statistics are made up by kids taking ADHD drugs given how common that approach seems to be nowadays, but it really only accounts for a small portion of it, with 1,422 of those younger than a year old and just over 181,000 of those aged four to five taking ADHD drugs. Antidepressants and antipsychotics put forth some surprising figures, but the biggest category of psychotic drugs given to children appears to be anti-anxiety drugs. Just over 227,132 babies under one and nearly 248,000 of those aged four to five take these medications. These numbers are even more shocking when you consider the fact that experts believe these estimates are far too low and the real numbers are actually much higher, due in part to the tendency for some doctors to hand out psychiatric medications for “off-label” uses. This risky practice entails giving out a drug to treat something that it is not indicated for, and the long-term effects of such an approach are completely unknown.  Safer alternatives to giving kids mind-altering meds When adults choose to take psychiatric medication, it may be ill-advised in many cases, but it is still their choice to make. Children, on the other hand, lack the cognition to fully understand the lifelong impact of such a choice, and this essentially amounts to forced medication. We already know that many doctors have a financial incentive to get young people to start taking these drugs, but why are their parents so willing to get on board? Many of them are also taking psychiatric medications, of course. In fact, it has practically become a way of life in our nation and many people think of these meds as harmless. The side effects of these drugs are nothing to scoff at, however, with antianxiety, antidepressant and antipsychotic drugs linked to heart attacks, psychosis, suicidal ideation, diabetes, stroke, mania and sudden death. As if that weren’t bad enough, there’s also the fact that many of the high-profile public shootings in recent years were perpetrated by young people on such drugs, so not only do kids have the risk of dying when they take these meds, but they could also take out a whole classroom or movie theater with them. Psychiatric medications affect a child’s brain chemistry and could impact their development in irreversible ways, so it’s important for doctors and parents alike to reserve them as an absolute last resort. Some degree of anxiety is normal in children as they start to understand the way the world works. Life is full of ups and downs, and children who learn coping strategies when they’re young will have a valuable skill that can serve them well throughout their lifetime. There are lots of good coping mechanisms that can help children with depression, anxiety, and those who have been labeled with ADHD, including yoga, art therapy, breathing exercises, and physical exercise, to name just a few. Sources include: Newswire.com CCHRInt.org WakingTimes.com NaturalNews.com

ScientificAmerican.com Credit: Naturalnews.com Subscribe to Our Newsletter

https://realfarmacy.com/over-a-million-children-under-the-age-of-six-are-taking-psychiatric-drugs-in-america/ 

:: 4-23-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

After abandoning Christians, powerful media corporations are now embracing Satanism

Tuesday, April 23, 2019 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) There’s a concerted effort afoot to rebrand Satanism as a benevolent, all-faiths religious system marked by tolerance, diversity, and inclusion, as opposed to the ritualistic and overt devil worship with which most people are familiar. And leading the charge in spreading this new-breed type of Satanism to the masses are none other than Hollywood and the mainstream media, both of which having long abandoned any semblance of Christian values, are now openly proclaiming that their true goal and purpose is to usher in this more palatable Antichrist system in preparation for, and anticipation of, the Man of Sin himself. As explained by Matthew Jacobs, writing for the Verizon-owned The Huffington Post, avowed Satanist Penny Lane recently released her new documentary, Hail Satan?, which sets the tone for this new type of devil worship that’s sure to gain popularity for its fundamental “do as thou wilt” doctrines. Instead of adherents having to wear black clothing while chanting around pentagrams and the like, Lane’s version of Satanism allows for people to essentially do whatever they want, and whatever “feels” right – and is, perhaps, best represented by the six-colored “rainbow” flag of the LGBT Mafia, a popular image that symbolizes this new anything-goes acceptance of anything and everything, except for real Christianity. “Satanists, it turns out, are everything you think they’re not: patriotic, charitable, ethical, equality-minded, dedicated to picking up litter with pitchforks on an Arizona highway,” Jacobs writes in his glowing endorsement of Lane’s brand of Satanism. “By reclaiming the pop iconography that has long frightened evangelical America – devil worship, ritualistic sacrifice, horns, pentagrams, the so-called Black Mass – the Satanic Temple aims to catch people’s attention and then surprise them with messages of free speech, compassion, liberty and justice for all,” he adds. Sponsored solution from the Health Ranger Store: Lab-verified Nascent Iodine solution is a dietary supplement that provides your body with supplemental iodine to help protect your thyroid during radiation exposure. Nuclear accidents such as Fukushima (or nuclear war) can expose your body to radioactive iodine-131, a dangerous radioisotope. Pre-loading your system with stable iodine occupies the iodine receptor sites on your organs, causing your body to naturally expel radioactive iodine you may have been exposed to through air, food, water or milk products. This defensive strategy is recommended by nearly all health authorities, worldwide, including the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Discover more at this link. For more related news about the rise of the Antichrist, be sure to check out Evil.news and Antichrist.news. Satanism is tolerant of everyone, unless you trust in Christ as your Savior There’s nothing off-limits within the realm of Satanism – except, of course, for believing that Jesus Christ is the Son of God, and trusting in him for salvation. Christians, in other words, have no place within Satanism, nor will they be welcomed into the global Antichrist system that Lane and her fellow Satanists are chomping at the bit to see implemented by force. While extolling the “virtues” of Satanism in terms of it supposedly propagating a dogma coexistence, Lane makes it clear that people like Vice President Mike Pence, who openly identifies as a Christian, are not to be coexisted with because, in her view, they’re trying to implement a Christian theocracy. Christianity cannot coexist with Satanism, in other words, and thus must be curb-stomped into oblivion – all in the name of “love,” of course. This would seem to be the future of Satanism: a kinder, softer religious system of embracing the “real you” while coming together with everyone else, regardless of perceived differences, in order to tackle “problems” like “global warming” that supposedly affect the entire planet, and thus require a unified, all-is-one solution from the new global citizenry marching in lockstep under the “rainbow” banner of pride – pride being the very first sin that Satan cultivated into fruition back in the Garden of Eden. “While these are intended as signs of inclusiveness and tolerance, their presence is in reality a sign of the unabashed brazenness of the ancient enemy of Christ planting his flag wherever he can to claim God’s people for himself,” writes Doug Mainwaring for LifeSiteNews.com about what Satan’s “rainbow” flags truly represent. “The rainbow flag in churches stands in judgment and mockery of the Primordial Sacrament, Christ’s spousal love for his perfect complement, his Betrothed, the Church … It’s just an equal sign: Dismantling the Cross of Christ.”

Sources for this article include: DailyCaller.com NaturalNews.com 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-04-23-after-abandoning-christians-powerful-media-corporations-are-now-embracing-satanism.html 

:: 4-24-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CDC admits HIV is exploding among transgender women… total silence from left-wing media, just like with the spread of anal cancer among homosexuals

Wednesday, April 24, 2019 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) It used to be that AIDS was widely regarded as the “gay disease.” But now it’s a transgender disease as well, with new data published by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) showing that an astounding one in seven transgender “women” are infected with HIV. According to a CDC “Dear Colleague” letter, of the 14 percent of transgender “women” that are disease-ridden, the vast majority are either African American / black (44 percent) or Hispanic / Latina (26 percent). Conversely, only three percent of transgender “men” have HIV, the letter further reveals.  As to why these transgenders have disproportionately higher rates of HIV and AIDS, it has nothing to do with their sexual perversion and promiscuity, claims the CDC. No, it’s supposedly because transgender people “face obstacles that make it harder to access HIV services – such as stigma and discrimination, inadequate employment or housing, and limited access to welcoming, supportive health care.” “Addressing these barriers is essential to the health and well-being of transgender people and to meeting the goals of the proposed federal initiative Ending the HIV Epidemic: A Plan for America,” the CDC letter goes on to claim. “The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is committed to working with you to make sure all transgender people can get the tools they need to prevent HIV and stay healthy if they have HIV.” For more related news about the rampant spread of disease within the Cult of LGBT, be sure to check out Gender.news. Mother Nature's micronutrient secret: Organic Broccoli Sprout Capsules now available, delivering 280mg of high-density nutrition, including the extraordinary "sulforaphane" and "glucosinolate" nutrients found only in cruciferous healing foods. Every lot laboratory tested. See availability here. World Health Organization says being LGBT is normal, but playing video games is a “disorder” Not at all surprising is the fact that the mainstream media is nowhere to be found in reporting on the horrific disease trends among transgenders, instead offering the same silence that was also given to data showing that anal cancer is rampant among homosexual men. “Transgender women and men are at high risk for getting HIV,” the CDC clearly states in its letter, which was signed by Dr. Eugene McCray, M.D., and Jonathan H. Mermin, M.D., M.P.H., both from the agency’s National Center for HIV / AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, STD, and TB Prevention. At the same time that the CDC published this information, the World Health Organization (WHO) announced that individuals who claim to be transgenders shouldn’t be classified as suffering from a mental illness. In the 11th edition of WHO’s International Classification of Diseases (ICD) publication, readers will no longer find any reference to gender incongruence being a mental disorder – this decision by WHO hinging upon the international agency’s desire “to reduce the stigma” associated with having gender dysphoria. “It was taken out from mental health disorders because we had better understanding that this wasn’t actually a mental health condition,” stated Dr. Lale Say, a WHO employee who coordinates adolescents and at-risk populations. “Leaving it there was causing stigma, so in order to reduce the stigma, while also ensuring access to necessary health interventions this was placed to a different chapter, the sexual health chapter, in the new ICD.” Meanwhile, the WHO has decided to classify people who enjoy playing video games as having an “addictive behavior disorder” – this “disease” classification adding a whole new stigma to a hobby enjoyed by millions of children. “As a member of the American College of Paediatrics said, you can alter a body, but you can not change sex,” wrote one Breitbart News commenter about the news. “That is hard wired in your DNA. It can not be altered … too few have challenged these so-called ‘experts.’ They’re not (experts) and they have ulterior motives. It’s the same as the climate change / global warming and whatever the next scheme is going to be.” Sources for this article include: Breitbart.com NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-04-24-cdc-admits-hiv-is-exploding-among-transgender-women.html 

:: 4-24-19 Singularity Hub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Lifelike Biomaterial Self-Reproduces and Has a Metabolism

By Shelly Fan - Apr 24, 2019

Life demands flux. Every living organism is constantly changing: cells divide and die, proteins build and disintegrate, DNA breaks and heals. Life demands metabolism—the simultaneous builder and destroyer of living materials—to continuously upgrade our bodies. That’s how we heal and grow, how we propagate and survive. What if we could endow cold, static, lifeless robots with the gift of metabolism? In a study published this month in Science Robotics, an international team developed a DNA-based method that gives raw biomaterials an artificial metabolism. Dubbed DASH—DNA-based assembly and synthesis of hierarchical materials—the method automatically generates “slime”-like nanobots that dynamically move and navigate their environments. Like humans, the artificial lifelike material used external energy to constantly change the nanobots’ bodies in pre-programmed ways, recycling their DNA-based parts as both waste and raw material for further use. Some “grew” into the shape of molecular double-helixes; others “wrote” the DNA letters inside micro-chips. The artificial life forms were also rather “competitive”—in quotes, because these molecular machines are not conscious. Yet when pitted against each other, two DASH bots automatically raced forward, crawling in typical slime-mold fashion at a scale easily seen under the microscope—and with some iterations, with the naked human eye. “Fundamentally, we may be able to change how we create and use the materials with lifelike characteristics. Typically materials and objects we create in general are basically static… one day, we may be able to ‘grow’ objects like houses and maintain their forms and functions autonomously,” said study author Dr. Shogo Hamada to Singularity Hub. “This is a great study that combines the versatility of DNA nanotechnology with the dynamics of living materials,” said Dr. Job Boekhoven at the Technical University of Munich, who was not involved in the work.  Dissipative Assembly The study builds on previous ideas on how to make molecular Lego blocks that essentially assemble—and destroy—themselves. Although the inspiration came from biological metabolism, scientists have long hoped to cut their reliance on nature. At its core, metabolism is just a bunch of well-coordinated chemical reactions, programmed by eons of evolution. So why build artificial lifelike materials still tethered by evolution when we can use chemistry to engineer completely new forms of artificial life? Back in 2015, for example, a team led by Boekhoven described a way to mimic how our cells build their internal “structural beams,” aptly called the cytoskeleton. The key here, unlike many processes in nature, isn’t balance or equilibrium; rather, the team engineered an extremely unstable system that automatically builds—and sustains—assemblies from molecular building blocks when given an external source of chemical energy. Sound familiar? The team basically built molecular devices that “die” without “food.” Thanks to the laws of thermodynamics (hey ya, Newton!), that energy eventually dissipates, and the shapes automatically begin to break down, completing an artificial “circle of life.” The new study took the system one step further: rather than just mimicking synthesis, they completed the circle by coupling the building process with dissipative assembly. Here, the “assembling units themselves are also autonomously created from scratch,” said Hamada. DNA Nanobots The process of building DNA nanobots starts on a microfluidic chip. Decades of research have allowed researchers to optimize DNA assembly outside the body. With the help of catalysts, which help “bind” individual molecules together, the team found that they could easily alter the shape of the self-assembling DNA bots—which formed fiber-like shapes—by changing the structure of the microfluidic chambers. Computer simulations played a role here too: through both digital simulations and observations under the microscope, the team was able to identify a few critical rules that helped them predict how their molecules self-assemble while navigating a maze of blocking “pillars” and channels carved onto the microchips. This “enabled a general design strategy for the DASH patterns,” they said. In particular, the whirling motion of the fluids as they coursed through—and bumped into—ridges in the chips seems to help the DNA molecules “entangle into networks,” the team explained. These insights helped the team further develop the “destroying” part of metabolism. Similar to linking molecules into DNA chains, their destruction also relies on enzymes. Once the team pumped both “generation” and “degeneration” enzymes into the microchips, along with raw building blocks, the process was completely autonomous. The simultaneous processes were so lifelike that the team used a metric commonly used in robotics, finite-state automation, to measure the behavior of their DNA nanobots from growth to eventual decay. “The result is a synthetic structure with features associated with life. These behaviors include locomotion, self-regeneration, and spatiotemporal regulation,” said Boekhoven. Molecular Slime Molds Just witnessing lifelike molecules grow in place like the dance move running man wasn’t enough. In their next experiments, the team took inspiration from slugs to program undulating movements into their DNA bots. Here, “movement” is actually a sort of illusion: the machines “moved” because their front ends kept regenerating, whereas their back ends degenerated. In essence, the molecular slime was built from linking multiple individual “DNA robot-like” units together: each unit receives a delayed “decay” signal from the head of the slime in a way that allowed the whole artificial “organism” to crawl forward, against the steam of fluid flow. Here’s the fun part: the team eventually engineered two molecular slime bots and pitted them against each other, Mario Kart-style. In these experiments, the faster moving bot alters the state of its competitor to promote “decay.” This slows down the competitor, allowing the dominant DNA nanoslug to win in a race. Of course, the end goal isn’t molecular podracing. Rather, the DNA-based bots could easily amplify a given DNA or RNA sequence, making them efficient nano-diagnosticians for viral and other infections. The lifelike material can basically generate patterns that doctors can directly ‘see’ with their eyes, which makes DNA or RNA molecules from bacteria and viruses extremely easy to detect, the team said. In the short run, “the detection device with this self-generating material could be applied to many places and help people on site, from farmers to clinics, by providing an easy and accurate way to detect pathogens,” explained Hamaga. A Futuristic Iron Man Nanosuit? I’m letting my nerd flag fly here. In Avengers: Infinity Wars, the scientist-engineer-philanthropist-playboy Tony Stark unveiled a nanosuit that grew to his contours when needed and automatically healed when damaged. DASH may one day realize that vision. For now, the team isn’t focused on using the technology for regenerating armor—rather, the dynamic materials could create new protein assemblies or chemical pathways inside living organisms, for example. The team also envisions adding simple sensing and computing mechanisms into the material, which can then easily be thought of as a robot. Unlike synthetic biology, the goal isn’t to create artificial life. Rather, the team hopes to give lifelike properties to otherwise static materials. “We are introducing a brand-new, lifelike material concept powered by its very own artificial metabolism. We are not making something that’s alive, but we are creating materials that are much more lifelike than have ever been seen before,” said lead author Dr. Dan Luo. “Ultimately, our material may allow the construction of self-reproducing machines… artificial metabolism is an important step toward the creation of ‘artificial’ biological systems with dynamic, lifelike capabilities,” added Hamada. “It could open a new frontier in robotics.”

https://singularityhub.com/2019/04/24/new-lifelike-biomaterial-self-reproduces-and-has-a-metabolism/#sm.0001yqcq4bsuefoivs01rinf14xrf 

:: 4-24-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Time To Prepare For The Ultimate Fallout: Radicalized Americans Promoted By The Media Increasing Attacks Against Conservatives - The 2020 Election Will Be Tipping Point 

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine April 24, 2019

Democrat Presidential candidate Bernie Sanders plans to allow incarcerated felons to vote from behind bars, including people like Boston Marathon bomber Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, if he should win the 2020 presidential election, while another Democrat presidential candidate Kamala Harris plans to gut the Second Amendment right to bear arms, via Executive Order, if she should win. The list of radical ideas and proposals coming from the "progressive" left are being promoted heavily by the liberal media, as they continue to encourage violence against conservatives by constantly maligning, labeling, and inciting their liberal viewers/readers to outright violence against Republicans, Trump supporters and Christians. The fallout if a Democrat pushing radicalism wins in 2020 will be bad, but if the headlines after the November 2020 election reads "Trump wins 2020" re-election, expect far more rioting and violence from liberals than we saw in 2016. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) RADICALISM BEING FOMENTED BY DEMOCRATS AND THE MEDIA Sure the proposals by the Democrat contenders are all part of campaigning, but such radical ideas stem from their internal polling, which indicates that that there is a significant amount of radical liberals that are supportive of those ideas and proposals. We have seen and reported how radicalized liberals have become by documenting the increasing number of physical attacks, calls for harassment, and threats against conservatives which has topped 600 incidents, while conservatives understand that a tipping point is coming, and are preparing accordingly. Anyone that thought the conclusion of the Mueller investigation, which found there was no collusion between the Trump campaign, associates, or any U.S. persons, and Russia, would see a calming of the hyperbole by the liberal and radical media and Democrats in congress, should now understand by looking at the subsequent coverage and calls for impeachment by the radical left, it is only going to get worse...not better. Not only are the media and Democrats continuing with their accusations and attacks against the president and his supporters but they are now moving along to their new "outrage of the week," which is the reports indicating that the Supreme Court is leaning towards ruling in favor of the Trump administration to re-add the citizenship question. In fact, Ken Paxton over at The Hill pretty much summed up what the media and democrats are doing, almost on a daily basis, in his article about the citizenship question being added back to the census, with the headline "Stop ginning up hysteria: Citizenship question on census is nothing new." Ginning up hysteria..... perfect descriptor of what the the media has been doing since the day Donald Trump rode down an escalator and announced his candidacy. The ginned up hysteria over the Neil Gorsuch nomination tot he Supreme Court, the ginned up hysteria over the Brett Kavanaugh, they did the same with constant claims that President Trump colluded with Russia, claims that Trump supporters were all racist, homophobic, Islamophobic, Nazi-like, white supremacist "deplorables." Each week, there is a new manufactured outrage that carries the news cycle, until liberals that watch and read those outlets quite literally cry, scream, howl and tell their therapists that they think the world is ending. The therapists call it Trump Anxiety Disorder aka Trump Derangement Syndrome, yet in almost every reported case, it is the "intense consumption of media coverage," that is causing the disorder. THE 2020 PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION WILL BE THE TIPPING POINT While the media, on behalf of their party, the Democrats, show no signs of backing away from continuing to terrorize Americans on a daily basis in an attempt to prevent President Trump from winning re-election in 2020, things are bound to get even crazier than the first two years of his presidency has been....that means more physical attacks, more harassment of conservatives, more threats. Notice that every time a poll, survey or news items comes out indicating President Trump stands a good chance of being re-elected, the media instantly manages to come out with another Trump-related manufactured outrage for their followers to freak out over..... it is not a coincidence. We can fully expect the level of insanity to continue to increase all the way up to the 2020 presidential election, but frankly, it is hard not to imagine that after the election, no matter who wins, is when the "ultimate fallout" will hit. For example: Imagine Kamala Harris wining, then as promised, if gun control laws are not passed by congress in her first 100 days, she comes after our weapons, via executive order. Does anyone think gun owners are going to turn over their weapons willingly or without massive bloodshed? What if Bernie Sanders wins? An avowed socialist would ultimately lead to what every other socialist country suffered, food shortages, riots in the streets, just look at Venezuela. Again, blood in the streets. Maybe not immediately, but it would be the first step in that direction. Note: I am using Sanders and Harris as examples because the latest polling has both of them in the top four to likely succeed in garnering the Democrat nomination, with Biden leading, but Joe hasn't officially entered the race and his campaign is a hot mess already, and financially lacking behind Sanders. I am also ignoring Pete Buttigieg, because Dems are already hunting dirt on him and there is little chance his name recognition will go much further. According to the latest Emerson College poll, it is "Bernie or bust" for at least 26 percent of his supporters, who are declaring that if Bernie does not win the nomination for the Democrats, they will vote for President Trump. Which brings us to a Trump re-election win. Since President Trump won the 2016 election the media and Democrats have been declaring the end of "democracy," (we are a Republic!), the end of women's rights, the end of the world in 12 years due to climate change, the rise of white supremacy, the "racist" nation, etc...etc...etc... you get the point. Now imagine their terror campaign against Americans if President Trump is re-elected? Make no mistake, there is already blood on the streets, teenagers and the elderly attacked for wearing MAGA hats or Trump gear, people attacked and physically assaulted in their own yards because they had a Trump flag. The examples go on and on and on, just do a search for "Trump supporter attacked and beaten" and look at the results. According to Google there are "About 58,600,000," results. Does anyone in their right mind truly believe that if President Trump is re-elected that the media will stop terrorizing Americans each and every day, inciting even more threats, harassment and violence against conservatives? No matter how you cut it, 2020 is going to be a tipping point, which is why we all should be preparing the ultimate fallout. PREPARE FOR ALL OUTCOMES  Arm yourselves, get trained in the use and safe handling of weapons, just in case Harris wins and comes for your weapons. Stock up on food supplies, water, medical supplies, because if Sanders wins, being a self-identified socialist who refuses to criticize dictators of socialist nations today, (because he wants to be one!), this nation will rapidly decline and people better be prepared not only to survive but to defend their homes, food and supplies. Pretty much all the Democrat candidates are proposing the most radical ideas they can think of to appeal to their radicalized base, so preparation can only help, not hurt. The food will get eaten, the supplies will get used, either way. Finally, prepare also in the event of President Trump winning re-election. Remember the violent protests, the rioting that went on the following days and weeks, as well as the inauguration protests which saw violence all across the nation, which in some cases was characterized as "terrorist violence," by Homeland Security. These people have not become less deranged over the past few years, the media has terrorized them to the point where they have become more unhinged, so expect the violence and rioting we saw over the course of the last years as just the prelude to the ultimate fallout after a 2020 Trump win. BOTTOM LINE  

Radicals have taken over the Democrat party and the liberal media, also known as the propaganda arm of the party, will undoubtedly support whoever the party selects, by continuing to deliberately terrorize Americans with their constant manufactured outrage over president Trump and attacking the "deplorables," (Trump supporters), which in turn will continue the pattern of increased violence against conservatives. While the lead up to the 2020 election will be ugly because of that, it is going to get much uglier after the election, especially by unhinged and radicalized liberals, should President Trump win re-election.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Terror_In_America_Radical_Americans.php 

:: 4-24-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hail apocalypse: 13 killed and over 100 injured as hailstorm ravages three villages in Uganda

By Strange Sounds - Apr 24, 2019

13 people have been killed and 100 others have been injured following a heavy rain and hail storm in Buyende district, Uganda. The unusual weather ravaged the villages of Kabugudo, Nabweyo, and Nakabembe between 8:00 pm and 10:30pm on Sunday, April 21, 2019. Most of the deceased were swept away by floods into nearby swamps where they drowned. The storm swept away 300 homes and residents have found refuge at Kidera health centre IV. Survivors were transferred either to Kidera health centre IV or Kamuli general hospital respectively. A victim explains she decided to lock herself in her house. However, in no time, she saw her rooftop shaking and on her way out, it felt on her head. Another injured man explained his three sons and wife had been transferred to Kamuli hospital after sustaining injuries. “I was not at home when the storm struck, but I came back only to find the entire house flooded, and my wife together with the children were almost drowning, so I rushed them to Kamuli general hospital for further management,” he said. Abdul Mulawa, the Buyende district police commander, says that the search is on to recover bodies of missing persons in the three villages. Mulawa further advised residents to shift from lake shores which have proven to be prone to heavy storms. Robert Musoke, the member of parliament for Budiope West, has asked the government and all volonteers to come and help rescuing the affected residents.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/uganda-hail-storm-video.html 

:: 4-24-19 Lisa Haven News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Date With ‘Death’ Set By Globalists! Proof They’re After Millions & How They Plan On Doing It & Why!

Posted by Lisa Haven | Apr 24, 2019

While the world is being entertained, the global elite are secretly implementing their plans of mass human slaughter. According to the Georgia Guidestones they want millions of people dead and will stop at nothing to get it done. So they aggressively pursue their plan of depopulation… Today, many methods of depopulation are being implemented, however the biggest attack is being initiated against our health using Geoengineering, fluoride, GMO’s, pharmaceutical drugs, smart grids, 5G, and vaccinations, to name a few. The campaign to eliminate “useless eaters” on behalf of the planet’s “privileged ruling elite,” is surely to take a more ravenous toll as global population levels rise. It can be expected. In the video below, I not only dive through the globalists latest attempt to turn human corpses into ‘human compost’ but I also prove that their depopulation agenda using John Holdrens Book EcoScience. All that and more below…  For More Information See and Links See:

https://www.stevequayle.com/ 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-04-23-the-annihilation-agenda-globalists-working-to-exterminate-human-race.html 

https://archive.org/details/Ecoscience_17/page/n67 

https://app.leg.wa.gov/billsummary?BillNumber=5001&Year=2019&Initiative=false 

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2019/04/22/human-composting-washington-legalize-green-burial/3544844002/ 

https://futurism.com/the-byte/washington-legalizing-human-composting 

http://lisahaven.news/2019/04/date-with-death-set-by-globalists-proof-theyre-after-millions-how-they-plan-on-doing-it-why/ 

:: 4-19-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As the Day Approaches

By Hal Lindsey

Just over two years ago, the Barna Group polled Americans about the end times. They found that 41 percent agree with the sentence, “The world is currently living in the ‘end times’ as described by prophecies in the Bible.” This is more than a vague awareness that things are off-track; more than an ill-defined sense of looming apocalypse. This is a specific belief that the events of our time match the Bible’s description of the end time. 2 Peter 3:10-13 says, “But the day of the Lord will come like a thief, in which the heavens will pass away with a roar and the elements will be destroyed with intense heat, and the earth and its works will be burned up. Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be in holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God, on account of which the heavens will be destroyed by burning, and the elements will melt with intense heat! But according to His promise we are looking for new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells.” (NASB) Peter asked, “What sort of people ought you to be?” The King James Version translates it, “What manner of persons ought ye to be?” (KJV) Through Peter, the Holy Spirit tells the reader that the things of this world we get hung up on — money, houses, cars and other luxuries — will not last. He’s telling us to take the long view of history. Look at the big picture. See your life in context — not just the context of tomorrow or next week, but of eternity. Peter asked, “Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be?” Those words were hardly on the page when he began giving the answer. “In holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God.” (2 Peter 3:11-12 NASB) Forty-one percent believe we are in the end times as described in the Bible. So why don’t they live “in holy conduct and godliness?” Forty-one percent is not a majority, but it is such a large minority that mainstream advertisers would never want to offend it. The celebration of evil that permeates American entertainment would not hold — at least not in the mainstream. But even Christians can lose the ability to blush. The world is falling into a pit of violent debauchery, and a large percentage of people who believe Jesus is coming soon, are following the world down. We desperately need another Great Awakening in the United States. That doesn’t just mean sinners being saved. An awakening includes reformation and revival. Christians, including the clergy, need to renew their love for God and His word — to love Him more than money, prestige, or comfort. Hebrews gives us a great picture of how to live our lives, and then says that it is especially true for those who live in the end times. “Let us hold fast the confession of our hope without wavering, for He who promised is faithful. And let us consider one another in order to stir up love and good works, not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as is the manner of some, but exhorting one another, and so much the more as you see the Day approaching.” (Hebrews 10:23-25 NKJV) Two years ago, 41% of Americans said they could “see the Day approaching.” So why aren’t the 41% holding fast the confession of their hope without wavering? Why aren’t we stirring up love and good works in one another? Why do so many forsake the assembling together of those with like faith? I’ve spent much of my life pointing out just how near we are to “the Day.” It’s heartening that so many Americans now agree with that basic message. I pray that this glorious belief will begin to manifest itself in our attitudes and actions. When that happens, we will see miracles!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-2-2016/ 

:: 4-24-19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CP Current Page: Voices | Wednesday, April 24, 2019

Sri Lanka is yet another wake-up call for all of us

By Eric Costanzo, Voices Contributor

I was in the final pass of looking over my Easter sermon when a friend texted me: “Please mention Sri Lanka.” I have made it my practice to not check news or scroll through social media on Sunday mornings, and so I had not yet heard. As I logged on to see the news for myself, a pit began to form in my gut. The first images I saw were those of churches blown wide open, various remains scattered about, and a statue of Christ sprayed with blood and blast marks. While the majority of us were about to attend our Easter services without fear of persecution or violence, thousands in Sri Lanka had endured the most tragic of days imaginable. Though my heart sank in grief for those in Sri Lanka, I was also burdened for brothers and sisters in Christ all over the world. I keep a Coptic cross close to me that reminds me to pray daily for persecuted Christians. As I pressed my fingers against it this Easter Sunday, the fresh reminder of global suffering had a somber heaviness. Because, whatever happens to any human being on account of the faith happens to us all. When one part of the Body of Christ suffers, the entire Body suffers with it (1 Corinthians 12:26). Religious persecution and violence towards others on account of their faith represent the deepest levels of human evil. There have been more Christian martyrs globally in the last one hundred years than in the previous nineteen hundred years combined. Open Doors USA estimates that every month, on average, 345 Christians are killed for reasons related to their faith. In addition, more than 100 churches are burned or attacked monthly, and more than 200 Christians are imprisoned with no due process. We have since learned that the coordinated Easter Sunday bombings in Sri Lanka were the product of radical Islamists intending to kill primarily Christians. But Christians are not the only people of faith targeted around the world. Sri Lanka is yet another sickening chapter in the larger story we’ve seen far too much of late including: the burning of three African-American churches in Louisiana, the mass shootings at two mosques in New Zealand, and yet another mass shooting at a synagogue in Pittsburgh last year. Such attacks on any religious group or person ought to be condemned by all people in general, but especially all people of faith. This is an area where American Christians, including myself, have much room for improvement. We have often expressed anxiety that secularization of our own culture creates significant threats to Christian religious liberty, and perhaps even to Christians themselves. At the same time, however, many of us have failed to recognize that the denial of freedom to any human being on account of their religious beliefs is a danger to every person of faith. If the Buddhist or Muslim is denied the same religious freedom and protection afforded to the Christian now, the Christian ought to not be surprised when it happens to him or her in the future. To be clear, it’s not that American Christians do not care about the persecution of people around the world. It’s just that most of us have very little personal experience with it. We Christians need to deepen our understanding and empathy towards the oppression and suffering faced by millions around the world, but we’re not the only ones. Americans in general frequently seem to live with an overall disconnect regarding global realities. Sadly, Easter Sunday demonstrated this clearly. It did not take long for the Sri Lankan’s tragedy to become an opportunity for politicians and pundits to start taking their swipes at each other. Only hours after our own Easter services had concluded, more than one American mainstream media outlet had returned to their coverage of the Mueller report as the lead story. Not surprisingly, our social media did not fare any better. The Sri Lankan government had to block their citizens’ access to multiple American-generated sites because of the proliferation of false news stories.

https://www.christianpost.com/voice/sri-lanka-is-yet-another-wake-up-call-for-all-of-us.html 

:: 4-24-19 NBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Crash that injured pedestrians in California was 'intentional act,' police say

Police are recommending the driver be charged with eight counts of attempted murder.

April 24, 2019, 7:12 AM EDT / Updated April 24, 2019, 8:09 PM EDT  By Ben Kesslen and Phil Helsel

The driver who allegedly plowed into a group of pedestrians in Sunnyvale, California, indicated he did it intentionally but his motive remained under investigation, police said. The most seriously injured person in Tuesday night's crash was a 13-year-old girl who was hospitalized in critical condition, Sunnyvale Department of Public Safety Capt. Jim Choi said at a news conference Wednesday. Isaiah Joel Peoples, 34, was arrested at the scene and appeared to be waiting for police to arrive, Choi said. Police will recommend he be charged with eight counts of attempted murder, he added. "We now know that that accident involved an intentional act by the driver, Isaiah Peoples," Choi said. "All evidence obtained indicates that this was an intentional act, that the driver purposefully sped up, ran into the crosswalk, and purposely tried to hit the pedestrians," he said. There were eight total victims, although one of those being treated as a victim was a 9-year-old boy whose father moved him out of the way before the crash in Sunnyvale, a town about 40 miles from San Francisco, Choi said. Police have no evidence that Peoples is associated with any terrorist organization and "there is no indication that this act in itself was related to an act of terrorism," Choi said. A motive is still under investigation, but "he did indicate that this was an intentional act," Choi said. "He did not say actually why he did it, so that’s still under investigation. He is being cooperative," he said. A witness to the aftermath of the crash told NBC Bay Area that: "I saw two men lying flat on their back, on the street, with paramedics surrounding them." The suspect eventually crashed into a tree after the incident, officials said. Don Draper, of San Jose, told NBC Bay Area that he witnessed the crash that “flipped bodies up in the air” and that he chased the driver after he crashed into a wooded area. Draper said he was enraged and asked the driver, whose door was open, “What is the matter with you?” and the driver mentioned Jesus. “He was saying ‘Thank you, Jesus. I love you, Jesus, several times, saying this in an un-slurred clear voice,” Draper told the station, adding that the driver didn’t seem to acknowledge or look at him. Choi also said that a witness said the driver mentioned God. Sunnyvale Police are still leading the investigation, but the FBI is assisting, and will become more involved if the case becomes federal, the bureau's San Francisco division told NBC News. Choi said earlier Wednesday that police believed it may have been intentional because of initial statements and that there did not appear to be any skid marks or other signs the driver tried to brake. "There was possible acceleration right at the last moment. The vehicle turned into the direction of the pedestrians," Choi said. "And there was no attempt from what we obtained from statements that the vehicle even tried to move out of the way or avoid the pedestrians." After the crash, the driver got out of the vehicle and "it appeared that he was pretty much waiting for the police arrival,” Choi said. He said that while the investigation is ongoing, "everything indicates that there was no association from the suspect that was arrested to the victims." Peoples was being held with no bond at the Santa Clara County Jail. "He did not express any remorse from what we can tell," Choi said. A blood sample was taken to determine if Peoples was under the influence, but he was coherent and able to answer questions, he said. Also injured were four men, a woman and a 15-year-old boy.

https://www.nbcnews.com/news/us-news/eight-pedestrians-struck-car-suspected-intentional-crash-n997911 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4-15-19 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

20 Illegal Aliens from Congo Being "Monitored for EBOLA" at U.S. Border

Nation News Desk 15 April 2019

A public health official in Laredo, Texas, said 20 Congolese migrants are being monitored for Ebola in shelters in his city and across the Mexican border in Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas. Shortly after his announcement during a Laredo City Council meeting, the World Health Organization (WHO) considered declaring a “global emergency” in response to a massive outbreak of Ebola in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. “We have 8 Congolese right now in one of our shelters and a dozen in Nuevo Laredo,” Laredo Health Director Dr. Hector Gonzalez told the Laredo City Councilman George Altget during a council meeting on April 4. “For them, my concern was Ebola.” He said that due to the time element, the Congolese migrants were not developing symptoms of Ebola. “But, we’re on alert to check that,” he said.

A report from the WHO states that, as of April 10, there have been more than 1,200 reported cases of Ebola in the Congo (1,140 confirmed, 66 probable). Those cases resulted in the deaths of 764 patients (698 confirmed, 66 probable). On Friday, The WHO decided the outbreak does not yet constitute a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC).” A top Red Cross official told NBC News on Friday that he is “more concerned than I have ever been” about the current outbreak of Ebola spreading regionally. Emanuele Capobianco cited statistics from the Congolese health ministry confirming 40 new cases over a two-day period last week. NBC reported that the official called the rate unprecedented in this particular outbreak. Doctors Without Borders responded to the lack of action from the WHO. “Whatever the official status of this outbreak is, it is clear that the outbreak is not under control and therefore we need a better collective effort, Gwenola Seroux, emergency manager for the organization said in a written statement. “What is most important now if we want to gain control of this epidemic is to change the way we are dealing with it.” In Laredo, Dr. Gonzalez said migrants from other countries present other health risks as well. He said they are monitoring migrants for yellow fever and malaria. “We don’t commonly see these (diseases), but we could.” Gonzalez said that 2,800 migrants have been released in Laredo at the bus station in the past two and a half months. He said the city government is working with charity organizations to provide health screenings. “We’ve had flu. We’ve had a couple of potential respiratory infections that could be communicable, but we ruled them out – [tuberculosis] and mumps.” “TB is an ongoing issue in the state of Texas,’ the doctor explained. “Between Texas, California, and New York, we have 50 percent of the cases of TB and the border has the most. Brownsville has the biggest number of cases.” “We always have surveillance for different issues that I’ve expressed,” the health director concluded.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/20-illegal-aliens-from-congo-being-monitored-for-ebola-at-u-s-border 

:: 4-11-19 Nexgov :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Artificial Intelligence Is Helping Evaluate 1.1 Million Security Clearance Holders

By Aaron Boyd April 11, 2019

While artificial intelligence is key to the future of background investigations, it will always be up to humans to make clearance decisions, an official assured. The security clearance process is broken—a fact widely accepted by stakeholders in the public and private sector, legislative and executive branches of government, Democrats and Republicans. As federal leaders work on the largest process overhaul in half a century, artificial intelligence will play a key role. In February, officials unveiled plans for Trusted Workforce 2.0, a framework that would shift suitability and security determinations from a one-time investigation followed by reassessments every five to 10 years, to an ongoing process that uses technology and private sector partners and data. The first step in moving away from the old process is getting rid of all the paper, according to Terry Carpenter, the program executive officer for the National Background Investigation Service, the office overseeing the technical overhaul of the investigations process. “The days of you filling out some form—online or in paper—submitting this form; having people go through that form; analyze your responses; decide which investigator to send out there to meet with your parents, your friends, your neighbors, who may all be in different states; to write up reports and assemble a package that grows as we do the investigation and come back to somebody to adjudicate the recommendation to say, ‘should this person get a clearance or not based on policy?’ We can’t do that anymore—that’s paper,” Carpenter said Thursday during the Government Analytics Breakfast Forum hosted by Johns Hopkins University and REI Systems. Before instituting the Trusted Workforce 2.0 framework, adjudicators would have to physically travel to interview people on every topic covered by the clearance investigation. Under the new guidance, investigators have the option to use other means to speed the process. In October, Carpenter’s team rolled out a tool to digitize the front-end of the security clearance process: filling out paper forms like the SF-86. The NBIS team developed a digital form that operates similarly to modern tax preparation software. Users are guided through a set of questions and document requests that ensure the data is entered in a structured format. Another tool currently in development uses artificial intelligence to pull investigatees’ data from multiple sources, including public information, private data sources like credit reports and government data, either through interagency partners or data collected by investigators. The AI tool will gather and sort that data and present it to adjudicators in a structured, interactive format. “We have a complete list of how the algorithm got to the recommendation. We can click on any piece of data in that decision-making chain and see it. And that gets packaged up as part of the supporting evidence for why decisions were made,” Carpenter said.  With digitized data sources and AI helping pull and sort the information, the investigative process can move toward a “continuous evaluation” model, in which clearance holders are regularly reassessed based on new information, rather than on an arbitrary, decade-long cycle. “We already have 1.1 million names in as part of the initiative and it just goes through the data sources on some reoccurring schedule set by the business rules and if an anomaly comes up, then we look at the anomaly and decide what to do with it,” Carpenter said. “Maybe I got a speeding ticket last night and it popped up on the data source,” he offered as a hypothetical. Carpenter said the team hopes soon to be able to pilot the system end-to-end with the lowest level suitability determinations. If that pilot succeeds, the team can add more data streams and capabilities in order to handle more sensitive assessments. All this will be possible because the team looked at the problem as a whole, rather than just finding cool tools to apply to parts of the problem, Carpenter said. “We moved the NBIS architecture to an enterprise data broker concept and we moved the data sources to one place,” he explained. “This gave us the ability to focus on control of that data. I don’t have to own it all—it doesn’t have to sit on my servers. … But we need to know that we have the connection, we have the ability to pull it when we need it, we know what the data is—what it represents—and we know the policies and agreements—the laws—that surround the use of that data.” “We couldn’t rush to the quick answer,” he added. “We had to do some of these critical, I call them ‘hygiene steps.’” No matter what, it will be up to humans to make the final decisions about suitability and trust, Carpenter said. “No decision will be made by a machine. We will augment decision- making,” he said. “Instead of them spending weeks and months trying to find needles in a haystack, we’re using artificial intelligence and machine learning to present those needles, in a neat form with all the relevant information to how we found it for the human to make that final determination.”

https://www.nextgov.com/emerging-tech/2019/04/artificial-intelligence-helping-evaluate-11-million-security-clearance-holders/156255/ 

:: 4-14-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Three Twits Of Tyranny Helping To Split Democrats In Half.... Toss In Bernie Sanders Attacking Liberal Think Tanks And Dems Are At War With Each Other

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine April 14, 2019

Democrats, as a party, are able to agree on just one thing... ORANGE MAN BAD, and that is the only time they seem capable of uniting with each other. In just the last week we have seen a liberal think tank attacking progressive Democrat presidential candidates, so Bernie Sanders, one of those candidates being attacked is slamming the liberal think tanks, as the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee (DCCC) Chair mocks the loud-mouth, gaffe-prone CongressKid Ocasio-Cortez over her donation boycott tweet, while the anti-Semite Ilhan Omar has suffered yet another case of Foot-in-Mouth scandal, and the third Twit of Tyranny, Rashida Tlaib, decides to attack the entire leadership of the Democrat party. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) BERNIE SANDERS ACCUSES LIB THINK TANK OF ATTACKING HIM & OTHER PROGRESSIVES We'll start with Bernie, who recently sent a scathing letter to liberal think tank Center for American Progress (Founded by John Podesta), and CAP Action Fund, expressing his "deep concern," over a recent Think Progress article (propaganda arm for the group), and other prior articles that have criticized him and other Democrat presidential candidates. The letter states in part:  Last week, you published an article on ThinkProgress criticizing me for my appearance and for the income I earned from writing a book. Then, a day later, you published a video that dishonestly attacked me for hypocrisy in my effort to address income inequality in America – a video that was excitedly discussed on many conservative websites. Sadly, I’m not the only candidate in the 2020 field who has experienced personal attacks from your institution. My friend and colleague Elizabeth Warren was unfairly targeted by a November 2017 article on ThinkProgress that echoed Donald Trump’s bad faith claims that she was being a hypocrite about her ancestry. That attack that was linked on the Drudge Report and immediately immersed her into a rather unhelpful debate. Again in October 2018, you published an article stating that she was hurting Native American people. That’s not all. In February of this year, an article on ThinkProgress attacked another friend and colleague of mine, Cory Booker, for moving in a progressive direction and joining with me on a prescription drug importation bill. Some consider this a shot across the bow in light of what the DNC, and Hillary Clinton did to him in 2016, with the DNC actively working against him while working for Clinton in order to rig the primaries in her favor. DCCC CHAIR MOCKS LOUD-MOUTHED, GAFFE-PRONE CONGRESSKID This one goes back a bit, so a brief recap and I will just link to the appropriate articles for verification purposes, before getting to most recent part of this saga. One of the "three twits of tyranny," CongressKid Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, backed an effort reported on in January 2019, to primary incumbent "moderate" Democrats, and by March she was threatening any Democrat that didn't toe the line and vote in lock-step with the party, telling them she would put them on a "list," to be unseated. Also in March, the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee (DCCC) decided on a new policy to "not do business with political consultants and firms that help candidates challenging Democratic members of Congress next year." By the end of March, the CongressKid decided it would be a good idea to tell her nearly four million followers to "pause your donations to DCCC & give directly to swing candidates instead," then provided a list of those she called "great ones," while linking to their individual donation pages. Which brings us to the DCCC Chair, Rep. Cheri Bustos, appearing on CNN's 'New Day,' was asked about the standoff, when she sarcastically informed viewers that the Ocasio-Cortez's donation boycott strategy "worked so well that we had record fundraising numbers in the first quarter." It is also noteworthy that House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, fed up with the infighting, recently took her own shot at Ocasio-Cortezin an interview with USA Today, stating "While there are people who have a large number of Twitter followers, what’s important is that we have large numbers of votes on the floor of the House." This is how CNN's Chris Cillizza described it: Now, Pelosi didn't mention AOC by name. But you'd have to be a real dummy to not understand who she was talking about. Ocasio-Cortez has 3.9 million Twitter followers, by far the most of any House member -- including Pelosi (2.4 million followers). And AOC is an active Twitter user -- often employing the social media site to call out what she believes to be unfairness within the Democratic Party or to push back on media stories about her. I don't often use CNN as a source for anything considering how often they have been exposed as publishing inaccurate and outright fake news stories, but in this case, it is important for readers to understand Pelosi's frustration and shot at Ocasio-Cortez isn't just something conservative writers are "interpreting," but is something that is very apparent even to liberal media such as CNN. THE THREE TWITS OF TYRANNY The three freshman congresswomen referenced below are Ocasio-Cortez, Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib, and they are figuratively running around the House Democrats with cans of gasoline, while playing with matches, determined to burn the entire party to ashes. In a speech last month at the Council on American-Islamic Relations, Omar had characterized the attacks of 9/11 as "some people did something," which caused some online criticisms, and a snarky, brutal New York Post cover, showing the 9/11 Towers burning with the words "Here's your something." Then President Trump tweeted out a spliced video of Omar's comments with hijacked planes slamming into the World Trade Center, and the words "WE WILL NEVER FORGET." Omar had previously under fire for anti-Semitic comments, which led to a House resolution condemning hate speech. Related: What’s missing from Nancy Pelosi’s statement about Trump, Omar and 9/11? (Bonus: Blue check Resistance NOT satisfied) Some Democrats rushed to Omar's defense, while others decided perhaps it would be best to ignore her comments and go after president Trump for his Tweet against Omar, because the "ORANGE MAN BAD" theme always unites the radical liberal wing of the party, but others, especially the three twits of tyranny, one of which thinks she is "the boss," decided they had to throw themselves publicly into the fray to protect Omar, who seems to keep putting her foot in her mouth every time she opens it. Twit number one, Ocasio-Cortez thought it would be a good idea to promote a boycott of the New York Post over their cover about Omar and 9/11: Twit number two, Rashida Tlaib, decided to take another route and to attack the Democrat party leadership, as she took to Twitter to inform her liberal followers that "They put us in photos when they want to show our party is diverse. However, when we ask to be at the table, or speak up about issues that impact who we are, what we fight for & why we ran in the first place, we are ignored. To truly honor our diversity is to never silence us." Credit to at least one of her followers for reminding her that maybe she should be taking it up with party leaders in private, not showing how divided the party is internally. (More reactions to her tweet over at Twitchy) I doubt she will listen, none of the three twits of tyranny seem to want to listen, they just want to cause "good trouble," and then whine and play victim when they are called out for their antics. Related: Rashida Tlaib claims Dem leadership uses party’s minority members as tokens of diversity BOTTOM LINE With 18 Democrats vying for the Democrat nomination for president for the 2020 election, we expect to see some fireworks as they attempt to knock each other out of the running to decrease the amount of people in the field, but the infighting hasn't gotten to the candidate-against-candidate point yet, it is the new freshmen congresswomen, that continuously want to act like children, speaking before obtaining facts, and deliberately attacking the party leadership, that is dividing the party right in half. The way the Democrat contenders continue to try to attach themselves to the coat tails of the new "shiny" members of Congress, by the time November 2020 rolls around, they might have alienated a significant portion of their base, as a NYT recently found that "normal" or more moderate Democrats that vote, but are not online, outnumber the radical liberals that have become the face of the party, two-to-one. Maybe that is why so many Democrats have decided to #WalkAway.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Three_Twits_Of_Tyranny.php 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 4--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ground Beef Alert: E. Coli Outbreak and Three Recalls You Need to Know About

By Dagny Taggart

If you have any ground beef in your refrigerator or freezer, there are three serious alerts you need to know about. The first is an expanding E. coli outbreak. Here’s an overview from Food Safety News: Ground beef, consumed at home or in restaurants, and possibly purchased in large packages from grocery stores just might be the source of the now six-state E. coli O103 outbreak, according to CDC.  In an update of its last report just three days earlier, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) in Atlanta shared its preliminary epidemiologic information that implicates ground beef for infecting at least 109 people. (source) So far, seventeen people have been hospitalized, reports the CDC. No cases of hemolytic uremic syndrome (a type of kidney failure) have been reported, and no deaths have been reported. Officials still don’t know the exact source of the tainted meat. Traceback investigations are being conducted to determine the source of ground beef supplied to grocery stores and restaurant locations where infected people ate. Currently, no common supplier, distributor, or brand of ground beef has been identified. As of April 12, cases have been reported in Indiana, Georgia, Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee, and Virginia. CDC is not recommending that consumers avoid eating ground beef at this time. Consumers and restaurants should handle ground beef safely and cook it thoroughly to avoid foodborne illness. At this time, CDC is not recommending that retailers stop serving or selling ground beef. (source) For guidelines on how to safely handle and cook raw beef, please see the CDC’s instructions here: Outbreak of E. coli Infections. Symptoms of E. coli O103 include severe stomach cramps, diarrhea (often bloody), and vomiting, and usually lasts 5-7 days. Some people who are infected also develop a fever. People usually get sick from Shiga toxin-producing E. coli (STEC) 3–4 days after drinking or eating something that contains the bacteria, but illness can start anywhere from 1 to 10 days after infection. Some people with a STEC infection may get a type of kidney failure called hemolytic uremic syndrome. The CDC referred to the outbreak as a “rapidly evolving investigation”. We will update this article with new information as it is made available. In an unrelated outbreak that was announced at the end of March, Aurora Packing Company, Inc. recalled approximately 4,838 pounds of beef heel and chuck tender products that may be contaminated with E. coli O157:H7. Two companies have recalled beef products for possible plastic contamination. Earlier this month, AdvancePierre Foods recalled more than 20,000 pounds of frozen beef patties for possible plastic contamination: AdvancePierre Foods is voluntarily recalling 20,373 pounds of Tenderbroil Patties CN Fully Cooked Flamebroiled Beef Patties. The recall is limited to food service customers, and affected products are not available for purchase in retail stores. No other AdvancePierre Foods products are affected. Two consumers reported they found pieces of soft purple plastic in the product. Even though these reports involved only two items, out of an abundance of caution, the company is recalling 1,449 cases of product. AdvancePierre Foods has received no reports of injuries or illnesses associated with the affected product. The product was produced at one plant location on November 30, 2018. Each 14.06-pound case contains three bags with 30 pieces each, and bears the establishment code 2260E, a date code of EN83340303 and case code 155-525-0. This product was sent to distribution centers in the following states: Arizona, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, Nebraska, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas and Wisconsin. (source) Last week, JBS Plainwell, Inc. recalled a series of ground beef products for possible green hard plastic contamination, reports International Business Times: The recall includes approximately 43,292 pounds of ground beef that were produced on March 2, 2019. The affected beef has an establishment number of EST. 562M inside the USDA mark of inspection or printed on the bottom of the package label. The contaminated ground beef was shipped to retail locations throughout Michigan and Wisconsin. (source) The recalled beef includes:

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as fresh from Meijer GROUND BEEF 80% LEAN 20% FAT. It has a case code of 47283 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as fresh from Meijer GROUND BEEF 85% LEAN 15% FAT. It has a case code of 47285 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as fresh from Meijer GROUND BEEF 90% LEAN 10% FAT. It has a case code of 47290 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as LEAN GROUND BEEF. It has a case code of 42093 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as CERTIFIED GROUND SIRLOIN. It has a case code of 42090 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as CERTIFED GROUND ROUND. It has a case code of 42085 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as Fresh! BLACK ANGUS GROUND CHUCK. It has a case code of 42283 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as CERTIFIED GROUND CHUCK. It has a case code of 81631 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as GROUND BEEF. It has a case code of 81629 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

Consumers are urged to check their freezers for the recalled ground beef. It should be thrown away or returned to the place of purchase. It should not be consumed. One company has issued a recall for meat that was not inspected. Last Friday, Denver Processing LLC recalled approximately 13,865 pounds of raw pork and beef products that were produced without the benefit of federal inspection and outside inspection hours, reports Food Safety News: The recalled products bear the establishment number “EST. 6250” within the USDA mark of inspection on the case label and directly outside of the USDA mark of inspection on the product label. These items were shipped to retail locations in Colorado, Kansas, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming. (source) For a full list of products Denver Processing is recalling, please click here: Denver Processing recalls port and beef that went without inspection  What do you think? Will you be checking your freezer for these products? Please share your thoughts in the comments. About the Author Dagny Taggart is the pseudonym of an experienced journalist who needs to maintain anonymity to keep her job in the public eye. Dagny is non-partisan and aims to expose the half-truths, misrepresentations, and blatant lies of the MSM.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/ground-beef-alert-e-coli-outbreak-three-recalls/

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 4-16-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Notre Dame Burns, European Churches Are Vandalized, Defecated On, & Torched "Every Day"

by Tyler Durden Tue, 04/16/2019 - 02:00

Authored by Raymong Ibrahim via The Gatestone Institute,

Countless churches throughout Western Europe are being vandalized, defecated on, and torched.

In France, two churches are desecrated every day on average. According to PI-News, a German news site, 1,063 attacks on Christian churches or symbols (crucifixes, icons, statues) were registered in France in 2018. This represents a 17% increase compared to the previous year (2017), when 878 attacks were registered— meaning that such attacks are only going from bad to worse. Among some of the recent desecrations in France, the following took place in just February and March: Vandals plundered Notre-Dame des Enfants Church in Nîmes and used human excrement to draw a cross there; consecrated bread was found thrown outside among garbage. The Saint-Nicolas Church in Houilles was vandalized on three separate occasions in February; a 19th century statue of the Virgin Mary, regarded as "irreparable," was "completely pulverized," said a clergyman; and a hanging cross was thrown to the floor. Vandals desecrated and smashed crosses and statues at Saint-Alain Cathedral in Lavaur, and mangled the arms of a statue of a crucified Christ in a mocking manner. In addition, an altar cloth was burned. Arsonists torched the Church of St. Sulpice in Paris soon after midday mass on Sunday, March 17. Similar reports are coming out of Germany. Four separate churches were vandalized and/or torched in March alone. "In this country," PI-News explained, "there is a creeping war against everything that symbolizes Christianity: attacks on mountain-summit crosses, on sacred statues by the wayside, on churches... and recently also on cemeteries." Who is primarily behind these ongoing and increasing attacks on churches in Europe? The same German report offers a hint: "Crosses are broken, altars smashed, Bibles set on fire, baptismal fonts overturned, and the church doors smeared with Islamic expressions like 'Allahu Akbar.'" Another German report from November 11, 2017 noted that in the Alps and Bavaria alone, around 200 churches were attacked and many crosses broken: "Police are currently dealing with church desecrations again and again. The perpetrators are often youthful rioters with a migration background." Elsewhere they are described as "young Islamists." Sometimes, sadly, in European regions with large Muslim populations, there seems to be a concomitant rise in attacks on churches and Christian symbols. Before Christmas 2016, in the North Rhine-Westphalia region of Germany, where more than a million Muslims reside, some 50 public Christian statues (including those of Jesus) were beheaded and crucifixes broken. In 2016, following the arrival in Germany of another million mostly Muslim migrants, a local newspaper reported that in the town of Dülmen, "'not a day goes by' without attacks on religious statues in the town of less than 50,000 people, and the immediate surrounding area." In France it also seems that where the number of Muslim migrants increases, so do attacks on churches. A January 2017 study revealed that, "Islamist extremist attacks on Christians" in France rose by 38 percent, going from 273 attacks in 2015 to 376 in 2016; the majority occurred during Christmas season and "many of the attacks took place in churches and other places of worship." As a typical example, in 2014, a Muslim man committed "major acts of vandalism" inside a historic Catholic church in Thonon-les-Bains. According to a report (with pictures) he "overturned and broke two altars, the candelabras and lecterns, destroyed statues, tore down a tabernacle, twisted a massive bronze cross, smashed in a sacristy door and even broke some stained-glass windows." He also "trampled on" the Eucharist. For similar examples in other European countries, please see here, here, here, here, and here. In virtually every instance of church attacks, authorities and media obfuscate the identity of the vandals. In those rare instances when the Muslim (or "migrant") identity of the destroyers is leaked, the perpetrators are then presented as suffering from mental health issues. As the recent PI-News report says: "Hardly anyone writes and speaks about the increasing attacks on Christian symbols. There is an eloquent silence in both France and Germany about the scandal of the desecrations and the origin of the perpetrators.... Not a word, not even the slightest hint that could in anyway lead to the suspicion of migrants... It is not the perpetrators who are in danger of being ostracized, but those who dare to associate the desecration of Christian symbols with immigrant imports. They are accused of hatred, hate speech and racism."

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-15/notre-dame-burns-european-churches-are-vandalized-defecated-torched-every-day 

:: 4-15-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The sh**ty streets of San Francisco: Revolting map reveals the staggering amount of human waste found on storied city's streets as homeless crisis spirals out of control

Since 2011, there have been 118,352 instances of human waste being reported

Last year the number hit an all time high with more than 28,000 cases

The number is five times the amount that was reported eight years ago

San Francisco's homeless crisis has been well documented for several years

By Jennifer Smith For Dailymail.com Published: 14:24 EDT, 15 April 2019 | Updated: 06:24 EDT, 16 April 2019

An interactive map marking every spot in San Francisco where human waste has been reported since 2011 has emerged as the city continues to grapple with its growing homeless population. In total, there have been 118,352 instances reported over the last eight years with the map showing a blanket of brown pins which almost covers the city entirely. Most were found in one of ten neighborhoods; Tenderloin, South of Market, Mission, Civic Center, Mission Dolores, Lower Nob Hill, Potrero Hill, Showplace Square, North Beach and the Financial District. The number was 8,000 more than the previous year and more than five times the 5,547 that were reported in 2011. San Francisco's homeless problem has been a talking point among local media, industry and residents for years. It has been dubbed the 'shame of the city' and been likened to a human rights crisis by UN investigators. It is caused by a combination of factors. While there are technically no more homeless people there than in other cities across the US like New York or Los Angeles, San Francisco is far less spread out, meaning the homeless population is more dense. What's more, there are fewer shelter options than in other major cities. The lack of shelters in the excruciatingly expensive city mean thousands of homeless people have no choice but to sleep on the streets, often in tents. It has created a permanent tension among residents, many of whom work in Silicon Valley and have spent millions buying property there. The feces issue has been well-documented in the past by other researchers. Last year, as tensions reached fever pitch, some homeless people started using their own waste as material to slather graffiti on the walls and streets of the city.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6924787/Interactive-map-reveals-staggering-number-human-waste-San-Franciscos-streets.html 

:: 4-15-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America's Blinded Younger Generations Are Steering Our Country Into A Death Trap: 5 Ways That Socialism Kills Societies

- Americans Should Fight Tooth And Nail To Make Sure This Barbarism Never Fully Arrives On Our Shores

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die April 15, 2019

In this new story over at the Detroit Free Press which the Drudge Report had linked to Sunday morning, they report that fresh off of making a campaign video that helped get Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez elected, a young Detroit couple has launched a pro-socialism media company out of their house which, for a $10 a month subscription, will offer viewers 'pro-worker' and 'anti-capitalist' programming, including original TV shows, comedy and on the ground reporting. Just the latest evidence of America's younger generations turning towards socialism with many 'millennials' and members of 'Generation Z' feeling dissatisfied with where they see society headed, we also see 'seeds of awakening' within their story with both members of the couple brought up in Democrat-voting households who now realize they've long been lied to. “I grew up with this idea that Democrats were morally right. And after 2016, I realized that they’re all full of (expletive) — it’s not true. After eight years of Obama, nothing happened, except things got worse," Naomi Burton said. Yet while they see a potential 'answer' in socialism, and we certainly understand their frustration when they say "Our future is almost guaranteed to be worse than the future of our parents (at our age), which is essentially the case now", history has proven that socialism IS NOT the answer to their's and the world's misery and in fact, such a system will only bring more. And while we completely understand and feel empathy when we hear "When I talk to young people, especially those who have come from poverty, there is no hope for a better future" and "They know that the whole ‘I’m going to maybe be rich someday’ is a trap", the REAL trap is allowing America to fall into socialism and everything that historically comes with it. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) And in this March 29th story over at Campus Reform, we see perfectly illustrated a huge reason why socialism is sure to fail in America should it ever be implemented here; while more young people than ever before say they prefer socialism over capitalism, the Campus Reform story shows that those same young people who want socialism don't want to have to pay for it. Using the example of the students giving away their own hard earned grade point averages to those who weren't fairing so well, the flabbergasted looks on these young people's faces when asked if they'd share their GPA's with others as seen in the 1st video at the bottom of this story helps prove a major point about socialism. From the Campus Reform story.: With far left candidates and policies on the rise in America, it’s no surprise that for the first time ever, more young people say they’d prefer to live in a socialist country over a capitalist one. Whether it’s free healthcare, free college tuition, or universal basic income, students around America increasingly support higher taxes on the wealthy in order to pay for these progressive policies. But would they support similar policies if they had skin in the game? To find out, Campus Reform's Cabot Phillips went to Florida International University in Miami to test the waters on a “Socialist GPA” policy in which students with higher GPAs would be forced to “spread the wealth” and give some of their GPA points to students with lower GPAs. Despite the overwhelming number of students who initially said they’d support socialist policies, few agreed to go along with such a plan. “I’m all for helping, but I wouldn’t give some of my points… I’ve lost a lot of sleep so I don’t know if that would be fair,” one student said, while another answered no because “I like, study all day for my grades.” Yet another student, after expressing her support for socialism in America conceded, “I guess it would be kind of hypocritical for me to say no.” Another student, trying to justify his refusal to abide by such a policy, said, “you study for your grades, and they reflect how much time you’re studying.”

April 15, 2019

America's Blinded Younger Generations Are Steering Our Country Into A Death Trap: 5 Ways That Socialism Kills Societies - Americans Should Fight Tooth And Nail To Make Sure This Barbarism Never Fully Arrives On Our Shores

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In this new story over at the Detroit Free Press which the Drudge Report had linked to Sunday morning, they report that fresh off of making a campaign video that helped get Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez elected, a young Detroit couple has launched a pro-socialism media company out of their house which, for a $10 a month subscription, will offer viewers 'pro-worker' and 'anti-capitalist' programming, including original TV shows, comedy and on the ground reporting. Just the latest evidence of America's younger generations turning towards socialism with many 'millennials' and members of 'Generation Z' feeling dissatisfied with where they see society headed, we also see 'seeds of awakening' within their story with both members of the couple brought up in Democrat-voting households who now realize they've long been lied to. “I grew up with this idea that Democrats were morally right. And after 2016, I realized that they’re all full of (expletive) — it’s not true. After eight years of Obama, nothing happened, except things got worse," Naomi Burton said. Yet while they see a potential 'answer' in socialism, and we certainly understand their frustration when they say "Our future is almost guaranteed to be worse than the future of our parents (at our age), which is essentially the case now", history has proven that socialism IS NOT the answer to their's and the world's misery and in fact, such a system will only bring more. And while we completely understand and feel empathy when we hear "When I talk to young people, especially those who have come from poverty, there is no hope for a better future" and "They know that the whole ‘I’m going to maybe be rich someday’ is a trap", the REAL trap is allowing America to fall into socialism and everything that historically comes with it. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

And in this March 29th story over at Campus Reform, we see perfectly illustrated a huge reason why socialism is sure to fail in America should it ever be implemented here; while more young people than ever before say they prefer socialism over capitalism, the Campus Reform story shows that those same young people who want socialism don't want to have to pay for it. Using the example of the students giving away their own hard earned grade point averages to those who weren't fairing so well, the flabbergasted looks on these young people's faces when asked if they'd share their GPA's with others as seen in the 1st video at the bottom of this story helps prove a major point about socialism. From the Campus Reform story.: With far left candidates and policies on the rise in America, it’s no surprise that for the first time ever, more young people say they’d prefer to live in a socialist country over a capitalist one. Whether it’s free healthcare, free college tuition, or universal basic income, students around America increasingly support higher taxes on the wealthy in order to pay for these progressive policies. But would they support similar policies if they had skin in the game? To find out, Campus Reform's Cabot Phillips went to Florida International University in Miami to test the waters on a “Socialist GPA” policy in which students with higher GPAs would be forced to “spread the wealth” and give some of their GPA points to students with lower GPAs. Despite the overwhelming number of students who initially said they’d support socialist policies, few agreed to go along with such a plan. “I’m all for helping, but I wouldn’t give some of my points… I’ve lost a lot of sleep so I don’t know if that would be fair,” one student said, while another answered no because “I like, study all day for my grades.” Yet another student, after expressing her support for socialism in America conceded, “I guess it would be kind of hypocritical for me to say no.” Another student, trying to justify his refusal to abide by such a policy, said, “you study for your grades, and they reflect how much time you’re studying.” With America slowly creeping towards totalitarianism over the last several years, and with censorship a huge part of that 'creep', the image above speaks louder than words, with millions of people victims of socialism through the years. Any system that forces people to participate in it is clearly a totalitarian system and while the younger generations of the left dive into socialism blindly, a quick look at what happened to Venezuela over the past several years should offer proof it's not the answer. And as we've seen now throughout the European Union, socialism in EU countries has brought very real tyranny with people there now unable to even criticize the totalitarian political philosophy of Islam without being arrested or punished. As the Foundation for Economic Education had reported back in 2016, socialism in Venezuela had led to the deaths of more babies there than in war-torn Syria and as their story reported, "sadly, and unsurprising, the results of socialist economics are predictable". And as we see from this 2014 story over at Townhall, socialism absolutely demolishes societies and most of the younger generation has no idea what they're sleepwalking into because they've been so well 'indoctrinated' by the education system in America.: There are a lot of arguments about whether communism, socialism, and liberalism are the same thing. What shouldn't be arguable is that they're all closely related branches of the same tree. If you don't want to live in a house made out of Aleppo Pine, you probably won't like a Coulter Pine or Eastern White Pine house either. Since socialism has failed so often, socialists of every stripe bend over backwards to disassociate themselves from the many other disasters created by their ideology. Still, a pine by any other name is still a pine. Socialism is particularly dangerous because it's so perfectly suited for the modern era. It's the ultimate "miracle" product: it's "nice," it's "fair," it'll make you feel good about yourself, it'll "help" people who "deserve it" by taking things away from people who "have so much" they'll barely miss it. It sounds wonderful, doesn't it? But, like most products with sleazy salesmen and hidden track records, the promises socialism makes are all a mirage. Since our schools do a terrible job of teaching history and economics these days, it's our job to explain how socialism slowly, insidiously eats away at the core of a society. That story then went on to outline for us the 5 ways that socialism destroys societies.

1) It kills economic growth: Strong economic growth is what produces jobs, tax revenue and a better standard of living for everyone, including the poor and middle class. That's what John F. Kennedy was driving at when he said, "A rising tide (in the economy) lifts all boats." Socialism strangles economic growth in the crib by penalizing success and rewarding failure. When you loot the successful people in a society to give it to the less successful, you quite naturally reduce the number of successful people and encourage more people to fail. This leads to a never-ending cycle.

2) It stifles free speech: Why is there ridiculous government propaganda in nations like North Korea? Why are most schools, papers, and colleges run by liberals in the United States? Why do liberals often try to disrupt conservative speakers on college campuses? Why are there such extreme speech codes in Canada that it practically makes some conservative arguments illegal? Why does speaking out against the government risk imprisonment in China and the old Soviet Union? Because socialism requires protection, propaganda, intimidation, and darkness to survive. Socialism can't survive honest, informed debate about its merits among people who are free to choose or reject it because it would not survive the conversation. (ANP: Sound familiar to what we're listening from the left today?) As Reagan said, "How do you tell a communist? Well, it's someone who reads Marx and Lenin. And how do you tell an anti-Communist? It's someone who understands Marx and Lenin."

3) It leads to an increasingly tyrannical government: Freedom and socialism go together like oil and water. The more socialism you have, the less freedom you will have because socialism can't survive if people are free to choose whether they want socialism or not. People who are free to say what they want will criticize socialism's many failures. Areas that aren't tightly controlled will move towards the free exchange of ideas and goods, not socialism. So, socialism requires a massive bureaucracy that almost inevitably grows. As government grows, it inevitably becomes more centralized, more distant from the people and ultimately more menacing.

4) It creates strife and division: Socialism is all about turning people against each other. (ANP: Once more, exactly what we're seeing from Democrats in 2019.) It has to be. After all, if you believe in controlling people's lives, the people who don't wish to be controlled need to be vilified. If you believe in confiscating the wealth of successful people who won't give it up willingly, then others must be convinced they're terrible human beings who deserve to be punished. "Victim" classes must be created for the socialists to defend because if everyone is responsible for himself, what need is there for the socialist? Eventually, those who depend on government for their livelihood and those that the government smears and loots to pay them off come to hate each other.

5) Socialists believe the ends justify the means: Like the pigs in Orwell's Animal Farm, socialists believe that, "All animals are equal, but some animals are more equal than others." For a socialist, the overriding concern is always promoting socialism; so process, rules and regulation mean different things for different people. Fidel Castro may have been the leader of a Communist revolution against the evil "rich people" in Cuba, but he was worth 900 million dollars. With the biggest mass murderers in world history also socialists and socialism proven to be a tool of dictatorial states which then ban with the threat of death all debate, functioning in darkness as the leaders of the nations get even more rich while the people of socialist nations fall into the pits of despair, Americans should fight tooth and nail to make sure socialism never fully arrives on our shores.

As Susan Duclos had reported on ANP back on March 19th, those who've lived in socialist regimes are horrified that America's younger generation actually believes such a system could be the answer to their's and the world's problems and with many of the current Democratic presidential candidates embracing socialist positions such as 'medicare for all', so-called 'reparations' for black Americans (what about reparations to the millions of American Indians families SLAUGHTERED by the US government?) and 'climate change', there's little doubt that the 2020 election will determine America's future. With Democrats also now calling for a counter-insurgency against whiteness as they move ever more towards the fully radical left and prove how much they hate America, knowing the ways that socialism kills societies, it's never been more important for America's older generations to attempt to teach the younger generations what comes along with socialism for if America's future makes the mistake to fully jump into socialism in the years ahead, the fully corrupted government that America already had created under Barack Obama and the globalists is fully prepared to run its course, likely turning America into the kind of bottomless death traps we've already seen in China, the Soviet Union and elsewhere through history.

http://allnewspipeline.com/2020_Socialism_Or_Capitalism_Full_Speed_Ahead.php 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. etc.

:: 4-16-19 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Attendees of Secret Meeting for “US Military Assault” on Venezuela Revealed

TOPICS: Eoin HigginsForeign Policy Military Venezuela

April 16, 2019 By Eoin Higgins

(CD) – A group dedicated to regime change in Venezuela held a secret meeting on overthrowing the country’s government last week, according to reporting from The Grayzone Project. Journalist Max Blumenthal on Sunday revealed a list of meeting attendees he obtained over the weekend from a source. The list (in which the meeting is misdated as being on April 20) shows that the event, held at the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) in Washington, D.C., boasted as attendees members of the State Department, the Colombian and Brazilian embassies, members of the Venezuelan opposition, and other officials in the American national security state. The meeting comes after multiple failed attempts to depose the government of President Nicolás Maduro, who was elected in 2018. The President Donald Trump administration has made no secret of their intent to see Maduro gone—but thus far, nothing has worked. “The CSIS meeting on ‘Assessing the Use of Military Force in Venezuela,’” wrote Blumenthal, “suggests that the Trump administration is exploring military options more seriously than before, possibly out of frustration with the fact that every other weapon in its arsenal has failed to bring down Maduro.” In the article, Blumenthal gave a brief overview of a number of the meeting’s more prominent attendees, including Iran-Contra veteran Roger Noriega and David Smolansky, a Venezuelan national who works with the right wing Organization of American States (OAS), a regional organization for the Americas led in recent years by hardline Venezuela regime change advocates. “Few of these figures are well known by the public, yet many have played an influential role in U.S. plans to destabilize Venezuela,” explained Blumenthal. Also in attendance was opposition leader Juan Guaidó’s envoy Carlos Vecchio. Vecchio’s presence at the meeting prompted journalist Anya Parampil to muse as to whether it was standard operating procedure for “ambassadors” to solicit invasions of their own countries. “Since when do ‘ambassadors’ help plan foreign invasions of their own country?” asked Parampil. Blumenthal told RT that his attempts to get attendees on the record about the details of the meeting were unsuccessful. “They were extremely nervous that somebody in the media knew about the existence of this event,” said Blumenthal. “It was a very high-level meeting with basically the main people in Washington involved in making the sausage of Trump’s Venezuela policy and they wanted to keep it as private as possible.” The meeting likely hints at a more aggressive attempt to depose Maduro in the coming month, Blumenthal added. “It really does show that military options are being seriously considered at this point,” said Blumenthal. AntiWar writer Jason Ditz agreed. “That the Trump Administration is considering attacking Venezuela as an option is no secret, as they tell reporters that much at seemingly every opportunity,” Ditz wrote. “That they are holding such events to discuss the details, however, suggest a U.S. war may be closer than anyone realizes.” Watch Blumenthal’s interview with RT:

https://www.activistpost.com/2019/04/attendees-of-secret-meeting-for-us-military-assault-on-venezuela-revealed.html 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 4--19 PRO News:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ankara prepares intervention in Libya to halt Hafatar - Turkish wars out of Tripoli

Written by: Theophrastos Andreopoulos

In an unusual move, Ankara, which has sent naval forces carrying SAS SAT teams off Libya, is preparing an intervention to intercept the forces of Marshal Hafatar who appears to have been enforced by the recognized but weak military, Libyan government. Besides, the Tripoli government is friendly to the Turkish one and Ankara seeks to use it to create a problem in Greece and to determine the Greek EEZ to the south of Crete. It is noted that last November, Turkish Defense Minister Houlousi Akar presented maps to the Libyan government to prove that Greece is attempting to usurp the Libyan continental shelf! "The Greeks steal the Libyan EEZ," the Turkish daily reports. The papers are accompanied by two maps allegedly presented by Akar to government officials in Libya. According to a map allegedly presented by Mr. Akar no island, neither Cyprus nor Crete can have full influence on sea areas, and thus there may be a sea border between Turkey and Libya, which implies the "Disappearance" of the entire Greek continental shelf in the Eastern Mediterranean. During his visit to Tripoli, as reported by the press, the Turkish Defense Minister argued that Greece was taking advantage of the instability that followed the overthrow of Muammar Gaddafi to usurp a large part of the Libyan continental shelf, which Greece has said and Turkey! The situation in Libya is considered particularly whimsical. Marshal Hafatar at this time of American-philosopher has turned into a Russian, even a Frenchman. Moscow through Egypt supports him with weapons systems while men of Russian Wagner have trained and steered his men. For other reasons, France is reportedly involved in its side as it is against Macron-Salvini. Born 75 years ago in Azurebaya, Kyrenia (eastern Libya), Halifa Hafatar became an army officer and participated in the 1969 movement that overthrew King Intris. It is said that Gaddafi trusted him as his son as the Kathimerini The fact is that he has given him two key missions: the first time when Hafatar fought as head of the Libyan body in the 1978 Arab-Israeli war, and the second, when he assumed command of the Libyan troops in the Chad war in 1986. However, in the second case, Hafatar and his troops were surrendered and captured. Gaddafi repudiated him, which led to a rupture between the two men. Hafatar is then liberated thanks to the pressure from the Reagan government and the CIA is training its troops as a besieging ram for the assassination and overthrow of Gaddafi. Haftar himself wanders in Nigeria and Zaire, but no African country wants to give him asylum. Eventually he resorts to Lagleigh, Virginia, where the CIA headquarters is accidentally. There he will spend the next twenty years of his life and become an American citizen. The rebellion against Gaddafi in February 2011, during the so-called Arab Spring, took Hafatar out of naphthalene. He comes to Benghazi, who has fallen into the hands of the rebels, and seeks to be appointed Chief of Staff of the insurgents, but he does not convince the National Transitional Council, which prefers Abdulfatah Junis, the leading form of the 1969 Cantalist movement. Yunis will be murdered under indefinite circumstances shortly after, while Hawthorne, bawling who refused his leadership, will return to Virginia to "devote himself to his grandchildren," as he said. The chaos in the Libyan metaphase gave him a new opportunity. In the summer of 2014, the Tripoli government and its Islamic allies refuse to recognize the parliament that emerged from the elections. The parliament is transferred to Tobruk, at the eastern end of the country, forming a second government and assigning its armed forces to Haftar, who appears as the savior of the country from the Islamic scourge in the style of the Egyptian leader Abdelfatah Sisi. In the following years, he managed to disperse the Islamists in eastern Libya and to join the southern tribes of the country, gaining control of most oil fields. His Tripoli campaign had been announced several times. The reason that forced him to rush was that the UN peacekeeping conference was to be held on April 14th - the Secretary General of the International Organization was there when Haffar's attack began. The ambitious general could not achieve what he achieved without serious international support. Egypt, Saudi Arabia and the Emirates and mainly Russia and France supported him with money and airplanes as a force against the Islamists. Very important was the help of France, sent to him by men of special forces and secret services to support him in his operations as did Moscow. In addition, Emmanuel Makron upgraded Hafatar from a warlord to a political leader, organizing peace talks with the general with Seraz in Paris.  French interventionism has angered Italy, an old colonial power in Libya, who complained that Makron is supporting a "new Gaddafi" to put his hand on oil. But Russia also supported Khattab, amid rumors that he negotiated with him naval bases in Libya. The Qatar and Turkey stood beside Searaj, while America was lost and was completely caught in sleep. However, Libya is a very good example of conflicting interests and proves that there are no friendships between states but only co-operative alliances. Everyone has their own agenda in Libya and they can have convergent interests among them. However, the US would not want Haftar to prevail because they fear Libya's return to Russian influence.

https://translate.google.com/translate?u=https%3A//www.pronews.gr/amyna-asfaleia/toyrkia/765774_i-agkyra-etoimazei-epemvasi-stin-livyi-gia-na-anahaitisei-ton-haftar&langpair=

auto%7Cen&hl=en 

:: 4-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

From AAWSAP to AATIP: How the Pentagon’s Mysterious UFO Program Changed Names, and Focus

By Strange Sounds - Apr 16, 2019

On Dec. 2017, the New York Times published a story about a secretive UFO program ran out of the Pentagon. The project the NYT referred to was the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program (AATIP). However, since the NYT posted their article, more information has come to light, and it turns out the program had a different name in 2007 when it began. There has been a lot of confusion around this issue. Other researchers had found that the project’s first name was the Advanced Aerospace Weapons System Application Program (AAWSAP). So why did the NYT refer to it as AATIP? AAWSAP became AATIP. Although others involved with these programs have commented on the names, Elizondo is the only one who was an administrator, and he is the highest authority that the author of this article had interviewed on this topic. AAWSAP began in 2007 under the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), before Elizondo was involved. At this time, AAWSAP had staff at DIA to set up the program, this included determining the scope of the program and creating a solicitation for a contractor to work on the program. In 2008, AAWSAP sent out their request, and Bigelow Aerospace Advanced Space Studies (BAASS) was the only company to bid. The search for a contractor was all done by the DIA using their standard contract solicitation procedures. The project’s primary sponsor, Senator Harry Reid, had no involvement in this. There were no guarantees Bigelow would win the contract if there were other bids.  AAWSAP’s scope was to research many aspects of the paranormal, including occurrences at the so-called Skinwalker Ranch in Utah. This made people inside of the government uncomfortable, especially Christians who felt some of these potentially paranormal occurrences were demonic. Because the scope of AAWSAP was not palatable to so many inside the DIA, they created AATIP as a subgroup within AAWSAP that focused strictly on military UFO cases. Elizondo joined AAWSAP in 2008 to work on AATIP. By 2009, because of the ongoing scrutiny of AAWSAP, AATIP became more of a focus and AAWSAP was downplayed. In June 2009, Reid wrote his letter to get a Special Access Program (SAP) status and referred to the project as AATIP. Because Reid used the name AATIP, internally, AATIP was adopted as the name for the program. This is when AAWSAP essentially ended, and AATIP was the new name and scope of the program. The difference between the two was that AAWSAP was a paranormal research project, AATIP is UAP focused. At this time, work on the DIRDs originally requested under AAWSAP was ongoing and still under contract for AAWSAP. The contractors completed the DIRDs for AAWSAP in 2010. Also in 2010, Elizondo took over AATIP and moved it from the DIA to the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD), where he worked. According to the DIA, AATIP ended in 2012, but it was only the original funding allotment that ended, the project continued. AATIP continues to this day, but under a different name. Elizondo says he does not know the new name. The name changed for a similar reason it changed from AAWSAP to AATIP. Now that AATIP is public, the term AATIP is being scrutinized, so having a new name allows for some cover.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/pentagon-mysterious-ufo-disclosure-program-names.html 

[ :: 12-2-12 am service (first word  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have done all, all that I can, saith your Father God, to make you aware of what time it is, what hour it is and the things that are taking place. For I have put many signs in the sky, I have placed many reminders here and there, I have called your attention to the things that I am doing and the things that the enemy is doing that you may see, etc..

:: 4-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strange Sounds of the Apocalypse recorded in UK, Ireland, Canada and United States

By Strange Sounds - Apr 16, 2019

The strange sounds from the sky are coming back! Bristol, UK On April 10, 2019, two strange sounds were recorded in Shirehampton, Bristol, UK: First heard 10pm, last heard 3am on night of 10th/11th April 2019. Repetitive trumpet/metal grinding sound that was at times very loud. Woke up my children, and later me. Very strange. We live in Shirehampton, near Bristol Port so this could conceivably be big ships moored in the harbour making groaning noises, but otherwise I am not sure what to think! Was genuinely spooked by it. Sounds a lot like the 2018 Gothenburg video. The noise has been heard in all types of weather, night or day. It has been heard in different locations along Dublin’s North coast simultaneously. I can categorically state it is not wind related!.. I will continue to monitor and post if there is any significant uptick on said phenomena. Montreal, Canada I was at work on February 5th 2019 in Saint-Laurent, Montreal, when I started to hear this strange sound from my office between 9:30 AM and 10:00 AM. At first I thought it must be the snowplows or some machinery scraping the asphalt but when I opened the window to hear it better, it struck me as being extremely similar to the weird sounds heard worldwide since the last few years, including several instances in Quebec. It went intensely for about 20 minutes (that I could hear) and then could still be heard sometimes through the afternoon although with a dimmer sound. When I left at around 4:30 PM, it had completely stopped.  Ohio, US This morning there was strange noises in the sky! Sounded like a jet, but there was NO jet in sight! No airports are around where I live! The sky was dark and it was windy, but it’s definitely not thunder or wind! The sounds were way louder and more frequent before I pulled my phone out and started recording! It lasted for about 45 minutes to an hour! Yesterday, Notre Dame de Paris burnt down… Were these trumpet sounds signs for this apocalyptic event?

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/strange-sounds-us-uk-canada-ireland-video-2019.html 

:: 4-16-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saving Earth From WORMWOOD Might Be Harder Than Scientists First Thought

April 16, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

If humanity ever truly felt our existence threatened by an asteroid, one potential recourse would be to smash the looming space rock into pieces — but new research suggests that that approach may be less likely to succeed than people hope. The research suggests that an asteroid wouldn’t break apart as drastically as previous models suggested, and that in the aftermath of the attempted destruction, the asteroid’s gravity would be strong enough to pull the fragments back together… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/04/16/saving-earth-from-wormwood-might-be-harder-than-scientists-first-thought/ \

:: 4-16-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Notre Dame: An Omen

Dennis Prager|Posted: Apr 16, 2019 12:01 AM

The symbolism of the burning of Notre Dame Cathedral, the most renowned building in Western civilization, the iconic symbol of Western Christendom, is hard to miss. It is as if God Himself wanted to warn us in the most unmistakable way that Western Christianity is burning -- and with it, Western civilization. Every major Western (and one major non-Western) social and intellectual force has conspired to rid Europe of Christianity and the civilization it produced. Within the Western world, the French Enlightenment -- the intellectual basis of the French Revolution and the modern West -- sought to replace Christianity, and religion in general, with secularism rooted in reason. No God, Bible or Ten Commandments is necessary for morality or meaning: reason (and science) will replace them.  The two final deathblows to Christianity in Europe were the world wars. World War I ended most Westerners' belief in the nation-state and the West. Christianity, already weakened by the Enlightenment, was further weakened by World War I. German Christians were killing millions of French and English Christians, and French and English Christians were killing millions of German Christians. So the argument and sentiment against Christianity went. Then World War II saw even more death on the Christian continent as well as the failure of Catholic and Protestant churches in Nazi Germany to offer even minimal noncompliance with the Nazis' Jew-hatred.  With the end of World War II, every internal Western intellectual doctrine was secular. God, the Bible and religion were regarded at best as innocuous nonsense and at worst as noxious nonsense. Meanwhile, Europeans brought a non-European ideology into Europe, an ideology that, for more than a thousand years, sought to replace Christianity as the world's dominant religion. The Europeans, believing in nothing distinctly Christian or Western and believing in the moral and intellectual nonsense known as "multiculturalism" -- a doctrine that asserts that all cultures are morally equivalent -- saw nothing problematic in bringing millions of Muslims into Europe. They had no idea that most of these people actually wanted to replace Christianity with their religion. They had no idea because, in their ignorance and arrogance, they assumed that because they were secular multiculturalists, everybody else was, too -- or would be, once they lived in Europe. They were wrong, of course. And as a result, the two dominant forces in Europe -- secular leftism and Islamism -- sought the end of Christianity and the West. (The left believes that protecting Western civilization is equivalent to protecting white supremacy.) This is not producing a pretty picture. Generally speaking, Islam has not been nearly as kind, tolerant, open, medically or scientifically innovative or intellectually curious as Western civilization (and yes, Nazism and communism were born in the West, but they were anti-Western). Even without tens of millions of Muslims, post-Christian Europe has not produced a pretty picture. This was predicted in 1834, 100 years before Hitler's rise, by the great German poet Heinrich Heine, a secular Jew (who later converted to Protestantism, "the ticket of admission into European culture"): "Christianity -- and that is its greatest merit -- has somewhat mitigated that brutal German love of war, but it could not destroy it. Should that subduing talisman, the cross, be shattered, the frenzied madness of the ancient warriors, that insane Berserk rage of which Nordic bards have spoken and sung so often, will once more burst into flame. This talisman (the cross) is fragile, and the day will come when it will collapse miserably. Then ... a play will be performed in Germany which will make the French Revolution look like an innocent idyll." 

Recommended Live Blog: The Release of the Mueller Report European Christians persecuted European Jews, often brutally. But it took a post-Christian ideology, secular Nazism, to produce Auschwitz -- just as it took post-Christian communism to produce the Gulag, the Chinese Cultural Revolution and the Ukrainian and Cambodian genocides. Moreover, Nazism and communism aside, the left's belief that secular reason can replace God and the Bible turns out to be completely wrong. The alleged citadels of secular reason -- the universities -- are the most irrational and morally confused institutions in the West. I don't know if a worker accident or a radical Muslim set fire to Notre Dame Cathedral (as they have scores of other churches around Europe). In terms of what the fire represented, it doesn't much matter. What matters is the omen: Europe is burning, just as Notre Dame was. Dennis Prager is a nationally syndicated radio talk show host and columnist. His latest book, published by Regnery on May 7, 2019, is "The Rational Bible: Genesis," a commentary on the book of Genesis.. He is the founder of Prager University and may be contacted at dennisprager.com. Dennis Prager's Latest Book "The Rational Bible," a commentary on the book of Exodus is available on Amazon

https://townhall.com/columnists/dennisprager/2019/04/16/notre-dame-an-omen-n2544832 

:: 4-15-19 Information Liberation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Baptist Pastor Says Bank of America Shut Down All Of His Church's Bank Accounts

Chris Menahan InformationLiberation Apr. 15, 2019

Pastor Steven Anderson of the Faithful Word Baptist Church in Tempe, Arizona said Monday on YouTube that Bank of America shut down all the bank accounts of his church. "This morning, I found out that Bank of America shut down all of our bank accounts froze our accounts without notice and we can't even get our money out," Anderson said on YouTube. "We can't even walk into the bank and withdraw our money they just froze everything, shut everything down." "They're supposedly going to send us a cashier's check in like two weeks for all the money that was in our church bank account but in the meantime they just took all our money away," Anderson said. Anderson has attracted controversy over the years due to his fundamentalist preachings on homosexuality. Earlier this year, Proud Boys chairman Enrique Tarrio had his bank account closed by Chase Bank: Conservative commentator Martina Markota also had her business account closed by Chase Bank: Conservative activist Joe Biggs also had his Chase account closed, though the decision was later reversed after widespread outrage: All three suspected their accounts were closed due to their political views. We're entering new territory when unelected bankers can close down people's bank accounts over their political and religious views.

UPDATE: Project Veritas released a video on this very issue, which they dubbed "debanking," on Tuesday morning:

http://www.informationliberation.com/?id=60066 

:: 4-15-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The End Of The Internet Is Near: Rise Of Web Oligopoly

Learn about the globalist censorship plan here

The Alex Jones Show - April 15, 2019

Big Tech is now bragging about the amount of control they will have over public discourse online.

Alex explains that globalists have been planning to have this type of control for decades.

https://www.infowars.com/the-end-of-the-internet-is-near-rise-of-web-oligopoly/ 

:: 4-16-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How the Immigration Invasion Will Inevitably Lead to a Civil War

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 16, 2019 - 11:38.

Does anyone think that it is very strange that the UN is taking over the training for the newly formed Mexican National Guard (1) which is replacing the Mexican government's Federales? In an April 9, 2019 Washington Post story, the WAPO thinks that is endeavor is perfectly fine with the ultimate intention to flood the United States with crippling blow with a number of incoming immigrants to be so great, that America will never recover. The United Nations claims that it is taking over "human rights" training for a domestic military force. This is double talk to cover the fact that the UN is taking over Mexican law enforcement. And why would the United Nations be interested in taking over Mexican law enforcement? I can give 160 million reasons on why the UN is taking over this so-called "training" role because the UN has set the number of illegal immigrants designed to enter the United States in the next 2 years at 160 million newly invited guests for dinner. The United States is being invaded by hordes of immigrants. the resulting social chaos will result in a civil war because resource demand will far exceed the ability of the country to meet these needs. This is a deliberate invasion and of we do not stop it now, we will descend into a mad max scenario. Armed Federal Agents Fear the Hordes of Starving and Broke Immigrants The cost of this type of immigration is incalculable. However, there are some generalities that will illustrate the developing crisis. Recently, according to a DHS source, ICE just delivered 2,000 illegal immigrants to a local church in Del Rio, TX. The immigrants were not provided with food or money. What did they think was going to happen under these conditions? The crime rate has spiked to such a level in Del Rio that the Federal government is telling its employees to not eat out or gas their vehicles in Del Rio because of the danger.. Please remember that this Del Rio warning was directed at ARMED federal personnel. Because of the threat of mild economic sanctions, from the Trump administration, for admitting Central refugees enroute to America, the Mexicans have been offering token and weak resistance to the waves of immigrants heading our way? The fear is so great among Federal agents, that the DHS agents dispatched to the border have just been issued "25,000 extra rounds of 5.56 ammunition. The Incalculable Economic Impact What about the rest of the citizens who are not trained or armed? Multiply this threat times millions across the country and imagine the social chaos. The cost in food stamps alone, is incalculable. One can be certain that the Democrats will be pressing for social security benefits. This will take down that system. What about the fact that hospital emergency rooms MUST treat all illegal immigrants regardless of their ability to pay in the absence of possessing any medical insurance. What about the increased cost of law enforcement. Where are we going to find enough teachers? What about the impact on school budgets. And nobody, I mean nobody is talking about the cost to our already crumbling infrastructure. Where are we going to find the workers, much less the funds, to maintain this failing system as traffic could increase as much 50% in the next several years. What will happen to the crime rate? Simply look at Del Rio, TX. to answer that question. Cities like Phoenix are terribly short of uniformed officers. In Phoenix, they are short 500 officers. With this influx of immigrants, where are the cops going to come from. With the lowering of standards that are surely to come, what will that do the quality of police officers on the street? Health Threats Isn't it ironic that we are admitting illegal immigrants who have never had one vaccine. Yet, Colorado just joined the growing number of states that are requiring mandatory vaccinations without any exemptions. What is really going on here. However, the biggest threat to America's safety and welfare does not come from people who are no vaccinated. The real threat comes from immigrants who are unscreened for serious illnesses such as ebola. The United States is in the beginning of a full-fledged medical assault (2) which could spread like wildfire and paralyze this country's medical resources while potentially killing millions. A public health official in Laredo, Texas, said 20 Congolese migrants are being monitored for Ebola in shelters in his city and across the Mexican border in Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas. Shortly after his announcement during a Laredo City Council meeting, the World Health Organization (WHO) considered declaring a "global emergency" in response to a massive outbreak of Ebola in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. We have 8 Congolese right now in one of our shelters and a dozen in Nuevo Laredo, Laredo Health Director Dr. Hector Gonzalez told the Laredo City Councilman George Altget during a council meeting on April 4. For them, my concern was Ebola. He said that due to the time element, the Congolese migrants were not developing symptoms of Ebola. But, we're on alert to check that, he said. A report from the WHO states that, as of April 10, there have been more than 1,200 reported cases of Ebola in the Congo (1,140 confirmed, 66 probable). Those cases resulted in the deaths of 764 patients (698 confirmed, 66 probable). On Friday, The WHO decided the outbreak does not yet constitute a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC). A top Red Cross official told NBC News on Friday that he is more concerned than I have ever been about the current outbreak of Ebola spreading regionally. Emanuele Capobianco cited statistics from the Congolese health ministry confirming 40 new cases over a two-day period last week. NBC reported that the official called the rate unprecedented in this particular outbreak... This could give the United Nations total control of the border as they reserved themselves the right to invoke medical martial law. A DHS official has told me that their agents stationed at the border, have been asked to update their exotic illness vaccinations by updating them. Somebody knows what is coming. Conclusion Medical martial law is something that the CSS has covered in the past an this will be reviewed in the next article in this multi-part series. Further in the next article, I will be detailing how the UN is positioning themselves to take over the control of drugs and gain the ability to protect drug dealers with their international diplomatic immunity. Finally, future articles will deal with how this alleged meeting in Chicago, consisting of Latin American leaders, is conspiring to attack America at some future date with help from the inside, is not the first meeting of this type. Our coverage this invasion o of the United States is just getting started. The mad max scenario is on the way, are you ready? Soon the whole nation could become like Del Rio, TX. or Humboldt County, CA. Start prepping now because you are soon going to have trouble obtaining food and water. And with the Midwest farming being paralyzed by the weather wars, the cost of prepping is soon going to rise astronomically.

1. Washington Post - UN to help human rights training of Mexico’s National Guard

2. Hal Turner Radio Show - 20 Illegal Aliens from Congo Being "Monitored for EBOLA" at U.S. Border

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/how-immigration-invasion-will-inevitably-lead-civil-war

:: 4-9-19 The Citizen :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

At the Cross, Jesus took our punishment

By Dr. David L. Chancey - April 9, 2019

Several years ago, a young man in Utah woke up to water splashing his face. He jumped out of bed and stepped onto a water-logged floor. He immediately called the land lord, who told him to rent a water vac and vacuum the water before his floor was ruined. So he rushed out to his car and discovered he had a flat tire. He ran back into his apartment to use the land line (No cell phones yet!), sloshed through increasing water, picked up the phone and it shocked him so badly he ripped the phone off the wall. He decided to go back down to his car but when he tried to get out the door, the door had swollen and wouldn’t open. He screamed for help until someone came and kicked in the door. He rushed to his car and quickly changed the tire but forgot he needed gas. He made it two blocks before he sputtered to a stop. Some good Samaritans helped him push his car back to his apartment. Then he remembered his ROTC graduation ceremony. Grabbing his bayonet, he threw it into his car and ran upstairs to dress. Rushing into his apartment, he saw falling plaster had crushed his canary cage, killing his bird. As he dashed over to where the cage lay, he slipped on the wet carpet and wrenched his back. He finally got up, dressed and rushed down to his car. Painfully struggling into the driver’s seat, he forgot about the bayonet and sat down on it, cutting his backside. Instead of graduating, he headed to the emergency room for stitches. About that time, somehow a newspaper reporter appeared and asked him, “How can you explain a day like this?” The only thing the fellow could say was, “Well, it looks like God was trying to kill me, but He just kept missing.” Have you ever had a day like that? Jesus said, “In the world, you will have tribulation . . .” We deal with trials because we live in a fallen world. Sometimes we create our own stress with poor decisions or ungodly living and then wonder, “Why is God doing this to me?” All God is doing is letting you reap what you sow. A trial is not a consequence but, instead, is something we wouldn’t choose, didn’t cause and cannot stop. We should pause and ask, “Is what I’m going through a trial or a consequence?” Occasionally, as life crashes in, someone will ask, “What have I done to deserve this? Is God punishing me?” Mark it down: God is not punishing you for your sin. He may allow us to suffer the consequences of our sin because every decision brings about a consequence and He may use the situation to teach us some important lessons. However, all the punishment for your sin was placed on Jesus at the cross. Mark 15:24 says, “They crucified Him.” Cicero said crucifixion was “the cruelest and most hideous punishment possible.” (The Expositor’s Bible Commentary, vol. 8, p. 779). With this cruel, tortuous death, Jesus bore our sin and paid the price for our sin once and for all. Jesus’ purpose was His sacrificial death on the cross. At the beginning of His ministry, John called Him “the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world” (John 1:29). Jesus Himself stated, “Even the Son of Man came not to be served but to serve and to give His life as a ransom for many” (Mark 10:45). Paul wrote, “For if while we were enemies we were reconciled to God by the death of His Son, much more, having been reconciled, we shall be saved by His life” (Romans 5:10). Our sin separates us from God yet Christ, through His atoning work on the cross, brought reconciliation between God and man. Thankfully, Jesus didn’t just die in our place and for our sin, but also arose from the grave, conquering death and completing the work of reconciliation. Paul wrote, “If Christ is not risen, your faith is futile; You are still in your sins!” (I Corinthians 15:17). No, God is not trying to punish you. Christ took our punishment on the cross. Rather, the cross and the empty tomb declare how much God loves you.

(Dr. David L. Chancey is pastor, McDonough Road Baptist Church, Fayetteville, Georgia. The church family gathers at 352 McDonough Road, near McCurry Park, and invites you to join them this Sunday for Bible study at 9:45 and worship at 10:55 a.m. Visit them online at www.mcdonoughroad.org).

https://thecitizen.com/2019/04/09/at-the-cross-jesus-took-our-punishment/ 

:: 4-11-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ilhan Omar Trivializes 9/11, Calls it a Day When '‘Some People Did Something’

Lori Arnold | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Thursday, April 11, 2019

U.S. Rep. Ilhan Omar, a Muslim Democrat from Minnesota, is once again in the national spotlight after portraying the Sept. 11, 2001 terror attacks as a day when “some people did something.” She made the comments last month during a fundraising speech in Los Angeles for the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), which has been linked to Hamas. Her appearance drew hundreds of protesters. Previous coverage of the speech detailed remarks in which she encouraged fellow Muslim Americans to “raise hell” and “make people uncomfortable” with their activism. “So, to me, I say raise hell. Make people uncomfortable,” Omar said as the crowd cheered. “Because here’s the truth, here’s the truth: Far too long we have lived with the discomfort of being a second-class citizen and frankly I’m tired of it, and every single Muslim in this country should be tired of it.” But contents from another part of the speech, which downplayed al Qaeda’s role in the terror attacks, only began to surface on social media this week. “CAIR was founded after 9/11 because they recognized that some people did something and that all of us were starting to lose access to our civil liberties,” Omar said at the event. Reaction has been swift. Omar’s colleague, Texas Rep. Dan Crenshaw, slammed the freshman representative for her depiction of the terror attacks. “First Member of Congress to ever describe terrorists who killed thousands of Americans on 9/11 as 'some people who did something,'” the Republican wrote in a tweet. “Unbelievable.” GOP chairwoman Ronna McDaniel challenged Democrat leaders to respond to the comments. "Ilhan Omar isn’t just anti-Semitic—she’s anti-American. Nearly 3,000 Americans lost their lives to Islamic terrorists on 9/11, yet Omar diminishes it as: 'Some people did something.' Democrat leaders need to condemn her brazen display of disrespect," said GOP chairwoman Ronna McDaniel.  Since her election last year, Omar has come under fire for comments that critics, including some in her own party, have called ‘anti-Semitic.’ Just days ago she called President Trump’s adviser Stephen Miller – a Jewish man – a “white nationalist.” In February Christian Headlines reported that Omar apologized for saying that Israeli groups pay the U.S. to support the country and that she 'almost chuckles' when people say Israel is a democracy. She ended the month by questioning the allegiance of pro-Israeli Americans during a gathering of supporters in the nation’s capital. “I want to talk about the political influence in this country that says it is okay to push for allegiance to a foreign country,” Omar said in reference to Israel. That comment drew a strong rebuke from fellow Democrat Rep. Eliot Engel, chairman of the House Foreign Affairs Committee, who called Omar’s remarks a “vile anti-Semitic slur.” “I welcome debate in Congress based on the merits of policy, but it’s unacceptable and deeply offensive to call into question the loyalty of fellow American citizens because of their political views, including support for the U.S.-Israel relationship,” the New York representative, who is Jewish, said.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/lori-arnold/ilhan-omar-trivializes-9-11-calls-it-a-day-when-some-people-did-something.html 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 4-15-19 Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deal of the Century' will not include Palestinian statehood - report

According to "The Washington Post," comments from Kushner and other US officials suggest that "the plan does away with statehood as the starting premise of peace efforts."

By Ilanit Chernick April 15, 2019 16:52

The Trump administration's peace plan, known as the "deal of the century" will reportedly include "practical proposals" for improving the lives of Palestinians, but it will probably stop short of recommending the establishment of a sovereign Palestinian state alongside Israel, The Washington Post reported Monday night. The deal is expected to be published soon, following more than two years in which it was formulated by a small group of special envoys of US President Donald Trump’s, including special representative Jason Greenblatt and senior advisor Jared Kushner. According to the Post report, comments from Kushner and other US officials suggest that "the plan does away with statehood as the starting premise of peace efforts" as it has been over the last 20 years or so. The report goes on to quote several people who have spoken to Kushner's team as saying that "Kushner and other US officials have linked peace and economic development to Arab recognition of Israel and acceptance of a version of the status quo on Palestinian 'autonomy,' as opposed to 'sovereignty.'" “What we’ve tried to do is figure out what is a realistic and what is a fair solution to the issues here in 2019 that can enable people to live better lives,” Kushner said in a rare interview with Sky News Arabia, as he sought Arab support on a visit to the region in February. “We believe we have a plan that is fair, realistic and implementable that will enable people to live better lives,” a senior White House official said Friday. “We looked at past efforts and solicited ideas from both sides and partners in the region, with the recognition that what has been tried in the past has not worked. Thus, we have taken an unconventional approach founded on not hiding from reality, but instead speaking truth.” Although Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas has said that the US is biased, one of his chief advisers reportedly said they would not reject Trump's plan outright. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has promised to consider the plan, which Trump emphasized "will ask concessions of both sides," The Washington Post reported. Kushner has described the plan as having four pillars: freedom, respect, security and opportunity for all parties involved. In an interview with Army Radio on Tuesday, Strategic Affairs Minister Gilad Erdan responded to the Post's report about the deal of the century, saying that "if the American administration understands that the idea of ​​a Palestinian state has no justification, feasibility, or chance, this is significant news." Meanwhile, a letter published in The Guardian by former EU officials, including six prime ministers and 25 foreign ministers, called for postponing the "deal of the century" because it is unfair to the Palestinians. In the letter, which was sent to the European Union and EU governments, the former leaders argue that Europe must stand by the two-state solution and condemn the Trump administration's policy, which they claim is unilaterally in favor of Israel. Join Jerusalem Post Premium Plus now for just $5 and upgrade your experience with an ads-free website and exclusive content. Click here>>

https://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/Report-Deal-of-the-Century-will-not-include-Palestinian-statehood-586887 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4-14-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Madagascar Measles Epidemic Kills More Than 1,200 People

04-14-2019 Associated Press

AMBALAVAO, Madagascar (AP) — Babies wail as a nurse tries to reassure mothers who have come to vaccinate their children. They fear a measles epidemic that has killed more than 1,200 people in this island nation where many are desperately poor. As Madagascar faces its largest measles outbreak in history and cases soar well beyond 115,000, resistance to vaccinating children is not the driving force. Measles cases are rising in the United States and other parts of the world, in part the result of misinformation that makes some parents balk at a crucial vaccine. New York City is now trying to halt a measles outbreak by ordering mandatory vaccinations in one Brooklyn neighborhood. In Madagascar, many parents would like to protect their children but face immense challenges including the lack of resources. Just 58% percent of people on Madagascar’s main island have been vaccinated against measles, a major factor in the outbreak’s spread. With measles one of the most infectious diseases, immunization rates need to be 90 to 95% or higher to prevent outbreaks. On a recent day, the Iarintsena health center’s waiting room was full, with mothers sitting on the floor and others waiting outside in the overwhelming heat. Two volunteer nurses and a midwife tried to respond to the demand. Nifaliana Razaijafisoa had walked 15 kilometers (9 miles) with her 6-month-old baby in her arms. “He has a fever,” she said. “I think it’s measles because there are these little pimples that have appeared on his face.” The nurse quickly confirmed it. “I’m so scared for him because in the village everyone says it kills babies,” Razaijafisoa said. The measles outbreak has killed mostly children under age 15 since it began in September, according to the World Health Organization. “The epidemic, unfortunately, continues to expand in size” though at a slower pace than a month ago, said Dr. Dossou Vincent Sodjinou, a WHO epidemiologist in Madagascar. By mid-March, 117,075 cases had been reported by the health ministry, affecting all regions of the country. Some cases of resistance to vaccinations exist because of the influence of religion or of traditional health practitioners but they are isolated ones, he said. This epidemic is complicated by the fact that nearly 50 percent of children in Madagascar are malnourished. “Malnutrition is the bed of measles, ” Sodjinou said. Razaijafisoa’s baby weighs just 5 kilograms (11 pounds). “This is the case for almost all children with measles who have come here,” said Lantonirina Rasolofoniaina, a volunteer at the health center. Simply reaching a clinic for help can be a challenge. Many people in Madagascar cannot afford to see a doctor or buy medicine, and health centers often are understaffed or have poorly qualified workers. As a result, information about health issues can be unreliable. Some parents are not aware that vaccines are free, at least in public health centers. Four of Erika Hantriniaina’s five children have had measles. She had wrongly believed that people could not be vaccinated after nine months of age. “It’s my 6-year-old daughter who had measles first. She had a lot of fever,” she said. “I called the doctor but it was Friday. He had already gone to town. I went to see another doctor who told me that my daughter had an allergy. ... This misdiagnosis was almost fatal.” The girl had diarrhea and vomiting and couldn’t eat, Hantriniaina said, adding that she narrowly survived. Measles, a highly infectious disease spread by coughing, sneezing, close contact or infected surfaces, has no specific treatment. The symptoms are treated instead. “Vitamin A is given to children to increase their immunity. We try to reduce the fever. If there is a cough, we give antibiotics,” said Dr. Boniface Maronko, sent by WHO to Madagascar to supervise efforts to contain the outbreak. If the disease is not treated early enough, complications appear including diarrhea, bronchitis, pneumonia and convulsions. Madagascar’s health ministry has sent free medications to regions most affected by the epidemic. Maronko reminded heads of health centers in the Ambalavao region not to make parents pay, saying he had seen some doctors asking for money. He told the AP he feared the medicines wouldn’t be enough. The country’s capital, Antananarivo, a city of some 1.3 million, has not been spared by the epidemic. Lalatiana Ravonjisoa, a vegetable vendor in a poor district, grieves for her 5-month-old baby. “I had 5 children. They all had measles. For the last, I did not go to see the doctor because I did not have money,” she said. “I gave my baby the leftover medications from his big brother to bring down the fever.” For a few days she did not worry: “I felt like he was healed.” But one morning she noticed he had trouble breathing. Later she found his feet were cold. “Look at my baby,” she told her mother. “She hugged him for a long time and she did not say anything. Then she asked me to be strong. He was gone.” Ravonjisoa said she blames herself, “but I did not imagine for one moment that he was going to die.” At the hospital, a doctor confirmed that her baby died of measles-related respiratory complications. Late last month WHO started a third mass measles vaccination campaign in Madagascar with the overall goal of reaching 7.2 million children aged 6 months to 9 years. “But immunization is not the only strategy for the response to this epidemic. We still need resources for care, monitoring and social mobilization,” said Sodjinou, the WHO epidemiologist.

http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/cwn/2019/april/madagascar-measles-epidemic-kills-more-than-1-200-people 

:: 4-9-19 Ramond Ibrahim :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Just War vs Just Plain-Old Jihad

04/09/2019 by Raymond Ibrahim

Wherever one looks, the historic crusades against Islam are demonized and distorted in ways designed to exonerate jihadi terror. “Unless we get on our high horse,” Barak Obama once chided Americans who were overly critical of Islamic terror, “and think this [beheadings, sex-slavery, crucifixion, roasting humans] is unique to some other place, remember that during the Crusades and the Inquisition, people committed terrible deeds in the name of Christ.” Others, primarily academics and self-professed “experts,” insist that the crusades are one of the main reasons modern day Muslims are still angry. According to Georgetown University’s John Esposito, “Five centuries of peaceful coexistence [between Islam and Christendom] elapsed before political events and an imperial-papal power play led to [a] centuries-long series of so-called holy wars that pitted Christendom against Islam and left an enduring legacy of misunderstanding and distrust.”[1] Nor is this characterization limited to abstract theorizing; it continues to have a profound impact on the psyche of Westerners everywhere. Thus in 1999 and to mark the nine hundredth anniversary of the crusader conquest of Jerusalem, hundreds of devout Protestants participated in a so-called “reconciliation walk” that began in Germany and ended in Jerusalem. Along the way they wore T-shirts bearing the message “I apologize” in Arabic. Their official statement follows: Nine hundred years ago, our forefathers carried the name of Jesus Christ in battle across the Middle East. Fueled by fear, greed and hatred… the Crusaders lifted the banner of the Cross above your people… On the anniversary of the first Crusade, we … wish to retrace the footsteps of the Crusaders in apology for their deeds … We deeply regret the atrocities committed in the name of Christ by our predecessors. We renounce greed, hatred and fear, and condemn all violence done in the name of Jesus Christ.[2] The great irony concerning the mainstream condemnation of the historic crusades is that a closer examination of them—what they meant, what inspired them, how they were justified, who could participate—in comparison to the requisites of jihad, not only exonerates the crusades but exonerates the West of any wrongdoing against Islam, past or present. As outrageous as this may sound, consider some facts:

Just War Theory First, the crusades were a product of Just War theory, the fundamental criterion of which is that wars “must be defensive or for the recovery of rightful possession,” to quote Crusades historian Christopher Tyerman.[3] “Christian warriors,” elaborates Reconquista historian Joseph O’Callaghan, “were exhorted to regain land, once theirs, but now wrongfully occupied by Muslim intruders who were charged with oppressing Christianity and despoiling churches.” As such, “the Christians, certain that their cause was just and that God was on their side, faced the enemy.”[4] So sure of the justness of their cause, premodern Europeans never failed to explain it to their Muslim opponents. Before beginning the siege of Lisbon, Archbishop Joao of Braga invited the Muslims to surrender, since they had “unjustly held our cities and lands already for 358 years,” and “to return to the homeland of the Moors whence you came, leaving to us what is ours.”[5] Fifty years earlier and thousands of miles to the east, Peter the Hermit relied on the same logic to explain to a Muslim commander why it was just for the crusaders—and not for the Muslims—to claim the ancient Christian city of Antioch by force: because it had been Christian for six centuries before Islam invaded. Indeed, because North Africa and the Middle East were part of Christendom centuries before Islam conquered them, not a few Medieval European thinkers harbored hopes of liberating even these. “The oriental church shone in antiquity, explained Jacques [de Vitry, a Frankish theologian, b. 1160/70], spreading its rays to the West, but ‘from the time of the perfidious Muhammad until our own time’ has been in decline” and thus needed liberation.[6] The “idea of proceeding through Spain to Africa and thence to the Holy Land was put forward in the fourteenth century in several treatises on the recovery of the Holy Land.”[7] As late as the twentieth century, the prolific Anglo-French historian Hilaire Belloc lamented that if the crusades had not failed, “probably we Europeans would have recovered North Africa and Egypt—we should certainly have saved Constantinople—and Mohammedanism would have only survived as an Oriental religion thrust beyond the ancient boundaries of the Roman Empire.”[8] Even the entire colonial era was a byproduct of Just War. As Bernard Lewis explains: [T]he whole complex process of European expansion and empire in the last five centuries has its roots in the clash of Islam and Christendom. It began with the long and bitter struggle of the conquered peoples of Europe, in east and west, to restore their homelands to Christendom and expel the Muslim peoples who had invaded and subjugated them. It was hardly to be expected that the triumphant Spaniards and Portuguese would stop at the Straits of Gibraltar, or that the Russians would allow the Tatars to retire in peace and regroup in their bases on the upper and lower Volga—the more so since a new and deadly Muslim attack on Christendom was under way, with the Turkish advance from the Bosporus to the Danube and beyond threatening the heart of Europe. The victorious liberators, having reconquered their own territories, pursued their former masters whence they had come.[9] Just Plain-Old Jihad

Now compare Just War logic—defending one’s lands and its people and defanging one’s enemy—with the jihad. The “Western distinction between just and unjust wars,” writes international relations professor Bassam Tibi, “is unknown in Islam. Any war against unbelievers, whatever its immediate ground, is morally justified. Only in this sense can one distinguish just and unjust wars in Islamic tradition. When Muslims wage war for the dissemination of Islam, it is a just war…. When non-Muslims attack Muslims [including in self-defense], it is an unjust war. The usual Western interpretation of jihad as a ‘just war’ in the Western sense is, therefore, a misreading of this Islamic concept.”[10] To be sure, a great many Western “experts” on Islam insist that jihad is the Islamic counterpart of Just War, that it is all always defensive and in no way, shape, or form supports offensive warfare. (Most recently, Juan Cole makes this false assertion in his book, Muhammad: Prophet of Peace Amid the Clash of Empires.) Or consider the words of Islam scholar Clement Huart (b.1854), writing back at the height of Western power and Muslim weakness: “The [Western] international conventions that have limited the exercise of the right to wage war [to purposes of defense] have no influence over the Muslim soul, to which passivism is and always will be for foreign. The state of peace has been imposed on it by force; the Muslim soul tolerates it but does not recognize it, and cannot recognize it as long as there are unbelievers on earth to convert.”[11] Sin, Sincerity, and Sex What constitutes casus bellum is only the first of many differences between crusade and jihad. Because the former developed within a Judeo-Christian paradigm, it was surrounded by moral constraints that no other civilization—especially Islam—imposed on itself. From the very start, at Clermont in 1095, Pope Urban never offered forgiveness of sins (but rather remission of the penances for sins to which crusaders had already confessed).[12] Those who took the cross were required to be sincerely penitent. This is a far cry from what Muslims were (and are) taught about fighting and dying in jihad: every sin they ever committed is instantly forgiven, and the highest level of paradise is theirs. “Lining up for battle in the path of Allah,” Muhammad had decreed in a canonical hadith, “is worthier than 60 years of worship.” Muhammad also said, “I cannot find anything” as meritorious as jihad, which he further likened to “praying ceaselessly and fasting continuously.”[13] As for the “martyr”—the shahid—he “is special to Allah,” announced the prophet. “He is forgiven from the first drop of blood [he sheds]. He sees his throne in paradise. . . . Fixed atop his head will be a crown of honor, a ruby that is greater than the world and all it contains. And he will copulate with seventy-two Houris.” (The houris are supernatural, celestial women—“wide-eyed” and “big-bosomed,” says the Koran—created by Allah for the express purpose of gratifying his favorites in perpetuity.) Crusader motives also had to be sincere: “Whoever shall set forth to liberate the church of God at Jerusalem for the sake of devotion alone and not to obtain honor or money will be able to substitute that journey for all penance,” Urban had said. Similarly, Spanish Prince Juan Manuel (d.1348) explained that “all those who go to war against the Moors in true repentance and with a right intention … and die are without any doubt holy and rightful martyrs, and they have no other punishment than the death they suffer.”[14] In this, Christian war significantly departed from Islamic jihad. Allah and his prophet never asked for or required sincere hearts from those flocking to the jihad; as long as they proclaimed the shahada—thereby pledging allegiance to Islam—and nominally fought for and obeyed the caliph or sultan, men could invade, plunder, rape and enslave infidels to their hearts content. The cold, businesslike language of the Koran makes this clear. Whoever wages jihad makes a “fine loan to Allah,” which the latter guarantees to pay back “many times over” in booty and bliss either in the here or hereafter (e.g., Koran 2:245, 4:95, 9:111). “I guarantee him [the jihadi] either admission to Paradise,” said Muhammad, “or return to whence he set out with a reward or booty. In short, fighting in Islam’s service—with the risk of dying—is all the proof of piety needed. Indeed, sometimes fighting has precedence over piety: many dispensations, including not upholding prayers and fasting, are granted those who participate in jihad. Ottoman sultans were actually forbidden from going on pilgrimage to Mecca—an otherwise individual obligation for Muslims, especially those who can afford it, such as the sultan—simply because doing so could jeopardize the prosecution of the jihad. Little wonder that, whereas there was never a shortage of Muslims willing to participate in a jihad, “85-90 percent of the Frankish knights did not respond to the pope’s call to the Crusade,” explains Tony Stark, and “those [10-15 percent] who went were motivated primarily by pious idealism.”[15] Little wonder that there are still countless jihadis today but no crusaders. The crusade’s stringent requirements compared to the jihad’s lax requirements are especially evident in the context of sex. Crusaders were forbidden from owning or raping slaves. During the more than eight month long siege of Antioch, desperate crusaders—whose many deprivations included female companionship—resorted to roaming bands of local prostitutes. These were eventually driven out, “lest they [the crusaders], stained by the defilement of dissipation, displease the Lord.”[16] Contrast this with the Muslim army that came to face them: it contained numerous beautiful women “brought here not to fight, but rather reproduce,” observed one eyewitness.[17] Inevitable Atrocities vs. Intentional Atrocities Because Just War demanded the restoration of a particularly important piece of Christian territory, in this case, Jerusalem, the crusaders marched for years over thousands of miles deep into hostile territory, suffering hunger, thirst, disease, and a host of other plagues to reach their goal. This comes out clearly in the writings of participants and contemporaries of the First Crusade. “So, for the love of God,” explained Fulcher of Chartres, “we suffered … hunger, cold, and excessive rains. Some wanting food ate even horses, asses, and camels. Also, we were very often racked by excessive cold and frequent rainstorms… I saw many, without tents, die from the coldness of the rainstorms…. Often some were killed by Saracens lying in ambush around the narrow passages, or were abducted by them when they were seeking victuals… [But] it is evident that no one can achieve anything great without tremendous effort. [Thus] it was a great event when we came to Jerusalem.” Pregnant women, adds Albert of Aix (b. 1060) “their throats dried up, their wombs withered, all the veins of the body drained by the indescribable heat of the sun and that parched region, gave birth and abandoned their own [probably stillborn] young in the middle of the highway in the view of everyone.” Unsurprisingly, when they finally breached the walls of those who had initiated the need for them to march (and suffer) in the first place—Muslims—the by then emaciated and half-maddened Europeans often responded with unbridled fury. “As they recalled the sufferings they had endured during the siege” of Antioch, wrote a contemporary, “they thought that the blows that they were giving could not match the starvations, more bitter than death, that they had endured.”[18] Likewise, during the siege of Barra, the crusaders were so “harassed by the madness of excessive hunger”[19] that they devoured the flesh of already dead Muslims; when they finally took the city, “[t]heir [deranged] appearance … terrified the Muslims,” who were ruthlessly massacred.[20]

Conversely, Muslims never had a specific goal that required them to march thousands of miles deep into hostile territory; rather the jihad took place wherever Muslim territories conveniently abutted against infidels (the ribats or border fortresses). Thus jihadis rarely suffered hardships or deprivations and were always a short march away from Muslim territories, whence supplies, recruits, and refreshments of all sorts were easily attainable. Even so, according to the popular view (voiced by academics, politicians, and especially media) the atrocities committed during the crusader sack of Jerusalem—not the countless Muslim atrocities committed in the centuries before and after it that were neither justified nor exacerbated by undue hardships but rather fueled by sadistic hate for “infidels”—is the worst atrocity ever committed in the many centuries of war between Christians and Muslims, and the only one that should be talked about. Religious Freedom vs Religious Coercion

Finally, because Just War is exclusively concerned with matters of justice (recovering land or repulsing enemies) and, unlike the jihad, is not ideologically driven, so too did it not institutionalize any mechanisms to pressure Muslims into converting to Christianity. (With notable exceptions as when the Spanish crown found conversion to Christianity the only realistic way for half a million Muslims to abandon their ongoing hostilities and subversions; even this failed as the overwhelming majority of Muslims feigned conversion while internalizing the antagonism in keeping with the doctrine of taqiyya, as documented in Sword and Scimitar, pp. 199-203). As Constantine the Great had explained three centuries before the coming of Islam, “Let those [pagans] who delight in error alike with those who believe [Christians] partake of the advantages of peace and quiet…. Let no one disturb another, let each man hold fast to that which his soul wishes, let him make full use of this… What each man has adopted as his persuasion, let him do no harm with this to another.”[21] A millennium after Constantine, Spanish prince Juan Manuel (d.1348) agreed: “There is war between Christians and Moors and there will be until the Christians have recovered the lands that the Moors have taken from them by force. There would not be war between them on account of religion or sect, because Jesus Christ never ordered that anyone should be killed or forced to accept his religion.”[22] “In other words,” concludes crusades professor Riley-Smith, “the Crusades, like all Christian wars, had to be reactive; they could never, for example, be wars of conversion.”[23] Accordingly, whether during the crusades or the colonial era, European (re)conquerors did not behave like their Muslim counterparts and institutionalize discriminatory or humiliating measures designed to pressure the conquered to convert. A ninth century letter from Constantinople to the caliphate argues that, “since … the Arab prisoners could pray in a mosque in Constantinople without anyone obliging them to embrace Christianity, the Caliph should also cease to persecute Christians.”[24] That Just War is morally superior to just jihad can even be seen in the aftermath of both. Whereas successful jihads almost always culminated in slavery, depopulation, and devastation, Muslims “live in great comfort under the Franks,” wrote Ibn Jubayr around 1180, while passing through the crusader kingdoms on pilgrimage to Mecca. Muslims “are masters of their dwellings,” he added, “and govern themselves as they wish. This is the case in all the territory occupied by the Franks.” Distinctions Even a Child Understands Be that as it may; whatever else can be taken from this excursus on the differences between crusade and jihad, between just and unjust wars, the most fundamental point cannot be overstated: because Islam initiated hostilities against the premodern Christian world—invading and conquering the majority of its historic territory without provocation and in the name of jihad, not justice—everything the West did in response was justified. If this assertion strikes some as outrageous, so too does it accord with the most universally held notions of justice, apparent from birth. For when two school boys are chastised for fighting and one indignantly cries out “but he started it!”—what else does he do but appeal to the innate human conviction that whoever starts, not responds to, violence is the guilty party? (Note: See Ibrahim’s new book Sword and Scimitar: Fourteen Centuries of War between Islam and the West for many examples of just and unjust wars.)

https://www.raymondibrahim.com/2019/04/09/just-war-vs-just-plain-old-jihad/ 

:: 4-7-19 Need to Know :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese Government Offers a $1,500 Bounty to Informants Who Identify Leaders of Christian House Churches

April 7, 2019 One News Now

The Guangzhou Department of Ethnic and Religious Affairs is offering $1,500, equal to an average two-month’s income, to neighbors who turn in leaders of illegal house churches. Chinese President Xi Jinping, who is going after Muslims and Christians with great zeal, views religion as a threat from foreign countries to infiltrate and undermine the government’s power. [He is wrong about foreign powers but right in that religion does, in fact, undermine government power, because it allows people to turn to spiritual leaders and to each other for guidance and help. Totalitarian governments cannot allow that to happen.] -GEG Read full article here…

https://needtoknow.news/2019/04/chinese-government-offers-a-1500-bounty-to-informants-who-identify-leaders-of-christian-house-churches/ 

:: 4-7-19 Sky Watch tv :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Petrus Romanus Could Influence “Giving Life To The Image Of The Beast”

April 7, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

It might not be the first place you imagine when you think about robots. But in the Renaissance splendour of the Vatican, thousands of miles from Silicon Valley, scientists, ethicists and theologians gather to discuss the future of robotics. The ideas go to the heart of what it means to be human and could define future generations on the planet. (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/04/07/how-petrus-romanus-could-influence-giving-life-to-the-image-of-the-beast/ 

:: 4--19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI docs show 'cover-up' of Hillary's email server

Demonstrate 'sham nature of the FBI/DOJ investigation'

Published: 7 days ago

The Washington watchdog Judicial Watch has released 422 pages of FBI documents showing evidence of “cover-up” discussions related to Hillary Clinton’s unauthorized email system within the company that managed it. A Platte River Networks email sent in December 2014 says: “Its [sic] all part of the Hillary coverup operation I’ll have to tell you about it at the party.” The documents obtained by Judicial Watch also show Intelligence Community Inspector General Charles McCullough forwarding “concerns” about classified information contained in the Clinton emails. Judicial Watch also obtained Clinton’s 2009 classified information Non-Disclosure Agreement bearing her signature. And documents show Platte River Networks’ use of BleachBit on the Clinton server to delete files. The program was downloaded on March 31, 2015, according to a computer event log. Over the next half hour it was used to delete the files on the server at a time when they were under subpoena. The October 2016 Freedom of Information Act lawsuit was filed after the Justice Department failed to comply with a July 2016 FOIA request. Emails and handwritten notes written in June and July 2015 from the Office of the Intelligence Community Inspector General discuss “concerns” over classified information on the server. A redacted sender writes to State Department Official Margaret “Peggy” Grafeld that “inadvertent release of State Department’s equities when this collection is released in its entirety — the potential damage to the foreign relations of the United States could be significant. ICIG McCullough forwards the concern, saying: ‘Need you plugged in on this.'” The sender writes: “While working with this inspector, I have personally reviewed hundreds of documents in the HRC collection. I can now say, without reservation, that there are literally hundreds of classified emails in this collection; maybe more.” In an August 2015 internal FBI memo, the FBI notes that Hillary Clinton had signed a June 28, 2011, official correspondence advising all State Department employees that, “due to ‘recent targeting of personal e-mail accounts by online adversaries,’ State employees should ‘avoid conducting official Department business from (their) personal e-mail accounts.” The same FBI memo noted a memo from Under Secretary of State for Management Patrick Kennedy to all senior State Department officials on Aug. 28, 2014. In it, Kennedy included excerpts from the Foreign Affairs Manual that said that “classified information must be sent via classified e-mail channels only.” The documents uncovered by Judicial Watch also show infighting between Kennedy and the ICIG over the processing of the potentially compromised Clinton email communications. A June 15, 2015, memo by the ICIG regarding the State Department’s review of Hillary Clinton’s emails, Judicial Watch said, indicates the retired foreign service officers assigned the task were “not optimal.”

Read more at https://www.wnd.com/2019/04/fbi-docs-show-cover-up-of-hillarys-email-server/#LSb8CU20hqrUdhvM.99

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 4-9-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s Special Forces To Station In Zimbabwe, Build Secret Underground Base To Protect Natural Resource Claims 

by Tyler Durden Tue, 04/09/2019 - 01:00

Spotlight Zimbabwe has reported that China is preparing to station elite special forces in Zimbabwe, as Beijing increases military cooperation with Harare, amid concerns that the Asian powerhouse is set to construct a secret underground military base in the country. The new report comes one year after Spotlight Zimbabwe revealed that China installed next-generation surface-to-air missiles (SAM) in the country, the same ones that are deployed to the South China Sea on Woody Island. China’s new military base is set to protect its large diamond claims and gold mines across the country, where some of its SAM launchers are already located. According to a former minister of ex-leader President Robert Mugabe’s administration, China has been planning on sending their special forces to the country since 2014 "to offer technical assistance and support" to the Zimbabwe National Army (ZNA). However, Mugabe called off the plan several years ago, after accusing the Chinese of corruption, and the plunder of natural resources in Marange. “They (China) have been itching to set a permanent military presence in this country, to protect their vast economic interests here but Mugabe was resisting the overtures,” said the former cabinet minister. “Although the cover argument was around offering technical assistance and support to our armed forces, it later became clear that Mnangagwa had his own agreement and arrangements with China. This infuriated Mugabe, and it was also during the same period Mnangagwa had first traveled to China as vice president, holding high-level meetings which his boss had not fully been briefed on. The incident increased Mugabe’s political mistrust for Mnangagwa, whom he suspected was presenting himself to President Xi Jinping, as the best political actor to secure China’s investments in Zimbabwe after he steps down. The rest is history. Mnangagwa has since invited China back to mine diamonds in Marange, and their special force has received the greenlight from vice president Rtd General, Constatino Chiwenga, to find a station in the country. Now there is every reason to believe that Mugabe’s November 2017 ouster, could have been a result of China viewing his stay in power as a threat to their economic investments, especially after having stripped them of diamond mining rights.” Zimbabwe has seen billions of dollars of Chinese investments over the last few years, mainly in critical economic sectors of mining, agriculture, and telecommunications. The investments are part of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), an ambitious effort to improve regional economies on a trans-continental scale. It aims to strengthen infrastructure, trade, and investment between China and 65 other countries that collectively account for 30% of global Gross Domestic Product (GDP), 62% of world population and 75% of known global energy reserves. President Emmerson Mnangagwa said last month that BRI is a significant improvement of the old Silk Road. "In the past, there was the Silk Road, and that to a greater extent did not embrace the entire continent. Zimbabwe was only lucky to the extent that 800 to 1000 years ago there was trade between the Munhumutapa Kingdom and China when we imported porcelain and silk from here and in turn you got our ivory. "But today the Road and Belt Initiative has taken everybody on board so that our economies can talk to each other, so that our economies can help each other modernize and mechanize. We are getting connected and benefiting from each other. "If you look at the current FOCAC meeting, there are 10 issues that we are going to deal with and these issues are really primary issues that show developing countries like Zimbabwe. "The issue of transportation, the issue of infrastructure development in our countries . . . we believe that with this relationship under FOCAC where the rest of Africa is making conversations with China, and China helping Zimbabwe and Africa to go up. And when that happens it creates the integration of marketing in China and Africa so we are happy that we are part of this global vision," he said. China has indicated that it will invest in Africa with the Agenda 2063 of the African Union, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development of the United Nations, as well as the development strategies of individual African countries. However, in Zimbabwe's case, Chinese BRI investments have been followed by a permanent military presence. Now, allegedly, a secret underground military base for special forces is set to be constructed, a move that will certainly anger Washington.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-08/chinas-special-forces-station-zimbabwe-build-secret-underground-base-protect 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4--19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As A New 'Pestilence' Begins To Ravage America, Our Fall Into The Twilight Zone Wouldn't Be Complete Without Us 1st Returning To The Middle Ages So The Left Is Now Seeing To That

- Democrats Policies Are Leading To A Major Public Health Crisis In America

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

While this very important commentary by John Whitehead over at the Rutherford Institute titled "American Idiocracy: 50 Years Later, We're Still Stranded In The Twilight Zone" opens with a question that is hard to deny in 2019, "Have you noticed how much life increasingly feels like an episode of The Twilight Zone?", his excellent story doesn't touch upon several new signs we're being cast back into the 'Middle Ages' this very moment that we'll address within this ANP story. While Whitehead's story focuses upon the very real abuses by 'big government' and the 'police state' that are growing more brutal and more unjust and more corrupt and even more idiotic, more perverse, and more outlandish by the day, while warning that our government has become a 'kakistocracy' (a government run by unprincipled career politicians, corporations and thieves that panders to the worst vices in our nature and has little regard for the rights of American citizens), it doesn't touch at all on the fact that another 'Twilight Zone' theme playing out is America's return to time where we're now suffering from diseases previously eradicated here, diseases from the 'Medieval Ages' as Scientific American had reported in this March 15th story. With unchecked illegal immigration flooding cities in our nation with a mass of humanity, leading to infectious diseases that devastated populations in the Middle Ages resurging in cities in California and elsewhere around the country, while hitting homeless populations particularly hard as Summit News had reported in this recent story, the fact that cities across the nation have allowed their streets to be turned into public restrooms, with junkies and the homeless defecating in them and then sleeping nearby, has largely led to this public health crisis with outbreaks of Shigella bacteria and Hepatitis A, both are which are caused by exposure to feces, are on the increase in Southern California, New Mexico, Ohio and Kentucky, “primarily among people who are homeless or use drugs.” And now, as the NY Times reports in this new story, a new pestilence is beginning to ravage our land with a mysterious and untreatable recently discovered infection now spanning across the planet in a climate of secrecy making its way into America: "The rise of Candida auris embodies a serious and growing public health threat" the NY Times reported, largely due to C. Auris being drug resistance and its near impossibility to completely eradicate. From their story which reports upon a man who recently died from C. auris in New York. The man at Mount Sinai died after 90 days in the hospital, but C. auris did not. Tests showed it was everywhere in his room, so invasive that the hospital needed special cleaning equipment and had to rip out some of the ceiling and floor tiles to eradicate it.  “Everything was positive — the walls, the bed, the doors, the curtains, the phones, the sink, the whiteboard, the poles, the pump,” said Dr. Scott Lorin, the hospital’s president. “The  C. auris is so mattress, the bed rails, the canister holes, the window shades, the ceiling, everything in the room was positive.”tenacious, in part, because it is impervious to major antifungal medications, making it a new example of one of the world’s most intractable health threats: the rise of drug-resistant infections.  As we had reported on ANP back on February 22nd in our story titled "Here Comes 'The Plague': This Is Part Of The Globalists Plan To 'Cull' Us All - Sickening Video Shows American Cities Descending Into Shambles - With Things This Bad Already, What Happens When TEOTWAWKI Really Arrives?", many more big US cities have descended into trash infested, crime ridden hellholes due largely to Democrat/globalist policies. And as this Scientific American story points out, it is those very policies, especially unchecked immigration, that have allowed 'Medieval diseases' to spread and proliferate. From their story.: Infectious diseases—some that ravaged populations in the Middle Ages—are resurging in California and around the country, and are hitting homeless populations especially hard.  Los Angeles recently experienced an outbreak of typhus—a disease spread by infected fleas on rats and other animals—in downtown streets. Officials briefly closed part of City Hall after reporting that rodents had invaded the building. People in Washington state have been infected with Shigella bacteria, which is spread through feces and causes the diarrheal disease shigellosis, as well as Bartonella quintana, which spreads through body lice and causes trench fever. Hepatitis A, also spread primarily through feces, infected more than 1,000 people in Southern California in the past two years. The disease also has erupted in New Mexico, Ohio and Kentucky, primarily among people who are homeless or use drugs. Public health officials and politicians are using terms like “disaster” and “public health crisis” to describe the outbreaks, and they warn that these diseases can easily jump beyond the homeless population. “Our homeless crisis is increasingly becoming a public health crisis,” California Gov. Gavin Newsom said in his State of the State speech in February, citing outbreaks of hepatitis A in San Diego County, syphilis in Sonoma County and typhus in Los Angeles County. “Typhus,” he said. “A medieval disease. In California. In 2019.” The diseases have flared as the nation’s homeless population has grown in the past two years: About 553,000 people were homeless at the end of 2018, and nearly one-quarter of homeless people live in California. So with homelessness, much of it caused by unchecked immigration, clearly the 'vector' for the spread of these diseases once eradicated in America to return, why are we allowing in so many? Once again, from the Scientific American story.: The diseases spread quickly and widely among people living outside or in shelters, fueled by sidewalks contaminated with human feces, crowded living conditions, weakened immune systems and limited access to health care. “The hygiene situation is just horrendous” for people living on the streets, said Dr. Glenn Lopez, a physician with St. John’s Well Child & Family Center, who treats homeless patients in Los Angeles County. “It becomes just like a Third World environment where their human feces contaminate the areas where they are eating and sleeping.” Those infectious diseases are not limited to homeless populations, Lopez warned. “Even someone who believes they are protected from these infections are not.” At least one Los Angeles city staffer said she contracted typhus in City Hall last fall. And San Diego County officials warned in 2017 that diners at a well-known restaurant were at risk of hepatitis A. There were 167 cases of typhus from Jan. 1, 2018, through Feb. 1 of this year, up from 125 in 2013 and 13 in 2008, according to the California Public Health Department.

Typhus is a bacterial infection that can cause a high fever, stomach pain and chills but can be treated with antibiotics. Outbreaks are more common in overcrowded and trash-filled areas that attract rats.  The recent typhus outbreak began last fall, when health officials reported clusters of the flea-borne disease in downtown Los Angeles and Compton. They also have occurred in Pasadena, where the problems are likely due to people feeding stray cats carrying fleas. As the Organic Prepper emphasized just days ago when reporting upon this Kaiser Health study that was also the reference of the Scientific American story, "these diseases will eventually spread to the public". Warning us also within their story "don't be fooled into thinking you are safe from these diseases", they then ask us to imagine what things will be like when these diseases are widespread when SHTF. If outbreaks like these are beginning to spread among the population now, can you imagine what things will be like if the SHTF? If you think it can’t happen here, you’d be mistaken. Then going on to outline for us within their story several very recent events where TEOTWAWKI had arrived and brought along with it just these kinds of illnesses and diseases, their story also reminds us of why we are all only 'one huge event' away from a SHTF scenario ourselves and all of the disruption and chaos that comes along with it.: Just take a look at what happened in Puerto Rico after Hurricane Maria hit. Selco has outlined – in tragic detail – what life was like after SHTF after the Balkan War of the 90s. In the article Venezuela Faces the Return of Forgotten Diseases, Jose explained that tuberculosis, diptheria, ehrlichiosis (a tropical variation of Lyme disease), and leishmaniasis are spreading quickly and are hard to treat due to the lack of medication and proper nutrition. As Lizzie Bennett explained in Disease: 10 Conditions That Will Become Far More Common After A Collapse, “Many diseases are opportunists, they will surface at a time the conditions are right for them to flourish and most often this is at a time when humans really could do with concentrating on other stuff.” She goes on to outline ten diseases (typhoid is one of them) “that will make their presence felt after a major, long term, disaster be it war, societal collapse or in some cases even an economic downturn.” And with more and more Americans living in the kinds of squalid conditions within which such 'medieval diseases' are incubated and brewed and spread, it's easy to see how open borders policies of the left have allowed such conditions to proliferate with homelessness now a rampant problem in so many Democrat run cities as is reported within this story. And with no signs of these problems getting better and every sign they'll get worse in the months and years ahead, we've long reported on ANP that those who are able should get as far away from the cities as possible should worst case scenarios play out as big cities will instantly become death traps in any real SHTF scenario due in large part to population density. And with Americans having borrowed $88 billion to cover health expenses in 2018 despite having health insurance showing just how dramatically the US health care system and 'Obamacare' have failed, the fact that more than half a million families are financially ruined each year by medical bills hints at much bigger problems still ahead. The diseases sometimes get the “medieval” moniker because people in that era lived in squalid conditions without clean water or sewage treatment, said Dr. Jeffrey Klausner, a professor of medicine and public health at UCLA. People living on the streets or in homeless shelters are vulnerable to such outbreaks because their weakened immune systems are worsened by stress, malnutrition and sleep deprivation. Many also have mental illness and substance abuse disorders, which can make it harder for them to stay healthy or get health care. So what are we to do in this world of ours gone mad should such 'medievel diseases' arrive in our neck of the woods? Knowing in full that when TEOTWAWKI arrives upon our shores, one of the very last things that we'll be able to rely upon will be the public health system, we've long believed that we should prepare ourselves to be our own doctors. As this Organic Prepper story had pointed out, for more on avoiding infection with contagious disease now and after SHTF, please see "5 Simple Pieces of LIFESAVING Medical Knowledge" and "The Grim Reality of Survival Medicine in Austere Conditions" for some words of advice and Susan and I will always swear by and rely upon the antibiotic properties of raw garlic to kill off any infections. A couple more good books on survival when the medical system completely fails. The Survival Medicine Handbook: A Guide for When Help is Not on the Way Prepper's Survival Medicine Handbook: A Lifesaving Collection of Emergency Procedures from U.S. Army Field Manuals

The Lost Book of Remedies - Survival Medicine & First Aid: The Leading Prepper's Guide to Survive Medical Emergencies in Tough Survival Situations For those who are looking for an excellent survival first aid kit, this 250-piece also contains tactical tools.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Twilight_Zone_Return_To_Middle_Ages.php 

:: 4-7-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex Jones Show: Mainstream Media Hate Mobs Continue To Get Violent In U.S.

Collapse of Russia hoax seemed to have made far-left even more angry and desperate

Infowars.com - April 7, 2019

Owen Shroyer breaks down how the left, driven by anti-American mainstream media narratives, is showing no signs of letting up in their violence waged against conservatives, even after the Russia hoax collapse and amid strong job growth. Tune into today’s live Sunday Show and spread this link!

https://www.infowars.com/watch-live-mainstream-media-hate-mobs-continue-to-get-violent-in-u-s/ 

:: 4--19 Pravda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi Arabia threatens to cause US dollar to collapse

World » Asia

The authorities of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia consider a possibility to abandon the US dollar as the main currency in payments for Saudi oil. Riyadh may make such a decision in the event the United States passes a new law to ban the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, OPEC. High-ranking Saudi officials in charge of the energy sector have been discussing the prospect of waiving the US dollar and switching to other currencies in settlements with foreign buyers. They also discussed the plan with several OPEC partners and members of the White House administration. Thus, the kingdom wants to put pressure on the United States, which in turn is trying to pass a law banning all types of energy cartels. In this case, OPEC member states will lose their immunity, and one will be able to file lawsuits against them for monopoly collusion. The organization will virtually cease to exist under such conditions. The bill, called NOPEC, was submitted to US Congress in 2008. The bill had been rejected several times during the presidency of Barack Obama. These days, the bill has a lot more chances to become law, given Donald Trump's aspiration to put an end to high oil prices through coordinated reduction in oil output. Trump needs cheap fuel on the threshold of the presidential election in the USA.

See more at http://www.pravdareport.com/news/world/142341-saudi_arabia/ 

:: 4-7-19 The Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Funding halted for Professor Chris Exley, who links vaccines to autism

Shanti Das and Jonathan Leake

April 7 2019, 12:01am, The Sunday Times

A controversial British academic who claims childhood vaccines can cause autism has been blocked from raising research funds after protests by other scientists. Professor Chris Exley, of Keele University, infuriated health experts by telling parents the aluminium in vaccines given to babies to protect them from diseases such as whooping cough, and in the human papillomavirus vaccine given to teenagers, may cause “severe and disabling” autism. It echoes the “anti-vax” controversy surrounding Andrew Wakefield, whose 1998 claim that the MMR (measles, mumps and rubella) vaccine caused autism led to a fall in immunisation rates. Supporters of Exley, a professor of bioinorganic chemistry, turned to crowd-funding site Go Fund Me to raise cash after his grant applications were refused by scientific research councils.

https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/funding-halted-for-professor-chris-exley-linking-vaccines-to-autism-8xvwp0g8p 

:: 4-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE: Secret Service agents say 'good riddance' to director Alles, who proposed saving money by withdrawing protection of Trump's family and was more interested in getting chummy with agents rather than fixing serious problems

Trump ordered acting chief of staff Mick Mulvaney to fire Director of Secret Service Randolph 'Tex' Alles today

His departure was not unexpected and was welcome by most members of the law enforcement agency, sources tell DailyMail.com

The change comes on the heels of an episode at Mar-a-Lago involving a Chinese national on a club guest list who was arrested with devices bearing computer malware

The appointment of Alles was pushed by General John F. Kelly, then Secretary of Homeland Security

Sources tell DailyMail.com that Kelly threatened to quit as DHS secretary if Trump did not appoint his friend Tex

The ouster occurred a day after Secretary of Homeland Security Kirstjen Nielsen parted ways with the White House

By Ronald Kessler For Dailymail.com and David Martosko, U.s. Political Editor For Dailymail.com

Published: 15:58 EDT, 8 April 2019 | Updated: 09:57 EDT, 9 April 2019

Ronald Kessler, a former Washington Post and Wall Street Journal investigative reporter, is the New York Times bestselling author of The First Family Detail: Secret Service Agents Reveal the Hidden Lives of the Presidents, The Secrets of the FBI and The Trump White House. The ouster of Secret Service Director Randolph D. 'Tex" Alles on Monday was not unexpected, and, in fact, was welcomed by most members of the law enforcement agency, sources tell DailyMail.com. 'The sentiment at the agency is "good riddance,"' they say. 'Alles seemed more interested in making friends with agents than fixing the problems that plague the once-proud agency,' according to agency sources. 'He proved to be the exact opposite of what was needed to reform the agency. ' His idea for trimming costs was to get rid of protection for members of the Trump family. Nothing changed within the Secret Service since the party-crashing Salahis went prancing into the White House State Dinner back in 2009, or since the Secret Service prostitution scandal in 2012 or since Omar Gonzalez was able to penetrate his way into the White House with a knife before being apprehended in 2014. The change comes on the heels of an embarrassing episode at Trump's private Mar-a-Lago resort club in Palm Beach, Florida, involving a Chinese national on a club guest list who was arrested with devices bearing computer malware. Secret Service punted responsibility to Mar-a-Lago's private security detail. The appointment of Alles on April 25, 2017 was pushed on the president by General John F. Kelly, then Secretary of Homeland Security and later White House Chief of Staff. Sources tell DailyMail.com that Kelly threatened to quit as DHS secretary if Trump did not appoint Kelly's friend Tex. According to Steve Bannon, Trump had another nominee in mind: George Milligan, a sharp veteran agent who is chief operating officer of the Secret Service. But General Kelly wanted him [Alles} in the worst way, Bannon said. When he interviewed Alles, Trump was not impressed. Alles volunteered that he knew next to nothing about the Secret Service. 'Apparently it was too much trouble to read books and articles about the agency or to check out the Secret Service website before meeting with the president,' wrote Kessler in The Trump White House. Agents were unimpressed with Alles and largely ignored him. Alles not only retained the same senior management that produced so many scandals, he did nothing to change the agency's culture that has led to those scandals and the low morale that has resulted in a shockingly high turnover rate. At one point Alles actually proposed saving money by withdrawing Secret Service protection of some Trump family members and some aides - unless they had actually received a threat. Throughout history, none of the assassinations of assassination attempts have been preceded by a threat. Horrified White House staff immediately shot down Alles' proposal to cut back on protection. Especially given the hatred directed at Trump and his family, the idea of the director of the Secret Service would entertain dropping protection of the president's family members is inself a scandal and all anyone needs to know about why Alles should be replaced before a tragedy occurs.  Press Secretary Sarah Sanders said in a statement that Alles 'has done a great job at the agency over the last two years, and the President is thankful for his over 40 years of service to the country.' 'Mr. Alles will be leaving shortly and President Trump has selected James M. Murray, a career member of the USSS, to take over as director beginning in May.' Shoving Alles overboard is an indication of the growing power of Trump adviser Stephen Miller, the 33-year-old former staffer to Sen. Jeff Sessions before he was the president's first attorney general. A White House source with knowledge of the West Wing's goings on in the past week told DailyMail.com on Monday that Miller has advocated internally for Nielsen's firing, and for Alles to follow her out the door. Miller is known as a sharp-tongued promoter of hawkish immigration policies that Democrats have complained push the boundaries of federal law and too often challenge court precedents. Trump fired Nielsen in a tweet on Sunday shortly after meeting with her in the White House residence and hearing her plan for bringing U.S. immigration in line with legal limitations. Secret Service agents arrested Yujing Zhang, a Chinese woman, last week when she tried to enter Mar-a-Lago with two Chinese passports, a thumb drive with malware on it, four cellphones, a laptop and a hard drive. Trump said at the time that he was 'not concerned at all' about the potential breach by Zhang, who posed for a picture with him at his Super Bowl party this year. 'Secret Service is fantastic. These are fantastic people. And the end result is it was good,' Trump said last Wednesday. 'The result is they were able to get her and she's now suffering the consequences of whatever it is she had in mind but I would say I could not be happier with Secret Service. Secret Service has done a fantastic job from day one. Very happy with them.' White House Deputy Press Secretary Hogan Gidley said earlier on Monday that with an influx of illegal immigrants pouring into the U.S. from the south, 'tt's time to do things a little differently.' 'And so the president is looking around to reshape his team so that he can have the people in place to carry out his agenda,' he said during a Fox News Channel interview. 'And quite frankly he has the right to do that.' The Secret Service is best known for protecting the president and vice president and their families, and those who formerly served in office. Established in 1865, the agency also investigates and prevents counterfeiting in order to protect the U.S. financial system, and combats computer-based financial crimes. The Secret Service was originaly a subagency of the Treasury Department, when it was principally an anti-counterfeiting force. It became a branch of the Homeland Security Department in 2003 as the new post-9/11 agency coalesced around a mission that unified a group of previously far-flung government agencies.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6900449/Secret-Service-agents-say-good-riddance-director-proposed-no-protection-Trump-family.html 

:: 4-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists discover 'new state' of matter in which atoms can exist as both solid AND liquid at the same time

Researchers applied high pressures and temperatures to potassium atoms

They simulating behavior of 20,000 potassium atoms under extreme conditions

The researchers say in doing this they’ve confirmed a new, stable state of matter

By Press Association and Cheyenne Macdonald For Dailymail.com Published: 15:03 EDT, 8 April 2019 | Updated: 16:29 EDT, 8 April 2019

Scientists examining potassium have discovered a new state of physical matter where atoms can exist as both solid and liquid at the same time. The research is said to clear up whether there was a distinct state of matter or the atom structures represented a transition between two stages – whether solid, liquid or gas. Tests were carried out on the 'simple metal', such as applying high pressures and temperatures, with powerful computer simulations used to study what was known as the chain-melted state. Experts from the University of Edinburgh believe more than half a dozen other elements – including sodium and bismuth – are capable of existing in this new state. It was previously unclear if this structure represented its own distinct state of matter. By simulating the behavior of roughly 20,000 potassium atoms under extreme conditions, the researchers say they’ve confirmed a new, stable state of matter. Dr Andreas Hermann, of the university's School of Physics and Astronomy, led the study which is published in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. He said: 'Potassium is one of the simplest metals we know, yet if you squeeze it, it forms very complicated structures. 'We have shown that this unusual but stable state is part solid and par liquid. 'Recreating this unusual state in other materials could have all kinds of applications.' According to the team, the extreme conditions led to the formation of two interlinked solid lattice structures in the atoms. These strong chemical interactions allowed the atoms to stay in solid form when heated. The other atoms melted into a liquid state. The study was supported by the European Research Council and the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council, and the work was carried out in collaboration with scientists from Xi'an Jiantong University in China. HOW WAS THE PERIODIC TABLE CREATED? Chemists have always looked for ways of arranging the elements to reflect the similarities between their properties. The modern periodic table lists the elements in order of increasing atomic number - the number of protons in the nucleus of an atom. Historically, however, relative atomic masses were used by scientists trying to organise the elements. This was mainly because the idea of atoms being made up of smaller sub-atomic particles - protons, neutrons and electrons - had not been developed.  Nevertheless, the basis of the modern periodic table was well established and even used to predict the properties of undiscovered elements long before the concept of the atomic number was developed. Ask most chemists who discovered the periodic table and you will almost certainly get the answer Dmitri Mendeleev. The Russian scientist was the first to publish a version of the table that we would recognise today, in 1869, but does he deserve all the credit? A number of other chemists before Mendeleev were investigating patterns in the properties of the elements that were known at the time. The earliest attempt to classify the elements was in 1789, when Antoine Lavoisier grouped the elements based on their properties into gases, non-metals, metals and earths. Several other attempts were made to group elements together over the coming decades. In 1829, Johann Döbereiner recognised triads of elements with chemically similar properties, such as lithium, sodium and potassium, and showed that the properties of the middle element could be predicted from the properties of the other two. It was not until a more accurate list of the atomic mass of the elements became available at a conference in Karlsruhe, Germany in 1860 that real progress was made towards the discovery of the modern periodic table. This area of the website celebrates the work of many famous scientists whose quest to learn more about the world we live in and the atoms that make up the things around us led to the periodic table as we know it today. Source: The Royal Society of Chemistry

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6900335/Atoms-exist-solid-liquid-new-state-discovered-scientists.htm 

:: 4-9-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stunning satellite pictures of the Earth from Space show the UK all lit up, a packed Glastonbury and Arizona's great aviation graveyard

By Mark Duell for MailOnline  Published: 03:24 EDT, 9 April 2019 | Updated: 10:08 EDT, 9 April 2019

The Davis-Monthan Air Force Base near Tucson in Arizona, also known as 'The Boneyard', is the largest aircraft storage facility in the world. Low humidity, limited rainfall and high altitude allow more than 4,000 aircraft to be naturally preserved here From the world's largest delta in the Bay of Bengal to an aeroplane graveyard in Arizona, these photographs capture the stunning beauty of the earth from above - and just how fast the planet is changing. Advanced cameras capturing astonishing colours have revealed a new perspective on life as in some of earth's most remote habitats as part of a new four-part BBC documentary series called Earth From Space. The first programme next Wednesday sees satellites follow an elephant family struggling through drought, reveals previously unknown penguin colonies from the colour of their droppings and mysterious ice rings that could put seal pups in danger. Cameras also reveal strange shapes that look like road systems, made by hippos as they travel to their feeding grounds at dusk. Further episodes will look at the Australian outback, the Congo rainforest and rehabilitated manatees in the Amazon. The series contains more than 300 satellite images, which are so detailed that if you were to print them all out full size they would cover an area bigger than 100,000 sq ft - the equivalent of about 40 tennis courts or nearly two football pitches.  The images were sourced from more than 20 different satellites, while the team also filmed on the ground in 20 countries including Japan, Peru and Botswana - often having to coordinate filming at the same time as satellites passing overhead. Executive producer Jo Shinner said: 'There is no doubt that the most sobering and extraordinary insight of all is being visually confronted with the incontrovertible truth of just how fast our planet is changing. 'Time-lapses over years show cities growing and swallowing up the countryside around them. Huge swathes of forests are decimated before your eyes or converted into regular agricultural patterns. Ice melts away from mountain tops and glaciers.' She added: 'It is like having an exclusive ring-side view on how the planet works and the secrets hidden in its remote corners.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6901877/Stunning-satellite-pictures-offer-glimpse-BBCs-new-Earth-Space-series.html 

:: 4-7-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pope Francis Praises Multiculturalism: ‘Migrants Always Bring Riches’

By THOMAS D. WILLIAMS, PH.D.7 Apr 2019

Pope Francis continued his immigration crusade this weekend, saying that migrants bring with them the wealth of a multicultural and multi-ethnic world. “Let us thank God for a multi-ethnic and multicultural society,” the pope told students and faculty of the San Carlo school of Milan gathered in the Vatican Saturday, “because dialogue among cultures, persons, and ethnicities is richness.” “We must not be afraid of the water of life, of this multiethnicity, of this multiculturalism,” Francis said, “and here I touch on a sore topic: don’t be afraid of migrants.” “Migrants are those who always bring us riches. Europe itself was made by migrants! The barbarians, the Celts…,” he said. “All these came from the north and brought their cultures with them. Europe grew in this way, with the contrast of cultures.”

In his off-the-cuff address, the pope seemed to continue a discussion from last week in which he attacked U.S. President Donald Trump over his proposed border wall. Asked by a reporter what he thought of Trump’s wall, the pope warned that “builders of walls, whether they are of razor-wire or brick, will become prisoners of the walls they build. That’s history.” We need bridges and “we feel pain when we see people who prefer to build walls,” he said. Continuing in the same vein, the pope told the teachers and schoolchildren Saturday to beware of those who build walls. “Today there is the temptation to make a culture of walls, to erect walls, walls in the heart, walls in the earth to prevent an encounter with other cultures, with other people,” the pope said. “And whoever erects a wall, whoever builds a wall will end up as a slave inside the walls he built, without horizons. Because he lacks this otherness.” Addressing the hypothetical question of whether all migrants should be welcomed, the pope said the first thing was to keep an open heart. “If I have a racist heart, I have to examine why and convert,” Francis said. “Migrants must be received, accompanied, integrated. Let them receive our values and let us receive theirs, an exchange of values.” “This is the beauty of human generosity,” he concluded. “We grow richer by welcoming others. Richer in culture, richer in growth.” “But building walls is useless,” he said. What we need is “an open culture that allows us to look at the foreigner, the migrant, the member of another culture like a subject worth listening to, considering, and appreciating,” he said. Follow Thomas D. Williams on Twitter Follow @tdwilliamsrome

https://www.breitbart.com/immigration/2019/04/07/pope-francis-praises-multiculturalism-migrants-always-bring-riches/ 

:: 4-9-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Many 3rd World Immigrants Does It Take Until America Is the Newest 3rd World Country?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 9, 2019 - 12:23.

The number one national security concern in America has nothing to do with the Chinese and the Russians. It has to do with the impact of illegal immigration. America is being de-culturized, its economy destroyed, its political structure is being irrevocably changed for the worse and the family unit is being imperiled. America Needs Immigration but Not This Type America needs immigrants due to our pathetic 1.8 birth rate. We need a birth rate of 2.1 to maintain our population. There are important social programs at risk if we do not maintain our birth rate and these include Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid. Therefore, we need immigration, however, we need the right kind of immigration. We do not need to bring in large numbers of people that refuse to assimilate and honor our rule of law. We need merit base immigration. We need immigrants who granted a 7 year naturalization process in which they learn to speak English and pass a test on the Constitution and American history. Further, we need to hold the Senator Grahams' of American politics to a far higher degree of accountability than presently exists. When Graham says that "the American people do not own America, it belongs to the world", does that mean I can stop paying my taxes? When they were first elected didn't Graham, the late McCain and Flake take an oath in which they promised to uphold the rule of law in this country as set forth in the Constitution? Doesn't that mean we are a government that is of the people by the people and for the people? Who gave these ultra-liberal political miscreants that right to give away our country "to the world" and then make us pay for it? There is a political alternative to this insanity.

The United Nations Is the Enemy of All Americans The head of UN immigration, boldly and inappropriately stated that the United States should be celebrating mass immigration. The UN is championing the fact that Europe has been overrun by millions of immigrants from Africa and the Middle East from cultures that do not assimilate with the West. The leaders of Western governments are ignoring the rapes, the murders and the massive accommodations that the locals are being subjected to. In Germany, people cannot criticize the government's immigration policies, in social media, or risk going to prison. German citizens have been incarcerated for Facebook posts about immigration which are not flattering or supportive of the insanity. Many German citizens have been forced, as previously reported on The Common Sense Show, to vacate their rented homes in favor of the new immigrants. In Sweden, the number one crime is the rape of Swedish women by immigrants. Please spare me the argument that not all the immigrant participate in these heinous crimes. The fact is that these crimes present a clear and present danger to the locals that did not exist prior to the massive wave of disorganized and unscreened immigration being sponsored in Western nations by the United Nations. In Britain, their National Health Service is on the verge of collapse. Why? It has been crushed under the weight of immigrants that take from the system and do not put anything back (eg pay taxes). Despite all of these problems, the United Nations champions massive, disorganized immigration. Why? Because it serves to dilute the culture. Oh, I know this is a conspiracy theory and as some would have you believe there is no such thing as a conspiracy. But before you can install a new world order, you must destroy the existing cultures and the spirit of nationalism. Thing are so bad in France, that the French Jews are saying in ever-increasing numbers that they are going to have to relocate for their own safety and some are even saying that by 2030, France will be empty of Jews. And through all of this, the United Nations thinks that this is a good idea. When I have recently spoken of the removal of dissident journalists in programs such as Boa and Operation Lightening Strike, and we witness the unfolding of the NDAA and EO 13603 in order to control the masses through food and enforce civilian conscription without compensation, we are merely witnessing the manifestation of a plot introduced generations ago during the Woodrow Wilson administration. All of these efforts are designed to mobilize an unwilling nation to fight World War III. Some are reacting to these revelations as if America has been caught off guard. We are living in a time of silent invasion. Entire communities have been overrun by hordes entering our country. For example, the Sinoloa cartel runs Humboldt County, CA. The invasion is ubiquitous, however, many refuse to see the danger. The fact remains that Americans were not paying attention, and in large part, still are not aware of what is happening to their country. Key Russian defectors have been warning us for decades that we were being infiltrated by communists and this invasion is sponsored by the Democrats, the world’s newest set of communists. Illegal immigration's cost to our economy, infrastructure and welfare expense is enough to collapse out country. At the end of the day, we have to ask ourselves one question: How many third world immigrants does it take until America is the newest third world country?

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-war/how-many-3rd-world-immigrants-does-it-take-until-america-newest-3rd-world 

:: 4-8-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We're All Being Judged By A Secret 'Trustworthiness' Score

by Tyler Durden Mon, 04/08/2019 - 23:15

Nearly everything we buy, how we buy, and where we're buying from is secretly fed into AI-powered verification services that help companies guard against credit-card and other forms of fraud, according to the Wall Street Journal. More than 16,000 signals are analyzed by a service called Sift, which generates a "Sift score" ranging from 1 - 100. The score is used to flag devices, credit cards and accounts that a vendor may want to block based on a person or entity's overall "trustworthiness" score, according to a company spokeswoman. From the Sift website: "Each time we get an event -- be it a page view or an API event -- we extract features related to those events and compute the Sift Score. These features are then weighed based on fraud we've seen both on your site and within our global network, and determine a user's Score. There are features that can negatively impact a Score as well as ones which have a positive impact." Factors which contribute to one's Sift score (per the WSJ):

• Is the account new?

• Are there are a lot of digits at the end of an email address?

• Is the transaction coming from an IP address that’s unusual for your account?

• Is the transaction coming from a region where there are a lot of hackers, such as China, Russia or Eastern Europe?

• Is the transaction coming from an anonymization network?

• Is the transaction happening at an odd time of day?

• Has the credit card being used had chargebacks associated with it?

• Is the browser different from what you typically use?

• Is the device different from what you typically use?

• Is the cadence of the way you typed out your password typical for you? (tracked by some advanced systems)

Sources: Sift, SecureAuth, Patreon

The system is used by companies such as Airbnb, OpenTable, Instacart and LinkedIn.

Companies that use services like this often mention it in their privacy policies—see Airbnb’s here—but how many of us realize our account behaviors are being shared with companies we’ve never heard of, in the name of security? How much of the information one company shares with these fraud-detection services is used by other clients of that service? And why can’t we access any of this data ourselves, to update, correct or delete it? According to Sift and competitors such as SecureAuth, which has a similar scoring system, this practice complies with regulations such as the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, which mandates that companies don’t store data that can be used to identify real human beings unless they give permission. Unfortunately GDPR, which went into effect a year ago, has rules that are often vaguely worded, says Lisa Hawke, vice president of security and compliance at the legal tech startup Everlaw. All of this will have to get sorted out in court, she adds. -Wall Street Journal In order to optimize scoring "Sift regularly evaluates the performance of our models and tries to minimize bias and variance in order to maximize accuracy," according to a spokeswoman. "While we don’t perform audits of our customers’ systems for bias, we enable the organizations that use our platform to have as much visibility as possible into the decision trees, models or data that were used to reach a decision," according to SecureAuth Vice President and chief security architect Stephen Cox. "In some cases, we may not be fully aware of the means by which our services and products are being used within a customer’s environment." Not always right  While Sift and SecureAuth strive for accuracy, sometimes it's difficult to decipher authentic purchasing behavior from fraud. "Sometimes your best customers and your worst customers look the same," said Jacqueline Hart, head of trust and safety at Patreon - a site used by artists and creators to allow benefactors to support them. "You can have someone come in and say I want to pledge $10,000 and they’re either a fraudster or an amazing patron of the arts," Hart added. If an account is rejected due to its Sift score, Patreon directs the benefactor to the company's trust and safety team. "It’s an important way for us to find out if there are any false positives from the Sift score and reinstate the account if it shouldn’t have been flagged as high risk," said Hart. There are many potential tells that a transaction is fishy. “The amazing thing to me is when someone fails to log in effectively, you know it’s a real person,” says Ms. Hart. The bots log in perfectly every time. Email addresses with a lot of numbers at the end and brand new accounts are also more likely to be fraudulent, as are logins coming from anonymity networks such as Tor. These services also learn from every transaction across their entire system, and compare data from multiple clients. For instance, if an account or mobile device has been associated with fraud at, say, Instacart, that could mark it as risky for another company, say Wayfair—even if the credit card being used seems legitimate, says a Sift spokeswoman. -Wall Street Journal A person's Sift score is constantly changing based on that user's behavior, and any new information the system gathers about them, according to the spokeswoman. From Sift: We learn in real-time, which means Scores are constantly being recalculated based on new knowledge of fraudulent users and patterns. For example, when someone logs in, we've found out a lot of information in the meantime about suspicious devices, IP addresses, shipping addresses, etc., based on the activity of other users. Add this to the fact that there may have been some new labeled users since their last login, and the scores can sometimes have a significant change. This is also more likely if the user hasn't had much activity on your site. -Sift.com While Sift judges whether or not one can be trusted, there's no file with your name on it that it can produce for review - because it doesn't need your name to analyze your behavior, according to the report - which seems like total BS. "Our customers will send us events like ‘account created,’ ‘profile photo uploaded,’ ‘someone sent a message,’ ‘review written,’ ‘an item was added to shopping cart," says Sift CEO Jason Tan. It’s technically possible to make user data difficult or impossible to link to a real person. Apple and others say they take steps to prevent such “de-anonymizing.” Sift doesn’t use those techniques. And an individual’s name can be among the characteristics its customers share with it in order to determine the riskiness of a transaction. In the gap between who is taking responsibility for user data—Sift or its clients—there appears to be ample room for the kind of slip-ups that could run afoul of privacy laws. Without an audit of such a system it’s impossible to know. Companies live under increasing threat of prosecution, but as just-released research on biases in Facebook ’s advertising algorithm suggest, even the most sophisticated operators don’t seem to be fully aware of how their systems are behaving. -Wall Street Journal "I would argue that in our desire to protect privacy, we have to be careful, because are we going to make it impossible for the good guys to perform the necessary function of security?" asks Anshu Sharma - co-founder of Clearedin, a startup which helps companies avoid falling victim to email phishing attacks.  His solution? Transparency. When a company rejects a potential customer based on their Sift score, for example, it should explain why - even if that exposes how the scoring system works.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-08/were-all-being-judged-secret-trustworthiness-score 

:: 4-9-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Creepy AI Monitoring UK Employees' Work Tasks In Real Time

by Tyler Durden Tue, 04/09/2019 - 04:55

Over 130,000 people in the UK and abroad are being monitored by an artificial intelligence system known as Isaak - which scrutinizes staff behavior minute-to-minute, according to The Guardian. Dozens of UK businesses are using the "Isaak" system which analyzes tasks such as who's email who, and when, how workers are collaborating, and which staff are "influencers" or "change-makers," according to the report. Designed by London-based company Status Today, the system can pinpoint "certain individuals within a network" to better allocate workloads and responsibilities, "ultimately improving the overall workplace environment and reducing stress and overworking." Thus far, Isaak has gathered data on more than a billion actions. The computer can compare activity data with qualitative assessments of workers from personnel files or sales performance figures to give managers a detailed picture of how behaviour affects output. Users so far include five law firms, a training company called Smarter Not Harder and a London estate agency, JBrown, according to Status Today, which promises “real-time insights into each employee and their position within the organisational network”. Workers do not automatically have a right to see the data, which is controlled by the employer. -The Guardian Critics say workers will be under mind-numbing pressure to constantly perform for fear of being singled out by the AI. "If performance targets are being fine-tuned by AI and your progress towards them being measured by AI, that will only multiply the pressure," said labor and globalization professor Ursula Huws of the University of Hertfordshire. "People are deemed not to be working if they take their hands off the keyboard for five minutes. But they could be thinking, and that doesn’t get measured. What is this doing for innovation, which needs creative workers?" Huws says that people's mental health is at risk if they don't take occasional breaks for recreational activities such as browsing social media or playing a game (somehow everyone stayed sane before computers, but we digress). According to a survey released last week, UK workers tend to procrastinate for around three hours per day. Iaak is part of what experts have labeled the "precision economy," in which every action of an individual is measured and analyzed for peak efficiency. The Royal Society of Artspredicts that in the next 15 years, life insurance premiums will be set with data from wearable monitors and workers in retail and hospitality will be tracked for time spent inactive. As gig economy working spreads, people will qualify for the best jobs only with performance and empathy metrics that pass a high threshold. Those with lower scores will have access to only the most menial and sometimes miserable tasks such as content moderation on social media, the RSA has predicted. -The Guardian Status Today CEO Ankur Modi says that his system is aimed at providing a "wellbeing analysis" that can detect when people are overworked. He admitted, however, "there's always a risk that it might be misused" by companies only looking to boost productivity without addressing employee wellbeing. "If one salesperson is performing well and you can see overwork and another isn’t performing well and isn’t overworked, that could be enough to start a conversation," said Modi - who also argued that the system could help employers reduce or eliminate bias and discrimination by removing subjectivity from management decisions. AI ideas that are being developed elsewhere have included the use of facial recognition software and mood monitoring at work, recording a worker’s location on wearable devices and the monitoring of keyboard strokes. A survey by the Trades Union Congress last year found that a majority of workers were opposed to all of these. -The Guardian  According to Trades Union Congress general secretary Frances O'Grady: "Workers want to be trusted to do their jobs. But this kind of high-tech snooping creates fear and distrust. And by undermining morale, it could do businesses more harm than good. Employers should only introduce surveillance technologies after negotiation and agreement with the workforce, including union representatives. There should always be a workplace agreement in place that clarifies where the line is drawn for legitimate use, and that protects the privacy of working people."

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-08/creepy-ai-monitoring-uk-employees-work-tasks-real-time 

:: 4-9-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coming to America: Canadian man fined $55,000 for misgendering a ‘transgender’

Posted on April 9, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn | 32 Comments

Yesterday, our Grif published an important post, “Democrats file legislation to force all Americans to accept the LGBTQ agenda,” on a bill in the House, H.R. 5: Equality Act, introduced by Rep. David Cicilline (D-RI), which would add “sexual orientation” and “gender identity” as protected classes under federal civil rights law. If the so-called Equality Act becomes law, it would impact essentially every part of American life. Everyday Americans, especially Christians, would be penalized for not conforming to the Left’s LGBT dicta and agenda, including: Employers and workers must conform to new sexual norms or else lose their businesses and jobs. Hospitals and insurers must provide and pay for “transgender” therapies and surgeries against their moral or medical objections. Parents would be forced to provide sexual reassignment treatments for their children who are confused about their sexual identity. Religious (read: Christian) institutions would be forced to provide adoptions to permit same sex couples to adopt children. Canada is already doing that — penalizing anyone who doesn’t conform to the LGBT dicta.

The British Columbia Human Rights Tribunal is a quasi-judicial human rights body in British Columbia (BC), Canada. It was established under the British Columbia Human Rights Code and is responsible for “accepting, screening, mediating and adjudicating human rights complaints.”

The Tribunal is comprised of three members: Diana Juricevic, Norman Trerise and Devyn Cousineau.

On March 27, 2019, the BC Human Rights Tribunal fined Christian activist William Whatcott $55,000 CAD (US $41,298) for violating Section 7 of the BC Human Rights Code by misgendering Morgane Oger (birth name Ronan Oger), a male-to-female “transgender” and a 2017 New Democratic Party candidate, calling Oger a biological male (which is what he is) in street flyers and on the Internet. In the Tribunal’s 105-page ruling, authored by Devyn Cousineau, Oger — a biological male — is referred to as “Ms.,” “she” and “her”. The Tribunal says: Mr. Whatcott created a flyer entitled “Transgenderism vs. Truth in Vancouver‐False Creek” [Flyer]. In it, he called Ms. Oger a “biological male who has renamed himself… after he embraced a transvestite lifestyle”. He expressed a concern “about the promotion and growth of homosexuality and transvestitism in British Columbia and how it is obscuring the immutable truth about our God given gender”. He described being transgender as an “impossibility”, which exposes people to harm and constitutes a sin…. When Ms. Oger and her team learned of the Flyer, they had to formulate a response during their election campaign. Ms. Oger went to the police, who advised her of safety protocols. She warned her children to be wary of strangers. She describes the effect of the Flyer as destabilizing, terrifying, and searing. Ultimately, Ms. Oger was not elected in her [False Creek] riding [or electoral district]. After the election was over, Ms. Oger filed a complaint with the Human Rights Tribunal [Tribunal], alleging that the Flyer violated ss. 7(1)(a) and (b) of the Human Rights Code [Code]. Those sections prohibit publication of any statement that “indicates discrimination or an intention to discriminate” (s. 7(1)(a)), or “is likely to expose a person or group or class of persons to hatred or contempt” (s. 7(1)(b)). In response, Mr. Whatcott denies that the Flyer violates s. 7 and says that in any event his rights to freedom of speech and religion guarantee his right to distribute it. He says those freedoms are especially important during an election campaign…. In his constitutional argument, Mr. Whatcott argues that the “effect of the BC Human Rights Commission’s decision to proceed to the hearing stage in this case amounts to oppressive government action that violates the respondent’s s. 2, 15 and s.27 of the charter rights…. I can find no merit in Mr. Whatcott’s argument. The Tribunal is a creature of statute. It is bound to enforce and implement the Code, and the means by which it does this is to accept and adjudicate human rights complaints. In this decision, I have found that Ms. Oger has established a violation of s. 7 of the Code. A significant part of my analysis has entailed balancing Mr. Whatcott’s religious rights under the Charter and thus accounting for his religious freedoms. In Saguenay, the Court recognized that the application of human rights legislation may impose reasonable and justifiable limits on freedom of religion: paras. 89‐90…. Mr. Whatcott’s argument, if accepted, would require the Tribunal to reject any complaint for filing if it could impact on a person’s religious beliefs. Not only would this amount to an improper abdication of jurisdiction, but it would itself be an act of preferring one religious belief over another. “True neutrality” requires the Tribunal to abstain from such positions and rather adjudicate each complaint on its merits, weighing religious rights where appropriate: Sageunay at para. 134. That is precisely what it has done in this case. This argument is dismissed. I have found that Mr. Whatcott violated s. 7 of the Code. I declare that his conduct in publishing the Flyers was discrimination contrary to the Code and order him to cease the contravention and refrain from committing the same or a similar contravention: Code, s. 37(2)(a) and (b). Ms. Oger seeks an award to compensate her for injury to her dignity, feelings, and self‐respect: Code, s. 37(2)(d)(iii). She argues that, given the nature of the discrimination in this case, the fact that it is ongoing, and that it had a serious impact on a vulnerable person, an award of $35,000 is appropriate. Mr. Whatcott opposes the award and argues it is unduly punitive…. I accept that the impact on Ms. Oger was serious…. More importantly, though, the Flyer and its potential ramifications terrified Ms. Oger…. Given the high levels of violence and hatred that are still perpetrated against transwomen in our society, it was not unreasonable for Ms. Oger to fear a violent outcome from this Flyer, even though – as Mr. Whatcott, JCCF, and CAFE repeatedly argued – there was no express call to violence within the Flyer itself. As Ms. Oger explained, it was not necessarily Mr. Whatcott she had to worry about, but the person who might be emboldened by the Flyer to act on their own hatred for transwomen…. By using her birth name, Ronan, Mr. Whatcott further caused Ms. Oger to feel hurt and angry…. I accept that the injury to Ms. Oger’s feelings, dignity and self‐respect was severe, and that the effects are ongoing. The circumstances warrant a higher award than in previous cases arising out of s. 7…. I find that an award of $35,000 for injury to dignity, feelings and self‐respect [plus $20,000 in costs incurred by Oger] is appropriate…. In my view, the severity of Mr. Whatcott’s conduct, the fact that it was intentional and flagrant and persisted for the entire duration of the complaint, and the possible deterrent effect it could have on other transgender complainants seeking recourse at this Tribunal, mean that a high award is warranted in this case…. H/t FOTM reader-commenter William and Mass Resistance See also:

American College of Pediatricians speaks truth on transgenderism

Transgender journalist wants to cannibalize ‘transphobes’ in bone soup

Virginia school board fires Christian teacher for refusing to use ‘transgender’ pronouns

Pronoun Tyranny: CA State Senate prohibits ‘he/she, him/her’

The Left’s Pronoun Tyranny: First-grader sent to principal’s office for ‘misgendering’ another student

Gender Pronoun Tyranny: Professor downgrades student’s paper for using the word ‘mankind’

Radical feminist kicked off Baltimore LGBTQ Commission for referring to male rapist as male

German intellectuals call for end to gender-pronoun tyranny

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/coming-to-america-canadian-man-fined-55000-for-misgendering-a-transgender 

:: 4-9-19 SGT Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Media Freaks Out Over ‘The Coming Meme War Of 2020,’ That The MSM Helped Create, Because ‘The Left Can’t Meme’ Effectively

April 9, 2019 by Susan Duclos, All News Pipeline:

The liberal media, from websites like Mother Jones, to cable news outlets like CNN, are understandably concerned at how effective “memes” are becoming for conservatives in communicating an idea or behavior, using an image or GIF, that goes viral spreading from person to person online, often with the aim of conveying a specific theme, or meaning represented by the meme. WHY ‘THE LEFT CAN’T MEME’

Recently the leftist website Mother Jones headlined a lengthy piece “The Left Can’t Meme”: How Right-Wing Groups Are Training the Next Generation of Social Media Warriors,” with the sub-header “Memes helped elect Donald Trump. Now well-funded conservative groups are using them to proselytize.” In that piece the writers describe what they find disturbing about “the coming meme war of 2020.” According to Johnson, the answer to that question is memes. These bits of humor or political propaganda—generally images overlaid with a caption designed to go viral—are best known for littering social media, but some experts think they might have helped elect Donald Trump. Or as notorious internet troll Chuck Johnson has said, “We memed the president into existence.” Following that unexpected meme-driven success, well-funded conservative groups are making a more organized push to train young internet-savvy right-wingers in the art of meme-making, enlisting a growing army in what they see as the coming meme war of 2020. Turning Point USA, the conservative campus group that organized the conference, is merely one of these organizations seeking to sway hearts, minds, and elections via meme trainings. And it’s clear that when it comes to political memes, the left—which has never taken them very seriously—is trailing the right badly, and falling even further behind. Emphasis mine. It is that inability to meme effectively on the left that has caused the EU to pass Article 13, to ban memes, as Stefan Stanford recently detailed in an piece titled “Article 13 Offers Proof Globalists Are Terrified Of ‘Meme Warfare’ In 2020 As EU Enters Orwellian End Game After Draconian Law Sets Up Abolishment Of The ‘Free Internet.” (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

https://www.sgtreport.com/2019/04/media-freaks-out-over-the-coming-meme-war-of-2020-that-the-msm-helped-create-because-the-left-cant-meme-effectively/ 

:: 4-1-19 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Prophetic Dream: God Will Expose, Overpower the Demonic Forces Hiding in Your Life

9:00AM EDT 3/30/2019 Anna Aquino

A few nights ago, I had a dream that I know was for me but it was also, I believe, for the church as a whole. I dreamed I was searching through a house I used to live in. Suddenly I opened the door, and I could see a man cowering and standing in the bathtub. He had been there for a while and was pale and thin. I brought out a shotgun to shoot him, and the gun would not work. I started to panic. This man sensed an opportunity and began to rush toward me. I knew I would be overpowered quickly, so I turned to run. As I did, my earthly father, a former grunt soldier in Vietnam and all-around tough guy, came running through the door and quickly overtook the enemy. The battle had been won and was over. As I awoke and went down to pray, I could sense right away what God was trying to tell me. The enemy had been found out. The enemy had been hiding and cowering in the corner of my house. He was in the last place I thought I would look. The weapon I had may not have worked, but God came to my aid. This dream was not about my earthly father but my heavenly Father. God had this battle. God easily defeated the enemy. I may have been stumped in battle, but this small and puny enemy was no match for my daddy. I didn't have time to overanalyze why my gun didn't work or why I started to run in fear. God already had the enemy defeated. I feel as though many in the body of Christ are struggling with this today. Maybe they took on a battle they weren't sure if they'd win, and they feel themselves growing weaker. Maybe they were ready to pick a fight that God never called them to fight. I want to remind the body of a couple Scriptures today. "And he said to me: 'This is the word of the Lord to Zerubbabel, saying: Not by might nor by power, but by My Spirit, says the Lord of Hosts'" (Zech. 4:6). "Thus says the Lord to you, 'Do not fear, nor be dismayed because of this great army, for the battle is not yours, but God's'" (2 Chron. 20:15b). Too many of us know these Scriptures in theory, but we aren't practicing them. What do I mean by that? We know God has already won the battle, but are we living as though we do? Or are we running in fear when the enemy starts to come and attack us? The enemy in my dream was a weak, emaciated man huddling in my bathtub. He was already defeated by God before I even entered into the room. It's not up to us to fight this battle, but to step aside and let our Father handle it. Put on your combat boots and trust in your God! Your heavenly Father is your hero. Rest in the knowledge that the battle has been won. He is coming for you and charging the enemy today! He has already won the battle. Trust in your God. The complete victory is yours! Anna M. Aquino is a published author, guest minister and prophetic voice. Her books, Cursing the Church or Helping It? Exposing the spirit of Balaam, Confessions of a Ninja Mom, An Ember in Time and A Marriage in Time are available wherever books are sold. She has been nominated as one of the top female writers of 2019 from The Author Show. She has been on TBN, TCT and a variety of other programs, both TV and radio. Please feel free to check out her website at annamaquino.com. Get Spirit-filled content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to our newsletter. Great Resources to help you excel in 2019! #1 John Eckhardt's "Prayers That..." 6-Book Bundle. Prayer helps you overcome anything life throws at you. Get a FREE Bonus with this bundle. #2 Learn to walk in the fullness of your purpose and destiny by living each day with Holy Spirit. Buy a set of Life in the Spirit, get a second set FREE.

https://www.charismanews.com/opinion/75704-prophetic-dream-god-will-expose-overpower-the-demonic-forces-hiding-in-your-life 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 4-1-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Woman Writes 'Satan Lives' on Door of Two Churches as She Sets Them on Fire

Amanda Casanova | ChristianHeadlines Contributing Writer | Monday, April 1, 2019

A woman in Utah has been arrested after setting fire to two church buildings in Lindon, Utah. According to the Daily Herald, Jillian Nicole Robinson, 18, has been charged with a second-degree felony of arson and a third-degree felony of burglary. Police are also investigating her for criminal mischief and possession of burglary tools. Robinson caused some $600,000 in damage Friday morning after setting fire to two buildings of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Robinson had also written “Satan Lives” in permanent marker on one of the doors, according to the police report.   “Once inside, you didn’t have to be a detective or arson investigator to tell that these fires had been intentionally set by someone,” a Facebook post from the police department said. Police began to patrol the area and nearby churches and saw Robinson at another church building. She had again written “Satan Lives” on another door. Officers found Robinson had “in her possession a bottle which smelled of gas and a lighter and matches… a black Sharpie brand marker, screwdriver, and a drill with drill bits.” Robinson later confessed to the fires. “I was angry and all I wanted to do was set a small fire and it got out of control. I fled the scene and didn’t look back,” she reportedly wrote on the statement. “I felt like playing with fire because of my crazy life at home, this was not a hate crime.” She is being held at the Utah County Jail on a $20,000 bond.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/blog/woman-writes-satan-lives-on-door-of-two-churches-as-she-sets-them-on-fire.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 4-8-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas Gaza Chief Threatens Tel Aviv Amid Truce Talks

The Times of Israel reports: Hamas’s chief in Gaza said Saturday that if there is a war, Israel will need to evacuate its civilians from Tel Aviv as well as the border communities, a day after the terror group’s leader said talks to achieve a truce were advancing. “If the Gaza Strip is dragged into war, Israel will suffer. It will not only have to evacuate the communities around the Strip, but also [the cities of] Ashdod and Ashkelon and even Tel Aviv,” Yahya Sinwar told a group of Gaza officials. “Our fingers are on the trigger and they will remain pressed against it in order to protect our people. We will be the sword and shield,” Sinwar said, according to the Hamas-linked Al-Aqsa TV. Sinwar also noted the role played by Egyptian mediators in negotiations to broker understandings between Israel and the terror group, saying the country “had a significant role in easing the siege imposed on Gaza, and we are grateful.” Both Israel and Egypt enforce a number of restrictions on the movement of people and goods into and out of Gaza. Israel says the blockade is necessary to keep Hamas and other terror groups in the Strip from arming or building military infrastructure. An Islamist terror group, Hamas seeks to destroy Israel.

https://www.breitbart.com/middle-east/2019/04/07/hamas-gaza-chief-threatens-tel-aviv-amid-truce-talks/ 

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recognizing Poverty

By Hal Lindsey

In September, USA Today reported on a mass shooter in Bakersfield, California. “Javier Cesarez had just gunned down five people at three locations,” they wrote, “but when he hijacked a car to try to make his escape, he told his victims that he ‘wasn’t a bad guy.’” And that illustrates a massive problem. The man killed five people in the period of about one hour. He hijacked a car with a woman and her children still inside. But he still couldn’t see the sinful state of his being. He saw himself as okay — not a bad guy. So, here’s the question. How bad does someone have to be to see himself as bad? In Matthew 5:3, Jesus began His famous Sermon on the Mount by establishing a theme He would return to again and again. “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” Most people read those words with little thought. Some chalk it up to the Lord’s love for the poor. And He does love the poor. But He didn’t say, “Blessed are the poor.” He said, “Blessed are the poor in spirit.” His words raise a surprising question. Does He want us to be spiritually impoverished? It’s easy to understand how material riches might harm someone, but what’s wrong with spiritual affluence? And the answer is, there’s nothing wrong with it. But we don’t start there. Notice where Jesus put this — right at the beginning of His great sermon. We start our journey with God by recognizing our spiritual deficiency without Him. And we should never forget it! The New Century Version says, “They are blessed who realize their spiritual poverty.” John Walvoord’s Bible Knowledge Commentary says, “The poor in spirit are those who consciously depend on God, not on themselves; they are ‘poor’ inwardly, having no ability in themselves to please God.” Luke 18:9 introduces one of the Lord’s parables by telling us who it was for. It says, “He spoke this parable to some who trusted in themselves that they were righteous.” That means it still applies. Billions of people in our world today are still trusting in their own righteousness for salvation. In His parable, Jesus told about two men who went to the temple to pray. One was a very religious man — a Pharisee. The other was a tax-collector. In those days, taxmen were famous for cheating people and pocketing part of the money. As a group, they were hated by almost everyone. In verses 11 and 12, the Pharisee prayed, “God, I thank You that I am not like other people: swindlers, unjust, adulterers, or even like this tax collector. I fast twice a week; I pay tithes of all that I get.” The self-righteous person measures himself by other people rather than by God’s standard. In verse 13, Jesus described the other man. “But the tax collector, standing some distance away, was even unwilling to lift up his eyes to heaven, but was beating his breast, saying, ‘God, be merciful to me, the sinner!’” The tax collector did not trust in his own righteousness. He recognized his spiritual poverty. He saw himself for what he was — a sinner. Then, in verse 14, Jesus said something amazing about the taxman. “I tell you, this man went to his house justified.” People who see themselves as “okay,” won’t turn to Jesus as Savior because they don’t see the need. But the Bible is clear. We all need Jesus because we’re all sinners.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-17-2019/ 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 4-8-19 NewsMax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judge Blocks Trump Policy of Returning Asylum Seekers to Mexico

Monday, 08 April 2019 05:37 PM

A U.S. judge on Monday issued an injunction halting the Trump administration's policy of sending some asylum seekers back across the southern border to wait out their deportation cases in Mexico. The ruling is slated to take effect on Friday, according to the order by U.S. District Judge Richard Seeborg in San Francisco. The preliminary injunction will apply nationwide. The ruling removes at least temporarily a controversial Trump administration strategy aimed at slowing a flood of immigrants, many of them families from Central America, that swelled last month to the highest level in a decade. Because of limits on how long children are legally allowed to be held in detention, many of the families are released to await U.S. immigration court hearings, a process that can take years because of ballooning backlogs. In response, the Trump administration in January started sending some migrants to wait out their U.S. court dates in Mexican border cities, under a policy known as Migrant Protection Protocols, or MPP. The Department of Homeland Security said last week that it planned to expand the program. A U.S. Department of Justice spokesman declined to comment. The White House did not immediately respond to a request for comment. Seeborg said his ruling turned on the narrow question of whether the Trump administration had followed administrative law in implementing the policy. "The legal question is not whether the MPP is a wise, intelligent, or humane policy, or whether it is the best approach for addressing the circumstances the executive branch contends constitute a crisis," wrote Seeborg. The judge said the government shall permit the 11 plaintiffs in the case to enter the United States beginning on Sunday. He said the government still retained the right to detain the asylum-seekers pending the outcome of their case. MPP was rolled out in January. The government argued it was needed because so many asylum seekers spend years living in the United States and never appear for their court hearings before their claim is denied and an immigration judge orders them to be deported. MPP was based on a decades-old law that says migrants who enter from a contiguous country can be returned there to wait out their deportation case, although the provision had never been used in the way the administration has applied it. Civil rights groups sued, arguing the policy violated U.S. and international law by returning refugees to dangerous border towns where they would be unable to get legal counsel or notices of hearings. The plaintiffs include legal service organizations and migrants who fled Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador to escape what they said was extreme violence, rape and death threats. Apprehensions by border agents were on track to top 100,000 in March, the highest level in a decade, according to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection. While illegal border crossings were higher in the early 2000s, most of those apprehended at that time were single men, often from Mexico. Gabriela Orellana, 26, an asylum seeker from El Salvador who was scheduled to have her first hearing on Tuesday, was delighted by the news of the judge's ruling. "I’m crying from happiness," she told Reuters. She is not one of the plaintiffs in the case. Orellana said she fled El Salvador with her 8-year-old daughter and 6-year-old son after she was shot by a gang member. She has been in Tijuana since January and has waited nearly two months for her first interview with U.S. immigration authorities.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/mexico-asylum-trump/2019/04/08/id/910745/ 

:: 4-6-19 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New sanctions just the start for Cuba over support for Venezuelan president: John Bolton

by Joel Gehrke | April 06, 2019 04:53 PM

President Trump plans to intensify economic pressure on Cuba over the communist regime’s support for Venezuelan strongman Nicolás Maduro, according to his top national security adviser. “The Cuban regime has served as a primary accomplice to Maduro’s theft of Venezuela’s wealth & resources, and is complicit in Venezuela’s humanitarian crisis,” John Bolton, the White House national security adviser, tweeted Saturday. “The U.S. is prepared to hold accountable any country or company that facilitates the repression of the Venezuelan people.” Bolton issued that warning after the Treasury Department blacklisted 34 ships that transport Venezuelan oil to the island. The Cuban regime denounced the tactics as “economic piracy,” but the U.S. officials maintain that they are stopping Maduro from providing payment for the Cuban security officials who are helping him maintain control of Venezuela in the midst of a severe political and economic crisis. “The Department of the Treasury has sanctioned companies and vessels facilitating illegal oil transfers from the Maduro regime to Cuba,” Bolton also tweeted. “This is only a first step.”

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/policy/defense-national-security/new-sanctions-just-the-start-for-cuba-over-support-for-venezuelan-president-bolton 

:: 4-8-19 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tripoli's only functional airport hit by air raid as clashes rage

Mitiga airport's services suspended as death toll rises amid battles between forces loyal to Haftar and UN-backed gov't.

22 hours ago

Forces under the command of Libya's renegade General Khalifa Haftar have launched an air raid against the only functioning airport in Tripoli as heavy fighting rages for control of the capital. Al Jazeera's Mahmoud Abdelwahed, reporting from Tripoli, said services at the Mitiga airport in the east of the city were temporarily suspended after the attack on Monday. "Passengers have been asked to evacuate the Mitiga airport after Haftar's aircraft raided the runway," he said, citing sources at the facility. "In the area around the airport, civilians were terrified immediately after this air strike." No casualties were reported in the airport strike. In a statement, Ghassan Salame, the United Nations' envoy to Libya, condemned the LNA's air raid which targeted the only airport in Tripoli that is available for civilian use. "As such, this attack constitutes a serious violation of international humanitarian law which prohibits attacks against civilian infrastructure," he said.  Live News/Middle East Tripoli's only functional airport hit by air raid as clashes rage Mitiga airport's services suspended as death toll rises amid battles between forces loyal to Haftar and UN-backed gov't.

22 hours ago more on Libya

Libyans flee to Tunisia as fight for Tripoli intensifies today

UN: Libya militias in Tripoli profiting from human trafficking yesterday

How far can Haftar get with his Tripoli offensive? yesterday  

Libya's GNA forces announce 'counteroffensive' to defend Tripoli

yesterday

Forces under the command of Libya's renegade General Khalifa Haftar have launched an air raid against the only functioning airport in Tripoli as heavy fighting rages for control of the capital. Al Jazeera's Mahmoud Abdelwahed, reporting from Tripoli, said services at the Mitiga airport in the east of the city were temporarily suspended after the attack on Monday. "Passengers have been asked to evacuate the Mitiga airport after Haftar's aircraft raided the runway," he said, citing sources at the facility. "In the area around the airport, civilians were terrified immediately after this air strike." No casualties were reported in the airport strike. The empty Mitiga International Airport after services were temporarily suspended [Mahmud Turkia/AFP] In a statement, Ghassan Salame, the United Nations' envoy to Libya, condemned the LNA's air raid which targeted the only airport in Tripoli that is available for civilian use. "As such, this attack constitutes a serious violation of international humanitarian law which prohibits attacks against civilian infrastructure," he said. Death toll rises

Haftar last week ordered his self-styled Libyan National Army (LNA), which is allied to a parallel administration in the east, to march on Tripoli, the seat of the internationally recognised Government of National Accord (GNA) which is protected by an array of militias. The showdown threatens to further destabilise war-wracked Libya, which splintered into a patchwork of rival power bases following the overthrow of former leader Muammar Gaddafi in 2011. It also risks torpedoing a UN-led national reconciliation conference scheduled for April 14-16 aimed at hammering out a peace deal and set a roadmap for long-delayed elections. Haftar, who was a general in Gaddafi's army before defecting and spending years living in the United States, casts himself as an enemy of "extremism". His opponents, however, view him as a new authoritarian leader in the mould of Gaddafi. The heavy fighting has so far displaced 2,800 people, according to the UN. The GNA's health ministry said at least 27 people, including civilians, have been killed since the start of the offensive, with at least 27 wounded. According to the LNA's media office, 22 of their troops have been killed. The World Health Organization also said two doctors were killed trying to "evacuate wounded patients from conflict areas".

Live News/Middle East

Tripoli's only functional airport hit by air raid as clashes rage Mitiga airport's services suspended as death toll rises amid battles between forces loyal to Haftar and UN-backed gov't.

22 hours ago more on Libya  Libyans flee to Tunisia as fight for Tripoli intensifies

today  UN: Libya militias in Tripoli profiting from human trafficking

yesterday  How far can Haftar get with his Tripoli offensive?

yesterday  Libya's GNA forces announce 'counteroffensive' to defend Tripoli

yesterday

Forces under the command of Libya's renegade General Khalifa Haftar have launched an air raid against the only functioning airport in Tripoli as heavy fighting rages for control of the capital. Al Jazeera's Mahmoud Abdelwahed, reporting from Tripoli, said services at the Mitiga airport in the east of the city were temporarily suspended after the attack on Monday. "Passengers have been asked to evacuate the Mitiga airport after Haftar's aircraft raided the runway," he said, citing sources at the facility. "In the area around the airport, civilians were terrified immediately after this air strike." No casualties were reported in the airport strike. The empty Mitiga International Airport after services were temporarily suspended [Mahmud Turkia/AFP] In a statement, Ghassan Salame, the United Nations' envoy to Libya, condemned the LNA's air raid which targeted the only airport in Tripoli that is available for civilian use. "As such, this attack constitutes a serious violation of international humanitarian law which prohibits attacks against civilian infrastructure," he said. Death toll rises Haftar last week ordered his self-styled Libyan National Army (LNA), which is allied to a parallel administration in the east, to march on Tripoli, the seat of the internationally recognised Government of National Accord (GNA) which is protected by an array of militias. The showdown threatens to further destabilise war-wracked Libya, which splintered into a patchwork of rival power bases following the overthrow of former leader Muammar Gaddafi in 2011. It also risks torpedoing a UN-led national reconciliation conference scheduled for April 14-16 aimed at hammering out a peace deal and set a roadmap for long-delayed elections. Haftar, who was a general in Gaddafi's army before defecting and spending years living in the United States, casts himself as an enemy of "extremism". His opponents, however, view him as a new authoritarian leader in the mould of Gaddafi. The heavy fighting has so far displaced 2,800 people, according to the UN. The GNA's health ministry said at least 27 people, including civilians, have been killed since the start of the offensive, with at least 27 wounded. According to the LNA's media office, 22 of their troops have been killed. The World Health Organization also said two doctors were killed trying to "evacuate wounded patients from conflict areas".

Fighting was under way on Monday at Tripoli's old airport [Mahmud Turkia/AFP]

Humanitarian concerns Maria do Valle Ribeiro, the UN humanitarian coordinator in Libya, said the clashes around Tripoli have prevented emergency services from reaching casualties and civilians, and have damaged electricity lines. The increased violence is also worsening the situation for people held in migrants detention centres in the Libyan capital, she warned. Detained refugees and migrants told Al Jazeera they are "terrified" about what will happen to them, with some saying they have been left without food or water and others saying they had been taken from their cells and forced to move weapons. Meanwhile, fighting was under way on Monday at Tripoli's former international airport on the southern edge of Tripoli. The disused facility has been abandoned since 2014, after suffering heavy damage during fierce clashes between armed groups. Activists accuse Haftar's forces of committing human rights violations, with Human Rights Watch saying in a statement on Saturday that LNA fighters "have a well-documented record of indiscriminate attacks on civilians, summary executions of captured fighters, and arbitrary detention". But the right group's statement also noted that militias affiliated with the GNA and based in western Libya "also have a record of abuses against civilians".

SOURCE: Al Jazeera and news agencies

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2019/04/tripoli-functional-airport-hit-air-raid-clashes-rage-190408133455465.html 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

[ :: 5-13-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Pray about the earthquakes, the tornadoes, the hurricanes, pray about the hail, the snowstorms, the blizzards, pray concerning these things.  For the enemy is moving mightily in different areas to cause the price in your grocery stores to skyrocket and if you don’t pray this will affect you. etc.

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 4--19 The Weather Channel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Weather Channel

‏Verified account @weatherchannel

An intense April storm will bring heavy #snow, high winds and potential #blizzard conditions to the Plains and upper Midwest later this week: https://wxch.nl/2uQzDTc 

https://twitter.com/weatherchannel/status/1115029262912847872 

:: 4-9-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Areas paralyzed by blizzards and floods last month are getting ready for a SECOND ROUND of BOMB CYCLONE – 2nd UNUSUAL INLAND BOMBOGENESIS in less than a month

By Strange Sounds - Apr 9, 2019 0

Only three weeks after a “bomb cyclone” — one of the most intense storms on record — pummeled the Plains and Midwest, another bombogenesis of similar strength has been forecast. This spring storm seems poised to dump even heavier snow; it could also be followed by another round of significant river flooding. Meteorologists say much of it is normal. But what is unusual is the second consecutive month for an inland bomb cyclone. Areas that were paralyzed by blizzards and floods last month are getting ready for round two of a weather phenomenon known as a “bomb cyclone.” Over the past few days, various forecast computer models have shown a blizzard of epic proportions for the north-central Plain States and Upper Midwest. Every time a model is updated, the storm depicted seems to get even more intense. At this point, it seems likely that some of the same areas impacted by devastating flooding just weeks ago are about to get slammed by an historic blizzard Wednesday through Friday. As of Monday night, the storm system was located in the Pacific Northwest and is moving across the Rockies where it is expected to dump heavy snow into Tuesday to the mountains of Wyoming and Colorado. The storm will intensify as it enters the central Great Plains on Wednesday. The barometric pressure — a measure of intensity in which lower means stronger — may drop to levels nearly as low as during the record-setting bomb cyclone in mid-March. In fact, this storm could tie or set April low pressure records. As the storm strengthens, it will drag thick Gulf of Mexico moisture northward on a collision course with below freezing temperatures north of the system. It’s forecast to slow down at that point and perhaps even stall for 24 hours. That would mean a prolonged period of blinding heavy snow, wind gusts to 70 mph and near zero visibility in Nebraska, South Dakota, northern Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin from Wednesday through Friday. The latest computer models put the bullseye for the heaviest snow band from Sioux Falls, South Dakota, through Minneapolis east to Eau Claire, Wisconsin. Snow totals could be staggering, with some models showing more than 30 inches in some areas. While not out of the question, snowfall of more than 30 inches is less plausible at any time, but especially this late in the season. That’s because in milder spring air, snow tends to be heavier, wetter and more compacted. Still, a narrow band of two feet seems well within reach. For the sake of comparison, Minneapolis’ biggest snowfall was the Halloween Blizzard of 1991, when 28 inches piled up. The second biggest snowfall there was 21 inches in November 1985. It wasn’t a coincidence that the two heaviest snows weren’t in the middle of winter. That’s because during mid-winter, the atmosphere is often too cold and dry in the Upper Midwest to support the most substantial snowfalls. In fact, 15 of the 20 biggest snow totals happened outside of the dead of winter. But in autumn and spring, the atmosphere is loaded with more moisture, lending more credibility to the possibility of the forecast spring blockbuster topping the charts. Regardless of snowfall amounts, it seems certain that copious amounts of water will be squeezed out of the air – a liquid equivalent of two to four inches. Once the snow melts starting this weekend, the water would run off into already flooded rivers in the High Plains and Midwest. Sunday night, dozens of gauges along the Mississippi, Big Sioux and James rivers were in major or moderate flood stage. Flooding has mostly receded along the Missouri River. Since Jan. 1, that part of the country has seen about twice its normal precipitation. With saturated ground, melting snow is likely to converge into area rivers. With that setup in mind, NOAA issued a rare, strongly worded Spring outlook calling for potentially historic flooding. Ed Clark, director of NOAA’s National Water Center in Tuscaloosa, Alabama explained, “This is shaping up to be a potentially unprecedented flood season, with more than 200 million people at risk for flooding in their communities.“ So, when the blizzard ends, attention will need to shift to melting snow and runoff. There’s no telling how significant the flooding will become but given the warning signs, it’s certainly something that needs to be monitored closely. Welcome to springtime in the Rockies and parts of the Great Plains. That will be the second consecutive month for an inland bomb cyclone. And that’s very unusual. The March 13 bomb cyclone caused massive flooding and produced winds of between 96 and 110 mph. What about the next one in the coming days?

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/bomb-cyclone-usa-april2019-forecast.html

:: 4-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive blizzard to hit the Rockies and Midwest Wednesday bringing heavy snow and high winds just weeks after a 'bomb cyclone' hit the area

The blizzard is expected to hit the Rockies, then head into parts of South Dakota, Nebraska, Minnesota, Wisconsin and Michigan

The major storm would strike just three weeks after a 'bomb cyclone' hit the area

Meteorologists anticipate snowfall to be as much as 24 inches in certain areas

Wind speeds of between 40 to 60mph are expected in the central US

Winds could reach 90mph from southeastern Wyoming through eastern New Mexico and the Texas and Oklahoma panhandles

High winds could limit visibility and increase fire damage possibility in dry areas

Anticipated heavy rains could lead to flooding in lakeshore areas of the Great Lakes and worsen flooding already experienced in Nebraska, Iowa and Illinois

By Dailymail.com Reporter Published: 11:48 EDT, 8 April 2019 | Updated: 12:36 EDT, 8 April 2019

The central United States is bracing for a spring blizzard that's expected to hit the heartland on Wednesday and Thursday. Weather watchers anticipate the major storm will include everything from high winds to heavy snow and rain, while also bringing the return risk of severe weather, just three weeks after a 'bomb cyclone' hit the area. Temperatures could drop more than 30 degrees Fahrenheit across the northern Plains starting Tuesday, setting the stage for lots of snow. The snowstorm is expected to cover the Rockies with fresh snow, then head northeastward into areas of South Dakota, Nebraska, Minnesota, Wisconsin and the upper peninsula of Michigan, AccuWeather reported. It's possible that the snow could go down as far south as Kansas. It's said that a foot or more of snow could fall on the North Central states and that the snow would be of the heavy and wet variety, which could lead to dangerous road conditions as snowfall rate pick up and cold air comes through quickly. Forecasters believe that as the storm increases in strength, moisture from the Gulf of Mexico will be drawn northward and collide with sub-freezing temperatures from the north, leading to a lengthy period of near zero-visibility snow in Nebraska, South Dakota, northern Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin from Wednesday through Friday, CBS News reported. Some computer models indicate snowfall could reach more then 30 inches in some areas from Sioux Falls, South Dakota, through Minneapolis and east to Eau Claire, Wisconsin, although it's more likely that the snow would max out at about 24 inches. Some states are getting ahead of the game with winter storm watches already in effect in most of South Dakota into southwest Minnesota, according to Minnesota Public Radio. High winds are also expected to hit along with the heavy snow. Meteorologists predict that wind gusts in the central US could reach 40 to 60mph, with the highest winds hitting the central and southern Plains. It's believed that winds as strong as 90mph could even be seen across the Front Range and High Plains from southeastern Wyoming through eastern New Mexico and the Texas and Oklahoma panhandles. Winds at these rates can result in a variety of damage both on the ground in and in the air, including broken tree limbs, downed power lines, flight turbulence and property damage. There's also the chance that these winds could increase fire damage in dry weather areas in the southern Plains, while also reducing visibility in areas where snow is expected and creating blizzard conditions. Heavy rains, meanwhile, could lead to flooding in lakeshore areas of the Great Lakes, as well as impacting areas already dealing with river flooding, such as Nebraska, Iowa and Illinois. The areas where the blizzard hits hardest are likely to experience travel delays, particularly flight cancellations and road closures, according to AccuWeather Senior Meteorologist Dan Pydynowski. The central US storm is expected to move on to the Northeast by the end of the week.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6899309/Massive-BLIZZARD-hit-Rockies-Midwest-Wednesday-bringing-heavy-snow-winds-rain.html 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 4-8-19 KATU TV2 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Much of Western Oregon on 'Flood Watch' as rain, melting snow push rivers to flood stage

by KATU Staff Monday, April 8th 2019

PORTLAND, Ore. – A spring storm brought heavy rain to the Pacific Northwest, putting part of Western Oregon under a "flood watch" through Monday with local waterways at or approaching flood stage.  The Portland District, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers is increasing controlled water releases at most Willamette Valley dams as the heavy rain and melting snow are projected to fill reservoirs to near 100% capacity in the coming days. Water managers expect levels in the Willamette Valley to be at flood stage through the middle of the week at several gauges, including Goshen and on the main stem of the river at Harrisburg and Albany. Forecasts show Salem near flood stage Wednesday. In Lane County, mandatory evacuation orders are in effect for the 100-year floodplain along the Row River and Coast Fork of the Willamette River from the Dorena Reservoir north to the Mt. Pisgah area. That's due to the release water from the Dorena Reservoir near Cottage Grove. Lane County says flow rates at the reservoir will be higher than rates recorded during the historic flooding of 1996. According to KATU Meteorologist Rhonda Shelby, the Willamette River will crest sometime on Tuesday. In Albany, water levels are already high enough to cover picnic tables at parks along the river. The National Weather Service says flooding this late in the year is rare and has only happened once in recent history, back in early April of 2012. In Oakridge, a landslide has closed Highway 58. According to the Oregon Department of Transportation, crews will start clearing the area when the sun comes up. There's no estimate on when the road could reopen. The state says one trouble spot for landslide danger is in the Columbia River Gorge through the Eagle Creek Wildfire burn scar. Officials warn that ground cover burned in the 2017 fire can easily become loose because of all the rain. Just last week, the U.S. Forest Service had to escort hikers off a trail near Multnomah Falls because of falling rocks. The active rockfall closed the Wahkeena-Multnomah loop until further notice. Mountain Wave Search and Rescue says other hiking trails might also be dangerous. “Everything will be changing. Water will be softening up. The trails that are relatively new or have been remodeled and so they’re not really sound like they have been in years past," said Ray Livingston of Mountain Wave Search and Rescue. If you have plans to hike anytime soon, Livingston says use extra caution and make sure have proper rain gear and shoes. The Oregon Department of Geology and Mineral Industries warned residents in the state to be on alert for landslides, which can be triggered by heavy rain.

https://katu.com/news/local/western-oregon-on-flood-watch-as-rain-melting-snow-push-rivers-to-flood-stage 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-7-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Large seismic event similar to what preceded the 2011 Japanese quake and tsunami underway off New Zealand’s North Island – Ongoing earthquake swarm – Officials urge Kiwis to get prepared

By Strange Sounds - Apr 7, 2019

A swarm of earthquakes has been triggered off the North Island’s east coast by a large seismic event similar to what preceded the 2011 Japanese quake and tsunami. GNS Science has confirmed one of the largest “slow-slips” ever observed in New Zealand is currently underway off the coast of Gisborne in the Hikurangi subduction zone. This slow-slip began last week and so far scientists have recorded “up to 3cm of eastward displacement,” said Wallace. “This is caused by up to 10-15cm of movement on the Hikurangi plate boundary offshore of Gisborne.” While these events are fairly common, happening every one or two years, this slow-slip is on track to be “as large at the previous slow-slip” recorded off Gisborne in 2010. Since Monday, 85 quakes have been recorded in the area. There have also recently been multiple small earthquakes recorded around the North Island, including in the north and off the coast of Whakatane. But GNS Science say it is hard to directly tie those to this slow-slip. What is a slow slip? A slow-slip is essentially a slow, silent earthquake undetectable by humans and the seismograph network because it is the movement of faults over weeks or months, according to GNS Science geophysicist Laura Wallace. That compares to typical quakes which happen over minutes or seconds.  They tend to last for a few weeks, meaning this slip is still early in its cycle and small earthquakes triggered off the coast of the Mahia Peninsula by the event could continue for a while to come. What now? International seismologists have found the 2011 Japanese earthquake was preceded by a slow-slip earthquake that lasted a month, but the predictive value of the events remain unclear. Scientists are studying the slow-slips off Gisborne through instruments on the seafloor off Poverty Bay to understand more about the movements and subduction zone processes. This could help with earthquake forecasting in the future. On Wednesday, Kiwis were urged to prepare for a large M8.9 earthquake off the coast of Gisborne which experts believe is inevitable and could happen within our lifetime. “We know a large earthquake and tsunami is something we will face in our lifetime, or that of our children and grandchildren. The reality is it isn’t a matter of if, but when.“ The Hikurangi subduction zone is New Zealand’s “largest and most active fault”. It is found just off New Zealand’s east coast, running from Gisborne to the top of the South Island, and is where the Pacific plate is subducting beneath the Indo-Australian plate. “New Zealand sits on a subduction zone just like Japan, and people should be prepared for the next large earthquake and tsunami,” said a statement from East Coast LAB.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/new-zealand-earthquake-swarm-big-one-gisborne-preparedness.html 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 4-1-19 The Washington Free Beacon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satellite Photos Show Chinese Anti-Satellite Laser Base

Images also reveal work on EMP and electronic warfare weaponry

BY: Bill Gertz April 1, 2019 5:00 am

Commercial satellite images have provided the first photographs of a secret Chinese anti-satellite laser base in western Xinjiang province, along with other high-technology weapons facilities. The laser facility is located near a lake and is about 145 miles south of the Urumqi, the capital of Xinjiang. The facility was discovered by retired Indian Army Col. Vinayak Bhat, a satellite imagery analyst who specializes on China. China is using its satellite tracking stations located throughout the country as a means of identifying and targeting satellites. "Once the accurate satellite path and other data is known, directed energy weapons located at five different places can take over the task," Bhat said. The Xinjiang base is one of those laser bases that include four main buildings with sliding roofs that Bhat assesses contain high-powered chemical lasers powered by neodymium. Bhat estimates that the smaller shed with the sliding roof is a laser tracker. Taken together, the Chinese can fire one to three of the lasers against an orbiting satellite that China is seeking to disrupt. The Defense Intelligence Agency stated in a report made public in February that China is set to deploy a ground based laser cannon next year. The report said Beijing "possibly already has a limited capability to employ laser systems against satellite sensors." "China likely will field a ground-based laser weapon that can counter low-orbit space-based sensors by 2020, and by the mid-to-late 2020s, it may field higher power systems that extend the threat to the structures of non-optical satellites," the report, "Challenges to Security in Space," says. The DIA said directed energy weapons can be used to "disrupt, damage, or destroy enemy equipment and facilities." "These weapons, which can have effects ranging from temporary to permanent, include lasers, high-power microwaves, and other types of radiofrequency weapons," the report said, noting the difficulties in identifying the source of such attacks. It is not known if the Xinjiang base was the source of the well-known laser illumination of U.S. reconnaissance satellites several times in August and September of 2006. The laser "painting" occurred as the satellites passed over China. Then-Director of the National Reconnaissance Office Donald Kerr said at the time that the laser illumination did not damage the satellite's ability to collect information. The 2006 incident was believed to be tests of ASAT targeting since the illumination was assessed to be from a low power laser beam. Ian Easton, a China analyst at the Project 2049 Institute, says the United States is vulnerable to Chinese ASAT weapons. The United States operates nearly half of the 270-plus military satellites in orbit, as well as hundreds of civil, commercial and dual-use satellites that can be used for military operations. "China has also apparently tested and deployed at least one large, ground-based ASAT laser weapon for use on a number of targets in [low-earth orbit], and is developing a submarine-based ASAT missile with which it could eventually target U.S. national security satellites in [geosynchronous orbit," Easton said. China has claimed in military writings that it successfully blinded a satellite with a laser in 2005 using a 50 to 100 kilowatt mounted laser gun fired from Xinjiang. A report by the Center for Strategic and International Studies identified lasers like those in China are non-kinetic counterspace weaponry. "These attacks operate at the speed of light and in some cases, can be less visible to third party observers and more difficult to attribute," the report from April 2018 says. "High-powered lasers can be used to damage or degrade critical satellite components, such as solar arrays. Lasers can also be used to temporarily dazzle or permanently blind mission-critical sensors on satellites." To blast a satellite from earth with a laser required a focused beam, adaptive optics, and advanced pointing controls that steer the laser beam as it is fired through the atmosphere. According to the CSIS report, a laser attack can damage satellite sensors within the field of view of the sensor and that is the key to attributing the source of ground-based attacks. For those using lasers to attack satellites, it is difficult to determine the damage since the laser's impact on the sensors and other electronics may not provide debris or physical indicators. Bhat also disclosed the locations of other facilities in China used for exotic weapons systems, including an electromagnetic pulse facility in Xinjiang. Photos of the location showed what appear from space to be an EMP simulator. EMP is the pulse produced by a nuclear blast or solar flare that can disrupt electronics for thousands of miles. The photo shows a road leading in to the facility under a cylindrical EMP generator that can illuminate equipment and vehicles with EMP. "This facility is used for researching methods of hardening Chinese military equipment and reverse effects on adversaries’ equipment using electronic components," Bhat says. Also in Xinjiang is a mobile pulse generator—an electronic warfare system used to create electromagnetic interference that can disable satellites.

Bill Gertz Email Bill | Full Bio | RSS

Bill Gertz is senior editor of the Washington Free Beacon. Prior to joining the Beacon he was a national security reporter, editor, and columnist for 27 years at the Washington Times. Bill is the author of seven books, four of which were national bestsellers. His most recent book was iWar: War and Peace in the Information Age, a look at information warfare in its many forms and the enemies that are waging it. Bill has an international reputation. Vyachaslav Trubnikov, head of the Russian Foreign Intelligence Service, once called him a “tool of the CIA” after he wrote an article exposing Russian intelligence operations in the Balkans. A senior CIA official once threatened to have a cruise missile fired at his desk after he wrote a column critical of the CIA’s analysis of China. And China’s communist government has criticized him for news reports exposing China’s weapons and missile sales to rogue states. The state-run Xinhua news agency in 2006 identified Bill as the No. 1 “anti-China expert” in the world. Bill insists he is very much pro-China—pro-Chinese people and opposed to the communist system. Former Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld once told him: “You are drilling holes in the Pentagon and sucking out information.” His Twitter handle is @BillGertz.

https://freebeacon.com/national-security/satellite-photos-show-chinese-anti-satellite-laser-base/ 

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 3--19 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Key Russian missiles ‘damaged en route to China’

Reports that 40N6 missiles were damaged while being shipped to China have raised doubts about Russia’s S-400 air defense system and hit plans by Beijing to pressure Taiwan

By Stephen Bryen

China is missing key missiles that formed a key part of its strategy to pressure Taiwan. The missiles themselves form a part of the S-400 air-defense system China is acquiring from Russia. Unfortunately for China these special missiles were involved in an alleged mishap at sea and Russia did not deliver them. The special missiles – the 40N6 – that launch from the S-400 could potentially close down airspace surrounding Taiwan and keep out US warplanes in case Taiwan needed American support should China launch a major provocation or even an invasion of the island. Unlike other missiles used by the S-400 system, the Russians claim that the 40N6 coupled with radar improvements could successfully block US stealth aircraft such as the F-22 and F-35. Also unlike the other S-400 missiles, the 40N6 has very long range, enough to keep out US fighters from bases in Japan, Okinawa or on US aircraft carriers. The missing missiles bound for China were on a cargo ship that Russia says encountered a storm at sea either in or near the English Channel in mid-January. The ship, the Nikifor Begichev (named in honor of a highly decorated Russian polar explorer who was born in 1874), sustained some damage and floundered for six days before it was able to return to its Russian port of Ust-Luga, 10 days after it started out. (Critics, meanwhile, have wondered why the S-400 missiles and equipment were sent by sea in the frozen north instead of by rail to China.) There is no information that the Begichev gave an international distress call or, for that matter that any Russian or other ships were dispatched to assist the vessel. Ust-Luga port is located near the Gulf of Finland, about 110 kilometers (86 miles) west of St. Petersburg. The Begichev and two other ships (Ocean Lord and Ocean Power) were transporting components of the S-400 air-defense system to China. The Russian-Chinese contract for the system was originally signed in 2014. Of the three ships, the Begichev returned to port, and the Ocean Power, which left port after the Begichev also returned. Ocean Lord completed its trip to China (although it had left port earlier on December 19 and arrived in Tianjin on February 9). Ocean Power would set out again and arrive in China, but it was not carrying the crucial missiles. According to the Russians, the vital cargo of 40N6 missiles was stored on the deck of the Begichev. The missiles allegedly were damaged beyond repair and had to be scrapped. The cargo was insured and the Russian insurance agency agreed to pay compensation. ‘Only the 40N6 can kill stealth jets’ The S-400 supports four different missiles – but the 40N6 is the only one that the Russians claim can kill stealth aircraft such as the F-22 and the F-35. For China to have a free hand to operate against Taiwan or even Japan, it needs to contend with top-line American stealth aircraft that are already operating out of Guam, Okinawa and Japan (and Japan is adding the F-35 to its air force as well). The S-400 is a mobile, advanced air-defense system that uses a number of different radars including units that can detect stealth aircraft. Two of the radars that are an optional part of the cluster use the L Band and VHF radar bands, which operate at a lower frequency compared to more precise X band radars or other military search and tracking radars in C or S bands. American stealth aircraft are designed to be less visible, especially at medium and long range from tracking radars, particularly in the X band. The Pentagon calls this technology “low observable.” The Russians have added L band and VHF systems as an optional part of the S-400 complex to give it the ability to track US-made stealth aircraft. But neither L Band nor VHF systems have great accuracy against air targets, especially at long range. To work around this limitation, the 40N6 operates differently in how it locates a target. The 40N6 has a range of up to 400 kilometers (250 miles) and uniquely for tactical air-defense missiles can operate from high altitude (29 km above the surface). The 40N6 missile is hypersonic and the Russians say that unlike typical missiles that begin to slow down as they approach their target, the 40N6 does not lose speed but actually goes faster as it dives down to its target. In addition, the 40N6 is said to be able to better locate its target using the missile’s active onboard radar because it sees planes or vehicles by looking down from above, where stealth designs are not as well optimized. In effect, the onboard radar supplements the X, L and VHF radars on the ground and improves the accuracy of the missile, especially against stealthy targets. And there is another difference. The US and Israel (working with Raytheon) have shifted to “hit to kill” warheads for air and missile defenses (as for the THAAD and Ground-based mid-course Interceptor, Patriot 3 and for Israel’s Arrow 3). But the Russians are instead using a blast fragmentation warhead with a kill envelope of around 100 meters. A hit-to-kill missile has no explosive warhead and has to physically hit the incoming aircraft or missile. The 40N6 with a more conventional but lethal warhead may be a better solution against aircraft rather than attacking missiles because modern aircraft can try and maneuver to avoid a direct hit. Russia’s extraordinary claims Russia has been making extraordinary claims about its military capabilities and new weapons and one has to take them all with a grain of salt. The S-400 with the 40N6 has never actually been tested against a stealth fighter plane. Indeed the design of the 40N6 and its supporting radars looks like an attempt to anticipate stealth’s potential vulnerabilities and combines different solutions (types of radars, speed of missile, blast warhead, “dive” from high altitude) to try and achieve the promised result. From Russia’s perspective, the 40N6 approach is not at all surprising. Russia does not have real stealth technology and, instead, is designing systems to kill stealth threats. China claims to have stealth technology, but India recently discovered it could easily detect Chinese J-20 stealth aircraft using older Russia warplane radars. China ordered 128 anti-stealth 40N6 missiles from Russia. How many were on the Begichev is not known, but it was not such a large ship and would not be able to carry all the missiles ordered. The Begichev carried its large cargo on its deck. There are photos of the ship loaded with large containers. Once the 40N6 missiles are delivered to China, the US will have to find ways to counter them in order to retain air superiority around Japan, Okinawa and Taiwan. Finding a solution will not be easy and China could gain a strategically valuable capability in the form of the 40N6 as an area denial weapon. Interestingly, the shipment of 40N6 missiles lost en route to China has raised eyebrows, even in Russia. How come all the missiles were lost or had to be destroyed? The issue was addressed by Russian defense analyst Pavel Felgenhauer. Felgenhauer writes for Novaya Gazeta, a publication well known for investigative journalism. Since 2001, three of its best journalists have been murdered because their reporting upset Russia’s leadership. Perhaps the most notorious (and best known in the West) was the killing of journalist Anna Politkovskaya in 2006, allegedly over her controversial reporting of the Second Chechnya war. Missile shipment ‘sabotaged by Russia’ Felgenhauer argued that the missiles going to China were sabotaged by Russia. Felgenhauer thinks the missiles were trashed because they don’t work, and that senior Russians did not want the Chinese to learn that they don’t work. Over-promising and too much propaganda about the superiority of Russian weapons seems to be an issue that goes right to the top in Moscow and includes its President, Vladimir Putin. The result is that Russia has bought itself some years before the 40N6 will be delivered to China, if ever. Russia has many customers for the S-400 system, the most recent is Turkey, a NATO member, and it has good prospects for sales among many US clients. It would not be helpful for Russia to have to admit to technical or operational issues. China must be angry and suspicious about whether Russia’s promises are credible. China can’t achieve air superiority over the United States without 40N6 missiles that really work, because, despite its boasting, China’s fighter aircraft are no match for the United States. Beijing’s bid to isolate the United States has suffered a serious setback.

https://www.asiatimes.com/2019/03/article/key-russian-missiles-damaged-en-route-to-china/ 

:: 3-31-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

No AI in humor: R2-D2 walks into a bar, doesn't get the joke

SETH BORENSTEIN Associated Press•March 31, 2019

WASHINGTON (AP) — A robot walks into a bar. It goes CLANG. Alexa and Siri can tell jokes mined from a humor database, but they don't get them. Linguists and computer scientists say this is something to consider on April Fools' Day: Humor is what makes humans special. When people try to teach machines what's funny, the results are at times laughable but not in the way intended. "Artificial intelligence will never get jokes like humans do," said Kiki Hempelmann, a computational linguist who studies humor at Texas A&M University-Commerce. "In themselves, they have no need for humor. They miss completely context." And when it comes to humor, the people who study it — sometimes until all laughs are beaten out of it — say context is key. Even expert linguists have trouble explaining humor, said Tristan Miller, a computer scientist and linguist at Darmstadt University of Technology in Germany. "Creative language — and humor in particular — is one of the hardest areas for computational intelligence to grasp," said Miller, who has analyzed more than 10,000 puns and called it torture. "It's because it relies so much on real-world knowledge — background knowledge and commonsense knowledge. A computer doesn't have these real-world experiences to draw on. It only knows what you tell it and what it draws from." Allison Bishop , a Columbia University computer scientist who also performs stand-up comedy, said computer learning looks for patterns, but comedy thrives on things hovering close to a pattern and veering off just a bit to be funny and edgy. Humor, she said, "has to skate the edge of being cohesive enough and surprising enough." For comedians that's job security. Bishop said her parents were happy when her brother became a full-time comedy writer because it meant he wouldn't be replaced by a machine. "I like to believe that there is something very innately human about what makes something funny," Bishop said. Oregon State University computer scientist Heather Knight created the comedy-performing robot Ginger to help her design machines that better interact with — and especially respond to — humans. She said it turns out people most appreciate a robot's self-effacing humor. Ginger, which uses human-written jokes and stories, does a bit about Shakespeare and machines, asking, "If you prick me in my battery pack, do I not bleed alkaline fluid?" in a reference to "The Merchant of Venice." Humor and artificial intelligence is a growing field for academics. Some computers can generate and understand puns — the most basic humor — without help from humans because puns are based on different meanings of similar-sounding words. But they fall down after that, said Purdue University computer scientist Julia Rayz. "They get them — sort of," Rayz said. "Even if we look at puns, most of the puns require huge amounts of background." Still, with puns there is something mathematical that computers can grasp, Bishop said. Rayz has spent 15 years trying to get computers to understand humor, and at times the results were, well, laughable. She recalled a time she gave the computer two different groups of sentences. Some were jokes. Some were not. The computer classified something as a joke that people thought wasn't a joke. When Rayz asked the computer why it thought it was a joke, its answer made sense technically. But the material still wasn't funny, nor memorable, she said. IBM has created artificial intelligence that beat opponents in chess and "Jeopardy!" Its latest attempt, Project Debater , is more difficult because it is based on language and aims to win structured arguments with people, said principal investigator Noam Slonim, a former comedy writer for an Israeli version "Saturday Night Live." Slonim put humor into the programming, figuring that an occasional one-liner could help in a debate. But it backfired during initial tests when the system made jokes at the wrong time or in the wrong way. Now, Project Debater is limited to one attempt at humor per debate, and that humor is often self-effacing. "We know that humor — at least good humor — relies on nuance and on timing," Slonim said. "And these are very hard to decipher by an automatic system." That's why humor may be key in future Turing Tests — the ultimate test of machine intelligence, which is to see if an independent evaluator can tell if it is interacting with a person or computer, Slonim said. There's still "a very significant gap between what machines can do and what humans are doing," both in language and humor, Slonim said. There are good reasons to have artificial intelligence try to learn to get humor, Darmstadt University's Miller said. It makes machines more relatable, especially if you can get them to understand sarcasm. That also may aid with automated translations of different languages, he said.  Texas A&M's Hempelmann isn't so sure that's a good idea. "Teaching AI systems humor is dangerous because they may find it where it isn't and they may use it where it's inappropriate," Hempelmann said. "Maybe bad AI will start killing people because it thinks it is funny." Comedian and computer scientist Bishop does have a joke about artificial intelligence: She says she agrees with all the experts warning us that someday AI is going to surpass human intelligence. "I don't think it's because AI is getting smarter," Bishop jokes, then she adds: "If the AI gets that, I think we have a problem."

https://news.yahoo.com/no-ai-humor-r2-d2-143213538.html 

:: 3-29-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The robots that learned to reproduce: Scientists teach AI-powered bots to 'mate' by combining pieces of their code

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam is studying how robots can 'mate' with each other

The process involves two robots combining their code to produce offspring

Could revolutionize how robots are made and equip them for new environments

By Annie Palmer For Dailymail.com Published: 14:28 EDT, 29 March 2019 | Updated: 14:28 EDT, 29 March 2019

Evolutionary roboticists have been testing radical methodologies that allow robots to 'mate' with one another autonomously. The process would work with two robots that are able to combine their code and produce 3D-printed offspring. And while it may seem far-fetched, researchers say this could become commonplace within about 20 years, according to Wired. Research around evolutionary robots was published recently in the journal Nature Machine Intelligence. In it, computer scientists from Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam devised an automatic process that 'designs robots across multiple levels and niches them to tasks and environmental conditions.' 'Life’s ability to produce useful embodiments comes from a free-form evolutionary process where variance occurs across multiple levels,' the study explains. 'Making robot design similarly free-form and level-based might herald a new wave of capable embodiments to finally tackle challenging unstructured environments.' Breakthroughs in evolutionary robotics could lead to great improvements in robots' ability to navigate complex environments. Among the environments called out by the researchers include: 'Cataloguing biodiversity in remote areas, searching destroyed buildings for survivors following an earthquake, and exploring labyrinthine cave systems.' For the study, the researchers from Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam programmed two robots to create their own offspring. Researchers added 'noise' to the data supplied to create the offspring, so as to model the process of biological mutations, according to Wired. They found that the resulting offspring had elements of the two robots' 'genomes,' as well as some mutations. 'One parent is fully green, and the other parent is fully blue,' Gusz Eiben, a profess or artificial intelligence at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, told Wired. 'Then the child has some modules that are blue and some that are green, but the head is white. 'That's not what we put in - it's a mutation effect,' he added. It comes as additional research has been conducted around using algorithms and 'evolution' to build better robots. Last year, scientists in Australia let algorithms design robot legs to handle different surfaces. Typically, when scientists build robots, they look back at earlier designs and engineer different versions accordingly. However, for the study, they took 20 digital shapes, tested their walking abilities and, from there, took the top performers and 'mated' them to produce similar-looking legs. They did this repeatedly until they generated legs that are adapted to walk on hard soil, gravel or in water, Wired reported. Continued work around evolutionary robotics could make it easier to produce advanced robots more quickly than before. Fears that the technology will spiral out of control are most likely irrational, as humans still oversee the 'evolutionary' process while it's carried out by robots, Wired noted.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6865793/The-robots-learned-reproduce-Scientists-teach-AI-powered-bots-mate-combining-code.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 3-31-19 The Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Clapper Sings – Former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper Tells CNN Obama Ordered the Trump-Russia Spying Operation (VIDEO)

 by Jim Hoft March 31, 2019

On Monday former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper went on with CNN’s Anderson Cooper to discuss the Mueller Report after its release on Sunday. After two years of investigation Special Counsel Robert Mueller and his team of angry Democrats did not find any collusion between the Trump campaign and Russia. Mueller also did not find any evidence of conspiracy after President Trump fired crooked leaker FBI Director James Comey. Clapper defended the Obama administration’s spying on their political opposition during the election. And then Clapper appeared to put blame on Barack Obama for spying on his opponent during the 2016 presidential election.

Via Red Right Videos: ANDERSON COOPER, CNN HOST: The 2017 assessment that the President says he now agrees with, that was done while you and then NCI Director John Brennan were still in office. So, how can we reconcile the President attacking you, but apparently after a very long time finally, allegedly saying — or saying he allegedly agrees with the product of the intelligence community that you, yourself oversaw?

JAMES CLAPPER: Yes, well, this is — yes, as we’ve come to know the President, he is not a stalwart for a consistency or coherence. So it’s very hard to explain that. One point I’d like to make, Anderson, that I don’t think has come up very much before, and I’m alluding now to the President’s criticism of President Obama for all that he did or didn’t do before he left office with respect to the Russian meddling. If it weren’t for President Obama, we might not have done the intelligence community assessment that we did that set off a whole sequence of events which are still unfolding today, notably, special counsel Mueller’s investigation. President Obama is responsible for that, and it was he who tasked us to do that intelligence community assessment in the first place. I think it’s an important point when it comes to critiquing President Obama.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2019/03/clapper-sings-former-director-of-national-intelligence-james-clapper-tells-cnn-obama-ordered-the-trump-russia-spying-operation-video/ 

:: 4-1-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hold Hillary Accountable for Russiagate Hoax

Once again, Hillary Clinton got away with it.

April 1, 2019 Daniel Greenfield

Daniel Greenfield, a Shillman Journalism Fellow at the Freedom Center, is an investigative journalist and writer focusing on the radical Left and Islamic terrorism. After the Mueller report plopped with a wet thud on the media, everyone is blaming everyone else. MSNBC and CNN are blaming the fake experts they invited on and interviewed night after night, urging them to make outlandish predictions that Mueller would soon have Trump locked up for treason. Like Inspector Renault, they’re shocked that the baseless claims they had been repeating were nonsense. And a few of the experts who turned it up to 11 will no longer be invited into media green rooms. Meanwhile the politicians are blaming the media, even though Rep. Adam Schiff, Rep. Maxine Waters, Rep. Jerry Nadler, Rep Ted Lieu, and many other political reps were every bit as bad as the ‘experts’. Some, like Schiff, are doubling down and will go on investigating Russian collusion until the media stops inviting them on morning shows to discuss the nothing that they found last week and the week before. Oddly, no one is blaming the political arsonist who started the dumpster fire that is Russiagate. The Russian conspiracy theory was invented by the Clinton campaign. It was used as a pretext for spying on Trump associates. And then became an argument for invalidating the results of the 2016 election. And while the Republicans and Democrats tore each other apart over Russiagate, Hillary Clinton sipped her chardonnays and spent the evenings cackling madly at the TV while watching Washington D.C. burn. The Russiagate conspiracy theory had multiple purposes. The most cynical one was exempting Hillary and her Clintonworlders from any of the blame for the election defeat. Invoking Russia was also an effort to create an election issue that Clinton, a former Secretary of State, could claim expertise on. It would also neatly counter Trump’s focus on Islamic terrorists and on China with a Cold War boogeyman. Russia split lefties along interventionist lines. Hard core anti-war types became Russia skeptics. Most of the rest went along because they hated Trump more than they cared about foreign policy. That’s why, aside from Israel, foreign policy has mostly been absent from the 2020 battles even as the radical primaries push Democrat candidates further leftward on a wide variety of domestic issues. That’s strikingly different from the 2016 primaries where Hillary’s opponents repeatedly attacked her over the Iraq War. This time around, Rep. Tulsi Gabbard is the only candidate to run on a leftist foreign policy platform. And has next to nothing to show for it. Even Senator Bernie Sanders, a Castro and Soviet sympathizer, is carefully steering clear of foreign policy except for the ritualistic bashing of Israel. Why is foreign policy out of bounds? One reason is a surplus of inexperienced candidates who have spent hardly any time in national office, some who never did, squatting in the 2020 clown car. But a big part of the reason is that Hillary Clinton’s domestic positions are seen as fair game for lefty critics, but, due to Russiagate, her foreign policy people and her international positions are viewed as off-limits. 2020 candidates have a choice between endorsing Hillary Clinton’s interventionism, “We came, we saw, he died”, which would earn them the ire of grass-roots leftists, or avoiding the subject altogether. The clowns in the 2020 clownmobile car don’t want to step on Russiagate trip wires or offend the lefties. That’s why the only safe subject to tilt leftward on is Israel. After the Mueller report fell, they may be a little bit more willing to question interventionism, but the base remains passionately convinced that Russia plotted to put President Trump in the White House. The post-Mueller poll by Reuters shows 84% of Democrats still believe in collusion. 57% strongly agree. Hillary Clinton may not be a 2020 honored guest, but her legacy is safe. 2020 Dems will be cautious about criticizing her, not only because she still has a fan base, but because she never really lost. The election was stolen by a bunch of Russian bots on Facebook. And no lessons, except for the need to censor social media, have been learned from her defeat. Once again, Hillary Clinton got away with it. The media deserves plenty of the blame. But MSNBC, CNN, the New York Times and the Washington Post, not to mention the outlets more explicitly tied to the Steele report, were acting as Hillary’s greedy ideological catspaws. They got rich off the hoax, but they didn’t invent it. Hillary Clinton’s people did. Any real reckoning should begin with the mother of all the hoaxes. But that too is very risky. Hillary Clinton tied in Obama’s people into the conspiracy. Any reckoning of Hillary’s role in Russiagate would rebound and take down sizable chunks of the Obama administration. Once again, Hillary Clinton used complicity, tying multiple interests into mainstreaming her hoax, that her lie had become too big to fail. Like the banking system, it would take too much down with it. The media is a safer target. Its only collateral damage is its non-existent credibility. Obama’s people however committed actual crimes. Eavesdropping on the political opposition is redolent of Watergate. And while the Dems no longer need Hillary, they very much need Obama. Especially if the top of the 2020 ticket ends up being a white New Englander with as much appeal to black people as mayonnaise. Take down Hillary over Russiagate, and Obama goes with her. It’s safer to just leave her alone. Any meaningful reckoning of the Russiagate hoax won’t end with the media. It will follow it through Fusion GPS, the DNC, and Clinton associates who hoped to swing the election with one last dirty trick. It will trace the passage of the Clinton conspiracy theory through the DOJ and the FBI. It will measure the institutional damage inflicted on the government, not just the permanent tainting of the 2016 election. Nobody complicit in Russiagate is about to allow that to happen. And so everyone, from the media on down, is willing to be Hillary’s fall guys instead. The Clintons have never had a shortage of those. Hillary Clinton’s political career is over. But despite the odds, she’s managed to evade blame not only for her crimes, but for her terrible political instincts and failures. And she is able to sit back and watch Democrats and Republicans still fighting it out over a game that she set into motion years ago. It’s hard not to believe that she doesn’t feel glee at the damage she is continuing to inflict on America. Russiagate was not a media failure. The media these days is just a Democrat messaging operation. Its broadcasts and articles exist to promote the partisan agendas of its political faction. Holding the media accountable for spreading smears, lies and conspiracy theories is like blaming the dog, instead of the owner, when it makes a mess on your lawn. The media makes messes, but it doesn’t originate them. MSNBC, CNN and the Washington Post can’t and won’t clean up the Russiagate mess. The only one who can is a retired politician dictating books, doing speaking tours and watching TV in her home in Chappaqua, New York. She is also the only person to have escaped a Russiagate reckoning. Unlike her fellow Democrats, she has nothing at stake in this post-Clinton political order and is happy to watch the country burn, and her party with it, to slake the frustrated anger of her final defeat. Russiagate is Hillary Clinton’s revenge on everyone. On Trump, on Republicans, and on her own party. If she can’t have the White House, she can still set the agenda by watching her big lie take over the national conversation, hounding Trump and forcing the Dems to fight her war using her last dirty trick. The only way to stop the damage that the last two years have inflicted on our country is to hold Hillary, Obama, their associates and officials accountable for the catastrophic dirty trick known as Russiagate.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/273299/hold-hillary-accountable-russiagate-hoax-daniel-greenfield 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 4-1-19 Free Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Latest Scheme to Turn Gun Owners into Criminals

American Thinker ^ | April 1, 2019 | Jonathon A Moseley

Posted on 4/1/2019, 7:02:48 AM by Moseley

Gun-owners, they are coming: on March 21, a Fredericksburg man was prosecuted and convicted of the misdemeanor crime of merely holding a B.B. gun in public. I know because I was in the trial, as the attorney defending Mr. Wolff. The Second Amendment protects the right to keep and bear arms. However, gun control activists are trying to criminalize gun ownership. Their next step is that you are a criminal if you take a gun out in public. If they have to let you own a gun, you can't ever take it out of its case. Liberals continue to try to criminalize private ownership of guns, despite losing a key battle in District of Columbia v. Heller, 128 S.Ct. 2783, 2820–2821, 171 L.Ed.2d 637, (2008). Unlike conservatives, left-wingers never quit. They intend to win the war eventually and disarm the American people. Now they claim that it is illegal to "open carry" a firearm. The mere existence of a gun if anyone else is around now has become the crime of "brandishing" and/or "assault" (which means frightening people, contrary to popular misunderstanding) or both. In Virginia, in the Fredericksburg General District Court, my client was charged with two counts of "brandishing" a firearm under Va. Code § 18.2-282 and two counts of assault under the all-purpose (vague) Va. Code §18.2-57, for a single incident that took no more than 30 seconds. (In my own defense, I took the case knowing that Virginia statutes are bad and need to be challenged by a campaign of appeals.)

(Excerpt) Read more at americanthinker.com  ...

In the early morning of January 3, 2019, Mr. Wolff — who because of the pain of his injuries did not sleep most of the night — heard a loud commotion in the private athletic club parking lot right to him. There was a history of trespassing, drunken parties, and police activity there. He described often seeing the blue flashing lights of police cars filling his living room from that spot over the years. He knew that the parking lot was blocked by a cable and a lock, so anyone parking there would be committing a crime, including breaking the cable and the lock. Just last week, he found a .22 bullet casing in that parking lot. He testified that he did not know what was going on, so he took his B.B. gun for his own protection. Standing in his own yard, he shouted across the fence, "What are you doing there? That is private property." The woman then shouted, "He's got a gun!" The man and the woman then calmly walked away, never answering his question. They were "flaggers" assisting a road construction project, but nobody had ever informed Mr. Wolff before. His question was never answered. He went back into his townhouse, thought the incident was over, and went back to his morning meal. Nobody suggested that he ever pointed the B.B. gun at anyone, nor that he waved it or flourished it in an ostentatious or angry manner (referring to dictionary definitions of "brandish"). But he was then arrested for two counts of "assault by intimidation" and two counts of brandishing, purely because the two workers said they were afraid. There was body-cam video of the interviews after the fact. Everyone agreed on the day of the incident that the defendant carried a B.B. gun by holding the barrel (the front tip up by his hip) so that the trigger end hung down near the ground, and that he held the B.B. gun down next to his leg. He then leaned it up against the fence. There were four counts alleging two victims from the same incident. So if you have a gun around ten people, you could be charged with twenty misdemeanors from one single action. That would be ten crimes of brandishing by just holding the gun passively and ten crimes of assault from the same holding, because there are ten people around. The judge seemed sympathetic but said that he felt constrained by prior court cases to find Mr. Wolff guilty of Va. Code § 18.2-282, which also criminalizes merely "holding" a firearm "in such manner as to" frighten someone. The judge discussed with me that the statute is completely subjective from the standpoint of the complaining person. I say this makes the statute unconstitutional — void for vagueness — because anyone can say he is afraid just because you are holding a gun. How do you know what to means to hold a gun "in such a manner" as to make someone afraid? There are no standards to follow. How do you know if you are breaking the law? What is "brandishing?" Nobody knows. There is no definition in the statute. Virginia considers dictionaries, but those definitions are all over the map. We should all be offended by vague and ambiguous laws that can be bent like putty in the hands of prosecutors or police.

1 posted on 4/1/2019, 7:02:48 AM by Moseley

[ Post Reply | Private Reply | View Replies]

To: Moseley Mr. Wolff is a disabled veteran living on a small pension. He needs help to pay $1,300 for the court reporter’s transcript. Otherwise, he won’t be able to take the case up on appeal. If anyone cares about the growing assault on every American’s Second Amendment rights, please help with a donation of whatever you can manage, large or small

https://www.gofundme.com/prosecuted-for-quotopen-carryquot-need-transcripts 

Now, in order to take the case to Second Amendment organizations like the Virginia Civil Defense League, Gun Owners of America, and the NRA, or The Rutherford Institute with John Whitehead in Virginia, it is necessary to show the court reporter’s transcript to them. They need to know that this case is a good example of the legal question before going forward with it.

2 posted on 4/1/2019, 7:03:56 AM by Moseley ( http://www.MoseleyReport.com  )

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/news/3738958/posts?page=5 

[ :: 10-26-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For man brings many things about themselves, their foolishness, they run off at the mouth and they do not consider the things that they are saying. They poke the bear in the eye and poke the bear in the eye and they poke the bear in the eye and they do not realize that the bear can be very vicious, that he can tear them to shreds, that he can kill those that they love, he can kill their sons and their daughters and they never think of this. They only do the stupid things that they think themselves because they don’t inquire of me or ask of me and therefore the things that come are because of their foolishness. etc.

[ :: 7-3-17 morning service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For they have poked the bear over and over and they tell the bear how much more mightier than they are and the bear has now spoken.  If those that are speaking against us don’t stop we will strike you and you will know you have been struck.

[ 4-22-18 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc for great disaster now cometh upon the face of the earth and you shall see it all.  For you cannot poke a dog in its eye continually no matter how tame and not have him respond, and you shall see the responses, they shall not be what you want, but it is that time and they shall not change because it is that time.  etc.

:: 3-31-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'The Gun' Rules In Venezuela Now And Their Grid Down & Descent Into Anarchy Are Huge Warnings To America

- A US Invasion Of Venezuela Could Lead To Similar Situation Here If Worst Case Scenario Unfolds

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die March 31, 2019

In this Friday story over at Reuters, they report upon the latest 'raising of the stakes' in Venezuela after President Trump national security advisor John Bolton warned Russia about their military presence in Venezuela, claiming any moves to establish or expand operations there would be considered by the US a 'direct threat' to international peace while warning that 'all options' would be made available for the US to respond if Russia didn't remove their troops from the nation. With large parts of Venezuela having once again 'returned to the dark ages' after electrical power went out again, the latest nationwide blackout that has made the Venezuelan people feel like they've 'returned to a time of life of centuries ago', we should pay close attention to what is happening there for several different reasons. As we hear right off the bat in the final video at the bottom of this story, with Venezuela's descent into anarchy almost complete, 'the gun' rules there now. With Nicolas Maduro and the Venezuelan government blaming the US for this latest blackout, claiming that our military had used unlawful electro-magnetic-pulse weapons to bring down their national grid and cast their nation into darkness, we've previously reported on ANP that Venezuela could be the fuse that lights World War 3 should Russian and US troops face off against each other. But with President Trump now finally past the Russian-collusion scam concocted by the left, we could also be witnessing more 'theater' as Trump's 'tough words' show the left he's no 'Russian pawn'. But with Zero Hedge reporting Friday night that the Pentagon had just put in a $250 million order of specialized gas masks, prompting their story to ask 'what do they know?', I couldn't help but immediately think of the gas mask worn by the rampaging murderous soldier on one of the Denver International Airport murals as seen in the side by side photographs below. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) With Russia wasting no time at all responding to Bolton's remarks as American writer robert Bridge reported in this March 28th RT story, reporting that the "US lecturing Russia to ‘keep out of Western Hemisphere’ is hubris & hypocrisy on steroids", has Bolton not read the latest news reports? As Dr. Peter Vincent Pry reported on ANP back on March 14th of 2018, 'mutually assured destruction is no longer mutual' thanks to Barack Obama's 'New START' treaty which allowed Russia to achieve the 'holy grail of nuclear superiority' over the United States, 'escalation dominance', via the development of Russia's unstoppable new hypersonic nuclear weapons. For those who think that Dr. Pry might be incorrect with his analysis, let's take a look at comments made by other experts on the topic of what World War 3 might look like in the present day and age we're now living within. Back on March 22nd of 2018, the website 'Task and Purpose' reported that while testifying before the Senate Armed Services Committee, US Air Force General John Hyten warned lawmakers "the U.S. isn't completely prepared to stave off adversaries' hypersonic missile technologies." Within that same story they reported that according to US Senator Jim Inhofe, a Republican from Oklahoma, America was powerless against Russia's new hypersonic weapons, a warning Inhofe repeated again back in November of 2018, that Russia was perhaps light years ahead of the US in their development of hypersonic nuclear weapons. And as we had reported on ANP back on March 13th while asking in a story if the Pentagon had recycled a program called 'Nitro Zeus' to take down Venezuela's power grid, a recent WW3 simulation done by globalist think-tank RAND determined that in a war between the US and Russia/China, America would be completely destroyed: "A gruesome annihilation" they warned. Yet for some reason, despite all of this proof that the US would likely be obliterated in World War 3, Bolton wants to continue to poke the 'Russian bear'. As mentioned above, while we could very well be witnessing a 'diversion' of some type in Venezuela, 'political theater' designed to achieve a certain purpose, we also should remember that neither President Trump nor Vladimir Putin are likely ready to completely sacrifice their country's in a nuclear war over Venezuela. So while a nasty and potentially dangerous war may kick off over Venezuela that we should be keeping our eyes on, we can also learn a ton about preparing by paying attention to what is now happening in Venezuela with the national grid down there a real-life-warning of what will happen here should the electrical grid go down for an extended period of time. While we tip our hats to President Trump for his recent Executive Order on EMP and protecting our electrical grid, what's happening now to the people of Venezuela could very well happen here in the US should America get into war with Russia. And as we've long been warned, should the grid go down here for an extended period of time, our nation too will be cast back into the 'dark ages' with big American cities sure to turn into death traps as food and supplies run out. So from this Yahoo story we can learn a few of the things that the Venezuelan people are now going through and we're not the least bit surprised that most all communications have gone down with the power, showing us why we should have inexpensive alternative emergency communications such a ham radio or an amateur set up just in case America is struck by an EMP, catastrophic solar storm or nuclear/biological war that causes the domino-like-collapse of our traditional communications here. From Yahoo.: The latest blackout this week also knocked out communications. According to NetBlocks, an organization monitoring telecoms networks, 85 percent of Venezuela has lost connection. In stores, cash registers no longer work and electronic payment terminals are blanked out. That's serious in Venezuela, where even bread is bought by card because of lack of cash. Some clients, trusted ones, are able to leave written IOUs. "People need to eat. We let them take food and they will pay us when bank transfers come back," explained shop owner Carlos Folache. As night casts Caracas into darkness, families light their homes as best they can. "We make lamps that burn gasoline, or oil, or kerosene -- any type of fuel," explained Lizbeth Morin, 30. "We've returned to the Middle Ages." And while America moves onward, as we had reported in this story on ANP back on February 23rd, with tensions flaring between the US and Russia over Venezuela, and with Russia's Mach 9 nuclear missiles sitting only 200 miles off of the East coast, 'doomsday' could arrive on America shores within 120 seconds of a Russian nuclear missile launch and such a catastrophe could only be one horrific escalating series of events away from occuring. And with any World War 3 with Russia sure to include Russia launching EMP weapons that take down our nationwide grid, quite literally sending us back to the 'dark ages' along with Venezuela, we've long been warned that an extended grid down scenario in the United States could eventually lead to the deaths of 90% of the population or more, largely from starvation. So we pray that cooler heads prevail in the days ahead on Venezuela as while we absolutely feel and pray for the Venezuelan people who are living like slaves under the thumb of a dictator, leading to millions leaving the country and tens of thousands more suffering from starvation, a US invasion of Venezuela that pits America soldiers against the special forces from Russia who are already there immediately turns into a potential World War 3 scenario should worst case scenarios unfold there. Is it worth it to John Bolton and President Trump to invade Venezuela if it possibly leads to World War 3 and all that we've been warned by Russian insiders living here in the US about what WW3 might bring with it? We simply cannot invade Venezuela if it eventually leads to WW3 being delivered full force upon US soil. So we'll close with this must-remember excerpt from Club Orlov's story "A Russian Warning", a story written prior to obtaining their new hypersonic nuclear weapons.: We now feel that it is our duty, as Russians living in the US, to warn the American people that they are being lied to, and to tell them the truth. And the truth is simply this: If there is going to be a war with Russia, then the United States will most certainly be destroyed, and most of us will end up dead. We are absolutely and categorically certain that Russia will never attack the US, nor any EU member state, that Russia is not at all interested in recreating the USSR, and that there is no “Russian threat” or “Russian aggression.” Much of Russia’s recent economic success has a lot to do with the shedding of former Soviet dependencies, allowing her to pursue a “Russia first” policy. But we are just as certain that if Russia is attacked, or even threatened with attack, she will not back down, and that the Russian leadership will not “blink.” With great sadness and a heavy heart they will do their sworn duty and unleash a nuclear barrage from which the United States will never recover. Even if the entire Russian leadership is killed in a first strike, the so-called “Dead Hand” (the “Perimetr” system) will automatically launch enough nukes to wipe the USA off the political map. We feel that it is our duty to do all we can to prevent such a catastrophe. Thus, if tomorrow a war were to break out between the US and Russia, it is guaranteed that the US would be obliterated. At a minimum, there would no longer be an electric grid, no internet, no oil and gas pipelines, no interstate highway system, no air transportation or GPS-based navigation. Financial centers would lie in ruins. Government at every level would cease to function. US armed forces, stationed all around the globe, would no longer be resupplied. At a maximum, the entire landmass of the US would be covered by a layer of radioactive ash. We tell you this not to be alarmist, but because, based on everything we know, we are ourselves alarmed. If attacked, Russia will not back down; she will retaliate, and she will utterly annihilate the United States.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Venezuela_Flash_Point_Russia_WW3.php

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 3-30-19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s Social Credit System – It’s Coming to the United States

China, China Big Brother, social credit system

Guest Post by Marin Katusa

In 2015, a 16-year-old student from Jiangsu, China, tried to board a train. She couldn’t even purchase a ticket. The student, Zhong Pei, tried enrolling in classes at her university. But she was not allowed to do that either. Zhong had committed a serious crime: She was guilty of being related to someone else. Her father had killed two people and died in a car accident. So the Chinese government blacklisted her as “dishonest.” It took her four months before she was able to overturn the decision and go to her university. China’s Social Credit System – America’s New Nightmare? What Zhong experienced was the result of testing for China’s new “Social Credit System.” The SCS aims to be a unified program that provides a “social credit score” for every one of China’s 1.3 billion citizens. But the Chinese government needed help develop the algorithms that determine social credit scores. So it enlisted eight companies for pilot programs, including its two largest, trusted social media companies: Tencent and Alibaba. They both came up with their own solutions: Alibaba’s affiliate Ant Financial rolled out its own “Sesame Credit” system. And Tencent had a nationwide system that was trialed for less than a day before it was taken down with pressure from the People’s Bank of China. Both Alibaba and Tencent own enormous Chinese payments systems. They also own the largest Chinese marketplaces.  So Tencent’s program and Alibaba’s Sesame Credit can easily measure how much, how often, and what is bought online in China… and more importantly, when it is paid for. Chinese regulators are pressuring both as neither have received an official licence to operate their social credit systems. But Tencent and Alibaba are pushing aggressively because they see the benefits – these seemingly innocent systems could help bring order to the chaos of Chinese commerce. The plan, however, does not stop there. And the Chinese government has already laid the framework for the dystopian future.  Laws from 2012 and 2016 require internet companies to retain customers’ real names and information. There will be no opting out from this future. In 2020, the system will become the Social Credit System (SCS). And it will be owned and operated entirely by the Chinese state government. The SCS will take into account not only purchases, but also hobbies, your lifestyle, and even who you hang out with. If you raise a child, attend government events, or do well at your job – things considered ideal for a model citizen – your social credit score will go up. However… If you drink too much, play too many video games, or speak ill of the government – your social credit score will go down. It’s a national database that will hold information on every citizen. It will assess information as innocent as whether an academic degree was actually earned. And as personal as if a female is supposed to be taking birth control. In short, the SCS will not be a measurement of how regularly you pay your bills. It will show the government precisely how well you toe the party line. Social Credit – Obedience to an Authoritarian State It’s a great idea, right? There are a lot of people in China. And it’s hard to prevent crime. Just think of all the great things it will do for the country: Citizens know exactly how trustworthy someone is before they befriend them. Bad driving gets punished (if you have ever driven in Vancouver, Canada-this would be a welcomed feature). While good driving gets rewarded. People become more confident in public institutions. If your social credit is high, you’ll reap huge benefits… You’ll be able to rent better cars and homes, without a deposit. Your children will have access to the best schools in your area. You’ll get access to better health insurance. Prospective employers will be more likely to hire you. It’ll be easier to get the paperwork to travel or to get a loan. Chinese officials say that by 2020, the SCS will “allow the trustworthy to roam everywhere under heaven…” But that’s only looking at the benefits for people with a high score. Here’s the end of that quote: “while making it hard for the discredited to take a single step.” If your credit score drops too low, you’re basically ejected from society. You’ll be rejected for housing and loans. Your children won’t be able to attend good schools – even if their grades say otherwise. You’ll have a harder time finding a date (dating sites and apps in China allow people to advertise their social credit score). You’ll be turned away from good job opportunities. Your internet speed could be cut. Or, like Zhang, you’ll be locked out of being able to buy train tickets and plane tickets. You won’t be able to leave the country. In effect, the SCS is designed to completely eliminate mobility – social, class, or travel – for those who do not agree with the government’s definition of a model citizen. If the punishments are so severe, surely it must be hard to get a low score. Only for horrific crimes, right? Wrong. The common slogan in China is: “whoever violates the rules somewhere shall be restricted everywhere.” Punishment is already happening on a broad scale. Chinese authorities have already banned more than 10 million people deemed “untrustworthy” from boarding flights and high-speed trains. It’s actually really easy to watch your SCS drop. Hang out with someone with a low score, and your own will go down. You can lose points based on spending time with your family and friends. By the way, that’s how North Korea keeps its citizens in line. It gets worse. When you check your score, you can see precisely who is dragging it down. So you know instantly who to avoid in your life. In a speech, U.S. Vice President Mike Pence described the SCS as: “…an Orwellian system premised on controlling virtually every facet of human life.” Every Move You Make, Every Step You Take… China’s Watching You Here’s the kicker: The Chinese people seem to want this system.  People want to participate in the system to watch their score go up. They’re also unknowingly participating in a system of ostracism and social pressure. The social credit system is a tool to get people to fall perfectly in line. It’s not mandatory yet. Which means that all the people who want to do it – the ones who willingly toe the party line – are going to get in early to get super high scores. It will seem innocent. Fun, even. The social credit system is not scheduled to reach full nation-wide implementation until next year. But parts of it have already been put into play. Many communities around China are already running their own versions of the social credit system…  Last year, 17 million flights and 5.4 million high-speed rail trips were denied to would-be travelers who found themselves on the government’s blacklist. It’s said that most of the people on the blacklist are debtors. These are people who have defaulted on loans. And some of the current implementations of the social credit system only deduct social credit points when you break the law. Like getting a speeding ticket. Again, there’s a Sesame Credit app, which encourages users to compare their credit scores to those of their friends. It’s an obvious push to get people to share their ratings as a status symbol. More than 100,000 Chinese people have “tweeted” their SCS scores on the Chinese equivalent of Twitter. Above: A billboard in a Chinese community displays citizens with the highest social credit score. The madness has not yet begun. The logical implications of the system are horrifying to think about. You can literally die a death by a thousand paper cuts. Buy the wrong thing on Alibaba too many times, and you can no longer even get a job. Hang out with the wrong friends too many times, and you can’t get a loan or trade in the stock market. And once you’re out of society, you’re out for good. There’s virtually no way to get back in. You’re muted and invisible. Persona non grata. It’s an appalling return to the caste system of India. If your credit score is too low, you’re untouchable. People will turn on each other. China’s elite State Council published a planning document on the SCS that says that the “new system will reward those who report acts of breach of trust.” That’s a page straight from Soviet Russia’s KGB – only more effective. Accurate information on China is hard to obtain. It’s likely the current reality is already far worse than we know. The Land of the Decree, and the Home of the Slave

The majority of the elements are in place for the Social Credit System to be implemented. Not in China.  In the United States. We have:

The databases

The digital surveillance

The national credit score system

The systems of reward and punishment

The government-knows-best attitude

The electronic purchasing data

The ubiquitous social networks

Think about it. China started with Alibaba and Tencent. In the United States, we have Amazon and Facebook and Google. They know everything you read, see, search, buy, and say. Your Android or iPhone already tracks your location and reports it hundreds of times per day. And that information is already being used for complete censorship. In 2018, Facebook began a program that assigns every user a reputation score, which predicts their “trustworthiness.” Sound familiar? Here is how China implemented the Social Credit Score system in just under five years: They subjected all online behavior to intense study. They collected, stored and analyzed all social media and banking information. They began to severely regulate the freedom to travel. And . Indeed, a report from the World Privacy Forum indicates that in such a credit score systemhere’s what’s going on in the United States… Police threat-scoring algorithms are used to determine who the police should be tracking and surveilling. Social media is already being used in these algorithms. For the past decade, the NSA has been gathering information on people’s social media, locations, friends, and who they travel with. The agency can enrich the data with bank information, social media information, voter information and even GPS location information. The TSA has a rapidly expanding “no-fly” list. The list has no government accountability, and there is no recourse – unless, of course, you’re a powerful government official who ends up on it “error rates and false readings become a big issue.” Implications on the Yuan and U.S. Dollar Never underestimate the currency butterfly effect. This has huge implications for the yuan, which is the currency of China. The Social Credit Score will have incredible implications on business, government and ultimately, the strength of the currency. The world has never seen anything like this. And it’s only going to grow. China is the first country to implement this and certainly won’t be the last. You know others will do so to maintain power, increase power and manipulate power.  Pay attention to this and it will be very important in the coming years, and will have significant indirect effects to your portfolio. What could possibly go wrong? Last year, Chinese authorities said that part of the program would be to freeze the assets of anyone deemed to be “dishonest.” Imagine all of your assets suddenly disappearing because a red light camera read your license plate wrong. The infrastructure for this system is already in place in the United States. It’s just not about train rides or university classes anymore. Any individual not aligning with the current social and governmental norms will face poverty… homelessness… starvation… or worse. Under the new system of life by government approval, survival becomes simple: Obey… or die.

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/03/30/chinas-social-credit-system-its-coming-to-the-united-states/ 

:: 3-31-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Coup Attempt Failed: Where Do We Go From Here? The Mainstream Media Is Absolutely Complicit In Treason - They MUST Be Held Accountable!

This Treasonous Attempt To Overthrow The Will Of The American People Must Be Dealt With Firmly

By John C. Velisek - US Navy, Retired - All News Pipeline March 31, 2019

(ANP: In the only video at the bottom of this story, Judge Jeanine returned to Fox News to blast those who've committed treason against America.) Some have called it the start of the banana republic. Some have called it a socialist Leninist coup. Whatever it is called, the antics of the Democratic party can aptly be named a progressive socialist attempt at a coup d’etat. Once again we have the start of a revolutionary revolt based on nothing more than the collection of political power. They don't believe in the platitudes that they espouse and count on the citizens not recognizing that the policies that the progressive socialists need to implement are the same that Lenin first proposed on the Soviet people on his way to his socialist paradise. They continue to flash the morality that they think they have as superior to any other and continue to separate every class from one another. It has been shown that the classism that they continue to force on the American people is being used for nothing more than to increase violence on those that disagree and increasingly depending on the government. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) We have had representatives talk of her enemies floating in the rivers, the blood spreading in the streets or even the socialism that they have forced upon the Democrat party. Lists have been made as in the time of the Bolshevik revolution that were known as enemy lists. They will ignore any opportunities of moderation, compromise or even talking to those who oppose them. They will brook no dissent. From border security to the environment, to infanticide, and many other subjects, no objection will be allowed. Violence is part of the plan as well, although right now they gang up on young children, women and the aged. These are nothing more than the brown-shirts of another era in which the rule of law was subjected to totalitarian impulses. The Media is complicit in this coup, not recognizing that they would be the first to lose the ability to express any deviance from the accepted party line. We have seen the results of the massive indoctrination replacing the educational system that has done well for our country for almost 200 years. Critical thinking is no longer allowed, our children are being indoctrinated in many different areas. American history is being put forth as an opportunity to speak of subjects such as transgenderism, Islamic propaganda, abortion and many other of the Leninist philosophy. Our education system has been helpful in setting forth an army of millennial socialists. A large portion of the American people have been indoctrinated to believe the ideals that we have stood for, the values we have always shared no matter what your station in life and the freedom and liberties that brave men and women have always fought for is outdated. Our children are coming out of college believing that our challenges in this country are because we have too much freedom. Those who have not lived through the socialism that pervades the world do not recognize the implementation of the socialist will. Those under the age of 30 have never lived in a world where the government is operating for the sole reason of consolidating the power of the socialist regime. The promises that they are given sound good to them and they don’t have the critical thinking or experience to look further. They want what the progressive socialists offer and don’t understand that the cost would be too high. It has been said before, what the government agrees to give you, the government can agree to take away. It has to be understood that the media and academic indoctrination taking place, the violence of those that dissent is in line with the progressive agenda. The depth of their hatred is incomprehensible to those with an almost religious belief in the rule of law. The incoherence of the ideas they spew to the populous proves one thing above any other. That the progressive socialist agenda cannot win based on the merit of their arguments. Anyone who questions the authority that they have given themselves is met with verbal violence, being called a racist, a homophobe, an Islamophobe or whatever they think they can scream to end the argument. They think they are morally superior and that only the ideas that they formulate in their fevered minds can be valid. They work hard to limit on every level those who disagree with them. Our country deserves a government focused on the fight against tyranny, to work for the rights the American people have that have been slowly eroded from the society we deserve. Christians have been called Religious extremists by none other than the U.S. Army, calling the Christian community the number one extremist threat to America. Members of the armed forces have been threatened with prison for talking about their faith or sharing the gospel. It is informative that not only the Army but even the institutions teaching our children are allowed to discuss Islam freely and openly. The media is complicit by not mentioning the countless people in this country murdered, raped, or assaulted by those that wish to do our country harm. The progressive socialists continue to spread the falsehood that most of the violence is coming from the right, ignoring the daily violence done by those who should not be here to American citizens. By the FBI numbers given to the media have been 23,871 deadly Islamic attacks since 9/11. Interestingly enough, NO NUMBERS ARE AVAILABLE FROM A RELIABLE SOURCE ON RIGHT WING ATTACKS. Also not mentioned in the numbers that CAIR and others do not mention is murderers like the two police officers by Ismaaiyl Brinsley, a member of Black Guerilla Family a socialist black nationalist group. Barton Gellman a contributing editor to TIME Magazine has made a case that those with a strong support system in relation to the 2nd Amendment and those who consider themselves patriots and adherents to the rule of law be classified as right-wing extremists. The article claimed that patriots and 2nd Amendment supporters are extremist and a threat to law enforcement. Our federal government, initiated by Obama, has forced the American people to accept an influx of refugees and aliens from Islamic countries. The Hamas tied Council on American-Islamic Relations has been vocal about bringing more. They have continually called for the adoption of Sharia Law on a local and state level. The Islamic tradition of Taqiyya continues to be used in the United States. The Muslim Brotherhood, whose goal in the destruction of our culture and way of life has now infiltrated the past administrations in positions needed to further the goals the Muslim Brotherhood had set. They now infiltrate our schools, or Congress and even law enforcement including the FBI and CIA. It was CAIR who forced the sharia-compliant information in the Army manual stated above. It has been forced on those in the military so much that it is no longer permissible to tell families at military funerals "God Bless You" as promulgated to the troops and their families from the Veterans Affairs. In 2020, it will be up to the people in this country who will uphold the values of this great country. John Veliseks’ new book “One Patriots Opinion- for the Forgotten Men and Women of America” is now available on Kindle/Nook. 330 pages that any conservative would consider a must read and enjoy. Go to Kindle Book Search and type in “One Patriots Opinion”

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Progressive_Left_Denies_Social_and_Cultural_Values.php 

:: 3--19 Now The End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DIVIDE AND CONQUER: Pope Francis Meets With Muslim King In Morocco And Declares That Jerusalem Should Never Belong Solely To The Jews

Pope Francis joined the Moroccan monarch in declaring the city the “common patrimony” of Christians, Jews and Muslims, on the first day of a visit to the North African country. The spiritual leader of the world’s 1.3 billion Catholics was invited by King Mohammed VI for the sake of “inter-religious dialogue,” according to Moroccan authorities. The statement Thursday made no mention of any Jewish link to Jerusalem.

pope-francis-tells-king-morocco-jerusalem-must-be-shared-jews-christians-muslims-antichrist-end-times

by Geoffrey Grider

Pope Francis and Moroccan King Mohammed VI called on Saturday for Jerusalem to be preserved as a symbol of peaceful coexistence where Jews, Muslims and Christians can be allowed to worship freely.

Just like everything that comes out of the mouth of the Roman pope, it was a tiny nugget of truth encompassed about with layers and layers of lies. Yes, Jerusalem is claimed by Jews, Christians and Muslims, absolutely, but of those three only the first two are mentioned in the bible as being ordained by God. The Muslims are the bastard children of Abraham, and are specifically mentioned in the Bible as have none inheritance. The children of Abraham through Hagar are to be “cast out” as we see here:  “For it is written, that Abraham had two sons, the one by a bondmaid, the other by a freewoman. But he who was of the bondwoman was born after the flesh; but he of the freewoman was by promise. Nevertheless what saith the scripture? Cast out the bondwoman and her son: for the son of the bondwoman shall not be heir with the son of the freewoman.” Galatians 4:22,23,30 (KJV) So that takes care of Lie #1 of Pope Francis, let’s move on to the second whopper he told in Morocco. This idea that Jerusalem cannot belong solely to the Jews because it “has to be shared” is another oft-repeated fact that is just not so. The bible says that the Battle of Armageddon, seen below in Joel 3, is fought over the fact that somebody, namely Antichrist, has “parted” God’s land of Israel in general, and Jerusalem in particular. That’s right, Jerusalem belongs to God. “For, behold, in those days, and in that time, when I shall bring again the captivity of Judah and Jerusalem, I will also gather all nations, and will bring them down into the valley of Jehoshaphat, and will plead with them there for my people and for my heritage Israel, whom they have scattered among the nations, and parted my land.” Joel 3:1,2 (KJV) Isn’t it funny how whenever the Roman pontiff talks about Jerusalem, he never mentions that it is the capital of Israel and as such is not up to be shared by whoever feels like grabbing a piece of it? He speaks of Jerusalem like a commodity that can be bought and sold, and indeed it will be. By Antichrist in the time of Jacob’s trouble. Pope in Morocco urges Jerusalem be protected for all religions FROM THE TIME OF ISRAEL: Pope Francis joined the Moroccan monarch in declaring the city the “common patrimony” of Christians, Jews and Muslims, on the first day of a visit to the North African country. The spiritual leader of the world’s 1.3 billion Catholics was invited by King Mohammed VI for the sake of “inter-religious dialogue,” according to Moroccan authorities. In a joint statement, the two leaders said Jerusalem was “common patrimony of humanity and especially the followers of the three monotheistic religions,” during the pontiff’s visit to Rabat. “The specific multi-religious character, the spiritual dimension and the particular cultural identity of Jerusalem… must be protected and promoted,” they said in the declaration released by the Vatican. The statement contrasted sharply with a joint communique put out by Mohammed and Jordan’s King Abdullah on Thursday vowing to safeguard Jerusalem against attempts to change its Islamic or Christian identity. The statement Thursday made no mention of any Jewish link to Jerusalem. Improving relations with other religions has been a priority for the Argentine pontiff, whose papacy has been marred by a wave of child sex abuse allegations against clergy. Addressing thousands of Moroccans who had braved the rain to attend the welcome ceremony, Francis said it was “essential to oppose fanaticism.” He stressed the need for “appropriate preparation of future religious guides”, ahead of meeting trainee imams later on Saturday. Catholics are a tiny minority in the country where 99 percent of the population is Muslim. The king is revered across West Africa as “commander of the faithful.” Speaking at the ceremony at the Tour Hassan mosque and nearby mausoleum in Rabat, Francis defended “freedom of conscience” and “religious freedom.”   “Live as brothers,” he told a crowd of around 25,000, after arriving from the airport in his Popemobile, passing rows of Moroccan and Vatican City flags. READ MORE

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/pope-francis-meets-with-muslim-king-morocco-declares-jerusalem-should-never-belong-solely-to-jews-end-times/ 

:: 3-29-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Armed SWAT team violently storms family’s home, kidnaps three children for not being vaccinated

Friday, March 29, 2019 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) A family in Arizona is having to endure the wrath of the medical police state after a doctor decided to call the Department of Child Safety (DCS) on them for not vaccinating their children – resulting in an armed SWAT team raiding the family’s home and violently seizing their three children, all of whom were placed in temporary foster homes. It all started when one of the children, a two-year-old, developed a fever that exceeded 100 degrees Fahrenheit, prompting the child’s mother to take him to see the doctor in question. Because the child hadn’t been vaccinated, the doctor assumed out of nowhere that he probably had meningitis and needed to be taken to the emergency room right away.

While the mother initially agreed to the doctor’s extreme and unusual recommendation, her child’s fever broke not long after leaving the doctor’s office, having stated that he was “laughing and playing with his siblings” like normal. After taking the boy’s temperature and seeing that it was now normal, the mother called the doctor and said she would no longer be taking him to the emergency room, to which the doctor responded that she should still go anyway. The mother verbally agreed to this, though she didn’t end up going to the emergency room after all. But because the doctor had previously notified the hospital, for some unknown reason, that a mother would be coming in with her child, she later received a call from said hospital explaining that mother and child never actually arrived – and that’s when the insanity began.  Unless parents fight back, the state will continue to assume custody over as many children as it can get its hands on Upset that the mother didn’t follow the doctor’s recommendation, the doctor immediately called DCS, which then called local police to have them “check” on the family – which is similar to what happened to a Michigan mother who refused to give her daughter antipsychotic medications based on doctor recommendations. Two police officers arrived at the home and claim they knocked on the family’s door and received no response. Officers further claimed they heard someone “coughing” inside, before being approached by a neighbor who, after being told what was going on, responded to say that the person they were looking for “was a good mother.” The officers asked the neighbor to call the mother, which she did, and during this time a DCS case worker arrived, who updated the police on the status of the child, which no longer had a fever. One of the officers then called the doctor, who once again repeated her recommendation that the mother take the child to hospital. At this point in time, the case worker reportedly informed officers that DCS was planning to obtain a “temporary custody notice” from a judge to remove the child in question from the home for “emergency medical aid.” A court order was later issued, and the police officers decided that, if the family didn’t respond to their knocking, which was after midnight at this point, then they were going to engage in “forced entry” of the premises. At around 1 am, officers busted down the family’s door, one with a shield in hand and the other outfit in “lethal coverage,” and proceeded to remove all of the children from their parents’ custody. The children were quickly placed in separate foster homes, and 10 days later the case went to court – and all the while DCS was doing everything it possibly could to make the situation as difficult as possible for the family. Despite arguments from the family’s lawyer that they did what they believed to be the best thing for the child who had the fever, the judge ultimately sided with the state and DCS, telling the parents that they needed to “remember” that the state had a “family-reunification plan” in place, whatever that means. “The children’s grandparents are undergoing a DCS review, and hope to be permitted to temporarily shelter the kids once that’s approved,” writes Lenore Skenazy for Metro Voice News about the case. “But there’s no telling how long it will be before the kids can just go home to mom and dad.” For more related news, check out Evil.news. Sources for this article include: MetroVoiceNews.com NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-03-29-armed-swat-team-violently-storms-familys-home-kidnaps-three-children.html 

:: 3-31-19 Singularity Hub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The New Science of Psychedelics: A Tool for Changing Our Minds

By Vanessa Bates Ramirez - Mar 31, 2019

As our prosperity rises, our mental health is on the decline—and fast. Rates of depression, anxiety, suicide, addiction, and other psychological disorders have skyrocketed in recent years, and nobody knows what to do about it. Enter psychedelics: LSD, magic mushrooms, mescaline, ayahuasca—drugs you’d expect to find at a rave or a music festival, not in your psychologist’s office. But that may be about to change, as research in psychedelics increasingly shows their potential for treating psychological conditions. Previously known as a food and nutrition expert thanks to books like The Omnivore’s Dilemma and In Defense of Food, author Michael Pollan switched tracks a bit for his latest project. His newest book, How to Change Your Mind: What the New Science of Psychedelics Teaches Us About Consciousness, Dying, Addiction, Depression, and Transcendence, published last year, has been an integral part of de-stigmatizing the psychedelics conversation. In a fascinating talk with The 4-Hour Workweek author Tim Ferris at South By Southwest earlier this month, Pollan shared insights from his research and his personal experiences. Some History The word ‘psychedelics’ was coined in 1957 by English psychiatrist Humphry Osmond. It combines the words for mind (psyche) and manifest (delic, from the Greek dēlos). “It’s vague in a way, but it’s suggesting that these drugs bring the mind into kind of an observable space,” Pollan said. “I tried in my book to rescue the word from all the encrustation of 60s Day-Glo acid rock and see if we could reclaim it, because it means the right thing.” It was their association with 60s counterculture, Pollan explained, that ultimately caused psychedelics’ decline as a scientific tool. By the time the public first heard about the drugs in the 60s, researchers in Europe and the US had already been studying them for 15 years, and using them to treat conditions like addiction and depression, with positive results. “The standards for scientific drug research then were different,” Pollan said. “The double-blind placebo controlled trial didn’t exist until 1962.” The anti-establishment subculture embraced psychedelics. But in 1965—the year the US first deployed troops to Vietnam—the government and the media started demonizing the drugs. They were labeled as immoral, and stories abounded about people having bad trips, ending up in psych wards, or staring at the sun until they went blind (the first two did happen, but the last was made up). “Nixon regarded LSD as one of the reasons that boys weren’t willing to go fight in Vietnam,” Pollan said. For most of history, he explained, young men sent to war to defend their country just went—they didn’t ask questions. But suddenly, young American men were asking questions—big ones, like “Is this a just war?” and “Is this something I want to fight for?” “LSD encourages people to question all sorts of frameworks in their lives, and may have contributed to that,” Pollan said. “It was a very threatening drug.” At least, Nixon thought so, and as a result he started his war on drugs. Psychedelics research gradually ground to a halt, and the drugs stopped being taken seriously as having any medical potential. Until now, that is.  Changing Our Minds Pollan shared that what really got him interested in psychedelics was hearing about their effects on people who’d been diagnosed with terminal cancer. “They were paralyzed by fear of death, and they had these transformative experiences that in many cases completely removed their fear. It was the most astonishing thing,” he said. The drugs have shown promise for alleviating a host of other disorders, including anxiety, depression, and addiction. Psilocybin is being used (“with striking success,” as Pollan put it) in a study of smokers at Johns Hopkins and a study of alcoholics at NYU, and has potential to treat eating disorders as well. If it seems surprising that one type of drug could treat so many different disorders, consider their common link: they all involve repetitive loops and destructive narratives. The part of the brain where this takes place—called the default mode network—is the part of the brain psychedelics affect, in the sense that the drugs quiet the network, thereby giving users a chance to escape destructive patterns of thought. The default mode network is a group of structures in the brain that connect the cortex to the areas involved in memory, emotion, and other inwardly-focused thinking, like self-reflection. The default mode network is least active when you’re focused on a task, and most active when you’re at rest without any external stimuli—which is when you start to daydream, remember things about the past, imagine things about the future, and simulate or replay your interactions with other people. “When they image the brains of people on psychedelics they expected to see a lot of activity, but they were surprised to see that the default mode network was suppressed, with less blood flow and less energy going to it,” Pollan said. “If the ego has an address in the brain it’s somewhere in this network. And this is the region that gets quiet.” Though we do know this much, we don’t know a lot more, about either how psychedelics work or how the brain works. “Our understanding of the brain is really primitive,” Pollan said. “We know psychedelic drugs bind serotonin to a receptor, then there’s a cascade of effects leading to synesthesia.” What takes place during that cascade, though? No idea. There may be modes of communication going on in the brain that we don’t even know about yet; Pollan cited a 2018 study where a hippocampus—the brain region associated with memory—was sliced in half, and neurons on either side could still interact without direct contact. “It’s really important to be humble in anything we say about the brain,” Pollan said. Keeping Them Changed If what takes place during psychedelic use is a temporary rewiring of the brain—the compounds are out of the brain within four to eight hours—why is it that using the drugs has an enduring effect on so many people? “It’s not a purely psychopharmacological effect that they’re having, it really is the experience,” Pollan said. “It’s kind of like a reverse trauma. Many people who undergo this treatment say it’s one of the two or three biggest experiences of their lives.” The most positive and lasting effect of psychedelics, he explained, is the experience of ego dissolution. It’s our egos—our sense of ourselves—that write and enforce destructive narratives. “The ego builds walls. It isolates us from other people, it isolates us from nature, it’s defensive,” Pollan said. “And when you bring down those walls in the psyche, there’s less of a distinction between you and that other, whether that be other people in your life or the natural world or the universe. There’s this incredible flow, and powerful feelings of love and re-connection.” Though the experience may last just a few hours, people often feel that the insight or epiphany they have isn’t just a subjective opinion or idea, but a deeper revealed truth; the mind can be reset in a way that would take years of sessions with conventional therapists or psychiatrists. Just as a single trauma can put your mind on a new path, perhaps permanently, a single mystical experience may be able to do the same. “The mind has certain moments where right angle turns happen, and perhaps it can happen in a positive way as well as a negative way,” Pollan said. Moving Forward The psychedelics renaissance is coming at a time when new tools for mental health are sorely needed. Other branches of medicine—cardiology, oncology, infectious disease—have made huge strides in the last 50 years, both in reducing suffering and prolonging life. But mental healthcare has essentially been at a standstill since the introduction of the antidepressants known as SSRIs in the 1980s. To go from their current classification as Schedule 1 drugs—high potential for abuse and no currently accepted medical use—to getting approved as a medicine, psychedelics need to go through the standard three-phase FDA approval process: first an open-label, no-placebo pilot study, followed by a placebo-controlled trial, then a larger placebo-controlled trial. Pollan believes MDMA and psilocybin could be approved within five years; the FDA has granted breakthrough therapy status to both, which means they actively help researchers design trials that will move the drugs to approval. MDMA is already in Phase 3 trials. The biggest bottleneck is funding. The studies are expensive and controversial, and the National Institute of Mental Health has a minuscule budget compared to that of the National Institute of Health. Thus far, psychedelics research has been privately funded. “It’s not a right-left issue, especially when it comes to treating soldiers with PTSD,” Pollan said. But there is the issue of how to incorporate the drugs into mental healthcare as we currently practice it. The pharmaceutical industry isn’t interested in a drug people only need to take once; likewise, the therapy business model depends on people coming back every week for years. Even if this shifted, therapists would need extensive training before being able to administer psychedelics. “I think we’ll figure it out, but it’s a whole new structure, a whole new paradigm, and that may take a little while,” Pollan said. After all his research, though, he for one is highly optimistic. “One of the things that excites me most about psychedelics is that yes, there’s a treatment here—but they’re also very interesting probes to understand the mind,” he said. “[Psychiatrist] Stanislav Grof wrote that psychedelics would be for the study of the mind what the telescope was for astronomy or the microscope for biology. Now that is an audacious claim—but I no longer think it’s crazy.” Note: A video of the full session, well worth watching, is available here.

Image Credit: Dmitry Laudin / Shutterstock.com We are a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for us to earn fees by linking to Amazon.com and affiliated sites.

https://singularityhub.com/2019/03/31/the-new-science-of-psychedelics-a-tool-for-changing-our-minds/#sm.0001yqcq4bsuefoivs01rinf14xrf 

:: 3-31-19 Geller Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pathetic: 91-Year-Old Swede Convicted for ‘Hate Speech’ Critical of Islam

By Pamela Geller - on March 31, 2019

Sick. Sharia law in Sweden. You think they’ll give him hard labor? He’s hardly the first. Last month, a Swedish court convicted a 70-year-old man of “hate speech” for claiming on social media that Somalis are lazy and don’t work. It certainly won’t be the last. Sweden is expected to receive another 7.5 million Swedish Kronor (£618,375/$807,150) from the European Union this year to go towards hate crime projects.

91-Year-Old Swede Convicted for Anti-Islam Hate Speech

A 91-year-old Swedish man has been convicted of hate speech in the municipality of Bromölla after making disparaging comments about Islam and Muslims online.

Breitbart, March 31, 2019:

The man, who may be one of the oldest Swedes on record to be convicted of hate speech, posted a number of comments in a Facebook group containing around 12,000 people in which he disparaged Muslims, Lokaltidningen reports. Among the posts written included one in which the elderly man said, referring to Muslims, “You cannot, with the best will in the world, call these beings people. They seem to be inbred as they carry on.” BreitbarThe Kristianstad district court convicted the man of hatred against an identifiable ethnic group, noting that the post reached a potential audience of 12,000 and had been up for nearly a year. “The messages have content that is clearly abusive to Muslims and it, therefore, expresses such inaccuracy as is required to be held liable for the crimes against ethnic groups,” the court said. While the normal penalty for the crime could include two months in prison, the 91-year-old was given a conditional sentence along with a 6,500 Swedish kronor (£535/$700) fine.  The case is just the latest to involve a Swedish pensioner convicted for hate speech made online. In 2017, a man in his 70s was convicted in Gothenburg for a similar post in which he referred to Muslims as “monkeys” on Facebook. Earlier this year another pensioner, this time in Uddevalla, was convicted and fined 7,200 Swedish Kronor (£593/$775) for a Facebook post in which the 70-year-old claimed that Somali migrants were lazy and refused to work. In the last several years, Sweden has seen a surge in reported hate speech crimes, with the social justice group Näthatsgranskaren taking credit last year for the increase, saying that they had made at least 800 reports to police in a single year. The group also admitted that the average demographic of those they had reported tended to be older women over the age of 65. Sweden is also expected to receive another 7.5 million Swedish Kronor (£618,375/$807,150) from the European Union this year to go towards hate crime projects. The Truth Must be Told

Your contribution supports independent journalism Please take a moment to consider this. Now, more than ever, people are reading Geller Report for news they won't get anywhere else. But advertising revenues have all but disappeared. Google Adsense is the online advertising monopoly and they have banned us. Social media giants like Facebook and Twitter have blocked and shadow-banned our accounts. But we won't put up a paywall. Because never has the free world needed independent journalism more. Everyone who reads our reporting knows the Geller Report covers the news the media won't. We cannot do our ground-breaking report without your support. We must continue to report on the global jihad and the left's war on freedom. Our readers’ contributions make that possible.  Geller Report's independent, investigative journalism takes a lot of time, money and hard work to produce. But we do it because we believe our work is critical in the fight for freedom and because it is your fight, too. Please contribute to our ground-breaking work here.

https://gellerreport.com/2019/03/91-yo-convicted-hate-speech.html/

:: 3-31-19 Rueters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

6.2-magnitude earthquake hits coast of Ecuador

LONDON - A 6.2 magnitude earthquake struck 27 kilometers (17 miles) north of the city of Santa Elena on the coast of Ecuador on Sunday, the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) said. The quake struck at a depth of 18.5 km, the USGS said.

Reporting By Raissa Kasolowsky; Editing by Emelia Sithole-Matarise

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-quake-ecuador-idUSKCN1RC089 

:: 3-31-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EUROFIGHTER TYPHOONS INTERCEPT RUSSIAN TU 142 !!

20,570 views  Defense Updates  Published on Mar 31, 2019

Play War Thunder for FREE! Register using https://wt.link/DefenseUpdates  and get a premium tank or aircraft and thee days of premium account time.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZPT8f5qYZDw&feature=em-uploademail 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 3-26-19 Scott :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Flooding threatens more than a million private wells in U.S. Midwest

Michael Burke The Hill  Tue, 26 Mar 2019 11:42 UTC

Flooding in the Midwest is posing a risk of contamination to more than 1 million private wells that supply drinking water to rural areas in the region, The Associated Press reported Tuesday. The AP reported that the National Ground Water Association, a trade group, said there are 1.1 million private wells in 300 flooded counties across 10 states in the Midwest. Those states are Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, South Dakota and Wisconsin, according to the AP. Flooding creates the possibility that water from the flood will get into the wells and contaminate the water. Flooding creates the possibility that water from the flood will get into the wells and contaminate the water. Liesa Lehmann, the private-water section chief for the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, told the AP that any wells within a flood area "are certainly going to be vulnerable to contamination." "Anyone who has a private well within a flood plain area of a major river, those wells are certainly going to be vulnerable to contamination," Lehmann said. Lehmann added that well owners should assume that their drinking water is contaminated if they see floodwater near or over their wells. Chuck Job, the National Ground Water Association's regulatory affairs manager, told the AP that when the flooding is over, the well water should be pumped out and the well should be disinfected. The water should then be tested to ensure that it's safe to drink, Job added.

https://www.sott.net/article/410181-Flooding-threatens-more-than-a-million-private-wells-in-US-Midwest 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 3--19 Ultius :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A string of earthquakes have recently been in the process of devastating the nation of Nepal. This sample geological research paper from Ultius will provide an in depth look at not only the aftermath of these quakes, but attempt to surmise the cause of them as well. Earthquakes ravage Nepal An earthquake occurred in Nepal occurred on the 25th of April, 2015. According to Robertson and Koontz, the earthquake had a magnitude of 7.8 on the Richter scale, and it "occurred as the result of thrust faulting on or near the main thrust interface between the subducting India plate and the overriding Eurasia plate to the north, at a distance of approximately 80 km to the northwest of the Nepalese capital of Kathmandu" (paragraph 1). In essence, one of the tectonic plates that compose the substratum of the earth's geology slid over another plate in a quite volatile way, which resulted in the land at the surface breaking apart. This is, in general, the basic cause of an earthquake. It is estimated that about 8,000 people died in the initial earthquake equating the event to near Hurricane Katrina proportions (see UN News Centre). For the purposes of establishing a frame of reference, it is worth pointing out that an earthquake with a magnitude of 7.0 to 7.9 is considered a "major" one, and that earthquakes with a magnitude of 8.0 or greater are extremely infrequent and generally understood as serious catastrophes when they do occur. Aftershocks of the earthquake In addition to the initial event, Nepal has been suffering from aftershocks as well. This is a common occurrence in the aftermath of earthquakes, since the sliding of plates that causes the original earthquake in the first place does not cease immediately. As Robertson and Koontz have indicated, the aftershocks in the event currently under consideration here: "are expected to continue but occur less often with time. Aftershocks are earthquakes that occur following a large earthquake in the same general area as the mainshock and during the following days to years" (paragraph 2). A major aftershock occurred in Nepal on the 12th of May; with a magnitude of 7.3, it almost matched the Richter reading of the initial earthquake and qualified as a major earthquake in its own right (see Barry). The event is thus an ongoing one, and the extent to which Nepal will continue being afflicted with serious aftershocks in the near future remains unclear. The prediction of earthquakes has never been an exact science, and the most people can do is take precautions on the basis of the best knowledge at their disposal of the relevant risks. In the present case, the occurrence of previous high-magnitude aftershocks would likely be the best warning sign that such aftershocks could repeat themselves in the future.

Scientific explanation for the earthquake The main reason that Nepal is so prone to earthquakes pertains to basic geography and geology. As McLain has written: "Along the southern border of Nepal is the so-called Indus-Yarlung suture zone, where what is now the Indian subcontinent collided 40 million to 50 million years ago with the Eurasian plate. The collision created the Himalayan mountain range, the peaks of which are still rising by around one centimeter a year as a result" (paragraphs 2-3). In other words, Nepal is situated near the very place where occurred one of the most volatile collisions of tectonic plates in the history of the planet. The earthquakes that plague this region in the present day are more or less fully traceable to this historical situation. The plates beneath the Himalayas are still shifting to this very day; they have never become fully stabilized; indeed, the very nature of their collision was such that it may not even be possible for them to ever become fully stabilized. Volatility in Kashmir This is the same reason, incidentally, why an enormous earthquake devastated Kashmir in the year 2005. Kashmir can be found in the northern part of the nation of India, right up against the Himalayan mountain range. As Naranjo has pointed out: "Kashmir lies on the boundary of two colliding tectonic plates: the small Indian plate that underlies most of India and Pakistan, including much of Kashmir; and the vast Eurasian plate that underlies Europe, China, Russia, and much of the Middle East" (paragraph 4). It is precisely the collision of these plates that created the Himalayan mountain range; and, of course, it is also the shifting of these same plates that has been implicated as the cause of the recent earthquakes in Nepal. In short, the science underlying this event is quite clear and also helps explain several related events. At this point, though, it may be appropriate to turn to a consideration of the relationship the recent event to the history of such events within Nepal itself. Historical consideration of Nepal According to Ravillious, the recent major earthquake in Nepal: "was primed over 80 years ago by its last massive earthquake in 1934, which razed around a quarter of Kathmandu to the ground and killed over 17,000 people;" and "the latest quake follows the same pattern as a duo of big tremors that occurred over 700 years ago, and results from a domino effect of strain transferring along the fault" (paragraphs 1-2). Again, this history is fully congruent with the scientific explanation of Nepal's proneness to earthquakes that has been delineated above. Essentially, one earthquake establishes the necessary conditions for the next one. One disruption of the tectonic plates results in a temporary and unstable equilibrium; and when too great a pressure builds up within this equilibrium, it breaks, and this produces a new earthquake. In principle, such events have been going on since the beginning when the Indian and Eurasian plates first collided with each other. The chain running from an earthquake 700 years ago, to one 80 years ago, to one now would simply be the latest dominos in this chain of effects. Unprecedented aftershock activity On the other hand, though, the recent earthquake is relatively unique in having produced such large aftershocks. Admittedly, the difference between a 7.8 earthquake and a 7.3 aftershock is much greater than the numbers themselves may indicate: this is due to the logarithmic nature of the Richter scale, according to which a magnitude 8.0 earthquake is actually 10 times more intense (in terms of energy released) than a magnitude 7.0 earthquake. All the same, however, a 7.3 earthquake is still a major one, and it is not common for an aftershock to achieve such a magnitude (see Rawlinson). The inevitability of the earthquakes in Nepal It may be tempting to link the magnitude of this earthquake with the broader problems plaguing the planet as a whole in contemporary times, such as global warming. However, there would seem to be no immediate empirical connection between these various issues. Again: the tectonic shifts in the plates underlying Nepal have been occurring since the Indian plate first collided with the Eurasian plate, forming the Himalayan mountain range and ending the Indian subcontinent's career as an island. Earthquakes have followed from this original event through the more or less necessary chain of events triggered by knocking over the first domino in a chain of dominos. Therefore, it would likely be misguided to believe that the activities of human beings have had any substantial effects on this tectonic progression. The only real thing left up to human initiative is whether people would like to develop settlements upon such tectonic plates in the first place, and whether they would be able to develop strategies that could minimize harm and damage when the earthquakes do inevitably occur. The global response One of the major global responses to the earthquake has been the delivery of humanitarian aid to Nepal. The United Nations is one of the main stakeholders involved in such efforts. However, such efforts have thus far fallen significantly short of established objectives. As Mullen, Shrestra, and Smith-Spark have written: "So far, only 14% of the humanitarian aid sought by the United Nations for the relief effort has been met, according to the U.N. Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs. That means only $59 million has been committed, of the $423 million requested, since the first quake struck last month" (paragraph 2). In short, relief efforts have thus far been inadequate relative to the magnitude of the crisis in Nepal. The United States has, however, taken a lead in the relief efforts, as the nation usually does in the event of crises across the globe, such as the Ebola epidemic. But all the same, further efforts are clearly needed. Planning for future earthquakes Questions have also arisen with respect to what can be done not only to provide emergency assistance to Nepal but also to build up Nepal in such a way that the nation will be more protected against catastrophes like this one in the future. After all, given the geography of Nepal, there is every reason to believe that the nation will continue to get hit by earthquakes in the future. Therefore, instead of simply waiting for something terrible to happen and then responding to the crisis, it would be an intelligent move to develop strategies for avoiding the crisis in the first place. This could potentially raise questions about exactly what kind of humanitarian aid should be given to Nepal and how the aid given should be used, insofar as an effective use of resources could enable Nepal not only to recover from the present situation but also minimize potential harm that may be caused by future situations. Before such considerations could begin, though, bystander apathy must come to an end and further aid in general will be necessarily. Conclusion Nepal is still suffering from the aftermath of the initial earthquake, and further high-magnitude aftershocks could well be expected to happen. In this context, the globalized world clearly needs to step up the level of humanitarian aid that is being delivered to Nepal. In addition, once adequate resources have been committed to this cause, further analyses could also be conducted with respect to how to make use of these resources in a way that will also optimize Nepal's security against earthquake damage in the future.

https://www.ultius.com/ultius-blog/entry/the-recent-earthquakes-in-nepal.html 

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Reality of Evil

By Hal Lindsey

A 2011 article in Slate Magazine written by Ron Rosenbaum asked, “Is evil over? Has science finally driven a stake through its dark heart?… Yes, according to many neuroscientists, who are emerging as the new high priests of the secrets of the psyche.” In the last few years, countless scholarly articles and books posit the view that the human will is an illusion. They see men and women as machines — able to do only what their genetic and environmental programming tells them to do. Remove moral choice from the equation, and humans would not have the capacity for evil. They would simply act and respond according to set laws. We all recognize that we would be different if we had different parents, or grew up in another culture. Many things influence us. But these people are talking about more than influence. They’re talking about a complete inability to make choices. To them, the murderer does not decide to kill. He just follows his programming. They see the child molester as merely doing what nature and nurture have programmed him to do. Since this is fast becoming the prevailing view at universities, we can expect it to spread through society. What happens when parents, schools, and government see human beings as machines without choice? How could you punish anyone? What are the consequences of a “no consequence” society? And what happens when people see themselves as helpless puppets unable to choose? What would the world look like if people ceased to take responsibility for their actions, or hold one another accountable? “It wasn’t my choice. It was my programming.” Satan’s job would be all but over. People would give in to every temptation believing they have no choice in the matter, and therefore no culpability for any of their actions. You would also have people being thrown into re-education camps meant to “fix” their programming. A few elites would take it on themselves to determine right and wrong for everyone. In 21st century America, we’re already glimpsing a society that ignores personal responsibility, and spends its time trying to reprogram its citizens. It doesn’t look good. The Bible teaches that human beings make moral choices. Every biblical command, every admonishment from God, is a divine acknowledgment of human choice. “You shall have no other gods before Me,” [Exodus 20:3 NASB] is a command to choose God over idols. You have the privilege of deciding, but also the responsibility. Without an understanding of the reality of evil, the world falls into chaos. ISIS makes a perfect example. On August 13th, the New York Times ran an article entitled, “ISIS Enshrines a Theology of Rape” by Rukmini Callimachi. Even with all the horrible things we’ve heard about ISIS, his report should shock the conscience of the world. In the moments before he raped the 12-year-old girl, the Islamic State fighter took the time to explain that what he was about to do was not a sin. Because the preteen girl practiced a religion other than Islam, the Quran not only gave him the right to rape her — it condoned and encouraged it. He bound her hands and gagged her. Then he knelt beside the bed and prostrated himself in prayer before getting on top of her. When it was over, he knelt to pray again, bookending the rape with acts of religious devotion. “I kept telling him it hurts — please stop,” said the girl, whose body is so small an adult could circle her waist with two hands. “He told me that according to Islam he is allowed to rape an unbeliever. He said that by raping me, he is drawing closer to God.” What happened to this 12-year-old is happening to thousands of young girls across that region. If evil does not exist, if humans only follow their programming, then no one can blame the rapist. His crime would cease to be criminal. He could say he was merely acting out his programming. But God sees the inner workings of every heart. Jeremiah 17:10 says, “I, the Lord, search the heart.” [NASB] Jesus said, “I am He who searches the minds and hearts.” [Revelation 2:23 NASB] He sees the choice as it’s being made. In the hardest heart, an innate sense of right and wrong still exists. Even after a man’s conscience has been bound, gagged, and shut in a closet, the man still knows it’s there, and what it would say if it could. That’s why the jihadist defended himself to the girl he was about to rape. He knew he was wrong, but his interpretation of the Quran gave him an excuse. His religious belief freed his wicked nature from the usual constraints of societal norms and human punishment. But the Quran did not make the choice. He did.  The Times article said, “The practice (of rape) has become an established recruiting tool to lure men from deeply conservative Muslim societies.” That, friends, is evil — rape as a “recruiting tool.” Join ISIS and rape little girls. It shocks and appalls us to hear such things. Why? Because we know that these are the actions of men, and not machines. A man has a choice, and these men have chosen evil.  The worst thing about evil is that we’re all infected. Most societies have safeguards in place to restrain people from evil’s worst manifestations. But we all do evil things. We are bent that way from birth, and have only one hope. Of all history’s philosophers and kings, only Jesus tells His followers, “You must be born again,” [John 3:7 NASB] and then performs the miracle Himself. The Bible teaches that we are born physically alive but spiritually dead. It’s only when we are miraculously born spiritually that we can communicate with the true GOD and come to know Him. The first thing we learn is that we now stand before a Holy GOD and are responsible to Him. We grow in that knowledge and in His love and forgiving Grace that is based on Jesus’ shed blood for our sins. It is best summed up by this verse of Scripture, “Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation; old things have passed away; behold, all things have become new.” [2 Corinthians 5:17 NKJV] We grow spiritually in this as we grow in Christ. He will discipline us, but He will not disown us. As Jesus promised through the Apostle Paul, “For I am confident of this very thing, that He who has began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 1:6 NKJV]

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-5-2015/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hellbent

by Hal Lindsey

Burning and looting in Baltimore . . . the proliferation of nuclear weapons in Asia and the Middle East . . . terrorists gaining ground and destroying lives around the world . . . parents murdering their children . . . a stunning, worldwide breakdown of morality. . . .

The list could go on and on. Something dreadful is happening on Planet Earth, and to most people it seems inexplicable. That’s because most people don’t understand that the battle between good and evil is primarily a spiritual battle. Post-modern people have tossed aside something they all knew in childhood — that deep in the darkness of evil, there exists a monster. It is a person, an entity — vicious and depraved — an adversary to God and to all that is right and good. People have given this being many names down through the centuries. The Bible usually calls him Satan, or the devil. The world constantly tries to fix the problems Satan causes. It uses laws, armies, programs, police, and vast sums of money, but the successes are all too rare and short-lived. One problem is the world’s refusal to acknowledge the existence its enemy. Political, academic, and media elites see him as a relic of the Middle Ages. Another problem is that, though they hate the pain and poverty the devil’s ways bring, they embrace those ways like obedient children. The world fears crime and violence, but raises its children on a steady diet of unthinkably violent entertainment. The world laments broken hearts, warped souls, children being born to children, STDs, and the breakdown of family. At the same time, it encourages activities that result in those very things. They hate the devil’s results while they embrace the devil’s ways. Humanity is hellbent on evil. Christians often see the things I’ve just mentioned, and ignore God’s remedies in favor of worldly ones. We want to elect better people to high office, and where we can, we should. We want to send armies to the worst places, and in some cases, we should. We want to start new programs, form new committees, put more police on the streets, pass new laws, and sometimes those things can be good. But of all people, Christians should understand the devil in the darkness, and know that the battle is spiritual. 2 Corinthians 4:4 says, “The god of this world (a.k.a. Satan) has blinded the minds of the unbelieving, that they might not see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God.” [NASB] Evildoers have been blinded. Yes, to various degrees they have chosen their blindness. But only God can know the degree of choice involved, and we should remember that we have all chosen blindness over truth at some point in our lives. We must not forget our actual enemy. Behind the darkness of this world stands the prince of darkness. We will never beat him at his game. We win by following God’s rules. 2 Corinthians 10:3 says, “For though we walk in the flesh, we do not war according to the flesh.” [NKJV] Ephesians 6:11 & 12 says, “Put on the full armor of God, that you may be able to stand firm against the schemes of the devil. For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places.” [NASB] Colossians 1:13 says that “He delivered us from the domain of darkness, and transferred us to the kingdom of His beloved Son.” [NASB] From this verse and many like it, we understand that darkness is a domain, and Satan is its sovereign. Jesus called him “the prince of this world.” [John 14:30] On internet forums and in the comments sections following news articles, Christians often debate adversaries using the same foul language, the same ad hominem arguments, the same seething rage as those who promote evil. But God has a better way. Romans 12:21 says, “Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good.” [NASB] The world is bent by hell. If we allow ourselves to be bent into that same shape, we have not overcome the world, but been over come by it. Stand strong for God. Don’t back down. But at the same time, “Love your enemies, do good to them which hate you, Bless them that curse you, and pray for them which despitefully use you.” [Luke 6:27-28 KJV] “Bless them which persecute you: bless, and curse not.” [Romans 12:14 KJV] We are in the middle of a great spiritual war, but we should not be discouraged. Jesus said, “In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.” [John 16:33 KJV]

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-28-2015/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 3-31-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Abbas: U.S. to allow Israel to annex parts of West Bank, give Hamas Gaza

The Palestinian leader spoke in advance of the anticipated roll out of what US President Donald Trump is calling the “Plan of the Century” to resolve the Israeli-Israeli-Palestinian conflict.

By Tovah Lazaroff, Khaled Abu Toameh April 1, 2019 17:30

The Trump administration will allow Israel to annex portions of the West Bank and split the Gaza Strip from the West Bank so that it can be a state of its own, said Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas on Sunday. Speaking at the Arab League summit in Tunisia, “What is coming from the US is more dangerous and serious,” he said. “The US will tell Israel, annex part of the Palestinian lands and grant self-rule to what’s left of the land, and give the Gaza Strip a state so that Hamas can play there. “The US administration’s decision is to destroy the Arab Peace Plan and constitutes a dramatic change from the positions of previous US administrations,” Abbas continued. The Palestinian leader spoke in advance of the anticipated roll out of what US President Donald Trump is calling the “Plan of the Century” to resolve the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. His comments, however, also came one week after the historic decision by Trump to officially recognize Israeli sovereignty over the Golan Heights. Israel annexed the area from Syria in 1981, after capturing the territory during the defensive Six Day War in 1967. The Arab League on Sunday condemned the US for this recognition and said it planned to seek a UN Security Council resolution against the move. The US declaration on the Golan has sparked speculation that the Trump administration’s next move would be to support Israel annexing at least portions of Area C in the West Bank, where all of the Israeli settlements are located. Former US ambassador to Israel Martin Indyk tweeted on Sunday, “So by recognizing Israel’s annexation of the Golan, Trump is helping [Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu] Bibi get re-elected, which will help the right-wing annex the West Bank, which will lead to pressure from his base to recognize that too, which will doom his peace plan and Israel.” The UN General Assembly, the UNSC and international law in general has held that the territory is illegally occupied. In written testimony to Congress last year, legal expert Eugene Kontorovich, of the Northwestern University School of Law, explained that there were exceptions to that principle. He listed the cases of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam’s sovereignty over north and south Vietnam after an aggressive war and India’s annexation of the Portuguese territory of Goa. But the UN and its Security Council have not made such an exception for Israel. After the Six-Day War, the UNSC passed resolution 242 that affirmed the “inadmissibility of the acquisition of territory by war” as it related to territory Israel captured in that war. The resolution called for the withdrawal of the IDF “from territories occupied in the recent conflict.” Israel has since withdrawn from Gaza and the Sinai desert, annexed eastern Jerusalem and the Golan, and currently maintains military control over the West Bank. The Trump administration’s recognition of Israeli sovereignty on the Golan pushes back at UNSC’s resolutions 242 and 497, which deemed Israel’s annexation of the Golan to be illegal. The administration argued that Israeli sovereignty in the Golan was necessary for the country’s security, particularly given Iran’s military presence in Syria. Just one day later at the annual American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) policy conference in Washington, US Ambassador to the Israel David Friedman hinted at the link between the Golan Heights security argument to the West Bank. In speaking of the importance of pushing forward with a peace plan, Friedman said, “Can we leave this to an administration that might not understand the existential risk to Israel if Judea and Samaria are overcome by terrorists in the manner that befell the Gaza Strip, after the IDF withdrew from this territory.” Settler leaders and right-wing politicians, in the last four years, have pushed forward numerous annexation initiatives, including for the Gush Etzion Region and the Ma’aleh Adumim bloc. But if the argument is based on security, then Jordan Valley Regional Council head David Elhayani said he believes that the application of sovereignty to his region – situated between Jerusalem and Jordan – would be the logical first step for Israel’s next government. Join Jerusalem Post Premium Plus now for just $5 and upgrade your experience with an ads-free website and exclusive content. Click here>>

https://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/Abbas-US-to-allow-Israel-to-annex-parts-of-West-Bank-give-Hamas-Gaza-585398 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 3-31-19 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia grabs the reins on Mideast peace

By Micky Aharonson

In one of his first comments as Palestinian Authority Prime Minister, Mohammed Shtayyeh said other countries, chief among them Russia, would support Palestinian rejection of the Trump administration's "deal of the century" for Israeli-Palestinian peace. It wasn't for nothing that Shtayyeh highlighted Russia. In recent years, Russia has expressed an interest in getting involved in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, due to its own regional and global interests of restoring its status as a superpower. Hence Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov recently refloated the idea of hosting talks between Israel and the Palestinians in Moscow. Over the years, Moscow has on multiple occasions proposed advancing a peace agreement via a Moscow summit, but Israel has preferred to let the United States spearhead the process. The current Russian interest in the conflict is a reflection of Moscow's ambitions to establish a presence in the Middle East as a mediator, within the prism of a zero-sum game against the Americans, and amid the view that U.S. clout on the Arab street is waning. Russia, from its perspective, assumes this activity is only beneficial: The cost, in any practical or abstract sense, is insignificant, and the expected returns of restoring Russia to prominence in the Arab and Muslim world are self-evident to the Kremlin. Russia also illustrates its desire to be a mediator on the global stage by saying and doing certain things to paint itself as a critical cog in any peace process. This always occurs simultaneous to, or immediately after, the Americans unveil their own initiatives. In 2017, for example, as talks were progressing over moving the U.S. Embassy to Jerusalem, Russia announced its desire, as a member of the Quartet, to advance a peace deal. At the time, Russia issued a surprise declaration that it recognizes west Jerusalem as the official capital of Israel, regardless of the establishment of a Palestinian capital in east Jerusalem. The Kremlin also supported direct talks between Israel and the Palestinians and expressed its interest in facilitating an agreement. The declaration emphasized Russia as a key player due to its membership in the Quartet and its permanent seat in the United Nations Security Council. Lavrov also denounced the "deal of the century" and stressed Russia's commitment to a peace deal based on U.N. resolutions and the Arab peace initiative. In recent months, as the American "deal of the century" has gained more exposure, Moscow has intensified its efforts to advance intra-Palestinian reconciliation, including repeatedly inviting Palestinian factions for talks in Moscow. Hamas is shunned to varying degrees by the U.S. and European Union, and Russia wants to signal it can hold dialogue with the PA and the regime in Gaza. Last month, for instance, Hamas representatives flew to Moscow and were given the opportunity to present an alternative solution to the conflict. Among the principles put forth were the rejection of the "deal of the century" and opposition to any form of normalization with Israel. Although these principles are irrelevant to negotiations with Israel, voicing them in Russia strengthens the narrative that Moscow is grabbing the reins as the only mediator capable of communicating with all the Palestinian factions, especially when they are all united in opposing the "deal of the century." The United States and Israel must assume from past experience that as the "deal of the century" approaches its deadline, two processes will take place. First, we can assume that ignoring Russia will provoke a Russian attempt to enlist an Arab and international lobby against the U.S. proposal. Additionally, Russia will advance its own alternatives for resolving the conflict, which the Palestinians can view as a basis for negotiations, such as the summit in Moscow, the Quartet path or any other platform that will include Russia as a member of the international "club." This situation makes it increasingly likely for a scenario to unfold in which Israel, not the Palestinians, is painted as the rejectionist side, particularly in light of the fact that a plan such as the one presented by Hamas in Moscow in completely unfeasible from Israel's perspective. In all likelihood, if it were possible to establish an international framework for a peace accord, which would include Russia, such as the Quartet, it would probably rise to the forefront. Because, among other things, Russia has expanded its leverage with the Arab world and it very much wants to partake in the prestigious "club" of nations.

Micky Aharonson was head of the foreign relations directorate of the National Security Council in the Prime Minister's Office and is a research fellow at the Jerusalem Institute for Strategy and Security.

http://www.israelhayom.com/opinions/russia-is-grabbing-the-reins-on-mideast-peace/ 

:: 3-26-19 Jihad Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Erdogan: European politicians opposed to conversion of Hagia Sophia to a mosque are “enemies of Islam”

Mar 26, 2019 5:00 pm By Robert Spencer

This paints a large target on their backs, and may ensure, since they are clueless and cowardly dhimmis, that they will fall into line with Erdogan’s plans. “Erdoğan calls some EU politicians ‘enemies of Islam,’” SCF, March 25, 2019: Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan has accused EU politicians Kati Piri, Federica Mogherini and Johannes Hahn of being enemies of Islam while criticizing a recent report adopted by the EU in favor of the official freeze of the membership process with Turkey, according to Turkish media reports on Friday. During a recent interview on the pro-government Ülke TV, Erdoğan was asked about remarks by Piri, the Turkey rapporteur for the European Parliament (EP), against the conversion of the Hagia Sophia in İstanbul into a mosque. In response, he said: “There is no need to talk about that woman in the EP, anyway. Let’s not spread her propaganda. … They advise [the EU] to stop accession talks with us. I wish they had done such a thing and stopped the accession talks. Our foreign minister made the necessary explanations at the meeting there to [EU foreign affairs chief] Mogherini, then to that woman [Piri] and to the Austrian [Hahn], to all of them. But they are not honest, they are not sincere. We should not forget this: We are Muslims and they are enemies of Islam.”…

https://www.jihadwatch.org/2019/03/erdogan-european-politicians-opposed-to-conversion-of-hagia-sophia-to-a-mosque-are-enemies-of-islam 

:: 3-26-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::Red Alert! Watch Out For A Huge False Flag In The Days Ahead Following POTUS Trump Calling Out Deep State Treason

- Everything Leads Right Back To Obama And Hillary: Is It Time For The Traitors Heads To Roll?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die March 26, 2019

Despite the great news that we knew all along, that President Trump ISN'T some Putin pawn as the Demonrats and the mainstream media have been getting all frothed up at the mouth about for the past 2+ years, many are angry as can be today. I, like millions of other angry Americans, want justice for President Trump, the independent media, and millions of other Patriotic Americans who have been called 'Nazis' and 'Russian trolls' and thoroughly slandered by the rabid dogs in the msm and the leftist politicians who've been blatantly lying to the American people over and over again the past several years. With much of the rest of the America sure to get caught up to speed in the days ahead while Hollywood celebrities go into hilarious meltdowns and msm talking heads try to figure out how to spin Robert Mueller's revelations and the Demonrats in Congress turn to 'plan B', we look forward to 'America's Revenge' unfolding in the days and weeks ahead. As the Gateway Pundit reported in this recent story, Rep. Devin Nunes will be making criminal referrals to Attorney General Bill Barr on the FBI and DOJ officials who perpetrated this hoax that has gone on for nearly 3 years now, dating back to late 2015 and early 2016, well before the November 2016 election was even held. And with this hoax and 'insurance policy' that didn't pan out the way they hoped it would for the Demonrats likely leading directly back to Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton herself, as Susan Duclos reported within this ANP story, with 'justice' moving from Mueller's investigation to that of John Huber who is also investigating 'Uranium One', we may soon be witnessing what most of us never believed was possible. And with even President Trump now mentioning the 'T' word as was reported in this new Breitbart story, we see in his remarks below that he's been paying attention to the evil-doers in America for a long time. Are treason charges for 'deep state crooks' ahead? POTUS's remarks today from Breitbart.: “There are a lot of people out there that have done some very very evil things, very bad things. I would say treasonous things against our country,” Trump said. “And hopefully, people that have done such harm to our country, we’ve gone through a period of really bad things happening. Those people will certainly be looked at. I have been looking at them for a long time.” The president commented on the conclusion of Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation during a White House event hosting Israeli Prime Minister Bibi Netanyahu. Trump did not specifically name the people he wanted to be investigated but hinted that they had a lot to do with triggering the special counsel investigation. “Why haven’t they been looked at? They lied to Congress. Many of them, you know who they are,” he said. “They’ve done so many evil things.” Trump hinted that the country had to make sure that rogue forces in the FBI and the Justice Department could not bring a similar phony case against another president in the future. “What they did, it was a false narrative, it was a terrible thing. We can never let this happen to another president again,” he said. Yet while the corrupted members of the deep state who sold their souls and allegiance to America away to get Hillary Clinton elected may now be under investigation, as we've warned on ANP time and again, we've long believed that should 'the deep state' have to face justice, they'll first carry out a huge false flag event in an attempt to make those investigations 'go away'. And now may be the last opportunity they get to 'create' such an event. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/Its_Time_For_Demonrats_Heads_To_Roll.php

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 3-27-19 DC Dirty Laundry :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jussie Smollett hate crime hoax: He Did Not Act Alone, Sources Say It goes all the way up to Obama

By Mike Adams - March 27, 2019

Editor’s Note: Recirculated after Smollett charges dropped. Originally published February 22, 2019.

(Natural News) The Jussie Smollett hate crime hoax was planned at the highest levels of the (Obama) deep state and was intended to foment a race war across America, say multiple sources across the independent media. The official explanation that Smollett “masterminded” (if you can call it that) the hate crime hoax because he wanted a pay raise for his work as an actor on Empire just doesn’t hold water. He is reportedly being paid $65K per episode, bringing in more than $1.1 million per year. Yet we are supposed to believe he would risk his entire career (and significant earnings) to try to push for an increase in his pay? It doesn’t add up, and several independent media investigators are already starting to dig deeper into the Smollett fiasco. Dave Hodges of The Commonsense Show, for example, writes that a Confidential Informant (CI) says a deep state federal agent was actively involved in plotting the hate crime hoax. Via Dave Hodges: Latest: Jussie Smollett hate crime hoax: He Did Not Act Alone, Sources Say It goes all the way up to Obama I am in receipt of a federal agency source who claims that they have knowledge that the staged attack upon Smollette had the participation of a federal agent, but not necessarily the federal agency to which he/she belonged… The obvious purpose of this fake attack was to promote heated racial division and to bring into drama the participation of LGBT political interests because Smollette is admittedly gay. This also has the fingerprints of George Soros because this is just the kind of thing he does repeatedly to promote civil discord by manufacturing racial incidents and promoting them to incite racial division that culminates in violent public protests. It goes all the way up to Obama, reports Jones Similarly, Alex Jones from InfoWars announced live on the air this morning that a high-level government source informed him that this attack was crafted and pushed by the Obama deep state. Indeed, the whole thing smacks of precisely the kind of “community organizing” that Obama is well known to coordinate and promote. Remember: Everything the Left does is rooted in fakery and fraud. Even the Russia collusion narrative is a complete hoax. “Hands up don’t shoot” was a hoax. The “train rape” claims against Kavanaugh were a hoax. Many observers say the Charlottesville vehicle attack was instigated or staged, too. Barack Obama and Eric Holder tried to pull off a massive gun crime hoax with Operation Fast and Furious, and there are elements of nearly every mass shooting that raise huge questions about the authenticity of the reports surrounding those events (such as the fact that Broward County sheriff’s deputies were ordered to stand down outside the school and did nothing while the shooting took place). From gun control to toppling Trump, every goal of the radical Left is consistently pushed with the help of faked elements or false flag events. As Alex Jones explained today, “This is an Obama operation,” referring to the Smollett false flag, for which Smollett has now been charged with a felony. Smollett even faked the hate letter he mailed to himself, according to Chicago police. The Jussie Smollett story is nowhere near over… it has only just begun Never forget that the fake news left-wing media said anyone who didn’t believe Smollett’s original claims was a “conspiracy theorist.” This is how they attempt to shut down any questioning of the false flag hate crime hoax. As a matter of fact, those who questioned Smollett’s hoax were the real journalists, while those promoting the hoax were the fakers. The real questioning has only begun. Many more questions need to be asked on this, such as: Why was Jussie Smollett allowed to turn himself in with no cameras rolling, while Roger Stone was raided at gunpoint with dozens of heavily armed agents while CNN rolled its cameras after being tipped off?  Why are some members of the top brass of the Chicago PD being so polite and almost apologetic to Smollett? Didn’t he just waste thousands of hours of police time in Chicago? Didn’t he almost push a nationwide race war?   Why is Fox still defending Smollett? Are people in the Empire production crew involved in helping Smollett help stage the hoax to boost the success of the flailing Empire show, which has plummeted in ratings?  Where is the apology from CNN, MSNBC, The Atlantic and other radical left-wing media propagandists who pushed this hoax in the first place? So far there are zero apologies and zero retractions. Why is that? And why does Google News continue to promote the very same news sources that repeatedly hoax America with lie after lie? (And why does the NewsGuard browser plug-in give its highest rankings for the news sources that publish the most outrageous lies?)  Where is the federal conspiracy charge against Smollett for involving two other people in his hate crime hoax? Where is the charge for using the United States mail to send a threatening letter? Those are federal crimes… are there no charges for that? (Possibly those charges are still coming, we will have to wait and see.)

Where is the arrest of CNN’s Don Lemon for his role in this nationwide conspiracy? Don Lemon is not a journalist; he is a hack left-wing activist and co-conspirator who helped push this hate crime hoax with the intended purpose of damaging the reputation of Trump supporters and “keeping the hate alive” in America. In fact, there were a dozen key “journalists” who led the propaganda push for the Smollett hate crime hoax. Their names, according to Breitbart News, are:

– Eugene Scott (Washington Post)

– Don Lemon (CNN)

– Yamiche Alcindor (PBS)

– Joyce Vance (MSNBC)

– Jamil Smith (Rolling Stone)

– April Ryan (CNN)

– Jamele Hill (The Atlantic)

– Zerlina Maxwell (MSNBC)

– Joy Reid (MSNBC)

– Karen Attiah (Washington Post)

– Amy Siskind (Huffington Post)

– Brooke Baldwin (CNN)

Where are the investigations into these political activists for promoting a dangerous conspiracy that almost pushed America into a bloody race war? Remember, every one of these media hacks conducted zero fact checking and ran with the Smollett claims, touting them as established facts when they were, in fact, fabricated lies. Yet there isn’t a single one of these propagandists who has been fired, or criminally investigated for their role in this dangerous conspiracy to deceive America and foment a race war. Why is the left-wing media allowed to continue pushing utterly fabricated hoaxes at the expense of America? It’s time to expand the criminal investigation beyond Jussie Smollett and look at who really planned it and who catapulted it into public consciousness in a highly irresponsible, dangerous manner.

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/jussie-smollett-hate-crime-hoax-he-did-not-act-alone-sources-say-it-goes-all-the-way-up-to-obama/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 3-27-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Let’s talk about food SHORTAGE: US grain bins collapse under catastrophic Iowa floods

By Strange Sounds - Mar 27, 2019

After millions of dead calves in Nebraska, now thousands of tons of grain lost in Iowa! Flood waters are causing havoc in some mid-western states – Iowa; Illinois; Missouri; Kansas; South Dakota; Minnesota; and Nebraska – and have resulted in an estimated $3 billion in damages so far. The video below by Iowa resident Gracie Newman shows just a fraction of the losses that have been incurred as a result of the unprecedented flooding. As can be seen from the video, at this location alone, at least five bins have burst, destroying thousands of tons of grain. Rising water levels have breached levees along the Missouri River and forced several towns to evacuate. It was also reported that in the state of Nebraska (west of Iowa) the flooding has already caused more than $1 billion in damages, with more than 2,000 homes and 340 businesses lost. Missouri Bin Collapse In a separate incident, a grain bin which was reportedly holding 21,591t – or 850,000 bushels – of corn collapsed in the state of Missouri, in the early hours of Monday, March 11. The grain was washed onto a nearby road and also blocked a railway line once its container’s walls split. No one was injured in the incident, which happened at a Bunge plant in LaGrange, Missouri.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/03/food-shortage-garin-silo-collapse-iowa-video.html 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 3-27-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boys forced to rape their sisters, women sexually assaulted until they bleed to death and men's genitals cut off: Survivors reveal 'unbelievable' horrors faced by refugees in Libya

Migrants are facing sexual violence and torture in prisons and refugee camps

On their way to Europe refugees are being kidnapped and raped, a report found

Women are raped until they bleed to death. Men have had genitals cut off

Refugees are stripped naked and forced to rape relatives while being filmed

By Chris Dyer For Mailonline and Associated Press Published: 06:27 EDT, 27 March 2019 | Updated: 07:33 EDT, 27 March 2019

Migrants travelling to Europe are being raped and tortured including by forced incest and mutilation, a shocking new study has revealed. Routine rape and sexual torture throughout their journey to Europe threatens many migrants, especially in Libya, with men facing abuse nearly as regularly as women. Smugglers torture migrants and film the attacks on Skype to extract ransom money from their families, according to the study carried out by the Women's Refugee Commission. One mental health worker described graves filled with men with their penises sliced off - a description corroborated by the account of a survivor of a mass mutilation. Migrants told similarly horrific stories about rape, forced incest and mass sexual abuse intended to humiliate detainees who had to strip naked and become either rapists themselves or victims. Men and women are forced to rape others, penises are cut off, boys have to rape their sisters and women are abused and raped until they bleed to death, the report said. A survivor from Gambia said, according to the report: 'If someone had told me this before, I would never have believed it. You can only believe it if you have seen it with your own eyes.' At one of the official prisons, a 19-year-old Nigerian woman told a health worker that women faced near constant threat of rape, and men only marginally less. Migrants bribe their way to freedom or escape if they can. 'They said that if we tell in Europe what is happening in Libya, our brothers and sisters in the prison will pay,' she said, according to the report. According to a 20-year-old man from Guinea, 'when the men came back crying, they would talk about what the guards did to them and how violent it was'. Sarah Chynoweth, the study's lead researcher told German broadcaster Deutsche Welle: 'On their journey through the desert, many refugees are kidnapped by human traffickers and armed groups or taken to official prisons. 'If a man tries to escape, all other men are forced to rape him. People are regularly punished, forced into submission and controlled.' Previous studies have found that nearly all women who cross from North Africa have been raped or sexually abused along the journey, but this report found that the danger was likely nearly as prevalent among men. The graphic study based on dozens of interviews with aid workers and migrants was released on Monday by the Women's Refugee Commission. It comes as Europe has blocked rescues at sea and outsourced its migration policy to Libya's coast guard instead. The United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) estimates there are around 670,000 migrants in Libya and it is believed that between 5,000 to 6,000 are being held in camps. The EU has spent €338 million ($382 million) in Libya since 2014 to stem migration, much of it on strengthening the Libyan coast guard and the detention centres. Migrants turned back in the Mediterranean are unlikely to fare much better in official detention than they did in the warehouses, according to Chynoweth. United Nations staff and aid groups have limited access to the centres and Chynoweth said migrants told her than in any case 'we were just too terrified to say anything'. With European Union funding, the Libyan coast guard retrieves migrants from the Mediterranean Sea and returns them to detention centres nominally run by the Libyan government, where migrants say the abuse resumes. Because the men were victimised together, they were willing to talk about it in ways that might otherwise be taboo. Mostly, they don't talk about it. The area around Bani Walid is particularly notorious for its clandestine prisons, where migrants have described being held in sunless warehouses for months and even years on end while smugglers try to extract payments from them to continue their journey. Last May, more than 100 migrants and refugees broke out from one of the lockups, fleeing under their captors' gunfire. At least 15 people died and 40 were left behind, according to the aid group Doctors Without Borders. The survivors were ultimately shipped to an official Libyan detention centre. And now official detention is likely where they will end up even if they make it into the Mediterranean, due to European policy that has effectively banned rescues at sea in an effort to slow migration. Chynoweth has carried out similar studies among the Rohingya refugees in Bangladesh and Syrian refugees in the Middle East. What differs in the European context, she said, is how widespread it is, and the fact that profoundly disturbing forms of sexual torture are used for purposes of extorting ransoms - sent via video to desperate families. 'The minute people are stopped at sea, Europeans wash their hands of it,' said Hassiba Hadj-Sahraoui, the humanitarian affairs adviser for Doctors Without Borders, also known as Medecins Sans Frontieres. Earlier this month, the European Union issued a statement saying the continent's migration crisis is over, 'and current levels are a mere 10 per cent of what they were at their peak in 2015'. The statement cited 'appalling conditions' in Libya's detention centres as an issue, without suggesting solutions. One of the study's few bright points came aboard the MSF rescue ship Aquarius. On the ship, the medical team realised that men and boys appeared not to know that what they'd experienced was sexual abuse. Trained health workers decided in 2018 to emphasise free medical and psychological counselling. As a result, the study said, 33 per cent of sexual assault survivors who came forward last year on the Aquarius were male, compared with just three per cent in 2017. 'It was about creating that safe environment, allowing the men and boys to know they're not alone,' said Aoife Ni Mhurchu, who was a nurse on board the Aquarius at the time and specialises in working with vulnerable populations. Few migrants had any illusions that their attackers would face justice, said Ni Mhurchu, who worked in four detention centres in Libya before her time at sea. She said few detained in Libya would dare come forward while there. 'This climate of impunity in Libya signals to this extremely vulnerable population that reporting is not only dangerous but futile,' she said. The Aquarius is now chartered for a scientific expedition. The only people pulling migrants from the Mediterranean waters off the Libyan coast take them right back where they came from.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6855433/Survivors-reveal-horrors-faced-refugees-Libya-including-forced-incest-women-raped-death.html 

:: 3--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AI Can HATE With No Human Input

By Dagny Taggart

What if a robot decides it hates you? That might seem like a silly question, but according to research, developing prejudice towards others does not require a high level of cognitive ability and could easily be exhibited by robots and other artificially intelligent machines. The study, conducted by computer science and psychology experts from Cardiff University and MIT, revealed that groups of autonomous machines could demonstrate prejudice by simply identifying, copying, and learning the behavior from each other The findings were published in the journal Nature. Robots are capable of forming prejudices much like humans. In a press release, the research team explained that while it may seem that human cognition would be required to form opinions and stereotype others, it appears that is not the case. Prejudice does not seem to a human-specific phenomenon. Some types of computer algorithms have already exhibited prejudices like racism and sexism which the machines learning from public records and other data generated by humans. In two previous instance of AI exhibiting such prejudice, Microsoft chatbots Tay and Zo were shut down after people taught them to spout racist and sexist remarks on social media. This means that robots could be just as hateful as human beings can be. And since they’re thousands of times smarter than us, can you imagine the future if they developed a bias against humanity? No human input is required. Guidance from humans is not needed for robots to learn to dislike certain people. However, this study showed that AI doesn’t need provocation and inspiration from trolls to get it to exhibit prejudices: it is capable of forming them all by itself. To conduct the research, the team set up computer simulations of how prejudiced individuals can form a group and interact with each other. They created a game of “give and take,” in which each AI bot made a decision whether or not to donate to another individual inside their own working group or another group. The decisions were made based on each individual’s reputation and their donating strategy, including their levels of prejudice towards individuals in outside groups. As the game progressed and a supercomputer racked up thousands of simulations, each individual began to learn new strategies by copying others either within their own group or the entire population. Co-author of the study Professor Roger Whitaker, from Cardiff University’s Crime and Security Research Institute and the School of Computer Science and Informatics, said of the findings: By running these simulations thousands and thousands of times over, we begin to get an understanding of how prejudice evolves and the conditions that promote or impede it. The findings involve individuals updating their prejudice levels by preferentially copying those that gain a higher short term payoff, meaning that these decisions do not necessarily require advanced cognitive abilities. It is feasible that autonomous machines with the ability to identify with discrimination and copy others could in future be susceptible to prejudicial phenomena that we see in the human population. Many of the AI developments that we are seeing involve autonomy and self-control, meaning that the behaviour of devices is also influenced by others around them. Vehicles and the Internet of Things are two recent examples. Our study gives a theoretical insight where simulated agents periodically call upon others for some kind of resource. (source) Autonomy and self-control. Isn’t that what happened in the Terminator franchise? What if scientists can’t keep AI unbiased? What will happen if developers and computer scientists can’t figure out a way to keep AI unbiased? Last year, when Twitter was accused of “shadow banning” approximately 600,000 accounts, CEO Jack Dorsey discussed the challenges AI developers have in reducing accidental bias. This new research adds to a growing body of disturbing information on artificial intelligence. We know AI has mind-reading capabilities and can do many jobs just as well as humans (and in many cases, it can do a much better job, making us redundant). And, at least one robot has already said she wants to destroy humanity. Last year, a scientist deliberately created a robot with mental illness and Elon Musk warned us of the dangers of AI. The risk of something seriously dangerous happening is in the five year timeframe. 10 years at most. Please note that I am normally super pro technology and have never raised this issue until recent months. This is not a case of crying wolf about something I don’t understand. The pace of progress in artificial intelligence (I’m not referring to narrow AI) is incredibly fast. Unless you have direct exposure to groups like Deepmind, you have no idea how fast — it is growing at a pace close to exponential. I am not alone in thinking we should be worried. The leading AI companies have taken great steps to ensure safety. They recognize the danger, but believe that they can shape and control the digital superintelligences and prevent bad ones from escaping into the Internet. That remains to be seen… (source) Musk added, “With artificial intelligence, we are summoning the demon.”  What do you think? A robot apocalypse straight out of the movie theaters seems to be approaching. What if robots form biases against certain groups of people – or humanity overall? About the Author  Dagny Taggart is the pseudonym of an experienced journalist who needs to maintain anonymity to keep her job in the public eye. Dagny is non-partisan and aims to expose the half-truths, misrepresentations, and blatant lies of the MSM.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/ai-hate/ 

:: 3-26-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deep State Shifts Blame Of Intelligence Failure To Obama

Copy Link Download 160 12‚606 views

The Alex Jones Show Published on Mar 26, 2019

Now that President Trump has been cleared of "collusion" with Russia, Deep State actors are now blaming president Obama for directing them in the first place. Alex breaks down these new talking points of the Deep State propaganda machine.

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5c9a723096f802002664df82 

:: 3-26-19 Americans for Legal Immigration PAC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

Thread: Italian teen girl was likely dismembered alive by Nigerian migrant drug dealer

Italian teen girl was likely dismembered alive by Nigerian migrant drug dealer

By Arthur Lyons 26 March 2019

One of the most nauseating revelations to emerge from the trial for the murder of 18-year-old Italian Pamela Mastropietro is that she was likely to have been dismembered while still alive.  The horrifying reports come following court testimony given by Vincenzo Marino, a key witness in the trial of Nigerian drug pusher Innocent Oseghale who on trial for the brutal murder the young girl last year, Il Giornale reports. Mastropietro’s mother claims that her 18-year-old daughter had become estranged from the family and had become addicted to drugs following a brief relationship with a Romanian man. Marino, the key witness in the case, had been incarcerated at the same time as Oseghale and claimed to have overhead him admit to and give details about the murder. According to the sworn testimony given by Marino, the Nigerian drug dealer stabbed the Italian teen immediately after raping her. Marino said, “They had a fight, they pushed, Oseghale stabbed her in the liver and after a first stab Pamela fell to the ground.” The witness added that following the initial stabbing, Oseghale left the scene of the crime to summon another man to assist him in the disposal of Mastropietro’s body. After he ‘returned home, convinced him that Pamela was dead and started dismembering from the foot.’ It’s thought that the Nigerian man stabbed the girl once more after she tried to cry out for help. As stated by Marino, Oseghale didn’t name who his accomplice was. “He had washed [the body] with bleach because it would not have been known if she had died of an overdose or murdered,” Marion professed. “He said there was a sack in the fridge to put the pieces in, but they did not fit in there and that he had to cut it and put it in two suitcases,” the key witness added. In February last year, the dismembered corpse of the 18-year-old Mastropietro was discovered on the side of road in a number of suitcases in the Italian commune of Pollenza. The horrific discovery prompted national rage and also led to allegations of ritualistic cannibalism that’s known to be engaged in and practiced by Nigerian crime gangs that are operating across the continent. The discovery of young girl’s dismembered corpse also provoked a mass shooting attempt when Luci Traini, a 28-year-old Italian man who supposedly knew Mastropietro, targeted and wounded several migrants in an act of vengeance. Alassandro Meluzzi, an Italian psychiatrist and criminologist has alleged that the murder was most likely associated with Nigerian organized crime gangs. Just months after Mastropietro’s body was discovered, another Italian teenaged girl, Desirée Mariotinni, was found in dead from an overdose in Rome. Italian prosecutors subsequently arrested several migrant men in connection with her death, accusing them of raping the 16-year-old girl and intentionally causing her to fatally overdose on drugs. Italy has experienced a colossal crime wave in the wake of an incursion of hundreds of thousands of African migrants, many from Nigeria, into their country. The populist Italian government led by Matteo Salvini has done their best to stem the flow of migrants into Italy and to crack down on violent foreign crime gangs, but their efforts have been met with stiff opposition from globalist forces inside the European Union.

https://voiceofeurope.com/2019/03/it...dClbjaYRjNQO5Q 

https://www.alipac.us/f9/italian-teen-girl-likely-dismembered-alive-nigerian-migrant-drug-dealer-370739/ 

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Perfectibilists

By Hal Lindsey

On May 1, 1776, a man named Adam Weishaupt founded an organization that came to be known as “The Illuminati.” Today, there are lots of little covens of unconnected, devil-worshiping malcontents who claim the name “Illuminati.” And there is some evidence that the old organization may still exist. But for this discussion, you just need to know that they did exist, and they were formed as an angry reaction to the Church. They were the antithesis of Biblical Christianity. In the beginning, they were not called “The Illuminati.” Their original name was the “Covenant of Perfectibility” — commonly referred to as “Perfectibilists.” And that was their theme. They believed that human beings could perfect themselves through morality and reason, along with a lot of screwball, secret ceremonies. Even though they were the opposite of Christian, large numbers of churches today embrace the primary ideal of the Illuminati — belief in humanity’s ability to perfect itself. Such churches view the message of Jesus dying on the cross for our sins as old fashioned and irrelevant to a new generation. They claim that regular evangelical Christians place too much emphasis on Who Jesus was and what He did. They choose to place their emphasis on what Jesus said. But when you read their websites, you see that they carefully cherry-pick the words of Jesus. I think they do that because if you look at everything He said, it leads you back to Who Jesus is (God the Son) and what Jesus did (died on a cross for our sins and rose again). From Genesis to Revelation, the Bible contradicts their message of salvation by good works. Ephesians 2:8-9 says, “For by grace you have been saved through faith; and that not of yourselves, it is the gift of God; not as a result of works, that no one should boast.” (NASB) But if you quote from any of Paul’s letters, they shake their heads. Like the first century Christians at Corinth, they say with holy condescension, “I (am) of Christ.” (1 Corinthians 1:12) They claim to espouse the Sermon on the Mount. But anyone reading that Sermon should start at the beginning. The first words of the first beatitude are, “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” (Matthew 5:3 NASB) It’s a tough passage to get your head around. Why “poor in spirit”? Does He want us to be spiritually impoverished? It’s easy to understand how material riches might get us into trouble, but what’s wrong with being spiritually rich? Jesus started His message with those words for good reason — they are not an ending, but a beginning. We cannot start our journey with Him until we understand our spiritual poverty without Him. God does not come to you, hat in hand, requesting that you share with Him your spiritual riches. He doesn’t need your spiritual riches. You need His. He longs to share those riches with you. But you won’t receive them from Him until you understand that you don’t have them within yourself. In another part of the Sermon on the Mount, Jesus said, “Unless your righteousness surpasses that of the scribes and Pharisees, you shall not enter the kingdom of heaven.” (Matthew 5:20 NASB) Imagine how shocking that would have been to the people listening to Him. They viewed the scribes and Pharisees as the epitome of righteousness. These people counted the leaves on their spices to make sure they were accurately tithing. (Matthew 23:23) They not only studied the law, they studied mountains of tradition that had been built up around the law. (Mark 7:3) To be completely certain they never called the Lord’s name in vain, they didn’t even say His name. But Jesus said it’s not enough. Why? Because God is His own standard of goodness. He is the plumb line. Anything less than His level of righteousness is like a filthy rag. (Isaiah 64:6) In the Sermon on the Mount, Jesus said, “Therefore you are to be perfect, as your heavenly Father is perfect.” (Matthew 5:48 NASB) Only God is as perfect as God. But Jesus is that perfect because He is God. He is God the Son. His righteousness measures up. We must receive that righteousness or we cannot be saved. 2 Corinthians 5:21 says, “He made Him who knew no sin to be sin on our behalf, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him.” (NASB) Jesus spoke of people being guilty of shocking sins like adultery (Matthew 5:27-28) and murder (Matthew 5:22) simply because of their thoughts. He was teaching us to think the right things. But He was also showing how egregiously we fail to meet God’s standards. Every person at some time has a lustful thought, is angry without cause, or fails to love his enemies. We can’t hope in our goodness. God’s grace is the only answer! The words of Jesus point humanity to the Person and mission of Jesus. He said, “For the Son of Man has come to seek and to save that which was lost.” (Luke 19:10 NASB) His message of grace is timeless. It is infinitely superior to any fashion or fad. The message of Jesus was Himself. So don’t be a grace-rejecting “Perfectibilist.” Instead, let Jesus do the perfecting in you. “For I am confident of this very thing, that He who began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Christ Jesus.” (Philippians 1:6 NASB)

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-14-2016/ 

:: 3-26-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Netanyahu Has Plan to End Syria Crisis, Sans Iran

Read Newsmax: Report: Netanyahu Has Plan to End Syria Crisis, Sans Iran | Newsmax.com

By Eric Mack | Tuesday, 26 March 2019 12:31 PM

A proposal to resolve the Syria crisis was presented by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to Russia and the United States, a trilateral approach which boots Iran out of the country, according to a report in The Times of Israel. Russia's Vladimir Putin has shown interest in the plan, according to a senior Israeli official in the report. Netanyahu has since presented President Donald Trump with the trilateral plan that "would see Iran removed from Syria, the official says, refusing to elaborate," per the Times. President Trump has positioned himself squarely pro-Israel, having moved the U.S. Embassy from Tel Aviv to Israel's capital of Jerusalem and recognized Israeli sovereignty over the Golan Heights. According to the Times, the leader of the Hezbollah terrorist group now predicts Trump will move to recognize Israel's sovereignty over the West Bank – land that has long been under dispute with the Palestinians. "We should expect that Trump will recognize Israel's sovereignty over the West Bank," Hassan Nasrallah said, according to the report. "When the world allowed Trump to usurp Jerusalem and declare it as Israel's eternal capital, it opened the door to every violation by the Americans and Trump. This is a pivotal event in the Arab-Israeli conflict. "Those who are still hesitant must become convinced that resistance is the only choice for the Syrians to recover the Golan, for the Lebanese to recover the Shebaa Farms and the Kfarshouba Hills, and for the Palestinians to get their rights."

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/benjamin-netanyahu-vladimir-putin-civil-war/2019/03/26/id/908781/ 

:: 3-26-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Respect the Sanctity of Life': US Takes New Step to Block Foreign Aid to Overseas Abortion Providers

03-26-2019 Steve Warren

US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo announced Tuesday the expansion of the Trump administration's ban on US aid to groups that promote or provide abortions. Pompeo said he's extended the ban to include organizations that may follow the rules while simultaneously passing funding along to other groups that don't. The secretary said the Trump administration will not allow American taxpayer money to pay for "backdoor funding schemes" for abortion. "The American people should rest assured that this administration and this State Department and our USAID will do all we can to safeguard US taxpayer dollars and protect and respect the sanctity of life for people all around the globe," Pompeo said. Pompeo said the administration was committed to protecting "the sanctity of life" in the United States and abroad and would enforce the policy "to the broadest extent possible" by not allowing foreign non-governmental organizations to skirt the ban. "We will refuse to provide assistance to foreign NGOs that give financial support to other foreign groups in the global abortion industry," Pompeo told reporters at the State Department. "We will enforce a strict prohibition on backdoor funding schemes and end runs around our policy. American taxpayer dollars will not be used to underwrite abortions." Critics say this hurts reproductive and maternal health care in developing nations. Pompeo denied that claim and said the US would continue to be a leader in such aid. The US spends $9 billion to support global health programs. It wasn't immediately clear how much would be cut, but pro-choice advocates were furious at the news. "This administration's obsession with attacking women's reproductive health is egregious and dangerous," Sen. Jean Shaheen (D-NH) said. "Further expanding the global gag rule puts international organizations in an impossible position: provide women the full scope of reproductive health care services or deny critical funding that saves lives. That is unconscionable." Pro-life groups welcomed the move. The Susan B. Anthony Fund praised Pompeo's decision in a statement, saying: "We are excited to see Secretary Pompeo taking additional steps to ensure that Americans' hard-earned dollars are actually used for health assistance, not funneled to groups that push abortion."

http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/cwn/2019/march/respect-the-sanctity-of-life-us-takes-new-step-to-block-foreign-aid-to-overseas-abortion-providers 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 3-26-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

airstrikes resume in southern Israel

Israeli fighter jets struck several targets in the southern Gazan city of Khan Younis, including a military compound and a weapons manufacturing site belonging to Hamas, the military said.

By Anna Ahronheim, Tovah Lazaroff, Herb Keinon March 27, 2019 00:32

Amid growing concerns between Hamas and Israel, incoming rocket sirens were activated Tuesday night shortly after Israeli Air Force struck targets in the Hamas-run Gaza Strip. Israeli fighter jets struck several targets in the southern Gazan city of Khan Younis, including a military compound and a weapons manufacturing site belonging to Hamas, the military said. The attack was carried out in response to the launching of a rocket from the Gaza Strip into Israeli territory and the launching of incendiary and explosive balloons. Moments after airstrikes, a rocket was fired from Gaza towards the industrial park south of the city of Ashkelon, the army said. According to reports in Hebrew media the rocket was intercepted over the city, but unconfirmed reports said it fell in open territory causing no damage or casualties. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who landed back in Israel in the late afternoon from Washington after cutting his trip short, met with senior security officials at the Kirya military headquarters in Tel Aviv shortly after addressing the AIPAC policy conference via a satellite connection. “We responded with great force,” he said. “In the last 24 hours, the IDF destroyed major Hamas terrorist installations on a scale not seen since the end of the military operation in Gaza four years ago.” At the same time as diplomatic efforts were taking place with the UN and Egypt acting as mediators between Israel and Hamas, the IDF said it was sending more troops to the Gaza border and approved the call-up of additional reserve forces. The decision to send additional infantry and artillery battalions to the South was made following a situation assessment led by Netanyahu and IDF Chief of Staff Lt.-Gen. Aviv Kochavi. According to a senior government official, Israel has not agreed to a ceasefire, and the fighting could erupt at any time. “There is no agreement on a ceasefire,” he said. “The fighting is liable to be renewed at any moment, and it was decided to reinforce forces and prepare for a continuation.” Kochavi also approved completing the summoning of additional reserve soldiers and canceled the exchange of IDF battalions in multiple regions that had been scheduled for later this week. On Tuesday evening, incoming rocket sirens were activated in the South. A projectile landed in an open field, causing neither injury nor damage. Earlier in the evening the IDF began lifting roadblocks, and trains resumed their service in the South following a day of relative quiet on the southern front. According to UN Special Coordinator to the Middle East Peace Process Nickolay Mladenov, his team has been “working intensely with Egypt and all concerned parties to ensure that the situation does not spiral out of control.” Speaking during a briefing to the UN Security Council, he added, “Nobody has an interest in a full military confrontation in Gaza.” Islamic Jihad official Khader Habib said Netanyahu was refusing to admit that a ceasefire had been reached in order to appear as a strongman to Israelis. “Netanyahu is trying to portray himself as a hero to his people, therefore he publicly denies the understanding reached with the Egyptians,” Habib said. “Resistance factions are committed to calm as long as the enemy abides by it.” On Tuesday night, armed with signs and flags, about 100 Sderot residents gathered at the entrance to the city to protest what they called the government’s “non-policy” on rocket fire from Gaza. The latest escalation between Hamas and Israel began Monday morning when a long-range J-80 missile launched from Rafah in the southern part of the Strip destroyed a civilian home 120 km. away in the central community of Mishmeret, wounding seven members of one family and a neighbor. Terrorists fired over 60 rockets into the South and the IDF carried out hundreds of strikes in Gaza overnight. Fighter jets, combat helicopters, tanks and naval vehicles struck on Tuesday morning additional terrorist targets in a military compound belonging to Hamas in Deir el-Balah in the central Gaza Strip, as well as a military compound belonging to Palestinian Islamic Jihad in Beit Lahiya, the IDF said. IDF tanks and attack helicopters and naval vessels also targeted several Hamas posts. “The Hamas terrorist organization is responsible for all the goings on in and out of the Gaza Strip. The IDF is determined to carry out the task of protecting the citizens of Israel and is prepared for various scenarios and intensifying its operations as necessary,” the army said. Incoming rocket sirens blasted throughout Sderot and the regional councils of Eshkol, Hof Ashkelon and Sha’ar Hanegev, as at least 30 rockets were fired toward Israel between 10 p.m. Monday and 3:15 a.m Tuesday, after Hamas said it had accepted the Egyptian-brokered ceasefire, which would have begun at 10 p.m. NEW RIGHT leader Naftali Bennett called on Netanyahu to convene a meeting of the cabinet and take action to “neutralize Hamas.” “Israel cannot surrender to Hamas again,” Bennett said. “This is the 10th round in the past year. Hamas directly hit a family in the center of the country, shot dozens of rockets at the towns by the Gaza border and held 200,000 students, teachers and parents hostage at home today. We, on the other hand, shot at some empty buildings and didn’t even kill one terrorist.” Yisrael Beytenu chairman Avigdor Liberman said this wasn’t a ceasefire but a total collapse of Israeli deterrence, damaging to the security of Israel’s citizens and a total loss of the sense of security. “I will never be a partner to defeatist policies, which is why I resigned from the government several months ago,” he said. MK Bezalel Smotrich of the Union of Right-Wing Parties said he doesn’t understand how someone who is a resident of the South could think of voting for Netanyahu after this. “Netanyahu’s failed behavior can lead to the end of right-wing rule,” he said. “So whoever doesn’t have an option to vote for the Left, strengthen the real Right.” Public Security Minister Gilad Erdan told Army Radio on Tuesday morning that “rumors of a ceasefire are incorrect” and that Israel “will continue to exact a very heavy price from Hamas for its attacks on Israeli citizens.” A home in Sderot suffered a direct hit by a rocket on Monday night but there were no injuries. The Home Front Command published updated guidelines for residents in the Gaza border region Tuesday morning, restricting gatherings of more than 300 people in closed spaces across the Gaza border communities. Schools in the region, as well as in Ashkelon, Ofakim, Netivot and the regional councils of Bnei Shimon, Merhavim and Hof Ashkelon had also been canceled. Israel began its retaliatory strikes at around 5:20 p.m., striking Hamas targets in Shati, Beit Hanoun, Shejaia and other locations throughout the Gaza Strip. The targets included military compounds, tunnel shafts that were used to transport weapons, military positions and rocket-launching positions. Another target struck by Israeli jets was the offices of Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh in Gaza City’s Rimal neighborhood, as well as a building that served as an office for military meetings and as the headquarters of Hamas’s internal security forces. The IDF said another target was a three-story building that served as Hamas’s “secret headquarters,” where terrorists belonging to the security and intelligence divisions of the organization were located. “We don’t want war, but if Israel wants it then what should we do? We ask our factions to respond,” said Gaza City resident Mohammad Sayed, 40. “But we hope Egypt reaches a deal to end this.” The Palestinian news agency WAFA reported that three Palestinians were wounded in the Israeli strikes and had been transported to al-Shifa Hospital for medical treatment. Lahav Harkov and Reuters contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Netanyahu-to-skip-US-speech-as-rockets-continue-to-hit-Israel-584659 

:: 3-26-19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Second major blackout leaves Venezuelans fearing power cuts will be the norm

Vivian Sequera, Corina Pons

CARACAS (Reuters) - Venezuela’s government told workers and school children to stay home on Tuesday as the second major blackout this month left the streets of Caracas mostly empty and residents wondering how long power would be out amid a deepening economic crisis. President Nicolas Maduro’s Socialist government, which had blamed sabotage by the United States and the opposition for the previous power cut, said an “attack” on its electrical system caused the blackout that first hit on Monday. The outage shuttered businesses, paralyzed the country’s main oil export terminal, and stranded commuters. Intermittent service has long affected Venezuela’s largely rural interior, but residents of Caracas fear the increasing blackouts in the capital mean that unreliable power is becoming the new normal for them, too. “I hope that now with these blackouts in Caracas they can do something, that everyone reacts,” said Maria Melendez, a seamstress in the western city of Punto Fijo who said she has had to replace damaged appliances during previous blackouts.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-venezuela-politics/venezuela-streets-empty-after-second-blackout-in-a-month-idUSKCN1R71SU

:: 3-19-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ISIS 'caliphate' is reduced to a few hundred square yards of bombed-out scrapyard: Map shows how US-backed troops have surrounded tiny last stronghold

US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces have been seen celebrating 'victory' after seizing key ISIS encampment

SDF say some hardened jihadists were using their children as human shields as they defended slither of land

It comes as the SDF said it had arrested alleged terrorists over a suicide bomb that left four Americans dead in the Syrian town of Manbij in January

By Julian Robinson for MailOnline and Reuters and Ap Published: 04:25 EDT, 19 March 2019 | Updated: 17:37 EDT, 19 March 2019

US-backed forces are celebrating 'victory' after they captured a key ISIS encampment and reduced the terror group's 'caliphate' to a few hundred square yards of bombed-out scrapyard in Syria. Officials from the Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) were seen singing and dancing and giving 'V for victory' signs as they returned from the frontline in Baghouz in the country's east. The extremists had retreated in to a tiny parcel of land with some reportedly having used their own children as human shields. Pictures show the burning remains of cars along the banks of the Euphrates river where ISIS fanatics have been desperately digging in over the last few months. Hundreds of militants surrendered overnight, an SDF spokesman said, signalling the terror group's collapse after months of stiff resistance. Meanwhile, the spokesman, Mustafa Bali said the SDF had captured a group of alleged terrorists suspected of being behind a suicide attack in northern Syria that left four Americans dead earlier this year. Bali said the suspects were captured following technical surveillance. He did not elaborate on the number of suspects or when they were captured. The Americans were killed in a suicide bombing in January in the town of Manbij that was claimed by ISIS. In a statement posted on Twitter on Tuesday, he said the outcome of the ongoing investigation will be shared at a later time. The taking of the ISIS camp was a major advance but not the final defeat of the group in Baghouz, the last village held by the extremists where they have been holding out for weeks under siege, according to Bali. Still, fighters from the force were starting to celebrate anyway. 'I'm happy it's over. Now I know my people are safe,' said a fighter who identified himself as Walid Raqqawi who fought in the camp Monday night. He said he is returning to his hometown of Raqqa to rest. Comrades from his unit sang and danced in celebration at an outpost in Baghouz, all saying they were looking forward to going home. Hardened militant fighters holed up in the encampment have been mounting a last-stand defence of the enclave, all that is left of ISIS's self-proclaimed 'caliphate' that once spanned a third of both Syria and Iraq. The militants have been putting up a desperate fight, their notorious propaganda machine working even on the brink of collapse. On Monday, ISIS issued a video showing its militants furiously defending the encampment, a junkyard of wrecked cards, motorcycles and tents. In the footage. They shoot nonstop with AK-47s and M-16s from behind trucks, vehicles and sand berms. A group of children could be seen at one point amid the fighting. 'My Muslim brothers everywhere, we did our best, the rest is up to God,' a fighter said to the backdrop of black smoke rising from behind him. The SDF captured hundreds of wounded militants when it overran the camp on Tuesday, Bali said. It also captured 157 mostly foreign fighters. Asked earlier by Reuters how long it would take to defeat the remaining jihadists, Bali said he expected the operation to end 'very soon'. Some remaining militants had fallen back to the bank of the nearby Euphrates River, he said. 'The battles are not yet over,' he said. 'Some of the terrorists have taken their children as human shields. There are intermittent clashes.' ISIS fighters and followers have been steadily forced back to Baghouz after years of retreats in the face of military campaigns by an array of foreign and local forces. The complete fall of Baghouz would mark the end of the ISIS's self-declared territorial 'caliphate,' which at its height stretched across much of Syria and Iraq. For the past four years, U.S.-led forces have waged a destructive campaign to tear down the 'caliphate.' But even after Baghouz's fall, ISIS maintains a scattered presence and sleeper cells that threaten a continuing insurgency. The battle for Baghouz has dragged on for weeks - and the encampment has proven a major battleground, with tents covering foxholes and underground tunnels. The siege has also been slowed by the unexpectedly large number of civilians in Baghouz, most of them families of IS members. Over past weeks they have been flowing out, exhausted, hungry and often wounded. The sheer number who emerged - nearly 30,000 since early January according to Kurdish officials - took the Kurdish-led SDF by surprise. In the last two weeks, many IS militants appeared to be among those evacuating. But SDF commanders have stopped speculating when the battle may finally be over. Commanders say they don't know how many more may still be left, hiding in tunnels beneath the war-scarred village. In the seizure Tuesday of the encampment, hundreds of wounded and sick militants were captured and have been evacuated to nearby military hospitals for treatment, Bali, the SDF spokesman, said in a Twitter post. Still, he cautioned, 'this is not a victory announcement, but a significant progress in the fight.' There were conflicting reports from SDF commanders on the ground about the extent of the IS surrender. Commander Rustam Hasake told The Associated Press that SDF forces advanced on four fronts Monday night and were inside the camp when the last IS fighters surrendered at dawn. He said the last fighters were pushed out of the camp and were now in an open patch of land by the Euphrates River and were being processed and detained.  Another commander, however, said some IS militants continue to hold a tiny area in an open patch of land in the village, outside the encampment. AP journalists in Baghouz reported sporadic gunfire echoing in Baghouz and jets circling overhead. At a command post in Baghouz, a Humvee pulled up and unloaded weapons captured from IS on Tuesday, including sniper and hunting rifles, pump action shot guns and grenades and ammunition. Five trucks hauling 10 trailers full of people were seen coming out of Baghouz. A child could be heard wailing from inside one of them. At least 100 people, nearly all of them children, have died in the truck trips from Baghouz on the way to a camp in northern Syria, or soon after reaching it, according to the International Rescue Committee - a sign of how miserable conditions were inside Baghouz during the siege as supplies ran out. Bali, in a separate Twitter post Tuesday, said the SDF captured a group of suspects involved in a January suicide bombing that killed four Americans in the northern town of Manbij. He did not elaborate on the number of suspects or whether they were among the most recent militants to surrender. ISIS claimed responsibility for the blast outside a popular restaurant in Manbij, which killed at least 16 people, including two U.S. service members and two American civilians. It was the deadliest assault on U.S. troops in Syria since American forces went into the country in 2015. As they make their final stand, the IS militants have issued a string of statements this month claiming to have inflicted heavy losses on the SDF. In an audio posted online Monday, the ISIS spokesman, Abu Hassan al-Muhajer, issued his first message in six months, calling for revenge attacks by Muslims in Western countries in retaliation for the shooting attack on two New Zealand mosques that killed 50 people. He also ridiculed U.S. declarations of the defeat of the Islamic State group, calling the claim of victory a 'hallucination.' But SDF fighters celebrated as if the final collapse were imminent. At the SDF outpost in Baghouz, a commander danced with his soldiers. Fighters said remaining IS militants didn't put up much resistance. 'We fired on them with our rifles and heavy weapons and they didn't shoot back. So we walked into the camp and they didn't shoot at us,' said Orhan Hamad, from the northern province of Hassakeh. 'I tell the martyrs, it wasn't for nothing. With God's permission, we've finished Daesh.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6825363/U-S-backed-SDF-says-captured-157-militants-foreigners.html 

:: 3-7-19 The Independent :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jared Kushner goes rogue in Saudi Arabia, prompting national security concerns

'Who speaks for the government, the institutions or the family of the president?'

Chris Riotta New York @chrisriotta Thursday 7 March 2019 19:50

Jared Kushner has gone rogue. Donald Trump’s senior White House adviser once again abandoned government normalities during an official state trip to Saudi Arabia, reportedly discussing US-Saudi cooperation with Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman in a meeting that lacked representation from the US Embassy in Riyadh. The 38-year-old adviser also discussed the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the US’ economic investment in the Middle East with Saudi royalty, including King Salman, according to a White House readout from the trip that was released just as the president’s former lawyer Michael Cohen began his explosive public testimony on Capitol Hill last week. Mr Kushner’s quiet undertaking of such high-profile meetings has raised national security concerns from military and intelligence officials, who said the president’s son-in-law was “undermining US authority” in the region. Naveed Jamali — a former US Defence Department intelligence officer and double agent — told The Independent the Trump administration has frequently “blurred the lines of communication” between government agencies by sending Mr Kushner to meet with top international officials. “We know there is a flawed system by the fact that Jared Kushner has a security clearance,” Mr Jamali — who has launched a bid for political office — said on Thursday, noting the 38-year-old adviser’s omission of Russian contacts from his initial clearance application and foreign business assets that would typically bar an official from receiving a clearance. Mr Jamali added, “Who speaks for the government, the institutions or the family of the president?” Multiple sources from the US embassy in Riyadh have reportedly said they were not read into the details of Mr Kushner’s Saudi Arabia visit, and have yet to receive any sort of briefing on the White House official’s meetings with Saudi leadership. Mr Kushner was also reportedly provided security during his visit by Saudi officials — a component of a state trip typically handled by the US embassy in the region. Embassy staff also usually sits in on high-level meetings, and can include intelligence and military personnel, cultural attaches and officials from across government agencies. Those reports, first published in the Daily Beast nearly a week after Mr Kushner’s trip, were refuted by a senior administration official. “This reporting is not true and the sources are misinformed,” that official said. During his meetings with the Saudi crown prince, Mr Kushner seemingly failed to mention the high-profile killing of Jamal Khashoggi, a Washington Post journalist and US resident who disappeared after entering a Saudi consulate last year in Istanbul. The international intelligence community and Turkish officials have claimed the crown prince was involved in the alleged murder of Mr Khashoggi, who was often critical in his reporting of the Saudi government. Mark Hertling, a former US Army officer, lambasted the White House administration in a tweet for reportedly failing to include “critical subject matters experts” in Mr Kushner’s meetings with Saudi royalty. Walter Shaub, the former director of the Office of Government Ethics, also asked why Mr Kushner was “having secret meetings with the Saudi government” while keeping US officials “in the dark about the substance of the meetings”. “Are conflicts of interest at play here?” he wrote on Twitter. Mr Kushner, long considered a security risk embedded in the West Wing by career intelligence officials, was reported to have conducted informal conversations on the chat app WhatsApp with the Saudi crown prince, who he has developed a relationship with since Mr Trump’s 2016 election. The New York Times reported Mr Kushner was providing the prince with advice on how to weather the controversies surrounding the slaying of Mr Khashoggi. House Democrats have launched an investigation into the White House's security clearance processes under Mr Trump, demanding a trove of documents related to the matter and other investigatory concerns from Mr Kushner along with 81 total contacts and entities close to the president. “[Kushner] is somehow who is much more amenable to personal offers like financial gain,” Mr Jamali said. “He doesn’t seem to have the strongest allegiance to the US … that’s concerning.” We’ll tell you what’s true. You can form your own view.

At The Independent, no one tells us what to write. That’s why, in an era of political lies and Brexit bias, more readers are turning to an independent source. Subscribe from just 15p a day for extra exclusives, events and ebooks – all with no ads.

https://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/us-politics/jared-kushner-saudi-arabia-crown-prince-jamal-khashoggi-trump-a8812806.html 

:: 3-15-19 MNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Meet 'Steve,' the rare celestial phenomenon lighting up the skies over Canada

The ribbon of light may look like an aurora, but Steve is his own class.

Michael d'Estries

March 15, 2019, 12:50 p.m.

If you happen to see a vertical ribbon of dancing, flickering purple light playing across the sky of the Northern Hemisphere, fear not. It's just Steve. That's right — Steve. The hilarious placeholder name comes from the Alberta Aurora Chasers, a group of aurora enthusiasts who discovered the atmospheric phenomena in 2016. Unlike your standard aurora displays, which look like gently wafting curtains, Steve is more of a narrow arc of light. The members settled on the unusual name in honor of the 2006 animated film "Over the Hedge," in which some woodland creatures name an unknown object "Steve" to make it appear less frightening. Steve may appear similar to other auroras because it lights up the night sky when the sun's charged particles interact with Earth's magnetic fields. But Steve is definitely in a class of his own — especially with the spectacular show of dancing purple lights.  How is Steve different? Well first and foremost, Steve actually isn't an aurora. Although researchers speculated for years that Steve was like other auroras due to its location and movements, a 2018 study negates that idea. When Steve appeared in March 2018, NOAA's Polar Orbiting Environmental Satellite 17 measured for charged particles in the sky around Steve. No charged particles were detected. Therefore, the process for creating Steve isn't the same for auroras. "Our results verify that this STEVE event is clearly distinct from the aurora since it is characterized by the absence of particle precipitation," said the study's author Bea Gallardo-Lacourt. "Interestingly, its skyglow could be generated by a new and fundamentally different mechanism in the ionosphere." So, what do we know for sure about Steve? Steve travels along the sub auroral zone (lower latitudes closer to the equator) while other auroras are found at higher latitudes — thus giving it its unique purple hues. "Steve might be the only visual clue that exists to show a chemical or physical connection between the higher latitude auroral zone and lower latitude sub auroral zone," said NASA's Liz MacDonald. On average, Steve can be seen about 20 km vertically (north-south direction) and 2,100 km horizontally (east-west direction), according to another study conducted in 2019 by Gallardo-Lacourt and her team. They also discovered Steve only lasts about an hour and usually only occurs after substorms — a disturbance in the magnetosphere when energy from Earth's "tail" enters the ionosphere. The purple lights are made up of "a fast moving stream of extremely hot particles called a sub auroral ion drift, or SAID." "People have studied a lot of SAIDs, but we never knew it had a visible light. Now our cameras are sensitive enough to pick it up and people's eyes and intellect were critical in noticing its importance," said NASA's Eric Donovan. To investigate the phenomena, Donovan combed over data captured by a trio of ESA satellites called Swarm. Located in two different polar orbits, the three satellites are constantly recording measurements of the strength, direction and variations of the Earth's magnetic field. To Donovan's delight, one of the satellites recently passed through a visit by Steve and captured its unique characteristics. "The temperature 300 km above Earth’s surface jumped by 3000°C and the data revealed a 25 km-wide (15.5-mile) ribbon of gas flowing westwards at about 6 km/s compared to a speed of about 10 m/s either side of the ribbon," he said in an ESA press statement. As you can see in the photos below, Steve isn't at all frightening; it's just plain beautiful. NASA is asking for help with Steve. If you think you've spotted Steve, you can submit your photos and video to aurorasaurus.org or download the app. NASA also has tips on how you can know if you've seen Steve.

Editor's note: This article has been updated since it was originally published in April 2017.

https://www.mnn.com/earth-matters/space/blogs/steve-river-light-night-skys-newest-phenomenon 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 3-19-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 19 March 2019

Up to a 1,000 thought to be dead with fears for another 500,000 as 90% of the Mozambique city of Beira is destroyed by Cyclone Idai

The death toll in Mozambique from Cyclone Idai could be as high as 1,000, President Filipe Nyusi has said. Fears are growing for more than 500,000 people in the Mozambique city of Beira after aid agency officials warned that 90% of the area had been "destroyed" by Cyclone Idai. The cyclone slammed into the southeast African country as a high-end Category 2 storm with 175 kph (110 mph winds) at midnight Thursday, causing widespread devastation, before moving inland into Zimbabwe and Malawi.  According to the BBC, the storm made landfall near the port city of Beira on Thursday with winds of up to 177 km/h (106 mph), but aid teams only reached the city on Sunday. A UN aid worker told the BBC that every building in Beira - home to half a million people - had been damaged. Gerald Bourke, from the UN's World Food Programme, said: "No building is untouched. There is no power. There are no telecommunications. The streets are littered with fallen electricity lines. In an address on national radio Monday, Mozambique President Filipe Nyusi warned that while the official death toll stood at 84, "everything indicates that we can have a record of more than 1,000 dead." Nyusi described seeing "bodies floating" in the water after two rivers broke their banks "wiping out entire villages " and isolating others. "It's a real humanitarian disaster of large proportions," said Nyusi.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/03/up-to-1000-thought-to-be-dead-with.html?m=1 

:: 3-18-19 CIDRIP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DRC: 24 Ebola cases confirmed in past 72 hours

Stephanie Soucheray | News Reporter | CIDRAP News | Mar 18, 2019

The Ebola outbreak in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) grew by 24 cases today and over the weekend, including several case-contacts who refused or delayed vaccination after family members fell ill. Since Saturday, 8 new cases were reported in Katwa, 6 in Vuhovi, and 5 in Masereka. Butembo, Kyondo, and Kalunguta also reported cases. Twelve new deaths were reported, including eight community deaths. The new cases bring the outbreak total to 960 cases, including 603 deaths. A total of 172 suspected cases are still under investigation. As of today, 89,173 people have been vaccinated with Merck's VSV-EBOV, including 22,470 in Katwa, 20,956 in Beni, and 10,972 in Butembo. Family cluster in Vuhovi refused vaccination On Saturday, health officials in the DRC said the cases in Vuhovi likely came from a single family who refused follow-up care and vaccination after a family member contracted the virus. "Following the last community death in this family, several neighbors and other villagers moved and asked to be vaccinated," health officials said, also noting that eventually the family members were treated at an Ebola treatment center. The cases from Masereka are also family members of a confirmed patient who died on Mar 4. More violence reported against response Also late last week brought the fourth violent attack on response workers in the last month, this time in Biena. According to media reports, the attack took place after health workers tried to take a blood samples from a deceased man who they suspected had Ebola. A group of young people attacked the workers, and police had to shoot at a crowd, killing one person. Last week, in a press conference concerning the outbreak--now in its eighth month--World Health Organization Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, PhD, said local violence is the most detrimental factor to response efforts.

http://www.cidrap.umn.edu/news-perspective/2019/03/drc-24-ebola-cases-confirmed-past-72-hours 

:: 3-19-19 Prophecy Update :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, March 19, 2019

Recent Increase In Ebola Cases Brings Total To 960, Including 603 Deaths, TB Epidemic Hits Minnesota

DRC: 24 Ebola cases confirmed in past 72 hours The Ebola outbreak in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) grew by 24 cases today and over the weekend, including several case-contacts who refused or delayed vaccination after family members fell ill. Since Saturday, 8 new cases were reported in Katwa, 6 in Vuhovi, and 5 in Masereka. Butembo, Kyondo, and Kalunguta also reported cases. Twelve new deaths were reported, including eight community deaths. The new cases bring the outbreak total to 960 cases, including 603 deaths. A total of 172 suspected cases are still under investigation. As of today, 89,173 people have been vaccinated with Merck's VSV-EBOV, including 22,470 in Katwa, 20,956 in Beni, and 10,972 in Butembo. On Saturday, health officials in the DRC said the cases in Vuhovi likely came from a single family who refused follow-up care and vaccination after a family member contracted the virus. "Following the last community death in this family, several neighbors and other villagers moved and asked to be vaccinated," health officials said, also noting that eventually the family members were treated at an Ebola treatment center. The cases from Masereka are also family members of a confirmed patient who died on Mar 4. Also late last week brought the fourth violent attack on response workers in the last month, this time in Biena. According to media reports, the attack took place after health workers tried to take a blood samples from a deceased man who they suspected had Ebola. A group of young people attacked the workers, and police had to shoot at a crowd, killing one person. Last week, in a press conference concerning the outbreak--now in its eighth month--World Health Organization Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, PhD, said local violence is the most detrimental factor to response efforts. Tuberculosis epidemic hits Minnesota as 296 Muslim refugees are diagnosed as active – majority are Somalis Two hundred and ninety-six refugees were diagnosed with active tuberculosis (TB) between 2010 and 2014 in Minnesota, according to the Minnesota Department of Health. Seventy-one were diagnosed within one year of their arrival, while 225 were diagnosed after the first year. The number of active TB cases reported among refugees arriving in Minnesota is ten times higher than reported in any of the fourteen other states that have released refugee TB data to the public, or made it available to Breitbart News.  Minnesota’s 81 percent of TB cases diagnosed among foreign-born residents is significantly higher than the 66 percent of TB cases in the entire country that were diagnosed among foreign-born residents in 2015. As Breitbart News reported previously, one major factor in the sudden increase in the number of reported cases of TB in the United States in 2015 (the first time in 23 years the number of TB cases has increased) is the increase in the foreign-born population as a percentage of the total population during this period of time. Twenty-nine percent of the 593 foreign-born cases of active TB diagnosed in Minnesota, or 161, were attributed to Somali born migrants. Almost all Somali migrants to the United States have arrived under the federal refugee resettlement program. The state of Minnesota’s population is 5.5 million. Fox News reports the population of the Somali community in the state of Minnesota is 40,000, according to census data. The Star Tribune, citing “community leaders,” reports the Somali population in the state may be as high as 70,000, or about one percent of the state’s total population. During the five years between 2010, and 2014, 22 percent of Minnesota’s active TB cases (161 out of 732) were diagnosed among the one percent of the state’s residents born in Somalia.

The remaining 99 percent of the state’s population accounted for 78 percent of Minnesota’s active TB cases (471 out of 732). At an average cost of $17,000 for each case of successfully treated active TB, taxpayers of Minnesota paid an estimated $5 million to treat the 296 cases of active TB diagnosed among refugees between 2010 and 2014–$3 million for the 161 Somali refugees diagnosed with active TB, and an additional $2 million to treat the 132 refugees diagnosed with active TB who were not born in Somalia. During these five years, 10,128 refugees were resettled in Minnesota, according to the Department of State’s interactive website. Of these, 4,163 listed Burma as their country of origin and 3,458 listed Somalia as their country of origin. Dahir Adan, who attacked ten Americans in a mall in St. Cloud, Minnesota on September 17 before he was shot and killed by an armed off-duty police officer, was a Somali refugee who arrived in North Dakota in the 1990s and subsequently moved to Minnesota, where he was a resident at the time of his death. One particular note of concern from a health perspective is the number of refugees allowed to arrive in Minnesota with a pre-existing TB health classification who developed active TB after arriving in the United States.

Posted by Scott at Tuesday, March 19, 2019

https://prophecyupdate.blogspot.com/2019/03/recent-increase-in-ebola-cases-brings.html 

[ :: 3-11-09 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Even now, saith your Father, they plot for a one world banking system, a one world government, a one world controlled by one man, etc..

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 3-19-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With Millennials More Stressed Out Now Than Ever Before, And Mostly About Their Smartphones, What Happens When We REALLY Arrive At TEOTWAWKI?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die March 19, 2019

According to this new story over at Study Finds that the Drudge Report had linked to on Monday morning, 3 out of every 5 millennials are now in a world of hurt with life for them more stressful now than ever before. "From slow WiFi to broken phone screens to 'zero likes' on social media" their story begins, the survey of more than 2,000 millennials found that young adults are struggling to fall asleep an average of 138 nights each year due to the everyday stressors that have largely come along with the digital age we now live in. And while their list of the 'top stressors' that millennials face include some that most other Americans would agree with, such as their #1 stressor, losing a wallet or credit card, other 'stessors' that millennials find aggravating include such menial and every day things as: Washing Dishes. Choosing what clothes to wear. That pesky ole 'check engine' light coming on and 'forgetting passwords'. And while 6 of the top 20 'stressors' that millennials face tie directly in to their ever present smartphones while NONE of their top 'stressors' include such very real potential events as: the electrical grid going down for a lengthy period of time, World War 3 breaking out in America, total economic collapse or any number of other different TEOTWAWKI scenarios, we thought we'd take a look within this story at what might happen if we REALLY arrive at a SHTF scenario with so many young Americans so stressed out already. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep independent journalism alive.) As we had reported on ANP back in January of 2017, according to a disaster preparedness survey conducted that year, 47% of respondents actually believed that their cell phone was one of the most important 'survival tools' to have in a catastrophic situation. Obviously not bothering to take into account that if the electrical grid goes down and power is off across the region, state or country, most cell phones and cell phone towers are not going to be working anyways, what happens when those millennials who are totally dependent upon their phones for just about everything no longer have them available for anything? And what good would that smartphone do them anyways in most SHTF/TEOTWAWKI scenarios? Unless that phone can fire off rounds, build fires, cut wood, cook food, negotiate, fight, gather water or accomplish any other number of different tasks, having a smart phone in a real grid down, SHTF scenario is having another totally useless object just getting in the way. Yet as Market Watch reported back on June 21st of 2016, 39% of millennials engage more with their smartphones than they do with 'real' human beings, including their lovers, parents, friends, children or co-workers: "It’s not your imagination; Millennials really are glued to their smartphones". Yet what will happen if and when those phones become totally useless?

As this previously mentioned Study Finds story points out, with 6 out of the top 20 'stressors' that the average millennial faces in 2019 already tied to their cell phones, a REAL TEOTWAWKI scenario will surely bring stress like they've never known. Here are the top 20 stressful scenarios reported by millennials (ANP: Those 'stressors' directly tied to their phones in red):

1. Losing wallet/credit card

2. Arguing with partner

3. Commute/traffic delays

4. Losing phone

5. Arriving late to work

6. Slow WiFi

7. Phone battery dying

8. Forgetting passwords

9. Credit card fraud

10. Forgetting phone charger

11. Losing/misplacing keys

12. Paying bills

13. Job interviews

14. Phone screen breaking

15. Credit card bills

16. Check engine light coming on

17. School loan payments

18. Job security

19. Choosing what to wear

20. Washing dishes

And as Susan Duclos had reported on ANP just a month ago back on February 19th, should suddenly and without warning, we arrive at a TEOTWAWKI scenario in the days, months or years ahead, perhaps tens of millions of Americans may quickly find that their supply of psychological medications will come to an end as well should 'normal' no longer return. As Susan had pointed out in her story titled "When SHTF, What Happens To Those On Psychiatric Drugs When They Run Out? Prepping Should Include Natural Ways Of Dealing With People Suffering From Stress, Anxiety & Withdrawal", there are currently at least 80 million Americans who are taking psychiatric drugs regularly in 2018, nearly double those taking them only a few years before, with over 7 million of those taking psychiatric drugs being minors. Leaving 72 to 73 million adults currently on psychiatric medications, Susan warned "Should the SHTF scenario in question be a nationwide catastrophic event, then running to the pharmacy for a refill will not be in the cards, meaning that within the first month or two, there will be tens of millions of people running out of their psychiatric medications." And with 10's of millions of millennials already stressing themselves out over their smartphones, their smartphone batteries, their smartphone signals and their smartphone screens breaking, what happens when all hell breaks loose across America, their smartphones no longer work to tell them what to do and their psychiatric meds have run out? As Patriarch Kirill of the Russian Orthodox Church recently stated of the link between 'smartphones' and 'the anti-christ' , Patriarch Kirill warned "the antichrist will control humans through 'gadgets'". While Patriarch Kirill also stated then that he's not totally opposed to modern technologies, his words of warning when discussing smartphones and thinking about everything else that we've discussed within this ANP story tell us his words warrant extra attention. From the Moscow Times.: The leader of the Russian Orthodox Church has said that humans’ dependence on modern technology will result in the coming of the Antichrist. In an interview with Russian state media, Patriarch Kirill explained he does not entirely oppose gadgets, but warned against “falling into slavery” to smartphones. Patriarch Kirill said that the collection of user data including “location, interests and fears” will make it possible for humans to be controlled by external forces. “Control from a single point is a harbinger of the coming of the Antichrist,” Kirill told the state-run Rossia-1 TV network on Orthodox Christmas Monday. “The Antichrist is a personality that will be at the head of the world wide web controlling the entire human race. Thus, the structure itself presents a danger,” he said. The church leader stressed that “if we don’t want to bring the apocalypse closer, there should be no single [control and access] center.” Yet despite Patriarch Kirill's warning, as we've seen in China and now spreading rapidly all across the planet in 2019, a single system of control is being established, with 'artificial intelligence' watching every move of the Chinese people, blocking some from traveling on trains or airplanes as their nation grows increasingly totalitarian, and sending a loud and clear warning to us all here in America. Like something out of the science fiction TV show "Person of Interest", what we're now watching in China was described by this Forbes article as both 'Orwellian' and something out of the science fiction TV show 'Black Mirror' yet all we need to do is take a look at what's happening in China right now to get a look at what the globalists see for America. Yet according to the Pew Research Center, 92% of 'millennials' who are now stressing out big time own smartphones, with 73% of them believing the internet is 'mostly good' for society. Yet why do millions of millennials embrace the kinds of Orwellian technologies being unveiled in China? Interesting fact: 'Peer pressure' has led to nearly 40% of millennials actually going into debt over their social lives, with many spending money they don't have just to keep up with their 'friends'. So with millions of America's younger generation stressing out like never before and our nation having not even arrived yet at a REAL SHTF scenario, we can only imagine what might happen once 'the end of the world as we know it' really arrives and those millions of Americans who are completely dependent upon their smartphones for just about everything are forced into a 'cold turkey smartphone withdrawal' when the world is REALLY falling apart all around them.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Stress_Mess_Millennials_Freak_Out_Now_What_Happens_SHTF.php 

:: 3-18-19 The Outline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Belief in aliens could be America’s next religion

‘American Cosmic’ explores how the once-fringe phenomenon has taken root among the powerful.

By Clare Coffey Mar—18—2019 09:16AM EST

The aliens have landed. Or at least, they’re about to. That’s a reasonable takeaway when a renowned Harvard astronomer publicly declares, without apparent fear of repercussion, that he believes an alien spaceship may be orbiting our planet. Belief in the little green men (or tall, suspiciously Nordic, hyper-enlightened space brethren, depending on whose accounts you believe) has long been a one-way ticket to social disrepute. It belongs to the chainsmoking Nevada diner waitress, the virginal malcontent reading anti-Semitic lizard people websites in his mother’s basement, the aunt whose minivan is littered with pamphlets on lesser-known Marian apparitions and dire end-times prophecies, the bearded ’70s peace-and-love guru who later turned out to be a sex criminal. It is precisely three steps above joining the Black Hebrew Israelites. But that seems to be changing. A new book by D.W. Pasulka — professor and chair of the department of philosophy and religion at the University of North Carolina Wilmington — American Cosmic: UFOs Religion, and Technology, focuses not on grassroots investigative societies or marginal cults, but on UFO believers in the halls of power. Her narrative begins on a drive through the hills with pioneering computer scientist, venture capitalist, and ufologist Jacques Vallee. “Silicon Valley is full of secrets,” he tells her. It ends in the Vatican Secret Archives (alas, not because the Ultimate Clue lies steganographically hidden in a Templar codex). Along the way, Pasulka meets “Tyler,” a biomedical technology mogul associated with the U.S. space program. Tyler is the most curious part of a curious book. Like most of the scientists, government researchers, and tech giants Pasulka quotes, Tyler’s real name remains a secret. But Pasulka has presumably done scholarly due diligence on his background, which would otherwise be hard to believe: Tyler has over 40 biotech patents to his name, many of which he believes were communicated to him by non-human intelligence. He works in a government program where, according to him, the kind of intricate security-clearance labyrinths one might find in an X-Files episode are the norm. “I don’t know who is responsible for putting me on these jobs. I think that somehow they are responsible for it. My own direct boss doesn’t know what I do. This is how the program works.” Pasulka describes him breezing through airports without getting stopped by security: “We arrived at the airport, and Tyler sailed right past security, past first class, past economy class, and out the other side. He seemed to be literally beyond the law.” His name unlocks doors at the Vatican. In his official capacity as a researcher with the U.S. space program, one of his roles is merely to be at certain places at certain times — his superiors believe, apparently that his physical presence produces certain outcomes at experiments and rocket launches. “Certain outcomes,” is frustrating circumlocution, but it embodies a tension fundamental to the book. Pasulka documents the end of a long cultural shift regarding UFOs, as it moves from a marginal fringe to a major belief system. Part of this shift is what Jacques Vallee calls the “Invisible College,” the network of credentialed, well-placed researchers seriously investigating the phenomenon. “The phenomenon” is Vallee’s carefully neutral term for the collection of commonly attested events and effects that make up “UFO” sightings. The term is useful for those trying to apply a scientific or scholarly framework, because it makes no claims about the origins. And in fact, Vallee does not believe that what people commonly identify as extraterrestrials actually come from space. Vallee is agnostic on their actual origins, but at various points has posited that they may be some sort of window into another dimension, or an illusion created for psychological manipulation. To decent Romans, Christianity was a weird and possibly sorcerous cult practiced by rednecks and illiterates — until suddenly it was the force behind the empire. The social credibility of the “invisible college” could potentially lend a valuable gravitas to belief in the phenomenon, if they were to come forward. But for now, stigma or the protocols of the member’s work enforce silence and anonymity. At a moment where the UFO is betwixt and between — almost, but not quite ready for uncontroversial discussion in polite society — Pasulka finds that circumlocution, pseudonymity, and privacy militate against the academic virtues of transparency and exact citation trails. This dynamic creates a frustrating opacity for the reader: it’s often unclear which of the wilder parts of Tyler’s story she has confirmed independently. However, none of this secrecy necessarily suggests a conspiracy, unless it’s the same conspiracy that has dogged every system that moved from marginal belief to massive social leverage. To decent Romans, Christianity was a weird and possibly sorcerous cult practiced by rednecks and illiterates — until suddenly it was the force behind the empire. The Mormons were unwelcome freaks who believed in seer stones, indigenous American Israelites, and polygamy. Now they’re the face of clean-cut American success west of the Rockies. Polling shows that 35 percent of Americans believe that extraterrestrials came to earth in the past, and 26 percent believe that aliens have visited in modern times. This in itself does not necessarily make a new religion. Americans also believe, to varying degrees, in ghosts, Atlantis, and telekinesis. But according to Pasulka, UFO beliefs display other classic indicators of religion: sacred sites, sacred revelations, and testimony by credible witnesses to miraculous events. At one point, Pasulka travels to an unnamed site in New Mexico. Accompanying her are Tyler and Pasulka’s own colleague “James,” an astrophysicist at a prestigious university, and not only a UFO believer, but a repeat contactee. (He finds the phenomenon unwelcome, and describes it as something that in earlier times would be called “demonic.”) The unidentified mesa is allegedly the site of a spacecraft crash many years ago. Tyler has obtained special permission for the two academics to visit and look for artifacts, on the condition that they travel blindfolded. The sense of sci-fi melodrama does not decrease from there. The researchers do in fact find an artifact, a piece of material that shuts down an airport luggage scanner on the way home. “The material looked like crumpled tinfoil that was also a type of fabric. It was clumped with dirt and debris.” Pasulka cannot shake the suspicion that it was planted for her to find, that the whole thing was a setup. Eventually though, a team of scientists determines that the object is highly anomalous, unlike any known material on earth. “In religious studies, this would be a miracle, either a miraculous object or a miraculous event, such as a healing. Of course, this is not how Tyler and James would speak about the site, but it is my assessment. The sites in New Mexico function as the sacred sites of a new religion… They are the places of a hierophany, where non-human beings descended to earth and left us a ‘donation’ as James, chuckling, once called it.” A hierophany is a revelation of a sacred being, and Pasulka is not the first to make the connection between the descent of glowing saucers and glowing angels. Erich von Dänikan’s Chariot of The Gods gave rise to the cheerfully mendacious Ancient Aliens, which re-interprets almost every major ancient civilization’s religious and cultural legacy as the work of visiting extraterrestrials. Despite the undeniable goofiness of (and racist assumptions involved in) Giorgio A. Tsoukalos’ project, the “biblical UFO hermeneutic” has become popular. Adherents point to the Bible’s more bizarre manifestations of divine presence as indications that the Abrahamic religions are built on misidentified extraterrestrial encounters. For instance, Ezekiel’s wheel, traditionally believed to be revelation of the ineffable and awful Lord of hosts, is better understood as a spaceship. To the degree that alien religion is parasitic on established scriptures and traditions, it resembles what sociologist Daniel O’Keefe calls a magical protest sect. These sects arise when dominant organized religion feels too restrictive or lifeless. They expropriate aspects of the religions they protest, and repurpose them in ways that allow participants to directly manipulate the sacred. Thus, there’s no need to submit to restrictive ethical codes or interact with desiccated or corrupt ecclesial bureaucracies. You can “call down” UFOs from the skies yourself, as one of Pasulka’s interviewees does. Or, like Tyler, you can develop a personal protocol that will allow you to “interface” with a higher intelligence and creative source. “I basically believe, and there is evidence for this, that our DNA is a receptor and a transmitter,” he claims. “It works at a certain frequency — The same frequency, in fact, that we use to communicate with satellites in deep space. Humans are a type of satellite, in fact. So, in order to receive the signals and to transmit the signals, we have to tune our physical bodies and DNA. Because of this, I make sure I sleep really well… I rarely drink alcohol, as it interferes with my sleep, and I never drink coffee. Coffee really messes up the signal.” That Tyler’s ascetic protocol is bio-technical does not make it any less magical. Arthur C. Clarke’s famous dictum, that all sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic, cuts the other way as well: Magic can be understood as the human capacity for technology applied to the sacred. It would be surprising if Silicon Valley ever found something more worthy of worship than itself. Pasulka’s book makes the argument that the religion of the UFO is also the religion of technology, and it is a convincing one. In part, this refers to technology’s role in disseminating and popularizing the UFO encounter. Pop culture hits like Star Wars, 2001: A Space Odyssey and The X-Files have provided a narrative structure that patterns individual experiences of inexplicable phenomena, the way that a Catholic’s mystical experiences might be patterned and interpreted through the lens of Church Doctrine. If media experiences of the UFO account were limited to a few blockbusters, it’s hard to see how it could have the effects Pasulka claims. But the advent of micro-media platforms like YouTube and the rise of faux-documentarian investigations in the style of the History channel have compounded the Hollywood effect by orders of magnitude. Any scammer with a camera or hustler with an eye for the weird can simulate strange lights and speeding objects, or cut together unsourced footage glossed with their own theories. And they do, in spades, to the endless dismay of serious investigators. All religions depend in some way on technology: The relationship between the Protestant reformation and the Gutenberg printing press is a historical cliché. American Cosmic argues that for an alien religion to succeed, the screen is not merely an incidental component. It is both the organizing structure that defines the content of the religion, and the point of contact between believers and their object of worship: It is the synagogue, the madrasa, the tabernacle, the church. There is, however, another way that the UFO religion may be a religion of technology. More than one person has pointed out that alien accounts have some odd similarities with older fairy folklore: the strange lights, the miniature people, the domestic disturbances, the appearances and disappearances. But the most relevant point may be that fairies were often described as mimicking the appearance and behavior of the landed aristocracy. Tall, beautiful, and amoral, they spent their time hunting, dancing, and fighting. They did not take it kindly if you trespassed on their land. These days, the nearest most of us peasants get to wealth and power is using the technology that makes billionaires of the people who own it. Accounts of immensely powerful visitors with technology beyond the comprehension of ordinary humanity, whose inventions do strange things to the mind, who collect human tissue for their own purposes: These could certainly describe exterrestrial visitors. But you need go no farther than Palo Alto to find an equally plausible referent. If alien beliefs are an emerging religion, they may be an attempt to propitiate and manage anxiety around the strange new gods venture capital has created. The fact that Pasulka’s book heavily features the tech elite as prime examples of alien belief does not detract from this hypothesis; it would be surprising if Silicon Valley ever found something more worthy of worship than itself. Whether ufology will fully morph into what we currently recognize as religion is still an open question. For one thing, the completion of the process would detract from its current appeal. Pasulka points out that the now-famous dictum “I want to believe” is a credo for agnostics: Belief is never foreclosed, but always postponed. Alien belief allows for a crowded, living cosmos filled with the wild supernatural, but the exact shape of that supernatural always remains slightly out of reach. It provides a language of longing for something — an angelic visitor, the complete fulfillment of our own technological potential, revelation about the nature of the universe — which remains elusive. Still, there are signs that alien belief is poised to become one of the world’s ethical religions. Alien beliefs often implicate the world in wickedness and call for repentance — many accounts of alien contacts include calls for an end to war and an increase in peaceful human cooperation. A recent New York Times op-ed used an alien invasion as a model for thinking about climate change. Perhaps in a hundred years or so a new sect will emerge in a desertified wasteland, one devoted to the strange signs in the skies that once warned us of catastrophe. Perhaps, with fear and hope, its adherents will look to the skies for a promised return. Their worship will conclude with a reiteration of the sacred promise: The aliens are coming. Maranatha.

https://theoutline.com/post/7215/american-cosmic-review-aliens-are-extremely-real?zd=3&zi=7sfzmznn 

:: 3-19-19 All News Pipline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'IneptOcrats' Formally Known As Democrats Have Gone Full-On Socialism And Those That Escaped Brutal Socialist Regimes Are Appalled

March 19, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

So far there are 13 confirmed Democrat 'IneptOcrat' candidates for the 2020 presidential election, with three others having formed exploratory committees, with others, such as former VP Joe Biden maybe being a possible, probable candidates, all of them running on platforms that seemingly conform to the policies of one of the newest members of the House of Representatives, the one that is a self-declared socialist, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. SOCIALIST & COMMUNIST PLATFORMS One of the newer names running as an "ineptOcrat" is Andrew Yang who thinks running on a platform that includes handing $1,000 to every American adult, which would cost the U.S. approximately $4 trillion a year, is a practical idea. We have Kamala Harris, Cory Booker, Bernie Sanders, Elizabeth Warren and others have all touted "medicare for all." Elizabeth Warren even ventured into the "pay reparations" to African Americans because of slavery that ended over a century ago, well until polling showed that the majority of Americans don't like that idea, now she doesn't want to discuss the issue. Kamala Harris and Julian Castro also waded into that reparations minefield. Almost all the IneptOcrat candidates have signed on to support the "Green New Deal," which in it's initial roll-out, where the FAQ page for it was plastered on Ocasio-Cortez's website (before it was promptly removed after people saw the ridiculous things within), included things like eliminating "farting cows," and airplane travel. Of course she later claimed that a "draft," had been uploaded accidentally, yet that doesn't address the fact that they actually had a draft that included eliminating cow farts and plane travel. Those are just the tip of the iceberg as to how far towards socialism the 'IneptOcrats' are leaning these days. The term "IneptOcrats" was brought to my attention by Twitchy, and it fits so well, I decided to use it, with a hat tip to Twitter user Mo Mo, who provided a longer list of positions one or more of the presidential contenders, and party leadership are pushing for.

Democrat platform proposals:

-Abolish the Electoral College

-Expand SCOTUS

-Make the Senate representative of population

-Let 16 year olds vote

-Have a policy suggestion box

-Massive wealth redistribution through tax and envt'l policy

-Reparations

-Permit killing viable babies

She then followed that up with the following statement "Basically, more direct democracy followed by punitive, top down government fiat by bloated ineptocrats. Seems like a winner." She had a lot more to say, so click over to Twitchy and read through her thread, she makes excellent points. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep independent journalism alive.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/Cortez_Officially_The_Face_Of_Ineptocrats.php 

:: 3-19-19 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SUPREME COURT GIVES TRUMP HUGE IMMMIGRATION WIN

3-19-19

The Supreme Court has ruled that the government does not have to arrest immigrants immediately after their release from detention in order to begin the deportation process. The ruling gives Trump and his administration a huge win. According to Fox News: The ruling that federal immigration authorities can detain immigrants awaiting deportation anytime after they have been released from prison on criminal charges represents a victory for President Trump. In the case before the justices, a group of mostly green card holders argued that unless immigrants were picked up immediately after finishing their prison sentence, they should get a hearing to argue for their release while deportation proceedings go forward. But in the 5-4 decision on Tuesday, the Supreme Court ruled against them, deciding that federal immigration officials can detain undocumented immigrants at any time after their release from local or state custody. The court also ruled the government maintains broad discretion to decide who would represent a danger to the community in deciding who to release or detain. During oral arguments in October the Trump administration argued that given the limited money and manpower available, it was nearly impossible for the federal government to immediately detain every immigrant upon their release from custody. Associate Justice Samuel Alito wrote the majority opinion, stating that "neither the statute's text nor its structure" supported the immigrants' argument. The court's conservative justices sided with the Trump administration, which argued as the Obama administration did, against hearings for those convicted of crimes and affected by the law.

Brett Kavanaugh wrote a concurring opinion in the case and was joined by Chief Justice John Roberts doing the same.

Read more at http://trumptrainnews.com/articles/supreme-court-gives-trump-huge-immigration-win#qM2YK2CPMrwEogAt.99 

http://www.fourwinds10.com/siterun_data/government/judicial_and_courts/news.php?q=1553092974

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 3-19-19 The End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s Happening – The Most Dangerous Volcano In North America Just Erupted And Shot Ash Nearly A Mile Into The Sky

March 19, 2019 by Michael Snyder

A lot of us have been watching Mt. Popocatepetl for a very long time. Could it be possible that we are now on the verge of the most destructive volcanic eruption in the modern history of North America? On Monday night at precisely 9:38 PM, a massive explosion at Mt. Popocatepetl sent a column of volcanic ash nearly a mile into the sky. A “yellow alert warning” has been issued by the authorities, and they are ordering everyone to stay at least 12 kilometers away from the crater. They are stressing that the threat has not passed, and as you will see below, an evacuation plan is in place in case an even larger eruption follows. And if a much larger eruption does follow, the devastation could be off the charts. Mexico City is only 43 miles away from Mt. Popocatepetl, and approximately 25 million people live within a 60 mile radius of the crater. The explosion on Monday night was definitely a wake up call. According to media reports, it was “loud enough to shake doors and windows of houses in the city of Puebla”… Mexico’s Popocatepetl volcano erupted late on Monday, hurling incandescent rock about 1.5 miles down its slopes and sending ash into the night sky near the nation’s capital. The explosion, one of the volcano’s largest eruptions in years, was heard from nearby communities and was loud enough to shake doors and windows of houses in the city of Puebla, according to local media. Mt. Popocatepetl has been increasingly active in recent months, and authorities are concerned that all of this activity could be leading up to something really big. In fact, it is being reported that they are “currently preparing for the worst case scenarios”… Local authorities are currently preparing for the worst case scenarios and haven’t ruled out more eruptions in the near future. In preparations, they have drafted a special operational plan allowing for quick evacuation of locals in case of any future emergencies.  Popocatepetl exploded earlier this week but had remained calm over the past several days as it only emitted water vapour, gas and a small amount of ash. So what would a “worst case scenario” for Mt. Popocatepetl look like? Well, scientists tell us that the volcano is capable of producing a “catastrophic Plinian eruption”… Popocatépetl is considered the most threatening volcano in North America, in terms of explosive activity and population threat. Its current low- or moderate-scale eruptive behavior can switch relatively quickly to a large, catastrophic Plinian eruption, the largest and most violent of all the types of volcanic eruptions, according to the volcanologists at the National History Museum. If you have never heard of a “Plinian eruption” before, here is Wikipedia’s definition… Plinian eruptions or Vesuvian eruptions are volcanic eruptions marked by their similarity to the eruption of Mount Vesuvius in 79 AD, which destroyed the ancient Roman cities of Herculaneum and Pompeii. The eruption was described in a letter written by Pliny the Younger, after the death of his uncle Pliny the Elder. Plinian/Vesuvian eruptions are marked by columns of volcanic debris and hot gases ejected high into the stratosphere, the second layer of Earth’s atmosphere. The key characteristics are ejection of large amount of pumice and very powerful continuous gas-driven eruptions. According to the Volcanic Explosivity Index, Plinian eruptions have a VEI of 4, 5 or 6, sub-Plinian 3 or 4, and ultra-Plinian 6, 7 or 8. Short eruptions can end in less than a day, but longer events can take several days or even months. The longer eruptions begin with production of clouds of volcanic ash, sometimes with pyroclastic surges. The amount of magma erupted can be so large that it depletes the magma chamber below, causing the top of the volcano to collapse, resulting in a caldera. We are talking about a disaster that could potentially kill millions. In the Aztec language, Popocatepetl literally means “smoking mountain”, but to most of the locals the volcano is simply known as “Don Goyo”. In ancient times, it produced giant tsunamis of super heated mud that completely buried entire Aztec cities. The following is an excerpt from one of my previous articles… Historians tell us that Popocatepetl had a dramatic impact on the ancient Aztecs. Giant mud flows produced by massive eruptions covered entire Aztec cities. In fact, some of these mud flows were so large that they buried entire pyramids in super-heated mud. But we haven’t witnessed anything like that in any of our lifetimes, so it is hard to even imagine devastation of that magnitude. In addition to Mexico City’s mammoth population, there are millions of others that live in the surrounding region. Overall, there are about 25 million people that live in the immediate vicinity of Popocatepetl. Thankfully, we haven’t seen a major eruption of the volcano in modern times, but at some point that will change. Considering what this volcano is capable of doing, I simply don’t understand why there was so little coverage of this massive explosion on Monday by the mainstream media in the United States. I guess they didn’t have any room after allocating front page space to the powerball jackpot and the ongoing drama surrounding Wendy Williams. We live at a time when our planet is becoming increasingly unstable, and many believe that the shaking is only going to get worse. Mt. Popocatepetl had been dormant for a very long time before it started becoming active again in the 1990s. Now it has apparently entered an extremely active phase, and we know that it is capable of producing a catastrophic Plinian eruption. So let’s keep a very close eye on Mt. Popocatepetl, because a Plinian eruption so close to Mexico City would be a disaster far worse than anything that any of us have ever seen.

About the author: Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/its-happening-the-most-dangerous-volcano-in-north-america-just-erupted-and-shot-ash-nearly-a-mile-into-the-sky 

:: 3-21-19 Total Rehash.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea In-Play . . . Two B-52’s Moved from Guam to Japan

March 21, 2019 admin

Watch North Korea closely; things are suddenly in-play there in a bad way. INTENSE intelligence activities around North Korea; numerous military SIG-INT aircraft in the air from Republic of Korea (South Korea). Possible Missile Launch pending. Rain at launch site right now, possibly causing delay.

SKYKING Emergency Action Message (EAM) transmitted to all US military via Global High Frequency Radio System . . . Two B-52h Stratofortress Aircraft (Nuclear capable) deployed from Guam to Japan; very peculiar development. Serious UPDATES TO FOLLOW . . . CHECK BACK This will be a topic on tonight’s Hal Turner Radio Show which begins at 9:00 PM eastern US time tonight (Wednesday, March 20, 2019 Tune-in on Global High Frequency stations WBCQ on 7.490 or 5.130 MHz (AM) or WRMI on 9.455 MHz (AM). Also simulcast live here on the net using the LISTEN LIVE button on the menu bar above.

UPDATE 3:52 AM EDT — Early Warning aircraft now in flight, 30,000 feet above South Korea . . SPY PLANE @ 60,000 FEET!

U2-S Signals Intelligence Aircraft sent over Korean Peninsula ! ! ! Call Sign: “Dragon Lady” Track: Classified. 4:01 AM EDT — 2 USAF RC-135 intel-gathering platforms, 2 USAF U2 spy planes, 1 P-8 Poseidon, & now 1 USAF E3 AWACS (Airborne Early Warning and Control) platform (plus earlier an ROK E737 Peace Eagle AEW&C) airborne above South Korea/in the AO Now… pretty interesting night

High level North Korean ambassadors were called back from the UN, China and Russia as well.

4:04 AM EDT– FLASH: Trump shut down an effort by Stephen Biegun to reestablish a back channel through the North’s United Nations mission in New York, according to four U.S. and South Korean officials.

4:27 AM EDT– Russian military moving high level command staff to Vladivostok . . .

http://totalrehash.com/north-korea-in-play-two-b-52s-moved-from-guam-to-japan/ 

:: 3-20-19 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Central Banks Going Long Gold – Andrew Maguire

By Greg Hunter On March 20, 2019 In Market Analysis 145 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com

World renowned precious metals expert Andrew Maguire says pay attention to the new rule that goes into effect at the end of March that will allow gold to become fully valued and monetized as a tier 1 asset for banks around the world. Maguire explains, “Basel III is coming into effect in less than two weeks from now, and it will effectively remonetize physical gold. Of course, that is a big deal. While the synthetic players shuffle chips in this siloed CME casino, the insider bullion banks are positioning for higher gold prices. That is it right there. Bottom line is what are the big boys doing?” So, is it safe to say central banks and big banks are going long gold? Maguire says, “They’re all going long gold. Why is that? It is because they are already allocating gold for their own house accounts. . . . The minute the global physical markets see unallocated positions are being mark to market at a certain price, the physical market will explode. There will be a gap higher, and the offer to sell physical will rise to a point where someone is actually willing to sell it. . . . I think you are going to see in a few days that it will suit the bullion banks to have a higher price than a lower price. . . . At some point, they are going to want a higher price, and we all know why. There are trillions of dollars of derivatives and unbacked zero value intrinsic assets out there in the market place, and someone has to settle this stuff. It is not going to be settled without a much higher gold price.” Maguire goes on to say, “Look at platinum, it’s a vertical rise. What is that? That is a physically driven short squeeze. People look at it and say it must be speculation. It’s not speculation. It was a massive short position just like in silver and just like in gold, but more so in silver. What we are seeing is a relentless drive to cover. We are going to see a similar situation (in gold and silver). What is that price? You are already seeing that with the LBMA projecting $1,530 per ounce in gold for this year. . . . It amazes me that people are not seeing this massive tectonic event. It’s going to be a shock, but I think it is part of a central plan move to revalue gold. It has to.” Maguire says watch silver for an extreme spike to the upside. Maguire says, “Silver is going to break out. I think $50 per ounce is a joke. I think it’s going to be substantially higher than that. It’s not going to be a question of how you can run into resistance with silver. It’s going to be how much physical is available. It’s going to be a heck of a lot higher when you start to have a run on the price.”

Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with precious metals expert Andrew Maguire.

https://usawatchdog.com/central-banks-going-long-gold-andrew-maguire/ 

:: 3-19-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Seattle is Dying

257,429 views KOMO News Published on Mar 19, 2019

KOMO's Eric Johnson explores the impact the drug and homelessness problem is having on our city and possible solutions in "Seattle is Dying."

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bpAi70WWBlw 

:: 3-19-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Germany says it will abandon its NATO spending commitments and invest even less than promised, sparking US anger after Trump criticised European allies for expecting a free ride

Berlin's latest budget will see defence spending drop well below two per cent

Donald Trump has accused Germany of freeloading on U.S. military might

Washington's ambassador in Berlin said planned cuts were a 'worrisome signal'

But Angela Merkel said Germany would not cut aid to raise its military outlays

By Tim Stickings For Mailonline and Afp Published: 10:44 EDT, 19 March 2019 | Updated: 21:47 EDT, 19 March 2019

Germany's military spending is set to fall below its NATO targets, in the latest flashpoint in Berlin's long-running row with Washington. The latest German budget plans, revealed on Monday, will see defence spending drop well below the two per cent of GDP expected from NATO members. U.S. ambassador Richard Grenell said the cuts were a 'worrisome signal', while President Donald Trump has repeatedly accused Germany of freeloading on U.S. military might. But German Chancellor Angela Merkel rejected the U.S. criticism, saying Germany will not cut foreign aid to raise military spending. U.S. ambassador to Germany Richard Grenell, pictured in Geneva yesterday, said Berlin's planned defence cuts were a 'worrisome signal' Merkel said today that 'we will continue our effort' in terms of raising defence spending, 'but not at the expense of development aid'. 'We have always said that we're headed in the direction of two percent, and that by 2024 we will reach 1.5 per cent,' she said. 'I can understand that this is not enough for the American President, it's not enough for many European allies.' During the 2016 presidential campaign Trump said some NATO allies were 'getting a free ride', calling it 'unfair'. Germany's finance ministry had yesterday presented its budget planning for coming years, which signalled a drop. It said defence spending would first rise to 1.37 percent of gross domestic product in 2020 but then likely fall back to 1.25 percent by 2023. U.S. President Donald Trump (left) has repeatedly accused Berlin of freeloading on Washington's military might but Angela Merkel (right) rejected the American criticism While German defence spending went up from $45 billion to $50 billion last year, the growing economy meant the figure relative to GDP stayed flat at 1.23 percent. U.S. Ambassador Richard Grenell - who has criticised Germany on issues from its Iran policy to proposals to use telecom equipment by China's Huawei - was quick to comment on the projection. 'NATO members clearly pledged to move towards, not away from, two percent by 2024,' he said, referring to a goal set at a 2014 alliance summit. 'That the German government would even be considering reducing its already unacceptable commitments to military readiness is a worrisome signal to Germany's 28 NATO Allies.' Grenell's latest reprimand sparked anger in Berlin. Social Democratic MP Carsten Schneider labelled Grenell a 'total diplomatic failure' and the liberal FDP party's Wolfgang Kubicki even demanded the envoy be expelled. In 2018 Washington spent nearly $700 billion on defence, compared with just $280 billion for all the European NATO allies combined.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6826601/Germany-says-abandon-NATO-spending-commitments.html

:: 3--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

REBELLION: Second Amendment Sanctuary Cities, Counties, and STATES Spring Up Across the Country

By Dagny Taggart

Sanctuary cities aren’t just for immigrants anymore. A growing number of states, counties, cities, and towns are declaring themselves “Second Amendment Sanctuaries” and are refusing to enforce gun-control laws that infringe on the Constitutional right to keep and bear arms. While adopting ordinances and resolutions to defy gun laws isn’t a new tactic, momentum is rapidly building – likely in response to increasing calls for more gun control at state and federal levels. Sheriffs in several states say they will NOT enforce gun control laws. Sanctuary counties and towns are passing resolutions that state no funding will be used to enforce unconstitutional laws and that the sheriff will uphold his oath to the Constitution instead of enforcing laws that violate the Second Amendment. County sheriffs are, legally speaking, the last line of defense in the battle for gun rights: Federal agencies do not have state powers. Due to the Constitution’s structure of dual sovereignty, the feds have no authority to enforce state laws. Furthermore, states cannot be compelled to enforce federal laws. (source) Here’s a rundown of the states with jurisdictions that have adopted Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions. Colorado In Colorado, 23 out of 64 counties have adopted Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions, and others are considering implementing similar resolutions. Legislators and sheriffs in the state are pushing back against House Bill 19-1177, a red flag bill that will likely become law soon. For a full analysis and critique of this bill, give this a read: Kopel and Greenlee: Plenty of red flags in Colorado’s ‘extreme risk’ protection order bill. Officially called Extreme Risk Protection Orders (ERPO), “red flag” laws permit police, healthcare providers, or family members to petition a state court to order the temporary removal of firearms from a person who may present a danger to others or themselves. Weld County recently joined the growing list of counties in Colorado that have passed Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions in response to the impending red flag law. Commissioner Barbara Kirkmeyer, one of HB 19-1177’s harshest critics, said “The severity of this bill cannot be overstated. The name of this bill is the Extreme Risk Protection Orders. I think that’s a façade, and I think it’s fraudulent. I think actually, this bill should have been titled: ‘The Extreme Order to Confiscate Your Firearms, Eliminate Due Process, and Violate your Constitutional Rights Bill.” Weld County Sheriff Steve Reams agrees: “The bill is so riddled with constitutional problems that it makes it hard to understand how professional lawmakers could have constructed something so terrible,” Reams said, adding the bill, “raises some serious concerns about due process, in that a person can have their guns taken away and their rights violated, all without ever having a chance to appear in an initial court hearing and cross examine accusers and witnesses in person. In legal terms, this is an exparte hearing.” (source)

Reams added that one of the biggest problems with the law is it does not address actual mental health issues – it only allows for guns to be taken away, leaving the person in the same position and without medical help. Illinois To date, 63 out of 102 counties or municipalities in Illinois have adopted Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions, and more are expected. Maryland To date, 3 out of 23 counties have adopted Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions. Nevada Sheriffs in Nye County and Eureka County have said they oppose new gun laws in the state and will not enforce them. Nye County Sheriff Sharon Wehrly and Sheriff Jesse Watts of Eureka County both wrote separate letters to Sisolak and Attorney General Aaron Ford expressing their opposition to the law. “In Germany prior to WWII, we saw Hitler place restrictions on the public’s right to bear arms,” Wehrly said in his letter. “I agree with Sheriff Watts. I will not participate in the enforcement of this new law and certainly won’t stand silent.” Watts wrote in his letter that he would not stand by while “citizens are turned into criminals due to the unconstitutional actions of misguided politicians.” (source) Elko County may soon join Nye and Eureka – commissioners there plan to vote on a resolution to become a Second Amendment sanctuary county at a meeting on March 20. New Mexico When New Mexico’s new Democratic governor, Michelle Lujan Grisham, was sworn into office on January 1, Democrats in the state rushed to expand gun control. Those bills were met with opposition from most of New Mexico’s sheriffs: Of the 33 sheriffs in the state, 29 have voiced disapproval of the package of anti-gun legislation by issuing a declaration through the state sheriffs’ association, stating that the “rush to react to the violence by proposing controls on guns is ill-conceived and is truly a distraction to the real problems proliferating violence in our counties and our state.” (source) New York After the NY SAFE Act was passed in 2013, some New York counties passed resolutions in opposition. There are currently 52 out of 62 counties with such resolutions, and the New York State Sheriffs Association sued to block the law. North Carolina Just days ago, a county in North Carolina joined the resistance: Cherokee County passed the three-page resolution with a slim 3-2 vote, after resolution author Dan Eichenbaum told fellow commissioners that the “first thing dictators do is confiscate guns,” reported the Cherokee Scout. Among the provisions is a warning that Cherokee County “will not authorize or appropriate government funds, resources, employees, agencies, contractors, buildings, detention centers or offices for the purpose of enforcing…laws, orders, mandates, rules or regulations that infringe on the right by the people to keep and bear arms.” (source) Oregon Of the 36 counties in the state, 13 have adopted Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions, and there are surely more to come, according to a recent report by Reuters: Organizers in Oregon plan to put even more defiant “sanctuary ordinance” measures on county ballots in 2020 that will direct their officials to resist state gun laws. Washington In late January, the state of Washington made the news when several sheriffs in the state publicly vowed not to enforce the new unconstitutional gun laws that were passed in November. As of February 2019, the sheriffs of more than a dozen of the state’s 39 counties have publicly stated they will not enforce the law, though some said they will only refuse to do so until the final adjudication of pending lawsuits against the legislation. There are even 3 sanctuary STATES. Three states have passed bills to protect 2A rights at the state level. Alaska In 2013, Alaska passed HB 69, which declares certain gun control measures to be unconstitutional, and made it unlawful for any state assets to go toward the enforcement of federal gun laws: It declares that guns and ammunition possessed by Alaskans are exempt from federal gun laws. It also subjects federal agents to felony charges if they try to enforce any future federal ban on semi-automatic weapons or ammunition or enforce any new federal requirement for gun registration. Republicans said they are willing to let the courts sort out the issues. They said that they must stand up for Second Amendment gun rights and won’t bow down to the federal government on this. A number said they heard from constituents who back the bill. Some Democrats argued that the measure puts Alaskans at risk of criminal prosecution if they ignore federal gun laws. While the bill allows the state to defend Alaskans charged with violating a federal gun law, there’s no guarantee of that help or any sign the federal government will back off. (source) Idaho On March 14, 2014, Idaho Governor Butch Otter signed a bill prohibiting state enforcement of any future federal act relating to personal firearms, firearm accessories, or ammunition – effectively nullifying future federal gun laws. Erich Pratt, Director of Communications for Gun Owners of America, cheered the governor’s action. “By signing this nullification bill into law, Idaho has joined an elite class of states that are telling the feds to ‘get lost’ — especially when it comes to unconstitutional gun control infringements.” James Madison, the “Father of the Constitution,” also advised this very tactic. Madison supplied the blueprint for resisting federal power in Federalist 46. He outlined several steps that states can take to effective stop “an unwarrantable measure,” or “even a warrantable measure” of the federal government. Madison called for “refusal to cooperate with officers of the Union” as a way to successfully thwart federal acts. (source) Kansas In 2013, Kansas Governor Sam Brownback signed Senate Bill 102, also known as the Second Amendment Protection Act, into law. Michael Boldin of the Tenth Amendment Center called the law “the most comprehensive nullification of such acts thus far”: The new law nullifies a wide range of federal attacks on the right to keep and bear arms in the State of Kansas. It states, in part: Any act, law, treaty, order, rule or regulation of the government of the United States which violates the second amendment to the constitution of the United States is null, void and unenforceable in the state of Kansas In conjunction with Section 6a (quoted above), the bill defines what is meant by “the second amendment to the constitution of the United States,” and that it isn’t based off a decision of the supreme court. The second amendment to the constitution of the United States reserves to the people, individually, the right to keep and bear arms as that right was understood at the time that Kansas was admitted to statehood in 1861, and the guaranty of that right is a matter of contract between the state and people of Kansas and the United States as of the time that the compact with the United States was agreed upon and adopted by Kansas in 1859 and the United States in 1861. (source) What do you think about Second Amendment Sanctuary resolutions? Do you believe they will protect the rights of gun owners? Or, do you think the government will ultimately find ways to confiscate guns anyway? Share your thoughts in the comments below.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/second-amendment-sanctuaries/ 

:: 3-19-19 Hollywood Reporter :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fox Corp. Adds Paul Ryan to Board

6:00 AM PDT 3/19/2019 by Georg Szala

The former House Speaker and Chase Carey join previously announced board members Rupert Murdoch, Lachlan Murdoch and Jacques Nasser as the company also adopts a so-called "poison pill." The new Fox Corp. has added former Speaker of the House Paul Ryan, and long-time Rupert Murdoch ally and Formula 1 chairman and CEO Chase Carey, to its board and adopted a temporary "poison pill" against hostile takeover attempts. The slimmed-down Fox, separated early Tuesday from the Fox entertainment assets that Walt Disney is expected to take over just after midnight Wednesday ET, also added to its board Anne Dias, founder of Aragon Global Holdings, an investment fund focused on global media, technology and telecommunications companies; and Roland Hernandez, the founding principal and CEO of Hernandez Media Ventures. The new board members join previously announced members Rupert Murdoch, Lachlan Murdoch and Jacques Nasser. Ryan in 2012 was selected as former Gov. Mitt Romney’s Republican vice-presidential nominee. He then served as the 54th speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives from 2015 to 2019, "in which capacity he spearheaded efforts to revise the federal tax code, rebuild the national defense, expand domestic energy production, combat the opioid epidemic, and reform the criminal justice system," Fox said. Said Lachlan Murdoch, Fox chairman and CEO: “We are thrilled to welcome our new colleagues to the Fox board. We look forward to working with and being guided by them as we begin a new chapter, steadfastly committed to providing the best in news, sports and entertainment programming.” Fox also said Tuesday that its board has approved the adoption of a temporary stockholder rights agreement, or a so-called "poison pill," that is currently set to expire following the next annual meeting of stockholders, that would kick in "if a person or group obtains beneficial ownership of 15 percent or more of the Class B common stock outstanding, or 15 percent or more of the common stock outstanding." Such provisions are usually adopted against hostile takeover bids. The poison pill is "intended to protect the stockholders of the company...from actions that the board of directors determines are not in the best interest of the company’s stockholders," Fox said. "The agreement is not intended to interfere with any merger, tender or exchange offer, share acquisition or other business combination transaction approved in advance by the board of directors, and the agreement does not prevent the board of directors from considering any offer that it considers to be in the best interest of the company’s stockholders."

https://www.hollywoodreporter.com/news/fox-corp-adds-paul-ryan-board-1195610 

:: 3-21-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google Is becoming the agent of genocide and while the alt media burns, Trump fiddles

Thursday, March 21, 2019 by: News Editors

(Natural News) Google is desperately trying to control everything you see, think, hear and feel. Google has very recently even been implicated in overthrowing regimes. In other words, they are becoming politically AND MILITARILY active. They have erased the last vestiges of free speech in China with their social credit system. They are “burning” the books of the Internet in 2019. In short, Google has become the most evil corporation on the face of the earth. Remember, where they burn books, they will soon burn people. Google is the modern day Third Reich. Donald Trump has a chance to change the course of history, but will he? (Article by Dave Hodges republished from TheCommonSenseShow.com)

A Legacy of Inaction Against the Modern Day Ministry of Truth Fact: President Trump is sitting in the White House, today, largely because of the Independent Media. Fact: President Trump just thumbed his nose to one of his biggest supporters, Alex Jones, when he refused to use the power of the President to reign in the illegal behaviors of the social media monopolies. Fact: One-time staunch supporter of Trump, Gary Heavin, retired owner of Curves, philanthropist and movie producer, stated on The Common Sense Show, that he no longer supports Trump and that he is clearly compromised. In the interview, I was shocked but I could not deny his supporting evidence. I desperately wanted Gary to be wrong! Sadly, everything he said was true. Is It Time to Forsake Trump? Am I jumping off of the Trump train? No, I am not, I am being pushed of off the train by his unexplainable inaction in moving to protect the only media that has been friendly to the President. There is no denying the many great economic accomplishments of the Trump administration. However, and for the time being, he has clearly deserted his base. This is my line in the sand for Donald Trump. If Trump does not move to undo the illegal censorship of the social media giants, it is time for the Independent Media to re-evaluate where we will place our efforts. The social media giants are low hanging fruit. They are in such blatant violation of Federal law, that prosecuting them is easy. Again, under the open forum laws that all social media giants claim membership status in, they are not allowed to discriminate and censor. Ted Cruz exposed the open forum umbrella that all the social media giants are operating under. Further, there is no question that the social media giants are monopolies. In fact, they are poster-children for this concept. However, monopolies cannot selectively censor without being in violation of anti-trust laws. Again, where is Trump? Where Will You Go For the Only True Version of the News? You are on this website, because you know you cannot trust CNN, ABC, MSNBC, the Washington Post, etc. By election day of 2018, you will not have many places to go to find out what’s really going on. The following entities are actively censoring and banning the Independent Media: The country of New Zealand for canceling the planned appearances of Lauren Southern Google which should now be considered the face of the New World Order Twitter Facebook Snap Chat Instagram All of the MSM, print, radio and TV. Patreon Any and every form of social media….A man, who I suspect was an AI troll, sent me an email I want to share: Hodges, You and your kind are an absolute joke. You poor bastards in the alt right media deserve to go out of business. I am so happy that Alex Jones otherwise known as Bill Hicks is going out of business. Your sorry ass is next. You are lucky that we don’t kill all of you and your families so you cannot reproduce your kind. Very soon you poor bastard you will have nowhere to go to spread your Christian BS. That will indeed be a good day when you are shipped off to a Fema camp……

I get emails like this all the time, but this one is important because it captures what many liberals are feeling in the present moment. The Goal of Censorship As I previously said I used to be marginalized by being labeled a conspiracy theorist. After several decades of employing that strategy, it no longer works. The globalists are attempting to permanently silence the Independent Media once and for all. In the election of 2016, they made a mistake and it cost Hillary the election. They are determined that our influence on the upcoming mid-term elections is negated. Heed my next words. The globalists have made another miscalculation. Even if every alt right media source was effectively censored the Blue Wave coming from the Democrats will fail. The damage has been done. What’s Coming? The answer to that question is another question in response. Blue Dawn, Red Dawn and the destruction of America is on the table. There is no hiding the agenda of the globalists. Many journalists are predicting widespread violence between now and the November election. Trump will be either a Hillary clone, at this point, or he will just fade away and become another New World Order puppet, or he can take some political viagra and act accordingly. Trump could still act, but I am not holding my breath. He needs us now in the midterm elections any by October many of us are going to be MIA. Donald Trump Jr. did talk about censorship yesterday, but he’s not his father. What’s Next for the Media One must ask, if Trump continues to desert those that brought him to power, what lies next? Will the American people have anywhere to go to learn the truth about what is happening? The answer is yes, because nature hates a vacuum. Unless Trump acts decisively, and soon, there will be significant changes. You will not see any of us on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Youtube, etc. The Independent Media (IM) will change form. The subscription model put forth by John B. Wells will very likely be repeated. With the revenues from Youtube, Facebook, etc., drying up, we will see the IM move to subscription services. At first the public, who are used to getting a free lunch (80%), will yell and scream at having to pay a subscription. However, after watching a week of CNN, they will return and pay a nominal subscription fee. What you will see in the future, if this censorship trend continues, are nothing but websites and radio shows generated from those websites. However, the IM will have to be on a platform that they cannot be removed from such as GoDaddy. I have already positioned myself in this manner and my radio show is not hosted by anyone that can be pressured. In the final analysis, we are witnessing the Great American Book Burning. Today’s libraries are housed on the Internet. The Alex Jones wing of the library was burned down in this latest purge. And what is that saying…..Where they burn books, they will soon burn people. We are no living under the American version of Maoism. What did Mao do to the Chinese people after the books were all burned and all information was controlled? He murdered 60 million of his own people. This book burning is a precursor to a Maoist style genocide. Look at George Soros, the man who betrayed his fellow Jews to the Nazi and tell me that it cannot happen here. The purge is already underway. It works the same in every purge. Google’s actions and Trump’s inaction is a prescription for genocide. First, they take away the 1st Amendment so the media cannot warn of the coming danger. Then, they take away the 2nd Amendment so the people cannot defend themselves against the unfolding tyranny. Then they begin to collect the people and it is an easy job because nobody can speak or defend themselves. Google will be at the epicenter of the next genocide. Read more at: TheCommonSenseShow.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-03-21-google-is-becoming-the-agent-of-genocide-and-while-the-alt-media-burns-trump-fiddles.html 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 3-29-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Popocatepetl volcano explodes violently during LARGEST eruption in years in Mexico

By Strange Sounds - Mar 19, 2019

Mexico’s active Popocatepetl volcano has exploded late Monday evening, sending ash and debris high into the air and several kilometers away from the crater. The roar of the eruption was reported and felt over 40 km (25 miles) away. The 9:38 pm explosion of the active crater sent a 1.2km-high column of ash and fragments into the air, the country’s civil protection said, while releasing footage of the blast. Authorities have issued a yellow alert warning, asking residents to stay clear of the area within a 12 km radius of the crater, warning that ash from the volcano will be dispersed towards the northeast area of Puebla. Popocatepetl, which literally translates from Aztec as “smoking mountain,” has witnessed an increase in activity over the last few weeks. Preparing for the worst case scenario, authorities have drafted a special Operational Plan allowing for quick evacuation of locals in case of any emergencies.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/03/popocatepetl-volcano-eruption-video.html 

:: 3--19 The common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pirro Is the Latest Victim of Corporate Media Censorship! Where’s Trump?

By Dave Hodges

The Judge has been taken down. She dared to point out the hypocrisy an extreme bigotry of Representative Omar and now she’s been silenced. Meanwhile, Omar continues to spew her racism from the halls of Congress with total impunity. There is no such thing as a bad Muslim, according to this highly bigoted member of Congress. In today’s mainstream media, there are only bad conservatives and Christians and increasingly, white people are quickly becoming the scourge of humanity. Of course, we should realize that the media-led race-baiting is sophisticate from of divide and conquer. Keeping people apart so we cannot unite against the Deep State. . Pirro’s comments about Omar may not have been the way I would have attacked her extreme bigotry against anything or anyone who is not Muslim, but Pirro had an absolute right to say what she did an she was undeniably correct in what she said. Here is this entire tragic story as America flushes the 1st Amendment down the toilet. Late-Breaking Development There is a ray of hope, albeit a small, very small ray. President Trump has come out in support of Pirro and Carlson. Please note that when I reported on this topic, the video was demonitized even before publication. Does this mean that TRUMP IS FINALLY GOING TO DO SOMETHING ABOUT BIG CENSORSHIP, VIOLATION OF OPEN FORUM LAWS AND FLAGRANT BREACHES OF ANTI-TRUST LEGISLATION? Trump continues to talk a good game, as evidenced by the following late-breaking press release regarding Trump’s intention to confront big tech censorship. Trump needs to hear from everyone who values the 1st Amendment.

https://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/pirro-is-the-latest-victim-of-corporate-media-censorship-wheres-trump/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Reality of Evil

By Hal Lindsey

A 2011 article in Slate Magazine written by Ron Rosenbaum asked, “Is evil over? Has science finally driven a stake through its dark heart?… Yes, according to many neuroscientists, who are emerging as the new high priests of the secrets of the psyche.” In the last few years, countless scholarly articles and books posit the view that the human will is an illusion. They see men and women as machines — able to do only what their genetic and environmental programming tells them to do. Remove moral choice from the equation, and humans would not have the capacity for evil. They would simply act and respond according to set laws. We all recognize that we would be different if we had different parents, or grew up in another culture. Many things influence us. But these people are talking about more than influence. They’re talking about a complete inability to make choices. To them, the murderer does not decide to kill. He just follows his programming. They see the child molester as merely doing what nature and nurture have programmed him to do. Since this is fast becoming the prevailing view at universities, we can expect it to spread through society. What happens when parents, schools, and government see human beings as machines without choice? How could you punish anyone? What are the consequences of a “no consequence” society? And what happens when people see themselves as helpless puppets unable to choose? What would the world look like if people ceased to take responsibility for their actions, or hold one another accountable? “It wasn’t my choice. It was my programming.” Satan’s job would be all but over. People would give in to every temptation believing they have no choice in the matter, and therefore no culpability for any of their actions. You would also have people being thrown into re-education camps meant to “fix” their programming. A few elites would take it on themselves to determine right and wrong for everyone. In 21st century America, we’re already glimpsing a society that ignores personal responsibility, and spends its time trying to reprogram its citizens. It doesn’t look good. The Bible teaches that human beings make moral choices. Every biblical command, every admonishment from God, is a divine acknowledgment of human choice. “You shall have no other gods before Me,” [Exodus 20:3 NASB] is a command to choose God over idols. You have the privilege of deciding, but also the responsibility. Without an understanding of the reality of evil, the world falls into chaos. ISIS makes a perfect example. On August 13th, the New York Times ran an article entitled, “ISIS Enshrines a Theology of Rape” by Rukmini Callimachi. Even with all the horrible things we’ve heard about ISIS, his report should shock the conscience of the world. In the moments before he raped the 12-year-old girl, the Islamic State fighter took the time to explain that what he was about to do was not a sin. Because the preteen girl practiced a religion other than Islam, the Quran not only gave him the right to rape her — it condoned and encouraged it. He bound her hands and gagged her. Then he knelt beside the bed and prostrated himself in prayer before getting on top of her. When it was over, he knelt to pray again, bookending the rape with acts of religious devotion. “I kept telling him it hurts — please stop,” said the girl, whose body is so small an adult could circle her waist with two hands. “He told me that according to Islam he is allowed to rape an unbeliever. He said that by raping me, he is drawing closer to God.” What happened to this 12-year-old is happening to thousands of young girls across that region. If evil does not exist, if humans only follow their programming, then no one can blame the rapist. His crime would cease to be criminal. He could say he was merely acting out his programming. But God sees the inner workings of every heart. Jeremiah 17:10 says, “I, the Lord, search the heart.” [NASB] Jesus said, “I am He who searches the minds and hearts.” [Revelation 2:23 NASB] He sees the choice as it’s being made. In the hardest heart, an innate sense of right and wrong still exists. Even after a man’s conscience has been bound, gagged, and shut in a closet, the man still knows it’s there, and what it would say if it could. That’s why the jihadist defended himself to the girl he was about to rape. He knew he was wrong, but his interpretation of the Quran gave him an excuse. His religious belief freed his wicked nature from the usual constraints of societal norms and human punishment. But the Quran did not make the choice. He did.  The Times article said, “The practice (of rape) has become an established recruiting tool to lure men from deeply conservative Muslim societies.” That, friends, is evil — rape as a “recruiting tool.” Join ISIS and rape little girls. It shocks and appalls us to hear such things. Why? Because we know that these are the actions of men, and not machines. A man has a choice, and these men have chosen evil.  The worst thing about evil is that we’re all infected. Most societies have safeguards in place to restrain people from evil’s worst manifestations. But we all do evil things. We are bent that way from birth, and have only one hope. Of all history’s philosophers and kings, only Jesus tells His followers, “You must be born again,” [John 3:7 NASB] and then performs the miracle Himself. The Bible teaches that we are born physically alive but spiritually dead. It’s only when we are miraculously born spiritually that we can communicate with the true GOD and come to know Him. The first thing we learn is that we now stand before a Holy GOD and are responsible to Him. We grow in that knowledge and in His love and forgiving Grace that is based on Jesus’ shed blood for our sins. It is best summed up by this verse of Scripture, “Therefore, if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation; old things have passed away; behold, all things have become new.” [2 Corinthians 5:17 NKJV] We grow spiritually in this as we grow in Christ. He will discipline us, but He will not disown us. As Jesus promised through the Apostle Paul, “For I am confident of this very thing, that He who has began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 1:6 NKJV]

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-5-2015/ 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hellbent

by Hal Lindsey

Burning and looting in Baltimore . . . the proliferation of nuclear weapons in Asia and the Middle East . . . terrorists gaining ground and destroying lives around the world . . . parents murdering their children . . . a stunning, worldwide breakdown of morality. . . . The list could go on and on. Something dreadful is happening on Planet Earth, and to most people it seems inexplicable. That’s because most people don’t understand that the battle between good and evil is primarily a spiritual battle. Post-modern people have tossed aside something they all knew in childhood — that deep in the darkness of evil, there exists a monster. It is a person, an entity — vicious and depraved — an adversary to God and to all that is right and good. People have given this being many names down through the centuries. The Bible usually calls him Satan, or the devil. The world constantly tries to fix the problems Satan causes. It uses laws, armies, programs, police, and vast sums of money, but the successes are all too rare and short-lived. One problem is the world’s refusal to acknowledge the existence its enemy. Political, academic, and media elites see him as a relic of the Middle Ages. Another problem is that, though they hate the pain and poverty the devil’s ways bring, they embrace those ways like obedient children. The world fears crime and violence, but raises its children on a steady diet of unthinkably violent entertainment. The world laments broken hearts, warped souls, children being born to children, STDs, and the breakdown of family. At the same time, it encourages activities that result in those very things.  They hate the devil’s results while they embrace the devil’s ways. Humanity is hellbent on evil. Christians often see the things I’ve just mentioned, and ignore God’s remedies in favor of worldly ones. We want to elect better people to high office, and where we can, we should. We want to send armies to the worst places, and in some cases, we should. We want to start new programs, form new committees, put more police on the streets, pass new laws, and sometimes those things can be good. But of all people, Christians should understand the devil in the darkness, and know that the battle is spiritual.  2 Corinthians 4:4 says, “The god of this world (a.k.a. Satan) has blinded the minds of the unbelieving, that they might not see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God.” [NASB]  Evildoers have been blinded. Yes, to various degrees they have chosen their blindness. But only God can know the degree of choice involved, and we should remember that we have all chosen blindness over truth at some point in our lives. We must not forget our actual enemy. Behind the darkness of this world stands the prince of darkness. We will never beat him at his game. We win by following God’s rules. 2 Corinthians 10:3 says, “For though we walk in the flesh, we do not war according to the flesh.” [NKJV] Ephesians 6:11 & 12 says, “Put on the full armor of God, that you may be able to stand firm against the schemes of the devil. For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places.” [NASB] Colossians 1:13 says that “He delivered us from the domain of darkness, and transferred us to the kingdom of His beloved Son.” [NASB] From this verse and many like it, we understand that darkness is a domain, and Satan is its sovereign. Jesus called him “the prince of this world.” [John 14:30] On internet forums and in the comments sections following news articles, Christians often debate adversaries using the same foul language, the same ad hominem arguments, the same seething rage as those who promote evil. But God has a better way. Romans 12:21 says, “Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good.” [NASB] The world is bent by hell. If we allow ourselves to be bent into that same shape, we have not overcome the world, but been over come by it. Stand strong for God. Don’t back down. But at the same time, “Love your enemies, do good to them which hate you, Bless them that curse you, and pray for them which despitefully use you.” [Luke 6:27-28 KJV] “Bless them which persecute you: bless, and curse not.” [Romans 12:14 KJV] We are in the middle of a great spiritual war, but we should not be discouraged. Jesus said, “In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.” [John 16:33 KJV]

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-28-2015/ 

:: 3-14-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Islam vs Everyone

By Hal Lindsey

There are some basic things about Islam that everyone should know — including its view of human rights. Since Iran’s 1979 Islamic revolution, the country has had two “Supreme Leaders.” The first was the notorious Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini. He said, “What they [meaning Westerners] call human rights is nothing but a collection of corrupt rules worked out by Zionists to destroy all true religions.” If anything, Iran’s present “Supreme Leader,” the Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, holds an even greater abhorrence of basic rights. He said, “For us the Universal Declaration of Human Rights is nothing but a collection of mumbo-jumbo by disciples of Satan.” He was referring to the United Nation’s “Universal Declaration of Human Rights,” written in 1948. The declaration is basic and straight forward. It is similar to the US Constitution’s Bill of Rights. It includes the right to “life, liberty and security of person.” It also includes freedom of religion and speech, the right to due process, to own and acquire property, freedom of assembly, to work, and to acquire an education. We can debate whether the UN has any business telling the nations of the world what rights their citizens should have. But to call the rights I just listed “satanic” requires a dark worldview — a worldview perfectly in tune with the Koran.  We must remember that Islam is not just a religion. It is also a political system — a blueprint for government. Many of the freedoms listed in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights are useful in improving governments. But Islam sees it as impossible to improve on a government handed down by Allah. For Muslim true believers, freedom of religion is an insult to their prophet. If you want to see this in action, try to build a church in Saudi Arabia. The New Testament has exacting messages about God and His ways. But it doesn’t tell Christians to kill those who reject the message. It says to pray for them — not stone them. The newspaper Le Figaro editorialized that Islam should perhaps already be considered, “France’s prime religion.” According to the Montaigne Institute, the teaching of Arabic should be mandatory in French public schools. European leaders sometimes refer to Islam as a “denomination,” as if they were Lutherans or Presbyterians. Many Americans see it the same way. But they could not be more wrong. Belgium’s ISLAM Party believes it can turn Belgium into a “Islamist Democracy” by 2030. The French magazine, Causeur, talked about the ISLAM Party’s objective. “The program is confusingly simple: replace all the civil and penal codes with sharia law. Period.” The French newspaper, Le Figaro, says it won’t happen by 2030, but it will happen. “The European capital,” it said, “will be Muslim in twenty years.” Islam is both a religion and a political ideology. As a political system, it is infused with the fervency of religion. It is unbending and intolerant. And it cannot rest until it rules — everything and everyone.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-6-2019/ 

:: 3-19-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court Hands Trump a Victory on Immigration Detention

Tuesday, 19 March 2019 12:24 PM

The Supreme Court on Tuesday endorsed the U.S. government's authority to detain immigrants awaiting deportation anytime - potentially even years - after they have completed prison terms for criminal convictions, handing President Donald Trump a victory as he pursues hardline immigration policies. The court ruled 5-4 along ideological lines, with its conservative justices in the majority and its liberal justices dissenting, that federal authorities could pick up such immigrants and place them into indefinite detention anytime, not just immediately after they finish their prison sentences. The ruling, authored by conservative Justice Samuel Alito, left open the possibility that some individual immigrants could challenge their detention. These immigrants potentially could argue that the use of the 1996 federal law involved in the case, the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act, against them long after finishing their sentences would violate their due process rights under the U.S. Constitution. The law states the government can detain convicted immigrants "when the alien is released" from criminal detention. Civil rights lawyers argued that the language of the law shows that it applies only immediately after immigrants are released. The Trump administration said the government should have the power to detain such immigrants anytime. It is not the court's job, Alito wrote, to impose a time limit for when immigrants can be detained after serving a prison sentence. Alito noted that the court has said in the past that "an official's crucial duties are better carried out late than never." Alito said the challengers' assertion that immigrants had to be detained within 24 hours of ending a prison sentence is "especially hard to swallow." In dissent, liberal Justice Stephen Breyer questioned whether the U.S. Congress when it wrote the law "meant to allow the government to apprehend persons years after their release from prison and hold them indefinitely without a bail hearing." Tuesday's decision follows a February 2018 ruling in a similar case in which the conservative majority, over liberal dissent, curbed the ability of immigrants held in long-term detention during deportation proceedings to argue for release. Cecilia Wang, the American Civil Liberties Union lawyer who argued the newly decided case for the challengers, said that in both rulings "the Supreme Court has endorsed the most extreme interpretation of immigration detention statutes, allowing mass incarceration of people without any hearing, simply because they are defending themselves against a deportation charge." Trump has backed limits on legal and illegal immigrants since taking office in January 2017. Kerri Kupec, a U.S. Justice Department spokeswoman, said administration officials were pleased with the ruling. In both of the detention cases, the Supreme Court reversed the San Francisco-based 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, a liberal leaning court that Trump has frequently criticized. In each case, litigation against the federal government started before Trump took office. In the latest case, the administration had appealed a 2016 9th Circuit ruling that favored immigrants, a decision it said would undermine the government's ability to deport immigrants who have committed crimes. The appeals court had said that convicted immigrants who are not immediately detained by immigration authorities after finishing their sentences but then later picked by immigration authorities could seek bond hearings to argue for their release. The plaintiffs included two legal U.S. residents involved in separate lawsuits filed in 2013, a Cambodian immigrant named Mony Preap convicted of marijuana possession and a Palestinian immigrant named Bassam Yusuf Khoury convicted of attempting to manufacture a controlled substance. Under federal immigration law, immigrants convicted of certain offenses are subject to mandatory detention during their deportation process. They can be held indefinitely without a bond hearing after completing their sentences. In the most significant immigration-related case recently before the court, the conservative justices were also in the majority in June 2018 when they upheld on a 5-4 vote Trump's travel ban on targeting people from several Muslim-majority countries. But in April 2018, conservative Trump appointee Neil Gorsuch joined with the court's four liberal justices in a 5-4 ruling that could hinder the administration's ability to step up the removal of immigrants with criminal records, invalidating a provision in another law, the Immigration and Nationality Act.

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/trump-immigration-detention-supreme-court/2019/03/19/id/907674/ 

:: 3-19-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Islamic State loses big part of enclave, SDF sees defeat 'very soon'

Reuters•March 19, 2019

DEIR AL-ZOR PROVINCE, Syria (Reuters) - U.S.-backed Syrian forces said they were close to defeating Islamic State in its final scrap of territory at Baghouz in eastern Syria after seizing an encampment from the jihadists on Tuesday, though the battle was not over yet. Hardened militant fighters holed up in the encampment had been mounting a last-stand defense of the Baghouz enclave, all that is left of Islamic State's self-proclaimed "caliphate" that once spanned a third of both Syria and Iraq. "This is not a victory announcement, but a significant progress in the fight against Daesh," said Mustafa Bali, a media official with the U.S.-backed Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) on Twitter, using an Arabic acronym for Islamic State. Bali said late on Tuesday clashes were ongoing and that fighters remain "in several pockets and their presence is not limited to a defined geography". The SDF captured hundreds of wounded militants when it overran the camp on Tuesday, Bali said. It also captured 157 mostly foreign fighters. Footage obtained by Reuters showed dozens of people milling around the captured camp, preparing their belongings to leave in a convoy of trucks. None of those visible appeared to be armed. Men believed to be Islamic State fighters, women dressed in black robes and some children stood around the shabby camp area next to high rocks strewn with bits of tents and vehicles. A few of those visible used crutches or sticks to walk. Footage from another part of the camp showed burnt-out cars, dozens of abandoned vehicles, shattered buildings and tents made out of blankets. Asked by Reuters how long it would take to defeat the remaining jihadists, Bali said he expected the operation to end "very soon", adding that some remaining militants had fallen back to the bank of the nearby Euphrates River. "The battles are not yet over," he said. "Some of the terrorists have taken their children as human shields. There are intermittent clashes." MILESTONE Islamic State's fighters and followers have been steadily forced back to Baghouz after years of retreats in the face of military campaigns by an array of foreign and local forces. The group's defeat at Baghouz will mark a milestone in the struggle against the jihadists, although adherents are still widely seen as a big security threat with a presence in remote territory and capable of mounting guerrilla attacks. The capture of Baghouz will also mark a significant moment in the wider Syrian war, wiping out the foothold of one of the main combatants and leaving Syria partitioned between President Bashar al-Assad, Kurdish-led forces, and Turkey-backed rebels. Diehard jihadists have been mounting a desperate defense of the camp at Baghouz, deploying suicide bombers and car bombs. Over the past two months, more than 60,000 people have poured out of the dwindling enclave, nearly half of whom surrendered as Islamic State supporters, including some 5,000 fighters, according to the SDF. Even facing defeat, Islamic State's propaganda machine still functions. An audio recording released overnight purported to carry a message from spokesman Abi al-Hassan al-Muhajer saying the group would stay strong and urged fresh attacks. It has also put out a video from inside the Baghouz camp, showing bearded fighters among bullet-pocked cars and lying on earth ramparts as they fired assault rifles. Against this scene, a man with a scarf wrapped around his head declaims a message of defiance: "The crusaders have forced us from our homes and burned us, may God exact the same from them ... O Muslim brothers everywhere, we have done our duty." Prime Minister Adel Abdul Mahdi of neighboring Iraq said images showed Islamic State had built tunnels in Baghouz big enough for vehicles. "The advance is slow and the battle could take days to finish," he told a press conference in Baghdad. RISK OF RESURGENCE The U.S. military has warned that Islamic State may still count tens of thousands of fighters, dispersed throughout Iraq and Syria, with enough leaders and resources to present a menacing insurgency. The Pentagon's own internal watchdog released a report last month saying Islamic State remained an active insurgent group and was regenerating functions and capabilities more quickly in Iraq than in Syria. "Absent sustained (counterterrorism) pressure, ISIS could likely resurge in Syria within six to 12 months and regain limited territory," it said, using another acronym for the group. U.S. officials said U.S.-backed forces had captured fighters tied to a January suicide bombing at a cafe in Syria that killed four Americans. The attack in the city of Manbij was the worst single incident involving U.S. personnel in Syria since they deployed on the ground there in 2015. It occurred nearly a month after President Donald Trump confounded his own national security team and allies with a surprise decision to withdraw all 2,000 U.S. troops from Syria, declaring Islamic State had been defeated there. Washington has now partially reversed Trump's decision, planning to leave 200 peacekeepers in SDF-held territory. (Reporting by Rodi Said in Qamishli, Syria and another Reuters journalist in Deir al-Zor province, Phil Stewart in Washington and Ahmed Rasheed in Baghdad; Writing by Angus McDowall/Tom Perry/Lisa Barrington; Editing by Peter Graff and Gareth Jones)

https://news.yahoo.com/u-backed-sdf-says-captured-157-militants-mostly-074141605.html 

:: 3-19-19 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump suggests Brazil could join NATO

By Bob Fredericks March 19, 2019

President Trump — a harsh NATO critic since his days on the campaign trail — floated the idea Tuesday that Brazil could become a member of the alliance as he met with Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro. “As I told President Bolsonaro, I also intend to designate Brazil as a major non-NATO ally or even possibly, if you start thinking about it, maybe a NATO ally,” Trump said during a joint news conference in the Rose Garden. “I have to talk to a lot of people, but maybe a NATO ally, which will greatly advance security and cooperation between our countries.” Trump has repeatedly slammed NATO for supposedly not paying its fair share for members’ defense. In response, German Chancellor Angela Merkel and other heads of NATO states have said that the US was no longer a totally reliable partner and the alliance should be prepared to fend for itself.

https://nypost.com/2019/03/19/trump-suggests-brazil-could-join-nato/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 3-18-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another 10 Christians Killed in Kaduna State as Carnage Continues in Nigeria, Sources Say

Morning Star News Nigeria Correspondent | Morning Star News | Monday, March 18, 2019

JOS, Nigeria, March 18, 2019 (Morning Star News) – Muslim Fulani herdsmen killed 10 Christians in southern Kaduna state, Nigeria on Saturday (March 16), bringing the lives lost in the past five weeks to 140 with 160 houses destroyed, sources said. “We were all asleep in our various homes when at about 4 a.m. [Saturday], we heard gunshots everywhere in my village,” Amos Samuel, 40, of Nandu Gbok village in Sanga County told Morning Star News. “Everyone ran out of their homes to escape from the Fulani herdsmen. Three hours after the herdsmen left, those of us who survived the attack returned to the village to find that our houses were destroyed and 10 of our villagers killed.” About 30 houses were burned in the attack, Sanga chairman Charles Danladi told Morning Star News, who also said 10 people were killed. “The attack occurred while the villagers were still sleeping,” he said. “Normalcy has now been restored in the village, and we are making efforts to assist victims.” Shehu Nicholas Garba, a member of Nigeria’s parliament, the National Assembly, and a resident of the area, said in a press statement that “about 10” people were killed and “about 30” houses were burned. “Our communities are helpless and are pleading that all persons of conscience should speak out,” Garba said. The Kaduna governor’s spokesman said Saturday night (March 16) that nine people died in the attack. “The security agencies have so far recovered nine corpses, including children,” Samuel Aruwan said in a press statement. “Violence has left an unacceptable toll of death and injury, loss of livelihoods, pain and fear. The government condemns this attack on the life and security of citizens and appeals to our communities to resist those who do not want peace.” Security agencies have been deployed in the area, and the State Emergency Management Agency has been directed to immediately provide relief materials to the affected community, Aruwan said. 130 Killed Previously In Kajuru County, also in southern Kaduna state, Muslim Fulani herdsmen have killed 130 Christians since Feb. 10, sources said.  Ungwan Barde village was attacked twice, resulting in the killing of 28 people, said Luke Waziri, an area attorney and national assistant secretary of the Adara Development Association, an umbrella body of the predominantly Christian Adara ethnic group. Another 102 people were killed in attacks on Karamai, Inkirimi, Dogonnma and Ungwan Gora, he said. “Kajuru land and by extension the Adara nation has been gripped by a fully funded and supported group of terrorists that have been wreaking havoc in our lands for long, while those saddled with the responsibility of securing us deliberately looked the other way,” Waziri said in a press statement. “First, Ungwan Barde was attacked on Feb. 10, 2019, and nobody said anything, even though those in government knew. Furthermore, the government pretended that the 11 people killed didn’t matter.” The herdsmen next attacked Karamai on Feb. 26, killing 38 people, he said. A resident of Karamai, Paulina Irimiya, confirmed to Morning Star News that Fulani herdsmen attacked while Christians were at a church service, killed at least 32 Christians and burned down 40 houses. “While the victims were buried in a mass grave and the injured yet to recover,” Waziri said in the press statement, “Ungwan Barde village was attacked again on Sunday, March 10. Seventeen people were killed and dozens of houses burned.” The next day, Inkirimi and Dogonnoma villages in Maro were attacked, killing 52 people and wounding dozens, he said. “The smoke had barely settled when an attack was launched in the evening at Ungwan Gora (Labi Village), with dozens injured and 43 houses burned down,” he said. A total of 64 Christians were killed in the villages of Inkirimi, Dogonnma and Ungwan Gora, he said. About 100 homes were destroyed in the attacks, and thousands of people who fled are now moving from one village to the other in search of refuge, Waziri said. “In all these, not a single person has been arrested, nor even questioned,” he said. “This is despite the fact that all the attacks took place either in the morning or in the evening – in full glare of everyone.” Hundreds of terrorists had time to kill and leave without anyone being caught or apprehended, he said. “However, in a strange twist of the application of justice, nine Adara elders and village chiefs were indiscriminately arrested and thrown into the Kaduna prison on allegations of complicity,” Waziri said. “The victims that have been killed and brutalized are the same ones being arrested and thrown into prison, while the real killers are being pampered, supported and allowed to freely continue their onslaught on people and our land.” In the Inkirimi, Dogonnma and Ungwan Gora Communities, 43 houses were destroyed, Waziri said. Christians make up 51.3 percent of Nigeria’s population, while Muslims living primarily in the north and middle belt account for 45 percent. Nigeria ranked 12th on Open Doors’ 2019 World Watch List of countries where Christians suffer the most persecution. If you would like to help persecuted Christians, visit http://morningstarnews.org/resources/aid-agencies/  for a list of organizations that can orient you on how to get involved. If you or your organization would like to help enable Morning Star News to continue raising awareness of persecuted Christians worldwide with original-content reporting, please consider collaborating at https://morningstarnews.org/donate/? 

https://www.christianheadlines.com/blog/another-10-christians-killed-in-kaduna-state-as-carnage-continues-in-nigeria-sources-say.html 

:: 3-12-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Connected To Post-Christian Era? Loss Of Hope And Divine Destiny Drives U.S. Deaths From Alcohol, Drugs And Suicide To Highest-Ever Levels

March 12, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

The number of deaths from alcohol, drugs and suicide in 2017 hit the highest level since federal data collection started in 1999, according to an analysis of Centers for Disease Control and Prevention data by two public health nonprofits. The national rate for deaths from alcohol, drugs and suicide rose from 43.9 to 46.6 deaths per 100,000 people in 2017, a 6 percent increase, the Trust for America’s Health and the Well Being Trust reported Tuesday. That was a slower increase than in the previous two years, but it was greater than the 4 percent average annual increase since 1999… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/03/12/connected-to-post-christian-era-loss-of-hope-and-divine-destiny-drives-u-s-deaths-from-alcohol-drugs-and-suicide-to-highest-ever-levels/ 

:: 3-12-19 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

12 Statistics That Prove That The U.S. Is Facing A Consumer Debt Apocalypse

March 12, 2019 by Michael Snyder

In the entire history of the United States, consumers have never been in so much debt. And that would not be a crisis as long as the vast majority of us were regularly making our debt payments, but as you will see below delinquency levels are starting to rise to extremely alarming levels. In fact, some of the numbers that are coming in are even worse than we witnessed at any point during the last recession. If things are this bad already, what are they going to look like once the economy really gets bad? Because even though it appears that we are heading into a new recession, according to the Federal Reserve it has not officially begun yet. That means that much worse is yet to come. Just like last time, millions of Americans will likely lose their jobs, and without an income most of those that suddenly find themselves unemployed will not be able to pay their bills. The stage is set for the largest tsunami of consumer debt defaults that this country has ever seen, and that will absolutely devastate major financial institutions all across America. If you think that I am exaggerating even a little bit, please read over the following list very carefully. The following are 12 statistics that prove that the U.S. is facing a consumer debt apocalypse…

#1 Total consumer debt in the United States just surpassed the 4 trillion dollar mark. That has never happened before in all of U.S. history.

#2 When you throw in mortgages and all other kinds of individual debt, U.S. consumers are now 13.5 trillion dollars in debt.

#3 A whopping 480 million credit cards are in circulation in this country. That number has shot up by nearly 13 percent since 2015.

#4 U.S. consumers are carrying 870 billion dollars worth of balances on their credit cards right now.

#5 56 percent of Americans that currently have credit card balances have been carrying them for more than a year.

#6 The number of “seriously delinquent”credit card accounts in the U.S. has shot up to 37 million.

#7 Americans now owe a total of 1.3 trillion dollars on their auto loans.

#8 At this moment, more than 7 million Americans are delinquent on their auto loan payments. The figure has already surpassed what we witnessed during the peak of the last recession by about a million.

#9 The total amount of student loan debt in the United States has reached the 1.5 trillion dollar mark. Over the last 10 years, that number has more than doubled.

#10 Right now, more than 166 billion dollars in student loan debt is considered to be “seriously delinquent”.

#11 Millennials are now more than a trillion dollars in debt. No generation of Americans has ever been deeper in debt at this stage in life.

#12 One recent survey found that 78 percent of Americans “are living paycheck to paycheck”. Suffocating debt levels are a big reason why that figure is so incredibly high. Since so many Americans are living paycheck to paycheck, that means that there is very little room for error. During the last recession, large numbers of Americans immediately began getting behind on their bills once they were laid off, and we saw mortgage defaults rise to unprecedented levels. Sadly, we haven’t learned from our past mistakes, and millions upon millions of Americans will find themselves drowning in an ocean of red ink once again during this next recession. But even if you are not living paycheck to paycheck, carrying credit card balances is a very unwise thing to do. Most Americans don’t realize that if you only make the minimum payment on a credit card every month, you can end up paying more in interest than you did for the original purchases. The following comes from USA Today…

If a credit-card borrower only made the minimum payments on $5,000 of debt, for example, they’d be in debt for more than 18 years and would end up paying $6,372 in interest based on national average interest rates, according to Ted Rossman, industry analyst for CreditCards.com. If you keep playing this game, I promise you that you will never get rich. Instead, the only people that will be getting wealthy will be the people that are receiving your debt payments. Credit card debt is one of my pet peeves. One of the best financial moves that anyone can make is to get out of credit card debt and never look back. And that is particularly important at this juncture because the economy is really starting to slow down. Compared to last year, U.S. job cut announcements were up 117 percent in February. We haven’t seen anything like that since the last financial crisis. At this point, even mainstream economists are openly admitting what is coming. Mark Zandi, the chief economist at Moody’s Analytics, sounded downright gloomy in his most recent article… The economy is throttling back. Way back. That’s the message in the near stall out of job growth last month. Job creation probably isn’t as bad as February’s disappointing numbers suggest — unusually poor weather played a role in limiting job growth to just 20,000 — but it is weaker than just a few months ago. Businesses are nervous, and sentiment is at risk of breaking if anything goes wrong. And plenty could go wrong. A recession could materialize swiftly if businesses lose faith, and there is a good chance they will. And when the next recession strikes, things are going to get very, very rough for U.S. consumers. A consumer debt apocalypse is coming, and it is going to be incredibly painful.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/12-statistics-that-prove-that-the-u-s-is-facing-a-consumer-debt-apocalypse 

:: 3-12-19 Cnet/ Road Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In-car monitoring: Surveillance tech will make your car less private

Everything you do in your car may soon be noticed.

by Brian Cooley March 12, 2019 10:52 AM PDT

Your car has long been a sanctuary on wheels but that won't be true for much longer. Car manufacturers will soon be adding radar and lasers inside the cabin to monitor who you are and what you do, and that will mean even more of your personal habits being tracked. Millimeter-wave radar is perhaps the most intriguing in-car detection tech. The apparatus itself can be compact because its frequency is so high and therefore its emitted wavelength is short. I've seen several examples about the size of a card deck that could easily be mounted on the headliner of a car and look down at its cabin. Texas Instruments has been showing carmakers how that view can not only detect objects in the vehicle but also classify them as an adult, a child or even a dog. Mount that same radar inside a seat and you can detect small movements in the driver's body that, with enough computing power, can be translated into a reading of respiration rate. Startup Caaresys imagines its radar-based system monitoring the respiration and heart rates of everyone in the car, with a particular focus on sensing a child that might be hidden from view in the back and potentially left behind in the car. Unlike other smart sensing scenarios, like an Amazon Go store where cameras dominate, car interiors are cramped and filled with obstructions like seats. Radar has the benefit of being able to see through a lot of things that block a camera's view. And while much of the current work is aimed at human-driven cars, the same radar technology could detect passenger orientation in future self-driving cars, which may not always be facing forward. Airbags and other passive safety systems could use smart radar sensing to configure themselves in a crash based on who is facing which direction. Even biometrics that aren't necessarily gathered by the car can be used to monitor you. BSecur said each of us has a unique ECG/EKG signature that can be used to unlock a car or monitor our condition while driving. That heart pattern could be tracked for the car's processors by sensors in the steering wheel or via a smartwatch. Not all car-cabin radar is about our bodies and faces: Vayyar is working with auto mechatronics company Brose to sense obstacles in the path of a car door, including nearby poles, walls, cyclists or other parked cars, and then block the door from opening too far via a limiter. That's bad news for paintless dent-removal guys, but great news for cyclists who live in fear of being doored. Radar is far from the only game in town though. Cameras are already used in a few cars to monitor a driver's gaze and eye state for inattention and drowsiness. The Cadillac CT6 pushed this envelope with its Super Cruise partial autonomy that watches the driver's face to determine if they are looking away from the road for too long. A huge number of similar applications are about to arrive from Mazda, Hyundai, Kia, BMW and autonomous EV startup Byton. Joining cameras in the car may be vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers (VCSEL), the same tech that powers Apple FaceID. Makers like TriLumina are showing how it can tell an occupant's state, identity and maybe even intent. Finally, there's gesture control which today is little more than a parlor trick, sensing only a few big, coarse gestures that don't even work half the time. But Google's Project Soli recently won FCC approval to use millimeter-wave radar to pick up fine gestures with a level of nuance that could finally liberate controls from screens, knobs and voice in a way that is better, not just amusing. Geneva Motor Show: The first major European auto show of the year is here. Chicago Auto Show: Catch up on everything you may have missed from Chicago.

https://www.cnet.com/roadshow/news/in-car-monitoring-surveillance-technology-privacy/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 3--19 Russia News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WASHINGTON—The Navy and its industry partners are “under cyber siege” by Chinese hackers and others who have stolen tranches of national security secrets in recent years, exploiting critical weaknesses that threaten the U.S.’s standing as the world’s top military power, an internal Navy review has concluded. The assessment, delivered to Navy Secretary Richard Spencer last week and reviewed by The Wall Street Journal, depicts a branch of the armed forces under relentless cyberattack by foreign adversaries and struggling in its response to the scale and sophistication of the problem. Drawing from extensive research and interviews with senior officials across the Trump administration, the tone of the review is urgent and at times dire, offering a rare, unfiltered look at the military’s cybersecurity liabilities. Key Takeaways From the Navy Review The Navy report’s authors conducted 31 site visits and interviewed 85 current senior military officers and civilians across both the Navy and wider Defense Department, as well as senior officials at the Federal Bureau of Investigation, Department of Homeland Security and White House National Security Council, among others. Here are their main conclusions: The Navy and its industry partners are facing relentless cyber attacks that seek to steal sensitive national security data by a wide range of foes, with China and Russia the most adept and strategic.

The U.S. is at risk of losing global military and economic advantages due to cyberthefts of secrets and intellectual property.

Despite efforts to address the problem, the defense industrial base has suffered “a flood of breaches of significant data” and “continues to hemorrhage critical data.”

The Navy and Defense Department have only a limited understanding of the totality of losses they and their partners are suffering.

The Navy is focused on “preparing to win some future kinetic battle, while it is losing the current global, counter-force, counter-value, cyber war,” the review’s authors conclude.

The 57-page document is especially scathing in its assessment of how the Navy has addressed cybersecurity challenges facing its contractors and subcontractors, faulting naval officials for not anticipating that adversaries would attack the defense industrial base and for not adequately informing those partners of the cyber threat. It also acknowledges a lack of full understanding about the extent of the damage. “For years, global competitors, and adversaries, have targeted and breached these critical contractor systems with impunity,” the audit says. “These enterprises, regardless of their relationship with the department, are under cyber siege.” The Navy declined to comment on the review, which hasn’t been publicly released. Chinese officials didn’t immediately respond to a request for comment, but in the past have denied engaging in cyberattacks. The review presented the threat posed by China in particularly stark terms, arguing that its cyber espionage operations against the U.S. military, its suppliers and the private sector in general have shifted power dynamics between the world’s two biggest economies. China has “derived an incalculable near- and long-term military advantage from it [the hacking], thereby altering the calculus of global power,” the report said. The findings are of acute interest and concern within the Navy. “We are under siege,” said a senior Navy official. “People think it’s much like a deathly virus—if we don’t do anything, we could die.” One major breach of a Navy contractor, reported in June and attributed to Chinese hackers, involved the theft of secret plans to build a supersonic antiship missile planned for use by American submarines, according to officials. The hackers targeted an unidentified company under contract with the Navy’s Naval Undersea Warfare Center in Newport, R.I. Coupled with that breach, a second breach last year prompted Mr. Spencer to request the internal review, Navy officials said. The report repeatedly singles out China and Russia in the theft of military secrets, portraying their actions as calibrated to achieve strategic objectives while remaining below the threshold of armed conflict, a metered approach that the U.S. has struggled to defend against. The review found flaws with the Navy’s longstanding approach to its own supply-chain security, which relies on contractors self-reporting vulnerabilities and breaches. “That after-the-fact system has demonstrably failed,” the review said. According to U.S. officials and security researchers, hackers have stolen highly classified information about advanced military technology. Victims of Chinese attacks alone span large and small contractors, major universities that develop maritime technology and receive billions in federal research dollars, and the Navy itself. The Navy and Defense Department “have only a limited understanding of the actual totality of losses that are occurring” due to a scarcity of resources and difficulties involved in tracking breaches at contractors and subcontractors, the report said. “Only a very small subset of incidents are ‘known’ and of those known, an even…smaller set are fully investigated,” it said. The report is unclassified and doesn’t provide specific details about individual breaches or tally recent intrusions. A separate classified document details some of the known breaches of the Navy or its contractors. Navy officials declined to give even an estimate of incidents over the last 18 months other than to say they were “numerous.” China is considered the biggest thief, officials said, but Russia is another source of concern. Iran also has breached Navy systems, an official said, but that occurred before the Trump administration, the official said. “It’s not only the number of breaches but the magnitude of the loss that is so troubling,” said another Navy official. When contractor breaches are investigated, information about the attacks “is often hyper classified and difficult to share, sometimes leading to an alarming lack of understanding and appreciation of the threat,” the review said. The top-to-bottom review of the Navy’s cybersecurity began last October. The Wall Street Journal reported in December that the review was ordered by Mr. Spencer after a series of hacking incidents. The Journal reported last week that Chinese hackers had targeted and potentially compromised more than two dozen universities in the U.S. and around the globe as part of an elaborate scheme to steal advanced maritime technology secrets. Some of the schools, such as Penn State’s applied research laboratory, are under contract to the Navy. Related Chinese Hackers Target Universities in Pursuit of Maritime Military Secrets (March 5, 2019)

U.S. Charges China Intelligence Officers Over Hacking Companies and Agencies (Dec. 20, 2018)

Chinese Hackers Breach U.S. Navy Contractors (Dec. 14, 2018)

In response to those revelations, Sen. Edward Markey (D., Mass.) sent letters Tuesday to Acting Defense Secretary Patrick Shanahan and Homeland Security Secretary Kirstjen Nielsen asking questions about how their agencies protect research institutions from cyberattacks. “In the era of great power competition, it should come as no surprise that Chinese hackers are targeting academic institutions ripe with valuable information about U.S. military capabilities,” Mr. Markey wrote. The Navy review faulted the military branch’s culture as lacking an appreciation of the cybersecurity threats it faces, being unable to anticipate novel attacks and favoring compliance and governance over outcomes. Among recommendations, the review urged identifying and better protecting essential data, selecting leaders to oversee a long-term cybersecurity strategy and installing new accountability measures on contractors to ensure they meet cybersecurity standards. The national security implications of China’s cybertheft of advanced research from Navy contractors and universities are considered so severe that the issue has been mentioned in the presidential daily brief on multiple occasions, according to a person familiar with the matter. Some subcontractors have been breached by the same Chinese hacking group several times within the same year, despite warnings from investigators, the person said. The Trump administration has sought in recent months to hold Beijing responsible for what officials have described as a relentless onslaught of intrusions into U.S. corporate and government networks. Chinese hackers stand accused of stealing hundreds of billions of dollars annually in intellectual property from U.S. businesses, and the Justice Department in recent months has announced a series of charges that have blamed Beijing for a variety of wide-ranging cyberattacks. Write to Gordon Lubold at Gordon.Lubold@wsj.com and Dustin Volz at dustin.volz@wsj.com

Appeared in the March 13, 2019, print edition as ‘Chinese Hackers Attack U.S. Navy, Report Says.’

https://www.therussophile.org/navy-industry-partners-are-under-cyber-siege-by-chinese-hackers-review-assertshacking-threatens-u-s-s-standing-as-worlds-leading-military-powe.html/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 2-14-19 Judical Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tom Fitton: Shady Deal Offered Between FBI and State Dept to Protect Clinton

FEBRUARY 14, 2019

https://www.judicialwatch.org/press-room/in-the-news/tom-fitton-shady-deal-offered-between-fbi-and-state-dept-to-protect-clinton/ 

:: 3-12-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-gun activist threatens to shoot GOP senator & the NRA

Posted on March 12, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn | 12 Comments 5 (100%) 1 vote

Yesterday, the State of Connecticut Judiciary Committee conducted a public hearing in Hartford to discuss tougher gun laws following the accidental shooting death of a teenage boy. Ethan Song, 15, accidentally shot himself with a gun belonging to his friend’s father.

As reported by the Daily Caller, a variety of gun control measures were discussed, including:

Safe storage of fire arms in the home.

A measure requiring anyone open-carrying a firearm to produce a permit if asked by police.

A move to regulate “ghost guns” or 3-D printed firearms and components.

A bill prohibiting cities and towns to enact their own firearms laws

Blind to her hypocrisy and the irony of the situation, an anti-gun activist threatened to shoot the place up and had to be removed from the hearing. As reported by WTNH News8’s chief political correspondent Mark Davis in a tweet: Woman expelled from gun hearing after being seen sending this text about a state lawmaker. The woman’s text message reads: If I had a gun, I’d blow away Sampson and a large group of NRA. Republican Connecticut State Senator Rob Sampson is a staunch supporter of the Second Amendment and defender of the NRA (National Rifles Association).

Threatening government officials of the United States is a felony under federal law:

Threatening the President of the United States is a felony under 18 U.S.C. § 871, punishable by up to 5 years of imprisonment, and is investigated by the U.S. Secret Service.

Threatening other officials, such as State Senator Rob Sampson, is a Class C or D felony, usually carrying maximum penalties of 5 or 10 years under 18 U.S.C. § 875, 18 U.S.C. § 876 and other statutes, and is investigated by the FBI.

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/anti-gun-activist-threatens-to-shoot-gop-senator-the-nra 

:: 3-12-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

War Drums: US Diplomats Ordered Home From Venezuela - With Special Guest Jim Jatras

17,002 viewsRonPaulLibertyReport

Streamed live on Mar 12, 2019

Secretary of State Pompeo has ordered all US diplomats to return from Venezuela. Their presence in country is "constraining" US foreign policy, he says. Is this the pre-cursor to a US attack? What about the power outages in Venezuela? A US cyber-attack? Are the neocons

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BsyhUV0TzW8&feature=youtu.be 

:: 3--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The World Has Never Been Closer to World War III

Even though most of us are cognizant of the fact that mainstream media is nothing but a “bread and circus” excrement show, it is still difficult to comprehend how much deception that the they think they can get away with. Along these lines, Myself and another researcher are preparing to release a story which reveals the extent that a specific Mexican drug cartel is embedded inside of the California State Assembly and the dormant, but soon to be revived CALEXIT movement. For the most part, the journalistic sources, are not American, they are south-of-the-border-Mexican-journalists, and their stories are consistent with each other and the facts. In an all-too-familiar-scenario, American journalists are nowhere to be found in this story. Well, we have another similar situation involving the compromised nature of the MSM and the story is related to the coming war in Venezuela. It seems that even the Russian journalists, known for their flights of fancy, are more honest than the corporate controlled American media. The fact is the world has never been closer to WW III, and we would only know this sad fact if we look at foreign media. Important Questions Historically, what does it mean when troops from an adversarial country are moved next door, thousands of miles away from home, into a neighboring country of their enemy? Along the same lines, please allow me to another question: What does it mean when an aggressor nation withdraws its diplomatic core from their potential enemy’s country? Let’s answer these questions, one at a time in order to see if we can connect some dots which may form a meaningful and relevant conclusion. The answer to the first question has already been answered. Both on The Common Sense Show and in many of other alt media news sites, the landing of 5,000 American troops in Columbia has been well documented. This is an invasion force and their target lies next door in Venezuela. Isn’t likely that World War III, commencing in Venezuela is becoming much more likely just with this development on its own? Another development has lead to another flash point in the Venezuela controversy and it is related to the formation of a second important question, posed above, implies the significance of withdrawing embassy personnel and assets in the midst of heated controversy. The answer to this second question is obvious. The action of removing diplomatic personnel usually means that military confrontation is imminent. This has been a consistent sign, in history, that war is imminent! Unfortunately, Fox and CNN are not honestly reporting on this scenario. They are not lying about the events, they are simply not reporting them. For a more accurate picture, we must go to RT: …The US State Department annnounced it is withdrawing all remaining diplomatic personnel from Venezuela, citing the “deteriorating situation” and referring to the presence of US staff at the embassy as a “constraint on US policy….” Here is s tweet on the subject from neocon, Mike Pompeo: Secretary of State Mike Pompeo announced the withdrawal on Monday. While most US staff stationed in Caracas had already been withdrawn in January following the US-backed opposition leader Juan Guaido’s attempt to declare himself president, a select few remained in defiance of President Nicolas Maduro’s order to American diplomats to leave the country.

Secretary Pompeo ✔ @SecPompeo The U.S. will withdraw all remaining personnel from @usembassyve this week. This decision reflects the deteriorating situation in #Venezuela as well as the conclusion that the presence of U.S. diplomatic staff at the embassy has become a constraint on U.S. policy. 11.6K 8:50 PM – Mar 11, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 9,887 people are talking about this Pompeo forgot to mention that the situation is “deteriorating” is because the US is behind the attacks on the Venezuelan power grid. As previously documented on the CSS, the Chinese military has a “humanitarian” mission in Venezuela. The Cubans have their riot suppression troops in the major urban areas, the Russians have a covert troop presence, mostly commando related and the Chinese have a naval presence off the coast of Venezuela. Therefore, should we be surprised at these developments as both sides line up to confront each other? Related Developments

About five days ago, I received some stunning information from my very best intelligence/military deep cover source. And only yesterday, I discovered, and have been interviewing a source from Arizona, who has the exact same information. In anticipation of a US attack on Venezuela, the Russians have moved a sizeable number of submarines 12 miles off both the East and West coast of the United States. NATO has moved nuclear missiles batteries close to the Ukraine. Yesterday, Russian ally, Syria, military threatened Israel. Why would a military inferior force such as Syria threaten a superior force in Israel, unless Syria knew it was going to have help from her ally, Russia? As I reported yesterday, the Border Patrol has reported arresting a record number of people from Pakistan and more importantly, China! Finally, it was widely reported when the Russian nuclear targeting of American sites was announced, that if Clinton had won the election, the Russians would launched a first strike against America. At this point, the only thing that the rank and file of the country can do is to sit, wait and watch the events unfold. these events are eerily similar to the Cuban Missile Crisis. Oh, we could call the Congressional and Presidential offices, but these events are in motion and what is going to play out has already been decided. Further, it should be noted that Pelosi announced that she would not be seeking impeachment against Donald Trump. Why the sudden reversal? Perhaps she already knows that it won’t matter given what it coming.

https://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/the-world-has-never-been-closer-to-world-war-iii/ 

:: 3-12-19 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuela in Complete Societal Collapse; Widespread Looting, Armed People attacking neighbors to get food . . ."We're Going to Start EATING EACH OTHER!"

World News Desk 12 March 2019 Hits: 11239

The country of Venezuela is in complete societal collapse after 119 hours without electricity in most of the country.

Below are bullet points of information coming out of Venezuela. They need no context for the situation to be clearly understood:

"NOTHING TO EAT, EVERYTHING HAS BEEN LOOTED IN MARACAIBO, I CANNOT BUY ANYTHING"

"PEOPLE ARE LOOTING EVERYTHING IN LA CURVA DE MOLINA"

- MARACAIBO IS COLLAPSING

- 100 HOURS WITHOUT POWER/WATER SUPPLY

- WIDESPREAD LOOTING IS REPORTED EVERYWHERE

- THE ARMY IS OVERWHELMED, CLASHING WITH PROTESTERS IN SOME PARTS OF THE CITY, SOME MEMBERS HAVE JOINED THE LOOTING

- BANDS OF ARMED PEOPLE ARE BREAKING INTO BUILDINGS AND APARTMENTS TO GET FOOD/THEY ARE THREATENING THE NEIGHBORS

PEOPLE DRINKING WATER FROM THE RIVER GUAIRÓ (A POLLUTED RIVER) IN CARACAS

Looting and spontaneous protests. Desperate patients begging doctors to be kept alive. Residents bracing for wider attacks on markets and restaurants after the sun goes down.

“We’re going to arrive at a moment when we’re going to eat each other,” said Zuly González, 40, a resident of Caracas’s Chacao neighborhood.

On Thursday, the San Geronimo B substation in the center of the country, which supplies electricity to four out of five Venezuelans from the massive Guri hydropower plant, went down.

The government said the blackout was caused by an unspecified fault at Guri, which provides 80 percent of the country’s electricity. No date has been set to restart the plant and most workers were told to stay home on Monday, said two of the substation’s workers and a manager at the national power monopoly, Corpoelec.

Aftermath of transformer explosion/fire in south Caracas: Internet connectivity keeps flat-lining as power comes back, then fails, over and over again: People are so desperate for food, they're killing and eating wild animals that are not traditionally human food . . . like this Leopard: Meanwhile, another electrical sub-station goes up in smoke . . . DRINKING SEWER WATER

The video below shows just how desperate things have become; people are collecting SEWER WATER running into a river, to drink . Venezuela's oil production fell 13% last month. Reports indicate that output may currently be down to 0.5 mbpd due to blackouts. Unless things change, it won't be surprising if GDP falls more than 30% in 2019.

It is worth noting that Venezuela has the LARGEST PROVEN OIL RESERVES ON PLANET EARTH; more than Saudi Arabia! Here's proof: That country _should_ be living a life of wealth beyond the dreams of Avarice; yet they're broke, thirsty, starving. Why? Socialism. That's why! Reports of Looting and shootings going on in Caracas happening right now! Venezuelan prosecutor general Tarek William Saab announces a new investigation into Juan Guaido for "national electrical sabotage" Venezuela give U.S. diplomats 72 hours to leave, blames Trump for Blackout Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro has said two would-be saboteurs have been caught “in flagrante delicto” trying to take down the communications system of the Guri hydroelectric dam. Investigation into who sent them is underway. After a failure at the Guri dam left much of the country in the dark on Thursday night, authorities worked round the clock to fix the problem, managing to restore nearly 70 percent of the electrical system before a cyberattack knocked it out again on Saturday afternoon, Maduro said, adding that one of the generators had been working perfectly and could only have been sabotaged by an infiltrator. The Guri hydroelectric plant produces 80 percent of Venezuela’s power. While stressing that the “Venezuelan state has to act” to hold those to blame for the “electrical criminal coup” responsible, Maduro praised the “effort and behavior” of Venezuelans who have remained at peace despite the prolonged blackout. He denounced the sabotage as a “serious violation of human rights.” While some of the country’s power has been restored, Maduro has suspended school and business activities for Tuesday as much of the nation remains in darkness. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, who has been relentlessly pushing for Maduro’s ouster for months, along with the rest of the Trump administration, claimed the outages are due to “years and years of neglect,” due to the “mismanagement and greed” of Maduro’s government. He denied US responsibility for the blackout while proclaiming that the US is “interested only in the welfare of the Venezuelan people.” 'Not a single drop of water has entered Caracas since Thursday March 7'. The pumping system can't be restarted until 600MW of power are available. IT CAN HAPPEN HERE . . . No one in Venezuela ever imagined their country could literally fall apart in days. That's precisely what is taking place. As much as we might dislike having to admit this; the same thing can happen here. The continental United States has three (3) electric power grids: Eastern, Western, and Texas. While our Capitalist society sees to it that investment is made in infrastructure to keep it well-maintained, an unforeseen circumstance like a Coronal Mass Ejection from the Sun, hitting us directly, __could__ knock out our electric grids in one fell swoop. An act of terrorism could damage key components of our grid, causing Cascade Failure. An Act of war could see our electric grid infected with Malware that causes the system to physically destroy itself. NONE of us is expecting any of this . . . just like the people in Venezuela did not expect decades of bad design and poor maintenance to come together in one fell swoop to wreck their national power grid. Yet right now, Venezuela is 119 hours into grid failure and ANARCHY is taking over.

No water from Municipal Water systems is pumping.

Hospitals either did not have generators or now cannot get fuel to keep their generators running.

Doctors are operating on patients by flashlight.

Trucks have no fuel to deliver food.

Stores have no electric to keep food refrigerated.

Homes have no power to keep their refrigerated food fresh.

This same series of events CAN happen here.

Where would that leave YOU?

Do you have __any_ Emergency food stored-up? . . . or will you -- like the people in Venezuela -- go to a local zoo and slaughter animals like they did in Venezuela with the dead Leopard pictured above? Here are some sources you should look into: Do you have __any__ emergency water stored? Here are some sources for Water Storage Containers: 1 gallon per person, per day is the rule of thumb. Do the math, then get yourself the means to store a couple weeks worth of water. Here's what they look like: Do you have a small generator to keep your refrigerator running? Here are some sources:

The average family refrigerator uses 1200 watts of power. The average microwave oven is 1,000 watts, but needs about 1900 watts (IN) to produce those 1,000 watts (OUT). Of course, houses have lights, gadgets and gizmos. You need a source of emergency electric that can supply that! If you buy a generator with 1500 watts, you can power the frig, and maybe a couple lights, or a small TV. If you want to be able to run the frig and a microwave, you have to ADD the watts together to get the total, then buy a generator capable of meeting that total. Most homes can be fully powered by 7500-10,000 watts. Whatever your power needs, the links below the photos can show you all sorts and sizes of generators. REMEMBER: NEVER USE A GSASOLINE-POWERED GENERATOR INDOORS BECAUSE THE EXHAUST GAS FROM ITS MOTOR RUNNING CAN KILL YOU. THE GENERATOR STAYS OUTSIDE and powers your stuff via extension cord.

Here's what they look like: Click Here for a Full Selection of all sizes and types of portable Emergency Electric Generators Do you have fuel for that generator? Or for your car? Here sources for Fuel Storage Containers: DO NOT STORE FUEL IN YOUR HOUSE. It must be kept outside (on a terrace, a backyard, etc.) Here's what they look like: Click Here for a full selection of various sized Gasoline Cans and Caddies (Cars trucks, Generators) Do you have a Barbecue grill or propane grill you can cook on? (You know what they look like and where to get them) When YOUR neighbors start doing what folks in Venezuela are now doing to THEIR neighbors - robbing their food - will YOU have the gun and ammunition needed to protect yourself? Here are some sources for guns and ammunition:

Below are links to quite a few different firearms suppliers and ammunition sources.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/venezuela-in-complete-societal-collapse-widespread-looting-armed-people-attacking-neighbors-to-get-food-we-re-going-

to-start-eating-each-other 

:: 3-11-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Canary In The Coal Mine Is Dead: No Power, Looting And Chaos In The Streets - Venezuela Is The Perfect Example Of Why Americans Should Run Far Away From Socialism

March 11, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Venezuela is in the dark, quite literally as they hit day five with no power, and it is being reported that even in small pockets if the power comes back on, it isn't long before it is cut off again. Other reports show there is already widespread looting as families scavenge for food to feed their children. According to the BBC at least 17 people have died in just the five days since the blackout began. Welcome to yet another example of socialism's end game. Throughout history we have seen this play out time and time again, leading to millions upon millions of deaths, but as democrats here in America push for socialist and communist policies, Venezuela is an in-your-face look into our own future should we let them lead us off the cliff. The fall of Venezuela began in 2007 when Hugo Chavez started down the road to socialism by nationalizing Venezuela's oil industry to fund government welfare programs, and from there everything started going downhill. Via Fox News: Chavez fired thousands of oil employees, executives and workers, replacing them with 80,000 political operatives. When Chavez threatened foreign corporations, they abandoned Venezuela, taking billions of dollars in investment with them. Big Socialism failed to produce the same amount of oil for the same cost, and Venezuela’s economy began its inevitable collapse. Chavez also seized control of the power companies. The consequences there were similar: The public transportation system collapsed last year. Those who have a vehicle wait hours to fill the tanks. Fuel shortages are rampant. The current Venezuelan president, Nicolas Maduro, blames the Trump administration, but as the nation with the world’s largest oil reserves, Venezuela should be able to produce energy for its own citizens. After all, the state-run oil company has 80,000 employees. That was the beginning of the end, and one paragraph from the BBC story, says it all for how it ends: Without internet, mobile phones, banks, credit-card machines, electric cookers or air-conditioning, ordinary life is bordering on the unbearable for many people, especially in low income communities. Just days ago Senator Marco Rubio warned that Venezuela was headed into "unprecedented catastrophe," as the nation rapidly collapses. MEANWHILE, HERE IN AMERICA, DEMOCRATS RACE TOWARDS THE SAME ENDGAME In my last piece on socialism, I highlighted the work of Richard M. Ebeling, who in March 2017, wrote a piece explaining how "Socialism requires a dictator," where he detailed how "humans don't easily become something they are not," and to become a socialist nation one would have to force humans to behave different, "re-educate" them, which requires a dictator. Isn't it fortuitous for Americans that recently, Democrat presidential wannabe Kamala Harris, expressed her socialist desire to change "human behavior." See? A dictator just waiting in the wings, aren't we lucky? (Yes, that is snark!) Harris is not the only democrat pushing socialist polices, as we see NY CongressKid, Ocasio-Cortez, a self-identifying Democrat socialist, declaring that Americans need to cut back on eating hamburgers, and her mess of a Green New Deal pushing to force Americans to change their behaviors and policies, with Philip Klein over at Washington Examiner dubbing it a "socialist Christmas list." Senator Bernie Sanders, another Democrat presidential hopeful, also another self-declared socialist, is one of the front runners in the large pool of possible presidential candidates on the Democrat side. In fact, quotes from almost every Democrat that has declared they are running for president in 2020, all indicate their socialist tendencies. Cory "I am Spartacus" Booker, recently indicated his belief that the world can't sustain people eating meat. The fact is communist educators across the nation have been brainwashing students into socialism, to the point where now nearly 50 percent of Millennials and Generation Z, want to live in a socialist country, but no, they don't want to move to one, (I would suggest we send them to Venezuela!) they want America to become one. So anyone that thinks this is just a phase the Democrat party is going through, it is not. They should be renamed from Democrat to Socialist party because each one is pushing socialist policies that will turn America into Venezuela, and end as most socialist nations do, in collapse with death counts in the millions or tens of millions. Every parent out there should make Atlas Shrugged required reading for their kids, before the communist educators get their paws on them and start the brainwashing process. THE CANARY IN THE COAL MINE IS DEAD The devastating history and death toll of communism and socialism is being ignored by today's Democrats/socialists, downplayed with tropes like "They just didn't do it right," rather than a harsh look at how policies that attempt to force a change in human behavior will always be doomed to fail. We don't need to look at history though, we have Venezuela as America's canary in the coal mine, where miners used to have a caged canary in the mine so if there were dangerous gasses collected in the mine, the canary would die, offering the miners a change to run the other way and get out. The canary is dead....... and Americans need to listen to those that escaped the "mine," who are telling us "Venezuela was my home, and socialism destroyed it. Slowly, it will destroy America, too." With experts warning there is "no end in sight" to Venezuela's blackout, Americans need to either learn the lesson Venezuela should be teaching us, or prepare for the day when our lights go out, when we no longer have access to food and water, banks and ATMs, because there are a number of events that can flip the switch and leave us all living in the dark with no end in sight. For those that still insist Venezuela isn't in as bad of condition as has been reported, tell that to a mother that had to carry her emaciated daughter to the morgue after being turned away from the hospitals. Her daughter was 19 years old, and only weighed 22 pounds. BOTTOM LINE There are no shortage of socialist candidates for president in the Democrat party, and day by day we see more and more news about cities like NYC, which have promoted socialist policies on a consistent basis, yet are now facing bankruptcy, because those policies were doomed to fail. Or look to another socialist haven on the opposite side of the country, San Francisco, where things are so bad that mounds of trash and food are found on the streets, along with discarded needles and hundreds of piles of feces. Bottom Line: The canary has died, and Venezuela is the perfect example of why Americans should run as fast and as far away as they can from socialism.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Canary_In_The_Coal_Mine_Venezuela.php 

:: 3-12-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia carries out first navy launch tests of its 'unstoppable' hypersonic missile - Putin's 'weapon of choice' to destroy US cities

Test launch of Zircon to take place at the end of the year, Russian media reports

Vladimir Putin claims 6,000mph weapon is unmatched by any Western missile

Mach 8 missile was identified last month by Moscow's state-controlled TV as being Putin's weapon of choice to wipe out American cities in the event of war

By Will Stewart In Moscow for MailOnline Published: 07:44 EDT, 12 March 2019 | Updated: 08:07 EDT, 12 March 2019

Russia is poised to carry out tests of its 'unstoppable' hypersonic missile from a naval ship for the first time, it was reported today. The Mach 8 missile was identified last month by Moscow's state-controlled TV as being Vladimir Putin's weapon of choice to wipe out a number of American cities in the event of nuclear war. Chilling computer generated footage shows the rocket being launched from a war ship, dodging air defence missiles and slamming into an unidentified aircraft carrier. The clip was shown on state-controlled 1tv.ru ka but not credited to the Defence Ministry, though it is understood to have been compiled with input from knowledgeable Russian military experts. Deep secrecy has surrounded tests and designs of the 6,000mph Zircon, which Putin claims is unmatched by any Western missile. But today state-controlled TASS news agency reported: 'Trials of launching a (Zircon) missile from a naval vessel are planned to start at the end of the year. 'The Admiral Gorshkov-class frigate, also known as Project 22350, from the Northern Fleet will be used.' The report was cited to an unnamed source in the Russian 'military-industrial complex'. The Russian defence ministry did not immediately officially confirm the TASS report. Previously it was believed that the shark-nosed Zircon has been tested at least five times from land-based sites, and is capable of a speed of 1.7 miles per second. In June 2017 the missile reached eight times the speed of sound, according to reports. The Royal Navy's Sea Ceptor surface-to-air missile is reportedly only capable of intercepting targets flying up to Mach 3.

TASS said the sea-based tests would start later this year. Hypersonic cruise missile Zircon is designed to be used against ships or land-based targets, and to enter production in 2021, commencing service the following year. Last month Dmitry Kiselyov, presenter of Russia's main weekly TV news show Vesti Nedeli, showed on screen a map of the US identifying targets he claimed Moscow would want to hit in a nuclear war. Kiselyov, seen as a top Putin propagandist, said the Zircon missile could hit the targets in less than five minutes. Last week Putin warned that the West is seeking to steal secrets relating to Zircon and other state-of-the-art Russian weapons such as the Avangard. He told his FSB counter-intelligence service: 'That means that your work should become even more effective.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6799067/Russia-carries-navy-launch-tests-unstoppable-hypersonic-missile.html 

:: 3-11-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Senator Graham Spent the Weekend in Israel and Toured Terror Tunnels Near Gaza

Katie Pavlich @KatiePavlich Posted: Mar 11, 2019 1:30 PM

Senate Judiciary Chairman Lindsey Graham made a visit to Israel over the weekend where he met with a number of officials and toured tunnels used by terrorists near the Gaza strip. The terrorist organization Hamas has been holding major riots on the border with Israel for months on end. Rioters throw grenades and other objects at Israeli forces and send flaming balloons into Israeli farm land, burning thousands of acres. Meanwhile, Israel will hold elections in April. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has been accused of bribery and violating the public trust. He was indicted last week by the country's attorney general and vowed to fight against the "witch hunt."

https://townhall.com/tipsheet/katiepavlich/2019/03/11/senator-graham-spent-the-weekend-in-israel-n2542922 

:: 3-6-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Islam vs Everyone

By Hal Lindsey

There are some basic things about Islam that everyone should know — including its view of human rights. Since Iran’s 1979 Islamic revolution, the country has had two “Supreme Leaders.” The first was the notorious Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini. He said, “What they [meaning Westerners] call human rights is nothing but a collection of corrupt rules worked out by Zionists to destroy all true religions.”  If anything, Iran’s present “Supreme Leader,” the Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, holds an even greater abhorrence of basic rights. He said, “For us the Universal Declaration of Human Rights is nothing but a collection of mumbo-jumbo by disciples of Satan.” He was referring to the United Nation’s “Universal Declaration of Human Rights,” written in 1948. The declaration is basic and straight forward. It is similar to the US Constitution’s Bill of Rights. It includes the right to “life, liberty and security of person.” It also includes freedom of religion and speech, the right to due process, to own and acquire property, freedom of assembly, to work, and to acquire an education. We can debate whether the UN has any business telling the nations of the world what rights their citizens should have. But to call the rights I just listed “satanic” requires a dark worldview — a worldview perfectly in tune with the Koran. We must remember that Islam is not just a religion. It is also a political system — a blueprint for government. Many of the freedoms listed in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights are useful in improving governments. But Islam sees it as impossible to improve on a government handed down by Allah. For Muslim true believers, freedom of religion is an insult to their prophet. If you want to see this in action, try to build a church in Saudi Arabia. The New Testament has exacting messages about God and His ways. But it doesn’t tell Christians to kill those who reject the message. It says to pray for them — not stone them. The newspaper Le Figaro editorialized that Islam should perhaps already be considered, “France’s prime religion.” According to the Montaigne Institute, the teaching of Arabic should be mandatory in French public schools. European leaders sometimes refer to Islam as a “denomination,” as if they were Lutherans or Presbyterians. Many Americans see it the same way. But they could not be more wrong. Belgium’s ISLAM Party believes it can turn Belgium into a “Islamist Democracy” by 2030. The French magazine, Causeur, talked about the ISLAM Party’s objective. “The program is confusingly simple: replace all the civil and penal codes with sharia law. Period.” The French newspaper, Le Figaro, says it won’t happen by 2030, but it will happen. “The European capital,” it said, “will be Muslim in twenty years.” Islam is both a religion and a political ideology. As a political system, it is infused with the fervency of religion. It is unbending and intolerant. And it cannot rest until it rules — everything and everyone.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-6-2019/ 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 3-8-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Defining "Death to America"

By Hal Lindsey

With public approval of the Iranian nuclear deal withering, its supporters seem to be feeling desperate. In an article this week on “GlobalPost,” writer Reese Erlich tells us that, from the Iranian point of view, “‘Death to America’ doesn’t mean what you think.” That article wouldn’t be too significant except that USA Today decided to prominently repost it as a major story on their site. It was not labeled as an opinion piece and, from the context, you would think it’s straight news. But it’s actually a highly opinionated article from an extremely opinionated man. In March, the same author wrote something titled, “Want to Find Terrorists? Check Out Your Church.” He casts Christians as the real terrorists because of violence he wrongly attributes to Christians. It’s a common argument, but a huge stretch. Like Mr. Erlich, those who espouse it usually start with Timothy McVeigh. It’s true that McVeigh attended church some as a child, but by the time of the Oklahoma City bombing, he had long abandoned any pretext of Christianity. After McVeigh, people making this claim list a few other lone wolf type terrorists. Connecting them to Christianity can be as tenuous as the fact that a person grew up in a “Christian” nation. But even the wildest accusers of the Gospel can’t point to a Christian group equivalent to ISIS or Hamas. If you want to see the contrast between Christianity and Islam, look at Jesus and Mohammed. Islam’s founder was a violent man. Jesus is the Prince of Peace. Jesus said, “Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and persecute you.” [Matthew 5:44 KJV] The difference could not be more stark, but the writer of this article fails to see it. USA Today took Erlich’s ideas seriously enough to run the story. So, what does he have to back up his claim that when Iranians chant “Death to America” they don’t really mean “Death to America”? Erlich quotes Assistant Professor Foad Izadi of the University of Tehran. Izadi said that the slogan “means death to American foreign policy.” And that’s it. In the rest of the article, Erlich never bothers to give any more evidence — just one quote from one academic. That’s supposed to make us believe that “Death to America” doesn’t really mean what the words so clearly say. Imagine it’s Friday in Tehran, and you go up to one of the thousands of Iranians who has just been chanting “Death to America.” You ask him what the phrase means. Does anyone think he would answer, “It means ‘death to American foreign policy”’? That doesn’t pass the laugh test. Iranian hatred for America is one of the most obvious things in the world, especially among the leaders. Erlich says that Iranians are really quite fond of Americans. Some probably are, but not the ones leading chants; not the ones whose opinions will change the course of history. Their disdain is so complete that they actually demanded that no American serve on the inspection teams. (And, of course, the U.S. agreed to it. Now the Associated Press reports the Iranians themselves will only inspect that one site.) The Ayatollah said in July that the “Death to America” movement is a “great movement.” Does anyone think he was referring only to American foreign policy? Even Secretary of State John Kerry took it seriously. “I don’t know how to interpret it at this point in time,” Kerry said, “except to take it at face value.” In an interesting twist of human nature, appeasers almost always wind up being despised by those they appease. The appeaser wants to be liked, but winds up being seen as weak and insignificant. The commander of Iran’s Basij Force, Brigadier General Mohammad Reza Naqdi, said last month, “Any Iranian who reads the Vienna documents will hate the U.S. 100 times more.” In July, the Ayatollah Khamenei said in his weekly sermon, “I detest Americans. Deal or no deal, ‘death to America’ is our motto.” Does any thinking person have any doubt — even at USA Today? And then there is Israel. It’s no accident that Erlich’s news story/editorial never once mentions Israel. Iran just released a video that uses special effects to help them envision the takeover of Jerusalem. This week the ayatollah tweeted, “We support resistance in Palestine and the region, and take all possible means to support anyone who fights Israel, is against the Zionist regime and supports resistance.” Last year, the media heralded the beginning of a new era when Iranian President Hassan Rouhani tweeted a Rosh Hashanah greeting to the Jewish people. But it was not to be. On Wednesday, Rouhani said, “Today, this festering Zionist tumor has opened once again and has turned the land of olives into destruction and blood.” Michael Rubin, a former Pentagon adviser on Iran and Iraq, said, “The Iranian government counts on the fact that the American media will act as useful idiots. Some self-censor for access, others simply believe what they read in English — for example Rouhani’s Rosh Hashanah tweet — and ignore completely what the Iranian leadership says in Persian. … The fact of the matter is that Rouhani is part and parcel of the system, and embraces Khamenei’s ideology hook, line, and sinker.” The Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, the now deceased cleric who instigated the Iranian revolution, solidified his political strength by blaming all ills on the United States. Because he was both a political and religious leader, “Death to America” became more than a slogan. It became a tenet of faith.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-8-20-2015/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 3-13-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

war on Temple Mount

Palestinians attack police post there, riot ensures

By Khaled Abu Toameh, Tovah Lazaroff March 13, 2019 02:31

Israel accused the Palestinian Authority of inciting a religious war on the Temple Mount after a Palestinian Molotov cocktail attack on an Israeli police station on the holy site sparked an afternoon riot. Police closed the al-Aqsa compound for the remainder of the day but are expected to fully reopen it Wednesday. “Abu Mazen [PA President Mahmoud Abbas] continued to lie and incite violence together with the terror organizations of Murabitoun and Hamas, in an attempt to ignite a fire and cause a religious war on the Temple Mount,” Public Safety Minister Gilad Erdan said. “We will not allow this to happen,” Erdan said. “We will continue to act to restore calm on the [Temple Mount]. Police will respond with strength and determination to any act of violence or attempt to harm Israeli sovereignty on the Temple Mount.” Tuesday’s incidents began at about 1 p.m., when Palestinians threw a Molotov cocktail at the police post, which then caused a fire and damaged the building. One police officer was lightly injured from smoke inhalation. Police so far have arrested two minors, suspected of involvement in the incident. They will be brought to court on Wednesday. Some Palestinians, however, rejected the police account that the post was torched by a firebomb. At least two eyewitnesses claimed that the fire was caused by children who were playing with fireworks. Dozens of policemen rushed to the Temple Mount following the attack, sparking scuffles with Palestinian women and Wakf guards. Three Palestinians were immediately arrested in connection with the firebomb attack on the police post. The police closed the entrances to the compound after Palestinian activists and groups began calling on Palestinians to head to al-Aqsa Mosque to “defend it against the assault by the police and Jewish extremists.” The police also temporarily closed the Old City’s Damascus Gate and Lions’ Gate. Hamas called on Palestinians to head to the Temple Mount to “break the closure.” United Nations Special Coordinator to the Middle East Peace Process Nickolay Mladenov called for Israelis and Palestinians to show restraint. “Places of worship are for prayer, not for provocations and violence. Restraint must be shown to avoid inflaming an already tense situation. The status quo must be fully respected by all,” he tweeted. The Palestinian Authority called for international intervention to “halt Israeli assaults on al-Aqsa Mosque” and warned that Israel’s actions would have “grave repercussions.” Abbas was in contact with relevant parties, specifically Jordan, to pressure Israel to “stop this dangerous escalation,” said a statement issued by Abbas’s office in Ramallah. PA government spokesman Yusef al-Mahmoud accused Israel of seeking “to carry out its schemes to control al-Aqsa Mosque and obliterate the Arab features of Jerusalem.” PLO Executive Committee member Ahmed Majdalani urged Arab and Islamic states to take quick measures “to stop Israel from igniting fires in Jerusalem, the capital of the State of Palestine.” He and other senior Palestinian officials also claimed that Israel was working toward dividing the Temple Mount compound between Jews and Muslims. “Al-Aqsa Mosque is a redline,” cautioned Osama Qawassmeh, a spokesman for Abbas’s ruling Fatah faction in the West Bank. “Tampering with holy sites, especially al-Aqsa Mosque, is a direct call for violence. Fatah won’t allow Israel to carry out its schemes, regardless of the price.” Tuesday’s tensions came as Israel and Jordan, which controls the Wakf Department in east Jerusalem, continued to search for ways to solve the crisis surrounding the Bab a-Rahma (Golden Gate) site on the Temple Mount. It is a situation that has also threatened to cause a violent outbreak on the Temple Mount, known to Palestinians as Al-Haram Al-Sharif. Israel has accused the Wakf of attempting to open a new mosque on the Temple Mount, by transforming a building that had been used as office space into a place of worship. “An additional mosque will not be built on the Temple Mount,” Erdan said. “We will do everything necessary to maintain the status quo.” Police Interim Commissioner Motti Cohen visited the Temple Mount in the afternoon to receive a briefing from Jerusalem district commander Maj.-Gen. Doron Yedid. This was not the first attack of its kind against the police post, which Palestinians see as a symbol of Israeli sovereignty over the Temple Mount. In 1990, Palestinian rioters tried to attack a number of policemen who had barricaded themselves inside the post. The policemen managed to flee the scene and the rioters torched the post and damaged police equipment. In 2014, Palestinian rioters again torched the post after policemen who were stationed there were ordered by their commanders to leave out of fear for their lives. But the overall focus is on the Golden Gate crisis, which erupted when the Wakf unilaterally reopened the contested site last month. The site had closed by court order 16 years ago because of illegal construction and activity carried out there by the Islamic Movement in Israel and Hams-affiliated activists. The Jerusalem Magistrate’s Court, at the request of the police, said it would issue an order to allow police to once again close the Bab a-Rahma building unless the Wakf submitted a response to the court by last Sunday. Wakf officials have rejected the court order, saying they do not recognize its jurisdiction over Islamic holy shrines and did not submit a response. On Tuesday, the court extended its one-week closure deadline to the Wakf so as to allow Jordan and Israel more time to find a solution to the crisis. KAN News reported that one possible compromise in the works would allow the building to remain open with a pledge from the Wakf that it would not be turned into a mosque. The Wakf would be to give time to renovate the building as office space. Jordan’s King Abdullah II has been in Washington this week meeting with US politicians about ties between the two countries and regional stability, including the Temple Mount. On Tuesday he spoke with the US Senate Armed Services Committee, Senate leadership, the Senate Committee on Appropriations and the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. Separately in the West Bank city of Hebron, the IDF said soldiers shot and killed a Palestinian man who had run with a knife toward a Jewish residential building with a knife. No soldiers were injured. The Palestinian higher judicial council said the 40-year-old man had worked in a Palestinian court in Hebron. It denounced the shooting as “a despicable crime.” The PA Ministry of Health said that in the West Bank city of Salfit a 23-year-old Palestinian was shot dead during clashes that broke out between the IDF and city residents. An IDF spokeswoman said soldiers had used riot-dispersal means, mainly tear gas, against dozens of Palestinians who threw stones at them and that the military did not know of any live fire being used. She provided no further details. Reuters contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Riots-on-Temple-Mount-Palestinians-throw-explosive-device-at-police-583195 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 3-11-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Christians in Kazakhstan Fined for Praying Without Permission

03-11-2019 Steve Warren

Anti-terrorism officers assisted by local police raided two Baptist house churches in Taraz, Kazakhstan, during worship services on Feb. 10 and 17, fining the worshippers for conducting prayers without government permission. Three people were fined between one and two months' worth of average wages and two other worshippers were also fined different amounts The Express reported. Those attending the churches were warned against publicly practicing their faith – or risk further punishment. It's the latest suppression of religious freedom in the former Soviet republic, according to the newspaper - and an example of the unrelenting crackdown on Christianity in the Muslim-majority country. The house churches are members of the Council of Churches Baptists which refuses to pay fines handed down to punish those who practice religion without permission. Balgabek Myrzayev, acting head of the social harmony committee, which monitors the practice of religion told The Express he was not aware of the raids or fines. "Our laws don't ban praying," he said but defended punishing people for practicing their faith without government approval. "Our laws don't allow unregistered religious organizations and I don't have the right to change the law," he told the newspaper. The latest raids follow a recent Kazakhstan court's ruling that fined another church in the Council of Churches Baptists. Kazakhstan is listed as number 34 in Open Doors USA's 2019 World Watch List of the Top 50 Countries Where It's Most Dangerous to Follow Jesus. The government is constantly working to maintain and increase its control over society, using surveillance, raids, and detentions. Christians are under nearly constant surveillance, and the threat of militant Islam is used as an excuse to restrict freedoms, resulting in worsening conditions for the Christian minority, according to the Open Doors USA website.

http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/cwn/2019/march/christians-in-kazakhstan-fined-for-praying-without-permission 

:: 3-12-19 Rueters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Tomorrow we'll be in paradise': Islamic State followers speak from besieged enclave

Lisa Barrington

BEIRUT (Reuters) - Even as it faced imminent defeat in its last populated territory in eastern Syria, Islamic State made a new propaganda film calling on the few remaining residents of its cold, besieged encampment to maintain their prayers and seek refuge in God. “Servants of God, keep reciting your prayers and ask for forgiveness,” the loudspeaker of a beaten up van cries as it tours the ramshackle camp in the video. “Repent and ask God for forgiveness, oh servants of God, for perhaps the almighty will find a way out for us.” The video’s tone is a far cry from the jihadist group’s earlier productions, which boasted of victories in taking over around a third of Syria and Iraq at its height in 2014 and summoned followers around the world to join a growing society. While acknowledging its military setbacks in the face of a global campaign against it, Islamic State uses the new film to urge followers to maintain their faith in IS even in adversity. “Tomorrow, God willing, we will be in paradise and they will be burning in hell,” said an Islamic State member whom the video identified as Abu Abd al-Azeem, whose speech is peppered with Koranic recitations. Though the physical “caliphate” it declared in 2014 is now in ruins, the video showed Islamic State has not renounced its claim to be the contemporary heirs to Islam’s Prophet Mohammed, sovereign over all Muslim lands and people. “The infidels laughed at, humiliated us in this world, but war has its ups and downs and the battle is not over,” al-Azeem said, adding that IS leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi is the only Muslim leader on earth today. Azeem, wrapped in a thick winter cloak, sits on the ground around a steaming cooking pot. Next to him is a bored-looking boy of around 10 years old, peering out from a thick coat hood.

SIEGE The SDF has been laying siege to Baghouz for weeks but repeatedly postponed its final assault to allow the evacuation of thousands of civilians, many of them wives and children of Islamic State insurgents. The attack resumed on Sunday, backed by coalition air strikes. The video, uploaded to IS online channels overnight, shows a community living on farmland in rough dwellings made of blankets, tents, trucks and trailers. Men eat soup-like food from pots cooking on outdoor fires, sitting on upturned buckets or on the floor. As thousands of people flooded out of Baghouz in recent weeks, many told of severe shortages, with people reduced to eating grass at times. Azeem implores watchers not to focus on worldly conditions, suggesting those still in Baghouz were martyrs as he referenced part of the Koran that describes how a group of people were burned in a ditch because of their strong belief in God. After its sudden advance across swathes of Syria and Iraq in 2014, Islamic State’s wholesale slaughter or sexual enslavement of minorities and its grotesque public killings roused global anger. Al-Azeem says all IS wanted to do was apply God’s law. “Why are we bombed by planes, why do all the nations of the unbelieving world come together to fight us? ... What is our guilt? What is our crime? We (just) wanted to apply the sharia of God,” he said. Titled “The Meaning of Constancy, from Baghouz”, the video is dated with the Islamic month of Rajab, which began on March 9, but it is unclear exactly when it was filmed. Over the course of the video, dozens of men with faces wrapped in scarves, young boys and the occasional woman dressed in black robes are seen milling around the encampment. A bustling main street in the enclave is lined with small trucks and tent structures. People make their way along the street by motor bike or on foot. IS still operates in remote territory elsewhere in Syria and Iraq and it is widely assessed that it will continue to represent a potent security threat after the fall of Baghouz. “Do not be afraid, brothers, be cheerful and have faith,” said a man the video called Abu Addallah. A black balaclava obscured all but his eyes, and he spoke with a North African accent.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-mideast-crisis-islamic-state-fighters/tomorrow-well-be-in-paradise-islamic-state-followers-speak-from-besieged-enclave-idUSKBN1QT21X 

:: 3--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Deep State Has Begun Their Final Approach-“The Purge” Has Arrived

By Dave Hodges

The CSS has dedicated much in the way to coverage of predictive programming. Predictive programming is where the elite, for whatever reason, tells the public what is coming. The warnings are often cryptic, yet, the predictive programming events usually come to pass. One such predictive warning came from the recent TV and movie series, The Purge, which was all the rage last summer and fall. The Purge and Predictive Programming In the movie series, The Purge, the undesirable people that were targeted for state-sponsored murder in a night of jubilee and freedom from law and order. The intended victims were undesirables (ie the poor and non-contributors to society) that were financially devastating the economy. With the purge (ie the murder of the innocents), crime rates went down and prosperity went up. Generally, the implied targets to purge were poor people in the inner city. When the inventor of the Purge found out what was happening, she was murdered. However, there is one connection we might have missed, the genocide of late term abortions. This is the latest purge. This dynamic fits perfectly within the schema of the Purge series, both TV and movies. Although the movie and the TV series of “The Purge” did not deal specifically with late term abortion, all the trappings and innuendos are there for the public to see. Fabian Socialism Most people have never heard of Fabian Socialism, despite the fact this is the guiding doctrine of the Democratic Party and the Deep State. The origin and history of Fabian Socialism is rooted in the Fabian Society is a British socialist organization whose purpose is to advance the principles of democratic socialism via gradualist and reformist effort in democracies, rather than by revolutionary overthrow. Liberal documents such as Rules for Radicals follows these edicts on how to undermine and takeover a society. One the society is taken over, the weak and the infirm are targeted for elimination by the State. We have seen such predictive programming dating back to the 1970’s, with the release of the movie Logan’s Run in which everyone over 30 was murdered by the State in order to preserve resources for the majority. Why am I relaying this information here at this time? Because it is important to understand the nature of the regime that humanity is being opposed by. The bottom line of the Fabian Socialist message is that if you do not contribute more than you take from society, then you should be eliminated by the State, and that is precisely what is beginning to happen now. The Fabian Socialists are rearing their ugly heads in unison and their age-old message is a clear and present danger to all of humanity who do not consider themselves to be a member of the global elite. The coming purge will be the most deadly in human history and will threaten to make the horrific holocaust “a walk in the park”.

From News Target: …It’s now legal in New York to kill a perfectly healthy newborn child after it exits the mother’s womb, on the day of birth, if the mom and doctor agree the mom doesn’t want it. Abortionists are using sick and twisted methods to kill these day young humans, too, including forcing instruments into the soft spots of their heads, twisting their heads off their necks, or cutting their spinal cords with utility scissors… …Surely this is just the tip of the iceberg for population control beginning in 2019. AOC (Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez) already declared everyone should think twice (hint-hint) before having children, starting now (all based on the global warming hoax and the threat of the whole world bursting into flames inse of 12 years)… …Adolf Hitler wanted to exterminate anyone who was a “financial” or “economic burden” on society. Will the DDC pass a law to kill off grandma and grandpa for the same reasons they created and passed the infanticide bill? And what about blacks, Christians, and Jews; it’s more than obvious the Democrats hate them too… One can see that the financial burden of caring for the helpless is a primary concern and this point cannot be overstated when it comes to Fabian socialism. Here is a video I made 7 months ago in which I foretold a calamity of mass death in America resulting from the predictive programming of mass death from The Purge. I did not have to wait very long for this to manifest themselves into reality. Conclusion The declaration of depopulation has been made. It just initially came in a different form that most of us were expecting. How many babies are going to be murdered on their first day of life? As we look at the Fabian Socialists defined list of non-contributors, we have to ask how is next? If course it will be senior citizens and euthanasia. The next obvious target would be the chronically ill. What society from our past does this sound like? Humanity is being attacked on all fronts. Please make a note that I am interviewing Steve Quayle this Sunday about 202 being the year of alien disclosure/deception.

https://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/the-deep-state-has-begun-their-final-approach-the-purge-has-arrived/ 

:: 3-5-19 News Web Order :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Planned Obsolescence of America: Everything You Own is Designed to Fail

Posted on March 5, 2019 Author William Comments(7)

Planned obsolescence is the act of designing something to become obsolete or self destruct at a certain point in the future for the purpose of replacing it with something else. We see this with many of the things we use today, especially appliances, home furnishings and technology. We are expected to upgrade at regular intervals to keep up with the times. It was not always this way. In the past many things were built to last, in some cases for many generations. There are many homes in the world that were built centuries ago and are as functional today as the day they were built. There are appliances built almost a century ago that still do what they were designed to do. There are cars and tools that are decades old that still function as intended. Many of the items that were built in the past were overbuilt and as a result maintain their function. They were built at a time when society demanded and expected the things they used to last a lifetime. Many items were built to be repaired many times in their functional life extending their usefulness and making them a good value to the owners. At some point, that mantra changed. As society grew some people realized that they could sell many more items in the future if the products they built only lasted a short while and required replacement. During the 20th century industrialization ran head on into planned obsolescence. Things could be made cheaper and profit margins would expand. This can be seen in society today in the many things we use. Granted, technology is constantly improving making some things less useful but many of the things we use still work as they always did. Homes used to be built of solid timbers making them last hundreds of years. Today the standard building materials are cheap imitations of that bygone era and modern construction is not expected to last for more than a generation as old buildings are torn down to make way for new and improved designs and tastes. Society has been conditioned to want and expect change. How many times have you seen mobs outside a store waiting for the release of a new product. They wait to buy a replacement for things that still work fine but are not new enough. They tear down old buildings made of brick and mortar and replace it with one made of tin and particle board. They are on a constant quest to replace the old with the new. There is a good case to be made for maintaining the old. Once it is built or purchased you do not need to spend money replacing it. The simple act of maintenance and repair will allow you to spend future monies on other necessities. There are some in society that live by the broken window theory. They believe that a broken window is good for society. If a shopkeeper gets a broken window it will force him to spend money to fix it. The window maker makes money. The window seller makes money. The window installer makes money. What they do not understand is that this creative destruction does not allow society to increase its wealth. It is like paying a man to dig holes and another to fill them. You have not created anything new in the end. When a person buys land and builds a good home on it, if that home is left to the next generation, they can add to it and use their newly earned money to increase their wealth. Over successive generations, the family can increase their wealth because it is the collective wealth of several generations that has amassed. If every generation has to start from scratch, they will only get so far. This is how many of the wealthy families in the world do it. The death taxes that many people are forced to pay when a relative dies is just one of the many ways the system is rigged against the individual. It is a way for the system to force the idea of planned obsolescence on people. It forces people to relinquish the old and start anew. Planned obsolescence is not restricted to mere products anymore. It now also applies to nation states as well. The U.S. Constitution was made to last for all time. It was designed to adjust to changing culture and needs in society. For many years those in society that have no admiration for the past have sought to change our basic principles of self determination and replace it with planned societies. More and more in the past few years we have heard the chorus of those that profess the constitution is outdated and irrelevant in today’s society. They want us to move into the future. They want us to embrace their vision of what should be. They want us to demolish the old brick and mortar building that has sheltered us for so long and replace it with a cheap new imitation. Just as our monetary system has evolved into something cheap and disposable, they want to move us away from the overbuilt constitutional structure that can be repaired and reused indefinitely and build a new structure that is cheap and disposable for easy replacement as the whims of society changes. America is headed for planned obsolescence by a shortsighted, uneducated and careless society that values the enjoyment of cheap trinkets and quick fixes rather than the solid value of time tested products and customs. America is about to be changed forever and just like the older durable products that made their way to the landfills, America may someday find itself covered with dirt to be remembered only in history books. Just like with our cars, houses, appliances and money, our current form of government that has provided us with prosperity, freedom and liberty for so long is now being engineered for premature destruction. The question is, will the people embrace the new version or will they fight to keep the older model a little longer. Only time will tell

http://www.newsweborder.com/the-planned-obsolescence-of-america-everything-you-own-is-designed-to-fail/ 

:: 3-5-19 Stan Deyo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hidden Horrors of Socialized Medicine: A Firsthand Account

Holly Deyo March 5, 2019 standeyo.com

Medicare-For-All! That's Democrats' hot new election buzz-phrase. So far, 107 House Dems have signed Rep. Pramila Jayapal's groaner bill. H.R.1384, modeled after socialized medicine in Canada and Australia, looks 'pretty' at first sniff. It romances idealists with no co-pays, deductibles or premiums. The proposal promises coverage of prescriptions, substance abuse treatment, dental, maternity care and long-term care for people with disabilities. To pay for this behemoth, taxes would rise sharply while quality care would plummet. Simultaneously, it outlaws access to private healthcare if you wanted Door #2. Government would pick the policies and the care we get. Even lefty billionaire Michael Bloomberg who's rarely rebuffed government expansion, sees it as a disaster and calls it 'unsustainable' saying it would 'bankrupt us for a very long time'. A girlfriend who lives in Canada broke her hip 3 weeks ago. Her 20-day hospital / physical therapy stay was less than stellar. In all the years we've known each other, never once have we heard her swear. Brenda must still be truly disenchanted! Read her firsthand account and see if Medicare-For-All still looks rosy.

Brenda's Story: The Ordeal Hey Guys, I am thankfully back home as of Friday morning, thank the Lord.

I had an accident at home late at night a few weeks ago. Slipped on a dog bone when I was up to get myself a hot cocoa late at night. There were lights on, but didn't notice the bone and I went flying onto hardwood flooring. First point of contact was my left hip. It broke clean through. Have never screamed like that in my life and each time they tried to move me. Two EMS and 5 firefighters used a sheet with handles (got brain fog for what it's called) which they used to slowly slip under me and haul me out to the ambulance. Hellhole As Hospital Spent about 1-1/2 weeks at the hospital and about the same at a rehab center, which is literally in the ghettos of downtown. Bloody hellhole. The hospital provided physio [physical therapy] and said this place would be making me take physio twice daily. What a joke. The only physio there is what you provide to yourself. Must have been the Lord guiding me… 2-3 times daily been doing about half an hour of exercises to try to regain use of the back of my left leg. Doctors damaged the nerve that runs down the outer side of my leg during surgery. I'm told it's a verrrry slow process to heal damaged nerves. Been having to request nurse assistance to get in and out of bed because I couldn't lift the leg even with this ridiculous hand device they call a leg lifter. They seem to want to keep the beds filled at the rehab center… It's funded by tax dollars. In one breath they'd say you can go home whenever you want and in the very next sentence, but you can't go home till… The woman in charge of dismissal said not until I can self-inject the daily blood thinners to help prevent blood clots for the first month. I said bring it on, let's do this and NOW. The 'physio' guy added to what she said… you can go home anytime you want, BUT we're not letting you go home till you can go up and down stairs easily. I said that's a LONG time off with this damaged nerve in my leg. My husband had the blessed insight to find and have installed a chair lift that goes from main floor where I'm living on, up 9 stairs to the upper floor for the bathroom. Had he not done that I'd be stuck in hell on earth at that bloody rehab center. Used the lift several times since coming home, works marvy, easily used without any help but a walker. Get Me Outta Here! We have 4 stairs from the main floor down to the front entrance from the living room and same down the other end of the hall to the family room, which each are the way out to go anywhere. That's what the physio guy tried to hold me there by, and I said like hell you're keeping me here because of 4 stairs I don't use. He sorta grimaced. OMGosh you have never seen such wretched food in your life. Maybe I need to become an activist for nutritious food for health recovery in these places. It's not even REAL food, just highly processed powdered garbage for the most part, like powdered potatoes and powdered eggs. Everything is highly processed GMO crap.

My 'Roomy' Last night was David's [her husband] last time to come visit me at night and said he hopes he never has to step foot in that hellhole again. My roommate I'm guessing was African, doesn't speak a word of English. It was soooo vile… never flushed the toilet when I first got there. She had the runs which sprayed all over the place. Had to literally wash the toilet seat before sitting down every single time, which ain't so easy on a walker when that's what's holding you up. Between that, her vomiting at night, snoring, and roommate that visited and stayed 6+ hours at a time talking loudly in their language, got little sleep. Earplugs didn't help much. Never experienced hurty ears from long use of earplugs before, but SO glad that's behind me now. Home Again Feels so surreal to be home again. Peace and quiet. And furbabies [dogs] to snuggle with. A long road ahead to recovery but at least it's from home now. Medicare-For-All Hidden Costs People who think they want socialized medicine fail to grasp just how horrendous the Democrat agenda is — until confronted with the facts. It's telling that folks, mostly those earning low wages and millennials who've been indoctrinated in college, can't even define what socialism is. Check this video. Liberals have done a good sell job. All these young adults see is the word FREE to go into freebie frenzy mode. Once people see the costs of Medicare-For-All and digest all of its drawbacks, people back off like they were asked to kiss a cobra. Five details of Medicare-For-All reveal a sobering picture. Fox News contributor Dr. Marc Siegel asserts that many people take jobs they don't necessarily like just for the health insurance. Since private and company-provided healthcare would disappear like dinosaurs, that incentive would be gone. Millions of jobs in the healthcare sector would evaporate as patients are pushed along the conveyor belt of socialized medicine. Transitioning to a Medicare-For-All system would cost about $33 trillion. Then there's that awful 'learning curve' for doctors, nurses, PAs and on through clerical staff, who have to absorb the ins and outs of a new system like they did with Obamacare. Many are still cussing its excessive paperwork when they could be spending this time with patients. How many more doctors will choose retirement over more healthcare headaches? Taxpayers can expect big tax hikes because somebody has to pay for all this 'free' stuff. Physicians could become scarce. Under socialized medicine in Australia, they don't make a lot of money like they do in the U.S. That translates to less incentive for people to undergo years of education, gruelling hours of internship and growing malpractice suits. Wait and Wait, and Wait Some More, Still Waiting… Canadians have reported for at least a decade about long waits to see a doctor or to be seen in the Emergency Room. Compared to 11 countries with socialized medicine, wait time for Canadians comes in as THE worst and this is the system Rep. Pramila Jayapal's bill is modeled after. Just to see a doctor, delays average 5 days; 20% of Canadians wait a week. Over 40% said "the last time they went to the emergency room, it was to treat something that their family doctor could have helped with IF they were available." To see a specialist requires longer than 4 weeks. Sometimes, it's as long as 8 months. Better hope you don't require an MRI as it can take up to 3 months to enter 'the tube'. If you need surgery, better pray it's nothing worse than a hangnail because the average wait time is 20 weeks. Heaven help you as you might meet God before getting neurosurgery with delays hitting nearly 47 weeks. Bacchus Barua, senior economist at Fraser institute – an independent non-partisan research and educational organization, stated. “Excessively long wait times remain a defining characteristic of Canada’s health-care system, but this year is the longest we’ve ever seen and that should trouble all Canadians. Long wait times aren’t simply minor inconveniences, they can result in increased suffering for patients, lost productivity at work, a decreased quality of life, and in the worst cases, disability or death.” Once you actually get in to a physician, don't expect the high quality care you receive now, not to mention how much better it was BEFORE ObamaCare. Today, we still enjoy personalized treatment and specialized solutions, skilled robotic surgery, innovations in immo-therapy, cancer and stem cell therapy. Now, thanks to President Trump, we can also opt for 'Right To Try' experimental medications. Critics call this 'cruel,' but if a person is terminally ill, why should government have the final say if a patient wants to try for life? Dr. Siegel predicts that socialized medicine won't pay for the aforementioned benefits and treatments our current medical system provides. He's spoken with physicians under that onerous, forced-on-us ObamaCare who admit even now they have trouble getting certain procedures paid for. Patients report that socialized governments determine when people can have transplants or certain treatments. They inflict an age cutoff when people are deemed useless eaters, which is in essence, an order to 'go home and die'. (Can euthanasia be far behind since Democrats shockingly back infanticide?) Combined, these factors could account for 63,000 Canadians leaving their country for medical treatment in 2016. That may not sound like a lot, but Canada's entire population is about the same as California's. Think about the realities of socialized medicine, Medicare-For-All. This is not America, but it does sound like a horror show.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR: Holly Drennan Deyo is the author of four books: bestseller Dare To Prepare (6th ed.), Prudent Places USA (4th ed.), Prophetic Perils: End Time Events Revealed and Garden Gold (2017 ed.) Please visit she and her husband's website: standeyo.com and their FREE Preparedness site: DareToPrepare.com. Other articles by Holly Deyo

http://www.standeyo.com/Holly_Articles/190304.socialized.medicine.html 

:: 3--19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GLOBAL MASS EXTINCTION EVENT!! THEY'RE SPRAYING CHEMICALS!

179,888 views

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hp302rhuJP4 

:: 3-4-19 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are There “Sleeper” VACCINE-caused Mutations Cytochrome P450 Genes Produce Which Medicine Deliberately Ignores?

TOPICS: AutismCatherine FrompovichCytochrome P450GeneticsScienceVaccines

March 4, 2019 By Catherine J. Frompovich

Cytochrome P450 enzymes metabolize external substances, such as medications that are ingested, and internal substances, such as toxins that are formed within cells. … Common variations (polymorphisms) in cytochrome P450 genes can affect the function of the enzymes. [1] Diseases caused by mutations in cytochrome P450 genes typically involve the buildup of substances in the body that are harmful in large amounts or that prevent other necessary molecules from being produced. [1] [CJF emphasis] Abstract The human cytochrome P450 (CYP) superfamily comprises 57 genes. These genes code for enzymes that can have a role in: metabolism of drugs, foreign chemicals, arachidonic acid and eicosanoids; cholesterol metabolism and bile-acid biosynthesis; steroid synthesis and metabolism; vitamin D(3) synthesis and metabolism; retinoic acid hydroxylation; and those of still unknown function. Cytochrome P450 was once believed to be mainly a hepatic drug detoxication system, but is now understood to include a myriad of enzymic reactions implicated in important life processes. Mutations in many CYP genes cause inborn errors of metabolism and contribute to many clinically relevant diseases. [2] Question: Are metabolism differences in CYP genes the cause of many vaccine adverse reactions, especially brain encephalopathy that precipitates Autism and other clinically relevant diseases in infants, toddlers and even adults? Was that the reasoning why a Vaccine Court Master awarded Hannah Poling’s Autism claim $1.5 million plus ongoing $500,000 per year for life [4]? The government lawyers mumbled something Orwellian and incoherent about a pre-existing mitochondrial disorder and how vaccines didn’t cause Hannah’s autism — the condition just “resulted” from the vaccines. [4] Or was it because Hannah’s father is an MD (neurologist) [5], who was astute enough to realize what happened to Hannah, and the CDC/FDA and Vaccine Court wanted to prevent the ultimate of vaccine damage whistleblowers to emerge? Free radicals are toxic; can damage living cells and tissues in a process known as oxidative stress. What role, if any, do cytochrome P450 enzymes have in producing oxidative stress? Reactive oxygen species (ROS) and oxidative stress have been considered in a variety of disease models, and cytochrome P450 (P450) enzymes have been suggested to be a source of ROS. [….]

The biochemistry of oxidative stress includes several issues. One is the nature of the damage to proteins, DNA, and lipids caused by ROS (8, 9). Another aspect is the nature of the biochemical processes involved in the production of ROS. Several enzyme systems have been considered in the production of ROS, including NADPH oxidase, xanthine oxidase, (uncoupled) mitochondrial electron transport, and P450 (1, 4, 10). [3] [CJF emphasis] Excipients (ingredients) in vaccines are transformed by Cytochrome P450 enzymes in the human liver, and are metabolized out of the body through the kidneys. However, due to the immaturity of CYP450 in infants and children under 3 years of age, plus the assault of adjuvants in vaccines—Aluminum, in particular—it is well-established in the field of PHARMACOGENOMICS that Aluminum interferes in CYP 450 metabolism in fetuses, infants and children. The underlying cause of chronic disease is obfuscated and results routinely in misdiagnoses of Autism spectrum as mental illnesses labelled as ADHD, Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, Bipolar, etc. The use of psychiatric drugs to mitigate the symptoms propels the individual deeper into a lifetime of contraindicated drugs, special needs education, depression and a devastatingly health-compromised life. Interestingly, the detox mechanism of the body, Cytochrome P450, is found in most systems, including the mitochondria and the gut, but not in the bloodstream. Since CYP450 is not fully developed in infants and toddlers, vaccines given during gestation; within 24 hours of birth; and every several months during a toddler’s life up to around 2 years of age contain highly neurotoxic chemicals and other excipients that would take a mature CYP450 system to metabolize, i.e., methylate those poisons out of their less-than thirty pound bodies. CDC/FDA, vaccine manufacturers and licensed medical doctors ought to know that infants have immature Cytochrome P450 liver enzymes. Plus, every race and ethnicity, i.e., Asian, Black, Caucasian and Hispanic, have a certain percentage of CYP450 non-metabolizers who cannot metabolize chemicals, toxins, and pharmaceuticals, which includes vaccine biologicals. Furthermore, it is thought that 10% of the Caucasian population falls into a “metabolism affecting cellular mitochondria classification,” which government health agencies really must recognize so as not to subject infants to damaging cellular mitochondria from vaccine excipients that CYP450 metabolism issues cannot methylate. However, Autism Spectrum Disorder anomalies actually can be prevented if the CDC and FDA were to permit physicians to perform a PCR test (Polymerase chain reaction) prior to administrating any vaccinations and similar to the Apgar test [6] an infant receives immediately after birth. PCR testing could eliminate the mandated problematic Hepatitis-B vaccine given within 24 hours of birth, unless the birth mother had an STD (sexually transmitted disease). Here’s proof for what is said above: A mitochondria disorder is a vaccine injury, not a genetic pre-existing condition. Why? A genetic test of the child’s parents would confirm whether either of the parents have a mitochondrial disorder that was passed down, thereby confirming the disorder to be a genetic pre-disposition, thereby providing for a valid medical exemption to vaccinations. However, in my opinion, no health directive—mandatory vaccinations—should be enforced to initiate an iatrogenic disease (8) resulting in a life-long disability. As an aside, the HPV vaccine may have an exceptional capability to involve CYP450 and cell mitochondria damage. Recently emerging research apparently indicates the Human Papilloma Virus vaccine contains human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG), the anti-fertility ingredient also found in the Tetanus vaccine given to child-bearing-age females in Kenya, Africa, that was confirmed by independent testing. Lifelong immature CYP450 enzymes possibly can be responsible for many chronic diseases due to the liver’s inability to metabolize environmental toxins, food chemicals, fluoride in municipal water systems, and the inordinate amount of vaccines given since 1989! Instead of government health agencies exacerbating the growing number of those children on the Autism Spectrum Disorder, i.e., one in 40 children in the USA [7] have that diagnosis, it ought to be incumbent upon those disciplines dedicated to children’s health and well being to study the real science of what happens at cellular level after vaccination, then take the necessary steps to prevail upon Big Pharma and all involved in disease issues to realize vaccines are not what they are cracked up to be and remember the Hippocratic Oath all doctors take: First, do no harm! References:

[1] https://ghr.nlm.nih.gov/primer/genefamily/cytochromep450 

[2] Clinical importance of the cytochromes P450 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12387968 

[3] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2427356/ 

[4] https://www.ageofautism.com/2010/09/government-awards-hannah-poling-15-million-in-vaccine-

injury-case.html 

[5] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jon_Poling 

[6] https://www.medicinenet.com/script/main/art.asp?articlekey=2303 

[7] https://www.cnn.com/2018/11/26/health/autism-prevalence-study/index.html 

[8] https://www.verywellhealth.com/what-is-iatrogenic-2615180 

Resources: Many thanks to Eileen Dannemann & Vaccine Liberation Army

Inability of Infants to Metabolize Vaccine Excipients CytochromeP450

http://vaccineliberationarmy.com/2015/05/27/inability-of-infants-to-metabolize-vaccine-excipients-cytochrome-p450/ 

https://www.activistpost.com/2019/03/are-there-sleeper-vaccine-caused-mutations-cytochrome-p450-genes-produce-which-medicine-deliberately-ignores.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 3-4-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Investors Brace For Impact As The Cancer Ravaging "The Real Economy" Starts To Spread

by Tyler Durden Mon, 03/04/2019 - 16:25

Authored by Michael Snyder via The Economic Collapse blog,

2019 sure has been a weird year so far. On Wall Street, everything has been coming up roses for investors up to this point. Stock prices have risen more than 10 percent year-to-date, and the horrible crashes of late last year are quickly fading from memory. Meanwhile, the real economy is literally falling to pieces right in front of our eyes. Debt delinquencies are at unprecedented levels, bankruptcies are soaring, retail stores are closing at a record pace, this is the worst economy for farmers since the early 1980s, exports are plummeting and a brand new real estate crisis has now begun. Economic cancer is rapidly spreading throughout our country, and the U.S. economy is deteriorating at the fastest pace that we have seen since the last recession. So how long will it be before Wall Street catches up with economic reality? The retail industry is being hit particularly hard. At the end of last week, major retailers announced 465 store closings in a single 48 hour period… The ‘retail apocalypse’ is alive and well this week with major chains such as Gap, JCPenney, Victoria’s Secret and Foot Locker all announcing massive closures, totalling the death of more than 465 stores over the last 48 hours. And those closings already bring the grand total for 2019 to “a whopping 4,309 store closures”… That builds on recent store closure announcements by Gymboree, Payless ShoeSource, Charlotte Russe and Ann Taylor parent company Ascena Retail, to name a few. A whopping 4,309 store closures were announced by retailers just in the first two months of this year, Coresight Research said in a research note on Friday. That’s well ahead of the number of announcements the market research firm was tracking this same time a year ago, it said. The term “retail apocalypse” is being thrown around so frequently these days that it has almost lost its meaning, but the worst is yet to come. Meanwhile, layoffs are starting to come fast and furious now. For example, I was recently made aware of major job cuts that just happened in North Carolina… Duke Energy Corp. eliminated 1,900 positions in its latest round of job reductions, largely through voluntary buyouts but with some involuntary layoffs included. For the first time since the last recession, I think that it is time to start visiting sites like Daily Job Cuts on a regular basis once again. Millions of Americans lost their jobs in 2008 and 2009, and a lot of you can still remember how painful that was. In the middle of the country, the big news is “the farm apocalypse”. Last week, we learned that farm debt has now jumped 30 percent since 2013… “Farm debt has been rising more rapidly over the last five years, increasing by 30% since 2013 – up from $315 billion to $409 billion, according to USDA data, and up from $385 billion in just the last year – to levels seen in the 1980s,” Perdue said in his testimony to the House Agriculture Committee. As a result of this giant mountain of debt, a ton of small and mid-size farms are going under. As I noted the other day, farm debt delinquencies have now reached the highest level that we have witnessed in 9 years. I really, really don’t understand the people that are telling us that everything is going to be okay. Everything is not okay, and things are getting worse with each passing day. ISM’s manufacturing survey just hit the lowest level in 26 months, and for a whole bunch more extremely ominous economic numbers please see my previous article entitled “18 Really Big Numbers That Show That The U.S. Economy Is Starting To Fall Apart Very Rapidly”. Of course it isn’t just the U.S. that is hurting. Up north, Canada is literally teetering on the brink of recession… The Canadian government shocked the professional financial and economic media with their latest fourth quarter GDP release showing the economy has essentially come to a grinding halt at 0.1% growth. And over in Europe, things are arguably even worse. Germany is supposed to have the strongest economy in the entire region, but they are also right on the brink of recession… The country’s economy just escaped entering recession territory last month, with GDP growing at just zero percent following a 0.4 percent contraction in the previous three-month period. But Germany could be just weeks away from a recession-threatening double whammy as a potential no-deal Brexit and Donald Trump’s warning to hike car tariffs by up to 25 percent could send the economy tumbling. Chancellor Angela Merkel’s ministers have entered into a frantic plan to avert an economic catastrophe which could end Europe’s biggest economy’s golden growth for a decade. This is a global economic slowdown, and many believe that it will be even worse than what we experienced in 2008. But as I have previously warned, we aren’t just heading toward an economic storm. Everything that can be shaken will be shaken, and that includes our governmental institutions. On Sunday, we learned that the House Judiciary Committee is opening an investigation into obstruction of justice by President Trump. The following comes from Reuters… The House Judiciary Committee will seek documents from more than 60 people and organizations as it begins investigations into possible obstruction of justice and abuse of power by President Donald Trump, the panel’s chairman said on Sunday. Committee Chairman Jerrold Nadler told ABC’s “This Week” the panel wanted documents from the Department of Justice, the president’s son Donald Trump Jr. and Trump Organization chief financial officer Allen Weisselberg, among others. This spread is going to be a year of great governmental shaking. And no matter which side emerges victorious from the legal struggles and from the election of 2020, the truth is that our governmental institutions will never be the same again. From 2016 through 2018, America experienced a time of relative peace and prosperity, and a lot of people out there were convinced that this bubble of unsustainable false prosperity could continue indefinitely. Now it is becoming very clear what is ahead of us, and a lot of people are starting to freak out.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-03-04/investors-brace-impact-cancer-ravaging-real-economy-starts- 

:: 3-5-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Over 4,200 'Mass Animal Death Events' The Past 7 Years: End Times Signs Include Rumors Of Wars, Famine And The Formation Of An 'End Times Death Cult'

March 5, 2019

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In this sad February 25th story over at CBS Los Angeles they reported that environmental experts are on high alert after 'an unprecedented number' of sick and dead dolphins washed ashore on the coastline of California, just one of the latest 'mass animal death events' of 2019 that already number 68 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' across the planet in the first two months of the year. And while 2019 has started off very slowly in the number of 'mass animal death events' compared to previous years, as we hear in the first video at the bottom of this story from videographer 'The Watchman', 'end times signs' continue to appear all around us and our videographer's excellent video provides a compilation of them happening now all across the planet. Warning of wars and rumors of wars, pestilence, plague and famine, we'll take a look within this ANP story at a bunch of the different signs being warned of now with over 4,200 'mass animal death events' over the past 7 years alone as seen in the numbers in the next section below and heard in the 2nd video at the bottom of this story. And while of course we'll never put dates on potential future events that are completely out of our control, as our videographer warns within his video, each day we're seeing more signs. And with far-left transforming into an 'end times death cult' with their 'green agenda' and the impossibility of it being carried out without killing us all first (as even the founder of the far-left environmental group 'Greenpeace' recently said), as Susan Duclos also touched upon in this Monday ANP story, the party of derangement, darkness and death has completely lost their minds in 2019. Over the past several years and ever since the Fukushima tragedy unleashed a flood of death and destruction into the world, the website End Times Prophecy has been keeping track of 'mass animal death events' across the planet. And while 68 such 'events' this year already is a tragedy, as we see in the astonishing numbers below, 68 'events' is nothing compared to years past.

In 2018, there were 388 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 67 countries.

In 2017, there were 454 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 82 countries.

In 2016, there were 556 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 81 countries.

In 2015, there were 828 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 96 countries.

In 2014, there were 651 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 76 countries.

In 2013, there were 798 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 93 countries.

In 2012, there were 465 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across 67 countries.

In 2011, there were hundreds of KNOWN 'mass animal death events' spread across the planet.

Hosea 4:3 ...'Therefore shall the land mourn, and every one that dwelleth therein shall languish, with the beasts of the field, and with the fowls of heaven; yea, the fishes of the sea also shall be taken away.' We've long believed we can learn a lot by paying attention to nature and the animals and creatures great and small within it and if God's creatures are trying to tell us a tale in 2019, what might they be trying to tell us? In this March 3rd story over at the Daily Mail which Steve Quayle had linked to on his website they report upon a recent incident at a Wal Mart store in Texas which people claimed reminded them of the horror movie 'The Birds' as hundreds of crows gathered in a parking lot, landing upon cars and basically carrying on as if they owned the place. As Quayle mentioned in an SQnote while linking to the story, "Crows are scavengers and that this happened at a Wal Mart is interesting. Symbolic?" With many animal victims of the 'mass animal death events' of the past 7 years having died due to hunger, with 10's of thousands of animals, fish and other wildlife having starved to death, we're reminded that we're now living in a time when bare shelves are popping up across America and mass starvation potentially only one horrific event away. And as our videographer focuses on in the first large segment of his video, even a small regional war between India and Pakistan that goes nuclear would instantly change life upon the planet Earth for all, potentially even kicking off a nuclear winter that would immediately lead to TEOTWAWKI if for no other reason than it would become almost impossible to grow food after the global climate change that could be caused by such a nuclear war.

And we'd be remiss if we didn't mention the "End times universal peace document" recently signed by Pope Francis. As News Target asked in this February 26th story, might Pope Francis actually be the antichrist? Their story pointed out this 'peace deal' with Islam was warned about in the book of Revelations and makes no mention of Jesus Christ nor the Bible. While talk of a 'Green New Deal' fills the halls of Congress and the mainstream media 'propaganda-waves', Mike Adams had reported in this February 10th story over at Natural News that the green environmental movement of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez may be the Biblical Fourth Seal of an End Times global death cult. Adams explained: According to Biblical scholars, there are four “horsemen” that represent four of the Seals prophesied in the Book of Revelation, which describes the complete destruction of human civilization as God’s wrath is unleashed upon those who serve Satan. The fourth of these horsemen is known as “Death,” and it is usually described as a horseman riding a “pale horse.” But there’s a key translation problem that’s causing almost everyone to miss a bigger truth that needs to be pointed out. The passage from Revelation (6:7-8) is typically translated as this: (English Standard Version) And I looked, and behold, a pale horse! And its rider’s name was Death, and Hades followed him. And they were given authority over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword and with famine and with pestilence and by wild beasts of the earth. However, I have learned this is a mis-translation. In the original Hebrew text, the color of the horse is not “pale” but rather chloros, the Greek word for “green,” sharing the same word root as “chlorophyll,” the molecule of photosynthesis for all green plants on our planet. Thus, the passage actually should read something more like, “And I looked, and behold, a green horse! And its rider’s name was Death.” Or, translated into truly modern times, “And I looked, and behold, a Green New Deal! And its author’s name was Ocasio-Cortez.” As I have exhaustively documented at Natural News, the environmental movement is a global death cult that literally seeks the complete destruction of all life on Earth, fulfilling the Revelation warnings about famine (global food collapse) and plagues (outbreaks of infectious disease). And if you think that Adams warning might be stretching it in an apocalyptic direction unwarranted, let's take a look at some comments recently made by one of the founders of the environmental group 'Greenpeace'. While one might think that 'Greenpeace' co-founder Patrick Moore would staunchly agree with AOC and her 'Green New Deal', Moore calling her a 'pompous little twit' was just the beginning. Patrick Moore @EcoSenseNow @AOC Pompous little twit. You don’t have a plan to grow food for 8 billion people without fossil fuels, or get food into the cities. Horses? If fossil fuels were banned every tree in the world would be cut down for fuel for cooking and heating. You would bring about mass death. With Moore also telling the world in other tweets that the reason he left 'Greenpeace' was because they were highjacked by eco-fascists and that he sternly believes the 'global warming scam' is a massive hoax, Moore also dropped the following bombshell.: @AOC 's Green New Deal calls for: "(J) removing greenhouse gases from the atmosphere." Technically (scientifically) this would mean removing all H2O vapour and all CO2 which would mean the eradication of all life on Earth. Brilliant. Are Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and all of those jumping on to her 'green agenda' part of an 'end times doomsday cult' masquerading as 'green saviors' or just totally clueless when it comes to our planet Earth as Patrick Moore claims? With President Trump recently saying he'd love to run against a Democratic 'green agenda' and even a dedicated but rational environmentalist claiming such a platform would lead to the end of the human race, signs of the end surround us.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Mass_Animal_Deaths_End_Times_Signs.php 

:: 3-5-19 Jihad Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yemen: Girls as young as three being married off to much older men

Mar 5, 2019 8:00 am By Robert Spencer

Why is this even considered an option? Because child marriage is sanctioned in Islam.

Islamic tradition records that Muhammad consummated his marriage with (i.e., raped) Aisha when she was nine, and the resultant fact that child marriage is accepted in wide swaths of the Islamic world. Child marriage has abundant attestation in Islamic tradition and law. Turkey’s directorate of religious affairs (Diyanet) said in January 2018 that under Islamic law, girls as young as nine can marry. “Islam has no age barrier in marriage and Muslims have no apology for those who refuse to accept this” — Ishaq Akintola, professor of Islamic Eschatology and Director of Muslim Rights Concern, Nigeria “There is no minimum marriage age for either men or women in Islamic law. The law in many countries permits girls to marry only from the age of 18. This is arbitrary legislation, not Islamic law.” — Dr. Abd Al-Hamid Al-‘Ubeidi, Iraqi expert on Islamic law There is no minimum age for marriage and that girls can be married “even if they are in the cradle.” — Dr. Salih bin Fawzan, prominent cleric and member of Saudi Arabia’s highest religious council “Islam does not forbid marriage of young children.” — Pakistan’s Council of Islamic Ideology Hadiths that Muslims consider authentic record that Muhammad’s favorite wife, Aisha, was six when Muhammad wedded her and nine when he consummated the marriage: “The Prophet wrote the (marriage contract) with Aisha while she was six years old and consummated his marriage with her while she was nine years old and she remained with him for nine years (i.e. till his death)” (Bukhari 7.62.88). Another tradition has Aisha herself recount the scene: The Prophet engaged me when I was a girl of six (years). We went to Medina and stayed at the home of Bani-al-Harith bin Khazraj. Then I got ill and my hair fell down. Later on my hair grew (again) and my mother, Um Ruman, came to me while I was playing in a swing with some of my girl friends. She called me, and I went to her, not knowing what she wanted to do to me. She caught me by the hand and made me stand at the door of the house. I was breathless then, and when my breathing became all right, she took some water and rubbed my face and head with it. Then she took me into the house. There in the house I saw some Ansari women who said, “Best wishes and Allah’s Blessing and a good luck.” Then she entrusted me to them and they prepared me (for the marriage). Unexpectedly Allah’s Apostle came to me in the forenoon and my mother handed me over to him, and at that time I was a girl of nine years of age. (Bukhari 5.58.234). Muhammad was at this time fifty-four years old. Marrying young girls was not all that unusual for its time, but because in Islam Muhammad is the supreme example of conduct (cf. Qur’an 33:21), he is considered exemplary in this unto today. And so in April 2011, the Bangladesh Mufti Fazlul Haque Amini declared that those trying to pass a law banning child marriage in that country were putting Muhammad in a bad light: “Banning child marriage will cause challenging the marriage of the holy prophet of Islam, [putting] the moral character of the prophet into controversy and challenge.” He added a threat: “Islam permits child marriage and it will not be tolerated if any ruler will ever try to touch this issue in the name of giving more rights to women.” The Mufti said that 200,000 jihadists were ready to sacrifice their lives for any law restricting child marriage. Likewise the influential website Islamonline.com in December 2010 justified child marriage by invoking not only Muhammad’s example, but the Qur’an as well: The Noble Qur’an has also mentioned the waiting period [i.e. for a divorced wife to remarry] for the wife who has not yet menstruated, saying: “And those who no longer expect menstruation among your women, if you doubt, then their period is three months, and [also for] those who have not menstruated” [Qur’an 65:4]. Since this is not negated later, we can take from this verse that it is permissible to have sexual intercourse with a prepubescent girl. The Qur’an is not like the books of jurisprudence which mention what the implications of things are, even if they are prohibited. It is true that the prophet entered into a marriage contract with A’isha when she was six years old, however he did not have sex with her until she was nine years old, according to al-Bukhari. Other countries make Muhammad’s example the basis of their laws regarding the legal marriageable age for girls. Article 1041 of the Civil Code of the Islamic Republic of Iran states that girls can be engaged before the age of nine, and married at nine: “Marriage before puberty (nine full lunar years for girls) is prohibited. Marriage contracted before reaching puberty with the permission of the guardian is valid provided that the interests of the ward are duly observed.” According to Amir Taheri in The Spirit of Allah: Khomeini and the Islamic Revolution (pp. 90-91), Iran’s Ayatollah Khomeini himself married a ten-year-old girl when he was twenty-eight. Khomeini called marriage to a prepubescent girl “a divine blessing,” and advised the faithful to give their own daughters away accordingly: “Do your best to ensure that your daughters do not see their first blood in your house.” When he took power in Iran, he lowered the legal marriageable age of girls to nine, in accord with Muhammad’s example. “Girls as young as THREE are being married off in Yemen as starving families try to ensure they have one less mouth to feed – and use dowry payments to buy themselves food,” by Sara Malm, Mailonline, March 4, 2019 (thanks to The Religion of Peace): Girls as young as three are being married off in war-stricken Yemen because their families are unable to afford to feed them, according to charity Oxfam. Starving Yemeni families have revealed how they have had no choice but to force their young daughters to marry much older men, in order to use the dowry for food and shelter to save the rest of the family. The war in Yemen has triggered what the United Nation has called the world’s worst humanitarian crisis, with more than ten million people at risk of starvation. A recent UN report suggests that more than two-thirds of girls in Yemen are wed before the age of 18, however the five-year conflict is reportedly forcing families to marry them off at a much younger age. Oxfam said their representatives had met with families in the northern Amran governorate who had been forced to marry off their daughters – in one case as young as three years old – to buy food with the dowry. Younger girls are usually spared consummating the marriage until they have reached the age of 11, but before that are made to do household work in their husband’s home. Nine-year-old Hanan, from Amran, used to go to school but since she was married, she has had to stop. ‘My mother in law keeps beating me, and when I run away back to my father’s house, my father beats me again for running away,’ she said. ‘I don’t want to be married. I just want to go back to school.’

Hanan’s parents, who also married off her three-year-old sister, said they knew marrying off their daughters at such a young age was wrong, but felt they had no choice because the dowry paid in return was the only way of keeping the rest of the family alive….

https://www.jihadwatch.org/2019/03/yemen-girls-as-young-as-three-being-married-off-to-much-older-men 

:: 3-4-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China ‘Social Credit’ Style System to Go Global

We ought to expect even more countries to use behavioural economics to nudge good citizen behaviour, says China commentator Tom McGregor

Tom McGregor | Channel News asia - March 4, 2019

BEIJING: Western media reports have swirled about China’s social credit system, which is intended to nudge Chinese citizens to adopt good behaviour, including motivating them to pay outstanding debts and fines, as well as encouraging them to obey the country’s laws and regulations. A POINTS SYSTEM  China’s social credit system operates on a points system. If you are a law-abiding citizen who pays your dues in a timely manner, the government rewards you with welfare benefits, low interest rates on loans and more. But criminals, delinquents, and those who are default on debts, as well as those indicted for bad behavior when traveling overseas will have lower social credit rankings and be marked as having a “delisted” status. “Discredited” Chinese citizens face greater scrutiny from the public, meet tougher challenges when applying for new credit cards, getting bank loans and in more severe cases, may be blocked from buying airlines or train tickets, until they repay their outstanding debts and fines. Read more

https://www.infowars.com/china-social-credit-style-system-to-go-global/ 

:: 3-4-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The political corruption scandal that could bring down Justin Trudeau: Star cabinet minister resigns - further weakening the Canadian PM

Treasury Board President Jane Philpott resigns from Canadian government

She is the second cabinet minister to step down over burgeoning scandal

Prime Minister Justin Trudeau and other senior aides are accused of pressuring Justice Minister Jody Wilson-Raybould not to prosecute Canadian company

The company, SNC-Lavalin, is an engineering firm dogged by allegations of corrupt dealings in Libya

Wilson-Raybould resigned last month after she was demoted to veteran affairs minister

Gerald Butts, Trudeau's closest adviser, also resigned last month

By Associated Press Published: 16:03 EST, 4 March 2019 | Updated: 11:08 EST, 5 March 2019

A leading Cabinet minister in Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau's government resigned Monday, becoming the second minister to step down over a scandal that has shaken the government in an election year. Treasury Board president Jane Philpott, considered a star minister, said in a resignation letter that it was 'untenable' for her to continue in the Cabinet because she lost confidence and could not defend the government. Philpott's friend, former Attorney General and Justice Minister Jody Wilson-Raybould, testified last week that Trudeau and senior members of his government inappropriately tried to pressure her to avoid prosecution of a major Canadian engineering company in a case involving allegations of corruption in Libya. Wilson-Raybould resigned from Cabinet last month after being demoted to veteran affairs minister the month before. The scandal has rocked Trudeau's government. Gerald Butts, his closest adviser and best friend, also resigned last month and is scheduled to testify Wednesday before a Parliament justice committee in Trudeau's defense. 'I know Philpott has felt this way for some time. And while I am disappointed, I understand her decision to step down. I want to thank her for her service,' Trudeau said at a campaign-style event. Trudeau said he takes the concerns very seriously and said the matter has generated an important discussion. 'But at the same time, we need to keep in mind the bigger picture,' Trudeau said. Trudeau has acknowledged raising the issue with Wilson-Raybould, but has said that was appropriate. 'I have concluded that I must resign as a member of Cabinet,' Philpott wrote. 'Sadly, I have lost confidence in how the government has dealt with this matter and in how it has responded to the issues raised.' Philpott, a physician, is a former minister of health and minister of indigenous services and was widely viewed as of one of Trudeau's most competent Cabinet ministers.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6770691/Another-minister-resigns-scandal-threatens-Trudeau.html 

:: 3--19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

30 BLOCKS OF HOLES

My original title for this article was going to be 30 Blocks of Potholes, Shitholes, and Assholes, but I didn’t want to offend the sensibilities of my highbrow readership. The trigger for that title was my morning commute on 34th Street in West Philly near the Philadelphia Zoo. This extremely well-traveled four lane highway resembles a moonscape of craters capable of blowing a tire (which I did a few years ago while turning onto Girard Avenue). As I swerved through this obstacle course of government incompetence, I reflected upon how Philadelphia was a real shithole city run by Democrat asshole politicians (those not in prison yet). I’ve written dozens of articles about the 30 Blocks of Squalor over the last decade and one thing remains constant – West Philly is still a shithole, occupied by low income, low IQ, low morality, welfare state slaves who continue to vote for the same assholes who have enslaved them in squalor. I’ve been making a daily trek through the pigsty of West Philly through three presidential administrations (Bush, Obama, Trump) and the mayoral stints of John Street (only 15 associates went to prison for corruption), Michael Nutter (left office with a city pension plan underfunded by $5.7 billion), and Jim “beak nose” Kenney (Mr. Soda tax and under FBI investigation).

Over the course of the last 12 years (and many years prior) the list of Philadelphia politicians shipped off to Federal prison has been endless, including congressman Chaka Fattah, DA Seth Williams, State senator Vince Fumo, councilman Rick Mariano, and now union boss Johnny Dougherty and councilman Bobby Henon. A slew of lesser lights has also been shipped off to the penitentiary. Corruption is the common theme tying all Philly Democrat politicians together. They effortlessly fulfill the roles of ass in this article about holes. The narrative pushed by the Democrat politicians and the left-wing rag – Phila Inquirer is Philadelphia is rising, attracting new businesses, and is the place to be for nightlife and millennials. Of course, the narrative is bullshit. Facts are always inconvenient to welfare state Democrats, but the ignorance of their constituents is what keeps them in power. The narrative of Philadelphia getting safer is obliterated by the 351 murders in 2018, up 43% since 2013, and the highest level since 2007. Assaults involving a gun totaled 2,327, up 13% since 2014. There were over 14,000 violent crimes and 63,000 robberies and thefts in 2018. The vast majority of these crimes occur in West and North Philadelphia, as local news stories lead with multiple murders and shootings every night (average of 4 shootings per day). Over 80% of murder victims are young black men, murdered by other young black over drugs. The population of the US grew from 179 million in 1960 to 309 million in 2010, up 73%, while the population of Philly dropped from 2 million to 1.5 million, a 25% decline. The feckless politicians have been touting how the population has risen by a few thousand since 2010 (probably illegals flocking to a sanctuary city). There are a few “hot” areas in the downtown area for the rich and gentrification sections drawing millennials. A few of my nieces and nephews moved into these “cool” areas of Philly. After being robbed and experiencing the “best” of Philly, they’ve all moved back to the relative safety of Montgomery County. When a few rich folks dressed in Armani, wearing Rolexes get gunned down while nonchalantly strolling to their favorite 5 star restaurant in the “nice” part of town, the exodus will resume with alacrity. It seems the clueless liberal rich folks don’t consider the fact the armed free shit army can march into their “safe zones” and take what they want. The have nots know where the haves live. And they have no qualms about forcefully acquiring what they feel is their due. Shockingly, tough gun laws are not adhered to by the feral black criminals shuffling in the shadows on the garbage strewn, pothole ridden, mean streets of Philly. The liberal narrative of a city on the upswing must be flogged incessantly to keep their constituents (aka slaves) docile and ignorant of reality. But, even the liberal press in Philly lets their guard down and admits the truth by accident sometimes. Five years ago, to much fanfare, Obama declared the Mantua section of West Philly a Promise Zone. How uplifting and noble. This designation was going to lead to investment, new businesses, jobs, and unicorns farting rainbows in West Philly. Reality has been far different than the press releases and I see the reality every day as I drive through this pathetic excuse for a community. The reporter interviews people who have lived in Mantua for decades and they had never even heard the term Promise Zone. But at least someone painted a mural (aka graffiti) on the wall of a dilapidated tenement to let everyone know they were in a promise zone and not a dangerous ghetto. The reality is that after a ten-year bull market and growing economy, West Philly hasn’t revived or seen any advancement in the lives of its inhabitants. Obama used your tax dollars to build low income housing and zoo parking garages and then more of your tax dollars to repair all the shoddily built low income houses built by incompetent minority owned union construction companies. The $28 million Taj Mahal parking garage is occupied approximately 30% of the year. You are far more likely to see yellow crime tape in Mantua than a kid carrying a school book or a woman wearing a wedding ring. The only people portraying Obama’s Promise Zone as a success are the “non-profit” grifters who hoover up the Federal handouts and pretend they are helping the community. Now the inconvenient facts never acknowledged by the politicians and liberal activists: Philadelphia’s poverty rate of 25.7% allows it to retain its supreme status as the “poorest big city in America.” The Mantua Promise Zone, a two-square-mile area home to about 30,000 black people, has a poverty rate almost twice the citywide rate, at 50.6%, up from 50.2% in 2014. The neighborhood’s deep poverty rate, defined as 50% below the federal poverty line, also increased – to 32.3% from 31.0% since 2014. The 2016 Mantua unemployment rate was little changed at 12.3% (actually closer to 20% as those classified as Not in the Labor Force rose), more than twice the recent city-wide rate of 5.8%. Mantua median household income in 2016 was $17,969, up slightly from $17,170 when the Promise Zone was announced. Still 70% below the national median. The proportion of local people aged 25-64 with a high school education or higher edged up to 80.1% in 2016 from 79.6% two years earlier. This has been achieved by lowering standards and graduating anyone who can fog a mirror. “The problem isn’t that Johnny can’t read. The problem isn’t even that Johnny can’t think. The problem is that Johnny doesn’t know what thinking is; he confuses it with feeling.” ― Thomas Sowell

Even the numbers quoted above about graduation rates are complete and utter bullshit. The brand spanking new West Philly High is where all the little Einsteins from Mantua and the rest of West Philly matriculate. This fine institution of learning has computer labs, the newest technology, a student teacher ratio of 12 to 1, 500 students (98% black), school uniforms and 100% receiving free breakfasts and lunches. The Philadelphia School District spends over $2.8 billion, or $14,000 per student per year.

Of course, a huge portion goes to administrators and gold-plated pension and healthcare benefits for the below average union teachers. The payoff for this investment is a 59% graduation rate at West Philly High, an average SAT score of 1057 among the cream of the crop who actually take the exam, and a ranking of 632 out of 677 high schools in PA. Despite these pitiful numbers, over 25% enroll in college. That tells you all you need to know about the state of higher education today. “Most officially “poor” Americans today have things that middle-class Americans of an earlier time could only dream about—including color TV, videocassette recorders, microwave ovens, and their own cars. Moreover, half of all poor households have air-conditioning.” ― Thomas Sowell

Obama’s Promise Zone is a joke. They have used your tax dollars to knock down hovels, leaving vacant lots with wooden fences built around them. These vacant lots were supposed to be where all the re-development and businesses were supposed to magically appear. Instead they are strewn with garbage, drug paraphernalia, dog crap, and weeds. The Mantua Square low-income townhouse development, built in 2012 with 8 storefronts for all the businesses falling all over themselves for this awesome opportunity. Seven years later and not one business occupies any of the storefronts. So much for black entrepreneurship. The neighborhood looks like downtown Baghdad after shock and awe. There are probably just as many weapons in West Philly as Baghdad. Despite the squalor, every saggy pants wearing teenager and 300 pound baby momma is yammering on an iGadget. Welfare teens are wearing $250 sneakers and $50,000 Cadillacs are parked in front of $25,000 rat infested fleapits. What a country – thank you Federal Reserve for all that easy money. “One of the consequences of such notions as ‘entitlements’ is that people who have contributed nothing to society feel that society owes them something, apparently just for being nice enough to grace us with their presence.” ― Thomas Sowell

The entitlement mentality in West Philly is as strong as ever. Over 75% of black kids in West Philly are still born out of wedlock. Drug dealing is still the primary source of income. More than 50% of the population survive on tax payer funded food stamps, living in tax payer funded housing, using tax payer funded Obama phones, and watching taxpayer funded cable TV. They are more dependent today than they were a decade ago. Obama’s Promise Zone essentially promised the people of Mantua more free shit and a continuation of their welfare mentality enslavement on the Democrat plantation. Keeping these people dumb and ignorant is essential for Democrat politicians retaining their stranglehold on power in Philly and all the urban ghettos across the land. If these people actually obtained a good education and learned to think for themselves, the chains of ignorance would be broken and the slaves freed. The Democrat politicians who have controlled Philly since the 1950s are as incompetent as they are corrupt. They go hand in hand as the city falls further into debt and the basic infrastructure disintegrates. This has not been a harsh winter in the Philly area, but the roads, especially 34th Street from Girard Ave. to Haverford Ave., are a disgraceful example of government incompetence, apathy and fiscal irresponsibility. With a pension fund having only $4.9 billion in assets but $11.3 billion in liabilities, fiscal Armageddon awaits. With a $6.2 billion shortfall (entire city budget is $4.7 billion), the scumbags running the city still allow the DROP (Deferred Retirement Option Plan) program to reward politicians and union leaders with criminally large payoffs as the infrastructure crumbles. This outrage allows eligible politicians to “retire” for a day at the end of their terms, collect six-figure cash bonuses, and then, upon winning reelection (and making a quick trip to the bank), go right back to work the next day. Six City Council members took DROP money — president Anna Verna ($566,039), Jack Kelly ($384,828), Donna Miller ($185,572), Frank DiCicco ($421,123), Frank Rizzo Jr. ($195,052), and Marian Tasco ($478,057) and were then eligible for their regular gold-plated pensions. All of these corrupt politicians were Democrats. “The welfare state is the oldest con game in the world. First you take people’s money away quietly and then you give some of it back to them flamboyantly.” ― Thomas Sowell

While these crooked politicians have been pillaging from the taxpayer coffers for decades, the neglect and negligence of these elected officials to run the city is evident on every street, and particularly along the 30 Blocks of Squalor. They spent millions of Obama porkulus funds on installing wheel chair ramps on every street corner, while ignoring the crumbling sidewalks between the ramps which would prevent a wheelchair from ever needing to use the ramps. There is no rhyme or reason for which streets receive a new coating of blacktop from the overpaid sloth-like union dregs. It’s incomprehensible that some barely used side streets were paved in the last year, while they allow 34th street to disintegrate on a daily basis to the point where cars are swerving in and out of lanes to avoid destroying their suspension or blowing a tire. This morning, after a light snow, the right lane was completely blocked because no government drone could be bothered to unclog the sewer drain and get rid of the foot of water at the entrance to the zoo. Some of the potholes in West Philly are so deep, you could probably catch a world-famous tasty Philly carp in them. The reality is that despite having outrageously high city wage taxes of 3.9%, a sales tax levy of 8%, high corporate taxes, ever increasing real estate taxes, and sin taxes on cigarettes and soda, the city somehow can’t keep its basic infrastructure from falling apart. With gold plated government pension plans, siphoning funds to friends and family, and payoffs to union bosses, the budget doesn’t have anything left for potholes and keeping stoplights functioning. The newly paved streets are dug up or incur sinkholes days after completion. The politicians never address the looming disaster under the thin veneer of blacktop. Ancient sewer lines and decrepit water pipes burst on a regular basis flooding homes and businesses because asshole politicians don’t give a crap about the poor black folk in West Philly. They’ll get their vote no matter how poorly they are served. “To believe in personal responsibility would be to destroy the whole special role of the anointed, whose vision casts them in the role of rescuers of people treated unfairly by “society”.” ― Thomas Sowell

The definition of shithole is an extremely dirty, shabby, or otherwise unpleasant place. If ever a word described West Philly to a tee, it’s shithole. Every day appears to be garbage day, as refuse and debris litter the sidewalks and streets. The black people who inhabit this paradise of squalor don’t give a fuck about their community, their neighbors, or their city. They have no self-respect, desire to improve their lot in life, or initiative to understand how they have been screwed and who screwed them. They wallow in ignorance and poverty, while believing that Democrat politicians care about their plight and are going to rescue them with more welfare handouts. Personal responsibility is an unknown concept in West Philly. Enslavement in dependency will keep West Philly from ever reviving itself. The intersection of 36th and Lancaster Ave. is a five-way intersection that includes trolley tracks. A few weeks ago, the stoplight malfunctioned and was on blink when I passed through at 7:30 in the morning. A malfunction such as this should be repaired by an efficient government within a couple hours. The lights at this intersection remained dark for the next seven days. That is a disgraceful example of government ineptitude and apathy. Further down the block, the lights at the major intersection of 36th and Chestnut have consistently malfunctioned resulting in gridlock conditions and many near accidents. These are the basic functions needed to keep a city running and the assholes running this shithole haven’t got a clue or don’t give a fuck. All of the feel-good socialist drivel being spewed by AOC and her oblivious acolytes has been put into action in Philly and other urban ghettos across the land. Tens of trillions have been poured into these shitholes since LBJ rolled out his Great Society plans to enslave blacks in welfare goodies and ensuring their votes for a hundred years. Liberals like Hillary and AOC mouth platitudes about a village raising a child, when West Philly proves how well a village does in raising the bastard children of those who take no responsibility for the children they have produced. Only a village idiot would believe cretins like Hillary and AOC know how your children should be raised. They’re fascists who want to take your money in order to forcefully inflict their warped vision upon the entire country and taking no responsibility for their epic failures. These socialist tyrants will not be happy until the entire country looks like the 30 Blocks of Squalor. Seven decades of one party rule in Philadelphia has wrought murder, squalor, poverty, corruption, debt, welfare enslavement and guaranteed Democrat voters. This is the Democrat plan for the entire nation and is why they desperately want to keep the borders open to more Democrat voters. If successful, they will turn the entire nation into one giant shithole. If the Democrats gain one party rule over the country, AOC’s end of world prediction may come true – after the civil war starts. “Hillary Clinton said you know, it takes a village to raise a child and somebody said it takes a village idiot to believe that … it is part of the whole thing of third parties wanting to make decisions for which they pay no price for when they’re wrong.” ― Thomas Sowell

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/03/05/30-blocks-of-holes/ 

:: 3-4-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What The Heck Is Going On? The Party Of Derangement, Darkness & Death Have Completely Lost Their Minds

March 4, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Two days ago, Washington Post headlined with "In America, talk turns to something unspoken for 150 years: Civil war." (LMTOnline link to the Wapo story) Where the heck have these people been? Independent Media has been documenting the rise of the violent left for years, warning that the nation was heading toward a full out civil war, with some of us believing we are already fighting it as the violent left has spilled blood of those they "disagree" with, and as the media rushes to justify their actions, but now we finally see the mainstream liberal media addressing the upcoming civil war. Of course the liberal media is blaming President Trump for this, but those of us that were documenting the increasing violence against conservatives, by liberals and Black Lives Matter groups, during the Obama presidency, and the culture wars and gender nonsense, along with the attacks against Christian beliefs, and the constant class warfare preached by Obama himself as he categorically pushed racial divisions, knew this was coming long before President Trump came down the escalator and announced his candidacy. TRUMP DERANGEMENT SYNDROME SPIKED THE BLOODY VIOLENCE

Granted the actual violence has spiked since president Trump won the election, but the bloody attacks have not come from Trump supporters, but rather by liberals and Antifa groups, against Trump supporters, with threats of violence, MAGAphobic (Thanks PJ Media!) physical attacks, and hundreds upon hundreds of documented examples of media approved violence and harassment against conserrvatives. Trump Derangement Syndrome is real, although I think now the mental health experts are calling it "Trump Anxiety Disorder," as infected liberal media journalists work hard to deliberately infect their liberal audiences to the point where just seeing a red (or white) hate that says "Make America Great Again," is enough to incite them to violently attack the person wearing it. In the minds of these deranged liberal media journalists and reporters, the hundreds of documented examples of liberals attacking and harassing men, women and even children for being conservative or supporting President Trump, all because they haven't gotten over an election that happened over two years ago, is somehow President Trump's fault, rather than acknowledging their own constant incitement to violence by their own daily dose of manufactured outrage. THE PARTY OF DARKNESS AND DEATH The increasingly violent left is not the only part of the "war," as we look at what the Democratic party as a whole has become. In the Senate, every Democrat except three, voted against a bill titled "Born-Alive Abortion Survivors Protection Act." The bill would "prohibit a health care practitioner from failing to exercise the proper degree of care in the case of a child who survives an abortion or attempted abortion." If a baby survived an abortion attempt and was delivered, the bill would guarantee that child the same rights to medical care as anyone else. Read the text of the bill. It should have been a no-brainer, the baby is alive, outside the mother's womb, breathing, with a heartbeat, yet the Democrats blocked the bill that would require health professionals to give that baby care. So when I say they are the party of death, I mean that literally. I used to separate Democrats into groups when I referenced them, moderate, far left and radical, but as I look at the news these days, almost all of them have become radical. Anyone that thinks they do not want a civil war, is not paying attention. Why do you think the liberals recently given control of the House of Representatives keep passing gun control bills, even knowing they won't pass in the Republican controlled Senate, and won't be signed by the President? Because they know that in an all-out civil war, conservatives, Second Amendment supporters, and veterans, would fight back, and most of them are armed, locked and loaded and more than ready to defend themselves. A Maryland Sheriff, Mike Lewis of Wicomico County, has made it very clear to Maryland lawmakers that should they pass legislation regulating ownership of rifles and shotguns, his office "will not comply," but he took it a step further and told them exactly what millions of law abiding gun owners have said, time and time again, to attempt to confiscate those weapon would be a "suicide mission." "The way the bill is written, it is impossible to comply," Lewis said. "I can’t send (my deputies) on a suicide mission." Lewis has also been quoted as stating "Law-abiding citizens are repeatedly being penalized because of Baltimore City’s inability to control their crime. And I’m sorry — I’m not someone’s puppet. I’m going to stand up for what I think is unjust and unconstitutional to the American people, including those living in the state in Maryland." That is in a conservative area of a very liberal state, but our liberal DC politicians pushing for gun control understand quite clearly that there are hundreds if not thousands of Sheriffs just like Lewis that will be standing side by side with the millions of American gun owners, if they try any large scale confiscation of weapons. Yet they keep trying to pass more and more gun control bills and threatening to go further..... knowing if they succeed, it would lead to a blood bath of epic proportions. BOTTOM LINE - THEY HAVE LOST THEIR COLLECTIVE MINDS While conservatives by and large are sick and tired of the bloody left, the violence against innocent men, women and children for nothing more than their political ideology, and are ready to defend themselves, their families and those around them, those same conservatives don't want an all-out civil war, despite the increasing frequency of attacks against them by deranged liberals. So yeah, conservatives are ready, but liberals, not only are they in no way prepared for the ramifications of what is coming, but despite that, they actually want a civil war. They cannot stand that conservatives have a voice, cannot stand that conservatives are Second Amendment supporters, cannot stand that conservatives utilize their free speech rights, and they want to violently end conservatives, even knowing that in a straight up fight, they cannot win. If that is not crazy, what is? They have lost their collective minds. That is the bottom line, and the liberal mainstream media sees where this is all heading, even as they continue to play their part in inciting more and more violent liberals to attack conservatives. This will not end well.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Derangement_Darkness_And_Death.php 

:: 3-4-19 CBS 2 Chicago :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Northwestern Neuroscientist Researching Brain Chips To Make People Superintelligent

By Lauren Victory March 4, 2019 at 7:32 am

CHICAGO (CBS) — What if you could make money, or type something, just by thinking about it? It sounds like science fiction, but it might be close to reality. In as little as five years, super smart people could be walking down the street; men and women who’ve paid to increase their intelligence Northwestern University neuroscientist and business professor Dr. Moran Cerf made that prediction, because he’s working on a smart chip for the brain. “Make it so that it has an internet connection, and goes to Wikipedia, and when I think this particular thought, it gives me the answer,” he said. Cerf is collaborating with Silicon Valley big wigs he’d rather not name. Facebook also has been working on building a brain-computer interface, and SpaceX and Tesla CEO Elon Musk is backing a brain-computer interface called Neuralink. “Everyone is spending a lot of time right now trying to find ways to get things into the brain without drilling a hole in your skull,” Cerf said. “Can you eat something that will actually get to your brain? Can you eat things in parts that will assemble inside your head?” It sounds mind-blowing. Relationships might be on the line. “This is no longer a science problem. This is a social problem,” Cerf said. Cerf worries about creating intelligence gaps in society; on top of existing gender, racial, and financial inequalities. “They can make money by just thinking about the right investments, and we cannot; so they’re going to get richer, they’re going to get healthier, they’re going to live longer,” he said. The average IQ of an intelligent monkey is about 70, the average human IQ is around 100, and a genius IQ is generally considered to begin around 140. People with a smart chip in their brain could have an IQ of around 200, so would they even want to interact with the average person?  “Are they going to say, ‘Look at this cute human, Stephen Hawking. He can do differential equations in his mind, just like a little baby with 160 IQ points. Isn’t it amazing? So cute. Now let’s put it back in a cage and give it bananas,’” Cerf said. Time will tell. Or will our minds? Approximately 40,000 people in the United States already have smart chips in their heads, but those brain implants are only approved for medical use for now.

https://chicago.cbslocal.com/2019/03/04/northwestern-neuroscientist-researching-brain-chips-to-make-people-superintelligent/ 

:: 3-4-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Humanity Replaced By AI Robots And Human Animal Hybrids

This is what the global elite have in store

Jon Bowne | Infowars.com - March 4, 2019

Humanity is being persuaded to accept it’s own replacement by technological and scientific milestones forwarded by politicians inching out the eventual endgame. The elite wish for a future where AI robots and animal-human hybrids have more rights than humans because of their parent-child relationship to the madness of the inevitable NWO design. Humanity is currently experiencing a window to turn back the technocratic tide that will close in the very near future.

https://www.infowars.com/humanity-replaced-by-ai-robots-and-human-animal-hybrids/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 3--19 hiram1555.com/2019 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Like a giant knife scraped the ground’: Aerial photographs reveal the utter devastation caused by the 170mph Alabama tornadoes as they razed homes to the ground, killing 23 including three children, as rescuers say the death toll will rise

‘Like a giant knife scraped the ground’: Aerial photographs reveal the utter devastation caused by the 170mph Alabama tornadoes as they razed homes to the ground, killing 23 including three children, as rescuers say the death toll will rise

Stunning aerial photographs reveal extent of the destruction caused by tornadoes in Lee County, Alabama

Among the dead were Armando Hernandez, six, and Taylor Thornton, ten, both from Beauregard, Alabama

David Wayne Dean, 53, was killed when his double wide trailer was ripped apart Sunday by a twister

Vicki Braswell, 69, was killed when the wall of her mobile home collapsed on her as she and her family sought shelter

Felicia Renee Woodall and her boyfriend, Ryan Pence, were also identified as two of the 23 fatalities

Lee County Coroner Brian Harris said at a press briefing Monday 17 of the 23 victims have been identified

Sheriff Jay Jones said rescue crews canvassed areas with the worst damage, but the search is ongoing

The twister has been classified as an F4 on the Fujita scale as early assessments indicate winds hit 170mph

Officials say it carved a path of destruction 24 miles long and nearly a mile wide along Alabama Highway 51

It was the deadliest tornado in the US since 2013, when an F5 tornado in Moore, Oklahoma, killed 24 people

At least a dozen tornadoes were reported Sunday as a massive storm system tore across parts of Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina and Florida, leaving more than 40,000 people without power

By Ariel Zilber and Megan Sheets For Dailymail.com and Associated Press

Dramatic aerial photographs show the scale of the destruction left behind by massive tornadoes that ripped through communities of mobile homes in Alabama on Sunday. Roofs were torn off homes, debris was scattered all around, and communities looked from above as if they had been hit by a bomb. Rescue crews using dogs and drones searched for victims amid splintered lumber and twisted metal on Monday after the deadliest U.S. tornado in nearly six years ripped through a rural Alabama community. At least 23 people were killed, some of them children. Dozens were missing in Lee County nearly a day after the twister struck, according to the sheriff, who said that crews had combed the hardest-hit areas but that other places had yet to be searched. The winds Sunday afternoon obliterated numerous homes, leaving huge, jumbled piles of wood and household belongings. Some homes were reduced to concrete slabs. Debris was scattered across the countryside, with shredded metal hanging from the pine trees. ‘I’m not going to be surprised if we don’t come up with some more deceased. Hopefully we won’t,’ Coroner Bill Harris said. He said the dead included almost entire families and at least three children, ages 6, 9 and 10. A post on the Lee-Scott Academy’s Facebook page said fourth-grader Taylor Thornton was among those killed. On the day after the disaster, volunteers used chain saws to clear paths for emergency workers. Neighbors and friends helped one another find some of their belongings in the ruins. Carol Dean found her wedding dress among the wreckage of her mobile home. She also found a Father’s Day note to her husband reading, ‘Daddy, I love you to pieces.’ But the storm took her 53-year-old husband. She said David Wayne Dean was at home Sunday afternoon and had texted a friend to beware when the tornado hit. ‘He didn’t make it out,’ she said. Dean said she rushed home from her job at Walmart when she couldn’t reach her husband on the phone. She pushed her way past sheriff’s deputies who tried to keep her out of the damaged area. Her children had found David Dean’s body in a neighbor’s yard. ‘Our son found him,’ Dean said between sobs Monday. ‘He was done and gone before we got to him. My life is gone. He was the reason I lived, the reason that I got up.’ After the storm, Dean rushed home from work in time to say goodbye to the husband others called Roaddog, for his love of Harley-Davidson motorcycles. She pushed past sheriff’s deputies who tried to keep people from the area and went to where her husband’s body lay. ‘They took me down to him,’ Dean said, ‘and I got to spend a little time with him before they took him away.’ At the R&D Grocery, rattled residents asked one another if they were OK. And a big banner that read ‘#BEAUREGARDSTRONG’ was hung on a fence at Beauregard High School. The National Weather Service said one and possibly two tornadoes struck the area, with a powerful EF-4 twister with winds estimated at 170 mph blamed for most of the destruction. It carved a path nearly a mile wide and 24 miles long, said meteorologist Chris Darden. Darden said the ‘monster tornado’ was the deadliest twister to hit the U.S. since May 2013, when an EF-5 killed 24 people in Moore, Oklahoma. ‘It looks like someone almost just took a giant knife and scraped the ground,’ Sheriff Jay Jones said. County Emergency Management Director Kathy Carson said she was ‘pretty sure’ that tornado sirens in Beauregard sounded warnings but that authorities were busy with the search-and-rescue and had not yet looked into the question.

Crews searching door-to-door used dogs as well as drones that can detect heat from a body. ‘We’re basically using everything we can get our hands on,’ the sheriff said. President Donald Trump tweeted that he told the Federal Emergency Management Agency to give Alabama ‘the A Plus treatment.’ The twister was part of a powerful storm system that slashed its way across the Deep South, spawning numerous tornado warnings in Georgia, South Carolina and Florida. ‘All we could do is just hold on for life and pray,’ said Jonathan Clardy, who huddled with his family inside their Beauregard trailer as the tornado ripped the roof off. ‘It’s a blessing from God that me and my young’uns are alive.’ Beauregard, named for a Confederate general, is an unincorporated community of roughly 10,000 people near the Georgia state line. The community is in the same county as Auburn University and has a few small stores, two schools and a volunteer fire department dotting the main highway. ‘Everybody in Beauregard is a real close-knit family,’ Clardy said. ‘Everybody knows everybody around here. Everybody is heartbroken.’ Julie Morrison and her daughter-in-law picked through the remnants of Morrison’s home, looking for keys and a wallet. They managed to salvage the couple’s safe, her husband’s motorcycle boots and her embossed Bible. Morrison said she and her husband took shelter in the bathtub as the twister lifted their house off the ground and swept it into the woods. ‘We knew we were flying because it picked the house up,’ Morrison said, figuring that the shower’s fiberglass enclosure helped them survive. She said her son-in-law later dug them out. Along one hard-hit country road, giant pieces of metal from a farm building dangled from pine branches 20 feet in the air, making loud creaking sounds as the wind blew. For an entire mile down the road, pines were snapped in half. A mobile home crushed by two trees marked the end of the path of destruction. A television news reporter stands in the distance of a debris field the day after a tornado hit Beauregard on Monday An early March tornado outbreak in the Alabama-Mississippi area is not unusual, tornado experts said. The weather service’s Storm Prediction Center in Norman, Oklahoma, posted forecasts for higher tornado activity in the region on Thursday, three days before the disaster. University of Georgia meteorology professor Marshall Shepherd said government forecasters ‘were all over it.’ An EF-5 tornado that struck Joplin, Missouri, in May 2011 killed 158 people. And an outbreak of tornadoes in the Southeast a month before that left an estimated 316 people dead, including at least 250 in Alabama. Earlier on Monday, a six-year-old boy and ten-year-old girl were identified as two of the 23 people killed by the tornadoes. Armando Hernandez, known as AJ, became separated from his mother in Beauregard when a tornado struck and was later found dead. His mother, Kayla Melton, had earlier appealed for information on his whereabouts on Facebook, writing: ‘Please look for my baby he’s 6 years old his name is Armando Hernandez he goes by AJ last seen on lee road 38. Anyone in the area please help me find him please!!!!!’ His death was later confirmed by friends and family on social media. Relative Tina Melton wrote on Facebook: ‘Little AJ didn’t make it. He was found but he didn’t survive… He was always eager to give hugs and loved his family. They are headed to the children’s hospital with his brother. They also lost their home in the tornado with all belongings. Fly high AJ. You have your wings!’ A GoFundMe campaign to raise money for his funeral costs has raised more than $1,100 as of Monday afternoon. A second victim was identified as Beauregard fourth grader Taylor Thornton, the daughter of Ashley and David Thornton. A description on her GoFundMe page, which has raised more than $23,000 for her funeral costs, says: ‘Taylor was an amazing example of a child of God. She brought so much joy to all that knew her. She was loved dearly and will forever be missed. ‘Our hearts are mourning with you Ashley and David. You raised an amazing daughter that fulfilled her purpose on this earth and it now with her creator. This community loves you both, and baby McCrae so much and will continue to walk through this by your side.’ …..more here

http://hiram1555.com/2019/03/06/like-a-giant-knife-scraped-the-ground-aerial-photographs-reveal-the-utter-devastation-caused-by-the-170mph-alabama-tornadoes-as-they-razed-homes-to-the-

ground-killing-23-including-three-children/ 

:: 3--19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The radical conspiracy theorists behind Big Tech

Exclusive: Joseph Farah warns of 'biggest Satanic media cartel since the Tower of Babel'

Published: 2 days ago

There are still two bullet holes in the lobby of the Family Research Council. They’ve been there since Aug. 15, 2012, the result of shots fired by Floyd Lee Corkins, a homosexual activist who went to the Washington, D.C., headquarters with the intent of killing every employee and executive there, while smearing each of their faces with Chick-fil-A sandwiches. A third shot went through the arm of building manager Leo Johnson who tackled Corkins and held him until the police arrived. Asked by the FBI what motivated his attempted mass-murder attack, Corkins replied: “Southern Poverty Law lists anti-gay hate groups.” With the embarrassing loss of a series of defamation cases over its labeling mainstream individuals and groups (including presidential candidate Dr. Ben Carson) as dangerous “extremists” and the SPLC’s direct linkage to the FRC terror attack, you might think these would be hard times for the organization whose stock in trade is spewing hate, demonizing its political opposition and inciting others to do the same. Yet, seven years later, while Corkins serves a 25-year prison term for his attack on FRC, the radical conspiracy theorists at the Southern Poverty Law Center who inspired him are enjoying their headiest days of wealth, influence and unprecedented power. How so?

Despite the SPLC’s decades of scandal and sullied reputation, somehow it has persuaded seven of the biggest tech monopolies in the world – Google, YouTube, Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Twitter and PayPal – to partner with them in their malignant campaign of blacklisting, boycotting and censorship.

PayPal is the latest to join the club. What do you suppose is the combined wealth of these seven titans? How much power do seven monopolies of this magnitude wield individually, let alone in consolidated fashion? What are the odds these seven tech behemoths would each choose this group of whacked-out conspiracy theorists to help set the standard for imposing speech and behavior codes across America and the world? Not only is this cartel of seven top tech giants hyper-extending the SPLC’s political and spiritual bigotry, but other corporate titans are now doling out millions to the hate group in tax-deductible grants and donations, including the following:

Abbott Laboratories

Apple

Bank of America

Charles Schwab

Deutsche Bank

Disney

Freddie Mac

JPMorgan Chase

Kraft Heinz

Liberty Mutual

Lyft

MGM

Newman’s Own

Pfizer

Progressive Insurance

Shell

Verizon

Read more at https://www.wnd.com/2019/03/the-radical-conspiracy-theorists-behind-big-tech/#3wKpqCOzbiRR77pC.99 

:: 3-5-19 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Serious "Leak" from Joint Chief Meeting Between US and Russia in Austria

World News Desk 05 March 2019

An unusual and very serious "leak" of information has taken place after a meeting in Austria between the top Generals of the US and Russia. According to Joint Staff Spokesman Col. Patrick S. Ryder, the "official readout" of the meeting is as follows: "Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Joseph F. Dunford, Jr. met with Chief of the Russian General Staff Gen. Valery Gerasimov today in Austria. The two military leaders discussed the deconfliction of Coalition and Russian operations in Syria, and exchanged views on the state of U.S.-Russia military relations and the current international security situation in Europe and other key topics. In addition, they also discussed efforts to improve operational safety and strategic stability between the U.S. and Russian militaries. Both leaders recognize the importance of maintaining regular communication to avoid miscalculation and to promote transparency and deconfliction in areas where our militaries are operating in close proximity. In accordance with past practice, both generals have agreed to keep the details of their conversations private." However, after the meeting, sources in a position to know say the discussions mentioned above were NOT the only issues talked about. According to the sources, the Russia military expressed grave concern to the US Generals about what Russia sees as the greatest existential threat to Russia: if radical socialists in the United States take power in the upcoming elections. If that should happen, the Russian Generals told the US they would immediately call for an all-out nuclear attack on America before these socialists do the same to Russia! The Russian Generals made clear that radical Socialists inside the US have already stated they intend to declare war on Russia for the made up crime of interfering in their 2016 presidential election — which they have hysterically likened to the Empire of Japan’s attack on Pearl Harbor that drew the United States into World War II. The sources also say the US Generals expressed their belief President Trump will be re-elected in 2020 because he is directly confronting the Socialist menace in the USA, and the American people know their freedom would vanish under a Socialist government.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/serious-leak-from-joint-chief-meeting-between-us-and-russia-in-austria 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 3-5-19 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Battles Resume After India Submarine Intercepted by Pakistan Navy

World News Desk 05 March 2019

Heavy fighting resumed on the Line of Control (LoC) between India and Pakistan forces today after Pakistan intercepted an India Submarine on the high seas. Clashes are reported in Nowshera, Rajouri along LoC. Both armies exchanging heavy mortar and machine gunfire. The fighting resumed after the Pakistan Navy CLAIMS an India submarine was trying to intrude upon Pakistan territorial waters.

Video below from the Pakistan Navy shows the intercepted submarine: HOWEVER, a look at the on-screen display of the submarine imagery released by the Pakistan Navy indicates it was 415 km from Karachi, 158 km from Gwadar, NOWHERE near Pakistan territorial limits. The map below uses the on-screen GPS coordinates to pinpoint where the intercept took place: India has not made any official public statement as of the publishing of this news story. However, sources in India say all countries have a twelve mile limit on territorial waters. Pakistan claims an Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) of two hundred nautical miles, and also has a UN approved extension of economic rights over the Continental shelf as shown on the map below: While nations may claim an economic zone somewhat farther than 12 miles, a submarine is not an economic issue; Freedom of navigation is allowed. UPDATE 8:19 AM EST --

The Pakistan Navy has issued an official statement about this incident:

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/battles-resume-after-india-submarine-intercepted-by-pakistan-navy 

:: 3--19 Fox New :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man captures image of Jesus shining through the clouds: 'I was enchanted'

By Caleb Parke | Fox News

Alfredo Lo Brutto, from Agropoli, Italy, captured some amazing shots of what appeared to be an image of Jesus Christ above his home town on Friday. The sun's rays illuminated the awe-inspiring likeness of Jesus Christ which resembles the statue of the famous Christ the Redeemer statue in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. The sun's rays illuminated what appeared to be a glowing image of the Son of God. The awe-inspiring likeness of Jesus Christ was captured by an Italian man Friday during sunset in his hometown of Agropoli, Italy. WEST VIRGINIA FIREFIGHTERS FIND UNTOUCHED BIBLES IN CHURCH FIRE: 'THOUGH ODDS WERE AGAINST US, GOD WAS NOT' "I was enchanted by the view," Alredo Lo Brutto wrote. And while Brutto normally doesn't post on social media, he had to share what he saw over the still waters of the Tyrrhenian Sea. "I instantly felt like I wanted other people to see it because it was so beautiful," he said. The image resembles the famous Christ the Redeemer statue in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.  This isn't the first time people have seen Jesus in unusual ways. Years ago, a pregnant woman said she saw the Messiah in her baby's ultrasound. WORLD'S TALLEST JESUS STATUE COMING TO MEXICO THANKS TO PRO-LIFE ACTOR

Caleb Parke is an associate editor for FoxNews.com. You can follow him on Twitter @calebparke

https://www.foxnews.com/faith-values/man-captures-image-of-jesus-shining-through-the-clouds-i-was-enchanted 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 3--19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mass arrests of Chinese megachurch members continue; some 'violently beaten'

By Samuel Smith, CP Reporter

Nearly 50 more members, including 11 kids, of a Chinese megachurch closed down by the communist government in December were arrested at two different venues last Sunday, a watchdog group has reported. Following the closing of Chengdu’s Early Rain Covenant Church and the arrest of its pastor, Wang Yi, on Dec. 9 for "inciting subversion of state power,” government actors are continuing to harass members of the congregation as they gather for worship inside of homes. According to an update from the church, multiple homes that were hosting prayer gatherings on Feb. 24 were surrounded by police officers who ultimately interrupted the proceedings. At two of the home church services, every person in attendance was detained. China Aid founder Bob Fu, a well-respected human rights activist who has on a number of occasions testified before Congress, tweeted that at least 11 of those who were arrested in Chengdu received a punishment of 10 to 14 days “administrative detention.” “Arbitrary arrest continues,” Fu stressed. “Walk with the these Persecuted.” There were reports of children, the elderly and even a pregnant woman being mistreated. Pastor Wang’s elderly mother was reportedly insulted and beaten. According to a statement released by the church, two Christians who were arrested were “violently beaten.” “Tang Chunliang and his wife were hit in the face by a plainclothes police officer at the police station,” the update reads. “Some, including children, did not eat anything. Some were not released until 2:00 a.m. Tired children slept on ice-cold tables and floors. Others were not released until 6:00 a.m.” On Saturday, two more churchgoers were arrested when they went to the Chengdu Police Station to visit their detained friends. “They were then taken to the Taisheng Road Police Station, where they were locked up and interrogated,” a March 2 statement from the church reads. “At 2:00 p.m., while being interrogated, they were personally humiliated, abused, and violently beaten by seven to eight police officers from the Chengdu Taisheng Road Police Station. They were detained for nearly eight hours.” Arrests and detentions are not the only forms of harassment the Early Rain Covenant members have faced. According to the church, authorities have put pressure on landlords and employers. This has resulted in some churchgoers losing their homes and jobs. Some have had to move back to their hometowns. At least one family of a church elder has been forced to move on multiple occasions as they have been deemed “illegal residents.” “Each time they are evicted, they find a new place to live,” a church statement from Feb. 22 reads. “Then, after they’ve spent a few days adapting to their new home, police and national security come to their door and, through various methods, drive the family out of their home again.” In December following the arrest of Pastor Wang, over 160 church members were arrested. China ranks as the 27th worst country in the world when it comes to the persecution of Christians, according to Open Doors USA’s 2019 World Watch List. Last year, Fu warned that the Chinese government is supervising a plan to rewrite the Bible in its attempt to "sinicize" Christianity. China’s crackdown on non-state-sponsored religion has seen the demolition of churches and the removal of hundreds of crosses from churches.

“Religious freedom in China has really reached to the worst level that has not been seen since the beginning of the Cultural Revolution by Chairman Mao [Zedong] in the 1960s," Fu told members of the House Foreign Affairs' Subcommittee on Africa, Global Health, Global Human Rights, and International Organizations last September. Follow Samuel Smith on Twitter: @IamSamSmith 

https://www.christianpost.com/news/mass-arrests-of-chinese-megachurch-members-continue-some-violently-beaten.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 3-5-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A synagogue on the Temple Mount? Activists say let the Jews move in

Jews believe the site - venerated as holy in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam alike - is where the Beit Hamikdash used to sit.

By Maayan Jaffe-Hoffman March 5, 2019 16:37

A group of Israeli activists are calling on the government to establish a synagogue on the Temple Mount and open it for Jewish prayer. According to Asaf Fried, a spokesman for an association of organizations dedicated to Jewish rights on the Temple Mount, more than 50 leaders from across the religious spectrum gathered on Sunday to discuss the situation on the Temple Mount, known as Har Habayit in Hebrew. Participants included Rabbi Yehudah Glick (Likud), Baruch Marzal (Otzma) and members of the Rabbinate. Jews believe the site – venerated as holy in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam alike – is where the Beit Hamikdash used to sit. Riots have continuously erupted on the Temple Mount since last month, when thousands of Palestinians stormed the Golden Gate, which had been closed by a court order since 2003. Jerusalem police arrested two senior Wakf officials – east Jerusalem Wakf chairman Sheikh Abdel Azim Salhab and deputy director of the Wakf Sheikh Najeh Bkeirat – banning them from entering the Al-Aqsa Mosque compound for 40 days. In response, the Muslims took over and converted a 1,500-year-old structure located near the Golden Gate (known as Sha’ar Harachamim to Jews) into a mosque. Currently, the Muslims have four other mosques on the mount, said Fried. Jews, on the other hand, “if you try to pray, you will be arrested.” The activists argue that by opening the Golden Gate and establishing a new mosque, the Muslims have broken the status quo agreement. Israel has made attempt to shutter the gate, but the Muslims have refused, threatening increased violence. “If the status quo is broken anyway, then Israel needs to break it, too,” said Fried, arguing that Jews should be able to pray on the Temple Mount. “We need a place to pray and we want that structure near Sha’ar Harachamim.” Establishing a synagogue is not unprecedented, explained Yaacov Hayman, head of the Yishai Organization for the Establishment of Synagogues on the Temple Mount. He said in Temple times, there was always a synagogue near the Temple. “The Talmud tractate that talks about Yom Kippur clearly states there was a synagogue,” he said. His organization has mapped the Temple Mount and created renderings for where up to four synagogues could be located on the holy site. Marzal said told The Jerusalem Post that the Temple Mount is “the holiest place for the Jewish people. Our enemies are taking it over, they are breaking the law, destroying archaeology sites and disgracing Judaism and God. We have to fight.” Fried said the group is not asking to take over authority on the mount. Currently, the Jerusalem Waqf Islamic religious trust controls and manages the Islamic edifices on and around the Temple Mount. The east Jerusalem Waqf is controlled by Jordan. However, they would like to see the Temple Mount divided like the way that the Cave of the Patriarchs was divided into a synagogue and a mosque in 1967. This latest call for a synagogue on the Temple Mount is not the first. In 2017, MK Bezalel Smotrich (Bayit Yehudi) called for the construction of a synagogue on the Temple Mount in the aftermath of the brutal Halamish terrorist attack, in which a Hamas terrorist infiltrated the West Bank settlement of Halamish (also known as Neveh Tzuf) and murdered three people at their Shabbat table. “I would set up a synagogue on the Temple Mount today, this morning,” Smotrich said then. “If someone thinks that through terrorism, violence, and the massacre of a family that he will push our sovereignty back, then – if I am the Prime Minister – this morning, I would close the Temple Mount to Arab prayer and establish a synagogue for Jews. And if the terrorism continues, I would close the mount to Arabs and there will be only Jews there.” A similar demand was made in 2014, when a large group of religious-Zionist rabbis – including Rabbi Dov Lior, Rabbi Eliyahu Zinni and Rabbi Haim Cohen – penned a letter to Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu advocating the construction of a synagogue on the Temple Mount. No action was taken. Furthermore, there have been bills raised in the Israeli parliament calling for equal prayer rights for Jews on the Temple Mount, but they have generally been shut down, as Muslims threaten violence if the status quo is altered. Fried said he believes that this time the goal can be accomplished because Israel is in an election period and politicians who can effect change will want to appear responsive. On March 14, the group is arranging a massive Jewish trip to the Temple Mount. He said he expects hundreds of Jews to attend the visit and to pray in their hearts. Then, in late March, they will run a protest rally from City Hall to outside Sha’ar Harachamim. “We are all angry about what is going on the Temple Mount,” said Fried. “If we will it, we think this time it will be.”

https://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/A-synagogue-on-the-Temple-Mount-Activists-call-for-construction-to-begin-582477 

:: 3-4-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas again demands money from Israel

After refusing to receive Qatari money for Hamas employees in Gaza, Hamas has a new condition: no money, no calm.

Elad Benari, 05/03/19 03:15

Hamas is again demanding money for salaries for its employees in Gaza at a sum of $20 million as a condition for restoring calm along the Gaza border, Kan 11 News reported on Monday. According to the report, a source in Hamas said that "Israel violated the original ceasefire and if it wants to return to it, the salaries of the clerks must be renewed. At the moment there is no calm, you violated it and therefore returned the incendiary and explosive balloons returned.” Israel recently allowed two installments of Qatari money which was meant for the salaries of Hamas employees in the enclave. It postponed the third installment in January, following the shooting of an IDF soldier by a terrorist from Gaza. Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu and the Security Cabinet subsequently approved the transfer of the third installment, but Hamas refused to accept the money “in response to the occupation policy”. The Qatari envoy subsequently announced his country will no longer fund salaries of Hamas employees in Gaza and would instead donate the remaining $60 million in aid mostly through United Nations programs. On Tuesday, an Egyptian delegation is due to arrive in Gaza to discuss with Hamas the efforts to stabilize the calm along the Gaza-Israel border.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/259903 

:: 3-4-19 KCCI 8 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Terrifying: Driver captures avalanche barreling toward cars on interstate

94 Shares AP Updated: 7:13 AM CST Mar 4, 2019

FRISCO, Colo. An avalanche startled motorists and sent a plume of snow over a section of Interstate 70 in Colorado. It happened Sunday in Ten Mile Canyon between Frisco and Copper Mountain. Jacob Easton recorded it on video . He tells KDVR-TV he and his dad saw a “big white cloud” and noticed the avalanche. He says it was “exciting, but pretty nerve-wracking.” Their windshield was covered with snow, but their vehicle was not trapped. Colorado’s Transportation Department says it was a natural avalanche and not a controlled slide.

https://www.kcci.com/article/terrifying-driver-captures-avalanche-barreling-toward-cars-on-interstate/26620609 

:: 3-4-19 Fox 13 Salt Lake City :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A group of teens and good Samaritans rescued a boy dangling from a ski lift

Posted 9:47 am, March 3, 2019, by CNN Wire

Published at: 6:36 PM, Mon Mar 04 2019

This is a modal window.

Something went wrong during native playback.

(CNN) — Some teens are being hailed as quick-thinking rescuers for coming to the aid of an 8-year-old dangling from a chairlift at a Vancouver ski resort. An 8-year-old boy on a chairlift at Grouse Mountain had slipped and was dangling, held up only by his father. Fourteen-year-old James MacDonald, who had been skiing and snowboarding with his friends, told CNN that when he saw the boy, he didn’t think the child would be able to hold on much longer. “He was starting to flail about and get extremely panicked,” MacDonald said. MacDonald said he asked a man nearby to retrieve some orange netting typically used to indicate out-of-bounds areas. The idea was to stretch out that netting and use it to break the boy’s fall. By this time, MacDonald’s friends had come down the hill they were skiing and pitched in to help, as did the man and a woman who was near the stopped chairlift. Twelve-year-old Josh Ravensbergen said he and the man stripped some padding off a pole and put it on top of the netting as a cushion. Ethan Harvey, another of the teens, said that while all this was going on, their friend Gabriel Neilson was trying to help the boy stay calm. Once everything was in place, Neilson told the child to take his skis off and asked his father to trust the young rescuers. The father let go of the child, who dropped safely into the net. Julia Grant, a spokesperson for Grouse Mountain, said in a statement that the child was attended to by the resort’s patrol and sent to the hospital as a precautionary measure. He was found to have no injuries. Grant added that an investigation of the incident, which happened on Wednesday, was underway. “Safety is our top priority and we will be taking appropriate action based on the results of the investigation,” the statement said. Grant also said that Michael Cameron, the president of Grouse Mountain, met with the rescuers to thank them personally and that the resort gave each of them a complimentary season pass. “Grouse Mountain is incredibly appreciative of those who assisted in Wednesday’s chairlift incident,” the statement said. “Their quick thinking and immediate actions are commendable.”

https://fox13now.com/2019/03/03/a-group-of-teens-and-good-samaritans-rescued-a-boy-dangling-from-a-ski-lift/ 

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 7-19-16 Conspiracy Daily Update :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

12 Things You Should Know About Scalar Weapons | Stillness in the Storm

Jul 20, 2016 Brian Hyland 18 Comments

Tuesday, July 19, 2016 Source – Angel Fire by Christi Verismo

BRACE YOURSELF FOR SCALAR WEAPON WAR THAT COULD OCCUR

1. A POSSIBLE SCALAR WAR SCENARIO

2. HOW WERE SCALAR WAVES DISCOVERED?

3. A CLOSER LOOK AT SCALAR WAVE-FORMS

4. HOW DO SCALAR WEAPONS WORK?

5. WHAT CAN SCALAR WEAPONS DO?

6. SCALAR BEAMS AGAINST INDIVIDUALS

7. SCALAR MIND CONTROL

8. AMERICA’S ‘NO CONTACT’ MASS MIND CONTROLLING NETWORK

9. INDUCING DISEASES WITH SCALAR WAVES

10. TESLA’S TECHNOLOGY WAS SECRETLY CONTINUED BY RUSSIA AND THE NAZIS

11. IS THERE A SECRET WAR GOING IN THE SKIES?

12. WHO ELSE IS CONTINUING TESLA’S SCALAR TECHNOLOGY?

1. A POSSIBLE SCALAR WAR SCENARIO

The following seems like science fiction, but scalar beam weapons were invented in 1904 by Nicola Tesla, an American immigrant from Yugoslavia. (1856 or 57 -1943) Since he died in 1943, many nations have secretly developed his beam weapons which now further refined are so powerful that just by satellite one can: make a nuclear like destruction; earthquake; hurricane; tidal wave; cause instant freezing – killing every living thing instantly over many miles; cause intense heat like a burning fireball over a wide area; induce hypnotic mind control over a whole population; or even read anyone on the planet’s mind by remote; affect anybody’s REM dream sleep by sending in subliminal pictures to the visual cortex; cause hallucinogen drug like effects or the symptoms of chemical or biological poisoning; make a disease epidemic by imprinting the disease ‘signature’ right into the cellular structure; paralyze and or/kill everyone instantaneously in a 50 mile radius and lastly remove something right out of its place in time and space faster than the speed of light, without any detectable warning by crossing 2 or more beams with each other and any target can be aimed at even right through to the opposite side of the earth. If either of the major scalar weapon armed countries e.g. U.S. or Russia were to fire a nuclear missile to attack each other this may possibly not even reach the target, because the missile could be destroyed with scalar technology before it even left its place or origin. The knowledge via radio waves that it was about to be fired could be eavesdropped and the target could be destroyed in the bunker, fired at from space by satellite.

Related Tesla’s Inventions Used in 9/11? | The Dark Side Of Tesla’s Technology – Presentation by Mark Passio

Alternatively invisible moving barriers and globes made of plasma (produced by crossed scalar beams) could destroy any nuclear missile easily while it moves towards the target and failing all these, it could be destroyed by entering the target’s territory by passing through a Tesla shield which would explode anything entering its airspace. To begin with, defense using scalar technology could intercept it before it even landed. Secret eavesdropping of radio communications tapping into ordinary military radio contact using undetectable ‘scalar wave carriers’ hacking in may have heard military personnel say it was about to be fired. The missile may be destroyed from above the site, using satellites equipped with scalar or particle beam weapons or a cloaked UFO (American or Russian made anti-gravity disk originally made by back engineering crashed alien saucers) or aircraft using scalar or particle beams which could invisibly (and undetectably with standard equipment) cause the target to malfunction and drop down. By using a scalar wave (radar like) ‘interference grid’, which covers both country’s entire military activities in the air, underground or undersea, scalar transmitters send waves over large areas at 90 deg angles to each other. These waves follow the earth-ionospheric wave guide and curve around the planet. It is called an ‘interference grid’ because all solid moving objects show up as a spot of light moving through marked grid squares on an operator’s video screen. Scalar waves are a higher form of radar waves, but they go one step further by passing through anything solid too and are able to detect and be able to be made into a focused beam to target anything through the earth or sea as well. A scalar beam can be sent from a transmitter to the target, coupled with another sent from another transmitter and as they cross an explosion can be made. This interference grid method could enable scalar beams to explode the missile before launch, as well as en route with knowing the right coordinates. If the target does manage to launch, what are known as Tesla globes or Tesla hemispheric shields can be sent to envelop a missile or aircraft. These are made of luminous plasma which emanates physically from crossed scalar beams and can be created any size, even over 100 miles across. Initially detected and tracked as it moves on the scalar interference grid, a continuous EMP (electromagnetic pulse) Tesla plasma globe could kill the electronics of the target. More intensely hot Tesla ‘fireball’ globes could vaporize the missile. Tesla globes could also activate a missile’s nuclear warhead en route by creating a violent low order nuclear explosion. Various parts of the flying debris can be subjected to smaller more intense Tesla globes where the energy density to destroy is more powerful than the larger globe first encountered. This can be done in pulse mode with any remaining debris given maximum continuous heating to vaporize metals and materials. If anything still rains down on Russia or America, either could have already made a Tesla shield over the targeted area to block it from entering the airspace. Related Secrets of Tesla and Marconi: The UFO-Mars connection | Maroni’s Secret Space Program in South America, William Tompkins Confirms, and more

2. HOW WERE SCALAR WAVES DISCOVERED?

Scalar wavelengths are finer than gamma rays or X rays and only one hundred millionth of a square centimeter in width. They belong to the subtle gravitational field and are also known as gravitic waves. Uniquely, they flow in multiple directions at right angles off electromagnetic waves, as an untapped energy source called ‘potentials’. Potentials are particles which are unorganized in hyperspace – pure etheric energy not manifest in the physical world. In comparison, electromagnetic waves (measured by so many hertz or pulses per second, which we are familiar with e.g. radio waves) exist normally in the physical world, but can only be measured up to levels determined by the sensitivity of the equipment being used as to how many cycles per second they operate. Scalar waves were originally detected by a Scottish mathematical genius called James Clerk Maxwell (1831-1879) He linked electricity and magnetism and laid the foundation for modern physics, but unfortunately the very fine scalar waves (which he included in his research) were deliberately left out of his work by the 3 men, including Heinrich Hertz, who laid down the laws taught for physics as a discipline at colleges. They dismissed Maxwell’s scalar waves or potentials as “mystical” because they were physically unmanifest and only existed in the “ethers” and so were determined to be too ineffectual for further study. These enigmatic (but more powerful than even microwaves when harnessed and concentrated into a beam) scalar waves may have been forgotten except that Nicola Tesla accidentally rediscovered them. He’d originally worked with Thomas Edison who discovered direct current, but Tesla discovered alternating current. The two men disagreed and eventually parted ways and Tesla later experimented using the research of the German Heinrich Hertz, who was proving the existence of electromagnetic waves. Tesla found, while experimenting with violently abrupt direct current electrical charges, that a new form of energy (scalar) came through. By 1904, Tesla had developed transmitters to harness scalar energy from one transmitter to another, undetectably bypassing time and space. He could just materialize it from one place to another through hyperspace, without the use of wires, it was just sucked right out of the space-time/vacuum and into a transmitter and into a beam which could be targeted to another transmitter. Unfortunately he got no financial support for replacing electricity, which used wires and therefore earned money, and to this day, this is the reason why scalar energy is still not acknowledged in mainstream physics. Tesla, even though he discovered more for mankind in science than many others, is still not credited in science books for his discovery of scalar waves, a source of “free-energy” obtainable as a limitless source of power that costs nothing. Other inventors have sporadically rediscovered “free-energy” but have come to harm or have been silenced by the sum of millions of dollars hush money, a small sum compared to the sale of electricity, oil, gas and a myriad of other energy producers which would then be rendered worthless. Money hungry big business has harshly crushed any opposition to their own riches, generated by multiple obsolete earth polluting fossil fuels.

Related Science Conspiracy: Space Age tech from 100 years ago – Scalar Weapons and Star Wars

3. A CLOSER LOOK AT SCALAR WAVE-FORMS These finer scalar wave-forms also have been discovered periodically by other mathematicians, who have been able to calculate new equations especially in harmonics (used in hyperdimensional physics) connecting the wavelengths of matter, gravity and light to each other and how all these lock in and create our expression of time (as it manifests in space) – which has been now discovered to be untapped ‘potential’ energy flowing in hyperspace. Time flows like a wave-form river in hyperspace in a grid pattern. This consists of interlocking great circles which circle the poles and include a lattice grid of lines that are 30 nautical miles or 55.5 km apart. When scalar beams charge through hyperspace these ‘rivers of time’ get blocked and redirected temporarily. There is a covert plan underfoot to change the way time is expressed on this planet altogether using hyperdimensional physics and Tesla technology, by splicing earth back onto a now defunct Atlantean timeline in which Lucifer hadn’t fallen from grace. (see my other work on this in the books The Universal Seduction Vols 2 and 3 at the end of this article) Our present ‘reality’ is expressed in the way time runs around the corridors in hyperspace by the pattern it takes. Other ‘timelines’ exist in a different kind of grid pattern, creating alternative versions of our ‘present’. Multiple versions of reality (or for example 2 April 2004) can be manipulated given the right technology, and people can enter into parallel universes do all sorts of things and then enter back into this one. One needs a Tesla Zero Time Reference Generator, which can lodge a specific reality into the time at the center of the universe, in which it stays still, acting like an anchor. Both America and the UK govt are able to manipulate and enter into different realities. The various dimensions each comprise a complex pattern of interlocking wave-forms. Matter has been found to be only one wave of a pulse comprising a positive cycle, while the negative cycle manifests as ‘anti-matter’. The ‘matter’ pulse brings something ‘into’ physical visibility, then it disappears momentarily and returns. But the pulses are so rapid we don’t see something as unmanifest while temporarily dematerializing. Physical time is only measured by the visibility of something’s aging process, or in other words its passage through a journey starting at one measured time-reference point to another. Different wave-forms only appear to us to be solid because we are comprised of the same matter. If the frequencies governing the time between a matter pulse and an anti-matter pulse are shortened or lengthened with technology, time will go faster or slower in the surrounding space or what it effects. Therefore scalar waves belong to space-time in which anti-matter or hyperspace exists. Time can be altered by harnessed and directed scalar waves (including magnets which give off scalar waves which bend time) because they disrupt the pulse of matter and anti-matter and therefore the rate at which something normally passes through time with its usual smoothness. An experiment with scalar waves in USA once caused all the clocks and watches in the test neighborhood to go berserk for 4 days, until the flow of time resettled back to its normal flow and they returned as before. This was noted by Frank Golden. Scalar ‘potentials’ can be created artificially and when focused into a weapon, can do major damage to an object’s location in space-time. That which determines the object’s natural pulse of matter and anti-matter cycle can become stressed when targeted by scalar waves made of artificial potentials, because they are almost always absorbed by the nucleus of an atom, not the electrons in orbit. Hyperspace can become warped temporarily, although space-time naturally curves around natural vortexes the earth has which form ‘chakras’ to absorb and release universal energies. These are opened and closed in natural cycles according to the positions of the sun and moon in relation to earth. Because scalar waves are finer than gamma waves they can pass through any physical substance undetected. However the damage inflicted can be so powerful that they can dislodge an object right out of time and space and cause it to temporarily disappear away from its normal movement in time. All objects move in time, and they will also move in space if a physical external force activates the object’s own natural internal scalar waves to point in the direction it is sent to causing it to move from A to B depending on how much force is used. Or they are trapped motionless in space by the internal scalar energy within swirling around interlocking into a deadlock, (making it appear still) however the object still moves in time. A beam of scalar energy can cause the timeframe the object resides in to get warped, making it disappear into another reality.

Related Tesla and Scalar Energy Explained | Free Energy, Over Unity, Stargates, Portals, Orgone Energy, Chi, Prana and Life

4. HOW DO SCALAR WEAPONS WORK?

Particles which are unorganized in hyperspace (potentials) can be harnessed into recreating multiple frequencies of scalar waves and these can now be manufactured artificially and can include frequencies between infrared and ultraviolet. If a transmitter is at a higher reference ‘potential’ than the interference zone of 2 crossed scalar beams, energy emerges into the plasma ‘bottle’ which materializes physically and this is called ‘exothermic’ mode. This can cause explosions and can be ‘nuclear like’ if set at a high frequency. Even though no electromagnetic energy has flown through space between the transmitters and the target, and because it has bypassed physical space, the energy can suddenly appear faster than the speed of light and destroy something without warning. It is only as a locked in artificial potential that is a directed ‘river of force’ in hyperspace and it is entirely undetectable with conventional scientific equipment, which is where the danger lies. Nobody can ever know what the enemy is planning or who their enemies are and because it never gets any press normal military personnel without this knowledge would never know what hit them, especially if it is scalar mind control. To extract energy back to the transmitters from the energy bottle of 2 crossed scalar beams the potential must be set at a lower mode and this is called ‘endothermic’ mode and as energy is extracted out of the ‘bottle’ area, a freezing will occur, possibly causing a thunderous sound.

When 2 transmitters send timed pulses, which meet, an explosion will occur which either produces energy or extracts it. If 2 crossed beams are in ‘continuous’ mode the energy between beams is continuous and Tesla globes and hemispheres can be made which act as a continuous shield to either destroy incoming weapons and aircraft entering it. If multiple frequencies are transmitted on the beams, at the intersection a 3 dimensional globe appears. This can be manipulated to have very high infolded energy with any desired light emission, shape, color or intensity. It can even cause metal to soften or melt. This ‘bottle’ of energy can be detonated inside the earth to create an earthquake or into a building to make a ‘nuclear like’ explosion. This ‘bottle’ can be moved anywhere on the planet or through it and made any size. The Russians in 1985 once threatened the earth itself by activating their scalar weapons with multiple scalar transmitters turned on at once, endangering the survival of the entire planet. According to nuclear physicist Bearden, they conducted a massive, ‘full up’ scalar weapon systems and communications strategic exercise. During this sudden exercise American Frank Golden discovered the Russians activated 27 gigantic ‘power taps’, established by resonating the earth electrogravitationally on 54 powerful scalar frequencies (27 pairs where the two are separated from each other by 12 kHz.) transmitted into the earth and they utilized this to stimulate the earth into forced electrogravitational resonance on all 54 frequencies. Each of the 27 power taps extracted enormous energy from the molten core of the earth itself, and turning it into ordinary electrical power. Each giant tap is capable of powering 4 to 6 of the largest scalar EM howitzers possessed by Russia. Bearden writes: “Apparently over 100 giant scalar EM weapons were activated and a large number of command and control transmissions and it lasted several days. By alternating the potentials and loads of each of the two paired transmitters, electrical energy in enormous amounts can be extracted from the earth itself, fed by the ‘giant cathode’ that is the earth’s molten core. Scalar EM command and control systems, including high data rate communications with underwater submarines, were also activated on a massive scale. The exercise went on for several days, as power taps were switched in and out, and command and control systems went up and down. Bearden claims not one American intelligence lab, or scientist detected this as they didn’t have a detector for scalar EM radiation, and that not one officially believes that the exercise ever happened.” However, it was monitored on an advanced, proprietary detection system by Frank Golden for several days and by Bearden for several hours. This exercise proved Brezhnev’s 1972 statement that by 1985 the Soviets would be prepared to do as they wish, anywhere in the world. The Soviets are using unknown attributes of matter, phenomena and laws of nature by research covering the equivalent of 7-8 U.S. atom bomb projects back to back already. However both America and Russia are doing through the earth scalar beam transmissions and ever since then earth’s internal dynamo has been affected. It suddenly experienced a sudden unexpected slowdown in rotation 1984. It has become like an unbalanced washing machine, wobbling as it spins. Scalar waves pass naturally between the center of the earth and the sun, and this coupled with multiple annual nuclear tests (which have been proven to disturb the ionosphere and magnetic field) the balance of the earth with the moon, may even cause the earth to flip, if the naturally produced scalar waves are diverted onto another course, which are keeping the earth spinning harmoniously.

5. WHAT CAN SCALAR WEAPONS DO?

A Tesla shield protecting a military target could be made of three or more concentric shields, that would produce multiple electromagnetic pulse energy and severe heating of anything which enters it. These concentric Tesla shields can also clean up and sterilize any gamma radiation resulting from an explosion of a nuclear warhead. Nicola Tesla even in the 1920s could create a protective 3 dimensional ‘shield’ or ‘dome’ formed by 2 or more transmitters sending widened scalar beams linked together over a target in a hemisphere shape. Instead of causing the target to explode which narrow more intense crossed beams would, a wider more encompassing beam could form a large plasma shell outside something to be protected. This acted like an electrifying force field shaped like a dome, which could cause anything which entered it to have its technology dudded, (inoperative) make incoming aircraft pilots die by destroying their nervous system and/or make an incoming missile, aircraft or tank blow up. Multiple layers could be nested made of different kinds of plasmas which would ensure nothing could penetrate a protected target’s groundspace or airspace. The Russians can make a Tesla shield up to 200 miles wide. These large luminous plasma shields have been witnessed by sailors over the oceans from time to time, as various nations test their scalar weapons in secret. Tesla, as early as the 1920s created globes or bullets of plasma with crossed scalar beams sucking the energy out of the air space in a ‘cold explosion’ causing it to freeze, or sending extreme heat into it to burn as a very powerful laser beam. These powerful beams can also travel right through the earth and create an earthquake at the antipodes of the earth and Tesla also experimented doing this. Hyperspace flux energy (potentials) flows as waves in a sea of intense power in the next dimension unharnessed, however when energy is manufactured artificially it can be made into different modes e.g pulse mode, energy extraction mode or explosion mode. If 2 timed pulses meet, an explosion extraction makes a sharp cooling and all heated energy is extracted out of the air back to the transmitter. This can make everything and everyone frozen. It preserves machines and buildings but not people. If a burning energy is sent the target has a nuclear like ‘detonation’ because energy emerges to a target destroying the nucleus of the atoms. Multiple scalar wave modes and frequencies can also be blended together into one beam as well. Tesla globes can be manipulated to be small or large in manifold kinds of energy frequencies and directed to a target by 2 or more far away scalar transmitters. Many intense frequency small globes can be directed towards multiple incoming targets, like cannonballs causing major explosions. Alternatively a larger less intense globe sent can cause the electrics to dud in a plane, helicopter or missile causing it to malfunction and crash land. This technology has been used many times to crash planes or helicopters by using a portable scalar bazooka carried by a hidden terrorist or soldier. The Vietnamese and Soviets used this technology in the Vietnam war against American aircraft. Many planes crashes with inexplicable causes can be traced to this. These Russian made portable bazookas were also used by the Serbs against American helicopters during the Bosnian war. The Soviets used scalar weapons against the Afghanistans during their war. One may wonder if this explains current American helicopter crashes in Afghanistan and Iraq. Scalar waves can be used for impenetrable communication inside an ordinary carrier wave. Artificial potentials can be used for 2 way communication with submarines, aircraft and ships. Scalar waves can be used to tap into normal communications even when encrypted. They can even destroy the enemies equipment if they wish using lock-in mode to locate the source or just continue eavesdropping. radar invisibility can be done by putting multiple transmitters around something to make a spherical interference shell in the bandwidth of the searching radar. Nothing in the air is safe with scalar weapons or anything on the ground, because any building can be penetrated and the inside contents destroyed from either narrow or wide crossed beams. There is nowhere to hide. Scalar beams can be sent by aircraft or satellite or even from the government UFOs of Russia, Britain, Australia and America. They can be sent from the UFOs the Nazis developed secretly in Germany during WW2, and which were relocated to their underground bases in Antarctica and all over South America before the war ended.

6. SCALAR BEAMS AGAINST INDIVIDUALS

To totally destroy a person’s nervous system and kill them instantaneously, a scalar weapon can be set on ‘high intensity pulse mode’. This will destroy every living cell, bacteria and all germs so the body falls down like a limp rag, not even decaying in even 30-45 days. There is no living aspect left to decay. Entire groups of people can be killed this way even in a 50 mile radius on peak power. Scalar beams set on a lower power can render a person unconscious to be revived at a later date for interrogation. Crossed scalar beams can cover a whole range of targets from something right through the other side of the earth, to anything under the sea or ground. Not even metal will suffice to protect, as a metal softening mode can be deployed. Scalar beams can be put into X ray mode where a screen can show what is inside something, even under the sea and earth or inside buildings. This is called a remote viewing radar. Anything in the sky can be instantly destroyed even from one country to another. All one country needs to destroy anything skybound in an enemy’s country is to put 2 or more scalar transmitters forming a scalar wave-form interference grid whereby a shield is locked over a country in high intensity mode and this will cause anything which enters it to be destroyed. This can also destroy anything in the sea and detonate mines. The explosion shows up on the screen as a blossoming of the moving light on the square. The Russians mainly use their interference grids over the USA to control the weather moving hot or cold air where they can meet and create storms, hurricanes, torrential rain or droughts as they please. Earthquakes can be created along with volcanoes erupting according to Tom Bearden. Moisture can be brought from the ocean and sent overland and cold air from the north sent south. Violent thunderstorms can be created. He also claims since 1989 the Japanese Yazuka and Aum sects lease scalar interferometers from the Russians to do weather engineering over the USA. However America can fight back with their own scalar weapons. One can silently down passenger planes as need be by sending low frequency scalar beam to make the engine fail, either from the interference grid squares or from even portable shoulder scalar weapon bazookas which can be targeted at helicopters or any aircraft above. Surface naval vessels can be attacked through their hulls as well as ocean bottom mines detonated. Any aircraft, or land vessels including tanks can be fitted with portable scalar weapons. Though tanks can easily be destroyed with them. Tom Bearden claims that the Soviets and Americans have been silently downing each other’s aircraft since the 1980s. Soviet made scalar weapons downed American aircraft in Vietnam. Right from when USA put up their first satellites the Russians have been shooting them down in cloaked Russian made UFO’s with scalar and particle beam weapons. Between 1977 and 1982 Russia shot down many US satellites. At that time they wanted complete control over the skies and had put up killer satellites complete with beam weapons to target US satellites and even the space shuttles. It has been claimed by Tom Bearden that all the early space shuttles were shot down by the Russians and duplicate shuttles were landed from another base. There was a mad rush by the US govt to develop beam weapons to defend themselves against the Russians and they did this eventually shooting down a couple of the Russian made UFOs containing beam weapons. Revenge silently followed by passenger planes of each other’s countries being targeted. Related Who Really Owns and Controls the Military-Industrial Complex and What Are They Doing? – An Extensive Research Report

7. SCALAR MIND CONTROL In the early 1970’s Hundreds of inmates at the Gunniston Facility of the Utah State Prison were subjected to scalar wave mind control. Inmates tried unsuccessfully to fight back in court. The University of Utah researched at that time how scalar waves could induce the mind into hearing voices, overriding and implanting thoughts into the mind, as well as reading the thoughts. They also developed eye implants. In 1998 scalar waves were used to test subliminal voices in the head in 2 Utah prisons. In Draper Prison, Utah a man called David Fratus in 1988 claimed voices in his inner ears were induced in him as clear as if listening to a set of stereo headphones. The mind control victims of US govt implants are also subjected to artificial voices in the head which are sent on scalar beam by satellite and and the HAARP transmitters and relayed to the GWEN Towers placed approximately every 200 miles across USA. Many of the messages relayed into these American mind control victims are said to come from aliens, with a ‘message for mankind’. These ‘alien messages’ were first given to the prisoners in Utah and they all got the same messages. The Russians, having a head start on decoding the brain can send subliminal messages by satellite over whole countries in their own languages, in scalar waves so subtle that the victims think they are their own thoughts occurring. They could make people think “God” is speaking to them and can also give a people suicidal thoughts. There is a suicide wavelength. The Russians and Israelis have been said to do this on mind control data websites. As well, the Americans have been using these subliminals to give ‘voices in the head’ messages (which includes to those with CIA or military controlled implants) that are supposedly from ‘aliens’ or “The Holy Spirit” to say e.g. the Second Coming will be here soon or earth needs to be evacuated and the person has been ‘chosen’. Only certain people can pick this up according to whether they have implants (which relay messages into the head) or if they are natural telepathics. The mineral selenium when ingested beyond normal levels is said to increase the capacity to hear voices in the head. Though certain races have a higher hearing threshold and are able to pick up synthetic telepathy sent through the atmosphere more than others. Russia’s scalar transmitters are called “Woodpeckers” because of the woodpecker type tapping transmissions detected from them on the radio band. They have the technology to send subliminals right into a person’s subconscious, bypassing the brain and could drastically influence the thoughts, vision, physical functioning, emotions and conscious state of a person by sending in subliminal signals even from a great distance. In the late 1960s the Soviets broke the genetic code of the human brain. It had 44 digits or less and employed 22 frequency bands across nearly the whole EM spectrum. But only 11 of the frequency bands were independent. The Soviets found they could make a person do something just by sending subliminals into the body, bypassing the ears. Up to 16 of the Russian Woodpecker scalar transmitters have been observed to carry a common phase-locked 10 Hz modulation. 10 Hz is used to put people into a hypnotic state. The Russians can manipulate the moods of everyone in a 75 mile radius, with a circularly polarized antenna, and people’s bodies have been shown to pick up the “new” mode of expression. Even “sleep” frequency will make everyone tired and fall asleep.

8. AMERICA’S ‘NO CONTACT’ MASS MIND CONTROLLING NETWORK

According to the book Project L.U.C.I.D by Texe Marrs, John St Clair Akwei claims that the US National Security Agency (NSA) has had the most advanced computers in the world since the 1960’s. The Signals Intelligence (SIGINT) mission of the NSA uses scalar waves for blanket coverage of the USA and can wirelessly tap into any computer in the USA and read the contents. As well as track people by the electrical currents in their bodies, which emanates a particular ‘signature frequency’. This is possible because everything in the environment gives off scalar waves at right angle rotations off the normal electromagnetic wave. These can be searched for and tracked and are not subject to constraints of time and space. A person’s frequency can be stored on a supercomputer and this can be tracked anywhere. They can be sent subliminal words sent in scalar waves which are so subtle that the person will think they are their own thoughts. Also NSA uses a secret program (developed since the MKULTRA mind control program of the 1950s) what is called “Radiation Intelligence”. Scientific research from this is withheld from the public and there are international intelligence agreements to keep this technology secret. Using this technology the NSA records and decodes individual brain maps of hundreds of thousands of people for national security purposes. It is also used secretly by the military for a brain-to-computer link. Activity in the speech center of the brain can be translated into the subject’s verbal thoughts and can also show up activity from their visual cortex on a video monitor. NSA operatives can see what the subject is seeing. Visual memory can also be seen and the NSA can place images directly into the visual cortex, bypassing the eyes and the optic nerves. When a target sleeps secretly images can be installed into the brain during REM sleep for brain-programming purposes. Speech, 3D sound, and subliminal audio can also be sent to the auditory cortex of the brain, bypassing the ears. This “Remote Neural Monitoring” (RNM) can completely alter a subjects perceptions, moods and motor control. Different brainwave frequencies are connected with various parts of the body and when the right frequency to activate a section of the body is sent a person is powerless to stop it. Pain can be induced in mind control victims this way by targeting a section of the body. This has been spoken of by many mind control victims, accompanied by ‘voices in the head’ by the operators cruelly asking if it hurt and all done remotely without any physical contact with the victim. There has been a SIGINT wireless scalar wave brain monitoring network in the US since the 1940s according to John St Clair Akwei. He tells us how it is done with digitally decoding the evoked ‘potentials’ (see first section for more on potentials) in the 30-50Hz, 5 milliwatt electromagnetic emissions from the brain. In these emissions spikes and patterns show as evoked potentials. “Every thought, reaction, motor command, auditory event and visual image in the brain has a corresponding “evoked potential” or set of “evoked potentials”. These can be decoded into the current thoughts, images and sounds going on in a target’s brain. When complexly coded signals are sent to a victim, bypassing the eyes, optic nerves and ears, the faint images appear as floating 2D screens in the brain. Auditory hallucinations can be induced, creating paranoid schizophrenia. The frequency the brain areas respond to are from 3 Hz to 50 Hz. For each brain area these are used: Brain Area: Bioelectric Resonance Frequency: Information Induced Through Modulation. Motor control cortex: 10 Hz: Motor impulse coordination Auditory cortex: 15 Hz: Sound which bypasses the ears Visual cortex: 25 Hz: Images in the brain, bypassing the eyes Somasensory: 9 Hz: Phantom touch sense Thought center: 20Hz: Imposed subconscious thoughts Only the NSA modulates this signal band into evoked potentials or scalar carriers. There are about 100 people working 24 hrs a day for the NSA at Ft Meade on this “Remote Neural Monitoring” (RNM). John St Clair Akwei, after being harassed by this NSA technology brought a lawsuit against the NSA. During the lawsuit process he was harassed by 3D sound, and his associates were also harassed to keep him isolated. No action was taken against the NSA in the 1991 lawsuit. In 1967 an “internationally renowned scientist” and Christopher Hills, a pendulum expert, communicated with some ETs. (It is not known who the scientist was but at one time both Hills and Puharich were working with the medium Eileen Garrett and Puharich was communicating with ETs called The Nine. The same ETs that the Bilderberger group (comprised of world leaders and European royals) who control the affairs of the planet) This is what the ETs told Christopher Hills via pendulum:

In short, ETs communicated with us via modulated radio-waves, between 10,000 and 20,000 cycles below the known electromagnetic-spectrum. In the carrier-wave by amplitude modulation, mixed with frequency modulation. Single band energy, transmission power less than 25 watts. A naturally present wave on earth the brain modulated – a wave that resonates between the earth and the ionosphere. All humans influence the ionosphere in this manner. A reflecting technique involved. The brain modulation consisted of pulses, akin to those known from neuro pulses. Two humans can use this. Related to something akin to low frequency radar and to ultrasonic techniques but qualified. A mixed electro-acoustic wave function. The electromagnetic-wave induced an ultrasonic transduction in human tissue. The brain radiation has a sonic component to it as well as an electromagnetic component. Electromagnetic-radiation has a sonic component and it’s dependent on the medium through which it travels. The scientist cut through months of work. Now HAARP is slicing up the ionosphere, the world-brain, like a microwave knife, producing long tear incisions destroying the membrane which holds the reservoir of data accumulated by all earth’s history. HAARP has already punched 360 x 30 miles holes in the ionosphere.

9. INDUCING DISEASES WITH SCALAR WAVES

Tom Bearden also writes that a more advanced form of scalar weapon is known as a ‘quantum potential’ weapon has been developed by US, Russia, China, Israel and possibly Brazil . These weapons mimic the signature or frequency of a disease by recreating them on scalar carriers. Also any disease can be imprinted onto our cellular system using frequencies ranging from ultraviolet to infrared. Whole populations can have new diseases and death induced as well as latent diseases being activated with quantum potential diseases in targeted areas. Manufactured symptoms of radiation poisoning, chemical poisoning, bacterial infection and even the effects of many kinds of drugs including hallucinogenic ones can be induced with these very subtle scalar waves which flow in hyperspace or the sea of ether. They become imbedded right into the immune system or etheric counterpart of the physical body.

On the http://www.freedomdomain.com  site a man called Kaznacheyev found that the induction of diseases could be effected by the Woodpecker scalar transmitters in the near ultraviolet range. Experiments at the University of Marburg in West Germany duplicated these disease inducing scalar wave experiments in infrared. Dr Popp of West Germany, after analyzing the virtual photon master control system of the cells found that scalar virtual particle flux which determines the genetic blueprint pattern of the cells can be easily entered with scalar techniques to induce disease and cell disorder at will.

10 . TESLA’S SCALAR WAVE TECHNOLOGY WAS SECRETLY CONTINUED BY RUSSIA AND THE NAZIS

While the American government rejected Tesla’s energy without wires and left him penniless, Russia and Germany asked Tesla to work for them. He turned them down, but according to Preston Nichols he faked his death in 1943 and was spirited away to the UK. From then on it was a frenzied battle between the Soviets and Germany to develop scalar technology. Russia got a head start in learning how scalar waves can be drawn from hyperspace by sending an agent to seek out a man in Utah who built a machine for doing this Utah. A Soviet agent destroyed the device after learning how the machine operated. The man, T H Moray learned about Tesla’s ‘sea of ether’ and had made a scalar interferometer. Germany had developed anti-gravity technology in 1939 by back-engineering a crashed UFO. By WW2, they led the world in radar and infrared science as well as radar absorbing materials and radar cross section. Some leading western experts think they developed radar cross section beyond western levels today, but there is evidence of an alien alliance during the war so this may have been influential. The Germans were using time reversed waves, which caused a scalar wave to follow back and respond to the source of a received ordinary electromagnetic wave. During WW2 many of the best Nazi scientists escaped to a base they’d developed secretly in Antarctica, getting supplies from South Africa as well as to German communities in Argentina, Chile, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, and other Latin America countries. After the war Americans moved the remainder of the best Nazi scientists to US, with the Soviets, French and British taking the remainder to their countries. However the Soviets became angry at the Americans for taking first choice of Nazi scientific brains, so in 1946 they just cleaned out the majority of scientists and technicians back to the Soviet Union, about 275,000 men plus all their families from Soviet occupied eastern Germany. By the 1950 the Soviets had developed time-reversed waves. They has also forced the captured Germans to build them a fleet of anti-grav saucers complete with particle beam and scalar beam weapons. In Antarctica the Nazis had Tesla’s “Death Ray”, capable of sending a lethal beam even to the moon to create an incandescent spot, when aimed at it. Tesla devastated with his “Death Ray” – likened to a modern day particle beam weapon. According to Al Bielek the Russians have particle beam weapons which can shoot 1000 miles into space, and they use these to shoot down any UFO within 200 miles radius of their sky. The Americans also have many particle beam weapons and they too shoot down UFOs. There is apparently a war going on in space, and the Russians and Americans have secretly got together to fight it. It is unknown who the UFO occupants are, but the Nazi’s in Antarctica are said to be invincible with their superweapons.

Related Navy Admiral oversaw 29 Spies in Nazi Germany & started US Secret Space Program

11. IS THERE A SECRET WAR GOING IN THE SKIES?

Japan now has scalar weapons and has got together with Russia to develop them. In 1991, according to Harry Mason, Russian President Gorbechev offered to lease the Japanese the super-secret intercontinental scalar weapons, capable of producing earthquakes for $900 million, which they’d used in the Soviet Union since the 1960’s. Tom Bearden also claims they leased them in 1989. A Joint Russian-Japanese university was set up to develop new weapons with Japanese microchips to overpower the US and jointly rule the world. After Tesla “died” in 1943, his papers were sent to a Tesla Museum in Yugoslavia, where the Japanese obtained the knowledge of Tesla technology. The scalar weapons were developed by a Japanese scientist an IQ higher than Einstein. They too, like the Americans tested their scalar weapons in the outback of Western Australia, possibly using a base in Antarctica in which to send scalar waves to their Australian transmitter to produce earthquakes and Tesla globes. The Japanese scalar scientists are tied up with various cults and feel that the Japanese emperor should rule the planet, as well as having a policy of exacting revenge on former enemies culminating in a “Final War” against the Christian west and Islamic world. It is the Japanese Aum sect and Yakuza mafia who are still leasing the Russian scalar transmitters and have steadily used them for weather engineering over America since the nineties for target practice. Bearden claims that the Japanese may be allowed by the Russians to down planes now and then. The Japanese cult members in their govt are also tied up with North Korean cult members. The Russians have been weather engineering over America since the 1960’s using their interference grid to target specific areas.

12. WHO ELSE IS CONTINUING TESLA’S SCALAR TECHNOLOGY?

Unlike Western universities, Eastern Europe and Russia have always included Tesla’s scalar wave research openly in their curriculum and so they got a head start with multiple facilities built all over the Soviet Union to build scalar weapon transmitters starting from the 1950’s. This was further hastened by making captured East German scientists work for the Soviets leading that country straight into the space age, giving them UFOs fitted with scalar and particle beam weapons. The UFOs even had cloaking technology. America, even though they had Nazi scientists working for them after the war at Area 51 on anti-gravity, didn’t realize how advanced the Soviets had become with scalar technology until they found out they’d been secretly attacked during the 1950’s undetected. In 1960 the Soviet premier Kruschev announced to the world, that they had “superweapons”. In 1963 they deliberately destroyed a US atomic submarine undersea by Puerto Rico with scalar weapons. They next day over the Puerto Rico Trench the Soviets used scalar weapons in a different mode to produce a giant underwater explosion. US was defenseless against an unknown type of weapon. In 1965 the Great Sandy Desert in Western Australia was mapped out and chosen by the US govt to begin scalar weapons testing. Even though ‘officially’ Tesla’s papers were kept by the FBI after he died and were labeled ‘top secret’, lest they get into the hands of the enemy, Tesla had passed all his knowledge and research onto a young American physicist 2 weeks before he died in 1943. The US military in Western Australia tested crossed scalar beams aimed into the ground to create earthquakes on a target map of squares and also created Tesla globes from crossed scalar beams in the sky. Pine Gap the secret underground American military base has 2 scalar transmitters and they also have at least another in Exmouth, N Western Australia. Other American scalar transmitters besides various ones all over USA are at Alaska, Puerto Rico, Greenland, Norway and Antarctica. Though many countries have scalar weapons now, other countries could easily be a target of those with scalar weapons and never know what was the cause of their explosions, mind control or weather engineering. So of course more and more countries are getting the scalar technology needing it to defend themselves as well and this keeps getting passed on especially by the Russians. The other thing is one may know it is a scalar attack but have no idea who did it. The known countries which have scalar weapons are: America, Russia, France, Australia, Germany, Japan, China, Taiwan, South Africa, Israel, Brazil, UK and Argentina as well as various populations of Nazis still operating in Antarctica and all over South America. It is unknown how Brazilians got scalar weapons and quantum potential weapons, but the Brazilians have had alien technology for some time and also the Vatican has covert technology and has been said to have a base for this in Sth America for their secret space program. There is extensive coverage of Brazil’s space program in my 40 page article “Scalar Weapons: Read it and Weep” in Vol 3 of the http://www.theuniversalseduction.com  book series. This covers China and Japan’s weapons as well as extensive coverage of Russia’s attacks on America, especially the space shuttles and the technology of the Nazis in Antarctica. Others may have them such as Ukraine and Nth Korea but as yet no proof exists for these countries. Even in the alternative press not enough has been said about scalar weapons to the extent where normal conspiracy researchers and writers are as familiar with their dangers as they should be because even online they hardly get a mention on conspiracy sites. Yet they are probably the most life threatening thing on the planet.

Related David Wilcock and Corey Goode: History of the Solar System and Secret Space Program – Notes from Consciousness Life Expo 2016

https://conspiracydailyupdate.com/2016/07/20/12-things-you-should-know-about-scalar-weapons-stillness-in-the-storm/ 

:: 2-21-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PART 3—SHOCKING NEW ONLINE SERIES To Probe Trump Administration, Rabbis, And Top-Secret Plan To Build Third Temple

February 21, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor By Dr. Thomas Horn

PART 3: WAS ZENITH 2016 JUST FULFILLED?

Whether or not circumstances will be sufficient to build the new Temple before America elects (or re-elects) its next president in 2020, what the rabbis in Israel believe Donald Trump started in 2016 may well have laid the foundation upon which the Man of Sin shall reign. This raises a few serious questions. Did God, who works all things together for good (see Romans 8:28), ordain the election of Donald Trump for a specific purpose and mission related to the Third Temple? If so, did the year of his election—2016—hold specific prophetic significance? Did something start in 2016 like a clock winding down to this momentous event(s)? “Those members of the clergy that laid hands on Trump and prayed at the New Spirit Revival Center in Cleveland Heights, September 21, 2016 must have thought so,” I wrote in my book Saboteurs, “as did other prominent Christian leaders during the campaign and most of the clergy that offered invocations at his unforgettable inauguration. Some of these Christians trust in Trump’s statement of faith, while others simply see him as imperfect but chosen by God.” I then connected the dots in Saboteurs between the year 2016 specifically and what prophets and seers down through time foresaw as related to that date in particular: For instance, Dr. Lance Wallnau refers to Trump as God’s “chaos” president, a line he borrowed from Jeb Bush who had coined the phrase in describing Trump during the final Republican debate. Wallnau draws analogies between Trump and Cyrus “the Great,” the pagan Persian king that Isaiah prophesied by name 200-years in advance (Is. 44:28), saying he would conquer Babylon (happened in 539 BC), the waters of the Euphrates would “dry up” to make way for the army, the city’s gates would “not be shut,” and thereby the Jews would be liberated and return to Jerusalem where they would rebuild the temple, all of which happened just as the prophet foresaw many years in advance. According to Wallnau, Trump was chosen by God to similarly rescue America from its catastrophic alternative (Hillary) [and to initiate the building of the Third Temple]…. Curiously, Cyrus isn’t the only example of a pagan leader used by God to providentially influence the ancient Jewish nation. Nebuchadnezzar was also called “the Servant of the Most High God” and I understand why many modern believers prefer not to think about that example. Unlike Cyrus the deliverer, Nebuchadnezzar was the instrument of God’s chastisement against Judah, resulting in most of the people (approximately seventy thousand) being brought into captivity with desolation upon their land. This was the providence of God too, because they would not listen to His words (Jeremiah 25:8ff). The prophet Habakkuk bemoaned God using such a heathen to spank his own children, but God told him it was necessary and that Nebuchadnezzar would be dealt with later (Habakkuk 1:5-11; cf. Jeremiah 25:12ff). Assyria and Babylon are two more examples of pagan entities used by God to correct His people after they had fallen into apostasy. The Assyrians went to war against Israel under Tiglath-pileser (2 Kings 15:29, 16:7–9), and again under Shalmaneser and Sargon all because they would not obey “the voice of Jehovah their God” (2 Kings 18:9–12). These contrasting illustrations raise a serious question. If God did, through providence, choose Trump to become America’s president, is he our Cyrus (deliverer) or Nebuchadnezzar (agent of judgment)? I want to believe Trump was God’s way of putting His foot down on the socialist-globalist runaway agenda to allow a respite and opportunity for spiritual awakening in this country. But what if I’m wrong? Speaking of Nebuchadnezzar, his example also illustrates how in times past God sometimes used pagans to utter divine insights. An amazing case in point is when God chose to reveal a prophecy spanning from 605 BC through the Second Coming of Christ to the arrogant, narcissistic, idol-worshipping Nebuchadnezzar. Of course, it required God’s holy servant, Daniel, to interpret the dream. Similarly, God used Balaam, a sorcerer hired by Balak, a Moabite king, who was exceedingly fearful of the encroaching multitude of Israelites. Accordingly, the king sent for Balaam, a darkened wizard who now lives in prophetic infamy (2 Peter 2:15; Jude 11; Revelation 2:14). Despite Balaam’s incorrigible status, God used him to prophesy, “I shall see him, but not now: I shall behold him, but not nigh: there shall come a Star out of Jacob, and a Sceptre shall rise out of Israel” (Numbers 24:17). Ronald Allen, professor of Hebrew Scripture at Western Baptist Seminary, writes, “In agreement with many in the early church and in early Judaism, we believe this text speaks unmistakably of the coming of the Messiah. That this prophecy should come from one who was unworthy makes it all the more dramatic and startling.” Thus, we see that God uses the most unlikely characters and situations to get His message across and work done. This Pethorian prophecy was well over one thousand years before the birth of Christ and from a hostile source, yet it is probably what led the magi to Bethlehem. Another interesting thing about Trump and unlikely agents who lead wise men to Bethlehem is the mysterious and metaphysical logic some currently share involving God’s possible providence in the arrival of Trump as a “savior” figure. Nowhere is this language more pronounced than in the Holy Land itself where several respected rabbis and kabbalists have insinuated that America’s new president is a forerunner of Messiah and the final redemption. “Donald Trump (424) is the Gematria of ‘Messiah for the House of David’ (משיח בן דוד),” wrote Adam Eliyahu Berkowitz for Breaking Israel News on May 16, 2016. “That is not to say that Donald Trump is the Messiah, but that his presidency will usher in the Messianic era.”[i] Others, including Rabbi Matityahu Glazerson, who accurately predicted the Trump victory before the election using Bible codes, [ii] have chimed in. Glazerson found various connections between Trump and moshiach (“messiah”) in the codes, which in Hebrew means “anointed,” and led Glazerson to conclude that his election is connected to the coming of Messiah. Rabbi Hillel Weiss is a Trump-Messiah-connection believer, too, and he also sees in the president the agent of God’s favor for building the Third Temple, another Cyrus linking. [iii] Then there is the Sanhedrin in Israel, the nascent tribunal that has styled itself after the Second Temple-era Jewish court, which has sent letters to Donald Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin asking them to join forces to build the Third Temple for Messiah. Professor Weiss is a spokesman for the Sanhedrin and notes how Donald Trump made support for Israel and recognition of Jerusalem as their capital part of public discourse during 2016. Combining that with Putin’s expressed opinion that the Third Temple ought to be built now caused him to say that both men should do what King Cyrus did 2,500 years ago and build the religious complex for the benefit of all Jews and the world. “We are poised to rebuild the Temple,” Weiss said, and “the leaders of Russia and America can lead the nations of the world to global peace through building the Temple, the source of peace.”[iv] ARTICLE CONTINUES BELOW VIDEO WATCH PART-3 OF NEW INVESTIGATIVE SERIES!

Rabbi Yosef Berger, who oversees King David’s tomb in Jerusalem, takes it a step farther. He believes Trump actually won the election through “the power of Moshiach [Messiah], which gave him the boost he needed” and is “connected to the Messianic process which is happening right now. ”[v],[vi] More recently, the Sanhedrin authorized the minting of two coins—the “Half Shekel Cyrus Trump Temple Coin,” and shortly thereafter, the “70 Years Israel Redemption Temple Coin,” both of which depict Donald Trump and the ancient Persian King Cyrus (who empowered the building of the Second Temple) on the front side with the Third Temple on the back. In an article for Breaking Israel News, the reasons for the commemorative coins were tied specifically to the Trump administration as the catalyst for building the Third Temple. In fact, rabbis associated with the effort go so far as to say the success of Trump’s presidency depends on his efforts to initiate the building of the new Solomon-like house of worship. “In gratitude to US President Donald Trump for recognizing Jerusalem as the capital of Jerusalem, the nascent Sanhedrin and the Mikdash (Temple) Educational Center are minting a replica of the silver half-shekel Biblically mandated to be donated by every Jewish male to the Temple,” the report stated, before adding, “Rabbi Weiss stressed that Trump’s [US administration] goals will come to fruition only if they are geared towards rebuilding the Jewish Temple” (emphasis added). “Cyrus and Balfour, non-Jews who played an enormously important role in Jewish history fell short and their political success suffered as a result,” Rabbi Weiss said. “Trump’s political agenda can only succeed if it is focused on building the Third Temple on the place that God chose: the Temple Mount. He must not advance any two-state solution or this will lead to his downfall. ”[vii]

To further stipulate the role that the rabbis see Trump divinely appointed to perform, the following amazing statement is published inside the official Sanhedrin sanctioned “70 Years Israel” Redemption Coin brochure: President Trump is advancing a prophetic process that will usher in—when the time comes—the rebuilding of the Third Temple. It is as if he is following in the footsteps of King Cyrus who pronounced, after 70 years of Jewish exile, that: Hashem, the Lord of the World, charged me to build him a house in Jerusalem. (bold added) All of this brings me to another important point involving messianic prophecies, political players, providence, the exact year of Trump’s election (2016), and the prophetic ramifications of where we may be headed. Was Zenith 2016 Just Fulfilled? In 2009 I released the book, Apollyon Rising, that was later updated and re-released as Zenith 2016 due to important information I came across after the initial publishing of the first version, which many consider my seminal work and magnum opus. I hope with the release of this book to find similar accolades, as I truly believe this to be the most important and timely research I’ve released since. Besides having a full year in 2009 to travel, interview, and research related topics as well as taking the sabbatical I needed for the actual writing, what made Zenith unusual was the big question about why so many ancients—some from hundreds of years ago and some from much further back—foresaw the year 2016 specifically as the date when the Messiah, or, alternatively, the Antichrist, would manifest on earth, with most believing “his” presence would become known to a select few in 2016 but remain unrecognized by wider populations until slowly “he” is revealed for who and what he actually is at the appropriate time in the immediate years following. Even a major Sunni website set these dates years before Trump’s election after studying the ancient Quran and Hadith, saying: “Based on our numerical analysis…the official beginning of the End of Time and the coming of the Imam Mahdi [their messiah, but for others like Joel Richardson, the antichrist] will most likely be in…2016 and Jesus Christ will come down from Heaven to Earth in 2022.”[viii] Of all the most ancient prognosticators that intrigued me in Zenith for whom the year 2016 and the coming Third Temple appeared prophetically significant were as follows: Prophecy from the Zohar on Messiah’s Arrival

Widely considered the most important work of Jewish Kabbalah, the Zohar is a collection of books written in medieval Aramaic over seven hundred years ago containing mystical commentary on the Pentateuch (five books of Moses, the Torah). In addition to interpreting Scripture, the Vaera section (volume 3, section 34) includes, “The signs heralding Mashiach,” or, “The coming of the Messiah.” The fascinating date for “his” secret presentation to the rabbis in Israel was set in the Zohar for 2012–2013 [given the rejection of Jesus by Orthodox Jews as Messiah, evangelicals would say this seven-hundred-year-old prediction indicates the Antichrist could have arrived circa 2012–2013]. And, sure enough, on the heels of that date some of Israel’s foremost rabbis began behaving as if they know something the rest of the world does not involving the arrival of “Messiah.” In addition to the ones I quoted earlier in this chapter who believe the Messianic era has started, Chaim Kanievsky, one of Israel’s most prominent rabbis and a leader of the Haredi branch of Judaism and a recognized authority on Jewish law, has recently been warning his students not to leave the Holy Land, because, “The Messiah is already here. He will reveal himself very soon…. Don’t travel.”[ix] These same rabbis starting in 2016 using “messianic” and “Third Temple” language around the election of Donald Trump.

The Eight-Hundred-Year-Old Prophecy of Rabbi Judah Ben Samuel Will the years immediately following 2016 be prophetically important for Israel and the world? According to an eight-hundred-year-old prophecy, it certainly could. Before he died of cancer, J. R. Church analyzed the ancient predictions of Rabbi Judah Ben Samuel and noted: Ludwig Schneider, writing for Israel Today (March 2008), said, “Some 800 years ago in Germany, Rabbi Judah Ben Samuel was a top Talmudic scholar with an inclination for the mystical. Before he died in the year 1217, he prophesied that the Ottoman Turks would conquer Jerusalem and rule the Holy City for ‘eight Jubilee Years.’” A biblical Jubilee year consists of 50 years. Fifty multiplied by eight equals 400 years. Afterwards, according to Ben Samuel, the Ottomans would be driven out of Jerusalem, which would remain a no-man’s land for one Jubilee year. In the tenth Jubilee year [2017]…the Messianic end times would begin.… Looking back at Ben Samuel’s prediction, we should note that the Ottoman Empire did conquer Jerusalem in 1517, exactly 300 years after the rabbi’s death, and was defeated 400 years later in 1917. In Israel Today, Ludwig Schneider continues, “This came to pass 300 years after Ben Samuel’s death. He could not have based this prophecy on events that could be foreseen, but only on the results of his study of the Bible. “According to Leviticus 25, the nation is reunited with its land in the year of Jubilee. Therefore, the Jubilee year plays an important role in Israel’s history. In this case, the Jubilee began with the defeat and conquest of the Mamelukes in Jerusalem by the Ottoman Kingdom in 1517. The Turks reigned over Jerusalem until the British General Edmund Allenby defeated them exactly eight Jubilees later in 1917.

“Ben Samuel’s prophecy was fulfilled precisely because 1517 to 1917 is exactly 400 years. Afterward, Jerusalem was a no-man’s land for 50 years during the time of the British Mandate (1917–1967) and the time of Jordanian rule (1947–1967), another Jubilee year. During the Six Day War in 1967, Israel captured Jerusalem from Jordan and the city returned to the Jewish people after nearly two millennia of exile. After that, the countdown for the Messianic age began.” Schneider assumes that since Rabbi Judah Ben Samuel’s prediction appears to be fulfilled to date, then 2017 should launch the beginning of the Messianic era.[x]

Protestant Reformers and What They Believed Would Start In 2016

Among the turn-of-the-century Protestant reformers, an astonishing number of theologians believed that the False Prophet and Antichrist would assume places of authority in 2016 and shortly thereafter ascend the world stage. The famous preacher Jonathan Edwards was convinced of this possibility and held a postmillennial view based on the 1,260 days the woman is in the wilderness in Revelation 12:6. He interpreted those days as the years that the true Church was to be oppressed by the papists. Clarence Goen writes of this, “Edwards considered that the most likely time for the…reign of Antichrist was 1260 years after AD 756 (the acceding of temporal power to the Pope),”[xi] which would place the (beginning) of Antichrist’s power squarely in 2016. When we were doing research for the book, Petrus Romanus: The Final Pope Is Here, we learned of this belief by Edwards and sought to verify it by examining a collection of his personal voluminous writings. We found confirmation within a series of his sermons, preached at Northampton, Massachusetts, in 1739, on how history and prophecy coincide. As we endeavored to demonstrate in Petrus Romanus, the pope’s rise to temporal power began when Pope Stephen began courting Pepin around 751 and then became a reality in 756 with the expulsion of the Lombards. We wrote how 756 placed the target sometime in 2016. Around that same time during our investigation, we became aware of a sermon collection from the 1800s, titled, “Lectures on the Revelation,” by the Reverend William J. Reid, pastor of First United Presbyterian Church in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, which were given over a period ending in March of 1876. Like Jonathan Edwards had over a hundred years earlier, Reid deduced that the False Prophet and Antichrist would arrive sometime around 2016. Soon we uncovered numerous other ancient examples in which the year 2016 was specifically foreseen as when the False Prophet and the Antichrist would be on earth, followed by the destruction of Rome. These included:

The Theological Dictionary of Princeton University (1830)

Critical Commentary and Paraphrase on the Old and New Testament by Lowth and Lowman (1822)

The American Biblical Repository (1840)

Notes on the Revelation of St. John by Lowman (1773)

The Christian Spectator, “The Monthly” (1885)

Abridgement of Ecclesiastical History (1776)

The Works of the Rev. P. Doddridge, DD (1804)

The International Sunday School Lessons Pub (1878)

Character and Prospects on the Church of Rome in Two Discourses by the Rev. William Mackray (1829)

The Panoplist and Missionary Magazine (1809)

Lectures on Romanism by Joseph F. Berg (1840)

The Congregational Magazine for the Year (1834)

The Presbyterian Magazine (1858)

The complete list of ancients who believed 2016 pointed to the year when Antichrist would begin making himself known on the global scene and initiate a process ultimately leading to construction of the Third Temple as well as the Great Tribulation period can be found in the book Zenith 2016.

Whether this will turn out to be connected to Donald Trump and the rabbis’ view of him as a modern Cyrus whose arrival heralds the Messianic era during which the Temple will be built is increasingly convincing, as the upcoming entries in this series hopefully convey.

GROUNDBREAKING RESEARCH UNVEILS INCENDIARY SCHEME BY RELIGIOUS AUTHORITIES, GOVERNMENT AGENTS, AND JEWISH RABBIS! Adam Eliyahu Berkowits, “Biblical Numerology Predicts Trump Will Usher in Messiah,” Breaking Israel News, May 16 2016, https://www.breakingisraelnews.com/67748/biblical-numerology-predicts-trump-will-usher-messiah/#YpPoq8q60l05J0SD.97. 

[ii] Bob Eschliman, “Rabbi Predicts Trump Will Win and Usher in the Second Coming,” Charisma News, November 4, 2016, http://www.charismanews.com/politics/elections/61031-rabbi-predicts-trump-will-win-and-usher-in-the-second-coming. 

[iii] Sam Kestenbaum, “Jewish Mystics Hope Trump’s Israel Visit Might ‘Raise the Temple,’” Israel Forward, May 22, 2017, http://forward.com/news/372256/for-jewish-mystics-trumps-israel-visit-part-of-messianic-process/. 

[iv] Hillel Fendel, “Sanhedrin to Trump-Putin: Fulfill Cyrus-like Role in Jerusalem,” November 15, 2016, http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/220289 .

[v] Sam Kestenbaum, “Why These Jewish Mystics Think God Helped Trump Win,” Israel Forward, November 15, 2016, http://forward.com/news/354530/why-these-jewish-mystics-think-god-helped-trump-win/ 

[vi] Thomas Horn, Saboteurs (Crane, MO: Defender Publishing, 2017) 80–84.

[vii] Adam Eliyahu Berkowitz, “Sanhedrin Mints Silver Half-Shekel with Images of Trump and Cyrus,” Breaking Israel News, February 15, 2018, https://www.breakingisraelnews.com/102784/sanhedrin-temple-movement-issue-silver-half-shekel-images-trump-cyrus/ 

[viii] “Islamic ‘Messiah’ al-Mahdi to Return by 2016, Followed By Jesus? Islamic ‘Messiah’ al-Mahdi to Return by 2016, Followed by Jesus?” Israel, Islam and the End Times, May 19, 2015, http://www.israelislamandendtimes.com/islamic-messiah-al-mahdi-to-return-by-2016-followed-by-jesus/.  Accessed January 3, 2016.

[ix] MCD Admin, “Prominent Rabbi Warns Friends Not to Leave Israel; ‘Messiah Is Here with Us Already,’” My Christian Daily, http://mychristiandaily.com/mcd/prominent-rabbi-warns-friends-not-to-leave-israel-messiah-is-here-with-us-already/. 

[x] J. R. Church, “The 800-Year-Old Prophecy of Rabbi Judah Ben Samuel,” Prophecy in the News, February 2010, 14.

[xi] Clarence Goen, “Jonathan Edwards: A New Departure in Eschatology,” Church History 28, March 1, 1959, 29, 25–40.

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/02/21/part-3-shocking-new-online-series-to-probe-trump-administration-rabbis-and-top-secret-plan-to-build-third-temple/ 

:: 2--19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

For What Robot Did Jesus Die?

Dr. Jerry Newcombe | Truth in Action Ministries | Thursday, February 14, 2019

Recently, amazing claims have been made about robots. One of them is that people will start to fall in love with robots. Another is that Artificial Intelligence (AI) will one day eclipse man. There is even the claim that AI will one day eclipse God.

Writing for zdnet.com, Greg Nichols (2/8/19) penned an article, “Robot Love: Why romance with machines is a foregone conclusion.” The subtitle is “Sex robots are sold for physical pleasure, but emotionally fulfilling relationships with machines is closer than you may think.” It’s incredibly dehumanizing for creatures made in the image of God to engage in such mechanical acts. Is that “love”? I reached out to Dr. Robert J. Marks for a comment on the idea of falling in love with robots. Marks is the Director of The Bradley Center for Natural & Artificial Intelligence at Baylor University. Marks told me via email: “Those proclaiming that exclusive truth lives totally in naturalism are constrained to a sadly narrow view of the world. In their constrained silo, love and romance must have a materialistic explanation. But computers, including AI, are limited. They are all constrained to follow programmed instructions called algorithms. Things nonalgorithmic are not computable. Human creativity, sentience, consciousness and qualia are not computable. Can anyone write code to explain to a computer your true sensory experience of enjoying hot buttered sweet corn? Sex with a human-appearing robot can be simulated, but love and romance are not computable. Those married to the love of their lives for forty years like me know this.” A few years ago, when stories were coming out along the lines that AI was a potential threat to humanity, I interviewed Dr. Marks on the radio. For example, I asked him about this quote from Stephen Hawking about AI: “The development of full artificial intelligence could spell the end of the human race.” Marks responded, “Well, I think it’s actually just hyperbole. And I think that people who say these sorts of things need to go back to the fundamentals and understand what computers can’t and can do.” Marks observed, “A computer will never be creative. It will never have consciousness. It will never have understanding. It only does what you tell it to do….They will never have a soul. They will never have an understanding of what they do. They will never have a consciousness. Computers can only do something which is algorithmic….a fancy word for recipe. You have to give a computer step-by-step instructions on doing something, just like a recipe.” But all of these claims get us back to a core issue: What is a human being and why do we have intrinsic value? For what robot did Jesus die? In my opinion, over-glorifying man-made machines is just a symptom of a godless worldview that sees humanity as a glorified animal or a chemical machine, as opposed to a special creation of God, who made us in His image. In his book, The Death of Humanity (2016), history professor Dr. Richard Weikart writes: “As many intellectuals have abandoned the Judeo-Christian sanctity-of-life ethic in favor of secular philosophies, we have descended into a quagmire of inhumanity. Some today view humans as nothing more than sophisticated machines or just another type of animal. For them, humans are nothing special---just another random arrangement of particles in an impersonal cosmos.” This is the view of evolutionary materialists, who believe life is merely a chance product of time and material. Going even further, AI will one day replace God, according to some. Dan Brown, author of the anti-Christian novel, The DaVinci Code, says: “Humanity no longer needs God but may with the help of artificial intelligence develop a new form of collective consciousness that fulfils the role of religion. Are we naïve today to believe that the gods of the present will survive and be here in a hundred years?” But no robot has risen from the dead, so I predict that 100 years from now, Jesus Christ will still be worshiped all over the globe. Robots may be great tools, but they are no substitute for humanity, no substitute for God, and no substitute for love. Perhaps Allan Sherman, the singing humorist (“Hello, Muddah, Hello, Faddah”) had the best idea. In 1963, he did a song called “Automation”: “I thought automation was keen, / Till you were replaced by a ten ton machine…. / You're a girl who's soft, warm and sweet / But you're only human, and that's obsolete…./ How could I have known, when the 503 / Started to blink, it was winking at me, dear / I thought it was just some mishap, / When it sidled over and sat on my lap / But when it said ‘I love you’ and gave me a hug, dear, / That's when I pulled out its plug!” Jerry Newcombe, D.Min., is an on-air host/senior producer for D. James Kennedy Ministries. He has written/co-written 31 books, e.g., The Unstoppable Jesus Christ, American Amnesia: Is American Paying the Price for Forgetting God?, What If Jesus Had Never Been Born? (w/ D. James Kennedy) & the bestseller, George Washington's Sacred Fire (w/ Peter Lillback) djkm.org @newcombejerry www.jerrynewcombe.com  

https://www.christianheadlines.com/columnists/guest-commentary/for-what-robot-did-jesus-die.html 

:: 2--19 Now The End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Unveils The World’s First Female AI News Anchor As Global Shift Towards Robots And Artificial Intelligence Accelerates

Named Xin Xiaomeng, the perfectly-coiffed broadcaster is the newest addition to Xinhua's team of existing male AI anchors. Xiaomeng was developed jointly by Xinhua and search engine company Sogou, and was shown off in a video sent out on social media on Thursday. Aside from a few seemingly stiff facial muscles, Xiaomeng is remarkably life-like, complete with hand adjustments during piece-to-cameras, and just enough on-cue blinking. The computer-generated journalist was modelled after real-life Xinhua news anchor Qu Meng, whose voice and image provided inspiration for developers.

China’s state-run news agency, Xinhua, today unveiled ‘the world’s first female AI news anchor’; a gender-balancing counterpart for the existing male AI news presenters. Go to YouTube and watch some videos on when the automobile was a new technology. You will see mostly people riding in horse-drawn vehicles who look on with amusement at the new “fad” of the automobile. Convinced and secure in the knowledge that the new technology will never last, a whole generation of businesses built around the horse and carriage are about to become extinct overnight. And they did. Dead man walking. And so it is now in our day with AI and the rise of the robots. “And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.” Revelation 13:15 (KJV) Watching the videos of these new AI news anchors, I will admit having a wry smile on my face as these chinese robots read the news. But guess what? Faster than you can imagine, you’re going to blink your eyes and wake up in a world of robots that will be nearly indistinguishable from human beings. Even now you have been trained to speak to your devices as if they were real. “Hey Siri, please call Andy mobile’, ‘Alexa, play turn the lights down’, ‘Google, I need a good fried chicken recipe’. If the Lord tarries, this will be the world we will inhabit. Sex with robots? Already happening. Self-driving cars? Nearly perfected. Stores that have no workers and you pay for your items without ever taking out your wallet? Old news, brother. Antichrist has not shown up yet, but the beginning elements of what will be his end times world system are already with us. Want to miss out on the time of Jacob’s trouble? You can click here to find out how.

China has unveiled its ‘first female AI news anchor’ FROM THE NATIONAL: In news that journalists around the world are perhaps loathe to report, China has just unveiled another non-human that is set to steal all our jobs. Dystopian – maybe not, but unsettling for those who are reporting it, perhaps.

Named Xin Xiaomeng, the perfectly-coiffed broadcaster is the newest addition to Xinhua’s team of existing male AI anchors. Xiaomeng was developed jointly by Xinhua and search engine company Sogou, and was shown off in a video sent out on social media on Thursday. Aside from a few seemingly stiff facial muscles, Xiaomeng is remarkably life-like, complete with hand adjustments during piece-to-cameras, and just enough on-cue blinking. The computer-generated journalist was modelled after real-life Xinhua news anchor Qu Meng, whose voice and image provided inspiration for developers. In a video on Twitter, Xiaomeng addresses the world in Chinese with English subtitles, saying “hello to everybody who’s watching”, and announcing her role as broadcaster for China’s upcoming Two Sessions political conferences in March. Xiaomeng will join Xinhua’s existing roster of two male AI reporters, who were revealed last November, in covering the conference. In fact, as Xiaomeng was being unveiled to the world, Xinhua announced that her one of her male counterparts also got an upgrade. In an accompanying tweet, Xinhua extolled the virtues of its new and improved male AI journalist, who now has a name: Xin Xiaohao. Xiaohao has not only gained a new register of body languages, but he has also been promoted from a seating position to standing during his broadcasts, and he’s pretty pleased about it: “Henceforth, rather than working behind the desk, I’ll be broadcasting the news in front of the desk. Instead, I’ll be broadcasting from a standing position. I can make more hand gestures and facial expressions, ” he tells the world. “Now I have my own name, Xin Xiaohao. Thanks to this upgrade, I’ll be able to conduct better broadcasts.” The two carry off their (admittedly short) broadcasts seamlessly, with not a stutter or forgotten cue in sight. However, in a sign-off line that will be unlikely to win her any friends in the newsroom of the flesh-and-blood variety, Xiaomeng promises to “present you with a better news broadcast”. READ MORE

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/china-unveils-the-worlds-first-female-ai-news-anchor-as-global-shift-towards-robots-and-artificial-intelligence-accelerates/ 

:: 2--19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is China’s Social Credit System A Preview Of The Coming “Beast System”?

Virtually everything that you do online and offline is being monitored, tracked or recorded by someone. Could you imagine what life would be like if the government compiled all of that information into a giant database and used it to punish those that had engaged in politically-incorrect behavior? Here in the United States, Internet censorship has escalated dramatically, but over in China the government is cracking down on a much wider array of online and offline activities. If you fail to make a credit card payment, get into an argument in public or say the wrong thing on social media, you could suddenly find yourself restricted from conducting a whole host of normal economic activities. The primary marketing slogan for this social credit system is “once discredited, everywhere restricted”… China’s social credit system rates citizens based on their daily behaviour, and this could range from their bank credit to their social media activities. With a tagline of ‘once discredited, everywhere restricted’, it vows to punish ‘untrustworthy’ citizens in as many ways as possible. This system sounds like something right out of a George Orwell novel, and even entire businesses can be penalized. In fact, it is being reported that 3.59 million Chinese businesses were added to “the official creditworthiness blacklist” last year. The following comes from the South China Morning Post… Over 3.59 million Chinese enterprises were added to the official creditworthiness blacklist last year, banning them from a series of activities, including bidding on projects, accessing security markets, taking part in land auctions and issuing corporate bonds, according to the 2018 annual report released by the National Public Credit Information Centre. On top of that, millions of ordinary Chinese citizens were restricted from flying and riding on trains last year for engaging in “untrustworthy conduct”… According to the report, the authorities collected over 14.21 million pieces of information on the “untrustworthy conduct” of individuals and businesses, including charges of swindling customers, failing to repay loans, illegal fund collection, false and misleading advertising, as well as uncivilised behaviour such as taking reserved seats on trains or causing trouble in hospitals. About 17.46 million “discredited” people were restricted from buying plane tickets and 5.47 million were restricted from purchasing high-speed train tickets, the report said. In other words, the Chinese government is banning enormous numbers of people from engaging in normal economic activities because they did something that the government does not like. This sounds eerily similar to the economic restrictions that the Bible says will be imposed someday upon those that refuse to participate in the coming beast system. This is what Revelation 13:16-18 says in the Modern English Version…

16 He causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to receive a mark on their right hand or on their forehead, 17 so that no one may buy or sell, except he who has the mark or the name of the beast or the number of his name.

18 Here is a call for wisdom: Let him who has understanding calculate the number of the beast. It is the number of a man. His number is six hundred and sixty-six.

All over the world, governments are taking more control over the daily lives of their citizens, and most freedom-loving people are greatly alarmed by this growing trend. But many others are actually embracing the changes. In fact, Bloomberg is reporting that China’s new social credit system is becoming “quite popular”… It’s chilling, dystopian — and likely to be quite popular. Chinese have already embraced a whole range of private and government systems that gather, aggregate and distribute records of digital and offline behavior. Depicted outside of China as a creepy digital panopticon, this network of so-called social-credit systems is seen within China as a means to generate something the country sorely lacks: trust. For that, perpetual surveillance and the loss of privacy are a small price to pay. Of course any Chinese citizen that dares to criticize the new system could suddenly lose their travel privileges (or worse), and so there is certainly a very strong incentive to say “the right thing” to western reporters. As China’s system develops, it is inevitable that other nations will want to copy it. If you can get everyone in an entire country to fear that they are constantly being watched and that if they do “the wrong thing” they will be quickly punished, then you suddenly have a very powerful behavioral tool that can radically transform a society. It would basically be a dream come true for control freak politicians everywhere, and this kind of system would open the door for the worst kinds of tyranny. And someday we could even see such a system implemented in the United States. In fact, former DHS head Michael Chertoff says that such a system is already starting to develop… Chertoff, who now runs the security consulting company The Chertoff Group, says there are already glimpses of social scoring here in the United States. “We’re beginning to see it already where insurance companies affect your premium based on whether you’re eating healthy, getting a good night’s sleep or getting enough exercise,” he said, adding that the need for Congress to act is urgent.

But Chertoff said the emphasis needs to change from how do we keep things confidential, and instead pass laws that focus on who controls the data once it’s been generated. Everybody wants an orderly society, but we should never sacrifice our basic liberties and freedoms in a desperate attempt to get more safety and security. This social credit system may be making Chinese citizens safer and more secure, but in the process their entire nation is being turned into a dystopian hell from which there will be no escape. And unless we stand up and fight against this trend, it is only a matter of time before we have such a system too. If George Orwell could see what we have become, he would be rolling over in his grave. Get Prepared NowAbout the author: Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/is-chinas-social-credit-system-a-preview-of-the-coming-beast-system 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow,

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 2--19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jesus was a 'sorcerer,' Bible a 'book of magic,' say Christian witches ahead of first annual convention

Leonardo Blair, Christian Post Reporter

The first annual Christian witches convention is set to be hosted in Salem, Massachusetts, this April and will feature internationally recognized Prophet Calvin Witcher who agrees with the convention’s host that Jesus was a sorcerer and the Bible is really a “book of magic.” The Rev. Valerie Love, the force behind the event who describes herself as a practicing Christian witch and an ordained minister of spiritual consciousness, recently launched the Covenant of Christian Witches Mystery School to help Christians tap into magic, which critics are condemning as "dangerous." She insists there is nothing wrong with the idea of Christians practicing magic despite biblical warnings against it. In an extended discussion with Witcher approximately two months ago on reconciling the practice of witchcraft and Christianity, Witcher, whose website says he “brings God’s messages to humanity through powerful teaching and training, allowing non-traditional followers to hear the divine voice of hope,” said the Bible is a “huge book of sorcery.” “The Bible is a huge book of sorcery. You literally can’t get around that. You can’t get around Jesus being a magician. There’s just no way,” he said. Asked to elaborate on what he meant by his statement, Witcher pointed to miracles from Jesus’ adult ministry as clear examples of sorcery. “You’re talking about sorcery at its base understanding, it’s really just being able to change the natural by supernatural means. That’s really it. It’s an alchemical process. It’s to say that you turn water into wine. One, two fish and five loaves of bread, feeding the multitude - absolutely forms of sorcery. Walking on water defined the natural realm and laws that govern this physical plane. That’s all realms of sorcery. Magic is simply just using the props to do it,” he contended. “You’re talking about the whole of Jesus’ adult ministry is all magic, all sorcery. Even if we just say ‘Jesus.’ Every particular miracle Jesus does defies human law, defies the laws of the universe and the world. So … you can’t really talk about being a Jesus follower without doing what he did which is magic." Love revealed previously that she was "born a witch" but was forced to stifle her identity as a Jehovah's Witness from age 4 to 30 when she finally left the "cult." She told Witcher in their conversation that she wasn’t taught how to do the things that Jesus did such as raising the dead even though Christ declared that those who follow Him would do greater works than He did in John 14:12. “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto my Father,” the Scripture says. Witcher, who describes himself as a believer in Christ who still speaks with tongues from his background in the Pentecostal church, said the Scripture has “haunted me” and agreed that they were both still working on getting up to Jesus’ level.  “My background in Pentecostalism really set me up on a good foundation. We had tools. We did anointing oils, prayer shawls, demonology was taught very regularly at least in my circles. So those conversations were not weird. We talked on the gifts of the spirit … going into magic was a very easy segue. … The only thing it did was expand that particular power outside that particular practice,” he said of his full entry into the realm of magic. Among the rituals he and his community have conducted he said are “money magic” and “warding of entities that we don’t necessarily want to work with at that particular time. Love said she believes that “it’s only natural” for Christianity and witchcraft to be integrated while Witcher argues that church leaders teach against it to keep people as “slaves.” “The interesting thing is, most of the time when people come against magic, sorcery, mysticism, the occult, you name it, the new age community … they are not really coming against the Bible because the Bible honestly doesn’t teach that when you understand it and break it down,” he said. “The Bible is not against magic. The Bible is a magic book. The Bible is a grimoire, hands down.” He argued that for people to fully appreciate the power of John 14: 12, they need to understand mysticism which is “simply just absorption with the divine.” “We believe that we are one with the Spirit, we are not just an emanation or extension of God, we are as it is. All Christians are mystic, especially Charismatics [because] it was always taught that I and my Father are one. We are one with the Spirit. We are the children of God. We are the children of the Almighty … There is no difference between me and the Father. There is no difference between me and Jesus,” he said, arguing that “you’ll never rise to a level that you don’t believe you’ll achieve.” R.C. Sproul, late theologian and founder of Ligonier Ministries, previously took on the interpretation of John 14:12 in a blog post and argued that Christians who believe that there are people on earth performing greater works than Jesus are suffering from a “serious delusion.” “There are many today who believe that there are people running around this world right now who are performing greater miracles, performing miracles in greater abundance, and actually doing more incredible acts of divine healing than Jesus Himself did. I can’t think of any more serious delusion than that, that somebody would actually think they have exceeded Jesus in terms of the works He has done. There’s nobody who comes close to the work that Jesus did,” he wrote. “If Jesus meant that people would do greater miracles than He performed in the sense of displaying more power and more astonishing things than He did, then obviously one of the works that Jesus failed to perform was sound prophecy, because that just didn’t happen. Nobody exceeded Jesus’ works. That’s what leads me to believe that’s not what He meant. I think He’s using the term ‘greater’ in a different way,” Sproul argued. “If you look at the record, you will see that it was the Christian church that spearheaded the abolition of slavery, the end of the Roman arena, the whole concept of education, the concept of charitable hospitals and orphanages, and a host of other humanitarian activities. I think, personally, that that’s what Jesus meant when He talked about greater works,” Sproul added. In a video this month promoting The First Annual Christian Witches Convention which will be held April 15-21, Love said Witcher will be teaching at her Mystery School as well as bringing a “powerhouse word.” She said on the final day of the event, Easter Sunday, the witches will also gather for their first ever church service. “Sunday morning, Resurrection Sunday. Easter Sunday, the first ever that we’ve ever done, Christian witches church service. And this is probably the heart of the whole convention for me. Bringing a word to you from the pulpit [of] Rev. Valerie Love at a Christian witches church service,” she said. “We have musical guests that you will love and we have all the inspiration and a powerful word, especially for Christian witches, oh my God!” A report in The Christian Post last fall highlighted the astronomical growth of self-identified witches in the U.S. Jennifer LeClaire, founder of Jennifer LeClaire Ministries and director at the Awakening House of Prayer in Florida who has been tracking the Christian witches’ movement for several years, has warned that the mixing of witchcraft and Christianity is "dangerous" and said the movement is growing. "In this season, I've seen a rise of Christians practicing witchcraft. Or maybe they aren't Christians at all. I won't judge someone's salvation, but when people in church release word curses, pray against you, and conduct unholy fasts to destroy you, the fruit of the Spirit is clearly lacking," she wrote last fall. "Galatians 6 lists both the fruit of the Spirit and the works of the flesh. Witchcraft is among them. But there is a higher level of witchcraft that some so-called Christians are tapping into and it's dangerous."

https://www.christianpost.com/news/jesus-was-a-sorcerer-bible-a-book-of-magic-say-christian-witches-ahead-of-first-annual-convention.html 

:: 2-21-19 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Is It. Let’s End Abortion

Feb 21, 2019 Read More Articles by Dave Daubenmire

As most of you know I spent my early life as a high school coach. Football was where I really hung my hat, but during my three decade long career at various times I also directed the baseball team and the girls basketball team. As Jim McKay so famously described on ABC’s Wide World of Sports, I understand “the thrill of victory and the agony of defeat and the human drama of athletic competition.”  Along life’s journey, through hundreds of games and thousands of individual plays, most coaches develop a sixth sense in regards to the game that is unfolding before them on the field of play. I learned early on that the most important moment in a football game was often unnoticed by the fans observing the game from the bleachers. Sometimes it was in the first quarter of the game. Often it was after half-time, and at times it came down to the final play of the game. But whenever it occurred most coaches had the feeling in their gut that “this is it.” The entire outcome of the game was resting on the next play. The momentum was about to shift. The worm was about to turn. The entire game was hinging on what was about to happen at that particular moment in time. I remember hundreds of those moments during my career. In fact, I still can replay some of those make or break plays during my career when you could point to a specific moment and say, “the whole game changed right there.”

Well my gut tells me once again that THIS IS IT! In 1984 I was the head girl’s basketball coach at Heath High School in Heath, Ohio. Our undefeated team was boarding the bus to play our arch rivals for the league championship showdown. Once the girls were seated, and before the wheels on the bus began to go round and round I stood in front of the bus and played the Kenny Logins song, This Is It. (Listen).

“Are you gonna wait for a sign, a miracle? Stand up and fight! This is it. Make no mistake where you are. You’re going no further, until it’s over and done. One way or another.” Over and done. One way or another. That’s where we are my friends. This is it. Stand up and fight. There is nothing that has brought as much calamity upon the American people as the scourge of abortion. For forty-six years the American church has sat passively on the sidelines while little humans created in the image of God have been ripped from the wombs of their mommies. Nothing in all of history compares to a supposedly civilized society sacrificing their children on the altar of selfishness. The entire abortion debate has been built on foundation of lies that can no longer withstand the light of truth. EVERYTHING that keeps abortion available is a lie. EVERYTHING. To wit: Norma McCorvey (Jane Roe) never had an abortion. She was never raped as alleged in the court proceedings. The baby is not part of a woman’s body. Killing a baby is not healthcare. Abortion is murder and can never be legal. The child is not just a blob of tissues. No one has the legal right to kill another person. There is a right to life but no right to take a life. Children conceived in rape are no less human than those who are not. Wanted babies are no less worthy of life than unwanted babies. God hates the hands that shed innocent blood. All reasons to abort are lies. Filthy lies. None of the excuses hold up under any logical or moral scrutiny. Even the name of the procedure…CHOICE…is a lie. No one has the right to choose death for another. Just this month the abortion ghouls have come out of the closet. The blood thirsty demons have taken off their masks. As if we didn’t before, we now know that abortion is not about women’s healthcare, but about the avoidance of consequences. No abortion is ever necessary. For over 46 years we have let them get away with the lies. Even the 1973 science was a lie. Courts do not make laws. A Supreme Court decision does not automatically become the “law of the land.” They just tell us it that is law. Abortion has never been under the purview of the Federal Courts. Healthcare is regulated by the states, not the Feds. The truth is finally starting to come out. The Godless left has used the courts, SCOTUS especially, to cram their Godless agenda down the throats of the undereducated American people. They now suddenly realize that they have lost control of SCOTUS as their legal battering ram and so that are scurrying to codify abortion into State law. The legal fiction that SCOTUS has the final say is finally being exposed. This is it, folks. NOW is the time to go on the offense. God has given the American church a short window of time to rise up and put an end to baby murder. President Trump has proven himself to be the most vocal pro-life President in American history. “Ripping babies out of the womb” is not OK with him. He stands exposed for the entire world to see waiting for an “AMEN” from the American Christian Church. Ending abortion is not the job of the President. It is time we stopped waiting on him to do what Jesus mandated to His Church. Abortion will end when Christians say it will end. It is time for Christians to step up to the plate. We have been given a short window of opportunity to be obedient to the Lord’s mandate. The American Church is being weighed in a balance. Will we answer the call? Will we move into the gap? Will we walk through the breach that the enemy has exposed? The Supreme Court cannot make law. That pretended legislation is being exposed. The abortion battle is moving to the States. Let’s not miss this moment. THIS IS IT ! It is time to end abortion. We can do it one State at a time.

https://newswithviews.com/this-is-it-lets-end-abortion/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 2-18-19 The Watchers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Eruption starts at Piton de la Fournaise, Reunion

Posted by Teo Blašković on February 18, 2019 at 10:15 UTC (10 days ago)

A new eruptive phase started at Reunion's Piton de la Fournaise volcano at 05:48 UTC on February 18, 2019 (09:48 local time) following two days of intense seismic activity. According to the information provided by the OVPF, the eruption seems to be taking place at high-altitude fissures on the NNE flank of Dolomieu crater in the central part of the Enclos. Unfortunately, it had not yet been possible to accurately determine the number of eruption fissures and their precise locations due to significant fog covering the site. OVPF said instruments installed at the volcano measured rapid inflation (swelling) of the volcano and increased emission of CO2. Geological summary The massive Piton de la Fournaise basaltic shield volcano on the French island of Réunion in the western Indian Ocean is one of the world's most active volcanoes. Much of its more than 530 000-year history overlapped with eruptions of the deeply dissected Piton des Neiges shield volcano to the NW. Three calderas formed at about 250 000, 65 000, and less than 5 000 years ago by progressive eastward slumping of the volcano. Numerous pyroclastic cones dot the floor of the calderas and their outer flanks. Most historical eruptions have originated from the summit and flanks of Dolomieu, a 400-m-high (1 312 feet) lava shield that has grown within the youngest caldera, which is 8 km (26 247 feet) wide and breached to below sea level on the eastern side. More than 150 eruptions, most of which have produced fluid basaltic lava flows, have occurred since the 17th century. Only six eruptions, in 1708, 1774, 1776, 1800, 1977, and 1986, have originated from fissures on the outer flanks of the caldera. The Piton de la Fournaise Volcano Observatory, one of several operated by the Institut de Physique du Globe de Paris (IPGP), monitors this very active volcano. (GVP)

https://watchers.news/2019/02/18/eruption-starts-at-piton-de-la-fournaise-reunion/ 

:: 2-21-19 Justus Knight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

News Of Depravity, Perversion & Evil Is Beyond Comprehension: Even Worse, Who’s Leading It!

February 21, 2019 JustusAKnight

It is beyond comprehension, what is now being reported. It will boggle your mind when you try to comprehend. News like this was never meant to be broadcast, but yet it is. How is it the depravity we now face was ever allowed? How far we have moved towards a lawless and immoral society. The messages coming out are so fast and so furious it is something led by someone so deplorable that only a monster could truly be responsible. This broadcast was done because of one of the requests in my comments. Hold on, this isn’t an easy one to do. God Bless us all, we need you now more than ever. As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! For More Information (references) See: References Can Be Found At www.justusaknight.com  (please subscribe while you’re there)

https://justusaknight.com/2019/02/21/news-of-depravity-perversion-evil-is-beyond-comprehension-even-worse-whos-leading-it/ 

:: 2-26-19 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted : Celeste B., Date : February 26, 2019

Songs of Thunderbolt: Hidden Thunder Reveals Compassion Amidst Justice

Now that you have had time to absorb some of the physical changes from Convulsing Cosmic Blast of Shock and Awe to Hit Earth and Stratospheric Mystery Layer Fires creating Dystopian Hellscape cataclysms that works hand-in-hand with what is happening in the spiritual realm. There are still some concepts left to be revealed to us through the Seven Thunders. We will see creation melting before our eyes before the Dispenser of Strict Justice. It never ceases to amaze me that where God is dispenses His justice, He always embeds verses of hope. Psalm 68 This song is a plea for the advent of the future redemption. Let God arise, let his enemies be scattered: let them also that hate him flee before him. May God manifest His power, to Him Who causes victory. For those who do numbers in the bible, the value is 70, indicating He is Supreme over all the nations. And it came to pass that when the Ark journeyed forward that Moses said: Arise, God, and let Your foes be scattered and let those who hate You flee before you. Numbers 10:35 In this Psalm David is speaking to God or in the third person as the Dispenser of Strict Justice. The earth and heavens quaked in fear at Mt. Sinai of the Dispenser of Strict Justice. For He created the world on the condition that the universe will endure only if the world accepts the Word made Flesh, If He is rejected the universe will return to nothingness. David is saying let the massed assault formation be broken and their staunch fighters dispersed which is a prayer we might be saying in the near future. As smoke is driven away, so drive them away: as wax melteth before the fire, so let the wicked perish at the presence of God. Thick billowing smoke seemingly a solid mass will soon dissipate into a wisp and the wind will drive the smoke away. Smoke and vapor always rise symbolizing haughty men stirred by pride with aspirations to climb even higher on the ladder of power and success. Like dark ominous smoke rising heavenward the wicked momentarily seem to represent real danger. Yet smoke's nature dictates that it must fade away, a process hastened by the wind. Similarly, it cannot long endure and will disintegrate. At God's hand all evil doers must perish because their nature is ephemeral and lacks enduring reality. As wax melts before the fire…This simile does not say wax consumed, only that the wax melted. As wax cannot abide the presence of fire, so the lawless man cannot stand in the presence of God. But the day of the Lord will come like a thief. The heavens will disappear with a roar, the elements will be destroyed by fire, and the earth and its works will be laid bare. 2 Peter 3:10 as you anticipate and hasten the coming of the day of God, when the heavens will be destroyed by fire and the elements will melt in the heat. 2 Peter 3:12 Nations rage, kingdoms crumble; the earth melts when He lifts His voice. Psalm 46:6 There are God's foes that pose an actual physical threat and must be completely destroyed and like the smoke they vanish in the wind . And then, there are God's enemies who contemplate evil in their heart. If they change their attitude they could be saved, but time is short. Faith Lesson: When the Dispenser of Strict Justice arrives will you melt like wax or be covered by the Blood of the Lamb? Rejoicing in the Darkness But let the righteous be glad; let them rejoice before God: yea, let them exceedingly rejoice. The wicked feel cramped and uneasy in the presence of God. Their habitat is that of the profane and promiscuous abandon. The faithful have three levels of joy no matter the circumstance: Joy is the sensation of inner growth unfolding as a rose petals open. Breathe easy is the emotion of inner liberation from restraining bonds such as depression or confinement. Blossom forth is the sensation of blossoming forth in the spirit, again, likened to a flower opening. Faith Lesson: I want to thrive and so during my distressing moments I will begin to sing praises to Jesus with exceeding joy. Riding upon the Heavens Sing unto God, sing praises to his name: extol him that rideth upon the heavens by his name Jehovah, and rejoice before him. When you remove the distractions which distort clear perception of His Name and deeds then you are inspired to sing. Sing of it in songs praising His greatness and in melodies of thought and emotion; sing praises to the hearts of man that His Name establishes right and that He is a loving Father of mankind Who trains His children so that they may fulfill their destiny. God guides though waste and barrenness which is an allegory for the state of affairs where man cannot attain contentment. Through the views you hold, and with the aid of the songs that you sing His praises soar up to Him Who guides and shapes His world aright and with His power safely leads His world through times that are hopelessly barren. By extolling Him it will elevate you, raise you up, as if climbing Jacob’s Ladder. You are building up a road, a super highway, if you will, upon which your Spirit can rise towards God. The short-lived derived from material pleasures leaves a void in the heart but the spiritual gladness causes you to rejoice perpetually. Faith Lesson: As I face the barrenness of the Tribulation, I am going to purpose to praise and remember that Jesus will safely lead me as He reshapes this corrupt world.

The Rider of Antiquity To He Whom rides… denotes the mastery of the horseman over his steed. The metaphor is used to describe firm guidance which God directs the world and all Creation. The Rider upon the loftiest of primeval heavens in the Aravot. The Aravot is the highest heaven where Go sits upon His Throne. This heaven controls the motions and orbits of all the lower spheres. Ancient Legends say that this is the seventh heaven where God stores justice and charity, the treasuries of life, peace and blessing. The highest heavenly sphere which holds the souls which have not yet come to life, the departed souls of faith, and the dew for the resurrection of the dead. It was upon the highest heavens, which are from ancient times; Behold, He speaks forth with His voice, a mighty voice.

Unlike this temporary world and its mortal inhabitants, the highest heavens and the angels who dwell there have existed since antiquity and will continue to exist forever. Previous kingdoms of earth attributed their sovereignty and success to the celestial signs and heavenly bodies which they thought controlled man's fate and fortune. God alone rules the heavens, just as the rider determines the path of his horse. In the near future God will proclaim His complete sovereignty over all of the earth. He will sweep away the lesser celestial forces which have previously been His agents and intermediaries. Sing praises unto Him Who guides the world in the heavens of heavens of antiquity. He still guides the worlds as He did in the days of old. Behold, His invincible voice. Heed God's voice, accept His revelation, and dedicate yourself to broadcasting its message. God will endow with invincible power those words of man that proclaim His glory! Yah… This is the Name of God in Awesomeness. Serve God in awe and rejoice with trembling. Psalm 2:1 This is the Name by which God fashioned the worlds, the Next World, and even Gehinnom visualized in the Hebrew characters. Faith Lesson: Have you ever thought that when we plant a seed for the Lord that is also planted in heaven being the mirror reflection, where it bears fruit nourishing universe with spiritual enrichment? Today, I will sow seeds of faith in the fertile soil of my life and let Him Who is in the Heavens water and grow them. Advocate for the Vulnerable A father of the fatherless, and a judge [advocate] of the widows, is God in his holy habitation. Although God is in the Aravot, the loftiest heavens, He remains intimately involved in the affairs of the weakest and least prominent of people. He is a Father to the orphan who desperately needs a parent. The widow resembles a mute, unable to plead on her own behalf. Proclaim that God is exalted in His unattainable greatness and none can approach His majesty, yet still our closest friend. He is a Father and Defender of the most forsaken creatures, for when one loses his father is as if he is maimed, loosing a hand that was there to guide and direct him. God is a Father and Defender to the widow which is related to being ‘dumb’. For when a woman loses her husband in death she is deprived of the defender who is interested in her behalf. God remains her defender. Faith Lesson: Knowing that Jesus has a heart for vulnerable populations like the orphan and the widow what am I doing to emulate Him? Take a step towards His will. Only the Lonely God setteth the solitary in families: he bringeth out those which are bound with chains: but the rebellious dwell in a dry land. an God literally gathers and settles the lonely into a family [house]. A house does not mean architectural structure but a family social unit. The Divine Matchmaker is a supernatural task. Lonely individuals may be strangers and emotional opposite with conflicting personal priorities. God alone can gather them into a family because at conception a heavenly voice decreed body and soul of future mates should develop into a harmonious whole. It is as if two parts were united into a whole. Subtly, the Lord endorses the institution of marriage, for without His lead a person would live a solitary life. One must think about rising above, a rocky hill [ of which I am well acquainted here in the Rocky Mountains], a rock [distinguish from the Rock], stressing barren, dry hardness of a rock, which absorbs no moisture, Ezekiel 24:8, and barrenness, Isaiah 58:11. Many will perceive bareness for although they received the fruit of the womb, that fruit has now turned against you. It may appear to us that the wicked are at rest, unharmed by the blows of life, standing upon a hill which seems to afford them security. The truth is that they stand on sinking sand or a mass of barren rocks. For them there is no joy, no blossoming, no rich soil of hope for the future. O God, when thou wentest forth before thy people, when thou didst march through the wilderness; Selah: God has demonstrated that He has walked with us in the deserts and wildernesses of our lives. The Lord did not hasten in these wildernesses but slowly, deliberately, strides to support and fortify us, Psalm 113. Faith Lesson: The Tribulation days ahead will bring loneliness. I will find companionship in the family of Jesus and the institutions that God created rather than fleeting occupations such continuing to plunge into the depths of technology.

Doves and Eagles Though ye have lien among the pots, yet shall ye be as the wings of a dove covered with silver, and her feathers with yellow gold. Not only the warlike eagle, but the peaceful dove is covered with silver and its pinions shimmer with gold and are sharp. The dove is portrayed not at rest, but in flight, and the bright sun shines upon its outstretched wings. The allegory of the dove is used often for God’s people. Even by dove-like meekness, even through its calling will attain fame and splendor. As soon as Jesus was baptized, He went up out of the water. Suddenly the heavens were opened, and He saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove and resting on Him. Matthew 3:16 Behold, you are beautiful, my love; behold, you are beautiful; your eyes are doves. Song of Songs 1:15 And I say, “Oh, that I had wings like a dove! I would fly away and be at rest; Psalms 55:6 When the Almighty scattered kings in it, it was white as snow in Salmon. You will discover yourself shunning social status and lofty positions to serve Jesus. Despite the soot and dirt which may cover you in the course of your duties you will surely emerge clean and white as a dove plated with spotless silver. Dove feathers are plumes or the outer feathers which are primarily ornamental. These ornamental feathers are the one predators grasp upon when tearing for prey. The doves pinions are the limbs of the wings which keeps her airborne-aloft from predators, and not primarily ornamental. With brilliant gold… means green, but the Hebraic spelling indicates a lack of greenness. Legend says that the pure gold of Chavilah and Hush does not have a red or green tint, indicating a lesser purity, but is yellow. Rebuke the company of spearmen, the multitude of the bulls, with the calves of the people, till every one submit himself with pieces of silver: scatter thou the people that delight in war. Destroy… means to harshly rebuke but here it means destroy. I find it interesting that verbiage of 'pieces of silver' is used thinking of Judas Iscariot and also that silver is the metal for atonement and redemption. The beast of the reed… Describes the greedy and overbearing nations which trample the peoples of the world like a wild boar crashes through flimsy reeds. Many believe that this is symbolic of the Roman Empire although some believe it to be Islam. Legends say that when Solomon sinned with his wives God began to transferring sovereignty of Israel to Rome. To symbolize this, the Almighty sent Gabriel the angel to thrust a lone reed into the Mediterranean Sea. Eventually, debris collected around this reed and formed the Italian Peninsula. Rome does things with a reed pen by which she forges laws, literature, art, torture, and death of people and nations. At their core they are ruthless, militaristic barbarians no better than the beast of the reeds. Faith Lesson: I will remember the words of Jesus, 'Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves. Be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless [innocent] as doves.' May my conduct all my days be dove-like. Soon, Very Soon: Psalm 77 For the Conductor on Yedusun, by Assaf, a song. Every Psalm that begins with this highlights an evil decree or oppressive edict impose by Satan upon the people of God. Nevertheless Assaf’s unique talent was the ability to find something to sing about even in the bleakest gloom. I cried unto God with my voice, even unto God with my voice; and he gave ear unto me. I remembered God, and was troubled: I complained, and my spirit was overwhelmed. Selah. My distress accomplishes its purpose which was to elevate me. Even when my agony was at its height I never sought relief from my pain, I merely requested spiritual renewal and Divine guidance.

My wound is based upon Psalm 9:3, when God smites the Egyptians with livestock disease. Here the Psalmist is referring to our heart, which was deeply wounded by the suffering of the darkness of night.

My hand seeks God, that His hand should rest upon me with prophetic visions Ezekiel 1:3, 3:22 that I might navigate through the gloom. My wound oozes [flows] through the night, and does not cease… Just as blood pours from an open wound incessantly, so will we cry and moan through these judgments. There is no bandage that can heal this nasty wound, we must endure. My soul refuses comfort…I will console myself that God will promise this distress someday and yet this is so intense that my soul refuses to be calmed. Although my body suffers physical pain, it can find consolation by the fact that pain purges the body of inclinations towards sin. In such confinement it compels me to activate my latent spiritual and moral energy which in happier days often remained dormant and neglected deep within mine heart. Though my hand reached out to God to cleave unto Him I was unable to acquire the spiritual and moral energy which I needed to soar up to God. Indeed, my strength failed perceptibly, and ebbed away into the night of suffering round about me. Hence, I could not gather new spiritual courage, my should refused to be comforted. It was not the suffering itself, but the fact that suffering had utterly crushed my spirit, that caused me despair. The helping hand of God which I expected is likened to the “streaming away” of water. Thou holdest mine eyes waking: I am so troubled that I cannot speak. I remember God and I moan…I remember when God showered me with His good graces and how He championed my cause against my adversaries. I speak… I constantly tell others of the kindness I once enjoyed and I contrast it with my present woes and dismay. Although the Book of Proverbs says, If there is worry in a man’s heart, let him speak it out, Proverbs 12:25. I try this remedy but my pain is to intense it did not work. Faith Lesson: As the darkness of the times encompasses me, when I am in agony I will only seek relief from my pain from Jesus with His spiritual renewal and Divine guidance. I will let Him imbue me with courage to face my days. And I will faithfully bear testimony of what He has done in my life. Watchful Eye You grasped my eyelids… The man who remains awake deep into the night is called a Watcher of the Night, Isaiah 21:8. Watch is the time when watchmen awaken for the next shift in the night. Eyelids are called watches, for they protect the eye. The Psalmist laments that through the long night problems plagued me so that I could not sleep peacefully. Agony kept my eyes open and on the alert, but I became dizzy and groggy from exhaustion. In addition to my agony Thou did hold fast to the guard of my eyes (lids) so that I stared out sleeplessly into the night, and I was as if I had been crushed [literally stunned by the blow of a hammer, Isaiah 41:7] I became as one paralyzed. I was alarmed and could not speak… Worries kept me awake and during the day I am bewildered and so lost I cannot speak. I see that the future holds greater woes for my persecuted people. Although I am alarmed by the specter of doom, I dare not alert them, lest they be gripped by uncontrollable panic. Faith Lesson: I will not get frustrated when I cannot sleep. I am a watch man or woman. Rather, I bathe the matters of this world in prayer. Alarming as they may be I will allow Jesus to be my Rock and Fortress. Ancient Days I have considered the days of old, the years of ancient times.

I contemplate the countless acts of kindness You have performed for my ancestors in the past. You have extracted Your people and turned their mourning to joy. I calculate to attempt to see how long I have spent in suffering. The good old days of the past seem ages away as if in a totally different world. How I wish those wonderful times would return. Has God issued His final decree which prohibits Him forever from lessening His wrath? Have all the words of hope expressed by the prophets come to and End so that there is no hope for future generations? I will remember the works of the Lord: surely I will remember thy wonders of old. In this terrible predicament I can and will pray. Then I said, “My profanation-this is the change in the right hand of the Most High. Derived from lost one’s life, either in the physical or moral sense, to be beaten to death or to be desecrated to be profaned. Here it means profaned. My becoming profane-herein lies the explanation for what would seem like a change in the right hand of the Most High. Actually neither God nor His loving-kindness have changed; it is only that I have changed for the worse for I have forfeited the sacred character of my life. I have allowed myself to be stripped of the consecration and sanctification that should have been my eternal heritage. It is for this reason alone that God’s mercy, which remains forever constant, no manifests itself to me in a manner that appears so utterly opposed to the ways in which He has formerly dealt with me. Even as a father chastise a disobedient child out of the same love for him with which he rewarded his obedience only the day before, so too, this same unalterable right hand of the Most High that blessed me and caused me to prosper when I was faithful to my duty; now decrees suffering for me so that I might be chastised and thus mend my ways and regain what I have lost. I sense that God is trying to intimidate me in order to beat my rebellious heart into submission. Therefore, He pursues me with terror. The root being a corpse, implying, When I was discouraged, I declared I would not emerge alive from this interminable time. I will meditate also of all Thy work, and talk of thy doings. From now on I will recall Your demonstrations of Thy rule in my past history solely for the purpose of keeping alive in my own mind as well as in the memories of others the perception and understanding of Thy sovereignty and Thy ways. I shall no longer dwell upon the miracles which Thou has brought in the past merely so that I might brood upon the contrast between these Thy glorious acts on our behalf and the sad lot which is Thy decree that we must now suffer. Faith Lesson: I must examine the ancient works of the Lord and thereby I will not fear. Concealing Creation & Seven Thunders Thy way, O God, is in the sanctuary: who is so great a God as our God? The glory of God is to conceal a matter refers, to the secrets of Creation.

When I remember Your wonders of old…I recall the dawn of Creation and meditate on that deep subject, without speaking of it. And then after a time, I will recount these mysteries in order to console the downtrodden brethren. I will recount Your miraculous works. The secrets of Creation must remain concealed for the evil in men’s hearts are to seize them. But the manifest wonders of nature should be discussed for these amazing phenomena proclaim the sovereignty of God and His mastery over all realms of existence. But the glory of kings is to investigate a matter Proverbs 25:2, Therefore of these things I shall declare openly. I shall ponder the content and significance of the totality of Thy work, such as the significance and purpose of Creation. I shall meditate upon the individual acts of God’s sovereignty by which He created the world and established His people and the fulfillment of its purpose. Thou art the God that doest wonders: thou hast declared thy strength among the people. This is the first thought that comes to mind to me when I contemplate the totality of Thy wondrous works is the movement towards a specific goal. God’s ways, all the goals of His sovereignty center around holiness. The universal and constant goal of His sovereignty is that which is morally good and physically and spiritual welfare of His world. No manifestation of His strength or His power is ever an end unto itself, a sheer display of force for its own sake. All His ways are for the absolute good. Where is there such a ‘great’ power? The greatness of God is expressed not so much in terms of His power to destroy as in terms of His creative might in which He preserves even such as stand in utter opposition to Him, so that by His guidance, He may transform them eventually into His own obedient instruments for His goals. Faith Lesson: I will remember Your lovingkindness remember of the days of old and ponder Your wondrous mysteries, not going beyond the boundaries You established. This week I will share one of Your wonders with someone who does not know of them. Water World Though pagans do not acknowledge God the depiction above in Thailand attribute oceans turbulence to their god Shiva.

The clouds poured out water: the skies sent out a sound: thine arrows also went abroad. Legends says that the parting of the Red (Reed) Sea was a global event. At that moment, all the waters in the entire world parted, including, the water in springs, wells, pits, bowls, and barrels. Even the celestial reservoir of water and the fountains of the deep earth parted. God wanted a very public display of a universal miracle to publicize His Omnipotence throughout the entire world and He wanted to disprove the arguments of those who attributed the miracle to natural phenomena. This was achieved though the entire world waterways splitting. Water was threatened to be deprived of its innate physical character both as a physical fluid element and a mighty physical force. Do you not fear Me, says God, "Will you not tremble at My presence? For it is I who have placed the sand as a boundary for the sea, by an eternal decree that it shall not pass over it; and though the waves toss themselves, yet they cannot prevail, though they roar they cannot pass over it. Jeremiah 5:22 It was the thundering voice of God that separated the waters and formed dry land. If He had not done our planet would have been a water world with no life except possibly in the oceans. Our planet could as easily revert back to a water world or experience a solar micro nova cataclysm that boils off the ocean into space leaving our planet a barren and rocky planet like Mars. The covenant that God made not to Flood the earth and that He keeps our planet in perfect balance is something for which we can all be grateful. Faith Lesson: I choose to be grateful for the many covenants God has made with His children and that He has the power to keep my world in perfect balance. Rolling Thunder in the Heavens The voice of thy thunder was in the heaven: the lightnings lightened the world: the earth trembled and shook. The pillar of fire and clouds preceded the parting of the Reed Sea, which was accompanied by violent, earth-shaking thunderstorms. The clouds poured forth water, there was deafening noise in the heights, lightening flashed like shooting arrows, thunder roared continually, the world was lit by lightening far and wide, the earth quaked and was shaken to its very foundations. Then God’s path was through the sea and His way, leading straight to His goal, was through the mighty waters. Then after accomplishing His goal all nature reverted to its ordinary state, without showing the least trace of the agitation and upheaval that it had just experienced. The circular orbit and electrical charges of the celestial bodies also control rain, thunder, and earthquakes. The rumble of Your thunder rolled like a wheel. Thunder is caused by an atmospheric turbulence which causes the clouds to roll and collide causing a tremendous crash.

You caused this awesome sound to roll across the waters like a spinning wheel causing panic and confusion in the Egyptian camp at the time of the Exodus and so to again shortly. Intimidation of the wicked is one purpose of the thunder to humble the sinner by exposing his own frailty and insignificance. People describe thunder as rolling because it sounds like some gigantic wheel or ball rolling through the heaven. You caused this awesome sound to roll across the waters like a spinning wheel causing panic and confusion in the Egyptian camp and that of Your enemies. The voice of thy thunder was in the heaven (galgal): the lightnings lightened the world: the earth trembled and shook.

According to Exodus 14:20 indicates that lightning bolts lit up the entire sky of the world not just Mt.Sinai. Along with this lightning the earth trembles and the people trembled with terror and awe.

All the attendant phenomena that had a telling impact upon the physical world and involved in a temporary suspension of the basic Laws of Nature during the events of Mt. Sinai and at other specified times. As a result the people accepted God. The voice of thy thunder was in the heaven (galgal): the lightnings lightened the world: the earth trembled and shook. This verse is the only place galgal is ever translated as heaven in the Bible. Most English versions render it as whirlwind in keeping with the root meaning of galal (to roll), Your thunder rumbled like wheels. [in the singular, not many thunders-but only one]. This Psalm is a prophetic anticipation of the rolling thunder of God's Voice revealed in the Wheel (Galgal) of His Word. The Books of the Bible are a flash of Divine Insight and send forth rolling thematic thunder throughout the Holy Word. This is the Voice of God resounding from the revelation of the Divine Unity of the Bible as a whole. God expanded the relatively subtle anticipation of Psalm 77:18 into an explicit revelation of the fully unified structure of the entire Bible in Ezekiel's vision of the Divine Glory, where He explicitly defined the whole system of wheels within wheels using the singular Galgal: As for the wheels, it was cried unto them in my hearing, O Wheel (Galgal) Ezekiel 10:13

It may be that like the wheel, the Seven Thunders had to be hidden for the generation that would come face-to-face with them as the cycle came upon the horizon, once again. Faith Lesson: I will strive to listen to the voice of God whether that be His thundering commands or His still small voice. I shall be like Ruth! 'whither thou goest, I will go; and where thou lodgest, I will lodge: thy people shall be my people, and thy God my God.' Ruth 1:15 Hidden Thunder of Psalm 81 You called in distress and I have made your free; so I shall answer you even hidden in thunder; I shall test you at the waters of contention... In distress you called out, and I released you. I answered you with thunder when you hid.

Another interpretation is: I have removed his shoulder from burden [now] let his hands stay away from the kettle. You have called in distress and I shall have made you free [in Jesus]; so I shall answer you even hidden in thunder; I shall test your faith at the waters of contention. Psalm 80 portrays a sad fate for the plant of God, a metaphor of His children, but Psalm 81 visualizes the splendor of which this fruit may be sure when we do not seek to evade the ennobling process of 'wine pressing'. We enjoin ourselves to be partaker's joining with Jesus, in this winepress of this season of humanity, for: A disciple is not above his teacher, nor a servant above his master. Matthew 10:24 “I have trodden the winepress alone, and no one from the nations was with Me. I trampled them in My anger and trod them underfoot in My fury; their blood spattered My garments, and all My clothes were stained. Isaiah 63:3

You groaned in your bondage, you called out, and your cries have reached the ear of God both from Egypt and from within the beast system. You cried unto me in privacy, in the lonely recesses of your heart. I will respond to your plea publicly with a display of thunder of My might and My concern for you!

While our prayer may be meager just as the sound of the shofar (rams horn) which is narrow at one end and wide at the other. When you but whisper unto Me making a small plea, I will amplify it into a thunderous prayer. It is within God's power to grant us physical freedom and to rid our shoulders of burden, and He did so. The same God Who obviously was near to us as our Redeemer from distress, was near us also as an Educator. He was near us even at those times when it seemed as if He had withdrawn His countenance from us behind a thundercloud. He trained us by denying the fulfillment of our heart's desires. God is telling us that He has freed us from slavery to train us to achieve spiritual and moral victory. True we walk in the wilderness with trials and tribulations but our destiny has already been proclaimed. Long ago God inaugurated the Era of our Liberation. Faith Lesson: I will cry unto Jesus in privacy, in the lonely recesses of my heart. I know that You will respond to my pleas with Your thundering might and Your concern for me! I know that the prayers that I whisper unto You will be amplified into a thunderous prayer. Thunder Hastens, Psalm 104 The Electric Universe Theory at the command of the Voice of God makes sense taking not to embrace the New Age portions of this theory.

Bless the Lord, O my soul. O God, my Lord, You are magnificent. You are cloaked in majesty and splendor, wrapped in light as a cloak. You stretched out the heavens like a curtain-He Who lays out the beams of His upper chambers in the waters; Who appoints clouds as His steed; Who travels on the wings of the wind. He makes His winds His emissaries, the blazing fire His attendants. He established the earth on its foundations, so that it should never falter. With the deep You covered the earth as if with a garment. The water stood over the mountains. At your shout they fled. They hurried away at the sound of Your thunder. They ascended mountains, they descended valleys-to the very place You established for them. You set a boundary which they must not over run, so that they never cover the earth. Learn of the majesty of God by watching this You Tube and why we are in such trouble as we have dumbed down the education process at the voice of thy thunder they hasted

Psalm 104:9 You set a boundary they cannot overstep…. which is a lesson mankind is actively violating.

The Purpose Embedded within the Songs of the Psalms we have discovered some of the mysteries of the Seven Thunders such as timelines, overarching messages, and what our response should be when we hear the voice of God in the thunder. For today I will ask you this: Why were the mountains formed? Are they merely something to climb? Holy Scripture admonishes us: Look up your redemption draweth nigh. So many biblical men and women looked up for they knew at some time in history God would metaphorically come down to earth riding in His chariot to dwell with mankind, as it should have been at the beginning. Mountains afford us the opportunity to look up at their dizzying heights and awaiting with anticipation our Jesus. More insights from the Seven Thunders ahead as we look at what insights we can glean from the prophets on the Seven Thunders before concluding with Take Away's for our lives as we conclude with the Seven Thunders of Revelation.

Face-to-Face with the Thundering Voice of God

The Course of Thunder: His Revelation Beginning?

Mysterious Thunder of God: Calculating the End

Songs of the Thunderbolt: A Call of War

Song of the Thunderbolt: Tribulation Strikes

Songs of the Thunderbolt: Convulsing Cosmic Blast of Shock and Awe to Hit Earth

Prophetic Messages of the Thunder

Thundering Revelations

https://shepherdsheart.life/blogs/news/songs-of-thunderbolt-hidden-thunder-reveals-compassion-amidst-justice 

:: 2--19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WINTER OF OUR DISCONTENT MEETS FYRE FESTIVAL

“When a condition or a problem becomes too great, humans have the protection of not thinking about it. But it goes inward and minces up with a lot of other things already there and what comes out is discontent and uneasiness, guilt and a compulsion to get something–anything–before it is all gone.” ― John Steinbeck, The Winter of Our Discontent

Sometimes I wonder about strange coincidences. In an email exchange with Marc (Hardscrabble Farmer) in the Fall, he mentioned he had begun reading Steinbeck’s Winter of Our Discontent and planned to write an article about it. Coincidentally, I had just bought a used copy of the same novel at Hooked on Books in Wildwood. I didn’t plan on buying it, but I’ve read most of Steinbeck’s brilliant novels and felt compelled by the title and our national state of discontent to select it from among the thousands of books in the store.

Marc had posted his Steinbeck-esque article in December, but I didn’t read it until I had finished the novel. Marc’s perspective on the value of money and his diametrically opposite path from Ethan Hawley, the discontented anti-hero of Steinbeck’s final novel, was enlightening and thought provoking. I’m sure it impacted my consciousness as I wrote this article. Steinbeck’s title was taken from Shakespeare to reflect the unhappiness of Ethan Hawley at the outset of the novel. The quote, “Now is the winter of our discontent / Made glorious summer by this sun of York”, is the first line of Shakespeare’s Richard III, written in 1594. Shakespeare was using the summer/winter weather as a metaphor for the fortunes of the English House of York and its rivalry with the Plantagenets for the English throne. The ‘sun of York’ was a comment on the ‘son of York’ Edward IV, a harbinger of better times ahead. This theme of discontent was true in 1594, in 1961 when Steinbeck published his final novel, and is true today, as discontent blows across the land like a deadly polar vortex. At this point, it is difficult to see better times ahead. The reason Steinbeck’s Nobel Prize winning novel still resonates today is because humans do not change. The human condition, our frailties, foibles, moral shortcomings, greed, avarice, narcissism, ability to forgive and seek redemption has remained constant through the ages. Steinbeck wrote the novel to address the moral degeneration of American culture during the 1950s and 1960s. The game show scandals, nativism and plagiarism of the 1950’s was representative of the decay. Twenty-two years before, in 1939, Steinbeck addressed man’s inhumanity to man and the greed of evil men creating the suffering of the common man during the Great Depression in his classic novel Grapes of Wrath. Steinbeck’s characters have biblical aspects, as the battle between good and evil is always a subplot. If Steinbeck thought American culture had degenerated in 1961, I wonder what he would think today. The definition of discontent is dissatisfaction with the prevailing social or political situation. If ever a word defined the current state of our world, it would be discontent. And it so happens, we are also in the depths of a bleak tumultuous winter season. The social and political discontent is reflected in the epic struggle between far-left treasonous Deep State operatives and the deplorables supporting Trump’s battle to retain the presidency. An open coup has been in progress for two years as the Obama/Clinton surveillance state cronies, fully supported by the left-wing fake news propaganda outlets, attempt to remove a democratically elected president. This is truly a dark moment in our history and could mark a turning point in the demise of our Republic. “It’s so much darker when a light goes out than it would have been if it had never shone.” ― John Steinbeck, The Winter of Our Discontent Steinbeck’s story about the moral decline of Ethan Hawley was a parable about the human condition set in the 1950s, but applicable throughout human history, and as relevant today as it was then. Ethan was a war hero whose integrity and honesty were the noble standards he lived by every day. His father recklessly lost the family fortune and he was left as a lowly grocery store clerk working for a foreigner. It is a story of how easy it is for a good man to be corrupted through societal expectations, the opinions of prominent people, and the disapproval of family for their status in the community. The love of money is the root of all evil, as presented by Steinbeck. Ethan Hawley’s fall from grace was self-imposed as he allowed his darker nature to control his actions in order to regain his once prominent station in the community. The opinions of others considering him a failure led to his fall from grace. “Men don’t get knocked out, or I mean they can fight back against big things. What kills them is erosion; they get nudged into failure.” ― John Steinbeck, The Winter of Our Discontent He sacrificed his self-respect, life long friendships, and the lives of two men, in order to climb the social ladder and regain the wealth and influence his father had squandered. Ethan’s ego and sense of self worth led him down a path paved with evil intentions. He had his boss deported, provided the means for his best friend to commit suicide, planned to rob a bank, and eventually came to the realization his own disregard for morality had been passed on to his son, who saw no problem with cheating to get what he wanted in life.  Ethan knew right from wrong. He was well read. He had killed Germans fighting for his country. He willfully chose to manipulate, lie and scheme in order to achieve his materialistic ambitions. The difference between Ethan and the materialistic, delusional, dishonest masses inhabiting our country today, is his sense of guilt impelled him to take his own life. But the unwavering love of his daughter convinced him to soldier on and redeem himself. Our society is now infinitely more materialistic, narcissistic, and greedy than it was in the 1950s. Moral degeneration has reached new lows, unthinkable during the relatively innocent 1950s. But the common theme is human failings, foibles, and fallacies. Whatever a culture values you get more of. Our culture values achievement, wealth and power, at any cost. Achieving success through hard work, intellectual accomplishment, or a superior product is antiquated and passé. Success is achieved through regulatory capture, bribing politicians, financial engineering schemes, monopolization of markets, and the power of propaganda. As Ethan cynically expounded, strength and success, even if achieved through criminal means, is all that matters in the end. The victors write the history books. “To most of the world success is never bad. I remember how, when Hitler moved unchecked and triumphant, many honorable men sought and found virtues in him. And Mussolini made the trains run on time, and Vichy collaborated for the good of France, and whatever else Stalin was, he was strong. Strength and success—they are above morality, above criticism. It seems, then, that it is not what you do, but how you do it and what you call it. Is there a check in men, deep in them, that stops or punishes? There doesn’t seem to be. The only punishment is for failure. In effect no crime is committed unless a criminal is caught.” ― John Steinbeck, The Winter of Our Discontent A modern-day parable of moral degeneration presented itself to me shortly after finishing the Steinbeck novel. I happened to stumble across a documentary about the Fyre Festival fraud on Netflix. The protagonist of this illustration of discontent and delusion was Billy McFarland. He is representative of the modern-day Ethan Hawley, except with no redeeming qualities or conscience. He conned investors, entertainers, super models, the media, employees, and gullible millennials. His ultimate purpose was no different than Ethan Hawley’s, to be wealthy and admired by his peers. His outrageously criminal exploits were detailed in the documentary as he lied, falsified, and conducted a ponzi scheme until it all blew up in a shocking display of hubristic folly. The story is a reflection of our shallow, narcissistic, gullible, low IQ society. What leaps off the screen is how businesses are created out of thin air delivering no value to society. It’s all smoke, mirrors, and superficial virtue signaling designed to lure intellectual lightweights to pretend they are a mover and shaker in their social media driven world. The entire festival was designed to promote some ridiculous music booking app. These frivolous social media-based companies are built upon false narratives, self-absorbed millennials, easy money, and celebrity worship. They have zero value. After watching how easily young people could be lured into handing over tens of thousands of dollars to this shyster because he paid some super models to do a bikini video and tweet falsehoods about the fake festival, you realize how they can believe socialism can work. Alexandrea Ocasio-Cortez is a perfect role model for these dullards and sycophants. Young people appear incapable of thinking for themselves, critically assessing situations, or going against the crowd. They want to be told what to believe and what to do. Of course, this sickness is not confined to only young people. Our entire society is permeated with greed, narcissism and lemming-like behavior. Keeping up with the Kardashians has replaced keeping up with the Joneses. Ethan Hawley’s desire for status and respect among his peers in small town America during the 1950s is no different than the social climbing happening in our high-tech social media crazed world of today. Human nature does not change. The Netflix documentary brought a term to my attention I had not heard before – “influencers”. The shallowness and trivial nature of our culture is captured perfectly by the essence of the importance of “influencers” to marketing products and events. The Fyre Festival was promoted on Instagram by “social media influencers” including socialite and model Kendall Jenner, Bella Hadid, and model Emily Ratajkowski, who did not disclose they had been paid to do so. “In business and in politics a man must carve and maul his way through men to get to be King of the Mountain. Once there, he can be great and kind–but he must get there first.” ― John Steinbeck, The Winter of Our Discontent Rather than make up our own minds about what we like, what we wear, where we eat, or what entertainment we enjoy, we need to be influenced into our decisions by famous people who are famous for being famous. These “influencers” generate their influential power through the number of social media followers they have accumulated by posting pictures of themselves in their underwear, leaked sex tapes, nude selfies, or generally being attractive. Most of them are low IQ mouth breathers who can’t do basic math or write a comprehensible paragraph. But those 36DD breasts and pouty lips classify them as a grade A influencer. I can’t decide whether these narcissistic icons are more pathetic or the feeble-minded wretches who are actually influenced by these vacuous bimbos. Moral degeneration of society seems to have reached a new low. Billy McFarland used any means necessary to maul his way to the top. He figured if he pulled off this spectacular social media extravaganza, his new music app demand would skyrocket and he would become a superstar music business mogul like Jay-Z. As his lies and debt continued to pile up, he double downed and used his dynamic personality to convince naïve rich women into “investing” millions into his doomed to failure venture. Ultimately, thousands of suckers landed on a Caribbean island expecting luxurious accommodations and dozens of A list entertainers, but experienced mass confusion, flimsy tent accommodations with soaked mattresses, little to no food, and a canceled concert as unpaid bands pulled out. The disaster was reported in real time through the same social media that promoted this festival farce. “In poverty she is envious. In riches she may be a snob. Money does not change the sickness, only the symptoms” ― John Steinbeck, The Winter of Our Discontent In the case of Billy McFarland we know the consequences of his actions. Lawsuits totaling $100 million were filed against him. He was charged with the Federal crime of wire fraud and convicted. He is currently serving six years in a Federal prison and was ordered to forfeit $26 million. Based on the warped personality I witnessed in the documentary, he will resume scamming people the second he walks out of that prison, and more suckers will eagerly hand him their money. You can’t cure stupid. The future of fictional character Ethan Hawley is left to your imagination. He had been a moral upstanding citizen who faced a crisis of conscience and fell prey to the darker side of his nature. His boss had been deported and his best friend was dead. At the end of the novel he was left with ill-gotten wealth, a loving wife, a son who felt no guilt in cheating, and a daughter who saved his life. I want to believe Ethan spent the rest of his life redeeming himself through his actions by doing good for the town, helping his friends achieve success, teaching his son right from wrong, using his wealth to benefit humanity, and proving to his daughter his life was worth saving. Ethan’s struggle is the existential crisis we all face as human beings. The love of money is the root of all evil. Whether we are poor, middle class or rich, when our priorities become warped by greed, narcissism, envy, or worldly desires, it only leads to discontent. We see the discontent revealed by the billionaire crowd who rig markets to pillage more of the nation’s wealth. We see it among corrupt politicians being bought off by crooked corporate CEOs. We see it when media pundits broadcast fake news to push their agenda. We see it exhibited by the blatant coup attempt against a duly elected president by arrogant treasonous men who consider themselves above the law. We see it play out in office politics all over America. We see it with cheating on our taxes or lying to our spouses. We see our youth plagiarizing and cheating on tests. It seems we are a society of scammers, liars, and dishonest discontents. Steinbeck was not one for happy endings. He pondered morality and the human condition and found it wanting. A battle between the good and evil is fought within the conscience of every human being. An inner dialogue takes place regarding every moral decision we make. The continuation of a civilized society is dependent upon more human beings choosing the path of good versus the path of evil. We can be the most technologically advanced civilization in history, but if we allow moral degeneration to dominate our culture, our civilization will be doomed. It feels as if our society is leaning towards the dark side and this realization is leading to an epic showdown between good and evil. We are truly experiencing a winter of discontent. The winner of this battle will determine the future course of our country. “We can shoot rockets into space but we can’t cure anger or discontent.” ― John Steinbeck, The Winter of Our Discontent

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/02/20/winter-of-our-discontent-meets-fyre-festival/ 

:: 2-19-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Captain Marvel & Alita: Superhero Flicks Become Gender Genre Pushing Transhumanism

Copy Link Download 62 2‚979 views

Real News with David Knight Published on Feb 19, 2019

20th Century Fox’s Alita took a major flop in box offices and David Knight gives his take on what is currently going on with women taking over the superhero roles in movies.

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5c6c5fda187ef30017a79843 

:: 2-20-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

earthquake swarm hits Vilaflor, Tenerife

Feb 20, 2019 at 3:54 pm

Already 21 earthquakes in 2 days and continuing.

small magnitude with depths between 6 and 8 kilometers and their magnitudes between 0.6 and 1.5 MbLg. Not felt by the population. These earthquakes are located in the same area in which a frequent microseismic activity has been recorded since last November.  Probably nothing very dangerous… But the super volcano is around.

http://www.ign.es/web/resources/volcanologia/tproximos/canarias.html 

http://strangesounds.org/forums/topic/earthquake-swarm-hits-vilaflor-tenerife 

:: 2-15-19 AN ON News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hell Hole on Earth Discovered at Fukushima

By David Cohen Published on February 15, 2019

This article is from Greenmedinfo.com, Originally published on DrSircus.com.

Most people think they have to die to go to hell but that is not true anymore. Today, in the mainstream press, they announced the existence of a hell hole in Japan at the destroyed nuclear power station at Fukushima. We have a hot spot on our planet that has never been imagined before and in the face of it human technology is helpless. At the levels of radiation now being found a Fukushima, a robot would be able to operate for less than two hours before it was destroyed. And Japan’s National Institute of Radiological Sciences said medical professionals had never even thought about encountering this level of radiation in their work. The accident is enormous in its medical implications. Through future years, too long to contemplate, we will witness an epidemic of cancer as people inhale the radioactive elements, eat radioactive vegetables, rice and meat, and drink radioactive milk and teas. Year by year, decade through relentless decade, the radiation will build up yet modern medicine does not seem concerned. New readings at Fukushima have recorded the highest radiation levels seen since the triple core meltdown that occurred in 2011. Readings inside the containment vessel of reactor no. 2 are as high as 530 Sieverts per hour, a dosage that would be fatal dozens and dozens of times over if a human were to be exposed to it. The previous high was a still very fatal rate of 73 Sieverts per hour. The blazing radiation reading was taken near the entrance to the space just below the pressure vessel, which contains the reactor core. The highest radiation levels ever measured at Chernobyl were 300 Sieverts per hour; an incomprehensibly high dose which can kill a man almost instantly. The new record at Fukushima of 530 Sieverts per hour is 70% higher than that of Chernobyl. The 530 Sievert reading was recorded some distance from the melted fuel, so in reality it could be 10 times higher than recorded, said Hideyuki Ban, co-director of Citizens’ Nuclear Information Center. To put this in perspective, radiation is usually measured in thousandths of a Sievert, called millisieverts. For example, most people receive around 2.4 millisieverts per year from background radiation, or only 0.0002739726 per hour. According to the Kyodo news agency, the institute estimates that exposure to one Sievert of radiation could lead to infertility, loss of hair and cataracts. One Sievert is enough to cause radiation sickness and nausea; 5 Sieverts would kill half those exposed to it within a month, and a single dose of 10 Sieverts would prove fatal within weeks. How Come We Do Not Hear More about Fukushima. It was just recently said that, “It is not every day that a U.S. president calls journalists among the most dishonest human beings on earth.” This dishonesty is displayed in its full power with nuclear power issues and specifically with Fukushima where things are so bad it is basically prohibited to talk about it openly in the press. In fact, as I was reading the essays on Yahoo about the record amount of radiation the essays disappeared off the news summary list. Most of this radiation is being washed out to sea and it is quite quickly destroying the Pacific Ocean and much of the life in it. We have no idea how much of the radiation is escaping into the atmosphere but we do know that during the first few weeks of the nuclear accident, because of the explosions, huge amounts of radiation were released into the atmosphere and it circled around the globe especially in the northern hemisphere. There is no way for anyone to say that having a point of output of radiation of 530 Sieverts an hour is safe or how many decades it will take a radioactive output of this magnitude to badly pollute our precious world. None of this is good news for our children. Anyone who says nuclear power is safe is lying. Anyone who says nuclear radiation is not dangerous is lying. They Don`t Want to Say Where These Clouds are Coming From Researchers have discovered the existence of high-altitude “radiation clouds that can expose airplane passengers to high levels of radiation. These clouds were discovered as part of the NASA-funded Automated Radiation Measurements for Aerospace Safety (ARMAS) program. It’s widely known that radiation levels are generally higher in the upper atmosphere versus on the ground, simply due to the higher levels of cosmic rays. However, when studying these levels of radiation, researchers detected small pockets where radiation levels suddenly spiked, up to double the normal level. These spikes could not be explained by normal sources of radiation like cosmic rays. Frequent flyers, and first trimester fetuses may be at greater risk due to their longer exposure times or greater vulnerability. How Come Doctors Don`t Say More About Radiation Dangers? Because they are among the primary users of nuclear radiation, using it for all kinds of dangerous tests. A single CT scan of the chest is equal to about 350 standard chest X-rays. They are using radiation, a cause of cancer, to try to treat cancer and that usually does not turn out too well. Because they are not honest with themselves they cannot be honest with their patients, who should be told that many of the tests they are being given by doctors expose them to more dangerous radiation. Like global warming, vaccines and now Islamic terrorism and immigration, there is no real discussion, no real science being sported in the news so the public is left completely in the dark about radiation exposures. The people with the real power in this world insist that we will always see and define the situation as safe, no need to worry or do anything like drink lots of iodine, sodium bicarbonate, magnesium and start off each day drinking a glass of ultra-pure edible clay. Edible clay is one of the most basic detoxification substances. It helps make sure absorbed radioactive particles pass through instead of into us. When was the last time you remember your doctor telling you to take magnesium or any of these other substances, or even sulfur to reduce the risk that our exposureto increasing levels of radiation do not lead to cancer. One Year Ago RT Russian News reported,  “Deadly radiation levels of up to 9.4 Sieverts per hour have been recorded at the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant – enough to kill a person in less than an hour if directly exposed, local media reports. The mortal radiation reading was taken in a small room, using a remote-controlled robot. The reading of 9.4 Sieverts (Sv) per hour was taken during the September 4-25 checks. Immediate radiation exposure around the Fukushima nuclear power following the deadly incident reached 400 millisieverts (mSv) per hour in places. One millisievert is a thousandth of a sievert, therefore the new 9.4 Sv reading is 23.5 times higher than the radiation level recorded in March, 2011.” The operator of the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant says levels of radioactivity in underground tunnels have sharply risen. Tokyo Electric Power Company has detected 482,000 becquerels per liter of radioactive cesium in water samples taken from the tunnels on December 3rd. That’s 4000 times higher than data taken in December last year. Officials revealed that about 2 Trillion becquerels of Fukushima radioactive material flowed into the ocean every month during 2013 — “Deadly strontium” releases are now more than double cesium — “Strontium gets into your bones… it changes the equation.” Strontium is a potentially lethal alkaline earth metal poses the biggest immediate concern, because, unlike cesium, it doesn’t get trapped in soil and tends to accumulate in bones of fish and animals if ingested. Everyone wants to forget all about Fukushima Everyone wants to forget all about Fukushima for who wants to remember their worst nightmares? The Fukushima nuclear plant meltdown disaster “is not over and will never end,” warns Dr. Helen Caldicott, Nobel Peace Prize nominee and holder of 21 honorary doctorate degrees. It was reported by Andy Gunderson during the first year of the Fukushima meltdown that people on the west coast of the United States and Canada, Hawaii and Alaska were bearing some of the worst of the radiation and people then, and now, are not taking evasive action. Gunderson said in an exclusive interview with Chris Martenson that, “I am in touch with some scientists now who have been monitoring the air on the West Coast and in Seattle for instance, in April of 2011, the average person in Seattle breathed in 5-10 hot particles a day, depending on how active they are.” This means even if Fukushima disappeared today we should already be treating ourselves and our children for exposure.

Media Hell Hole on Earth Discovered at Fukushima By David Cohen Published on February 15, 2019

This article is from Greenmedinfo.com, Originally published on DrSircus.com.

Most people think they have to die to go to hell but that is not true anymore. Today, in the mainstream press, they announced the existence of a hell hole in Japan at the destroyed nuclear power station at Fukushima. We have a hot spot on our planet that has never been imagined before and in the face of it human technology is helpless. At the levels of radiation now being found a Fukushima, a robot would be able to operate for less than two hours before it was destroyed. And Japan’s National Institute of Radiological Sciences said medical professionals had never even thought about encountering this level of radiation in their work. The accident is enormous in its medical implications. Through future years, too long to contemplate, we will witness an epidemic of cancer as people inhale the radioactive elements, eat radioactive vegetables, rice and meat, and drink radioactive milk and teas. Year by year, decade through relentless decade, the radiation will build up yet modern medicine does not seem concerned. New readings at Fukushima have recorded the highest radiation levels seen since the triple core meltdown that occurred in 2011. Readings inside the containment vessel of reactor no. 2 are as high as 530 Sieverts per hour, a dosage that would be fatal dozens and dozens of times over if a human were to be exposed to it. The previous high was a still very fatal rate of 73 Sieverts per hour. The blazing radiation reading was taken near the entrance to the space just below the pressure vessel, which contains the reactor core. The highest radiation levels ever measured at Chernobyl were 300 Sieverts per hour; an incomprehensibly high dose which can kill a man almost instantly. The new record at Fukushima of 530 Sieverts per hour is 70% higher than that of Chernobyl. The 530 Sievert reading was recorded some distance from the melted fuel, so in reality it could be 10 times higher than recorded, said Hideyuki Ban, co-director of Citizens’ Nuclear Information Center. To put this in perspective, radiation is usually measured in thousandths of a Sievert, called millisieverts. For example, most people receive around 2.4 millisieverts per year from background radiation, or only 0.0002739726 per hour. According to the Kyodo news agency, the institute estimates that exposure to one Sievert of radiation could lead to infertility, loss of hair and cataracts. One Sievert is enough to cause radiation sickness and nausea; 5 Sieverts would kill half those exposed to it within a month, and a single dose of 10 Sieverts would prove fatal within weeks. How Come We Do Not Hear More about Fukushima? It was just recently said that, “It is not every day that a U.S. president calls journalists among the most dishonest human beings on earth.” This dishonesty is displayed in its full power with nuclear power issues and specifically with Fukushima where things are so bad it is basically prohibited to talk about it openly in the press. In fact, as I was reading the essays on Yahoo about the record amount of radiation the essays disappeared off the news summary list. Most of this radiation is being washed out to sea and it is quite quickly destroying the Pacific Ocean and much of the life in it. We have no idea how much of the radiation is escaping into the atmosphere but we do know that during the first few weeks of the nuclear accident, because of the explosions, huge amounts of radiation were released into the atmosphere and it circled around the globe especially in the northern hemisphere. There is no way for anyone to say that having a point of output of radiation of 530 Sieverts an hour is safe or how many decades it will take a radioactive output of this magnitude to badly pollute our precious world. None of this is good news for our children. Anyone who says nuclear power is safe is lying. Anyone who says nuclear radiation is not dangerous is lying. They Don`t Want to Say Where These Clouds are Coming From Researchers have discovered the existence of high-altitude “radiation clouds that can expose airplane passengers to high levels of radiation. These clouds were discovered as part of the NASA-funded Automated Radiation Measurements for Aerospace Safety (ARMAS) program. It’s widely known that radiation levels are generally higher in the upper atmosphere versus on the ground, simply due to the higher levels of cosmic rays. However, when studying these levels of radiation, researchers detected small pockets where radiation levels suddenly spiked, up to double the normal level. These spikes could not be explained by normal sources of radiation like cosmic rays. Frequent flyers, and first trimester fetuses may be at greater risk due to their longer exposure times or greater vulnerability. How Come Doctors Don`t Say More About Radiation Dangers? Because they are among the primary users of nuclear radiation, using it for all kinds of dangerous tests. A single CT scan of the chest is equal to about 350 standard chest X-rays. They are using radiation, a cause of cancer, to try to treat cancer and that usually does not turn out too well. Because they are not honest with themselves they cannot be honest with their patients, who should be told that many of the tests they are being given by doctors expose them to more dangerous radiation. Like global warming, vaccines and now Islamic terrorism and immigration, there is no real discussion, no real science being sported in the news so the public is left completely in the dark about radiation exposures. The people with the real power in this world insist that we will always see and define the situation as safe, no need to worry or do anything like drink lots of iodine, sodium bicarbonate, magnesium and start off each day drinking a glass of ultra-pure edible clay. Edible clay is one of the most basic detoxification substances. It helps make sure absorbed radioactive particles pass through instead of into us. When was the last time you remember your doctor telling you to take magnesium or any of these other substances, or even sulfur to reduce the risk that our exposureto increasing levels of radiation do not lead to cancer. One Year Ago RT Russian News reported, “Deadly radiation levels of up to 9.4 Sieverts per hour have been recorded at the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant – enough to kill a person in less than an hour if directly exposed, local media reports. The mortal radiation reading was taken in a small room, using a remote-controlled robot. The reading of 9.4 Sieverts (Sv) per hour was taken during the September 4-25 checks. Immediate radiation exposure around the Fukushima nuclear power following the deadly incident reached 400 millisieverts (mSv) per hour in places. One millisievert is a thousandth of a sievert, therefore the new 9.4 Sv reading is 23.5 times higher than the radiation level recorded in March, 2011.” The operator of the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant says levels of radioactivity in underground tunnels have sharply risen. Tokyo Electric Power Company has detected 482,000 becquerels per liter of radioactive cesium in water samples taken from the tunnels on December 3rd. That’s 4000 times higher than data taken in December last year. Officials revealed that about 2 Trillion becquerels of Fukushima radioactive material flowed into the ocean every month during 2013 — “Deadly strontium” releases are now more than double cesium — “Strontium gets into your bones… it changes the equation.” Strontium is a potentially lethal alkaline earth metal poses the biggest immediate concern, because, unlike cesium, it doesn’t get trapped in soil and tends to accumulate in bones of fish and animals if ingested.  Everyone wants to forget all about Fukushima Everyone wants to forget all about Fukushima for who wants to remember their worst nightmares? The Fukushima nuclear plant meltdown disaster “is not over and will never end,” warns Dr. Helen Caldicott, Nobel Peace Prize nominee and holder of 21 honorary doctorate degrees. It was reported by Andy Gunderson during the first year of the Fukushima meltdown that people on the west coast of the United States and Canada, Hawaii and Alaska were bearing some of the worst of the radiation and people then, and now, are not taking evasive action. Gunderson said in an exclusive interview with Chris Martenson that, “I am in touch with some scientists now who have been monitoring the air on the West Coast and in Seattle for instance, in April of 2011, the average person in Seattle breathed in 5-10 hot particles a day, depending on how active they are.” This means even if Fukushima disappeared today we should already be treating ourselves and our children for exposure. Conclusion Dr. Brownstein writes, “If there is enough inorganic, non-radioactive iodine in our bodies, the radioactive fallout has nowhere to bind in our bodies. It will pass through us, leaving our bodies unharmed. It is important to ensure that we have adequate iodine levels BEFORE this fallout hits.” Everyone should be making sure that they are taking enough minerals because radioactive substances mimic their non-radioactive mineral substances. Strontium mimics calcium, for example, making it extremely dangerous to all life forms once it is absorbed. The toxic substances such as Tritium, Cesium, Plutonium and Strontium are being carried everywhere by winds, rain and ocean currents, entering the food chain through seaweed and seafood, building up high levels of toxicity in the fish – and humans – at the top end of the consumption chain. Fukushima is Japan’s and the world’s radiation nightmare that will not go away in our lifetimes nor our children’s or grandchildren’s. The Fukushima nuclear power plant is hemorrhaging radioactive toxic waste into the ocean and though we are told not to panic, nor even to be casually concerned, the situation is dangerous and critical to future life on earth. For evidence-based research on ways to mitigate radiation disaster associated toxicity, visit the GreenMedInfo.com Research Dashboard.

https://www.anonews.co/hell-hole-on-earth-discovered-at-fukushima/?fbclid=IwAR0Vd-9BMBvyMvW1vQkpxaK0hU8HaiZA1PthoOS6o-Gxay1RHn_qT1X2nIU 

:: 2--19 The Freedom Articles :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SSP Experiencers Continue to Add Weight to Idea of Breakaway Civilization

SSP experiencers (those who claim to have been, or still are, part of the SPP [Secret Space Program]) continue to step forth in multitude. It seems the floodgates have opened as more and more SSP experiencers recover their memories and go public with their accounts. I think the terms SSP experiencers and SSP experiencer (rather than SSP asset or SSP agent) are good ones to describe these brave individuals who, in all cases, have undergone severe trauma and mind control as they were inducted into highly secretive and otherwordly military programs. The Plot Thickens: SSP Composed of Many Groups and Corporations with Varied Interests and Missions The revelations of SSP experiencers such as Michael Relfe, Randy Cramer, Corey Goode, Tony Rodrigues and Michael Gerloff has given us clues that there is a whole other world going on behind our backs, a phenomenon that ufologist Richard Dolan termed the breakaway civilization. Even if not all of these people are credible, they do corroborate each other on certain themes and details, such as the idea of a 20 and back program, bases on the Moon and Mars, age regression technology, teleportation technology and cloning technology. A Brief Overview of the Different Secret Space Program Groups According to the various SSP experiencers, there are various groups, organizations and corporations involved in the SSP such as the ICC (Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate), LOC (Lunar Operations Command), MDF (Mars Defense Force), Solar Warden and Nacht Waffen. Here’s a brief breakdown of what they each do, from what we can ascertain so far: – ICC (Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate): According to Disclosure Wikia, the ICC is a “conglomerate of corporations from all over the world that build aerospace technologies … basically all of the corporations that have come together, pooled their resources, and created a vast infrastructure in our solar system.” According to Elena Kapulnik (see below), the ICC has 11 bases on Mars which include manufacturing plants, labs, R&D and weapons facilities. In this presentation, she states that the ICC space station platforms are based on original schematic designs of Wernher von Braun (Operation Paperclip Nazi scientist smuggled into the US at the end of WW2 to work for NASA). She reveals the companies involved in building infrastructure on ICC Mars bases (a mixture of US and German companies including TRW, General Dynamics, Lockheed, Douglas, Northrop Grumman, Exxon Mobil, NASA JPL, Boeing, Astro-und-Feinwerktechnik Adlershof GmbH, Bayer and Allianz). – LOC (Lunar Operations Command): Again according to Disclosure Wikia, the LOC is a “demilitarized zone on the Moon. It is an area where SSP personnel rendezvous before going further out into the solar system and beyond. It serves as a neutral zone for the various SSPs. It also acts as air traffic control for our solar system. LOC has three sites: LOC Alpha, LOC Bravo, and LOC Charlie.” – MDF (Mars Defense Force): The MDF is the main defense organization on Mars. Both Randy Cramer and Penny Bradley (see below) describe its main function to defend the Mars Colony Corporation from the indigenous Martians species, including a native reptoid and insectoid (Raptor and Mantid) ET species. – Solar Warden: Solar Warden is a program run by the US Navy, responsible for monitoring all incoming and outgoing traffic in the Solar System. It patrols and defends our solar system. Some SSP experiencers have suggested that Solar Warden’s real purpose is to protect the surface of the Earth to thwart ET Disclosure. Solar Warden was created in 1970s and 80s, and is a mid-level SSP; the ICC has more advanced ships. – Nacht Waffen: this a German term literally meaning “Night Weapons” but better translated as “Dark Fleet.” We know about this thanks to the revelations of Penny Bradley (see below). Penny was transferred to the Nacht Waffen from the MDF as a punishment. SSP Experiencers #1: Kevin Trimmel SPP Experiencer Kevin Trimmel claims he was abducted by a white TR-3B triangular UFO and placed into the SSP, specifically into an operation called Solar Warden which has he states has been running since the 1970s. Kevin became an empath, was loaned out to ICC on Mars and trained in remote viewing. Then in 2009, his blank slate memory wipe broke down and he started his recall. Kevin claims there are 2 factions of the NWO: a Rothschild-communistic side (which runs Solar Warden) and a Rockefeller-Nazi 4th Reich-fascistic side. Body Voltage, Reincarnation Trap and Saturn’s Rings Kevin garnered some interesting ideas during his time in the SSP. He recalls how his superiors kept emphasizing how he must increase his body’s voltage or electricity (measured in MHz) to increase longevity. They also taught him that when you die, if you want to be able to navigate the afterlife and to have control over reincarnation process, you have to be able to bring your energy/MHz high enough; otherwise you will be involuntarily reincarnated (I covered this theme in my article Soul-Catching Net: Are We “Recycled” at Death to Remain in the Matrix?). Kevin also states that the rings around Saturn are a technology, as has been exposed by Norman Bergrund and David Icke. SSP Experiencers #2: Ileana Star Traveler (Elena Kapulnik) Ileana Star Traveler (real name Elena Kapulnik) claims she was abducted by Reptilian ETs during the ages of 2 and 10, that her DNA was changed and that she grew up on Mars. She worked for a company Monarch Solutions where they trained her psionic abilities, then worked for the ICC in a quantum time leap program. Monarch Solutions is a company that uses cloned bodies with “consciousness transfers”, i.e. cloned people with no intrinsic soul but who carry the soul or consciousness of another person. She was kept young, often leapt timelines and was finally released back into normal life in 2014. Elena has natural psychic abilities which she says the SSP harnessed to open space/wormhole portals (not time portals) by giving her drugs. SSP Experiencers #3: Penny Bradley Penny Bradley is unique among all SSP experiencers in terms of longevity. She underwent all sorts of misadventure and abuse in the SSP but managed to survive – and recall her 55 years in the program! Penny was first traumatized by being raped regularly at age 4, starved of affection, starved of food, made to feel cold and drowned. The amount of detail she reveals is quite extraordinary, such as detailed accounts of battles on Mars with the native Reptoid and Mantid ETs, 15 ft wide spiders, the Nacht Waffen, human soldiers being hooked into ships’ computers, regeneration tanks, memory wiping technology, time travel and the true atmosphere on Mars. Since she was mind controlled, Penny has 4 altars of which she has partial memory: “Penelope Valkyrdin”: pilot in MDF, transferred to Nacht Waffen as a navigator as punishment for emotional meltdown. “Lieutenant Penelope Bradley”: in Kruger, a mercenary company (which competes with Monarch Solutions). Both companies use cloned bodies with consciousness transfers.

The 2nd Kruger alter, a cyborg altar with no emotion. Penny can’t remember this altar’s name, but she was surgically altered with a permanent chip behind her left ear (looks like a bluetooth) which gives her a VR (Virtual Reality) screen. This screen has information like air speed, wind direction and gives a readout of every person who comes into her periphery. A sex slave altar on Mars who died her hair and who was part of Monarch Solutions. Death is Not an Option Penny recounts that the SSP was brutal at times. Death was not an option to escape; her masters would routinely kill people then put them in regeneration tanks to resuscitate them. The Main “Product” of the ICC According to Penny, in the SSP, clones are considered soulless and are treated horribly. The main product the ICC is selling to ET groups (thousand of races) is cyborgs designed to be robotic supersoldier slaves with a human consciousness. The reason for this is that it requires a human consciousness to operate the weapons, ships, external exoskeletons worn in battle, etc. The ICC is literally selling fellow humans beings in exchange for advanced alien technology! Prepare Yourself Psychologically It’s always important to stay open to new ideas. Yes, this stuff is “far out”, but so are so many truths of the worldwide conspiracy and NWO which were initially thought of as crazy and which were later proven. Obviously we need more concrete evidence to confirm the existence of the SSP, but ask yourself: why do all these SSP experiencers have such vivid detail and such a correlation of general themes, if they are all delusional hoaxers? Remember, one of the reasons that the SSP is so secret is because the torture (child kidnapping, rape, trauma, ritual abuse and mind control) that takes is so horrific. Their accounts of the German/Nazi influence on the SSP matches up with my research on how and why the Nazis really won the war. I strongly believe we all need to psychologically prepare ourselves for the very real possibility that these incredible secret programs, operations and projects are going on behind our backs. It is a massive understatement to say that, if true, these programs will totally and fundamentally change our idea of who we are and what our place in the cosmos is. *****Want insight, commentary and analysis on Conspiracy, Geopolitics, Natural Health, Sovereignty, Consciousness and more? Sign up for free blog updates! Makia Freeman is the editor of alternative media / independent news site The Freedom Articles and senior researcher at ToolsForFreedom.com, writing on many aspects of truth and freedom, from exposing aspects of the worldwide conspiracy to suggesting solutions for how humanity can create a new system of peace and abundance. Makia is on Steemit and FB.

http://freedom-articles.toolsforfreedom.com/ssp-experiencers-breakaway-civilization/ 

:: 2-20-19 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuela Closes Air Space from Dutch Antilles; Moves troops to Border

World News Desk 20 February 2019 6 Comments

Venezuela has issued a Notice to Airmen closing its air space to both Commercial and Private aviation from the Dutch Antilles. Venezuelan troops are now being heavily deployed to the border with neighboring Colombia. Acting President Juan Guaido late last week told Venezuelan military troops "You have a very big decision to make before the 23rd of this month. The biggest decision of your lives." Today, a cargo ship departed Puerto Rico carrying 10 ocean containers filled with Humanitarian aid; that ship is scheduled to arrive at a port in Venezuela on . . . the 23rd. Venezuela’s interim President Juan Guaidó today asked followers to surround military bases on Saturday to demand that the armed forces allow aid into the country — a provocative move that’s likely to inflame Nicolás Maduro. In a series of tweets Wednesday, Guaidó told his 1.3 million followers to peacefully surround military installations “and demand the entry of humanitarian aid.” “Señores of the [armed forces], you have three days to follow the orders of the president and put yourself on the right side of the constitution,” he wrote. “This aid is to save lives.” The tactic comes as Guaidó — backed by the United States, Colombia, Brazil and others — is asking hundreds of thousands of volunteers to defy Maduro and his military and head to the border this weekend and bring in food and medical supplies that have been donated to the country. A warehouse of largely U.S. aid is being stockpiled near the Colombian town of Cúcuta. And there are plans to have similar depots in Brazil and the Dutch island of Curacao. Maduro says the aid push is illegal, unnecessary and tantamount to an invasion. He’s blocked one border bridge with Colombia, sent military to the frontier and has promised not to let any of the aid in. He has also suspended flights and shipping from Curacao. Venezuela has been mired in a political stalemate since Jan. 23 when Guaidó said it was his constitutional duty, as head of congress, to assume the presidency and call new elections. Maduro says he has the right to run the economically shattered country through 2025. COVERT INTELLIGENCE - Subscribers Only

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/venezuela-closes-air-space-from-dutch-antilles-moves-troops-to-border 

[ :: 1-16-19  pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. There are three nations right now prepared and ready to go to war and all three of them have openly told you, America stop doing what you are doing or else. Wake up, etc 

:: 2-20-19 AlT- Market :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Venezuela On The Verge Of Becoming Another Syria?

Wednesday, 20 February 2019 16:21 Brandon Smith

Establishment elites have always had a predilection for regime change. Obviously, this strategy helps weed out nation states that might be uncooperative with their future plans for a fully centralized global economic and political order. We have also seen regime change occur when former puppet leaders go rogue and refuse to follow the script they have been given. Most of these men have acted as dictators and are not very empathetic public figures, so we rarely care when they get overthrown or murdered. That said, there are always wider implications to such events. I believe the reasons for regime change and the destabilization of particular countries have evolved in recent years. In the past it was about bringing each countries under the new world order umbrella. Today, the goal seems to be an attempt to create points of global contention. That is to say, the elites want to draw much of the world into various forms of conflict, and they are using special regions of the globe as nexus points for these conflicts. Syria was and still is one of those nexus points. The transmutation of Syria began as an extension of the Arab Spring. Western funded and organized coups in Tunisia, Libya and Egypt inspired even more extremism as well as a vast flow of black market military grade armaments. The CIA under the Obama Administration in particular took advantage of this chaos to fill training camps in Jordan with “moderate rebels”, the same rebels that would go on to launch ISIS and start a civil war in Syria. While the billion dollar program to arm and supply Syrian rebel groups, many of which were closely tied to ISIS, was finally “officially ended” under the Trump administration in 2017, more covert US support continued for these groups as well support for Israeli incursions into sovereign Syrian air space. Syria has had the potential to draw multiple nations into close and hostile proximity with each other, including the US, Russia, Israel and Iran. This was not a mistake, it was entirely deliberate. I warned of the potential exploitation of Syria as a global point of contention for years before the actual insurgency took place because of the unique military alliances in the region. The only reason Syria has not yet been exploited to its full potential is because of the effective exposure of the conspiracy by the alternative media. The establishment push to use American troops to help ISIS extremists overthrow Bashar al-Assad presidency was thwarted. The mainstream media originally portrayed ISIS groups as courageous clean cut rebels fighting for freedom. This ended after the alternative media flooded the web with evidence of rebel led genocide and atrocities. Had the American public and American troops been tricked into even deeper involvement in Syria as well as helping ISIS overthrow Assad, this could have potentially pushed us into direct confrontation with either Russia or Iran or both. We would be seen as the villains, supporting monsters as they commit war crimes in the name of an ideology many Americans despise. Those unfamiliar with the concept of the False East/West Paradigm will probably be at a loss as to why the establishment would WANT to deliberately undermine America's geopolitical or economic position. Once they understand that both China and Russia maintain close ties to the globalist framework, and that they represent false opposition to the “new world order”, the reality of the situation becomes more clear. I recommend my article 'In The New “Multipolar World” The Globalists Still Control All The Players' for facts and evidence on this dynamic. The engineered destabilization of the US and parts of Europe and the rise of the East is intended to cause the removal of the current economic model of sovereign nations and currencies led by the US dollar as the world reserve. This would leave quite a void in the global economic structure, a void which the elites plan to fill with a new centralized one world currency system. This system, to be managed by the IMF, has been openly supported by both the Chinese and Russian governments. The delusion that the East is somehow opposed to the NWO melts away when we examine their long time alliances to the banking cabal, as well as the IMF programs the East now champions. But how do the elites plan to get the masses to go along with such a historic and painful shift in global economic architecture? In my view, the confrontations in regions of confluence like Syria are intended to lead to World War; not in the form of a nuclear war, but in the form of a full spectrum economic war and smaller regional wars. There is another nation beyond Syria that I have also been warning about for many years as a potential nexus, or what the elites might call a “linchpin”. That region is Venezuela.  In my article 'How A Collapse In Venezuela Could Trigger Martial Law In the US', published in May of 2016, I outlined how the socialist structure of Venezuela in particular was so unstable that the slightest push could cause the entire country to topple. Venezuela did indeed crash economically to the point that martial law is the only mainstay holding the system together. I have also warned that a collapse in Venezuela could spread into surrounding countries, already weakened by fiscal uncertainty and debt. Such a collapse in South America rather strangely matches the scenario described in Operation Garden Plot and Rex 84, a secret Pentagon plan exposed during the Iran/Contra affair which would use mass migrations from South or Central America as a rationale to enforce martial law measures within the United States. In recent months, however, the Trump Administration has added a new dimension to the problem. Expanding sanctions against Venezuela are adding fire to the flames of economic collapse. With an even more aggressive stance against Nicolas Madruro including possible military action, the prospect of a direct US led coup is now on the table. One would think that if the US government wanted a breakdown in Venezuela, all they would have to do is sit back and wait as the socialist nation imploded under it's own faulty economic policies. But apparently the country was not collapsing fast enough for the elites. My theory – the goal is to create another Syria, but this time much closer to US borders. Venezuela has close ties to not only Russia, but also China. Venezuela's military ties to Russia are well known. Their military is supplied to this day by Russia, and Russia has been very vocal in their opposition to any US military involvement in the region. Both China and Russia continue to support Nicolas Madruro as the president of Venezuela in the face of opposition from assembly leader Juan Guaido. The US and a number of European nations support Guaido. The question is, how far will a confrontation in Venezuela go? US involvement in South and Central America does not paint a pretty picture. Reagan era coups in countries like El Salvador in the name of stopping communism created not only civil war, but also the installation of more violent dictators and regimes (look up the White Hand death squads in El Salvador for the ugly details). Not coincidentally, we also saw the use of death squads and extremists in the destabilization of Syria. I find it interesting that extreme leftists like Ilhan Omar are suddenly interested in exposing the underhanded nature of such tactics. They remain decidedly quiet on the same kind of subversion in Syria, and aggressively push for a continued American presence there. My suspicion is that this might be an establishment attempt to gain conservative support for a US led coup in Venezuela. Whatever their leftist puppets attack, we are supposed to defend, right? But in this case, the Trump Administration is just as insidious as the leftists in its activities, and support for such a coup would be an affront to true conservative principles. It should be noted that the arming and training of insurgents in Syria started out undercover. At the time it was labeled “humanitarian aid”. In Venezuela, the US is once again offering “aid” to the people of Venezuela and the opposition party, backed by a US military aircraft. The establishment is not generally very creative in their tactics; they simply use the same methods over and over again because historically they succeed more than they fail. If this dynamic happens again in Venezuela, I predict immediate and aggressive economic response from Russia and China, including yet another excuse for China to dump its US Treasury Bond holdings and dollar reserves, effectively killing the dollar's world reserve status. The US would be hit the hardest by this reset, and with the Trump Administration driven by globalist warmongers like John Bolton, there would be little sympathy from the rest of the world when the consequences land on our doorstep. It should not be considered a coincidence that the situation with Venezuela is being accelerated at the same time as tensions between the US , China and Russia are hitting a crescendo. Add yet another regional conflict similar to Syria on top of the trade war, and the potential for a financial "World War III" is high. If allowed to play out uninterrupted, such an event provides even more cover for the “global reset” and the shift to a one world economic model. Not only this, but a collapse epidemic in South America could lead to vast migrant caravans swarming to the southern US border far beyond what we have already seen. As Operation Garden Plot outlines, this would inevitably be used as a rationale for martial law measures.

http://www.alt-market.com/articles/3662-is-venezuela-on-the-verge-of-becoming-another-syria 

[ :: 10-11-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. The world walks in confusion, there are those countries that desire their own monetary system to choke out others, and then there are those that desire a world monetary system, and the world monitory system will be the one that wins out, my word calls it the mark of the beast, etc..

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 2-20-19 Global Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Military, Deep State and the American Innocence

Like fish in the water, Americans have lost the ability to notice the pervasive and omnipresent propaganda.

By Chris Kanthan Global Research, February 20, 2019

Incisive and timely article first posted by Global Research on July 22, 2018

While only 11% of Americans trust Congress, a whopping 74% have a “great deal or quite a lot of” trust in the military, which also vastly outperforms newspapers (23%) and even the U.S. Supreme Court (37%). Similarly, the CIA and the FBI get an “excellent” rating from 58% of Americans. While reverence to military is quite common all over the world – perhaps related to evolutionary fear – it behooves us to be a bit more critical and objective. Like the Old Testament characters who never asked Moses for evidence regarding the burning bush, Americans blindly accept all verdicts from the intelligence agencies. The rise of the colossal military and the “Deep State” are new phenomenons in American history, and a dispassionate scrutiny underscores the need for more vigilance on our part.

Military-industrial complex – Eisenhower

While many Americans consider it heretical to question the U.S. military, none other than a five-star military general and U.S. president did just that. In an extraordinary farewell speech in 1961, Eisenhower went on national TV and said, “we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.” Such a speech would now be derided as a conspiracy theory and even labeled as treasonous. CIA – Truman Guess who thought that the CIA had turned into an American Gestapo? Harry Truman, the US president who created the CIA. He said in his biography, “Those fellows in the CIA don’t just report on wars, they go out and make their own (wars), and there’s nobody to keep track of what they’re up to. They spend billions of dollars on stirring up trouble. The CIA has become a government all of its own.” Former Director of the CIA, William Colby, described CIA’s culture in his memoiras follows: “cult of intelligence … that held itself to be above the normal processes of society, with its own rationale and justification, beyond the restraints of the Constitution …”

Election meddling and coups by the CIA

Since World War II, the CIA has meddled in more than 80 foreign elections around the world (doesn’t include coups and regime changes!). The US Senate’s Church Committee in 1975 documented several instances of US meddling in other nations. The operations included suitcases of cash to bribe politicians and voters, manuals for psychological warfare, sensational fake news, organized mass protests, armed violent oppositions etc. Starting in the 1980’s, the Deep State refined its plans for regime changes, resorting to the use of sophisticated NGO’s such as the USAID, NED and Open Society Foundations of George Soros, which all specialize in mass propaganda and color revolutions. When asked a few months ago, if we still meddle in other countries’ elections, CIA director James Woolsey grinned and responded, “myum, myum, myum.” There are incontrovertible proofs for some of the coups, thanks to declassified CIA documents – for example, the overthrow of democratically elected leaders in Iran in 1953 and in Guatemala in 1954. Assassinations Recently released “JFK Files” from the CIA archives show detailed plans to assassinate Fidel Castro that included exploding cigars and tuberculosis-laced diving suit. Other leaders targeted in these documents include General Trujillo of Dominican Republic and Patrice Lumumba of Congo. William Blum has done extensive research and documented numerous foreign assassinations – successful and attempted – by the CIA and/or the US military. Theoretically, nothing stops the killing machine in operating within the US. Even intellectuals like David Talbot – founder of Salon magazine and editor of Time Magazine – are convinced that some from the top echelons of the CIA assassinated JFK. President Truman also seemed to suggest the same when he wrote an extraordinary op-ed in Washington Post one month after JFK’s assassination saying that CIA’s covert operations must be terminated. By the way, the phrase “conspiracy theorist” was invented by the CIA in 1967 to discredit anyone challenging the official narratives! Coddling dictators and tyrants Right now, the U.S. arms/funds about 3 in 4 of all dictators around the world! How’s that for spreading freedom and democracy? The U.S. has supported and installed numerous brutal tyrants and authoritarians all over the world in the last century. Suharto in Indonesia, for example, killed two million people, but was loved by the West, since he let western corporations exploit his people and plunder his country. Nazis and Jihadists After the defeat of Hitler, the U.S. recruited more than 1000 Nazis, including high-ranking officials, to work against the Soviet Union.

https://www.globalresearch.ca/military-deep-state-and-the-american-innocence/5648122 

[:: 1-13-19 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::] 

etc So fear not, fear not, but listen to my word, know my word; study my word that you can walk in my word, for as you walk in that word you shall see all that I, your Father God, have said that you shall see. etc.

:: 2-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Five Reasons Churches Should Teach Bible Prophecy

By Hal Lindsey

My name has been associated with the teaching of Bible prophecy for a long time. But I also understand the need for balance in the pulpit. The Bible addresses a whole range of issues that are pertinent to our lives. All those things need to be taught. When I say churches should teach Bible prophecy, I am not saying that every pastor has to specialize in it. But I am saying it needs to be included in his teaching. Here are some reasons why.

1 — Prophecy teaching provides balance. We say we want balanced teaching. Somewhere between one-fourth and one-third of the Bible deals with prophecy. How can we be balanced if we leave out such a large and integral portion of scripture?

2 — Prophecy is God’s stamp of authenticity. Truth is God’s signature. The fulfillment of prophecy is His chosen way of authenticating His word. We see it in Deuteronomy 18:22 where the legitimacy of a prophet is proven by whether or not his prophecies come true.

In Isaiah 41:21-23 God shows the foolishness of idol worship by challenging idols to foretell the future. The New Living Translation says, “‘Present the case for your idols,’ says the Lord. ‘Let them show what they can do,’ says the King of Israel. ‘Let them try to tell us what happened long ago so that we may consider the evidence. Or let them tell us what the future holds, so we can know what's going to happen. Yes, tell us what will occur in the days ahead. Then we will know you are gods.’”

God alone tells us “what will occur in the days ahead.” Since He’s the only One who knows the future, prophecy proves that only He could have inspired the Bible.

3 — Prophecy aids evangelism. We’re all intrigued by the future. In that way, prophecy draws the curious. But it’s not like a carnival sideshow. Once they begin to seriously consider prophecy, they quickly see the truth and relevance of God’s word to all areas of life. When people see ancient prophecies fulfilled in the world around them, it provides overwhelming evidence that they can and should trust God with their lives. With present-day fulfillment of end times prophecy, what seemed like an old book written by ancient primitives comes to life as God’s word for us today!

4 — Prophecy motivates us toward right living. 2 Timothy 4:8 speaks of “all who have loved His appearing.” I have no statistics on this, but I have a lot of experience working with Christians through the years. From that experience I can tell you that those “who have loved His appearing,” tend to live their lives with an eternal perspective. That perspective causes them to invest their time, money, and attention in things that matter — things of eternal value.

5 — Jesus taught prophecy. The New Testament teaches us that Jesus is to be our example. (John 13:14-15, Mark 10:43-45, 2 Corinthians 8:8-9, Philippians 2:5) And Jesus taught prophecy. He used Old Testament prophecy to authenticate Himself as the Messiah. He used prophecy to explain that His coming would be in two parts. He foretold events of the end times.

He is our example. He taught prophecy. We should, too.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-27-2018/ 

:: 2-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The History of What Comes Next

by Hal Lindsey

Everyone wants to know what happens next. That makes predicting the future big business. Huge corporations spend millions on consulting firms to tell them what’s around the corner. Many of these consultants create computer models that take known facts and attempt to extrapolate from them an understanding of the unknown future. But even in our modern era, many approach the future much as their pagan forebears did. Astrologists, spiritualists, psychics, mystics, palm readers, and other occult practitioners rake in huge amounts of money, especially in times of uncertainty. In our everyday lives, we make sense of the future by looking at the past. The sun has been rising for a long time. We assume it will rise again tomorrow. None of us have seen tomorrow yet, so we use our brains the way scientists use their supercomputers. We extrapolate — make educated guesses. But God doesn’t have to guess. For human beings, time passes sequentially. We’re like people along the street watching a parade. A helicopter pilot flying above the parade can see it all at once. On the ground, we see what’s right in front of us. From on high, he sees the whole parade at once, from beginning to end.  That’s a small picture of the way God sees time. Isaiah 57:15 calls Him, “the High and Lofty One Who inhabits eternity.” (NKJV) In other words, He’s already an eyewitness to the future. God can and does reveal certain things about the future to us. Through the prophet Daniel, He correctly laid out a detailed outline of world history from Daniel’s time forward, covering the next 600 years. In our time, we see the nations of the world aligning themselves in ways predicted by Daniel and the other prophets. But to really understand the future, we have to see the context of prophecy. To do that, look at two things — the fundamental nature of God and the series of promises He has made. Assurance of the latter depends on our certainty of the former. A promise is only as good as the one making the promise. Does a lifetime money-back guarantee mean you’re covered until the end of your days? Not necessarily. A company can go belly-up. Bankrupt owners might not have the ability to keep their warranty. Other businesses are scams from the beginning. So, before we look at God’s promises, we have to look at His attributes. Does He have the ability to fulfill His promises? If so, does He have the good character needed to keep His word? Theologians often use the word “omnipotent” to describe God’s ability. “Omni” means all, and “potent” means power. In Genesis 17:1, God said to Abraham, “I am God Almighty.” Almighty is another word meaning all powerful. Revelation 19:6 says, “And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.” Our imaginations fall short when trying to grasp the power and magnificence of a single star — our sun. Yet scientists say a typical galaxy contains a hundred billion stars of which the sun is merely average. Our Milky Way contains up to 400 billion stars. And the universe contains at least a hundred billion galaxies. Think of that, and then think of Genesis 1:1 — “In the beginning God created the Heaven and the earth.” Isaiah 40 says, “‘To whom then will you liken Me, or to whom shall I be equal?’ says the Holy One. Lift up your eyes on high, and see who has created these things, Who brings out their host by number; He calls them all by name, by the greatness of His might and the strength of His power.” (Isaiah 40:25-26 NKJV) Yes. The Almighty Creator of all things has the ability to keep His promises. But what about His character? His capabilities wouldn’t matter if His honesty couldn’t be trusted. Remember the vast universe I just described? In Mark 13:31, Jesus said, “Heaven and earth will pass away, but My words will not pass away.” Numbers 23:19 says, “God is not a man, that He should lie.” Isaiah 40:8 says, “The grass withers, the flower fades, But the word of our God stands forever.” Titus 1:2 says “God . . . cannot lie.” (NASB)  God cannot lie! That’s not a limitation on His omnipotence; it’s an expression of it. 2 Timothy 2:13 says, “He cannot deny Himself.” (NASB) He remains forever true to Who He is, and He is truth. (John 14:6)  Because of His power and His character, His promises cannot fail. The moment He makes a promise, it is as good as done. To gain an understanding of the future, then, we need to examine His promises. Some of them were conditional, such as the covenant of the law given through Moses. Other promises were unconditional. He promised to Abraham that He would give the Promised Land to Abraham’s offspring through Isaac and Jacob. God would reiterate this promise many times in many ways. So it must happen. God promised King David, “Your house and your kingdom shall endure before Me forever; your throne shall be established forever.” [2 Samuel 7:10-11,16 NASB] That promise can be fulfilled only in the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. What’s going to happen? All the things God promised.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-29-2016/ 

:: 2-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wake Up!

By Hal Lindsey

People often complain that Bible prophecy is too complicated. Why can’t it be simple? They want a single chapter or verse that explains it all. Why isn’t there a John 3:16 of prophecy? John 14:3 comes close. It says, “And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you to Myself; that where I am, there you may be also.” (NASB) Jesus is the primary message of the Bible. He is also the primary message of prophecy. If you know Jesus personally, you have received the main message of God’s word. But to skip or dismiss anything further would be insulting to Him. Can you imagine a bride never reading letters from her groom? “No need,” she says glibly, “we’re already engaged.” No. She wants to know everything about him — especially his thoughts toward her. So, don’t just say, “I’m saved and that’s enough for m+e,” or “I know Jesus will come again, and that’s all I need to know.” There’s more! All of God’s word, including prophecy, holds treasures, insights, empowerment, and joy. And it’s all there — waiting for you right now. So, dig in! C. S. Lewis wrote in Mere Christianity, “It is no good asking for a simple religion. After all, real things are not simple. They look simple, but they are not. The table I am sitting at looks simple: but ask a scientist to tell you what it is really made of — all about the atoms and how the light waves rebound from them and hit my eye and what they do to the optic nerve and what it does to my brain — and, of course, you find that what we call ‘seeing a table’ lands you in mysteries and complications which you can hardly get to the end of.” Don’t be angry with God because His word is not simple. Realize that, like looking at a table, it is both simple and complex. A surface understanding is possible, but endless wonders wait just beyond that surface. One of the Bible’s amazing features is that it can simultaneously communicate to people of vastly different IQs and levels of education. It communicates with people from different cultures, different centuries, different races, and different levels of interest. The Bible scholar spends a lifetime “rightly dividing the word of truth.” (2 Timothy 2:15 NKJV) A small child might hear a verse and know in a moment what the professional theologian spends months confirming. But that does not diminish the work of the scholar. Nor does it mean that the child has gained it all and should stop studying. When you receive redemption in Jesus, you have received the most important message in God’s word. But don’t stop. Keep learning. Work to increase your understanding. The Author Himself has promised to help you, but anything more than a child’s understanding of God and His word, will often require real effort. Proverbs 25:2 says, “It is the glory of God to conceal a matter, But the glory of kings is to search out a matter.” He wants us to dig deep into His word — to study it, and to learn. And a major feature of His word is prophecy — something we especially need right now. Jesus said to stay on the lookout for His coming. He said, “But of that day or hour no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father alone. Take heed, keep on the alert; for you do not know when the appointed time is.” (Mark 13:32-33 NASB) The words “be alert” are a translation of the Greek word, “agrupneo.” It literally means “be constantly awake.” Jesus is not talking about skipping your eight hours of sleep every night. He means we are to be ever watchful for His return. To be alert includes having the ability to know and recognize the signs of the times. So, study prophecy. It is a fantastic tool for evangelism — today more than ever. Everyone you talk to these days is uneasy. People sense that something huge and terrible waits just beyond the horizon. In many areas of modern life, we seem to be reaching limits beyond which there is nothing but chaos. The proliferation of nuclear weapons and ICBMs is just one example of a world drenched in gasoline and playing with matches. North Korea and Pakistan are nuclear powers. Iran either is, or soon will be. North Korea and Iran are led by the kind of people who would be all too willing to spark a global nuclear holocaust. Pakistan could be led by such people in the near future. And now nuclear ambitions have spread across the Middle East. Saudi Arabia recently made it clear that it is in the market for nukes. Turkey obviously wants them, as well as several Asian and African nations. As these weapons spread, the probability of their use is slowly turning into an inevitability. People don’t want to think about these things, but they know them. The fear lingers like a dark cloud over all their thinking. They read about brilliant men like Elon Musk and the recently deceased Stephen Hawking, warning of an “A.I. apocalypse.” They worry about their children. They fear the future. As a result, alcohol and drug use have reached epidemic proportions. People are looking for escape. Through the millennia, many have pretended to know the future. But only one prophetic book can be fully trusted, and that’s the Bible. Previously-fulfilled prophecy proves its authenticity. Right now, the world is taking the shape that the Bible predicts for the end of this age. And, while the world is headed for some difficult days, these things also mean that Jesus is coming soon! That’s good news! We need to spread that word far and near. To do that effectively, we need to know what the Bible teaches about Bible prophecy. We need to make it a major part of our study and understanding of God’s word. We also need it for our own comfort in troubled times. 1 Thessalonians 4 ends by talking about the Rapture. Finally, it says, “Thus we shall always be with the Lord. Therefore comfort one another with these words.” (1 Thessalonians 4:17-18 NASB) Maranatha!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-16-2018/ 

:: 2-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Teach The Second Coming?

By Hal Lindsey

Through the years I’ve heard a lot of excuses from pastors and teachers who don’t want to address the Second Coming of Christ. Many of them say it’s just too difficult to understand. Recently, I heard about a layman who was upset with God over the whole matter. He asked, “Why can’t it be simple?” Some of the greatest minds in history have taken on the subject of Christ’s return, and found it overwhelming. Sir Isaac Newton, one of the most brilliant men who ever lived, spent more time studying the book of Daniel than he did pondering the laws of gravity. So, yes, it can be complicated. The deeper you dig, the more treasure you will find. That’s the way it is with all of God’s revelation to humanity. The great themes of the Bible are simple enough for a small child to understand, and complex enough to keep the finest theologians working for centuries to mine their mysteries. But isn’t that good? Don’t you want the things of God to be challenging, exciting, and fulfilling — to the mentally challenged, as well as to the most brilliant among us? Proverbs 25:2 says, “It is the glory of God to conceal a matter, But the glory of kings is to search out a matter.” (NASB) The Swiss theologian, Karl Barth, was famous as a deep thinker and a brilliant scholar. On his one trip to America, a student asked him if it would be possible to summarize his life’s study into a single sentence. He answered in the words of a children’s song. “Jesus loves me, this I know, for the Bible tells me so.” Barth wrote many books and gave countless lectures. He is an example of the fact that the finest scholars find no end to the beauties and intricacies of God’s message to humanity. But that message can also be summarized in the lyrics to a child’s song. A mentally disabled person can grasp the key to it all — “Jesus loves me… the Bible tells me so.” Can the study of end-times prophecy be summarized as succinctly? Yes, it can. We can find that summation in the words of Jesus from John 14:3 — “I will come again.” Anyone can understand that. And what a glorious thing to know! None of the Bible makes sense without it. The Old Testament told of a coming Messiah. He would suffer and die for our sins (Isaiah 53). And He would rule and reign over the entire earth. We saw the first part come true at His first coming. But to fulfill it all, He must come again. Jesus must return because a multitude of prophecies from the Old and New Testaments still await fulfillment. He must come again because justice demands it. And He must return because our world is spiraling out of control, and humanity cannot survive without His direct intervention. Jesus made His Second Coming a central part of His message. He repeated it again and again. In Matthew 24:3, the disciples asked Him, “When will these things be, and what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?” Jesus then spent the rest of that chapter and all the next one talking about His Second Coming. In Mark 13:26, Jesus said, “They will see the Son of Man coming in clouds with great power and glory.” In Luke 21:27, He said, “They will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.” Jesus said to “watch” for His return. In Matthew 24:42, He said, “Be on the alert, for you do not know which day your Lord is coming.” That means we need to know the signs of His coming. We need to study, and see how scripture lays out God’s end-times program. We need to know the promises He has made — including His promises to Abraham. We know He will keep His word. He will fulfill every bit of it. And that means, He will come again! All we can say is, Praise the LORD.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-23-2017/ 

:: 2-21-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sniper 'killed 250 ISIS fighters' in battle that turned tide against terrorists

A sniper who fought with the Kurdish forces against ISIS has claimed he killed hundreds of the jihadis as he helped to stem their advance. Azad Cudi traveled to Syria in 2013 to fight with the YPG forces after they came into conflict with ISIS following the outbreak of civil war in the country. The 34-year-old has now written a book giving his account of how the Kurdish forces’ snipers held the bloodthirsty terrorists at bay against impossible odds. ‘Long Shot: The Inside Story of the Snipers Who Broke ISIS’ focuses on the battle for the town Kobani, in northern Syria. Cudi originally went to Syria to help as a social worker but soon volunteered to fight with the YPG. ISIS' LAST ENCLAVE IN SYRIA IS ON THE BRINK OF TOTAL DEFEAT: REPORT In an extract released by his publisher, he writes that around 12,000 ISIS fighters attacked Kobani in 2014 and were faced by just 2,500 men and women of the YPG. The YPG are renowned for having mixed male and female units with women equal status when it comes to combat. ISIS were equipped with artillery, mortars, tanks and heavy machine guns, writes Cudi. They also had mobile battle kitchens and surgeries, even social media managers and investment specialists to manage their trade in pillaged oil and artifacts, writes Cudi. “We lacked the most basic equipment, right down to binoculars and radios, ate whatever we found in the kitchens of abandoned houses and armed ourselves with forty-year-old Kalashnikovs and a few boxes of ammunition. “If surviving these odds was already a figurative long shot, our meagre tools ensured it would also require literal ones. “Sniping – killing the invaders one by one – was one of the few tactics available to us.” Cudi claims to have personally killed 250 ISIS fighters while a fellow sniper shot dead as many as 500. This story originally appeared in The Sun. For more from The Sun, click here.

https://www.foxnews.com/world/sniper-killed-250-isis-fighters-in-battle-that-turned-tide-against-terrorists 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

You are going to see much more happening overseas now much more.  Russia, they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.  North Korea has been mocked for so long they are ready to fight.  They are not afraid of those ships that are out there; they were out there during the Korean War.  Oh, wake up, wake up, you need to turn to me and not to your own ways, for the old ways never did work etc

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 2-20-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin threatens to target West with new missiles

Michael MAINVILLE and Maria PANINA ,AFP•February 20, 2019

Moscow (AFP) - Russian President Vladimir Putin threatened to deploy new missiles against Western capitals as he delivered a state of the nation address Wednesday aimed at boosting falling approval ratings. But while he took a combative tone with the West, he reached out to Russians with promises of improved living conditions. The longtime Russian leader warned Washington against deploying any new missiles in Europe following the collapse of a key Cold War-era treaty, saying Moscow would consider it a "serious threat". "I'm saying this clearly and openly, Russia will be forced to deploy weapons that can be used... against the decision-making centres that are behind the missile systems which threaten us," Putin said. The United States and Russia raised fears of a new arms race when they announced earlier this year they were pulling out of the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces (INF) treaty, a 1987 deal that limited medium-range missiles. Washington was the first to announce its withdrawal, accusing Moscow of developing new weapons that violated the treaty, but Putin on Wednesday dismissed the US claims as "far-fetched". Putin also reeled off a list of weapons programmes that he said would give Russia a military edge over the United States. This included the development of the Zircon missile with a range of more than 1,000 kilometres (600 miles), testing of the Sarmat intercontinental ballistic missile, the deployment this spring of the Poseidon underwater drone system, and the recent start of production of Avangard hypersonic glide vehicles. NATO reacted to the speech by denouncing what it said were "unacceptable" threats. It called on Moscow to "focus on returning to compliance" with the INF treaty. - 'We cannot wait' - The tough military talk seemed aimed at stirring up patriotic support for Putin, who won re-election last year with more than 76 percent of the vote but has been recently struggling with dropping opinion poll numbers. A survey by Russia's independent Levada Center released in January found his approval rating at 64 percent -- a figure many Western leaders could only dream of, but Putin's lowest in five years. Most of Wednesday's speech focused on promises to address poor living standards, a key source of frustration for many Russians nearly 20 years after Putin came to power. "We cannot wait, the situation must change for the better now," Putin told assembled lawmakers from Russia's lower house State Duma and upper house Federation Council. "Within this year (Russians) should feel changes," he said. Putin lamented that some 19 million Russians were living below the poverty line, saying: "This is too much... the state should help." Putin focused in particular on help for Russian families, pointing to a demographic crisis that has seen birth rates fall drastically since the 1991 collapse of the Soviet Union. Last year the government's statistics agency said the country's birth rate had fallen by 11 percent in 2017 to the lowest level in a decade. "The incomes of Russian families should of course rise," he said, promising new child benefits and lower taxes for larger families. - Unpopular reforms -  Putin, 66, appeared calm and confident as usual during the speech, but the Kremlin is reportedly deeply concerned by the fall in his personal approval ratings in recent months. Russians appear increasingly frustrated with the slow pace of economic growth and the concentration of the country's wealth in a few hands in Moscow. Moves by the government to implement economic reforms, including an increase in the retirement age and a rise in the value-added tax from January 1, have prompted widespread opposition including rare street protests. Another Levada poll in October found only 40 percent of Russians would vote for Putin if an election were held. In his 90-minute speech, Putin also promised new investments in health care and a major anti-cancer programme, financial aid for homebuyers and further investments in education. He spent a significant amount of time criticising officials for their handling of a waste-management crisis that has seen Russians outside Moscow protesting at plans to send the capital's rubbish to provincial landfills. "We must form a civilised and safe waste-management system," Putin said, promising efforts to close dumps and boost recycling, which is nearly non-existent in Russia.

https://www.yahoo.com/news/putin-annual-address-popularity-slides-022830281.html 

:: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. etc.

:: 2-19-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

19 Palestinians arrested in fresh Temple Mount clashes

Police say dozens of worshipers tried to breach a closed off area of the holy site that has been at the center of recent tensions; several Palestinians reported injured

By AP and TOI staff 20 February 2019, 12:29 am

Palestinian worshipers clashed with Israeli police on Jerusalem’s Temple Mount on Tuesday, trying to force their way into an area of the flash-point holy compound that has been closed for years. Police said 19 Palestinians were arrested. The incident follows a similar confrontation on Monday in which Palestinians tried to break the gate that Israel placed on the closed area last week after the Muslim Waqf religious council broke into the area and held prayers there. Palestinian medics reported that several protesters were injured in the standoff. The Gate of Mercy, or Golden Gate, was sealed by Israeli authorities in 2003 because the group managing the area had ties to Hamas, and it has been kept closed to stop illegal construction work there by the Waqf, which Israeli officials believe has led to the destruction of antiquities from periods of Jewish presence in the area. Israeli police responded by summoning the head of the Waqf, Sheikh Azzam al-Khatib al-Tamimi, for questioning, but the summons was later canceled, apparently following pressure from Jordan, according to the Haaretz daily. The closure drew an angry rebuke from Amman, with a letter from the Jordanian foreign ministry to its Israeli counterpart calling the closure a violation of the status quo and demanding the reopening of the gates and the removal of all Israeli security forces. In an English-language statement on Tuesday, the office of Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas accused Israel of attempting to impose a “division” of the mosque compound. According to Haaretz, the Jordanian government, which controls the Waqf, enlarged its council from 11 to 18 members last week. For the first time, Palestinian Authority officials and religious leaders were installed in the body, which has historically been made up of individuals close to the Jordanian monarchy. The change is a bid by Amman to begin to share responsibility for the holy site, the location of the biblical Jewish Temples, and now of the Al-Aqsa Mosque and Dome of the Rock shrine, which in recent years has become an epicenter of tensions between Israelis and Palestinians. The newspaper said the ongoing tensions at the site are part of the reason for the expansion of the Waqf council by Jordan. Amman first considered the move in the wake of violent protests that followed a terror attack in which Palestinian gunmen killed Israeli police officers guarding the Temple Mount in mid-2017. Israel installed metal detectors at the compound’s entrances following that attack, triggering weeks of protests by Palestinians. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu finally ordered the detectors removed after regional allies warned that the fight over the holy site was strengthening the hands of Islamist factions throughout the region. Jordan believes its influence at the Temple Mount was eroded by those events, while Palestinian leaders who led the protests saw their influence grow. Palestinian fears about purported Israeli plans to change the 52-year arrangement on the Temple Mount — where the Waqf maintains administrative control and the Israel Police security control — have become a daily staple in Palestinian political rhetoric and media reports in recent years. Multiple car-rammings, stabbings and shootings have been attributed by Palestinian attackers to the alleged efforts by Israel to alter the status quo at the site, according to which Jews may visit but not pray there.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/19-palestinians-arrested-in-fresh-temple-mount-clashes/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 2-21-19 Asia News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Orissa, a Christian beheaded for his faith

02/20/2019, 09.59 INDIA

The man's name was Anant Ram Gand and he was the father of five children. He was dragged away from his house before his son's eyes. He was baptized two months ago in the Evangelical Church, but his conversion was opposed by the village radicals. President of Persecution Relief: "We want freedom of worship".

New Delhi (AsiaNews) - A Christian evangelical man was beheaded in Orissa because of his faith. Shibu Thomas, founder of the Persecution Relief network that deals with defending discriminated Christians in India, denounces it to AsiaNews. The victim was called Anant Ram Gand, he was 40 and was the father of five children. Thomas says that he "had converted to Christianity nine months ago and had been baptized for only two months. His conversion has aroused the ire of the villagers, mostly Hindu fanatics. They armed the Naxal [Indian Maoist guerrilla, ed] who physically committed the murder ".

The Christian leader then declares: "As president of the group, I ask the prime minister and the Chief minister of the State to please order a probe. The government should provide compensation to the family and five small children. They should speak clearly against persecution of Christians and to protect freedom of worship. Enough is enough!". The murder took place on 11 February in the village of Raigarh Tehsil, in the district of Nabarangapur. The news was released yesterday by Persecution Relief, after a meeting with the Christian's family. The group reports that on the day of the murder of Sukbati (38), wife of the victim, went to the nearby village together with her four daughters (aged 13, 11, 3 and 2), while Anant, in the company of the son of 6 years in the name of Purno, he had remained at home. The child said he woke up at the sound of three men knocking at the door and shouting at his father. Then they tied his hands behind his back and dragged him away. The murderers did not stop even before the crying of the little one chasing them: drove off with ferocity, the three men told him not to follow them. At that point the child reached his uncle's house nearby and raised the alarm. Anant's body was found in the middle of a road, in broad daylight, beheaded. Previously, the skull had been smashed with a stone. The murderous fury was triggered by his conversion to Christianity nine months ago, followed by that of the whole family. According to the locals, the Hindu radicals of the village never accepted it, and used the Naxals to carry out the murder. In fact, in the past the man had expressed sympathy for the Maoist guerrillas. Thomas reveals: "He was never a part of the fighters, but the Hindus made the Naxals believe that the Christian would reveal their secrets to the police. Instead Anant Ram was no enemy of anyone". According to the Christian leader, the faithful was not a threat to anyone. On the contrary, he was threatened by the inhabitants, who "discriminated against him and did not allow him to collect water from the public well". After the conversion, the man had been banned from the village and had moved about a mile away. Anant belonged to the Indian Evangelical Team, (Ied). "Being a Christian today in India - Thomas says - means being harassed every day: if you pray in the family you are beaten, if you pray in a domestic church you are beaten, in the streets you are beaten. Article 25 of the Constitution [which protects the freedom of belief and the spread of the faith, ed.] Is not applicable for Christians in India. We want to be protected. Now the Christians of the villages live in fear".

http://www.asianews.it/news-en/Orissa,-a-Christian-beheaded-for-his-faith-46300.html 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 2--19 Knights Templar International :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Growing Persecution of Christians in America – Do You Feel The Walls Closing In?

“Pastors will be arrested, and imprisoned, and taken out of your churches. Your children will be taken out of your home by force. If you just put your head down, and cave in, and decide that you’re not going to complain about it, then by force the government will teach your little ones — your children and your grandchildren — about the ways of the demons, about the ways of the gays.” Some Christians shrugged and said, “This won’t affect me.” Other Christians researched the history of the LGBT movement in other countries, finding that legalization is always followed by the government-sponsored persecution of Christians. Consider Fr. Josiah Trenham’s masterpiece: A Black Day — Supreme Folly From The Supremes. Shortly after the Supreme Court announced their decision to mandate the support of sodomy in America, Fr. Joseph Gleason preached a homily at a small Orthodox church in southern Illinois, warning American Christians of what to expect as a result. To help protect Christian families from future persecution in America, he started the Moving to Russia group, which has now grown to over 1,100 members, and he encouraged the Russian Faith website to publish articles about people around the world who are Moving to Russia. As predicted, for those in America who support traditional marriage, it is becoming increasingly difficult for Christians to keep a job, it is getting harder for Christians to adopt children, and the stage is being set for increased persecution of conservative Christians. What do you think? Is the following sermon out of touch with reality, or does it make reasonable predictions? Over the past three years, has America become a safer place to raise a Christian family? Or has American society become increasingly hostile towards the traditional Christian family? Please contribute your opinions in the comments section below. We want to know what you think.

Here is Fr. Joseph’s homily from July 5, 2015:

Do You Feel the Walls Closing In? “Brethren, I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory that shall be revealed in us.” [Romans 8:18] In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit. God is One. Thousands of years ago, Sodom was just one city. Today, it is a continent. From Canada to Mexico, and now to the United States of America, acceptance of sodomy and homosexual same-sex unions is the law of the land. One girl was doing some writing on the internet praising the recent decision of the Supreme Court of the United States. She was so happy for all of her gay friends and for all of the new benefits and “rights” which they would receive as a result of this. To those of her friends who were upset about the ruling, she said, “don’t worry. Take heart. This will not affect you at all.” It is painted as something that is all positive, simply meant to add some additional benefits to a particular group that have been judged unfairly and marginalized. They say they’re not out to get Christians. They’re not out to get those who defend traditional marriage. They simply want to have their own little spot in society where they can be free. At least, this is the story they tell. As much as America has poured its money, and its media, and its military into recreating every nation on earth in its own image, it is interesting to note that this move towards same-sex marriage has actually been successful around the world in most other countries first. On this particular score, the United States of America itself is rather late to the game. Same-sex marriage has already been the law of the land for years in Canada, Mexico, France, Brazil, and numerous countries all over the world. It might be interesting to look at some snapshots of the things that have happened since then in some of these countries. Has the LGBT same-sex marriage movement pushed for free speech, equal rights for all, fairness to Christians as well as to homosexuals? Or have Christians’ fears been realized? Are we just fear-mongering? Are we just irrational? Are we just running from a shadow, or are they actually out to get us? Let’s see what’s happened in some of these other countries over the past few years. Then you ask yourself: “Do you think we will escape here?” Canada In 2005, ten years ago, Bill Whatcott was passing out flyers talking about how homosexuality is a sin. It is a sin for a woman to sleep with a woman or for a man to sleep with a man as if they were husband and wife. Scripture is clear about this. On this day in 2005, this man named Bill in Canada was very clear about this, and he passed out some flyers. He was fined $17,500 by the Saskatchewan Human Rights Tribunal for distributing material deemed “hateful” by the Human Rights Tribunal. This was appealed. It went all the way to the Supreme Court in Canada, and this was not a split decision. This was not a narrow margin. According to the unanimous decision of the Supreme Court in Canada in 2013, “the key is to determine the likely effect of the expression on its audience keeping in mind the legislative objectives to reduce or eliminate discrimination,” they decided. “The difficulty of establishing causality and the seriousness of the harm to the vulnerable groups justifies the imposition of preventive measures that do not require proof of actual harm,” the judgment reads[1]. According to the unanimous decision of the Canadian Supreme Court, there is no requirement to prove that this causes harm to the gays, and there is no requirement to demonstrate any evil intent on the part of the person passing out this literature. The very fact that it offends the gays is all that it takes to make it illegal, and there is no requirement for them to prove that any bad result came about because of this literature.[2] If you pass out flyers against gay marriage or against homosexual sex, you can be fined $17,500. According to this unanimous decision of the Canadian Supreme Court, the financial penalty of $17,500 is to be reinstated against him, and disregarding a tribunal order to stop spreading hate speech can lead to contempt of court and jail. If he keeps quoting Romans chapter one, he could be found in contempt of court, and he could be put in prison. This is just north of us, just up in Canada. Most people speak English there. It’s not that far from home.

Mexico Now let’s go south to Mexico. In December 2012, the Supreme Court in Mexico ruled that a ban on gay marriage was unconstitutional. A few months later, in March of 2013, the Mexican Supreme Court ruled that anti-gay slurs are not protected speech. Quoted from the Mexican Supreme Court ruling: “In this sense, the first chamber determined that homophobic expressions, or in other words the frequent allegations that homosexuality is not a valid option but an inferior condition, constitute discriminatory statements even if they are expressed jokingly since they can be used to encourage, promote, and justify intolerance against gays.”[3] So in Mexico, if you even joke about gays or even suggest that to be in a homosexual “marriage” is somehow inferior to a heterosexual marriage, if you suggest that it’s not a valid option, then according to the Supreme Court in Mexico, you can be found guilty of a hate speech crime.[4] France France, this year, 2015: A French court has handed out convictions for anti-gay hate crimes on Twitter! Do you know what Twitter is? You’ve heard of blogging, right? People go on the internet, and they type up whatever they want, or thy write a little article and – poof! – there it is on the internet. It’s your blog. Twitter is what you might call a microblog. It’s just another blog, but instead of putting out whole articles, you just type a sentence or two, just your thought at that moment. It is very popular. There are millions of people on Twitter. Somebody went on Twitter and signed off on the little note saying, “let’s burn the gays.” Now, they did not actually burn any gays. They did not actually organize any events where gay people would be killed. They just made a comment, and as part of their comment, they used that phrase: “let’s burn the gays.” After three people did this, they were convicted for anti-gay hate crimes in France. “In what a major French LGBT rights group called a “significant victory,” these three people were convicted in a Paris court this [year].”[5]

LGBT rights groups in France regularly report homophobic hashtags which Twitter then removes from its trending topics [feed] to make them less visible. “The president of SOS Homophobie, an LGBT association which also reports on homophobic tweets, told the website [The Independent], ‘we’re positive that this will send out the message that the internet is not a place where no rules are, where you can do whatever you want.’”[6] Obviously, I do not advocate vigilante justice. If somebody is guilty of a crime, I don’t think any one of us in this room has the right to go out and, on our own accord, shoot somebody, burn somebody, arrest somebody, or fine somebody, even if they have broken the laws of this country. If I find out that you are guilty of income tax evasion, I can turn you in to the IRS, but I have no right to come take your money, or to fine you, or to put you in prison myself. I just think is interesting that a public tweet where somebody said, “burn the gays,” can land you into a criminal conviction in a court in France. I wonder what would happen if you were to go onto Twitter in France and type a few sentences from Romans chapter one: For this reason, God gave them up to vile passions, for even their women exchanged their natural use for that which is against nature. Likewise also the men, leaving the natural use of the woman burned in their lust for one another; men with men committing what is shameful and receiving in themselves the penalty of their error which was due. And even as they did not like to retain God in their knowledge, God gave them over to a debased mind to do those things which are not fitting. Being filled with all unrighteousness, sexual immorality, wickedness, covetousness, maliciousness, full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, evil-mindedness; whisperers, back-biters, haters of God, violent, proud, boasters, inventors of evil things, disobedient to parents, undiscerning, untrustworthy, unloving, unforgiving, unmerciful: who, knowing the righteous judgment of God, are deserving of death, not only do the same but also approve of those who practice them. [Romans 1:26-31] Make no mistake, fellow Orthodox Christians, if you have your Orthodox Study Bible, and you turn to Romans chapter one, it says that homosexual sinners deserve death. I wonder how well I would fare in France if I quoted that from the Bible?

England England. That’s going to be a good place. They speak English just like us. That’s going to be a safe place to go, right? In England, the government has asked all schools to record incidents of homophobic bullying. Comparable to the sex offender registry here in the United States, England has a hate register.[7] Children as young as five risk being placed on that hate register if they make homophobic playground taunts![8] [9] Five years ago, in the year 2010, ten-year-old Peter Drury called another pupil a “gay boy” outside of school, and the mother of another child reported the incident to the head teacher of Ashcombe Primary School. Penny Drury told the Daily Mail: “He doesn’t even understand about the birds and the bees, so how can he be homophobic? Peter is a very naive boy who didn’t know what he was doing and is now very upset as he is now in trouble. It doesn’t mean he is going to turn into a homophobic attacker when he is older.” The boy’s parents asked the school if they would remove him from the register, but the school’s head teacher refused. Mrs. Drury told the Daily Mail, “I am now worried if this is going to affect him applying for universities in the future. I just think the whole thing would be better sorted out by the teacher or parent explaining to them that their language is wrong and not to do it again.” Notice, this is a parent who thinks gay is okay. This is a parent who has not taught her child Christian values. Simply because her child, outside of school, called somebody else a “gay boy,” now this ten-year-old is on the hate register in England.[10] [11] [12] Children’s charities have expressed concern that school pupils could be effectively being criminalized for playground banter. Michelle Elliot of Kidscape told the Daily Express, “children are being criminalized and singled out from a very early age when they don’t even know what they’re doing.” In a statement, the Department for Children, Schools, and Families said, “if bullying is not dealt with in shools, then this will send a powerful message to children that discrimination is acceptable not only in schools but in society as a whole.”[13] They’re out to transform every corner of society, and this is five-year-old news!

Sweden Sweden. Pastor Ake Green preached a sermon in church calling homosexual behavior a sin.[14] He was arrested, convicted of speaking in a way which was considered disrespectful to gays, and was sentenced to prison time.[15] When this particular law had been enacted, the Swedish prime minister himself stated publicly as an example that under the new law it would be criminal to refer to the homosexual lifestyle as something unnatural.[16] Once again, if I were a pastor in Sweden, and I preached on Romans chapter one, what do you think would happen to me? Opening up your Bible in church, and simply reading the first chapter of Romans out loud can land you in prison. Many Countries Worldwide According to the FRA, the European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights, “in twelve member states (Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, Spain, France, Ireland, Latvia, Netherlands, Portugal, Romania, and Sweden) plus Northern Ireland and the UK – it is a criminal offense to incite hatred, violence, or discrimination on grounds of sexual orientation.”[17] This is a world-wide movement. Do you feel the walls closing in here? I know of some Christians, who are friends of mine, who have said, “yes, this is a terrible thing that has happened, but it’s not going to affect us. We have free speech. We have the first amendment. We have homeschooling. Even if they eventually outlaw homeschooling, you can put your kids in a private Christian school. There’s always going to be a safe place to go. They’re not going to come into your home. They’re not going to come after your children.” Let’s take a little trip back to Canada. In 2012, just three years ago, “under Alberta’s new education act, homeschoolers and faith-based schools will not be permitted to teach that homosexual acts are sinful as part of their academic programs.” “Whatever the nature of schooling – home school, private school, Catholic school – we do not tolerate disrespect for differences.” The first quote was from the Education Minister in Canada, Thomas Lukaszuk. The second was from Donna McColl, his assistant director of communications in her interview with Lifesite News.[18] Section 16 of the new legislation restates the current School Act’s requirement that schools ‘reflect the diverse nature’ of Alberta in their curriculum, but it adds that they must also ‘honour and respect’ the controversial Alberta Human Rights Act that has been used to target Christians with traditional beliefs on homosexuality. ‘School’ is defined to include homeschoolers and private schools in addition to publicly funded school boards.” “She justified the government’s position by pointing to Friday’s Supreme Court ruling upholding the Quebec government’s refusal to exempt families from its controversial ethics and religious culture program. That program, which aims to present the spectrum of world religions and lifestyle choices from a ‘neutral’ stance, is required of all students, including homeschoolers.[19] Welcome to America tomorrow. This isn’t just coming. In many countries around the world, it’s already here. You preach against the perversion of sodomy, the abomination of homosexuality. You speak clearly that people who practice such things will not go to heaven. You clearly state that according to Scripture, people who practice such acts are deserving of death. Pastors will be arrested, and imprisoned, and taken out of your churches. Your children will be taken out of your home by force. If you just put your head down, and cave in, and decide that you’re not going to raise a ruckus about it, then by force, the government will teach your little ones, your children and your grandchildren, about the ways of the demons, about the ways of the “gays”. I’m not just talking about some sex education class in high school. They already have classes in public schools across this country where Kindergarten teachers are sitting with their Kindergarten students and reading them children’s books about children that have two daddies, children that have two mommies.[20] [21] [22] By the time they get up to seventh or eighth grade, twelve and thirteen-year-old kids are being taught explicit topics in junior high about certain activities which I cannot even describe to you in the present company. They teach them in-depth, your kids![23] All this hypersexualization of your children – are you worried that they’re going to get pregnant? Guess what! There are already schools where they will put an intrauterine device inside your daughter at the age of twelve and not give the parents any notification of it.[24] [25] [26]That’s already legal. In Virginia, right now, it’s already mandatory for schools to teach the children about same-sex relationships and marriage and the sexual acts involved and how to do them.[27]Parents are not allowed to opt out. Do you feel the walls closing in? If, in Sweden, a pastor cannot teach from Romans 1 in his own church without facing prison; if in Canada you cannot homeschool your child and teach them what the first chapter of Romans says without risking fines or even losing your children altogether; if in England, if a child at the age of ten can use the word “gay” in a derogatory manner and be put on a hate registry; do you really think that we are safe? Are you foolish enough to think that they’re not coming after you? Suffering Suffering is coming, one way or another. This is not something you get to choose whether to endure or not. Suffering is coming, and the only choice you will have to make is which kind you want.

Saint Paul said: “Brethren, I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us” [Romans 8:18]. The only way that glory will be revealed in you is if you are faithful to Christ. It explicitly says in Scripture that if you acknowledge Christ before men, then He will acknowledge you before His Father in Heaven; but if you deny Christ before men, then He will deny you before His Father in Heaven [cf. Matthew 10:24]. So, if you are going to be faithful to Christ so that the glory may be manifest and revealed in you, you have two options, and both are options of suffering. You can stay right here and just wait until they come knocking on your door. Until that time, you can prepare with prayer and fasting. Diligently study the Scriptures. Diligently study the lives of the saints. [Maintain] daily in-depth catechism of your children so that WHEN they get taken away from you, they will have such a deep-rooted knowledge of the faith that even when that foster parent — who now takes care of your child and does not allow you to see them — puts your child into a public school, and the child is faced with sexually explicit acts depicted in the classroom curriculum, when the foster parent takes away your child’s Bible and throws it into the fireplace so that your child will stop being a “bigot,” when classmates at the school mock and make fun of your child because they’re a “bigot,” over the next few years you had better fill your child so deep with a powerful faith that even as a child they will be able to stand up under that type of assault once they are taken away from you. Prepare your children for martyrdom. Know that if your child faces that, they will either lose their souls, or possibly lose their lives. Your child will go to Hell, or your child will go to Heaven in a very bloody way, after the years of indoctrination do not work and they finally realize that your child is not going to bend to their view. Their classmates may beat them to death in some back alley, and it won’t even be in the news. It will just be swept under the rug, because [they will say] “we know that they were just a ‘bigot’ anyway; they were probably on the hate registry; they probably deserved it.” That’s option number one. Option number two: Go someplace that your children and grandchildren can be raised as godly Orthodox Christians and, for the most part, be left alone. Go somewhere that the gay rights agenda has miserably failed. Go somewhere that the government of the land does not bow to the sodomites. Go somewhere that you can preach against homosexuality, and instead of people calling you “bigot”, they will say, “of course that’s an abomination!” Go somewhere that you can teach your children about traditional marriage being between one man and one woman, and everyone who hears you says “amen.” You see, that path is a path of suffering as well, because I am not aware of any place you can go like that where they speak English. So if you take path number two, it is going to be a path of suffering. You are going to have to put away the remote control. You are going to have to put away a lot of the family outings, vacations, and “me time.” You are going to have to get off the couch, get off the pillow, get off the bed. It’s going to be one of the hardest things you’ve ever done. You’ll have learn another language, learn another culture. Instead of pouring money into fun things, you’ll have to pour it into emigration. Suffering is coming. You get to choose which type you want. But as Saint Paul says, “brethren, I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us” [Romans 8:18]. Put another way, “I have read the back of the book, and we win.” There is the foot of Christ, the foot of the Church, and there is the head of the dragon, the head of the serpent, and it is crushed. But you know how it is. Even though his head was crushed at Calvary, the rest of that serpent is still flailing like crazy. Have you ever cut off the head of a serpent or crushed he head of a snake? Does the snake stop moving immediately? Does the snake stop moving immediately? No, it starts moving faster! You crush the head of a serpent, and that body that was just slithering around, now starts wriggling and squirming and going all over the place. The head of the serpent was crushed at Calvary! Every time you take the Body and Blood of Christ in the Eucharist, you are remembering the crushing of the head of Satan. What we are experiencing now in the world are the death throes of the serpent, and he will stop at nothing to take as many to hell with him as possible, as he goes down. It has gotten so bad, that there are not many places in this world that you can go today, to escape those death throes of the serpent. In Canada, you cannot pass out pamphlets against homosexuality. You cannot homeschool your children safely unless you teach that homosexuality is normal. In England, a ten-year-old child gets put on a national hate register. In Sweden, a pastor simply teaching on Romans 1 can be arrested and given prison time. In Russia, same-sex marriage is prohibited. They have no such thing as “civil unions” for “gays” either. They have laws on the books nationwide which prohibit homosexual propaganda for minors.[28] [29] Just within the past few days, they have put new laws into effect to severely cut down on abortion.[30] Russia is the salmon that is swimming upstream. If you look at any stream, the dead fish go downstream. If you want to be one of the dead fish, just go with the culture, go with the flow. Go along with what this country and most other countries in the world are doing. They’re dead fish going downstream. Right in the middle of that, Russia is swimming the other way. So choose your suffering.  You stay here [in America], you prepare your children and grandchildren for martyrdom, and you wait for those men with shields and guns to knock on your door and take your children. Or you become the poor, foreign immigrant in another land. You start afresh, learn a new language and a new culture. Either way, this is going to be a tough row to hoe. This is going to be a difficult path, but I am in agreement with [Saint] Paul. “I reckon that the sufferings this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us.” If we are faithful in the midst of this time, if we confess His Name before men, He will confess our names before His Father in Heaven. In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit. God is One.

https://knightstemplarinternational.com/2019/02/growing-persecution-of-christians-in-america-do-you-feel-the-walls-closing-in/ 

:: 2-11-19 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Liberal Lunacy: Grocery Store Sparks Outrage With Weekly Advert “Heaven Has A Wall… Hell Has Open Borders”

by Nan and Byron McKeeby February 11, 2019

A small grocery chain has sparked outrage (among only progressives) with a message included in their weekly mailer. “Heaven has a wall, a gate and a strict immigration policy. Hell has open borders. Let that sink in.”

Liberal Lunacy: Grocery Store Sparks Outrage With Weekly Advert “Heaven Has A Wall… Hell Has Open Borders”

by Nan and Byron McKeeby February 11, 2019 554 Comments 14.5KShare 332Tweet Email

AMDEN, Ark. (KARK) – A family-owned Christian grocery store with several locations in Southeast Arkansas is dealing with backlash as customers argue a weekly ad mailer included a controversial political message. The ad book was sent to four Mac’s Cashsaver stores in Arkansas. According to the store, the mailer typically includes a religious or political message. The current mailer includes a message that references the U.S./Mexico border wall controversy. It reads, ‘Heaven has a wall, a gate and a strict immigration policy. Hell has open borders. Let that sink in.’ Those words aren’t sitting well with some customers. Note that the grocer would only be free to make that statement in their advertisement using legacy print media, because in the modern digital gulag, that kind of free speech is not equal to progressive free speech. The ad would be banned, and his business de-platformed. They have a Facebook page…but for how long?

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2019/02/liberal-lunacy-grocery-store-sparks-outrage-with-weekly-advert-heaven-has-a-wall-hell-has-open-borders/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 2-12-19 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unprecedented Gun Confiscation Hits US as Thousands Of Guns Seized from Innocent Citizens

TOPICS: Constitution Gun Control Matt Agorist

February 12, 2019 By Matt Agorist

As politicians and anti-gun rights activists continuously chant, “we don’t want to take your guns,” behind the scenes — in only the year — politicians have been working overtime to limit your right to bear arms. These laws are all a reaction to the tragic shooting in Parkland, Florida and, like most politicians always do, they are not letting this tragedy go to waste. Since the tragic shooting in Florida last February, the Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence has recorded a whopping 55 new gun control measures in 26 states—in just the first six months of the year. Some of these laws being passed are ‘Red Flag’ laws which are used to disarm individuals who are reported as a threat by a family member or friend. Many believe that these red flag laws are dangerous as they can prompt police action with little to no due process. As a recent report out of FOX32, points out, nine states have passed laws over the past year allowing police or household members to seek court orders requiring people deemed threatening to temporarily surrender their guns, bringing the total to 14. Several more are likely to follow in the months ahead. To show how willing these states are to use these laws, an unprecedented 1,700 orders to seize guns were issued in 2018, likely resulting in the confiscation of thousands of guns. What’s more is the fact that this number is likely far greater because there is no requirement to report these numbers and this data doesn’t include California who has recently implemented some of the most draconian gun laws in the country. To those who may be in favor of such laws, consider the following: There is no way to stop an estranged spouse from calling police repeatedly and telling them their ex is threatening to cause harm to others. Anyone, any time, now has the ability to claim someone else is a threat and have police take their guns. One does not need to delve into the multiple ‘what if’ scenarios to see what sort of ominous implications arise from such a practice. Luckily, some states have put in checks that require further investigation before police go in to take someone’s guns. Although it is not perfect, an example of one of these red flag laws with a system of checks is in Illinois. Gov. Bruce Rauner signed laws last year authorizing judges to take weapons away from people facing problems that make them dangerous to themselves or others. However, the person making the claim has 14 days to produce “clear and convincing” evidence that the person in question is potentially dangerous and should have weapons taken from him or her for up to six months. Although the ostensible intention of these recently passed laws is to stop a future tragedy, it is important to point out that there were already laws on the books that should’ve stopped Nikolas Cruz from ever getting a gun. But the none of them worked. Citing Cruz as the reason for advocating the erosion of the 2nd Amendment, the anti-gun activists are claiming he should’ve had his guns taken which would have prevented the tragedy. Sadly, however, they are ignoring the fact that he was accused of multiple felonies—and should’ve never been able to purchase a gun in the first place—but law enforcement failed to act on any of it. Also, in California as TFTP reported last month, taking someone’s guns away does not prevent that person from illegally obtaining another firearm and using it to commit murder. In January, a tragedy unfolded in California as a deranged gunman, Kevin Douglas Limbaugh, walked up on an innocent woman, officer Natalie Corona, pulled out his guns and began shooting her repeatedly until she died. Limbaugh then fired several more shots at others before turning the gun on himself and taking his own life. Limbaugh obtained the gun illegally because police had already taken his legal ones. According to police, Limbaugh’s guns were confiscated last year likely related to the red flag law. In September, Limbaugh was charged with a felony count of battery with serious bodily injury. That charge stemmed from Limbaugh punching a co-worker, Gilbert Duane McCreath, while the two worked at the casino the night of Sept. 20, according to the Sacramento Bee. After the charges, Limbaugh was given a high-risk assessment that determined the chance of him re-offending was low, but he was still ordered to turn in his registered weapons to police, the only one being a Bushmaster AR-15. On November 9, Limbaugh turned in the weapon. Sadly, the laws designed to keep the guns out of the hands of bad people failed, and an innocent young woman was murdered. The reactionary nature of disarming Americans because deranged psychopaths kill people is dangerous and only serves to keep the guns out of the hands of law abiding citizens as the above two cases illustrate. Moreover, deranged psychopaths don’t even need guns to cause mass death.

https://www.activistpost.com/2019/02/unprecedented-gun-confiscation-hits-us-as-thousands-of-guns-seized-from-innocent-citizens.html 

:: 2-11-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Washington state sheriffs in a dozen counties refuse to enforce sweeping new gun laws approved by voters

Washington voters approved raising the minimum age for buying semi-automatic rifles among other extensive law changes in November

Sheriffs in rural, conservative counties and the police chief of a small town say they will not enforce the new rules pending a court decision

The National Rifle Association and the Second Amendment Foundation filed a lawsuit challenging the new regulations as being unconstitutional

By Associated Press Published: 00:13 EST, 11 February 2019 | Updated: 10:15 EST, 11 February 2019

Sheriffs in a dozen Washington counties say they won't enforce the state's sweeping new restrictions on semi-automatic rifles until the courts decide whether they are constitutional. A statewide initiative approved by voters in November raised the minimum age for buying semi-automatic rifles from 18 to 21, required buyers to first pass a firearms safety course and added expanded background checks and gun storage requirements, among other things. It was among the most comprehensive of a string of state-level gun-control measures enacted in the U.S. after last year's shooting at a Florida high school.  The National Rifle Association and the Second Amendment Foundation have filed a lawsuit in federal court alleging the initiative is unconstitutional. They say its purchasing requirements violate the right to bear arms and stray into the regulation of interstate commerce, which is the province of the federal government. Sheriffs in 12 mostly rural, conservative counties - Grant, Lincoln, Okanogan, Cowlitz, Douglas, Benton, Pacific, Stevens, Yakima, Wahkiakum, Mason and Klickitat - along with the police chief of the small town of Republic, have said they will not enforce the new law until the issues are decided by the courts. 'I swore an oath to defend our citizens and their constitutionally protected rights,' Grant County Sheriff Tom Jones said. 'I do not believe the popular vote overrules that.' Initiative supporters say they are disappointed but noted the sheriffs have no role in enforcing the new restrictions until July 1, when the expanded background checks take effect. The provision brings vetting for semi-automatic rifle and other gun purchases in line with the process for buying pistols. 'The political grandstanding is disheartening,' said Renee Hopkins, chief executive of the Alliance for Gun Responsibility, which pushed the initiative. 'If they do not (run the background checks), we will have a huge problem.' Initiative 1639 was passed by about 60 percent of Washington voters nine months after a gunman opened fire at Florida's Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School. The Parkland shooting, which left 17 dead, fueled a shift in the country's political landscape regarding gun control. Other state-level measures included requiring waiting periods and banning high-capacity magazines. Nine states have approved laws that allow the temporary confiscation of weapons from people deemed a safety risk, bringing the total to 14 nationwide. Several more are likely to follow in the coming months. At the federal level, for the first time in modern history, gun-control groups outspent the NRA on the 2018 midterm elections. President Trump directed the Justice Department to issue regulations to ban so-called bump stocks, and the new Democratic majority in the House last week held its first hearing on gun control in a decade. 'For far too long, Republicans in Congress have offered moments of silence instead of action in the wake of gun tragedies. That era is over,' Democratic Rep. Jerrold Nadler of New York said as he convened the House Judiciary Committee hearing on Wednesday. Washington's initiative targeted semi-automatic assault rifles like the AR-15 used in the Florida shooting and other recent high-profile attacks. Such rifles fire only once for each pull of the trigger but automatically eject and re-chamber a new round after each shot. Grant County's sheriff said many residents in his part of the state, known for its vast potato farms, are strong supporters of gun rights. They 'have a right to have this challenge and appeals process play out before moving forward,' Jones said. Lincoln County Sheriff Wade Magers noted more than 75 percent of voters in his small county just west of Spokane voted against the initiative. He called the new rules unenforceable. On the flip side, the sheriff's offices in King County, which includes Seattle, and Clark County, near Portland, Oregon, have said they will enforce the measure while it is being challenged in court. Carla Tolle of Kelso, in Cowlitz County, north of Portland, is an initiative supporter whose grandson was shot to death by a friend wielding a shotgun in 2017 in what was ultimately ruled an accidental shooting. She said she was 'shocked, devastated, dumbfounded' to learn Cowlitz County Sheriff Brad Thurman said he will not enforce the stricter gun rules until the legal case is resolved. 'He saw firsthand what happened with an unsecured firearm,' Tolle said. 'He saw the effect on both families.' Spokane County Sheriff Ozzie Knezovich has criticized the initiative while also decrying 'grandstanding' sheriffs who decline to enforce it. Hopkins, of the Alliance for Gun Responsibility, noted only a relatively small number of Washington's law enforcement leaders are speaking against the measure, while many others support it. The NRA and the Bellevue-based Second Amendment Foundation sued in U.S. District Court in Seattle in mid-November, saying the initiative violates the Second and 14th amendments of the Constitution as well as gun sellers' rights under the Commerce Clause. 'This measure will have a chilling effect on the exercise of the constitutional rights of honest citizens while having no impact on criminals, and we will not let it go unchallenged,' Second Amendment Foundation Executive Vice President Alan M. Gottlieb said when the lawsuit was filed. The lawsuit does not directly challenge the parts of the law pertaining to enhanced background checks or training requirements. However, the groups asked the court to block the entire law pending a determination of whether those provisions can be separated from the parts they are seeking to block: those related to sales to those under 21 and to out-of-state residents. The state has asked the judge to dismiss the case.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6690209/Some-Washington-sheriffs-refuse-enforce-new-gun-laws.html 

:: 2-11-19 Sound Money :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. Congressman Introduces Bill to Remove Income Taxation from Gold and Silver

Posted on February 11th, 2019

The battle to end taxation of constitutional money has reached the federal level as U.S. Representative Alex Mooney (R-WV) today re-introduced sound money legislation to remove all federal income taxation from gold and silver coins and bullion. The Monetary Metals Tax Neutrality Act (H.R. 1089) backed by the Sound Money Defense League and free-market activists – would clarify that the sale or exchange of precious metals bullion and coins are not to be included in capital gains, losses, or any other type of federal income calculation. “My view, which is backed up by language in the U.S. Constitution, is that gold and silver coins are money and are legal tender,” Rep. Mooney said. “If they’re indeed U.S. money, it seems there should be no taxes on them at all. So, why are we taxing these coins as collectibles?” Acting unilaterally, Internal Revenue Service bureaucrats have placed gold and silver in the same “collectibles” category as artwork, Beanie Babies, and baseball cards – a classification that subjects the monetary metals to a discriminatorily high long-term capital gains tax rate of 28%. Sound money activists have long pointed out it is inappropriate to apply any federal income tax, regardless of the rate, against the only kind of money named in the U.S. Constitution. And the IRS has never defended how its position squares up with current law. Furthermore, the U.S. Mint continuously mints coins of gold, silver, platinum, and palladium and gives each of these coins a legal tender value denominated in U.S. dollars. This formal status as U.S. money further underscores the peculiarity of the IRS’s tax treatment. A tax neutral measure, the Monetary Metals Tax Neutrality Act states that “no gain or loss shall be recognized on the sale or exchange of (1) gold, silver, platinum, or palladium coins minted and issued by the Secretary at any time or (2), refined gold or silver bullion, coins, bars, rounds, or ingots which are valued primarily based on their metal content and not their form.” Under current IRS policy, a taxpayer who sells his precious metals may end up with a capital “gain” in terms of Federal Reserve Notes and must pay federal income taxes on this “gain.” But the capital “gain” is not necessarily a real gain. It is often a nominal gain that simply results from the inflation created by the Federal Reserve and the attendant decline in the Federal Reserve Note dollar’s purchasing power. Under Rep. Mooney’s bill, precious metals gains and losses would not be included in any calculations of a taxpayer’s federal taxable income. “Inflation is a regressive tax that especially harms wage earners, savers, and retirees on a fixed income,” said Jp Cortez, policy director at the Sound Money Defense League. “We are encouraged to see legislation targeting the evils of the Federal Reserve System.” “The IRS does not let taxpayers deduct the staggering capital losses they suffer when holding Federal Reserve Notes over time,” said Stefan Gleason, president of Money Metals Exchange, a precious metals dealer recently named “Best in the USA” by a global industry ratings group. “So it’s grossly unfair for the IRS to assess a capital gains tax when citizens hold gold and silver to protect them from the Fed’s policy of currency devaluation.”

The text of the H.R. 1089 can be found here.

https://www.soundmoneydefense.org/news/2019/02/11/tax-on-physical-gold-and-silver-000210 

:: 2-11-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What HAS Russia spotted in Earth's upper atmosphere? Scientists say satellite detected unexplained 'explosions of light' in cloud-free skies

Scientists with Lomonosov satellite say it spotted several 'explosions' of light

These were spotted dozens of miles above the surface, with no clouds below

Researchers say they may have come across previously unknown phenomenon

By Cheyenne Macdonald For Dailymail.com Published: 13:31 EST, 11 February 2019 | Updated: 14:06 EST, 11 February 2019

A Russian satellite designed to monitor the atmosphere for high-energy cosmic rays has detected mysterious ‘explosions’ of light miles above Earth’s surface, Russian scientists say. While numerous examples of unusual space weather phenomena have been spotted in the upper atmosphere before, the team operating the Lomonosov satellite say what they’ve found may be something entirely new. Despite the occurrence of several powerful bursts, Russian scientists say there were no signs of storms in the area, according to Sputnik. The satellite, named after scientist Mikhail Lomonosov, launched in 2016 and is integrated with the Kanopus-B spacecraft. Its goal is to study high-energy cosmic rays, including gamma rays, magnetospheric particles, and transient light phenomena in the upper atmosphere. And, the scientists now say it’s spotted something odd. ‘With the help of the telescope, we have obtained even more important results than we expected,’ Mikhail Panasyuk, Director of the Research Institute of Nuclear Physics at Moscow State University, told Sputnik. ‘It looks like we have encountered new physical phenomena. We do not yet know their physical nature. ‘For example, during Lomonosov’s flight at an altitude of several dozen kilometers, we have registered several times a very powerful “explosion” of light,' the director said. ‘But everything was clear underneath it, no storms, no clouds.’ In recent years, unusual electrical discharges have been captured on film by satellites and even astronauts aboard the International Space Station. There are several types of luminous flashes, most notably red sprites and blue jets. These bursts of electricity, however, are always associated with storm clouds, making the latest discovery all the more baffling. The Lomonosov Project is working to get to the bottom of short-lived phenomena such as that recently detected in the upper atmosphere to understand processes beyond cosmic rays and gamma bursts.  While they may occur high above Earth, the effects of space weather can trickle down and interfere with activity down at the surface. WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF 'SPACE LIGHTNING'? While numerous types of space and weather phenomena have been spotted in the upper atmosphere before, the team operating the Lomonosov satellite say what they’ve found may be something entirely new. The team reported 'explosions' of light, though no clouds were seen in the skies below. In the past, similar luminous events have been linked to 'space lightning' - but, these events are always associated with storm clouds. Blue jets are enormous bursts of electrical discharge spiking upward from storm clouds in the upper atmosphere. They emerge from the electrically-charged cores of thunderstorms and rise up to 30 miles upwards in the shape of a cone. Red sprites are electrical bursts of light that occur above highly active thunderstorms. They only last a few milliseconds and are relatively dim compared with other lightning. The late experimental physicist John Winckler accidentally discovered sprites, while helping to test a new low-light video camera in 1989. They show up red at higher altitudes and fade to blue at lower heights. ‘We must take into account that the Earth’s radiation belts – the charged particles trapped by the magnetic field, can disappear, precipitate from the magnetic trap into the Earth’s atmosphere, producing in it extensive regions of ionization,’ the project’s website states. ‘The energy of the radiation belt particles is sufficiently high, for instance, there are relativistic electrons with energy of several MeV among them, which can penetrate deep in the atmosphere and by rate of ionization can easily compete against Auger showers. ‘Besides space factors physical processes near the Earth’s surface also have an effect on the atmosphere.’

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6692297/What-Russia-spotted-Earths-atmosphere-Scientists-say-satellite-saw-explosions-light.html 

:: 2-11-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NASA spots signs of 22-MILE-WIDE crater buried beneath Greenland ice sheet in what could be evidence of another ancient impact in the region

Researchers say they've found what could be a 22-mile-wide impact crater

Bowl-shaped depression found in northwest Greenland, 114miles from Hiawatha

Scientists announced 19-mile-wide impact crater under Hiawatha Glacier in Nov

The Hiawatha crater was the first crater ever to be found beneath Earth's ice

By Cheyenne Macdonald For Dailymail.com Published: 16:33 EST, 11 February 2019 | Updated: 16:35 EST, 11 February 2019

Scientists have discovered what could be a 22-mile-wide impact crater buried deep beneath Greenland’s ice. If so, it would be the second such discovery announced in the last few months. A NASA glaciologist spotted signs of the possible crater in northwest Greenland just 114 miles from the recently-discovered crater beneath the Hiawatha Glacier while scouring satellite imagery and topographic maps of the area. Exactly how and when it formed still remain a mystery, though the researchers suspect it may be more than 80,000 years old. ‘We’ve surveyed the Earth in many different ways, from land, air, and space – it’s exciting that discoveries like these are still possible,’ said Joe MacGregor, a glaciologist at NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center, who participated in the discovery of a crater previously announced in November 2018. That crater, estimated to be 19 miles wide, sits beneath the Hiawatha Glacier and is now the first impact crater ever to be found beneath Earth’s ice sheets. It was previously thought that most evidence of ancient impacts would have been erased by erosion of the overlying ice over many years. After the first discovery, however, the team began to suspect there may be others. ‘I began asking myself “Is this another impact crater? Do the underlying data support that idea?”’ MacGregor said. ‘Helping identify one large impact crater beneath the ice was already very exciting, but now it looked like there could be two of them.’ The researcher analyzed images from the Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer instruments on NASA’s Terra and Aqua satellites along with those from NASA’s Operation IceBridge and discovered what appeared to be a bowl-shaped depression in the bedrock. The suspected crater is estimated to be 22.7 miles wide.

According to the team, it would be the 22nd largest impact crater known on Earth, if it really turns out to be one. ‘The only other circular structure that might approach this size would be a collapsed volcanic caldera,’ MacGregor said. ‘But the areas of known volcanic activity in Greenland are several hundred miles away. Also, a volcano should have a clear positive magnetic anomaly, and we don’t see that at all.’  Though the new crater sits just 114 miles from the one announced in November, the researchers say they don’t appear to have formed at the same time. The ice in the area is at least 79,000 years old, the team says. If this really is an impact crater, the researchers say it either happened more than 79,000 years ago, or, if it was more recently, all of the ice from the time eroded. ‘The ice layers above this second crater are unambiguously older than those above Hiawatha, and the second crater is about twice as eroded,’ MacGregor said. ‘If the two did form at the same time, then likely thicker ice above the second crater would have equilibrated with the crater much faster than for Hiawatha.’ The team says it’s possible that the two neighboring craters were simply formed by entirely separate impact events.WHAT IS THE HIAWATHA IMPACT CRATER FOUND IN NOV   2018? Scientists recently identified what's said to be the first known impact crater found beneath one of Earth's ice sheets. The giant meteor crater five times the size of Paris was been found half a mile (0.8 km) under the ice in Greenland. It is one of the largest impact craters on Earth, and suggests a 3,300ft-wide (1,000-metre) object made of iron smashed into our planet during the last Ice Age. It is believed the resulting explosion threw debris several hundred miles in every direction, reaching as far as modern day Canada. The 12-billion-tonne meteor landed with the power of 47 million Hiroshima bombs, obliterating all life within a 60-mile (100 km) radius, scientists said. A 19-mile-wide (30 km) impact crater left by the event remained hidden for at least 12,000 years beneath the Hiawatha Glacier in remote north-west Greenland, although scientists have not categorically dated the event. It could be as long ago as three million years when Greenland's ice sheet had already begun to form. The crater was identified with data collected between 1997 and 2014, supplemented with more collected in 2016 using an advanced form of radar sounding. This is consistent with Earth’s cratering record, they say. ‘This does not rule out the possibility that the two new Greenland craters were made in a single event, such as the impact of a well separated binary asteroid, but we cannot make a case for it either,’ said William Bottke, a planetary scientist with the Southwest Research Institute in Boulder, Colorado. ‘The existence of a third pair of unrelated craters is modestly surprising but we don’t consider it unlikely,’ MacGregor said.  ‘On the whole, the evidence we’ve assembled indicates that this new structure is very likely an impact crater, but presently it looks unlikely to be a twin with Hiawatha.’

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6692629/NASA-spots-signs-22-MILE-WIDE-crater-buried-beneath-Greenland-ice-sheet.html 

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 2--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Two Reasons Behind the Recent Military Activity in LA

By Dave Hodges

We have entered a phase in the war between the left and right that definitive actions are being taken. This conflict is no longer a war of words designed to win some intellectual and philosophical debate. This is becoming high stakes poker of the highest order.

In the second Presidential debate between Clinton and Trump, the following exchange occurred:  Clinton: American should be grateful that someone like Donald Trump is not running the Justice Department. To that Trump replied: “Yeah, because you would be in jail”. This was the one-liner championship quip for the entire campaign. And now, it appears that Trump is acting on his statement. The Clinton Foundation is being attacked by the Trump administration. If one wonders why the Deep State is in such a frenzied state while they are pulling out all the stops against Donald Trump, this article will go a long way to describing why. In an earlier report today, I noted how New York City, Washington DC and Chicago and making plans to illegally and criminally indict a sitting President following the release of Mueller’s “nothing burger” report. I am already hearing from sources close to the targets of the Mueller investigation who say they will be forced to lie about Trump in order preserve their freedom. The left is desperate and short of playing the assassination care, they are pulling out all the stops. Trump Goes On the Offensive President Trump knows that the Deep State is coming for him. He has, therefore, taken the preemptive move of going after the Clinton Foundation and its assets. Any prosecution of Deep State related personnel runs through the Clinton Foundation.  Trump’s pursuit of the Clinton Foundation has been a long time coming. On May 29, 2017, The Common Sense Show published the following damning information about John Podesta and the Clinton Foundation’s growing need to launder its ill-gotten gains. John Podesta is buying up gold, art and other valuables as he converts Clinton Foundation laundered money to hard assets and is hiding these assets around the world. Clearly, they think RICO is going to be seizing Clinton Foundation assets. The complete story was contained in the following video. The LA Raids The CSS has learned that forces supporting the Trump administration are conducting raids against the Clinton Foundation in LA. The people of LA have been in a tizzy since they have witnessed massive military operations and drills in their city. This operation had a dual purpose (1) To rehearse subjugating a potentially rebellious population that might be moved to riot if key Deep State personnel, connected to the Clinton Foundation, are indicted by the Trump administration; and, (2) Under the guise of military drills, to conduct the seizure of evidence to be used against the Clinton Foundation assets particularly in the area of sex-trafficking operations. And certainly the two goals work together hand in glove  The military raid aspect of the so-called LA drills was, in reality, not a drill at all. In fact, one of my sources, stated that this drill prevented the release of a biological weapon in the LA area. This threat has now been neutralized. Apparently, the Deep State needed a distraction from what Trump administration was preparing to do. The source of the planned biological attack emanated from paramilitary forces from Guatemalan sources who were trained at the paramilitary base training camps in El Salvador that I have identified in past articles and in interviews condcted on The Common Sense Show and on our related radio show which airs on Megaphone and Global Star Radio Network which brings us both domestic and international coverage, of these kinds of events. Conclusion This information related to a planned biological attack is so reliable that I have received two tips from readers in the past 24 hours. This begs the question, why would anyone want to release a bio weapon? Timing is everything. Both the Independent Media (IM) and the Trump administration are making headway with the public in exposing the true agenda of the Deep State controlled Democratic Party. A 2020 election victory is slipping away from the Deep Staters and they needed a game changer. False flag attacks have long been predicted by the IM should the Deep State be backed into a corner. In the next article, I am going to discuss what I have been able to learn about the coup against Donald Trump. Democrats like Elizabeth Warren have publicly stated that Trump will not be the President by the time the 2020 election comes around. In the upcoming article, we will be discussing the planned take down of Trump in much more detail.

By Dave Hodges| February 12th, 2019|Activism, Featured, Main, United States|13 Comments

https://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/the-two-reasons-behind-the-recent-military-activity-in-la/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:1 Now I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals; and I heard one of the four living creatures saying with a voice like thunder, "Come and see."

2 And I looked, and behold, a white horse. He who sat on it had a bow; and a crown was given to him, and he went out conquering and to conquer.                (the false)  (Canada & Florida)

3 When He opened the second seal, I heard the second living creature saying, "Come and see."

Rev 6:4 Another horse, fiery red, went out. And it was granted to the one who sat on it to take peace from the earth, and that people should kill one another; and there was given to him a great sword.       (civil war)

Rev 6:5 When He opened the third seal, I heard the third living creature say, "Come and see." So I looked, and behold, a black horse, and he who sat on it had a pair of scales in his hand.

Rev 6:6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four living creatures saying, "A quart of wheat for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for a denarius; and do not harm the oil and the wine."      (inflation)

7 When He opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth living creature saying, "Come and see."

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ) (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 2-10-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Behold, a pale horse? How the “green” environmental movement may be the Biblical Fourth Seal of an End Times global death cult

Sunday, February 10, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) According to Biblical scholars, there are four “horsemen” that represent four of the Seals prophesied in the Book of Revelation, which describes the complete destruction of human civilization as God’s wrath is unleashed upon those who serve Satan. The fourth of these horsemen is known as “Death,” and it is usually described as a horseman riding a “pale horse.” But there’s a key translation problem that’s causing almost everyone to miss a bigger truth that needs to be pointed out.  The passage from Revelation (6:7-8) is typically translated as this: (English Standard Version) And I looked, and behold, a pale horse! And its rider’s name was Death, and Hades followed him. And they were given authority over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword and with famine and with pestilence and by wild beasts of the earth. However, I have learned this is a mis-translation. In the original Hebrew text, the color of the horse is not “pale” but rather chloros, the Greek word for “green,” sharing the same word root as “chlorophyll,” the molecule of photosynthesis for all green plants on our planet. Thus, the passage actually should read something more like, “And I looked, and behold, a green horse! And its rider’s name was Death.” Or, translated into truly modern times, “And I looked, and behold, a Green New Deal! And its author’s name was Ocasio-Cortez.” “Authority over a fourth of the Earth”

As I have exhaustively documented at Natural News, the environmental movement is a global death cult that literally seeks the complete destruction of all life on Earth, fulfilling the Revelation warnings about famine (global food collapse) and plagues (outbreaks of infectious disease). Get CLEAN FOOD and help support our mission to keep you informed: The Health Ranger Store lab verifies everything we sell with accredited testing for heavy metals, microbiology and food safety. Certified organic facility, ISO-accredited on-site laboratory, no GMOs or synthetic ingredients. The world's #1 source of lab-verified clean foods and superfoods for nutritional healing. 600+ products available. Explore now.    It is the environmental movement, of course, that has declared war on carbon dioxide, the “miracle” molecule of life which powers the photosynthesis process that requires chlorophyll (and produces oxygen as a byproduct of plant respiration). Carbon dioxide might even be called the “God molecule” since it is the very basis of nearly all food webs and living ecosystems on the planet. Yet the environmental movement has declared this “God molecule” to be a pollutant… and now promises to banish this molecule by dimming the sun with geoengineering efforts, literally “blocking the light” that powers all plant life on Earth. In examining this passage from Revelation, I was especially struck by the line describing how “Death” was granted “Authority over a fourth of the Earth.” The Earth is roughly one-fourth land mass, and those lands are inhabited by nations and governments. Nations are not governed from the oceans; they are established and run from land (since humans are land creatures, not ocean creatures). The passage from Revelation says, then, that Death is granted authority over all nations … i.e. a geopolitical global governance that rides a “green” horse in the color of chloros. This almost perfectly describes a globalist carbon reduction scheme that would collapse CO2 levels in the atmosphere, leading to a global collapse of food crops, rainforests and nearly all plant life. It’s all being pushed, of course, in the name of “saving” the planet (while actually destroying it). “To kill with sword and with famine and with pestilence” To enforce the climate change carbon taxes, governments of the world will wield “swords” (i.e. government weapons) against the citizens. The result of the collapsing CO2 in the atmosphere will be the catastrophic collapse of the global food supply, since all food crops require carbon dioxide to produce food. This simple, scientific truth about botany is completely glossed over by the entire globalist media, which deliberately lies to the world, claiming CO2 is a dangerous molecule that will destroy the Earth. In truth, a world without CO2 in the atmosphere is a near-dead world, almost completely devoid of food crops or human civilization. Watch my video explanation to learn more: A collapse in the food supply will of course result in the immediate “famine” that’s directly cited in the passage, followed by “pestilence” or disease. Indeed, if the Green New Deal now being pushed by the DEMONcrats were to become a reality, it would result in mass death, starvation, pestilence and even economic destruction. In fact, the economic consequences of all this are also described in Relevation 6:6. The Third Seal: Famine and the economic collapse From Revelation 6:6: And when the Lamb opened the third seal, I heard the third living creature say, “Come!” Then I looked and saw a black horse, and its rider held in his hand a pair of scales. And I heard what sounded like a voice from among the four living creatures, saying, “A quart of wheat for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for a denarius, and do not waste the oil and wine.” This passage is describing economic turmoil and price inflation of food, obviously a result from collapsing food production. The word “denarius” means a day’s pay, so a quart of wheat is costing a full day’s wage. What’s especially relevant about this is how AOC’s “Green New Deal” would outlaw the very fossil fuels that power the food production industry. All food production depends heavily on diesel engines, from the diesel tractors that plant seeds and harvest wheat to the diesel engines in the long-haul trucks that transport finished goods to your local grocery store. Fishing vessels run on fossil fuels, too, as does the air transport industry that moves a tremendous quantity of food materials on a daily basis. Eliminating all fossil fuels — a key component of the AOC “Green New Deal” plan — would utterly collapse food production across America, leading to mass starvation. Famine and pestilence. It’s written right there in Revelation. The Second Seal: WAR Moving to an earlier passage in Revelation, the Second Seal is WAR, and it is designated by a red horse, the color of communism which has now invaded America’s schools, media, Hollywood and even the halls of Congress. This push for communism will lead America into civil war. From Revelation 6:4: And when the Lamb opened the second seal, I heard the second living creature say, “Come!” Then another horse went forth. It was bright red, and its rider was granted permission to take peace from the earth and to make men slay one another. And he was given a great sword. Note that this second seal, depicted by a red horse of communism, is able “to make men slay one another.” This perfectly describes the role of the current mainstream media, whose job is to spread fake race crime hoaxes and fake news that’s designed to infuriate half of America and tip the country into widespread violence. As the passage explains, the goal here is “to take peace from the earth and to make men slay one another.” The First Seal: The White Horse of “peace” You might wonder what the first seal describes. It depicts a white horse, indicating that the rider claims to establish “world peace.” From Revelation 6:2: Then I watched as the Lamb opened one of the seven seals, and I heard one of the four living creatures say in a thunderous voice, “Come!” So I looked and saw a white horse, and its rider had a bow. And he was given a crown, and he rode out to overcome and conquer. Although the white horse represents peace, the rider is crowned a world king and carries a powerful weapon of war (symbolized by the bow, which would mean long-range missiles in today’s military vocabulary). The passage, “He rode out to overcome and conquer” describes the United Nations and its globalist “peacekeeping” missions, which always involve horrific human trafficking, sex slavery, child rape, organ harvesting and the destruction of national sovereignty. World government, the passage seems to say, will be promoted as “world peace,” but the rider will be an invader and conqueror who wields weapons of war while proclaiming himself to be the leader of the world. (Sound like Obama, anyone?) Note that the United Nations military occupation of the USA has been a top goal of the Obama regime which, even now, commands the power of the deep state bureaucracy. The Fifth Seal: An introduction to the wrath of God If you’re curious what happens when the other Seals are opened, check out this passage about the fifth Seal (Revelation 6:9): And when the Lamb opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of those who had been slain for the word of God and for the testimony they had upheld. And they cried out in a loud voice, “How long, O Lord, holy and true, until You judge those who live on the earth and avenge our blood?” In other words, all those Christians who have been tortured, murdered, silenced and destroyed — which is now the official policy of Twitter, Google, Facebook, YouTube and Snapchat — are crying out for God to unleash his wrath upon the evil people of the world who have persecuted the Christians. This includes the communists in places like China, where literally millions of Christians have been executed in just the last two decades (all while Google and Facebook create new technology to help communist China track down and murder people of faith). See this recent story from InfoWars: GOOGLE & APPLE REACH DEAL WITH RUSSIA, CHINA, & SAUDI ARABIA TO CENSOR POPULATIONS. The sun became black like sackcloth of goat hair As the fifth Seal is opened, Revelation describes cosmic events that may describe an eclipse, a volcano, a massive meteor storm or some other giant cataclysm. From Revelation 6:12: And when I saw the Lamb open the sixth seal, there was a great earthquake, and the sun became black like sackcloth of goat hair, and the whole moon turned blood red, and the stars of the sky fell to the earth like unripe figs dropping from a tree shaken by a great wind. The sky receded like a scroll being rolled up, and every mountain and island was moved from its place. Then the kings of the earth, the nobles, the commanders, the rich, the mighty, and every slave and free man, hid in the caves and among the rocks of the mountains. And they said to the mountains and the rocks, “Fall on us and hide us from the face of the One seated on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. For the great day of Their wrath has come, and who is able to withstand it?” This passage is clearly describing a global-scale event involving something on the order of a pole shift, or a massive tectonic plate shift that would unleash near total destruction of all human cities and infrastructure. The entire sequence seems to indicate that a cosmic event influences Earth’s geology on an unprecedented scale, perhaps describing a massive asteroid strike or the nearby passing of a large planet or other body with a powerful gravitational field. The description of “stars of the sky fell to the earth” is a very clear indication that a massive asteroid or planet is passing near Earth, showering our planet in the numerous objects that would naturally be surrounding a large asteroid (or small planet). Summary so far Putting all this back in chronological order, what Revelation tells us, at least as I see it so far:

1) A global leader who claims to desire “world peace” will use weapons of war to deceive and assault Earth’s independent nations.

2) Communism will infect the world’s nations and be granted the weaponization (which could mean information warfare, or “infowar”) necessary to promote hatred and division, leading to civil war and mass killings.

3) The widespread wars will lead to economic collapse, price inflation and financial turmoil, involving food scarcity and price inflation.

4) The environmentalists will wage a “green” war against plant life on Earth, leading to a global food collapse, followed by starvation and global disease outbreaks.

5) The wrath of God will rain down upon Earth in the form of cosmic events (a giant asteroid or hidden planet), which will utterly destroy all human infrastructure, sending people to hide in bunkers, including the global elite and world’s wealthy. As stated in Revelation 6:15: …every mountain and island was moved from its place. Then the kings of the earth, the nobles, the commanders, the rich, the mighty, and every slave and free man, hid in the caves and among the rocks of the mountains.  The next passage, Revelation 7, literally describes, “four angels who had been given power to harm the land and the sea.” Happening now, in 2019: “Apocalyptic Sounds In The Sky” You may not be aware of this, but strange events are being recorded in the sky, all across the planet. Michael Snyder has written an excellent summary of what’s happening right now, publishing at End of The American Dream: For weeks, Americans all over the country have been rattled by extremely loud booming sounds that seem to have no explanation, and they are often accompanied by “mysterious flashes of light”. These strange booms are shaking homes and rattling windows, and some witnesses say that they sound like cannons being fired. And even though the “mystery booms” and accompanying flashes of light have been captured on camera all across the nation, so far the authorities do not have a reasonable explanation for why they are happening. Unfortunately, it does not appear that this strange phenomenon is going to go away any time soon. In fact, the Sun is reporting that the frequency of these “mystery booms” appears “to have gathered pace over the past week”… MYSTERY booming sounds have been shaking houses and terrifying residents after “flashes of light” were spotted across America. Experts have been left baffled by a spate of seismic booms from Arizona to New York that appear to have gathered pace over the past week. Over this last weekend, this mystery started to get much more national attention after an incident in Rhode Island on Saturday was followed by one in New York City on Sunday… On Saturday, loud bangs were reported in Rhode Island, where Jeremy Braza’s doorbell captured a video and audio of a loud noise over a three minute period. “The whole house shook,” he told TurnTo10.com. “It woke my wife up, woke up all my children.” The following night an explosion was heard in New York, accompanied by a mysterious flash in the sky.  “What the heck was that boom or explosion in park slope Brooklyn?”, asked Matt Wasowski on Twitter.  But of course this is not just an east coast phenomenon. For example, a “loud boom” that was reported in Tennessee on January 31st was heard across three separate counties… It began on January 31 when residents of three separate counties in Tennessee reported hearing a loud boom around 11:30 a.m. Local chemical plants were contacted but reported nothing anomalous. Authorities in Bradley, McInn, and Polk counties are still investigating what could have caused such a powerful noise.  And during that same time frame, numerous North Carolina residents called authorities to report “unexplained loud blasts and booms”… That same day, local news in North Carolina reported that people in Wake and Franklin counties have been calling law enforcement agencies to report unexplained loud blasts and booms that keep them awake at night. Two homeowners even reported that the booms are so powerful that they have briefly lost power as a result of the tremors. So far, the Wake County Sheriff’s Office has been unable to pinpoint the source of the booms. A few days later, “strange explosion-like sounds” were being reported by numerous residents in New Orleans… The mystery surrounding the strange explosion-like sounds heard by residents in the metro area continues to grow. Late Monday night, several were heard in Lakeview, one of which was caught on camera by Eyewitness News. A story that began in Mid-City, has taken crews to Harahan, River Ridge and Wagaman. Now we go to Lakeview, where late Monday night, the mysterious ‘booms’ were heard again. Are you starting to see a pattern? Large booming sounds are being reported all over the nation, and often those large booming sounds are being accompanied by massive flashes of light. But in every case, the authorities have absolutely no idea what is causing this to happen. Read more at Michael Snyder’s website. Stay informed. Read Collapse.news for regular updates.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-02-10-behold-a-pale-horse-how-the-green-environmental-movement-may-be-the-biblical-fourth-seal-end-times.html 

:: 1-28-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boycott these 60 companies that donate money to fund the systematic murder of unborn human babies

Monday, January 28, 2019 by: Isabelle Z.

(Natural News) Many of Planned Parenthood’s practices surrounding abortion are unconscionable. Whether you agree with abortion in theory or not, it’s hard to get behind an organization that was caught trafficking the body parts and organs of the babies it murders for profit. Now, they’ve only added to the list of reasons not to support them by proudly sponsoring the Women’s March, whose leaders have been accused of anti-Semitism. As the biggest single provider of abortions in America, Planned Parenthood performs more than 300,000 abortions each year, and their political arm works tirelessly to influence elections and implement liberal policies around the country. Undercover videos that came to light in recent years showed top execs from the group wining and dining agents who posed as buyers of baby body parts and cutting deals with them. More than 25 percent of the $1.3 billion in revenue Planned Parenthood brings in each year comes from private donations, and these include corporate contributions. That’s right; companies you patronize could very well be handing over some of your hard-earned money to a group that has no respect for human life. If you’d rather not support the systematic murder of unborn human babies, here is a list of 60 companies and nonprofit organizations that have directly funded Planned Parenthood. The list, which was last updated on June 21, was compiled by a “conservative watchdog for corporate activism” called 2nd Vote. You can also see the list on their website. 2nd vote believes that Americans have another way to make their voices heard besides at the ballot box, and that is the vote you can make with your wallet. If you currently support any of these businesses, it may be time to start seeking alternatives that don’t help fund this baby-killing organization. 

1. Adobe* 2. Aetna* 3. Allstate*4. American Express5. Amgen*6. AutoZone 7. Avon*8. Bank of America*9. Bath & Body Works**10. Ben & Jerry’s*11. Blue Cross Blue Shield

12. Boeing*13. BP 14. Charles Schwab 15. Clorox* 16. Craigslist 17. Converse*** 18. Deutsche Bank*

19. Diageo 20. Dockers*** 21. Energizer 22. Expedia* 23. ExxonMobil* 24. Fannie Mae* 25. Freddie Mac*

26. Frito Lay** 27. General Electric* 28. Groupon (partners with Planned Parenthood) 29. Intuit*

30. Jiffy Lube** 31. JPMorgan Chase 32. Johnson & Johnson* 33. Kaiser Permanente 34. Kraft Heinz*

35. Levi Strauss* 36. Liberty Mutual* 37. March of Dimes (individual chapters) 38. Microsoft*

39. Mondelez International* 40. Monsanto* 41. Morgan Stanley* 42. Nike* 43. Oracle* 44. Patagonia

45. PayPal* 46. PepsiCo 47. Pfizer* 48. Progressive Insurance* 49. Prudential* 50. Qualcomm*

51. Starbucks* 52. Shell 53. Susan G. Komen 54. Unilever 55. United Airlines* 56. United Way (individual chapters) 57. US Bank* 58. Verizon 59. Wells Fargo 60. WD-40 Company

*In these cases, the company’s giving is via matching gifts to Planned Parenthood. **In these cases, the organization’s parent company gives money to Planned Parenthood. ***In these cases, the organization’s parent company matches gifts to Planned Parenthood. 2nd Vote also has a list of 243 other businesses that have financially supported third-party groups that are known to fund Planned Parenthood. If you do decide to take your business elsewhere, drive the point home by contacting these companies and letting them know why you’ll no longer support them. Tell them you don’t want your money going to an organization that rewards its “salespeople” with pizza parties for meeting abortion quotas and harvests the organs of partially-born babies for profit. Sources for this article include: TownHall.com 2ndVote.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-01-28-boycott-these-companies-that-fund-the-murder-of-unborn-babies.html 

:: 6-27-18 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Likely probes await Waters for inciting violence on Trump Cabinet

Wednesday, June 27, 2018 Michael F. Haverluck (OneNewsNow.com

Rep. Maxine Waters (D-Calif.) could likely be the target of Ethics and United States Secret Service probes for inciting violence and assaults on President Donald Trump’s Cabinet members. The government whistleblower group, Judicial Watch, filed an Ethics complaint Monday with the chairman and co-chairman of the House Office of Congressional Ethics – calling for action against the virulent Democrat for rallying an anti-Trump movement across the nation to harm the president’s officials. “In encouraging individuals to create ‘crowds’ who will ‘push back’ on President Trump’s Cabinet members at private business establishments, and in seemingly trying to prevent these Cabinet officials from obtaining basic necessities without fear of assault and violence, Rep. Waters seems to be violation of House rules,” the hand-delivered House Ethics complaint written by Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton reads, according to Judicial Watch. Proof is in the video … In a video posted on the Internet for the world to see, Waters incited demonstrators Saturday at a rally in Los Angeles, California, to target, harass and assault key members of the Trump administration wherever they see them in public. “If you see anybody from that Cabinet in a restaurant, in a department store, at a gasoline station, you get out and you create a crowd and you push back on them!” Waters instructed, as seen on a YouTube video. “And you tell them that they are not welcome, anymore, anywhere.” Her tirade was far from ending there. “And guess what? … we’re going to win this battle because while you try and quote the Bible, Jeff Sessions and others, you really don’t know the Bible,” Waters yelled at the California crowd, according to the American Mirror. “God is on OUR side! On the side of the children. On the side of what’s right. On the side of what’s honorable.” She also directly addressed Trump, warning him of their impending around-the-clock harassment. “Mr. President, we will see you every day, every hour of the day, everywhere that we are to let you know you cannot get away with this!” Waters added.  In clear violation … The complaint specifically cites House Rule 23, clause 1 to prove that Waters’ incitement to violence indeed violates her position’s professional code of conduct. “A Member, Delegate, Resident Commissioner, officer, or employee of the House shall conduct himself at all times in a manner that shall reflect creditably on the House,” the rule quoted in the Judicial Watch complaint states. After pinpointing numerous violations, the watchdog group called for an Ethics probe to be administered on the fiery Democrat – whose call for violence even spurred virulent anti-Trumper, House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.), to condemn her incitement. “We hereby request that the Office of Congressional Ethics conduct a preliminary investigation into whether Rep. Maxine Waters violated House Rules in encouraging attacks on Cabinet officials,” the document continues. Fitton is urging immediate action against Waters, who he deems as being unfit to hold public office with her recurring vicious verbal attacks on the president and calls for violence against his administration. “Rep. Maxine Waters incited violence and assault against members of President Trump’s Cabinet,” Fitton proclaimed. “It is urgent that the House Ethics Office quickly acts to hold her accountable for this dangerous incitement.” Calling on the Secret Service Besides an ethics probe, citizen journalist Laura Loomer is calling for a Secret Service probe of Waters for inciting violence against the Trump administration. “I just filed a complaint against Rep. @MaxineWaters with the @SecretService,” Loomer tweeted Monday. “Although the Secret Service Officer couldn’t get into the details of the investigation, he did tell me that SS is looking into Maxine’s comments that incite violence against @realDonaldTrump & his staff.” Taking political differences too far … Waters pressed the limits of political rivalry and opposition by spurring crowds toward hatred of the president and promoting the idea of tormenting his Cabinet members in public and at home. “Her rant, to a handful of cheering fans, included her now-familiar chorus about impeachment and her claim that President Trump has ‘disrespected all of us,’” WND reported. “She claimed God is on her side and told her followers to ‘show up’ wherever someone from the Trump administration appears and get them ‘booed out of restaurants,’ vowing they would get ‘no sleep.’” Longtime Republican politicians are worried that Waters and Democrats will not stop their rhetoric until someone gets hurt, pointing to the past.  “Veteran political adviser and longtime columnist Pat Buchanan warned of very real violence that can follow such inflammatory rhetoric,” WND’s Bob Unruh pointed out. “He noted White House press secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders was asked to leave a restaurant last Friday, [a]nd [that] Homeland Security Secretary Kirstjen Nielsen and White House aide Steven Miller were heckled last week while dining in D.C. On Friday night, Florida Attorney General Pam Bondi was confronted by protesters at a movie theater.” A fairly recent example of this violence was then brought up. “[Buchanan noted that] the sentiment turned violent – but fortunately not fatal – just a year ago when James Hodgkinson, a 66-year-old volunteer in Bernie Sanders’ campaign, opened fire on GOP lawmakers practicing for their annual baseball game with the Democrats,” Unruh added. Last summer’s infamous Congressional Baseball Game shooting wounding several – which took place near the nation’s capital just over a year ago – was used as a reminder of what happens when politicians incite hate and violence. “House Majority Whip Steve Scalise was wounded, almost mortally,” Buchanan recounted, according to WND. “Had it not been for Scalise’s security detail, Hodgkinson might have carried out a mass atrocity. The left – to the point of irrationality – despises a triumphant Trumpian right and believes that to equate it with fascists is not only legitimate, but a sign that the accusers are the real moral, righteous and courageous dissenters in these terrible times.” It was also noted that this problem with the left goes back decades. “After Dr. King’s assassination, a hundred cities, including the capital, were looted and burned – scores died [and] U.S. troops and the National Guard were called out to restore order,” the Republican politician continued. “Soldiers returning from Vietnam were spat upon. Cops were gunned down by urban terrorists. Bombings and bomb attempts were everyday occurrences. Campuses were closed down. In May 1971, tens of thousands of radicals went on a rampage to shut down D.C.” He then called the leftists who referred to Trump and child detention centers as Nazi concentration camps as nothing short of “absurd.” “Does anyone truly believe that the centers where the children of illegal migrants are being held – run as they are by liberal bureaucrats from the Department of Health and Human Services – are like Stalin’s Gulag or Hitler’s camps?” Buchanan asked, implying that Democrats are making no sense. “Because if you have been told and believe your opponents are fascists, then their gatherings are deserving not of respect but of disruption, and, as was true in the 1960s, if you manifest your contempt, you will receive the indulgence of a media that will celebrate your superior morality.” Moving forward … or backward? In response to Waters inciting violence against him and his Cabinet, Trump nicknamed the California Democrat “Low IQ.” After her video went viral on YouTube, Waters attempted to make light of her call for violence, insisting that she has no influence on what leftist anti-Trump demonstrators actually do. Her response was posted on Twitter by Fox News.

“@RepMaxineWaters moments ago: ‘I have no way of telling people how to protest, what they should protest,’” Fox Business tweeted Monday.

https://onenewsnow.com/legal-courts/2018/06/27/likely-probes-await-waters-for-inciting-violence-on-trump-cabinet 

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

[ :: 12-22-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. America is in a real bad time right now with this racial divide that never should have been and it is not caused by the ones they are saying caused it, but it is caused by themselves, it is caused by the news media, it is caused by those that want to profit by what they say. That shall cause blood to flow in the streets, it shall cause outside armies to come in and replace, replace the army you have now, I shall tell you these things and more, etc.

:: 2-11-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Media Hatred Of America Has Infected Young Americans Into Thinking Old Glory Is A Sign Of 'Intolerance And Hatred'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine February 11, 2019

The majority of young Americans, defined as ages 14-37 believe that the United States is a sexist country (53%) and a racist country (54%). Those numbers increase among those defined as Millennials, aged 22-37, to six in 10, which is 60 percent. One in five Millennials see the U.S. flag, Old Glory, as a "sign of intolerance and hatred." These numbers were revealed in "The State Of Patriotism Report," by YouGov, back in November 2018. YouGov conducted the opinion survey for the non-profit foundation Foundation for Liberty and American Greatness (FLAG). That survey also found that eight in 10 Americans could not name the five freedoms guaranteed in the First Amendment, and less than half surveyed knew there were 10 amendments in the bill of rights. The founder of FLAG, Nick Adams, said he was "totally unprepared" for the "epidemic of anti-Americanism," according to a CNS News report from December 2018 about the survey. Adams blamed the educational system in America, stating "That half of millennials and Gen Z believe that the country in which they live is both ‘racist’ and ‘sexist’ shows that we have a major fraction of an entire generation that has been indoctrinated by teachers starting in grade school that America is what’s wrong with the world." In my opinion, he is only half right, because while a look at what is happening in certain portions of America's public school systems, and in today's colleges across America, shows that communism, socialism and "social justice" activism, all anti-American, has replaced basic education, but another influential industry, the establishment media, deserves half the blame because of their spread of hate within America. BY THE NUMBERS - LIBERAL MEDIA ESTABLISHMENT SPREADS HATE Before delving into the documented examples of the liberal establishment media's anti-Americanism, lets take a brief look at some statistics. In November 2018, Zogby Analytics revealed that 72 percent of Americans believe the "mainstream media has played a major role in dividing Americans along racial, gender and political lines. This has led to a spread of hate and misunderstanding among some people." 47 percent strongly agreed with that statement, and 25 percent somewhat agreed with that statement. Just days after the FLAG study was released, Investors Business Daily reported on another study, of the media, conducted by Arizona State University and Texas A&M University researchers. When you add it up, 58.47% admit to being left of center. Along with that, another 37.12% claim to be "moderate." What about the mythic "conservative" financial journalist? In fact, a mere 0.46% of financial journalists called themselves "very conservative," while just 3.94% said they were "somewhat conservative." That's a whopping 4.4% of the total that lean right-of-center. That's a ratio of 13 "liberals" for every one "conservative." Whatever happened to ideological diversity? Please remember this as you watch the business news or read a financial story in the paper. You might want to take its message with a grain of salt. That's especially true if the piece seems unduly harsh on the free-market system and its many proven benefits. Or if it lauds socialism as an "answer" to society's ills. Keep in mind, the 462 journalists from Wall Street Journal, the New York Times, Washington Post, Associated Press and a number of other newspapers, were financial journalists, the ratio is undoubtedly more skewed to the left among all types of journalists. Is it just a coincidence that public trust in the media has dropped from a high of 72 percent in the mid-1970s, to just 45 percent in 2018? Only 14 percent said they had a "great deal" of trust and confidence in mass media such as newspapers, TV and radio, while 54 percent has either "not very much" (30%) or "none at all" (24%). Side Note- Interestingly, liberal professors outnumber conservatives nearly 12 to one as well, according to a 2016 study. LIBERAL MEDIA HATES EVERYTHING THAT MAKES AMERICA GREAT While Americans recognize the extreme political bias of journalists, a look at what "triggers" the media into a frenzy, which often backfires on them as the specific narratives they push hard, make go viral, just to end up unraveling into "fake news," we see a pattern of the liberal establishment media taking anti-American positions. They promote socialism while lamenting about capitalism, they criticize the U.S. Constitution, they find the American flag offensive as they publicly side with the NFL kneelers, and nothing triggers them faster or harder than the term "Make America Great Again," to which they consistently claim is "racist!" MAGA Triggers Media: Look at the Covington Catholic high students and the fiasco the media made of the entire story. First they saw a kid with a MAGA hat, facing off with an older Indian American man, and got so triggered that without bothering to investigate, or do any research, they ran with a four minute clip out of a nearly one-hour 46 minute, to claim the students "surrounded" the Native American "Vietnam veteran," and "mocked" and "taunted" him because they were racist! Within hours, we found out the Indian man was not a "Vietnam" veteran, was not surrounded, he approached the students and started banging his drum in one students face, and they did not taunt or mock him. Now multiple journalists and liberal news outlets are being sued by the families of those students because the media incited liberals to the point where they started wishing death on the MAGA hat wearing students, and threatening them with violence. Another example is explained by an Australian news anchor below, where the U.S. media automatically started reporting about the "attack" on Empire actor Jussie Smollett, by men that yelled "This is MAGA country," as if it were fact, when over a week later, there has still been no evidence obtained proving there was even an attack. It is pretty bad when newscasters from other countries can see the "media hate" coming from American media, and calls them out on it. NFL Anthem Kneelers (Flag Haters): The media by and large sided with the NFL Anthem Kneelers, who used the National Anthem to protest a number of causes, which started with former San Francisco 49ers quarterback Colin Kaepernick, who told NFL Media when he first began using this means to protest, "I am not going to stand up to show pride in a flag for a country that oppresses black people and people of color." President Trump criticized the protests during the anthem as disrespecting the flag, and Kaepernick himself made it clear he wouldn't stand for the "flag," and the media jumped straight to the flag hater's defense, describing him as "An icon in the fight against police brutality and racial injustice." (CNN) Why did the media side with the NFL kneelers? The answer lies in the numbers, and the fact that the overwhelming majority of establishment news journalists are liberals. The results, released today on NBC’s Meet The Press by host Chuck Todd, say that just 43% of voters believe kneeling during the national anthem is an appropriate way to protest racial inequality, while the majority, 54%, say it is not appropriate. What’s more interesting about the poll results, though, are the political divisions reflected in those attitudes. Todd claimed 72% of Democrats say kneeling is appropriate, versus 23% who say it isn’t. For Republicans, the numbers are basically reversed, with 10% appropriate, 88% not.

The majority of liberals, which includes the establishment media, simply do not believe the American flag should be respected. Liberal Media Hates The U.S. Constitution (Except the press freedom part!): Liberal journalists at The Week describe the U.S. Constitution as "an outdated, malfunctioning piece of junk," that is "morally hideous," while New York Times' Supreme Court reporter Adam Liptak called it "terse and old." The NYT also promotes repealing the Second Amendment right to bear arms. HuffPost wants to "add a Constitutional amendment that would make it easier to change the Constitutional provision that makes it so difficult to change the Constitution." (Yes, that is a direct quote) They want to abolish the electoral college, censor free speech and pretty much want the entire Constitution changed. Related: Do Democrats Care About The Constitution Anymore? It Sure Doesn’t Look Like It Liberal Media Pushes For Socialism: Liberal media is pushing to change America into a socialist country, as they bend over backward to protect their little Democratic Socialist darling Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez from her own gaffes. (PS- That she keeps making!) I would continue with the examples, but I think the pattern is pretty clear. BOTTOM LINE Nearly everything that has made America a great country, is hated by liberals, therefore hated by the liberal media complex, which in turn is helping, along with the liberal "educators" across America, to turn another generation of children into America-bashing, flag-hating, historically uninformed, socialist liberals.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Media_Is_The_Biggest_Threat_To_America.php 

:: 2-11-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Defends 2nd Amendment in El Paso: ‘Come and Take It’

by AWR Hawkins 11 Feb 2019

During his Monday night rally in El Paso, Texas, President Donald Trump defended the Second Amendment by recounting the Battle of Gonzales and saying, “Come and Take It.” He was winding toward the conclusion of his remarks when he began to speak of those things distinctly American, those things that bind together citizens across this country as well as the thousands who flooded into the building to hear Trump speak. He said, “We believe in religious liberty, the right to free speech, and the right to keep and bear arms.” After a few more comments and massive applause, Trump narrowed his comments to the love of freedom exemplified by the state of Texas in particular. He said, “This is the state where William Travis, James Bowie, and Davy Crockett made their last stand at the Alamo.” Trump then added, “This is the state where a small band of patriots, at the Battle of Gonzales, armed with a single cannon, stared down a foreign, powerful army and declared, ‘Come and Take It.'” He looked around during roaring applause and said again, “Come and Take It.” On May 4, 2018, Breitbart News reported that Trump referenced the Battle of Gonzales during his speech to the NRA Annual Meeting. Trump said: In 1835 soldiers from General Santa Anna’s army marched into the little Texas town of Gonzales and ordered those Texans to surrender their small cannon that they relied on to protect their lives and protect their homes. The Texans refused! They were not about to give up their only means of self-defense. He continued: In response, Santa Anna’s army returned with a large group of additional people. They had men all over the place … [but] this time they were met by dozens of Texans … who had rushed to Gonzales to defend their rights and their freedom. As Santa Anna’s men watched from a distance those brave Texans raised a flag for all to see. On the banner they painted a cannon along with four words that echoed through the ages. It said, “Come and Take It.” AWR Hawkins is an award-winning Second Amendment columnist for Breitbart News and the writer/curator of Down Range with AWR Hawkins, a weekly newsletter focused on all things Second Amendment, also for Breitbart News. He is the political analyst for Armed American Radio. Follow him on Twitter: @AWRHawkins. Reach him directly at awrhawkins@breitbart.com . Sign up to get Down Range at breitbart.com/downrange.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2019/02/11/trump-2nd-come-take-it/ 

:: 2--19 Prager U :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Inconvenient Truth About the Democratic Party

https://www.prageru.com/videos/inconvenient-truth-about-democratic-party 

:: 2-11-19 Newswars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ex ICE Director: Dems Doing PR for Cartels, Illegals

By Ben Warren Monday, February 11, 2019

Democrats are serving as public relations agents for criminals south of America’s border, according to Former Acting ICE Director Tom Homan. Homan was responding to a Fox host reporting that 42 million Latin Americans are watching the southern border to determine the “best time” to infiltrate the U.S. “Yeah, why wouldn’t they? If there’s no consequence, no deterrence — Look, these criminal organization, the cartels, they’re getting fat with money and the Democrats are helping them,” said Homan. “They don’t need a PR campaign. They got the Democrats doing it for them.” Correspondingly, if Democrats get what they want, ICE will have to release 30,000 criminals from detention, Homan added during his Monday talk on Fox and Friends. “I’ve been saying for almost a year that I don’t think they’re ever going to accomplish the ‘abolish ICE’ that they’ve been saying they’re going to do,” he said. “But I’ve been saying what they’re going to do is bankrupt ICE to make them ineffective.” “They’ll take their money away so they can’t do their job.” Homan detailed how Dem’s are exploiting ICE’s caps on detention beds to effectively force the agency to release tens of thousands. “The number they put on the table, like 32,000 cap beds,” he said. “Understand ICE is currently at 47,000, which means there’re 15,000 over the cap. Now we’re halfway through the year. To get to that 32,000 by the end of year they’re going to have to go 15,000 below 32.” “So that means if they’re 15,000 above, they have to go 15,000 below — ICE will have to release 30,000 people from custody.” Furthermore, during President Trump’s state of the Union address, Democrats revealed their priorities to the nation by not applauding Trump when he said he was going to bankrupt the drug cartels and target sex trafficking on the southern border.

https://www.newswars.com/ex-ice-director-dems-doing-pr-for-cartels-illegals/ 

:: 2-11-19 Paul Craig Roberts :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Trump Is Trying To Save Americans From

February 11, 2019 |

Nurse in Germany Sends Message that Describes The Camp of the Saints as the Present-day Situation in Germany In Europe truthful information about the Islamic immigrants forced on Europe by the EU, Merkel and George Soros is considered a hate crime and is forbidden. Marine Le Pen, leader of a large political party in France, has been indicted for merely publishing photos of brutal murder victims of Islamicists. Frustrated by the imposed silence, a Czech woman self-described as a nurse in Germany provides this description: Yesterday, at the hospital, we had a meeting about how the situation here and the other Munich hospitals are unsustainable. Clinics cannot handle the number of migrant medical emergencies, so they are starting to send everything to the main hospitals. Many Muslims are refusing treatment by female staff, and we women are now refusing to go among those migrants. Relations between the staff and migrants are going from bad to worse. Since last weekend, migrants going to the hospitals must be accompanied by police with K-9 units. Many migrants have AIDS, syphilis, open TB and many exotic diseases that we in Europe do not know how to treat. If they receive a prescription to the pharmacy; they learn they have to pay cash, this leads to unbelievable outbursts, especially when it is about drugs for the children. They abandon the children to the pharmacy staff with the words: So, cure them yourselves. So the police are not only guarding the clinics and hospitals, but also the large pharmacies. We ask openly where are all those who welcomed the migrants in front of TV cameras with signs at train stations? Yes, for now, the border has been closed, but a million of them are already here and we will definitely not be able to get rid of them, Until now, the number of unemployed in Germany was 2.2 million. Now it will be at least 3.5 million. Most of these people are completely unemployable. Only a minimum of them have any education. What is more, their women usually do not work at all. I estimate that one in ten is pregnant. Hundreds of thousands of them have brought along infants and little kids under six, many emaciated and very needy. If this continues and Germany re-opens its borders, I am going home to the Czech republic. Nobody can keep me here in this situation, not even for double the salary back home. I came to Germany to work, not to Africa or the Middle East! Even the professor who heads our department told us how sad it makes him to see, but worth the read…especially the cleaning woman, who has cleaned every day for years for 800 euros and then meets crowds of young men in the hallways who just wait with their hands outstretched, waiting for free, and when they don’t get it, they throw a fit. I really don’t need this, but I am afraid that if I return home, at some point it will be the same in the Czech Republic. If the Germans, with their systems, cannot handle this, then guaranteed, back home will be total chaos. You – who have not come in contact with these people have absolutely no idea what kind of badly behaved desperadoes these people are, and how Muslims act superior to our staff, regarding their religious accommodation. For now, the local hospital staff have not come down with the diseases these people brought here, but with so many hundreds of patients every day of this is just a question of time. In a hospital near the Rhine, migrants attacked the staff with knives after they had handed over an 8 month old on the brink of death, who they dragged across half of Europe for three months. The child died two days later, despite having received top care at one of the best pediatric clinics in Germany. The pediatric physician had to undergo surgery and the two nurses are recovering in the ICU. Nobody has been punished. The local press is forbidden to write about it, so we can only inform you through e-mail. What would have happened to a German if he had stabbed the doctor and nurses with a knife? Or if he had flung his own syphilis infected urine into a nurses face and so threatened her with infection? At a minimum, he would have gone straight to jail and later to court. With these people so far, nothing has happened. And so I ask: Where are all those greeters and receivers from the train stations? Sitting pretty at home, enjoying their uncomplicated, safe lives. I would round up all those greeters and bring them here first to our hospitals emergency ward as attendants! Then in to one of the buildings housing the migrants, so they can really look after them there themselves, without armed police and police dogs, who, sadly today, are in every hospital here in Bavaria. NOTE: I checked this story prior to posting. It is a year or more old, has been reported in UK newspapers and online, and apparently originated in a Czech TV or radio news report from which it was transcribed. It is sometimes reported as from a Czech nurse and sometimes a Czech doctor working in Germany. See for example: http://pageseven.co/alarming-warning-letter-penned-by-female-physician-in-munich-goes-viral-again-now-claiming-trump-is-right-in-curbing-illegal-aliens-migration/  and https://www.express.co.uk/news/world/614793/German-hospital-refugees-asylum-seekers-migrants-demand-breaking-point 

There are many reports from European medical authorities that there is a high rate of HIV and TB infection among the immigrants that have been permitted to overrun Europe and high infection rates of deadly diseases that had been eradicated in Europe. https://www.defendevropa.com/2017/news/infectious-diseases-germany/ 

There are reports that 95% of the immigrants are on welfare: http://newobserveronline.com/germany-dreams-of-refugee-work-force-vanish-as-95-of-nonwhite-invaders-remain-on-welfare/  If true, it gives the lie to the claim that the immigrants would boost the workforce and save European pension systems. Instead, it seems that over-stressed European budgets have been loaded up with more costs that will increase the threat to pensions and to the health and safety of the European peoples, who in their idiocy continue to support the EU concept that has compromised their sovereignty and is driving them into the ground.

https://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2019/02/11/what-trump-is-trying-to-save-americans-from/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 2-11-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BOMBSHELL: Apple demands Natural News stop writing about abortions or Satanism; threatens to block Natural News app from all Apple devices

Monday, February 11, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) In a series of shocking “demand” emails containing screen captures showing lists of Natural News articles, Apple has demanded Natural News stop publishing articles critical of abortions or Satanism, threatening to block the Natural News app from all Apple devices if Apple’s demands are not met. This is the first time that a dominant tech company has overtly come out in defense of Satanism while threatening to censor a prominent publisher that exposes the evils of Satanic influence. Many people will see this as yet more proof that Apple, along with other tech giants, is literally aligned with Satan and is exploiting its power of censorship to silence those who criticize Satanism. With Democrats now openly pushing infanticide and the legalization of the serial killing of infants, tech giants like Apple are serving as the censorship “speech police” to silence all criticism of the gruesome practice. In threatening Natural News over our coverage of infanticide and abortions, Apple is staking out the position of being pro-infanticide, and anyone who dares to speak up for innocent children is deemed by Apple to be engaged in “hate speech.” According to apple, opposing the murder of children is now “hate speech” Yes, you read that correctly: Speaking out to stop the mass murder of newborns is now “hate speech” according to the deranged, mentally ill Leftists who run Apple, Twitter, Google, YouTube, Facebook and Snapchat. Techno-fascism has now become a movement of mass infanticide that demands the silencing of those who oppose it. “Hate speech” means standing up for the innocent and demanding an end to the murder of children. Here’s one of the many screen shots sent to Natural News by Apple, along with a warning that these stories would result in our app being blocked: Some of the headlines named by Apple as “objectionable” include these important reports on Satanism, vampirism and blood harvesting from children, vaccines, cannabis, freedom of speech, the failed war on drugs, anti-Semitism and much more: Left-wing media run by actual demon-possessed anti-human EVIL entities… watch this stunning mini-documentary

You can now buy blood harvested from young people in America … “Young blood” for sale in San Francisco Covington Catholic student caught up in bogus “racist” incident with Native American provocateur BEGS local media to print the truth Bill Gates and the World’s Elite DO NOT VACCINATE their own children… and for good reason How California totally screwed up a potential windfall of tax revenues on legalized cannabis America’s “War on Drugs” declared a total failure as flow of deadly drugs across the open border continues to worsen Mandatory vaccination is something that Hitler would have happily pushed as compatible with the Third Reich The Left is trying to destroy free-speech social media platform Gab following Pittsburgh synagogue shootings Brighteon.com declares video platform no place for Jew haters and those who espouse violence against people of faith Google Chrome browser gives “Critical Error” notice when you play Project Veritas videos EXPOSING crooked deep-state “Democratic” communists Top 5 harmful health narratives the U.S. government and the chronic sick-care industrial complex will NEVER abandon Racist New York Times was a holocaust denier, covered up mass genocide of Jews Tech giants’ censorship is an online ETHNIC CLEANSING campaign, equivalent to intellectual genocide Here’s another screen shot sent to Natural News by Apple, along with demands to remove all this content or face the consequences: There are more screen shots, too, sent to Natural News by Apple, indicating that Apple is trolling all Natural News content and trying to find examples of stories to be “offended” about. Some of the other content the Apple says is “offensive” includes articles about abortion, infanticide, censorship, the LGBT agenda and illegal migration. Fight back against Apple censorship We must all fight back against Apple censorship. There are several ways you can help us do that. We need your help to take action now and let Apple know that we will not be silent in the face of techno-fascism and censorship: First, fill out this Apple feedback form for the iPhone, and tell them you don’t want Apple censoring the Natural News app: https://www.apple.com/feedback/iphone.html

You can also Tweet to the official Apple account (assuming you haven’t yet been banned by Twitter, another evil tech giant). The official accounts of interest include: @Apple @AppStore @tim_cook

@AppleSupport When you tweet Apple, tell them to stop trying to control Natural News and stop censoring our app. Finally, watch and share my full explanation here: Like all the tech giants, Apple has been consumed by truly demonic forces and now demands the silencing of all those who oppose evil, murder or tyranny. Facebook Twitter Google+

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-02-11-apple-demands-natural-news-stop-writing-about-abortions-or-satanism.html 

 

:: 2-12-19 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

YouTube Advances Artificial Intelligence For More Censoring Of Ideas

Tim Brown / February 12, 2019 /

YouTube has decided to stop suggesting “conspiracy videos” to users on its platform. It will no longer recommend videos “claiming the earth is flat or making blatantly false claims about historic events like 9/11.” So basically, anyone who questions the status quo, the official narrative parrotted by the mainstream media or offers up any idea contradicting that of a full-blown totalitarian grip on humanity, will be silenced. People, apparently, can no longer be trusted to watch a video about whether or not the Earth is flat and determine its merits on their own, so YouTube has decided it’ll just be your mommy and hide it from everyone. The change will not affect the videos’ availability, however. YouTube just wants to make it as difficult as possible for people to hear opposing ideas. If users are subscribed to a channel that produces YouTube’s definition of “conspiracy content,” or if someone searches for specific content, they will still see related recommendations, the company wrote according to NBC News. “It’s only the beginning of a more humane technology,” said Guillaume Chaslot, a former Google engineer, who helped to build the artificial intelligence used to curate recommended videos. In a thread of tweets posted on Saturday, he praised the totalitarian change promoting the plan to brainwash everyone into thinking exactly alike and having the same thoughts and ideas. He said this would be “technology that empowers all of us, instead of deceiving the most vulnerable,” Chaslot wrote. He called this plan a “historic victory.” Many support YouTube’s attempts to silence dissent by labeling it “conspiracy” content. But others are calling it what it is:

Guillaume Chaslot @gchaslot · Feb 9, 2019

Replying to @gchaslot Conclusion: YouTube's announcement is a great victory which will save thousands. It's only the beginning of a more humane technology. Technology that empowers all of us, instead of deceiving the most vulnerable. If you see something, say something. 16/

H o l l y @hollyhaygood You promote censorship of free speech, and explicit manipulation of algorithms to achieve the end goals of the elitist.#FlatEarth pic.twitter.com/AEOLCgv7z2 9 5:32 AM - Feb 10, 2019

But by and large, most are concerned that there are other individuals out there who may have different ideas on how to run their own lives so they seek to control information that they determine to be wrong, whether it is or not. Believing the Earth is flat hurts exactly no one. The believer may never visit the moon or the International Space Station, but no one is hurt by a belief until that belief is forced on others.

https://thewashingtonstandard.com/youtube-advances-artificial-intelligence-for-more-censoring-of-ideas/ 

:: 2-7-19 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trudeau Liberals pledge multimillion dollar fund to push homosexuality worldwide

OTTAWA, February 7, 2019 (LifeSiteNews) – Justin Trudeau’s Liberal government will spend $30 million over the next five years to push the homosexual and gender identity agenda in developing countries.  But that’s just the beginning. After that, Canadians will fork over $10 million every year in perpetuity – or as long as the Liberals are in power – to advance the homosexual agenda as part of their country’s international aid. Minister of International Development Marie-Claude Bibeau announced the fund Thursday in Ottawa along with openly homosexual Alberta MP Randy Boissonnault, Trudeau’s special adviser on LGBTQ2 issues. “Globally, LGBTQ2 communities continue to face discrimination and injustice because of who they are. Everyone matters, no matter who they choose to love, no matter where they live,” Bibeau said. According to a Global Affairs Canada press statement, the Liberals earmarked $30 million “in dedicated funding over five years, followed by $10 million per year to advance human rights and improve socio-economic outcomes for LGBTQ2 people in developing countries.” Bibeau’s office confirmed the Liberals intend to keep the cash flowing indefinitely. “There is no defined end date for this funding,” wrote a ministry spokesperson in an email to LifeSiteNews. “It is included in Global Affairs Canada appropriations from the International Assistance Envelope on an ongoing basis.” The non-stop multimillion dollar international homosexual promotion fund is intended to “further the aims of the Feminist International Assistance Policy,” according to a Global Affairs press advisory. Adopted in June 2017, the Trudeau government’s FIAP has as a key goal the promotion of global legal abortion. Indeed, the Liberals earmarked $650 million over three years in March 2017 to push abortion in the developing world, including funding campaigns to legalize abortion in countries where the unborn child is protected. Campaign Life Coalition, Canada’s largest pro-life, pro-family group and the political arm of the pro-life movement, denounced Bibeau’s Thursday announcement as more of the same. Funding the promotion of the LGBTQ agenda as part of international aid is another example of the Liberal government’s “ideological colonization” of nations it purports to help, says Campaign Life vice president Matthew Wojciechowski. “Similar to their ongoing funding for abortion advocacy in countries where abortion remains illegal, the Trudeau government continues to waste Canadian tax dollars on aggressively targeting the deeply held beliefs on sexual morality and the traditional family of those living in the developing world,” he told LifeSiteNews in an email. “It’s disturbing, and frankly unconscionable, that the Liberals are bent on pushing an unwanted ideology in countries where essential needs, such as clean water, maternal healthcare, and basic sanitation, are often lacking,” added Wojciechowski. But the Liberal move is unsurprising given Trudeau’s non-stop advocacy, both substantially and symbolically, of the homosexual and transgender agenda at home. The first Canadian prime minister to march in a homosexual Pride Parade, Trudeau most recently green-lighted the Royal Mint’s release of a new one-dollar coin designed to commemorate the 50th anniversary of his father’s decriminalization of homosexuality. A petition to protest the coin has 37,344 signatures to date. More substantially, the Liberals codified the unscientific gender identity theory in law in June 2017 with Bill C-16, which added “gender expression” and “gender identity” to Canada’s Human Rights Code and the Criminal Code’s hate crime section. Critics warned that under Bill C-16, Canadians face jail time for disavowing gender ideology, and free-speech advocate Jordan Peterson rose to fame for arguing the bill will result in “compelled speech.” Trudeau also anticipated Thursday’s announcement by declaring in November 2017 that Canada “will stand tall on the international stage as we proudly advocate for equal rights for LGBTQ2 communities around the world.” That was during his tearful apology in the House of Commons for Canada’s alleged past mistreatment of LGBTQ persons, including apologizing to Canadians convicted under former laws against buggery, gross indecency, and running bawdy houses. He vowed then to put “systems in place so these kinds of hateful practices are a thing of the past. Discrimination and oppression of LGBTQ2 Canadians will not be tolerated.” The Liberals introduced a bill the same month to expunge and destroy criminal records of those “previously convicted of consensual sexual activity with same sex partners,” he said. They also paid out a $145 million settlement on a class action lawsuit launched on behalf of LGBTQ persons fired from the civil service or discharged from the military because of their sexual orientation, a settlement described by media as “the largest of its kind in the world.” Moreover, the Trudeau Liberals are actively pushing the LGBTQ agenda in the public service. In February 2017, Canadians learned the Trudeau government is forcing public servants to take a pro-LGBT “gender equality” test, with unspecified consequences if they refused or failed to provide the appropriate “feminist” answers. The Canadian military under Trudeau responded to Trump’s 2017 ban on transgender military members by declaring they actively recruit LGBT people. To respectfully express your views, contact:

Marie-Claude Bibeau  Minister for International Development  House of Commons

Ottawa, Ontario Canada

K1A 0A6

Telephone: 613-995-2024

Email: Marie-Claude.Bibeau@parl.gc.ca 

Chrystia Freeland  Minister for Global Affairs  House of Commons

Ottawa, Ontario Canada

K1A 0A6

Telephone: Telephone: 613-992-5234

Email: Chrystia.Freeland@parl.gc.ca 

For contact information on your MP, go here.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/trudeau-liberals-pledge-multimillion-dollar-fund-to-push-homosexuality-worl 

:: 1-30-19 Free Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bracken: Covington Gives a Glimpse of Civil War Two

American Partisan ^ | 27JAN19 | Bracken Posted on 1/30/2019, 6:38:59 AM by vannrox

During the attempted electronic lynching of the Covington Catholic high school boys on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial, the mask hiding the Left’s genocidal rage slipped and was momentarily visible. The reality of the confrontation was inverted 180 degrees by the duplicitous mainstream media so that a smiling white teenager was made to face the wrath of an Orwellian two-minute hate that stretched on for days, even after the factual record was corrected. Accelerated by social media, the virtual lynch mob called for, among other horrors, MAGA-hat-wearing teenage boys to be fed headfirst into wood chippers, or for them to be locked en-masse into their school and the school to be burned to the ground. This hurricane of socially sanctioned racial fury did not arise spontaneously, but was the result of deliberate cultivation over the past few decades by the political Left, academia, the mainstream media, and the Hollywood entertainment elite. Entire books could be written laying out the many already familiar examples of the Left encouraging racial animosity against whites, but that is not my goal in writing this piece. I am instead observing that before every notorious genocide, the same pattern of marginalizing and demonizing a designated scapegoat population has occurred. On the steps of the Lincoln Memorial, the national mainstream media signaled that it was now acceptable to vent seething racial hatred against white males, even teenage boys. This was further telegraphed when notable verified Twitter blue-check accounts were not suspended after doxing the boys and posting explicit calls for violence against them. (By way of contrast, I was permanently banned from Twitter for posting an anti-burka meme that did not even name a religion.) The Covington confrontation points to an ironclad historical pattern. Every previous genocide in modern times was preceded by a similar pattern of public demonization of state-designated scapegoats. But is correlation causation? Does the American Left intend to eventually commit genocide against white heritage American males? In my opinion, yes. Scapegoating is part of a clear pattern of conduct seen during every socialist power grab from the French Revolution until now. In the case of German national socialists, European Jews were the scapegoats of the Nazis during their climb to power. In the case of international socialists, AKA Communists, class enemies were usually but not always the designated scapegoats. Examples of class enemies would include the Kulaks in the Soviet Union, “landlords” in China, and “intellectuals” in Cambodia. But in other cases ethnic groups were targeted as scapegoats by Communists, to include the Ukrainians, Crimeans, Latvians and others. So, are today’s Democrats already planning to load their white heritage American enemies into boxcars for trips to a new Gulag? Probably not many at this time, but Barack Obama’s political mentor Bill Ayers certainly considered it. Ayers believed that so many Americans would bitterly resist Communism that 25 million would have to be “eliminated.” Today in the United States, a possible future genocide remains far down the track and around the curve, well out of sight, and beyond the power of most Americans to even imagine. But the historical record is clear. Broad social approval of class- or racially-based scapegoating is a necessary precursor stage to eventual genocide, and a combination of both variants was clearly seen in the Covington case. Will planned genocide ever be the overtly stated policy of the socialist-leaning Democrat (DemSoc) party? Probably not. Even Adolf Hitler never put “The Final Solution to the Jewish Question” into a formal written order, but the Holocaust happened nonetheless. Vladimir Lenin was less cautious, recording his orders for state terror and mass murder in his own handwriting. But today’s American Democrats are still far from that final stage of dealing with their enemies. For now, the demonization of their future scapegoats is only one indicator of the current phase of the Gramscian “long march through the institutions” stealth communization process that is now underway. So what is the overall process currently in play, and where are we on the timeline? I am going to assume that readers of this essay are already familiar with the Dunning-Kruger Effect and the Cloward-Piven Strategy. Summarized, the current Democrat strategy for political victory is to maximize the number of government-dependent morons, in order to overwhelm our national ability to pay for all of the government’s mandated social programs, to thereby collapse the system and bring about a revolutionary political climate. This is taken straight out of the Bolshevik and Alinsky handbooks. Vladimir Lenin supposedly put it this way: “The worse, the better.” As the government fails to keep up with its social welfare promises, the Democrats will blame their pre-designated scapegoats for every one of their own failures. In the United States, Public Enemy Number One will be older white Christian conservative heterosexual men who will be called obstructionists and saboteurs. Being morons, the Dunning-Kruger Democrats will fall for the party line, and also blame white heritage American scapegoats for the failure of their own party’s utopian promises. Why will the Democrats push for social welfare programs that are impossible to achieve, that in fact have failed in every other case ever attempted? Because they only care about attaining permanent power for themselves, and this process is a proven method for reaching that goal. The Democrat elites are content to rule the ruins of a failed nation, in perpetuity. And to do so, they will need a convenient scapegoat population to blame for their own failed policies, and that is why they are encouraging identity (racial) politics, as starkly seen in the Covington confrontation. They are preparing their time-tested psychological weapons of mass destruction for the next phases in the ongoing stealth communization process. You may observe the history of Venezuela over the past twenty years to see the entire process carried out from start to finish. The unexpected election of President Donald Trump indicated to Democrat party leaders that there were still too many white heritage Americans as a percentage of the electorate for them to cement their identity-politics socialist triumph in perpetuity. There are not yet enough moronic Dunning-Kruger Democrats to push the DemSocs over the top in national elections forever. The Calizuela Model Despite Trump’s 2016 victory, a glowing example of the solution to their national electoral shortfall is clearly visible to Democrat leaders. In my lifetime California was the wealthiest and most successful state in the union. It produced Republican governors and even sent Ronald Reagan to the White House. But due to open borders and unchecked immigration, California is halfway to becoming Venezuela, or as I shall term it, Calizuela. The former Golden State has gone from national leader to national embarrassment, with squalid tent cities for its burgeoning homeless population, complete with needle- and feces-strewn sidewalks. Amazingly, this observable failure is counted as a great political victory by the Democrat party. Calizuela is proof that flooding a state with government-dependent foreign idiots and rewarding them with driver’s licenses and voter cards can turn a formerly conservative Republican state into a one-party Democrat stronghold in a single generation. The proven Calizuela formula is blazingly clear to the Democrat Party bosses in the other 49 states: import as many poor and illiterate foreign immigrants as possible, because over 80 percent of them will sooner or later become reliable Democrat voters. (And this is the reason that Nancy Pelosi and the Democrats refuse to pay more than one dollar for an actual, physical border wall or barrier.) Now I will distinguish between two general types of immigrants. The first type I’ll term Value-Added Melting-Pot immigrants. VAMPs usually form stable two-parent families and want their kids to grow up to be red-blooded Americans, happily assimilating into our culture, while quickly learning English and adopting American customs and manners of dress. Typically they are college-educated professionals when they legally immigrate to America. They may even vote Republican, and often have conservative values and political views. On the other hand, we now also have millions of Feral Aggressive Clannish Low-Intelligence immigrants, or FACLIs in shorthand. They may or may not be illegal aliens, but the Democrat party does not care as long as they will eventually vote Democrat. The worst of the FACLIs belong to an unholy supremacist rape and murder cult that is attempting to force its totalitarian social-political system upon the entire world, at sword point if necessary. The Democrats are not bothered by the inclusion of these dangerous fanatics among their FACLI immigrants as long as they reliably vote Democrat. Unfortunately, ever since the passage of Senator Ted Kennedy’s infamous 1965 Immigration and Nationality Act, the FACLIs have vastly outnumbered the VAMPS arriving in America. Instead of assimilating and blending into the American social landscape like the VAMPs, the FACLIs cluster in self-imposed ghettos, marking their territories with vandalism and graffiti, driving out their previous inhabitants, and turning these conquered areas into smaller versions of the third-world shitholes they fled in the first place. Yet the Democrats actually prefer FACLI immigrants to VAMPs, despite their tendency toward illiteracy, criminality, and many other social pathologies. This is because they can be depended upon to vote Democrat, adding their numbers to the native-born Dunning-Kruger Democrats who are too ignorant to realize that there is no such thing as a free lunch. Additionally, high crime rates and inter-ethnic friction give the state a reason to use harsh police state tactics to maintain control. Writer Sam Francis described this dynamic as “anarcho-tyranny.” It hardly needs to be mentioned that for a nation’s ruling elite to knowingly import a feral, aggressive, clannish, low-IQ population in order to replace their independent-minded, freedom-loving and self-sufficient population in return for cheap votes is an act of treason against their own people. But in both America and Europe, we can see that the Kalergi Plan for population replacement is working all too well. A half-century after Senator Kennedy’s notorious immigration act, America needs a fifty-year immigration moratorium to save it from utter destruction, but there is little chance of this ever happening in the prevailing political environment.

The Calizuelification Process Once the Democrat Party reaches a ruling margin based on their importation of sufficient numbers of FACLIs to guarantee future electoral success, they weaponize the political and legal structures to ensure that they can never be defeated again. Ideologically corrupted law enforcement and tax agencies are turned against their political rivals. The Calizuela DemSocs use outrageous electoral district gerrymandering, conduct door-to-door “vote harvesting” by party hacks, and prepare boxes of pre-filled election ballots to ensure their victories. They even hand voter registration cards to illegal aliens at the DMV along with their official Calizuela driver’s licenses, with no questions asked and no voter fraud investigations ever conducted. The amazing political success of the Democrat Party in Calizuela is now being copied in every other state. Once Florida or Texas flips to solid Democrat, the DemSocs will permanently control the national political process in the United States. But history shows that they will not then rest on their laurels and relax their guard. Their Marxist fiscal mismanagement will leave the economy in a shambles, but rather than accept the responsibility, they will instead set to blaming their pre-designated scapegoats. These shall be the aforementioned white Christian conservative men, the ultimate irredeemable deplorables, who will then be targeted for state-sanctioned hate and worse. In the DemSoc mission to scapegoat white heritage Americans, it will actually be an advantage to them that their base, (the Dunning-Kruger Democrats plus ever-increasing numbers of FACLIs), are, by and large, morons. Due to their low average intelligence, they will not be susceptible to persuasion by reason or logic. Instead, they will carry the strength of invincible ignorance as their shield. The most erudite and sublime arguments of Locke and Jefferson will not hold a candle against machete-wielding MS-13 gang members high on meth. And there will be millions of them and others eager to turn their violent fury against the state-designated conservative white male scapegoats who will be portrayed in the media as purposefully sabotaging their awaited socialist utopia. Thus the DemSocs shall unify their base and wipe out any potential future rivals in one brilliantly calculated but incalculably evil maneuver. Kill Whitey will be on their lips, their fury fanned to white heat by the collaborating mainstream media. What these morons lack in wisdom they will make up in aggression, low impulse control and sheer numbers. History teaches that racial fury can easily be whipped to such a fever pitch that a majority population can be induced to go house-to-house with machetes, massacring their former neighbors. This happened in Rwanda in modern times, and in Haiti in 1804, when all of the remaining whites were slaughtered, down to the last infant. Surely one of the most evil things any government can do is to set the stage for genocide by designating a group for state-approved scapegoating.

The Heritage American Right’s Reaction But the Democrat party’s Dunning-Kruger plus Cloward-Piven strategy to turn every state into another Calizuela with uncontrolled FACLI immigration has at least one major obstacle in its path: conservatives have made a close study of Leftist revolutionary strategies from Robespierre and Lenin to Alinsky and Obama. The Right’s deep understanding of this process is the reason why so many millions of firearms and billions of rounds of ammunition have been purchased in recent years. Millions of precision rifles dispersed in the hands of scores of millions of heritage Americans will be a game-changer, delaying or blocking the usual pattern of Leftist revolutionary genocide. At some as-yet unknown breaking point, the Left’s unstoppable DemSoc political wave will collide with the immovable object of armed Right-wing resistance. Nobody can say when or where the precise Fort Sumter moment will occur, but when it comes, a bloody civil war will follow. However, unlike the 1861-65 festivities, there will be no convenient regional divide between the warring camps. Instead, the red-blue county-level election maps will be a more useful blueprint for the coming mayhem, and even then, counties will often be too broad of a measure. I would suggest readers might review my earlier essay The CW2 Cube: Mapping the Meta-Terrain of Civil War Two, as well as When the Music Stops, How America’s Cities May Explode in Violence, for an in-depth look at how a dirty civil war may unfold and manifest itself. In short, Civil War Two will quickly become an urban versus rural conflict divided along demographic and cultural lines. This type of dirty civil war will be fought at the zip code and neighborhood level. Front lines will be vague and constantly shifting, with three or more local factions often competing for supremacy. It will be a civil war of secret arrests, disappearances, IEDs and targeted assassinations that will have many of the worst attributes of Argentina and Northern Ireland in the 1970s, or even Rwanda and former Yugoslavia in the 1990s. And once this vicious civil war is in full swing, the odds are high that the power grid itself will become the target of ten thousand attacks. In such a fluid crazy-quilt battlespace as an all-out dirty civil war, shared infrastructure lines will run through both friendly and enemy territory. Every faction will have a veto on their downstream enemy’s power grid and water supply. Food supplies that today are trucked from hundreds or thousands of miles away will disappear in this dangerous environment. Brainwashed Dunning-Kruger Democrats and their FACLI reinforcements might not enjoy living around evil and oppressive white devils very much today, but they are going to enjoy life without electricity, food, and clean drinking water even less. They will discover that it’s much easier to turn Minneapolis into Mogadishu than the reverse. What will happen inside the blue hives that are presently organized as DemSoc vote-harvesting plantations, when the EBT system collapses? When no electricity, food or water is flowing in to sustain their populations? This dystopian dynamic is likely to occur in some cities or regions earlier than in others, and this will lead to the imposition of extremely harsh measures, including martial law and food rationing in other parts of the country. Alternatively, where government control is weak, local vigilantism will become rampant. But history is clear: no matter how draconian the emergency decrees, new laws will not by themselves restore the power grid, or purify and pump the water, or get the food supply chain moving again. That will require the end of the civil war and a return to civility and the normal rule of law. Civil War Two will be brutal in every corner of America, but it will be absolutely catastrophic for the inhabitants of the blue hives when their sustenance is cut off. The Dunning-Kruger Democrats and the FACLI immigrants will not be able to eat socialist slogans or drink officially-sanctioned racial hatred. The mainstream Right is finally beginning to understand the Calizuelification process that is now underway across America, and that the process is designed to have no readily apparent stopping point, braking mechanism or antidote. During every stage, the process of imposing tyranny by stealth is cloaked with a veneer of bogus legality. But thanks to the vision and wisdom of our founding fathers, our liberty has two clear and unbreakable lines of defense: the First and Second Amendments. Regarding freedom of speech, an important part of the Calizuelification process is the systematic deplatforming, throttling, shadow-banning and outright perma-banning of conservative voices on social media. (The mainstream news media and Hollywood have already been a willing part of the process for decades.) But even on a sharply tilted field, for the time being conservatives are still allowed to say what they want. America is not yet at the point that Europe has reached, where dissidents are arrested for complaining on the internet about the dire social consequences of unchecked mass FACLI immigration. Today American conservatives can speak their minds, even as the Leftists who control social media attempt to algorithmically turn their volume and impact levels down to zero. The Right will grumble, but they will accept increasing levels of censorship—until they don’t. That point is still unknown. The other and greater protector of our liberty is the Second Amendment, guaranteeing our God-given right to keep and bear arms. Any politicians or law enforcement officials who move to deny our right to possess classes of weapons that have been readily available for over a century will be declaring themselves to be domestic enemies of the Constitution. The Right has exhaustively studied the long history of Leftist revolution and genocide, and knows very well that every genocide is preceded not only by the scapegoating of official state enemies, but also by the strict curtailment of their right to keep and bear arms in the dubious name of “public safety.” This makes the Second Amendment a very bright and clear line, the crossing of which will surely mark the beginning of a new civil war. Make no mistake: no matter what excuses may be offered, when the government comes for the guns, they have declared war on the America people. Once widespread gun confiscation begins, politicians, law enforcement officials, and even news and entertainment personalities supporting the disarmament of Americans will be seen and targeted as legitimate domestic enemies. Readers may wish to peruse my earlier essay, Dear Mr. Security Agent, which is an open letter to members of law enforcement, or my short story What I Saw at the Coup. And the DemSoc Left will indeed make the try, because without disarming the Right, their long-term stealth communization of America will fail. Then, instead of chalking up another Communist victory using their old Bolshevik, Gramscian and Alinskyite handbooks, the Left will face a withering firestorm of right-wing counterattacks. Action will beget reaction until a dirty civil war erupts in full fury, but how will this conflict eventually be resolved? Consider that one side consists largely of millions of government-dependent Dunning-Kruger and FACLI Democrats who are incapable of feeding themselves even in normal times. Will they become more capable when their blue hives are cut off from electricity, food and water? And consider that their leaders are not much more intelligent than the hive-dwelling drones who elect them. During a Leftist revolution, all that is required for a telegenic leader to rise to power is the ability to shout utopian slogans and gather a following of like-minded idiots: witness the spectacular rise of the Communist nitwit Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. The other side in the dirty civil war will largely be composed of self-sufficient and liberty-oriented students of history, springing from a long and storied line that produced the most successful modernizers and civilizers the world has ever seen—as well as its most effective warriors and generals. Many of them have served in America’s recent overseas wars, often in special operations units. The beginning of Civil War Two will definitively mark the end of the era of political correctness, and the artificial sense of superiority that PC brought to the Left by diminishing the audible voice of conservativism. Kipling’s Gods of the Copybook Heading will once again reassert their eternal rules over mankind. In the end, cold reality and natural law will prevail over Leftist social deconstruction and utopian fantasy. When it comes to High Noon on Main Street, when the fight boils down to scoped precision rifles against machetes at one hundred yards, I would not bet on the machete-wielders to prevail. No matter how angry or numerous they are today. Matthew Bracken was born in Baltimore, Maryland in 1957, and attended the University of Virginia, where he received a BA in Russian Studies and was commissioned as a naval officer in 1979. Later in that year he graduated from Basic Underwater Demolition/SEAL training, and in 1983 he led a Naval Special Warfare detachment to Beirut, Lebanon. Since then he’s been a welder, boat builder, charter captain, ocean sailor, essayist and novelist. He lives in North Florida.  Links to many of Matt’s short stories and essays may be found at EnemiesForeignAndDomestic.com, along with excerpts from his five novels. All of his short stories and essays may be reproduced on the internet, in part or in whole, as long as proper attribution is given, and they are not sold for profit without the permission of the author.

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/3723966/posts 

:: 2-10-19 Y net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fissure among Democrats as new Muslim lawmakers back BDS

Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib, who entered the US House of Representatives last month, openly support the boycott against Israel; to counter them, prominent party members formed the Democratic Majority for Israel.

AFP|Published: 02.10.19 , 19:25

The support for a boycott of Israel by the first two Muslim women in the US Congress has opened a breach in the Democratic Party and threatens to create a fissure in the ironclad US-Israeli alliance. Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib made their debut in the House of Representatives in January openly declaring their support for the Palestinian-led Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions movement, or BDS. The movement, launched more than a decade ago and modeled on the 1960s movement to pressure South Africa over apartheid, calls for people and groups to sever economic, cultural and academic ties to Israel, and to support sanctions against the Jewish state But for Israel partisans—including many Democrats and Republicans in Congress—BDS smacks of anti-Semitism and poses a threat to Israel.

Tlaib, 42, has Palestinian roots and represents a district of suburban Detroit, Michigan that is home to thousands of Muslims. She argues that BDS can draw a focus on "issues like the racism and the international human rights violations by Israel right now." Omar, 37, is the daughter of Somali refugees who was elected to represent a Minneapolis, Minnesota district with a large Somali population. She accuses Israel of discrimination against Palestinians akin to apartheid, but denies that she is anti-Semitic. Her remarks in January to Yahoo News however sparked anger among the large pro-Israel contingent in Congress, the powerful, largely Democratic US Jewish community, and Israel itself, where BDS is seen as a national threat. "When I see Israeli institute laws that recognize it as a Jewish state and does not recognize the other religions that are living in it, and we still hold it as a democracy in the Middle East, I almost chuckle," she told Yahoo News. "Because I know that if we see that in another society we would criticize it—we do that to Iran, any other place that sort of upholds its religion." Fissure among Democrats Omar and Tlaib sparked the BDS controversy during a period when Donald Trump's administration has strengthened relations with Israel and slashed aid to the Palestinians. But Republicans saw their support for BDS as both a threat to Jews and an exploitable rift among Democrats. "Democrats have made it clear that hateful, bigoted rhetoric toward Israel is not confined to a few freshman members. This is the mainstream position of today's Democratic Party and their leadership is enabling it," Republicans said in a statement on January 29. Republican Congressman Lee Zeldin urged his colleagues "to reject the anti-Israel and anti-Semitic hatred that we are starting to see infiltrating American politics and even the halls of Congress." Bids to legislate

The worry about the still small but growing support for BDS in the United States predates Tlaib's and Omar's political rise. A number of states have passed or proposed constitutionally questionable legislation and policies that would penalize supporters of the boycott movement. But the arrival of Tlaib and Omar in Congress was greeted with the first proposed federal law to fight to that end, in the Senate. Senator Marco Rubio argues that BDS aims to eliminate the State of Israel, and said his legislation would protect states' rights to exclude from public contracts any supporters of BDS. Republicans, the majority in the Senate, along with more than half of the Democrats approved the legislation. But a significant number of Democrats opposed it, because, they said, it violates constitutional guarantees of freedom of expression. 'Political football' That has left Democrats vulnerable to charges of anti-Semitism. To fight that, in January prominent party members formed the Democratic Majority for Israel, touting themselves as "The Voice of Pro-Israel Democrats," which for some came across as a rebuke of Omar and Tlaib. After Omar joined the influential House Foreign Affairs Committee, according to The New York Times, Jewish committee Chairman Eliot Engel privately made it clear that he would not ignore any "particularly hurtful" remarks she might make. "You hope that when people are elected to Congress, they continue to grow," he reportedly told her. "There is obviously a serious fight going on within the Democratic Party with respect to how to deal with BDS and some within their party who advocate for it," said Alvin Rosenfeld, who directs the Institute for the Study of Contemporary Antisemitism at Indiana University. "Should the party swing to the far left and appear to be way out of line with America's traditional ties to one of its strongest allies, Israel, the party will surely suffer at the polls," he told AFP. Amy Elman, a political science professor at Kalamazoo College, said anti-Semitism should not be used as a "political football by any party."

https://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-5461137,00.html 

:: 2-11-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Brutal Murder of a Jewish Teen

A glimpse into the horrific Palestinian practice of “Pay for Slay".

February 11, 2019 Ari Lieberman

When police and security forces discovered 19-year-old Ori Ansbacher in Jerusalem’s Ein Yael forest on Friday, she was already dead. Police noted that she was murdered in a brutal fashion having been stabbed at least 12 times in the chest and neck. There were other signs of brutality but in deference to police requests and the dignity of the Ansbacher family, I will refrain from noting them here. Needless to say, this was a barbaric crime even by Palestinian standards of barbarity. Forensic teams scoured the site for evidence and within 24 hours, there was a significant evidentiary breakthrough that led to the doorstep of 29-year-old Hebron resident, Arafat Irfayia. So strong was the physical evidence that police noted that they could secure a conviction even without a confession. Following the crime, Irfayia hid in a mosque in the Arab village of El-Bireh, and subsequently made his way to a home adjacent to the mosque where Israeli security forces nabbed him. His Hebron home has already been mapped for demolition. On Sunday, Irfayia reenacted the crime for investigators. On day of the murder, Irfayia, who was known to law enforcement, left his Hebron home armed with a knife and made his way to Jerusalem, where he stumbled upon his innocent female victim. It was a crime of opportunity and unfortunately, Ori became a victim of Irfayia’s monstrous hate of Jews and deviant sexual proclivities.

The horrific nature of the crime instantly reverberated throughout Israel and revived calls for capital punishment for acts of terror with aggravating circumstances. Protestors assembled at Tel Aviv’s Rabin Square where they called for the death penalty for Ori’s killer. This sentiment was echoed by Minister of Justice Ayelet Shaked, who stated that prosecutors should seek the death penalty. Public Security Minister Gilad Erdan expressed a similar position noting that certain aggravating circumstances such as abuse of the victim and inability to rehabilitate should be considered when assessing a capital case. Though Israel has a death penalty statute, it has only been implemented once in the case of Adolf Eichmann, the notorious Nazi who played an integral role in the murder of six million Jews during the Holocaust. Eichmann was captured in Buenos Aires by a Mossad team and spirited out of Argentina to Israel where he was tried and sentenced to death by hanging. He was executed on June 1, 1962 and cremated with his ashes spread over the Mediterranean Sea, outside of Israel’s maritime boundaries. Those arguing against the death penalty reason that the death penalty does not serve as a deterrent as most of those who carry out these types of crimes expect to die and may even in fact yearn for death on the promise of being received by 72 virgins and lifetime pecuniary benefits for the terrorist’s family members. Moreover, the death of the terrorist serves to elevate him to martyrdom status. Many Palestinians maintain a death cult mentality, which is continuously stoked by religious and governmental indoctrination, agitation and propaganda. For example, in 2015 Palestinian Authority president, Mahmoud Abbas, aired a speech on PA television in which he stated “…We bless every drop of blood that has been spilled for Jerusalem, which is clean and pure blood, blood spilled for Allah, Allah willing. Every martyr (Shahid) will reach Paradise, and everyone wounded will be rewarded by Allah…” Both sides in this debate maintain valid arguments. Nevertheless, in the unlikely event that prosecutors in this case seek the death penalty, the body of the killer should be cremated to deny the enemy the ability to give the terrorist stardom status with grandiose funeral processions and a burial shrine. All traces of the terrorist should be erased. The tragic death of Ori Ansbacher highlights another disturbing Palestinian practice known as “Pay for Slay.” The Palestinian economy is a beggar economy subsisting on handouts from European Union nations, Norway and Switzerland. Yet this did not prevent the PA from doling out cash to more than 30,000 terrorists and their families to the tune of hundreds of millions of dollars per year. It is likely that Arafat Irfayia or his family will now receive a hefty stipend from the PA’s coffers, care of the unsuspecting European taxpayer. In response to the Taylor Force Act, passed by Congress in 2017, the Trump administration slashed funding to the PA. The legislation, named after a U.S. soldier who was murdered by a PA Arab, aims to force the PA to cease the repugnant practice of Pay for Slay. In 2018, the administration cut $200 million in economic aid earmarked for the PA. In addition, the administration cut funding to the United Nations Relief Works Agency (UNRWA), which the State Department classified as an “irredeemably flawed operation.” That is an understatement at best. UNRWA employees have given aid and comfort to terrorist organizations, distributed anti-Semitic literature at UNRWA-run schools and permitted Hamas to stockpile rockets at its educational facilities. It is an organization that serves to perpetuate conflict rather than end it. The brutal murder of Ori Ansbacher serves to underscore the reason why peace with the Palestinians is a far-fetched pipedream. While Israel takes action to apprehend its extremists and bring them to justice, the Palestinians provide their killers with pecuniary rewards and name streets, schools and squares after them. A society that revels in death and gore is not a normal society but is rather a death cult, undeserving of any form of statehood.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/272833/brutal-murder-jewish-teen-ari-lieberman 

:: 2-11-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Egypt pumps toxic gas into smuggling tunnel, killing two Palestinians

Palestinians resume night clashes along Gaza border with Israel; one mortar launched from Strip lands next to security fence.

By Anna Ahronheim February 11, 2019 11:19

wo Palestinians died Monday and several others wounded after Egyptian troops pumped toxic fumes into a smuggling tunnel stretching into the Sinai Peninsula from the Gaza Strip. The Hamas-run Gaza Interior Ministry was quoted by Wafa news as identifying the two as 39-year-old Hamas officer Abdul Hamid al-Aker, who was killed during a “security mission to inspect the tunnel,” and 28-year-old Sobhi Abu Qarshin. Abu Qarshin was said to have died during a rescue attempt. Several other security personnel were rescued by civil defense teams from inside the tunnel and were rushed to hospital, where they were described as being in moderate condition. The ministry did not say what gas was used by the Egyptians. Egypt has in the past flooded Hamas tunnels along the Gaza Strip with seawater or sewage, and has destroyed hundreds of homes on the Egyptian side of Rafah to remove the smuggling tunnels used by Gazans. In February 2017, three Palestinians were killed in a tunnel between Gaza and Sinai in similar circumstances. The men were killed after the Egyptian military pumped toxic gas into a tunnel they were repairing after Egyptian military blew it up.  In January, the Egyptian military announced that it had destroyed 37 cross-border tunnels linking the Gaza Strip to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula over the past year. The Egyptian military began cracking down on tunnels stretching from the Hamas-run coastal enclave into the restive peninsula since the country’s September 2013 military coup, which saw Muslim Brotherhood’s Mohammed Morsi ousted and imprisoned. Israel’s military has also been investing extensive efforts in locating cross-border tunnels from Gaza and has destroyed 15 terror tunnels which infiltrated into Israeli territory this past year, including one tunnel which stretched into both Israel and Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula near the Kerem Shalom crossing. Israel denied claims the tunnel was used for smuggling, asserting Hamas intended to use it to bring terrorists and weapons from Egypt into the Gaza Strip for a possible future combined attack on the Kerem Shalom crossing from the Egyptian side. Israel has a 240-kilometer border with the restive Sinai Peninsula and Cairo, and in early January, Egyptian President Abdel Fattah al-Sisi said in an interview with CBS News that military cooperation between the two countries had reached unprecedented levels in the Sinai. Also on Sunday night, a mortar was launched toward Israel from the Strip during nighttime riots along the border fence, which saw Palestinians launching firecrackers and fireworks at IDF troops east of Jabalya in the northern Gaza Strip. The mortar, which was said to have been launched from east of the city of Deir al-Balah in the central Gaza Strip, landed inside the Strip next to the border fence. Meanwhile, a Palestinian man who attempted to swim into Israel from Gaza, was arrested by the navy after he crossed into Israeli water unarmed and transferred to the Shin Bet security services for further interrogation.

https://www.jpost.com/Middle-East/Egypt-pumps-toxic-gas-into-smuggling-tunnel-killing-two-Palestinians-580309 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc. 

:: 2--19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Militant Iran taunts U.S. on revolution's 40th birthday

Parisa Hafezi

DUBAI (Reuters) - Hundreds of thousands of Iranians marched and some burned U.S. flags to mark the revolution’s 40th anniversary on Monday as Tehran showed off ballistic missiles in defiance of U.S. efforts to curb its military power. Soldiers, students, clerics and black-clad women holding small children thronged streets across Iran, many with portraits of Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, the Shi’ite cleric who toppled the Shah in an Islamic uprising that still haunts the West. On Feb. 11, 1979, Iran’s army declared its neutrality, paving the way for the fall of U.S.-backed Shah Mohammad Reza Pahlavi.  State television showed crowds carrying Iranian flags in cold rainy weather, shouting “Death to Israel, Death to America” - trademark chants of the revolution. Sponsored The Islamic Republic has vowed to increase its military strength despite mounting pressure from Western countries to curtail its ballistic missile program. Those capabilities were on display during the march, including the Qadr F, a ground-to-ground missile with a 1,950-km (1,220-mile) range, Tasnim news agency said. “We have not asked and will not ask for permission to develop different types of ... missiles and will continue our path and our military power,” President Hassan Rouhani said in a speech at Tehran’s Azadi (Freedom) square. ECONOMIC “HARDSHIPS AND GRIEVANCES” U.S. President Donald Trump tweeted on Monday that the Iranian government had let down its people. “40 years of corruption. 40 years of repression. 40 years of terror. The regime in Iran has produced only #40YearsofFailure. The long-suffering Iranian people deserve a much brighter future,” he posted in both English and Farsi. Iranian Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif also responded on Twitter. “#40YearsofFailure to accept that Iranians will never return to submission. #40YearsofFailure to adjust US policy to reality. #40YearsofFailure to destabilize Iran through blood & treasure. After 40 yrs of wrong choices, time for @realDonaldTrump to rethink failed US policy,” he wrote. Iranians face mounting economic hardships many blame on the country’s clerical leaders, and pictures on social media showed some people also demonstrating against corruption, unemployment and high prices. “Our presence in the 40th anniversary of the revolution is to show our support for the Islamic Republic,” said one sign held by a protester. “But it does not mean we support corruption of some officials and their betrayal of the oppressed people. ”Reuters could not independently verify the pictures. Last year, Iran cracked down on protests over poor living standards that posed the most serious challenge to its clerical elite since a 2009 uprising over disputed elections. Prices of basic foodstuffs have soared since Trump withdrew Washington from world powers’ 2015 nuclear deal with Iran last year and reimposed sanctions on Tehran. In January, Rouhani said Iran was dealing with its worst economic crisis since the Shah was toppled. But he remained defiant on Monday as Iranians recalled the end of a monarch who catered to the rich. “The Iranian people have and will have some economic difficulties but we will overcome the problems by helping each other,” he said. U.S. AND ISRAELI THREATS Yadollah Javani, the Iranian Revolutionary Guards’ deputy head for political affairs, said Iran would demolish cities in Israel if the United States attacked. “The United States does not have the courage to fire a single bullet at us despite all its defensive and military assets. But if they attack us, we will raze Tel Aviv and Haifa to the ground,” Javani told the state news agency IRNA. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu dismissed the threat. “I am not ignoring the threats of the Iranian regime, but nor I am impressed by them,” he said. “Were this regime to make the terrible mistake of trying to destroy Tel Aviv and Haifa, it would not succeed, but it would mean that they had celebrated their last Revolution Day. They would do well to take that into account.” Washington and the Arab world have viewed Iran with great suspicion since the Islamic Revolution, fearing Khomeini’s radical ideology would inspire militants across the Middle East. Today, the United States, its Arab allies and Israel are trying to counter Tehran’s growing influence in the Middle East, where it has proxies in Syria, Lebanon and Yemen. Iran also has vast clout in Iraq, where Major-General Qassem Soleimani, head of the overseas arm of the Revolutionary Guards, was frequently photographed guiding Shi’ite militias in the war against Sunni Islamic State militants. Additional reporting by Bozorgmehr Sharafeddin in London, Babak Dehghanpisheh in Geneva and Dan Williams in Jerusalem; Writing by Michael Georgy; Editing by Andrew Cawthorne, William Maclean/Mark Heinrich and Sonya Hepinstall

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-iran-revolution-anniversary-rally/defiant-iran-taunts-u-s-as-revolution-turns-40-idUSKCN1Q00QI 

:: 2-11-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'IDF Special Forces operating in Afghanistan'

Iran claims: Israel sent troops to Afghanistan to gather intelligence on Iranian military movements.

Mordechai Sones, 11/02/19 18:52

Iranian media claim that Israel sent special forces soldiers to Afghanistan to gather intelligence about Iranian military movements. The Iranian news agency Tasnim reported that Israeli soldiers were operating from an American Air Force base in Shindand, in the western province of Herat, about 75 kilometers from the Iranian border. According to the report, the soldiers are gathering intelligence on Iranian movements in the Persian Gulf region. The Russian news site Sputnik reported the Israelis were working "under the flags of the United States and the United Arab Emirates." Sputnik quoted an expert on Israeli affairs, Semyon Tzippis, who said that the IDF soldiers' activities were carried out within the framework of the American forces stationed there, and that this was done with the knowledge of the Afghan government. Tzippis claimed these are elite IDF units taking advantage of their stay there also to practice operations in the difficult terrain there.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/258903 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 2-11-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel strikes Quneitra, near Syrian border with Golan Heights - SANA

The state-run outlet said the tank targeted a hospital and observation post "with a number of shells."

By JERUSALEM POST STAFF February 11, 2019 20:26

An Israeli tank struck Syrian territory in Quneitra, near the Golan Heights border, Syrian state news agency SANA said on Monday, without providing further details. The media outlet cited its own reporter, who said the strikes only caused "material damage." The state-run outlet said the tank targeted a hospital and observation post "with a number of shells." Quneitra was recaptured by Bashar Assad's regime forces in July 2018, having been held by a rebel faction for the majority of the country's seven-year-long civil war. The area sits some 500 feet from the 1974 internationally-mediated ceasefire line. In late December, IDF forces fired at armed suspects approaching the Israeli border from Syria. Israel routinely hits Iranian targets in Syria, with officials taking credit for strikes near Damascus in January. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has repeatedly said that Israel will not allow Iranian entrenchment in Syria.

https://www.jpost.com/Breaking-News/Israel-strikes-Quneitra-near-Syrian-border-with-Golan-Heights-SANA-580362 

:: 2-10-19 KTRK ABC 13 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mumps outbreak confirmed at ICE detention facility in Houston

Sunday, February 10, 2019 01:04AM   HOUSTON, Texas (KTRK) --

The Houston Health Department confirmed seven mumps cases at an U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) facility in Houston Saturday afternoon.

Houston Health Dept @HoustonHealth

We confirm seven mumps cases at an ICE facility in Houston. All seven individuals are adult detainees who were detained during their infectious period. There is no evidence the disease was transmitted to anyone outside of the facility. https://cityofhouston.news/houston-health-department-confirms-mumps-at-houston-ice-facility/  …

21 1:49 PM - Feb 9, 2019

Officials said that all seven people were adults who were detained during the time they became sick.

"Since these individuals were isolated inside the facility during the period they were infectious, we do not anticipate these cases posing a threat to the community," said Dr. David Persse, Houston's local health authority and EMS medical director." The health department says they are working with the facility on infection control methods and will conduct an on-site visit soon. Mumps is a vaccine-preventable contagious disease caused by a virus. It typically starts with a few days of fever, headache, muscle aches, tiredness, and loss of appetite, followed by swollen salivary glands. Those experiencing symptoms of mumps or any highly contagious disease should immediately contact their doctor. Most people recover from mumps without serious complications. Mumps can be prevented with two doses of measles, mumps and rubella vaccine. Children should receive the first dose at 12 to 15 months of age, and the second dose at 4 through 6 years of age. Two doses of the vaccine are 97 percent effective. "Properly vaccinating your children isn't just about protecting your child, it's about protecting your entire family and your community," Dr. Persse continued. While rare, mumps outbreaks have previously occurred in Texas and Houston.

https://abc13.com/health/mumps-outbreak-confirmed-at-ice-detention-facility/5129445/ 

[ :: 12-31-15/1-1-16 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, know what my word says, and there shall be terrorist’s attacks, for they cannot be put off, for you allow the terrorists to come in like Trojan horses and they are here and nobody wants to deal with them. etc.

:: 2-12-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Designated Terrorist Group CAIR sues Dept. of Homeland Security for having “too many Muslims” on its watch list

February 12, 2019 by BareNakedIslam

Gee, I can’t imagine why Muslims would be singled out for the Terror Watch List more than any other group? Surely, it isn’t as if they would hijack a plane and drive it into a tall building or sneak a bomb aboard a plane in their underwear? CAIR-Florida filed a constitutional challenge to the federal government’s watchlist system, including the TSA’s recently revealed Quiet Skies program. Omar Saleh, CAIR-Florida’s attorney stated, “Our clients who have never been charged with or convicted of any terror-related offense. (That’s why they are put on a “Watch List” in anticipation of what some of them are likely to do, considering their history) They are singled out and put on a watch list which subjects them to constant harassment and travel delays without notice or opportunity to address placement on this list. (Muslims are the reason real Americans are subjected to time-consuming security checks at the airport, something that didn’t happen until Muslims started hijacking planes)

This is a violation of their due process right and we want the Court to rule that the government’s arbitrary placement of those on the watch list simply by virtue of their religion is not only counterproductive, but unconstitutional.” (No, it’s precisely because of their religion and what religion commands them to do to unbelievers, that they are on the list in large numbers) Quiet Skies punishes those who—through family, community or the workplace—have relationships with individuals the federal government has designated as a “known or suspected terrorist.” The program imposes indiscriminate surveillance upon a designee’s family members, friends, co-workers, and travel companions at airports and on airplanes. (That’s because they pose a higher risk)

https://barenakedislam.com/2019/02/12/designated-terrorist-group-cair-sues-dept-of-homeland-security-for-having-too-many-muslims-on-its-watch-list/ 

:: 2-11-19 American Greatness :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Not ‘All Americans’ Are ‘Proud That We Have More Women in the Workforce Than Ever Before’

By Dennis Prager| February 11th, 2019

In his State of the Union address, President Trump announced, “All Americans can be proud that we have more women in the workforce than ever before.” It was one of the few times he received a standing ovation from both Democrats and Republicans. I would not have stood and cheered. Either the president or whoever wrote that line honestly thought it was something worth celebrating, or the president simply wanted to say something that would sound wonderful to both Democrats and Republicans, as well as to Americans who do not otherwise support him. Whatever the reason, both the fact that there are more women in the workforce than ever before and the fact that Trump thought mentioning it would bring credit to his administration constitute a victory for the feminist left. Getting women to leave home for the workplace has been one of the central goals of modern feminism. Feminists deny this, claiming they don’t prefer women work outside the home; they only want women to have the choice to do so. But if that were true, why did congressional Democrats—the women in white, feminists all—jump up and cheer? The answer is obvious: Feminists consider women who eschew a career to take care of their home, their children and their husband to be less than women who place career first. But even if one prefers that women work outside of the home, “All Americans can be proud that we have more women in the workforce than ever before” is simply not true. As feminists often note, many women work outside of the home not because they want to but because they have no choice: They have to support themselves, their household and/or their children. What if every woman in America were in the workforce? Would we be proud of that? By the “more of women than ever” logic, we should be. On the other hand, if the president had said, “All Americans can be proud of the fact that more women than ever now have the choice to work inside or outside the home,” that would be true. That is something I, too, would have cheered. But the members of Congress did not stand and cheer because more women have the choice to work outside the home. They cheered because more women than ever before (SET ITAL) are (END ITAL) working outside the home. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, in 2017, nearly 75 million women were in the American civil workforce. But it is inconceivable that 75 million women want to be in the workforce. So, again, why all the cheering? We know why Democrats did: They want women to eschew homemaking and time with children in favor of work outside the house. But why did Republicans stand up and cheer? One reason bears testimony to the thesis of a recent column I wrote: The greatest fear in America is fear of the left. The last thing Republican members of Congress wanted was to be photographed sitting quietly after the president of the United States announced, “All Americans can be proud that we have more women in the workforce than ever before”—especially while every Democrat was standing and cheering. The left-wing media, meaning virtually all mainstream media, would have depicted every such Republican “sexist” and “misogynist.” A second reason bears testimony to another fact of contemporary life: Republicans have been far more influenced by leftism than Democrats have been by conservatism. While many of the Republicans who cheered did so out of fear of the left and/or to support their party’s beleaguered president, many sincerely believe the record number of women in the workplace is something worth celebrating. But believe it or not, there are still many women and men who do not agree. We all acknowledge that with enough money and/or familial support, a woman can raise fine children and maintain a happy home and a loving marriage. Nevertheless, we also know that doing all three is difficult enough when a woman devotes full time to those three goals. But when a woman works outside the home, devoting full time to home and family is impossible. So, yes, more women than ever are in the workplace. But before we stand and cheer, it is worth asking: Are women happier today? Are families doing better today? Are marriages happier with wives at home or in the workplace? Do young people grow up happier and better-adjusted with mothers at home or with mothers in the workplace? Is society’s emphasis on work and career inhibiting more young women from marrying and having children? Is society better off or worse off when a record number of women leave home to enter the workplace? Only when those questions are answered will we know whether to cheer.

https://amgreatness.com/2019/02/11/not-all-americans-are-proud-that-we-have-more-women-in-the-workforce-than-ever-before/ 

:: 2-12-19 Justus Knight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2nd Amendment Enforcers: You Won’t Believe Who Just Stood Against New ‘Gun Laws’!

February 12, 2019 JustusAKnight

There are moments in time, even today, where you can see a small sliver of our Constitution is preserved. It is depressing how far back in the headlines this news is pushed; back in the sections that no one reads, …they would sure hate this sort of news to get out! But have faith, the 2nd Amendment is finding enforcers throughout the U.S.! Today’s broadcast will once again cover the many critical headlines facing our world today. From Trump singing the AI Executive order, Russia’s underwater nuclear doomsday device to the headlines story of a Constitutional victory! These and much, much more as we move into today’s broadcast. Sit back, hit play and prepare to be informed about things you want to know, things you need to know and things you have to know! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can if you like the broadcast! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!!

God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/02/12/2nd-amendment-enforcers-you-wont-believe-who-just-stood-against-new-gun-laws/ 

:: 2--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Republic or Monarchy?

By Hal Lindsey

Just after he and his colleagues had hammered out an agreement on the US Constitution, a woman came up to Benjamin Franklin and asked, “Well, Doctor, what have we got, a republic or a monarchy?” He answered, “A republic, Madam, if you can keep it.” And that has been the question ever since. Can we keep it? Alexis de Tocqueville was a French aristocrat who traveled extensively in the United States as he studied American democracy in the 1830s. As an aristocrat, he feared the volatility of a government vulnerable to the whims of the masses. He was also a religious skeptic. But in America, he found a force that calmed democracy’s inherent instability. That steadying influence was Christianity. He called America’s religious faith, “the great counterbalancing force to the instability and tyranny of democracy.” His words remind me of John Adams’ famous quote on the same topic. “We have no government, armed with power, capable of contending with human passions, unbridled by morality and religion. Avarice, ambition, revenge and licentiousness would break the strongest cords of our Constitution, as a whale goes through a net. Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.” One of the ways avarice, ambition, revenge and licentiousness threaten to break the strong cords of our Constitution is embodied in a quote Ronald Reagan often used. “A democracy… can only exist until the majority discovers it can vote itself largess out of the public treasury. After that, the majority always votes for the candidate promising the most benefits with the result the democracy collapses because of the loose fiscal policy ensuing, always to be followed by a dictatorship.” Scholars debate the quote’s source. But in this case, it’s the thought that counts. And the thought is unsettling. Will America endure as a land of reliance on God, hard work, and productivity? Or will it eat the seed grain? Will one generation consume on itself the entire storehouse of seed meant to be planted for the next generation’s harvest? We’re seeing that scenario play out in several nations around the world. Governments are trying to extricate themselves from the unsustainable promises made by their socialist counterparts in the previous generation. It’s like they’re caught in quicksand. They want to return to a time of greater personal responsibility, but dependence on government keeps pulling them back down. While much of the world works to get out of socialist quicksand, a new generation of Americans seem intent on plunging in. A quick look at the ongoing tragedy in Venezuela should serve as a stark warning. But today, artificial intelligence engines feed individual Americans only those news items they want to read. In other words, news is being tailored to reinforce existing prejudices on all sides — especially for those who favor socialistic ideas. But socialism is not the disease. It is a symptom of the disease — just one of many symptoms. The disease itself is identified in Romans 1:25. “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie.” Across America, members of the intelligentsia worry that democracy here is broken. And they don’t see how to fix it. But if we look at what’s really wrong with America, the solution becomes obvious. The nation is spiritually ill. Therefore, the solution is also spiritual. We need a revival among Christians and a great awakening to the Gospel among the rest. God gave us this amazing land. Only He can repair it. But don’t look for a miracle imposed from the outside. God’s repair will only come when we invite the miracle into our own hearts.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-30-2019/ 

:: 2-11-19 Clairon Ledger :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Socialism hits a Trump in the road

Daniel L. Gardner, Guest Columnist Published 8:37 a.m. CT Feb. 11, 2019

National news cycles have become even more predictable since Donald Trump won the presidency. Driven by the left, today’s news always blames President Trump. Virginia’s state leaders have been subjects of allegations of racism and sexual assault. Predictably, it’s Trump’s fault. This phenomenon did not begin with Trump, but is a continuation of predictable news cycles from his predecessor’s term. Bad news during President Obama’s term was always blamed on George W. Bush. Nevertheless, when George W. could not be blamed, we learned there’s “not even a smidgen of corruption” in the IRS; Benghazi was just “a bump in the road;” and, Ft. Hood was “workplace violence.” The left has always framed and driven news cycles, continuously herding the masses toward revolution. In the last 100 years alone we’ve seen Lenin lead the masses to the left. Stalin followed his lead, only with more malice. Hitler rose to power receiving his mantle from the left, as did Mao and Pol Pot. More recently, Venezuela’s leftist government bankrupted one of the richest nations in the Americas in fewer than 20 years. History is replete with the left’s continual drive toward strong, centralized, totalitarian governments at the expense of individual freedoms and rights. The USA is caught up in this cycle and will inevitably be swept into a socialist revolution leading to a totalitarian state comprised of a ruling class and the people. To be specific, America’s left includes establishments of both major political parties, mainstream national media, academia, the federal bureaucracy, and the mega-rich such as George Soros who has had his fingers in politics from Moscow to Washington for decades. Unfortunately, many in the middle class today believe America has only two classes: the rich and everybody else. They neither see nor appreciate the benefits of middle class living in the land of the free. The cycle will sweep them into a wave of socialist ideology that crashes into a righteous revolution against “the rich.” After America’s first revolution, leaders ventured to form a government with power going to the states and the people. Washington, Madison, and Jefferson did not want to return to a strong central government that was typical in their day. They wanted individual freedoms and rights for all citizens, and tried to grant these freedoms via the Constitution and Bill of Rights. Even though the Constitution granted more power to individual states and the people, the federal bureaucracy began growing and assuming powers not specifically listed in the founding document. And though our founders tried to build in checks and balances to prevent a totalitarian central government, human nature prevailed and politicians quickly learned how to build their own kingdoms within the federal establishment. Fortunately, America’s march toward socialism hit a Trump in the road in 2016, confounding more than one hundred years of revolutionary plans and strategies. All of the left’s energy and attention has since been diverted from solidifying federal control to attacking the Trump in the road. The number one goal of the left is to get rid of Trump and get back to the business of socializing America. President Trump’s time in office will only slow America’s march toward a strong, socialized federal government. America’s establishment is marching steadily toward the next revolution that will fundamentally change the U.S. from a majority middle-class nation into a mafia-ruled monopoly.

https://www.clarionledger.com/story/opinion/columnists/2019/02/11/socialism-hits-trump-road/2836006002/ 

:: 2-7-19 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Marrying socialism and climate change

The shortsighted folly of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez

By Benjamin Backer - - Thursday, February 7, 2019

ANALYSIS/OPINION:

For the past few months, many mainstream Democrats have been pushing the Green New Deal — a radical, socialist policy that aims to dramatically reduce the United States’ emissions and convert American energy usage solely to wind and solar. The policy has massive economic implications with an estimated price tag of $5.7 trillion and countless jobs that would need to be replaced. In addition, its hope for solar and wind to carry the burden of all energy production is completely unrealistic. Despite that, its biggest flaw may be its promotion of socialism, which inherently goes against emissions reduction and the success of climate change mitigation. In fact, for anyone who wants true climate change reform, socialism is the last route that should be taken. The free market, however, has been at the helm of impactful success in the environmental sphere. From clean energy to transportation, the market has led the way on environmental action. To the shock of many, the Toyota Prius is a perfect example of this. In the late 1990s, the market demanded a more fuel-efficient and cost-effective vehicle. Shortly after, Toyota and Honda released their respective hybrids, which have led to countless innovations in the transportation sector. Today, with Tesla, Nissan and nearly every automobile manufacturer creating electric cars through the demand of the free market, transportation is on its way to driving down emissions at a substantial level. When it comes to clean energy sources like nuclear and hydropower (which etc. and the news story continues..

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2019/feb/7/marrying-socialism-and-climate-change/ 

:: 2-9-19 The American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Spain finally done being socialist?

By J.R. Vidueira February 9, 2019

A political earthquake is shaking, rattling, and rolling Spain — and the aftermath may be good for freedom-loving people in Europe and elsewhere. Spaniards are finally fed up with socialist policies, it seems. In hyper-progressive Madrid, the latest polls show the right-of-center Popular and Vox parties ahead of the ruling Socialist Party just three months before the next local elections — meaning that conservatives would retake control in Spain's capital if elections were held today. And this comes just weeks after Vox — whose leaders espouse views similar to those of American conservatives — captured 12 seats in Andalusia's elections, handing the reins of power in Spain's southern region to a new center-right coalition after 36 years of Socialist rule. Now, on Sunday, some 20,000 demonstrators are expected to take to the streets of Madrid to protest Socialist President Pedro Sánchez's "high treason" against Spain for his appeasement of Barcelona's separatists. Protesters will demand that Sánchez call for national elections — so they can replace him. "Mr. President: Don't deny the popular outcry ... Stop damaging the nation and damaging yourself. Try to redeem yourself. Let the people vote," counseled an editorial in the right-of-center El Mundo daily on Thursday. It's a popular sentiment these days, and not just with the right. Emotions are especially high after Sánchez seemed cave to demands from radicals in Barcelona who have proclaimed (unconstitutionally, of course) their independence from Spain. Sánchez even agreed to use an "impartial" mediator in upcoming talks. Combined with uncontrolled illegal immigration, controversial progressive social laws, and generally ineffective socialist policy, these events have led to a surge of Spanish patriotism and conservatism over the past year. Across the country, many Spaniards now display the Spanish flag outside their homes or hanging from their balconies, showing their loyalty to their constitution, culture, and country. Yet while all this has been happening, Barcelona's municipality, Catalonia, has decreed that all business signs must be in the ancient Catalan language and has even made learning in Spanish a near impossibility in the public schools. Most of the media portray the backlash against these authoritarian policies as a "far-right, anti-immigrant" movement led by radical forces. Politico, the New York Times, CNN, and the BBC have all used similar words — "far-right," "anti-immigrant," "extreme" — to describe the emerging Vox Party after it shocked the establishment in December. But Vox is not an exclusionary movement, as these progressive critics assert. Indeed, it's a classically liberal, low-tax, pro-family, less-government-regulation, and patriotic party that's exactly the opposite of fascist or extreme. Its slogan: Make Spain Great Again. It does resemble Trump's Republican Party more than any other party in Europe — doubtless the reason for the rising fear among those on the left and in the media. Much like Trump's GOP, the party is not "anti-immigration," just anti-illegal immigration — it wants to stop the flood of illegal aliens pouring across the southern border, which in Spain's case means Andalusia's beaches. There's a good reason to do that. Samuel Linares, who coordinates Red Cross activities near Málaga in Andalusia, told the New York Times that the situation there is at a "critical point that clearly exceeds our infrastructure capacity." In other words, Spain is facing a genuine "humanitarian crisis" along its southern border, to quote a famous American politician. But it's a problem that the Left apparently believes should be ignored — which is what the leftists want to do with the controversies surrounding new "progressive" laws, one of which is often labeled "feminazi" by its opponents for bestowing more rights to women than to men. The result: Spaniards are fed up, and they're standing up for their freedoms, their constitution, and their country.   Even the establishmentarian, not always conservative Popular Party is sounding more and more like its new ally. Its leader, Pablo Casado, called for this Sunday's protest in Madrid's Columbus Square to "stand for freedom and oppose a government that commits treason against Spaniards," as he put it on Thursday. Even greater fireworks may be on display later in the week in the nation's Supreme Court. That's when Vox's secretary general, Javier Ortega Smith, begins prosecuting the high-stakes trial of 12 Catalonian separatists who led the illegal effort to secede from Spain in the fall of 2017. The "trial of the century," as it has been labeled by the Spanish media, will have repercussions not just in Catalonia, but also in the northeastern region of Spain, home of the Basque separatists. Indeed, it's likely to be at the top of the headlines as Spain nears its May regional elections as well as the upcoming national election, whenever that's finally called by the current president. But for conservatives, a victory has already been won: just the emergence of a new, market-friendly, pro-life, pro-family political party in a "social-democratic" European nation is an unforeseen and unexpected development that may yield substantial and positive economic changes in Spain. And a more conservative Spain is likely to influence other nations in Europe and elsewhere — possibly substantially. For example, it's sure to impact the European Union's policy toward Latin America, since that's an area in which the E.U. often follows Spain's lead. All of this makes for a unique moment in the history of one of the world's most fascinating countries. Sadly, it's a story the mainstream American media have largely ignored.  J.R. Vidueira is the former editor of NewsMax.com  and HISPANIC Magazine, a general-interest glossy that covered the cultures and people of Spain and the Americas.   Read more: https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2019/02/is_spain_finally_done_being_socialist.html#ixzz5fKvcfwQc 

Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

:: 2-11-19 The Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We already know Ilhan Omar is an anti-Semite. The question is, do Democrats care?

by Philip Klein | February 11, 2019 10:48 AM

That Rep. Ilhan Omar, D-Minn., has made another statement peddling an anti-Semitic trope on Twitter wasn't particularly surprising. Her anti-Semitism has been obvious to any honest observer ever since she became a public figure. The only remaining question is: Do Democrats care? To recap, on Sunday night, the freshman Democrat, who was given a slot on the House Foreign Affairs Committee, reacted to a story about Republican House Minority Leader Rep. Kevin McCarthy's plan to "take action" against the anti-Semitism being exhibited on a regular basis by Omar and her " sister" freshman Rep. Rashida Tlaib, D-Mich. "It's all about the Benjamins baby," she wrote, using a song reference and slang term for $100 bills to attack Jewish influence in politics. Ilhan Omar @IlhanMN It's all about the Benjamins baby ?Glenn Greenwald @ggreenwald     GOP Leader Kevin McCarthy threatens punishment for @IlhanMN and @RashidaTlaib over their criticisms of Israel. It's stunning how much time US political leaders spend defending a foreign nation even if it means attacking free speech rights of Americans https://www.haaretz.com/world-news/kevin-mccarthy-promises-action-against-ilhan-omar-and-rashida-tlaib-1.6917751  …

29.2K 6:58 PM - Feb 10, 2019 reference to the pro-Israel lobbying group.

The idea of Jews using money and power to advance foreign interests and exert a nefarious influence on policy is an age old anti-Semitic smear. It also isn't true, by the way, that Omar was referring merely to AIPAC. She later retweeted former Harry Reid deputy chief of staff attacking the influence of Sheldon Adelson — the linked article doesn't mention AIPAC at all. So it's clear that her attack is on Jewish money and influence. It's also one that Omar has advanced in some form or another for years. For instance, she previously infamously tweeted, "Israel has hypnotized the world, may Allah awaken the people and help them see the evil doings of Israel." She later feigned ignorance of how anybody could have been offended, but obviously didn't learn anything from the gullible Jewish liberals who earnestly tried to explain to her the implications of what she said. It's not worth litigating why her latest statement is anti-Semitic in excruciating detail. It is, however, worth stating a few things for the record. To start, the "PAC" in AIPAC does not stand for "Political Action Committee" but for "Public Affairs Committee." That is, AIPAC does not donate money to candidates, it tries to lobby members of Congress in both parties to make sure support for Israel is bipartisan. Furthermore, Republicans don't need AIPAC to convince them to be pro-Israel. In fact, it's quite the opposite. I've had plenty of Republican lawmakers and staffers confide in me over the years that they're increasingly frustrated with AIPAC for working to water-down various letters in support of Israel to get Democrats on board and thus preserve the idea that support for Israel is bipartisan, even though a Republican-only letter in a given instance could have been much more supportive of Israel. The truth is that Republicans are pro-Israel because their voters overwhelmingly are — all you need to do is look at polling data (shown below), or go to conservative conferences at which statements of support for Israel often get the most resounding applause. Also, there's nothing wrong with any group engaging in the democratic process to influence policy. And it isn't even as if AIPAC is particularly influential or all powerful. Former President Barack Obama's Iran nuclear deal went against everything AIPAC had been advocating for years, Israel was loudly opposed to it, and he pushed it through anyway and earned the support of critical mass of Democrats in Congress. This really isn't about Omar, however. She's one member of Congress from a district that sent anti-Semite Keith Ellison to the House for 12 years. None of her anti-Semitic statements will cause her problems back home. Instead, with the help of the media, her statements will get spun as mere criticism of Israel, and her status as a brave truth-teller on the Left will only grow. What's more interesting is what this says about the Democratic Party. For years, I've been warning about how liberals were normalizing anti-Semitism by broadening the type of discourse that gets excused away as mere criticism of Israel. Obama's Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel had decried the influence of the "Jewish Lobby" in Congress. In selling the Iran deal, Obama suggested that those opposing the deal were being influenced by donors, and that they weren't thinking about what was in the best interests of the U.S. Liberal websites accused Sen. Chuck Schumer of dual loyalty for his criticism of the Iran deal. All that's happening with Omar and Tlaib is they're just being a bit more explicit. So the question is, when do Democrats draw a line in the sand, if ever? The reluctance to say anything up until this point reflects an understanding of an ugly truth: that these views are representative of where a lot of their party is, and at a time when they're trying to present a unified front, they want to avoid an all out war on a tense issue. The data from Pew Research Center points to a widening gap between Republicans and Democrats, and particularly conservatives and liberals, when it comes to Israel. Though the parties were once relatively just as likely as Republicans to say they sympathized with Israel over the Palestinians, the gap has dramatically widened over time, with 79 percent of Republicans now saying they sympathize more with Israel, compared with just 27 percent of Democrats (who are now nearly as likely to say they sympathize more with Palestinians). But the ideological breakdown is even more stark. Conservatives back Israel by an 81 percent to 5 percent margin, while liberals actually favor Palestinians by nearly two-to-one. Political parties like to talk about issues that united their party, but Israel is an issue that objectively divides the Democrats, as conservative/moderate Democrats are the polar opposite -- favoring Israel two-to-one. So Omar and Tlaib really present a test to Democrats about which type of party they want to be. The British Labour party has already been taken over by anti-Semitic leader Jeremy Corbyn, and there's no reason why the same thing couldn't happen in the U.S. Rising star Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, D-NY, just this month touted what an "honor" it was to have " such a lovely and far-reaching" conversation with him.  Just last week, pushing back against those calling out her anti-Semitism, Omar said, "Our domestic policy values need to be aligned with our foreign policy values. No exceptions!" The clear suggestion is that if you want to be on board with the resurgent liberal agenda, it isn't enough to back sweeping economic and social policies at home, you have to adopt her hostility toward Israel. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Sen. Chuck Schumer may not share Omar's foreign policy vision, but if they don't call out anti-Semitism within their own ranks, they will only signal to others that it's perfectly acceptable as long as it's spun as mere criticism of Israel. (Disclosure: In 2008, the author took a trip to Israel funded by the AIPAC-linked American Israel Education Foundation.) UPDATE: Nancy Pelosi and Democratic leaders are now demanding that Omar apologize, a positive development. Let's see if this is a one off statement in response to the latest tweet, or a part of a new commitment to snuffing out anti-Semitism within their ranks. The underlying forces within the Democratic Party that produced this moment, as described above, aren't going to be washed away with one statement.

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/opinion/we-already-know-ilhan-omar-is-an-anti-semite-the-question-is-do-democrats-care 

:: 2-4-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are modern telecommunications fueling a global infertility crisis?

Monday, February 04, 2019 by: Rhonda Johansson

(Natural News) Fewer people are having children, it would seem. Scores of research suggests that more couples are opting to remain childless, leaving many experts to claim a “baby bust” to explain the rapidly declining fertility rates currently being experienced worldwide. According to the latest data from the U.S.-based Population Reference Bureau (PRB), the worldwide fertility rate in 2018 was 2.4 births per woman, down from around five in the 1960s. But why are so many couples choosing to remain childless? The answer may be that not all of them deliberately choose to be. Experts from various fields are warning that radiofrequency electromagnetic fields (RF-EMF) exposure may be damaging health, particularly fertility. In April 2018, an international consortium called for a moratorium to be made on the potential health hazards of 5G (fifth generation cellular technology) in the European Union. The declaration, which appealed to both the government and several health institutions to look at how RF-EMF from 5G technology could damage health, explained that it would be “unethical to ignore the available evidence waiting a possible ‘a posteriori’ demonstration of health damages in the presence of a present and potentially manageable risk for public health.” In particular, the members of this consortium (which included several organizations from 27 countries), noted the potential health hazards 5G may have on fertility. While several studies were referred to, one study published in Cell in 2015 was highlighted. Here, scientists from Zanjan University of Medical Sciences in Zanjan, Iran, found that 2.45 GHz radiation (the postulated amount of frequency people would be exposed to under 5G technology) radically changed the sperm parameters of the tested mice. Animals that were constantly exposed to this radiation displayed histomorphometric changes in their testicles, effectively decreasing the quality of sperm produced. This, in turn, made it more difficult for the males to impregnate females (who, the researchers noted, may also have experienced changes in their reproductive systems.) “Decline in male fertility, as one of the parameters in this study, is considered as a major concern during the past several decades. It has been suggested that direct or indirect exposure to RF-EMW as the main environmental factor plays a dominant role in the observed decline,” the researchers noted. Several more studies have suggested a link between direct and indirect exposure to these frequencies and decline in fertility. And while correlation does not signify causation, the fact that there is a link between these two factors does spell a troubling potential health hazard once 5G becomes the standard. Call to mind that fertility may not be the only thing being affected by this new technology. Lawmakers are concerned that this new technology may increase the risk of cancer. In December 2018, Senator Richard Blumenthal (D-Conn) and Representative Anna Eshoo (D-Calif) sent a letter to FCC Commissioner Brendan Carr asking for guidance on 5G. “To ensure we communicate accurate information to our constituents … we respectfully request you provide to our offices the 5G safety determination from FCC and relevant health agencies,” they wrote. “Most of our current regulations regarding radio frequency safety were adopted in 1996 and have not yet been updated.” In particular, they noted that the current FCC’s specific adoption rate (SAR) limits did not apply to devices operating above 6 GHz. (Related: Experts WARN: 5G technology will blanket the Earth with ultra-high microwave frequencies.) Current research on 5G technology has provided evidence that high levels of radiofrequency radiation significantly increased the risk of cancer.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-02-04-are-modern-telecommunications-fueling-a-global-infertility-crisis.html 

:: 2-3-19 One hundred percent Fed up :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CHILLING VIDEO: AMERICAN ANARCHIST SHOT DEAD In Acapulco, Mexico After Claiming City Is “Safer Than Chicago”

Feb 3, 2019

Democrat leaders are defiantly standing against President Trump’s request for $5.7 billion to build a wall on our southern border. It’s no secret their resistance to funding President’s wall is all about stopping Trump from following through on his most popular campaign promise to the American people, that he would build a wall on our southern border. Every day, there are new stories about illegal aliens who are committing crimes against law-abiding American citizens, yet incredibly, the media continues to make President Trump the villain for wanting to secure our borders and keep the rampant crime in Mexico on their side of the border. This horrific story of an American anarchist, who was murdered in a resort town in Acapulco, Mexico is a stark reminder of how much worse the crime rate in Mexico is, compared to the that of cities in America with the highest crime rates. The Daily Mail reports – An American woman posted a chilling video on social media in which she describes the murder of her anarchist boyfriend by assailants in the Mexican resort town of Acapulco. The woman who says she is the victim’s partner, Lily, said via social media that she saw the gunmen go straight for her boyfriend, who she calls John Galton, and his friend Jason Henza, 43. ‘Lily’ was later confirmed to be a woman who goes by the name Lily Forester. Both Lily and John are anarchists who, in early 2016, fled drug charges in the U.S. Henza made it to a private hospital with bullet wounds in an armpit, leg, and hand. The hospital said he checked out that same day. The dreadlocked couple, both in their 20s, posted a video to Facebook two months ago calling for attendees at the conference. In his post, a bearded Henza said in a blood-splattered shirt: ‘We were attacked. I’ve been shot three times. I’m not doing so good.’ ***WARNING*** While the video below does not show any violence, it does show Henza speaking to the camera after he was shot and his girlfriend pleading for help. Some of the images may be disturbing to some viewers. When asked about the high crime rates in Acapulco, the blue-eyed anarchist with scruffy facial hair said: ‘I’d say it’s safer than any big city I’ve lived in in the U.S., like way safer than Chicago or something like that.’ Guerrero state, home to Acapulco, has a murder rate of 64.2 per 100,000 residents, more than two times that of Chicago. Acapulco has become a hotbed for violence between drug gangs. Criminals are crossing our southern border on a regular basis. Sadly, Democrat Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi and Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer are willing to subject the American people to unvetted foreigners illegally crossing our borders, as long as it means keeping President Trump out of the White House in 2020.

https://100percentfedup.com/chilling-video-american-anarchist-shot-dead-in-acapulco-mexico-after-claiming-city-is-safer-than-chicago/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

[ :: 3-4-12 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. They are saying it can’t come here because it has never come here and yet destruction covers the face of the earth, the face of the earth.  You can see the things that are going on, you can watch as the blood flows in the streets of many countries.  You can see as they prepare to go to war to fight a war they cannot win or that will bring more disaster even to this country and yet they push to do the very things they desire and want to do.  They want everything, but want to do nothing in return, oh what a time, what an hour. Etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 2-4-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AUSTRALIA: Guns For Hire vs African Muslim gangs

February 4, 2019 by BareNakedIslam 32 Comments

MELBOURNE RESIDENTS are taking their security into their own hands by hiring private armed security guards to protect their families and property from the African (mainly) Muslim gangs that are intimidating, robbing, and violently assaulting Australian citizens. But that’s not all…

https://barenakedislam.com/2019/02/04/australia-guns-for-hire-vs-african-muslim-gangs/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 2--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Are We Seeing So Many Bare Shelves at Grocery Stores Across the Country?

By Samantha Biggers

Over the past few months, my husband and I have kept an eye on the store shelves in our area. We don’t shop daily or even weekly, but the trend of increasingly bare shelves has been incredibly disturbing. This made me curious as to what others have been experiencing. As a member of various online prepping communities, I see a lot of conversations and concerns, but one thing that has stood out to me is the amazing number of people chiming in to report sparse or bare shelves or just not being able to find a specific item they like. We visited many different stores. Over several months we visited various regional and national grocery stores, drug stores, and dollar store chains. You may be able to guess where these pictures come from but I am not going to mention store names because I fear that by doing so I will contribute to a damaged reputation for these stores. I don’t want to affect the financial well being of the hardworking families that rely on their employment with these stores. The main grocery warehouse for a major regional chain is quite close, and they are a well-capitalized company with no significant financial difficulties, but even they seemed to have problems keeping some items on the shelf. Here are the most commonly out of stock or in short supply items. The pictures in this article were not taken during snowstorms. They were taken during a typical shopping day in the winter time in the USA. My husband and I wanted to make sure that snow was not making the results worse than they actually are. This research is intended to inform, not foster unwarranted fears. Please excuse the blurry quality of some images, we were moving fast and also trying not to be too obvious when exploring stores. Trash bags of all sizes. Store brands of trash bags were missing, or in short supply, at all the stores we visited over the past few months. A lot of people think bare shelves are the result of food stamp benefits being issued early. Food stamps being issued early had only a slight effect on store stock, but it was more noticeable in some areas due to stock already being low.

Food stamps were issued early, with many people receiving their February benefits by January 20th on average. While this did lead to some people buying more groceries and supplies during January, this would only explain some of the low inventory that happened within the last few weeks, not the low stock that we have seen over the course of many months. Excuses are rampant when it comes to bare shelves. I have tried to listen in on workers when I am out shopping. It is not too hard to do because they talk among themselves when stocking and it is impossible not to catch a few things.

“We have not had that in weeks.” “We have not got that in forever. Not sure if we ever will.”

Someone very close to me also works at a major box store retailer, and when comparing statements, it is incredible how close the stories of workers match no matter what part of the country they are in.

Here are the most common stories workers are being told: The trucks are late. Our store was not designed for the number of shoppers that we have now. Business is so good we cannot keep up supply.

And here’s the problem with those stories. It is not profitable for stores to be understocked. If they are turning customers away due to not having items, then they are losing money. If business is that good, then it would make sense for their corporate headquarters or distribution people to make sure that more trucks are sent so they can sell more and have a more profitable store. Empty space and turning people away costs money. Why on earth would any business keep a store understocked and not able to meet demand unless there was an excellent reason that is beyond their control? I have spoken to various people that work in retail. I have omitted names to protect the privacy of those that were kind enough to share their experiences with me so I could bring this information to you so you may be better prepared for items being short. Here’s what a long time hourly worker at a major big box store had to say: “I’ve worked all over in the store. Things have been weird the last two years here. We are carrying much more prep related items. Freeze dried food, 20lb bags of rice and flour, 25lb bags of sugar, bulk displays of peanut butter and canned chicken, big displays of canning jars, lids and five-gallon pails. The store never carried these items five years ago. We even remodeled the store to accommodate these large bags etc. Produce has been bad in the last year. The home office is consistently trying to find new suppliers for produce. I’ve seen the emails myself. We are out of many items that I feel we shouldn’t be. Pasta is one; we are constantly running out of pasta. This makes me think there are some shortages of semolina wheat, but I have no proof. We are always just on the verge of running out of canned goods and other grocery items. If we didn’t get trucks six days a week, the store would be out in 48 hours. Things like toilet paper also run very low. There have been several RX’s that I couldn’t even get refilled. Ciprofloxacin, Prednisone, and Losartan to be exact. I hear customers complaining that they have to wait a couple days for their RX’s to come in. So yes I believe something is up, but that’s all I know. I hope this info helps you.” According to my source, it is challenging to keep pasta in stock. A regional box store chain worker in Washington State said: “There are empty spaces because we run out before shipment comes in. Especially days where certain trucks don’t come. Our store just like any big box store faces zoning issues. Bringing things to the front to make it look nice and full. Rule of thumb has always been to pull at minimum two items forward. So if you have three facings of the same item, you will want to bring a total of 9-12 forward. It depends if they’re stacked. They want the shelves to look full and nice. I’ve been working retail for a while, and they always want this done in every store. At the end of my shifts at my store, they would have us zone if we had time. They would always say that if only one was pulled to the front as soon as someone grabbed that can, it would look empty again.” Store employees are bearing the brunt of customer frustration. Employees are taking abuse and harassment due to empty shelves. Customers direct their frustration at the most available target, the cashiers and stockers. They are never happy with the answer and get very frustrated if the employees have no information. During my interviews and research, I have gathered that customers are constantly giving workers a hard time about there not being something on the shelf or asking if there are any on the back. The thing that a lot of people are missing is that there is no “in the back.” Stores have very little storage if any in the back. Most of the time the back is just where things are loaded and unloaded and stored until they can be put out and that happens fast. This is not the old days where there were storage areas for lots of extra stock at smaller stores. Our goods are almost always in motion or on shelves. Storage costs money.  Part of the problem is the “warehouse on wheels business model.” One reason we have been able to enjoy lower costs of goods over the years is due to products being always in motion and not setting in a warehouse that has a lot of upkeep costs. Real estate and storage are expensive, so if you can keep the goods flowing in trucks and not maintain a warehouse, big companies can afford to charge less and still make a profit. Of course, the main problem with this model is that if the trucks stop moving or experience delays, there are supply disruptions. If there are not enough drivers, the situation can get bad enough that even if goods are setting in a container at one of the many ports in our nation, there is no one to get them where they need to go. There are several possible causes of bare or scant shelves at stores. There are many theories presented by various individuals regardless of political opinions. I am going to explore some of the more common ones and discuss. Trucker shortages are causing problems. A shortage of truck drivers is a common argument anytime there is an issue with store stocking or various supply issues. Yes, it is true that there is a problem finding enough truckers, but this alone is not enough to explain short shelves throughout the country. According to a long haul trucker I interviewed that has been in the industry for 18 years and managed a fleet of 40 trucks, the shortage is real. Numbers are down over 100,000. After hearing first hand what drivers are facing, it is easy to understand the challenges the shipping industry is having. Electronic logging regulations have crippled our nation’s shipping industry. In the past truckers were allowed to keep their timesheets manually. Now government regulations require electronic monitoring to prevent drivers from driving too long and becoming a danger to themselves and everyone on the highways. To some, this may sound like a good idea, but on closer inspection, it is incredible how many problems it has caused Truckers are only allowed a 14 hour work day but only 11 hours can be spent behind the wheel.  14 hours sounds like a lot, but that is the time from clocking in to clocking out regardless of how many hours or miles are driven. So if you are stuck in traffic for 3 hours and only travel 20 miles in that time, and get paid by the mile, a large portion of your workday is gone, and you barely made anything during those 3 hours. There is not enough time to make it up. According to government rules you were on the road that whole 3 hours if setting in traffic so you can only drive 8 hours more during that day. According to my sources, drivers were able to show “Sleeper” while waiting to load which would extend their workday; now once the clock starts, you have 14 hrs. To complete your day regardless of what happens during that 14 hrs. Many people cannot make a living this way. Driver conditions are appalling. Have you noticed more trucks just sitting on at on ramps? Some of this is because truckers must get off the road at the end of their 11 hour drive time or 14 hour work day, whichever comes first. This means they are stuck on the side of the road at an exit and possibly without services until they can legally clock back in. Even if they are 20 minutes away from a good and more comfortable place to safety stay, take a hot shower, get some hot food, they have to stop. This is easy to have happened no matter how good the driver is at planning. This can lead to late deliveries of goods and makes it hard to plan supply chains. Older drivers are retiring, and there is no incentive for younger people to replace them. With little money to be made and unpleasant working conditions, no wonder no younger people want to pursue a career in truck driving. When you have a limited amount of hours that you can be on the clock and limited driving times and this is all related to conditions that are often beyond your control, and you are getting paid by the mile, you have no idea how much money you will have at the end of a pay period. Driving a long haul truck requires training and licensing that disqualifies many people. You don’t just go apply for a job being a truck driver and hit the road the next day. Here are the main requirements to legally drive a semi-truck. Obtain a commercial drivers license Attend a truck driving school Have a clean driving record and work history. Be at least 21 Years old Pass a drug and alcohol test Undergo a physical examination Given that we live in a country with 70,000 drug overdoses a year and many of them being younger people, substance abuse and lack of physical fitness are enough to disqualify many from considering truck driving without making some major life changes. Then there is the issue that some states have legalized marijuana but it will still disqualify someone from being able to obtain a CDL. Another major deterrent is the cost of truck driving school. The average cost for a CDL is $3,000-$7,000. Some companies may offer reimbursement upon hire but it may not be given back to you all at once. Going into debt to be a trucker is not something some people could do even if they really wanted to. Here’s what a typical day for a truck driver is like, post electronic regulations. This information was given to me by someone that manages a fleet of 40 trucks:

5:00 am Start Truck and Do a Pre-Trip

5:45 am Drive to a Shipper (Big Box Store Distributor for example)

6:30 am Arrive and sign in at Shipper

11:00 am Pull to the staging area to load the truck

3:00 pm Get Loaded

3:30 pm Get Paperwork and leave the shipper.

4:30 -6:00 pm Sit in traffic trying to get to the open road

6:00 pm-7:00 pm Drive

7:00 – 7:30 pm: Post-trip inspection

Total miles traveled about 100 on an 800-mile trip before you have to stop and wait until you can legally work again. 8:00 Dispatch calls and wants to know why you didn’t make delivery AND the electronic logs have you shut down till the next day. This means the trip is going to take you another day. When the pay is “by the mile” that driver made an average of $42 for that day while the pay for an 800-mile trip is $336 (company driver). “A lot of drivers go to a fast food chain to make more money and be home without the headaches.” That’s right folks, our nation’s truckers are better off with a fast food job with a guaranteed rate of pay than working at a job that pays by the mile. The trade war with China is impacting supplies. The recent trade war issues cannot help but affect the inexpensive Chinese goods we are used to. Many of the items that seem to be in low supply are those made in China. We may have to get used to not having access to cheap Chinese household supplies like trash bags and batteries. As the situation continues, supplies could dip lower. There are a lot of containers setting in shipping yards with goods that have already come into the US. How these goods are distributed and who gets what can vary. Stores with significant purchasing power have their own supply networks and can decide how they want to distribute based on any factors they choose. This means that if you are in an area that a company doesn’t see as a priority, your store may not get the truck delivery that everyone is hoping for. There are just fewer grocery stores than before for many different reasons.  Over the years the small town and area we live in have seen a loss in grocery stores and variety stores that sell grocery and essential household items. Over the last 18 years, we have lost ⅓ of our grocery stores, pharmacies, and dollar style stores. There have been no replacements. Other towns in our area have seen similar reductions in stores so I know that it is not just our town. Online shopping, thin margins, competition from other chains, and other factors have all played a role. Poor and high crime areas get overlooked when new grocery stores are planned. With margins being thin, it is not a massive surprise that companies carefully research demographics. While this may seem unfair and even racist to some, it is the reality we face. When a more impoverished neighborhood loses a grocery store, it is often not replaced, thus creating a food desert within a city or community. Grocery store chains also pick and choose where they open stores based on factors such as average income, traffic patterns, and crime rates. This means low-income areas or areas where grocery store chains suspect they may have higher than average shoplifting rate, get overlooked, and residents are left to find groceries at convenience stores or variety stores such as Dollar General. This limits access to fresh foods, leading to people eating a diet that is not good for their overall health and well-being. (Source: Charlotte Observer) When fewer grocery stores are servicing the same population or an increasing one, this puts a strain on the stock of stores that are closest. Weather issues also play a role. While weather can definitely lead to last-minute buying or panic buying, stores used to be able to handle common weather events. Also, supply disruptions and spotty shelves are not something that used to continue for weeks after a major snowstorm or similar event. While a majorly devastating weather-related event like a hurricane can understandingly cause disruption, a small snowstorm should not cause such a long-lasting issue. Storms are ordinary weather events. Money flow and credit contribute to the problem as well. There has been a lot of economic instability. Chain stores that were once staples of the American way of life have fallen victim to creative financing schemes, online shopping, and high fuel and transport costs. The icing on the cake is that regardless of cost, the transport system is not able to function efficiently due to government over-regulation. In the midst of a changing market, it is considered retail suicide to admit to any issues that could undermine consumer confidence or stock market value. Businesses often run on a credit based system. The terms may be 30-90 days depending on the vendor. If someone cannot pay or it is expected that they will not be able to pay on time, this can affect the supply chain. Credit is tight right now, and some vendors may not see some stores as a trustworthy firm to do business with. If you are not sure if you will get paid for goods delivered, then it is tempting to sell to someone else or delay shipping.  There are a lot of factors that will need to be addressed to prevent this from getting worse. It is hard to predict exactly how far this situation will go. One of the most concerning aspects is that the shipping industry is crippled by government over-regulation that has led to it not being worth it for people to work as truck drivers. The trade war with China may take some time to sort out as well. We may have to suffer through some growing pains and higher prices, especially if we are in a situation where manufacturing has to be brought back from overseas. The changes and challenges that the world of retail sales and brick and mortar stores are facing include thin margins, competition from online retailers, poor financial management, and rising costs of real estate and utilities. A lack of qualified workers means that many stores are also finding it hard to keep a competent labor force that can meet physical requirements and a possible test for drugs and alcohol for insurance reasons. Low wages and high rent mean some retail jobs are not enough for many to be able to meet basic household needs. Even though the stock market is high and unemployment is low, retail businesses are struggling. This is telling because if we are having these issues within the retail sector, during a time when economic indicators are positive, a shift in the opposite direction could easily be the end for struggling businesses, even those that have been part of the American economic landscape for decades. Here’s what you can do to be better prepared while this situation continues to unfold.  Keep plenty of food and water on hand. Seventy-two hours worth of food is great for a short term disaster, but I think setting a goal of having at least a months supply on hand is a good goal. If you have dogs or cats, remember to have some extra food for them as well. You do not want to be faced with feeding your dog your food or either of you going hungry. My husband and I have four dogs, so this is a big concern of ours. Store some extra trash bags and batteries. You know you will use them at some point. I buy kitchen trash bags in a 200 pack online which is enough to last a long time. If you can keep an extra supply of prescription meds on hand, do so. I realize that some meds only allow for monthly refills, but there are plenty that you can get a 90 day supply of so you can make it through a shortage.  Be aware of what is going on in your area. After talking to many people throughout the USA, it is clear that some areas are more short on some items than others. Keep your own stock of all items that you find essential or the luxuries you like. There are items that may be available at some times that are not at others. Consider ordering items online that you would normally get locally if you cannot find them. I understand the importance of shopping locally but if your area is experiencing shortages on some items that you cannot find a reasonable substitute for, then online is an option. Daisy wrote an excellent post about substitutions when the shelves are close to bare or limited. Have you noticed empty store shelves in your area? Are you also facing bare shelves? What is missing in your area? In what part of the country do you live? What reasons are the stores giving for out-of-stock products? Share your experiences in the comments below. About the Author

Samantha Biggers lives on a mountain in North Carolina with her husband in a house they built by hand. When not writing she is working in the vineyard, raising Shetland sheep and growing gourmet mushrooms. Her writing mostly appears on Backdoor Survival and Lew Rockwell. She can be reached at samantha@backdoorsurvival.com .

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/bare-shelves/ 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 2-4-19 Government Slaves :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why are Democrats NEVER indicted? “Justice” has become a twisted contradiction of truth

02/04/2019 / By JD Heyes

It’s been a little more than a week since political operative Roger Stone, a well-known association of POTUS Donald Trump, was inappropriately arrested by platoons of FBI agents armed with automatic weapons and sporting body armor. We know that Stone has been accused of lying to Congress, of “obstruction,” and “witness tampering.” We also know he was targeted by special counsel Robert Mueller’s Democrat and Hillary Clinton donors because he allegedly sought to discover what damaging emails and documents WikiLeaks may have had on the twice-failed presidential contender, which is no different from every other mainstream media (MSM) reporter at the time. We also know that Stone is the latest GOP operative/political figure/supporter of the president to be indicted by Mueller, though not a single one of them has been implicated, much less charged, in connection to the special counsel’s original mandate: Americans are no closer to learning about how all of these indictments by Mueller fit into the Left’s narrative of “Russian collusion” during the 2016 election cycle. That’s because there was no Trump-Russia “collusion” to “steal the election” from Hillary. There was, however, plenty of collusion with Russian sources — by Democrats and Clinton’s campaign.     Consider:

— A Democrat-aligned opposition research firm, Fusion GPS, was involved from the beginning.

— Fusion GPS hired Christopher Steele, an anti-Trump former British spy who relied on Russian sources for his bogus “dossier.”

— Fusion was paid by Democrat-aligned legal firm Perkins Coie.

— Perkins Coie was paid by the Clinton campaign and the Democratic National Committee.

And yet, you’ll notice, not a single Democrat has been indicted by Mueller. Oh, there have been some Democratic Deep State figures fired from the Justice Department and FBI — Peter Strzok, Andrew McCabe, and James Comey, to begin with — but none of them have been charged for committing some of the exact same process crimes as Stone and former Trump National Security Advisor Michael Flynn: Lying to federal investigators or lying to Congress. (Related: BOMBSHELL: Christopher Steele admits he wrote “Russia dossier” so Hillary could challenge 2016 election results: PROOF Deep State is real.) There aren’t any serious efforts to charge Democrats at all As William L. Gensert, writing at American Thinker, noted of the Stone arrest: Another Trump figure has fallen — the end is near, and the noose is tightening. All Trump associates now fear for their lives and freedom. Yet some people who have committed crimes much more serious than any of the Mueller indictments remain, as always, unafraid. That list, by no means comprehensive, includes, Hillary Clinton, James Comey, [James] Clapper, [John] Brennen, Steele, Strzok, [Lisa] Page, McCabe, Ohr (Mr. and Mrs.), [Susan] Rice, and [Sally] Yates. Some are guilty of lying to Congress or the FBI, mishandling classified information, obstruction, conspiracy, destroying evidence, and much more. A case could be made that the Mueller investigation itself destroyed evidence when it wiped clean the Strzok and Page cellphones to delete text messages requested by IG Horowitz. Yet being a Democrat means never having to say you’re sorry because the rule of law only applies to Republicans and conservatives. There are no pre-dawn, guns-drawn raids to arrest Democrats. More to the point, there aren’t even any efforts to arrest Democrats by any means.  Hillary herself is probably the most guilty of actual crimes, while many of the other Democrat-aligned figures — Comey, Clapper, Brennan, Rice — are guilty of covering for her. She and hubby Bill pimped out the Clinton Foundation to the tune of $140 million in ‘donations’ by foreign governments and interests in the expectation that she would become president. The roundabout payments to Steele were overt violations of campaign finance law: Paying a foreign national to use his connections with a foreign government to interfere in a U.S. election. The list of violations by Democrats goes on and on. But not the list of arrests. At this point, barring a complete dismantling of the Justice Department and FBI, it seems impossible for those two government institutions to regain the trust of the bulk of Americans.

http://govtslaves.com/2019-02-04-why-are-democrats-never-indicted-justice.html 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 2-4-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Globalists Hoping To 'Orwellian Memory Hole' The 'Clinton Body Count' And Other Unpleasant Truths As The War Upon Independent Media Rages On

- This Is How Their 'Newsguard App' Can Blow Up In Their Faces And 'Red Pill' The Masses

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die February 4, 2019

In this new story over at Breitbart that the Drudge Report had linked to on Friday morning they report on the Democrats latest collusion with 'big tech' and their attempt to steal the 2020 election with the Newsguard news-filtering browser extension partnering with Microsoft to 'blacklist' websites they deem unreliable, websites such as the Drudge Report. Using a tactic similar to far-left smear peddlers 'Sleeping Giants', who endlessly falsely spreads smears of 'racism' and 'white supremacist' to advertisers in attempts to put pro-Trump media outlets out of business, a temporary download of the Newsguard extension to do a little experiment as seen within this story finds Newsguard labels Clinton propaganda outlets such as CNN, MSNBC and the NY Times and Washington Post as 'highly trustworthy' while websites such as the Drudge Report, Breitbart, Infowars, and the Gateway Pundit are 'untrustworthy' as seen in the screenshot below. In this new story over at Breitbart they report that a left-wing journalist mafia now runs Silicon Valley with extreme-left lie peddlers 'buzzfeed' leading the purge, actually getting youtube to re-adjust their algorithms in their attempt to stop the spread of 'conspiracy theories' and 'misinformation'. Yet Hillary Clinton and her supporters would immediately call the 'Clinton Body Count' a 'conspiracy theory' even though the mainstream media has NEVER bothered to investigate the mysterious and never-ending string of dead bodies that follow Bill and Hill where ever they go. What the globalists, including buzzfeed and youtube, are doing is actually attempting to 'Orwellian memory hole' any and all information that paints the globalists and globalism in a bad light, attempting to forever bury what might be 'unpleasant truths' to those who don't want such 'truths' being found out. As this new story over at The Freedom Articles points out, topics such as 9/11, the JFK assassination and even topics such as natural health are being buried from view in search results as even youtube themselves point out in this blog entry. What is youtube attempting to do with this censorship? From this Wikipedia entry on the 'Orwellian memory hole'.: A memory hole is any mechanism for the alteration or disappearance of inconvenient or embarrassing documents, photographs, transcripts or other records, such as from a website or other archive, particularly as part of an attempt to give the impression that something never happened. The concept was first popularized by George Orwell's dystopian novel Nineteen Eighty-Four, where the Party's Ministry of Truth systematically re-created all potential historical documents, in effect, re-writing all of history to match the often-changing state propaganda. These changes were complete and undetectable. With very real financial blacklisting going on of the Independent media as Breitbart reports in this story, with Newsguard actually urging advertisers to boycott independent and Conservative media, the 'war upon the truth' is absolutely ongoing now this very moment and should the left have their way, all of their crimes and treason against the American people will forever be hidden away and anybody talking about their corruption labeled a 'conspiracy theorist', crazy or worse. And with all of these latest attacks via big tech just their latest attempt to put us all out of business before the 2020 election, as Susan Duclos emphasized within this January 30th ANP story, ANP and many independent media outlets across the board are absolutely facing an existential battle for survival with outright stasi tactics being used against us. In another recent story over at Breitbart we learn that CNN's Jim Acosta has once again gone on the attack against President Trump, with Acosta claiming that POTUS's attacks upon the media could lead to journalists being murdered. Yet Acosta never once brings up the mainstream media's attacks upon President Trump and his supporters, calling us 'Nazi's' and worse, msm lies that have already led to law-abiding American citizens being attacked in the streets by the rabid left. Yet most of us who are in the independent media understand that in putting ourselves out there, there's always the possibility that some deranged lunatics will come after us so we prepare for just such a scenario. Andrew Breitbart likely paid for his 'search for the truth' with his life back on March 1st of 2012 so with February now here and March 1st just around the corner, we'll honor Breitbart's life and his search for answers with a promise to ANP readers that in the days, weeks and months ahead leading up to 2020, we'll take Breitbart's #WAR to the 'powers that be'. And with ANP and other independent media under all-out and continuous attack, we thank everybody who reads and shares our stories and want to give a very special thank you to everybody who is able to donate to ANP to help keep us in this fight - a battle that is nothing less than for the future of America with everything on the table in 2020. According to this January 31st story by Aaron Kessel over at Activist Post, several different think tanks and US government officials are tied to the formation of Newsguard and as his story points out, Newsguard is another globalist attempt to steal the 2020 election and sway the masses similar to the website 'PropOrNot' and their list of 'untrustworthy' news outlets, a list that found practically EVERY right-leaning independent news outlet across America on it including the Drudge Report, Infowars, Breitbart and ANP. Kessel points out in his story that PropOrNot "was found to be backed by none other than the Foreign Policy Research Institute. And what is the Foreign Policy Research Institute? A think tank with the mission of indoctrinating the U.S. with its foreign policy agenda." And as Breitbart pointed out in this January 29th story, Newsguard had actually labeled buzzfeed's 'Moscow Trump tower' story as 'trustworthy', a story we now know was utter BS. First, from Activist Post.: The Foreign Policy Research Institute is dedicated to bringing the insights of scholarship to bear on the foreign policy and national security challenges facing the United States. It seeks to educate the public, teach teachers, train students, and offer ideas to advance U.S. national interests based on a nonpartisan, geopolitical perspective that illuminates contemporary international affairs through the lens of history, geography, and culture. His story continues and points out just why we should be so concerned - what we've been witnessing is nothing less than a deep state/US government attempt to shut down independent thought and the free flow of information.  So here we have two attempts to censor information, both appearing to come from think tanks and several government officials as advisors on “NewsGuard.” Which, if we’re being honest should have a name change to “Propaganda Guard” because they are guarding propaganda by telling everyone it’s real news, like the examples stated above. You can’t judge sites with a rating of green, orange, blue, gray and red. This isn’t a terror advisory, Tom Ridge (I can only guess the idea came from Ridge). When Ridge was the former secretary of Homeland Security under George Bush, he came up with the coded terror alert system after 9/11. The system is elementary at best and doesn’t really require any type of thinking to come up with, so who knows who came up with it. But it’s extremely flawed. Knowing that both “Propaganda Guard” (NewsGuard) and PropOrNot had government involvement should scare the sh*t out of you because both companies are about as unbiased as The Washington Post was towards Hillary Clinton during the 2016 election. Both have a stake in the future foreign policy of America; NewsGuard through its former government advisors, and PropOrNot through the more hilariously connected Foreign Policy Research Institute. Neither company has a right to shape the opinions of Americans or anyone else by giving news websites like Activist Post and many others any type of rating. That’s up to the readers themselves to decide, not a shadowy firm with “trained analysts” who are creating a censorship blacklist of information or opinions they don’t like … you know, like the ones that hinder corporations or the military industrial complex’s forever war machine. As one wise commenter pointed out in a comment left on the 1st video below, with the new Newsguard app proving big tech executives think the American people are stupid, maybe the American people can turn this around on Newsguard, visiting only the websites that Newsguard gives a 'red' ranking to, with those banned and censored websites sure to 'red-pill' the masses. While any websites that are ranked 'green', such as CNN, the MSNBC, the Washington Post and all of the other globalists propaganda peddling websites are forever avoided, Americans deciding they prefer to be 'red-pilled' than blatantly lied to again and again and again and again.

http://allnewspipeline.com/War_On_Independent_Media_Is_War_On_Thought.php 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, etc

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

:: 2-4-19 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The device can fire a strobe-like beam that disrupts an opponent’s eyesight, hindering their ability to aim a weapon at night.

By Debbie White 4th February 2019, 4:57 pm Updated: 4th February 2019, 4:58 pm

THE Russian Navy has unveiled a sinister new weapon that makes enemies hallucinate and throw up by DAZZLING them. Described as a non-lethal weapon, the equipment has been fitted to two warships, the Admiral Gorshkov and Admiral Kasatonov, part of Russia’s Northern Sea fleet, say reports. The 5P-42 Filin, a futuristic dazzler-type device, can cause troops to miss their targets by blinding them, inducing delirious conditions and making them want to be sick, reports news.com.au. The Filin – meaning Eagle Owl – equipment can fire a strobe-like beam that disrupts an opponent’s eyesight, hindering their ability to aim a weapon at night. It is also capable of “effectively suppressing” night vision technology, laser distance sensors and range-finding systems for anti-tank missiles from as far as three miles (5km), according to manufacturer Ruselectronics. The weapon’s development included testing on volunteers who shot assault rifles, sniper rifles and machine guns at targets that were protected by the Filin. They all experienced trouble aiming because they were unable to see the target. Exposure to the weapon also affected the volunteers’ physical condition. Forty-five per cent of them reported feeling dizzy, sick and disorientated. And 20 per cent of the volunteers were said to have experienced “a ball of light moving in front of the eyes”. Aerospace Defence explained that the new type of weapon can be used by “law enforcement agencies for covert operations and counter-terrorism efforts”. It says the high-intensity “optical radiation” dazzles enemies “in order to have time for their neutralisation”. During covert operations, an opportunity to ‘blind’ an enemy gives a considerable tactical advantage. Sergey Abramov, Ruselectronics spokesman Sergey Abramov, spokesman for Ruselectronics, explained: “It deprives criminals of an opportunity to provide accurate fire or keep track of combat troops transfer.” The RIA Novosti media agency said that each Russian frigate has received two sets of the “visual optical interference stations”. Ruselectronics told RIA that “volunteers” involved in testing of the device “noted the hallucinogenic effect of exposure, described by one as ‘a spot of light floats before my eyes’.” A further two warships – currently being built – are also expected to carry the weapon.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/8350254/russian-navy-weapon-enemies-hallucinate-vomit-light-beams/ 

:: 2-5-19 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Takedown Bow Is A Huge Survival Advantage- Survival Bow: 16 Rock Solid Reasons To Get One Today

kriss98 Uncategorized February 5, 2019

The mighty yet under appreciated survival bow. While firearms rightfully get a ton of attention, the survival bow gets less than it should. A takedown bow is a huge survival advantage. It should find a home in our survival arsenal and bug out bag. Survival bows break down into a compact assembly making them ideal for packing into a bug out bag or stashing in a bug out vehicle. It’s such a valuable survival tool that I was able to come up with 16 reasons to own one and learn survival archery. This takedown bow only weights 2.7 lbs. So it can easily be a part of a skilled survivalist’s bug out bag without having to compromise much on overall bag weight. Whenever you’re looking at adding a new piece of survival gear to your arsenal, weight matters. Bows: A decent takedown bow will cost about $150 and last you a lifetime…if you take care of it. Arrows: Twelve arrows to go with it will put you back about $30. Now let’s compare that with a basic hunting rifle. Even a Synthetic Handi-Rifle (one of the lowest priced hunting rifles I know of) is going to cost at least $250 and that’s before ammo expenses.  Most “affordable” hunting rifles are in the $450 range. So for the money, a folding takedown bow is a solid investment. Hunting: They can take down most animals with a good shot. They are able to take down something as small as a squirrel or as large as a deer. Self Defense: They can take down a human if necessary. Now, I’m not going so far as saying that I’d prefer a survival bow if up against someone with firepower. That’s not what I’m saying… However, if the stranger has a knife, then a takedown bow would be a good weapon to have. Basically, it can be an effective self-defense weapon in many situations, which adds to its versatility. You can buy one without having to register it like you do a gun. Walk into your favorite hunting store, buy it, and walk out with no questions asked. You can even buy one online and have it shipped directly to your door. Plus, if you put a survival bow and arrow in the right person’s hands, it can be nearly as deadly as a gun. silent When you shoot it, it won’t garner any unwanted attention. With guns, everyone within a mile or two will know someone just shot a gun and may just decide to investigate. You can shoot a bow without letting every neighbor know that you just got dinner. An overall excellent survival tool for stealth and evasion. Sure, arrows won’t last forever, but they will last much longer than a bullet. If used properly a dozen arrow will last years. So 100 arrows and you may be set for life. If you get 100 bullets you’ll be good for a month (depending on how bad it gets). Ok…I admit this one’s pure speculation, but let’s say a criminal breaks into your truck and sees a rifle, shotgun or handgun…you know it’s gone. If they see a folded up takedown bow:  They might not know what it is  Have no idea how to use it  Have no clue what it’s worth  They might take it or maybe they might not…with a gun, you can kiss it goodbye 100% of the time. The overall design of a survival bow and arrow is so simple. This makes them a light and portable bow but also makes them easier to repair. If you ever need to prove your skills to another group of survivalists, shooting a takedown bow accurately will impress them. Garnering respect in times of anarchy might just keep you alive. If your survival group gets split up you might have to try and join a new survival coalition and most will only want those who can pull their own weight. Being a survival bow and arrow marksman has many uses…they will recognize that you’re one to pull your own weight. If you practice and hone your skill, it is one that will stay with you the rest of your life. No matter how bad things get, the knowledge and ability cannot be taken away from you (especially if you learn to make a bow out of wood). It can obviously be used to kill (animals or humans). It can also be used for signaling. If you are coordinating with a group and you want to notify that group visually, then you could shoot an arrow to a predetermined location that would signal something to your team members (and do it silently). Also, some of the individual parts of a takedown bow can also be used for other tasks. The bowstring is typically between 4 and 6 feet in length and is very strong. Strong bowstring can be used for:  Building shelters  Setting up snare traps in the wild  Substitute it for fishing line  To create a bow drill for making fire with sticks  The arrows are also multi-use parts which are perfectly suited to be used on the tip of a short spear to gig frogs, fish or small game. Broadheads can also be latched to a longer spear to take down larger prey. If a child finds a loaded gun without a trigger lock, they could easily pull the trigger hurting themselves or someone else by accident. If a child finds a takedown bow, they will have to unfold it, notch an arrow, and pull back on the drawstring and let go (in my opinion this is a low probability event). You can make your own longbow and craft arrows using primitive bushcraft skills if you know what you are doing. I’m not suggesting making your own bow is easy or even that it’s a great use of your time and energy, but it can be done. You can’t say the same thing for most other weapons. Ever heard of a bow and arrow jamming? Me neither. There are no complex mechanical parts that will fail you when you need it the most. Revolvers are the guns least likely to jam since they are much simpler in design than other types of guns but survival bows are even simpler. You can purchase as many survival bows as you want. You can purchase 20 of them to give away as gifts. The government is not currently trying to regulate the bow and arrow market at all. I’ve yet to hear the term “Bow and Arrow Control”. It’s a survival weapon that’s completely off the government’s radar. Time To Sound Off

So what do YOU think? Did I miss anything? Do you disagree with my assessments? Are you going to get one today? Let me know in the comments so we can continue this conversation.

Remember: Prepare, Adapt and Overcome, “Just In Case” Jack

https://basesdotcom.wordpress.com/2019/02/05/a-takedown-bow-is-a-huge-survival-advantage-survival-bow-16-rock-solid-reasons-to-get-one-today-2/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them. For the world tells you that you are bipolar, no you are demon possessed, saith your Father God. etc..

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 1-28-19 Renew America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pagan Progressivism, cultural Marxism, unconscious Satanism, Nimrod's tower, spirit of Antichrist: Ties that bind

By Linda Kimball January 28, 2019

"Now the serpent was more subtle than any beast of the field which the LORD God had made. And he said unto the woman, Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden?" Genesis 3:1, KJB

Across our scientifically enlightened paganized society the idea of Satan and Satanism are uncomfortable subjects for most people, including many Christians, particularly 'woke' social justice evangelicals. It wasn't always this way. The apocalyptic prophet Fyodor Dostoevsky for example, knew that Communist revolutionaries such as Karl Marx were demonically possessed but would only become aware of it until too late. While Satanism is the knowing worship of Satan and is historically rare there is also historically widespread unconscious Satanism (1 Cor. 10:20): "...the whole world lies in the power of the evil one." 1 John 5:19 ESV Unconscious Satanism undergirds ancient and modern pagan worship of creative energy symbolized by the serpent and grounded in ancient Mesopotamian literature with its evolutionary account of origins and one-dimensional pagan model of reality. From the time of Babylon mankind has been worshipping creative energy symbolized by the serpent prominently featured within Ageless Wisdom traditions from all around the world. The legendary history of Greece, Rome, Phoenicia, Egypt, and India, for instance, are filled with stories of man's serpentine ancestry: "When Aenas was about to worship at the tomb of Anchises, his father...a serpent appeared and glided among the altars, tasted the food Aeneas had placed there and then departed.... Aeneas did not know whether it was the genius loci or his father's (serpent) spirit." (The Worship of Creative Energy as Symbolized by the Serpent, Charles Edward Herring) The solar deity Kneph, was a serpent in a fiery circle and Osiris and Isis were essentially identical with Kneph, "The worship of Isis, the moon-goddess, was equally entwined with ophiolatry. Her emblem was the horned viper...The Egyptians often represented Isis and Osiris together, as two serpents." (The Cult of the All-Seeing Eye, Robert Keith Spenser, p. 35) All of the pagan gods and goddesses worshipped and served by the world's nations were symbols of creative energy symbolized by serpents that really exist. They are fallen, wicked Watchers, serpentine seraphim: "There are "good" serpentine beings (seraphim) who guard God's throne (so Isaiah 6's seraphim), and there are fallen, wicked serpentine beings (seraphim) who rebelled against the Most High at various times, and who became the pagan gods of the other nations." (Michael Heiser, "Serpentine/Reptilian Divine Beings in the Hebrew Bible: A Preliminary Investigation," cited by Bryan Godawa, "Enoch Primordial," p. 363) The Serpent Biting Its Tail: Symbol of the Pagan Model of Reality In addition to creative energy symbolized by the serpent, the serpent biting its tail is another important occult pagan symbol. This serpent symbolizes the one-dimensional pagan reality of monism: The cosmos is all that is, or ever was, or ever will be." Carl Sagan  All Ageless Wisdom traditions feature monism, said Dr. Gary North. Monism erases the Creator-creature distinction and is common to all occult systems, "....from the magical sects of the East to the gnostics of the early church period, and from there unto today's preachers of cosmic evolution and irresistible karma." Monism teaches, "....we are all gods in the making. Out of One has preceded the many, and back into One are the many traveling. Eastern mystics, philosophical Hegelians, and followers of Teilhard de Chardin are all agreed on the reality of ultimate monism." (Unholy Spirits: Occultism and New Age Humanism, Gary North, p. 60) While pagan monism posits the cosmic or natural dimension with its two heavens, existence in the natural dimension of space and time is not the only form of existence. Timeless is the supernatural realm (third heaven) of the eternally existing, omniscient, omnipotent, omnipresent Holy Triune God of Revelation. There are three heavens. The first is the immediate sky, or earth's atmosphere. (Genesis 2:19; 7:3, 23; Psalms 8:8; Deuteronomy 11:17) All people who have had out-of-body experiences by way of near-death or drugs, astral plane travels, or through shamanism for example, can testify to the existence of their own souls as well as of the abode of demons and fallen angels, the serpentine "spirits of wickedness under the heavens" (Eph. 6:12) and their chief, "the prince of the powers of the air." (Eph. 2:2; Gen. 3:1) According to the Apostle Paul, fallen serpentine powers thrown down from the third heaven are dispersed in a multitude throughout the first heaven. It is with this timeless abode of fallen angels and demons that shamans interact and to which astral plane travelers from the time of Nimrod to our own have been visiting. The second heaven is the starry heavens or outer space. (Deuteronomy17:3 ; Jeremiah 8:2; Matthew 24:29). The third heaven is outside of time and space, meaning the first and second heavens, thus outside the reach of man's science. The timeless third heaven is where God the Father with Jesus Christ seated on His right and the holy angels and spirits of righteous men in possession of eternal life dwell and to which Paul was taken. (Deuteronomy 10:14; 1 Kings 8:27; Psalms 115:16; 148:4; 2 Cor.12:2 ) Wicked Serpentine Seraphim Within Church and State For the scientifically enlightened West and America serpent energy was repackaged during the nineteenth century as evolutionary science by a brotherhood of powerfully influential Western occultists at the highest levels of church, society and government. Thus today unconscious Satanism abounds throughout the West and America. Its' spirit flows through evolutionary ideologies and evolutionary 'religions' such as Marxism, Secular Humanism, Progressivism, western Satanism, New Age Spirituality, inner circle Masonry and Progressive Christianity. According to New Age insider and unconscious Satanist David Spangler, Lucifer is the angel of Nature's primary creative energy – evolution: "The true light of this great being can only be recognized when one's own eyes can see with the light of the Christ, the light of the inner sun. Lucifer works within each of us to bring us to wholeness, and as we move into the New Age, which is the age of man's wholeness, each of us is brought to that point which I term the Luciferic Initiation, the particular doorway through which the individual must pass if he is to come fully into the presence of his light and his wholeness." "Lucifer comes to give us the final gift of wholeness. If we accept it, then he is free and we are free, that is the Luciferic Initiation. It is one that many people now, and in the days ahead, will be facing, for it is an initiation into the New Age." (David Spangler, Reflections on the Christ, Findhorn Lecture Series, 3rd ed., 1981; p. 45) The modern animist and occult traditions of the spiritually pagan and mystically pantheist American and global occult brotherhood for example, are revamped versions of Ageless Wisdom Teachings grounded in creative energy (serpent power). Writing in affirmation, Corinne McLaughlin and Gordon Davidson, the politically influential co-authors of " of "Spiritual Politics: Changing the World from the Inside Out," reveal that concealed behind today's spiritual revolutionary politics (i.e., Cultural Marxism and Progressivism) are Ageless Wisdom teachings preserved by occultists since the Egyptian pantheon (27th-30th centuries B.C). These ancient teachings, said the authors, have been handed down over the ages to modern occultists in the time of the Renaissance and the Enlightenment and on into our own time: "For centuries, the Ageless Wisdom in the West was shielded from an unprepared public.... The unveiled truths were handed down only orally by individual teachers to tested disciples or by certain religious groups and secret societies, such as the Cabbalists, Druids, Essenes, Sufis, Knights Templar, Rosicrucian's, Freemasons, and others who carefully guarded the teachings down through the centuries. A study of these secret societies would reveal powerful influences on the history of nations...." (Spiritual Politics, McLaughlin, Davidson from "Reinventing Jesus Christ: The New Gospel," Warren Smith, crossroad) In the classic work, "Earth's Earliest Ages" English theologian G.H. Pember (1837-1910) examines the explosion of Ageless Wisdom – spiritism (open communication with evil spirits), ancient Egyptian Hermetic magic, Theosophy, Buddhism, reincarnation and evolution, karma, the Mysteries, astrology, mesmeric healings and evolutionary thinking sweeping across Christendom It was during the Renaissance that many influential Christians at the highest levels of Church and society had returned to the occult Ageless Wisdom Teachings and serpent power. Hence Pember observes that ancient occult traditions are no longer veiled in mystery but boldly presented by the emerging occult brotherhood as the fruit of modern science, especially evolutionary philosophy, which the brotherhood assert was included in the instructions given to the, "...initiates of the Hermetic, Orphic, Eleusinian, and Cabbalistic mysteries, and were familiar to Chaldean Magi, Egyptian Priests, Hindu Occultists, Essenes, Therapeutae Gnostics, and Theurgic Neo-Platonists." (Pember, pp.243-244) Wicked Seraphim and the Spirit of Antichrist In Fyodor Dostoevsky's novel, "The Brothers Karamazov," (1879-1880) the Grand Inquisitor is an unconscious Satanist and type of Antichrist. The Grand Inquisitor is an important part of the novel because the character represents Dostoevsky's penetrating insight into the fallen human psyche and one of its' most important endowments: moral freedom. In particular, the Grand Inquisitor is the spirit of Antichrist. Like his father the devil he is the murderer of God the Father and false witness and crucifier of Jesus Christ. He is also the symbol of the principle of nihilism (negation) and rebellion in mortal men such Hegel, Max Stirner, Karl Marx, Nietzsche, the global occult brotherhood and Western and American ruling class God-haters who, though not the actual devil, are of one mind with him, thus do his work. They are unconscious Satanists and, collectively, the Spirit of Antichrist The Grand Inquisitor is a god-man who has usurped the throne of the Holy Triune God. He is a conscious swindler, a Big Liar who knows that God the Father exists, yet perversely chooses to rebel against and conceptually murder Him and crucify His Son despite that he knows his own life is by the grace of the personal God of life and revelation. In "Political Apocalypse: A Study of Dostoevsky's Grand Inquisitor," Ellis Sandoz writes that when Marx found himself compelled to negate his own being (inner person, soul/spirit, self) because of his perverse desire to show that "man owes his existence (only) to man," and to establish that the "entire so-called history of the world is nothing but the creation of man," he virtually recapitulated Aquinas' argument for the existence of the Triune God: "A being only considers himself independent when he stands on his own feet; and he only stands on his own feet when he owes his existence to himself. A man who lives by the grace of another regards himself as a dependent being (and) I live completely by the grace of another if I owe him not only the maintenance of my life, but if he has, moreover, created my life – if he is the source of my life. When it is not of my own creation, my life has necessarily a source of this kind outside of it. The creation is therefore an idea very difficult to dislodge from popular consciousness. The fact that nature and man exist in their own account is incomprehensible to it, because it contradicts everything tangible in practical life."(pp. 113-114) Being of one mind with the devil, the Grand Inquisitor (Marx) suggests that in order to affirm that man is god, the denial of the existence of the one true God has in the past been necessary (i.e., Nimrod), thus to further his swindle, he asserts antitheism rather than atheism, which is merely a negation of God that nevertheless postulates the existence of man through this negation. The complete negation of the Triune God requires monism, thereby making man and nature (matter, energy, time, space) of the same substance. For the conscious swindler, the prudent course is to flatly deny the existence of the Holy Triune God and enforce this dictate by way of psychological terror and if need be, by murder. Believers must be psychologically manipulated and terrorized into confusion, apathy and groveling submission, and even better, accommodate the Christian Church to the serpent-powered world system by way of harsh scorn, cruel ridicule, scoffing, slander and charges of insanity. After seizing control of Russia, Marx's disciples enforced the denial of the Triune God by way of terror, murder, psychoactive drugs, and enforced teaching of Darwinism. With the exception of murder, the disciples of the occult brotherhood and our Godless ruling class utilize the same methods as Marx's disciples: terror, psychoactive drugs, and enforced teaching of Darwinism. The Inquisitor also knows that if men are deprived of the Holy Triune God they will worship something else. Thus as Marx, the Inquisitor proffers the natural (pagan) religion of scientific socialism and dialectical materialism (divine thinking matter animated by creative energy). But when Darwin published his own theory, the Inquisitor immediately perceived its' philosophically pagan materialist implications. The idea that humans evolved by chance and natural selection from a process of evolutionary energy working on primordial water or lifeless chemicals lay the axe at the very foundation of the Genesis account of creation ex nihilo and provided the scientific framework to support the economic infrastructure on which Marx could build his godless communist utopia: "...the biggest thing going for Darwinism was that it finally broke the tyranny in which Christianity had held the minds of men for so many centuries." (F. Hoyle and C. Wickramasinghe, "Evolution From Space," 1983, pp. xiii-xxii, 81 and 145)

Progressivism, Marxist Communism & National Socialism: Types of Nimrod's Tower In his book "Utopia: The Perennial Heresy," Catholic philosopher and historian Thomas Molnar (1910-2010) notes that the two recurring themes of modern utopian ideologies (new Nimrod's Tower) are monism and evolutionary conceptions. At the root of these two themes there is: " defiance of God, pride unlimited, a yearning for enormous power and the assumption of divine attributes with a view to manipulating and shaping mankind's fate." (p. 227) In order for god-men to build a new Tower (create a God-less world and new man): "the order of being must be obliterated (and reinterpreted) as essentially under man's control." Taking control "requires the decapitation of being – the murder of God." (Eric Voegelin, "Science, Politics and Gnosticism," p. xv) Thus the Grand Inquisitor (global occult Brotherhood and Godless ruling class) is a modern Nimrod and spirit of Antichrist, making him an ominous sign pointing to the return of pre-flood and Babylonian rebellion against the one true God, monism, Ageless Wisdom, contact with evil serpentine beings, and creative energy symbolized by the serpent. The Grand Inquisitor is the false witness and crucifier of Jesus Christ. He is the Master of the Universe who, being of one mind with Satan, has conceptually murdered the Holy Triune God as revealed through Jesus Christ in order to take control of and reinterpret being, matter, energy, space, law, and time, making him an Antichrist: "And he shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time." Daniel 7:25 Linda writes on worldview and related subjects.

http://www.renewamerica.com/columns/kimball/190128 

[ :: 3-25-18 am service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target.  Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period.  Watch out for the earthquakes, they’re coming, they’re coming, they’re coming, the next time that it shakes at all in Alaska will be your sign that it has come and it shall go clear to Mexico and you shall see as the Great Lakes empty out and the water flows down into New Orleans, and all, all the restrainers break.  For they thought they got away with what they got away with, but I warned them, beware, beware, beware.   

:: 2-3-19 SF Gate :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ten earthquakes strike the coast of Northern California in less than 24 hours

By Michelle Robertson, SFGATE Updated 4:40 pm PST, Sunday, February 3, 2019

Ten earthquakes of preliminary magnitudes between 3.0 and 4.5 struck off the coast of Northern California between Saturday and Sunday, the United States Geological Survey reports. The series of earthquakes rumbled beneath the Pacific Ocean, between 3 miles and 27 miles west of Petrolia in Humboldt County. The first earthquake struck early Saturday morning at a magnitude of 4.3, while a second earthquake, of 3.2 magnitude, rumbled about 30 minutes later. Three additional earthquakes hit between 4:30 p.m. and 5:38 p.m. Saturday in the same area, registering magnitudes between 2.9 and 3.6, USGS reported. A 3.0-magnitude earthquake struck that night, at 11:37 p.m. The geological activity continued into Sunday. USGS reported four earthquakes near Petrolia between 2:18 p.m. and 4:05 p.m. The earthquakes ranged in magnitude from 3.4 to 4.5. LATEST WEATHER: Storm's harm less than feared More than 240 people, from Mendocino to McKinleyville, said they felt the 4.5-magnitude earthquake that struck Sunday at 2:18 p.m., according to the USGS's online "Felt Report" page. There was no initial word on damage or injury resulting from the quakes. The National Weather Service office in Eureka said Sunday afternoon there was no tsunami danger. See the latest USGS quake alerts, report feeling earthquake activity and tour interactive fault maps in SFGATE's earthquake section.

Read Michelle Robertson's latest stories and send her news tips at mrobertson@sfchronicle.com .

https://www.sfgate.com/napa-northern-california-earthquake/article/earthquakes-ten-norcal-coast-eureka-petrolia-usgs-13585870.php 

:: 2-4-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nearly half of French and Germans say Islam 'clashes with their values', along with more than a third of Americans and Britons, poll finds

Around half of French and Germans polled in the survey also said they would 'mind a little' or 'mind a lot' if one of their close relatives were to marry a Muslim

However barely a quarter said they were familiar with the teachings of Islam

In Britain only 13 per cent expressed a 'favourable' view of the Islamic religion

By Tim Stickings For Mailonline Published: 11:08 EST, 4 February 2019 | Updated: 13:34 EST, 4 February 2019

Almost half of people in France and Germany believe there is a fundamental clash between Islam and the values of their society, a poll has found. Around one in two French and Germans also said they would 'mind a little' or 'mind a lot' if one of their close relatives were to marry a Muslim. However, barely a quarter of people in either France or Germany said they were familiar with the teachings of Islam. The YouGov survey also polled Britons and Americans with only 13 per cent of people in the UK saying they had a 'favourable' view of Islam. The poll also indicated that more than a quarter of people in Britain and Germany do not personally know any Muslims. In the survey of more than 1,000 voters in each country, people were asked if Islam was 'generally compatible with the values of society in your country' or whether there was a 'fundamental clash' between them. In Germany some 47 per cent chose 'fundamental clash', along with 46 per cent in France, 38 per cent in Britain and 36 per cent in the United States. Only 20 per cent of Germans and 22 per cent of French respondents said Islam was 'generally compatible'. YouGov's Joel Rogers de Waal said: 'Substantial portions of Western respondents in the survey perceived a clash between Islam and the values of society in their country. 'General impressions of Islam were comparatively less favourable than that of other world religions among significant numbers of Western respondents. 'For instance, all four Western samples had a discernibly higher number of respondents who felt unfavourable to Islam, compared with other religions.' In Germany eight per cent said they had a 'very favourable' or 'fairly favourable' view of Islam, compared to 53 per cent who had an unfavourable opinion. The numbers were similar in France where 10 per cent expressed a favourable view of Islam, with 49 per cent unfavourable. For comparison, Christianity was seen favourably in Germany by 41 per cent to 16 per cent and in France by 35 per cent to 15 per cent, with many expressing no opinion. Some 59 per cent in France and 63 per cent in Germany told the pollster they were either 'not very familiar' or 'not at all familiar' with Islamic teaching. An equal number, 72 per cent in each country, said they were either 'very concerned' or 'fairly concerned' about the 'possible rise of extremism' in Islam. Asked about their relatives marrying a Muslim, the largest single group in each country - including Britain and the U.S. - said they would not mind. However 48 per cent of people in Germany and 47 per cent in France said they would either 'mind a lot' or 'mind a little', along with 33 per cent in the United States and 27 per cent in Britain. When asked whether they personally knew a Muslim, 41 per cent of Americans said they did not, compared to 27 per cent in Britain, 26 per cent in Germany and 17 per cent in France.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6666067/Nearly-half-French-Germans-say-Islam-clashes-values.html 

:: 2-5-19 Chicago Trubune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alien ship may be among us, Harvard astronomer insists, despite grumbling and criticism from peers

The Washington Post By Avi Selik 2-5-2019

Before he started the whole alien spaceship thing last year, the chairman of Harvard University's astronomy department was known for public lectures on modesty. Personal modesty, which Avi Loeb said he learned growing up on a farm. And what Loeb calls "cosmic modesty" - the idea that it's arrogant to assume we are alone in the universe, or even a particularly special species. You can find a poster for one of these lectures in Loeb's office today, though it's a bit lost among the clutter: photos of Loeb posing under the dome of Harvard's enormous 19th-century telescope; thank-you notes from elementary schoolchildren; a framed interview he gave the New York Times in 2014; his books on the formation of galaxies; his face, again and again - a bespectacled man in his mid-50s with a perpetually satisfied smile. Loeb stands beside his desk on the first morning of spring courses in a creaseless suit, stapling syllabi for his afternoon class. He points visitors to this and that on the wall. He mentions that four TV crews were in this office on the day in the fall when his spaceship theory went viral, and now five film companies are interested in making a movie about his life. A neatly handwritten page of equations sits on the desk, on the edge closest to the guest chairs. "Oh, this is something I did last night," Loeb says. It's a calculation, he explains, supporting his theory that an extraterrestrial spacecraft, or at least a piece of one, may at this moment be flying past the orbit of Jupiter. Since publishing his controversial paper, Loeb has run a nearly nonstop media circuit, embracing the celebrity that comes from being perhaps the most academically distinguished E.T. enthusiast of his time - the top Harvard astronomer who suspects technology from another solar system just showed up at our door. And this, in turn, has left some of his peers nonplused - grumbling at what they see as a flimsy theory or bewildered as to why Harvard's top astronomer won't shut up about aliens. What you can't call Loeb is a crank. When astronomers in Hawaii stumbled across the first known interstellar object in late 2017 - a blip of light moving so fast past the sun that it could only have come from another star - Loeb had three decades of Ivy League professorship and hundreds of astronomical publications on his résumé, mostly to do with the nature of black holes and early galaxies and other subjects far from any tabloid shelf. So when seemingly every astronomer on the planet was trying to figure out how the interstellar object (dubbed 'Oumuamua, Hawaiian for "scout") got to our remote patch of Milky Way, Loeb's extraordinarily confident suggestion that it probably came from another civilization could not be easily dismissed. "Considering an artificial origin, one possibility is that 'Oumuamua" - pronounced Oh-mooah-mooah - "is a lightsail, floating in interstellar space as a debris from an advanced technological equipment," Loeb wrote with his colleague Shmuel Bialy in Astrophysical Journal Letters in November - thrilling E.T. enthusiasts and upsetting the fragile orbits of space academia. " 'Oumuamua is not an alien spaceship, and the authors of the paper insult honest scientific inquiry to even suggest it," tweeted Paul Sutter, an astrophysicist at Ohio State University, shortly after the paper published. "A shocking example of sensationalist, ill-motivated science," theoretical astrophysicist Ethan Siegel wrote in Forbes. North Carolina State University astrophysicist Katie Mack suggested to the Verve that Loeb was engaging in a common practice in which an astrophysicist poses a theory that they might not believe. "Sometimes you write a paper about something that you don't believe to be true at all, just for the purpose of putting out there," she told the publication. Most scientists besides Loeb assume 'Oumuamua is some sort of rock, be it an asteroid ejected from some star in meltdown hundreds of millions of years ago, or an icy comet wandering the interstellar void. But it's moving too fast for an inert rock, Loeb points out - zooming away from the sun as if something is pushing it from behind. And if it's a comet spewing jets of steam, the limited observations astronomers made of it showed no sign. Loeb argues that 'Oumuamua's behavior means it can't be, as is commonly imagined, a clump of rock shaped like a long potato, but rather an object that's very long and no more than 1 millimeter thick, perhaps like a kilometer-long obloid pancake - or a ship sail - so light and thin that sunlight is pushing it out of our solar system. And while he's not saying it's definitely aliens, he is saying he can't think of anything other than aliens that fits the data. And he's saying that all over international news. "Many people expected once there would be this publicity, I would back down," Loeb says. "If someone shows me evidence to the contrary, I will immediately back down." In the meantime, he's doubling down, hosting a Reddit AMA on "how the discovery of alien life in space will transform our life," and constantly emailing his "friends and colleagues" with updates on all the reporters who are speaking to him. In a matter of months, Loeb has become a one-man alternative to the dirge of terrestrial news. "It changes your perception on reality, just knowing that we're not alone," he says. "We are fighting on borders, on resources. ... It would make us feel part of planet Earth as a civilization rather than individual countries voting on Brexit." So now he is famous, styling himself as a truth-teller and risk-taker in an age of overly conservative, quiescent scientists. "The mainstream approach [is] you can sort of drink your coffee in the morning and expect what you will find later on. It's a stable lifestyle, but for me it resembles more the lifestyle of a business person rather than scientists," he says. "The worst thing that can happen to me is I would be relieved of my administrative duties, and that would give me even more time to focus on science," Loeb adds. " All the titles I have, I can dial them back. In fact, I can dial myself back to the farm." Loeb grew up in an Israeli farming village. He would sit in the hills and read philosophy books imagining the broader universe, he says, a fascination that led him into academia and all the way to 'Oumuamua. "I don't have a class system in my head of academia being the elite," he says, as he leads a reporter into the locked chamber of the Great Refractor - an enormous 19th-century telescope where he sometimes does photo ops. "I see it as a continuation of childhood curiosity - trying to understand what the world is like." He joined the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton, N.J., in the late 1980s ("Where Einstein used to be," he notes) and later took a junior position in Harvard's astronomy department, where "for 20 years no one had been promoted from within ... They tenured me after three years.") As he tells it, his life story sounds like a cerebral version of "Forrest Gump" - Loeb always singemindedly pursuing his science and intersecting with the giants of the field, whom he regularly name-drops. Stephen Hawking had dinner at his house. Steven Spielberg once asked him for movie tips. Russian billionaire Yuri Milner once walked into his office and sat on the couch and asked him to help design humanity's first interstellar spaceship - which he is now doing, with a research budget of $100 million and the endorsement of Mark Zuckerberg and the late Hawking. Loeb mentions casually that when he was 24 years old he got a private audience with the famed physicist Freeman Dyson - and then pauses for effect beneath the 20-foot shaft of the Great Refractor, grinning until he realizes the reporter doesn't know who Freeman Dyson is. At midday, Loeb leaves the telescope and his office and descends to a bare white classroom to introduce the basics of astrophysics to a dozen new students. If he's mastered the national news interview by now, his lecture begins a bit stilted. He looks down at the table as he speaks. He asks the freshmen at this most prestigious of universities to go around the table and list their hobbies. Ten minutes later, Loeb goes off script. "Did anyone hear the name 'Oumuamua?" he asks. "What did it mean?" Almost everyone nods, and freshman Matt Jacobsen, who came to Harvard from an Iowa farm town, volunteers quietly: "There was speculation that it was from another civilization." "Who made that speculation?" Loeb asks, smiling. There's an awkward silence in the room, and then Jacobsen cries, "Was it you? Oh my gosh!" and the professor smiles wider.      This story first appeared in the Washington Post

https://www.chicagotribune.com/news/nationworld/science/ct-harvard-astronomer-aliens-20190204-story.html

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 2-4-19 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Australia floods: Crocodiles seen in 'once in a century' waters

4 February 2019

Authorities in Townsville, Australia have warned residents to beware of crocodiles and snakes spotted in floodwaters in residential areas. More than 1,100 people have been evacuated from the town amid a "once in a century" flood. On Sunday, the city authorities released a dam which had swollen to double its capacity following a week of record rainfall. Authorities have said more heavy rain is expected in coming days. Emergency workers and the army said they had received more than 1,000 calls for help. They've been using boats and helicopters to move people to higher ground. "Crocodiles may be seen crossing roads, and when flooding recedes, crocodiles can turn up in unusual places such as farm dams or waterholes," said Queensland's Environment Minister Leeanne Enoch. "Similarly, snakes are very good swimmers and they too may turn up unexpectedly." One local resident, Erin Hahn, shared pictures of a crocodile sitting in shallow water at the end of her father's drive. Another was photographed climbing a tree in the floodwater. Local police also warned people of other dangers in the floodwater, including leaking sewage. Townsville has received more than a metre (3.3ft) of rain in the past week - more than 20 times the average for the time of year. "This is unprecedented, we've never seen anything like this before," said Queensland Premier Annastacia Palaszczuk. "It's basically not just a one-in-20-year event, it's a one-in-100-year event," she said. Authorities were forced to open the gates at the Ross River dam on Sunday evening to lower water levels - releasing up to 1,900 cubic metres of water a second. Northern Queensland has a tropical climate and experiences monsoon rain from December to April. But the current conditions in the Townsville area are rare. Australia's Bureau of Meteorology said the monsoon rainfall had missed other parts of the state which are in the grip of an intense drought.  Australia records hottest month eve Drought seen from the air  Why Australia's extreme heat might be here to stay

January was the hottest month on record for Australia as a whole, with the southern city of Adelaide reaching a record 47.7C. The heat has sparked bushfires, including more than 40 blazes on the island state of Tasmania which have been burning for over two weeks. Extreme temperatures have also caused a rise in hospital admissions, widespread power outages, and reports of mass wildlife deaths.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-australia-47112044 

:: 2--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Post-ISIS, Americans join Kurdish fighters in Syria

By Hollie McKay | Fox News

When ISIS overran swaths of Syria’s autonomous Kurdish region of Rojava in 2014, scores of Westerners and some self-proclaimed freedom fighters flocked to the region to volunteer with the local Kurdish militia, known as the People’s Protection Units (YPG), even at the risk of being prosecuted in their homeland. And although ISIS is almost territorially defeated – reduced to a couple of villages near Syria’s borders with Iraq – the region remains a hub for Americans and other Westerners, even those without any formal military training, who are eager to volunteer their services. INSIDE RAQQA: FROM ISIS 'CALIPHATE' TO CRUMPLED CITY OF LANDMINES AND LOSS One American in the militia is Hunter Pugh, 25, who hails from the small Pennsylvania town of Bloomsburg. He had been working at what he describes as a “toxic” job in the restaurant industry, and was concerned about the growing sexism and “poisonous rhetoric” of the Trump era. So, he packed his bags and headed for Syria in May 2018. Despite having no prior military or weapons experience, Pugh told Fox News in an exclusive interview that he became a YPG “infantryman” -- enduring several weeks of combat training along with “ideological” training to attain a deeper understanding of the group’s beliefs, which stem from their jailed leader Abdullah Öcalan. While some contend the YPG is rooted in Marxism, Pugh said that it has now evolved into “more anarchism and communalism” and that they are fighting for “democratic values” and equality – and that the road ahead for peace is a winding one. “ISIS has changed tactics. There are more sleeper cells, and more suicide attacks and car bombs,” he said. Pugh said that in recent weeks the YPG – which has been backed by the United States as the ground force under the umbrella of the Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) in the mission to defeat ISIS since 2015 – has had to form closer ties to the Assad-led Syrian regime for its own protection in the weeks following President Trump’s announcement that the U.S. will withdraw all 2,200 troops on the ground. “Initially in the struggle here in Syria, the YPG and the regime had armed conflicts. Now they have had to work together more against common enemies like the Free Syrian Army,” Pugh said, referring to the Turkish-supported umbrella of fighters who have led the way in fighting the Assad government in the long-running civil war. “And it is becoming more apparent that the regime is formally willing to give them the autonomous region that they want.” WHY TRUMP'S SYRIA WITHDRAWAL IS THE RIGHT MOVE Trump shocked both Kurds and much of the international community when he suddenly declared in December that he would be withdrawing all 2,200 U.S. troops in Syria – allowing NATO-ally Turkey to take control of the final ISIS cleanup and security situation. The U.S. has stood firmly against the Iran, Hezbollah and Russia-backed Syrian regime since the beginning of the country’s uprising in 2011. While the pullout appears to have been halted amid the international outcry over concern for the Kurdish allies, along with the worry that ISIS terrain was not yet cleared and that it would enable adversaries such as Russia to assert greater control, Trump has doubled down that the pullout will happen in coming months. However, Turkey views the Kurdish fighters as a wing of the Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PPK) – a Kurdish separatist group it has long regarded as a terrorist outfit – prompting some analysts to espouse the potential for fighting between Turkey and the U.S.-backed Kurds, but for “Kurdish Genocide.” For its part, Turkey welcomed Trump’s withdrawal announcement and has sought to remind the world that Turkey, as a NATO ally, can protect America’s regional interests. Ankara has also highlighted that it has bared the brunt of much of the humanitarian crisis engulfing Syria, having taken in 4 million as refugees since the neighboring nation’s brutal civil war ignited almost eight years ago. Pugh declined to comment on other Americans who also had gone over to Syria to join the fighting fray, but noted that there are a “number of YPJ internationalists who are still here and continue to fight.” “Every country is represented. They come here to put their faith into action for this movement,” he asserted. Pugh, who says that he views Kurdistan as his “new home,” underscored that not all Westerners come to bear arms and that many find other roles within the Kurdish community.  TRUMP SHOULDN'T PULL OUT OF SYRIA RIGHT NOW – OUR PRESIDENT FIRST NEEDS A TOUGHER ANTI-IRAN STRATEGY Thomas McClure, a 24-year-old native of the United Kingdom, is involved in research and getting the newly-minted “Rojava Information Center” off the ground. He is one of just several hundred foreign volunteers in the region, having gone there some eight months ago. “For a long time I was inspired by what was going on here, I wanted to support what was going on here and bring stories to a wider audience. A lot of people from the West come to volunteer to fight, but I thought this was a better fit for me,” he said. “ISIS prisoners here are constantly being interviewed, I wanted people to hear more civilian voices. Everyone has these amazing stories and they toss them away like they are nothing.” McClure noted that since Trump’s stunning December tweet, which subsequently brought about the resignations of Defense Secretary James Mattis and Special Envoy to the region Brett McGurk, the Kurds have been taking it all in stride and valiantly preparing for the next phase. “People felt angry, they felt betrayed, but they aren’t going to beg for help. All they can do is prepare themselves,” McClure explained. “I have never met a Kurdish person who likes the idea of making an alliance with the (Assad) regime, especially given the way the regime treated them before the start of the revolution, but the way Turkey treats them is worse on the scale.” And his information center may very well be busier than ever. “Turkey has made their intentions very clear. Everyone is making themselves ready for another war,” he said, adding that thousands of men and women, ages 18 and over, have been undertaking voluntary self-defense classes in the region. “It’s just a question of when.”

https://www.foxnews.com/world/americans-still-flocking-to-take-up-arms-with-kurdish-fighters-in-syria-and-spread-the-anarchist-ideology 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 2-4-19 The Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Washington Post went all-in on Brett Kavanaugh but spiked a similar story about a Democrat

by Becket Adams | February 04, 2019 04:24 PM

If the Washington Post didn’t have double standards, it would have no standards at all. Virginia Lt. Gov. Justin Fairfax’s office issued a statement Monday rejecting claims by a woman who alleges he sexually assaulted her in 2004, when they both attended the Democratic National Convention. Almost as notable as Fairfax’s denial is the fact that the Washington Post was first approached by the alleged victim more than a year ago and decided not to publish her story. The Post explained Monday that it declined to report the woman’s allegations due to an absence of corroborating evidence. It’s good to see that the newspaper has found a renewed interest in the standard of proof it abandoned entirely when it broke the story of similar allegations of sexual misconduct leveled last year against Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh. Recall that it was the Post that first got Christine Blasey Ford to go on the record with her allegations. The accusation against Virginia’s lieutenant governor was published first by the right-wing news site Big League Politics, which last week unearthed a 35-year-old photo reportedly showing Virginia’s Democratic Gov. Ralph Northam dressed in either blackface or KKK robes at a party ( more here on that). Fairfax stands to take over the governorship, should Northam's blackface scandal force the current governor out of office. “Lt. Governor Fairfax … has never assaulted anyone — ever — in any way, shape or form,” reads a statement from Fairfax’s office. “The person reported to be making this false allegation first approached the Washington Post … more than a year ago, around the time of the Lieutenant Governor’s historic inauguration. “The Post carefully investigated the claim for several months," the Fairfax statement said. "After being presented with facts consistent with the Lt. Governor’s denial of the allegation, the absence of any evidence corroborating the allegation, and significant red flags and inconsistencies within the allegation, the Post made the considered decision not to publish the story. Tellingly, not one other reputable media outlet has seen fit to air this false claim.” The Post published a slightly different, but mostly similar, version of events Monday: “The Washington Post, in phone calls to people who knew Fairfax from college, law school and through political circles, found no similar complaints of sexual misconduct against him,” the paper reported. “Without that, or the ability to corroborate the woman’s account — in part because she had not told anyone what happened — The Washington Post did not run a story.” The article added, “She said she never told anyone about what happened at the time or in the years that followed until shortly before she approached The Post.” Notably absent from the paper's explanation is any indication that it had indeed found “significant red flags and inconsistencies within the allegations” in the accuser's story, as Fairfax's office claims. But let's put that aside for a moment and focus on the fact that the Post claims it didn't publish the alleged victim's story due to a lack of evidence. What’s the paper’s excuse for running multiple stories repeating totally uncorroborated allegations of sexual abuse aimed at Kavanaugh? When the Post got Ford on the record amid the fight over Kavanaugh’s Supreme Court nomination, the paper didn’t seem to be so concerned by the fact that she couldn't provide a single piece of evidence to verify her claim that the judge tried to rape her when they were both in high school — or even that they'd ever met. Note that, absent the leaks, her allegation could have been properly investigated by senators from both parties on the Senate Judiciary Committee without the resulting damage to privacy and reputation. But the Post, less worried in that case about the lack of evidence behind the allegation, plowed ahead. In fact, as the Hamilton Lincoln Law Institute’s Ted Frank noted Monday, there are fewer red flags in the Fairfax accuser's story then there were in Ford's. Unlike Ford, Fairfax’s accuser identifies the exact year and location of the alleged assault. Unlike Ford, Fairfax’s accuser belongs to the same political tribe, and therefore speaks against interest in at least one sense. There are other things that bother me about the Post’s uneven treatment of the Fairfax and Kavanaugh accusers. For example, the paper’s first original coverage of the allegation against the lieutenant governor came only after Fairfax had issued a statement defending himself. Kavanaugh was afforded no similar benefit. It’s fine if the Post passed on the Fairfax story because of a genuine lack of evidence. And there definitely doesn’t appear to be that much to go on, other than the word of a single accuser. But it’s hard to see the Post’s decision to spike her story as anything but politically biased considering how the paper gorged itself on nearly every flimsy and fantastic allegation hurled in Kavanaugh’s direction, no matter how ridiculous, again with no evidence to back any of it up. It's funny how editorial standards change, depending on the target’s party affiliation.

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/opinion/the-washington-post-went-all-in-on-the-brett-kavanaugh-but-spiked-a-similar-story-about-a-democrat 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 2-3-19 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel starts building massive fence on Gaza border

By - Associated Press - Sunday, February 3, 2019

JERUSALEM — Israel says it has started reinforcing its border fence with the Gaza Strip, erecting a galvanized steel barrier 20 feet high that will run the length of territory. Israel’s Defense Ministry issued a statement Sunday saying it had commenced construction of an above-ground barrier that complements a subterranean wall aimed at thwarting Hamas attack tunnels beneath the border. The fence’s construction comes after months of mass protests by Palestinians in Gaza along the border. Nearly 190 Palestinians have been killed by Israeli fire since they began last March. An Israeli soldier was killed by a Palestinian sniper last July. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu says the new barrier “will prevent terrorists from Gaza from penetrating into our territory on the ground.”

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2019/feb/3/israel-builds-gaza-strip-border-fence/ 

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, etc

:: 2-4-19 Aljazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Car bomb attack in Somalia's Mogadishu kills at least 11 people

Blast occurred close to Mogadishu mall, killing at least 11 people and wounding several others, says police official.

4 Feb 2019

A powerful car bomb has exploded at a shopping mall in the Somali capital Mogadishu, killing at least 11 people, security officials said. Police officer Mohamed Hussein said 10 people were also injured in Monday's blast in an explosives-laden car parked near a mall close to Mogadishu's local government offices. "Several dead people were removed from a wrecked building at the blast scene. So far death toll is 11 civilians and 10 others injured," Hussein told Reuters news agency. Another security official, Ahmed Moalin Ali said some of the victims died in a building that collapsed as a result of the blast in Hamarweyne market. "The blast occurred close to Mogadishu mall and it has caused death and destruction..." police officer Ali said. "The terrorists parked a vehicle loaded with explosives in the vicinity of the mall to kill the innocent civilians." "I saw the dead bodies of four people recovered from the debris of a collapsed building and three others were strewn dead outside after the blast had blown them," said shopper Munira Abdukadir. "I was not far away from the blast location, but I was lucky to have survived, several people were wounded and some were screaming before the ambulances arrived," said another witness, Abdulahi Mohamed. While there was no immediate claim of responsibility, the al-Shabab armed group has regularly carried out such attacks in the past. The group's stated aim is to remove the Western-backed central government and establish its own rule based on a strict interpretation of Islamic law. In a separate incident, local security officials said the armed group killed the Maltese manager of Bossasso port in Somalia's semi-autonomous Puntland state on Monday.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2019/02/car-bomb-attack-somalia-mogadishu-kills-people-190204092000574.html 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 2-2-19 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How to Destroy the Bill of Rights: Start with the 9th and 10th Amendments

By Robert Curry February 2, 2019

Are you worried about the Democrats' plans for the First and Second Amendments? You are right to be concerned. The leftists who have taken over and transformed that political party have made it clear that they intend to eliminate those two fundamental protections of American liberty. Freedom of speech and "the right of the people to keep and bear Arms" are in their crosshairs – along with the Electoral College and much else besides – and they mean business. But have you noticed what has already happened to amendments farther down the list that makes up the Bill of Rights? The Ninth and Tenth are already dead letters. Here is the Ninth: The enumeration in the Constitution of certain rights shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people. And here is the Tenth: The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people. Are you worried about the Democrats' plans for the First and Second Amendments? You are right to be concerned. The leftists who have taken over and transformed that political party have made it clear that they intend to eliminate those two fundamental protections of American liberty. Freedom of speech and "the right of the people to keep and bear Arms" are in their crosshairs – along with the Electoral College and much else besides – and they mean business. But have you noticed what has already happened to amendments farther down the list that makes up the Bill of Rights? The Ninth and Tenth are already dead letters. Here is the Ninth: The enumeration in the Constitution of certain rights shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people. And here is the Tenth: The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people. The Ninth and the Tenth Amendments, the final two of the Bill of Rights, are best considered as a complementary pair, each reinforcing the other. Together they make clear the Founders' intent. The Ninth says our rights are not limited to the enumerated rights. The Tenth says the powers of the federal government are limited to the enumerated powers. Here is the vision of the Founding stated in fewer than fifty words: a federal government of strictly limited powers and a people guaranteed vast liberty and consequently unbounded opportunity. To point out that the central government we now live under, the Beltway Leviathan, is no longer a federal government of strictly limited powers is only to state the all too obvious. A central government that can prevent a farmer from plowing across a "vernal pool" (standing water after spring rain) on his own land, can force schools to allow boys who "identify" as girls access to the dressing rooms and showers traditionally set aside for real girls, and can force you under penalty of law to buy insurance designed by that same government is well on its way to being totally unlimited, if it is not there already. By way of a reminder, here is what the American Founders meant by a federal government of strictly limited powers, as described by James Madison in Federalist 45: The powers delegated by the proposed Constitution to the federal government are few and defined. Those which are to remain in the State governments are numerous and indefinite. The former will be exercised principally on external objects, as war, peace, negotiation, and foreign commerce[.] ... The powers reserved to the several States will extend to all the objects which, in the ordinary course of affairs, concern the lives, liberties, and properties of the people, and the internal order, improvement, and prosperity of the State. Farmers plowing their fields in the spring, boys and girls taking showers at school, and Americans weighing the costs and benefits of health insurance are far removed from "war, peace, negotiation, and foreign commerce." The central government that rules over us today is not only virtually unlimited, but no longer even "federal" in the Founders' meaning of the word. The Framers' focus was defining and limiting federal power. They did so by distributing power among the Executive, Legislative, and Judicial Branches of the federal government. They went even farther by dividing the legislative power, crafting two legislative bodies, the Senate and the House, with separate powers and potentially competing interests. In addition, they created a zone of liberty around you, the individual American, by means of the Bill of Rights. Perhaps their greatest limitation on the power of the central government was preserving the political independence of the states. The independent political power of the states was what made the American system of government "federal." The states' ability to counterbalance the power of the government created by the Constitution was at the core of the federalism of the Founders. Madison and the other Founders put great emphasis on the importance of the independence of the states to the preservation of Americans' liberty. Jefferson put it this way: What has destroyed liberty and the rights of man in every government which has ever existed under the sun? The generalizing and concentrating all cares and powers into one body. Lord Acton, the great historian of liberty and admirer of the Founders, gave us this: Federalism: It is coordination instead of subordination; association instead of hierarchical order; independent forces curbing each other; balance, therefore, liberty. The Framers of the Constitution aimed to preserve our unalienable rights by preventing the concentration of political power in the central government. Their vision for America has largely been abandoned. Our modern obsession with national politics, the natural result of the centralization of enormous political power in Washington, is not what the Founders intended for America. It makes sense to consider the Ninth and the Tenth Amendments, written by James Madison, were to be the final acts of the original Founding and, at the same time, also a summary statement of the Founders' work. Jefferson's opening claim that begins with the words "We hold these truths to be self-evident" is just over fifty words in length. Madison's closing statement is just under fifty words. There is greatness in those hundred words. If we set out to restore the Founders' vision of American liberty, Madison's closing statement together with Jefferson's opening one can show us the way. Robert Curry serves on the Board of Directors of the Claremont Institute and is the author of Common Sense Nation: Unlocking the Forgotten Power of the American Idea from Encounter Books. You can preview the book here.

Read more: https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2019/01/how_to_destroy_the_bill_of_rights_start_with_the_9th_and_10th_amendments.html#ixzz5egux9Qcl 

Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

:: 2-3-19 Independent Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dearest Socialism, let us count the ways

By Larry Cothren Feb 3, 2019

A reader recently posed a question that is at once a legitimate conversation starter and a commentary on the current state of affairs in this country. Corresponding via email, this self-described independent indicated he proposed the question to me because he finds it difficult to talk to “most Trump supporters.” His questioning, he said, “seems to make them mad.” If his definition of a “Trump supporter” is someone who embraces the concepts of free markets, limited government, individual liberty, respect for the rule of law, and someone who sees government’s central role as protector of the citizenry, then, well, call me a “Trump supporter.” Abhor the style, embrace the policies. Now, to the question: The reader wanted to know why it is considered acceptable for the federal government to take land to build a wall, one that most Americans oppose, but not acceptable to Trump supporters for the government to take money from billionaires to help people who actually need help. As Democrats vie for attention in the crowded marketplace of political discourse, that question is fundamental to our future as a nation. Broken down, two essential questions emerge from that email: Do we enable the federal government to confiscate the fruits of capitalism and squander trillions of dollars for social programs and a massive bureaucracy? Do we want to ignore the need for orderly, controlled immigration in the name of open borders? While the moral equivalence between the two concepts in the reader’s query—national security versus welfare—escapes me, the questions nonetheless cut to the core of much of the political debate before us. Anyone who thought the 2016 election was monumental (and it was) should buckle up tightly because the next presidential election may actually set the tone for an entire generation, or two. That depends on how long it takes the electorate to come to its senses. Here’s why: Radical Democrats—which increasingly is to say, simply, Democrats—have embraced socialism as the party platform heading to 2020. They’ll cloak the confiscation of income and wealth in any number of euphemistic terms, but it’ll remain what it is, socialism. We’ll hear the term democratic socialism, which is an oxymoron if ever one existed, and we’ll hear about how the rich should be paying their “fair share.” We’ll hear about the rights we have to free education, free healthcare, and how a green society benefits mankind. Much of it will have one goal—to entice millennials and Gen Z voters to turn out in droves. That’s why we’ll hear all the rhetoric about free government services over the next 20 months or so.      A reader recently posed a question that is at once a legitimate conversation starter and a commentary on the current state of affairs in this country. Corresponding via email, this self-described independent indicated he proposed the question to me because he finds it difficult to talk to “most Trump supporters.” His questioning, he said, “seems to make them mad.” If his definition of a “Trump supporter” is someone who embraces the concepts of free markets, limited government, individual liberty, respect for the rule of law, and someone who sees government’s central role as protector of the citizenry, then, well, call me a “Trump supporter.” Abhor the style, embrace the policies. Now, to the question: The reader wanted to know why it is considered acceptable for the federal government to take land to build a wall, one that most Americans oppose, but not acceptable to Trump supporters for the government to take money from billionaires to help people who actually need help. As Democrats vie for attention in the crowded marketplace of political discourse, that question is fundamental to our future as a nation. Broken down, two essential questions emerge from that email: Do we enable the federal government to confiscate the fruits of capitalism and squander trillions of dollars for social programs and a massive bureaucracy? Do we want to ignore the need for orderly, controlled immigration in the name of open borders? While the moral equivalence between the two concepts in the reader’s query—national security versus welfare—escapes me, the questions nonetheless cut to the core of much of the political debate before us. Anyone who thought the 2016 election was monumental (and it was) should buckle up tightly because the next presidential election may actually set the tone for an entire generation, or two. That depends on how long it takes the electorate to come to its senses. Here’s why: Radical Democrats—which increasingly is to say, simply, Democrats—have embraced socialism as the party platform heading to 2020. They’ll cloak the confiscation of income and wealth in any number of euphemistic terms, but it’ll remain what it is, socialism. We’ll hear the term democratic socialism, which is an oxymoron if ever one existed, and we’ll hear about how the rich should be paying their “fair share.” We’ll hear about the rights we have to free education, free healthcare, and how a green society benefits mankind. Much of it will have one goal—to entice millennials and Gen Z voters to turn out in droves. That’s why we’ll hear all the rhetoric about free government services over the next 20 months or so. Sanders should have learned better over, oh, the last six decades of watching socialism fail. Ocasio-Cortez, meanwhile, is an apt representative of the clueless-but-involved voting block. Unlike the 77-year-old Sanders, her youthful idealism—she’s 29—gets in the way of a sane, clear-eyed view of the world. That points to the glaring flaw in the left’s socialism lovefest: How to pay for the guaranteed jobs, free college, and Medicare for all. In an article that appeared on Vox.com last August, economist Brian Riedl maintained “that the democratic socialist agenda will face resistance not only from other lawmakers but from basic math.” The proposals—a.k.a. the freebies—the left wants to dole out would cost $42.5 trillion over a decade, according to Riedl. He calculated the 30-year cost of these programs to be $218 trillion. Riedl points out that his numbers “come from the Congressional Budget Office, top liberal think tanks, and the lawmakers themselves. They are the left’s own figures.” It’s a safe bet, nonetheless, that Dems will ignore basic math and make repeated appeals to voters with the promise of free stuff from the federal government. They’ll seize the political opportunities opened by promises that they’ll never be able to fulfill, especially not on the backs of working Americans. They won’t even be able to fund their dreams with their favorite targets, the rich, as they continue to stoke the fires of class envy. Given their skills at controlling the political narrative—aided by a willing national media—Democrat candidates will sweep the country with a renewed promise of change. In fact, yesterday’s hope and change is sure to become tomorrow’s empty, rebranded battle cry from the far left. Expect Dems to get their message out, loudly and clearly, facts and history be damned. One only needs to take note of how the controversy over a border wall has evolved from a Donald Trump campaign promise into an albatross that may send Trump to the margins, a defeated president with two successful years and two years of miserable wrangling with Nancy Pelosi’s merry band of radicals. The writer is a former journalist who teaches marketing at Hickory Ridge High School. He can be reached via lgcothren@aol.com.

https://www.independenttribune.com/news/dearest-socialism-let-us-count-the-ways/article_78044b18-263c-11e9-b47f-139284996968.html 

:: 2--19 Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Takes Heat for Corbyn Praise

avatar by Benjamin Kerstein

Freshman Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez was criticized on Monday after she praised UK Labour party leader Jeremy Corbyn, who is viewed by many Jews as an antisemite. Ocasio-Cortez, a Bronx native, tweeted after a phone conversation with Corbyn, “It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn!” “Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad,” she added. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn! Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad. Jeremy Corbyn @jeremycorbyn

Great to speak to @AOC on the phone this evening and hear first hand how she’s challenging the status quo. Let’s build a movement across borders to take on the billionaires, polluters and migrant baiters, and support a happier, freer and cleaner planet. 32.3K 6:58 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 9,805 people are talking about this

Her tweet was a response to a previous one from Corbyn, who wrote, “Great to speak to @AOC on the phone this evening and hear first hand how she’s challenging the status quo.”

“Let’s build a movement across borders to take on the billionaires, polluters and migrant baiters, and support a happier, freer and cleaner planet,” Corbyn said. Great to speak to @AOC on the phone this evening and hear first hand how she’s challenging the status quo. Let’s build a movement across borders to take on the billionaires, polluters and migrant baiters, and support a happier, freer and cleaner planet. 38.2K 4:35 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 12K people are talking about this

Corbyn, a far-left MP who took control of Labour in 2015, is known for his vehement anti-Israel positions. In recent years, his party has been hit by several antisemitism scandals, including some stemming from statements made by Corbyn himself. Polls indicate that the overwhelming majority of British Jews consider him an antisemite, and ex-Chief Rabbi of the UK Jonathan Sacks has compared him to the late Enoch Powell, a notoriously racist British politician. Concerned commentators reacted quickly to Ocasio-Cortez’s tweet, including New York Times columnist Bret Stephens, who wrote, “Jeremy Corbyn is an anti-Semite, @AOC, a view widely shared by Jewish members of the U.K. Labour Party. Please educate yourself before you embarrass yourself. Again.” Bret Stephens @BretStephensNYT Jeremy Corbyn is an anti-Semite, @AOC, a view widely shared by Jewish members of the U.K. Labour Party. Please educate yourself before you embarrass yourself. Again.

Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez@AOC It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn! Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad. https://twitter.com/jeremycorbyn/status/1092174819154710528  … 3,625 9:23 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 2,071 people are talking about this

Tablet journalist Yair Rosenberg wrote, “Imagine that 85% of Muslims polled said they thought a particular European leader was Islamophobic. Would you take that leader’s phone call and laud it as a step toward greater justice and equality? If not, please grant Jews the same consideration.”

(((Yair Rosenberg)))@Yair_Rosenberg · Feb 3, 2019 Replying to @AOC @jeremycorbyn

FYI: https://twitter.com/Yair_Rosenberg/status/1092204688638906371  …

(((Yair Rosenberg))) @Yair_Rosenberg Put this another way: Imagine that 85% of Muslims polled said they thought a particular European leader was Islamophobic. Would you take that leader's phone call and laud it as a step toward greater justice and equality? If not, please grant Jews the same consideration. (((Yair Rosenberg))) @Yair_Rosenberg 85% of British Jews think Jeremy Corbyn is anti-Semitic (https://www.thejc.com/news/uk-news/more-than-85-per-cent-of-british-jews-think-jeremy

-corbyn-is-antisemitic-1.469654 …). 87% of Jews refused to vote for his Labour party in the last election, and for good reason: https://www.tabletmag.com/scroll/236063/why-just-13-percent-of-british-jews-say-they-

will-vote-for-labour-in-the-general-election …@aoc might want to have her staff screen her calls more carefully. https://twitter.com/jeremycorbyn/status/1092174819154710528  …

1,889 7:53 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 386 people are talking about this

Share Share On Facebook Tweet Share On Twitter Print Print Article Email Email This Article

February 4, 2019 1:12 pm 2 New Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Takes Heat for Corbyn Praise avatar by Benjamin Kerstein Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-NY) looks on during an event organized by the Women’s March Alliance in the Manhattan borough of New York City, Jan. 19, 2019.

Freshman Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez was criticized on Monday after she praised UK Labour party leader Jeremy Corbyn, who is viewed by many Jews as an antisemite.

Ocasio-Cortez, a Bronx native, tweeted after a phone conversation with Corbyn, “It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn!” “Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad,” she added. Her tweet was a response to a previous one from Corbyn, who wrote, “Great to speak to @AOC on the phone this evening and hear first hand how she’s challenging the status quo.” “Let’s build a movement across borders to take on the billionaires, polluters and migrant baiters, and support a happier, freer and cleaner planet,” Corbyn said. Corbyn, a far-left MP who took control of Labour in 2015, is known for his vehement anti-Israel positions. In recent years, his party has been hit by several antisemitism scandals, including some stemming from statements made by Corbyn himself. Polls indicate that the overwhelming majority of British Jews consider him an antisemite, and ex-Chief Rabbi of the UK Jonathan Sacks has compared him to the late Enoch Powell, a notoriously racist British politician. Concerned commentators reacted quickly to Ocasio-Cortez’s tweet, including New York Times columnist Bret Stephens, who wrote, “Jeremy Corbyn is an anti-Semite, @AOC, a view widely shared by Jewish members of the U.K. Labour Party. Please educate yourself before you embarrass yourself. Again.” Tablet journalist Yair Rosenberg wrote, “Imagine that 85% of Muslims polled said they thought a particular European leader was Islamophobic. Would you take that leader’s phone call and laud it as a step toward greater justice and equality? If not, please grant Jews the same consideration.” Conservative author Christina Sommers also chimed in, referencing the antisemitism scandals surrounding the leadership of the Women’s March, which severely damaged the movement’s reputation. “Dear Ms. Ocasio-Cortez, Mr. Corbyn is anti-Semitic. You do not want to do to the Democratic Party what @lsarsour & @TamikaDMallory did to the #WomensMarch,” Sommers tweeted. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez @AOC · Feb 3, 2019 It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn! Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad. Christina Sommers @CHSommers Dear Ms. Ocasio-Cortez, Mr. Corbyn is anti-Semitic. You do not want to do to the Democratic Party what @lsarsour & @TamikaDMallory did to the #WomensMarch. https://www.haaretz.com/us-news/.premium-tamika-mallory-and-jeremy-corbyn-have-the-same-problem-with-jews-1.6845772 … 1,821 10:50 PM - Feb 3, 2019

A left-wing Jewish writer, however, appeared to succeed in raising Ocasio-Cortez’s consciousness on the issue. “I’m a huge huge fan of yours,” tweeted Elad Nehorai to Ocasio-Cortez. “I hope you’ll take a look at the amount of Jews trying to call attention to Corbyn’s long, documented history of anti-Semitism.” “The left’s blind spot in this regard can still be fixed,” he continued. “But we need leaders like yourself to listen.” Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez @AOC · Feb 3, 2019 It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn! Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad. Elad Nehorai @PopChassid I’m a huge huge fan of yours. I hope you’ll take a look at the amount of Jews trying to call attention to Corbyn’s long, documented history of anti-Semitism. The left’s blind spot in this regard can still be fixed. But we need leaders like yourself to listen. 3,873 7:32 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 992 people are talking about this “Thank you for bringing this to me,” replied Ocasio-Cortez to Nehorai. “We cannot + will not move forward without deep fellowship and leadership with the Jewish community. I’ll have my team reach out.” Elad Nehorai @PopChassid · Feb 3, 2019 Replying to @AOC @jeremycorbyn

I’m a huge huge fan of yours. I hope you’ll take a look at the amount of Jews trying to call attention to Corbyn’s long, documented history of anti-Semitism. The left’s blind spot in this regard can still be fixed. But we need leaders like yourself to listen. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez @AOC

Hi @PopChassid - thank you for bringing this to me. We cannot + will not move forward without deep fellowship and leadership with the Jewish community. I’ll have my team reach out. ?

6,434 8:04 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 2,086 people are talking about this

https://www.algemeiner.com/2019/02/04/new-congresswoman-alexandria-ocasio-cortez-takes-heat-for-corbyn-praise/ 

:: 2-4-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How to get your child to just say no to socialism

By Justin Haskins | Fox News

Despite mountains of historical evidence revealing the dangers associated with socialism, support for Karl Marx’s collectivist ideas is steadily increasing. In an August 2018 Gallup Poll, 51 percent of young people aged 18-29 said they have a favorable opinion of socialism, compared to just 45 percent who said they view capitalism positively. Compare that to 2010, when 68 percent of young people said they view capitalism favorably. That’s a remarkable 33 percent decline in just eight years. Many parents who support the traditional American values of self-responsibility, individual liberty and free markets, have been left to wonder how they can teach their children the truth about collectivism and resist the rise of socialism. Below are strategies for talking to young people about the dangers of communism, socialism and other progressive ideas. DEMOCRATS NOW PUSHING MANY OF THE SAME SOCIALIST POLICIES THAT DESTROYED VENEZUELA Explain the meaning of socialism and why it’s immoral Every conversation about socialism should begin with a discussion about what it actually entails. Survey data show most Americans have no clue what socialism is, despite the fact that it’s regularly discussed in the media. Socialism is the collective ownership and management of property. In a purely socialist society – an idea Karl Marx called “communism” – all or nearly all property is owned and managed by the collective. Under such a scheme, people have very little power over their own lives. Even their homes are owned collectively. In the case of democratic socialism, this means that people are forced to live according to the desires of the majority. In many situations, a small group of people is given power by the majority, and that group typically ends up becoming tyrannical, as we’ve seen in China, North Korea and Venezuela. With this model in place, minorities don’t really have any rights. If the majority thinks people should live or work in a certain way, everyone is required to obey, even if it violates their deeply held beliefs. For example, in a socialist country, vegetarians would be required to be part owners in a slaughterhouse. In socialism, individual “rights” are mere illusions. Even free-speech rights are limited if they are deemed “harmful” to the rest of society – which means these “rights” don’t really exist at all. This is why human rights abuses are so common in countries that try to enact socialism. Emphasize charity, not government coercion For most young Americans, socialist ideas are appealing because they genuinely want to help those who are suffering. They believe single-payer health care, a “Green New Deal,” and other similar policies are compassionate. Conservatives have a tendency to dismiss these ideas without providing alternatives. This leaves younger people feeling frustrated. “Government social programs might not be perfect,” young liberals and socialists often tell me, “but at least liberals and socialists are trying to fix difficult problems like poverty. Conservatives and libertarians don’t care what happens to people who are suffering.” Whenever parents discuss socialism, they should always explain that it’s important to engage in charitable activities. Advocates of freedom do support helping others, they just don’t believe the government is best equipped to do it. This idea is best reinforced when families engage in charitable activities together. Parents must show their kids that motivated, compassionate conservatives care for those most in need and make the world a better place. This conversation allows parents to make a very important moral argument: Charity is morally positive, because it means people are voluntarily helping those in need, but government welfare programs – however well-intentioned they might be – are not forms of charity. They require the government to use force and coercion. Those who don’t want to pay for a government program because they think it isn’t helpful – or perhaps believe it’s harmful – are forced to pay their taxes and participate anyway. Those who refuse can end up in prison. Or, put simply, conservatives support people freely helping others, while those on the left advocate for forcing, manipulating and controlling people to accomplish their goals. Explain that there’s never been a successful socialist nation in world history Here’s a startling fact about socialism that every child should hear: During the past century, tens of millions of people have been killed, exiled or imprisoned by socialist and communist parties, and no country has ever successfully enacted a system that matches Marx’s vision for the world – a reality even the staunchest Marxist will admit. Kids often respond to this fact by saying that there are many examples of socialism working successfully. Like Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., and Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, D-N.Y., they point to Denmark, Norway and Sweden. The idea that Nordic nations are little socialist utopias is a gigantic myth. Denmark, Norway and Sweden are absolutely not “socialist” nations. Some parts of their economies have been socialized, like health care and higher education, but they are still market-based economies, and in many respects, their citizens are freer than Americans. For example, in the Heritage Foundation’s “2019 Index of Economic Freedom,” Denmark, Norway and Sweden all score higher than the United States in numerous categories, including “property rights” and “business freedom.” Furthermore, history has repeatedly shown that government can’t fix many of our most complex societal issues, even when it socializes just one part of the economy. For example, since the ObamaCare health insurance exchanges first opened, insurance premiums have doubled and deductibles have skyrocketed. Talking about the dangers of socialism with kids isn’t easy. Children are constantly being bombarded with pro-socialist messages from Hollywood, the music industry, professional sports and, most importantly, their teachers and professors. But if parents aren’t willing to put in the time to address these important ideas, who will?

https://www.foxnews.com/opinion/how-to-get-your-child-to-just-say-no-to-socialism 

:: 2-1-19 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democratic Socialism — philosophy of poverty

By Alexander G. Markovsky, opinion contributor — 02/01/19 10:00 AM EST

633

The views expressed by contributors are their own and not the view of The Hill

The road from imperfect capitalism to socialist idealism is soaked with the blood of those who failed to appreciate the fairness of economic equality. Yet the socialist believers will not relinquish ideas that have been disproved repeatedly by historical precedents, and no amount of reality can shake their convictions. For them, acceptance of reality equates to a denial of faith.  It’s always the same — this time it is different; this time socialism is democratic. So, what is this mysterious democratic socialism? How is it different?  For the most of us who are not familiar with the terminology and Marxism, ponder this:  Social democracy is a political ideology that has as its goal the establishment of socialism through the implementation of a policy regime that includes, but is not limited to, high taxation, government regulation of private enterprises, and the establishment of a universal welfare state. In 1903 Marxist Russian Social Democratic Labor Party (RSDLP) was having the Second Party Congress to adopt the Party platform of transition from capitalism to socialism. The leaders of the Party, Julius Martov and Pavel Axelrod, aimed at a peaceful regime change via democratic process. After gaining power, they would use the authority of government bureaucracy to destroy capitalism by overburdening it with taxation and regulations. A radical faction led by Vladimir Lenin rejected this approach and demanded a revolutionary tactic with the imposition of the dictatorship of the proletariat.  Evidently, neither faction had illusions that this unnatural social organization could be implemented on a voluntary basis.  In the end, the Party split into Bolsheviks and Mensheviks. The Bolsheviks ultimately won, became the Communist Party of the Soviet Union, and eventually liquidated their comrades in arms in accordance with Marxist comradeship ritual.  Nowadays, the Mensheviks’ concept adopted by American socialists is being promulgated by Bernie Sanders and his disciples as an alternative to Marxism. This Marxist’s Trojan horse is intended to enact socialism by installing the Hugo Chavezes of this world through the democratic process. Democratic socialism is not a new version of socialism; it is just another method of establishing socialism.  This slow-roll strategy designed to do to the United States incrementally what Russian Bolshevism did to Russia in 1917 abruptly.  Notwithstanding its heavy Russian accent, democratic socialism is bringing under one roof all the true believers and intellectuals disheartened and disillusioned by the ugliness of Stalinism, Maoism, and other socialist “isms” but still yearning for equality, fairness and righteousness. It is also intended to ascertain ideological cohesion among pseudo-patriot advocates of strong governmental authority and left-wing lunatics, to whom capitalism is a common enemy.  Regardless of how the socialists come to power and what variants between political flavors of Christian democratic socialism, Soviet-style revolutionary socialism, Democratic socialism or any other kind of socialism are, they are all based on the same blueprint — Karl Marx’s "scientific socialism" — and share the common mantra: “fair and equitable” distribution of wealth. Hence, the differences are superficial. The ultimate goal of socialism is economic equality.  If the untutored graduates of Boston University and supporters of socialism absorb human history, they may realize that the only historical datum that points to economic equality goes back to the era of primitive communism. There were no property and no wealth, resulting in total economic equality — in poverty.  Ironically, this is the only way economic equality can be achieved. There is no equality in wealth.  Those who criticize socialism for its failure to create wealth are missing the point. Socialism is not about wealth creation; it is about wealth distribution. In this context, socialism works, it works as it supposed to. Venezuela, Cuba, North Korea, etc. are not socialism’s failures; they are actually a fulfillment. We have to be mindful that every ism — communism, socialism, fascism, etc. — has its supporters and benefactors. Those who imagine themselves on the receiving end, have every reason to think they will be better off with socialism.  In 1846 French philosopher and socialist Pierre-Joseph Proudhon criticized Karl Marx’s theories in his book “System of Economical Contradictions: or, The Philosophy of Poverty.” Since then, the generations of true believers have been endlessly stepping on the same rake expecting different results. In this manner, they have been proving time after time that Proudhon was right then and he is right now — socialism, whether democratic or otherwise, is the philosophy of poverty.

Alexander G. Markovsky is a senior fellow at the London Center for Policy Research, a conservative think tank hosted at King’s College, New York City, which examines national security, energy, risk-analysis and other public policy issues, He is the author of "Anatomy of a Bolshevik" and "Liberal Bolshevism: America Did Not Defeat Communism, She Adopted It.” He is the owner and CEO of Litwin Management Services, LLC. He can be reached at info@litwinms.com 

https://thehill.com/opinion/campaign/427960-democratic-socialism-philosophy-of-poverty 

:: 2-3-19 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuelan air force general becomes first high-ranking official to defect

By Eileen AJ Connelly February 2, 2019 | 8:27pm

A Venezuelan air force general on Saturday became the country’s first senior military official to defect from President Nicolás Maduro’s government, announcing support for mass protests to oust the socialist dictator. In a YouTube video posted Saturday, Gen. Francisco Yanez claimed that “90 percent” of the armed forces are against Maduro. Maduro began a second six-year term last month after a widely criticized election that barred political opponents from the ballot. Since then, the country’s economic and humanitarian crisis has only worsened. Venezuelan opposition leader Juan Guaidó, who last month claimed the mantle of “interim president,” on Saturday repeated his call to military and political leaders to “get on the side of the Venezuelan people.” Most of the country’s top military brass have backed Maduro in the weeks since the protests started. Venezuela’s aerospace command tweeted a picture of Yanez with the word “traitor” stamped on his face Saturday. The military helped Maduro survive mass protests in 2014 and 2017 by jailing activists and suppressing protests. But surrounded by thousands of roaring supporters, Guaidó, the 35-year-old president of Venezuela’s National Assembly, declared that protests will continue until Maduro agrees to new elections overseen by international observers. Maduro spoke at a rally in the capital Caracas that government workers said they were forced to attend. The ruler suggested he would call new elections for the National Assembly, instead of a presidential ballot. He maintained the protests are part of a US-led coup attempt. The Trump administration last month recognized Guaidó as the interim president has been leading international calls for Maduro to step down. Last year, US officials reportedly held secret meetings with rebellious military leaders to discuss plans to overthrow Maduro. And this week, the US imposed new sanctions against the state-owned oil company, an attempt to cripple the government by cutting off its main source of cash. “Do you think Venezuela is going to give up and obey your orders?” Maduro asked Trump during his rally. “We will not surrender.” Opposition leaders plan to bring humanitarian aid into the country in the coming days, Guaidó said. The effort will be a test for the military, which will have to choose between letting the aid through or obeying Maduro’s orders to stop it. He noted that military and police forces have not cracked down on protesters filling the streets in several cities, a sign their loyalties may be shifting. Post Wire Services

https://nypost.com/2019/02/02/venezuelan-air-force-general-becomes-first-high-ranking-official-to-defect/ 

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things.  Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb.  Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states.  Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids.  Remember the Lord talked to us about buying generators etc.

:: 1-29-19 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China, Other Regimes Developing EMP Bombs That Can Wipe Out 90 Percent of Populations

By Nicole Hao January 28, 2019 Updated: January 29, 2019

A newly released U.S. congressional study says that China, Russia, Iran, and North Korea are developing powerful weapons that won’t kill people directly but can cripple critical life-sustaining infrastructure and cause mass populations to eventually die out. The study, titled “Nuclear EMP Attack Scenarios and Combined-arms Cyber Warfare” was written in July 2017 by Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, an expert on national and homeland security and director of the U.S. Nuclear Strategy Forum, a congressional advisory board. It was only cleared for public release by the U.S. Department of Defense in July 2018. Last week, the report was published for the first time, as reported by the Washington Free Beacon. Any nuclear weapon can generate electromagnetic pulses (EMP). But EMP bombs, sometimes referred to as sixth-generation weapons, can generate strong gamma rays and other radiation that spread very quickly. The radiation interacts with the oxygen and nitrogen atoms in the air to generate an extremely strong electromagnetic pulse. These pulses can damage all electrical and electronic equipment within the radius of the bomb. Meanwhile, a super-EMP bomb, also known as a nuclear EMP, causes a nuclear explosion through electromagnetic radiation, the study noted. The effects from an EMP bomb are dangerous within its entire field. This is why a scenario in which such weapons are deployed is referred to by U.S. analysts as “blackout warfare,” according to the congressional study. In addition, accuracy isn’t necessary in order to drop an EMP bomb, as the field coverage is so vast. An EMP bomb detonated at 30 kilometers (about 19 miles) has a radius on the ground of about 600 kilometers (about 373 miles). When the device detonates at 400 kilometers (about 248 miles), the radius reaches 2,200 kilometers (about 1367 miles), which is large enough to span an area from New York City to San Francisco. After the EMP bomb is detonated, it will generate a potentially catastrophic effect, damaging electric grids, computing systems, and electronic systems—including those used by the military and critical infrastructures such as telecom networks, fuel pipelines, banks, and sanitation systems. With electronic systems down, EMP-induced industrial accidents can spark explosions and widespread fires. When chemical plants explode, the toxic clouds generated would pollute the air, water, and earth. In addition, nuclear power reactors would run out of emergency power within days and explode, spreading radioactive plumes to nearby areas, the study predicted. Without clean air and water supplies, people would not be able to survive after a period of time. “In one year, as some EMP experts have warned for over a decade, 9 of 10 Americans are dead from starvation, disease, and societal collapse,” the study said. “The United States of America ceases to exist.” The study described hypothetical scenarios in which nuclear aggressors would deploy EMP bombs: Russia striking Europe; China targeting Taiwan; Iran targeting the Middle East, and North Korea targeting Japan. The study also played out scenarios in which these four countries would attack North America. To attack North America, these countries could use a wide range of methods to launch an EMP bomb: “satellite, a long-range missile, a medium- or short-range missile launched off a freighter, some kinds of cruise missiles and anti-ship missiles, a jet fighter or some kinds of jet airliner doing a zoom climb, even a meteorological balloon,” the study said. The study noted that “totalitarian and authoritarian” authorities are building super-EMP bombs now, but didn’t give an estimated timeline for completion of the weapons.

https://www.theepochtimes.com/china-and-other-regimes-developing-emp-bombs-that-can-wipe-out-90-percent-of-population_2779665.html 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 1-29-19 South China Morning Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China releases footage of ‘Guam killer’ DF-26 ballistic missile in ‘clear message to the US’

Next-generation missile with improved stability and accuracy launched during military exercise

Analyst says it’s a bid ‘to reinforce the notion that the PLA has the capability to sink US carriers and inflict unacceptable damage on American forces’

PUBLISHED : Monday, 28 January, 2019, 11:03pm UPDATED : Tuesday, 29 January, 2019, 11:17am

Lee Jeong-ho

China has revealed footage of its next-generation Dongfeng-26 ballistic missile showing improved stability and accuracy, a move analysts say aims to send a message to the United States about its military strength. Footage of the missile was released for the first time in a report on state broadcaster CCTV, amid intensifying military rivalry between China and the US. Four fin-like flight control surfaces are seen around the missile nose in the report on an exercise in northwest China. The People’s Liberation Army Rocket Force launched at least one DF-26 missile during the drill. Military analysts said the fin-like flight control surfaces provided better stability for the missile as it neared a moving target, such as a US aircraft carrier. The intermediate-range ballistic missile is also known as the “Guam killer” for its range – 3,000km to 5,741km (1,864 to 3,567 miles) – that puts the US island in the western Pacific within striking distance. It could be used in nuclear, conventional and anti-ship strikes, meaning China could use it to attack US aircraft carriers and naval bases in the Asia-Pacific region. China’s defence ministry in April confirmed the DF-26 had been put into service with the Rocket Force. Adam Ni, a China researcher at Macquarie University in Sydney, said the latest exercise sent “a clear message to the US about China’s growing missile capability, and that it can hold at risk US strategic assets, such as carriers and bases”. “It’s an attempt to reinforce the notion that the PLA has the capability to sink US carriers and inflict unacceptable damage on American forces,” Ni said. “Within the context of increasing strategic competition and tension between the two countries, the latest drills are just another signal to the US about the prevails of escalation, including by intervening militarily in support of Taiwan against China … We are likely to see more [of these drills] if bilateral relations worsen.” Footage of the exercise was released just one week after US Admiral John Richardson in Tokyo said the US Navy had not ruled out sending an aircraft carrier through the Taiwan Strait, despite China’s military technology advances posing a greater threat to its warships than ever before. Military tension between the two countries is escalating, with the US sending two warships through the strait on Thursday, and Taiwan saying multiple PLA military jets had also flown near the southern tip of the self-ruled island to the western Pacific for a drill that day. James Floyd Downes, a lecturer in comparative politics at the Chinese University of Hong Kong, said releasing footage of the missile drill was a calculated political act. “Beijing is demonstrating its military capacity and overall strength in power,” Downes said. “This is arguably a strategic power play and a sign to Washington and the Trump administration of its underlying military power … a key strategy taken directly from the realist playbook in international relations.” US says China’s growing military might is part of ‘diverse’ threat to national security Zhang Baohui, a director of the Centre for Asian Pacific Studies at Lingnan University in Hong Kong, said the drill was about deterrence amid rising tensions in the region. “China has repeatedly stated that the missile can hit moving targets like ships,” Zhang said. “While the overall probability of war between the US and China remains very low, Beijing is nonetheless concerned by recent changes in the dynamics of Sino-US relations. The public debut of the DF-26 could mean enhancing its general deterrence.”

https://www.scmp.com/news/china/military/article/2183972/china-releases-footage-guam-killer-df-26-ballistic-missile-clear 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 1--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The REAL Resistance: Sheriffs in Washington State REFUSE to Enforce Unconstitutional Gun Laws

by Daisy Luther

Washington state recently introduced bills for some of the strictest gun laws in the country but they have some very important opponents: the sheriffs. Long thought to be the last line of defense between authoritarianism and freedom, sheriffs are in a unique position. As elected officials, basically nobody has authority over them – not the judges, not the Feds – no one except the people who may or may not choose to re-elect them. What are those new gun laws in Washington? In November, Washington voters passed a ballot initiative, I-1639. To purchase a semi-automatic rifle, buyers must be over 21, undergo an enhanced background check, must have completed a safety course, and need to wait 9 days to take possession of their weapon. And that’s not all. A gun owner who doesn’t store his or her weapon “properly” can be prosecuted. And that was just the beginning of the unconstitutional momentum. Feeling the wind at their backs after the ballot, gun campaigners and liberal legislators have now gone even further in the new legislative session. Bills introduced in the last week to Washington’s Democrat-dominated legislature look to further restrict firearms. Some laws would ban high capacity magazines and plastic guns made with 3D printers. Others would mandate training for concealed carry permits, and remove guns and ammo during and after domestic violence incidents. Washington’s attorney general, Bob Ferguson, who proposed several of the bills, said in an email: “Now is the time to act. Washingtonians have made it clear that they support common-sense gun safety reforms.” (source) Things are getting more and more difficult for gun owners in a state that has two very different demographics. Washington is a reflection of the rest of the US. The state of Washington is similar to the United States in general. The vast majority of the population lives in a few large cities, distant from the rural and small-town folks in a lot more than just mileage. The left-leaning cities are in direct opposition to the more right-leaning rural communities, but the rural communities are under the thumb of the city voters due to numbers. Back when they voted on I-1639, 27 of the 39 counties were against the measure, but because the twelve counties that voted FOR it were more populous, the initiative passed. Does this sound familiar? If it weren’t for the electoral college in national elections, we’d probably have Hillary Clinton as our president, and she’s notoriously anti-gun. The situation of gun owners would look very different right now if that had happened. Now the state is divided because the counties that voted against the measure are refusing to be governed by unconstitutional laws to which they objected in the first place And they’re supported by their sheriffs. Some Washington law enforcement officers are refusing to enforce these laws. Klickitat County Sheriff, Bob Songer, Republic police chief Loren Culp, and Ferry County Sheriff Ray Maycumber are among those who have publicly vowed not to enforce the new unconstitutional gun laws. In Ferry county in eastern Washington, more than 72% of voters rejected I-1639. In the county’s only incorporated city, Republic, the police chief Loren Culp asked the council in November to declare the city a “second amendment sanctuary”. That vote has been delayed until March, but in the meantime, like Songer, Culp says he will not enforce. The sheriff in Ferry county, Ray Maycumber, told the Guardian that he would not be enforcing the laws either, at least until the NRA’s litigation is completed. “There’s a window of time when I get to make the assessment”, he said. Should the NRA not succeed, he said, he would “consider if I want to go on in the job”. …The refusal of law enforcement officers to enforce the new restrictions plays into a longer history of so-called “constitutional” sheriffs resisting the gradual tightening of gun laws. There are also hints, in the stance, of the doctrine of “county supremacy”, long nursed on the constitutionalist far right, which holds that county sheriffs are the highest constitutional authority in the country. (source) Matt Marshall, the leader of the Washington Three Percent, is hoping to persuade other Washington counties to adopt local second amendment sanctuary ordinances. Next week, he meets with people in Lewis and Pierce counties to urge them to urge them to adopt resolutions not to enforce unconstitutional gun laws. This isn’t the first time that sheriffs have stood up against unreasonable laws. As elected officials, sheriffs have an obligation to their constituents and to the Constitution of the United States of America. In 2013, El Dorado County Sheriff John D’Agostini kicked the US Forestry Service out of his county. The El Dorado County Sheriff says he’s not happy with the U.S. Forest Service, so he’s stripping them of their authority by keeping them from enforcing state law within the county. Sheriff John D’Agostini is taking the unusual step of pulling the police powers from the federal agency because he says he has received “numerous, numerous complaints.” In a letter obtained by CBS13, the sheriff informs the federal agency that its officers will no longer be able to enforce California state law anywhere in his county. “I take the service that we provide to the citizens of El Dorado County and the visitors to El Dorado County very seriously, and the style and manner of service we provide,” D’Agostini said. “The U.S. Forest Service, after many attempts and given many opportunities, has failed to meet that standard.” (source) This kind of action is firmly supported by the 10th Amendment to the Constitution, which reads, “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.” The power of county sheriffs was upheld in the Supreme Court. In 1994, Graham County Arizona Sheriff Richard Mack and Ravalli County Montana Sheriff Jay Printz successfully sued the Clinton Administration over the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act. Justice Antonin Scalia, Chief Justice William Rehnquist, and Justices Sandra Day O’Connor, Anthony Kennedy, and Clarence Thomas found that the Brady Act’s attempted commandeering of the sheriffs to perform background checks violated the tenth amendment. “The Framers rejected the concept of a central government that would act upon and through the States, and instead designed a system in which the State and Federal Governments would exercise concurrent authority over the people. The Federal Government’s power would be augmented immeasurably and impermissibly if it were able to impress into its service–and at no cost to itself–the police officers of the 50 States. …Federal control of state officers would also have an effect upon the separation and equilibration of powers between the three branches of the Federal Government itself.” (source) The decision upheld the power of county sheriffs. County sheriffs are the last legal line of defense. Legally speaking, our county sheriffs are the last line of defense in the battle for gun rights. Federal agencies do not have state powers. Due to the Constitution’s structure of dual sovereignty, the feds have no authority to enforce state laws. Furthermore, states cannot be compelled to enforce federal laws. (source) The next option is widespread civil disobedience, which we saw recently in New Jersey. Thanks to a December 5 ruling by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 3rd Circuit, New Jersey’s ban on gun magazines that hold more than 10 rounds took effect on December 10. By that date, all owners of heretofore legal “large capacity magazines” (LCMs) were required to surrender them to police, render them inoperable, modify them so they cannot hold more than 10 rounds, or sell them to authorized owners. Those who failed to do so are guilty of a fourth-degree felony, punishable by a maximum fine of $10,000 and up to 18 months in prison. How many of New Jersey’s 1 million or so gun owners have complied with the ban by turning LCMs in to law enforcement agencies? Approximately zero… (source) Try as anti-gun legislators and activists might, there is a difficult battle ahead for anyone who tries to disarm the American people. Between Constitution-supporting elected officials and American civilians who will not comply, the real Resistance seems to be ready…and armed. What do you think of these Sheriffs in Washington?

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/the-real-resistance-sheriffs-in-washington-state-refuse-to-enforce-unconstitutional-gun-laws/ 

:: 1-28-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exterminating Whitey

The end game of identity politics.

January 28, 2019 Mark Tapson

In case anyone still needs confirmation, the rage and frenzy surrounding the supposed standoff caught on video last week between Covington Catholic High School students and an anti-Catholic, Native American activist demonstrates as nothing else has lately that the political left’s primary aim, the end game of identity politics, is the demonization of white Christian men. Covington student Nicholas Sandmann (pictured above) was the unfortunate epicenter of this tempest-in-a-teapot concocted entirely by the activist media, in which he and his classmates were falsely portrayed as racist bullies surrounding and taunting a frail Native American “elder,” Nathan Phillips. The truth – that it was the schoolboys who were verbally assaulted by Black Hebrew Israelite activists, and that Sandmann did and said nothing but stand his ground and smile in the face of Phillips’ provocation – swiftly came to light, but not before the entire country had squared off over the lie. It wasn’t that the news media got the story wrong, which would imply that they made a mistake, but that they didn’t care about getting it right. They didn’t care, because they saw an opportunity to dehumanize a white male wearing that triggering symbol of white supremacy, the “Make America Great Again” cap, and decided to run with a narrative that could be weaponized against President Trump and his “angry white male” supporters. “Pick the target, freeze it, personalize it, and polarize it,” master strategist Saul Alinsky once taught, and Catholic white boy Sandmann became the left’s target of the moment. Some media outlets gradually and quietly backed off from their original rush to judgment as more video and context emerged, but the damage was done, the political divide between Americans was widened, and the more fervent leftists clung to their bigoted view that Sandmann represents the toxic, Christian white male underbelly of an America that bears racism in its very DNA, as Barack Obama once declared. The media hurricane was reminiscent of the crazed spectacle of last October’s confirmation hearings for Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh, a devout Catholic who was viewed as the poster boy for the left’s favorite bogeyman, “white privilege.” Based on a single, decades-old, evidence-free allegation, the Alinsky-trained left smeared Kavanaugh as a drunken sexual predator (and even pedophile) whose addition to the Court would hurl women into a misogynistic dystopia straight out of The Handmaid’s Tale. Sandmann is the left’s new Kavanaugh. On Twitter, BuzzFeed senior culture correspondent Anne Helen Petersen made that connection explicit by pairing Sandmann’s photo with one of Justice Kavanaugh’s smiling face and called their expressions “the look of white patriarchy.” Ebony Elizabeth Thomas, a University of Pennsylvania associate professor in education, tweeted that Sandmann represents “the smiling face of whiteness.” So “Smiling While White” is now essentially a hate crime. In fact, Smiling While White is not even considered a smile; it’s a “smirk,” and smirking is now seen as something only whites do. Has no one ever seen Barack Obama’s face? Last month Democrat Senators Kamala Harris and Mazie Hirono grilled Trump judicial nominee Brian Buescher over his membership in the Catholic fraternal organization, the Knights of Columbus. Both hard-left Senators referred to the KoC’s “extreme positions” and Harris complained that it was an “all-male” institution – because any Christian-based institution that is all-male must be a hotbed of rapey patriarchs. Last week, Dan Levin, a reporter from the New York Times, went on Twitter with the hashtag “ExposeChristianSchools” digging for dirt on Christian educators. The day after his confrontation with Covington Catholic students, Nathan Phillips and his drum-and-chant ensemble, who demand reparations from the Catholic Church for indigenous peoples, tried to disrupt a Mass at the Basilica of the National Shrine of the Immaculate Conception in Washington D.C. What all this comes down to is identity politics, the Marxist-inspired ideology of divide-and-conquer. It shrewdly posits that the dynamics of Western society can be reduced simply to the conflict between oppressor and oppressed, and thus the most effective way to resist and ultimately overcome the oppressor is to define and categorize people not by their individual character but collectively by the immutabilities of race and sex. In America as well as elsewhere in the Western world, the oppressor is seen as the Christian white male, and all other identities belong to one or more categories of the oppressed. The end game is not unity of the body politic, not e pluribus unum, but the overthrow of the oppressor. In this worldview, if you are, say, black, then you are defined as an oppressed class regardless of what you think and believe, regardless of your economic stratum, regardless of your life experience. If you are a black who resents being lumped in with other blacks simply because of your skin color, and you resist the expectation to consider yourself a victim of white supremacy, then in the view of identity politics you aren’t really black. You are ostracized as a race traitor. Likewise for members of other designated victim groups. But for all the left’s obsession with victims, the demographic facing far-and-away the most open bigotry today is the oppressor class, white Christian men. Nowhere is this more evident than in the indoctrination mills of our universities, where entire Women’s Studies and Ethnic Studies departments extol the righteous victimhood of the oppressed classes, alongside proliferating programs on “deconstructing whiteness” and “toxic masculinity.” In response to the Covington controversy, Kevin Allred, a white man and purported educator who teaches a course in “Politicizing Beyoncé,” tweeted that “white people really are terrorists. whiteness is terrorism.” Substitute "blackness," "Jewishness," or "Muslims" for "white people" in that tweet and there would be a flood of hate speech accusations and a Twitter ban. But because the left has made it culturally acceptable to spew hatred at whites, Allred will face no consequences. Whites who object to this are dismissed by the left as whining snowflakes – proving the point that blatant bigotry against them is acceptable. None of this is new. Western civilization and the Christian white males with whom it is identified have been targeted increasingly for decades in the name of diversity and multiculturalism (recall Rev. Jesse Jackson in the 1980s leading Stanford protesters in the chant, “Hey ho, hey ho, Western Civ has got to go”?). As far back as twenty years ago, David Horowitz published a collection of essays called Hating Whitey about this dangerous phenomenon and its “growth industry” of anti-white activists and academics. Getting from hating whitey to literally exterminating whitey may be a bridge too far, but dismantling the purported white power structure by dehumanizing white males, inculcating a deep sense of guilt and self-hatred in them, and squeezing them out of positions of authority and influence is manageable and already underway. Especially with the onset of Trump Derangement Syndrome, the left has ramped up this offensive against the Christian white male “oppressors” such as 16-year-old Nicholas Sandmann who stand in the way of their “inclusive” Marxist utopia. And like Sandmann, we must stand our ground.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/272650/exterminating-whitey-mark-tapson 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 1-28-19 Paul Craig Roberts :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Delegitimization of the White Male

Paul Craig Roberts January 28, 2019

We know that the white male has been delegitimized. Women’s studies, black studies, Latino studies, and Identity Politics have been demonizing, and teaching hatered of, white males since the 1980s. But where did these hate-filled special interest groups get their power? The answer is that effete white males handed it to them. It was white male university administrators who created the anti-white male propaganda degrees called women’s studies and black studies. It is the white males in the Democratic Party who endorse Identity Politics, an ideology that puts responsibility for all the evil in the world on white males. The latest white male collapse is that of the president of Notre Dame University. Catholics, themselves formerly a marginalized people in the United States and Great Britain, are guilty, according to Rev. John Jenkins, Notre Dame’s president, of displaying in Notre Dame’s main building a wall mural painted by Luis Gregori in 1880. In the Identity Politics that now rules even Catholic universities, the 1880 painting is viewed in the 21st century as depicting native Americans in stereotypical submissive poses before white European explorers. https://apnews.com/b94ea91f11e649579326812f3b7c2980  I would bet that most Americans would not read the painting in this way. But in American everything is determined by the few. Notre Dame’s president has decided that the solution to this “offense” is for the university to cover the mural. Apparently the only intelligent person present at Notre Dame university is a law student, Grant Strobl, who said that “if we adopt the standard of judging previous generations by current standards, we may reach a point where there are no longer accomplishments to celebrate.” This is a good point, but I would go farther. Luis Gregori’s painting was not intended to depict the submission of native Americans to the white man. Here we have another case of real history replaced by fake history with the connivance of the president of Notre Dame University. Think about this for a moment. Is Luis Gregori’s painting the only painting, the only piece of art that can be construed, or misconstrued, as giving offense? What about, for example, the iconic photograph of the raising of the flag on Iwo Jima? Isn’t this celebration of American triumph over the Japanese insensitive and offensive to Japanese? How many military memorials are there that cannot be construed as giving offense to someone? How many paintings of martial and religious events are there that Identity Politics or some protected group cannot find offensive? What happens to history and to literature when we have to pretend that things did not happen because they are offensive to someone? Are all of the cowboy and Indian movies destined for the Memory Hole? How many songs can survive the scrutiny given to “Baby Its Cold Outside”? What about the Rolling Stones “Let’s Spend the Night Together,” or the Beatles “Why Don’t We Do It In the Road?” What about rapper songs? As blacks rank higher in the “preferred minority” category than white women, why isn’t it racist for a white female to resist the sexual advances of a black male? You get the idea. It is endless. Many of those pushing Identity Politics will be surprised when it turns on them. Western Civilization is under attack for giving offense. Collapse is everywhere visible. Not even America’s most prestigeous Catholic university can defend an historic mural. Will Jesus be next? Jesus chased Jewish money-changers out of the temple. Doesn’t that make him an anti-semite or a self-hating Jew? The categories that are used today with so much authority make no sense. There is no such thing as white and black races. There are many different white nationalities and ethnicities. There are Germans, Italians, French, Scandinavians, Slavs, Dutch, Greeks, English, Irish, Scots, and so forth. Similarly for blacks. A Maasai is not a Zulu. A Tutsi is not a Hutu. There is no doubt that European nationalities have committed many atrocities, mainly against one another, as have black tribes. As recently as 1994 the Hutus killed one million Tutsis–70 percent of the Tutsi population–in the Rwanda Genocide. Just as it is not anti-American to criticize the United States, it is not anti-semetic to criticize Israel or sexist to criticize a woman or racist to criticize a black. Slavery is not a black/white issue. Over the course of history more whites have been enslaved than blacks. As Karl Polanyi documented in his book, Dahomey and the Slave Trade, black slavery originated in the slave wars of the black kings of Dahomey. Europeans purchased slaves from the black kingdom of Dahomey. Identity politics has turned Western civilization against itself. Those claiming victim status have acquired many privileges that violate equality under law. They are granted quotas in university admissions and appointments and in business employment and promotions. They can bring charges against those of European descent for insensitivity and racism by misconstruing language, expressions, body language, facial expressions, art works and scientific theories as racist. Females have acquired similar power over men. Black studies and women studies rewrite history in order to present the white male as a more hateful figure. Feminists and racial minorities can make inflammatory statements calling for the death of white males without suffering any consequence. Statements such as those by Texas State University student Rudy Martinez—“white is an abomination,” “I hate you because you shouldn’t exist,” “white death will mean liberation for all”—by Lisa Anderson-Levy, a dean at Beloit College—“whiteness poses an existential threat to social, political and economic life in the US”—and by Georgetown University professor Christine Fair who most certainly intended to offend the Senate Judiciary Committee and Kavanaugh— “Look at this chorus of entitled white men justifying a serial rapist’s arrogated entitlement. All of them deserve miserable deaths while feminists laugh as they take their last gasps. Bonus: we castrate their corpses and feed them to swine? Yes”—do not foster amiable race and gender relations. Moreover, these statements demonstrate the privileged position women and “preferred minorities” have achieved over white males. Any white male student, dean or professor who made such statements about blacks and women would be dismissed and made unemployable. Remember the senior engineer at Google who was fired for saying that men and women have different traits and are good at different tasks. Simply stating an obvious truth has become a firing offense. The United States was a unique country in which traditional European enemies became assimilated as Americans. But assimilation is no longer emphasized or even permitted. The celebration of diversity and multiculturalism has split the population into victimizer and victimized groups, with hatred of the former taught to the latter. In place of unity, disunity has been created. The American future is not promising.

https://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2019/01/28/the-delegitimization-of-the-white-male/ 

:: 1--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Nancy Pelosi Helping to Coordinate a Red Dawn Incursion On Our Southern Border?

By Dave Hodges

Meet the new Benedict Arnold of our time. Here name is Nancy Pelosi. And her emerging story represents the biggest betrayal of the American people in the history of the country.  Pelosi Has Traveled to Mexico City-Twice! I have held this information for about 24 hours. From two confidential deep-cover sources, the CSS has learned that Pelosi has traveled to to Mexico City twice. Why? Nancy Pelosi and her Democratic party’s attempts to block the wall despite overwhelming support for the wall by more than half of America. Further, there is significant evidence that the wall is needed needed indicate there is an unknown reason for their defiance and the roots of that defiance lies in. In May of 2016, US Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi visited the President of Mexico along with other Congressmen, including little known Texas Congressman Beto O’Rourke who recently said that it was time to ditch the Constitution. Funny how the same names keep appearing. What these Democrats discussed was never revealed. So, what was America’s biggest Mafia Princess doing in Mexico City? Actually she has been there twice. It is apparent to some that Pelosi is coordinating her domestic agenda with that of these planned incursions of the migrant caravans. These event certainly point to the fact that Pelosi and the current Mexican President are on board with this plan. Paul Preston On the CSS radio show, the founder of the New California movement, Paul Preston, has related what he knows about the caravans. First, the bulk of the newest caravans are not going to be crossing into the United States. Paul’s sources are telling him that their mission is to arrive in Mexico and create havoc for Mexico with the paramilitary forces that are embedded in these caravans. When the Mexican grid is taken down, millions of Mexicans will stream north and storm the US border looking for a safe haven. This will provide the cover for guerrilla forces to make their way into the United States. Before dismissing this information as speculative, one might want to consider the following intel: The following was sent to the CSS by a confidential source that has begun to prove their worth as a source of information: Mexican authorities sent warning to FBI that Los Zetas terror teams are receiving Cuban arms like mortars, explosives, long range sniper rifles, and large caliber tripod mounted machine guns to launch cross border attacks. Several Mexican Army Humvees were stolen last week and are on local garages having extra armor welded on. Be interesting to see if Laredo FBI even bother to alert local authorities. Since the immigration wars area product of the Axis of Unity, it makes perfect sense that Cuba has involvement on our border to the detriment of the American people. Interesting, that last night Fox News covered this sector in their news. Fox is reporting that this sector is under the cartel command of a man wanted in the US for attacking US citizens at a consulate. This area was being highlighted in the report as being an area where a wall is needed. By all accounts, it is interesting to note that these developments are developing into an all too familiar pattern. These guerrilla forces are planning to use the fleeing refugees who will be storming our border as cover to carry out paramilitary operations inside the United States. Many are aware of this plot. From a deep-cover ARSOF source: Dave, You have written extensively about a Red Dawn force. You are going to look like a prophet. This is not a direct land invasion, because what you speak of is covert. Stick with Laredo, this is only but one of the incursion sites for these planned paramilitary forces. There will be several incursion points from the various intelligence we are getting. I remember a piece you wrote about a Texas Ranger who tipped you on planned paramilitary attacks against small towns and their police forces. I believe you wrote about this about 4-5 years ago. This will soon become a reality. This is why the President put the troops on the border. The Calexit Connection There is a CALEXIT connection as well. Calexit’s participants included George Soros, ex-California Governor Jerry Brown, former Attorney General and present Presidential candidate Kamala Harris, the Mexican consulate, various drug cartels, ISIS, The Bank of China, factions of the Chinese government, ex-Obama administration officials such as Eric Holder and the United nations among others. Calexit was a separatist movement designed to place the State under the control of the UN. The desired effect would be to cause a severe economic decline in the rest of the country. California is responsible for 13% of all agriculture in the US and a higher number in retail. Civil disruption will be at its highest peak in California. Conclusion This story is a work in process. It is clear that the Calexit movement has fizzled but it remnants are still very dangerous to border security. I am satisfied that the Axis of Unity is indeed in charge of invading the US with forced immigration and the implantation of 5th column forces. The forces of Calexit, the Axis of Unity from which these attacks are coordinated. I am satisfied that Pelosi is coordinating these events with her domestic agenda. There is much more to come on this story.

https://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/is-nancy-pelosi-helping-to-coordinate-a-red-dawn-incursion-on-our-southern-border/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 1-29-19 Sky Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Texas Bills Threaten To Ban Christianity And Biblical Teachings ANYWHERE Outside A Church Building

January 29, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

Some conservatives are worried that the liberal Left and some upcoming Texas state bills may try “to ban Christianity in Texas.” Erick Erickson, a conservative blogger and radio host, writes in The Resurgent, that some half a dozen bills will ban Christianity “in all but name.” This continues a long line of thought first advocated by the Obama Administration, which sought to restrict the ‘free exercise’ clause of the First Amendment to a ‘freedom of worship’ standard. In other words, be a Christian in church on Sunday, but nowhere else,” he says… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/01/29/texas-bills-threaten-to-ban-christianity-and-biblical-teachings-anywhere-outside-a-church-building/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 1-29-19 Government Propaganda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Ayatollah says Muslims will take over the White House

January 29, 2019 by Jon Watkins

Iranian Ayatollah: “Until we turn the White House into a Shiite Islamic center, we’ll all shout: Death to America!” The Camel already has its nose under the tent since the Muslim Obama was elected in 2008. There are two Jihadi Bitches that were elected in 2018 by really stupid people. Minnesota is a haven for radical Muslims and Obama had his share of Jihadist’s advising him! Jihad Watch – “With our hopes high, we are fighting and awaiting the day when the banner of “There is no god but Allah and Muhammad is His Messenger” will fly all over planet Earth and the one global and just rule of the Mahdi will be established.” This man is the representative of Iran’s Supreme Leader in Fars Province. But remember: those who call attention to such aspirations are racist, bigoted “Islamophobes.” “Ayatollah Lotfollah Dezhkham, Khamenei’s Representative in Fars Province: We Will Shout ‘Death to America’ until We Turn the White House into a Shiite Islamic Center,” MEMRI, January 25, 2019: Ayatollah Lotfollah Dezhkham, Khamenei’s representative in the Fars Province of Iran, delivered a Friday sermon in the city of Shiraz on January 25, 2019. Ayatollah Dezhkham said that the Iranian people are fighting and awaiting the day when the banner of Islam will fly all over the planet and the Mahdi establishes his global rule. He said that the economic sanctions are evidence that the U.S. and President Trump are terrified of Iran, and added: “Until we turn the White House into a Hussainiya [Shiite Islamic center], we will all continue to shout: ‘Death to America!’” The crowd subsequently chanted: “Death to America!” Ayatollah Lotfollah Dezhkham: With our hopes high, we are fighting and awaiting the day when the banner of “There is no god but Allah and Muhammad is His Messenger” will fly all over planet Earth and the one global and just rule of the Mahdi will be established. Who says that the time for these things has passed? This is what the Islamic Revolution has brought. Today, the enemies have realized that those who oppose them are strong. Allah be praised, they are terrified. If America had not been terrified, it would not have imposed such comprehensive sanctions, which target even the bread that people eat. If Trump is not afraid, he should let us sell our oil undisturbed and bring dollars easily [into Iran]. You poor thing! You are terrified! He is only pretending and acting like a bully. He is afraid of the Iranian people. The loud cry of the Iranian people epitomizes the fight against global arrogance, and makes them tremble in fear… Until we turn the White House into a Hussainiya [Shiite Islamic center], we will all continue to shout: “Death to America!” Crowd: Death to America! Death to America! Death to America! Death to America!

https://www.governmentpropaganda.net/iran-ayatollah-says-muslims-will-take-over-the-white-house/ 

:: 1--19 www.batr.org/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Robert Mueller's Witch Hunt of Roger Stone

The sharks are in the water. Blood attracts their attacks. The smell of a prime time inquisition has the executers sharpening their knives to take down the biggest scalp yet in the Mueller feast of establishment warlocks. Roger Stone is a master at shaping a public persona. Simply, this is a dangerous game, especially when the corporate media and the radical social networks labor to destroy your influence and target you as an enemy of the state. Appointed as Special Counsel by Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein, Robert Mueller was assigned the task of investigation and prosecution of alleged Russian intervention into the 2016 election. Note the criteria of "the regulations under which he made the appointment require (a) a factual basis for believing that a federal crime worthy of investigation or prosecution has been committed; (b) a conflict of interest so significant that the Justice Department is unable to investigate this suspected crime in the normal course; and (c) an articulation of the factual basis for the criminal investigation — i.e., the investigation of specified federal crimes — which shapes the boundaries of the special counsel’s jurisdiction." Process offenses absent of an underlying crime do not meet the jurisdiction standard. Mike Adams in What a FARCE! Roger Stone arrested, charged with “process crimes” – NO collusion – while CNN tipped off to capture the theatrics on video, sums up quite nicely. "If lying to Congress is a crime, where is the arrest of Hillary Clinton, James Comey, Andrew McCabe and Barack Obama himself? And where is the evidence of collusion against Roger Stone, anyway? The deranged, dishonest left-wing media keeps telling us that “Trump colluded with Russia,” but when it comes down to all the staged arrests and criminal charges, there’s no collusion to be found at all. Robert Mueller has become the “King of process crimes” who specializes in trapping people with minor misstatements, then staging pre-dawn armed raids on camera in order to feed fresh meat to the liberal mob media." A Federal prosecutor, much less an august Special Counsel operate as government extortion thugs under the full protection of the power elite that makes up the criminal syndicate of a global empire cabal. Anyone who has experienced being a subject of a Department of Justice target letter, usually learn that invoking your fifth amendment right is the only method to avoid the sinister entrapment deceptions that jeopardize reprisal against the individual who is a focus in a politically motivated probe. The literal jurisdiction and the spirit of the law will never stand in the way of a fishing expedition. Threatening potential deponents and forcing their flipping is the primary tactic used to compel false witness testimony. The Hill, in their account Former Stone associates indicates willingness to testify against him, exemplifies just how corrupt this prosecution method works and how it turns into the persecution of the innocent. "Jerome Corsi and Randy Credico, who have appeared before the grand jury impaneled by special counsel Robert Mueller and provided documents contradicting Stone's congressional testimony, signaled they would serve as witnesses if the case goes to trial." Whether one believes the innuendo of Corsi or Credico is not the primacy issue. The point of convergence deflects from the actual mission of the Special Counsel. What is the crime if Roger Stone actually had contact with WikiLeaks? Do you really believe that the sealed indictments against Julian Assange and the risk of eventual extradition to the U.S. have nothing to do with the pressure on Corsi and Credico to break Roger Stone? Least one forgets, this account about Roger Stone appeared in The New American almost a year ago, Seth Rich Murdered for DNC Leak to WikiLeaks.

"In an interview with The New American magazine, legendary political operative Roger Stone expressed his belief that Democratic National Committee employee Seth Rich was murdered for political purposes — not as a robbery gone bad. In particular, Stone said it was “abundantly clear” that Rich was murdered for having blown the whistle on the DNC by leaking explosive documents to WikiLeaks. Even former DNC boss Donna Brazile — certainly no member of The John Birch Society, Stone said — expressed fear for her life after crossing the Clintons. Stone also said Julian Assange was a journalist and a “truth teller,” not a criminal. Ironically, he noted that liberals loved the WikiLeaks chief when he was exposing the Bush dynasty, but suddenly turned on him when leaks about the Clinton dynasty and Obama began emerging. The Supreme Court has ruled that media may publish information they receive, even if it's classified, and yet the establishment has gone to extremes trying to bring him down. Trump should pardon Assange to end the “idiocy,” Stone said." If occultist Mueller has a popular protagonist, it might well be inspector Javert of Les Misérables infamy, but the reality is that he has more in common with Joseph Guillotin. In his quest to be judge, jury and executioner of President Trump, Mueller is intent to entangle an ever expanding net of international conservatives in his political blood sport angling. Peter Jukes offers these main topics about Cambridge Analytica, Bannon’s Brexit with Nigel Farage and Boris Johnson in Nigel Farage and Boris Johnson Adviser Steve Bannon Implicated in Mueller Investigation. Jukes claims "as Steve Bannon is identified as the ‘High-Ranking’ Trump Campaign official in the Roger Stone indictment, the question of Russian collusion not only moves upwards to the President, but across the Atlantic." If this is the best that the Deep State can do to smear President Trump and place Roger Stone in a supermax prison of silence for life, who can defeat the establishment in their rigged Kangaroo court? Objective observers would conclude that the Mueller investigation is illegitimate. This modern day Robespierre is forging a legacy of public revulsion that covers-up the definite Hillary Clinton Uranium One crimes and John Podesta email offenses.

SARTRE - January 29, 2019

http://www.batr.org/terror/012919.html 

:: 1-28-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Roger Stone: Mueller Thinks He Will Remove Trump and VP Pence and Replace Them with Nancy Pelosi

8,232 views james hoft

Published on Jan 28, 2019

Roger Stone: Mueller Thinks He Will Remove Trump and VP Pence and Replace Them with Nancy Pelosi

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zYGnqmZALfQ&feature=youtu.be 

:: 1-28-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Censoring 2020 Has Already Begun As Big Tech 'Pulls Out All The Stops' To Prevent Independent Media From Countering The 'Official Narrative'

- They Want Us Gone Before The 2020 Elections

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 28, 2019

As more and more Democrats throw their hat in the ring, already announcing they'll be running for president in 2020, big tech has begun to pull out all the stops to prevent Independent Media (IM) from bypassing the mainstream media narrative by not only limiting the reach of IM articles and video reporting, but actively hiding reports that do not conform to their narrative, while Microsoft is attempting to blacklist entire websites, such as Drudge and Breitbart by declaring them fake news. YOUTUBE CENSORS 'BORDER-LINE CONTENT' AKA CONSPIRACY VIDEOS YouTube, a site made popular by videographers that questioned the official narrative, quite literally turning it into the biggest video platform on the Internet to date, although others are now becoming pretty popular given YouTube's recent censorship practices, has decided to flip the very creators that made them so big, a huge middle finger by announcing that they would be hiding content they consider to be "conspiracy." Via Google's blog post on the new changes: We’ll continue that work this year, including taking a closer look at how we can reduce the spread of content that comes close to—but doesn’t quite cross the line of—violating our Community Guidelines. To that end, we’ll begin reducing recommendations of borderline content and content that could misinform users in harmful ways—such as videos promoting a phony miracle cure for a serious illness, claiming the earth is flat, or making blatantly false claims about historic events like 9/11"Reducing recommendations" is code for censoring, hiding videos from users even if they are searching using specific terms. If YouTube deems the informative video to be out-of-the-box, something that questions the official narrative, AKA "conspiracy" theories, then a user will not be able to find it in the recommendations, which is supposed to pull up videos most searched for by the user to recommend content they are interested in. For example: I find natural remedies to be amazing, and far less harmful on the body than big pharma products, as we recently published a piece showing the amazing things that garlic can do for the body. In that piece Stefan Stanford quoted detailed some of those benefits, such as "Garlic possesses potent, natural antibiotic and antimicrobial properties able to protect against plague. Garlic is also high in antioxidants that destroy free radicals, supporting a strong immune system. The active ingredient in garlic, allicin, contains antibacterial, anti-fungal and anti-viral properties known to kill numerous disease-causing bacteria." Stefan also offered a small note on our personal experiences using garlic, stating "(ANP: Both Susan and I have used this very garlic oil supplement to successfully fight off tooth infections.)

The point here is YouTube, by the description above, plans to stop recommending videos that might promote the use of a natural remedy, yet they continue to promote channels such as CNN, that have been busted countless times "misinforming" viewers, as the documented cases of MSM "fake news" continues to increase with each passing week. Related: 12 Crazy Conspiracy Theories That Actually Turned Out to Be True Not only are they flipping off the very users that made them the largest video platform, but are also treating those that want to see those videos like children by preventing them from accessing exactly what they are searching for. In order to make sure you see something you want, one would have to go directly to the video channel of their favorite YouTubers and access it directly, otherwise they won't even know the videographer published something new. MICROSOFT BLACKLISTING INDEPENDENT MEDIA WITH 'NEWSGUARD' Breitbart and others recently reported on a new Microsoft default extension that partners with "Newsguard," to basically blacklist Independent Media and conservative websites by presenting users a red warning label, yet offers green label to websites like BuzzFeed, CNN and Media Matters, all far left liberal websites that often promotes fake news, as BuzzFeed has been embroiled in scandal for doing over this past week. Without consulting with its users, Microsoft has installed an establishment media browser extension, purportedly designed to rate the accuracy of news websites, as a default extension on mobile versions of its Edge browser. In practice, it creates a news blacklist by warning users away from sites including Breitbart News, The Drudge Report, and the Daily Mail. The browser extension, called “Newsguard,” presents users with a red warning label if they navigate to a website that it judges to be unreliable. A “green” rating is given to websites that NewsGuard considers trustworthy. A number of pro-Trump websites, including Breitbart News, are given a “red” rating by the extension. Related: Fact Check: Media Blacklisters NewsGuard Promotes Fake News, Repeatedly Violates Own Standards RT provides a screen shot of the red warning label seen when a user goes to Wikileaks, who in their history has never been found to have published fake news. GOOGLE TRIES TO PREVENT INDEPENDENT MEDIA READERS FROM COMMUNICATING  Another form of attack against not only Independent Media websites, but against those that read those sites is Google's ongoing attempts to prevent readers from communicating with each other via the comment section. The majority of IM sites, like ANP, uses Disqus, for a variety of reasons. For ANP it is because Disqus allows guest postings if the website owners allow it in their settings. ANP has always felt that anyone should be able to share their opinion without having to register to a service if they do not wish to register. As the screen shot above, taken just this morning, shows, Google's gmail is still pushing a "suspicious link" message when the "Reply to" link is clicked to respond to a comment that was made. While the warning asks "Are you sure you want to proceed to disq.us," the actual link doesn't take users to the Disqus website, but takes them directly to the ANP comment section to communicate with each other. Frankly to me the attempt to prevent IM readers from communicating, and Google's Gmail has been doing this for months now, is just another way to censor news. At ANP we encourage people to share other websites' reports and articles, videos, freely exchange ideas, debate and basically encourage our online family of PipeLiners to talks about anything they like without acting like "topic police," by trying to make everyone focus only on the topic of the article. BOTTOM LINE - THEY WANT US GONE BEFORE THE 2020 ELECTIONS These new methods being utilized by big tech, along with the ongoing social media censorship of conservatives, are all in preparation to destroy Independent Media before the next election cycle. With Facebook and Google controlling up to 80 percent of digital advertising, and the ads they do allow on IM sites are the ones that pay the least amount, yet every dollar counts when trying to keep our heads above water. Google also deliberately downranks IM websites in their search results. The attacks against IM websites, collectively, makes the revenue generation for Independent Media continue to spiral downwards. It is a vicious cycle, and it is getting worse as they pull out all the stops, and without the generosity of readers, sharing our articles, emailing them to friends, and generously donating as many continue to do, ANP wouldn't still be around, so we want to offer a huge THANK YOU to our readers and those that comment and donate. Below, Benn Swann joins RT to explain who is behind the creation of Newsguard, which is now blacklisting IM websites, and why.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Censoring_2020_Big_Tech_Pulls_Out_The_Stops.php 

:: 1-29-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gmail is back online after crashing for users around the world and leaving them with the dreaded 'Error 404' message

Users around the world reported issues with their Gmail account from 11am

Most issues involved the 'Error 404' message popping up when trying to log in

The UK and Europe were the worst affected regions hit by the outage

Gmail is now up and running smoothly with no reported outages

By Joe Pinkstone For Mailonline and Victoria Bell For Mailonline Published: 07:25 EST, 29 January 2019 | Updated: 10:25 EST, 29 January 2019

Google's flagship email service, Gmail, has resumed normal service after crashing for hundreds of users across the globe, leaving them unable to read their emails. Customers complained that they had sign in issues and were presented with the pop up 'Error 404' message along with the picture of a broken robot. DownDetector, the popular outage monitor app, reported that issues began around 11am GMT on both desktops and mobile apps. They reportedly registered over 400 reports from users insisting Gmail was not working properly. Users around the UK and Europe appear to be most affected as the US remains asleep. A number of users took to Twitter to complain about the rare occurrence.

Amit Khandelwall wrote: ' We are getting an error message on loading Gmail. Server crash?' Joe Morris wrote: 'The world is coming to an end. GMAIL is down.' Mariella Besana tweeted: 'So I wasn't able to log in not because of the internet, not because of my gadget, and not because I entered a wrong password. But because GMAIL IS DOWN. I am kinda relieved then also worried at the same time right now. Yikes!'  Google said it was aware of the problem and would be posting updates as it attempted to fix it. 'We're aware of a problem with Gmail affecting a significant subset of users,' the Gmail status page read. 'We will provide an update by 1/29/19, 12:50 PM detailing when we expect to resolve the problem. Please note that this resolution time is an estimate and may change.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6644121/Gmail-CRASHED-Users-world-left-dreaded-Error-404-message.html 

:: 1--19 Climate Depot :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Keeping It Cool: Welcome to the Idle-Free Zone

By Sheila Zilinsky

Eco Friendly, Not People Friendly

This past weekend I was in Vancouver, BC with my 17-year-old son. I agreed to pick him up in front of our hotel once we had lunch. After idling for several minutes in my Jeep SRT, the carbon-neutral cult descended on me like a swarm of mad locusts. I was vociferously anathematized as a polluting pariah as I was after-all, killing the ‘great goddess.’ Imagine the horror of a blonde Canadian idling her vehicle in cold weather, leaving a 5-minute-long cloud of exhaust in her wake. Oh, the atrocity! After the incident and a few calls later, I came to find out that idling is ILLEGAL in Vancouver and comes with a hefty fine. But don’t worry – there’s a way to get cash for your climate woes. If Agenda 21 and Agenda 30 weren’t bad enough, the new “Idle No More Movement” (not to be confused with the Aboriginals saving the planet movement of the same name) is in full effect.

http://www.climatedepot.com/2019/01/29/jeep-driver-hassled-by-carbon-neutral-activists-while-idling-in-brutal-in-idle-free-zone/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 1-28-19 Before it is News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MAIN CORE: GOVT. “THREAT LIST” NAMES AT LEAST 8 MILLION AMERICANS WHO WILL BE DETAINED WHEN MARTIAL LAW IS IMPOSED

Monday, January 28, 2019 17:39

Edward Snowden has just made that abundantly clear to the entire world. Are you on the list?

Are you one of the millions of Americans that have been designated a threat to national security by the U.S. government? Will you be subject to detention when martial law is imposed during a major national emergency? Main Core is the code name of an American governmental database that is believed to have been in existence since the 1980s. It is believed that Main Core is a federal database containing personal and financial data of millions of United States citizens [clarification needed] believed to be threats to national security. The data, which is believed to come from the NSA, FBI, CIA, and other sources, is collected and stored without warrants or court orders. The database’s name derives from the fact that it contains “copies of the ‘main core’ or essence of each item of intelligence information on Americans produced by the FBI and the other agencies of the U.S. intelligence community”. The Main Core database is alleged to have originated with the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) in 1982, following Ronald Reagan’s Continuity of Operations plan outlined in the National Security Directive (NSD) 69 / National Security Decision Directive (NSDD) 55, entitled “Enduring National Leadership”, implemented on September 14, 1982. As of 2008, there were allegedly eight million Americans listed in the database as possible threats, often for trivial reasons, whom the government may choose to track, question, or detain in a time of crisis. The existence of the database was first asserted in May 2008 by Christopher Ketcham and again in July 2008 by Tim Shorrock. As you will see below, there is actually a list that contains the names of at least 8 million Americans known as Main Core that the U.S. intelligence community has been compiling since the 1980s. A article on Washington’s Blog quoted a couple of old magazine articles that mentioned this program, and I was intrigued because I didn’t know what it was. So I decided to look into Main Core, and what I found out was absolutely stunning – especially in light of what Edward Snowden has just revealed to the world. It turns out that the U.S. government is not just gathering information on all of us. The truth is that the U.S. government has used this information to create a list of threats to national security that the government would potentially watch, question or even detain during a national crisis. If you have ever been publicly critical of the government, there is a very good chance that you are on that list. At the time, the shocking information that he revealed did not get that much attention. That is quite a shame, because it should have sent shockwaves across the nation… According to a senior government official who served with high-level security clearances in five administrations, “There exists a database of Americans, who, often for the slightest and most trivial reason, are considered unfriendly, and who, in a time of panic, might be incarcerated. The database can identify and locate perceived ‘enemies of the state’ almost instantaneously.” He and other sources tell Radar that the database is sometimes referred to by the code name Main Core. One knowledgeable source claims that 8 million Americans are now listed in Main Core as potentially suspect. In the event of a national emergency, these people could be subject to everything from heightened surveillance and tracking to direct questioning and possibly even detention. Of course, federal law is somewhat vague as to what might constitute a “national emergency.” Executive orders issued over the last three decades define it as a, “natural disaster, military attack, [or] technological or other emergency,” while Department of Defense documents include eventualities like “riots, acts of violence, insurrections, unlawful obstructions or assemblages, [and] disorder prejudicial to public law and order.” According to one news report, even “national opposition to U.S. military invasion abroad” could be a trigger. So if that list contained 8 million names all the way back in 2008, how big might it be today? That is a very frightening thing to think about. Later on in 2008, Tim Shorrock of Salon.com also reported on Main Core… Dating back to the 1980s and known to government insiders as “Main Core,” the database reportedly collects and stores – without warrants or court orders – the names and detailed data of Americans considered to be threats to national security. According to several former U.S. government officials with extensive knowledge of intelligence operations, Main Core in its current incarnation apparently contains a vast amount of personal data on Americans, including NSA intercepts of bank and credit card transactions and the results of surveillance efforts by the FBI, the CIA and other agencies. One former intelligence official described Main Core as “an emergency internal security database system” designed for use by the military in the event of a national catastrophe, a suspension of the Constitution or the imposition of martial law. So why didn’t this information get more attention at the time? Well, if Obama had lost the 2008 election it might have. But Obama won in 2008 and the liberal media assumed that he would end many of the abuses that were happening under Bush. Of course that has not happened at all. In fact, Obama has steadily moved the police state agenda ahead aggressively. Edward Snowden has just made that abundantly clear to the entire world. After 2008, it is unclear exactly what happened to Main Core. Did it expand, change names, merge with other programs or get superseded by a new program? It appears extremely unlikely that it simply faded away. In light of what we have just learned about NSA snooping, someone should ask our politicians some very hard questions about Main Core. According to Christopher Ketchum, the exact kind of NSA snooping that Edward Snowden has just described was being used to feed data into the Main Core database… A host of publicly disclosed programs, sources say, now supply data to Main Core. Most notable are the NSA domestic surveillance programs, initiated in the wake of 9/11, typically referred to in press reports as “warrantless wiretapping.” A front-page article in the Wall Street Journal shed further light onto the extraordinarily invasive scope of the NSA efforts: According to the Journal, the government can now electronically monitor, “huge volumes of records of domestic e-mails and Internet searches, as well as bank transfers, credit card transactions, travel, and telephone records.” Authorities employ “sophisticated software programs” to sift through the data, searching for “suspicious patterns.” In effect, the program is a mass catalog of the private lives of Americans. And it’s notable that the article hints at the possibility of programs like Main Core. “The [NSA] effort also ties into data from an ad-hoc collection of so-called black programs whose existence is undisclosed,” the Journal reported, quoting unnamed officials. “Many of the programs in various agencies began years before the 9/11 attacks but have since been given greater reach.” The following information seems to be fair game for collection without a warrant:

the e-mail addresses you send to and receive from, and the subject lines of those messages

the phone numbers you dial, the numbers that dial in to your line, and the durations of the calls

the Internet sites you visit and the keywords in your Web searches

the destinations of the airline tickets you buy

the amounts and locations of your ATM withdrawals

the goods and services you purchase on credit cards

All of this information is archived on government supercomputers and, according to sources, also fed into the Main Core database. This stuff is absolutely chilling. And there have been hints that such a list still exists today. What in the world is happening to America? What in the world are we turning into?

https://beforeitsnews.com/v3/politics/2019/3057255.html 

:: 1-28-19 The Mind Unleashed :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Mind Unleashed

Artificial Intelligence Is Already Sending People to Jail — and Getting It Wrong

Elias Marat Jan 28, 20192

As machine-learning algorithms, big data methods and artificial intelligence are increasingly used in the toolkit of U.S. law enforcement agencies, many are worrying that the existing biases of the criminal justice system are simply being automated – and deepened. Police departments are increasingly relying on predictive algorithms to figure out where to deploy their forces by blanketing cities with a mesh of human-based and computerized surveillance technology including, but not limited to, data-mining, facial recognition, and predictive policing programs. This comes despite the flaw in such tools. Facial recognition software have often held a bias toward darker-skinned individuals, including mistaking members of Congress for criminal suspects. In essence, racial profiling has become automated while allowing law enforcement agencies to claim that the computers are race-neutral tools. In Los Angeles County, for example, all 47 police agencies are plugged into a biometrics system maintained by NEC Corporation of America, which claims to have the capacity to incorporate 15 million subjects into its facial recognition platform – giving a powerful boost to a wide-ranging suite of technology including closed-circuit cameras, StingRay phone trackers, and earthquake prediction software that identifies alleged crime “hot spots” based on historic data. And now, courtrooms are increasingly relying on criminal risk assessment algorithms, according to a new report from MIT Technology Review. Under the guise of trimming the number of prisoners while processing defendants efficiently, prisoners are being assigned recidivism scores that estimate to what extent it is likely that a perpetrator may or may not reoffend. As author Karen Hao explains: “A judge then factors that score into a myriad of decisions that can determine what type of rehabilitation services particular defendants should receive, whether they should be held in jail before trial, and how severe their sentences should be. A low score paves the way for a kinder fate. A high score does precisely the opposite. The logic for using such algorithmic tools is that if you can accurately predict criminal behavior, you can allocate resources accordingly, whether for rehabilitation or for prison sentences. In theory, it also reduces any bias influencing the process, because judges are making decisions on the basis of data-driven recommendations and not their gut. You may have already spotted the problem. Modern-day risk assessment tools are often driven by algorithms trained on historical crime data.” The Mind Unleashed

https://themindunleashed.com/2019/01/artificial-intelligence-sending-people-jail-wrong.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 1--19 Concerned Us Patriots :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FEMA DIRECTOR CALLS CITIZENS “CATTLE”

During a government shutdown that furloughed hundreds of thousands of workers, the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) continued operating and quietly received a $400,000,000 budget increase to further its insidious agenda to enslave or eradicate a majority of the population. At an agency meeting last Tuesday, FEMA Director Brock Long told regional subordinates that citizens who question the agency’s mission are “nothing more than cattle” and must be treated as hostile combatants. He cited a recent disturbance in fire-stricken Paradise, CA; local subversives, he said, protested FEMA’s presence by forming a human blockade to prevent agents from unlawfully trespassing on private property or entering the charred remains of scorched homes and businesses. A group of approximately twenty-five persons held protest signs reading “FEMA, WE DON’T WANT YOU HERE” and “FEMA, GO HOME.” Long told colleagues that agents must not hesitate to use discreet, lethal force if citizens defy FEMA’s authority, and reminded them that powers granted by the Patriot Act absolve agents of criminal maleficence when acting in the line of duty. He warned them, however, not to shoot anybody in the presence of media personalities. Our FEMA source said the following: “Brock Long continues to perceive everyday people as a threat to his authority. And what happened in California has strengthened his paranoia. He wants the population subservient to FEMA. To him, you’re all livestock ready for the slaughterhouse. We’re talking about a man who has ordered agents to toss people off boats. Even supervisors who disagree with his policies are powerless to stop him.” This, our source added, is because Long, who was appointed by Trump in June 2017, still has the president’s ear. He admits, however, that Trump may be oblivious of Long’s hatred of Americans and propensity for violence. Long is a master manipulator; he told Trump he wanted to help him make America Great Again and spun yarns about abolishing Obama-era laws and rebuilding the agency’s tarnished image.

“Brock is and always has been a Deep State operative. Trump probably didn’t know and supported him because he took advice from his inner circle, and some of them, unbeknownst to Trump, are Deep State, too. As long as Brock holds a position of power, Americans are in grave danger,” our source said.  He believes Long would be ousted only under two circumstances: Either FEMA’s Fifth Column movement pose an unprecedented challenge to his authority or President Trump has an epiphany and recognizes Long for what he truly is—demonic. “I’m doubtful that will happen. It ought to have happened by now. If anyone beneath him questions his motives, he yells and screams at them. Then he puts on his public face. It’s been this way now for the last two years, and if Trump is reelected in 2020, that means Brock Long’s reign of terror will last at least another six years,” our source said.  

http://concerneduspatriots.com/fema-director-calls-citizens-cattle/ 

:: 1-28-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

YouTube De-Lists ALL “Conspiracy” Videos, Effectively Silences All Non-MSM Sources

Internet giants leading charge to end the First Amendment

Harrison Smith | Infowars.com - January 28, 2019

The internet video network YouTube bowed to critics who have long called on the Google company to clean up its recommendation engine by ceasing to offer “conspiracy videos” in suggested plays. This is yet another step in the left-leaning tech industry’s crusade against free speech. Sharing videos like this and spreading the live shows at Infowars.com/show is one of the best ways to fight back.

https://www.infowars.com/youtube-de-lists-all-conspiracy-videos-effectively-silences-all-non-msm-sources/ 

:: 1-29-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Herr Gestapo Mueller's Politicized Stasi And Their Nazi-Style Inquisition Of President Trump Have No Place In A Free Society

- Is It Time To Disband The FBI? The Despotic 'Secret Police Force' Is Broken Beyond Fixing

By William B Stoecker - All News Pipeline January 29, 2019

Much as I hate to digress, just as I was finalizing my research and outlining for this article, the mighty warriors of the FBI arrested the dastardly arch-villain, Roger Stone, the evil mastermind of nonexistent crimes. Realizing the terrible danger they faced in arresting an unarmed man in his sixties, nearly thirty of the intrepid lads and ladies gathered (despite the government shutdown) in body armor with real assault weapons in an unannounced pre-dawn raid, and handcuffed and shackled the monster before he could sneeze or spill coffee on one of them (or whatever). This is the same FBI, remember, who shot an unarmed woman holding a baby at Ruby Ridge and burned children alive at Waco. This is the FBI whose agents plotted against the President and used a phony dossier as “evidence” of “collusion” with Russia. Yet people like Sean Hannity continue to chant their mantra about bad leadership but mostly good rank and file agents. Certainly some agents are good people, but we need to wake up and smell the garbage…for the most part, top to bottom, the FBI is a corrupt, politicized, criminal organization, a secret police force that has no place in a free republic. It is broken beyond fixing. And we patriots need to remember that Herr Gestapo Mueller, despite all his power, does not command the FBI or the Injustice Department. Christopher Wray is FBI Director, and both he and his immediate boss, the acting Attorney General, were appointed and answer to their boss, Donald Trump. Trump owns Injustice and the FBI, and the counterfeit buck stops at his desk. Ultimately he, and he alone is responsible for the FBI going to extremes to intimidate, humiliate, and marginalize Roger Stone. And Stone is not the first Trump supporter to go to the mat for him, and to have his life wrecked and his savings exhausted. Yet Trump could pardon any and all of them for their nonexistent crimes, and, with his vast fortune, could make good all their financial losses. The fact that he has not done so is telling. And Trump has continued to appoint neocon swamp critters to high office, and, predictably, he and the Republicans have now folded on the government funding issue. There will be no wall…ever. But that’s a whole other story. What I really set out to do here is to call attention to an unfortunate quarrel between honorable patriots…Stone and Alex Jones on one side, and Jerome Corsi on the other. All three are trustworthy and courageous patriots, yet they seem to have forgotten the experience of America’s Founding Fathers, who realized that they would either hang together…or hang separately. Basically, Corsi said that Stone asked him to contact Wikipedia founder Julian Assange about releasing John Podesta’s emails. Podesta was the Witch’s campaign manager, so what is the harm in that (save to the Witch and Podesta, who deserve real punishment for their many crimes)? Assange, like Corsi and Jones, is clearly a force for good in the world, and all records pertaining to the Witch and her cronies should be made public. Yet Stone denies asking Corsi to contact Assange…this could all be a series of misunderstandings. Apparently Corsi also said, or at least implied, that Stone offered him a job with Alex Jones’ Infowars as a reward for his efforts and/or to keep him from talking about it. Again, what would be so terrible about that? And rather than keeping it all a secret, Stone, Jones, and Corsi should be proud of their efforts and their collaboration. None of this makes any sense, and, again, sounds like a series of misunderstandings. Stone and Jones then accused Corsi of being an alcoholic, and here I must weigh in, for I have personal experience and knowledge. Some years ago I went on a WND cruise orchestrated by Joseph Farah and his comrades. A group comprised of Farah and other WND staff and writers and a number of us patriots who signed up for the journey sailed out of Tampa into the Western Caribbean. Along the way we ate at least some of our meals together, and had meetings and listened to talks by some of our favorite patriots, among them one Jerome Corsi, a friendly, outgoing individual with nary an arrogant bone in his body. He went out of his way to talk to us ordinary people in the group, and I feel truly honored to have met him. Although I met Mr. Corsi, I do not claim to know the man, and he could not possibly remember me. But for about two weeks or so, I saw him virtually every day. Never once did he exhibit any signs of drunkenness…no stumbling gait, no slurred speech, no bad behavior of any kind. If he was an alcoholic, wouldn’t it have become obvious? And I don’t even recall seeing him with a drink in his hand, even at meals; he may well have had a drink now and then for all I know, or a glass of beer or wine with dinner, but, clearly, if he drank at all he drank very little. I hung out, as was my habit on warm weather cruises, on the Lido Deck, which is partly open to the sky and has swimming pools and several bars. On this deck, the geriatric set (that includes me) party virtually all day, drinking a bit too much, listening to music, swimming, and working on our skin cancers. I frequented virtually all the bars, perhaps a bit more than was wise, and I don’t even recall seeing Mr. Corsi sitting at a bar or ordering a drink. Bear in mind that he was already in his sixties then (he is a couple of years younger than I), and if someone hasn’t developed full-fledged alcoholism by then it isn’t going to happen. Jones and Stone need to cut Jerome Corsi some slack and give him the benefit of a doubt. None of us is perfect, nor do we communicate perfectly…there will always be misunderstandings between patriots. We must not allow misunderstandings to develop into mistrust and resentment, for we have enemies aplenty without making enemies of one another. And our enemies will do more than criticize us…they are playing for keeps.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Dissension_In_The_Ranks.php 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Sure Word

By Hal Lindsey

Some evangelical Christians kiddingly state their position on Bible prophecy as “pan-tribulationist,” or “pan-millennial.” Then they give the punch line. “I believe it will all pan out.” I understand what gives rise to such thinking. In order to understand Bible prophecy, you have to dig into scripture. “Rightly dividing the word of truth” (2 Timothy 2:15 KJV) requires diligence and effort. And to top it off, those who study prophecy sometimes come away with different opinions. For that reason, many followers of Christ throw their hands in the air and say, “I’m not going to think about it. I trust God. He will take care of things. It will all pan out.” Yes, God is sovereign. His side wins. But it is sad when people who love God ignore so much of His counsel. The Bible is a prophetic book. Some scholars say that one-fourth of it is prophecy. Others say the percentage is even higher — maybe one-third. Either way, prophecy is clearly important. If the only thing we need to know is that it will “all pan out,” then why did God put so much prophetic teaching in His word? If you find prophecy intimidating, remember that all Bible doctrines seem inexhaustible to the human mind. Consider the Attributes of God. You can spend a lifetime on any one of His attributes — and barely scratch the surface. But just because we cannot exhaust a topic, does not mean we can’t have real knowledge of that topic. We can’t fully grasp God’s omnipotence, but because His word tells us about it, we can have a true and real understanding of it. Based on His word, we can know what it is, and we can rationally discuss it. In John 14:3, Jesus said, “I will come again.” That is a clear and concise statement. He said it because He wants us to know it. We can trust those words. It doesn’t tell us everything about end-times prophecy, but it tells us something real — something we can build our lives on. Jesus is coming back! Ironically, that’s where some so-called theologians begin to disagree. Jesus explained many times and in many ways that He will return. The fact that some dispute the obvious is no reason to doubt the obvious. “I will come again” is as clear as, “For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son….” (John 3:16) Trust it. Lean on it. Find comfort in the knowledge. At Christmas we often recite Isaiah 9:6-7. “For unto us a Child is born, Unto us a Son is given; And the government will be upon His shoulder. And His name will be called Wonderful, Counselor, Mighty God, Everlasting Father, Prince of Peace. Of the increase of His government and peace There will be no end, Upon the throne of David and over His kingdom, To order it and establish it with judgment and justice From that time forward, even forever.” (NKJV)

Those verses foretell Christmas, but they don’t end there. They take us from the manger into eternity future — and give us loads of information about what must happen along the way. The Book of Revelation reveals amazing and glorious things about Jesus. It takes things said about Him in the Old and New Testaments to their logical and astounding conclusions. I hate to think that anyone would ignore Revelation because naysayers have convinced them that they can’t understand it. You may not understand all of it, but just reading it will build your faith and enlarge your vision of Christ. Prophecies in Daniel give us tremendous evidence that the Bible could only be written under the inspiration of God. In Matthew 24, Jesus gave one of the longest of His recorded speeches, and it was all about His Second Coming. More and more, I hear people say, “I heard all that stuff years ago. Nothing happened, so I don’t believe it.” In saying things like that, they are unwittingly fulfilling yet another sign of the coming Day of the Lord. 2 Peter 3 says, “In the last days mockers will come with their mocking, following after their own lusts, and saying, ‘Where is the promise of His coming? For ever since the fathers fell asleep, all continues just as it was from the beginning of creation.’” (2 Peter 3:3-4) Verses 8-10 say, “But do not let this one fact escape your notice, beloved, that with the Lord one day is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The Lord is not slow about His promise, as some count slowness, but is patient toward you, not wishing for any to perish but for all to come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come like a thief.” Bible prophecy laid out the first coming of Jesus with perfect accuracy and in stunning detail. As we look around at our own time, we can already see that the details about the Lord’s Second Coming are just as perfect and just as stunning. And we are seeing it all in our own time with our own eyes. We live in one of history’s most amazing moments. And you’re here to witness it. So, watch and study. Don’t miss the joy and amazement of the times you live in.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-28-2018/ 

:: 1-28-19 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World War 3 FEARS: Iran vows to wipe Israel off map - DEADLY airstrikes MAPPED

World War 3 fears have escalated after Iran warned it will wipe Israel off the map after an Israeli airstrike killed Iranian military positions in Syria last week.

By Amalie Henden  PUBLISHED: 19:45, Mon, Jan 28, 2019 | UPDATED: 20:34, Mon, Jan 28, 2019

A senior Iranian Revolutionary Guards commander threatened Israel with destruction if it attacks Iran, state media reported on Monday. Brigadier General Hossein Salami spoke out after Israeli strikes in Syria last week and warned the country any attempt to start a war “will lead to its own elimination”. The airstrike killed 11 people in bombing raids on what it believes were Iranian military basis inside war-torn Syria. This is the latest in a series of assaults targeting Tehran's presence in Syria in support of President Bashar al-Assad's government. On Monday, Mr Salami said that Tehran’s strategy was to eventually wipe Israel off the “global political map”. He said: “We announce that if Israel takes any action to wage a war against us, it will definitely lead to its own elimination and the freeing of occupied (Palestinian) territories.” Iranian officials have previously said Tehran, which does not recognize Israel, would respond swiftly to any Israeli attack. Israel sees Iran's nuclear and ballistic missile programmes as a threat to its existence. But Iran claims its nuclear work is for peaceful purposes only. Until now, Israel has largely refrained from public admissions of its covert military operations in neighboring Syria. The country has also been cautious to avoid large-scale involvement in the more than eight-year Syrian civil war. But last week Israel openly stated it was trying to pummel Iranian military positions in Syria with a series of dramatic airstrikes. Salami’s remarks came as Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah also warned Israel over its attacks in Syria, saying it could drag the region into a war. Nasrallah told Al-Mayadeen TV that Iran, Syria and Hezbollah could “at any moment” decide to deal differently with Israel's actions. Speaking to Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, he said: “Be cautious. “Don't continue what you are doing in Syria. “Don't miscalculate and don't drag the region into a war or a major confrontation.” Where were the deadly airstrikes in Syria? The Israeli Air Force strikes on Iranian targets were near Damascus, the capital of Syria. The city is located in south-western Syria, not far from the Israeli border. Damascus is the largest city of Syria and about 90km east from the coast of the Mediterranean Sea.

https://www.express.co.uk/news/world/1079126/iran-news-israel-airstrike-syria-war-damaskus-iran-israel-war 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The History of What Comes Next

by Hal Lindsey

Everyone wants to know what happens next. That makes predicting the future big business. Huge corporations spend millions on consulting firms to tell them what’s around the corner. Many of these consultants create computer models that take known facts and attempt to extrapolate from them an understanding of the unknown future. But even in our modern era, many approach the future much as their pagan forebears did. Astrologists, spiritualists, psychics, mystics, palm readers, and other occult practitioners rake in huge amounts of money, especially in times of uncertainty. In our everyday lives, we make sense of the future by looking at the past. The sun has been rising for a long time. We assume it will rise again tomorrow. None of us have seen tomorrow yet, so we use our brains the way scientists use their supercomputers. We extrapolate — make educated guesses. But God doesn’t have to guess. For human beings, time passes sequentially. We’re like people along the street watching a parade. A helicopter pilot flying above the parade can see it all at once. On the ground, we see what’s right in front of us. From on high, he sees the whole parade at once, from beginning to end.  That’s a small picture of the way God sees time. Isaiah 57:15 calls Him, “the High and Lofty One Who inhabits eternity.” (NKJV) In other words, He’s already an eyewitness to the future. God can and does reveal certain things about the future to us. Through the prophet Daniel, He correctly laid out a detailed outline of world history from Daniel’s time forward, covering the next 600 years. In our time, we see the nations of the world aligning themselves in ways predicted by Daniel and the other prophets. But to really understand the future, we have to see the context of prophecy. To do that, look at two things — the fundamental nature of God and the series of promises He has made. Assurance of the latter depends on our certainty of the former. A promise is only as good as the one making the promise. Does a lifetime money-back guarantee mean you’re covered until the end of your days? Not necessarily. A company can go belly-up. Bankrupt owners might not have the ability to keep their warranty. Other businesses are scams from the beginning. So, before we look at God’s promises, we have to look at His attributes. Does He have the ability to fulfill His promises? If so, does He have the good character needed to keep His word? Theologians often use the word “omnipotent” to describe God’s ability. “Omni” means all, and “potent” means power. In Genesis 17:1, God said to Abraham, “I am God Almighty.” Almighty is another word meaning all powerful. Revelation 19:6 says, “And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.” Our imaginations fall short when trying to grasp the power and magnificence of a single star — our sun. Yet scientists say a typical galaxy contains a hundred billion stars of which the sun is merely average. Our Milky Way contains up to 400 billion stars. And the universe contains at least a hundred billion galaxies. Think of that, and then think of Genesis 1:1 — “In the beginning God created the Heaven and the earth.” Isaiah 40 says, “‘To whom then will you liken Me, or to whom shall I be equal?’ says the Holy One. Lift up your eyes on high, and see who has created these things, Who brings out their host by number; He calls them all by name, by the greatness of His might and the strength of His power.” (Isaiah 40:25-26 NKJV) Yes. The Almighty Creator of all things has the ability to keep His promises. But what about His character? His capabilities wouldn’t matter if His honesty couldn’t be trusted. Remember the vast universe I just described? In Mark 13:31, Jesus said, “Heaven and earth will pass away, but My words will not pass away.” Numbers 23:19 says, “God is not a man, that He should lie.” Isaiah 40:8 says, “The grass withers, the flower fades, But the word of our God stands forever.” Titus 1:2 says “God . . . cannot lie.” (NASB) God cannot lie! That’s not a limitation on His omnipotence; it’s an expression of it. 2 Timothy 2:13 says, “He cannot deny Himself.” (NASB) He remains forever true to Who He is, and He is truth. (John 14:6) Because of His power and His character, His promises cannot fail. The moment He makes a promise, it is as good as done. To gain an understanding of the future, then, we need to examine His promises. Some of them were conditional, such as the covenant of the law given through Moses. Other promises were unconditional. He promised to Abraham that He would give the Promised Land to Abraham’s offspring through Isaac and Jacob. God would reiterate this promise many times in many ways. So it must happen. God promised King David, “Your house and your kingdom shall endure before Me forever; your throne shall be established forever.” [2 Samuel 7:10-11,16 NASB] That promise can be fulfilled only in the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. What’s going to happen? All the things God promised.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-29-2016/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 1-28-19 Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

January 28, 2019 10:56 am

Iran ‘Angry’ Over Russia Not Activating S-300 Defense Systems in Syria

avatar by JNS.org

A Russian S-300 surface-to-air missile system on display in Moscow in 2009. Photo: Wikimedia Commons.

JNS.org – The head of the Iranian parliament’s national security and foreign-policy committee, Heshmatollah Falahat-Pisheh, expressed “anger” towards Russia for not activating the S-300 air-defense system deployed in Syria during an Israeli retaliation this week near Damascus. “The Israelis claim their actions are against Iran, while they are attacking Syrian infrastructure, security and defense installations,” he said on Thursday. In response to Iranian fighter jets firing a surface-to-surface missile at the Golan Heights the previous day, Israeli warplanes launched a massive attack on numerous Iranian targets in Syria on Monday. Among the locations hit were a site at the Damascus International Airport, munition storage facilities, an Iranian military training camp and an Iranian intelligence site, according to the Israel Defense Forces. These reprisals killed an estimated 11 pro-regime soldiers. According to the Israel Defense Forces, the sites belonged to the Iranian Quds Force, which conducts Iranian Revolutionary Guards operations abroad. Russia responded and warned Israel on Wednesday to stop its “arbitrary” airstrikes in Syria, saying that they should be “ruled out.”

https://www.algemeiner.com/2019/01/28/iran-angry-over-russia-not-activating-s-300-defense-systems-in-syria/ 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 1-28-19 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tornado in Cuba hits Havana, killing at least 3 people

Updated on: January 28, 2019 / 11:27 AM / CBS/AP

Havana, Cuba -- Cuba's president said Monday that a tornado had killed three people and injured 174 others in eastern Havana. The Cuban capital was battered late Sunday and early Monday by powerful winds and heavy rains. A blackout hit many Havana neighborhoods around 9 p.m. Early Monday, President Miguel Diaz-Canel posted photos of himself on Twitter with rescue workers besides what appeared to be a vehicle overturned by the storm. Little further information about the storm appeared in state media. Photos posted by Cuban media and Havana residents on Twitter showed cars crushed by fallen light posts and trapped in floodwaters around the city. One local radio station said on Twitter that the neighborhoods of Regla and 10th of October, and the town of San Miguel de Padron, had been affected by the tornado. Julio Menendez, a 33-year-old restaurant worker, said the 10th of October borough "looks like a horror movie." Menendez, who was home Sunday night when the tornado hit, said "from one moment to the next, we heard a noise like an airplane falling out of the sky. The first thing I did was go hug my daughters," who are nine and 12. He spoke Monday near the Daughters of Galicia Hospital, whose patients, all expectant mothers or mothers with newborns, were evacuated to another hospital. Many glass windows in the seven-story hospital had been sucked out of their frames by the power of the wind, leaving curtains flapping in the breeze. CBS News producer Portia Siegelbaum reported from Havana that experts were out evaluating the damage and searching for possible additional victims under rubble. The Cuban Civil Defense, fire department, police, and health workers were all mobilized. The electric company was also out in force to try and restore service as quickly as possible to areas with downed posts and adjacent areas that did not suffer direct damage from the storm, but where electricity has been out since Sunday night. Siegelbaum said it had been 79 years since a strong tornado hit Cuba, and no one was prepared for the sudden eruption of chaos on Sunday as windows were blown out, roofs caved in and massive trees toppled onto cars. The exact intensity of the tornado -- and the extent of the damage -- were still being evaluated.

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/tornado-in-cuba-havana-latest-news-death-toll-regla-2019-01-19-live-updates/ 

:: 1--19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE — Terrorist Who Targeted Americans Takes Over Mexican Cartel on Texas Border

A verified and convicted terrorist who attacked a U.S. Consulate with a grenade and automatic rifle fire has taken over the ruthless Los Zetas cartel, a group headquartered at the Texas border in the Nuevo Laredo-Laredo metropolitan border area. Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas, sits immediately across the border from Laredo, Texas, and is the only urban location along the entire U.S.-Mexico Border that does not have any fencing or constructed security barrier of any kind. The convicted terrorist, Hector Raul Luna Luna, is known as “El Tory” and was convicted in the 2008 terror attack on the U.S. Consulate in Monterrey, Mexico. He was released from prison due to bribes paid by Cartel Jalisco New Generation (CJNG) and has now taken over the dominant faction of Los Zetas, Cartel Del Noreste (CDN), to open up the lucrative and unsecured border corridor into Texas. Under El Tory’s new reign, Los Zetas is linked to a level of brutality that had not been seen in prior years. Gruesome executions, dismemberments, targeted attacks on police and military officials, and the general use of intimidation have become commonplace in parts of northern Mexico as El Tory and Los Zetas try to expand their operations. In late 2018, Nuevo Leon Governor Jaime Rodriguez Calderon publicly singled-out El Tory as one of the men behind the escalation of violence in his state. According to the governor, El Tory and his criminal organization were linked to the large majority of the violent deaths in the state. Most recently, Breitbart News reported exclusively on a series of threats made by El Tory, who claimed he would blow up the headquarters of a state police agency in Nuevo Leon. The threats were made through several narco-banners that Los Zetas hung throughout the industrial city of Monterrey. The threats are considered credible by law enforcement in Mexico, since El Tory has a history of targeting police and has used grenades in the past. El Tory was released from a Mexican federal prison in mid 2017 with the help of his close friend and ally Eleazar “El Chelelo” Medina Rojas and his new ties with CJNG, so the two could help establish a Los Zetas-CJNG corridor from Monterrey to Nuevo Laredo and into Texas. Their release came at the hands of a federal judge and a “control” judge who ruled in each of the two cases to release the two cartel bosses. El Tory was serving a sentence of more than 20 years for the charges of crimes against public health (drug trafficking), engaging in organized criminal activities, and unlawful possession of restricted military weapons. Both El Tory and Chelelo have extensive criminal histories and are wanted by U.S. authorities. Soon after their release, the two cartel bosses began to leave a trail of bodies behind them as they tried to solidify their positions within the CDN faction of Los Zetas and against the other cartels. Breitbart News reported on the arrest of El Chelelo in the southern state of Yucatan in December 2018. Soon after his arrest, a local state judge tried to release El Chelelo but federal authorities were able to re-arrest him for extradition purposes. Even without El Chelelo, El Tory continued to wage a fierce war against a rival faction of Los Zetas called “Old School Z” and has killed hundreds of their members in the border states of Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas. Mexican law enforcement sources revealed to Breitbart News that El Tory is the mastermind behind the gruesome murder of the leader of the Old School Z faction Luis “El Rex or Z12” Reyes Enriquez. El Rex died inside a state prison in Nuevo Laredo after being shanked numerous times by CDN inmates. El Tory’s men then stole El Rex’s body from a funeral home and placed his severed head in one ice chest while the rest of the body was divided into three other containers. Los Zetas then placed one ice chest outside a state prison in Tamaulipas and the three others near prisons around Monterrey. El Tory’s men have also been singled out as the ones who left severed body parts outside a newspaper office in Tamaulipas with a series of threats against local outlets. In 2008, the man known as El Tory led and participated in a grenade attack against the U.S. Consulate General in Monterrey. El Tory and his men fired several weapons at the U.S. building and threw an explosive device. While the grenade did not explode, the gunfire broke several windows and caused other damage to the building. No injuries were reported. In 2008, Los Zetas were one of the most dominant cartels in all of Mexico and managed to make a name for themselves as one of the most brutal and sadistic organizations. The Mexican military caught up with El Tory in 2010, however, Los Zetas responded by setting up blockades and threatened local police into staying out of the way while they tried to unsuccessfully prevent the capture of their leader. The troops arrested El Tory and some of his top men who carried machine guns, a 50-caliber rifle, and grenades. The arrest led to the sentence of more than 20 years–only to be cut short by a Mexican federal judge. Brandon Darby is the managing director and editor-in-chief of the Breitbart Border and Cartel Chronicles projects. He co-founded the Cartel Chronicles project with Ildefonso Ortiz and Stephen K. Bannon. Follow him on Twitter and Facebook. He can be contacted at bdarby@breitbart.com.

Ildefonso Ortiz is an award-winning journalist with the Breitbart Border and Cartel Chronicles projects. He co-founded the Cartel Chronicles project with Brandon Darby and Stephen K. Bannon. You can follow him on Twitter and on Facebook. He can be contacted at Iortiz@breitbart.com.

https://www.breitbart.com/border/2019/01/28/exclusive-terrorist-who-targeted-americans-takes-over-mexican-cartel-on-texas-border/ 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again.  It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment.  Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 1-28-19 Accu Weather :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As polar vortex tightens its grip on midwestern US, AccuWeather RealFeel® Temperatures plummet to -70 F

Kristina Pydynowski byline By Kristina Pydynowski, AccuWeather senior meteorologist January 29, 2019, 11:22:10 AM EST

The coldest weather in years will put millions of people and animals throughout the midwestern United States at risk for hypothermia and frostbite to occur in minutes during the final days of January. The deep freeze has commenced across the Upper Midwest with an AccuWeather RealFeel® Temperature of 70 degrees below zero Fahrenheit reported at Grand Forks, North Dakota, on Tuesday morning. The worst is yet to come for other parts of the Midwest as the polar vortex gets displaced from the Arctic Circle and dives into the region. In addition to the risks of frostbite and hypothermia, residents will be faced with high heating costs and the potential for frozen and bursting water pipes, dead car batteries and school closures. The cold can be life-threatening for any person or animal without a proper way to stay warm. The Arctic blast will plunge across the Midwest early this week with the most extreme conditions anticipated at midweek. "Some locations in the Midwest will be below zero continuously for 48-72 hours," according to AccuWeather Senior Meteorologist Mike Doll. RELATED: Disruptive snow threatens northeastern US ahead of Arctic blast at midweek What is a polar vortex? The dangers of frostbite: How to prevent, spot and treat it How to protect pipes from freezing in frigid weather The harshest conditions are anticipated from North Dakota to northern Illinois, where there can be a prolonged stretch of dangerously low AccuWeather RealFeel® Temperatures that can cause frostbite in mere minutes. On Tuesday night, widespread lows under 30 below zero will grip much of North Dakota, eastern South Dakota and Minnesota. Temperatures in Chicago can drop to 25 below zero for the first time since the mid-1980s. Little recovery in temperatures is expected on Wednesday with highs stopping well short of rising above 10 below zero from Fargo, North Dakota, to Minneapolis and Chicago. Highs in the single digits will have those from Kansas City, Missouri, to St. Louis to Cincinnati, Ohio, and Pittsburgh shivering. Wednesday night can be just as cold, if not colder than, Tuesday night in many areas. As biting winds usher in the Arctic blast, AccuWeather RealFeel® Temperatures can drop under 40 below zero from Fargo to Minneapolis and Chicago on Tuesday night and hold there into at least Wednesday night. “I cannot stress how dangerously cold it will be,” Doll stated. "An entire generation has gone by without experiencing this type of cold in the Chicago area." SEE ALSO:

The last time Atlanta hosted the Super Bowl, a major ice storm wreaked havoc

Antarctica's ice loss has sextupled since the 1970s, raising risk of sea level rise

Photos: Pre-polar vortex snowstorm slows travel from Minneapolis to Chicago, Detroit

How record-setting cold contributed to the space shuttle Challenger disaster on Jan. 28, 1986

The cold can shatter records both during the day and at night as temperatures are held 20 to 40 degrees below normal. The last sub-zero high in Chicago was on January 6 of 2014, when the temperature only reached -2F. January 13 to January 15 of 2009 was the last period of three consecutive days with subzero high temperatures in Minneapolis. In preparation for the cold, precautions were being taken in several states. Wisconsin Governor Tony Evers declared a state of emergency, in effect through Friday, on Monday morning for the dangerous cold and blowing and drifting snow. Michigan's Governor Gretchen Whitmer signed a similar order for her state on Tuesday morning. Download the free AccuWeather app to see just how cold it will get in your area. Residents will once again have to take the proper precautions and cover all exposed skin to avoid frostbite and hypothermia. The homeless should be encouraged to stay in shelters. “However, homeless shelters will likely fill up quickly,” added Doll. Be sure that livestock have sufficient means to stay warm, and limit time that pets spend outside. Residents should ensure that they have a proper amount of propane, wood pellets and/or firewood to last during this cold outbreak. A life-threatening situation can arise in homes that lose heat. Motorists should travel with a winter survival kit in the event their vehicle breaks down and are then forced to wait for help. Amid the cold, a prolonged, lake-effect snow event can create other travel hazards downwind of the Great Lakes. More ice jams can form along area rivers, raising the risk of flooding in nearby communities. While the harshest conditions are anticipated across the Midwest, the Arctic blast will spread into the Northeast to close out January. As is the case in the Midwest, RealFeel® Temperatures Wednesday through Thursday will be dangerously low due to the combination of extreme cold and biting wind.

https://www.accuweather.com/en/weather-news/polar-vortex-to-bring-prolonged-life-threatening-cold-outbreak-to-midwestern-us-this-week/70007262 

:: 1-29-19 WGN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Life-threatening cold entering Chicago area; CPS among several schools closed Wednesday

Posted 5:58 AM, January 29, 2019, by WGN Web Desk, Associated Press and Courtney Gousman, Updated at 09:21AM, January 29, 2019

CHICAGO -- Extremely cold, potentially record-breaking temperatures are settling across parts of the Midwest after a powerful snowstorm pounded the region overnight Monday, and forecasters are describing the subzero weather on the way as potentially life-threatening. All Chicago Public Schools will be closed Wednesday due to the impending freezing temps. Several other schools across the Chicago area will also be closed. In addition, here are Illinois universities planning to close:

Northwestern University: closed 8 p.m. Tuesday through 12 p.m. Thursday

DePaul University: closed 5:30 p.m. Tuesday through Wednesday

University of Chicago: closed Wednesday

Loyola University: closed 5 p.m. Tuesday through 12 p.m. Thursday

Illinois State University, Normal: closed 11 p.m. Tuesday through 9:30 a.m. Thursday

Northern Illinois University: closed from 10 p.m. Tuesday until 10 p.m. Wednesday. Satellite campuses in Naperville, Rockford, Hoffman Estates and Oregon, Ill., will be open and operating on normal schedules. Up-to-date list of local school closings here. The Chicago Zoological Society, meanwhile, said it's closing the Brookfield Zoo on Wednesday and Thursday to ensure the safety of employees and animals. It's only the fourth time the zoo has closed during its 85-year history. Subzero temperatures will begin Tuesday but Wednesday is expected to be the worst. Wind chills in northern Illinois could fall to negative 55 degrees (negative 48 degrees Celsius), which the National Weather Service called "possibly life threatening." The high temperature forecast at O'Hare on Wednesday is negative 14 degrees (negative 25 degrees Celsius), which would break a record set on Jan. 18, 1994. Homeless shelters were preparing for the onslaught of cold. Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel urged residents to check on their neighbors and take safety precautions. He said city agencies are making sure homeless people are in shelters or offered space in warming buses. Full list of warming centers here.  The unusually frigid weather is attributed to a sudden warming way above the North Pole. A sudden blast of warm air from misplaced Moroccan heat last month made the normally super chilly air temperatures 20 miles (32 kilometers) above the North Pole rapidly rise about 125 degrees (70 degrees Celsius). That split the polar vortex into pieces, which then started to wander, according to Judah Cohen, a winter storm expert for Atmospheric Environmental Research, a commercial firm outside Boston. One of those polar vortex pieces is responsible for the subzero temperatures across the Midwest this week. On Monday, Chicago-area commuters woke up to heavy snowfall, with more than 5 inches (12.7 centimeters) already on the ground.

https://wgntv.com/2019/01/29/record-breaking-bitter-cold-entering-chicago-area-cps-among-several-schools-closed-wednesday/ 

:: 1-28-19 SCOTT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ice Age Farmer Report: "Fatal Cold" incoming - Your food is under attack - Major shortages

Ice Age Farmer Mon, 28 Jan 2019 13:40 UTC

The powers that be seek to make profane all that we ingest, and that agenda is in overdrive as we enter the Grand Solar Minimum. As we experience record cold temperatures this week, Christian puts together the pieces, stressing the importance of growing your own food in order to stay healthy and thrive in the future. Comment: A list of related articles carried by SOTT recently about the impact of extreme weather events on food crops and by no means exhaustive: Extreme weather affecting crop harvests in Europe - North too dry, south hit by hail Frost across India ups risk to rabi (spring) crops  Italian farmers predict crop shortage because of heavy rains while El Niño causes Peru's grape exports to drop 11% More than half of Nova Scotia blueberry crop wiped out by JUNE killer frost Unusual 'killer' spring frost damages crops across the Canadian Maritimes Flooded fields, frost and frozen corn affecting farmers across USA 70% crop losses due to extreme weather in Australia

Potato crop in Jersey, UK hit by worst early season in 40 years due to severe frost

https://www.sott.net/article/406018-Ice-Age-Farmer-Report-Fatal-Cold-incoming-Your-food-is-under-attack-Major-shortages 

:: 1-28-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Watch Live: Fox Says “Criminally Prosecute” Anti-Vaxxers, Plus Polar Vortex Slams Into Northeast

As crises flare up from the Middle East to Venezuela, the world is on the brink of all-out chaos and it’s never been more important to share this link

The Alex Jones Show - January 28, 2019

Alex Jones hosts Monday’s exclusive transmission where he’ll dive into the ongoing war against Americans who are skeptical of vaccines and the increasing animosity toward them. Fox News is now promoting the arrest of parents who refuse to vaccinate their children.

https://www.infowars.com/watch-live-fox-says-criminally-prosecute-anti-vaxxers-plus-polar-vortex-slams-into-northeast/ 

:: 1-28-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Killer vortex: Dangerous 'life-threatening' subzero temperatures that can kill in minutes are set to strike the Midwest and Northeast this week with over a foot of snow forecast in some parts

Heavy snow and life-threatening subzero temperatures set to strike the U.S. Midwest and Northeast this week

Polar vortex is forecast to bring a dangerous cold outbreak that will put millions at risk of hypothermia and frostbite within minutes of venturing outside

National Weather Service says plunging temperatures will be 'life threatening'

Wind chills could dip to -55 degrees in northern Illinois and -30 degrees in Minnesota on Wednesday

The cold weather will follow blizzard-like conditions in the Midwest with up to 14 inches of snow expected in Wisconsin and Minnesota

By Associated Press and Reuters Published: 12:30 EST, 28 January 2019 | Updated: 17:48 EST, 28 January 2019

Heavy snow and life-threatening subzero temperatures are set to strike the U.S. Midwest and Northeast this week as a polar vortex is forecast to bring a dangerous cold outbreak that could kill within minutes. Forecasters are warning that the dangerously cold weather will closely follow the blizzard-like conditions that are currently slamming parts of the Midwest and will bring frigidly low temperatures that the region hasn't seen in a quarter century. The plunging temperatures expected from Tuesday have forecasters especially concerned with the National Weather Service calling them 'possibly life threatening'. Wednesday is expected to be the worst. Wind chills could dip to negative 55 degrees in northern Illinois. In Minnesota, temperatures on Wednesday could fall to 30 degrees below zero but feel as cold as 60 below because of the wind chill. 'That's quite dangerous. You're talking about frostbite and hypothermia issues very quickly, like in a matter of minutes, maybe seconds,' said Brian Hurley, a meteorologist with the Weather Prediction Center. The potentially record-breaking low temperature forecast in Milwaukee is negative 28 degrees, with a wind chill as low as negative 50. The current record of minus 26 degrees (negative 32 degrees Celsius) was set in 1996. 'That's not just unusual. That's 40 degrees below normal,' Hurley said. 'When you think about it in that sense, that's a big 'whoa.'' The polar vortex - the frigid winds that circulate around the North Pole - is expected to extend from the Dakotas through New England. The weather, which is expected to be the coldest in years, will put millions at risk of hypothermia and frostbite within minutes. Meteorologists have warned that the cold will be life-threatening for those without an adequate way to stay warm. Cold weather advisories are in effect across a broad swath of the central U.S., from North Dakota to Missouri and spanning into Ohio. Some Midwest locations are slated to fall below zero for between 48-72 hours. Homeless shelters were preparing for the onslaught of cold. The Milwaukee Rescue Mission's call volume was 'unusually high,' but there should still be enough beds for people who need them. 'We are being especially vigilant during the night,' the mission's president, Pat Vanderburgh, said. 'Monitoring our doors, our security are going out on the street, we're partnering individuals that go out proactively looking out for homeless individuals and sharing with them winter clothes and food.' Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel urged residents to check on their neighbors and take safety precautions. He said city agencies are making sure homeless people are in shelters or offered space in warming buses. Heavy snow and gusting winds were already creating blizzard-like conditions on Monday across parts of the Midwest. Hundreds of schools were closed across Michigan as road conditions deteriorated, including Eastern Michigan University. The largest public school districts in Wisconsin and Minnesota also were among those closed, including districts in Milwaukee, Minneapolis and St. Paul. The cold also prompted officials to close some schools in eastern Iowa, while Chicago Public Schools officials said they were monitoring the weather ahead of Wednesday's cold snap. Snowplow drivers were having trouble keeping up with conditions in Wisconsin and Minnesota, where up to 14 inches of snow is expected. Chicago-area commuters woke up to heavy snowfall and more than 5 inches of snow already on the ground. Snowfall will occur in the Dakotas, Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota; and in Central Michigan, where a foot or more of snow is expected. Upstate New York, Vermont and New Hampshire will see less than a foot of snow, and Boston will get less than an inch. Blizzard conditions are predicted across parts of the western Ohio Valley and snow is expected Tuesday through Wednesday from the Great Lakes region into New England. In Chicago, O'Hare International Airport had about 790 canceled flights Monday morning and about 220 canceled at Midway International Airport. The high temperature forecast at O'Hare on Wednesday is negative 14 degrees (negative 25 degrees Celsius), which would break a record set on Jan. 18, 1994. In Wisconsin, plow drivers were having a difficult time keeping up with the snow in Sheboygan. Minutes after a plow passed, roads were once again becoming snow covered, according to the Department of Public Works. Even the fabled 'frozen tundra' of Lambeau Field, home to the NFL's Green Bay Packers, wasn't able to withstand the heavy snow and wind that closed hundreds of businesses, schools and government offices in Wisconsin. The stadium said tours, the Packers Hall of Fame and other related businesses were closed to visitors Monday. Wisconsin Gov. Tony Evers declared a state of emergency and activated the National Guard, directing all state agencies to assist if any emergency response and recovery efforts are needed. Courthouses and most offices were closed in Milwaukee, Waukesha, Columbia and Washington counties, while more than three dozen flights were canceled early Monday at the Milwaukee area's largest airport, Mitchell International Airport.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6640847/Dangerous-subzero-temperatures-set-strike-Midwest-Northeast.html 

:: 1-21-19 Justus Knight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI “Can Neither Confirm Nor Deny” It Watches You Doing This! BTW: It’s Already Been Confirmed, No Records, No Trace!

January 21, 2019 Justus A Knight

Don’t forget to like the video, SHARE and subscribe!!

References Can Be Found At www.justusaknight.com  (please subscribe while you’re there!!)

What started off to be a broadcast on how all of our primary Amendments have been violated uncovered a dark secret. A portion of the exact quote from the FBI read, “Can Neither Confirm Nor Deny”. They cannot confirm nor deny they have been recording you doing…you just won’t believe it. It all but tears up multiple Amendments in one shot…we are truly no longer a free society in America. What is even more shocking is the fact they’ve admitted it a 100 times over and now declare they can’t decide. If your eyes have not yet been opened; this broadcast will be sure to do it for you. It is imperative we understand the ongoing and incessant attack on our freedoms if we stand any hope of turning this Orwellian horror ship around. God Speed and God Bless, Justus

For More Information (references) See: www.preparewithlisa.com 

https://justusaknight.com/2019/01/21/fbi-can-neither-confirm-nor-deny-it-watches-you-doing-this-btw-its-already-been-confirmed-no-records-no-trace/ 

:: 1-20-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Robots Rising: How Artificial Intelligence Will Leave Many Human Beings 'Obsolete', Stealing Jobs And Leaving Them Impoverished, Homeless & Dying From Starvation

By William B Stoecker - All News Pipeline January 20, 2019

Maybe a miracle will happen and we will avoid the nuclear holocaust that appears to be heading our way. Maybe we will get spending under control and pay down the national debt and avoid economic and social collapse. Maybe we won’t have a civil war after all, and perhaps we will even get our border under control. I guess miracles can happen…and it looks like it will take several miracles to save us.  But then we would be faced with another problem, one we have failed to really think about. Automation, robots, AI (artificial intelligence) threaten to make most people obsolete, stealing their jobs and leaving them unemployed and impoverished, and, ultimately, homeless and starving. Eternal optimists assure us that robotics will eliminate menial, unpleasant, low-paying jobs but will somehow create other jobs. This is true up to a point, as robots will require computer software designers and maintenance people. Also, automation will allow our companies making running shoes in Bangladesh to bring their factories back to the US, eliminating shipping costs, and replacing the foreign workers with robots and at least a handful of Americans to program and service the machines. But for every new job created, most available to the small subset of the population capable of mastering the required skills, several jobs will be lost…after all, that is the whole purpose of robotics, to save money for corporations by eliminating all those payrolls. So far we have seen industrial robots assembling and welding, replacing workers on assembly lines, and computer filing and word-processing technology has replaced many clerical workers and secretaries. Old style telephone operators were replaced long ago by automation. One of the most available jobs today is driving vehicles, including delivery trucks, taxis, buses, trains, or big rigs, and driverless vehicle technology is advancing very, very fast. Even for aircraft, fly by wire technology can evolve into real robot aircraft, even airliners. Automated tellers have replaced many human bank tellers. Stores and fast food restaurants are beginning to evolve into high-tech super vending machines, needing no clerks, cooks, dish washers, or waitresses. Farmers will have self-driving tractors and combine harvesters, and even jobs requiring sight, a delicate sense of touch, and precise hand movements, from picking fruit and vegetables to cleaning chicken or fish, will soon be automated. It is all very well to say that these were often stressful, dirty jobs, often performed under poor working conditions, and it is true that human beings are not designed to perform menial, repetitive tasks for hours on end. We seem designed to do a variety of things with minimal supervision, the sort of work done by hunter-gatherers or subsistence fishermen, or to be writers, musicians, and artists. But there will not be a lot of paying positions in these fields. And we are clearly not designed to be idle. Parasites are degenerate life forms; I spent years as a Social Security Claims Representative and a Welfare Department Eligibility Worker, and, believe me, fourth generation welfare recipients are parasites, and they are degenerates. If everyone had a guaranteed income with no work required, most people would go downhill rapidly. This is the “moral hazard” of a guaranteed minimum income. And could we, as a society, even afford to pay everyone enough to subsist on? I am assuming that simply allowing eighty percent or more of the population to fall into poverty and then starve to death is not an option. (And if they did, who would buy all the products churned out by the robots?) Looked at one way, the costs would be astronomical. But our economy for many decades supported a thriving middle class. Our productivity is greater than ever, so it is obvious that we still can. But what entity will provide the funds, subject to what conditions? Almost certainly the government would have to do it, bringing us back to the socialism many of us wanted to escape. As the saying goes, a government that can give you anything can take everything. With most of the population dependent on the government, freedom could soon be lost. And whom would the government tax, if most citizens had no independent income? At least part of the funds would have to come from increased corporate income taxes, another socialist relic many of us would like to abolish. Perhaps, as I have suggested previously, the government could do, officially, openly, and subject to strict limitations, what the major banks in the Federal Reserve system have been doing all along…create fiat money out of thin air. Like the present system, this would devalue the currency and act as a tax on everyone, only paid to the (presumably federal) government, not the banksters. To reduce the moral hazard, to prevent the people from degenerating, perhaps government at every level could simply hire the people unable to get the few remaining jobs in the private sector…in other words, the overwhelming majority of the population. To do this, it might be necessary to make many workers do menial jobs like street cleaning or working in recycling centers and deliberately not automate the work. Others might become administrators. They might be required to work only ten or twenty years and then be retired on a pension equal to their pay while still working. The idea is that they would have to do at least something to earn it all, and, hopefully, develop a work ethic and the habit of self-discipline. But this could as well be developed by hard study, home schooling or private schools. Young people would have to pass a difficult battery of tests to be granted an income. Perhaps people with higher scores, the equivalent of advanced academic degrees in real subjects, could be granted more income. Obviously, all such programs are vulnerable to fraud and to creeping political correctness and identity politics. Black militants and their leftist enablers would claim that objective tests are “racist.” Even if such programs could be made to work, and massive expansions of government power, power that would inevitably be abused, could be avoided, the result would be a society very different from the present one, and having no real historic precedent. It is likely that the system could only afford to pay most people a minimal subsistence income. This might force grown children to do what many are already doing…continue to live with their parents. But this might not be altogether a bad thing if they contributed both income and work to the household. And here may be a solution to the moral hazard, for people would be forced by hard economics to do much of their own home maintenance and grow part of their own food via intensive gardening. Thomas Jefferson envisioned an America comprised mainly of small farmers, largely independent and self-sufficient. Perhaps this might become a reality…sort of. But there may be another way to finance a guaranteed minimum income, although it is illegal and we would have to have a revolution first. It has become increasingly obvious in recent years that most of the world’s super-rich billionaires, people like George Sauron and Bill and Melinda Gates, support every hard left policy imaginable. This includes the banksters and the CEOs and principal stockholders of corporations like Google, Twitter, Facebook, and Amazon…Jeff Bezos, famous for abusing his workers, owns the Washington Pest, a left wing rag. About six major companies control most of the slimestream media, which preach the gospel according to Saint Marx. These fabulously wealthy people advocate an end to private property (just not their property) and the redistribution of income (except for their own income). But why not take these hypocrites at their word? Confiscate all their stocks in these companies and redistribute them evenly to ordinary citizens, who can then be paid the dividends. After all, it’s what the billionaires say that they want.

http://allnewspipeline.com/AI_No_More_Jobs_William_B_Stoecker.php 

:: 1-24-19 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ten Plagues: Our Spiritual Condition is Reflected in the Plague of Boi

Posted : Celeste B., Date : January 24, 2019

Ten Plagues: Our Spiritual Condition is Reflected in the Plague of Boils

Then I heard a loud voice from the temple saying to the seven angels, “Go, pour out on the earth the seven bowls of God’s wrath.” So the first angel went and poured out his bowl on earth, and loathsome, malignant sores broke out on those who had the mark of the beast and worshiped its image. And the second angel poured out his bowl into the sea, and it turned to blood like that of the dead, and every living thing in the sea died.… The plague came without warning, and for those with discernment, it was a foreboding of doom. At the command of the Lord a veil of fine particulates, a sooty ash, was flung heavenward in the presence of Pharaoh. It shall become a dust upon man and beast. Some translations expand on the sooty ash to include cinders, embers, or the white ash that forms on embers. Another view is that God turned it into fiery dust and spread it throughout Egypt. Whatever this sooty-ash was we know that it is an irritant: An irritant is defined as a substance that causes pain, inflammation, itching, or discomfort. It is a thing that is annoying or distracting, and that causes trouble. Let Moshe throw it… a light substance such as soot cannot normally be cast very high, towards heaven indicating it not only was in the lower atmosphere but also higher up in the firmament. It is a miracle was that such a small amount of soot would suffice to become dust over the entire land. In the view of some the soot was burning hot ash such as one might encounter from a pyroclastic flow after a volcano erupts. It is not detailed I Scripture but would make sense that as the wind carried the soot-ash, it went into homes. There was no escape from it. This is the first instance of soot in the bible. Soot can provide some interesting clues on the judgments of God. Most of us think of ashes or soot as being black, and indeed we get that impression, from the Arabic word for soot. As we have seen, soot can also be white. I burn wood to heat my home and on my Cinderella days (cleaning the ash box) it is filled with a combination of black and white ashes giving an overall appearance of gray. When I see this, I think of the dual nature of Satan. He portrays himself as an angel of light but his rebellion against God is as darker than the Abyss. Soot is a substance formed by an incomplete combustion, or disengaged from fuel in the process of combustion, which results in fine particles. This fine powder, consists mainly chiefly of carbon. What was the Origin of the Sooty Ash? Given that this soot-ash was an incomplete combustion I have to wonder if one of the earlier plagues at the judgment of God included the first wave of galactic or inter-planetary event or merely the ashes of the Egyptians mundane everyday life. Did our sun super nova? Did was pass through a cloud of intergalactic dust?  Were these ashes just left over from the every day process of baking bread? We know that earth endured an incinerator event aside from the fireball event that supposedly killed the dinosaurs. Did this event either cause super wildfires or instantaneously incinerate all life forms causing this carbon sooty layer in Egypt and around the world? Is it possible that this ash contained the elemental remains of the nephilim that is dangerous to breathe? Given that we know it was used in a supernatural way what else can sooty ash tell us? There is another gruesome possibility. British theologian E.W. Bullinger compiled the Companion Bible that includes the notations of the Hebrew scribes called the Mesorah. The accuracy of these scribal notes is one reason the Hebrew Torah has maintained its accuracy through the centuries. Bullinger's Bible notation is that these ashes from the furnace were from the altars on which human sacrifice were sometimes offered to appease their serpentine god Typhon (Evil Principle) also known as Set a god of chaos, the desert, storms, disorder, violence, and foreigners in ancient religion. Sacrifices were no doubt being offered to avert the plagues but the ash produced another plague instead of averting it. In the previous plagues we have seen Scripture allude to drought-like conditions, as a result of climatic changes. Many times during drought, the fall of the dew is accompanied by a sort of dust, and it is furthermore written: The Eternal will make the rain of thy land powder and dust. Deuteronomy 28:24 Its onset, too, came from something negligible—a handful of soot from the kiln—but its affliction of the human body was greater than that of more impressive plagues. Your Amazing Skin! Your skin is amazing! As a health advocate I am in awe of the marvelous barrier of our skin. It is associated with subtle energies, electrical charges, auras, energy meridians and points, and other features. The nervous system and the skin remain intimately entwined throughout life. As we look at the historical accounts of the sooty-ash let us keep in our minds the impact of SMART dust and nanoparticle's in the future of our physical and spiritual health. Hewlett-Packard (HP) founded the Central Nervous System of the Earth (CeNSE) in 2010, which aims to launch billions of nanoscale sensors around to world to observe and gather data on the physical environment. More and more talks of incorporating the technology with medical practices are popping up. We find an integration of Smart Dust in human augmentation and brain-computer interface Spiritual Aspects of Skin Disorders The skin is a great projection screen onto which physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual aspects of the person are constantly made visible. As with other challenging physical conditions, visible skin disorders can have significant psychological and social effects. Inflammatory skin disorders such as acne and skin eruptions may point to a variety of spiritual concerns. Physically deforming conditions can raise existential issues and provoke searches for meaning in the afflicted. Past traumatic experiences involve a memory that links to the skin. Persons with these conditions were considered ritually impure, with the presumption that their skin disorder was associated with transgression or immorality. Boil Basics I will go into the Plague of Boils later, but for know a cursory look at boils is in order. A boil is a pus-filled area of skin usually located from infected hair follicles. A more severe form of boil is a carbuncle. The usual cause of a boil is from a bacterium, most commonly Staphylococcus Aureus which today is antibiotic resistant. A boil starts as a red and painful limp. As it swells and it fills with pus it becomes rounded and forms a yellowish head. Boils can be reoccurring. When one has boils it is critical that a person not burst for the boil for it will spread. Hot compresses aid to relieve discomfort, hastening drainage and healing. At times boils must be surgically lanced and drained for healing to take place. Some Hebrew translations believe that the boils are better translated as hemorrhoids. Supernatural Plague of Boils  This particular plague began with Moses taking a handful of sooty ash and casting it heavenward. This settled over the land of Egypt much like Geo-engineering has blanketed our earth with SMART dust and nanoparticles among other things. It is very possible that these boils began from the irritation caused by the sooty-ash although we cannot discount a supernatural element as it was cast heavenward.   Blains or boils in Holy Scripture comes from the root word to boil and the fire causeth the waters to boil…Isaiah 64:1. In the Hebrew the word is doubled. As the whole atmosphere over Egypt is saturated with sooty-ash a foundation is laid that from this plague foreword, the plagues are of compounded or complex nature, involving several miracles within each plague. And the lord appointed a time. Once again we see that God Almighty has set a fixed time for the sign to begin and so we shall see this pattern repeated in Revelation. Jewish Legends add to our understanding about the Plague of Boils:  Upon man and upon beast it began as a dry rash. This dryness withered both man and beast. This sooty-ash had desiccant properties that we see in today's geo-engineering and will increasingly experience with increased volcanic activity. The boils then metamorphosed into a rash of wet boils of boils. Some accounts say that the boils were an agonizing hybrid of boil that was moist on the outside and dry on the inside. Exodus 9:9 conveys to us several insights such as the boils in their formative stage there first was a dry inner flowering and over that formed the outer layer of boils while some adhere to a reverse order of boils on the outside and a dry rash on the inside. Either way this was clearly a tortuous affliction. This plague does not highlight distinction any place which gives one pause to contemplate that among the Egyptians had they crossed the humanity line? Had they abandoned their Divine Image in which they had been created thereby losing their human distinction and becoming beast like? If this is the case was this due to their dabbling in the Black Arts and forbidden knowledge? Or possibly was due to the dark practices of mixing forbidden species as seen in the Days of Noah? As we see in the biblical narrative, it could also be, that the Egyptians embraced the hard heart attitude of Pharaoh. The Egyptians could not cure themselves of the boils therefore the god Imhotep-the god of medicine, was rendered a fraud! Were the Magicians of Egypt Redeemable?  A friend and I had a lively discussion last evening whether or not the Egyptians in the fullness of their sin were redeemable. One view is that they contained the blood of the nephilim and therefore they were unredeemable. Another view is that they were deliberately sinning against God, making redemption without repentance questionable. One last thought on this topic. I took a biblical class several years ago and in class the teacher challenged us by inquiring, "Is redemption possible for some extremely wicked?" It may sound simplistic, but I share with you, it is a very thought provoking question. Think of an evil person. Was that person created in the Divine Image of God? Did God breathe life into that body? Did that person stray from God's perfect plan? Are we redeemable if we have a certain percentage of tainted blood? Now back to the magicians. My first impression was that they were not redeemable but after studying this more intently, given their reaction of shame even if it was a response to the boils, I could see potential, some glimmer of humanity still residing in their hearts. Or, maybe I just choose to look for the positive and good in people.   When it came to the Plague of Boils, mediated by Moses and Aaron, they magicians wanted to exhibit their prowess with dramatic effect. They had remained inactive during the Plague of Vermin and Animal Disease, which were wrought by God. Despite their plan this inflammatory rash was upon the magicians themselves and also upon all the Egyptians. The helplessness of the magicians proved the hollowness of their faith. God strengthened Pharaoh's heart it was not on account of the magicians.  Pharaoh's sorcerers were unable to stand before Pharaoh or Moses because they were afflicted with boils upon their knees and legs. These magicians were ashamed, confounded and covered their heads. They made no appearance in the royal palace but remained imprisoned in their homes. The imagery in the narrative is very similar to that spoken of by the prophet Jeremiah in 14:3: The word of the Lord that came to Jeremiah concerning the dearth….And their nobles have sent their little ones to the waters: they came to the pits, and found no water; they returned with their vessels empty; they were ashamed and confounded, and covered their heads. This narrative regarding the magicians also reminds me of Genesis 3: Then the Lord God called to Adam and said to him, “Where are you?” So he said, “I heard Your voice in the garden, and I was afraid because I was naked; and I hid myself.” And He said, “Who told you that you were naked? Have you eaten from the tree of which I commanded you that you should not eat?” The words describing the boils upon the magicians are spelled different ways in the Hebrew language. One is with a full spelling and the other is defective. This indicates that their status was now even more greatly reduced. They no longer enjoyed the glory of their close association with Pharaoh. God hardened Pharaohs heart and therefore he did not request Moses to entreat the Lord. There was none to help him and none to uphold him. His folly and iniquities ensnared him. His own iniquities shall take the wicked himself, and he shall be holden with the cords of his sins. Proverbs 5:22 Spiritual Side of Sooty Ash The fate of your soul is directly impacted by your life choices. On the physical sensation level, this occurs as molecular, biochemical, and electrical interactions between skin cells and nerve cells. On the cognitive thought level, the appearance of our skin, hair, and nails influences our thoughts and vice versa. The skin is a psychological semi permeable membrane that separates self from others but permits interchange. On the social level, the appearance of our skin, hair, and nails influences social interactions as well as internal self interactions. On the spiritual level, the perception of the skin can influence the core self, relationships between people, and a person’s relationship with God. We received a glimpse of this through the verses with the Egyptian magicians. Religious Aspects of Skin Why did the magicians retreat from public view? If you have ever had a noticeable affliction you already know the answer. Skin and skin disorders have had religious aspects since ancient times. At the outer layer of the body that presents itself to self and others, skin has major psychological and social effects on how we view self and others. Persons with visible skin disorders have often been stigmatized or even treated as outcasts. Various skin disorders have spiritual and religious aspects. I recall my bout with pimples as a young girl. All I will say is that peer review can be brutal. Off the Beaten Path from the Pages of History He dictated all these words to me, and I wrote them with ink in the book. — Jeremiah 36:18 In ancient days Torah scrolls and the Bible were written in ink. I am not sure what is used to today for printed materials. I am fairly certain that the original ink recipes are not used. Why would I research ink when I am investigating the Plague of Boils? There is a fascinating connection between sooty-ash and the Book of Life. Sooty-Ash Ink Black ink in ancient days — ink was a solution or suspension of solid ingredients in a liquid environment which served for writing. …and contained at least three ingredients: Pigment — which gives the ink its color, Binder — which binds the pigment to the writing surface, Carrier — the liquid in which the pigment and the binder are suspended…. The ink used for ancient writing was black and of two kinds, according to the sort of pigment used: carbon-based and iron-based. “Carbon-based ink was made from soot or charcoal dust…soot was gathered from burning vegetable or animal fats. Charcoal dust was produced by burning vegetable matter such as beech trees or cedars. Carbon-based ink was first developed circa 2500 BCE. “Iron-based ink was made, in ancient times, from the following ingredients: blanched oak-nut galls, green vitriol, also called copperas…its chemical formula is iron sulfate crystallized with seven water molecules…”

Dr. Nir-El in the Sinai journal: “The ink used by Jewish scribes until the second century CE was carbon-based. The Dead Sea scrolls were also written in carbon-based ink, as seen by chemical analyses recently performed (published by Dr. Yoram Nir-El in his article “The Black Ink of the Qumran Scrolls,” Dead Sea Discoveries 3.2 [1996] pp. 157-167). Martin Levey from Yale University suggested that diyo is a black ink whose color is due to soot particles. Based on prior work, the best soot came from olive oil, which was then mixed with balsam. Kankantum is translated as copper sulfate or perhaps "copper water". In a recent paper on the ink of Persian documents, the author found that they too contained lamp soot which was gathered from inside a chimney that burned linseed oil. The soot was then sieved to produce a fine powder that was bound with Gum Arabic, made from the sap of the acacia tree.  Dead Sea Ink Then a group of German scientists analyzed the ink on one of the Dead Sea Scrolls and reported their findings in Dead Sea Discoveries. They used x-ray spectroscopy, in which an electron beam is bounced over the sample, and the spectrum of radiation that is given off is measured. As you can see in the figure below, the spectrum of the Dead Sea Scroll ink is similar to Gum Arabic, but it contains peaks that suggest other compounds, including a gum produced by the Acacia Raddiana. Not surprisingly this tree is only found in very dry or desert climates. To their astonishment was comparable to ink dating from the 12th century. Analysis of the spectrum of the scroll ink also suggests the presence of tannins -a group of chemicals naturally found in many trees and plants. Gall-nuts contain tannin. The survival of this ancient use had actually been forgotten. In this case the tannins would chemically bind the ink to the parchment collagen, explaining the surprising durability of the scroll inks as compared to the usual, physisorbed, carbon-based ink. The ink used on the Dead Sea Scrolls written around 100 CE compares to ink from recipes over 1,900 years older. How is ink made? One collects lamp-black obtained from oil or from pitch, wax or similar substances; one binds them with wood resin and a little honey, and they are kneaded well and flattened into cakes. Then they are dried and put away. When they are used to write, they are soaked in gall-nut water or something similar and he writes with it. And if the writing needs to be erased, it may be erased. This is the worlds first and finest erasable ink. Blotting Out Transgression and Betrothal And herein the forgotten mystery of the sooty-ash ink! It is durable to withstand the test of time, but is not so permanent that it cannot be blotted out. Thankfully for us, God wanted to retains His exclusive right to blot out our transgressions. For you see, our relationship with Jesus Christ is much like a wedding contract. There is much significance of a King writing His Word in stone, for it endures the weathering of time-irrevocable. This is why Moses destroyed the First Commandments in stone when the Hebrews were playing the harlot. When we accept Jesus as our Savior, He offers us a free gift, but we are betrothed, a martial relationship of sorts- with all that goes with that intimate relationship. The Song of Songs is the most beautiful and dynamic account of this love story between the Bridegroom and His Beloved. I encourage you to read it and to infuse romance of the Beloved into your walk of faith as we become the spotless Bride.

_____________________________________________________

Author Information For those who are actively pray for my ministry I humbly want to thank each one of you! If you consider this article informative please consider becoming a Patron to support my work.

Going where angels fear to tread...

https://shepherdsheart.life/blogs/news/ten-plagues-boils 

:: 1-21-19 RB ministries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A VIDEO/ARTICLE – WORLD LATEST PROPHETIC NEWS PRESENTATION – WEDNESDAY JANUARY 22nd

January 21, 2019

This Happened On Planet Earth…Jan. 2019..End Times Signs

5,550 views The Watchman Published on Jan 21, 2019

Current Events Linked To Biblical Prophecies. Everything is unfolding just as the bible foretold. Wars, Volcanic Eruptions, Earthquakes, Extreme Weather, Christian Persecution, Violence and more! Matthew 24:3-14 3 Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, “Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?” 4 And Jesus answered and said to them: “Take heed that no one deceives you. 5 For many will come in My name, saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will deceive many. 6 And you will hear of wars and rumors of wars. See that you are not troubled; for all[a] these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. 7 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. And there will be famines, pestilences,[b] and earthquakes in various places. 8 All these are the beginning of sorrows. 9 “Then they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you, and you will be hated by all nations for My name’s sake. 10 And then many will be offended, will betray one another, and will hate one another. 11 Then many false prophets will rise up and deceive many. 12 And because lawlessness will abound, the love of many will grow cold. 13 But he who endures to the end shall be saved. 14 And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in all the world as a witness to all the nations, and then the end will come.

https://rbministries.com.au/a-videoarticle-world-latest-prophetic-news-presentation-wednesday-january-22nd/

[:: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

:: 1-20-19 Debka File :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia and Syria join forces to repel Israeli air strikes. Iron Dome downs Syrian missiles over Golan

Jan 20, 2019 @ 15:47

Israel, Syria and Russia scaled up their contest over Syria. On Sunday, Jan. 20. Israel made a point of striking Damascus airport in the face of a Russian warning, while Syria launched a missile against Israeli Golan and Moscow issued bulletins on the state of play.  This was Israel’s first air strike against a Syrian target since Lt. Gen. Aviv Kochavi’s took charge of the IDF last week as new Chief of Staff. It was also rare in that Israeli warplanes operated in daylight. According to the Russian Defense Ministry, four Israel Air Force F-16 fighters flew in from the Mediterranean to attack Damascus international airport. Syrian air defense weapons, which the Russian DoD confirmed this time, were Pantsirs and Buks, were launched against the Israeli jets and the missiles they dropped, claiming to have intercepted 7 missiles. These bulletins flowed throughout the incident from Russian spokesman to local correspondents. Only last week, an Arab publication warned Israel that no more air strikes must take place against Damascus international airport which was being made ready for commercial traffic. Just one hour after the Israeli air strike, two Syrian missiles were launched against the northern Golan and Mt. Hermon. The IDF spokesman reported they were intercepted by an Israeli Iron Dome air defense battery. Several thousand skiers on the Mt. Hermon ski slopes just north of the Golan saw the flying projectiles. To avoid panic, the spokesman said there was no need for them to leave the slopes. However, DEBKAfile’s military sources report that, on Dec. 26, both Russia and Syria warned that for further Israeli air strikes, they would shoot anti-air missiles into Israeli air space. This was taken as a threat to fire SA-5 anti-air missiles from the Damascus region. The threat came the day after one of those missiles caused major alarm in the cities of central Israel.

https://www.debka.com/ron-dome-downs-syrian-missile-fired-at-hermon-during-idf-chiefs-first-northern-visit/ 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

:: 1-20-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Vatican Surrenders to China

by Lawrence A. Franklin January 20, 2019 at 5:00 am

The Vatican may learn the hard way that the Communist Chinese government does not honor its agreements. Beijing may attempt to extort even more concessions from the Vatican, just as the Chinese regime demands ever more surrender of sovereignty from western companies that do business in China.

It is also highly dubious that the Vatican will purchase peace by this pact: the regime will continue to persecute the Church. If the Communist regime is true to form, thousands more crosses will be taken down from Christian churches, especially in areas that have a high Christian population.

The courageous elders of Chinese Catholicism, who have endured decades of government persecution and regime efforts to divide the Church, may be seen by their flocks as having been bypassed by the Vatican. Many, if not most, Chinese Catholics are likely to view this agreement as a cynical political betrayal by the Vatican rather than a faith-based decision.

"In light of this dismal record, it seems that prudence and caution would seem to be the order of the day in Vatican negotiations with the totalitarians in charge in Beijing, at whose most recent Party Congress religion was once again declared the enemy of Communism." — George Weigel, Catholic author and political analyst.

Pope Francis has surrendered partial control of the Chinese Catholic Church to the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). His Holiness agreed to grant the Party considerable authority over personnel matters. After decades of refusing to give China the right to appoint Catholic bishops, as a condition for normalization of relations, the Vatican finally conceded to the regime's demand to allow the CCP a decisive role in the selection of bishops to head Catholic dioceses. The Vatican's concession came despite the CCP's continued persecution of the unofficial, independent, underground Catholic Church in China. Yet the Vatican probably does not view this as a defeat but rather as a means to an end. The diplomatic hierarchy of the Catholic Church may be confident that the truth of its spiritual message will endure long after the CCP dissolves into the same historical trash bin as other totalitarian ideologies have done. The Church's consenting to fold its independent political posture into the Chinese regime's Communist Party apparatus gives Beijing the authority to appoint bishops politically acceptable to the CCP. In granting China this right, the Vatican implicitly is recognizing the legitimacy of the regime's CCP instrument to infiltrate and control Roman Catholicism in China, which is the Chinese Patriotic Catholic Association (CPCA). Pope Francis has also reinstated several pro-regime bishops whom the Vatican had once excommunicated because they willingly agreed to follow Communist China's directives, while forsaking their loyalty to the Church in Rome. Finally, the Holy See's bureaucracy also accepted Beijing's demand to reduce and restructure the Catholic Church's 137 dioceses across China. This last Vatican concession may shred the religious authority of several bishops secretly appointed to some of these eliminated dioceses by Pope Francis and previous popes. For almost 70 years, after the CCP's successful takeover in China, Catholics have either attended churches approved by the government's Chinese Patriotic Catholic Association or churches aligned with the Vatican. Some Catholics even attend Mass in private homes to avoid surveillance by agents of the regime. After a series of recent meetings between the Holy See and China's State Administration for Religious Affairs, Pope Francis dispatched a delegation in mid-December to meet with leading bishops of the pro-Vatican "Underground Church" and Chinese government officials. The delegation was ostensibly in China to pursue "practical steps" to implement the provisional agreement the Holy See had reached with China. In reality, the Papal delegation may have been sent to China to make certain that the agreement's final implementation proceeded smoothly. The delegation included the Vatican's President-Emeritus of the Pontifical Council for Social Communications, Archbishop Claudio Maria Celli. The Archbishop carried a document signed by the Holy See's Secretary of State, Cardinal Pietro Parolin and by Cardinal Fernando Filoni, Prefect of the Vatican's Congregation for the Evangelization of Peoples. The delegation's Papal directive instructed at least two prominent Catholic bishops of the "Underground Church" to retire or share their official duties with bishops approved by the CCP. While the exact wording of the Holy See's letter remains secret, some Vatican observers, presumably reflecting the Pope's decision to reverse years of resisting Beijing's demands, cited a few reasons for giving in. First, the Church probably needs to eliminate confusion among Catholics in China over the schism between Vatican-approved and regime-approved bishops. Another possible reason for the Vatican's apparent flexible stance is that a Church-state compromise would be necessary to improve pastoral care for existing Catholic faithful. The decision by the Vatican not to publish the letter, however, may suggest that the regime is also demanding that the Holy See break relations with Taiwan before it can normalize diplomatic ties to China. This supposition is based on the character of Beijing's previous agreements establishing bilateral relations with other countries, including Panama. Other countries that cut ties to Taiwan in order to open up embassies in China include the tiny African country of São Tomé and Príncipe as well as El Salvador. The prerequisite that states desiring formal ties with China must first sever formal diplomatic relations with Taiwan rests on Beijing calls its "One China" policy. Communist China considers Taiwan an integral part of China, and thus rejects Taiwan's claim that it represents the legitimate government of China. The Vatican's public relations officers seem to have tried to put the best face on the agreement with Beijing. Gregory Burke, the recently resigned Director of the Holy See's Press Office, suggested that this pact with the CCP was designed to be pastoral, not political, implying that it would help unify Chinese Catholics. The Vatican, however, in a seeming effort to douse speculation, has refused to reply to inquires whether the agreement is a first step in establishing diplomatic relations between the Holy See and the People's Republic of China. About half of the 98 dioceses have no Vatican-approved bishops, thereby often leaving their parishes without clerics to administer to believers. It is clear from Beijing's anti-Catholic harassment campaign that the Communist Party leadership is determined to co-opt, if not destroy, the independence of the Church in China. Regime harassment includes the dispatch of internal security police to strip churches of their statues, and the removal of crosses from steeples. Sometimes bibles are confiscated if seen in public. Masses are often celebrated in private homes to avoid being monitored by the state. On one occasion in early 2018, an entire Catholic Church was demolished, prompting a street demonstration by parishioners. Perhaps the Vatican might be privately concerned that the CCP's continued opposition could complicate evangelization efforts among the Chinese people. The Vatican's desire to reach an agreement with Beijing may also be, in part, a reaction to the regime's efforts to sow dissent in the Church by supporting the Chinese Patriotic Catholic Association as an alternative church. With President Xi Jinping's endorsement, at the October's 19, 2018 Chinese Communist Party Congress, Beijing launched a "Sinicization" campaign to bring all religions in line with Chinese culture and values. This government tactic is probably designed to co-opt or to curb the growth of an independent Catholic Church, thereby enhancing Communist Party control of religion in China. One report alleges that Catholic evangelization of the Chinese people is stagnating in marked contrast to the rapid expansion of Protestant Christianity in the country. This disparity underscores the significance of Cardinal Filoni's presence in the Vatican delegation to China's Catholic Bishops: Filoni is responsible for the Vatican's worldwide evangelizing campaigns. The Vatican's pact with Beijing is evoking a good deal of intense criticism from both leading Catholic intellectuals and human rights crusaders. Retired Cardinal of Hong Kong Joseph Zen bitterly critiqued the agreement as "an incredible betrayal," tantamount to giving "the flock to the wolves." The China Director of Human Rights Watch, Sophie Richardson, stated that "the Pope has effectively given Chinese leader President Xi Jinping a stamp of approval when the latter's hostility to religious freedom couldn't be clearer." Even while Beijing and the Vatican were negotiating the future status of the Catholic Church in China, the Communist regime continued its pressure on the Underground Catholic Church to go along with its efforts to get the Vatican to comply with the state's wishes on the administration of the Catholic Church in China. The government harassed and arrested Bishop Joseph Guo Xijin during the years-long negotiations between the Holy See and China. During the talks, another Catholic prelate, 88 year-old pro-Vatican Bishop Peter Zhuang, was hauled before China's State Administration for Religious Affairs. Although Bishop Zhuang was released into the custody of a Vatican delegation, the event was held in the presence of Chinese Party officials, where he was coerced to retire in light of the Vatican-China deal. Perhaps the true intention of the Communist regime was best characterized by Jesuit China expert at Santa Clara University, Father Paul Mariani, in December, 2018: "The government has not given up its hope for control. They want the Church to be another tool of the state. That's common in China, across labor unions or NGOs — they all have to fall under the party at some level." The Vatican may learn the hard way that the Communist Chinese government does not honor its agreements. Beijing might well attempt to extort even more concessions from the Vatican just as the Chinese regime demands ever more surrender of sovereignty from western companies that do business in China. These demands can include a requirement to form joint ventures with a Chinese company, with China holding a majority interest, the demand that all critical data be stored locally, and scrubbing any language to which Beijing objects. It is also highly dubious that the Vatican will purchase peace by this pact: the regime will continue to persecute the Church. If the Communist regime is true to form, thousands more crosses will be taken down from Christian churches, especially in areas that have a high Christian population. In 2015, in Zhejiang Province, in the southeastern city of Wenzhou, where one in eight citizens are Christian, approximately 1,200 crosses were forcibly torn from their moorings. The only likely benefit that the Vatican could derive from this Munich-style pact with the Chinese regime may be an official invitation to Pope Francis to visit China. That privilege, however, might well be outweighed by the potential harm for the future of Catholicism in China. The courageous elders of Chinese Catholicism, who have endured decades of government persecution and regime efforts to divide the Church, may be seen by their flocks as having been bypassed by the Vatican. Many Chinese Catholics, realizing that their hierarchy was reluctantly fused by the Vatican into a union with the state-controlled church, might retreat into private homes to attend Catholic services. Many, if not most, Chinese Catholics are likely to view this agreement as a cynical political betrayal by the Vatican rather than a faith-based decision. The eminent American Catholic author George Weigel sums up the Vatican's past failed policies of negotiation with totalitarian regimes: "In light of this dismal record, it seems that prudence and caution would seem to be the order of the day in Vatican negotiations with the totalitarians in charge in Beijing, at whose most recent Party Congress religion was once again declared the enemy of Communism." Dr. Lawrence A. Franklin was the Iran Desk Officer for Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld. He also served on active duty with the U.S. Army and as a Colonel in the Air Force Reserve. He is also a practicing Catholic.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/13577/vatican-catholics-china 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 1-20-19 World Gisting :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The horrors Zimbabwe doesn’t want the world to see: Hundreds are beaten and killed in protest crackdown by Mugabe’s successors that has been hidden behind a news blackout

By Chuks Fabian - January 20, 2019

Hundreds of Zimbabweans have been beaten, detained or killed in recent days as the Government cracks down on protesters speaking out against the regime. Violence has erupted in the country after a huge fuel price hike which saw the cost increase by more than 200 per cent to $3.31 (£2.57) per litre. Children as young as ten are reported to have been injured by police and soldiers after people took to the streets to vent their anger. In a bid to hide the state sanctioned violence the internet is being shut down and foreign journalists are being forced out of the country, The Sunday Times reports. Hundreds of people have been seen by the paper in safe houses, hospitals and courts after being attacked and having dogs set on them, while a diplomat said there had been reports of ‘200 deaths’. The current President Emmerson Mnangagwa is heading to Davos in Switzerland this weekend for an international summit as he seeks investment in his bankrupt nation. He had promised a better Zimbabwe after seizing power from dictator Robert Mugabe but witnesses to the latest violence say it is more of the same for the nation’s people. The Crisis in Zimbabwe Coalition said the President is ‘using murder of unarmed civilians as a tool to retain power’ in the country. Zimbabwe Human Rights NGO Forum reported 844 human rights violations while others in the country say people have been detained and refused bail. The Zimbabwe Association for Doctors for Human Rights said they have attended to 172 people, 68 of whom have been treated for gunshot wounds. Other injuries include dog bites from people in police custody and injuries from beating with sticks and sjamboks which are a type of leather whip. Among those arrested is prominent pastor and activist Evan Mawarire. He faces 20 years after being accused of inciting the protests which the Government has liked to ‘terrorism’. Outrage has spread across the nation of the killing of 22-year-old Kelvin Tinashe Choto from Chitungwiza. He was shot in the head before his beaten and battered body was dumped on the counter of a police station by furious protesters. Scrap metal collectors salvages sellable parts from a car shell burnt during the three days protests in Emakhandeni township, in Bulawayo Diplomats attempted to intervene and seek answers from the government but were banned from asking questions after a ‘command briefing’ from Cain Mathema. The nation had hoped for change after the end of Robert Mugabe’s 37-year rule after he was replaced by his right hand man in November 2017. The leader for the Movement for Democratic Change, Nelson Chamisa said: ‘This is worse than Mugabe. These are old wolves in new clothing, using the same methods of human rights abuses and internal displacement. They are telling the world they are open for business when they are selling a dummy.’

https://worldgisting.com/2019/01/20/the-horrors-zimbabwe-doesnt-want-the-world-to-see-hundreds-are-beaten-and-killed-in-protest-crackdown-by-mugabes-successors-that-has-been-hidden-

behind-a-news-blackout/ 

:: 1-21-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hollywood producer Jack Morrissey calls for killing innocent Covington boys by putting them into the woodchipper

Posted on January 21, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn

Last Friday, January 18, 2019, a deceptively-edited video posted to social media ignited a media-driven public lynching of a group of teenage boys from the all-male Covington Catholic High School in Park Hills, Kentucky. That day, the boys, wearing red Make America Great Again (MAGA) hats and sweatshirts, participated in the March for Life in Washington, DC. The video shows the boys surrounding, laughing and jeering at an elderly Native American man singing and playing a drum, who is identified as Nathan Phillips, an Omaha elder and Vietnam veteran. Wiping away tears, Phillips said: “When I was there singing, I heard them [Covington boys] saying ‘Build that wall, build that wall’. This is indigenous lands. We’re not supposed to have walls here. We never did.” (WDBJ7.com) The Covington boys were roundly denounced by media outlets and their hometown mayor. The Covington Catholic School, Diocese and Archdiocese issued abject apologies and condemnation of the students. It turns out the full video of the incident shows an entirely different version of what happened. Instead of the Covington boys harassing Phillips, it was Phillips and a group of fellow Native American activists who approached the boys who were doing school cheers. (The March for Life coincided with an Indigenous People’s Rally.) As you can see in the video below, posted to YouTube on January 18, the day of the incident, Phillips tests several of the boys, then targets one of them (0:58 mark). Chanting, Phillips gets in the boy’s face with a metal drumstick and drum. Another Native American man tells one of the students, “White people go back to Europe. This is not your land.” It gets worse. One of the Covington students told the Gateway Pundit that they were waiting for their school bus and doing school cheers when four Black Israelites got belligerent with them: “We were standing there when a group of four African Americans started calling us ‘crackers’ and ‘school shooters'” and told one of the Covington students, who is black, that “we will harvest his organs” when he gets older. The student’s narrative is confirmed by Marcus Frejo, one of the Native American protesters, who has admitted that he knew the blacks were harassing the Covington students when he and other Native American protesters joined their “African American brothers” “in solidarity.” In a Facebook post about the incident, Frejo wrote that he was wandering around the area when: “all of the sudden this mob of youth from the Covington catholic highschool make there onto the steps overlooking the African American brothers and start heckling them with loud maga chants and I quickly realize whats going on when the white bro next to me says their wearing maga hats and shirts. At that moment…I wanna go over there and stand in solidarity with the brothers and just sing.” Although the full video of the incident was posted to Facebook on January 18, the truth didn’t stop Jack Morrissey, a Hollywood producer of Disney’s Beauty and the Beast and two Twilight Saga movies that romanticize blood-sucking soul-less vampires, from calling for the murder of the Covington boys. On January 19, 2019, referring to the Covington boys, Morrissey tweeted that “MAGAkids” should be killed by putting them, “screaming, hats first, into the woodchipper.” He has since locked his Twitter account so that his tweets can only be read by “confirmed followers,” but not before some netcitizen archived his tweet. Here’s a screenshot of Morrissey’s tweet: It is not just Jack Morrissey who’s calling for violence against these innocent Covington boys. Failed actor and ‘comedian’ Ben Hoffman, who goes by the stage name ‘Wheeler Walker Jr.,’ called for violent sexual crimes to be committed against the minor teens and even offered a reward to whoever can stalk and find the minor child and “punch him in the nuts.” (Gateway Pundit)

Yesterday, Rob Sanders, a Kentucky public prosecutor who represents the 16th Judicial Circuit of Kentucky (Kenton County), fired a warning at deranged leftists like Jack Morrissey and Ben Hoffman. He tweeted this: Threatening acts of violence against educational institutions in Kentucky is a felony and we don’t take it lightly no matter the circumstances. #KYcrime H/t CSM ~Eowyn

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/hollywood-producer-jack-morrissey-calls-for-killing-innocent-covington-boys-by-putting-them-into-the-woodchipper 

:: 1-18-19 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

University of Georgia TA: 'Some white people may have to die' for blacks to advance

By Jessica Chasmar - The Washington Times - Friday, January 18, 2019

A University of Georgia teaching assistant who routinely attacks the concept of “whiteness” on social media took it a step further Wednesday when he declared that “some white people may have to die” in order for black people to advance. “Some white people may have to die for black communities to be made whole in this struggle to advance to freedom,” UGA philosophy TA and Ph.D. student Irami Osei-Frimpong wrote in a now-deleted comment on the Overheard at UGA Facebook page, Campus Reform reported. Mr. Osei-Frimpong doubled down on the comment Friday morning on his own Facebook page, writing, “I’m just saying that America is set up to create functional White supremacists, and they have an attachment to it that’s not particularly moral. I wouldn’t be surprised if White people have to die before Black Americans can live in freedom.” A spokesperson at UGA’s Equal Opportunities Office defended Mr. Osei-Frimpong’s right to express his “personal opinion” in a private capacity, according to an email exchange with alum Andrew Lawrence, obtained by Campus Reform. Despite receiving considerable backlash on social media for his comments, Mr. Osei-Frimpong continued to attack “whiteness” and the “trolls” who disagree with him on Friday. “So, the trolls. The obvious thing to do would be to block them. Or I could let them troll themselves out and be an embarrassment to White people,” he wrote on etc.. etc.. and the news story continues..

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2019/jan/18/university-georgia-ta-some-white-people-may-have-d/ 

:: June 27, 1992 Steve Quayle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DECLARE UNTO YOUR NATION THIS WORD

Before the foundations of the world I set boundaries for all that is created-the sand of the sea, the stars in the sky, all creation had been created in righteousness until sin entered through the corruption of your parents Adam and Eve.  Obedience is liberty-disobedience brings death!  Now the time allotted to your country has run out.  Hear the word of the Lord.  When I send you warnings through My word and through My servants, it is to declare My intentions and make them plain before you.  Those who love me have I engraved upon My heart and upon My palms.  You were created in an act of My love, and it’s that very same love that will cause me to keep you from perishing and being consumed by the unrelenting appetite of Hell!  But, My people are being consumed by the world’s desires, Lust, greed, envy, anger, bitterness, strife and perversion are snares laid before your paths.  You are asleep.  Awake, awake, awake, shake off the slumber of death, and allow me to deliver you from the traps and snares of the evil one.

For yet in a little while, your country will see the judgment of the Almighty upon its idols.  I will punish America, and yet for My Great Name’s sake will I deliver those whose hearts are stayed upon me and who cry out for my deliverance.  Every aspect of your lives will change.  Your children will be brought up in a totally different world, and they will not remember that which came before them.  Daily Satan steals the souls of thousands as your children listen to the melody of madness in the music or their day.  Satan knows the power of music and beckons your loved ones with the lullaby of perdition. 

When Israel burned their children in the arms of Molech and sacrificed to idols, I sent them into captivity and punished them severely.  Yet each day My heritage, your children, are being swept away.  Their hearts stolen, their lives destroyed while they remain in the womb. 

The government of your land worships at the altars of Mammon.  The evil they do is an affront to My righteousness and an attack on My throne, and now hear their judgment.  In one day I will bring down their financial system.  The entire world will stand in awe.  The politicians will run to and fro, unable to do anything to stop the onslaught of my judgment.  Your country will come to a virtual standstill.  No planes will fly, no trains will run, no trucks will run!  As food runs out millions will flee the cities and drought and famine begin to take hold.  Total chaos will ensure.  Panic will break forth, and there will be much death and sorrow.  As those who fall in the city die, plague will break forth and pestilence will follow.  Millions will wander your highways and byways searching for food just to continue living.  The wild beasts and the tribes of man will pursue and attack and take away even that little which those fleeing possess. 

Now I will speak concerning the decision of your Sanhedrin, the Supreme Court-to totally take away prayer from school.  As the last grains of sand have finally fallen through the hour glass, the emptiness and barrenness of America’s spirituality is made known.  The power structure has declared that they will not have me to rule over them, so they will get what they worship.  Satan comes to destroy them, and they clap their hands in praise to he who will only damn them.  When the legal system of its day sentenced My Son to death,  all the powers of Hell gathered around the cross that day.  They congratulated themselves that they were finally in control and that Jesus was finished.  But little did they know they were celebrating their own destruction, for I raised the Son of My love through My power, and Jesus defeated all principalities and powers, and took the keys to death, Hell, and the grave away from Satan. Even the Prince of darkness knows his time is short, and therefore goes about as a ravenous lion, consuming all that will not stand and face him in the power of My might.

Stand therefore, My children, in holiness, obedience, and gratefulness, and watch through the eyes of a repentant heart the great things that the Lord God of Heaven will do on your behalf, if you will turn from your wicked ways, putting away the lust of the flesh and the pride of life.  By Me shepherds become kings, housewives become warriors, the vilest are set free through forgiveness.  You have only to call on me with all your heart.  I am the Lord God your deliverer, and will not forsake you.

Prophecy given to Steve Quayle, Bozeman, Montana on June 27, 1992

https://www.stevequayle.com/index.php?s=593 

:: 12-29-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WARNING: Canada Is Breeding Islamic Terrorists to Invade America

20,013 views David Heavener Published on Dec 29, 2018

David Heavener and ex-Muslim, Sandra Solomon, reveal the one-world government's agenda to enslave Christians, using their most powerful weapon: Islam.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b4KFtscg5S0 

:: 1-21-19 Stan Deyo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Unvarnished Truth About Illegal Immigration

Holly Deyo January 21, 2019 standeyo.com

This is a crisis on our southern border. For years those who promote open borders continue to regurgitate same the static number of 11 million people who reside in the U.S. illegally. An updated MIT/Yale study reveals the real number is closer to, if not exceeding, 22 million and a Fazel-Zarand study showed it could be as high as 29.1 million. This is a big ball and chain for American taxpayers to carry. Even when economic growth abruptly halted during the great recession of 2008, illegals still flooded the U.S. in an unending river. The Economic BOOM! Factor Now that President Trump has ignited America's economic engine, the number of illegals sneaking over our border has skyrocketed.

Businesses are moving back to the U.S.

Manufacturing jobs are making a comeback that President Obama assured were gone forever.

Unemployment for blacks, Asians and Hispanics is at all-time lows.

For young people, it's the lowest in 52 years, and for women, unemployment is the lowest in 65 years.

The number of people working now is the greatest in America's history and people in economically disadvantaged countries want a piece of the American pie.

Unemployment under Obama could do no better than 4.7%. Under Trump it's already at 3.7%. Obama simultaneously slaughtered good paying full-time jobs and replaced them with poor-paying part-time positions.

Obama slapped on so many regulations that it strangled business growth while simultaneously tying up established companies in red tape. Since Obama's departure, Trump has removed more regulations than any president in history. For every new one passed, the president removed 22 his first year in office and in 2018, he exceeded his campaign promise of removing 2 for every new one. Once unhampered, businesses took off.

Instead of the U.S. bankrupting itself by paying more than all other countries combined to the UN, Trump is asking (and getting) other countries to pay their fair share. Wanted: Educated, Skilled Employees While there is a need for employees, it is for skilled, educated personnel. Check the latest info from the Bureau of Labor Statistics in the chart above. Virtually all of these jobs require skill and or higher education. Speaking and writing our language is mandatory except in construction. We hear many job site workers around Colorado speaking nothing but Spanish. It doesn't require English to hammer in a nail or haul a 2x4. When we walked over to see a home under construction, we asked to the see site plan and he couldn't understand a word except 'hola.' The site manager understand a bit more, but his English more Spanglish. Counting the Costs Pro-open border people, continually parrot that illegals contribute to the economy in taxes. They do, but in a comparatively insignificant way to the tune of about $19 billion year, but they cost U.S. taxpayers roughly $135 billion during that same time. Much of their huge bill is driven by free medical care, education and law enforcement. That's hardly an equitable trade-off. Illegal immigration has also burgeoned into a massive problem because of the diseases – including TB, Pneumonia, Influenza and Parasites – coming with them and the burden on our infrastructure. Most don't even have a high school education and are often illiterate even in their native tongue. So the chance of them qualifying for most positions in the medical and IT industry, and the other job fields outlined above is exactly zero. Instead they go on welfare, which is an enormous bill for Americans to foot because we have big blind compassionate hearts. Overwhelmed and Underpaid

Shelters in border cities and at ports of entry are beyond capacity. Border agents admit they are being overwhelmed by the illegal, uninvited masses. They want border barriers to help stop human traffickers and unimaginable amounts of illicit drugs in addition to the huge influx of illegal aliens, and funnel them into ports of entry. Agreed, an overhaul of our immigration system is waaaay overdue. LEGAL immigration takes too long – years – massive loopholes exist in Federal law like catch-and-release and overcrowded detention facilities that ends in FREE release into American cities and towns, and immigration courts are backlogged by 900,000 cases. Outdated Laws Most egregious is the anchor baby law, which twists the 14th Amendment that applied to slaves back in the day, not illegal immigrants today coming here to 'drop a joey' to secure citizenship. Unfortunately, hundreds of liberal Obama-appointed judges have stacked the courts in their favor. Most onerous is the 9th Circuit Court in California. This is where every liberal beats feet when they want to block President Trump's proposed legislation to fix our immigration system. Trumping stupid immigration laws is the policy that says if even 1 TOE of an illegal hits U.S. soil, they have to be let in. We happily recognize this for Puerto Ricans as Puerto Rico is a U.S. territory and they are U.S. citizens. The rest of the world is not so they should have no claim here. Most offensive is that those who do the right thing by submitting immigration paperwork and fees, background checks and all the rest, are shoved to the back of the line by millions of illegals pushing their way to the front. However, an immigration overhaul still would not curtail the stampeding masses with a bulls-eye on our southern border. It requires more and better physical barriers, technology and additional border agents. Border Crisis in 13 Points

1) In 2018, 17,000 adults at the border with existing criminal records were arrested by CBP and border agents.

2) In 2017 and 2018, ICE arrested approximately 235,000 aliens on criminal charges or convictions – already inside the U.S – including 100,000 for assault, 30,000 for sex crimes and 4,000 for murder.

How sick are you of politicians saying that illegal immigrants commit far fewer crimes than U.S.-born citizens. Two things they conveniently aren't factoring in.

Taking the mean number of 22M illegals compared to the entire U.S. population of 328M, that's a 1-15 ratio. Naturally the number of their crimes is smaller.

More importantly, if they weren't here in the first place, tens of thousands of assaults, rapes and murders wouldn't have been committed.

3) 60,000 illegal and inadmissible aliens a month arrive on our Southern Border. 

4) In December 2018 alone, 20,000+ were minors smuggled into U.S.

5) The backlog at Immigration Court is nearly 900,000 cases.

6) In 2017, approximately 135,000 illegal and inadmissible family units arrived from Central America. Less than 2% were removed due to shortage of resources and loopholes in federal laws.

7) So far in 2019, there is a 280% increase in family units from 2018.

8) Democrats and others who bark protests at a physical barrier have overlooked 2 critical problems – or maybe they're counting on this.

1) In the case of an EMP strike, chips in the technological aspects of border security would be fried and rendered useless. Since such a destructive outage would last months, possibly years, people would become desperate and a border wall would be more crucial than ever. Why would we take in foreigners when 48.8 million Americans, including 16.2 million children, go hungry here every year?

2) Drones can't fly in rain. In reality, border security would be no better than it is right now – porous as Swiss cheese. 

9) Drugs seized at Border Jan-Aug 2018:

47,945 pounds – Cocaine

4,813 pounds – Heroin

283,084 pounds – Marijuana

67,292 pounds – Methamphetamine

1,357 pounds – Fentanyl (thru July 31)

Think about this: 2 milligrams of Fentanyl = 600,000,000 lethal adult doses. The amount of Fentanyl brought into the U.S. in the first 7 months of last year – those 1,357 pounds – was enough to kill every man, woman and child TWICE. Keep in mind it takes considerably less than 2mg to kill a baby. This doesn't take into account all the Fentanyl that wasn't intercepted, nor does it count all the deadly pounds that was brought into the U.S. before and after those 7 months. Pictured right is what a lethal dose of Fentanyl looks like compared to a penny. If nothing else, the amount of deadly drugs flooding America through our southern border, constitutes a national emergency.

10) 300 Americans die every week from heroin – 90% floods across our Southern Border.

11) Illegal immigration as humanitarian crisis:

1 in 3 migrant women sexually are assaulted on trip to the U.S.

50 illegal migrants a day are referred for emergency medical care

CBP rescues 4,300 people a year who are in danger and distress. Read the rest here.

The journey to the U.S. through Mexico is so dangerous for girls and women that 60-80% are raped by guides (coyotes), fellow migrants, bandits and government officials. Birth control doesn't require a prescription in Mexico and mothers make sure they and their daughters take contraceptives before traveling. Even priests are handing out birth control to them. 12) Unqualified for asylum. Honduras Foreign Affairs Vice Minister, Nelly Jerez, was honest with Fox News reporter, Griff Jenkins. She shared on January 14, 2019 that there are 3 main reasons for the Hondurans leaving their country.

1) Better job/quality of life because of lax U.S. immigration laws

2) Reunite with family members already in the U.S. and

3) Escape violence.

These aren't qualifying reasons for asylum in the U.S., which requires proving a well-founded fear of persecution in their home country on account of race, religion, nationality, political opinion, or membership in a particular social group. Wanting a job is a non-starter. Yesterday, Griff interviewed members of the first 2019 Honduran caravan that left on January 15th. It now has about 3,000 people. A second 2019 caravan departed El Salvador for the U.S. the next day, and a third 2019 caravan left San Pedro Sula, Honduras for the U.S. at 5:30 yesterday morning. So, this is what, the 4th or 5th caravan now from Honduras?) This IS NOTHING LESS THAN AN INVASION. Caravaners openly admitted to Griff they are looking for work, period, which they can get in Mexico. Mexico is freely offering them work visas. They further admitted they have no intention of coming into the U.S. legally, but plan to sneak across the border. 13) One is the dumbest, most pointless, ill-considered 'solutions' politicians have suggested to curtail the massive caravans from Central America is to PAY these countries even more money. Two things are really wrong with this:

1) It hasn't worked so far and

2) Corruptocrats grab the money before it reaches the people.

In just 4 years, Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador will have received nearly $1.3 BILLION from the U.S. and their people are still coming in massive caravans.

As long as corruption within these countries remains rampant and uncontrolled, our foreign aid doesn't and won't reach the people, for the greatest part. One article described the non-stop corruption there as a "habit". It further revealed that 1/3 of the people in those countries have had to pay bribes to access public services, so the $$ are not reaching the masses. Percent of people who have had to pay bribes: El Salvador: 31% Guatemala: 28% Honduras: 33 Nicaragua: 30%

So why should Americans continue to pour our tax dollars down an endless black hole when the success rate of combatting their corruption is described as “grim”. This is their way of life and never more clearly portrayed than when the brother of the Honduran president was arrested 6 weeks ago in Miami on large-scale drug trafficking charges. Funneling even more cash into Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador is yet another false solution to encourage illegal immigrants to stay in their own countries much like our politicians who say walls don't work. Walls DO Work Ask any of the 77 countries who have built them. Ask our Border Patrol Agents. Ask Americans who live by the border that now have physical barriers and didn't previously. They share it's cut down illegal traffic to virtually zero. Their homes are no longer being broken into. Ask our farmers who live there, too. Their property / cattle fencing is no longer being cut down, their outside water not left running, their crops aren't being trampled and stolen or their animals stolen, nor are enormous piles of filth and trash dumped on their land. Ask these experts who know walls work, see that walls work, yet politicians – most who have never even visited our southern border – say they don't. This border wall fight that President Trump is waging is for nothing less than the preservation of our country. Believe it!

http://www.standeyo.com/Holly_Articles/190121.stats.on.illegals.html 

:: 1-21-19 Daily Mail  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thousands of caravan migrants trek and hitch-hike across Mexico after hundreds were allowed in with no border checks and are now headed for the US

Hundreds of Central American migrants crossed into Mexico at the weekend as part of caravan heading to US

Some of the migrants were waved across the border from Guatemala without having to show any documents

Most said they now intended to reach America in search of a better life for themselves and their families

Donald Trump has shut down the US government as he tries to get Congress to fund a $5.7billion border wall

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline Published: 07:28 EST, 21 January 2019 | Updated: 09:18 EST, 21 January 2019

Hundreds of Central American migrants crossed into Mexico at the weekend, joining a group of 1,000 who entered last week and are now heading towards the US. Some of the migrants, who are largely from Honduras, said they were waved through Mexican immigration without any checks or being issued a wristband indicating that they still need to register with authorities. Meanwhile a much larger group are coming up behind them as part of the latest caravan trying to reach America in search of a better life for themselves and their families. Marco Antonio Cortez, 37 and from Honduras, who is traveling with his wife and children, aged two and nine, spoke to the Irish Independent on Sunday, saying: 'The road today was open. 'They didn't give us bracelets or anything, they just let us pass through Mexico migration.' Santos Pineda, 40 and from Honduras, also traveling with children, confirmed the account, saying he did not have to provide any documents at the border. Mexican president Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador has pledged a 'humanitarian' approach by allowing migrants access to Mexico, but providing jobs and opportunities for them in his country to stop them reaching America. The vast majority of those traveling in past caravans have abandoned their march somewhere in Mexico, either taking free transport back home again, or applying for work visas along the way. The first group of 1,000 reached the town of Huixtla on Sunday, meaning they are around a month away from hitting the US border, based on the speed at which previous caravans have crossed Mexico. Donald Trump has vowed to block any migrants attempting to come into the US illegally and has demanded $5.7billion from Congress in order to build a border wall, which was a key campaign promise. The Democrats and some Republicans are refusing to provide that funding, arguing that the amount he is demanding is excessive and that walls do not work. The impasse has led to a government shutdown which has seen 800,000 employees either furloughed or forced to work without pay, and is currently the longest in US history. Last week Mexican officials were photographed putting wrist bands on the migrants as they entered the country to monitor the flow of people. The bands must be kept until the migrants register with authorities. Once registered, migrants who met the requirements to stay would be issued humanitarian visas, allowing them to work in Mexico or continue to the U.S. border, said Ana Laura Martinez de Lara, director general of migratory control and verification. Those who entered Mexico at the official border crossing had done so in a 'very orderly' and respectful manner, in contrast to clashes that took place at the frontier in October when a larger caravan began crossing from Guatemala, she said. Some of the migrants expected to stay in Mexico to find work but it was too early to say how many, she said. Martinez de Lara said approximately 700 people were still waiting to cross into Mexico from Tecun Uman on the Guatemalan side of the border. She could not say if any people had tried to cross into Mexico illegally. Mexico's government said Foreign Minister Marcelo Ebrard planned to meet U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo soon for talks on their efforts to address the migration challenge. No date was yet set for the talks, a ministry spokeswoman said. Caravans from Central America have inflamed the debate over US immigration policy, with President Donald Trump using the migrants to try to secure backing for his plan to build a border wall on the frontier with Mexico. Mexican President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador is pursuing a 'humanitarian' approach to the problem, vowing to stem the flow of people by finding jobs for the migrants. In exchange, he wants Trump to help spur economic development in the region. The US government has been partially shut down for four weeks as Democrats resist Trump's demand that Congress provide $5.7 billion to fund his planned wall.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6615035/Thousands-caravan-migrants-trek-hitch-hike-Mexico-way-US.html 

:: 1-20-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXPOSED: Vaccine deep state plot to seize NaturalNews.com domain and criminalize all speech that questions vaccine propaganda

Sunday, January 20, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) The World Health Organization, a criminal cartel front for the vaccine industry, has just declared war on the so-called “anti-vax” movement. The W.H.O. is the same group that spiked vaccines given to women in Africa with abortion / infertility drugs. The W.H.O. is also the same fraudulent group that falsely declared H5N1 bird flu to be a “stage 6 pandemic” in order to create global panic that generated billions of dollars in vaccine sales to world government (which stockpiled the vaccines and then later spent a fortune having the unused vaccine destroyed). Now, the W.H.O. says that anti-vaxxers are one of the greatest public health threats of 2019, ranking the “vaccine hesitancy” movement right alongside Ebola as a public health threat. “Vaccine hesitancy – the reluctance or refusal to vaccinate despite the availability of vaccines – threatens to reverse progress made in tackling vaccine-preventable diseases,” claims the W.H.O. in a global health threat ranking document that also claims global warming — a quack science hoax fabricated by globalists — is also going to destroy humanity if we don’t surrender world economies to Al Gore. The real goal is to criminalize vaccine skepticism and shut down all online speech that’s critical of vaccine safety From sources inside the vaccine deep state, I’m being told that this declaration by the World Health Organization is just the first step in a major assault being unleashed against Natural News and other independent journalism sources that rightfully question the lack of safety in toxic vaccines. With this declaration in place, the next steps will include:

Passing laws in Australia, the United States and Europe that criminalize all online speech which is critical of vaccine safety.

Arresting and imprisoning individuals who discuss the truth about vaccine ingredients such as Thimerosal, squalene or aborted human fetal cells (i.e. aborted human baby parts).

Blacklisting all scientists who study vaccine composition.

Seizing all domain names of independent publishers who report the truth about vaccines.

Censoring all “anti-vax” content across all search engines, mobile devices and social media.

Banning all “anti-vax” films and movies by claiming they are “spreading disease” when, in reality, they are spreading the truth about vaccine dangers.

Watch my urgent video that exposes the WHO’s global agenda to criminalize and silence all “non-official” speech about vaccines I’ve just posted a hugely important video that explains the W.H.O. agenda to silence and criminalize all truthful speech about vaccines and vaccine ingredients. This is a must-watch video, and you can find it only on Brighteon.com: Brighteon.com/5991683887001

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-01-20-vaccine-deep-state-plots-to-seize-naturalnews-criminalize-speech.html 

:: 1-20-19 World Israel News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iron dome intercepts Syrian missiles following claims of attack on Damascus

January 20, 2019

The airstrike on Damascus is said to have taken place after an Iranian plane had just landed in the Syrian capital and with a second on its way.

By David Jablinowitz, World Israel News

Missiles fired towards the northern Golan Heights were intercepted by the Iron Dome missile defense system on Sunday afternoon, the Israeli military said. It happened just shortly after the Syrian regime had accused Israel of carrying out airstrikes in southern Damascus on Sunday morning, according to the official news agency SANA. It said that the attack triggered Syrian air defense systems. “A military source said that our air defenses had successfully engaged an Israeli aerial attack targeting the southern region and prevented it from achieving any of its objectives,” SANA reported. The Israeli military refused to comment on the reported strike. It is rare for such strikes to occur during daylight hours. Local Syrian media said that the target of the strike was in the town of al-Kiswah, south of Damascus, said to have been hit in the past, as well. Israel has cited bases near al-Kiswah as being used by pro-Iranian militias. In Sunday’s attack, approximately 10 missiles were fired at targets in al-Kiswah, according to Syrian media. There were no immediate reports on the extent of any damage. Social media said that the airstrike followed just hours after an Iranian cargo plane had touched down in the Damascus International Airport, based on airport flight information, and that another flight from Iran had been on its way to Syria on Sunday afternoon but “turned back right after Israeli airstrikes.”

Israel has vowed repeatedly to fight against Iran’s presence and influence in Syria.

https://worldisraelnews.com/syria-claims-it-intercepted-israeli-daytime-aerial-attack/ 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. Do you not see the volcanoes; do you not hear about the earthquakes, do you not realize that the plates underneath the ocean have shifted? Do you not see Russia on the move; does she not have her largest submarine setting off of North Carolina and South Carolina and Virginia? etc

:: 1-20-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Powerful M6.7 earthquake hits Chile, killing 2 and damaging buildings and streets near the epicenter (videos and pictures)

By Strange Sounds - Jan 20, 2019

A strong 6.7-magnitude earthquake hit north-central Chile on Saturday, January 19, 2019, with police reporting the deaths of two people from heart attacks. The quake struck at a depth of 53 kilometers (33 miles) with an epicenter some 15 km southwest of Coquimbo. An elderly man and an elderly woman from Coquimbo suffered cardiac arrests as a result of the quake. The main quakes and aftershocks produced several landslides, blocking national highways.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/01/powerful-m6-7-earthquake-hits-chile-killing-2-and-damaging-buildings-and-streets-near-the-epicenter-videos-and-pictures.html 

:: 3-30-2018 Editors VOX :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are We Prepared for the Next Mega Eruption?

The frequency of eruptions with a Volcanic Explosivity Index of 7 is only one or two per thousand years but we cannot afford to be complacent. By Fabio Florindoon 30 March 2018 In April 1815, Mount Tambora, on the Indonesian island of Sambawa, experienced a colossal eruption, with a rating of 7 on the Volcanic Explosivity Index (VEI). Tens of thousands of people died, about 100 cubic kilometers of rock blasted into the air, and the resulting sulfate aerosol in the upper atmosphere led to drastic weather changes in North America and Europe, causing food shortages. The following year, 1816, is known as the “Year without a Summer” due to the major climate abnormalities, and proved to be inspirational for art and literature (for example, Lord Byron, Mary Shelley, J.M.W. Turner). A previous VEI 7 eruption in the region, of the Indonesian volcano Samalas at Mount Rinjani in 1257 CE was implicated in the onset of a centuries-long cold period between the 14th and the 19th century called the Little Ice Age. Fortunately, the recurrence frequency of VEI 7 eruptions somewhere in the world is between one and two per thousand years, but this should not cause complacence in preparing for future events. Volcanologist Chris Newhall, with co-authors Stephen Self and Alan Robock, have recently published a paper in Geosphere exploring the potential consequences of the next VEI 7 eruption distinguishing between proximal and distal zones of hazards and risk. This study is not purely focused on catastrophic effects, but rather encourages other research groups to carry out studies and simulations in order to discuss the challenges for the short-range forecasting of such events and offer governments clear scientific bases on which to organize their prevention and emergency policies. The forecasts of Newhall et al. [2018] predict the drastic effects of a large volcanic event on a global scale in societies like ours that are increasingly connected, both in the fields of transport and data transmission. Our world is changing faster than at any time in human history and the next VEI 7 will strike a world very different from that affected by the last two eruptions. For example, more than 100,000 commercial flights take place in the world every day, and vast volumes of data are transmitted via communication satellites. The failure of the satellite-based global positioning system (GPS), a fundamental resource for geographical positioning, would create unprecedented problems for transport systems. It would affect aircraft, cars and other means of transport, for people, animals and goods. As a comparison, consider what happened during the 2010 eruption of the Icelandic volcano Eyjafjallajökull, although it was only VEI 3. A large column of smoke and dust reached the middle troposphere, spreading over part of Europe and the Atlantic Ocean by the winds. For safety reasons, a large number of scheduled flights were suspended, complicating the connections between Europe and North America, and beyond. The problem also involved the air transport of goods, leading to delays, errors, and estimated damages of over 4 billion euros. The world population has grown from 1 billion in 1815 to over 7.6 billion in 2018, with an increasing number of people living close to volcanoes with a major eruption potential. Newhall et al. have identified a list of candidate volcanoes that might be capable of a VEI 7 eruption. These include the Taupo Volcano in New Zealand, which produced an enormous VEI 8 eruption around 26,500 years ago, and the Campi Flegrei calderas along the Bay of Naples in Italy.

—Fabio Florindo, Editor-in-Chief, Reviews of Geophysics; and Istituto Nazionale di Geofisica e Vulcanologia, Rome, Italy; email: fabio.florindo@ingv.it

https://eos.org/editors-vox/are-we-prepared-for-the-next-mega-eruption 

:: 1-19-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'I feel like the house won't hold up': Anxious Alaskans fret as more than 7,800 aftershocks rattle residents seven weeks after 7.0 earthquake caused $100MILLION in damage

On November 30, Alaska was hit with a massive 7.0 earthquake

There were no casualties, though quake did cause $100million in damage

Since the quake, there have been more than 7,800 aftershocks

Some of the aftershocks have had magnitudes of 4.5 or greater

Alaskans have been trying to cope with the aftershocks

By Associated Press Published: 11:37 EST, 19 January 2019 | Updated: 22:48 EST, 19 January 2019

Seven weeks after a massive earthquake rocked Alaska, aftershocks are still shattering 7-year-old Connor Cartwright's sense of safety. They shake the earth far less than the 7.0 magnitude quake that sent a mirror, TV and dishes crashing to the ground in the Anchorage home where Connor lives with his mother, father and 11-year-old brother. But the seemingly never-ending aftershocks deepen quake anxiety for the second-grader and many other Alaska residents in the wide swath of the state shaken by the Nov. 30 quake. When the big aftershocks hit, Connor fears his home will collapse. 'I feel like the house won't hold up,' he said. Many of the aftershocks are so small that people don't notice them, like a recent one that Connor didn't feel at school - but his teacher made all the students dive under their desks to be safe. The latest big aftershock happened last Sunday - a magnitude 5.0 jolt that flared already frayed nerves and prompted panicky posts on social media. That one 'reminded people again that it's not over yet,' said seismologist Natalia Rupert at the Alaska Earthquake Center. There have been more than 7,800 aftershocks since the main earthquake struck 7 miles north of Anchorage, the state's most populous city. Most were too small to feel, but 20 have had magnitudes of 4.5 or greater.

Rupert expects the temblors to continue for months, although the frequency has lessened, from about 200 daily to a couple dozen a day. With no end to the seismic action in sight, Laura Dykes said her upcoming vacation trip to Las Vegas will be a huge relief from the stress she now experiences. The Anchorage law firm worker still has vivid memories of her basement office in a building swaying back and forth during the November earthquake. It was built on rollers to protect it from seismic events. 'I can't get out of here fast enough,' Dykes said. 'It'll be five days I can get sleep.' The earthquake buckled roads and some homes and buildings sustained heavy damage, with initial estimates to repair damage and other costs at about $100million. But most parts of Anchorage and other areas escaped the type of widespread catastrophic damage that happened in a devastating 1964 earthquake because of strict building codes that were put in place after that quake, which had a magnitude of 9.2 and was the second most powerful quake recorded on the planet. No deaths or serious injuries were reported after the quake seven weeks ago, but federal officials soon declared a public health emergency and mental health aid was made available for people traumatized by the event. School counselors were swamped and crisis counselors were brought in from Oregon to help at several Anchorage-area schools. Therapists and other professionals struggled to meet demand from a nervous public. Mental health providers say the rush of new patients has slowed, but they still treat clients rattled by the aftershocks, which strike without warning or any apparent pattern. 'It's overwhelming for people, and they feel emotionally out of control,' said Deborah Gonzales, a licensed clinical social worker in Anchorage. Gonzales said people tell her they can't stand the shaking and don't feel safe anywhere. Some are considering moving out of state while others say they feel 'crazy' - feelings Gonzales called '100 per cent normal.' For Connor, every noticeable shake triggers feelings of vulnerability, said his mother, Tamra Cartwright, adding that many of her friends' children also struggle with quake-related fears. Tamra Cartwright said her husband was at work when the main quake struck, but she and her sons ran out of the house and hugged each other as they huddled together outside. Along with broken family items, the only damage to their home was an existing hairline wall crack that was made wider. But Connor couldn't sleep in his own bed for weeks and only just returned to it. His mother said she 'totally' hates the aftershocks, but tries to 'be strong for my kids.' Lifelong Alaskan Robert Bell was 12 during the 1964 earthquake and remembers it as a rolling action while the recent quake was more of a back-and-forth movement that felt more violent even though it wasn't as powerful. The recent quake and its aftershocks have been like reliving that youthful experience over and over, Bell said. Bell, who worked in construction for years, built his own home and says it's safe and solid. But his heart races when the aftershocks hit. 'You don't know when the next one's going to hit - that's been unnerving,' he said. They're also unsettling for Ethel Sechlera. But the Anchorage supermarket cashier considers them a way for the ground to let out seismic pressures. 'I'd rather have the little aftershocks to keep from having the big one hit,' she said. Others shrug off the aftershocks as part of daily life in the most seismically active region of the U.S. 'I guess I'm a special kind of case because I don't really mind it so much,' said Isaiah Sagayo. 'I just continue on.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6610437/Anxiety-Alaska-endless-aftershocks-rattle-residents.html 

:: 1-21-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Over the moon! Thrilled stargazers around the world are treated to a stunning Super Blood Wolf Moon as it turns RED for AN HOUR following a total lunar eclipse

Star gazers in parts of the northern hemisphere caught a glimpse of the super blood wolf moon overnight

Cloudy skies had threatened to ruin the total lunar eclipse for those in the UK and US

The best view of the lunar eclipse for those in the UK was scheduled to take place at 5.12am (GMT), while the moon was to appear its most red for Americans at 11.41pm (EST)

Astronomers were particularly interested in this year's blood moon as it is the last of its kind for two years

By Emily Crane For Dailymail.com and Wires Published: 00:30 EST, 21 January 2019 | Updated: 13:46 EST, 21 January 2019

Stargazers around the world were treated to a spectacular Super Blood Wolf Moon last night as Earth's satellite turned bright red following a total lunar eclipse. The rare phenomenon, which made the moon appear larger and brighter, came together in the Americas on Sunday night and in parts of Europe and Africa in the early hours of Monday. Cloudy skies left some disappointed in Britain and the U.S. but where skies were clear astronomy buffs were able to see the moon turn a striking red color. The best view of the lunar eclipse for those in the United States was at 11.41pm EST on Sunday night while British stargazers had their best chance at 5.12am GMT. The full Moon appears larger than normal because it is closer to the Earth - around 222,000 miles (358,000 kilometers) away, instead of the average 239,000 miles - which earns it the nickname 'super Moon.' While the super moon and blood moon titles come from the brightness and reddish hue respectively, a full moon in January is sometimes called a 'wolf' moon. It earned the name wolf moon because it appears in January, when wolves were said to howl in hunger outside villages. This will be the last time that sky watchers in the UK will be able to experience a total lunar eclipse until 2029. The next chance for Americans to see a total lunar eclipse is 2022. A blood moon last occurred in July 2018, although clouds largely obscured the celestial phenomenon in the UK. It occurs when the Earth's shadow completely blankets the moon, making it appear red. The spectacular total lunar eclipse is visible with the naked eye - and unlike a solar eclipse, viewers do not need any eye protection. Given the bad weather forecast, some stargazers were urged to witness the celestial wonder livestreamed online to avoid missing it. Astronomers were particularly interested in this year's blood moon, which will hang in skies above the northern hemisphere, as it is the last of its kind for two years. 'We're going into this unusual lull in total lunar eclipses over the next couple of years,' explained Tom Kerss, an astronomer from the Royal Observatory Greenwich. 'So this is a really good one to catch as it's going to be a long time before you catch another one like this, we will have other lunar eclipses, we just won't have anything quite as spectacular until May 2021.' In Europe, the eclipse was visible in North and South America, Greenland, Iceland, Ireland, Great Britain, Norway, Sweden, Portugal and the French and Spanish coasts. Many lunar eclipse festivities were canceled due to a flash freeze across the central and northeastern U.S. states on Sunday. Days earlier, it seemed the biggest threat to the cosmic fun was cloudy skies but it turned out a wet, wide-ranging snowstorm followed by a deep freeze on Sunday made driving and outdoor activities too hazardous. Eclipse parties were canceled from Indiana's Lemon Lake County Park to New Jersey's Rowan University. The rest of Europe, as well as Africa, had a partial view of the eclipse, while Australia, New Zealand and most of Asia missed out on the spectacle.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6614097/Star-gazers-world-treated-stunning-Super-Blood-Wolf-Moon.html 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2019: What's Next?

By Hal Lindsey

A New Year’s Day Politico headline encapsulated the dread filling the political world: “Yes, 2019 Is the Year You Were Worrying About.” Markets are rattled by a looming trade war with China, a Fed that seems determined to relegate prosperity to America’s rearview mirror, and a level of instability in Washington rivaled in American history only by the runup to the Civil War…. Any of these things could translate into a full-blown recession…. Meanwhile, the rest of the world remains dependent on the teetering American economy for their prosperity. The North Korea denuclearization deal seems to be falling apart before it even begins…. China is building weapons designed to destroy US aircraft carriers…. The overall buildup of the Chinese military is one of the largest ever undertaken. It includes a heavy emphasis on space weapons and the destruction of the digital infrastructure that America and the West depend on for their very survival…. Russia remains a nuclear superpower, and its President, Vladimir Putin, seems determined to build a new generation of exotic superweapons. In Washington, a power base entrenched for generations is intent on bringing down this President. They may or may not have legitimate legal arguments against him. We will see as reports finally surface in 2019. But instability in Washington — with fault on both sides — was the hallmark of 2018 and looks to grow even worse in the new year. Bible prophecy is being fulfilled in dramatic, even spectacular ways. That’s good news because it means that the return of Jesus is getting closer. But the Bible makes it clear that the buildup to Christ’s return will be anything but pleasant. At some point, those of us who are in Christ will be raptured out of here. But between now and the rapture, difficulties will increase. America’s power and influence may be destroyed even sooner than we had imagined. What about you? What about your family, neighbors, and friends? What about your church and community? What happens now? What happens to you and those you love? Here’s the thing to remember. Psalm 23 still applies. “The Lord is my shepherd.” He’s still my shepherd, even in the end times. “I shall not want.” He still provides for my needs even in economic hard times. “He makes me lie down in green pastures; He leads me beside quiet waters. He restores my soul; He guides me in the paths of righteousness For His name’s sake.” It’s all still true. And if things become extremely bad, remember verses 4-6. “Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I fear no evil, for You are with me; Your rod and Your staff, they comfort me. You prepare a table before me in the presence of my enemies; You have anointed my head with oil; My cup overflows. Surely goodness and lovingkindness will follow me all the days of my life.” I don’t know what will happen in 2019. But I know goodness and mercy will follow me. And if you’re in Christ, they will follow you, too. I believe we will continue to see a fulfillment of the general trends laid out in scripture. Yet, even with that, Jesus said there would be an ebb and flow like with the labor pains of childbirth. That means we can’t make precise, year-by-year predictions. But if you are in Christ, I know a great deal about your future. The big one is this. You’re headed for heaven! The 23rd Psalm ends with an eternal beginning. “And I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-5-2019/ 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Sure Word

By Hal Lindsey

Some evangelical Christians kiddingly state their position on Bible prophecy as “pan-tribulationist,” or “pan-millennial.” Then they give the punch line. “I believe it will all pan out.” I understand what gives rise to such thinking. In order to understand Bible prophecy, you have to dig into scripture. “Rightly dividing the word of truth” (2 Timothy 2:15 KJV) requires diligence and effort. And to top it off, those who study prophecy sometimes come away with different opinions. For that reason, many followers of Christ throw their hands in the air and say, “I’m not going to think about it. I trust God. He will take care of things. It will all pan out.” Yes, God is sovereign. His side wins. But it is sad when people who love God ignore so much of His counsel. The Bible is a prophetic book. Some scholars say that one-fourth of it is prophecy. Others say the percentage is even higher — maybe one-third. Either way, prophecy is clearly important. If the only thing we need to know is that it will “all pan out,” then why did God put so much prophetic teaching in His word? If you find prophecy intimidating, remember that all Bible doctrines seem inexhaustible to the human mind. Consider the Attributes of God. You can spend a lifetime on any one of His attributes — and barely scratch the surface. But just because we cannot exhaust a topic, does not mean we can’t have real knowledge of that topic. We can’t fully grasp God’s omnipotence, but because His word tells us about it, we can have a true and real understanding of it. Based on His word, we can know what it is, and we can rationally discuss it. In John 14:3, Jesus said, “I will come again.” That is a clear and concise statement. He said it because He wants us to know it. We can trust those words. It doesn’t tell us everything about end-times prophecy, but it tells us something real — something we can build our lives on. Jesus is coming back! Ironically, that’s where some so-called theologians begin to disagree. Jesus explained many times and in many ways that He will return. The fact that some dispute the obvious is no reason to doubt the obvious. “I will come again” is as clear as, “For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son….” (John 3:16) Trust it. Lean on it. Find comfort in the knowledge. At Christmas we often recite Isaiah 9:6-7. “For unto us a Child is born, Unto us a Son is given; And the government will be upon His shoulder. And His name will be called Wonderful, Counselor, Mighty God, Everlasting Father, Prince of Peace. Of the increase of His government and peace There will be no end, Upon the throne of David and over His kingdom, To order it and establish it with judgment and justice From that time forward, even forever.” (NKJV) Those verses foretell Christmas, but they don’t end there. They take us from the manger into eternity future — and give us loads of information about what must happen along the way. The Book of Revelation reveals amazing and glorious things about Jesus. It takes things said about Him in the Old and New Testaments to their logical and astounding conclusions. I hate to think that anyone would ignore Revelation because naysayers have convinced them that they can’t understand it. You may not understand all of it, but just reading it will build your faith and enlarge your vision of Christ. Prophecies in Daniel give us tremendous evidence that the Bible could only be written under the inspiration of God. In Matthew 24, Jesus gave one of the longest of His recorded speeches, and it was all about His Second Coming. More and more, I hear people say, “I heard all that stuff years ago. Nothing happened, so I don’t believe it.” In saying things like that, they are unwittingly fulfilling yet another sign of the coming Day of the Lord.

2 Peter 3 says, “In the last days mockers will come with their mocking, following after their own lusts, and saying, ‘Where is the promise of His coming? For ever since the fathers fell asleep, all continues just as it was from the beginning of creation.’” (2 Peter 3:3-4) Verses 8-10 say, “But do not let this one fact escape your notice, beloved, that with the Lord one day is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The Lord is not slow about His promise, as some count slowness, but is patient toward you, not wishing for any to perish but for all to come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come like a thief. ”Bible prophecy laid out the first coming of Jesus with perfect accuracy and in stunning detail. As we look around at our own time, we can already see that the details about the Lord’s Second Coming are just as perfect and just as stunning. And we are seeing it all in our own time with our own eyes. We live in one of history’s most amazing moments. And you’re here to witness it. So, watch and study. Don’t miss the joy and amazement of the times you live in.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-28-2018/ 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The History of What Comes Next

by Hal Lindsey

Everyone wants to know what happens next. That makes predicting the future big business. Huge corporations spend millions on consulting firms to tell them what’s around the corner. Many of these consultants create computer models that take known facts and attempt to extrapolate from them an understanding of the unknown future. But even in our modern era, many approach the future much as their pagan forebears did. Astrologists, spiritualists, psychics, mystics, palm readers, and other occult practitioners rake in huge amounts of money, especially in times of uncertainty. In our everyday lives, we make sense of the future by looking at the past. The sun has been rising for a long time. We assume it will rise again tomorrow. None of us have seen tomorrow yet, so we use our brains the way scientists use their supercomputers. We extrapolate — make educated guesses. But God doesn’t have to guess. For human beings, time passes sequentially. We’re like people along the street watching a parade. A helicopter pilot flying above the parade can see it all at once. On the ground, we see what’s right in front of us. From on high, he sees the whole parade at once, from beginning to end. That’s a small picture of the way God sees time. Isaiah 57:15 calls Him, “the High and Lofty One Who inhabits eternity.” (NKJV) In other words, He’s already an eyewitness to the future. God can and does reveal certain things about the future to us. Through the prophet Daniel, He correctly laid out a detailed outline of world history from Daniel’s time forward, covering the next 600 years. In our time, we see the nations of the world aligning themselves in ways predicted by Daniel and the other prophets. But to really understand the future, we have to see the context of prophecy. To do that, look at two things — the fundamental nature of God and the series of promises He has made. Assurance of the latter depends on our certainty of the former. A promise is only as good as the one making the promise. Does a lifetime money-back guarantee mean you’re covered until the end of your days? Not necessarily. A company can go belly-up. Bankrupt owners might not have the ability to keep their warranty. Other businesses are scams from the beginning. So, before we look at God’s promises, we have to look at His attributes. Does He have the ability to fulfill His promises? If so, does He have the good character needed to keep His word? Theologians often use the word “omnipotent” to describe God’s ability. “Omni” means all, and “potent” means power. In Genesis 17:1, God said to Abraham, “I am God Almighty.” Almighty is another word meaning all powerful. Revelation 19:6 says, “And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.” Our imaginations fall short when trying to grasp the power and magnificence of a single star — our sun. Yet scientists say a typical galaxy contains a hundred billion stars of which the sun is merely average. Our Milky Way contains up to 400 billion stars. And the universe contains at least a hundred billion galaxies. Think of that, and then think of Genesis 1:1 — “In the beginning God created the Heaven and the earth.” Isaiah 40 says, “‘To whom then will you liken Me, or to whom shall I be equal?’ says the Holy One. Lift up your eyes on high, and see who has created these things, Who brings out their host by number; He calls them all by name, by the greatness of His might and the strength of His power.” (Isaiah 40:25-26 NKJV) Yes. The Almighty Creator of all things has the ability to keep His promises. But what about His character? His capabilities wouldn’t matter if His honesty couldn’t be trusted. Remember the vast universe I just described? In Mark 13:31, Jesus said, “Heaven and earth will pass away, but My words will not pass away.” Numbers 23:19 says, “God is not a man, that He should lie.” Isaiah 40:8 says, “The grass withers, the flower fades, But the word of our God stands forever.” Titus 1:2 says “God . . . cannot lie.” (NASB) God cannot lie! That’s not a limitation on His omnipotence; it’s an expression of it. 2 Timothy 2:13 says, “He cannot deny Himself.” (NASB) He remains forever true to Who He is, and He is truth. (John 14:6) Because of His power and His character, His promises cannot fail. The moment He makes a promise, it is as good as done. To gain an understanding of the future, then, we need to examine His promises. Some of them were conditional, such as the covenant of the law given through Moses. Other promises were unconditional. He promised to Abraham that He would give the Promised Land to Abraham’s offspring through Isaac and Jacob. God would reiterate this promise many times in many ways. So it must happen. God promised King David, “Your house and your kingdom shall endure before Me forever; your throne shall be established forever.” [2 Samuel 7:10-11,16 NASB] That promise can be fulfilled only in the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. What’s going to happen? All the things God promised.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-29-2016/ 

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 1-20-19 Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World War 3: Russia sets up NUCLEAR MISSILES near Ukraine border – Crimea crisis DEEPENS

RUSSIA has deployed an arsenal of nuclear-capable missiles close to the border of Ukraine - stoking further tensions between the two Crimean adversaries following an incident on the Sea of Azov in November.

By Joe Gamp PUBLISHED: 09:23, Sun, Jan 20, 2019 | UPDATED: 14:05, Sun, Jan 20, 2019

Satellite imagery released by ImageSat International show what appears to be short range and nuclear-capable Iskander ballistic missiles stationed in Krasnodar, around 270 miles south east of the Ukrainian border. The new images show a missile compound and several bunkers as well as a second compound nearby An Iskander missile launcher is stationed next to a transloader vehicle, which is used to load fresh ammunition into the launcher. Another transloader could be seen leaving a bunker close by, the door of which appears to be left open. The imaging company claimed the set up could be construed as a “signal from Russia to the US”, Fox News reports. Another similar drill was held at an Iskander site near the Siberian city of Ulan-Ude, according to further imagery. Iskander missiles have a range of up to 310 miles, with the Donbass region of east Ukraine within distance of the missile. Pro-Russian militants have been fighting government forces near the Russian border since 2014 in an effort to establish an independent state, while Russian forces have given military support to fighters. It follows news in January this year that Washington ordered Moscow to scrap a controversial missile project if it wants to salvage the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces (INF) Treaty, which the two countries signed in 1987. The treaty banned ground-to-air missile launchers from firing nuclear or conventional missiles with a range between 310 and 3,417 miles. But rumours the Iskander can fire further than 310 miles have stoked tensions, with many believing the INF treaty between US and Russia is at risk. Last week, a senior Russian official gave a warning to Kiev, suggesting its cooperation with western powers put its sovereignty at risk. Security Council Secretary Nikolai Patrushev told Russian newspaper Rossiyskaya Gazeta: “The Kiev authorities are doing everything to split Ukraine, implementing the West's scenario for separating Ukraine from Russia, while ignoring the interests of their own people. “In the end, the country was effectively split. The continuation of such a policy by the Kiev authorities may contribute to Ukraine's loss of statehood.” A war between the two nations is ongoing, even though a cease fire between the two nations was agreed upon in 2015. In November last year, tensions were further fulfilled when Russian naval forces opened fire on and detained three Ukrainian vessels on the Black Sea. Russian forces stopped three Ukranian ships from passing through the Sea of Azov – a shared territory that Moscow has continually tried to claim after seizing the peninsula in 2014 According to reports, the FSB security service said it launched the attack after ships had "entered its waters illegally" and allegedly ignored warning to halt. Russia said it used weapons "in order to stop the Ukrainian military," which it claims illegally entered its waters, confirming "three Ukrainian navy ships were boarded and searched.” In December, Vladimir Putin’s Government branded France and Germany’s demands to release the 24 Ukraine sailors Russia is holding as “unacceptable”. Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov was quoted by news agency RIA, detailing how Mr Putin told Germany’s Angela Merkel in a phone call that the sailors were under investigation and were being dealt with in accordance with Russian law. The 24 Ukrainian sailors are still detained in pretrial detention.

https://www.express.co.uk/news/world/1074935/world-war-3-crimea-crisis-russia-ukraine-border-nuclear-missiles 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc

:: 1-18-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump's 'Deal of the Century' Will Give Palestine 85 to 90 Percent of the West Bank, Israeli Media Outlet Speculates

Amanda Casanova | Religion Today Contributing Writer | Friday, January 18, 2019

Most of the West Bank of Jerusalem will be given to a future Palestinian state as part of President Donald Trump’s “deal of the century” peace plan for Israel and Palestine. According to a report from Israeli media, the proposal would divide Jerusalem, where eastern Jerusalem would belong to a sovereign Palestinian state and western Jerusalem, including the Old City, would go to Israel. The White House has said this proposal released by the Israeli media is “speculation” and “inaccurate.” According to the report, however, under the peace deal, Palestine and Israel can swap land. In one case, Palestine would be given 85 to 90 percent of the West Bank, but major settlement areas would be given to Israel. The full proposal is expected to be released April 9. According to CBN News, the Palestinian Authority has already rejected the plan. The Palestinian Authority said "any peace plan that does not include an independent Palestinian state – with all of East Jerusalem as its capital – on the 1967 borders, is destined to fail."

https://www.christianheadlines.com/blog/trump-s-deal-of-the-century-will-give-palestine-85-to-90-percent-of-the-west-bank-israeli-media-outlet-speculates.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 1-20-19 I 24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF intercepts Golan Heights rocket after Syria accuses Israel of airstrike

01/20/2019 1:38:07 AM Updated on 01/20/2019 10:31:27 AM Written by i24NEWS - AFP

Strikes followed two separate bombings in Damascus and Afrin blamed on 'terrorists' Syrian air defenses on Sunday "thwarted Israeli air strikes" in the south of the country, state news agency SANA reported quoting a military source. Shortly afterwards, witnesses reported seeing two Iron Dome air-defense missiles launched over an Israeli ski resort on Mount Hermon in the Golan Heights. Israel confirmed its air defenses had been activated in a military statement, reporting that the Iron Dome had intercepted a rocket fired at the northern Golan Heights, which lies on the border with Syria and Lebanon. Russia claimed four Israeli F-16 fighter jets attacked Syria from the direction of the Mediterranean Sea, firing seven missiles at Syria which were downed by Syrian air defenses without any damage or casualties. During his historic visit to Chad, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu proudly suggested that Israel was responsible for the attack, saying that Israel's policies against its enemies are iron-clad. "We have a fixed policy: to undermine Iranian entrenchment in Syria and to harm anyone who tries to harm us." Netanyahu, said while visiting the African nation in an attempt to re-establish diplomatic ties nearly 50 years after they were severed. "This policy does not change when I'm in Israel, and it does not change when I am in Chad," he added. Syrian state media did not immediately address the reported strike into Israeli territory, but said that Israel had used Lebanese airspace to launch nine missiles into Syria. Syrian media said the air defense systems "effectively addressed" the attack and "prevented Israeli air strikes from achieving their objectives in the south" of the country, the state broadcasters said, without giving further details. Syrian media reports said that six Israeli missiles were fired at targets south of Damascus international airport, with five intercepted. Shortly after Syria sounded the alarm about the alleged airstrikes, an Iranian plane bound for Damascus abruptly turned around mid-flight. Israel has acknowledged carrying out hundreds of strikes in Syria, including in the vicinity of the Damascus airport, in raids targeting Iranian military positions or weapons caches destined for the Lebanese terror group Hezbollah. Such strikes are rarely carried out in daylight hours, however, making Sunday's alleged raid exceedingly rare. Sunday's alleged strikes came after Russia reportedly warned Israel that it would not tolerate continued attacks on and around the Damascus airport as it seeks to return it to full operational capability, according to the London-based Arabic-language newspaper Al-Quds Al-Arabi. The strikes also followed two separate bombings in Damascus and Afrin blamed on "terrorists". A London-based Syrian Observatory for Human Rights war monitor said a "huge explosion" near a military intelligence office in southern Damascus had left a number of people dead and wounded. Another bombing killed three people and wounded nine others in the northern Syrian city of Afrin on the first anniversary of a Turkish offensive on the Kurdish-majority region, the Observatory said. State news agency SANA said that a "bomb blast" had caused an explosion in Damascus. The state broadcasters said there had been no victims and reported that "a terrorist has been arrested." The Observatory told AFP, however, that the blast hit near a security branch in the south of the city and left a number of people killed and injured, though the toll could not immediately be verified. It was unclear if the blast was caused by a bomb that was planted or a suicide attack, according to the monitor, which relies on a network of sources inside the country. It said that shooting followed the explosion. The Afrin blast was the result of a bomb placed in a bus in the center of the city, according to the Observatory. Turkish troops and allied rebel groups seized the Afrin region from Kurdish forces in March last year after a two-month air and ground offensive. Syria is locked in a civil war that has killed more than 360,000 people and displaced millions since a brutal crackdown on anti-government protests in 2011 spiraled into full conflict. Damascus has been largely spared the worst of the violence during the country's brutal nearly eight-year war, but several bomb attacks have shaken the city. With key military backing from Russia, President Bashar al-Assad's forces have retaken large parts of Syria from rebels and jihadists, and now control almost two-thirds of the country. The Syrian regime in May reclaimed a final scrap of territory held by the Islamic State group in southern Damascus, cementing total control over the capital for the first time in six years. Observatory chief Rami Abdel Rahman said that Sunday's blast in Damascus appeared to be the first attack in the capital since a car bomb over a year ago that caused no casualties.

https://www.i24news.tv/en/news/international/middle-east/193557-190120-explosion-heard-in-syrian-capital-damascus-state-tv 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 1-20-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thanks to Buzzfeed, Leftist “News” Lost Again

John Dempsey Posted: Jan 20, 2019 12:01 AM

There is no reason to believe Buzzfeed, Salon, or any of those far left “news organizations.” They are full of a supposition that is intended to paint President Trump in a bad light, make him look anti-American and drive down his public polls numbers. Anything full of so much blatant opinion with no supporting facts is garbage. On Friday, Buzzfeed proved that to be true. Buzzfeed released a “bombshell report” this week. The article claimed that there was evidence proving Trump told his longtime personal attorney Michael Cohen to lie to Congress about a Trump Tower project plan in Moscow. The authors, Jason Leopold, and Anthony Cormier claimed the information came from two law enforcement officials involved in the investigation. Soon after publication, CNN had Cormier on to talk about the report. During the line of questioning, from Alisyn Camerota, Cormier admitted he had not personally seen the evidence causing a conservative media backlash. Buzzfeed released a statement to back their reporters; even the ones whom they hire after a proven history of false reporting like Jason Leopold. Later in the day, the Muller team rejected the Buzzfeed report. In no less than 12-hours, Mueller’s spokesperson released a statement saying that “BuzzFeed’s description of specific statements to the Special Counsel’s Office, and characterization of documents and testimony obtained by this office, regarding Michael Cohen’s Congressional testimony are not accurate.” Shortly after that, Buzzfeed released another statement saying that the Mueller officials need to be more specific. NBC’s Chuck Todd was giddy while reporting this “significant” development on the “Today Show.” Todd, however, threw in the caveat “if true” several times as if he was not sure but wanted to talk about the allegations.

The Buzzfeed story is a microcosm of left-wing media malpractice. The editors are so intent on getting Trump that they throw ethics to the wind. They are told something by an alleged anonymous source and run with it, feeding information to the public not caring about the outcome. It does not matter if the American public gets the truth as long as there is a negative cry against the president. This is unethical, irresponsible, dangerous, and harmful. Somehow, Buzzfeed and others feel that they must push their liberal agenda regardless of the costs. The American electorate voted, and Trump won the Electoral College. Period. It is fine that they are not happy about their results, but it is not their duty to lie and mislead. Americans want the truth. We need the truth. Not an agenda. The legacy media has become ethically-blind in their venture to oust the president. Under Democratic presidents, the leftist news has withheld critical information that one would have to read Conservative outlets to learn and the same applies for Republicans. But under Trump, the media has gone off of the rails. They cannot control him with allegations and accusations. Trump uses Twitter as a way to get around strategic news editing, and it makes them irate. Fully expect Trump to take this failed “bombshell” and run with it. Since the media began their assault on him as a candidate, Trump has pushed back against left-wing media attacks. His retaliation has been justified, and the press has validated and vindicated his rebukes. They are self-destructing. Buzzfeed and all the others are their own worst enemy. When someone is wrong, the best thing they can do to save face and hold on to some respect is to apologize, learn and not make the same mistake again. But the leftist media refuses to do that and this is why no one respects them. The media was horrified when Trump started calling them the enemy of the people. The left pushed back claiming that was somehow dictatorial and undemocratic, but all they have done is prove him right. Leftist media is the enemy. Any entity that will lie to you and be proven wrong time and time again is not your friend. Last night on CNN Chris Cuomo was not happy with Mueller. He stated,” Mueller didn’t do the media any favors tonight” referring to the released statement. I did not know Mueller worked for the media. Was he supposed to let this Buzzfeed article fly with no correction so left-wing narrative pushers could continue a false story? Cuomo said a lot more with that statement than intended. He further proved Trump’s statement that the press is the enemy of the people. Leftist media needs to stop wallowing in self-pity. They created the untrustworthy image for themselves. The result is a matter of biased choices gone wrong. Trump did not make them lie. Buzzfeed chose to run a story that was disputed by Mueller. One would think an investigative journalist would want to at least see the evidence before sticking his neck out. Especially one that already has credibility issues such as Leopold. Buzzfeed proved they are fake news and anyone else who propped the story up. If a news organization wants to be respected and taken seriously, then they should report the facts and let people think for themselves. Otherwise, people will laugh heartily at them, and they will deserve it. John Dempsey is a graduate of American Military University and has a deep understanding of law enforcement issues and how they relate to the Constitution, society and our culture. He has also been published in BearingArms.com and AmericanThinker.com. He can be followed on Twitter @John_Demp83.

https://townhall.com/columnists/johndempsey/2019/01/20/thanks-to-buzzfeed-leftist-news-lost-again-n2539321 

:: 12-29-18 Helsinki Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Guarded warehouse near airport and mysterious cargos from Baghdad; what is the US embassy in Helsinki up to?

Finland 29 December 2018

Why does the US Embassy in Helsinki need a big warehouse near Malmi Airport and what are the contents of thousands of kilograms of cargo sent to Helsinki from Baghdad?

A dilapidated warehouse in Malmi is being used by the US Embassy for unknown operations after a Wikileaks release revealed its location.  The anonymous looking building on Takoraudantie is notable only for the new 427 meter perimeter fence that according to the Wikileaks' database was ordered by the US Embassy in April 2018.  Situated across the street from the main entrance of Malmi Airport, the warehouse with its 3 meter high security fence appears an unlikely location for official embassy business. Neighbouring companies include a car yard and a tyre warehouse. Helsinki Times visited the perimeters this weekend. Security personnel, young Finns in uniforms with American flags on their arms, appeared nervous and suspicious when asked to comment on the warehouse and refused to even confirm the order of the new fence structure which now surrounds the compound. At one point a security guard appeared in a second floor window to carefully monitor this reporter's movements along Takoraudantie. Mysterious parcels from Baghdad The Wikileaks' database has also revealed mysterious packages being sent to the US Embassy in Finland from their embassy in Baghdad. The database displaying US embassy procurements around the world shows that tons of cargo are being distributed to Helsinki and other US embassies via regular airfreight cargo deliveries from Baghdad.  Twelve consignments, each logged at 5000 kilograms are recorded as sent to Helsinki and 23 other West European US embassies – an average of 2500 kilograms per US embassy. The reason for such a vast volume of embassy deliveries from Baghdad is as yet unknown but this latest disclosure follows Wikileaks news that the US Consulate in Frankfurt was a purchase and postal centre for distributing spy equipment to other US embassies worldwide. Concerns are now raised that the US Embassy in Baghdad is also being used as a main distribution centre for secret operations. In addition to Finland and Western Europe, the Wikileaks database shows that the US embassy in Baghdad disseminates hundreds of tons worldwide, with more than 300,000 kilograms recorded as being delivered Stateside alone. Incoming diplomatic mail between embassies receives customs clearance and is automatically classified as a US government shipment. The 80 page order list also details massive movements of road and air freight between Basra in the south of Iraq and Erbil in the north. No indication of the cargo contents are provided but the order sheets reveal convoys of trucks and vehicles were hired by Baghdad's US embassy for the mysterious shipments. Spy gadgets and surveillance operations The disclosure of the building's use by the US Embassy in Finland comes in light of revelations about US embassy spying activities worldwide, as featured in the Wikileaks' US embassy shopping list database. In a published list of more than 16000 miscellaneous items, requests also appear for recording devices disguised as pens, lighters, glasses, watches and even spy shirt buttons. Although US embassy procurements are public information, Wikileaks new database allows for country specific searches, giving clearer evidence of US embassy involvement in secret surveillance operations in certain parts of the world.. The timing of this latest Wikileaks' release came just hours after its Twitter accounts were cyber attacked late on Friday, ahead of the Christmas holiday. According to the database, requests made by the US Embassy in Finland appear to be for everyday items. Procurements include a tractor as well as services for snow removal, plumbing, gardening and cleaning. However, in light of 'Tactical Spy Equipment' purchased by US embassies elsewhere the existence of the warehouse compound near Malmi Airport raises concerns about potential secret operations closer to home. US Embassy official responsible for ordering the warehouse perimeter fence, was unavailable for comment. Worldwide, the Wikileaks' online data reveals that Latin America is the main target for purchases of spying equipment. Camera hats and USB drives as well as night visors and binoculars were among items procured for the US embassy in Colombia. But topping the list for requested surveillance items was the US embassy in El Salvador where the purchase of 'Tactical Spy Equipment' totalled 94 items. Back in 2017 Wikileaks documents revealed that the American consulate in Frankfurt had served as a covert base to carry out digital spy operations. Using the US Embassy shopping list database, Germany's Der Spiegel has now identified the consulate as a main buyer of spy equipment for diplomatic missions across Europe. These latest Wikileaks' revelations further highlight the role of US embassies in espionage activities across the globe. Some reports suggest over 80 US embassies worldwide conceal joint NSA-CIA “Special Collection Service” radio and electronic surveillance equipment. Such concerns add to the questions concerning activities at the Malmi warehouse and the secrecy surrounding it. However, the database of US embassy shopping lists reveals some less concerning items too with one evoking the craziness of an Inspector Clouseau rather than a cold, calculating 007: A person to count fish and clean the pond was sought by the consulate in Guayaquil, Ecuador after officials lost track of how many fish they possessed. The searchable Wikileaks database and info about Finland related activities can be found HERE. Will Sillitoe - HT Images Google maps

http://www.helsinkitimes.fi/finland/finland-news/domestic/16074-procurement-lists-reveal-us-embassy-s-clandestine-operations.html 

:: 1-15-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex Jones' InfoWars

The Alex Jones Radio Show Listen now

A French medical doctor addresses his President, Mr. Macron, in the most frank and visceral manner, pleading him to listen to his people in distress and calling him to account for the terrible situation France is in. The “Yellow Vest” doctor gives a diagnostic of the state of France and addresses the egalitarian distribution of taxes seen in the country. The ongoing protests in France are the result of many issues, but a proposed carbon tax was the straw that broke the camel’s back.

https://www.infowars.com/monsanto-vaccines-hear-the-yellow-vest-doctor-explain-the-reason-for-the-protests/ 

:: 7-14-18 Salon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Our cellphone addiction is turning wireless tech into an invisible weapon that’s destroying wildlife

Electromagnetic radiation from Wi-Fi and cell towers poses a “credible risk” to birds, mammals, insects and plants

Reynard Loki July 14, 2018 1:00AM (UTC)

This article was produced by Earth | Food | Life, a project of the Independent Media Institute. There is growing evidence that our addiction to cellphones could be impacting brain functionality and be the cause of stress, anxiety, insomnia and a lack of attention and focus. Now a new report has found that we’re not the only living things to be affected by our increasing dependence on wireless technology. Mammals, birds, insects and even plants are likely being harmed by the electromagnetic radiation (EMR) emanating from Wi-Fi, cellphone towers, broadcast transmitters and power lines, according to a new analysis of 97 peer-reviewed studies conducted by EKLIPSE, a biodiversity and ecosystem project funded by the European Union. The researchers said that “evidence is accumulating that mammals (e.g., bats and mice) have a magnetic sense” that is affected by radio-frequency-modulated electromagnetic fields (RF-EMR). Birds in particular may be highly susceptible. The researchers found that even weak magnetic fields in the radio frequency range can disrupt birds’ magnetoreception, their ability to use the Earth’s magnetic fields to orient themselves and find their way home. Homing pigeons are well-known for their magnetoreception, but this sense has also been detected in other animals, like red foxes, and there is evidence that even large mammals like deer use the planet’s magnetic fields to sense direction. A number of invertebrates, including worms, mollusks and fruit flies also use this ability. The report also concluded that EMR can also alter the metabolism of plants, causing “significant changes … demonstrated at cellular and molecular levels.” The authors noted that even a low level exposure to EMR “caused a rapid increase in stress-related transcript accumulation in tomato [plants].” Transcription is the first phase in the expression of a gene, in which a specific segment of DNA is copied into RNA. The authors said that their findings indicate “an urgent need to strengthen the scientific basis of the knowledge on EMR and their potential impacts on wildlife,” specifically calling out the “need to base future research on sound, high-quality, replicable experiments so that credible, transparent and easily accessible evidence can inform society and policy-makers to make decisions and frame their policies.” The UK charity Buglife (which proposed the analysis) warned that there wasn’t enough research to determine limits to EMR pollution. The group said that “serious impacts on the environment could not be ruled out” and urged that 5G transmitters should not be placed near street lights, which attract nocturnal insects like moths, nor in areas near wildlife. Buglife CEO Matt Shardlow, who served on the experts steering group of the report, warned that “there is a credible risk that 5G could impact significantly on wildlife.” He added: “We apply limits to all types of pollution to protect the habitability of our environment, but as yet, even in Europe, the safe limits of electromagnetic radiation have not been determined, let alone applied. This is a classic case of out of sight out of mind, just because humans cannot see electromagnetic radiation this does not mean that animals cannot ‘see’ the pollution or be significantly impacted at a neural or cellular level. A proper research program and clear policy measures are long overdue.” Shardlow specifically warned of the current rollout of 5th-generation wireless systems, or 5G networks, and called on telecommunications firms to research the impact of their wireless technology on wildlife and make their findings public. In May, Qatar become the first nation in the world to have a 5G network. The worldwide commercial launch of 5G is expected in 2020. The report authors also said that strong EMR fields increase the temperature in living tissue, but the intensity needed to induce such heating is “not experienced by wildlife (so far).” It’s notable that they left the door open to this other potential emerging threat, as cellphone adoption rates are steadily rising globally. The number of smartphone users worldwide is forecast to grow from 2.1 billion in 2016 to around 2.5 billion in 2019, according to Statista, a market research firm. That means more cell towers—and more EMR being emitted into the environment. “When you start to observe and realize that swallows and house martins no longer nest in towns and villages, when you realize that the sparrows have all disappeared, that in the evenings there are no bats flying in the dusk and that you no longer hear owls hooting, then you will begin to know what effect microwaves from cell towers and antennas are having on the environment,” said one commenter to a One World News article about the report. The report comes on the heels of a recent appeal to the United Nations, signed by more than 200 scientists from 41 countries, urging the international body to address the risks posed electromagnetic fields (EMF), physical fields produced by objects charged by electromagnetic fields and radio frequency radiation. Specifically, the scientists want the UN to “recognize that EMF exposure is an emerging health and environmental crisis that requires a high priority response.” “Biologists and scientists are not being heard on the committees that set safety standards,” said Dr. Martin Blank of the Department of Physiology and Cellular Biophysics at Columbia University and signatory of the appeal, in a video address on the website of International EMF Alliance, a group founded in 2009 that disseminates information to policymakers and health authorities about the potential effects of electromagnetic radiation. “The biological facts are being ignored and as a result, the safety limits are much too high. They are not protective.” Though evidence is mounting that humans may also be physiologically affected by EMF, the jury is still out on the impact of long-term low-frequency exposure. The World Health Organization (WHO) concluded that “current evidence does not confirm the existence of any health consequences from exposure to low level electromagnetic fields.” However, the agency does admit that “some gaps in knowledge about biological effects exist and need further research.” But the WHO is partially responsible for the widespread concern. As Bob Berman points out in his recent book "Zapped: From Infrared to X-rays, the Curious History of Invisible Light": “Some of the fears are based on a report issued in 2011 by the World Health Organization’s International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). The agency had gathered in Lyon, France, to discuss scientific studies surrounding the question of whether there’s a relationship between radio-frequency-modulated electromagnetic fields (RF-EMF) and cancer. After intense deliberations, and to the great surprise of the world at large, experts decided to classify RF-EMF waves emitted by cell phones, cell towers, and Wi-Fi networks as category 2B, indicating a ‘possible human carcinogen.’” For Dr. Blank and his colleagues raising the warning flag to the United Nations, the evidence is clear. “Cellphones, tablets, Wi-Fi, etc. Putting it bluntly, they are damaging the living cells in our bodies and killing many of us prematurely,” he said in his video address. “Rising exposure to electromagnetic radiation is a global problem. The World Health Organization and international standard-setting bodies are not acting to protect the public’s health and well-being. International exposure guidelines for electromagnetic fields must be strengthened.” In his video address, Dr. Blank suggested that the current EMF safety limits may be inadequate due to the influence of the telecommunications industry on the policymakers. “More protection will probably result from full disclosure of possible conflicts of interest between regulators and industry,” he said. “We have created something that is harming us, and it is getting out of control. Before Edison’s lightbulb, there was very little electromagnetic radiation in our environment. The levels today are very many times higher than natural background levels and are growing rapidly because of all the new devices that emit this radiation. An example that a lot of us have right now in our pockets is the cellphone.”

https://www.salon.com/2018/07/13/our-cellphone-addiction-is-turning-wireless-tech-into-an-invisible-weapon-that-is-destroying-wildlife_partner/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 1-15-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Religious Bigotry Beta Tested By Radical Liberals Called Out By Fellow Democrat, Causes Internal War As Media Jumps In To Attack Hawaii Rep. Tulsi Gabbard

- This Is All About Their Plan Of Attack On President Trump's Possible Third Supreme Court Nominee

By Susan Duclos - All News Pipe Line January 15, 2019

After the the chaotic circus surrounding the confirmation of Justice Brett Kavanaugh to the Supreme Court, Democrats were quite aware of the possibility the oldest member of the high Court, Ruth Bader Ginsburg, might end up retiring before President Trump's presidential term ended, which would provide him the opportunity to nominate a Supreme Court Justice, which would make his third. After failing to prevent Kavanaugh from being confirmed, despite their best efforts to destroy the man, his honor and his career with last minutes accusations of sexual misconduct stemming from over 30 years ago, none of which were corroborated, Democrat politicians decided on a method to attack and destroy Trump's potential third nominee, if President Trump nominated a woman to replace Ginsburg. In conservative political circles it is widely believed that if Ginsburg retires or passes away, President Trump will nominate a female Judge to replace her from his widely publicized short list of candidates. One name has risen above others in conversation, Amy Coney Barrett. Barrett was confirmed to the Seventh Circuit in November 2017 with a vote of 55-43 and three Democrats joining Republicans in confirming her. Barrett is a mother of seven children, five biological and two adopted. She is also a devout Roman Catholic. (See her full profile at Scotus Blog) DEMOCRATS PANIC AFTER GINSBURG FALLS ILL Following Ginsburg's fall and fracturing of three ribs, doctors found evidence of malignant lung cancer and in December surgically removed two nodes from her lung, which threw Democrats into a panic over the "possibility" that the 85 year old Justice may have to step down, or even pass away. Democrat Senators immediately started laying the groundwork for the possible obstruction of a Barrett Supreme Court nomination, using the confirmation of Brian Buescher, President Trump’s nominee for the U.S. District Court in Nebraska, as a test run. Senators Kamala Harris, (D-CA), and Mazie Hirono, (D-HI), in a blatant display of religious bigotry, started attacking Buescher for his membership in a highly respected Catholic charitable organization, the Knights of Columbus. Both lawmakers posed a series of written questions demanding to know if he would end his membership in the Knights of Columbus should he be confirmed. “The Knights of Columbus has taken a number of extreme positions,” Hirono wrote in the questionnaire. “For example, it was reportedly one of the top contributors to California’s Proposition 8 campaign to ban same-sex marriage.” Harris referred to the group as an “all-male society” and took issue with their positions on abortion and other culture war issues. “Were you aware that the Knights of Columbus opposed a woman’s right to choose when you joined the organization?” Harris queried. Conservatives called out the religious bigotry and the Senators' attacks on Buescher, but conservatives were not the only ones that publicly criticized that type of inappropriate questioning. Representative Tulsi Gabbard of Hawaii, a Democrat, wrote an op-ed for The Hill, titled "Elected leaders who weaponize religion are playing a dangerous game." While I oppose the nomination of Brian Buescher to the U.S. District Court in Nebraska, I stand strongly against those who are fomenting religious bigotry, citing as disqualifiers Buescher’s Catholicism and his affiliation with the Knights of Columbus. If Buescher is “unqualified” because of his Catholicism and affiliation with the Knights of Columbus, then President John F. Kennedy, and the 'liberal lion of the Senate' Ted Kennedy would have been “unqualified” for the same reasons. Article 6 of the U.S. Constitution clearly states that there "shall be no religious test" for any seeking to serve in public office. That op-ed was published on January 8, 2019, and Democrats were not at all happy that one of their own, a Democrat who is planning to run for President in 2020, would call them out publicly for their persecution of Buescher over his religious affiliation. THEY EAT THEIR OWN - LIBERALS GO AFTER GABBARD Retaliation by liberals was swift for Gabbard's opposition to the religious bigotry game plan to derail President Trump's judicial nominations. By January 13, 2019, the propaganda arm of the Democrat party, CNN, jumped into the fray with a nasty hit piece against Gabbard, titled "Tulsi Gabbard once touted working for anti-gay group that backed conversion therapy." Gabbard's father ran The Alliance for Traditional Marriage, a political action committee aimed at opposing pro-gay lawmakers and legislation that organized and spent more than $100,000 to pass an amendment in 1998 that gave the Hawaii state legislature power to "reserve marriage to opposite-sex couples." The amendment to the state's constitution passed. Gabbard was 17 at the time of the vote and cited working with her father and the organization during her run for the state legislature in Hawaii four years later when she was age 21. Gabbard would win her race, becoming the youngest woman elected to the Hawaii state legislature. Gabbard's father Mike was a prominent anti-gay activist in Hawaii. He was also the director of Stop Promoting Homosexuality and also served on the steering committees of the National Campaign to Protect Marriage and the Hawaii-based coalition, Save Traditional Marriage. He also once hosted an anti-gay radio show, Let's Talk Straight Hawaii. The Alliance for Traditional Marriage called homosexuality "unhealthy, abnormal behavior that should not be promoted or accepted in society." Then CNN's resident attack dog, Andrew Kaczynski, the same man that engulfed the network in the #CNNBlackmail scandal after threatening to dox (reveal personal information) a random internet user because he created a meme that President Trump shared on Twitter, went to the Wayback Machine to "uncover" that the organization had once supported gay conversion therapy. Kaczynski's attacked against Gabbard on behalf of Democrats didn't stop at just writing the hit piece against Gabbard, as he is seen arguing on Twitter when it was pointed out that both Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama "all went through similar shifts in views." That user then highlighted a Politico article titled "Obama Is Still Misleading Us on Same-Sex Marriage." Kaczynski responded with "Obama/Clinton might have not supported gay marriage but they didn’t make comments showing animus toward gay people like Gabbard. Her dad, who she worked for, was Hawaiian Tony Perkins & pushed policies like conversion therapy that cause harm to children." Then immediately continued "That’s pretty big difference between say Democratic positions on gay rights in the 1990s and 2000s and say Focus on the Family, Tony Perkins, and ex-gay ministries." The point here is liberals, and yes that includes the establishment media, are outraged that Gabbard is criticizing their religious bigotry being used to obstruct judicial nominations, and they are determined to destroy her for speaking the truth.

BOTTOM LINE With the possibility that Ruth Ginsburg may have to be replaced, radical liberal Democrats know they cannot use the same ploy against Amy Coney Barrett as they did with Brett Kavanaugh, and they cannot attack her for having seven children, so they coordinated another attack plan.... go after her religion and they used Brian Buescher as their beta test. The fact that Tulsi Gabbard called them out has made her the enemy in their eyes and now they are trying to destroy her for daring to highlight their religious bigotry. Frankly it is no surprise that radical liberals would attack the religious beliefs of a nominee, after all Democrats are the party that removed "God" from their mission statement in 2012. This is all about Ginsburg and the Democrats panic that President Trump is likely to get a chance to nominate a third Supreme Court Justice.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Lib_War_On_Gabbard_Is_ALL_About_Ginsburg.php 

:: 1-15-19 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

You are here: Home Opinion Greg Laurie: Why the Rapture Hasn't Happened (Yet)

The Gay Divide Is Taking Out Churches; Is Yours Next?

11:30AM EST 1/15/2019 Shane Idleman

In light of Justin Hoke being removed as pastor of Trinity Bible Presbyterian Church for posting the following: "Bruce Jenner is still a man. Homosexuality is still sin. The culture may change; the Bible does not," I thought it was appropriate and timely to re-release this article: With pastors stepping down, best-selling Christian authors remaining silent and popular worship leaders showing support for gay marriage, many are left baffled and confused. These points may help us better understand the great divide: 

1. The definition of love is misunderstood. To truly "love" others, we must first love God and His truth; that's the foundation (see Matt. 22:36-40). Does loving someone mean we approve of their lifestyle? Or does it mean we love them enough to share the truth? If a person is more worried about being liked than being truthful, do they really love those caught in sin more than those who are willing to speak the truth in love? The answer is obvious: Authentic Christians love the truth and others to the degree that they are willing to risk the consequences of confrontation in order to help others. This is genuine love, not hatred. The greatest gift parents can give to their children is love and truth rather than reinforcing a destructive lifestyle. How can one person review Bible verses dealing with this topic and come to the conclusion that gay marriage is biblical while others come to the opposite conclusion? It's very simple: The first group looks through the lens of opinion; the second group through the lens of genuine love and absolute truth. Listen to my one- hour interview on Fox News that will better illustrate the differences: youtu.be/tUH1aL33Dz8. Get Spirit-filled content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to our newsletter. Dr. Michael Brown recently remarked, "One reason people support gay marriage is because their gay friends are really nice and some seem to be committed Christians. They say their spiritual lives came alive when they realized they could be gay and Christian at the same time." I believe that they came alive because someone validated their lifestyle. This is no different than people who say they feel alive and renewed even though they are caught in adultery. Sin feels good for a season—that's the deception. But these seasons of sexual fulfillment are often short-lived—"Be not deceived: God it not mocked. For whatever a man sows, that will he also reap" (Gal. 6:7). True freedom comes from true repentance. 

2. Is the Bible clear or vague? Recent polls show that less than 50 percent of believers even read their Bible, let alone practice it. And, as we know, to read truth without practicing it leads to deception. No wonder there's confusion. Additionally, many of the proponents are embracing the views of liberal authors. They value the words of Matthew Vines more than the Gospel of Matthew. When Christians believe God has given them the authority to change truth in order to keep it relevant, they are departing from God. Although disheartening, this trend is not surprising. The apostle Paul warned centuries ago: "The time will come when people will not endure sound doctrine [God's Word], but ... in accordance with their own desires ... they will turn their ears away from the truth and turn to myths" (2 Tim. 4:3-4). If this isn't what we see today, I don't know what is. The Bible encourages us to be peacemakers but not religious negotiators. In our zeal to reach others, we often compromise the message because we want to be liked rather than truthful. Surprisingly, it was "Christians" who came against my article regarding what the Bible says about gay marriage and homosexuality. It can be viewed here: westsidechristianfellowship.org/uncategorized/5-28-14-did-jesus-say-anything-about-homosexuality-pastor-shane-idleman/

3. "Don't judge" apparently means "don't say anything negative." When we look at the context and the true meaning of "judge," we clearly see that there is no contradiction. This misrepresentation of "judging" is an attempt to conform Scripture to support opinions. In John 7:24, Christians are to judge or "call into question" those things that clearly contradict God's principles. In 1 Corinthians 2:15, the apostle Paul said that those who are spiritual should judge and discern all things. We are to examine our own lives first, and then we are to be moved primarily by love for God and others before critiquing.

4. Who's influencing your decision: Hollywood or the Holy Spirit? Our beliefs should reflect God's heart rather than the world's influence. The world will know we are Christians by our love for one another and by our obedience, not by how well we imitate the world around us. Oswald Chambers once noted that a sinner, who is now saved by grace, "proves he is forgiven by being the opposite of who he was."  Carnal Christians give God "His due," a few hours on Sunday. The things of the world are exciting, and the things of God are dull. The love of this world and the praise of men have drawn a large section of Christendom away from God, hence the divide. A carnal Christian does not pray and seek the heart of God. A deep prayer life exposes facades and crushes hypocrisy. Carnality also destroys spiritual power and hinders the infilling of the Spirit. In short, everything God calls us to be is compromised, including a skewed view of sexual purity. Sadly, many who embrace views outside of the Bible are not saved. Genuine faith is reflected in a love for God and His Word, sincere humility, true repentance and a disconnect from the world. Does your life reflect these characteristics? We all sin and fall short, but the important question to ask concerns the condition of your heart. Have you truly repented and believed in Christ as your Lord and Savior, or are you trusting in false assurance? Paul said in 2 Corinthians 13:5 to, "Examine yourselves, seeing whether you are in the faith; test yourselves. Do you not know that Jesus Christ is in you?—unless indeed you are disqualified."

5. There is hope: At this point you may think, "Why try? This is hopeless! I've drifted too far." Let me reassure you: God doesn't let our relationship with Him hinge on measuring up or on following rules. He wants us to come as we are, recognize our need for a Savior and commit our life completely to Him. Whether you're promoting gay marriage or struggling with homosexuality, recognize that we've all made mistakes. Simply repent and strive for holiness and purity, and you will experience "times of refreshing ... from the presence of the Lord" (Acts 3:19). Change is God's job, but obedience is ours.

Shane Idleman is the founder and lead pastor of Westside Christian Fellowship in Leona Valley, California, just North of Los Angeles. He recently released his seventh book, Desperate for More of God at shaneidleman.com. Shane's sermons, articles, books, and radio program can all be found at wcfav.org. Follow him on Facebook at: facebook.com/confusedchurch.

Get Spirit-filled content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to our newsletter.

Great Resources to help you excel in 2019! #1 John Eckhardt's "Prayers That..." 6-Book Bundle. Prayer helps you overcome anything life throws at you. Get a FREE Bonus with this bundle. #2 Learn to walk in the fullness of your purpose and destiny by living each day with Holy Spirit. Buy a set of Life in the Spirit, get a second set FREE.

https://www.charismanews.com/opinion/74789-the-gay-divide-is-taking-out-churches-is-yours-next 

:: 1-14-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Daughters Come Home with Mustaches, Breasts Removed': Moms Sound Alarm over Shocking New Trend

01-14-2019 Displaying 30+ Stories CBN News.com Crystal Woodall

As society continues to evolve – and some critics might argue 'devolve' – into a more progressive understanding of gender and sexuality, the stakes couldn't be higher. To the dismay of many parents, this societal tug-of-war over transgenderism is playing out on today's college campuses like never before – and is hitting young women particularly hard. One mother, Katherine Cave, recently called attention to the issue, telling The College Fix, "I am writing to you on behalf of parents who have lost their kids at college to the transgender craze." "Many liberal colleges have significant percentages of students suddenly identifying as transgender," Cave writes. "And as you may know, all it takes is a simple visit to an informed consent clinic where girls get testosterone injections to help them look like males." One such case involved a 19-year-old girl named Pam who, according to her mother, "fits the typical description of a young woman affected by this craze – very bright, extreme social justice warrior, highly creative, socially awkward/ADHD/Asperger spectrum, OCD/obsessive interests."  "While she was not a super girly-girl, she had never any masculine interests (not one) and has all the stereotypical feminine interests and traits (cooking, knitting, babysitting little kids, etc)," Pam's mother explained. "She went from being a feminist/pro women's rights to hating white males to now wanting to become one and wanting to chemically and surgically mutilate her body." In yet another example of 'transmania,' The Wall Street Journal's Abigail Shrier shares the story of an attorney whose daughter left for college a "girly-girl" only to return having undergone a shocking transformation. "The young woman went off to college—which began, as it often does these days, with an invitation to state her name, sexual orientation and 'pronouns.' When her anxiety flared during her first semester, she and several of her friends decided their angst had a fashionable cause: 'gender dysphoria. "Within a year, the lawyer's daughter had begun a course of testosterone," Shrier recounts. Shrier argues that the "real drug" that reeled in the young woman "was the promise of a new identity," noting that a "shaved head, boys' clothes and a new name formed the baptismal waters of a female-to-male rebirth." Brown University public health researcher Lisa Littman labels this disturbing new phenomenon as "rapid onset gender dysphoria." Unlike gender dysphoria, a psychological disorder which takes hold in early childhood, Shirer describes ROGD as a "social contagion" that sets in during adolescence "afflicting teens who'd never exhibited any confusion about their sex." The Fix reports that this "contagion" has blindsided an increasing number of mothers "who are shocked when their formerly feminine daughters suddenly come from home college with mustaches, acne, different demeanors — even their breasts removed." Critics lay the blame on liberal ideology being peddled at college campuses across the country. According to The Wall Street Journal, 86 schools offer health plans that cover everything from cross-sex hormones to surgery. Meanwhile, this new movement is also drawing some unlikely critics, ones who warn the implications of gender fluid ideology could carry far-reaching societal implications. "I've always been fascinated, attracted to the subject of androgyny... but the more I explored it I realized that historically the movement towards androgyny occurs in late phases of culture as a civilization is starting to unravel," explained left-wing feminist Camille Paglia. "And the people who live in such late phases of culture – whether it's the Hellenistic era, whether it's the Roman Empire – feel they're very sophisticated, very cosmopolitan. But from the perspective of historical distance, you can see it's a culture that no longer believes in itself."

http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/2019/january/daughters-come-home-with-mustaches-breast-removed-how-the-trans-craze-is-wreaking-havoc-on-the-younger-generation 

:: 1-15-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Progressive Socialists Spew 'Facts' Like Drunks Vomiting In The Gutters: Those Trying To Destroy America Will Find Most REAL Americans Will Never Fall For Socialist Indoctrination

By John C Velisek - Retired, US Navy - All News Pipeline January 15, 2019

The progressive socialists in our government have turned a deaf ear to the anguish of the American people. The deaths whether from murders by the illegal immigrants who they welcome and protect into our country or the deaths from drug overdoses coming over the border are ignored by the progressive socialists looking for anything they can find to destroy our country and obtain the power they feel they so richly deserve. The compliant media continue to flaunt their ignorance by blaming this shutdown on President Trump. They refuse to mention that while President Trump has agreed to negotiate the leftists continue to keep our partial government shutdown going in a feeble attempt to make our President look bad. The latest attempt to undermine the security of our country is to pass all the unfunded bills with the exception of DHS. This is the very agency dedicated to the security of our borders. And while a few Republicans will go along with this attempt, the rest understand that if they pass these bills, DHS will never be funded and there will be no negotiations for funding. Rep. Pelosi has even stated that even if the other bills were passed, she would not give one penny to protecting our country. In the silly rebuttal that they gave to President Trump’s heartfelt address to the American people, they never mentioned the safety and wishes of the American people- not once. That tells you how much of a factor that safety is to their policies. The only policy they have is power, and they will do whatever they need to regain the power that they have lost. Chuck and Nancy claimed that the President’s speech was full of misinformation and lies although they didn’t point to any, and even the Washington Post, definitely not a pro-Trump publication could not find any. They also did not mention the lives lost throughout the country by the illegal immigrants they are so willing to protect with their sanctuary cities. In the words of Nancy Pelosi when confronted about a young lady’s death at the hand of an illegal alien she stated “That is an anecdote, not data." Of course, the data is there, but the progressive socialists don’t care about the numbers. If Americans have to die so that the leftists can get the voters they need, that isn’t really a problem. They also refuse to discuss the sanctuary cities and states that protect these soon to be Democratic voters and the people who have been let go to then commit other crimes up to and including murder. They continue to clutch their pearls about the women and children that are a minority of the caravan. In a process they learned from Hamas, the socialist organizations running the illegals to the border place the women and children in the front of every time they push to the border and throw rocks and attempt to storm the border at the agents placed there that are there to protect our country. The “manufactured crisis” of Schumer, Pelosi, the progressive socialists, and the media show just how much in lockstep they are. I started counting on CNN and MSNBC when the term first came up and never came up with a firm figure. In the short amount of time I counted, I heard that term over 90 times. I defy any of them to meet the Angel Moms and dates on a one on one basis and tell them their loved one's deaths are “manufactured” I suppose in a way it is. It is manufactured by the lies and unconstitutional policies that the leftists have forced on the citizens of this country in conjunction with leftist activist judges mostly in the Ninth Circuit. There are rquestions that the progressive socialists need to answer. We spend 50 billion on foreign countries, but can’t spend 5 billion on our own security? 4000 American have died due to the immigration policies that have been forced on the American people. Will it take another 4000 to wake up to the changes that must be done? Do you honestly believe that President Trump is such a Nazi that you are willing to sacrifice American lives? Are the American lives lost up until now and in the future cost effective on your attempt to increase your socialist base? But they want us to believe them and to agree to the “facts” they spew forth like drunks vomiting on the streets. They have shown us that they don’t care about the American citizens, you know, the ones they are sworn to protect and serve with the honest news of the day. They talk constantly of the mothers separated from the children at the border, but what of the families of Americans forcibly torn apart by the deaths caused by the illegals immigrants they are so quick to welcome. And by the way, the separation of families at the border were started by Barak Hussein Obama, and the pictures splashed across the media of children in cages were actually taken in 2004. It was Obama who had them sleeping on concrete floors in cages but of course, you are not supposed to know that because the media thins they successfully keep it hidden from the American people. Once it was leaked, very few of the deranged left even mention it. They have used the talking point that illegal aliens actually commit less crime than natural born citizens. Not accounting for the difference in population of the two groups would substantiate that. However, a 2011 GAO report reflects that one-quarter of federal inmates are illegal aliens. They aren’t a quarter of our population so that number shows that criminal illegal aliens are expanding and not decreasing as the numbers that the liars use in the media. On the state and local level, one third are illegal criminals. There are very few sentient beings that believe this. Ana Navarro, in her bratty high school ignorance, has already become the flag bearer of the leftists, filing her nails during the discussion of Americans dying at the hands of illegals, and declaring she doesn’t have to care. Cuomo, the master of ceremonies of this crap show told her he thought it was a “nice prop”. Does this do anything to disprove that they are in the progressive socialist camp and have turned from the American people? There is a crisis on the Southern border. Despite all the human and drug deaths the progressive socialists will continue to depend on leftist activist judges to continue to try and push their policies forward. Between leftists like Anastasia Ocasio Cortez calling the illegal immigrants more American that the citizens of this country or Nancy Pelosi claiming MS13 has a “speak of divinity” is it any wonder why those of us who do love our country don’t care if they shout “racist” at us anymore? We are beyond caring what they call us, or the lies they spew forth daily in the media and on the floor of Congress. Just before the midterms, the leftists denied wanting to impeach the President or abolishing ICE. Both are at the forefront of the agenda of these lying animals. The American people will understand what President Trump is trying to do. They will also understand that the path that the progressive socialists and their Muslim counterparts have chosen will not work on the citizens of our country. The people of this country are still independent sorts and will not acquiesce to the ranting of a few socialists loudmouths. The indoctrination of the American people starting in our schools on subjects from the superiority of Islam to the gay lifestyle will fall into the degeneracy it deserves.

John Veliseks’ new book “One Patriots Opinion- for the Forgotten Men and Women of America” is now available on Kindle. 330 pages that any conservative would consider a must read and enjoy. Go to Kindle Book Search and type in “One Patriots Opinion”.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Progressive_Socialist_Agenda_for_the_Wall.php 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 1--19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top 9 things you can't talk about freely in America

Exclusive: Joseph Farah recalls days when debate was actually allowed in public

Published: 3 days ago Joseph Farah

Remember when you could talk about anything in America without fear of retribution, shaming, harassment? Do you recall when media was a plural noun, implying a multitude of voices? What about speech codes? Can you remember a time before they were imposed on college campuses? How about the internet before Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix and Google set the rules for what you could say and what you couldn’t say? A generation ago, America was celebrated for its free speech, its free press, its freedom of religion. But consider the topics today that you can’t talk about, write about or dissent about. Let’s take a look at the top 9 topics that are basically off-limits in our formerly free society: Evolution: We went from a time when God’s Creation was accepted as fact to a time when public schools can’t even teach about it as a legitimate “theory” – a possibility. Evolution has gone from a theory to a fact in academia while the evidence has gone the other direction. While the scientific world is in near total agreement now that the universe had a beginning, as well as a time when life sprung up in abundance all at once, America’s most powerful cultural institutions continue to push the evolution line exclusively without second thoughts, second looks. Are we better off without the debate, the dialogue, the discussion? Are we more learned, more advanced as a society without dialectics? Man-made climate change: Some “news organizations,” CNN comes to mind, are no longer interested in sources they characterize as “deniers,” those who are skeptical about the urgent need to reorder the world’s economic and political systems around the priority of lowering carbon dioxide levels in the atmosphere. It’s unlikely you could have a debate at a major university about the evidence against impending doom from catastrophic, man-made climate change. Does that make us more informed or less? Does it make for open political discussions? Are we a healthier, more open society as a result Donald Trump: We now have a president of the United States for whom it is unsafe in many venues simply to show support. Just wearing a “Make America Great Again” hat is considered provocative. Despite his demonstrated Midas touch on all matters economic and better poll ratings than his recent predecessors, the gatekeepers of media, Big Tech, academia, the entertainment industry and the Democratic Party continue to hound him like an unindicted co-conspirator, a war criminal, a “fascist” authoritarian, an unregistered foreign agent, a “white supremacist” or worse.

Illegal immigration: You can’t have a free and open debate about controlling it without being called names – hater, bigot, racist. The sovereignty of America is at stake, but the cacophony of denial about a simple border barrier is hysterical, maniacal, completely over the top and one-sided, full of misinformation, disinformation and fake news. Muslim terrorism: Nearly 20 years after Muslim terrorists declared war on America by hijacking airliners and crashing them into the World Trade Center, the Pentagon and an open field in Pennsylvania, killing more people than in any foreign on the homeland in American history, incidents and evidence of Muslim terrorism is systematically covered up by the media. Instead, the real problem, according to the thought police, is Islamophobia.

Roe v. Wade: It is, according to the cultural institutions that serve as our morality cops, “a settled matter of law.” Anyone who opposes this Supreme Court decision, which denies the right to life for preborn babies, will find a hostile environment in the media. Even restrictions on abortion for the purpose of sex selection are considered threats to “a woman’s right to choose.” But what about freedom to dissent? What about free speech? What about a free hearing on the sanctity of life?

Gender: Can you believe we can no longer identify men and women based on biology without fear of “discrimination” and accusation of “bias” and “bigotry”? It’s true. Meanwhile, judges and activists are promoting gender dysphoria as well as irreversible surgical disfiguration and chemical castration even for children. It’s a new and brave new world – but don’t try too hard to dissent unless you’re ready for the consequences. Prepare to be called a “hater,” a “homophobe,” just for the crime of disagreeing.

Guns: Just as America is quickly watering down its commitment to the First Amendment, so too is it continually compromising on the Second Amendment. And you won’t get a fair hearing in the media or though social media or through the search engine that commands a nearly worldwide monopoly yet ignores legal requirement for political impartiality in the way it serves and controls content. The anti-gun propaganda never stops. There’s a war on private ownership of guns like never before.

The family: Everyone knows the family unit, with a father and mother at the center, is the building block of a self-governing, healthy and prosperous society. Or do they? Who is making that case in America today? Government follows policies that are hostile to families, as is our corporate culture. But just try making that case in a public forum that counts. Kudos to Tucker Carlson for bravely making the effort.

https://mobile.wnd.com/2019/01/top-9-things-you-cant-talk-about-freely-in-america/ 

[ :: 3-31-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Hear my voice and know what hour this is. It is the hour just before the first three and a half years of the seven years. Do not fear the Islamic revolution, nor the Russian warhead, for I plan to break their power, for they have blasphemed my name and made little of my son Jesus and have established their own god and deliverer. Fear not the false prophet or the anti-christ nor his army. Fear not the anarchy and the terrorism and the monetary collapse. etc..

:: 1--19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Islamic Terror: Death, Rape, & Murder Sweep Europe

12‚060 views

Dan Lyman joins Alex Jones live via Skype to give a small taste of the massive, Islamic invasion happening across Europe, and along with undocumented migrant masses, the new 'citizenry' also bring with them death, rape, murder, Sharia Law, and their caliphate.

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5c3e7a79b4029b39c8ca21e7 

:: 1-16-19 Justus Knight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

90 Advocacy Groups Beg Tech Titans ‘Do Not Sell This’ To U.S. Gov Or It Will Be Used Against Us All!

January 16, 2019 Justus A Knight

Don’t forget to like the video, SHARE and subscribe!!

References Can Be Found At www.justusaknight.com  (please subscribe while you’re there!!)

What has 90 Advocacy Groups screaming to the Tech Titans of Google, Amazon and Microsoft to ‘not sell this’ to the U.S. Government or they will use it to exploit us all. It is racist, it is discriminatory it is an Orwellian device beyond any measure. Once released fully on a population there will be no way to run and hide. There are very few technologies so polarizing that they can get 90 groups to agree to write a letter to ban. This one however, deserves every inch of protest it receives. It needs to stay away from use not the public or we will be exactly the same as China; imprisoned citizens in our own states, cities and homes. God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/01/16/90-advocacy-groups-beg-tech-titans-do-not-sell-this-to-u-s-gov-or-it-will-be-used-against-us-all/ 

:: 1-16-19 Freedom Outpost :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI Was Still Trying To Work With Clinton Originator Of Russia Conspiracy Theory In 2017

All this shows just how thoroughly rotten and untrustworthy the FBI and DOJ had become.

Daniel Greenfield — January 16, 2019

Jeff Carlson at Epoch Times has another huge article based on congressional testimony by some key DOJ and FBI players. I'm just going to zoom in on the Steele part. In the days following the firing of FBI Director James Comey by President Donald Trump, the FBI, under Acting FBI Director Andrew McCabe, sought to re-engage with former MI6 spy and author of the Steele dossier, Christopher Steele. Christopher Steele was hired indirectly by the Clinton campaign to manufacture the Russia conspiracy theory. The theory was likely created by a slimy Clinton ratf___ ing associate. The same ratf___er who tried to smear Dan Quayle as a drug user. The Clinton conspiracy theory was injected into the DOJ and FBI by Steele and various other figures, including Bruce Ohr, whose wife worked for Fusion GPS, the same firm that had hired Steele to smear Trump, and who then passed it on to her husband. The FBI broke its ties to Steele for violating protocol. But under McCabe, a Clinton crony, the FBI tried to get back into the Steele business. All this shows just how thoroughly rotten and untrustworthy the FBI and DOJ had become. Article posted with permission from Daniel Greenfield   Don't forget to Like Freedom Outpost on Facebook, Google Plus, & Twitter. You can also get Freedom Outpost delivered to your Amazon Kindle device here.

https://freedomoutpost.com/fbi-was-still-trying-to-work-with-clinton-originator-of-russia-conspiracy-theory-in-2017/ 

[ :: 1-16-19  pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. There are three nations right now prepared and ready to go to war and all three of them have openly told you, America stop doing what you are doing or else. Wake up, etc 

:: 1-15-19 France 24 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'At any cost': China warns US Navy over Taiwan

Date created : 15/01/2019 - 15:54

A senior Chinese military official warned the US Navy Tuesday against any "interference" in support of Taiwan's independence, saying that Beijing would defend its claim to the island "at any cost". General Li Zuocheng, a member of the Central Military Commission, made the remarks during a meeting in Beijing with Admiral John Richardson, the chief of US naval operations. China sees Taiwan as part of its territory to be reunified, despite the two sides being ruled separately since they split in 1949 after a civil war won by Mao Zedong's communists. The self-ruled island has its own currency, flag and government, but is not recognised as an independent state by the UN. Beijing has said it will not hesitate to use force if Taipei formally declares independence, or in the case of external intervention -- including by the United States, the island's most powerful unofficial ally. "The Taiwan issue is an internal matter of China, concerns China's fundamental interests and the national feelings of the Chinese people, and no outside interference will be tolerated," Li Zuocheng said in a statement released by the Ministry of Defence. "If anyone wants to separate Taiwan from China, the Chinese army will defend the unity of the motherland at any cost," he told the the US Navy chief. In recent months, US Navy ships have repeatedly passed through the Taiwan Strait, which separates mainland China from the island. Beijing views any ships passing through the straits as essentially a breach of its sovereignty -- while the US and many other nations view the route as international waters open to all. A recent US law encouraging mutual visits between US and Taiwanese officials has also angered Beijing. Washington, which broke diplomatic relations with Taipei in 1979 to recognise Beijing remains the island's most powerful ally, and its main arms supplier.

https://www.france24.com/en/20190115-cost-china-warns-us-navy-over-taiwan 

:: 1-16-19 Shtf Plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. Loses BIG In Trade War: Imports Rose, Exports Slashed

Mac Slavo January 16th, 2019

The trade deficit, which was made a big deal by president Donald Trump and ignited a trade war with China, has worsened. The United States has so far lost big in the core driver of the trade war (the trade deficit) that was a top complaint of Trump’s and the U.S. may have already lost this trade war. Exports of goods from the U.S. were slashed 26.3% and imports rose 38.5% worsening the trade deficit – which the tariffs were supposed to correct. The Trump Administration’s trade warfare with China began in earnest last March following steel and aluminum tariffs that primarily hit other countries. The U.S. and Chinese tariffs on each other’s goods then escalated repeatedly through September 18 with threats of much more the same by March 1 of this year. There are no winners when an economic war such this is declared, and so far, the U.S. appears to be on the losing side. Americans are already living paycheck to paycheck with the increased cost of goods forcing the use of credit cards to make ends meet or they will see a massive decrease their standard of living. According to the Cato Institute, Reuters, using Chinese data, estimated the U.S. trade deficit with China rose 17% last year. In fact, a report by the Daily Mail claims that China’s trade surplus to the U.S. is at an all-time record-breaking high of $323 billion. In light of the tariffs, Beijing has encouraged Chinese businesses to buy more goods made in their country while avoiding goods from the U.S. And it’s appearing to pay off. America has all but lost this economically disastrous trade war. Unfortunately, the trade is likely still far from over. “The record US trade deficit with China will sit uncomfortably with the Trump administration,” Nick Marro of the Economist Intelligence Unit said in a report. “That may cast a shadow over the next round of trade talks.” Trump and his Chinese counterpart, Xi Jinping, agreed on December 1, 2018, to postpone additional tariff hikes by 90 days while they negotiated more terms of this war. But penalties of up to 25 percent already imposed on billions of dollars of each other’s goods remain in place, raising the cost for American and Chinese buyers of soybeans, medical equipment, and other goods. December’s trade contraction is “likely to continue into 2019 due to falling foreign demand, including demand for Chinese-made electronic products,” Iris Pang of ING said in a report.

http://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/u-s-loses-big-in-trade-war-imports-rose-exports-slashed_01162019 

:: 1-15-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America's nuclear suicide squads: Soldiers were trained to parachute into battle with miniature nukes on their backs before blowing themselves up during the Cold War

US military developed nuclear bombs that were small enough to fit in backpacks

Units were specially trained to parachute into battle with nukes on their backs

Bombs would then be used to destroy strategic targets or block access routes

But it was highly unlikely that soldiers would be able to escape the blast radius

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline Published: 04:16 EST, 15 January 2019 | Updated: 09:24 EST, 15 January 2019

The US military once developed nukes that were small enough to fit into backpacks and trained suicide squads to carry them into battle. Army chiefs created the special atomic demolition munitions - or SADMs - during the Cold War with the aim of using them against Russia if war broke out in Europe. Teams of soldiers were trained to parachute into battle wearing nukes on their backs, before taking out strategic targets such as damns, railway bridges and arms dumps. There was just one problem: The blast radius was so large that it would be virtually impossible for the troops to run away fast enough once the fuse had been set, making it a suicide mission. Mark Bentley, from Wisconsin, volunteered for one of the units and said the soldiers were well aware of the risks. He told the Army Times: 'The Army is not going to set a bomb like that and run away and leave it, because they don't know if someone else would get ahold of it. 'They have to leave troops there to make sure it's not stolen or compromised, and that would just be collateral damage. 'You didn't go out with the thought that it was anything other than a one-way mission. If you're Bruce Willis, you get away, but I ain't Bruce Willis.' Fortunately the bombs were never used in actual combat. SADMs were just one of several bizarre nuclear devices created by America during the Cold War as a deterrent to Soviet invasion, Foreign Policy explained. At the time, Russia had a much larger and better-equipped army than both America and NATO, so the US knew that in the event of a war it would likely have to rely on nuclear arms to level the playing field. But firing a full-scale nuclear ICBM could easily escalate any conflict into a potential Armageddon, so a range of smaller devices were created to provide a more measured response. The backpack bomb, known officially as a W54, created a blast that could level two streets of houses, equivalent to about 10 tons of TNT. Later versions were scaled up to around the size of a two-gallon oil drum and had a yield of around 250 tons of TNT. Another version of the W54 was the Davy Crockett - a nuclear warhead launched from a bazooka-type device. Again the weapon was never used, partly because the blast radius was larger than the trajectory, meaning that firing the weapon meant certain death for the soldiers using it.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6593155/America-trained-soldiers-parachute-battle-wearing-backpack-nukes-Cold-War.html 

:: 1--19 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Has President Trump suckered Democrats and the Deep State into a trap that will enable a radical downsizing of the federal bureaucracy? In only five more days of the already "longest government shutdown in history" (25 days and counting, as of today), a heretofore obscure threshold will be reached, enabling permanent layoffs of bureaucrats furloughed 30 days or more. Don't believe me that federal bureaucrats can be laid off? Well, in bureaucratese, a layoff is called a RIF – a Reduction in Force – and of course, it comes with a slew of civil service protections. But, if the guidelines are followed, bureaucrats can be laid off – as in no more job. It is all explained by Michael Roberts here (updated after the beginning of the partial shutdown): A reduction in force is a thoughtful and systematic elimination of positions. For all practical purposes, a government RIF is the same thing as a layoff. ... Organizations must stick to predetermined criteria when sorting out what happens to each employee. They must communicate with employees how and why decisions are made. ... In deciding who stays and who goes, federal agencies must take four factors into account: 1. Tenure  2. Veteran status 3. Total federal civilian and military service 4. Performance

Agencies cannot use RIF procedures to fire bad employees. A lot of procedures must be followed, and merit ("performance") is the last consideration, but based on the criteria above, employees already furloughed can be laid off ("RIFed") once they have been furloughed for 30 days or 22 work days:

When agencies furlough employees for more than 30 calendar days or 22 discontinuous work days, they must use RIF procedures. An employee can be terminated or moved into an available position[.]

This seems to be what was referenced in this remarkable essay written by an "unidentified senior Trump official" published in the Daily Caller, which vouches for the authenticity of the author and explains that it is protecting him from adverse career consequences should the name become known. I strongly recommend reading the whole thing. The purported senior official makes the case that devotion to "process" eats up most of the time of federal bureaucrats and is also used by enemies of President Trump's initiatives to stymie the legitimate orders issued by his senior officials: On an average day, roughly 15 percent of the employees around me are exceptional patriots serving their country. I wish I could give competitive salaries to them and no one else. But 80 percent feel no pressure to produce results. If they don't feel like doing what they are told, they don't. Why would they? We can't fire them. They avoid attention, plan their weekend, schedule vacation, their second job, their next position – some do this in the same position for more than a decade. They do nothing that warrants punishment and nothing of external value. That is their workday: errands for the sake of errands – administering, refining, following and collaborating on process. "Process is your friend" is what delusional civil servants tell themselves. Even senior officials must gain approval from every rank across their department, other agencies and work units for basic administrative chores. Then the senior official notes what I have just called the "trap": Most of my career colleagues actively work against the president's agenda. This means I typically spend about 15 percent of my time on the president's agenda and 85 percent of my time trying to stop sabotage, and we have no power to get rid of them. Until the shutdown. Those officials who waste time and stymie the president's initiatives now are not present because they are not categorized as "essential." Due to the lack of funding, many federal agencies are now operating more effectively from the top down on a fraction of their workforce, with only select essential personnel serving national security tasks. ... President Trump can end this abuse. Senior officials can reprioritize during an extended shutdown, focus on valuable results and weed out the saboteurs. We do not want most employees to return, because we are working better without them. Keep in mind that saboteurs cannot be individually identified and RIFed, but they can be included in the layoffs if they meet the criteria above in terms of seniority and service, and they must be given 60 days' notice. But once they are gone, they are no longer free to obstruct using the "process" as their friend, because they are gone. You can expect lawsuits on every conceivable point, and I suspect that the definition of "furlough" will be one matter of dispute. If this was the plan all along, it would explain why President Trump goaded Chuck and Nancy in his televised meeting with them last year, boasting that he would claim credit for the shutdown. How could they resist a prolonged shutdown when he made it so easy to blame him? President Trump has proven that he is a "disruptor" who changes the framework of thinking on major issues by refusing to accept the "givens" – the assumptions of how things always have been done and therefore always must be done. So who is the "senior official"? I don't know, but I think Stephen Miller is the sort of bold thinker who might volunteer to telegraph the strategy just five days before the deadline. Give Chuck and Nancy something to think about and probably reject as unthinkable. Then they can't complain that they weren't warned once the trap is sprung. Such a mass RIF would be the Trump version of Ronald Reagan firing the air traffic controllers when they went on an illegal strike in 1981. That was completely unexpected by his enemies, vehemently criticized, and successful. Among other benefits, it taught the leaders of the USSR that Ronald Reagan was a man whose threats cannot be dismissed as mere rhetoric. If you think that Xi Jinping, Kim Jong-un, Angela Merkel, and any other foreign leaders would not draw the same conclusion from a massive RIF, then you are kidding yourself. My theory may be completely wrong, but I pray that it is not. Hat tip: Clarice Feldman Monica Showalter adds: Slate of all places has a useful chart on which agencies have the most RIFs on the line. Surprise, surprise: It's where the bureaucrats most in need of layoffs happen to roost. Update: This is from 2013, but the proportions of furloughed "non-essential" staff likely are similar.

Read more: https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2019/01/trumps_shutdown_trap.html#ixzz5cyWxzYJi 

Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

:: 1-15-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Counterthink: Government has been weaponized against humanity to achieve “efficient extermination” of humanity – full show

Tuesday, January 15, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) Each week, we produce a new episode of “Counterthink,” a documentary-style analysis show that dares to ask the really big questions that challenge your mental paradigm. Each show airs live on Sunday at 6pm at InfoWars.com. The full episode is usually posted to Counterthink.com by Tuesday, and there’s at least one new episode each week. (Run time is approximately 43 minutes total.)

This week’s episode is entitled, “How Government has been Weaponized Against the People,” and it delves into the stunning, undeniable truth about how every government regulatory agency, investigations agency, taxing authority and operations department has been weaponized against the American people. The purpose of this weaponization of the government against the People is to achieve “efficient extermination” of the human race. You are witnessing a planet-wide genocidal agenda playing out through the evil of globalism and corrupt, incompetent government. The federal government, run by deep state bureaucrats and traitors, has truly become the enemy of the People. This was true before Trump and it will remain true long after Trump unless the deep state is exposed, indicted and completely removed from power. That’s exactly what President Trump is attempting the accomplish, by the way, which is exactly why he is subjected to a daily barrage of fake news lies and fabricated accusations. Meanwhile, the “media” has joined the deep state in becoming the enemy of the People, and the New York Times, Washington Post and CNN are now being actively run as treasonous, anti-America propaganda mouthpieces for the same globalists who want to see America overrun and destroyed with open borders, race wars and an economic implosion. Watch this full episode of Counterthink at this page on Counterthink.com, or see the video at Brighteon.com:

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-01-15-counterthink-government-has-been-weaponized-against-humanity-efficient-extermination.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 1-15-19 Earthquake Latest :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

6.6 earthquake, 47 km depth, 105km WNW of Sola, Vanuatu

about 1 day ago

Nearby location: UTC time: Jan 15, 2019 18:01:36 UTC Time

Your time: Jan 15, 2019 18:01:36 Depth: 47 km

Quake Status (from USGS): Reviewed by USGS Tsunami Warning: Tsunami warning issued.

Info: This earthquake is recorded as Strong quake. May cause a lot of damage in very populated areas.

USGS source

https://www.earthquakelatest.com/quakes/601931-66-magnitude-earthquake-105km-wnw-of-sola-vanuatu 

:: 1-15-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Polar vortex splits into three and sends Arctic air southward as eastern half of the US gears up for bitterly cold weeks to come

As experts predicted, polar vortex splits into three above Arctic Circle

This will push Arctic air southward, blanketing eastern half of North America

Temperatures are likely to plummet in the coming days and weeks

The change will also likely result in disruptive snowstorms this winter

By Ariel Zilber For Dailymail.com Published: 21:41 EST, 15 January 2019 | Updated: 15:31 EST, 16 January 2019

The Eastern United States is in for frigid weather in the next few weeks thanks to air patterns tens of thousands of feet above the Arctic Circle. Satellite images and weather models have confirmed that the polar vortex - the area of low pressure and swirling cold air above the North Pole - has split into three. That means that temperatures far below normal can be expected in the eastern half of North America, according to The Washington Post. Arctic air will push southward as far as Tennessee. The low temperature expected for Nashville on Sunday is 17 degrees. So far this winter, most of the eastern half of the U.S. has enjoyed mild weather. The first half of January ranked among the top 10 warmest on record in Minneapolis and Milwaukee, according to the Post. But the split of the polar vortex will unleash bitterly cold air temperatures as well as stormy weather in the days and weeks to come. The polar vortex is an atmospheric circulation pattern that sits high above the poles, in a layer of the atmosphere called the stratosphere. This structure can weaken as a result of abnormal warming in the poles, causing it to split off into smaller ‘sister vortices’ that may travel outside of their typical range. In late December, weather models showed the polar vortex situated above Scandanavia. Scientists predicted that the vortex would break apart to become two or even three vortices, bringing colder weather to the mid-latitudes and warmer weather in the Arctic. A split in the polar vortex can give rise to both sudden and delayed effects, much of which involves declining temperatures and extreme winter weather in the Eastern US along with Northern and Western Europe. ‘A sudden stratospheric warming usually leads to a warm Arctic not only in the stratosphere but also at the surface as well,’ said Dr. Judah Cohen of Atmospheric and Environmental Research (AER). ‘And a warmer Arctic favors more severe winter weather in the NH midlatitudes including the Eastern US.’ The split in the polar vortex ‘would also favor cold longer term across Europe,’ Cohen adds. For the Northeastern U.S., this could mean ‘disruptive snowstorms,' the researcher notes. As we head toward the second half of January, meteorologists say that high temperatures in the northern Plains and upper Midwest will only reach the single digits. Kansas City, which is hosting the AFC Championship game between the hometown Chiefs and the New England Patriots on Sunday, will have a high temperature that day of just 15 degrees. With the wind chill, it will feel like the single digits, forecasters say. High temperatures in Oklahoma, Arkansas, and Tennessee may reach the 20s, according to The Weather Channel. Those settings are balmy compared to places like Minneapolis, which is forecast to have a low temperature of minus-7 on Saturday. Fargo, North Dakota will see temperatures plummet to well below zero this weekend. The high on Saturday will be minus-4 while the low will reach minus-20.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6596673/Polar-vortex-splits-sends-Arctic-air-southward-bitter-cold-likely-blanket-eastern-U-S.html 

:: 1-15-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California storms to dump up to 7 feet of snow, force evacuations

By Andrew Hay, Reuters•January 15, 2019

Jan 15 (Reuters) - Big Pacific storms are set to dump up to seven feet (2.1 meters) of snow in California's Sierra Nevada mountains and several inches of rain elsewhere in the state, forcing evacuations in areas at risk to mudslides. The first storm moved over Southern California on Tuesday, with rainfall of up to 3 inches (7.6 cm) expected in parts of Los Angeles and Ventura Counties and up to 4.5 inches (11.4) in the Santa Monica Mountains, the National Weather Service (NWS) reported. Police in Los Angeles and Santa Barbara counties ordered evacuations from areas damaged by last year's wildfires because of the risk heavy rain would trigger mud and debris flows on charred hillsides. Significant road closures and travel delays were possible in the Los Angeles area given risks of flash flooding and rockslides, the NWS reported. An even bigger storm was brewing out at sea and set to hit the coast on Wednesday, Accuweather reported. Areas north of Santa Barbara were likely to see up to 3 inches (7.6 cm) of rain. As much as seven feet of snow was possible over 6,000 feet (1,829 meters) in the Sierra Nevada mountains. "The big one is still out in the middle of the Pacific," said AccuWeather meteorologist John Gresiak. "It's a very powerful storm." The weather is a boon for California's farmers and ski areas, given most of the state is recovering from years of drought, according to the United States Drought Monitor. The wild weather is the result of moisture-laden winds from the Pacific known as "atmospheric rivers." The first storm will reach the U.S. Midwest and Northeast on Thursday and Friday, gathering more moisture from the Gulf of Mexico. The second storm will hit the central and eastern United States through the weekend, Gresiak said. (Reporting by Andrew Hay in New Mexico; editing by Bill Tarrant and Grant McCool)

https://news.yahoo.com/california-storms-dump-7-feet-233250993.html 

[ :: 1-16-19  pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. There are three nations right now prepared and ready to go to war and all three of them have openly told you, America stop doing what you are doing or else. Wake up, etc 

:: 1-15-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia is set to deploy more than 30 underwater nuclear drones that could obliterate US coastal targets in an attack

The Russian Navy is deploying 32 Poseidon underwater nuclear drones

It can carry two megatonne warhead and is made to destroy 'enemy navy bases'

Four submarines fitted with Poseidons 'will join the Northern and Pacific fleets'

By Sara Malm For Mailonline Published: 04:20 EST, 15 January 2019 | Updated: 09:56 EST, 15 January 2019

Moscow is set to deploy more than 30 underwater drones capable of carrying a two megaton nuclear warhead, which could obliterate Western ports, according to Russian state media. Four submarines fitted with the torpedo drones, named Poseidon, will join the Northern and Pacific Russian fleets, state news agency Tass reports. Each submarine can fit eight Poseidons, designed specifically to destroy 'enemy navy bases' and able to travel at up to 70 knots. 'Two Poseidon-carrying submarines are expected to enter service with the Northern Fleet and the other two will join the Pacific Fleet,' a defence industry source told Tass this week. 'Each of the submarines will carry a maximum of eight drones and, therefore, the total number of Poseidons on combat duty may reach 32 vehicles." A 'special-purpose nuclear-powered submarine' currently under construction at the Sevmash Shipyard in Severodvinsk, a port city on Russia's White Sea, will be one of the Poseidon carriers, Tass said. Last year, Russian state media claimed the Navy will be able to 'mount various nuclear charges on the 'torpedo' of the Poseidon multipurpose seaborne system, with the thermonuclear single warhead to have the maximum capacity of up to two megatonnes in TNT equivalent.' With its nuclear charge, the Poseidon drone 'is primarily designed to destroy reinforced naval bases of a potential enemy,' the report added. The development of the Poseidon was announced by President Vladimir Putin in his state-of-the-nation speech in March last year, in which he boasted of an array of new nuclear weapons 'invulnerable to enemy interception'. Speaking last month, Putin said on Wednesday that Russia would deploy its first regiment of hypersonic nuclear-capable missiles this year, saying the move meant his country now had a new type of strategic weapon. Despite the continuous announcement of developments in its nuclear weapons arsenal, the Kremlin said in 2018 that it will cut its defence budget to less than three per cent of gross domestic product within the next five years.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6593147/Russia-deploy-32-underwater-nuclear-drones-obliterate-ports.html 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 1-15-19 Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese rapid military advance closing gap on U.S., Pentagon warns

By Carlo Muñoz - The Washington Times - Tuesday, January 15, 2019

China’s rapidly modernizing military is quickly closing the gap with the U.S. and its allies and may soon be tempted to test the status quo with Taiwan, a stark report from the Defense Department’s intelligence directorate concluded. The 50-page report by the Defense Intelligence Agency, released Tuesday, contends that with its advances in military capabilities and an increasingly internationally focused defense strategy, China is rapidly entering “a period of strategic opportunity … [toward] building comprehensive national power,” said senior DIA intelligence analyst Dan Taylor. The goal of China’s relentless military buildup is to “impose its will in the region and beyond,” Mr. Taylor told reporters at the Pentagon. Beijing “has demonstrated a willingness to use the [military] as an instrument of national power in the execution of … their historic mission in the new century.” While Chinese advances in hypersonic weaponry, cyberwarfare and sea power are increasingly challenging longtime U.S. military supremacy, U.S. analysts say, China’s chief security priority may be much closer to home: reclaiming control of Taiwan, which Beijing has long considered a breakaway territory. The U.S. security umbrella has long restrained the mainland in its pressure campaign against Taipei. “Our concern is we’ll reach a point where internally, within [China‘s] decision-making, they will decide that using military force for a regional conflict is something that is more imminent,” a senior U.S. defense intelligence official said. Asked whether a military offensive to reclaim Taiwan into the Chinese mainland could be in the offing, the official replied, “Specifically, that would be the most concerning to me.” The report was made public while Adm. John Richardson, U.S. chief of naval operations, was in Beijing with his Chinese counterparts in talks about American warship passages through the Taiwan Strait. In China’s official account of the talks, Chinese Gen. Li Zuocheng, chief of China’s Central Military Commission Joint Staff Department, reportedly told Adm. Richardson that China would allow “no external interference.” “If someone tries to split Taiwan from China, the Chinese military will do whatever it takes to safeguard national reunification, national sovereignty and territorial integrity,” Gen. Li said, according to the Chinese English-language transcript, the Reuters news agency reported. More generally, the People’s Liberation Army is proving an increasingly formidable adversary for the U.S. and its allies, with a technological, manpower and economic base to fund further advances. China possesses medium- and intermediate-range missile technology that has achieved near parity with American-made systems. It would be those types of missiles that would likely be the first salvo in any Chinese effort to retake Taiwan, the intelligence official said. “If they wanted to fire missiles at Taiwan, they could do it right now,” the official said, noting that “there’s been no indication they’re planning to do that, but there’s very little warning that could be provided for that kind of thing.” For now, however, after that initial missile strike, it is highly unlikely that Chinese forces could mount the necessary ground invasion to overtake the island, the U.S. official said. “There’s a lot of work that I think that they’re still doing to try to work on those [invasion] capabilities, and we don’t have a real strong grasp on when they will think that they are confident in that capability,” the official said. “In the coming years, [China] is likely to grow even more technologically advanced and proficient with equipment comparable to that of other modern militaries,” Mr. Taylor said. Leveraging “advanced fighter aircraft, modern naval vessels, missile systems, and space and cyberspace assets,” Beijing will continue to press its interests in the Pacific and beyond. Alarm bell. While Chinese advances in areas such as space, cyberwarfare and next-generation aircraft have been well-documented over the years, it is Beijing’s rapid progress “across all different domains, simultaneously” that has raised alarm bells across the Pentagon. Last year, Beijing announced its latest intermediate-range missile in the Chinese arsenal, the Dong Feng-26, now had a nuclear capability. Once fully operational, the DF-26 “would give China its first nuclear precision-strike capability” against targets in the Asia-Pacific region, the DIA report states. In the field of hypersonics, Beijing is “on the leading edge of technology” nearly surpassing the Pentagon’s latest efforts, with China on the cusp of fielding a non-nuclear weapon capable of hitting any target around the world in an hour. “From the Chinese perspective, they would hope that it would cause a great threat to U.S. warships,” in the Pacific and elsewhere, the intelligence official said regarding China’s advances in missile and hypersonics technologies. “It’s very concerning to see all the different areas they’re making progress.” Adm. Bill Moran, vice chief of naval operations, declined to comment specifically on the DIA report’s findings, but the four-star admiral did note that Beijing’s burgeoning arsenal would force Navy leaders to adjust their overarching strategy in the Pacific. “It changes some of the calculus in how you employ the force,” Adm. Moran told reporters after a speech at the Surface Navy Association’s annual conference in Arlington, Virginia. ‘Great rejuvenation’ China’s growing military prowess is part of the “great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation” being pursued by Beijing, the DIA’s Mr. Taylor said Tuesday. “This ambition permeates China national security strategy and guides the development of the People’s Liberation Army, the PLA,” he said, calling the PLA “the military arm of the Chinese Communist Party.” Acting Defense Secretary Patrick Shanahan made clear shortly after succeeding James Mattis at the beginning of the month that the Pentagon’s focus would be squarely on China under his watch. “While we’re focused on ongoing operations, acting Secretary Shanahan told the team to remember China, China, China,” a Defense Department official told reporters ahead of Mr. Shanahan’s first official appearance at the White House Cabinet meeting. Despite China’s growing military prowess, Beijing has a long way to go before it can be considered a head-to-head threat to the U.S., the intelligence official said. “This is a military that has not fought a war in 40 years,” the official said. “When you talk parity, there is more than just technology involved.” Click to Read More and View Comments

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2019/jan/15/chinese-military-rapidly-closing-gap-pentagon-says/ 

:: 1-15-19 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WW3 THREAT: China develops ‘impenetrable’ system too strong for hypersonic missiles

A TOP Chinese defence strategist claims to have created an “Underground Steel Great Wall” defence to nullify the threat of future hypersonic weapons destroying their arsenal.

By Bill McLoughlin PUBLISHED: 02:27, Tue, Jan 15, 2019 | UPDATED: 02:38, Tue, Jan 15, 2019

Qian Qihu, 82, won the prestigious 2018 State Preeminent Science and Technology Award due to his contributions to national defence for the system which he described as the country's “last national defence line”. The system is a series of elaborate defensive facilities located deep under the mountains and reduces the vulnerability of entrances and exists to those facilities. Qian told the Chinese Communist Party's official newspaper The Global Times: “The development of the shield must closely follow the development of spears. “Our defence engineering has evolved in a timely manner as attack weapons pose new challenges.” If the country’s missile interception system, anti-missile system or air defences fail, this steel wall will be able to thwart attacks. The defence system is a huge addition for Beijing as it can withstand hypersonic missiles - weapons which America and Russia are heavily developing. Qian also added that hypersonic weapons can penetrate any other current anti-missile installation in the world, putting China once step ahead of its competitors. According to a report from CNBC last March, Vladimir Putin debuted new nuclear and hypersonic weapons which he described as “invincible”. Mr Putin apparently unveiled the Kinzhal hypersonic cruise missile, touted as hitting Mach 10 - 10 times the speed of sound - speeds, while the Avangard hypersonic glide vehicle, is said to be capable of travelling up to Mach 20. In August, China ’s Academy of Aerospace Aerodynamics announced that it had tested a missile which they described was capable of riding its own shock waves and reached a speed of Mach 6 - six times the speed of sound. The US is still trying to keep up in the race for the new missile and US Deputy Secretary of Defence Patrick Shanahan said: “We are going to fly sooner and more often than people have ever expected.”

https://www.express.co.uk/news/world/1072290/world-war-3-China-Great-wall-defence-hypersonic-missile-russia-putin-America-Beijing 

:: 1-15-19 Marketwatch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China scaled back trade with North Korea in 2018

By MarketWatch Published: Jan 14, 2019 12:57 a.m. ET

BEIJING--China scaled back its trade with North Korea in 2018, on the back of economic sanctions from the UN Security Council, said a spokesman of China's customs Bureau on Monday. China's exports to North Korea declined 33.3% to 14.67 billion yuan ($2.18 billion) in 2018, while imports was down 88% at CNY1.42 billion, Li Kuiwen, a spokesman for the General Administration of Customs, said in a briefing. That put China's trade surplus with North Korea at CNY13.26 billion in 2018, down 30% from a year earlier, said Mr. Li. Write to Xiao Xiao at Xiao.Xiao@wsj.com

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/china-scaled-back-trade-with-north-korea-in-2018-2019-01-14 

:: 1-15-19 AMB Crypto :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia could be implementing 20 cryptocurrency bills this year

Namrata Shukla  Published 4 days ago on January 13, 2019 By Namrata Shukla

The Russian parliament revealed on January 9 through a press release that the digital economy will be the topmost priority during the upcoming session, which will give Russia a headstart into the cryptocurrency ecosystem. Vyacheslav Volodin, chairman of the lower chamber, outlined the bills being considered for the same in the opening spring session. The members have considered legislature on digital financial assets, digital rights and crowdfunding, reported CoinGeek. Volodin requested the members to consider this for the good of the country and to make it a top priority. Volodin said: “Creating a favorable legal framework for the development of the digital economy should in many respects provide us with an advantageous position in competition among other countries.” Volodin revealed that there are more than 20 bills that will be introduced in the spring session and that he wants the parliament to be prepared to analyze the quality of the bills before considering to vote. This could be one step forward in the direction of adoption of digital currencies, which is now an important agenda for Russia. The US is throwing sanctions at Russia and considering a shift to cryptocurrency as a way to offer some help to the nation. While cryptocurrencies in Russian are not illegal, the country always had a cold reaction to it. However, the police have gone a step ahead in prohibiting its use by seizing crypto ATMs fearing that it could be used for cross-border money transfers. Nevertheless, the country has issued its Initial Coin offering [ICO], to begin with. The parliament has taken efforts to write laws for digital currencies earlier too. Back in September 2018, according to the publication, the parliament’s draft was rejected as there was a lot left undefined. Then in October, the parliament got closer to hitting the target, giving private businesses and legal entities the ability to store assets on blockchains. However, the reference to mining was removed. These might all add up with Volodin’s new push, to get a successful framework in action.

https://ambcrypto.com/russia-could-be-implementing-20-cryptocurrency-bills-this-year/ 

:: 1-15-19 I 24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu says failed Iranian satellite launch was an attempt to develop ICBM

01/15/2019 1:54:15 AM Updated on 01/15/2019 8:30:51 AM Written by i24NEWS

Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Tuesday that Iran's failed attempt to launch a satellite into orbit was a first stage in an effort to develop an intercontinental ballistic missile and warned that Israel would continue its offensive policy against Tehran's entrenchment in Syria. Speaking at the induction of the new Chief of the General Staff, Major General Aviv Kochavi in Tel Aviv, Netanyahu took Iran to task over their growing influence in the Middle East and mocked Iran's claims that it had only an advisory presence in Syria. "I advise them to get out of there quickly because we will continue our offensive policy as we promised and as we do without fear and without pause,” Netanyahu said in a warning to Iran. Netanyahu alleged that what Tehran claimed to be an "innocent satellite" was actually “the first stage of an intercontinental missile” Iran is developing in violation of international resolutions. Earlier Tuesday, Iran's minister of telecommunications Mohammad Javad Azari Jahromi said in a statement carried by state television that the rocket carrying the 'Payam' satellite (or 'message' in Farsi) failed to "reach the necessary speed". There was no clarifications as to when the second satellite, called 'Doosti' (or 'friendship') would be launched. The preparations for the launch had sparked international fears that the Iranian government was using it as a pretext to carry out ballistic missile testing. US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, whose whistle-stop tour of the Middle-East is coming to a close, earlier warned Iran against sending out the satellite. “We advise the regime to reconsider these provocative launches and cease all activities related to ballistic missiles in order to avoid deeper economic and diplomatic isolation,” said Pompeo in a statement The US top diplomat said there was no difference between the technology used to send out satellites or missiles into space. According to Pompeo, this would violate the U.N. Security Council resolution on the 2015 nuclear deal. The resolution "calls upon" Tehran to not test ballistic missiles. Payam was designed and developed by Tehran’s Amirkabir University of Technology. It's purpose was to capture media in Low Earth Orbit (LEO). Scientists at the university would continue their work in order to ensure a successful launch, the minister said. Tehran denied the country was violating the UN resolution. "The satellite is part of a civil project with purely scientific aims," foreign ministry spokesman Bahram Ghasemi said in a statement, reported by the Iranian Students' News Agency. "Iran will wait for no country's permission to conduct such scientific projects." Iran has launched several short-lived satellites into orbit over the past decade, including the Simorgh and the Pajouhesh, the official news agency IRNA reported. Iran has expanded its influence on the region since the beginning of the Syrian civil war, bringing into question the immediate gains from pursuing intercontinental ballistic technology. There have been multiple warnings by high-ranking Israeli officials of Iranian ally Hezbollah stockpiling weapons, and of Iranian elite troops training and leading Syrian military personnel for a confrontation with the Jewish state.

https://www.i24news.tv/en/news/international/193208-190115-despite-us-concerns-iran-launches-satellite-but-fails-to-reach-orbit 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 1-15-19 Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Stop Spending 7% of Your Budget on Terrorist Salaries,’ Israeli UN Envoy Tells Abbas Following Palestinian Leader’s G-77 Speech in New York

avatar by Ben Cohen January 15, 2019 1:39 pm

Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas on Tuesday used a keynote speech at the United Nations in New York to assert that Israel was an “obstruction” to the “cohesive development of all peoples” in the Middle East, drawing a sharp rebuke from the Jewish state’s ambassador to the world body. Abbas was speaking as the “State of Palestine” — officially a “non-member observer state” at the UN since 2012 — assumed the chairmanship from Egypt of a bloc of 134 states at the UN that purports to represent the “collective economic interests ” of the world’s developing nations. Still known as the “Group of 77 (G-77)” after the number of states that originally founded it in 1964, the bloc includes several nations that do not recognize Israel’s right to exist, including Iran, Syria and Iraq. In remarks in which he addressed the G-77’s main concerns in only the most general terms, Abbas took care to attack Israel whenever he found the right opening to do so. “Palestine cannot be an exception,” Abbas stated, during a passage of his speech that discussed sustainable development goals. “We also suffer under the yoke of a foreign occupation.” Abbas went on to condemn Israel’s “colonization and occupation of the ‘State of Palestine,'” accusing the Jewish state of “obstructing cohesive development for all peoples of the region.” Abbas’s latter observation drew a swift reaction from Israeli Ambassador to the UN Danny Danon. “As the United Nations very well knows from all of the development work Israel does, Israel is not what undermines development but actually helps it,” Danon told The Algemeiner following Abbas’ speech. The ambassador continued: “Instead, it is the Palestinian Authority that undermines its own capacity and development. The PA should stop spending 7 percent of its annual budget on inciting and paying terrorist salaries, and instead use it to develop its infrastructure and help its people.” The PA spent $355 million of international donors’ money in 2017 on paying salaries and other benefits to convicted or “martyred” terrorists and their families. The US Congress passed legislation in 2018 suspending US aid to the PA until there was a verifiable end to the practice, which critics argue both incentivizes and legitimizes Palestinian terrorism against Israelis. While Abbas touched on several critical human rights issues during his speech — including child labor, slavery and human trafficking — he was at his most detailed when specifying the PA’s demands of Israel. Advocating the creation of a Palestinian state with its capital in eastern Jerusalem, Abbas emphasized that this outcome would necessarily involve “the just resolution of final status issues, including our refugees and prisoners.” At no point did the Palestinian leader discuss any of the other challenges to sustainable development in the Middle East, such as the unprecedented refugee crisis generated by the displacement of over 13 million Syrians — among them 400,000 Palestinians — during a civil war that has raged since 2011. While it is difficult to detect the influence of the G-77 beyond the halls of the UN, the pivotal role entrusted to the “State of Palestine” with its 2019 chairmanship will likely be presented by the PA as another milestone in its bid to gain full membership of the UN, irrespective of the progress of peace negotiations with Israel. Full membership in the UN for any prospective state requires a vote of the UN Security Council, where any Palestinian bid would almost certainly encounter a US veto.

https://www.algemeiner.com/2019/01/15/stop-spending-7-of-your-budget-on-terrorist-salaries-israeli-un-envoy-tells-abbas-following-palestinian-leaders-g-77-speech-in-new-york/ 

:: 1-15-19 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man praises God as family, childhood Bible are saved after horn goes off warning them of truck on fire near home

By Leonardo Blair, Christian Post Reporter

An Oklahoma father of five is still singing praises to God after the horn of his truck, which caught fire next to his home with his children inside, went off in time to warn them of the danger. When firefighters were able to put out the blaze, they found the man’s childhood Bible inside the truck unscathed by the flames. “God has made it to my eyes that I should be grateful for being alive,” the father, Steven Gaut, told Fox 6 in an interview after the fire that occurred on Dec. 9. “God sent his angels,” Gaut also wrote on a Facebook fundraiser that raised almost $5,000 to assist his family. “My truck was parked 2 feet away from the house. If it wasn't for the horn blowing the house would've gone too. The Vinita Fire Department had to pry the Bible that was in a cloth cover. My Bible was in great shape and the cover was in bad shape,” he continued. In his message on the Facebook fundraiser, Gaut said he was hiding Christmas gifts in the garage of his home when his oldest son heard the horn of his truck go off. “The kids were in their rooms playing. Got my Dad to watch the kids so I went [and] got some dog food from Atwoods. Got home and was putting gifts in my garage. I was out there for a few minutes and my oldest son heard a horn honking in front of the house. He looks out the window and sees my truck on fire. He immediately comes to the garage to tell me about it. I call 911. By the time I got to the truck it was totally engulfed with flames,” Gaut said. After firefighters put out the blaze they told him that someone at Atwoods, a farm and ranch supply company based in Enid, Oklahoma, “likely threw a cigarette in the back of my truck.” Once the fire was out Gault said he assumed he'd also lost everything inside his truck including a cherished Bible he's had since he was 13. “The first thing I asked for was to see if my Bible was OK,” he told Fox 6. “The Bible was down there on the ground — and they had to pry it up from the case,” Gaut said. In a recent interview with Fox News, he said despite the fire the Bible survived, “it doesn’t even smell like smoke either.” He further explained that if the fire had managed to reach his home before anyone was able to respond, it would have been devastating. “I'm a single dad raising five kids and six in the summer, just had to go bankrupt due to the divorce. I'm very grateful no one was hurt and thank God for saving our lives,” he wrote on his Facebook fundraiser.

https://www.christianpost.com/us/man-praises-god-family-childhood-bible-saved-truck-fire.html 

:: 1-14-19 I 24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recent Israeli strike in Syria wounded top Iran, Hezbollah militants: report

01/14/2019 1:11:15 AM Updated on 01/14/2019 1:35:00 AM Written by i24NEWS

Israel’s airstrike on what Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu claimed were Iranian “weapons depots” at Syria’s Damascus airport over the weekend may have also targeted and wounded members of Lebanese Hezbollah and Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps leadership, according to a report by Kuwaiti newspaper Al-Jarida. The report quotes sources in the IRGC in an exclusive statement to Al-Jarida saying the Israeli attack targeted a meeting of several members of the IRGC’s elite Quds force, Lebanese Hezbollah, and Syrian army head discussing a future joint offensive by Moscow and Ankara against the Al Nusra front in Idlib province, considered the last major stronghold for Syrian rebels - in addition to Iranian military installations and weapons depots. The attack reportedly took place just after the meeting ended as the groups were leaving. At least two IRGC officers and a Hezbollah officials were seriously injured in the strike, as well as several officers from the Syrian army, according to the report. Netanyahu on Sunday said Israel has been behind hundreds of strikes against Iranian and Hezbollah targets in Syria in remarks confirmed by Israeli Defense Forces outgoing Chief-of-Staff Gadi Eizenkot who emphasized the IDF’s victories against Iran and Hezbollah under his leadership over the course of four years. “The [Israel Defense Forces] has on hundreds of occasions attacked targets of Iran and Hezbollah,” Netanyahu said on Sunday at the opening of his weekly cabinet meeting, just two days after the IAF strike. “Just in the last 36 hours did the [Israel Air Force] attack Iranian warehouses with Iranian weapons at the international airport in Damascus," the premier said. On Friday, Syrian state news agency SANA reported that the country’s air defenses intercepted missiles fired at the Damascus international airport at around 11:00 p.m. local time, with a military source attributing the attack to Israel. The source claimed that a warehouse belonging to Syria’s ministry of transport was hit and damaged. The London-based Syrian Observatory for Human Rights war monitor said that the strikes targeted “two areas hosting military positions of Iranian forces and the Lebanese Hezbollah movement.” Israel gave no initial comment on Friday’s reported strikes, but has previously acknowledged carrying out hundreds of attacks in Syria over the years against what it says are Iranian military targets and advanced arms deliveries to Hezbollah. On Saturday, the Syrian foreign ministry said that Israel was able to “get away” with such raids in the country because it is backed by the United States. The United States has said repeatedly that it will continue to support Israel’s right to defend itself against Iran and Hezbollah, including through targeted strikes in Syria, in the wake of its decision to remove American forces from the country.

Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump

Starting the long overdue pullout from Syria while hitting the little remaining ISIS territorial caliphate hard, and from many directions. Will attack again from existing nearby base if it reforms. Will devastate Turkey economically if they hit Kurds. Create 20 mile safe zone....

118K 5:53 PM - Jan 13, 2019

The abruptly announced decision to quit Syria had taken US allies by surprise, and Israel worried over whether Iran would be left with free rein to operate there and whether Russia would respond to its calls to limit it. Netanyahu has vowed to intensify Israeli action in the wake of the United States’ withdrawal.

https://www.i24news.tv/en/news/international/middle-east/193125-190114-israeli-airstrike-on-damascus-airport-wounded-iran-hezbollah-leaders-report 

:: 1-14-19 NBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two killed, 40 detained in new gay purge in Chechnya

The new allegations come after reports in 2017 of more than 100 gay men arrested and subjected to torture, and some of them killed, in the Russian region.

Jan. 14, 2019, 10:47 AM EST By The Associated Press

The Russian republic of Chechnya has launched a new crackdown on gays in which at least two people have died and about 40 people have been detained, LGBTQ activists in Russia charged Monday. The new allegations come after reports in 2017 of more than 100 gay men arrested and subjected to torture, and some of them killed, in the predominantly Muslim region in southern Russia. The Associated Press and other media outlets have interviewed some of the victims, who spoke about torture at the hands of Chechen law enforcement officers. Chechen authorities have denied those accusations, and federal authorities conducted a probe into the earlier reports but said they found nothing to support the charges. Alvi Karimov, a spokesman for Chechen leader Ramzan Kadyrov, told the Interfax news agency on Monday that the latest reports are “complete lies and don’t have an ounce of truth in them.” Karimov insisted that no one has been detained in Chechnya on suspicion of being gay. But the Russian LGBT Network, which has been monitoring the situation in Chechnya and helping victims, said in a statement Monday that about 40 men and women have been detained on suspicion of being gay since December and that at least two of them have died of torture in detention. The detainees are believed held at the same facility that was named in the 2017 reports. The crackdown was first reported Friday but the activists didn’t release full details at the time. “Widespread detentions, torture and killings of gay people have resumed in Chechnya,” Igor Kochetkov, program director at the Russian LGBT Network said. “Persecution of men and women suspected of being gay never stopped. It’s only that its scale has been changing.” Kochetkov said the new wave of anti-gay persecution started at the end of the year when Chechen authorities detained the administrator of a social media group popular with LGBTQ people in the North Caucasus. Kochetkov said the mass detentions began after the authorities got hold of contacts on his phone. LGBTQ activists in 2017 helped to evacuate around 150 gay men from Chechnya to help them restart their lives elsewhere in Russia. Many of them have sought asylum and resettled abroad. Russian authorities have strenuously denied that killings and torture took place in the predominantly Muslim region where homosexuality is taboo, even after one man came forward to talk about the time he spent in detention in Chechnya. Maxim Lapunov said he was detained by unidentified people on a street in the Chechen capital, Grozny, in 2017 and kept in custody for two weeks, where he was repeatedly beaten. He was let go after he signed a statement acknowledging that he was gay and was told he would be killed if he talked about his time in detention. Lapunov, who is not an ethnic Chechen and is from Siberia, was the first to file a complaint with Russian authorities over the wave of arrests of gay people. The Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe last month called on Russia to investigate the reports and cited Lapunov’s case specifically. Kadyrov and his government in Chechnya have been accused of widespread human rights abuses against many dissidents, not just gay men.

https://www.nbcnews.com/feature/nbc-out/two-killed-40-detained-new-gay-purge-chechnya-n958366 

:: 1-7-19 Patriot Rising :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-Second Amendment Chicago Alderman Ed Burke Charged With Extortion: Surprise – Had 23 Guns In Office

By PatriotRising - January 7, 2019

From outlawing cell phone cases shaped like guns to bans on concealed weapons in places that serve alcohol and broadening the gun offender registry in Chicago, Alderman Ed Burke’s record has defined him as an aggressive pusher of gun control. But a bombshell 37-page criminal complaint charging Burke with extortion has exposed him to be yet another phony, hypocritical Anti-Second Amendment legislator. Federal prosecutors now report that nearly two dozen firearms were discovered in Alderman Ed Burke’s offices during their raids in November. What a surprise! This longtime gun-control opponent was armed to the teeth, while denying the suffering and helpless residents of Chicago a chance to defend their family and property. Some background from The Sun Times: When two Burger King executives sought his support for a remodeling job of a fast-food location in his ward in 2017, Chicago’s most powerful alderman took them out for a swanky lunch at the Beverly Country Club — telling them all about his private law firm’s tax work. Then, when they didn’t steer business to Klafter & Burke, a ward employee offered to play “hardball.” And Burke allegedly gave the green light.  Burke, 75, now faces a maximum of 20 years in prison following an investigation that involved recorded calls on Burke’s cellphone and apparent federal surveillance of the alderman. The chairman of Chicago’s finance committee, who’s been in office for 50 years after succeeding his father, used his power to tie up the business licensing process for a southwest Chicago Burger King restaurant to force the owners to steer their legal business to his firm. More from The Sun Times: After the company struggled to have its permits approved, it agreed to steer business to Burke’s firm, according to the complaint. When (city employee Meaghan) Synowiecki asked whether he wanted business from all of its Illinois locations or just those in Cook County, Burke allegedly replied, “Umm, all Illinois locations.” That was Dec. 19, 2017. An application for a driveway permit from the company was approved the same day, according to the complaint. Let me know if you’ve seen this movie before: Liberal Democrat Alderman Burke, who had campaigned for decades on gun control and Second Amendment restrictions, was found to have 23 firearms in his office. Have we checked his home or garage? Signs posted outside his office prohibit anyone – even legal concealed carry – from bringing a gun into the government building. I guess the alderman felt privileged? Listen to this sickness – less than a month ago, Burke made this comment at a gun buyback event with police: “Any of those guns that are sitting in your closet that your relative may have brought back from the First World War, Second World War, Korea, bring them in get your 100 bucks get those guns off the street.” So they can be safely stored in his office I guess.. Burke is not alone: 3 other sitting aldermen are facing criminal charges. Ald. Willie Cochran faces trial in June for allegedly shaking down businessmen to support projects in his 20th Ward. And Ald. Ricardo Munoz (22nd) faces a charge of domestic battery involving his wife. Meanhile, they don’t trust you with a gun and I suppose we all know why.

http://patriotrising.com/anti-second-amendment-chicago-alderman-ed-burke-charged-with-extortion-surprise-had-23-guns-in-office/?fbclid=IwAR1SMO34yVhtUH7OBGccr5aVeRbb_Vqsyy4PN-

lU74Vvh1QQ6GRkIw6jkDs 

:: 1-11-19 Natural News:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fortune: Ford to deploy 5G in ALL US vehicles by early 2022 (frying your brain while you drive)

Posted by Erin Elizabeth | Jan 11, 2019

Ford has announced that it will deploy cellular vehicle-to-everything (C-V2X) technology in all of its new American car models from the year 2022 onward. The technology will enable vehicles to communicate with one another as well as traffic management infrastructure like traffic lights. Pedestrians will also have the ability to transmit their locations to cars, ostensibly boosting the safety of walkers and cyclists. The car maker claims it will be useful for situations like four-way stops, enabling vehicles to communicate with one another about who has the right of way. It could also be used for vehicles that are involved in accidents to give approaching vehicles advance status of the situation so they can avoid danger. Traffic lights, meanwhile, would be able to send drivers signals to alert them when they are about to turn red or green or to let them know if they are about to run a red light. In a Medium post announcing the move, Ford Connected Vehicle Platform and Product Executive Director Don Butler expressed Ford’s excitement over the technology, but he failed to mention the huge downside of all of this connectivity. Butler wrote that the effort’s timing was “perfect” in light of the cellular industry’s push for building 5G networks, but what price will we all pay for this? For all of its greater speeds and connectivity, 5G could put our health at very serious risk. 5G already causing health problems, and many dangers are still unknown One advocate, Kevin Mottus, has likened 5G’s effects to “microwaving our population,” and hundreds of scientists and doctors share his view.  5G works using millimeter waves, which use a higher frequency than microwaves and are more easily absorbed by their surroundings. This means that more towers will be needed. It has been estimated that “small cell” towers will need to be placed approximately every 800 feet to provide connectivity, so exposure will be very difficult to avoid with one small cell for roughly every 12 houses. What happens when your body absorbs these millimeter waves? While we have no idea what the long-term effects of this new technology might be, people in areas where 5G testing is underway have already been reporting a host of side effects, even after just a small amount of exposure. Some San Francisco firefighters reported memory loss and confusion after 5G was placed in their fire house; their symptoms only subsided when they transferred to new stations. Others have reported miscarriages, insomnia, and nosebleeds due to 5G exposure. With thousands of small cells placed in every city, where will people go if they want to get away from it? Scientist Mark Steele said: “We are seeing babies dying in the womb as these transmitters are situated outside people’s bedroom windows. It’s a humanitarian crisis.” It also stands to reason that this is placing people at a tremendous risk of brain cancer. After all, its less-potent predecessors, 2G and 3G, have already been linked to the deadly disease. For reference, 5G is 100 times faster than 4G. A large-scale government study uncovered a link between cell phone radiation and brain cancer as well as heart tumors at lower speeds, so now the risk will be even greater. It’s pretty ironic that Ford is touting the new technology as something that benefits people. While you might be somewhat less likely to be involved in a car accident if you use it (although no one can say for sure), you’ll be frying your brain while you drive and could find yourself dealing with brain cancer – hardly a trade-off most people would be willing to make.

https://www.healthnutnews.com/fortune-ford-to-deploy-5g-in-all-us-vehicles-by-early-2022-frying-your-brain-while-you-drive/ 

:: 1-8-19 Revolution Radio :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Deep State Plot to Start World War III

Tuesday, January 8, 2019 By Paul Martin

By Dave Hodges TheCommonSenseShow.com January 8th, 2019

In August of 2018, the Pentagon released a report that was not covered in our corporate controlled media. Subsequently, I have learned that the Pentagon held a closed door briefing on the topic of the Chinese preparing to unleash a series of Pearl Harbor type of attacks against the United States.  And as will be revealed later in the article, it led me to ask the right questions of deep cover sources regarding China and the commencement of World War III. The readers may be wondering where I obtained this information? It certainly wasn’t from the MSM in America. The reports surfaced in places like New Zealand and France. And of course, as stated, I have deep cover sources revealing what the Deep State is actually up to. As an aside, I feel compelled to ask a question: Isn’t it a shame that we have to get the truth about the dangers our country faces from the foreign press instead of the MSM such as CNN and the Washington Post? There is an issue that I have repeatedly covered before on the CSS’ radio show and website. This has to do with the fact that we are, once again, forcing an Asian country to attack the United States in order to promote a wider conflict for political reasons. In the pre-World War II time, we provoked Japan to attack the United States. President Roosevelt was told by Nazi refugees, such as Einstein, that the Germans were close to developing atomic weapons that could be mounted on rockets. Not only did this lead to America’s Manhattan Project, designed to develop and deliver America’s first nuclear weapons, it could lead directly World War III. Roosevelt was forced to develop a plan that would get America into the war quickly in order to stop the Germans. Roosevelt and his team of advisers developed the McCollum Eight Point Plan which was designed to get Japan to attack the US. Roosevelt deemed this was necessary because America was embroiled in the Great Depression and an air of isolationism swept the country. Americans had to be shocked into accepting the entry into the global conflict, hence, the McCollum Plan. Today, thanks to neocon, Mattis, America is following a similar plan in order to get China to attack America. Here are the two plots and how they parallel each other. The McCollum Memo Prior to WW II, the US created something called the 8 point plan (MCollum Memo). Eventually, this caused Japan to respond to the interference with its trade and the attack upon Pearl Harbor. Is this what the Trump administration is doing? Is Trump still in charge of his administration. A decided shift occurred when Bolton joined the Trump administration.

http://revolutionradio.org/2019/01/08/the-deep-state-plot-to-start-world-war-iii/ 

:: 1-8-19 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Samsung Echoes Apple’s Gloomy Outlook as Tech Woes Get Worse

South Korean tech giant expects fourth quarter operating profit will fall 29%

By Timothy W. Martin Updated Jan. 8, 2019 2:56 a.m. ET

SEOUL—Samsung Electronics Co. expects its fourth-quarter operating profit will decline 29%—surprise guidance that fell far below analysts’ estimates—in the latest sign of challenges hitting the tech industry. The world’s largest maker of smartphones and semiconductors said its estimated profit decline comes “amid mounting macro uncertainties.” The Suwon, South Korea-based company pointed to “lackluster demand” for memory chips and “intensifying competition” in its handsets business.

To Read the Full Story

https://www.wsj.com/articles/samsung-electronics-profit-outlook-surprisingly-weak-11546909783 

:: 1-7-19 Newsday :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Home items are getting smarter and creepier, like it or not

By The Associated Press Updated January 7, 2019 10:41 AM

One day, finding an oven that just cooks food may be as tough as buying a TV that merely lets you click between channels. Internet-connected "smarts" are creeping into cars, refrigerators, thermostats, toys and just about everything else in your home. CES 2019, the gadget show opening Tuesday in Las Vegas, will showcase many of these products, including an oven that coordinates your recipes and a toilet that flushes with a voice command. With every additional smart device in your home, companies are able to gather more details about your daily life. Some of that can be used to help advertisers target you — more precisely than they could with just the smartphone you carry. "It's decentralized surveillance," said Jeff Chester, executive director for the Center for Digital Democracy, a Washington-based digital privacy advocate. "We're living in a world where we're tethered to some online service stealthily gathering our information." Yet consumers so far seem to be welcoming these devices. The research firm IDC projects that 1.3 billion smart devices will ship worldwide in 2022, twice as many as 2018. Companies say they are building these products not for snooping but for convenience, although Amazon, Google and other partners enabling the intelligence can use the details they collect to customize their services and ads. Whirlpool, for instance, is testing an oven whose window doubles as a display. You'll still be able to see what's roasting inside, but the glass can now display animation pointing to where to place the turkey for optimal cooking. The oven can sync with your digital calendar and recommend recipes based on how much time you have. It can help coordinate multiple recipes, so that you're not undercooking the side dishes in focusing too much on the entree. A camera inside lets you zoom in to see if the cheese on the lasagna has browned enough, without opening the oven door. As for that smart toilet, Kohler's Numi will respond to voice commands to raise or lower the lid — or to flush. You can do it from an app, too. The company says it's all about offering hands-free options in a setting that's very personal for people. The toilet is also heated and can play music and the news through its speakers. Kohler also has a tub that adjusts water temperature to your liking and a kitchen faucet that dispenses just the right amount of water for a recipe. For the most part, consumers aren't asking for these specific features. "We try to be innovative in ways that customers don't think they need," Samsung spokesman Louis Masses said. Whirlpool said insights can come from something as simple as watching consumers open the oven door several times to check on the meal, losing heat in the process. "They do not say to us, 'Please tell me where to put (food) on the rack, or do algorithm-based cooking,'" said Doug Searles, general manager for Whirlpool's research arm, WLabs. "They tell us the results that are most important to them." Samsung has several voice-enabled products, including a fridge that comes with an app that lets you check on its contents while you're grocery shopping. New this year: Samsung's washing machines can send alerts to its TVs — smart TVs, of course — so you know your laundry is ready while watching Netflix. Other connected items at CES include:

— a fishing rod that tracks your location to build an online map of where you've made the most catches.

— a toothbrush that recommends where to brush more.

— a fragrance diffuser that lets you control how your home smells from a smartphone app.

These are poised to join internet-connected security cameras, door locks and thermostats that are already on the market. The latter can work with sensors to turn the heat down automatically when you leave home. Chester said consumers feel the need to keep up with their neighbors when they buy appliances with the smartest smarts. He said all the conveniences can be "a powerful drug to help people forget the fact that they are also being spied on." Gadgets with voice controls typically aren't transmitting any data back to company servers until you activate them with a trigger word, such as "Alexa" or "OK Google." But devices have sometimes misheard innocuous words as legitimate commands to record and send private conversations. Even when devices work properly, commands are usually stored indefinitely. Companies can use the data to personalize experiences — including ads. Beyond that, background conversations may be stored with the voice recordings and can resurface with hacking or as part of lawsuits or investigations. Knowing what you cook or stock in your fridge might seem innocuous. But if insurers get hold of the data, they might charge you more for unhealthy diets, warned Paul Stephens, director of policy and advocacy at the Privacy Rights Clearinghouse in San Diego. He also said it might be possible to infer ethnicity based on food consumed. Manufacturers are instead emphasizing the benefits: Data collection from the smart faucet, for instance, allows Kohler's app to display how much water is dispensed. (Water bills typically show water use for the whole home, not individual taps.) The market for smart devices is still small, but growing. Kohler estimates that in a few years, smart appliances will make up 10 percent of its revenue. Though the features are initially limited to premium models — such as the $7,000 toilet — they should eventually appear in entry-level products, too, as costs come down. Consider the TV. "Dumb" TVs are rare these days, as the vast majority of TVs ship with internet connections and apps, like it or not. "It becomes a check-box item for the TV manufacturer," said Paul Gagnon, an analyst with IHS Markit. For a dumb one, he said, you have to search for an off-brand, entry-level model with smaller screens — or go to places in the world where streaming services aren't common. "Dumb" cars are also headed to the scrapyard. The research firm BI Intelligence estimates that by 2020, three out of every four cars sold worldwide will be models with connectivity. No serious incidents have occurred in the United States, Europe and Japan, but a red flag has already been raised in China, where automakers have been sharing location details of connected cars with the government. As for TVs, Consumer Reports says many TV makers collect and share users' viewing habits. Vizio agreed to $2.5 million in penalties in 2017 to settle cases with the Federal Trade Commission and New Jersey officials. Consumers can decide not to enable these connections. They can also vote with their wallets, Stephens said. "I'm a firm believer that simple is better. If you don't need to have these so-called enhancements, don't buy them," he said. "Does one really need a refrigerator that keeps track of everything in it and tells you you are running out of milk?"

https://www.newsday.com/business/technology/smart-home-creepy-surveillance-1.25650884 

:: 1--19 Wikipedia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pantheon, Rome

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

(Redirected from Pantheon of Rome)

Jump to navigation

Jump to search

For other uses, see Pantheon.

Not to be confused with Parthenon.

The Pantheon (UK: /ˈpænθiən/, US: /-ɒn/;[1] Latin: Pantheum,[nb 1] from Greek Πάνθειον Pantheion, "[temple] of all the gods") is a former Roman temple, now a church, in Rome, Italy, on the site of an earlier temple commissioned by Marcus Agrippa during the reign of Augustus (27 BC – 14 AD). It was completed by the emperor Hadrian and probably dedicated about 126 AD. Its date of construction is uncertain, because Hadrian chose not to inscribe the new temple but rather to retain the inscription of Agrippa's older temple, which had burned down.[2]

The building is circular with a portico of large granite Corinthian columns (eight in the first rank and two groups of four behind) under a pediment. A rectangular vestibule links the porch to the rotunda, which is under a coffered concrete dome, with a central opening (oculus) to the sky. Almost two thousand years after it was built, the Pantheon's dome is still the world's largest unreinforced concrete dome.[3] The height to the oculus and the diameter of the interior circle are the same, 43 metres (142 ft).[4]

It is one of the best-preserved of all Ancient Roman buildings, in large part because it has been in continuous use throughout its history, and since the 7th century, the Pantheon has been used as a church dedicated to "St. Mary and the Martyrs" (Latin: Sancta Maria ad Martyres) but informally known as "Santa Maria Rotonda".[5] The square in front of the Pantheon is called Piazza della Rotonda. The Pantheon is a state property, managed by Italy's Ministry of Cultural Heritage and Activities and Tourism through the Polo Museale del Lazio; in 2013 it was visited by over 6 million people.

The Pantheon's large circular domed cella, with a conventional temple portico front, was unique in Roman architecture. Nevertheless, it became a standard exemplar when classical styles were revived, and has been copied many times by later architects.[6]

Contents

1 Etymology

2 History

2.1 Ancient

2.2 Medieval

2.3 Renaissance

2.4 Modern

3 Cardinal deaconry

3.1 Cardinal-protectors

4 Structure

4.1 Portico

4.2 Rotunda

4.3 Interior

5 Christian modifications

6 Gallery

7 Works modeled on, or inspired by, the Pantheon

8 See also

9 Notes

10 Footnotes

11 References

12 External links

Etymology The name "Pantheon" is from the Ancient Greek "Pantheion" (Πάνθειον) meaning "of, relating to, or common to all the gods": (pan- / "παν-" meaning "all" + theion / "θεῖον"= meaning "of or sacred to a god").[7] Cassius Dio, a Roman senator who wrote in Greek, speculated that the name comes either from the statues of many gods placed around this building, or from the resemblance of the dome to the heavens.[8] His uncertainty strongly suggests that "Pantheon" (or Pantheum) was merely a nickname, not the formal name of the building.[9] In fact, the concept of a pantheon dedicated to all the gods is questionable. The only definite pantheon recorded earlier than Agrippa's was at Antioch in Syria, though it is only mentioned by a sixth-century source.[10] Ziegler tried to collect evidence of panthea, but his list consists of simple dedications "to all the gods" or "to the Twelve Gods," which are not necessarily true panthea in the sense of a temple housing a cult that literally worships all the gods.[11] Godfrey and Hemsoll point out that ancient authors never refer to Hadrian's Pantheon with the word aedes, as they do with other temples, and the Severan inscription carved on the architrave uses simply "Pantheum," not "Aedes Panthei" (temple of all the gods).[12] It seems highly significant that Dio does not quote the simplest explanation for the name—that the Pantheon was dedicated to all the gods.[13] In fact, Livy wrote that it had been decreed that temple buildings (or perhaps temple cellae) should only be dedicated to single divinities, so that it would be clear who would be offended if, for example, the building were struck by lightning, and because it was only appropriate to offer sacrifice to a specific deity (27.25.7-10).[14] Godfrey and Hemsoll maintain that the word Pantheon "need not denote a particular group of gods, or, indeed, even all the gods, since it could well have had other meanings…. Certainly the word pantheus or pantheos, could be applicable to individual deities…. Bearing in mind also that the Greek word θεῖος (theios) need not mean "of a god" but could mean "superhuman," or even "excellent."[12] Since the French Revolution, when the church of Sainte-Geneviève in Paris was deconsecrated and turned into the secular monument called the Panthéon of Paris, the generic term pantheon has sometimes been applied to other buildings in which illustrious dead are honoured or buried.[1] History Ancient The Pantheon and the Fontana del Pantheon. Ancient In the aftermath of the Battle of Actium (31 BC), Marcus Agrippa started an impressive building program: the Pantheon was a part of the complex created by him on his own property in the Campus Martius in 29–19 BC, which included three buildings aligned from south to north: the Baths of Agrippa, the Basilica of Neptune, and the Pantheon.[15] It seems likely that the Pantheon and the Basilica of Neptune were Agrippa's sacra privata, not aedes publicae (public temples).[16] This less solemn designation would help explain how the building could have so easily lost its original name and purpose (Ziolkowski contends that it was originally the Temple of Mars in Campo)[17] in such a relatively short period of time.[18] It had long been thought that the current building was built by Agrippa, with later alterations undertaken, and this was in part because of the Latin inscription on the front of the temple[19] which reads: M·AGRIPPA·L·F·COS·TERTIVM·FECIT

or in full, "M[arcus] Agrippa L[ucii] f[ilius] co[n]s[ul] tertium fecit," meaning "Marcus Agrippa, son of Lucius, made [this building] when consul for the third time."[20] However, archaeological excavations have shown that the Pantheon of Agrippa had been completely destroyed except for the façade. Lise Hetland argues that the present construction began in 114, under Trajan, four years after it was destroyed by fire for the second time (Oros. 7.12). She reexamined Herbert Bloch's 1959 paper, which is responsible for the commonly maintained Hadrianic date, and maintains that he should not have excluded all of the Trajanic-era bricks from his brick-stamp study. Her argument is particularly interesting in light of Heilmeyer's argument that, based on stylistic evidence, Apollodorus of Damascus, Trajan's architect, was the obvious architect.[21] The form of Agrippa's Pantheon is debated. As a result of excavations in the late 19th century, archaeologist Rodolfo Lanciani concluded that Agrippa's Pantheon was oriented so that it faced South, in contrast with the current layout that faces North, and that it had a shortened T-shaped plan with the entrance at the base of the "T". This description was widely accepted until the late 20th century. While more recent archaeological diggings have suggested that Agrippa's building might have had a circular form with a triangular porch, and it might have also faced North, much like the later rebuildings, Ziolkowski complains that their conclusions were based entirely on surmise; according to him, they did not find any new datable material, yet they attributed everything they found to the Agrippan phase, failing to account for the fact that Domitian, known for his enthusiasm for building and known to have restored the Pantheon after 80 AD, might well have been responsible for everything they found. Ziolkowski argues that Lanciani's initial assessment is still supported by all of the finds to date, including theirs; furthermore he expresses skepticism because the building they describe, "a single building composed of a huge pronaos and a circular cella of the same diameter, linked by a relatively narrow and very short passage (much thinner than the current intermediate block), has no known parallels in classical architecture and would go against everything we know of Roman design principles in general and of Augustan architecture in particular."[22]

The only passages referring to the decoration of the Agrippan Pantheon written by an eyewitness are in Pliny's Natural History. From him we know that "the capitals, too, of the pillars, which were placed by M. Agrippa in the Pantheon, are made of Syracusan bronze",[23] that "the Pantheon of Agrippa has been decorated by Diogenes of Athens, and the Caryatides, by him, which form the columns of that temple, are looked upon as masterpieces of excellence: the same, too, with the statues that are placed upon the roof,"[24] and that one of Cleopatra's pearls was cut in half so that each half "might serve as pendants for the ears of Venus, in the Pantheon at Rome".[25]

The Augustan Pantheon was destroyed along with other buildings in a huge fire in the year 80 AD. Domitian rebuilt the Pantheon, which was burnt again in 110 AD.[26]

The degree to which the decorative scheme should be credited to Hadrian's architects is uncertain. Finished by Hadrian but not claimed as one of his works, it used the text of the original inscription on the new façade (a common practice in Hadrian's rebuilding projects all over Rome; the only building on which Hadrian put his own name was the Temple to the Deified Trajan).[27] How the building was actually used is not known. The Historia Augusta says that Hadrian dedicated the Pantheon (among other buildings) in the name of the original builder (Hadr. 19.10), but the current inscription could not be a copy of the original; it provides no information as to who Agrippa's foundation was dedicated to, and, in Ziolkowski's opinion, it was highly unlikely that in 25 BC Agrippa would have presented himself as "consul tertium." On coins, the same words, "M. Agrippa L.f cos. tertium," were the ones used to refer to him after his death; consul tertium serving as "a sort of posthumous cognomen ex virtute, a remembrance of the fact that, of all the men of his generation apart from Augustus himself, he was the only one to hold the consulship thrice."[28] Whatever the cause of the alteration of the inscription might have been, the new inscription reflects the fact that there was a change in the building's purpose.[29]

Cassius Dio, a Graeco-Roman senator, consul and author of a comprehensive History of Rome, writing approximately 75 years after the Pantheon's reconstruction, mistakenly attributed the domed building to Agrippa rather than Hadrian. Dio appears to be the only near-contemporaneous writer to mention the Pantheon. Even by the year 200, there was uncertainty about the origin of the building and its purpose:

Agrippa finished the construction of the building called the Pantheon. It has this name, perhaps because it received among the images which decorated it the statues of many gods, including Mars and Venus; but my own opinion of the name is that, because of its vaulted roof, it resembles the heavens.

— Cassius Dio History of Rome 53.27.2

In 202, the building was repaired by the joint emperors Septimius Severus and his son Caracalla (fully Marcus Aurelius Antoninus), for which there is another, smaller inscription on the architrave of the façade, under the aforementioned larger text.[30][31] This now-barely legible inscription reads:

IMP · CAES · L · SEPTIMIVS · SEVERVS · PIVS · PERTINAX · ARABICVS · ADIABENICVS · PARTHICVS · MAXIMVS · PONTIF · MAX · TRIB · POTEST · X · IMP · XI · COS · III · P · P · PROCOS  ET

IMP · CAES · M · AVRELIVS · ANTONINVS · PIVS · FELIX · AVG · TRIB · POTEST · V · COS ·PROCOS · PANTHEVM · VETVSTATE · CORRVPTVM · CVM · OMNI · CVLTV · RESTITVERVNT

In English, this means: Emp[eror] Caes[ar] L[ucius] Septimius Severus Pius Pertinax, victorious in Arabia, victor of Adiabene, the great victor in Parthia, Pontif[ex] Max[imus], 10 times tribune, 11 times emperor, three times consul, P[ater] P[atriae], proconsul, and Emp[eror] Caes[ar] M[arcus] Aurelius Antoninus Pius Felix Aug[ustus], five times tribune, consul, proconsul, have carefully restored the Pantheon ruined by age.[32] Medieval In 609, the Byzantine emperor Phocas gave the building to Pope Boniface IV, who converted it into a Christian church and consecrated it to St. Mary and the Martyrs on 13 May 609: "Another Pope, Boniface, asked the same [Emperor Phocas, in Constantinople] to order that in the old temple called the Pantheon, after the pagan filth was removed, a church should be made, to the holy virgin Mary and all the martyrs, so that the commemoration of the saints would take place henceforth where not gods but demons were formerly worshipped."[33] Twenty-eight cartloads of holy relics of martyrs were said to have been removed from the catacombs and placed in a porphyry basin beneath the high altar.[34] On its consecration, Boniface placed an icon of the Mother of God as 'Panagia Hodegetria' (All Holy Directress) within the new sanctuary [35].

The building's consecration as a church saved it from the abandonment, destruction, and the worst of the spoliation that befell the majority of ancient Rome's buildings during the early medieval period. However, Paul the Deacon records the spoliation of the building by the Emperor Constans II, who visited Rome in July 663: Remaining at Rome twelve days he pulled down everything that in ancient times had been made of metal for the ornament of the city, to such an extent that he even stripped off the roof of the church [of the blessed Mary], which at one time was called the Pantheon, and had been founded in honour of all the gods and was now by the consent of the former rulers the place of all the martyrs; and he took away from there the bronze tiles and sent them with all the other ornaments to Constantinople. Much fine external marble has been removed over the centuries - for example, capitals from some of the pilasters are in the British Museum.[36] Two columns were swallowed up in the medieval buildings that abutted the Pantheon on the east and were lost. In the early 17th century, Urban VIII Barberini tore away the bronze ceiling of the portico, and replaced the medieval campanile with the famous twin towers (often wrongly attributed to Bernini[37]) called "the ass's ears,"[38] which were not removed until the late 19th century.[39] The only other loss has been the external sculptures, which adorned the pediment above Agrippa's inscription. The marble interior has largely survived, although with extensive restoration. Renaissance Since the Renaissance the Pantheon has been the site of several important burials. Among those buried there are the painters Raphael and Annibale Carracci, the composer Arcangelo Corelli, and the architect Baldassare Peruzzi. In the 15th century, the Pantheon was adorned with paintings: the best-known is the Annunciation by Melozzo da Forlì. Filippo Brunelleschi, among other architects, looked to the Pantheon as inspiration for their works.

Pope Urban VIII (1623 to 1644) ordered the bronze ceiling of the Pantheon's portico melted down. Most of the bronze was used to make bombards for the fortification of Castel Sant'Angelo, with the remaining amount used by the Apostolic Camera for various other works. It is also said that the bronze was used by Bernini in creating his famous baldachin above the high altar of St. Peter's Basilica, but, according to at least one expert, the Pope's accounts state that about 90% of the bronze was used for the cannon, and that the bronze for the baldachin came from Venice.[41] Concerning this, an anonymous contemporary Roman satirist quipped in a pasquinade (a publicly posted poem) that quod non fecerunt barbari fecerunt Barberini ("What the barbarians did not do the Barberinis [Urban VIII's family name] did").

In 1747, the broad frieze below the dome with its false windows was "restored," but bore little resemblance to the original. In the early decades of the 20th century, a piece of the original, as could be reconstructed from Renaissance drawings and paintings, was recreated in one of the panels. Modern [citation needed] Two kings of Italy are buried in the Pantheon: Vittorio Emanuele II and Umberto I, as well as Umberto's Queen, Margherita.

The Pantheon is in use as a Catholic church. Masses are celebrated there on Sundays and holy days of obligation. Weddings are also held there from time to time.

Cardinal deaconry

On 23 July 1725, the Pantheon was established as Cardinal-deaconry of S. Maria ad Martyres, i.e. a titular church for a cardinal-deacon.

On 26 May 1929, this deaconry was suppressed to establish the Cardinal Deaconry of S. Apollinare alle Terme Neroniane-Alessandrine.[citation needed]

The building was originally approached by a flight of steps. Later construction raised the level of the ground leading to the portico, eliminating these steps.[5]

The pediment was decorated with relief sculpture, probably of gilded bronze. Holes marking the location of clamps that held the sculpture suggest that its design was likely an eagle within a wreath; ribbons extended from the wreath into the corners of the pediment.[42]

Mark Wilson Jones has attempted to explain the design adjustments carried out in relating the porch to the dome, arguing that the Pantheon's porch was originally designed for monolithic granite columns with shafts 50 Roman feet tall (weighing about 100 tons) and capitals 10 Roman feet tall in the Corinthian style.[43] The taller porch would have hidden the second pediment visible on the intermediate block. Instead, after the intended columns failed to arrive, the builders made many awkward adjustments in order to use shafts 40 Roman feet tall and capitals eight Roman feet tall.[44] This substitution was probably a result of logistical difficulties at some stage in the construction. Alternatively, it has also been argued that the scale of the portico related to the urban design of the space in front of the temple.[45] The grey granite columns that were actually used in the Pantheon's pronaos were quarried in Egypt at Mons Claudianus in the eastern mountains. Each was 39 feet (11.9 m) tall, 5 feet (1.5 m) in diameter, and 60 tons in weight.[46] These were dragged more than 100 km (62 miles) from the quarry to the river on wooden sledges. They were floated by barge down the Nile River when the water level was high during the spring floods, and then transferred to vessels to cross the Mediterranean Sea to the Roman port of Ostia. There, they were transferred back onto barges and pulled up the Tiber River to Rome.[47] After being unloaded near the Mausoleum of Augustus, the site of the Pantheon was still about 700 metres away.[48] Thus, it was necessary to either drag them or to move them on rollers to the construction site.

In the walls at the back of the Pantheon's portico are niches, perhaps intended for statues of Julius Caesar, Augustus Caesar, and Agrippa, or for the Capitoline Triad, or another set of gods.

The large bronze doors to the cella, once plated with gold, are not the original ones of the Pantheon. The current doors – manufactured too small for the door frames – have been there since about the 15th century.[49]

Rotunda The 4,535 metric tons (4,999 short tons) weight of the Roman concrete dome is concentrated on a ring of voussoirs 9.1 metres (30 ft) in diameter that form the oculus, while the downward thrust of the dome is carried by eight barrel vaults in the 6.4 metres (21 ft) thick drum wall into eight piers. The thickness of the dome varies from 6.4 metres (21 ft) at the base of the dome to 1.2 metres (3.9 ft) around the oculus.[50] The materials used in the concrete of the dome also varies. At its thickest point, the aggregate is travertine, then terracotta tiles, then at the very top, tufa and pumice, both porous light stones. At the very top, where the dome would be at its weakest and vulnerable to collapse, the oculus actually lightens the load.[51]

Beam in the dome of the Pantheon

No tensile test results are available on the concrete used in the Pantheon; however, Cowan discussed tests on ancient concrete from Roman ruins in Libya, which gave a compressive strength of 20 MPa (2,900 psi). An empirical relationship gives a tensile strength of 1.47 MPa (213 psi) for this specimen.[50] Finite element analysis of the structure by Mark and Hutchison[52] found a maximum tensile stress of only 128 kPa (18.5 psi) at the point where the dome joins the raised outer wall.[53]

The stresses in the dome were found to be substantially reduced by the use of successively less dense aggregate stones, such as small pots or pieces of pumice, in higher layers of the dome. Mark and Hutchison estimated that, if normal weight concrete had been used throughout, the stresses in the arch would have been some 80% greater. Hidden chambers engineered within the rotunda form a sophisticated structural system.[54] This reduced the weight of the roof, as did the elimination of the apex by means of the oculus.[55]

The top of the rotunda wall features a series of brick relieving arches, visible on the outside and built into the mass of the brickwork. The Pantheon is full of such devices – for example, there are relieving arches over the recesses inside – but all these arches were hidden by marble facing on the interior and possibly by stone revetment or stucco on the exterior.

The height to the oculus and the diameter of the interior circle are the same, 43.3 metres (142 ft), so the whole interior would fit exactly within a cube (also, the interior could house a sphere 43.3 metres (142 ft) in diameter).[56] These dimensions make more sense when expressed in ancient Roman units of measurement: The dome spans 150 Roman feet; the oculus is 30 Roman feet in diameter; the doorway is 40 Roman feet high.[57] The Pantheon still holds the record for the world's largest unreinforced concrete dome. It is also substantially larger than earlier domes.[58]

Though often drawn as a free-standing building, there was a building at its rear into which it abutted. While this building helped buttress the rotunda, there was no interior passage from one to the other.[59]

Interior The extravagant Pantheon can be entered through the pronaos, which is the rectangular area located at the front of the temple. This is recognizable part of the structure surrounded by numerous towering granite columns, each 13-meters in height. This entrance is covered by something called a tympanum, a semi-circular surface placed over the entry. This element is bordered by a lintel and arch. The building itself lay perched upon a series of broad white steps, elevating the building.

Upon entry, visitors are greeted by an enormous rounded room covered by the dome. Off to either side, the building is divided into 2 parts or naves, excluding the center part of the temple. The oculus at the top of the dome was never covered allowing rainfall through the ceiling and onto the floor. Because of this, the interior floor is equipped with drains and has been built with an incline of about 30cm to promote water run off. There are 3 floors in the Pantheon, the second is made up of lessens that allow sunlight to filter through to the first floor, assisted by the light flowing in through the oculus.[60][61]

The interior of the dome was possibly intended to symbolize the arched vault of the heavens.[56] The oculus at the dome's apex and the entry door are the only natural sources of light in the interior. Throughout the day, the light from the oculus moves around this space in a reverse sundial effect.[62] The oculus also serves as a cooling and ventilation method. During storms, a drainage system below the floor handles the rain that falls through the oculus.

The dome features sunken panels (coffers), in five rings of 28. This evenly spaced layout was difficult to achieve and, it is presumed, had symbolic meaning, either numerical, geometric, or lunar.[63][64] In antiquity, the coffers may have contained bronze stars, rosettes, or other ornaments.

Circles and squares form the unifying theme of the interior design. The checkerboard floor pattern contrasts with the concentric circles of square coffers in the dome. Each zone of the interior, from floor to ceiling, is subdivided according to a different scheme. As a result, the interior decorative zones do not line up. The overall effect is immediate viewer orientation according to the major axis of the building, even though the cylindrical space topped by a hemispherical dome is inherently ambiguous. This discordance has not always been appreciated, and the attic level was redone according to Neoclassical taste in the 18th century.[65] Christian modifications The present high altars and the apses were commissioned by Pope Clement XI (1700–1721) and designed by Alessandro Specchi. Enshrined on the apse above the high altar is a 7th-century Byzantine icon of the Virgin and Child, given by Phocas to Pope Boniface IV on the occasion of the dedication of the Pantheon for Christian worship on 13 May 609. The choir was added in 1840, and was designed by Luigi Poletti.

The first niche to the right of the entrance holds a Madonna of the Girdle and St Nicholas of Bari (1686) painted by an unknown artist. The first chapel on the right, the Chapel of the Annunciation, has a fresco of the Annunciation attributed to Melozzo da Forlì. On the left side is a canvas by Clement Maioli of St Lawrence and St Agnes (1645–1650). On the right wall is the Incredulity of St Thomas (1633) by Pietro Paolo Bonzi.

The second niche has a 15th-century fresco of the Tuscan school, depicting the Coronation of the Virgin. In the second chapel is the tomb of King Victor Emmanuel II (died 1878). It was originally dedicated to the Holy Spirit. A competition was held to decide which architect should design it. Giuseppe Sacconi participated, but lost – he would later design the tomb of Umberto I in the opposite chapel.

Manfredo Manfredi won the competition, and started work in 1885. The tomb consists of a large bronze plaque surmounted by a Roman eagle and the arms of the house of Savoy. The golden lamp above the tomb burns in honor of Victor Emmanuel III, who died in exile in 1947.

The third niche has a sculpture by Il Lorenzone of St Anne and the Blessed Virgin. In the third chapel is a 15th-century painting of the Umbrian school, The Madonna of Mercy between St Francis and St John the Baptist. It is also known as the Madonna of the Railing, because it originally hung in the niche on the left-hand side of the portico, where it was protected by a railing. It was moved to the Chapel of the Annunciation, and then to its present position sometime after 1837. The bronze epigram commemorated Pope Clement XI's restoration of the sanctuary. On the right wall is the canvas Emperor Phocas presenting the Pantheon to Pope Boniface IV (1750) by an unknown. There are three memorial plaques in the floor, one conmmemorating a Gismonda written in the vernacular. The final niche on the right side has a statue of St. Anastasio (1725) by Bernardino Cametti.[66]

On the first niche to the left of the entrance is an Assumption (1638) by Andrea Camassei. The first chapel on the left, is the Chapel of St Joseph in the Holy Land, and is the chapel of the Confraternity of the Virtuosi at the Pantheon. This refers to the confraternity of artists and musicians that was formed here by a 16th-century Canon of the church, Desiderio da Segni, to ensure that worship was maintained in the chapel.

The first members were, among others, Antonio da Sangallo the younger, Jacopo Meneghino, Giovanni Mangone, Zuccari, Domenico Beccafumi, and Flaminio Vacca. The confraternity continued to draw members from the elite of Rome's artists and architects, and among later members we find Bernini, Cortona, Algardi, and many others. The institution still exists, and is now called the Academia Ponteficia di Belle Arti (The Pontifical Academy of Fine Arts), based in the palace of the Cancelleria. The altar in the chapel is covered with false marble. On the altar is a statue of St Joseph and the Holy Child by Vincenzo de Rossi.

To the sides are paintings (1661) by Francesco Cozza, one of the Virtuosi: Adoration of the Shepherds on left side and Adoration of the Magi on right. The stucco relief on the left, Dream of St Joseph, is by Paolo Benaglia, and the one on the right, Rest during the flight from Egypt, is by Carlo Monaldi. On the vault are several 17th-century canvases, from left to right: Cumean Sibyl by Ludovico Gimignani; Moses by Francesco Rosa; Eternal Father by Giovanni Peruzzini; David by Luigi Garzi; and Eritrean Sibyl by Giovanni Andrea Carlone.

The second niche has a statue of St Agnes, by Vincenzo Felici. The bust on the left is a portrait of Baldassare Peruzzi, derived from a plaster portrait by Giovanni Duprè. The tomb of King Umberto I and his wife Margherita di Savoia is in the next chapel. The chapel was originally dedicated to St Michael the Archangel, and then to St. Thomas the Apostle. The present design is by Giuseppe Sacconi, completed after his death by his pupil Guido Cirilli. The tomb consists of a slab of alabaster mounted in gilded bronze. The frieze has allegorical representations of Generosity, by Eugenio Maccagnani, and Munificence, by Arnaldo Zocchi. The royal tombs are maintained by the National Institute of Honour Guards to the Royal Tombs, founded in 1878. They also organize picket guards at the tombs. The altar with the royal arms is by Cirilli.

The third niche holds the mortal remains – his Ossa et cineres, "Bones and ashes", as the inscription on the sarcophagus says – of the great artist Raphael. His fiancée, Maria Bibbiena is buried to the right of his sarcophagus; she died before they could marry. The sarcophagus was given by Pope Gregory XVI, and its inscription reads ILLE HIC EST RAPHAEL TIMUIT QUO SOSPITE VINCI / RERUM MAGNA PARENS ET MORIENTE MORI, meaning "Here lies Raphael, by whom the mother of all things (Nature) feared to be overcome while he was living, and while he was dying, herself to die". The epigraph was written by Pietro Bembo.

The present arrangement is from 1811, designed by Antonio Munoz. The bust of Raphael (1833) is by Giuseppe Fabris. The two plaques commemorate Maria Bibbiena and Annibale Carracci. Behind the tomb is the statue known as the Madonna del Sasso (Madonna of the Rock) so named because she rests one foot on a boulder. It was commissioned by Raphael and made by Lorenzetto in 1524.

In the Chapel of the Crucifixion, the Roman brick wall is visible in the niches. The wooden crucifix on the altar is from the 15th century. On the left wall is a Descent of the Holy Ghost (1790) by Pietro Labruzi. On the right side is the low relief Cardinal Consalvi presents to Pope Pius VII the five provinces restored to the Holy See (1824) made by the Danish sculptor Bertel Thorvaldsen. The bust is a portrait of Cardinal Agostino Rivarola. The final niche on this side has a statue of St. Evasius (Sant'Evasio) (1727) by Francesco Moderati.[66]

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pantheon ,_Rome

:: 1-7-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

White House Coordinating With Army To Begin Work on Border Wall

Army Corps of Engineers will construct wall should President Trump declare a National Emergency

Jamie White | Infowars.com - January 7, 2019

The U.S. Army will be the primary contractor building the southern border wall, the White House announced on Monday. “If the president declares a national emergency, the Army Corps of Engineers will kick into high gear,” said a White House official. “They’re already handing out contracts, and that would speed up a lot.” The White House Office of Management and Budget sent a letter to Democratic House committee chairs on Sunday, informing them that the Customs and Border Protection agency is coordinating with the army to fulfill President Trump’s goal of securing the border with a steel wall. “In concert with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, CBP has increased its capacity to execute these funds,” said a letter from the White House budget office to Democratic House committee chairs. “The Administration’s full request would fund construction of a total of approximately 234 miles of new physical barrier and fully fund the top 10 priorities in CBP’s Border Security Improvement Plan.” The letter goes on to request funds for several other areas pertaining to border security, including more border patrol personnel, humanitarian supplies, and technology resources. “These upfront investments in physical barriers and technology, as well as legislation to close loopholes in our immigration system, will reduce illegal immigration, the flow of illicit drugs entering our country and reduce the long term costs for border and immigration enforcement activities,” the letter concluded.

Trump indicated Sunday that he may declare a National Emergency to begin work on the wall if the Democrats continue to ignore the country’s border crisis.

https://www.infowars.com/white-house-coordinating-with-army-to-begin-work-on-border-wall/ 

:: 1-6-19 The Watchers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Intense eruption at Stromboli volcano, persistent explosions with high acoustic pressure and high puffing, Italy

Posted by TW on January 06, 2019

Explosive activity at Italian Stromboli volcano intensified on January 5, 2019, especially in its northeastern vents where a new cinder cone is growing. Seismic signals suggesting fracturing in the summit zone of Stromboli volcano are being recorded since December 24, 2018, when Italian Civil Protection raised the Alert Level from Green to Yellow. This activity was followed by increasing spattering in the crater terrace since December 26 and detection of seven active vents. A series of strong explosions were observed at the NE vent on January 3. This activity further intensified on the evening of January 5 with several vents all active at once. "In particular, in the NE cluster of vents where a new cinder cone is growing and continuous lava spattering as well as larger strombolian explosions with plenty of red-hot lava spatter ejected to probably more than 200 m (656 feet)," volcanologist Dr. Tom Pfeiffer reports. "It is obvious that currently, the magma column inside the conduits stands high, ready perhaps to produce an overflow in the near future," Pfeiffer concludes. An ordinance issued by the Municipality of Lipari on January 4, 2019, prohibits access to Stromboli above 400 m (1 312 feet) above sea level. The Mayor of Lipari indicates that the "high" level of activity of the volcano at the moment motivates this decision. Authorized guides - only in the context of monitoring operations - are not affected by the prohibition, Claude Grandpey reports. According to Stromboli Daily Report published by the Laboratorio Geofisica Sperimentale (LGS) at 07:39 UTC on January 6, the number of VLP seismic events (standard values 5-12) is high, 16.0 events/hour (16.2 yesterday). n The amplitude of VLP events is medium. The amplitude of seismic tremor is high. The infrasonic activity is high. The acoustic pressure of explosions is high, 3.19 bar (standard values <1 bar). The amplitude of puffing is very high, ~230 mbar. Tiltmeters analysis shows no significant deformation. Thermal activity of explosive events is high. The number of thermal transients in the NE sector of the crater(standard = 100) is high, 187. The amplitude of thermal transients is low, <20 ºF. Exit velocity of pyroclasts, estimated through thermal camera analysis, is medium, 25 m/s. SO2 flux in the NE sector of the crater terrace is 77 t/d. HQ Stromboli webcam is here.

https://watchers.news/2019/01/06/stromboli-eruption-january-2019/ 

:: 1-4-19 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earthquake WARNING: Seismic unrest forecasted FOR WEEKS

EARTHQUAKES could continuously rock the planet in the coming week as one tremor predictor believes that we are in for a prolonged period of seismic unrest.

By Sean Martin

PUBLISHED: 14:46, Fri, Jan 4, 2019 | UPDATED: 14:54, Fri, Jan 4, 2019

The position of the moon, Earth, Venus, Mercury and the sun in the coming weeks is set to pull on the planet and cause earthquake activity across Earth, he says. This will last for several weeks and could result in “larger” tremors thanks to “critical geometry”. This is according to new age earthquake forecaster website Ditrianum, run by researcher Frank Hoogerbeets, who made the bold prediction. Mr Hoogerbeets believes the gravitational pull of the celestial bodies either side of our planet could pull on Earth’s tectonic plates, which will increase tension and ultimately the likeliness of a major tremor. However, he gives no indication as to when or where the earthquakes may strike. Writing on the website, the Dutch researcher said: “Due to specific positions of outer planets, we have critical lunar geometry every three-four days which on average may result in more larger seismic activity. “This situation will continue for several weeks.” Mr Hoogerbeets reached his conclusion using his Solar System Geometry Index (SSGI) which “is the computation of a dataset for a specific time-frame of values given to specific geometric positions of the planets, the Moon and the Sun”. He said: “After three years of observations, it became clear that some planetary geometry in the Solar System clearly tends to cause a seismic increase, while other geometry does not.” But experts have previously dismissed Mr Hoogerbeets’ claims, saying that there is no way earthquakes can be predicted. John Bellini, a geophysicist at the US Geological Survey (USGS) has said: “We can't predict or forecast earthquakes. "Sometimes before a large earthquake you'll have a foreshock or two, but we don't know they're foreshocks until the big one happens.”

https://www.express.co.uk/news/science/1067248/earthquake-forecast-2019-seismic-warning-usgs-earthquake-news-richter-scale 

:: 1-8-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Multiculturalism and the Transformation of Britain in 2018: Part II

by Soeren Kern January 8, 2019 at 5:00 am

Not a single Christian was among the 1,112 Syrian refugees resettled in Britain in the first three months of 2018. The Home Office agreed to resettle only Muslims and rejected the four Christians recommended by the UN High Commissioner for Refugees — The Sunday Times. Islamist groups are "weaponizing" Islamophobia and "cynically" using human rights to promote their ideology. Islamist groups accuse their critics of being anti-Muslim, in an attempt to shut down "legitimate debate" about Islamic extremism. The "use and abuse" of the language of human rights is "perhaps the most concerning" tactic employed by fundamentalist groups — Sara Khan, the UK government's new counter-extremism tsar. Women and girls who are coerced into marriage by their families will be allowed to give evidence in secret so they can object to their foreign spouses' visas without fear of repercussions, according to legal changes announced by UK Home Secretary Sajid Javid.

JULY 2018

July 1. Mubarek Ali, a 35-year-old former ringleader of a Telford child sex abuse gang, was sent back to prison after breaching the terms of his parole. In 2012, Ali was sentenced to 22 years in prison for child prostitution offenses, but was automatically released in 2017 after serving only five years. Telford MP Lucy Allan said there are "many questions to be answered" about why Ali was released, and also about how the justice system treats so-called grooming cases: "Now he is back in jail, justice demands that he must serve the remainder of his sentence in custody; anything less would show a casual disregard for the nature of his crimes and for the victims whose lives he changed forever."

July 2. Abdul Rauf, a 51-year-old imam from Rochdale, was imprisoned for one year and five months after admitting to assaulting more than 20 children at a mosque. Inspector Phil Key, of Greater Manchester Police, said: "Abdul Rauf is a nasty, bully of a man who beat the children in his classes until it became normalized. The children were left cowering and holding onto their ears, their arms and their legs after he repeatedly used violence as a punishment. The parents of the children had no idea that they were leaving their children in the care of a man who would leave them writhing in pain and covered in marks and bruises." (Rauf is different from Abdul Rauf, 49, formerly of Rochdale, who was convicted as part of a child sex gang that targeted girls as young as 13 in the town.)

July 3. A judge in Iraq said that British jihadis found in the country would be executed by hanging. Abdul Sattar Beraqdar, spokesman for the Supreme Judicial Council, said that such a form of capital punishment would be good for British security "The punishment, as much as it seems strong, will affect the security of your country. I am sure there are hundreds of people in Britain at this moment thinking of committing similar crimes. That's why we, as Iraqis, if we are tough in sentencing these people, they will think thoroughly before taking any action." Some 800 Britons have journeyed to Syria and Iraq to fight for the Islamic State; 130 have been killed in the conflict, according to British officials. It is unclear, however, how many British jihadis have been captured or have faced the death penalty. "We oppose the death penalty in all cases," a British Foreign Office spokesman said.

July 5. Laurel Ellis, a conservative candidate for a council by-election in Merthyr Tydfil, a town in Wales, was suspended after sharing social media posts critical of Islam. Labour Assembly Member Dawn Bowden had claimed that the posts were Islamophobic. A spokesman for the Welsh Conservatives said that the party seeks "to reach out to, and represent, all communities and people from all walks of life in Wales." 

July 6. Police in London revealed that they intervened to stop a suspected "child sex party" at a kebab shop in Bethnal Green. So-called "uck parties" (the word uck is a colloquial term for oral sex) involve young girls being plied with alcohol and drugs before older men have sex with them. Authorities in Tower Hamlets, which has the highest percentage of Muslim residents in England and Wales, has since revoked the kebab shop's alcohol license.

July 7. The Daily Mail reported that Imran Waheed, a 41-year-old psychiatrist with the National Health Service in Birmingham, was also working as an expert witness to British courts, even though he is an Islamist who has openly said he "does not believe in democracy" and is "not obedient" to secular law. In a BBC interview he said: "I've got no respect for any law other than Allah's, so I don't care about the law to be honest... I care for the law of Islam. I don't care for the law of any man."

July 8. An opinion essay published by the Guardian claimed that a new a new art exhibition in Florence reveals the "deep connection" between Europe and Islam: "Embodied in the Renaissance view is certainly a sense of Islam as the other. But it is intertwined with curiosity, respect, even awe. There is a willingness, too, to reach beyond the otherness of Islam and to see the Muslim world not as demonic or exotic but as a variant of the European experience.... "At a time when many politicians present Islam as alien to the European experience, such shows are a useful reminder of how historically deeply intertwined are the worlds of Europe and Islam." 

July 9. Amanda Spielman, the head of Ofsted, the schools regulator, accused Muslim groups of having a "sense of religious or cultural entitlement" and attempting to exert an outsize influence on school policy: "For some children, school may be the only time in their lives that they spend time every day with people from outside their immediate ethnic or religious group, or at least where the values of people outside their own group can be explained and openly discussed. "Islamist extremists, particularly fueled by the online propaganda of Daesh [Islamic State] and others, prey on a sense of isolation and alienation in some minority communities."

July 12. Thousands of Muslim pupils in Blackburn, Burnley, Hyndburn, Nelson, Preston and Rawtenstall were instructed to boycott all school meals when they return to class in September. The move followed the decision by the Lancashire County Council to stop supplying schools with unstunned halal meat, and instead to serve meat from pre-stunned cattle and sheep.

July 13. Sophie Rahman, the former head teacher of Eton Community School, a primary school in Ilford, was banned for life from teaching after it emerged that she had allowed the "London Bridge jihadi," Khuram Butt, to teach Arabic classes after school at the facility. Butt reportedly told children that non-Muslims were the "worst creatures" and that it was acceptable for them to lie to their parents. A panel found Rahman guilty of unacceptable professional conduct. She confirmed that the last day Butt taught the children was June 2, 2017. The next day, Butt, along with Rachid Redouane and Youssef Zaghba, plowed a van into people on London Bridge before launching a knife rampage around Borough Market. The attackers were shot dead by police officers.

July 15. Samantha Lewthwaite, a 34-year-old British convert to Islam, was reported to be recruiting suicide bombers to target summer holidaymakers in Britain, Cyprus, Greece, Spain and Turkey. The mother-of-four — known as the White Widow after her jihadi husband, Germaine Lindsay, killed himself along with 26 others in the 2005 London suicide bombings — was feared to have recruited up to 30 jihadis, who have been taught how to build suicide vests and choose their own targets. An intelligence source said: "The White Widow hates Britain and everything the West stands for. She has completely turned her back on her country and her former life. She has mentored dozens of female terrorists and favors white converts to Islam because she feels they attract less suspicion by the security services."

July 17. The Independent reported on an inquiry which found that the British government received information detailing the activities of Muslim pedophile gangs in Rotherham as far back as 2002 but failed properly to act on it, apparently out of fear of being accused of racism. A large-scale inquiry was not launched until a decade later, after a Times report on the scale of grooming in Britain provoked a national scandal. Sarah Champion, Labour MP for Rotherham, said it was clear that the Home Office knew about child sexual exploitation in Rotherham since 2002: "Why, when so many in authority knew the scale and severity of this crime, did it take until 2014, with the publication of the Jay report, for a large-scale investigation to occur? How many lives could have been protected if swift action had been taken a decade before?"

July 20. Khalid Ali, a 28-year-old plumber-turned-jihadi from London, was handed three life sentences, with a minimum term of 40 years in prison, for plotting a knife attack on MPs and police outside the Houses of Parliament. Ali had three knives when he was arrested by armed police in Parliament Square on April 2017, following surveillance by counter-terrorism police. Ali had spent five years in Afghanistan, where he made Taliban bombs used to maim and kill British and NATO troops. In an interview with officers, Ali said he wanted to deliver a message to British leaders telling them to leave "Muslim lands," destroy the state of Israel and release prisoners of war. "I would consider myself as a mujahid [Islamic warrior]," he added. "Jihad is what we do."

July 20. Former Prime Minister David Cameron said it is a mistake to understand terrorism as a clash between Christianity and Islam: "Listening to [President] Trump makes me feel that it is a clash between Christianity and Islam. It is wrong." He added that there was "a clash within Islam, between the civilized ones who want to practice their faith peacefully and those who had taken a radicalized and perverted view of the religion."

 July 21. The Sunday Telegraph reported that former Prime Minister Tony Blair was being paid £9 million (€10 million; $11.5 million) to advise the government of Saudi Arabia. An article on Blair's website states: "[T]he Crown Prince has demonstrated a level of conviction, clarity and coherence in identifying and understanding the nature of Islamist extremism that Western policymakers should seek to learn from. Britain should learn from Saudi Arabia and how it has demonstrated a clear commitment to tackling the politicization of Islam to inform policymaking, with no moral ambiguity in delineating Islam, the faith, from Islamism, a politicized ideology."

July 24. Majud Hussain, a 41-year-old police officer from Nottingham, was sentenced to seven years in prison for raping a 17-year-old girl. Judge James Sampson told Hussain, a married father of four: "You have shown absolutely no remorse whatsoever. You are clearly a disgrace to the uniform of police officers and you are obviously unfit to be a police constable."

July 24. Khalid Baqa, a 54-year-old man from East London, was sentenced to four years and eight months in prison for circulating jihadi literature on the London Underground. Commander Clarke Jarrett, Head of the Met's Counter Terrorism Command said: "Baqa was reproducing and distributing terrorist related material in the hope of getting others involved and drawn into the same toxic ideology he was peddling. Not only that, but he also radicalized and involved a young impressionable 17-year-old, whom he then used to help distribute his pamphlets and CDs."

July 25. Home Secretary Sajid Javid ordered research into the ethnic origin of sexual grooming gangs, apparently in order to discover why men convicted of child sex crimes are disproportionately of Pakistani origin. Javid, a British-Pakistani, said that exploring the "particular characteristics" of offenders was "critical to our understanding" of what happened across the country, including in Newcastle, Telford and Rotherham.

July 25. Belfast Health and Social Care Trust, Northern Ireland's biggest health trust, reported 17 cases of female genital mutilation (FGM) between April 2017 and January 2018. The women's ages ranged from 24 years to 46 years. Their countries of origin were not recorded.

July 26. The director of the Royal College of Midwives in Northern Ireland, Breedagh Hughes, said that women are being let down by a lack of clarity over procedures for reporting incidents of female genital mutilation (FGM): "The fact that there have been no official, practical guidelines for nurses, midwives, social workers, anyone working at the coalface [on the front lines], means it's very difficult for anyone to know what to do when confronted with a case of FGM.... "There is also an issue of jurisdiction. If the offense was carried out on someone over 18 outside of Northern Ireland, what do they do?"

July 27. Members of the Ahmadiyya Muslim Community in Britain expressed fear of violent persecution after cricketer-turned-politician Imran Khan announced victory in Pakistan's general election. The Ahmadiyya community is considered heretical by orthodox Muslims: its followers do not believe that Mohammed was the final prophet. This belief, under Pakistan's blasphemy laws, is an offense punishable by death. "We are standing with Article 295c," Khan said at a gathering of Muslim leaders in Islamabad, "and will defend it." Khan was referring to a clause of the Pakistani Constitution that mandates the death penalty for any "imputation, insinuation or innuendo" against Mohammed. Some 30,000 Ahmadiyyas are living in Britain.

July 28. Six men were charged in connection with an acid attack on a three-year-old boy, who was on a shopping trip with his mother. The boy's father, a 39-year-old Afghan asylum seeker, was among those charged in the attack. Police believe the man had intended to attack his estranged wife, who, with their three children, left him last year and moved to another house to start a new life.

July 29. The Sunday Times reported that not a single Christian was among the 1,112 Syrian refugees resettled in Britain in the first three months of 2018. The Home Office agreed to resettle only Muslims and rejected the four Christians recommended by the UN High Commissioner for Refugees. July 30. A couple who tricked their teenage daughter into travelling to Bangladesh in an attempt to force her to marry her first cousin was sentenced to four-and-a-half years and three-and-a-half years to prison, respectively. The husband and wife, who were not named for legal reasons, were found guilty in May of using violence, threats or coercion to force her into marriage. During a three-week trial in Leeds, a jury heard that in 2016, the couple's daughter, then 18, was taken out of college during classes to go on what she thought was a six-week holiday to Bangladesh to see family and celebrate an Islamic holiday. She was told of the marriage plans less than a week after arriving in the country. When she refused to take part, her father threatened to slit her throat. 

AUGUST 2018 August 1. In a landmark ruling, a high court judge declared that a Muslim wife could divorce her husband and claim his assets, despite the fact that they married in an Islamic ceremony called a nikah [a mutual agreement of bride and groom of their own free will], which is not legally recognized in Britain. In a written ruling, Mr. Justice Williams, who heard the case in the family division of the high court in London, concluded that the marriage fell within the scope of the 1973 Matrimonial Causes Act because the couple had expectations similar to those of a British marriage contract. The decision came after Nasreen Akhter divorced her husband, Mohammed Shabaz Khan, who attempted to block her separation on the basis that they were not legally married according to English law and only under Sharia law. Previous cases involving nikah marriages concluded that they were legally non-existent, meaning that spouses had no redress to the courts for a division of matrimonial assets if a marriage broke down. The ruling will make it easier for women who are married under Sharia law to divorce their husbands and split their assets. The ruling also appears to enshrine two parallel justice systems — British law and Sharia law — in Britain.

August 2. British teenagers are being forced to marry abroad and are therefore effectively raped and often impregnated while the Home Office "turns a blind eye" by handing visas to their husbands, according to The Times. Officials received dozens of reports last year that women wanted to block visas to the UK for men they had been made to marry in countries Pakistan, India, Bangladesh and the United Arab Emirates. In almost half of the cases, records show, the visas were approved. Yvette Cooper, chairwoman of the home affairs select committee, said that she would demand answers from the Home Office over the findings. Experts believe there are thousands of victims in Britain, but that the vast majority are too afraid to come forward.

August 3. Safaa Boular, 18, of Vauxhall, was sentenced to life in prison, with a minimum 13-year term, for plotting a jihadi attack on British soil. Alongside her mother and sister, who were imprisoned in June, Boular was part of Britain's first all-female ISIS cell. Boular presented herself at the trial in Western clothing and declared herself deradicalized, but Judge Mark Dennis QC warned that she posed an ongoing threat: "There is insufficient evidence...to conclude at this stage that the defendant is a truly transformed individual." August 4. A police officer phoned a charity to ask whether it was "culturally acceptable" for an Iraqi pedophile to have a 12-year-old girlfriend, according to an investigation carried out by The Times. The officer had arrested the 26-year-old man but wanted to be "culturally sensitive" after the suspect said the relationship was acceptable in his community. The charity that took the call, Karma Nirvana, told the officer to deal with the man as he would any other suspected child abuser. The charity, which works with victims of forced marriage, said the case showed the danger of officers whose professional judgment was clouded by fear of being called racist.

August 5. Former foreign secretary (and possible future prime minister) Boris Johnson sparked a political firestorm after making politically incorrect comments about the burka and the niqab, the face-covering garments worn by some Muslim women. He compared Muslim women wearing burkas to bank robbers and letter boxes, but added, "that's still no reason to ban it." The ensuing debate over Islamophobia revealed the extent to which political correctness is stifling free speech in Britain. It also exposed deep fissures within the Conservative Party over its future direction and leadership. London Police Commissioner Cressida Dick said that Johnson's remarks did not "reach the bar" to be a criminal offense.

August 6. The Daily Mail removed a report from its website that described the French capital as "Powder Keg Paris" after a French activist, Marwan Muhammad, complained that the report was Islamophobic. The article reported that 300,000 illegal migrants were living in the suburb of Saint-Denis, north of Paris, where drug dealing, crime and poverty were rising due to "immigration on a mammoth scale."

August 6. Muhammed Mucahid, a 57-year-old a Turkish migrant living in London, was arrested after allegedly sexually assaulting a 13-year-old boy in the restroom of a McDonald's restaurant in Southend-on-Sea. Mucahid was accused of watching the boy attempt to use a urinal, then ushered or pushed him into an empty cubicle. It is alleged he kissed him on the cheek before the boy managed to escape and get back to his father, who had been waiting in line to order food.

August 7. Ishaq Al-Noor, a 21-year-old Sudanese asylum seeker, was sentenced to 16 years in prison for raping a 17-year-old student in a cemetery in Spring Bank in Hull, East Yorkshire. When the rape charge was put to him, Al-Noor, through his interpreter, told Hull Crown Court: "Guilty. Yes, I did that. Why not?" Al-Noor, of West Hill, needed the services of one of the few interpreters in Britain who could speak his particular Sudanese dialect.

August 8. A Sky Data Poll found that 60% of Britons surveyed said that it is not racist to compare Muslim women wearing burkas to bank robbers and letter boxes, while 59% were in favor of a burka ban.

August 9. Three members of a Rochdale pedophile grooming gang were stripped of their British citizenship and now face possible deportation to Pakistan. Taxi drivers Adil Khan, Abdul Aziz and Abdul Rauf were among nine men imprisoned for gang-raping teenage girls in 2012. In 2016, Theresa May, Home Secretary at the time, ruled that the three should have their names deleted from the roll of British citizens. The trio, all of whom have British children, challenged the decision. They claimed it violated their human right to a family life. Senior judges at the Court of Appeal ruled that stripping them of citizenship is "conducive to the public good."

August 10. A bus driver in Bristol was disciplined after asking a Muslim woman to remove her face veil. "This world is dangerous," he told her. The 20-year-old woman was with her two-month-old baby when the driver of a bus destined for Bristol's city center explained that if he could not see her face, he did not know what she was capable of doing. "I've been humiliated in public, and I'm disappointed," the woman said. "It's 2018, we shouldn't be like that. I'm being stereotyped." The bus company apologized for the driver's actions and said they took action against him.

August 10. Lewis Ludlow, a 26-year-old convert to Islam from Rochester, pled guilty to plotting a terror attack on London's Oxford Street. Ludlow, who also used the name Ali Hussain, planned to rent a van and hit pedestrians. He also targeted Madame Tussauds and St Paul's Cathedral, the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) said. Ludlow said that he had hoped to kill up to 100 people.

August 10. Prime Minister Theresa May was accused of trying to censor photos of her at a halal butcher for fear of alienating voters. The photo was taken during a campaign stop at London's Smithfield Market, but her aides begged photographers not to use it, according to the Sun. The source said: "Her staff pleaded with us. They were terrified it would alienate people. Her team were petrified." The Prime Minister's office insisted that there were no restrictions on photos.

August 11. Liam Bradley, a 48-year-old motorcycle instructor, accused a Shell gasoline station in Blackburn of "racism" after he was told to remove his helmet while a woman next to him was not required to remove her burka while refueling her vehicle. Venting his frustration on Facebook, Liam branded the double standard as "racism at work in Britain," and urged people to share his post so as to not "let them get away with it." The post quickly went viral.

August 13. Razwan Faraz, a former deputy head teacher at the Nansen Primary School in Birmingham, lost an appeal to get his job back. Faraz, who was fired after saying that homosexuals should be "eradicated," had alleged that he was the victim of religious discrimination, but a judge threw out his claim for unfair dismissal. Nansen Primary was embroiled in the "Trojan horse" scandal, in which an anonymous letter exposed an alleged plot by a group of conservative Muslims to take over several Birmingham schools and impose an Islamist ethos there.

August 14. Salih Khater, a 29-year-old British citizen of Sudanese origin, swerved his car into cyclists and pedestrians before driving towards police and crashing into a barrier outside the Houses of Parliament. Police said his case was being treated as terrorism due to the location, methods and alleged targeting of civilians and police officers.

August 15. Thirty-two members of a Muslim sex gang were charged with offenses including rape and trafficking after an investigation into sex crimes against children in Huddersfield. Police in West Yorkshire said the five alleged victims were girls aged between 12 and 18, with the offenses said to have occurred between 2005 and 2012. Those charged include: Banaras Hussain, 37; Banaris Hussain, 35; Mohammed Suhail Arif, 30; Iftikar Ali, 37; Mohammed Sajjad, 31; Fehreen Rafiq, 38; Umar Zaman, 30; Basharat Hussain, 31; Amin Ali Choli, 36; Shaqeel Hussain, 35; Mubasher Hussain, 35; Abdul Majid, 34; Mohammed Dogar, 35; Usman Ali, 32; Mohammed Waqas Anwar, 29; Gul Riaz, 42; Mohammed Akram, 41; Manzoor Akhtar, 29; and Samuel Fikru, 30. A further 12 men who were not named for legal reasons were charged with "numerous offenses in connection with the same investigation."

August 16. A sermon at the Didsbury Mosque, where the Manchester bomber worshipped, called for the support of armed jihadist fighters, according to the BBC. In December 2016, an imam at the mosque was recorded praying for "victory" for "our brothers and sisters right now in Aleppo and Syria and Iraq." The imam, Mustafa Graf, said that his sermon did not call for armed jihad and he has never preached radical Islam. The recording the BBC obtained is of Friday prayers at the mosque six months before Salman Abedi detonated a suicide bomb after an Ariana Grande concert at Manchester Arena in May 2017. Abedi and his family regularly attended the mosque and his father sometimes led the call to prayer. The family's whereabouts on the day of the sermon are not known, but the BBC reported that Abedi bought a ticket for the concert 10 days after the sermon. The bomb killed 22 people as well as the attacker, and injured hundreds of others. 

August 17. A three-year-old girl was hospitalized after allegedly being subjected to female genital mutilation, which left her severely wounded. A London couple — the man, 42, and woman, 36, of African heritage — was accused of carrying out the procedure. The case is only the third time that charges of FGM have been brought to court. The two previous cases both resulted in acquittals, meaning that there has not been a single FGM conviction in the UK despite its being illegal in the country since 1985.

August 19. The number of girls being forced into marriage ahead of the summer holiday period has increased by more than a third in recent years, according to the national charity Karma Nirvana, which provides training to the police, National Health Service and social services. The group condemned the Home Office for shelving a campaign to raise awareness of the practice of girls taken abroad to be married off to strangers during the "critical" run-up to the summer break — the time of the year when the problem is at its peak. Speaking to The Independent, Karma Nirvana revealed that it had learned of 150 new cases of forced marriage from May to July, an increase of more than a third compared to the same period in 2015, when it received 99 new cases. The charity also found that cases of forced marriage had soared by 40% at the start of the school holidays in 2018. The charity also said that in July, it was receiving reports of cases at a rate of two a day, more than double the average of 25, seen in the first four months of the year, with 44 cases reported in May and June. Karma Nirvana's founder, Jasvinder Sanghera, warned that thousands of girls would not be returning to school in September, having had their educations cut off and, in many cases, been left trapped in a cycle of poverty after falling victim to the crime of forced marriage.

August 20. Senior politicians and animal welfare groups condemned the British government over a deal that allows meat from lambs slaughtered without first being stunned to be exported to Saudi Arabia. They said that the deal, estimated by the government to be worth £25 million (€28 million; $33 million) over the next five years, showed a disregard for animal welfare.

August 22. Abdul Jalil, a 64-year-old migrant from Bangladesh, was found guilty of cheating the British welfare system out of £28,000 (€32,000; $37,000) over a period of eight years. Jalil was spared time in jail after he told probation officers that "he would do unpaid work as long as it's light work." The judge ordered him to complete 120 hours.

August 24. A Muslim family was filmed butchering animal carcasses on a patio in public housing in Dagenham, Essex. The footage sparked a hygiene probe from the local council but a woman at the property denied any wrongdoing. It was not known if the family — celebrating Eid al-Adha, the Muslim festival of sacrifice — slaughtered the animals at home or were simply butchering them. A columnist, for the Sun, Anila Baig, said that Muslim families traditionally sacrifice a goat or sheep and divide it into portions for Eid al-Adha, but added: "In this day and age, it's extremely unusual for someone to do this themselves at home." Mohammed Shafiq, of the Ramadhan Foundation, insisted the family had done nothing wrong in practicing their religion. August 24. The Lancashire County Council temporarily suspended its ban on beef and lamb from animals that are not stunned. The move was aimed at giving all of Lancashire's county councillors the chance to reconsider the authority's ban on halal meat from unstunned animals. The county council's cabinet decided in July to provide only stunned halal meat, except poultry, to schools. The Lancashire Council of Mosques, however, objected and threatened to ask Muslim families across the county to boycott all school meals.

August 25. Yusuf Aka, 22, from Leicester, was sentenced to five years in prison for randomly stabbing a man during a violent rampage at a hospital in the city. Aka, on parole from a seven-year sentence for armed robberies when the incident happened, told the Leicester Crown Court that he did what he did because he wanted "attention."

August 26. British Somali teenagers are being taken back to their parents' homeland under the pretense of a holiday vacation and then kept in detention centers before being forced into marriages, according to the Guardian. The latest government figures showed a 100% year-on-year increase in the number of forced marriage cases handled by Home Office involving Somali children and teenagers. In 2017, the figure rose to 91. There were calls from 65 females and 26 males. Of those, 23 were under the age of 15. London had the highest number of victims at 64. When the Guardian contacted several UK-based Somali community organizations and charities, most said they had not heard of the practice or denied that forced marriage involving British Somali nationals was taking place. August 30. Mohammed Hamza Siddiq, a 37-year-old convert to Islam, appeared at Westminster Magistrates' Court on charges of encouraging terrorism on Facebook. Siddiq, formerly known as Andrew Calladine, did not enter a plea and was remanded in custody.

August 30. Abubaker Deghayes, 50, a former leader of the al-Quds Mosque in Brighton and brother of Guantanamo detainee Omar Deghayes, was sentenced to 18 months in prison after being found guilty of attempting to pervert the course of justice. Blackfriars Crown Court in London heard how Deghayes, who arrived in Britain from Libya in 1991 and is the father of two jihadis killed in Syria, threatened to have his wife shot if she gave evidence against him in a separate trial. In it, he was accused of assaulting his wife and children in what was described as an exorcism. Judge Rajeev Shetty reprimanded Deghayes for refusing to stand for the court: "You appear rather arrogant with no respect for the secular nature of our laws. You have refused to stand with the court opening and closing. This does not insult me but insults our proud legal system."

August 31. Naa'imur Zakariyah Rahman, a 20-year-old British-Bangladeshi jihadi from North London, was sentenced to 30 years in prison for plotting to behead Prime Minister Theresa May. Rahman, who pledged allegiance to ISIS, had planned to bomb the gates of 10 Downing Street, kill guards and then attack the prime minister with a knife or gun. His plan was discovered by a network of undercover counter-terrorism officers from the Metropolitan police, the FBI and MI5. During his trial, the court heard how Rahman told undercover officers of his plans: "I want to do a suicide bomb on Parliament. I want to attempt to kill Theresa May. There are lorries [trucks] here with big gas tankers, if a brother can drive it next to Parliament I will bomb. [God willing] will be very big if I'm successful. I can't mess up. I can't get [martyrdom] if I get caught."

Judge Charles Haddon-Cave said that Rahman was "a very dangerous individual" and that it was "difficult to predict when, if ever, he will become deradicalized and no longer be a danger to society."

SEPTEMBER 2018 September 4. Prosecutors accused Andy Sami Star, 32, of Chesterfield, and Farhad Salah of Sheffield, of plotting a jihadi attack with an explosive device involving a driverless car. Prosecutor Anne Whyte QC told Sheffield Crown Court that Star and Salah, both of whom are Kurdish asylum seekers from Iraq, were supporters of the Islamic State. She said the two had decided that improvised explosive devices could be made and used in the UK in a way which would spare their own lives but harm others they considered "infidels."

September 5. Sara Iftekhar, a 20-year-old law student from Huddersfield, became the first hijab-wearing woman to take part in the Miss England final. "I did not expect to be making history," said Iftekhar, of Pakistani origin. "I do feel proud." September 7. Girls are being pressured in British playgrounds to undergo female genital mutilation (FGM), a survivor warned. Dr. Leyla Hussein, who underwent the procedure when she was seven years old in Somalia, said pressure was being put on children by their peers as well as relatives. "Some of my clients are 19-year-old girls who were children or were born in this country, and they will say they were pressured in a playground in a school in London to go and have it done." She urged people in affected communities to confront the idea of FGM as a "tradition."

September 8. Ayaan Ali, a 28-year-old woman from Isleworth, was charged with attempted murder after she stabbed someone at Barnsley town center. Market trader Abdul Razzaq, 43, said he confronted the woman after she produced "a huge kitchen knife" and shouted "kill, kill, kill" as she stabbed a man in the shoulder and then walked around the busy streets. Ali's defense attorney attributed the attack to a "deterioration" in her mental health.

September 9. The Muslim Council of Britain called on the Home Office to stop Franklin Graham, an evangelical preacher from the United States, from entering the UK. Graham, who was accused of making comments that were supposedly Islamophobic, was invited to preach at a Christian festival in Blackpool. The event went ahead as planned.

September 14. A senior Scotland Yard officer was in danger of losing his job for allegedly racist language in a briefing to colleagues. The detective superintendent reportedly addressed colleagues about the need to be faultless and above reproach in carrying out inquiries. He said that they needed to be "whiter than white." The Met later received a complaint about his comment and passed it to the police watchdog for investigation. The officer was placed on restricted duties while the Independent Office for Police Conduct investigated. He was told the inquiry may take up to 12 months to complete.

September 15. Four in ten Britons believe multiculturalism has undermined British culture and that migrants do not properly integrate, according to a new research into the population's attitudes to immigration. The study, conducted over the last two years, also reflected widespread frustration with the government's handling of immigration, with only 15% of respondents feeling ministers have managed it competently and fairly. More than a quarter of the people surveyed believe that MPs never tell the truth about immigration and half the population wants to see a reduction in the numbers of low-skilled workers coming into Britain from the EU.

September 16. Islamist groups are "weaponizing" Islamophobia and "cynically" using human rights to promote their ideology, according to Sara Khan, the government's new counter-extremism tsar. She said that Islamist groups accuse their critics of being anti-Muslim, in an attempt to shut down "legitimate debate" about Islamic extremism. She added that the "use and abuse" of the language of human rights is "perhaps the most concerning" tactic employed by fundamentalist groups. "Groups such as Hizb ut-Tahrir, for example — who traditionally rally against what they perceive to be western human rights — increasingly and cynically use human rights to promote Islamist ideology," she said.

September 17. West Yorkshire Police introduced an alternative, looser fitting police uniform for Muslim women. The change was said to be part of efforts to recruit more minority ethnic officers. Assistant Chief Constable Angela Williams said: "For the last month we have been trialing a new uniform for women which is designed not to show the female form. This was suggested by a Muslim female officer and was designed by our Clothing Manager in conjunction with the officer. "The tunic is a looser and longer fit, and has full sleeves. This has been well-received from officers in the force and we have now made further supplies of this uniform for other officers to trial it if they wish. "I hope this uniform will encourage people from underrepresented groups to consider a career in policing if they had previously been put off joining the force due to the uniform, and we are open to suggestions from all communities on how our uniform can be styled to better suit their needs."

September 20. The illegal immigrant population Britain was estimated to be increasing by 70,000 per year — nearly equivalent to the size of the full-time British Army, according to a new report by Migration Watch UK.

September 22. The Times reported that Hizb ut-Tahrir, an extremist group banned in more than a dozen countries, launched a recruitment drive in Birmingham's Sparkhill area, an inner-city neighborhood linked to more homegrown terrorists than anywhere else in Britain. Campaign materials for its youth roadshow made no mention of the group's name and did not feature its usual logo of the Islamic state flag. They instead presented the group, which two prime ministers considered banning, as an innocuous community organization.

September 23. The new head of the Police Federation, John Apter, said that common sense policing has "gone out of the window" with officers forced to spend their time intervening in social media disputes rather than attending burglaries and other serious crimes. Apter, who represents 120,000 rank and file officers across England and Wales, said his members were "incredibly frustrated" because they felt they were no longer able to do the job they had signed up to do. Rather than attending burglaries and helping to prevent soaring levels of violence, police officers were often being deployed to sort out petty arguments on Facebook and Twitter, he said.

September 26. The Charity Commission announced the appointment of an interim manager to the Fazal Ellahi Charitable Trust due to misconduct and mismanagement at the charity. The Commission opened a statutory inquiry into the charity to look into a number of concerns including the use of the charity's premises to support or condone terrorism. The investigation was opened following the conviction of the charity's imam, 40-year-old Kamran Hussain, for six counts of encouragement of terrorism, and two counts of encouraging support for a proscribed organization.

September 27. Ashfaq Khan, a 60-year-old "predatory and manipulative rapist" who targeted "lone, vulnerable" gay women in the Manchester Gay Village before raping them was sentenced to 20 years in prison. Khan pretended to be a taxi driver, or allowed women to think he was one, offering them a lift before attacking them. Remorseless Khan, from Longsight, denied the three rapes he was found guilty of committing.

September 30. British authorities destroyed more than 47,000 kilos of onions after more than 20 migrants were discovered hiding in trucks at the Port of Poole. The migrants, who were discovered by Border Force staff, identified themselves as from Afghanistan, Albania, Iran and Iraq. Borough of Poole said the items had to be disposed of to prevent any contaminated goods from coming into contact with the public. The overall cost of the onions was estimated at more than £35,000 (€39,000; $45,000).

OCTOBER 2018

October 1. So-called cutters are being flown into Britain to perform female genital mutilation (FGM) on young girls, according to The Independent. "The practicing community talk together, saying, 'My girl needs to be cut,' and pay the cutters to come into the UK and cut the girls here," said Hoda Ali, an FGM activist who works in West London. She added: "The reality is we need to open our eyes. We don't need to think just about faraway countries because right now we have girls who are in their late teens or even early twenties who were cut in this country. They are British girls who were born here and they were cut here."

October 2. Women and girls who are coerced into marriage by their families will be allowed to give evidence in secret so they can object to their foreign spouses' visas without fear of repercussions, according to legal changes announced by Home Secretary Sajid Javid. The changes came two months after The Times revealed that the Home Office was issuing visas to known abusers in forced marriage cases.

October 3. Zakaria Mohammed, a 21-year-old drug dealer from Birmingham, was sentenced to 14 years in prison after admitting to charges of modern slavery. Mohammed groomed his victims — a 14-year-old girl and two runaway 15-year-old boys — before making them sell class-A drugs from squalid flats a hundred miles from their homes. The teens, who were transported from Birmingham to Lincoln to work as "expendable workhorses" in drug dens, were found by police in a drug-infested apartment in Lincoln. The Telegraph reported it was the first time in British legal history that a drug-dealer has been convicted for breaching the Modern Slavery Act by trafficking children.

October 4. Rahman Ullah, a 38-year-old father of two from Croydon, was sentenced to 14 months in prison for beating his estranged wife and live-streaming the battering to relatives in Pakistan. Ullah, wielding a kitchen knife, made stabbing motions at his wife and boasted to his relatives: "I'm going to kill her today." Ullah initially told police that his wife was the aggressor.

October 5. Ten baby girls, all of whom were less than a year old, underwent female genital mutilation (FGM) in Birmingham between April and June 2018, according to the Birmingham Mail, citing official statistics. The data also revealed that 15 children aged between one and four were reported as FGM victims. In total, there were 140 new cases of FGM in the city in those three months. Most victims were between five and nine.

October 6. A report for the Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC) found that one-third (33%) of Britons surveyed believed that efforts to provide equal opportunities to Muslim immigrants had gone "too far." The report, the first of an annual "barometer" testing public opinion, also found that 22% of Britons had negative views of Muslims.

October 7. The outgoing head of Karma Nirvana, a charity that supports victims of honor-based abuse, launched a scathing attack on the government's failure to tackle forced marriage. She said she feels "let down by the lack of leadership" and warned that more children will suffer as a result. Jasvinder Sanghera, who announced she was stepping down as head of Karma Nirvana after 25 years, said that working with the government to address the issue had at times been like "pushing a rock up a hill." She added: "The government has not done enough to raise awareness and mainstream the issue so there remains a huge problem with professionals viewing forced marriage as a cultural issue rather than a crime. Many aren't even aware there is a law."

October 8. A leaked letter showed that Home Secretary Sajid Javid agreed to hand evidence on two British jihadis to American authorities for a federal prosecution, but without assurances that the death penalty would not be used. El Shafee Elsheikh and Alexanda Kotey, allegedly members of a jihadi cell dubbed "The ISIS Beatles," beheaded a series of hostages in Syria. They have been the subject of a legal dispute between Britain and the United States since being captured in January 2018. Edward Fitzgerald QC, a lawyer for Elsheikh's mother, argued at the Administrative Court in London that Javid wrongly exposed the suspects to the risk of an "inhuman" punishment." Lawyers for Javid countered that there is no prohibition on providing legal assistance to another country where it may result in proceedings leading to the death penalty. "This group [the ISIS Beatles] is associated with some of the gravest offenses perpetrated against civilians in Syria during the conflict," James Eadie QC told the court. "These beheadings are notorious globally, all but one having been filmed and posted on the internet."

October 9. Teachers should look out for girls who have difficulty walking, sitting and standing, or who request to be excused from PE lessons, according to a new guide on spotting signs of female genital mutilation (FGM). Schools should also be aware of girls who have a prolonged absence from school, noticeable behavioral changes after these absences, or girls speaking about being on holiday to their country of origin or another country where the practice is prevalent. The indicators were published by Islington Council and the Manor Gardens Welfare Trust as part of a risk assessment tool to help teachers to identify and evaluate the damage done by FGM. The 12-page workbook takes teachers through the signs that a child may be at risk, that FGM may have already taken place, and what educators should do if such a situation arises.

October 10. The British Army launched an investigation after an anti-Islamization activist known as Tommy Robinson posted a photo of himself with a group of young soldiers. The photo appeared to have been taken at a highway rest stop, and Robinson had described the group as "young recruits." Robinson wrote on Facebook, "A moment like this makes it all worthwhile. Today I met real British heroes." An Army spokeswoman said, "Far-right ideology is completely at odds with the values and ethos of the armed forces. The armed forces have robust measures in place to ensure those exhibiting extremist views are neither tolerated nor permitted to serve." Robinson said that he had met the soldiers by chance and they should not be "left hung out to dry" for having their photo taken with him.

October 11. The retailer Marks & Spencer sparked a row after including hijabs — head coverings worn by some Muslim women — in its school uniform section. The company's social media pages were flooded with angry messages and dozens of disgruntled customers said they would not use the store until the black headscarves removed from the stock. The founder of the Quilliam Foundation, Maajid Nawaz, said that M&S had reverted to "medievalism" by including a child-size hijab in the school-wear category.

October 13. A 29-year-old Somali whose deportation from Britain was halted after airline passengers staged a mutiny and demanded his release was exposed as a convicted gang rapist being deported because of his crime. Officials escorting Yaqub Ahmed on a flight from Heathrow to Turkey on October 9 were forced to abandon his deportation when around a dozen holidaymakers who felt sorry for him angrily intervened shortly before take-off. At one stage a traveler complained, "They're separating him from his family," while others chanted "take him off the plane." It later emerged that Ahmed and three other youths had gang-raped a 16-year-old in London's Leicester Square in August 2007. Ahmed served only half of a nine-year sentence. When a video of the protest was published by MailOnline, hundreds of readers expressed their outrage. One wrote, "The police should have been called and all the passengers who were interfering should have been arrested and removed from the plane." Another reader wrote, "Now it will cost a lot more to fly the man back on a private charter! Well done silly interfering, self-seeking, do-gooding idiots!"

October 14. Belal Ahmed, 24, and Mizad Miah, 24, both from Tower Hamlets, were sentenced to a combined 24 years in prison for spiking a 21-year-old woman's drink with MDMA ("Ecstasy"), raping her after she became unconscious, and then dumping her at the side of the road in her underwear. Both men were arrested at Gatwick Airport in November 2017 when they returned to Britain after vacationing together in Morocco.

October 15. The Ministry of Justice blocked plans for an academic study into why prisoners convert to Islam and how it can lead to radicalization, according to The Times. Supporters of the three-year project said they were dismayed by the decision and believe the prison service did not want outsiders studying such a sensitive topic. "The corporate culture of the service is defensive, and they will have been concerned about what this proposed project will discover," a source said. The number of Muslim prisoners in jails in England and Wales has more than doubled in recent years, rising from 5,500 in 2002 to 12,894 this year, The Times, citing official data, reported.

October 17. Lancashire County Council decisively voted to stop supplying halal (legally permitted according to Sharia law) meat from un-stunned animals to area schools as of 2019. The decision — 49 to 23 with nine abstentions — will affect 12,000 Muslim pupils in the 27 schools in Blackburn, Nelson, Burnley, Rawtenstall, Hyndburn and Preston. The Chief Executive of the Lancashire Council of Mosques, Abdul Hamid Qureshi, said he was considering calling for Muslim pupils to boycott school meals.

October 18. A Tesco worker sued the supermarket chain for harassment and racial discrimination after a colleague "broke wind in his face." Atif Masood, 42, a customer assistant at a branch in Thornton Heath, demanded £20,000 (€23,000; $26,000) — claiming that passing wind amounts to "bullying." In legal papers submitted to a London employment tribunal, Masood claimed there was "too much racism" in the Thornton Heath store, and felt he was discriminated against by colleagues because he was a Pakistani Muslim.

October 19. The radical preacher Anjem Choudary, described as Britain's "most dangerous extremist," was released from prison after serving only half of the five-and-a-half-year sentence he received in 2016 for pledging allegiance to the Islamic State. Prison authorities could not prevent his release: under British sentencing guidelines, prisoners — even those still a risk to the public — automatically become eligible for release under license (parole) after serving half their terms.

October 20. Sheikh Faiz-ul-Aqtab Siddiqi, a 51-year-old Muslim cleric who runs Britain's largest network of Sharia courts, was questioned over allegations that he had raped children. West Midlands Police are investigating claims that Siddiqi raped two Dutch women in the 1980s and 1990s. The women claim they were sexually abused from the ages of 11 and 12 until they turned 16. They were sent to Britain by their parents to be educated by Sheikh Siddiqi's father, a respected Muslim scholar. Siddiqi is the head of the Muslim Arbitration Tribunal, an Islamic legal service in England that operates a string of controversial Sharia law courts which critics say discriminate against women. He has denied the claims against him, which first appeared in the Dutch newspaper De Telegraaf, and said they are part of a campaign to discredit his family.

October 23. Nearly 2,000 young people in Britain, the vast majority of them girls, were wed before the age of 18 between 2010 and 2015, according to Thomson Reuters Foundation, citing official data. Child marriage — defined internationally as marriage under 18 — remains legal in Britain. In England, Wales and Northern Ireland, teenagers can wed at 16 with parental consent. In Scotland, at the age of 16, they do not need consent, Thomson Reuters noted. British parliamentarian Pauline Latham, who introduced a bill to raise the marriage age to 18, said it was "crazy" that Britain still allowed child marriage when it was spending £39 million (€44 million; $51 million) over five years to support efforts to end it in developing countries.

October 24. An Islamic school teaching that only Muslims and animals were saved on Noah's Ark was the first to be successfully prosecuted for operating illegally. The Al-Istiqamah Learning Centre in West London marketed itself as a study center where home-educated children could attend part-time classes, but government inspectors found that almost 60 children of compulsory school age were regularly attending the center during school hours. The case was referred to the Crown Prosecution Service after the center failed to respond to a government warning notice. The Chief Inspector of Schools, Amanda Spielman, said that the verdict sent an important message to other unregistered schools, some of which she said deny children a proper education and leave them at risk of radicalization. Photographs posted on the school's website identified Noah as a prophet of Allah.

October 25. A Muslim family complained about the use of pork gelatin in three vaccines used by the National Health Service, according to the BBC. Porcine gelatin is derived from pigs and used in vaccines against flu, shingles, measles, mumps and rubella. A spokesperson for Public Health England said the gelatin is used as a stabilizer and developing an alternative "may never happen." A parent who contacted the BBC said he was "offended" by the use of porcine gelatin in a nasal flu vaccine. He said that his wife was told about the ingredient by a doctor when she took their children to be vaccinated. She refused the vaccine because of their religion. The Muslim Council of Britain said the vaccines are not permitted in Islam unless lives are at risk and there are no alternatives. "There should be more work towards an alternative," said Dr. Shuja Shafi, the chairman of the council's research and documentation committee. "We should be trying to find a long-term solution. The needs of the people must be met."

October 26. The diocese of Oxford defended a decision by the University of Oxford to invite an imam to deliver the University Sermon at the end of a eucharist on October 21. A spokesman for the diocese said that inviting Imam Monawar Hussain to preach at the university church of St. Mary the Virgin, Oxford, was "a good piece of interfaith engagement." The spokesman said that the diocese had received a dozen complaints about the invitation but added, "If we had had 100 complaints we would have stood by the university's decision." A blog post by Adrian Hilton on his Archbishop Cranmer site noted that as a Muslim, Hussain would not believe in Jesus's death on a cross or in his resurrection. "By inviting an imam to preach not just a sermon, but a eucharistic sermon," he wrote, "it is hard to understand how this glorifies the crucified Son of God." The Bishop of Buckingham, Alan Wilson, dismissed the objections: "Hussain's work has been fundamental in deepening our understanding of Islam and combating the threat of terrorism in this country. He is promoting a charitable and wise interpretation of Islam."

October 27. Forty-three percent of Britons believe that Western liberal society can never be compatible with Islam, according to a ComRes "Islamophobia" poll. Two-fifths (43%) of the population would be concerned if a mosque was built in their neighborhood or a family member married a Muslim. One in five (22%) would be concerned if a Muslim family moved next door and three in ten (30%) would object to their child visiting a mosque.

October 28. As many as 80 jihadi brides and their children, who were detained in Syria since the fall of the Islamic State, are expected imminently to return to Britain, according to The Times. It also reported that the British Home Office has started issuing them British passports.

October 30. Mohammed Ghani, a 65-year-old former imam in West Yorkshire who sexually assaulted a young child over a period of seven years, had his sentence increased. In August, Leeds Crown Court sentenced Ghani to two years in prison, but his sentence was increased after it was referred to the Court of Appeal by the Solicitor General, Robert Buckland QC MP, under the Unduly Lenient Sentence scheme. The Court of Appeal increased Ghani's sentence to five years in prison. Speaking after the hearing, the Solicitor General said: "Ghani abused his position of authority and subjected a vulnerable child to a campaign of sexual assaults. I hope that the Court of Appeal's decision today brings the victim and their family some comfort."

October 31. The Times reported that Anjem Choudary was ordered to attend Britain's first compulsory deradicalization program. Choudary, who was released from prison on October 19, halfway through his sentence for supporting the Islamic State, was ordered to attend the Desistance and Disengagement Program (DDP) as part of his probation. The course, which requires him to receive mentoring and theological "advice," is the government's latest attempt to combat the heightened jihadist threat. Convicted jihadis are being freed from prison at a rate of one a week. More than 40% of those found guilty of terrorism offenses in the past decade, according to The Times, will be eligible for release by the end of 2018.

NOVEMBER 2018

November 1. Alice Weidel, the leader of Germany's anti-mass-migration party Alternative for Germany (AfD), cancelled a scheduled speech at the Oxford Union due to "concerns with security." The decision followed growing pressure from students and local groups to cancel the event. The president of the Union, Stephen Horvath, stood by Weidel's right to speak at the event, saying that the Union remained "committed to the principles of political neutrality and free speech."

November 2. A 6-foot-tall Iranian migrant claiming to be 15 years old began attending Stoke High School in Ipswich. The man, named Siavash, arrived in Britain in early 2018 posing as an unaccompanied minor. He was removed from the school after he admitted that he was 25, married and had two children. School officials initially dismissed the concerns of parents, saying they were motivated by racism.

November 3. Two Birmingham Islamic schools were reported to the government for segregating boys and girls. The Avecinna Academy in Bordesley and The Wisdom Academy in Nechells were flagged for "sex discrimination" by the education watchdog Ofsted. Avecinna was found to be practicing segregation across year groups, including during breaktimes, while Wisdom was said to be "failing to prepare students for life in modern Britain." Ofsted inspectors said in their reports that the mixed sex schools were in breach of the Equality Act 2010.

November 6. The Labour Party invited a known extremist preacher to an anti-racism rally. Shakeel Begg, an imam at the Lewisham Islamic Center, was listed as a speaker at a Lewisham Labour Against Racism meeting, alongside two Labour MPs, local activists, trade unionists and students. The London rally, attended by many of the area's prominent Labour officials, aimed to "challenge the hostile environment," "stop Tommy Robinson's far-right allies" and "oppose Islamophobia and antisemitism." In 2016, Begg was declared "an extremist Islamic speaker who espouses extremist Islamic positions" by the High Court. It ruled that he had recently "promoted and encouraged religious violence by telling Muslims that violence in support of Islam would constitute a man's greatest deed."

November 14. Kirklees Council, responding to a freedom of information request, revealed that 40 schools in the council were serving halal meat from non-stunned animals to schoolchildren. The revelation sparked a debate and a petition to ban non-stunned meat. The petition, signed by more than 7,000 people, stated: "Every day children in Kirklees schools are served meat from animals that have been slaughtered while fully conscious, suffering unnecessary pain and distress. It is a legal requirement that animals must be humanely stunned before slaughter, but non-stun slaughter is still permitted for some religious communities.... "Kirklees Council has been serving non-stunned halal meat in 42 schools without the knowledge or consent of the majority of pupils and parents. In some schools all of the meat served is non-stunned and there is no alternative option for pupils. The council has refused to say which schools are affected. "There is no need for the council to supply non-stunned halal meat when the majority of halal meat is pre-stunned. Most Muslims are content with stunning."

November 16. Six British-Pakistani men — Mohammed Imran Ali Akhtar, 37, Asif Ali, 33, Tanweer Ali, 37, Salah Ahmed El-Hakam, 39, Nabeel Kurshid, 35 and Iqlak Yousaf, 34 — were sentenced to a combined total of 101 years in prison for grooming and raping five teenage girls in Rotherham. The men subjected the five girls to "degrading and violent" acts using alcohol, drugs and the "excitement of friendship" to lure them in. Sheffield Crown Court heard that one girl had been sexually abused by "at least 100 Asian men" by the time she was 16. The men targeted and groomed the girls, who were aged between 13 and 16, over seven years between 1998 and 2005. The case was the first major prosecution arising out of Operation Stovewood, the National Crime Agency's inquiry into historical child sexual exploitation in the South Yorkshire town. The inquiry, which identified more than 1,500 victims, will cost British taxpayers more than £90 million (€102 million; $117 million) by 2024, the date to which current planning extends, even though few people think it will be completed by then.

November 17. An imam recited the adhan, the Muslim call to prayer, at Blackburn Cathedral, a Church of England cathedral, in front of an audience of about 400 people. In Arabic, the imam stated: "Allah is the greatest; I bear witness that there is no other God but Allah; I bear witness that Muhammad is the messenger of Allah." Gavin Ashenden, a former chaplain to the Queen, criticized the church for trying to move from "being a religious organization to a cultural one." Peter Howell-Jones, the dean of Blackburn Cathedral said that the cathedral was not only a place for Christians, but for people of all faiths.

November 18. The broadcasting regulator Ofcom launched an investigation into the Islam Channel, a Muslim television station accused of promoting divisive and hardline views in Britain. Ofcom said it was "conducting an assessment of content on Islam Channel to determine whether it complies with the broadcasting code." Ofcom has censured the channel in the past for political bias, advocating violence against women and supporting marital rape. The station, which claims it has one million viewers a day, reaches 59% of British Muslims, according to government estimates. The move came after a Sunday Times investigation showed that the channel has been supported by Saudi money.

November 21. A new report from the Henry Jackson Society think tank revealed that the personal television station of Zakir Naik, a prominent Islamist preacher linked to the Glasgow airport bomber, continued to hold a UK broadcast license. Founded in 2006, Peace TV repeatedly broadcast speeches by prominent extremist preachers with links to global jihad. The station has been repeatedly sanctioned by Ofcom for individual infractions of the Broadcast Code due to its extremist content. Despite this, Ofcom has failed to revoke Peace TV's license. In June 2010, Naik was banned from entering Britain on the basis that his entrance would "not be conducive to the public good." The decision, which was later upheld by the High Court, came three years after one of Naik's followers, Kafeel Ahmed launched a jihadi attack on Glasgow airport.

November 23. Five fraudsters, who ran a fake Bangladeshi visa scam and falsely claimed £13 million (€14 million; $17 million) in tax refunds, were sentenced to total of 31 years in jail. London law student Abul Kalam Muhammad Rezaul Karim, 42, was the ringleader of the group, which set up 79 bogus companies and created fake documentation used by Bangladeshi nationals in fraudulent visa applications. Officers found that Karim, his brother-in-law Enamul Karim, 34, Kazi Borkot Ullah, 39, Jalpa Trivedi, 41 and Mohammed Tamij Uddin, 47, charged clients for temporary visas to remain in the UK a minimum of £700 in cash for their fraudulent immigration services. The gang, as part of their tax and immigration fraud, claimed their clients were employees. The gang also created fake pay slips and provided false information on approximately 900 visa applications. An investigation into their wrongdoing was the "longest ever undertaken" by Immigration Enforcement's Criminal and Financial Investigation team.

November 24. Prime Minister Theresa May was accused of personally intervening to deny asylum to Asia Bibi, a Roman Catholic woman convicted of blasphemy in Pakistan. Home Secretary Sajid Javid reportedly argued passionately that Bibi should be given refuge in Britain, but May refused because of fears that allowing Bibi to claim asylum would "stoke tensions" among British Muslims.

November 25. Muslim rape gangs preyed on British Sikh girls for decades, but police ignored the abuse due to political correctness, according to a report by the Sikh Mediation and Rehabilitation Team. Sikh girls would be lured by "fashionably-dressed adult Pakistani men travelling in flamboyant vehicles to predominantly Sikh dominated areas and schools," the report disclosed. Titled, "Religiously Aggravated Sexual Exploitation of Young Sikh Women Across the UK," the report said it was not intended to be a "witch-hunt against any individual, community, culture or faith" but that nothing would change unless the facts were known.

November 26. A jailed sex offender was allowed to play a part in the future of the child of a woman he raped. The man, who was reportedly part of a grooming gang, was contacted in jail by a council who gave him a chance to seek visits from the child. Baroness Newlove, Victims' Commissioner for England and Wales, said: "This is a perverse situation. It appears to be a case in which a victim of the worst sexual violence faced the prospect of continuing to be abused by her perpetrator, this time via the family courts. I believe that where a child has been conceived by rape that the presumption of joint parental rights should be abolished." Louise Haigh, shadow policing and crime minister, added: "This case potentially reveals a huge issue in the family courts where rapists are not only able but actively encouraged to gain access to their children and traumatize their victims all over again. If a child is born through rape, the father should under no circumstances be able to weaponize the courts against their victim."

November 27. People smugglers were reportedly telling migrants that they must enter Britain before "the borders shut properly" after Brexit, a BBC investigation disclosed. More than 100 people, the majority claiming to be Iranian, entered British waters in boats in November. An undercover reporter found smuggling operations were being organized at makeshift camps in northern France. "When the UK is out of Europe, the borders will be shut properly," a smuggler told an undercover reporter posing as an Iranian migrant at a camp in Dunkirk. "This jungle will be cleared. They will put everyone in jail." An Afghan, who gave his name as Farhad, told the BBC that he was part of a failed attempt to enter Britain aboard a dinghy with 11 others. "There is a rush," he said. "Everyone is talking about it saying we need to get in quick in case the security gets tighter."

November 30. Rahim Mohammadi, a 42-year-old Kurdish-Iranian from Hackney, was sentenced to 19 years in prison for murdering 80-year-old Lea Adri-Soejoko. Mohammadi, a Kurdish-Iranian, strangled Adri-Soejoko, the secretary of Colindale Allotments in North London, because he feared he would be thrown off his allotment, a plot of land for growing fruits and vegetables. Mohammadi sought political asylum in Britain in 2005 and was given indefinite leave to remain in 2010.

DECEMBER 2018

December 1. The Muslim Council of Britain and other Islamic groups demanded full legal protection from Islamophobia. They called on Prime Minister Theresa May, Labour Party leader Jeremy Corbyn and all other party leaders to adopt a newly proposed working definition of Islamophobia, apparently in an attempt to put pressure on a reluctant Home Office to follow suit. The definition was set out in a report published by a cross-party group of MPs and states: "Islamophobia is rooted in racism and is a type of racism that targets expressions of Muslimness or perceived Muslimness." The Secretary General of the Muslim Council of Britain, Harun Khan, said that he hoped political leaders would "all understand the importance of listening to communities" and make a "positive response" by adopting the definition. A Home Office minister, Victoria Atkins, said that the department had no intention of adopting a "definitive definition" of Islamophobia. She said that there were "many definitions of Islamophobia" and that "we have very effective monitoring systems of all race-hate crimes."

December 5. Chaudry Mahmood, 51, from Ravensthorpe, pled guilty to assault by beating after he punched his girlfriend in the face. Prosecutor Natalie Chapman said a passerby witnessed the attack and called police. Mahmood claimed it was acceptable in "Asian culture" to hit women to "shut them up." When asked if he would do anything differently, he said 'no.' He was fined £80 and ordered to pay £85 prosecution costs plus £30 victim surcharge.

December 6. The Charity Commission, the government agency that regulates charities in England and Wales, condemned the former management of Muslim Aid, one of Britain's largest charities with a budget of £34 million (€38 million; $43 million) a year, for failing to safeguard against funding illegal groups. The charity, which worked in some of the most sensitive conflict zones in Africa and the Middle East, failed to check whether its money was going to blacklisted groups.

December 11. A 33-year-old man was arrested on suspicion of plotting a jihadi attack in Newcastle. More than a hundred officers swooped in on a quiet cul-de-sac in Newcastle upon Tyne to arrest the man, a "lone wolf plotter" said to be inspired by the Islamic State. Fearing that explosives may be present, more than 150 houses were evacuated as well as a school.

December 12. Miqdaad Versi, a spokesperson for the Muslim Council of Britain, complained that British media had accurately reported that Chérif Chekatt, the 29-year-old French-Moroccan jihadi who killed three people and injured a dozen more at a Christmas market in Strasbourg, shouted "Allahu Akbar" during the attack. He tweeted: "Disappointing to see BBC and Sky News lead with 'Allahu Akbar' in their headline on the awful shooting in #Strasbourg vs. ITV and Al Jazeera who are being far more responsible. This matters and it's wrong."

December 15. Abdulrahman Alcharbati, a 32-year-old Syrian from Benwell, was sentenced to seven years in prison for sharing jihadi propaganda. During his trial at Newcastle Crown Court, jurors were told how one of the films showed Syrian soldiers being violently beaten to death and dragged away. The court also heard how another of the videos depicted young children at an orphanage being given Islamic State "indoctrination" and being taught how to be a "thorn in the side of enemies of religion." Facebook had suspended his page on eight occasions between December 2016 and March 2017, but the father-of-one managed to get it reinstated each time by claiming that he was merely "exposing what was happening."

December 15. A 38-year-old Iranian asylum seeker who raped a teenage girl was spared deportation even though a judge believed his supposed conversion to Christianity was a deliberate ploy to cheat the justice system. The man, referred to in court documents as AM, arrived in Britain in 2006. In August 2013 he was sentenced to five years in prison for raping the 17-year-old in 2012. After his release from prison, a judge ruled that his claim to be Christian meant his deportation to Iran would be a breach of his human rights. The judge, who acknowledged that the man's religious conversion was part of a ruse to avoid deportation, ruled that his 850 twitter posts quoting the Bible and Christian theology placed him at risk of persecution if he was sent back to Iran.

December 17. Mohammed Karrar, 44, Bassam Karrar, 39 and Anjum Dogar, 36, were found guilty at Oxford Crown Court of ten counts of rape, indecent assault and conspiracy to rape for grooming and sexually abusing a "vulnerable" school girl in Oxford. During the trial, prosecutor Oliver Saxby QC said that the men had groomed and sexually abused their victim over a number of years in the early 2000s. He told jurors that they had formed part of a wider group of men who "sexually exploited vulnerable young girls for regular, casual and entirely functional sexual contact, in a car, in a park, in someone's flat." He added: "The common theme being sexual gratification that had the appearance of being consensual but in reality, courtesy of the level of exploitation and grooming involved, was anything but consensual."

December 18. Saheed Rasoolli, 30, and Araz Abdulla, 23, were sentenced to a combined 22 years in prison for abducting and raping a woman in Sunderland. Newcastle Crown Court heard how the woman was waiting for a bus in the city center on May 23 when she was approached by Rasoolli. She was then taken to a property in Roker Avenue and raped. Once Rasoolli had left the room, Abdulla entered and forced himself on the victim. She managed to flee to a nearby shop and reported the rapes to police. Rasoolli was sentenced to 12 years in prison and Abdulla was given a 10-year prison term.

December 19. Mohiussunnath Chowdhury, a 27-year-old Uber driver from Luton, was acquitted of terrorism charges. In August 2017, Chowdhury drove his car at a police van and attacked police with a samurai sword outside Buckingham Palace. Chowdhury shouted "Allahu Akbar" ("Allah is greatest") as two officers grappled with him. The court heard that three hours before the incident, Chowdhury left a note marked "read this" at the family home in Luton. The note said: "By the time you read this note I will be in paradise with Allah. Tell everyone that I love them and that they should struggle against the enemies of Allah with their lives and property. The Queen and her soldiers will all be in the hellfire. They go to war with Muslims around the world and kill them without mercy. They are the enemies that Allah tells us to fight." Chowdhury told the court that he had no intention of hurting the police and instead wanted to commit suicide because of British government policy against Muslims. He was unanimously acquitted after jurors deliberated for eleven-and-a-half hours.

December 20. The trial of William "Billy" Charlton, a 54-year-old activist accused of stirring up racial hatred during protests in Sunderland, was suspended after the jury at Newcastle Crown Court was unable to reach a verdict. Charlton was accused of targeting "immigrants, Asians, black people and police" during a series of public rallies to protest an increase in sexual assaults against women and children in the city. He allegedly referred to "immigrant rapists" and women being "used and abused by cowardly immigrants." Referring to Muslim rape gangs, Charlton said: "This will never be Rotherham, it will never be Rochdale, this is Sunderland." The case was be back in court in January 2019 for prosecutors to declare whether Charlton would be tried again. Charlton was granted bail in the meantime.

December 21. Statues of the Virgin Mary and Joseph were smashed, and a figure of baby Jesus was decapitated, at a nativity scene in Ilford. The nativity scene was installed and paid for by the British Pakistani Christian Association (BPCA) to remind residents about the real meaning of Christmas. Councillor Jas Athwal said that he will not let "mindless people" ruin the nativity. "If we have to have it protected in the future then we will do it," he said. "We want to be making sure that all religions are living here peacefully."

December 22. London Police launched a murder investigation after a man in his 20s was stabbed to death in Haringey, North London. He was the 131st person to be violently killed in the capital in 2018 — the most since 2009.

December 25. Forty migrants, including two children, were rescued from boats in five separate incidents on Christmas Day in the English Channel. A Home Office spokesman said: "The evidence shows there is organized criminal gang activity behind illegal migration attempts by small boats across the Channel. We are working closely with the French and law enforcement partners to target these gangs, who exploit vulnerable people and put lives at risk."

December 26. Home Secretary Sajid Javid defended a controversial tweet in which he attacked "sick Asian pedophiles" and said that ignoring the men's ethnicity would boost extremism. He added that he took the Rochdale grooming scandal personally because it involved men from his hometown and defended the government's right to strip the men of their British citizenship and deport them back to Pakistan. Javid said it was his job was to keep the British public safe even if it meant offenders being sent to a country where they may face fewer checks on their actions.

December 27. Mohammed Aqib Imran, 22, from Sparkhill in Birmingham, was found guilty of preparing to join terrorists abroad. Imran arranged to travel for jihad around the same time that his friend Naa'imur Zakariyah Rahman, 21, was plotting a suicide attack against Prime Minister Theresa May. The pair were caught by a network of online role players from the Metropolitan police, MI5 and the FBI. Rahman's plan to kill May was thwarted when undercover officers handed him a rucksack packed with fake explosives. Following a trial in July, Rahman was convicted of preparing acts of terrorism and Imran was found guilty of possessing a terrorist handbook. Prosecutor Mark Heywood QC told jurors:

"At the heart of this case is a developing radicalization in the minds of two men who came to know each other online, and afterwards met and began to collaborate. Both thought about travelling abroad to further their cause, going to a conflict zone such as Syria to lend support to violence. Each also contemplated carrying out terrorist acts of violence here in the UK. "Mohammed Imran elected to travel and set about assembling money, acquiring a fake passport, engaging in research and otherwise equipping himself with the information and means to travel abroad for violence for terrorist purposes."

December 28. David Wood, a former senior Home Office official who used to lead immigration enforcement, warned that human smugglers were being emboldened by the fact that British lifeboats were rescuing travelers out at sea, with the rescuers then taking them on to dry land where they can claim asylum. He explained: "Britain's border force, coastguards and lifeboats are being used as a taxi service for migrants. As far as organized crime is concerned, it's de-risked their business. They know they don't have to get right across the Channel and land, they can get half way across and the migrants will be taken the rest of the way. "We have to stop this or it will grow and grow. The answer is to return them to France as soon as they are picked up. Given that the immigrants travelled from France, it would not be unlawful if the French agreed."

December 29. Home Secretary Sajid Javid cut short a Christmas holiday to return to Britain to deal with a surge in illegal crossings of the English Channel. Two boats were intercepted off the Kent coast on December 28 containing a total of 12 migrants, prompting urgent calls for the British and French authorities to do a better job of tackling people smuggling operations in northern France. Javid said he was ensuring that "everything possible" was being done to disrupt and prosecute organized people-smuggling gangs. Javid said that 539 people had made the crossing in 2018; 80% of those, in the last three months of the year. In "almost every case," he said, they went on to seek asylum.

December 31. A 25-year-old Somali man wielding kitchen knife and shouting "Allahu Akbar" stabbed three people, including a police officer, at Manchester's Victoria Station. The suspect, who had been living in Britain for a decade, reportedly shouted "Long live the Caliphate" and "As long as you keep bombing other countries, this sort of s*** is going to keep happening." The suspect, who appears to have acted alone, was initially held on suspicion of attempted murder, but later was detained under the Mental Health Act.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/13513/britain-multiculturalism-transformation-ii

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again.  It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment.  Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding.  Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there.  You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are.  For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them.  Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 1-7-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mini-ice age underway: Major winter storms hit countries around the world, creating snow apocalypses and chaos in the US, Canada, Mexico, Iran, Turkey, India and across Europe

By Strange Sounds - Jan 7, 2019

Here a compilation of the most extreme winter weather events since the beginning of 2019. Huge amount of snow fall in the Sierra, California The National Weather Service has issued avalanche warnings for the Sierra Nevada Sunday after a winter storm dumped heavy snow on the region. The backcountry avalanche warning for the Lake Tahoe area stretches south into the Sierra along the California-Nevada line from noon Sunday until 7 a.m. Monday, as blizzard conditions with gale-force winds could trigger widespread avalanche activity. Two feet (61 centimeters) of snow was reported at Mammoth Mountain. And more than a foot (30 cm) fell in the upper elevations around Tahoe.  NWS Reno @NWSReno An Avalanche Warning has been issued by the Sierra Avalanche Center for the Central Sierra Nevada including the Tahoe Basin from 12 pm Sunday through 7 am Monday. For more details go to http://www.sierraavalanchecenter.org #Cawx #NVwx 91 12:52 PM - Jan 6, 2019

again: NWS Reno @NWSReno Here are snowfall totals from the past 24 hours from around our area. More snow is expected this afternoon and into tomorrow morning, as the next wave of moisture moves through. Check out our website for the latest forecast: http://weather.gov/reno  #NVwx #CAwx 

65 12:02 PM - Jan 6, 2019

High avalanche risk in Alps amid heavy snow in Austria, Germany and Switzerland; 2 dead Authorities warned Sunday of a high risk of avalanches on the northern side of the Alps, after heavy snowfall in recent days created dangerous conditions across parts of southern Germany, Austria and Switzerland. Obertauern, Austria yesterday, January 6. Report: Florian Kern / Bergaffe Authorities in Austria closed some roads and train lines because of avalanche risks, while airports in the region have seen delays as workers struggled to clear the large amount of fresh snow and de-ice planes. Severe Weather Europe on Monday Enormous amounts of snow in Tauplitz, Austria (896 m) today, January 7. Report: Herbert Lemmerer / Aktuelle Wetterwarnungen für Österreich About 600 residents and tourists were still stuck in the Austrian village of Soelktal following a road closure. An Austrian army helicopter managed to drop some supplies there on Sunday. Thousands of hectares affected by snow in Sonora, Mexico The heavy snowfall left by the fifth and sixth winter storms of the season, as well as the extreme cold, generated frost damage in thousands of crops throughout the state of Sonora. In Guaymas, Cajeme, and Navojoa, which encompass the valleys south of Sonora, agricultural producers are analyzing possible damage in 12 thousand hectares of crops. Agricultural producers from northern Sonora still haven’t quantified the damage because the impact of the winter storms will continue over the next days Heavy snow paralyses the region of Istanbul, Turkey Istanbul and the region of Thrace in Turkey’s northwest were hit by heavy snowfall and strong wind which caused flight delays and cancellations. Blizzard and snowfall disrupted life in Thrace, with access to 50 schools in the region being blocked due to snowstorms. Many roads to villages in the western province of Edrine were shut on Jan. 4 due to heavy snow. Authorities have said they will clear snow from the roads soon. The snow reached a height of 30 centimeters in Kırklareli. Heavy snowfall was expected to continue in Thracian provinces of Tekirdağ and Kırklareli and Istanbul’s western parts until the afternoon of Jan. 4. Meteorology officials have also warned many eastern provinces of dangers of icing, frost and avalanches. 17 provinces blocked by snowstorm in Iran Snow swept across 17 provinces of Iran on Friday – West Azarbaijan, Ardebil, Isfahan, Alborz, Tehran, Chaharmahal and Bakhtiari, North Khorasan, Fars, Semnan, Zanjan, Qazvin, Qom, Kordestan, Gilan, Lorestan, Mazandaran, and Markazi. Five of those 17 provinces – Tehran, Chaharmahal and Bakhtiari, Khuzestan, Semnan, Kohgiluyeh and Boyer-Ahmad – were also flooded. One dead. British Columbia storm pounds province with snow, rain, smashing records – up to 74 cms (29 inches) of snow in 24 hours The storm that moved across B.C. over the past 72 hours has left many areas of the province cleaning up on Friday. Whistler Blackcomb says it saw a new snowfall record for the month of December, with 384 centimetres of fresh snow falling during the month. This beat a previous record set in December 1994, by four centimetres.  Klaudia Van Emmerik @KlaudiaGlobal The Trans-Canada Highway remains closed between Revelstoke & Golden due to extreme winter weather. Ministry of Transportation crews conducting avalanche control work. @DriveBC estimates highway re-opening at 8pm. @GlobalOkanagan

26 4:29 PM - Jan 3, 2019

Whistler Blackcomb says about 74 centimetres of snow hit the mountains between Wednesday afternoon and Thursday this week, which also caused some chaos on Highway 99 for drivers trying to get to the village. Major winter storm slams central Italy – 6 feet of snow

An example from Gamberale, Abruzzo, central Italy in intense Adriatic sea-effect snow on January 4. Report: Concetta Menna / Meteo Da Correggio: Heavy snowfall disrupts life in Kashmir, India

Normal life in Indian-controlled Kashmir was disrupted by heavy snowfall that lashed the region on Saturday, January 5, 2019. 12 inches of snow disrupted road traffic and cut power to thousands of people. Likewise, Qazigund recorded 11 inches, Pahalgam 16 inches and Kupwara 17 inches of snow, officials said. Heavy snow and strong winds hit Poland High winds lashed the country’s northern regions, while snow paralysed much of southern Poland on January 3, 2019. Some 1,600 customers were left without electricity at one point after fierce winds toppled trees and disrupted power supplies. No injuries were reported. Meanwhile, rescuers have stepped up avalanche warnings for Poland’s southern Tatra mountains. And finally in Slovakia And it seems that some more extreme winter weather is heading to Europe and the USA as the polar vortex will soon split into 3 in the next few days.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/01/mini-ice-age-underway-major-winter-storms-hit-countries-around-the-world-creating-snow-apocalypses-and-chaos-in-the-us-canada-mexico-iran-turquey-and

-across-europe.html 

:: 1-8-19 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UK weather warning: THREE MONTH barrage of storms to bring SUBZERO temperatures and SNOW

BRITAIN’S weather is about to be put through the wringer with a three-month barrage of storms threatening the nation.

By Nathan Rao PUBLISHED: 00:01, Tue, Jan 8, 2019 | UPDATED: 04:46, Tue, Jan 8, 2019

Generally calm conditions will give way to persistent bouts of strong wind and rain through the rest of winter, according to some experts. Storms barrelling in from the Atlantic will clash with cold air over the UK triggering outbreaks of snow and ice, they warn. Stubborn high pressure anchored northeast of Britain will keep temperatures largely below-normal in the run up to spring. AccuWeather forecaster Tyler Roys said: “We expect an uptick in windstorms to impact the British Isles for the next three months or so. “While the Scandinavia high pushes temperatures in the UK slightly below normal, incoming windstorms will counteract the dip with warmer-than-usual air. “A couple of ice events are not out of the question as a storm system comes in from the west and the Scandinavia high retreats from the north.” Unsettled weather will kick in later this week as volatile low-pressure systems barge in from the Atlantic. Heavy rainfall will hit the north through the weekend with showers, wind and a risk of snow forecast elsewhere. Wet and windy weather is expected to hold out through January with parts of the country on alert for icy winter gales. Southern England will enjoy the best of the weather with Scotland and the north in the firing line for a more turbulent ride, the Met Office said. Spokeswoman Nicola Maxey said: “Towards the middle of the month we are looking at things becoming more unsettled and changeable. “There are signs of a growing risk of strong winds, rain and snow from mid-January into early February. “We are expecting to see it turn colder with temperatures below average for the time of year although we will see some short-lived milder interludes. “Gales will be possible in the north and west, and it will turn colder from the northwest. “Some snow is expected in the north, especially in brighter, showery, colder interludes between weather systems.” Britain’s weather over the next few weeks will fall under the influence of a Sudden Stratospheric Warming (SSW) of the North Pole. SSW, the driver for last year’s Beast from the East late winter blast, set in at the end of December, meteorologists have confirmed. The phenomenon, caused by Arctic air compressing and warming, encourages bitter easterly winds into the UK. Its effects are guided by high pressure which when established over the UK encourages colder weather but drives milder, stormier conditions when further south. Miss Maxey said: “The influence of SSW in the UK depends on where the high pressure builds. “If it builds over the UK we could get colder weather and a risk of snow, but if it builds to the south we could then see an increased risk of more unsettled Atlantic conditions. “At this stage it is too early to say where this high pressure will build.” Wind and rain will continue to batter Scotland through Tuesday morning as showers turn wintry in parts of Britain. Temperatures will widely drop to freezing on Tuesday and Wednesday nights with lows of -4C (24.8F) possible in some spots, Miss Maxey added. She said: “There is a chance that showers could turn wintry with a mix of snow, sleet or hail over high ground in the north. “As we move into Wednesday it will turn colder and there will be a risk of widespread frosts later in the week. “Temperatures will widely dip to just above freezing or below with lows of -3C (26.6F) possible in Scotland with -4C (24.8F) possible. “Towards the weekend milder air will push back in from the west but it will turn unsettled again in parts, there is a chance of heavier rain over the weekend in northern Britain.”

https://www.express.co.uk/news/weather/1068517/uk-weather-forecast-storm-warning-met-office-long-range-forecast-snow-january-2019 

:: 1-8-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

National Emergency! It's Time For President Trump To 'Round Up' The Traitors Who Sold Out America For Global Tyranny - 'If We Don't Defend America, We'll Lose America'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  January 8, 2019

While Democrats continue to scream that a wall or a fence at our Southern border is bad for human rights, going so far as to allow the government to be closed down rather than give President Trump the money he's asking for to build it, a quick look back to this July 25th of 2016 story over at My News 4 in Reno, Nevada proves to us just how big the Democratic hypocrites are, as videographer Mark Dice also clearly points out in the first video at the bottom of this story. As was widely reported back in July of 2016, the Democratic National Committee actually had built a HUGE fence all around the Wells Fargo Arena in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania to keep members of their own political party out of the building where the 'coronation' of 'Queen Hillary' was taking place. So why would the same group now be fighting against a wall/fence that would keep dangerous criminals out of the country? With Clinton crony David Brock of Media Matters fame recently penning this column for NBC News arguing that Democrats can't allow Bernie Sanders supporters to poison another election, actually coming straight out and blaming Sanders voters for President Trump's win over Hillary, it's more clear now than ever who the 'enemies of America within' are and their disdain for voters who don't toe the party line on the left is almost as bad as their hatred of 'deplorables'. And as we'll see detailed within this ANP story, part 1 of 2, nothing less than the very future of America is now at stake with the globalists going all-in in their attempts to take down President Trump and his America-1st agenda, nothing less than treasonous sedition, while they attempt to pit brother against brother, neighbor against neighbor and Christians against other Christians here in America as we'll read below in this story from Tom Horn's book "Blood on the Altar: The Coming War Between Christian vs Christian". With Brock's remarks and the Democrats fence proving once again and beyond a shadow of a doubt just how little the 'establishment' thinks of the 'little people', whether we be on the left or the right, we turn our eyes to this must-read new story by Mike Adams over at Natural News in which he argues it's time for President Trump to declare a national emergency, build the wall and most importantly, round up the traitors who long ago sold out America. Nothing less than the future of our Republic is at stake Adams warns while asking that all awakened Americans prepare to assist President Trump in defending America. Warning that should we the American people fail in this endeavor to take down the global terrorists within the US who sold America out to the highest bidders, nothing less than an authoritarian government awaits us on the other side, a government which has proven to hate everybody who is 'not them'. And oh the hypocrites the Democrats are with Barack Obama having a huge wall around his home, as do most other Congressional reps as well. In fact, should these open-borders-pushing government public servants think open borders really are good, we challenge each and every one of them at this moment to OPEN UP THEIR OWN HOMES to anybody who wants to come in. Think there'll be any takers? As Adams reports: It’s time for President Trump to declare a national emergency. This is the first necessary step in defending America against the domestic enemies and enemy combatants operating within. Immediately after declaring a national emergency, President Trump must deploy the United States military to build and man the border wall. (Yes, I said “man.”) It’s time to activate the military police and hand them a list of the deep state traitors who have attempted to carry out a treasonous political coup rooted in illegal government spying under President Obama, the falsification of “evidence” used to deceive the FISA court, witness tampering by Robert Mueller, illegal leaks by James Comey, official corruption by Hillary Clinton, and multiple acts of treason against America approved by Obama and dutifully carried out by Eric Holder and Loretta Lynch. Arrest the deep state traitors, indict them for crimes against America and prosecute them. Defend America or we lose America. In the photograph seen above which was posted to the twitter page of President Trump's recent announcement that he will be doing a prime-time address to the nation on Tuesday night on border security and the beliefs of many that he'll declare a national emergency in an attempt to get a border wall finally built, we see one man's thoughts on the deep state coup attempt against Trump that has been ongoing now for the first full two years of his Presidency. With that person's thoughts echoing the thoughts of Mike Adams that America and our Constitutional Republic are in grave danger and Patriots should be ready to defend our Republic and Constitution against domestic enemies of America within, this January 6th story over at Zero Hedge hints we may soon finally learn the names of everybody who sold out America with hacker Kim Dotcom claiming "the criminals who run the deep state will be exposed" while hinting at a new round of leaks. While Kim also claimed back in February of 2018 that he could assure us that the DNC 'hack' wasn't even a 'hack' and he knew who did it, the most disturbing aspect of that February 2018 tweet was Kim claiming that his attorney had contacted Robert Mueller about the hack not once but twice BUT he never heard back from Mueller. If rotten cop Mueller was the least bit interested in finding out the truth about what happened during the DNC hack, wouldn't he have at least made an effort to contact Kim or is that just totally against their agenda? With Mueller's refusal to contact Kim's lawyers actually MORE proof that he has no desire to find out the 'truth' unless that 'truth' points to President Trump's guilt, we remind you that Mueller's gang of crooked cops has been using stasi tactics against the innocent. And with the secretive hacker group called 'The Dark Overlord' threatening to 'burn down the deep state' by releasing a treasure trove of documents on 9/11 believed to have been stolen from law firms, insurance companies and the US government, the group claims more leaks "will have devastating consequences for the US ‘deep state’". Dubbed "the 9/11 Papers" by the hackers in an obvious nod to the "Pentagon Papers", the hackers claim there are four more 'layers' of secrets that remain encrypted and "each layer contains more secrets, more damaging materials… and generally just more truth." And while we'd prefer that these hackers would release these devastating secrets to the world online without asking for bitcoin as they're doing, quite literally extorting the groups involved, this RT story reports "the megaleak purportedly includes secret documents that were meant to be destroyed but were instead retained by legal firms, allegedly revealing the truth about one of the most recognizable incidents in recent history." And if we need just one more look at who these global elitists are who long ago sold out America for their luciferian new world order, we get it in this December 26th story over at DC Clothesline which begins: "Once the talk of conspiracy theorists — the rich ingesting the blood of the young to foster longevity — is now a reality and an actual business in the United States. Not only is it a business but billionaires are actually admitting their interest in it. Now, even the mainstream media is reporting it." ANOTHER 'conspiracy theory' proven true with this story from CBS 3 in Philadelphia reporting 'young blood' could be 'the fountain of youth', only mentioning something like that just a little while ago would have brought shouts of 'put your tinfoil hat on' and looks from others like you were crazy. What more are the 'global elite' hiding from us? In the photograph above which Steve Quayle had posted as his photo of the day, the caption read "Red Wave, as in Communism, Red Skies and Red China - Red is not a good sign as fire in the skies approaches". Steve had also linked to this must-read SQAlert with the note "When I post prophecies, it's up to everyone who reads them to pray over them and seek the Lord for a Witness in your spirit". Within the alert, the Illinois pastor who wrote it warned that 2019 would be a year of blood. Please read the entire alert here. With warnings of civil war now in the air and 'America' now under all-out attack from within and without, we look back here to this 2014 book written by Tom Horn within which he warned of a coming war between Christian and Christian as the world races toward its momentous end-times encounter between good and evil (known in the Bible as Armageddon.) The 2nd video below also takes a look at his book "Blood On The Altar: The Coming War Between Christian vs Christian". Steve Quayle has given us permission to republish his forward to Tom's book directly below.: "WHEN THE RELIGIOUS PERSECUTE THE RIGHTEOUS" AND "THE COMING WARS" WITHIN CHRISTIANITY

Matthew 10:33-36 King James Version (KJV)

33 But whosoever shall deny me before men, him will I also deny before my Father which is in heaven.

34 Think not that I am come to send peace on earth: I came not to send peace, but a sword.

35 For I am come to set a man at variance against his father, and the daughter against her mother, and the daughter in law against her mother in law.

36 And a man's foes shall be they of his own household.

2 Timothy 3:1-5 King James Version (KJV)

3 This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come.

2 For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy,

3 Without natural affection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good,

4 Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God;

5 Having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away.

James 4:4 King James Version (KJV)

4 Ye adulterers and adulteresses, know ye not that the friendship of the world is enmity with God? whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God.

John 16:1-3 King James Version (KJV)

16 These things have I spoken unto you, that ye should not be offended.

2 They shall put you out of the synagogues: yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service.

3 And these things will they do unto you, because they have not known the Father, nor me.

The world is now at the time when the bloodiest period of war and betrayal lies at the doorsteps of the Christian faith. As the new world church and the New World Order "emerge," there is a considerable effort being espoused by the Pope and evangelical megastars to embrace a One World Faith based on agreements that we all serve the same god anyway. This is total rebellion and heresy against the faith of the Apostles and the Prophets and the revealed will of the Living God. There are two households in which this battle will be waged, and the stakes are eternal. The first household is that of faith - brother will turn against brother, and where they once broke bread together, they will break each other's necks! The religious-minded folks will be the first to call for the government to do something when it all comes down. Faith has always been persecuted by unbelief, and that is the way it is going to play out in the months and years ahead. When you see prominent Christian authors being featured in the mainstream press and talking about Christianity and Islam serving the same god, you know that the battle is looming. Recently the Department of Homeland Security has funded a response to churches in their Clergy Response Teams. Their stated purpose is to pacify Christians and motivate them to go along with the totalitarian directives of the state, mis-applying Romans 13 and wrongly stating that you are to do what the government tells you. Notice how many churches do not use the Name of Jesus, teach about his Blood and the reality of Heaven or Hell. James 4:4 states that friendship with the world is enmity with God! So as the so-called church cozies up to the Jesus hating, redemption denying One World religious crowd, they had better heed the words of Jesus when he stated that he did not come to bring peace to the world, but a sword (Matthew 10:33-36). The nuclear family of the Christian is also under an unusual attack, with one member of the family understanding the lateness of the hour versus members, spouse or children being in an antagonistic position against the warning partner, parent, or child who "gets it." The church of Jesus Christ, those in right relationship with him through believing in his death, resurrection, Blood and Second Coming have already been designated "terrorists" and "enemies of the state" by the US Military and the US Justice Department, and this designation has been brought out into the open more graphically lately. The question I get asked more than ever from those with eyes to see, ears to hear and mouths that pray is, "will my husband or kids betray me?" The answer is yes, unless they have had a transformational encounter with Jesus that puts them on the same side of redemption as you. If you believe that the mainstream apostate church will stand up against this slaughter of your brethren, think again and look back in history as to the Lutheran church and their surrender to Hitler in not standing up against godless Fascism as it slaughtered Jews, Christians, the elderly, Gypsies and "misfits." We now have a spy apparatus that exceeds the Gestapo, the Stasi, and a nation of paid finks, not to mention the all-pervasive seeing eye on our computer screens, television sets, game boxes, iPhones, and the drones of Sky Net. Each man, woman and child must seek God to lead them not into this heretical evil, and also to deliver them from betrayal --- just as a house divided against itself cannot stand, neither will the mainstream Christian church which has forsaken and denied the Blood of Jesus. And I would remind the mega church apostates that in the matter of redemption the straight and narrow through Jesus is still preferable to the highway to Hell! Oh, and in matters of the Ecumenical Movement some say that all roads lead to Rome or the same god - I would remind them that as it relates to Christianity, the Roman roads led to the slaughter of the Christians in the Coliseums! So in closing, we're going to take one more look at Mike Adams' must read story while looking at it from the viewpoint of what will the 'enemies of America within' do once this 'roundup of treasonists' begins? With many leftists on twitter claiming that if President Trump declares a national emergency, that will be a prelude to him also declaring martial law, should a roundup of treasonists begin, we'd fully expect the left to meltdown in the streets of America, with the chaos and unrest potentially leading to all-out civil war, a prospect we'll continue to pray never evolves here in America. As Adams tells us, included in this 'round up' of 'enemies of America within' should be the 'journo-terrorists' who have attempted to foment race wars and enabled this 'new world order' to grow, state governors who turned their states into 'sanctuaries' for those who might not have America's best intentions at heart, big tech companies such as facebook and google who've co-ordinated to silence Conservatives and made very real attempts to steal the 2018 mid-term elections (think about what they might do to steal 2020 for the 'demonrats'), the domestic terrorist group antifa as well as the entire criminal faction of the deep state which put the Democratic party and Hillary Clinton ahead of America. Adams also warns that should Americans not step up and take our country back, our nation will surely descend into the radical left-wing authoritarian regime that we saw it morphing into under Barack Obama, where all Constitutional rights are eradicated. Adams warns: "If we do not identify and arrest the deep state traitors soon, America will likely find itself in a bloody civil war soon after the 2020 election, no matter what the outcome." So we'll close with this final excerpt from his must-read story.: It’s time to release the classified documents that prove Robert Mueller is a criminal operative working for the Clinton cartel. Those documents must be unredacted, and any person in the FBI, DOJ or State Dept. that refuses to cooperate with the full release of these unredacted documents should be immediately arrested by military police and charged with acts of sedition. America can survive the treachery and treason now being directed against it, but only if those who love this country take decisive action to identify and halt the traitors who are deliberately sabotaging our republic from within. Those traitors exist throughout the deep state, the anti-America news networks, public universities and government regulators. All the evidence needed to arrest and prosecute these traitors already exists. The exhaustive evidence of a massive deep state criminal conspiracy operating inside the U.S. government has been covered up by Rod Rosenstein, buried by Obama and ignored by Jeff Sessions. Establishment Republican traitors like the late John McCain attempted to aid the deep state in overthrowing the Trump presidency by ferreting false intelligence used to mislead the FISA court. CIA operatives pretending to be journalists — Anderson Cooper, anyone? — helped carry out a public disinformation campaign to mislead the American public and create an utterly false narrative of “Russian collusion” where none existed. Thousands of operatives throughout government, the intelligence community and the fake news media are guilty of conspiracy to overthrow America’s democracy. Overwhelming evidence already exists to out them and prosecute them. Solomon at The Hill knows everything and can point investigators in the right direction. Dan Bongino, Sean Hannity, Michael Savage and Alex Jones have been right all along: There is a war being waged against America from within, and it’s time that America activated its own immune system against the traitors.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Defend_America_Or_We_Lose_America.php 

:: 1-7-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Prepare For The Ultimate Mass Meltdown When President Trump Gets A Third Supreme Court Pick If Ruth Bader Ginsburg Steps Down Due To Failing Health

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 7, 2019

No doubt most everyone remembers the complete insanity that reined during the Brett Kavanaugh Supreme Court confirmation hearings, with liberals shouting, begging for a delay in the hearings, constantly interrupting the proceedings..... and that was the actual Democrat politicians. The protesters were even more insane, heckling lawmakers as they tried to conduct the hearings, forcing Capitol Police to physically remove them, some having to be dragged out, others carried, as shown in the image above. After the confirmation vote, protesters then launched themselves at the Supreme Court doors, literally clawing at them like mindless zombies, pounding on the locked doors and generally making spectacles of themselves. That was President Trump's second Supreme Court nominee..... and now, after SC Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg's recent slew of medical issues, falling and breaking ribs, then nearly two months later having two cancerous growths removed from her left lung on Dec. 21, liberals are in a panic that if her health continues to fail, she will be forced to retire and President Trump will get another Supreme Court nominee confirmed. GINSBURG'S HEALTH WORSE THAN BEING REPORTED In early November Ginsburg, who is 85 years old, fell and fractured a number of ribs. During treatment for the fractured ribs doctors discovered two malignant cancerous growths on her left lung, which were removed by surgical procedure on December 21, 2018. She was released from the hospital on December 25, 2018, and has been recuperating at home since. Related: An Overview of Lobectomy as a Treatment for Lung Cancer Prior to Ginsburg's latest health issues, she had suffered broken ribs in 2012, and has gone through two bouts of cancer resulting in surgical procedures, in 1999 (Colon cancer) and 2009 (pancreatic cancer). She also had a stent implanted in her heart to open a blocked artery in 2014, Fox News reports. After Ginsburg's fall in November, liberals across social media started offering her everything from their own ribs to their organs, some jokingly, and some truly in a panic that she might have to retire due to her failing health. I have been hearing rumblings that Justice Ginsburg's health is worse than what is being reported, but they were simply rumblings and unconfirmed, but it appears that some liberal writers are also hearing from their sources that her "health was more precarious than the reports after her December 21st surgery for lung cancer had indicated," writes Paul Campos at the liberal website Lawyers, Guns and Money. During an Interview in December 2018, Ginsburg reiterated her desire to continue on with her work, stating "I said I will do this job as long as I can do it full steam," which brings us to more recent reports that may indicate that she can no longer do the job at "full steam." Monday morning the Associated Press, and others revealed that Ginsburg would miss Supreme Court arguments for the first time in her 25 year tenure as a SC Justice. According to Court spokeswoman Kathy Arberg, Ginsburg will be recuperating and working from court transcripts from home, with no indication when she would be able to return to the court. Surgery, especially lung surgery for malignant, cancerous growths, is hard on the body, even for those much younger and in good shape, and Ginsburg is 85 and still recuperating from fractured ribs, which doesn't put her in the "fit and healthy" category in any way. While we wish no ill-will against RBG, if she cannot participate in the oral argument phase, she is not moving "full steam," and even if she does recover enough to start attending oral arguments again, her frailty and health does not make it probable that she will be able to continue at the same pace she has for the past decades. PRESIDENT TRUMP WOULD NOMINATE HIS THIRD SUPREME COURT JUSTICE It is widely believed in conservative circles that President Trump would nominate a female candidate off his expanded list published in November 2017, which included five women. Out of those, one specific names was floated before President Trump nominated Kavanaugh, and that was Amy Coney Barrett, of Indiana, U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit. To learn more about Barrett, Scotus Blog has the "Potential nominee profile: Amy Coney Barrett," with her full history and qualifications. BOTTOM LINE Should Ginsburg be forced to step down due to her failing health, President Trump will immediately nominate another conservative judge. The inevitable and completely predictable protests that will be conducted during that confirmation hearing and vote for that nominee, will undoubtedly make the Kavanaugh circus look like a pleasant walk in the park. The level of panic seen across social media each and every time Ginsburg's name starts trending offers a clue of how unhinged liberals are going to be if she is forced to step down due to her failing health, and over whatever candidate is chosen by President Trump as his third Supreme Court nominee. After the 2018 midterms elections, where Republicans gained seats in the Senate, Democrats in the Senate cannot hope to garner enough Republican votes to block the President's choice. Knowing all that, prepare for the ultimate liberal mass meltdown, which will start when and if any announcement occurs about Ginsburg stepping down, and fully expect that meltdown to last throughout the nomination process for another conservative Justice, the confirmation hearings, and ultimately a third Supreme Court Justice chosen by President Donald Trump, sworn in.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Prepare_For_Ultimate_Mass_Meltdown_Ginsburg_Edition.php 

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing. Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc..

[ :: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids. Remember the Lord talked to us about buying generators etc.

[ :: 12-31-17/1-1-18 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see more miracles in two thousand eighteen than you have ever seen in your life ever. You may have heard of miracles, but you are going hear of more miracles more signs more wonders, you are going to see as they try to shoot down your satellites that are up there, you are going to see as they try to knock out your electrical grids, etc.

:: 1-7-19 PJ Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New ISIS Threat Tells Jihadists to Bomb Electrical Infrastructure

By Bridget Johnson January 7, 2019 chat 42 comments

A new online threat from ISIS supporters encourages jihadists to target critical infrastructure, with the suggestion of bombing power stations. The image shows a faceless figure in a black hoodie with the Islamic State flag holding a bomb with a lit fuse with transmission towers and lines in the background. Along the power lines is the phrase "Just Terror" -- the ISIS slogan for lone jihadist operations -- and blood-spattered ground. The poster directs jihadists to "make a surprise for the Crusaders." The infrastructure threat is uncommon in ISIS propaganda, which has focused more on knife, vehicle or gun attacks in crowded areas such as festivals or music venues. Suggested targets have ranged from well-fortified locations, such as the U.S. Capitol or UN Security Council, to soft targets with little symbolic significance. At the end of last month, another ISIS-allied media group encouraged jihadists to "kill the infidels in ways which no one else ever used" including "electricity" among methods such as snakes, poison gas, poisoned arrows, and wild animals. A December report from the National Infrastructure Advisory Council, a panel established by President Bush after the 9/11 attacks composed of industry executives along with state and local government officials, warned that "increasing threats — whether severe natural disasters, cyber-physical attacks, electromagnetic events, or some combination — present new challenges for protecting the national power grid and recovering quickly from a catastrophic power outage." The report also noted that America's foes could take advantage of chaos after a natural disaster to attack energy systems. Attacks on critical infrastructure could also be a combination of cyber attack and physical attack, further complicating the response and expanding the damage. "The United States should respond to this problem in two overarching ways: 1) design a national approach to prepare for, respond to, and recover from catastrophic power outages that provides the federal guidance, resources, and incentives needed to take action across all levels of government and industry and down to communities and individuals; and 2) improve our understanding of how cascading failures across critical infrastructure will affect restoration and survival," the panel said, requesting the National Security Council join with lead agencies to prepare a report on steps being taken to address the threat.

https://pjmedia.com/homeland-security/new-isis-threat-tells-jihadists-to-bomb-electrical-infrastructure/?utm_source=PJMCoffeeBreak&utm_medium=email&utm_term=January2019 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 1-5-19 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese scholar offers insight into Beijing’s strategic mindset

Essay by security expert Professor Zhang Wenmu gives a glimpse of China's geostrategic outlook, from the 'Western Pacific Chinese Sea' to the far side of the moon

By Pepe Escobar January 5, 2019 11:58 AM (UTC+8)

The top story of 2019 – and the years ahead – will continue to revolve around the myriad, dangerous permutations of the economic ascent of China, the resurgence of nuclear superpower Russia and the decline of the US’s global hegemony. Two years ago, before the onset of the Trump administration, I sketched how the shadow play might proceed in the New Great Game in Eurasia. Now the new game hits high gear; it’s the US against the Russia-China strategic partnership. Diplomatic capers, tactical retreats, psychological, economic, cyber and even outer space duels, all enveloped in media hysteria, will continue to rule the news cycle. Be prepared for all shades of carping about authoritarian China, and its “malign” association with an “illiberal” Russian bogeyman bent on blasting the borders of Europe and “disrupting” the Middle East. Relatively sound minds like the political scientist Joseph Nye will continue to lament the sun setting on the Western liberal “order,” without realizing that what was able to “secure and stabilize the world over the past seven decades” does not translate into a “strong consensus … defending, deepening and extending this system.” The Global South overwhelmingly begs to differ, arguing that the current “order” was manufactured and largely benefits only US interests. Expect exceptionalists to operate in condescending overdrive, exhorting somewhat reluctant “allies” to help “constrain” if not contain China and “channel” – as in control – Beijing’s increasing global clout. It’s a full-time job to “channel” China into finding its “right” place in a new world order. What does the Chinese intellectual elite really think about all this? Never fight on two fronts An unparalleled roadmap may be provided by Zhang Wenmu, national security strategy expert and professor at the Center of Strategic Studies of the University of Aeronautics and Astronautics in Beijing, who wrote an essay published in August 2017 in the Chinese magazine Taipingyan Xuebao (Pacific magazine), that was translated recently into Italian by Rome-based geopolitical magazine Limes. “Geopolitics” may be an Anglo invention, arguably by Sir Halford Mackinder, but it has been studied in China for centuries as, for instance, “geographic advantage” (xingsheng) or “historic geography” (lishi dili). Wenmu introduces us to the concept of geopolitics as philosophy on the tip of a knife, but it’s mostly about philosophy, not the knife. If we want to use the knife we must use philosophy to know the limits of our power. Call it a Sino-equivalent of Nietzsche’s philosophizing with a hammer.

As a geopolitical analyst, Wenmu cannot but remind us that the trademark Roman or British empires’ ‘divide and rule’ is also a well-known tactic in China. For instance, in early 1972, Chairman Mao was quite ready to welcome Richard Nixon. Later, in July, Mao revealed his hand: “One must profit from the conflict between two powers, that is our policy. But we must get closer to one of them and not fight on two fronts.” He was referring to the split between China and the USSR. Wenmu gets a real kick out of how Western geopolitics usually plays things wrong. He stresses how Halford Mackinder, the Englishman regarded as one of the founders of geostrategy, “influenced World War II and the subsequent decline of the British Empire,” noting how Mackinder died only five months before Partition between India and Pakistan in 1947. He destroys George Kennan’s theory of the Cold War, “directly based on Mackinder’s thinking,” and how it led the US to fight in Korea and Vietnam, “accelerating its decline.” Even Zbigniew Brzezinski, the former US national security advisor, “saw the decline of the American empire,” as he died recently, in May 2017. “In that moment, China and Russia gave life to a strategic collaboration always closer and invincible.” Wenmu is positively gleeful. “If Brzezinski was still alive, I think he would see the ‘great defeat’ of the Western world – the opposite of what he wrote.” Why Tibet matters Chinese geopolitics predictably pays close attention to the tension between sea powers and land powers. Wenmu notes how, in the Indian Ocean, the British Empire enjoyed more naval power compared to the Americans “because it occupied the homonymous continent. And because it dominated the seas, the United Kingdom also threatened the Russian Empire, which was a land power.” Wenmu quotes from Alfred Mahan’s The Influence of Sea Power Upon History on the reciprocal influence between control of the seas and control of the land. But, he adds: “Mahan did not analyze this relation on a global level … Based on the priorities of the United States, he concentrated most of all on distant seas.” Wenmu crucially stresses how the Pacific Ocean is the “obligatory passage of the Maritime Silk Road.” Even though China “developed its naval capacity much later, it enjoys [a] geographical advantage in relation to the UK and the US.” And with that, he brings us to the essential Tibet question. One of Wenmu’s key points is how “the Tibetan plateau allows the People’s Republic to access the resources respectively of the Pacific Ocean to the east and those of the Indian Ocean in the west. If from the plateau we look at the American base in Diego Garcia [in the center of the Indian Ocean] we can’t have any doubts about the natural advantage of Chinese geopolitics.” The implication is that the UK and US must “consume a great deal of resources to cross the oceans and develop a chain of islands.” Wenmu shows how the geography of the Tibetan plateau “links in a natural way the Tibetan region to the dominant power in the Chinese central plains” while it does “not link it to the countries in the South Asia subcontinent.” Thus Tibet should be considered as a “natural part of China.” China is supported by the continental plaque, “which it controls along its coast,” and “possesses technology of medium and long-range missile attack,” guaranteeing it virtually a “great capacity of reaction in both oceans” with a “relatively powerful naval force.” And that’s how China, as Wenmu maps it, is able to compensate – “to a certain extent” – the technological gap relative to the West. Wenmu’s most controversial point is that “the advantage that only China enjoys of linking to markets of two oceans crashes the myth of Western ‘naval power’ in the contemporary era and introduces a revolutionary vision; the People’s Republic is a great nation who possesses by nature the qualification of naval power.” We just need to compare “how industrial development allowed the West to navigate towards the Indian Ocean” while China “arrived on foot.” Get Taiwan President Obama was keen to exhort at every opportunity the status of the US as a “Pacific nation.” Imagine the US confronted by Wenmu’s description: “The Western Pacific is linked to the national interests of the People’s Republic and is the starting point of the New Maritime Silk Road.” In fact, Chairman Mao talked about it way back in 1959: “One day, it does not matter when, the United States will have to retire from the rest of the world and will have to abandon the Western Pacific.” Extrapolating from Mao, Wenmu elaborates on a “Western Pacific Chinese Sea” uniting the South China Sea, the East China Sea and the Yellow Sea. “We can use the formula ‘southern zone of the Western Pacific Chinese Sea’ to describe the part that falls under Chinese sovereignty.” This suggests a combination of Chinese forces in the South China Sea, the East China Sea and the Yellow Sea under a sole Western Pacific naval command. It’s easy to see where all this is pointing: reunification with Taiwan. Under such a system, as delineated by Wenmu, Taiwan “would return to the motherland,” China’s sovereignty over its coastline “would be legitimated” and at the same time “would not be excessively extended.” Beijing’s supreme goal is to effectively move the “Chinese line of control” to the east of Taiwan. That reflects President Xi Jinping’s speech earlier this week, where he referred to Taiwan, for all practical purposes, as the great prize. Wenmu frames it as an environment “where Chinese nuclear submarines are able to counter-attack, the construction of aircraft carriers can progress and products made in continental China may be exported effectively." The barycenter of Asia One of the most fascinating arguments in Wenmu’s essay is how he shows there’s always a natural proportion – a sort of ‘divine’ or ‘golden ratio’ between the three strategic powers in Eurasia: Europe, Central Asia and China. Cue to a fast tour of the rise and fall of empires, with “history showing how in the main zone of the continent – between 30 and 60 degrees of north[ern] latitude – there can be only 2.5 strategic forces.” Which means one of the three major spaces always becomes fragmented. In modern times it has been rare that one of the three powers “managed to expand to a 1.5 ratio.” Before, only the Tang empire and the Mongol empire came close. The British Empire, Tsarist Russia and the USSR “invaded Afghanistan and entered Central Asia, but success, when it happened, was short-lived.” That paved the way to Wenmu’s clincher: “The law of the aurea section [Latin for ‘golden’ section] as the base of strategic power in Eurasia helps us to understand the causes of alternate rise and decline of powers in the continent and to recognize the limits of expansion of Chinese power in Central Asia. To understand it is the premise of mature and successful diplomacy.” Although this cannot be seriously depicted as a roadmap for “Chinese aggression,” Wenmu cannot help but direct another hit at Western geopolitical stalwart Mackinder: “With his genius imagination, Mackinder advanced the wrong theory of the ‘geographic pivot’ because he did not consider this law.” In a nutshell, China is key for the equilibrium of Eurasia. “In Europe, the fragmented zone originates in the center, in Asia, it is around China. So that presents China as the natural barycenter of Asia.” Dark side of the moon It’s easy to imagine Wenmu’s essay provoking ballistic responses from proponents of the US National Security Strategy which labels China, as well as Russia, as a dangerous “revisionist power.” Professional Sinophobes are even peddling the notion that a “failing China” might eventually “lash out” against the US. That’s a misreading of what Rear Admiral Luo Yuan said last month in Shenzhen: “We now have Dong Feng-21D, Dong Feng-26 missiles. These are aircraft carrier killers. We attack and sink one of their aircraft carriers. Let them suffer 5,000 casualties. Attack and sink two carriers, casualties 10,000. Let’s see if the US is afraid or not?” This is a statement of fact, not a threat. The Pentagon knows all there is to know about ‘carrier killer’ danger. Beijing won’t stop with carrier killers, the rebranded Western Pacific and reunification with Taiwan. It is planning the first artificial intelligence (AI) colony on earth – a deep-sea base for unmanned submarine science and defense ops in the South China Sea. The landing of the Chang’e 4 lunar probe on the far side of the moon could even be interpreted as the most extreme extension of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). These are all pieces in a massive puzzle bound to reinforce the grip of a new – Sinocentric – map of the world, already in use by the Chinese navy and published in 2013, not by accident the year when the New Silk Roads were announced in Astana and Jakarta. Wenmu ends his essay stressing how “Chinese geopolitics must distance itself from the idea that ‘one cannot open his mouth without mentioning Ancient Greece’.” That’s a reference to a famous Mao speech of May 1941, when the Chairman criticized certain Marxist-Leninists who privileged Western history – of which Ancient Greece is the ultimate symbol – over Chinese history. Thucydides trap? What trap?

http://www.atimes.com/article/chinese-scholar-offers-insight-into-beijings-strategic-mindset/ 

:: 1-9-19 Health Impact News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

20,000 Satellites for 5G to be Launched Sending Focused Beams of Intense Microwave Radiation Over Entire Earth

January 9, 2019 by John P. Thomas Health Impact News

Public attention about 5G has been focused on the plans of telecom companies to install millions of small cell towers on electric utility poles, on public buildings and schools, on bus stop shelters, in public parks, and anywhere they want in national parks and on federally owned land. In local urban communities there would be a cell tower approximately every 500 feet along every street. As bad as these small cell towers might seem from the standpoint of constant exposure to radio frequency (RF) radiation in close proximity to the source, perhaps an even more alarming prospect will be the beaming of millimeter length microwaves at the earth from thousands of new communication satellites. The FCC gave approval to SpaceX on March 29, 2018, to launch 4,425 satellites into low orbit around the Earth. [1] The total number of satellites that is expected to be put into low and high orbit by several companies will be 20,000 satellites. [1] 5G will use Phased Array Antennas to shoot Beams of Radiation at Cell Phones These satellites will use the same type of phased array antennas as will be used by the ground-based 5G systems. This means that they will send tightly focused beams of intense microwave radiation at each specific 5G device that is on the Earth and each device will send a beam of radiation back to the satellite. [2] Previous generations of RF cellular communication used large antennas to send a blanket of radiation in all directions. The lower frequencies they used and the broad distribution of microwaves limited the numbers of cellular devices that could connect through an individual tall tower. The much shorter length microwaves used for 5G will make it possible to use small phased array antennas to send and receive signals. Phased array antennas consist of clusters of hundreds of tiny antennas that work together to shoot a ray of energy at a target just like a bullet. A cluster of these tiny antennas can be arranged in a 4 inch by 4 inch matrix. The rays of microwaves they produce will be strong enough to pass through walls and human bodies. If they were not strong enough to do this, then everyone with a 5G smartphone would have to stand outside when using the devices. [2] Each 5G product will also have multiple phased array antennas which will be used to create a powerful beam of radiation back to the 5G devices mounted on electrical utility poles or toward a specific satellite in space. These beams of radiation will also need to be strong enough to pass through walls and human flesh such as a hand or head to reach the intended destination. [2] This means that if you are in a crowded location, such as an airport or on a train, there will be hundreds if not thousands of invisible beams of radiation flying through the environment at the speed of light. As people move in that environment, their bodies will be penetrated by numerous beams of radiation as they walk or as other people walk around them with their 5G smartphones. [2]  5G Phones will be much more Powerful than Previous Phones The effective radiated power of the 5G phased array antennas in phones will be 10 times more powerful than 4G phones. No one will be free from exposure. In addition, 5G beams of microwave radiation will be received and transmitted from new computer equipment, household appliances, and automobiles. Stationary equipment such as Wi-Fi hubs in homes and offices will be permitted to use microwave beams that are 15 times stronger (300 watts) than the signals from 5G phones or 150 times stronger than 4G phones. [2] Why is 5G so Much More Dangerous than Previous Microwave Communication Systems? Arthur Firstenberg, author, researcher, and advocate for limiting RF exposure from the environment, explains the analysis of 5G radiation that was published in Microwave News in 2002. He stated: When an ordinary electromagnetic field enters the body, it causes charges to move and currents to flow. But when extremely short electromagnetic pulses enter the body [5G], something else happens: the moving charges themselves become little antennas that re-radiate the electromagnetic field and send it deeper into the body. These re-radiated waves are called Brillouin precursors. They become significant when either the power or the phase of the waves changes rapidly enough. 5G will probably satisfy both requirements. This means that the reassurance we are being given—that these millimeter waves are too short to penetrate far into the body—is not true. [2] 5G Satellites Will Fill the Skies These are the companies with the biggest plans to deploy satellites: SpaceX: 12,000 satellites

OneWeb: 4,560 satellites Boeing: 2,956 satellites Spire Global: 972 satellites Arthur Firstenberg describes the plans of corporations who want to use 5G technology. He states: Honeywell has already signed a memorandum of understanding to become OneWeb’s first large customer—it plans to provide high-speed Wi-Fi on business, commercial, and military aircraft throughout the world. SpaceX would like to provide the equivalent of 5G to every person on the planet. [3] Ground-based 5G Implementation Ground-based 5G systems are already being implemented in dozens of major cities right now. Plans are being approved by hundreds of other cities, which will allow implementation in 2019 and beyond. As I explained in my previous articles, cities do not have the right to “say no” to 5G. FCC regulations prevent cities from objecting on the basis of health concerns – they only can speak to issues of esthetics and the practical matter of the placement of equipment. They are required to “say yes,” and they better do it quickly, or telecom companies will threaten them with legal action for obstructing their plans. Satellite Based 5G Implementation The first two 5G test satellites were launched by SpaceX in February of 2018. Hundreds of other satellites are expected to be launched in 2019. The full set of 20,000 satellites could be put in orbit during the next two years.  To put this into perspective, as of September 2017 there were 1,738 operating satellites into orbit around the Earth. This means the number of satellites will be 11 times greater than the current number. [4] Environmental Catastrophe from Rockets used to Launch Satellites Rocket fuel is very destructive to the Earth’s ozone layer which protects us from the harsh effects of radiation from the sun. In 2017, there were 90 rocket launch attempts worldwide. [5] The rockets that use solid fuel produce massive ozone depletion. While rockets using liquid kerosene as fuel destroy less ozone, they release massive amounts of black carbon soot into the air, especially at high altitudes. If the number of annual rocket launches increases by 10 or more times, which is likely under the plans these corporations have made, computer models suggest that the combination of ozone depletion and release of black soot could produce a 3 degree warming effect over the Antarctic and reduce the ozone in the world’s atmosphere by 4%. [3] Even though it will be possible for a single rocket to put multiple satellites into orbit, we are still talking about a 10 or 20 fold increase in environmental damage over what is being produced today. [3] The 5G satellites have a relatively short lifespan, perhaps only 5 years, which means there will be high numbers of rocket launches, not just in the next few years, but in every year for the foreseeable future. [3] Mercury-based Rocket Fuel Could Spread Neurotoxins Over the Earth As bad as liquid and solid rocket fuels will be for the environment, Apollo Fusion is developing a mercury-based propulsion system for launching rockets. These ion propulsion rocket engines use powerful magnets to push away small charged particles at high speeds, which generates thrust. NASA experimented with mercury ion propulsion in the 1960s, but abandoned the research. Mercury is an extremely strong neurotoxin, which is harmful to all forms of life, especially humans. The risks of an environmental catastrophe are monumental, because if there was a malfunction and one of these engines exploded, highly toxic mercury would be spread through the atmosphere and over the Earth. [6] All the talk from telecom companies about 5G being a panacea for environmental protection and energy conservation is quite ridiculous when we think about the environmental damage that will be created by any of the rocket engines they choose to use for launching their satellites. Space Junk will Pollute the Earth  Each satellite will be the size of a small refrigerator and will weigh approximately 880 pounds. [4] With a life expectancy of only 5-years [3], this means there will be a massive amount of space junk orbiting the Earth. Eventually, all those satellites will fall down to Earth and will burn up as they enter the Earth’s atmosphere. All the hazardous materials in the satellites will be released into the air and will float down to the ground as dust or in droplets of rain. Telecom Companies are Creating a Worldwide Disaster in the Name of Technological Progress 5G is promoted as being the next great wonder in the plan to advance technology to create smart cities where everything and everyone is instantly connected in real time with no lags or lost signals. Of course there will be a few costs. Everyone will be irradiated with millimeter-size, non-ionizing radiation 24 hours a day with completely unknown health effects. Studies designed to investigate harm from 5G will be completed many years after the 5G systems on the ground and in space are fully implemented. At that point it is very unlikely that telecom companies would dismantle their systems even if it is shown that their technology is causing cancer and other diseases. They would just deny the risks. They will tell us that the science was settled decades ago. They will tell us that evidence linking 5G to cancer and other diseases is just a conspiracy theory that only a few crackpots believe. Millions of people will suffer from radiation exposure with symptoms such as headaches, weakness, brain fog, impaired ability to learn and reason, chest pain, and numerous other symptoms that will baffle most conventional physicians.  There is Nowhere to Hide from 5G Radiation Today, it is possible to live in a location that has reduced levels of microwave exposure. This is accomplished by choosing a living space that is far away from cell phone towers. However, in the near future, it won’t matter where we live, because 5G will irradiate us wherever we happen to live or work. Cities Can’t Say No to 5G Implementation FCC regulations have been structured in such a way that local municipalities cannot stop telecom companies from installing 5G. They are specifically prohibited from trying to delay or stop 5G implementation on the basis of health concerns. Their only recourse is to try to make the ground-based 5G system somewhat more esthetically pleasant. Based on what has been happening around the country, telecom companies are sweeping aside local resistance and gaining approval for their 5G systems in rapid succession. Can 5G Implementation be Stopped? As far as I can tell, at this point, the only way that 5G will be stopped will be by congressional action. If enough people raise a stink with their elected officials, then perhaps 5G could be put on hold while studies are done to examine the true health risks. Telecom investment in 5G has been massive. They are planning full implementation on the ground and in space in the next couple years. The time to object is now and not after hundreds of thousands of people become sick. [7] If you would like to watch an in-depth presentation on the risks and hazards of 5G, then please view the following presentation. Listen to Arthur Firstenberg discuss the history, science, and description of 5G, including 5G from satellites in space and its expected effects on all living things: Cell Phone Task Force, Taos, New Mexico, August 2, 2018 You also may wish to review some of my previous articles about the risks of 5G and other forms of radio frequency exposure.  Public Waking up to Fact that 5G has not been Proven Safe for Human Health 5G Technology is Coming – Linked to Cancer, Heart Disease, Diabetes, Alzheimer’s, and Death Cell Phone and Wi-Fi Exposure to the Eyes Causes Long-Term Damage New 5G Cell Towers and Smart Meters to Increase Microwave Radiation – Invade Privacy Smart Meters: Countdown to a National Crisis of Illness and Death

Will Driverless Cars Cause DNA Damage and Cancer? How Big Technology Companies Control the Minds of the Masses through Smart Phone Addiction About the Author

John P. Thomas is a health writer for Health Impact News. He holds a B.A. in Psychology from the University of Michigan, and a Master of Science in Public Health (M.S.P.H.) from the School of Public Health, Department of Health Administration, at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

http://healthimpactnews.com/2019/20000-satellites-for-5g-to-be-launched-sending-focused-beams-of-intense-microwave-radiation-over-entire-earth/ 

:: 6-12-14 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Blood On The Altar: The Coming War Between Christian vs Christian (Uncensored)

52,873 views

SkyWatch TV Published on Jun 12, 2014

Learn more at: http://www.RaidersNewsUpdate.com 

As the world races toward its momentous end-times encounter between good and evil (known in etc..

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y2NW15gXyjU#t=58 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 1-10-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. it shall not be a good week, many things shall take place.  Watch the stock market, and if you have money hoarded up in there, you are going to lose it, you are going to lose it.  Listen carefully, pay attention, place your money where you know that it is safe etc.

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 1-5-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2019: What's Next?

By Hal Lindsey

A New Year’s Day Politico headline encapsulated the dread filling the political world: “Yes, 2019 Is the Year You Were Worrying About.” Markets are rattled by a looming trade war with China, a Fed that seems determined to relegate prosperity to America’s rearview mirror, and a level of instability in Washington rivaled in American history only by the runup to the Civil War…. Any of these things could translate into a full-blown recession…. Meanwhile, the rest of the world remains dependent on the teetering American economy for their prosperity. The North Korea denuclearization deal seems to be falling apart before it even begins…. China is building weapons designed to destroy US aircraft carriers…. The overall buildup of the Chinese military is one of the largest ever undertaken. It includes a heavy emphasis on space weapons and the destruction of the digital infrastructure that America and the West depend on for their very survival…. Russia remains a nuclear superpower, and its President, Vladimir Putin, seems determined to build a new generation of exotic superweapons. In Washington, a power base entrenched for generations is intent on bringing down this President. They may or may not have legitimate legal arguments against him. We will see as reports finally surface in 2019. But instability in Washington — with fault on both sides — was the hallmark of 2018 and looks to grow even worse in the new year. Bible prophecy is being fulfilled in dramatic, even spectacular ways. That’s good news because it means that the return of Jesus is getting closer. But the Bible makes it clear that the buildup to Christ’s return will be anything but pleasant. At some point, those of us who are in Christ will be raptured out of here. But between now and the rapture, difficulties will increase. America’s power and influence may be destroyed even sooner than we had imagined. What about you? What about your family, neighbors, and friends? What about your church and community? What happens now? What happens to you and those you love? Here’s the thing to remember. Psalm 23 still applies. “The Lord is my shepherd.” He’s still my shepherd, even in the end times. “I shall not want.” He still provides for my needs even in economic hard times. “He makes me lie down in green pastures; He leads me beside quiet waters. He restores my soul; He guides me in the paths of righteousness For His name’s sake.” It’s all still true. And if things become extremely bad, remember verses 4-6. “Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I fear no evil, for You are with me; Your rod and Your staff, they comfort me. You prepare a table before me in the presence of my enemies; You have anointed my head with oil; My cup overflows. Surely goodness and lovingkindness will follow me all the days of my life.” I don’t know what will happen in 2019. But I know goodness and mercy will follow me. And if you’re in Christ, they will follow you, too. I believe we will continue to see a fulfillment of the general trends laid out in scripture. Yet, even with that, Jesus said there would be an ebb and flow like with the labor pains of childbirth. That means we can’t make precise, year-by-year predictions. But if you are in Christ, I know a great deal about your future. The big one is this. You’re headed for heaven! The 23rd Psalm ends with an eternal beginning. “And I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-5-2019/ 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Last Days Warnings

By Hal Lindsey

As the world reels under the impact of the latest Middle East crisis, many are discovering that the events are fitting into a larger pattern of precisely predicted events. The pattern is to be found woven through the Hebrew prophets from Moses to Jesus Christ and John the Apostle. The prophecies were made during a period of from 3500 to 1900 years ago. Throughout these predictions, it’s clear that the events are to lead to a final seven-year period of world catastrophe. This period will climax with a global war of such magnitude that only the personal, visible return of Jesus Christ to this planet will prevent man from self-annihilation. THINGS WE ARE SEEING Listed below are 20 pieces of this pattern which are unmistakably coming together simultaneously for the first time in history. The return of the dispersed Jews to Israel to become a nation again in 1948. The Jews’ recapture of the Old City of Jerusalem in the 1967 Arab-Israeli War.

The rise of Russia as a powerful nation and enemy of Israel.

The Arab confederation against the new State of Israel.

The rise of a military power in the Orient that can field an army of 200 million soldiers. (Red China alone boasts that she has this number of troops!)

The revival of the Old Roman Empire in the form of a ten-nation confederacy. (I believe the European Common Market is ultimately going to be this power.)

The revival of the dark occultic practices of ancient Babylon.

The unprecedented turn to drugs.

The increase of international revolution.

The increase of wars.

The increase of earthquakes.

The increase of famines through the population explosion.

The coming of plagues.

The increase of famines through the population explosion.

The coming of plagues.

The increase of pollution.

The departure of many Christian churches from the historic truth of Christianity.

The move toward a one-world religion.

The move toward a one-world government.

The decline of the United States as a major world power.

The increase in lawlessness.

The decline of the family unit.

THINGS TO WATCH The Arabs will continue to bring greater pressure upon the Western nations to support their demands against Israel. They will do so through the continued restriction of oil without which the industrial nations cannot survive. They may begin to use their vast financial power to seriously threaten the economy of the United States as well. It is doubtful that Fort Knox could back up the dollars they hold, if they demanded gold for them. The United States will have some severe economic shocks from the European Common Market and the Arab oil squeeze. It will continue its decline as a major power both by this and internal moral decadence. The European Common Market will begin to emerge as the greatest economic power in history. Israel will continue to increasingly become the Western world’s dilemma. The Middle East will continue to be the most dangerous threat to world peace in history. The prophets clearly say that the spark that sets off Armageddon will be struck by the invasion of Israel by the Egyptian-led Arabs and the Russians. Jesus predicted these days we’re living in when He said concerning the prophetic signs, “When you see all these things, know He is at the door ready to return.” Then He said, “This generation will not pass away until all is fulfilled.” My opinion is that, because we are seeing all these signs fitting into the predicted pattern, we are the generation, which will see the culmination of history, as we know it, and the return of Christ. Who knows, perhaps this will be the year of Christ’s sudden and mysterious coming to snatch out all those who believe in Him.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-16-2017/ 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 1-8-19 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Turkey's Erdogan shuts down White House's Bolton on Syria, says he made a 'serious mistake'

Turkey's President Recep Erdogan issues a blunt put-down against White House national security advisor John Bolton over his pledges to ensure Turkish nonaggression against Kurds who fought against the Islamic State in Syria.

"We cannot accept Bolton's messages given from Israel," the Turkish president says, adding that Bolton made a "serious mistake."

Natasha Turak | @NatashaTurak Published 10 Hours Ago Updated 4 Hours Ago

Turkey's President Recep Tayyip Erdogan issued a blunt put-down Tuesday against White House national security advisor John Bolton over his pledges to ensure Turkish nonaggression against Kurds who fought against the Islamic State in Syria. "We cannot accept Bolton's messages given from Israel," the Turkish president said, adding that Bolton made a "serious mistake," Reuters reported. He was referring to statements by the senior Trump administration official, made from Israel over the weekend, promising safety for the U.S.-allied Kurdish militias — who dominate areas in Northern Syria and whom the Turks view as terrorists — in the event of a U.S. military withdrawal. The militias, known as the Kurdish People's Protection Units (YPG), are the armed wing of the Democratic Union Party (PYD), an offshoot of the designated terrorist group called the Kurdistan Workers Party, which has carried out a decades-long insurgency against the Turkish state. They're also America's primary partners on the ground in Syria: The Pentagon has been supplying the YPG with weaponry, air support and training to battle IS since 2015, and the militias have suffered thousands of casualties fighting for the U.S.-led coalition. Erdogan stressed that the YPG and the PYD cannot be representative of Kurds, adding that Bolton "probably doesn't know" who the two groups are. He also described Turkey as facing a "critical juncture" in Syria, with whom it shares a 500-mile border. Ankara has for months threatened a military offensive against the Kurds in northeastern Syria, refusing to view their presence as legitimate. That threat has been made all the more real since President Donald Trump's shock announcement on Dec. 19 to quickly withdraw all U.S. forces from Syria, a move met with torrents of criticism from security experts and lawmakers alike. Trump, defending his decision, emphasized the need for other countries to take on the battle against IS in Syria and espoused Turkey's subsequent offer to fill America's shoes. Critics say this will primarily mean Turkish violence against the Kurds. The YPG, widely seen as Washington's most effective local partner in the fight against IS, sees the move as leaving them open to Turkish assault. In a bid to reassure allies of Washington's commitment, Bolton and Secretary of State Mike Pompeo have been touring Middle Eastern capitals this week expressing their will to protect the Kurds and continue combating IS. "We don't think the Turks ought to undertake military action that's not fully coordinated with and agreed to by the United States at a minimum, so they don't endanger our troops," Bolton said Sunday in Israel. He added that Turkey must "meet the president's requirement that the Syrian opposition forces that have fought with us are not endangered." Ankara and Washington at loggerheads Given Erdogan's sharp rebuttal, this requirement may prove very difficult to meet. The Turkish leader's comments were a "big time put down," said Timothy Ash, senior emerging markets strategist and Turkey expert at BlueBay Asset Management. "Both Bolton and Pompeo are clearly trying to make the best of a difficult situation for them given Trump's surprise decision around withdrawing troops from Syria," he told CNBC on Tuesday. Just last September, Bolton pledged that the U.S. would stay in the war-torn country as long as adversary Iran remains active there. "Neither Bolton nor Pompeo's comments seemed particularly sensitive to Turkey's sensitivities," Ash said, "and I think Erdogan was responding to this." U.S. support for the Kurds in Syria has been a major point of contention between Ankara and Washington. Relations between the two NATO allies have been rocked by turbulence in the past few years over Syria policy, U.S. sanctions on Iran, trade tariffs, Erdogan's warming relationship with Moscow, and the Turkish detention of an American pastor, who was released in October. Correction: This story has been updated to reflect that President Erdogan's comments were made on Tuesday.

Natasha TurakCorrespondent, CNBC

https://www.cnbc.com/2019/01/08/turkeys-erdogan-shuts-down-white-houses-bolton-on-syria.html 

:: 1-8-19 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TERROR SURGE ISIS massacres 32 people in Syria onslaught after Trump’s troop withdrawal vow sparks new wave of bloodshed

One official asked whether Daesh were ramping up their operations ahead of the US withdrawal to ‘prove’ that they drove American forces out

By Phoebe Cooke 8th January 2019, 3:12 pm Updated: 8th January 2019, 3:17 pm

DONALD Trump’s pledge to withdraw his troops has sparked a new wave of ISIS bloodshed, it is claimed after 32 people were killed in the most recent Syria massacre. The US President's shock announcement to withdraw 2,000 armed forces from northern Syria last month with claims "IS had been defeated" left western leaders reeling. But a number of military sources are now claiming that Isis are taking advantage of the uncertainty around Trump's pledge to stage their attacks. Twenty-three US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) fighters and nine IS jihadists died in fighting that lasted all night and into Monday morning after extremists used the cover of bad weather to launch a counterattack at the Kurdish-led force. Two British special forces soldiers were also seriously injured in the attack. A senior British official told the Independent: “The attack which injured the two soldiers show that the fight against Daesh [Isis] is by no means over. "What happened shows Daesh still have access to potent weaponry,” stressed the British official. “There is now a real question over whether Daesh are ramping up their operations ahead of the US troop withdrawal to ‘prove’ that they drove American forces out. It could be similar to what the Taliban tried to do in Helmand in Afghanistan.”  The number of US troops had slowly been increasing in Syria since 2015 and the pledge to remove while the threat remains high left many bewildered. Senior sources have now attributed the move to the resignations of defence secretary James Mattis and Pentagon chief of staff Kevin Sweeney, along with as Brett McGurk, Washington’s envoy to the international coalition fighting Isis. US allies have reacted to Trump's decision with grave concern, with national security advisory John Bolton visiting Israel to stress that it would not put America's allies at risk. A senior American security official also told the Independent: “We have got Daesh demoralised, pushed right back, but the mission isn’t over and the message must be that we keep hammering them to the end. “Instead we get a thing [Trump’s statement] like this, saying we are pulling out. "It encourages Daesh to stay in the fight and demoralises our allies.” In Britain, defence secretary Gavin Williamson has stated that the UK will continue its presence in Syria. “We cannot be complacent about the threat of Daesh," he said. "We recognise that we have got to continue to keep a foot on the throat of Daesh." The YPG is the main component of the Syria Democratic Forces (SDF) who were predominantly killed in the attack, a group credited with playing a major role in the fight against IS. The US potential withdrawal has raised fears that a gulf would be created in war zone that the Kurds, Russia, Iran, Israel and Turkey have played a part in for the last nearly eight years of war.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/8146212/isis-massacres-32-people-syria-trump-bloodshed/ 

:: 1-8-19 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Complaints prompt Amazon to remove products that are offensive to Muslims

By Alaa Elassar, CNN Updated 12:11 AM ET, Tue January 8, 2019

(CNN) Amazon has pulled more than a dozen products off its website after receiving complaints that the items are offensive to Muslims. The Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), the nation's largest Muslim civil rights and advocacy organization, asked the online retailer last week to remove the products, which included doormats, bath mats and other items imprinted with Islamic calligraphy, references to the Prophet Muhammad and scripture. The products, which were being sold by independent merchants on Amazon's website, are deemed offensive because they "would be stepped-on or otherwise disrespected by customers," CAIR said in a statement on Thursday. The following day, CAIR issued another statement welcoming Amazon's decision to remove the items from its website and conduct an audit to purge similarly offensive products. "We thank Amazon for its swift action on this issue and hope it sends a message to manufacturers of such inappropriate and offensive items that they will not profit from Islamophobia or any other form of bigotry," Masih Fouladi, executive director of CAIR's Washington state chapter, said in the statement. Amazon is based in Seattle, Washington. An Amazon spokesperson confirmed that the products are being removed. "All sellers must follow our selling guidelines and those who do not will be subject to action including potential removal of their account," the spokesperson told CNN on Monday. "The products in question are being removed from our store." 'Inappropriate stuff' Since the announcement, CAIR has received additional complaints of offensive items -- including toilet covers imprinted with the Quran and Islamic scripture -- listed for sale on Amazon, said CAIR spokesman Ibrahim Hooper. "I don't think it would be appropriate to have a toilet seat with the image of a Bible on it either," Hooper told CNN. "It's just inappropriate stuff." Hooper said it's likely that not all the products were manufactured with the intent to offend.  "My gut feeling is that at least for the bath mats, shower curtains, and stuff like that, it's these companies just slapping these designs on everything without even thinking about it," he said.  "But there are others crossing the line into intentional Islamophobia. Some of the companies have things like toilet seats. I mean come on, why else would you do that?" This is not the first time CAIR has asked a company to remove an offensive product. In 1997, the organization complained to Nike that one of its shoes featured a design that bore a striking resemblance to the word Allah. Nike apologized for any unintentional offense and recalled the shoes. CAIR National Executive Director Nihad Awad said in a statement Friday that the organization would continue working with retailers "to ensure that products are not exploiting or promoting bigotry for commercial gain."

https://www.cnn.com/2019/01/08/us/amazon-cair-offensive-products/index.html 

:: 1--19 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Girl with Down syndrome and terminal illness becomes flight attendant

Caitlin O'Kane  3 days ago

A 17-year-old girl with Down syndrome and several health problems is living her dream of becoming a flight attendant, thanks to American Airlines. Shantell "Shannie" Pooser was born with a heart defect and a series of terminal airway defects. She has struggled with her health conditions her whole life, but Shannie's mom, Deanna Miller-Berry, told CBS News her daughter was born to defy the odds. For years, Shannie has been traveling back and forth from Denmark, South Carolina, to Cincinnati Children's Hospital for treatments and surgeries. In 2016, she received a major surgery that would save her life. Doctors told Miller-Berry when her daughter came out of surgery, she would be in bad shape. "She came out singing 'Let It Go' from Frozen," Miller-Berry said. "The surgeons were standing around like, 'We've never had anybody come out of this type of surgery talking ... this girl is singing 'Let It Go' in ICU.'" It was the moment Miller-Berry realized her daughter had a passion for life that could not be wasted. "I made a vow to God," Miller-Berry said. "I said, 'Shannie, no matter what you want to do when you get better, we'll make a bucket list and I'll make it happen. If you live long enough where the doctors can fix you 100 percent, I'll do my best to make your dreams come true.'" Shannie made a bucket list with four or five things on it and the first dream was fulfilled on her 17th birthday in October. Shannie has flown to Cincinnati over 50 times since 2016. "We became friends with a lot of the flight attendants and a lot of pilots, and she just kept saying, 'Mommy, I want to be a flight attendant,'" Miller-Berry said. She knew this was an unrealistic dream for her daughter, but Miller-Berry did not want to let her down. She sent a letter to a flight attendant friend at American Airlines asking if Shannie could have some airline memorabilia. She got a call from a pilot who said they would do something even greater than a birthday party. "He said, 'We're going to give her birthday party on a Boeing jet.'" The birthday party was more than the mother and daughter could've dreamed of. The entire first class was filled with Shannie's friends and local celebrities showed up for the trip, like the mayor of Columbus, South Carolina. Miller-Berry was shocked by the generosity of the airline, but the surprise for Shannie did not stop there. American Airlines found out Shannie what really wanted was to be a flight attendant. So, they sent her an official uniform and badge so she could look the part on the flight and every other flight after that. Due to her condition, Shannie has an inability to fly on long flights on a frequent basis. However, since she is able to do the flight to Cincinnati often, the airline decided to make her part of the staff of the flight each time she flies. Before each flight, Shannie helps flight attendants before she has to sit down and rest. Shannie usually helps the flight attendants demonstrate safety instructions. So far, she has worked in full uniform about four times since her birthday flight. Shannie gets to fulfill her bucket list item every time she flies. The remaining items on the list: meet the Obamas, dance on Ellen DeGeneres' show and go to her junior prom in a hot air balloon. "She has a Barack Obama doll," Miller-Berry said. "And she sleeps with it every night. She's the only person that can sleep with Barack Obama and get away with it," her mom joked. The surgery Shannie had in 2016 came with risks, and she had growths that grew back aggressively, Miller-Berry said. However, Shannie is having an emergency surgery next week, and her family is confident she will keep her spirits up through it. "I'm really in the business right now of fulfilling her bucket list," Miller-Berry said. At least one item from the list is in the works: Miller-Berry hopes to get Shannie the hot air balloon ride to prom. She also hopes that once her daughter turns 18, she will be officially employed by American Airlines and get a job in the terminal. For Shannie, nothing is impossible. Her dreams keep getting fulfilled because of her optimism and fighting spirit.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/good-news/girl-with-down-syndrome-and-terminal-illness-becomes-flight-attendant/ar-BBRQtPc

[:: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 1-3-19 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s Atlantean ambition for the South China Sea

Beijing's futuristic plan for an artificial intelligence-driven deep-sea submarine base promises to churn the contested sea's already volatile waters

By Richard Javad Heydarian Manila, January 3, 2019 6:48 PM (UTC+8)

As Southeast Asian nations look ahead to 2019, competition for control of the South China Sea looms large on the horizon. That strategic contest could enter a new destabilizing phase if China introduces as reported a new Atlantis-like deep-sea submarine base in the already volatile maritime area. The proposed new base, which could in theory be operated 24/7 through usage of cutting-edge artificial intelligence (AI) technology, would dramatically bolster China’s quest for superiority in a largely unseen underwater struggle for one of the world’s most important waterways. If implemented as envisioned in recent news reports, the futuristic underwater submarine base would potentially place the Asian powerhouse in a position to dominate the waters, skies, and underwater continental shelves in a maritime region through which trillions of dollars of trade travels annually. One reported candidate location for the proposed base is the Manila Trench, which reaches a depth of about 5,400 meters and is known to be pervaded by negative gravity anomalies. It is also associated with frequent earthquakes and a subduction zone responsible for the belt of volcanoes on the Philippine island of Luzon. The ambitious project was launched in early December by the Chinese Academy of Sciences in Beijing, according to media reports. The announcement came shortly after Chinese President Xi Jinping’s visit to the deep-sea research institute at Sanya, Hainan, which currently serves as the site of China’s southernmost submarine base. During the publicized visit, Xi implored Chinese scholars to be daring and unrelenting in pushing the boundaries of science and geo-engineering beyond the achievements of any other country. “There is no road in the deep sea, we do not need to chase [after other nations], we are the road,” Xi said during his visit to Hainan. To put the ambitious project’s scale into perspective, the planned base would conceivably be put in the deepest part of the ocean basin, which is typically a V-shape area with an estimated depth of 6,000 to 11,000 meters. The Manila Trench, analysts note, potentially fits this geological requirement; the South China Sea’s average depth is only 1,500 meters. The base’s estimated initial cost is only around US$160 million, or about half of what China spent on developing the world’s largest telescope, the FAST radio telescope in southwestern province of Guizhou, according to reports. Given the intricate and unprecedented nature of the proposed underwater base, the final cost is expected to be several times higher. As one scientist involved in the recently launched project told the South China Morning Post, “It is as challenging as building a colony on another planet for robotic residents with artificial intelligence.” He said it will require the kind of technology which “can change the world.” Another Chinese scientist described the project as “more difficult than building a space station. No other country has done this before.” China has tried to portray the project as an innocuous scientific endeavor, which will provide vital public international goods. China has similarly characterized other structures, including meteorological observatories, environmental and air quality monitoring stations and marine observation centers, it has built on contested land features in the South China Sea’s Spratly chain of islands. Through the deployment of AI-driven autonomous submarines, the country will be able to survey, study and record life forms on the ocean seabed, setting the stage for potential exploitation of precious and previously untapped resources that could have medicinal and technological benefits, Chinese officials have said. The submarine base will be powered through cables connected to a nearby ship or platform. Yet there are doubts about China’s true intentions. In particular, there are worries about the potential dual-use applications of such a facility, which if built would give Beijing even greater ability to crowd out and encircle other claimant states in the South China Sea. China aims to deploy AI-driven unmanned submarines that could potentially be used in suicide attacks against enemy vessels by 2020, according to reports. Since 2013, China has embarked on an unprecedented reclamation project which has dramatically changed the geology of the South China Sea. This has been followed by its militarization of the maritime features it controls, seen in last year’s deployment of surface-to-air-missiles and other advanced military assets to its artificially built islands. Building a submarine base at the bosom of the disputed waters would mark a new phase in China’s quest for domination of the waters, strategic analysts say. Indeed, there are already indications that the competition for control of the South China Sea is shifting to deep-water theaters, where the potential for miscalculations, including vis-a-vis US naval vessels, will rise. With the possible exception of Vietnam, which recently acquired several kilo-class submarines from Russia, no other regional claimant state is in a position to credibly track and deter China’s undersea activities in the South China Sea. Xi’s ambitious plan for an Atlantis-like submarine base in the maritime area likely builds on the vision of the founder of China’s modern navy, Admiral Liu Huaqing. In the 1980s, Liu envisioned Beijing’s strategic dominance of adjacent waters (“first island chain”) as well as the Western Pacific (“second island chain”) within the first two decades of the 21st century. The Chinese admiral viewed the maritime zone as China’s natural backyard, a crucial buffer zone to protect the country’s economic centers in the south as well as a critical step towards full encirclement and eventual incorporation of Taiwan into China. Beijing views Taiwan as a renegade province rather than independent nation. With the launch of its “boomer-type” submarines in 2014, now known to be roaming the Indian and Pacific oceans, China made its way into the exclusive club of powers – along with the US and Russia – that have the capability to launch nuclear missiles from air, sea and underwater. China’s boomer-type nuclear submarines could be stationed at the planned Atlantis-like submarine base, giving China the ability to gradually push out and intimidate the US and its allies operating in the area, some analysts project. As the South China Sea battle for supremacy moves from the surface to underwater, smaller Southeast Asian claimants will increasingly find themselves at the strategic mercy of great powers with superior deep-sea capabilities – and potentially even AI-driven underwater bases.

http://www.atimes.com/article/chinas-atlantean-ambition-for-the-south-china-sea/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 1-3-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In Britain, there are now approximately 15 acid attacks per week with 75% of them taking place in London

January 3, 2019 by BareNakedIslam

Breitbart (h/t Mili) The United Kingdom’s surge of the previously unheard of phenomenon of acid attacks has seen an average of 15 a week over the past three years, with the vast majority taking place in the crime-struck capital, London. There were 2,602 acid attacks in Britain between January 2015 and May 2018, the equivalent of 15 a week, according to government figures accessed by The Mirrornewspaper. Comparing that figure — which will almost certainly be higher on average for 2018 crimes given the apparent surge in acid attacks in the past year — the newspaper notes between 2007 and 2011 there were just 100 such attacks, or just one a fortnight over the period. Of the attacks, the majority took place in London — 73 per cent — despite just 12 per cent of people in the United Kingdom living in the capital. The paper also reports instances of particular attacks that have taken place in recent years, some of which child victims and even child perpetrators — one as young as six years old. Breitbart London has reported on the rising prominence of acid attacks in the United Kingdom and in London in particular, with the city being crowned the world acid attack capital in 2017, with incidents reaching “epidemic” levels, according to medics working on acid victim care. While the attacks are often severely debilitating and leave victims with what are euphemistically called “life-changing injuries”, Britain saw its first prosecution for an acid attack killing in 2018. The victim, who had just come from the grave of her daughter, died 11 days later. In another attack which saw particularly strong media attention, a three-year-old boy was splashed with acid during a “deliberate” attack which police attributed to “community violence”. The extent to which the boy’s injuries will impact him in the long run is not yet known. Five were subsequently arrested, with the case soon going to court.

https://barenakedislam.com/2019/01/03/in-britain-there-are-now-approximately-15-acid-attacks-per-week-with-75-of-them-taking-place-in-london/ 

:: 9-7-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Europe Is Killing Itself

672,837 views 33K 1K

Pat Condell Published on Sep 7, 2017

This video is censored and unavailable in Germany. You can find all my videos uncensored at BitChute

https://www.bitchute.com/channel/pat-... 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ydPZRoLzu-E&feature=youtu.be 

:: 1-3-19 12160 Social Network :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FITTON: HUGE! California and Los Angeles County to Remove 1.5 Million Inactive Voters from Voter Rolls – Settle @JudicialWatch Federal Lawsuit! Press Room

Judicial Watch • California and Los Angeles County to Remove 1.5 Million Inactive Voters from Voter Rolls – Settle Judicial Watch Federal Lawsuit

JANUARY 03, 2019 Email Print Text Size http://jwatch.us/XfMuri " > 

(Washington, DC) – Judicial Watch announced today that it signed a settlement agreement with the State of California and County of Los Angeles under which they will begin the process of removing from their voter registration rolls as many as 1.5 million inactive registered names that may be invalid. These removals are required by the National Voter Registration Act (NVRA). The NVRA is a federal law requiring the removal of inactive registrations from the voter rolls after two general federal elections (encompassing from 2 to 4 years). Inactive voter registrations belong, for the most part, to voters who have moved to another county or state or have passed away. Los Angeles County has over 10 million residents, more than the populations of 41 of the 50 United States. California is America’s largest state, with almost 40 million residents. Judicial Watch filed a 2017 federal lawsuit to force the cleanup of voter rolls (Judicial Watch, Inc., et al. v. Dean C. Logan, et al. (No. 2:17-cv-08948)). Judicial Watch sued on its own behalf and on behalf of Wolfgang Kupka, Rhue Guyant, Jerry Griffin, and Delores M. Mars, who are lawfully registered voters in Los Angeles County. Judicial Watch was also joined by Election Integrity Project California, Inc., a public interest group that has long been involved in monitoring California’s voter rolls. In its lawsuit, Judicial Watch alleged: Los Angeles County has more voter registrations on its voter rolls than it has citizens who are old enough to register. Specifically, according to data provided to and published by the U.S. Election Assistance Commission, Los Angeles County has a registration rate of 112 percent of its adult citizen population. The entire State of California has a registration rate of about 101 percent of its age-eligible citizenry. Eleven of California’s 58 counties have registration rates exceeding 100 percent of the age-eligible citizenry. The lawsuit confirmed that Los Angeles County has on its rolls more than 1.5 million potentially ineligible voters. This means that more than one out of every five LA County registrations likely belongs to a voter who has moved or is deceased. Judicial Watch notes that “Los Angeles County has the highest number of inactive registrations of any single county in the country.” The Judicial Watch lawsuit also uncovered that neither the State of California nor Los Angeles County had been removing inactive voters from the voter registration rolls for the past 20 years. The Supreme Court affirmed last year in Husted v. A. Philip Randolph Inst., 138 S. Ct. 1833 (2018) that the NVRA “makes this removal mandatory.” The new settlement agreement, filed today with U.S. District Court Judge Manuel L. Real, requires all of the 1.5 million potentially ineligible registrants to be notified and asked to respond. If there is no response, those names are to be removed as required by the NVRA. California Secretary of State Padilla also agrees to update the State’s online NVRA manual to make clear that ineligible names must be removed and to notify each California county that they are obligated to do this. This should lead to cleaner voter rolls statewide. Prior to this settlement agreement, Judicial Watch estimated that based on comparisons of national census data to voter-roll information, there were 3.5 million more names on various county voter rolls than there were citizens of voting age. This settlement could cut this number in half. This is only the third statewide settlement achieved by private plaintiffs under the NVRA – and Judicial Watch was the plaintiff in each of those cases. The other statewide settlements are with Ohio (in 2014) and with Kentucky (2018), which agreed to a court-ordered consent decree. “This settlement vindicates Judicial Watch’s groundbreaking lawsuits to clean up state voter rolls to help ensure cleaner elections,” said Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton. “Judicial Watch and its clients are thrilled with this historic settlement that will clean up election rolls in Los Angeles County and California – and set a nationwide precedent to ensure that states take reasonable steps to ensure that dead and other ineligible voters are removed from the rolls.” Judicial Watch Attorney Robert Popper is the director of the organization’s Election Integrity Project and led the Judicial Watch legal team in this litigation. Judicial Watch is the national leader in enforcing the list maintenance provisions of the NVRA. In addition to its settlement agreements with Ohio and win in Kentucky, Judicial Watch filed a successful NVRA lawsuit against Indiana, causing it to voluntarily clean up its voting rolls, and has an ongoing lawsuit with the State of Maryland. Judicial Watch helped the State of Ohio to successfully defend their settlement agreement before the Supreme Court. In North Carolina, Judicial Watch supported implementation of the state’s election integrity reform laws, filing amicus briefs in the Supreme Court in March 2017. And, in April 2018, Judicial Watch filed an amicus brief in the 11th Circuit Court of Appeals in support of Alabama’s voter ID law. In Georgia, Judicial Watch filed an amicus brief in support of Secretary Brian Kemp’s list maintenance process against a lawsuit by left-wing groups. Judicial Watch and Georgia won when the Supreme Court ruled in the Ohio’s favor.

Judicial Watch was assisted in this case by Charles H. Bell of Bell, McAndrews & Hiltachk, LLP.

http://12160.info/page/fitton-h9 

:: 1-3-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IRS Won't Issue Refunds During Shutdown: That Could Be A Problem

by Tyler Durden Thu, 01/03/2019 - 20:25

While most Americans thought they wouldn't be affected by the partial government shutdown, anyone with a federal tax refund coming to them will have to wait until the stalemate is over, according to the Wall Street Journal. As one of the agencies which now lacks funding, the IRS and the US tax collector are operating with roughly 1/8 of their usual staff under a shutdown plan it's operating under outside the tax-filing season. During a shutdown, the IRS can continue activities that protect government property, and the agency may bring in more workers soon to prepare for the income-tax filing season. Even during a shutdown, the agency still processes some tax returns that include payments, keeps computer systems running and continues criminal investigations. But the IRS generally doesn’t conduct audits, respond to taxpayer questions outside the filing season or—brace yourself—pay refunds. A shutdown that gets resolved within a few weeks would have little ultimate effect on taxpayers, but lawmakers have made little or no movement toward a deal. That stalemate raises the prospect of an unprecedented extended closure during the individual income-tax filing season, which typically starts in mid-to-late January. The IRS hasn’t announced a start date yet for the 2019 filing season, the first under the tax law that Congress passed in 2017. -WSJ "We’re in uncharted territory as each day gets longer," said Mark Steber, chief tax officer at Jackson Hewitt Tax Service Inc. This means that early filers won't receive their expected refunds - which may put pressure on President Trump and congress to hammer out a deal. President Trump says he won't sign any legislation that doesn't include $5 billion for his border wall, while Congressional Democrats say that's not happening. If last year's tax refund figures are any indication, there are potentially hundreds of billions of dollars on the line for more than 55 percent of US households. By Feb. 2, 2018, the IRS had paid $12.6 billion in refunds to more than six million households. By Feb. 16, the IRS had paid $101.2 billion to nearly 32 million households. And by March 30, the IRS had paid $212 billion to 73 million households. For many Americans, the tax refund is the single largest financial event of the year, and the people who tend to file early in the season are taxpayers who count on large refunds to pay down debt, catch up on bills or make major purchases. Those are disproportionately low-income households that benefit from the earned-income tax credit and other provisions that give them no income-tax liability or a net benefit from the income-tax system. -WSJ Retailers, meanwhile, count on people to spend their tax refunds beginning in February - as people who will be getting money back typically file their taxes as soon as possible. "Wealthier filers generally have more sophisticated returns and file later so they should not be affected as much," said former IRS director of legislative affairs, Floyd Williams. Nobody's home  Taxpayers with questions about their returns, meanwhile, will have difficulty reaching the IRS - as the agency typically doesn't respond to questions outside the filing system. "The commissioner’s going to have to make a call: What does this mean for the beginning of the filing season?," said Obama administration Treasury tax-policy official Mark Mazur. During this first part of the shutdown, just 12.5% of the IRS’s nearly 80,000 employees were considered exempt from furloughs. In early 2018, in preparation for potential shutdowns during the filing season, the IRS contingency plan made 43.5% of the agency’s workforce exempt, suggesting many more staffers will return to work as filing season begins. In addition, the agency received some two-year appropriations to implement the new tax law, so some activities related to the new law have been continuing, including updating technology and publications. -WSJ Another factor which should make this year's tax season more complicated are several tax-law changes which will affect both forms and rules for individuals and businesses, which will undoubtedly require more help from IRS employees. "You worry about the filing season because of the tax-law changes anyway. So there’s no way that a shutdown is helpful," said former acting IRS commissioner Steven Miller. "The risk was already high as to whether the service could already get done what the service needed to get done with the paltry resources they already have."

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-01-02/irs-wont-issue-refunds-during-shutdown-could-be-problem 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 1-4-19 Daily Star :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ebola hits EUROPE as patient enters hospital vomiting blood

EBOLA is feared to have hit Europe after an isolation unit was set up in Sweden following a patient vomiting blood.

By Jamie Micklethwaite / Published 4th January 2019

A person believed to have contracted ebola is being held in isolation at Sweden's Uppsala University Hospital, the regional authority said on Friday. Uppsala chief medical officer confirmed the patient was vomiting blood, a symptom of the fatal disease. They were admitted to Enkoping hospital before being transferred to Uppsala, to their infection clinic. The emergency clinic at Enkoping has been closed in contact with the patient are also being looked after, the authority said. Staff caring for the patient are using protective clothing and have special ebola training. "Test results will likely be ready some time tonight. This is still only a suspicion and other diseases are a clear possibility," the regional authority's statement said. The patient is believed to have visited Burundi in central Africa before returning home. The infectious disease is not believed to be active in this area. Ebola is ravaging parts of Africa, killing hundreds in its wake. The latest outbreak to hit the Democratic Republic of Congo in August last year has killed more than 368 people. The disease is believed to have a 50% mortality rate.  Ebola's current outbreak got so bad the World Health Organisation considered declaring a global alert.  Ebola is not airborne but extremely infectious through bodily fluids. It is mainly transmitted through blood, but can be transferred by sweat and saliva. Authorities in the DRC have also scrambled to prevent a double epidemic. Areas savaged by ebola are also having to contend with outbreaks of malaria.

https://www.dailystar.co.uk/news/world-news/751455/ebola-europe-sweden-contamination-emergency-room-enkoping-uppsala 

:: 1-4-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

First of two Muslim congresswoman sworn in using Quran

6,282 views 11Alive Published on Jan 4, 2019

Newly elected Rep. Rashida Tlaib of Michigan made history by being one of the first two Muslim women to be elected to Congress in the United States.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-79Hwizg1aM 

:: 1-4-19 Daily Mail   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Muslim Congresswoman Ilhan Omar makes history by wearing hijab on the floor of the House of Representatives as rules are changed to allow religious head coverings - then is sworn in on the Koran

Ilhan Omar, one of the first female Muslim members of Congress, wears her hijab on the House floor

Democratic representative from Minnesota makes history as rules are changed to allow her to cover her head

Under new their House rules, regular hats - such as baseball caps and cowboy hats - will continue to be banned, while religious gear will be permitted

'No one puts a scarf on my head but me. It's my choice—one protected by the first amendment,' she tweeted

Omar, 37, posed on the floor with California Democrat Eric Swalwell's young baby

Somali-born Omar came to the U.S. as a child refugee after living in a camp for displaced people in Kenya

By Emily Goodin, U.s. Politcal Reporter For Dailymail.com Published: 15:02 EST, 3 January 2019 | Updated: 10:45 EST, 4 January 2019

One of the first female Muslim members of Congress took her seat wearing the hijab on Thursday. Democrat Ilhan Omar made history as she become one of the first two Muslim women to enter Congress - and did so with her head covered. The 37-year-old who came to the U.S. as a refugee from Somali represents the fifth district of Minnesota, which includes all of Minneapolis and some of its suburbs. Democrats were to formally end the ban on religious head coverings on the House floor on Thursday afternoon as part of a package of rules to govern the House. That package changes the ban on head coverings to exclude 'non-religious headdress.' That means Omar will be allowed to don her hijab when she's on the House floor to vote and give speeches during normal sessions. The Somali-American was later ceremonially sworn in on the Koran by Nancy Pelosi, while holding Islamic prayer beads. While regular hats - such as baseball caps and cowboy hats - will continue to be banned, religious gear will be permitted in the 116th Congress. Omar had been vocal about her desire to wear her head scarf when she is sworn into office on Thursday. 'No one puts a scarf on my head but me. It's my choice—one protected by the first amendment. And this is not the last ban I'm going to work to lift,' she tweeted in November after she was elected. Incoming Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Incoming House Rules Committee Chairman Jim McGovern backed Omar in her request and included it in the rules package they released late Tuesday night. Many Muslim women wear a hijab - a scarf around their head - for religious reasons. Omar is joined by Rep.-elect Rashida Tlaib of Michigan as the first two Muslim women in Congress, although Tlaib, a Palestinian-American, does not wear a head covering. Hats of any kind were banned from the House floor in 1837. With virtually no debate, the rules were modified to read: 'Every member shall remain uncovered during the sessions of the House,' according to the House Historian's office. In the House's early years, lawmakers and guests routinely donned their hats while the chamber was in session - a custom that harked back to the British Parliament. Omar, 36, was born in Somalia but she and her family fled the war-torn nation. They came to the United States in 1995, when she was 12, and they ended up in Minneapolis in 1997. Her election to Congress brought many firsts: the first Somali American and first Muslim refugee elected. Omar was born in Somalia but fled the war-torn country with her family when she was ten, then spent years in a refugee camp in Kenya before being granted asylum in the U.S. and settling first in Arlington, Virginia, then in Minneapolis. She also became the first woman of color to represent Minnesota on Capitol Hill. Omar won the House seat formerly occupied by Democrat Keith Ellison, who was the first Muslim congressman to be elected to Congress. Another lawmaker famous for her head gear, Democratic Rep. Fredrica Wilson of Florida, tried to change the hat ban in 2010 - when she was first elected to Congress - to no avail. ''It's sexist,' Wilson told the Miami Herald at the time. 'It dates back to when men wore hats and we know that men don't wear hats indoors, but women wear hats indoors. Hats are what I wear. People get excited when they see the hats. Once you get accustomed to it, it's just me. Some people wear wigs, or high heel shoes or big earrings or pins. This is just me.''

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6555271/Muslim-Congresswoman-Ilhan-Omar-makes-history-wearing-hijab.html 

:: 1-3-19 Daily Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Democrats Introduce Bill To Eliminate Electoral College

ByRyan Saavedra @realsaavedra

January 3, 2019 591.9k views

Rep. Steve Cohen (D-TN) introduced two bills on Thursday, one to eliminate the electoral college and the other to prohibit presidents from pardoning themselves or their family members. A press release from Cohen's office stated that the "senior member of the House Judiciary Committee, introduced two Constitutional Amendments today on the opening day of the new Congress. The first would eliminate the Electoral College and provide for the direct election of the President and Vice President of the United States. The second would limit the presidential pardon power by prohibiting presidents from pardoning themselves, members of their families, members of their administrations and their campaign staff." "In two presidential elections since 2000, including the most recent one in which Hillary Clinton won 2.8 million more votes than her opponent, the winner of the popular vote did not win the election because of the distorting effect of the outdated Electoral College," Cohen said. "Americans expect and deserve the winner of the popular vote to win office. More than a century ago, we amended our Constitution to provide for the direct election of U.S. Senators. It is past time to directly elect our President and Vice President.” "Presidents should not pardon themselves, their families, their administration or campaign staff," Cohen continued. "This constitutional amendment would expressly prohibit this and any future president, from abusing the pardon power." Cohen wasn't the only Democrat that took action aimed at President Donald Trump on Thursday, as Rep. Brad Sherman (D-CA) introduced "articles of impeachment against President Donald Trump, filing them as his first order of business in the new, Democrat-controlled House of Representatives." Democrats have long sought a way around the electoral college, which prevents the U.S. from being controlled by major population centers which are Democrat strongholds. Legal scholar Tara Ross explained in a PragerU video what the Democrats are trying to do by eliminating the electoral college and implementing a national popular vote and the dangers that their efforts pose to the U.S. Transcript provided via PragerU: In every presidential election, only one question matters: which candidate will get the 270 votes needed to win the Electoral College? Our Founders so deeply feared a tyranny of the majority that they rejected the idea of a direct vote for President. That's why they created the Electoral College. For more than two centuries it has encouraged coalition building, given a voice to both big and small states, and discouraged voter fraud. Unfortunately, there is now a well-financed, below-the-radar effort to do away with the Electoral College. It is called National Popular Vote or NPV, and it wants to do exactly what the Founders rejected: award the job of President to the person who gets the most votes nationally. Even if you agree with this goal, it's hard to agree with their method. Rather than amend the Constitution, which they have no chance of doing, NPV plans an end run around it. Here's what NPV does: it asks states to sign a contract to give their presidential electors to the winner of the national popular vote instead of the winner of the state's popular vote. What does that mean in practice? It means that if NPV had been in place in 2004, for example, when George W. Bush won the national vote, California's electoral votes would have gone to Bush, even though John Kerry won that state by 1.2 million votes!  Can you imagine strongly Democratic California calmly awarding its electors to a Republican? Another problem with NPV's plan is that it robs states of their sovereignty. A key benefit of the Electoral College system is that it decentralizes control over the election. Currently, a presidential election is really 51 separate elections: one in each state and one in D.C. These 51 separate processes exist, side-by-side, in harmony. They do not -- and cannot -- interfere with each other. California's election code applies only to California and determines that state's electors. So a vote cast in Texas can never change the identity of a California elector. NPV would disrupt this careful balance. It would force all voters into one national election pool. Thus, a vote cast in Texas will always affect the outcome in California. And the existence of a different election code in Texas always has the potential to unfairly affect a voter in California. Why? Because state election codes can differ drastically. States have different rules about early voting, registering to vote, and qualifying for the ballot. They have different policies regarding felon voting. They have different triggers for recounts. Each and every one of these differences is an opportunity for someone, somewhere to file a lawsuit claiming unfair treatment. Why should a voter in New York get more or less time to early vote than a voter in Florida? Why should a hanging chad count in Florida, but not in Ohio? The list of possible complaints is endless. And think of the opportunities for voter fraud if NPV is passed! Currently, an attempt to steal a presidential election requires phony ballots to appear or real ballots to disappear in the right state or combination of states, something that is very hard to anticipate. But with NPV, voter fraud anywhere can change the election results -- no need to figure out which states you must swing; just add or subtract the votes you need -- or don't want -- wherever you can most easily get away with it. And finally, if NPV is adopted, and winning is only about getting the most votes, a candidate might concentrate all of his efforts in the biggest cities, or the biggest states. We could see the end of presidential candidates who care about the needs and concerns of people in smaller states or outside of big cities. Here's why all of this is of so much concern: NPV is more than halfway to its goal. NPV's contract will go into effect when states with a combined 270 electoral votes have signed. To date, NPV already has the support of 10 states plus D.C. Together, that's 165 electoral votes, leaving only 105 votes to go. It is time to stop this attempt to undo the way American presidents are elected, which will in turn undo America. The people behind NPV think they are wiser than every generation of Americans that preceded them. They aren't.

https://www.dailywire.com/news/39931/breaking-democrats-introduce-bill-eliminate-ryan-saavedra 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 1-3-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two Warnings Of Martial Law In 2019 Emerge From Globalist Controlled Media As Leftists Expand Threats And Violence

- 1940 Book Warned 'Countless People Will Hate The New World Order, And Will Die Protesting Against It'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die January 3, 2018

Like those opposed to the #ClintonCrimeFamily, we've long been warned that those opposed to the global terrorists 'new world order' would be knocked off by them like flies and as this new story over at Collective Evolution reports, the journalist who on December 13th broke the story of Robert Mueller's team of crooked cops deleting Strzok/Page text messages had died mysteriously. As we had reported on ANP on December 29th, Bre Payton of the website The Federalist and a frequent guest on Fox News and CNN had mysteriously died from H1N1 only days after falling ill and while officially classified as 'death by illness', we all know that the absolutely corrupted faction of the deep state will kill Americans standing in the way of them imposing their dictatorial 'new world order', with former Congressman Ron Paul even warning they may try to assassinate President Trump. With POTUS Trump recently sending a veiled reminder to the global terrorists that are trying to take down America that he's surrounded by 'machine gunners', almost daring the psychopaths to try to pick him off, we'll take a look within the remainder of this ANP story at more evidence the Democrats and corrupted faction of the deep state will do ANYTHING to stop President Trump and his America 1st agenda, just as the globalists are doing in the UK to those who voted for BREXIT. And as we'll see below, two new stories out from globalist controlled media outlets both warn of the potential of martial law in 2019, echoing rumors of martial law ahead we've read recently from alternative media outlets. First, from the Collective Evolution story.: She seemed unafraid to take on things that mattered, including breaking the hard-hitting piece DOJ Destroyed Missing Strzok/Page Text Messages Before The IG Could Review Them on December 13th, where, unlike the mainstream media who later focused on the idea that there was ‘no evidence’ that these text messages were deliberately destroyed, Payton leaned towards the conclusion that there was criminal intent in these deletions, a notion supported by Donald Trump. And then she died suddenly on Friday in San Diego. She was 26. I don’t have any definitive ‘proof’ for the notion that Payton was killed because she was going to disclose some type of sensitive information against the Deep State; however, it must be said that the cause and circumstances of her death are befuddling enough for one to consider such an idea. My only intention is to explain the facts and allow you to draw your own conclusions. While the mainstream media will NEVER launch an investigation or even talk about it, the fact of the matter is, MANY people have died very mysterious deaths who have had links to the #ClintonCrimeFamily, deaths going back decades and deaths that continued well into 2018. Many of those deaths have never been officially 'solved' or were called 'suicides'. And as we've reported previously on ANP, many people who were opposed to a totalitarian government being imposed here in America and across the planet have also met their mysterious and untimely ends. And while the deaths of people like Seth Rich and investigative journalist Jen Moore could very well have been just due to tragic circumstances, the numbers of the dead keep adding up as the extended excerpt below from this August 18th Communities Digital News story reports.: If you believe fake news, keep telling yourself there’s nothing at all to the worrisome and mounting pile of corpses littering the path to power and riches trod by Bill and Hillary Clinton. But just in case you’re keeping score at home, that lengthening Clinton body count tally now includes the mortal remains of investigative journalist Jen Moore. Authorities claim Moore suffered a fatal “seizure” while staying at a Radisson Hotel just outside the nation’s capital. Of interest: The most recent journalistic focus of Jen Moore concerned the subject of human trafficking. One week before her questionable death, Moore is said to have been in contact with a 26-year-old man. The subject claims that when he was a child, former President Bill Clinton sexually molested him at sex parties attended by D.C.’s depraved glitterati. The mainstream media will surely label the suspicious cause and timing of Jen Moore’s death as yet another “right-wing conspiracy theory.” If, indeed, they choose to cover the story at all. But will the public dismiss this story as well? Will everyone once again ignore this latest potential addition to the growing Clinton body count Today, however, the same incurious media continues to obsess instead over their favored left-wing conspiracy theories. These are still dominated by the well-known but still-unsubstantiated claims of sexual deviance spelled out in the Kremlin-sourced, anti-Trump, Christopher Steele dossier. There is now little question that this bogus document was nothing more than opposition research paid for by the DNC and the Hillary Clinton campaign in order to derail the campaign of her GOP opponent, Donald Trump. It’s already known to be nearly or entirely fake. So why the continuing obsession with this still-fake news? Forgotten as well by most in the media is the very real evidence of sexual predation against the underaged by Anthony Weiner and perhaps others yet undisclosed. Law enforcement officials discovers this evidence, virtually by accident, on the laptop computer of longtime Hillary Clinton aide, Huma Abedin. It was the FBI’s investigation into Abedin’s husband, now-disgraced former Congressman Anthony Weiner, that led New York-based G-Men to the laptop the former Democratic politician used to send compromising photos of himself to underage girls. The Weiner sex-crime investigation, in turn, led to the discovery of those top-secret Hillary Clinton State Department emails. This surprising discovery was, apparently, the primary reason behind the embarrassing announcement by then-FBI Director James Comey that he was re-opening the FBI investigation into Mrs. Clinton. But did the Anthony Weiner investigation also point to a larger sex ring operating in the nation’s capital? One that may have implicated the Clintons? One that may have just added another corpse to the Clinton body count? Answer from the media: Crickets. While the deep state under Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton actually considered assassinating Wikileaks journalist Julian Assange for exposing the 'real' Hillary Clinton and her associates to the American people, President Trump lawyer Rudy Giuliani recently stated Assange shouldn't be prosecuted and instead, treated like any other journalists doing their job. Comparing Wikileaks publications to the Pentagon Papers that were published by both the NY Times and the Washington Post with no journalists going to prison despite the fact that the published information was stolen, why should Assange be treated any differently unless America had suddenly entered an era where government corruption was going to be completely silenced? With the Obama administration even insanely claiming no corruption happened under their watch because the mainstream media refused to investigate it or report upon it, it's clear that those who've set their eyes on prosecuting Assange for journalism are the same 'enemies of America within' taking aim at President Trump. And we shouldn't be the least bit surprised that when the left and the deep state totally lose as they lost the 2016 election, they resort to the one thing that they know best, threatening violence against their perceived enemies as reported in the following two stories from the Washington Times and PJ Media. As the Washington Times reported Wednesday, a restaurant frequently attended by popular Conservative radio show host Michael Savage recently received a threatening email from a lunatic who vowed to shoot up the restaurant and kill as many people as he possibly could if the restaurant continued to serve 'white supremacist Michael Savage'. And as PJ Media reported on December 31st, President Trump supporter Brenna Spencer, a student at the University of Tennessee-Chattanooga, has been deluged with death threats after posting a pro-gun graduation photo of her wearing a 'Women for Trump' tee-shirt while armed. Telling PJ Media that she posted the photo “to bring awareness of how important it is to protect yourself, especially for women”, do the leftists actually want women to be victims? If not, why are they now doxxing her and threatening her life for having the courage to stand up for herself? From the Washington Times story about the threats against Michael Savage.: Portions of the email sent to the restaurant state, in all caps, “I DEMAND THAT YOU REFUSE TO ALLOW MICHAEL SAVAGE … IN YOUR F-ING RESTAURANT AGAIN. HE IS A RACIST WHITE SUPREMACIST PIECE OF SH— … DONT WANT TO LISTEN TO ME? WELL I GUESS YOURE ALL GONNA F—ING DIE THEN CUZ I AM WAITING FOR THE MOTHAF— AND I WILL WAIT AND WATCH YOUR F—ING BUSINESS AND WHEN I SEE HIM GO IN THERE IM GOING TO START SHOOTING EVERY BODY I CAN FIND.” The suspect then gets very specific. “I OWN 3 GUNS AND I CAN DO SOME SERIOUS F—ING DAMAGE,” the email went on. “I WILL KILL AS MANY OF YOU RACIST-SUPPORTING/ENABLING WHITE SUPREMACISTS AS I F—ING CAN.” Savage, in a telephone interview, said he has “changed location,” but he didn’t elaborate. Savage also said: “Over the years, I have received many threats and have chosen to ignore them. … However, given the violent, vile times we are living in and the specific nature of this threat, both I and some serious agencies are taking this threat very seriously.” And well they should. As author H.G. Wells warned in his book "The New World Order", written all the way back in 1940, countless people will hate the 'New World Order' and will die protesting against it. Warning of a generation or so of 'malcontents', who Hillary Clinton and the demonrats called 'deplorables', we've watched Wells warning playing out for decades now. And while the mainstream media will continue to call the 'New World Order' a 'conspiracy theory' despite former President George H.W. Bush referencing it over and over and over again during his presidency, even if President Trump's presidency hadn't brought America anything else, it's absolutely proven to the American people that a shadowy deep state conspiracy does indeed exist, and it's been fighting against President Trump's agenda every step of the way and still is today. And with one of the key tenants of POTUS's presidential promises being 'restoring the rule of law' in America, we're not the least bit surprised that those who are fighting against that probably have horrible secrets and crimes to hide. As we mentioned previously, in two new stories, one over at the Atlantic and one at The Spectator, we get more evidence that this fight against POTUS will continue well into 2019, with The Spectator story titled "How Much Wilder Can The Trump vs Deep State Fight Get?" hinting at not only the deep state possibly assassinating POTUS but warning of martial law in 2019 and tanks on the White House lawn. Meanwhile, this story at The Atlantic titled "What the President Could Do If He Declares a State of Emergency" also hints of potential martial law ahead while giving us another reason to be thankful Hillary Clinton lost in 2016.: "The moment the president declares a 'national emergency' — a decision that is entirely within his discretion—more than 100 special provisions become available to him. While many of these tee up reasonable responses to genuine emergencies, some appear dangerously suited to a leader bent on amassing or retaining power. For instance, the president can, with the flick of his pen, activate laws allowing him to shut down many kinds of electronic communications inside the United States or freeze Americans’ bank accounts. Other powers are available even without a declaration of emergency, including laws that allow the president to deploy troops inside the country to subdue domestic unrest." From The Spectator story.: If President Trump is impeached, would he accept the outcome and leave quietly for the golf course or the federal penitentiary? The Spectator has previously pointed out that Trump could declare a state of emergency or martial law – if someone informs him of a modern president’s many powers. The statutes granting those powers – 123 of them – have been listed by NYU’s law school and are the subject of an Atlantic cover story this month. This is a president who threatened not to accept the election result when he thought he had lost. He has an acting attorney general who doesn’t agree with Marbury v. Madison, the Supreme Court’s ruling in 1803 that confirms it as the final arbiter in any dispute between Congress and the President over the meaning of the Constitution. My friend, the veteran political consultant, texted me: ‘I am convinced he will be gone but like Nero will burn much of the capital before he leaves. There is real global danger [too]. He is mad and insiders have known this since the start.’ Impeachment. The 25th Amendment. Martial law. Tanks on the White House lawn. A taut, humming wire connecting bloodshed and ‘betrayal’ in Syria with a violent end to the Trump presidency. You might see all this as pure fantasy. Or you could see this as the wilder end of the spectrum of possibilities in Trump’s personal war with his intelligence agencies. Or just as a symptom of the feverish atmosphere in Trump’s Washington: people are actually thinking – and saying – these things. As the new Democratic House of Representatives prepares to be sworn in, the political class in Washington wonder: just how crazy are things going to get around here? So we'll continue to pray that God grant President Trump His mighty Sword and Shield of protection as he fights against the globalists trying to destroy him and America while remembering the words of warning given long ago by H.G. Wells.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Deep_State_Murder_Spree_Has_Begun.php 

:: 1-3-19 Justus Knight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alert! Military On Manhunt For Killer Soldiers Located Across America; Are They Near You!? Find Out Here!

January 3, 2019 JustusAKnight

Don’t forget to like the video, SHARE and subscribe!!

References Can Be Found At www.justusaknight.com  (please subscribe while you’re there!!)

Why does the military believe that there is a multitude of stone cold killers being raised across America? An elite soldier being trained to kill without hesitation, without care or concern. A true killer specialized in non-reality murder; that can easily assimilate into a new generation military being retrofitted to a non-reality / virtual reality / altered reality battlefield war fighting machine. The proof is easy to find with just a little bit of digging, watching and learning how ALL branches of our military our re-designing next generation war machines to be operated remotely or simply function autonomously. They don’t keep the recruitment campaign for our youth very quiet either; they want this generation of gamers. Their unique skill set and desensitized kill response is perfect, in their eyes, for a non-reality, non-identity war…a war like none we have ever seen. God Speed and God Bless, Justus

For More Information (references) See:

https://justusaknight.com/2019/01/03/alert-military-on-manhunt-for-killer-soldiers-located-across-america-are-they-near-you-find-out-here/ 

 [ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.     

:: 1-3-19 WN.com :: :: :: :: Forward: This is money.co.uk :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pictured, China's railgun: Hypersonic superweapon capable of striking targets 125 miles away is spotted on warship

Photo has emerged of world's first naval rail gun on Chinese naval warship at sea

Shows landing ship Haiyang Shan with what looks like electromagnetic railgun

China is the first country in the world to develop hypersonic superweapon

Weapon capable of firing projectiles five times faster than the speed of sound

By Kylie Stevens For Daily Mail Australia

Published: 00:27 EST, 3 January 2019 | Updated: 04:21 EST, 3 January 2019

What appears to be the world's first naval rail gun - a hypersonic weapon capable of firing projectiles at five times the speed of sound - has been pictured on a Chinese naval warship at sea. A hazy photo, posted by defence blogger Haohan-Red Shark emerged on Chinese social media last week, claims to show the tank landing ship Haiyang Shan at sea with what looks like an electromagnetic railgun (EMRG) mounted on its bow. The same Type 072II Yuting-class tank landing ship was pictured with the same weapon atop the bow in a port at an unknown location last March. The latest development in warfare technology means China is the first to develop a electromagnetic weapon, despite the US dedicating millions of dollars and more than a decade to its own railgun program. An US intelligence report found that China's weapon would be able to strike 200km (125miles) away with a projectile velocity of 2.5km (1.55miles)per second — greater than Mach 7, the ABC reported. Australian Strategic Policy Institute senior analyst Dr Malcolm Davis believes the most recent development will transform naval warfare and spark a 'hemispheric battle space'. 'This would see belligerents able to strike at each other at distances ranging in the hundreds of kilometres,' Dr Davis told the ABC. 'This would fundamentally change the nature of engagements as you could have adversaries being able to make precise strikes from afar for much less money.' HOW DOES THE RAILGUN REACH SUCH HIGH SPEEDS? Railguns use electricity instead of gunpowder to accelerate a projectile at six or seven times the speed of sound. Using an electromagnetic force known as the Lorenz Force, the gun accelerates a projectile between two rails that conduct electricity, before launching it at ferocious speed. The technology uses electromagnets to send its projectiles hurtling off at thousands of miles per hour. The force generated can be adjusted, depending on the range of the target This means the railgun can fire further than conventional guns and maintain enough kinetic energy to inflict tremendous damage. Tests have shown that the weapons can fire a shell weighing 10kg at up to 5,400mph over 100 miles - with such force and accuracy it penetrates three concrete walls or six half-inch thick steel plates. The video below shows tests of BAE's model. Dr Davis told 9 News the weapon would give China an advantage over US naval forces. 'If China were to introduce this as an operational capability within the PLA Navy - perhaps on a future Chinese warship - it could be a game changer,' he said. The Haiyang Shan is part of China's East Sea Fleet. It's not the first time photos of the hypersonic superweapon on the People’s Liberation Army Navy tank have emerged. Leaked photos of the railgun on top the landing ship docked at a Wuchang shipyard in China's central Hubei province first emerged almost a year ago by Twitter user Dafeng Cao. The social media post claimed is a translation of an analysis from ‘the most well-known former PLAN officer,’ the EM gun is a ‘formal project approved by PLAN,’ with a 5-6 year timeline. The Chinese military later confirmed it was working on the new weapons. 'Long time no see, the railgun test ship is spotted undergoing sea trials these days,' Dafeng Cao posted after the latest photos of the weapon at sea emerged. Electromagnetic railguns have been described by the US Navy as a ‘true warfighter game changer.’ The missile is fired using kinetic energy, which eliminates the risks associated with keeping explosives on a ship. Read more: Chinese Navy ship seen carrying an apparent railgun capable of firing hypersonic projectiles - ABC News (Australian Broadcasting Corporation) https://www.abc.net.au/news/2019-01-02/chinese-warship-with-electromagnetic-railguns-spotted-at-sea/10680108 

Electromagnetic railgun: Chinese warship ‘spotted with futuristic weapon a gamechanger’

https://www.thisismoney.co.uk/news/article-6550941/Hypersonic-superweapon-capable-firing-bullets-200-kilometres-spotted-Chinese-warship.html 

:: 1-3-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EU moves to outlaw the word “mankind” because it starts with “man” … the entire English language is being obliterated by libtards

Thursday, January 03, 2019 by: Vicki Batts

(Natural News) Liberal dogma now dictates that words beginning with the letters “m-a-n” are now “gender-biased” tools of the patriarchy which must be criminalized — at least in the European Union. The EU has decided to ban the use of “gender-biased” words and will be moving towards more gender neutral language. The outlawing of gender-specific language and more is all part of the new paradigm laid out in their new guide, Gender Neutral Language In The European Parliament. The policing of language is soon going to reach its apex — and it’s not going to be pretty. Language has a powerful effect on the way we think and feel. The erasure of male identity in language signifies a much greater problem than just battling so-called gender bias. Recall Ayn Rand’s Anthem, a dystopian fiction novel in which the notion of individuality has been erased entirely; gender-specific pronouns are not used. There is no “I,” only “we.” Perhaps it sounds a bit far-fetched, but every path begins with a single step — including the path to tyranny. Outlawing male identity and gender-specific language in government is only the beginning. And while the English language is being obliterated, identity and individuality may just be going down with it. Thought police now banning words As Daily Mail reports, the EU is now going to censor common words and phrases like “manpower” or “mankind,” and replace them with more “gender-neutral” terms. Feminists and liberals the world over are applauding this move as a step toward equality, among claims that words that start with “man” are inherently biased. Words cannot be biased. They can be used to express bias, but as non-thinking, non-feeling inanimate entities, it is literally impossible for a word to be biased. Saying the word “manpower” is biased against women is no different than saying my coffee table is biased against women. People are biased; not words. The notion that certain words are “biased” isn’t new; there are even articles out there on “gender bias” in job descriptions. It’s worth noting that even the writers of such articles are forced to admit that the words themselves are not biased; it’s just that women and men tend to perceive words differently. Perception is not proof, however. Language is a powerful tool Ironically, the EU’s Gender Neutral Language In The European Parliament guide notes that language is an immensely powerful thing. The way in which we speak “reflects and influences attitudes, behaviour and perceptions.” While the EU document charges that a “gender-neutral/gender-fair/non-sexist use of language, so that no gender is privileged, and prejudices against any gender are not perpetuated,” there is a flip-side to this equation that is not being discussed. Gender is closely tied to one’s identity as a person. The slow erasure of gender in our everyday language can, and will, erode individualism and sense of self. While the powers that be say they are increasing “equality” through neutrality, what they aren’t saying is they want us all to be equal slaves. When the call to enforce gender-neutral language is paired off with the other atrocities taking place around the world today, it becomes clear that there is a much more sinister plan at play. Indeed, if the globalists have their way, we’ll all soon be a herd of genderless, mindless sheeple who are unable to defend ourselves or fight back. Sources for this article include:

DailyMail.co.uk EuroParl.Europa.eu [PDF] NaturalNews.com 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-01-03-eu-moves-to-outlaw-the-word-mankind-because-it-starts-with-man.html 

:: 1-2-19 News Locker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How UN Scientists Are Preparing For The End Of Capitalism

02-01-2019 16:28 via Technocracy News

I have warned for years that the UN intends to deep-six Capitalism in favor of Sustainable Development, aka Technocracy. Now, the UN is coming out in the open as the global economy turns downward. Cries that “Capitalism is dead” will soon be heard while Technocracy will be offered as the only possible solution to save the world. ⁃ TN EditorCapitalism as we know it is over. So suggests a new report commissioned by a group of scientists appointed by the UN secretary gen

Capitalism as we know it is over. So suggests a new report commissioned by a group of scientists appointed by the UN secretary general. The main reason? We’re transitioning rapidly to a radically different global economy, due to our increasingly unsustainable exploitation of the planet’s environmental resources and the shift to less efficient energy sources. Climate change and species extinctions are accelerating even as societies are experiencing rising inequality, unemployment, slow economic growth, rising debt levels, and impotent governments. Contrary to the way policymakers usually think about these problems these are not really separate crises at all. These crises are part of the same fundamental transition. The new era is characterised by inefficient fossil fuel production and escalating costs of climate change. Conventional capitalist economic thinking can no longer explain, predict or solve the workings of the global economy in this new age. Energy shift Those are the implications of a new background paper prepared by a team of Finnish biophysicists who were asked to provide research that would feed into the drafting of the UN Global Sustainable Development Report (GSDR), which will be released in 2019. For the “first time in human history”, the paper says, capitalist economies are “shifting to energy sources that are less energy efficient.” Producing usable energy (“exergy”) to keep powering “both basic and non-basic human activities” in industrial civilisation “will require more, not less, effort”. At the same time, our hunger for energy is driving what the paper refers to as “sink costs.” The greater our energy and material use, the more waste we generate, and so the greater the environmental costs. Though they can be ignored for a while, eventually those environmental costs translate directly into economic costs as it becomes more and more difficult to ignore their impacts on our societies. And the biggest “sink cost”, of course, is climate change: “Sink costs are also rising; economies have used up the capacity of planetary ecosystems to handle the waste generated by energy and material use. Climate change is the most pronounced sink cost.” Overall, the amount of energy we can extract, compared to the energy we are using to extract it, is decreasing “across the spectrum – unconventional oils, nuclear and renewables return less energy in generation than conventional oils, whose production has peaked – and societies need to abandon fossil fuels because of their impact on the climate.” The UN A copy of the paper, available on the website of the BIOS Research Unit in Finland, was sent to me by lead author Dr Paavo Järvensivu, a ‘biophysical economist’ – a rare, but emerging breed of economist exploring the role of energy and materials in fuelling economic activity. I met Dr Järvensivu last year when I spoke at the BIOS Research Unit about the findings of my own book, Failing States, Collapsing Systems: BioPhysical Triggers of Political Violence. The UN’s GSDR is being drafted by an independent group of scientists (IGS) appointed by the UN Secretary general. The IGS is supported by a range of UN agencies including the UN Secretariat, the UN Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, the UN Environment Programme, the UN Development Programme, the UN Conference on Trade and Development and the World Bank The paper, co-authored by Dr Järvensivu with the rest of the BIOS team, was commissioned by the UN’s IGS specifically to feed into the chapter on ‘Transformation: the Economy’. Invited background documents are used as the basis of the GSDR, but what ends up in the final report will not be known until it is released next year. The BIOS paper suggests that much of the political and economic volatility we have seen in recent years has a root cause in this creeping ecological crisis. As the ecological and economic costs of industrial overconsumption continue to rise, the constant economic growth we have become accustomed to is now in jeopardy. That, in turn, has exerted massive strain on our politics. But the underlying issues are still unacknowledged and unrecognised by policymakers. More in, less out “We live in an era of turmoil and profound change in the energetic and material underpinnings of economies. The era of cheap energy is coming to an end,” says the paper. Conventional economic models, the Finnish scientists note, “almost completely disregard the energetic and material dimensions of the economy.” The scientists refer to the pioneering work of systems ecologist Professor Charles Hall of the State University of New York with economist Professor Kent Klitgaard from Wells College. This year, Hall and Klitgaard released an updated edition of their seminal book, Energy and the Wealth of Nations: An Introduction to BioPhysical Economics. Hall and Klitgaard are highly critical of mainstream capitalist economic theory, which they say has become divorced from some of the most fundamental principles of science. They refer to the concept of “energy return on investment” (EROI) as a key indicator of the shift into a new age of difficult energy. EROI is a simple ratio that measures how much energy we use to extract more energy.

http://www.newslocker.com/en-au/news/sci-tech/how-un-scientists-are-preparing-for-the-end-of-capitalism/view/ 

:: 1-4-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Common Sense Show Dave Hodges interview with Steve Quayle

Steve Quayle Interview ( January 4, 2019 ) The Lost Will Wake Up – QL Prophecy

232 views

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H4EFygTos8U

:: 12-22-16 Hal Lindsey:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Whoville Sings

By Hal Lindsey

As we wrap our gifts… a holocaust envelopes and permeates the city of Aleppo, Syria. As we brave the flying elbows of frantic, last-minute shoppers… the people of Germany mourn their dead and tend to their wounded following yet another radical Islamic truck attack in Europe. As we hang our tinsel and cook our feasts… Christmas markets across Europe are closed. As we prepare to celebrate… new geopolitical fault lines appear around the world, and Russia and Turkey grapple with the assassination of a major diplomat. Yet, we’re right to rejoice. We ought to sing of “peace on earth” even though we don’t yet see it. We should celebrate, decorate, feast, give gifts and receive them — even in times like these. Especially in times like these. Admittedly, most people celebrate out of tradition. But that begs the question. What could stand behind a tradition of such power that it can’t be stopped by war, famine, poverty, or natural disaster? Year after year, century after century, Christmas survives all these and more. In bad times or good, pain or ease, war or peace, the celebration continues. Why?  In 1966, a new animated Christmas special came to television — “Dr. Seuss’ How the Grinch Stole Christmas!” In the story, the Grinch, a being with a heart “two sizes too small,” hated everything about Christmas. Below his mountain lair, lay the town of Whoville. All the Whos of that town really loved Christmas. The Grinch said, “For fifty-three years I’ve put up with it now. I must stop Christmas from coming, but how?” He decided to steal it. Disguised as Santa Claus, he stole the people of Whoville’s presents, tinsel, and “roast beast.” Then he took his spoils back up the mountain, and waited for the sounds of sadness. But when Christmas morning dawned, he heard something else instead. “But this, this sound wasn’t sad. Why, this sound sounded glad. Every Who down in Whoville, the tall and the small, was singing, without any presents at all! He hadn’t stopped Christmas from coming. It came! Somehow or other, it came just the same.” “It Came Upon the Midnight Clear” says, “With the woes of sin and strife, the world has suffered long.” But still we celebrate. Neither storms, wars, nor terror can stop it. That’s because Christmas is more than presents, tinsel, or roast beast. It’s even more than having loved ones near. At this moment, soldiers stand guard at lonely outposts around the world. Followers of Christ on some parts of the planet have had yet another year of unthinkable persecution. Dear ones at home face words like cancer… divorce… and death. People are hurting, but Christmas remains bright because we hold fast to the promise of Christ. Part of that promise is yet future. In “Joy to the World,” we sing, “No more let sins and sorrows grow, nor thorns infest the ground. He comes to make his blessings flow, far as the curse is found.” Today thorns still infest the ground. We still live in a world under a curse. But Jesus gave His word that He would return. The miraculous fulfilling of promises at His first coming, prove His credentials — that He was and is the long-expected Messiah. So, when He said, “I will come again,” (John 14:3) we can trust Him. We can say with assurance, “The government shall be upon His shoulder: and His name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the increase of His government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever.” (Isaiah 9:6-7 KJV) And we can trust something else, also — something already on the books. He gives us peace now. He reconciles us to Himself now. In Him, our redemption is complete. Colossians 1:13-14 says, “For He delivered us from the domain of darkness, and transferred us to the kingdom of His beloved Son, in whom we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins.” (NASB) “Have redemption.” That’s present tense. We have it right now. It became available to us as soon as the price was paid. John 19:30 describes the triumph of Jesus on the cross. “He said, ‘It is finished!’ And He bowed His head, and gave up His spirit.” (NASB) To some, that hardly sounds like “triumph,” but it is. The words, “It is finished” are the English translation of the Greek word, “tetelestai.” That is an accounting term meaning, “Paid in full!” Jesus wasn’t saying, “I am finished,” as in “I’m about dead.” He was saying that His redemptive work for humankind was complete. He took our sins on Himself and He paid for them “in full.” Why do we sing at Christmas even when the world looks bleak? Because Jesus redeemed us. He finished the work of our salvation. “Silent Night” says it well. “God and sinners reconciled.” And though the world itself remains dark, He has not finished with it. He promises to return. When George Frideric Handel wrote the “Hallelujah Chorus,” he used three scriptures from Revelation — 19:6, 19:16, and 11:15. “Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.… And He hath on His vesture and on His thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, and LORD OF LORDS.… The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ; and He shall reign for ever and ever.” Merry Christ mas!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-12-22-2016/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 1-3-19 Radio Farda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Ready To Train 'Palestinian Resistance' Forces, Says Police Chief

January 03, 2019 Radio Farda

Iran's Police Chief Hosein Ashtari has told Palestinian Islamic Jihad Leader Ziad al-Nakhaleh that his forces are prepared to offer training to the "Palestinian Resistance Front," ISNA reported on Wednesday January 2. The "resistance front" is Iran's nickname for groups such as HAMAS and Islamic Jihad in the Palestinian territories and Hezbollah in Lebanon. The statement by the police chief followed Iranian President's meeting with Al-Nakhaleh on January 1 during which President Hassan Rouhani called for the continuation of Palestinians' struggle against Israel, adding that the Palestinians' battle should end with Israel "bowing" to Palestine. Al-Nakhaleh also met with Iran's Supreme Leader Ali Khamenei on Tuesday. Khamenei told him that "A Palestinian state will be finally declared in Tel Aviv." His remark was against Palestinians' ideal of setting up a government in Jerusalem. Meanwhile, the Iranian Foreign Ministry's spokesman has stressed that Tehran's stance against Israel will remain unchanged. Rouhani said in his meeting with Al-Nakhaleh and the accompanying delegation that "The U.S. is helping Israel to dominate the region, including Palestine," adding that "Regional nations should think of Israel not only as an enemy of Palestine, but as an adversary for the entire region." The Islamic Jihad leader reportedly promised in this meeting that "The Palestinian nation will not stop resistance and will fight till victory." Iranian media reports about the meeting between Iran's police chief and the leader of the Islamic Jihad were unprecedented as previously Iran did not acknowledged contacts between its military personnel and Palestinian armed groups. In his meeting with Al-Nakhaleh, Ashtari likened assistance to the "resistance movement" to Iran's "holy defense"; an official jargon to describe the war with Iraq in the 1980s. Assisting groups such as the Islamic Jihad is against international regulations enforced on the financial front by the Financial Action Task Force or FATF, which has required Iran to stop assistance to terrorist groups. Iran has started the enactment of legislation required by FATF to ban financing for terrorism, but hardliners have stopped the process. Iran’s timing for arranging al-Nakhaleh’s visit and the exposure given to it will not make its international isolation any better. The U.S. has reimposed heavy economic sanctions on Iran, partly because of Tehran’s support for militant groups and Europe, which is willing to trade with Iran, is waiting to see if Tehran will enact the laws demanded by FATF. ISNA quoted Ashtari as saying that "Iran is the only country that assists the resistance movement." This was the Islamic Jihad leader's first visit to Tehran where he met high-ranking Iranian officials. Al-Nakhaleh has been the group's leader since September 2018. The Islamic Jihad, established in the 1970s, officially declared its existence in 1987 in a charter "based on the ideas of Ayatollah Rouhollah Khomeyni," the founder of Iran's Islamic Republic. Islamic Jihad is the closest Palestinian group to Iran and is considered by regional players as an Iranian puppet. The group's leader, Ziad al-Nakhaleh, was sentenced to life imprisonment in Israel in 1971 but was freed in 1985 during a prisoner swap with Palestinian groups. He was arrested once again in 1988 and sent to exile in Jordan, but later he went to Syria, Iran's ally in the region. The United States has declared him a terrorist. In the meantime, Foreign Ministry Spokesman Bahram Ghasemi's remark about the unchangeability of Iran's stance against Israel appears to be an explanation to balance Foreign Minister Zarif's statement in an interview with French magazine Le Point in December, during which he said "No one in the Islamic Republic has ever said that they want to destroy Israel." However, Ghasemi did not further explain his comment. Russian news agency Sputnik earlier had quoted Naser Abu Sharif, Islamic Jihad's representative in Tehran, as saying that Iran is the only country that ignores all international sanctions and supplies weapons to Palestinians." Abu Sharif also said that some Islamic Jihad members have been trained in Iran. Last month, a HAMAS delegation had visited Iran. The Islamic Republic supports Palestinian groups regardless of Tehran's deep economic crisis that brought thousands of Iranians to streets in 2018 chanting slogans against wasting Iranian people's resources in the Middle East conflicts.

https://en.radiofarda.com/a/iran-ready-to-train-palestinian-resistance-forces/29689904.html 

:: 1-3-19 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The US government is warning Americans that if they visit China they may not be able to return home

Benjamin Zhang 19h

The US State Department has issued a travel advisory urging Americans to "exercise increased caution" when traveling to the People's Republic of China.

The elevated travel advisory is out of concern that China may arbitrarily enforce local laws and detain US citizens without cause using exit bans.

Under these exit bans, US citizens may be detained or forced to stay in China for an indefinite period of time and may be subject to harassment and interrogation.

The China travel advisory is a level-two advisory, which urges increased caution.

Other countries or regions with a level-two advisory include Algeria, Antarctica, Belgium, France, Germany, Denmark, Myanmar, and the United Kingdom.

https://www.businessinsider.com/us-china-travel-advisory-2019-1 

:: 1-4-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Egyptian President: We're working with Israel against ISIS

Egyptian President Abdel Fattah Al-Sisi tells CBS his country has "a wide range of cooperation" with Israel.

Elad Benari, 04/01/19 00:09

Egyptian President Abdel Fattah Al-Sisi is confirming that his military is working with Israel against terrorists in North Sinai. Sisi made the comments in an interview with CBS’ “60 Minutes”, which will air in full on Sunday and of which excerpts were released on Thursday. Asked if this cooperation with Israel was the closest ever between the two countries, he responded, "That is correct…We have a wide range of cooperation with the Israelis." Egypt has been fighting an insurgency in the Sinai Peninsula for several years. Most of the attacks in the region during this time period have been claimed by the Sinai Province, Egypt's Islamic State (ISIS) affiliate. In February, Egypt launched operation “Sinai 2018” in an effort to rid the Sinai Peninsula of Islamic terrorists. The peace treaty signed between Egypt and Israel in 1979 imposed strict limitations on Egyptian deployment in the Sinai, and any Egyptian incursion in the Sinai requires coordination with Israel. In recent years Israel has notably permitted the Egyptian military to boost its presence in the peninsula several times as it fights the insurgency by the local ISIS affiliate. Last year, The New York Times reported that Israel has launched air strikes against ISIS targets in northern Sinai with Egyptian approval. The report, which cited US and British sources, claimed Israeli aircraft attacked targets in Egypt's Sinai Peninsula over 100 times in two years. Egypt’s military spokesperson later vehemently denied the report, insisting it was not “credible” and adding that the Egyptian army is the sole entity that is conducting military operations in co-operation with local police forces in certain areas in North Sinai. Although Egypt became the first Arab country to sign a peace treaty with Israel in 1979, their ties have been formally cold at times, and Egypt's political elite has remained hostile to any normalization of ties with Israel. Ties appear to have improved under Sisi, who took power in 2013 after the army ousted Islamist President Mohammed Morsi of the Muslim Brotherhood. Sisi has in the past urged Israelis and Palestinian Arabs to seize what he said was a "real opportunity" for peace and hailed his own country's peace deal with Israel. He repeated his call for a resumption of peace talks between Israel and the PA last September.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/257153

 

 

[The Fulfillment of Today's Prophetic Word]